Matrix Report v4.0

Disclaimers – Warnings – Acknowledgements:
[Matrix Report v4.0, Dec. 2010] This report has been conducted in the spirit and honor of one of our most precious
rights: Freedom of Speech. This work is totally not-for-profit. All material herein is to be treated and protected
under Fair Use and Archived for Educational and Research Purposes Use Under U.S.C. Title 17 Section 107.
Therefore, those who would wish to censor this work, or silence us, you must first eradicate the laws of free
speech. The content of this work is so controversial, so heart breaking, so far from ―official sanctioned narratives,‖
traditional established norms and beliefs, so different from that what you were taught you whole life, it can
therefore be deemed as radical, revolutionary and even detestable, thus can easily be misconstrued as viscous
defamatory or even framed as dangerous content... but only to those who choose to read without an unbiased open
mind. For if you can manage to begin chapter one all the way to the end of this report, you will understand the
basis of the big picture. The purpose of this report in NOT to instill hate and animosity, but to identify and reveal
the cruel cold hard shocking reality of this world in hope that once the causal core root sources of the problems
that plague mankind are revealed, then and only then can they be confronted and adequately fixed. I have invested
many years of research on this report; I have done so without bias or malice in my heart, my only goal is the
pursuit of and to discovery the unadulterated TRUTH. TRUTH DOES NOT FEAR INVESTIGATION.
This Matrix report does NOT dwell in speculation or silly conspiracy ―theories,‖ I despise conspiracy theories.
Everything covered herein within these pages has undergone exhaustive research and cross referencing.
Everything included within these pages is completely based on true unblemished VERIFIABLE FACTS and
nothing but CONFIRMABLE COLD HARD FACTS that expose the true COSMIC REALITY, hard core
PROVABLE TRUTH which I hereby try my best to disclose and articulate. What I reveal within these pages and
my language is NOT rated PG, it is NOT sugar coated and most definitely not politically correct part of the status
quo. Those who enjoy living in La La Land, can do so, go ahead remain plugged into the matrix, take the blue pill
route of life for you can continue to sing and pray for evil to go away while you hide your head in the sand. I on
the other hand come forth as a warrior carrying my razor sharp sword of TRUTH to boldly cut through the
established hyperbole narratives to expose and destroy the evil works of those who wish to enslave mankind.
In this world of darkness full of lies, deceit, false misleading information, I have come forth with the only
reference work in existence of comprehensive encyclopediac size, scope, depth and breadth exposing the
―Illuminati,‖ it is designed to reveal the big picture and point you in the right direction with key links for futher
exploration, I try my best to keep topics as brief as I possibly can while definitively beyond a shadow of doubt
exposing TRUE REALITY. I must also point out that each chapter introduces and touches upon a multitude of
subjects that cannot possibly be covered in great detail in this report. Treat EVERY topic herein as subjects that
you must take time to independently research and verify on your own.
People often wonder, if evils exist in any given enterprise then where are the whistle blowers? Well, thousands
upon thousands of whistle blowers have come forth from every part of the matrix, the problem is that they have
ALL been ridiculed, censored and/or silenced in one way or another… I am here to remove your blindfolds,
restore your sight, break the matrix‘s grip on your perception of reality and restore your internal compass.
Please download the Matrix Report and MAKE COPIES, hand them out to all your friends, rename and repost all
this info on your own websites before this information is made to disappear by "Big Brother." The worst thing you
can do in your life is NOTHING. Make all the copies you wish, print it, publish it, seed it in P2P networks, Bit
Torrent, bulletin boards, Usenet, post it, email it, Digg it, Reddit, Facebook it, Tweet it etc., put it in hundreds of
different places for people to download it from, please circulate this report anyway you can. Truth will eventually
overcome for once all their lies are EXPOSED there will be no where for the ―hidden masters‖ to hide. Yes the
truth IS instrumental in setting everyone free; it is the secret ingredient that will usher in the great awakening...
The choice is up to you now. You have been warned of the disturbing nature of the content… It is your decision,
do you put this report down right now, burn it and walk away, continuing your life in LaLa Land in the total bliss
of pure ignorance – or - do you, continue to read on, to free your mind, proceeding through the portal, staying in
Wonderland and I show you how deep the rabbit-holes go… Prepare to become unplugged from the matrix…
Behold, for I present to you:

THE MATRIX REPORT
THE “ILLUMINATI” RULING ELITE

and their IMPERCEPTIBLE
SYNDICATE OF CONTROL
FULLY EXPOSED
By Dr. CONSTANTINE, PhZ

“And ye shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.” – John 8:44
TABLE OF CONTENTS:
INTRODUCTION TO THE MATRIX – COGNITIVE REALITY DeBRIEFING - 1
THE BIG PICTURE - 42
THE ULTIMATE COSA NOSTRA - THE MASTER RULING ELITE - 81
AGENCIES OF DECEIT, DECEPTION & DESTRUCTION – 150
THE GLOBALIZATION AGENDA AKA: GLOBAL GOVERNENCE i.e. "NEW WORLD ORDER" -
197
THE MASTERFUL MANIPULATION OF PUBLIC OPINION/REALITY - 225
THE TERRORIST BOOGEYMEN - "THE PERFECT COMMON ENEMY" MOSSAD/CIA/Mi6

FALSE FLAG CENTRAL – 266
9/11 THE 2nd GREATEST FRAUD IN WORLD HISTORY - CIA/MOSSAD "OPERATION 9/11
U.S.S.A. REICHSTAG FIRE" - 367
WHAT IS THE MATRIX – THE INVISIBLE NETWORK - 451
THE FINANCIAL INDUSTRIAL MATRIX - THE OVERLORDS of CAPITALISM- 463
WEALTH vs. POVERTY – MONETARY ENSLAVEMENT MATRIX - 541
MASS MEDIA PROGRAMMING MATRIX - THE MINISTERS OF TRUTH – 569
CORPORATE EMPIRE MATRIX - 623
THE U.S. INC. GOVERNMENT INDUSTRIAL MATRIX – 660
sELECTION FRAUD FACTOR – 781
MILITARY INDUSTRIAL COMPLEX aka THE IMPERIAL MINISTRY OF ―PEACE‖ - 794
THE MEDICAL CARTEL INDUSTRIAL MATRIX - OVERLORDS OF HEALTH - 826
AGRICULTURAL INDUSTRIAL MATRIX – THE FOOD FIGHTS - 936
THE ENVIROMENT MATRIX - 965

THE ENERGY CARTEL MATRIX - 981
THE EDUCATION INDUSTRIAL MATRIX - 998
THE ENGINEERED SELF-DESTRUCTION OF AMERICA INC.- SYSTEMATIC SELLOUT,

DECLINE, and FALL – 1016
THE MORAL CORRUPTION OF NATIONS - 1043
JUSTICE & ENFORCEMENT MATRIX - THE POLICE STATE COMETH? - 1069
PRISON INDUSTRIAL MATRIX - 1159
THE DRUG WAR AGENDA - THE BOGUS WAR ON DRUGS & THE CIA - 1172
THE COUP D' E‘TAT OF THE MILLENNIUM - THE SECRETS BEHIND THE MASSIVE
COVERUPS FINALLY UNVEILED! - 1196
THE ZIONIST RULING MATRIX – THE ZIONIST EUROPEAN ―JEW‖ JUGGERNAUT - 1224
THE RELIGION MATRIX - RELIGION - RELIGOUS RIVALRY - POLITICS OF GOD – 1342
THE OCCULT ELEMENT - 1376
THE HIDDEN SECRETS OF THE AGES - 1392
THE INTERNET - CYBERSPACE THE FINAL FREE SPEECH FRONTIER - 1403
HIJACK REALITY: USE THE K.I.S.S. PRINCIPLE TO WAKE UP AMERICA - 1424
WHAT DOES THE FUTURE HAVE IN STORED FOR US? - 1427
CONCLUSIONS – 1440
ADDENDUMS SECTION contents page - 1459
MANUFACTURING DISSENT: THE ANTI-GLOBALIZATION MOVEMENT IS FUNDED BY

THE CORPORATE ELITES – THE PEOPLE‘S MOVEMENT HAS BEEN HIJACKED – 1461
PSYOPS and COERCIVE PERSUASION - 1473
OPERATION NORTHWOODS - 1485
THE PROTOCOLS OF THE LEARNED ELDERS OF ZION - 1495
FALLACY & MYTH of the PEOPLE BEING THE SOVEREIGN – 1539
THE UNITED STATES INC. – 1556
THE CRIMINALS WHO RUN OUR GOVERNMENT – 1561
THE ISRAELI SPY JUGGERNAUT – 1605
WHO RULES AMERICA? A RESEARCH REPORT - 1619
BENJAMIN FREEDMAN SPEAKS: A JEWISH DEFECTOR WARNS AMERICA – 1632
THE HIDDEN TYRANNY REVEALED - 1640
HOW THE WORLD GOVERNMENT RULES THE NATIONS – 1655
AMERICA‘S IMPENDING MASTER CLASS DICTATORSHIP – 1663
NEWS REPORTS FROM INSIDE THE FINANCIAL COUP – 1671
THE CIA MYTHS & THE REALITY - 1622
MIAC STRATEGIC REPORT – MODERN MALITIA MOVEMENTS – 1697
INFO SOURCES AND LINKS – 1705
REVEALING QUOTES – 1711
ABOUT THE AUTHOR – AND OPERATION TRUTHSTORM - 1720
Important Notes: Some of the web links provided might be broken by the time you read this
report. Most videos are FORCIBLY removed by centrally organized letter/email writing task forces, these
centrally organized perpetrators are often referred to as “bury brigades” whose sole mission is to make the
truth disappear. If you see a broken link to a video anywhere in this report, Google the title to try and find
another source for the video/info.
Due to the Encyclopedia size of this reference work, one must first read at least the first three chapters to
gain a basic fundamental cohesive understanding of the matrix and material truth we are trying to
articulate, after which you can jump around to any section you so wish. All content enclosed in text boxes
such as this are supporting evidence/case studies/verifications/examples/exhibit of proof and so forth.
:
The Matrix Report |1
INTRODUCTION TO THE MATRIX:

COGNITIVE REALITY DeBRIEFING
THE STATE of MENTAL ENSLAVEMENT
REALITY, TOTAL AWARENESS AND LUCID THOUGHT
REVOLUTIONARY TRUTH REVEALED
"It is only the TRUTH that can make a man FREE. It is only the TRUTH that can make a man LIVE. The truth has been
branded OUTLAWED & ILLEGAL. It is DANGEROUS to have the truth in your possession. You can be found GUILTY and
sentenced to DEATH. My words are the TRUTH and the truth causes OFFENSE. I DON'T CARE what men want to say
about me BECAUSE WITHOUT THE TRUTH THERE IS NO CONSCIOUSNESS." Source, unknown.
"In a time of universal deceit, telling the truth is a revolutionary act." - George Orwell
A truth’s initial commotion is directly proportional to how deeply the lie was believed. It wasn’t the world being round
that agitated people but that the world wasn’t flat. When a well-packaged web of lies has-been sold gradually to the
masses over generations, the truth will seem utterly preposterous and its speaker a raving lunatic. – Dresden James
The power to fit in with one’s social peers can be irresistible. To a human lemming, the logic behind an opinion doesn’t
count as much as the power and popularity behind an opinion. – Norman Livergood?
“The ultimate ignorance is the rejection of something you know nothing about and refuse to investigate.” - Dr. Wayne
Dyer
2|TheMatrix Report
“For my part, whatever anguish of spirit it may cost, I am willing to know the whole truth; to know the worst and
provide for it.” - Patrick Henry
First and foremost: the entire underlying foundation of why it is of utmost importance to know and understand HOW
evil exists and works in this world is clearly mentioned in the bible... For it is written "know thy enemy." There is a
hidden war being waged between the forces of good and evil, this war has been waged for eons. Yet you, like the
majority of mankind is totally blind to this ―invisible‖ unseen, misunderstood REALITY, thus you are all BLIND
to the existence of the evil ruler of this world and his agents here on earth fulfilling his wishes. I‘m here to blow this
smoke and mirrors psy-op wide open and totally expose all the elements of this hidden war and reveal its agents.
―One of the elementary grounds of combating any enemy are the ‗Rules Of War‘ as taught at the US Special Warfare
School at Ft Bragg – which also incorporated many rules of Sun Tzu‘s ‗Art Of War‘ – was to FIRST OF ALL know
who the hell your ‗ENEMY‘ is. Now – as we all know (SHOULD know) – all nations potentially have TWO types of
enemies – both ―FOREIGN AND DOMESTIC‖ – as in the oath that all of us who served in uniform swore to protect
our nation against. A ―useful idiot‖ is one who is ignorant of the facts to the extent that they end up unwittingly
advancing an adverse cause that they might not otherwise support.‖ – Cortina.
―A nation can survive its fools, and even the ambitious. But it cannot survive treason from within. An enemy
at the gates is less formidable, for he is known and carries his banner openly. But the traitor moves amongst
those within the gate freely, his sly whispers rustling through all the alleys, heard in the very halls of
government itself. For the traitor appears not a traitor; he speaks in accents familiar to his victims, and he
wears their face and their arguments, he appeals to the baseness that lies deep in the hearts of all men.
He rots the soul of a nation, he works secretly and unknown in the night to undermine the pillars of the
city, he infects the body politic so that it can no longer resist. A murder is less to fear” - Marcus Tullius
CICERO 106BC to 43BC, Roman philosopher and statesman.
Yes there exists both foreign and DOMESTIC enemies… both of which we will be revealing here in this investigative
research report are operating right here under our very noses without as much as anyone having a clue. These agents of
foreign governments have literally invaded our country long ago and assimilated themselves into our society, slowly
but steadily they have been advancing themselves, their agendas and their interests to the point where they have in fact
been controlling this nation by proxy for quite some time now… these are the elusive ―hidden masters.‖ And they have
been leading this nation into self destruction. You see all the stories of this nation‘s slow spiral into the abyss every day
in the news, some new massive national problem here and there; the downward trend of the past several decades is self
evident, all our nation‘s jobs have been purposely moved overseas, (our the puppet government has actually been
encouraging this and gives them tax incentives for doing so!) as a result the unemployment rates continue to grow with
no end in sight, our nation is under so many troubles that its financial ruin is almost inevitable, increased decadence,
immorality, third world level education, destruction of family values and so forth, these are just the spasms of its self
destruction…
In order to win any ―war‖ the smart army or country or hero always needs to know WHO, what, when, where,
how and everything about the enemy. This is fundamental elementary military strategy 101. The military calls the
practice of knowing thy enemy: Intel which is often acquired via Recon (reconnaissance), monitoring the target‘s
activities, insider info, espionage, etc. hence the use of secret ―intelligence agencies‖ who specialize in this area.
With good intel THE ENEMY HAS NO SECRETS, because you know all their plans and strategies, they cannot hide,
thus one can more readily and efficiently combat and eventually defeat the enemy. If you do not have the crucial
―Intel‖ (as in you don‘t have a clue who they are and what they are up to) the enemy remains invisible, thus they exist,
operate and attacks undetectable without warning. He who does not ―know thy enemy‖ leaves himself helpless,
vulnerable and hopelessly open to control, manipulation and assault. The enemies know this strategy very well, that is
why they use a counter military strategy call DISSINFORMATION. Thus ones intel and knowledge gained from
―knowing thy enemy‖ must be completely founded in TRUTH. Without the FACTS and TRUTH intel you are fighting
TheMatrix Report |3
a futile war, clueless, wondering what they are up to, as if you were blindfolded, or BLIND… wandering around in
darkness, a feeble clueless victim of the unseen forces that surround you for they are beyond your cognitive perception
radar therefor you are lost in the dark and have no real control… He who has an ear let him hear…
Lucifer, the devil, satan operate under a massive unified CLOAK OF INVISIBILITY here on earth. This cloak of
invisibility has been universally refered to throughout history as his cover of ―darkness.‖ His agents here on earth wear
suits and ties and are often very wealthy, popular and charismatic, they operate largely with impunity and imunity.
They collectively make the laws of the land and cohesively control the realm of perception of reality.
In this material centrific world full of distractions, no one understands who, what, when, where and HOW the devil
(and his representatives here on earth) rules, thus he does so freely, wantonly without any resistance, for the world is
BLIND to his presence. This world is full of the blind leading the blind. Many people actually don‘t want to know.
There‘s a part in most people that will resist change, new discoveries, insights, enlightment every step of the way.
After all, it means you probably won‘t ever be able to go back to your old comfortable way of thinking, being and
living. Yet there is also a part of us that yearns to know the unknown.
Let me tell you why you're here. You're here because you know something. What you know you can't explain, but you
feel it. You've felt it your entire life, that there's something wrong with the world. You don't know what it is, but
its there, like a splinter in your mind, driving you mad. It is this feeling that has brought you to me. Do you know what
I'm talking about? The ruling elite matrix. The Matrix is a ruling system. That system is the enemy of Heaven and
earth. When you're inside, you look around, what do you see? Businessmen, teachers, lawyers, carpenters. The very
minds of the people we are trying to save. But until we do, these people are still a part of that system and that makes
them ―useful idiots,‖ pawns, puppets, servants, slaves and agents of the enemy. You have to understand, most of these
people are not ready to be unplugged. And many of them are so inured, so hopelessly dependent on the system
that they will fight to protect it. The Matrix is everywhere. It is all around us. Even now, in this very room. You
can see it when you look out your window or when you turn on your television. You can feel it when you go to work...
when you go to church... when you pay your taxes. It is the world that has been pulled over your eyes to blind you
from the truth. What truth? That you are a slave, Neo. Like everyone else you were born into bondage. Into a
prison that you cannot taste or see or touch. A prison for your mind. I'm trying to free your mind. But I can only
show you the door... You're the one that has to walk through it. Free your mind… Emancipate yourself from mental
slavery... for only then can you transcend the boundaries of indoctrinated group think that has made up your
comprehension of ―reality.‖
I‘m sorry to have to break the news to you this way, but, you have been MENTALLY ENSLAVED your entire life.
Perpetually entertained and trivial information overloaded, you haven‘t noticed it for you have come to identify with
and adore your servitude… Like most people around you, you have become so used to your current state of being
that you don‘t even notice the extent of how fake and morally devoid the world is becoming. Decadence and
immorality surrounds you on a daily basis yet you have become accustomed to it. Oh, you say, no that‘s not right?
Here is your wake-up call. Every time you fire up that TV set it is full of immoral bullshit beaming through the
airwaves embedding itself in the innermost receses of your mind. It is almost impossible to change the channels
without stumbling onto decadent programming. Some of the most obvious being shows such as: Jerry Springer, Flavor
of Love, Howard Stern, decadent reality shows, anything and everything on MTV, the list is endless. For instance,
Jersey Shore (staring a bunch of immoral retards) was one of the ―hot‖ shows last season, I feel sorry for the feeble
people who think such pathetic crap is cool. This clearly demonstrates the far extreme of Satan‘s programming on
earth, how he makes immorality and decadence ―normal‖ and ―hip‖ and where people turn around and say ―oh that‘s
just a TV show.‖ No, those TV shows are actually much more profound than you could ever fathom. Their impact on
the human psyche and soul is beyond all established means of measurement.
This is not a religious work, anyone who is a dedicated Christian should know the basic fundamentals they teach in
Church about religion, therefore I am not even going to go there. What I am about to reveal is the hard core reality of
Lucifer‘s TANGIBLE reign and his system here on earth, what I refer to as the matrix.
4|TheMatrix Report
My mission is to design this report as a defibrillator in order to shock your soul back to life, reawaken your inquisitive
nature, to get you to think for yourself, question everything around you and clear the way for liberation from the many
forms of enslavement. Now, you can either choose to free your mind and investigate these matters further or put down
this report and turn on your hypnotic programming apparatus, its architects called a ―Tell-a-Vision‖ (TV) and tune
in to your favorite mind numbnifying ―TV program.‖
Webster‘s dictionary defines ―program‖: 6 a : a plan for the programming of a mechanism (as a computer) b
: a sequence of coded instructions that can be inserted into a mechanism (as a computer) c : a sequence of
coded instructions (as genes or behavioral responses) that is part of an organism.
You can continue to live in the wonderful bliss of ignorance or you can remove your blindfolds and boldly keep
reading. It‘s time to wake up Dorothy… you‘re not in Kansas anymore…
―The Truth is often hated and looked upon as evil by those who would argue for immorality. Those who contend
for Truth will be despised, ridiculed, and hated. You see, Truth is hate to those who hate the Truth.
We live in a time when the godly structures of the family, church, and nation have been reduced to rubble by
ideologies that are contrary to the Word of God.
For example, one such belief that has risen to prominence in our culture over the past two decades is the
acceptance of homosexuality as a tolerable lifestyle. The days are here in the United States where one who would
hold to the biblical conviction and publicly state that homosexuality is a sin may be prosecuted and imprisoned
[through the Hate Crimes Act]. The foundation of our society is in dire need of repair. God is looking for men
who know how to rebuild this nation‘s foundation and fight to protect it from anything that would try to destroy
it.‖ – source unknown
Before I begin, please note that this is not a ―religious‖ work but is. I must state that I am a Watchman, an anonymous
messenger. I have nothing to gain from revealing all that I am about to disclose except for knowing that I have at least
tried to inform and open the eyes of my fellow man regarding the true realities of this world. This is not about me, it
is about the profound message I come forth to reveal. Modern day media centric society has a tradition of ―killing
the messengers,‖ shredding them apart, ridiculing, attacks, smear campaigns, character assassinations and so forth, all
with the malicious intent of discrediting the messenger, thus extinguishing the light of THE MESSAGE, tarnishing it,
rendering it null and void floating in a realm of doubt. This tactic is well know and widely utilized by professional
―debunkers‖ and ―discreditors.‖ This commonly used tactic is called the ―Ad hominem argument‖, sorry, but I refuse
to subject myself to those futile exchanges. I am only here to deliver the profound message, take it or leave it.
In this case there will be no one with a big target on their forehead to assail due to the fact that I am a totally
anonymous ghost. Thus I will spare everyone the distraction of trying to analyze, dissect and attack the messenger, as a
result the only thing left will be to focus on is the actual message. Digest the words of truth that I am about to share.
For TRUTH is absolute and eternal. It is pure, it does not lie or deceive. Truth transcends time and space, it‘s often
very simple and logical, in the end it doesn‘t matter who the messenger is, for the truth will always be true no
matter who tells it, even if it comes from a clown the message does not lose one bit of meaning or importance. One of
sound mind and heart can recognize the truth if he so chooses to honestly reflect upon and digest its words and their
meanings. Truth reveals all, it is timeless and unchanging, one truth has the power greater than a thousand lies.
My credibility and authority exists in my words expounding unadulterated truth. When one has the truth on their side
there is no need to impress anyone with boasts of worldly titles acquired from this fallen civilization enclosed in
darkness as references. When the truth is your sword there is no need to present worldly titles, sophisticated
university degrees nor rely upon dully accredited, accepted, recognized reputation, fame and fortune to try and gain
respect, legitimacy and reverence as a right to speak or be heard and taken seriously. Instead I lay out the simple
straight forward uncensored raw truth of all my research and what has been revealed to me. Take it or leave it. With
that said and done, I come forth wielding my sword of truth and exercising the divine rights Heavenly Father has
bestowed upon each and every one of us in hopes of liberating those who have been enslaved by the deceiver of man...
TheMatrix Report |5
What is ―real‖? How do you define ―real‖? The word ―reality‖ is derived from ―real‖, they are one and the same.
Therefore in determining what is true reality one must sift through the myriad of tainted, false, manufactured,
instigated, contrived, composed narratives and events formulated by OTHERS who then present them to you as ―real‖
reality. The single most inherent problem of people being able to determine what is ―real‖ is they more often than not
confuse their own (or someone else‘s) VIEWPOINT with actual cognitive reality. Absolute ―reality‖ and ―Real‖
are eternally fused to ―truth.‖ One‘s ability to discern true reality is directly connected to the level of one‘s awareness
and depth of perception of all things transpiring around him and his environment, including that which can or cannot be
readily observed or seen.
Truth doesn‘t come from just asking a person a question and getting an answer. Understanding truth comes from
realization, digging deeper and finding out what‘s behind that answer and what that answer really means. The single
most imperative thing one searching for answers is to ALWAYS find and study the CAUSE… the ROOT, otherwise
known as getting to the ―bottom‖ of it all.
Even when a person‘s not consciously lying, they are seeing a version (perception) of the world that may not be exactly
the real version of the world for it is just their ―viewpoint.‖ Thus cognitive perception and truth are eternally
intertwined. Ones level of perception of reality directly correlates to one‘s ability to process, understand and
comprehend truth of what is really happening in their midst. The capacity for people to believe what they want to
believe, rather than what is actually true, is astounding. The great deceivers of man fully understand that perception
becomes and is processed as reality, thus they have been manipulating human perception to such an extent that it is
truly mind boggling. It is written: ―Thou they have eyes they are still blind.‖ [Isaiah 43:8] My mission is very
simple: to open your eyes and awaken you from your deep slumber.
The knowledge we present can and will shake the very foundation of your beliefs about the world you live in. From the
days even before you were a child in school holding your right hand to your heart, pledging unwavering "allegiance to
the flag" on a daily basis, the indoctrination began. Get in line, single file, obey those in authority, this is how our
world works, this is what‘s normal, this is our sanctified history (revisionist history that is taught is glaringly devoid of
REAL history, and only focuses on the NARRATIVES the ruling elite want to program into the public conscience, for
it is from the foundation of our recollection of history that we formulate thoughts and understand of the present), etc.,
etc., etc. Our young moldable minds soak everything in. Oh the blemish free, wonderful fairy tale like, magnificent
country and world view we have been taught to blindly believe in. How blessed and benevolent art thou! Lies are lies,
just because they write it down and call it ―history‖ doesn‘t make it the TRUTH.
The ruling elite have a monopoly on truth in this world. They collectively own and run all the media outlets on the
planet with the exception of just a small percentage of little outlets that are rarely ever heard from. Every book,
magazine, newspaper, video, movie TV show, news station and so forth, this matrix collectively broadcast the same
reinforcing content (from either a positive or negative viewpoint, it doesn‘t matter), the respective
IDEOLITGIES are implanted into the mass conscience utilizing cutting edge BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
establishing any matter at hand as accepted REALITY.
By manipulating what people BELIEVE you directly manipulate their reality, for what a person BELIEVES... IS his
micro reality, regardless of what the macro, absolute true reality may be.
―When beliefs morph into truth, regardless of the realities of time and place, the non-initiated become fodder for
those with the zeal and power to enforce their will.‖
Illusion-of-truth effect
The illusion-of-truth effect states that a person is more likely to believe a familiar statement than an unfamiliar
one. In a 1977 experiment participants were asked to read 60 plausible statements every two weeks and to rate
them based on their validity. A few of those statements (some of them true, others false) were presented more than
once in different sessions. Results showed that participants were more likely to rate as true statements the ones
they had previously heard (even if they didn't consciously remember having heard them), regardless of the actual
6|TheMatrix Report
validity of the statement.
As the illusion-of-truth effect occurs even without explicit knowledge, it is a direct result of implicit memory.
Some participants rated previously heard sentences as true even when they were previously told that they were
false.[4] The illusion-of-truth effect shows in some ways the potential dangers of implicit memory as it can lead to
unconscious decisions about a statement's veracity. [source Wikipedia]
Many people will try and find any little piece of information that has any minute flaw in it so that they can use that
little fault to dismiss and discredit the entirety of the facts being presented here, thereby formulating the premise to
conjure up an excuse to just walk away and pretend that their lives and the world around them are just hunk dory.
Ignorance is surely bliss.
2 Thessalonians 2:11-12 "11. And For this cause YAH shall send them strong delusion, that they should
believe a LIE. 12. That they all might be damned who believed not the truth, but had pleasure in
unrighteousness.
Statistics prove that a full 30% of the population will NEVER accept any truth that challenges or goes against their
predefined life programming, thus they are pre disposed to go to their graves in a perpetual state of denial no matter
what solid evidence is ever revealed and presented to them. Years of conditioning, indoctrination, social engineering
and self mental regulation and confinement immediately kick in with the ―oh, that‘s crazy‖ & ―they‘d never do that‖
type of reasoning. Obviously this report is not meant to try and reach those hopelessly lost minds.
Then there is the other 30% of the population who don‘t even care what happens, these are the ones who just ―go with
the flow‖ and follow the rest of the herd. Then there is the 30% who do have a clue but are too afraid to lose everything
they have invested and worked so hard for their entire lives, so they sit back in fear and do as they are told, these go on
day to day making believe everything is just fine, when in the back of their minds they can feel things are not what they
seem. Then there is the 3% who are up to their necks directly bringing about and construing ―the matrix‖ system. The
last 7% are those who dare stand up to the machine, the status quo, the establishment, big brother and try awaken their
fellow man about the evils that exist within the respective branch of the matrix network they are knowledgeable in.
Our American society is medicated from the cradle to the grave, and very few people are asking what is wrong, for
they awaken and walk the earth each and every day enveloped in a deep haze. The time has now come for YOU to
choose. Will you continue to live in INGNORANCE, or will YOU unplug from this matrix and break free,
EMANCIPATE YOURSELF FROM MENTAL SLAVERY?
So Neo… what is it? It‘s your turn to choose, the red pill or the blue pill? Remember… all I‘m offering is the TRUTH,
Nothing more. This is your last chance. After this, there is no turning back. You take the blue pill (stop reading now) -
the story ends, you wake up in your bed and believe whatever you want to believe. You take the red pill (continue
reading the entire report) - you stay in Wonderland and I show you how deep the rabbit-hole goes. You have to let it all
go, Neo. Fear, doubt, and disbelief. Free your mind and emancipate yourself from mental slavery.
FYI: This is NOT the movies, this is TRUE REALITY I am about to reveal, to free your mind is to unplug from the
matrix, prepare to be unplugged from the matrix and have your eyes opened…
―Our mind is of three categories: what we know, what we don't know, and what we don't know we don't know.
Not knowing is unfortunate; not knowing that we don't know is tragic.‖ - W. Erhart
Those who dwell in the heavenly realm know Truth. Reality is spread out before them; they can look into the
heavenly planes which are above them, and the physical planes which are beneath them, perceiving the
realities of existence, for Truth is continually washing over them, as the waves of the sea wash over the sands
which are on the shore. They know that what appears to be is not what is, for they perceive the Reality that is
hidden from mortal minds by the mists of darkness.
TheMatrix Report |7
This society is made-up of an illusionary media centrific culture that has been superimposed over and into our
lives; the masses have been under a TV programmed media induced hypnotic mass trance. The mass media‘s
omnipresent output envelopes and saturates the MIND. The mass media communications apparatus utilizes scientific
programming instruments and methods to program the central perception of reality of the masses, deep into the human
psyche a reality narrative is engraved into the minds and hearts of man. We the people are in a trance, from that
slumber we are enlaved…
The media is the collective eyes and ears of society. They provide the crucial view of the world around us. The
media are the ones who set the pace, set, control, suggest, dictate the central core fundamental ambiance, mood, frame
of mind, atmosphere of the overall environment, what‘s cool, what‘s not, what‘s hot, what‘s not, what‘s in what‘s out,
who is bad, who is good, what is normal, what is weird, and so on and so forth. Only by unplugging from this
programming matrix will one ever come to attain true enlightment, true situational awareness, achieve true
understanding and true liberation.
Situation awareness:
Situation awareness or SA, is the perception of environmental elements within a volume of time and space, the
comprehension of their meaning, and the projection of their status in the near future. It is also a field of study
concerned with perception of the environment critical to decision-makers in complex, dynamic areas from
aviation, air traffic control, power plant operations, military command and control — to more ordinary but
nevertheless complex tasks such as driving an automobile or motorcycle.
Situation awareness (SA) involves being aware of what is happening around you to understand how information,
events, and your own actions will impact your goals and objectives, both now and in the near future. Lacking SA
or having inadequate SA has been identified as one of the primary factors in accidents attributed to human error
(e.g., Hartel, Smith, & Prince, 1991; Merket, Bergondy, & Cuevas-Mesa, 1997; Nullmeyer, Stella, Montijo, &
Harden, 2005). Having complete, accurate and up-to-the-minute SA is essential where technological and
situational complexity on the human decision-maker are a concern. SA has been recognized as a critical, yet often
elusive, foundation for successful decision-making across a broad range of complex and dynamic systems.
Sadly, the average human being is lacking in their endowment of SA abilities, thus they rely on outside sources
for assistance such as mass media to tell them what is, was, when, where and how…
Behold, for I say to thee: It is imperative to know the absolute truth and expose the true situation of this world and the
elite rulers of society and their matrix. As with any dilemma ever faced in the world, one must first correctly identify
the core problem and its source, then and only then can one pursue adequate solutions. Until the core causal root of the
problems are identified, you can only remain immobile, spinning your wheels. Thus you must first find and identify
the core/root INTERNAL catalysts for what you are more often then not observing in daily life are the
EXTERNAL results… I will explain it with a very simple analogy:
Society is like a sick terminally ill patient. The symptoms of its illness are evident no matter where you probe the
patient. The pain is felt throughout the patient for it has been invaded and overtaken by a virus (the ruling elite) who
parasitically feed off the host. The patient (the general average citizen) can barely live day to day without some form of
help, life support systems. Only the lethal parasitic virus (the ruling elite) is doing well while the patient as host of the
virus exists in perpetual dire straits. The host needs a doctor that can diagnosis the problem in order to get the patient
back from the brink of death. The ONLY way a doctor can save the patient is by accurately diagnosing, as in
IDENTIFYING, as in EXPOSING the virus, i.e., the underlying cause of the sickness. One will NEVER be able to
treat the illness without knowing who/what/where/how of the CAUSE of infection. Therefore the crucial KEY to
finding the solution or CURE is within fully identifying and understanding EXACTLY who/what/when/where/how
and why of the virus (cause). Once the virus is recognized, then, and only then can measures be taken to find solutions
and successfully treat the patient, bringing the terminally ill patient back to health as well as combat and eradicate the
evil viruses (cause) that have infected and feed off of the poor host.
8|TheMatrix Report
It is written: ―the truth will set you free,‖ this has been an undeniable fundamental truth since the ill fated beginning
of mankind, the oppressors of man know this very well, that‘s why in many countries around the world, this prophetic
verse is increasingly being tragically becoming transformed into: ―the truth will get you arrested.‖ (Especially if the
truth is labeled as anti-Semitic...) People routinely get incarcerated in many countries for speaking the truth. Here in
America that model was recently made official through the passing of the Hate Crimes Act. Hate-crimes laws always
lead to hate-speech regulations, i.e. censorship. Communicating the truth has long ago been cleverly CENSORED
throughout societies. Censorship is typically DISGUISED under laws, policies, political correctness, policies,
regulations, cease and desist orders, etc., there are even regulatory agencies to conduct outright censorship in their
respective spheres such as the FCC, FDA, et al. With the passing of the Hate Crimes Act, censorship will reach new
heights while freedom of speech is increasingly being stifled and regulated.
The truth has been undergoing extreme assault for ages, for those whom operate in the shadows cloaked in sin must
cloak and cover their agendas and tracks with deceit, lies, misinformation and omission, thus it is said they dwell in
darkness. Truth is the light that exposes all and reveals that which is hidden in darkness, thus truth is their number one
enemy. Divine Truth is ultimate reality, ultimate light, ultimate sight. To have sight one must be able to see. One
cannot see in the dark, for darkness cloaks everything around it. Those who possess truth, in effect possess their own
source of LIGHT… thus they can readily SEE what is really going on under the cloak of darkness… Truth is the
crucial component of the Great Awakening. In order to wake up from your slumber you must unplug from their
carefully contrived matrix.
This report does not even scratch the surface of the enormous amount of material I have researched and found. In order
to properly give each section appropriate treatment, each and every chapter of this Matrix Report deserves to be
covered extensively as its own book, it‘s own highly detailed report, with the full in depth treatment they individually
deserve. But due to the nature of this report‘s purpose to basically provide an overall cohesive overview and reveal the
fundamental structure of the matrix, this reference work must focus on the ―big picture.‖
Each and every single paragraph herein has been painstakingly researched, verified and often reviewed dozens of
times for validity for it to be included in this work. So painstaking has been my investigation that many sentences in
this report were committed to paper only after hours upon hours of examination and re-evaluation. I wish I could
source all the material herein, but due to the fact that almost every single sentence could have up to dozens of source
links, it would be a monumental task and take me an additional couple years just in listing sources. All I can do at this
point in time is wish and hope that everyone that reads this report will actually take it upon themselves to initiate their
own unbiased neutral truth/fact finding mission and verify everything I say here. You've got to be willing to find out
what the real truth is...and then you've got to have the courage and integrity to stay true to that truth...no
matter what other people around you think, feel, or believe. I hereby challenge you to seek the truth…
This entire report, has taken 3 years just to reach draft version 1.0 stage and I am now on my fifth year of working on
this report and still not yet satisfied with the overall comprehensiveness or the extent of clarity in describing key points,
therefore, expect further, more thorough editions and works in the future. I also need to address the fact that the entire
field of research into the ―ruling elite‖ is so full of misinformation, lies, false leads, shills and so forth that it is
becoming increasingly difficult to sift through all of the data to find the hidden truths. I come forth here with my
absolute best effort, years of connecting dots and putting together the massive master matrix puzzle consisting of
many individual sector puzzles.
For those of you that are English language perfectionists, sorry, but I am not a professional writer, so please bear with
my wanton abuse of English grammar. There may still exist a couple minor errors in some details, for ―the powers that
be‖ relentlessly attempt to steer the truth away from their real agendas and are forever flooding the channels with false
info to throw everyone off the scent. This report has already undergone several drafts and in each draft I have fine
tuned and corrected any errors I find while re-checking all the facts. Please understand, I only come forth with what I
have came to identify and know as the absolute undeniable truth and nothing but the truth, so help me God.
Behold: for I come forth, speaking not for myself but for the authority vested in me, for the time has come for
all to know the full extent of what was, what is and is yet to come…
TheMatrix Report |9
The information we are going to be revealing here is of such a nature that an over whelming majority of the masses
will refuse to even consider the general message. Our message is so heart breaking, so devastating, so alarming, so
profoundly disturbing that many people will not, CAN NOT, psychologically and or emotionally accept it, for the
message goes against what you have been PROGRAMMED your entire life to believe. This is due to the fact that your
conscience/unconscious perception of cognitive reality has been premeditatedly shaped, formed and reinforced well
throughout your entire life by all sectors of society. Many close minded people will outright dismiss the fact they have
been programmed, for it sounds like science fiction. To do so is to remain in denial. For one needs look no further than
the advertising industry to readily see how and why they pour out HUNDREDS OF BILLIONS of dollars annually in
advertising campaigns designed to mold your perception of their PRODUCTS. They have been concocting advertising
(a form of programming), and bombarding mankind with ads because it has been scientifically and psychologically
proven IT WORKS. And this is just one of the most simplest innocuous forms of programming openly being
performed on the masses…
Forget about dolphins, whales, ants, bees, birds and so on… for:
Humans are the MOST STUDIED SPECIES ON THE PLANET. Little has man known, that man, society and the
control of it has been one of the most highly studied and researched areas of those who have sought to rule over it from
time unknown. It is not even a secret. Those who have sought to rule over man have throughout history financed the
best scientific minds to study what makes man tick in order to best control their subjects. The field of human control
and manipulation is not only real but is a highly researched and widely practiced science of Social Engineering:
BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Behavioral Sciences is a core curriculum at all major universities, not only that, it‘s implementation is a crucially vital
central component in the management and manipulation of society. How important is the study and implementation of
Behavioral Science in the modern world? Take into account all key government and military sectors, including the FBI
and all intelligence agencies have a dedicated Behavioral Science Units, there is the Institute of Behavioral Science,
Association for Contextual Behavioral Science, Behavioral Science Major, Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, The
Department of Behavioral Science, etc., etc.
Behavioral Sciences:
The term behavioral sciences (or behavioral sciences) encompasses all the disciplines that explore the activities of
and interactions among organisms in the natural world. It involves the systematic analysis and investigation of
human and animal behavior through controlled and naturalistic experimental observations and rigorous
formulations. The term behavioral sciences is often confused with the term social sciences. Though these two
broad areas are interrelated and study systematic processes of behavior, they differ on their level of scientific
analysis of various dimensions of behavior.
Behavioral sciences abstract empirical data to investigate the decision processes and communication strategies
within and between organisms in a social system. This involves fields like psychology and social neuroscience
(psychiatry), and genetics among others.
In contrast, social sciences provide a perceptive framework to study the processes of a social system through
impacts of social organization on structural adjustment of the individual and of groups. They typically include
fields like sociology, economics, history, counseling, public health, anthropology, and political science
Behavioral sciences includes two broad categories: neural-decision sciences and social-communication sciences.
Decision sciences involves those disciplines primarily dealing with the decision processes and individual
functioning used in the survival of organism in a social environment. These include psychology, cognitive
science, organization theory, psychobiology, management science, operations research (not to be confused with
10 | T h e M a t r i x R e p o r t
business administration) and social neuroscience.
On the other hand, communication sciences include those fields which study the communication strategies used
by organisms and its dynamics between organisms in an environment. These include fields like anthropology,
organizational behavior, organization studies, sociology and social networks.
Cognitive Science:
Cognitive science is the interdisciplinary study of how information is represented and transformed in the brain. It
consists of multiple research disciplines, including psychology, artificial intelligence, philosophy, neuroscience,
learning sciences, linguistics, anthropology, sociology, and education. It spans many levels of analysis, from low-
level learning and decision mechanisms to high-level logic and planning; from neural circuitry to modular brain
organization. The term cognitive science was coined by Christopher Longuet-Higgins in his 1973 commentary on
the Lighthill report, which concerned the then-current state of Artificial Intelligence research. In the same decade,
the journal Cognitive Science and the Cognitive Science Society were founded.
Cognitive science has a pre-history traceable back to ancient Greek philosophical texts (see Plato's Meno); and
certainly must include writers such as Descartes, Benedict de Spinoza, Nicolas Malebranche, Pierre Cabanis. But,
although these early writers contributed greatly to the philosophical discovery of mind and this would ultimately
lead to the development of psychology, they were working with an entirely different set of tools and core
concepts than those of the cognitive scientist.
The modern culture of cognitive science can be traced back to the early cyberneticists in the 1930s and 1940s,
such as Warren McCulloch and Walter Pitts, who sought to understand the organizing principles of the mind.
News Flash: All of humanity has been a large experiment and study in understanding what makes him tick and how to
best manipulate their ideals, desires and actions. The rulers of man funded and founded universities and sent legions of
scholars to unlock the secrets of the human mind and psyche so that they could better control them. They unlocked the
secrets to literally manipulating man‘s perception of reality. The results of their research have been invisibly
implemented throughout society for many decades.
We live in a phony world of illusions… rarely is anything what it seems.

Here is the real Madonna (left) and the matrix Madonna:
The masses are cognitively asleep and cognitively impaired. Many have also been cognitively neutered by the
medical establishment, with its unending supply of legalized drugs. We now live in the age of the medicated society.
T h e M a t r i x R e p o r t | 11
Today thought and conversations rarely enter the realm of deep philosophical contemplation and issues, the masses
instead choose to spend their entire lives immersed completely in superficial materialistic pursuits, endeavors, and
never ending entertainment.
The world‘s population LOVES living in pure fantasy. People unconsciously prefer FANSTASY over reality. For
reality is often too ugly, harsh, sad and painful to bear. That is one of the reasons why in every country on the planet
the most public the highest paid, highest revered most famous people (employees of the ruling elite) are ACTORS
and musicians. Whom are none other than mere clever Hollywood creations… illusions, propaganda and
programming instruments of the programming elite. The pathetic followers, (idol worshipers) called ―fans‖ hold the
actors, sports super stars and rock stars in the highest of esteem, they routinely fall to their knees in tears of admiration
when in their presence, they worship their false idols.
Hollywood is our number one source of fantasy escapism. The majority of today‘s children are literally raised on TV.
The population gets home from work or school and immediately plops down in front of the bloob tube to escape into
their favorite FANTASY world realm. Meanwhile TV and Hollywood churn out a continuous stream of morally
depraved deficient productions. God and superior values have essentially been erased from the public conscience
directly attributable to media programming. This is the sad state of modern society. The true champions of society,
such as teachers, aid workers, volunteers and so on are continuously marginalized and receive disproportionately low
wages for their crucial contribution in the direct development of a healthier more stable society.
All entertainment is a form of fantasy escapism and/or extension of their real life, where people augment their
realities by focusing on ―their team‖, ―their hero‘s.‖ Why do you think the internet and video games have become so
entrenched and central to people‘s lives? Again, people log on to websites with pseudonym alter egos, literally they can
be anyone they choose. Millions upon millions escape reality on the internet, especially those who play video games.
They spend countless hours completely immersed in fantasy worlds. These are just a few examples of the unconscious
reality of fantasy escapism we face today.
Real life Pamela Anderson compared to the artificial matrix illusion as seen later that same day:
The masses are escaping from reality by the tens of millions. What are they afraid to confront? What is it in the real
world that people know, but refuse to acknowledge and deal with? What are the factors that compel people to literally
stop paying attention to the real world around them, and overwhelmly turn to fantasy worlds? Cognitive dissonance is
one of the factors that plays a major role in our unconscious mind.
Cognitive Dissonance:
Cognitive dissonance is an uncomfortable feeling caused by holding two contradictory ideas simultaneously.
The "ideas" or "cognitions" in question may include attitudes and beliefs, the awareness of one's behavior, and
facts. The theory of cognitive dissonance proposes that people have a motivational drive to reduce dissonance by
changing their attitudes, beliefs, and behaviors, or by justifying or rationalizing their attitudes, beliefs, and
behaviors. Cognitive dissonance theory is one of the most influential and extensively studied theories in social
psychology.
Dissonance normally occurs when a person perceives a logical inconsistency among his or her cognitions. This
happens when one idea implies the opposite of another. For example, a belief in animal rights could be
interpreted as inconsistent with eating meat or wearing fur. Noticing the contradiction would lead to dissonance,
which could be experienced as anxiety, guilt, shame, anger, embarrassment, stress, and other negative emotional
states. When people's ideas are consistent with each other, they are in a state of harmony, or consonance. If
cognitions are unrelated, they are categorized as irrelevant to each other and do not lead to dissonance.
Cognitive dissonance is silently occurring every time the educated, indoctrinated, primed, prepped public hears the real
TRUTH challenging any and/or all the established knowledge that has been implanted and programmed into their
minds by the wonderful benevolent establishment since their youth where the indoctrination began within the public
school system and continued throughout their lives through media conditioning. You have been raised to become a
comformist part of ―the system.‖ Most of the indoctrinates reply to these type of revelations with a resounding ―No
the powers that be would never do this or that.‖ This is a perfect example of dissonance in action.
Then there is Doublethink, the act of simultaneously accepting as correct two mutually contradictory beliefs. The
ruling elite and their representatives are masters of integrating these psychological twisters into the public discourse of
whatever issue, event, policy and/or agenda they are currently working on.
Plenty of studies have shown that people don't process information in a neutral way - "biased assimilation" they call
it. In other words, rather than our opinions being forged by whatever information we have available, they tend to be
constructed by our wants and needs. With all their might, our minds try to reduce cognitive dissonance, that queasy
feeling you get when you are confronted by contradictory ideas simultaneously. One man's rumor is another man's
reality. To a certain extent perception is reality, for what one perceives is their reality, whether or not that reality is a
factual reality. Therefore we tend to reject theories, rumors, facts and truths that challenge our worldview and embrace
those that affirm it, hence: biased assimilation in action.
This is common knowledge in the psychology sector. Those whose vested interests involve manipulating mankind to
achieve their objectives have long ago invested massive amounts of research into the realm of understanding the
human mind. Thus acquiring the hidden knowledge required to better manage and manipulate their constituencies. It is
with this masterful knowledge and understanding of the human psyche that the ruling elite weave their masterful
intricate agendas, beyond the scope of easy observation. With the instruments of mass media they work their magic;
molding and shaping general public perception, formulating the norms, imprinting upon the masses the
common widely accepted ―reality‖…
Mankind, in their natural state, is subject to the illusions of the powers of darkness, ignorant of the principles of Truth.
The shadows of this world are perceived by mortals, and they think they know the truth, but the reality which casts the
shadows is hidden from them, and they do not perceive the Light. For their eyes are blinded by the veil of darkness so
that they cannot perceive the Light which is among them. Thus mankind is literally enslaved because of the illusions
which they believe, yet they possess not a clue and wander the earth believing they are free. It is of utmost importance
that you understand that the prophets have warned of ―a time of great delusions‖ we are in fact living in that age.
Nothing is ever what is seems. You must see beyond the illusion of separateness to the essential oneness of being, in
order to perceive Truth. Until then, you cannot relate, in a proper manner, with the rest of creation. In order to begin to
understand the nature of mankind‘s absolute unadulterated reality we must begin to process many factors individually,
beginning with the true reality and awareness of the nature of the real world that encompasses us as the supreme
creator intended it.
The problem with our collective reality is that it is easily influenced, for instance: When you have all media outlets
covering any given issue, event, product, entertainment, celbrities, whatever, and TREATING IT AS THE MOST
IMPORTANT THING... then it litterally BECOMES THE MOST IMPORTANT THING in the minds of the masses.
It is that simple. Thus the reality is manufactured by the media. The simulacrum becomes reality.
The media and the governments create public opinion in the form of IDEOLOGY implanted into the public
consciousness and sub-conscious. People adopt the ideologies through the concerted priming efforts of the information
dissemination networks, eventually the ideologies take on a life of their own and literally becomes REALITY as the
masses adopt them as their own.
Public Opinion:
Public Opinion (1922), by Walter Lippman, is a critical assessment of functional democratic government,
especially the irrational, and often self-serving, social perceptions that influence individual behavior, and prevent
optimal societal cohesion. The descriptions of the cognitive limitations people face in comprehending their socio-
political and cultural environments, proposes that people must inevitably apply an evolving catalogue of general
stereotypes to a complex reality, rendered Public Opinion a seminal text in the fields of media studies, political
science, and social psychology.
The World Outside and Pictures in Our Heads
The introductory first part describes man‘s inability to functionally perceive and accurately interpret the world
with much accuracy: ―The real environment is altogether too big, too complex, and too fleeting for direct
acquaintance‖, between people and their environment (reality). That people construct a pseudo-environment that
is a subjective, biased, and necessarily abridged mental image of the world; therefore, to a degree, everyone's
pseudo-environment is a fiction. Hence, people ―live in the same world, but think and feel in different ones‖.
Human behavior is stimulated by the person‘s pseudo-environment and then is acted upon in the real world. The
chapter highlights some of the general implications of the interactions among one‘s psychology, environment, and
the mass communications media.
Approaches to the World Outside
The second part describes the social, physical, and psychological barriers impeding man‘s ability to faithfully
interpret the world; ―Chapter II: Censorship and Privacy‖; ―Chapter III: Contact and Opportunity‖; ―Chapter IV:
Time and Attention‖; and ―Chapter V: Speed, Words, and Clearness‖ describe how, for a given event, all of the
pertinent facts are never provided completely and accurately; how, as a fraction of the whole, they often are
arranged to portray a certain, subjective interpretation of an event. Often, those who know the ―real‖ (true)
environment construct a favorable, fictitious pseudo-environment in the public mind to suit his or her private
needs. Propaganda is inherently impossible without a barrier of censorship — between the event and the public —
thus, the mass communication media, by their natures as vehicles for informational transmission, are immutably
vulnerable to manipulation.
The blame for this perceptual parallax does not fall upon the mass media technology (print, radio, cinema,
television) or logistical concerns, rather, upon certain members of society who attend to life with little intellectual
engagement, because ―they suffer from anemia, from lack of appetite and curiosity for the human scene. Theirs is
no problem of access to the world outside. Worlds of interest are waiting for them to explore, and they do not
enter‖, thus:
1. The buying public: The bewildered herd must pay for understanding the unseen environment through the
mass communications media. The irony is that — although the public‘s opinion is important — they must pay for
its acceptance. Hence, people will be selective, and will buy the most factual media at the lowest price: ―For a
dollar, you may not even get an armful of candy, but for a dollar or less people expect reality/representations of
truth to fall into their laps‖. Hence appears the media‘s duality, i.e. their social function of transmitting public
affairs information and their business profit role of surviving in the market.
2. Nature of news: People publish already-confirmed news that are thus less disputable. Officially available
public matters will constitute ―the news‖, and unofficial (private) matters either are unavailable, less available, or
are used as ―issues‖ for propaganda.
3. News truth and conclusion: The function of news is to signal an event, and that signaling, eventually, is a
consequence of editorial selection and judgment; thus does journalism create and sow the seeds (news) that
establish public opinion.
The Manufacture of Consent
When properly deployed in the public interest, the manufacture of consent is useful and necessary for a cohesive
society, because, in many cases, ―the common interests‖ of the public are not obvious, and only become clear
upon careful analysis of the collected data — a critical intellectual exercise in which most people either are
uninterested or incapable of doing. Therefore, most people must have the world summarized for them, by the
well-informed.
That the manufacture of consent is capable of great refinements no one, I think, denies. The process
by which public opinions arise is certainly no less intricate than it has appeared in these pages, and the
opportunities for manipulation open to anyone who understands the process are plain enough. . . . [a]s a
result of psychological research, coupled with the modern means of communication, the practice of
democracy has turned a corner. A revolution is taking place, infinitely more significant than any shifting
of economic power. . . . Under the impact of propaganda, not necessarily in the sinister meaning of the
word alone, the old constants of our thinking have become variables. It is no longer possible, for
example, to believe in the original dogma of democracy; that the knowledge needed for the management
of human affairs comes up spontaneously from the human heart. Where we act on that theory we expose
ourselves to self-deception, and to forms of persuasion that we cannot verify. It has been demonstrated
that we cannot rely upon intuition, conscience, or the accidents of casual opinion if we are to deal with
the world beyond our reach. – Walter Lippmann, Public Opinion
Lippman includes the political élite to the people incapable of accurately understanding, by themselves, the
complex ―unseen environment‖ where the public affairs of the modern state occur; thus, he proposes that a
professional, ―specialized class‖ collect and analyze data, and present their conclusions to the society‘s decision
makers, who, in their turn, use the ―art of persuasion‖ to inform the public about the decisions and circumstances
affecting them.
Public Opinion argues that propaganda‘s increased power, and the specialized knowledge required for effective
political decisions, have rendered impossible the traditional notion of democracy. Moreover, in Public Opinion
Lippman originated the phrase ―the manufacture of consent‖, from which the public intellectuals Noam Chomsky
and Edward S. Herman derived the title of their book Manufacturing Consent: The Political Economy of the Mass
Media (1988).
We live in a day in age where OUR GOVERNED WORLD IS (for all intents and purposes) OUTSIDE OF OUR
REALM OF INFLUENCE. We are presented the ILLUSION that our voices are heard and our input matters, but we
know deep down within, you all know that is a bunch of bullshit. As our commercial society continues its unabated
influence in all sectors of our lives, yet living conditions progressively get worse for the majority of rat racers, and the
millions joining their ranks as they are all gradually realizing its becoming ever more difficult to make ends meet, our
personal liberties are constantly encroached upon, as the onslaught of laws and policies enclose and restrict us
evermore, as crime and punishment increase and surround us, as our government continues its unabated growth to
colossal unmanageable proportions, as gargantuan corporations increasingly take preference over all aspects of life and
policy, as the rich get richer and the poor get poorer, fear mongering pushes people deeper into their cocoons, etc., etc.
Thus many people just become disillusioned, detached or even cynical. The well engineered mass programming of the
population is slowly unraveling.
What is not easily discernable by the typical citizenry is that the IDEOLOGIES they embrace and view as their own
are in fact forever being fed, shaped and molded by the ruling elite. Are your thoughts yours? Or are they carefully
meticulously imperceptibly implanted, shaped and formed? From your early childhood days, the way you process
information and your decision making process was also taught to you by ―the establishment‖… you were TRAINED
how to think, what is normal, what to aspire to, morals, values and so forth are fostered upon you to become a docile
part of ―the system‖… ―the matrix‖… For without happy worker bees that have been raised to love their servitude,
the system would come to a halt…
The ―system‖ or the ―matrix‖ is so colossal, so all encompassing, so profound, that one cannot easily grasp the concept
of its very existence while completely immersed in said system. You have been literally raised by the ―system/matrix,‖
it is the ONLY reality you have come to know… Once you awaken, understand and realize the immense power of the
―system/matrix‖ you will be in awe of how it functions: Education, news, media is all controlled by and are core
components of the ―matrix.‖ Some call it programmed propaganda. Mass hypnotism and programming at its finest. It
is so powerful that they have the ability (and do just that) to convince the poor people who are VICTIMIZED
BY THE SYSTEM, to support that very system that victimizes them day in and day out, and see it as GOOD!
―We have the best country and the best system in the world!‖ We routinely witness the disproportionately poor, i.e.: the
―working class‖ championing the causes and policies that only benefit the rich, corporations and the ruling elite, while
simultaneously inducing the clueless minions to bitterly battle causes that would benefit themselves, the poor and
working class. THIS is a perfect example of the sheer profundity of successful indoctrination, encoding, programming
and brainwashing of the masses.
Ideology:
An ideology is a set of aims and ideas that directs one's goals, expectations, and actions. An ideology can be
thought of as a comprehensive vision, as a way of looking at things (compare worldview), as in common sense
(see Ideology in everyday society below) and several philosophical tendencies (see Political ideologies), or a set
of ideas proposed by the dominant class of a society to all members of this society (a 'received
consciousness' or product of socialization). The main purpose behind an ideology is to offer change in society,
and adherence to a set of ideals where conformity already exists, through a normative thought process.
Ideologies are systems of abstract thought (as opposed to mere ideation) applied to public matters and thus make
this concept central to politics. Implicitly every political tendency entails an ideology whether or not it is
propounded as an explicit system of thought.
The word "ideology" was coined long before the Russians coined "intelligentsia", or before the adjective
"intellectual" referred to a sort of person (see substantive), i.e. an intellectual. Thus these words were not around
when the hard-headed, driven Napoleon Bonaparte took the word "ideologues" to ridicule his intellectual
opponents. Gradually, however, the term "ideology" has dropped some of its pejorative sting, and has become a
neutral term in the analysis of differing political opinions.[citation needed] Ideological references are important
to many people throughout the world. Karl Marx used the term in his own context often throughout his works.
In the work of German philosopher Christian Dunker, the term ideology is defined in terms of a system of
presentations that explicitly or implicitly claim to absolute truth. According to the semiotician Bob Hodge,
ideology "identifies a unitary object that incorporates complex sets of meanings with the social agents and
processes that produced them. No other term captures this object as well as ‗ideology‘.
As per Willard A. Mullins, an ideology is composed of four basic characteristics:
1.it must have power over cognition

2.it must be capable of guiding one's evaluations;
3.it must provide guidance towards action;
4.and, as stated above, must be logically coherent.
Mullins emphasizes that an ideology should be contrasted with the related (but different) issues of utopia and
historical myth.
The German philosopher Christian Duncker called for a "critical reflection of the ideology concept" (2006). In
his work, he strove to bring the concept of ideology into the foreground, as well as the closely connected
concerns of epistemology and history. In this work, the term ideology is defined in terms of a system of
presentations that explicitly or implicitly claim to absolute truth.
Meta-ideology is the study of the structure, form, and manifestation of ideologies. Meta-ideology posits that
ideology is a coherent system of ideas, relying upon a few basic assumptions about reality that may or may
not have any factual basis, but are subjective choices that serve as the seed around which further thought
grows. According to this perspective, ideologies are neither right nor wrong, but only a relativistic intellectual
strategy for categorizing (manipulating) the world.
Louis Althusser proposed a materialistic conception of ideology, which made use of a special type of discourse:
the lacunar discourse. A number of propositions, which are never untrue, suggest a number of other propositions,
which are, in this way, the essence of the lacunar discourse is what is not told (but is suggested).
For example, the statement 'All are equal before the law', which is a theoretical groundwork of current legal
systems, suggests that all people may be of equal worth or have equal 'opportunities'. This is not true, for the
concept of private property over the means of production results in some people being able to own more (much
more) than others, and their property brings power and influence (the rich can afford better lawyers, among other
things, and this puts in question the principle of equality before the law).
Ideology as an instrument of social reproduction
In the Marxist economic base and superstructure model of society, base denotes the relations of production, and
superstructure denotes the dominant ideology (religious, legal, political systems). The economic base of
production determines the political superstructure of a society. Ruling class-interests determine the
superstructure and the nature of the justifying ideology — actions feasible because the ruling class control
the means of production. Hence the great importance of the ideology justifying a society; it politically confuses
the alienated groups of society via false consciousness, such as in the case of commodity fetishism — the belief
that value is inherent to a commodity, rather than external, added to it via labor.
The ruling class affect their social reproduction by the dominant ideology‘s representing — to every
social-economic class — that the economic interests of the ruling class are the economic interests of the
entire society. Some explanations, György Lukács proposes ideology as a projection of the class consciousness
of the ruling class. Antonio Gramsci uses cultural hegemony to explain why the working-class have a false
ideological conception of what are their best interests.
In everyday society
In public discussions, certain ideas arise more commonly than others. Often people with diverse backgrounds
and interests may find themselves thinking alike in ways startling to those from other backgrounds. Social
scientists might explain this phenomenon as evidence of ideologies.
Dominant ideologies appear as "neutral", holding to assumptions that are largely unchallenged. Meanwhile, all
other ideologies that differ from the dominant ideology are seen as radical, no matter what the content of their
actual vision may be. The philosopher Michel Foucault wrote about the concept of apparent ideological
neutrality. Ideology is not the same thing as philosophy. Philosophy is an analytic method for assessing
ideologies and belief systems. Some attribute to ideology positive characteristics like vigor and fervor, or
negative features like excessive certitude and fundamentalist rigor.
Organizations that strive for power will try to influence the ideology of a society to become closer to what
they want it to be. Political organizations (governments included) and other groups (e.g. lobbyists) influence
people by broadcasting their opinions… masqueraded as truths.
When most people in a society think alike about certain matters, or even forget that there are alternatives to the
status quo, we arrive at the concept of hegemony, about which the philosopher Antonio Gramsci wrote. Such a
state of affairs has been dramatized many times in literature: Nineteen Eighty-Four by George Orwell; Brave
New World by Aldous Huxley; and A Wrinkle in Time by Madeleine L'Engle. Noam Chomsky and Edward S.
Herman have argued that social ideological homogeneity can be achieved by restricting the conceptual
metaphors transmitted by mass communication…
Political Ideologies
Many political parties base their political action and program on an ideology. In social studies, a Political
Ideology is a certain ethical set of ideals, principles, doctrines, myths or symbols of a social movement,
institution, class, or large group that explains how society should work, and offers some political and cultural
blueprint for a certain social order. A political ideology largely concerns itself with how to allocate power and to
what ends it should be used. Some parties follow a certain ideology very closely, while others may take broad
inspiration from a group of related ideologies without specifically embracing any one of them.
Political ideologies have two dimensions:
1.Goals: How society should work (or be arranged).

2.Methods: The most appropriate ways to achieve the ideal arrangement.
An ideology is a collection of ideas. Typically, each ideology contains certain ideas on what it considers to be
the best form of government (e.g. democracy, theocracy, etc), and the best economic system (e.g. capitalism,
socialism, etc). Sometimes the same word is used to identify both an ideology and one of its main ideas. For
instance, "socialism" may refer to an economic system, or it may refer to an ideology which supports that
economic system.
Ideologies also identify themselves by their position on the political spectrum (such as the left, the center or the
right), though this is very often controversial. Finally, ideologies can be distinguished from political strategies
(e.g. populism) and from single issues that a party may be built around (e.g. opposition to European integration
or the legalization of marijuana). Philosopher Michael Oakeshott provides a good definition of ideology as "the
formalized abridgment of the supposed sub-stratum of the rational truth contained in the tradition."
Political ideologies are concerned with many different aspects of a society, some of which are: the economy,
education, health care, labor law, criminal law, the justice system, the provision of social security and social
welfare, trade, the environment, minors, immigration, race, use of the military, patriotism and established
religion. – [sourced from Wikipedia]
Thus, as you can see by the simple summery of ideology provided above, the central core components of mass
indoctrination is through mass ideological programming. We encounter this every single day of our lives, everywhere
we go, especially from all forms of communications media such as TV, radio, magazines, newspapers, books, movies
and so forth. This is NOT mindless hearsay, this is scientifically practiced FACT. It is of utmost importance that
you remember this key TRUTH, and keep it in the back of your mind while reading this report. For while the
indoctrinated masses are completley immersed in mindless triavia, pursuits and entertained to the max, the overlords of
man walk and rule with impunity.
We are living in a day in age where we can no longer believe just about anything that is fed to us by our ―elected‖
officials, government, their spin doctors and the media whom consist of those who collectively rule and formulate our
world and world view. The level of self disenfranchisement can readily be documented in studying the numbers of
people who have given up on voting at all, with some having come to the accurate conclusion that the process is
nothing more than a sham waste of time for in the end everything will remain the same no matter who‘s turn is
next to sit in the elected official‘s throne. The position of president for instance, for all intents and purposes, is really
just a glorified public relations post of the ruling elite.
What a sad state of mass delusion we live in as a whole, when 90% of the population readily agrees that politicians and
lawyers are the liars, thieves, vultures, scum of the earth, inherently corrupt yet they readily allow those same crooks
to run our beloved country without so much as batting our eyelids! ―Business as usual.‖ There is nothing they tell
you that can be believed and taken at face value. EVERYTHING they tell you needs to be carefully checked,
confirmed and verified. Politicians sold their souls long ago, they are there to maintain the illusion that you have
freedom of choice. Election season after election season brings the same recycled messages, just different faces:
―change,‖ ―reform‖ and ―hope‖ are always the key mantras used to con the masses, once they get elected, its back to
business as usual. The question one should be asking is how
have they been getting away with decades upon decades of
slanting the truth, outright lies, deceit, and corruption and to
who‘s advantage and benefit do they do this? These are the
group of people who changed the rules forever, they are the
status quo, ruling elite‘s whose actions, policies and laws have
become cemented into modern consciousness as accepted
norm, thats the way it is, and as far as they are concerned,
always should be.
Are we stupid? As a whole, sort of. Statistics have proven

beyond a shadow of a doubt that a large portion of the
population, approximately 30% are just that: plain stupid. What is for sure is that we are conflicted, beaten and
subjugated by the rules and protocols we were born under and know no other.
Stupidity – The Documentary - Video [full video link here]
One of the factors instrumental at the very core of permiting and making it possible for the few wealthy 2% club who
rule (and also own 95% of everything) over the other 98% is due to the fact that the masses are generally STUPID and
the ones who aren‘t could care less. One third of America, that is roughly 103 million (idiots) out of 305 million
Americans are clinically dumb dip sticks. Only one-third of Americans can even name the simple three branches of
government, two-thirds of Americans can name the judges on American Idol but less than 1 in 10 Americans can name
even ONE Supreme Court justice (link, link). Let alone begin to formulate an idea of how it works and how they are
really being screwed ruled. Most won‘t even bother to drop the remote and get off the couch to stand up for their rights
that are being eroded on a daily basis.
Just how stupid are we? Pretty stupid, it would seem, when we come across headlines like this: "Homer
Simpson, Yes -- 1st Amendment 'Doh,' Survey Finds" (Associated Press 3/1/06). "About 1 in 4 Americans can
name more than one of the five freedoms guaranteed by the First Amendment (freedom of speech, religion,
press, assembly and petition for redress of grievances.) But more than half of Americans can name at least
two members of the fictional cartoon family, according to a survey. "The study by the new McCormick
Tribune Freedom Museum found that 22 percent of Americans could name all five Simpson family members,
compared with just 1 in 1,000 people who could name all five First Amendment freedoms."
How dumb are we? 15% of Americans don‘t know that the Earth revolves around the sun!! Half of the people in the
United States (an allegedly ―Christian Nation‖) can‘t name Genesis as the first book in the Bible. The statistics and lists
go on and on and on.
We live in a society where the stupidest TV shows make up the majority of our brain dead masses TV consumption.
Jerry Springer type shows are all the rage, reality TV shows that are pure garbage rule the ratings, the list goes on and
on. You know our country has been driven into the moral abyss when the President of the ―free world‖ routinely
mentions losers in bullshit programs like Jersey Shore
when addressing the nation. The fact that the
retards/imbeciles on Jersey Shore have become a
national sensation clearly demonstrates the grand
delusional condition our nation and the world is under.
Pictured above: ―Snooki‖ spreading her great wisdom
to the brain dead population via national TV. This is
the type of trash your media overlords deem important
and feed the masses 24/7. Oh what a wonderful world
this is… behold the role models that the media
overlords promote to shape the norms, influence the
young, the stupid and the susceptible…
The FACT is that roughly 30% of the citizens of this country are simply stupid and one of the core central factors that
enable the elite to rule with impunity over the useful idiots that can be easily swayed, mislead and easily made to
believe ANYTHING. Hence the origin of the term ―sheeple‖, for there is a vast portion of the population that is
literally manipulated, as in herded like sheep or cattle. There are countless statistics and data in circulation proving
that around one third of our population are as dumb as door nails and can be made to vote or go in any direction they
are lead to. Period.
26% of U.S. don‘t know who we declared independence from

Daily News, July 3, 2010
How dumb are we? Apparently, pretty dumb.
At least according to a new Marist poll, which says 26% of people in this country don‘t know that the U.S.
declared its independence from Great Britain. That includes 20% who were unsure and 6% who thought the U.S.
separated from another nation.
So what country do people think the U.S. achieved its independence from? Among the countries mentioned were
France, China, Japan, Mexico and Spain. The poll surveyed 1,004 Americans in June and had 3% margin of
error.
But hey, even our founding fathers made mistakes. Preservation scientists recently discovered Thomas Jefferson
had originally referred to the American public as ―subjects,‖ then changed it to read ―citizens‖ before the ink
dried…. Oops.
It doesn‘t matter how smart you are, the truth of the matter is that the world you have known your entire life has been a
world that has been pulled over your eyes to hide the truths. Our world is literally full of LIES, LIES, LIES
masquerading as truth at every turn and corner of society. The LIES come out of every sector of government, leaders,
trusted institutions, corporations, even trusted medical establishments, the LIES are EVERYWHERE. Separately they
may seem like detached isolated instances, but once you put the pieces of the puzzles together by connecting the dots,
as in connecting the facts, the true big picture begins to emerge. The lies and the illusion they have created, cultivated
and sustained have eventually been accepted as the norm and truth by all, thus establishing the fabricated illusion as
our adopted reality by consensus.
―For the great majority of mankind are satisfied with APPEARANCES, as though they were REALITIES,
and are often more influenced by the things that SEEM than by those that ARE.‖ – Niccolo Machiavelli
We live in a time in age where capitalism has become the de-facto, preeminent, premier, precedence taking, and ruling
standard worldwide. Behold for: Capitalism is world rule based on capital, i.e. WORLD RULE BASED ON
MONEY, i.e. world rule founded upon DEBT. This is pure unadulterated reality. All importance and value systems
in this world are thus measured and calculated in monetary form. Money/Capital is the central point which all
civilization revolves around. No matter where you go in modern society you will find that the wide majority of the
population measures success with the MATERIALISTIC ruler called NET WORTH, what and how much stuff you
have, how much you make, how big is your mansion, who has the best/most luxury cars and yachts. THE defacto
measuring tape of status in life has become your monetary status, your wallet. Not how compassionate and good a
person you are, not the breadth and depth of your love and heart, it‘s all about material things and: MONEY.
You can find the most ruthless and cynical scum bag on the planet, he may be worth billions, most people will envy
him, want to be like him, they will hang onto his every word in hopes of getting a glimpse, to be near him, to find out
his wealth secrets, they will study all his works and words, and so on. Yet that person could actually not only be
morally corrupt and decadent to the bone, but he may also be as dumb as a doornail and it wouldn‘t matter a bit, people
will readily bow in awe. Herds of fans fall on their knees in tears at his very sight and worship.
If this wealthy person were actually stupid, people would still view him as ―smart‖, they would still bow in his
presence and their eyes would become so clouded by the mere awe of his wealth and fame, they would blinded to the
fact that this person may possess a room temperature IQ, and instead see a ―wise and clever man‖… wanting to
emulate him they bow in the presence of such sheer massive power and wealth… and want to follow him despite the
fact that he may be among the worst morally corrupt people on the planet. Our world and history has been full of real
living examples of such people and said scenarios. This is the true reality of what our society has deemed
important and hold in the highest esteem.
This has been an adopted adapted REALITY, for generations on end, we have learned to embrace in profound respect
and blindly follow those who have accumulated the most. The most money, the most land, the most power, the most
beauty the most fame and so on. Power is one of the world‘s most potent and contagiously addictive aphrodisiacs.
Once bitten by this bug most people succumb to its every desire. The endless pursuit of ever more fame, fortune and
power, more money, more power, ever more profits has lead us to a world where nothing is sacred any longer, down
the path to an abyss.
The rivers are routinely polluted in the quest for more profits, the skies are routinely polluted in the quest for more
profits, the lands are routinely ravaged and raped in the quest for more profits, the animals of the earth are routinely
hunted and/or eradicated as a byproduct in the quest for evermore profits, human beings are routinely SICKENED,
ENPOVERISHED, ENSLAVED, MAIMED, KILLED in the quest for evermore profits, money, capital of
CAPITALISM. The list goes on and on.
This is truly so sad, for ultimate reality and importance should be based on quality and extent of love for their fellow
man, high moral standards, ethics, compassion, goodness, heart, and so forth. Where did we go wrong? Why has
mankind lost its way, its values, its compass? There are many factors… of which the fundamental starting point is:
money of which all else revolves around. But capitalism is good, right? This is the premise we have all been
indoctrinated to believe since childhood and which all learned scholars of this system all agree upon. First we must
fully understand and comprehend some very important aspects of REALITY prior to attempting to dissect the
monetary beast.
This report herein is for those who seek the knowledge forbidden to you by the ruling elite that has constantly been
banned and hidden far from plain view, far beyond the confined reaches of your allowed perception by those who wish
to enslave you. We dedicate this report to all those who always wonder, who question everything and embrace our
common quest in searching for TRUTH.
Who owns you Americans? - Video
Behold: we come forth to expose the facts, insight, understanding, knowledge and visions that have been revealed and
will try our best to articulate them in a cohesive "big picture." Laying our raw findings bare naked for the world to see.
Statistics state that very few people even read anymore. For the masses would rather spend their free time engulfed in
being entertained, preferring the deep hypnotic slumber of sitting in front of the bloob tube... engulfed in the latest
"entertainment PROGRAM", sports, shows, games, drama, etc., the list of fun distractions to keep your mind busy and
―boxed‖ is huge indeed. This is not conjecture either, for it has been hard core scientifically proven that TV is one of
the most ideal hypnotic mediums in existence. Research proves that the subjects enter a hypnotic trance like
receptive state within minutes of sitting in front of a TV. Ready for hypnotic suggestion, in other words: programming.
Music is also a central hypnotic programming medium that has been used throughout the ages. Is it not interesting in
that the media networks call their output over the airwaves, designed for our consumption: "programming‖
TV & Radio: ―PROGRAM‖…
―PROGRAMMING‖…
―PROGRAMMING‖…
―PROGRAMMING!‖
They called it ―TV program‖ since its inception because that is EXACTLY what they have been doing to the
population: mass programming them. Thus we can readily observe that ―big media‖ is ―big brothers‖ right hand man.
The common accepted "truth" of every society is derived from the news and media outlets. "They" are the ones whom
program you, who shape and mold everyone's perception of reality... they virtually set the norms of society, they set
the stage, the rhythm, the ambiance, the common public vibe, the prevailing winds, flow of attitudes and ideas, what‘s
cool, what‘s hot, what‘s not. People sit in front of their bloob tubes in complete hypnotic slumbers receiving the latest
MIND PROGRAMING. In essence THEY (the media) decide what is and what is not, why and how, before you
even had a clue if it ever was...
Most of you naively believe in the false assumption that the News channels and papers tell you everything about
everything that is worth reporting. You have been programmed throughout your life to trust the news authorities and
never question what they ―report.‖ Well here is your wake up call. All news reporters are just paid employees who are
paid to read their SCRIPTS on air. They are all forbidden in their contracts from giving you their opinions or telling
you what they think is the truth, doing so will immediately end their wonderful catered opulent luxurious lives and lead
them to ruin, no longer to be a part of their privileged elite club. They are NOT paid to think or question the content or
scripts they are given, or even tell you the truth for that matter, their job is to read what is prepared for them off the
Teleprompters and do so in an authoritative convincing manor.
The rulers of this world have long ago found the Holy Grail of population control and indoctrination. They found a
way to reach everyone when their defenses are down, even in their most private times and places. It was the invention
of the MAGICK BOX called "TV set" that has enabled them to infiltrate the masses and secretly, invisibly "TV
Program" them, indoctrinate them in the privacy of their living rooms, bedrooms, the sanctuaries they call their
homes. The TV set is the MAGICK BOX that has enabled and empowered the ruling elite to ingeniously shape, mold
and lead public opinion and discourse in any direction they so desire. The MAGICK BOX is the key instrument
that establishes what is "normal" what is not, what is cool, what is bad, who is good, what is in, what is out, it
established and sets the environment for how the
masses perceive the world around them... what is
reality.
For when the MAGICK BOX speaks, everyone

believes.... The shamans of the Magick box cast
their spells on the masses… they use its power to
manipulate and deceive mankind…. Children and
adults alike routinely sit in front of their Magick
box and stare into it for hours on end in deep
hypnotic trance like states… it is then that they
receive their daily doses of programming…
The single most important issue that must be

covered prior to understanding every aspect of The
Matrix is: "WHAT IS TRUTH?" Is truth whatever
and all the information you get off the evening
news? Is truth everything they taught you your whole life in school? Is truth everything your parents told you
throughout your life? Is truth whatever the corporate publishing giants who print your history books tell you? Is truth
whatever and anything your government tells you? Can the truth change from day to day at some ones whim? How do
you differentiate what is truth from bullshit? Do you even care what truth is?
In order to fully understand truth, one must understand the opposite of truth in order to help discern which one is
which, for at times it is extremely difficult to determine what the truth is. The exact opposites of truth are LIES and
deceit. Lies are selfish, they exist to deceive, trick, fool and hide from truth. Lies are often viewed as covering things
in "darkness", to cloak things from truth, for darkness CONCEALS many things, it covers up a multitude of blemishes,
faults, schisms, evils, details that would reveal the true nature of things. Therefore the truth is often viewed as "the
light", for it reveals all that was hidden from sight, cloaked in the darkness. Therefore like a flashlight, he how knows
the truth is like he who carries a flashlight in the darkest night and can clearly see what is going on around him while
others wonder around aimlessly in the dark. All the while, those who do not possess a flash light have all adjusted to
life without the aid of "the light" (truth) and learned to exist without the aid of the "light". For them, it is ―normal‖
everyday life as they have become used to, this is their "reality"... the world they live in under the circumstances and
conditions they have been immersed in their entire lives.
Behold for I present to you the parable of the pig: Just like a pig who lives in a pig pen covered in shit, yet he has not a
clue, for him it is normal, for he long ago became used to that life, the stench having become an integral part of his
being, he is no longer aware of it, this is his reality. You on the other hand having be raised on higher standard and
level of awareness of reality come upon the pig in the pen and try to explain to him his terrible situation, the pig will
naturally ferociously reject your words and attempts to enlighten him. Such is the OFFENSE he is taken to have been
made aware of that startling situation, so engrained is his conviction of righteousness that some will even protect their
views and beliefs with violence, for more often than not, no amount of rational dialogue will bridge the chasm. THIS is
how mankind typically responds to attempts of awakening.
The mind is a very powerful thing, for if you are born in a bird cage, and are taught that you are free, you will
naturally have come to accept that as reality, for it is the only ―freedom‖ you have been conditioned to and have
known your whole life, thus readily embracing it and accepting it as real. And if you recognize something as real, then,
for all intents and purposes, it IS real… to you and those around you that were also indoctrinated in the same cognitive
reality. But to the ―enlightened‖ he will readily observe the fact that you are in fact in a bird cage.
People standing in the exact same (dark) "room" (place, town, state, country, etc.) will perceive and see many things
differently based upon their life programming. What they see is also conditional upon their abilities to "see in the
dark". Even though they might all be in the same room their ability to "see" what is around them determines how they
filter their view of reality. Many won't be able to see much and continue to live life oblivious to their true purpose and
what is truly happening in their very midst, they are thus blinded from the lack of light, they therefore rely upon and
must be "told" by others what is around them... by sources such as TV, news papers and entertainment media, for
sheeple live with ―eyes wide shut.‖ Hence the famous prophetic verse: "they see but yet they are blind"…
Therefore, in life, for one to be able to perceive the true reality, around them, one must find, acquire and embrace a
superior source of "light" (truth). The moment you acquire true sight you view all things, go all places, no matter
how immersed in darkness (lies, deceit, etc.) it may be, your lantern, your light, will reveal all that is around you
ever so clearly, while right beside you others stumble along in the darkness oblivious to what is really happening
around them. You therefore posses ―sight‖ and the ability to discern what true reality is.
The most important thing that one must do is to constantly seek out and obtain sources of light, truth. Learn all its ins
and outs, learn all its powers, for once you are one with "light" (truth) and carry it where ever you go, you will never
get lost in the middle of "the night" darkness (lies and deceit) that the deceivers of man so readily pore upon the
unsuspecting. Those with sight easily seeing all the lies, obstacles, pitfalls, and dangers, your view of reality will be
much more advanced than those around you without "light". The light you learn of and acquire may be as strong as a
small candle and light up your immediate surroundings, others may carry much larger stronger lights (truth), therefore
being able to "see" much clearer and further into the distance... The most superior of all lights is solidly based in the
reality of absolute Love.
Is it any wonder that a group of people who have called themselves the ―illuminati‖ as in ―the illuminated ones‖ who‘s
official emblem throughout the ages has been the pyramid and ―all seeing eye‖ at its apex are ones who understand the
―gift of sight.‖ These groups of people do in fact have a perception of world view reality that is levels above the
common peasant folks and as such are ―enlightened ones.‖ I will go on within this research report to expose their very
foundation. The fact that you must understand at this point is that those people do NOT have a monopoly on ―the
gift of sight.‖ The most absolute and highest form of sight comes from the most high, heavenly father, the creator of
man. Theirs is a perverted twisted ―enlightment,‖ were they believe only THEY should have divine rights, thus
possessing authority over others while they plunge mankind into primal animalistic materialist existence, they rule
effortlessly due to the fact that they have managed to keep the majority of the rest of civilization IN THE DARK
throughout the ages…
Behold: Be not afraid of the all Seeing Eye, for I come forth to expose to thee that the secrets of enlightment. The
―all seeing eye‖ is not exclusive to the ruling elite whom have corrupted it for their own selfish wants. Their
knowledge is fundamentally flawed and based on false Gods. In God‘s original purpose for man, all men were to
become his divine sons and daughters, his family as descendants of God, thus naturally possessing divinity, therefore:
―sight‖ and ―light‖ should have been a common attribute of his children. The Luciferian oppressors of man have
hijacked ―sight‖ (hence their use of the ―all seeing eye‖) and keep the masses ―blind‖, dwelling and wandering around
in darkness, they have corrupted your ability to ―see‖, monopolized it and claim it as their own and have been using it
to subvert, undermine, destabilized, oppress, conquer and enslave the children of God from the beginning of known
history. I have come forth to expose the nature of the all seeing eye thus reveal its secrets to all, for the sake of
heavenly father and the liberation of all mankind who have been enslaved since the beginning of history. We must
therefore first divulge then exterminate and obliterate ―the secrets‖ that are hidden in darkness exposing them to the
true supreme light firmly rooted in the unselfish love of Heavenly father. [note: the full secret of the All Seeing Eye is
exposed throughout this report, yet some of its key aspects is revealed in the Hidden Secrets of the Ages chapter]
To conclude with this most important of analogies, I say to thee: Light reveals the path in darkness, once the path is lit
one is no longer ―LOST‖ for he can now find his way around, true light is eternal and unchanging, light overcomes
darkness, lies and deceit (darkness) which cannot withstand or hold up to the spotlight of truth. Light, i.e. truth is
simple and full of logical common sense, darkness, lies and deceit is complex full of convoluted justifications, excuses,
intricate explanations that often employ the most skilled highly educated diploma wielding Sooth Sayers to convey.
The key to comprehending reality is ―light‖ plus cognitive perception, and the ability to observe things from different
unselfish viewpoints. Goodness represents light. Evil represents darkness. God is the ultimate, brightest, purest
form of ―light.‖ Lucifer who rebelled against God and engineered the fall of man, was at one time ―the light bearer‖,
thus you must understand that he was the Arch Angel whose purpose was to be THE source of ―light‖… ―sight‖…
―truth‖ for his mission as guardian of man was to educate man.
After the great rebellion, Lucifer used his mastery of ―light, sight, truth‖ to deceive, not only other angels but all of
mankind. Thus we witness his spewing of LIES THAT SO CLOSELY RESEMBLE TRUTH (and/or intertwined with
truth) at such remarkable cunning similarity to truth that man easily becomes duped and easily mislead. The LIES are
imperceptible from the truth to those who still dwell in the world of darkness, lost and blind, those people need to be
TOLD what the ―truth‖ (and the evil missleaders tell them whatever they so please to establish as truth) for they lack
the ABILITY TO SEE, due to the fact that they never acquired THE LIGHT OF TRUTH.
Their exists a Luciferian pack of leaders who throughout the ages, of highly secretive bequeathed knowledge, have
become masters of engineering and manipulating events, and even history itself. It has been said that they operate
from a vantage point where normal uninitiated man cannot even fathom. These are master Discordians whose motto is
―order out of chaos.‖ Nothing that they produce can be accepted at face value for almost everything they produce for
mass consumption is inherently rigged for the masses.
Some Discordians argue that organized chaos is such a thoroughly confused conundrum that it ought to be
practiced, if for no other reason than to see how many arguments it can start. Discordipedia may be one of
those things.
The heirs of the Lucifer rebellion who are the Synagogue of Satan has continued here on earth and multiplied
throughout the ages. Their existence has been cleverly hidden and disguised over the eons. Today they rule with
impunity firmly established, coordinated and orchestrated through their secret societies and organizations. Their
tentacles are strewn and interwoven throughout all sectors of society. To find their underlying frame of thought one
needs to carefully research and understand their ideology, who‘s entry level phases of teachings begin with and are
disguised today within many outwardly innocuous entities and movements such as ―The New Age Movement‖ and
Theosophy among many other spheres. Their ideology is deeply interwoven in the central tenants of Freemasonry, one
of the many secret societies who hide in plain sight.
Simulacra and Simulation

(Simulacres et Simulation in French) is a philosophical treatise by
Jean Baudrillard seeking to interrogate the relationship among
reality, symbols, and society.
― The simulacrum is never that which conceals the truth--it is the

truth which conceals that there is none. The simulacrum is true.‖
Simulacra and Simulation is most known for its discussion of

images, signs, and how they relate to contempraneity. Baudrillard
claims that our current society has replaced all reality and meaning
with symbols and signs, and that human experience is of a
simulation of reality. Moreover, these simulacra are not merely mediations of reality, nor even deceptive
mediations of reality; they are not based in a reality nor do they hide a reality, they simply hide that anything like
reality is irrelevant to our current understanding of our lives. The simulacra that Baudrillard refers to are the
significations and symbolism of culture and media that construct perceived reality, the acquired understanding by
which our lives and shared existence is rendered legible; Baudrillard believed that society has become so saturated
with these simulacra and our lives so saturated with the constructs of society that all meaning was being rendered
meaningless by being infinitely mutable. Baudrillard called this phenomenon the "precession of simulacra".
"Simulacra and Simulation" breaks the sign-order into 4 stages:
1. The first stage is a faithful image/copy, where we believe, and it may even be correct that, a sign is a
"reflection of a profound reality" (pg 6), this is a good appearance, in what Baudrillard called "the
sacramental order".
2. The second stage is perversion of reality, this is where we believe the sign to be an unfaithful copy, which
"masks and denatures" reality as an "evil appearance-it is of the order of maleficence". Here, signs and
images do not faithfully show us reality, but can hint at the existence of something real which the sign
itself is incapable of encapsulating.
3. The third stage masks the absence of a profound reality, where the simulacrum pretends to be a faithful
copy, but it is a copy with no original. Signs and images claim to represent something real, but no
representation is taking place and arbitrary images are merely suggested as things which they have no
relationship to. Baudrillard calls this the "order of sorcery".
4. The fourth stage is pure simulation, in which the simulacrum has no relationship to any reality
whatsoever. Here, signs merely reflect other signs and any claim to reality on the part of images or signs
is only of the order of other such claims.
Simulacra and Simulation identifies three types of simulacra and identifies each with a historical period:
1. First order, associated with the premodern period, where the image is clearly an artificial placemarker for
the real item. The uniqueness of objects and situations marks them as irreproducibly real and signification
obviously gropes towards this reality.
2. Second order, associated with the modernity of the industrial Revolution, where distinctions between
image and reality break down due to the proliferation of mass-reproducible copies of items, turning them
into commodities. The commodity's ability to imitate reality threatens to replace the original version,
especially when the individual person is only concerned with consuming for some utility a functional
facsimile.
3. Third order, associated with the postmodernity, where the simulacrum precedes the original and the
distinction between reality and representation vanishes. There is only the simulacrum, and originality
becomes a totally meaningless concept.[2]
Baudrillard theorizes that the lack of distinctions between reality and simulacra originates in several phenomena:
1. Contemporary media including television, film, print and the Internet, which are responsible for blurring
the line between goods that are needed and goods for which a need is created by commercial images.
2. Exchange value, in which the value of goods is based on money rather than usefulness.
3. Multinational capitalism, which separates produced goods from the plants, minerals and other original
materials and the processes used to create them.
4. Urbanization, which separates humans from the natural world.
5. Language and ideology, in which language is used to obscure rather than reveal reality when used by
dominant, politically powerful groups.
A specific analogy that Baudrillard uses is a fable derived from On Exactitude in Science by Jorge Luis Borges. In
it, a great Empire created a map that was so detailed it was as large as the Empire itself. The actual map grew and
decayed as the Empire itself conquered or lost territory. When the Empire crumbled, all that was left was the map.
In Baudrillard's rendition, it is the map that people live in, the simulation of reality, and it is reality that is
crumbling away from disuse.
The transition from signs which dissimulate something to signs which dissimulate that there is nothing, marks the
decisive turning point. The first implies a theology of truth and secrecy (to which the notion of ideology still
belongs). The second inaugurates an age of simulacra and simulation, in which there is no longer any God to
recognize his own, nor any last judgment to separate truth from false, the real from its artificial resurrection, since
everything is already dead and risen in advance.[3]
It is important to note that when Baudrillard refers to the "precession of simulacra" in Simulacra and Simulation,
he is referring to the way simulacra have come to precede the real in the sense mentioned above, rather than to any
succession of historical phases of the image. Referring to "On Exactitude in Science", he argued that just as for
contemporary society the simulated copy had superseded the original object, so, too, the map had come to precede
the geographic territory (c.f. Map–territory relation), e.g. the first Gulf War (see below): the image of war preceded
real war.
Henceforth, it is the map that precedes the territory - precession of simulacra - it is the map that engenders the
territory and if we were to revive the fable today, it would be the territory whose shreds are slowly rotting across
the map.[4]
[The Matrix Report author‘s note: The most prominent use of Simulacra and Simulation today is in the field of
media, primarily movies, video and TV shows that mold and shape the mass conscience understanding of
what is reality. You see, hear and witness the impact of media on a daily basis. For instance millions of people
have been ―inspired by _______ or ______ movie to change the course/direction/careers, etc.‖ Movies and media
routinely establish all the new fads and norms. For instance it has been a common outcome that once a hugely
popular movie airs, millions of people EMULATING characters of the movies, EMULATING the content of the
movies. This Simulacra & Simulation effect of movies/TV on people has been well documented and
understood scientific phenomena, firmly exploited by the ruling elite, many movies/TV shows are purposely
strategically designed/produced to push ideologies, frames of thought, mindsets, concepts, agendas,
narratives, and so forth thus simulacra suggestion eventually to some degree morphs into reality in the real
world…. Games and toys merchandising of popular movies are other tangible items commonly created to enable
the firm embedding of this sort of Simulacra & Simulation in peoples lives…
I consequently reveal to thee one of the riddles of the ages... for he who has an ear, let him hear, for he who has
eyes let him see... I am not here to convince anyone of anything, for the truth I shall reveal in this Matrix Report is self
evident. Take it or leave it. I will do my part and walk off into the sunrise, I care not for fame or fortune, you are
ultimately responsible for what paths you select in life, I am only here to fulfill my mission as a Watchman to reveal all
that is, has been and will be, to pass on absolute source of true light base on the true love of God, what you ultimately
do with it is up to you. I have spoken, so it is, was, and shall always be.
When one experiences the cosmic ―realization‖ of a true reality within any given realm (such as, in just one of the
case scenarios described in this report, where one of the wolves in sheep‘s clothing is the universally trusted
medical/big pharma industrial complex… realm) is the moment each person REALIZES the truth on their own, it
becomes part of you, it is not the same as being ―told‖ the truth, where the side effects of that action tend to be ―in one
ear, out the other.‖ Thus the moment one achieves COMPLETE REALIZATION is also the same moment of
understanding TRUE REALITY. One no longer ―thinks‖ or ―believes‖, one ―KNOWS.‖ Knowing, is a fundamental
component of true knowledge and understanding. Consequently enlightment comes in stages, limited only by ones
current cognitive perception of the world around them, deciphering events and understanding their true nature, is
central to formulating their individual perception of reality. Digest these words carefully………
Millions exist today that FULLY comprehend the dangers and evil of the medical/big pharma cartel, many of these are
the ―health nuts‖ people heavily into health foods, some are vegetarians, some into natural remedies and supplements,
yet they have no clue about the other components/sectors, other industries of the cohesive Luciferian matrix, they see
and only know of the evils in their respective fields. We thus observe that these people possess partial enlightment of
a tiny piece of the puzzle, portion of truth of this world thus live their lives according to how they view and perceived
the world around them with their limited enlightened viewpoint. They live healthier lives due to their superior
understanding of that particular segment of REALITY. Yet most view their knowledge of the health/medical arena as
isolated reflection of society, thus failing to comprehend the larger picture that reveals itself by simply connecting the
dots (connecting the facts) or put the other pieces of the puzzle together thus revealing the larger reality of a cohesive
interconnected matrix.
There are those who have become enlightened in individual realms, for instance the world of finance and usury, fully
knowing the true reality of the private money monopoly juggernaut. But might not have a clue about natural medicine
for instance, vice a versa and so forth for all segments of society. Those people have thus experienced limited partial
enlightment in only certain realms. Thus people can experience/possess enlightment, perceiving the true realities of all
different sectors and realms of life such as education, medicine, military, politics, religion, etc., even on up to the
higher realms of enlightment: love and divinity (perfection and oneness with God‘s heart). It can be said that one who
achieves enlightment in all major sectors of life is therefore totally enlightened. I must warn that enlightment as well as
with everything in existence has dual natures: A positive and a negative aspect, a ―dark‖ side or the ―light‖ side.
The ruling elite believe that only they should possess enlightment, thus we witness the history of their oppressing
mankind throughout the ages in their attempts to keep man dumb, docile, obedient and manageable. They begin their
subjugation of man from tender rapidly developing minds of early childhood where the INDOCTRINATION begins in
the institutionalized mass education and indoctrination system, in conjunction with that, throughout their entire lives
will be the ever pervasive omnipresent MEDIA PRIMING & CONDITIONING. Along with those programs there‘s
the irradiated, pasteurized, microwaved, chemical laden, processed, etc., etc. food you eat and drinks that are virtually
devoid of real nutrients. Thus the nutrient deficient chemical laden, spiritually, mentally, physically handicapped
masses develop all sorts of once never heard of ailments, illnesses and diseases. Never able to function at their full God
designed/given potential or capacities.
Enter the medical mafia drug pushers to the rescue to allegedly ―help‖ you from all the pain, ailments and illnesses
with their arsenal of poisons they inject you with or convince you to swallow, further neutralizing you and neutering
your brain cells. Then there is your big brother nanny state government who cares about you so much they enact
thousands upon thousands of oppressive laws ―to protect you‖ of course, each and every one, little by little stripping
you of rights and freedoms. At the apex they have even infiltrated religion, where you are preached to just be meek,
humble and poor, to accept your enslavement life as it is, just pray and be obedient sheep and stick to your herd…. Be
meek and happy poor sheep, goyim cattle, oh humble servants, sleep… sleep… sleep….
The sad fact is that the world you have been living in your entire life is mostly a lie. The truth is you have been
enslaved Neo. You have all been CONDITIONED since childhood to see things in premeditated ways. You have been
a product of ―the establishment‖, society, your immediate environment and surroundings. All the variables one
observes as ―reality‖ in trying to understand the world they live in are provided and controlled by a ruling elite. Many
things that were taught to you for years as rock solid ―history‖, is instead carefully selected data, full of omitted info,
disinformation, lies, contaminated and twisting of facts to nurture a preconceived narrative. Our revisionist heavily
edited single minded history books have taken many subjects and turned them into ―fairy tale‖ Alice in Wonderland
type stories full of hype, omitting important details, facts, viewpoints and dark secrets. What you see in the daily news,
doesn't even touch upon the tip of the iceberg of what constitutes REAL news.
Your watchful and benevolent government is so badly compromised and corrupted that it boggles the mind. Etc., etc.
No!!! LIAR! Tell me it‘s not so! is the overwhelming response of fools who have found happness and security in their
enslavement. The real truth is often very painful to acknowledge, accept and behold.
 Your life is not your own

 Your assets are perpetually at risk of forfeiture
 Your money is not your own
 You are burdened by bureaucratic intrusions, regulations and scrutiny
 You are taxed and levied like a serf in the Middle Ages
 You are numbered, registered, watched and listened to
 You are told what you can and cannot do - even in the most personal of matters
 You are a slave of the system
THE CENTURY OF THE SELF

The Untold History of Controlling the Masses Through the Manipulation of Unconscious Desires
"The conscious and intelligent manipulation of the organized habits and opinions of the masses is an important
element in democratic society. Those who manipulate this unseen mechanism of society constitute an invisible
government which is the true ruling power of our country.
We are governed, our minds are molded, our tastes formed, our ideas suggested, largely by men we have never
heard of. This is a logical result of the way in which our democratic society is organized." - Edward Bernays
THE CENTURY OF THE SELF
Adam Curtis' acclaimed series examines the rise of the all-consuming self against the backdrop of the Freud
dynasty.
To many in both politics and business, the triumph of the self is the ultimate expression of democracy, where
power has finally moved to the people. Certainly the people may feel they are in charge, but are they really? The
Century of the Self tells the untold and sometimes controversial story of the growth of the mass-consumer society
in Britain and the United States. How was the all-consuming self created, by whom, and in whose interests?
The Freud dynasty is at the heart of this compelling social history. Sigmund Freud, founder of psychoanalysis;
Edward Bernays, who invented public relations; Anna Freud, Sigmund's devoted daughter; and present-day PR
guru and Sigmund's great grandson, Matthew Freud.
Sigmund Freud's work into the bubbling and murky world of the subconscious changed the world. By introducing
a technique to probe the unconscious mind, Freud provided useful tools for understanding the secret desires of the
masses. Unwittingly, his work served as the precursor to a world full of political spin doctors, marketing moguls,
and society's belief that the pursuit of satisfaction and happiness is man's ultimate goal.
Please Note: Viewers should be sure to read Ludwig Von Mises' 'The Anti-Capitalist Mentality' to balance the
socialistic elements of this film.
This film was produced by BBC which is Britain's government run news channel, therefor it downplays the evils
of government and plays up the vices of business. The enemy is not capitalism or 'consumption' but government
and its insidious propaganda. Mass produced goods enrich society because they reduce the amount of time a
person has to work to satisfy one's essential needs. Government propaganda debases society because it is used as
an excuse for everything from murderous wars of aggression to oppressive economy killing taxation and
regulation. When a business sells you something voluntarily you will only buy it if you think the product is worth
more than the price you have to pay for it. When the government propagandizes you they are merely giving you
excuses to submit to their use of force which will be bearing down on you whether you like it or not. The two are
very different and this film does a disservice by confusing them. That said, it's important to understand the
propagandists who serve to justify the crimes of the state. Selling someone a product they don't truly need hurts
no one, selling people on a war they don't need gets millions of people murdered and destroys entire societies. -
Chris, InformationLiberation
"In the course of his narrative, he explains aspects of the market that have generally eluded even its defenders.
For example, is it true that markets dumb down the culture, exalting trashy novels and movies over higher-brow
fare? Mises points out that the tastes of the masses will always and everywhere be lower than those educated and
cultivated to love higher culture. But, he says, the glory of capitalism is that it brings to every sector what it wants
and needs, and more of it than any other system. So, yes, there will be more trash, but also more great work as
well. It is a matter of availability: under socialism, nothing is available. Under capitalism, choice seems nearly
infinite." - From the description of 'The Anti-Capitalist Mentality'
Happiness Machines – video link

Part One
One: Happiness Machines
The story of the relationship between Sigmund Freud and his American nephew, Edward Bernays. Bernays
invented the public relations profession in the 1920s and was the first person to take Freud's ideas to manipulate
the masses. He showed American corporations how they could make people want things they didn't need by
systematically linking mass-produced goods to their unconscious desires.
Bernays was one of the main architects of the modern techniques of mass-consumer persuasion, using every trick
in the book, from celebrity endorsement and outrageous PR stunts, to eroticising the motorcar.
His most notorious coup was breaking the taboo on women smoking by persuading them that cigarettes were a
symbol of independence and freedom. But Bernays was convinced that this was more than just a way of selling
consumer goods. It was a new political idea of how to control the masses. By satisfying the inner irrational
desires that his uncle had identified, people could be made happy and thus docile.
It was the start of the all-consuming self which has come to dominate today's world.
See Ludwig von Mises "The Noneconomic Objections to Capitalism" and "The Argument of Happiness"
to balance the propaganda in this section.
The Engineering of Consent – video link

Part Two
Two: The Engineering of Consent
The programme explores how those in power in post-war America used Freud's ideas about the unconscious mind
to try and control the masses.
Politicians and planners came to believe Freud's underlying premise - that deep within all human beings were
dangerous and irrational desires and fears. They were convinced that it was the unleashing of these instincts that
had led to the barbarism of Nazi Germany. To stop it ever happening again they set out to find ways to control
this hidden enemy within the human mind.
Sigmund Freud's daughter, Anna, and his nephew, Edward Bernays, provided the centrepiece philosophy. The US
government, big business, and the CIA used their ideas to develop techniques to manage and control the minds of
the American people. But this was not a cynical exercise in manipulation. Those in power believed that the only
way to make democracy work and create a stable society was to repress the savage barbarism that lurked just
under the surface of normal American life.
There is a Policeman Inside All Our Heads:

He Must Be Destroyed
video link Part Three
Three: There is a Policeman Inside All Our Heads: He Must Be Destroyed
In the 1960s, a radical group of psychotherapists challenged the influence of Freudian ideas in America. They
were inspired by the ideas of Wilhelm Reich, a pupil of Freud's, who had turned against him and was hated by the
Freud family. He believed that the inner self did not need to be repressed and controlled. It should be encouraged
to express itself.
Out of this came a political movement that sought to create new beings free of the psychological conformity that
had been implanted in people's minds by business and politics.
This programme shows how this rapidly developed in America through self-help movements like Werber
Erhard's Erhard Seminar Training - into the irresistible rise of the expressive self: the Me Generation.
But the American corporations soon realised that this new self was not a threat but their greatest opportunity. It
was in their interest to encourage people to feel they were unique individuals and then sell them ways to express
that individuality. To do this they turned to techniques developed by Freudian psychoanalysts to read the inner
desires of the new self.
Eight People Sipping Wine in Kettering

video link - Part Four
Four: Eight People Sipping Wine in Kettering
This episode explains how politicians on the left, in both Britain and America, turned to the techniques developed
by business to read and fulfil the inner desires of the self.
Both New Labour, under Tony Blair, and the Democrats, led by Bill Clinton, used the focus group, which had
been invented by psychoanalysts, in order to regain power. They set out to mould their policies to people's inner
desires and feelings, just as capitalism had learnt to do with products.
Out of this grew a new culture of public relations and marketing in politics, business and journalism. One of its
stars in Britain was Matthew Freud who followed in the footsteps of his relation, Edward Bernays, the inventor of
public relations in the 1920s.
The politicians believed they were creating a new and better form of democracy, one that truly responded to the
inner feelings of individual. But what they didn't realise was that the aim of those who had originally created
these techniques had not been to liberate the people but to develop a new way of controlling them.
Other options to view the film:
1. Click here to watch it instantly in Real Media Format
2. Click here to get to Archive.org and download it for free
3. Download it directly from the following links, right click and choose "save as".
The Century of the Self -- Part 1--Part 2--Part 3--Part 4 (right click, save as)
Media Lens critiques aspects of the film
The Unspoken Rule of Media Reporting: The BBC's The Century of the Self - Part 2 - Part 3
Democracy has been the prelude to and silently substituted by pure capitalism. Capitalism is motivated by profit
and therefore inherently operates under a VALUE SYSTEM OF GREED at its very core. Greed is the central tenant
of and rules over capitalism to such an extent that it has become an incurable cancer in our world. Even some of our
trusted religious institutions have been corrupted beyond belief. This is absolute bedrock TRUTH. You have been
ideologically indoctrinated down to your CORE being to cherish democracy, i.e.: capitalism and your: sELECTED
masters leaders, as a devote unwavering patriot, and as such will defend its existence beyond all reasoning, no matter
what evil forces have over take it and rule it from within the most high halls of the land. The lemming public that has
been so thoroughly programmed they routinely dismiss the constant stream of the most aggravated in your face
transgressions that routinely come out of corridors of government power. Due to inherent greed factor, a government
unduly influenced by a selfish self-centered market, by corporations‘ and banks‘ lobbying and political contributions,
will never, NEVER, EVER be able to fulfill its responsibility as regulator of markets and truly serve ―the people‖
whom are thus rendered powerless observers.
The truth of the matter is that giant multinational corporations are forever broadening their economic sovereignty over
the affairs of people. At first their reach was limited to their home cities, then countries, as they grew into colossal
entities they began to spread their tentacles throughout the world,
becoming GLOBAL economic super powers. There is a well known
saying in law schools: ―True justice cannot exist in a system where there
are inequalities of power because the powerful will always exploit the
weak.‖ This has been true since the beginning of time, the only difference
is that today the powerful are colossal global corporations whose annual
income surpasses those of most nations, these multinational conglomerate
beasts operate with insatiable lust of conquest, expansionism and profit,
they are all run by an elite group of people who consist of a tiny
percentage of the population. The movers, shakers and decision makers.
The left wing vs. right wing engineered PARADIGM/PARADOX... So

what are YOU? A leftist pansy or a right wing douche bag? By default the ruling elite cunningly divided everyone and
lumped into either left or right, liberal or conservative then ingeniously give them the ammunition to battle each other
instead of battling the true overlords. If you think about it, the stupid tradition of fighting the ―other evil team‖ is
quite insane. Lumping everyone into generalized groups, DIVIDING them this way only serves to SEPERATE
everyone into opposing camps and set them up for BATTLE. As you can see by observing the political circus show has
taken up a life of its own as we forever witness both sides perpetually verbally combatting one another while nothing
EVER really changes. When you think about it, there really is no "left" or "right." For instance since you can
generalize that due to my being anti-military, anti-conglomerate, anti-government, pro-social equality and pro-earth
etc. that I am "leftist"... but... I am also conservative, anti-homo, anti-abortion, pro-guns, religious "zealot" etc. right
winger.
So what am I? I am no different than you or anyone else on this planet; I am neither leftwing nor rightwing for I, just as
everyone else possess attributes of both. I am a normal person, a normal divine child of God, as is everyone else on this
planet. Don‘t allow yourself to be confined, boxed in and labeled, this practice must be eradicated immediately. Once
you STOP fighting one another, together the so called ―left‖ and ―right‖ can unite and join forces to battle the
true ruling overlords who engineer the chasims pushing their agendas on both sides, perpetually instigating clashes
designed to have each side accusing the other and bitterly opposing one another thus totally overlooking the true core,
causal root, the source of all misery.
Everyone has opinions, feelings, convictions and so forth. Lumping everyone into left vs. right camps, instigating and
cajoling them into battle is the work of the devil to turn man against themselves thus never being able to rise above
the petty bullshit differences, living day to day immersed in divisive arguments, focusing on irrelevant differences
instead of the TRUE SOURCE OF PROBLEMS that face humanity. It is in this DARKNESS that the BLIND
mankind dwells in thus fails to see the true reality ―light‖ of day. THIS is reality staring at you in the face.
―The American left is a phantom. It is conjured up by the right wing to tag Barack Obama as a socialist and
used by the liberal class to justify its complacency and lethargy. It diverts attention from corporate power. It
perpetuates the myth of a democratic system that is influenced by the votes of citizens, political platforms and
the work of legislators. It keeps the world neatly divided into a left and a right. The phantom left functions as
a convenient scapegoat. The right wing blames it for moral degeneration and fiscal chaos. The liberal class
uses it to call for ―moderation.‖ And while we waste our time talking nonsense, the engines of corporate
power—masked, ruthless and unexamined—happily devour the state….
The corruption of electoral politics by corporate funds and lobbyists, the naive belief that we can somehow
vote ourselves back to democracy, was ignored for emotional catharsis. The right hates. The liberals laugh.
And the country is taken hostage.
…Politics in America has become spectacle. It is another form of show business. The crowd in Washington,
well trained by television, was conditioned to play its role before the cameras. The signs —―The Rant is Too
Damn High,‖ ―Real Patriots Can Handle a Difference of Opinion‖ or ―I Masturbate and I Vote‖—reflected the
hollowness of current political discourse and television‘s perverse epistemology. The rally spoke exclusively
in the impoverished iconography and language of television. It was filled with meaningless political pieties,
music and jokes. It was like any television variety program. Personalities were being sold, not political
platforms. And this is what the society of spectacle is about.
The modern spectacle, as the theorist Guy Debord pointed out, is a potent tool for pacification and
depoliticization. It is a ―permanent opium war‖ which stupefies its viewers and disconnects them from the
forces that control their lives. The spectacle diverts anger toward phantoms and away from the perpetrators of
exploitation and injustice. It manufactures feelings of euphoria. It allows participants to confuse the spectacle
itself with political action.‖
…They provide the empty, emotionally laden material that propels endless chatter back and forth on supposed
left- and right-wing television programs. It is a national Punch and Judy show. But don‘t be fooled. It is not
politics. It is entertainment. It is spectacle. All national debate on the airwaves is driven by the same empty
gossip, the same absurd trivia, the same celebrity meltdowns and the same ridiculous posturing. It is presented
with a different spin. But none of it is about ideas or truth. None of it is about being informed. It caters to
emotions. It makes us confuse how we are made to feel with knowledge. And in the end, for those who serve
up this drivel, the game is about money in the form of ratings and advertising. Beck, Colbert and Stewart all
serve the same masters. And it is not us.- Excerpts from ―The Phantom Left‖ article by Chris Hedges
Wake up Dorothy; you are not in Kansas anymore. You can cover your eyes and ears, and run away right now,
returning to your Alice in Wonderland existence. But if you choose to read on, seriously contemplating the FACTS,
the ugly raw TRUTH that we are about to present. The TRUTHS we are about to reveal. Then you will have to deal
with the REALITY of ―knowing‖ and having to try and continue your daily existence with what you KNOW eating at
you day in and day out. Heck, I just want to wake up tomorrow, put on my rose colored glasses and pretend that
everything is fine and dandy also! I just want to continue to have fun and go on with life oblivious to everything.
Dream the American dream… for the majority, it is just that: only a dream that you have been CONDITIONED, as in
pre-programmed to chase for your entire life.
We have all been trained like rabbits, the "American Dream" has been the carrot, 10 to 20% of us actually reach the
carrot (then endlessly labor to keep it, thus becoming enslaved to it). The rest all toil their entire lives in their futile
pursuit of the carrots. Go to work, make ―them‖ rich while barely being able to make ends meet, pay bills, more bills,
more taxes, sky high medical bills, blah, blah, blah. Welcome to the rat race.
The kicker? Most who have achieved the American dream have become slaves to it. From the moment that they stop
to rest, get sick, etc. that dream can come crashing down so fast it‘s not funny. The majority that makes the millionaires
club in that dream will do just about ANYTHING to maintain that status, to get their piece of the pie. You THINK you
are not a slave yet you have to work all week long for someone else just to pay the rent and put food on the table,
it is not even a choice, it is a requirement, for the moment you can't work for any reason and become unemployed you
are immediately weeks away from becoming homeless and destitute. In most cases when you have a family it is
virtually impossible to survive on just one paycheck to meet just the BASIC NEEDS. Oh, no, you are surely not a slave
of this most wonderful benevolent capitalist system! Your employers are your litteral slave masters, do as you are told
when to do it and you better like it or else. Free your mind from the indoctrination and life programming… unplug
from the matrix.
Most of those that have made it high up there in the American dream, will quietly keep their mouths shut about any
unfair, unjust, corrupt and or dangerous practices being conducted by the organization that employs them. Some call it
watching their own ass. Heck, you might even be one of the key players enabling corrupt practices just to keep your
American dream and stay on the gravy train in order to keep that beautiful home of yours and maintain that wonderful
lifestyle. It is very painful to get thrown off the wagon since poverty, pain and hardship is there waiting for all those
who fall off. Those who are in any way connected with the government, turning a blind eye is ―normal‖. The unspoken
protocol within all government circles is never challenge the status quo, for doing so quickly gets you in trouble and or
banished to the unemployment line.
The majority of all people feel this way: Just let me go home to my nice and cozy American dream, can't chance losing
my pension, 401k, need that paycheck, don't want to rock the boat, make waves or get in trouble, don't want to be
ridiculed by my peers, on second thought, I don‘t even want to know the truth... The key power players in managing
the lemming public get all the best perks, mansions, Ferraris, Lamborghinis, yachts, women, fame, and fortune. These
are the ―middle managers‖ of the ruling elite who know to whom their loyalty is devoted to. As for the poor average
mortal on the street that make up the 85%er crowd, the rat racers; ―so what‖ is the prevalent attitude of the leaders.
THINK
The thinking regions of our brains have been neutralized so that the masses won‘t use them. Then they can let
others do the thinking for them...
The critical thinking region is mostly defunct in many people, they are completely incapable of analyzing and
processing thought. Little has mankind realized, the majority of mankind does NOT THINK FOR
THEMSELVES. They more often than not let someone else make all their important decisions. The news
delivers what is supposedly "important", no need for one to think on their own, just turn on your TV and they
do all the thinking for you, presenting you with synopsis of what they have determined is relevant and
important to the millions of minions sitting in front of their programming devices.
The government does most of the heavy thinking for the masses as it decides what is good for you and what is
not.... what shall be and what shall not.... and so on... You as a citizen have basically NO INPUT, no need to
THINK, you are later given a pretext and narrative about this or that decision that was made for you and your
fellow cattle constituents.
The cattle population the world over has been so thoroughly indoctrinated and mass-brainwashed to accept once most
easily observable circumstances of losses of freedom, a.k.a.: enslavement as todays accepted normal everyday living
conditions. The examples are so numerous, mankind needs to figure out how to emancipate themselves from mental
slavery to be able to utilize their original minds to easily identify them. Here is just one example of the extremes to
which millions of brain dead cattle population routinely, normally, habitually, nonchalantly submits to and accepts ever
increasing rampant oppression and newer forms of enslavement, even in their sanctuaries, their own homes:
Top 7 insane homeowners association rules

No more than 14 roses? No smoking in your own home? After a homeowners association told a Virginia vet he
couldn't hang a flag, even Obama sympathized
The astonishingly restrictive ways of homeowners associations (HOAs) came under scrutiny this month when a
Sussex Square, Virginia, HOA demanded that a 90-year-old World War II vet remove an unapproved flag pole
from his front yard. After receiving support from members of Congress, and even the Obama administration,
Medal of Honor recipient Van T. Barefoot, who once singlehandedly took on three Nazi tanks, triumphed in his
quest to fly Old Glory. Other homeowners haven't been as lucky in their battles against their own HOAs' "fascist"
rules. Here are seven of the most controversial commandments:
1. Thou shalt not plant too many roses

A Rancho Santa Fe, California, homeowners' association targeted Jeffery DeMarco for exceeding the prescribed
number of rose bushes allowed on his four-acre property. When DeMarco balked, the HOA levied monthly fines,
threatened foreclosure, and ultimately defeated DeMarco in court. After a judge ruled that the willful rose
enthusiast had violated the community's architecture design rules, DeMarco was forced to pay the HOA's $70,000
legal bill — and lost his home to the bank.
2. Thou shalt not use "inconsistent" shingles — even after a plane destroys thy house
After a plane crashed into the Sanford, Florida, home of Joe Woodard, killing his wife, Janise, and their infant
son, he decided to rebuild a new home on the same lot. But his reconstruction came to a screeching halt when his
HOA informed him that he'd positioned the new structure unacceptably and failed to achieve a perfect shingle
match with his neighbors' homes. Threatened with a lawsuit, the grieving widower told a local reporter that he'd
hoped to change things up to avoid "reliving" painful memories — but eventually capitulated to the
unsympathetic HOA.
3. Thou shalt not post a "For Sale" sign

When Denise Hicks placed a "For Sale" sign in front of her Lebanon, Tennessee, residence, the Spence Creek
homeowners association quickly reprimanded her for a breach of contract, citing a rule prohibiting signs, banners
or billboards. Ultimately, Hicks was forced to display her realtor's signs in her home's windows, hidden from
view.
4. Thou shalt not offer thy homeless granddaughter shelter

Assuming guardianship of their six-year-old granddaughter, Kimberly, after her drug-addict mother was ruled
unfit, Jimmy and Judy Stuttler brought the child to live with them in their Clearwater, Florida, retirement village.
Since Kimberly was not technically "over 55" or arguably "retired," the alarmed HOA tried to force the girl out.
Attempting to move, the Stuttlers failed to sell their home even after slashing its price from $250,000 to $129,000
and were eventually sued by the HOA. Kimberley's fate is now in the hands of the courts.
5. Thou must carry thy dog at all times

After Pamela McMahan, a geriatric who walks with a cane, was fined $25 every time she failed to carry her
cocker spaniel through the lobby of her Long Beach, California condominium, which stipulates that pets' feet
must never touch the floor of common areas. "There are just too many things going on in the lobby," said Stormy
Jech, the building's assistant property manager. "The dog might jump on someone or go to the bathroom." After
racking up hundreds of dollars in fines, McMahan was forced to move.
6. No smoking — even in thy own bathroom

HOAs' ban on smoking in all public areas — including balconies, patios, courtyards, and swimming pool areas —
has recently been extended into residents' homes. Citing the negative health effects of secondhand smoke,
multiple court hearings have ruled in favor of HOAs. As Realty Times points out, "The Constitution does not
guarantee Americans the right to smoke in their homes...."
7. Thou shall maintain a consistently green lawn

The Beacon Woods Civic Association in Bayonet Point, Florida, took 66-year old resident Joseph Prudente to
court for failing to properly maintain his lawn after a $600-per-month increase to his adjustable rate mortgage
threw him on hard times. Though Prudente was ultimately jailed for failing to resod his lawn, other members of
the community took pity on the faulty landscaper, and paid for new sod, flowers, mulching, and functioning
sprinklers. Their charity was enough to spring their elderly neighbor from the slammer, but Prudente still faces
court and association fines.
The above examples are but a drop in the preverbal bucket of acceptable life oppression/enslavement rules and
regulations that are imposed on the lemming populations by many sectors of society. Look around you, for examples of
liberty stripping, enslavement doctrines are everywhere, most people don‘t notice because they have mentally
surrendered and become used to them. It has been said that if you put a frog in water and slowly boil the water, the frog
will naturally stay there without noticing the increasing heat until it boils to death, meanwhile if the water is already
boiling to the same temperature and you drop the frog in it, the frog will immediately jump out. News flash to the
world‘s simmering lemmings: the water is boiling.
We live in what is possibly one of the greatest times and countries to have ever existed. Every day we are blessed with
the marvels of modern technology. An incredible amount of personal freedom compared to that of other countries and
centuries. So many options and things to do, you can never go everywhere, see everything, do it all and have it all.
Surely this country has been blessed from the day it was formed. I am a true patriot in every sense of the word. We are
all patriots. From the days of writing the Declaration of Independence, the adopting of our Constitution, this nation has
been blessed with patriots that worked hard for our freedoms. So where did it all begin to go wrong?
Capitalism: Democracy‘s Trojan Horse
For our brief moment in time, our ―Democracy‖ has become the dominant form of
government (due to a lack of any superior form governance) of this age. But our
current ways of government have been under a direct frontal assault for many
decades, maybe even centuries. Our Democracy exists in word alone as it has been
infiltrated and overtaken by oligarchic and fascist parasitic entities that rule this
nation. Democracy has been steadily pushed to the back seat as our government
caters ever more to the wants of the ruling elite and its corporate constituents, thus
capitalism has long ago become the undisputed defacto RULER of our
―Democracy.‖ Over the past century our country has been at the forefront of a
unilateral capitalist ECONOMIC COLONIZATION of the planet conducted under
the pretext and guise of ―spreading democracy.‖ No one has called it for what it is.
Take it or leave it, now you KNOW.
Corruption is at it‘s all time highest ever. Special agendas have over taken and
plagued our nation like a deadly cancer, almost everywhere you search within our entire past century and current state.
Massive multinational conglomerates and their agents are the ones pulling all the strings now; they alone are
instrumental in shaping all laws and policies to their own benefit, at the expense of the greater good ―of the people‖.
One of the greatest flaws and the Achilles heel of our government is the Lobbying sector. It needs to be completely
abolished as of yesterday. For ―lobbying‖ is nothing more than basically just a disguised, sanctioned, legalized,
form of BRIBERY. While the rest of the world was busy fighting fascism for centuries, fascism has secretly, quietly
overtaken our country long ago without even a shot being fired. Mussolini called his nation's fascist system: "the
corporate state," today here in the good ole U.S. of A the corporations literally run this nation, for they are the ones
whose desires decide ALL national policies and strategic foreign policies. We literally for all intents and purposes truly
live in the Fascist States of America, but due to the fact the official recognition, use and acknowledgment of the word
―fascist‖ in the association with our most wonderful country is taboo, unequivocally denied, refuted, banned and
ridiculed, throw in a lot of personal liberty, and the population has no clue of the reality that we do in fact live in a
fascist oligarchic republic.
We have ―separation of church and state‖, there should likewise be ―separation of business and state‖. For this great
nation was founded upon the grand ideal of: ―for the people, by the people‖. NOT: ―for the corporations, by the
corporations‖. Yet today the voice of the people is like that of a lone voice in the wilderness, as Washington cranks
out policy after policy for the sole benefits of the ultra elite and their mega conglomerates that keep Washington and
the politicians swimming in blood money.
Most of our politicians have direct or indirect ties to those very same corporations whose agendas they are pushing.
Many if not most politicians use the merry-go-round or ―revolving door‖, come from the private sector take public
office (and vice versa) then transform themselves into ―rain makers‖… conflicts of interest be damned for this is
standard protocol in action.
This first chapter is just the beginning. Throughout this Matrix Report I will go on to expose all types of insane
practices and the sins being perpetrated on the American people and the world. Exposing many incredible jaw dropping
agendas, crimes and cover-ups, I will attempt to strip the entire ruling elite system bare naked and leave it with
nowhere to hide. Am I lying to you? Am I just making this all up? I have better things to do other than waste my time
sitting here making up bullshit. I have received many revelations, I have seen too much, have witnessed the beast first
hand, finally I had no choice but to chance losing everything in this mandate that I must complete, the mission I have
been given, tried my best to avoid. The more I researched, trying to prove I was delirious the more the research lead me
to greater and more damning evidence. I provide the FACTS of my research for free. I am a just a Watchman, I have
nothing to gain, other than to hopefully, in my lifetime be able to see this great nation and world rid itself of the
cancerous blood sucking tumors that have infiltrated it to its very CORE. Just about every sentence written in
this report can be researched (and you should, MUST verify for yourself) on your own by just simply firing up any
search engine and doing your own searches on every topic, every single point being made. Our dream is to one day
be able to wake up and be able to proclaim: ―I am proud of my country, I am proud to be a part of it, we are proud
family of God‖, to one day be able to see a time when America truly leads this world into a new age of peace and
harmony NOT based upon the current greed of our multinational corporations and the elite few that have been
plundering this nation along with other nations for all their resources. I yearn for a society that is NOT run by
groups of aristocratic elite rulers who could care less about fairness, inequality, human suffering, and poverty.
This report has been developed to focus on the big picture that often never gets viewed in its entirety due to the fact
that reality is purposely fragmented and distorted by those who have the influence, power and massive media networks
to reach millions. There is such a staggering amount of info, occurrences and distractions in so many sectors of society,
very few people can connect the dots to reveal the big picture. Each section of The Matrix has literally thousands of
news, facts, data and info supporting our arguments, revealing the TRUTH of each segment of The Matrix. We will
attempt our best to consolidate thousands of facts from all sources into one streamlined big picture for you right here in
one work. The same way you play CONNECT THE DOTS you need to learn how to play CONNECT THE FACTS.
Collect them then, catalog them, study them, the arrange them as pieces of a puzzle, then one by one, put the pieces
together revealing the hidden big picture, the true reality.
Behold for: Most people have a mass molded, pre-shaped pre-concieved perception of ―evil‖ and what evil beings
look like. The common engrained image of an evil being or person has been pre-shaped since your childhood. You
have been conditioned to adopt the image of some scary evil being that was drawn by artists or portrayed by
Hollywood as some insidious scary monster or madman you should fear.
The biggest trick the devil ever pulled is to convince the world he doesn‘t exist.
News flash: the devil does exist here on earth, he dwells within the hearts and
minds of those who have channeled his being and wantonly do his will. And NO
they do not look like evil scary monsters or demented madmen… for THEY
GRADUATED IVY LEAGUE UNIVERSITIES, OPERATE ALL THE MOST
IMPORTANT INSTITUTIONS AND WEAR SUITES AND TIES. Many are
charismatic individuals with fame and fortune, they live lives of ultimate luxury
that all the peasants tune in with their TV sets admire, hold in high esteem and
idolize. The blind masses actually even become their most adoring fans and
worship them…
Once you understand how the ruling factions of this society truly works, you will
be able to truly understand and even "foresee" the directions of current events,
policies and so forth, almost as if you had ESP. For here we reveal to you the ruling elite's Rosetta Stone, their modus
of operandi, laying out their play books for all to see. For even though the ruling elite operate in total secrecy, their
actions and those of their intermediaries ultimately reveal their true direction. With your Rosetta Stone you can
decipher the nightly news and see beyond the petty bullshit being fed the blind masses.
It is written: ―you will know them by their deeds.‖ The ruling elite can only delegate through others, all people and
their systems contain flaws, they also make mistakes, when they do so, every incident reveals yet more clues about
them, their nature and exposes more pieces of the puzzle. What we often witness when they error is their masterful
manipulation in covering up their messes, then like a magicians sleight of hand, they pull the wool over our eyes luring
our tiny attention spans elsewhere. Behold for I come forth to proclaim that the ruling elites‘ power is actually no more
stable than a house of cards for it is held together by fragile lies and deceit…
Though the ruling elite‘s ultimate aim seems to be the complete subjugation and enslave mankind, no matter how bleak
or hopeless our situation may seem, they will eventually be overcome. For theirs is a house built of smoke and mirrors,
yet backed by the power of all the gold on the planet. At this moment in time you may believe that you are "free", but
in reality you serve many masters. You hear but yet do not comprehend, you see but yet are still blind. We have a
moral obligation, not only to ourselves, our families and all others to stand up to and say ―enough is enough!‖
Emancipate yourself from mental slavery. The time has come to free your mind and take your life and country back!
The TRUTH will literally set you free for the more people who know the real truth, the less the rulers of this world
can hide, the KEY to defeating the enemy is EXPOSING THEM AND THEIR SECRETS WITH THE TRUTH.
The question arises: So how in the world did we get to this predicament to be ruled by an elite group who own and
control just about everything, relegating us all to the status of mere spectators, essentially enslaved to their wishes. It is
of utmost importance that you fully understand that your reality is shaped and molded by your perception of the world
around you. The single most influential instruments for MOLDING AND SHAPING THE MASSES
PERCEPTION OF REALITY has been the MEDIA: newspapers, books, magazines, radio, TV and movies. Here is
a very astute article that discusses the factors that have enabled the corrupting of world media… the mass public‘s
default source of ―TRUTH‖ and REALITY:
The Creed of Objectivity Killed the News

By Chris Hedges, truthdig.com
Reporters who witness the worst of human suffering and return to newsrooms angry see their compassion washed
out or severely muted by the layers of editors who stand between the reporter and the reader. The creed of
objectivity and balance, formulated at the beginning of the 19th century by newspaper owners to generate greater
profits from advertisers, disarms and cripples the press.
And the creed of objectivity becomes a convenient and profitable vehicle to avoid confronting unpleasant truths
or angering a power structure on which news organizations depend for access and profits. This creed transforms
reporters into neutral observers or voyeurs. It banishes empathy, passion and a quest for justice. Reporters are
permitted to watch but not to feel or to speak in their own voices. They function as ―professionals‖ and see
themselves as dispassionate and disinterested social scientists. This vaunted lack of bias, enforced by bloodless
hierarchies of bureaucrats, is the disease of American journalism.
―The very notion that on any given story all you have to do is report what both sides say and you‘ve done a fine
job of objective journalism debilitates the press,‖ the late columnist Molly Ivins once wrote. ―There is no such
thing as objectivity, and the truth, that slippery little bugger, has the oddest habit of being way to hell off on one
side or the other: it seldom nestles neatly halfway between any two opposing points of view. The smug
complacency of much of the press—I have heard many an editor say, ‗Well, we‘re being attacked by both sides
so we must be right‘—stems from the curious notion that if you get a quote from both sides, preferably in an
official position, you‘ve done the job. In the first place, most stories aren‘t two-sided, they‘re 17-sided at least. In
the second place, it‘s of no help to either the readers or the truth to quote one side saying, ‗Cat,‘ and the other side
saying ‗Dog,‘ while the truth is there‘s an elephant crashing around out there in the bushes.‖
Ivins went on to write that ―the press‘s most serious failures are not its sins of commission, but its sins of
omission—the stories we miss, the stories we don‘t see, the stories that don‘t hold press conferences, the stories
that don‘t come from ‗reliable sources.‘ ‖
This abject moral failing has left the growing numbers of Americans shunted aside by our corporate state without
a voice. It has also, with the rise of a ruthless American oligarchy, left the traditional press on the wrong side of
our growing class divide. The elitism, distrust and lack of credibility of the press—and here I speak of the
dwindling institutions that attempt to report news—come directly from this steady and willful disintegration of
the media‘s moral core.
This moral void has been effectively exploited by the 24-hour cable news shows and trash talk radio programs.
The failure of the fact-based press to express empathy or outrage for our growing underclass has permitted the
disastrous rise of ―faith-based‖ reporting. The bloodless and soulless journalism of the traditional media has
bolstered the popularity of partisan outlets that present a view of the world that often has no relation to the real,
but responds very effectively to the emotional needs of viewers. Fox News is, in some sense, no more objective
than The New York Times, but there is one crucial and vital difference. Fox News and most of the other cable
outlets do not feel constrained by verifiable facts. Within the traditional news establishment, facts may have been
self-selected or skillfully stage-managed by public relations specialists, but what was not verifiable was not
publishable.
The cable news channels have cleverly seized on the creed of objectivity and redefined it in populist terms. They
attack news based on verifiable fact for its liberal bias, for, in essence, failing to be objective, and promise a
return to ―genuine‖ objectivity. Fox‘s Bill O‘Reilly argues, ―If Fox News is a conservative channel—and I‘m
going to use the word ‗if‘—so what? … You‘ve got 50 other media that are blatantly left. Now, I don‘t think Fox
is a conservative channel. I think it‘s a traditional channel. There‘s a difference. We are willing to hear points of
view that you‘ll never hear on ABC, CBS or NBC.‖
O‘Reilly is not wrong in suggesting that the objectivity of the traditional media has an inherent political bias. But
it is a bias that caters to the power elite and it is a bias that is confined by fact. The traditional quest for
―objectivity‖ is, as James Carey wrote, also based on an ethnocentric conceit: ―It pretended to discover Universal
Truth, to proclaim Universal Laws, and to describe a Universal Man. Upon inspection it appeared, however, that
its Universal Man resembled a type found around Cambridge, Massachusetts, or Cambridge, England; its
Universal Laws resembled those felt to be useful by Congress and Parliament; and its Universal Truth bore
English and American accents.‖
Objectivity creates the formula of quoting Establishment specialists or experts within the narrow confines of the
power elite who debate policy nuance like medieval theologians. As long as one viewpoint is balanced by
another, usually no more than what Sigmund Freud would term ―the narcissism of minor difference,‖ the job of a
reporter is deemed complete. But this is more often a way to obscure rather than expose truth.
Reporting, while it is presented to the public as neutral, objective and unbiased, is always highly interpretive. It is
defined by rigid stylistic parameters. I have written, like most other reporters, hundreds of news stories. Reporters
begin with a collection of facts, statements, positions and anecdotes and then select those that create the ―balance‖
permitted by the formula of daily journalism. The closer reporters get to official sources, for example those
covering Wall Street, Congress, the White House or the State Department, the more constraints they endure.
When reporting depends heavily on access it becomes very difficult to challenge those who grant or deny that
access. This craven desire for access has turned huge sections of the Washington press, along with most business
reporters, into courtiers. The need to be included in press briefings and background interviews with government
or business officials, as well as the desire for leaks and early access to official documents, obliterates journalistic
autonomy.
―Record the fury of a Palestinian whose land has been taken from him by Israeli settlers—but always refer to
Israel‘s ‗security needs‘ and its ‗war on terror,‘ ‖ Robert Fisk writes. ―If Americans are accused of ‗torture‘, call it
‗abuse‘. If Israel assassinates a Palestinian, call it a ‗targeted killing‘. If Armenians lament their Holocaust™ of
1,500,000 souls in 1915, remind readers that Turkey denies this all too real and fully documented genocide. If
Iraq has become a hell on earth for its people, recall how awful Saddam was. If a dictator is on our side, call him
a ‗strongman‘. If he‘s our enemy, call him a tyrant, or part of the ‗axis of evil‘. And above all else, use the word
‗terrorist.‘ Terror, terror, terror, terror, terror, terror, terror. Seven days a week.‖
―Ask ‗how‘ and ‗who‘—but not ‗why‘,‖ Fisk adds. ―Source everything to officials: ‗American officials‘,
‗intelligence officials‘, ‗official sources‘, anonymous policemen or army officers. And if these institutions
charged with our protection abuse their power, then remind readers and listeners and viewers of the dangerous
age in which we now live, the age of terror—which means that we must live in the Age of the Warrior, someone
whose business and profession and vocation and mere existence is to destroy our enemies.‖
―In the classic example, a refugee from Nazi Germany who appears on television saying monstrous things are
happening in his homeland must be followed by a Nazi spokesman saying Adolf Hitler is the greatest boon to
humanity since pasteurized milk,‖ the former New York Times columnist Russell Baker wrote. ―Real objectivity
would require not only hard work by news people to determine which report was accurate, but also a willingness
to put up with the abuse certain to follow publication of an objectively formed judgment. To escape the hard work
or the abuse, if one man says Hitler is an ogre, we instantly give you another to say Hitler is a prince. A man says
the rockets won‘t work? We give you another who says they will. The public may not learn much about these
fairly sensitive matters, but neither does it get another excuse to denounce the media for unfairness and lack of
objectivity. In brief, society is teeming with people who become furious if told what the score is.‖
Advertisement
Journalists, because of their training and distaste for shattering their own exalted notion of themselves, lack the
inclination and vocabulary to discuss ethics. They will, when pressed, mumble something about telling the truth
and serving the public. They prefer not to face the fact that my truth is not your truth. News is a signal, a ―blip,‖
an alarm that something is happening beyond our small circle of existence, as Walter Lippmann noted in his book
―Public Opinion.‖ Journalism does not point us toward truth since, as Lippmann understood, there is always a
vast divide between truth and news. Ethical questions open journalism to the nebulous world of interpretation and
philosophy, and for this reason journalists flee from ethical inquiry like a herd of frightened sheep.
Journalists, while they like to promote the image of themselves as fierce individualists, are in the end another
species of corporate employees. They claim as their clients an amorphous public. They seek their moral
justification in the service of this nameless, faceless mass and speak little about the vast influence of the power
elite to shape and determine reporting. Does a public even exist in a society as fragmented and divided as ours?
Or is the public, as Walter Lippmann wrote, now so deeply uninformed and divorced from the inner workings of
power and diplomacy as to make it a clean slate on which our armies of skilled propagandists can, often through
the press, leave a message?
The symbiotic relationship between the press and the power elite worked for nearly a century. It worked as long
as our power elite, no matter how ruthless or insensitive, was competent. But once our power elite became
incompetent and morally bankrupt, the press, along with the power elite, lost its final vestige of credibility. The
press became, as seen in the Iraq war and the aftermath of the financial upheavals, a class of courtiers. The press,
which has always written and spoken from presuppositions and principles that reflect the elite consensus, now
peddles a consensus that is flagrantly artificial. Our elite oversaw the dismantling of the country‘s manufacturing
base and the betrayal of the working class with the passage of the North American Free Trade Agreement and the
press dutifully trumpeted this as a form of growth. Our elite deregulated the banking industry, leading to
nationwide bank collapses, and the press extolled the value of the free market. Our elite corrupted the levers of
power to advance the interests of corporations and the press naively conflated freedom with the free market. This
reporting may have been ―objective‖ and ―impartial‖ but it defied common sense. The harsh reality of shuttered
former steel-producing towns and growing human misery should have, in the hands of any good cop reporter,
exposed the fantasies. But the press long ago stopped thinking and lost nearly all its moral autonomy.
Real reporting, grounded in a commitment to justice and empathy, could have informed and empowered the
public as we underwent a corporate coup d‘état in slow motion. It could have stimulated a radical debate about
structures, laws, privilege, power and justice. But the traditional press, by clinging to an outdated etiquette
designed to serve corrupt power structures, lost its social function. Corporations, which once made many of these
news outlets very rich, have turned to more effective forms of advertising. Profits have plummeted. And yet these
press courtiers, lost in the fantasy of their own righteousness and moral probity, cling to the hollow morality of
―objectivity‖ with comic ferocity.
The world will not be a better place when these fact-based news organizations die. We will be propelled into a
culture where facts and opinions will be interchangeable, where lies will become true, and where fantasy will be
peddled as news. I will lament the loss of traditional news. It will unmoor us from reality. The tragedy is that the
moral void of the news business contributed as much to its own annihilation as the protofascists who feed on its
carcass.
The ―powers that be‖ are terrified, for their holy grail of control of the masses perception of reality: media has been
subject to major upheavals as the masses, enabled by the internet age, have been fleeing traditional ruling elite news
along with all their other traditional media platforms and learning the TRUTH, reporting the TRUTH on their own on
the internet. The ruling elite have been proceeding cautiously due to what has been emerging as a ―truth movement.‖
Thus they are anxiously looking for ways to place the internet on lock down, surreptitiously censor and control the
content. They WILL eventually put the internet on lockdown, as they have done with traditional media they will
eventually gain control, censor the internet ―for your protection.‖ They will continually raise the bar of entry and
participation, especially for those who claim to provide news. They will setup all sorts of regulations and filters
throughout the net, even on the ISP level; they will eventually make operating any sort of web content that is not
officially approved with sanctioned material extremely difficult or even illegal. Mark my words and watch as they lock
down the ―wild wild west internet‖…. For your ―protection‖ but of course is the standard pretext ralley cry.
The overlords FEAR truth for only TRUTH can expose all and derail their best laid plans. Thus you have been
witnessing a massive concerted effort to discredit, ridicule, mock, scorn, rebuke, attack, and even imprison those
of us who dare come forth to reveal the TRUTH to the world. One need look no further than the recent A&E FBI
show which portrays 9/11 truthers as DOPE SMOKING TERRORISTs, for a perfect example of the lengths that ―big
brother‖ will go to alienate and distance the public from those who speak the TRUTH. As more and more biased
―programs‖ such as that TV show are aired, the general public, subject to the constant barrage of misleading
propaganda critical of the ―truth movement‖ combined with the phenomena of group (follow the herd) mentality,
naturally turns away from the ridiculed (TRUTH) subject matter and believes the lies they are constantly fed by the
mainstream media and government propaganda machine. Such are the forces we are up against.
Let me also warn you right here and now that the powers that be infiltrate, manipulate and control every side of
every argument, thus direct the breath, depth and scope of all public discourse. They rule the left and they rule the
right, thus they can never lose. They have even infiltrated and are actively trying to steer the ―truther movement.‖
This is so readily witnessed by the recent conservative party attempt of HIJACKING the truther movement (headed
by corporations, FOX News and Glenn Beck at the helm) they are stirring up the USEFUL IDIOTS in Tea Party dog
and pony show attempting to lead the disenfranchised public into what seems like a controlled rebellion against
the ―left wing liberal commy socialist bastards‖…they are engineering a controlled demolition of the masses… the
public is getting mad as hell of the blatant lies, corruption, abuses of the Washingtonites, the ruling elite know this very
well, therefore THEY are preemptively controlling its implosion… Behold as we witness this election season the
elite masterfully guide the masses resentment and hostility and get them to yet again accept and usher in yet another
elite choosen agent of ―change‖ that the public perverbially pray for every four years and never get.
You must never forget that the powers that be control both the left wing and the right wing… Repeat after me:
The ruling elite control both sides of the war of the minds, the liberals and the conservatives, left and right. It is
one of the devil‘s oldest tricks in the book: DIVIDE AND CONQUER. Then the minions, talking heads, pundits,
voting public, aka USEFUL IDIOTS run amuck ATTACKING EACH OTHER! Doing the job of tearing themselves
apart for the hidden ruling elite! With that most important central truth revealed, fully engraved in your conscience,
now come along on this amazing journey into the realm of absolute truth…
TRUTH DOES NOT FEAR INVESTIGATION…

QUESTION EVERYTHING BELIEVE NOTHING – TEST THE SPIRITS
The Devil invented ―Divide and Conquer‖ it has been his key central stratagem since the beginning of known history
up until these very days. Who are the true good guys and bad guys in this world? The grand engineered of DIVISION
has utterly and completely squared off brothers against brothers, families against families, religions against religions,
peoples against peoples, nations against nations… DIVISION at its finest. Again I pose you this most important
paradox: Who are the ―good guys‖ and who are the ―bad guys‖? Those who blindly allow themselves to be misled and
deceived by those who control the media will quickly blurt out who you have been trained to identify as the current
―bad guys.‖ I have a more compelling question: What if one day you awoke to find out that your entire life was in the
bosom and service of your father… Darth Vador… and your entire life you thought that you were one of the ―good
guys‖?
The Madness of a Lost Society - video
The illuminati manipulators of man have known the inner secrets and the power of the unconscious and the
superconscious mind; although these are in fact your own resources, they have and still are effectively using them
against you, because you allow it.
This Matrix Report is my sincere attempt to articulate and provide a cohesive universal insight into "the matrix" of the
ruling elite. There are literally hundreds if not thousands of more highly researched more specialized in depth sources,
articles, books, videos and websites out there focusing on each segment of the matrix just waiting for you to enter,
waiting for you with tons of evidence, facts and so forth, where they lift the cover of the smoke and mirrors, exposing
to the world the lies, deceit and sins of those who wish to enslave us all. This report provides you with the Rosetta
Stone that reveals the fundamental hard core framework of the Luciferian ruling elite. Thus this report can and should
be used as a comprehensive guide to help one navigate the realm of information and knowledge, allowing one to sift
through and differentiate from all the bullshit that is floating in circulation masquerading as and pretending to be truth.
Unfortunately even though truth can be told, it must be REALIZED individually. Ignorance is bliss. Divine truth is
ultimate reality. Behold, for it is written: seek and ye shall find, knock and the door shall be opened.
This matrix report was tirelessly constructed with this thought in mind: The tree of understanding gives the ability to
perceive the reality in every situation. Those who eat of the fruit of this tree will not be deceived by the illusions of
darkness, for they will see through them, as one looks through a window to see what is beyond it.
“None are more hopelessly enslaved than those who falsely believe they are free”
"He who has an ear, let him hear, he who has eyes, let him see"
..:EMANCIPATE YOURSELF FROM MENTAL SLAVERY:..
For it is written: "the truth shall set you free"
"By their fruits ye shall know them."

THE BIG PICTURE

Foxes guarding hen houses & Wolves in sheep's
clothing
“ORDER OUT OF CHAOS”
THE ENGINEERING OF PERPETUAL CRISIS TO
FACILITATE RULE OVER THE MASSES
If you want to make someone angry, tell him a lie; if you want to make him furious, tell him the truth. All truth passes
through three stages. First, it is ridiculed, second it is violently opposed, and third, it is accepted as self-evident. –
Arthur Schopenhauer Philosopher, 1788-1860
“For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the
darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places.” – Ephesians 6:12
“The real rulers in Washington are invisible and exercise power from behind the scenes.” - Justice Felix Frankfurter
The problem with conspiracy theories is they have to come before the facts!!! ● "WAR IS PEACE" means War for the
masses = Peace for the elite ●"FREEDOM IS SLAVERY" means Slavery for the masses = Freedom for the elite ●
"IGNORANCE IS STRENGTH" means Ignorance for the masses = Strength for the elite! To end the war, we must end
slavery, To end slavery, we must end ignorance – source *also: “if you want peace, prepare for war+
Prior to proceeding any further, there is something that abolutely MUST be revealed:
In order to understand the who the ruling masters are, there is one core causal root factor that almost all researchers
seem to overlook and miss altogether. Statistics state that well over 90% of the population believes in God yet there is
this massive disconnect with the understanding of scriptural reality, cosmic Heavenly reality in this world. In order to
completely understand the TRUE REALITY of this world, one MUST factor in the spiritual reality of unseen forces at
work beyond the common mans scope of perception. I will make this short and to the point:
In order to understand who the true rulers of this world are, one must understand the common denominators and who
they are beholden to, who their hidden master is. Throughout the Holy Scriptures there are numerous undeniable,
irrifuatble statements regarding ―the ruler of this world.‖ The Holy Bible states several times in many separate entries
thus unequivocally, in no uncertain terms revealing the fact that ―SATAN IS THE RULER OF THIS WORLD.‖
This is no secret, yet it has been said that one of the Devil‘s greatest tricks has been in convincing that he (and even
God) do not exist. What we have been witnessing on earth is a SIMULACRUM OF LIBERTY AND RULE BY
DEMOCRACY.
―He is the ruler of the earth‖ (John 12:31, Ephesians 6:12 and 2 Corinthians 4:4)
―How you have fallen from Heaven, o Lucifer son of the dawn! You have been cut down to earth, you have
weakened the nations!‖ – Isaiah 14:12-15
―the prince of this world‖ - (John 12:31 & 14:30 & 16:11)
a demon able to enter into a human body (John 13:27)
―their minds have been kept in the dark by the evil god of this world.‖ (2Cor.4: 4)
―Even Satan can disguise himself to look like an angel of light.‖ (2Cor.11: 14)
―The devil led him up to a high place and showed him (Jesus) in an instant all the kingdoms of the world. And
he said to him, I will give you all their authority and splendour, for it has been given to me, and I can
give it to anyone I want to. So if you worship me, it will all be yours. (Luke 4:5-8)
Knowing that Satan is the ―ruler of this world‖ is elementary Biblical knowledge 101. Anyone that has even the most
fundamental understanding of scripture knows that God expelled Satan from Heaven and cast him down to earth
along with the other fallen angels (who were transformed into demons). Take a moment to truly contemplate this
colossally imperative statement and digest its true meaning and ramifications on the world we live in.
Here is your wakeup call: Hello, WE ALL LIVE ON THE SAME ―EARTH‖ the same place Satan and his demon
minions were cast to!!! This is the hidden in plain sight COSMIC REALITY that mankind has been under mass
denial about for eons. Thus mankind has been under the largest unified mass cognitive dissonance cases to have ever
existed, one of biblical proportion mass denial and ―blindness.‖
Behold: Unbeknownst to the masses we have been living under Satan‘s direct evil rule for millenniums, under
Satan‘s DOMINION….
UNDER SATAN‘S DOMINSION…
UNDER SATAN‘S DOMINION…

UNDER SATAN‘S DIRECT DOMINION since the dawn of man‘s existence on this earth. Pick up any common
history book to see that this planet has been under endless, relentless, continuous Satanic induced turmoil, division,
chaos and bloodshed since the beginning of recorded history. All the recorded history of this world has been
permeated with nonstop bloodshed: endless amount of wars, invasions, occupations, conflicts, division, crimes,
adultery, incest, theft, murder, lies, deception, decadence, immorality and sin are a daily universally accepted
NORM, the list goes on and on. The fact that the world history has been comprised completely of bloodshed, wars,
crimes, hate, sins and so forth is DIRECT TESTAMENT to Satan‘s rule.
Yet THIS is the world we have all been born in and grew up viewing and understanding as: NORMAL. What is
the normal persons reaction to this revelation? ―Hey lets go watch the football game!‖ or something along those lines.
The mortals have no clue where they are or what is what. For they have known no other way. They have all been
raised in the fog, in the filth and slime that they have come to identify as not only normal, but as ―home sweet home.‖
Behold for: Satan‘s dominion over mankind is DIRECTLY MANIFESTED in the physical world, in the
flesh BY HIS HUMAN AGENTS HERE ON EARTH. These are the wonderful benevolent charming suit wearing
Ivy League highly educated leaders who continually seem to take us perpetually into the abyss with their never ending
irrational illogical policies, rules, regulations and acts. We are conditioned to believe that our leaders are the best of the
best while our own brains tell us otherwise, for the level of self-destructive absurdity and ignorance of their cumulative
acts is beyond all common sense, rational and belief. Politicians are universally acknowledged as the most corrupt liars
on the planet, yet we continue to elect them. These are perfect examples of cognitive dissonance in action, embracing
to opposing ideas at once.
I come forth to expose the madness for what it really is: what the masses have been witnessing as the most illogical
rule of their ―elected‖ leaders has in all actuality been witnessing the possessed AGENTS OF SATAN knowingly or
unknowingly carrying out his wishes here on earth. This has been one of the mysteries of the ages, for very few are
the ones that put two and two together and see through the grand delusion, smoke and mirrors shroud that Satan‘s
overlords on earth have erected to hide their core genesis. For he who has ears, let him hear, for he who has eyes, let
him see.
Comprehend this most imperative key fundamental FACT then you can readily understand the paradigm of how Satan
rules HIS falsely seized world here on earth. For most of those wonderful bright charismatic corrupt leaders that
constantly seem to be making most irrational, illogical, stupidest idiotic decisions, constantly ruining their respective
countries are none other than tools, agents of their imperceptible unseen master: Lucifer, Satan, the Devil. As harsh and
completely difficult to swallow this COSMIC TRUTH is, this IS our true fundamental basic core causal root reality.
For this ―wonderful world‖ full of excitement and tons of entertainment to keep your mind occupied by irrelevantness
you have all been centrally raised under and come to see as home sweet home has been nothing more or less than
concealing the fact that you were raised up in the bosom of Satan‘s care. Still don‘t get it? Why the fuck do you think
that mankind needs redemption from sin? Why does God need to send a Messiah to earth to save us? The history of
mankind has been none other than a documented history of God trying to regain dominion over his children from the
evil being that seized dominion through his engineered coup d‘état (―fall of man‖ in the Garden of Eden) where he
took our birthrights that basically vested him with the authority over man and allowed him to become master over man,
taking mankind away from our beloved creator and true father. The scriptures are nothing more than historical records
documenting God‘s efforts of regaining dominion over his lost children. God cannot just blowup Satan and be done
with it. Even God must follow the laws of the universe, especially in this case, where he was directly challenged.
You must keep these KEY revelations in mind throughout studying this reference work and when researching the
―Illuminati‖ rulers (or whatever you want to call the cabal of those who rule, lead this world). I have spoken only the
pure unadulterated truth as has been revealed to me by the angels of Heaven on earth, take it or leave it, THIS is the
true cause and effect reality of mankind. Understanding and comprehending the TRUTH will set you free… for
only then will you ever comprehend the magnitude of your real situation, circumstances, conditions of your true
existence on earth. You must find the strength to awaken to the true painful terrifying traumatizing reality and
recognize that you are in fact enslaved by the false ruler of this world and his agents here on earth… Only then can
one ―see‖ the hidden masters then transcend the oppressors and walk the path of liberation… Only you can free
yourself from his dominion, for you must take the responsibility for your actions and go forth to unplug yourself from
his matrix. I know how wonderful and cozy you may be living out your life in his bosom, you have worldly dreams
you hold dear, you have wordly responsibilities, school, work and visions of this (satan‘s world) to cater to …. Yes….
you can continue to sleep….sleep…sleep….. or AWAKEN oh son of man.
BEHOLD For: Unbeknownst to 90% of the world population there IS a Luciferian consortium, matrix,
cabal, network, syndicate that is so powerful, so influential, so dominant, so authoritative, so controlling that
NO ONE THROUGHOUT THE WORLD CAN UTTER A NEGATIVE WORD AGAINST THEM. The
consequences for doing so is career suicide and public status of a leper.
The moment anyone, especially public figures, heads of state and famous people say anything negative against the
syndicate or their people the offenders are immediately unilaterally singled out and targeted for destruction. Their
entire lives are immediately turned upside down, they immediately lose their wonderful jobs, they are ruthlessly
universally attacked by the media and their pundits. Financial ruin is the norm, for the consortium pull out all the stops
in retribution of those who dare speak in any light other than accolades about them.
In over 13 countries the offenders who dare speak negatively about the syndicate or any of their kind are imprisoned
for daring to utter the negative words against the cabal or any of their members. No matter how true the statements
made may be. Truth be damned, for the consortium has absolute power and authority over the truth. Those who DARE
come out accusing the syndicate or any of their members with truth receive the harshest most severe retribution. The
character assassination is swift and universal, for all member entities and representatives jump on the bandwagon
demonizing the target.
YES, THEIR DOES EXIST SUCH A POWERFUL RULING FORCE HERE ON EARTH that no one can
oppose or speak of without undergoing massive life altering retribution and risk losing, even in some cases: his life.
This hidden ruling consortium rules with impunity and immunity. These are the true UNTOUCHABLES. Rarely do
any of their cohorts ever go down or get prosecuted. When they do, it is only they fall out of step or because the
evidence against them is so ridiculously obvious even the syndicate cannot protect them. Many of the highly
connected, important, highest priesthood ruling elite have managed to often get presidential pardons despite all the
evidence against them, these are among the invincible league of ruling elite.
I will go forth to systematically expose and dissect this REAL living consortium and its members throughout this
research report. I can freely do so without risk of being targeted for elimination, character assassinated, or retribution
of any kind only due to the fact that I am an invisible ghost thus there exists no physical person to attack. Thus I can
say and reveal what others WOULD NEVER DARE SAY for fear of the severe retributive consequences. They have
been trying to find out my true identity of years to no avail. If they succeed, then I would be destroyed, a dead man,
period. Until then the cartel and its members can only writher and suffer the consequences of TRUTH hemorrhaging
about them. Their secret activities, agendas, endeavors and goals are hereby revealed by the grace of God and the
authority he has vested in me to do so for all the world to behold.
Witness the fact that the WORD can in fact be mightier than the sword. Come along on this journey of revelation that I
bring forth. Let‘s start by breaking down old falsehoods and assumptions… Follow me out of the world of darkness for
I come forth to release thee from bondage through the light of truth… Fear no more, for the time of awakening hath
come and is upon us…
**************
Many people dismiss the preposterous notion that an entire country can be ruled by just a few people, especially a
county as wonderful, full of ―liberty‖ and ―freedom‖ such as ours. The masses have been fully indoctrinated to believe
in the mass illusion that this country is ―of the people, for the people, by the people‖ and nothing, no proof of the
contrary will ever let them release their wonderful fairy tale beliefs. ―Of the people‖ may have been true 200 years ago
when this nation was established, but today nothing can be further from those founding ideals. The power of rule has
ever since those days have been concentrating into the hands of very few ruling elite people and their organizations.
For those who think it is impossible for just a few people to rule over millions of others and do whatever they wish,
think about this fact for just one moment: Only 545 people make all the decisions for and CONTROL all the other
300,000,000 population. Think about it, for all intents and purposes, just 545 people actually RUN THIS
COUNTRY, they make all the decisions and lead this country as THEY wish, oh sure they play make believe that they
only serve the public, they ALL promise you this and that to get ―elected‖ but in the end the story is always the same,
every four years the forgetful minions faithfully go vote yet nothing EVER changes, only the faces and names in the
perpetual game of musical chairs they play every few years. You all know they are ALL a bunch of crooks and liars
who serve special interests and their hidden masters. More corruption exists in this tiny jurisdiction than anywhere else
on the planet yet the zombie population accepts it and bow their heads to these corrupt leaders. Perpetually promised
the hope and change they never receive and never will.
That‘s 545 people ruling over the 300 MILLION others. This is not theory or conspiracy, this is fact. The real
question one must ask and sincerely research is just WHO do those 545 people serve… In and of itself, this group
of people comprise a defacto cabal or elite club, cartel, consortium or syndicate. Think about it. All elected officials are
merely employees, paid ―managers,‖ middle men under the employ of the true ruling elite whose will they fulfill
while going through the motions to pacify the masses with doggy treats and occasional little victories of no strategic
value to appease the angry mobs.
THE 545 PEOPLE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL OF AMERICA'S WOES

By Charley Reese
Politicians are the only people in the world who create problems and then campaign against them.
Have you ever wondered why, if both the Democrats and the Republicans are against deficits, we have deficits?
Have you ever wondered why, if all the politicians are against inflation and high taxes, we have inflation and high
taxes?
You and I don't propose a federal budget. The president does. You and I don't have the Constitutional authority to
vote on appropriations. The House of Representatives does. You and I don't write the tax code. Congress does.
You and I don't set fiscal policy. Congress does. You and I don't control monetary policy. The Federal Reserve
Bank does.
One hundred senators, 435 congressmen, one president and nine Supreme Court justices - 545 human beings out of
the 235 million - are directly, legally, morally and individually responsible for the domestic problems that plague
this country.
I excluded the members of the Federal Reserve Board because that problem was created by the Congress. In 1913,
Congress delegated its Constitutional duty to provide a sound currency to a federally chartered but private central
bank.
I excluded all but the special interests and lobbyists for a sound reason. They have no legal authority. They have no
ability to coerce a senator, a congressman or a president to do one cotton-picking thing. I don't care if they offer a
politician $1 million dollars in cash. The politician has the power to accept or reject it.
No matter what the lobbyist promises, it is the legislation's responsibility to determine how he votes.
A CONFIDENCE CONSPIRACY
Don't you see how the con game that is played on the people by the politicians? Those 545 human beings spend
much of their energy convincing you that what they did is not their fault. They cooperate in this common con
regardless of party.
What separates a politician from a normal human being is an excessive amount of gall. No normal human being
would have the gall of Tip O'Neill, who stood up and criticized Ronald Reagan for creating deficits.
The president can only propose a budget. He cannot force the Congress to accept it. The Constitution, which is the
supreme law of the land, gives sole responsibility to the House of Representatives for originating appropriations
and taxes.
O'neill is the speaker of the House. He is the leader of the majority party. He and his fellow Democrats, not the
president, can approve any budget they want. If the president vetos it, they can pass it over his veto.
REPLACE SCOUNDRELS
It seems inconceivable to me that a nation of 235 million cannot replace 545 people who stand convicted -- by
present facts - of incompetence and irresponsibility.
I can't think of a single domestic problem, from an unfair tax code to defense overruns, that is not traceable directly
to those 545 people.
When you fully grasp the plain truth that 545 people exercise power of the federal government, then it must follow
that what exists is what they want to exist.
If the tax code is unfair, it's because they want it unfair. If the budget is in the red, it's because they want it in the
red. If the Marines are in Lebanon, it's because they want them in Lebanon.
There are no insoluble government problems. Do not let these 545 people shift the blame to bureaucrats, whom
they hire and whose jobs they can abolish; to lobbyists, whose gifts and advice they can reject; to regulators, to
whom they give the power to regulate and from whom they can take it.
Above all, do not let them con you into the belief that there exist disembodied mystical forces like "the economy,"
"inflation" or "politics" that prevent them from doing what they take an oath to do.
Those 545 people and they alone are responsible. They and they alone have the power. They and they alone should
be held accountable by the people who are their bosses - provided they have the gumption to manage their own
employees. – [This article was taken from the Orlando Sentinel Star newspaper]
As the article above points out, our nation is literally controlled by just 545 people. For all intents and purposes
Congress (both Houses) IS basically the United States of America. This group of 545 is the United States of America
collectively lead this nation in any direction they and their benefactors chose, NOT you the people. Once this fact
begins to seep into your conscience and you cognitively begin to comprehend this fundamental paradigm you can then
understand how easily it is for powerful hidden consortium(s) or ―syndicate(s) to infiltrate and get leveraged control of
this great nation. The notion that powerful hidden groups gaining control is not all that irrational once you come to
grips with the reality that the hidden overlords need only subjugate, indirectly or directly control to one extent or
another just 545 easily influenced fallible people to gain control of an entire nation.
This is just the tip of the revelation of the state of control of our nation… You have all been raised, primed,
indoctrinated to believe the MYTH that you the people are the central point of our government and this nation... i.e.:
SOVEREIGN. But if you would take the time to analyze the evidence and how we ―the people‖ are actually
treated by the government on a daily basis you would understand that even this has been nothing but a cunning
deception. Hundreds of thousands of unchallengeable, illegal Asset Forfeiture cases conducted on common citizens
clearly reveal and demonstrate that you the public in all actuality have NO RIGHTS before the state. How many
thousands upon thousands of examples can you think of throughout history where ―the people‖ wanted this or that and
the government enacted rules, regulations for the direct benefit of other agendas and entities such as the corporations?
Which they are actually beholden to. You my dear friend are given DOGGY BONES to uphold the illusion and
perpetuate the MYTH that you ―the people‖ are still the central important sector in the eyes of the government
―servants.‖ All the while your liberties are dramatically dwindling on a daily basis with new policies, rules, regulations,
laws diminishing your rights and status… until the day eventually comes when you (or your descendants) will
wake up impoverished to find that you have all been enslaved in the land of the free.
The common people never ratified the constitutions of any of the states, much less the United States, people
still believe that they created the constitutions and are, therefore, the so called Sovereign. This sovereign
status is claimed to mean that the people can tell government what and when to do anything through their
perceived notion that they have representatives and these so called representatives are their servants. This is a
myth that has been told people down through the centuries. This big lie is passed from generation to
generation so much so that people of all walks of life now accept it as gospel truth. This myth has caused
much dissent among the vast majority of people and and has even caused infighting amongst people called
"patriots", "militia" and others of like mind.
It will be unbelievable to many who still believe the Big Lie that they are sovereign and somehow have
control of this supposed government they created and can dispense with it when it becomes oppressive as it
has today. I hope you are ready because what follows are not my words but those of the author Whiting with
the concurrence of all government branches. You also have to remember that we have been in a state of war
with these people called Congress and the other two branches of so called government.
The United States is a belligerent government under the international law of nations and the people therein,
yes you, dear reader, are the enemy subject and have never, ever, been a sovereign, and neither have your
relatives as far back as 1787, UNLESS your relatives were among the aristocracy having land and money and
possibly a grant from the Crown. – source: Fallacy & Myth of the People Being the Sovereign (see Ademdum
Section to read full article)
There is one pervasive factor in life that must be addressed in order to better articulate the "big picture" or any aspect
of The Matrix. This is the fact of life that every single person in the world lives in their own circle of peers which
makes up their own world or environment. The worker class Goyims, for instance generally tends to congregate
with their own kind. Everyone has their own group of people, family and friends they associate and mingle with.
Despite whatever the circumstances of any other group, town, state or national "environments," your personal
predicament, situation, environment IS your reality.
The best candidates for leadership in any given position are those who have drink the cool aid and fully,
absolutely adopted and believe the official ideology. Those who have fully immersed themselves in the official
sponsored narrative and embrace it wholeheartedly as their own viewpoint, their lifestyle, and calling in life, for all
intents and purposed MAKE IT REALITY by giving it the added dimension of personal independent input and
sustenance, giving it life far beyond the seeded simulacrum.
“Life Styles of the Rich and Famous” never visited the homes of the real rulers of mankind, here for your
consideration is just one of the ruling family’s homes
(of many families) of the Rothschild financial empire:
The elite class are the movers and shakers. Behold:

for ―gods‖ still walk the earth. Some of these people
are so powerful they roam the earth with entourages
who cater to their every whim, their homes make
even your average McMansion seem like guest
houses, heads of industry and state quiver in their
presence, their decisions affect markets, in some
cases even life or death for others. The group that
forms public opinion that decides what is, was, or is
going to be. This group makes up anywhere from 1-
2% of the population yet owns and controls more
than 95% of everything. These are the TRUE rulers
of the kingdoms. This class is the one that owns all
the worlds finance, owns all the worlds‘ media and
thus directly or indirectly own your politicians. They shape the thoughts and minds of the population with their ever
pervasive media programming. Of course this same group pulls hundreds of scientists and professionals out of its back
pocket for the purpose of statistically and figuratively "prove" to the world any issue they are behind, or for the matter
that their elite cabals don't even exist and life is just hunky dory for everyone. Controlling this elite class is none other
than several ruling blood line dynasties who make up what many have come to call the "illuminati", i.e. Freemasons,
Jesuits, Black Pope, Royal Family, the Zionists and so forth.
The wealthy class are those fortunate enough to have reached or been included in the wealthy class by family, friends
or circumstance, more than any other class these people are the ones who fiercely OPPOSE anything that rocks the
boat of the current system that guarantees and protects their handlers, the status quo or their position in life, no matter
how unfair or corrupt it may be. Facts, fairness and truth have absolutely no bearing on their points of view, for the
wealthy to acknowledge many of the obvious wrongs is also a step in the possibly helping in exposing the inequality's
they facilitate on imposing on the rest of society thus participating in their own demise and potentially ending their
cozy positions and ways of life. One misstep from anyone fortunate enough to live in the wealthy class can mean
having everything taken away from them. Nope, you will rarely if EVER see anyone from this class sticking their
necks out and challenging the status quo, establishment or ummm, "the illuminati Matrix". Rare is the wealthy whistle
blower that dares bite the hand that feeds him, the repercussions of doing so has been demonstrated to them many
times over, the result is always the same: in the end the do-gooder whistleblower most definitely looses all he has
worked so hard to accomplish, never again to reach any position even close to what he had before. They go from life in
the fast lane to life in the hard times lane as marked Lepers.
The very wealthy who control Wall Street finance on one hand and media empires in the other wield complete control
in the formulated perception of reality that is fed to the masses.
They trot out their highly educated, diploma stacked pundits, experts, scientists, economists and so forth to reinforce
any and every issue they are behind of, including absolutely ridiculous mind numbing falsehoods such as ―Trickle-
Down Economics‖ for example. The batshit insane concept of Trickle-Down Economics is that in the fairy tale world
the wealthy somehow sprinkle fairy dust (Money) over all the population thus ―spreading the wealth.‖ What a crock
of unadulterated BULLSHIT! In reality the entire capitalist system functions the completely opposite way: all money
generated worldwide operates under the same dynamics: money gets SUCKED UP (as in the exact opposite of trickle
down) LIKE INDUSTRIAL VACUM CLENERS by Wall Street business, bank‘s usury, government and the wealthy.
Then there are the countless ―checkpoints‖ in life, (countless myriad fees, taxes, fines, etc.) that exist to basically stop
you in your tracks and require you to open your wallet in front of a mini-vac – swish - there goes your money. End
result: you live with tight budgets barely making ends meet, while the wealthy hire squads of accountants and financial
professionals to manage all the money they fleece from you.
I would also like to point out that the annual ―cost of living‖ index has always gone up NOT because of the ridiculous
reasons that have you have all been fed throughout your life. The single most pivotal reason the ―cost of living‖
continually rises is simply because all the businesses, especially the large corporations are demanded by their
stockholders to produce NEVER ENDING PROFITS. Each year ALL the corporations are expected to make
MORE THAN THEY DID LAST YEAR, therefore prices are constantly inched up and up and up. This creates a
vortex that all other business are also caught up in. Even the businesses that don‘t want to raise their prices are literally
forced to do so due to the fact that their suppliers raise their prices and the prices supplies are constantly going up. I
don‘t care what any institution claims otherwise, what Nobel Peace Prize economist claims this or that. THIS is the
real central force behind the constantly rising ―cost of living.‖
The middle class, made up of "upwardly mobile" people, those who are on that treadmill of life forever running after
the "carrot stick" dangled in front of them. It‘s all about the pursuit of the American Dream. They have worked hard
for whatever they have, they KNOW what it is like to struggle. The majority of these people will NEVER risk what
they have attained in life to help expose the evil in society. They will see what's wrong and never admit it. Minding
their own business. They are like those three monkeys see no evil, hear no evil, speak no evil, for if they do, they
KNOW they potentially jeopardize their whole life's efforts of obtaining the status they have in life. No, don't expect
90% of this group to acknowledge anything, let alone take up the baton in the fight against tyranny, rampant corruption
or unjustness of any kind. This is the group the predominantly sticks its head in the sand, it doesn‘t want to know the
truth for fear of losing what they have worked so hard to attain. On the other end of the spectrum, this group also
makes up the bulk of the ―cheerleaders‖ of the establishment and the status quo. They blindly support fascist policies of
their political party.
Then you have the poor and worker class, the minions, minorities, rat racers, the people who have at one time or
another felt the full wrath of "the system". These are by far and wide the group that consists of those who KNOW what
it is to be trampled upon, for they bear the full weight of the capitalist system on their shoulders. Who have witnessed
firsthand the atrocities, who are constantly victimized by the system. This is the class, this is the group of seekers of
equality and justice that consistently comes forward and puts their necks on the line for all. The people from this class
are the ones who face the brunt force of injustices of the Matrix Elite, these also being the ones with "nothing to lose"
financially, this group of people are the ones who make up the majority of dissidents, activists and protesters opposing
the Matrix. This group of people also makes up the majority of the Democratic Party‘s base, blindly supporting the
policies of their democratic party. Some of the constituents in this sector are so gullible that they blindly support the
party of the rich, aka the GOP who exist solely to cater to their wealthy and corporate base, who have consistently and
routinely flat out dealt the poor and working class sevear blows, always delivered with a smile and ridiculous
justifications often backed by equally bogus data.
The quote that Mattimos gave from 1776. John Dickinson says it to John Hancock. ―...don't forget that most
men would rather protect the possibility of being rich than face the reality of being poor.‖
That's the central psychological premise that causes people to vote against their best interests with respect
to taxation. "I'll be rich one day, I'll hit the top 1%, pigs can AND do fly!"
Who owns you? George Carlin -"Who Really Controls America"- Video
(This is perhaps one of the best summaries I have ever heard of the state of the world we live in)
Here is what I consider one of the most lucid articulations of the state of reality I have ever heard in such a concise
summary. The truth comes forth from many angles and sources; here it comes disguised as ―comedy‖:
―Forget the politicians. The politicians are put there to give you the idea that you have freedom of your
choice. You don‘t. You have no choice. You have owners. They own you. They own everything. They own all
the important land. They own, and control the corporations. They‘ve long since bought, and paid for the
Senate, the Congress, the state houses, the city halls, they got the judge in their back pockets and they own all
the big media companies, so they control just about all of the news and information you get to hear. They got
you by the balls. They spend billions of dollars every year lobbying, to get what they want.
Well we know what they want. They want more for themselves and less for everbody else, but I‘ll tell you
what they don‘t want. They don‘t want a population of citizens capable of critical thinking. They don‘t want
well informed, well educated people capable of critical thinking. They‘re not interested in that. That doesn‘t
help them. That‘s against their interests. That‘s‘s right. They don‘t want people who are smart enough to sit
around a kitchen table and think about how badly they‘re getting fucked by a system that threw them
overboard 30 fuckin‘ years ago. They don‘t want that.
You know what they want? They want obedient workers. Obedient workers, people who are just smart enough
to run the machines and do the paperwork. And just dumb enough to passively accept all these increasingly
shittier jobs with the lower pay, the longer hours, the reduced benefits, the end of overtime and vanishing
pension that disappears the moment you go to collect it, and now they‘re coming for your Social Security
money. They want your fuckin‘ retirement money. They want it back so they can give it to their criminal
friends on Wall Street, and you know something? They‘ll get it. They‘ll get it all from you sooner or later
cause they own this fuckin‘ place. It‘s a big club and you ain‘t in it. You and I are not in The big club. By the
way, it‘s the same club the use to beat you over the head with all day long when they tell you what to believe.
All day long beating you over the head with their media telling you what to believe, what to think and what to
buy.
The table has tilted, folks. The game is rigged. And nobody seems to notice. Nobody seems to care. Good
honest hard-working people – white collar, blue collar, it doesn‘t matter what color shirt you have on. Good
honest hard-working people continue – these are people of modest means – Continue to elect these rich
cocksuckers who don‘t give a fuck about you. They don‘t give a fuck about you. They don‘t give a fuck about
you. They don‘t care about you at all. At all. At all. And nobody seems to notice. Nobody seems to care.
That‘s what the owners count on. The fact that American will probably remain willfully ignorant of the big
red, white and blue dick that‘s being jammed up their assholes every day, because the owners of this country
know the truth; It‘s called the American Dream because you have to be asleep to believe it.‖
-George Carlin (May 12, 1937 – June 22, 2008)
Have you ever wondered how it could be possible that millions of people could be homeless here in the wealthiest
country on earth? Have you ever wondered how people in other countries like Africa could exist in such dire poverty
while that country is producing some of the world‘s riches? These are just two examples. Yet we have all come to
accept it without question and ignore these types of issues as if nothing, yet in the back of your mind you always knew
that there was something drastically wrong. Certainly the mere fact that someone knew that there were starving
children meant they had the means to do something about it and I noticed nothing was being done about it ... by those
with the means. Sure, CARE packages, which depended upon the generosity of the people, were being sent, but one
day I learned that the reason the problem continued is because someone/people wanted it that way. It would have
been easy to correct if indeed the powers that be wanted it corrected – same as every other ‗problem‘ in the world. The
fact is that the entire system is ‗designed not to work‘ and hence, ‗things are not what they seem‘. For the ruling
elite work their best magick in the midst of chaos, division, times of uncertainty, fear and conflict.
After spending many years studying unexplained occurrences within our society I have stumbled upon a cohesive
pattern. Some of the most revealing and relevant that we can identify have taken place within our generations ruling
elite‘s ―coming out party‖ that began with their JFK coup d‘état to the mother of all staged false flag ops: 9/11.
Including hundreds of other scandals along the way, each event viewed individually is just one piece of a massive
puzzle. Thousands of man hours of meticulous research have been devoted to the individual topics by highly qualified
individuals n their respective fields, but rarely have I seen anyone cover the big picture in a satisfactory form, the
Matrix Report is our attempt to do just that and get a grasp at this overwhelmingly massive Illuminati Matrix that has
permeated every single part of our societies.
"Governments do not govern, but merely control the machinery of government, being themselves
controlled by the hidden hand." - Benjamin Disraeli
The key to understanding how it is humanly possible to even plot an invisible ruling matrix lays within comprehending
the dynamics involved in the engineering of the paradigm, a complex matrix, the formulation of a reality so immense
that very few people can even begin to fathom its existence. Behold for: the KEY to creation, sustaining and evolving
of the ruling elite matrix lays in the fundamental fact that all its participants throughout all of society BELIEVE in
the system, the system IS their reality. Nurses and doctors BELIEVE in and trust Big Pharma and the medical
industrial complex system they were trained in... Financial managers, economists, etc. who studied the system for years
on end BELIEVE in the financial system they were trained in. Soldiers and commanders in the military industrial
complex readily volunteer and risk their lives because the all BELIEVE in it, they were indoctrinated from early youth
to respect and admire service to their country as a proud act. Students are all TAUGHT to BELIEVE in the system
throughout their indoctrination through institutionalized public e educational system. The list goes on for every sector
of society. The "system" is the accepted norm, the "system" is accepted reality of all its constituents, what sustains
the system is everyone's early and constant proselytization of/and reinforced BELIEF IN ―THE SYSTEM.‖
America – A Country of Serfs Ruled by Oligarchs

By Paul Craig Roberts
The media has headlined good economic news: fourth quarter GDP growth of 5.7 percent ("the recession is
over"), Jan. retail sales up, productivity up in 4th quarter, the dollar is gaining strength. Is any of it true? What
does it mean?
The 5.7 percent growth figure is a guesstimate made in advance of the release of the U.S. trade deficit
statistic. It assumed that the U.S. trade deficit would show an improvement. When the trade deficit was released a
few days later, it showed a deterioration, knocking the 5.7 percent growth figure down to 4.6 percent. Much of the
remaining GDP growth consists of inventory accumulation.
More than a fourth of the reported gain in Jan. retail sales is due to higher gasoline and food prices.
Questionable seasonal adjustments account for the rest.
Productivity was up, because labor costs fell 4.4 percent in the fourth quarter, the fourth successive
decline. Initial claims for jobless benefits rose. Productivity increases that do not translate into wage gains cannot
drive the consumer economy.
Housing is still under pressure, and commercial real estate is about to become a big problem.
The dollar‘s gains are not due to inherent strengths. The dollar is gaining because government deficits in
Greece and other EU countries are causing the dollar carry trade to unwind. America‘s low interest rates made it
profitable for investors and speculators to borrow dollars and use them to buy overseas bonds paying higher
interest, such as Greek, Spanish and Portuguese bonds denominated in Euros. The deficit troubles in these
countries have caused investors and speculators to sell the bonds and convert the Euros back into dollars in order
to pay off their dollar loans. This unwinding temporarily raises the demand for dollars and boosts the dollar‘s
exchange value.
The problems of the American economy are too great to be reached by traditional policies. Large numbers of
middle class American jobs have been moved offshore: manufacturing, industrial and professional service jobs.
When the jobs are moved offshore, consumer incomes and U.S. GDP go with them. So many jobs have been
moved abroad that there has been no growth in U.S. real incomes in the 21st century, except for the incomes of
the super rich who collect multi-million dollar bonuses for moving U.S. jobs offshore.
Without growth in consumer incomes, the economy can go nowhere. Washington policymakers substituted
debt growth for income growth. Instead of growing richer, consumers grew more indebted. Federal Reserve
chairman Alan Greenspan accomplished this with his low interest rate policy, which drove up housing prices,
producing home equity that consumers could tap and spend by refinancing their homes.
Unable to maintain their accustomed living standards with income alone, Americans spent their equity in
their homes and ran up credit card debts, maxing out credit cards in anticipation that rising asset prices would
cover the debts. When the bubble burst, the debts strangled consumer demand, and the economy died.
As I write about the economic hardships created for Americans by Wall Street and corporate greed and by
indifferent and bribed political representatives, I get many letters from former middle class families who are
being driven into penury. Here is one recently arrived:
"Thank you for your continued truthful commentary on the 'New Economy.' My husband and I could be
its poster children. Nine years ago when we married, we were both working good paying, secure jobs in the
semiconductor manufacturing sector. Our combined income topped $100,000 a year. We were living the
dream. Then the nightmare began. I lost my job in the great tech bubble of 2003, and decided to leave the
labor force to care for our infant son. Fine, we tightened the belt. Then we started getting squeezed.
Expenses rose, we downsized, yet my husband's job stagnated. After several years of no pay raises, he finally
lost his job a year and a half ago. But he didn't just lose a job, he lost a career. The semiconductor industry
is virtually gone here in Arizona. Three months later, my husband, with a technical degree and 20-plus years
of solid work experience, received one job offer for an entry level corrections officer. He had to take it, at an
almost 40 percent reduction in pay. Bankruptcy followed when our savings were depleted. We lost our house,
a car, and any assets we had left. His salary last year, less than $40,000, to support a family of four. A year
and a half later, we are still struggling to get by. I can't find a job that would cover the cost of daycare. We
are stuck. Every jump in gas and food prices hits us hard. Without help from my family, we wouldn't have
made it. So, I could tell you just how that 'New Economy' has worked for us, but I'd really rather not use that
kind of language."
Policymakers who are banking on stimulus programs are thinking in terms of an economy that no longer
exists. Post-war U.S. recessions and recoveries followed Federal Reserve policy. When the economy heated up
and inflation became a problem, the Federal Reserve would raise interest rates and reduce the growth of money
and credit. Sales would fall. Inventories would build up. Companies would lay off workers.
Inflation cooled, and unemployment became the problem. Then the Federal Reserve would reverse course.
Interest rates would fall, and money and credit would expand. As the jobs were still there, the work force would
be called back, and the process would continue.
It is a different situation today. Layoffs result from the jobs being moved offshore and from corporations
replacing their domestic work forces with foreigners brought in on H-1B, L-1 and other work visas. The U.S.
labor force is being separated from the incomes associated with the goods and services that it consumes. With the
rise of off shoring, layoffs are not only due to restrictive monetary policy and inventory buildup. They are also the
result of the substitution of cheaper foreign labor for U.S. labor by American corporations. Americans cannot be
called back to work to jobs that have been moved abroad. In the New Economy, layoffs can continue despite low
interest rates and government stimulus programs.
To the extent that monetary and fiscal policy can stimulate U.S. consumer demand, much of the demand
flows to the goods and services that are produced offshore for U.S. markets. China, for example, benefits from the
stimulation of U.S. consumer demand. The rise in China‘s GDP is financed by a rise in the U.S. public debt
burden.
Another barrier to the success of stimulus programs is the high debt levels of Americans. The banks are being
criticized for a failure to lend, but much of the problem is that there are no consumers to whom to lend. Most
Americans already have more debt than they can handle.
Hapless Americans, unrepresented and betrayed, are in store for a greater crisis to come. President Bush‘s
war deficits were financed by America‘s trade deficit. China, Japan, and OPEC, with whom the U.S. runs trade
deficits, used their trade surpluses to purchase U.S. Treasury debt, thus financing the U.S. government budget
deficit.
The problem now is that the U.S. budget deficits have suddenly grown immensely from wars, bankster
bailouts, jobs stimulus programs, and lower tax revenues as a result of the serious recession. Budget deficits are
now three times the size of the trade deficit. Thus, the surpluses of China, Japan, and OPEC are insufficient to
take the newly issued U.S. government debt off the market.
If the Treasury‘s bonds can‘t be sold to investors, pension funds, banks, and foreign governments, the
Federal Reserve will have to purchase them by creating new money. When the rest of the world realizes the
inflationary implications, the US dollar will lose its reserve currency role. When that happens Americans will
experience a large economic shock as their living standards take another big hit.
America is on its way to becoming a country of serfs ruled by oligarchs.
For the purpose of simplifying matters I will just follow the lead of many other researchers and refer to the ―ruling
elite‖ by the name of the ―elite‖ or ―illuminati.‖ Actually this is not very far from reality due to the fact that at the time
of its creation there were many ―enlightened‖ secret societies calling themselves ―illuminated ones.‖ There was one
whose mission was to unite and organize all others under one umbrella. Back in May 1, 1776 a professor by the name
of Adam Weishaupt (with the backing of Zionist titans such as Rothschilds and Warburgs) put together an actual secret
society called the ―ILLUMINATI.‖ Its sole purpose secretly was to control the world. It is really from this era forward
and from this vantage point onward where we can truly document and trace the AMAZING, breath taking reality of
unadulterated real, unrevised, de-fairytaled modern history and struggle of man.
Over the ages the mystery and mystique of who/what is the ―illuminati‖ has remained a myth and puzzle. Far from it,
this secret organization as many others that have been established over the years are REAL and have made great strides
to accomplishing their end games. Today the ―Illuminati‖ as an organization may not be holding regular meetings and
strategy sessions due to the fact that the ruling elite strategically establish new fronts from which to operate out of thus
are never ruling from the same entities for too long. Leaving researchers in a perpetual state of confusion and working
with outdated info.
Yes there is historically documented PROOF that there was/is an organization called the ―Illuminati‖ it was officially
founded and registered by Adam Weishaupt. Many secret societies were formed in the in the Illuminati HOT SPOT
of Germany called Bavaria. ―Ancient Illuminated Seers of Bavaria‖ and some researcher state that it was around
much longer than its official founding date in 1776. For some reason, Germany was THE preeminent starting point for
all sorts of Zionist clandestine operations. What is important that one understand not just the individual ancient secret
orders that ―were‖ are still functioning, one must understand the common thread that binds them all together, their
objectives and goals (no matter what era they were functional), in order to fully figure them out. Here are just a few:
The objects of this powerful organization of the Bavarian Illuminati, were :

1. The destruction of Christianity and of all Monarchical Governments ;
2. The destruction of nations as such in favor of universal internationalism ;
3. The discouragement of patriotic and loyal effort branded as narrow minded prejudice, incompatible with
the tenets of goodwill to all men and the cry of ‖ UniversalBrotherhood ‖ ;
4. The abolition of family ties and of marriage by means of systematic corruption ;
5. The suppression of the rights of inheritance and property. - Lady Queenborough, Occult Theocracy
For all intents and purposes, I will try my best to paint the big picture from about the era just prior to JFK till today.
Many more pertinent situations exist dating back even longer will also be touched upon, but in order to try and keep
this report in today‘s currents, we will try to focus on the contemporary pieces of the puzzles, the facts of the 20th
century.
Presidents and elected officials come and go. So how is it that mysteries of decades past are still continuously
stonewalled, covered up even up until now? How and why are they still relevant till this day? There exists an entity that
exists beyond the "term limits" of elected officials that keeps everything greased and moving along as planned,
continuing from generation to generation.
The Stealth Coup D'Etat: U.S.A. 2008-2010

 The Stealth Coup D'Etat in the U.S. (called "The Quiet Coup" by Simon Johnson) was begun long ago,
but the takeover reached fruition in the 2008-2010 timeframe.
Please read these brief excerpts from the 1968 classic Coup d'État: A Practical Handbook (by Edward Luttwak)
and see if they don't remind you of the United States, circa 2008-2010:
Insurrection, the classic vehicle of revolution, is obsolete. The security apparatus of the modern state,
with its professional personnel, with its diversified means of transport and communications, and with its
extensive sources of information, cannot be defeated by civilian agitation, however intense and
prolonged.
(CHS note: Luttwak referred to the May 1968 general

strike in France as an example; by coincidence, the failure
of today's general strikes in France to change Central State
policy offers a more current example from the same
nation.)
Any attempt on the part of civilians to to use direct violence

with improvised means will always be neutralized by the
efficiency of modern automatic weapons; a general strike,
ont he other hand, will temporarily swamp the system, but
cannot permanently damage it, since in the modern economic setting, the civilians will run out of food
and fuel well before the military, the police and allied organizations.
(note: Napoleon famously dissipated a civilian uprising with "a whiff of grapeshot" long before modern
automatic weaponry. Organized violence always has an advantage over informally organized violence.)
If a coup does not make use of the masses, or of warfare, what instrument of power will enable it to seize
control of the state? The short answer is that the power will come from the state itself.
A coup consists of the infiltration of a small but critical segment of the state apparatus, which is then used
to displace the government from its control of the remainder.
Luttwak's first point about the futility of direct insurrection informed my own Survival+ critique, which
concludes that the only effective means to weaken the Financial Power Elites who have partnered with State Elites
is to opt out and assemble voluntary non-privileged parallel structures which are independent of the Central State
and its Power Elites.
As I have sharpened the Survival+ critique (with an eye on a future revision), I have come to see that the term coup
d'etat is not cheap theatrics or an analogy for the capture of the Central State by Financial Power Elites, but the
accurate description of a long, stealthy infiltration and dominance of the key ministries of the United States
government.
In the popular view, a coup d'etat is a sudden event, over in a few hours or at most days, a drama played out in
impoverished Third World nations. The stealth coup which has occurred in the U.S. is an entirely different kind of
coup--one that has operated in stealth mode for the most part, a process of gradual infiltration and opportunistic
grasping of key levers of dependence and control.
Simon Johnson, co-author of the recent book 13 Bankers: The Wall Street Takeover and the Next Financial
Meltdown, also wrote the May 2009 article "The Quiet Coup". Here are a few key excerpts:
But these various policies--lightweight regulation, cheap money, the unwritten Chinese-American
economic alliance, the promotion of homeownership--had something in common. Even though some are
traditionally associated with Democrats and some with Republicans, they all benefited the financial
sector. Policy changes that might have forestalled the crisis but would have limited the financial sector‘s
profits--such as Brooksley Born‘s now-famous attempts to regulate credit-default swaps at the
Commodity Futures Trading Commission, in 1998--were ignored or swept aside.
The financial industry has not always enjoyed such favored treatment. But for the past 25 years or so,
finance has boomed, becoming ever more powerful. The boom began with the Reagan years, and it only
gained strength with the deregulatory policies of the Clinton and George W. Bush administrations.
Several other factors helped fuel the financial industry‘s ascent. Paul Volcker‘s monetary policy in the
1980s, and the increased volatility in interest rates that accompanied it, made bond trading much more
lucrative.
The invention of securitization, interest-rate swaps, and credit-default swaps greatly increased the volume
of transactions that bankers could make money on. And an aging and increasingly wealthy population
invested more and more money in securities, helped by the invention of the IRA and the 401(k) plan.
Together, these developments vastly increased the profit opportunities in financial services. Not
surprisingly, Wall Street ran with these opportunities. From 1973 to 1985, the financial sector never
earned more than 16 percent of domestic corporate profits. In 1986, that figure reached 19 percent. In the
1990s, it oscillated between 21 percent and 30 percent, higher than it had ever been in the postwar
period. This decade, it reached 41 percent.
The great wealth that the financial sector created and concentrated gave bankers enormous political
weight—a weight not seen in the U.S. since the era of J.P. Morgan (the man). In that period, the banking
panic of 1907 could be stopped only by coordination among private-sector bankers: no government entity
was able to offer an effective response. But that first age of banking oligarchs came to an end with the
passage of significant banking regulation in response to the Great Depression; the reemergence of an
American financial oligarchy is quite recent.
Looking just at the financial crisis (and leaving aside some problems of the larger economy), we face at
least two major, interrelated problems. The first is a desperately ill banking sector that threatens to choke
off any incipient recovery that the fiscal stimulus might generate. The second is a political balance of
power that gives the financial sector a veto over public policy, even as that sector loses popular support.
Though incisive, Johnson's critique fails to grasp several critical features of the Stealth Coup D'Etat:
1. Once you have control of the financial powers of the U.S. via the tiny Elites of the Congress, the Executive
Branch, the Federal Reserve and the U.S. Treasury, then the rest of the government will follow.
To the degree that ownership of the Healthcare cartels is in the hands of the same Financial Power Elite, then the
passage of the 2,300 page "Healthcare Reform Bill" in 2010 was simply another way for the Power Elite to expand
its share of the national income.
The health of the citizenry or healthcare per se had essentially nothing to do with the passage of this monstrosity.
The entire purpose was to increase the Elites' share of the national income by siphoning off an ever-greater
share to the "healthcare" cartels.
2. This is how the Stealth Coup D'Etat works: the machinery of governance grinds through a simulacrum of
democracy, but it's all for show; the theoretical structures are now completely different from the political
realities. The citizens were against the bailout of Wall Street and the money-center banks 600-to-1; [yet as always]
they were rightly ignored as inconsequential.
The citizenry replaced the political party leadership of Congress and the Presidency; absolutely nothing
changed except the flavor of PR, spin and propaganda. The Power Elites and their Stealth Coup are
apolitical. They don't care about the color of your uniform; whether you wear a blue shirt or a red shirt is
inconsequential.
Some readers complain I over-use the descriptive word simulacrum, and I have tried to leaven this overuse with
synonyms such as facsimile. But the key point to understand (and the goal here is always to reach an integrated
understanding) is that there is a difference between formal structures such as democracy and free markets
and their political and financial representations.
In other words, the "democracy" that was visible in passing healthcare reform (i.e. the diversion of more
national income to a specific set of cartels) was a simulacra, a facsimile of democracy, a shadow of the real
thing, a mere representation of true democracy.
This substitution of representation for reality is the key mechanism of the Stealth Coup D'Etat. In the
financial fiasco now playing out, actual deeds to notes and property have been replaced with digital representations
in a registry owned by the banks: MERS.
"Liberating" Iraq as a laudable goal of an enlightened State was merely a public relations facade for the
occupation of a key geopolitical piece of a larger puzzle. The entire war has two components: the actual war on
the ground, as revealed by 400,000 "liberated" documents, and the representation of the war in the Corporate
Cartel Media and as presented by the Central State ministries.
3. The Stealth Coup can be traced by a simple dictum: follow the money. Once you control the money--the
money supply, the manipulation of yields and bond sales, the budgeting and borrowing--then you control
everything.
This is how a small Financial Power Elite dominates the vast, sprawling American Empire.
4. I use the term politics of experience in Survival+ (with a credit to its originator, R.D. Laing) to describe the
manner in which the apparently depoliticized context of our daily media-saturated lives are shaped by political
forces we rarely recognize.
In my critique, I invoke the term parallel shadow structures of privilege to describe the formalized but masked
structures of power which operate behind the facades of democracy, free markets, and all the other PR bilge
drummed into the minds of the the citizenry by a media cartel which itself has been financialized into a
Corporatocracy.
Over time, Americans have come to believe that the current state of governance is "democracy" rather than a mere
facsimile of democracy. They have come to believe (those still covered by insurance they don't directly pay for)
that the U.S. "healthcare" system is "the finest in the world" when by some metrics it is the worst, most profligate,
illness-inducing system imaginable. And so on.
Thus "homeownership" was elevated to quasi-religious status as a means of stripmining assets and income
from a larger pool of debt-serfs. Earlier this year I asked a simple question: how much of your household's net
income flows to cartels [i.e.: ―the matrix‖]? That would include banking cartels (mortgages, second mortgages,
credit cards, etc.), Central State-banking cartels (student loans), agribusiness cartels (fast foods, packaged foods,
Monsanto, etc.), energy cartels, sickcare cartels (healthcare insurance, hospital chains, Big Pharma) and so on.
If we consider that much of rent payments flow to the same banking cartels (which is why the commercial real
estate sector is imploding--too much debt, etc.), then most of us would find that the majority (or perhaps as much
as 90%) of our money goes to a handful of cartels dominated by Financial Elites via the steady financialization of
the U.S. economy.
How much of your taxes flow to the same cartels via their partnership/control of State fiefdoms?
If you think the term Stealth Coup D'Etat is overwrought, I invite you to ponder the headline quote from the
Freedom Guerrilla weblog: None are so hopelessly enslaved as those who falsely believe they are free.
From the point of view of a deconstructed politics of experience, then the events of 2008-2010 are simply the
culmination of a Stealth Coup D'Etat which began with the overt financialization of the U.S. economy and indeed
of its entire culture.
The coup d‘etat of America has occurred slowly over several decades. The first significant phase was conducted in
1913, we will get into that latter. There is a pivotal time in history where the reigns of control were truly seized. It was
from this point forward that another major phase was reached and America became possessed by evil forces, ending
the times of innocence and initiating the downward spiral of our once great nation. That specific point in time of
change was November 22nd 1963.
The biggest, most blatant contemporary clue of such a powerful entity to have surfaced over all these years arises out
of the JFK assassination. An event so profound that it should have been followed by the biggest most extensive
investigation ever. Instead what followed was one of the largest BLATENT COVERUPS in American history (up
till that time). The travesty of a bogus ―investigation‖ that was completed with tons of confiscated, ―lost‖ and destroyed
evidence, dozens of dead witnesses, hundreds of silenced witnesses, rampant obvious lies, no real attempts to find any
other ―accomplices‖, magic bullets, bogus forensics, etc. Come on folks. More money, effort and time were spent
trying to prosecute O.J. Simpson! We are talking about the PRESIDENT of the United States of America being
executed! The leader of the "free world". And no real attempt was EVER made to investigate it, while elementary 101
FORENSICS completely revealed completely contradictory evidence to what the bullshit narratives the authorities and
media spoon fed the public. The extent and magnitude of the cover-up of the JFK assassination is mind boggling.
Finding the culprit in a room full of suspects is not hard. My mother used to tell me ―show me who is hiding stuff, who
has something to hide and I will show you who did it.‖ That is good old fashioned common sense that will be correct
even till the end of times. They teach this in police academies throughout the world, it is elementary detective material.
Only the guilty or accomplices are sufficiently motivated to cover up a crime. There was only one group that
went completely nuts HIDING THE EVIDENCE and that was none other than the government, lead by the CIA. This
is not conspiracy ―theory‖.. it is plain old documented FACT that the CIA hid (as in covered-up) tons of evidence
concerning the JFK coup d e‘tat. Thousands of documents not destroyed and vanished were SEALED for a 100 years
for good measure, to be opened long after the issue is ancient and no longer relevant or of significance to anything.
To this day even the elementary forensic EVIDENCE is blatantly ignored and disputed by the establishment. Laws of
physics are suddenly reversed, or even suspended for that special occasion, then explained off by highly educated sold
out ―experts‖. Forensics don't lie, even when demonstrated in today's reality TV forensics shows! There is one common
denominator with many of the so called "conspiracy" cases: Secrecy, cover-ups, disinformation, miss-information,
―lost‖ or no evidence, witnesses dying, committing ―suicide‖ for no reason or having unfortunate "accidents‖ etc. The
truth is usually quite simple. The biggest clues for any elementary criminal investigation: Show me who is hiding all
the evidence (perpetrating the cover-up), blatantly lying, fighting all attempts to get to the bottom of the case
along with the stonewalling and tampering, then I will show you the real criminals, and those who are complicit.
This is not rocket science this is police investigation 101.
Conspiracy is not a Theory

Anybody who does not believe in conspiracy theory is in fact an ignorant, narrow-minded buffoon who is blinded
by the disinformation of the mainstream media, if there is any such thing, anymore.
When the mainstream media existed, the big three, ABC, NBC and CBS controlled up to 99% of television
broadcasting. Today, loose-canon airhead pundits control 99% of television broadcasting, so it is now crystal clear
that if you want to understand the truth, the Internet is the only place you will find it.
This is not a conspiracy theory, it is the absolute truth. If you have a functioning brain, listen up because I am
going to explain it to you.
A conspiracy theory is simply an explanation of cause and effect. Those who ridicule conspiracy theories are
merely blind, unthinking followers of the official stories that are designed to conceal the embarrasing truth.
To be even more blunt, those who do not believe in conspiracy theories are in fact delusional because the
reliability of the official truths that conspiracists attack have been successfully debunked by a thorough analysis of
cause and effect and having overcome the influence of official misperception, the truth is clearly and undeniably
the conspiracy theory that acknowledges and explains all the interdependent parts of a particular issue, to develop a
hollistic understanding of the particular issue.
Those who seek to cover up the truth merely exploit the fact that a kettle is not a lid or a spout or a handle, it's the
sum of its parts, and it cannot possibly exist until our thoughts portray it, not as it appears to be, but as it actualy
exists. The point is, everything arises and exists dependently, there is absolutely nothing inherent or official about
the truth.
The truth is about insight, it is about overcoming false appearances and misperceptions through a comprehensive
and thorough analysis of cause and effect. Everything that happens in life is in fact a conspiracy theory because
nothing exists independently, and those who claim that the simplest explanation is usually sufficient are merely too
ignorant to abandon the delusions that clowd their minds. - source
"The purpose of the term 'Conspiracy Theory' is to discourage institutional analysis." -Noam Chomsky
Who stood the most to lose if JFK had remained alive? Who was it that concealed hundreds, if not thousands pieces of
evidence? And even ―lost‖ or destroyed most of it? Did Oswald have such power that he was able to orchestrate a
massive cover up within our intelligence community? ABSOLUTELY NOT. Did the Mafia wield so much power as
to orchestrate the massive infiltration and intelligence cover-up? NOT. Did the communist government agents wield
the power to infiltrate our intelligence community and cover-up its tracks? NOT. The only place any of these lame
idiotic narratives purposely spread among the populace has any weight is in the fantasy worlds of cartoons and fairytale
science fiction. Yet the complicit media baron consortium continue to prolong the illusions.
No matter what sources you look at, whether it‘s the ―official‖ reports or ―conspiracy theory‖, the one aspect that is
undeniable remains the same: OUR secret intelligence community was in charge of everything from ―investigating‖
the assassination to eliminating/hiding massive amounts of evidence, silencing people, disseminating lies, and so
on. Why would they do that? What was the motive:
At the time JFK was refusing to succumb to the wishes of the elite‘s military industrial complex, who wanted to bomb
the shit out of a bunch of countries. But more importantly he directly defied the ruling elite, prior to his execution JFK
had recently SWORN to disband the CIA and the Federal Reserve Bank. Which are two of the most powerful
―legal‖ mafia cartels on the entire planet. Two of the most secretive organizations on the entire planet. No one
―outside‖ of those groups really knows what goes on inside their closed doors. Not congress, the senate, or even the
President of the United States. The ones that leave these secret organizations rarely ever talk, and those who do
suddenly commit ―suicide‖ or have very unfortunate ―accidents.‖ What we as a general public ―know‖ is what they
want us to know and think. The dissenters and whistle blowers are quickly dealt with. They have ―accidents‖,
―commit suicide‖, character assignations, humiliated, discredited and so forth.
Insane! People within our own government killed its own leader? Yes. The CIA was the engineer and executioner of
the entire BlackOps operation, their world renowned specialty is in assassinations, and coups, duh! The whole essence
of the CIA is DECEPTION! ―covert operations‖, assassinations, divide and concur, infiltration, false propaganda,
information manipulation, mind control. The perfect satanic organization model if there ever was one! The point I'm
trying to make: elements within our own government were so sinister that they would forcibly murder, overthrowing
one of its own leaders in broad daylight and right before the eyes of thousands of witnesses no less, cover it all up,
then continue as if nothing happened. If this is true, and the sorry facts state so, what we have here is one of the most
DANGEROUS UNTOUCHABLE entities on the planet controlling things beyond the grasp of anyone.
The day that President Kennedy proclaimed to the world that he was ―going to disband the CIA and the Federal
Reserve to pieces‖ he issued his own death warrant.
Think about it, every single president that took the oath of office since Kennedy got whacked has directly or indirectly
known about the powers of the ―hidden masters‖ and bowed to the secret illuminati overlords behind the curtain, for
the moment the president even thinks of taking one step away from their agendas there would be nowhere even a
sitting president can hide from their wrath. Look at Nixon, he pushed their agenda to the hilt, but then came the day
when he began verbally criticizing his Zionist handlers, soon thereafter we witnessed Watergate…
JFK stopped playing by ―their‖ rules, as other presidents had for decades. The key is in the FACT that Kennedy was
going to expose them and put an end to their reign. ―The very word ―secrecy‖ is repugnant in a free and open
society; and we are as a people inherently and historically opposed to secret societies, to secret oaths and to secret
proceedings‖ (JFK April 27, 1961) Then 10 days prior to his assassination he said: ―The high office of President has
been used to foment a plot to destroy the American‘s freedom, & before I leave office I must inform the citizens of
his plight‖… we never got to hear or see any of the actual evidence he was going to present to the world of those
secret organizations and of their sinister plans.
The only major clue uncovered at the time was a project that was submitted for Kennedy's approval around that time
was Operation Northwoods. Basically the CIA and top PentaCON brass wanted to stage FAKE (false flag operation)
attacks on U.S. soil (killing our own citizens) then blaming Cuba, so that we would have an excuse to attack Cuba.
Kennedy obviously wanted nothing to do with this plan. He eventually was heavily pressured to go with the failed Bay
of Pigs invasion scheme by the powers that be. The interesting thing about Operation Northwoods is in that right after
Kennedy's assassination, the CIA went forward with a Northwoods based pretext to get America involved in the
Vietnam war, same Northwoods scheme, different target: Vietnam, via the Gulf of Tonkin attack, as we all know
today, was an inside job, a classic false flag op engineered by CIA spooks.
Kennedy was out to expose the insane CIA/Mossad schemes which involved "false flag" attacks and killing our own
people, and he was in a unique position to tie the CIA/Mossad with the monetary rulers in the Federal Reserve. He was
hell bent on bringing both those institutions down. Oh how convenient, the official story goes like: a lone patsy shoots
him in the back of the head, but were the bullet goes in it makes a huge entry hole and leaves a small exit wound on the
front of his head, defying all the laws of physics! While pulling him backwards AGAINST the momentum of the
bullet! Doh! Then it goes through several people changing course all the time and ends up like new when it was done!
LOL! This is the type bullshit we have been fed for years.
The fact that the amazingly STUPID gullible general public let them get away with this bullshit is what has
EMBOLDENED those powerful elite and their secret organizations to do whatever they wanted! As they
realized that the population could be made to BELIEVE ANYTHING they want them to. The 1960s was the
CIA/Mossad's official coming out party decade! They took out JFK, his brother Bobby, M.L.King, Malcolm X and
many others. A walk in the park it turned out to be for the CIA. The gullible public believing ANYTHING they were
fed, even if what they said defied every law of logic and physics! The CIA perfected the art of bullshitting the
public in the 60s. They have become masters of propaganda, information manipulation and mass brainwashing.
The vital question is: WHY did JFK want to break up those 2 secret organizations? Very little info can be found in the
mainstream sources today about his motives and what he knew from first hand encounters with the secret societies. Just
bits and pieces of items have survived the onslaught of massive evidence destruction. Very little is known of the
innermost workings of those highly secret organizations. We will get into the specifics as we go along connecting the
dots and joining the pieces of this massive puzzle in the other chapters of the Matrix Report.
For starters, the elite‘s CIA (one of the world‘s most powerful secrecy organization) is just an arm of our military
industrial complex, or vise a versa? A trillion dollar segment death industry of our society that would crumble and
wither away if it is sitting idle and not being USED to invade and occupy, ummm, I mean ―benevolently help
Democratasize‖ poor defenseless nations... As in, if it is not actively involved in some ―war‖ a conflict or another, the
multi-billion dollar conglomerates that survive off of selling them their weapons of death and destruction would all go
bankrupt if there were no conflicts to engage in. Peace is anti-military industrial complex.
The CIA and the military industrial complex's buttons are being pushed by un-known, un-identified powerful forces,
the ruling elite, individuals & organizations in highly powerful positions… Lead by the world Zionist Jew banksters.
A. B. ―Buzzy‖ Krongard, the Executive Director of the CIA, is the former Chairman of Alex Brown Inc., Krongard,
made some revealing statements in a recent Washington Post article. He stated that if you go back to the CIA‘s origins
during World War II in the Office of Strategic Services (OSS) ―the whole OSS was really nothing but Wall Street
bankers and lawyers.‖
There is much more to the CIA/Mossad than meets the eye. This secret organization remains in place with its key
people, polices and agendas long after public elected officials come and go. The CIA and other ultra secret agencies
such as the NSA, Mi5/6 and Mossad are like the world‘s most exclusive NETWORK (matrix), or secret Ivy League
frat club. The unholy trinity of treachery - conquest by deception and engineered chaos. Only loyal devote
groomed members handpicked from elite circles of society become key secret initiates, and the membership is for life.
Until death do they part. If the Devil were to setup and operate his perfect organization that embodied all his atributes,
it would perfectly resemble the so called ―intelligence agencies‖ for they perfectly embody all his essence.
The KEY to understanding many unsolved conspiracies as a whole, is in the realization that in almost every event
where ―conspiracies‖ were perpetrated, those behind the scenes are none other than the CIA/NSA/Mi6/Mossad etc.,
i.e.: all operational agencies of the illuminati. All operating under the ingeniously masterful cover and iron clad
untouchable impenetrable shield/alibi of: ―CAN‘T TOUCH
US… IT‘S A MATTER OF NATIONAL SECURTIY.‖
There exists no other more perfect ideal COVER than that.
Absolutely no person, organization, committee, nation on the

planet has the authority nor power to pierce that shield. Period.
What more perfect vehicle and cover to run your secret
clandestined Global Mafia agenda? Though all these agencies
operate under the pretext, premise and guise of ―for their home
countries‖ they are all operated by the same secretive Zionist/Masonic inner circle whose ultimate allegiance is to the
―Illuminati‖ consortium.
They manipulate everything without your slightest clue. Meticulously guiding the flow of information and
revelations to the media. While simultaneously flooding the mass media with disinformation, carefully orchestrating
any event into convoluted fiasco hogwash that the general public eventually just gives up on understanding and forgets
about. Soon thereafter to join the annuls of countless pages loonytoon tabloids and conspiracy archives. Branding all
who even mention them as tinfoil hat mental patients. Ridiculed and dismissed. No one has successfully taken them on.
No one can investigate them. No one can accuse them of wrong doing. Yet an extraordinary trail of blood and evidence
from their crimes has been left all around the globe. They are, for all intents and purposes: above the law, accountable
to NO ONE, the real life untouchables.
Behold: for the same formula, the same way that the JFK coup d‘état/execution was conducted then subsequently
manipulated, controlled and covered up by the establishment is EXACTLY how the 9/11 operation was conducted…
Here is how they pulled it off, exposed for he who has an ear, let him hear:
Those secret agencies that have been allegedy established to supposedly work to for their respective nations are in fact
nothing more than Luciferian agencies of death and destsruction controlled by the ruling elite of this world. They are
all run by the most powerful ―Global Mafia‖ in the world. Yale, Harvard, Oxford and other Ivy League alumni,
powerful ruling families, leaders of industry, high powered politicians, respected gentlemen throughout the world, most
are members of the world‘s most powerful ―Cosa Nostra‖. Ultimately traced back to a core unholy trinity ultra
secret societies: 1. The Zionists/Masons 2. The Vatican Order/Jesuits 3. Royalty/nobility. Collectively they have
all been subject of innumerable number of articles, books, research, investigations, and so on. Often referred to as the
"illuminati", the elite, new world order, all of whom consists of ultra secret members of: Zionists, Black Pope, Jesuits,
Freemasons, Templars, Royalty etc. Understand this: collectively these are ALL part of the ruling elite, the
―illuminati‖ or whatever you want to call this exclusive network/consortium/matrix. It is extremely difficult
connecting all the dots since their inner circle movements are done in the strictest of secrecy. One crucial key to their
success is they all operate under the cover of CHAOS.
In my quest to research this ―illuminati‖ there was one factor that I have found truly disturbing. These secret
constituents are always on EVERY single side of every debate, issue, conflict, war and propaganda. No matter
who loses, they win. So it should be of no real news that they are also a major force in this truth seeker movement.
They have been disseminating disinformation, establishing many false leads, spreading lies, starting ridiculous
conspiracy theories, planting numerous shills within the truther movement. So much so has been their impact that one
must scrutinize all information with a fine tooth comb and analyze the information irrespective from the actual source.
Their truther shills often weave tons of truths with strategic lies and disinformation to thus lead others in pursuit of the
real evil doers and the truth on wild goose chases. Thus you cannot just totally dismiss everything any shill is saying,
for their reports are more often than not actually laced with tons of truths, otherwise how would they achieve wide
credibility, large followings and respect within the truther community.
Their operations ultimately implemented in the mainstream through their main ―Cosa Nostra‖ exclusive Mafia front
organizations such as the CFR (Council on Foreign Relations), Trilateral Commission, Bilderberg Group, Club of
Rome, Committee of 300, the Jesuit Order, Fremasons, Knights of the Malta, events such as Bohemian Groove, along
with myriad of obscure organizations and think tanks. The one organization that seems to be at the forefront of
promoting and organizing the ―New World Order‖ agenda seems to be the CFR. The CFR members have dominated all
foreign and financial policies of all the presidencies in both the Republican and Democratic parties ever since its
inception in 1921.
It is relatively easy to spot the ―made men‖ Mafioso, career politicians and captains of industry by simply by
reviewing their membership status to the elite of the elite organizations, think tanks, universities, fraternities, secret
societies, philanthropies (slush funds) and counting the sheer number of board of directorships they each wield.
Behold who symbolism is utilitzed to identify members of their invisible matrix (these are but a of few examples):
Holy Roman Empire Coat of arms of Austria-

German Confederation Imperial Russian double headed eagle
Hungary
Coat of arms of the

Emblem of Albania Russian Federation Coat of arms of Serbia Coat of arms of Republika Srpska
Flag of both Mount Athos and the

Coat of arms of Serbia Coat of arms of the Ecumenical Patriarch of Constantinople
Coat of arms of and Montenegro Kingdom of Yugoslavia
Freemasonry
New World Order Definition

Introduction
The following article is extracted from an excellent analysis of the New World Order by author Ken Adachi which
can be found at educate-yourself.org.
The term New World Order (NWO) has been used by numerous politicians through the ages, and is a generic
term used to refer to a worldwide conspiracy being orchestrated by an extremely powerful and influential group of
genetically-related individuals (at least at the highest echelons) which include many of the world's wealthiest
people, top political leaders, and corporate elite, as well as members of the so-called Black Nobility of Europe
(dominated by the British Crown) and Zionists whose goal is to create a One World (fascist) Government,
stripped of nationalistic and regional boundaries, that is obedient to their agenda.
Listen to the Zionist* banker, Paul Warburg:
"We will have a world government whether you like it or not. The only question is
whether that government will be achieved by conquest or consent." (February 17,
1950, as he testified before the US Senate).
Their intention is to effect complete and total control over every human being on the planet and to dramatically
reduce the world's population by two thirds. While the name New World Order is the term most frequently used
today to loosely refer to anyone involved in this conspiracy, the study of exactly who makes up this group is a
complex and intricate one. For further research sources, please see the side bar on the left.
In 1992, Dr John Coleman published Conspirators Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300. With laudable
scholarship and meticulous research, Dr Coleman identifies the players and carefully details the New World Order
agenda of worldwide domination and control. On page 161 of the Conspirators Hierarchy, Dr Coleman accurately
summarizes the intent and purpose of the Committee of 300 as follows:
"A One World Government and one-unit monetary system, under permanent non-elected hereditary
oligarchists who self-select from among their numbers in the form of a feudal system as it was in the
Middle Ages. In this One World entity, population will be limited by restrictions on the number of
children per family, diseases, wars, famines, until 1 billion people who are useful to the ruling class, in
areas which will be strictly and clearly defined, remain as the total world population.
There will be no middle class, only rulers and the servants. All laws will be uniform under a legal system
of world courts practicing the same unified code of laws, backed up by a One World Government police
force and a One World unified military to enforce laws in all former countries where no national
boundaries shall exist. The system will be on the basis of a welfare state; those who are obedient and
subservient to the One World Government will be rewarded with the means to live; those who are
rebellious will simply be starved to death or be declared outlaws, thus a target for anyone who wishes to
kill them. Privately owned firearms or weapons of any kind will be prohibited."
Why the Conspiracy is Unknown
The sheer magnitude and complex web of deceit surrounding the individuals and organizations involved in
this conspiracy is mind boggling, even for the most astute among us. Most people react with disbelief and
skepticism towards the topic, unaware that they have been conditioned (brainwashed) to react with
skepticism by institutional and media influences. Author and de-programmer Fritz Springmeier (The Top
13 Illuminati Bloodlines) says that most people have built in "slides" that short circuit the mind's critical
examination process when it comes to certain sensitive topics. "Slides", Springmeier reports, is a CIA term
for a conditioned type of response which dead ends a person's thinking and terminates debate or
examination of the topic at hand. For example, the mention of the word "conspiracy" often solicits a slide
response with many people.
What most people believe to be "Public Opinion" is in reality carefully crafted and scripted propaganda
designed to elicit a desired behavioral response from the public. Public opinion polls are really taken with the
intent of gauging the public's acceptance of the New World Order's planned programs. A strong showing in
the polls tells them that the programming is "taking", while a poor showing tells the NWO manipulators
that they have to recast or "tweak" the programming until the desired response is achieved.
The NWO Modus Operandi
The NWO global conspirators manifest their agenda through the skilful manipulation of human emotions,
especially fear. In the past centuries, they have repeatedly utilized a contrivance that NWO researchers have
characterized as the Problem, Reaction, and Solution stratagem.
The technique is as follows: NWO strategists create the Problem - by funding , assembling, and training an
"opposition" group to stimulate turmoil in an established political power (sovereign country, region, continent,
etc.) that they wish to impinge upon and thus create opposing factions in a conflict that the NWO themselves
maneuvered into existence. In recent decades, so called opposition groups are usually identified in the media as
'freedom fighters' or 'liberators'.
At the same time, the leader of the established political power where the conflict is being orchestrated is
demonized and, on cue, referred to as 'another Hitler' (take your pick: Saddam Hussein, Milosevic, Kadaffi, etc.).
The 'freedom fighters' are not infrequently assembled from a local criminal element (i.e. KLA, drug traffickers). In
the spirit of true Machiavellian deceit, the same NWO strategists are equally involved in covertly arming and
advising the leader of the established power as well (the NWO always profits from any armed conflict by loaning
money, arming, and supplying all parties involved in a war).
The conflict is drawn to the world stage by the controlled media outlets with a barrage of photos and video tape
reports of horrific and bloody atrocities suffered by innocent civilians. The cry goes up "Something has to be
done!" And that is the desired Reaction.
The NWO puppeteers then provide the Solution by sending in UN 'Peace Keepers' (Bosnia) or a UN 'Coalition
Force' (Gulf War) or NATO Bombers and then ground troops (Kosovo), or the military to 'search for Weapons of
Mass Destruction', which of course are never found. Once installed, the 'peace keepers' never leave. The idea is to
have NWO controlled ground troops in all major countries or strategic areas where significant resistance to the
New World Order takeover is likely to be encountered.
Collectively the Zionist-Masonic elite decide polices and worldwide situations. You must completely understand
that they are the ones that FOUNDED the CIA, Mi6, and the Mossad and most, if not all covert ―government‖
agencies. You must truly understand this one simple fact! The ramifications of this truth are earth shaking. The
―Illuminati‖ are the founders and administrators of the most clandestine secret intelligence agencies on the
planet! They decide wars. They topple governments. They assassinate rulers. They decide what is true and not. They
write the history books, for those who control the past, the record of what has been, control the future. They
decide what you get to see as "news". This "mafia" has no party affiliation, democrats or republican, it does not matter,
they are all part of the same mafia, just two different ―crime families‖ under the same umbrella all loyal to the same
God Father: their Zionist-Masonic rulers. The Republican and Democratic parties was put in play long ago as a means
to keep the citizens DIVIDED and fighting amongst themselves for decades on end and to also provide the illusion of
―choice.‖ All the while distracting everyone and keeping all from truly grasping the TRUE nature of the system and
obfuscating the ―invisible hand‖ that really controls of the system
The main power wielding central core of this secret ―mafia‖ society are the central banks, the Federal Reserve
Board, IMF, World Bank, Bank of International Settlements (BIS), and corresponding central banks of individual
countries, all run under the same underlying principle of fractional researve banking and "fiat" money by small group
of ruling elite Zionists. Every country on this planet is run by money. Control the money, and you by default have
direct and indirect control of countries. The interesting thing about the Federal Reserve, is that it is NOT a federal
organization. It was never established by the United States government. It was established by the elite of the elite of the
money world. Who of course had no problems orchestrating their Ivy League alumni and or puppets running our
government at the time to accept and embrace the Federal Reserve with open arms. In doing so we went from a debt
free nation to one that is on a never ending path of always having to BORROW money from the banks, then PAY
INTEREST to them. That is why we always hear about the "national debt". Who did you think we pay that debt off to?
Ourselves? NOT! Our government is in hock up to its eye balls to the international banking cartel who are in reality
none other than OUR ZIONIST BANKER OVERLORDS. You can also thank them for re-introduction of taxes
when they proposed the IRS in 1913.
Important note:
Before I continue any further we need to stop right here for a moment to point something out., as you can see, I
am increasingly referring to the ―Zionist Jew‖ factor, this and that. The terms Zionist and Jew are increasingly
entering the topics of discussion. The ORIGINAL MOTIVE of this report was NEVER intended to be some
sort of ―anti-Jew‖, ―anti-Semitic‖ or anti-Zionist work… When I first began connecting dots that eventually
lead me to researching the ―illuminati‖ elite, I had no clue who or what the top ruling elite were, I had
absolutely ZERO preconceived bias. I have NEVER in my life been racist or hated anyone for their race,
religion or background.
When I initially began my research into the matter of ―The Matrix‖ consortium I had no clue who was at its
core pulling the strings, I just knew that there had to be a coordinating entity(s) behind the curtain.
It was on about my second year of fulltime research into the ―illuminati‖ that I stumbled onto what can only be
termed THE JEWISH PARADOX CONUNDRUM, the elephant in the room that has been hiding in plain
sight.
It was only after the first year of research that I was astonished to find that the Talmudic Zionist (alleged ―Jews‖)
kept popping up repeatedly in all my research projects, the deeper I researched the more I found. You just cannot
ignore or dismiss this most blatantly obvious anomaly. The deeper I researched the more supporting evidence
clearly revealing the big picture began to emerge out of the well laid smoke and mirrors disinformation web the
mighty elites weave.
I discovered the Zionist ―Jewish‖ dominance to my total denial, disbelief, complete and utter shock, then
finally pure jaw dropping amazement, for I was born and raised among my fellow Jew brethren, throughout my
whole life I had always viewed and identified with them as ―my people,‖ for the Jewish people ARE my
family… I LOVE MY JEWISH BRETHREN for I am a direct descendant of one of the 12 tribes. I Like many
like me, have no hate or animosity toward our long lost Arab/Muslim brothers either. It has taken great soul
searching and chutzpah to not only accept the true realities I‘ve encountered but to also come forth with the
utterly shocking truths that I reveal here in this report…
While I am pointing out my ancestral origins, I will also give you notice that I am not here to regurgitate the same
old radicalized propaganda about our Muslim brothers (we all come from our common father: Abraham). The
fact of the matter is that the Zionist Jews want, seek and are ceaselessly working towards the total annihilation
of their mortal enemy the Muslim world, and they have been tirelessly working to engineer a Christrian
showdown with them.
Very important info regarding Zionists: NOT ALL ZIONISTS ARE JEWS. You do not have to be a Jew to
be a Zionist. Here is a recent admitted example, vice president Biden‘s own words in an interview: ―I‘m a
Zionist, you don‘t have to be a Jew to be a Zionist.‖ Thus you will find many non Jew Zionists knowingly
working hand in hand with their Zionist ―Jew‖ overlords to further their common goals. Always keep this
important fact in mind.
The Zionist owned/controlled mass media complex is over flowing with demonizing HYPERBOLE
masquerading as ―news‖ concerning the evil, terrorist, wicked, bad, appalling, terrorism, atrocious, dreadful,
terror, horrible, ghastly, terrorist, horrifying, gruesome, terrorism, frightening, loathsome, nasty, terrorist, vile,
repugnant, terrifying terrorist Arab/Muslim world. This has been driven deep into everyone‘s conscience every
single day by the Zionist ―Jew‖ mass media. Therefore I feel no need to waste my time by falling into line to
repeat and regurgitate the same old bull that everyone has been propagandizing. The fact of the matter is that the
Holy Bible warned us COUNTLESS TIMES of the Jews and the Synagoge of Satan… not once in the scriptures
will you find a warning documented about the Muslims….
Here is a representative viewpoint concerning Zionism and biblical Judiasim that sums up the situation:
―Contrary to common perception, Jewish anti-Zionism is not restricted exclusively to the well known
Jewish anti-Zionist movements such as Satmar and Neturei Karta.
There are in fact many Jewish movements, groups and organizations whose ideology regarding
Zionism and the so-called "State of Israel" is that of the unadulterated Torah position that any form of
Zionism is heresy and that the existence of the so-called "State of Israel" is illegitimate.
No one has had to create any antagonism between our Torah and Zionism because such antagonism
exists by virtue of the essence of Judaism itself, which can never tolerate the heresy of Zionism.
Zionism is wrong from the Torah viewpoint, not because many of its adherents are lax in practice or
even anti-religious, but because its fundamental principle conflicts with the Torah.
Unfortunately, due to many undesirable factors, the view of Torah-true Jewry has been concealed
from the general public.
We, the staff at www.jewsnotzionists.org are delighted that with the advance in media technology a
substantial benefit to researchers, students, and the general public has been made available. We are
elated at the advantage which the internet provides for the presentation of and accessibility to a
position so widely held yet so deliberately ignored by many a Zionist-inclined medium.
It is our hope that the information presented on this site will be of benefit to all and that we soon merit
the peaceful dismantlement of the so-called "State of Israel" and that Jewish-Muslim brotherhood be
restored as prior to the arrival of the Zionist scheme on the global scene.‖
 The Difference Between Zionism and Judaism

 Why Is World Jewry Opposed to the Zionist State?

 Judaism and Zionism - Radio Broadcast
CRUCIALLY IMPORTANT NOTE:
I will state this once and once only: When ever you see the word ―Jew‖ used throughout this report, it is used
liberally and generally to mean the ZIONIST sector ―Jews‖ and in no way shape or form is meant to
include the peaceful tribes of biblical Jews that are not part of the Zionist cabal. The inherent problem of
trying to cover the works of the sinister secretive Zionist cabal is that they immediately don their sheeps in
wolve‘s clothing, cry foul and use alleged racist bigotry againt all Jews as their cloak and shield.
"...it is our obligation to make it known in order that everyone should understand that the Zionists are not
the nation of Israel... and it is most definitely our holy obligation to announce before those nations of the
world that the Zionists are not the spokespeople of the nation of Israel..." - Grand Rabbi Joel Teitelbaum
"It (labeling people 'anti-semitic') has been a handy and effective weapon which has destroyed countless
careers and is responsible for the totally illegitimate Zionist regime. Zionists have cleverly suggested for
a hundred years, by smearing their critics as 'anti-Semites,' that the Zionists are the legitimate conquerors
of Palestine. Zionists have never actually SAID they were Semitic - just that their enemies are 'anti-
Semitic.' Pretty neat...and completely dishonest. But in light of the genuine anti-Semitism of the Zionists
it becomes a bizarre obscenity when these non-Semitic aliens accuse their Semitic victims of 'anti-
Semitism'.
I believe this is the central issue regarding The Jewish Question. When awareness of this matter becomes
more widespread, and it will now, the Zionist state will lose support even from the deluded Christians,
who need Semitic-type Jews running "Israel" for the fulfillment of their bloody dreams. The Zionists
will be exposed as pseudo-religious gangsters." --J. Bruce Campbell
There are basically two types of ―Jews‖ in this world; the humble brotherly peaceful compassionate descendants
of Abraham Jews vs. the conquest/secret agenda driven Talmudist/Kabbalah/Zionists European ―Jews.‖
Anywhere you may find the word ―Jew‖ used in this research report it will ALLWAYS be used to identify
with the Talmudist/Kabbalah/Zionist European ―Jews.‖ This report rarely mentions the peaceful brethren
Jews for it is not them who are involved in the Zionist juggernaut. Therefore understand this and understand this
well: any reference in this report using the word ―Jew‖ is done so to identify EXCLUSIVELY with the
Luciferian Zionist-Kabbalah-Talmudist world conquest subdivision of so called ―Jews.‖ Lest not forget that
the Luciferian Zionist bloc has been inducting and recruiting ―real‖ Jews into their causes for ages, but it‘s
composition is made-up at its core and top echelons is mainly composed of ―Jews‖ who families ―converted‖ to
Judaism whom are in fact Zionists practicing occult
Kabbalah and elitist Talmud.
I am neither racist nor harbor any hate to any religions

or my ethnic peoples. I come forth with one simple
objective, and that is to no holds barred, take no
prisoners, blow wide open the secret empire of the ruling
illuminati elite… whoever they may be. Some people‘s
feeling may be hurt as we go forth to point out the sins
of their kind, so be it, it is merely a part of the collateral
damage of revealing the TRUTH. Deal with it. Accept
it, and instead of shedding crocodile tears or trying to
launch retribution and silence and censor the TRUTH
those who feel offended should sit back and truly reflect
on the revelations being made here so that we can get to
the bottom of the matter and eradicate the tumorous elements that are out to engulf us all…
FYI: Those who stand up to DEFEND their people and lands from INVASION and occupying armies are NOT
terrorists. Sure the Muslims can be and many often ARE some of the world‘s most irrational crazy ass
psychos‘ hell bent on revenge, but this does not change the underlying fundamental TRUTH of the matter. Let
me pose a simple question to those who are confused, who you think are the REAL victims in the sad bloody
conflict between the Jews and Muslims? The bloc who has the media on their side because their people literally
control it and have agents, politicians and business leaders working for and promoting their best interests
throughout the world while it is attacking and occupying Muslim lands with billions of dollars worth of the most
advanced military technology wiping out entire villages or the tent and cave dwelling side that is ―attacking‖
invaders of their lands with sticks and stones and crude improvised weapons? Call me an enemy sympathizer
for these statements if you wish, call it whatever you want, I call it logical unbiased common sense rationalization
of the facts and reality.
I was born and raised among and have always loved my Jewish brethren. I must acknowledge, the Muslim people
I know are few, but I would have to admit two traits I have personally observed, one is that the seem to possess
psychotic rationalization and temperament along with their insane revenge centrific mentality, they routinely
conduct some of the most bizarre atrocities, this is nothing new, (everyone knows this, and the media and
historical works are full of these types of stereotypic coverage, therefore I feel no need to rehash the same
old info that is widely available. I am here to reveal what is NOT readily known, to expose the rulers of this
world) on the other hand I‘ve also by and large met many humble good God fearing humble brotherly Muslims
that were even more devote than followers of other religions. Every race, ethnicities and peoples have their
demented extremist fruit cakes.
The last thing you will find from me is biased racism, for in this report I proceed to rip into the Christians,
the Muslims and the Jews all alike. I am only out to find and reveal the bedrock truth. I care not who it offends
or who gets their feelings hurt, the bullshit has got to stop. Sanity and TRUTH must prevail. The time has come
for the TRUTH to overcome all the barriers including politically correct obstacles erected to silence it.
Therefore: Anyone who dares try to label this work of TRUTH as ―anti-Semitic‖ can shove it. Surely the day will
someday come when the masses finally realize that the whole ―anti-Semite‖ label is nothing more than a
TOOL for DEMONIZING and silencing their detractors. The anti-Semite lable is a STRATEGIC
TACTICAL WEAPON used to shred apart and demonize anyone who DARES stand up and speak anything
remotely negative of the Jews… no matter how true it may be.
―Formerly an anti-Semite was somebody who hated Jews because they were Jews and had a Jewish
soul. But nowadays an anti-Semite is somebody who is hated by Jews.‖ - Auschwitz survivor, Hajo
Meyer
It does not matter if you don‘t believe in God or what your religion is. The reality of ALL transpiring world
events being engineered by the ruling elite are completely based on religious rooted WAR, conquest and
control over minds, hearts, people, souls, lands… like it or not, believe it or not, THIS is the absolute reality of
the state of the world. One of the greatest tricks the Devil ever pulled was convincing the world he doesn't exist…
The profound earth shaking reality is that Christianity, Judaism and Muslim are all BROTHERS, for they
are all decendants who originate from the SAME SEED: Abraham. And the world level struggle between them,
has its roots deeply embedded in the beginning of man‘s biblical history. The conflicts we are witnessing today
throughout the world originate from this fundamental root paradigm, whether you like it or not.
Therefore, at some point we need to stop the childish venomous attack and counter attacks, and face the true
nature of our problems, differences, in order to resolve the age old conflict/struggle/dilemma that began at the
beginning of known recorded history and is now culminating into a worldwide confrontation of biblical
proportions. And ultimately will only be solved by all sides laying down their eons of built up hate, animosity,
vindictiveness and unselfishly coming forth practicing a radical revolutionary approach called:
LOVE THY BROTHER. This is a realm where concepts such as forgiveness, empathy, understanding and
compassion reign supreme.
Let it Be Known:
Whereas: The Jewish people are amoung some of the world‘s most
brilliant, cunning, most amazingly innovative people on the planet.
Where ever they go in numbers the region/nations prosperity takes off as
never before seen in its history. I believe that if the Jewish people
learned to become compassionate, humble and LOVE thy fellow man as
equals instead of as sub-humans this world could change overnight. The
Jewish people need to experience a mass revolution of the heart, then, and only then can true world peace begin to
become a plausible reality…
Whereas: In almost every age, both scripture and history reveal that false Jewish leadership has led the average
Jew into bondage, persecution and exile. The ancient Pharisees epitomized such "blind guides," provoking the
Romans to destroy Jerusalem in 70 A.D. So it is today. Evil Jewish political, religious and cultural leadership
continues to stimulate a backlash of anti-Jewish feeling. Many resent creation of "anti-hate" laws world-wide by
the Jewish Anti-Defamation League of B'Nai B'Rith.
Most powerfully, anti-Jewish feeling has been stimulated by false Zionist leadership in the Middle East. Such
leadership disobeyed God's instruction to His people that they live in contentment among the nations (Jer. 29:4-7)
until the Second Coming of Christ. Only then, when a remnant of Jews will believe in their rejected Messiah,
Jesus, will Israel at last enjoy divine endorsement to re-occupy God's holy land, a land strictly reserved for Jews
who are obedient. Only then will a wealth of Old Testament scriptures prophesying national restoration to
Palestine be fulfilled.
Instead, a century ago, false Zionist leadership convinced the Jewish people that they could escape persecution,
re-occupy the Promised Land, and fulfill scripture without obedience to their true Messiah. Most evangelical
Christians agreed with their unbiblical claims. The result has not been an end of persecution for Jews. Instead, the
world has endured a century of strife and hatred against Jews by the Arab world – a strife exploding into
international Arab terrorism. Far from becoming a land of refuge, Israel is the most dangerous place a Jew can
live. "There is no peace to the wicked." (Isa. 48:22)
An important intention of this report is to protect and deliver Jews from the yoke of bondage to Zionist Jewish
leadership so that God's destiny for a remnant of Jews might be fulfilled. If such false leadership is not restrained
(as Christ did to the Pharisees), even more waves of anti-semitism will sweep the world.
Yet, if such a backlash emerges, it will not be the Jewish rabbis, financiers, and media moguls in high places who
will suffer most. It will be the Jewish people. This is what happened in Weimar Germany in 1939 when Jewish
shopkeepers had their windows smashed to atone for the sins of Jewish financiers in high places.
Whereas: St. Paul said: "Brethren, my heart's desire is…for their salvation." (Rom.10:1) In order to protect
God's chosen people, a remnant of Jews, it is necessary to educate both Christians and Jews concerning the
magnitude of the threat that evil Zionist Jewish leadership poses to all.
Ultimately, we believe, such biblically oriented, fearless truth telling will prove more of a "blessing" to Jews than
the traditional military and moral approval of Israel by evangelicals. Such has only encouraged Zionist warlords,
such as Begin, Shamir, and Sharon, to further antagonize the Arab community. As a consequence, America has
now been drawn into the Middle East for one colossal, unnecessary purpose: supposedly to make the Middle East
safe for Israel.
Result: the whole world draws closer daily to WWIII, a Middle-East nuclear Armageddon… [thks NPN]
With that personal statement above divulging my unbiased stance as we begin to enter the ―sacred‖ realm where no
man is supposed to or allowed tread… which is: thou shall NEVER say
ANYTHING remotely offensive about JEWS *gasp*. Well, sorry Charlie, this
extensive research report is about getting to the hard core TRUTH and has absolutely
nothing to do with being ―politically jewish correct‖ or continuing the spineless
―investigative reporter‘s‖ practice of yielding to the strong arm extortion and
censorship of the Zionist mobsters who destroy anyone who dares speak of the Jews
in anything but a positive manner.
The Jewish people are lead by the powerful worldwide juggernaut that is the Zionist
syndicate/consortium/matrix who have accomplished what no other race or people on
the planet have ever come close to doing, and that is TOTAL blackout of
ANYTHING and EVERYTHING negative about Jews. In this world you can say
the most offensive foul statements about Christianity and any other religion or
people… EXCEPT about the Jews. Comedians regularly cruelly criticize, brutally
ridicule Christians and Christianity, often saying some of the most offensive vile
things about them, yet barely a blip on the radar appears, no one so much as complains about the remarks. The dirty
vulgar whore Sarah (Jew) Silverman (pictured here) is a perfect example (out of thousands upon thousands I could
choose from), as she boldly proclaimed: "I hope the Jews did kill Christ I‘d do it again. I'd fucking do it again-in a
second."
Jewish comedians who regularly bash (blaspheme) Christianity are lavished with accolades, fame and fortune. But
when the exact same ―jokes‖ and ―satire‖ are done with the Jews as the butt end, forget about it! All hell breaks loose,
the person that dared utter those foul blasphemous remarks head is demanded on a silver platter, their careers screech
to an end, accusations, lawsuits, turmoil commence from all angles, soon the poor house awaits. To speak ill of any
Jew even in comedy is instant career suicide. Now try and claim that these words are not true.
You KNOW that THIS is standard unspoken protocol... no one dares speak about Jews in public and when they do, it is
only in cautious shivering whisper. For the moment one speaks ill of the Jews, even if it is the intolerable truth, that
person is immediately DEMONIZED en mass, portrayed as a bigotted anti-semite and his whole life ruined.
Larry David(ovich) Urinates on Painting of Jesus Christ

LA VOZ DE AZTLAN, Los Angeles, Alta California, November 3, 2009
The following is a video clip showing Larry David, the writer and producer of "Seinfeld", urinating on a painting
of Jesus Christ. It is from an episode of a Larry David HBO cable television show that aired last October. It has
offended the entire Christian world
Jews like Larry David are of a certain type. They are Ashkenazi Jews from Eastern Europe who speak Yiddish.
They are not a semitic people like the Hebrews from the line of Abraham. The Jewish Encyclopedia refers to them
as "Chazars" and they actually converted to Judaism and Talmudism for political convenience around 740 AD.
Prior to their conversion they believed in a pagan Phallic religion. This explains the very last statement made by
Larry David in the video clip about "erections." Professor Tzvi Hirsh Graetz in his authoratative book "History of
the Jews" writes, "The Chazars professed a coarse religion, which was combined with sensuality and lewdness."
This also explains why Jews of the Larry David type predominate in the pornography industry and why they
promote sodomy.
The Ashkenazi Jews or Chazars also, before their conversion, worshipped the god Mammon which is the god of
money, greed and materialism. If you take a photograph of Larry David and put it next to one of Bernie Madoff
you will observe that they look so much alike. They are the same type of Jew. Also this type of Jew created
Zionism. Today they rule Israel, a land they have no historical right to. They are the ones responsible for the
genocidal massacre of over 300 Palestinian children last December and January.
In addition, the Chazar or self-styled Jews have had a long history of being expelled from many countries after
their corruptive influence on native cultures wore thin the patience of the general populations. An extreme example
of this was in Germany when Adolf Hitler and the National Socialist German Workers' Party rose ro power.
With this introduction, we invite you to view Larry David(ovich) mocking Jesus Christ: youtube
Have you ever wondered how it is possible the United States of America, the world‘s most powerful country can OWE
money to another separate entity within its own system? Why doesn‘t our government just print its own money? Who
is making the profits from all those BILLIONS of dollars of interest we pay each and every year? Why have to borrow
it from international BANKERS in the first place? Because the entire financial system was invented by the
BANKERS. It is THEIR SYSTEM and they have subjugated, one by one, each and every government in the world
(except for the last few ―evil‖ hold outs our countries are ―coincidentally‖ waging war on) to adopt their Zionist
Financial System.
In every major civilization since the beginning of time, the smart rulers had control of their own money, then came in
the banksters. Somehow, some way, they convinced governments to give up control of their own national financial
freedom to a separate entity! Then pay interest on money we must borrow from them!!!! That is what the ―national
debt‖ is all about. Just like when you borrow money from the bank to buy your new home, the deed is also in their
name, they are co-owners until that money has been repaid. And they have power over you as such, and at any given
time, once one of their demands are not met, they can exercise their powers and call in the markers, repossess your
property or stipulate their DEMANDS on you as they see fit… This fundamental operational protocol is no
different on the personal level banking or government level banking. Thus doors magically open for the international
banksters who lend to governments, and bankster agendas flourish. Governments instead of controlling their wealth
BORROW from the banksters and enrich them instead.
It is none other than the globalist, global governance, new world order Luciferian international bankers who sit at the
top of the pyramid engineering global control and conquest. THEY start, finance and finish wars. They finance the
growth of NATIONS… when the target nation has been DEPLEATED and or no longer serves their purposes, they
move on to the next nation. Whatever nation they choose becomes the primary growth nation. The nations they wish to
punish are driven into dire poverty and famine.
I may be over simplifying this. But the premise does not change. The international banksters and central banks
CONTROL our financial system and money supply and that of the other nations that had been bamboozled to
followed the same path. Our currency is just pretty toilet paper. Our
currency is not backed by a drop of gold, zilch, nada Zippo, not even
backed by silver or even aluminum cans.
The monetary system is run by the most powerful, ―legitimate mafia‖ on

the planet. The HIDDEN MASTERS. Those running the international
bank cartels are the REAL GODFATHERS. The
CIA/NSA/Mossad/Mi6 and all other intelligence agencies are the
―enforcers‖ branch of that mafia. The perfect union of secrecy.
Ultimately the Zionist Jews and Masonic mafias run both the banking
cartels and the intelligence agency cartels. Don‘t you dare take this
paragraph lightly, for every single word is bound by ultimate earth shaking
truth.
The bottom line, the common thread that weaves this puzzle together, is the fact that these HIDDEN MASTERS, this
―secret‖ society manipulates all major events and history, then sits back and writes the narrative everyone
blindly swallows without so much as a hesitation. Their official narratives are delivered by their Zionist brotherhood
MEDIA INDUSTRY SUBSIDIARY. The perfect union forged in hell to control the earth.
This untouchable mafia does not go by any name like Hells Angels, Italian mafia, Gambino Family, Al Capone, Don
Corleon, Gotti, etc. for the likes of these are just mere DIVERSION for the REAL MOBSTERS, the ―hidden
masters.‖ It‘s an unspoken alliance. Where the core of clandestine operations are lead by the Zionist/Masonic elite
operating within the CIA/Mossad/Mi6/Federal Reserve banks, World Bank, IMF,
CFR, Bilderberg, etc.
Polices are hacked out behind the closed Ivy league doors of the most elite powerful
rulers on the planet. The Zionists control a 98% majority of all financial and media
enterprises, the Masons are the executive middle management, they manage the
majority of political and business infrastructure around the globe. Entire groups,
organizations, institutes, companies and so forth are easily controlled by
planting JUST ONE of the ruling elite members as the leader, CEO, president
or Chairman of any given enterprise. Once a member leader is appointed,
PRESTO the entire organization of thousands of employees are unwittingly at their
beck and call waiting to fulfill their jobs.
Viewed individually, all questionable activity throughout this country and the world
seems to be unrelated. Events often seem to be independent of one another. For each
sector of society is seemingly ―autonomous‖ from the others, or so we would think.
But there exists a cohesive close knit Matrix of control. Closely tying all major events and sectors of society by the
groups of exclusive Ivy League rulers who run each sector of the Matrix. The CIA, NSA, FDA, FCC, Banking
Matrix, Military Industrial Matrix, Government Matrix, Media Matrix, Medical Industrial Matrix, Justice/Police/Prison
Matrix, Wealth Matrix, Education Matrix, etc., are all interconnected to the core and have hidden puppeteers whom
lead these entities, controlling agendas, fiascos, cover-ups, scandals, conspiracies. They have everything in common.
Individually each just organization constitutes a separate seemingly independent part of the main puzzle,
together they all make up "The Matrix". To connect the dots is to connect the facts.
World conquest and control seems to be a tall order to accomplish for this feat is so colossal in scope and nature that
even trying to imagine pulling it off seems like fantasy to most observers. Yet it is happening right before your very
eyes. The Learned Elders of Zion ruling elite have been working on this for eons. One of their breakthroughs was in
understanding he who controls the presses and media controls and shapes the minds of the masses.
I am reminded of the words of the Illuministic futurist, Aldous Huxley, who died in 1963. Huxley was a writer
for the Illuminati. He was also a mystic who advocated the use of psychedelic drugs. Huxley also wrote Brave
New World and numerous essays. Consider some of his words as follows:
"We are in a process of developing a whole series of techniques which will enable the controlling oligarchy to
get people to actually love their servitude. A really efficient totalitarian state would be one in which the all-
powerful executive of political bosses and their army of managers control a population of slaves who do not
have to be coerced, because they love their servitude. To make them love it is the task assigned, in present-day
totalitarian states, to ministries of propaganda, TV stations, newspaper editors, and school teachers…..
…The greatest triumphs of propaganda have been accomplished, not by doing something, but by refraining from
doing. Great is truth, but still greater, from a practical point of view, is silence about truth."
In comes the media cartel. TV, radio, print. All held and controlled by an extremely small Ivy league Zionist Jew ruling
elite group, their media arm, just another branch of the Matrix, the brainwashing, programming mass hypnosis arm of
the Matrix. All chiming in and feeding the world what they want you to hear, what they want you to believe, how they
want you think. The mass media is not just directly complicit; it is an integral part of the Matrix. Oh how America and
the west have come to LOVE and CHERISH THEIR SERVITUDE.
Very few people understand how the DYNAMICS of priming, conditioning, indoctrination and programming
works. It essentially works on the subconscious level where the target groups, masses are bombarded with pre-
conceived programming and messages designed to instill the pre-meditated paradigm into reality. The social
engineering that results in the aftermath of massive media exposure to said programming begins to take on its own real
world simulation of the actually programming. This reaction, an acknowledged/documented social engineering fact,
is basically the guaranteed result of "group think", for everyone desires to be part of the "in" crowd and to "belong" to
something, whatever their desires lay. No one wants to be seen as the strange misfit and weirdo that "doesn‘t get it"
thus people will often surrender their individual notions, intuitions and beliefs to remain as ―in‖ part of their social
circles.
The local reporters (the talking heads) often have no clue that they are a part of a massive priming, indoctrinating,
programming operation, they DON‘T NEED TO. For they don't/can't question their orders (given to them as
scripts on a teleprompter) coming from the top brass on what to report, how to report it, and what NOT to report.
What‘s hot, what‘s not, what‘s in what‘s out. They must follow their scripts like everyone else in the matrix. The
moment anyone deviates from their allotted mission they are immediately dealt with, pink slip baby, go join the
working class *gasp!* if you are not going to follow the rules, no matter where in the matrix organizations they may
reside. Here is a perfect recent example of this unspoken policy in action:
CNN Editor Fired for Saying She Has "Respect" for Hezbollah Cleric
BY John McCormack, July 7, 2010
Mediaite reports that CNN has fired senior editor of Middle East affairs Octavia Nasr. As Daniel Halper pointed
out the other day, Nasr wrote on Twitter on July 4 that she was "sad" to hear of the death of Hezbollah's Sayyed
Mohammad Hussein Fadlallah--a man for whom she has "respect." Fadlallah had justified suicide bombings, is
believed to be responsible for the Marine barracks bombing, and had said that "Zionism has inflated the number of
victims in this Holocaust beyond imagination." [real reason she was fired]
In a followup blog post last night, Nasr wrote that it "was an error of judgment for me to write such a simplistic
comment and I'm sorry because it conveyed that I supported Fadlallah's life's work. That's not the case at all."
She explained that she knew about all the wicked aspects of Fadlallah's life--saying she even "lost family
members" in the barracks bombing--and was simply referring to the fact that she respected Fadlallah for his
opposition to "honor" killings and beating women. But saying you respect Fadlallah for opposing murdering and
beating (Muslim) women is almost like saying you respect Osama bin Laden for building day care centers.
CNN doesn't think Nasr's apology makes up for what she said. "We believe that her credibility in her position as
senior editor for Middle Eastern affairs has been compromised going forward," Nasr's CNN superior Parisa
Khosravi said in a statement.
The basis of control in any organization, of say 10,000 people, there is no need to recruit all of them to become part of
some grande scheme, for all one needs to do is get control of ONE single person, the top position, the CEO or
President and all 10,000 employees needn‘t have a clue what the actual path the organization is on, they just need to
keep doing their function and keep rowing.
As for all the ―experts‖ and ―pundits‖ that routinely appear on television hyping the current agenda, they have all long
ago been indoctrinated into the SYSTEM THINK. This is their world, their adjusted reality. Years on end of
educational programming, social engineering of what is what, what is the norm, what is acceptable, what is reality and
so on. All the media outlets being owned and run by the same group of people/syndicate/consortium/matrix easily
maintain a coordinated orchestrated united reality theme that establishes the heartbeat or reality, the norms, the
adjusted and adopted interpretation of reality. Anything that is not sanctioned is immediately ridiculed and attacked
by all seemingly ―independent‖ media fronts in unison, thus universally driven into the mass public‘s minds with non-
stop coverage and positive repetitious re-enforcement.
It is the nature of those in control to use any means necessary to maintain control, it sometimes means high riding
insiders being thrown to the wolves (to appease the angry mobs) but there‘s a grave risk that more and more
wistleblowers will be coming out, unveiling, disclosing, revealing ever more modus operandi and secrets of the elite by
those who have been thrown to the wolves. When the ruling elite begin to hermerage clandestined operational details,
public perception begins to shift and new awareness‘s emerge… Following this comes large polarizations well laid
plans begin to unravel, dominos begin to fall, back to the drawing board they go. Plan B, C or even D. This is one of
the reasons why the One World Government clique are often all over the place often with seemingly illogical opposing
strategies being played out and has been a major factor in taking them so long to bring about their nirvana… i.e., due
to the myriad of exposed and failed strategies.
The million dollar question is how do you recognize WHO the true REAL ruling elite are? It has been prophesized:
―By their deeds you will know them.‖ This scripture was said in reference to identifying who was from Christ. But it
is so profound that it can be literally applied to almost anything and anyone. Who do people fear most? Who is it no
one can speak of above their breath? Who are those that it is a sin to talk about? Who are those if you speak of and
might even end up imprisoned in some countries for doing so? Answer these questions and more and I will show you
who the TRUE hidden ruling elite are…
THE SANCHEZ AFFAIR

By Richard Spencer
Two years ago, Joel Stein wrote a remarkable op-ed in the Los Angeles Times:
Who Runs Hollywood? C‘mon
December 19, 2008
I have never been so upset by a poll in my life. Only 22% of Americans now believe "the movie and
television industries are pretty much run by Jews," down from nearly 50% in 1964. The Anti-Defamation
League, which released the poll results last month, sees in these numbers a victory against stereotyping.
Actually, it just shows how dumb America has gotten. Jews totally run Hollywood.
Stein went on,
But I don't care if Americans think we're running the news media, Hollywood, Wall Street or the
government. I just care that we get to keep running them.
Life is probably too short to write essays about the media frenzy over Rick Sanchez‘s firing by CNN, though it‘s
worth pointing out that when this ―Latino‖ newsreader of European extraction said that Jews prevailed at his
news corporation and most others,
1. The entire spectrum of mainstream and alternative American media, from the Drudge Report to
the sassy liberal Gawker, called Sanchez‘s interview a ―racist‖ and/or ―anti-Semitic‖ ―rant,‖ even
thought the likable, if dim-witted, anchorman was calmly making subtle distinctions about Jews
and White liberals as best he could.
2. Sanchez -- not known for incisiveness or the accurate use of his English lexicon -- expressed opinions
about Jon Stewart being ―prejudicial‖ (in the sense of favoring Establishment liberals) and Jewish
preeminence that are entirely fair and based on fact.
Whatever one might think of Jewish influence in the media, the fact that Joel Stein is allowed to gloat about the
fact -- and Rick Sanchez hounded for alluding to it -- amounts to one of America‘s biggest double standards in a
crowded field.
This scandal has also reminded me of Stephen Steinlight‘s arguments that, pace the ADL & Co., immigration
restriction is quite Good For The Jews and that the Jewish leadership should drop its Ellis Island nostalgia. For
years, Steinlight has been saying that new immigrants, particularly those from the Hispanic Third World, lack the
sentimental visions of Jews as powerless and pitiable held by most American gentiles, and would be far less
accepting of Jews in positions of power.
Rick Sanchez‘s European physiognomy make him unrepresentative of Latinos in America -- but then quite
representative of public representatives of Latinos in America -- and his comments might be a harbinger of a
coming ethnic clash. It seems that the Rick Sanchezes of the world don‘t like it when the Jon Stewarts of the world
are depicted as oppressed minorities deserving of special status. This might get interesting.
************************
When Rick Sanchez and Helen Thomas get together…

By James Edwards, Race, Politics and Hypocrisy in 21 st Century America
What do you think they talk about? I‘m guessing it‘s about how Jews are a poor, oppressed, powerless minority
group who have absolutely no say as to what goes in the news industry.
As you probably know, Rick Sanchez got fired from his anchorman job at CNN a day after he gave a radio
interview and mocked the idea that that Jews are a poor, oppressed minority group in America, especially
considering they pretty much run the news industry. He and the host got off on that subject because Sanchez
called Jon Stewart a ―bigot‖ for always making fun of him. See, Sanchez, who‘s as white as you and me, was
trying to claim victimhood status, apparently being too darned dumb to understand that having a Spanish name
doesn‘t make you a victim; having brown skin is what makes Hispanics ―victims‖. Sanchez is about as ―Latino‖ as
Christina Aguilera. That was his first mistake. As Steve Sailer so eloquently points out, Victimism is a high stakes,
dangerous game, and you‘d better know exactly what you‘re doing when you sit down to play. Sanchez was
clearly in way over his head. He‘s like the tourist in Vegas who sees all the excitement at the World Series of
Poker, so he plunks down his $10,000 entry fee, and asks ―Does the dealer stand on soft 17?‖
Sanchez somehow made it to his position on the basis of his perceived ―ethnicity‖ without anyone ever sitting him
down and explaining the official rules of Victimism to him. He‘s white, and it doesn‘t matter that he grew up
speaking Spanish in Cuba, and then in Miami after fleeing Cuba, because a white man can never be a victim
(unless he‘s a homosexual). His second mistake was accusing Jon Stewart of being a bigot. Jon Stewart‘s real
name is Jon Liebowitz, and people named Liebowitz can never be a victimizer. And they generally don‘t take very
kindly to being accused of being bigoted or prejudiced. They‘ll be the ones calling people racists and bigots, thank
you very much.
And his third mistake was not taking the hint from his interviewer on the radio show. Obviously thinking that
Sanchez is as dumb as a box of rocks and has no idea he‘s wading into dangerous territory, he helpfully points out
that Liebowitz/Stewart doesn‘t fit the profile of a ―bigot‖, being an oppressed minority himself. In other words he
was saying ―Uh, Rick…you‘d better cool it man. Jon Stewart can‘t be a bigot; he‘s not white. He may look white,
but he‘s actually Jewish, and you are on very dangerous ground here.‖ I guess he thought Sanchez didn‘t realize
Stewart is Jewish.
But not only did Sanchez know Stewart‘s Jewish, he knew a few other things, too. He said that most of the people
who run CNN and the other news networks are just like Stewart, and the idea that Jews are a poor, oppressed
minority in this country is absurd.
Of course, it‘s lunacy to think Jews run the news industry. Which is why Sanchez was fired almost immediately
after saying Jews run the news industry. Makes sense to me!
It‘s funny if you do a Google news search about his firing. Most of the headlines say he was fired for calling Jon
Stewart a bigot. Yeah, that‘s a good one. And people wonder why no one trusts the news media?
And if you read the reactions from commentators, both left and right, it‘s clear they‘re terrified of the Jewish
control of the news media. Not a one of them, liberal or ―conservative‖, suggests that what Sanchez said is wrong.
They all talk about how ―stupid‖ or ―dumb‖ he is for saying it, not that he‘s crazy for believing it. The mainstream
―conservatives‖ are actually mocking him for having the guts to tell the truth. He speaks more truth in 30 seconds
than Glenn Beck has in his entire career, and he‘s a pariah, and he deserved to get fired because there are some
things you just don‘t talk about.
That‘s modern ―conservatism‖ for you, folks.
Hell, most of these ―conservatives‖ are so terrified of Jewish power that they would freak out if you suggested that
Jews run our nation‘s synagogues.
Of course, what‘s really telling is a story I wrote about some time ago. Joel Stein, a columnist for the Los Angeles
Times, wrote a column a while back boasting that Jews control Hollywood, Wall Street, DC, and the news media.
Not just boasting about it, but saying that anyone who doesn‘t know this fundamental fact of life in America is
pretty much an idiot.
Joel Stein can brag that Jews control the news media, Hollywood, Washington and Wall Street, and nobody bats an
eye.
Rick Sanchez can simply state that Jews run the news industry, and he‘s instantly fired.
That‘s because Rick Sanchez is a white latino man, and Joel Stein is a Jew.
And ―conservatives‖ cheer Sanchez getting fired for saying what everyone knows is true, and which Jews like Joel
Stein rub in our faces. Which is really disgusting. The craven cowardice is simply breathtaking.
********************
Chris Moore comments:
Sanchez finds himself in the conundrum that all who collaborate with Judeofascism -- politically, materially,
morally, or spiritually -- eventually face; namely, that they are complicit with an ideology that can't in any way be
squared with anything other than authoritarian, state-enforced Jewish supremacism.
Communists, leftists, left-liberals, neoconservatives, Bushcon Zionists, and statist liberal/State capitalists all have,
or eventually will, discover this basic truth: Because Talmudic Judaism is too racist to proselytize, Judeofascists
have evolved to perfect the art of inventing and instituting pseudo-secular ideologies under the guise of modernism
and/or liberalism that are in reality mere devices to advance a statist-authoritarian Jewish supremacist agenda.
There are many within the ideologies listed above that are mere dupes and useful idiots who don't realize this
reality, but there are many others who are fully aware of it, but have made their deal with the Judeofascist devil to
silence, harass, ridicule or marginalize anyone who voices it in exchange for earthly and material rewards --
which often amount to nil.
The irony is that Christian-based Western Civilization manifested into all the peace and prosperity those under its
umbrella could swallow, and with only one condition. But apparently that one condition was too much to ask for
the overgrown children suffering from arrested development who jumped into bed with the Judeofascists to handle,
and so they ate the poisonous fruit.
Now we've got to begin the process yet again of flogging and scouring the Judeofascist mentality from the realm of
Western Civilization, essentially from scratch.
Thanks a lot, a**holes.
I place these info case studies in between my content in hopes of providing added insight and articulation to key
important factors/dynamics/perception relevant to the topics being discussed/revealed in hopes of adding the extra
dimensional input to the material that is being exposed. Even though this is the very beginning of this research report,
we are already wading into the prohibited ―thou shall not go there‖ realm of Jewish control. I have tried my best to
completely squash the anti-jew myth and stand up for my blood brethren that is the Jewish race. But my conscience,
heart and soul will not allow me to forsake the truth. I am a being of truth, plain and simple. The reason I yet again had
to relate to the Jewish connection this early in this report is yet again, there IS NO WAY TO PROCEED further
without addressing the 8,000,000 pound gorilla in the room.
While these words are being written the current lamb lead to slaughter out of the thousands upon thousands that have
proceeded him in the exact same manner and circumstances is Rick Sanchez. Who strayed from his TALKING
POINTS…. (script) and… DARED…. speak anything other than the officially SANCTIONED dialogue about
Jews and Jewish supremacy, which is nonexistent according to the official narrative. What made me keel over and
drop my jaw in amazement in his case where they, for the gazzilionth time destroyed one of their detractors is the
Sanchez never said one ―anti-semitic‖ statement. Yet his is universally being labeled as one the world over by the very
same media cartel he spoke of.
Basically he just alluded to and mentioned the FACT that the Jews control the media. The Zionist owned/controlled
CNN enterprise‘s immediate response: YOU ARE FIRED! The fact that Sanchez called Jon Stewart (made man
connected Jew) a ―bigot‖ wasn‘t the offense that demanded mandatory termination. The dirty deed was in his crossing
the sacred line of never mentioning the Jew supremacy or connection to anything, ever, in any light other than that
which is approved and sanctioned for gentile goyim consumption.
Today, like the thousands of other victims who preceded him who dared speak ―ill‖ (no matter how TRUE) of the
Zionist Jewish sector/people/agenda, Sanchez was euthanized and laid out to pasture. THIS in of itself speaks volumes
and illuminates the very iron fist POWER of the sacred elephant in the room no one dares cross or even look in the eye
for fear of reprisal.
Behold… show me who everyone fears to speak of in the room and I will show you who is the top dog in that room.
All this secret Learned Elders ―ruling elite‖ matter might seem so farfetched, so science fiction, so completely
inconceivable, and just plain ludicrous to some. This might be viewed as the mother of all conspiracy theories. But you
must awaken to realize that we are truly living in the real life matrix. Where the version of reality that is portrayed for
public consumption is far from the true reality. The American dream is just that, a dream fabricated by the Matrix for
hundreds of millions in the rat race who have been trained/conditioned/programmed to chase the preverbal carrot: the
American Dream… which is firmly engaged in materialism, it is a carefully crafted dream, you must keep up with the
Jones's, must have that nice car and home, must finance it and work your life away to hopefully pay it all off… I want,
I want, I want. Not to mention what you have to do to keep it all once you do get there…
You have all been well trained: Must keep a good FICO score by all means! Look into my eyes… ―Debt is good
for you‖… buy, buy, buy, consume, consume, consume. Usury that was once considered a grand sin, is no longer:
Today usury (i.e. debt) and credit cards are as American as apple pie, must have pretty plastic cards. Today's citizens
must work harder and longer, at least half your entire day is devoted to earning the money just to pay the bills. Just
to make ends meet. You think you are "free" when in reality you have many masters. You are all slaves in so
many ways and don't even realize it. This is the true genius of the ruling elite…
The moment your alarm clock rings, it is telling you to wake up and fulfill your obligations to the one master most
closely handling you: Your corporate masters who control your life in return for a paycheck. Yes another major factor
that is ruining our great nations is: Corporate America, and all its stockholders/investors who demand never ending
returns are only taking our entire nation down the path of eventual doom with its blind pursuit of more riches at
and beyond any cost. Of which you are just a pawn enslaved to the system. Your indoctrination into the "system"
begins with your public education as a child, by the time you (if) graduate, you are ready to join the peasant working
servant class with the other Goyim as a worker bee in the service of your masters.
When will it stop? How long can they continue to have to produce unending higher and higher ROIs (return of
investment) for their insatiable stockholders? (remember they, the 2% own 95% of everything) Eventually, all the
resources of this planet will dry up in the insatiable never-ending un-wavering pursuit of ever higher profits. All the
while, industries continue the maddening quest to merge becoming ―too big to fail‖ in their quests to make ―paper
profits‖ from the ―efficiencies‖ of the ever increasing mergers. Regrettably, if not stopped, this merger trend will
eventually put just a few key monstrous monolithic corporations in control of everything. All you have to do is look
around to see that this is already the case in many industries, massive mega-billion dollar mergers continue to happen
on a regular basis.
America is being sold out in bulk wholesale, prostituting itself for the almighty profits, return on shareholder
investments. In this batshit insane quest we have even been giving TAX BREAKS to our corporations to actually
lay off U.S. employees and ship off their productions, offices, everything to other
countries like China and India! DOH!!! One day we will wake up only to realize we no
longer make anything. The words "made in America" meaningless. Who is to blame? Look
no further than our financial Zionist "Overlords" who not only push industry in those
directions, but also twist the arms of our government to push it as a great idea.
China is now poised to surpass the U.S. in GNP! Who is responsible for that? Doh! The
U.S.! Wait until the day comes when we finally have a massive confrontation with that
COMMUNIST country, our best pal trading buddy, dictatorship China. What will we do?
Ask them politely to manufacture all the things we need to fight them because we no
longer make them here? Doh! Our beloved nation is on a speeding freight train headed for
a major wreck and we got rid of the breaks to maximize profits! Meanwhile all the
financial institutions, pundits, advisors, industry have been holding the gluttonous party of a lifetime. They have sold
America out then toast to their fortunes at their altar called the stock exchanges. Where the almighty profits,
above and beyond all reason and logic is king, where nothing is sacred other than to whip up the market into frenzied
orgy of buying and selling, where ROI. Is the Holy Grail, screw the loyal employees, screw the economy, screw the
environment, screw the country, and so forth.
This nation was created under the premise (or guise?) of "of the people, by the people, for the people" but through the
artfully manipulation of the Zionist-Masonic-Jesuit cartels it has long ago become a nation ruled by special interests,
where the greedy pursuit of unending profits is paramount. We invade innocent lands, if their rulers refuse to obey our
demands to "bring our form of ―democracy‖ to them" (et al: western capitalism i.e. ECONOMIC
COLONIZATION). What does Democracy really mean anyway? It DEMANDS them to open their doors and allow
all our multinational corporations to come in unhindered, unrestrained and do their thing, like beasts bent on conquest,
often just taking over many/any industries and resources point blank in exchange for trinkets and peanuts. Those
nations who refuse are eventually labeled "enemies" then overthrown by CIA agent provocateurs who establish,
organize and fund "local terrorist" groups (that often never existed in those countries prior to the CIA stepping
in). Once the country is paralyzed and its sovereignty shattered, a puppet leader is put in charge that lets our
corporations come in any way to harvest all their bounty natural resources, leaving them destitute in their own lands.
We flood their streets with our products, taking away or ruining any and all their profitable enterprises. Then we turn
around and wonder why they hate us so around the world. Golly gee whiz, I wonder why?
It has been said that if one tells a small lie it is easy to detect, but if you tell a lie that is so big that no one would ever
fathom or comprehend its enormity thus to believe it as anything else but true would be ridiculous. This is a reflection
on the masse‘s perception of reality. Right now I find myself trying to articulate and expose the perpetrators of one of
the largest lies ever to have been perpetrated on man, they have established a system or ―matrix‖ so profoundly
interweaved into every sector of life that it quite literally unfathomly boggles the mind. Very few people can
comprehend it, let alone see through THE GREAT DELUSION that these rulers have erected, thus the masses rather
than to confront the reality that it may all be a colossal deception, instead close their eyes, ears and rational common
sense and believe the lies that their ruling overlords feed them instead.
At some point in time, maybe it was right after the execution of JFK, the ruling elite realized that the vast majority of
the public remarkably yet easily slips into mass denial syndrome. They rather continue their lives in the world of make
believe, "like normal" and PRETEND that everything is just fine rather than face the dark realities of what is
truly transpiring. Statistics have proven this over and over again. For instance the vast majority of the population
believes that there was some sort of conspiracy in the JFK assassination, yet they have never pursued justice and sat
back while their very own government COVERED UP the crime and destroyed most of the evidence. For instance 80%
of the public does not believe the official narratives of 9/11 yet they all sit back and do nothing. For instance 90% of
the public knows that the entire financial collapse and the resultant bailouts was nothing more than a scam perpetrated
by the banks who then made out like bandits, yet they don't do anything.... These are just three examples out of
thousands. The bottom-line is that the rulers KNOW they can literally get away with the most outrageous acts in
broad daylight and there will be little or no repercussions. What little fallout that occurs is quickly extinguished by
their hyperbole propaganda operations covering their tracks in slick official narratives and claims of ―off limits due to
national security.‖ Soon after, the short termed memory public goes back to their daily routines as if nothing happened,
back to their normal state of mind the masses go... back into a
self imposed cozy lives in the state of denial the masses all
retreat... back to focusing on their sports teams, movies, TV
shows, dancing, drinking and drugs eventually helps them
forget, go on and erase the pain of self denial.
I have tried to portray the "big picture". What I have found to

be the fundamental keys to what ails our world. Are we truly
"free"? What is freedom anyway? We know it‘s definitely not
Communism, Socialism, Dictatorship, Fascism, etc. Democracy is proving itself to have been completely corrupted
from within for today it is basically just a placard on the wall while wanton capitalism is the life blood that literally
runs and rules our once great nation. By the way, our country was not originally set up as a Democracy. It was a
Republic, I don't know what happened to our Republic, but it was transformed somewhere along the way into what we
are still lead to believe is a Democracy. Which so far, is the closest thing we have to a free society.
There are unseen forces of Zion/Mason hiding in the facade of our once great "Democracy" that are actively utilizing
as their platform/cover and simultaneously working to undermine/destroy (complicit parties knowingly or not) our
great societies. Open your eyes and ears. Dare to question all, analyze and see what is really happening around you.
Don't be fooled any longer by those highly educated, endorsed, validated and ACCREDITED status quo leaders, the so
called ―experts‖ and talking heads on your TV screen, reading their SCRIPTS, feeding you their dose of what THEY
(their ruling elite masters) want you to believe and how they want you to think, forming and shaping your opinions,
viewpoints and ideologies. There is just one tool you will need to use to see through the smoke and mirrors, it is called:
knowing the ABSOLUTE CAUSAL CORE TRUTH along with common sense, simple logic and learning to use your
independent critical thinking abilities. Use your powers of rationalization, critical thinking along with good ole
common sense and QUESTION EVERYTHING and everyone. Go forth and connect the dots. Study all the (seemingly
ramdon, non related) pieces of the puzzles and put the pieces together… for once you put enough pieces of the grand
puzzle together the BIG PICTURE will begin to emerge.
No matter what. The purpose of this report is to expose the corruption and crimes of the Luciferian agents disguised in
Armani and Brooks Brothers suits who run The Matrix (the Luciferian consortium/syndicate/cartel) here on earth. Our
goal is to blow wide open every aspect of The Matrix. So that hopefully some day, this nation and the world can get
back to its original divine inspired roots and begin to earnestly build a truly great society that can become the beacon of
light for the rest of the world to follow. I only hope and pray that it‘s not too late. And if it is too late, at least you will
understand the entire scope of WHO, WHAT, WHEN, WHERE, WHY and HOW it transpired while you and this
world has been asleep and being flushed down the abyss.

THE ULTIMATE COSA NOSTRA

The “RULING ELITE” REVEALED:
ENTER THE LEARNED ELDERS OF ZION
aka:
THE HIDDEN MASTERS & THE INVISIBLE HAND
“There is something behind the throne greater than the king himself.” – Sir William Pitt, House of Lords
1770
“The world is governed by very different personages from what is imagined by those who are not behind
the scenes.” – Benjamin Dislaeli, English Statesman 1844
“The real truth of the matter is that a financial element in the large centers has OWNED the government
since the days of Andrew Jackson.” – Franklin D. Roosevelt, U.S. President 1933
"Governments do not govern, but merely control the machinery of government, being themselves
controlled by the hidden hand." - Benjamin Disraeli
“Every time we do something you tell me America will do this and will do that… I want to tell you something
very clear: Don’t worry about American pressure on Israel. We the Jewish people, control America, and the
Americans know it.”- Israel Prime Minister Ariel Sharon
It is extremely difficult to accurately document and trace every secretive organization and the relationships they have
with one another, their subsidiaries and their overall total influence and impact on events, because, first of all they
operate behind closed doors, obscured from public analyzation, working in secrecy. The higher up the food chain your
search leads you, the less information is available, the more facts become twisted with fiction, disinformation and
omission. The ties become more muddled in the secrecy. With so many seemingly different entities all suspect to the
―illuminati‖ cartel of leaders of leaders, it has been a bewildering research to say the least. The scope of their reach is
international. They dwell and operate in all nations and their shadow governing network has been around long before
any of us were born. Thankfully, mankind has this problem with keeping their mouths shut. Some boast out of
arrogance secure in their perceived invincibility. Some people eventually see the errors of what they are involved in,
those very few brave ones come forward to tell the world what they know, thus revealing important keys to the ruling
elite puzzle. Most information rises to the light of day from the hard work of inquisitive researchers from all around the
world with the help of the internet, the truth has been hemoraging everywhere.
It is truly sad that our world is full of so many lies, deceit, misinformation, so much so that it truly boggles the mind. A
recent Forbes article, (yes, Forbes one of the most respected news institutions on the planet), on ―The World‘s Most
Powerful People‖ just came out, I read the article in complete disbelief for upon inspecting their list of ―the world‘s
most powerful people‖ I was not surprised to NOT see on single true ruling elite on this list. Yes there was a list of 67
people, but they were all loyal lieutenants of the Learned Elders matrix. Not one single true powerhouse hidden
ruling elite was listed. This is a perfect illustration of the state of disinformation, in-accuracy and truthfulness in
modern news.
The truly sad truth is that more often than not, one must take just about anything you read, see, and hear from the main
stream media outlets with a grain of salt and treated as hearsay, hype, propaganda, even misdirection and
disinformation until the message is cross referenced and verified. So just who are the true Learned Elders ruling elite
anyway? It is my goal to lay it all out for you in plain English, keep reading with an objective mind and by the end of
this chapter your eyes shall begin to open…
These are the five tricks through which man has been turned into a slave, into
an ugly phenomenon, a cripple.
The first is:
Keep man as weak as possible if you want to dominate him. If the priest wants to dominate you or the
politician wants to dominate you, you have to be kept as weak as possible. And the best way to keep a man
weak is not to give love total freedom. Love is nourishment..."
"...Second:
Keep man as ignorant and deluded as possible so that he can easily be deceived..."
"...The third secret:

Keep man as frightened as possible. And the sure way is not to allow him love, because love destroys fear--
’love casteth out fear.’ When you are not in love you become more interested in security, in safety. When you
are in love you are more interested in adventure, in exploration...."
"...The Fourth:
Keep man as miserable as possible--because a miserable man is confused, a miserable man has no self-worth, a
miserable man is self-condemnatory, a miserable man feels that he must have done something wrong. A
miserable man has no grounding--you can push him from here and there, he can be turned into driftwood very
easily. And a miserable man is always ready to be commanded, to be ordered, to be disciplined, because he
knows ’On my own I am simply miserable. Maybe somebody else can discipline my life.’ He is a ready victim."
"And the fifth:

Keep men as alienated from each other as possible, so that they cannot band together for some purpose of
which the priest and the politician may not approve. Keep people separate from each other. Don’t allow them
too much intimacy. When people are separate, lonely, alienated from each other, they cannot band together.
And there are a thousand and one tricks to keep them apart. – Quoted from “Lucifer”…
Vanity Fair ran an article titled: ―The Vanity Fair 100,‖ now this list was very interesting and revealing for it's a list of
"the 100 Information Age Powers," What makes this list so extraordinary is that the list coming from a mainstream
media company indirectly reveals the fact that: close to ninety percent of the most powerful on their list are Jewish.
The Israeli Jerusalem Post response to the article:
―It's a list of "the world's most powerful people," 100 of the bankers and media moguls, publishers and image
makers who shape the lives of billions. It's an exclusive, insular club, one whose influence stretches around
the globe but is concentrated strategically in the highest corridors of power. More than half [yes a lot more
than half!] its members, at least by one count, are Jewish.
It's a list, in other words, that would have made earlier generations of Jews jump out of their skins, calling
attention, as it does, to their disproportionate influence in finance and the media. Making matters worse, in
the eyes of many, would no doubt be the identity of the group behind the list - not a pack of fringe anti-Semites
but one of the most mainstream, glamorous publications on the newsstands.‖
How much power does Israel have over us? - Video
“You know very well, and the stupid Americans know equally well, that we control their government,
irrespective of who sits in the White House. You see, I know it and you know it that no American
president can be in a position to challenge us even if we do the unthinkable. What can they
(Americans) do to us? We control congress, we control the media, we control show biz, and we
control everything in America. In America you can criticize God, but you can’t criticize Israel…” Israeli
spokeswoman, Tzipora Menache
Through the laborious process of ―connecting the dots‖ as in CONNECTING THE FACTS/TRUTHS, I believe we
have beyond any shadow of a doubt figured out and pieced together the ruling elite jigsaw puzzle and in the process
revealed the people whom comprise "the capstone" of the pyramid. The absolute apex of the ruling empires.
Some researchers identify the ultimate rulers as single entities that constitute the Illuminati. Some claim that they are
the Jesuits in connection with the Black Pope and the Vatican, some say it‘s the Freemasons, some tell you it‘s the
British Royalty or even aliens from out of space (I
won‘t even bother going down that avenue, for it is
virtually impossible to substantiate), some would tell
you that they are individual families such as the
Rockefellers, Rothschilds, Warburgs, Shiffs as well
as many others , a few brave souls dare reveal it‘s in
fact the Zionists whom have been forever working in
the shadows ingeniously coordinating all the above.
All of these leads are in fact true (umm, except for the
aliens, that topic is too inundated in comics to even
touch it with a ten foot pole). Sifting through tons of
material and multiple avenues, following thousands
of clues, each researcher takes you on a journey
explaining how "this or that group" is the one pulling
all the strings leading to complete global domination.
Many have added crucial information into the
reference collection allowing us to more readily study their works and more easily see the truth. Then there are the
hundreds upon hundreds of misinformation agents whose sole mission is to confuse, bamboozle, perplex, pervert and
hide the truth, sending those whom seek the truth down wrong paths.
One thing is absolutely undeniable. Throughout the centuries there have existed different entities hell bent on getting
themselves, their groups, people, race, society, nation to the top of the ruling elite. Overwhelming evidence shows that
the ultimate goal has always been the same: absolute power, total domination. This common goal never changes,
no matter who the ruling elite of any given age has been. For you must understand there is a realm beyond what we can
see with our eyes that has existed for eons. At the very core of this paradigm is the religious matrix paradox. Therefore
to ignore this most central factor is to be lead way off course in identifying what is truly happening around the world.
The ultimate absolute central world reality is the age old struggle of good vs. evil: God vs. Satan. This battle has
been constantly played out on the personal, family, society, regional, national and world stages throughout all of
history. Several centuries ago the Vatican (Catholic Church) ruled most of the world. At one point England was the
center of the universe. Royal families and emperors came and went. There was even a time when the known world was
ruled by Viking Empire, the Mongol empire, and so forth. Today the ―center of the universe‖ so to speak has been
located in the United States Inc, the real Zionist emperors of the current universe have studied history well and have
learned to rule by proxy, thus making it extremely difficult for anyone to identify, let alone try and de-throne them.
So what, do you think? God and Satan stopped their battles after the bible was written? And we have since then been
living in some sort of twilight zone? What we have witnessed on a world level is a history and reality of the peoples
who party hardy, live life as they wish oblivious to the most important central elements of existence. What have God &
Satan been up to since that last famous book was written? I am here to give you the Rosetta stone. All of known history
has been a biblical battle being conducted right before everyone‘s eyes, yet very few people even realize that it‘s
happening all around them. Hence the biblical saying ―thou you have eyes you are blind.‖
The people and nations, the "players" always change but the story is always the same: the elite, rulers running the
show, knowingly or unknowingly channeling the wishes of their master, Lucifer. Bent on world conquest, trying their
best to subjugate, conquer and control everything and everyone (while the meek and humble honest citizens eat shit,
suffer and die), they prey on the poor, evil rulers fighting amongst themselves for more, more, more in an insatiable
lust for power and control. Conquer or be conquered. Divide or be divided. The principal national empire that is
currently being used by the Learned Elders ruling elite at this point in time might be the good ole U.S. of A. Inc, but
let it be known that it is ruled in proxy by outsiders...
Jesus once said "you are ALL of your father the devil"... wow... harsh and shocking words. This sentence bugged me
for years. He has repeatedly indicated that this world is run by the devil. This is not only true, it is easily explained.
Quite simply this has been accomplished by infiltrating the minds and thoughts of leaders. Just as Satan tempted Jesus
on the mount and offered him everything he could see, so it has been with ALL of the filthy rich and world leaders,
weather they realized it or not, they all at one point or another faced a similar temptation situation where they were
faced with and made a conscience decision to proceed on that path of temptation, their lust for wealth, power, fame
having by default determined their affiliation. From that point forward, their actions where indirectly being
coordinated and controlled by a greater common force. They CHANNEL the wishes of "their father" the devil in
quest to achieve their dreams, their actions, whether they willing know of it or not are thus elementally those ―of their
father.‖ Hence the reappearing reasoning amongst researchers coming up with the conclusion that there exists some
ultra secret group coordinating the elites of the world towards world domination. The devil constantly tries to oppress
man, he wants to make mankind suffer and his ultimate goal is total enslavement of mankind.
Behold: for is it no wonder that this is also the exact same modus operandi of the New World Order elite, for they
fulfill the desires of the one they worship…
The assumption that there has always existed some sort of ultra powerful secret cartel that has existed for thousands of
years might be a far off fantasy. Though this is true in many ways (the Jewish people have been pursuing their
―promised lands‖ and world rule that was promised them for centuries). But for, let‘s say a physical entity such as
Council on Foreign Relations, Bildebergers, Trilateral Commission, Club of Rome, U.N. or whoever to coordinate
worldwide domination in all areas such as medicine, military, media, finance, etc throughout all of history is highly
unlikely due to the fact that they just appeared on the world stage within our lifetime. But then again they sure do work
very hard to accomplish just that!
In actuality these organizations and many others are mere INSTRUMENTS of the zenith Learned Elders ruling
elite (whom comprise the peak of the pyramid) for gathering world power players under manageable umbrellas, based
on common grounds of their elite leadership status. From here the true elite rulers go forth coordinating, orchestrating
and strategically guiding the energies and actions of the members of the organizations to fulfill the hidden agendas of
the TRUE Learned Elders. And there IS one single supreme master ruling elite in charge of all ruling elite…
I hereby proclaim that the MASTERMIND orchestrating all the separate sectors of the ruling elite Matrix is
none other than Lucifer, the devil himself. Lucifer is their ultimate leader who sits at the top of the pyramid guiding
their actions, he is an immortal entity, an ex-arch angel of light that lives beyond the generations of man, thus we
witness the uncanny continuity of the ruling elite agendas that spans thousands of years.
The devotees closest to his essence, are the ones who have become his perfect subjects such as occultist ritual
practicing Zionists, skull & bones, Masons and others who perform direct occult worship to him (whether or not they
actually realize it or not that it is actually HIM, Lucifer the devil who they are worshiping). These people become
ideal vessels for his spirit to thrive in, ideal channelers for his will to be carried out here on earth in real
physical form. Every one of them sold their souls and do so every day in the process of achieving their quest for
attaining riches, power and fame. It is written that money is the root of all evil, yet it goes in one ear and out the other.
The interesting phenomena are that very few of the people whom have sold their souls for riches, fame, sex and power
DON‘T EVEN KNOW IT. They live what externally seem to be ordinary lives, some even visit buildings called
synagogues and churches, everything on the outside seems and looks just hunky dory, life is good.
Not all the elite leaders from around the world are sinister evil psychotic people who sit in a dungeon when away from
the public spotlight, looking for ways to plunge the planet into complete darkness. Some if not most, actually believe
that they are righteous in their own minds. Therefore it is very important to understand that most people have no
clue what spirits they are hosts to and are channeling in their daily lives. One common denominator among the
ruling elite is that they have COMMON GOALS ( for instance, one of their common goals is ―Globalization,‖
translated into layman‘s terms: New World Order). Goals are basically the same as ―the end results.‖ Thus in their
world ―THE ENDS JUSTIFY THE MEANS.‖
This saying is the KEY and right on target when trying to understand the logic and rational behind the Learned Elders
ruling elite mentality. Most if not all their strategic decisions are based on achieving their ultimate goals. Even
knowing that their actions, policies and so forth, cause so much pain and suffering on the sheeple, this changes nothing
in their hearts and minds, because ―they know‖ the ends justify the means. What higher justification than to believe
that your mission in life is to fulfill the biblical prophesies of the ages and establish a world government, as has been
promised to your people in the Holy Scriptures by none other than GOD!
Behold: for now you can understand how the elite can easily blow off the masses and justify countless atrocities, all in
the name of believing to do the will of their god… that and a firm belief that the ends justify the means.
HOW TO CONTROL PEOPLE

by Charley Reese
The difference between true education and vocational training has been cleverly blurred. Here are a few tips on
how smart people can control other people. If any of this rings a bell - Well, then wake up!
The first principle of people control is not to let them know you are controlling them. If people knew, this
knowledge will breed resentment and possibly rebellion, which would then require brute force and terror, and old
fashioned, expensive and not 100 % certain method of control.
It is easier than you think to control people indirectly, to manipulate them into thinking what you want
them to think and doing what you want them to do.
One basic technique is to keep them ignorant. Educated people are not as easy to manipulate. Abolishing public
education or restricting access to education would be the direct approach. That would spill the beans. The indirect
approach is to control the education they receive. [and make it extremely expensive to go to a good college,
thus eliminating the millions of poor working class herds]
It's possible to be a Ph.D., doctor, lawyer, businessman, journalist, or an accountant, just to name a few examples,
and at the same time be an uneducated person. The difference between true education and vocational training has
been cleverly blurred in our time so that we have people successfully practicing their vocations while at the same
time being totally ignorant of the larger issues of the world in which they live.
The most obvious symptom is their absence of original thought. Ask them a question and they will end up
reciting what someone else thinks or (what they were taught) thought the answer was. What do they think
Well, they never thought about it. Their education consisted of learning how to use the library and cite
sources.
That greatly simplifies things for the controller because with lots of money, university endowments,
foundations, grants, and ownership of media, it is relatively easy to control who they will think of as
authorities to cite in lieu of doing their own thinking.
Another technique is to keep them entertained. Roman emperors did not stage circuses and gladiator contests
because they didn't have television. We have television because we don't have circuses and gladiator events. Either
way, the purpose is to keep the people's minds focused on entertainment, sports, and peripheral political
issues. This way you won't have to worry that they will ever figure out the real issues that allow you to
control them.
Just as a truly educated person is difficult to control, so too is an economically independent person.
Therefore, you want to create conditions that will produce people who work for wages, since wage earners have
little control over their economic destiny. You'll also want to control the monetary, credit, and banking systems.
This will allow you to inflate the currency and make it next to impossible for wage earners to accumulate capital.
You can also cause periodic deflation to collapse the family businesses, family farms, and entrepreneurs, including
independent community banks.
To keep trade unions under control, you just promote a scheme that allows you to shift production jobs out of the
country and bring back the products as imports (it is called free trade). This way you will end up with no unions or
docile unions.
Another technique is to buy both political parties so that after a while people will feel that no matter whether they
vote for Candidate A or Candidate B, they will get the same policies. This will create great apathy and a belief that
the political process is useless for effecting real change.
Pretty soon you will have a population that feels completely helpless, and thinks the bad things happening to
them are nobody in particular's fault, just a result of global forces or evolution or some other disembodied
abstract concept. If necessary, you can offer scapegoats.
Then you can bleed them dry without having to worry overly much that one of them will sneak into your house
one night and cut your throat. If you do it right, they won't even know whose throat they are cutting.
Due to the nature of the evidence, facts and truths we will be revealing in this matrix report, it was very important that
we establish and reveal the TRUE nature and background of the alleged ―Jewish‖ people that make up the vast
majority of the Zionist faction. For as you will see, a vast majority of the key players, the movers and shakers, the
Learned Elders ―ruling elite‖ surnames are ―Jewish.‖ Those who pay attention cannot go a single day without noticing
the Jewish surnames involved in every important and/or impactful activity and aspect of society. Their names appear
everywhere, producers of movies, TV, radio, finance, media, law, politics, business… everywhere, as the dominant
movers and shakers.
As much as I hate to believe that there is in fact one family that stands out as the one most powerful the world over, I
have no choice but to admit that yes, one family does exist in several generations that has wielded immeasurable,
enormous, absolute wealth and power. That family is none other than the Rothschilds. No research into the ―illuminati‖
and ruling elite is complete, no matter what direction you investigate from, without all roads leading to or passing by
the House of Rothschild. But remember, the Rothschilds are just ONE of the ―13 ruling bloodlines‖ families.
I really don‘t want to rehash the same ole, same ole research others have revealed definitive proof of, over and over
again. So let me just sum up a couple key observations. First of all, it seems that the Rothschilds are THE
―godfather‖ Zionist Jew power family of the Learned Elders. They consolidated into a world level powerhouse
beginning from the time of Napoleon‘s wars. Five brothers eventually built THE most powerful banks in their
respective countries: England, France, Germany, Italy and Austria (the real beginning of the European Union and the
Euro). By 1815 they took over the central Bank of England. They merged and or founded central banks throughout
Europe. Since then, they have amassed insane fortunes literally in the trillions of dollars, of course no one has been
able to quantify for no one has the authority to audit them. These central banks have also been central to the creation of
the European Union.
The Rothschild families are the head of the Zionist cartel that literally owns/controls most if not all the central
banks in the world. After conquering the European financial world, the Rothschild‘s focused their attention to
America, after several tries, with the help of their American representatives, their lieutenants: J.P. Morgan, Warburg,
Schiff and Rockefellers, they finally established a Rothschild Cartel controlled central bank commonly referred to
as the Federal Reserve Bank of America. Oh by the way, J.P. Morgan was truly just a Rothschild surrogate, when he
died they found out that he only owned a small portion of his empire, I believe it was something like just 16%, not only
that, upon his death his estate was valued at just around $60-80 million, guess who really owned his empire. The
Rothschild‘s were also the main financial backers and the power behind the power of the Rockefeller, Harriman and
Carnegie empires. Since their golden days in the 1800s the Rothschild‘s have shunned the limelight and become
masters of operating their empire in total secrecy through and behind a wide variety of FRONTS. Legal, well
known corporations, organizations, institutions, banks and so forth, yes, ―fronts‖ for all intents and purposes for they
are mere instruments of these rulers.
Rothschild control over banking world is varied and wide spread, besides owning their private Rothschild brand mega
banks in several countries they also run many other banks through their family members. For instance Barclays (the
fourth largest bank in the world) Chairman is Marcus Agius who has a close involvement with the Rothschild family
estate, married daughter of Edmund de Rothschild, he is therefore, in the eyes of Zionist Jews an official Rothschild.
Early in the 19th century the Pope came to the Rothschilds to borrow money. Just as every sovereignty that allowed
these private bankers to manage their capital eventually found out, they awaken one day to find out they are no longer
in control of their own universe. The Rothschilds took control of the Vatican/Catholic Church worldwide financial
operations in 1823. The Jewish Encyclopedia Vol. 2, p.497states: ―It is a somewhat curious sequel to the attempt to set
up a Catholic competitor to the Rothschilds that at the present time (1905) the latter are the guardians of the papal
treasure." The banksters by default become the ―masters‖ of the masters.
If the Pope wants to go out and buy a gallon of milk, he must first check to see if he can by his master who controls his
pocket book. Get it? I know this analogy is overly simplified. So if the master in charge feels like it, he can say ―no,
forget it, you are punished because you didn‘t do your assigned chores.‖ Thus the true master behind the master can
pull the strings in whatever direction he so wishes. And as many nations have found out, the moment you even think of
trying to break that subservient debtor relationship with your ruling financial masters, financial turmoil and even ruin
awaits your entire nation right around the corner, and if the breakup is severe enough, the master will make sure that
nation WILL get invaded by another nation for one reason or another... that‘s how the shake down works on the world
level. That is the true hidden hand sheer POWER of the financial rulers.
Each country, one by one fell to the allure of the financial titans, only to later become enslaved by DEBT just as
individuals who are in hock up to their eyeballs to the loan shark banks. In some circles it‘s called ―they got ya by the
balls.‖ This is nothing new either for even the Bible that was written thousands of years ago warned: ―The rich ruleth
over the poor, and the borrower is servant to the lender.‖ Proverbs 22:7 Behold: For when I state that you are all
enslaved by the banksters, I literally mean it.
While on the topic of loan sharks, I remember the time when it used to be ILLEGAL to charge obscene ―loan shark‖
interest rates of 20% - 30% or more. Leave it to the ever creative and ingenious banksters shylocks to weasel their way
around, legitimize loan sharking rates and put the illegal black market loan sharks OUT OF BUSINESS! Today no one
so much as bats an eye lid at ―normal‖ 29% credit card interest rates. Now that is unadulterated bad ass gangsterism in
action! That‘s why we refer to them as the ―banksters.‖ Hollywood mobsters can‘t touch the bad assness of the
financial world‘s cold calculating gangsters, the all powerful banksters. For these gangsters don‘t need getaway cars
when they rob you or a bank, THEY OWN THEM and just (figuratively) slap you upside your face and boldly take
the money out of your pocket! You even allow them to hold all your money, pay them fees and then let them LEND
YOUR MONEY BACK TO YOU AT INTEREST! You bow in deep respect as you regularly write them checks. Now
THAT is bad ass banksterism ―gansta‖ style.
With that very rudimentary summary of the Rothschild lead banking empire laid out. One must fully understand that
the ―illuminati Learned Elders elite‖ consists of several grand master families. I believe the number is 13, of satanic
ruling ―bloodlines.‖ Of whom they attribute themselves to be of the ―lost tribes of Israel.‖ Fritz Springmeir‘s research
lead to his publication of ―13 Bloodlines of the Illuminati.‖(At the moment of this writing I havn‘t yet researched those
claims for the accuracy of each of the families, to verify will easily take months on end) What is important here is the
fact that the ruling families as in the ruling empires are the ones that coordinate activities and agendas in their part of
the globe, and yes they work in perfect unity with one another through their stealth NETWORKS, behind the scenes
coordinating massive logistics of leading word affairs and business in line with their wishes.
There is one very famous ruling family that has been at the pinnacle of American affairs but few people ever
understood their true origins and connections. The Rothschild‘s counterpart here in America has been the Rockefellers.
This family has operated almost in mirror image to the Rothschild‘s in almost every monopolistic fashion right down
to the five brothers who would rule the empire. Even to this day they profess to being just ordinary run of the mill
millionaires while they still manage the most powerful fortune on this side of the Atlantic. Yes Forbes and auditors will
tell you that the Rockefeller fortune has ―dissipated,‖ sure it did, with an estimated net worth of $318 billion back in
the 1930s (note that even for today‘s billionaires this figure is astronomical and unheard of), instead of increasing and
growing, it ―dissipated.‖ Yeah right. (BTW, can you even fathom the family fortune of the Rothschild‘s who were light
years and billions of dollars ahead of the Rockefellers?)
The Rockefeller fortune WENT UNDERGROUND… it was strategically disseminated into a countless secret
trusts, ―philanthropies‖ and foundations where only they know what is where, many of those funds are today being
managed by Zionist money managers. The fact is even to this day they own over 100 mansions, some of which are
grand palaces that kings would envy. It has also been documented that they have somewhere around 2,500 servants
employees just taking care of properties and personal needs. Oh, nothing to see here folks, we are just run of the mill
golly gee whiz average rich people who don‘t even make it on Forbes wealthiest list anymore. But that is not the point
I want to focus upon here. Hundreds of books have been written about the House of Rothefeller so I won‘t even bother
rehashing what can be easily found by those who seek to find. I am just here to rip apart decades of smoke and mirrors,
lies and deceit. I only care about the truth. By the way, did you know that there was a crucial secret missing link about
their family?:
THE ROCKEFELLER FAMILY: The Rothafellers…

SECRET CRYPTO JEWS!
A book overlooked by most people and published for sale mainly within the Jewish community states that the
Rockefellers are Jews of Sephardic descent (meaning Spanish and Portuguese Jews). The book is entitled "The
Grandees - America's Sephardic Elite." The author is Stephen Birmingham, who is recognized by the Jewish
community as an expert on Jewish history.
The publisher of "The Grandees" is the Jewish owned publishing firm of "Harper and Row" of New York City.
Mr. Birmingham also wrote the book "Our Crowd" about the family background of America's wealthiest and
most successful Jews. Both books have been hailed by Jewish publications as first class works in the
documentation of Jewish history.
In "The Grandees" Stephen Birmingham reveals the existence of a very rare book which was published only
for Jews some years ago. The work was published only for Jews some years ago. The work was compiled by the
Jewish historian Malcolm H. Stern and entitled "Americans of Jewish Decent." That book weighed 10 pounds
and gave the history of 25,000 Jewish individuals in America. It is extremely interesting to note that only 550
copies of the book were printed and each copy was consecutively numbered. The book was delivered to the top
Jewish community leaders in America for their personal reference files in dealing with and contacting Jews who
are "Marranos" (those Jews who "PRETEND" to be Christians in their community but secretly hold to
their Jewish faith and race when among their own kind).
Mr. Birmingham in "The Grandees" reports: "Who would expect to find the Rockefellers in the book." Stern's
work traces what he calls the "Nobility of Jewry - the Sephardim who lived in Spain and Portugal as princes of
the land." Many centuries ago the Jews flooded into Spain in great numbers and through usury and stealth
became vast land owners. The Jews controlled both Spain and Portugal through their monopoly over the
finances of the country.
It was in 1492 that King Ferdinand and Queen Isabella of Spain expelled the Jews from their country and
confiscated their ill-gotten wealth. It was during this period that the Rockefeller family moved to the Turkish
Empire which welcomed the Jews at that time, believing them to be a "poor persecuted people."
The grandfather of our former Vice-President Nelson Rockefeller, admitted that his family once moved from
Turkey to France. It was from France that they moved to America. John D. Rockefeller, Sr., was a wealthy man
even before he took over Standard Oil Co., which made their family one of the richest in the world. No one has
ever explained how this family came into such wealth as soon as they arrived in America from France.
There is no known information on how the Rockefellers came into huge amounts of money in France. Some
claim they got their money from the Rothschilds and were originally their agents in buying up Christian
businesses in America. "Marranos" are Jews who "PRETEND" to convert to Christianity so as to deceive
Christians in their business dealings, but secretly continued to practice Judaism in private rituals. For this
reason, a Marrano family like the Rockefellers would make the perfect tool for the Rothschilds of France who
have for centuries used secret agents to carry on their work.
"The Thunderbolt" was the first publication to bring Vice-President Nelson Rockefeller's Jewish ancestry to
public attention. This information finally explains why he has always been able to work so closely with Jewish
interests and why his administration as governor of New York was loaded down with Jews from top to bottom.
His political campaigns of the past were always directed by Jews and he was always the support of the Jewish
community in all of his political races.
Normally the Jews would not support a Christian multi-millionaire for political office because they would be
afraid they could not control him after the election. The fact that Jewish community leaders have long known
that the Rockefellers were fellow Jews goes a long way in explaining why the organized Jewish community has
always supported the Rockefeller's political ambitions. Now we can see why Nelson and David Rockefeller
boosted his fellow Jew Henry Kissinger into the Nixon administration and Kissinger in turn has used his position
to bring his fellow Jew Rockefeller into power. (source www.israelect.com)
You must also understand that the ruling elite operate out of THREE main power centers on earth. Each of these
function as their own sovereignty within a host nation. These three sovereign nations within nations together invisibly
rule over the lands as a TRINITY matrix. Each of these sovereign nations within nations has a hidden purpose. They
were all carefully planned, built and enclosed within a giant RING. Quickly look at Google maps to see for yourself.
You will also find massive Egyptan Oblisk at the center of each one of these sovereign city states. Each of these
sovereignties has a purpose and mission of organization, control and providing world leadership within their respective
realms in the grand scheme of things:
In Europe that sovereign nation within the nation is the City of London, often billed as ―the wealthiest square mile on
the planet.‖ I won‘t even try to explain the convoluted details, but City of London is a private corporation and its own
sovereignty within the country of England. The undisputed ruling entity in the City of London is none other than the
House of Rothschild, who each year since 1820 has personally appointed the Lord Mayer of the city. The City of
London is actually the central headquarters of the world elite, so please note the fact that it‘s not in America as
some people believe. Get this, even the Queen of England has no jurisdiction there, she BOWS in the presence of the
bankster Learned Elders ruling elite. But even though the City of London is its own sovereignty, England‘s entire
military and infrastructure are at its service. Go figure just HOW they manage to make all kinds of deals like that. The
power of the ―Crown‖ lays solely within the sovereign city/state of London and not the royal family as is commonly
taught to the ordinary peasants. London is the financial headquarters of the Matrix from which they lead from.
The second sovereignty is the State of the Vatican City. The Latin word ―Vatican‖ means ―divining serpent‖ (see Papal
Crest Dragon): ―The word ‗Vatican‘ literally means ‗Divining Serpent,‘ and is derived from Vatis=Diviner and
Can=Serpent. Vatican City and St. Peter‘s Basilica were built on the ancient pagan site called in Latin vaticanus mons
or vaticanus collis, which means hill or mountain of prophecy. There exists tons of information about this sovereign
state, and it is all hidden in out in the open, plain sight. No one disputes the fact that it is its own sovereignty. What is
not well known is that the Vatican lost ruling control after the Rothschild coup of taking control of their banking and
soon after that the Vatican was invaded and the Pope jailed for several years until they accepted the rule of their new
masters. Crypto Zionist Jews labored for years on end infiltrating the diocese, mainly through the Jesuit order they
established. They also keep the Vatican under control with extortion and blackmail. Today the Vatican wields ZERO
real world powers, for over the centuries they have foolishly discarded any type of holiness they might have had
through colossal corruption and decay. The Zionists use the Vatican as an extended base to control the masses via their
religion. The Catholic Church was often purpously publically humiliated and powerless in retribution for all the
atrocities that the conducted on the Jewish people over the centuries. It was payback time and the Jews conqured their
captors. The Vatican is used as the religion headquarters of the Matrix from which they lead from.
The third sovereignty is even harder to swallow: Washington DC, the District of Columbia is another private
corporation, its own sovereignty. (Let‘s see if I can get this right, don‘t feel like digging through tons of paper at the
moment) Incorporated as UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, whereas the country of America is called the United
States of America. Whatever the case may be, the point is that when you dig deep enough and research this topic you
will find that yes Washington DC is not only its own sovereignty, it took control of the rest of the country while it was
at it. In the very same nature the way the City of London operates, so it is with the District of Columbia. Washington
DC is the military headquarters of the Matrix from which they lead from.
The key here is THE LAW. If you don‘t have an advanced Ph.D. in Civil Law, Uniform Commercial Code and
Admiralty Law, you would never understand diddly. Most laws of the land are based on ancient Roman Empire's
Gregorian Codex – a collection of constitutions upon which a substantial part of most modern European (and U.S.)
civil law systems are built. To sum it up though, the LAWYERS are the snakes that created this beast that has taken
over the original being that used to exist. Everything is hidden under legalese. Is it no wonder that the one most
important prerequisite to obtaining public office is a LAW DEGREE? The devil is in the details, literally. Oh, and what
entity took full control in designing and building the District of Columbia? The Freemasons. The Masonic order,
whose highest level members practices the occult Jewish Kabbalah. So Washington DC was a product of the Masons
who are ultimately controlled by the Zionists.
There you have it; these are the ―unholy trinity‖, the three power centers of the world elite. (I‘m not sure, I have yet to
check this lead, but I believe that if there is also an Asian power center in the making or already online) It is from these
power centers that they run their new world order show.
After studying the research of truth scholars in this area, the research often lead to not one, but THREE ultimate
ruling factions: The Zionists/Mason vs. Vatican/Jesuit vs. Royalty/Nobility. After several years of digging, I have
concluded beyond a shadow of a doubt that today, only one is the true master and all others are subservient.
"...the world is governed by very different personages from what is imagined by those who are not behind the
scenes..." -Benjamin "The Marrano" Disraeli to the British House of Commons, 1852
1. Zionists & their No.1 main subsidiary, the Masonic Order:

Whose motto is ―Order Out of Chaos‖ (stop and truly digest the depth and breadth of that motto. In real world use it is
applied as: purposely engineered perpetual states of premeditated, controlled chaos for the purpose of coming forth
with readily widely accepted solutions they then offer. This tactic is often referred to as the problem - reaction –
solution stratagem):
―The Enemies of Order Strategy: "Managed Conflict": And how does this Freemasonic sect push forward
their pre-planned New World Order agenda ... how does it work? By using "managed conflict" or "crisis
management" a crisis or problem is produced. Then, the crisis is "managed" and the problem is "solved"
with an outcome that is invariably favorable to the goals and agendas of the Judeo-Masonic Global Power
Elite.‖ [Hence the term Problem – Reaction – Solution paradigm]
First I would like to point out that all Jews are NOT Zionists. As a matter of fact many traditional Jews have deep
seated hatred for the Zionist faction. There exists a massive Jewish movement against the Zionist cartel. Zionists are a
cartel of wealthy elite powerful people and non Jewish linage who believe that they are the "chosen nation" of God to
rule the earth and have been working throughout centuries to accomplish their "God given mandate". In their quest to
attain this elusive goal they even martyr their own, setting up and blaming the slaughters on others in order to gain ever
more sympathy and cart Blanche never questioning circumvention of scrutiny, analysis, critique and investigation over
their activities.
The Zionists are the single entity responsible for getting the United Nations to approve the setup the illegal Zionist
state of Israel (an important phase in the master plan). The Zionist faction has held massive power for eons due to its
amazing talents in the field of dominating and manipulating MONEY, finance, capital, investments. Hence the age old
truism: The ―Golden Rule‖ He who has all the gold makes all the rules. He who controls the money ultimately
controls the rules and calls the shots. Behold for: At the head of virtually EVERY single major bank and or financial
institution is a Zionist Jew owning, controlling and or running the show from the background. Go ahead call me silly
names and scream: anti-Semite self hating Jew! Heap tons of curses on me and ridicule me because there exists NO
BETTER REPRISAL. No one can sanely refute this TRUTH.
Do your own homework, use Google and Wikipedia, search the names of the people who founded and or running all
the major finance organizations yourself. Et al, De Beers who have monopoly controlled the diamond & precious
metals markets like an iron fist= Jews. Federal Reserve chairmen and directors? All= Jews. IMF= Jews, World Bank=
Jews, Bank of International Settlements= Jews, half of the top Wallstreet investment houses= Jews, etc., etc., etc.
While you are at it, Google and Wikipedia the names of many key members running our country, intelligence and
military... you will be surprised! The list is just mind boggling and undeniable. From the days of the Rothschilds, the
Zionist Jews have developed an undisputed iron fist control over the world‘s monetary system and all media.
Lastly but not least, I would like to add the fact that: Any so called researcher that fails to acknowledge that the
Zionist faction is THE (or at least central complicit) single most ruling entity of elite secretive powers is either a
SHILL, a bogus plant double agent (with the mission of spreading misinformation and laying false leads) or really has
no clue what the fuck he is talking about, go back to the drawing board, dig deeper and re-analyze everything. You
must never forget that the Zionists have multi-billion dollar information disinformation (mass media) apparatus
at work 24/7, complete with departments staffed with bury brigades and shills, who claim to be unbiased reporters,
commentators, "truthers" whose main purpose is to lead people down the wrong path of information, diverging
attention away from the involvement and complicity of their Zionist masters.
The most inner core secret of the ―illuminati‖ (or whatever you wish to call the ―ruling elite‖ entities, the Zionists, top
level Masons, Jesuits, Skull & Bones level fraternities, Bohemian Grove, related secret societies, etc., etc. who are
ALL part of the ―illuminati‖ system), is the integral, all pervasive common denominator of practicing the occult arts,
from ―benign‖ New Ageism to Theosophy to the Kabbalah all the way to direct Luciferian worship. You cannot
just blow off the importance of this integral aspect inner secret workings of these people, for this reveals their true
nature. For in their becoming ―one‖ with their master by worshiping him and offering up sacrifices and all sorts of
other rituals they become perfect channelers of those spirits they worship. They become perfect vessels for the evil
spirits to dwell among them and act their wishes through them.
Suffice to summarize that these people (as with all other evil ruling elite in the history of mankind) directly or
indirectly worship their lord and master, their god LUCIFER in one form or another, and his spirit dwells with
them and collectively guides their actions, thereby establishing an incredible unity and oneness of their deeds with the
will of Lucifer, his plans and wishes. We therefore witness the worldwide cohesive results of said union in action
throughout the world as we look around and witness wide spread yet unperceived oppression, enslavement, the sheer
devastation and destruction trail they leave where ever they ―conduct business‖, we see it in all forms of division,
corporate greed, hate, apathy, pollution, famine, moral decay, corruption, war and destruction of the planet and so
forth.
"The Jewish connection with modern Freemasonry is an established fact everywhere manifested in its history.
The Jewish formulas employed by Freemasonry, the Jewish traditions which run through its ceremonial, point
to a Jewish origin, or to the work of Jewish contrivers. ...Who knows but behind the Atheism and desire of
gain which impels them to urge on "Christians" to persecute the Church and destroy it, there lies a hidden
hope to reconstruct their Temple, and in the darkest depths of secret society plotting there lurks a deeper
society still which looks to a return to the land of Judah and to the rebuilding of the Temple of Jerusalem?"
-Mgr. Dillon, The War of Antichrist With The Church And Christian Civilization, 1885 A.D.
BEHOLD, For this has been THE central part of history that every history book, scholar and researcher on the
planet overlooks. For there exists only one history book that delves into this realm and describes the ongoing wars for
the ultimate control of man, and the title of that history book is: ―The Bible‖ for it is the only work that delves into the
root causes of todays condition. Never, ever forget these words, for it is written: ―know thy enemy.‖ To identify and
reveal the hidden enemy is half the battle. We are either part of the problem or part of the solution…
About Albert Pike

Albert Pike was born on December 29, 1809, in Boston, and was the oldest of six children
born to Benjamin and Sarah Andrews Pike. He studied at Harvard, and later served as a
Brigadier-General in the Confederate Army. After the Civil War, Pike was found guilty of
treason and jailed, only to be pardoned by fellow Freemason President Andrew Johnson on
April 22, 1866, who met with him the next day at the White House. On June 20, 1867,
Scottish Rite officials conferred upon Johnson the 4th to 32nd Freemasonry degrees, and he
later went to Boston to dedicate a Masonic Temple.
Pike was said to be a genius, able to read and write in 16 different languages, although I
cannot find a record anywhere of what those languages were. In addition, he is widely
accused of plagiarism, so take with a pinch of salt. At various stages of his life we was a poet, philosopher,
frontiersman, soldier, humanitarian and philanthropist. A 33rd degree Mason, he was one of the founding fathers,
and head of the Ancient Accepted Scottish Rite of Freemasonry, being the Grand Commander of North American
Freemasonry from 1859 and retained that position until his death in 1891. In 1869, he was a top leader in the
Knights of the Ku Klux Klan.
Incidentally, Freemasonry itself is a fascinating subject and I could devote an entire website to it. Simon Gray, a
Freemason, has compiled a stunning amount of information on Freemasonry that I recommend for anyone who
wants to learn more about it.
Pike was said to be a Satanist, who indulged in the occult, and he apparently possessed a bracelet which he used to
summon Lucifer, with whom he had constant communication. He was the Grand Master of a Luciferian group
known as the Order of the Palladium (or Sovereign Council of Wisdom), which had been founded in Paris in 1737.
Palladism had been brought to Greece from Egypt by Pythagoras in the fifth century, and it was this cult of Satan
that was introduced to the inner circle of the Masonic lodges. It was aligned with the Palladium of the Templars. In
1801, Issac Long, a Jew, brought a statue of Baphomet (Satan) to Charleston, South Carolina, where he helped to
establish the Ancient and Accepted Scottish Rite. Long apparently chose Charleston because it was geographically
located on the 33rd parallel of latitude (incidentally, so is Baghdad), and this council is considered to be the
Mother Supreme Council of all Masonic Lodges of the World.
Pike was Long's successor, and he changed the name of the Order to the New and Reformed Palladian Rite (or
Reformed Palladium). The Order contained two degrees:
 Adelph (or Brother), and

 Companion of Ulysses (or Companion of Penelope).
Pike's right-hand man was Phileas Walder, from Switzerland, who was a former Lutheran minister, a Masonic
leader, occultist, and spiritualist. Pike also worked closely with Giusseppe Mazzini of Italy (1805-1872) who was a
33rd degree Mason, who became head of the Illuminati in 1834, and who founded the Mafia in 1860. Together
with Mazzini, Lord Henry Palmerston of England (1784-1865, 33rd degree Mason), and Otto von Bismarck from
Germany (1815-1898, 33rd degree Mason), Albert Pike intended to use the Palladian Rite to create a Satanic
umbrella group that would tie all Masonic groups together.
Albert Pike died on April 2, 1891, and was buried in Oak Hill Cemetery, although the corpse of Pike currently lies
in the headquarters of the Council of the 33rd degree of the Scottish Rite of Freemasonry in Washington, D.C.
(see The Deadly Deception, by Jim Shaw - former 33rd degree Mason and Past Master of all Scottish Rite bodies.)
The Albert Pike Monument
Albert Pike made his mark before the war in Arkansas as a lawyer and writer, but as a Confederate Brigadier
General, he was, according to the Arkansas Democrat of July 31, 1978, a complete "WASH-OUT," not a hero.
Yet, Gen. Albert Pike is the only Confederate general with a statue on federal property in Washington, DC. He was
honoured, not as a commander or even as a lawyer, but as Southern regional leader of the Scottish Rite of
Freemasonry. The statue stands on a pedestal near the foot of Capitol Hill, between the Department of Labor
building and the Municipal Building, between 3rd and 4th Streets, on D Street, NW. More background on the
colorful history of the statue can be found at the Masonic Info website. During the 1992 presidential campaign,
Lyndon H. LaRouche and his vice presidential running mate, the Reverend James Bevel, launched a mobilization
to remove the statue of General Albert Pike from Washington, D.C.'s Judiciary Square. On February 1, the
campaign drew an angry attack from freemasonic leader C. Fred Kleinknecht, who attempted to defend both Pike
and the Ku Klux Klan from LaRouche and Bevel's attack. A speech by Anton Chaitkin entitled 'Why Albert Pike's
Statue Must Fall' can be found here (September 21, 1992).
The Illuminati and Albert Pike
Adam Weishaupt (1748 - 1811) formed the Order of Perfectibilists on May 1, 1776 (to this day celebrated as May
Day throughout many western countries), which later became known as the Illuminati, a secret society whose
name means "Enlightened Ones". Although the Order was founded to provide an opportunity for the free
exchange of ideas, Weishaupt's background as a Jesuit seems to have influenced the actual character of the society,
such that the express aim of this Order became to abolish Christianity, and overturn all civil government.
An Italian revolutionary leader, Giusseppe Mazzini (1805-1872), a 33rd degree Mason, was selected by the
Illuminati to head their worldwide operations in 1834. (Mazzini also founded the Mafia in 1860). Because of
Mazzini's revolutionary activities in Europe, the Bavarian government cracked down on the Illuminati and other
secret societies for allegedly plotting a massive overthrow of Europe's monarchies. As the secrets of the Illuminati
were revealed, they were persecuted and eventually disbanded, only to re-establish themselves in the depths of
other organizations, of which Freemasonry was one.
During his leadership, Mazzini enticed Albert Pike into the (now formally disbanded, but still operating)
Illuminati. Pike was fascinated by the idea of a one world government, and when asked by Mazzini, readily agreed
to write a ritual tome that guided the transition from average high-ranking mason into a top-ranking Illuminati
mason (33rd degree). Since Mazzini also wanted Pike to head the Illuminati's American chapter, he clearly felt
Pike was worthy of such a task. Mazzini's intention was that once a mason had made his way up the Freemason
ladder and proven himself worthy, the highest ranking members would offer membership to the secret 'society
within a society'.
It is for this reason that most Freemasons vehemently deny the evil intentions of their fraternity. Since the vast
majority never reach the 30th degree, they would not be aware of the real purpose behind Masonry. When
instructing Pike how the tome should be developed, Mazzini wrote the following to Pike in a letter dated January
22, 1870. Remember that Freemasonry wasn't started by Pike - rather it was infiltrated by the Illuminati who were
looking for a respectable forum in which to hide their clandestine activities:
"We must allow all the federations to continue just as they are, with their systems, their central authorities and their
diverse modes of correspondence between high grades of the same rite, organized as they are at the present, but we
must create a super rite, which will remain unknown, to which we will call those Masons of high degree whom we
shall select. With regard to our brothers in Masonry, these men must be pledges to the strictest secrecy. Through
this supreme rite, we will govern all Freemasonry which will become the one international center, the more
powerful because its direction will be unknown." 1
In 1871, Pike published the 861 page Masonic handbook known as the Morals and Dogma of the Ancient and
Accepted Scottish Rite of Freemasonry.
After Mazzini's death on March 11, 1872, Pike appointed Adriano Lemmi (1822-1896, 33rd degree Mason), a
banker from Florence, Italy, to run their subversive activities in Europe. Lemmi was a supporter of patriot and
revolutionary Giuseppe Garibaldi, and may have been active in the Luciferian Society founded by Pike. Lemmi, in
turn, was succeeded by Lenin and Trotsky, then by Stalin. The revolutionary activities of all these men were
financed by British, French, German, and American international bankers; all of them dominated by the House of
Rothschild.
Between 1859 and 1871, Pike worked out a military blueprint for three world wars and various revolutions
throughout the world which he considered would forward the conspiracy to its final stage in the 20th Century.
In addition to the Supreme Council in Charleston, South Carolina, Pike established Supreme Councils in Rome,
Italy (led by Mazzini); London, England (led by Palmerston); and Berlin, Germany (led by Bismarck). He set up
23 subordinate councils in strategic places throughout the world, including five Grand Central Directories in
Washington, DC (North America), Montevideo (South America), Naples (Europe), Calcutta (Asia), and Mauritius
(Africa), which were used to gather information. All of these branches have been the secret headquarters for the
Illuminati's activities ever since.
Albert Pike and Three World Wars
Albert Pike received a vision, which he described in a letter that he wrote to Mazzini, dated August 15, 1871. This
letter graphically outlined plans for three world wars that were seen as necessary to bring about the One World
Order, and we can marvel at how accurately it has predicted events that have already taken place.
Pike's Letter to Mazzini
It is a commonly believed fallacy that for a short time, the Pike letter to Mazzini was on display in the British
Museum Library in London, and it was copied by William Guy Carr, former Intelligence Officer in the Royal
Canadian Navy. The British Library has confirmed in writing to me that such a document has never been in their
possession. Furthermore, in Carr's book, Satan, Prince of this World, Carr includes the following footnote:
"The Keeper of Manuscripts recently informed the author that this letter is NOT catalogued in the British Museum
Library. It seems strange that a man of Cardinal Rodriguez's knowledge should have said that it WAS in 1925".
It appears that Carr learned about this letter from Cardinal Caro y Rodriguez of Santiago, Chile, who wrote The
Mystery of Freemasonry Unveiled.
To date, no conclusive proof exists to show that this letter was ever written. Nevertheless, the letter is widely
quoted and the topic of much discussion.
Following are apparently extracts of the letter, showing how Three World Wars have been planned for many
generations.
"The First World War must be brought about in order to permit the Illuminati to overthrow the power of the
Czars in Russia and of making that country a fortress of atheistic Communism. The divergences caused by the
"agentur" (agents) of the Illuminati between the British and Germanic Empires will be used to foment this war. At
the end of the war, Communism will be built and used in order to destroy the other governments and in order to
weaken the religions." 2
Students of history will recognize that the political alliances of England on one side and Germany on the other,
forged between 1871 and 1898 by Otto von Bismarck, co-conspirator of Albert Pike, were instrumental in bringing
about the First World War.
"The Second World War must be fomented by taking advantage of the differences between the Fascists and the
political Zionists. This war must be brought about so that Nazism is destroyed and that the political Zionism be
strong enough to institute a sovereign state of Israel in Palestine. During the Second World War, International
Communism must become strong enough in order to balance Christendom, which would be then restrained and
held in check until the time when we would need it for the final social cataclysm." 3
After this Second World War, Communism was made strong enough to begin taking over weaker governments. In
1945, at the Potsdam Conference between Truman, Churchill, and Stalin, a large portion of Europe was simply
handed over to Russia, and on the other side of the world, the aftermath of the war with Japan helped to sweep the
tide of Communism into China.
(Readers who argue that the terms Nazism and Zionism were not known in 1871 should remember that the
Illuminati invented both these movements. In addition, Communism as an ideology, and as a coined phrase,
originates in France during the Revolution. In 1785, Restif coined the phrase four years before revolution broke
out. Restif and Babeuf, in turn, were influenced by Rousseau - as was the most famous conspirator of them all,
Adam Weishaupt.)
"The Third World War must be fomented by taking advantage of the differences caused by the "agentur" of the
"Illuminati" between the political Zionists and the leaders of Islamic World. The war must be conducted in such a
way that Islam (the Moslem Arabic World) and political Zionism (the State of Israel) mutually destroy each other.
Meanwhile the other nations, once more divided on this issue will be constrained to fight to the point of complete
physical, moral, spiritual and economical exhaustion…We shall unleash the Nihilists and the atheists, and we shall
provoke a formidable social cataclysm which in all its horror will show clearly to the nations the effect of absolute
atheism, origin of savagery and of the most bloody turmoil. Then everywhere, the citizens, obliged to defend
themselves against the world minority of revolutionaries, will exterminate those destroyers of civilization, and the
multitude, disillusioned with Christianity, whose deistic spirits will from that moment be without compass or
direction, anxious for an ideal, but without knowing where to render its adoration, will receive the true light
through the universal manifestation of the pure doctrine of Lucifer, brought finally out in the public view. This
manifestation will result from the general reactionary movement which will follow the destruction of Christianity
and atheism, both conquered and exterminated at the same time." 4
Since the terrorist attacks of Sept 11, 2001, world events, and in particular in the Middle East, show a growing
unrest and instability between Modern Zionism and the Arabic World. This is completely in line with the call for a
Third World War to be fought between the two, and their allies on both sides. This Third World War is still to
come, and recent events show us that it is not far off.
For more on this see http://www.threeworldwars.com
2. The Holy Roman Empire, i.e.: Roman Catholic Church/Vatican,

Jesuits & Knights Orders:
The Old World Order
On the other hand of the ruling spectrum we have the Vatican cabal who we summarize and lump together here in the
Matrix Report as the Vatican (Roman Catholic Church), Jesuits and the Black Pope. Part of this group are the Knights
Orders, whom all still exist today such as Order of St. John of Jerusalem, Sovereign Military Order of Malta,
Knights Hospitaller, Order of the Holy Sepulchre, etc., etc, etc. look them up in Wikipedia, for these ancient Orders
in fact still do exist and even have their own websites! I have no doubt that these exclusive Orders do in fact still wield
vast powers and are in some way participating in the rule of mankind, but the fact remains that he who controls all the
money and the presses (as in all media) calls all the shots. The Jews performed financial/political coup d‘états over
the past 300 years that has essentially rendered all of these groups as subjugated subordinates.
BEHOLD: The Vatican/Roman Catholic Church group represents the OLD WORLD ORDER, the Zionist lead
modern ruling elite matrix is THE NEW WORLD ORDER.
All the research you have encountered relating to the Vatican/Catholic Church, Knights Orders, the Jesuits and the
Black Pope being ―the ruling elite‖ is basically all true. History has documented the supremacy and reign of these
people for centuries. They literally were (as in used to be) THE most powerful ruling elite group on the planet
earth… in their era… until they were infiltrated, subjugated and dominated from within by the more doggedly
determined and cunning Zionist elite via their cunning infiltration of the Vatican by way of the Jesuit Order.
Today they still play vital roles in the ruling of this world, but he who thinks that this once great ruling elite faction are
still the top leaders calling all the shots is misinformed and totally wrong.
The infiltration of the ancient Knights Orders, Jesuits and the imperial Vatican empire that was viewed for centuries as
virtually invincible was able to take root due to one of the very actions of the Roman Catholic Church, most notably
were operations such as the inquisition where they literally went throughout all the lands killing anyone that did not
convert to Roman Catholicism. The Jewish people who throughout the ages having survived many waves of backlash
and assaults on their peoples learned to become a cunning deeply private and secretive cabal. Unlike the Christians
who would readily become martyrs for their beliefs, many Jews outwardly professed conversion to Roman
Catholicism to avoid beheading. Such was the common state of affairs of those days. These cunning Jews have been
recorded in history as ―crypto Jews‖ or ―Marrano Jews‖ due to the fact that even though they professed to have
been converted to Catholicism they continued in secret to adhere to their Jewish teachings, the Talmud and the
kabala. Many of which even went as far as changing their names. Hundreds of thousands of Jews went
―underground‖ became crypto/Marrano Jews and formed elaborate secret networks. This massive group of
crypto Jews where later central in the infiltrating and subjugating of the once invincible Vatican/Roman
Catholic empire and continued the quest to subjugate other organizations, with their eyes fixed firmly on ruling the
world. Their M.O. is always the same: they infiltrate their targets and conquer from within.
The downfall of the era of Vatican/Roman Catholic rule began in earnest around the mid 1700s and their power
officially came to an end in the 1800s. This is well documented by many indicators, two of the most pivitol were the
 Rothschild‘s having managed to secure an amazing financial coup in getting the Vatican to surrender the bulk
of their wealth ―management‖ to them as ―guardians of the papal treasure.‖ The Jewish Ency., vol. 2, p. 497
states, that the Vatican later made a failed attempt to set up a Catholic competitor (1905). It has been
observed throughout history that ―He who controls the gold controls the world.‖ Mayer Amschel Rothschild
proudly boasted "permit me to issue and control the money of a nation and I care not who makes it's laws"
 The nail on the coffin that shown to the world that the era of the Vatican was over came on September 20 th,
1870 when the Vatican was captured by Italy, the pope imprisoned in the Vatican and Rome designated the
capital of the nation.
Of this branch of ruling elite was the famous Knights Templars whom were leaders up until the reign of Jacques de
Molay who was the last Grand Master of the Knights Templars. In 1312AD the Order was dissolved by order of Pope
Clement V.
―Many years after the dissolution of the Knights Templar, the fraternal order of Freemasonry began to emerge
in northern Europe. The Masons developed an elaborate mythos about their Order, and some claimed heritage
from entities in history, ranging from the mystique of the Templars to the builders of Solomon's Temple and
the pyramids. The story of Jacques de Molay's brave defiance of his inquisitors, has been incorporated in
various forms into Masonic lore. Some modern youth groups in Freemasonry are even named after the Grand
Master, such as DeMolay International. The stories of the Templars' secret initiation ceremonies also proved a
tempting source for Masonic writers who were creating new works of pseudohistory. As described by modern
historian Malcolm Barber in The New Knighthood: "It was during the 1760s that German masons introduced
a specific Templar connection, claiming that the Order, through its occupation of the Temple of Solomon, had
been the repository of secret wisdom and magical powers, which James of Molay had handed down to his
successor before his execution and of which the eighteenth-century freemasons were the direct heirs."
Freemasonry originally an offshoot of the ancient Templars was originally part of this category. Even to this day many
Masons claim to belong to one Christian denomination or another. Most Masons are lead to think that Freemasonry is
aligned with the Church. What is totally not understood, even by established masons is that the Zionist illuminati
(crypto Jews) had long ago successfully INFILTRATED and conquered Freemasonry hundreds of years ago.
They successfully hijacked the Masonic order and have been leading it from the top down since the days
Zionist/Jesuit Adam Weishaupt‘s illuminati set out to do just that. The key to easily infiltrating the Masonic orders was
the fact that the higher levels were steeped deep into Luciferian rituals and worship. Elite occult Zionist illuminatists
quickly gained power within the Masons through their superior occult practices and unlimited funds. The top two
levels of Masonry have long since been taken over and become just a satanic occult Kabbalah (ancient Jewish
occultism) practicing division of the Zionist illuminati, yet all the lower levels of Freemasonry have no clue who the
highest degree Masonic leaders are, or what they truly stand for, that is why they refer to them as ―the Hidden
Masters.‖ Yet clues abound, "Satan's thread can be seen by the truly observant." Freemasonry master icon Albert Pike
exposed on the importance of the Jewish Kabbalah in Freemasonry in his book Morals and Dogma.
The Catholic Church (Just like the Zionist Jews) have traditionally believed that God had chosen them to conquer and
rule the world. They tried to do just that for centuries, going forth to all corners of the earth "spreading the gospel",
either peacefully or mostly by force they went forth in conquering in the name of God. In the name of their God they
systematically SLAUGHTERED more millions of people than all other regimes on the planet combined. One needs
look no further than your standard sanctified history books for proof. The Crusades and Inquisitions are just two of
their projects. For the purpose of simplifying things in this report, we will refer to this collective group of Catholics and
Jesuits as ―the Vatican.‖ There is a vast network of secret organizations and ―Orders‖ directly or indirectly connected
to this faction. Others also purport to be from this faction but yet are actually more occult in nature and worship a
different God. Let there be no doubt, this group is fully functioning today and participate in world rule to one
extent or another.
Behold: Let it be perfectly understood that the Vatican/Roman Catholic Church is THE biblical FALSE
PROPHET prophesized as deceiving the kings of the earth. It has been documented over the centuries how the
Catholic Church went bezerk drifting far away from the teachings of Christ, even going as far as FORBIDDING its
followers from even reading the bible and that no man can go to heaven if not by the grace of his holiness a Catholic
priest. The decadent, immoral, blasphemous, adulterous, sinister deeds of the Church and many of its priests have been
well documented by regular historians throughout the ages all the way up to today where their immense pedofile abuse
has been rampant in almost everywhere they are around the globe. History has proven that the corruption of the
Catholic Church has been monumental and deeply embedded to its very core.
Why do you think the entire Protestant revolution began? This is NOT blasphemy or silly conspiracy ―theory‖ this is
just the plain unadulterated sad certifiable, verifiable FACTS and truth. For more info about the false prophet Catholic
Church that leads the world astray see the chapter called ―The Religion Matrix‖ within this research report. Let there
be no doubt that the Catholic Church/Vatican had long ago sold its soul to the devil and has been its agent and
false prophet throughout most of its known history thus resulting in the Protestant revolution among others.
Today though still a major (though hollo) force, the Vatican/Catholic Church is essentially just an agent of their
Luciferian Zionist masters whom they bow to on a daily basis.
You must sit down and try to fully understand the significance and colossal magnitude of the revelation that the
Vatican/Roman Catholic Church is the prophesized False Prophet Beast mentioned in the Book of Revelations
that leads the world astray and gives power to the anti-Christ Beast… he who has ears, let him hear.
The Jesuits at one point in time during history, long ago were in their era, THE most powerful, feared and clandestined
of all secret organizations, their exploits and methods of infiltration are legendary and have fully been adopted by the
illuminati. Though they still operate today, and still have very powerful operatives, they are still just as deadly,
just as secretive and still fully operational they are completely ruled from the top down by the top Zionist
illuminati matrix leaders. Some of the Jesuits may, or may not truly know their alliance had been subjugated by
Zionists. Those who still believe the Jesuits are the apex elite ruling masters are either believing in old prehistorically
outdated information or purposely trying to spread disinfo to mislead you who the true apex modern ruling elite are…
The ―Jesuits‖ Hoax

By: ZionCrimeFactory
(Note: this was one of the 73,000 wordpress blogs that was recently deemed ―dangerous‖ and eliminated from the
internet by the government decree)
Anyone who has been involved in ―truth seeking‖ for some time now is sure to have come across the people who
will try to convince you that the Jesuit Order (aka Society of Jesus) are really at the top of this worldwide crime
network. These people will relentlessly and tirelessly attempt to fill your head with ideas that the Jesuits of Rome
really run the show from behind the scenes and that everything else is ―disinformation‖. This theory seems to have
become more popular and far reaching on the internet and you will see more and more people parroting this stuff
loud and clear to anyone who will naively listen. I am going to show you that not only is this theory complete bunk
nonsense that is popular primarily amongst crazies, nutjobs, Jews, and Jew defenders, but that the Jesuits are
actually crypto-Jews. So even if this ridiculous theory were true, it would still mean that the Jews are and always
have been behind this global criminal cabal.
Who Promotes this Theory and Why?
First let us discuss the very people who promote this nonsense and analyze them to see if it gives us any
indications of what their motives might be. The biggest and most popular promoter of this stuff is a guy named
Eric John Phelps who wrote a pathetic book called Vatican Assassins in which he makes a series of superfluously
unsubstantiated claims alleging that the Vatican & the Jesuits run the world and is behind everything from JFK
assassination to 9/11. This book is pretty much a 99.99% made up lie. Eric Jon Phelps – Liar.
This pathetic piece of garbage literally makes shit up as he goes along and has no sources to back any of his claims
up. Unsurprisingly he was taken to school in a debate vs. Michael Collins Piper, author of the great book Final
Judgment. Eric Phelps has a ridiculously palpable connection that clearly illustrates why he promotes this garbage.
On his website under the donations section it asks for all money orders to be sent to the address of LOWVEHM
Inc., the company he runs. Now if you go to the LOWVEHM website you will quickly see that it is a diamond and
jewels company that receives its diamonds wholesale straight from Tel Aviv, Israel! So the guy‘s income is
dependent on Israeli Blood Diamonds and he blames the Jesuits for everything. Need I say any more? I shouldn‘t
have to but I will. Not only does this Israeli diamond thing make he look like a total shill for the Jews but he
admitted that his wife is a Russian Jew and that he is a Christian Zionist himself. He also smears anyone who
doesn‘t agree with his nonsense by calling them a ―Jesuit Coadjutor‖ (which is just a pathetic made up fictional
term). There is plenty more dirt on the guy that can be found HERE but this is just so over-the-top obvious that I
am gobsmacked that anyone actually takes anything this guy says seriously. You have to be incredulously stupid,
or a Jew to promote this guy and his conspiracy theories about the Jesuits running the world. We‘re done with him,
he deserves no more attention, and please, nobody ever bring up this con-artist to me ever again.
Why is it that Phelps‘ paypal account works just fine, when anybody who says anything about Jews on their
website gets their paypal immediately shut down? The answer is obvious, the Jesuits don‘t run squat. Other than
that freak, the people who usually promote the Jesuits stuff are either Jews, Christian Zionists, or just kooks who
are bored with blaming the obvious culprits and are looking for a ―cool‖ / ―interesting‖ conspiracy theory to
fantasize about in their basements while jerking off to gay porn all day. I‘ve chatted with quite a few of these
people on youtube and other places and if you take a look at their profiles they promote pretty much anything that
sounds crazy & far-out like the ―No Planes‖ and ―Space Beams‖ on 9/11 theories. Why do a majority of them also
promote that stuff as well? Because they are just crazy conspiracy theorists looking for something ―interesting‖ to
obsess about when they are not playing World Of Warcraft on their mom‘s computers.
The Jesuits are in fact Jewish
One of the most devastating things to the notion that the Jesuits are at the top of this thing is the fact that more than
a lot of the Jesuits are in fact Jewish. The Jesuit Order is in reality a Jewish Order masquerading as a Catholic one
as a cover, so even if they were at the top it‘s still a Jewish conspiracy.
"We Jesuits take pleasure in admitting those of Jewish ancestry." J. Nadal Morey
An excellent resource documenting all the so called Jesuits who are really Jews turned Catholic, hence ―crypto-
Jews‖, can be found at JewishJesuits.com.The Jesuit Order in its founding was very much Jewish. All five of
its founding members were Marrano Jews (i.e. Jews masquerading as Christians).
 Ignatius Loyola - Founder of the Jesuit Order (Jewish)!!!

 Alfonso Salmeron – Jewish
 Diego Lainez – Jewish
 Nicolas Bodadilla – Jewish
 Simao Rodriguez - Jewish
In his article Synagogue of Satan, John S. Torell states:
―In 1491 San Ignacio De Loyola was born in the Basque province of Guipuzcoa, Spain. His parents were
Marranos and at the time of his birth the family was very wealthy. As a young man he became a member
of the Jewish Illuminati Order in Spain. As a cover for his crypto Jewish activities, he became very active
as a Roman Catholic.‖
Marranos are Spanish Jews who outwardly converted to a different religion, often times Roman Catholic, in order
to evade persecution and expulsion for their treacherous actions, while secretly maintaining the religion of Judaism
as well as practicing the Cabbala (Jewish Mystisism).
Furthermore, Loyola‘s secretary, Polanco, was also of Jewish descent and was the only person present at Loyola‘s
deathbed. James Lainez who succeeded Loyola as the second Jesuit General was also of Jewish descent.(#) Add a
(W) after the (E) in Jesuits and what do you get? Jewsuits. A more fitting name.
It‘s quite funny how the promoters in the ―Jesuits run it all‖ theories conveniently fail to mention these important
facts and attempt to project the Jesuits as purely Roman Catholic. And these skumbags also have the audacity to
call us ―anti-Semites‖ while promoting blatantly anti-Catholic conspiracy theories with no facts in hand at all. The
Jesuits themselves are crypto-Jews and so are the promoters in the Black Pope theories. The Jews disguise
themselves as the religion of their enemies, continue with their treachery under this false guise, and then get
everybody to blame their disguise for the world‘s problems. Ingenious
The Pope Wears a Yarmulke!!!
Jewish infiltration of the Vatican stems back many hundreds of years, and it would be safe to say that the Jews
have a strong vice-grip over that institution, from the inside out. One of the most blatant examples of the
Jewishness of the Vatican is the fact that the Pope himself wears a fricken Yarmulke.
Why is the pope wearing a Yarmulke? Please explain. The Pope Sucks Up to Israel. Pope Benedict has made
several visits to Israel where he blatantly sucks up to them and praises them. Jews Demonize the Vatican - Agent
of Israel
There are multiple instances where Israel and Jews have attempted to demonize the Vatican when they aren‘t co-
operative or subservient to their will. One example is the Jewish-controlled mass media going on a massive
demonization campaign against Catholic priests (i.e. Jesuits) with accusations of pedophilia and Satanism. While
some of these accusations have proven to be true, many of these claims could easily be embellished or fabricated
by the Jewish-controlled mass media when the Vatican does something the Jews don‘t like — for instance when
the Vatican strongly OPPOSED the Iraq war. Blackmail anyone? And whose to say that these Pedophiles and
Satanists in the Catholic Church aren‘t just crypto-Jews? To boot, the man who came out with a lot of those
accusations was Fr. Malachai Martin who is a ex-Jesuit Zionist who, during the second Vatican Council, drafted
the document which exonerated the Jews from culpability in the execution of Jesus Christ. So, the man who writes
books claiming the Catholic Church is full of pedophiles and Satanists is a Zionist who exonerates the Jews for
murdering Jesus. Go figure.
Another more recent example of Jews trying to demonize the Vatican in the press was this story about how a
pamphlet that was being passed out to the IDF troops in Israel claimed that the Vatican was training Hezbollah
how to kill Jews.
It is redundantly obvious that the Vatican is infiltrated and blackmailed by Jews which utterly puts to shame any
notion that the ―Jesuits‖ control anything let alone Israel and Jews. It‘s the other way around.
Who Controls the Vatican Treasure?
The Jewish Encyclopedia (Vol. 2, p. 497) admits that…
―A number of Catholics undertook to organize a competitor bank to rival the Rothschild power…
sometime about 1830. The Rothschild‘s crushed it.‖
It says further:
―It is a somewhat curious sequel to the attempt to set up a Catholic competitor to the Rothschilds that at
the present time (1905) the latter are the guardians of the papal treasure.‖ (#)
So the Jewish Rothschild banking dynasty controls the Vatican treasure.

They Cannot Explain Away Bishop Williamson Truth Hero
If the Jesuits are so bad and evil than how do you explain Bishop Richard Williamson? Catholic Bishop (Jesuit)
Richard Williamson is a great man who has valiantly publicly stated that 9/11 was a fraud, a lie, and that the
holocaust was also a lie. Many of these Black Popers will shy away from any reference of Bishop Williamson and
nary a mention of one of his excellent sermons exposing 9/11 among other crimes. I have even heard some pathetic
cretins say he is ―controlled opposition‖ like stuppering little maggots. These cowards won‘t hesitate to defame a
person who has more courage in his fingernail than they have in their entire bodies. Bishop Williamson puts his
very livelihood and safety on the line when he speaks out about these subjects. Soulless cockroaches who attack
him because he puts to shame this ―Jesuit Conspiracy‖ claim are a complete waste of oxygen.
Conclusion
Do Jesuits control the Media, own Hollywood, the Federal Reserve, and constantly inhabit high positions in
government? Nope. Have Jesuits been expelled from 109 locations since 250 AD? Nope. Did Jesuits run the
African Slave trade, instigate WWI & WWII, invent Communism & Neo-Conservatism, perpetrate the 9/11
attacks, attack the U.S.S. Liberty, assassinate JFK, run the Diamond District, Porn Industry, run the Drug Trade?
Nope. Are you called ―anti-Catholic‖ for blaming Jesuits for everything under the sun that they don‘t even do?
Nope, but we‘re called anti-Semitic for blaming the people which ALL of the evidence shows are the ones
responsible.
Any further discussion of this topic is a complete and utter waste of time. In fact that is the whole point of this
Jesuits stuff is… to waste your time. It is just another Jewish distraction that people like to point at to cover for the
Jewish crime network. It is no different than blaming the Bilderbergers, CFR, the Illuminati, or the New World
Order. The sad thing is that the people who believe in this stuff think they are ―awake‖ and ―in the know‖ and that
everybody else is being ―fooled‖ and ―led astray‖. These type of people are bordering on mental illness. Do not
talk to them, do not humor their nonsense, just laugh and scoff at their unpragmatic junk conspiracy theory.
Never discount the Jesuit Order, and the other Knights Orders, Yes these overlords are still alive and well, and
still very much in the ―world rule‖ game, their era of ruling has finished, today they are just another faction,
component or ―mafia crime family‖ amoungst many other entities… but today, as with most of the 20 th century,
the Zionists are the current ―godfathers‖ calling the shots in this modern day world… We are now living in the
age of the Zionist ruling elite.
The Jesuit Order has been very active in modern history; their members have been deeply embedded in politics, secret
government agencies such as the CIA, military, Congress, the Senate, and education since the day all of these have
been established. All the political figures that are part of the Jesuit/Vatican branch of the ruling elite are easy to spot,
they often claim to be catholic, and when you study their resumes you will see the key schools, fraternities,
associations and employers they all attend.
Yes ruling elite management teams come from several established sectors, therefore please excuse me if I make minor
mistakes in any of thousands of issues of ―whom was pulling the strings‖ for this or that operation, bottom line: its
either the Zionists or the Jesuit branch that manages this or that component of the matrix consortium, oh… and of
course their servants at Freemasonry that straddle both beasts.
3. The Old School Bloodlines & Nobility:

By the way, many of the people whom are within many of the Knights Orders are intertwined and also part of this
group. We can never discount nor ignore the ―old school bloodlines‖, these are the royalty who have for centuries ruled
the earth. Yes it is so, these have held empires as far as the eyes can see, they ruled for eons. But in today‘s 21th
century, all has changed. Many researchers claim that the Royal Throne blood lines are still ruling but I have serious
reservations about this, but then again they may have a point. But not in today‘s reality, unless they are in fact crypto
Jews with secret Jewish ancestry. The ones whom are currently in positions of power that are not Jewish maintain their
positions under the auspices and approval of their Jewish overlords, for as long as they play the game they are not
assailed and operations aren‘t commenced to have them removed from positions of power.
One very important factor we can never allow to escape our attention and further investigation and research is the age
old convention of the elite adhering to very strict blood lineage codes. Where it has been customary since the dawn of
man to ―keep ones lineage clean and intact.‖ Think about it. For instance it is said that God‘s side of the conflict has
it‘s ―twelve lost tribes,‖ while I am sure that Lucifer also has his own ―bloodlines of the illuminati‖…
―The importance of blood and bloodlines is a recurring theme throughout my work and history, particularly
when considering the highest level and objectives of the secret Scottish Freemasons. According to the
"Structure of Freemasonry," the "Order of the Red Cross" stands third in the top echelon of power just
behind the Sovereign Military Order of Malta (SMOM) and the "Order of the Knights Templar." Religious
scholars cross their Bibles with red marker ribbons today unaware of the symbolism-the Masonic importance
of the pure red bloodline.‖
Another very important factor regarding this topic is the ongoing practice and strategy of the highest level Zionist
Jews marrying into nobility. This practice has actually accelerated in fever pitch in the 20th century. I urge you to
research and follow the family trees of all the 19 th century major elite rulers (hint, especially the Zionists and the
several other leaders of industry at those times)… then ask yourself, where are their descendants today.
Why do the old school rulers not really control world affairs? First and foremost: No sane ruler would ever relinquish
complete control of his wealth and finances to ANY other entity not fully under their control. PERIOD. For in doing
so, you no longer have the resources to even rule. For he who has control of the RESOURCES, as in finances can
rule the world. It is very simple, if you give your money to someone else to hold/manage your FORTUNES, sooner or
later you will find that you have been used and no longer in control of your finances. Let someone take complete
control of your finances and they literally have you by the balls. Who owns and controls the entire planet‘s financial
system? No one but the Zionist Jews. The royal houses of England‘s wealth are firmly in Zionist hands and they
basically can do nothing without Zionist approval.
Not only that. The entire media industry is completely controlled NOT by the royal bloods, not by the Vatican, not by
Jesuits, no one but the Zionist media barons completely unequivocally dominate the entire realm of media at every
level, PERIOD. Case open and closed. What power does the British Royalty wield anyway? Virtually none. They have
long ago been regulated to the status of mere WINDOW DRESSING. For all intents and purposes the queen of
england and the entire "royal family" are purely powerless and only serve as props for the true ruling elite who have
taken over ―THE CROWN‖ several hundred years agon. The "royal family" all recieve a yearly STIPEND which they
use for their living expenses and so forth, so long as they keep up their part of the charade and pretend to be of
significance. They are basically allowed to come out for public relations photo ops... where leaders meet them and
bow, take pictures and then scurry away to discuss REAL business in private WITHOUT anyone from ANY ―royal
family‖ present.
―With the supremacy of Parliament assured by Oliver Cromwell, the Glorious Revolution of 1688, which
overthrew of James II, resulted in the separation of the expenses of monarchy from the general cost of
running the state. Less than a decade later, the ability of the monarch to spend the Crown's income was
curtailed under the reign of William and Mary.
Under an 1697 Act granting William III "subsidy... for the Service of His Majesties Household & other Uses",
the monarch was granted £1.2m, of which £700,000 was to be used for the new "Civil List" to pay for the
expenses of the civil service, the Royal Household and his lifestyle.
By the reign of George III, the monarch had surrendered all hereditary revenues apart from the Duchy of
Lancaster, which to this day provides the Queen with her private income. In 1830, a new law restricted the
Civil List to the personal expenses of the Crown and it has remained largely the case since. The Government
expects a new system of "consolidated support" to be in place by 2012.‖ – source Wikipedia
Kings and Emperors of almost all nations have all been likewise ―neutered.‖ Look at Japan for a perfect example, after
WWII the ―king‖ whose power was ―castrated‖ as in he was left impotent with no balls, absolutely ZERO power,
authority and control, the ―royal‖ families throughout the world seem to have been left in place for nothing more than
ceremonial theater. To sustain the illusion of royal rule, but in reality regulated to the position of actors playing a role.
This is so for EVERY single so called ―royal family‖ in every country today. Remember this whenever you see all the
fanfare of world leaders meeting with famous actresses such as Queen Elizabeth…
But we still can‘t completely discount ―royalty‖ due to: The most important factor that many people have seemed to let
go unnoticed has been the persistent calculated stratagem: centuries of wealthy Jew elite marriages to royalty and
nobility. Thus they have managed to interbreed with royalty for many generations thus infiltrate and rule from
royal bloodlines… Not only that, it is also understood and documented that some of the royal bloodlines are in fact of
Jewish decent. Therefore, these two have been intertwined to such an extent that one is the other and the other is the
one… so yes… royalty cannot be excluded as key suspects from the list of apex rulers of the new world order agenda
perpetrating conspirators.
―Crypto-Jews of the Iberian Peninsula. The term, which is frequently derived from the New Testament phrase
"maran atha" ("our Lord hath come"), denotes in Spanish "damned," "accursed," "banned"; also "hog," and in
Portuguese it is used as an opprobrious epithet of the Jews because they do not eat pork. The name was
applied to the Spanish Jews who, through compulsion or for form's sake, became converted to Christianity in
consequence of the cruel persecutions of 1391 and of Vicente Ferrer's missionary sermons. These "conversos"
(converts), as they were called in Spain, or "Christãos Novos" (Neo-Christians) in Portugal, or "Chuetas" in
the Balearic Isles, or "Anusim" (constrained) in Hebrew, numbered more than 100,000. With them the history
of the Pyrenean Peninsula, and indirectly that of the Jews also, enters upon a new phase; for they were the
immediate cause both of the introduction of the Inquisition into Spain and of the expulsion of the Jews from
that country. The wealthy Maranos, who engaged extensively in commerce, industries, and agriculture,
intermarried with families of the old nobility; impoverished counts and marquises unhesitatingly wedded
wealthy Jewesses; and it also happened that counts or nobles of the blood royal became infatuated with
handsome Jewish girls. Beginning with the second generation, the Neo-Christians usually intermarried with
women of their own sect. They became very influential through their wealth and intelligence, and were called
to important positions at the palace, in government circles, and in the Cortes; they practised medicine and law
and taught at the universities; while their children frequently achieved high ecclesiastical honors.‖ – Source:
JewishEncyclopedia.com
We must cut through the smoke and mirrors and understand the ―Crown‖ piece of the puzzle. For some researchers
have discovered that in reality ―The Crown‖ is in fact an independent entity from royalty… and it is ―the crown‖
that is the core of the Zionist Learned Elders ruling elite. England is in fact a financial oligarchy run by the "Crown"
which refers to the "City of London" not the Queen. The City of London is run by the Bank of England, a private
corporation. The square-mile-large City is a sovereign state located in the heart of greater London. As the "Vatican of
the financial world," the City is not subject to British law.
Then again, some highly respected researchers have indeed traced the Royal Crown of England bloodline to… none
other than Jewish origins. If this is so and they actively know so, then that would make the Royalty of England the
biggest most secretive CRYPTO JEWS on earth. In fact many European aristocrats consider themselves descendents
of Biblical Hebrews. The Hapsburgs are related by marriage to the Merovingians who claim to be descendents of the
Tribe of Benjamin. In addition, many aristocrats belong to the "British Israel" Movement that believes the British
sovereign is the head of the Anglo Saxon "Lost Tribes" of Israel and that the Apocalypse will see the full reconstitution
of the British Empire.
If this is true, my findings still stand as true, and don‘t change a thing, for we have identified the Zionist Jews as rulers
at the ―apex of the pyramid.‖ Interesting in that some of the most powerful high level elite Zionists all originate from
Germany. Europe has been their center of operations long before America came into prominence. This also makes a
lot of sense due to the fact that all the headquarters of all original true pure power players such as the House of
Rothschild‘s, Warburgs, Schiffs, etc. are still in Europe, especially in Zionist owned and operated sovereign corporate
City of London.
This most disturbing fact also makes so much sense when you understand that it is the Zionists who‘ve been
headquarters in Europe for ages, now possess their own country: Israel (they are quietly building it up by leaps and
bounds). Israel and its double agents whom all hold dual citizenship are the ones who have been clandestinedly
engineering the colossal downfall of America, for when that happens, they will all be on the other side of the ocean
ushering in a new age… while we will be left here in the smoking ruins, bickering amongst republican and
democrats blaming each other… the time of Israel‘s supremacy coming out party is coming closer and closer…
Excerpt from documentary ―The Calling‖:

There is one ruling bloodline that exists on this earth, this ruling bloodline is very old it is the same bloodline that
has always ruled the earth ever since the days of ancient Egypt and it is very pervasive, for example many people
think that anyone can get to become president of the united states but the reality is that a large number of
presidents are in fact related and their linage can be traced back to European monarchy in particular the line of
William of Orange this elite bloodline can actually be traced a good deal further than that and even as far back as
the royalty of ancient Egypt and it has been this very same bloodline that has ruled the earth ever since and to
which the British monarch and many other world leaders can ultimately be traced the families of this line are
steeped in ancient traditions and symbolism, they do not attempt to hide these connections.
Just take a look at the royal coat of arms, the royal regalia and the coronation throne clearly demonstrates these
connections in fact, the signs and symbols are always right there in plain view for discerning eyes to clearly see
one only needs to take the time to look any real investigation shows us that the entire financial system by which
the world is run today is actually operated by ―The Crown‖ and contrary to popular belief the Crown does not
refer to the royal family or to the British monarchy the crown actually refers to the inner city of London which is
in fact a privately owned corporation that functions as a completely separate sovereign state outside the
jurisdiction of England most people are completely unaware that when they swear allegiance to the crown they
are actually swearing allegiance to this private corporate empire the inner city of London
also has two sister city states the Vatican city and Washington‘s district of Columbia both of which are separate
sovereign states within their host countries each of these three city states has its own flag. Its own laws, its own
news services and its own police forces and each pays no taxes to the host country in which it is located these
three cities form a private covert empire that operates the entire western world that is known as the empire of the
three cities the inner city of London is the center for monetary control the Vatican city is the center for spiritual
control Washington D.C. is the center for military control it is the individuals who control this private corporate
empire who call all the shots and pull all the strings there‘s people control all governments and mainstream media
by the stranglehold they have over the world monetary system
and more and more people are becoming aware of the reality of this all the time the beginnings of this private
empire can be traced back to a secret meeting that took place back in 1773 between mayor Ancheilll Rothschild
and the heads of 12 other powerful families including such dynasties such as the Warburg‘s the Schiff‘s and the
Openhiemmers following this meeting Rothschild employed the services by the name of Adam Weishaupt in the
creation of a society know today as the Bavarian illuminati which was itself officially founded three years later in
1776. Many people think that the illuminati is a myth but in actual fact this society is still in operation to this day
and has become the most powerful organization in the world the surviving members of this order are the
individuals who also indirectly own and operate the world bank it is the world bank who covertly dictates global
oil prices and who‘s shareholders also control the global federal reserve banking system
There is indeed a global conspiracy going on and the way it has been carried out and concealed is to control the
global money system and hence control of all other subsequence systems of importance down the food chain such
as governments and the media it is important to understand that control of the global money system has been
achieved through the control of the global central banking system and this system is a privately owned enterprise
that is run for profit …please clearly understand that when you control the money supply you control the
government when you control the government you control the people when you control the money supply and the
flow of information through complete control of all media you control the government, you control the people
and you control everything they know, everything they believe to be true, when you do it globally, you control
all. It‘s that simple.
The Jesuits and many old school bloodlines still control many government and educational institutions. Some say the
Jesuits have become powerful through the Catholic Church itself. Some believe it is the Jesuits that are the secret
rulers. I researched this path ad nauseam, but they can‘t be the ultimate elite ruling power of today for only the Zionists
own and/or control ALL of finance and media, lock stock and barrel, along with many of today‘s most powerful
corporations. But then again I must reiterate, it is becoming increasingly known that the Jesuit faction was established
by crypto Jews! Thus this explosive revelation fundamentally alters the entire playing field. No matter what, all roads
lead back to the Zionist juggernaut.
The height of the Vatican/Jesuit power was hundreds of years ago, so much so was their rule that they almost
conquered the planet. Corruption and sin within the entire Vatican and Catholic Church system became so entrenched
and pervasive that it rotted the entire once formidable entity to its core. Allowing for its eventual decay and fall from
power, thus enabling the Zionists to flourish, infiltrate and wrestle ultimate ruling control from these factions.
The own the Vatican so much so, that today the Zionists hold the corrupt Pope‘s balls in a vice grip. This massive
world leadership power shift has all taken place within the last 200 years. The Zionists who had infiltrated the Vatican
the Roman Catholic church after being forced to become crypto Jews, little by little collected all the dirt on their
Catholic oppressors, up until the point where they accumulated so much evil dirt on them that the Zionists were able to
blackmail and extort their ways to power over the Vatican along with the fact that the Zionists simultaneously became
their financial masters.
Behold: For the ―Illuminati‖ as many researchers refer to the ultimate ruling entity, is actually made up of a
combination of ―the cream of the crop‖ of ALL those separate entities carefully coordinated and ruled by the
Zionists! The illuminati are in fact a multithreaded beast. Therefore, even if you were to actually defeat the Zionist
Beast, and completely destroy it, there would still remain the evil counterparts within the Vatican, Royalty, Royal
Crown, Jesuits and of course the Masons, that would come in to fill the ruling gap so fast that you would again be ruled
by an oppressive entity as if the first beast were not slain to begin with. Think about it, for it was not that far in our
history when the Catholic Church through the Vatican, then England almost ruled the world. Today it is the Zionists
who rule with an iron rod, it is them alone who possess ―The Crown‖ and rule from there…
The Zionist and the Jesuit/Masons. Members are groomed at many places such as the Yale Skull & Bones ―fraternity‖
(just to name one for the sake of keeping this simple). The problem with many researcher's data is that they try to
single out or point to the wrong group as the head of the "illuminati", thus leaving the other group out of the mix. You
must re-analyze all your data. I'm not here to do all your homework; I am here to expose the ultimate truth. Let there
be no confusion: our current modern world is dominated by the Zionist Jew illuminati Learned Elders, the
entire illuminati network also encompasses the Masons and Vatican who serve the Zionists.
How can we explain the nature of the two separate entities that have been vying for ultimate supremacy? They have
become ―one.‖ The Zionist Jews strategy to gain control of Royalty was simply intermarriage. The Jewish banking
families made it a practice to marry their female offspring to spendthrift European aristocrats. In Jewish law, the mixed
offspring of a Jewish mother is Jewish. (The male heirs marry Jews although the Victor and Jacob Rothschild are
exceptions.) For example, in 1878 Hannah Rothschild married Lord Roseberry. Who later became Prime Minister. In
1922 Louis Mountbatten, the uncle of Prince Philip and cousin of the Queen married the granddaughter of Jewish
banker Ernest Cassel, one of the wealthiest men in the world. Winston Churchill's mother, Jenny (Jacobson) Jerome,
was Jewish. By the beginning of the 1900s, there were very few English aristocrat families left that hadn't intermarried
with Jews. It was said that, when they visited the Continent, Europeans were surprised to see Jewish looking persons
with English titles and accents.
According to L.G. Pine, the Editor of Burke's Peerage, Jews "have made themselves so closely connected
with the British peerage that the two classes are unlikely to suffer loss which is not mutual. So closely
linked are the Jews and the lords that a blow against the Jews in this country would not be possible without
injuring the aristocracy also." (Tales of the British Aristocracy1957, p.219.)
The fundamental question still remains, how the Jews managed to convince aristocratic society and royalty to merge.
First of all, the Zionist elite were so insanely wealthy and powerful that they rivaled or surpassed the power of the
established royalty of the time; therefore they represented and positioned themselves as equals. But still, there was the
stigma they were fighting for ages of image of Jews as the blood sucking parasites of the earth. This was one of their
biggest hurdles. In order to infiltrate that largely Christian aristocracy and royalty they proceeded to erase the
bounderies and perceived divisions between their two opposing religions…
Pick up any bible, does not matter which one. No matter what bible you pick up, it will contain TWO major chapters:
The Old Testament (the Hebrew Scriptures) and The New Testament (representing Christianity). Behold, you now
know the key why these two separate entities we are referring to as the
Zionists and the Christian/Vatican are so intertwined. They share the "holy
scriptures" as their main common denominator that has kept them bonded
for centuries. The origin of the Zionist "manifesto" is derived from the Hebrew
Scriptures everyone refers to as the Old Testament and their Talmud. The
origin of the Jesuit "manifesto" is derived from the New Testament, but they
also hold dear and still study the Hebrew "manifesto" of the Old Testament,
"their older brethren" so to speak. The one issue that the Jesuit/Mason/Vatican
entity does NOT realize is that the Zionists do NOT accept the New
Testament and they still claim that Jesus was just a BASTARD child born
out of wedlock by a wench. All the while the Christians erroneously believe
that the Zionists are their comrades or elder brothers who they can trust, for
they come from the still cherished Old Testament, when in reality the Zionists have just been strategically using the
Christian world for hundreds of years to get what they want like a den of vipers, wolves in sheep's clothing.
Now look at the world around you for a moment. If you check to see who ultimately owns what and who ultimately
controls this and that. You will consistently end up with those two factions! This is absolutely undeniable FACT. For
instance, the realm of finance, investment and banking is overwhelmingly controlled by the Zionists, it is their
undisputed realm. The mass media is also overwhelmingly completely dominated and controlled by them, this is
irrefutable fact. On the other hand the vast majority of industrial nations institutions (government, education, etc) are
controlled by the Masonic & Jesuit ―Christian‖ factions along with a majority of the multinational corporations. This is
undeniable fact. Still, you must also realize that the one who rules over all other rulers today and most of the 29th
century have been the Zionists Jews, for it is written in the golden rule: ―he who owns all the gold makes all the rules.‖
The Zionists infiltrated the Catholic Church through the Jesuit faction, and even allow the Catholics to behave
like and THINK they are running things, and allow many of them to run their organizations, but don't be
fooled, the current hidden masters are the Zionists.
How powerful are the Zionists in our government? They ARE the movers and shakers here (not to mention a the agents
planted in a great number of other countries). Period. Even Joe Biden in the 2008 presidential election said ―I am a
Zionist, you don‘t have to be Jewish to be a Zionist‖, for Zionism is ―an international political movement‖, therefore
you don‘t have to be Jewish to be a Zionist. This is why we witness non Jewish shills working among their midst, little
do they know that they will always, no matter what, still be inferior Goyims, no matter what their political or financial
stature.
―In 1962, Look Magazine invited founder of the Jewish state of Israel David Ben-Gurion to describe his
vision of how the world will look like 25 years into the future. He predicted that World Government would
already be in place by 1987, with the Supreme Court for Mankind (the higher ecclesiastic body) would be
established in Jerusalem, along with a shrine there commemorating the Jewish role in bringing together of
mankind. He was mistaken by only a few years. The world is not fully subdued yet, but it already knows its
new master‖
How is it possible that a small group of elite can seamlessly control entire, nations, markets and corporations? Easy
money, fame, fortune and power are the carrot. Some are directly or indirectly lured to pursue pre-defined agendas
with financial incentives of some sort, lower interest rates, stock deals, the number of financial instruments and
possible scenarios are almost limitless, so I won‘t try to make believe I am some type of market guru and explain
exactly how you can get country A to do your bidding on agenda X for example. But this is one of the main
documented ways they go about it. But one of their major strategies of ―owning‖ people, organizations and countries is
through graciously offering a friendly helping hand called DEBT (trap). The goal: Get them indebted to their
eyeballs and then later grab them by the balls! Therefore the super elite do not have to have direct control all
corporations, governments and so forth. For the moment that anyone refuses to accept any given stipulations,
conditions ―austerity measures‖ etc. the financial strings can be and ARE often pulled, maneuvered or called in such a
way that they can even financially destroy any entity or person if they so chose. Bringing them to their knees and to the
realization that they have no choice but to proceed with whatever agenda being posed before them.
Usury, as debt was called back in biblical times was one of the most severe sins… Debt (usury) is a form of
blackmail/extortion ultimately leading to indirect backdoor indirect control of the debtor, no matter who they may be...
Joint Chiefs chair says debt is the greatest threat to national security
Pentagon leaders, the military services and defense contractors must work together to cut bureaucratic bloat
and unnecessary programs, the chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff said Thursday.
Adm. Mike Mullen also renewed his warning that the nation‘s debt is the biggest threat to U.S. national
security.
―I was shown the figures the other day by the comptroller of the Pentagon that said that the INTEREST on
our debt is $571 billion in 2012,‖ Mullen said at a breakfast hosted by The Hill. ―That is, noticeably, about
the size of the defense budget. It is not sustainable.‖
B‘nai B‘rith – The Secret Society of Jews

Written by Christopher Bollyn
B‘nai B‘rith was instrumental in gaining U.S. support for

the nascent Zionist state of Israel in the late 1940s. The
Jewish secret society of Freemasons used President Harry
Truman‘s friend – and their agent – Eddie Jacobson of
Kansas City (standing behind Truman) in off-the-record
meetings in the Oval Office to persuade the president to
approve the Zionist land grab known as the 1947 U.N.
Partition Plan of Palestine and then to recognize the state
of Israel the next year following the Zionist ethnic
cleansing of nearly 400 Palestinian villages and towns.
By applying pressure directly on Truman, B‘nai B‘rith

dictated U.S. policy in spite of strong resistance from the The first Chicago newspaper report from the 1860s that
U.S. Department of State. When Truman extended de jure revealed that a secret organization of "Israelites" had
existed in Chicago for some 20 years.
recognition of the Zionist state on January 31, 1949, the
only guests invited to the signing ceremony in the Oval
Office were members of B‘nai B‘rith: Eddie Jacobson, the B‘nai B‘rith executive vice president Maurice
Bisgyer, and the secret society‘s president, Frank Goldman (sitting).
President Truman, a highest level Freemason, was forced to accept the dictates of a gang of Zionist Jewish
Freemasons on crafting U.S. policy in the Middle East. What does this say about the real hierarchy of power
among Freemasons? Truman, a Freemason since 1909, had established the Grandview Lodge No. 618 in
Missouri and served as its first ―Worshipful Master‖.
In 1940, Brother Truman was elected the ninety-seventh Grand Master of Masons of Missouri. In 1945,
President Truman was made a Sovereign Grand Inspector General, 33°, and Honorary Member at the Supreme
Council of the Ancient & Accepted Scottish Rite (A.A.S.R.) Southern Jurisdiction Headquarters in Washington
D.C.
The fact that Jewish Freemasons of the B‘nai B‘rith were able to meet secretly with the president in the Oval
Office whenever they wanted and were able to direct the U.S. president, a highest level Mason, to follow their
orders in shaping U.S. policy in the Middle East, shows the immense power this secret society of Zionist Jews
has long had over the U.S. government and other Masonic orders.
Barack Hussein Obama was cultivated as a politician in Chicago and made President of the United States by the
power of the B‘nai B‘rith. It‘s high time for these secret societies to be removed from the corridors of power
where U.S. policy is crafted.
The first step to solving America‘s most serious problems requires that we identify the people who control the
hidden hand behind the disastrous policies that are destroying our proud republic. This is the first article in a
series about the B‘nai B‘rith, the Jewish secret society that created the state of Israel and made Barack Obama
president.
After one year in office it is clear that the Obama administration, elected on a platform of ―change‖, is actually
maintaining the policies of the Bush administration. In some cases, such as the occupation of Afghanistan,
President Barack Hussein Obama has actually added to the war effort by sending tens of thousands more troops.
Our politicians and policies are given to us today via television and the controlled media like the mysterious
writing on the wall appeared to Babylon's King Belshazzar, son of Nebuchadnezzar, in the Old Testament. But
who controls the hand that creates the politicians and crafts the policies?
The fact that the political change was only superficial and that the Obama administration intends to follow the
basic policies of the previous administration can best be seen in the continuing cover up of the truth of what
really happened on 9-11. The false-flag terrorism of 9-11 is the fundamental lie that needs to be protected.
Upon this blatant lie the fraudulent ―War on Terror‖ is based, and this illegal war policy has been embraced by
Barack Obama.
When the Obama team sent Henry Kissinger to Moscow for early meetings with the Russian leadership, rather
than Secretary of State Hillary Clinton, it was evident that the power brokers running the Obama White House
were the same as those that ran the Bush and Clinton administrations – and those before them.
Rahm Emanuel, Chief-of-Staff of the Obama administration and son of an Israeli terrorist, and David Axelrod,
the president‘s strategy chief and senior adviser, are two of the highest managers of Barack Obama. Axelrod,
the son of a Communist Jew, has been managing Obama‘s political career since 1992. Emanuel, as a former
senior adviser in the Clinton White House, was the person who pushed the disastrous NAFTA legislation
through Congress in 1993. But who really manages Emanuel and Axelrod? Who tells them what policies to
promote and which to discard?
The election of Barack Obama has provided us with a glimpse of the hidden hand that controls the government
of the United States. The politicians and policies of the U.S. government do not actually come from the people
but are presented to the public through the controlled media. The two most influential papers in the United
States, The New York Times and Washington Post, are both controlled by German Jewish families that are
among the founding members of the Jewish secret society the B‘nai B‘rith.
The B‘nai B‘rith, an order of Jewish Freemasonry, is closed to non-Jews which puts its Jewish members at the
top of the Masonic hierarchy. The members of B‘nai B‘rith are able to join other Masonic orders but only Jews
can belong to B‘nai B‘rith.
Barack Obama has been created as a political candidate since 1992 by David Axelrod and Bettylu Saltzman, the
daughter of Philip M. Klutznick, the former head of B‘nai B‘rith International, the supreme body of the B‘nai
B‘rith. This is the secret society of Zionist Jews that controls the White House and the policies of the U.S. gov.
The first Chicago newspaper report from the 1860s that revealed that a secret organization of "Israelites" had
existed in Chicago for some 20 years.
‗Do you really think that criminals are clever, good people, Thrasymachus?‘
‗Yes, if their criminality is able to manifest in a perfect form and they are capable of dominating countries and
nations.‘ - Socrates in Plato‘s Republic
Secret anti-Christian organizations like the Freemasons and B‘nai B‘rith are like the fabled black holes of
astronomy. Like other unseen astronomical bodies, astronomers postulate the existence of black holes based on
how they distort light and affect other bodies around them. So is it with the Jewish B‘nai B‘rith and other
Freemasonic secret societies, which we know very little about but whose presence can be seen in how they
pervade every level of our society and affect everything around us.
Great nations, like the United States, France, and Germany, once had anti-Masonic and anti-Semitic political
parties that acted to challenge the pernicious influence of secret Masonic and Jewish organizations. Today we
no longer have such political parties to counter these secret networks and find ourselves ruled by B‘nai B‘rith
and Jewish Freemasons.
In the United States in 1828, the Anti-Masonic Party was the original third party to be active on the national
scene. Popular opinion in America was naturally opposed to secret organizations and people feared the
Freemasons, believing they were a powerful secret society that undermined republican principles. The Anti-
Masonic Party was right. A democratic republic that allows its government, courts, and media to be run by the
members of secret societies will soon find that they have taken over the republic. This is what has happened to
the United States.
Christopher Bollyn the day after being brutally assaulted by a three-man undercover tactical police squad at his
home in Hoffman Estates, Illinois, in August 2006.
In 1843, a German Jew who called himself Henry Jones founded a Jewish secret society called the ―Bundes-
Brueder‖ (League of brothers) in the Sinsheimer Café near Wall Street in New York. Jones recruited his co-
founders from the synagogue where he was in charge. At least four of its founders were Freemasons. The order,
which was later re-named the ―B‘nai B‘rith,‖ was closed to all non-Jews and to any Jew who fraternized with
Christians.
The power of the B‘nai B‘rith has grown immensely during the past 166 years. As an independent journalist
who has investigated the evidence of Israeli involvement in the false-flag terror of 9-11, I have seen how this
secret society of Jewish Freemasons is able to corrupt every aspect of American society. It is the force behind
the media and government cover-up of the truth of what happened on 9-11. It is also the secret organization
behind the brutal attack on me at my house in August 2006 and the malicious prosecution and corrupt court
process that followed.
Why do you think that America has been the number one allie of Israel? We single handedly (along with England) are
responsible for helping them establish the nation of Israel in 1948. Over the decades we gave away untold billions upon
billions of dollars, machinery, jets, tanks, weapons, etc. to help them build their Zionist nation of Israel. America alone
has been most instrumental in helping them become the most advanced and highest military power in the Middle East.
To this day we have never stopped giving them free gifts of money and arms to the tune of billions of dollars yearly
that are not on our already acknowledged 3 billion a yearly endowment, yes, our (disclosed and claimed) annual "tithe"
is currently a minimum of 3 billion dollars a year! Our crumbling infrastructure in our own country be damned, while
we are busy hemorrhaging billions of dollars at home, the seemingly illogical practice of giving away never ending
billions upon billions to Israel seems foolish, until you realize and understand that their agents who fill positions of
power here in our country have in fact infiltrated our system to its core and thus lead us astray as they so wish…
Back to the common denominator issue. Christians and Jews believe that the site of the Dome of the Rock is where the
biblical ruins of the Temple of Solomon lays. What is a key pivotal prophetic ultimate goal of the Jews? None other
than to rebuild their Temple of Solomon (where they believe they are ―destined‖ to rule mankind from). But wait a
second! It is also a central belief of Jewish and Christian prophesy that prior to the second coming of Christ, that the
Temple of Solomon MUST be rebuilt prior to his coming! Hmmm……. The Zionists philosophy is why wait
around when you can make it happen….
Behold... for we have revealed to you the key of keys to understanding the core nucleus of past, current and future
world events and conflicts. You must understand deep in your heart and mind how these secret organizations and
people have been and are working endlessly to fulfill what they believe to be their God given mission in life to settle
into ―THE PROMISED LANDS‖ and rebuild the temple… once those goals are met, they believe they have god‘s full
blessing, authority and commandment to rule THE WORLD… Hello! They are ―the chosen ones‖!
―Concerning the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ and our being gathered to him, we ask you, brothers, not to
become easily unsettled or alarmed by some prophecy, report or letter supposed to have come from us, saying
that the day of the Lord has already come. Don't let anyone deceive you in any way, for that day will not
come until the rebellion occurs and the man of lawlessness is revealed, the man doomed to destruction. He
will oppose and will exalt himself over everything that is called God or is worshiped, so that he sets himself
up in God's temple, proclaiming himself to be God ― (2 Thessalonians 2:1-4).
Behold, for the endgame is integral on securing this crucial piece of real-estate:
For: It has been prophesized that Jerusalem will be the capital of the world. (12, 29, 38)
In the midst of the Great Delusion, enter the great dilemma: The location of the ancient ruins of the Temple of
Solomon is in Muslim territory. The Muslims built one of their most sacred Shrines on the very same site! The Jews
can't just waltz in there and take it back. The ―crazy‖ militarized Muslim countries would rise up so fast in a colossal
revolt that it would lead to untold bloodshed and possible catastrophic outcomes. There has to be a way to steal the
land of the dome of the rock then setup their reign of iron fist world rule…
BEHOLD FOR: Let it be perfectly understood that the white European Zionist ―Jews‖ are the anti-
Christ Arch Angel (Satan) people, his main tangible agent provocatures here on earth sowing division,
animosity and hate while instigating the world wide confrontation between the two BROTHER REALM
NATIONS of Christian world vs. Muslim world.
Take a ride back in time. Throughout history Jerusalem has proven to be a mystical valuable location whose conquest
and domination of this land has brought about unknown amounts of bloodshed. The Crusades carried out at the turn of
the first millennium were basically all conducted for the purpose of the securing this piece of land. Knights of the
Orders waged war against Arabs and Jews alike over Jerusalem. Even though they temporarily conquered Jerusalem
several times the Crusades were all basically lost and the region remained in Arab/Muslim hands ever since. It should
also be noted that Egypt was always the main Arab country blocking the takeover of Jerusalem. According to
historians the only positive outcome of the Crusades was opening of trade routes with the east, at which point everyone
focused on trade and building their fortunes.
The Zionist ―Jews‖ who have essentially hijacked the ancient

prophesies… believe that GOD has mandated them to fulfill the
role of ―Chosen people‖ who are to rule mankind, from their
―promised lands,‖ it is their ―holy destiny‖ or BIRTHRIGHT.
Pick up any bible, it says so in the Old Testament. How do you

rationalize with that? You can‘t, for their kind it has been thousands of
years journey into the land of Canaan. For centuries they have existed
as the closed exclusive secretive society vs. the world, and they are
not going to turn back around. No way, so close, so close to achieving
their dreams… what they have going on today is none other than a bona
fide worldwide juggernaut.
Haghida 3, Verse 1: "And the Lord told the Israelites: you have
made me the one God of the world, and I will make your
people the only rulers of the world."
Thus we have clearly witnessed throughout the ages, clearly

documented in many history books, as these ―Jews‖ have always
managed to deeply infiltrate every nation they have inhabited, little by
little, taking more and more control. They were kicked out of Spain and
many countries, not for being benevolent citizens, contributing for the
good of their host nation, no, no, these people have never deviated from their inbred pathological quest to conquer and
get control of all trade and usury markets, followed by everything their hearts so desire. (Sorry, but this is just plain
TRUTH, try and label me as a self hating Jew anti-Semite if you wish, it still won‘t change the TRUTH). They have
yet to revise those pages in the history books, but I‘m sure they will one day get their PhD wielding world renowned
―researchers‖ to work on those chapters and edit them accordingly…
One glaring crucial omitted factoid that many people do not know, especially those ―Christians‖ who blindly yet
ardently support the Zionist cause and agenda, are the Zionists who rule Palestine and run the worlds finance cartel and
the worlds media cartel are NOT REAL JEWS yet they prance around portraying themselves as ―the chosen ones.‖
They are none other than IMPOSTERS, Edomites, Khazars, and Ashkenazis posing as true blood Jews to
obtain YOUR SUPPORT in their attempt to establish their Luciferian one world government and become
masters over the entire planet… ―as was promised to them‖… by none other than: ―GOD‖…
The AshkeNAZI Jews are descended from the medieval Jewish communities of the Rhineland in the west of
Germany… they are NOT from the original tribe of Israel, for these people are descendants of entire Khazar
societies that CONVERTED to Judaism by their king‘s decree long ago. The Khazars who were a warlike semi-
nomadic Turkic people, they all CONVERTED to Judaism during the eighth or ninth century the state religion
became Judaism, henceforth came to be the Khazar Jews. THESE are the REAL descendants of today‘s
Ashkenazi ―Jews.‖ Yes, real Jews have been intermarrying with the Ashkenazi, but this does not change the facts.
Hate the truth all you like, try and obscure history all you want, it will never change the TRUTH.
The Ancient Kingdom of Khazaria

By Benjamin Freedman (who is 100% Jewish and world renown author and lecturer)
The notion that Jews are God‘s chosen people is not only untrue, but ridiculous. It is a myth that most Jews have
an ethnic relationship to Israel. In reality, most Jews have a stronger kinship to the ancient Kingdom of Khazaria
than to modern or ancient Palestine/Israel.(Footnote 60) Khazaria was a country in eastern Europe that flourished
as an independent state from about 650 to 1016. In about 740, the king of Khazaria issued a decree whereby the
national religion became Judaism. Prior to that, the main religion was Shamanism, a type of paganism from which
Wicca later evolved. Wicca is a religion of sorts, but is really a euphemism for witchcraft. In fact, Wiccans
openly refer to themselves as witches. In addition, Wiccans openly acknowledge Shamanism as a "mother
religion."
Benjamin Freedman described the Khazars in a speech he delivered in Washington, DC in 1961. The following is
an excerpt from that speech:
What are the facts about the Jews? (I call them Jews to you, because they are known as Jews. I don't call them
Jews myself. I refer to them as so-called Jews, because I know what they are.) The eastern European Jews, who
form 92 per cent of the world's population of those people who call themselves Jews, were originally Khazars.
They were a warlike tribe who lived deep in the heart of Asia. And they were so warlike that even the Asiatics
drove them out of Asia into eastern Europe. They set up a large Khazar kingdom of 800,000 square miles. At the
time, Russia did not exist, nor did many other European countries. The Khazar kingdom was the biggest country
in all Europe -- so big and so powerful that when the other monarchs wanted to go to war, the Khazars would lend
them 40,000 soldiers. That's how big and powerful they were.
They were phallic worshippers,(Footnote 61) which is filthy and I do not want to go into the details of that now.
But that was their religion, as it was also the religion of many other pagans and barbarians elsewhere in the world.
The Khazar king became so disgusted with the degeneracy of his kingdom that he decided to adopt a so-called
monotheistic faith -- either Christianity, Islam, or what is known today as Judaism, which is really Talmudism.
By spinning a top, and calling out "eeny, meeny, miney, moe," he picked out so-called Judaism. And that became
the state religion. He sent down to the Talmudic schools of Pumbedita and Sura and brought up thousands of
rabbis, and opened up synagogues and schools, and his people became what we call Jews.
There wasn't one of them who had an ancestor who ever put a toe in the Holy Land. Not only in Old Testament
history, but back to the beginning of time. Not one of them! And yet they come to the Christians and ask us to
support their armed insurrections in Palestine by saying, "You want to help repatriate God's Chosen People to
their Promised Land, their ancestral home, don't you? It's your Christian duty. We gave you one of our boys as
your Lord and Savior. You now go to church on Sunday, and you kneel and you worship a Jew, and we're Jews."
But they are pagan Khazars who were converted just the same as the Irish were converted.
It is as ridiculous to call them "people of the Holy Land," as it would be to call the 54 million Chinese Moslems
"Arabs." Mohammed only died in 620 A.D., and since then 54 million Chinese have accepted Islam as their
religious belief. Now imagine, in China, 2,000 miles away from Arabia, from Mecca and Mohammed's
birthplace. Imagine if the 54 million Chinese decided to call themselves "Arabs." You would say they were
lunatics. Anyone who believes that those 54 million Chinese are Arabs must be crazy. All they did was adopt as a
religious faith a belief that had its origin in Mecca, in Arabia. The same as the Irish. When the Irish became
Christians, nobody dumped them in the ocean and imported to the Holy Land a new crop of inhabitants. They
hadn't become a different people. They were the same people, but they had accepted Christianity as a religious
faith.
These Khazars, these pagans, these Asiatics, these Turko-Finns, were a Mongoloid race who were forced out of
Asia into eastern Europe. Because their king took the Talmudic faith, they had no choice in the matter. Just the
same as in Spain: If the king was Catholic, everybody had to be a Catholic. If not, you had to get out of Spain. So
the Khazars became what we call today Jews. Now imagine how silly it was for the great Christian countries of
the world to say, "We're going to use our power and prestige to repatriate God's Chosen People to their ancestral
homeland, their Promised Land." Could there be a bigger lie than that? Because they control the newspapers, the
magazines, the radio, the television, the book publishing business, and because they have the ministers in the
pulpit and the politicians on the soapboxes talking the same language, it is not too surprising that you believe that
lie. You'd believe black is white if you heard it often enough. You wouldn't call black black anymore -- you'd
start to call black white. And nobody could blame you.
That is one of the great lies of history. It is the foundation of all the misery that has befallen the world.
(Benjamin Freedman: excerpt from a speech at the Willard Hotel in Washington, DC, 1961)
Ashke means expatriate in Hebrew (definition of expatriate: 1, banish, exile 2, to withdraw from residence in or
allegiance to one‘s native country), and Nazi means Nazi. BEHOLD: The literal translation of Ashkenazi Jews true
origin is: expatriate Nazi! Hate the truth all you want, it is still the truth…
Now I don‘t take the NAZI part lightly… think about it… ―The evil Nazis‖… Where did they get their ideas?... Who
was working behind the scenes in the whole ―Nazi‖ thing? Who financed Hitler? Wasn‘t Hitler‘s mother Jewish? The
Nazis were the ones who believed the concept of a supreme Aryan race, hmmm the Jews also believe that they are
the supreme race that is destined to rule the world. Interesting… Was the Nazi invasion some sort of evil sick
diabolical operation to pave the way for the ―true Ashkenazi supreme race‖? Oh, so many questions… so many
―mysteries‖… not anymore… Hate the shocking truth all you like, it will still not change it from being the truth.
How ironic that the ―real‖ descendants of the people of ancient Judea are the people of Palestine who centuries ago
converted to the Christian or Muslim faiths, not the Ashkenazi European Jews like Netanyahu who have NO Semitic
blood connection to the land but only an acceptance by conversion to the Jewish faith (Shlomo Sand – ―When and
How the Jewish People Was Invented‖). What a convenient way to justify theft of another‘s home and land…
Behold for I come forth to reveal the truths that have been meticulously hidden in plain sight.
One must take note that only the AshkeNAZI ―Jews‖ spoke the Yiddish language, FOR IT DID NOT ORIGINATE IN
THE HOLY LAND. Behold for: Hebrew is the liturgical language of Judaism (termed leshon ha-kodesh, "the holy
tongue"), the language in which the Hebrew Scriptures (Tanakh) were composed, and the common language of the
Jewish people for centuries. By the fifth century BCE, Aramaic, a closely related tongue, joined Hebrew as the
spoken language in Judea. By the third century BCE, Jews of the Diaspora were speaking Greek. The
Khazar/AshkeNAZI CONVERTED ―Jews‖ are the only people that spoke YIDDISH!
Yiddish dialects are subsets of the major regional branches of the Yiddish language: Western Yiddish and Eastern
Yiddish. Eastern Yiddish, the branch almost exclusively encountered in the contemporary speech community,
includes three major dialects: Northeastern or Litvish (spoken in the Baltic States, Belarus, and adjacent
areas), Central or Poylish (spoken in Poland, Galicia, areas of the former Austro-Hungarian Empire,
including Transylvania and other areas of Central Europe), and Southeastern or Ukrainish (spoken in
most of the Ukraine and Romania).
Western Yiddish included three dialects: Northwestern (spoken in Northern Germany and the Netherlands),
Midwestern (spoken in central Germany), and Southwestern (spoken in southern Germany, France, and
neighboring regions extending into Northern Italy). These have a number of clearly distinguished regional
varieties, such as Judeo-Alsatian, plus many local sub varieties.
General references to the "Yiddish language" without qualification are normally taken to apply to Eastern
Yiddish, unless the subject under consideration is Yiddish literature prior to the 19th century, in which case the
focus is more likely to be on Western Yiddish.
Some authors use the term "Southeastern Yiddish" as a collective designation for both Poylish and Ukrainish
while still applying the term Northeastern Yiddish to Litvish. The single most populous dialect is Poylish, which
together with Ukrainish is used by as many as three quarters of all Yiddish speakers. – [sourced from Wikipedia]
Although in the 11th century, the Ashkenazi Jews comprised only 3 percent of the world's Jewish population, at their
peak in 1931, they accounted for 92 percent of the world's Jews. Today they make up approximately 80 percent of
Jews worldwide.[5] Most Jewish communities with extended histories in Europe are Ashkenazim, with the exception
of those associated with the Mediterranean region. The majority of the Jews who migrated from Europe to other
continents in the past two centuries are Ashkenazim, Eastern Ashkenazim in particular. This is especially true in the
United States, where most of the 5.3 million American Jewish population[6] is Ashkenazi, representing the world's
single largest concentration of Ashkenazim.
The Thirteenth Tribe

By
Arthur Koestler
THE KHAZAR EMPIRE AND ITS

HERITAGE - ISBN 0-394-40284-7
This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar

Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in
Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became
converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped
out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence
indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to
Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. . .
The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to

the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and
they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim
onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of
the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.
In the second part of this book, "The Heritage," Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and
their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry. He produces a large body of
meticulously detailed research in support of a theory that sounds all the more convincing for the restraint with
which it is advanced. Yet should this theory be confirmed, the term "anti-Semitism" would become void of
meaning, since, as Mr. Koestler writes, it is based "on a misapprehension shared by both the killers and their
victims. The story of the Khazar Empire, as it slowly emerges from the past, begins to look like the most cruel
hoax which history has ever perpetrated."
THE KHAZAR EMPIRE AND ITS HERITAGE

Rise and Fall of the Khazars
I RISE
II CONVERSION
III DECLINE
EARLY RUSSIAN CULTURE BELITTLED
SOVIET HISTORIAN REBUKED
IV FALL
V EXODUS
VI WHERE FROM?
VII CROSS-CURRENTS
VIII RACE AND MYTH
SUMMARY
A NOTE ON SPELLING
A NOTE ON SOURCES
(A) ANCIENT SOURCES
(B) MODERN LITERATURE
THE "KHAZAR CORRESPONDENCE"
SOME IMPLICATIONS - ISRAEL AND THE DIASPORA
SELECTED BIBLIOGRAPHY
What the Critics have to say!
Finally Available To ALL - Absolute Historical Proof : Jews are not Israelites!
Research Proves "Jews" are non-Israelite Asiatics!
DATELINE U.S.A. (1977) -- In 1976 Random House published a book that should have hit the Christian Churches
like a blockbuster, but instead they chose totally to ignore it. It dealt with the racial origin of the people in
Communist and Christian countries who call themselves "Jews," and whom the Churches (and the Jews
themselves) generally insist are "God's Chosen People," the Israelite descendants of Abraham. Since the late
1800's a small number of Bible Scholars, who were also students of History and Racial origins, have insisted the
Church denominations were wrong; that instead of being Israelites, these Jews from Eastern Europe and Western
Asia were descended from Mongolians and other Asiatic peoples who had adopted Judaism as their "religion" over
1,000 years ago and had become know as "Jews." These Bible scholars were ignored or condemned, and often
called "cultists" or "anti-Semites."
Now, after many years of research, a well-known Jewish author, Arthur Koestler has published a 255 page book
titled THE THIRTEENTH TRIBE in which he proves the same point; i.e. that these Eastern European "Jews" are
neither Israelites nor "Semites," but are instead Khazars, Mongols, and Huns! Most major newspapers and
magazines reviewed the book during 1976. Also, Random House, the publisher, advertised it extensively and
began some of their ads with the following headline: WHAT IF MOST JEWS AREN'T REALLY SEMITES AT
ALL? In addition, Random House quoted the following reviews:
"Mr. Koestler's excellent book...Is as readable as it is thought-provoking. Nothing could be more

stimulating than the skill, elegance and erudition with which he marshals his facts and develops his
theories..." Fitzroy Maclean, New York Times Book Review.
"You do not have to be Jewish to be interested... Are today's Western Jews really ethnic, Semitic, Biblical
Jews, or are most of them descendants of converted Khazars?...This compact, interesting book...examines
tragic-ironic implications in [this question] for modern history...It should fascinate." --Edmund Fuller,
Wall Street Journal
"Koestler marshals the evidence in a clear and convincing way. He tells a good story, pulling together
materials from medieval Muslims and Jewish travelers, scholarly controversy and the mysterious lore of
the Khazars." --Raymond Sokolov, Newsweek
Robert Kirsch of the Los Angeles Times stated in his lengthy review that 'Arthur Koestler publicizes with
his customary skills a daring hypothesis: that THE KHAZAR JEWS MIGRATED TO POLAND AND
BECAME THE FOREBEARS OF EASTERN EUROPEAN JEWRY...' Then Kirsch quoted Prof. A. N.
Poliak of Tel Aviv University, who stated that "The large majority of world Jewry is descended from the
Jews of Khazaria." Then he again quoted Koestler in THE THIRTEENTH TRIBE, "If so, this would
mean that their ancestors came not from the Jordan but from the Volga; not from Canaan but from the
Caucasus, once believed to be the cradle of the Aryan race; and that GENETICALLY THEY ARE MORE
RELATED TO THE HUN, UIGUR, AND MAGYAR TRIBES THAN TO THE SEED OF ABRAHAM,
ISAAC, AND JACOB..." (emphasis added)
We cannot stress enough how absolutely imperative it is for all Christian Americans to consider the startling proof
in Arthur Koestler's book that today's Jews are not Israelites. The Jewish influence on American life has reached
such a stage that no student of contemporary history can ignore it. Not only the news media are Jewish
monopolies, but top positions in the U.S. government are largely filled by Eastern European Jews. The magazine
and book publishing houses are in Jewish hands; and movies, television, and the other entertainment
industries are dominated by Jews in all phases. America's government and most of her people's sources of
information are controlled and directed by Jews.
If these people were really "God's Chosen People," perhaps Americans would have little cause for concern -- BUT
WHAT IF THEY ARE REALLY THE "HUNS" AND THEREFORE THE ANCIENT ENEMIES OF
CHRISTENDOM? I say to thee, it has been revealed long ago how we are to know who/what is of God: For
it has been prophesized in the Holy Scriptures that ―you will know them by their deeds.‖
Since many Americans may not have an opportunity to read Koestler's book, we shall herewith submit our own
index-style review.
THE THIRTEENTH TRIBE

(by Arthur Koestler, Random House)
Reviewed by Pastor Sheldon Emry
Page Information
15 Khazars adopt Judaism as their religion in A.D. 740.
16 Majority of Eastern European Jews are Khazar and Japhetic in origin, not Semitic. Refers to
1973 Jewish Encyclopedia and A. N. Poliak, Professor, Medieval Jewish History, Tel Aviv
University.
17 Jews more closely related to Hun, Uigur, and Magyrs than to the seed of Abraham Isaac and
Jacob.
18 Khazars exacted tribute from subject peoples.
20 Identified them with the hosts of Gog and Magog.
22 German word Ketzer is our word for Khazar and means heretic or Jew.
23 Khazars were with Attila the Hun in 4th century.
37-39 Some were phallic worshipers, killed anyone thought to be extra intelligent and called it an
offering to god.
46 Quotes 1,000-year-old Arab historian, "The Khazars and their King are all Jews...some are of the
opinion that Gog and Magog are the Khazars."
47-50 Khazars were re-exporters of foreign goods, middlemen, inspectors of trade, goldsmiths, and
silversmiths; and they exacted 10% tax on all trade.
59-63 Jews fled Rome and Greece to Khazaria to avoid forced conversion to Christianity. They adopted
Islam when forced, repudiating it when safe.
72 Khazar King, in a letter, traced his people in Togarma and Japheth, the ancestors of all the
Turkish tribes.
81 In A.D. 864 a monk wrote "there exists a people under the sky in regions where no
Christians can be found, whose name is Gog and Magog, and who are Huns; among them is
one called Gazari [Khazari?], who are circumcised and observe Judaism in its entirety."
93 Russian communists tried to hide Khazar-Jewish connection!
95- History of breaking up of Khazar Empire and integration of these Jews into Russia, Poland, etc.
132
135 Khazar kingdom known as a kingdom of "Red" Jews.
141 Khazars joined Ghengis Khan and retained their Judaism.
145 Interchangeable names --Khazar, Zhid (or Yid), and Jew
151 Majority of Jews in Middle Ages were Khazars.
152- Jews were mintmasters, royal treasurers, tax collectors, and money lenders. Principal source of
154 income was foreign trade and the levying of customs dues and they practiced communal life.
159- They lost the name of Khazars and became known as Jews. During Dark Ages commerce
161 largely in Jewish hands, including slave trade.
163- During Crusades whole families and towns of Jews committed suicide rather than accept
167 Christianity.
167- Proves only a handful of Sephardim Jews were in Europe so the vast majority of Jews today are
171 Khazar in origin.
172- Gives origin of Yiddish language. It is NOT Hebrew!
174
178 "The Jewish dark ages may be said to begin with the Renaissance." (Reviews comment: This
remark by the Jew Cecil Roth, coupled with other information, is a sorrowful admission that the
Jews were supreme in the Dark Ages but lost their dominion over Europe when the Light of
God's Word brought about the Renaissance!)
180- Quotes from many sources to prove Jews NOT descended from Biblical Israelites, ending with
199 this, ...evidence from anthropology concurs with history in refuting the popular belief in a Jewish
race descended from the biblical tribe.
200- Refers to others who have written on the same subject.
222
223 Israeli's right to exist...not based on...the mythological covenant of Abraham with God; it is
based on international law -- i.e., on the United Nations' decision of 1947. . .
224- Koestler ends his book by saying he believes many Jews have learned of their Khazar ancestry
226 and now reject the Chosen-Race doctrine.
THE THIRTEENTH TRIBE proves beyond doubt that modern Jews are not Biblical Israelites. Every church
member in America should insist that his Pastor investigate these claims. Are our Jewish politicians, publishers,
movie makers, and opinion molders God's "Chosen People"? Or are they Mongol and Hun infiltrators of
Christendom?
Is The Jews' "Chosen People" Masquerade Finally Over?
Shortly after World War I, Henry Ford, founder of the Ford Motor Company, assembled a staff of experts in
Detroit to conduct research on the European Jews who had been entering America in large numbers since the
1880's. Ford provided the staff with several million dollars for this research, and in 1923 he published the results in
a four-volume work titled "THE INTERNATIONAL JEW." It was Henry Ford's conclusion that very few of these
people who called themselves "Jews" were descendants of the Bible Israelites.
Ford further proved that these Jews, using all sorts of crimes while under the cloak of being the Chosen People of
the Bible, were rapidly taking economic and political control of America. In the religious field, Ford claimed THE
JEWS HAD SECRETLY GAINED CONTROL OF MOST PROTESTANT SEMINARIES AND
CHRISTIAN BOOK- PUBLISHING HOUSES and had been able to remove almost all criticism of Jews from
Christian literature.
In summing up his findings, Henry Ford stated, "The Jews are not the Chosen People, though practically the entire
Church has succumbed to the propaganda which declares them to be so." Ford's book caused a furor for a few
years but soon disappeared from colleges, universities, and public libraries and became unobtainable at any price.
The Churches continued to teach "The Jews are God's Chosen People, Israel," and the (by then) Jewish-dominated
news media began to refer to Jews always as Israelites. Anyone opposing the increasing Jewish control of the
nations was immediately branded "anti-Semitic;" and Jewish dominated Seminaries taught new ministers to quote
Genesis 12:1-3 and sternly warn their flocks that anyone speaking unfavorably of the Jews would be "cursed by
God." Jewish control of American society, politics, and religions continued to increase.
In 1951 retired U.S. Military Intelligence Officer, Col. John Beaty, published a scholarly 265-page book IRON
CURTAIN OVER AMERICA. In it Col. Beaty gave overwhelming evidence this strange Race of Eastern
European "Jews" were actually Khazar and Mongol Asiatics and had no racial ancestry in Israel at all.
He then proved that by 1951 these "Jews" had a stranglehold on American politics, on Banking and Credit, on all
sources of news, on the entertainment industry, on America's education system, and that they were the
predominant race as judges, lawyers, doctors, and in organized crime. The Jewish news media refused to review
the book, Jewish book dealers refused to handle it, Christian book stores ignored it, and only a few thousand copies
were distributed. Most Americans never heard of IRON CURTAIN OVER AMERICA. Now, because of renewed
interest, both THE INTERNATIONAL JEW (in an abridged edition) and IRON CURTAIN OVER AMERICA
have been reprinted and are available.
The latest, and perhaps the most succinct book on this subject, is ISRAEL'S 5 TRILLION DOLLAR SECRET by
Col. Curtis B. Dall, former son-in-law of Franklin Delano Roosevelt, and a personal acquaintance of many high
officials in the U.S. Government since the 1930's. Col. Dall lives and works in the Washington, D. C. area, and his
book, published in 1977. Col. Dall proves again, from reliable sources, that the Jews are NOT Israelites. In fact,
Col. Dall calls their masquerade as "Israel" the greatest "hoax" of the last centuries! It should be read by every
non-Jew.
You now know their false identity as "Israel" protects these "Jews" from being exposed as aliens and as anti-
Americans. Read the books below. Give this sheet to your Minister. Tell him to preach the truth - or resign! Most
preaching today is based on the "Jew-Israel" myth, and it is false.
"Fear them not therefore; for there is nothing covered that shall not be revealed: and hid, that shall not
be known. What I tell you in darkness, that speak ye in light: and what ye hear in the ear, that preach ye
on the housetops" (Jesus, in Matthew 10:26,27). 13trindx.htm
As I have been trying to articulate, all Jews are NOT evil. This is where most people get mixed up and confused, this is
of purposeful design, for the wolves in sheep‘s clothing hide well amoung the flock of sheep. There exists a sinister
secretive sect of the central players, a cabal, consortium, a syndicate, a Global Mafia that is the ―hidden hand,‖ that acts
as an invisible force behind an unimaginable array of world influencing events, these are the central players in virtually
all key areas of the Luciferian matrix. They consist of the Learned Elders of Zion whom are none other than the high
echelon world ZIONISTS. I don‘t make these statements nonchalantly, It is in our best interest to investigate the
vailidity of this declaration, and follow the rabit down the hole.
Ok, here is another eye opening item concerning the supposed ―most wonderful, benevolent, innocent persecuted
perpetually victimized Zionists who have been strategically hiding behind the real persecuted ―Jews‖:
Let‘s go forth and study the alleged wonderful compassionate benevolence of

the Zionists and their apartheid terrorist state of Israel - For it has been
prophesized: ―By their deeds you will know them‖
ZIONISM UNMASKED
Special Series on Zionism
Tim King, Salem-News.com
What is it? Why do we write about it? Why has it led to a genocidal wipeout of the Palestinian people?
(SALEM, Ore.) - There are many of us who have to draw our line in the sand in this life, and it often isn't
comfortable. When we take any position that only fits outside the societal norm, we risk many things that more
sheep-like people can legitimately expect to have on a daily basis.
I knew from day one in this that I had a mission in this life. Then I could not have said what it was, but today as
the editor of Salem-News.com I see it as quite obvious. The unpopular position I very willingly assume is that of
a writer who criticizes the military state of Israel, which oppresses the Palestinians who called the land their own
scarcely over 60 years ago.
The Salem-News.com series ZIONISM UNMASKED by writers Jeff Gates, Alan Hart, Dr. Paul J. Balles and
Maidhc Ó Cathail, is created to educate the American public about the threat this mentality, very much separate
from Judaism itself, represents for all parties involved, including the United States.
Zionism is not in any way exclusively a belief shared among Jewish people, it is also a common belief among
Christians. The matter is based on the reference to Jews being "God's Chosen People" and while that in and of
itself is one matter, it has ultimately led to the decimation of the population of Palestine. How can any belief
system that illegally targets schools and hospitals in a historic place like Gaza, mercilessly killing hundreds of
innocent children in the process, represent God?
The excuse used by Israel is that it is eternally in defense of itself, but many believe Israel is simply,
systematically, creating genocide on the Palestinian population.
The Israelis took the land away from the Palestinians when the Jewish state was created in the late 1940's. It has
grown steadily ever since, and still insists daily on bulldozing of the homes of Palestinians, creating an ever
growing number of poverty stricken refugees who would not otherwise exist, and also the construction of
'settlements' on the remaining Palestinian land.
This genocidal behavior funded by the U.S. simply cannot be tolerated by the world any longer, and that is why
we never stop publishing stories in this regard. I sincerely appreciate the efforts of our writers in Arizona,
London, Washington D.C. and Osaka, Japan in taking on this important subject for our readers.
ZIONISM UNMASKED: End of Zionism = Peace

Jeff Gates Salem-News.com
Morality and conscience are of no concern to those who consider themselves The Chosen—by a god of their own
choosing.
(TEMPE, Az.) - While Zionism is clearly a nationalist ideology that narrow framing does the term an injustice as
it is so much more.
Zionism is more accurately described as a strategy for targeting thought and emotion as a means to influence
behavior. Naïve Jews were its first victims when induced to identify with an enclave in the Middle East that
President Harry Truman, a Christian Zionist, was induced to recognize as a ―state.‖
Zionism is first and foremost a mental state that manifests as a dispersed form of
internalized nationalism—a Diaspora—that binds to an extremist enclave those who may
never set foot there. After 1967, this ―state‖ became the ―Land of Israel‖ based on a more
expansive area seized by Israel Defense Forces along with other occupied lands that Zionists
claim a god gave them.
Zionism recruits by sustaining a shared sense of insecurity within the broader Jewish
community. It progresses by marketing its perceived vulnerability and victimhood among
those on whom it relies for financial, military and diplomatic support.
When, as now, policies of the Zionist state come under attack, media campaigns herald an
outbreak of anti-Semitism and hatred—not for Zionism but for Jews, enhancing recruitment.
By choosing to identify their interests with those of Zionism, Jews choose to make themselves
feel insecure. Zionism relies for its success not only on deception but also on self-deceit.
Many well-informed Jews opposed Israel‘s founding in 1948. By 1967, Jewish-Americans

were active in the civil rights movement. With the Six-Day War, that activism became
problematic. How could Jews back civil rights for Blacks while Zionism denied those rights to
Palestinians?
That era marked a turning point both for Zionism and legitimate Judaism as many Jews
abandoned civil rights activism when they could no longer reconcile their activism with Israeli
oppression. Thus the present mental state of Barack Obama‘s many Jewish Zionist advisers.
The Six-Day War induced more Jews to identify with Zionism as a defender of Jews. Yet now
we know that war was a long-planned land grab destined to outrage Arabs and Muslims.
When combined with a murderous occupation, decades of Israeli provocations were
guaranteed to evoke the violent reactions required to rationalize a ―war on terrorism.‖
In terms of game theory war planning, today‘s results were perfectly predictable—mathematically model-able
within an acceptable range of probabilities. Once again Zionism targeted thought and emotion to manipulate
behavior by provoking antagonism and evoking extremism—the two key ingredients required to plausibly
proclaim their insecurity.
When your numbers are few and your ambitions vast, what choice did Zionists have but to seduce and deceive a
super power so that our military would wage their wars for Greater Israel?
Peace is the Opponent
Peace is a perilous ‗state‘ to be avoided at any cost by a nationalist ideology that thrives on serial crises wed to a
perpetual state of conflict and fear. To realize the Zionist goal of hegemony over the Middle East requires a series
of plausible Evil Doers and a persuasive narrative. Could Zionism be the reason we segued so seamlessly from
the Cold War to the War on Terrorism? (see: How Israel Wages War on the U.S.-By Way of Deception - Jeff
Gates Salem-News.com)
Instead of the anticipated post-Cold War ―peace dividend, the U.S. finds itself waging what Nobel economist Joe
Stiglitz calls The $3 Trillion War—all of it borrowed, including $700 billion in interest expense.
In hindsight, the phony intelligence that induced us to war in the Middle East was traceable to Israelis, pro-
Israelis or assets developed for that purpose such as Iraqi liar Ahmad Chalabi.
Other than those sharing a Zionist mental state, who had the means, motive,
opportunity and, importantly, the stable nation-state intelligence to conduct such
operations inside the U.S.?
Yet even now those responsible elude accountability and even scrutiny as cries of
―anti-Semitism‖ are deployed to intimidate and misdirect—by manipulating thought
and emotion.
At the end of World War II, the U.S. claimed 50% of the world‘s productive power,
ensuring we would have the world‘s top-rated government bonds for at least two
generations. When the Cold War drew to a costly close in 1989, the U.S. had spent $15.9 trillion on defense since
1948 (in 2010 dollars). Now a potential war without end has taken its place.
Americans have been induced to believe that the Zionist state is an ally. We are not alone in viewing Israel as a
legitimate nation and a noble experiment to provide a ―homeland‖ for a victimized people. That alluring storyline
victimized the broader Jewish community while also laying waste to the nation that was first deceived to extend
to Zionists the hand of friendship.
To escape the ravages of Zionism requires that we concede its duplicitous nature and make its operations
transparent so that its perpetrators become apparent. As a long-
deceived global public grasps its costs in blood and treasure, this
mental state will be seen for what it is: a criminal state.
The Psychopath Within
In the clinical psychiatric literature, this ―state‖ features

interpersonal traits such as superficial charm, pathological lying,
egocentricity, lack of remorse, and callousness that are regarded as
characteristic of psychopaths. In order to betray, psychopaths first
befriend. In order to defraud, they first establish a relationship of
trust. Sound familiar?
Those who share such a mental state will happily incite hatred to
catalyze a reaction and then claim they are the victims of hate. For
those inhabiting this mental state, it appears rational and even desirable to provoke a response and then claim to
be a target of anti-Semites. Inside this internal state, self-absorption is all-encompassing with arrogance its most
visible trait.
Law is irrelevant to those who consider themselves above the law. Morality and conscience are of no concern to
those who consider themselves The Chosen—by a god of their own choosing. Such a nationalist ideology has no
place in a system nation states dedicated to the rule of law.
Those sharing such a ―state‖ pose too great a peril to be an object of pity or compassion. Accountability is the
only appropriate response along with an initiative—deploying force as required—to secure any weapons of mass
destruction that may be in their possession.
Such a state cannot be delegitimized because any legitimacy attained was integral to the fraud it inflicted on the
community of nations. The issue at hand is how best to protect a peace-seeking world from a psychopathic
ideology that assumed the appearance of legitimacy so that a Christian Zionist president could be deceived to
recognize as a nation a criminal state.
ZIONISM UNMASKED: A Fairy Tale That's Become a Terrifying

Nightmare
Alan Hart Salem-News.com
One thing nobody can deny is the effectiveness of Zionism‘s propaganda machine. (LONDON) - Most Jews of
the world (and probably many Gentiles) believe that Zionism is the return of Jews to the land promised to them
by God. At the risk of offending some readers of all faiths for saying so, I must confess, and do so cheerfully, that
I don‘t buy this concept because the Gentile me does not believe in the God of organized, institutional religions.
So, I say to myself, no God, no promise to Jews (or anybody else). In my perception of the scheme of things, God
is the potential for good inside each and every one of us. God so defined is a prisoner within each of us and our
prime task is to liberate this prisoner. But let‘s put that to one side.
The Jews who returned in answer to Zionism‘s call had no biological connection to the ancient Hebrews. They
were converts to Judaism long after the end of the Hebrew conquest and short-lived domination of much of
Canaan, the name as in the Bible by which Palestine was first known to the world. They therefore had no
legitimate claim on the land.
The Jews who did have a legitimate claim, probably not more than about 10,000 at the time of Zionism‘s first
dishonest mission statement in 1897, were the direct descendants of the Israelites who stayed in place on the land
through time. They regarded themselves as Palestinians, and they were fiercely opposed to Zionism‘s colonial
enterprise because they feared it would make them as well as the incoming alien Jews enemies of the Palestinian
Arabs.
Also true is that prior to the obscenity of the Nazi holocaust, most Jews of the world were not at all interested in
Zionism‘s colonial enterprise and many were opposed to it. The most informed and thoughtful of those who did
express their opposition believed that Zionism was morally wrong. They also feared that Zionism‘s colonial
enterprise would lead to unending conflict.
But most of all they feared that Zionism, if it was allowed by the major powers to have its way, would one day
provoke anti-Semitism. Which is precisely what is happening today. (Hence the title of my book, ZIONISM: THE
REAL ENEMY OF THE JEWS). In reality it is how the Zionists created their state - a Zionist not a Jewish state -
that best defines what Zionism actually is.
Israel was created, mainly, by Zionist terrorism and ethnic cleansing - a pre-planned process that saw three-
quarters of the indigenous Arab inhabitants of Palestine dispossessed of their homes, their land and their rights.
Zionism asserts that its state was given its birth certificate and thus legitimacy by the UN Partition Resolution of
29 November 1947. That is propaganda nonsense. The truth can be summarized as follows.
 In the first place the UN without the consent of the majority of the people of Palestine did not have the
right to decide to partition Palestine or assign any part of its territory to a minority of alien immigrants in
order for them to establish a state of their own.
 By the narrowest of margins, and only after a rigged vote, the UN General Assembly did pass a
resolution to partition Palestine and create two states, one Arab, one Jewish, with Jerusalem not part of
either. But the General Assembly resolution was only a recommendation - meaning that it could have no
effect, would not become policy, unless approved by the Security Council.
 The General Assembly‘s recommendation never went to the Security Council for consideration because
the U.S. knew that, if approved, it could only be implemented by force given the extent of Arab and
other Muslim opposition to it; and President Truman was not prepared to use force to partition Palestine.
 So the partition plan was vitiated (became invalid) and the question of what the hell to do about Palestine
- after Britain had made a mess of it and walked away, effectively surrendering to Zionist terrorism - was
taken back to the General Assembly for more discussion. The option favoured and proposed by the U.S.
was temporary UN Trusteeship. It was while the General Assembly was debating what to do that Israel
unilaterally declared itself to be in existence - actually in defiance of the will of the organised
international community, including the Truman administration.
The truth of the time was that the Zionist state had no right to exist and, more to the point, could have no right to
exist UNLESS … Unless it was recognized and legitimized by those Zionism had dispossessed of their land and
their rights.
In international law only the Palestinians could give Israel the legitimacy it craved.
What is a Zionist today?
Short answer: One, not necessarily a Jew, who (to quote Balfour) supports the Zionist state of Israel ―right or
wrong‖ and who cannot or will not admit that a terrible wrong was done to the Palestinians by Zionism - a wrong
that must be acknowledged and then corrected on terms acceptable to the Palestinians if there is ever to be peace
and the countdown to catastrophe for all is to be stopped. The Arab word for the catastrophe of the original
dispossession of the Palestinians is Nakba. In my view, Zionism‘s Nakba denial is as obscene and as evil as
denial of the Nazi holocaust.
One thing nobody can deny is the effectiveness of Zionism‘s propaganda machine. Zionism‘s spin doctors
probably learned from the Nazis that the bigger the lies and the more frequently they are told, the more likely it is
that they will be believed in the mainly Gentile, Judeo-Christian or Western world; and all the more so when the
mainstream media is terrified of offending Zionism either too much or at all.
The biggest of all of Zionism‘s propaganda lies is the one which asserts that Israel has lived in constant danger of
annihilation, the ―driving into the sea‖ of its Jews. As I document in detail in my book, Israel‘s existence has
never, ever, been in danger from any combination of Arab force.
Not in 1948. Not in 1967. And not even in 1973. Zionism‘s assertion to the contrary was the cover which allowed
Israel to get away where it mattered most, in North America and Western Europe, with presenting its aggression
(often state terrorism) as self-defense, and itself as the victim when actually it was, and is, the oppressor.
The companion propaganda lie is that Israel never had Arab partners for peace.
Zionism has two hallmarks
One is self-righteousness of a most extraordinary kind. In 1986 this self-righteousness was described by
Yehoshafat Harkabi, a former Director of Israeli Military Intelligence, as ―the biggest real danger‖ to the Jewish
state.
The other hallmark is a shocking and awesome arrogance of military and economic power and the influence the
latter buys, most critically in the U.S. Congress where what passes for democracy is for sale to the highest
bidders.
On the matter of truth as it relates to the making and sustaining of conflict in and over Palestine that became
Israel, I hope the German philosopher Arthur Schopenhauer (1788-1860) is right: ―All truth passes through three
stages. First, it is ridiculed. Second, it is violently opposed. Third, it is accepted as being self-evident.‖; If that‘s
true, Zionism not only can be defeated but will be.
ZIONISM UNMASKED: Chutzpah, thy name is Zionism

Maidhc Ó Cathail Salem-News.com
One might think that with over a million people dead and almost five million others displaced in Iraq—and not a
weapon of mass destruction to be found—that Netanyahu might be showing some remorse. Instead, he‘s beating
the drums loudest for an even more catastrophic war with Iran.
(OSAKA, Japan) - Chutzpah, a Yiddish word meaning ―shameless audacity,‖ has been famously defined as ―that
quality enshrined in a man who, having killed his mother and father, throws himself on the mercy of the court
because he is an orphan.‖ Considering Israel‘s increasingly outrageous behaviour, perhaps it‘s time for a new
definition. The one that springs to mind is ―that quality enshrined in a state, which having induced its ‗allies‘ into
a disastrous invasion of Iraq, then urges them to attack Iran.‖
At a recent dinner in honour of visiting Italian premier Silvio Berlusconi, Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin
Netanyahu took yet another rhetorical swipe at Tehran. ―Humanity stands before one of its most difficult tests
since World War II,‖ Netanyahu intoned. ―The radical Islamic regime threats [sic] the well-being of the state of
Israel, the region, and all of humanity.‖
Sounding more like an Israeli envoy than the head of a sovereign nation, Berlusconi responded, ―My job is to
make sure that world leaders do not commit the same error of the past, the error of indifference that brought about
the greatest tragedy in history.‖
In Defamation, a highly revealing 2009 documentary on anti-Semitism by Israeli filmmaker Yoav Shamir,
Professor Norman Finkelstein noted this strategy of invoking past Jewish suffering to justify future wars. ―The
irony is that the Nazi holocaust has now become the main ideological weapon for launching wars of aggression,‖
said Finkelstein, the author of The Holocaust Industry. ―Every time you want to launch a war of aggression, drag
in the Nazi holocaust.‖
Or, to be more precise, every time Israel wants other countries to launch a war of aggression on its behalf, it drags
in the Nazi holocaust. In the build-up to the 2003 invasion of Iraq, Netanyahu was one of many Zionists who did
just that. In a September 20, 2002 Wall Street Journal op-ed titled ―The Case for Toppling Saddam,‖ Netanyahu
laid on the guilt trip: ―We now know that had the democracies taken pre-emptive action to bring down Hitler‘s
regime in the 1930s, the worst horrors in history could have been avoided.‖
And as he and other Zionists are now doing with Iran, Netanyahu was in 2002 hyping a non-existent Iraqi nuclear
threat. Saddam Hussein, he claimed, was ―feverishly trying to acquire nuclear weapons.‖ Moreover, ―the deadly
material necessary for atomic bombs,‖ the then former Israeli Prime Minister speculated, could be produced ―in
centrifuges the size of washing machines that can be hidden throughout the country—and Iraq is a very big
country.‖ To uncover Saddam‘s hypothetical ―portable manufacturing sites of mass death,‖ Netanyahu warned
that ―nothing less than dismantling his regime will do.‖
One might think that with over a million people dead and almost five million others displaced in Iraq—and not a
weapon of mass destruction to be found—that Netanyahu might be showing some remorse. Instead, he‘s beating
the drums loudest for an even more catastrophic war with Iran.
That should tell us a lot not only about the man but about the nature of the ideology that drives him. Zionism, like
the fictional Jewish parenticide, shamelessly attempts to turn reality on its head.
Instead of acknowledging that it is the only nuclear-armed state in the Middle East, Israel and its supporters focus
the world‘s attention on imaginary threats from its regional rivals.
Rather than apologizing for their crimes against humanity—most notably, the dispossession and virtual
imprisonment of the Palestinian people— Zionists arrogantly portray themselves as the defenders of humanity
against Islamic aggression.
And instead of admitting that they lied about Iraqi WMD, Iraqi ties to al-Qaeda, Iraqi mobile biological weapons
laboratories, Iraqi yellowcake uranium from Niger, and Iraqi meetings in Prague, Zionist propagandists are busy
concocting similarly brazen lies about Iran.
If world leaders are indeed committing an ―error of indifference,‖ it is hardly their supposed resistance to Zionist
scaremongering. Rather, it is their indifference to the suffering of Arab and Muslim peoples. Foremost among
them are the Palestinians—the ultimate victims of the shameless audacity of Zionism.
ZIONISM UNMASKED: 'Anti-Semitic' - the Label that Stops Criticism

Dr. Paul Balles for Salem-News.com
When you can‘t criticize a propaganda machine for its promotions, both free speech and democracy are dead.
(BAHRAIN) - If you indulge in ad hominem attacks (attacking the person rather than the issue), you can expect
the same in return. The issues related to the anti-Semitic label are many.
First, the expression ―anti-Semitic‖ is a misnomer. It‘s defined as ―hating Jews or Judeophobia.‖ The label ―anti-
Semitism‖ is wrong because not all Jews are Semites, and many Arabs are.
In 2004, the US Congress passed the Global Anti-Semitism Review Act. The Act defines a person as being anti-
Semitic for holding any of a number of beliefs. My comments follow each of the 14 items supposedly revealing
anti-Semitism.
1. Any assertion, ―that the Jewish community controls government, the media, international business and
the financial world.‖
According to this, it doesn‘t matter whether the assertion is true or not. Truth is not an issue. Simply
making such a statement violates the Act. In itself, that fact provides strong evidence of control of the
US government.
2. The expression of ―Strong anti-Israel sentiment.‖
Any criticism of Israel can thus be considered anti-Semitic. Israel can mangle Gaza and get away with it.
3. Expressing ―Virulent criticism‖ of Israel‘s leaders, past or present.
Menachem Begin may have led the Irgun in the slaughter and dispossession of thousands of Palestinians,
but it‘s anti-Semitic to say so.
4. Any criticism of the Jewish religion or its religious leaders with its emphasis on the Talmud and
Kabbala.
It‘s perfectly acceptable, as free speech, to vilify Islam, but any criticism of Judaism violates the Act.
5. Any criticism of the United States Government and Congress for being under the undue influence by the
Jewish-Zionist community, which would include Jewish organizations such as AIPAC.
Truth matters not to the ridiculous legislators who passed this ludicrous act.
6. Any criticism of the Jewish-Zionist community for promoting globalism or what some call the ―New
World Order.‖
When you can‘t criticize a propaganda machine for its promotions, both free speech and democracy are
dead.
7. Placing any blame on Jewish leaders and their followers for inciting the Roman crucifixion of Christ.
In order to accommodate the anti-Semitism label, simply rewrite history.
8. Citing any facts that could in any way diminish the ―six million‖ figure of Jewish holocaust victims.
I violate the act simply by citing the fact that five million non-Jews died at the hands of the Nazis. This
goes beyond stifling free speech.
9. Claiming that Israel is a racist state.
That‘s not a claim. It‘s a fact. Israel is full of racist laws. It insists on preserving its racist character and
its right to impose apartheid in the West Bank and Gaza.
10. Making any claim that there is a ―Zionist Conspiracy.‖
A rational provision for such a claim would insist on evidence as proof of its validity. To disallow
making such a claim is existentially (Israelis love that word) dictatorial.
11. Offering proof that Jews and their leaders created Communism and the Bolshevik revolution in Russia.
It just became illegal to offer proof. Minds are made up. Don‘t confuse them with the facts.
12. Making derogatory statements about Jewish persons.
Why limit it to Jewish persons?
13. Asserting that spiritually disobedient Jews do not have the Biblical right to re-occupy Palestine.
Why limit it to the spiritually disobedient?
14. Making any allegations of Mossad involvement in the 9/11 attack.

I just did in a column published a week ago.
The Act passed by the US Congress makes me anti-Semitic. It‘s an unconstitutional violation of the First
Amendment to the Constitution. I‘m a critic of Israel when they commit wrongs and a critic of America when it
does wrong. Despite Congress, that‘s not anti-Semitic.
The great myth that has been cultivated throughout the years is one of a most wonderful benevolent beautiful GOD
CENTERED nation of Israel. Well all one needs to do is stop watching the Zionist owned/controlled news reports and
take the time to delve deeper than the surface of all issues
regarding this global world super power. Many people are
completely hopelessly brainwashed to the extent that no matter
what rock solid evidence you produce, they cannot go past the
many years of priming, indoctrination and programming. Nothing
you show them will EVER convince them anything contrary to
what they have been literally conditioned and programmed to think
and feel.
Let‘s go forth and study the perverbial ―tip of the iceberg‖ that
reveals the TRUE nature of the beast that has disguised itself in
sheep‘s clothing. Below are several well researched and
enlightening articles that reveal the sinister nature of those who
claim to be righteous wonderful benevolent Godly men, the chosen
or anointed ones:
Israeli authorities continued bulldozing dozens of graves in the historic Islamic Ma'man Allah cemetery,
and have bulldozed dozens of Muslim graves on Wednesday, while preventing journalists and photographers
from filming the bulldozing and demolition, and assaulting some of them.
Under protection of the Israeli occupation forces, Israeli municipality workers bulldozed over 200 graves
dating back hundreds of years in the cemetery - which came under Israeli occupation in 1948 - amid attacks
on the journalists and any of the Palestinians who try to defend what remains of the cemetery.
Israel deliberately carried out the demolitions in the middle of the (about 12:30am) night to avoid
encountering journalists and Palestinians. Graves that were still standing were marked to complete their
demolition on the following night.
According to press reports, the Israeli Government plans to build a (I couldn‘t make this up even if I
tried) 'museum of tolerance' on the ancient Muslim cemetery!!! LOL! [see video here]
Just about EVERY SINGLE world conflict that our planet is currently facing is DIRECTLY connected to Israel and
the Zionist ―Jews‖… I know that this may sound preposterous, but those of you who dare continue reading the entire
report will clearly comprehend the vastness and profoundness of this statement. A carefully crafted public image of
Israel has been carefully and methodically instilled into the public conscience by its agents who run some of the
world‘s largest media firms. While we are bombarded with daily doses of Zionist Jew controlled ―news‖ about evil
Muslims, meticulously instilling Islamophobia in the public‘s minds, rarely do we EVER hear of the multitude of
Israeli attacks on its neighbors using the most sophisticated military equipment on earth against those evil Muslim
―terrorists‖ mainly armed with sticks and stones (ok, so they have a few crude rocket launchers) whose many towns
and cities have long since been reduced to rubble. Just look at the ETHNIC CLEANSING that is going on in the
occupied Palestinian lands and search the bottom of your heart for the rationalization and justification of the wanton
death and destruction that has been unleashed on them since 1948 when the Zionists managed to get England to
approve of their long fought wishes of taking over this land.
A Jewish American‘s Evolving View of Israel

By Steven R. Feldman
In an argument about the origins of the Israel-Palestine conflict with a Jewish friend, I mentioned 'Plan D, the
secret plans of the Jewish army to expel Palestinians.' My friend thought I was a raving lunatic, spouting a
conspiracy theory promoted by anti-Semites.
I didn‘t used to sound that way. Growing up in Washington, D.C., I attended the Hebrew Academy, a school that
my grandfather helped to found and that my father had helped lead. Like other people who attend religious
schools, we were taught that we had a special relationship with God and that our group had a higher moral
character. As Jews, we learned how we had been an oppressed people. As American Jews, we believed in
American and Jewish values of honesty, justice, truth and peace. We took pride in Israel, a democratic country
that shared our values and that represented an end to our oppression.
Our role in reclaiming Israel was very special. We Jews had come to an unredeemed holy land of deserts and
swamps, and we made that land bloom. I was proud to be a part of it. Like my classmates, I collected nickels and
dimes, saving to plant trees in Israel. Being a Jew made me part owner of the country.
The Story We Were Taught [primed, programmed, indoctrinated to believe]
We Jews had returned to Israel to live in peace with the small local population already there. We bought land
from them. And when the evil Arab states — jealous of our accomplishments — declared war on Israel, we
begged the local Arabs to stay. We were moral people. But the local Arabs, in an attempt to help Arab armies kill
off the Jews, fled. At least that was the story we were taught.
We defeated the Arab armies against all odds. It was a miracle. Yet Israel remained under constant threat from
Muslims who wanted to slaughter Jews. Arabs started wars to annihilate Israel in 1948, 1956, 1967 and 1973. The
evil Arabs would terrorize or kill innocents, something Jews never did. We were proud of our commitment to
every Jewish life, in contrast to the Arab‘s disregard for life. This was evident as we would kill 20 Arabs for
every one of us that was killed and we would trade 100 Arab prisoners to recover just one of ours — even a dead
one. Our morality was never in doubt. Having American and Jewish values, we were always empathetic to the
suffering of the Palestinian refugees. If Muslims had been as caring as we were, Arab countries would have taken
the Palestinian refugees in.
My understanding of that story evolved. As a way to expand my horizons, I took an audio course on world
religions. The course described Islam as a religion of peace, similar to the Judaism I grew up with. That was very
different than what I was taught of Islam — which admittedly was very, very little — in an American Hebrew
School. Could this peaceful vision of Islam be reconciled with the violence we Jews saw? On a visit to Israel, I
wondered if the Arabs might have a different perspective of the conflict than the one I was taught. Perhaps they
saw Israel and the West‘s support of Israel as a continuation of the Crusades, an attempt by the West to wrest
control of holy land from Muslims.
Palestinian Refugees
I had always felt weak in my understanding of how Israel was created in 1948. The details we were taught were
rather sketchy. I found United Nations data that said about 700,000 Palestinians became refugees in the fighting
of 1948. That seemed odd. If Jews had come to a land of empty swamps and deserts as I had been taught, how did
so many Palestinian men, women and children become refugees? The part of the story that said Jews had come to
an empty land seemed like it couldn‘t be true.
I began to question other things I had learned when I read that the 1956 war was actually started by Israel, in
conjunction with Britain and France, in an effort to help Britain retake the Suez Canal from Egypt. The idea that
―the Arabs started all the wars‖ certainly seemed questionable. Our special morality came into doubt when I read
more about the heroic groups — the Irgun and the Stern Gang — that had fought for the protection of the Jews in
Palestine. The tales told to us as children didn‘t make clear that these groups were terrorist organizations.
Israeli historian Benny Morris describes how members of Jewish terror organizations threw grenades into Arab
homes and were the first to plant bombs in buses and crowded civilian markets. There were justifications for
these actions, of course. One was that they were a response to violence committed by Arabs. Another justification
was that they were the unacceptable actions of criminal splinter groups that were punished (though I‘m not sure
what ―punished‖ meant, as I later learned that Menachem Begin and Yitchak Shamir, former Prime Ministers of
Israel, had been leaders of the worst of these Jewish terrorist organizations in the 1940s).
Then there was the story of the Arab town Deir Yassin. The story of Deir Yassin was not taught to us at the
Hebrew Academy. It was a singular and very atypical event in the history of the founding of Israel, representing
the one and only time Palestinians were mistreated by Jews. While the facts about what was done in Deir Yassin
are disputed, many Arab people of this town were killed. How bad the atrocities were isn‘t entirely clear, but
no one seems proud of how the Arab people of this town were treated.
More Than Deir Yassin
Though Deir Yassin was a tragedy, it certainly wasn‘t representative of Jewish action. Our actions were entirely
moral. But the recent work of Israeli historians began to document more than just Deir Yassin. Morris describes
how in 1948 the Jews in Palestine — BEFORE any of the Arab countries declared war — used force and
intimidation to drive Palestinian Arabs from many towns and villages. Plan D of the Haganah, the ―secret
plan‖ that made my friend and colleague think I was off my rocker, was found by Morris in previously sealed
Israeli Defense Forces archives. The plan called for, ―Destruction of villages (setting fire to, blowing up, and
planting mines in the debris), especially those population centers which are difficult to control continuously. ..,
the population must be expelled outside the borders of the state.‖ While Plan D was touted as a defense plan,
historians say that it contributed to a mass exodus of Palestinians from their homes and villages. Having seen this
documentation, the idea that Jews of higher morality had begged the local Arabs to stay put (an idea that had been
promoted in Leon Uris‘ novel The Haj) now seemed more like a fairy tale.
It‘s hard to know what was in the minds of people in 1948, but perhaps they felt it was necessary for the
safety of Jews and for the creation of a Jewish state to ―cleanse‖ the area of Arabs. This was surely a
different kind of cleansing than the Nazi Germans intended when they intended to clear the world of Jews. The
Holocaust™ involved gas chambers and the killing of millions of Jews (and others), including members of my
family. What the Jews did to Palestinians was not like what the Nazi Germans (and other Europeans) did to the
Jews. What the Nazis did to us contributed to the strength of my American Jewish stand against
discrimination. That ideal was inconsistent with the expulsion of Palestinian families from their homes. Morris
describes it in detail in a two-part interview published in the Israeli newspaper Ha‘aretz. Hundreds of thousands
of Palestinian men, women and children were violently forced from their homes and villages. The Arab villages
were destroyed to keep the Palestinians from returning to their homes. In the Ha‘aretz article, Morris says,
―...there were far more Israeli acts of massacre than I had previously thought. To my surprise, there
were also many cases of rape. In the months of April-May 1948, units of the Haganah [the pre-state
defense force that was the precursor of the IDF] were given operational orders that stated explicitly that
they were to uproot the villagers, expel them and destroy the villages themselves.‖
A Different View of the Conflict

The facts of the Israeli-Palestine conflict looked differently with a

perspective enlightened by knowing that the Palestinians had been
forced out. Jews did buy some land, but it was only a few percent of
what they took. The 10 (or 100) to 1 ratio in killing Arabs to Jews
didn‘t look so civilized anymore. I no longer take any pride when
seeing the massive destruction Israel inflicts on Palestinians or
neighboring countries. One might still wonder if the Jews had
resorted to these actions only in response to Arab attacks, but as
early as 1919, before Arab riots in Palestine, Ben Gurion made clear
that European Jews emigrating to Palestine intended to displace the
Palestinians. Morris quotes Ben Gurion as saying, ―There is a gulf,
and nothing can bridge it I do not know what Arab will agree that
Palestine should belong to the Jews. We, as a nation, want this country to be ours ..‖
European Jews brought high ideals of an egalitarian, socialist society with them to Palestine, but apparently it was
a socialism intended only for Jews. The Jews created unions in the workplace but they were unions for Jews,
excluding Arabs in a way that seemed very reminiscent of South African Apartheid and of American
discrimination of an earlier, less tolerant and less enlightened, era.
I had been taught that Jews had lived in Palestine for centuries and that this continuous tie gave us Jews a
right to ―redeem‖ our homeland. Now, the presence of those Jews — surrounded for centuries by tens and
hundreds of thousands of Palestinian Arabs (mostly Muslim, but some Christian) — made me realize that
Arabs never intended to slaughter Jews or throw them into the sea. If
the Quran taught hatred of
Jews, Muslims could have cleansed Palestine of Jews long ago. Instead, Muslims,
Christians and Jews had lived peacefully together, documented by Morris who found that in the 27
years ending in 1908 only 13 Jews had been killed by Arabs and of those all but 4 were killed in the course of
robberies or other crimes. Only after the European Jews began coming to Palestine with the intent to
displace the local population did the violence take off.
Gandhi Chastises Zionists
Some think the conflict between Jews and Arabs didn‘t start until the war of 1948, but already in the 1930s
Gandhi chastised the Zionist effort to displace Palestinians through violent means. ―My sympathies are all with
the Jews,‖ Gandhi said. ―They have been the untouchables of Christianity. The parallel between their treatment
by Christians and the treatment of untouchables by Hindus is very close.‖ Yet Gandhi went on to say, ―I have no
doubt that they [the Jews] are going about it the wrong way. The Palestine of the Biblical conception is not a
geographical tract. It is in their hearts. But if they must look to the Palestine of geography as their national
home, it is wrong to enter it under the shadow of the British gun. A religious act cannot be performed with the
aid of the bayonet or the bomb.‖
If it was wrong for the Jews to have displaced hundreds of thousands of Muslim (and Christian) Arabs from their
homes, villages and lives in 1948, the rest of the history of the conflict looks very different. We used to blame
Arab countries for the refugee problem; to do so seems the height of chutzpah knowing that the Haganah
created the refugee problem by expelling entire villages of Palestinians. America has continuously supported
Israel, providing the planes and bombs that kill Palestinian children. If we thought Iran was evil for giving
Hamas rockets that scared people but killed few, then it must look quite horrible to Muslims that we
Americans have been giving Israel the material and diplomatic support to kill a hundred fold more people,
people who had been violently expelled from their homes and left blockaded in refugee camps. All Jews felt
the pain and horror of just one of our soldiers being killed or taken hostage; knowing our own pain should have
told us the pain the Muslims felt when thousands of Arab people were taken prisoner or killed.
Violence Engenders Violence
Though we are good in our hearts, acting to achieve peace, our violent acts engender more violence and hatred. If
we could kill so many people and still be good, surely the ―terrorists‖ who kill far fewer people aren‘t necessarily
evil either. One of my Israeli colleagues told me he had Arab friends who had RADICAL IDEAS, like ―we
don‘t hate the Jews or want to kill them. We just want our land back.‖ That didn‘t sound so radical in light of
how the Jews had made Palestinians refugees. I asked Palestinians, other Arabs and other Muslims wherever I
went what they thought of Jews and the conflict. It was clear these Muslims were peaceful people, just like us.
The Muslims never built gas chambers to kill Jews like the Christians of Europe had. Jews had lived
alongside Muslims in relative peace for centuries, being treated far better than the U.S. treated African
Americans in the same era. Even today, many thousands of Jews live in Iran, and there are no gas chambers
there. Iranians I have spoken to speak with pride of their relationship with Iranian Jews.
On my last visit to Israel, less than a year ago, I visited an old family friend who had come to Israel from
Germany in the 1930s. She lived in Jerusalem and her son grew up there. She was cultured — as I imagine was
typical of German Jews. Her home was a veritable library. She had served as a secretary, helping catalog the
letters of Chaim Weizmann, a founder of the Israeli state. As we sat in her living room, surrounded by her books,
she showed my wife and me a picture of her son as a young boy, sitting on the burro of an older boy. The other
boy was Arab, son of a local Arab leader. She told me the two boys were the best of friends. She described a
time before 1948 when the vast majority of Jews and Arabs lived together largely peacefully. She seemed
sad that there was so much hatred and animosity, that the Jewish state didn‘t live up to its foundation of
universal equality, justice and peace.
Diverse People Living Together
We‘ve come a long way from the prejudices of our past. We Americans have elected Barack Obama. It is time
for the vestiges of the discrimination and horror of the 1940s to end. It is time for Palestinian refugee families to
be allowed and encouraged to return and rebuild their homes and lives. This will give the Jews the peace they
have always wanted, a peace they could never achieve through expulsions and killings that left Jewish
philosopher Martin Buber feeling as though the Jews had learned how to behave from Nazis. It‘s time for
Americans to give up the notion of supporting a state built for people of one religion at the expense of people of
another and to support the American ideal of diverse people living together in equality with justice and peace.
This is the Zionism of Martin Buber, a spiritual Zionism of Jews, Christians and Muslims living together in
peace. While I am happy and proud of the idea of a Jewish state, the idea of a Jewish state created at the expense
of the homes and lives of 700,000 Palestinian men, women and children is inconsistent with my Jewish American
values.
Some may think these words give ammunition to anti-Semites. On the contrary, the violations of our Jewish
principles — the displacement of Palestinians, the killing Israel commits, our support of that killing, and
our failure to speak out against it — is what gives real ammunition to hatred of Jews. At the 1951 dedication
of the Hebrew Academy, my grandfather summed up the sentiment of the day, saying ―The principles of
democracy to which we, together with all true Americans, are devoted, can best be preserved and strengthened by
our unflagging devotion to the moral and ethical teachings of our own faith.‖ We have the opportunity to be a
beacon to the world for our Judeo-Christian principles, democracy, freedom and justice. But to do that, we have
to look past our old prejudices and invite our Palestinian brothers and sisters to return home and rebuild together.
- Dr. Steven R. Feldman is Professor of Dermatology, Pathology and Public Health at the Wake Forest
University School of Medicine where he also directs the Center for Dermatology Research. He is a graduate of
the University of Chicago and received his M.D. and Ph.D. degrees from Duke University in 1985. Dr. Feldman
has been recognized by the American Academy of Dermatology with their 2005 Presidential Citation, 2006
Clarence S. Livingood Lectureship, and 2008 Astellas Award. He is the author of over 400 articles and the 2008
book Compartments: How the Brightest, Best Trained, and Most Caring People Can Make Judgments That are
Completely and Utterly Wrong, available from Xlibris.com and other bookstores.
The Arabs, Jews and Christians lived in PEACE in Palestine up until 1946 when the Zionist World Congress
invasion/ethnic cleansing of Palestine began and was officially sanctified by England in 1948. Pictures are worth a
thousand words. Carefully study the picture below. Today the land of Palestine is approximately 90%+ occupied by
the invading Zionist armies and the rock throwing ―terrorist‖ Palestinians have be surrounded to a point of
living in pure hell holes, where famine and starvation are rampant. Meanwhile Israel is one of the richest most
prosperous countries in the world. The Israelis tell the world: ―WE ARE AFRAID OF FOR OUR LIVES OF
THOSE EVIL TERRORIST PALESTINIANS WHO IF NOT STOPPED WILL ANHILATE US ALL‖ This is
the official Zionist narrative, now look at the map and review the obvious fact of just who is the undisputed ruler in
Palestine today and who is the victim. Who do YOU really think the REAL VICTIM here is? The Israelis have been
trampling on the defenseless Palestinians for decades, bulldozing their homes at will. Using Palestinians for TARGET
PRACTICE.
Israel is an Apartheid State and that is why it is losing legitimacy

Judy Rebick, rabble.ca, Wed, 03 Mar 2010
Before Israeli Apartheid Week (IAW) even began members of the Ontario
Legislature and the Canadian Parliament are falling all over each other to
denounce it. I can't remember another time when elected legislators formally
denounced a student activity like this. Perhaps during the 1950's when
McCarthyism was rampant but that was before my time.
Last week the Ontario Legislature unanimously passed a resolution denouncing

Israel Apartheid Week submitted by PC Peter Shure who said calling Israel an
apartheid state was "close to hate speech." While there were only 30 MPP's in
the Legislature at the time, NDP MPP Cheri di Novo was one of them and spoke
in favor of the resolution. This week a Conservative MP is introducing a resolution calling IAW anti-Semitic.
Before I deal with why these unprecedented attacks are taking place, I'd like to share with you a great talk I heard
last night at Ryerson from Na'eem Jeena, a leading activist and academic from South Africa who works for
Palestinian solidarity. He told us that South African apartheid had three pillars of apartheid and Israel shares all
three.
1. Different rights for different races. In the case of Israel, it is different rights for Jews and for non-Jews. For
example the law of return of 1950 says Jews can return to Israel and be given citizenship even if they have no links
to the country other than mythical biblical ones; whereas Palestinians cannot return even if their parents or
grandparents lived there.
2. Separation of so-called racial groups into different geographical areas. Even within the borders of Israel, 93
percent of land is reserved as a national land trust or Jewish National Fund land is for the exclusive use of Jews.
The 20 percent of the population that is Palestinians living in Israel have to share access to the 7 percent of private
land that is left. The Israeli Supreme Court has made a number of decisions that Palestinians cannot live on Jewish
lands. There are not only residential areas that are banned to Palestinians but there are separate roads for Jews and
Palestinians. That was never true in South Africa even in times of crisis. Moreover Palestinians have less access to
water than Jews living nearby
Finally the movement of Palestinians is severely restricted much more so than were blacks in South Africa. The
famous pass laws in South Africa meant that Blacks had to show government issued passes to move around but
Palestinians are even more restricted by walls and checkpoints and if they live in the Gaza Strip can't leave at all.
3. Security and Repression Matrix of Laws and Security. There was serious repression in the Black townships
but there were never tanks or planes buzzing overhead like there is in West Bank. Israeli military violence against
Palestinian communities, says Jena, is far worse than anything suffered by Blacks in South Africa during
apartheid.
If Israel is becoming a pariah in the world it is not because of anti-Semitism, it is because they are practicing a
form of apartheid even more egregious than that practiced in South Africa. Others have compiled comments
from some of the most respected leaders of the anti-apartheid movement in South Africa who see what Israel is
doing as apartheid. There is a reason why the BDS is strongest in South Africa. People there recognize
apartheid when they see it.
Finally the UN Convention on Apartheid condemns the crime of apartheid that refers to a series of inhuman acts -
including murder, torture, arbitrary arrest, illegal imprisonment, exploitation, marginalization, and persecution -
committed for the purpose of establishing and maintaining the domination of one racial group by another. If the
shoe fits.
So why are politicians including some from the NDP setting a student activity like IAW in their sites? An all party
coalition of parliamentarians has been holding hearings on what they call the "new anti-semitism," by which they
mean criticism of Israel. They heard from every University President who appeared before them that there is no
rise of anti-semitism on their campuses and yet the false rumors of such a rise persist because of the equation of
criticism of Israel with anti-semitism. "Israel is beginning to see that the non-violent anti-apartheid and BDS
(Boycott, Divestment and Sanctions) movement is a greater threat to their power than any military threat.
In Israel and Palestine, they are moving to arrest non-violent activists who are leading the movement there. And
they are using all their economic and political power to push friendly governments to move against these protests.
But there is a problem. It's called democracy and freedom of speech. However much you might disagree that Israel
practices apartheid, you cannot shut down a discussion of the issue or a demonstration or disinvestment campaign
against Israel because freedom of speech is a fundamental democratic right in most Western countries. In Canada,
the only way to shut down the movement is to vilify it as hateful or anti-semitic. That is what our parliamentarians
are now trying to do.
I am Jewish and have been working on and off for Palestinian rights for many years, as have many other Jews who
feel a special responsibility to speak out against injustices committed by Israel. During that time, I have rarely
experienced any anti-semitism. In the IAW organizing, I have experienced none. If Israel is losing legitimacy in
the world, it is because of what their government is doing to the Palestinians, not because of anti-semitism. This
attempt to shut down criticism of Israel is the most frightening assault on freedom of speech I have ever seen in
this country. Whether or not you think Israel Apartheid Week is the best name for this week of discussion
supporting Palestinian rights, please write your MP and your MPP and tell them you think it is wrong for
Parliamentarians to denounce this kind of educational activity.
Comment: Just imagine the chutzpah: you can be critical with the policies of any country on the face of the
planet... EXCEPT Israel. If you don't find this absolutely absurd, you should! Compounding this evil silence is
the wretched guilt they desperately try to force on you, which generates the perfect cover to commit the worst
crimes against humanity. They're doing this now, and worse of all, they're doing it in plain sight.
The moment anyone of them dare DEFEND their lands, homes or family from OUTSIDE INVADERS they are
immediately slaughtered and used as ―proof‖ that they ―attacked first‖ thus warranted the obscene disproportionate
genocidal retribution by entire billion dollar high tech military brigades utilizing jet planes loaded with million dollar
smart bombs. THIS is what surely follows when a subhuman Palestinian dare respond with violence against their
captors. This will be the only time I will mention the genocide of the Palestinian people here in this report. The Israeli
Zionist crimes against humanity in that land are heart breaking, beyond reason and self evident and known to all but
the blind brainwashed fools and those who uphold the genocidal occupation. I rest my case in this matter for I must to
go forth and reveal that which is
not readily known, the core of
the Luciferian rule of this world.
These are maps of Palestine

over time. As you can readily
see, in 1946 the entire land was
Palestinian, the Arabs whose
land this was for thousands of
years ruled the land and treated
all inhabitants fairly. NEVER
ONCE having attacked the
JEWS, who they treated as
equals and with respect FOR
THOUSANDS OF YEARS.
Fast forward to say the last 6

decades and review all the
events in the Middle East along
with the Zionist/Masons/Jesuits coordination and Americas involvement. With this new outlook and frame of mind, all
the turmoil, feuds, wars, our foreign policy choices takes on new meaning. The true predecessors of the secretive
martial Knight Orders of ancient days are none other than the Mossad and the CIA who have been very busy in those
Muslim countries for decades sowing dissent and ORANIZING TERRORIST NETWORKS to hasten the downfall
of those regimes. This is irrefutable: FACT. It is well documented and even the CIA has confessed to some of its roles
in this. No one other than the CIA/Mossad knows the true extent of its works in setting up, organizing and funding
those terrorist networks. Did you know that Osama Bin Laden was also a paid CIA operative at one point in the Middle
East? CNN, FOX, ABC will never tell you this! Interesting! FYI: The Muslims loved America at one point, up until we
betrayed them and started overthrowing their leaders and plundering their lands back in the 1950s.
The Learned Elder‘s goals, agendas haven‘t changed in eons, but they have developed ingenious methodologies over
the centuries, such as… Problem – Reaction – Solution, Order Out of Chaos. Problem: must gain control and destroy
crazy Muslim Middle East to pave way for eventual rule of/by ZION. Thus they present for your consumption
ingeniously engineered events such as that sinister day of reckoning: 9/11. The infamous day of the largest collection
of mind boggling coincidences all occurring on the same day of alleged massively ludicrous government bumbling
ineptitude incompetence clusterfucks in the entire history of the United States and mankind.
Problem Reaction Solution Explained

Problem > Reaction > Solution is a term that was coined recently in relation to the activities of the 'New World
Order'.
Put simply, in public relation terms, Problem > Reaction > Solution is a technique used when trying to sell
something to the public, such as taking away freedoms, or passing legislation's that under normal circumstances,
the general public would not agree to. It is a strong mechanism that has allowed the Illuminati to operate and rule
over us so easily.
For example. If say ten years ago, the then President of the USA Bill Clinton gave a speech stating that he wanted
more authoritarian (stop and search) law, for no specific reason, most people would stand up and say "Hang on a
minute…….". So what is done is Problem > Reaction > Solution.
Problem
They create a problem such as the Oklahoma bombing in 1995 in which the Alfred P. Murrah building was
provably destroyed unofficially with the assistance of American government agencies and blamed on a lone nutter
by the name of Timothy McVeigh.
Reaction
There is an outrage. The public feels naked and afraid. This is especially easy to do when the media (which they
own) manipulates the public's perception of the true version of events, causing the public to say, something must
be done.
Solution
More authoritarian law for the Government. BINGO!
Imagine this: If I was a self employed worker, who repaired car windscreens for a living. I could make a bundle by
using the 'Problem > Reaction > Solution' technique.
All that I would need to do is create a problem. I could sneak about in the middle of the night and smash the
windscreens of all of the cars parked up and down my street. You can see where this is going. There would be a
reaction by the people on my street "Oh my god, someone has smashed my windscreen!, I have to get to work, I
must get this fixed!" And the solution would be me getting a whole load of business and no-one would be the wiser
A recent example of this technique is the pre-election Madrid bombing of 11th March 2004. Just three days before
the general elections of Spain, this event which has caused a media frenzy has also caused a surge of votes
empowering the 'Socialist' movement.
Just like Hitler burned the Reichstag building as a pretext to his agendas, events such as this, which are tragic are
only pale compared to the mass destruction that they can cause by consequence. Coercing the masses through fear
and by breaking the spirit of the publics consciousness has proven successful in pushing through agendas of the
sinister.
Just watch this method be used within the next few years as it has so far, when major cards will be played. Evil
monsters will be set up to have a finger to point at and subsequently will be conveniently captured to justify the
continuation of 'The War Against Terror' (T.W.A.T), which will eventually lead to centralisation of power and a
general Hitlerian dictatorship.
THINGS TO COME
In the same way that modern Hollywood movies are churning out sequels which are faster paced and more action
packed than their predecessors to top the box office records, the events that we will see throughout the next few
years in terms of terrorist acts and disasters will become much larger scale and more tragic than we have seen so
far.
CONCLUSION
I have no doubt that events such as 9/11, Oklahoma and the latest Madrid bombing are carried out by the terrorist
organisations which the medias report. The main point to emphasise however is that it is the organisations such as
those within the US Bush Administration and the Governments of Europe who set up and sponsored these events
that have ultimately benefited from them.
As I have said before, it aids law enforcement when solving a crime, to look at who benefited from it and you
usually find that this is the person or persons who committed the crime. So why should this not apply in world
government?
I shall end this by quoting from the dictionary. I hope that this gets across the point
Terrorism: n. The unlawful use or threatened use of force or violence by a person or an organized group
against people or property with the intention of intimidating or coercing societies or governments, often
for ideological or political reasons.
Remember, no-one can walk over you unless you lay down and let them.
FYI: The CIA is in a tri-joint venture with the Mi6 and Mossad who invented, funded and runs "al-CIAda"!!!
The day that YOU truly realize this little piece of TRUTH along with the profound depth of this statement, your heart
will sink; you will feel sick, depression will kick in, you will want to cry and shed tears for your country. We must be
strong and continue forward connecting the dots and putting the massive puzzle together…
Important Note: The term widely used in public disseminated propaganda: ―Al-Qaida‖ will be exchanged for the
unabridged more accurately revealing spelling of: ―Al-CIAda‖ throughout this report. Yes they are pronounced exactly
the same. I felt obligated to correct the spelling due to the FACT that it is fully documented that the CIA invented it
when it financed the jihad against Russian occupiers in Afghanistan that also flooded Europe with opium. For which
they created the so called Al-CIAda which is the BlackOps Department of Jihad of the Mossad and CIA. Of which
one Osama bin Laden was one of their key operatives back in the good ole days. Oh what a mighty web they weave.
Somehow we are to believe that a group of Al-CIAda "terrorists" came from a far away land working out of
CAVES in mountains with box cutters in hand, delivered the biggest strategic blow in the entire history of the
United States. All the while, we, the most advanced military and intelligence community on the planet not only
did not have a clue (?), (despite the many documented warnings it received) but were so dim-witted that day
that the MOST ADVANCED MILITARY ON THE PLANET just sat back in a stupor and watched it all
happen on TV while scratching their heads? Never once scrambling a single fighter jet to intercept just one of 4,
FOUR! "hijacked" planes as per standard operational protocol that has been successfully routinely conducted dozens of
times in the past.
Oh wait, it gets better: Even though they allegedly had no clue about this attack, the pentagon was busy holding
about 7 training exercises that very same day simulating terrorist attacks with jet planes! DOH! In the very
same vicinity!? DOH! By pure ―coincidence‖ /cough/ golly gee whiz! Oh, and FEMA arrived prepared for duty the
day earlier! (I could go on and on, in order not to stray too far from the main subject I will stop here and continue this
9/11 piece with a separate chapter it deserves).
After all is said and done, behold: The nation and the world stares in shock and awe. Just dozens of minutes after the
attack, it is mysteriously confirmed, the fastest investigation/prosecution in the history of mankind: The evil Muslims
did it! Osama Bin Patsy! Al-CIAda TERRORISTS! Behold: the boogiemen cometh! What was it? Like in only 20
minutes after the ―attack‖ the narrative for your consumption was: ―Here are their pictures, biographies of each
hijacker, etc. Let‘s get them!‖ Americans were quickly stirred into a frenzied rage, demanding revenge, Americans
wanted to see rivers of blood spilled everywhere, and were ready for ANY story that was fed to them. The strange fact
that our government had already premeditated and planned to attack both Iraq and Afghanistan many months prior to
9/11 raised no red flags among the oblivious population. How convenient. The off the shelf Operation
Northwoods/Reichstag Fire playbook BlackOps mastermind false flag strategy strikes again. The world fell for it hook,
line and sinker with the help of the Zionist media all singing the same tune playing up the ridiculous 911 hoax fear
mongering propaganda over and over again non-stop on every channel, 24 hours a day conditioning, forever emblazing
the official narrative into everyone‘s minds, hearts and soul.
The rest is now history, so we bombed Afghanistan back into the stone age, (propped up a puppet regime and finished
that oil pipeline the Afghanis said we would never have, then got them to resume massive heroin production the
Taliban had put a virtual end to) the president uses the peoples rage to justify invading Iraq also, even though Sadam
had absolutely nothing to do with 911 or Osama or Al-CIAda. He had no weapons of mass destruction. He had
already long ago gotten rid of all the chemical WMD's that AMERICA sold him!!! That brings us up to this current
time, now our dear loving president whom is firmly being controlled by his Zionist masters, in his "quest to protect us"
from those evil boogiemen is feverishly plotting to level Iran, Syria and eventually even Pakistan, Saudi Arabia and
Egypt because these will sooner or later be labeled the new "terrorist manufacturing machines." One by one they plot
on taking out all the "evil" Muslim countries… count on it. For the Zionist Jews the only good Muslim is a dead
Muslim, the hatred goes back to the days of Abraham.
Update: I am so right it is often scary. Here is the latest breaking news story: One alleged terrorist is caught on plane
with explosives and now the next target for attack is: Yemen. I just watched the Obamanator on national TV stating he
will take the war on terror to Yemen. Not only that, they are now going to step up to the next phase of draconian police
state lock down in the realm of airplane travel. Folks, I don‘t, can‘t make this stuff up, this is TRUE REALITY.
The added incentive for invading the Muslim world aside from weakening their power so that one day they relinquish
The Mount, are the spoils of war, i.e. our lust for black gold: OIL. Therefore the bombing of all Muslim countries back
into the stone age is an integral strategy of not only eventually getting the Temple Mount and all surrounding lands for
Zionist Israel, but to also reap the vast reservoirs of Oil for our energy cartel as the reward for the mercenary western
nations "pulling the triggers". The puppet government we propped up in Iraq has already signed over the majority of
rights in its oil production to western energy corporations. This is what Bush meant when he said "mission
accomplished", soon afterwards Exxon, Mobil, BP and all others would post unheard of ridiculous multibillion dollar
profits year after year.
So the ultimate goal for the Zionists is to retake possession of the Temple Mount then rebuilding their Temple of
Solomon at that site. This goal also coincides with the goals of Vatican and many Christian denominations. It is also
interesting that the Freemasons are the ones looking forward to doing the actual building of the Temple. Actual plans
have been on many drawing boards for years, just waiting for the time when the Temple can be taken back, they are
just waiting and ready to start construction. Once the new Solomon‘s Temple is complete the Zionists with the help of
occultist Jesuit/Masonic branch has hidden plans to prop up one of their own in the Temple and crown him as supreme
leader of all mankind. Possibly a crypto Jew Pope? As farfetched as all this may sound. This is the actual results of
years of digging by some credible researchers...
We do not wish to keep rehashing the same very well done research, so we suggest to those interested that you visit
some of the links we provide for more in depth documentation, or just use Google.com and Wikipedia.com and begin
your own research into any topic we speak of. For instance it has been very convincingly shown that the Zionist were
not only the key instigators of World Wars I and II, they also stood the most to gain.
For instance I will point out just one item out of many. The Holocaust™, ok, I won‘t deny ―it‖ happened. It DID
happen. But with some glaring erroneous exaggerated figures (utilizing Zionist mathematic principles), and topped
off with the fact that TENS OF MILLIONS upon millions of CHRISTIANS were ALSO slaughtered in that world war
and many non Jews were also thrown into the concentration camps, yet we rarely if ever hear about that! How many
Christians and other non Jews died? Better yet, how many of those people were counted as Jews?! Yes the Holocaust™
happened alright, the main issue that needs to be confronted once and for all is the ACTUAL unadulterated
NUMBER OF JEWS THAT DIED there. Better yet, how in the world is it possible that tens of thousands MORE
holohoax survivors got billions in ―reparation‖ money then supposedly survived the holohoax? Doh! This is not anti-
Semitism, these are just the FACTS.
Like I have been saying: Google search EVERYTHING I say. Actual Red Cross records tell a totally different story!
Then there are census figures that completely contradict the controversial figure of "6 million Jews" when there were
barely that many living in those areas of Europe at the time. If I were not a ghost I would of already been attacked by,
sued, imprisoned or worse by the Anti Defamation League of B‘nai B‘rith (ADL) just for stating that! Is it any
wonder why some very credible sources claim that the ADL is nothing more than just a department, a subsidiary
(front) of the Israeli secret service agency, the Mossad. ADL has been recognized by some as America‘s Most
Powerful Hate Group. Along with its sister organizations the Southern Poverty Law Center, World Zionist Congress
and the JDL (Jewish Defense League) they go where no NGOs dare.
Fact Sheet on the ADL

The ADL is... "...one of the ugliest, most powerful pressure groups in the U.S... Its primary commitment is to use
any technique, however dishonest and disgraceful, in order to defame and silence and destroy anybody who dares
to criticize the Holy State ('Israel')." - Noam Chomsky, Professor of Linguistics, Massachusetts Institute of
Technology
The Anti-Defamation League of B'nai B'rith (ADL) gave an award Nov. 18, 1998 to the city of Coeur d'Alene.
City Fathers assume this is something to be proud of and have unthinkingly rolled out the red carpet for the ADL.
They think that an imprimatur from the ADL, a prominent Jewish group with a multi-million dollar budget and
substantial media clout, is a kind of certification of our area's goodness. But in point of fact, hosting the ADL and
its regional Seattle director at the Coeur d'Alene Resort is a shameful blot on the region.
The ADL is a branch of the masonic B'nai B'rith (Sons of the Covenant), which was established Oct. 13, 1843.
Up until recently, for decades the chief "fact-finder" (head spy) for the
ADL was the late Irwin Suall. From 1957 through 1962, Mr. Suall was
national secretary of the Socialist Party. (1)
The ADL keeps extensive espionage files on those who are critical of
Israeli policies. Last year the ADL attempted to blackmail Benjamin
Chavis, leader of the NAACP, with some of those files. (2)
The ADL spies on American dissidents on behalf of the Israeli

government. Automobile license plate numbers of people attending a
meeting of the Committee on the Middle East were recorded by ADL
agent Roy Bullock, channeled through San Francisco police officer
Tom Gerard, also an ADL operative, and furnished to the Israeli government. (3)
The ADL claims that it has the right to "investigate" dissidents and "probe into their private lives". When asked in
court, "Does that mean anyone who participates in a political rally can be the subject of an in-depth
investigation?" ADL attorney Stephen Bomse responded in the affirmative. (4)
In 1996 the ADL praised the prison sentence meted out to an American publisher in Germany: "ADL today said it
was gratified that a German court sentenced American...Gary Lauck to four years in prison for...disseminating
anti-Semitic...hate material." (5)
In January of 1998, ADL Director Abraham Foxman ordered Metropolitan Books to halt publication of "A
Nation on Trial: The Goldhagen Thesis and Historical Truth", a book which exposed fraud perpetrated by anti-
German bigot Daniel Goldhagen. (6)
Early in November of 1998, ADL Director Foxman was at it again, this time ordering the media to ban black
leader Louis Farrakhan from the airwaves. Foxman's demand can be summarized as, "Keep Farrakhan off all
the television networks!" (7)
In 1993 the ADL illegally obtained California police and government records in San Francisco on a wide array of
dissident political groups and turned them over to the Israeli government. Due to its enormous influence, the ADL
escaped criminal prosecution in return for paying $75,000 to groups that fight hate crimes. (8)
The ADL "runs a nationwide surveillance operation on political groups with the assistance of other law
enforcement officials...The ADL spied on political groups in the US and this information allegedly made its way
to Israeli security authorities." (9)
On Aug. 2, 1994 seventy-five Jewish-Americans accused the ADL of "engaging in defamation" in the ADL's
attacks on Christian conservatives. (10)
The seventy-five stated that the ADL uses "such discreditable techniques as insinuation and guilt by association"
to compile its secret files on dissenters. (11)
On Aug. 9, 1994 Houston attorney Gary Polland compiled an analysis of an ADL attack on Christians. "Among
other things, the analysis demonstrates that ...(ADL Director) Foxman lied..." (12)
Syndicated columnist Mona Charen wrote: "...there is the crude, but undeniable fact that the ADL is in the anti-
Semitism business...It is playing upon ancient fears...and it is doing so dishonestly, with quotes taken out of
context and flagrantly false accusations." (13)
In 1987 the B'nai B'rith of Canada was ordered to pay $400,000 for defaming a Winnipeg woman. (14)
On March 14, 1996 the B'nai B'rith called a press conference in Toronto urging the government to arrest
revisionist publisher Ernst Zündel for printing revisionist pamphlets the Zionist group abhors. (15)
Jewish journalist Robert I. Friedman says the ADL is "the largest private spy agency in America... working
behind the scenes to stifle intellectual freedom." (16)
According to the Associated Press, the ADL was instrumental in suppressing an advertisement on the Lycos
Internet Website for the "Jews for Jesus" organization. Lycos Inc. stated that it "would not renew an
advertisement from Jews for Jesus because of complaints from some in the Jewish community."
Lycos said several Jewish people took offense when the ad popped up on their computer screens as they searched
for Web sites containing the word "Jewish". Jeffrey Snider, Lycos' general counsel, told The Boston Globe that
the ad's contract, which expires in several days, was not renewed because "controversial advertising is bad for
business".
According to the Associated Press, the ad "was opposed by the Anti-Defamation League's Boston office. Diane
Kolb, ADL associate director, said the "Jews for Jesus" message is "misleading and blasphemous". (17)
When the U.S. government keeps a file on a citizen that individual can pursue a Freedom of Information inquiry
to ascertain the contents and accuracy of the government dossier.
But in the case of the secret files of the ADL which the group shares with U.S. Intelligence and the Israeli secret
police (Mossad), the citizen has no recourse whatever.
If an anti-Communist, right wing group were to engage in such massive domestic spying our local press and
politicians would thunder anathemas against this "new McCarthyism". But when a totalitarian Zionist
organization engages in such tactics, the Establishment media act as their dutiful mouthpiece, and the Federal
government gives them semi-official status as "watchdogs over extremism".
End Notes
[1] Lenni Brenner, "The ADL", American Educational Trust, 1996, p. 18.
[2] Village Voice, Nov. 11, 1997, pp. 48, 50, 53.
[3] The Independent (San Francisco, CA), Oct. 22, 1998, p. 11.
[4] Ibid.
[5] ADL Press Release, Aug. 22, 1996.
[6] NY Times, Jan. 10, 1998.
[7] "ADL Attack on NBC", Coeur d'Alene Press, Nov. 15, 1998.
[8] "Privacy Suit Against ADL Allowed", A.P. Nov. 17, 1998.
[9] SF Weekly, March 31, 1993.
[10] NY Times, Aug. 2, 1994.
[11] The New American, Sept. 19, 1994, p. 13.
[12] Ibid.
[13] The Wanderer (St. Paul, MN), Aug, 1994, p. 10.
[14] The Globe and Mail, Nov. 26, 1987.
[15] Toronto Star, March 15, 1996.
[16] Robert I. Friedman, "The Jewish Thought Police", Village Voice, July 27, 1993.
[17] Associated Press, Aug. 11, 1999
The predecessor to the ADL was B‘nai B‘rith. The reason they changed their name to the ADL was because of
Atlanta‘s crime of the century. In 1913, a B‗nai B‗rith president, Leo Frank, had raped, sodomized, and murdered a 12
year-old child named Mary Phagan. The good people of Atlanta lynched Leo Frank.
Everything you didn't want to know about the ADL because you were afraid to find out how truly diabolical and
criminal the organization truly is....
VIDEO CLIPS:
 The History of the ADL

 The ADL and Its Smear-Campaign
 The ADL and Its Attack on Free Speech
 The Criminals of the ADL
 The ADL and Israel
 The ADL and Its Spies
 The ADL and the Law
 The Conclusion on the ADL
In some places Holocaust™ denial is a punishable crime, the

vile, sinister, evil, blasphemous perpetrators are routinely
imprisoned for telling the truth! LOL What a scam. Recently
the Zionists swarmed all over the Vatican and DEMANDED the Pope to BOW to his masters, and apologize to the
world for truthful ―anti-Semitic‖ remarks by one of his people. The Pope faithfully stuck his thumb way up his ass and
proclaimed to the world that ―Holocaust™ denial is a CRIME AGAINST GOD.‖ Folks, I don‘t make this stuff up.
While on the other hand Israelis have the right to ridicule all of Christianity without so much as a whimper from the
spineless clergy, and they do it so often and in your face that no one seems to even care or notice any longer.
How did the Zionist Jews prosper from the "Holocaust™"? So many ways I can't count. For starters 6 million was a
massively inflated number, according to official census data there weren‘t even 6 million Jews in all war regions
of Europe at that time! So how in the world can they look at us in the eye a make this shit up? The ingenious tour de
force is in the fact that they have convinced the world of this lie and everyone acknowledges it all as fact. Truth be
told: their power, control and influence in all mass media proves how they shape public and official opinion and
perception of history. Accepted world view reality is literally whatever they tell you it is! PERIOD.
Billions of dollars in reparations to the few connected Jews. Perhaps the most advantageous benefit of the Holocaust™
was when the Jews, with their total monopoly on all news, TV, Hollywood, radio, textbooks, and all media collectively
made the "event" an "untouchable" unspeakable crime for anyone to say ANYTHING negative about the Jews. Out of
this came evil "anti-Semites" & the "Holocaust™ deniers", many of the Jewish labels they flash and stamp opponents
with as soon as an adversary gets close.
The Jews carefully molded and nurtured an IMAGE of a victimized "poor helpless persecuted people" that NO
ONE has the right to question or deny them in any way shape or form. So much so, that today it has become almost
TABOO sin to stand up to any Jewish person! No matter what the issue at hand may be!!!! You lose, you ANTI-
SEMITE!!! Now cease and desist or we will sue you, ridicule you, destroy and slander your name! And coming
soon to a court near you: imprisonment for said offenses. This offensive counter tactic is pure genius if you really
think about it. The anti-Semite lable serves a very simple and toxic purpose: DEMONIZING the target. For no matter
how TRUE the TRUTH anyone has to deliver, if the truth is negative to Jews, their agendas or anything that has to do
with them, it is then labeled as anti-Semitic, therefore any TRUTH and FACTS you present is null and void! Doh!
Why don't I feel any pity for this group of people I separated from long ago? I smell a bunch of wolves in poor
innocent vicimized persecuted sheep's clothing. (note to Zionist agents, troll scum of the earth: Behold you know I
speak the truth, yet you cannot bring me down for I am a ghost, fear my sWORD of TRUTH for it shreds your well
thought out plans to bits biatches!).
Ok, there you go, my summary of a large segment of the Jewish movement in a nutshell. Still you have to understand
that many Jews hate the Zionists. Zionists are NOT real Jews, Zionism is a special agenda political party hell bent on
world conquest!. You must definitely research this on your own to understand it further. You must understand that the
neo-Nazi Zionists have no problems sacrificing untold numbers of their ―own‖ people, innocent non-Zionist Jews in
order to achieve their goals of world domination. When Christ appeared on the scene the Jews denied him then
murdered him. They paid the price years down the road. Once the Catholic Church, the Vatican became the most
powerful entity on the planet all the Jews were forced to "convert or die". Many Jews became catholic only
outwardly (called Marrano or crypto Jews), many forced to take on non-Jewish names, secretly holding onto their
original Jew faiths and beliefs. THIS is the core keys of how the Zionists succeeded in infiltrating many of the
Masonic orders and Christianity to this very day... Today the Masons may believe that they still hold the superior
hand but in reality the Zionists have been the ―Hidden Masters‖ in control and steer agendas as they wish. Yes they
deal with the still very powerful Jesuit entities by skillfully allowing them to believe that they are still in control.
They also control them directly by financial bullying, for they had taken over their finances long, long ago. Gone are
the days of the almighty powerful Vatican.
The smoking gun evidence that the ruling elders in the Masonic world are ruled by the Zionists is in the writings of one
of the Mason‘s most revered high priests: Albert Pike and his famous ―Morals and Dogma‖ book. In the 32° level ‗the
Sublime Prince of the Royal Secret‘, you will see the infusion of Jewish doctrines and rites. The practice of the
Kabbalah is one of the ‗secrets‘ integral to the practice of top high level Masonry. Pike speaks at length of many
Jewish traditions and teachings and their relationship to Masonry. Lower levels in the Freemason organization chart are
basically clueless, as often is the case. All infamous secret organizations and agencies have a secret agency within and
leading the secret agency. Let it be perfectly understood and clear to all: the Masonic order is and has been a Zionist
Jew instrument organization for the longest period of time. One of the main strategic goals of formal ―order of the
illuminati‖ that was established by Adam Weishaupt in 1776 was to completely infiltrate and take over the sprawling
well established Freemasonry. As you can readily deduct from the occult practices of the top level members, they have
accomplished that long ago. I would also like to make a note that Albert Pike was also a founder of the KKK. Another
one of the illuminati‘s grand schemes is to introduce division, fear and chaos among the population.
Another important element that must be perfectly understood is that Satan and his Luciferian conspirators on earth
always leave their mark, (symbols, logo, sign, emblem) This is how they communicate among their own kind, and we
as Christians are supposed to watch for and interpret the signs of the end. The ruling elite‘s marks often have deep
hidden meanings unknown to the uninitiated. You witness their marks everywhere, as logos, symbols, coat of arms,
flags, etc.
In the secret world of the elite rulers, symbology is very important. EVERYTHING HAS some hidden symbolic
meaning, yes, EVERYTHING. As territorial marks - They also leave their symbols for the same reason gangs
sometimes use their graffiti signs as a territorial mark.
Reverse Psychology - By placing their symbols everywhere, people start to question why a secret society would do this
as it makes no reasonable sense to them. These people then simply assume the symbols are a coincidence and reject the
existence of this secret society. Hollywood is a great tool, for example in the movie, "Angels and Demons" the
illuminati is referred to by name, it also presents a little truth but then makes them out to be a society that once existed
many centuries ago. The truth of the matter is many fraternal societies still exist. This is a clever tactic as viewers
laugh at anyone who metions the illuminati by name outside ot their 'film-mode' mind.
When you see certain key things, symbols, events and so forth being portrayed in a certain light in the movies and TV
it is strategically brought into the public conscience in order to PRIME the public. So that when the day that the ruling
elite come forth with the actual "thing" (an event or whatever) the people automatically assume it is the hollywood
thing and dissassociate it from true reality.
―Secret‖ symbols are often placed in logos, who‘s true meaning is only known to the insiders are routinely
prominently displayed everywhere as if nothing (hidden in plain sight) for the world to see. Such as corporate logos.
Since you, the outsiders have no real clue, nor substantiated proof, all the symbols, emblems and insignia that are
publically displayed are of importance only to those who are ―in‖ on the game. For instance the symbols readily
serve as logos that are used to identify trusted allies for which to conduct affairs with…
Take for example the national Jewish logo, fabricated out of two pyramids. It is often referred to as the Star of David.
But did you know that the same symbol is also known as the Seal of Solomon? In Medieval Jewish, Christian and
Islamic legends, the Seal of Solomon was a magical signet ring said to have been possessed by King Solomon, which
supposedly gave him the power to command demons, genies, or to speak with animals. The symbol is made up of two
pyramids, one upright and the other inverted. It should also be noted that the Masonic symbol is also comprised of two
incomplete pyramids, (see photo above) partially forming the seal of Solomon, the mutual inner core design
attributes reveals the secret hidden alliance between the Masonic Order and the Zionist Order, for they are
interconnected organizations ruled by the same, what they all refer to as: ―the hidden masters.‖
The Zionists control the Masons and even the Vatican. The Zionist Jews and the Catholic Church have one common
denominator: the bible. Old Testament Zionists and New Testament Vatican, these are the two brothers in arms ruling
this world today. The Old Testament is nothing other than the Hebrew Scriptures of long ago. Christianity was born out
of the Jewish faith. Even to this day many Christians still respect and follow the lead of their "elder brother" the Jewish
nation. Despite the fact that behind their backs, these very same Jews view Jesus as a bastard child and spit on the face
of Christianity. Also note that pyramids are one of the most important significant symbols of the ruling elite, followed
by the ―all seeing eye.‖ In alchemy, the combination of the fire and water symbols (up and down triangles/pyramids)
is known as the Seal of Solomon. The symbol is representative of the combination of opposites and transmutation. The
hexagram is featured within and on the outside of many Masonic temples as a decoration. The hexagram, one of the
world's most ancient symbols, may have been found within the structures of King Solomon's temple, from which
Freemasons are inspired in their philosophies and studies.
Secret societies have existed for eons, but for some reason many seem to trace back to ancient Egyptian times. Their
missions and purpose have been passed down from generation to generation. They have been consolidating their
wealth & powers over time in order to accomplish their ultimate goals. One need look no further than the bible to find
out what their goals are... the ultimate fulfillment of biblical prophecy, erecting the world rule of the Zionist Jews
that was promised to the ―ISRAELITES‖ by ―GOD‖ in the Hebrew bible, our Old Testament.
There is only one glaring problem… the ―god‖ of the Zionists whom are NOT true decendants of ancestoral
Jews is none other than: Lucifer. And they are not passively sitting back praying for it to happen either, for they lie,
cheat, steal, destroy, use violence, torture, kill, murder, assassinate and instigate wars in their hell bent quest to make it
come about. For in their logic, the ends justify the means. Their incredible worldwide coordination and continuity has
cohesively been sustained through many generations without losing a beat, and has been made possible because they
all CHANNEL the wishes of their grand master leader, trategist and god: Lucifer. They maintain the avenue of
communications open by constantly worshiping him in all their secret occult RITUALS, they are the biblical
Synagogue of Satan.
Note that the CENTRAL component of ALL secret societies and fraternities is in their secret occult RITUALS.
Freemasonry as with all the secret societies is loaded with all sorts of rituals, Luciferian witchcraft and borderline
voodoo, what many of the naive lower level members have no clue about is the TRUE HIDDEN MEANING of the
RITUALS they are performing. For all the rituals are in fact worshiping and exalting Lucifer and Satan. PERIOD. This
FACT is not even open for debate. This topic will be exposed and covered in more details in the separate chapters.
It is extremely rare to hear any leaders ever admit having taken part in any sort of satanic rituals for it would be career
suicide, but sometimes the past comes out to bite them in the butt. Here is GOP darling Christine O‘Donnell in her own
words, what I would translate to as her most fundamental qualifications of having been considered primo material and
future leadership material by the ruling elite:
O‘DONNELL: ―I dabbled into witchcraft — I never joined a coven. But I did, I did. … I dabbled into
witchcraft. I hung around people who were doing these things. I‘m not making this stuff up. I know what they
told me they do. [...]
One of my first dates with a witch was on a satanic altar, and I didn‘t know it. I mean, there‘s little blood
there and stuff like that… We went to a movie and then had a midnight picnic on a satanic altar.‖ [video link]
There is a purpose behind their hidden symbolism and occult rituals. It is none other than to bring about the world rule
centered on their god, Lucifer. Every day they get closer and closer to making this a reality. There is just one area
where they have been having problems for eons. You see, they believe that the temple of Solomon must be rebuilt
and used as their central ruling point. Golly gee whiz, but that location and the surrounding lands are in Muslim
hands eh? Well then, all Muslim countries are evil… ummm… TERRORISTS! They must all be destroyed and the
land seized so they can build their temple and establish the empire... And what will they do once they have their holy
temple back? So it is written: for he who has an ear let him hear, for he who has an eye, let him see. They will then
prop up one of their own Zionists Jews from generations of inbreeding lineage as the WORLD LEADER to rule the
mankind (as forewarned in the book of Revelations). I am not the one who makes this stuff up! This is REAL. That is
their ultimate goal.
Centuries ago the Vatican was so corrupted that many new Christian movements and churches sprouted out
everywhere. Today all that is left of the Vatican / Catholic Church is a hollowed out carcass of spiritually
decaying matter where hundreds of priests swim in the lust of having sex with little boys. The elders either accept
it or turn a blind eye, where in every single case out of hundreds that came forward they covered up the sins. Today
they have been literally paying out billions of dollars to their victims. The sin and deprevety within the
Vatican/Catholic church has been well documented by mainstream for centuries, this is not even open for debate. What
people do not know is that it has been exactly their complete rampant decadence and immorality was the very
weakness that the cunning Zionists took advantage of to infiltrate and completely subjugate them.
They have long forgotten their roots, the sanctity and teachings of Jesus was discarded centuries ago, for the Catholics
only pray to and worship Mary, "Hail Mary MOTHER of God…" (Jesus specifically stated "no one goes to the father
only through me" and God forbids us to worship anyone other than him) They bow to and worship idols, statues,
images of the virgin Mary and "saints", hence their severe decline. How could anyone be so foolish to actually bow
down in prayer to a statue of Mary, yet at the same time deny that they are worshiping her? Doh! Some statues of Mary
the church leaders bow to actually has her wearing a crown! And what‘s with that upside down cross on the pope‘s
throne all about?
Yet outwardly and materialistically, many of the world‘s powers are still attached to the roots of this morally/spiritually
defunct Catholic church. Even though the church is irrelevant and powerless in today‘s world, it is still viewed by
millions of death, dumb and blind lemmings as the major "Christian" church. Yet many devote blind followers have
no clue that the Vatican/Catholism was spiritually BANKRUPT centuries ago. No matter what, the many
institutions established under the guidance or blessing of the Vatican remained and continued forward in history. Many
of which also degraded over time. The worst have turned to the occultist practices, such as some of the secret societies
that claim to be of the Roman Catholic heritage, like the Masons for example. Many of whom pray to the "light of
Lucifer." Doh! Hence, it is not so difficult to see how the distorted inspirations of world domination have come to be.
The great Martin Luther (1483-1546) is world renown for initiating the reformation age, literally changing the entire
course of religious history. There is yet another one of his works that has carefully been hidden from the public eyes
for hundreds of years. He published a document called: ―On The Jews and Their Lies‖ in 1543. One would have to
wonder, what has it been about the ―Jews‖ throughout history that has gotten them EXPELLED out of over a hundred
countries within the last millennium…Well, back in 1543AD Martin Luther had a clue… what more authoritative and
respected person in history can you not label an ―anti-Semite‖ for telling it like it is? For those wandering what Martin
had to say, you can read with your own eyes what he was trying to warn the world about way back when, right here:
―On the Jews and Their Lies.‖
Suffice to say that after getting entirely expelled out of over a hundred countries and becoming the one of the most
despised and scrutinized people in the world, the Jews learned to become masters of disguise and secrecy. So much
so, that up until this very day, some of the most notorious spies have all been Jewish.
All the nations‘ intelligence agencies are staffed with a large majority of double agents from the secret
Zionist/Mason/Jesuit societies in key positions whose ultimate loyalty is to their coordinating Zionist masters.
Those are the ones that have the ultimate power within the intelligence agencies such as the CIA, Mossad, Mi5/6 etc.,
they in fact consist of a secret agencies within the agencies. Of course the president of the United States installs
whoever he wants he is ―suggested‖ by his handlers to head the CIA for instance, but that person is in reality nothing
more than a glorified public relations officer. The true movers and shakers within every agency are never scrutinized
nor seen by the light of day. Keep in mind the fact that all intelligence agencies have basically been founded and
operated by the secret societies membership, that's who really runs them. Externally they go through the motions of
reporting to Congress but it is very well known and documented that even Congress does NOT have the slightest clue
what the majority of the CIA‘s activities are.
The CIA's budget alone is larger than that of many industrial nations. To get an idea of the size and reach of the CIA,
compare it to IBM. The CIA receives an "official" budget, what is it? something like 30 billion dollars a year? Only a
small fraction of what it takes to run that monstrosity. That is why the CIA have become the world‘s foremost illegal
drug suppliers. They bring in untold billions upon billions of dollars yearly of undocumented drug money to fuel all
their clandestine operations.
Remember "Iran/Contra"? Those

were the early days of the CIA
first getting into drug dealing.
The CIA would soon realize that
they could reap the billions of
dollars in un-disclosed income by
taking over the entire drug trade.
The war against the Medallion
cartel was in reality a rival gang
war by the CIA for control of the
biggest drug operation in the
world. As we all know, the
Medallion cartel lost, and the CIA has since been the ruling drug czar. Of course every now and then they feed the
competition, little guys, not from their drug running network to the DEA wolves, as to keep the appearance that the
bogus ―war on drugs‖ is working. Every now and then the CIA crashes a plane full of dope, then off they go into
massive cover-up mode.
After WWII ended America immediately imported all of the top German scientists and German secret
intelligence agents under Operation Paperclip. This is very well documented fact. But common sense would dictate
that there would be no way on earth we could TRUST our sworn enemies that were involved in the deepest part of the
belly of the beast to just "presto, tag, I'm on your side now", and immediately be given high level security clearances to
all sorts of top secret matters we can only imagine from our remote detached viewpoints.
Folks, I don‘t know how else to emphasize and articulate the massive infiltration of our society after the second
world war. Everywhere I look and witness practices that are corroding our country there are people of German decent
(many of whom are Jewish).
Thousands of sworn ―to the death‖ enemies of America were, in what outwardly seems like a totally insane act, were
given cart blanch entry into our country and employment deep within all levels of our government! Background check?
Hello, these guys vowed to infiltrated and destroy our country, hello? The overall impact of their SUBVERSIVE acts
throughout our nation since the time they were given citizenship, employment and housing will probably never be
totally comprehended nor totally understood. But THE POINT that I want you to fully understand is the fact that there
HAD to of existed some sort of trust connection deep within both over our governments for there to even be a glimmer
of the idea of just TRUSTING and bringing thousands of our ―supposedly lethal enemies without so much as concern.
One trans-national organization was the Masonic orders, which it has been documented even in the times of war, when
they came across one of their fellow Masons; they shook hands and parted ways. And of course the Zionist Jews have
no boarders, no allegiance to any singular country other than their own center of the universe Israel. If you carefully
review domestic history within the light of the provided facts, you will notice that ALL the true transformation,
expansion and agenda building within our country began after the Germans and the Zionist Jews infiltrated our nation
and filled the key positions of our intelligence agencies and assumed positions of power.
Thus history records a prominent individual‘s observation of this phenomena:

"We must now face the harsh truth that the objectives of communism are being steadily advanced because
many of us do not recognize the means used to advance them. ... The individual is handicapped by coming
face to face with a Conspiracy so monstrous he cannot believe it exists. The American mind simply has not
come to a realization of the evil which has been introduced into our midst.‖ – J. Edgar Hoover 1956
Kol Nidre
This is the prayer that Jews pray on Yom Kippur during Judaism's most holy moment equivalent to Christmas
Eve for the Christians. The Kol Nidre is a celebration of the deceptions to come.
It states: "All vows, obligations, oaths, and anathemas, pledges of all names, which we may vow, or swear,
or pledge, or whereby we may be bound, from this Day of Atonement until the next (whose happy coming
we await), we do repent. May they be deemed absolved, forgiven, annulled, and void, and made of no
effect; they shall not bind us nor have power over us. The vows shall not be reckoned vows; the obligations
shall not be obligatory; nor the oaths be oaths."
What is forgiven? The Jewish Prayer Book lists the following sins specifically that are unconditionally forgiven
beforehand on Yom Kipur.
Sins committed with incestuous lewdness, Oppressing one's neighbor, Assembling to commit fornication,
Deceitful acknowledgments, Violence, Evil imagination, Denying and lying, Taking and giving bribes, Calumny,
Extortion and usury, Haughtiness, Shamelessness, Lawlessness, Litigiousness, Treachery to one's neighbor, Tale
bearing, False-swearing, Embezzlement, and Stealing
There was plenty of communications and Jewish friends working with the Nazis throughout the war. IBM and several
other big companies were busy supplying Hitler with the materials he needed to wage war AGAINST US!!!! Zionist
Jew Banks were busy financing Hitler while he was supposedly ―annihilating‖ their Jew brethren!! (These are but only
two examples out of a multitude) Now I don‘t know about you, but that whole war seems weird and reeks of special
interest manipulation on all fronts. And don‘t forget that war was pivotal and central to implementing the sanctioned
orders of the Balfour Declaration for the Zionists to invade and take over Palestine.
This is where the clues begin to flow in. I will cut to the chase and just state the facts as they are. Deep within the
intelligence communities of many countries is exists powerful agents, card carrying Zionist and Masonic blood
brothers, who transcend national boundaries, they are all ―familia.‖ The REAL Cosa Nostra. This is how and why
our CIA recruited all the German intelligence agents as if nothing happened. Likewise, even the CIA and Mossad and
Mi6 have massive joint venture working relationships. Who do they ultimately hold true allegiance to? Obviously not
to Amerika, for their ultimate loyalty is to none other than their Luciferian cabals.
Behold: for I hereby proclaim that the ashkeNAZI invasion of America never showed up on the public radar nor
shows any sign of ending. They quietly integrated throughout our nation, quietly practicing the art of subversion, took
up roots from sea to shining sea. Today the German Zionist illuminati rules this country.
There is one branch of the illuminati that we find particularly interesting. The German Bavarian Illuminati, for many
paths end up there. In 1832 a member of the above mentioned chapter, General William H. Russell established the
infamous Skull & Bones "fraternity" at Yale University. Of all the high level leaders that came out of those dark halls
of that "fraternity", the one we find most intriguing is the Bush family. Prescott Bush and both his sons presidents GW
Bush and G. Bush are all known members of Skull & Bones. One enterprising researcher tracked Prescott Bush's
linage to his dad who immigrated from none other than: Germany. Ok. interesting you say? (By the way, there are no
records that show who were Jewish or not when they migrated to America for many German Jews took on German
names and covered up the fact that they were Jewish, so we are forced to take their word as to their lineage).
Oh no, it gets better. It has been recently revealed the ole Prescott, through Union Bank had many ties to money
laundering with ashkeNAZI Germany in WWII. As if that were not enough, Prescott Bush's group asked Butler to
lead 500,000 veterans in a take-over of Washington and the White House! This coup d'état failed none the less, and
good ole Prescott gets away without even a slap on the wrist! Hello!!! A failed attempted coup on our nation and no
one does anything! Not even a blip in the media radar! Fast forward to the time of JFK's assassination GW Bush had a
company called Zapata and what would you know? At that very time JFK was assassinated the CIA was conducting a
top secret operation code named "Zapata". Hmmm, interesting. Some sources place GW Bush at Delay Square the day
JFK was killed. To top it off there is a confirmed memo publish by FBI director Hover reporting to none other than
George Bush regarding the JFK assassination. To this day George denies he was ever in the CIA. Yet years later out of
the blue he is, supposedly out of thin air with allegedly no experience, crowned the Director of the CIA! DOH!
Interestingly enough years later GW Bush becomes the vice president, and guess what happens? President Reagan
becomes a victim of an assignation attempt. Who did it? none other than the son of a close friend of Vice President
Bush! Wow. The guy was diagnosed as mentally ill. Possible CIA MK-Ultra/Project Artichoke mind control? He was
clinically found to have all the symptoms of having been brain fucked.
The Reagan assassination attempt failed so Bush Sr. had to wait a few years later to become the President of the U.S.
the old fashion way. Even more interesting is the fact that he was very active in promoting something called The New
World Order... (This is well documented and there are plenty of videos on YouTube of him talking about this). Hey,
who are those people working in his administration? Rumsfeld & Cheney the same guys who would later go on to
become pivotal accomplices in Bush Jr‘s administration. Interesting. Oh, it gets better. Years later his son GW Bush
becomes president via some very strange massive irregularities at many polling locations. Bam! A successful coup
d‘état baby! He stole that election with the help of his dads connections in the CIA and his brother (along with his
mob) delivering Florida, then his buddies in the republican controlled justice dept made it official. He then went
straight forward with is grandpa's and his dad's dreams of a new world order, gutting out Amerika like no other
president in the history of this nation ever has.
He engineered 911 with the help of his dads CIA spook network and proceeded to invade basically defenseless
countries, he went on to steal the election yet again in 2004 with the help of his Diebold buddies in Ohio. Here we are
now standing with several false flag ops waiting in the background, also watching our nation being plundered by the
world banksters guided under Bush as they rape TRILLIONS upon TRILLIONS of dollars from the government piggy
bank, gorging themselves as our nation is spinning completely out of financial control headed straight to the abyss.
At the moment the first draft of this report was being written, we were waiting for Bush to bomb Iran into the stone
age. Not a day goes by that we hope and pray that this lunatic of a president will just have some sort of brain seizure
and completely forget and stop attacking every country Israel and the Oil companies feel like. It is a long road to
January 2009, but yet Obama seems to be compiling a traditional good ole boys, business as usual team that will in all
likely hood just pick up right where the Bush crime syndicate left off. The Bush Administration should go down in
history as the single most self destructive blatantly private agenda driven presidency ever. This administration at times
seems hell bent on completely destroying the United States of America. Bush thus passes the baton off to Obama with
America in financial inferno of dire proportions.
What we are witnessing in today‘s current era is an unprecedented, all out, world level coup d‘état financial
consolidation and control by the highly organized meglowealthy, media and financial Zionist Barons who have played
the roles of servants for eons until the day would come when they would rise up and be able to become their master‘s
master... one country at a time. In each carefully planned financial collapse the Zionists engineer, they
CONSOLIDATE ever more wealth and power. This happened in the Great Depression, as in many smaller events
crashes since. Today‘s engineered worldwide economic financial ―9/11‖ you are witnessing is the greatest most
amazing majestic granddaddy of them all, a worldwide financial Armageddon literally dwarfing the ―Great
Depression‖ in its sheer magnitude and gangsta ―all the countries feverishly pumping the banksters with literally
trillions of dollars‖ bad ass balls to the wall con. No, they did not ―roll up on you‖ with guns blazing stealing your
money… they sat back pushed buttons and cried ―FIRE!!!!!!‖ and everyone just handed them truck loads of money...
Pure unadulterated genius gangsta heist.
What has become blazingly clear is the fact that the Elite Rulers are going all out, making their desperate moves for the
grand prizes, skullfuck America, screw the citizens, sacrifice the environment, vaccinate the minds of the people, and
so on. Israel is to eventually emerge as the new world leader at some point or another. The Elite rulers could care less
how many people die along the way, actually they hope millions and even billions of people die! They actually
WANT billions of people to die, this is part of the Eugenics program. This will solve what they view as the problem
of far too many people on this planet.
Imagine for just one moment that instead of Jews, a bunch of Mexicans owned a majority of our financial institutions
and completely owned/controlled all of our media and held immense clout in our political arena pulling strings left and
right… The outrage would reverberate to the ends of the earth and bloody revolution would begin overnight. But since
it is the JEWS who hold this EXACT situation, no one DARES utter a word.
"The ethnic cleansing of Palestine is as much America's crusade as Israel's. On 16 August, the Bush administration
announced an unprecedented $30 Billion military "aid package" (while he vetoes healthcare for poor children here in
his own country! Doh!) for Israel, the world's fourth biggest military power, an air power even greater than Britain, a
nuclear power greater than France. No other country on earth enjoys such immunity, allowing it to act without
sanction, as Israel. No other country has such record of lawlessness: not one of the world's tyrannies comes close.
International treaties, such as the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty, ratified by Iran, are ignored by Israel. There is
nothing like it in UN history." The breaches of U.N. resolutions by Israel is bar none. Israel has managed to rack up
more breaches of security breaches than any other country on the planet, more than all other UN members combined!
Even to the point of U.N. general assembly stating that Israeli breaches of Geneva Convention constitute 'war crimes'.
Hello folks! Wake up time! The Zionist Jews have been going all out in their efforts to consolidate their world power.
And it seems to be there is shit you can say or do about it.
You have the Zionist/Masonic/Jesuit rulers cleverly hacking out strategies for taking over the entire middle east...
(Zionists can have the land, the western corporations take the oil) they dream of one day expanding to become the
massive apartheid nation of Israel. For they will never be satisfied with that little piece of land that was unlawfully
GIVEN to them back in 1948. No, not enough, they want Gaza, they want all of Palestine, Lebanon, they want the
Temple Mount, all the lands of the time of Solomon and all the land as far as the eyes can see and beyond as theirs.
For in their minds and hearts they believe their god promised them all this and they are to rule over this world for it
is written in their most holy scriptures.. The Muslim nations are just thorns on their sides. Low life form creatures,
they must all die and surrender their lands to the Zionists.
Revelations: Chapter2 v9: "I know your works, tribulations and poverty (but you are rich). And I know the blasphemy
of those which SAY they ARE ISRAEL but they are NOT, they are the synagogue of Satan". Behold: For the
bible warned us of the Zionists long ago.
THE BOTTOM LINE IS:
There DOES exist a super secret illuminati ruler. There does exist a central MASTERMIND coordinator of the
ruling matrix network. The ULTIMATE secret master ruler of the ruling elite who unequivocally RUNS THIS
WORLD is an immortal entity(s) that goes by the name of Satan, Lucifer, the Devil. All the rituals and occult
practicing elite of the world bow to this same master, whether knowingly or not. Jesus proclaimed to the masses: ―you
are all of your father the devil‖ (John 8:44, Acts 13:10) and the bible states the FACT that this world belongs to
Satan in many verses, such as ― Satan is the ruler of this world .‖ (John 12:31, John 14:30, John
16:11, 2 Corin. 4:4). Hence the need of God to send a savior, a messiah to redeem this world. The ruling elite are his
physical agents here on earth conducting his will here on earth.
This is why this world has been full of wars, bloodshed, chaos, violence, inequity, corruption, decadence since the
beginning of known history. The rich get richer while the poor get poorer and for all intents and purposes have nothing
to do with the management of world affairs, besides the ILLUSION of choice and participation. What most
researchers have FAILED to understand is that the illuminati Zionists, Freemasonry, Jesuits, nobility and all other
ruling factions that make up the ruling elite knowingly or unknowingly ALL channel the wishes of their GRAND
MASTER, Lucifer, Satan, the Devil in their worldly pursuits of global domination and rule.
Thus seemingly disconnected, separate regimes, groups and peoples from different time zones throughout many
generations continually, consistently, without fail, keep conducting the ongoing same world conquest agendas. Can you
fully understand this most critically important revelation? He who has ears let him hear, he who has eyes, let him see.
Behold for it is written: ―And Satan, taking Jesus up to the highest peak of the mountain, showed Him all the
Kingdoms of the world in an instantaneous moment of time. And the Devil said unto Him, All this power will I
give thee, even all the glory of these Kingdoms, for THEY ARE MINE to give and to whomsoever I will I
give them to. Therefore, if you would just fall and worship me all of these shall be yours. And Jesus answered
and said unto Satan, It is written, Thou shalt worship the Lord God and to Him only shalt thou serve.‖ – Luke
4:5-8; The Bible.
Sit back and digest these words very carefully, for when the day comes that you truly understand their significance is
the day you can truly begin to liberate yourself from your multifaceted enslavement to the Luciferian rulers of
this world… In order to adequately proceed further into the matrix report you must keep this pivotal, fundamental
crucially important fact in mind:
What will GOD‘s works and world resemble? And how do we recognize what comes from Heaven? It will usher in an
age of love and compassion for your fellow man devoid of bias, hate, animosity, lies, deception, and the host of other
evils. GOD‘s works will wholeheartedly encompass: Truthfulness, compassion, kindness, sympathy, empathy, trust,
benevolence, peace, thoughtfulness, love, forgiveness, unselfishness, sacrifice of the self for the sake of others, giving
instead of taking, the end of selfish self-centered rule of a privileged elite super rich few, the onset of monetary
equality, the end of all forms of oppression and enslavement while opening a true level playing field for all where no
exclusive elites can game the system and become the ruler(s) of the ―system‖ or the rest. This are just a few key
qualities you need to look for in those who may CLAIM to be, but are not… because their FALSE rule is based on
lies, deceit, malovence, conquest, battle, usury, elitism and so forth.
BEHOLD FOR: While the rest of mankind exists in a blind vacuum following and pursuing the material world‘s
illusions and lures you have been blessed to know the truth. Although man was created in the image of God, the sin
of Adam and Eve separated the entire human race from God, and sold us into bondage to sin from which we
need to be redeemed… thus:
Satan/Lucifer/Devil controls this world, which is why God MUST send a ―Messiah‖ a SAVIOR to this world to
SAVE MANKIND and take this world back and establish GOD‘s Kingdom of Heaven on Earth based on GOD‘s
value system, GOD‘s empire, GOD‘s world, GOD‘s society, GOD‘s governments, GOD‘s schools, GOD‘s economic
system, GOD‘s social system, GOD‘s media, GOD‘S entertainment, GOD‘s justice, GOD‘s unselfish agenda, policies,
rules and laws… Centered on GOD‘S LOVE… of fellow man and TRUE PEACE not invasion, occupation and
endless wars regardless of pretense… NEVER… EVER… forget this…
"he who has an ear, let him hear, he who has eyes, let him see"

AGENCIES OF DECEPTION
DEATH & DESTRUCTION
LUCIFER’S AGENTS ON EARTH: MASTERS OF DECEIT
"By way of DECEPTION, thou shalt do war."
– Israeli Mossad's official motto
"The individual is handicapped by coming face to face with a conspiracy so monstrous he cannot believe it
exists" - J. Edgar Hoover, FBI Director 1956
“I would never have agreed to the formulation of the Central Intelligence Agency back in '47, if I had known
it would become the American Gestapo.” - Harry S. Truman (1961)
Intelligence agencies are the PERFECT entity, apparatus, means and cover for the ruling elite to operate undetected,
unseen, invisible, clandestine and to top it all off: ABOVE THE LAW. What ruling criminal mastermind would not
want to have such amazing virtually impenetrable shield, immunity and operate with impunity that comes with being
an ―intelligence agency‖? These are the agencies that operate from the integral motto: ―by way of deception we shall
wage war.‖
The bible states that Satan is the MASTER LIAR, the MASTER DECIEVER. Those are two of his most central
attributes. It is written: ―By their deeds you will know them‖…
It is clearly unequivocally stated numerous times establishing beyond a shadow of doubt that Satan and his agent on
earth are the LIARS and DECIEVERS.
Thus to track his activities on earth, one must look for his tracks, identify his agents by his M.O. finger prints or calling
cards. To find his works on earth and his agents here on earth who do his bidding, all one need do is locate who are his
agents on earth who possess, practice and live by those key attributes of LIES and DECEPTION. It is literally THAT
simple.
I will waste no time in first and foremost stating several intensely important facts about the secret agencies of
this country and the world are in fact Satanic temples of the first degree.
The secret agencies are the central key agent provocateurs entities instigating conflicts, division, wars, murder,
mayhem, deception, terrorism and so forth throughout the world. When they go to work they produce absolutely no
good, only heart break, tears, pain, chaos and death follow them and their trails of blood. This is their modus
operandi par excellence. The secret agencies are the mirror image of Satan‘s physical incarnation on earth… To
he who has ears, let him hear, to he who has eyes, let him see…
First of all: the CIA, Mossad, Mi5/6 are a ―trinity‖ who at the inner core work as, and are literally ONE agency.
All of these agencies have ―a secret agency within the agency‖ they work together on many, many JOINT
VENTURE projects, yet you would never know it. Secondly: our CIA was founded, organized and put together by
elite Masons/Jesuits/ZIONISTS. Thirdly: When Nazi Germany was ―defeated‖ ALL OF THEIR ashkeNAZI
SPIES where transferred to work here in Amerika‘s CIA!!! Do you, can you fathom the reprecussions of this
revelation?: It PROVES that there were elements within both our secret agencies that were working together
throughtout the wars… This is absolute earth shaking reality destroying extremely difficult to swallow revelation.
This is not a figment of my imagination, these are FACTS. We have had Nazi spies working in our CIA ever since the
war ended (Google it if you dare doubt it). With that said and done, let‘s never forget that the Nazis and the
―Commies‖ were our mortal enemies who vowed ―TO DESTROY AMERICA FROM WITHIN‖…….
You must also factor in the main essence of these consortiums is that they are all agencies of deceit, and that is their
specialty of existence (CIA, Mi6, Mossad, etc). They operate under the cloak of clandestined Luciferian darkness. For
it is they who flood the information highway with all sorts of bogus, absurd and preposterous conspiracy
theories in order to envelope the entire realm being targeted into ludicrous absurdity fog. Rendering anyone‘s
serious fact laden research as ridiculous hearsay.
The term ―conspiracy theorist‖ has been popularized by the media as a derogatory term for anyone who does not accept
the official propaganda narrative. The conspirators build comedy and entertainment into their plan for world
domination. The more ridiculous they can make it look, the less believable it will appear to be. It is relatively easy to
derail, discredit and censure any serious purveyor of truth since anything that comes out of their mouths, no matter
how true, their statements are rendered null and void due to its originating from the same sphere and affiliation
with the preposterous theories that get all the publicity and headlines. ―Get a life you tin foil hat idiots.‖ Presto,
you have been effectively ridiculed/neutralized, now go crawl back into your cave.
Does The CIA Ever Tell Anyone in Government The Truth About Anything?
By DownWithTyranny
From polling data I've seen, those of us who are certain that the CIA assassinated JFK are almost as small a
minority as those who identify themselves as members of the Republican Party-- 25% and 21% respectively. But
even if you don't want to believe they'd actually kill an American president, you'd be foolish to believe that they're
not an organization built on deceit and misdirection.
According to Russ Baker's latest book, Family of Secrets it's likely that the Watergate scandal was a CIA plot to
removed Nixon! Take it for what it's worth-- judge for yourself-- but you may have noticed that in recent weeks
they've tried to engineer a coup against House Speaker Nancy Pelosi. Or maybe they were just firing a very loud
warning shot over the bow of any Democrats who want to get too feisty that there will be no investigations or
hearings that lead to any CIA personnel going to prison regardless of what crimes were committed. I'd say the
message was received.
CQPolitics is about as vanilla and inoffensive a news source as you're going to find Inside-the-Beltway. Yesterday
evening they featured a piece by Jeff Stein confirming-- from inside the secretive agency-- that the CIA lies to and
misleads members of Congress as a matter of course. A 25 year veteran former deep-cover spy, who uses the name
Ishmael Jones, and wrote the book The Human Factor: Inside the CIA's Dysfunctional Intelligence Culture, claims
the CIA's congressional briefers "routinely" lie to members of Congress. He's no Pelosi fan and from reading his
stuff I have to believe he's an extreme rightist. But, he does admit that its more likely than not that they lied to her.
Jones also charged that, contrary to beliefs that the agency has a political agenda, "In reality the CIA is loyal only to
itself. As long as Mrs. Pelosi supported its bureaucratic lifestyle, it supported her, but when she attacked it, it fought
back. The CIA may not be able to conduct efficient intelligence operations, but it knows how to survive."
Reports that CIA managers were outraged or demoralized by the water-boarding controversy are wrong, Jones also
maintained. To the contrary, he said, they felt that revelations of their interrogators roughing up, or even torturing,
detainees made them look tough.
"The interrogations controversy has served the CIA bureaucracy," Jones asserted. "A top goal of bureaucracy is to
look busy, and whether one agrees with the interrogation methods or not, the impression given is that the CIA is
both busy and aggressive."
Jones added: "It relishes this 'cowboy' image, and its greatest fear is that the taxpayer might figure out how little it
actually is doing.
"Bans or restrictions on interrogations," he added, "would have the constructive effect of removing this
smokescreen, this distraction, and redirecting focus to what exactly the CIA is doing to provide the foreign
intelligence the president needs."
According to a review of "Jones'" book at ForeWord Magazine, the agent wasn't thrown out of the CIA "but was a
highly regarded agent who resigned to write this book because he could no longer serve in this organization that had
lost its sense of purpose and the capability to protect the United States from terrorist attacks." He sees the CIA as "a
bloated, unresponsive bureaucracy that exists to serve itself and cannot fulfill its important intelligence-gathering
role, which was the reason for its creation by President Harry Truman.
I am at odds on this topic. How can we humanly possibly convey the extreme seriousness, the insanely dangerousness,
outright evilness of the secret agencies such as, and especially the CIA and Mossad? Words cannot describe these
abomination organizations. They exist purely as deceit centered entities whose ONLY mission is to destroy
peoples and nations. Assassination, coups, mind rape and torture are just a couple of their highly developed
specialties. These are the world‘s foremost masters of deceit like their founding counterpart: the devil. The
CIA/Mossad IS THE AGENCY THAT KILLED ONE OF OUR OWN PRESIDENTS! Think about that, let it
digest in your mind and heart. JFK signed his own death warrant when he proclaimed to the world that he was going to
disband the CIA and "scatter the CIA to the four winds.". The CIA has no soul, it has no heart, it is a cold
calculating murderous organization. Just a tool of the Zionist/Mason Learned Elders ruling elite who run it from the
core inner level sanctuaries.
If one had to draw a picture of these intelligence agencies would that picture look like good entities from Heaven or
would the image depict a multiheaded beast from hell destroying everything in its path? The fact of the matter is that
these agencies have absolutely nothing to do with goodness, fairness, kindness, benevolence, etc. These evil agencies
exist and dwell firmly in the realm of lies, deceit, subverting, instigating, destroying, raping, pillaging, killing and
death just like their spiritual counterpart the devil everything they do is under the cloak of darkness and associated with
evil concepts. For everything they do is in Lucifer‘s image, EVERYTHING.
"Mossad" means "by way of deception" in Hebrew
Of all the worldwide intelligence agencies, the single most silent, secretive, mysterious and probably the most
sinisterly dangerous of them all, is hands down, the Israeli Mossad. Tons of information and leaks have been exposed
about our CIA; the Mossad on the other hand seems like an enigma. Not much documentation on the Mossad exists,
but there are three areas of specialty were they shine like the brightest stars: 1) Assassinations and hits, these guys take
the cake in sheer numbers, tenacity, and cold hearted calculated murderous mayhem. 2) By far, these spooks are
THE masters of deceit and infiltration of all intelligence agencies, as they have penetrated and reside within every
corner their country‘s strategic interests lay. 3) The masters of deceiving everyone, even their allies as they turn their
enemies against themselves, these are master agent provocateurs of false flags.
There are more Mossad agents posing as ―militant extremist

terrorists‖ than anyone would ever believe…. They operate
under the same operational techniques and premises that drug
enforcement agencies use for infiltrating gangs and the mafia.
―STRATEGY OF TENSION‖ is the term by which world

powers divide, manipulate, and control public opinion using
fear, propaganda, disinformation, psychological warfare,
agents provocateurs, and false flag terrorist actions. The term
originated when it became known that the United States and the
then-fascist Greek government supported far-right terrorist groups
in Italy and Turkey – whose democratic institutions appeared to be
threatened by Communism – to spread panic among the population
who would in turn demand stronger and more dictatorial
governments. Of course our most wonderful, loving benevolent
innocent CIA denies everything and anything to do with this
strategy despite the fact that its actions throughout the world tell a
different story. As this is a readily observable stratagem it employs in just about every one of its subversive exploits on
target countries.
It is of utmost importance that you also understand that all CIA and Mossad undercover terrorist brewing activities is
performed with the strategic objective that IT WILL ACTUALLY CREATE MORE real world TERRORIST
cohorts. One of the actual goals of instilling hatred, funding and training terrorist groups is to PURPOSELY
FOSTER BLOW BACK! The reciprocating retributions serve to create the desired backdrop and climate of FEAR.
Al-CIAda is a perfect example of a purposely engineered BLOW BACK program in action. For Al-CIAda was
originally a CIA/Mossad secret agency joint venture invention from the very start whose roots began to take form when
they were assisting the Mujahedeen in combating communist Russia. Summarized: The CIA/Mossad are ―above the
law‖ secret agencies, whom not even the President or Congress really knows or have a clue what operations they
conduct undercover, have been purposely fomenting hatred against us for the explicit purpose to provoke REVENGE
counter attacks on the west…
Yes they actually WANT them to become raving mad and ATTACK US creating the ideal justification to invade
Middle Eastern nations and initiate drastic changes home and abroad that would NEVER be possible otherwise. "The
ends justify the means."
The CIA, the KKK and the USA

by Sherwood Ross - Global Research, October 15, 2010
By assigning covert action roles to the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), it is as if the White House and
Congress had legitimized the Ku Klux Klan to operate globally. That's because the CIA today resembles
nothing so much as the "Invisible Empire" of the KKK that once spread terror across the South and
Midwest. Fiery crosses aside, this is what the CIA is doing globally.
The CIA today is committing many of the same sort of gruesome crimes against foreigners that the KKK once
inflicted on Americans of color. The principal difference is that the KKK consisted of self-appointed vigilantes who
regarded themselves as both outside and above the law when they perpetrated their crimes. By contrast, the CIA
acts as the agent of the American government, often at the highest levels, and at times at the direction of the White
House. Its crimes typically are committed in contravention of the highest established international law such as the
Charter of the United Nations as well as the U.S. Constitution. What's more, the "Agency," as it is known, derives
its funding largely from an imperialist-minded Congress; additionally, it has no qualms about fattening its budget
from drug money and other illegal sources. It is a mirror-image of the lawless entity the U.S. has become since
achieving superpower status. And it is incredible that the White House grants license to this violent Agency to
commit its crimes with no accountability. The Ku Klux Klan was founded shortly after the end of the U.S. Civil
War. Klansman concealed their identities behind flowing white robes and white hoods as they terrorized the newly
emancipated blacks to keep them from voting or to drive them from their property.
Allowing it to operate in secret literally gives the CIA the mythical Ring of Gyges. In Plato's Republic, the owner of
the ring had the power to become invisible at will. As Wikipedia puts it, Plato "discusses whether a typical person
would be moral if he did not have to fear the consequences of his actions." The ancient Greeks made the argument,
Wikipedia says, that "No man would keep his hands off what was not his own when he could safely take what he
liked out of the market, go into houses and lie with any one at his pleasure, kill or release from prison whom he
would, and in all respects be like a god among men." The CIA, like Hitler's Gestapo and Stalin's NKVD before it,
has provided modern man the answer to this question. Its actions illuminate why all criminal entities, from rapists
and bank robbers, to Ponzi scheme swindlers and murderers, cloak themselves in secrecy.
There are innumerable examples of how American presidents have authorized criminal acts without public
discussion that the preponderant majority of Americans would find reprehensible. Example: it was President
Lyndon Johnson who ordered the CIA to meddle in Chile's election to help Eduardo Frei become president. If they
had known, U.S. taxpayers might have objected to such a use of their hard-earned money to influence the outcome
of another country's elections. But the public is rarely let in on such illegal foreign policy decisions.
Where the KKK after the Civil War terrorized blacks to keep them from voting, the CIA has worked to influence
the outcome of elections all over the world through bribery and vote-buying, dirty tricks, and worse. According to
investigative reporter William Blum in "Rogue State"(Common Courage Press), the CIA has perverted elections in
Italy, Lebanon, Indonesia, The Philippines, Japan, Nepal, Laos, Brazil, Bolivia, Chile, Portugal, Australia, Jamaica,
Panama, Nicaragua, Haiti, among other countries. If they had known, taxpayers might also object to the CIA's
numerous overthrows of foreign governments by force and violence---such as was done in Iran in 1953 by President
Eisenhower and Chile in 1973 by President Nixon.
Both overthrows precipitated bloodbaths that cost tens of thousands of innocent civilians their lives. Blum also lists
the countries the CIA has attempted to overthrow or has actually overthrown. His list includes Greece, The
Philippines, East Germany, Iran, Guatemala, Indonesia, Iraq, Viet Nam, Laos, Ecuador, The Congo, France, Cuba,
Ghana, Chile, South Africa, Bolivia, Portugal, and Nicaragua, to cite a few. As I write, today, October 11th, 2010,
Nobel Peace Prize winner Adolfo Perez Esquivel of Argentina called on President Obama to revise U.S.
(imperialist) policies toward Latin America. He questioned why the U.S. continues to plant its military bases across
the region.
That's an excellent question. If the U.S. is a peace-loving nation, why does it need 800 bases the world over in
addition to 1,000 on its own soil? Americans might recoil in disgust if they knew of the CIA's numerous
assassinations of the elected officials of other nations. Is it any wonder Americans so often ask the question, "Why
do they hate us?" As historian Arnold Toynbee wrote in 1961, "America is today the leader of a world-wide anti-
revolutionary movement in the defence of vested interests. She now stands for what Rome stood for. Rome
consistently supported the rich against the poor in all foreign communities that fell under her sway; and, since the
poor, so far, have always and everywhere been more numerous than the rich, Rome's policy made for inequality, for
injustice, and for the least happiness of the greatest number."
The CIA's protective secrecy resembles nothing so much as the KKK, which proudly proclaimed itself "the
Invisible Empire" and whose thugs killed citizens having the courage to identify hooded Klansmen to law
enforcement officials. Today, it is our highest public officials that protect this criminal force, said to number about
25,000 employees. It is actually a Federal offense to reveal the identity of a CIA undercover agent---unless, of
course, you happen to be I. Lewis "Scooter" Libby, and are employed by Vice President Dick Cheney. Libby leaked
the identity of CIA agent Valerie Plame to punish her husband Joseph Wilson for publishing a report that undercut
the White House lie that Saddam Hussein had purchased "yellowcake" from Niger to fuel WMD. Today, high
public officials direct the CIA's criminal policies and protect its agents' identities the better to enable them to
commit their crimes.
According to journalist Fred Cook in his book "Ku Klux Klan: America's Recurring Nightmare"(Messner), "The
Klan was inherently a vigilante organization. It could commit the most atrocious acts under the guise of high
principle andperpetrators of those acts would be hidden behind white masks and protected by Klan secrecy... (The
Klan) set itself up as judge, jury and executioner"---a policy adopted by the CIA today.
CIA spies have conducted their criminal operations masquerading as officials of U.S. aid programs, business
executives, or journalists. Example: The San Diego-based Copley News Service's staff of foreign correspondents
allegedly was created to provide cover to CIA spies, compromising legitimate American journalists trying to do
their jobs. While the murders committed by the KKK likely ran into the many thousands, the CIA has killed on a far
grander scale and managed to keep its role largely secret.
As Tim Weiner, who covered the CIA for the New York Times noted in his book "Legacy of Ashes: The History of
the CIA" (Anchor): "In Guatemala, 200,000 civilians had died during forty years of struggle following the
agency's(CIA) 1954 coup against an elected president." Weiner adds, "the CIA's officers in Guatemala still went to
great lengths to conceal the nature of their close relations with the military and to suppress reports that Guatemalan
officers on its payroll were murderers, torturers, and thieves." When it comes to murder, the CIA makes the KKK
look like Boy Scouts.
Like the KKK, CIA terrorists operate above the law. KKK members committed thousands of lynchings yet rarely
were its members punished for them. In 2009 at a speech at CIA headquarters in Langley, Virginia, President
Obama revealed he was not intent on punishing CIA agents for their crimes but would rather "look forward." This
seemingly charitable philosophy may be driven by the fact that Obama worked for Business International
Corporation, a CIA front, at least in 1983 and perhaps longer, and allegedly is the son of a mother and father both of
whom also worked for the CIA, as did Obama's grandmother! I could find none of this in Obama's biography when
he ran for the presidency, when a gullible American public elected a CIA "mole" to the White House.
Consider this, too: an agency President Truman feared would become "an American Gestapo" when he signed the
enabling legislation into law in 1947 has become just that, and it casts a lengthy shadow over the White House.
Ominously, it has in Barack Obama one of its own former employees sitting in the Oval Office---a man who,
according to news reports, has vastly expanded the frequency of the CIA's assassinations by drone aircraft in
Pakistan and who illegally claims the "right" to assassinate any American citizen abroad as well. What's more, from
1989 to 1993 George Bush Sr., the CIA's own former Director, sat in the White House.
Additionally, from 2001 to 2009, the CIA had that Director's son, George W. Bush, in the Oval Office giving the
CIA a blank check after the 9/11 massacre. Bush Jr., according to The New York Times, in the summer of 1974
worked for Alaska International Industries, which did contract work for the CIA. The Times noted that this job did
not appear in his biography when he ran for the White House in 2000, terming it "The Missing Chapter in the Bush
Bio." Thus, two presidential candidates with CIA ties---Bush Jr. and Obama---both neglected to mention them. And
in Bill Clinton, who presided from 1993 to 2001, the CIA had a go-along president who satisfied the Agency's
blood-lust when he authorized the first illegal "rendition," a euphemism for what KKK thugs once knew as
kidnapping and torture. Is there any question that the Agency has not played an influential, behind-the-scenes or
even a direct role in the operations of the U.S. government at its highest level? It may indeed be a stretch to argue
that the CIA is running the country but it is no stretch to say that year after year our presidents reflect the criminal
philosophy of the Agency.
Other parallels with the KKK are striking. As Richmond Flowers, the Attorney General of Alabama stated in 1966,
"I've found the Klan more than just another secret society... It resembles a shadow government, making its own
laws, manipulating local politics, burrowing into some of our local law-enforcement agencies...When a pitiable
misfit puts on his $15 sheet, society can no longer ignore him." Yet the descendants of those misfits have moved up
today where they feel comfortable as operatives in the shadow government run by the White House. One of the
CIA's illicit duties has been to serve as a conduit for funneling U.S. taxpayer dollars to corrupt dictators and
strongmen bent on suppressing the popular will of their citizenry. As Noam Chomsky wrote in "Failed
States"(Metropolitan/Owl), in Honduras, "military officers in charge of the battalion (3-16) were on the CIA
payroll." This elite unit, he says, "organized and trained by the United States and Argentine neo-Nazis," was "the
most barbaric of the Latin American killers that Washington had been supporting."
Like the KKK, the CIA kidnaps many of its victims with no thought ever of legal procedure. It exhibits utter disdain
for the rights of those individuals, the sovereignty of foreign nations, or respect for international law. At least
hundreds of foreigners, mostly from the Middle East, have been the victims of "renditions" just as the KKK
kidnapped and flogged and lynched blacks, labor leaders, Catholics, Jews, or wayward wives whom it felt to be
morally lacking. In September, 1921, The New York World ran a series exposing the KKK. It pointed out that,
among other things, the KKK was violating the Bill of Rights wholesale. This included the Fourth amendment
against "unreasonable searches and seizures," the Fifth and the Sixth amendments, guaranteeing that no one may be
held without a grand jury indictment or punished without a fair trial. And these rights today are similarly trampled
by the CIA against American citizens, not just foreigners.
Apparently, only foreign courts care to rein in the CIA. The 23 CIA agents that it took to render one "suspect" in
Italy are wanted there by the magistrates. (The spooks, by the way, ran up some fabulous bills in luxury hotels on
taxpayers' dollars in that escapade.) Former President Jimmy Carter wrote in his book "Our Endangered
Values"(Simon & Schuster), the CIA transferred some of those it kidnapped to countries that included Egypt, Saudi
Arabia, Syria, Morocco, Jordan, and Uzbekistan where "the techniques of torture are almost indescribably terrible,
including, as a U.S. ambassador to one of the recipient countries reported, 'partial boiling of a hand or an arm,' with
at least two prisoners boiled to death." The KKK's methods of punishment were often as ugly: the brutal flogging of
blacks in front of vicious crowds, followed by castration and burning their victims alive, and then lynching of the
corpses. As for the CIA, "Why?" asks investigative reporter William Blum, "are these men rendered in the first
place if not to be tortured? Does the United States not have any speakers in foreign languages to conduct
interrogations?"
That the CIA is a terrorist organization was upheld in the famous "CIA On Trial" case in Northampton, Mass., in
1987, when a jury acquitted 14 protestors who tried to stop CIA recruitment on campus, according to Francis Boyle,
the University of Illinois international law authority who defended the group. The defense charged the CIA was "an
organized criminal conspiracy like the SS and the Gestapo." Boyle said, "You would not let the SS or the Gestapo
recruit on campus at the University of Massachusetts at Amherst, so you would not permit the CIA to recruit on
campus either."
Another shared characteristic of the KKK and CIA is greed, the desire to loot the hard-earned wealth of others.
Often, Klansmen terrorized African-Americans who had amassed property to frighten them off their land. Law-
abiding black citizens who had pulled themselves up by the proverbial bootstraps were cheated out of their homes
and acreage by the night riders.
Similarly, the CIA across Latin America has aligned itself with the well-to-do ruling class at every opportunity. It
has cooperated with the elite to punish and murder labor leaders and clergy who espoused economic opportunity for
the poor. The notion that allowing the poor to enrich themselves fairly will also create more wealth for an entire
society generally, including the rich, has not permeated CIA thinking. I emphasize what historian Toynbee noted:
"America is today the leader of a world-wide anti-revolutionary movement in the defence of vested interests. She
now stands for what Rome stood for."(Italics added.)
In sum, by adopting the terrorist philosophy of the KKK and elevating it to the operations of government at the
highest level, the imperial Obama administration, like its predecessors, is showing the world the worst possible face
of America. Foreigners do not see the goodness inherent in the American people---most of whom only want a good
day's pay for a good day's work and to educate their children and live at peace with the world. Every adult
American has a solemn obligation to demand that its government live up to international law, punish the CIA
criminals in its midst, and become a respected citizen of the world. This will not come to pass until Congress
abolishes the CIA, putting an end to its KKK-style terrorism which threatens Americans as well as humankind
everywhere.
As Noami Klein thoroughly proved in her book The Shock Doctrine: The Rise of Disaster Capitalism, throughout
history, "while people were reeling from natural disasters, wars and economic upheavals, savvy politicians and
industry leaders nefariously implemented policies that would never have passed during less muddled times."
This is a CENTRAL ELEMENT of the master ruling elite‘s plans for initiating their next phases of GLOBAL
GOVERNANCE. Without firmly established hateful revenge seeking terrorist packs hell bent on harming its
enemies, the PERFECT PRETEXT for initiating drastic mind warping changes in all areas of life would simply
NOT exist. Their strategy is based on classic CAUSE and EFFECT - ―Order Out of Chaos‖ –
Problem/Reaction/Solution paradigm in action. With the invention of the boogeymen terrorist threat (the calculated
integral Blow Back factor generating real ones) the ruling elite have the ideal grounds to step in to intervene in all
aspects of governance with sweeping measures that would NEVER be tolerable otherwise… ―to protect you‖ of
course… This is your wake up call. Awaken ye who are asleep.
What is Blow Back:

Blowback is the espionage term for the violent, unintended consequences of a covert operation that are suffered
by the civil population of the aggressor government. To the civilians suffering it, the blowback typically
manifests itself as ―random‖ acts of political violence without a discernible, direct cause; because the public—in
whose name the intelligence agency acted—are ignorant of the effected secret attacks that provoked revenge
(counter-attack) against them.[1] Specifically, blowback denotes the resultant, violent consequences — reported
as news fact, by domestic and international mass communications media, when the actor intelligence agency
hides its responsibility via media manipulation. Generally, blowback loosely denotes every consequence of every
aspect of a secret attack operation, thus, it is synonymous with consequence—the attacked victims‘ revenge
against the civil populace of the aggressor country, because the responsible politico-military leaders are
invulnerable.
Originally, blowback was CIA internal coinage denoting the unintended, harmful consequences—to friendly
populations and military forces—when a given weapon is carelessly used. Examples include anti-Western
religious fanatics who, in due course, attack foe and sponsor; right-wing counter-revolutionaries who sell drugs to
their sponsor‘s civil populace; and banana republic juntas who kill American reporters.
In formal, print usage, the term blowback first appeared in the Clandestine Service History—Overthrow of
Premier Mossadeq of Iran—November 1952–August 1953, the CIA internal history of the US‘s 1953 Iranian
coup d'état.[2][3] Alleged examples of blowback include the CIA‘s financing and support for Afghan insurgents
to fight an anti-Communist proxy guerrilla war against the USSR in Afghanistan; it is claimed that some of the
beneficiaries of this CIA support joined al-Qaeda's terrorist campaign against the United States.[4]
In the 1980s, blowback was a central theme in the legal and political debates about the efficacy of the Reagan
Doctrine, which advocated public and secret support of anti-Communist counter-revolutionaries (usually the
losers of civil wars). For example, by secretly funding the secret war of the militarily-defeated, right-wing
Contras against the left-wing Sandinista government of Nicaragua, which led to the Iran-Contra Affair, wherein
the Reagan Administration sold American weapons to US enemy Iran to arm the Contras with Warsaw Pact
weapons, and their consequent drug-dealing in American cities. Moreover, in the case of Nicaragua v. United
States, the International Court of Justice ruled against the United States‘ secret military attacks against Sandinista
Nicaragua, because the countries were not formally at war.
Critics of the Reagan Doctrine note that blowback is inevitable and that such unilateral intervention causes Third
World civil wars to expand beyond their borders and risks the long-term safety of Americans who may be killed
in the resulting violence.[5] Reagan Doctrine advocates, principally the Heritage Foundation, replied that support
for anti-Communists would topple Communist régimes without retaliatory consequences to the United States and
help win the global Cold War. – [Source Wikipedia]
Blowback is the DESIRED RESULT being sought after by the agent provocateurs (Mossad/CIA/Mi6) who are
conducting the false flag operations to pin on the local targets. Black Ops agents don Arab robes, speak their language
while they wreak havoc and kill innocent peoples and actively RECRUIT distraught infuriated locals to keep the cycle
going… once they recruit enough angry locals then the illusion becomes REALITY. By deception they wage war.
The more convincing the cold calculated pre-engineered instigated coerced Blow Back; the better the chances of
introducing controversial legislation and acts (issued in response to the ―terrorist attacks‖ e.g. Blow Back) in the midst
of wide spread public FEAR side-effect. The more convincing the dangers posed and instilled FEAR in the population,
the better the chances of avoiding the Boomerang Effect occurring among the masses to ruin their well laid plans. In
social psychology, the boomerang effect is "the theory of psychological reactance (that people act to protect their sense
of freedom) that is supported by experiments showing that attempts to restrict a person's freedom often produce an
anti-conformity "boomerang effect" (Brehm, S., & Brehm, J.W. (1981). Psychological reactance: a theory of freedom
and control. New York: Academic Press.). For example, after women in Western universities give thought to how
traditional culture expects women to behave, they become less - not more - likely to exhibit traditional feminine
modesty." (Myers, 2008). Thus the better the quality of Blow Back, the more convincing the mass public accepts the
narratives they are spoon fed and changes that are forced upon the feeble minded population. This is the true genius of
the Israeli Mossad (and their CIA blood brothers), their amazing ability of operating ―by way of deception.‖
Behold for The masterminds behind Al-Qaida is Al-CIAda!

Then there are the card carrying Mossad agents who hold high public office in many foreign countries. Here within our
government they are not only receiving a salary from Uncle Sam, they silently pull strings and steer our intelligence
agencies (who do you think were the most notorious spies to have ever been caught in our country the past several
decades? Jews!) all the while the elite dual citizen Israeli double agents hold some of the highest offices in the land,
persistently, ever so deviously steering policy decisions in line with Zionist Israel‘s best interests.
The Zionist state of Israel looks America in the eyes and lies to us, claiming they are our allies, when in reality they
have been operating the LARGEST spy network playing us the entire last century right here in our back yard. Some of
them have been caught red handed so many times, I won‘t even bother trying to catalog their long rap sheet. For sake
of providing you the reader with a glimpse of their operations I must come up with a couple examples. A quick search
in Google and I found: ―US arrests 200 young Israelis in spying investigation.‖ Here is a more recent one: ―Israeli
Diplomat, Spy Suspect Met.‖ Here is an even more recent one: ―AIPAC espionage case becomes US trouble.‖ What?
You didn‘t get the memo? Your friendly neighborhood 800lb lobbyist gorilla in the room is also a fully functioning spy
agency. Oh here is an even better one with lots of links and sources: ―The Israeli Spy Ring.‖ Ummm…. For the past,
what? Decade we haven‘t heard not even a peep of spying from old foes such as Russia or China… It turns out that
only the Israeli Jews have been the NUMBER ONE people spying on us… go figure… need me to spell it all out for
you? I hope by the end of this report you will figure it out, if not, just go back to grazing in the fields and watching
Dancing With the Stars and pay me no mind.
AIPAC is nothing more than an illegal hard core extortion and blackmail ―lobbying‖ organization, acknowledged by
EVERYONE on the planet as THE most POWERFUL lobbying entity. Period. What brain dead people do not seem to
understand is that these people could care a rats ass about America‘s best interests, when they ―lobby‖ about any given
issue, policy or agenda, it is ALWAYS looking out for their mother land, ISRAEL‘S best interest.
Is Al Queda Leader CIA Asset?

Newly-released documents about Anwar Al-Awlaki, a
Muslim-American tied to many terrorist attacks and
currently on the CIA‘s capture or kill list, are leading
some to believe he may in fact be working for the CIA
or another government intelligence agency.
A new FOX News report citing government

documents (which can be downloaded here) show Al-
Awlaki was recruited by a Defense Department
employee to speak at the Pentagon on Muslim issues
after seeing him speak in Alexandria, Virginia.

Anwar Al-Awlaki from October 2008
The employee ―recalls being impressed‖ with Al-

Awlaki when he spoke. Not only did he condemn Al Queda and terrorism, he was also ―‗harassed‘ by members of
the audience and suffered it well,‖ one document reads.
The Fox News report says Yemen-American Al-Awlaki was a former Muslim chaplain at George Washington
University. He was also persuing a Doctorate in Education there.
George Washington University is well-known for having close ties to the intelligence community, including
recruitment and training. GWU also has CIA agents teaching on campus as part of the ―Officers in Residence‖
program, reports the Washington Post, and maintains the National Security Archive.
A June 03 article from Salem-News.com quotes an article from ―mainstream‖ British Muslim group SalafiMahaj
titled, Anwar al-Awlaki and His Errors in the Issue of Jihad,that in part questions who Al-Awlaki is really
working for:
When one listens to the earlier lectures and khutab of ‗Awlaki it is immediate noticeable that he was … appealing
to Middle-Class Muslim professional in the US.‖
―Awlaki can be seen in … the PBS documentary Muhammad: Legacy of a Prophet (2003) giving a khutbah
[religious speech] in an American Congress building at Capitol Hill (!!!?) [there emphasis]‖
―Hence there has been a clear transition and methodological shift in the procedure of ‗Awlaki‖
―It is possible at this point [moving to Yemen] ‗Awlaki reviewed his methodology to regain credibility after the
likes of ‗Abdullah Faisal al-Jamayki [Real name Trevor William Forest] in the late 1990s had actually
condemned him for spreading ‗CIA Islam‘ and being a ‗Murji‘, ‗spy‘, ‗a plant of
the government‘, ‗an enemy of Islam‘ etc. See Faisal‘s lecture wherein he …
condemns ‗Awlaki for being a CIA agent.‖
―Al-Awlaki is not known for having participated in any ‗jihad‘ whatsoever and
this is what has to be highlighted. For he calls to it and hypes up his audiences
with it, yet the question has to be asked: upon which battlefield has he fought?‖
The article also comments on the link between intelligence agencies and jihadis:
―The likes of Omar Bakri, Abu Qatadah al-Filistini, Abu Hamza and a whole
host of other takfiri-jihadis [takfiris are muslims who accuse other muslims of
being apostates or non-believers, in this context to justify killing them] are well-known for their meetings with
not even the police, but with Intelligence Services! Some of them have even been protected and sheltered by
them! As in the case of Abu Qatadah al-Filistini after 9/11 which is perhaps the most well-known example in the
UK of being sheltered by intelligence services!‖
Al-Awlaki has many ties with Muslim terrorists who have waged jihad against America. He was interviewed at
least four times by the FBI because of his association with three of the terrorists onboard Flight 77, the plane that
slammed into the Pentagon on 9/11/2001.
The FOX News report also quotes sources that Al-Awlaki met with the Christmas Day bomber Umar Farouk
Abdulmutallab in Yemen and was the middle-man between the young Nigerian and the bombmaker. Awlaki was
also said to inspire would-be Times Square bomber Faisal Shahzad.
He is now believed to be hiding in Yemen for his association with alleged Ft. Hood shooter Major Nidal Malik
Hasan, who e-mailed Awlaki prior to the attack.
Speculation suggests the timing of the article, and its questioning of government failure to properly vet Al-
Awlaki, may be a preventive measure being made in light of new documents set to be released by whistleblower
website Wikileaks.
"According to a U.S. intelligence agency, the government of country "A" (Israel) conducts the most aggressive
espionage operation against the U.S. of any U.S. ally." - General Accounting Office Report
Speaking before the Council on Foreign Relations, former 22 year CIA veteran Michael Scheuer explained that Israel
is engaged in what is ―probably the most successful covert-action program in the history of man,‖ the object of
which is to control not just policy but political debate in the United States.
I recently ran across an extremely informative article documenting the massive Israeli spying operations on America. I
find it so revealing and the information so crucial that instead of providing a mere link, I included it here in this report
in the Addendum section. To get a mere GLIMPS into the extent of Israeli spying network being conducted against our
nation just skip to the chapter in the addendum section titled: ―ISRAELI SPYING IN THE UNITED STATES.‖
The 1960s was the CIA's "coming out party" they went rampant changing the entire landscape of the United States
though assassination. JFK, MLK, RFK and Malcolm X, all assassinated by the CIA (in some cases the hand of the CIA
is not so easily evident due to their use of MK-Ultra programmed assassins). The Assassinations were just part of an
entire strategic house cleaning campaign. As with all CIA assassination jobs, there was the preparation, recruiting and
grooming of ideal target individuals into the CIA just to prepare them for their DISPOSABLE ―special agent" roles
they would have no actual clue they were instead going to be ideal pawns. One day each of them would be called
for a "standard or special drill" or "exercise", unbeknownst to them that they would actually be playing the
very real part of the official "patsy". Then there is the actual execution, with several key players each doing their
assigned roles. With one team not having a clue about the other team‘s existence thus providing the ideal
circumstances and grounds for performing the perfect crimes. The clean up portion of a typical operation is where the
groomed disposable ―special agents‖ get wacked results in fewer mouths to worry about spilling the beans. Actually
some BlackOps missions have required entire squads wiped out, where eventually no one who participated in the
original assignment remains alive. Welcome to the real world of master spy agency cloak and dagger.
Mossad In America: ―Israeli government claims that it does not spy on the United States are intended for the
media and popular consumption. The reality is that Israel‘s intelligence agencies target the United States
intensively, particularly in pursuit of military and dual-use civilian technology. Among nations considered to
be friendly to Washington, Israel leads all others in its active espionage directed against American companies
and the Defense Department. It also dominates two commercial sectors that enable it to extend its reach inside
America‘s domestic infrastructure: airline and telecommunications security. Israel is believed to have the
ability to monitor nearly all phone records originating in the United States, while numerous Israeli air-travel
security companies are known to act as the local Mossad stations.‖ – Continues here: American Conservative
Then comes the fun part, the PsyOp portion of operations where the CIA utilizes its massive news and information
dissemination network to brain rape the entire world. "Stare into your TV screen, you will believe what we want
you to believe, so and so was guilty as sin, now go along your merry way, nothing to see here folks." Under the
guise and cover of "national security", they clean up the messes and cover-up entire fiascos, officially relegating the
BlackOp event into the annuls of folklore. ―Nothing to see here, we got the bad guy, story over and done with, have a
nice day yawl.‖ All who dare challenge the official story are immediately mocked, ridiculed and labeled tin-foil hat nut
jobs. Those who get too close or know too much have ―accidents.‖
Folks, the unadulterated horrifying truth of the matter is that the CIA (and it‘s two other counterparts on the other
side of the ocean) is absolutely the most dangerous entity on the planet. Their specialty is deceit, death and
destruction. They have also spent decades researching mind control, how to get people to do their bidding, how to
manipulate thought and perception, twisting reality, illusions, both on the individual level and on massive large scale
population. The extent and findings of their research will never be fully known to us in the general public. The secret
MK-ULTRA program was a top secret program whereby the CIA sought methods and materials ―capable of
employment in clandestine operations to control human behavior.‖ Part of MK-ULTRA did involve dosing
unsuspecting subjects with LSD and other drugs. The horror stories abound. A large amount of documentation and
research can be found discussing and revealing the many disturbing facts of the CIA's mind control programs.
MK-Ultra was just the beginning, they also conducted Project Artichoke, the object of this project was to create the
real "Manchurian Candidate", an assassin who could be programmed to kill a target and then not even remember he did
it. Their ultimate goal has been to brainwash the perfect assassins and the creation of easily controlled pawns, e.g.
perfect puppets. They know how to mind rape people, and turn weak subjects into vegetables. Only God knows how
many people being housed in mental facilities were victims of their mind control experimental programs. God only
knows how many subjugated and remote controlled MK-ULTRA mind fuck victims went out into society and
conducted atrocities on behalf of the CIA and had no clue, who that ―voice in their heads‖ really was….
A R T I C H O K E
1. The ARTICHOKE Team visited [redacted] during period 8 January to 15 January 1954. The purpose of the
visit was to give an evaluation of a hypothetical problem, namely: Can an individual of ****** descent be made
to perform an act of attempted assassination involuntarily under the influence of ARTICHOKE?
2. PROBLEM:
a. The essential elements of the problem are as follows:
(1) As a “trigger mechanism” for a bigger project, it was proposed that an individual of ******
descent approximately 35 years old, well educated, proficient in English and well established socially and
politically in the ****** Government be induced under ARTICHOKE to perform an act, involuntarily, of
attempted assassination against a prominent ****** politician or if necessary, against an American official. The
SUBJECT was formerly in [redacted] employ but has since terminated and is now employed with the ***
Government. According to all available information, the SUBJECT would offer no further cooperation with
[redacted.] Access to the SUBJECT would be extremely limited, probably limited to a single social meeting.
Because the SUBJECT is a heavy drinker, it was proposed that the individual could be surreptitiously drugged
through the medium of an alcoholic cocktail at a social party, ARTICHOKE applied and the SUBJECT induced to
perform the act of attempted assassination at some later date. All the above was to be accomplished at one
involuntary uncontrolled social meeting. After the act of attempted assassination was performed, it was
assumed that the SUBJECT would be taken into custody by the *** Government and thereby “disposed of.” [....]
Source: Page from a CIA memorandum from 1954. Published in Phil Melanson’s The Robert F. Kennedy
Assassination, (New York: Shapolsky Publishers, Inc, 1994). in the exhibits (page not numbered).
One historian says, of the war on terror, "the CIA didn't just bring back the old psychological techniques - THEY
PERFECTED THEM." Lone gunmen, plane crashes, coup d'états, assassinations, establishing regional dissent and
terrorist squads are their specialties. CIA/Mossad invented them, taught them, and perfected them.
All the nations‘ secret agencies have one common denominator. These are the ONLY entities on the planet that are
truly above the law. They can do ANYTHING they want and get away with it, no matter how illegal, immoral,
satanic, it may be. Then when confronted on any given despicable atrocious act or event, they pull out the secret code
words: ―It‘s a matter of NATIONAL SECURITY‖ standard "the issue is classified Top Secret", can‘t touch this!
Doh! Not even the president, CONgress or the Supreme Court can look into or question their activities! They are so
dangerously above the law that it is ridiculous. When the ―illuminati‖ organized, founded and ran the CIA,
Mossad and Mi6, they knew they had invented the perfect extension to their secret society, the perfect cover.
They have been embedded so deep in our governments that getting rid of this tumor called CIA is incomprehensibly
unthinkable if even possible at all
OPERATION OPEN EYES

Disaffected Spook Spills SEAL Mind Control Experiences
The following information was titled “A Working Outline of a U.S. Intelligence Mind
Control Program” When received. It comes from a former Navy Intelligence officer who
was attached to the CIA and was also a Navy SEAL team leader. Shortly before his
“separation” from the “community” he was the overall commander of all the SEAL
teams. To clarify: “Open Eyes” is the name of the entire program. A “Clear Eyes” is
a programmed victim of “Operation Open Eyes.”
This segment is dedicated to Operation “Open Eyes.” A preset group of our people
canvass the country hospitals and immigration centers in order to find viable
candidates for the above named operation. We locate the target individuals, who have
no close family or real good friends. They are then put under heavy stage one
hypnosis, where a clear and definitive pattern of their usefulness is determined by
our shrinks and field officers. If the candidate possesses a relatively hi IQ he
will be filed in a category file, called “call file.”
If the tested applicant has more than 120 IQ, he will be serviced by a trigger world
or number, while under level 1 hypnosis. We then systematically do a background
search and create a file for future reference. If there are no relatives to speak
of, the suspect will be moved to a location of our choice where further tests for
vulnerability are conducted. He is then brought to level 2 hypnosis where diverse
small orders and specific instructions are written into his personality.
If subject, upon release shows that he has retained instructions and carries out
small and unimportant work duties, assigned under level 2 hypnosis, he will receive
a recall “service notice” by a person we have introduced him to.
The next step if level 3 hypnosis, where he will become an overwrite upon his own
personality. He/She will be told that everything the subject does for his “friends”
is okay, even though it may very well be against all laws of the land. He will
believe that he is capable of fulfilling all their (our) commands, and will be again
discharged to live his normal life. (All operatives have to go to/through these 3
levels before any of us are fielded!)
The higher the IQ of a given subject, the further the programming goes! If the IQ is
high enough we will bring the subject to the Farm or one of our numerous facilities
throughout the U.S. and Canada. (Dallas – “Doctor’s Hospital” is one of our main
centers.)
There we will put the subject into level 4 hypnosis, where he does no longer
differentiate between right and wrong. (We do this at the medical facility at the
Farm – one of our contract hospitals. If he has to perform a articulately suicidal
or important assignment we do our job at Stony Mountain facilities.) At level 4,
diverse programs can be written/or overwritten into the brain. Any command is
accepted at this level. At that level you can give the test subject a complete
personality, history and make him/her believe anything the program requires for the
accomplishment of any desired project. He is then given a new life in a new state
and town. Driver’s license, car, bank account, passport, credit cards, Birth
Certificate, and all the small things – such as photos of his family (that don’t
really exist.) Subject and patient (one and the same) has now an agenda (that he
believes is his own) and is prepared for level 5 hypnosis. At this stage, very
carefully a code word or sequence of numbers or voice imprint is etched into his
brain. That is commonly known and referred to as the trigger that will activate
subject to action.
He then lives a very normal and sometimes useful life, until subject is required to
perform the programs implanted/written into level 4 hypnosis at the point of
activating the trigger, subject is beyond recall. That’s why a level 5 person can
only be approached after his/her operation. There is no actual recall in the
subconscious program of any or the hypnosis. If an act of violence had been

perpetrated, subject will not be able to associate with the deed. Only shrinks
trained in this particular form of sub mental behavior will find any tracks leading
to past level 1 or 2 mind control.
I have personally witnessed level 1-5 programming, and was myself a subject of level
3 programming.
Due to the fact that subject has such high IQ (preferably around 130-140) subject is
very quick to learn anything fed to him/her. All major patriot groups, and normal
workers and workers of big (government contract firms) corporations have at least
one or more “sleepers” attached to them.
There are several things one MUST understand about the CIA. First of all, the CIA is the intelligence arm of the
military. The CIA and the PentaCON are part of the same organization. How can an evil entity that is so intertwined in
our national defense system be rooted out, reformed and abolished? The CIA is like a cancer deeply imbedded in the
brain of American government and military. There are no easy answers. For you must consider a dilemma, even if this
corrupt and complicit government were to one day ever acknowledge the evilness of the CIA. The dismantling of this
entity would pose colossally difficult endeavor. Some new type of intelligence agency would have to be established
first, one that would be accountable to some sort of non biased control group who would also have to be accountable
to the government and the citizens of this country. One that would embrace the original concept of the CIA, which was
to ONLY perform information gathering on enemies of the states, and nothing else. The actions of the new agency
must be limited to just intelligence gathering for the sake of national defense, period. In no way shape or form must
they ever be allowed to conduct the insane clandestine missions of deceit, murder, overthrowing of innocent
governments, and the other multitude of unethical activities.
The Wizard of Oz and Monarch Slave Programming

Author: Johnny Peepers
MONARCH programming is a trauma-based form of controlling

human behavior without the subject‘s knowledge. As a result of
ritualistic sexual abuse, human and animal sacrifice participation
(blood rituals), electro-shock, and other more technologically modern
techniques, the mind splits off (or dissociates) into programmable
personalities separate from the core. Further conditioning involves
pleasure/pain reversals, food/water/sensory deprivation, hypnotism,
double-bind coercion, and the administration of drugs to the subject.
The victims of this form of mind control are deployed as assassins, drug mules, prostitutes, serial murders, or
agent provocateurs. [and even terrorists…]
Trauma-based mind control dates back at least to the ancient Egyptians. Ritualistic methods were employed to
induce trauma through torture, hypnotism, and the use of drugs to as a way to fracture the initiate‘s mind creating
alters (or multiple personalities). This occult practice migrated to the West and was utilized by the British
Tavistock Institute and the NAZIs. This knowledge of this practice landed in the hands of the U.S. intelligence
community in the 1940‘s through the importation of NAZI scientists after WWII (See Operation Paperclip and
the ODDESSA rat lines),
Another way of examining this convoluted victimization of body and soul is by looking at it as a complex
computer program: A file (alter) is created through trauma, repetition and reinforcement. In order to activate
(trigger) the file, a specific access code or password (cue or command) is required. The victim/survivor is called a
―slave‖ by the programmer/handler, who in turn is perceived as ―master‖ or ―god.‖ About 75% are female, since
they possess a higher tolerance for pain and tend to dissociate easier than males. Subjects are used mainly for
cover operations, prostitution and pornography; involvement in the entertainment industry is notable. (Source:
Project Monarch by Ron Patton)
Many MONARCH slaves are often selected from families that have engaged in multi-generational sexual and
psychological abuse. Former CIA/DIA MONARCH slave Cathy O‘Brien‘s book Trans Formation of America
went into great detail describing the different programming methods used by her government handlers to manage
her alter personalities. In addition to Wizard of Oz programming, the other scripts used are: Alice in Wonderland,
The Tall Book of Make Believe, Alien abduction, Island of the Blue Dolphins, and The Lesser Key.
The author of ―The Wizard of Oz‖, Frank Baum, was an ardent occultist and an initiate in the Theosophic
Society. The fairy tale of Dorothy and her little pup was rich in esoteric knowledge and occult symbology. In the
1940‘s, the story was chosen by those in the U.S. intelligence community to provide a thematic foundation for
their trauma-based mind control program.
Below are a few examples of Oz programming from the book ―Total Mind
Controlled Slave‖ by Fritz Springmeier and Cisco Wheeler:
 The close relationship between Dorothy and her dog is a very subtle
connection between the satanic cults use of animals (familiars). A Monarch slave
as a child will be allowed to bond with a pet. The child will want to bond with a
pet anyway because people are terrifying by this point. Then the pet is killed to
traumatize the child.
 Rainbow–with its seven colors have long had an occult significance of

being a great spiritual hypnotic device.
 Dorothy is looking for a place where there is no trouble which is a place

―over the rainbow.‖ To escape pain, alters go over the rainbow. (This is a.k.a. in Alice In Wonderland
Programming as ―going through the looking glass‖.
 Monarch slaves are taught to ―follow the yellow brick road.‖ No matter
what fearful things lie ahead, the Monarch slave must follow the Yellow
Brick Road which is set out before them by their master.
One aspect of Oz programming is to instill a return home programming device to

prevent the slave from escaping their psychological prison. Ritual abuse victim
Eliana Hephzibah recalls how whenever she felt her mother‘s house was unsafe, her
mind would be flooded with the memory of Dorothy saying ―there really is no place
like home, is there?‖ Hephzibah attributes this to her mind control programming that
prevented her from successfully operating outside of her artificial pseudo-reality.
―Home is the only answer; the only place to find predictability and security.‖
It is unfathomable to think that Frank Baum (or Lewis Carroll) consciously created works that would later play a
central role in the abusive psychological programming of unwitting individuals. Instead, these author‘s
knowledge of the occult allowed them to incorporate esoteric concepts, archtypes, and symbols that are generally
hidden from most, yet are prevalent in the universal psyche. The fact that their works were used for incredibly
nefarious purposes should not indict the authors, or their great literary contributions to humanity.
It [The Wizard of Oz] was pure inspiration….It came to me right out of the blue. I think that sometimes the Great
Author has a message to get across and He has to use the instrument at hand. I happened to be that medium, and I
believe the magic key was given me to open the doors to sympathy and understanding, joy, peace and happiness ~
Frank Baum
See related:
Project Monarch: Nazi Mind Control, The Evolution of Project MKULTRA by Ron Patton
Satanic Ritual Abuse: The McMartin Case Revisited (A post on ritual abuse involving hundreds of children in a
California preschool during the 1980s)
Hypnosis in MPD: Ritual Abuse (The ―Greenbaum Speech‖) by Dr. Corydon Hammond discussing MONARCH
programming and patient memory recovery techniques
The fact that the CIA in reality answerers to no one, operating under the cloak of and completely shrouded in secrecy,
is also the same factor that has enabled this agency to remain completely controlled and corrupted beyond ones wildest
dreams by a sinister secret ruling elite cartel.
Terrorism in the form we have come to know it as today never existed prior to the
CIA/Mossad. Terrorism was created by the CIA and the Israeli Mossad! as a tool
to overthrow governments. This is an absolute completely irrefutable FACT. It has
been well researched, documented, and proven. Open and shut case. Can you
possibly understand the implications of that statement? The CIA/Mossad was the one
to begin all the terrorist activities in the middle east! They are solely responsible for
establishing of regional terrorist squads, training them in the ways of terrorism and
funding them with millions upon millions of your tax dollars along with the untold
millions they make with their drug running BlackOps. Osama Bin Laden is a
known "ex" CIA FIELD AGENT! Hello! Is anyone home? It is also documented
that the CIA visited him just prior to 911 when Bin Laden was in a hospital. So when we hear news of this or that
"terrorist" attack, you must ask yourself and wonder, ok, how much did the CIA have to do with it... You can never
take any report, news story, press release or history at face value. All the information circulated for general public
consumption is tainted to portray whatever inside hidden agenda the ruling elite wants to portray and have you believe.
This fact must be fully understood: The masterminds behind ―Al-Qaida‖ is Al-CIAda!
Field Agent:
In espionage, a field agent is an agent who works in the field as opposed to one who works at the office or
headquarters. A field agent can work alone or in a group but usually has a case
officer (handler) who is in charge. In some instances only the case officer
knows the true identity of the field agent. Field agents can be undercover, and
travel using fake passports that may be under the name of a front organization
or shell corporation. Deep undercover field agent‘s identities are strictly
guarded, thus a field agent can commit any number of ―operations‖ whose
impact in the news could be construed as a ―terrorist act.‖
By definition, an "agent" acts on behalf of another, whether another

individual, an organization, or a foreign government. Agents can be
considered either witting or unwitting, and in some cases, willing or unwilling.
Agents typically work under the direction of a principal agent or a case officer. When agents work alone, and
are not members of an agent network, they are termed "singletons."
Non-official cover (NOC) is a term used in espionage for agents or operatives who assume covert roles in
organizations without ties to the government for which they work.
Overt vs. Covert vs. Clandestine:

Overt: Open and above board. Not secret or hidden.
Covert: The event itself is publicly observable, but the sponsorship is hidden. For example, an intelligence
service can covertly supply weapons to one side in a war. The fact that the weapons are there and being used is
publicly observable, but their source is hidden.
Clandestine: Hidden or secret. The work of a spy is clandestine -- completely hidden, hopefully for all time.
The CIA and the Mossad operate numerous terrorist fronts, some more public than others. While most of their fronts
are ―false flag‖ operatations such as Al-CIAda, many are operating out of well known organizations such as the ADL
(Anti Defamation League) and its sister organizations the JDL (Jewish Defense League) and the Southern Poverty Law
Center which are run by the Israeli Mossad.
Terrorism aka: Al-CIAda-ism/Mossadism has been ingeniously founded, funded, fomented, organized, implemented,
instigated, fueled, provoked, stimulated, encouraged, incited by your loving and caring CIA and their Mossad brethren.
FALSE FLAG operations are routinely carried out all over the world. BLOW BACK
from those operations are actually strategically factored in. As in their engineered
―terrorist attacks‖, they KNOW that blowback will certainly happen as they, the
CIA/Mossad masquerading as terrorists, kill thousands of innocent people, and their
grief stricken kin and loved ones rise up against the perceived perpetrators. Thus
―presto‖ now they have real live people who are out for revenge that they can label
―terrorists.‖ There you have it, they are able to create ―terrorists‖ where none existed
before. Operation successful, now on to the next chaos formation scheme…
Criminal State: A closer look at Israel's role in terrorism - Video
Operation Gladio is yet another (of too many to list here) documented example of
CIA sponsored & conducted TERRORISM: The CIA was completely involved in
sponsoring Gladio and its activities during the Cold War era. The CIA was linked to
relationships with right-wing terrorist attacks perpetrated in Italy during the Years of Lead and other similar
clandestine operations. Internal subversion and "false flag" operations were explicitly considered by the CIA and stay-
behind paramilitaries. According to a November 13, 1990 Reuters cable, ―André Moyen – a former member of the
Belgian military security service and of the [stay-behind] network – said Gladio was not just anti-Communist but was
for fighting subversion in general. He added that his predecessor had given Gladio 142 million francs ($4.6 million) to
buy new radio equipment." Ganser stated that on various occasions, stay-behind movements were linked to right-wing
terrorism, crime and attempted coups d'état:
"Prudent Precaution or Source of Terror?" the international press pointedly asked when the secret stay-behind armies
of NATO were discovered across Western Europe in late 1990. After more than ten years of research, the answer is
now clear: both. The overview above shows that based on the experiences of World War II, all countries of Western
Europe, with the support of NATO, the CIA, and MI6, had set up stay-behind armies as precaution against a potential
Soviet invasion. While the safety networks and the integrity of the majority of the secret soldiers should not be
criticized in hindsight after the collapse of the Soviet Union, very disturbing questions do arise with respect to reported
links to terrorism.
Operation Gladio
"One of the most secret programs that ever existed"
Someone does not want anyone to see this video. This is now the fourth fifth time I have had to re-post this video,
it is being wiped off the internet... Watch it while you still can..."Deception is a state of mind and the mind of the
State" - James Jesus Angleton, Head of CIA Counter Intelligence 1954-1974
Originally aired on BBC2 in 1992, 'Operation Gladio' reveals 'Gladio', the secret state-sponsored terror network
operating in Europe.
This BBC series is about a far-right secret army, operated by the CIA and MI6 through NATO, which killed
hundreds of innocent Europeans and attempted to blame the deaths on Baader Meinhof, Red Brigades and other
left wing groups. Known as 'stay-behinds' these armies were given access to military equipment which was
supposed to be used for sabotage after a Soviet invasion. Instead it was used in massacres across mainland Europe
as part of a CIA Strategy of Tension. Gladio killing sprees in Belgium and Italy were carried out for the purpose of
frightening the national political classes into adopting U.S. policies.
Timewatch: Operation Gladio – BBC2 see at Google video:
The Ring Masters Part 1 - The Puppeteers Part 2 - The Foot Soldiers Part 3
There exist large differences among the European countries, and each case must be analyzed individually in further
detail. As of now, the evidence suggests the secret armies in the seven countries, Denmark, Finland, Norway,
Luxemburg, Switzerland, Austria, and the Netherlands, focused exclusively on their stay-behind function and were not
linked to terrorism. However, links to terrorism have been either confirmed or claimed in the nine countries, Italy,
Ireland, Turkey, Germany, France, Spain, Portugal, Belgium, and Sweden, demanding further investigation.
While on the topic of Operation Gladio, I must include this extremely relevant gem for it clearly establishes the fact
that the CIA terrorist operations of Operation Gladio never ceased and continued for decades later:
Criminal convictions of 22 CIA agents in Italy

The accountability imposed by another country for the CIA's kidnapping and torture reveals much about our own.
By Glenn Greenwald –Nov 5, 2009
The criminal conviction of 22 CIA agents (and 2 Italian intelligence officers) by an Italian court yesterday -- for
the 2003 kidnapping of an Islamic cleric, Hassan Mustafa Osama Nasr, off the street in Italy and his "rendition" to
Egypt to be tortured -- highlights several vital points:
First, illustrating how these matters are typically distorted by the U.S. establishment media, note that CNN -- in
the very first paragraph of its story -- claims that the CIA agents were convicted "for their role in the seizing of a
suspected terrorist in Italy in 2003." What did Nasr allegedly do that warrants that "terrorist" label? Did he
participate in the 9/11 attacks, or plan attacks on "the American homeland" or U.S. civilians? No. According to
CNN, this is what makes him a "suspected terrorist":
He was suspected of recruiting men to fight in Iraq and Afghanistan.
So the West invades, bombs and occupies Muslim countries, and when Muslims attempt to find people to fight
against the West's invading armies, those individuals are deemed "terrorists." Or consider this quite informative
2005 Washington Post article, which details how the CIA's kidnapping derailed the Italians' criminal (i.e., legal)
investigation of Nasr; that article explains:
Nasr was wanted by the Egyptian authorities for his involvement in Jemaah Islamiah, a network of Islamic
extremists that had sought the overthrow of the government. The network was dispersed during a government
crackdown in the early 1990s, and many leaders escaped abroad to avoid arrest.
The Egyptian government, long propped up by the U.S., is one of the most tyrannical and brutal in the world. But
Egyptians who work to overthrow that government are deemed "terrorists" by the U.S., and we're apparently
willing to kidnap them from around the world -- including from countries where they've received asylum -- and
ship them back to our Egyptian friends to be imprisoned and tortured.
For many Americans -- probably most -- the word "terrorist" conjures up images of the people responsible for the
9/11 attack. For that reason, labeling someone a "suspected terrorist" can justify doing anything and everything to
those individuals (after all, other than civil liberties extremists, who could object to the "seizing of a suspected
terrorist" -- or their indefinite detention or torture?). It's therefore unsurprising that the U.S. Government would
use the term "terrorist" so promiscuously and selectively (see John Cole's excellent contrast between what we
deem to be "terrorism" when it happens to the U.S. versus what we deny is "terrorism" when done by
the U.S.). It's a powerful term that can justify almost any government action.
But the U.S. media's willingness to mindlessly apply the term "terrorist" in exactly the subjective, self-serving way
the U.S. Government dictates -- starkly contrasted with their refusal to use the far more objective term "torture" on
the ground that the term is in dispute (i.e., disputed by the U.S. Government torturers) -- illustrates the
establishment media's principal function: to serve American political power and justify whatever our government
does. That's a major reason -- perhaps the primary one -- why the U.S. Government has been able to get away with
everything it's done over the last decade. Those unseen victims of torture, rendition, indefinite detention and other
government crimes are all just "terrorists," so who cares? In reporting on these convictions, CNN immediately and
helpfully proclaims Nasr to be a "suspected terrorist" in a way that guts any meaningful definition of that term and
-- in many minds -- justifies whatever was done to him, no matter how illegal.
It's worth asking this question: which sounds more like actual "terrorism": (a) kidnapping people literally off the
street and shipping them thousands of miles away to be tortured with no legal process, or (b) what Nasr is
"suspected" of having done?
Second, this incident underscores -- yet again -- that our political and media elite simply do not believe in the rule
of law or accountability for high government officials. To the contrary, they explicitly believe that such officials
should be entitled to break the law and be exempt from consequences. As but one example, here's a discussion on
CNN last night about this matter between Wolf Blitzer and Jeffrey Toobin:
TOOBIN: This is a real criminal conviction in a country where we tend to honor reciprocal legal arrangements.
So they are in a -- they are in no jeopardy as long as they are inside the United States, but, if they were to leave,
they are potentially at risk for being jailed and brought to Italy.
BLITZER: Because even if they went to a third country, like England, let's say, or France, Interpol could have a
warrant out for their arrest. They have been convicted by an Italian court.
TOOBIN: That's why this is such -- so troubling. It would one thing if they only had to stay out of Italy, but,
because of Interpol, because of the reciprocal nature of these agreements, they are potentially at risk almost
anywhere they go.
So according to Toobin, this is all "so troubling." Why? Because the people who were found by a duly constituted
court to have committed a serious crime are faced with the risk that there might actually be consequences. After
all, these are Americans who were part of the U.S. Government, and consequences for lawbreaking are simply not
meant for them. Echoing Joe Klein's infamous Orwellian claim that torture shouldn't be prosecuted because the
CIA is "asked to behave extra-legally for the greater good of the nation," Toobin added that "one of the things you
do when you are a CIA agent, at least in part, is break the law of other countries" -- Toobin says that as though
they have the right to do that without accountability, and without mentioning that causing people to be tortured is
also a violation of U.S. law (after Nasr's kidnapping, the chief of the CIA's Milan office traveled to Egypt for three
weeks to participate in his "interrogation").
Third, the glaring contrast between (a) the United States and (b) countries that (at least partially) adhere to the
rule of law and precepts of accountability continues to grow. As we saw earlier this week, a U.S. appellate court
ruled that American government officials are immune from consequences even when they abduct an innocent
man and knowingly cause him to be tortured -- even after the Canadian government publicly disclosed its detailed
investigation of that matter, publicly apologized to the victim, and paid him $9 million. Spain continues to pursue
the possibility of criminal prosecution of our high government officials for war crimes even as our own
government insists that our war criminals (at least all those but the lowest-level ones) should be immunized and we
should look forward, not backwards. Our attempt to compile a "hit list" of Afghan citizens we intend to murder
because we suspect them of drug trafficking prompted angry objections from Afghan officials that our plan
violated due process and the rule of law.
And now an Italian court demonstrates actual judicial independence and adherence to equality under the law by
holding American and Italian government kidnappers liable for their complicity in torture -- something our own
government institutions have repeatedly failed and/or refused to do (Harper's Scott Horton has much more on the
glaring contrast between U.S. and Italian political values that is reflected here).
Finally, this isn't about the past -- at least not exclusively. The U.S. Government continues to refuse even to
comment on what it did here. The State Department yesterday expressed "disappointment" with the Italian court
ruling -- just as it did when a British High Court recently ordered the disclosure of evidence of American torture.
The DOJ continues to insist that no American courts can examine past rendition and torture cases on the grounds
of secrecy. The Obama administration has explicitly decided to continue the "rendition" policy which led to Nasr's
illegal kidnapping, albeit with the addition of anti-torture "safeguards" similar in language if not effect when
compared to those in place under Bush (it remains to be seen to which countries these "rendered" suspects will be
sent, and whether the renditions will be the illegal kind practiced by Bush/Cheney or the arguably "legalized" form
that took place before that, beginning with Reagan through Clinton). And most notably of all, we continue to be a
country which -- in the name of secrecy and national security -- insists that the rule of law and accountability
simply do not apply to our highest government officials when they break the law. Fortunately, other countries --
slowly and incrementally -- are rejecting that pernicious view.
UPDATE: One of the convicted CIA agents admits to ABC News that they "broke the law" when kidnapping Nasr
and claims, credibly, that everything they did was approved back in Washington.
The truth and peace movement will NEVER get anywhere, ever, until the one day this agency of deceit is fully exposed
then abolished. Many well wishing people are out there working tirelessly to expose the world‘s biggest fraud: the
CIA/Mossad engineered attacks on the World Trade Center on 911. I hate having to be pessimistic. First of all you
must understand that it was a Mossad/CIA/Pentagon Black Ops Covert Operation, for no one else had the control of
many key factors, knowledge, access and resources to have possibly perpetrated that insidious betrayal of America and
then followed it up with the carefully orchestrated the massive cover up the ensued
within our government. Second of all is the fact that they will NEVER confess to this
and will continue to counter any efforts for any type of real investigation into the
matter. So much so, that the whole 911 has already been buried exactly like they
did with the JFK assassination.
We all know, 46 years have now passed and people are STILL wasting their time
trying to get to the bottom of the JFK assassination. Mark my words, so it is: exactly
to the letter, same will always be for the 911 CIA Black Ops operation, you will
NEVER, EVER get the truth from them. You will forever have to accept the hard
work and research of hundreds who have devoted their time to uncovering the crime
of 911, and know in your own heart and mind that YOU KNOW the truth.
Oh, they would NEVER do something like that? Gullibility is no excuse. Search info on flight 455 in 1976 murdering
all 73 people on board, "bombed by terrorists" was the official story for some time, until the TRUTH came out: CIA
ORCHESTRATED THE ENTIRE EVENT! It was finally exposed that the lead CIA operative behind this false flag op
was Luis Posada Carriles. How did America get involved in the Vietnam war? The U.S. false flag Gulf of Tonkin
attack! A completely documented theatrical production by OUR GOVERNMENT to frame the Vietnamese and get us
involved in that quagmire war! The only people who benefited from it were the military industrial complex who made
billions in profits. Hello! Is anyone listening? Our OWN GOVERNMENT murdered hundred of its own soldiers on
that ship then blamed the Vietnamese! This type of black ops operation is called a "false flag" operation and is normal
tactics and has been done so often it‘s not funny. In their minds "the ends justify the means." You owe it to yourself
to look up these and many more atrocities of the CIA and our military.
Volumes have been written about the atrocities of the CIA, one could easily put together a 1,000 page catalog
summarizing them all. I recently came across the article below that I felt just had to be included here due to how
accurately and honestly the author describes the situation at hand. I am including this here to help highlight the
terrorist factor. Terrorism was a CIA perfected strategy; it promoted, funded and spread terrorism throughout this
world. Today we are ―at war with terrorism‖ and it has become the catalyst for the massive avalanche of laws and
policies drastically changing the entire face of our country and the world. We now live under an rapidly evolving
Orwellian surveillance society where we are routinely eavesdropped on, tapped and monitored. In one swoop, we all
lost most of our liberties we took for granted, yet very few people seem to notice.
Wikileaked CIA Memo Warns of American Jewish Extremists Exporting

Terror Abroad
A CIA memo released by Wikileaks on Wednesday looks at America's long tradition of exporting violent
extremism abroad, and its implications for U.S. foreign policy.
August 26, 2010 | AlterNet / By Joshua Holland
The United States has a long and rich history of exporting terrorism abroad, according to a CIA memo
released by Wikileaks on Wednesday. After noting several incidents in which American Muslims launched much-
discussed attacks abroad, the analysts warned, ―less attention has been paid to homegrown terrorism… exported
overseas‖ by non-Muslim groups.
The February 5 memo, marked ―secret/ noforn‖ (the intelligence community‘s designation for ‗not for release to
foreign nationals‘), was penned by the CIA‘s ―Red Cell,‖ a group tasked with ―taking a pronounced ‗out-of-the-
box‘ approach‖ in order to ―offer an alternative viewpoint on the full range of analytic issues.‖
―Contrary to common belief,‖ noted the anonymous authors, ―the American export of terrorism or terrorists is not
a recent phenomenon, nor has it been associated only with Islamic radicals or people of Middle Eastern, African
or South Asian ethnic origin.‖ According to the analysts, Jewish extremists ―have supported and even engaged in
violent acts against perceived enemies of Israel,‖ and ―some Irish-Americans have long provided financial and
material support for violent efforts to compel the United Kingdom to relinquish control of Northern Ireland.‖
The report highlighted the consequences of American violence abroad. In 1994, Baruch Goldstein, an American
Jewish doctor from New York, ―emigrated to Israel, joined the extremist group Kach, and killed 29 Palestinians
during their prayers in the mosque at the Tomb of the Patriarchs in Hebron.‖ The deadly attack ―helped to trigger
a wave of bus bombings by HAMAS in early 1995.‖ Kach was founded by Meier Kahane, an American-Israeli
rabbi best described as a ―radical cleric.‖
Violent extremism among American Jews isn‘t a new phenomenon. Kahane also founded the Jewish Defense
League (JDL), which the FBI listed as ―a violent extremist Jewish organization.‖ According to a 1999 article in
the Washington Report on Mideast Affairs, ―A 1985 FBI study of terrorist acts in the United States since 1981
found 18 incidents initiated by Jews, 15 of the acts by the JDL.‖
In a 1986 study of domestic terrorism, the Department of Energy concluded: ―For more than a decade,
the Jewish Defense League (JDL) has been one of the most active terrorist groups in the United
States....Since 1968, JDL operations have killed 7 persons and wounded at least 22.‖
Among the acts of terrorism attributed to the JDL was a deadly 1972 bombing of a New York talent
agency that brought Russian performers to the U.S., and the 1985 assassination of a regional director of the
American-Arab Anti-Discrimination Committee in California. According to the FBI, in 2001, months after the
9/11 attacks, two JDL members, Irving David Rubin and Earl Leslie Krugel ―were arrested by the Los Angeles
Joint Terrorism Task Force for conspiring to build and place improvised explosive devices (IEDs) at the King
Fahd Mosque in Culver City, California, and the local office of Congressman Darrell Issa.‖
Today, some American Jewss support violent settlers in the Occupied Territories. In 2008, Israeli officials warned
that a wave of terrorism could ―spillover into Israel proper, where extremist settlers could target prominent left-
wingers or even national leaders.‖ According to a report that year in the Jewish Journal, ―The latest settler
rampage came … after Israeli police evacuated settlers from a building in Hebron. Jewish settlers had moved into
the building in March 2007 after an American Jewish businessman claimed to have bought it for them, but the
Palestinian owner denied selling it.‖
Last month, the New York Times reported that ―at least 40 American groups … have collected more than $200
million in tax-deductible gifts for Jewish settlement in the West Bank and East Jerusalem over the last decade.‖
While much of that is for peaceful purposes, ―it has also paid for more legally questionable commodities‖ like
―guard dogs, bulletproof vests, rifle scopes and vehicles to secure outposts deep in occupied areas.‖
The Times noted that the efforts are ―effectively obstructing the creation of a Palestinian state, widely seen as a
necessary condition for Middle East peace.‖ ―I am not happy about it,‖ a senior Israeli military commander in the
West Bank told the Times when asked about American ―contributions to a radical religious academy whose
director has urged soldiers to defy orders to evict settlers.‖
The Red Cell memo also highlighted the fact that Irish-Americans provided most of the financial support for the
Irish Republican Army (IRA) during the ―troubles‖ that plagued Northern Ireland prior to the peace accords in
1994. According to the CIA‘s analysis, ―The US-based Irish Northern Aid Committee (NORAID), founded in the
late 1960s, provided the Provisional Irish Republican Army (PIRA) with money that was frequently used for arms
purchases.‖ The U.S. government only began cracking down on Irish-Americans who provided ―material
support‖ for terrorists after the British exerted heavy pressure on Washington in the 1980s.
CIA spokeswoman Marie Harf played down the significance of the analysis to a Washington Post reporter,
saying, ―These sorts of analytic products - clearly identified as coming from the Agency's 'Red Cell' - are
designed simply to provoke thought.‖
The analysts warned of the potential difficulties U.S. foreign policy-makers might encounter if America should
become widely perceived to be a source of violent extremism. ―If the US were seen as an exporter of terrorism,‖
they warned, ―foreign partners may be less willing to cooperate with the United States on extrajudicial activities,
including detention, transfer, and interrogation of suspects in third party countries.‖ More troubling is the
prospect that the perception that the U.S. exports terror, combined with ―US refusal to cooperate with foreign
government[s]‖ might lead foreign intelligence agencies ―to consider secretly extracting US citizens suspected of
foreign terrorism from US soil‖ in much the same way that the U.S government has done since 9/11.
A notable but wholly predictable omission from the memo is any mention of officially sanctioned support for
international terror groups. The focus of the Red Cell memo is exclusively on individual extremists and radical
groups. The analysts note that the ―dynamic belies the American belief that our free, open and integrated
multicultural society lessens the allure of radicalism and terrorism for US citizens.‖
But as Princeton University historian Arno Mayer wrote soon after the 9/11 attacks, ―since 1947 America has
been the chief and pioneering perpetrator of ‗preemptive‘ state terror, exclusively in the Third World and
therefore widely dissembled.‖ Washington, he wrote, ―has resorted to political assassinations, surrogate death
squads and unseemly freedom fighters… [and] these ‗rogue‘ actions worsened local political and economic
conditions.‖
That those acts of terror aren‘t included in a classified CIA document is unsurprising, but the fact that they go a
long way to influencing foreign perceptions of America‘s relationship with international terrorism is impossible
to deny.
Communism served its purpose in providing the ruling elite with a much needed boogeyman to instill fear in the hearts
of men all around the world. While the Red Menace existed, the justification existed where the western ―free world‖
(lead by the good ole U.S. of A.) was able to invade and occupy countless nations and regimes under the pretext to
―bring Democracy‖ (i.e. expunge traditional sovereignty and establish economic colonization). The mission is almost
complete, today there are less than half a dozen nations left that are not part of the worldwide central banking system
and commerce matrix.
With the Red Menace having fulfilled its mission allowing unprecedented ruling elite worldwide expansion (look no
further than the multi-national conglomerates they operate out of for evidence of their sprawl), the age of the scary evil
commies came to an end. With that PHASE of establishment of the new world order was completed. Enter the NEXT
PHASE: The age of the evil ―terrorist‖ boogeymen and a Never-Ending War. This time around the evil scary
enemy is everywhere! He could be in your job, your neighborhood, across the street, the next town, hiding, plotting and
waiting to spring into action and kill as many of you ―because of your freedoms.‖ Thus the narrative and pretext has
been meticulously laid out… FEAR the evil terrorist! With the ushering in of this new threat the new phase of new
world order construction began in earnest. The policies, laws, regulations, executive orders, organizations, agencies,
etc. are being erected right before your very eyes. The central component that has been vital in this phase has been the
espionage and intelligence agencies that have been busy for decades doing what they do best: infiltrating adversaries
and instilling chaos and spreading death and destruction via their number one means: exporting terrorism… They
were/still are, modern day Dr. Frankensteins creating the evil terrorist enemies…
Today and in the future anyone and everyone is now viewed as a potential terrorist and can be detained and treated as
such. What I find extremely startling is the fact that the powers that be have been priming and conditioning the
population, into accepting the concept of anyone who opposes and confronts our government, i.e. protesting patriots
and peaceful activists, are all now ―terrorists.‖ There are over a million people on the FBI‘s terrorist watch list and
counting, once you are identified as a potential terrorist (lets say, after you were tracked and profiled reading dissident
literature) YOU too can be detained without due process and tortured… If you are among the few who dare speak out
against the lawlessness in government, the corruption, the tyranny, be prepared to pay the piper.
The CIA and the 'Terrorist' Plot

by William Norman Grigg
When asked what he thought of Western Civilization, Gandhi reportedly replied that he thought it would be a
good idea.
One could very well speak in the same vein of the entity called the Central Intelligence Agency. It might be
useful if the federal government (once thrown back into its constitutional cage, of course) had an agency devoted
to collecting relevant intelligence, rather than what it has now – a body involved in propagating turmoil,
terror, and subversion throughout most of the world.
He who sows the wind, we're told, reaps the whirlwind, and the CIA's directorate of operations is staffed with
people who play a role best described as ―Johnny Appleseeds of the global jihad,‖ sowing and nurturing the
seeds of terrorism, nourishing them by fomenting unrest, and helping to bring in the murderous harvest of
―blowback.‖ We can see a potent reminder of this fact in the alleged plot to blow up JFK Airport.
According to Newsday, Russell DeFreitas, commonly identified as a former ―baggage handler‖ at JFK, actually
worked as a baggage handler and/or a ―trainee supervisor‖ in the employ of Evergreen International Airlines, a
CIA front company based in McMinnville, Oregon. A TV news report out of Oregon revealed that DeFreitas
―trained‖ at Evergreen's McMinnville facility between July 2000 and May 2001.
As this observant fellow points out, it's odd for a man in his mid-50s to spend the better part of a year ―training‖
for a job he'd already done for a number of years.
Evergreen, in fact, is a direct descendant of the infamous Air America, the CIA proprietary outfit that has been
implicated in drug smuggling, covert arms shipments (according to this former Evergreen pilot, the CIA was
providing weapons to both sides in various Cold War brushfires), and – more recently – ―extraordinary rendition‖
flights. More than a few Evergreen flights have served as ―torture taxis,‖ shuttling detainees to various
destinations in the CIA-operated global torture archipelago.
DeFreitas left Evergreen's employ in May 2001. It's not clear whether he worked at JFK between May 2001 and
his arrest last week. But it is clear he worked at the airport in the late 1990s.
According to former Customs Department Special Agent Diane Kleiman, DeFreitas's background means one
thing: ―He was working at JFK doing drug smuggling.‖
―The CIA has always been involved in drug smuggling, and Evergreen or Air America has played a big role in
it,‖ Kleiman told me in a recent phone interview. ―When I was working Customs at JFK, we had this huge
problem with airline personnel using their secure keys to give unauthorized access to 'sterile corridors' that
bypassed Customs inspection. Quite often this involved drug smuggling, and I've got ample reason to believe that
Evergreen and other CIA assets were involved in it.‖
It's worth remembering that the ―confidential informant‖ who infiltrated the supposed plot to blow up JFK was a
convicted drug smuggler. Significant as well is the fact that Jamaat al Muslimeen (JAM), the Trinidad &
Tobago–based radical Sunni group implicated in the alleged JFK plot, has been implicated in drug smuggling.
Making matters that much more interesting is the reported fact that JAM leader Umar Abdullah reportedly fought
against the Soviets in Afghanistan, a fact that raises the possibility that he, too, was on the CIA's payroll at one
time.
I find myself irresistibly reminded of the fact that several members of the terrorist cell responsible for the first
World Trade Center bombing in 1993 had been funded, trained, or otherwise aided by the US federal
government. The ―spiritual leader‖ of that cell, Sheik Omar Abdel-Rahman, was permitted to come to the US in
1990 despite the fact that he was on a State Department terrorism watch list, suspected of involvement in the plot
to assassinate Anwar Sadat.
It was Abdel-Rahman's great good fortune that on the particular day he visited the US Consulate in Khartoum in
search of a visa, the consular official was absent – and in his place was a CIA operative eager and willing to issue
the requested visa.
Funny, isn't it, how things of this kind happen? And isn't it just as remarkable to see that in the alleged plot to
bomb JFK, both the putative ringleader and the Confidential Informant had connections to the CIA-haunted
narcotics underworld?
Once you accept the fact that the CIA is behind many, many unsolved crimes. All you need to do is figure out their
"rule book" or "covert ops manual". Almost all covert operations are run "by the book". For instance on 911, military
"drills" were being held that very same day using hijacked airplanes scenarios in that very same vicinity, at the very
same time of the "attacks". Doh! Did you know that "drills" were also being conducted on 7/7/07 in London train and
bus bombings by local law enforcement? You will never guess: the "drills" were being held that same day about
terrorist bombings, oh, it gets better, the drills were being held at the same EXACT locations and time were the
bombings occurred! Doh! What does this tell us, besides the fact that, hello! they were the ones that did it! The "drills"
were only "the cover" for the covert operations. What it also tells us is the fact that the England secret agencies are
conducting covert operations with the CIA "rule book", or their "covert ops manual ", and are operating exactly like the
CIA, hence, these two agencies work side by side and are in fact working together toward a common goal.
The CIA, MI6 and the Mossad are the most powerful intelligence agencies today. They work hand in hand as a
TRINITY, it is extremely important that you realize that these 3 agencies work as one. Blood brothers, an unholy
trinity. Together they serve their ultimate masters: the ruling Zionist and Vatican factions. Whose ultimate goals are
one world order. These are not boy scouts who go out of their ways to help the unfortunate and sow peace. Show me
just one news article of just one good deed, ever. These are cold, heartless entities of death, deceit and destruction.
It is of utmost importance that you fully understand that most if not all the intelligence agencies around the world are
interconnected in an invisible Zionist comrade network deep within each of the agencies. This is how they accomplish
false flag feats that seem so convincing and easily go places and do things no one thought fathomable. Once you
understand this factor, you can then filter world events under this light. For instance the Pakistan‘s ―911 Attack‖ that
was conducted in Mumbai was just another CIA/Mossad/ISI intelligence agency false flag production designed to
bring the FEAR up close and personal into their land thus scaring their leaders into opening the doors for more direct
Zionist international military intervention, to ―help them find the evil bogeyman terrorists‖ of course.
CIA Funneling Hundreds of Millions of Dollars to Pakistani Spy Agency

Roughly a Third of Secretive Spy Group's Budget Comes From CIA
by Jason Ditz, November 15, 2009
Pakistan‘s Inter-Services Intelligence agency (ISI) is

the largest of the nation‘s many spy agencies. The
secretive and enormous independent agency is a
subject of almost constant controversy in the nation,
where it is totally independent of the civilian
government and the military exercises only modest
oversight.
But the ISI could arguably be considered completely

separately from the Pakistani government. After all, it
was revealed today, the group gets roughly a third of its
funding not from Pakistan but from the US, through
covert CIA deals.
Not that American oversight over the group is any

more effective, as US officials have repeatedly accused the ISI of complicity or direct involvement in
terrorist attacks, including last November‘s Mumbai strike. Officials have also said the ISI is directly
supporting the Taliban insurgency in Afghanistan in its fight against the US. This support allegedly includes
direct ISI funding for the insurgency, yet another example of how US money thrown at the region seems to trickle
into the pockets of its opponents.
The CIA, however, defended the payments, saying they had more than gotten their money‘s worth from the ISI in
the form of intelligence in Pakistan‘s tribal areas. In addition to this funding, the CIA has also paid tens of
millions of dollars to the group as rewards for capturing or killing people on its behalf through a covert program
approved by President Bush.
See also: LA Times article: CIA says it gets its money‘s worth from Pakistani spy agency and Orlando Sentinel
article: CIA financing Pakistani Spies
Here is the perfect example how the Pakistan ISI is just another subsidiary of Mossad the CIA and Mi5/6 global
terrorist network. The same goes for India‘s and many other countries intelligence agencies. Digest this fact and re-
visit any so called ―terrorist attacks‖, assassinations and conflicts that were widely disseminated in the news as the
works of some bogeyman group of evil doers…
Another very important factor one must never forget is that the CIA, same as all other secret agencies around the
world, is just like the Mafia: once you are a member, you are a member for life. All too often I read so many articles
that say this or that ____ person "was" a member of the CIA from ____ to ____ time, that‘s such bull. Every person
that was ever in the CIA continues to be a "sleeper" waiting for a magic phone call and that person is back in the game.
Once a CIA "asset" always a CIA asset. This is common knowledge folks. Then there is the fact that still many more
agents are listed as "retired", "quit", etc. when in fact they are now working undercover. So when you see any news
items, story or whatever and see anyone's name with a history of any secrecy agency service, be aware of these facts.
One must also take into account, lest never forget, that THE single largest group of SPYS caught spying on the United
States of America are none other than of Jewish backgrounds. Yes this group has consistently been caught spying on us
even more than Russia, any other country or entity. Period. For a peak at the tip of this iceberg see the THE ISRAELI
SPY JUGGERNAUT in the Addendum Section of this report. The Zionists ARE the master spys behind ALL the
spy agencies…
Pakistan's spy agency is said to collaborate with the Taliban

Among the assertions in a new report: It's government policy to support the insurgency in Afghanistan,
and the agency is 'involved at the highest level of the movement.' The claims are the strongest yet.
June 14, 2010| Los Angeles Times, By Alex Rodriguez
Reporting from Islamabad, Pakistan — Pakistan's powerful intelligence agency not only funds and trains Taliban
insurgents fighting U.S. and NATO troops in Afghanistan, but also maintains its own representation on the
insurgency's leadership council, claims a new report issued by the London School of Economics.
Assertions that Pakistan's intelligence agency, the Inter-Services Intelligence, continues to nurture links with the
Afghan Taliban are not new. But the scope of that relationship claimed by the report's author, Matt Waldman, is
startling and could prove damaging to the fragile alliance Washington is trying to foster with Pakistan, its military
establishment, and its weak civilian government led by President Asif Ali Zardari.
Waldman, a fellow at the Kennedy School of Government at Harvard University, based his assertions on
interviews with nine Afghan Taliban commanders as well as with Afghan and Western security officials. The
report claims that it is official Pakistan governmental policy to support the Taliban's insurgency in Afghanistan,
and that the ISI has a strong voice on the Quetta shura, the Afghan Taliban's leadership council, named after the
southern Pakistani city believed to serve as the council's haven.
The report states that, based on the interviews, "the ISI has representatives on the Shura, either as participants or
observers, and the agency is thus involved at the highest level of the movement."
The report also alleges that Zardari, long regarded as a close ally of the Obama administration in the war on
terrorism, had met with captured senior Taliban leaders in Pakistan and had vowed to ensure their release as well
as to support their efforts in Afghanistan. [read on at Los Angeles Times]
*********************************
Pakistan Aids Insurgency in Afghanistan, Reports Assert

By MARK MAZZETTI, JANE PERLEZ, ERIC SCHMITT and ANDREW W. LEHREN, Published: July 25, 2010
Americans fighting the war in Afghanistan have long harbored strong suspicions that Pakistan‘s military spy
service has guided the Afghan insurgency with a hidden hand, even as Pakistan receives more than $1 billion a
year from Washington for its help combating the militants, according to a trove of secret military field reports
made public Sunday.
The documents, made available by an organization called WikiLeaks, suggest that Pakistan, an ostensible ally of
the United States, allows representatives of its spy service to meet directly with the Taliban in secret strategy
sessions to organize networks of militant groups that fight against American soldiers in Afghanistan, and even
hatch plots to assassinate Afghan leaders.
Taken together, the reports indicate that American soldiers on the ground are inundated with accounts of a
network of Pakistani assets and collaborators that runs from the Pakistani tribal belt along the Afghan border,
through southern Afghanistan, and all the way to the capital, Kabul.
Much of the information — raw intelligence and threat assessments gathered from the field in Afghanistan—
cannot be verified and likely comes from sources aligned with Afghan intelligence, which considers Pakistan an
enemy, and paid informants. Some describe plots for attacks that do not appear to have taken place.
But many of the reports rely on sources that the military rated as reliable.
While current and former American officials interviewed could not corroborate individual reports, they said that
the portrait of the spy agency‘s collaboration with the Afghan insurgency was broadly consistent with other
classified intelligence.
Some of the reports describe Pakistani intelligence working alongside Al Qaeda to plan attacks. Experts cautioned
that although Pakistan‘s militant groups and Al Qaeda work together, directly linking the Pakistani spy agency,
the Directorate for Inter-Services Intelligence, or ISI, with Al Qaeda is difficult.
The records also contain firsthand accounts of American anger at Pakistan‘s unwillingness to confront insurgents
who launched attacks near Pakistani border posts, moved openly by the truckload across the frontier, and
retreated to Pakistani territory for safety.
The behind-the-scenes frustrations of soldiers on the ground and glimpses of what appear to be Pakistani
skullduggery contrast sharply with the frequently rosy public pronouncements of Pakistan as an ally by American
officials, looking to sustain a drone campaign over parts of Pakistani territory to strike at Qaeda havens.
Administration officials also want to keep nuclear-armed Pakistan on their side to safeguard NATO supplies
flowing on routes that cross Pakistan to Afghanistan.
This month, Secretary of State Hillary Rodham Clinton, in one of the frequent visits by American officials to
Islamabad, announced $500 million in assistance and called the United States and Pakistan ―partners joined in
common cause.‖
The reports suggest, however, that the Pakistani military has acted as both ally and enemy, as its spy agency runs
what American officials have long suspected is a double game — appeasing certain American demands for
cooperation while angling to exert influence in Afghanistan through many of the same insurgent networks that the
Americans are fighting to eliminate.
Behind the scenes, both Bush and Obama administration officials as well as top American commanders have
confronted top Pakistani military officers with accusations of ISI complicity in attacks in Afghanistan, and even
presented top Pakistani officials with lists of ISI and military operatives believed to be working with militants.
Benjamin Rhodes, deputy national security adviser for strategic communications, said that Pakistan had been an
important ally in the battle against militant groups, and that Pakistani soldiers and intelligence officials had
worked alongside the United States to capture or kill Qaeda and Taliban leaders.
Still, he said that the ―status quo is not acceptable,‖ and that the havens for militants in Pakistan ―pose an
intolerable threat‖ that Pakistan must do more to address.
―The Pakistani government — and Pakistan‘s military and intelligence services — must continue their strategic
shift against violent extremist groups within their borders,‖ he said. American military support to Pakistan would
continue, he said.
Several Congressional officials said that despite repeated requests over the years for information about Pakistani
support for militant groups, they usually receive vague and inconclusive briefings from the Pentagon and C.I.A.
[article continues, full text at NY Times]
WikiLeaks Releases Afghan War Reports in Unprecedented Leak - http://wardiary.wikileaks.org/
The real masters of all these secret agencies are none other than the Zionist Learned Elders ruling elite. Who ultimately
decide how to utilize their secret above the law/untouchable army we know as the intelligence agencies. One of their
favorite pastimes are orchestrating coup d'états. Any government, no matter how harmless to our national defense that
opposes the corporate financial interests of the ruling elite are deemed enemies of state. They eventually suffer the
consequences for refusing our ECONOMIC COLONIZATION. The CIA is eventually dispatched to establish and
organize local dissenters, including but not limited to forming local terrorist squads to destabilize the target countries.
For an amazing look into the extent of how they use these agencies to do their dirty work, here is a mind blowing
example:
The one most ludicrous example of this abuse was the 1954 CIA engineered coup of democratic country Guatemala.
The bottom line and defining reason why the U.S. was behind this coup was none other than BANANAS! Because the
United Fruit Company's (Chiquita Bananas) owned land was reclaimed by the Guatemala government. Under their
reform act 1952 they proceeded to reclaim their lands for their impoverished peasants. United Fruit had owned the
majority of all of Guatemala's agricultural lands. On the behalf of United Fruits they immediately proceeded to lobby
the U.S. government, who then retaliated on Guatemala, imposing cuts in economic aids and cuts in trade, with
devastating effects on Guatemala. They made false claims that Guatemala had communist ties (communism was the
"common enemy" at that time) To make a long story short, the U.S. finally sent in the CIA who mounted operation
PBSUCCESS that was pre planned a coup d'état and installed their own selected leaders who proved to not only be
inept but also corrupt. This coup faced ferocious condemnation by the international press at the time. The coup was the
definitive blow to Guatemala's young democracy. Over the next four decades were filled with violence counter-
insurgency with well over 140,000 deaths. All over BANANAS! This entire fiasco is well documented, look into it
for yourself. This is an example of your hard earned tax dollars at work in America's modern form of colonialism, were
we attack and overthrow governments that won‘t allow our mega corporations to come in and take over. This is
the heart of our government's policy of "exporting democracy" everywhere, really means you open your doors and
sell out to the multinational conglomerates for peanuts or you will die!
The ‗Democracy‘ Fraud

All of South America has been the CIA‘s playground. Not a nation there has been untouched and blemished by the
CIA. Cuba, Venezuela, Bolivia, Peru, Panama, Mexico, Argentina, Paraguay, Uruguay, Brazil, Columbia, Chile,
Ecuador all, each and every one of these nations have been manipulated to some major extent by our foreign policy and
the CIA. I guarantee you right here that each and every political uprising that has ever occurred south of the U.S. Inc
the CIA was THE major catalyst. So much so that the CIA is so well embedded in these countries that they are like
second homes for the CIA. South America is the CIA‘s research center, where they practice their craft with
impunity. Their contribution to the governments of the south? Bloodshed, insurgency and counter insurgency. Prior to
the invention of the CIA NONE of those countries had even a small portion of the problems they now have. The CIA
has the minds and hearts of those poor Hispanics so messed up. They have instilled chaos in every sector of their
environment and divided almost every county in two plus have them killing themselves, first they secretly foment the
chaos then they provide the ―counter insurgency‖ training no less.
The CIA's first coup ever was the 1953 coup in Iran, (Iran tried to nationalize their oil industry just taking back their
rights to their own oil from American corporations, so the CIA was sent in to stop them) then followed by the
Guatemalan coup, from that point forward they used the tactics they learned and practiced and developed the template
for the dozens of other coup d'état's around the world, were they have sown murder, violence and chaos everywhere
they have gone. Are you among the many Americans that STILL wonder why we have consistently becoming the most
hated country in the world?
―We went all over the world and we did what we wanted. God, we had fun.‖ – Al Ulmer, chief of the CIA‘s
Far East division in the 1950s.
The towel heads ―Hating us for our freedom‖ is a blatant bullshit lie and the stupidest thing I have ever heard. You
don‘t see it on mainstream media, but we screwed with a lot of countries to suit our interests and agendas, often leaving
devastating local fallout in our wake.
Is there any part of the globe we have yet not exported our most wonderful
benevolent Democracy? i.e.: invaded countries, seized, occupied and forced our
―wonderful benevolent‖ Capitalistic Democratic way of life (by way of
ECONOMIC COLONIZATION) who‘s core makeup is composed of
engineered corporate acquisitions and takeovers of all major resources and
industries, common tactics including and not limited to military invasions to
bring our brand of ―freedom‖ to the fortunate savages.
Oh, yes there are a couple hold outs: such as North Korea, Iran and Cuba. Both
parts of the EVIL COMMUNIST empires, yet hold on, CHINA is the biggest
worst, MOST DANGEROUS COMMUNIST empire on the planet, world
leaders in the field of horrendous human rights violations! Dwarfing and
making Cuba look like a boy scout yet our leaders view China as our #1
trusted trading partner! What's up with that? US has bestowed on china
"most favored nation status" all the while it is the world‘s premier, foremost
evil communist country killing & torturing thousands of their citizens, not to mention what they did to the Tibetan
people for instance. Nothing to see here folks, run along now. Now let‘s go get that evil commy Chavez guy! THIS
PROVES BEYOND A SHADOW OF A DOUBT THAT ‗EXPORTING DEMOCRACY‘ fairy tale premise IS
NOTHING MORE THAN A BULLSHIT FRAUD.
This scenario has repeated itself over and over again throughout the world, different faces, nations and regimes, yet
always the same story; in the end the ―west‖ always gets their way and demolishs the old sovereignty and establishes
their puppet state of ‗friendly Democratic rule‘ establishing allies and industries to do their bidding. I don‘t sit here and
make this stuff up, this is just the COLD HARD UNADULTERATED TRUTH.
This is U.S. foreign policy hypocrisy at its transparent best. You do your own homework on this! See how true these
FACTS are! The ruling elite of this world can‘t stand the thought of a society existing that doesn‘t worship their
capitalism and not a component of their matrix system.
EVERY single invasion, coup attempt, etc all have ONE common denominator: Every single instance where the U.S.
sent in the CIA (i.e.: the enforcers) to each country to infiltrate, fund, organize terror in every country was due to the
fact that at some point the crippled POOR country being invaded wasn‘t a part of their economic system (the matrix)
and had something we (usually a huge ruling elite conglomerate) wanted but was DENIED of by the now ―evil‖ labled
nation… Some countries decided to just RECLAIM a portion its' own national interests that were unfairly taken over
by outsiders, such as oil rights, agriculture, banking and so forth. In doing so, they denied the western multinational
corporations their drunken orgies of plundering and pillaging the resources of that country. Our reply in every
single case has always been the same: "invade and destroy the evil commy bastards"! Then install a puppet government
that would obediently follow our orders and allow the wanton corporate pillaging to continue. Cuba threw out the
―capitalist bastards‖ and the U.S. Inc. has never forgiven them for doing so… plain and simple. The result: to this
day Cuba is still viewed as one of histories worst evil commy bastard nations while we love China and throw wild
industrial and economic orgies with them.
China being a REAL world class A dangerous evil communist country readily got in bed with the ruling elite‘s
program of capitalism and industry whose official spokesman is the good ole U.S. Inc, and have had a massive
capitalist trade orgy relationship ever since, therefore the U.S. Inc. has no issues with that evil communist regime.
Endowing our COMMUNIST allied buddies with ―most favored nation‖ status! DOH!
The pure unadulterated reality is that ―democracy‖ is just a lame bullshit excuse, pretense used to hide the fact
that all the military and economic pressures applied against all non-compliant governments are in fact overt
punishment for the target country‘s failure to accept and surrender to the elite‘s CAPITALISM overtures. In
all actuality they couldn‘t give a damn if the trading partner is democratic or communist so long as they consent
to ECONOMIC COLONIZATION of their nation. Period.
Those regimes that refuse our overtures of ECONOMIC COLONIZATION and resist the economic colonization and
subjugation process face immediate retribution in the form of embargos, sanctions, propping up of CIA/Mossad/MI6
terrorist networks, where they setup, fuel and fund organized terrorism against the target states. Those intelligence
agency black ops often call themselves ―freedom fighters,‖ insurgents, rebels, revolutionaries and are designed to
recruit easily duped dumb locals, when the rebel organizations can exist on their own the black ops agents then move
away into the background and watch their masterpieces onfold. The mandate that is presented to ALL regimes is
unconditional surrender of sovererignty, do you comprehend this?… UNCONDITIONAL GIVING UP OF
ECONOMIC SOVEREIGNTY. You are either with our system or against us… there is no middle ground. Play the
game and allow the CONSORTIUM of multi-national corporations unimpeded freedom to do as they wish and
no one gets hurt…. Period, end of story.
The key to who is an enemy and who is a friend of America and ―the west‖ is very simple: If you allow the
consortium of multinational corporations to do business in your country and do as they please, then your
country is our ―friend‖ and allied. If you do not let our corporations in and do as they please, you are our enemy
and must be stopped at all costs! Therefore we must label your country as an EVIL empire, setup trade
sanctions and export violence and murder to your country in return! If that does not work, eventually they will
build up a case that your evil demonic zombie nation is out to kill us all for our freedoms and destroy the planet and
execute all the earth‘s babies, and eat all the world‘s cute puppies, so we better destroy them first!…. Sound familiar?
So you can see very clearly that China is deeply in bed with our entire corporate world so they are our "friends" no
matter the FACT that China is still the world‘s leading worst evil, MOST DANGEROUS COMMUNIST
authoritarian regimes on the planet, yet they receive ‗MOST FAVORED NATION STATUS‖ from the U.S.! On the
other hand relatively tiny harmless weakling countries such as Cuba that don‘t even own sling shots are labeled as the
―evil dangerous empires‖ and are subjected to extreme sanctions and embargos. The media chimes in with ―oh look
how poor and destitute those nations are.‖ Duh. Even though they pose absolutely no real threat to us at all, those
who refuse to prostitue their nation and their people to the insatiable capitalist consortium and their banking
cartels suffer their wrath… until the day the target regime says "ok, you can come in, establish your banks, take
our lands and industries, go ahead, bring in your capitalism and conglomerates.‖ Then and ONLY THEN will the
bans, retribution and insidious labeling them as evil regimes cease. You know this is TRUE, sit down and digest these
words carefully. All you need do study world history under this new light and everything will finally make sense.
The bottom line is Economic Colonization. As evil communist regimes such as China being our best of
pals ―most favored nation status‖ PROVES BEYOND ANY DOUBT that our nation could care less what form
of government the target nation has, so long as they embrace capitalism and open their doors to the elite‘s
consortium of multinational corporations and banks. PERIOD
China is perhaps one of the most DANGEROUS countries in the world today, did I mention they are the world‘s
foremost COMMUNIST evil empire? I can‘t reiterate that enough due to the fact that Americans seem to be plaqued
with forgeticin and can‘t seem to remember anything past last week. Here let me remind everyone who our MOST
FAVORED NATION PALS REALLY ARE:
China Targets U.S. Troops with Arms Buildup

Pentagon cites ‗anti-access‘ missles in report
August 16, 2010 - China is aggressively building up military forces capable of striking U.S. forces in the western
Pacific and elsewhere as part of what the Pentagon calls an array of high-tech "anti-access" missiles, submarines
and warplanes in its latest annual report.
The report to Congress on China's military power,

released Monday, also warned that China's military
is extending its global military reach beyond a
weapons buildup to wage regional war with Taiwan
and the United States. The report also questioned
U.S.-China military exchanges, noting that Beijing
is using the visits and meetings for political
influence operations and intelligence gathering.
"China is fielding an array of conventionally armed

ballistic missiles, ground- and air-launched land-
attack cruise missiles, special operations forces, and
cyberwarfare capabilities to hold targets at risk
throughout the region," the report said. • Click here to read the report (PDF).
Release of the assessment comes amid reports that China has surpassed Japan as the world's second largest
economy in terms of gross domestic product, highlighting Beijing's expanding global power.
Japan's nominal GDP, which isn't adjusted for price and seasonal variations, was worth almost $1.29 trillion in the
April-to-June quarter compared with almost $1.34 trillion for China, the Associated Press reported. The figures are
converted into dollars based on an average exchange rate for the quarter.
The 74-page Pentagon report highlighted numerous military developments by China's 125-million-troop army,
including the first mention of a new multiple-warhead, long-range road-mobile missile, and details on China's plan
to field aircraft carriers.
Much of the report builds on past reports on China's arms buildup, which includes a modestly growing nuclear
arsenal and large-scale expansion of missile, naval and air forces.
However, the report for the first time highlighted the growth of Chinese anti-access and area-denial weapons,
notably Beijing's building and testing of a unique anti-ship ballistic missile that can hit ships at sea with pinpoint
accuracy up to 1,000 miles from China's coasts. Story Continues
See also
―Chinese missile could shift Pacific power balance‖

August 05, 2010|By ERIC TALMADGE, Associated Press Writer
In this July 25, 2010 photo, crew of the USS George Washington line up on the deck as the supercarrier leaves
South Korea's southern port city of Pusan as part of four-day maneuvers, called "Invincible Spirit," involving 20
ships, 200 aircraft and about 8,000 U.S. and South Korean sailors, off the east coast of Korea. Nothing projects
U.S. global air and sea power more vividly than supercarriers. Bristling with fighter jets that can reach deep into
even landlocked trouble zones, America's virtually invincible carrier fleet has long enforced its dominance of the
high seas. China may soon put an end to that.
Credit: Eric Talmadge2010-08-05 03:37:00 PDT Aboard The Uss George Washington, , — (08-05) 03:37 PDT
ABOARD THE USS GEORGE WASHINGTON, (AP) --
Nothing projects U.S. global air and sea power more vividly than supercarriers. Bristling with fighter jets that can
reach deep into even landlocked trouble zones, America's virtually invincible carrier fleet has long enforced its
dominance of the high seas. - China may soon put an end to that.
U.S. naval planners are scrambling to deal with what analysts say is a game-changing weapon being developed by
China — an unprecedented carrier-killing missile called the Dong Feng 21D that could be launched from land with
enough accuracy to penetrate the defenses of even the most advanced moving aircraft carrier at a distance of more
than 1,500 kilometers (900 miles).
Arms build up? Targeting troops? Well golly gee whiz… nothing to be alarmed about here! They are our MOST
FAVORED EVIL COMMUNIST PALS! Do you see the condundrum/paradox/disconnect here? I have explained to
you in full, the worldwide economic conquest agenda has ABSOLUTELY NOTHING to do with fighting communism
or ―spreading democracy‖ that‘s just a blatant bullshit FARCE.
Without one dully understanding the Matrix and the end game of the ruling elite, the real world PARADOX of
America PROPPING UP and INDIRECTLY BUILDING UP EVIL COMMUNIST CHINA INTO THE
WORLD‘S FOREMOST AND LARGEST ECONOMIES seems like absurdity. But to those who understand the
ruling elite agenda, understand that America has been setup for a massive breakdown, a self destruction (destroyed
from within) of biblical proportions. No one in their right sane frame of mind would ever export all their jobs and
economic properity to any other country, let alone one that this once confirmed evil Red Giant is FIRMLY in the
communist enemy camp… There are only two possible reasons: the entire cabal of ruling overlords of our
country whom are collectively amoung the most highly educated on the planet… are collectively downright
stupid and certifiably insane or this has been a sinister planned agenda of ―destruction from within‖ going back
decades, one which we were warned of countless times.
Venezuela is just another example of the Guatemalan story. Chavez was the hero of the people having the difficult task
of taking back land, resources and businesses the western multi-nationals swindled them out of long ago and giving
them BACK TO THE NATIVE PEOPLE they rightfully belonged to. What happens next? Even though he was
democratically elected, it does not mean a thing for the U.S. Inc. Capitalist Consortium. Chavez is commonly portrayed
as an evil tyrant that must be stopped by all means! The Zionist multinational media cartel has been working overtime
in spreading anti-Chavez propaganda in his own land and the world over.
You can wager your entire life‘s savings that all this would stop in a heartbeat the moment Chavez were to come out
apologize for his ―sins,‖ give the multi-national conglomerates carte blanch ownership and control of the resources and
monopolies they once had in that land… If he were to do just that he would immediately be heralded as the patron saint
of Venezuela by all the worlds ―news‖ outlets and be guest of honor at all of the western worlds‘s political galas.
The FBI successfully thwarts its own Terrorist plot

By Glenn Greenwald
The FBI is obviously quite pleased with itself over its arrest of a 19-year-old Somali-American, Mohamed Osman
Mohamud, who -- with months of encouragement, support and money from the FBI's own undercover agents --
allegedly attempted to detonate a bomb at a crowded Christmas event in Portland, Oregon. Media accounts are
almost uniformly trumpeting this event exactly as the FBI describes it. Loyalists of both parties are doing the
same, with Democratic Party commentators proclaiming that this proves how great and effective Democrats are at
stopping The Evil Terrorists, while right-wing polemicists point to this arrest as yet more proof that those
menacing Muslims sure are violent and dangerous.
What's missing from all of these celebrations is an iota of questioning or skepticism. All of the information about
this episode -- all of it -- comes exclusively from an FBI affidavit filed in connection with a Criminal Complaint
against Mohamud. As shocking and upsetting as this may be to some, FBI claims are sometimes one-sided,
unreliable and even untrue, especially when such claims -- as here -- are uncorroborated and unexamined. That's
why we have what we call "trials" before assuming guilt or even before believing that we know what happened:
because the government doesn't always tell the complete truth, because they often skew reality, because things
often look much different once the accused is permitted to present his own facts and subject the government's
claims to scrutiny. The FBI affidavit -- as well as whatever its agents are whispering into the ears of reporters --
contains only those facts the FBI chose to include, but omits the ones it chose to exclude. And even the "facts"
that are included are merely assertions at this point and thus may not be facts at all.
It may very well be that the FBI successfully and within legal limits arrested a dangerous criminal intent on
carrying out a serious Terrorist plot that would have killed many innocent people, in which case they deserve
praise. Court-approved surveillance and use of undercover agents to infiltrate terrorist plots are legitimate tactics
when used in accordance with the law.
But it may also just as easily be the case that the FBI -- as they've done many times in the past -- found some very
young, impressionable, disaffected, hapless, aimless, inept loner; created a plot it then
persuaded/manipulated/entrapped him to join, essentially turning him into a Terrorist; and then patted itself on the
back once it arrested him for having thwarted a "Terrorist plot" which, from start to finish, was entirely the FBI's
own concoction. Having stopped a plot which it itself manufactured, the FBI then publicly touts -- and an
uncritical media amplifies -- its "success" to the world, thus proving both that domestic Terrorism from Muslims is
a serious threat and the Government's vast surveillance powers -- current and future new ones -- are necessary.
There are numerous claims here that merit further scrutiny and questioning. First, the FBI was monitoring the
email communications of this American citizen on U.S. soil for months (at least) with what appears to be the
flimsiest basis: namely, that he was in email communication with someone in Northwest Pakistan, "an area known
to harbor terrorists" (para. 5 of the FBI Affidavit). Is that enough to obtain court approval to eavesdrop on
someone's calls and emails? I'm glad the FBI is only eavesdropping with court approval, if that's true, but certainly
more should be required for judicial authorization than that. Communicating with someone in Northwest Pakistan
is hardly reasonable grounds for suspicion.
Second, in order not to be found to have entrapped someone into committing a crime, law enforcement agents
want to be able to prove that, in the 1992 words of the Supreme Court, the accused was "was independently
predisposed to commit the crime for which he was arrested." To prove that, undercover agents are often
careful to stress that the accused has multiple choices, and they then induce him into choosing with his own
volition to commit the crime. In this case, that was achieved by the undercover FBI agent's allegedly advising
Mohamud that there were at least five ways he could serve the cause of Islam (including by praying, studying
engineering, raising funds to send overseas, or becoming "operational"), and Mohamud replied he wanted to "be
operational" by using exploding a bomb (para. 35-37).
But strangely, while all other conversations with Mohamud which the FBI summarizes were (according to the
affidavit) recorded by numerous recording devices, this conversation -- the crucial one for negating Mohamud's
entrapment defense -- was not. That's because, according to the FBI, the undercover agent "was equipped with
audio equipment to record the meeting. However, due to technical problems, the meeting was not
recorded" (para. 37).
Thus, we have only the FBI's word, and only its version, for what was said during this crucial -- potentially
dispositive -- conversation. Also strangely: the original New York Times article on this story described this
conversation at some length and reported the fact that "that meeting was not recorded due to a technical difficulty,"
but the final version omitted that, instead simply repeating the FBI's story as though it were fact: "undercover
agents in Mr. Mohamud‘s case offered him several nonfatal ways to serve his cause, including mere prayer. But he
told the agents he wanted to be 'operational,' and perhaps execute a car bombing."
Third, there are ample facts that call into question whether Mohamud's actions were driven by the FBI's
manipulation and pressure rather than his own predisposition to commit a crime. In June, he attempted to fly to
Alaska in order to work on a fishing job he obtained through a friend, but he was on the Government's no-fly list.
That caused the FBI to question him at the airport and then bar him from flying to Alaska, and thus prevented him
from earning income with this job (para. 25). Having prevented him from working, the money the FBI then
pumped him with -- including almost $3,000 in cash for him to rent his own apartment (para. 61) -- surely helped
make him receptive to their suggestions and influence. And every other step taken to perpetrate this plot -- from
planning its placement to assembling the materials to constructing the bomb -- was all done at the FBI's behest and
with its indispensable support and direction.
It's impossible to conceive of Mohamud having achieved anything on his own. Before being ensnared by the FBI,
the only tangible action he had taken was to write three articles on "fitness and jihad" for the online magazine
Jihad Recollections. At least based on what is known, he had no history of violence, no apparent criminal record,
had never been to a training camp in Afghanistan, Pakistan or anywhere else, and -- before meeting the FBI -- had
never taken a single step toward harming anyone. Does that sound like some menacing sleeper Terrorist to you?
Finally, there is, as usual, no discussion whatsoever in media accounts of motive. There are several statements
attributed to Mohamud by the Affidavit that should be repellent to any decent person, including complete apathy --
even delight -- at the prospect that this bomb would kill innocent people, including children. What would drive a
19-year-old American citizen -- living in the U.S. since the age of 3 -- to that level of sociopathic
indifference? He explained it himself in several passages quoted by the FBI, and -- if it weren't for the virtual
media blackout of this issue -- this line of reasoning would be extremely familiar to Americans by now (para. 45):
Undercover FBI Agent: You know there's gonna be a lot of children there?
Mohamud: Yeah, I know, that's what I'm looking for.
Undercover FBI Agent: For kids?
Mohamud: No, just for, in general a huge mass that will, like for them you know to be attacked in their own
element with their families celebrating the holidays. And then for later to be saying, this was them for you to
refrain from killing our children, women . . . . so when they hear all these families were killed in such a city,
they'll say you know what your actions, you know they will stop, you know. And it's not fair that they should
do that to people and not feeling it.
And here's what he allegedly said in a video he made shortly before he thought he would be detonating the
bomb (para. 80):
We hear the same exact thing over and over and over from accused Terrorists -- that they are attempting to carry
out plots in retaliation for past and ongoing American violence against Muslim civilians and to deter such future
acts. Here we find one of the great mysteries in American political culture: that the U.S. Government dispatches
its military all over the world -- invading, occupying, and bombing multiple Muslim countries -- torturing them,
imprisoning them without charges, shooting them up at checkpoints, sending remote-controlled drones to explode
their homes, imposing sanctions that starve hundreds of thousands of children to death -- and Americans are then
baffled when some Muslims -- an amazingly small percentage -- harbor anger and vengeance toward them and
want to return the violence. And here we also find the greatest myth in American political discourse: that
engaging in all of that military aggression somehow constitutes Staying Safe and combating Terrorism -- rather
than doing more than any single other cause to provoke, sustain and fuel Terrorism.
UPDATE: A very similar thing happened last month when the FBI announced that it had arrested someone who
was planning to bomb the DC Metro system when, in reality, "the only plotting he did was in response to
instructions from federal agents he thought were accomplices." That concocted FBI plot then led to the Metro
Police announcing a new policy of random searches of passengers' bags.
Meanwhile, in Oregon, the mosque sometimes attended by Mohamud was victimized today by arson. So the FBI
did not stop any actual Terrorist plots, but they may have helped inspire one.
On a different note, the Pentagon is corrupted to its very core and is completely complicit and 1,000,000% working
hand and hand with the CIA. What‘s more is the fact that many so called private companies are in fact nothing more
than secret extensions of the CIA. ―Fronts.‖ Take for example Blackwater, they are actually a certified CIA subsidiary,
period. They are a functioning CIA CORPORATE MERCENARY DIVISION. Blackwater has mysteriously
achieved elite ―can‘t touch this‖ status, this is evidenced in how often their men routinely have serious criminal charges
such as rape and murder routinely dropped. Blackwater agents regularly visit CIA command centers, most of their
management is composed of ex CIA, Mossad and Mi6. Is it any wonder that two Blackwater agents died at the recent
bombing of CIA base in Afghanistan? Again, nothing ever is what it seems, dig deeper and you find the real meanings.
Are Presidents Afraid of the CIA?

By Ray McGovern, consortiumnews.com
(FYI: Ray McGovern credentials: 27-year career at CIA, he served under nine CIA directors and in all four of
CIA‘s main directorates, including operations. He is co-founder of Veteran Intelligence Professionals for Sanity
(VIPS). He now works with Tell the Word, the publishing arm of the ecumenical Church of the Savior in inner-
city Washington. During)
In the past, I have alluded to Panetta and the Seven Dwarfs. The reference is to CIA Director Leon Panetta and
seven of his moral-dwarf predecessors — the ones who sent President Barack Obama a letter on Sept. 18 asking
him to ―reverse Attorney General Holder‘s Aug. 24 decision to re-open the criminal investigation of CIA
interrogations.‖
Panetta reportedly was also dead set against reopening the investigation — as he was against release of the Justice
Department‘s ―torture memoranda‖ of 2002, as he has been against releasing pretty much anything at all — the
President‘s pledges of a new era of openness, notwithstanding. [See Consortiumnews.com‘s ―CIA Torturers
Running Scared.‖]
Panetta is even older than I, and hearing is among the first faculties to fail. Perhaps he heard ―error‖ when the
President said ―era.‖
As for the benighted seven, they are more to be pitied than scorned. No longer able to avail themselves of the
services of clever Agency lawyers and wordsmiths, they put their names to a letter that reeked of self-interest —
not to mention the inappropriateness of asking a President to interfere with an investigation already ordered by
the Attorney General.
Three of the seven — George Tenet, Porter Goss and Michael Hayden — were themselves involved, in one way
or another, in planning, conducting or covering up all manner of illegal actions, including torture, assassination
and illegal eavesdropping.
In this light, the most transparent part of the letter may be the sentence in which they worry: ―There is no reason
to expect that the re-opened criminal investigation will remain narrowly focused.‖
When asked about the letter on Sunday TV shows on Sept. 20, Obama was careful always to respond first by
expressing obligatory ―respect‖ for the CIA and its directors.
With Bob Schieffer on ―Face the Nation,‖ though, Obama did allow himself a condescending quip. He
commented, ―I appreciate the former CIA directors wanting to look out for an institution that they helped to
build.‖
That quip was, sadly, the exception to the rule. While Obama keeps repeating the mantra that ―nobody is above
the law,‖ there is no real sign that he intends to face down Panetta and the Seven Dwarfs — no sign that anyone
has breathed new life into federal prosecutor John Durham, to whom Holder gave the mandate for further
―preliminary investigation.‖
What is generally forgotten is that it was former Attorney General Michael Mukasey who picked Durham two
years ago to investigate the CIA‘s destruction of 91 tapes of the interrogation of ―high-value detainees.‖
Durham had scarcely been heard from when Holder added to his job-jar the task of conducting a preliminary
investigation regarding the CIA torture specialists. These are the ones whose zeal led them to go beyond the
already highly permissive Justice Department guidelines for ―harsh interrogation.‖
Durham, clearly, is proceeding with all deliberate speed (emphasis on ―deliberate‖). Someone has even suggested
- I trust, in jest - that he has been diverted to the search for the money and other assets that Madoff stashed away.
In any case, do not hold your breath for findings from Durham anytime soon. Holder appears in no hurry. And
President Obama keeps giving off signals that he is afraid of getting crosswise with the CIA - that‘s right, afraid.
Not Just Paranoia
In that fear, President Obama stands in the tradition of a dozen American presidents. Harry Truman and John
Kennedy were the only ones to take on the CIA directly.
Worst of all, evidence continues to build that the CIA was responsible, at least in part, for the assassination of
President Kennedy. Evidence new to me came in response to things I included in my article of Dec. 22, ―Break
the CIA in Two."
What follows can be considered a sequel that is based on the kind of documentary evidence after which
intelligence analysts positively lust.
Unfortunately for the CIA operatives who were involved in the past activities outlined below, the temptation to
ask Panetta to put a SECRET stamp on the documentary evidence will not work. Nothing short of blowing up the
Truman Library might help some.
But even that would be a largely feckless ―covert action,‖ copy machines having long since done their thing.
In my article of Dec. 22, I referred to Harry Truman‘s op-ed of exactly 46 years before, titled ―Limit CIA Role to
Intelligence,‖ in which the former President expressed dismay at what the Central Intelligence Agency had
become just 16 years after he and Congress created it.
The Washington Post published the op-ed on Dec. 22, 1963, in its early edition, but immediately excised it from
later editions. Other media ignored it. The long hand of the CIA?
Truman wrote that he was ―disturbed by the way CIA has been diverted from its original assignment‖ to keep the
President promptly and fully informed and had become ―an operational and at times policy-making arm of the
government.‖
The Truman Papers
Documents in the Truman Library show that nine days after Kennedy was assassinated, Truman sketched out in
handwritten notes what he wanted to say in the op-ed. He noted, among other things, that the CIA had worked as
he intended only ―when I had control.‖
In Truman‘s view, misuse of the CIA began in February 1953, when his successor, Dwight Eisenhower, named
Allen Dulles CIA Director. Dulles‘s forte was overthrowing governments (in current parlance, ―regime change‖),
and he was quite good at it.
With coups in Iran (1953) and Guatemala (1954) under his belt, Dulles was riding high in the late Fifties and
moved Cuba to the top of his to-do list.
Accustomed to the carte blanche given him by Eisenhower, Dulles was offended when young President Kennedy
came on the scene and had the temerity to ask questions about the Bay of Pigs adventure, which had been set in
motion under Eisenhower.
When Kennedy made it clear he would NOT approve the use of U.S. combat forces, Dulles reacted with disdain
and set out to mousetrap the new President.
Coffee-stained notes handwritten by Allen Dulles were discovered after his death and reported by historian
Lucien S. Vandenbroucke. They show how Dulles drew Kennedy into a plan that was virtually certain to require
the use of U.S. combat forces.
In his notes Dulles explained that, ―when the chips were down,‖ the new President would be forced by ―the
realities of the situation‖ to give whatever military support was necessary ―rather than permit the enterprise to
fail.‖
Additional detail came from a March 2001 conference on the Bay of Pigs, which included CIA operatives, retired
military commanders, scholars and journalists. Daniel Schorr told National Public Radio that he had gained one
new perception as a result of the ―many hours of talk and heaps of declassified secret documents‖:
―It was that the CIA overlords of the invasion, Director Allen Dulles and Deputy Richard Bissell, had their own
plan on how to bring the United States into the conflict.… What they expected was that the invaders would
establish a beachhead … and appeal for aid from the United States. …
―The assumption was that President Kennedy, who had emphatically banned direct American involvement, would
be forced by public opinion to come to the aid of the returning patriots. American forces, probably Marines,
would come in to expand the beachhead.
―In fact, President Kennedy was the target of a CIA covert operation that collapsed when the invasion collapsed.‖
The ―enterprise‖ which Dulles said could not fail was, of course, the overthrow of Fidel Castro. After mounting
several failed operations to assassinate him, this time Dulles meant to get his man, with little or no attention to
what the Russians might do in reaction.
Kennedy stuck to his guns, so to speak; fired Dulles and his co-conspirators a few months after the abortive
invasion in April 1961; and told a friend that he wanted to ―splinter the CIA into a thousand pieces and scatter it
into the winds.‖
The outrage was mutual, and when Kennedy himself was assassinated on Nov. 22, 1963, it must have occurred to
Truman that the disgraced Dulles and his outraged associates might not be above conspiring to get rid of a
President they felt was soft on Communism — and, incidentally, get even.
In his op-ed of Dec. 22, 1963, Truman warned: ―The most important thing … was to guard against the chance of
intelligence being used to influence or to lead the President into unwise decisions.‖ It is a safe bet that Truman
had the Bay of Pigs fiasco uppermost in mind.
Truman called for CIA‘s operational duties [to] be terminated or properly used elsewhere.‖ (This is as good a
recommendation now as it was then, in my view.)
On Dec. 27, 1963, retired Admiral Sidney Souers, whom Truman had appointed to lead his first central
intelligence group, sent a ―Dear Boss‖ letter applauding Truman‘s outspokenness and blaming Dulles for making
the CIA ―a different animal than I tried to set up for you.‖ Souers specifically lambasted the attempt ―to conduct
a ‗war‘ invading Cuba with a handful of men and without air cover.‖
Souers also lamented the fact that the agency‘s ―principal effort‖ had evolved into causing ―revolutions in smaller
countries around the globe,‖ and added:
―With so much emphasis on operations, it would not surprise me to find that the matter of collecting and
processing intelligence has suffered some.‖
Clearly, CIA‘s operational tail was wagging its substantive dog — a serious problem that persists to this day.
Fox Guarding Hen House
The well-connected Dulles got himself appointed to the Warren Commission and took the lead in shaping the
investigation of JFK‘s assassination.
Documents in the Truman Library show that he then mounted a small domestic covert action of his own to
neutralize any future airing of Truman‘s and Souers‘s warnings about covert action.
So important was this to Dulles that he invented a pretext to get himself invited to visit Truman in Independence,
Missouri. On the afternoon of April 17, 1964, Dulles spent a half-hour trying to get the former President to retract
what he had said in his op-ed. No dice, said Truman.
No problem, thought Dulles. Four days later, in a formal memo for his old buddy Lawrence Houston, CIA
General Counsel from 1947 to 1973, Dulles fabricated a private retraction, claiming that Truman told him the
Washington Post article was ―all wrong,‖ and that Truman ―seemed quite astounded at it.‖
No doubt Dulles thought it might be handy to have such a memo in CIA files, just in case.
A fabricated retraction? It certainly seems so, because Truman did not change his tune. Far from it.
In a June 10, 1964, letter to the managing editor of Look magazine, for example, Truman restated his critique of
covert action, emphasizing that he never intended the CIA to get involved in ―strange activities.‖
Dulles and Dallas
Dulles could hardly have expected to get Truman to recant publicly. So why was it so important for Dulles to
place in CIA files a fabricated retraction? My guess is that in early 1964 he was feeling a good bit of heat from
those suggesting the CIA might have been involved somehow in the Kennedy assassination.
Indeed, columnists were asking how the truth could ever come out with Allen Dulles on the Warren Commission.
Prescient.
Dulles feared, rightly, that Truman‘s limited-edition op-ed might yet hit pay dirt and raise serious questions about
covert action. Dulles would have wanted to be in position to flash the Truman ―retraction,‖ with the hope that this
would nip any serious questioning in the bud.
The media had already shown how co-opted — er, I mean ―cooperative‖ — it could be.
As the de facto head of the Warren Commission, Dulles was perfectly positioned to exculpate himself and any of
his associates, were any commissioners or investigators — or journalists — tempted to question whether the
killing in Dallas might have been a CIA covert action.
Did Allen Dulles and other ―cloak-and-dagger CIA operatives have a hand in killing President Kennedy and then
covering it up? The most up-to-date — and, in my view, the best — dissection of the assassination appeared last
year in James Douglass‘s book, JFK and the Unspeakable.
After updating and arraying the abundant evidence, and conducting still more interviews, Douglass concludes the
answer is Yes.
Recently the CIA released what they call their "Family Jewels", 700 pages of once top secret documents. Their claim
"ok, folks, we are coming clean, we confess to this, this and that, now we are a new
and improved reformed organization, promise, cross my heart, hope to die." In
actuality, the releasing of the so called Family Jewels is nothing more than a crock
of shit. They only released stuff that was ALREADY WIDELY KNOWN and
already leaked! Doh! Skeletons in a closet? The CIA/Mossad has so many skeletons
that they need a closet the size of a football stadium to house them in!
America was once a proud nation, the envy of the entire world. But after WWII
some things started to happen. We took in all the evil ashkeNAZI spies who had all
vowed until death to destroy us, (re: Operation Paperclip) flew them into our
country and gave them employment in our newly created organization called the
CIA. Doh! Then America proceeded to become involved in all corners of the globe ―spreading democracy‖ /cough/
(e.g. Economic colonization). The ruling elite created the CIA and sent this abomination of an entity to do the
bidding of the shadow rulers and corporate interests. Their primary mission is very simple: the subjugation of all
reluctant nations.
When nations rebuff the corporate consortium overtures and political advances, the so called ―spreading
democracy‖ which is nothing more than a thinly veiled disguise for their quest of ECONOMIC
COLONIZATION, they then send in the BlackOps teams to foment chaos until the target nations succumb and
are subjugated. One of the very first targets of destruction of the then newly form CIA was Iran. Below is a partial list
of the ―wonderful‖ benevolent works for ―peace and prosperity‖ to ―spread democracy‖ that the CIA was
instrumental in:
Iran, Operation Ajax CIA Coup D‘état 1953:

They did a real bang up job of infiltrating a once close allies and peaceful country and destroying all good will, The
CIA destabilized the entire country in its mission to set up a puppet regime that would do Washington‘s corporate
special interest's bidding. That was just the start of the New World Order that was to be orchestrated from the US.
Guatemala, Operations PBfortune & PBsucess CIA Coup D‘état 1954:

The CIA went into Guatemala and destroyed their democratically elected government in their quest to regain the
BANNANA industry monopoly back for United Fruit, the Chiquita Banana Co. Thousands died for those bananas,
what a shame.
Cuba, Operations Mongoose, Northwoods & Zapata aka Bay of Pigs:

The US desperately tried to regain lost billions in revenues when Castro came into power and decided to reclaim the
lands and industry for his impoverished nation. Castro kicked out all the foreign central banks, oil companies and so
forth, hence, America (special interests) became pissed off. To this day our current leaders still "hate" Cuba only
because Cuba will not open its doors to the central banks &
commerce, allowing us to control and own all their lands and
industries. China is 10 times worse communist dictatorship yet
they are one of America's best "pals", so that bullshit story of
"Cuba is an evil communist country" just doesn't have the same
effect once you truly understand the REAL reason we classify
them as ―evil‖ nation.
Democratic Republic of Congo, CIA Coup D‘état 1960:

CIA sponsored coup during the Congo Crisis
Iraq, CIA Coup D‘état 1963:

The CIA initiated all the bloodshed, complicit in the murders of
Iraq's educated elite, hundreds of doctors, teachers, technicians,
lawyers and other professionals. As always the main
beneficiaries of the massive bloodshed were American and U.K.
oil and other interests, including Mobil, Bechtel and British
Petroleum who were all conducting business in Iraq.
Chile, Project FUBELT - CIA Coup D‘état 1973:

"The Chilean coup of 1973 was a watershed event in the history
of Chile and the Cold War. Historians and partisans alike have
wrangled over its implications ever since."(note for more info see
Wikipedia: covert us regime change actions) fill in the rest
below........
Afghanistan, 1973-74; Afghanistan, 1978-1980s; Iran, 1980;

Nicaragua, Iran - Contra Affair 1981-1990; Iraq, early 1990s; Guatemala, 1993; Zimbabwe, 2000s; Serbia 2000;
Afghanistan 2002; Libya 2003; Iraq 2003; Equatorial Guinea 2004; Palestinian Authority 2006-; Somalia 2006-
2007; Iran 2007, etc.
Venezuela 2002, 2007 Operations Cleanse Venezuela & Operation Pliers:

The current coup that is now underway is Operation Cleanse Venezuela and Operation Pliers. Our caring and
wonderful CIA has been working around the clock to destabilize the entire Venezuelan nation, fermenting dissent,
opposition to a democratically elected leader while also plotting his assassination
Overcast (1945-46): OSS rescuing Nazi military scientists for US use

Crowcass: 1945-48): locating thousands of Nazis for later use
Paperclip (1946-1954): continuation and expansion of Overcast
Mockingbird (1947-2002): CIA control of mass media
Bloodstone (1948-50): infiltrating fascists into the USSR
Gladio (1949-90): terrorist actions to discredit the left; assassination, etc.
MK-Ultra (1953-1963): CIA experiments with LSD, etc on non-volunteers
Cointelpro (1956-71): FBI destabilization of CP, AIM, SDS, civil rights, etc.
Celeste (1960-61): CIA assassination of UN secretary-general Dag Hammarskjold
Mongoose (1961-63): assassinating Castro
Merrimac (1967-68): CIA surveillance of DC
Resistance (1967-68): CIA spying on US student movements
Chaos (1968-1974): CIA domestic espionage on students, activists, etc
Garden Plot (1968-2002): DoD plans for mass repression/concentration camps
Grillflame (1971-1991): CIA ―ESP troopers‖ i.e. over-horizon radar
Echelon (1972-2002): NSA electronic surveillance of all communication
Condor (1975-1977): Security arrangement in S. America to kill leftists
Cyclone (1979-2002): funding violent Islamic fundamentalist groups
Promis (1981-2002): CIA, etc surveillance of financial transactions
JCET (1991-2002): ―foreign internal defense‖ training programs
Roots (1993-1999): CIA sows fascistic propaganda in Yugoslavia
Storm (1995): ethnic cleansing of Serbs from Krajina
Carnivore (1999-2002): FBI surveillance of www posts, listservs, etc
Magic Lantern (2001-2002): FBI surveillance of PC keystrokes.
Tips (2002-): DOJ civilian informants and denunciations
Just looking at this partial list of extracurricular activities demonstrates how our wonderful most beloved ―intelligence
agency‖ is in fact up to its neck in the spread of wanton violence, murder and mayhem. So much for calling them
―intelligence agencies‖, maybe a more proper term would be something like, umm, ―Infiltration, Death and
Destruction Agency‖ The IDDA would thus be the proper acronym.
The Hippocratic Oath Applied to Intelligence

By Barry Eisler
I'm just about finished with Tim Weiner's phenomenal "Legacy of Ashes: The History of the CIA." Two themes
are at the heart of the book.
First, the Agency has been incompetent from its inception. The roster of incompetence includes subversion
operations that cost the lives of hundreds of agents and accomplished nothing; CIA-managed coups that
backfired, the Bay of Pigs and many others. Even operations that "succeeded" were pyrrhic. Installing the Shah
via a CIA-sponsored coup in Iran in 1953, for example, created enmity that resulted in the Khomeini revolution
and hostage crisis of 1979 and continues to this day.
Second, the Agency and its political masters have consistently lied to the American public about CIA domestic
lawbreaking. Anyone horrified at the notion that the modern CIA kidnaps and tortures terror suspects at secret
prisons should understand that these activities aren't aberrant, but are in fact the legacy of programs like Project
Artichoke and Project MKULTRA, in which the Agency built secret prisons in Germany, Japan and the Panama
Canal Zone - prisons where suspected double agents were tortured and dosed with heroin, amphetamines,
sleeping pills and LSD. And, like the interrogation videotapes the CIA now claims it destroyed in 2005, the CIA
also destroyed its records of these earlier illegal activities.
It's tempting to conclude from all this that the CIA should never have been in the operations business - after all,
incompetence measured against subversion of the Constitution seems a bad bargain. But it's hard to see what CIA
analysis has accomplished, either. Mostly the analysts have been disastrously wrong (on the Soviet invasion of
Afghanistan, for example, the Agency continued to insist even after Russian tanks crossed the border that it
couldn't be a full-scale invasion), but even when the Agency has been right, it hasn't made a difference. When
policy makers agree with CIA conclusions, they use those conclusions to justify what they were going to do
anyway. When policy makers disagree with those conclusions, they simply ignore them. Either way, the
conclusions become irrelevant. You can have the best information and analysis in the world, but if it has no
impact on policy, it's still a waste of resources.
Counterproductive operations, activities that subverted the rule of law, irrelevant analysis ... it's hard to read
"Legacy of Ashes" and conclude other than that America would be better off today if the CIA had never existed.
Of course, no politician will ever abolish the Agency. The CIA is too useful a tool for demonstrating to the public
that a politician is doing something about a problem, and an iron law of American politics (perhaps all politics) is
that a politician can never say, "We're doing as much as can reasonably be done about this problem, and attacking
it further would only make things worse." Also, the CIA is too easy to ignore when ignoring it is convenient, too
easy to manipulate when CIA support is useful, and too easy to blame when something goes wrong (say, a wrong-
headed and unjustified war)….
Ron Paul, one of two lone rangers in our government that publically defy the status quo yet live to see another day
recently had this to say:
―There's been a coup, have you heard? It's the CIA coup. The CIA/Mossad runs everything, they run the
military. They're the ones who are over there lobbing missiles and bombs on countries... And of course they
are every bit as secretive as the Federal Reserve... And yet think of the harm they have done since they were
established [after] World War II. They are a government unto themselves. They're in businesses, in drug
businesses, they take out dictators... We need to take out the CIA.‖
The CIA/Likud Sinking of Jimmy Carter

By Robert Parry (A Special Report) June 24, 2010
As the Official Story of the 1980 October Surprise case crumbles – with new revelations that key evidence
was hidden from investigators of a congressional task force and that internal doubts were suppressed –
history must finally confront the troubling impression that remains: that disgruntled elements of the CIA
and Israel‘s Likud hardliners teamed up to remove a U.S. president from office.
Indeed, it is this disturbing conclusion – perhaps even more than the idea of a Republican dirty trick – that may
explain the longstanding and determined cover-up of this political scandal.
Too many powerful interests do not want the American people to accept even the possibility that U.S. intelligence
operatives and a longtime ally could intervene to oust a president who had impinged on what those two groups
considered their vital interests.
To accept that scenario would mean that two of the great fears of American democracy had come true – George
Washington‘s warning against the dangers of ―entangling alliances‖ and Harry Truman‘s concern that the
clandestine operations of the CIA had the makings of an ―American Gestapo.‖
It is far easier to assure the American people that no such thing could occur, that Israel‘s Likud – whatever its
differences with Washington over Middle East peace policies – would never seek to subvert a U.S. president, and
that CIA dissidents – no matter how frustrated by political constraints – would never sabotage their own
government.
But the evidence points in that direction, and there are some points that are not in dispute. For instance, there is no
doubt that CIA Old Boys and Likudniks had strong motives for seeking President Jimmy Carter‘s defeat in 1980.
Inside the CIA, Carter and his CIA Director Stansfield Turner were blamed for firing many of the free-wheeling
covert operatives from the Vietnam era, for ousting legendary spymaster Ted Shackley, and for failing to protect
longtime U.S. allies (and friends of the CIA), such as Iran‘s Shah and Nicaragua‘s dictator Anastasio Somoza.
As for Israel, Likud Prime Minister Menachem Begin was furious over Carter‘s high-handed actions at Camp
David in 1978 forcing Israel to trade the occupied Sinai to Egypt for a peace deal. Begin feared that Carter would
use his second term to bully Israel into accepting a Palestinian state on West Bank lands that Likud considered
part of Israel‘s divinely granted territory.
Former Mossad and Foreign Ministry official David Kimche described Begin‘s attitude in his 1991 book, The
Last Option, saying that Israeli officials had gotten wind of ―collusion‖ between Carter and Egyptian President
Anwar Sadat ―to force Israel to abandon her refusal to withdraw from territories occupied in 1967, including
Jerusalem, and to agree to the establishment of a Palestinian state.‖
Kimche continued, ―This plan – prepared behind Israel‘s back and without her knowledge – must rank as a
unique attempt in United States‘s diplomatic history of short-changing a friend and ally by deceit and
manipulation.‖
However, Begin recognized that the scheme required Carter winning a second term in 1980 when, Kimche wrote,
―he would be free to compel Israel to accept a settlement of the Palestinian problem on his and Egyptian terms,
without having to fear the backlash of the American Jewish lobby.‖
In his 1992 memoir, Profits of War, Ari Ben-Menashe, an Israeli military intelligence officer who worked with
Likud, agreed that Begin and other Likud leaders held Carter in contempt.
―Begin loathed Carter for the peace agreement forced upon him at Camp David,‖ Ben-Menashe wrote. ―As Begin
saw it, the agreement took away Sinai from Israel, did not create a comprehensive peace, and left the Palestinian
issue hanging on Israel‘s back.‖
So, in order to buy time for Israel to ―change the facts on the ground‖ by moving Jewish settlers into the West
Bank, Begin felt Carter‘s reelection had to be prevented. A different president also presumably would give Israel
a freer hand to deal with problems on its northern border with Lebanon.
CIA Within the CIA
As for the CIA Old Boys, legendary CIA officer Miles Copeland told me that ―the CIA within the CIA‖ – the
inner-most circle of powerful intelligence figures who felt they understood best the strategic needs of the United
States – believed Carter and his naïve faith in American democratic ideals represented a grave threat to the nation.
―Carter really believed in all the principles that we talk about in the West,‖ Copeland said, shaking his mane of
white hair. ―As smart as Carter is, he did believe in Mom, apple pie and the corner drug store. And those things
that are good in America are good everywhere else. …
―Carter, I say, was not a stupid man,‖ Copeland said, adding that Carter had an even worse flaw: ―He was a
principled man.‖
These attitudes of ―the CIA within the CIA‖ and the Likudniks appear to stem from their genuine beliefs that
they needed to protect what they regarded as vital interests of their respective countries. The CIA Old Boys
thought they understood the true strategic needs of the United States and Likud believed fervently in a ―Greater
Israel.‖
However, the lingering October Surprise mystery is whether these two groups followed their strongly held
feelings into a treacherous bid, in league with Republicans, to prevent Carter from gaining the release of 52
hostages then held in Iran and thus torpedoing his reelection hopes.
Carter‘s inability to resolve that hostage crisis did set the stage for Ronald Reagan‘s landslide victory in
November 1980 as American voters reacted to the long-running hostage humiliation by turning to a candidate
they believed would be a tougher player on the international stage.
Reagan‘s macho image was reinforced when the Iranians released the hostages immediately after he was
inaugurated on Jan. 20, 1981, ending the 444-day standoff.
The coincidence of timing, which Reagan‘s supporters cited as proof that foreign enemies feared the new
president, gave momentum to Reagan‘s larger agenda, including sweeping tax cuts tilted toward the wealthy,
reduced government regulation of corporations, and renewed reliance on fossil fuels. (Carter‘s solar panels were
pointedly dismantled from the White House roof.)
Reagan‘s victory also was great news for CIA cold-warriors who were rewarded with the choice of World War II
spymaster (and dedicated cold-warrior) William Casey to be CIA director. Casey then purged CIA analysts who
were detecting a declining Soviet Union that desired détente and replaced them with people like the young and
ambitious Robert Gates, who agreed that the Soviets were on the march and that the United States needed a
massive military expansion to counter them.
Further, Casey again embraced old-time CIA swashbuckling in Third World countries and took pleasure in
misleading or bullying members of Congress when they insisted on the CIA oversight that had been forced on
President Gerald Ford and had been accepted by President Carter. To Casey, CIA oversight became a game of
hide and seek.
As for Israel, Begin was pleased to find the Reagan administration far less demanding about peace deals with the
Arabs, giving Israel time to expand its West Bank settlements. Reagan and his team also acquiesced to Israel‘s
invasion of Lebanon in 1982, a drive north that expelled the Palestine Liberation Organization but also led to the
slaughters at the Sabra and Shatila refugee camps.
And, behind the scenes, Reagan gave a green light to Israeli weapons shipments to Iran (which was fighting a war
with Israel‘s greater enemy, Iraq). The weapons sales helped Israel rebuild its contacts inside Iran and to turn
large profits, which were then used to help finance West Bank settlements.
In another important move, Reagan credentialed a new generation of pro-Israeli American ideologues known as
the neoconservatives, a move that would pay big dividends for Israel in the future as these bright and articulate
operatives fought for Israeli interests both inside the U.S. government and through their opinion-leading roles in
the major American news media.
In other words, if the disgruntled CIA Old Boys and the determined Likudniks did participate in an October
Surprise scheme to unseat Jimmy Carter, they surely got much of what they were after.
Yet, while motive is an important element in solving a mystery, it does not constitute proof by itself. What must
be examined is whether there is evidence that the motive was acted upon, whether Menachem Begin‘s
government and disgruntled CIA officers covertly assisted the Reagan-Bush campaign in contacting Iranian
officials to thwart Carter‘s hostage negotiations.
On that point the evidence is strong though perhaps not ironclad. Still, a well-supported narrative does exist
describing how the October Surprise scheme may have gone down with the help of CIA personnel, Begin‘s
government, some right-wing intelligence figures in Europe, and a handful of other powerbrokers in the United
States.
Angry Old Boys
Even before Iran took the American hostages on Nov. 4, 1979, disgruntled CIA veterans had been lining up
behind the presidential candidacy of their former boss, George H.W. Bush. Casting off their traditional cloak of
non-partisanship and anonymity, they were volunteering as foot soldiers in Bush‘s campaign.
One joke about Bush‘s announcement of his candidacy on May 1, 1979, was that ―half the audience was wearing
raincoats.‖
Bill Colby, Bush‘s predecessor as CIA director, said Bush ―had a flood of people from the CIA who joined his
supporters. They were retirees devoted to him for what he had done‖ in defending the spy agency in 1976 when
the CIA came under heavy criticism for spying on Americans, assassination plots and other abuses.
Reagan‘s foreign policy adviser Richard Allen described the group working on the Bush campaign as a ―plane
load of disgruntled former CIA‖ officers who were ―playing cops and robbers.‖
All told, at least two dozen former CIA officials went to work for Bush. Among them was the CIA‘s director of
security, Robert Gambino, who joined the Bush campaign immediately after leaving the CIA where he oversaw
security investigations of senior Carter officials and thus knew about potentially damaging personal information.
Besides the ex-CIA personnel who joined the Bush campaign, other pro-Bush intelligence officers remained
inside the CIA while making clear their political preference. ―The seventh floor of Langley was plastered with
‗Bush for President‘ signs,‖ said senior CIA analyst George Carver, referring to the floor that housed senior CIA
officials.
Carter administration officials also grew concerned about the deep personal ties between the former CIA officers
in Bush‘s campaign and active-duty CIA personnel who continued to hold sensitive jobs under Carter.
For instance, Gambino, the 25-year CIA veteran who oversaw personnel security checks, and CIA officer Donald
Gregg, who served as a CIA representative on Carter‘s National Security Council, ―are good friends who knew
each other from the CIA,‖ according to an unpublished part of a report by a House task force that investigated the
October Surprise issue in 1992. [I found this deleted section – still marked ―secret‖ – in unpublished task force
files in 1994.] – You can read the entire article at the consoriumnews.com
Behold: For we as a nation, as integral national policy, in one hand claim to come in peace, while on the other we sow
seeds of turmoil, division, despair, hate, death and destruction around the world, on the other, we collectively wonder
why all the nations of the world despise us… we all wonder ―golly gee whiz why do they hate us so?‖ I will give you a
clue: for it has been written: ―…by their deeds you will know them.‖ Let it be perfectly clear and known that the
national secret agencies the ruling elite dispatch around the globe to bring nations to their knees, literally bringing
biblical wrath of hell on earth wherever they operate are in fact unequivocal evidence of their Satanic dominion
over others. They always say they come in peace but with million dollar bombs raining down on their helpless targets.
Their modus operandi has nothing to do with the spread of goodness and well being, for their purpose of existence is to
pierce, infiltrate, divide and conquer, the M.O. of the Devil himself.
―Deception is the art of using useful propaganda while pointing out its fallacies and properly explaining others
different views."
He who truly stands for peace will not be prejudiced, unfair, discriminatory and biased, he would instead bring
harmony, forgiveness, unity, empathy, compassion, consideration, assistance, wisdom, knowledge, understanding,
support, mercy and so forth where ever he goes… not lip service of all the above. The ultimate people of peace would
carry and spread one item: LOVE… Lets never forget that it was written long ago: ‖By their deeds (fruits) you will
know them.‖ And NOT what wonderful things they SAY or what amazing miracle like shows they produce…
None are more hopelessly enslaved than those who falsely believe they are free

THE GLOBALIZATION AGENDA

AKA:
“GLOBAL GOVERNENCE” e.g. "NEW WORLD ORDER"
ECONOMIC COLONIZATION of THE PLANET
“The MOSCHIACH will bring about the political and spiritual redemption of the Jewish people by bringing
us back to Israel and restoring Jerusalem. HE WILL ESTABLISH A GOVERNMENT IN ISRAEL THAT WILL BE
THE CENTER OF ALL THE WORLD GOVERNMENT” – non biased Jewfaq.org
“We shall have world government whether or not you like it, by conquest or consent.” Statement by CFR
member and financial industry titan James Warburg to the Senate Foreign Relations Committee on
February 17th, 1950
Note: It is critically important that everyone understand that the quote above IS the bona fide genuine de facto
ultimate central goal and purpose of life for the Zionists. They are all taught this since childhood and all believe in
the bottom of their hearts that their mission in life is to establish the Jewish world government and rule all of
mankind as was prophesized in the Old Testament and ―promised‖ to them by none other than…. GOD….
centuries ago. Now try to rationalize with THAT!
"In defense of the world Order, U.S. soldiers would have to kill and die. ... We are not going to achieve a
New World Order without paying for it in blood, as well as in words and money." - Arthur Schlesinger, Jr., in
Back to the Womb, July/August 1993 issue of Foreign Affairs
The ―New World Order‖ is NOT some ―loony conspiracy theory‖ as the establishment and media works so hard to
portray it as to the mass public. The new world order is REAL and totally backed up with 100% proof and FACTs.
Their main supporters talk about the ―new world order‖ by name, in plain sight on an almost daily basis! (as you will
see in a list provided below). Yet they turn around and claim that it is all a ―loony conspiracy theory‖!!! The ones that
don‘t use the actual words ―new world order‖ refer to their programs as ―GLOBALIZATION.‖ Same thing, different
name. These are the globalists and the multi-national conglomerates they operate through. What I find truly amazing is
how they publically speak of ―new world orders‖ by name, then turn around and deny any such thing exists!
All the elite leaders the world over, publicly DENY that there exists an agenda to unite the worlds governments. End of
story, or so we are told… I along with many people who still have un-impaired, still functional frontal lobes of my
brain, where logic and rationalization occur, plainly see through the laughable excuses the New World Order (NWO,
aka: Globalist) elite provide the public. Collectively their attitude is: ―There is no NWO agenda, it is all a figment of
those feeble minded tin-foil hat wearing brigade‘s imagination… now go back to sleep sheeple… sleep… sleep….‖
"Europe's nations should be guided towards the super-state without their people understanding what is
happening. This can be accomplished by successive steps, each disguised as having an economic purpose, but
which will eventually and irreversibly lead to federation." Jean Monnet (Founding Father Of The EU in a
letter to a friend 30th April 1952).
So the Trilateral Commission is not real eh? The Club of Rome, the Council on Foreign Relation‘s Independent Task
Force on North America, is not real, eh? The Security and Prosperity Partnership of North America (formerly the North
American Union mob), is not real, eh? NAFTA is certainly not real. That the World Federalist Association that exists
solely to promote and build a one world government is definitely just a figment of my wild imagination, as is the entire
World Federalist Movement. All of Europe never united and created European Union, and they surely are not
evangelizing all over the world for others to do the same. The similar African Union is now being created. These are all
figments of the tin-foil hat wearing brigade‘s minds eh? The hundreds of easily found research reports (Google it)
conducted by elite institutions expounding upon the virtues and advantages of forming a North American Union and
New World Order, is just a dream in my itty bitty brain. The thousands of research studies, articles, books worldwide,
focusing on ―Globalization‖, well, these have been planted by fruit cake conspiracy nuts… yeah.. yeah… Should I go
on with this list or do we get a clear picture here? Yes, the push for a common ―new world order‖ is indeed real and has
been happening for decades.
“Europe’s nations should be guided towards the super-state without their people understanding what is
happening. This can be accomplished by successive steps, each disguised as having an economic purpose,
but which will eventually and irreversibly lead to federation.” – Jean Monnet, founding father of the EU in a
letter to a friend dated April 30, 1952
NEWS FLASH: The One World Government is ALREADY HERE! They are just in the process of placing the last
remaining pieces of empire together and finalizing the details.
The ―new world order‖ One World Government has been established long ago and is alive, well, and has been fully
functioning and expanding for decades. Hence it is NOT some form of hypothetical government that will be formed in
the future. It is HERE NOW silently operating within almost every nation on earth. Where do you think the billions
upon billions of dollars ―disappear‖ (like the 2 trillion dollars that Rumsfeld reported golly gee whiz, ―lost‖ the day
before 9/11) when they turn up missing or ―unaccounted for‖ ? To run their ―Shadow Government.‖ Globalization is
used as a rationale for stripping nations of their sovereign rights, and the people from their ability to rule and protect
themselves in accord with their own beliefs and preferences.
The One World Government began its massive expansion in the 20 th century riding on the coat tails of the industrial
revolution. The OWG (One World Government) has no single sovereign nation which it calls home (yet, except for the
fact that Israel is being prepared for said post). Its rulers roam the planet in silent conquest, constantly expanding its
sphere of influence and converting independent regimes. Each world war was instrumental in opening the doors and
blowing down walls for massive undercover OWG expansion. As have been ever single regional conflict and wars.
How is it even possible that there can exist a secret world government in everyone‘s very midst? Easy for they are
hiding in plain sight. You are just too BLIND to notice them or see it. Though they don‘t specifically have a ―New
World Order‖ nation (yet), that is the central world governing body. There already exists a One World Government,
all its rulers, leaders, management, administration, executives, infrastructure exists WITHIN the existing
countries of the world…
The first World War began Phase One: breaking down the existing powers and setting up new ones. Taking over the
central banking of many entire nations and implanting operatives in key leadership positions worldwide. Phase Two
came in the 1940s and lasted into the mid 50s with World War II. In its aftermath we witnessed the single greatest
OWG expansion to date. With the establishment of literally hundreds of major OWG projects, countries, organizations
such as United Nations, forming of Israel, etc., the list is bewildering (I will try to revisit this section and document the
entire list under the scope and angle of OWG works). By the 1960s the One World Government was FIRMLY
entrenched in all the major industrial nations of the world. This is evident in how easily the eliminated the Kennedys in
broad daylight without so much as a peep from anyone.
Behold: For the One World Government IS real and is here TODAY, yesterday and for decades… silently
running in the background. Its rulers, leaders, executives and managers are easy to find, they are all members of
world renown ―think tanks‖ and other exclusive members only institutions such as the Trilateral Commission, Council
on Foreign Relations, The Bildebergers, Club of Rome, Committee of 300, Knights Templar, Wall Street, Freemasons,
Skull & Bones, Jesuits and so on… all of which make up the ruling body of the invisible One World Government. All
which are loosely referred to by many a researcher as the ―illuminati.‖
With that finally said and done, you must realize the ―One World Order‖, ―Global Governance‖ and the
―Globalization‖ agendas are not only the same, but nothing more than an orchestrated, united effort to streamline,
organize, unite, crystallize, transform into a national structure, a world recognized and accepted body, the official
sovereignty of a One World Government…
―The Trilateral Commission is intended to be the vehicle for multinational consolidation of the commercial
and banking interests by seizing control of the political government of the United States. The Trilateral
Commission represents a skillful, coordinated effort to seize control and consolidate the four centers of power
– political, monetary, intellectual and ecclesiastical. What the Trilateral Commission intends is to create a
worldwide economic power superior to the political governments of the nation states involved. As managers
and creators of the system, they will rule the future.‖ – U.S. Senator Barry Goldwater 1964
A major world event took place on November 19th, 2009, and very few people took notice. The European Union, or
United States of Europe, emerged as its first permanent President was selected. The man selected by the European
Parliament is Herman Van Rompuy, who was the Prime Minister of Belgium. In his acceptance speech, Van Rompuy
stated the following: "2009 is also the first year of global governance, with the establishment of the G-20 in the
middle of the financial crisis. The climate conference in Copenhagen is another step towards the global
management of our planet." Keep in mind that all the nations of Europe are now ONE… this was accomplished with
no military intervention or invasion, but instead by ingenious ECONOMIC COLONIZATION.
Let there be no confusion: the entire ―globalization‖ initiative is spearheaded by the illuminati Zionist Jews and fully
supported, backed and championed by their Masonic and Vatican partners. These are the three distinct factions
working in concerted efforts to accomplish a one world government. The Zionists are the main leading force
behind a one world government; of course, when it is too late you will all find out that the center of all world
government will be Jerusalem. The Zionist right hand men are the Freemasons whom the Zionists control from atop the
32º, their ace in the hole are the ―useful idiot‖ Judeo-Christian Zionists, for they have been convinced by the Jews that
―it must all come to pass as it is written in the Old Testament.‖ In essence the Jews have stolen the ―birthright‖ of the
Christians who follow their ever wish. As for the Vatican, it has been totally paralyzed for centuries by its wanton
gluttony, corruption and sexual deviancy, worshipping false gods such as the virgin Mary, thus have lost all real power
long ago, yet they still play their make believe role of world leaders while wearing their costumes, impressing only the
feeble minded.
"The Jewish people as a whole will be its own Messiah. It will attain world domination by the
dissolution of other races...and by the establishment of a world republic in which everywhere the
Jews will exercise the privilege of citizenship. In this New World Order the Children of Israel...will
furnish all the leaders without encountering opposition..." (Karl Marx in a letter to Baruch Levy,
quoted in Review de Paris, 6/1/28, p. 574)
The communists create the poison and the antidote in the same laboratory. They use the Islamic terrorists
attacks as an excuse for further Zionist advances. The facade of anti-Israel policies that subsequently
developed in communist countries has been for public consumption. In fact the same Zionist forces have
inspired and controlled all communist countries, including both Communist China and Communist Russia.
Marxist communism comes straight from the Talmud. Hard as it may be to believe, it is true that the same
group of puppeteers are pulling the strings for the Islamic terrorists and the retaliatory response by the
countries that are the targets of the terrorist attacks, including Israel and the United States. All the while the
puppeteers are inching toward their Zionist goal of world domination.
―The best way to control opposition is to lead it ourselves.‖ – Vladimir Ilyich Lenin
We attempt to explain the ruling factions in the chapter called "The Ultimate Cosa Nostra". This chapter seeks to
crystallize the fact that indeed, yes, there does exist a concerted world wide effort to create some sort of new world
order under many different guises, today‘s main buzzword is all about ―globalization.‖ Not only that, when you
research the hundreds upon hundreds of reliable sources, including tons of ―mainstream‖ sources, you will be
confronted with a web so massive, so overwhelming, so vast that it covers all corners of the globe. The objectives for
reaching the ultimate goal number in the thousands, again,
sadly this section deserves its own book.
I cannot even begin chipping off the tip of the iceberg. But
do understand that among the many objectives of the
―NWO‖ will be the disturbing thought that they are also
planning to at some point conduct a massive ―culling‖ of the
world population. Actually some parts of this program have
been taking place for decades, just look at the continent of
Africa. But what is coming in the near future will be even
more extreme and widespread than that. Prepare, for the days
will come when they begin to depopulate an entire two thirds
of the world population. Take a look at the above diagram
for a clear picture why they are planning on wiping out
billions of people as just another step, just another
component of their world domination plans.
There is also mounting evidence that some of the new

viruses being circulated are none other than manmade new
world order elite population reduction schemes brought live.
HIV is so suspect, but there are also dozens upon dozens of
other odd happenings in the world of vaccines,
immunizations and viruses. The Avian ―bird flu‖ for
instance. On one hand genetic engineering setups such as
Monsanto stand to make untold billions by introducing a
genetically engineered PATENTED ―bird flu proof‖ chicken. On the other hand are the Pharma conglomerates who
peddle all sorts of poisons called ―medicine.‖ Operating under the cover of ―trust us, most benevolent, loving, caring
providers of medicine, looking out for your best interests‖ the mega Pharma conglomerates conjure up all sorts of
vaccines to ―help‖ mankind. Problem is, that over the decades tons of reputable research and hard fact news has
continuously proven many vaccines to be more hazardous than they are helpful. Take the recent impossible
‗accidental‘ contamination of flu vaccine with LIVE Avian Flu virus for example. Just this ONE example coupled with
the fact that our most loving benevolent, would never harm us government has constantly been warning us of the
―watch out for the bio-weapons of mass destruction terrorist boogeyman attack.‖ Oh, and FEMA is busy preparing,
buying up millions of plastic caskets to bury millions of innocent victims. Why do I get this deep gut feeling that we
are all in deep doo doo?
The U.N. Deception - Video
North American Union & Vchip Truth - Video
At some point, somewhere into the more advanced phases of the new world order they will come forth with their
Eugenics program. Infamous ashkeNAZI Hitler was the first mass practitioner of eugenics. The Zionist Jewish race
believes that their lineage is holy and pure descendants that god placed on earth to rule it in his name, thus in secret
they firmly believe in and support full fledged eugenic control of the inferior goyim population. The Jews are the real
―Aryan‖ race. Far from what many people believe, the research in the field of eugenics has silently been progressing in
the shadows. Birth control and sterilization of minorities has been documented worldwide, even here in the states.
Many research works exist in print delving into implementing eugenics programs.
One notorious piece was co-authored by Obama appointee John Holdren, who‘s proposals include: Forcibly and
unknowingly sterilizing the entire population by adding infertility drugs to the nation‘s water and food supply,
legalizing compulsory abortions, among other drastic acts. The concepts outlined in Holdren‘s 1977 book
Ecoscience, which he co-authored with close colleagues Paul Ehrlich and Anne Ehrlich, were so shocking that a
February 2009 Front Page Magazine story on the subject was largely dismissed as being outlandish because people
couldn‘t bring themselves to believe that it could be true.
The topic of New World Order (NWO) is heavily covered by hundreds of books under the heading ―Globalization‖,
videos and websites on the net. The evidence is overwhelming, one need look no further than the European Union to
see how far they are progressing. For years people cried "new world order conspiracy" and balked about a European
Union. But look at it today, lol, we have an official European Union with 27 countries in it, common standards,
common currency, massive surveillance measures and so forth, interesting how no one ever comes out and declares the
"tin hat conspiracy nuts" as being right on that one all along! The Europeans are way ahead of us in doing their part of
establishing a global one world order. We have some catching up to do! Let me see, hmmm, here is the ―to do list‖, oh
next on the agenda for the western hemisphere: destabilize the economy and crash the dollar creating such great
turmoil and chaos that everyone will cry and BEG for common regional currency and stability! Brilliant! Our bankster
masters will step in to save the day with their new proposals involving a similar system that is in place in Europe… sit
back and wait for it to happen, just watch.
Well folks, the new world order does NOT stop at the formation of the European Union, there are works in progress of
forming several of these regional unions, right now the Americas is the hot and heavy target, while the sheeple are
asleep at the wheel the NAFTA super highway is being made right before your very eyes. The financial overlords are
busy engineering a massive financial collapse, destroying the financial system in order to make way and introduce a
common regional and eventually a world currency. The regional consolidation will not happen overnight, as you can
see the NAFTA portion was initiated over a decade ago. Many portions of the globalization agenda are eased in and
integrated over many years time into the current system so as to not raise major red flags with the sheeple. The modus
operandi is very simple: take away ―this‖ or add ―that‖, the sheeple bicker, but eventually come to accept ―it‖, and ―it‖
becomes ―normal‖, once accepted as the norm, go back to the beginning and start all over again, repeat over and over
again until their world has changed so much they can only sit back and wonder ―how did things get to be this way?‖
Robert Welch in 1974 reveals NWO - video
The ―new world order‖ program has been well underway, generations in the making. The European Union was the first
clearly visible major phase in its establishment. Little by little the parts of the new world order have been established
throughout the world without anyone‘s clue as to what is really going on. Here are some of the major players providing
the building blocks of the new world order:
United Nations
European Union
(soon to be followed by the African Union, North American Union and the Asian Union)
Bank of International Settlements
Council on Foreign Relations
World Health Organization (WHO)
Freemasonry
The Jesuit Order
The Vatican/Catholic Church
Council for National Policy.
Knights of Malta
Trilateral Commission
Bilderberg Group
NAFTA
Codex Alimentarious
The Climate Change faction
World Bank
Club of Rome
Committee of 300
The Masonic Order
The World Zionists
CIA/NSA/FBI/Mossad/Mi6, etc
And hundreds of front groups such as:
Tavistock Institute for Global Manipulation - Video
Today we are in the middle of one of the boldest power plays ever. We are witnessing the strategic implosion of the
entire world economic structure in order to bring about the ―solution‖ that has been authored and on hold for decades: a
common world currency and one world financial control. While years ago truthers were ridiculed for stating this…
Today this is easily visible, for at this very moment many G20 nations, even Russia and China have recently come
forth proposing a new world currency. Once the Zionists achieve this most crucial of goals, it will soon thereafter open
the door to one world government. For once a central power such as the United Nations (or whatever governing body
they setup) becomes the central governing body that ―controls‖ or ―oversees‖ the one world economic system, all the
sheer POWER of said position will be bequeathed to it, leaving all member nations at its mercy. Next it will also then
setup and build its one world military to protect us enforce the wishes of the one world government.
This strategic goal is so important and crucial to the New World Order Zionist establishment that we must completely
understand the true nature of the world economic chaos. The following is a recent article by Charles Scaliger that
appeared on thenewamerican.com that helps shed light on the point I am trying to highlight:
British Prime Minister Gordon Brown, who has been working tirelessly for months to promote world financial
and economic governance under the pretext of fighting the ongoing global recession, called for a ―global New
Deal‖ in a speech before the U.S. Con―As far as the common interests that we're pursuing — look, there is the
possibility in the next few months of a global new deal," Brown said to reporters in the Oval Office, with
President Barack Obama at his side. Brown added: "And there is the possibility of all the different countries of
the world coming together to agree to expansion in the economy.... And there is the possibility of the international
institutions for the first time being reformed in such a way that they can do the job that people want them to do,
and deal with some of the problems that exist in the poorest countries of the world.‖
In his speech to Congress, Brown, after expressing hope that ―every continent [will play] their part in a global
new deal,‖ laid out a brief and extremely vague three-point proposal for bringing it about:
First, so that the whole of the worldwide banking system serves our prosperity rather than risks it, let us
agree rules and standards for accountability, transparency, and reward that will mean an end to the excesses
and will apply to every bank, everywhere, and all the time.
Second, America and a few countries cannot be expected to bear the burden of the fiscal and interest rate
stimulus alone. We must share it globally. So let us work together for the worldwide reduction of interest
rates and a scale of stimulus round the world equal to the depth of the recession and the dimensions of the
recovery we must make.
Third, let us together renew our international economic cooperation, helping the emerging markets rebuild
their banks. And let us work together for a low carbon recovery worldwide. And I am confident that this
President, this Congress and the peoples of the world can come together in Copenhagen this December to
reach a historic agreement on climate change.
What Brown is suggesting is nothing less than internationalization of the same policies that have created and
exacerbated the economic meltdown — artificially low interest rates and other so-called stimuli, heavier controls
on banking and all other financial activities, and burdensome regulations on industry, especially in the name of
environmental protection.
While such a program would be an unmitigated disaster economically, a still greater danger is that it would
greatly strengthen the existing framework for international economic and financial government, as embodied by
the International Monetary Fund (IMF), the Bank of International Settlements (BIS), the World Bank Group, and
the World Trade Organization (WTO). Although details have been deliberately sketchy, Brown‘s ―global New
Deal‖ would likely include a true global central bank with the authority to issue an international currency; this
was something that conferees at the Bretton Woods Conference tried but were unable to set up in 1944.
Also integral to international financial reforms would be a global regulatory body or bodies, analogous to the
WTO on trade, that would have supranational authority to regulate banks and (presumably) to gather information
on financial activity. In the long run, this would amount to an end, worldwide, to financial privacy. It would also
give the globalists the ability to manipulate the money supply worldwide, rather than on a coordinated basis
among cooperative central banks as is now the case.
Finally, it bears mentioning that the ability to manipulate the money supply is the ability to produce limitless
amounts of money by means other than direct taxation. The magic of central banking allows governments like our
own to fund expensive and unpopular programs like wars of occupation without regard for the sentiments of the
voting public, because the money can be raised not by direct taxation but via the printing press.
One of the major limitations on the ability of the UN and other international governing bodies to increase their
power is the absence (so far) of any independent means of raising revenue — that is, a system of global taxation.
Despite decades of proposals, the UN-centered international system remains dependent on contributions from
member states for its continued operations. Give the UN a central bank akin to the Federal Reserve, however, and
it will be able to fund military forces, global police, and countless other conceits of the one-world set, by printing
money. Thusly empowered, there would be very few obstacles to prevent the UN from growing into a true global
government.
This is the real agenda beneath the syrupy rhetoric for a ―global New Deal.‖ Just as the American New Deal
produced a socialist revolution within the United States, a global New Deal may well push the world past the
point of no return on the path to socialist world government.gress yesterday and in remarks at the White House on
Tuesday.
Clues are all around the world, the architects and contractors of Globalization i.e., the New World Order, often don't
even bother hiding their goals and speak plainly about their agendas (see proof below) right out in the open with a
brazen attitude, secure in knowing that no one will dare stop them. You know what? I think they are right. No one is
ever going to stop them; this whole globalization thing will run its prophetic course... How the "New World Order" is
billed as a tinfoil hat conspiracy loonytoon stuff all the while some of the world‘s most powerful and influential leaders
all speak and mention it regularly in their own meetings is an amazing feat of masterful media manipulation PsyOp.
For all you people that are under the impression that the NWO is a figment of our raging mad imagination, read what
all the world‘s leaders have to say of the NWO: (note, the list of quotes ends in 1998, soon after that the NWO agenda
roared into high gear under the Cheney/Bush regime, were recorded references to the NWO agenda has since risen off
the charts)
A CHRONOLOGICAL HISTORY OF THE NEW WORLD ORDER:

by D.L. Cuddy, Ph.D.
Arranged and Edited by John Loeffler (note, year 2000 entry is a matrix report addition)
In the mainline media, those who adhere to the position that there is some kind of "conspiracy" pushing us
towards a world government are virulently ridiculed. The standard attack maintains that the so-called "New
World Order" is the product of turn-of-the-century, right-wing, bigoted, anti-Semitic racists acting in the tradition
of the long-debunked Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion, now promulgated by some Militias and other right-
wing hate groups.
The historical record does not support that position to any large degree but it has become the mantra of the
socialist left and their cronies, the media.
The term "New World Order" has been used thousands of times in this century by proponents in high places of
federalized world government. Some of those involved in this collaboration to achieve world order have been
Jewish. The preponderance are not, so it most definitely is not a Jewish agenda.
For years, leaders in education, industry, the media, banking, etc., have promoted those with the same
Weltanschauung (world view) as theirs. Of course, someone might say that just because individuals promote their
friends doesn't constitute a conspiracy. That's true in the usual sense. However, it does represent an "open
conspiracy," as described by noted Fabian Socialist H.G. Wells in The Open Conspiracy: Blue Prints for a World
Revolution (1928).
In 1913, prior to the passage of the Federal Reserve Act President Wilson's The New Freedom was published, in
which he revealed:
"Since I entered politics, I have chiefly had men's views confided to me privately. Some of the biggest men in the
U. S., in the field of commerce and manufacturing, are afraid of somebody, are afraid of something. They know
that there is a power somewhere so organized, so subtle, so watchful, so interlocked, so complete, so pervasive,
that they had better not speak above their breath when they speak in condemnation of it."
On November 21, 1933, President Franklin Roosevelt wrote a letter to Col. Edward Mandell House, President
Woodrow Wilson's close advisor:
"The real truth of the matter is, as you and I know, that a financial element in the larger centers has owned
the Government ever since the days of Andrew Jackson "
That there is such a thing as a cabal of power brokers who control government behind the scenes has been
detailed several times in this century by credible sources. Professor Carroll Quigley was Bill Clinton's mentor at
Georgetown University. President Clinton has publicly paid homage to the influence Professor Quigley had on his
life. In Quigley's magnum opus Tragedy and Hope (1966), he states:
"There does exist and has existed for a generation, an international ... network [which I in this report refer to
as ―the matrix‖] which operates, to some extent, in the way the radical right believes the Communists act. In fact,
this network, which we may identify as the Round Table Groups, has no aversion to cooperating with the
Communists, or any other groups and frequently does so. I know of the operations of this network because I
have studied it for twenty years and was permitted for two years, in the early 1960s, to examine its papers and
secret records. I have no aversion to it or to most of its aims and have, for much of my life, been close to it and to
many of its instruments. I have objected, both in the past and recently, to a few of its policies... but in general my
chief difference of opinion is that it wishes to remain unknown, and I believe its role in history is significant
enough to be known."
Even talk show host Rush Limbaugh, an outspoken critic of anyone claiming a push for global government, said
on his February 7, 1995 program:
"You see, if you amount to anything in Washington these days, it is because you have been plucked or
handpicked from an Ivy League school -- Harvard, Yale, Kennedy School of Government -- you've shown an
aptitude to be a good Ivy League type, and so you're plucked so-to-speak, and you are assigned success. You are
assigned a certain role in government somewhere, and then your success is monitored and tracked, and you go
where the puckers and the hand pickers can put you."
On May 4, 1993, Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) president Leslie Gelb said on The Charlie Rose Show that:
"... you [Charlie Rose] had me on [before] to talk about the New World Order! I talk about it all the time. It's one
world now. The Council [CFR] can find, nurture, and begin to put people in the kinds of jobs this country needs.
And that's going to be one of the major enterprises of the Council under me."
Previous CFR chairman, John J. McCloy (1953-70), actually said they have been doing this since the 1940s (and
before).
The thrust towards global government can be well-documented but at the end of the twentieth century it does not
look like a traditional conspiracy in the usual sense of a secret cabal of evil men meeting clandestinely behind
closed doors. Rather, it is a "networking" of like-minded individuals in high places to achieve a common
goal, as described in Marilyn Ferguson's 1980 insider classic, The Aquarian Conspiracy.
Perhaps the best way to relate this would be a brief history of the New World Order, not in our words but in the
words of those who have been striving to make it real.
1912 -- Colonel Edward M. House, a close advisor of President Woodrow Wilson, publishes Phillip Dru:
Administrator in which he promotes "socialism as dreamed of by Karl Marx."
1913 -- The Federal Reserve (neither federal nor a reserve) is created. It was planned at a secret meeting in 1910
on Jekyll Island, Georgia by a group of bankers and politicians, including Col. House. This transferred the power
to create money from the American government to a private group of bankers. It is probably the largest generator
of debt in the world.
May 30, 1919 -- Prominent British and American personalities establish the Royal Institute of International
Affairs in England and the Institute of International Affairs in the U.S. at a meeting arranged by Col. House
attended by various Fabian socialists, including noted economist John Maynard Keynes. Two years later, Col.
House reorganizes the Institute of International Affairs into the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR).
December 15, 1922 -- The CFR endorses World Government in its magazine Foreign Affairs. Author Philip Kerr,
states:
"Obviously there is going to be no peace or prosperity for mankind as long as [the earth] remains divided into 50
or 60 independent states until some kind of international system is created... The real problem today is that of the
world government."
1928 -- The Open Conspiracy: Blue Prints for a World Revolution by H.G. Wells is published. A former Fabian
Socialist, Wells writes:
"The political world of the ... Open Conspiracy must weaken, efface, incorporate and supersede existing
governments... The Open Conspiracy is the natural inheritor of socialist and communist enthusiasms; it may be in
control of Moscow before it is in control of New York... The character of the Open Conspiracy will now be
plainly displayed... It will be a world religion."
1931 -- Students at the Lenin School of Political Warfare in Moscow are taught:
"One day we shall start to spread the most theatrical peace movement the world has ever seen. The capitalist
countries, stupid and decadent ... will fall into the trap offered by the possibility of making new friends. Our day
will come in 30 years or so... The bourgeoisie must be lulled into a false sense of security."
1931 -- In a speech to the Institute for the Study of International Affairs at Copenhagen) historian Arnold Toyee
said:
"We are at present working discreetly with all our might to wrest this mysterious force called sovereignty out of
the clutches of the local nation states of the world. All the time we are denying with our lips what we are doing
with our hands...."
1932 -- New books are published urging World Order:
Toward Soviet America by William Z. Foster. Head of the Communist Party USA, Foster indicates that a
National Department of Education would be one of the means used to develop a new socialist society in the U.S.
The New World Order by F.S. Marvin, describing the League of Nations as the first attempt at a New World
Order. Marvin says, "nationality must rank below the claims of mankind as a whole."
Dare the School Build a New Social Order? Educator author George Counts asserts that:
"... the teachers should deliberately reach for power and then make the most of their conquest" in order to
"influence the social attitudes, ideals and behavior of the coming generation... The growth of science and
technology has carried us into a new age where ignorance must be replaced by knowledge, competition by
cooperation, trust in Providence by careful planning and private capitalism by some form of social economy."
1933 -- The first Humanist Manifesto is published. Co-author John Dewey, the noted philosopher and educator,
calls for a synthesizing of all religions and "a socialized and cooperative economic order." Co-signer C.F. Potter
said in 1930:
"Education is thus a most powerful ally of humanism, and every American public school is a school of
humanism. What can the theistic Sunday schools, meeting for an hour once a week, teaching only a fraction of the
children, do to stem the tide of a five-day program of humanistic teaching?"
1933 -- The Shape of Things to Come by H.G. Wells is published. Wells predicts a second world war around the
year 1940, originating from a German-Polish dispute. After 1945 there would be an increasing lack of public
safety in "criminally infected" areas. The plan for the "Modern World-State" would succeed on its third attempt
(about 1980), and come out of something that occurred in Basra, Iraq. The book also states,
"Although world government had been plainly coming for some years, although it had been endlessly feared and
murmured against, it found no opposition prepared anywhere."
1934 -- The Externalization of the Hierarchy by Alice A. Bailey is published. Bailey is an occultist, whose works
are channeled from a spirit guide, the Tibetan Master [demon spirit] Djwahl Kuhl. Bailey uses the phrase "points
of light" in connection with a "New Group of World Servers" and claims that 1934 marks the beginning of "the
organizing of the men and women... group work of a new order... [with] progress defined by service... the world
of the Brotherhood... the Forces of Light... [and] out of the spoliation of all existing culture and civilization, the
new world order must be built."
The book is published by the Lucis Trust, incorporated originally in New York as the Lucifer Publishing
Company. Lucis Trust is a United Nations NGO and has been a major player at the recent U.N. summits. Later
Assistant Secretary General of the U.N. Robert Mueller would credit the creation of his World Core Curriculum
for education to the underlying teachings of Djwahl Kuhl via Alice Bailey's writings on the subject.
1932 -- Plan for Peace by American Birth Control League founder Margaret Sanger (1921) is published. She calls
for coercive sterilization, mandatory segregation, and rehabilitative concentration camps for all "dysgenic stocks"
including Blacks, Hispanics, American Indians and Catholics.
October 28, 1939 -- In an address by John Foster Dulles, later U.S. Secretary of State, he proposes that America
lead the transition to a new order of less independent, semi-sovereign states bound together by a league or federal
union.
1939 -- New World Order by H. G. Wells proposes a collectivist one-world state"' or "new world order"
comprised of "socialist democracies." He advocates "universal conscription for service" and declares that
"nationalist individualism... is the world's disease." He continues:
"The manifest necessity for some collective world control to eliminate warfare and the less generally admitted
necessity for a collective control of the economic and biological life of mankind, are aspects of one and the same
process." He proposes that this be accomplished through "universal law" and propaganda (or education)."
1940 -- The New World Order is published by the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace and contains a
select list of references on regional and world federation, together with some special plans for world order after
the war.
December 12, 1940 -- In The Congressional Record an article entitled A New World Order John G. Alexander
calls for a world federation.
1942 -- The leftist Institute of Pacific Relations publishes Post War Worlds by P.E. Corbett:
"World government is the ultimate aim... It must be recognized that the law of nations takes precedence over
national law... The process will have to be assisted by the deletion of the nationalistic material employed in
educational textbooks and its replacement by material explaining the benefits of wiser association."
June 28, 1945 -- President Truman endorses world government in a speech:
"It will be just as easy for nations to get along in a republic of the world as it is for us to get along in a republic of
the United States."
October 24, 1945 -- The United Nations Charter becomes effective. Also on October 24, Senator Glen Taylor (D-
Idaho) introduces Senate Resolution 183 calling upon the U.S. Senate to go on record as favoring creation of a
world republic including an international police force.
1946 -- Alger Hiss is elected President of the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace. Hiss holds this office
until 1949. Early in 1950, he is convicted of perjury and sentenced to prison after a sensational trial and
Congressional hearing in which Whittaker Chambers, a former senior editor of Time, testifies that Hiss was a
member of his Communist Party cell.
1946 -- The Teacher and World Government by former editor of the NEA Journal (National Education
Association) Joy Elmer Morgan is published. He says:
"In the struggle to establish an adequate world government, the teacher... can do much to prepare the hearts and
minds of children for global understanding and cooperation... At the very heart of all the agencies which will
assure the coming of world government must stand the school, the teacher, and the organized profession."
1947 -- The American Education Fellowship, formerly the Progressive Education Association, organized by John
Dewey, calls for the:
"... establishment of a genuine world order, an order in which national sovereignty is subordinate to world
authority... "
October, 1947 -- NEA Associate Secretary William Carr writes in the NEA Journal that teachers should:
"... teach about the various proposals that have been made for the strengthening of the United Nations and the
establishment of a world citizenship and world government."
1948 -- Walden II by behavioral psychologist B.F. Skinner proposes "a perfect society or new and more perfect
order" in which children are reared by the State, rather than by their parents and are trained from birth to
demonstrate only desirable behavior and characteristics. Skinner's ideas would be widely implemented by
educators in the 1960s, 70s, and 80s as Values Clarification and Outcome Based Education.
July, 1948 -- Britain's Sir Harold Butler, in the CFR's Foreign Affairs, sees "a New World Order" taking shape:
"How far can the life of nations, which for centuries have thought of themselves as distinct and unique, be merged
with the life of other nations? How far are they prepared to sacrifice a part of their sovereignty without which
there can be no effective economic or political union?... Out of the prevailing confusion a new world is taking
shape... which may point the way toward the new order... That will be the beginning of a real United Nations, no
longer crippled by a split personality, but held together by a common faith."
1948 -- UNESCO president and Fabian Socialist, Sir Julian Huxley, calls for a radical eugenic policy in
UNESCO: Its Purpose and Its Philosophy. He states:
"Thus, even though it is quite true that any radical eugenic policy of controlled human breeding will be for many
years politically and psychologically impossible, it will be important for UNESCO to see that the eugenic
problem is examined with the greatest care and that the public mind is informed of the issues at stake that much
that is now unthinkable may at least become thinkable."
1948 -- The preliminary draft of a World Constitution is published by U.S. educators advocating regional
federation on the way toward world federation or government with England incorporated into a European
federation.
The Constitution provides for a "World Council" along with a "Chamber of Guardians" to enforce world law.
Also included is a "Preamble" calling upon nations to surrender their arms to the world government, and includes
the right of this "Federal Republic of the World" to seize private property for federal use.
February 9, 1950 -- The Senate Foreign Relations Subcommittee introduces Senate Concurrent Resolution 66
which begins:
"Whereas, in order to achieve universal peace and justice, the present Charter of the United Nations should be
changed to provide a true world government constitution."
The resolution was first introduced in the Senate on September 13, 1949 by Senator Glen Taylor (D-Idaho).
Senator Alexander Wiley (R-Wisconsin) called it "a consummation devoutly to be wished for" and said, "I
understand your proposition is either change the United Nations, or change or create, by a separate convention, a
world order." Senator Taylor later stated:
"We would have to sacrifice considerable sovereignty to the world organization to enable them to levy taxes in
their own right to support themselves."
1950 -- In testimony before the Senate Foreign Relations Committee, international financier James P Warburg
said: "we shall have a world government, whether or not we like it. The question is only whether world
government will be achieved by consent or by conquest."
April 12, 1952 -- John Foster Dulles, later to become Secretary of State, says in a speech to the American Bar
Association in Louisville, Kentucky, that "treaty laws can override the Constitution." He says treaties can take
power away from Congress and give them to the President. They can take powers from the States and give them
to the Federal Government or to some international body and they can cut across the rights given to the people by
their constitutional Bill of Rights. A Senate amendment, proposed by GOP Senator John Bricker, would have
provided that no treaty could supersede the Constitution, but it fails to pass by one vote.
1954 -- Prince Bernhard of the Netherlands establishes the Bildebergers, international politicians and bankers
who meet secretly on an annual basis.
1954 -- H. Rowan Gaither, Jr., President - Ford Foundation said to Norman Dodd of the Congressional Reese
Commission:
"... all of us here at the policy-making level have had experience with directives... from the White House... . The
substance of them is that we shall use our grant-making power so as to alter our life in the United States that we
can be comfortably merged with the Soviet Union."
1954 -- Senator William Jenner said:
"Today the path to total dictatorship in the United States can be laid by strictly legal means, unseen and unheard
by the Congress, the President, or the people... outwardly we have a Constitutional government. We have
operating within our government and political system, another body representing another form of government, a
bureaucratic elite which believes our Constitution is outmoded and is sure that it is the winning side.... All the
strange developments in the foreign policy agreements may be traced to this group who are going to make us over
to suit their pleasure.... This political action group has its own local political support organizations, its own
pressure groups, its own vested interests, its foothold within our government, and its own propaganda apparatus."
1958 -- World Peace through World Law is published, where authors Grenville Clark and Louis Sohn advocate
using the U.N. as a governing body for the world, world disarmament, a world police force and legislature.
1959 -- The Council on Foreign Relations calls for a New International Order Study Number 7, issued on
November 25, advocated:
"... new international order [which] must be responsive to world aspirations for peace, for social and economic
change... an international order... including states labeling themselves as 'socialist' [communist]."
1959 -- The World Constitution and Parliament Association is founded which later develops a Diagram of World
Government under the Constitution for the Federation of Earth.
1959 -- The Mid-Century Challenge to U.S. Foreign Policy is published, sponsored by the Rockefeller Brothers'
Fund. It explains that the U.S.:
"... cannot escape, and indeed should welcome... the task which history has imposed on us. This is the task of
helping to shape a new world order in all its dimensions -- spiritual, economic, political, social."
September 9, 1960 -- President Eisenhower signs Senate Joint Resolution 170, promoting the concept of a federal
Atlantic Union. Pollster and Atlantic Union Committee treasurer, Elmo Roper, later delivers an address titled,
The Goal Is Government of All the World, in which he states:
"For it becomes clear that the first step toward World Government cannot be completed until we have advanced
on the four fronts: the economic, the military, the political and the social."
1961 -- The U.S. State Department issues a plan to disarm all nations and arm the United Nations. State
Department Document Number 7277 is entitled Freedom From War: The U.S. Program for General and
Complete Disarmament in a Peaceful World. It details a three-stage plan to disarm all nations and arm the U.N.
with the final stage in which "no state would have the military power to challenge the progressively strengthened
U.N. Peace Force."
March 1, 1962 -- Sen. Clark speaking on the floor of the Senate about PL 87-297 which calls for the disbanding
of all armed forces and the prohibition of their re-establishment in any form whatsoever. "... This program is the
fixed, determined and approved policy of the government of the United States."
1962 -- New Calls for World Federalism. In a study titled, A World Effectively Controlled by the United Nations,
CFR member Lincoln Bloomfield states:
"... if the communist dynamic was greatly abated, the West might lose whatever incentive it has for world
government."
The Future of Federalism by author Nelson Rockefeller is published. The one-time Governor of New York,
claims that current events compellingly demand a "new world order," as the old order is crumbling, and there is
"a new and free order struggling to be born." Rockefeller says there is:
"a fever of nationalism... [but] the nation-state is becoming less and less competent to perform its international
political tasks....These are some of the reasons pressing us to lead vigorously toward the true building of a new
world order... [with] voluntary service... and our dedicated faith in the brotherhood of all mankind.... Sooner
perhaps than we may realize... there will evolve the bases for a federal structure of the free world."
1963 -- J. William Fulbright, Chairman of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee speaks at a symposium
sponsored by the Fund for the Republic, a left-wing project of the Ford Foundation: "The case for government by
elites is irrefutable... government by the people is possible but highly improbable."
1964 -- Taxonomy of Educational Objectives, Handbook II is published. Author Benjamin Bloom states: "... a
large part of what we call 'good teaching' is the teacher's ability to attain affective objectives through challenging
the students' fixed beliefs."
His Outcome-Based Education (OBE) method of teaching would first be tried as Mastery Learning in Chicago
schools. After five years, Chicago students' test scores had plummeted causing outrage among parents. OBE
would leave a trail of wreckage wherever it would be tried and under whatever name it would be used. At the
same time, it would become crucial to globalists for overhauling the education system to promote attitude
changes among school students.
1964 -- Visions of Order by Richard Weaver is published. He describes: "progressive educators as a

'revolutionary cabal' engaged in 'a systematic attempt to undermine society's traditions and beliefs.'"
1967 -- Richard Nixon calls for New World Order. In Asia after Vietnam, in the October issue of Foreign Affairs,
Nixon writes of nations' dispositions to evolve regional approaches to development needs and to the evolution of
a "new world order."
1968 -- Joy Elmer Morgan, former editor of the NEA Journal publishes The American Citizens Handbook in
which he says:
"the coming of the United Nations and the urgent necessity that it evolve into a more comprehensive form of
world government places upon the citizens of the United States an increased obligation to make the most of their
citizenship which now widens into active world citizenship."
July 26, 1968 -- Nelson Rockefeller pledges support of the New World Order. In an Associated Press report,
Rockefeller pledges that, "as President, he would work toward international creation of a new world order."
1970 -- Education and the mass media promote world order. In Thinking About A New World Order for the
Decade 1990, author Ian Baldwin, Jr. asserts that:
"... the World Law Fund has begun a worldwide research and educational program that will introduce a new,
emerging discipline -- world order -- into educational curricula throughout the world... and to concentrate some of
its energies on bringing basic world order concepts into the mass media again on a worldwide level."
1972 -- President Nixon visits China. In his toast to Chinese Premier Chou En-lai, former CFR member and now
President, Richard Nixon, expresses "the hope that each of us has to build a new world order."
May 18, 1972 -- In speaking of the coming of world government, Roy M. Ash, director of the Office of
Management and Budget, declares that:
"within two decades the institutional framework for a world economic community will be in place... [and] aspects
of individual sovereignty will be given over to a supranational authority."
1973 -- The Trilateral Commission is established. Banker David Rockefeller organizes this new private body and
chooses Zbigniew Brzezinski, later National Security Advisor to President Carter, as the Commission's first
director and invites Jimmy Carter to become a founding member.
1973 -- Humanist Manifesto II is published:
"The next century can be and should be the humanistic century... we stand at the dawn of a new age... a secular
society on a planetary scale.... As non-theists we begin with humans not God, nature not deity... we deplore the
division of humankind on nationalistic grounds.... Thus we look to the development of a system of world law and
a world order based upon transnational federal government.... The true revolution is occurring."
April, 1974 -- Former U. S. Deputy Assistant Secretary of State, Trilateralist and CFR member Richard Gardner's
article The Hard Road to World Order is published in the CFR's Foreign Affairs where he states that:
"the 'house of world order' will have to be built from the bottom up rather than from the top down... but an end
run around national sovereignty, eroding it piece by piece, will accomplish much more than the old-fashioned
frontal assault."
1974 -- The World Conference of Religion for Peace, held in Louvain, Belgium is held. Douglas Roche presents a
report entitled We Can Achieve a New World Order. The U.N. calls for wealth redistribution: In a report entitled
New International Economic Order, the U.N. General Assembly outlines a plan to redistribute the wealth from the
rich to the poor nations.
1975 -- A study titled, A New World Order, is published by the Center of International Studies, Woodrow Wilson
School of Public and International Studies, Princeton University.
1975 -- In Congress, 32 Senators and 92 Representatives sign A Declaration of Interdependence, written by

historian Henry Steele Commager. The Declaration states that:
"we must join with others to bring forth a new world order... Narrow notions of national sovereignty must not be
permitted to curtail that obligation."
Congresswoman Marjorie Holt refuses to sign the Declaration saying:
"It calls for the surrender of our national sovereignty to international organizations. It declares that our economy
should be regulated by international authorities. It proposes that we enter a 'new world order' that would
redistribute the wealth created by the American people."
1975 -- Retired Navy Admiral Chester Ward, former Judge Advocate General of the U.S. Navy and former CFR
member, writes in a critique that the goal of the CFR is the "submergence of U. S. sovereignty and national
independence into an all powerful one-world government... "
1975 -- Kissinger on the Couch is published. Authors Phyllis Schlafly and former CFR member Chester Ward
state: "Once the ruling members of the CFR have decided that the U.S. government should espouse a particular
policy, the very substantial research facilities of the CFR are put to work to develop arguments, intellectual and
emotional, to support the new policy and to confound, discredit, intellectually and politically, any opposition... "
1976 -- RIO: Reshaping the International Order is published by the globalist Club of Rome, calling for a new
international order, including an economic redistribution of wealth.
1977 -- The Third Try at World Order is published. Author Harlan Cleveland of the Aspen Institute for
Humanistic Studies calls for: "changing Americans' attitudes and institutions" for "complete disarmament (except
for international soldiers)" and "for individual entitlement to food, health and education."
1977 -- Imperial Brain Trust by Laurence Shoup and William Minter is published. The book takes a critical look
at the Council on Foreign Relations with chapters such as: Shaping a New World Order: The Council's Blueprint
for Global Hegemony, 1939-1944 and Toward the 1980's: The Council's Plans for a New World Order.
1977 -- The Trilateral Connection appears in the July edition of Atlantic Monthly. Written by Jeremiah Novak, it
says: "For the third time in this century, a group of American schools, businessmen, and government officials is
planning to fashion a New World Order... "
1977 -- Leading educator Mortimer Adler publishes Philosopher at Large in which he says:
"... if local civil government is necessary for local civil peace, then world civil government is necessary for world
peace."
1979 -- Barry Goldwater, retiring Republican Senator from Arizona, publishes his autobiography With No
Apologies. He writes:
"In my view The Trilateral Commission represents a skillful, coordinated effort to seize control and consolidate
the four centers of power -- political, monetary, intellectual, and ecclesiastical. All this is to be done in the interest
of creating a more peaceful, more productive world community. What the Trilateralists truly intend is the creation
of a worldwide economic power superior to the political governments of the nation-states involved. They believe
the abundant materialism they propose to create will overwhelm existing differences. As managers and creators of
the system they will rule the future."
1984 -- The Power to Lead is published. Author James McGregor Burns admits: "The framers of the U.S.
constitution have simply been too shrewd for us. They have outwitted us. They designed separate institutions that
cannot be unified by mechanical linkages, frail bridges, tinkering. If we are to 'turn the Founders upside down' --
we must directly confront the constitutional structure they erected."
1985 -- Norman Cousins, the honorary chairman of Planetary Citizens for the World We Chose, is quoted in
Human Events: "World government is coming, in fact, it is inevitable. No arguments for or against it can change
that fact."
Cousins was also president of the World Federalist Association, an affiliate of the World Association for World
Federation (WAWF), headquartered in Amsterdam. WAWF is a leading force for world federal government and
is accredited by the U.N. as a Non-Governmental Organization.
1987 -- The Secret Constitution and the Need for Constitutional Change is sponsored in part by the Rockefeller
Foundation. Some thoughts of author Arthur S. Miller are:
"... a pervasive system of thought control exists in the United States... the citizenry is indoctrinated by
employment of the mass media and the system of public education... people are told what to think about... the old
order is crumbling... Nationalism should be seen as a dangerous social disease... A new vision is required to plan
and manage the future, a global vision that will transcend national boundaries and eliminate the poison of
nationalistic solutions... a new Constitution is necessary."
1988 -- Former Under-secretary of State and CFR member George Ball in a January 24 interview in the New
York Times says:
"The Cold War should no longer be the kind of obsessive concern that it is. Neither side is going to attack the
other deliberately... If we could internationalize by using the U.N. in conjunction with the Soviet Union, because
we now no longer have to fear, in most cases, a Soviet veto, then we could begin to transform the shape of the
world and might get the U.N. back to doing something useful... Sooner or later we are going to have to face
restructuring our institutions so that they are not confined merely to the nation-states. Start first on a regional and
ultimately you could move to a world basis."
December 7, 1988 -- In an address to the U.N., Mikhail Gorbachev calls for mutual consensus: "World progress is
only possible through a search for universal human consensus as we move forward to a new world order."
May 12, 1989 -- President Bush invites the Soviets to join World Order. Speaking to the graduating class at Texas
A&M University, Mr. Bush states that the United States is ready to welcome the Soviet Union "back into the
world order."
1989 -- Carl Bernstein's (Woodward and Bernstein of Watergate fame) book Loyalties: A Son's Memoir is
published. His father and mother had been members of the Communist party. Bernstein's father tells his son about
the book:
"You're going to prove [Sen. Joseph] McCarthy was right, because all he was saying is that the system was loaded
with Communists. And he was right... I'm worried about the kind of book you're going to write and about
cleaning up McCarthy. The problem is that everybody said he was a liar; you're saying he was right... I agree that
the Party was a force in the country."
1990 -- The World Federalist Association faults the American press. Writing in their Summer/Fall newsletter,
Deputy Director Eric Cox describes world events over the past year or two and declares:
"It's sad but true that the slow-witted American press has not grasped the significance of most of these
developments. But most federalists know what is happening... And they are not frightened by the old bug-a-boo
of sovereignty."
September 11, 1990 -- President Bush calls the Gulf War an opportunity for the New World Order. In an address
to Congress entitled Toward a New World Order, Mr. Bush says:
"The crisis in the Persian Gulf offers a rare opportunity to move toward an historic period of cooperation. Out of
these troubled times... a new world order can emerge in which the nations of the world, east and west, north and
south, can prosper and live in harmony.... Today the new world is struggling to be born."
September 25, 1990 -- In an address to the U.N., Soviet Foreign Minister Eduard Shevardnadze describes Iraq's
invasion of Kuwait as "an act of terrorism [that] has been perpetrated against the emerging New World Order."
On December 31, Gorbachev declares that the New World Order would be ushered in by the Gulf Crisis.
October 1, 1990 -- In a U.N. address, President Bush speaks of the:
"... collective strength of the world community expressed by the U.N. ... an historic movement towards a new
world order... a new partnership of nations... a time when humankind came into its own... to bring about a
revolution of the spirit and the mind and begin a journey into a... new age."
1991 -- Author Linda McRae-Campbell publishes How to Start a Revolution at Your School in the publication In
Context. She promotes the use of "change agents" as "self-acknowledged revolutionaries" and "co-conspirators."
1991 -- President Bush praises the New World Order in a State of Union Message:
"What is at stake is more than one small country, it is a big idea -- a new world order... to achieve the universal
aspirations of mankind... based on shared principles and the rule of law.... The illumination of a thousand points
of light.... The winds of change are with us now."
February 6, 1991 -- President Bush tells the Economic Club of New York:
"My vision of a new world order foresees a United Nations with a revitalized peacekeeping function."
June, 1991 -- The Council on Foreign Relations co-sponsors an assembly Rethinking America's Security: Beyond
Cold War to New World Order which is attended by 65 prestigious members of government, labor, academia, the
media, military, and the professions from nine countries. Later, several of the conference participants joined some
100 other world leaders for another closed door meeting of the Bilderberg Society in Baden, Germany. The
Bildebergers also exert considerable clout in determining the foreign policies of their respective governments.
While at that meeting, David Rockefeller said in a speech:
"We are grateful to the Washington Post, The New York Times, Time Magazine and other great publications
whose directors have attended our meetings and respected their promises of discretion for almost forty years. It
would have been impossible for us to develop our plan for the world if we had been subjected to the lights of
publicity during those years. But, the world is now more sophisticated and prepared to march towards a world
government. The supranational sovereignty of an intellectual elite and world bankers is surely preferable to the
national auto-determination practiced in past centuries."
July, 1991 -- The Southeastern World Affairs Institute discusses the New World Order. In a program, topics
include, Legal Structures for a New World Order and The United Nations: From its Conception to a New World
Order. Participants include a former director of the U.N.'s General Legal Division, and a former Secretary
General of International Planned Parenthood.
Late July, 1991 -- On a Cable News Network program, CFR member and former CIA director Stansfield Turner
(Rhodes scholar), when asked about Iraq, responded:
"We have a much bigger objective. We've got to look at the long run here. This is an example -- the situation
between the United Nations and Iraq -- where the United Nations is deliberately intruding into the sovereignty of
a sovereign nation... Now this is a marvelous precedent (to be used in) all countries of the world... "
October 29, 1991 -- David Funderburk, former U. S. Ambassador to Romania, tells a North Carolina audience:
"George Bush has been surrounding himself with people who believe in one-world government. They believe that
the Soviet system and the American system are converging." The vehicle to bring this about, said Funderburk, is
the United Nations, "the majority of whose 166 member states are socialist, atheist, and anti-American."
Funderburk served as ambassador in Bucharest from 1981 to 1985, when he resigned in frustration over U.S.
support of the oppressive regime of the late Rumanian dictator, Nicolae Ceausescu.
October 30, 1991: -- President Gorbachev at the Middle East Peace Talks in Madrid states:
"We are beginning to see practical support. And this is a very significant sign of the movement towards a new
era, a new age... We see both in our country and elsewhere... ghosts of the old thinking... When we rid ourselves
of their presence, we will be better able to move toward a new world order... relying on the relevant mechanisms
of the United Nations."
Elsewhere, in Alexandria, Virginia, Elena Lenskaya, Counselor to the Minister of Education of Russia, delivers
the keynote address for a program titled, Education for a New World Order.
1992 -- The Twilight of Sovereignty by CFR member (and former Citicorp Chairman) Walter Wriston is
published, in which he claims:
"A truly global economy will require ... compromises of national sovereignty... There is no escaping the system."
1992 -- The United Nations Conference on Environment and Development (UNCED) Earth Summit takes place
in Rio de Janeiro this year, headed by Conference Secretary-General Maurice Strong. The main products of this
summit are the Biodiversity Treaty and Agenda 21, which the U.S. hesitates to sign because of opposition at
home due to the threat to sovereignty and economics. The summit says the first world's wealth must be
transferred to the third world.
July 20, 1992 -- Time magazine publishes The Birth of the Global Nation by Strobe Talbott, Rhodes Scholar,
roommate of Bill Clinton at Oxford University, CFR Director, and Trilateralist, in which he writes:
"All countries are basically social arrangements... No matter how permanent or even sacred they may seem at any
one time, in fact they are all artificial and temporary... Perhaps national sovereignty wasn't such a great idea after
all... But it has taken the events in our own wondrous and terrible century to clinch the case for world
government."
As an editor of Time, Talbot defended Clinton during his presidential campaign. He was appointed by President
Clinton as the number two person at the State Department behind Secretary of State Warren Christopher, former
Trilateralist and former CFR Vice-Chairman and Director. Talbot was confirmed by about two-thirds of the U.S.
Senate despite his statement about the unimportance of national sovereignty.
September 29, 1992 -- At a town hall meeting in Los Angeles, Trilateralist and former CFR president Winston
Lord delivers a speech titled Changing Our Ways: America and the New World, in which he remarks:
"To a certain extent, we are going to have to yield some of our sovereignty, which will be controversial at home...
[Under] the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA)... some Americans are going to be hurt as low-
wage jobs are taken away."
Lord became an Assistant Secretary of State in the Clinton administration.
1992 -- President Bush addressing the General Assembly of the U.N said:
"It is the sacred principles enshrined in the United Nations charter to which the American people will henceforth
pledge their allegiance."
Winter, 1992-93 -- The CFR's Foreign Affairs publishes Empowering the United Nations by U.N. Secretary
General Boutros-Boutros Ghali, who asserts:
"It is undeniable that the centuries-old doctrine of absolute and exclusive sovereignty no longer stands...
Underlying the rights of the individual and the rights of peoples is a dimension of universal sovereignty that
resides in all humanity... It is a sense that increasingly finds expression in the gradual expansion of international
law... In this setting the significance of the United Nations should be evident and accepted."
1993 -- Strobe Talbott receives the Norman Cousins Global Governance Award for his 1992 Time article, The
Birth of the Global Nation and in appreciation for what he has done "for the cause of global governance."
President Clinton writes a letter of congratulation which states:
"Norman Cousins worked for world peace and world government.... Strobe Talbott's lifetime achievements as a
voice for global harmony have earned him this recognition... He will be a worthy recipient of the Norman
Cousins Global Governance Award. Best wishes... for future success."
Not only does President Clinton use the specific term, "world government," but he also expressly wishes the
WFA "future success" in pursuing world federal government. Talbott proudly accepts the award, but says the
WFA should have given it to the other nominee, Mikhail Gorbachev.
July 18, 1993 -- CFR member and Trilateralist Henry Kissinger writes in the Los Angeles Times concerning
NAFTA: "What Congress will have before it is not a conventional trade agreement but the architecture of a new
international system... a first step toward a new world order."
August 23, 1993 -- Christopher Hitchens, Socialist friend of Bill Clinton when he was at Oxford University, says
in a C-SPAN interview: "... it is, of course the case that there is a ruling class in this country, and that it has allies
internationally."
October 30, 1993 -- Washington Post ombudsman Richard Harwood does an op-ed piece about the role of the
CFR's media members: "Their membership is an acknowledgment of their ascension into the American ruling
class [where] they do not merely analyze and interpret foreign policy for the United States; they help make it."
January/February, 1994 -- The CFR's Foreign Affairs prints an opening article by CFR Senior Fellow Michael
Clough in which he writes that the "Wise Men" (e.g. Paul Nitze, Dean Acheson, George Kennan, and John J.
McCloy) have:
"assiduously guarded it [American foreign policy] for the past 50 years... They ascended to power during World
War II... This was as it should be. National security and the national interest, they argued must transcend the
special interests and passions of the people who make up America... How was this small band of Atlantic-minded
internationalists able to triumph ... Eastern internationalists were able to shape and staff the burgeoning foreign
policy institutions... As long as the Cold War endured and nuclear Armageddon seemed only a missile away, the
public was willing to tolerate such an undemocratic foreign policy making system."
1994 -- In the Human Development Report, published by the UN Development Program, there was a section
called "Global Governance For the 21st Century". The administrator for this program was appointed by Bill
Clinton. His name is James Gustave Speth. The opening sentence of the report said: "Mankind's problems can no
longer be solved by national government. What is needed is a World Government. This can best be achieved by
strengthening the United Nations system."
1995 -- The State of the World Forum took place in the fall of this year, sponsored by the Gorbachev Foundation
located at the Presidio in San Francisco. Foundation President Jim Garrison chairs the meeting of who's-whose
from around the world including Margaret Thatcher, Maurice Strong, George Bush, Mikhail Gorbachev and
others. Conversation centers around the oneness of mankind and the coming global government. However, the
term "global governance" is now used in place of "new world order" since the latter has become a political
liability, being a lightning rod for opponents of global government.
1996 -- The United Nations 420-page report Our Global Neighborhood is published. It outlines a plan for "global
governance," calling for an international Conference on Global Governance in 1998 for the purpose of submitting
to the world the necessary treaties and agreements for ratification by the year 2000.
2000 – Project for a New American Century takes center stage as its creators take key positions in the
Cheney/Bush administration. With Operation 9/11 they usher in the era of fear and terrorism, putting the entire
globalization agenda into high gear. Warp speed ahead. The next eight years would bring forth unprecedented
Bush & Co crime syndicate wholesale devastation of America as all of us have known it.
2008 – Worldwide economic collapse is finally acknowledged. We now witness the Problem Reaction Solution
paradigm come into play, as always, to ―save the day‖, watch as the powers that be maneuver to setup a NEW
FINANCIAL WORLD ORDER. Here is NWO icon Kissinger‘s own words on the engineered collapse: ―The
Chance for a New World Order.‖
You might have noticed that many of the quotes above are from CFR Council on Foreign Relations members. Is it not
interesting that of the thirty-three (33) members of the board of directors, twenty(20) are Jewish. This is a numerical
representation of 61%. Jews are approximately 2.5%+ of the United States population.* This means that Jews are
over-represented on the board of directors of the Council on Foreign Relations by a factor of 30.5 times, or
3,050 percent. This extreme numerical over-representation of Jews
on the board of directors of the Council on Foreign Relations cannot
be explained away as a coincidence or as the result of mere random
chance. As mentioned elsewhere in this report 33% of the U.S.
Senate are also Jews, you will also find a lot more in the Congress.
You must ask yourself how such an incredibly small and extremely
unrepresentative minority ethnic group that only represents 2%+ of
the American population could so dominate these important and
influential think tanks. Even in SCOTUS they consist of
approximately 30% of the Justices. These statistics with large
percentages of Jewish representation repeats itself everywhere.
Significant majority swaying Jewish groups embedded in many
important organizations, and political institutions is alarmingly
quite common. Now think about it this way: Just like jury
tampering, when you have JUST ONE prejudicial juror, he can turn
around an entire case, this is well documented. Imagine in all the
other areas of life were these prejudicial Jewish operatives gather
together in groups all agreeing in unison to this or that policy, agenda, decisions, course of action and so forth, they
impact and dynamics is extraordinary. Yet there are no regulatory agencies making sure that all these embedded Jew
agents holding public office are not acting with GROSS CONFLICTS OF INTERESTS. These Foxes are not only
guarding the hen houses, they are running the entire farm!
In 1992, Dr John Coleman published Conspirators' Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300. With
laudable scholarship and meticulous research, Dr Coleman identifies the players and carefully details the Illuminati
agenda of worldwide domination and control. On page 161 of the Conspirators Hierarchy, Dr Coleman accurately
summarizes the intent and purpose of the Committee of 300 as follows:
"A One World Government and one-unit monetary system, under permanent non-elected hereditary
oligarchists who self-select from among their numbers in the form of a feudal system as it was in the
Middle Ages. In this One World entity, population will be limited by restrictions on the number of
children per family, diseases, wars, famines, until 1 billion people who are useful to the ruling class, in
areas which will be strictly and clearly defined, remain as the total world population.
There will be no middle class, only rulers and the servants. All laws will be uniform under a legal system
of world courts practicing the same unified code of laws, backed up by a One World Government police
force and a One World unified military to enforce laws in all former countries where no national
boundaries shall exist. The system will be on the basis of a welfare state; those who are obedient and
subservient to the One World Government will be rewarded with the means to live; those who are
rebellious will simple be starved to death or be declared outlaws, thus a target for anyone who wishes to
kill them. Privately owned firearms or weapons of any kind will be prohibited."
21 Goals of the Illuminati and The Committee of 300

by Dr. John Coleman, From: "Conspirators' Hierachy: The Story of The Committee of 300"
1. To establish a One World Government/New World Order with a unified church and monetary system under
their direction. The One World Government began to set up its church in the 1920s and 30s, for they realized the
need for a religious belief inherent in mankind must have an outlet and, therefore, set up a "church" body to
channel that belief in the direction they desired.
2. To bring about the utter destruction of all national identity and national pride, which was a primary
consideration if the concept of a One World Government was to work.
3. To engineer and bring about the destruction of religion, and more especially, the Christian Religion, with the
one exception, their own creation, as mentioned above.
4. To establish the ability to control of each and every person through means of mind control and what Zbignew
Brzezinski called techonotronics, which would create human-like robots and a system of terror which would
make Felix Dzerzinhski's Red Terror look like children at play.
5. To bring about the end to all industrialization and the production of nuclear generated electric power in what
they call "the post-industrial zero-growth society". Excepted are the computer- and service industries. US
industries that remain will be exported to countries such as Mexico where abundant slave labor is available. As we
saw in 1993, this has become a fact through the passage of the North American Free Trade Agreement, known as
NAFTA. Unemployables in the US, in the wake of industrial destruction, will either become opium-heroin and/or
cocaine addicts, or become statistics in the elimination of the "excess population" process we know of today as
Global 2000.
6. To encourage, and eventually legalize the use of drugs and make pornography an "art-form", which will be
widely accepted and, eventually, become quite commonplace.
7. To bring about depopulation of large cities according to the trial run carried out by the Pol Pot regime in
Cambodia. It is interesting to note that Pol Pot's genocidal plans were drawn up in the US by one of the Club of
Rome's research foundations, and overseen by Thomas Enders, a high-ranking State Department official. It is also
interesting that the committee is currently seeking to reinstate the Pol Pot butchers in Cambodia.
8. To suppress all scientific development except for those deemed beneficial by the Illuminati. Especially targeted
is nuclear energy for peaceful purposes. Particularly hated are the fusion experiments currently being scorned and
ridiculed by the Illuminati and its jackals of the press. Development of the fusion torch would blow the Illuminati's
conception of "limited natural resources" right out of the window. A fusion torch, properly used, could create
unlimited and as yet untapped natural resources, even from the most ordinary substances. Fusion torch uses are
legion, and would benefit mankind in a manner which, as yet, is not even remotely comprehended by the public.
9. To cause. by means of limited wars in the advanced countries, by means of starvation and diseases in the
Third World countries, the death of three billion people by the year 2050, people they call "useless eaters". The
Committee of 300 (Illuminati) commissioned Cyrus Vance to write a 3
paper on this subject of how to bring about such genocide. The paper was produced under the title "Global 2000
Report" and was accepted and approved for action by former President James Earl Carter, and Edwin Muskie,
then Secretary of States, for and on behalf of the US Government. Under the terms of the Global 2000 Report,
the population of the US is to be reduced by 100 million by the year of 2050.
10. To weaken the moral fiber of the nation and to demoralize workers in the labor class by creating mass
unemployment. As jobs dwindle due to the post industrial zero growth policies introduced by the Club of Rome,
the report envisages demoralized and discouraged workers resorting to alcohol and drugs. The youth of the land
will be encouraged by means of rock music and drugs to rebel against the status quo, thus undermining and
eventually destroying the family unit. In this regard, the Committee commissioned Tavistock Institute to prepare a
blueprint as to how this could be achieved. Tavistock directed Stanford Research to undertake the work under the
direction of Professor Willis Harmon. This work later became known as the "Aquarian Conspiracy".
11. To keep people everywhere from deciding their own destinies by means of one created crisis after another
and then "managing" such crises. This will confuse and demoralize the population to the extent where faced
with too many choices, apathy on a massive scale will result. In the case of the US, an agency for Crisis
Management is already in place. It is called the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), whose
existence I first enclosed [disclosed?]in 1980.
12. To introduce new cults and continue to boost those already functioning which include rock music gangsters
such as the Rolling Stones (a gangster group much favored by European Black Nobility), and all of the Tavistock-
created rock groups which began with the Beatles.
13. To continue to build up the cult of Christian Fundamentalism begun by the British East India Company's
servant Darby, which will be misused to strengthen the Zionist State of Israel by identifying with the Jews through
the myth of "God's chosen people", and by donating very substantial amounts of money to what they mistakenly
believe is a religious cause in the furtherance of Christianity.
14. To press for the spread of religious cults such as the Moslem Brotherhood, Moslem Fundamentalism, the
Sikhs, and to carry out mind control experiments of the Jim Jones and "Son of Sam" type. It is worth noting that
the late Khomeini was a creation of British Military Intelligence Div. 6, MI6. This detailed work spelled out the
step-by-step process which the US Government implemented to put Khomeini in power.
15. To export "religious liberation" ideas around the world so as to undermine all existing religions, but more
especially the Christian religion. This began with the "Jesuit Liberation Theology", that brought an end to the
Somoza Family rule in Nicaragua, and which today is destroying El Salvador, now 25 years into a "civil war".
Costa Rica and Honduras are also embroiled in revolutionary activities, instigated by the Jesuits. One very active
entity engaged in the so-called liberation theology, is the Communist-oriented Mary Knoll Mission. This accounts
for the extensive media attention to the murder of four of Mary Knoll's so-called nuns in El Salvador a few years
ago. The four nuns were Communist subversive agents and their activities were widely documented by the
Government of El Salvador. The US press and the new media refused to give any space or coverage to the mass of
documentation possessed by the Salvadorian Government, which proved what the Mary Knoll Mission nuns were
doing in the country. Mary Knoll is in service in many countries, and placed a leading role in bringing
Communism to Rhodesia, Moçambique, Angola and South Africa.
16. To cause a total collapse of the world's economies and engender total political chaos.
17. To take control of all foreign and domestic policies of the US.
18. To give the fullest support to supranational institutions such as the United Nations, the International Monetary
Fund (IMF), the Bank of International Settlements, the World Court and, as far as possible, make local institutions
less effective, by gradually phasing them out or bringing them under the mantle of the UN. 4
19. To penetrate and subvert all governments, and work from within them to destroy the sovereign integrity of the
nations represented by them.
20. To organize a world-wide terrorist apparatus and to negotiate with terrorists whenever terrorist activities take
place. It will be recalled that it was Bettino Craxi, who persuaded the Italian and US Governments to negotiate
with the Red Brigades kidnapers of Prime Minister Moro and General Dozier. As an aside, Dozier was placed
under strict orders not to talk what happened to him. Should he ever break that silence, he will no doubt be made
"a horrible example of", in the manner in which Henry Kissinger dealt with Aldo Moro, Ali Bhutto and General
Zia ul Haq.
21. To take control of education in America with the intent and purpose of utterly and completely destroying it. By
1993, the full force effect of this policy is becoming apparent, and will be even more destructive as primary and
secondary schools begin to teach "Outcome Based Education" (OBE).
The Illuminati develops control of an area/country through its:

1) Banks and financial institutions
2) Central Government
3) Local government
4) Law
5) Media
So what will this New World Order run by the Zionist Jewish elite and their Masonic right hand apparatus look like?
Well that is hard to say, but we do have a glimpse on how the Zionists currently rule by taking a closer look at their
current invasions and occupations, such as the land of Palestine apartheid Israel.
They refer to the goyim gentiles as sub-human filth, and will most likely be treated as they currently treat the ―vile‖
―despicable‖ Palestinians. So genocide, martial law, wanton abuse and violence against the sub-human species will be
tolerated and maybe even encouraged, most probably integrated as policy. Resources will be rationed to all Goyims.
Gentiles will have the right to be silent and only speak when told to. The words of the gentiles must convey deep
respect and honor for their most benevolent, loving, generous caretakers, the most supreme race, the living gods on
earth, the most holy Jews.
Your privileges of breathing and eating will be secured by diligently working for the state. Anyone who dares carry
out blasphemy and commit the sin of anti-Semitism will be immediately executed by the one who caught him in the act
of such vile blasphemy. There will be no slavery… for everyone will be grateful ―servants‖ who will compete for the
privilege of bowing to and serve the most holy ones. There will be no need for physical money, for by that time you
will all be Bio-Chipped, cataloged and inventoried just like all other resources. With the implanted chip you will be
able to enter your local distribution center called Googlewall-Mart and get your months worth of rations. Those who
are obedient faithful servants can eventually work their way up to middle management and help oversee their own
kind, to accomplish this you must demonstrate your total absolute unwavering devotion to the most holy ones by
regularly turning on and informing on your friends and family. All religions will be banned for it will be pure
unadulterated unforgivable blasphemy to worship any other god other than the Jewish god.
It will be a wonderful time in age where disputes among peoples and nations will be no more. For the most benevolent
and wise rulers will oversee all matters of national defense and local law enforcement. To help maintain the safety of
the masses, wonderful regional security measures will be implemented such as security check points, toll roads, where
the Goyims bio-chip scanned pulling up a full report of their good standing also defining their allotted roaming areas,
the toll will be deducted directly from their stipend bank accounts, then allowed to proceed to the next town border
crossing check point and so on. With the wonderful focus on service to the state, will come mandatory curfew hours,
where everyone would be required to be in their quarters to share quality time with your TV sets for mandatory
programming, anyone caught wondering around after hours is most definitely a deviant terrorist and will be dealt with
accordingly, and executed on the spot, thus making our streets so much safer.
There ancient system of laws and lawyers will be substituted for a much more wonderful and superior system run by
our most benevolent wise masters who, due to their divine nature are more adequately prepared to be most fair judges,
solving disputes and charges in a fraction of the time. Anyone found to have committed any act against a most
wonderful superior Jewish overlords will be executed for such a grievous offence, without the need for a court hearing
due to the fact that it is a sin to even frown into the eyes of your master race.
State sovereignty must be altered in globalized era

In the age of globalization, states should give up some sovereignty to world bodies in order to protect their
own interests
By Richard Haass, Tuesday, Feb 21, 2006, Page 9, Taipei Times
For 350 years, sovereignty -- the notion that states are the central actors on the world stage and that governments
are essentially free to do what they want within their own territory but not within the territory of other states --
has provided the organizing principle of international relations. The time has come to rethink this notion.
The world's 190-plus states now co-exist with a larger number of powerful non-sovereign and at least partly (and
often largely) independent actors, ranging from corporations to non-governmental organizations (NGOs), from
terrorist groups to drug cartels, from regional and global institutions to banks and private equity funds. The
sovereign state is influenced by them (for better and for worse) as much as it is able to influence them. The near
monopoly of power once enjoyed by sovereign entities is being eroded.
As a result, new mechanisms are needed for regional and global governance that include actors other than states.
This is not to argue that Microsoft, Amnesty International, or Goldman Sachs be given seats in the UN General
Assembly, but it does mean including representatives of such organizations in regional and global deliberations
when they have the capacity to affect whether and how regional and global challenges are met.
Less is more
Moreover, states must be prepared to cede some sovereignty to world bodies if the international system is to
function. This is already taking place in the trade realm. Governments agree to accept the rulings of the WTO
because on balance they benefit from an international trading order even if a particular decision requires that they
alter a practice that is their sovereign right to carry out.
Some governments are prepared to give up elements of sovereignty to address the threat of global climate change.
Under one such arrangement, the Kyoto Protocol, which runs through 2012, signatories agree to cap specific
emissions. What is needed now is a successor arrangement in which a larger number of governments, including
the US, China, and India, accept emissions limits or adopt common standards because they recognize that they
would be worse off if no country did.
All of this suggests that sovereignty must be redefined if states are to cope with globalization. At its core,
globalization entails the increasing volume, velocity, and importance of flows -- within and across borders -- of
people, ideas, greenhouse gases, goods, dollars, drugs, viruses, e-mails, weapons and a good deal else,
challenging one of sovereignty's fundamental principles: the ability to control what crosses borders in either
direction. Sovereign states increasingly measure their vulnerability not to one another, but to forces beyond their
control.
Globalization thus implies that sovereignty is not only becoming weaker in reality, but that it needs to become
weaker. States would be wise to weaken sovereignty in order to protect themselves, because they cannot insulate
themselves from what goes on elsewhere. Sovereignty is no longer a sanctuary.
This was demonstrated by the American and world reaction to terrorism. Afghanistan's Taliban government,
which provided access and support to al-Qaeda, was removed from power. Similarly, the US' preventive war
against an Iraq that ignored the UN and was thought to possess weapons of mass destruction showed that
sovereignty no longer provides absolute protection.
Imagine how the world would react if some government were known to be planning to use or transfer a nuclear
device or had already done so. Many would argue correctly that sovereignty provides no protection for that state.
Necessity may also lead to reducing or even eliminating sovereignty when a government, whether from a lack of
capacity or conscious policy, is unable to provide for the basic needs of its citizens. This reflects not simply
scruples, but a view that state failure and genocide can lead to destabilizing refugee flows and create openings for
terrorists to take root.
The NATO intervention in Kosovo was an example where a number of governments chose to violate the
sovereignty of another government (Serbia) to stop ethnic cleansing and genocide. By contrast, the mass killing in
Rwanda a decade ago and now in Darfur, Sudan, demonstrate the high price of judging sovereignty to be supreme
and thus doing little to prevent the slaughter of innocents.
Conditions needed
Our notion of sovereignty must therefore be conditional, even contractual, rather than absolute. If a state fails to
live up to its side of the bargain by sponsoring terrorism, either transferring or using weapons of mass destruction,
or conducting genocide, then it forfeits the normal benefits of sovereignty and opens itself up to attack, removal
or occupation.
The diplomatic challenge for this era is to gain widespread support for principles of state conduct and a procedure
for determining remedies when these principles are violated.
The goal should be to redefine sovereignty for the era of globalization, to find a balance between a world of fully
sovereign states and an international system of either world government or anarchy.
The basic idea of sovereignty, which still provides a useful constraint on violence between states, needs to be
preserved. But the concept needs to be adapted to a world in which the main challenges to order come from what
global forces do to states and what governments do to their citizens rather than from what states do to one
another.
Richard Haass is president of the Council on Foreign Relations and the author of The Opportunity: America's
Moment to Alter History's Course, former Director of Policy and Planning for the United States Dept of State -
Copyright: Project Syndicate
“In the next century, nations as we know it will be obsolete; all states will recognize a single, global authority.
National sovereignty wasn’t such a great idea after all.” - Strobe Talbot, Clinton’s Deputy Secretary of State,
th
as quoted in Time, July 20 1992
Bertrand Russell - The Impact of Science on Society

This book published first in 1951 gives an important and rare glimpse into the minds of the elite and their ultimate
goals.
First, we must remember that Bertrand Russell himself was a member of the elite whose family had served for
generations in support of the ruling establishment. Further, he was an official British government propagandist
whose job it was to promote and propagate certain ideas in service to the elite.
The book itself is classical rhetoric in which the ideas and views espoused at the beginning of the book are
reasonable and humanitarian. However, these arguments are intended to disarm the reader to later accept the
horrors later presented as desirable or inevitable.
The true intent, understanding of his message, and the future planned by the elite can easily be discerned from the
following quotes:
Page 51 - Selective Breeding
"Gradually, by selective breeding the congenital differences between rulers and ruled will increase until they
become almost different species. A revolt of the plebs would become as unthinkable as an organized
insurrection of sheep against the practice of eating mutton.""
Page 54 - Scientific Dictatorship
"After all, most civilized and semi-civilized countries known to history and had a large class of slaves or serfs
completely subordinate to their owners. There is nothing in human nature that makes the persistence of such a
system impossible. And the whole development of scientific technique has made it easier than it used to be to
maintain a despotic rule of a minority. When the government controls the distribution of food, its power is
absolute so long as they can count on the police and the armed forces. And their loyalty can be secured by
giving them some of the privileges of the governing class. I do not see how any internal movement of revolt
can ever bring freedom to the oppressed in a modern scientific dictatorship."
Page 103-104 - Bacteriological War, Population and World Government
"I do not pretend that birth control is the only way in which population can be kept from increasing. There are
others, which, one must suppose, opponents of birth control would prefer. War, as I remarked a moment ago, has
hitherto been disappointing in this respect, but perhaps bacteriological war may prove more effective. If a
Black Death could be spread throughout the world once in every generation survivors could procreate freely
without making the world too full. There would be nothing in this to offend the consciences of the devout or to
restrain the ambitions of nationalists. The state of affairs might be somewhat unpleasant, but what of that? Really
high-minded people are indifferent to happiness, especially other people's. However, I am wandering from the
question of stability, to which I must return.
There are three ways of securing a society that shall be stable as regards population. The first is that of birth
control, the second that of infanticide or really destructive wars, and the third that of general misery
except for a powerful minority. All these methods have been practiced: the first, for example, by the Australian
aborigines; the second by the Aztecs, the Spartans, and the rulers of Plato's Republic; the third in the world as
some Western internationalists hope to make it and in Soviet Russia... Of these three, only birth control avoids
extreme cruelty and unhappiness for the majority of human beings. Meanwhile, so long as there is not a single
world government there will be competition for power among the different nations. And as increase of population
brings the threat of famine, national power will become more and more obviously the only way of avoiding
starvation. There will therefore be blocs in which the hungry nations band together against those that are well fed.
That is the explanation of the victory of communism in China.
These considerations prove that a scientific world society cannot be stable unless there is a world
government."
Page 105 - Necessity of World Government
"The need for a world government, if the population problem is to be solved in any humane manner, is
completely evident on Darwinian principles."
Page 110 - Elite Preservation of Power
"A society is not stable unless it is on the whole satisfactory to the holders of power and the holders of
power are not exposed to the risk of successful revolution."
Page 110-111 Food Rationing by World Government
"First, as regards physical conditions. Soil and raw materials must not be used up so fast that scientific progress
cannot continually make good the loss by means of new inventions and discoveries... If raw materials are not to
be used up too fast, there must not be free competition for their acquisition and use but an international
authority to ration them in - such quantities as may from time to time seem compatible with continued
industrial prosperity. And similar considerations apply to soil conservation.
Second, as regards population...To deal with this problem it will be necessary to find ways of preventing an
increase in world population. If this is to be done otherwise than by wars, pestilences, and famines, it will demand
a powerful international authority. This authority should deal out the world's food to the various nations in
proportion to their population at the time of the establishment of the authority. If any nation subsequently
increased its population it should not on that account receive any more food. The motive for not increasing
population would therefore be very compelling."
Page 113-114 - World Army & Massive Upheavals
"My conclusion is that a scientific society can be stable given certain conditions. The first of these is a single
government of the whole world, possessing a monopoly of armed force and therefore able to enforce peace.
The second condition is a general diffusion of prosperity, so that there is no occasion for envy of one part of the
world by another. The third condition (which supposes the second fulfilled) is a low birth rate everywhere, so that
the population of the world becomes stationary, or nearly so. The fourth condition is the provision for individual
initiative both in work and in play, and the greatest diffusion of power compatible with maintaining the necessary
political and economic framework.
The world is a long way from realizing these conditions, and therefore we must expect vast upheavals and
appalling suffering before stability is attained. But, while upheavals and suffering have hitherto been the lot of
man, we can now see, however dimly and uncertainly, a possible future culmination in which poverty and war
will have been overcome, and fear, where it survives, will have become pathological. The road, I fear, is long, but
that is no reason for losing sight of the ultimate hope."
Oh how wonderful this world will soon become! All the Goyims will be guaranteed happiness due to the advanced
Pharma solution happy pills that will be issued to everyone along with the regular vaccinations for diabolical ―XYZ
terrorist virus pathogens‖ that are microscopically out to kill us. Gosh, life is gona be so good under our most
benevolent, warm, caring and wonderful saviors…. Enough of the glorious glimpse of your magnificent promising
future, now go back to sleep mortals, sleep…. sleep… sleep…..

THE MASTERFUL MANIPULATION OF

PUBLIC OPINION/REALITY
IMPERCEPTABLE WMD’s:
(WEAPONS OF MASS DECEPTION)

TOOLS OF MASS PROGRAMMING
“The most important weapon in the hands of the oppressor is the mind of the oppressed.” – Steve Biko
"If we understand the mechanism and motives of the group mind, it is now possible to control and
regiment the masses according to our will without their knowing it."
-- Edward L. Bernays
"We are in a process of developing a whole series of techniques which will enable the controlling oligarchy
to get people to actually love their servitude. A really efficient totalitarian state would be one in which the
all-powerful executive of political bosses and their army of managers control a population of slaves who
do not have to be coerced, because they love their servitude. To make them love it is the task assigned, in
present-day totalitarian states, to ministries of propaganda, TV stations, newspaper editors, and school
teachers.” - Aldous Huxley
The central most important factor for obtaining absolute control over a people is COMMUNICATION. For everything
in life is communicated from one person to another, be it by singular verbal means, letters, books, radio, TV and so
forth. Whether it is knowledge of history, math, science, news, it does not matter, for all knowledge is spread by
communication. Control communication and what is communicated and you literally control and channel known
knowledge. You literally control accepted collective reality of a group, region or if your control is vast and
encompassing enough, even nations. What the rulers of man absolutely do NOT want is a smart inquisitive population;
they absolutely do NOT want a people capable of critical thinking. The intellectually lazier and handicapped a
population, the easier it is to shape and mold their attitudes, aspirations, thoughts, values and so forth.
The manipulation of public opinion has become the PsyOp art form/science of the ruling elite and our governments.
(PsyOp = psychological warfare, which is a military term for propaganda). Some of the best social scientists,
psychologists, and marketing men in the world have mastered the art to a science. So much so that they can kill
someone in broad daylight (even a president) in front of thousands of witnesses, then not only get away with it, but
have media and the masses join in the chorus in ridiculing anyone that comes forward to even question the situation.
Now THAT is what I call magic! Hail to the master
manipulators of man! This is satanic deception at its finest.
Those who convince the masses to not only ignore their

common sense perception and logic of reality but also
masterfully get the minions to completely collectively to ignore
the FACTS, common sense, their own conscience and the laws
of physics are the true master sorcerers of the modern world.
One major factor that is statistically proven and well known to

the Spin Masters is the fact that at least a full one third of any
given segment will believe ANYTHING you tell them anyway.
You see, it goes like this: The national average IQ level is 100.
Given that simple fact, it does not take a mathematical genius to
figure out that at least one third must be "intelligence impaired"
to say it nicely, while another one third can be considered
"gifted". That leaves us with a full two thirds (the lower and
middle) of any given population that are within the realm of easy manipulation. It is that "pesky" one third of
intellectually "gifted" that always pose the biggest headaches to the ruling elite. For their analytical powers of
reasoning and independent thinking are hard to circumvent. Oh, but there is a way to everything. Appeal to the
vainness‘ of their superior intellect with great shows of intellectual scientific facts, studies, statistics, etc., by those who
they look up to, whom they consider their peers and superiors. Oh, how many of those high IQs get caught up in the
whirlwind of smoke and mirrors. Many then chime in and re-enforce the issue, event, etc. at some point, fiction
magically becomes accepted as fact through the masterful manipulation of statistics.
So just how is it possible for the ruling elite to successfully keep the REAL and important issues and matters off the
radar and away from mass public consciousness and debate? Very easy as a matter of fact. As a matter of journalistic
policy the simply REFUSE to cover those type of stories. Done, off the radar go articles and stories that highlight the
plight of the poor and common man. Those stories are replaced with what they somehow deem are statistically more
"in demand" and "relevant" such as Britney Spears farting in a public place. Behold: For the ruling elite who control all
media with an iron fist dictate what is important and what is relevant in society. They then spread their "news"
coverage of whatever they decide is of current importance from coast to coast. Thus their continuing under educating
the masses and misdirecting their attentions and energies to trial pursuits. This strategy is known as the omission
stratagem. The sin of omission is very much an integral policy m.o.
Let it be known: Whenever the ruling elite orchestrate any given project, conduct a strategic event on the public stage,
they always prepare in advance to control all factors concerning the perception of the event. Prior to orchestrating any
event they conceive story lines, narratives designed for public consumption. Whatever actions they make, they already
have a planned NARRATIVE to disseminate among the population to IMMEDIATELY channel the public‘s
attention and perception through the NARRATIVE, thus effectively controlling the REACTION to the event.
Therefore you witness all the media and talking heads everywhere immediately falling in line and joining in the chores
like cheerleaders. This is the true genius of the ruling elite, but the simultaneous release of a narrative for every major
event they conduct does not stop there, if you carefully inspect their actions, you will notice that they almost always
launch at least TWO narratives of opposing frames of thought to contradict each other (e.g., rightwing vs. leftwing)
thus giving the public a perception of choice of which side to believe, adopt and rally behind.
One of the factors that makes it so easy for the Government and rulers to be able to lead the herds of cattle is the fact
that since childhood we are constantly conditioned to follow orders, do as you are told, obey, NEVER question
authority, those who prove to have dutifully allowed themselves to be easily controlled are rewarded with silly things
like a letter "A" and receive ―honors‖ (oh how nice it is to be put
on that pedestal and looked up to in admiration by your peers).
Those who fail to follow as they are told are immediately

subjected to peer pressure, scorn, reprimanded even penalized in
one way or another. The system of rewards in the indoctrination
process just gets more elaborate as you get older. When you really
do good, never getting out of line and perfectly following the
agenda of those in charge, the rewards get interesting, wow, now
you can get a cool certificate or even a MEDAL! Golly gee whiz,
you are really cooking now. You are becoming the perfect
object.
You hang that perfectly worthless piece of paper on your walls

and treasure those pieces of tin with fake gold plating, boy are you
proud. Wow, now that‘s what the meaning of life is all about!
Congratulations, you are now ready to join your fellow cattle in society. Now you are ready to chime in on the dialog,
toil day in and day out to make ends meet with the rest of your peers, applying the lessons you have been conditioned
since childhood in your everyday life, blindly follow and obey.
The moment you "get out of line" you are quickly punished. We have to dock your days pay, maybe suspension, when
you do something utterly dumb like question or confront whatever system you are toiling under, the punishment is a
"pink slip."
Enter the realm of Applied Behavioral and Cognitive Sciences…
I cannot emphasize enough how important it is to completely understand that manipulation and control of people‘s
minds, behavior, their aspirations, thoughts, likes, dislikes and so forth is not only susceptible to manipulation but
actually IS meticulously molded and controlled on a daily basis by the powers that be. The field of Behavioral Science
goes back to ancient Greek times. Today all Ivy league universities have prominent Behavioral Science departments
and curriculums. Many key government agencies especially strategic agencies such as FBI and military, have
Behavioral Science units. The media industry is basically a fully functional Behavioral Science molding apparatus.
The field of Behavioral Science is the center, ground zero in the world of understanding, management, control and
manipulation of the masses. All million dollar advertising campaigns employ armies of Behavioral Scientists to help
develop successful marketing strategies that pull in customers by the millions. They know what makes people tick;
they know how to push their buttons. What we are talking about here is the fact that understanding human behavior is
NOT speculation or theory, for it is an established, proven and practiced SCIENCE. And the ruling elite, corporations,
political leaders and governments are their number one clients.
I quick search on the internet on the subject of Behavioral Science brings up 13.7 million substantial hits. Cognitive &
Behavioral Science is big business. To give you a typical glimpse of the industry, here is a quote from the home page
of just one company that specializes in this field:
When You Know How People Think,

You Gain A Measure Of Mastery
Over Their Decisions.
Since 1975, Behavioral Science Research has been dedicated to finding intelligent, creative solutions
to real-world problems in corporate management, new product development, public opinion
assessment, and marketing. We strive to bring an extra measure of intelligence and experience to
solving our client's problems. Whether this involves a high-tech research method, a sophisticated
statistical test, or a creative questionnaire approach, the results are the same. Our clients have
research they can use. Immediately. With confidence. In the marketplace, in the boardroom, or in
court.
We're large enough to offer you unsurpassed technical competence, statistical sophistication, and
national capabilities, yet still small enough that top management is part of every project team.
The Premise...Intelligent Solutions
The problems you face today are more complex, more demanding than they have ever been.
Simplistic answers and cold numbers are not enough. You need to be able to turn your unanswered
questions into solved problems. Since 1975, Behavioral Science Research has acted on the premise
that you need more than a handful of numbers out of your research. You need findings you can use,
research that is user-friendly and solutions-oriented. Research that comes with experience.
Economists and sociologists. Marketers and mathematicians. Psychologists and strategic planners.
Ready to provide you with intelligent solutions to your unsolved problems.
The vast majority of the population lives under the grand illusion that everything they think and do is their own
thoughts and ideas… Nothing could be further from the truth… All your thoughts, your wishes, your values, your
morals, your ethics, your hopes, your fears, your prides, etc., etc., have and are being shaped, formed, reinforced and
manipulated every single day of your life from all angles through the professional application of Behavioral and
Cognitive Science based programming. The foundation of manufacturing mass consent, shaping public opinion and
ideologies.
Hypnotic Mind Altering Mass Media - video
Manufacturing Consent
A phrase from Public Opinion, a 1922 book by Walter Lippman which addresses the power of propaganda. There
is also another book based on the above work called Manufacturing Consent: The Political Economy of the Mass
Media (1988), by Edward S. Herman and Noam Chomsky, is an analysis of the news media as business.
The propaganda model
Using the propaganda model, Manufacturing Consent explains that corporate-owned news mass communication
media — print, radio, television — are businesses subject to commercial competition for advertising revenue and
profit. As such, their distortion (editorial bias) of news reportage — i.e. what types of news, which items, and
how they are reported — is consequence of the profit motive that requires establishing a stable, profitable
business; therefore, news businesses favoring profit over the public interest succeed, whilst those favoring
reportorial accuracy over profits fail, and are relegated to the margins of their markets (low sales and ratings).
Government and news media

Editorial distortion is aggravated by the news media‘s dependence upon private and governmental news sources.
If a given newspaper, television station, magazine, et cetera, incurs governmental disfavor, it usually is subtly
excluded from access to information (news); resultantly, its competitors receive biased, preferential access.
Consequently, the excluded news medium loses readers, viewers, and subscribers, hence its market-place
business-leadership when it loses advertisers — the primary income sources. To minimize such financial danger,
news media businesses editorially distort their reportage to favor government and corporate policies in order to
maintain revenues and increase profits.
Editorial bias: five filters
The propaganda model describes five editorially-distorting filters applied to news reportage in mass media:
1. Size, Ownership, and Profit Orientation: the business connections among the owning corporations, the identity
of the controlling investors, and the personal, political, and financial affiliations of external directors. 2. The
Advertising License to Do Business: the advertising-income-based news media must cater to the political
prejudices and economic desires of advertisers.
3. Sourcing Mass Media News: reporters consider governmental sources as more factually reliable than private
sources. ―In effect, the large bureaucracies of the powerful subsidize the mass media, and gain special access, by
their contribution to reducing the media‘s costs of acquiring . . . and producing, news‖.
4. Flak and the Enforcers: powerful, private influence groups (e.g. conservative or liberal think tanks) organize
systematic replies to reporters deviating from the official corporate interpretation of facts and events.
5. Anti-Communism: since the Russo–American Cold War‘s (1945–91) ending, anticommunism was
transubstantiated into the contemporary War on Terror, as the current national religion and social control
mechanism. See ―Media Control, the Spectacular Achievements of Propaganda.‖
The Engineering of Consent

"The Engineering of Consent" is an essay by Edward Bernays first published in 1947.[1] He defines "engineering
consent" as the art of manipulating people; specifically, the American public, who are described as
"fundamentally irrational people... who could not be trusted."[citation needed] It maintained that entire
populations, which were undisciplined or lacking in intellectual or definite moral principles, were vulnerable to
unconscious influence and thus susceptible to want things that they do not need. This was achieved by linking
those products and ideas to their unconscious desires. Ernest Dichter, who is widely considered to be the "father
of motivational research," referred to this as "the secret-self of the American consumer."[citation needed]
In other words, consumer psychologists have already made the choice for people before they buy a certain
product. This is achieved by manipulating desires on an unconscious level.
The central idea behind the engineering of consent is that the public or people should not be aware of the
manipulation taking place.
The "Engineering Consent" chapter of Christopher Bryson's book "The Fluoride Deception" describes how
Bernays helped the water fluoridation campaign in the USA.
Women's Smoking
Edward Bernays was responsible in the late 1920s for converting attitudes towards women's smoking from a
social taboo to a socially acceptable act. Indeed an act seen as attractive and even desirable by society.
He did this by associating women's smoking with the ideas of ―power‖ and ―freedom‖ which he did by using the
slogan ―Torches of Freedom‖, during a famous parade in New York City.
The idea of "Engineering of Consent" was motivated by Freud‘s idea that humans are irrational beings and are
motivated primarily by inner desires hidden in their unconscious. If one understood what those unconscious
desires were, then one could use this to one's advantage to sell products and increase sales.
Influence
The Engineering of Consent also applies to the pioneered application of Freudian psychoanalytic concepts and
techniques to business—in particular to the study of consumer behavior in the marketplace. Ideas established
strongly influenced the practices of the advertising industry in the twentieth century.
The techniques applied developing the "consumer lifestyle" were also later applied to developing theories in
cultural commodification; which has proven successful in the later 20th century (with diffusion of cultures
throughout North America) to sell ethnic foods and style in popular mainstream culture by removing them from
geography and ethnic histories and sanitizing them for a general public.
Ernest Dichter applied what he dubbed "the strategy of desire" for building a "stable society," by creating for the
public a common identity through the products they consumed; again, much like with Cultural Commodification,
where culture has no "identity," "meaning," or "history" inherited from previous generations, but rather, is created
by the attitudes which are introduced by consumer behaviors and social patterns of the period. According to
Dichter: "To understand a stable citizen, you have to know that modern man quite often tries to work off his
frustrations by spending on self-sought gratification. Modern man is internally ready to fulfill his self-image, by
purchasing products which compliment it."
The true meaning of life has been obscured to ALL since childhood. The meaning of life has been replaced by: "The
American Dream." You must go to whatever lengths to accomplish no matter what. Your peers judge you by what you
have and do not have. If you are poor, you are a nobody. If you make it to the middle levels of materialism, you can sit
proudly in that new car and home you are indebted with up to your nose, the banksters are your economic masters. Boy
you have surely made it though! Then you not only have to keep it and sustain it, now you must toil even harder not to
lose it and to continue to go further higher up the feeding chain. The great comedian George Carlin once summed up
the quest like this: ―The American dream, you have to be asleep to believe it.‖
Millions of minions trod along this path only to realize that one little miss-step, one little mishap and it can all
disappear. Back to "Go" do not collect 200, start all over again! The meaning of life has been replaced by the American
Dream that has become too many "the mission in life." But then what is the true meaning of life? For the sake of
continuity of this chapter's topic we must continue to focus on the main issues at hand. For those who are interested, we
will try to cover the TRUE meaning of life elsewhere in this report.
So there you stand, a bare empty shell, conditioned since childhood, a mere minion among minions who the ruling elite
lead to graze as sheep/cattle in whatever direction they so choose. You see but yet you are blind, you hear but yet you
are deft. You must break free from their bonds and emancipate yourself from mental slavery. In order to do so, you
must earnestly confront all the fairy tales you have been conditioned in your entire life. You must learn to see through
the smoke and mirrors of your ruling masters. But who can question their wisdom? Who dares stand up to the powers
of the beast?
“Hollywood is the magician's wand (holly-holy) which has been used to cast a spell on the unsuspecting public.
Things or ideas which would otherwise be seen as bizarre, vulgar, undesirable or impossible are inserted into films
in the realm of fantasy. When the viewer watches these films, his/her mind is left open to suggestion and the
conditioning process begins. These same movies which are designed to program the average person, can give the
discerning viewer a better understanding of the workings and the plan of the world agenda. "Be-aware".
Predictive Programming - The power of suggestion using the media of fiction to create a desired outcome." - Alan
Watt
Unfortunately, I neither have the resources nor space to get into much needed details on many important topics in this
report. My mission is to provide the "big picture" and show how all the pieces of the puzzle fit together like a glove.
We connect the dots. But you must continue forth and keep on
connecting the dots. With that said and done, the world has
been masterfully manipulated for ages by THE MEDIA.
Text books, magazines, news papers, TV, news stations, etc.

are their tools. Those who control the media are
COMPLETELY allied with the ruling elite and your
governments, for all intents and purposes, they are "one". A
train of thought, a NARRATIVE is first fabricated by the
original source, then the other units of the media chain all
chime in and instill the message(s), a wave of reinforcing
universal accord of messages come at you from all corners and
sources, reinforcing and establishing whatever implanted
concept as fact, norm, reality: Surely if EVERYONE is saying
the same thing and everyone universally agrees, then it "must"
be true! Behold: Here lays one of the basic principles on how
their system works.
Take for example: Diamonds. They are synonymous with

"love is forever". How did that come to be? A diamond has
become the defacto symbol of love worldwide via a careful
strategic implementation of knowledge derived from Behavioral Scientific research then implemented by their public
relations and marketing departments. The campaigns spanned over decades, nurturing the target image they wanted to
portray. The diamond marketing scheme is what legends are made out of, pure genius. For they have taken a relatively
worthless rock and cultivated added value and the appearance of illusion and rarity for what in reality is a common
item whose quantity is purposely artificially controlled to keep the prices high. Here we have a perfect case study that
can be readily examined in depth on how corporate America and governments have mastered the art of making you
believe whatever they want you to. Now go buy that diamond for your loved one, you know you have no choice in the
matter... it‘s the only way to "prove" to her that you love her! LOL, pure genius.
One need look no further than the magazine racks of any store to get a glimpse of just where the mass American
psyche is. The population is completely engulfed in the mystique of Hollywood stardom and superficial material
things; immoral decadence is proudly displayed as integral content of virtually all tabloids. The sheer number of
tabloids and their wide circulations clearly demonstrate the majority of America‘s population is completely
OBSESSED with stars and mindless trivial bullshit. They collectively worship their FALSE IDOLS and want to
emulate their twisted lifestyles. They just can‘t get enough dirt and gossip, the thought of this and how many millions
of people make up this group is beyond alarming, it is truly catastrophic proportions for just by looking at the headlines
of any tabloid one can easily see that whoever reads that trash, their minds are completely and hopelessly lost.
It took me just 3 minutes to round up just a few random tabloid magazine covers out of the literally never ending
barrage of published trash that sits on the local magazine sections. These are just a representative few I quickly found
and speak for themselves as to the mindless drivel content that they routinely serve and bullshit they embed into the
minds of the lost goyim masses… Behold for for the blind masses are completely mesmerized by worthless crap:
These magazines serve as one of the best examples of what the goyim masses of the world are completely consumed
by… worthless materialistic mindless garbage. Within those few covers you can readily get a glimpse of what the
goyim gentile masses have been conditioned to hold in high esteem, honor, desire and want to emulate in their lives.
It has been prophesized in the ancient scriptures that in the end times the world would be immersed in THE GREAT
DELUSION. This great delusion is none other than the production of the entire media world‘s programming.
Check Out All The Violence Here!

Or: How I Jolt You Into Submission To Get Your Money
I will now transform back into the irresponsible and rabid but successful mainstream marketer I once was in order
to convey this to you most effectively.
Shazam.
As a big marketer, one of the most effective techniques I use to divert you away from what really matters in life
and instead focus your worries, time and money on what will make my wallet fatter is jolting you into
submission.
Constantly.
We jolt you without your awareness in any direction we want you to go -- a direction that always benefits us, of
course, whether "us" is a corporation or political party -- and the sick beauty is that you actually believe where we
took you is where you wanted to go.
At an inevitable later point, it does finally dawn on you that you've been electro-prodded into beliefs and habits
that are not really your own. Beliefs like physical beauty is ½ of everything and financial wealth is the other ½,
and habits like buying endless pills to become healthier and working routine sixty-hour weeks "to get ahead."
By the time the realization hits that you've been tricked into these beliefs and habits for other people's gain,
though, you're sick, fat, depressed, stressed, broke, angry or possibly already dying due to our jolting.
Hurry, Read this Section Before I Blow It Up! - (The Jolting Part)
So how do we jolt you?
Like all the other techniques we use to get you, for our jolting to work, we depend entirely on the First Real Rule
of Marketing, that most people don't believe they can be manipulated all that much. You may scan-read this
article, for example, and think "Somewhat interesting and kind of scary, so thank God I'm pretty much above
that!"
That kind of thinking is our foundational requirement for jolting you.
We've most mastered how to jolt you into a zombie-like stupor in order to easily con you into spending your
time and money on the cars, movie stars, gym shoes, politicians and lifestyles we're selling through the visual
mediums of television and Hollywood films.
That is not to say we aren't incredibly good at jolting you through magazines, radio, and all the other mediums,
because we are. But we have perfected it where it impacts you the most.
Movies, commercials and TV shows (including and especially "the news") are in fact measured for their likely
success within the industry by their "jolts per minute," or JPM. This refers to how many times within an average
minute that you, the viewer, are going to be "jolted" by something in the program that stimulates your base
senses. The more JPM, the more likely that commercial, movie or TV show will be a "hit."
Fear, sexual desire, rage and jealousy are among your most dominant base senses. These are subconscious to
instinctual states of being. They don't require you to think in order to produce them. These are where we target all
of our jolting.
And that's why the commercial world is saturated with violence and sex. They are the easiest, fastest and most
effective methods to stimulate and manipulate your base senses (though like any drug, they are only effective if
they are ever-increasing ... which is why in American culture they ARE ever-increasing.)
When the bad guy gets his head blown off or the oil tanker explodes and almost kills the good guy, you release
infantile utterances like "Oooh" and "Aaaah" and you feel fright, rage or primitive satisfaction. You are
certainly not in conscious thinking mode. You are not pondering man's inhumanity to man or the meaning of
justice or fate or God. You are reacting.
When you reach for the magazine with the supermodel in a perfect airbrushed bikini smirking next to the headline
shouting "Lose 20 Lbs in 10 Days with the North Woods Diet!" you're reacting to your desire to be more
desirous. You are not pondering the true nature of beauty itself, or even the true airbrushed nature of the model's
bikini.
Getting jolted by us is very easy for you and -- in the same base sense that eating cheese is for a mouse -- quite
enjoyable for you. Therefore the TV shows, movies, commercials, magazine and newspaper articles, websites
and all the rest with high levels of jolts per minute (or jolts per page, etc.) are largely perceived as "good."
Meanwhile, concentrating and contemplating are hard, so the movies, shows, magazines, and more that challenge
you to do so are far worse than bad to most -- they're "boring." And boring is largely ignored.
Concentration and contemplation -- the enemy of irresponsible and rabid marketing -- is largely and increasingly
ignored.
Watch as this Section Strips Completely Naked! (The Submission Part)
So how do we jolt you so extensively that we can take advantage of you? First, realize that TV shows, including
the news and including sports, are produced primarily to sell the commercial space that surrounds them (and
increasingly infiltrates them) to corporate advertisers.
You as a viewer are their secondary market.
In order to please the primary market and get as much of their advertising dollars as possible, the big marketers
(the network executives, producers, promoters, directors, etc.) will do whatever it takes to feed them as much
secondary market (you) as possible.
Similarly, Hollywood's key goal is not to entertain you (and certainly not to enlighten you.) It is -- like every
other corporation -- to make as much money as possible.
The easiest, fastest, least expensive, most effective and most profitable way we have found to do this -- at least in
the short-term which is what it's all about for us -- is no different than what is the easiest, fastest, least expensive
and most profitable in the more overt forms of advertising: to repeatedly jolt you until you're stunned into
submission and you:
1. Find it boring and even excruciating to have to think deeply when all you want to do is kick
back and "be entertained"
2. Are therefore actually craving more of our jolting
With you begging us for more "good" entertainment - that is, movies and TV shows and Super Bowl commercials
and articles on celebrities and all the rest that stimulate your basest senses more, more, more but that don't bother
you with having to think or feel deeply -- you are essentially handing me and my peers in marketing the electric
prod to control your beliefs and habits.
We can now much more easily make you (and the even more malleable minds of your daughters) believe that
physical beauty really is the be-all and end-all -- and sell you our pretty movie stars and diet pills and night
creams and plastic surgeries.
We can now much more easily make you (and the even more malleable minds of your sons) believe that terrorists
and murderers and ninjas are lurking around every corner -- and sell you our toy guns and real guns and video
games and hate music and political candidates.
You're hooked on a drug called JPM, we've got evermore to go around, and because you're in a high
stupor we can convince you of anything and take whatever we want from you.
(And we're going after your children even harder.)
Humble Transformation Back to Conscientious Mortal in This Section
(The Final Advice Part)
Shazam again.
I have transformed back into the "conscientious marketer" I now am revealing the secrets of how the irresponsible
mainstream marketers take extreme advantage of you -- and how to overcome it -- in every one of my "How We
Get You" columns.
There are two giant shields you have against being jolted into submission by the big marketers: awareness and
alternate experiences.
You don't have to avoid watching 24 (perhaps the highest jolts per minute show on TV today), you don't have to
stop reading People Magazine, you can even keep enjoying those Super Bowl commercials. The key is to teach
yourself to be keenly aware of how they are designed to lull you into that mindless and reactionary stupor ... the
same way you may not avoid swimming in the ocean despite its many dangers but you do remain keenly aware of
where you are in relation to the shore.
How to do this?
For several of your favorite movies, commercials, magazine articles, and other forms of marketing, analyze them.
For instance, push yourself to consciously review a fifteen or twenty minute segment of a few TV shows,
counting every jolt and considering how they are working the numbing magic on their audience.
As children are even more targeted and more vulnerable to being jolted, if you have kids or grandkids, analyze
fifteen to twenty minutes of their favorite shows or a series of commercials with them. Count the jolts, have them
call some out on their own, and discuss the possible impact of the jolts. This will teach them what is truly a
crucial life skill these days -- and it will help polish your own awareness.
If you are rolling your eyes at learning how to be keenly aware of media in this manner:
1. Roll your eyes all you want, it still really works

2. At least utilize the other giant shield you have, alternate experiences. This means countering the
numbing effect of high jolts per minute experiences with experiences that do prompt you (and
your kids) to think and feel deeply such as the occasional literary novel, National Geographic
Channel documentary, spiritual text, art exhibit, classical concert, canoe ride, or whatever in the
wide and still truly rich world does prompt you to concentrate and contemplate. After perhaps a
brief sobering up period -- the length depends on how many jolts per minute have invaded your
bloodstream -- you'll find concentration and contemplation can be even more enjoyable than having
your base senses rubbed
 Programs designed for children are five to six times more

violent than adult TV
 In prime time shows there are three to five violent acts per
hour
 In Saturday morning kids shows there are 20-25 violent
acts per hour
 The average child will see about 8,000 murders depicted on
TV before finishing grade school
 Kids see about 10,000 television rapes, assaults and
murders each year.
The media and business barons are not the only ones who have mastered the art of manipulating public opinion, as
amatter of fact, the true pioneers of public opinion manipulation has always been the ruling regimes throughout the
ages. Over the centuries the ruling establishments have perfected the
art of leading the masses. Modern public relations, psychological, and
social engineering management and manipulation is down to an exact
advanced science.
Tons of research has been conducted into the study of and

manipulation of human behavior. Today nothing is left up to chance.
Everything can be scientifically calculated down to a few percentage
points off mark. Just as Edward Bernays was one of the founding
fathers of public relations, was one of the first to attempt to
manipulate public opinion using the subconscious. His work is
legendary in the field of mind control. He felt this manipulation was
necessary in society, which he regarded as irrational and dangerous
as a result of the 'herd instinct' that Trotter had described, Adam
Curtis's award-winning 2002 documentary for the BBC, The Century
of the Self, pinpoints Bernays as the originator of modern public
relations, and Bernays was named one of the 100 most influential Americans of the 20th century by Life magazine.
In ―Propaganda‖ (1928), his most important book, Edward Bernays argued that the manipulation of public
opinion was a necessary part of democracy:
―The conscious and intelligent manipulation of the organized habits and opinions of the masses is an important
government which is the true ruling power of our country. ...We are governed, our minds are molded, our tastes
formed, our ideas suggested, largely by men we have never heard of. This is a logical result of the way in which
our democratic society is organized. Vast numbers of human beings must cooperate in this manner if they are to
live together as a smoothly functioning society. ...In almost every act of our daily lives, whether in the sphere of
politics or business, in our social conduct or our ethical thinking, we are dominated by the relatively small
number of persons...who understand the mental processes and social patterns of the masses. It is they who pull
the wires which control the public mind.‖
I find it very interesting and deeply revealing that many of the top researchers in the fields of psychology, Cognitive
Sciences and mind control are Zionist Jews. From famous Jew Edward Bernays, Sigmund Freud (was also a Jew he
was Bernay‘s uncle), Solomon Asch, Seilgman, Maier, Karl Marx & Friedrich Engels etc. were all prominent Jews
who influenced and steered the course of history with their writings. They were the selected and heavily promoted
Jewish founders of communism, which was one of the Zionist ruling elite‘s failed attempts to establish Jewish
world rule utopia. Marx & Engels were converted to Communism by another influential Jew, Moses Hess one of the
founders of socialism and a precursor to what would later by called Zionism. His book Rome and Jerusalem called for
the establishment of a Jewish socialist commonwealth in Palestine and the assertion of Jewish identity in the world.
"The Jewish people as a whole will be its own Messiah. It will attain world domination by the
dissolution of other races...and by the establishment of a world republic in which everywhere the
Jews will exercise the privilege of citizenship. In this New World Order the Children of Israel...will
furnish all the leaders without encountering opposition..." (Karl Marx in a letter to Baruch Levy,
quoted in Review de Paris, 6/1/28, p. 574)
The American Idiot - Video
"The Engineering of Consent" is an essay by Edward Bernays first published in 1947. He defines "engineering
consent" as the art of manipulating people; specifically, the American citizen, who are described as "fundamentally
irrational people... who could not be trusted." It maintained that entire populations, which were undisciplined or
lacking in intellectual or definite moral principles, were vulnerable to unconscious influence and thus susceptible to
want things that they do not need. This was achieved by linking those products and ideas to their unconscious desires.
Ernest Dichter, who is widely considered to be the "father of motivational research," referred to this as "the secret-self
of the American consumer."
In other words, consumer psychologists have already made the choice for us before we buy a certain product. This is
achieved by manipulating desires on an unconscious level. The central idea behind the engineering of consent is that
the public or people should not be aware of the manipulation taking place.
As United States Collapses, Media Worships LeBron James - video
The Delphi Technique – What Is It?

The Delphi Technique was originally conceived as a way to obtain the opinion of experts without necessarily
bringing them together face to face. In recent times, however, it has taken on an all new meaning and purpose. In
Educating for the New World Order by B. Eakman, the reader finds reference upon reference for the need to
preserve the illusion that there is "…lay, or community, participation (in the decision-making process), while
lay citizens were, in fact, being squeezed out." The Delphi Technique is the method being used to squeeze
citizens out of the process, effecting a left-wing take over of the schools.[for example]
A specialized use of this technique was developed for teachers, the "Alinsky Method" (ibid, p.123). The setting
or group is, however, immaterial; the point is that people in groups tend to share a certain knowledge base and
display certain identifiable characteristics (known as group dynamics). This allows for a special application of a
basic technique.
The change agent or facilitator goes through the motions of acting as an organizer, getting each person in the
target group to elicit expression of their concerns about a program, project, or policy in question. The facilitator
listens attentively, forms "task forces," "urges everyone to make lists," and so on. While s/he is doing this, the
facilitator learns something about each member of the target group. S/He identifies the "leaders," the "loud
mouths," as well as those who frequently turn sides during the argument — the "weak or noncommittal".
Suddenly, the amiable facilitator becomes "devil's advocate." S/He dons his professional agitator hat. Using the
"divide and conquer" technique, s/he manipulates one group opinion against the other. This is accomplished by
manipulating those who are out of step to appear "ridiculous, unknowledgeable, inarticulate, or dogmatic." S/He
wants certain members of the group to become angry, thereby forcing tensions to accelerate. The facilitator is
well trained in psychological manipulation. S/He is able to predict the reactions of each group member.
Individuals in opposition to the policy or program will be shut out of the group.
The method works. It is very effective with parents, teachers, school children, and any community group. The
"targets" rarely, if ever, know that they are being manipulated. Or, if they suspect this is happening, do not know
how to end the process.
The desired result is for group polarization, and for the facilitator to become accepted as a member of the group
and group process. S/He will then throw the desired idea on the table and ask for opinions during discussion.
Very soon his/her associates from the divided group begin to adopt the idea as if it were their own, and pressure
the entire group to accept the proposition.
This technique is a very unethical method of achieving consensus on a controversial topic in group settings. It
requires well-trained professionals who deliberately escalate tension among group members, pitting one faction
against the other, so as to make one viewpoint appear ridiculous so the other becomes "sensible" whether such is
warranted or not.
The Delphi Technique is based on the Hegelian Principle of achieving Oneness of Mind through a three step
process of thesis, antithesis, and synthesis. In thesis and antithesis, all present their opinion or views on a given
subject, establishing views and opposing views. In synthesis, opposites are brought together to form the new
thesis. All participants are then to accept ownership of the new thesis and support it, changing their own views to
align with the new thesis. Through a continual process of evolution, Oneness of Mind will supposedly occur.
The theory of the Delphi and the reality of the Delphi are, obviously, quite different — the reality being that
Oneness of Mind does not occur but only the illusion of Oneness of Mind with those who refuse to be Delphi'd
being alienated from participating in the process.
While proponents of education reform feel they are quite justified in this, the effect of this unethical manipulation
of people is to create polarized camps. In an effort to maintain the process, advocates have marketed a plethora of
publications (such as What's Left After the Right, No Right Turn and If You Don't, They Will) intended to label,
castigate, and alienate anyone who does not go along with them. As a result, parents come to understand that
their role in education reform is merely perfunctory; that the outcome is preset, that they are not but the rah-rah
team so when opposition does arise, advocates of education reform can say, "we had community input."
To make sure that the situation is controlled, only those parents who agree with the process are allowed on the
restructuring teams. New participants are carefully screened to ensure that education reform goes forward
unquestioned.
If measurable opposition persists, advocates are told, get the local ministers on board. Take steps to neutralize, by
whatever means necessary, the opposition. In some places, opponents have been harassed, both at home and on
the job, personal property has been damaged and vandalized, people have lost their jobs. Anyone who does not
go along with the restructuring of our society is susceptible to the totalitarian tactics of those promoting education
reform – whether it be parents, teachers, principals, superintendents or board members. The need exists for
advocates to maintain an iron grip on the process. They cannot, for instance, withstand open public debate of the
issues. Therefore, they do not partake in public forums. They cannot withstand the criticism, so they close every
avenue for parents to address the issues. They are rapidly creating, through their divisive tactics, a volatile
situation. America is being torn apart.
Parents, citizens, teachers, principals, superintendents who are opposed to the new purpose being given our
American education system need tools to withstand the process being used to bring it in — against the Delphi
Technique and consensus which, through their basis in the Hegelian Principle, have Marxist connections and
purposes.
First, no opportunity must be left untaken to expose this unethical, divisive process. Second, when this process is
used, it can be disrupted. To do so, however, one must be able to recognize when the Delphi Technique is being
used, and how to disrupt it.
One amazing case study of the art and science of engineered social conditioning of masses is very familiar to you:
Apple Corporation seems to have found the holy grail of marketing. Apple ingeniously fostered and cultivated a cult
like following, a nirvana that no other company has quite been able to duplicate. Whenever they release a new product
their CULT followers bow in awe and stampede the local stores the day of its release. The most severely afflicted
among them camp out in front of the stores days in advance in a trance like state waiting for the release of the new
item. Yet the fact that Apple corporation is run like a dictatorship is blinded from them. The fact that it is a totalitarian
regime where its captives, ummm, customers are forced to purchase everything from them, hardware, software,
accessories, peripherals. Your options and choices are limited to what they give you.
Apple: The New Religion?

Skye Jethani, June 28, 2010 - Auther ―The Divine Commodity: Discovering a Faith Beyond Consumer
Christianity‖
This week crowds of worshipers outside Apple Stores around the globe will finally be able to lay their hands on
the latest object of their devotion: the iPhone 4. The public was given its first official look at the device a few
weeks ago when Steve Jobs descended from his holy digital mountain with the updated phone in his hands.
Reports have already circulated about spontaneous rallies of Apple fans, and we've seen the video footage of
consumers reacting with fits of ecstasy as they hold their new purchase.
The frenzy created every time Apple releases a new product highlights a growing but under-reported phenomenon:
the power of consumer brands to supplant traditional religions in peoples' lives. Many Christians believe the
greatest threat to the church today is postmodernity. Others zero in on relativism. Some believe the enemy is
secular humanism. Others think it's Islam. I disagree with all of these. In my view, the greatest challenge facing the
contemporary church is consumerism. By that I do not mean consumption. It's not wrong to consume things. In
fact, as contingent beings we've been designed to consume for survival. The only human that doesn't consume is
one that has reached room temperature, in which case they are now being consumed. (Do I hear "The Circle of
Life" in the background?)
The consumerism I'm concerned with is the kind that functions as a worldview. It forms the uncontested
assumptions of our lives, and when it intersects with faith our perceptions of worship, mission, community, belief,
and even God are fundamentally altered. These are all subject I tackle in my book, The Divine Commodity
(Zondervan, 2009).
One aspect of consumerism that is particularly powerful is branding. (Add to it commoditization and alienation
and you've got the unholy trinity of consumerism.)
Douglas Atkins, author of The Culting of Brands: Turn Your Customers Into True Believers, says, "Brands are the
new religion ... They supply our modern metaphysics, imbuing the world with significance ... Brands function as
complete meaning systems."
Without question one of the most potent brands in America today is Apple, and new research has shown that Apple
has achieved the same impact on the human brain as religion.
Martin Lindstrom is the author of Buyology. He says:
Apple is (as we've proven using neuroscience) ... a religion. Not only that -- it is a religion based on its
communities. Without its core communities, Apple would die -- it is already facing strong pressure as the brand
simply is becoming too broad (losing) its magic. What's holding it all together is the hundreds if not thousands of
communities across the world spreading the passion and creating the myths.
Adding to the evidence that Apple is actually a religion, psychologist David Levine, a self-identified Mac nut,
says:
For many Mac people, I think [the Mac community] has a religious feeling to it. For a lot of people who are not
comfortable with religion, it provides a community and a common heritage. I think Mac users have a certain
common way of thinking, a way of doing things, a certain mindset. People say they are a Buddhist or a Catholic.
We say we're Mac users, and that means we have similar values.
For more about the religious (even cultic) power of Apple, I suggest reading this article in "Wired" that details the
messianic characteristics of Steve Jobs. There is also a documentary on the subject called "Macheads." In the
trailer the film declares, "It's more than a computer, it's a way of life."
The identity-forming power of brands like Apple means the act of shopping has immense significance in a
consumer culture. As Benjamin Barber writes, "If brand name can shape or even stand in for identity, then to
figure out 'who you are' you must decide where (and for what) you shop." This may explain why shopping is now
the number one leisure activity for Americans. As we peruse the shopping mall or stand in line at the Apple Store,
we are not simply looking for an MP3 player, a computer, or a phone -- we are looking for ourselves. Shopping
occupies a role in society that once belonged only to religion: the power to give meaning and construct identity.
"To shop," Pete Ward observes, "is to seek for something beyond ourselves," and this desire "indicates a spiritual
inclination in many of the everyday activities of shopping."
One question I pose in The Divine Commodity is this: If brands have become religions, is the opposite also true?
Have religions been reduced to brands? I believe the evidence suggests they have. Researchers like Barna, Gallop,
and others are finding it increasingly difficult to differentiate the behaviors and values of self-identified Christians
from non-Christians with one exception: what they buy. Total sales of religious goods in America is nearly $7
billion annually. That is a whole lot of "Tommy Hellfighter" t-shirts, "Jesus Is My Homeboy" underwear, and
"Fruit of the Spirit" energy drinks. One church leader has linked the merchandising with our new understanding of
conversion: "Conversion in the U.S. seems to mean we've exchanged some of our shopping at Wal-Mart,
Blockbuster, and Borders for the Christian Bookstore down the street. We've taken our lack of purchasing control
to God's store, where we buy our office supplies in Jesus' name."
What does this mean for the future of the church in America? I hear a lot on Christian radio and see a lot of
Christian books fighting against postmodernism, relativism, and secularism. But if people, including Christians,
are constructing their identities and lives around consumer brands like Apple, is the church fighting the wrong
battle? And perhaps more disturbing, are we unknowingly contributing to the problem by encouraging Christians
to construct and express their identities via Christ-branded merchandise rather than through characters transformed
to reflect the values of Christ himself?
The genius of their gambit is in successfully indoctrinating and brainwashing their customers into believing that Apple
represents the "free and open" system while mocking its sole competitor the REAL free open market PC base systems
as "the closed Orwellian establishment." The fact that one can purchase every single PC component from thousands of
different sources and have an infinite amount of freedom and choices at every level is irrelevant in the equation.
The Apple minions proudly march around in their isolated, closed, sequestered authoritarian Mac realm in the complete
delusional thinking they have all the freedom, all the while forever turning around and mocking their PC counterparts.
Now THAT is what I call masterful cult inducing indoctrinative priming programming at its zenith. I must close this
observation of the true state of this example by acknowledging that, ok, yes Apple seems to have a better product, but
that is obviously due to the fact that it manufactures and controls every single aspect of their restricted lives…
It can be said that Apple has cultivated a CULT. The blind loyalty of Apple customers is legendary. While I don‘t have
the time and space to dissect this corporate – citizen relationship, I can assure you that their customers have undergone
extensive group hypnosis and conversion. The mass media has been the ENABLER of mass hypnosis on epic scales
bringing about amazing results for those who have mastered the art and science of utilizing mass media for commercial
hypnotic trance programming of their target audiences. The TV set is essentially a master hypnotist‘s wet dream, their
Trojan horse into people‘s homes, giving them carte blanch stealth entry into everyone‘s most private space. It is in
the privacy and comfort of your living rooms and bed rooms that everyone is HYPNOTICALLY
PROGRAMMED.
Covert Hypnosis
The subject of covert hypnosis is one of great controversy and disagreement. Many would argue that one cannot
be hypnotized without knowledge or consent. In fact, most types of hypnosis do require the agreement of the
person being hypnotized. The idea of a hypnotherapy session conducted covertly is absurd. But, with the proper
knowledge and a little practice, you can wield a powerful influence over others using the principles of covert
hypnosis.
Hypnosis is nothing more than a state of awareness where your conscious mind is not filtering the ideas
that enter your subconscious mind. Typically, you can get to this state of awareness through deep relaxation
and guided visualization techniques. These methods, of course, require your awareness and participation.
Covert hypnosis works differently. By using certain language patterns and behaviors a skilled covert hypnotist is
able to plant suggestions in the subconscious mind of his target without detection. Keep in mind; this process is
very different than traditional hypnosis.
The target is typically completely unaware of the covert hypnosis techniques being used on them. In fact, when
done expertly, the target will believe that the implanted thought was their idea all along.
Obviously, such a powerful method of influence and manipulation can be misused. It is unethical to cause harm
or loss by use of covert hypnosis but there are still those who will attempt it. The only way to protect yourself is
to understand covert hypnosis so you can detect when it is being used against you.
There are a series of very specific language patterns that have been proven to have a covert hypnotic effect. Once
you learn these language patterns and phrases you'll know what to look out for the next time you find yourself in
a conversation with a salesperson who seems a little too persuasive.
Even more interesting is the effect of covert hypnosis in speeches or in writing. Each method of communication
offers a different, but uniquely, powerful avenue for delivering a covertly hypnotic message.
A charismatic speaker can have a mesmerizing effect on a crowd, especially one that is predisposed to believe the
topic of the speech. A talented speaker can use tone and vocal fluctuations to create a mass hypnotic effect on the
crowd. Once the mass is entranced it becomes very easy to subtly insert post-hypnotic suggestions into their
minds.
Only one who is familiar with these techniques and language patterns can easily dismiss these suggestions
without experiencing any undue influence. Pay close attention to politicians and how they use language when
giving a speech. Most successful politicians use the techniques of covert hypnosis very skillfully.
Writing is the other avenue for mass influence available to the covert hypnotist. Writing does not have the ability
to use tone or personal magnetism to induce the hypnotic effect so it must rely on an entirely different strategy.
Covert hypnosis in writing requires the active participation of the reader to have any effect. The reader must
become caught up in the narrative. They must see the story. Picture themselves as a part of it. This act of
visualization on the readers part is the key to covert hypnosis in writing.
Once the reader has begun to see the story you are telling in their own mind they are open to suggestion. Their
subconscious is open to, and unprotected from, messages that are delivered through the medium of the story you
are telling and they are visualizing.
Visualization is nothing more than a daydream or a fantasy. Everyone does it. So it is easy to induce with vivid
and descriptive writing if you know how. Once your reader has entered this realm of fantasy their
subconscious is wide open to your message provided you deliver it subtly and within the context of the
fantasy you are spinning.
Many deny the existence and power of covert hypnosis, but make no mistake, a skilled and practiced covert
hypnotist can insert suggestions into your subconscious mind without you even knowing. And they can do
it through a speech you watch on TV or through a letter you get in the mail. [i.e., any media]
TV Produces Hypnotic Effects
Have you ever wondered why, when your child is watching TV they can't hear you? You know how it goes, you walk
into the room and tell them something and five minutes later, it is as if you said nothing at all. What you have been
experiencing is what all parents have, the Hypnotic effect of TV.
If you are like the average American, several rooms in your house are equipped with something that you focus your
eyes on, flickers every few seconds, and can produce a hypnotic-like trance. It is one of the most popular devices of our
time: the television set. The typical environment
for hypnotism induction: a darkened room, a
flickering light (the TV set) as a single-minded
focus, and freedom from all outside diversions
is a classic setting for hypnosis says Jerry
Mander in his book, Four Arguments for the
Elimination of Television.
Some say, "I watch only good programs, so that

isn't a issue with me." But, Does what you watch
make any difference on our mind and character?
The answer is both yes and no. Although the
content you view exerts a powerful effect on your
mind, the medium itself also appears to have
profound mental effects. Evidence suggests that
the television is--in itself--usually detrimental.
This deleterious frontal lobe effect appears to be
the results of the camera-switching work in most
videos and other programming. The technical
problem with the filming technique is referred to
as "rapidly changing scene of reference."
Dr. Morris who was cited in Four Arguments for the Elimination of Television, said, "Television's rapid change of
reference as contributes to the hypnotic-type effect." Researcher Dr. Thomas Mulholland looked at children's EEGs as
they watched their favorite television programs. He assumed that since these programs were their favorite shows, the
kids would be mentally involved with what they were viewing and would experience an oscillation between alpha
brain wave activity and beta. Instead, after just two or three minutes of the show, they sat back and stayed almost
entirely in an alpha pattern. This meant that while they were watching they were "not reacting, not orienting, not
focusing, just space-out."
Dr. Herbert Krugman, a brain wave researcher, was cited in Four Arguments for the Elimination of Television:
"Television is a communication medium that effortlessly transmits huge huge quantities of information not thought
about at the time of exposure."
Dulled Mind of the Masses - video
Well over a decade ago, there had been more than 3,000 scientific studies published on the effects of television on the
mind, but yet they are rarely heard about. Over 500 books have been written on the subject. It is one of the most well-
researched subjects in our culture, yet most people have little awareness of TV viewing's solemn consequences. We
should not expect the television media to confess to anything, but we do not have to stay uninformed.
We have been so brainwashed by our controlled media where we can‘t even notice when our discussions are also being
controlled.
On the Hypnotic Effects of Television

From the Editor, By: David Deschesne, Fort Fairfield Journal
When I was a kid, we only received 3 television channels on a small, black and white television. Those channels
were; WAGM, MPBN and CBC. There really wasn‘t much on television, but I didn‘t care because I was usually
outside doing something else, anyway.
I can remember when our family got cable for the

first time and while it was an interesting change, I
didn‘t see much more on that was really worth
watching. Later on, we got a color TV—now that
was progress.
Today, you can notice in just about every house in

your neighborhood, after dark, the dim blue flicker
of a television through their windows. That flicker
has intensified over the years and exhibits some
pretty interesting psychological effects.
It is no secret that rapidly changing contrasting

images on a television screen will affect those suffering from epilepsy, sometimes to the point of inducing a
seizure. The way a television works is similar to the old 24 frame-per-second movie cameras. What appears to be
full motion video is really a series of still pictures run rapidly together over time in order to create the appearance
of motion. As for the old movie cameras, there were 24 pictures taken every second, with a shutter opening and
closing to advance to the next picture in the sequence. Televisions and computer monitors use the same principle,
only they call it a ―refresh rate.‖ Dr. G.A. Harding conducted a study for the International League against
Epilepsy in the mid-1990‘s. He concluded that using a television or monitor with a higher refresh rate of around
100 Hz (100 frame changes per second) over the older 50 Hz models significantly reduced the occurrences of
epileptic seizures by those viewing. This was likely because the moving picture was more defined and seamless.
Other uses of flickering images are being pioneered by Intelligent Optical Systems (IOS) from Torrence,
California. IOS has received a contract from the American State Police (AMSTAPO), to develop a multi-colored
LED flashlight that when flashed with a certain sequence of colors will make its victim nauseous, disoriented, or
vomit.
Needless to say, humans are very visually-oriented creatures and flickering images have a pretty enormous impact
on us,
Advertisers and marketing engineers also understand the importance of flicker rate imagery when it comes to
selling their products on television. If one were to sit in a darkened room, facing away from a television and
watch the light pattern on the opposite wall, a distinct series of flickering light patterns can be discerned as the
television rapidly transitions from one edited scene to another. By varying the intensity of the contrast between
lights and darks and the rate of switching (flickering) from one scene to another, an advertiser can lull the TV
viewer into a mildly hypnotic state. Once hypnotized by the screen flicker, various forms of Neuro Linguistic
Programming cues are introduced in order to steer the viewer‘s thoughts, making them either calm and accepting
of the product being sold, or openly hostile and uncomfortable with the competitor‘s product.
Compare some of the older television commercials from 50 years ago, which were pasty whitish-gray and had
very little or no flicker at all to today‘s, which sometimes alternate from light to dark multiple times per second.
In addition to flicker rates, television producers use music and subliminal visual cues to invoke a response or
implant a perception into their viewers‘ minds. Years ago, a television newscast was essentially ―radio with
pictures.‖ That is, a newscaster would be sitting in front of a blank, white wall looking at the camera reading the
news. Other than the audio, there was no real reason for the newscaster‘s picture to even be there. Today, a
newscaster is surrounded by multiple, random moving imagery. Turn the sound off and just watch the background
of many television newscasts, or news shows. The wavy, wispy images moving back and forth in the background
are designed to hypnotize you and keep you transfixed, ―glued‖ to the TV. Other gimmicks are the scrolling
―ticker tape‖ on the bottom of the screen and lots of snapping and flashing lights. The more there is going on in
the picture, the more likely you will be hypnotized by the images.
Hypnosis is characterized by highly focused attention, increased responsiveness to suggestions, vivid images and
fantasies, and a willingness to accept distortions of logic or reality—which is the exact template being followed
by today‘s television programmers.
While only 15 percent of people are highly susceptible to hypnosis and 10 percent are difficult or impossible to
hypnotize, the vast majority of the population lies in the gray area in between. Children tend to be more
susceptible to hypnosis than adults. Deeply hypnotized subjects sometimes experience profound changes in their
subjective experience of consciousness (see Psychology, 2nd ed., Hockenbury & Hockenbury, ©2000 Worth
Publishers, p. 158-159).
Watching television, like playing video games, causes the viewer‘s brain waves to slip into a hypnotic, post-REM
type - or ―delta‖ - sleep. Brainwaves of television viewers are similar to those in deep sleep, though their eyes are
still open. While in this state, any number of post-hypnotic suggestions can be implanted in the mind of the
viewer, from buying that fancy new car, to going deeper into debt by refinancing their home in order to take a
vacation.
Under hypnosis, pseudomemories, or false memories, can be implanted into the subject to make them believe they
actually experienced an event or know the facts of an event, even if it never actually happened as purported. The
mainstream television ―news‖ networks were amazingly successful at convincing a large segment of the
population that a 757 hit the Pentagon on 9/11, even though there was no evidence ever produced to support that
theory.
Since television is such a powerful tool, and its existence is licensed and regulated by government, there will
never be any objective, rational discussion of civil rights, or government scams and cons such as income tax or
the Federal Reserve system explained in that broadcast medium.
I stopped watching mainstream network television around 8 years ago. I spend very little time in front of the
television. Instead, I spend my time asking questions about the world around me and seeking answers to them.
Since most people are walking around with their heads full of television network ―programmers‘‖ post-hypnotic
cues, they perceive me as some kind of ―extremist‖ or as ―radical‖ because I‘m not programmed as they are.
The television is government‘s and corporations‘ dream tool. A hypnotic device in every home that people
willingly submit to on a daily basis to get their dose of prescribed propaganda and ―information.‖ For now, you
all still have the choice to cut your brainwashing simply by reaching out and shutting the television off.
Volumes can be written documenting how media and governments lead and miss-lead its constituents, but I don‘t have
the luxury of time and space to expound upon this important topic as extensively as needed, for now I will give you
one clear example, then you can go forth and see how
many more you can spot out there on your own:
America gets attacked by the ―bogeymen‖, subsequently

massive FEAR is instilled in the hearts and minds of the
public, ―anyone who is not with us, is against us‖ was the
battle cry of our fearless savior papa Bush. The days and
weeks following the ―attacks‖ on our soil were full of
coordinated massive hypnotic programming – re-enforcing
displays of patriotism. Everyone was sucked in and took
their cues, and were all soon proudly waving and flying
flags, crying out for the blood of the evil doers. What do
you know, our most beloved, dear, loving, most wonderful
protective government would soon after the attacks lay
waste to several middle eastern countries, wage war on a
word: ―terrorism,‖ then come forth with the largest
onslaught of freedom suppressing policies, laws, agendas
and acts in our history to ―PROTECT US‖ from the
bogeymen… Classic: ―Order out of chaos‖ prototype,
cause and effect…. As in Classic: Problem – Reaction –
Solution paradigm.
Learned helplessness, as a technical term in animal psychology and related human psychology, means a condition of a
human being or an animal in which it has learned to behave helplessly, even when the opportunity is restored for it to
help itself by avoiding an unpleasant or harmful circumstance to which it has been subjected. Learned helplessness
theory is the view that clinical depression and related mental illnesses result from a perceived absence of control over
the outcome of a situation (Seligman, 1975).
What better example to demonstrate a politician‘s mastery of mass communication medium to shape and mold public
opinion even when their words defy all logic and known facts then Sarah Palin‘s DEATH PANELS allegation. Sure
the allegation has absolutely NOTHING to do with REALITY, for it was simply a successful fear mongering barrage.
Not only did she (along with the hundreds of news outlets that kept repeating it) trick the public into believing that
their government might want to murder them with the proposed health care bill, the real scary part is the fact that
clearly demonstrates that OUTRIGHT LIES are perfectly fine to be widely disseminated. The jaw dropping disturbing
truth of the matter demonstrates the norm of how:
1. It‘s perfectly ok for public officials to lie and deceive

2. It is perfectly ok for the mass media to spread those malicious lies
3. The dumbfounding alarming fact that a large portion of the idiot population BELIEVES the blatant made up
lies despite no relevance in reality.
4. Then the brain dead masses never stand up and hold the liars/cheaters/criminals accountable.
There no longer exist any boundaries that separate truth from fiction in our society. Our society is quickly transforming
itself into an ―anything goes‖ all out slugfest, with the victors being who can outwit, outmaneuver the opponent.
Today‘s perfectly acceptable political protocol norms are firmly based in utilizing every psychological priming,
manipulation and influence methods ever devised to fool and mislead the masses into believing whatever narrative
suits their purpose. Like master choreographers, they mold, shape and lead the masses scope of focus, thought and
dialog in whatever direction they so choose.
One area where the media has immense influence is in SENSITIZING and DE-SENITIZING issues and conditions.
Without media coverage on any given issue and/or condition there would exist no slanted or premeditated biased media
induced priming or conditioning influencing public opinion and thus helping shape and mold public formulation of
reality. Once the media enters the fray and begins spreading their agenda driven viewpoints upon the public... (thus
"sensitizing or de-sensitizing" the matter at hand) the IMPACT of said media coverage, especially when it is
reverberated and re-enforced in unison by their other media bedfellows, the IMPACT can and often is very profound
and widespread, often leading to media output establishing itself as the unchallenged defacto established accepted
facts, standards and norms.
Enter the RED HERRING Reverse Psychology

Stratagem:
One of the key strategies of the Zionists utilize has its

roots in the age old sport of Jewish arguing. The
reverse psychology strategy is simply the act of
publically attacking and opposing any idea, act, event,
policy, agenda, etc. that you WANT to pass. I know it
sounds absurd but it works so well that it is being
utilized on every important issue and event they
support. One example of how this logic works is: By
waging highly visible opposition, attacking an issue, it
creates the illusion in the minds of some that ―if
HE/THEY is against it that means that it must surely
be a good idea.‖ That is just one way that it is
commonly used. Sometimes the people from the very
same side that comes out with the proposed agenda
also PUBLICALLY oppose and assault it (privately
they support it). In doing so, they lend credence to the
illusion that it has been ―vetted.‖ These are just two
examples out of many more. The use of this stratagem
is so widespread that you must learn to look out for it.
Below is just one example of this stratagem in use as

the Zionist owned ―news‖ networks took a story and
broadcasted it to setup the ILLUSION that Rahm
Emanuel is NOT an Israeli agent. You should know
that Emmanuel is a fiercely devote Israeli citizen who
serves his country well, even having served under the Israeli Defense Forces. His father was a famous Israeli terrorist
hero. This Israeli agent who is embedded in the highest levels of our government is provided ―cover‖ by his Zionist
comrades in the media giving sustenance to the illusion that he is working against the very people he is truly working
for. Here is a perfect example of a red herring reverse psychology hype:
The Psychological Naming (aka ―reverse psychology double speak‖) Convention:
When you sit back and actually READ and STUDY the actual NAMES of oppressive Bills and Acts, signed into law,
the generated names are psychologically designed for us, the citizens. What I‘m trying to say is that many of these
laws that actually strip us of our rights are NAMED COMPLETELY OPPOSITE OF THEIR PURPOSE. The
proper title of the ―U.S.A. Patriot Act‖ should have been something like ―U.S.A. Citizens Rights Reduction Act‖.
But hell no, that would make it so obvious, in reflecting the actual real CONTENT of the Act, getting it accepted,
signed and approved would be very difficult to say the least! This stratagem was highlighted in Orwell‘s 1984 with
entities such as the ―Ministry of Truth‖ which was a ―misnomer and in reality serves an opposing purpose to that
which its name would imply.‖ I don‘t care who, what, when, where and how, the fact remains, it is a strategy that IS
REGULARLY USED in real life by political leaders and Washington. Call it ―doublespeak‖, ―doublethink‖ or
whatever, it is so prevailent that the leaders hire and pay millions to masters of word manipulation to give them the
edge they need to hoodwink the crowds.
Interesting note: When asked if fascism could ever come to America, Huey Long (the Depression era governor of
Louisiana) replied, ―Sure, only here they‘ll call it anti-fascism.‖
There you have it, the KEY to their naming convention formula, the decipher key for naming the TITLES of policies,
Acts, legislation and Laws of our government is the opposite of what it truly represents. Take the term ―Homeland
Security,‖ the term was adopted from Adolf Hitler‘s institution of his Homeland ―State Security‖ police… the ―SS.‖
How about the ―Fairness Doctrine‖ for example, it is anything BUT fair, and designed to oppress free speech, the list
goes on and on.
Our government leaders know full well that when any new law or legislation is discussed in sound bites on the nightly
news, the water cooler, or wherever, that THE TITLE is what people will REMEMBER more than any other factor.
Virtually no one ever reads the common 1,000 page bills, THUS WE WITNESS: ―the Patriot Act? Oh yeah, I‘m all for
it for I am a true patriot of my wonderful country!‖ Doh… This is what I call bad ass double speak manipulation
masterpiece of public opinion in action.
Propaganda over the many years of practice and perfection has become a
highly functional calculated science.
Propaganda is communication aimed at influencing the attitude of a community toward some cause or position.
As opposed to impartially providing information, propaganda in its most basic sense, presents information
primarily to influence an audience. Propaganda often presents facts selectively (thus lying by omission) to
encourage a particular synthesis, or uses loaded messages to produce an emotional rather than rational response
to the information presented. The desired result is a change of the attitude toward the subject in the target
audience to further a political agenda.
Garth Jowett and Victoria O'Donnell have provided a concise, workable definition of the term: "Propaganda is
the deliberate, systematic attempt to shape perceptions, manipulate cognitions, and direct behavior to achieve a
response that furthers the desired intent of the propagandist"
―Propaganda is neutrally defined as a systematic form of purposeful persuasion that attempts to influence the
emotions, attitudes, opinions, and actions of specified target audiences for ideological, political or commercial
purposes through the controlled transmission of one-sided messages (which may or may not be factual) via mass
and direct media channels." - Richard Alan Nelson, A Chronology and Glossary of Propaganda in the United
States, 1996
TECHNIQUES:
Common media for transmitting propaganda messages include news reports, government reports, historical
revision, junk science, books, leaflets, movies, radio, television, and posters. Less common nowadays are
letterpost envelopes examples of which of survive from the time of the American Civil War.(Connecticut
Historical Society; Civil War Collections; Covers(envelopes). (In principle anything that appears on a poster can
be produced on a reduced scale on a pocket-style envelope with corresponding proportions to the poster). The
case of radio and television, propaganda can exist on news, current-affairs or talk-show segments, as advertising
or public-service announce "spots" or as long-running advertorials. Propaganda campaigns often follow a
strategic transmission pattern to indoctrinate the target group. This may begin with a simple transmission such as
a leaflet dropped from a plane or an advertisement. Generally these messages will contain directions on how to
obtain more information, via a web site, hot line, radio program, et cetera (as it is seen also for selling purposes
among other goals). The strategy intends to initiate the individual from information recipient to information
seeker through reinforcement, and then from information seeker to opinion leader through indoctrination.
A number of techniques based in social psychological research are used to generate propaganda. Many of these
same techniques can be found under logical fallacies, since propagandists use arguments that, while sometimes
convincing, are not necessarily valid.
Some time has been spent analyzing the means by which propaganda messages are transmitted. That work is
important but it is clear that information dissemination strategies become propaganda strategies only when
coupled with propagandistic messages. Identifying these messages is a necessary prerequisite to study the
methods by which those messages are spread. Below are a number of techniques for generating propaganda:
Ad hominem
A Latin phrase that has come to mean attacking your opponent, as opposed to attacking their arguments.
Ad nauseam
This argument approach uses tireless repetition of an idea. An idea, especially a simple slogan, that is repeated
enough times, may begin to be taken as the truth. This approach works best when media sources are limited and
controlled by the propagator.
Appeal to authority
Appeals to authority cite prominent figures to support a position, idea, argument, or course of action.
Appeal to fear
Appeals to fear seek to build support by instilling anxieties and panic in the general population, for example,
Joseph Goebbels exploited Theodore Kaufman's Germany Must Perish! to claim that the Allies sought the
extermination of the German people.
Appeal to prejudice
Using loaded or emotive terms to attach value or moral goodness to believing the proposition.
Bandwagon
Bandwagon and "inevitable-victory" appeals attempt to persuade the target audience to join in and take the
course of action that "everyone else is taking."
Inevitable victory: invites those not already on the bandwagon to join those already on the road to certain
victory. Those already or at least partially on the bandwagon are reassured that staying aboard is their best
course of action.
Join the crowd: This technique reinforces people's natural desire to be on the winning side. This technique is
used to convince the audience that a program is an expression of an irresistible mass movement and that it is in
their best interest to join.
Black-and-White fallacy
Presenting only two choices, with the product or idea being propagated as the better choice. (e.g., "You are
either with us, or you are with the enemy")
Beautiful people
The type of propaganda that deals with famous people or depicts attractive, happy people. This makes other
people think that if they buy a product or follow a certain ideology, they too will be happy or successful.
Big Lie
The repeated articulation of a complex of events that justify subsequent action. The descriptions of these events
have elements of truth, and the "big lie" generalizations merge and eventually supplant the public's accurate
perception of the underlying events. After World War I the German Stab in the back explanation of the cause of
their defeat became a justification for Nazi re-militarization and revanchist aggression.
Common man
The "'plain folks'" or "common man" approach attempts to convince the audience that the propagandist's
positions reflect the common sense of the people. It is designed to win the confidence of the audience by
communicating in the common manner and style of the target audience. Propagandists use ordinary language
and mannerisms (and clothe their message in face-to-face and audiovisual communications) in attempting to
identify their point of view with that of the average person. For example, a propaganda leaflet may make an
argument on a macroeconomic issue, such as unemployment insurance benefits, using everyday terms: "given
that the country has little money during this recession, we should stop paying unemployment benefits to those
who do not work, because that is like maxing out all your credit cards during a tight period, when you should be
tightening your belt."
Demonizing the enemy

Making individuals from the opposing nation, from a different ethnic group, or those who support the opposing
viewpoint appear to be subhuman (e.g., the Vietnam War-era term "gooks" for National Front for the Liberation
of South Vietnam aka Vietcong, (or 'VC') soldiers), worthless, or immoral, through suggestion or false
accusations.
Direct order
This technique hopes to simplify the decision making process by using images and words to tell the audience
exactly what actions to take, eliminating any other possible choices. Authority figures can be used to give the
order, overlapping it with the Appeal to authority technique, but not necessarily. The Uncle Sam "I want you"
image is an example of this technique.
Disinformation
The creation or deletion of information from public records, in the purpose of making a false record of an event
or the actions of a person or organization, including outright forgery of photographs, motion pictures,
broadcasts, and sound recordings as well as printed documents.
Euphoria
The use of an event that generates euphoria or happiness, or using an appealing event to boost morale. Euphoria
can be created by declaring a holiday, making luxury items available, or mounting a military parade with
marching bands and patriotic messages.
Flag-waving
An attempt to justify an action on the grounds that doing so will make one more patriotic, or in some way benefit
a group, country, or idea. The feeling of patriotism this technique attempts to inspire may not necessarily
diminish or entirely omit one's capability for rational examination of the matter in question.
Glittering generalities
Glittering generalities are emotionally appealing words applied to a product or idea, but which present no
concrete argument or analysis. A famous example is the campaign slogan "Ford has a better idea!"
Half-truth
A half-truth is a deceptive statement, which may come in several forms and includes some element of truth. The
statement might be partly true, the statement may be totally true but only part of the whole truth, or it may utilize
some deceptive element, such as improper punctuation, or double meaning, especially if the intent is to deceive,
evade blame or misrepresent the truth.
Intentional vagueness
Generalities are deliberately vague so that the audience may supply its own interpretations. The intention is to
move the audience by use of undefined phrases, without analyzing their validity or attempting to determine their
reasonableness or application. The intent is to cause people to draw their own interpretations rather than simply
being presented with an explicit idea. In trying to "figure out" the propaganda, the audience forgoes judgment of
the ideas presented. Their validity, reasonableness and application may still be considered.
Labeling
A Euphemism is used when the propagandist attempts to increase the perceived quality, credibility, or credence
of a particular ideal. A Dysphemism is used when the intent of the propagandist is to discredit, diminish the
perceived quality, or hurt the perceived righteousness of the Mark. By creating a 'label' or 'category' or 'faction'
of a population, it is much easier to make an example of these larger bodies, because they can uplift or defame
the Mark without actually incurring legal-defamation. Example: "Liberal" is a dysphemism intended to diminish
the perceived credibility of a particular Mark. By taking a displeasing argument presented by a Mark, the
propagandist can quote that person, and then attack 'liberals' in an attempt to both (1) create a political battle-ax
of unaccountable aggression and (2) diminish the quality of the Mark. If the propagandist uses the label on too-
many perceivably credible individuals, muddying up the word can be done by broadcasting bad-examples of
'liberals' into the media. Labeling can be thought of as a sub-set of Guilt by association, another logical fallacy.
Name-calling
Propagandists use the name-calling technique to incite fears and arouse prejudices in their hearers in the intent
that the bad names will cause hearers to construct a negative opinion about a group or set of beliefs or ideas that
the propagandist would wish hearers to denounce. The method is intended to provoke conclusions about a matter
apart from impartial examinations of facts. Name-calling is thus a substitute for rational, fact-based arguments
against the an idea or belief on its own merits.[7]
Obtain disapproval or Reduction ad Hitlerum

This technique is used to persuade a target audience to disapprove of an action or idea by suggesting that the
idea is popular with groups hated, feared, or held in contempt by the target audience. Thus if a group that
supports a certain policy is led to believe that undesirable, subversive, or contemptible people support the same
policy, then the members of the group may decide to change their original position. This is a form of bad logic,
where a is said to include X, and b is said to include X, therefore, a = b.
Oversimplification
Favorable generalities are used to provide simple answers to complex social, political, economic, or military
problems.
Quotes out of Context

Selectively editing quotes to change meanings—political documentaries designed to discredit an opponent or an
opposing political viewpoint often make use of this technique.
Rationalization
Individuals or groups may use favorable generalities to rationalize questionable acts or beliefs. Vague and
pleasant phrases are often used to justify such actions or beliefs.
Red herring
Presenting data or issues that, while compelling, are irrelevant to the argument at hand, and then claiming that it
validates the argument.
Repetition
This type of propaganda deals with a jingle or word that is repeated over and over again, thus getting it stuck in
someone‘s head, so they can buy the product. The "Repetition" method has been described previously.
Scapegoating
Assigning blame to an individual or group, thus alleviating feelings of guilt from responsible parties and/or
distracting attention from the need to fix the problem for which blame is being assigned.
Slogans
A slogan is a brief, striking phrase that may include labeling and stereotyping. Although slogans may be enlisted
to support reasoned ideas, in practice they tend to act only as emotional appeals. Opponents of the US's invasion
and occupation of Iraq use the slogan "blood for oil" to suggest that the invasion and its human losses was done
to access Iraq's oil riches. On the other hand, "hawks" who argue that the US should continue to fight in Iraq use
the slogan "cut and run" to suggest that it would be cowardly or weak to withdraw from Iraq. Similarly, the
names of the military campaigns, such as "enduring freedom" or "just cause", may also be regarded to be
slogans, devised to influence people.
Stereotyping
This technique attempts to arouse prejudices in an audience by labeling the object of the propaganda campaign
as something the target audience fears, hates, loathes, or finds undesirable. For instance, reporting on a foreign
country or social group may focus on the stereotypical traits that the reader expects, even though they are far
from being representative of the whole country or group; such reporting often focuses on the anecdotal. In
graphic propaganda, including war posters, this might include portraying enemies with stereotyped racial
features.
Testimonial
Testimonials are quotations, in or out of context, especially cited to support or reject a given policy, action,
program, or personality. The reputation or the role (expert, respected public figure, etc.) of the individual giving
the statement is exploited. The testimonial places the official sanction of a respected person or authority on a
propaganda message. This is done in an effort to cause the target audience to identify itself with the authority or
to accept the authority's opinions and beliefs as its own. See also, damaging quotation
Transfer
Also known as association, this is a technique that involves projecting the positive or negative qualities of one
person, entity, object, or value onto another to make the second more acceptable or to discredit it. It evokes an
emotional response, which stimulates the target to identify with recognized authorities. Often highly visual, this
technique often utilizes symbols superimposed over other visual images. These symbols may be used in place of
words; for example, placing swastikas on or around a picture of an opponent to associate the opponent with
Nazism.
Unstated assumption
This technique is used when the propaganda concept that the propagandist intends to transmit would seem less
credible if explicitly stated. The concept is instead repeatedly assumed or implied.
Virtue words
These are words in the value system of the target audience that produce a positive image when attached to a
person or issue. Peace, happiness, security, wise leadership, freedom, "The Truth", etc. are virtue words. In
countries such as the U.S. religiosity is seen as a virtue, making associations to this quality affectively beneficial.
Soon to be appointed to SCOTUS is Zionist Israeli agent Elena Kagan. Again we witness the Jews prominently
opposing one of their own agents to give life to the illusion that they are against her appointment. This is just another
recent example of their reverse psychology stratagem that they regularly employ. In reality any prominent ―Jew‖ worth
his salt would cut off their left nut to get her appointed. Appointed she will be, no matter what comes of the dog and
pony show ―hearings.‖ Down the road you shall witness her undying devotion and dedication to her brethren as she
will soon rule over us with the wishes of her masters firmly embedded in her mind.
There are many mind/word game professionals in the manipulation business such as Frank Luntz the prominent Zionist
Jew pollster and political strategist, advisor to top politicians. His claim to fame is his knack of finding the best ways
for leaders to communicate (slightly deceive) the masses by clever use of terminology and phrases. To begin with, he
coaches Republican candidates such as Rudolph Giuliani to Oklahoma Rep. J.C. Watts on how to appeal to Jews, ―Be
vocally and unconditionally pro-Israel,‖ is the first advice he gave to them along with everyone else.
Luntz was the one who pushed Republicans to refer to ―tax cuts‖ as ―tax relief‖, ―separation‖ instead of ―segregation‖,
West Bank and Gaza be referred to as ―disputed‖ as opposed to ―occupied‖, he recommended calling the Palestinians
Arabs since people‘ image of Arabs says wealth, oil
and Islam, he was the one who advised the Bush
Administration to reframe from using the term ―global
warming‖ and instead use ―climate change.‖ As you
can see from this sample list, he is a big
communications strategist the ruling elite dispatch to
train their executive field operatives, i.e., the politicians
who must regularly face the cameras how to carefully
communicate to the public using strategic terminology
with the purpose of diffusing and misdirecting sensitive
issues, policies and agendas. Interesting how the
communications strategy of the likes of pros such as
this Zionist agent promotes seems to jump strait out of
Orwell‘s newspeak and doubletalk of 1984: ―war is
peace‖, ―Ignorance is strength‖, ―Freedom is slavery.‖
Luntz insists that his politics don‘t play a part in his

research. ―I don‘t take sides. I don‘t fight over policy,‖
Luntz said. ―I listen to the principles of my audience
and try to apply that to the support of Israel.‖ Thus
as you can see, he is an admitted agent of Israel, this is
no secret for he is a proud Zionist Jew who like all his
comrades, practice the art of twisting words, meanings,
situations, polls, data to highlight whatever issue or
agenda they are pushing, these are masters of deception. Here is info on one of his most recent works:
The Israel Project‘s Secret Handbook Exposed

Imagine for a moment you‘re a general about to embark on a decisive military campaign and your intelligence
service secures a copy of your opponent‘s entire campaign strategy. You open it and you see his battle plans laid
out before you, key forces, weaponry, lines of attack, points of weaknesses, etc. You suddenly understand just
how weak his forces are and precisely how to mercilessly attack and eviscerate him. The plan makes you
understand that his forces are largely based on artifice and sham. It gives you confidence that you are entirely
on the right course and tells you how to stay on that course. Victory is assured, your enemy‘s defeat certain.
Douglas Bloomfield and Newsweek have done pretty close to that against the Israel lobby. Specifically, they‘ve
exposed a secret hasbara handbook written for The Israel Project by star Republican marketer, Frank Luntz. The
oddly-named The Israel Project‘s 2009 Global Language Dictionary (pdf) is a veritable goldmine of
arguments, strategy, tactics. At 116 pages, it‘s not for the faint of heart. But anyone who wants to get inside the
head of the Israel lobby must read this document.
The first thing to say is that the entire document is a pathetic piece of propaganda. While it ostensibly is
addressed to TIP‘s leaders and advises them how to shape a pro-Israel message when they lobby Congress, the
media and other critical power brokers, the entire thing reeks of desperation and a lost cause. It goes without
saying that the arguments offered are not only devoid of truth, they‘re devoid of rigor or credibility. There is
literally no substance to the claims offered on Israel‘s behalf. It‘s an empty exercise in every sense of the word.
Reading this makes you realize that the entire Israel lobby edifice is a house of cards.
Perhaps I‘m letting my shock at the shabbiness of the Dictionary get the better of me and overstating the case it
reveals against the Lobby. After all, any political network that exists for six decades and achieves as much as
this one has doesn‘t topple overnight. But I‘ll just have to let you be the judge.
What we have today is a sort of "invasion of the body snatchers" syndrome, where we see the multitudes of people
walking the streets like domesticated zombies, devoid of independent thought, almost everyone has been broken in,
converted and all having become docile parts of the system that has been in the process of taking over the planet. Some
feel it in their bones that the ―system‖ is wrong but they can‘t quite put their finger on it. No one has a clue for
the media manipulators have you well surrounded with completely encircled avalanche of information, entertainment,
trivia, law, career, sports, movies, shows, and so forth to keep you busy, distracted and information overloaded from
the moment you awaken until you go to sleep, up till the end of days.
Our world is full of PROFESSIONAL DEBUNKERS who are employed either directly or indirectly by the sectors
they target. This is beyond reproach, for evidence of these paid debunkers has arisen everywhere, yet for some crazy
reason, no one seems to care, everyone just accepts them as part of the allowable extremes. Our society operates under
INFORMATION WARFARE, where the official narratives take precedence to and supersede REALITY. So much so
that with a coordinated effort of the media matrix, it actually morphs and BECOMES ACKNOWLEDGED REALITY.
Mind Control Media in American Society – video, part 1, part 2
Corporalist Ideology & the Fantasy of Power

By Stephen Dufrechou
Since the US Supreme Court officially sold the United States to corporations, via its ruling in ―Citizens United v.
Federal Election Commission‖, I have found myself thinking often of Batman—specifically, of the film ―Batman
Begins‖ (Christopher Nolan, 2005).
In this context, ―Batman Begins‖ is notable because of what it says about America‘s tradition of farcical politics.
It speaks volumes, too, toward how political elites can be so deluded, that they will sell the American experiment
to CEOs without batting an eyelash.
The key to grasping this insight in the film is through an analysis of the plot structure, itself. We only have to shift
our perspective slightly, and then—suddenly—we can see what was once invisible in the storyline, and hence,
what was once invisible in our politics.
The film introduces billionaire Bruce Wayne (Christan Bale) as an inmate in a Far-East prison. After being
assaulted in a prison brawl, Wayne is confronted by well-dressed visitor, Ra‘s al Ghul (Liam Neeson), and Ra‘s
convinces Wayne to join him, upon release, in martial arts training for the secretive ―League of Shadows‖. Wayne
agrees. But, when he learns of the League‘s goal to restore ―balance‖ to the modern world, via political sabotage,
murder, and corruption, Wayne rebels. He burns down the League‘s compound, leaving Ra‘s for dead.
Wayne then returns to Gotham City and finds Gotham plagued by an economic depression—which has spawned a
crime wave, connected to political corruption in the city government. Taking matters into his own hands, Wayne
invents an alter ego, ―Batman‖, to fight these social ills.
Eventually, Wayne learns that Gotham‘s economic and political woes were actually created by the League
Shadows. Ra‘s (having survived his near-death confrontation) arrives in Gotham to complete the destruction of
the city, to restore ―balance‖. Ra‘s confronts Wayne and tells him that the League of Shadows had sabotaged the
economic system, to bring about Gotham‘s downfall.
Of course, Batman eventually defeats Ra‘s, leaving the League of Shadows fleeing in the distance. The economic
saboteurs thus vanquished, Gotham can proceed to rebuild. And, we might note, society was saved by none other
than a corporate billionare—since only wealthy capitalists can save us from worldly threats.
So, what makes this narrative interesting is the connection it offers, the relationship between the ―League of
Shadows‖ and the economic depression, with the ―League‖ as cause of the financial implosion … When we
compare this fictional relationship to reality, the ―League‖—as a plot element—effectively serves as a
―fantasy‖, a delusion, which then offsets the audience‘s acknowledgement of the really-existing cause of
systemic poverty and economic depressions in capitalist societies: the capitalist system, itself.
―Batman Begins‖ is therefore a capitalist fantasy, par excellence. The fantasy-element of the ―League of
Shadows‖ functions to replace the real-world cause of economic problems: the imbalances innate to capitalism‘s
own structure. As such, the fantasy-element allows the capitalistic audience to ignore an inconvenient truth about
their own society—a truth which might make them question the sanity of the status quo.
Meanwhile, the truth is this: poverty and economic implosions are inherent to capitalism‘s character. Indeed, in
the real world, Wayne Enterprises would be complicit in creating economic downturns—and, now, openly
complicit in manipulating the election process, via the Supreme court‘s ruling in ―Citizens United‖. Let‘s not
forget, also, that ―Batman Begins‖ features Wayne Enterprises as part of the Military Industrial Complex.
(Remember how Wayne manages to get that armored car and fancy weaponry?) Thus, Batman, our savior, is also
a war profiteer—another fact the film quietly glosses over, for propaganda‘s sake.
But here is the larger point:
The film‘s ―fantasy-supported‖ denial of crucial facts about reality—for the pure sake of avoiding unpleasant
truths—is what psychoanalysts call ―disavowal‖. Disavowal occurs in more places than in just Hollywood films,
though. It occurs on every level of everyday life, including politics—which is how our Supreme Court
could convince itself to sell what little was left of the American republic.
The ―Illogical logic‖ of Disavowal
As we implied above, disavowal is a kind of psychological mechanism—an ―illogical logic‖—that enables an

individual to cope with reality. As such, it operates largely on an unconscious level. But its existence is detected
by the way it effects conscious, objective behavior.
The logic of disavowal, itself, can be phrased as such:
―I know very well…, but…‖
We see this in consumerism, as in: ―I know very well that I cannot afford this Land Rover, but I will feel
empowered/accepted/loved if I do own it.‖ The latter half of the unconscious thought—everything after the
―but‖—serves to negate the former half, allowing the individual to deny an unpleasant fact that disturbs their
relation to reality, helping them to cope with feelings of rejection, guilt, self-loathing, etc. The consumer thus
convinces himself that owning the Land Rover is the solution to his negative feelings.
Here, ―fantasy‖ is not consciously-created, like in a role-playing scenario, or in a daydream about winning the
Super Bowl. Rather, fantasy is manufactured primarily by the unconscious. It is important to note that it‘s a
misconception that the unconscious is ―irrational‖. Instead, the unconscious is ―structured like a language‖—as
psychoanalyst Jacques Lacan phrased it. ―Like a language‖ implies that the unconscious operates according to a
set logic, which can be explained though our conscious use of language when we study it. This is why we can
articulate how mechanisms like ―disavowal‖ work.
We should note, also, that the less psychologically-developed a given adult is, away from his/her initial state of
dependency on parental/authority figures, then the more reliant that adult will be on fantasy mechanisms, like
―disavowal‖, to cope with reality. So, if we want sane politics, we‘d be wise to introduce psychoanalysis into our
political discussions.
From this perspective, we can get a better handle on the way ―Batman Begins‖ operates as propaganda. We can
see that the film is really a capitalist fantasy, which allows the audience to continue ―disavowing‖ the inhuman
flaws within the capitalist system, itself. These audience members, these entertained consumers, can thus continue
their consumption of corporate goods and services, freed from confronting their responsibility to those who suffer
(themselves included) from the very system they perpetuate. In other words, the audience‘s disavowal—via the
fantasy of a ―League of Shadows‖—allows their own capitalist ideology to flourish, unchecked by inconvenient
truths. Accordingly, capitalism is then falsely perceived as an ideal society, a society free from innate and
catastrophic flaws.
We can now apply the logic of disavowal to the US government‘s own ideology. By doing so, we will have a
better grasp on why the Supreme Court‘s decision in ―Citizen‘s United‖ was based on a fantasy, a delusion, which
disavows crucial facts about reality. These matters will be discussed in Part 2.
You think that all people in the media standing up for the little guy and ―truth‖ are for real? Let me tell you, one of the
elite media manipulators best kept strategies is the use of DOUBLE AGENTS. Many of you refer to them as ―plants‖
or ―shills.‖ Beware of those who are in your midst and claim to be with your kind, for they are in reality just mere spies
and strategic PUBLIC DIALOGUE MANIPULATORS. Their
sole mission is to gain the trust and respect of the truthers
movement thus try to LEAD and CONTROL THE SCOPE,
CONTENT and DIRECTION OF PUBLIC DIALOG within
the target group or movement. Their mission and strategy is
simply leading the discussions into irrelevant areas, pre-desired
outcomes, introducing false positives into the mix, entertaining
whacky theories, moving the people ―off the scent‖, muddying up
the issues with non truths, misdirecting the public discourse, and
so forth.
“The best way to control opposition is to lead it

ourselves.” – Vladimir Ilyich Lenin
Look at Politically Incorrect establishment double agent Bill

Maher for instance. This decadent immorality promoting liberal
Zionist Jew shill (oh you didn‘t know he is Jewish? He has publically declared his undying support for his nation,
Israel) has massive influence on millions of his liberal viewers he uses his TV show as a catalyst where he masterfully
STEERS public opinion of his far left viewers in the direction his Zionist masters direct him too, for the best
damage control of obvious matters that have made it into the public sphere, all in a funny ―just one of the guys‖ non
threatening comical manner. He is given the green light to attack those that are not ―made men‖ within the elite
Zionist Cosa Nostra. He expertly highlights some issues and defuses others under the guise of entertainment and
comedy. His allegiance was unmasked when he flat out slammed and ridiculed audience members for mentioning the
911 inside job.
There are many hosts like him on TV, radio, newspapers, magazines and books all over the world plying their craft.
We are being misguided at every turn, every medium, directly or indirectly, in your face or by stealth. The news
anchors on TV are nothing more than prostitutes as John Swinden former head of the New York Times once candidly
elaborated upon:
―There is no such thing at this date of the world‘s history in America as an independent press. You know it, and I
know it. There is not one of you who dares to write your honest opinion, and if you did, you know beforehand it
would never appear in print.
I am paid weekly to keep my honest opinion out of paper. Others of you are paid similar salaries for similar
things, and any of you who would be so foolish as to write honest opinions would be out on the streets looking
for another job…
The business of the journalist is to destroy the truth, to lie outright, to pervert, to vilify, to fawn at the feet of
Mammon, and to sell his country and his race for his daily bread.
You know it, and I know it, and what folly is this, toasting an independent press? We are the tools and vassals of
rich men behind the scenes. We are the Jumping Jacks. They pull the strings and we dance.
Our talents, our possibilities and our lives are all the property of other men. We are intellectual prostitutes.‖
Then you have the more ―hard core‖ deep undercover double agent SHILLS such as the famous Jewish ―truther‖
Noam Chomsky, a political activist and influential leader in American politics. I read some of his works and am
amazed how often he does in fact champion truth and ―co-mingle with the established facts‖ of many conspiracies….
BUT…. You must look deeper… Where does he ultimately lead the BLAME to? Eh? He always redirects his readers
and sends them off on a cold trail where they will never deduce who the true rulers are.
The most important ―acid test‖ is the fact that he fails to acknowledge that his Jew brethren are the ruling masters and
instead leads all his readers astray with false leads. Another red flag that reveals this man is an obvious shill is his
total denial of the fact that 911 wasn‘t a bit curious, odd, suspicious or downright self inflicted. Responding to a
question raised by a 9/11 researcher about the claims that bombs may have been used on 9/11; Chomsky‘s response
was that the movement has no credentialed experts to back up the claim. What a crock of bull. An entire truth group
filled with credentialed experts, government contractors, architects, engineers, physicists, professors, and even more
qualified individuals was founded and has investigated this aspect of the attacks. His response was so ridiculous for
he was willfully misrepresenting the group, Architects and Engineer‘s for 9/11 Truth, by lying, suggesting that
anyone can get a degree in structural engineering online paper mill and so their opinion can immediately be thrown out
of the window. Noam Chomsky, Notice has been served: Your cover has been blown wide open you make believe
activist and truther. We know you are just another pawn of the Zionist elite misleading machine.
I recently uncovered an even more respected shill among the truther movement. His name is Sherman H. Skolnick
and he even admits he is Jewish. Again as is the standard modus operandi, the shills utilizes and rehashes 90% of
truthful information that is already in the public domain, thus when they speak, the clueless minions that fall for it,
eventually come to trust and believe everything they say due to the accuracy of truth they speak of. Well, this JEWISH
shill points the finger of top dog elite world rulers at the Jesuit/Vatican camp when in reality we have fully discovered
that this group lost controlling power long ago. The actual quote that gave him away and revealed his secret allegiance
to his masters was when I read this line:
―Bank America, the holding company, was owned principally by the Vatican and the Jesuits, the Pope's clever army
who occasionally see fit to rebuff the Pontiff. In the 1970s, the ownership broadened out to include the French
Rothschilds, wrongly identified by know-nothings as "Jewish bankers", actually very Pro-Vatican into many joint
finances not exactly compatible with ordinary Jews or the State of Israel.‖
LOL! Now that was a blatant bullshit attempt to cover and provide disinfo and miss-direction for his Jew masters. I
hadn‘t questioned nor scrutinized Skolnick‘s works prior to reading that passage quoted above that sent me on a direct
quest to analyze his motives. You can take it to the bank; he is a full fledged Zionist Jew miss-information agent shill.
The point that you must understand with establishment shills is that they expertly play the part of ―anti-
establishment‖ and become part of the champions of truth and oppression movement. They ply their craft from
behind enemy lines. Again I must reiterate that shills such as this perfect specimen establish legitimacy by providing
more than 90% truthful coverage in their distributed communications, the difficult part is combing through their
published works and determining what is true and what is meant to miss-direct the truth movement.
It has been scientifically proven (and practiced daily) that people can be lead to believe anything and do almost
anything given the proper circumstances, conditions and pretext. Here is yet another exhibit of proof:
The Milgram experiment was a series of social psychology experiments conducted by Yale University
psychologist Stanley Milgram, which measured the willingness of study participants to obey an authority figure
who instructed them to perform acts that conflicted with their personal conscience. Milgram first described his
research in 1963 in an article published in the Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, and later discussed his
findings in greater depth in his 1974 book, Obedience to Authority: An Experimental View.
The experiments began in July 1961, three months after the start of the trial of Nazi war criminal Adolf Eichmann
in Jerusalem. Milgram devised his psychological study to answer the question: "Was it that Eichmann and his
accomplices in the Holocaust™ had mutual intent, in at least with regard to the goals of the Holocaust™?" In
other words, "Was there a mutual sense of morality among those involved?"
Milgram's testing revealed that it could have been that the millions of accomplices were merely following orders,
despite violating their deepest moral beliefs. Milgram summarized the experiment in his 1974 article, "The Perils
of Obedience", writing:
―The legal and philosophic aspects of obedience are of enormous importance, but they say very little about how
most people behave in concrete situations. I set up a simple experiment at Yale University to test how much pain
an ordinary citizen would inflict on another person simply because he was ordered to by an experimental scientist.
Stark authority was pitted against the subjects' [participants'] strongest moral imperatives against hurting others,
and, with the subjects' [participants'] ears ringing with the screams of the victims, authority won more often than
not. The extreme willingness of adults to go to almost any lengths on the command of an authority
constitutes the chief finding of the study and the fact most urgently demanding explanation.
Ordinary people, simply doing their jobs, and without any particular hostility on their part, can become agents in
a terrible destructive process. Moreover, even when the destructive effects of their work become patently clear,
and they are asked to carry out actions incompatible with fundamental standards of morality, relatively
few people have the resources needed to resist authority.‖
Milgram also combined the effect of authority with that of conformity. In those experiments, the participant was
joined by one or two additional "teachers" (also actors, like the "learner"). The behavior of the participants' peers
strongly affected the results. In Experiment 17, when two additional teachers refused to comply, only 4 of 40
participants continued in the experiment. In Experiment 18, the participant performed a subsidiary task (reading
the questions via microphone or recording the learner's answers) with another "teacher" who complied fully. In
that variation, 37 of 40 continued with the experiment.
The Milgram Experiment is quite famous and has been replicated countless of times by independent researchers,
including the BBC, Derren Brown, Jerry M. Burger for Primetime series Basic Instincts, etc. Every single time,
the obedience rates where almost identical to what Milgram found in 1961.
Solomon Asch was a professor of psychology at Swarthmore College, he became famous in the 1950s, following
experiments which showed that social pressure can make a person say something that is obviously incorrect.
This experiment was conducted using 123 male participants. Each participant was put into a group with 5 to 7
"confederates" (People who knew the true aims of the experiment, but were introduced as participants to the naive
"real" participant). The participants were shown a card with a line on it, followed by another card with 3 lines on it
labeled a, b, and c. The participants were then asked to say which line matched the line on the first card in length. Each
line question was called a "trial". The "real" participant answered last or pen ultimately. For the first two trials, the
subject would feel at ease in the experiment, as he and the other "participants" gave the obvious, correct answer. On the
third trial, the confederates would start all giving the same wrong answer. There were 18 trials in total and the
confederates answered incorrectly for 12 of them, these 12 were known as the "critical trials". The aim was to see
whether the real participant would change his answer and respond in the same way as the confederates, despite it being
the wrong answer.
Solomon Asch thought that the majority of people would not conform to something obviously wrong, but the results
showed that participants conformed to the majority on 37% of the critical trials. However, 25% of the participants did
not conform on any trial. 75% conformed at least once, and 5% conformed every time.
Meanwhile, those who run our government know perfectly well how to manipulate public opinion; they have the art
down to a science. They have been doing so since its inception. The ruling masters are the ruling masters only because
they have perfected the science of MANIPULATING COGNITIVE PUBLIC PERCEPTION. So much so, that
when leaks appear throughout their well laid plans and acts, and considerable amount of leaks occur often, they
immediately come out with cover-up propaganda and narratives, thus quelling any uprising and rocking the cattle
masses back to sleep. But there has always been one group of people out there that do not easily succumb to
indoctrination and programming.
Cognitive Conditioning Rebels: These are people who still have fully functioning frontal lobes with intact reasoning
and logic capabilities. People who question everything and can spot bullshit from a mile away. These are what I call
the Cognitive Conditioning Rebels, what the rest of the world
refer to as conspiracy theorists or truthers, some of which
become outspoken activists and protesters, champions of
TRUTH. The government and the ruling elite view this group as
dangerous thorns in their ass and have been waging war against
them for quite a long time. Thus the ongoing program of
associating and merging truther activists into one lump along
with TERRORISTS! For in the eyes of the ruling elite: anyone
who exposes and opposes their agendas (especial with the
*gasp* truth) are their enemies.
By the looks of it, the government is getting closer and closer to

labeling all the truthers as dangerous deranged CRIMINAL
evil blood thirsty murderous conspiracy theorist child raping
terrorists. I will reveal the ruling elite‘s stratagem of
misinformation and manipulation of public conscience and
thought throughout the Matrix Report, here is just a small
glimpse into the world of government/ruling elite propaganda master‘s strategies of combating the TRUTH and those
who champion it:
Stealth Propaganda
By John Stossel
An obscure 2008 academic article gained traction with bloggers over the weekend. The article was written by the
head of Obama's Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Harvard Law Professor Cass Sunstein [FYI:
Zionist Jew]. He‘s a good friend of the president and the promoter the contradictory idea: "libertarian
paternalism". In the article, he muses about what government can do to combat "conspiracy" theories:
...we suggest a distinctive tactic for breaking up the hard core of extremists who supply conspiracy theories:
cognitive infiltration of extremist groups, whereby government agents or their allies ... will undermine the
crippled epistemology of those who subscribe to such theories. They do so by planting doubts about the theories
and stylized facts that circulate within such groups, thereby introducing beneficial cognitive diversity.
That's right. Obama's Regulation Czar is so concerned about citizens thinking the wrong way that he proposed
sending government agents to "infiltrate" these groups and manipulate them. This reads like an Onion article:
Powerful government official proposes to combat paranoid conspiracy groups that believe the government is out
to get them...by proving that they really are out to get them. Did nothing of what Sunstein was writing strike him
as...I don't know...crazy? "Cognitive infiltration" of extremist groups by government agents? "Stylized facts"?
Was "truthiness" too pedantic?
Salon.com's Glenn Greenwald explains why this you should be disturbed by this:
This was written 18 months ago, at a time when the ascendancy of Sunstein's close friend to the Presidency
looked likely, in exactly the area he now oversees. Additionally, the government-controlled messaging that
Sunstein desires has been a prominent feature of U.S. Government actions over the last decade, including in some
recently revealed practices of the current administration, and the mindset in which it is grounded explains a great
deal about our political class.
... What is most odious and revealing about Sunstein's worldview is his condescending, self-loving belief that
"false conspiracy theories" are largely the province of fringe, ignorant Internet masses and the Muslim world.
It's certainly true that one can easily find irrational conspiracy theories in those venues, but some of the most
destructive "false conspiracy theories" have emanated from the very entity Sunstein wants to endow with
covert propaganda power: namely, the U.S. Government itself, along with its elite media defenders.
Moreover, "crazy conspiracy theorist" has long been the favorite epithet of those same parties to discredit people
trying to expose elite wrongdoing and corruption.
It is this history of government deceit and wrongdoing that renders Sunstein's desire to use covert propaganda to
"undermine" anti-government speech so repugnant. The reason conspiracy theories resonate so much is precisely
that people have learned -- rationally -- to distrust government actions and statements. Sunstein's proposed covert
propaganda scheme is a perfect illustration of why that is. In other words, people don't trust the Government and
"conspiracy theories" are so pervasive precisely because government is typically filled with people like Cass
Sunstein, who think that systematic deceit and government-sponsored manipulation are justified by their own
Goodness and Superior Wisdom.
I would like to point out a very profound quote by Zbigniew Brzezinski, whose dossier includes: co-founder of the
Trilateral commission along with David Rockefeller. Brzezinski was deeply embedded in our government political
apparatus. Prominent member of the CFR and the Bilderberg Group, he was instrumental in forming the Afghan
Mujahidin network with Operation Cyclone, served as a member of the Policy Planning Council of the US Dept of
State, under President Carter he became National Security Advisor, in short, this guy was a high level ruling elite
operative to say the least. He was quoted on making this profound statement:
―The public will shortly be unable to think or reason for themselves.‖ – Zbigniew Brzezinski
Against Psychological Warfare – an Historic Opportunity to Transcend

the Bullshit…
Minds blown: Visit Break For News and prepare to challenge your assumptions:
 What if — like MSM — the various layers of alternative and independent media are unwittingly being
manipulated as part of a sophisticated psy-op? The tactics: disinformation, misinformation, misdirection,
provocation, distraction, engineered divisions…
 What if the ‗elite‘ agenda is to destabilize the US — socially, politically, economically — as part of the
transition to an internationalist intel/corporate/finance dictatorship?
 What if a US intelligence network, centered around Bush Sr, has been running this op (in the US) for
decades — and many of the nation‘s highest-level ―democratic‖ processes are now merely
simulation?
 What if ―geopolitical confict‖ is similarly theatrical?
[From 59-min]: Dunne‘s warning about provocation and divide/conquer tactics… ‗Progressives‘ (etc) are waking
up to the simulation… an historic opportunity to unite and transcend the bullshit. [mp3...page]. Listen here:
Fintan Dunne [From 69-min]: …If you‘re on the ―left‖, or if you‘re on the ―right‖, you need to go to people who
are in the opposing camp, especially those who can think straight, and you need to say ―dude, you and I probably
disagree on quite a few things, one thing we agree on is we are being fucked over, and this country is being
destroyed. So let‘s forget what we disagree about, and unite on what we agree about, and let‘s stop it! Afterwards
we can sit down and have a civil debate about our political differences…‖ [...] It‘s gonna require discipline and
it‘s also gonna require nerves of steel. Because destabilization is the game — whipping up emotion is part of that
[...] Remember, the final objective is to sucker the left into the establishment of a totalitarian China-style
―communal capitalism‖ [...] and if I was Barack Obama, I‘d wear a bullet-proof vest.
Related. John Young (Cryptome):
―There is a technique of using a shallow version to cover up a deeper version. That‘s a PR campaign:
―see if they‘ll buy this story, if they do, we don‘t go any deeper‖ — or, ―we‘ll peel another layer off
and stop there — but don‘t ever go all the way‖
Related. Yuri Bezmenov‘s presentation on psychological warfare, destabilization and subversion: ―No James
Bond nonsense. Most of this activity is overt, legitimate and easily observable if you give yourself time and
trouble to observe it.‖
Finally, how can one discuss media manipulation of the masses without mentioning the profound impact that the media
has been having on the world in terms of being THE SINGLE CENTRAL ENTITY actively promoting decadence and
immorality throughout the world. Hundreds upon hundreds of reference works have been published by some of the
worlds most renown researchers and authors dissecting, describing, exposing, explain how the media world has been
the KEY enabler and disseminator of mass decadence promoting programming.
How the Media Controls Your Mind - video
The Zionist media cartel is solely responsible for bringing to the masses the sick perverted music and stars that your
children idolize and want to become like…. They know this very, very well. When you see them promoting sick
demented acts like Amy Whinehouse (for example), you should consider that they are not just PRODUCING her work
and promoting her in every conceivable way, they are in fact immersing and influencing young innocent minds with
sick twisted values and aspirations.
I could easily write a book on this subject alone. But for the purposes of this matrix report I will highlight just one
article (see below) for this section that sums up what I want to say for now. The media corruption of the masses will be
covered in a little bit more detail in the ―Moral Corruption of Nations‖ section of this report.
Your TV is Controlling Your Mind! Turn it Off! - video
AMERICAS DECADENT MUSIC INDUSTRY
BY MICHAEL WESTFALL, March 1, 2006
The definition of an American icon has changed over the last fifty years. For Valentines Day country singer icon
Willie Nelson debuted his groundbreaking ―gay cowboy song‖ on the

―anti-family‖ Howard Sterns satellite radio program. Nelson also sang
in the recent gay movie ―Brokeback Mountain‖.
This 71-year-old braided balladeer‘s new ―gay‖ music holds the

promise of further polluting America‘s airwaves.
Likewise, Sony‘s new recording label called ―Music With a Twist‖

features artists who practice homosexuality. The label is connected to
MTV‘s gay TV network.
At one time country music meant mom, home and apple pie. Men were
men and ―the ladies were glad of it‖. Country music‘s formula was
filled with family values, nostalgia and the issues that everyday
families face. Today things are changing. Country music along with
pop music is becoming a major factor in the downward spiral of
America‘s once wholesome culture.
Much of today‘s popular music and music videos are bursting with obscenities, foul language, and gory violence. It
is designed to target, titillate and confuse the moral make up of American youth along with any morally challenged
adults that will listen to this vulgar noise.
MTV and similar channels reach hundreds of millions of young households. Their music videos contain strong
violence, have tobacco or alcohol use in 25% of their videos and 75% of their videos involve sexual imagery. These
anti-family messages are pickling our innocent children‘s minds. Kids are immersed and swimming for their very
souls in an entertainment ocean of profanity and confusing messages from singers like Nelson.
Millions of parents who subscribe to cable or satellite services automatically support and subsidize this poison,
which is targeting their kids hearts and minds. Parents should be incensed and appalled.
For the celebrity and odor of the greenback dollar there are entertainers who are more then willing to stretch the
envelope of decency. Some female singers eagerly become scorching risqué
singers in their videos to help market their songs. Sex sells and they make it
exceedingly pleasant for viewers to listen to their filthy and outrageous
lyrics as they gyrate around in various stages of undress.
These female entertainers don‘t care what their images do to those who
watch as they bump, grind and shamelessly slither their way to becoming
soon forgotten celebrities. They behave in provocative ways and sing their
little songs about compromising situations. They are the role models to the
young girls in America, who wish to emulate these down home tacky ―video
babes‖.
These fleeting entertainers have parents and most have spouses and
children. Shouldn‘t they be contributing a little more to our culture with their fifteen minutes of fame then this
obnoxious anti-family behavior? In God‘s world their behavior is wrong, but in their world this ridiculous behavior
is right. That is if there is enough money and attention garnered for them.
There are likewise a number of ethically impaired male country singers. Their staged videos have contrived images
of them as out of control macho men and super party animals that can out-drink and out-fight anyone in the bar. As
at MTV, they surround themselves with morally challenged barely dressed female ―dupes‖. Their music can be as
equally profane as the female singers. How pathetically arrogant and foolish these entertainers are. They also are
wasting their fifteen minutes of fame by further degrading American culture with their irresponsible behavior.
These men are idols to America‘s impressionable young boys.
―The permissive entertainers‖ are missing a fleeting and golden opportunity to improve America‘s values. They
unfortunately refuse and instead oblige a morally bankrupt music industry by making the unspeakable politically
correct while glamorizing prurient, decadent, anti-family messages through their lyrics and vivid videos.
Ultimately, the results of this music and videos of this genre tend to move people away from the word of God and
towards an eternity of damnation and despair. We are handing
our youth over to this anti-family smut on a silver platter
without even a fight! What must Jesus, who went to the cross
and died for the sins of these very people, think as they freely
reject his word and his love by offering themselves up on the
devil‘s alter?
In today‘s world Christians are labeled as accusatory cultists

who are following the big myth. Remember that with no God
there is no judgment and this automatically makes it politically
correct to accept this trash as entertainment.
By our culture denying the truth in the Bible, coupled with the entertainment industries drilling down with its
permissive bag of sleaze, our culture is bowing to evil. In America powerful forces are coming together to eradicate
all semblances of God and his word so people won‘t know the difference between right and wrong and thus have no
feelings of guilt, embarrassment or even shame.
These powers are blurring the lines between evil, good, truth and lies. They are pushing for tolerance and open
mindedness no matter what the cost is to society.
Yes, Willie Nelson and his gay agenda is an example of how things have changed in the last fifty years.
To continue to confuse the issues, no matter how immoral or reprobate, only speeds up the destruction of morality
in America. ―It is the devil‘s trap‖.
Just look around, how can any thinking person come to any other conclusion?
*******************
Should Little Girls Dance Like Beyonce?

… Especially when they‘re dressed like that!
April Daniels Hussar \ BettyConfidential
A while ago I wrote about my shock at seeing a little girl channel Lady Gaga – from the incredible voice to the
extreme makeup to the gyrations to the Vegas-style
hooker boots. So when I saw the video making its way
across the Web of a dance team comprised of little girls
in, essentially, bikinis, performing Beyonce‘s ―Single
Ladies‖ at the World of Dance competition, I thought
I‘d give the topic a pass. I don‘t want railing against our
permissive, over-sexualized society to become my beat.
(I‘m really not a stick-in-the-mud, honest!) But I can‘t
help it—after seeing what a huge reaction the video has
caused and the fact that people are defending it … here I
go!
But first – if you haven‘t seen it, you should watch for
yourself …
Damn, right? If you‘re like me, your first thought was WOW – those girls are amazing dancers!
And your second … what the hell are they wearing?!
Because to me, that‘s really the issue here. The moves, OK – they‘re pretty, shall we say, sophisticated. But had
these little girls, who are reportedly 8- and 9-year-olds, been wearing something else – say shorts and t-shirts, or
even leotards and tights – the whole effect would have been something entirely different. And the focus would have
been on their considerable talent, where it belongs.
Read Mean Betty on Miley Cyrus, Lap Dancer
There‘s been a huge ―public outcry‖ since the video hit the masses last week, and the parents of the girls have gone
on the defense. Melissa Presch, one of the moms, told Inside Edition, "I'm shocked, quite frankly, that people would
suggest such things and say such things about 8 and 9 year old girls.‖ She says the girls got their moves from the
Alvin and the Chipmunks: The Squeakquel movie -- not Beyonce's music video.
The Chipmunk part I believe – those were some sexy and saucy little Chipettes, as anyone who suffered through
The Squeakquel will agree. (Oh there are not enough Raisenets in the
world to pay me back for that 90 minutes.)
Inside Edition Jim Moret asked Cory Miller, one of the fathers, ―Is
there anything in these movements to you, that is overly sexualized?‖
―As a father, when you're watching your kid, no. You're looking at it
as a proud kid who has really high energy, who doesn't really know
what she's doing,‖ he said.
Um, yeah, Dad – that‘s it exactly. They don‘t know what they‘re
doing – that‘s why YOU‘RE there.
Did none of the moms or dads take a glance at the proposed costumes, which appear to have been modeled on a
showgirl‘s lingerie collection, and raise a concern that their daughter was going to be shimmying in hot pants?
Did they not want to be sticks in the mud? Overprotective?
Judging another parent – even from the relative safety of an article – is a very tricky and dangerous proposition. I‘m
sure these parents are not bad people. They must be incredibly proud of their talented, hardworking little girls. But
would I let my own 7-year-old daughter Isabella even watch this video of their daughters dancing?
Not a chance.
I‘m sure parents feel like this every generation, but boy is it scary to raise a
daughter these days. Dora got a makeover, Miley‘s giving lapdances, and even a
trip to the grocery store last week held an unexpected landmine – as I was
unloading groceries onto the conveyer belt, Isabella exclaimed, ―Look mommy, is
that Pink?‖ She was pointing excitedly to the newest Cosmopolitan cover, in
which Pink, wearing a very low-cut dress, lounges next to the giant cover titles 75
SEX MOVES FROM GUYS! and ORGASM GUARANTEED!
And yes, Isabella can read.
―Did they make her show her boobies like that?‖
Um … ACK! So many things to explain, so many people behind me in line.
I am not a prude. I don‘t think I‘m even particularly over-protective. But I just didn‘t think I was going to have to
start navigating these particular waters so soon. I don‘t want to be the crazy lady who tries to get Cosmo wrapped in
brown paper at the grocery store. (But really guys, could you not put it at eye level next to the bubble gum?) I know
it‘s my and my husband‘s job to teach Isabella what she needs to know about the world – and herself, so she has the
inner resources not to copy Miley‘s latest lap-dance maneuver when she herself becomes – gulp – a teenager.
I just wish more other parents felt the same way.
April Daniels Hussar is BettyConfidential‘s Deputy Editor, and longs for the good old days when all moms had to
worry about was Madonna and her cone boobs.
Mass Mind Control Through Network Television - video
―Any dictator would admire the uniformity and obedience of the US media.‖ ~ Noam Chomsky
So… I must ask of thee: Upon reading this chapter of the Matrix Report, do you still think that human beings are
immune to being easily influenced, mislead and manipulated? Do you still think that you are truly ―free‖ and have not
been ―programmed‖ skillfully lead to believe ―what they want us to believe‖ throughout your life? Are those your
thoughts or the ones that have been CONDITIONED to have, implanted in you, the pre-programmed, primed
and habituated responses? These are all known, routinely studied and practiced social sciences, and social
engineering and not some silly conspiracy.
With that said and done, now take the time to truly read and digest the closing statements of every chapter of this
report:

THE TERRORIST BOOGEYMEN:

"CREATION OF THE
PERFECT PERPETUAL COMMON ENEMY"
MOSSAD/CIA/Mi5 FALSE FLAG CENTRAL
“Ordo Ab Chao” (Order Out of Chaos) – Official Masonic illuminati motto
aka: The PROBLEM – REACTION – SOLUTION paradigm
“You are thirty times more likely to be struck by lightning than to be killed by terrorists, and ten times more
likely to drown in your bathtub than to be killed by terrorists. So should we declare war against lightning
bolts and bathtubs? – Dr. Kevin Barrett, Questioning the War on Terror: A Primer for Obama Voters
“Today, America would be outraged if UN troops entered Los Angeles to restore order [referring to the
1991 LA Riots]. Tomorrow they will be grateful! This is especially true if they were told that there were
an outside threat from beyond. Whether real or promulgated that threatened our very existence. It is
then that all peoples of the world will plead to deliver them from this evil. The one thing every man
fears is the unknown. When presented with this scenario, individual rights will be willingly relinquished
for the guarantee of their well-being granted to them by the World Government.” - Henry Kissinger,
Zionist titan, Bilderberg Conference, Evian, France, 1991
The era of terrorists is officially here. The central point that you must understand is that terrorists never existed before.
They have been a creation of the state. A byproduct of relentless western expansion, intervention and assault on these
peoples lands and lives. Terrorism is surely coming home to roost. Terrorism being the creation of the state that it is,
the state demands that thousands upon tens of thousands of regular folks abroad as well as here at home be
identified and labeled as TERRORISTS so that it can effortlessly take over, control and oppress the citizens of
this country also. There is no fundamental difference between common citizens here and the Arabs abroad, once you
understand the (growing) official definition of a ―terrorist.‖
According to the powers that be, A TERRORIST IS DEFINED AS:
1. Anyone who defies the wishes of the state

2. Anyone who defies rampant expansionism of the state
3. Anyone who says anything negative about the state
4. Anyone who does not agree with the state
5. Anyone who opposes the state sponsored propaganda
6. Anyone found to be exercising independent thought contrary to that deemed best interest of the state
7. Anyone who speaks negatively about the state, especially if it is the state censored truth
8. Anyone who dares to oppose and confront the state in any way shape or form
9. Anyone who maliciously interprets the most wonderful benevolent states‘ actions as abuses
10. Anyone who exposes state sponsored terrorism is an evil enemy of the state
11. ―Anyone who is not with us, is against us‖ (as most benevolent dear leader Bush so eloquently put it)
12. Anyone who dares speak negatively (truth be damned) or raise their head to gaze at Israel or the Jews
13. Anyone who does not agree all Muslims are evil terrorists, i.e., the only good Muslim is a dead one
14. Anyone who attends peaceful protests against the state and/or its military for any reason whatsoever
15. Anyone who dares question, challenges or disproves the official narratives of events the state issues
16. _____________________________________________________________________________
17. _______________________________________________ etc., etc., you fill in the blanks…
EVERYONE WE FIGHT IN IRAQ IS NOW ―AL-CIADA.‖ Glenn Greenwald recently wrote an article exposing
what is one of the most astonishing instances of mindless, pro-government "reporting" yet:
It's a curious thing that, over the past 10 - 12 days, the news from Iraq refers to the combatants there as "al-
Qaida" fighters. When did that happen?
Until a few days ago, the combatants in Iraq were "insurgents" or they were referred to as "Sunni" or
"Shia'a" fighters in the Iraq Civil War. Suddenly, without evidence, without proof, without any semblance of
fact, the US military command is referring to these combatants as "al-Qaida".
Welcome to the latest in Iraq propaganda.
That the Bush administration, and specifically its military commanders, decided to begin using the term "Al
Qaeda" to designate "anyone and everyone we fight against or kill in Iraq" is obvious. All of a sudden,
every time one of the top military commanders describes our latest operations or quantifies how many we
killed, the enemy is referred to, almost exclusively now, as "Al Qaeda."
But what is even more notable is that the establishment press has followed right along, just as enthusiastically.
I don't think the New York Times has published a story about Iraq in the last two weeks without stating that we
are killing "Al Qaeda fighters," capturing "Al Qaeda leaders," and every new operation is against "Al Qaeda."
– [link]
Today not only is everyone we fight in Iraq ―al-CIAda‖, everyone who is an Arab Muslim in any country that breaks
the law is also systematically labled ―al-CIAda terrorist.‖ The people we are bombing in Yemen, Pakistan, Syria, Iran,
etc. are all the evil ―Al-CIAda‖ boogeymen. This should not be of any surprise to those of you who understand and
KNOW that our government in association with the wishes of it‘s overlords: Israel and its Zionist agents are following
a fully orchestrated plan of subjugation, invasion and occupation of the Middle East to make way for Israel‘s
eventual rise from the ashes of biblical history like a Phoenix and the subjugation of the world in prepreation for one
world governance.
Below is an article from Wikipedia that summarizes the topic of Psychological Operations as utilized by American
intelligence agencys. Please keep in mind that clandestined notorious intelligence agencies such as the Israeli Mossad
whose operational motto is ―through deception we shall wage war‖ along with the CIA and Mi6, all of which operate
under the scope of ―anything goes‖ for them rules and laws of the lands have no meaning and are routinely ment to be
broken for the ―ends justify the means.‖
Psychological Operations
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Psychological operations are planned operations to convey selected information and indicators to foreign (and
domestic) audiences to influence their emotions, motives, objective reasoning, and ultimately the behavior of
foreign governments, organizations, groups, and individuals. [1]
The purpose of United States psychological operations (PSYOP) is to induce or reinforce behavior favorable to
U.S. objectives. They are an important part of the range of diplomatic, informational, military, and economic
activities available to the U.S. They can be utilized during both peacetime and conflict. There are 3 main types:
strategic, operational, and tactical. Strategic PSYOP include informational activities conducted by the U.S.
government agencies outside of the military arena, though many utilize Department of Defense (DOD) assets.
Operational PSYOP are conducted across the range of military operations, including during peacetime, in a
defined operational area to promote the effectiveness of the joint force commander's (JFC) campaigns and
strategies. Tactical PSYOP are conducted in the area assigned to a tactical commander across the range of
military operations to support the tactical mission against opposing forces.
PSYOP can encourage popular discontent with the opposition's leadership and by combining persuasion with a
credible threat, degrade an adversary's ability to conduct or sustain military operations. They can also disrupt,
confuse, and protract the adversary's decision-making process, undermining command and control. [2] When
properly employed, PSYOP have the potential to save the lives of friendly or enemy forces by reducing the
adversary's will to fight. By lowering the adversary's morale and then its efficiency, PSYOP can also discourage
aggressive actions by creating disaffection within their ranks, ultimately leading to surrender.
PSYOP is a component of information operations:
The integrated employment of the core capabilities of electronic warfare, computer network operations,
psychological operations, military deception, and operations security, in concert with specified
supporting and related capabilities, to influence, disrupt, corrupt or usurp adversarial human and
automated decision making while protecting our own. Also called IO. [3]
PSYOP Products
PSYOP involves the careful creation and dissemination of a propaganda message. It is important to note that the
term propaganda as it is used here is not inherently negative. It has only recently taken on a negative connotation.
There are three types of propaganda that are used to create these messages. They include White propaganda
which is used in overt operations and Gray and Black propaganda which are used in covert PSYOP. White, Gray,
and Black don't refer to the propaganda's content but rather the methods used to carry out the operation.
In order for PSYOP to be successful they must be based in reality. All messages must be consistent and must not
contradict each other. Any gap between the propaganda and reality will be quickly noticed. A credible "truth"
must be presented which is consistent to all audiences. Primarily it is a component of offensive

counterinformation but can be used defensively as well. PSYOP are used in support of special operations,
unconventional warfare, and counterinsurgency (COIN) operations. PSYOP can include military operations other
than warfare and also include joint operations. They include counterterrorism operations, peace operations,
noncombatant evacuation, enforcement of sanctions and maritime interception operations, strikes and raids, etc.
White Propaganda
Is attributal to the source of the PSYOP product.
U.S. Army PSYOP soldiers with Detachment 1080, 318th Psychological Operations Company distribute
newspaper products in the East Rashid region of Baghdad, Iraq, July 11, 2007.
White is acknowledged as an official statement or act of the U.S. Government, or emanates from a source
associated closely enough with the U.S. Government to reflect an official viewpoint. The information should be
true and factual. It also includes all output identified as coming from U.S. official sources.
Authorized to engage in white activity directed at foreign audiences are: The State Department, USIA, the
Foreign Operations Administration (a predecessor of the Agency for International Development), the Defense
Department and other U.S. Government departments and agencies as necessary[4]
Gray PSYOP
The source of the gray PSYOP product is deliberately ambiguous.
The true source (U.S. Government) is not revealed to the target audience. The activity engaged in plausibly
appears to emanate from a non-official American source, or an indigenous, non-hostile source, or there may be no
attribution.
Gray is that information whose content is such that the effect will be increased if the hand of the U.S.
Government and in some cases any American participation are not revealed. It is simply a means for the U.S. to
present viewpoints which are in the interest of U.S. foreign policy, but which will be acceptable or more
acceptable to the intended target audience than will an official government statement.[4]
Black Propaganda
Main article: Black propaganda
The activity engaged in appears to emanate from a source (government, party, group, organization, person)
usually hostile in nature. The interest of the U.S. Government is concealed and the U.S. Government would deny
responsibility. It is best used in support of strategic plans.
Covert PSYOP is not a function of the U.S. military but instead is used in special operations due to their political
sensitivity and need for higher level compartmentation. Further, black PSYOP, to be credible, may need to
disclose sensitive material, with the damage caused by information disclosure considered to be outweighed by the
impact of successful deception.[5] In order to achieve maximum results and to prevent compromise of overt
PSYOP, overt and covert operations need to be kept separate. Personnel involved in one must not be engaged in
the other.
Process
In order to create a successful PSYOP the following must be established: 1) clearly define the mission so that it
aligns with national objectives 2) need a PSYOP estimate of the situation 3) prepare the plan 4) media selection
5) propaganda development 6) pretesting - determines the probable impact of the PSYOP on the target audience
7) production and dissemination of PSYOP material 8) implementation 9) posttesting - evaluates audience
responses 10) feedback
Before these steps can occur, intelligence analysts must profile potential targets in order to determine which ones
it would be most beneficial to target. In order to figure this out, analysts must determine the vulnerabilities of
these groups and what they would be susceptible to. The analysts also determine the attitudes of the targets
toward the current situation, their complaints, ethnic origin, frustrations, languages, problems, tensions, attitudes,
motivations, and perceptions, and so on. Once the appropriate target(s) have been determined, the PSYOP can be
created.
Psychological operations should be planned carefully, in that even a tactical message, with modern news media,
can spread worldwide and be treated as the policy of the United States. The US Army is responsible for military
psychological warfare doctrine[5] See the World War I section for an example of how a tactical leaflet, not
properly coordinated, can cause national-level harm.
Psychological operations, at any level, must be consistent with the policies of higher levels of command
The message to be delivered can be adapted to tactical situations, but promises made must be consistent with
national policy.
U.S. PSYOP forces are forbidden to target (i.e., attempt to change their opinions) U.S. citizens at any time, in any
location globally, or under any circumstances.[6] However, commanders may use PSYOP forces to provide public
information to U.S. audiences during times of disaster or crisis such as has been the case we have been under
since 9/11 to this very day. The use of PSYOP forces to deliver necessary public information to a U.S. audience
was established in relief activities after Hurricane Andrew in 1992. Tactical Psychological Operations teams
(TPTs) were employed to disseminate information by loudspeaker on locations of relief shelters and facilities.
Information support to a noncombatant evacuation operation (NEO) by PSYOP forces to provide evacuation
information to U.S. and third-country nationals would also adhere to the order.[5]
As an example of the use of PSYOP in a humanitarian relief operation Major General Anthony Zinni, Director of
Operations for Unified Task Force Somalia, said
Psychological operations were a key Battlefield Operating System used extensively to support Unified Task Force
(UNITAF) Somalia operations. In order to maximize the PSYOP impact, we established a Joint PSYOP Task
Force under the supervision of the Director of Operations, integrated PSYOP into all plans and operations, and
limited the PSYOP focus to the operational and tactical levels. Psychological operations do not accomplish
missions alone. They work best when they are combined with and integrated in an overall theater campaign plan.
In Operation RESTORE HOPE, we were successful in doing that. [5]
Media
PSYOP convey messages via visual, audio, and audiovisual mediums. Military psychological operations, at the
tactical level, are usually delivered by loudspeaker. For more deliberate campaigns, they may use leaflets, radio or
television. Strategic operations may use radio or television broadcasts, various publications, airdropped leaflets,
or, as part of a covert operation, with material placed in foreign news media.
Psychological Operations Units
The bulk of US military psychological units are in the Army. White propaganda can come from the Voice of
America or regional radio/TV. Central Intelligence Agency units are apt to have responsibility, on a strategic
level, for black and some gray propaganda. White propaganda, especially at the strategic level, comes from the
Voice of America or United States Information Agency.
In the United States Department of Defense, Psychological Operations units exist as the Army's 4th Psychological
Operations Group and Air Force with COMMANDO SOLO units[7] under the Air Force Special Operations
Command's 193rd Special Operations Wing. The United States Navy also plans and executes limited PSYOP
missions.[8]
United States PSYOP units and soldiers of all branches of the military are prohibited by law from conducting
PSYOP missions on domestic audiences.[6] While PSYOP soldiers may offer non-PSYOP related support to
domestic military missions, PSYOP can only target foreign audiences. Though, it is worth noting that this does
not rule out PSYOP targeting foreign audiences of allied nations. Additionally, in the Information Operations
Roadmap made public January 2006 but originally approved by Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld in October
2003, it stated "information intended for foreign audiences, including public diplomacy and PSYOP,
increasingly is consumed by our domestic audience and vice-versa.[9]
Psychological warfare
Psychological warfare (PSYWAR), or the basic aspects of modern psychological operations (PSYOP), have
been known by many other names or terms, including Psy Ops, Political Warfare, ―Hearts and Minds,‖ and
Propaganda.[1] Various techniques are used, by any set of groups, and aimed to influence a target audience's value
systems, belief systems, emotions, motives, reasoning, or behavior. It is used to induce confessions or reinforce
attitudes and behaviors favorable to the originator's objectives, and are sometimes combined with black
operations or false flag tactics. Target audiences can be governments, organizations, groups, and individuals.
The U.S. Department of Defense defines psychological warfare as:
"The planned use of propaganda and other psychological actions having the primary purpose of influencing the
opinions, emotions, attitudes, and behavior of hostile foreign groups in such a way as to support the achievement
of national objectives."[2]
During World War II the United States Joint Chiefs of Staff defined psychological warfare more broadly stating
"Psychological warfare employs any weapon to influence the mind of the enemy. The weapons are psychological
only in the effect they produce and not because of the weapons themselves." [3]
[Editor‘s note: please keep in mind that post 9/11, Psychological Warfare also encompasses influencing the
public at large within its home boarders. This is well documented fact and examples of this are provided
throughout this research report.]
Special Activities Division

The Special Activities Division (SAD) is a division of the United States Central Intelligence Agency's (CIA)
National Clandestine Service (NCS) responsible for covert operations, black operations and other "special
activities." These include covert political action and paramilitary special operations. Within SAD there are two
separate groups, one for paramilitary operations and another for political action. [1] The Political Action Group
within SAD is responsible for covert activities related to political influence, psychological and economic warfare.
The rapid development of technology has added cyberwarfare to their mission. A large covert operation usually
has components that involve many, or all, of these categories, as well as paramilitary operations. [2]
Special Operations Group (SOG) is the element within SAD responsible for paramilitary operations. These
operations include collection of intelligence in hostile countries and regions, and all high threat military or
intelligence operations with which the U.S. government does not wish to be overtly associated.[3] As such,
members of the unit (called Paramilitary Operations Officers) normally do not carry any objects or clothing (e.g.,
military uniforms) that would associate them with the United States government. [4] If they are compromised
during a mission, the government of the United States may deny all knowledge.[5
The age of the terrorist boogeymen is now upon us. According to the fear mongering propaganda they are everywhere
now. Maybe in your own town, your next door neighbors, your work, your schools. According the fear mongering
agenda our most wonderful benevolent government must monitor the activities of
EVERYONE and greatly reduce your civil rights in order to combat the evil menace…
These are just for starters, our entire world is now being turned upside down and inside
out due to the evil terrorists everywhere narrative.
Behold, for you must fully understand that: Terrorism has been a fully masterminded and
engineered stratagem of the ruling elite. It is a critical component of the Luciferian end
game that was prophesized in the holy scriptures… Terrorism is an invention of the
state, a means by which intelligence agencies could clandestinely infiltrate an enemy
country and subvert it FROM WITHIN. This FACT is so profound that once you truly
understand this statement, you will begin to understand the ramification of all the alleged ―terrorist attacks‖ occurring
throughout the world. At the forefront in terrorism creation, training and funding are none other than: The Mossad
operational motto: ―by deception we shall wage war.‖ This is primarily conducted by agents provocateurs, pseudo-
operations, false flag ops, psy op and misinformation (lies and deceit).
―Pseudo-operations‖
Pseudo-operations is a military deception strategy in which forces of one power disguise themselves as enemy
forces.
―Agent provocateur‖
Traditionally, an agent provocateur is a person employed by the police, intelligence agency or other entity to
act undercover (disguise/dress like the targets) to entice or provoke another person to commit an illegal act.
These are some of the Israeli Mossad‘s favorite tactics, they have taken to perfection in framing and demonizing their
enemies while cunningly - simultaneously winning sympathy and worldwide support for their cause. They are so
arrogantly proud of it that it is displayed in their motto, which I will again state is: ―by deception we shall wage war.‖
How blind are people and governments to know this yet still believe them in anything they say or do? These tactics are
not limited to the Mossad, they are widely used by CIA, Mi6 and all intelligence agencies.
One of the best well known pseudo-operations by intelligence agencies and military is the strategy of deception
called ―FALSE FLAG‖ operations… where one side dresses up as ―the bad guys‖ they want to set-up and conduct
some sort of despicable act of terrorism in order to frame the target, effectively demonizing them, the following
massive public/political outcry facilitates the desired result: justification for retribution/attack on the target enemy. This
insidious military strategy has been common throughout history and is in wide use today. In order to properly
emphasize the importance of False Flag operations and the proverbial tip of the iceberg on the scope of its use, I will
provide unedited unbiased background info on the subject straight out of Wikipedia:
False Flag
False flag operations are covert operations which are designed to deceive the public in such a way that the
operations appear as though they are being carried out by other entities. The name is derived from the military
concept of flying false colors; that is, flying the flag of a country other than one's own. False flag operations are
not limited to war and counter-insurgency operations, and have been used in peace-time; for example during Italy's
strategy of tension.
Contents
 1 Naval warfare
 2 Air warfare
 3 Land warfare
 4 As pretexts for war
 5 Pseudo-operations
 6 Spy tradecraft
 7 Civilian usage
o 7.1 Businesses
o 7.2 Political campaigning
o 7.3 Ideological
 8 Terrorism
 9 Dirty War
 10 See also
 11 Notes
Naval warfare
This practice was considered acceptable in naval warfare, provided the false flag was lowered and the national flag
raised before engaging in battle. Auxiliary cruisers operated in such a fashion in both World Wars, as did Q-ships,
while merchant vessels were encouraged to use false flags for protection. One of the most notable examples was in
World War II when the German commerce raider Kormoran, disguised as a Dutch merchant ship, surprised and
sank the Australian light cruiser HMAS Sydney in 1941, causing the greatest recorded loss of life on an Australian
warship. The Kormoran was also fatally crippled in that encounter and its crew was captured, but it was a
considerable psychological victory for the Germans.[1]
The British used a Kriegsmarine Ensign in the St Nazaire Raid and captured a German Morse code book. The old
destroyer Campbeltown, which the British planned to sacrifice in the operation, was provided with cosmetic
modifications, cutting the ship's funnels and chamfering the edges to create a more German destroyer look, so she
would resemble a Möwe-class destroyer. The British were able to get within two miles of the harbour before the
defences responded, where their explosive-rigged destroyer and commandos successfully disabled or destroyed the
key dock structures of the port.[2][3]
Air warfare
―It was obvious that if the case were to be kept going a faked act of sabotage would have to be
committed‖ — MI5 file on Mutt and Jeff[4]
In December 1922-February 1923, Rules concerning the Control of Wireless Telegraphy in Time of War and Air
Warfare, drafted by a commission of jurists at the Hague regulates:
Art. 3. A military aircraft must carry an exterior mark indicating its nationality and its military character.
Art. 19. The use of false exterior marks is forbidden.
British intelligence officials in World War II allowed double agents to fire-bomb a power station and a food dump
in the UK to protect their cover, according to declassified documents. The documents stated the agents took
precautions to ensure they did not cause serious damage. One of the documents released also stated: "It should be
recognised that friends as well as enemies must be completely deceived."[4]
Land warfare
In land warfare, the use of a false flag is similar to that of naval warfare. The most widespread assumption is that
this practice was first established under international humanitarian law at the trial in 1947 of the planner and
commander of Operation Greif, Otto Skorzeny, by the military court at the Dachau Trials. In this trial, the court
did not find Skorzeny guilty of a crime by ordering his men into action in American uniforms. He had passed on to
his men the warning of German legal experts, that if they fought in American uniforms, they would be breaking
the laws of war, but they probably were not doing so just by wearing the uniform. During the trial, a number of
arguments were advanced to substantiate this position and the German and U.S. military seem to have been in
agreement on it. In the transcript of the trial[5] it is mentioned that Paragraph 43 of the Field Manual published by
the War Department, United States Army, on October 1, 1940, under the title "Rules of Land Warfare", says:
"National flags, insignias and uniforms as a ruse - in practice it has been authorized to make use of these
as a ruse. The foregoing rule (Article 23 of the Annex of the IVth Hague Convention), does not prohibit
such use, but does prohibit their improper use. It is certainly forbidden to make use of them during a
combat. Before opening fire upon the enemy, they must be discarded".
Also The American Soldiers' Handbook, was quoted by Defense Counsel and says:
"The use of the enemy flag, insignia, and uniform is permitted under some circumstances. They are not to
be used during actual fighting, and if used in order to approach the enemy without drawing fire, should be
thrown away or removed as soon as fighting begins".
The outcome of the trial has been codified in the 1977 Protocol Additional to the Geneva Conventions of 12
August 1949 (Protocol I):
Article 37.-Prohibition of perfidy
1. It is prohibited to kill, injure, or capture an adversary by resort to perfidy. Acts inviting the confidence
of an adversary to lead him to believe that he is entitled to, or is obliged to accord, protection under the
rules of international law applicable in armed conflict, with intent to betray that confidence, shall
constitute perfidy. The following acts are examples of perfidy:
(a) The feigning of an intent to negotiate under a flag of truce or of a surrender;
(b) The feigning of an incapacitation by wounds or sickness;
(c) The feigning of civilian, non-combatant status; and
(d) The feigning of protected status by the use of signs, emblems or uniforms of the United Nations or of
neutral or other States not Parties to the conflict.
2. Ruses of war are not prohibited. Such ruses are acts which are intended to mislead an adversary or to
induce him to act recklessly but which infringe no rule of international law applicable in armed conflict
and which are not perfidious because they do not invite the confidence of an adversary with respect to
protection under that law. The following are examples of such ruses: the use of camouflage, decoys, mock
operations and misinformation.
Article 38.-Recognized emblems

1. It is prohibited to make improper use of the distinctive emblem of the red cross, red crescent or red lion
and sun or of other emblems, signs or signals provided for by the Conventions or by this Protocol. It is
also prohibited to misuse deliberately in an armed conflict other internationally recognized protective
emblems, signs or signals, including the flag of truce, and the protective emblem of cultural property.
2. It is prohibited to make use of the distinctive emblem of the United Nations, except as authorized by
that Organization.
Article 39.-Emblems of nationality
1. It is prohibited to make use in an armed conflict of the flags or military emblems, insignia or uniforms
of neutral or other States not Parties to the conflict.
2. It is prohibited to make use of the flags or military emblems, insignia or uniforms of adverse Parties
while engaging in attacks or in order to shield, favour, protect or impede military operations.
3. Nothing in this Article or in Article 37, paragraph 1 ( d ), shall affect the existing generally recognized
rules of international law applicable to espionage or to the use of flags in the conduct of armed conflict at
sea.
As pretexts for war
In the 1931 Mukden incident, Japanese officers fabricated a pretext for annexing Manchuria by blowing up a
section of railway. Six years later they falsely claimed the kidnapping of one of their soldiers in the Marco Polo
Bridge Incident as an excuse to invade China proper.
In the Gleiwitz incident in August 1939, Reinhard Heydrich made use of fabricated evidence of a Polish attack
against Germany to mobilize German public opinion and to fabricate a false justification for a war with Poland.
This, along with other false flag operations in Operation Himmler, would be used to mobilize support from the
German population for the start of World War II in Europe.
On November 26, 1939, the Soviet Union shelled the Russian village of Mainila near the Finnish border. The
Soviet Union attacked Finland four days afterwards, claiming the shelling to have been a Finnish military action.
Russia has agreed that the attack was initiated by the Soviets.[6] Also, the nearest Finnish artillery pieces were well
out of range of Mainila.[7]
In 1953, the U.S. and British-orchestrated Operation Ajax used "false-flag" and propaganda operations against the
formerly democratically elected leader of Iran, Mohammed Mosaddeq. Information regarding the CIA-sponsored
coup d'etat has been largely declassified and is available in the CIA archives. [8]
In 1954, the Military Intelligence Directorate of Israel launched a series of bombings against targets in Cairo which
had British and American financial interests, in the hopes of alienating the U.S. and Britain from Egypt. [9]
Codenamed Operation Suzannah, it was later dubbed the Lavon Affair, after Israeli Defense Minister Pinchas
Lavon. Lavon and Israeli Military Intelligence head Binyamin Gibli had planned and carried out the operation in
secret, and without telling Prime Minister Moshe Sharett in advance. Lavon and Gibli both lost their jobs as a
result. Israel (where it is known as "The Unfortunate Affair") finally admitted responsibility in 2005. [10]
The planned, but never executed, 1962 Operation Northwoods plot by the U.S. Department of Defense for a war
with Cuba involved scenarios such as hijacking or shooting down passenger and military planes, sinking a U.S.
ship in the vicinity of Cuba, burning crops, sinking a boat filled with Cuban refugees, attacks by alleged Cuban
infiltrators inside the United States, and harrassment of U.S. aircraft and shipping and the destruction of aerial
drones by aircraft disguised as Cuban MiGs. These actions would be blamed on Cuba, and would be a pretext for
an invasion of Cuba and the overthrow of Fidel Castro's communist government. It was authored by the Joint
Chiefs of Staff, nixed by John F. Kennedy, came to light through the Freedom of Information Act and was
publicized by James Bamford.
Former GRU officer Aleksey Galkin,[11] former FSB officer Alexander Litvinenko[12] and others have stated that
the 1999 Russian apartment bombings that precipitated the Second Chechen War were false flag operations
perpetrated by the FSB. Galkin has since recanted his accusation, which was made while prisoner of Chechen
rebels.[citation needed]
Pseudo-operations
Pseudo-operations are those in which forces of one power disguise themselves as enemy forces. For example, a
state power may disguise teams of operatives as insurgents and, with the aid of defectors, infiltrate insurgent
areas.[13] The aim of such pseudo-operations may be to gather short or long-term intelligence or to engage in active
operations, in particular assassinations of important enemies. However, they usually involve both, as the risks of
exposure rapidly increase with time and intelligence gathering eventually leads to violent confrontation. Pseudo-
operations may be directed by military or police forces, or both. Police forces are usually best suited to intelligence
tasks; however, military provide the structure needed to back up such pseudo-ops with military response forces.
According to US military expert Lawrence Cline (2005), "the teams typically have been controlled by police
services, but this largely was due to the weaknesses in the respective military intelligence systems."
The State Political Directorate (OGPU) of the Soviet Union set up such an operation from 1921 to 1926. During
Operation Trust, they used loose networks of White Army supporters and extended them, creating the pseudo-
"Monarchist Union of Central Russia" (MUCR) in order to help the OGPU identify real monarchists and anti-
Bolsheviks. An example of a successful assassination was United States Marine Sergeant Herman H. Hanneken
leading a patrol of his Haitian Gendarmerie disguised as enemy guerrillas in 1919. The Patrol successfully passed
several enemy checkpoints in order to assassinate the guerilla leader Charlemagne Péralte near Grand-Rivière du
Nord. Hanneken was awarded the Medal of Honor and was commissioned a Second Lieutenant for his deed.
During the Mau Mau uprising in the 1950s, captured Mau Mau members who switched sides and specially trained
British troops initiated the pseudo-gang concept to successfully counter Mau Mau terrorists. In 1960 Frank Kitson,
(who was later involved in the Northern Irish conflict and is now a retired British General), published Gangs and
Counter-gangs, an account of his experiences with the technique in Kenya; information included how to counter
gangs and measures of deception, including the use of defectors, which brought the issue a wider audience.
Another example of combined police and military oversight of pseudo-operations include the Selous Scouts in
former country Rhodesia (current Zimbabwe), governed by white minority rule until 1980. The Selous Scouts were
formed at the beginning of Operation Hurricane, in November 1973, by Major (later Lieutenant Colonel) Ronald
Reid-Daly. As all Special Forces in Rhodesia, by 1977 they were controlled by COMOPS (Commander, Combined
Operations) Commander Lieutenant General Peter Walls. The Selous Scouts were originally composed of 120
members, with all officers being white and the highest rank initially available for Africans being colour sergeant.
They succeeded in turning approximately 800 insurgents who were then paid by Special Branch, ultimately
reaching the number of 1,500 members. Engaging mainly in long-range reconnaissance and surveillance missions,
they increasingly turned to offensive actions, including the attempted assassination of ZIPRA leader Joshua
Nkomo in Zambia. This mission was finally aborted by the Selous Scouts, and attempted again, unsuccessfully, by
the Rhodesian Special Air Service.[14]
Some offensive operations attracted international condemnation, in particular the Selous Scouts' raid on a ZANLA
(Zimbabwe African National Liberation Army) camp at Nyadzonya Pungwe, Mozambique in August 1976.
ZANLA was then led by Josiah Tongogara. Using Rhodesian trucks and armored cars disguised as Mozambique
military vehicles, 84 scouts killed 1,284 terrorists in the camp, the camp was registered as a refugee camp by the
United Nations (UN). Even according to Reid-Daly, most of those killed were unarmed guerrillas standing in
formation for a parade. The camp hospital was also set ablaze by the rounds fired by the Scouts, killing all
patients.[15] According to David Martin and Phyllis Johnson, who visited the camp shortly before the raid, it was
only a refugee camp which did not host any guerrillas. Which was staged for UN approval. [16]
According to a 1978 study by the Directorate of Military Intelligence, 68% of all insurgent deaths inside Rhodesia
could be attributed to the Selous Scouts, who were disbanded in 1980.[17]
If the action is a police action, then these tactics would fall within the laws of the state initiating the pseudo, but if
such actions are taken in a civil war or during a belligerent military occupation then those who participate in such
actions would not be privileged belligerents. The principle of plausible deniability is usually applied for pseudo-
teams. (See the above section Laws of war). Some false flag operations have been described by Lawrence E. Cline,
a retired US Army intelligence officer, as pseudo-operations, or "the use of organized teams which are disguised as
guerrilla groups for long- or short-term penetration of insurgent-controlled areas."
Pseudo Operations should be distinguished, notes Cline, from the more common police or intelligence infiltration
of guerrilla or criminal organizations. In the latter case, infiltration is normally done by individuals. Pseudo teams,
on the other hand, are formed as needed from organized units, usually military or paramilitary. The use of pseudo
teams has been a hallmark of a number of foreign counterinsurgency campaigns."[13]
Spy tradecraft
In espionage the false flag technique is used to recruit people into spying or stealing critical documents, by
convincing them that they are working for a cause they are sympathetic with or even their own government, for
example the recruitment of female West German civil servants by Stasi Romeo agents, who were led to believe
that they were collecting information for peace advocacy groups. [18] The technique can also be used to catch a spy
by having a loyal agent pose as a spy from the other side and approach someone suspected of spying. Earl Edwin
Pitts, a 13-year veteran of the FBI and an attorney, was caught when he was approached by FBI agents posing as
Russian agents. See false flag penetrator.
Civilian usage
While false flag operations originate in warfare and government, they also can occur in civilian settings among
certain factions, such as businesses, special interest groups, religions, political ideologies and campaigns for office.
Businesses
In business and marketing, similar operations are being employed in some public relations campaigns (see
Astroturfing). Telemarketing firms practice false flag type behavior when they pretend to be a market research
firm (referred to as "sugging"). In some rare cases, members of an unsuccessful business will destroy some of their
own property to conceal an unrelated crime (e.g. safety violations, embezzlement, etc.) but make it appear as
though the destruction was done by a rival company.
Political campaigning
Political campaigning has a long history of this tactic in various forms, including in person, print media and
electronically in recent years. This can involve when supporters of one candidate pose as supporters of another, or
act as ―straw men‖ for their preferred candidate to debate against. This can happen with or without the candidate's
knowledge. The Canuck letter is an example of one candidate creating a false document and attributing it as
coming from another candidate in order to discredit that candidate.
In 2006, individuals practicing false flag behavior were discovered and "outed" in New Hampshire[19][20] and New
Jersey[21] after blog comments claiming to be from supporters of a political candidate were traced to the IP address
of paid staffers for that candidate's opponent.
Ideological
Political or religious ideologies will sometimes use false flag

tactics. This can be done to discredit or implicate rival groups,
create the appearance of enemies when none exist, or create the
illusion of organized and directed opposition when in truth, the
ideology is simply unpopular with society.
A bomb threat forged by Scientology operatives (pic right)
In retaliation for writing The Scandal of Scientology, the Church of Scientology stole stationery from author
Paulette Cooper's home and then used that stationery to forge bomb threats and have them mailed to a Scientology
office. The Guardian's Office also had a plan for further operations to discredit Cooper known as Operation
Freakout, but several Scientology operatives were arrested in a separate investigation and the plan failed. [22]
Terrorism
During the Italian strategy of tension in which several bombings in the 1970s, attributed to far-left organizations,
were in fact carried out by far-right organizations cooperating with the Italian secret services (see Operation
Gladio, 1969 Piazza Fontana bombing, 1972 Peteano attack by Vincenzo Vinciguerra, 1973 assassination attempt
of former Interior Minister Mariano Rumor, 1980 Bologna massacre, etc. and various investigations, for example
by Guido Salvini). In France, the Masada Action and Defense Movement, supposedly a Zionist group, was really a
neo-fascist terrorist group which hoped to increase tension between Arabs and Jews in France.
False flag tactics were also employed during the Algerian civil war, starting in the mid-1994. Death squads
composed of DRS (Département du Renseignement et de la Sécurité) security forces disguised themselves as
Islamist terrorists and committed false flag terror attacks. Such groups included the OJAL (Organisation of Young
Free Algerians) or the OSSRA (Secret Organisation for the safeguard of the Algerian Republic) [23] According to
Roger Faligot and Pascal Kropp (1999), the OJAL reminded of "the Organization of the French Algerian
Resistance (ORAF), a group of counter-terrorists created in December 1956 by the Direction de la surveillance du
territoire (Territorial Surveillance Directorate) whose mission was to carry out terrorist attacks with the aim of
quashing any hopes of political compromise." [24]
On the night of February 27, 1933, the Reichstag building was set on fire. At the urging of Hitler, Hindenburg
responded the next day by issuing an emergency decree "for the Protection of the people and the State," which
stated: "Restrictions on personal liberty, on the right of free expression of opinion, including freedom of the press;
on the rights of assembly and association; and violations of the privacy of postal, telegraphic and telephonic
communications and warrants for house searches, orders for confiscations as well as restrictions on property, are
also permissible beyond the legal limits otherwise prescribed." The question of who actually started the Reichstag
fire is still unknown and occasionally debated.
The Russian apartment bombings in the Russian cities of Buynaksk, Moscow and Volgodonsk in September 1999
which killed nearly 300 people, is described by Yury Felshtinsky, Alexander Litvinenko, David Satter, Boris
Kagarlitsky, Vladimir Pribylovsky, Anna Politkovskaya, filmmaker Andrei Nekrasov, investigator Mikhail
Trepashkin, as well as the secessionist Chechen authorities and former popular Russian politician Alexander Lebed
as a false flag attack coordinated by the Federal Security Service, the main domestic security agency of the
Russian Federation.[25][26][27][28][29][30][31][32][33][34][35]
Dirty War
Main article: Dirty War
During a 1981 interview whose contents were revealed by documents declassified by the CIA in 2000, former CIA
and DINA agent Michael Townley explained that Ignacio Novo Sampol, member of CORU, an anti-Castro
organization, had agreed to commit the Cuban Nationalist Movement in the kidnapping, in Buenos Aires, of a
president of a Dutch bank. The abduction, organized by civilian SIDE agents, the Argentine intelligence agency,
was to obtain a ransom. Townley said that Novo Sampol had provided six thousand dollars from the Cuban
Nationalist Movement, forwarded to the civilian SIDE agents to pay for the preparation expenses of the
kidnapping. After returning to the US, Novo Sampol sent Townley a stock of paper, used to print pamphlets in the
name of "Grupo Rojo" (Red Group), an imaginary Argentine Marxist terrorist organization, which was to claim
credit for the kidnapping of the Dutch banker. Townley declared that the pamphlets were distributed in Mendoza
and Córdoba in relation with false flag bombings perpetrated by SIDE agents, which had as their aim to accredit
the existence of the fake Grupo Rojo. However, the SIDE agents procrastinated too much, and the kidnapping
ultimately was not carried out.[36]
See also (important web links):
Concepts:
 Black propaganda
 Casus belli
 Conspiracy theory
 Covert operation
 Front organization
 Inside job
 Joe job, a similar online concept
 State terrorism
 The Purloined Letter Approach
Examples:
 Bologna massacre
 Canuck letter
 Lavon Affair failed Israeli false flag operation code named Operation Susanah
 Celle Hole
 Gleiwitz incident - 3rd Reich Nazis Operation Himmler in order to get pretext for 'justified' War of
aggression against Poland with USSR day after that - named Fall Weiß
 Bloed, Bodem, Eer en Trouw (Flemish neo-Nazi group preparing false flag attacks)
 Reichstag Fire, which led to the Reichstag Fire Decree which suspended the Weimar Constitution until
the end of the Third Reich
 CIA Operation Ajax (USA overthrowing of Mohammed Mossadeq, Prime Minister of Iran, in 1953)
 CIA Project Cherry (USA non-stop assassination project to kill Norodom Sihanouk, Prince, and later
King of Cambodia)
 SIS (MI6) Operation Boot (UK Operation for overthrowing of Mohammed Mossadeq, Prime Minister of
Iran, in 1953 with Americans) [2]
 CIA Operation Northwoods was a Plan to blame Cuba for a Terrorist attack in order to get a pretext for
'justified' War of aggression after USA funded and organized failed Terrorist attack known as CIA
Operation Mongoose.
 Special Activities Division
 The Plaza Miranda Bombings in the Philippines, which led to Ferdinand Marcos's suspension of the writ
of habeas corpus.
 Shelling of Mainila by Joseph Stalin and USSR in order to get pretext for 'justified' War of aggression
named Winter War
 Marxist-Leninist Party of the Netherlands (fake party set up by the Dutch security service)
Notes
1. ^ Squires, Nick. "HMAS Sydney found off Australia's west coast", The Telegraph, 2008-03-17.
2. ^ Guinness World Records (2009), p.155
3. ^ Young, P (Ed) (1973) Atlas of the Second World War (London: The Military Book Society)
4. ^ a b "Britain 'bombed itself to fool Nazis'". BBC. 2002-02-28. http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/uk/2522115.stm.
Retrieved 2008-11-04.
5. ^ Source: Law Reports of Trials of War Criminals. United Nations War Crimes Commission. Vol. IX,
1949: Trial of Otto Skorzeny and others General Military Government Court of the U.S. zone of Germany
August 18 to September 9, 1947
6. ^ (Finnish) In 1994 the President of Russia, Boris Yeltsin, denounced the Winter War, agreeing that it
was a war of aggression In a joint press conference with President of Finland Martti Ahtisaari at the
Kremlin on May 18, 1994. [1]
7. ^ Leskinen, Jari - Juutilainen, Antti (edit.): Talvisodan pikkujättiläinen, ISBN 9789510235362, WSOY,
2006
8. ^ Kinzer, Stephen; John Wiley and Sons (2003). "All the Shah's Men: An American Coup and the Roots
of Middle East Terror (U)". Journal of the American Intelligence Professional 48: 258.
https://www.cia.gov/library/center-for-the-study-of-intelligence/csi-publications/csi-
studies/studies/vol48no2/article10.html. Retrieved 2007-02-04.
9. ^ Israel used "false flag" operations. In 1954 sympathetic Jews in Egypt used bombs and arson against
US installations. The objective was for local Arab ... Global Terrorism - Page 46, James M Lutz, Brenda J
Lutz - 2004. Verified Oct 9, 2007.
10. ^ "After half a century of reticence and recrimination, Israel ... honored ... agents-provocateur. Reuters,
March 30, 2005. Accessed July 2, 2007.
11. ^ Terror-99
12. ^ Prima-News
13. ^ a b Cline, Lawrence E. (2005) Pseudo Operations and Counterinsurgency: Lessons from other
countries, Strategic Studies Institute, read here
14. ^ Cline (2005), p. 11.
15. ^ Cline (2005), quoting Reid-Daly, Pamwe Chete: The Legend of the Selous Scouts, Weltevreden Park,
South Africa: Covos-Day Books, 1999, p. 10 (republished by Covos Day, 2001, ISBN 978-1919874333)
16. ^ Cline (2005), who quotes David Martin and Phyllis Johnson, The Struggle for Zimbabwe: the
Chimurenga War, New York: Monthly Review Press, 1981, pp. 241-242.
17. ^ Cline (2005), p. 8-13. For 1978 study, quotes J. K. Cilliers, Counter-insurgency in Rhodesia, London:
Croom Helm, 1985, pp. 60-77. Cline also quotes Ian F. W. Beckett, The Rhodesian Army: Counter-
Insurgency 1972-1979 at selousscouts
18. ^ Crawford, Angus (Friday, 20 March 2009). "Victims of Cold War 'Romeo spies'". BBC Online.
http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/world/europe/7953523.stm. Retrieved 10 April 2009.
19. ^ Steele, Allison, "Bass staffer in D.C. poses as blogger: Bogus posts aimed at his political opponent",
Concord Monitor, September 26, 2006 (URL last accessed October 24, 2006).
20. ^ Saunders, Anne, "Bass aide resigns after posing as opponent's supporter online", The Boston Globe,
September 26, 2006 (URL last accessed October 24, 2006).
21. ^ Miller, Jonathan, "Blog Thinks Aide to Kean Posted Jabs At Menendez", New York Times, September
21, 2006 (URL last accessed October 24, 2006).
22. ^ United States of America v. Jane Kember, Morris Budlong, Sentencing Memorandum; pp. 23-25.
23. ^ Lounis Aggoun and Jean-Baptiste Rivoire (2004). Françalgérie, crimes et mensonges d‘Etats, (Franco-
Algeria, Crimes and Lies of the States). Editions La Découverte. ISBN 2-7071-4747-8. Extract in English
with mention of the OJAL available here.
24. ^ Luonis Aggoun and Jean-Baptiste Rivoire, ibid., quoting Roger Faligot and Pascal KROP, DST, Police
Secrète, Flammarion, 1999, p. 174.
25. ^ Boris Kagarlitsky, a member of the Russian Academy of Sciences Institute of Comparative Politics,
writing in the weekly Novaya Gazeta, says that the bombings in Moscow and elsewhere were arranged by
the GRU
26. ^ David Satter - House committee on Foreign Affairs
27. ^ Felshtinsky & Pribylovsky 2008, pp. 105–111
28. ^ Video at YouTubeIn Memoriam Aleksander Litvinenko, Jos de Putter, Tegenlicht documentary VPRO
2007, Moscow, 2004 Interview with Anna Politkovskaya
29. ^ Russian Federation: Amnesty International's concerns and recommendations in the case of Mikhail
Trepashkin - Amnesty International
30. ^ Bomb Blamed in Fatal Moscow Apartment Blast, Richard C. Paddock, Los Angeles Times, September
10, 1999
31. ^ At least 90 dead in Moscow apartment blast, from staff and wire reports, CNN, September 10, 1999
32. ^ Evangelista 2002, p. 81
33. ^ Did Putin's Agents Plant the Bombs?, Jamie Dettmer, Insight on the News, April 17, 2000.
34. ^ ‘‘The consolidation of Dictatorship in Russia‘‘ by Joel M. Ostrow, Georgil Satarov, irina Khakamada
p.96
35. ^ MCCAIN DECRIES "NEW AUTHORITARIANISM IN RUSSIA", November 4, 2003
36. ^ Visit by Guillermo Novo Sampol to Chile in 1976, 1 and 2, on the National Security Archive website
Welcome to the age of manufactured: R.I.T. (Radical Islamic Terrorists)
The documented cases of the Mossad and CIA creating, training and funding terrorist entities are numerous, imagine
the ones that are so secret you haven‘t heard of. You have the CIA creating, training and funding GUERILLA
WARFARE and ―freedom fighters‖ (alias for: Terrorists) all over the globe. Due to space limitations I cannot dig up
many examples, no need too, there are so many known and documented instances, but for illustration, have you heard
of the Mujahedeen? They were a bonafide terrorist group created, backed, trained, funded by the CIA and Mossad to
fight the Russians. Osama Bin Laden was one of their key operatives. Al-CIAda is
just another Mossad/CIA sponsored terrorist organization.
Everything was fine and dandy while the CIA/Mossad terrorist units were operating
on foreign soils stirring up hornet‘s nests and creating chaos, TOPPLING
REGIMES left and right. Well, how does the saying go? The flock has come home
to roost. Now the ruling elite agenda dictates that they must do the same HERE at
home to subjugate the gullible gentiles of this country. Terrorism has officially
planted its feet here on western soil, but for those of us that still possess an ounce of
rational logical reasoning left in our brain are not easily duped by the pathetic
misinformation, disinformation, lies, deceit that have covered the tracks of the
Mossad/CIA terrorist units operating here on our soil. Yet no one can investigate
them because they are ABOVE THE LAW. The perfect cover for the perfect crimes of the ruling elite. For ―by way
of deception they shall wage war.‖
Since the fall of the Soviet Union, America was for the first time in decades, without a "common enemy". The
confrontation against communism played its course and fulfilled its objectives. Now that communism is supposedly
defeated, the trillion dollar military industrial complex most certainly faced a major depression along with bankruptcies
across the board if there are no more enemies to wage war on. Not only is war extremely profitable, war and conflict is
the NUMBER ONE means of the ruling elite to easily control the population, imposing restrictions, policies and laws,
thus gradually limiting their freedoms and indirectly enslaving the inhabitants of any country. The matter of fact is it
would simply never be able to accomplish such feats without the pretext of being attacked, war and conflict. Fear is
the incredibly effective TOOL that is repeatedly used on the lemming cattle populations the world over.
There is one fundamental fact that you must understand: The age of Terrorism and terrorists is permanently here to
stay. The fundamental factor in creating a never ending supply of terrorists lays firmly in the practice of bombing
innocent peoples lands, homes, family, friends, loved ones and the wanton death that it brings about, thus compelling
even the most peaceful of the grieving afflicted people to become enraged, drop all their good nature, morals, beliefs,
ethics and become hateful revengeful blood seeking combatants. In the intelligence community this has long ago been
acknowledged and proven result, a byproduct of unjust war, they call it: BLOW BACK.
Blow Back is the desired REACTION that the False Flag conducting engineers are trying to coax their targets into
conducting. Thus the simulation precedes and creates the reality…
False Flag Operations: The Crisis Route to the New World Order
by Deanna Spingola, 10 May 2010
David Rockefeller said, ―All we need is the right major crisis and the nations will accept the New World Order.‖
Rahm Emanuel said, ―You never want a serious crisis to go to waste. And what I mean by that is an opportunity to
do things you think you could not do before.‖ In the Project for a New American Century document Rebuilding
America‘s Defenses: Strategy, Forces and Resources for a New Century we find the following: ―Further, the
process of transformation, even if it brings revolutionary change, is likely to be a long one, absent some
catastrophic and catalyzing event – like a new Pearl Harbor.‖1
False Flag (choreographed catastrophes) operations have been used for generations for various motives: the seizure
of additional land and/or natural/mineral resources (domestic or foreign), the acquisition of cheap labor, economic
destabilization, the military depopulation of indigenous populations, the destruction of religious or political
ideologies, the establishment of political tyranny or a coup d'état (as experienced after 9/11 with the establishment
of the PATRIOT Act and the Department of Homeland Security), to assist an allegedly threatened ally or to protect
U.S. citizens living in a foreign country. The foundational factor in the majority of all false flag operations is the
imposition of greater restrictions on worldwide residential populations in order to implement internationalism or
globalism, formerly known as the utopian New World Order under the direction of an elite hierarchy. False flag
catastrophes include terrorist attacks, assassinations of political leaders, ―natural‖ disasters, industrial ―accidents,‖
armed assaults against citizens (Waco, Ruby Ridge, Kent State), economic assaults in the form of economic
crashes like 1929 or more recently the banker bailouts, both massive redistribution scams. The prevailing feature in
all of these circumstances, whether manmade or ―natural,‖ is the transference of culpability followed by the
government‘s predictable exploitation of any and all circumstances.
False flag operations manipulate individuals, either dupes or well-paid, skilled operatives – who masquerade as
purported enemy aggressors. Aircraft or ships are either camouflaged to conceal their identity or marked in such a
way as to confuse witnesses. The operation is compartmentally constructed in such a way that individuals
participate in a small part of the venture without knowing the entire scope of the operation. After the fact, their
willing but unwary participation might insure their silence. False flag operations accelerated after the formation of
government intelligence agencies, like the CIA, again at the behest of private interests with the ready assistance of
the media who introduce false leads to sustain the preconceived cover story. A false flag operation where innocent
people are murdered invariably supplies the pretext for a military invasion where even more killing occurs
including unwary U.S. soldiers who believe they are fighting for their country.
Ambrose Pierce, the satirist, and creator of The Devil‘s Dictionary defined politics as, ―A strife of interests
masquerading as a contest of principles, the conduct of public affairs for private advantage.‖2
On January 24, 1898, during a Cuban insurrection against Spain, the USS Maine arrived at Havana, where it had
been sent to allegedly protect some U.S. citizens living there. In reality, U.S. corporations, with about $50 million
invested in the production and distribution of Cuban sugar and tobacco, had concerns about their investments. On
February 15, 1898, while it was docked in Havana Harbor, a devastating explosion sank the ship. The incident
killed 260 Americans. We now know that is was an internal explosion, not the result of an attack. However, the
citizens were fueled by warmongers in the print media who pushed the slogan, ―Remember the Maine! To hell
with Spain.‖ Outraged citizens agreed to retaliate and go to war against Spain because of the incident. Congress,
which was wholly controlled by private interests, declared war on April 25, 1898. Two days later, the U.S. sent
11,000 occupational troops to the resource-rich Philippines, a Spanish colony and the real target. The Filipinos
resisted America‘s ―liberation‖ efforts for three years during which several thousand civilians were slaughtered.
The strategic location of the Philippines would provide easier access to the riches of Asia, a highly populated area
replete with abundant resources and almost numberless people who had been hoarding and passing down their gold
and treasures for centuries.
With the deceptive establishment of the privately owned Federal Reserve printing press by a compromised
Congress, large-scale, debt-based warfare became even more feasible, its costs being shifted to U.S. citizens and
their children and grandchildren. World War I in Europe was initially provoked by the assassination of an Austrian
Archduke. But that was hardly an interest to Americans who had to feel some sense of personal outrage in order to
justify U.S. military participation in a foreign war where American soldiers were likely to be killed. The Lusitania,
an armed British passenger vessel deceptively flew the American flag and carried ammunition from U.S.
companies bound for belligerent Britain. The ship, described as ―live bait‖ by Winston Churchill, a Rothschild
minion, was deliberately sent into harm‘s way. Her military escort inexplicably withdrew and the ship dramatically
slowed down and abandoned the defensive zigzag pattern of travel. In early February 1915, the British Admiralty,
under the direction of Churchill, had ordered British merchant ships, like the Lusitania, to ram German submarines
on sight. The Lusitania, borrowed by the British government and reclassified as an auxiliary cruiser, was equipped
with bases for mounting guns.3 Germany was aware of Churchill‘s orders by February 15. On April 22, 1915,
Germany, through its U.S. Embassy warned Americans not to travel on British ships in the war zone. They also
paid to advertise the warning in The New York Times on that same day.4 The warning was not printed in the
Times until the day of departure. The Germans predictably attacked on May 7, 1915 and 785 people, including 128
Americans perished, but it ultimately got the U.S. into World War I.
Lenin said, ―The first World War gave us Russia, while the Second World War will hand Europe to us.‖5 For
Lenin, a true Marxist, world revolution was the goal. World War I followed immediately by the Bolshevik
Revolution subjugated only one country under communist rule, Russia. Lenin‘s Bolshevik party was financed
wholly by some of the same international bankers who instigated the Federal Reserve. In 1916, Lenin recognized
that war was simply a revolution on a massive scale and professed that the world would need another war, as one
was insufficient.6 Before the Czar‘s assassination and the usurpation of Russia‘s government, Lenin said, ―After
Russia we will take Eastern Europe, then the masses of Asia, then we will encircle the United States which will be
the last bastion of capitalism. We will not have to attack. It will fall like an overripe fruit into our hands.‖7 This
would be accomplished through infiltration, all the while using the Hegelian dialectic of controlled opposition – as
used by Lenin. Control the opposition, the proverbial right-left cultural division, in order to assure the desired
result – total takeover and communization of the U.S.
Stalin (Iosef Vissarionovich Dzhugashvili), nicknamed Soso, was an agitator, terrorist and a murderer, along with
his Bolshevik comrades. Beginning in 1902, he worked at the Rothschild oil refinery in Batumi. He probably still
worked for the Rothschilds when he moved to the Baku area in 1907.8 ―Oil tycoons‖ made contributions to the
Bolsheviks. Berta Nussimbaum, wife of oil baron, financed Stalin‘s communist press. Rothschild‘s managing
director, David Landau, personally made regular contributions to Stalin. David Sagirashvili, a Menshevik, knew
Stalin in Baku and claimed he engaged in routine kidnappings after which he demanded ransom.9 The
Mensheviks, a less violent faction of the Russian revolutionary movement, emerged in 1904. The word
Bolshevism was Russian and would have to be appropriately changed for each country.
Stalin always favored the more violent approach and ultimately killed millions, even during peacetime – in the
gulags (slave labor camps), and in the Ukraine where five to ten million were deliberately starved to death during
Stalin‘s imposed famine during the winter of 1932-1933. Despite knowledge of Stalin‘s horrific genocidal crimes
against humanity, Franklin D. Roosevelt, a like-minded individual, officially recognized the legitimacy of the
government of the Soviet Union, without Congressional approval. This later enabled the Soviet Union to fully
participate in the banker-supported United Nations, situated on land donated by banker John D. Rockefeller Jr.
whose illustrious family made their millions via Rothschild support. Roosevelt, whose administration was
knowingly filled with Communist agitators and Soviet spies, did as much to promote communism, even in this
country, as any revolutionary Communist.
Churchill‘s estate mortgage was paid off by the ―Jewish European financiers,‖ known as the Focus Group.
Churchill then arranged a meeting with these bankers and Franklin D. Roosevelt in order to get the U.S. into war
through the back door.10 Churchill and Roosevelt monitored the entire progress of the Japanese as they
approached Pearl Harbor. After months of illegally blockading Japan which totally depended on imports to
survive, the Japanese predictably attacked – all according to Henry L. Stimson‘s strategy. He was a Standard Oil
attorney and a member of Skull and Bones (appropriately known as the Brotherhood of Death). The attack on Pearl
Harbor got America into a two-front war – with Japan and her European ally, Germany. Japan‘s assault on Pearl
Harbor killed 2,345 U.S. military men and injured another 1,100 people. Fortuitously, the U.S. government had
already withdrawn their newer ships and planes to save them from destruction. Obligatory commissions, some by
independent entities, were convened to investigate. Foreknowledge of the event, if not actual participation, was
verified, but the compromised media deliberately concealed all conclusions that divulged U.S. government
participation.
On April 27, 1961, in an address to newspaper publishers, President Kennedy said the following regarding
Freemasonry, ―The very word ‗secrecy‘ is repugnant in a free and open society; and we are as a people inherently
and historically opposed to secret societies, to secret oaths and to secret proceedings. We decided long ago that the
dangers of excessive and unwarranted concealment of pertinent facts far outweighed the dangers which are cited to
justify it.‖ Kennedy, by his rhetoric and his actions did not support the nefarious schemes of those who covertly
arrange all wars through their secret society associations and false flag operations. On June 28, 1961, Kennedy
fired CIA Director Allen Dulles, former Wall Street lawyer and attempted to strip the CIA of all power with
NSAM 55 and NSAM 57.11 Kennedy was also against Israel‘s development of a nuclear weapon. On October 9,
1997, the Washington Jewish Week reported, ―Israel need not apologize for the assassination or destruction of
those who seek to destroy it. The first order of business for any country is the protection of its people.‖12 That last
sentence is a bit duplicitous and disingenuous, given the support and billions of dollars that the economically-
stressed U.S. has given to Israel at the expense of our own economic security. Apparently our politicians have
other loyalties. Almost 300 members of Congress signed a declaration reaffirming their commitment to ―the
unbreakable bond that exists‖ between the U.S. and the State of Israel in a letter to Secretary of State Hillary
Clinton.13 George Washington warned us, ―Against the insidious wiles of foreign influence…the jealousy of a
free people ought to be constantly awake, since history and experience prove that foreign influence is one of the
most baneful foes of republican government…Excessive partiality for one foreign nation and excessive dislike of
another cause those whom they actuate to see danger only on one side…The great rule of conduct for us in regard
to foreign nations is in extending our commercial relations, to have with them as little political connection as
possible.‖14
Allen Dulles would later participate on the Warren Commission which concealed the facts regarding John F.
Kennedy‘s assassination, a combined CIA/Mossad operation blamed on a lone gunman who was immediately
killed. The astute allegations of Michael Collins Piper in Final Judgment: the Missing Link in the JFK
Assassination Conspiracy were verified in the Jerusalem Post on July 25, 2004 by Mordechai Vanunu, a former
Israeli nuclear technician15 and shift manager at the Negev Nuclear Research Center from 1976 to 1985. He was
troubled by Israel‘s nuclear weapons program and their war strategies. Probably because of his views and activism,
he was laid off from Dimona in 1985 and soon left the country for Sydney, Australia where he converted to
Christianity. In Australia, he revealed Israel‘s covert nuclear program to Peter Hounam of the British press. On
October 5, 1986, a front-page story appeared in The Sunday Times, ―Revealed: the secrets of Israel's nuclear
arsenal.‖ Thereafter, Vanunu was drugged and kidnapped with the help of Israeli Mossad agent Cheryl Bentov
who deceptively befriended him. He was taken to Israel, tried behind closed doors and sentenced on February 27,
1988. Vanunu spent eighteen years in prison, eleven of which were in solitary confinement. He was released on
April 21, 2004.16 According to satellite images, by February 1991, during the Gulf War, Israel had fired six to
eight rounds of low-yield, miniaturized nuclear weapons from the Negev desert on Baghdad, 600 miles away.17
Following World War II, according to the Rhode Island Freemason Newsletter, ―Lyman Lemnitzer was a military
planner,‖ as was his good friend, Dwight D. Eisenhower.18 During Kennedy‘s administration, Lemnitzer, a 33rd
Degree Freemason and Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and others proffered a document entitled
Justification for U.S. Military Intervention in Cuba,19 dated March 13, 1962, which recommended a false flag
attack against the U.S. with the blame to be put on Cuba, which would then justify a retaliatory strike against that
country. Their plan, called Operation Northwoods, may have originated with President Eisenhower and might even
involve the killing of American citizens, the hijacking of planes and false arrests.20 Per the document, ―We could
develop a Communist Cuban terror campaign in the Miami area, in other Florida cities and even in Washington.‖
They could target a specific ethnic group who would be incorrectly vilified as terrorists.21 Or, Lemnitzer said,
―We could blow up a U.S. ship in Guantánamo Bay and blame Cuba.‖ Further, he suggested that they could create
―casualty lists in U.S. newspapers‖ to provoke ―national indignation.‖22 They could paint a CIA plane to look like
a commercial plane and then swap the real plane with a drone. Lemnitzer wasn‘t intending to free the Cuban
people who supported Castro, but rather, ―Forces would assure rapid essential military control of Cuba‖ where
―continued police action would be required.‖ The details of Operation Northwoods, under Operation Mongoose,
were concealed for over forty years. Lemnitzer thought that all of the copies were destroyed.23
Kennedy absolutely opposed Operation Northwoods, planned to withdraw troops from Vietnam, was determined
to prevent Israel from becoming a nuclear state per Kennedy‘s ―harsh‖ letter of July 5, 1963 to Prime Minister
Levi Eshkol,24 and threatened to break up the CIA, an organization wholly devoted to protecting Wall Street
interests. Elizabeth Forsling Harris, a public relations executive with CIA connections was in charge of planning
Kennedy‘s Dallas motorcade route.25 On that fateful day in Dallas Kennedy, like the Lusitania, was deliberately
sent into harm‘s way, security policies were altered and Kennedy‘s protective forces were inexplicably withdrawn
and he was brutally assassinated on November 22, 1963, an event which essentially functioned as another political
coup.26 Operation Northwoods, or other false-flag attacks perpetrated against America, could now be
implemented as regular policy with the able assistance of the CIA, still intact.
On November 29, 1963, the newly installed President Lyndon B. Johnson, a Freemason,27 convened the
Commission on the Assassination of President Kennedy, known as the Warren Commission from its chairman,
Chief Justice Earl Warren. On September 24, 1964, the Commission presented its 888-page final report which
claimed that Lee Harvey Oswald acted alone. Commission member, Gerald Ford, also a Freemason, according to
declassified files, admitted that he persuaded the Commission to state that Kennedy‘s back wound was several
inches higher than it really was. Ford and Arlen Specter, another commission member, promoted the implausible
single bullet theory.28
Ford, perhaps as a reward, would be installed as Vice President on December 6, 1973 when Spiro Agnew was
ousted over tax issues. Rockefeller agent, Henry Kissinger orchestrated Watergate, a media circus that got rid of
Nixon and ultimately politically benefited Kissinger, Ford and Rockefeller.29 Attorney Hillary Rodham, along
with Fred Thompson, Trent Lott, and Howard Baker,30 were on the legal staff of the House Judiciary Committee
during the Watergate fiasco to help prepare articles of impeachment against Nixon. Rodham landed this job right
out of law school, thanks to Ted Kennedy and Burke Marshall. Allegedly, her legal procedures were ethically
flawed.3132 On August 9, 1974, Ford became president of the U.S. after Nixon‘s resignation. Ford, the unelected
president, unconditionally pardoned Nixon and carried out the banker‘s agenda as every president has done since
Johnson took office after Kennedy‘s assassination.
The USS Maddox was allegedly assaulted by three North Vietnamese torpedo boats in the Gulf of Tonkin on
August 2, 1964, followed by an incident on August 4, 1964. There were no U.S. casualties in either incident.
However, President Johnson obtained the Gulf of Tonkin Resolution which was co-authored by brothers
McGeorge and William P. Bundy (both members of Skull & Bones). William P. Bundy was the chief architect of
the Vietnam War.33 At the request of CFR Chairman, David Rockefeller, William Bundy served as editor or the
CFR magazine Foreign Affairs from 1972 to 1984.34 Those who arrange all wars propelled the U.S. and her
citizens into an expensive, bloody, devastating, lengthy war against a country that hadn‘t actually attacked us, a
fact that was revealed by declassified documents in 2005. Author James Bamford states that Lemnitzer advocated
nuclear war in Vietnam. In terms of lives, the war cost the lives of almost 60,000 U.S. citizens and four million
Vietnamese and Cambodian (secret bombing) residents.
The U.S. has found it more expedient and less expensive to train and arm ―local cannon fodder‖ or ―indigenous
ethnic or religious groups‖ to slaughter each other. The U.S. did this in Vietnam. Green Berets trained the
Montagnards, the people in the southern highlands. The CIA‘s Air America flew arms and other supplies into the
remote Hmong villages and flew opium out – ―to supply American troops fighting in Vietnam‖ and the vast
international market.35
False flags, including the 1967 Israeli attack on the USS Liberty with blame to be placed on Egypt, the first attack
at the World Trade Center, Oklahoma City, 9/11 followed by two U.S. invasions – Afghanistan and Iraq, the
anthrax scare (origin – Fort Detrick), the numerous threats and allegedly failed terrorist attacks – the Christmas
bomber, the Times Square bomb incident perpetrated by accused bomber Faisal Shahzad, an alleged member of a
British MI6 and the CIA-controlled terrorist organization who,36 apparently after extensive training from the
Pakistani Taliban, created a dud bomb incapable of exploding. Consequently, Senators Joe Lieberman and Scott
Brown, along with Representatives Jason Altmire and Charlie Dent want to pass legislation that would eliminate,
without due process, the citizenship of anyone even suspected of affiliating with a ―foreign terrorist organization‖
with the exception of the Israel Defense Forces (IDF).37 The Jewish Defense League (JDL), according to the FBI
in 2001, is ―a right-wing terrorist group.‖ Also, according to the FBI, the JDL has plotted numerous terrorist
attacks within the U.S. The organization, founded by Rabbi Meir Kahane, is no longer categorized as a terrorist
organization. So, apparently, U.S. citizens, some with duel citizenship, involved with either the IDF or the JDL
will not have to forfeit their U.S. citizenship.
Another person who purportedly went off the deep end and perpetrated a massacre at Fort Hood, Texas on
November 6, 2009 similar to Columbine (April 20, 1999). Other questionable catastrophes, not currently
categorized as false flag events, still provide the exploitive circumstances for the imposition of tyrannical
legislation and regulations. For as Rahm Emanuel said, ―You never want a serious crisis to go to waste. And what I
mean by that is an opportunity to do things you think you could not do before.‖
These catastrophes include the US Airways Flight 1549 being ditched in the Hudson River adjacent Manhattan,
New York City, on January 15, 2009. Polish President Lech Kaczynski, along with numerous other opposition
party officials, died in a mysterious plane crash in Smolensk, Russia on April 10, 2010. This ―accident‖ probably
had more to do with Kaczynski‘s opposition to a $100 billion dollar contract with Russia‘s Gazprom Gas deal than
with problematic weather. It would have made Poland 100% dependent on Russian gas for the next 28 years.38
See the remarkable digital enhancement of the amateur plane crash site footage.
There was the 9.0 earthquake that struck the Indian Ocean region on December 26, 2004 with the resultant tsunami
which killed approximately a quarter of a million people. Americans and their European allies were immediately
aware of this earthquake due to location of various seismic stations and satellites. The officials, including those at
one of those bases, Diego Garcia failed to notify the predominantly Muslim countries in the path of tsunami.39
Diego Garcia, the U.S. military base in the Indian Ocean, from which the U.S. stages bombing assaults in the
Middle East, which was directly in the path of the tsunami experienced no apparent damage.40 Then there was the
cataclysmic earthquake on just half of an island – oil-rich Haiti, followed by militarized aid. In other words,
selective assistance to the survivors based on their obedience.
Rhetoric about the Times Square bomber has preempted the more devastating news about Deepwater Horizon,
owned by Transocean Limited, the world's largest offshore drilling contractor, and leased to BP, which caught fire
on April 20, and exploded killing 11 people. It was insured for $560 million.41 This crisis resulted in the worst oil
spill in history – 5,000 barrels of oil spilling into the sea each day.42 The Rothschilds own a controlling share of
the BP stock. BP, despite an egregious safety record, got an exemption and a cap on damages from the National
Environmental Policy Act rules on April 6, 2009 and then lobbied to expand those exemptions just eleven days
before the explosion.43 BP, according to a law passed after the 1989 Exxon Valdez spill limits cleanup costs
liability to no more than $75 million although legislation is being introduced to increase liability to $10 billion,
retroactively.44 BP is also responsible for the biggest oil spill ever to occur on Alaska‘s North Slope.45 The
Rothschilds, by lending money for Halliburton‘s clean-up operations will make profits. The failed cement casing
had been installed by Halliburton and this is the second time within a year that a Halliburton casing has
catastrophically failed on an oilrig.
As if Katrina, which hit the Gulf Coast the end of August 2005, didn‘t do enough economic damage and forced
relocation of residents in the gulf coast states, this oil spill only furthers the devastation. Louisiana‘s fishing
industry, according to Business Week, has a retail value of $1.8 billion while others claim it is even higher.
Louisiana supplies a third of the nation‘s oysters and a quarter of all its seafood. The industry employs some
90,000 people in Louisiana. Unfortunately, the ―accident‖ coincides with the opening of the shrimp season, May
16. Mississippi and Alabama are also very dependent on the fishing industry.46
On April 30, 2010, the press reported that President Obama has reversed his decision to lift the moratorium on
certain offshore drilling. No new oil drilling will be authorized until authorities discover the causes of the
explosion of the Deepwater Horizon rig. Deepwater received a safety award in 2009. Lindsey Williams claims that
the Gulf incident was sabotage and states that the technology was too advanced for such explosions to occur.
Former Colorado Senator Ken Salazar, a globalist pawn for the Nature Conservancy, thought nothing of seizing
land from Colorado ranchers in the purported interest of conservation; he was confirmed as Interior Secretary on
January 20, 2009. Since April 2009, hundreds of farmers in the San Joaquin valley in Central California have been
targeted by U.S. government domestic terrorists who turned off the water in the formerly fertile Fresno area which
is about to be turned into a desert. This created forty percent unemployment in the valley. Farmers in the San
Joaquin valley grow about 25 % of the Nation's food supply. These decisions caused hundreds of millions of
dollars in crop losses.
On May 2, 2010, U.S. Interior Secretary Salazar said, ―Our job basically is to keep the boot on the neck of BP.‖
Interestingly, the Bureau of Land Management, under the direction of the Department of the Interior, conducted a
surprise inspection on the oilrig two hours before it exploded.
In 1969, Dr. Richard Day, an admitted ―insider‖ delivered an invitation-only lecture about the ―new world system‖
in which he defined the changes, according to an actual timetable, that would be accomplished by the year 2000
which included the following:
 Travel restrictions will occur. It will be considered a privilege! People will need permission and a good
reason to travel. An under-the-skin implantation device will be developed, coded specifically to identify
each individual to accommodate government surveillance through radio signals.
 More airplane and auto accidents will occur contributing to a general feeling of insecurity. This will also
initiate more government regulations.
 Manufacturing will be curtailed in order to give other countries a chance to build their industries in order
to compete against the United States. Our heavy industries will be deliberately cut back while the same
industries are developed in other countries, notably Japan.
 Food supplies will be centralized and come under tight control. If population growth doesn‘t slow down,
food shortages can be orchestrated to scare or starve people into accepting the theory of overpopulation.
Personal gardens and perhaps small farms will be eliminated.
 Dr. Day said, ―We can or soon will be able to control the weather…―I'm not merely referring to dropping
iodide crystals into the clouds to precipitate rain that‘s already there, but REAL control." And weather
will be used as a weapon of war, a weapon for influencing public policy or perhaps habitation patterns.
 Terrorism, once thought unnecessary in the United States, will be used by necessity if the United States
does not move rapidly enough into accepting the new system.47
Endnotes
1.^ Rebuilding America‘s Defenses: Strategy, Forces and Resources for a New Century, p.51
2.^ The Devil‘s Dictionary by Ambrose Bierce, Dover Publications, 1958, p. 101
3.^ Tragedy and Hope: a History of the world in Our Time by Carroll Quigley, The Macmillan Company, New
York, 1966, pp. 250-251
4.^ Winston S. Churchill, 1874-1965: A Comprehensive Historiography and Annotated Bibliography by Eugene L.
Rasor, Greenwood Press, Westport, Connecticut, 2000, pp. 74-75
5.^ The Money Manipulators by June Grem, Enterprise Publications, Inc. Oak Park, Illinois, 1971, pp. 109-110
6.^ The Chief Culprit: Stalin‘s Grand Design to Start World War II by Viktor Suvorov, Naval Institute Press,
Annapolis, Maryland, 2008, p. 2
7.^ Wake-Up America - It's Later Than You Think! by Robert Preston, Hawkes Publishing, Salt Lake City, Utah,
1979, p. 16
8.^ Young Stalin by Simon Sebag Montefiore, Random House, New York, 2007, pp. 62, 186; Sir Evelyn de
Rothschild gave Montefiore access to the Rothschild archives in Britain and France where Melanie Asprey
investigated the Stalin connections to the Rothschilds p. 383
9.^ Young Stalin by Simon Sebag Montefiore, Random House, New York, 2007, p. 197
10.^ Barbarians Inside the Gates: the Black Book of Bolshevism, Book 1: The Serpent‘s Sting by Donn de Grand
Pré, GSG & Associates, San Pedro, California, 2000, p. 60
11.^ The Secret Team: the CIA and Its Allies in Control of the United States and the World by L. Fletcher Prouty
Col., U.S. Air Force, Skyhorse Publishing, New York, 2008, pp. 482-483
12.^ Final Judgment: the Missing Link in the JFK Assassination Conspiracy by Michael Collins Piper, American
Free Press, Washington, DC, 2005, introduction
13.^ Nearly 300 Congress Members Declare Commitment to 'Unbreakable' U.S.-Israel Bond
14.^ Washington's Farewell Address 1796
15.^ Final Judgment: the Missing Link in the JFK Assassination Conspiracy by Michael Collins Piper, American
Free Press, Washington, DC, 2005, introduction
16.^ Israeli nuclear spy released by Walt Rodgers and Paula Hancocks, CNN
17.^ The 9/11 Whistle-Blowers - Col. Donn de Grand-Pre, U.S. Army (ret.), Transcript: Alex Jones Interviews
Col. Donn de Grand-Pre, U.S. Army (ret.): Explosive New 9/11, Revelations and Explanations, p. 3
18.^ Rhode Island Freemason Newsletter, Grand Lodge of Rhode Island Established 1791, Volume Thirty-two,
Issue Six, November/December 2007, p. 13
19.^ Northwoods Documents, March 13, 1962, 15 pp. See also: Northwoods Pentagon Files
20.^ Body of Secrets: Anatomy of the Ultra-Secret National Security Agency From the Cold War Through the
Dawn of the New Century by James Bamford, Doubleday, New York, 2001, pp. 82, 85
21.^ Pentagon Proposed Pretexts for Invasion of Cuba
Dawn of the New Century by James Bamford, Doubleday, New York, 2001, p. 84
Dawn of the New Century by James Bamford, Doubleday, New York, 2001, pp. 86-87, 88
24.^ Israel and the Bomb by Avner Cohen, Columbia University Press, New York, 1998, p. 156
25.^ Feminist Gloria Steinem of the CIA, Portland Independent Media Center
26.^ JFK: the CIA, Vietnam, and the Plot to Assassinate John F. Kennedy by L. Fletcher Prouty, Carol Publishing
Group, New York, 1992, pp. 314-315
27.^ Codex Magica: Secret Signs, Mysterious Symbols, and Hidden Codes of the Illuminati by Texe Marrs, River
Crest Publishing Austin, Texas, 2006, p. 150
28.^ Gerald Ford - Warren Commission Kennedy Assassination Cover-up
29.^ George Bush: The Unauthorized Biography by Webster G. Tarpley & Anton Chaitkin, Chapter 7
30.^ Watergate Survivors by Jeanne Meserve, June 12, 1997
31.^ Without Honor: Crimes of Camelot and the Impeachment of President Nixon by Jerry Zeifman, New York:
Thunder's Mouth Press, 1995, Chapter 1
32.^ Hillary Rodham's 1974 Watergate ―Procedures were Ethically Flawed,‖ by Jerry Zeifman, August 16. 1999
33.^ William Bundy, NNDB: Tracking the Entire World
34.^ History of the CFR, Consensus Endangered
35.^ The Sorrows of Empire: Militarism, Secrecy and the End of the Republic by Chalmers Johnson, The
American Empire Project, Metropolitan Books, New York, 2004, pp. 131-134
36.^ Times Square Bomber Linked With CIA-Controlled Terror Group by Paul Joseph Watson, Prison Planet.com,
Thursday, May 6, 2010
37.^ Is Faisal Shahzad Crazy? If so, he's far from alone by Justin Raimondo, AntiWar.com, May 7, 2010
38.^ Was the Polish President killed over landmark gas deal? by Jane Burgermeister
39.^ Foreknowledge of A Natural Disaster: Washington was aware that a deadly Tidal Wave was building up in
the Indian Ocean by Michel Chossudovsky, December 29, 2004
40.^ Bush‘s response to South Asia disaster: indifference compounded by political incompetence By Patrick
Martin, 30 December 30, 2004
41.^ Gulf of Mexico Oil Spill Creates Environmental and Political Dilemmas by Steven Mufson, Washington Post,
April 27, 2010
42.^ The Potential Economic Impact of the Louisiana Oil Spillage by Jennifer Young, May 3, 2010
43.^ U.S. exempted BP's Gulf of Mexico Drilling From Environmental Impact Study by Juliet Eilperin,
Washington Post, May 5, 2010
44.^ Oil Spill Concerns Turn to Compensation by Juliet Eilperin, Washington Post, May 4, 2010
45.^ BP's trail of Accidents, Scandals Stretches to Alaska by Craig Welch, Seattle Times, May 6, 2010
46.^ The Potential Economic Impact of the Louisiana Oil Spillage by Jennifer Young, May 3, 2010
47.^ New Order of Barbarians - Transcript of Tapes I-III
Peace is just so anti-military industrial complex. There are zero profits in peace. If true peace were ever made
worldwide, the military industrial complex would become extinct *gasp*
overnight. Oh, the chaos, trillions upon trillions of dollars in revenues lost,
millions upon millions of people unemployed. Actually, the overnight
elimination of such the monolithic military industrial complex could cause
major worldwide financial turmoil, think about it.
Since the fall of the Soviet Union, things became pretty "boring" in the
bogeyman scene, for that episode was played as far as they could take it.
America went around the globe converting countries into capitalistic
―democracies‖ willingly or by force. The Zionist lead capitalism ummm,
―democracy‖ (Zionist ECONOMIC COLONIZATION) movement was
actually a well disguised monetary alliance building and consolidation
strategy (we‘ll get into that latter in the finance chapter) the world was
prepped, primed and conditioned for a united cohesive monetary system
and centralized control. With the defeat of the communist bogeyman, they
had to invent an even more evil, sinister enemy to combat on the world stage,
an enemy that could instill fear in every mortal‘s hearts and minds, an enemy
that threatens YOUR life, your family, friends, loved ones… YOUR HOME.
Along comes 9/11 and the entire world changed OVERNIGHT. As we all know by now, the events prior to, during and
after 911 have been under massive critique by everyone except those that have vested interests in that charade and the
33%er crowed that blindly believe anything they are fed by their masters and the other 33% who could care less.
Without the 911 attacks orchestrated by al-CIAda, nothing would have changed, 911 false flag op, like the Reichstag
Fire and the Tonkin incident, (and other such premeditated ―attacks‖) led to wars and changed the course of history.
Documented history proves that false flag operations have long been one of the tricks in the military strategist‘s tool
kit. For ―by way of deception they shall wage war.‖ Here for your consideration, is just one case (if you want more,
here is a link http://www.the-lone-ranger.com/prs.html/) out of dozens:
IRAQ
Americans disguised in Arab Dress captured in the act of setting off a car
bomb
Global Research, October 15, 2005
Who needs terrorists or insurgents if we can do that job much better!!!!!
A number of Iraqis apprehended two Americans disguised in Arab dress as they tried to blow up a booby-trapped
car in the middle of a residential area in western Baghdad on Tuesday.
Residents of western Baghdad's al-Ghazaliyah district told Quds Press that the people had apprehended the
Americans as they left their Caprice car near a residential neighborhood in al-Ghazaliyah on Tuesday afternoon
(11 October 2005). Local people found they looked suspicious so they detained the men before they could get
away. That was when they discovered that they were Americans and called the Iraqi puppet police.
Five minutes after the arrival of the Iraqi puppet police on the scene a large force of US troops showed up and
surrounded the area. They put the two Americans in one of their Humvees and drove away at high speed to the
astonishment of the residents of the area.
Quds Press spoke by telephone with a member of the al-Ghazaliyah puppet police who confirmed the incident,
saying that the two men were non-Arab foreigners but declined to be more precise about their nationality.
Quds Press pointed out that about a month ago, the Iraqi puppet police in the southern Iraqi city of al-Basrah
arrested two Britons whom they accused of attempting to cause an explosion in the city. The Britons were taken
into custody by the Iraqi puppet police only to be broken out of prison by an assault of British occupation troops.
That incident has created a tense relationship between the British and the local puppet authorities in al-Basrah,
Quds Press noted.
Now for the first time in history, a nation is at war with a word: "terrorism." This word is hiding everywhere! In our
back yards, on the ―internets‖ (a Bushism), in your place of work, Iraq, Afghanistan, Iran, Syria, your next door
neighbor, inside your computer and cell phone! Etc. Since that fateful day on Sept 11, 2001 our dear loving leaders
have been bending over backwards along with their massive propaganda machine trying to convince us and the world
that we must give up all our rights and liberties so that our most loving government can catch a couple dozen evil
"bogeymen" who ―hate us for our freedoms‖… the kicker? Big brother determined it must, and is monitoring every
single one of its 300 million+ citizens to catch a couple dozen authentic terrorists? Doh!
"The truth is, there is no Islamic army or terrorist group called Al Qaida. And any informed intelligence
officer knows this. But there is a propaganda campaign to make the public believe in the presence of an
identified entity representing the 'devil' only in order to drive the TV watcher to accept a unified international
leadership for a war against terrorism. The country behind this propaganda is the US . . ." - Former British
Foreign Secretary Robin Cook
News reports abound of intelligence agencies instigating, provoking, enabling and setting up agent provocateurs,
without such premeditated instigation programs there wouldn‘t be nearly as many reports of alleged so called
―terrorist‖ incidents. These tactics of ―agencies of deceit‖ are well known certified false flag ops strategies in that the
more numbers of similar reported incidents arises the more the ―substance‖ is added to the illusion and premise that
there ―does‖ in fact exist a terrorist menace. This is an essential component of/and plays into the official ―evil terrorists
everywhere!‖ narrative… Thus works the FEAR MONGERING PSY-OP.
FBI Paid Informant in Bronx Synagogue Bomb Plot $97K Who Provided
Terror Suspects with False Bombs
BY Robert Gearty , NY DAILY NEWS, August 25th 2010
Suspect Laguerre Payen in a courtroom sketch from 2009.
The jury in the Bronx synagogue bomb plot case was told Wednesday
that the informant who provided the four suspects with phony bombs
and missiles was paid $97,000 by the FBI.
The FBI gave Pakistani immigrant Shahed Hussain $44,000 for

expenses and $53,000 for "his services" over a three-year period, agent Robert Fuller said.
Fuller, the first prosecution witness in the trial that started Tuesday, showed the jury one of the unexploded bombs
the would-be terrorists planned to use to blow up one of two Riverdale synagogues.
Defense lawyers contend that without the informant - who they say entrapped the suspects - their bumbling clients
would never have tried to blow up two synagogues in Riverdale and shoot down missiles.
James Cromitie, 44, and co-defendants David Williams, 29, Onta Williams, 34, and Laguerre Payen, 28, were
caught in May 2009.
Hussain met them at an upstate mosque, where he was sent by the feds. The trial continues today in Manhattan
Federal Court. The four suspects face life in prison if convicted.
The ruling elite are currently performing a tour de force multi-prong attack on different fronts:
1) Run for your lives! The terrorist boogeymen are out to get us for our freedoms!
2) Global engineered financial demolition/collapse
3) Global warming hysteria
4) Global flu/virus pandemics
Meanwhile there has been a major concerted media campaign headed by the Jewish controlled media in making
―Islam‖ synonymous with ―terrorism.‖ These have been Israel‘s age old enemies, and Israel has been ingeniously
spreading fear, instigating and manipulating other countries so they may eliminate their Muslim enemies for them. Pure
genius. For ―by way of deception they shall wage war.‖
Israel and or its agents have been caught instigating all sorts of confrontations via its false flag operations over the past
decades. Only Israel stands the most to benefit from having the U.S. slaughter the enemies of ZION… Here is one
(and most recent) of hundreds of examples one can dig up on the net:
US Intelligence Found Iran Nuke Document Was Forged

―U.S. intelligence has concluded that the document published recently by the Times of London, which
purportedly describes an Iranian plan to do experiments on what the newspaper described as a "neutron initiator"
for an atomic weapon, is a fabrication, according to a former Central Intelligence Agency official.
Philip Giraldi, who was a CIA counterterrorism official from 1976 to 1992, told IPS that intelligence sources say
that the United States had nothing to do with forging the document, and that Israel is the primary suspect. The
sources do not rule out a British role in the fabrication, however.
The Times of London story published Dec. 14 did not identify the source of the document. But it quoted "an
Asian intelligence source" - a term some news media have used for Israeli intelligence officials - as
confirming that his government believes Iran was working on a neutron initiator as recently as 2007.‖ – Source
CommonDreams.org Dec, 2009
BTW, you will NEVER find the above NEWS on national TV, for the Zionist ―Jews‖ OWN ALL major media outlets.
Israel has hundreds if not thousands of secret agents who speak perfect fluent native tongues of all its enemy Arab
countries. These Mossad agents integrate themselves into the fabric of their foreign hosts and live there for years on
end, as deep undercover agents, building close relations with their enemies much like a DEA undercover drug agents
do here in the U.S. when trying to infiltrate the mob. The Israeli agents on the other hand act as hard core insurgents
and will do anything, even committing murder to get street cred and trust of its target group. These Israeli secret agents
are SINGLE HANDEDLY INSTRUMENTAL for thousands of ―attacks‖ attributed and credited to al-CIAda and the
evil bastard countries that our most wonderful government is fighting a war on terror on. For ―by way of deception
they shall wage war.‖
Sit back and think about it for a moment… we are at war with a WORD. The official boogeyman is ―terrorism‖ what
makes this ―war‖ so scary is that the rules of identifying a ―terrorist‖ are so vague and lay in the ―eyes of the beholder‖
for once anyone in any type of law enforcement capacity decides that you are a terrorist, you‘re in deep shit, no matter
who you really are, to the rest of the enforcement system, you ARE a terrorist. These are the new inquisitions. For all
intents and purposes, anyone who does not conform to the status quo wishes qualifies as a verified terrorist. None of
the traditional enemies in the history of mankind has ever paved the way for allowing governments to so rapidly,
thoroughly, dramatically, drastically change and bypass hundreds of laws, forever changing our societies as has the
boogeyman terrorist enemy. Our societies have become Orwellian surveillance states literally overnight and barely a
peep of defiance was murmured by the public.
Every facet of our lives is now open game for wire tapping, eavesdropping, surveillance in any way shape or form
without so much as a court order. Once labeled as a potential terrorist you can literally be picked up in a black van,
transported to an undisclosed location, held for indefinite amounts of time, imprisoned and tortured and it is all
perfectly ok. Good bye Habeas Corpus. The population is being primed, ―a terrorist is anyone who defies the
government‖ for the moment you raise your voice in condemnation of the ridiculous, outlandish, outrageousness, is
the moment that you have unwittingly demonstrated your anarchist terrorist disposition. They are now recruiting fellow
citizens to identify ―terrorist‖ friends and neighbors, a ―citizen army‖ to keep surveillance on themselves. Oh what a
mighty web our rulers weave. For ―by way of deception they shall wage war.‖
The Problem Reaction Solution Paradigm (The Hegelian Dialectic)

1) The government creates or exploits a problem blaming it on others
2) The people react by asking the government for help willing to give up their
rights
3) The government offers the solution that was planned long before the crisis
Historical Evidence of Problem Reaction Solution
Nero Burnt Rome, Blamed It on the Christians and Then Savagely Butchered Them.
Nero Claudius Caesar (37-68 CE) - University of Texas History - In 64 C.E., a fire swept through Rome,
burning for a week and destroying a large portion of the city... According to some sources, when he found
that he did not have enough land to build his palace, he set fire to the city a second time. It is at this point
that he is said to have "played his fiddle [lyre] while Rome burned." To avert suspicion, he blamed the fires
on the Christians and proceeded to kill them in horrendous ways.
Nero persecutes Christians in Rome - Rutgers University History - Neither human effort nor princely largesse
nor divine appeasement was able to dispel the scandal that the fire (which burned much of Rome in 64 CE)
was believed to have been commanded (by the emperor Nero). So, to do away with the rumor, Nero
substituted as culprits those who were commonly called "Christians," who were hated because of their
absurdities. And he inflicted them with the most extraordinary punishments
The USS Maine Sank in Havana Harbor Launching the US into the Spanish American War
Sinking of the USS Maine Resulting in the Spanish American War - US Navy Official Website - The Spanish-
American War (21 April to 13 August 1898) was a turning point in the history of the United States,
signaling the country's emergence as a world power. The blowing up of the battleship USS Maine in
Havana harbor on the evening of 15 February was a critical event on the road to that war... The U.S. Navy
Department immediately formed a board of inquiry to determine the reason for Maine's destruction... When
the Navy's verdict was announced, the American public reacted with predictable outrage...
The destruction of Maine did not cause the U.S. to declare war on Spain, but it served as a catalyst,
accelerating the approach to a diplomatic impasse. In addition, the sinking and deaths of U.S. sailors rallied
American opinion more strongly behind armed intervention...
Technical experts at the time of both investigations disagreed with the findings, believing that spontaneous
combustion of coal in the bunker adjacent to the reserve six-inch magazine was the most likely cause of the
explosion on board the ship. In 1976, Admiral Hyman G. Rickover published his book, "How the
Battleship Maine Was Destroyed". The admiral became interested in the disaster and wondered if the
application of modern scientific knowledge could determine the cause. He called on two experts on
explosions and their effects on ship hulls. Using documentation gathered from the two official inquiries, as
well as information on the construction and ammunition of Maine, the experts concluded that the damage
caused to the ship was inconsistent with the external explosion of a mine. The most likely cause, they
speculated, was spontaneous combustion of coal in the bunker next to the magazine.
As a result (of the Spanish American War) Spain lost its control over the remains of its overseas empire -- Cuba,
Puerto Rico, the Philippine islands, Guam, and other islands - Library of Congress - On April 25, 1898
the United States declared war on Spain following the sinking of the Battleship Maine in Havana harbor on
February 15, 1898. The war ended with the signing of the Treaty of Paris on December 10, 1898. As a
result Spain lost its control over the remains of its overseas empire -- Cuba, Puerto Rico, the Philippine
islands, Guam, and other islands.
Events moved swiftly after the explosion aboard the U.S.S. Maine on February 15. On March 9, Congress
passed a law allocating fifty million dollars to build up military strength. On March 28, the U.S. Naval
Court of Inquiry finds that a mine blew up the Maine. On April 21 President McKinley orders a blockade
of Cuba and four days later the U.S. declares war.
The Resinking of the Battleship Maine - Historical Museum of Southern Florida - There is no mystery about
the second sinking of the United States battleship Maine. It occurred on March 16, 1912, four miles outside
Havana harbor, and was witnessed by thousands. They raised it and sank it in deep waters
Adolf Hitler was elected Chancellor (President) and then Burnt the Reichstag (German Parliament) Building.
He Then Declared Himself Furor (Dictator) and Promised Utopia. Hitler Declared Martial Law and
Suspended All Basic Human Rights.
Reichstag Fire - Encyclopedia Britannica - Reichstag fire, burning of the Reichstag (parliament) building in
Berlin, on the night of Feb. 27, 1933, a key event in the establishment of the Nazi dictatorship and widely
believed to have been contrived by the newly formed Nazi government itself to turn public opinion against
its opponents and to assume emergency powers...his propaganda minister, Joseph Goebbels, is supposed to
have devised the scheme... On Feb. 28, 1933, the day after the fire, Hitler's dictatorship began with the
enactment of a decree "for the Protection of the People and the State," which dispensed with all
constitutional protection of political, personal, and property rights.
Hitler and the Reichstag Fire - The Columbia Encyclopedia, Sixth Edition. 2001 - In Jan., 1933, when Adolf
Hitler became chancellor without an absolute majority, the Reichstag was dissolved and new elections
were set for Mar. 5; a violent election campaign ensued. On Feb. 27, 1933, a fire destroyed part of the
Reichstag building. Hitler immediately accused the Communists of having set the fire. President von
Hindenburg proclaimed a state of emergency and issued decrees suspending freedom of speech and
assembly.
Holocaust Timeline The Nazification of Germany - University of South Florida - On February 27, 1933, the
Reichstag building went up in flames. Nazis immediately claimed that this was the beginning of a
Communist revolution. This fact leads many historians to believe that Nazis actually set, or help set the
fire. Others believe that a deranged Dutch Communist set the fire. The issue has never been resolved. This
incident prompted Hitler to convince Hindenburg to issue a Decree for the Protection of People and State
that granted Nazis sweeping power to deal with the so-called emergency. This laid the foundation for a
police state.
In 1962, the government wanted to change public opinion to create a pretext for war with Cuba. The Joint
Chiefs of Staff created a plan that they named the "Northwoods Document", to commit a series of
terrorist acts against America and blame it on the Cuban government. One of the scenarios included
blowing up a civilian airplane.
U.S. terror plan called Cuba invasion pretext - The Baltimore Sun - U.S. military leaders proposed in 1962 a
secret plan to commit terrorist acts against Americans and blame Cuba to create a pretext for invasion and
the ouster of Communist leader Fidel Castro, according to a new book about the National Security Agency.
U.S. Military Wanted to Provoke War With Cuba - ABCNEWS.com - In the early 1960s, America's top military
leaders reportedly drafted plans to kill innocent people and commit acts of terrorism in U.S. cities to create
public support for a war against Cuba.
The Actual Northwoods documents

Pentagon Proposed Pretexts for Cuba Invasion in 1962 - George Washington University - National Security
Archive - This document, titled ―Justification for U.S. Military Intervention in Cuba‖ was provided by the
JCS to Secretary of Defense Robert McNamara on March 13, 1962, as the key component of Northwoods
Bombing of Alfred P. Murrah Federal Building in Oklahoma City

There are innumerable theories about the Oklahoma City Bombing and I do not want to engage in
theories. If anyone believes that the Oklahoma City bombing was NOT a government job, I challenge you
to watch a downloadable video 911: The Road to Tyranny. This movie, amongst many other things,
shows numerous news clips from major media of bombs being removed from the Murrah Federal building
after the bombing. I personally do not believe that Timothy McVeigh placed any bombs in the Murrah
building. This movie is extremely powerful, very well documented and nothing short of life changing. It
inspired me to build this section of the website.
Other Examples of Problem Reaction Solution - I will expand on these at a later date.
Stock Market Crash of 1929 - The Federal Reserve was created in 1913. Evidence shows that it
manipulated the market resulting in the greatest transfer of wealth to the 'Rich" in the history of the world.
Our Educational System - 60% of inner-city 4th graders can't read. Did they forget how to teach reading?
Future Examples of Problem Reaction Solution
FBI Suicide-Homicide Bombers in U.S. 'Inevitable' - NewsMax.com - The FBI is warning that suicide-homicide
bombers like the ones in the Middle East are "inevitable" in the United States.
"I think we will see that in the future, I think it's inevitable," FBI Director Robert Mueller said Monday
during a speech to the National Association of District Attorneys meeting in Alexandria, Va.
Homeland Security Director Tom Ridge Sunday called on U.S. citizens to be on the alert after an FBI
warning that terrorists might rent apartments in high-rise apartment buildings and plant explosives in the
apartments to destroy the buildings.
Solution - Unreasonable Search and Seizure - 4th Amendment Rights will be suspended
Small Pox Outbreak - The "Model State Emergency Healthcare Act" is being passed in many states. This
allows the Governor of each state to declare Martial Law giving unprecedented authority such as forced
vaccinations. Click here for a copy of The Model State Emergency Healthcare Act in PDF Format.
Why?
"The Party seeks power entirely for its for its own sake. We are not interested in the good of others; we are
interested solely in power. Not wealth or luxury or long life or happiness; only power, pure power. What pure
power means you will understand presently. We are different from all oligarchies of the past in that we know what
we are doing. All the others, even those who resembled ourselves, were cowards and hypocrites. The German
Nazis and the Russian Communists came very close to us in their methods, but they never had the courage to
recognize their motives. They pretended, perhaps they even believed, that they had seized power unwillingly and
for a limited time, and just round the corner there lay a paradise where human beings would be free and equal.
We are not like that, We know that no one ever seizes power with the intention of relinquishing it. One does not
establish a dictatorship in order to safeguard a revolution; one makes a revolution in order to establish a
dictatorship..." 1984 - George Orwell.
Other Problem Reaction Solution Paradigm Resources

When reviewing this subject, keep in mind that The Hegelian Dialectic is the cornerstone of the Marxist
interpretation of history and played a major role in the development of Marxist Communism. In every case when
Communists seized control of a government, the Hegelian Dialectic principle was used.
U. N. WATCH - Understanding how the Hegelian Dialectic is transforming the world to bring in the new world
order
Studies in the Hegelian Dialectic - by John McTaggart Ellis McTaggart (1896) - University of Idaho
Hegel Society of America -
Behold: News Flash! Hey Dorothy, this ain‘t Kansas anymore. We now officially live in a virtual open air
concentration camp consisting of 50 states. The wardens will ever so slightly, unnoticeably, progressively tighten their
grips on their inmate population as the years go by. Not to worry, your entertainment, jobs, housing, sports, hobbies
and drugs will all remain to keep you forever distracted, preoccupied and information overloaded to such an extent
never once perceiving your enslavement condition. All that is left is for them to shut down the boarders and not allow
anyone to leave (for your ―protection,‖ of course) this country for it to become an official tour de force concentration
camp. And rumors swirling around the grape vine have it that is exactly what‘s on their ―to do list.‖
BBC Now Admits Al Qaeda Never Existed - video
The first problem I have had with this whole terrorism situation started on the day of 911. What was an obvious "setup"
followed by a massive coordinated cover-up, then the huge effort to shove the whole investigation under the rug
followed by the fact that anyone who asks ANY reasonable questions is immediately ridiculed and attacked so
viciously that one cannot help but to stop right there in their tracks and re-evaluate the whole bullshit story we are
being hastily fed then instructed to shut up, forget about it and just follow along with the official narrative. For ―by
way of deception they shall wage war.‖
FAKE TERROR - THE ROAD TO WAR AND DICTATORSHIP

It's the oldest trick in the book, dating back to Roman times; creating the enemies you need.
By Michael Rivero
In 70 BC, an ambitious minor politician and extremely wealthy man, Marcus Licinius Crassus, wanted to rule
Rome. Just to give you an idea of what sort of man Crassus really was, he is credited with invention of the fire
brigade. But in Crassus' version, his fire-fighting slaves would race to the scene of a burning building whereupon
Crassus would offer to buy it on the spot for a tiny fraction of its worth. If the owner sold, Crassus' slaves would
put out the fire. If the owner refused to sell, Crassus allowed the building to burn to the ground. By means of this
device, Crassus eventually came to be the largest single private land holder in Rome, and used some of his wealth
to help back Julius Caesar against Cicero.
In 70 BC Rome was still a Republic, which placed very strict limits on what Rulers could do, and more
importantly NOT do. But Crassus had no intentions of enduring such limits to his personal power, and contrived a
plan.
Crassus seized upon the slave revolt led by Spartacus in order to strike terror into the hearts of Rome, whose
garrison Spartacus had already defeated in battle. But Spartacus had no intention of marching on Rome itself, a
move he knew to be suicidal. Spartacus and his band wanted nothing to do with the Roman empire and had
planned from the start merely to loot enough money from their former owners in the Italian countryside to hire a
mercenary fleet in which to sail to freedom.
Sailing away was the last thing Crassus wanted Spartacus to do. He needed a convenient enemy with which to
terrorize Rome itself for his personal political gain. So Crassus bribed the mercenary fleet to sail without
Spartacus, then positioned two Roman legions in such a way that Spartacus had no choice but to march on Rome.
Terrified of the impending arrival of the much-feared army of gladiators, Rome declared Crassus Praetor. Crassus
then crushed Spartacus' army and even though Pompey took the credit, Crassus was elected Consul of Rome the
following year.
With this maneuver, the Romans surrendered their Republican form of government. Soon would follow the first
Triumvirate, consisting of Crassus, Pompeii, and Julius Caesar, followed by the reign of the god-like Emperors of
Rome.
The Romans were hoaxed into surrendering their Republic, and accepting the rule of Emperors.
Julius Caesar's political opponent, Cicero, for all his literary accomplishments, played the same games in his
campaign against Julius Caesar, claiming that Rome was falling victim to an internal "vast right wing" conspiracy
in which any expressed desire for legislative limits on government was treated as suspicious behavior. Cicero, in
order to demonstrate to the Romans just how unsafe Rome has become hired thugs to cause as much disturbance as
possible, and campaigned on a promise to end the internal strife if elected and granted extraordinary powers.
What Cicero only dreamed of, Adolph Hitler succeeded in doing. Elected Chancellor of Germany, Hitler, like
Crassus, had no intention of living with the strict limits to his power imposed by German law. Unlike Cicero,
Hitler's thugs were easy to recognize; they all wore the same brown shirts. But their actions were no different than
those of their Roman predecessors. They staged beatings, set fires, caused as much trouble as they could, while
Hitler made speeches promising that he could end the crime wave of subversives and terrorism if he was granted
extraordinary powers.
Then the Reichstag burned down; a staged terrorist attack.
The Germans were hoaxed into surrendering their Republic, and accepting the total rule of Der Fuehrer. Hitler had
German troops dressed in Polish uniforms attack the radio station at Gleiwitz, then lied to the Germans, telling
them Poland had invaded, and marched Germany off into World War Two
The state-sponsored schools will never tell you this, but governments routinely rely on hoaxes to sell their
agendas to an otherwise reluctant public. The Romans accepted the Emperors and the Germans accepted Hitler not
because they wanted to, but because the carefully crafted illusions of threat appeared to leave no other choice.
Our government too uses hoaxes to create the illusion that We The People have no choice but the direction the
government wishes us to go in.
In 1898, Joseph Pulitzer's New York World and William Randolph Hearst's New York Journal were arguing for
American intervention in Cuba. Hearst is reported to have dispatched a photographer to Cuba to photograph the
coming war with Spain. When the photographer asked just what war that might be, Hearst is reported to have
replied, "You take the photographs, and I will provide the war". Hearst was true to his word, as his newspaper
published stories of great atrocities being committed against the Cuban people, most of which turned out to be
complete fabrications.
On the night of February 15, 1898, the USS Maine, lying in Havana harbor in a show of US resolve to protect her
interests, exploded violently. Captain Sigsbee, the commander of the Maine, urged that no assumptions of enemy
attack be made until there was a full investigation of the cause of the explosion. For this, Captain Sigsbee was
excoriated in the press for "refusing to see the obvious". The Atlantic Monthly declared flat out that to suppose the
explosion to be anything other than a deliberate act by Spain was "completely at defiance of the laws of
probability".
Under the slogan "Remember the Maine", Americans went to war with Spain, eventually winning the Philippines
(and annexing Hawaii along the way).
In 1975, an investigation led by Admiral Hyman Rickover examined the data recovered from a 1911 examination
of the wreck and concluded that there had been no evidence of an external explosion. The most likely cause of the
sinking was a coal dust explosion in a coal bunker imprudently located next to the ship's magazines. Captain
Sigsbee's caution had been well founded.
President Franklin Delano Roosevelt needed a war. He needed the fever of a major war to mask the symptoms of
a still deathly ill economy struggling back from the Great Depression (and mutating towards Socialism at the same
time). Roosevelt wanted a war with Germany to stop Hitler, but despite several provocations in the Atlantic, the
American people, still struggling with that troublesome economy, were opposed to any wars. Roosevelt violated
neutrality with lend lease, and even ordered the sinking of several German ships in the Atlantic, but Hitler refused
to be provoked.
Roosevelt needed an enemy, and if America would not willingly attack that enemy, then one would have to be
maneuvered into attacking America, much as Marcus Licinius Crassus has maneuvered Spartacus into attacking
Rome.
The way open to war was created when Japan signed the tripartite agreement with Italy and Germany, with all
parties pledging mutual defense to each other. Whereas Hitler would never declare war on the United States no
matter the provocation, the means to force Japan to do so were readily at hand.
The first step was to place oil and steel embargoes on Japan, using Japan's wars on the Asian mainland as a reason.
This forced Japan to consider seizing the oil and mineral rich regions in Indonesia. With the European powers
militarily exhausted by the war in Europe, the United States was the only power in the Pacific able to stop Japan
from invading the Dutch East Indies, and by moving the Pacific fleet from San Diego to Pearl Harbor, Hawaii,
Roosevelt made a pre-emptive strike on that fleet the mandatory first step in any Japanese plan to extend its empire
into the "southern resource area".
Roosevelt boxed in Japan just as completely as Crassus had boxed in Spartacus. Japan needed oil. They had to
invade Indonesia to get it, and to do that they first had to remove the threat of the American fleet at Pearl Harbor.
There never really was any other course open to them.
To enrage the American people as much as possible, Roosevelt needed the first overt attack by Japan to be as
bloody as possible, appearing as a sneak attack much as the Japanese had done to the Russians. From that moment
up until the attack on Pearl Harbor itself, Roosevelt and his associates made sure that the commanders in Hawaii,
General Short and Admiral Kimmel, were kept in the dark as much as possible about the location of the Japanese
fleet and its intentions, then later scapegoated for the attack. (Congress recently exonerated both Short and
Kimmel, posthumously restoring them to their former ranks).
But as the Army board had concluded at the time, and subsequent de-classified documents confirmed, Washington
DC knew the attack was coming, knew exactly where the Japanese fleet was, and knew where it was headed.
On November 29th, Secretary of State Hull showed United Press reporter Joe Leib a message with the time and
place of the attack, and the New York Times in its special 12/8/41 Pearl Harbor edition, on page 13, reported that
the time and place of the attack had been known in advance!
The much repeated claim that the Japanese fleet maintained radio silence on its way to Hawaii was a lie. Among
other intercepts still held in the Archives of the NSA is the UNCODED message sent by the Japanese tanker
Shirya stating, "proceeding to a position 30.00 N, 154.20 E. Expect to arrive at that point on 3 December." (near
HI)
President Lyndon Johnson wanted a war in Vietnam. He wanted it to help his friends who owned defense
companies to do a little business. He needed it to get the Pentagon and CIA to quit trying to invade Cuba. And
most of all, he needed a provocation to convince the American people that there was really "no other choice".
On August 5, 1964, newspapers across America reported "renewed attacks" against American destroyers operating
in Vietnamese waters, specifically the Gulf of Tonkin. The official story was that North Vietnamese torpedo boats
launched an "unprovoked attack" on the USS Maddox while it was on "routine patrol".
The truth is that USS Maddox was involved in aggressive intelligence gathering in coordination with actual attacks
by South Vietnam and the Laotian Air Force against targets in North Vietnam. The truth is also that there was no
attack by torpedo boats against the USS Maddox. Captain John J. Herrick, the task force commander in the Gulf,
cabled Washington DC that the report was the result of an "over-eager" sonar man who had picked up the sounds
of his own ship's screws and panicked. But even with this knowledge that the report was false, Lyndon Johnson
went on national TV that night to announce the commencement of air strikes against North Vietnam, "retaliation"
for an attack that had never occurred. [the article continues at whatreallyhappened.com]
There is one purely AMAZING document to have miraculously surfaced over the years. The previously secret
document was originally declassified and made public on November 18, 1997, by the John F. Kennedy Assassination
Records Review Board (the full text of Operation Northwoods is included in the Addendum section of this report). I
reckon while they were busy sifting through JFK Execution BlackOps documents, searching for stuff of that era to
declassify and keep researchers at bay they in advertently included this masterpiece in the pile, obviously not thinking
about the ramifications it would bring years later when the powers that be would use an identical established military
strategy almost right out of its pages.
Above is the cover sheet of Operation Northwoods were the underlying plan was to conjure up a FALSE FLAG
attack against the U.S. (making believe it was the Cubans who did it), destroying property and killing hundreds if not
thousands of innocent civilians in order to rouse up massive support by the angry population for unilateral attack
against the ―perpetrators‖ of such despicable attacks. The staged attacks would thus give the military industrial
complex a free hand to practice its love of killing and bombing non conformist countries into submission. For ―by way
of deception they shall wage war.‖
The fact that this genuine document exists is rational confession of premeditated intent, where actual time, research and
plans were engineered as per military protocol, for the use of false flag ops. Thus definitively PROVING that such
tactics were perfectly within the scope of realistic implementation by our military. (cover page below)
Journalist James Bamford summarized Operation Northwoods in his April 24, 2001 book Body of Secrets:
―Operation Northwoods, which had the written approval of the Chairman and every member of the Joint Chiefs
of Staff, called for innocent people to be shot on American streets; for boats carrying refugees fleeing Cuba to be
sunk on the high seas; for a wave of violent terrorism to be launched in Washington, D.C., Miami, and elsewhere.
People would be framed for bombings they did not commit; planes would be hijacked. Using phony evidence, all
of it would be blamed on Castro, thus giving Lemnitzer and his cabal the excuse, as well as the public and international
backing, they needed to launch their war.‖ For ―by way of deception they shall wage war.‖
Content of Operation Northwoods:

In response to a request for pretexts for military intervention by the Chief of Operations of the Cuba Project,
Brig. Gen. Edward Lansdale, the document lists methods (with, in some cases, outlined plans) the authors
believed would garner public and international support for U.S. military intervention in Cuba. These are
staged attacks purporting to be of Cuban origin.
Since it would seem desirable to use legitimate provocation as the basis for US military intervention in
Cuba a cover and deception plan, to include requisite preliminary actions such as has been
developed in response to Task 33 c, could be executed as an initial effort to provoke Cuban
reactions. Harassment plus deceptive actions to convince the Cubans of imminent invasion would be
emphasized. Our military posture throughout execution of the plan will allow a rapid change from
exercise to intervention if Cuban response justifies.
A series of well coordinated incidents will be planned to take place in and around Guantanamo to give
genuine appearance of being done by hostile Cuban forces.
a. Incidents to establish a credible attack (not in chronological order):
Start rumors (many). Use clandestine radio.
Land friendly Cubans in uniform "over-the-fence" to stage attack on base.
Capture Cuban (friendly) saboteurs inside the base.
Start riots near the base main gate (friendly Cubans).[13]
Blow up ammunition inside the base; start fires.
Burn aircraft on air base (sabotage).
Lob mortar shells from outside of base into base. Some damage to installations.
Capture assault teams approaching from the sea or vicinity of Guantanamo City.
Capture militia group which storms the base.
Sabotage ship in harbor; large fires—naphthalene.
Sink ship near harbor entrance. Conduct funerals for mock-victims (may be in lieu of (10)).
b. United States would respond by executing offensive operations to secure water and power supplies,
destroying artillery and mortar emplacements which threaten the base.
c. Commence large scale United States military operations
A ―Remember the Maine‖ incident could be arranged in several forms:
a. We could blow up a US ship in Guantanamo Bay and blame Cuba.
b. We could blow up a drone (unmanned) vessel anywhere in the Cuban waters. We could arrange
to cause such incident in the vicinity of Havana or Santiago as a spectacular result of Cuban attack
from the air or sea, or both. The presence of Cuban planes or ships merely investigating the intent of
the vessel could be fairly compelling evidence that the ship was taken under attack. The nearness to
Havana or Santiago would add credibility especially to those people that might have heard the blast
or have seen the fire. The US could follow up with an air/sea rescue operation covered by US
fighters to "evacuate" remaining members of the non-existent crew. Casualty lists in US newspapers
would cause a helpful wave of national indignation.
We could develop a Communist Cuban terror campaign in the Miami area, in other Florida cities and even in
Washington.[14]
The terror campaign could be pointed at refugees seeking haven in the United States. We could sink a
boatload of Cubans en route to Florida (real or simulated). We could foster attempts on lives of Cuban
refugees in the United States even to the extent of wounding in instances to be widely publicized.
Exploding a few plastic bombs in carefully chosen spots, the arrest of Cuban agents and the release of
prepared documents substantiating Cuban involvement, also would be helpful in projecting the idea of
an irresponsible government.
A "Cuban-based, Castro-supported" filibuster could be simulated against a neighboring Caribbean nation (in
the vein of the 14th of June invasion of the Dominican Republic). We know that Castro is backing
subversive efforts clandestinely against Haiti, Dominican Republic, Guatemala, and Nicaragua at present
and possible others. These efforts can be magnified and additional ones contrived for exposure. For
example, advantage can be taken of the sensitivity of the Dominican Air Force to intrusions within their
national air space. "Cuban" B-26 or C-46 type aircraft could make cane-burning raids at night. Soviet
Bloc incendiaries could be found. This could be coupled with "Cuban" messages to the Communist
underground in the Dominican Republic and "Cuban" shipments of arm which would be found, or
intercepted, on the beach.
Use of MIG type aircraft by US pilots could provide additional provocation. Harassment of civil air, attacks
on surface shipping and destruction of US military drone aircraft by MIG type planes would be useful as
complementary actions. An F-86 properly painted would convince air passengers that they saw a Cuban
MIG, especially if the pilot of the transport were to announce such fact. The primary drawback to this
suggestion appears to be the security risk inherent in obtaining or modifying an aircraft. However,
reasonable copies of the MIG could be produced from US resources in about three months.[15]
Hijacking attempts against civil air and surface craft should appear to continue as harassing measures
condoned by the government of Cuba. Concurrently, genuine defections of Cuban civil and military air
and surface craft should be encouraged.
It is possible to create an incident which will demonstrate convincingly that a Cuban aircraft has attacked and
shot down a chartered civil airliner en route from the United States to Jamaica, Guatemala, Panama or
Venezuela. The destination would be chosen only to cause the flight plan route to cross Cuba. The
passengers could be a group of college students off on a holiday or any grouping of persons with a
common interest to support chartering a non-scheduled flight.
a. An aircraft at Eglin AFB would be painted and numbered as an exact duplicate for a civil registered
aircraft belonging to a CIA proprietary organization in the Miami area. At a designated time the
duplicate would be substituted for the actual civil aircraft and would be loaded with the selected
passengers, all boarded under carefully prepared aliases. The actual registered aircraft would be
converted to a drone.
b. Take off times of the drone aircraft and the actual aircraft will be scheduled to allow a rendezvous
south of Florida. From the rendezvous point the passenger-carrying aircraft will descend to minimum
altitude and go directly into an auxiliary field at Eglin AFB where arrangements will have been made to
evacuate the passengers and return the aircraft to its original status. The drone aircraft meanwhile will
continue to fly the filed flight plan. When over Cuba the drone will begin transmitting on the
international distress frequency a "MAY DAY" message stating he is under attack by Cuban MIG
aircraft. The transmission will be interrupted by destruction of the aircraft which will be triggered by
radio signal. This will allow ICAO radio[16] stations in the Western Hemisphere to tell the US what has
happened to the aircraft instead of the US trying to "sell" the incident.
It is possible to create an incident which will make it appear that Communist Cuban MIGs have destroyed a
USAF aircraft over international waters in an unprovoked attack.
a. Approximately 4 or 5 F-101 aircraft will be dispatched in trail from Homestead AFB, Florida, to the
vicinity of Cuba. Their mission will be to reverse course and simulate fakir aircraft for an air defense
exercise in southern Florida. These aircraft would conduct variations of these flights at frequent
Intervals. Crews would be briefed to remain at least 12 miles off the Cuban coast; however, they would
be required to carry live ammunition in the event that hostile actions were taken by the Cuban MIGs.
b. On one such flight, a pre-briefed pilot would fly tail-end Charley at considerable interval between
aircraft. While near the Cuban Island this pilot would broadcast that he had been jumped by MIGs and
was going down. No other calls would be made. The pilot would then fly directly west at extremely low
altitude and land at a secure base, an Eglin auxiliary. The aircraft would be met by the proper people,
quickly stored and given a new tail number. The pilot who had performed the mission under an alias,
would resume his proper identity and return to his normal place of business. The pilot and aircraft would
then have disappeared.
c. At precisely the same time that the aircraft was presumably shot down, a submarine or small surface
craft would disburse F-101 parts, parachute, etc., at approximately 15 to 20 miles off the Cuban coast
and depart. The pilots returning to Homestead would have a true story as far as they knew. Search ships
and aircraft could be dispatched and parts of aircraft found.[17]
This is cold hard revealed facts. Cold hard reality. Cold hard modus operandi. This is how your loving wonderful
military industrial complex would really like to do things! They have no conscience, no soul, no regrets, no morals in
proposing KILLING OUR OWN CITIZENS. These were NOT isolated instances either, many other military plans
involved staging fake FALSE FLAG attacks against U.S. property and people, such as Operation Mongoose, Operation
Bingo, Operation Dirty Trick and many others were conducted throughout the decades prior to 9/11. Fast forward to
2001 were the mother of all staged false flag operations was conducted. For ―by way of deception they shall wage
war.‖
Low and behold… we have been TOLD that we were ―attacked by box cutter holding terrorists operating out of caves
who managed to outsmart and evade the world‘s premier intelligence apparatus and supposedly ―hijacked‖ not one,
two, but FOUR airliners, successfully hood winking billion dollar military operations (whom were all out to lunch
while it all went down) and used them to drive us deep into a quagmire war of no end in sight, of which the main by
product of this war is the constant elimination of our individual rights and freedoms.
The military practices "compartmentalization" this is a strategy where the right hand does not know what the
left hand is doing. This is standard operating protocol that enables them to conduct all sorts of missions and project
(everyone operates on A NEED TO KNOW BASIS) without most of the participants having a clue what the big picture
really is. Therefore it would be a simple thing to setup clandestined Black Op under the pretext of "training exercise"
(conducted by the left hand) while simultaneously carrying out an entirely separate operation with a completely
different group (the right hand) whose mission pretext is to "take out the evil terrorist" that are actually the poor sap
operative left hand pawns. This my friend is classic TEXTBOOK FALSE FLAG black op. For ―by way of deception
they shall wage war.‖
UNDISPUTED PROOF THAT US INTELLIGENCE IS BEHIND GLOBAL

TERRORISM
CIA AGENT MICHAEL MEIRING BLEW HIS OWN LEGS OFF WHILE PLANTING A TERRORIST
BOMB
THERE IS A MASSIVE COVERUP BY THE CIA CONTROLLED US MEDIA. ALL MAJOR US MEDIA
GIANTS ARE INVOLVED IN THE COVERUP OF THE TERRORIST INCIDENT WHERE AN AMERICAN
CIA AGENT (MICHAEL MEIRING) BLEW HIS OWN LEGS OFF WHILE PLANTING A CIA SPONSERED
TERRORIST ATTACK ON THE PEOPLE OF THE PHILIPPEANS. THIS IS THE STORY THAT WILL NOT
GO AWAY. IT IS THE CLEAREST AND MOST OBVIOUS EVIDENCE THAT US INTELLIGENCE IS
BEHIND GLOBAL TERRORISM. IT ALSO REINFORCES THE PRINCIPLE THESIS OF THE VOXNEWS
INVESTIGATIONS THAT THE US INTELLIGENCE IS IN FACT THE LARGEST COUNTERFEITER ON
THE PLANET EARTH. AND THAT THEY FINANCE MANY OF THEIR TERRORIST OPERATIONS WITH
COUNTERFEIT MONEY< WHICH IS NOW CURRENTLY COMING HOME TO ROOST. VOXNYC BROKE
THE STORY OF MEIRING IN AMERICA IN MAY OF 2002. AND SINCE THEN THERE HAS BEEN AN
AVALANCH OF INTEREST IN THIS CASE. WILL YOU READ ABOUT IT IN THE AMERICAN PRESS OR
SEE IT ON AMERICAN TELEVISION?
NEVER!
DID IT HAPPEN AND IS IT REAL? YOU BETTER BELIEVE IT. HERE'S MORE ON THE CIA'S MAN WHO
GOT CAUGHT WITH HIS HAND IN THE COOKIE JAR.
CIA STAGED TERROR ATTACKS IN SOUTHEAST ASIA… MORE ON THE WAY

by voxfux
ORIGINALLY PUBLISHED MARCH 2003
One by one, the world‘s terror attacks bear more of the hallmarks of US Intelligence, ―Black Ops,‖ than of Islamic
terrorism. The signs are unmistakable, the CIA backed industrio-religious crusaders are staging terror campaigns
throughout the world - absolutely - positively.
The despicable US media giants were silent when undisputed proof surfaced that the CIA, NSA, British
Intelligence, the US Secret Service and the FBI were all involved in the May 16th 2002 blast in a Philippine hotel
room when their agent, Michael Meiring accidently blew his own legs off while constructing a bomb which was
intended, if ignited as planned, to be a staged ―Al Queda‖ terror attack, justifying a tightened US- Philippine
military alliance.
Meiring who operated under the cover of being a treasure hunter was in fact a CIA operative under the direct
protection of the White House (As evidenced by his swift NSA/FBI medivac to San Diego after blowing his own
legs off). The US spook spent 10 years on assignment associating with Islamic groups, Abu Sayef, MNLF, Moro
Islamic Liberation Front, and other Philippine based Islamic groups, supplying them with US counterfeit notes
(Courtesy of US intelligence) and bomb making materials so that they may create terrorist mayhem within the
Philippines, giving the US a pretext to move in and, ―help,‖ just like in Indonesia - just like nearly everywhere else
these Mafia-like thugs can plant their terror and, ―protection,‖ racket.
Meiring called his front company, Paruosia International Trading Incorporated

Paruosia, in Christian fundamentalist lingo, means ―Second coming of Christ.‖ - These intelligence asset/crusader
types can‘t resist revealing clues to their delusions of righteous grandeur.
What was the coverage from the CIA controlled propaganda machines, CNN, Fox and the rest regarding this
explosive story of a CIA agent caught planting a terrorist bomb? - Zippo. Not a single mention of Meiring -
Nothing.
Thanks to the CIA‘s complete infiltration of the US major media and the collusion of media editors and journalists
in this crusade and thanks to the cowardly and obedient journalists who are supposed to write about the real nature
of this crusade, and thanks and to a population who‘s minds have been so fabulously obliterated by years of
programming by the mind slum that is television, the crusaders have had a free ride. After all these years
infiltrating and or buying the media they have created their own consent machine, giving themselves a perpetual
green light - like there‘s no one left to stop them...
...or so they think.
One by one you will see staged ―Islamic Terrorist,‖ attacks throughout South East Asia. Up next Thailand. Since it
would be patently ridiculous to claim that there are viable Islamic terrorist groups in Thailand the CIA/CNN lie
being released into the LieScape is that Al Queda terrorists are using Thailand as a ―Safe Haven.‖
And of course Indonesia and the Philippines will continue to receive the heaviest brunt of these crusaders‘ attacks
The crusaders know that their window of opportunity is closing fast - awareness is building throughout the world
that it is in fact the dark hand of this group of US covert operators who is actually behind every single terror attack
in the world - so the Bushes know that they must terrorize now before the world‘s populations rise up, destroy their
own complicit lying governments and take up arms against US interests around the world. But since the Bush filth
and his type lack the skills to formulate a complete and total plan for global conquest, the extent of their current
plan is to create as much terror and destabilization as they can and only afterwards, somehow hope to reap benifit
and profit from all the apocalyptic confusion they create.
What these war criminals and war profiteers in Washington don‘t know is that global conquest is more
complicated than Brzezinski‘s books outline. These retards read Brzezinski‘s books, get all fuelled up on viagra
(their only connection to virility) and harbour serious delusions that they are god‘s crusaders. Another thing that
Bush and his cabal of war profiteers and war criminals don‘t know is that they will be brought to justice for their
September 11th attacks on the American people.
But for now, their organs of lies and disinformation, CNN, Fox and the rest of the lying monopoly media are busy
churning out the preparatory lies necessary to precondition the US population so that when these US crusaders
ignite their bombs, the lie that it was Al Queda that did it will already be inscribed in our heads.
But CIA/CNN simply cannot churn out enough convincing lies fast enough to reverse the wave of hatred both
within the United States and throughout the world of these New World Order crusaders fronted by the most
despised man on earth, George W. Bush. And so the crusaders are counting on the panic and mayhem generated by
these CIA terror strikes to give themselves more time to formulate a plan - to figure out what to do next to cash in
on their terror attacks.
After the totally unreported Philippines hotel bomb screw-up, the crusaders struck again in the Bali Nightclub
blast. Voxnyc was the only news service on the planet with the courage, independence and skills to identify that
this bombing was yet another terror strike courtesy of US based crusaders - not Al Queda. We mounted a massive
notification campaign and sent out nearly 200,000 emails to every academic institution, politician, newspaper
editor and journalist in Indonesia clarifying just exactly what really happened. And the result was a phenomenal
success. Within days of our massive notification campaign, public opinion polls throughout Indonesia revealed that
most Indonesians believed that the Bali blast was in fact perpetrated by the CIA and not Al Queda.
And if there is any doubt that this little independent news service voxnyc.com was singlehandedly responsible for
exposing the truth about the Bali blast, just ask any major newspaper editor or politician in Indonesia if they
remember the voxnyc article - they do. It was the only beacon of truth coming out of the west about that incident.
The only flicker of light, amongst the swarming sea of lies perpetrated by the CIA based US media and their moles
amongst the Indonesian media and political spectrum.
So from now on, our focus of reporting the terror after it has occurred will shift to focusing on reporting the terror
BEFORE IT HAPPENS. This shift towards ―Preemptive reporting‖ is absolutely critical if we are to stop these
crusaders‘ terror attacks.
George Bush willingly fronts for the most evil force to ever hold the human species in it‘s grip. He and the
invisible murderous hand which lurks in his shadow represent the very face of evil and simply must be stopped at
all costs.
The big question is, will the crusaders have enough money to infiltrate or pay off enough local Asian politicians
and media owners in order to keep the truth from their own populations like they have been so fantastically
successful at doing here in the United States. Will the massive CIA based media monoply which has been so
successful at destroying the minds of nearly 80% of all Americans be able to reach into the minds of the Asians
and destroy theirs too? Because unless the infiltration and payoffs are complete, and the destruction of the mind is
total, the fact is, people who are getting attacked are going to want answers. And without infiltration, payoffs or
mind wasting, there is no other way to keep the real information about who is behind the attacks, from the victims.
My guess is that the pan Asian infiltration and payoff channels are not complete - so those who seek the truth still
have a window of opportunity to warn the peoples of South East Asia that the US Crusaders are racing towards
them with a blood thirst not seen since the Third Reich.
The message to those in the State Department, military, intelligence organizations and in the many religious and
industrial think tanks and organizations who are certainly behind these attacks must be clear - We intend to warn
the populations of the earth in advance of your attacks. We intend to launch preemptive news campaigns to diffuse
each and every one of your attempts at striking terror in the hearts of these peaceful people. Your efforts will fail
because the people of these nations will be informed PRIOR to your attacks that you are going to be the ones
behind these attacks. We know that this is for sure your modus operandi and we will assure you that your plans
will not succeed.
The oil crusaders‘ plan is to create pan global terror and through that terror somehow use the US military threat as
their trump card to go in and ―help.‖ That‘s it. That is all they are capable of planning. The rest is improvisation.
Their hopes at best is to figure out a way to profit from that turmoil. But because they are such colossal fuck-ups
and literally fuck up EVERY SINGLE PLAN THEY HAVE EVER CONCOCTED, this one will surely fail as
well - killing many thousands of innocent people in the process and causing decades of anti American sentiment
throughout the world.
So we must warn the countries of Southeast Asia that the crusaders are racing to take their crusade of terror and
plunder to their peaceful nations.
The analysis of the memes originating from CNN, the Council of Foreign Relations and the other think tanks of
death lead to only one conclusion - That the crusaders, emboldened by the apparent lack of any feasible resistance
to their terror campaigns, plan to spread their crusade to the entire planet.
It is critical at this moment in history that some alternative news services shift to a preemptive mode. It‘s not hard
to do, the actions of the crusaders are completely predictable. Preemption is vital to assuring the safety of the
people of the world and the continuance of life on this planet. If one wishes to see a clear blueprint for the New
World Order‘s plan for global conquest one only has to turn to CNN. For CNN is the organ whereby the crusaders
transmit their necessary preparatory conditioning memes so that a sheep-like populous will be ready to march, lock
step, like obedient worker ants and foot soldiers for these dying industrialist geezers, eager and ready to kill
millions to keep their grip on power and further their eugenicist agenda.
Get off your knees

before it's too late
Perhaps one of the most perplexing insane idiocies (if we were to believe the premise that bogeymen want to come to
our country and kill us all… as Bush claims ―cause they hate us for our freedoms‖) is the fact that ABSOLUTELY
VERY LITTLE ZERO EFFORT WAS MADE TO PROTECT OUR BOARDERS from outside invaders, ummm I
mean, ―terrorists.‖ So let me get this straight: you tell me that the bogeymen want to come to our country to kill us all,
kill our children, rape our wives and drink our blood, but you REFUSE to lock the front door and windows to our
national "home"? And you are going to "go fight them over there so you won't have to fight them here"? But, Ummm,
how about our open doors, windows, as in OUR NATIONAL BOARDERS? "Nah, don't worry about that" Doh!... fast
forward... hey... NOW we are expecting "something big, bigger and badder than 911", oh boy, see, they have been
telling you, it‘s going to happen here! Give up more of your liberties, let‘s shred that "goddamned piece of paper we
call the constitution" it‘s just antique junk, just TRUST us, we know what is right for you. To make sure that
everything is ok here at home our loving government conducts warrantless searches, jailing citizens for practicing
freedom of speech, setup a Gazillion eavesdropping and spy programs to monitor all YOU 300 million citizens‘
activities to help catch the one boogeyman…?
Where was the media while all this was happening? They were busy spewing forth their nationalist propaganda
distracting Americans from seeing the real terrorists in our midst in exchange for Mossad/CIA paid operatives
identified with Muslim names. All the anti-terrorism fervor that's sweeping our nation today will NOT bring peace or
safety. Hanging flags from your home or displaying them on your car will not restore the American dream of equality
for all. Attacking sovereign nations with smart bombs will not inspire others to embrace our ideals.
The mantra: "the terrorists are out to get us!" they hate our freedoms! Bin Laden is the devil re-incarnated. Muslims are
evil, kill em all, kill em all, kill em all!‖ I find it interesting that Bin Laden was a paid CIA operative not too long
before 911, I find it interesting he was supposedly on a terrorist "must get list", yet CIA spooks met up with him
literally weeks prior to 911 when he was in that hospital and they never bothered placing him under arrest. I also find it
interesting that he did NOT originally accept kudos and praise for the attacks of 911, instead of readily taking credit for
the most awesome attack of the century against the ―infidel country,‖ instead of admitting he hit the ―satanic America‖
his response was something to the effect of "hey, cool, nice job who ever did that, they rock!" [my creative translation].
Bin Laden bin had, he was nothing more than another pawn in the globalist‘s agenda driven world. As Oswald would
say it: he was nothing more than a glorified PATSY!
"Al-Qaeda" Does Not Exist

Did Osama really choose to name his terror network after potty humor or was it a computer database he
used to chat with his CIA handlers?
Paul Joseph Watson, October 6 2006
The origins of the name "Al-Qaeda," and its real arabic connotations prove that every time the Bush
administration, Fox News, or any individual who cites the threat of "Al-Qaeda," as a mandate for war and domestic
authoritarianism, they are propagating the myth that such a group ever existed.
An organization by the name of "Al-Qaeda" does not exist and has never existed outside a falsely coined collective
term for offshoot loose knit terror cells, the majority of which are guided by the Pakistani ISI, Mossad, the Saudis,
MI6 and the CIA, that were created in response to America's actions after 9/11 - as the recent NIE report shows.
According to the BBC documentary The Power of Nightmares , the infamous footage of Bin Laden marching
around with armed soldiers was a ruse on the part of Osama himself, graciously propagated by the lapdog press, in
which actors were hired off the streets, given uniforms and guns and told to look aggressive.
Note the video states Bin Laden only took on the Al-Qaeda mantle post-9/11 after the U.S. government began
parroting the term. The only error is the now debunked myth that 9/11 was carried out by "Al-Qaeda."
So if the group doesn't exist, where did the name come from?
You have heard before that "Al-Qaeda" roughly translates into "the base," but were you aware that "Ana raicha
Al Qaeda" is arabic colloquial for "I'm going to the toilet"?
Would hardened terrorists hell bent on the destruction of the west name their organization after a
euphemism for taking a shit?
The truth about where the name "Al-Qaeda" originated explains why no would-be fundamentalist suicide martyr
could have been involved in its creation.
Robin Cook resigned from his positions as Lord President of the Council and Leader of the House
of Commons on 17 March 2003 in protest against the invasion of Iraq. At the time of his death, he
was President of the Foreign Policy Centre and a vice-president of the America All Party Parliamentary
Group and the Global Security and Non-Proliferation All Party Parliamentary Group penned a piece in
the London Guardian shortly before his death that shed light on the true genesis of the name:
"Al-Qaida," states Cook, "literally "the database", was originally the computer file of the
thousands of mujahideen who were recruited and trained with help from the CIA to defeat the
Russians."
Former French Military Intelligence official Pierre Henry Bunel expands: noting that "Al-Qaeda," was an
early form of intranet, which was used by Islamic nations and influential families to communicate with each
other. It was also used by the "American agent," Osama bin Laden to send coded or covert messages back to
his CIA handlers from Afghanistan.
It's worthy to conclude with Bunel's assertion that "Al-Qaeda" as an organization is about as genuine as George W.
Bush's Texas brush clearing cowboy image.
"The truth is, there is no Islamic army or terrorist group called Al Qaida. And any informed
intelligence officer knows this. But there is a propaganda campaign to make the public believe in
the presence of an identified entity representing the 'devil' only in order to drive the 'TV watcher'
to accept a unified international leadership for a war against terrorism. The country behind this
propaganda is the US and the lobbyists for the US war on terrorism are only interested in making
money."
According to Webster's New Collegiate Dictionary, terrorism is defined as, "the systematic use of terror esp. as a
means of coercion." To terrorize is defined as, "to fill with terror or anxiety (2) to coerce by threat or violence.‖
Doesn't that describe, for example, the IRS or the FBI? The IRS seems to be a master of terrorism. One of American
taxpayers‘ greatest fears is to be audited by the IRS... so fearful that many will not claim legal deductions because it
will raise a red flag with the IRS. Is that not "anxiety" and "coercion"? Or what of the terrorist FBI raids of the Branch
Dividian compound in Waco, Texas, or the terrorist attack on the Gonzalez home in Miami, or the cowardice murder of
the Weaver family in at Ruby Ridge? Is that not terrorism?
America then went into Afghanistan, bombed them back into the stone age, setup our puppet government, we laid
down that crucial oil pipeline the Taliban said would go down over their dead bodies (oh, well, it did!), got the opium
fields back online to full production capacity, giving the CIA a reliable source of more drug fueled funds for their
BlackOps, then turned our sights on the evil Sadam guy who was hiding all
kinds of weapons of mass destruction (that the good ole U.S. of A had sold him
long ago!). How about those nukes he was hiding up his ass to invade our
country with..? Oh, and according to our dear leaders in Washington and the
PentaCON War Machine, ―Sadam loved terrorists, he was training them and
all,‖ you didn't know? According to the Bush Crime Syndicate propaganda
machine, Iraq was an infested terrorist breeding ground! When in reality, anyone
who bothers to check a silly thing known as the FACTS will readily tell you that
there was not one single terrorist in all of Iraq, due to the fact that Sadam
would cut their heads off, and often did just that to anyone who got out of line.
"Why of course the people don't want war. Why should some poor slob
on a farm want to risk his life in a war when the best he can get out of it
is to come back to his farm in one piece? Naturally, the common people
don't want war: neither in Russia, nor in England, nor for that matter
in Germany. That is understood. But after all it is the leaders of the
country who determine the policy, and it is always a simple matter to drag the people along, whether it is a
democracy, or a fascist dictatorship, or a parliament, or a communist dictatorship ... Voice or no voice, the
people can always be brought to the bidding of the leaders. That is easy. All you have to do is to tell them they
are being attacked, and denounce the pacifists for lack of patriotism and exposing the country to danger." -
Leading Nazi leader, Hermann Goering, at the Nuremberg Trials before he was sentenced to death
Ok so we bombed Iraq into the stone age real good, then declared "mission accomplished" only to turn around and find
out that the Iraqis were not going to allow us to easily setup a puppet regime, slaughter over a million of them and take
over all their oil rights without fighting back. We killed anywhere from just 500 innocent civilians to more than 1
million Iraqis, depending on who you ask, that's the problem, the more people we killed, the more pissed off family
members, many who lost loved ones decided to "fight back" to defend themselves, the number one predominant
weapons of the locals: stones, we call those people terrorists also. Actually, anyone that does not agree with the
invaders and opposes them in any way is quickly labeled a terrorist.
The subsequent ―war‖ in Iraq and Afghanistan are actually nothing more than cleverly disguised outright hostile
predatory INVASION AND OCCUPATIONS. What‘s more, many of the I.E.D.s that have been blowing up our troops
have been meticulously made and placed by ultra secret Israeli MOSSAD agents conducting their infamous successful
false flag ops. The devastating reality of this is earthshaking as Israel cleverly continues to pull everyone‘s strings,
ingeniously pitting peoples and nations against each other where the only victor will be Israel.
Al-Qaeda Is A Front Group For The US Military-Industrial Complex

Revelation that terror mastermind met with Pentagon officials after 9/11 serves as reminder that every
attack has been run by an operative with direct ties to US intelligence
Paul Joseph Watson

Thursday, October 21, 2010
American-born Al-Qaeda terror leader Anwar Al-Awlaki, who met with Pentagon officials months after 9/11, is by
no means the only patsy handler the Central Intelligence Agency has used over the years to oversee false flag
attacks in America and around the world. In fact, just about every major terror attack has been run by an operative
with direct ties to the US military-industrial complex.
As we reported this morning, Awlaki, the man who helped plot the aborted Christmas Day bombing, the Fort Hood
shooting, the Times Square bombing attempt, and who also preached to the alleged September 11 hijackers, dined at
the Pentagon just months after 9/11 documents obtained by Fox News show.
Awlaki is just the latest in a long list of Al-Qaeda double agents whose activity proves that the terror organization is
little more than a front for the Pentagon and the US war machine. Let‘s take a look at just a handful of dozens of
examples of terror masterminds working for intelligence agencies.
Emad A. Salem
The feds used FBI informant Emad A. Salem to run the first World Trade Center bombing back in 1993.
Before the attack, the FBI planted informant Salem within a radical Arab group in New York led by Ramzi Yousef.
Salem was ordered to encourage the group to carry out a bombing targeting the World Trade Center‘s twin towers.
Under the illusion that the project was a sting operation, Salem asked the FBI for harmless dummy explosives
which he would use to assemble the bomb and then pass on to the group. At this point the FBI cut Salem out of the
loop and provided the group with real explosives, leading to the attack on February 26 that killed six and injured
over a thousand people. The FBI‘s failure to prevent the bombing was reported on by the New York Times in
October 1993, as well as CBS News in the clip here.
Haroon Rashid Aswat

The alleged mastermind of the 7/7 bombings in London, Haroon Rashid Aswat, was also revealed to be an
intelligence asset, in this case working for British MI6.
In July 2005, terror expert John Loftus told Fox News, ―…back in the late 1990s, the leaders all worked for British
intelligence in Kosovo. Believe it or not, British intelligence actually hired some Al-Qaeda guys to help defend the
Muslim rights in Albania and in Kosovo. That‘s when Al-Muhajiroun got started.‖
Loftus said that British MI6 colluded to hide Aswat after the 7/7 bombings. Watch the clip below.
Harron Ashid Aswat is an Mi6 double agent - video
David Healey
The mastermind behind the Mumbai massacre was ―an American secret agent who went rogue,‖ reported the
London Times, referring to Washington-born David Headley, who was caught smuggling heroin but then given a
job by the Drug Enforcement Agency and later went on to work for the CIA.
―The Indian media has raised the possibility that Mr Headley was being protected by his American handlers — a
theory that experts say is credible,‖ reported the Times.
Headley was allowed to fly in and out of India as he scouted targets for the attack despite being ―firmly on the radar
of the US intelligence agencies.‖
Prince Bandar ―Bush‖
Saudi Arabia‘s former US envoy Prince Bandar bin Sultan bin Abdul Aziz, known as ―Bandar Bush‖ for his close
relationship with former President George W. Bush and his father, is another terror mastermind on the payroll of the
US military-industrial complex. Bandar worked closely with CIA Director George Tenet, when he was Saudi
Ambassador in Washington.
Bandar disappeared two years ago after it emerged that he had become the de facto leader of ―Al-Qaeda in Iraq,‖
having been responsible for arming terrorist organizations in the Middle East. The man who George W. Bush
reportedly consulted before the 2003 invasion of Iraq has trained, funded and equipped terrorists to kill US troops,
providing the US government with the perfect justification to remain as an occupying force in the country.
Bandar also threatened Britain with ―another 7/7″ and the loss of ―British lives on British streets‖ if corruption
investigations into Saudi arms deals were allowed to proceed. Prime Minister Tony Blair complied and quashed the
inquiry.
Picture: Terrorist mastermind Prince Bandar “Bush” with his close

friend George H.W. Bush.
Osama Bin Laden
Bin Laden himself was a known CIA asset stretching from the late
1970‘s when he was armed and funded by the CIA through the Pakistani
ISI to lead the Muslim mujahideen against the Soviets in Afghanistan.
After this, Bin Laden led Al-Qaeda to Bosnia shortly after the outbreak
of war in 1992 to fight against Bosnian Serbs who were subsequently the
target of NATO air strikes.
Shortly before the NATO bombing of Yugoslavia in 1999, Bin Laden and Al-Qaeda moved into Kosovo, Serbia‘s
southern province, to aid the Kosovo Liberation Army, the Albanian terrorist faction that was being supported by
the U.S. and NATO in its terror campaign against Serbs in the region.
―The United States, which had originally trained the Afghan Arabs during the war in Afghanistan, supported them
in Bosnia and then in Kosovo,‖ reported the National Post.
With the help of Bin Laden‘s terror network, backed up by the U.S. and NATO, no less than 90% of Serbians were
―ethnically cleansed‖ and forced to leave the region, while the international media played its role dutifully in
portraying the Albanians as the ―victims‖ of Serbian aggression.
Barely weeks before 9/11, former members of Al-Qaeda who had subsequently joined the Kosovo Liberation Army
were airlifted out of Macedonia by U.S. paratroopers.
As former FBi translator Sibel Edmonds revealed, the US maintained ―intimate relations‖ with Bin Laden, ―all the
way until that day of September 11.‖
The ―war on terror‖ is a fraud
While Homeland Security chief Janet Napolitano, FBI head Mueller and others ceaselessly fearmonger about
domestic terrorists being an imminent threat, the federal government has a reliable menagerie of pocket Muslim
radicals on which to call upon to radicalize followers into launching an attack on ‗the great satan‘ whenever the
political climate deems it necessary.
The fact that just about every major terror attack or aborted terror scare for decades has been run by people with
direct ties to US intelligence renders the entire war on terror a complete fraud, and once again underscores the truth
that the real terrorists reside a lot closer to home than caves in Central Asia or the Middle East.
**************************
9/11 Mastermind Invited to Pentagon

Paul Joseph Watson
October 21, 2010
Al-Qaeda terror mastermind Anwar Al-Awlaki, the man who helped plot the aborted
Christmas Day bombing, the Fort Hood shooting, the Times Square bombing attempt,
and who also preached to the alleged September 11 hijackers, dined at the Pentagon
just months after 9/11 documents obtained by Fox News show.
Anwar Al Awlaki Terrorist? Or Pentagon / CIA Asset? - video
American-born cleric Awlaki‘s role as a key figure in almost every recent terror plot targeting the United States and
Canada, coupled with his visit to the Pentagon, only confirms our long stated position that Awlaki is a chief terrorist
patsy-handler for the CIA – he is the federal government‘s premier false flag agent.
―Documents exclusively obtained by Fox News, including an FBI interview conducted after the Fort Hood shooting
in November 2009, state that Awlaki was taken to the Pentagon as part of the military‘s outreach to the Muslim
community in the immediate aftermath of the attacks,‖ states the report.
Click here to read a portion of the documents.
Awlaki was vetted before he was invited to attend a luncheon at the Pentagon in the secretary of the Army‘s Office
of Government Counsel. His appearance at the meeting was deliberately engineered despite Awlaki‘s ties to three of
the alleged 9/11 hijackers – Nawaf al-Hazmi, Khalid al-Mihdhar and Hani Hanjour – who were identified as the
suicide pilots that slammed Flight 77 into the Pentagon.
Following the Fort Hood shooting it was also revealed that shooter Major Nidal Malik Hasan had been in contact
with Awlaki before the rampage. Awlaki preached to both Hasan and the 9/11 hijackers at the Dar al-Hijrah mosque
in Falls Church, Virginia in 2001.
Awlaki also met with Christmas Day underwear bomber Umar Farouk Abdulmutallab and acted as ―the middle-man
between the young Nigerian and the bombmaker.‖ As we have thoroughly documented, the Delta Flight 253
incident was staged from start to finish. The US State Department allowed Abdulmutallab to board the plane, aided
by a well-dressed Indian man, despite the fact that he was on a terror watch list and had no passport.
The Christmas Day incident was a boon for companies linked with the military-industrial complex, as it greased the
skids for the global introduction of naked body scanners in airports.
Times Square bomber Faisal Shahzad was also reported to have been directed by Awlaki before his failed attack on
May 1st
―The Pentagon has offered no explanation of how a man, now on the CIA kills or capture list, ended up at a special
lunch for Muslim outreach,‖ states the Fox News report.
The explanation is quite simple – Awlaki is the CIA‘s chief patsy handler for planning and staging false flag
terror attacks through the dupes that he radicalizes.
The US Special Operations Command‘s Able Danger program identified the hijackers and their accomplices long
before 9/11, and would undoubtedly have also picked up Awlaki.
As Webster Tarpley has documented, Awlaki is ―an intelligence agency operative and patsy-minder‖ and ―one of
the premier terror impresarios of the age operating under Islamic fundamentalist cover‖ whose job it is to ―motivate
and encourage groups of mentally impaired and suggestible young dupes who were entrapped into ―terrorist plots‖
by busy FBI and Canadian RCMP agents during recent years.‖
Tarpley points to Awlaki‘s role in the Toronto and Fort Dix, New Jersey, terror plots, which were both contrived by
the feds, as proof of Awlaki‘s usefulness to the authorities in radicalizing terrorist patsies.
Lawyers in a case relating to the much vaunted 2007 terror plot to attack Fort Dix and kill ―as many soldiers as
possible‖ concluded that FBI informants were the key figures behind the operation and that the accused, six foreign-
born Muslims, were merely bungling patsies.
Similarly, the ―Toronto 18″ terrorists turned out to be ―a bunch of incompetent guys who were primarily misled by
a delusional megalomaniac‖. The explosive fertilizer material the terrorist cell apparently planned to use was in fact
purchased by an informant working for the RCMP who had radicalized the group.
Given the fact that Awlaki is a double operative, claiming to be an Al-Qaeda leader yet in fact working for U.S.
intelligence, it‘s hardly surprising that he made an appearance at the Pentagon.
Awlaki has also appeared in video tapes purporting to be Al-Qaeda propaganda material released by the IntelCenter,
which as we have documented is nothing more than a Pentagon front group that has been caught red-handed
releasing fake Al-Qaeda videos to bolster support for the geopolitical agenda of the US government.
Confirmation that Awlaki met with Pentagon officials after having inspired the very 9/11 hijackers that are blamed
for flying a commercial airliner into the Pentagon provides yet more startling evidence that the highest levels of Al-
Qaeda are completely penetrated and run by the US military industrial complex, which via patsy handlers like
Awlaki is staging false flag attacks to boost their own domestic and geopolitical agenda.
Talking about terrorist BOOGEYMEN, hey! "There go some more terrorists over there!" Now the neo-cons have
Washington chanting "kill Iran, kill Iran, kill, Iran"... oh boy... here we go again. The Zionist AsheNAZI European
―Jew‖ neo-con mobs are instigating yet another fight: "bomb those evil Iranians!" Ok, so what is the premise that the
Zionists say we should kick Iran‘s ass for?: Guess what, "they have weapons of mass destruction!" and they want to
kill us all! Hmmmm, that sounds familiar. Will we end up doing their dirty work yet again? You would think that they,
Israel should at least get their hands a little dirty also in their mad quest to conquer and rule the middle east, expanding
their boarders to the size of what it was when Solomon ruled Israel. Oh well. Wait, hold the presses! Apartheid Israel is
at this moment making another move; they are currently in an all out bloody invasion of the Gaza strip, about time they
did some of their own dirty work in their world conquest agenda. Witness them murder all those wretched Palestinian
stone throwing ―terrorists‖ whom have all been cornered, surrounded by military brigades, little by little their lands
confiscated and left in dire poverty with little of nothing positive left in their lives…
Ok, enough dwelling on sad truths happening somewhere we cannot do anything about. Now to the real meat of this
chapter: 911, the war against Afghanistan, Iraq and Iran (Syria, Pakistan and others to follow in the future), terrorists
and today‘s daddy of them all, Bin Laden... has all been a massive bullshit lie conjured up in the dungeons of the
Zionist & Washington elites ivy tower country club think tanks. EVERYTHING IS LIES: Iraq had no WMD's, Iraq
never had ―terrorist‖ in their land PRIOR to our invasion, 911 was NOT by Bin Laden, it was a
Mossad/CIA/PentaCON BlackOps false flag mission.
The bullshit coming from the Washington propaganda machine just keeps piling up. I can smell the stench of
Washington from here! But hey, why are we not targeting or even TRYING to get Bin Laden? The true shocker:
Osama Bin Laden is DEAD. He has been dead for years now! Oh, you didn't get the memo? Of course not, the
CIA/Mossad is still busy cranking out bogus cheesy videos with some fake Bin Laden puppet along with Hollywood
type FX (in most cases just using still images to an audio feed) to keep the fear factor high in the gullible goyim
lemming sheeple minds. A dead Bin Laden would be catastrophic for the fear charade of the century. Don‘t worry,
they have Bin Laden‘s body on ice, and will someday when the timing is right, thaw it out and say ―hey we got him!‖
Benazir Bhutto : Bin Laden dead (Meet the Press,

November 2, 2007)
http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=812023
6576 ...
President of Pakistan: Osama Bin Laden is dead

(NBC's Meet the Press, Airdate: May 10, 2009)
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FZlx_YhL0T0
Omar bin Laden : "Maybe they make a copy of

my father"
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0MprAMPnI6
w
Osama Bin Laden : "I'm still alive and very scary.

If you think this is a fake you are probably one of
those crazy conspiracy-theorist. You can't fake
videos .. Mahala big cojones"
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rUiNiB2yVCQ
(this video is one of my favorites!)
That brings up the all too important subject of the Bin Laden Productions Studios… Perhaps the most controversial of
all the tapes was released by the Pentagon on December 13, 2001, claiming that it had been found in a home in
Jalalabad... Prior to this tape, bin Laden had, while praising the 9/11 attacks, consistently denied responsibility for
them. But the ―bin Laden‖ of this tape boasts about having planned 7410them… President Bush, the Blair
Government, and the mainstream media all hailed this message as offering conclusive ―proof‖ of bin Laden's guilt…
That was the first of many weird videos that conveniently surfaced ―coincidentally‖ whenever the Bush
Administration needed the Boogeyman‘s fear factor to help push his policies and agendas.
Black propaganda
Black propaganda is false information and material that purports to be from a source on one side of a conflict, but
is actually from the opposing side. It is typically used to vilify, embarrass or misrepresent the enemy. [1] Black
propaganda contrasts with grey propaganda, the source of which is not identified, and white propaganda, in which
the real source is declared and usually more accurate information is given, if also slanted or distorted.
Black propaganda purports to emanate from a source other than the true source. This type of propaganda is
associated with covert psychological operations.[2] Sometimes the source is concealed or credited to a false
authority and spreads lies, fabrications, and deceptions. Black propaganda is the "big lie," including all types of
creative deceit.[3]
Ultimately, black propaganda relies on the willingness of the receiver to accept the credibility of the source. If the
creators or senders of the black propaganda message do not adequately understand their intended audience, the
message may be misunderstood, seem suspicious, or fail altogether. [3]
Governments will generally conduct black propaganda operations for two different reasons. First, by utilizing
black propaganda a government is more likely to succeed in convincing their target audience that the information
that they are seeking to influence them with is disguised, and that its motivations are not apparent. Second, there
are diplomatic reasons behind the use of black propaganda. Black propaganda is necessary in order to obfuscate a
government's involvement in activities that may be detrimental to its foreign policies. [4]
Today, Osama Bin Laden is DEAD, bit the dust a long time ago. Yet he rises from the dead to do VIDEO SHOOTS
IN HIS HIGH TECH CAVE MOVIE STUDIOS! LOL (I have to admit, even though most of the time I'm extremely
mad at the crazy things our government does, some of this shit is downright funny when you think about it, hey, they
portray this dead guy doing high tech videos from a cave in a desolate mountain! lol, and the stupid moronic citizens of
this country eat it all up! Never rationalizing the logistics, circumstances and details, now I'm mad again) Let‘s see, Bin
Laden's cave has a huge Blue screen setup with state of the art video editing studio in his tricked out cave in the
mountains, I wonder how the dead Bin Laden gets electricity to his cave! Let alone pack everything up and ―move
from cave to cave on a daily basis‖ without being seen lugging tons of high tech equipment around! In one of the most
hostile rugged mountain ranges in the world! LOL.
When the Mossad/CIA BlackOps agents posing as the Bin Laden video team comes out with a new sinister warning to
the world they mail it off to CIA headquarters! LOL I kid you not. Lately their productions have been delivered
directly to new CIA/Mossad FRONT such as ―SITE Institute‖ run by Zionist agents. These agencies then distribute
the videos to all the news outlets. The most flagrantly preposterous notion that is passed off as real is the fact that
CIA‘s/Mossad‘s ―Bin Laden‖ Al-CIAda come up with a bogus video EVERY SINGLE TIME that the U.S. needs a
boost of fear! Such as whenever the western political ruling powers need support from their constituents, major
political events and anniversaries. Doh! How nice of Bin Laden for keeping on schedule with Washington‘s needs.
One of Bin Laden’s famous LOL Video production studios:
So Bin Laden and his stealth entourage lug around tons of video equipment from cave to cave, unseen, undetected, and
that‘s not all they have to carry… Let me also remind you that Bin Laden had kidney problems and needed to use
Dialysis, remember the story of CIA agents visiting him in the hospital just days before he supposedly carried out the
911 attacks? Well, he was in the hospital getting emergency Dialysis treatment for his kidneys. You must also
understand this: Have you ever known anyone who had to use Dialysis? The loads of equipment and replacement bags
that one must carry around for life (or die) adds a major wrinkle to the tale of a sneaky quickly moving around and
disappearing bogeyman narrative.
In a typical Al-CIAda video production, they will have a still picture of the dead Bin Laden with narration and
commenting on world events that have no importance on anything that any sane Muslim would care about, they
portray Bin Laden as some superficial western current affairs obsessed fanatic, usually commenting on
pertinent events and issues of strategic value to none other than to the governments who are perpetrating the
fraud. For instance, they dust off the Bin Laden mask every year around the anniversary of 9/11 to re-enforce the
concept that it was Al-CIAda who committed those crimes against humanity. The gist of every video is always the
same: instill and re-energize the fear mongering of the cattle public, and to point attention to any new agenda that
the ruling elite black ops are currently working on so as to gather support and momentum for such programs through
the instilling of fear.
Real Bin Laden (left); fake CIA/Mossad Bin Ladens from recent videos:
I showed the above pictures to a bunch of ELLEMENTARY SCHOOL KIDS and asked them if those two pictures
were of the same person, they unanimously agreed that the 2 pictures on the right were ―fake‖, a real poor ―puppet.‖
They can‘t fool a bunch of common school kids, yet you have all witnessed all the highly educated graduates from the
highest universities on the planet, wealthy national reporters routinely get on live TV news and give credence to this
crap ―Al-CIAda‖ productions, lending this flagrant bullshit legitimacy. Every single reporter chimes in and blindly
reinforces the charade, these are the pathetic guardians to the public trust who the sheeple believe, these are the ones
who give the illusions and grand lies of the ruling elite life and staying power. For ―by way of deception they shall
wage war.‖
Osama Bin Laden - 911 Anniversary 2007 - video (lol)
I've seen all those fake "Bin Laden" videos that ALLWAYS COME OUT WHEN BUSH & Co. NEEDS THEM THE
MOST to help get NEW LAWS PASSED or whenever he needs more support and so forth. Just like the Anthrax that
was mailed ONLY to key Senators who where opposing enacting the new laws, after the ―al-CIAda‖ Anthrax
―attacks‖ EVERYONE quickly voted in favor of the new acts! This stuff is beyond RIDICULOUS! Who really
believes all this bullshit? The Al-CIAda propaganda video teams slap together all those ridiculous videos that are SO
OBVIOUSLY NOT BIN LADEN, then the whole country BELIEVES THIS SHIT? I really am lost for words here. I
don't know if I should just give up and surrender, because from what I see, our country is hopelessly DOOMED, all its
citizens are dumbnified brain dead overly medicated vaccinated fluoridated walking talking ZOMBIES whose majority
believe those CHEAP FAKE crap videos are real? Oh, and when al-CIAda finishes their video productions they
DON'T deliver them to any of the news stations, they instead ship ALL their videos off directly to a CIA special unit
or front organization? DOH! Oh come on! my gullibility index has been smashed beyond repair! So when you see me
displaying no faith or hope in my fellow cattle Americans waking up from their deep slumber you can understand why.
Real Osama (left); FAKE Osama (right) from old bogus CIA produced videos:
Any elementary school kid can tell you that the guys in the videos are NOT the real Osama Bin Patsy. The more I
think about this, is the more I realize our nation has no hope, we are truly DOOMED. America is THAT freaking
gullible that we are all screwed. CNN, FOX, ABC, CBS, etc., every single news outlet aired all the videos and
America was that easily duped. NOT ONE SINGLE NEWS ANCHOR CAME OUT AND SAID "WHY ARE WE
AIRING THIS FAKE BULLSHIT AS GOSPEL?" No not one single reporter dared point out the blaring obvious,
instead they all read their scripts, when the show was over they got into their Mercedes Benzes drove to their cozy
million dollar homes, hugged their silver spooned privately educated children, sat back and drank fine wine and porked
their trophy wives. Nope, not a peep of truth out of their mouths for: their souls have all been bought and paid for long
ago.
WTF? The CIA/Mossad black ops now have their dead finger puppet Osama Bin Mossaden now stumping for the
Climate Change cabal!!!? LMAO! I thought I heard all the ridiculous things that can possibly be said. But when the
false flag division of the CIA/Mossad came out with that new mix tape from the dead boogeyman Osama pushing their
climate agenda I almost fell on off my seat. What‘s next? Is he going to advocate RFID chip implants? I can already
imagine the next mix tape warning the pathetic gullible public "those who don't get RFID chipped I will stick a IED up
your butts and blow you all up!" LOL
Bin Laden‘s Impeccable Timing Boosts Obama Ahead of SOTU Address

Another State Of The Union Address preceded by the phantom menace
By Steve Watson, Jan 25, 2010
A purportedly new audio tape of Osama Bin Laden claiming responsibility for the failed Christmas Day
underwear bombing attempt has surfaced, once again, at the most politically opportune time for the White House,
with the State of The Union Address now just 48 hours away.
The voice on the tape, claiming to be Bin Laden, personally addresses the president with the opening "From
Osama to Obama."
The tape, aired by Al Jazeera yesterday, praises the actions of "the heroic warrior" Omar Farouk Abdulmutallab,
and warns that "God willing, our attacks against you will continue as long as you maintain your support to Israel."
It is unclear as to why Bin Laden waited over four weeks to deliver his message at a time when the underwear
bomber story has all but dropped out of the headlines.
One thing is certain however, Al Qaeda seem to like running P.R. for the White House. Previously tapes have
been released hours before the State of The Union Address in both 2006 and 2007. Bin Laden also previously
popped up on the eve of the 2004 election, leading the late Walter Cronkite to muse that the whole farce was a
Karl Rove orchestrated set-up.
With the wars in Afghanistan and Iraq still at the height of unpopularity, Obama has found his approval rating
lower at this stage than for any US president since Eisenhower.
Following decisive blows to his agenda, in the shape of last week's health care setback in the Senate and the
victory of Republican Scott Brown in a 47 year Democratic seat in Massachusetts, Obama has admitted he has
―run into a bit of a buzz saw‖.
Leading Democrats have begun to express disillusionment. Sen. Bill Nelson's (D-FL) call to scale back the
agenda, is just one example.
It has not been a good run in to the SOTU Address for Obama, until now that is. Now he can wax lyrical about
Bin Laden being intent on killing us over here, killing us over there, killing us everywhere, justifying the
expansion of the U.S. led wars in the middle east through the past year.
The new audio tape was again released by U.S. monitoring group IntelCenter, who have described it as an
"indicator" of an upcoming attack. This was the exact same language used by the group the last time Bin
Laden surfaced in September 2009.
As we have exhaustively documented, Intelcenter is an offshoot of IDEFENSE, which was staffed by a senior
military psy-op intelligence officer Jim Melnick, who has worked directly for Donald Rumsfeld. The organization
released the ―laughing hijackers‖ tape and claimed it was an Al-Qaeda video, despite the fact that the footage
was obtained by a ―security agency‖ at a 2000 Bin Laden speech.
IntelCenter was also caught adding its logo to a tape at the same time as Al-Qaeda‘s so-called media arm As-
Sahab added its logo, proving the two organizations were one and the same.
The Pakistani based Al-Qaeda group Jundullah, formerly headed by the alleged mastermind of 9/11, an
organization which enjoys the funding, support and protection of the CIA, also produces propaganda tapes
and literature for As-Sahab and in turn IntelCenter.
We have just about lost count of the amount of times IntelCenter has released a tape from ―Al-Qaeda‖ or ―Bin
Laden‖ at the most politically expedient time for the government, whether that be Bush or Obama.
"Intelligence officials say they can't verify the authenticity of the tape, but they say there has never been a fake
and there is no reason to believe this one is not real." ABC News reports.
Clearly those intelligence officials have forgotten that several of the previous Bin Laden tapes have been
denounced as fake, including a 2002 audio tape which was not authentic according to a Swiss research
institute. Experts at the Lausanne-based Dalle Molle Institute for Perceptual Artificial Intelligence compared the
tape with 20 earlier recordings of Bin Laden and concluded that the November 2002 tape was fraudulent, in other
words that it was someone pretending to be Bin Laden.
In 2007, the last "new" video of Bin Laden, appearing with a dyed beard, was found to have freezes in the
sections where the Al Qaeda leader referred to current events.
A leading expert on Bin Laden, Duke University professor Bruce Lawrence, is also adamant that the so called
"9/11 Confession" tape, released shortly after the attacks, is an outright fake that has been used by US intelligence
agencies to deflect attention from ―conspiracy theories‖ about 9/11.
Every single notorious Bin Laden tape released since 2001 has contained vague non-specific messages and in
many cases the footage is old and re-hashed.
"Some lawmakers say if bin Laden is now claiming Abdulmutallab as a soldier in his army, then the United States
should treat him like an enemy combatant." the ABC News report on the latest Bin Laden tape continues. Perfect
- the underwear bomber stops talking as soon as he gets access to a lawyer, the solution? Connect him to Bin
Laden and remove due process of law.
"Intelligence analysts say there's no way to know how closely bin Laden is linked to the Christmas Day attack, if
at all, but his message makes one thing clear."
"Osama Bin Laden is still alive. He's still having an influence on the al Qaeda movement and the al Qaeda
narrative and he does have the ability to plan attacks," Rick Nelson, a senior fellow with the Center for Security
and International Studies in Washington D.C. said.
While the majority of Americans will glance at the headlines and note that Goldstein has re-surfaced, the truth
remains that Bin Laden, according to anyone in the know, is long dead.
However, if by some chance everyone else is wrong and Rick Nelson is correct, and Osama Bin Laden really is
still alive, then the CIA owe him a pay rise for his continued sterling efforts to bail out the incumbent president
every time the administration is about to capsize.
The likely reality is that this is just another crude propaganda ploy and the latest installment in a series of hoax
terror tapes edited and released at another politically expedient time as part of the illegitimate marriage between
big government and the military industrial complex.
***************************
Swiss scientists 95% sure that Bin Laden recording was fake
Brian Whitaker, The Guardian, Saturday 30 November 2002
Scientists in Switzerland say they are almost certain that a recent audio tape attributed to Osama bin Laden is a
fake.
The tape, delivered to the Arab satellite television channel al-Jazeera earlier this month, appeared to provide the
first concrete evidence that Bin Laden is still alive because it mentioned recent attacks on western targets.
American experts initially concluded that the voice on the tape was probably Bin Laden, though it is unlikely ever
to be fully authenticated because of the recording's poor quality.
The Swiss findings conflict with other research published by the French news magazine L'Express last week.
In that study, Bernard Gautheron, director of the phonetic testing laboratory at the Institute of Linguistics and
Phonetics in Paris, concluded there was a "very strong probability" that the al-Jazeera tape was genuine.
But researchers at the Dalle Molle Institute for Perceptual Artificial Intelligence, in Lausanne, believe the
message was recorded by an impostor.
In a study commissioned by France 2 television, researchers built a computer model of Bin Laden's voice, based
on an hour of genuine recordings.
Using voice recognition systems being developed for banking security, they tested the model against 20 known
recordings of Bin Laden. The system correctly identified his voice in 19 of them.
This meant there was only a 5% risk of error in their conclusion that the latest tape is a fake, Professor Hervé
Bourlard, the institute's director, told the Guardian yesterday. "It's an automatic system but it's very sensitive," he
said. "It picks up things the human ear doesn't pick up."
He agreed that the sound quality of the recent tape was poor but added: "Many of our 20 [test] recordings were
also of poor quality. Some were very good, some very bad, but our results were all positive except in one case."
Prof Bourlard, a voice recognition expert, is the author or joint author of 150 research papers and two books, and
has worked extensively with the International Computer Science Institute at Berkeley, California.
Knowing that these videos are intentional CIA/Mossad productions makes it very entertaining to listen to their bogus
offerings. In one of the CIA/Mossad‘s latest Osama Bin Mossaden video production where they have the bogus
Osama puppet sporting a fake beard, he goes on to provide much needed fear mongering to boost the current
administration‘s need of a boogyman to remind the goyim cattle population why we are theoretically at war and
to re-inject fear into the public conscience. The interesting part of that particular production is where they would
have you believe that Bin Laden is busy paying close attention to U.S. political scene and reading the works of
contemporary authors. In that latest video Osama Bin Mossaden recommends that
Americans read the works of two authors, Noam Chomsky and Michael Scheur,
who ran the CIA‘s Al-CIAda unit from 1996 to 1999. LOL. I just love it when he
always comes through right on schedule for major anniversaries and when his
enemies need his fear mongering the most…
BTW: When the FBI was questioned about why Bin Laden wasn‘t on their top 10
most wanted list, their official response was ―there is no evidence of his
involvement in 9/11.‖
So we the "truthers" are the tinfoil hat wearing nut jobs eh? I have much better
things to do. I don't sit around making this shit up! THIS IS REALITY! WAKE
UP! I would love nothing more than to plug back into the matrix and go back into
my cocoon, oblivious to the truth and forget everything I know and go back to our
fantasy island life. Too late, I have this real bad problem; it‘s called a conscience, and rational thinking. I hate liars and
I just can't stand cheesy movies like the bogus rip offs the CIA puts out using Bin Laden look a like doubles in front of
a Hollywood blue screen or still images with "Osama's" voice in the background. And I have this real bad habit of
allowing LOGIC, common sense, rational thought, physics and reasoning to dominate in my judgment!!! (I hid a secret
from my parents when I was a child: I never drank the Fluoridated water nor ever used their Fluoridated toothpaste!
Never got most of the vaccine shots either. Hence, I still have my cognitive reasoning fully intact. This is true folks!
When I did brush my teeth, it was with just the plain brush, I hated the toothpaste. Guess what, today I only have one
filling and full use of my mental abilities!)
You MUST UNDERSTAND the IMPLICATIONS of the FACT that our government‘s secret agencies are
producing ITS OWN BOGUS OSAMA BIN BOOGEYMAN VIDEOS TO PUSH IT'S AGENDA!!!
Furthermore: You must totally understand the FACT that if Mossad/CIA agents within our
government are faking these videos, this is only THE TIP OF THE ICEBERG!!! Therefore you
must ask yourself: WHAT ELSE HAVE THEY BEEN FAKING? WHAT OTHER LIES HAVE
THEY BEEN LEADING US TO BELIEVE? WHY ARE THEY DOING THIS? The questions
just keep piling up.
Office of Strategic Influence

The Office of Strategic Influence, or OSI, was a department created by the United States Department of Defense
on October 30, 2001, to support the War on Terrorism through psychological operations in targeted countries,
including the United States. Although the closure of the office was announced by Secretary of Defense Donald
Rumsfeld soon after its existence became publicly known, later comments by Secretary Rumsfeld imply that the
actual operations of the OSI have continued unabated.[1] OSI was authorized to use "military deception" against
the public by "presenting false information, images, or statements." [2] The OSI would have been a center for the
creation of propaganda materials, for the stated purpose of misleading enemy forces or foreign civilian
populations. After information on the office spread through US and foreign media in mid February 2002, intense
discussions on purpose and scope of the office were reported. The discussions culminated in a public statement by
Rumsfeld in late February that the office has been closed down.
Some argue that due to its secretive nature and stated purposes the existence of such an agency would be hard to
determine. In fact, in November 2002, Rumsfeld stated in an interview that only the name of the office was
abolished, that it still exists and continues to fulfill its original intended purposes. [3] Much of the OSI's
responsibilities were shifted to the Information Operations Task Force.[4]
It seems as if the powers that be want us to believe that CIA BlackOps field agent Mossad Bin Laden has supposedly
been eagerly hoping and praying to have his people slaughtered and his beloved country destroyed. According to
Chapter 6" of the 911 Commission report: "[Bin Laden] complained frequently that the United States had not yet
attacked [in response to the USS Cole bombing]... Bin Laden wanted the United States to attack, and if it did not he
would launch something bigger." Doh!
The Mossad/CIA are Masters of deceit and illusions, like all magicians, the secret of the illusion is within the art of
distraction. Getting the audience into a hypnotic trance focusing their attention where you want them to while you
perform your masterful sleight of hand right in front of their faces. ―By deception we shall wage war‖ – ―order out of
chaos‖ Are their official mottos! Masters of the Problem/Reaction/Solution paradigm.
How the U.S. Fuelled the Myth of Zarqawi The Mastermind
Adrian Blomfield, The Telegraph, UK , 03 Oct 2004

Abu Musab al-Zarqawi, the terrorist leader believed to be responsible for the abduction of Kenneth Bigley, is
'more myth than man,' according to American military intelligence agents in Iraq.
Several sources said the importance of Zarqawi, blamed for many of the most spectacular acts of violence in
Iraq, has been exaggerated by flawed intelligence and the Bush administration's desire to find "a villain" for
the post-invasion mayhem.
US military intelligence agents in Iraq have revealed a series of botched and often tawdry dealings with
unreliable sources who, in the words of one source, "told us what we wanted to hear".
"We were basically paying up to $10,000 a time to opportunists, criminals and chancers who passed off
fiction and supposition about Zarqawi as cast-iron fact, making him out as the linchpin of just about every
attack in Iraq," the agent said.
"Back home this stuff was gratefully received and formed the basis of policy decisions. We needed a villain,
someone identifiable for the public to latch on to, and we got one.
IS ISRAEL CONTROLLING PHONY TERROR NEWS?

By Koen Stroobant
By Gordon Duff and Brian Jobert: Who says Al Qaeda takes credit for
a bombing? Rita Katz. Who gets us bin Laden tapes? Rita Katz. Who
gets us pretty much all information telling us Muslims are bad? Rita
Katz? Rita Katz is the Director of Site Intelligence, primary source for
intelligence used by news services, Homeland Security, the FBI and
CIA. What is her qualification? She served in the Israeli Defense
Force. She has a college degree and most investigative journalists
believe the Mossad ―helps‖ her with her information. We find no
evidence of any qualification whatsoever of any kind. A bartender has
more intelligence gathering experience.
Nobody verifies her claims. SITE says Al Qaeda did it, it hits the
papers. SITE says Israel didn‘t do it, that hits the papers too. What
does SITE really do? They check the internet for ―information,‖ almost
invariably information that Israel wants reported and it is sold as news,
seen on American TV, reported in our papers and passed around the
internet almost as though it were actually true. Amazing.
Do we know if the information reported comes from a teenager in Seattle or a terror cell in Jakarta? No, of
course not, we don‘t have a clue. Can you imagine buying information on Islamic terrorism from an Israeli
whose father was executed as a spy by Arabs?
It is quite likely that everything you think you know about terror attacks such as the one in Detroit or whether
Osama bin Laden is alive or dead comes from Rita Katz. Does she make it all up? We don‘t know, nobody
knows, nobody checks, they simply buy it, print it, say it comes from Site Intelligence and simply forget to tell us
that this is, not only a highly biased organization but also an extremely amateur one also.
Is any of this her fault, Ritas? No. She is herself, selling her work. The blame is not Site Intelligence, it is the
people who pass on the information under misleading circumstances.
Imagine if a paper carried a story like this:

Reports that Al Qaeda was responsible for bombing the mosque and train station were given to us by an
Israeli woman who says she found it on the internet.
This is fair. Everyone should be able to earn a living and information that comes from Israel could be without
bias but the chances aren‘t very good. In fact, any news organization, and most use this service, that fails to
indicate that the sources they use are ―rumored‖ to be a foreign intelligence service with a long history of lying
beyond human measure, is not to be taken seriously.
Can we prove that SITE Intelligence is the Mossad? No. Would a reasonable person assume it is? Yes.
Would a reasonable person believe anything from this source involving Islam or the Middle East? No, they
would not.
SITE‘s primary claim to fame other than bin Laden videos with odd technical faults is their close relationship
with Blackwater. Blackwater has found site useful. Blackwater no longer exists as they had to change their name
because of utter lack of credibility.
What can be learned by examining where our news comes from? Perhaps we could start being realistic and begin
seeing much of our own news and the childish propaganda it really is.
Propaganda does two things:
1. It makes up phony reasons to justify acts of barbaric cruelty or insane greed.
2. It blames people for things they didn‘t do because the people doing the blaming really did it themselves. We
call these things ―false flag/USS Liberty‖ incidents.
Next time you see dancing Palestinians and someone tells you they are celebrating a terror attack, it is more likely
they are attending a birthday party. This is what we have learned, perhaps this is what we had best remember.
From an AFP article on Site Intelligence:
Rita Katz and S.I.T.E. are set to release yet another ―aL-Qaeda‖ tape
Despite a massive manhunt by the world‘s intelligence agencies, BL seems to evade their combined efforts,
staying on the run. But he still has time to drop into his recording studio and cook up a fresh tape for the
likes of Rita Katz and her outfit called S.I.T.E. SITE is staffed by TWO people, Katz and a Josh Devon.
WASHINGTON (AFP) The head of the Al-Qaeda network Osama bin Laden is expected to release a taped
message on Iraq, a group monitoring extremist online forums said Thursday. The 56-minute tape by the hunted
militant is addressed to Iraq and an extremist organization based there, the Islamic State of Iraq, said the US-
based SITE monitoring institute, citing announcements on ―jihadist forums.‖
It said the release was ―impending‖ but did not say whether the message was an audio or video tape. Despite a
massive manhunt and a 25-million-dollar bounty on his head, he has evaded capture and has regularly taunted the
United States and its allies through warnings issued on video and audio cassettes. Source: ME Times
Yes, despite a massive manhunt by the world‘s intelligence agencies, BL seems to evade their combined efforts,
staying on the run. But he still has time to drop into his recording studio and cook up a fresh tape for the likes of
Rita Katz and her outfit called S.I.T.E. SITE is staffed by TWO people, Katz and a Josh Devon.
Yet these two individuals manage to do what the ENTIRE combined assets of the world‘s Western intelligence
can‘t:
Be the first to obtain fresh video and audio tapes from aL-Qaeda with Bin Laden making threats and issuing
various other comments. If BL appears a bit ―stiff‖ in the latest release, that‘s because he is real stiff, as in dead.
How is it that a Jewish owned group like S.I.T.E. can outperform the world‘s best and brightest in the intelligence
field and be the first to know that a group like al-Qaeda is getting ready to release another tape?
How is it possible that Rita Katz and S.I.T.E. can work this magic? Maybe looking at Katz‘s background will
help:
Rita Katz is Director and co-founder of the SITE Institute. Born in Iraq, her father was tried and executed as an
Israeli spy, whereupon her family moved to Israel [the move has been described as both an escape and an
emigration in different sources]. She received a degree from the Middle Eastern Studies program at Tel Aviv
University, and is fluent in Hebrew and Arabic. She emigrated to the US in 1997.
Katz was called as a witness in the trial, but the government didn‘t claim she was a terrorism expert. During the
trial it was discovered that Katz herself had worked in violation of her visa agreement when she first arrived in
America in 1997.
She also admitted to receiving more than $130,000 for her work as an FBI consultant on the case. Source
Watch
The year 2000 brought in the new millennium with rumors of "Y2K" disaster that was going to end our world. While
we were all gripped in FEAR and focusing on the Y2K bugs, the presidency of the United States of America was
stolen by the illusionists, the electoral coup d‘état was then followed by the largest unprecedented consolidation
of power ever achieved in the history of the US, along with the single most aggressive rape of our constitution, bill
of rights and all our freedoms we have ever witnessed all without anyone blinking.
The new millennium ushered in the age of never ending war against a concept, against a word. ―look into my eyes...
the terrorist bogeymen are out to get you..." Terrorism, terrorist, death, terror, Bin Laden, WMDs, terror, Nuclear
bomb, Swine Flu, terrorism, Islamo-fascism, terror, global warming, terrorists... be afraid, be very afraid! Boo!
TERROR!
TERRORIST!
TERRORISM!
BE AFRAID! BE VERY AFRAID!!!
There are many people out there that absolutely refuse to believe that our government or the Israelis for the matter
would ever hurt their own people, let alone setup the Muslims to make them look like the evil perpetrators, quite the
contrary, they have been waging false flag ops and blaming the Arabs for decades, this is STANDARD
OPERATIONAL PROCEDURE of the Zionists. Of the hundreds of bombings around the world many of them were
Israeli Mossad planted to make it look like evil Muslims were the perpetrators. The case of hating and wiping Israel‘s
enemies off the face of the earth is almost complete.
―The cleverness of the Israelis is that they have created the ‗militant‘ Moslems and ‗terrorist‘ Moslems in
order to discredit the Moslems.‖
One of the first widely documented and undisputed cases of false flag terrorism was in 1954 by the Israelis black
ops squads, it is known today as the LAVON AFFAIR:
Lavon Affair:
The Lavon Affair refers to a failed Israeli false flag covert operation, code named Operation Susannah,
which took place in Egypt in the summer of 1954. During this operation, a group of Egyptian Jews, working
for Israeli military intelligence, planted bombs inside Egyptian, American and British-owned targets
within Egypt in the hopes that "the Muslim Brotherhood, the Communists, 'unspecified malcontents' or
'local nationalists'" would be blamed.[1] (source: Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia)
The undisputable fact is that the Israelis have been setting up the Arabs for decades. Today the false flag
conspirators have the outrage they were hoping to achieve, and hatred for the Moslem world is intensified. They have
been ingeniously pitting the Christian world to kill the Muslim world, their arch enemy, we have been doing their
dirty work for them.
It is of utmost importance that you understand that it is a common and standard policy of Zionist Israel and it‘s
intelligence agency the ―Mossad‖ to set up and frame their Muslim/Arab mortal enemies in what is called as ―false
flag‖ operations. They have been doing this for decades on end, this is just one of those where they actually got
CAUGHT dressing up as Arabs to set them up and make them look like the sinister evil terrorists.
―Pseudo-operations‖
Pseudo-operations are those in which forces of one power disguise themselves as enemy forces.
Declassified Preliminary Report:

Senate Investigates Foreign Agents - 1961-1963
Documents
On October 21, 2010 the National Archives and

Records Administration released Box #1 (of 67)
from sealed US Senate records about the activities
of non diplomatic representatives of foreign
governments active in the United States. The
formerly classified documents reveal the rationale
for extensive investigations and Justice
Department enforcement actions in 1962-1963.
Top US lobbying firms, public relations
consultants and foreign lobbying groups were
ordered to submit records under threat of subpoena
to Senate Foreign Relations Committee
researchers.
A declassified March 17, 1961 three-page memorandum outlines why the Senate Foreign Relations Committee
focused intensely on the Jewish Agency, the American Zionist Council and the American Israel Public
Affairs Committee (then functioning as the AZC's lobbying division, before incorporating):
In recent years there has been an increasing number of incidents involving attempts by foreign
governments, or their agents, to influence the conduct of American foreign policy by techniques outside
normal diplomatic channels..there have been occasions when representatives of other governments have
been privately accused of engaging in covert activities within the United States and elsewhere, for
the purpose of influencing United States Policy (the Lavon Affair).
The "Lavon Affair" refers to a false flag Israeli terrorist bombing plot code named Operation Susannah
against US and other targets in Egypt. It was designed to reverse US policy pressuring British withdrawals and
reverting control of the Suez Canal to Egypt. Israeli agents infiltrating as Arabs were discovered, arrested and
criminally prosecuted in Egypt when their explosives malfunctioned, leading to a crisis in the Israeli government
and relations with the US.
The Senate Foreign Relations Committee, which mentioned the Lavon incident twice in three pages, expressed
caution about investigating such sensitive matters. There would undoubtedly (even with care) be instances which
would lead to foreign governmental protests, to violent attacks by special groups in the United States...
The declassified Senate memo suggested three avenues for Senate investigation. I. Public receipt of testimony
from Department of Justice and Department of State.II. Public receipt of testimony from selected law and public
relations firms.III Executive (perhaps public) receipt of testimony on the Lavon Affair, and similar grey area
activities
The Senate record of the May 23 and August 1, 1963 hearings on Israel lobbying outline covert activities, but
many were heavily redacted at the insistence of the Jewish Agency and its allies in Congress. No testimony on the
Lavon Affair or any other false flag attacks was ever given during the investigation.
03/17/1961 Confidential Staff Report to Senate Foreign Relations Committee Chair J.W.
Fulbright
"In recent years there has been an increasing number of incidents involving
attempts by foreign governments, or their agents, to influence the conduct of
American foreign policy by techniques outside normal diplomatic
channels..there have been occasions when representatives of other governments
have been privately accused of engaging in covert activities within the United
States and elsewhere, for the purpose of influencing United States Policy (the
Lavon Affair).
Internal Library of Congress - Staff report on whether Foreign Agent material was on
file at Library of Congress as required by 1938 Foreign Agents Registration Act
"Lenvin [Nathan Lenvin, head of the FARA Section at DOJ] told me that the
Library [of Congress] had set aside a room to handle all the material that was
flowing up there, but everything turned out to fit on just a few shelves. The
man in the stacks who has jurisdiction over the material said I was the first
person who had ever come to look at it."
05/10/1961 Letter from DOJ FARA Section Chief Nathan Lenvin to John Newhouse,
Senate Foreign Relations Committee listing all FARA related prosecutions from
1/1/1950 to 5/5/1961
..."U.S. v. Hector Garcia Soto On May 3, 1960, an indictment was returned in

the Southern District of Florida against Hector Garcia Soto for a willful failure
to register under the Foreign Agents Registration Act. The case went to trial and
the defendant was acquitted by the jury...."
07/21/1961 Internal Memo from Carl Marcy, chief of staff
"When we get into the lobby hearings, JWF (J. William Fulbright) would like to
obtain from the Zionist outfits a list of individuals who have spoken to them in
the past, and how much they got paid?"
09/29/1961 Outline of Further Staff Investigation into Influences of Foreign Governments
and Other Foreign Groups Upon U.S. Foreign Policy through Non-Diplomatic
Channels
"1. To what extent is United states foreign policy being influenced through
nondiplomatic channels by foreign governments and other foreign groups?
2. To what extent are the following - and other - channels being used by foreign
governments?
3.To what extent are the following - and other - practices employed by foreign
governments?
4. Is the Foreign Agents Registration Act adequate to protect the American

public against improper influences by foreign governments and parties?
5. Do traditional international concepts of t1improper interference in internal

affairs" require review? At what point does the need of the U. S. Government to
influence foreign governments and public opinion impose a limit on U. S.
restraints on propaganda and public relations activities of foreign governments
here?
6. To what extent are intelligence and internal security agencies of the U. S.

Government cognizant of propaganda and public relations activities of foreign
governments and parties? To what extent do such agencies facilitate or sponsor
such activities?"
10/05/1961 Memorandum for the Record: "Timing of further staff investigation regarding
non-diplomatic influences by foreign governments."
"The chairman decided today that he liked the attached outline [9/29/1961] of a
further staff investigation on this subject and the idea of hiring Walter Pincus to
help John Newhouse, but he also decided that the start of such additional staff
work should be delayed until 1, April of 1962."
07/1962 Confidential Committee Print NONDIPLOMATIC ACTIVITIES OF
REPRESENTATIVES OF FOREIGN GOVERNMENTS - A Preliminary Study
- Prepared by the Staff of the Committee on Foreign Relations of the United
States Senate
Archive Justice Department Orders the American Zionist Council to register as an Israeli
Foreign Agent - partially based on Senate Foreign Relations Committee
preliminary work.
Archive ACTIVITIES OF NONDIPLOMATIC REPRESENTATIVES OF FOREIGN
PRINCIPALS IN THE UNITED STATES
Redacted Senate report on Israel lobbying.

Here we are today with widely disseminated, nurtured Zionist media fed ANTI-MUSLIMISM running rampant
throughout the land. The day is quickly approaching when Israeli secret agents posing as Arabs conduct their final
solution pinnacle false flag work of art setting up the evil Muslim regimes that refuse to bow to their knees before their
Israeli masters. Soon the day is coming were the sinister evil Muslims are FRAMED for conducting the next
unfathomable mass atrocity whose magnitude will thus force the
hand of our political and military powers to yet again wipeout of
the remaining evil sovereigntys who refuse to bow to their
overlords. Once these last pieces of total global domination are
in place we will see the Zionist end game come forth.
At this point, we must note that just after the American Civil War,
the supreme leader of the Scottish Rite of Freemasonry was
General Albert Pike (also an ardent practitioner of the Jewish
Kabbalah). This grand patriarch of the Illuminati wrote a letter to
his Illuministic counterpart in Italy, Giuseppi Mazzini. Pike told
Mazzini that three world wars would be necessary. The third
would be fomented by the differences between what would be
considered united Christendom and the Moslem world.* Is
this not the very thing that is now beginning to happen? Can
any thinking person say that all of this is just coincidence? [*History of the Illuminati, by Myron C. Fagan, tape
series, LTM, Beaver Dam, WI.]
In the meantime, everyone here in this once great nation is being monitored, you are all suspects, anyone who defies
the wishes of the state and their proxy hidden in plain sight ruling overlords the Zionist ―Jew‖ sector is immediately
placed on ―the list.‖
Gee whiz, did you know that America now has over ONE MILLION people listed and classified as ―terrorists‖ in
their Terrorist Watch List…? Gee, I had no clue our country was overflowing jammed full of so many evil sinister
terrorists! Warning to all you ―terrorists‖ out there: soon your day will come when you are all rounded up and sent to
concentration camps you bunch of evil ―TERRORISTS‖!....
The Terrorist Watch List was up 32% since 2007 as more and more peaceful protesters and activists are dutifully added
to the list among the ranks of other ―evil sinister terrorists‖ that are found on a daily basis such as the guy caught
SPEEDING, and that teacher that was outspoken about the truth about the system and was later arrested, that grandma
that was standing in front of a government building protesting, etc., etc…
GLADIO, HOW WE TERRORIZE OURSELVES

GLADIO, HOW AMERICA AND NATO INVENTED TERRORISM
―NOT ONE TERRORIST IN A HUNDRED….A THOUSAND…..IS REAL‖
By Gordon Duff STAFF WRITER/Senior Editor
(EDITOR‘S NOTE: Wikipedia‘s report on Operation Gladio is reproduced here.

This is a threatened document, an important part of our history. Help preserve it.)
How many Americans have heard of Operation Gladio? Many ask, how could simple
Arabs or even Israel, put together an organization capable of 9/11? If, as 78% of
Australians indicate, in a recent Herald Sun poll, America planned 9/11 herself, how
did a democracy lose its way? How did America‘s intelligence and defense groups
become terrorists? When did it happen and why? The answer isn‘t simple, it started decades ago, when the world
was at the edge of obliteration and two systems, or what we then believed were systems, fought for the hearts and
minds of the world.
Today, all that sounds childish. A mature look at the Cold War looks more like two rats fighting over a corpse.
Then, however, some saw it as ―light and dark,‖ clear as that. Many believed the Soviet Union would drive its
tanks through Europe like a knife through hot butter. To fight this ―eventuality,‖ NATO built a terrorist
organization of massive proportions. The remaining cells of Operation Gladio, one of the greatest disasters of
military ignorance in history, are busy today.
We call some of them ―Al Qaeda.‖
Operation Gladio is the heart of world terrorism, alive and well, and built by NATO, built by the United States and
used against America and the world. Gladio, created to save us from communism, quickly became a terrorist
organization itself, murdering political leaders, rigging elections, terror attacks to blame on one group or another.
The ―medicine‖ became the disease. It is now killing us.
WHERE THE DAMAGE HAS LEFT US, LESS FREE, MAYBE NOT FREE, NOT INDEPENDENT AT
ALL
This week, in light of failing relations with Israel over unresolved ―Bush era‖ issues, 9/11, Israel‘s role in
manipulating America into two illegal wars and the despicable propaganda campaign they have run against the
United States in her own press, something unheard of happened. Israeli Prime Minister Netanyahu met with GOP
leaders, extracting a promise that they would agree to work with Israel against the interests of the United States.
Yes, we said ―against.‖ America has no treaties with Israel, no Israeli troops support us but Israel has been caught,
time after time, spying on the US, bribing public officials and military leaders and worse, working to keep
America under attack.
They are either the worst friend imaginable or something else. Many are coming to realize that America has been
occupied by Israel. When Netanyahu met with his Republicans it was because President Obama, much like Karzai
in Afghanistan, is simply getting sick of them as Karzai is sick of the American occupation of Afghanistan. There
is a reason that dual citizens control Homeland Security, the FBI, the State Department and Department of
Defense. Oh, you didn‘t know that most of the key officials of those organizations are Israeli citizens? The news
didn‘t tell you? Well, in an occupied country, the ―occupier‖ controls the news.
THOSE WHO CLAIM TO SAVE US TURN OUT TO BE THE THREAT ITSELF
These organizations are controlled so that any resistance will be crushed immediately. I am not one to talk about
FEMA camps and black helicopters but Jesse Ventura seems to be right. Our most recent proof is the Yemen
bomb scam. No bombs were found. There is no Al Qaeda in Yemen, in fact there is no Al Qaeda, no matter how
much you hear the word, which means, of course, ―toilet.‖ Former Homeland Security director, Chertoff, (Israeli)
is raking in millions selling scanners which, other than being another humiliation, may well be dangerous.
When is the last time you heard of a bomb being found by TSA (Transportation Security Administration) officers?
The last time a bomb came into the US, the ―terrorist‖ was personally seated on the plane by an airport security
official working for an Israeli company. He was walked around inspections. Why search anyone at all under
circumstances like that? The same company manages most of America‘s airports too. Have we lost our minds
here? We know who the real terrorists are, they are the people we hire to run our security. Didn‘t read that in the
papers? Problem living in an occupied country?
BRITAIN AND THE MURDER OF DAVID KELLY
Today, if you read the Daily Mail, the Thames Valley Constabulary, after several years, has decided to open a
murder inquiry on the ―suicide‖ of Dr. David Kelly, the expert who told Prime Minister Tony Blair that Iraq had
no weapons of mass destruction. For years, ―backchannel‖ chatter has been that Kelly‘s murder was ordered at the
highest levels of government, not just Britain but America as well. More importantly, Kelly was personally
involved in the Israeli/South African nuclear program and its dismantlement.
He was also the signatory for the 3 nuclear weapons that disappeared and he knew Saddam didn‘t have them.
The real reason for the attack on Iraq in 2003 was nuclear weapons the ―45 minute‖ nukes, the ―ambulance‖
nukes, that we claimed Saddam had. Kelly knew better, he arranged for their shipment to Oman and knew
British politicians were paid millions to ―look the other way‖ when these bombs disappeared.
Kelly‘s murder is one of the thousands of war crimes tied to the phony war on terror. Every tape released,
featuring long dead Osama bin Laden is a war crime as are the very suspicious bombings in Pakistan, the very
suspicious Mumbai attack and the 7/7 ―incident‖ in Britain that the ―organs of state security‖ are working so hard
to cover up to this day. In fact, there is a long history of bombings, Madrid, further back, Berlin or those in Italy
during the 80s. All are easily tied to intelligence agencies and, frankly, have been by newspapers, politicians.
Here at home, it was more than CIA agent Valerie Plame who was attacked. A good friend and former UN
Ambassador, a Middle East briefer for President‘s Reagan and Bush/Bush, did the same thing as Kelly. He went
to President Bush and revealed that the intelligence that was being presented was false. He wasn‘t killed. Instead
he was arrested, charged with dozens of fanciful counts of working for terrorist organizations. This was a
warning. If they would go after one of President Reagan‘s closest advisors and friends, a strong pro-Zionist and
neo-con, anyone could be ―gotten rid of.‖
Anyone who thinks people weren‘t ―gotten rid of‖ isn‘t paying attention.
GLADIO, THE LIVING PROOF THERE IS NO AL QAEDA, NO WAR ON TERROR
In order to fight communism, NATO organized, though its intelligence agencies, terrorist capabilities in case
Western Europe would fall to the communists. Hundreds of millions were spent to set up, in every country of
Europe, terrorist organizations, bomb making factories in basements, underground organizations, terror cells. This
was done under what was called Operation Gladio. These terror organizations were used, from time to time, to
simulate threats. They kidnapped officials, blew up trains and cafe‘s, they became a real terrorist threat.
The newspapers don‘t like reporting this but it is, not only true but extremely well documented. As Wikipedia has
now come under threat, the extensive section of GLADIO will be reproduced in this article. It should be saved.
Nearly everything we claim the PLO and other organizations were responsible for, including and especially Al
Qaeda, has been the work of the GLADIO ―stay behind‖ networks which were never totally broken up after the
Cold War. GLADIO is Al Qaeda.
Everything that is claimed to be Osama bin Laden and the imaginary Taliban training camps, people who have
trouble keeping camels alive, was financed by NATO as part of the Cold War and left to take on a life of itself,
morphing into a terrorist capability that no one wants to give up, no matter what kind of threat it is capable of.
The long shadow of GLADIO now fuels an industry that has started two wars, controls the world‘s opium supplies
and has allowed the United States to occupy the Middle East as a ―protectorate.‖ At the same time, however, the
United States itself, though its love affair with treason, terrorism and spying, has, itself, become the real victim of
the invisible networks it spent so many millions to build.
So here we are, the Bush & Co. establishment has been working in overdrive for 8 years instilling FEAR of the
bogeymen terrorists in all our hearts and minds, now the Obama & Co administration picked up the torch and continue
the march forward. Soon the day will come when ―al-CIAda‖ strikes again in our country to make sure once and for all
that we are all gripped in total FEAR, corralled into our holding pens we shall relinquish what little rights we have left.
This new millennium ushered in the era of the "terrorist", the new common enemy, "Islamo-fascism" and "totalitarian
Islamic empire" are the new Zionist engineered fear buzz words.
Our invasions in the middle east has been PIVITOL in transforming a rag tag couple hundred "terrorists" into
thousands and thousands of REAL pissed off "terrorists", they have made sure of that, for we have been in the middle
east stirring up those hornets nests for decades.
The Truth About Terrorism - video
Americans have been trained well in how to suspend belief, the mind numbness of countless hours absorbing mindless
TV programming, drinking heavily Fluoridated water, the mercury in vaccine shots, the conditioning since childhood
of being told what to do by authority figures, or whatever it is that has caused the citizens of this once great nation to
become docile zombies accepting the most ridiculous fairy tales as gospel. I can't say what or how the elite rulers
pulled it off, I just see it all around me here and now, stop and listen to the chants rebounding off the walls:
By Isabelle Duerme- AHN News Writer, Washington, D.C. - In a recent

address held at the Heritage Foundation, U.S. President George W.
Bush insisted that people need to take the words of the terrorists
seriously, and not listen to the demands and the protests of blog
writers.
The president urged that the words spoken by terrorists must be taken
seriously, as there can be no room for leniency in a time of terrorist
activity.
Quoted from the live broadcast, Mr. Bush continued to say that the
nation must spend more time listening to the messages and threats of
Osama bin Laden, and "less time responding to the demands of
MoveOn.org bloggers and Code Pink protesters."
Mr. Bush said that the terrorists aim to establish a totalitarian Islamic
empire, and that they move along the belief of refusing compromise or
dialogue with "infidels" , with Bush saying that the U.S. has been
included in that list.
Likening the threats of bin Laden to the warnings sent out by historic figures such as Lenin and Hitler, Mr.
Bush said that unlike how the public responded to the mentioned leaders, ―the people must listen to bin
Laden.‖!!!!
"Some in Congress are behaving as if America is not at war," MSNBC quoted the president. "In a time of war, it
is vital for the president to have a full national security team in place."
Mr. Bush also called for Congress to turn more of their time towards funding plans for the war in Iraq, and
less time planning for other causes such as children's health care - something for which he accused Congress
of overspending.
Again stating that "we will fight [the terrorists] overseas so we do not have to fight them here at home,"
President Bush said that the only way to defeat terrorism is to "advance freedom as the alternative to
radicalism."
OMG! How stupid and gullible are the masses who believe this obvious bullshit? The above article grabbed my
attention because it so eloquently points out several key factors, first of all, again Bush is telling the cattle citizenry not
to pay any mind to the FACTS and truthers such as moveon.org, BUT TO INSTEAD LISTEN TO ―BIN
LADEN‖!!! Hopefully some of you are in the ―awake‖ 30% club that realizes the "Bin Laden Tapes" are nothing more
than just a bunch of CIA/Mossad production bullshit videos. Bin Laden NEVER made ANY of those tapes, those tapes
are OFFICIAL PROPAGANDA RELEASES FROM OUR OWN GOVERNMENT to continue the charade and foster
FEAR in the hearts and minds of the cattle, so that they can proceed with their real new world order agenda. The
DEAD Osama Bin Laden MUST be "kept alive by the state" using old re-mixed sound and video clips, Hollywood FX,
whatever means necessary, otherwise they lose their number one boogeyman.
The best case scenario would be the possibility that the U.S. intelligence
agencies are just a bunch of jack ass incompetent idiots with their thumbs stuck
up their asses and are receiving video productions made by the Israeli Mossad
purporting to be from Osama, and actually falling for the obvious batshit insane
bogus videos. I find that scenario pretty hard to swallow.
So next time you hear of any mix tape "from Bin Laden" hit the street corner,
you can bet the farm that those talking points are coming directly from the
Skunk Labs of powers that be within our shadow government, never forget this.
For the people who are producing these FAKE videos are the SAME ones
that brought us 9/11... who also brought us the bullshit lie war in Iraq... who
are now banging the war drums on Iran... and other Arab countries to
follow… These are the people who are perpetrating the fraud of the millennium
in their quest to bring on Armageddon, pushing forward their un-holy new world
order agenda.
Missing Links - Video
So the powers that be want you all to take the (dead) ―Bin Laden‘s‖ words seriously, but have you not ever wondered
why we have not once since what? 2003? heard a word from our government about their efforts or plans to capture Bin
Laden? They OFFICIALLY stopped searching for him over 7+ years ago, and instead speak of ―getting al-CIAda.‖ He
is dead as a doornail in someone‘s freezer waiting to be thawed out when the time is right.
Benazir Bhutto was assassinated not because people ―hated or feared‖ her, that was the just another cover story. The
real reason she was assassinated was because she did not know how to keep her mouth shut and go along with the
program. She started appearing on national TV networks explaining that Bin Laden was IN FACT DEAD (along with
details and names). Mind you this was a highly respected women who people looked up to and was very credible. Thus
her campaign of exposing the fact that Amerika‘s main boogeyman was dead could potentially ruin all their well laid
plans. Benazir Bhutto paid the ultimate price for stating that ―the US imperial policy of propping up tin horn dictators
causes world terrorism.‖ She dared to say so. Condemning what she called "A False Choice for Pakistan", the late
Benazir Bhutto laid "terrorism" at the White House doorstep, blaming US policies for causing, fueling and inspiring
what US regimes call "terrorism". She was targeted for assassination and promptly taken out by your friendly
neighborhood Mossad/CIA agents.
FYI: BIN LADEN IS DEAD, DEAD, DEAD, DEAD AS A DOORNAIL. You must get that FACT through your thick
skulls! THE WORLD HAS NOT SEEN ONE SINGLE UNDOCTORED VIDEO OF A LIVE WALKING AND
TALKING BIN LADEN SINCE 2002. EACH AND EVERY SINGLE AUDIO/VIDEO TAPE CIRCULATED
PUPORTEDLY FROM BIN LADEN HAS BEEN A MOSSAD/CIA PRODUCTION USING HIS VOICE FROM
STOCK FOOTAGE. THAT IS WHY YOU NEVER, NEVER, NEVER SEE HIM IN A VIDEO MOVING AROUND
LIKE a NORMAL LIVING PERSON. THEY CAN NOT FAKE A VIDEO WITHOUT IT LOOKING
PATHETICALLY STUPID AS THEY HAVE TRIED. THEY NEED TO KEEP THE MYTH OF THE MASTER
BOOGEYMAN ALIVE TO INSTIL FEAR IN YOUR SHEEPLE LIVES!!!
I apologize for the cap locks, but I just heard a new audio tape (with a still picture of the boogeyman in the
background) being played on EVERY national TV channel from the DEAD Bin Laden and the idiot news anchor then
comes out and says ―there you have it, this proves once and for all the Bin Laden is still alive‖….
AAAARRRGGHHHH!!!!!!!!! Freaking sold out brain dead morons, all of them!
Public Enemy #1: Behold: The Dead Boogeyman who bringeth fear:
Behold: Mr. Mossad Bin Laden
General Leonid Ivashov, who was Chief of Staff of the Russian armed forces when the Twin Towers tragedy
happened on 911, insists that there is no such thing as international terrorism and that the:
―September 11 attacks were the result of a set-up. What we are seeing is a manipulation
by the big powers; this terrorism would not exist without them.‖
Globalization creates conditions for the emergence of this terror. It seeks to design new world geo-strategic map;
appropriate the resources of the planet; erase cultural identities; and subjugate States before a global oligarchy. Thus,
terrorism, according to Gen. Ivashov, is an instrument ―a means to install a unipolar world with a sole world
headquarters, a pretext to erase national borders and to establish the rule of a new world elite. It is precisely this elite
that constitutes the key element of world terrorism, its ideologists and its ‗godfather‘.‖ of world politics, ―
Lets continue to study and dissect the bogeymen the Zionists and our government places in the mainstream as it tries to
sell us the concept of the horrible evil killers that seek to invade our country who intend on taking over our country to
"establish a totalitarian Islamofascist empire". I don't have to make this stuff up, It all comes out of Washington.
These are the premises they are using to clamp down on our liberties, destroying our freedom, constitution, bill of
rights and so forth, setting up a massive Orwellian surveillance network and police state "to protect us" within our
country, while they go "fight them over there", destroying their lands and culture. Leaving them all desolate with
basically NOTHING left but pain and suffering. Then our fearless leaders say ―How dare they retaliate against our
INVASION & occupation forces with crude IEDs? Attack! Wage war on those evil terrorists!‖
Osama bin Elvis

By Angelo M. Codevilla from the March 2009 issue of The American Spectator
All the evidence suggests Elvis Presley is more alive today than Osama bin Laden. But tell that to the CIA and all
the other misconceptualizers of the War on Terror.
Seven years after Osama bin Laden's last verifiable appearance among the living, there is more evidence for Elvis's
presence among us than for his. Hence there is reason to ask whether the paradigm of Osama bin Laden as
terrorism's deus ex machina and of al Qaeda as the prototype of terrorism may be an artifact of our Best and
Brightest's imagination, and whether investment in this paradigm has kept our national security establishment from
thinking seriously about our troubles' sources. So let us take a fresh look at the fundamentals.
Dead or Alive?
Negative evidence alone compels the conclusion that Osama is long since dead. Since October 2001, when Al
Jazeera's Tayseer Alouni interviewed him, no reputable person reports having seen him—not even after multiple-
blind journeys through intermediaries. The audio and video tapes alleged to be Osama's never convinced impartial
observers. The guy just does not look like Osama. Some videos show him with a Semitic aquiline nose, while others
show him with a shorter, broader one. Next to that, differences between colors and styles of beard are small stuff.
Nor does the tapes' Osama sound like Osama. In 2007 Switzerland's Dalle Molle Institute for Artificial Intelligence,
which does computer voice recognition for bank security, compared the voices on 15 undisputed recordings of
Osama with the voices on 15 subsequent ones attributed to Osama, to which they added two by native Arab
speakers who had trained to imitate him and were reading his writings. All of the purported Osama recordings
(with one falling into a gray area) differed clearly from one another as well as from the genuine ones. By
contrast, the CIA found all the recordings authentic. It is hard to imagine what methodology might support this
conclusion.
Also in 2007, Professor Bruce Lawrence, who heads Duke University's religious studies program, argued in a book
on Osama's messages that their increasingly secular language is inconsistent with Osama's Wahhabism.
Lawrence noted as well that the Osama figure in the December 2001 video, which many have taken as his
assumption of responsibility for 9/11, wears golden rings—decidedly un-Wahhabi. He also writes with the
wrong hand. Lawrence concluded that the messages are fakes, and not very good ones. The CIA has judged them
all good.
Above all, whereas Elvis impersonators at least sing the King's signature song, "You ain't nutin' but a hound dawg,"
the words on the Osama tapes differ substantively from what the real Osama used to say—especially about the
most important matter. On September 16, 2001, on Al Jazeera, Osama said of 9/11: "I stress that I have not
carried out this act, which appears to have been carried out by individuals with their own motivation."
Again, in the October interview with Tayseer Alouni, he limited his connection with 9/11 to ideology: "If they
mean, or if you mean, that there is a link as a result of our incitement, then it is true. We incite…" But in the so-
called "confession video" that the CIA found in December, the Osama figure acts like the chief conspirator. The fact
that the video had been made for no self-evident purpose except perhaps to be found by the Americans should have
raised suspicion. Its substance, the celebratory affirmation of a responsibility for 9/11 that Osama had denied,
should also have weighed against the video's authenticity. Why would he wait to indict himself until after U.S.
forces and allies had secured Afghanistan? But the CIA acted as if it had caught Osama red-handed.
The CIA should also have taken seriously the accounts of Osama's death. On December 26, 2001, Fox News
interviewed a Taliban source who claimed that he had attended Osama's funeral, along with some 30
associates. The cause of death, he said, had been pulmonary infection. The New York Times on July 11, 2002,
reported the consensus of a story widespread in Pakistan that Osama had succumbed the previous year to his long-
standing nephritis. Then, Benazir Bhutto—as well connected as anyone with sources of information on the Afghan-
Pakistani border—mentioned casually in a BBC interview that Osama had been murdered by his associates. Murder
is as likely as natural death. Osama's deputy, Ayman al-Zawahiri, is said to have murdered his own predecessor,
Abdullah Azzam, Osama's original mentor. Also, because Osama's capture by the Americans would have
endangered everyone with whom he had ever associated, any and all intelligence services who had ever worked
with him had an interest in his death.
New Osama, Real Osama
We do not know what happened to Osama. But whatever happened, the original one, the guy who looked and
sounded like a spoiled Saudi kid turned ideologue, is no more. The one who exists in the tapes is different: he
is the world's terror master, endowed with inexplicable influence. In short, whoever is making the post-
November 2001 Osama tapes is pretending to far greater power than Osama ever claimed, much less
exercised.
The real Osama bin Laden, like the real al Qaeda over which he presided, was never as important as reports from
Arab (especially Saudi) intelligence services led the CIA to believe. Osama's (late) role in Afghanistan's anti-Soviet
resistance was to bring in a little money. Arab fighters in general, and particularly the few Osama brought, fought
rarely and badly. In war, one Afghan is worth many Arabs. In 1990 Osama told Saudi regent Abdullah that his
mujahideen could stop Saddam's invasion of the kingdom. When Abdullah waved him away in favor of a half-
million U.S. troops, Osama turned dissident, enough to have to move to Sudan, where he stayed until 1996 hatching
sterile anti-Saudi plots until forced to move his forlorn band to Afghanistan.
There is a good reason why neither Osama nor al Qaeda appeared on U.S. intelligence screens until 1998. They had
done nothing noteworthy. Since the 1998 bombings of U.S. embassies in Africa, however, and especially after
director of Central Intelligence George Tenet imputed responsibility for 9/11 to Osama "game, set, and match," the
CIA described him as terrorism's prime mover. It refused to countenance the possibility that Osama's associates
might have been using him and his organization as a flag of convenience. As U.S. forces were taking over
Afghanistan in 2001, the CIA was telling Time and Newsweek that it expected to find the high-tech headquarters
from which Osama controlled terrorist activities in 50 countries. None existed. In November 2008, without factual
basis and contrary to reason, the CIA continued to describe him and his organization as "the most clear and present
danger to the United States." It did not try to explain how this could be while, it said, Osama is "largely isolated
from the day to day operations of the organization he nominally heads." What organization?
Axiom and Opposite
Why such a focus on an organization that was never large, most of whose known associates have long since been
killed or captured, and whose assets the CIA does not even try to catalogue? The CIA's official explanation, that al
Qaeda has "metastasized" by spreading its expertise, is an empty metaphor. But pursuant to it, the U.S. government
accepted the self-designation as "al Qaeda" of persons fighting for Sunni-Baathist interests in Iraq, and has pinned
the label gratuitously on sundry high-profile terrorists while acknowledging that their connection to Osama and Co.
may be emotional at most. But why such gymnastics in the face of Osama's incontrovertible irrelevance?
Because focusing on Osama and al Qaeda affirms a CIA axiom dating from the Cold War, an axiom challenged
during the Reagan years but that has been U.S. policy since 1993, namely: terrorism is the work of "rogue
individuals and groups" that operate despite state authority. According to this axiom, the likes of Osama run rings
around the intelligence services of Arab states—just like the Cold War terrorists who came through Eastern Europe
to bomb in Germany and Italy and to shoot Pope John Paul II supposedly acted despite Bulgarian intelligence,
despite East Germany's Stasi, despite the KGB. This axiom is dear to many in the U.S. government because it leads
logically to working with the countries whence terrorists come rather than to treating them as enemies.
But what if terrorism were (as Thomas Friedman put it) "what states want to happen or let happen"? What
if, in the real world, infiltrators from intelligence services—the professionals—use the amateur terrorists rather
than the other way around? What is the logical consequence of noting the fact that the terrorist groups that make a
difference on planet Earth—such as Hamas and Hezbollah, the PLO, Colombia's FARC—are extensions of,
respectively, Iran, Saudi Arabia and Egypt, and Venezuela? It is the negation of the U.S. government's favorite
axiom. It means that when George W. Bush spoke, and when Barack Obama speaks, of America being "at war"
against "extremism" or "extremists" they are either being stupid or acting stupid to avoid dealing with the nasty fact
that many governments wage indirect warfare.
In short, insisting on Osama's supposed mastery of al Qaeda, and on equating terrorism with al Qaeda, is
official U.S. policy because it forecloses questions about the role of states, and makes it possible to indict as
warmongers whoever raises such questions. Osama's de facto irrelevance for seven years, however, has
undermined that policy's intellectual legitimacy. How much longer can presidents or directors of the CIA wave
the spectra of Osama and al Qaeda before people laugh at them?
An Intellectual House of Cards
Questioning osama's relevance to today's terrorism leads naturally to asking how relevant he ever was, and who
might be more relevant. That in turn quickly shows how flimsy are the factual foundations on which rest the U.S.
government's axioms about the "war on terror." Consider: We know that Khalid Sheikh Mohammed (KSM) planned
and carried out 9/11. But there is no independent support for KSM's claim that he acted at Osama's direction and
under his supervision. On the contrary, we know for sure that the expertise and the financing for 9/11 came from
KSM's own group (the U.S. government has accepted but to my knowledge not verified that the group's core is a
biological family of Baluchs). This group carried out the 1998 bombings of U.S. embassies in Africa and every
other act for which al Qaeda became known. The KSM group included the perpetrators of the 1993 World Trade
Center bombings Abdul Rahman Yasin, who came from, returned to, and vanished in Iraq, as well as Ramzi
Yousef, the mastermind of that bombing, who came to the U.S. from Iraq on an Iraqi passport and was known to his
New York collaborators as "Rashid the Iraqi." This group had planned the bombing of U.S. airliners over the Pacific
in 1995. The core members are non-Arabs. They had no history of religiosity (and the religiosity they now display
is unconvincing). They were not creatures of Osama. Only in 1996 did the group come to Osama's no-account band,
and make it count.
In life, as in math, you must judge the function |of a factor in any equation by factoring it out and seeing if the
equation still works. Factor out Osama. Chances are, 9/11 still happens. Factor out al Qaeda too. Maybe 9/11 still
happens. The other bombing plots sure happened without it. But if you factor out the KSM [Mossad/CIA/Mi6 front]
group, surely there is no 9/11, and without the KSM group, there is no way al Qaeda would have become a
household word.
Who, precisely, are KSM and his reputed nephews? That is an interesting question to which we do not know the
answer, and are not about to find out. Ramzi Yousef was sentenced to life imprisonment for the 1993 World Trade
Center bombing after a trial that focused on his guilt and that abstracted from his associations. Were our military
tribunal to accede to KSM's plea of guilty, he would avoid any trial at all. Moreover, the sort of trial that would take
place before the tribunal would focus on proving guilt rather than on getting at the whole truth. It would not feature
the cross-examination of witnesses, the substantive proving and impeachment of evidence, and the exploration of
alternative explanations of events. But real trials try all sides. Do we need such things given that KSM confessed?
Yes. There is no excuse for confusing confessions with truth, especially confessions in which the prisoners
confirm our agencies' prejudices.
The excuse for limiting the public scrutiny of evidence is the alleged need to protect intelligence sources. But my
experience, as well as that of others who have been in a position to probe such claims, is that almost invariably they
protect our intelligence agencies' incompetence and bureaucratic interests. Anyhow, the public's interest in
understanding what it's up against should override all others.
Understanding the Past, Dealing With the Future
Focusing on Osama bin Elvis is dangerous to America's security precisely because it continues to substitute in our
collective mind the soft myth that terrorism is the work of romantic rogues for the hard reality that it can happen
only because certain states want it to happen or let it happen. KSM and company may not have started their careers
as agents of Iraqi intelligence, or they may have quit the Iraqis and worked for others, or maybe they just worked
for themselves. But surely they were a body unto themselves. As such they fit Osama's description of those
responsible for 9/11 as "individuals with their own motivation" far better than they fit the CIA's description of them
as Osama's tools.
More important, focusing on Osama and al Qaeda distorts our understanding of what is happening in Afghanistan.
The latter-day Taliban are fielding forces better paid and armed than any in the region except America's. Does
anyone suggest seriously that Osama or al-Zawahiri are providing the equipment, the money, or the moral
incentives? Such amounts of money can come only from the super wealthy of Saudi Arabia and the Gulf [or
CIA/Mosssad/Mi6]. The equipment can come only through dealers who work at the sufferance of states, and can
reach the front only through Pakistan by leave of Pakistani authorities. Moreover, the moral incentives for large-
scale fighting in Pushtunistan can come only as part of the politics of Pushtun identity. Hence sending troops to
Afghanistan to fight Pushtuns financed by Saudis, supported by Pakistanis, and disposing of equipment purchased
throughout the world, with the objective of "building an Afghan nation" capable of preventing Osama and al Qaeda
from messing up the world from their mountain caves, is an errand built on intellectual self-indulgence.
Intellectual Authority
The CIA had as much basis for deeming Osama the world's terror master "game, set, and match" in 2001 as it had in
2003 for verifying as a "slam dunk" the presence of weapons of mass destruction in Iraq, and as it had in 2007 for
determining that Iran had stopped its nuclear weapons program. Mutatis mutandis, it was on such bases that the CIA
determined in 1962 that the Soviets would not put missiles in Cuba; that the CIA was certain from 1963 to 1978 that
the USSR would not build the first strike missile force that it was building before its very eyes; that the CIA
convinced Bush 41 that the Soviet Union was not falling apart and that he should help hold it together; that the CIA
assured the U.S. government in 1990 that Iraq would not invade Kuwait, and in 1996 that neither India nor Pakistan
would test nuclear weapons. In these and countless other instances, the CIA has provided the US government
and the media with authoritative bases for denying realities over which America was tripping.
The force of the CIA's judgments, its authority, has always come from the congruence between its prejudices and
those of America's ruling class. When you tell people what they want to hear, you don't have to be too careful about
premises, facts, and conclusions. Our problem, in short, is not the CIA's mentality so much as the unwillingness of
persons in government and the "attentive public" to exercise intellectual due diligence about international affairs.
Osama bin Laden's role may be as good a place as any to start.
"Look at those evil terrorists, al-CIAda has even supposedly converting Americans! They weave a powerful spell on
unsuspecting people". The case is being made before your very eyes to plant the seed that evil "terrorists" are
everywhere around us. This effort grew with the introduction of Adam Perlman, aka "Danny the Jew," the grandson of
Anti-Defamation League board member Dr. Carl Pearlman with whom Adam was raised by! Today he is currently
going by the name of Adam Gadahn to hide is JEWISH roots, the "American al-CIAda" guy who is in reality none
other than a low level CIA/Mossad shill operative PLAYING THE ROLE of some idiotic American JEW that
somehow just showed up at Bin Laden's cave gained his unending trust overnight and is now his official
representative….. LMAO!!!!!
The idiotic notion that Danny the Jew supposedly gained the Muslim world's un-ending trust to become one of their top
representatives only in this hemisphere does that bullshit even hold for ask any Muslim and they will tell you he is
nothing and nobody, none of them have heard or seen him, but that doesn‘t matter so long as the western MEDIA
portrays him as their spokesman the truth be damned.
He has allegedly gained such high stature in Bin Laden's criminal al-CIAda terrorist network that Bin Laden refuses to
do current live video tapings, instead allowing this AMERICAN JEW to REPRESENT ALL OF ISLAM and pass on
their messages... yeah right, if you believe that bullshit they are feeding you, I am selling the Brooklyn bridge, do you
want to buy it? Oh, you did not know that Adam is JEWISH? Yes, there be pure Zionist Jew blood running through his
veins, probably the first Jew to supposedly convert to Islam in the history of mankind? Never forget: ―by way of
deception they shall wage war‖ e.g. allow me to introduce you to:
"Danny the Jew" = al-CIAda's (Mossad/CIA agent) imaginary new “official representative”: LOL!
Fake Al Qaeda Actors EXPOSED! Adam Gadahn & Yousef al-Khattab - video
Mossad/CIA Secret agent Adam the Jew who‘s black op mission is posing as al-CIAda‘s official representative,
recently got caught in a Pakistan raid. This is where the clusterfucks begin to unravel and the cat is out of the bag.
You see, since he is a secret agent working for Mossad/CIA and their al-CIAda boogeyman unit, they need to have
him immediately released and will provide some bullshit story for letting him go… Breaking News:
Yahoo! News…
―…A name very close to that is listed on the FBI's Web site as an alias for Adam Gadahn, the 31-year-old
spokesman who has appeared in several videos threatening the West since 2001. The resemblance
created confusion among officials Sunday, leading them to believe that the suspect was Gadahn, an army
officer and a senior intelligence officer said.
"The resemblance of the name initially caused confusion but now they have concluded he is not Gadahn,"
said an intelligence officer, who like all Pakistani intelligence agents does not allow his name to be used.
"He feels proud to be a member of al-Qaida."
U.S. Embassy spokesman Rick Snelsire said the embassy had not been informed of any American being
arrested.
On Sunday, two intelligence officers and a senior government official identified the detained man as
Gadahn and said he was arrested in recent days. They too spoke on condition of anonymity. The
government official said his name could not be used because of the sensitivity of the information. None of
those officials were available for comment Monday.
U.S. defense, intelligence and law enforcement officials could not verify Sunday that Gadahn was the one
detained...‖
LOL! Mind you that everyone involved will only admit the truth under the condition of anonymity. Let‘s get this
straight. His name is very similar to one of Adams many aliases, golly gee. And he looks exactly like the secret
agent Adam, and he got picked up in a terrorist raid. Wow, golly gee whiz! what are the odds of that? Duh! But
since he is a paid Mossad/CIA FIELD OPERATIVE our intelligence agency says ― do not interrogate him, nope,
it‘s not him, let him go immediately‖ that‘s that, nothing to see here folks, end of story, now everyone go back to
grazing in the fields! Sleep… sleep… But be afraid of the evil al-CIAda boogeyman!
The fairy tale gets better folks, you see, more and more people and instances are arising out of the woodworks that are
continually painting a picture of "homegrown American terrorism" on the scene, thus laying the seeds for the future
imprisonment of all "American terrorists", such as peaceful ACTIVISTS, protesters, government dissenters and all
who dare question and oppose the rulers in Washington.
There are no evil terrorist boggeymen stirring up fear recently so guese who shows up for duty at Mossad/CIA video
production studios? Recently the JEWISH…. The ACTOR, so called ―American al-CIAda‖ guy reappeared in a video
that was (as all the boggeymen videos are) yet again as all videos are, allegedly delivered to the Israeli Mossad front
called SITE. Isn‘t it wonderful of those evil terrorists to be so nice as to always send the first and only copy of their
alleged productions to an Israeli intelligence front group? Unlike the dead Mossad Bin Laden who they have rise for
the occasion when ever they need him, this guy looks very much alive in the video though. Guese what his script has
him saying this time:
American al-Qaida spokesman urges attacks in US

October 23, 2010 - 6:05pm
This image from video provided by the SITE Intelligence Group shows Adam Gadahn as he appeared on a video
released on militant websites on Oct. 23, 2010. The U.S.-born spokesman for al-Qaida on Saturday urged Muslims
living in the United States and Europe to carry out attacks there, calling it a duty and an obligation. (AP
Photo/SITE Intelligence Group) MANDATORY CREDIT: SITE INTELLIGENCE GROUP; ON-SCREEN
LOGO MUST NOT BE OBSCURED; NO SALES
CAIRO (AP) - A U.S.-born spokesman for al-Qaida on Saturday urged

Muslims living in the United States and Europe to carry out attacks there,
calling it a duty and an obligation. In a 48-minute video posted on
militant websites, Adam Gadahn directed his appeal to Muslim
immigrants in what he called the "miserable suburbs" of Paris, London
and Detroit, as well as those traveling to the West to study or work.
"It is the duty of everyone who is sincere in his desire to defend Islam and Muslims today, to take the initiative to
perform the individual obligation of jihad ... by striking the Zio-Crusader interests," he said, referring to Western
and Jewish interests.
Gadahn, who has been hunted by the FBI since 2004, also sought to discredit attempts by moderate Muslim leaders
to suppress the "jihadi awakening."
He spoke in Arabic in the video, which was made available by the U.S.-based SITE Intelligence Group, which
monitors extremist activity.
Gadahn grew up on a farm in California and converted to Islam before moving to Pakistan in 1998 and reportedly
attending an al-Qaida training camp.
Dawud Walid, executive director of the Council on American-Islamic Relations' Michigan chapter, called
Gadahn's video "a desperate plea for attention" that will be ignored in the Detroit area _ home to one of the largest
Muslim communities in the U.S.
"I see little to no chance of such sentiment taking root in metropolitan Detroit. ... We're not a group of people who
feel powerless," Walid said.
"If any Muslim community has grown in civic engagement and empowerment, it would be this community. He
invoked the wrong population to try and stir up."
(Copyright 2010 The Associated Press. All rights reserved.)
So let me sum this up for those who are a little slow: The Jew, false flag black op operative Mossad field agent Adam
Perlman‘s secret undercover mission has been to help sustain the Mossad/CIA/Mi6 illusion of a major organized evil
terrorist network that is out to kill us all for our freedoms. There are ZERO
real terrorist out there making these type of videos and or statements so the
Mossad/CIA make them up for them so that they can instill the fear into the
public‘s minds and hearts thus be able to have the pretext to continue their
draconian operations here in the states and abroad. Everything is working
according to their sinister intelligence plans.
Note the Perlman photo on the right, how the fear mongers placed a picture
of the towers on fire as to remind the gullible goyim of who the must fear.
The warning I give you though is this: As surely as the false flag op that was
9/11 was conducted with military precision (including the aftermath information psyop) the Luciferian rulers
slaughtered thousands of our citizens establishing the massive unchallenged trigger pretext to get their plans into
action… They ARE going to do it again… this time they will proceed with greater experience and knowledge of what
works and what doesn‘t in fooling the public… I will not rule out the fact that this satanic cabal will even resort to
utilizing a nuclear device(s) or massive Biological weapon attack to instill unimaginable harm and FEAR into the
gullible masses hearts and minds… and when they do so, everything goes, no rules, laws or Constitution will hold
them back from doing whatever they so choose, they will have a free reign to do as they wish with little or no
opposition, for the tragedy they will inflict on the public will be so huge that no one would ever believe that our most
wonderful benevolent leaders could EVER resort to such evil.
They are even implementing draconian measures all around rural agricultural America to fight, get this,
―Bioterrorism‖, I kid you not. Control of you food supplies must be relinquished to the mega conglomerates such as
Monsanto, thus you witness the state cracking down on poor innocent farmers (who are producing natural un-modified
undamaged healthy food) with the new bullshit terrorists in the farm ruse.
The overlords are busy integrating the evil terrorist bogeyman into every sector of our lives as the premise to cover
their tracks and pretext to conduct the previously never allowed. Even the masterfully engineered ―financial 9/11‖
economic collapse by our bankster rulers is being tied to the al-CIAda boogeyman! The link listed written by crypto
Jew Marc A. Thiessen is a perfect example of PentaCON/Whitehouse propaganda, oh, wait a minute, the guy who
wrote that bullshit piece, his former JOB was as speech writer and author, formulating FAIRY TALES for both of the
above mentioned government agencies. As you can see, he (and all others like him who supposedly ―leave office‖)
continue weaving their tales despite not having an ―official‖ position within the government, thus you can readily
observe that even though this person claims to be an ―independent‖ author he is still hammering out propaganda for his
masters.
BBC now admits al qaeda never existed - video
FYI: The India Mumbai attacks were completely a MOSSAD operation, how they got the Pakistani agents to play
along will probably never be known. I believe that what one of the Mossad‘s most secretive BlackOps project is
instigating some disillusioned Muslim youth in India, Pakistan or elsewhere to take to terror by playing on Muslim
grievances, operating through existing Islamist groups or spawning new ones for this purpose. With the aim to further
radicalize Muslims so as to provide further pretext for American and Israeli assaults on Islam and Muslim countries.
Telltale signs were everywhere, the huge fuss over the Jewish hostages/victims at the Israeli Nariman House who had
for some odd reason ordered 100 kilograms of food days before the ―attack‖ as if they knew ahead of time that would
be the location the ―terrorists‖ would hole up at, passports and plans left behind to provide easy identification of the
―villains‖, professional military precision execution of the entire event, oh yes the whole operation stinks of Mossad.
End result: Golly gee whiz, they got India deeply into the whole ―anti-terrorism bandwagon‖ big time, just like all the
other countries that were systematically destabilized, took their turns in getting attacked by ―terrorists.‖ Its official
now: Terrorism is an international plague.
Here is a perfect example how the Mossad rolls… and how other governments look the other way and stay silent:
Mossad Assassination Squad Used British Passports

Times Online, February 16, 2010
Six suspects in the assassination of a senior Hamas official in Dubai entered the country using British passports, it
emerged yesterday.
Police in the Gulf state announced that they were hunting for 11 suspects, including a woman, for the murder of
Mahmoud al-Mabhouh, a top Hamas commander, who was found dead in his Dubai hotel room on January 20.
Six of these suspects were travelling on British passports and three were carrying Irish passports, including the
woman. The other two entered Dubai with German and French passports.
―We have no doubts that it was 11 people holding these passports, and we regret that they used the travel
documents of friendly countries,‖ said Lieutenant-General Dhafi Khalfan, Dubai‘s chief of police.
Related Links
 'Mossad assassins used British passports‘

 Israel accused of waging covert war
 Dead ‗Mossad spy‘ was writing exposé
Hamas has accused Mossad, the Israeli intelligence service, of responsibility for the killing. General Khalfan said
that Israeli involvement could not be ruled out. ―We do not rule out Mossad, but when we arrest those suspects
we will know who masterminded it,‖ he said.
General Khalfan said that details of the 11 suspects had been passed to Interpol and that arrest warrants would be
issued soon.
Ehud Olmert, the former Israeli Prime Minister, in a speech at the weekend, alluded to a report in The Times on
Saturday that Mossad was waging a covert war of assassinations across the Middle East, targeting Hamas and
Iranian officials.
―There are a huge range of options between a full military attack and accepting a nuclear Iran,‖ Mr. Olmert said.
―There are other means that, together with other things happening, and they are happening, can create a result that
would not allow the Iranians to reach what they are trying to reach.‖
One former Mossad agent confirmed that the organization regularly used foreign passports for travel abroad on
secret missions. ―Sometimes these were legitimate passports of people who held dual citizenship, other times
they were acquired,‖ he said. ―An Israeli passport raises red flags and is best avoided.‖
He said that he did not know if Israel was involved in the Dubai murder or had used foreign passports there.
Israeli agents have been responsible for numerous assassinations in Europe and across the Middle East over the
past 40 years, often posing as foreigners. In 2004 the authorities in New Zealand disclosed that Mossad was
securing their country‘s passports through the Israeli Embassy in Australia. During a trial in Auckland,
allegations also surfaced that Mossad was using Canadian passports.
Mr. al-Mabhouh‘s body was discovered by staff at the luxury al-Bustan Rotana hotel on the afternoon of January
20. Based in Damascus, he too entered Dubai on a false passport the day before his murder. He was one of the
founders of the Izzedine al-Qassam Brigades, the military wing of Hamas, and is understood to have visited
Dubai to arrange a shipment of weapons to Gaza.
Mr. al-Mabhouh was born in northern Gaza. In a video aired more than two weeks after his death he confessed to
his involvement in the kidnap and murder of two Israeli soldiers during the first Palestinian intifada in 1989. He is
believed to have masterminded the attempted smuggling of weapons into Gaza through Sudan last year before the
convoy involved was blown up by Israeli jets while still in Africa.
Details of the method of his murder remain unclear. In January Dubai police said that Mr. al-Mabhouh appeared
to have allowed his killers into his hotel room, where he was suffocated or strangled. One report suggested that
the killer gained entry to his room because the woman member was dressed in a hotel uniform. He was reported
to have been electrocuted and poisoned. Hamas has vowed to avenge the assassination.
*********************
'UK knew about Mossad assassination plot'

Press TV, Fri, 19 Feb 2010
Israel's Mossad had tipped off British intelligence that they were going to use fake British passports before the
assassination of the Hamas commander, a new report says.
According to a report by the Daily Mail on Friday morning, the British intelligence agency the MI6 was notified
before the assassination took place in Dubai last month.
The UK newspaper published the report several hours following a 20-minute meeting between the Israeli
Ambassador Ron Prosor and a senior British diplomat in London on Thursday. The two officials discussed the
British passports apparently used in the assassination of Mabhouh in Dubai.
A British security source quoted a Mossad agent as saying that "the British Government was told very, very
briefly before the operation what was going to happen," the paper further added.
"There was no British involvement and they didn't know the name of the target. But they were told these people
were traveling on UK passports," the Daily Mail quoted the British security source as saying.
On Thursday, Dubai Police chief Dahi Khalfan Tamim said he was 99-percent certain that the Mossad was behind
the assassination.
Tamim said he would ask Interpol to issue an international arrest warrant against Mossad head Meir Dagan, and
perhaps also against Prime Minister Binyamin Netanyahu if it's proven that the Israeli intelligence agency was
behind the assassination of Mabhouh.
Mabhouh, a senior commander in the armed wing of the Islamic movement, was killed in his hotel room on
January 19 in Dubai by a hit squad of at least 11 people carrying forged European passports, according to the
Dubai police.
Hmmm… where was it I heard of a bunch of supposed terrorists attacked using

fake passports? Oh yes, the 9/11 attacks. The exact same modus operandi…
―Psychotic Israelis Get Sloppy In Mexico City. As reported by La Vox De Atzlan,

two men posing as press photographers, but in reality being Israeli Mossad agents,
were arrested INSIDE the Mexican congress on October 10, 2001 armed with 9mm
pistols, 9 grenades, explosives, three detonators, and 58 bullets, but were
RELEASED from custody because of pressure from the Israeli embassy."We
believe that the two Zionists terrorist were going to blow up the Mexican Congress.
The second phase was to mobilize both the Mexican and US press to blame Osama
bin Laden. Most likely then Mexico would declare war on Afghanistan as well,
commit troops and all the oil it could spare to combat Islamic terrorism." The
Jewish terrorists names were Salvador Guersson Smecke(retired Israeli I.D.F.
colonel), age 34, and Saur Ben Zvi, age 27. These terrorists were released because
of a very high level emergency meetings took place between Mexican.‖ – TheInfoUnderground.com
People, those who can see through the hype, who can see through the smoke and mirrors, what are we to say and do to
reveal the evidence and make it more clear? The Zionist & Masonic elite have been consolidating power on the "fear
ticket". The sheeple of the United States of Amnesia quickly forget any doubts they have and go right back to grazing
in the fields while the wolves in sheep's clothing are running the entire farm. They run our government, the military
and our police force, screw the poor while lavishing insane benefits upon the rich. I truly find it hard to believe we will
win this battle, but yet we cannot lose faith, with the amazing unchallenged power they wield they are getting so
arrogant and bold that they are increasingly not even bothering to hide their actions.
CNN's hoax on America. REAL VIDEO PROOF!! NO BS!!! - video
Entrapment likely issue in Chicago bomb plot

By MICHAEL TARM, Associated Press Writer Michael Tarm, Associated Press Writer –Sept 22
CHICAGO – As prosecutors take up the challenge of trying to convict a man arrested in an alleged bomb plot in
Chicago, they may have to show the suspect wasn't egged on by an informant or undercover FBI agents into a
crime he didn't initially intend to commit.
Sami Samir Hassoun, 22, was arrested Sunday after he placed a backpack authorities say he thought contained a
bomb near Chicago's Wrigley Field. The fake but ominous-looking device — a paint can fitted with blasting caps
and a timer — was given to him by an FBI undercover agent.
Hassoun's attorney, Myron Auerbach, said Tuesday he needed to study the case further before deciding on a
defense strategy. But he left open the possibility of citing entrapment.
"My client didn't bring anything of his own making to the incident. Things were given to him," he said.
Through their deeds, the democrats have also revealed the fact that they are 100% in league with the agenda of the
Zionist republican neo-cons, it is increasingly obvious that both parties serve the same masters. It is becoming "in
your face" blatantly obvious that this nation‘s so called "independent" news media is just a puppet propaganda arm of
our government and the Zionists spewing out pre-canned bullshit designed for the consumption of the brain dead
masses. It is becoming increasingly accepted that all the politicians are just whores who pimp themselves out to the
highest bidders, taking money from all sorts of people and corporations as legalized bribery then turn around and give
the rest of us lip service.
Terrorism: The Most Meaningless and Manipulated Word

by Glenn Greenwald
Yesterday, Joseph Stack deliberately flew an airplane into a building housing IRS offices in Austin, Texas, in
order to advance the political grievances he outlined in a perfectly cogent suicide-manifesto. Stack's worldview
contained elements of the tea party's anti-government anger along with substantial populist complaints generally
associated with "the Left" (rage over bailouts, the suffering of America's poor, and the pilfering of the middle
class by a corrupt economic elite and their government-servants). All of that was accompanied by an argument as
to why violence was justified (indeed necessary) to protest those injustices:
I remember reading about the stock market crash before the "great" depression and how there were wealthy
bankers and businessmen jumping out of windows when they realized they screwed up and lost everything. Isn't it
ironic how far we've come in 60 years in this country that they now know how to fix that little economic problem;
they just steal from the middle class (who doesn't have any say in it, elections are a joke) to cover their asses and
it's "business-as-usual" . . . . Sadly, though I spent my entire life trying to believe it wasn't so, but violence not
only is the answer, it is the only answer.
Despite all that, The New York Times' Brian Stelter documents the deep reluctance of cable news chatterers and
government officials to label the incident an act of "terrorism," even though -- as Dave Neiwert ably documents --
it perfectly fits, indeed is a classic illustration of, every official definition of that term. The issue isn't whether
Stack's grievances are real or his responses just; it is that the act unquestionably comports with the official
definition. But as NBC's Pete Williams said of the official insistence that this was not an act of Terrorism: there
are "a couple of reasons to say that . . . One is he's an American citizen." Fox News' Megan Kelley asked
Catherine Herridge about these denials: "I take it that they mean terrorism in the larger sense that most of us
are used to?," to which Herridge replied: "they mean terrorism in that capital T way."
All of this underscores, yet again, that Terrorism is simultaneously the single most meaningless and most
manipulated word in the American political lexicon. The term now has virtually nothing to do with the act itself
and everything to do with the identity of the actor, especially his or her religious identity. It has really come to
mean: "a Muslim who fights against or even expresses hostility towards the United States, Israel and their
allies." That's why all of this confusion and doubt arose yesterday over whether a person who perpetrated a
classic act of Terrorism should, in fact, be called a Terrorist: he's not a Muslim and isn't acting on behalf of
standard Muslim grievances against the U.S. or Israel, and thus does not fit the "definition." One might concede
that perhaps there's some technical sense in which term might apply to Stack, but as Fox News emphasized: it's
not "terrorism in the larger sense that most of us are used to . . . terrorism in that capital T way." We all know
who commits terrorism in "that capital T way," and it's not people named Joseph Stack.
Contrast the collective hesitance to call Stack a Terrorist with the extremely dubious circumstances under which
that term is reflexively applied to Muslims. If a Muslim attacks a military base preparing to deploy soldiers to a
war zone, that person is a Terrorist. If an American Muslim argues that violence against the U.S. (particularly
when aimed at military targets) is justified due to American violence aimed at the Muslim world, that person is a
Terrorist who deserves assassination. And if the U.S. military invades a Muslim country, Muslims who live in
the invaded and occupied country and who fight back against the invading American army -- by attacking nothing
but military targets -- are also Terrorists. Indeed, large numbers of detainees at Guantanamo were accused of
being Terrorists for nothing more than attacking members of an invading foreign army in their country, including
14-year-old Mohamed Jawad, who spent many years in Guantanamo, accused (almost certainly falsely) of
throwing a grenade at two American troops in Afghanistan who were part of an invading force in that country.
Obviously, plots targeting civilians for death -- the 9/11 attacks and attempts to blow up civilian aircraft -- are
pure terrorism, but a huge portion of the acts committed by Muslims that receive that label are not.
In sum: a Muslim who attacks military targets, including in war zones or even in their own countries that have
been invaded by a foreign army, are Terrorists. A non-Muslim who flies an airplane into a government building
in pursuit of a political agenda is not, or at least is not a Real Terrorist with a capital T -- not the kind who should
be tortured and thrown in a cage with no charges and assassinated with no due process. Nor are Christians who
stand outside abortion clinics and murder doctors and clinic workers. Nor are acts undertaken by us or our
favored allies designed to kill large numbers of civilians or which will recklessly cause such deaths as a means of
terrorizing the population into desired behavioral change -- the Glorious Shock and Awe campaign and the
pummeling of Gaza. Except as a means for demonizing Muslims, the word is used so inconsistently and
manipulatively that it is impoverished of any discernible meaning.
All of this would be an interesting though not terribly important semantic matter if not for the fact that
the term Terrorist plays a central role in our political debates. It is the all-justifying term for anything the U.S.
Government does. Invasions, torture, due-process-free detentions, military commissions, drone attacks,
warrantless surveillance, obsessive secrecy, and even assassinations of American citizens are all justified by the
claim that it's only being done to "Terrorists," who, by definition, have no rights. Even worse, one becomes a
"Terrorist" not through any judicial adjudication or other formal process, but solely by virtue of the untested,
unchecked say-so of the Executive Branch. The President decrees someone to be a Terrorist and that's the end of
that: uncritical followers of both political parties immediately justify anything done to the person on the ground
that he's a Terrorist (by which they actually mean: he's been accused of being one, though that distinction --
between presidential accusations and proof -- is not one they recognize).
If we're really going to vest virtually unlimited power in the Government to do anything it wants to people they
call "Terrorists," we ought at least to have a common understanding of what the term means. But there is none.
It's just become a malleable, all-justifying term to allow the U.S. Government carte blanche to do whatever it
wants to Muslims it does not like or who do not like it (i.e., The Terrorists). It's really more of a hypnotic mantra
than an actual word: its mere utterance causes the nation blindly to cheer on whatever is done against the
Muslims who are so labeled.
UPDATE: I want to add one point: the immediate official and media reaction was to avoid, even deny, the term
"terrorist" because the perpetrator of the violence wasn't Muslim. But if Stack's manifesto begins to attract
serious attention, I think it's likely the term Terrorist will be decisively applied to him in order to discredit what
he wrote. His message is a sharply anti-establishment and populist grievance of the type that transcends
ideological and partisan divisions -- the complaints which Stack passionately voices are found as common threads
in the tea party movement and among citizens on both the Left and on the Right -- and thus tend to be the type
which the establishment (which benefits from high levels of partisan distractions and divisions) finds most
threatening and in need of demonization. Nothing is more effective at demonizing something than slapping the
Terrorist label onto it. – [note: more on Joe Stack in the Conclusions chapter]
The scary part is that once you fully understand the premise of the FAIRY TALE they will have you believe, that the
(dead) Bin Laden they stopped looking for years ago, operating out of a dark cave in the mountains of some god
forsaken place thousands of miles away will yet AGAIN outsmart and outmaneuver the world‘s preeminent most
sophisticated intelligence and unsurpassed defense apparatus the planet has ever known to exist… yet:
CAN YOU AND DO YOU FULLY UNDERSTAND THE RAMIFICATIONS OF:
1) al-CIAda is a super secret Mossad/CIA BlackOps false flag joint venture.

2) the universal echoing cry from all areas of our government is the same: ―al-CIAda is soon going to strike bigger and
badder than ever here at home.‖
3) watch out for the game has been set… our government BlackOps false flag divisions will soon be conducting more
―DRILLS‖ that will become LIVE in a neighborhood near you and blow the fuck out of entire towns if not cities in
order to open the door and implement the NEXT PHASE of their new world order plans. BTW, don‘t be surprised if
they come up with a new and improved boogeyman (maybe bio-terrorism or manmade plagues) to replace their ―stiff‖,
the dead as a doornail Bin Laden…
Oh, the CHAOS this will unleash. Soon everyone in this country will be shitting in
their pants, sucking on their thumbs while crying for protection from THE
BOOGEYMAN!!! Get ready to say good bye to the world as you have come to
know it. Be afraid… be very afraid…
Furthermore, after all these years the FBI has not un covered any Al Qaeda cells
in the United States nor has it found any paper trail or hard evidence connecting
Osama Bin Laden (OBL) to 9/11. Although thousands of Muslims have been
arrested, not one has been convicted of acts of terrorism. There have been many
arrests of Muslims for alleged ―intentions‖ to commit terrorism and there are
also many cases where FBI agent provocateurs were used to plant evidence and
lead terror campaigns setting up Muslims to be charged for acts of terrorism.
This has caused legal actions to be brought against the FBI. It also begs the question that if indeed Muslims were
so proned to commit terrorism, why did the FBI have to conduct subversive operations designed to lead and entrap
Muslims in acts of terror?
The London Times reported the following one year after 9/11 and it is still true today:
"Thousands of FBI agents have rounded up more than 1,300 suspects across America since September 11, but
they have failed to find a single Al-Qaeda cell operating in the United States...Tom Ridge, Director of
Homeland Security could not explain why none had been caught."
Fake Al Qaeda
"The truth is, there is no Islamic army or terrorist group called Al Qaida. And any informed
intelligence officer knows this. But there is a propaganda campaign to make the public believe in the
presence of an identified entity representing the 'devil' only in order to drive the TV watcher to accept
a unified international leadership for a war against terrorism. The country behind this propaganda is
the US . . ." -- Former British Foreign Secretary Robin Cook
"Ana raicha Al Qaeda" is colloquial for "I'm going to the toilet". A very common and widespread use of the
word "Al-Qaeda" in different Arab countries in the public language is for the toilet bowl. This name comes
from the Arabic verb "Qa'ada" which mean "to sit", pertinently, on the "Toilet Bowl". In most Arabs homes
there are two kinds of toilets: "Al-Qaeda" also called the "Hamam Franji" or foreign toilet, and "Hamam
Arabi" or "Arab toilet" which is a hole in the ground. Lest we forget it, the potty used by small children is
called "Ma Qa'adia" or "Little Qaeda".
So, if you were forming a terrorist group, would you call yourself, "The Toilet"?
The Phony (Mossad) Al Qaeda Cell in Palestine
Israeli Prime Minister Ariel Sharon ... said that al-Qaeda militants were operating in the Gaza Strip and
Lebanon. "We know that they are there. We know that they are in Lebanon, working closely with Hezbollah.
We know that they are in the region," he said. [BBC News - 12/5/2002]
Officials from the Palestinian Authority have accused the Israeli spy agency Mossad of setting up a fake al-
Qaeda terrorist cell in Gaza. Palestinian leader Yasser Arafat said that Israel had set up the mock cell in order
to justify attacks in Palestinian areas. [BBC News - 12/8/2002]
Mossad agents arrested by the PA for attempting to set up phony 'al Qaeda' cells in the Gaza Strip.
The full story:
larouchepub.com - Mossad Exposed in Phony 'Palestinian Al-Qaeda' Caper

antiwar.com - By Way of Deception, by Justin Raimondo
smh.com.au - Palestinians arrest al-Qaeda 'poseurs'
Of the MOSSAD, the Israeli intelligence service, the SAMS officers say: "Wildcard. Ruthless and cunning.
Has capability to target U.S. forces and make it look like a Palestinian/Arab act." [Washington Times -
9/10/2001]
Adam Yahiye Gadahn: The Fake Terrorist
Images from official FBI wanted poster for terrorist Adam Yahiye Gadahn
The FBI lists Gadahn's aliases as Abu Suhayb Al-Amriki, Abu Suhayb, Yihya Majadin Adams, Adam
Pearlman, and Yayah.
But Adam Pearlmen is his REAL name! Adam is the grandson of the late Carl K. Pearlman; a prominent
Jewish urologist in Orange County. Carl was also a member of the board of directors of the Anti-Defamation
League, which was caught spying on Americans for Israel in 1993, much as AIPAC has been caught up in the
more recent spy scandal.
Sent in by a reader: I recently saw the article you linked about Adam Pearlman and his brand new feature film
in which he plays the character Azzam Al-Amrika. As someone who speaks Arabic, I thought it would be
interesting for WRH readers to know a little bit about this particular name. First, Azzam in Arabic means
either "determined" or "resolved". Second, "Al-Amrika" (it's sometimes spelled "Amerika") translates back to
"America". Interesting use of words Mr. Pearlman is using for a name, I'd say. But even without having to
translate the whole name, no Arab has the last name of Amrika. The name, translated, almost sounds like a
Bush sound bite.
And another faker surfaces!

On any given day, log on to RevolutionMuslim.com and a host of startling images appear:
- The Statue of Liberty, with an ax blade cutting through her side;
- Video mocking the beheading of American journalist Daniel Pearl, entitled "Daniel Pearl I am Happy
Your Dead :) ";
- Video of a puppet show lampooning U.S. soldiers killed in Iraq;
- The latest speech from Sheikh Abdullah Faisal, an extremist Muslim cleric convicted in the UK and
later deported for soliciting the murder of non-Muslims.
Even more surprising is that RevolutionMuslim.com isn't being maintained in some remote safe house in
Pakistan. Instead, Yousef al-Khattab, the Web site creator, runs it from his home in the New York City
Borough of Queens.
Formerly known as Joseph Cohen, al-Khattab is an American-born Jew who converted to Islam after
attending an Orthodox Rabbinical school, which he later described as a "racist cult."
Al-Qaeda cleric exposed as an MI5 double agent
ONE of al-Qaeda's most dangerous figures has been revealed as a double agent working for MI5, raising
criticism from European governments, which repeatedly called for his arrest.
Britain ignored warnings - which began before the September 11 attacks - from half a dozen friendly
governments about Abu Qatada's links with terrorist groups and refused to arrest him. Intelligence chiefs hid
from European allies their intention to use the cleric as a key informer against Islamic militants in Britain.
...
Indignant French officials accused MI5 of helping the cleric to abscond. While he remained on the run, one
intelligence chief in Paris was quoted as saying: "British intelligence is saying they have no idea where he is,
but we know where he is and, if we know, I'm quite sure they do."
1. We have MI5 (British CIA) posing as Alqueda.

"Al-Qaeda cleric exposed as an MI5 double agent", http://www.timesonline.co.uk/printFriendly/0,,1-3-
1050175,00.html
2. We have Mossad (Israel CIA) posing as ALqueda in Palestine: fakealqaeda.html
http://www.larouchepub.com/other/2002/2949idf_qaeda.html
http://www.antiwar.com/justin/j120902.html
http://www.propagandamatrix.com/palestinians_arrest_al_qaeda_poseurs.htm
http://www.haaretzdaily.com/hasen/pages/ShArt.jhtml?itemNo=241042&contrassID=2&subContrass
ID=5&sbSubContrassID=0&listSrc=Y&itemNo=241042
terrorist.html
3. We have USA posing as Alqueda:
fakealqaeda.html
The FBI lists Gadahn's aliases as Abu Suhayb Al-Amriki, Abu Suhayb, Yihya Majadin Adams, Adam
Pearlman, and Yayah. But Adam Pearlmen is his REAL name! Adam is the grandson of the late Carl K.
Pearlman; a prominent Jewish urologist in Orange County. Carl was also a member of the board of directors of
the Anti-Defamation League, which was caught spying on Americans for Israel in 1993, much as AIPAC has
been caught up in the more recent spy scandal.
3. We have Israel posing as al-quaida in the Philippines. http://www.mb.com.ph/PROV2004061411759.html
The two British operatives, arrested by Basra police and later freed by a British military operation, were
identified by the BBC as "members of the SAS elite special forces"
(http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/middle_east/424614.stm). They were disguised by wigs and Arab dress. Iraqi
sources reported that the Iraqi police were watching the two, and when they tried to approach them they shot
two policemen and tried to escape the scene. The Iraqi police chased and captured them, to discover large
amount of explosives planted in the car, which apparently was planned to be remotely detonated in the busy
market of Basra. The SAS involvement in Iraq was discovered on the 30th of January 2005 when an RAF
Hercules plane crashed near Baghdad killing then British servicemen after dropping off fifty SAS members
north of Baghdad to fight Iraqi guerillas.

ARE YOU SURE YOU ARE WATCHING THE RIGHT ENEMY? !!!!!!!
CIA + Mossad + MI5 = AlQueada
The greatest false-flag operations conducting in the history on man !!!! In case you weren't paying attention...
 Vinnell bombing leader Khaled Jehani, fought for the CIA in Afghanistan, Bosnia & Chechnya
 Members of the Moroccan terror group Salafi Jihadi fought for the CIA in Afghanistan, Chechnya,
Dagestan, Bosnia and Kosovo
 USS Cole Bomber Jamal al-Badawi fought for the CIA in Bosnia
 Zacarias Moussaoui fought for the CIA in Chechnya
 Khalid Sheikh Mohammed fought for the CIA in Afghanistan
 Sheik Omar Abdel Rahman fought for the CIA in Afghanistan
 Head of Egyptian Islamic Jihad Ayman al Zawahiri, fought for the CIA in Bosnia
 His brother Ayman al-Zawahiri fought for the CIA in Kosovo
 Abdullah Azzam, "one of the ideological founders of Hamas" fought for the CIA in Afghanistan
 When Osama Bin Ladin Was Tim Osman
 Zbigniew Brzezinski: "Your cause is right, God is on your side."
 CIA "Arranged" for Passports for Al Qaeda & Brought Them to the USA to Recruit for Jihads
 Will the CIA Leave Their Saudi Partners in Crime Holding the Bag?
 "The Farce Goes On - The Hunt for Ayman Zawahiri, Mohammad Omar, & Osama
 "Moussaoui, Khadr, & Ressam Are "Graduates" of CIA's Khalden Camp for Afghanistan & Balkans
"Jihads"
 Bin Laden Puppetmasters Smoked Out In Balkans
 The CIA arranged for HUM guerrillas to fight in Bosnia & Kosovo
 Bin-Ladin and KLA have a 'joint' cash box in the United States
 The CIA & Bin Laden worked hand-in-glove in KLA operations
 U.S. Protects Al-Qaeda Terrorists in Kosovo
 Wolfowitz Meets "in Private" with NLA Terrorist Ali Ahmeti
 America used Islamists to arm the Bosnian Muslims
 Bosnia, 1 degree of separation from Al-Qaeda
 Where was the "Concern" about "al-Qaida Operating in Iran" during the War in Bosnia?
 Terror mastermind with taste for high life
 US Has Al Qaida Backers List
 CIA Told "Malaysian secret police" to "Monitor" Al Qaeda Meeting on Plans to Hit WTC on 9-11
 The CIA's "Operation Cyclone" - Stirring the Hornet's Nest of Islamic Unrest"
 The Muslim Brotherhood: The Globalists' Secret Weapon
 U.S. Armed, Promoted Accused September 11 Terrorist Mastermind
 CIA Bankrolled System of Madrassas & Training Camps to Brainwash "Jihad" Warriors
 British Press Gagged on Reporting MI6's £100,000 bin Laden Payoff
 Ramzi Yousef was part of a CIA recruitment drive in New York and he did have "ties" to Bin Laden
 CIA Recruits Terrorist Agents At Guantanamo
 Oregon group thrives despite al Qaeda ties
 Sniper link to al Qaeda investigated
 Who is behind the "Terrorist Network" in Northern Iraq, Baghdad or Washington?
 Did Rambo ever stop loving Osama?
See Also:
Israeli suspected to be a member of al-Qaeda arrested in the Philippines
Is 'Al Qaeda' the modern incarnation of 'Emmanuel Goldstein'?
A "Palestinian Terrorist" Wearing the Star of David
The 5 Dancing Israelis Arrested on 9/11
What Really Happened
Lest you NEVER forget, the apartheid terrorist state of Israel has over 200 nuclear missiles… their intelligence agency
which proudly operates under the motto: "By way of deception, thou shalt do war." These people breath, eat, sleep,
live and die, operating in complete undercover, complete infiltration, complete false flag masters working all sides of
their engineered conflicts… many of those towel head ―terrorists‖ out there are nothing more than deep cover
MOSSAD agents instigating and stirring up hornets nests giving the Zionists justifications, reasons, excuses to
implement their agendas… with that sad truth exposed, said and done…
Terrorist Group Islam4UK With Alleged Ties To Al Queda Exposed As

Intelligence Front
by Alexander Higgins - September 27, 2010 at 9:02 pm -
Permalink
Evidence surfaces exposing Islam4UK, a supposed Islamic

extremist group with ties to Al Queda that has been banned
in the UK for promoting terrorism on the streets and online,
as a British Intelligence front.
American‘s and citizens of other nations around the world

sit quietly as their fellow citizens‘ rights are violated in the
name of the ―War on Terror‖. Meanwhile Wall Street has become so corrupt the banks foreclosing on homes
they don‘t even have a mortgage against and the U.S Supreme court has legalized a whole array of civil liberties
violations including the legalization of CIA abduction, overseas detention, and torture of innocent American
citizens.
Why have we allowed the Government to kidnap us and torture us? Why have we allowed the courts to rule that
private property is no longer private?
Because the media continues to run stories we know are lies and that we believe without even questioning. We
have all seen that radical Muslims on CNN and other main stream media outlets.
For example, watch this video of group of Muslims known as Islam4UK protesting the Afghanistan war.
Britain banned the group and made it a criminal offense to be a member of or to even use the name of the group
Islam4UK. I guess such a ban is one step above the pentagon buying and burning every copy of a book because
it contained evidence that proved the Government covered up 9/11.
Islam4UK Islamist group banned under terror laws
A radical Islamist group that planned a march through Wootton Bassett will be banned under counter-
terrorism laws, Home Secretary Alan Johnson has said.
Islam4UK had planned the protest at the Wiltshire town to honour Muslims killed in the Afghanistan conflict.
The government had been considering outlawing the group under its original name, al-Muhajiroun.
Under the Terrorism Act 2000, a group can be banned if it ―commits or participates in acts of terrorism,
prepares for, promotes or encourages terrorism or is otherwise concerned in terrorism‖.
Groups can also be outlawed if they ―unlawfully glorify the commission or preparation of acts of
terrorism‖.
Read the Original Article.
So just who is Islam4UK? According to the BBC:
Profile: Islam4UK
Al-Muhajiroun, also known as Islam4UK, was the group that claimed it would march through Wootton Bassett.
Now the group faces a UK ban on grounds of national security.
Al-Muhajiroun, in its various forms, is an important part of the story of Islamist anger and the line between
politics, protest and national security.
The organisation is made up of a small band of tight-knit young men who advocate a worldwide Islamist system of
government and, at the same time, vehemently denounce the foreign policies of the US and UK.
It has had a knack of staging attention-grabbing stunts with its leaders adept at finding ways of provoking a
backlash from the press and some politicians. Now that tactic of agitation and provocation has led to its ban under
terrorism laws.
Al-Muhajiroun was originally formed by Omar Bakri Mohammed, the extremist preacher. He founded the
organisation after quitting another Islamist group, Hizb ut-Tahrir, which wasn‘t radical enough for his views. But
what he took with him was its strategy of building a following by setting up cells of supporters in every town
possible.
Read the Original Article
Here is press release taken from the Islam4UK website before it was banned and taken offline. The press release
called for people to come up and protest at the event in the video above.
Press Release Sunday 10 Jan 2010
DECLARATION ON WOOTTON BASSETT PROCESSION
Having successfully highlighted the plight of Muslims in Afghanistan globally and having successfully engaged
with thousands of ordinary people through our website and via blogs, phone calls, emails etc… on the reality of the
conflict and our collective responsibility, we at islam4uk have decided, after consultation with others including our
Sheikh Omar Bakri Muhammad, that no more could be achieved even if a procession were to take place in
Wootton Bassett and in light of this we would like to announce today that there will no longer be a procession
through this market town.
This does not mean that we will remain silent on the atrocities being committed in Afghanistan under the guise of
fighting for freedom and democracy and it also does not mean that we will not continue to highlight the true cost
of this war against Islam and Muslims called fighting terrorism. Nor will we stop exposing the CIA and ISI
agencies which are carrying out bombing raids in public places and then seeking to blame those defending the life,
honour and wealth of the Muslims. Rather we will continue our responsibility as Muslims of enjoining good and
forbidding evil wherever and whenever we see it.
In this respect we once again appeal to the British public and in particular the families and friends of soldiers who
have died or are currently involved in Afghanistan to engage with us in an honest dialogue. There is common
ground between us. Just as you grieve the deaths of your sons and daughters, we too grieve the deaths of thousands
of ordinary Muslim men, women and children, just as many of you are aware of the injustice and oppression being
carried out by the US led alliance in Afghanistan (of which the UK is a part) and do not agree with your children
being in this war, we too demand the immediate withdrawal of all British troops from this Muslim land.
…Just as Tony Blair has been exposed as a liar regarding Iraq and the so-called .weapons of mass destruction. for
which he has the blood of hundreds of thousands of Muslims on his hands and for which he needs to pay, Gordon
Brown wants us to believe that the security of the British public begins in Kabul and that the murder of people in
Afghanistan will keep people here in the UK safe. Another blatant lie for which Gordon Brown must either
immediately withdraw all British forces or resign for not being up to the job and for which the pen of history will
record yet another Pinocchio.
…As for the proscription of Al-Muhajiroun and Islam4uk, which we understand that the parliament will be
considering this week, I would like to make it clear that we never called for Islam because either Blair or Brown
liked it or allowed it but rather because it is a divine obligation upon Muslims to collectively call for Islam and to
invite the societies in which they live to adopt Islamic law and order as a way of life, which cannot and will never
stop. Hence even if proscribed another platform with a new name will arise to continue to fulfil these divine
obligations until the Shari.ah has been implemented.
…It seems that the government and media have begun to believe their own lies which they themselves invented
about us. It.s a bit like creating Frankenstein and then becoming afraid of it. However, having already lost the
debate on Afghanistan and been exposed on the concept of freedom and fighting .terrorism. the only option left for
a bully who has no sound argument is to use force to ban and thereby try to silence his opponent.
So just to recap here, the group Islam4UK was banned for committing, participating, promoting, encouraging
and/or unlawfully glorifying terrorists activities. Moreover, their protests and writings have been used repeatedly
as a poster child for Islamic terrorist organizations in many corporate media propaganda pieces in the U.S. and
Great Britain.
Take for example thjs CNN piece about Al Qaeda and Islam4uk.
Al Qaeda: A Global Threat?; Israeli/Palestinian Peace Process Still Stalled
CHRISTIANE AMANPOUR, HOST: The United States examines the accused Fort Hood gunman‘s ties to a
radical cleric in Yemen. Are al Qaeda and its allies trying to stage a resurgence in the U.S., and in Europe? Is this
their new frontier?
I‘m Christiane Amanpour, and welcome to our program.
The killings at the U.S. military base at Fort Hood, as well as the ongoing debate on Afghanistan, have put al
Qaeda back in the headlines and in the minds of counter-terrorists.
We talked to the State Department‘s ambassador at large for counterterrorism, Daniel Benjamin. It‘s his first
television interview since taking office.
We‘ll also be talking with al Qaeda experts, Karen Greenberg and Thomas Hegghammer, who‘ve been tracking
global jihad for years.
In the United States anti-terror officials say that a suspect they arrested in September was planning attacks on the
New York mass transit system. It‘s an eerie reminder of the Madrid train bombings of 2004 that killed nearly 200
people. And the so-called 7/7 suicide bombings on the London transit system which killed more than 50 people.
We focus on al Qaeda. Is it weakening, or does it have a new lease on life? We start with this report from CNN‘s
Nic Robertson in London.
[Video Clip of Islam4K]
NIC ROBERTSON, CNN SENIOR INTERNATIONAL CORRESPONDENT (voice-over): They‘re an angry

minority. Their goal, nothing short of Muslim domination of the United Kingdom, if not the world.
UNIDENTIFIED MALE: This poster is basically showing how we will transform Buckingham Palace into a local
mosque for the Muslims.
ROBERTSON (on camera): And what happens to the Queen?
UNIDENTIFIED MALE: Well, the Queen, she‘ll have the choice. She can either become Muslim or she can leave
the country.
ROBERTSON (voice-over): This man, Anjem Choudary, is their leader. He demands Islamic law known as
Shari‘ah to be the law of the land.
ANJEM CHOUDARY, ISLAM4UK: Drugs will be banned. Pornography will be banned. Gambling will be
banned.
ROBERTSON: Choudary‘s strategy is to pit Muslims against everyone else to create tension.
CHOUDARY: We do expect to enter into a struggle, if you like, of words, and maybe even more than that, before
we can see the fruition of the Shari‘ah on the state level.
UNIDENTIFIED MALE: Muslims are here to say!
CROWD: Muslims are here to say!
ROBERTSON: Like Muslim radicals, Yusef Qutab (ph) and Yunis Abdullah Mohammed in New York, Choudary
supports Osama bin Laden and justifies the 9/11 attacks. In fact, Choudary claims he was spreading the message of
jihad, or holy war, even before 9/11.
CHOUDARY: I‘ve been to New York a couple of times before 9/11. And even to the bible belt, I think they call it,
in the Midwest. And you know it‘s about propagating Islam. I do believe that the Muslims of America are possibly
five or 10 years behind in terms of the struggle that they‘re engages in.
ROBERTSON (on camera): What Choduary is implying is that how radicalization evolves here in Britain and in
Europe will in some part be a model for what the United States can expect. Here, terrorism officials say they‘re
tracking about 30 serious terror plots.
The rest of the article continues to say how much these people love and praise Al-Queda, Bin-Ladin and the 9/11
attackers. The article goes on to point out the Islam4UK‘s connections with very popular Islamic Jihad sites
online, that is sites that are pushing for Muslim holy war.
So… Islam4UK promotes terrorism and encourages others to take up the cause of killing innocent people
and bomb public places.
But who are they? Is this even for real? If you were really engaging in such activities would you be bragging about
it all over the internet, on CNN, BBC, and other news outlets were you are going to call attention to yourself from
the authorities?
Absolutely not. So here‘s the twist.
Islam4UK Exposed As British Intelligence Front
Summary:
http://wideshut.co.uk – After just a small amount of research it is my belief that the much hyped Islam4UK group
that proposed a march on Wootton Bassett, is actually a British Intelligence group hired by our corrupt government
in order to cause further conflict between Muslims and Brits, to keep support for the wars high and to continue the
trumped up threat of terrorism. Anjem Choudary is a unislamic fraud linked to Al-Mujaharoun, a group created by
British Mi6 to fight the Serbians in the Kosovo war. Either it came back to bite us on the ass or he is still
controlled by our own government! BNP and EDL supporters, and Islam4UK supporters are both dupes, being
played like puppets by the new world order (global governance) agenda.
So really all of this propaganda and scare tactics is being pushed out by the British Intelligence. British
Intelligence encouraging members of the public to take up Jihad and engage in terrorism. To assume that
everyone who reads the propaganda pushed by this front will join the group and be exposed is absurd. Surely many
who take up the cause will do it elsewhere.
So what the hell are they doing? Looks to me like Western Governments are funding a perpetual war on both sides.
You can argue that these are the steps needed to capture those partaking in these kinds of activities, but by funding
and pushing these types of activities the intelligence agencies are creating a grassroots movement that it simply can
not control. That is unless they plan on waging the 2nd holocaust against the 1.5 billion Muslims.
They banned this group and since the group was really an intelligence front they did not argue against the
censorship and what we refer to in America as our first amendment rights. Now the ban, which surely has enraged
the public over the censorship, sets legal precedence for the Government to censor and shut down any other group
they want. Sound familiar?
This is non-sense. All of it.
Evidence shows that there are Israeli Mossad double agents planted in Muslim countries who are operating
terrorist training schools, fomenting and nurturing hate mongering Muslim wannabe terrorists, utilizing MK-
ULTRA/ PROJECT ARTICHOKE hypnotic programming techniques. This is a very serious allegation I don‘t say
without much thought and concern, but when you carefully analyze the Israeli operational motto of ―by way of
deception, thou shalt do war‖ fully understanding the scope and comprehend their PROVEN TRACK RECORD of
false flag operations and impersonating terrorists one can only come to the same obvious conclusion. So don‘t be
surprised if one day the information comes to see the light of day that the Israelis were in fact operating terrorist
training camps. For without terrorists, there would be no pretext for war and conquest.
Times Square Bomber Linked With CIA-Controlled Terror Group

Paul Joseph Watson, Thursday, May 6, 2010
A man arrested in Pakistan in connection with the Times Square car bombing
attempt who had traveled with accused bomber Faisal Shahzad is a member of
a terrorist organization that is controlled by British MI6 and the CIA.
Sheik Mohammed Rehan, who was arrested on Tuesday in Karachi,

―Allegedly drove with Shahzad from Karachi to Peshawar on July 7, 2009, in a pickup truck, authorities said. They
returned to Karachi July 22. It is not known why they went to Peshawar and whether they met with anyone there,‖
reports the L.A. Times.
Rehan is a member of the militant group Jaish-e-Muhammad, a terrorist organization that came to prominence in
the mid-1990‘s and has been involved in attacks in the disputed Kashmir border region between India and
Pakistan. The group also helped carry out the December 2001 attack on the Indian Parliament which brought India
and Pakistan to the brink of nuclear war, tensions that proved very lucrative for British and American arms
manufacturers who sold weapons to both sides.
―The December 2001 terrorist attacks on the Indian parliament — which contributed to pushing India and Pakistan
to the brink of war — were conducted by two Pakistan-based rebel groups, Lashkar-e-Taiba and Jaish-e-
Muhammad, both of which are covertly supported by Pakistan‘s ISI,‖ writes Michel Chossudovsky. ―Needless to
say, these ISI-supported terrorist attacks serve the geopolitical interests of the US. They not only contribute to
weakening and fracturing the Indian Union, they also create conditions which favor the outbreak of a regional war
between Pakistan and India.‖
Jaish-e-Muhammad, the group now emerging in connection with the Times Square incident, was founded by
Ahmed Omar Saeed Sheikh, the 9/11 bagman who delivered $100,000 from the United Arab Emirates to
Mohammed Atta at the behest of General Mahmud Ahmed, then head of the ISI. Mahmud Ahmed, the man who
ordered Ahmed Omar Saeed Sheikh to bankroll the attacks on the Pentagon and the World Trade Center, was
meeting with Republican Congressman Porter Goss and Democratic Senator Bob Graham in Washington DC on
the morning of 9/11. In the days before and after the attack, Ahmed also met with CIA Head George Tenet as well
as current Vice-President Joe Biden, then Chairman of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee.
In a report on Jaish-e-Muhammad‘s involvement in the murder of Daniel Pearl, who was investigating the ISI, the
Pittsburgh Tribune-Review reported that the Pakistani government, ―Believe that Saeed Sheikh‘s power comes not
from the ISI, but from his connections with our own CIA.‖
Former Pakistan President Pervez Musharraf also alleged that Sheikh was recruited by MI6 while studying in
London for the effort to destabilize Bosnia. During the 1992-1995 Bosnia conflict, the CIA helped Osama Bin
Laden and Al-Qaeda to train and arm Bosnian Muslims.
In 2002, the London Times reported that Sheikh ―is no ordinary terrorist but a man who has connections that reach
high into Pakistan‘s military and intelligence elite and into the innermost circles of Osama Bin Laden and the al-
Qaeda organization.‖
Despite Sheikh‘s intimate involvement in numerous acts of terror as well as political kidnappings, including the
2008 Mumbai massacre, he was protected by both the CIA and British intelligence at every turn.
To recap, this is the man who founded the group now emerging in connection with the botched Times Square
bombing – a CIA and MI6 asset.
―Experts believe Jaish-e-Muhammad still benefits from links with Pakistan‘s powerful government intelligence
community. Some experts believe Pakistan‘s Inter-Services Intelligence agency facilitated the group‘s formation,‖
states yesterday‘s L.A. Times article.
As the vast majority of geopolitical analysts concur, the Pakistani ISI is virtually nothing more than a CIA outpost.
The ISI does nothing without the Agency giving its approval. The CIA has paid millions of dollars to the ISI since
9/11, accounting for no less than a third of the ISI‘s entire budget, despite the foreign spy agency‘s notorious
history of funding and arming terrorist groups like Jaish-e-Muhammad and despite the fact that it bankrolled the
9/11 hijackers.
Since the CIA has its fingerprints all over almost every Middle Eastern terror group, it‘s unsurprising that an
Agency connection to the Times Square bomber has come to light. We‘ve never come across a terrorist who
wasn‘t trained, equipped, radicalized, entrapped, or provocateured by a western intelligence agency or a terror
group controlled by a western intelligence agency.
Who Killed John O’Neil? - video
Bomb-Plot Informant Testifies FBI Sent Him to Terrorist Camp in Pakistan

By Chris Dolmetsch - Sep 16, 2010 5:42 PM ET
The confidential informant at the center of the case against four men accused of plotting to bomb New York City
synagogues testified that the Federal Bureau of Investigation sent him to Pakistan in 2008 to attend a terrorist
training camp.
The informant, Shahed Hussain, told a jury in New York today he went to his native country in December of that
year to meet someone at the camp. He didn‘t identify the organization running the camp or discuss the result of
the investigation.
―Are you a terrorist?‖ defense lawyer Susanne Brody asked Hussain in cross-examination.
―No ma‘am,‖ he responded.
Hussain was testifying during the second day of cross- examination by Brody, a lawyer with the federal public
defender‘s office who is representing defendant Onta Williams.
Defense attorneys have argued that their clients are the victims of entrapment, poor men enticed into the plot with
the promise of cars, cash and food by Hussain. – [continued at: Bloomberg.com]
One thing is certain: ―Terrorism‖ is a new strategic pre-meditated, invented phenomena that is growing
proportantely with government investment in ―fighting‖ it... Not so long ago terrorism never existed, terrorism is
a standard military strategy invented, utilized and perfected by the CIA to bring down target nations to their
knees. The CIA entered the target nations, brought in tons of cash and weapons and taught simple minded useful idiots
how to wage terrorism againt their respective countries. This is NOT conspiracy theory. This is cold hard
DOCUMENTED FACT that even the CIA has repeatedly admitted to. The era of the CIA and Mossad turning on
the U.S. has come, now WE are the target nation. They have been breaking us down as they did dozens of other
countries. Soon you will witness their end game once we are totally subjugated the rulers of men will take their places
to preside over you all.
―All U.S. Taxpaying Citizens are a Threat!: There is much to study on this subject. It is not the scope of
this particular article to go into the intricacies of the empire of Satan on earth- Judeo-Masonry. Yet as a bit
more of a thought provoker though, as to what very well may behind the 9/11 massacre and their reason for it,
think of what President Bush a (Skull and Bones Freemason) kept saying in the wake of the "Attack": "They
(the Arabs 3,000 miles away) are trying to take away our freedom ... They are trying to take away our
freedom!" (i.e. our normal freedom of movement (without having surveillance cameras on us), to travel
aboard a plane (without being publically frisked in the terminal), to talk on our cell phones about politics etc.,
(without being electronically eavesdropped on by Verizon/AT&T/etc- in conjunction with the Department of
Homeland "Security, NSA, CIA, FBI). Since Freemasonry is the opposite of order ... the opposite of good,
hasn't Bush's post 9/11 Patriot Act-ions shown themselves to be just the opposite of protecting our
"freedom" (privacy)? Is it far fetched to think that all Americans will one day be required to have a little
mandatory trackable chip (the mark) to once and for all secure "our" "freedom??‖
9/11 ANALYSIS: From Ronald Reagan and the Soviet-Afghan War to

George W Bush and September 11, 2001
by Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, September 9, 2010
This article summarizes earlier writings by the author on 9/11 and the role of Al
Qaeda in US foreign policy. For further details see Michel Chossudovsky, America's
"War on Terrorism", Global Research, 2005
"The United States spent millions of dollars to supply Afghan schoolchildren

with textbooks filled with violent images and militant Islamic teachings....The
primers, which were filled with talk of jihad and featured drawings of guns, bullets, soldiers and mines,
have served since then as the Afghan school system's core curriculum. Even the Taliban used the
American-produced books,..", (Washington Post, 23 March 2002)
"Advertisements, paid for from CIA funds, were placed in newspapers and newsletters around the world
offering inducements and motivations to join the [Islamic] Jihad." (Pervez Hoodbhoy, Peace Research, 1
May 2005)
"Bin Laden recruited 4,000 volunteers from his own country and developed close relations with the most
radical mujahedeen leaders. He also worked closely with the CIA, ... Since September 11, [2001] CIA
officials have been claiming they had no direct link to bin Laden." (Phil Gasper, International Socialist
Review, November-December 2001)
Highlights
-Osama bin Laden, America's bogyman, was recruited by the CIA in 1979 at the very outset of the US sponsored
jihad. He was 22 years old and was trained in a CIA sponsored guerilla training camp.
-The architects of the covert operation in support of "Islamic fundamentalism" launched during the Reagan
presidency played a key role in launching the "Global War on Terrorism" in the wake of 9/11.
- President Ronald Reagan met the leaders of the Islamic Jihad at the White House in 1985
-Under the Reagan administration, US foreign policy evolved towards the unconditional support and endorsement
of the Islamic "freedom fighters". In today's World, the "freedom fighters" are labeled "Islamic terrorists".
-In the Pashtun language, the word "Taliban" means "Students", or graduates of the madrasahs (places of learning
or coranic schools) set up by the Wahhabi missions from Saudi Arabia, with the support of the CIA.
-Education in Afghanistan in the years preceding the Soviet-Afghan war was largely secular. The US covert
education destroyed secular education. The number of CIA sponsored religious schools (madrasahs) increased
from 2,500 in 1980 to over 39,000.
The Soviet-Afghan war was part of a CIA covert agenda initiated during the Carter administration, which
consisted in actively supporting and financing the Islamic brigades, later known as Al Qaeda.
The Pakistani military regime played from the outset in the late 1970s, a key role in the US sponsored military and
intelligence operations in Afghanistan. In the post-Cold war era, this central role of Pakistan in US intelligence
operations was extended to the broader Central Asia- Middle East region. From the outset of the Soviet Afghan
war in 1979, Pakistan under military rule actively supported the Islamic brigades. In close liaison with the CIA,
Pakistan's military intelligence, the Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI), became a powerful organization, a parallel
government, wielding tremendous power and influence.
America's covert war in Afghanistan, using Pakistan as a launch pad, was initiated during the Carter administration
prior to the Soviet "invasion":
"According to the official version of history, CIA aid to the Mujahideen began during 1980, that is to say, after the
Soviet army invaded Afghanistan, 24 Dec 1979. But the reality, secretly guarded until now, is completely
otherwise Indeed, it was July 3, 1979 that President Carter signed the first directive for secret aid to the opponents
of the pro-Soviet regime in Kabul. And that very day, I wrote a note to the president in which I explained to him
that in my opinion this aid was going to induce a Soviet military intervention." (Former National Security adviser
Zbigniew Brzezinski, Interview with Le Nouvel Observateur, 15-21 January 1998)
In the published memoirs of Defense Secretary Robert Gates, who held the position of deputy CIA Director at the
height of the Soviet Afghan war, US intelligence was directly involved from the outset, prior to the Soviet
invasion, in channeling aid to the Islamic brigades.
With CIA backing and the funneling of massive amounts of U.S. military aid, the Pakistani ISI had developed into
a "parallel structure wielding enormous power over all aspects of government". (Dipankar Banerjee, "Possible
Connection of ISI With Drug Industry", India Abroad, 2 December 1994). The ISI had a staff composed of
military and intelligence officers, bureaucrats, undercover agents and informers, estimated at 150,000. (Ibid)
Meanwhile, CIA operations had also reinforced the Pakistani military regime led by General Zia Ul Haq:
"Relations between the CIA and the ISI had grown increasingly warm following [General] Zia‘s ouster of Bhutto
and the advent of the military regime. … During most of the Afghan war, Pakistan was more aggressively anti-
Soviet than even the United States. Soon after the Soviet military invaded Afghanistan in 1980, Zia [ul Haq] sent
his ISI chief to destabilize the Soviet Central Asian states. The CIA only agreed to this plan in October 1984."
(Ibid)
The ISI operating virtually as an affiliate of the CIA, played a central role in channeling support to Islamic
paramilitary groups in Afghanistan and subsequently in the Muslim republics of the former Soviet Union.
Acting on behalf of the CIA, the ISI was also involved in the recruitment and training of the Mujahideen. In the ten
year period from 1982 to 1992, some 35,000 Muslims from 43 Islamic countries were recruited to fight in the
Afghan jihad. The madrassas in Pakistan, financed by Saudi charities, were also set up with US support with a
view to "inculcating Islamic values". "The camps became virtual universities for future Islamic radicalism,"
(Ahmed Rashid, The Taliban). Guerilla training under CIA-ISI auspices included targeted assassinations and car
bomb attacks.
"Weapons' shipments "were sent by the Pakistani army and the ISI to rebel camps in the North West Frontier
Province near the Afghanistan border. The governor of the province is Lieutenant General Fazle Haq, who
[according to Alfred McCoy] . allowed "hundreds of heroin refineries to set up in his province." Beginning around
1982, Pakistani army trucks carrying CIA weapons from Karachi often pick up heroin in Haq‘s province and return
loaded with heroin. They are protected from police search by ISI papers."(1982-1989: US Turns Blind Eye to
BCCI and Pakistani Government Involvement in Heroin Trade See also McCoy, 2003, p. 477) .
Osama Bin Laden
Osama bin Laden, America's bogyman, was recruited by the CIA in 1979 at the very outset of the US sponsored
jihad. He was 22 years old and was trained in a CIA sponsored guerilla training camp.
During the Reagan administration, Osama, who belonged to the wealthy Saudi Bin Laden family was put in charge
of raising money for the Islamic brigades. Numerous charities and foundations were created. The operation was
coordinated by Saudi intelligence, headed by Prince Turki al-Faisal, in close liaison with the CIA. The money
derived from the various charities were used to finance the recruitment of Mujahieen volunteers. Al Qaeda, the
base in Arabic was a data bank of volunteers who had enlisted to fight in the Afghan jihad. That data base was
initially held by Osama bin Laden.
The Reagan Administration supports "Islamic Fundamentalism"
Pakistan's ISI was used as a "go-between". CIA covert support to the Mujahideen in Afghanistan operated
indirectly through the Pakistani ISI, --i.e. the CIA did not channel its support directly to the Mujahideen. In other
words, for these covert operations to be "successful", Washington was careful not to reveal the ultimate objective
of the "jihad", which consisted in destroying the Soviet Union.
In December 1984, the Sharia Law (Islamic jurisprudence) was established in Pakistan following a rigged
referendum launched by President Muhammad Zia-ul-Haq. Barely a few months later, in March 1985, President
Ronald Reagan issued National Security Decision Directive 166 (NSDD 166), which authorized "stepped-up
covert military aid to the Mujahideen" as well a support to religious indoctrination.
The imposition of The Sharia in Pakistan and the promotion of "radical Islam" was a deliberate US policy serving
American geopolitical interests in South Asia, Central Asia and the Middle East. Many present-day "Islamic
fundamentalist organizations" in the Middle East and Central Asia, were directly or indirectly the product of US
covert support and financing, often channeled through foundations from Saudi Arabia and the Gulf States.
Missions from the Wahhabi sect of conservative Islam in Saudi Arabia were put in charge of running the CIA
sponsored madrassas in Northern Pakistan.
Under NSDD 166, a series of covert CIA-ISI operations was launched.
The US supplied weapons to the Islamic brigades through the ISI. CIA and ISI officials would meet at ISI
headquarters in Rawalpindi to coordinate US support to the Mujahideen. Under NSDD 166, the procurement of US
weapons to the Islamic insurgents increased from 10,000 tons of arms and ammunition in 1983 to 65,000 tons
annually by 1987. "In addition to arms, training,
extensive military equipment including military
satellite maps and state-of-the-art communications
equipment" (University Wire, 7 May 2002).
Ronald Reagan meets Afghan Mujahideen

Commanders at the White House in 1985 (Reagan
Archives) VIDEO
With William Casey as director of the CIA, NSDD 166

was described as the largest covert operation in US
history:
The U.S. supplied support package had three essential

components-organization and logistics, military technology, and ideological support for sustaining and
encouraging the Afghan resistance....
U.S. counterinsurgency experts worked closely with the Pakistan's Inter-Services Intelligence (ISI) in organizing
Mujahideen groups and in planning operations inside Afghanistan.
... But the most important contribution of the U.S. was to ... bring in men and material from around the Arab world
and beyond. The most hardened and ideologically dedicated men were sought on the logic that they would be the
best fighters. Advertisements, paid for from CIA funds, were placed in newspapers and newsletters around the
world offering inducements and motivations to join the Jihad. (Pervez Hoodbhoy, Afghanistan and the Genesis of
the Global Jihad, Peace Research, 1 May 2005)
Religious Indoctrination
Under NSDD 166, US assistance to the Islamic brigades channeled through Pakistan was not limited to bona fide
military aid. Washington also supported and financed by the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID),
the process of religious indoctrination, largely to secure the demise of secular institutions:
... the United States spent millions of dollars to supply Afghan schoolchildren with textbooks filled with violent
images and militant Islamic teachings, part of covert attempts to spur resistance to the Soviet occupation.
The primers, which were filled with talk of jihad and featured drawings of guns, bullets, soldiers and mines, have
served since then as the Afghan school system's core curriculum. Even the Taliban used the American-produced
books,..
The White House defends the religious content, saying that Islamic principles permeate Afghan culture and that
the books "are fully in compliance with U.S. law and policy." Legal experts, however, question whether the books
violate a constitutional ban on using tax dollars to promote religion.
... AID officials said in interviews that they left the Islamic materials intact because they feared Afghan educators
would reject books lacking a strong dose of Muslim thought. The agency removed its logo and any mention of the
U.S. government from the religious texts, AID spokeswoman Kathryn Stratos said.
"It's not AID's policy to support religious instruction," Stratos said. "But we went ahead with this project because
the primary purpose . . . is to educate children, which is predominantly a secular activity."
... Published in the dominant Afghan languages of Dari and Pashtun, the textbooks were developed in the early
1980s under an AID grant to the University of Nebraska -Omaha and its Center for Afghanistan Studies. The
agency spent $ 51 million on the university's education programs in Afghanistan from 1984 to 1994." (Washington
Post, 23 March 2002)
The Role of the NeoCons
There is continuity. The architects of the covert operation in support of "Islamic fundamentalism" launched during
the Reagan presidency played a key role in launching the "Global War on Terrorism" in the wake of 9/11. Several
of the NeoCons of the Bush Junior Administration were high ranking officials during the Reagan presidency.
Richard Armitage, was Deputy Secretary of State during George W. Bush's first term (2001-2004). He played a
central key role in post 9/11 negotiations with Pakistan leading up to the October 2001 invasion of Afghanistan.
During the Reagan era, he held the position of Assist ant Secretary of Defense for International Security Policy. In
this capacity, he played a key role in the implementation of NSDD 163 while also ensuring liaison with the
Pakistani military and intelligence apparatus.
Meanwhile, Paul Wolfowitz was at the State Department in charge of a foreign policy
team composed, among others, of Lewis Libby, Francis Fukuyama and Zalmay
Khalilzad.
Wolfowitz's group was also involved in laying the conceptual groundwork of US covert
support to Islamic parties and organizations in Pakistan and Afghanistan.
Secretary of Defence Robert Gates, who now serves the Obama administration, was also
involved in setting the groundwork for CIA covert operations. He was appointed Deputy Director for Intelligence
by Ronald Reagan in 1982, and Deputy Director of the CIA in 1986, a position which he held until 1989. Gates
played a key role in the formulation of NSDD 163, which established a consistent framework for promoting
Islamic fundamentalism and channeling covert support to the Islamic brigades. He was also involved in the Iran
Contra scandal. .
The Iran Contra Operation
Richard Gates, Colin Powell and Richard Armitage, among others, were also involved in the Iran-Contra
operation. Armitage was in close liaison with Colonel Oliver North. His deputy and chief anti-terrorist official
Noel Koch was part of the team set up by Oliver North.
Of significance, the Iran-Contra operation was also tied into the process of channeling covert support to the Islamic
brigades in Afghanistan. The Iran Contra scheme served several related foreign policy:
1) Procurement of weapons to Iran thereby feeding the Iraq-Iran war,
2) Support to the Nicaraguan Contras,
3) Support to the Islamic brigades in Afghanistan, channeled via Pakistan's ISI.
Following the delivery of the TOW anti-tank missiles to Iran, the proceeds of these sales were deposited in
numbered bank accounts and the money was used to finance the Nicaraguan Contras. and the Mujahideen:
"The Washington Post reported that profits from the Iran arms sales were deposited in one CIA-managed
account into which the U.S. and Saudi Arabia had placed $250 million apiece. That money was disbursed
not only to the contras in Central America but to the rebels fighting Soviet troops in Afghanistan." (US
News & World Report, 15 December 1986).
Although Lieutenant General Colin Powell, was not directly involved in the arms' transfer negotiations, which had
been entrusted to Oliver North, he was among "at least five men within the Pentagon who knew arms were being
transferred to the CIA." (The Record, 29 December 1986). In this regard, Powell was directly instrumental in
giving the "green light" to lower-level officials in blatant violation of Congressional procedures. According to the
New York Times, Colin Powell took the decision (at the level of military procurement), to allow the delivery of
weapons to Iran:
"Hurriedly, one of the men closest to Secretary of Defense Weinberger, Maj. Gen. Colin Powell, bypassed
the written ''focal point system'' procedures and ordered the Defense Logistics Agency [responsible for
procurement] to turn over the first of 2,008 TOW missiles to the CIA., which acted as cutout for delivery
to Iran" (New York Times, 16 February 1987)
Secretary of Defense Robert Gates was also implicated in the Iran-Contra Affair.
The Golden Crescent Drug Trade
The history of the drug trade in Central Asia is intimately related to the CIA's covert operations. Prior to the
Soviet-Afghan war, opium production in Afghanistan and Pakistan was directed to small regional markets. There
was no local production of heroin. (Alfred McCoy, Drug Fallout: the CIA's Forty Year Complicity in the Narcotics
Trade. The Progressive, 1 August 1997).
Alfred McCoy's study confirms that within two years of the onslaught of the CIA operation in Afghanistan, "the
Pakistan-Afghanistan borderlands became the world's top heroin producer." (Ibid) Various Islamic paramilitary
groups and organizations were created. The proceeds of the Afghan drug trade, which was protected by the CIA,
were used to finance the various insurgencies:
"Under CIA and Pakistani protection, Pakistan military and Afghan resistance opened heroin labs on the Afghan
and Pakistani border. According to The Washington Post of May 1990, among the leading heroin manufacturers
were Gulbuddin Hekmatyar, an Afghan leader who received about half of the covert arms that the U.S. shipped to
Pakistan. Although there were complaints about Hekmatyar's brutality and drug trafficking within the ranks of the
Afghan resistance of the day, the CIA maintained an uncritical alliance and supported him without reservation or
restraint.
Once the heroin left these labs in Pakistan's northwest frontier, the Sicilian Mafia imported the drugs into the U.S.,
where they soon captured sixty percent of the U.S. heroin market. That is to say, sixty percent of the U.S. heroin
supply came indirectly from a CIA operation. During the decade of this operation, the 1980s, the substantial DEA
contingent in Islamabad made no arrests and participated in no seizures, allowing the syndicates a de facto free
hand to export heroin. By contrast, a lone Norwegian detective, following a heroin deal from Oslo to Karachi,
mounted an investigation that put a powerful Pakistani banker known as President Zia's surrogate son behind bars.
The DEA in Islamabad got nobody, did nothing, stayed away.
Former CIA operatives have admitted that this operation led to an expansion of the Pakistan-Afghanistan heroin
trade. In 1995 the former CIA Director of this Afghan operation, Mr. Charles Cogan, admitted sacrificing the drug
war to fight the Cold War. "Our main mission was to do as much damage to the Soviets. We didn't really have the
resources or the time to devote to an investigation of the drug trade," he told Australian television. "I don't think
that we need to apologize for this. Every situation has its fallout. There was fallout in terms of drugs, yes, but the
main objective was accomplished. The Soviets left Afghanistan." (Alfred McCoy, Testimony before the Special
Seminar focusing on allegations linking CIA secret operations and drug trafficking-convened February 13, 1997,
by Rep. John Conyers, Dean of the Congressional Black Caucus)
Lucrative Narcotics Trade in the Post Cold War Era
The drug trade has continued unabated during the post Cold war years. Afghanistan became the major supplier of
heroin to Western markets, in fact almost the sole supplier: more than 90 percent of the heroin sold Worldwide
originates in Afghanistan. This lucrative contraband is tied into Pakistani politics and the militarization of the
Pakistani State. It also has a direct bearing on the structure of the Pakistani economy and its banking and financial
institutions, which from the outset of the Golden Crescent drug trade have been involved in extensive money
laundering operations, which are protected by the Pakistani military and intelligence apparatus:
According to the US State Department International Narcotics Control Strategy Report (2006) (quoted in Daily
Times, 2 March 2006),
―Pakistani criminal networks play a central role in the transshipment of narcotics and smuggled goods
from Afghanistan to international markets. Pakistan is a major drug-transit country. The proceeds of
narcotics trafficking and funding for terrorist activities are often laundered by means of the alternative
system called hawala…
―Repeatedly, a network of private unregulated charities has also emerged as a significant source of illicit
funds for international terrorist networks,‖ the report pointed out. ... "
The hawala system and the charities are but the tip of the iceberg. According to the State Department report, "the
State Bank of Pakistan has frozen more twenty years] a meager $10.5 million "belonging to 12 entities and
individuals linked to Osama bin Laden, Al Qaeda or the Taliban". What the report fails to mention is that the bulk
of the proceeds of the Afghan drug trade are laundered in bona fide Western banking institutions.
The Taliban Repress the Drug Trade
A major and unexpected turnaround in the CIA sponsored drug trade occurred in 2000.
The Taliban government which came to power in 1996 with Washington's support, implemented in 2000-2001 a
far-reaching opium eradication program with the support of the United Nations which served to undermine a
multibillion dollar trade. (For further details see, Michel Chossudovsky, America's War on Terrorism, Global
Research, 2005).
In 2001 prior to the US-led invasion, opium production under the Taliban eradication program declined by more
than 90 percent.
In the immediate wake of the US led invasion, the Bush administration ordered that the opium harvest not be
destroyed on the fabricated pretext that this would undermine the military government of Pervez Musharraf.
"Several sources inside Capitol Hill noted that the CIA opposes the destruction of the Afghan opium supply
because to do so might destabilize the Pakistani government of Gen. Pervez Musharraf. According to these
sources, Pakistani intelligence had threatened to overthrow President Musharraf if the crops were destroyed. ...
'If they [the CIA] are in fact opposing the destruction of the Afghan opium trade, it'll only serve to perpetuate the
belief that the CIA is an agency devoid of morals; off on their own program rather than that of our constitutionally
elected government'" .(NewsMax.com, 28 March 2002)
Since the US led invasion, opium production has increased 33 fold from 185 tons in 2001 under the Taliban
to 6100 tons in 2006. Cultivated areas have increased 21 fold since the 2001 US-led invasion. (Michel
Chossudovsky, Global Research, 6 January 2006)
In 2007, Afghanistan supplied approximately 93% of the global supply of heroin. The proceeds (in terms of retail
value) of the Afghanistan drug trade are estimated (2006) to be in excess of 190 billion dollars a year, representing
a significant fraction of the global trade in narcotics.(Ibid)
The proceeds of this lucrative multibillion dollar contraband are deposited in Western banks. Almost the totality of
the revenues accrue to corporate interests and criminal syndicates outside Afghanistan.
The laundering of drug money constitutes a multibillion dollar activity, which continues to be protected by the CIA
and the ISI. In the wake of the 2001 US invasion of Afghanistan.
In retrospect, one of the major objectives of the 2001 invasion of Afghanistan was to restore the drug trade.
The militarization of Pakistan serves powerful political, financial and criminal interests underlying the drug trade.
US foreign policy tends to support these powerful interests. The CIA continues to protect the Golden Crescent
narcotics trade. Despite his commitment to eradicating the drug trade, opium production under the regime of
Afghan President Hamid Karzai has skyrocketed.
The Assassination of General Zia Ul-Haq
In August 1988, President Zia was killed in an air crash together with US Ambassador to Pakistan Arnold Raphel
and several of Pakistan's top generals. The circumstances of the air crash remain shrouded in mystery.
Following Zia's death, parliamentary elections were held and Benazir Bhutto was sworn in as Prime Minister in
December 1988. She was subsequently removed from office by Zia's successor, President Ghulam Ishaq Khan on
the grounds of alleged corruption. In 1993, she was re-elected and was again removed from office in 1996 on the
orders of President Farooq Leghari.
Continuity has been maintained throughout. Under the short-lived post-Zia elected governments of Nawaz Sharif
and Benazir Bhutto, the central role of the military-intelligence establishment and its links to Washington were
never challenged.
Both Benazir Bhutto and Nawaz Sharif served US foreign policy interests. While in power, both democratically
elected leaders, nonetheless supported the continuity of military rule. As prime minister from 1993 to 1996,
Benazir Bhutto "advocated a conciliatory policy toward Islamists, especially the Taliban in Afghanistan" which
were being supported by Pakistan's ISI (See F. William Engdahl, Global Research, January 2008)
Benazir Bhutto's successor as Prime Minister, Mia Muhammad Nawaz Sharif of the Pakistan Muslim League
(PML) was deposed in 1999 in a US supported coup d'Etat led by General Pervez Musharraf.
The 1999 coup was instigated by General Pervez Musharaf, with the support of the Chief of General Staff,
Lieutenant General Mahmoud Ahmad, who was subsequently appointed to the key position of head of military
intelligence (ISI).
From the outset of the Bush administration in 2001, General Ahmad developed close ties not only with his US
counterpart CIA director George Tenet, but also with key members of the US government including Secretary of
State Colin Powell, Deputy Secretary of State Richard Armitage, not to mention Porter Goss, who at the time was
Chairman of the House Committee on Intelligence. Ironically, Mahmoud Ahmad is also known, according to a
September 2001 FBI report, for his suspected role in supporting and financing the alleged 9/11 terrorists as well as
his links to Al Qaeda and the Taliban. (See Michel Chossudovsky, America's "war on Terrorism, Global Research,
Montreal, 2005)
Concluding Remarks
These various "terrorist" organizations were created as a result of CIA support. They are not the product
of religion. The project to establish "a pan-Islamic Caliphate" is part of a carefully devised intelligence
operation.
CIA support to Al Qaeda was not in any way curtailed at the end of the Cold War. In fact quite the opposite. The
earlier pattern of covert support took on a global thrust and became increasingly sophisticated.
The "Global War on Terrorism" is a complex and intricate intelligence construct. The covert support
provided to "Islamic extremist groups" is part of an imperial agenda. It purports to weaken and eventually
destroy secular and civilian governmental institutions, while also contributing to vilifying Islam. It is an
instrument of colonization which seeks to undermine sovereign nation-states and transform countries into
territories.
For the intelligence operation to be successful, however, the various Islamic organizations created and trained by
the CIA must remain unaware of the role they are performing on the geopolitical chessboard, on behalf of
Washington.
Over the years, these organizations have indeed acquired a certain degree of autonomy and independence, in
relation to their US-Pakistani sponsors. That appearance of "independence", however, is crucial; it is an integral
part of the covert intelligence operation. According to former CIA agent Milton Beardman the Mujahideen
were invariably unaware of the role they were performing on behalf of Washington. In the words of bin
Laden (quoted by Beardman): "neither I, nor my brothers saw evidence of American help". (Weekend Sunday
(NPR); Eric Weiner, Ted Clark; 16 August 1998).
"Motivated by nationalism and religious fervor, the Islamic warriors were unaware that they were
fighting the Soviet Army on behalf of Uncle Sam. While there were contacts at the upper levels of the
intelligence hierarchy, Islamic rebel leaders in theatre had no contacts with Washington or the CIA."
(Michel Chossudovsky, America's War on Terrorism, Chapter 2).
The fabrication of "terrorism" --including covert support to terrorists-- is required to provide legitimacy to
the "war on terrorism".
The various fundamentalist and paramilitary groups involved in US sponsored "terrorist" activities are
"intelligence assets". In the wake of 9/11, their designated function as "intelligence assets" is to perform their
role as credible "enemies of America.‖
Under the Bush administration, the CIA continued to support (via Pakistan's ISI) several Pakistani based Islamic
groups. The ISI is known to support Jamaat a-Islami, which is also present in South East Asia, Lashkar-e-Tayyaba,
Jehad a-Kashmiri, Hizbul-Mujahidin and Jaish-e-Mohammed.
The Islamic groups created by the CIA are also intended to rally public support in Muslim countries. The
underlying objective is to create divisions within national societies throughout the Middle East and Central Asia,
while also triggering sectarian strife within Islam, ultimately with a view to curbing the development of a broad
based secular mass resistance, which would challenge US imperial ambitions.
This function of an outside enemy is also an essential part of war propaganda required to galvanize Western
public opinion. Without an enemy, a war cannot be fought. US foreign policy needs to fabricate an enemy, to
justify its various military interventions in the Middle East and Central Asia. An enemy is required to justify a
military agenda, which consists in "going after Al Qaeda". The fabrication and vilification of the enemy are
required to justify military action.
The existence of an outside enemy sustains the illusion that the "war on terrorism" is real. It justifies and
presents military intervention as a humanitarian operation based on the right to self-defense. It upholds the
illusion of a "conflict of civilizations." The underlying purpose ultimately is to conceal the real economic and
strategic objectives behind the broader Middle East Central Asian war.
Historically, Pakistan has played a central role in "war on terrorism". Pakistan constitutes from Washington's
standpoint a geopolitical hub. It borders onto Afghanistan and Iran. It has played a crucial role in the conduct of
US and allied military operations in Afghanistan as well as in the context of the Pentagon's war plans in relation to
Iran.
The often repeated mission of America in virtually every instance that it has attacked, invaded and occupied tens of
dozens of countries, until they setup a ―friendly regime‖ (i.e. a puppet partner state) has been the premise of
―spreading Democracy‖… The evidence is very clear at this point in history, for now the big picture is almost
complete, what was propagandized to all as ―spreading Democracy‖ was all a thinly veiled red herring for the
ECONOMIC COLONIZATION of all the worlds countries.
Today there are only a few ―evil‖ holdouts and plans are on the works to invade, ummm ―bring Democracy‖ to their
countries with a blizzard of bombs and guns blazing… They will bring them to their knees, then they shall sign off on
the rights to their lands and resources, buy our goods, teach our way of life, and most importantly: become a humble
subservient member of the global economic order…
ISLAMOPHOBIA:
Israel‘s Most Cherished Weapon of Mass Destruction Destined to Destroy the West if Not Stopped
Yes, it certainly paints a frightening picture for sure. The inhabitants of

the most powerful countries in the world–militarily and economically
speaking–transformed into sub-humanoids, bled completely dry of all
the characteristics distinguishing them as members of a higher, more
intelligent species and who now roam the earth in search of healthy,
uninfected people so they can eat them…
No, I am not talking about the storyline from the movie I Am Legend
starring Will Smith (a screen shot of which is featured above) where
mankind has been decimated by a genetically-engineered virus that has mutated what‘s left of human beings into
irrational, incoherent, savages devoid of reason and morals…
Rather, what we‘re referring to here is that OTHER man-made virus epidemically sweeping through the West and
America like wildfire that has mutated entire swaths of otherwise normal humans into irrational, incoherent,
savages who are devoid of reason and morals.
As frightening as this sounds, (and believe me, it should scare the b-Jesus out of everyone) the fact is this is not
some Hollywood fantasy like the blockbuster movie Independence Day, where the world stands at the brink of
complete annihilation and is saved LITERALLY AT THE LAST FREAKING SECOND by a nice, nerdy Jewish
boy with a Messiah complex named David.
No, in this case, the Krippen Virus–as it was called in I Am Legend– threatening destruction of all life on earth is
today known as Islamophobia, and along with its attending ―war to end all wars‖, stands the very good likelihood
of turning an otherwise Garden of Eden into Paradise lost.
And despite the fact all this is not some silver screen fantasy, this is not to say however that Hollywood–no, let‘s
re-phrase that–JEWISH CONTROL of both Hollywood and the mainstream media in the US–has not played the
lead role in this action drama by cultivating and propagating this epidemic, because it most certainly has. Indeed, if
there is a Dr. Alice Krippen (the scientist credited with creating the virus that destroyed the entire human race in I
Am Legend) in all this, it is those bespecled, white-coated Jewish interests working in PR laboratories in Tel Aviv,
Jerusalem, New York and D.C. controlling what we see, hear, read and think.
Those who doubt such an epidemic exists simply have not been paying attention as of late. Now, thanks to
bullhorns and blowhards both in the mainstream AND alternative media, it–the virus–is everywhere, in our air,
water, under our fingernails and even in our toothpaste. Whether it is propagandists and Zionist assets from the
mainstream-media such as Pamela Geller, Robert Spencer, Frank Gaffney, et al or whether it is those in the
patriot/alternative media such as Devvy Kidd, Frosty Wooldridge and others (who foolishly think that by spewing
lies about Islam they will endear themselves to Jewish interests and avoid the menacing glare of powerful Zionist
groups such as the ADL and SPLC) it is monsoon season as far as anti-Islamic hysteria goes, and with no change
of weather in sight for the foreseeable future.
As if the two wars the West is fighting for these Jewish interests weren‘t bad enough (and we could certainly
characterize 2 million dead innocent civilians and an economy on life support as ―bad enough‖ wouldn‘t you
agree?) now an already uncomfortably-hot situation has been ratcheted up–not just a few degrees, but indeed
enough to flash-fry an 80-lb turkey in about ten seconds. What used to be sporadic incidents such as severed pigs‘
heads being left at the front doors of Muslim homes in America or bricks being thrown through the windows of
Islamic centers and mosques has now graduated to throat slashings, as recently took place this last week in NYC.
Imagine for a moment if you will fellow earthlings…A father of 4 small children, (no doubt quite hungry, given
the fact it is Ramadan and he is fasting) doing his job, following all the laws as laid down by his city, county, state
and federal governments, when all the sudden some piece of white trash gets into his car, asks him if he is a
Muslim and slashes his throat in some attempted form of weird, Kosher-approved ritual slaughter, as our Muslim
father of 4 pleads with his would-be murderer, saying ―Please don‘t kill me. I‘m a very hard worker. I work very
hard‖.
AND WE ARE TOLD IT IS ISLAM THAT IS VIOLENT AND BACKWARDS AND THAT THE MUSLIMS
COULD LEARN A THING OR TWO FROM THE ENLIGHTENED ―JUDEO-CHRISTIAN WEST‖???
Let us not either make the mistake of thinking the subsequent criminality and violence springing up on a daily
basis now by these Gawd-fearin‘/Red-bluddid ‗mericans against Muslims is not the result of the tsunami of lying,
anti-Islamic rhetoric being organized by Jewish interests and propagated through both the mainstream and
alternative media. The two are as inextricably linked with each other as cross burnings and the Klan and anyone
who says different is a liar, a fool or both. This epidemic of Islamophobia (just like the Krippen Virus in I Am
Legend) is every bit as much an Israeli operation in psychological warfare as are all the other infamous false-flag
terrorist operations cooked up in Mossad headquarters in Herzilya, including but not limited to the Lavon Affair,
Israel‘s attack on the USS LIBERTY, the dead Kennedys, the 1983 attack on the US Marine barracks in Lebanon,
the planned assassination of George Herbert Walker Bush in 1990 and, last but not least, 9/11.
But, as bad as it is, ladies and gentlemen, it actually gets much, much worse when you understand the ‗logic‘ of
those who have brought this thing about, and something that those in the West who are beating their breasts the
hardest against Islam should take into consideration before proceeding an inch further.
In the first case, what we must recognize is that all this hysteria is a preparatory step to something going BOOM!
in America that will then be blamed on Iran (and others) in justifying going deeper into war at a time the US
doesn‘t have the resources to buy the tissue paper necessary to blow her nose. The aforementioned agents out there
whipping up this fever in America against Islam–Geller, Spencer, Gaffney et al, should be seen for exactly what
they are–saboteurs who are planting time-bombs that will result in massive loss of life in America and beyond. The
Jewish interests overseeing all this are waiting for the right moment when America‘s body temperature reaches a
certain point that makes the next false flag attack believable, and as soon as that takes place, we will see something
take place that will make 9/11 look tame by comparison.
Secondly, what we have to keep in mind is that the destruction of Islam is not the primary objective here. Like a
guy asking a girl out for dinner, it is just a precursor to the main event he hopes will be taking place later. It–the
Zionist-engineered clash of civilizations between the Islamic and Christian worlds–is merely a stepping stone to
something else, something rooted in deep, never-forgotten vendettas and accounting matters that require settling.
The first thing to keep in mind when understanding where these Jewish interests are going with all this
Armageddon business is that they do not have a 2,000 year old grudge with Islam. In fact (the 20th century being
the exception) Jews chart their ―Golden Age‖ and the period of their greatest prosperity under Muslim rule in
places like Spain and Baghdad.
The West however is another matter altogether. As far as Jewry is concerned, there are old scores to be settled,
most notably a particular landmark event taking place in 70 A.D., something they don‘t consider to be just a minor
accounting matter, but rather one requiring the proverbial pound of flesh.
Everything taking place today viz a viz Israel and the Jewish people is about turning back the clock and undoing
history. While the rest of the world has moved forward, they are a people who have remained frozen in time, back
when a jealous, vindictive God supposedly promised them the world and everything with it. As such, they are
holding on to a lottery ticket they say has all the winning numbers on it, even though it is for a lottery that does not
exist, and they are out to collect every cent of what they say is theirs.
Now, how did it come to be that they lost out in this lottery? It all goes back to their country being destroyed in 70
A.D. by the Romans, forcing them to scatter and flee and to live as ―guests‖ in gentile nations for 2,000 years
where they suffered rejection and, as we are not allowed to forget, ―anti-Semitism‖ and ―persecution―.
And who are the Romans today? Why, wouldn‘t ya know, WE ARE–the West, meaning Europe and America.
―The sins of the father―…–remember that old line from the Old Testament, where the children pay the price for the
evil deeds of the parents generation after generation? As they–the Jews–see it, our great, great grandfathers
destroyed their country, reduced these self-perceived kings and princes to beggars and gypsies and robbed them of
their lottery winnings and now WE, the great great-grandchildren, must pay the price, first by destroying Israel‘s
existential threats, and then secondly by going down in flames economically, socially and politically as a result of
fighting these wars against over a billion people.
Don‘t believe it? Well then, ask yourself–which countries are fighting this war against a billion Muslims? The
Chinese? No. The Russians? No. The Indians? No.
It is America, England, Germany, France, Italy, Canada, Australia, etc, all countries who today are the great, great
grandkids of yesterday‘s Romans who destroyed Jerusalem.
And this, friends, Romans, countrymen, is the reason the West today finds herself infected with the Zionist version
of the Krippen Virus, the only antidote to which is the truth and the courage to speak it throughout that great leper
colony known as Western civilization.
Let us hope there is enough serum to go around before the madmen who have spread this weapon of mass
destruction drag mankind past that point of no return as described in one horror story known as the Apocalypse, for
if not, as we were told, ―no flesh will survive‖. © 2010 Mark Glenn, http://theuglytruth.wordpress.com
Behold: for I must ask thee this: Who is to say that Zionist ISRAEL‘S Mossad won‘t be the one to detonate a
REAL nuclear or biological weapon here on our American soil in order to blame it on, ummm, Iran? Syria?
Pakistan? Etc. I can see the headlines now. Sinister evil Muslim posing for photos with nuke! (Lee Harvey Oswald
style) Official propaganda narrative: ―Here is the proof! Look, they conveniently left maps, notes, pictures and
addresses of all their buddies too!‖… ―ATTACK!!!! Destroy the evil terrorist patsy nations!!!!‖
False Flag terrorism has paved the way, the resultant invasion/occupations breeds and nutures a spritit of deep
seated resentment thus leading the way to real ―blow back‖ terrorism which is now here to stay, it is THE perfect
instrument of instilling fear in the hearts and minds of the goyim, anyone or anything can easily be labeled a ―terrorist‖
entity thus setting up the pretext for the unchallenged immediate surrender of all rights and liberties, allowing even the
most medieval atrocities to be conducted upon any target that was labeled ―terrorist‖ and the public will cheer it on.
Terrorism is providing the perfect pretext for the virtual surveillance police state that is enveloping the world and
setting up the perfect pretense for the hidden masters to take complete iron fist control to freely rule over mankind…
There is one very important statement that I must make prior to wrapping up this section: As I have mentioned
before, I am not with or against the Arab/Muslim sector either. I have focused on the Zionist/Israeli/Jewish menace
more than the Muslim menace due to the FACT that the Zionist one is by far the most dangerous, and the fact is that
the Zionist media consortium has done a 24/7 bang up job of informing the public of the evil sinister Muslims, to such
an extent that they have been demonized beyond all actuality. Granted: yes there are evil extremist Arab/Muslims in
this world filled with hate but nowhere near the epic proportions that we are being lead to believe. It is my deepest
conviction that if the ruling powers of this world were to meet them with brotherly love, forgiveness, repentance and
compassion that all the animosity could be overcome and true peace could flourish. Though at this stage of history it is
quickly becoming a monumental feat due to the fact that the western world has been carpet bombing the Muslim world
for decades on end, creating real live revengeful extremists. The notion that peace will come with bombs and rivers
of blood, invasion, occupation, lies and deception is preposterous. I firmly stand waiting and anticipating the arrival
of the true Prince of Peace who shall bring forth real peace, unity, healing, brotherly love, compassion, not just with
words but in actions.

9/11 THE 2nd GREATEST FRAUD IN

WORLD HISTORY
MOSSAD/CIA "OPERATION 911 REICHSTAG-FIRE"
(RE: False Flag BlackOps NORTHWOODS)
The day an entire country was mentally raped…
THE ENGINEERING OF AMERICA’S MINI-HOLOCAUST
“In the size of the lie there is always contained a certain factor of credibility, since the great mass of people
will more easily fall victims to a great lie than to a small one.” – Adolph Hitler
“The truth is, there is no Islamic army or terrorist group called Al Qaida. And any informed intelligence
officer knows this. But there is a propaganda campaign to make the public believe in the presence of an
identified entity representing the ‘devil’ only in order to drive the TV watcher to accept a unified
international leadership for a war against terrorism. The country behind this propaganda is the U.S.” –
Pierre Henri Brunel, French Intelligence
“September 11 attacks were the result of a set-up. What we are seeing is a manipulation by the big
powers; this terrorism would not exist without them.” - General Leonid Ivashov, Chief of Staff of the
Russian armed forces
9/11, that dreadful day of infamy, that America lost what little innocence it had left, the Day of what ―the
establishment‖ would have you believe was a day of Monumental Batshit Insane Bungling Stupidity and
Incompetence on the part of the ENTIRE U.S. Intelligence, pentagon and all of Washington, should be listed as
Ripley's Believe it or Not biggest day of mind numbing mass coincidences! Topped off with the fact that 9/11
was also the very same day that the laws of physics and logic stood still, temporarily halted in suspended
animation.
Why is it so important to fully understand the truth behind 911? Because it was the one single determining EVENT
THAT CHANGED THE ENTIRE COURSE OF OUR HISTORY!. So why is it so taboo to even look into this
day? To question the "official story"? First of all if 911 had never happened, there would be no wars in the Middle
East. 911 WAS THE STARTING POINT TO EVERYTHING. The invasions, the wars, trillions wasted, the
avalanche of Orwellian policies and acts. That is why it is so important to go back and study the beginning point of
the chaos.
―Naturally the common people don't want war: Neither in Russian, nor in England, nor for that matter in
Germany. That is understood. But, after all, it is the leaders of the country who determine the policy and it is
always a simple matter to drag the people along, whether it is a democracy, or a fascist dictatorship, or a
parliament , or a communist dictatorship. Voice or no voice, the people can always be brought to the bidding
of the leaders. That is easy. All I have to do is tell them they are being attacked, and denounce the
peacemakers for lack of patriotism and exposing the country to danger. It works the same in any country.‖ -
Goering at the Nuremberg Trials
Out from 9/11 hysteria, rage and chaos came the hair brained idea of invasion and occupation of the middle east, the
rampant trampling of our constitutional freedoms, massive crack downs all over society, hundreds of laws and policies
have since been issued that have drastically changed our lives forever. Thousands of lives lost, billions upon billions
trillions of dollars wasted. The bottom line is: 9/11 was the event that put the strategic plans of the ruling elite into
motion. 9/11 was the STARTING POINT of EVERYTHING. Without their 9/11
catalyst there would have been no invasion/occupation of Afghanistan, no
invasion/occupation of Iraq, our multinational conglomerates would not have all those
tow countries oil and resources either. Without 9/11 our big brother government would
not have been able to get away with the tons of new polices, acts, regulations, laws, etc
that have literally changed the entire landscape of our country from top to bottom,
including the literally bypassing of the Constitution and Bill of Rights (―for you
protection‖ but of course). 9/11 was the catalyst that opened the door and paved the
way for the ruling elite to do whatever they freaking wanted despite all rhyme, reason,
logic and rational in the name of alleged ―national security‖ and to purportedly ―protect
you.‖ They orchestrated the entire operation according to their modus operandi and
motto: ―order out of chaos,‖ classic Problem – Reaction – Solution paradigm in
action.
Yesterday was one of the anniversaries of 9/11, I was amazed how every single channel treated that day of
―remembrance‖ as if it were the sacred Jewish Holocaust. I flipped channels throughout the day to see what all the
―news‖ media wanted us to feel, think and believe for the day, by 7 pm I just turned off the TV in disgust. It is now
official: There is only one narrative for that day and it is the official government sponsored lie that is the universal
―truth‖ about what happened that day. Every piece of ―news‖ and opinion was fashioned on the assumed premise that a
few Neanderthals operating out of caves from thousands of miles away, with box cutters in hand successfully bypassed
the world‘s most advanced military and evaded all state of the art security apparatus including all radar (flying regular
commercial jets, not stealth bombers) and conducted the most amazing, daring, successful, stupendous strategic
military attack in the history of mankind. The only images and dialog on Zionist TV was the universal theme about the
evil terrorist plague that is now miraculously covering the entire planet and must be stopped beyond all reason, rational
or thinking…
A Culture in Denial - video
In just about every TV channel for the entire week was the Jewish controlled media stroking and feeding the flames of
hate and wildly spreading Islamophobia with 24/7 coverage of some paster in some small town with just a couple
dozen congregation who wanted to burn a Qoran. The Jew owned/controlled media began a feeding frenzy on that
story and with their multi-national reach blew the incident completely out of proportion stoking the flames of hatred,
division and animosity. Mission accomplished.
Yesterday all the Zionist Jew owned/controlled TV ―news‖ stations focused on the 9/11 rememberance event as if it
happened yesterday drilling in people‘s minds that there is no doubt in the world that evil MUSLIM terrorists attacked
us, they continually drove the point home that a few rag tag MUSLIM idiots caused all that pain and suffering to
America. None of the blaring inconsistencies, lies, cover-ups, false info, disinfo, omissions, etc. was ever touched.
Nope, it is now official: the tales of 9/11 have officially entered holy ground status where no one is to challenge
the sacred official sanctified hallowed narrative. All who dare go there are immediately treated as treasonous
national blasphemers. Exactly as is the standard protocol of the official Holocaust narrative, so is the narrative of
9/11 becoming an untouchable topic for scrutiny, inquiry, analysis, investigation, to question the official
narrative is quickly being built up into sacrilege exactly like the many tales of the German Holohoax.
The Zionist controlled TV/media industry has been meticulously molding the masses viewpoint, feelings and
opinion on scales that very few people comprehend. They have been carefully breeding Islamophobia through
their vast media soap box empire networks. This recent story sums up the common calculated effect of the
constant unison broadcasting of Zionist media empire indoctrination/brainwashing creating and feeding
Islamophobia beyond all reason:
―Today I am ashamed.... [reddit.com post]
..... to call myself an American. This afternoon at my college a gentleman decided to pray before going to class. He
decided that the parking lot was as good a place as any to pray, I'm not sure he was impeding the flow of traffic,
but the Campus Police were called.
A fellow student busted into class (in this case a vocational shop) and shouted "There's some fucking Muslim
praying in the fucking parking lot" followed by racial epithets. Now, this wasn't what made me sick. what made
me sick was that everyone else at the study table jumped up and immediately developed a mob mentality of "Oh
let's get 'im, blah blah blah".
I know most of you automatically are thinking "Oh hey rednecks" not so, what if I told you it was a mix of Blacks,
Whites, and Latino. I asked them if any of them had heard of that part of the Constitution that guaranteed freedom
of expression and religion. Well you would have thought that I was wearing a sign labeling me a Liberal lefty
sheep, also not so.
These guys didn't give a fuck. All they wanted to do was essentially lynch the Muslim. I called them Nazis, To
which they laughed and proceeded to talk about how all Muslims needed to be rounded up and put in camps, you
know... like the Nazis did.
On returning to class they discussed how Immigrants shouldn't be allowed in the country, remember the dynamic
of this group?. Again I said you guys need a class on the Constitution.
their reply? ..... Fuck the Constitution.
so I said. "AT WHAT FUCKING POINT DO YOU THINK IT'S OK TO SPIT ON THE AMERICAN
CONSTITUTION AND THE AMERICAN FLAG!"
I received blank looks from my classmates. The sad thing is that all these guys with the exception of 2 served with
me in Iraq. The last time I checked, on two counts, I swore to uphold the constitution and protect the people of the
United States. Once when I joined the Army and once when I became a citizen.
To anyone and EVERYONE that maintains this attitude. fuck you.....fuck you right in the face.
I am a Vet I am an Immigrant I am a card holding member of the NRA as well as a republican

This display of intolerance made me sick and I am ashamed to call my self an American today.‖
The window of opportunity to open a new official independent investigation of 9/11 (the spark that set the insanity in
action) is quickly closing, soon never again will anyone be allowed to even question the official sanctified narrative
that is now being included in your children‘s text books in school and taught as ―truth.‖ When all those kids graduate
and become adults, their indoctrination and brain washing will have been completed, they will NEVER question what
happened on September 11th, 2001 due to the fact that by the time they become adults it will have been driven deep
into their consciousness that they will believe it as gospel. So much so that those little ones will someday treat anyone
who dares question the official narrative as insane loathsome lepers, maybe even imprisoning them for dissident
treasonous remarks questioning the official hallowed narratives of the events that catapulted this once great nation into
a dark abyss…
Such is the true state of the union at this moment. Call me a radical rebel disenter if you must for my coming forth to
reveal some of the most blaring oddities and lies of the events that is fast being reffered to as the sacrosanct 9/11. There
is only one alliegance in my heart and mind above all else in this world, and that is to Heavenly Father and
unadulterated Truth. Thus I come foreward to hopefully open peoples eyes and mind to the Luciferian dark forces
at work in this world that are Hell bent on oppressing and enslave manking. It has been so thousand of years ago
and is still so today, nothing has changed only the faces and names of those who are acting as his agents here on earth.
With that said, done and clarified, let‘s now take off our blinders, rose colored glasses and dare to use our powers of
critical thought to rationally and logically examine the events of ―9/11‖ with old fashioned common sense:
"We Americans are the ultimate innocents. We are forever desperate to believe that this time the government
is telling us the truth." - Sydney Schanberg
What was going on right before the World Trade Center attacks?
On August 13, 2001 the Russian defense officials announced that there would be war in the Middle East within
six months. (7) The Russians have stated that Egypt is ready to move its third army into Sinai and that war is
inevitable. (8) Here in the United States, lawmakers recently held a meeting at Andrews Air Force Base and held
a computer based exercise, code-named "Dark Winter." The results of the meeting indicated that "a biological
terrorist attack on U.S. soil could bring the country to the brink of disintegration." (9) It was also indicated at the
meeting that marshal law would become necessary, and that in two months, terrorist induced epidemics would
disintegrate our nation. (10)
07. The World Tribune, Aug. 13, 2001, from Moscow, World Tribune.com.
08. Ibid.
09. Asia News, July 24, 2001, from Washington, D.C., AFP.
10. Ibid.
To begin with: After conducting relentless unbiased researching of 9/11 until I almost passed out. I finally came to a
conclusion: I do NOT and cannot believe our world‘s foremost advanced and sophisticated trillion dollar air defenses
& intelligence network were defeated by Osama-Bin-Patsy and his 19 half wit lackeys with box cutters! (9 of which
are still alive and walking today with no answer or change of narritve from the establishment of the official fairy tale)
The establishment would have us believe that hijacked airliners, flew all over the eastern U.S. for HOURS without any
meaningful response nor pursuit!? The most advanced military on the PLANET had NO FREAKING CLUE what was
going on!?
While Dick Cheney and the PentaCON just happened to be conducting eerily similar, as in almost freakin
IDENTICAL ―war games‖ in the same freaking time, that same freakin fateful morning, in the same freaking area
with the same freakin scenarios as the ―terrorists‖ used!
Wake up America!!! Stop sleeping!!! If this single FACT does not single handedly confirm complicity or at the very
least trigger your curiosity then these people will continue to get away with even more outrageous crimes in the future.
CBC Documentary: The Fifth Estate – The Lies That Led to War - Video
 The Afghanistan war was planned before 9/11 (see this and this)
 The decision to launch the Iraq war was made before 9/11. Indeed, former CIA director George Tenet said
that the White House wanted to invade Iraq long before 9/11, and inserted "crap" in its justifications for
invading Iraq. Former Treasury Secretary Paul O'Neill - who sat on the National Security Council - also says
that Bush planned the Iraq war before9/11. And top British officials say that the U.S. discussed Iraq regime
change one month after Bush took office
 Cheney apparently even made Iraqi's oil fields a national security priority before 9/11
 The Patriot Act was planned before 9/11
 Cheney dreamed of giving the White House the powers of a monarch long before 9/11
 Cheney and Rumsfeld actively generated fake intelligence which exaggerated the threat from an enemy in
order to justify huge amounts of military spending long before 9/11. And see this
 Cheney and the rest of the neocons lamented - before 9/11 - that America could not truly project its power
globally without the justification of a "new Pearl Harbor"
 The government's spying on Americans began before 9/11 (confirmed here and here. And see this)
 The decision to threaten to bomb Iran was made before 9/11
 The government knew that terrorists could use planes as weapons -- and had even run its own drills of planes
being used as weapons against the World Trade Center and other U.S. high-profile buildings, using REAL
airplanes -- all before 9/11
 The government heard the 9/11 plans from the hijackers' own mouths before 9/11
 Cheney was in charge of all counter-terrorism programs for the United States before (and on) 9/11. See this
Department of State announcement, this CNN article and this essay
 It was known long before 9/11 that torture doesn't work to produce accurate intelligence, but is an effective
way to terrorize people
So did 9/11 really "change everything"? Or was it simply an excuse to implement existing plans?- [source]
FORMER ITALIAN PRESIDENT SAYS 9-11 SOLVED

―It‘s common knowledge, he reveals, CIA, Mossad behind terror attacks‖
By the Staff of American Free Press
Former Italian President Francesco Cossiga, who revealed the existence of Operation Gladio, has told Italy‘s oldest
and most widely read newspaper that the 9-11 terrorist attacks were run by the CIA and Mossad, and that this was
common knowledge among global intelligence agencies. In what translates awkwardly into English, Cossiga told
the newspaper Corriere della Sera:
―All the [intelligence services] of America and Europe…know well that the disastrous attack has been planned and
realized from the Mossad, with the aid of the Zionist world in order to put under accusation the Arabic countries
and in order to induce the western powers to take part … in Iraq [and] Afghanistan.‖
Cossiga was elected president of the Italian Senate in July 1983 before winning a landslide election to become
president of the country in 1985, and he remained until 1992.
Cossiga‘s tendency to be outspoken upset the Italian political establishment, and he was forced to resign after
revealing the existence of, and his part in setting up, Operation Gladio. This was a rogue intelligence network
under NATO auspices that carried out bombings across Europe in the 1960s, 1970s and ‘80s. Gladio‘s specialty
was to carry out what they termed ―false flag‖ operations—terror attacks that were blamed on their domestic and
geopolitical opposition.
In March 2001, Gladio agent Vincenzo Vinciguerra stated, in sworn testimony, ―You had to attack civilians, the
people, women, children, innocent people, unknown people far removed from any political game. The reason was
quite simple: to force … the public to turn to the state to ask for greater security.‖
Cossiga first expressed his doubts about 9-11 in 2001, and is quoted by 9-11 researcherWebster Tarpley saying
―The mastermind of the attack must have been a sophisticated mind, provided with ample means not only to recruit
fanatic kamikazes, but also highly specialized personnel. I add one thing: it could not be accomplished without
infiltrations in the radar and
flight security personnel.‖
Coming from a widely respected former head of state, Cossiga‘s assertion that the 9-11 attacks were an inside job
and that this is common knowledge among global intelligence agencies is illuminating. It is one more eye-opening
confirmation that has not been mentioned by America‘s propaganda machine in print or on TV. Nevertheless,
because of his experience and status in the world, Cossiga cannot be discounted as a crackpot.
9 11 The Whole World Knows Even The French Get It – video 1, video 2
What makes this the infamous day of 9/11/01 so crucial is the fact that all the EVIDENSE, so many FACTS and
factors point none other than strait to the halls of government complicity. The one entity that we have so trusted our
whole lives and thus gasp in complete denial at the very thought of them even slightly being involved. Refusing to
even consider in the deepest most recesses of our minds and hearts to entertain the idea, that our benevolent care takers,
our own dear government we live within and believed in our whole lives just might by the freaking sinister Darth
Vader evil being? NO WAY! PISS OFF! You tinfoil hat fruitcake! Is the overwhelming response.
th
EXPOSED: Bush Planned on Invading Iraq BEFORE September 11 – video part 1
The above YouTube archived videos of a 60 Minutes piece tell the story very few people know or want to
acknowledge is absolute truth. Not only was the invasion of Iraq planned BEFORE 9/11, according to the insiders:
―Going after Sadam Hussien was topic A ten days after Bush‘s inauguration, 8 months before September 11th‖…
―From the very first instance it was about Iraq, it was about what we can do, to change this regime.‖
Incidents of terrorism such as the "sneak attack" on the World Trade Center, were used as an excuse to use our
military as a massive Zionist backing hit squad on other countries to reshape the world in preparation for one-
world governance.
In some circles Bush and his senior aides stand accused of having been duped into attacking Saddam Hussein by
a group of Jewish advisers whose ultimate loyalties are said to lie with Israel instead of the United States.
The claim that an influential Jewish cabal is behind the war, made in recent weeks by some mainstream
politicians and columnists, has prompted countercharges of anti-Semitism by prominent Jewish organizations.
http://www.tbrnews.org/Archives/a296.htm
Key people in Bush administration are on record as strong supporters of Israel and of regime change in Iraq.
These administration figures and others are promoters of Israel's right wing Likud party in Israel. The events of
9/11 provided these hawks with the "Pearl Harbor" that allowed them to implement their long standing demand
for regime change in Iraq. - http://desip.igc.org/ConvergingAgendas.html
The war in Iraq was conceived by 25 neoconservative intellectuals, most of them Jewish, who are pushing
President Bush to change the course of history. - http://www.haaretz.com/hasen/pages/ShArt.jhtml?ite ...
Iraq under Saddam Hussein did not pose a threat to the United States but it did to Israel, which is one
reason why Washington invaded the Arab country, according to a speech made by a member of a top-level White
House intelligence group. - http://www.ipsnews.net/africa/interna.asp?idnews=2 ...
The threat of a missile attack on Israel was one reason justifying a pre-emptive strike against Iraq, Gen.
Tommy Franks said. "We did not want to subject ourselves and Israel to the potential consequence of a long-
range missile being fired into Tel Aviv or Jerusalem." - http://www.clevelandjewishnews.com/articles/2004/0 ...
Along with keeping Saddam Hussein and his regime from slipping out of Iraq to Syria - or weapons being
smuggled in for Iraqi fighters - the purpose of the allied attacks is to ensure Iraq cannot launch ballistic missiles at
Israel, Pentagon and U.S. Central Command, officials said. "Our goal is to make sure (Iraq) is not in a
position to threaten Israel", U.S. Army Brig. Gen. Vincent Brooks said.
http://www.informationclearinghouse.info/article28 ...
A stronger Israel is very much embedded in the rationale for war with Iraq. It is a part of the argument
that dare not speak its name, a fantasy quietly cherished by the neoconservative faction in the Bush
administration and by many leaders of the American Jewish community.
http://www.time.com/time/columnist/printout/0,8816 ...
In 1996, he and (Jew) Richard Pearle - now an influential Pentagon figure - served as advisers to the then Likud
leader, Binyamin Netanyahu. In a policy paper they wrote, entitled A Clean Break: A New Strategy for
Securing the Realm, the two advisers said that Saddam would have to be destroyed, and Syria, Lebanon,
Saudi Arabia, and Iran would have to be overthrown or destabilized, for Israel to be truly safe.
http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2003/jul/17/iraq.u ...
"It cannot be debated that toppling Saddam was accomplished by means of a 'private compact' with political
appointees and their underlings in the Pentagon 'to support' the ideals of 'partisans . . . dedicated to another
cause". That other cause, he writes, was securing Israel.
http://www.philipweiss.org/mondoweiss/2008/07/form ...
"In March 2003 came the few dozen Zionist neocons who finagled the Bush administration into invading
Iraq for Israel‘s benefit." - http://www.forward.com/articles/13891/
―This War Is for Us‖

http://www.israelnationalnews.com/Articles/Article.aspx/2125
Iraq: A War for Israel

http://www.ihr.org/leaflets/iraqwar.shtml
Barack Obama – Zionist Wolf in Sheep‘s Clothing

http://www.nogw.com/warforisrael.html
What we have here is a prima facie case for deception, with verifiable evidence proving beyond a reasonable doubt
that the 911 attack was a state sponsored false flag "black" operation involving
a carefully planned and skillfully executed deception at highest levels of the
pentagon and CIA, masterfully engineered by the Mossad. Culminating with
Government controlled and supplied the evidence, disinformation and outright
deceit. Most importantly the lies and deceit were purposeful and deliberate at
the highest levels of government. What‘s even more important is the fact that it
wasn‘t just here in America, Britain was also up to its eyeballs knowingly
supporting the lies and paving the way to war. This absolutely proves that both
countries are 1,000% united under common ruling elite orchestrated rule.
A BURIED 60 Minutes Interview/Indictment - video
It is merely a show being put on for us. At the highest levels of power in this
country, both the Democrats and Republicans work for the same interests.
They are playing for the same team. The media, owned by the same interests, creates the illusion that these politicians
(aka. actors/actresses) are archrivals, when in fact they are just playing their role. Simply put, the projected left/right
paradigm is a hoax. Notice how all of the Democrats and Republicans are all lock step when it comes to the "official"
story of 9/11 and the "War on Terror".
9/11 Panel Suspected Deception by Pentagon - Allegations Brought to Inspectors General. Some staff
members and commissioners of the Sept. 11 panel concluded that the Pentagon's initial story of how it reacted to
the 2001 terrorist attacks may have been part of a deliberate effort to mislead the commission and the public rather
than a reflection of the fog of events on that day, according to sources involved in the debate.
Suspicion of wrongdoing ran so deep that the 10-member commission, in a secret meeting at the end of its tenure
in summer 2004, debated referring the matter to the Justice Department for criminal investigation, according to
several commission sources. Staff members and some commissioners thought that e-mails and other evidence
provided enough probable cause to believe that military and aviation officials violated the law by making false
statements to Congress and to the commission, hoping to hide the bungled response to the hijackings, these
sources said. [exerpt from: The Washington Post] (In the end the panel turned over their allegations to the
inspectors general for the Defense and Transportation departments who immediately swept them under the rug
and continued forth with their predetermined plans of war, invasion and occupation.)
Damning Evidence Given to Chilcot Iraq War Inquiry

The second day of the official Chilcot inquiry into the origin of the Iraq War has heard that there was no ―legal
basis‖ for the conflict, that the Blair Government had been told by intelligence services that there were no
―weapons of mass destruction‖ and that there were no links between Iraq and al-Qaeda.
The dramatic evidence is proof that Blair and the other senior Westminster politicians lied blatantly to trick the
British public into supporting the war. The British National Party was the very first political party to publicly
dismiss the ―reasons‖ for the war as lies in April 2003 when it published on this website an article refuting some
of the more prominent lies being told at that time.
One of today‘s witnesses, Sir William Ehrman, the Foreign Office‘s director of international security from 2000 to
2002 and director-general of defense and intelligence from 2002 to 2004, fully justified the BNP‘s cynicism of the
war.
According to Sir William, intelligence that Saddam Hussein had dismantled all WMDs was put to the Foreign
Office before Mr. Blair ordered the invasion of Iraq.
In addition, Sir William also said that there were no links between the Saddam Hussein regime and al-Qaeda. This
claim had been at the core of the original case for the war as Hussein had been blamed for helping the terrorist
attacks of 11 September 2001. [end quote, article continues].
To many people the concept of their ―righteous governments‖ being the evil liars waging war is just plain
UNTHINKABLE, absolutely inconceivable. You might as well claim that you were raised by the devil himself prior
to accepting this scenario. It takes one of strong mind and heart to eventually come to the realization that everything
around you was not, has never been and is not what you thought it was. You must search deep within your heart when
objectively confronting the evidence that is posed in front of you. Open your eyes and the true reality will unfold, as
you realize that there is absolutely no other plausible alternative other than the fact that 9/11 was a staged inside job
designed to further the geopolitical ambitions of an elite Zionist/Masonic cartel seeking to use military power to
advance its own imperialistic agenda.
Plan to oust Saddam drawn up TWO YEARS before the invasion

Secret document signaled support for Iraqi dissidents and promised aid, oil and trade deals in return for
regime change
By Michael Savage, Political Correspondent, Monday, 1 February 2010
A secret plan to foster an internal coup against Saddam Hussein was drawn up by the Government two years
before the invasion of Iraq, The Independent can reveal.
Whitehall officials drafted the "contract with the Iraqi people" as a way of signaling to dissenters in Iraq that an
overthrow of Saddam would be supported by Britain. It promised aid, oil contracts, debt cancellations and trade
deals once the dictator had been removed. Tony Blair's team saw it as a way of creating regime change in Iraq
even before the 9/11 attack on New York.
The document, headed "confidential UK/US eyes", was finalized on 11 June 2001 and approved by ministers. It
has not been published by the Iraq inquiry but a copy has been obtained by The Independent and can be revealed
for the first time today. It states: "We want to work with an Iraq which respects the rights of its people, lives at
peace with its neighbors and which observes international law.
"The Iraqi people have the right to live in a society based on the rule of law, free from repression, torture and
arbitrary arrest; to enjoy respect for human rights, economic freedom and prosperity," the contract reads. "The
record of the current regime in Iraq suggests that its priorities remain elsewhere.
"Those who wish to promote change in Iraq deserve our support," it concludes. "We look forward to the day
when Iraq rejoins the international community." A new regime was to be offered "debt rescheduling" through the
Paris Club, an informal group of the richest 19 economies, given help from the World Bank and the International
Monetary Fund and handed an EU aid and trade deal. Companies were to be invited to invest in its oil fields. A
"comprehensive retraining programme" was to be offered to Iraqi professionals.
During his evidence to the inquiry last week, Mr. Blair said it was only after 9/11 that serious attention was given
to removing Saddam as the attack changed the "calculus of risk". However, another classified document released
by the Iraq inquiry on Friday night showed that No 10 explicitly saw the Contract with the Iraqi People as an
early tool to remove the former Iraqi dictator. A memo issued in March 2001 by Sir John Sawers, then Mr. Blair's
foreign policy adviser, cited the document under the heading "regime change".
"Regime change. The US and UK would re-make the case against Saddam Hussein. We would issue a Contract
with the Iraqi People, setting out our goal of a peaceful, law-abiding Iraq," the memo states. "The Contract would
make clear that the Iraqi regime's record and behavior made it impossible for Iraq to meet the criteria for rejoining
the international community without fundamental change."
Officials planned to release the contract alongside tougher sanctions against Saddam's regime being negotiated in
2001. When no agreement was reached and the US began to seek more active measures to remove the Baghdad
administration after 9/11, the contract was dropped.
The document was not released by the Iraq inquiry, despite being cited as significant by Foreign Office officials.
Sir William Patey, the Government's head of Middle East policy at the time it was drafted, said it was "our way in
the Foreign Office of trying to signal that we didn't think Saddam was a good thing and it would be great if he
went". He said it was used in place of an "explicit policy of trying to get rid of him".
"It was a way of signaling to the Iraqi people that because we don't have a policy of regime change, it doesn't
mean to say we're happy with Saddam Hussein, and there is life after Saddam with Iraq being reintegrated into
the international community," he said.
Ed Davey, the Foreign Affairs spokesman for the Liberal Democrats, said the document called into question Mr.
Blair's evidence and should have been made public before his hearing on Friday. "A plan to back Iraqis seeking to
oust Saddam may have been far less damaging and certainly more legal than what happened. Yet it shows that
Blair's intent was always for regime change from an early stage and before 9/11," he said. "Yet again, it seems
that critical documents have not been declassified, hampering the questioning of Blair and others."
* Tony Blair is to be recalled by the Chilcot Inquiry to give further evidence, according to The Guardian. It
claims that Mr. Blair will be questioned in both public and in private after the panel raised concerns that his
evidence relating to the legality of the invasion conflicted with that given by the former Attorney General, Lord
Goldsmith.
No matter how many ways we studied the Official accounts of 911 vs. the myriad alternative news sources who defied
the establishment and published all the news the establishment OMITTED and tried to cover up, we consistently came
up with only two possible answerers: 1. Our government LET it happen on purpose. Or: 2. A small powerful elite
group embedded within our government who held key leadership positions pulled the strings and MADE it happen on
purpose. There exists no other sane solution in the universe.
See the Cheney Administration Commit Treason - Video
AMERICAN CASE BASED ON OUTRIGHT FORGERY

…That Colin Powell was full of praise for the British report should not be surprising, as the US administration
has engaged in its own particularly poor set of lies about Iraq as well.
On 28 January 2003, George W. Bush himself, in his State of the Union

address of that date, announced to the world: ―The British government has
learned that Saddam Hussein recently sought significant quantities of
uranium from Africa.‖ (14)
The documents, given to International Atomic Energy Agency Director

General Mohamed ElBaradei, indicated that Iraq tried to buy 500 tons of
uranium from Niger. (15)
Colin Powell referred to the documents directly in his flamboyant

presentation to the U.N. Security Council outlining the Bush administration‘s
case against Iraq. (16)
In December 2002, the US State Department used the information to support its case that Iraq was lying about its
weapons programs. (17)
Unfortunately, for Bush and Powell, closer inspection of these documents revealed that they were blatant and
obvious forgeries. (18)
One the documents was a letter discussing the uranium deal supposedly signed by Niger President Tandja
Mamadou. The UN Weapons inspectors described the signature as ―childlike‖ and said that it clearly was not
Mamadou‘s. (19)
Another, written on paper from a 1980s military government in Niger, bears the date of October 2000 and the
signature of a man who by then had not been foreign minister of Niger in 14 years. (20)
The forgery was in fact highlighted by ElBaradei in his 7 March 2003 presentation to the U.N. Security Council
(21) but this was simply ignored by both the British and American governments.
The forgery was so shocking that even the top Democrat on the US Senate Intelligence Committee has asked for a
FBI investigation into who manufactured the documents. (22)
Sen. Jay Rockefeller of West Virginia said he was uneasy about a possible campaign to deceive the public about
the status of Iraq‘s nuclear program, (23) saying that an investigation would ―help to allay any concerns‖ that the
government was involved in the creation of the documents to build support for administration policies. (24)
Indeed.
With a background of deception, lies, fraud and forgery like that, the real wonder is that anyone believes anything
that the Bush and Blair administrations have to say at all.
Whatever Saddam Hussein‘s crimes may or may not be, it is clear that the US and the UK have not managed to
make a credible case for the war against Iraq, and have been forced to fall back on a tissue of lies and
fabrications. The free world can only hope that they are one day called to account
What is indisputable is that beginning from the 2000 presidential election through the 9/11 attacks and its aftermath,
what New York Times columnist Paul Krugman termed a "revolutionary power" took control of the U.S.
government.
On the new millennium, millions were busy looking to the sky waiting for "the days of the apocalypse" to arrive, it
wasn't the Y2K bug that was to bring about worldwide chaos, havoc and destruction or some evil monsters coming out
from the ground. The new millennium DID in fact usher in ―THE GRAND DECIEVER OF MANKIND‖ of the
world with the entrance of the imperial oligarchy of BUSH & Co Crime Syndicate. In 2000 this Luciferian group
stole the throne with the successful coup of the presidency of the world‘s most powerful nation... yet no one ever
noticed. The corrupt highest court of the land handed him the crown, one of their own wept tears from the betrayal to
the people they once swore to protect. Y2K, the year 2000AD did... as in: DID bring us the era of the ―antichrist‖, the
men who would lead the world into the wars of Armageddon (biblically located in the middle east, and yes Babylon
was located in Iraq that was consumed in fire and smoke from our missiles) to hasten the destruction mankind...
Behold: on January of 2000, on the dawn of the new millennium a sinister dark horse entity rose to power as
prophesized in the holy texts long ago, he ruled with an iron fist, waging wars on many lands… The works of this
entity are now legendary, they single handedly destroyed our country, gave immense power to ―the elite cartel‖,
ushered in the carefully engineered grand worldwide economic collapse. Today we stand, bearing witness to Bush
Crime Synicate colossal clusterfuck of America, the showdown of Christian world vs. Muslim world, with the
Zionist Jew agent provocateurs instigating it all... Let‘s not also forget that these wars and administration also lead
us to massive economic collapse we are all facing, look around you, wake up and smell the coffee. This is reality
staring you in the face.
The stolen election of 2000 brought by one of the most daring crime syndicates to ever occupy the halls of high offices
in America. At the apex of the Bush Administration crime syndicate were key Israeli Zionist Operatives, a breathtaking
number of them were positioned in the highest most important key posts of our nation. With Israeli operatives such as
Richard Perle, Chertoff, Wolfowitz, Feith, Abrams, Satloff, Libby, Fleischer, Schlesinger, etc., etc. meticulously, ever
so cunningly guiding the Bush administration lock step with the Zionist agenda and Israel‘s wishes.
The Anniversary of 9/11
Don't want to hear this? Tough. Grow up.
9/11 Commissioners:
 The 9/11 Commission's co-chairs said that the 9/11 Commissioners knew that military officials
misrepresented the facts to the Commission, and the Commission considered recommending criminal
charges for such false statements (free subscription required)
 9/11 Commission co-chair Lee Hamilton says "I don't believe for a minute we got everything right", that
the Commission was set up to fail, that people should keep asking questions about 9/11, and that the 9/11
debate should continue
 9/11 Commissioner Timothy Roemer said "We were extremely frustrated with the false statements we
were getting"
 9/11 Commissioner Max Cleland resigned from the Commission, stating: "It is a national scandal"; "This
investigation is now compromised"; and "One of these days we will have to get the full story because the
9-11 issue is so important to America. But this White House wants to cover it up"
 9/11 Commissioner Bob Kerrey said that "There are ample reasons to suspect that there may be some
alternative to what we outlined in our version . . . We didn't have access . . . ." He also said that the
investigation depended too heavily on the accounts of Al Qaeda detainees who were physically coerced
into talking
 And the Senior Counsel to the 9/11 Commission (John Farmer) - who led the 9/11 staff's inquiry -
recently said "At some level of the government, at some point in time...there was an agreement not
to tell the truth about what happened". He also said "I was shocked at how different the truth was
from the way it was described .... The tapes told a radically different story from what had been told to
us and the public for two years.... This is not spin. This is not true." And he said: "It's almost a culture of
concealment, for lack of a better word. There were interviews made at the FAA's New York center the
night of 9/11 and those tapes were destroyed. The CIA tapes of the interrogations were destroyed. The
story of 9/11 itself, to put it mildly, was distorted and was completely different from the way things
happened"
If even the 9/11 Commissioners don't buy the official story, why do you?
Senior intelligence officers:
 Former military analyst and famed whistleblower Daniel Ellsberg said that the case of a certain 9/11
whistleblower is "far more explosive than the Pentagon Papers". He also said that the government is
ordering the media to cover up her allegations about 9/11. And he said that some of the claims
concerning government involvement in 9/11 are credible, that "very serious questions have been raised
about what they [U.S. government officials] knew beforehand and how much involvement there might
have been", that engineering 9/11 would not be humanly or psychologically beyond the scope of the
current administration, and that there's enough evidence to justify a new, "hard-hitting" investigation into
9/11 with subpoenas and testimony taken under oath (see this and this)
 A 27-year CIA veteran, who chaired National Intelligence Estimates and personally delivered
intelligence briefings to Presidents Ronald Reagan and George H.W. Bush, their Vice Presidents,
Secretaries of State, the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and many other senior government officials (Raymond
McGovern) said ―I think at simplest terms, there‘s a cover-up. The 9/11 Report is a joke‖
 A 29-year CIA veteran, former National Intelligence Officer (NIO) and former Director of the CIA's
Office of Regional and Political Analysis (William Bill Christison) said ―I now think there is persuasive
evidence that the events of September did not unfold as the Bush administration and the 9/11
Commission would have us believe (and see this)
 A number of intelligence officials, including a CIA Operations Officer who co-chaired a CIA multi-
agency task force coordinating intelligence efforts among many intelligence and law enforcement
agencies (Lynne Larkin) sent a joint letter to Congress expressing their concerns about ―serious
shortcomings,‖ ―omissions,‖ and ―major flaws‖ in the 9/11 Commission Report and offering their
services for a new investigation (they were ignored)
 A decorated 20-year CIA veteran, who Pulitzer-Prize winning investigative reporter Seymour Hersh
called "perhaps the best on-the-ground field officer in the Middle East‖, and whose astounding career
formed the script for the Academy Award winning motion picture Syriana (Robert Baer) said that "the
evidence points at" 9/11 having had aspects of being an inside job
 The Division Chief of the CIA‘s Office of Soviet Affairs, who served as Senior Analyst from 1966 -
1990. He also served as Professor of International Security at the National War College from 1986 -
2004 (Melvin Goodman) said "The final [9/11 Commission] report is ultimately a coverup"
If even our country's top intelligence officers don't buy the official story, why do you?
Congressmen:
 According to the Co-Chair of the Congressional Inquiry into 9/11 and former Head of the Senate
Intelligence Committee, Bob Graham, an FBI informant had hosted and rented a room to two hijackers
in 2000 and that, when the Inquiry sought to interview the informant, the FBI refused outright, and then
hid him in an unknown location, and that a high-level FBI official stated these blocking maneuvers were
undertaken under orders from the White House (confirmed here)
 Current Democratic U.S. Senator Patrick Leahy said "The two questions that the congress will not ask . .
. is why did 9/11 happen on George Bush's watch when he had clear warnings that it was going to
happen? Why did they allow it to happen?"
 Current Republican Congressman Ron Paul calls for a new 9/11 investigation and states that "we see the
[9/11] investigations that have been done so far as more or less cover-up and no real explanation of what
went on"
 Current Democratic Congressman Dennis Kucinich hints that we aren't being told the truth about 9/11
 Current Republican Congressman Jason Chafetz says that we need to be vigilant and continue to
investigate 9/11
 Former Democratic Senator Mike Gravel states that he supports a new 9/11 investigation and that we
don't know the truth about 9/11
 Former Republican Senator Lincoln Chaffee endorses a new 9/11 investigation
 Former U.S. Democratic Congressman Dan Hamburg doesn't believe the official version of events
 Former U.S. Republican Congressman and senior member of the House Armed Services Committee, and
who served six years as the Chairman of the Military Research and Development Subcommittee Curt
Weldon has shown that the U.S. tracked hijackers before 9/11, is open to hearing information about
explosives in the Twin Towers, and is open to the possibility that 9/11 was an inside job
If there is bipartisan questioning of the official story, why aren't you questioning it?
Other government officials:
 U.S. General, Commanding General of U.S. European Command and Supreme Allied Commander
Europe, decorated with the Bronze Star, Silver Star, and Purple Heart (General Wesley Clark) said
"We've never finished the investigation of 9/11 and whether the administration actually misused the
intelligence information it had. The evidence seems pretty clear to me. I've seen that for a long time"
 Former Deputy Secretary for Intelligence and Warning under Nixon, Ford, and Carter (Morton Goulder),
former Deputy Director to the White House Task Force on Terrorism (Edward L. Peck), and former US
Department of State Foreign Service Officer (J. Michael Springmann), as well as a who's who of liberals
and independents) jointly call for a new investigation into 9/11
 Former Federal Prosecutor, Office of Special Investigations, U.S. Department of Justice under Presidents
Jimmy Carter and Ronald Reagan; former U.S. Army Intelligence officer, and currently a widely-sought
media commentator on terrorism and intelligence services (John Loftus) says "The information provided
by European intelligence services prior to 9/11 was so extensive that it is no longer possible for either
the CIA or FBI to assert a defense of incompetence"
 The Group Director on matters of national security in the U.S. Government Accountability Office said
that President Bush did not respond to unprecedented warnings of the 9/11 disaster and conducted a
massive cover-up instead of accepting responsibility
 Deputy Assistant Secretary of Defense under President Ronald Reagan (Col. Ronald D. Ray) said that
the official story of 9/11 is "the dog that doesn't hunt"
 The former director of the FBI (Louis Freeh) says there was a cover up by the 9/11 Commission
If top government officials are skeptical, why aren't you?
Numerous other politicians, judges, legal scholars, and attorneys also question at least some aspects of the
government's version of 9/11.
Ex-Congressman: U.S. Government Created Al-Qaeda, Involved In 9/11 -

Author of San Francisco Chronicle piece warning of internment camps says government bombed its own citizens
A former Congressman says that the U.S. government created Al-Qaeda and was involved in bombing its own
citizens on 9/11, telling a national radio show that elements of the Bush administration assisted the attacks on the
WTC and the Pentagon.
Daniel Hamburg is a former Democratic Congressman who was elected to the 1st Congressional District of
California in 1992 and also subsequently ran for Governor of California, finishing in 3rd place.
Hamburg co-wrote a well-received recent article carried by the San Francisco Chronicle in which he outlined the
program to incarcerate American citizens in internment camps, which have already been publicly built, during a
time of declared national emergency.
Appearing today on the Alex Jones Show, Hamburg said he was working on an article about missing nuclear
bombs in relation to the Minot nuclear warheads mishap and agreed that it was possible the story could be used as
a cover for the staged detonation of a nuke to be blamed on Al-Qaeda.
"Any government that could bomb its own citizens in the major city of the country could do anything....you can't
put anything past them," said Hamburg, clarifying that he was referring to 9/11.
"I'm in the assisted it to happen camp - I think there was a lot of help from the inside, this whole thing was not
engineered from a cave in Afghanistan," he added.
"The evidence that Al-Qaeda is actually an arm of the U.S. government is voluminous....I know that's true,"
concluded Hamburg, citing the PNAC group's call for a new Pearl Harbor shortly before the 2001 terror attacks.
"it's hard for people to believe that their government could be as insidious as this one is but the evidence is there,"
concluded Hamburg.
9/11 Truth vs Mainstream Media - video

911, CIA Operation Northwoods - video
BEHOLD:
A rational compilation of all the EPIC "COINCIDENCES" of that
fateful day of infamy we all refer to as 9/11:
Coincidences of 9/11 Pre Exhibit Note: The day before 9/11 Donald Rumsfeld announced that the PentaCON ―lost‖
track of $2.3 TRILLION DOLLARS!!! Oh, by the way: The area of the Pentagon was demolished was the same area
that contained all the records and documents that could have lead to finding out who conducted the biggest HEIST in
the history of mankind! Lol! No one will ever know where those 2.3 TRILLION DOLLARS disappeared to! Golly
gee whiz…
Exhibit 1. Bush admits on national TV that he saw the video of the 1st plane hit tower one BEFORE he entered the
elementary classroom. But ABSOLUTELY ZERO NEWS FOOTAGE OF THE 1st PLANE IMPACT was shown on
TV that day, the only footage available and seen on national news on 9/11/01 was of the SECOND plane impact!
(that occurred while Bush was already seated in with the elementary school kids in their classroom) The fact that he
saw a video of the first plane hit that same day before entering the classroom is absolutely earth shaking smoking gun
MINDBOGGLING... But hey, this was a military Black Ops so of course they got a live feed of the first plane hitting
the towers, for instance: the whole thing was being filmed by the perpetrators and live from the N.J. rooftop by the
celebrating Mossad team, sorry but you will never get to see that special editor's cut, their footage is classified, above
top secret… ―now run along kiddies, scram, theres nothing else to see here‖ is the gist of their unified response.
Bush, December 4, 2001: I was sitting outside the classroom waiting to go in, and I saw an airplane hit the
tower -- the TV was obviously on, and I use to fly myself, and I said, "There's one terrible pilot." And I said,
"It must have been a horrible accident." But I was whisked off there -- I didn't have much time to think about
it, and I was sitting in the classroom, and Andy Card, my chief who was sitting over here walked in and said,
"A second plane has hit the tower. America's under attack." (CNN)
Bush, January 2002: well, first of all, when we walked into the classroom, I had seen this plane fly into the
first building. There was a TV set on. And you know, I thought it was pilot error and I was amazed that
anybody could make such a terrible mistake. And something was wrong with the plane, or - anyway, I'm
sitting there, listening to the briefing, and Andy Card came and said, 'America is under attack.' And in the
meantime, this teacher was going on about the curriculum, and I was thinking about what it meant for
America to be under attack. It was an amazing thought. But I made up my mind that if America was under
attack, we'd get them. (The White House – quote has been removed. Serendipity)
Exhibit 2. Watch the TV alibi recordings and notice the suspicious guilty look on Bush's face as he sat in that
elementary classroom after he was approached by his secret service, Bush was obviously so nervous in anticipation and
focusing on playing his innocent role that he was so nervous he was even photographed holding the children's book
upside down...
Bush caught red handed in one of dozens of outright lies - Video
Exhibit 3. Bush's younger brother, Florida Gov. Jeb Bush, signed Executive order 01-261 on 9/7/01 (4 days prior to
9/11) paving the way to be able to declare martial law in his state. Golly gee whiz, did Jeb possess ESP? What a
coincidence, Jeb not only declares martial law on the morning of 9/11, Florida was the first state to declare a "state of
emergency: and did so before New York or the Federal Washington City leaders did (immediately after the impact of
the second plane at WTC). So let‘s get something strait here: immediately after hearing of plane 2 strike, George Bush
is eerily calmly seated with the elementary school children and stays there like nothing is wrong. While on the other
hand his brother Jeb Bush is the first state in the entire United States to declare a state of emergency he prepared for 4
days in advance while over 1,500 miles away from the attacks! LOL Hmmmm... something smells fishy here…
Exhibit 4. NORAD (the agency that monitors and protects the U.S. from outside attacks) has always been run by
trained professionals at the Pentagon. But several months prior to 911 Cheney decided he should run NORAD, and
gave himself chief powers to take over its operations during any state of emergency. Hmmm… Interesting...
Exhibit 5. President Bush's brother Marvin Bush was a head of the security firm at the World Trade Center and a
couple of the airports where the planes were hijacked. His last day on the job? Sept 12, 2001. Ummm, ok…
Exhibit 6. In the nine months prior to 9/11, we had the largest elevator modernization in history going on inside the
towers… Some major "renovation" projects were being done in the World Trade Center Towers right up to
weeks prior to 911. "Contractors" were doing some sort of work inside the walkways inside the walls and around the
elevators (where the main columns that hold up the building are located); power to the entire building also had to be
turned off several times during these "renovations". Did I also mention that the bomb sniffing dogs stationed there
were also removed during this same time?.... Hmmm…..
Exhibit 7. Oh, did I mention that there is a military grade Thermite that is mixed like PAINT and can actually be
―painted on‖ any metal surface you want to melt down? Explosives expert Van Romero, of the New Mexico Institute
of Mining and Technology, demonstrated how super-Thermite can be painted onto a steel beam, causing it to burn
through.
Physicist Steven Jones, formerly of Brigham Young University, who isolated super-Thermite from the enormous dust
clouds of the Twin Towers and Building 7, after which he was contacted by a consultant engineer from the Department
of Homeland Security, who warned Jones that, if he published his findings "the pain would be great."
Exhibit 8. Dozens of warnings of possible "terrorist" attacks were sent out by French, German, Israel and other
intelligence agencies. But we are supposed to believe that NO ONE in the U.S. ever got the "memos"?
Exhibit 9. The CIA and NSA had been monitoring phone calls from the alleged "mastermind" and supposed (patsy)
hijackers for years. They should have KNOWN about plans of the supposed hijacked airplanes. They even knew the
date, they should have KNOWN EVERYTHING!
Exhibit 10. It has been widely reported that hundreds of Israeli Jews never showed up to work on 911. Some
government leaders were told not to fly on planes that day. Many top level people changed their plans… One Israeli
firm even went as far as suddenly packing up (in the middle of their lease) and moving out without notice days before
the ―surprise‖ attack on the twin towers.
Exhibit 11. Hundreds of eye witnesses made statements of hearing EXPLOSIONS all over the World Trade Center
buildings PRIOR TO (and during) the COLLAPSE, the lower floors, lobby, basement, etc! Many of these reports
were seen on live TV, but never again to be heard of, most of those video footage have mysteriously disappeared.
Even the firemen testify of many, many explosions…
Janitor William Rodriguez, the last man out of the North Tower and who was decorated for heroism by President Bush,
who reported enormous explosions in the basements just before the plane hit up above, and whose testimony to
the 9/11 Commission was ignored.
Exhibit 12. The U.S. air defense successfully within minutes intercepted EVERY single occasion of lost planes, off
course planes, hijackings, etc. Never once in U.S. history had a plane ever gone for more than a few minutes
without our air defense having their jets in the sky ready to intercept. But on Sept. 11, 2001 for the first and
ONLY time in U.S. history we are lead to believe that our ENTIRE military and intelligence system had no clue what
was going on? The most advanced intelligence community on the PLANET didn't know what was going on? And let
not 1 but 4 ―hijacked‖ planes fly around undisturbed for hours? WTF? Pure Bullshit!
Exhibit 13. Doh! Oh, our ENTIRE national defense was holding not one but 4 "drills" (one was named operation
Vigilant Guardian) or as they call them (―training exercises or war games‖) of, oh wait, get this!: Of freaking
HIJACKED PLANES smashing into major buildings on the same freaking time and day in the same freaking areas
the freakin ―hijackers‖ were supposedly conducting their mission!!!! Hey, hold on a minute! Isn‘t that EXACTLY
what the so called ―terrorists‖ ACTUALLY DID? And on the VERY SAME FREAKING DAY and fucking time
THAT THE PENTAGON WAS CONDUCTING THEIR ―DRILLS‖!!!! Hello people, if you cannot see right through
this one obvious bullshit farce, then you are truly hopeless. Bottom line is: the Pentagon/CIA was at the scene of the
crime doing exactly what they blame some ―phantom menace‖ of carrying out...
BTW: NORAD conducted exercises in 1999 in which airplanes were hijacked and crashed into targets. These ―targets‖
included the WorldTradeCenter and Pentagon. On October 24, 2000 the PentaCON conducted emergency training
exercises in which a mock passenger plane crashes into the Pentagon.
This means that the WorldTradeCenter and the Pentagon were
anticipated. Meanwhile after the attacks of Sept. 11th Bush, Cheney,
Rumsfield and Rice ALL unanimously claimed that no one could
have ever imagined of such attacks ever happening.
If that were not enough, guese who else was conducting ―drills‖? On
September 11, the CIA Was Running a Simulation of a Plane
Crashing into a Building
Officials at the Chantilly, Va.-based National Reconnaissance Office

were ahead of their time. An exercise had been scheduled for the
morning of September 11 in which a small corporate jet would
crash into one of the four towers at the agency's headquarters
building after experiencing a mechanical failure. This agency is about four miles from the runways of
WashingtonDullesInternationalAirport. The National Reconnaissance Office operates many of the nation's spy
satellites and draws its personnel from the military and the CIA.
Exhibit 14. On 911 not 1 but 4 planes flew around for hundreds of miles and for several hours COMPLETLY at
will. NOT ONE SINGLE FIGHTER JET WAS SENT TO STOP ANY OF THE HIJACKED PLANES! They let not
just one but FOUR "hijacked" planes fly around FREELY for HOURS! Not one single attempt was made to
INTERCEPT! This has to be one of the biggest LAME BULLSHIT STORIES that I have ever heard.
Exhibit 15. Then we have damming evidence, "smoking gun exhibit A": the sworn testimony to the 911 Commission
of then Transportation Secretary Norman Mineta stating that Cheney sitting (conveniently) in his bunker commanding
NORAD… and Cheney telling one of his minions "THE STAND DOWN ORDERS STILL STAND!" He
purposely let the ―hijacked‖ planes go their merry ways!!!!!!!!!! (FYI: in military speak stand down means don‘t do
anything) According to Mineta the man came into the room several more times to ask Cheney, he would say something
like "the plane is 50 miles out", next time he would coming in and say "the plane is 30 miles out, finally, "the plane is
10 miles out, do the orders still stand?" Cheney snaps back "YES! have you heard otherwise?" 10 minutes later the
Pentagon is hit by a plane. Doh! Oh, it gets better: Months later Cheney would LIE to the Commission and claim he
was not even at the bunker prior to the plane hitting the Pentagon!
Exhibit 16. CENTCOM Sergeant Lauro Chavez while inside a secret bunker: "then we see the other plane come in and
hit it and at that point everybody is standing up. The air force had commanders in contact with NORAD. The plane, or
whatever, hit the Pentagon and then we were like 'why aren't they scrambling jets?' We were asking, there were eight
or nine people... Colonels and Lieutenants asking the Lieutenant Colonel in charge on the air force 'why isn't NORAD
scrambling jets?' and he said 'we received an order to stand down'. And that just perplexed everybody."
Exhibit 17. Fast forward to England 7/7/07, The day of the train and bus bombings. Guess what? They were also
holding "drills"! Exercises of "terrorist" bombings in trains and buses the very same day it happened!!! No, it gets
much better! Get this: The "drills" were being held at the very SAME EXACT 3 LOCATIONS OF THE ACTUAL
3 BOMBINGS! At the VERY SAME TIMES that the "terrorist bombings" occurred!!! Double: Doh! /sigh/ ok,
go back to sleep sheeple, nothing to see here… sleep… sleep… sleep…. But be very afraid because the terrorist
bogeymen are out to get you!
Exhibit 18. Over the years we have seen hundreds of photos of airliner crashes, all having one common denominator:
ALL as in EVERY crash wreckage in the history of aviation ALWAYS have identifiable wreckage debris: seats,
luggage, bodies, and large sections of planes. But for the first time in history we have 2 planes that "crashed" (the
Pentagon plane and the Pennsylvania plane) and blew up to smithereens! Every single one of the planes that day
totally VAPORIZED!!!
Each plane was completely unidentifiable, no seats, no luggage, no nothing, just tiny shreds remained. The only
thing left were little itty bits of metal here and there. Interesting thing is that the "plane" that hit the Pentagon
supposedly left an engine, and one tire that MAGICALLY SHRANK because they where way too small to have come
from a massive airliner. Well what do you know! They SHRANK in size from the original standard sizes! The
Pennsylvania plane that landed in a field crashed and left NOTHING, no debris bigger than the size of a golf ball!!!!!
DOH! No human remains, no seats, no luggage, no airplane parts, nothing. Well golly gee whiz! Nothing to see here
folks! The Pennsylvania while one of the world‘s most illogical and mysterious laden physically impossible ―crash
site‖ barely received any media coverage at all… Nothing to see here folks…. now let‘s go kill some evil Muslim
terrorists that did this… Doh!
Exhibit 19: Building No. 7 of the World Trade center was never even hit by a plane, it had just a couple SMALL fires.
Yet they tell us that it just collapsed also, all on its' own, for the FIRST TIME IN HISTORY a steel frame building
collapsed this way, neatly into its' own footprint EXACTLY, EXACTLY, EXACTLY like a demolition experts would
do it. No steel frame building in history of mankind has EVER collapsed due to fire before or after 911, period.
Exhibit 20. Two airplanes cannot crash into two buildings... and knock down THREE buildings.. What about
building 7? It was never touched by those planes! DOH! It was TWO football fields away! It was structurally
DESIGNED with super heavy duty reinforcement for it housed the CIA, FBI, Secret Service, the Emergency
Management Team and so forth, yet it supposedly just fell down all by itself when there were barely any damages to it?
FYI: you can see from the many photos building 7 had just few little fires here and there, not a drop of jet fuel ever
touched that building! While every building flanking the twin towers were directly impacted by TONS of debris from
the demolition of the twin towers, they ALL stayed standing despite massive damage they received. BTW, according to
every LAW OF PHYSICS, for building 7 (as with the twin towers) to come down into its own footprint ALL (as in
every single) steel beam columns HAD to be destroyed and give in at the EXACT same time… The first time in
human history 3 building magically all self implode into their own footprints is astronomically impossible…
compounded that this also all happened the same day!
Exhibit 21. More than 1hr prior to the collapse of building 7, the police and firemen were telling everyone to move
away from the building because: "it is going to collapse soon!‖ Wow! they had ESP!!!?
Exhibit 22. Both CNN and BCC news coverage were reporting LIVE ON AIR, about the collapse of building 7 in
"past tense" 30 MINUTES BEFORE IT COLLAPSED! Doh! Recording of the actual news footage is readily
available on the internet.
Exhibit 23. Months prior to 911 Silverstone took our extremely rare insurance policy on all World Trade Center
buildings to specifically cover….. terrorist attacks...
Exhibit 24. You have Zionist titan Larry Silverstone giving recorded video confession stating that they "pulled
building 7" (pulled is an industry term for demolish). Ummm, ok even with videos of this guy CONFESSING of
demolishing building 7 widely available, nothing to see here folks, go
back to your pathetic couch potato lives…
Exhibit 25. Satellite readings showed temperatures underground of

MOLTEN STEEL for WEEKS after 911 (YouTube video title:
―9/11 Nano-termite composite Demolition Evidence‖ is a must see
molten steel smoking gun). Even at building 7, where there was NO
jet fuel or no airplane crashed, there was MOLTEN STEEL for days
after it neatly imploded into its own footprint. Did I mention that
underground many firefighters witnessed and reported seeing MOLTEN
STEEL ―flowing like rivers of lava‖
Elementary Science 101 news flash: jet fuel can NEVER melt steel this
way even under ideal laboratory conditions! Folks, it does not take an
Einstein to figure this stuff out and see the underlying reality here! Try
and find any of the dozens upon dozens of satellite shots of TV footage
that came out days and weeks after 9/11 clearly showing thousands of
degrees heat underground molten lava flows and you will not find any
TV archive footage for they have all ―vanished.‖
Exhibit 26. The Pentagon has the world‘s BEST video surveillance system on the planet. Every inch of the Pentagon
IS covered by highly quality state of the art CCTV video systems. Yet no attempt has been made by the Pentagon
to make public the footage of at least a dozen of their own surveillance camera footage of the "plane" that hit the
Pentagon. I don't know about you, but if I were getting accused of complicity in such an evil act as 911 and I had in my
possession actual high quality videos showing a massive jumbo jet flying into my building, common sense says show
everyone the proof! That would put ALL the accusations to rest, well the PentaCON has not and will not release even
one of their own CCTV surveillance videos…
Exhibit 27. The PentaCON CONFISCATED ALL SURVAILANCE VIDEOS from EVERYONE (mostly
business's security cameras) in the vicinity and never returned them back to their owners. (you know, because of
"national security") Several years later they release ONE crappy grainy footage of a few frames taken from a gas
station far away, where you can only see a smoke trail and an explosion. Doh!
Exhibit 28. How convenient that the "plane" that hit the Pentagon hit the one area that was under renovation, with
very few people in it! The plane had to make an amazing aerial stunt and do a wild U turn to hit that spot!
Exhibit 29. The Pentagon, the most highly fortified building on the planet with the worlds' most technologically
advanced anti-air artillery defense systems and jet fighters ready to defend it, yet we are to believe that a plane that was
flying around for more than an ENTIRE HOUR (while they were intently watching it on radar) just bypassed all their
defense systems and hit the Pentagon while the Pentagon had absolutely NO FREAKIN CLUE?! Doh! If no one sees
this as proof positive, the most damning evidence of complicity, then we as a nation are doomed…
Exhibit 30. The Smoking Gun: Photos of the Pentagon immediately after the crash show INTACT windows where
the two colossal 6 freaking ton engines should have supposedly, allegedly smashed into the building! Videos of the
two planes that hit Towers 1 and 2 both clearly show the wings and engine area making huge holes in the building
upon impact. But not at the Pentagon… When you study all the pictures taken prior to the ―collapse‖ of that side of the
building it is, according
to every law of physics
certifiably insanely
impossible that a
massive jumbo jet hit it:
(Note; the blue area of
the photo shows the area
of the building that later
―collapsed‖).
Do you, can you

understand the physics
involved here? The
windows where the
massive engines should
have struck the
building weren‘t even
fazed! Almost as if the
engines of the plane just
vanished on impact!!!
Study this picture long and hard and tell me where a giant Boeing 757 went in this picture. SHOW ME WHERE A
MASSIVE HUGE JET AIRLINER WENT! Only a certified MORON would believe the preposterous notion that a
massive airliner somehow vaporized into that 14 foot circumference entry hole that is behind that car…
Here is a close-up of where they claim an alleged massive jumbo jet airliner that supposedly, allegedly slammed into
the pentagon went through without leaving a trace as its wings and engines supposedly retracted in to itself and got
sucked into this black hole. Study this photo long and hard and look yourself in the eye and tell me that a colossal
gigantic 757 airliner disappeared into this alleged tiny ―entry point‖ note the intact windows and small, as in much
smaller than a jumbo airliner, alleged entry point, Behold the portal of a black hole that shrank a massive airliner
then sucked it into this ridiculously smaller tiny alleged ―point of entry‖!:
The photo above clearly shows that no jet airliner ever went through that small main hole that was blown out of that
wall leaving even entire windows right next to it completely INTACT! (The walls of this photo are covered with fire
fighting foam when this close-up photo was taken)
These are rare pictures of the Pentagon before the side of the building
collapsed, notice how there is no indication anywhere of an alleged massive
jumbo jet having slammed into the building,
and where are the two massive holes those
colossal jet engines should have left? There are
NONE, they just vanished along with the
wings!... poooof… abracadabra…
For reference purposes here is a picture one of those type of jet engines with a man
standing at the lower right of the engine so you can have an idea of just how massive
each of those 6 TON engines where that have allegedly slammed into those walls at a
very minimum of over 150 miles per hour: Once you trul y understand the mass and
comprehend the physics involved here you can easily see through the absurd
PREPOSTOROUS claims of those who wish you to believe that a massive jet liner
smashed into that building pictured above.
Exhibit 31. Supposedly the alleged airplane nose went through 6 (six!) heavily fortified 3 foot concrete walls and was
still able to punch a nice neat round whole in the last concrete wall after going through all that resistance. The soft
aluminum nose of the "plane" made a perfect round hole through the last 3 feet of concrete! WOW! This is after going
through tons of concrete outer/inner walls! Gee, looks EXACTLY like a rocket strke if I ever saw one…
Exhibit 32. In violation of federal law all steel (evidence) from all sites was ordered to IMMEDIATELY be removed
and shipped off to (get this:) China! Sorry, but golly gee whiz, now no one can do forensic analysis on the steel
evidence. (hello this is standard protocol, to keep evidence from a crime scene) Oh well, we already know the
boogeymen who did this so why bother with silly investigations… Although the evidence was deemed ―valueless‖ to
investigators (btw: the steel could have provided smoking gun proof positive of demolition charges used) the trucks
hauling away the Ground Zero rubble were equipped and carefully tracked with $1K GPS trackers.
Exhibit 33. Millions upon millions of dollars of "put options" were taken out on United and American Airlines days
prior to 911 (note: it is impossible to buy and sell securities anonymously, so why don't we still not know who was
making those transactions?) To this day the Security Exchange Commission flat out refuses to reveal who made those
trades…
Exhibit 34. Even all the official establishment paid "experts" agree: jet fuel can NOT "melt" steel. They only claim it
"weakened" the steal. Still no credible official explanation for the ―molten lava flows‖ of melted steel… as a matter of
fact… they all now DENY any excessive heat weeks after the event happened. And where are all those infrared
satellite images proving weeks after 911 that clearly showed huge pools of 2000+ degrees of massively hot
―something‖ underground… WEEKS after the ―terrorist‖ attack…
Exhibit 35. Everyone has seemed to have forgotten all about the Anthrax attacks that literally caused a suspension of
the bogus 911 ―investigation‖. It was hyped by the administration and the lapdog media as ―evil terrorists sending
weapons grade anthrax‖, and who did the evil ―terrorists‖ (al-CIAda) ship the lethal poison to? The media and key
leaders in the senate, only the senators who opposed the Patriot Act! Doh! Fear gripped the sheeple by the balls!!!
―Quick sign the Patriot Act into existence! Bomb the evil towel head bastards‖! Off we went to bomb the middle east
back into the stone age. The make believe 9/11 cOMMISSION ―investigation‖ (charade) was a sham culminating in a
thousand pages of total bullshit not worth the paper it was printed on. But of course, the lead ―investigators‖ who
themselves are part of the ruling elite ―club‖ knew it was one of their false flag fear mongering ops, so there was no
need to waste time investigating THEMSELVES.
The establishment eventually came up with a convenient patsy, to

blame, a ―lone anthrax gunman‖ who conveniently, supposedly
committed ―suicide.‖ Before supposedly killing himself in July,
2008, he supposedly leaves a note claiming he ―did it to drum up
business for his vaccine‖!!!? Doh! These BlackOps people in the
CIA can‘t even make up believable stories? Wow, so how was he
going to profit from his vaccine while sitting in jail? Just another
hair brained explanation by your beloved government who looks
straight into your eyes and lies its ass off. To this day, a real
investigation into the anthrax scheme has yet to be conducted all
the while, the prevailing acknowledgement among reputable
insiders is that the anthrax operation came from our own
government stash and originated in said entity.
Exhibit 36. They all officially claim they had "no clue" what
happened, yet the very same day of the "attacks" the FBI/CIA
supposedly conducted the fastest investigation in the history of
mankind! CIA director Tenet blamed Osama Bin Patsy for the
attacks even before the second plane hit! Within minutes of the
attacks they came out with a list of each and every "evil culprit",
dossiers, pictures, life histories and all! Neatly tied it all up to some
Al-CIAda terrorist group who's' headquarters were in primitive
mountain caves on the other side of the globe! Nothing more to see here folks, now let‘s go kick some Muslim terrorist
ass! Also see video: 911 Clues Everyone Missed.
Exhibit 37. Pictures of ground zero show many, many steel beams with very neat diagonal explosive charge cuts in
them. Appearing EXACTLY as the beams from an explosive demolished building! See picture above, if this is not
smoking gun evidence, then I have no clue what a smoking gun is…
Exhibit 38. The republicans spent over 50 million dollars investigating Bill Clinton's sex life in their efforts to try and
destroy him. 500 million dollars were spent on investigating the Space shuttle Columbia accident that only killed a
dozen or so people. Yet those same leaders still in power at the time of the attacks BALKED at spending a measly 3
million dollars to investigate the BIGGEST ATTACK IN AMERICA HISTORY!??? They finally spent a measly 9
million on what was to become a world class charade of an investigation, 9 mill the same amount that was spent on
the fiasco O.J. Simpson trial where only two people died… Why did they spend so little to conduct a make believe
investigation? Because their was nothing to investigate, it was THEIR false flag operation to begin with.
Exhibit 39. They even went as far as to pull out one of the most notorious NWO Zionist titans: Henry Kissinger to
head the bogus "investigations!". After a great deal of public objection they had to ditch Kissinger then just appointed a
bunch of good ole career establishment cronies (all of whom had absolutely no investigative experience) with ―ex‖
CIA leader to head what eventually turned out to be the gazillion page "911 cOMMISSION Bullshit Report." Who
was eventually appointed to lead the "investigation"? None other than Philip Zelikow, Zionist Jew elite, one of the
Bush administration's insiders who was instrumental in working out the details for attacking Iraq!
Read this guy‘s Wikipedia profile and you begin to get an idea just how deeply connected this guy is. One of the most
startling revelations I found there was that Zelikow held an endowed chair and was once Director of Miller Center of
Public Affairs were they worked on ―the project to transcribe and annotate the previously secret tapes made
during the Kennedy, Nixon and Johnson Presidencies.‖ Who else to transcribe the SECRET tapes of these
presidencies and EDIT (censor) damming evidence that could prove his Zionist brotherhood complicit to a myriad of
dealings…. He subsequently published a book called ―The Kennedy Tapes‖… were he goes on to tell his heavily
edited/censored version of the Kennedy tapes through his Zionist agenda colored biased lens… And of course the
Zionist Jews are all wonderful benevolent saints and servants of the people in his tale. It was Lenin who said: ――The
best way to control opposition is to lead it ourselves.‖
The 911 Bullshit report is like allowing the Mafia crime syndicate to conduct their own investigation into THEIR
OWN WRONG DOING! Doh! ―Hey, guess what? We found nothing wrong here! Case closed, everyone go on
minding your own business now!‖
Exhibit 40. "Why would Iraq attack America or use nuclear weapons against us? I'll tell you what I think the real
threat [is] and actually has been since 1990 - it's the threat against Israel." - Philip Zelikow, Director of the 9/11
Commission and Bush administration official, the Zionist Jew who was selected to go through the motions and make
believe to ―investigate‖ his Zionist brother‘s false flag black ops attack...
Exhibit 41. Oh, what a coincidence! FEMA's entire emergency disaster management network had just happened to
come into NYC on 9/10/01 the day right before our nation's biggest national emergency! Why were they there?
None other than to hold "drills" of course! ―It was very odd to me when I learned that FEMA and several other
federal agencies had already moved into position at their command center at Pier 92 on September 10th, one day
BEFORE the attacks.‖ — Kurt Sonnenfeld, former Director of Broadcast Operations for FEMA‘s National
Emergency Response Team.
Exhibit 42. Talking about drills, what another amazing pure coincidence that we just happened to have a major battle
fleet on its way to the Persian Gulf to do what? Hold more "drills" there of course! Golly gee whiz, they
―coincidentally‖ arrived there where we needed them to attack the those ―evil bastards that attacked us‖ just when we
needed them to be there! Doh!
Exhibit 43. In all criminal investigations, law enforcement officials ALWAYS follow the money trail to get the "top
dogs", the financiers of the criminal operations. As for 911, after lots of pussy footing the issue of who the financiers
were. It was finally proclaimed that "it did not matter"! Why? Because the trail led directly to CIA, Mossad and
Pakistan ISI intelligence agencies! (who the CIA works with) Doh! The ISI terrorist money man General Ahmad was
hanging out with the top brass at the CIA, the PentaCON and the White house before, during and after the days of
the 911 attacks! LOL, nothing to see here folks, now go mind you own business…
Exhibit 44. The day after 911, ALL air traffic was closed, except for ONE plane that was given high level clearance to
leave: the Bin Laden family plane! All the while they were telling the world that "Bin Laden did it" Huh?
Exhibit 45. JFK assassination had the indestructible "magic bullet", the sheeple ate that up hook line and sinker, so
what is their new work of art without a: MAGIC PASSPORT! How does the preposterous story go? A plane hits the
north tower, EXPLODES INTO A MASSIVE FIREBALL, where the plane and everything in it gets completely
pulverized into vapor, (supposedly including the indestructible black boxes designed to survive plane crashes)
disintegrated into itty bitty dust particles, breaking the laws of physics and supposedly melts STEEL yet one of the
would be "hijackers" reality-defying passport (made out of PAPER) was supposedly thrown intact from that
cataclysmic fireball and miraculously lands on the ground in pristine condition to be ―found‖ out of 1.6 million tons of
debris in a matter of hours by an FBI agent! LMAO!!!
Exhibit 46. NONE of the names of any of the so called "hijackers" appear in any lists of any airline passenger
flight manifests! The passenger manifests can be viewed online. Not one single Arabic sounding name is to be found
on any of the passenger manifests! Doh! None of the ―hijackers‖ appear in ANY airline security video footage either,
going through metal detectors or boarding any planes either! Ummm…. How on earth did all these Arabs get on all
those planes? To this date not one of the so called ―hijackers‖ has ever been proven by any means, video surveillance,
documentation or whatever to have actually been on ANY of the flights. All we have is the ALLEGED claims of the
Bush & Company crime syndicate propaganda ministry‘s word for it.
Exhibit 47. A bunch of the "hijackers" are alive and well walking around today! LOL! Absolutely NO ATTEMPT
has been made to explain that one! The official story still stands: "it was those official 19 hijackers." Absolutely no
changes in names or details have been updated to this date to account for the live hijacker ―terrorists‖. Doh!
Exhibit 48. Oh, why won't they release the black box data? Doh! We are still waiting. Golly gee… maybe because
they will reveal it is all a bunch of bull shit lies they are telling us and don‘t want us to listen to the real data?
Exhibit 49. It seems that everyone has forgotten that the Twin Towers WERE meticulously SPECIFICALLY
DESIGNED to withstand direct MULTIPLE impacts by large jet planes, per tower (hello!) by planes roughly the
same size as the ones that hit it… that carry full jet fuel tanks! Yet still remain standing. They were designed to
withstand EXACTLY this type of impact of each building being hit by not one, but multiple planes and stay
standing…
Exhibit 50. The dancing Israelis on that roof. Four Israelis were arrested after they were found dancing and celebrating
on a NJ rooftop as they were filming both of the plane impacts on the twin towers. It turns out that they were Mossad
agents and after being held for some time were just released and the entire episode was swept under the rug. Well these
guys later appeared on TV in their home country proudly explaining that they were on that rooftop ―to document‖
the plane crashes. What is even more bizarre is the fact that they were there filming BEFORE THE FIRST PLANE
STRUCK! Wow, how nice of Bin Laden, sending them a memo to the Israeli Mossad so they could be in place to
record the events for posterity?…
Exhibit 51. One of the largest container shipping companies in the world; ZIM a company partially owned by ISRAEL
forfeited a $55,000 security deposit when out of nowhere, without saying a thing, (their lease was scheduled to end just
a several months later!) they suddenly packed up all their equipment and moved out of the World Trade Towers ONE
WEEK prior to them being demolished. Later, FBI agent Michael Dick, who was investigating Israeli spying before
and after 9/11 and looking into the suspicious move, was removed from his duties by the head of the Justice
Department‘s criminal division, Michael Chertoff, Israeli operative.
(Interesting FYI: Chertoff: Rusian. n. Common translation: ―son of the devil.‖)

Exhibit 52. What ever happened with the Israeli terrorists and their VAN FULL OF EXPLOSIVES that was stopped
near the George Washington bridge the day of the 9/11 attacks? They were working for the Mossad front company
called Urban Moving Systems under the direction of Dominic Suter, a Mossad agent who fled to Israel right after 9/11.
The operatives that got caught with the vans were never charged and disappeared from media radar and ordered sent
back home by Homeland Security Director Michael Chertoff, they were never to be heard of again…
Exhibit 53. Top British officials, former CIA director George Tenet, former Treasury Secretary Paul O'Neill and many
others officially stated that the Iraq war was planned BEFORE 9/11.
Exhibit 54. Who was in charge of U.S. Homeland Security at the time? Dual citizenship, Israeli citizen and double
agent Zionist Jew Michael Chertoff.
Exhibit 55. Multi-ton steel beams were blown HORIZONTALLY (as in ejected and sent flying sideways) landing
several football fields away. Another FIRST for an alleged ―structural collapse.‖
Exhibit 56. Ground Zero rescue worker Mike Mallone, who reported seeing one of the four black boxes removed from
the site, and was told of two others – and who was told by the FBI that if he talked about it, "there would be a
problem." Investigative journalist Dave Lindorff, who was told "off the record" by a contact in the National
Transportation Safety Board, which investigated the boxes, that all four had been recovered by the FBI and taken
away, though officially, the contact said, this would be denied. Air crash investigator Dale Leppard, who said that the
bright orange heat-resistant boxes were never lost Yet the 9/11 Commission Report claimed that the boxes from
American 11 and United 175 were never found…
Exhibit 57. In 2001 it was IMPOSSIBLE to make cell phones from high attitudes (hello! No cell phone towers were in
range 50,000 feet in the air! DUH! You know what that‘s like even while standing on EARTH not far from a major
town or city and not getting a signal). There was no technology in existence at the time to enable cell phone calls from
the height that the planes were flying at the time. Yet an entire Hollywood fairytale narrative was conjured up based
upon just this ludicrous notion. Furthermore:
David Ray Griffin on the FBI's 2006 admission that, although US Solicitor General Ted Olson had reported receiving
two calls from his wife, CNN commentator Barbara Olson on Flight 77, the evidence indicates that she attempted
only one call and that it was "unconnected" and hence lasted "zero seconds."
The technology to make cell phone calls from while inflight, thousands of feet above the ground, thousands of feet
away from the nearest cellphone tower was NOT invented and implemented (and when it was ready, on a limited basis)
until sometime in 2004.
Exhibit 58. The subsequent farce of an investigation that was mounted, The 9/11 Commission consisted of
establishment status quo and Bush Administration officials who were very close to the CIA and military industrial
complex.
Exhibit 59: Within weeks of the 9-11 attacks the FBI and military intelligence experts held secret meetings with
Hollywood screenwriters to help them come up with scripts for future terrorist attack scenarios!
Exhibit 60: Mysterious Deaths of key 9/11 Witnesses. Many people who were key witnesses or publically opposing
the official narrative with valuable sources just up and commited ―suicide‖ or had unfortunate ―accidents‖ right before
they were to reveal their testimonies/evidence. Here is a current YouTube link that will most likely not be working by
the time you read this due to the fact that, yes… it WILL eventually be censored and removed by the powers that be.
Here is the link to the video ―Mysterious Deaths of 9/11 Witnesses.‖
Exhibit 61: Box cutters. Who said and came up with the notion that the so called ―terrorists‖ had box cutters. How in
the world did this person come up with that statement since every ―hijacked‖ plane blew up to smithereens leaving no
evidence of anything, not one of those planes left a shoe, seat, luggage, absolutely no identifiable items. But low and
behold a government spokesman that conducted the world‘s fastest investigation in human history, within minutes of
the attacks claimed it was 19 ―Al-CIAda‖ hijackers with box cutters! The supposedly surprised establishment with
supposedly no clue about anything that happened that day yet their propaganda mouthpieces produced neatly organized
dossiers complete with pictures identifying all the alleged hijackers while the flames where still red hot and firemen
were battling the blazes. Box cutters? How would they know they had box cutters when no one lived to tell the tale?!!!
Exhibit 62: On May 8, 2001 Dick Cheney bypassed established structure and appointed himself to the job of
coordinating reaction to domestic terror attacks. A job that was always done by seasoned trained professionals.
Likewise: On June 1, 2001 the order of authority to shoot down hijacked aircraft was given to Rumsfeld. The authority
was taken from field commanders. It was rescinded shortly after 9/11.
Exhibit 63: Senior Pentagon officials cancelled flights on Sept 10 for the following day. There was a 'schedule change'
the night before September 11. This enabled Jim Pierce to escape death at the World Trade Center. Jim Pierce was
President Bush's cousin.
Exhibit 64: The Hijackers Are Played by: Nine hijackers that were identified by the United States have been found
alive or they are known to have died years ago. Seven of the September 11 hijackers trained on US military bases. Five
hijackers lived in a motel just outside the gates of the National Security Agency at Fort Meade, Maryland.
Mohamed Atta enjoyed pork chops, drank to excess, and did cocaine while he attended the International Officer's
School at Maxwell Air Force Base. Saeed Alghamdi, Ahmed Alnami, and Ahmed Alghamdi listed the Naval Air
Station in Pensacola, Florida, as their permanent address on their driver's licenses. Even Hamza Alghamdi was
connected to the Pensacola base. The Florida operation base of September 11 hijackers was in the congressional district
of Porter Goss. Porter Goss sponsored the PATRIOT Act.
Inside a rental car, Mohammed Atta left a will, a Koran, a driver's license, and a "how to fly planes" video at the
airport. Excuse me- Micky here –say isn‘t this a little ―too pat‖ here? It‘s like the classic frame-up in a movie. Kill
somebody, then put the loaded evidence under the seat of the patsy‘s car!
On Sept 10, Atta and two Arab men spent hundreds on drinks and lap dances as they spewed anti-American sentiments
at Florida strip club. A copy of the Quran and a business card were left behind.
The flight school records of Florida Huffman Aviation disappeared when Jeb Bush loaded them onto a C-130 military
cargo plane. The plane was bound for Washington in the early morning hours of September 12 th.
Mohamed Atta allegedly flew Flight 11. He passed directly over Indian Point nuclear power plant en route. If he had
hit the power plant, it would have rendered the United States northeast corridor uninhabitable for thousands of years.
Wally Hilliard was owner of Atta's flight school. Although 43 lbs of heroin were found on board Wally Hilliard‘s
LearJet no charges were brought. This occurred just three weeks after Atta enrolled. It was the biggest seizure ever in
Central Florida. Hilliard's plane had made 30-round trips to Venezuela with the same passengers who always paid cash.
Hilliard‘s plane was supplied by a pair of drug smugglers. These are the same drug smugglers who outfitted a plane for
CIA drug runner Barry Seal. September 11 commissioner Richard Ben-Veniste had been Barry Seal's attorney before
Seal's murder.
An amazing amount of confusion exists regarding the number of passengers claimed to have been on the planes, which
in aggregate were only 27% full.
Investigators for the Congressional Joint Inquiry discovered that an FBI informant had hosted and rented a room to two
hijackers in 2000. The Inquiry sought to interview the informant. The FBI refused. The FBI hid him. A high-level FBI
official stated that the blocking maneuvers were under orders from the White House.
Exhibit 65: A World Trade Center tenant thinks "they had an inkling something was going on." According to the
tenant, there was an "unusual" amount of evacuations from World Trade Center weeks before attacks. A two week
heightened security was lifted days before the attacks. Bomb-sniffing dogs were called off.
Exhibit 66: Governor George Pataki's New York City office moved out of the WorldTradeCenter to new offices on
Third Avenue. This was just months before the attacks.
Exhibit 67: In July 2001 John Ashcroft stopped flying on commercial aircraft. This was due to ―security‖
considerations.
Exhibit 68: FBI agent Colleen Rowley's Zacarias Moussaoui investigation was so thwarted that her colleagues
joked that Bin Laden must have an FBI mole. This was just weeks before September 11, 2001,
Exhibit 69: FBI's John O'Neill was obsessive about pursuing Bin Laden's terror network. He was pressured to resign.
He was offered a World Trade Center security chief job. He died in the collapse on 9/11. It was his first day on the job.
Exhibit 70: The plug on Muslim websites was pulled days before 9/11 by the US.
Exhibit 71: In April 2004 Bush crime syndicate gagged FBI translator Sibel Edmonds from speaking to the 9/11
Commission about the foreknowledge of an attack, serious acts of security breaches, cover-ups, and intentional
blocking of intelligence. The truth was censored and silenced yet again.
Exhibit 72: Famous football star Pat Tillman turned famous soldier and propaganda poster boy for the
invasions/occupations in the middle east… until he saw and knew too much. He was about to go public, but someone
that famous stating the truth could send their house of cards falling down. He was soon executed close range with
several shots to the head. Official narrative: ―friendly fire.‖ Nothing else to see here folks, now run along.
Exhibit 73: Plamegate. Then there was the who Valery Plame affair where her husband Joseph Wilson was about to
expose the administration‘s lies about the bogus uranium yellowcake from Niger. (Remember this was the slam dunk
―evidence‖ of WMDs used to justify the bogus attack, invasion and occupation of Iraq) The administration‘s efforts to
contain the situation and silence Wilson included leaking his wife‘s CIA identity which lead to Scooter Libby‘s
successful prosecution. But as we all know, Bush commuted the sentence of his fellow Mafioso due to the fact that
Libby was only acting on behalf of the Bush/Cheney. No one ever spent a day in jail. Nothing more to see here folks,
now go back to sleep…. Sleep…. Sleep….
These are just but a few key ridiculous inconsistencies, lies, cover-ups, etc. of the the 9/11 catacysmic event that
opened the doors to uninhibited, unchallenged change, giving the ruling elite carte blanch approval to literally re-
organize the world, spearheaded by their blood thirsty wonderful most benevolend military industrial complex… their
―ministry of peace.‖ Don‘t worry, everything is going to be alright, they are ―protect you‖ from the boogeyman…
PROOF Bombs Took Down 9/11 Towers

The 9/11 Documentary You Can’t Debunk! - video
I was there on 9/11… it was the outrageous blatant lies that defied logic and physics that made me sit upright and take
notice that something was afoul here, then I witnessed the massive cover-up machine in action in conjunction with the
yaw dropping omission, disinfo, misinfo hyperbole campaign that finally made me start to look into the matter further
down the road. You can thank 911 for my KNOWING that our government was involved in this murderous event up to
its bloody neck. I was there first hand seeing the PREPOSTEROUS bullshit being fed to the entire world, consequently
piquing my curiosity which latter lead me into conducting this research project. No one on the planet can EVER deny
all the other explosions that occurred in those buildings. Today the propaganda spin doctors have officially transformed
all those explosions that occurred throughout the buildings into figments of our imaginations. They want you to go
back to sleep, sleep…. Sleep.
Scientists Find Unexploded Nano-Thermite charges in the

Dust of the WTC Collapses
This is by far the most explosive 2009 news story about 9/11. Some call it the loaded gun of 9/11. Most agree to
say this probably the final nail in the coffin of the official story.
Imagine yourself turning the TV on and hearing a news anchor say “BREAKING NEWS! Ladies and gentlemen, we
have just learned that scientists from 3 different countries released a scientific paper detailing what they have
found in many samples of the World Trade Center dust. They claim that they have found unexploded particles of
a very high-tech explosive, which would be a military-grade explosive called Nano-Thermite. We have contacted
earlier today, the lead authors of this paper, Prof. Steven Jones from BYU and Dr. Niels Harrit from the
University of Copenhagen in Denmark who will join us later. They have both confirmed that this explosive
material was used in the destruction of the Twin Towers, and the 47-story skyscraper known as ‘Building 7′. We
never really showed you the collapse of Building 7 before tonight because we didn’t really know about it
ourselves. We will show you all of this later, but now, let’s move to Washington where President Barack Obama
is just about to give a special address regarding this Nano-Thermite.”
Wouldn’t that be great to hear?

But back to reality. No mainstream media except a few in Denmark and Russia, ever seriously covered what will
most probably turn out to be the most important news story of the past decade. It will probably be called the
Nanothermitegate. You have read it here first!
Scientists have discovered residues of unexploded Nano-Thermite, a high-tech military-grade explosive in all
samples of the WTC dust. This stuff is not made in a cave in Afghanistan. They have released their peer-
reviewed paper on April 3rd, 2009 in the Open Chemical Physics Journal of Bentham Open. The paper
titled Active Thermitic Material Discovered in Dust from the 9/11 World Trade Center Catastrophe can be
downloaded on the Bentham Open Access website.
It is a matter of the utmost importance to point out that members of WeAreChange handed out – on record –
copies of this scientific paper to Vice President Joe Biden, White House Press Secretary Robert Gibbs and to
several Congress people.
We are waiting for them to take serious action in finding out why this explosive high-tech material is present in
the WTC dust. We are also calling on all journalists and other media professionals to forget about the term
“conspiracy theories” for a few minutes and to seriously investigate this story.
These findings alone should be reason enough for a new independent investigation with subpoena powers.
This historic Danish interview with Dr. Niels Harrit, lead author of this paper, was the first (and rare) television
interview to talk about nano-thermite since April, 2009.
Folks, the fact that more than 8+ years have now gone by and all of America is so fucking brain dead STUPID gullible,
they have absolutely no powers of analytical thinking or reasoning, frankly I am disgusted. It doesn't take a freaking
rocket scientist to figure out that SOMETHING is seriously major off mark here. Do we need to resurrect Einstein
from his grave to spell it out for us? The official bullshit has piled so high, the stench so blaring, yet the media remains
oblivious and complicit, millions of Americans can't smell the stench either. For they all go along their merry ways like
sheep being spoon fed cow dung. Yummy give me more!
Watch this and you will believe 9/11 was an inside Job - video
9/11 Inside Job - The Most Damning Evidence Yet! - video
Even former Italian prime minister Francesco Cossiga has touched on the issue suggesting that the events of 9/11 were
none other than a Mossad/CIA joint venture inside job:
“All the [intelligence services] of America and Europe… now know well that the disastrous attack has
been planned by the CIA and the Mossad in order to put under accusation the Arabic countries and in
order to induce the western powers to take part.. in Iraq [and] Afghanistan,” the Italian ex-premier was
quoted by Corriere della Sera as saying.
The government propaganda ministry machine with its Zionist news media bedfellows has since taken the stance of
ridiculing anyone that comes out questioning valid points such as the myriad of mind boggling facts mentioned
above. Instead of serious dialog and inquiry into these issues we witness non-stop efforts to cover everything up.
You would think that our loving caring government

would do anything for its people, they are in elected
positions to "serve the people" right? Not anymore it
seems perfectly obvious. Weeping widows & activists
seeking just the truth and further investigations,
instead get regularly labeled as wacky leftist tinfoil hat
mental cases. At an ever increasing rate many activists
and seekers of truth are being arrested and jailed
for their efforts to even get the government to listen.
I don't know, it all stinks to high hell, the stench of all

the bullshit is so blatantly obvious. The official stance
to this day is: ―shut the hell up and move along,
nothing to see here folks‖….. Show up with a camera
or camcorder to record anything and you now get
arrested! Land of the free? Home of liberty? Please,
please, please wake up folks…. Something is soooo very wrong with this picture…..
Pictured here U.S National Security Advisor Brzezinski speaking with a young CIA field agent Osama Bin
patsy Laden
SHADOWPLAY – The Hidden Hand - Video
Enlightening 911 documentary: Core of Corruption - Video
False Flag Terrorism:

"False flag terrorism" occurs when elements within a government stage a secret operation whereby
government forces pretend to be a targeted enemy while attacking their own forces or people. The attack is
then falsely blamed on the enemy in order to justify going to war against that enemy. Or as Wikipedia defines it:
False flag operations are covert operations conducted by governments, corporations, or other
organizations, which are designed to deceive the public in such a way that the operations appear as if they
are being carried out by other entities. The name is derived from the military concept of flying false
colors; that is, flying the flag of a country other than one's own. False flag operations are not limited to
war and counter-insurgency operations, and have been used in peace-time; for example, during Italy's
strategy of tension.
The term comes from the old days of wooden ships, when one ship would hang the flag of its enemy before
attacking another ship in its own navy. Because the enemy's flag was hung instead of the flag of the real country of
the attacking ship, it was called a "false flag" attack.
There are many examples of false flag attacks through history. For example, it is widely known that the Nazis, in
Operation Himmler, faked attacks on their own people and resources which they blamed on the Poles, to justify the
invasion of Poland. And it has now been persuasively argued — as shown, for example, in this History
Channel video — that Nazis set fire to their own parliament, the Reichstag, and blamed that fire on others.
The Reichstag fire was the watershed event which justified Hitler's seizure of power and suspension of liberties.
And in the early 1950s, agents of an Israeli terrorist cell operating in Egypt planted bombs in several buildings,
including U.S. diplomatic facilities, then left behind "evidence" implicating the Arabs as the culprits (one of the
bombs detonated prematurely, allowing the Egyptians to identify the bombers). Israel's Defense Minister was
brought down by the scandal, along with the entire Israeli government. Click here for verification.
The Russian KGB apparently conducted a wave of bombings in Russia in order to justify war against
Chechnya and put Vladimir Putin into power (see also this essay and this report). And the Turkish government
has been caught bombing its own and blaming it on a rebel group in order to justify a crackdown on that group.
Muslim governments also play this game. For example, the well-respected former Indonesian president claimed
that their government had a role in the Bali bombings.
This sounds nuts, right? You've never heard of this "false flag terrorism," where a government attacks its own
people then blames others in order to justify its goals, right? And you are skeptical of the statements discussed
above? Please take a look at these historical quotes:
"If tyranny and oppression come to this land, it will be in the guise of fighting a foreign enemy." - U.S. President
James Madison
"Why of course the people don't want war ... But after all it is the leaders of the country who determine the policy,
and it is always a simple matter to drag the people along, whether it is a democracy, or a fascist dictatorship, or a
parliament, or a communist dictatorship ... Voice or no voice, the people can always be brought to the bidding of
the leaders. That is easy. All you have to do is to tell them they are being attacked, and denounce the pacifists for
lack of patriotism and exposing the country to danger. It works the same in any country." - Hermann Goering, Nazi
leader.
What about the U.S.?
Is it logical to assume that, even if other countries have carried out false flag operations (especially horrible
regimes such as, say, the Nazis or Stalin), the U.S. has never done so? Well, as documented by the New York
Times, Iranians working for the C.I.A. in the 1950's posed as Communists and staged bombings in Iran in order to
turn the country against its democratically-elected president (see also this essay).
And, as confirmed by a former Italian Prime Minister, an Italian judge, and the former head of Italian
counterintelligence, NATO, with the help of the Pentagon and CIA, carried out terror bombings in Italy and
blamed communists, in order to rally people‘s support for their governments in Europe in their fight against
communism. As one participant in this formerly-secret program stated: "You had to attack civilians, people,
women, children, innocent people, unknown people far removed from any political game. The reason was quite
simple. They were supposed to force these people, the Italian public, to turn to the state to ask for greater security."
Moreover, recently declassified U.S. Government documents show that in the 1960s, the U.S. Joint Chiefs of Staff
signed off on a plan code-named Operation Northwoods to blow up American airplanes (using an elaborate plan
involving the switching of airplanes), and also to commit terrorist acts on American soil, and then to blame it on
the Cubans in order to justify an invasion of Cuba. The operation was not carried out only because the Kennedy
administration refused to implement these Pentagon plans.
For lots more on the astonishing Operation Northwoods, see the ABC news report; the official declassified
documents; and watch this interview with James Bamford, the former Washington Investigative Producer for
ABC's World News Tonight with Peter Jennings. One quote from the Northwoods documents states: "A
'Remember the Maine' incident could be arranged: We could blow up a US ship in Guantanamo Bay and
blame Cuba. Casualty lists in US newspapers would cause a helpful wave of national indignation."
What about Al-Qaeda?
You might think Al-Qaeda is different. It is very powerful, organized, and out to get us, right? Consider this Los
Angeles Times article, reviewing a BBC documentary entitled The Power of Nightmares, which shows that
the threat from Al Qaeda has been vastly overblown (and see this article on who is behind the hype). And
former National Security Adviser Zbigniew Brzezinski testified to the Senate that the war on terror is "a
mythical historical narrative."
And did you know that the FBI had penetrated the cell which carried out the 1993 World Trade Center bombing,
but had – at the last minute – cancelled the plan to have its FBI infiltrator substitute fake powder for real
explosives, against the infiltrator's strong wishes? See also this TV news report.
Have you heard that the CIA is alleged to have met with Bin Laden two months before 9/11? Did you know that
years after 9/11 the FBI first stated that it did not have sufficient evidence to prosecute Bin Laden for 9/11? The
agency apparently still does not have any hard evidence linking Bin Laden to the crime (see also this partial
confirmation by the Washington Post). And did you see the statement by the CIA commander in charge of the
capture that the U.S. let Bin Laden escape from Afghanistan?
Have you heard that the anthrax attacks – which were sent along with notes purportedly written by Islamic
terrorists – used a weaponized anthrax strain from the top U.S. bioweapons facility? Indeed, top bioweapons
experts have stated that the anthrax attack may have been a CIA test "gone wrong." For more on this, see this
article by a former NSA and naval intelligence officer and this statement by a distinguished law professor and
bioterror expert (and this one).
It is also interesting that the only Congress-members mailed anthrax letters were key Democrats, and that the
attacks occurred one week before passage of the freedom-curtailing PATRIOT Act, which seems to have scared
them and the rest of Congress into passing that act without even reading it. And though it may be a coincidence,
White House staff began taking the anti-anthrax medicine before the Anthrax attacks occurred.
Even General William Odom, former director of the National Security Agency, said "By any measure the US has
long used terrorism. In ‗78-79 the Senate was trying to pass a law against international terrorism, yet in every
version they produced, the lawyers said the US would be in violation" (the audio is here).
Why Does This Matter?
Please read what the following highly respected people are saying:
Former prominent Republican U.S. Congressman and CIA official Bob Barr stated that the U.S. is close to
becoming a totalitarian society and that elements in government are using fear to try to bring this about.
Republican U.S. congressman Ron Paul stated that the government "is determined to have martial law." He
also said a contrived "Gulf of Tonkin-type incident may occur to gain popular support for an attack on Iran."
Former National Security Adviser Brzezinski told the Senate that a terrorist act might be carried out in the U.S.
and falsely blamed on Iran to justify war against that nation.
The former Assistant Secretary of the Treasury in the Reagan administration, Paul Craig Roberts, who is called the
"Father of Reaganomics" and is a former editor and columnist for the Wall Street Journal, BusinessWeek, and
Scripps Howard News Service, has said:
"Ask yourself: Would a government that has lied us into two wars and is working to lie us into an attack on Iran
shrink from staging 'terrorist' attacks in order to remove opposition to its agenda? ... If the Bush administration
wants to continue its wars in the Middle East and to entrench the 'unitary executive' at home, it will have to
conduct some false flag operations that will both frighten and anger the American people and make them accept
Bush's declaration of 'national emergency' and the return of the draft. Alternatively, the administration could
simply allow any real terrorist plot to proceed without hindrance."
General Tommy Franks stated that if another terrorist attack occurs in the United States "the Constitution will
likely be discarded in favor of a military form of government." Daniel Ellsberg, the famous Pentagon Papers
whistleblower, said "if there is another terror attack, I believe the president will get what he wants. And what he
wants is a new Patriot Act, one that will make the current Patriot Act look like the Bill of Rights."
Former UN Weapons Inspector Scott Ritter stated before the Iraq war started that there were no weapons of mass
destruction. He is now saying that he would not rule out staged government terror by the U.S. government. And
British Parliament Member George Galloway stated that "there is a very real danger" that the American
government will stage a false flag terror attack in order to justify war against Iran and to gain complete control
domestically.
The abundance of reliable information in this essay suggests that not only has the U.S. in the past conducted
false flag operations, but there is a possibility that 9/11 involved some element of this deceit, and a future
false flag operation cannot be ruled out. Let us spread this news to all who care so that we might build the
critical mass necessary to stop these secret operations and work together for a more caring civil society.
Special Note: This essay is an edited version of the well researched document available at
http://pledgeforamerica.com/2.html. For a collection of reliable, verifiable information suggesting that 9/11 may
have been a form of false flag operation, please see the 9/11 Information Center at
http://www.WantToKnow.info/911information.
THE LAVON AFFAIR

IS HISTORY REPEATING ITSELF?
In 1954, Israeli agents working in Egypt planted bombs in several buildings, including a United States
diplomatic facility, and left evidence behind implicating Arabs as the culprits. The ruse would have worked,
had not one of the bombs detonated prematurely, allowing the Egyptians to capture and identify one of the
bombers, which in turn led to the round up of an Israeli spy ring.
Some of the spies were from Israel, while others were recruited from the local Jewish population. Israel
responded to the scandal with claims in the media that there was no spy ring, that it was all a hoax perpetrated by
"anti-Semites".
Honorable Chairman, members of the Knesset. The trial that started two days ago in Egypt against 13 Jews is
disturbing everybody and brings about an emotional turmoil and deep bitterness in the country [Israel] and in the
whole Jewish world. Indeed, it must cause concern and anxiety in the hearts of all justice-seeking people around
the universe. The Committee for Foreign Affairs and Security has alreadv dealt and will further deal with this
serious issue. But at this stage I feel obliged to make a short announcement. In my speech in the Knesset on
November 15 1 said "The uncontrolled behavior of' Egypt . . . does not indicate . . . that its leadership . . . is
seeking moderate approaches and peace. How far Egypt is from this spirit [of moderation and peace] can be
learned from the plot woven in Alexandria, the show-trial which is being organized there against a group of Jews
who became victims of false accusations of espionage, and who, it seems, are being threatened and tortured in
order to extract from them confessions in imaginary crimes." This gloomy assumption was verified and was
revealed to be a cruel and shocking fact, by the declaration of the accused Victorin Ninyo in the military court in
Cairo that was published this morning. [According to this declaration] she was tortured during the interrogation
which preceded the trial and by that torture they extracted from her false confessions to crimes which did not
happen. The government of Israel strongly protests this practice, which revives in the Middle East the methods
used by the Inquisition in the Middle Ages. The government of Israel strongly rejects the false accusations of the
general Egyptian prosecution, which relegates to the Israeli authorities horrible deeds and diabolic conspiracies
against the security and the international relations of Egypt. From this stand we have protested many times in the
past persecution and false accusations of Jews in various countries. We see in the innocent Jews accused by the
Egyptian authorities of such severe crimes, victims of vicious hostility to the State of Israel and the Jewish
people. If their crime is being Zionist and devoted to Israel, millions of Jews around the world share this crime.
We do not think that the rulers of Egypt should be interested in being responsible for shedding Jewish blood. We
call upon all those who believe in peace, stability and human relations among nations to prevent fatal injustice.
But as the public trial progressed, it was evident that Israel had indeed been behind the bombing. Eventually,
Israeli's Defense Minister Pinhas Lavon was brought down by the scandal, although it appears that he was himself
the victim of a frame-up by the real authors of the bombing project, code named "Operation Susannah."
It is therefore a fact that Israel has a prior history of setting off bombs with the intent to blame Arabs for them.
This is not the only example of a "False Flag" operation designed to trick the United States into attacking Israel's
enemies. According to Victor Ostrovsky, a Mossad defector now living in Canada, Ronald Reagan was tricked
into bombing Libya by means of a radio transmitter smuggled into Tripoli by the Mossad, which broadcast
messages designed to fool the United States into thinking Libya was about to launch a massive terror attack on the
west. On the basis of this fake evidence, the US bombed Libya, killing Khadaffi's daughter.
The Jews of Iraq is a story by a Jewish writer revealing yet another false flag operation where Israelis used bombs
and planted the blame on Arabs
More recently, Captain Ward Boston, who served as senior legal counsel for the Navy's Court of Inquiry into the
Israeli attack on USS Liberty, has come forward to report that the Court of Inquiry was ORDERED to conclude
that the attack was an accident by President Lyndon Johnson. In hindsight, given the use of unmarked aircraft and
boats by Israel during the actual attack, it appears that Israel intended to sink the US ship and frame Egypt for the
attack, tricking the US into the war against Egypt.
So, with this established history, it is now time to re-examine some facts about the World Trade Towers:
1. There is no proof at all of who was actually on the hijacked airplanes last 9/11. Even the head of the FBI admits
that the only hard evidence are the names used by the hijackers on faked IDs. At least 7 of the men whose names
were on those IDs have since turned up alive. Another had died back in 1999. None of the names of the alleged
hijackers were on the passenger lists of the four aircraft. We do not know who was on those planes, only that we
are supposed to think they were Arab Muslims.
2. The night before the attacks on the World Trade Towers, men using those stolen identities visited bars and strip
clubs, making sure they would be noticed and remembered by all they met. Students of Islam will confirm that no
Muslim devout enough to be willing to commit suicide would spend the night before he was to meet Allah
violating so many of Islam's laws regarding alcohol and nude women. This suggests the planting of a false trail
ahead of time, doubly so because we know the identities were stolen. Coupled with the deception of the faked
Osama "confession" video tape , it is beyond question that deception and fraud exists in the World Trade Towers
case.
3. Contrary to early reports (including a statement by George Bush) of large numbers of Israelis being killed in the
9-11 attacks, only two Israelis died, both passengers on the airplanes. No Israelis working in or near the World
Trade Towers died. The foreign press has long rumored that Israelis were given an advance warning not to go to
work on 9-11, and in the case of Odigo, an Israeli company with offices located near the World Trade Towers, the
existence of a warning message sent before the four aircraft had even left the ground is an established fact. That
someone in Israel knew of the attacks ahead of time is beyond question.
4. There is an Israeli spy ring. As in the Lavon Affair, Israeli assets have been trying to dismiss the spy ring story
(apparently with the FBI's help) while accusing those who refuse to be silent of "anti-Semitism". The lesson from
the Lavon case is that Israel's strident denials and smear campaigns are a sure sign that something is indeed being
covered up, even as the "art students" continue to be deported. And, as a US Official stated in Carl Cameron's
suppressed story on the Israeli Spy/Bugging Ring, evidence does exist that links the arrested Israeli spies with 9-
11, but that this evidence has been classified by the United States Government, probably to keep from looking like
total idiots at having been so easily fooled for the Nth time.
The United States has been deceived before by Israeli covert operations with the intention of harming American
relations with the Arab nations. Israel has never hesitated to kill Americans (USS Liberty) or allow Americans to
be killed (The bombing in Beirut that killed 241 American Marines) when it serves a purpose. And, the fact
remains that Israel has exploited 9-11 from the instant when Ehud Barak appeared on the BBC moments after the
attacks on the World Trade Towers (holding a prepared speech) to the aggression against the Palestinian people
which has escalated non-stop ever since 9-11.
Who is responsible for the World Trade Towers attacks? We truly do not know. What we do know beyond all
doubt is that someone went to a great deal of effort to provide an easy and at times all-too-obvious a target to
blame. Our nation was fooled by that stunt before. The result was that our money and the blood of our children
was spent to attack someone else's enemies.
There is an old saying that goes, "Fool me once, shame on you. Fool me twice, shame on ME!"
There is another saying, "We won't get fooled again!"
***************************
Israel Honors Jewish Terrorists Who Attacked America
.
.
.Far left: Golda Meir meeting with the man who planned the Lavon Affair: Pinhas Lavon. Next, the photo that
appeared in Haaretz with the caption ―President Katzav presented three surviving members of the ‗Lavon
affair‘ with certificates of appreciation at a Jerusalem ceremony Wednesday.‖
Israel honors Jewish terrorists who attacked America

– Israeli President calls them ―heroes‖
The Israeli President, Moshe Katzav, in recent formal ceremonies honored the Israeli agents who made terrorist
attacks against American sites in Egypt hoping to provoke an American war with Egypt.
In ceremonies reported by the major Israeli daily newspaper, Haaretz, Israeli President Moshe Katsav stated the
following at a ceremony honoring the Jewish terrorists who attacked American facilities:
―Although it is still a sensitive situation, we decided now to express our respect for these heroes,‖ President
Moshe Katzav said after presenting the three surviving members of the bomber ring with certificates of
appreciation at a Jerusalem ceremony.
In the Lavon Affair, named for the Israeli Defense Minister at the time, Pinhas Lavon, the Israeli government
launched a false flag, terrorist operation against American sites in Egypt hoping to provoke American bombing,
retaliation and war against that nation. The Israeli terrorists targeted American sites such as American Cinemas
and American libraries around Cairo. Only the premature detonation of one of the Jewish terrorist‘s bombs led to
the exposure and halt of the plot before the extensive loss of life and property.
If this terrorist operation would have been successful, not only would it have cost many American lives, it would
have launched an American war against an innocent nation which in turn would have caused the death of many
thousands of innocent American and Egyptian lives as well as untold billions of dollars.
Israel‘s terrorist plot against the United States in the Lavon Affair was one greatest acts of treachery that any
nation has ever committed against an ongoing ally. There have certainly been many times in history where a
nation attacked a supposed ally, but I know of no cases where an ―ally‖ attacked another and then the attacked
nation remained an ally and continued to support the attacking nation financially and militarily! For that to occur
there has to be an incredible level of subversion in the attacked nation. And shockingly, this was only the first
Israeli act of treachery against the nation that stood by Israel more than any other: America. There have repeated
acts of Israeli terrorism and treachery against the United States of America.
In 1967, Israel attacked the USS Liberty with both fighter jets and torpedo boats in a surprise terrorist attack that
killed 34 Americans and wounded 173. Both the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, Dean Rusk, and the Chairman
of the U.S. Joint Chiefs of Staff, Admiral Thomas Moorer, both have stated that it was a pre-meditated attack
against the United States. (see ―Attack on the Liberty‖ at www.davidduke.com)
In the Jonathan Pollard case, an Israeli spy devastated America‘s Eastern European Intelligence Network, and
Israel honors Pollard today as a hero and lobbies for his release from American prison. (see ―The Pollard Case‖ at
www.davidduke.com)
And very recently, important figures in the Israeli lobby AIPAC, arguably the most powerful lobby in
Washington, D.C., are under investigation by the FBI for spying against the United States. The fact that the
President of the United States and most of the members of Congress have close ties to this lobby for a foreign
nation, a lobby which is now in the middle of spy scandal should obviously be a huge story in America‘s press,
but it is suppressed in the Jewish dominated American media.
Israel knew that the U.S. Government would certainly respond to terrorist attacks against it (supposedly by Egypt)
— with bombing and war against that nation. Terrorist acts of war were committed against America and
traditionally nations respond to such in kind.
But, once America discovered that it was Israel who committed such terrorist acts of war, why was there no
military retaliation against the offending nation?
In fact, American money and even military equipment continued to Israel unabated. Such shows the high level of
Israeli subversion and dare I say it, treason, in the United States Government. It also clearly reveals the Jewish
supremacy in the press that has whitewashed and kept this treachery from the knowledge of 99 percent of
American people. In fact, 99 percent of Americans will never hear of the Lavon Affair nor will they know
anything about the recent Israeli government official ceremony that honored the Israelis who committed these
terrorist acts against America.
For years Israel denied knowledge of the event, just as Israel denied the murderous attack on the USS Liberty,
denied their involvement with the damaging spying of Jonathan Pollard, and denied the overwhelming evidence
that indicates Israeli prior-knowledge of the 911 attack. (See my article, ―How Israel Caused the 911 Attacks‖ at
www.davidduke.com) The Israeli defense minister, Pinhas Lavon had to resign after the bungled terrorist attacks
in Egypt, and the excuse was given that it was a ―rogue operation.‖ Yet, obviously, launching terrorist attacks
against United States installations in Egypt that included American cinemas and libraries, would have certainly
had to have been approved by the Israeli Prime Minister at the time, Golda Meir.
But now, the Israel government is having formal, public ceremonies honoring the Jewish terrorists that attacked
American facilities! Now that‘s enormous Chutzpah when one considers Israel is receiving billions of American
tax dollars every year, the lion‘s share of America‘s entire foreign aid budget, and the fact that America is the only
major nation that defends Israeli crimes against the Palestinians in the U.N. Yet, it shows just how firmly Israel
has the government and media of America in its grip that they can get away with honoring terrorists who have
attacked America!
How can America still support a nation that formally honors those Jews who clearly committed terrorism against
the United States?
Any President, Congressman or Senator that who supports sending Israel American tax dollars after the clear
record of unrepentant Israeli terrorism and treachery against the United States, is equivalent to any American who
sent money to the Japan after the attack at Pearl Harbor!
It is important to note that no Arab or Muslim government, including that of Saddam Hussein, has ever launched a
terrorist attack against America. No Arab or Muslim government has ever had even a single, highly placed spy do
damage to the United States. No Arab or Muslim nation has corrupted our political process with massive bribery,
threats and coercion of thousands of U.S. politicians.
In truth, the Iraq War is just another form of a false flag operation like the Lavon Affair.
It was spawned by Israeli loyalists in the United States, Paul Wolfowitz, Richard Perle and coterie of Jewish
supremacists (including the man in charge of the evidence of Iraqi misdeeds in the CIA , Stuart Cohen, who was
behind much of the false intelligence) that led America into a war against Iraq, a nation that had never harmed and
posed absolutely no threat at all to America.
This treasonous war was never a war for America, but only a war for Israel. It has so far led to the death of almost
1600 Americans, grievous injuries of up to 20,000 of our men and women, expenditures of a national treasure of
over 300 billion dollars, damage to American business around the world, trillions of dollars in higher costs for oil
and gas, and has only increased hatred against America and increased support for Al Qaeda and other anti-
American terrorists.
And again, for what is all this the blood and treasure lost?
For Israel, that‘s what, a nation that honors terrorists who bombed American facilities!
My God in Heaven, when will real Americans wake up to this treachery and treason!
Here are some excerpts from the article in Haaretz and the article on the terrrorist attack in Wikpedia
Israel honors Egyptian spies 50 years after fiasco

Wed., March 30, 2005
By Reuters
After half a century of reticence and recrimination, Israel on Wednesday honored nine Egyptian Jews recruited as
agents-provocateur in what became one of the worst intelligence bungles in the country‘s history. Israel was at
war with Egypt when it hatched a plan in 1954 to ruin its rapprochement with the United States and Britain by
firebombing sites frequented by foreigners in Cairo and Alexandria.
But Israeli hoped the attacks, which caused no casualties, would be blamed on local insurgents collapsed when the
young Zionist bombers were caught and confessed at public trials. Two were hanged. The rest served jail terms
and emigrated to Israel.
Embarrassed before the West, the fledgling Jewish state long denied involvement. It kept mum even after its 1979
peace deal with Egypt, fearing memories of the debacle could sour ties.
―Although it is still a sensitive situation, we decided now to express our respect for these heroes,‖ President
Moshe Katzav said after presenting the three surviving members of the bomber ring with certificates of
appreciation at a Jerusalem ceremony.
What went wrong in the ―Lavon Affair‖ — after Pinhas Lavon, Israel‘s defense minister when the plot came to
light — remains a matter of debate in a country more used to tales of espionage coups…
The situation recurred in 1985, when U.S. Navy analyst Jonathan Pollard was sentenced to life imprisonment in
the United States for passing military secrets to Israel‘s scientific liaison office…
―As with Pollard, this (Lavon Affair) was a rogue operation,‖ said David Kimche, a former Mossad deputy chief.
―We knew never to go down that road again…
Meanwhile, the agents locked up in Egypt were ignored, excluded from several prisoner exchanges with Israel
after the wars of 1956 and 1967. Now that they have been officially recognised in Israel, the former agents are
campaigning for a full account of their operation to be included in the high-school syllabus.
―This is a great day for all of us, those who were hanged and those who died,‖ said Marcelle Ninio, the only
female member of the cell. ―We are happy we‘ve got our honour back.
When you take a good long had look at all the

KEY PEOPLE embedded in the KEY
decision making positions when 9/11
happened, a remarkable pattern begins to
emerge: The large part of all KEY leadership
decision makers were by and large mostly all
ZIONISTS… I would love nothing more than
for this to be a massive coincidence, but it‘s
not…
It turns out EVERY SINGLE KEY

PERSON that was in a position to cover
up, manipulate, control, mislead and omit
all the important factors, discourse,
communication and information regarding
everything that had to do with 9/11was
none other than a card carrying Zionist
Jew embedded in high levels of our government. Now you explain THAT to me.
Here is another well work by another researcher who followed up on the Israeli Mossad/Zionist trail:
ISRAELI MOSSAD did 9/11

ALL THE PROOF IN THE WORLD!!
This article was written and prepared by ZCF (zioncrimefactory); MonkeySeeMonkeyDo here on TiU, May 06,
2009
Note: ZCF's sites have been taken down by him. This page is now the canonical source of the article. Read the rest
of this thread if you want to learn why ZCF took it down.
For the full report visit this website today! Make sure to check out this article entitled "A Tribute To Those Who
Spoke Out" commemorating all of those honest, honorable and courageous Jews who had the heart and good will
to put their own neck out on the line to speak out against this criminal cabal. To them we owe our gratitude and
respect.
Figuring out exactly how 9/11 was done is the work of crime investigators or conspiracy hobbyists who will
endlessly go on discussing and debating every minuscule and intricate detail of the event to no avail. It doesn't
take a structural engineer to tell you that two 110 story buildings and a 47 story steel
skyscraper plummeting to the ground at nearly free-fall speed requires the assistance of
explosives. All you need is two eyes that can see and a brain that thinks to come to that
sound conclusion. This is why it is of my opinion that more emphasis should be placed on
the "who" instead of the "how". It should be obvious to anyone that discovering 'who did
9/11' is infinitely more important than discovering how they did it.
An Uncanny Prediction Comes True
First we start off with an unusual and eerie prediction that was made by a most suspicious individual. This
prediction, in unison with the status of the person of who made it, is extremely indicative and foretelling of who
planned and executed 9/11.
Isser Harel - Spymaster of the Israeli Intelligence Services. Director of Mossad and Shin Bet from 1952-1963.
In 1979, twenty-one years before September 11, 2001, Isser Harel predicted with uncanny accuracy the events of
9-11 to Michael D. Evans, an American supporter of Zionist extremists of the Jabotinsky sort.
On September 23, 1979, Evans visited Harel at his home in Israel and had dinner with him and Dr. Reuven Hecht,
a senior adviser to then prime minister Menachem Begin.
In an editorial entitled "America the Target", published in the Jerusalem Post of September 30, 2001 Evans -- a
Khazar Jew masquerading as a Christian -- asked Harel about Arab terrorism and if it would come to America.
Harel told Evans that Arab terrorists would likely strike the "tallest building in New York City" because it was a
"phallic symbol". The fact that 9/11 was planned by the Mossad through the admittance of Isser Harel is well
documented and appears in a book written by Michael
Evans. (See Article 7th Paragraph).
Securing Control of World Trade Center Complex
The first step in the preparation of the 9/11 attacks was to

secure the control of the WTC into private hands. This was
crucial to the success of 9/11 because without complete
control over this complex there would be no opportunity or
possibility of setting explosive charges in place as the coup
de gras in bringing the towers to the ground.
In steps four key Jewish Crime Network assets:
1) Larry Silverstein -- Larry is a Jewish American businessman from New York.

Larry obtained a 99 year lease on the entire world trade center complex on 24
July, 2001. The nearly worthless trade towers I should point out due to them
being filled with asbestos that needed removal; a process that would have
produced a cost that would have rivaled the cost of the lease itself. Larry explains
his reason for purchasing the towers as "I felt a compelling urge to own them." Is
this a believable reason coming from a supposed successful businessman? Larry
had breakfast in "Windows on the World" restaurant (located in North Tower 107th Floor) every single morning.
Larry was absent from this routine meeting on the morning of September the 11th. Larry's two offspring, who also
worked in the WTC, also conveniently decided to take the day off. Either the Silverstein family is clairvoyant, or
then knew exactly what was going down that day. Take your pick. Larry Silverstein scored more than $4.5 Billion
in insurance money as a result of the destruction of his complex. Silverstein was personal friends with key player
in Zionist controlled media Rupert Murdoch, former Israeli president & infamous Zionist war criminal Ariel
Sharon, as well as Israeli PM Benjamin Netanyahu. Silverstein was such good friends with Benjamin Netanyahu
that he would receive a phone call from him every single Sunday.
2) Frank Lowy-- Lowy, a Czechoslovakia born Jew, was the owner of Westfield
America, one of the biggest shopping mall conglomerates in the world. Lowy
leased the shopping concourse area called the Mall at the World Trade Center,
made up of approximately 427,000 square feet of retail floor space. Frank Lowy
has quite an interesting history. He was a member of the Golani Brigade, and
fought in the Israeli war of independence. Before this he was a member of Hagganah, a Jewish terrorist
organization. Frank Lowy spends three months of the year at his home in Israel and has been described by the
Sydney Morning Herald as "a self-made man with a strong interest in the Holocaust™ and Israeli politics." He
funded and launched the Israeli Institute for National Strategy and Policy, which will "operate within the
framework of Tel Aviv University" in Israel. He is also close friends with many top Israeli officials such as Ehud
Olmert, Ariel Sharon, Bibi Netanyahu, and Ehud Barak. He was also implicated in an Israeli Bank Scandal with
Olmert. Frank Lowy steered clear of the WTC on 9/11. More information about Lowy can be further researched
here.
Lease Transfer Authorization

3) Lewis Eisenberg -- This Jewish criminal personality was the head of the Port
Authority of New York and authorized the lease transfer to his Zionist brethren
Larry and Lowy. Eisenberg was a large contributor to the Bush-Cheney presidential
campaign, as well as a partner in the Jewish bank Goldman-Sachs. Eisenberg has
been both a member of the Planning Board of the United Jewish Appeal/United
Jewish Federation pro-Israeli government pressure group in the U.S.
WTC Privatization
4) Ronald Lauder - Billionaire Estee Lauder Cosmetics magnate. He was the
chairman of NY Governor George Pataki's commission on privatization. He is the
key individual who lobbied for the privatization of the WTC (Source, 9th pp) --
but he also got the former Stewart Air Force Base to become privatized. Oddly,
the flight paths of flight 175 and flight 11 converged directly over this airport.
Lauder is active in the following organizations: Conference of Presidents of Major

American Jewish Organizations, Jewish National Fund, World Jewish Congress,
American Jewish Joint Distribution Committee, Anti-Defamation League, Jewish Theological Seminary. Ronald
Lauder was elected president of the World Jewish Congress on 10 June, 2007.
Lauder founded a school for the Mossad in Herzliya, Israel called the Lauder School of Government Diplomacy
and Strategy. He is the key Sayan involved in the preparation of 9/11.
WTC Security In Zionist Hands

The second crucial aspect of control that needed to be established in order to pull off 9/11 was to gain control of
security of the WTC complex. This way, Mossad explosive experts -- that just so happened to be in town just prior
to and on 9/11 -- could be readily allowed access to strategic areas of the buildings in order to prep for the
demolitions.
The contract to run security at the WTC was designated to Kroll Associates after the 1993 WTC bombing. Kroll is
otherwise known as a "Wall Street‘s CIA".
Who gave them the contract?
The Port Authority of New York paid them $2.5

million to revamp security at the complex. The
owners of Kroll were two Zionist Jews named
Jules & Jeremy Kroll.
The managing director of Kroll at the time was Jerome M. Hauer.
Hauer was also the guy chosen to run Mayor Rudy Giuliani‘s office of emergency management( OEM) from 1996
to 2000. He is the key individual that pushed for this office to be placed in Silverstein's building 7.
Jerome Hauer is also Jewish and a staunch Zionist. Hauer's mother, Rose Muscatine Hauer, is the retired Dean of
the Beth Israel School of Nursing and the Honorary President of the New York Chapter of Hadassah, the
Daughters of Zion movement that is one of the central Zionist organizations involved in the creation and
maintenance of the State of Israel.
Pre-Knowledge of Anthrax Mailings
A hardly known fact is that Jerome Hauer is the one who advised the Whitehouse to go on the anti-biotic effective
against Anthrax -- Cipro -- a week prior to the mailings. How convenient.
How did he know?
Hauer is an 'expert' in Bio-Terrorism and was the one who was in charge of the NIH response to the anthrax
attacks. His reactions to the anthrax mailings were 'very slow' to say the least, and he took every opportunity to
invoke "Osama Bin Laden" in his rhetoric.
Who Killed John O'neil?
Former special agent FBI, John O'neil, who was tasked with investigating Bin Laden coincidentally enough, was
hired as head of security at the WTC by Jerome Hauer. Amazingly, O'neil was killed on his FIRST day of work --
9/11.
It is important to note that O'neil had quit his job at the FBI after his investigation into the U.S.S. Cole attack in
Yemen was obstructed & sabotaged by U.S ambassador to Yemen, Zionist Barbara Bodine. This is because the
U.S.S. Cole was NOT done by Al Qaeda. The USS Cole was hit by an Israeli cruise missile (Source, 39th pp) to
sway public opinion against Arabs (Al Qaeda), as well as demonize the democrats (didn't take terror threat
seriously) -- so that their puppet George Bush Jr. could be hurled into office in time for 9/11. This was of course
completely covered up.
Airport Security
The third crucial aspect of control that needed to be established was to gain
control of airport security at all of the airports that the hijackings would
originate from. Passenger screening needed to be handled by their operatives in
order to allow certain people & certain items (i.e. weapons) onto the planes.
Who ran airport security at all three ports of alleged hijackings?
That would be ICTS International / Huntsleigh USA (wholly owned subsidiary)
Owned by Ezra Harel and Menachem Atzmon. Both Israeli Jews.
It is run by "experts" in the security and intelligence field. Israeli intelligence that is. Most employees were ex-
Shin Bet agents.
Is this airport security company, who ran the security at Boston's Logan Airport, as well as Newark, really that
shoddy to allow 19 Arabs on board 4 different planes with box cutters, mace, and even a gun, or is there something
else going on here?
Menachem Atzmon, former Likud treasurer in the 80's, was involved in an Israeli political scandal involving Ehud
Olmert and other Likudnits in Israel. He was cirminally convicted of fraud, falsifying documents, as well as
breaching Party Funding Law.
ICTS was also in charge of airport security when the shoe bomber, Richard Reid,
allegedly boarded a plane with a shoe bomb. If Reid is really a terrorist and not just
an innocent man being used by the Mossad to incite more fear of terrorism, then why
did ICTS let him board the plane knowing he could be dangerous?
Another point indicating ICTS's complicity is that a few hours before the Patriot Act
was voted on, it was edited to make foreign companies in charge of security on 9/11
immune to lawsuits. This would prevent American courts from demanding that ICTS
provide testimony or hand over the missing surveillance videos from the airports.
Umar Farouk Abdulmutallab (also referred to as "Underwear Bomber) is a Muslim Nigerian citizen and alleged
terrorist who attempted to detonate plastic explosives hidden in his underwear on board of Northwest Airlines
Flight 253, en route from Amsterdam to Detroit, Michigan, on Christmas Day December 25, 2009. Abdulmutallab
boarded the US bound plane from Schiphol Airport in Amsterdam. Kurt Haskell, an attorney from Michigan, also
boarded the same flight and he recalls seeing Abdulmutallab and another "sharp dressed" Indian looking man who
helped Abdulmutallab board the flight. Haskell claims that Abdulmutallab boarded the flight without a passport.
The security at the Schiphol Airport is also handled by the Israeli-owned company: ICTS International.
Prior Knowledge
Gomel Chesed Cemetary Incident
In October 2000, approximately 11 months before 9/11, a retired Israeli

Defense Forces(IDF) officer, and veteran of the Yom Kippur War(1973), was
collecting English Ivy Cuttings at the Gomel Chesed Cemetery located at
Mccellan and 245 Mount Olive Avenue, which is near the city lines of
Elizabeth and Newark, New Jersey. The Gomel Chesed Cemetary is a Jewish
cemetary.
The man overheard a couple of people having what he believed to be a conversation spoken in Hebrew, which
drew his attention. He hid behind an 8-foot tall retaining wall and listened in to their conversation as they stood
below. Shortly after a Lincoln town car approached the two people -- presumably Israelis -- and the man in the
backseat got out to greet them. After normal niceties were exchanged the third man said:
―The Americans will learn what it is to live with terrorists after the planes hit the twins in September.‖
One of the men that had been leaning against the retaining wall expressed concerns regarding whether the
upcoming presidential election (November 2000) could impact the plans. The man that arrived in the Town Car
pacified the doubts by saying:
―Don‘t worry, we have people in high places and no matter who gets elected, they will take care of everything.‖
The observer who overheard this conversation related it to the FBI on numerous occasions only to be ignored each
time. Nothing was done about it, and no investigation into the incident has ever took place.
Israeli Citizens Get Tipped Off

Israeli instant messaging company, Odigo, admitted that two of its employees received
instant messages warning of an impending attack 2 hours prior to the first plane hitting.
This warning was not passed on to authorities, which could have saved thousands of lives.
Odigo has a feature on its service that allows the passing on of messages through a search feature based on
nationality, such as Israeli. Knowing these two particular Israelis were forewarned, it is very likely they passed the
message on to other Israelis considering that out of the 4000 Israelis believed to be in and around the WTC and the
Pentagon only FIVE died. 5/4000 Israelis. Mathematically (if Israelis were not forewarned) about 10% (400/4000)
would have died; even as low as 200-300/4000 would not really indicate foreknowledge. Yet only FIVE Israelis
died and two of the five were actually aboard the supposedly hijacked flights; therefore only three Israelis died at
the WTC on 9/11. An astonishing feat. We're talking about 'Israelis' here, not 'American Jews'. Many Jews
died in the WTC on 9/11.
Odigo has offices in New York, and in Herzliya, Israel. Herzliya happens to be the Head Quarters of
Mossad. Do the math.
Odigo was later bought up by another Israeli company called Comverse. The CEO of Comverse was Kobi
Alexander, "dual" Israeli-US citizen, with connections to Mossad. He has been charged on
several counts of fraud.
Goldman Sachs Forewarned
– On Sep 10, 2001, the Tokyo branch of Goldman Sachs warned its American employees
to steer clear of American buildings.
Israeli ZIM Integrated Shipping Services Forewarned
- ZIM, an Israeli company, vacated its office (10,000 square

feet) in the North WTC tower a week before 9/11, breaking
its lease. 49% of this company is owned by the Israeli
government. The lease ran till the end of 2001, and the
company lost $50,000 by breaking the lease. Later, FBI agent Michael Dick, who was investigating Israeli spying
before and after 9/11and looking into the suspicious move, was removed from his duties by the head of the Justice
Department‘s criminal division, Michael Chertoff. http://www.thetruthseeker.co.uk/article.asp?ID=3655=
According to a non-official cover or N.O.C. CIA source who worked closely with Dick, the Israeli movers moved
in explosives when ZIM moved out.
With ZIM Israel bailing out just in time, this left one Israeli company, Clearforest, with 19 employees, in the WTC
on 9/11. Of the five employees in the building all managed to escape.
Mossad Is Guilty
U.S. Army Study: On Mossad
An elite U.S. Army study center had devised a plan for enforcing a major Israeli-Palestinian
peace accord that would require about 20,000 well-armed troops stationed throughout Israel and a newly created
Palestinian state.
The SAMS paper attempts to predict events in the first year of a peace-enforcement operation, and sees possible
dangers for U.S. troops from both sides.
Of the MOSSAD, the Israeli intelligence service, the SAMS officers say:
"Wildcard. Ruthless and cunning. Has capability to target U.S. forces and make it look like a
Palestinian/Arab act."
The amazing thing about this is that this story was reported in the Washington Post on September 10, 2001.
Israeli espionage around 9/11
– Shortly before 9/11, over 140 Israelis had been arrested for suspected espionage. Some
of them were posing as Art students. These suspects targeted or penetrated Military bases,
DEA, FBI, Secret Service, ATF, U.S. Customs, IRS, INS, EPA, Interior Dept., U.S.
Marshal‘s Service, various U.S. Attorneys Offices, Secret government offices Unlisted
private homes of law enforcement/intelligence officers. Most of the suspects served in
military intelligence, electronic surveillance intercept and or explosive ordinance units.
Dozens of Israelis were arrested in American malls kiosks selling toys, acting as a front for a spying operation.
60 detained suspects worked for the Israeli company AMDOCS which provides most directory assistance calls and
almost call records and billings services for the U.S. by virtue of its contracts with the 25 largest telephone
companies in the U.S.
All alleged 9/11 hijackers had fake IDs. During a joint FBI-CIA operation against the lead patsy hijacker
Mohammad Atta in Fort Lee, NJ in 2001, the operation was photographed by Israeli agents and thereby
compromised. These Jews were providing cover for the future patsy hijacker teams.
More Israelis caught after 9/11 -- 90 of them!
After 9/11 – More detentions of Israelis
Following 9/11, over 60 Israelis were detained

either under the Patriot anti-Terrorism Act or
for immigrations violations. Some of them
were active
Israeli
military
personnel. A number of them failed polygraph examinations when questioned
for surveillance activities against the U.S. Some of them were found to have
been spying on Arabs.
Five Dancing Israelis
Of the 90 or so detained Israelis there was a group of five Israelis, now widely
known as the "dancing Israelis", who were spotted in multiple locations
filming, and celebrating the attacks.
The men were detained by NYPD. The police and FBI field agents became very suspicious when they found maps
of the city with certain places highlighted, box cutters (the same items that the hijackers supposedly used), $4700
cash stuffed in a sock, and foreign passports. Police also told the Bergen Record that bomb sniffing dogs were
brought to the van and that they reacted as if they had smelled explosives. (link)
Their names were Sivan & Paul Kurzberg, Yaron Schmuel, Oded Ellner & Omer Marmari.
"We are not your problem"?
According to ABC News 20/20, after the group of Israelis were

detained, the driver of the van -- Sivan Kurzberg -- told the
officers:
"We are Israeli. We are not your problem. Your problems are
our problems. The Palestinians are the problem."
They later appeared on an Israeli talk show and claimed to be

"documenting the event". Witnesses reported they were set up PRIOR to the first plane strike, and were seen
congratulating one another afterward. The five jubilant Israelis were also seen photographing one another. The
FBI seized and developed their photos, one of which shows Sivan Kurzberg
flicking a cigarette lighter in front of the smoldering ruins in an apparently
celebratory gesture.
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tRfhUezbKLw&feature=player_embedded
Truck Bomb Destined for George Washington Bridge
The Jerusalem Post later reported that a white van with a bomb was stopped as it approached the George
Washington Bridge, but the ethnicity of the suspects was not revealed. Here's what the Jerusalem Post reported on
September 12, 2001:
American security services overnight stopped a car bomb on the George Washington Bridge. The van, packed with
explosives, was stopped on an approach ramp to the bridge. Authorities suspect the terrorists intended to blow up
the main crossing between New Jersey and New York, Army Radio reported.
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2CHq6JocvDM&feature=player_embedded
Imagine the surprise of the officers when these terror suspects turned out to be Israelis!
Mural Van
One of the more bizarre events of the day came in the form of a mysterious
white van parked a few blocks away from the twin towers on 6th and King
Street that had a mural painted on the side that literally depicted a jetliner
crashing into the twin towers and exploding.
(Artist's rendition)
This police audio transmission indicates that the two suspects in the van started to run away when the van was
stopped and were apprehended shortly thereafter in some sort of struggle. The police recording also indicates that
the mural van subsequently exploded following the detainment of the two suspects.
Further corroboration of this incident came in the form of a reference in the February 2006 Norman Y. Mineta
International Institute for Surface Transportation Policy Studies (MTI) report entitled: ―Saving City Lifelines:
Lessons Learned in the 9-11 Terrorist Attacks‖. The relevant quote is as follows:
―There were continuing moments of alarm. A panel truck with a painting of a plane flying into the World
Trade Center was stopped near the temporary command post. It proved to be rented to a group of ethnic
Middle Eastern people who did not speak English. Fearing that it might be a truck bomb, the NYPD
immediately evacuated the area, called out the bomb squad, and detained the occupants until a thorough
search was made. The vehicle was found to be an innocent delivery truck.‖
As you can see the cover-up of the incident clearly ensues in this document. Apparently the people who wrote this
didn't find it odd that a delivery truck rented to "ethnic middle easterners" was painted up with a mural depicting
the very events of the day! The idiocy of their conclusion that this van was an "innocent delivery truck" is
beyond words. Also notice no mention of it exploding as the police transmission confirms. The "ethnic middle
easterners" referenced in this quote were certainly not Arabic individuals as there is not a single mention of this
incident in the 9/11 commission report. If they were Arabs there would be no reason to cover this up. The fact that
this incident was covered up is a strong indication that these "ethnic middle easterners" were in fact Israelis.
Urban Moving Systems
All of the white vans were working for the ostensible moving company Urban
Moving Systems under direction of Dominic Suter, an Israeli Spy who
immediately fled to Israel after the attacks. It was confirmed by two former
CIA officers that this Israeli moving company was a front operation for the
Mossad. The two CIA sources noted that movers vans are a common
intelligence cover. The Israelis were held in custody for 71 days before being
quietly released.
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3aKj6uJ5Mt4&feature=player_embedded
Israeli Intelligence and Ptech
Ptech Software systems – computer control backdoor
Most national security computerized systems that would have scrambled jets in
the event of national emergencies such as multiple hijackings were running on
Ptech software. A list of Ptech clients includes the FAA, N.A.T.O, United
States Armed Forces, Congress, Dept. Of Energy, Dept. of Justice, FBI,
Customs, the IRS, the Secret Service, and even the White House.
Zionist Jew Michael S. Goff was marketing manager at Ptech and also worked for
Israeli database company Guardium (Director Amit Yoran); Guardium has been
funded by Cedar Fund, Veritas Venture Partners, and StageOne, all Mossad
funding outfits. So, with Ptech, what we had was an American "sayan" [i.e. Jewish
agent who works with the Mossad when necessary], Michael S. Goff, who had
Mossad agents feeding him information and directing him while he worked with
his Lebanese Muslim "partners" in Ptech.
Now why would a young American lawyer working with a good law firm (Sedar & Chandler) in his home town
suddenly leave the practice of law and work with a dodgy start-up software company owned and financed by a
Lebanese and a Saudi? Goff's family is a well-respected an well-known family in Worcester, Mass. He had it
made at a good law firm after leaving law school. Why the sudden career change? Mossad asked him to do it. For
the good of the Jewish people, etc, etc.
Under Goff, Ptech software loaded with trapdoors and Trojan Horses was sold and
loaded onto the MOST sensitive computer systems that failed miserably, or
performed well (depending on your view), on September 11, 2001.
Goff's father and grandfather, Samuel, were accountants who belonged to

Worcester's "Commonwealth Lodge 600 of B'nai B'rith". They were both 32nd
Degree Masons. Does an apple fall far from the tree?
MITRE corporation (computer software)
MITRE – major defense contracting organization headed by former Director of

Central Intelligence James Schlesinger. It has been said that Schlesinger is a
devout Lutheran, but his Wikipedia profile states he was born to Russian/Austrian
Jewish parents. He is undoubtedly a Zionist.
Ptech was with the MITRE corporation in the basement of the FAA for two years
prior to 9/11. Their specific job was to look at inter-operability issues the FAA
had with NORAD and the Air Force in the case of an emergency.
Precision guided plane anyone?
The first plane to hit the WTC (North Tower) hit the computer room of Marsh & McClennan, which had recently
acquired Kroll Associates, which was owned by son of AIG CEO Maurice Greenberg & Jules Kroll. Precision
guidance equipment in office?
Rabbi Dov Zakheim and Systems Planning Corporation

Dov Zakheim's System Planning Corporation – remote airplane control technology
Many have insisted that the planes which struck the twin towers were precision guided by remote control.
Although sounding like science fiction when first hearing it, remote control technology of airplanes has been
around for decades. SPC Corporation provided the flight termination system and command transmitter system, the
technology that allows planes to be remote controlled should the pilots be incapacitated or the plane hijacked.
Rabbi Dov Zakheim was the appointed Undersecretary of Defense and

Comptroller from 2001 to 2004 under the George W. Bush administration.
Zakheim is the man responsible for the disappearance of $2.6 TRILLION that
went missing from the Pentagon books which was announced by Donald
Rumsfeld on 10th September, 2001. The story was buried under 9/11's rubble.
Coincidentally, the specific section of the Pentagon that was "hit" or "blown up"
contained the year‘s budgetary information, as well as accountants, bookkeepers
and budget analysts; many of whom died on 9/11. What a coincidence.
In May 2001, when Dov served at the Pentagon, it was an SPS (his firm‘s) subsidiary, Tridata Corporation, that
oversaw the investigation of the first ―terrorist‖ attack on the World Trade Center in 1993. This would have given
them intimate knowledge of the security systems and structural blueprints of the World Trade Center.
According to the SPC website, a recent customer at that time was Eglin AFB, located in Florida. Eglin is very near
another Air Force base in Florida-MacDill AFB, where Dov Zakheim contracted to send at least 32 Boeing 767
aircraft, as part of the Boeing /Pentagon tanker lease agreement.
Considering his access to Boeing 767 tankers, remote control flight systems, and his published views in the PNAC
document, it seems very likely he is in fact a key figure in the alleged terrorist attacks in New York City on
September 11, 2001. (Further Reading)
Cover Up
9/11 Investigation in Zionist Hands

Immediately following the attacks of September 11th, the Jewish criminal network was methodically maneuvering
in unison behind the scenes to quash any legitimate investigation that world reveal what really happened that
fateful day. They made it their goal to control any and all angles of so called "investigation" so that they could
quickly cover up any and all evidence that would unveil the unmistakable fingerprint of the Zionists.
All appointed chief judges were Zionist Jews:
Alvin K. Hellerstein - a judge for the U.S. District Court for the Southern District
of New York and has been involved in several high-profile 9/11 related cases
including consolidated master case against three airlines, ICTS International NV
and Pinkerton's airport security firms, the World Trade Center owners, and Boeing
Co., the aircraft manufacturer. Hellerstein is a dedicated Zionist and Israeli
nationalist who has ties to the Jewish mafia dating back to 1956. Hellerstein's wife
is a former senior officer & current treasurer of
AMIT. From its website it states: "Founded in 1925, AMIT is the world's
leading supporter of religious Zionist education and social services for Israel's
children and youth, nurturing and educating Israeli children to become
productive, contributing members of society."
Michael B. Mukasey - This Orthodox Jewish judge oversaw the litigation

between Larry Silverstein and insurance companies after 9/11. Silverstein was
awarded billions. Mukasey prevented full inquiry into the Five Dancing Israelis incident who were arrested in
connection with 9/11. He played a role in their release. He was later appointed attorney general by President Bush.
He defended the patriot act, and he supports torture policies.
Michael Chertoff - In charge of the Criminal Division in the Justice Department

on 9/11. Essentially responsible for the 9/11 NON-investigation. He let hundreds of
Israeli spies who were arrested prior to and on 9/11 go back home to Israel. He was
also a prosecuting judge in the first terrorist attack on the WTC in 1993. Chertoff
purportedly holds dual citizenship with the US and
Israel. His family is one of the founding families of the
state of Israel and his mother was one of the first ever
agents of the Mossad, Israel's spy agency. His father and uncle are ordained rabbis and
teachers of the Talmud.
Kenneth Feinberg - set up the victim‘s compensation fund ($7 billion); the criminal
cabal managed to get 97% of the victims‘ families to take the money in exchange for not demanding a legal
investigation of 9/11.
Sheila Birnbaum - Another key Jew involved in the cover-up of 9/11 is Sheila
Birnbaum of Skaddan, Arps law firm. Birnbaum was appointed 'special mediator' of the
legal suits filed by the 3% of families who decided not to be bought off by the Zionists.
Nothing happened in these trials though, thanks to her.
Benjamin Chertoff - (cousin of Michael Chertoff) - This Jewish criminal personality

wrote the 9/11 hit piece in Popular Mechanics debunking ‗9/11 conspiracies‘ using
ridiculous strawmen. He claims his relation to Michael Chertoff is "distant" but Chris
Bollyn proves otherwise.
Stephen Cauffman - Leader of NIST cover-up of WTC 7 destruction. These lowlifes

continued to maintain that fire brought down WTC 7, a physical impossibility.
9/11 Commission Fiction: Zionist Myth-Making At Its Best

Philip Zelikow (Dual Citizen of Israel) - 911's Cover Up Man - Zelikow was appointed the executive director of
the 9/11 commission -- the most powerful position of the committee. This criminal
Zionist Jew is responsible for concocting the contrived fiction that was presented to
us as the 9/11 Commission Report (i.e. official story). This work of fairy-tale fiction
speaks of magical explosion-proof paper passports, building collapses violating the
laws of physics without explosive assistance, and cave-dwelling, box-cutter
wielding Arabs with super-human piloting skills -- all the while completely
omitting blatant anomalous events such as the self-demolition of Building 7 at 5:20
pm. At first Henry Kissenger was appointed as exec director of the 9/11 commission but surrendered the post after
enormous protest. This paved the way for Zionist operative Zelikow to take his stead. Zelikow has numerous
conflicts of interest that clearly inhibited his ability to tell the truth to the American
people about the 9/11 terror attacks.
Zelikow was a Bush Admin insider, having been on the transition team in early 2000.
In 1989-91 Zelikow worked with Condaleeza Rice on the National Security Council
for the Bush Sr. Administration. In 1995, Zelikow and Rice wrote a book together.
From 1996-98 Zelikow is director of the Aspen Strategy Group which also included
people such as Condaleeza Rice, Dick Cheney and Paul Wolfowitz as fellow members. After George W. Bush
took office, Zelikow was named to a position on the President's Foreign Intelligence Advisory Board [PFIAB],
and worked on other task forces and commissions as well. In 2004 Zelikow skews the investigation into 9/11 by
deciding which topics would or would not be investigated. He was also secretly in contact with one of Bush's close
advisors -- Karl Rove.
Crime Scene Evidence Quickly Removed and Destroyed

Alan D. Ratner‘s Metals Management and the SIMS group is responsible for quickly
scooping up the WTC steel rubble and shipping it off to Asian smelters. Alan Ratner is
Jewish. Ratner merged with the SIMS group and the Hugo Neu corporation, and they made a handsome profit.
Ratner sold over 50,000 tons of crime scene evidence steel to a Chinese company at $120 per ton; Ratner had
obtained them for $70 per ton. This criminal bastard not only destroyed the evidence, but made a lucrative profit
off of it while he was at it. More research on the criminal destruction of crime scene evidence can be found here.
Criminal Jewish/Zionist Personalities

Jews and Zionists in the Right Positions!
Rabbi Dov Zakheim – Co-author of the PNAC paper on rebuilding America‘s defenses
advocating the necessity of a Pearl Harbour-like incident to mobilize America. Served as
Pentagon comptroller from May 4, 2001 to March 10, 2004. Two large sums of money
disappeared from the Pentagon under him. In the beginning $2.3 trillion was reported
missing by Donald Rumsfeld (September 10, 2001) and later Zakheim was unable to
account for another trillion dollars. Zakheim also had squads of American F-15s and F-
16s sold as surplus to Israel at a fraction of their value.
Michael Chertoff – Assistant attorney general for the criminal division of the Justice Department; later, Director
of Homeland Security. His wife, Meryl Chertoff, was a regional director of the ADL. Mother was a flight
attendant for El Al thus had involvement with Mossad. Father and uncle are Rabbis.
Richard Perle – Chairman of Pentagon‘s Defense Policy Board. He was expelled from
Sen. Henry Jackson‘s office in the 1970s after the NSA
caught him passing highly classified documents to Israel.
Paul Wolfowitz – Was Deputy Defense Secretary and a

member of the Defense Policy Board in the Pentagon.
Douglas Feith - Headed reconstruction in Iraq. Effectively

in command, with Wolfowitz, of War Department on 9-11; Undersecretary of War for
Policy. Fired from National Security Council in 1976 due
to suspicion of passing classified documents to Israel.
"Dual Citizen" of US-Israel. Douglas Feith created the
"Office of Special Plans" shortly after 9/11 which was
where all of the fake intelligence accusing Iraq of developing WMD's and having ties
to Al Qaida came from.
Eliot Abrams -- Key National Security Council Advisor. Associated with criminal Zionist / Pro-Israel think tanks:
AEI, PNAC, CSP, and JINSA. Closely associated with other criminal Jews Perle, Feith, Wolfowtiz, and Bill
Kristol. Convicted of lying to congress in the Iran/Contra Affair but was later given a pardon by Bush.
Marc Grossman -- Under Secretary for Political Affairs on 9-11; met with
General Mahmoud Ahmad, head of Pakistan‘s ISI and 9-11 financier, on or
shortly after 9-11; ―dual citizen‖ of US and Israel
Ari Fleischer — White House spokesman for Bush

on 9-11; Harlined Iraq WMD lies to the press; ―dual
citizen‖ of US and Israel; connected to the extremist
group called the Chabad Lubavitch Hasidics
More criminal personalities can be further researched HERE.
Who was on board flight 11?

Daniel Lewin -- Lewin, an Israeli Jew, was confirmed to be a member of the special Israeli commando unit, the
Sayeret Matkal, which specializes in "anti-hijack" takeovers and assassinations.

Supposedly Lewin got involved in a struggle with one of the alleged hijackers and
ended up getting shot, which was later revised to being stabbed as a gun on board
would not jive with the pre-packaged 9/11 story line.
What are the odds that an Israeli Sayat ends up on a plane hijacked by Arab
terrorists? Gotta be a million to one shot. I am not suggesting Lewin was on a
suicide mission and flew into the towers, what I suggest is that he landed the plane at Stewart Airport and it was
swapped for a remote control drone. Stewart Airport was the "privatized" airport where ALL the flight paths of the
alleged planes that hit the twin towers, oddly converged over.
Bush Speech Writers Grossly Inflate Number of Israeli Casualties
On 20 September, 2001, in his address to the Joint Session of Congress following the 9/11
attacks, Bush grossly inflated the number of Israeli casualties in the attacks from 5 to 130.
Does Bush write his own speeches?
Of course not, so one cannot simply blame Bush for this blatant lie -- whoever was his
speechwriter is the criminal culprit.
Who was Bush's Speechwriter?
David Frum -- This Jewish criminal personality was Bush's Speechwriter at the time
and is the one responsible for inflating the number of Israeli dead 26x the actual
amount. Why did he do this? Because he's a Zionist of course and was attempting to
garner sympathy for Israel and project them as the 'great ally' of the United States
who are now 'partners' in this global fight against "terrorism".
David Frum was the man behind the "Axis Of Evil" label.
He also co-authored a book with Zionist warmonger Richard Pearle, entitled An End To Evil: How To Win The
War On Terror, which was about the "Global War On Terror"; it defended the illegal and fraudulent invasion of
Iraq -- as well as called for regime change in Iran & Syria among other hideous things.
Mohammed Atta Leads Us Directly To Jewish Crime Network Doorstep
Less than one week before 9/11 several of the hijacker 'patsies', including Atta, boarded a Sun Cruz Casino Boat in
Florida. Nobody knows why, and it has never been investigated.
Who owned these casino boats?
Jack Abramoff - This Zionist Jewish criminal asset was the one who entertained the Arab patsies aboard his
yacht. Abramoff is a Bush Admin insider having been on the Transition Advisory
Team assigned to the Department of the Interior in 2001.
Abramoff is a convicted criminal lobbyist who is a central figure in a plethora of

political scandals, fraud, and other scams. He is currently serving a five year prison
term for fraud, conspiracy, and tax evasion.
He also had foreknowledge of the Zionist engineered War In Iraq.

Al Qaida = Mossad Playing Dress Up

Firstly the well known translation of 'Al-Qaeda' is ‗The Base,‘ which is actually not the
only translation of the ominous term. Al-Qaeda also translates to ‗The Toilet.‘ The
Arabic word ‗Qa‘ada‘ means ‗to sit‘ {on the toilet bowl}. Arab homes have three kinds
of toilets: ‗Hamam Franji‘ or ‗Al-Qaeda‘ or foreign toilet, ‗Hamam Arabi‘ or Arab
toilet, and a potty used for children called ‗Ma Qa‘adia‘ or ‗Little Qaeda.‘ ‗Ana
raicha Al Qaeda‘ is a colloquial expression for ‗I‘m going to the toilet.‘ Why
would a terrorist group call itself ‗The Toilet‘? Al-Qaeda is Zionist fiction.
Adam Yahiye Gadahn also known as Azzam the American is the so called Al
Qaida spokesperson who releases videos
tormenting the world with his anti-American
rants. The FBI even has him on their most
wanted terrorists list.
It turns out he is a Jew named Adam Pearlman, from California. Adam's

grandfather, Carl Pearlman, was a prominent surgeon and on the Board of
Directors of the Anti-Defamation League! This is a script fit for a Hollywood
movie. Spielberg to direct?
www.youtube.com/watch?v=GsUtvOW6SR0&feature=player_embedded
Ziad Jarrah the Duped Lebanese Mossad Stooge
Still image from "laughing hijackers" video showing Ziad Jarrah(left), and
Mohammed Atta(right), allegedly making their martyrdom video just before
9/11, all the while laughing hysterically about it!
Ziad Jarrah's cousin, Ali Al Jarrah , was recently discovered by Lebanese authorities of being a Spy for Israel for
25 years!!
Netanyahu Openly Gleeful of 9/11 Terror Attacks
Apparently Israeli PM Benjamin Netanyahu is so confident

in Zionist control and domination that he haphazardly stated
publicly that the 9/11 terrorist attacks were "good" for U.S.-
Israeli relations, and would generate "immediate sympathy"
for the Israeli cause of ethnically cleansing the Palestinians.
The Israeli newspaper Ma'ariv reported that Likud leader

Benjamin Netanyahu told an audience at Bar Ilan:
"We are benefiting from one thing, and that is the attack
on the Twin Towers and Pentagon, and the American
struggle in Iraq," Ma'ariv quoted the former prime minister
as saying. He reportedly added that these events "swung
American public opinion in our favor."
Of course Netanyahu's nonchalantness about publicly making such controversial statements is not that surprising
considering how much control Zionist Jews have over the American media. The aftermath of 9/11 saw the Zionist-
media unveil a relentless demonization campaign against Arabs stereotyping them all as a bunch of fanatical
plotting terrorists -- a cause for celebration for Netanyahu and his criminal brethren who routinely look for any
excuse to slaughter innocent Palestinians at a whim while confiscating their land in the process.
Likely Architect of 9/11
Netanyahu is considered by many to be the architect of the 9/11, directing the

Mossad/Shin Bet. He was Israeli PM at the time and has a long history of involvement
in Israeli terrorism and politics. He's been a prominent member of the Likud
Government since 1993. The Likud Party is the literal successor of the Jewish terrorist
organization known as the Irgun. He was the prime minister to whom the ACB Doc was
presented. Netanyahu wrote a book in the early 80's called Terrorism: How the West
Can Win. He founded the Jonathan Institute in the late 1970's to study (and plan)
terrorism. Egyptian Intellectual, Hassan Al Bana, has stated publicly that he thinks
Netanyahu planned 9/11 with the Jews at the Jonathan Institute. Al Bana cites a book written by Netanyahu called
Uprooting Terrorism which speaks of plans to attack the U.N., and the World Trade Center with small nuclear
bombs.
To read the rest of this section go HERE (sorry but this page was forced down by trolls and removed by ISP)
Connected Events Lead to Israel

Sears Tower Incident
On October 16, 2001 a group of Israelis were arrested in rural Pennsylvania for suspicious
behaviour behind a Pizzeria Uno. The manager of the store informed authorities of two
middle eastern looking men dumping furniture out of a tractor-trailer with "Moving
Systems Incorporated" sign on the side, behind his restaurant.
Police found the van and confronted its occupant who identified himself as Ron Katar, an
Israeli. Katar pointed across the street to his compatriot named Mosche Almakias who was
approaching the detained van with a female named Ayelet Reisler. Reisler suspiciously
began to walk in a different direction once she spotted the police officer. She was found to have a German
passport in one name and medication in another.
Elmakias admitted being behind the Pizzeria and said his destination was New York, but he had to make a pickup
in Plymouth. However, the clever cover story began to fall apart as he could not provide a name or number of this
client.
The police searched the van and discovered a Sony video camera containing a video taken of Chicago with several
suspicious zoom-in shots of the Sears tower. Clearly these Mossad assets were planning some sort of false flag
attack. These Israelis were eventually taken in by the INS and it was never heard about again.
An important side note is that the Sears tower was bought by two Jews and one Gentile -- Lloyd Goldman, Joseph
Cayre, and Jeffrey Feil in 2004. These men belong to the same group that backed Larry Silverstein's lease of the
WTC complex giving Larry $125 million to do the deal. It seems that these criminal Jewish assets are all in on the
same false flag terror / real-estate insurance scams together.
Psychotic Israelis Get Sloppy In Mexico City

As reported by La Vox De Atzlan, two men posing as press photographers, but in reality being Israeli Mossad
agents, were arrested INSIDE the Mexican congress on October 10, 2001 armed with 9mm pistols, 9 grenades,
explosives, three detonators, and 58 bullets, but were RELEASED from custody because of pressure from
the Israeli embassy.
"We believe that the two Zionists terrorist were going to blow up the
Mexican Congress. The second phase was to mobilize both the Mexican
and US press to blame Osama bin Laden. Most likely then Mexico would
declare war on Afghanistan as well, commit troops and all the oil it could
spare to combat Islamic terrorism."
The Jewish terrorists names were Salvador Guersson Smecke (retired

Israeli I.D.F. colonel), age 34, and Saur Ben Zvi, age 27.
These terrorists were released because of a very high level emergency meetings took place between Mexican
Secretary of Foreign Relations Jorge Gutman, General Macedo de la Concha and a top Ariel Sharon envoy who
flew to Mexico City specially for that purpose. Jorge Gutman is of the Jewish descent.
Israelis, Vans, Explosives... At It Again

On Monday May 13, 2002, Fox News reported that two Israeli
nationals in a white van were pulled over in Oak Harbour,
Washington, near the Whidbey Island Naval Air Station with
explosives in their truck.
Federal Authorities brought in bomb sniffing dogs which reacted first

on one of the Israelis and later on the van. High tech equipment was
later used and confirmed the presence of TNT and RDX plastic
explosive. The Israelis claimed to be delivering furniture to California
but investigators doubted the story. Authorities say records for the
Budget truck do not indicate any recent rental for the purposes of transporting explosives, which would require
special permits; thus proving these explosives were illegal and obviously intended to be used for malicious
purposes.
The Fox News article makes no mention to what became of these two Israeli terrorists which pretty much means
they were quietly released.
To read this section in full go HERE
Quotes From Prominent People
Former Italian President agrees, says Mossad did 9/11
Former Italian President Francesco Cossiga, who revealed the existence of Operation
Gladio, has told Italy's oldest and most widely read newspaper that the 9-11 terrorist
attacks were run by the Mossad, and that this was common knowledge among global
intelligence agencies. In what translates awkwardly into English, Cossiga told the
newspaper Corriere della Sera:
"All the [intelligence services] of America and Europe know well that the disastrous attack has been planned and
realized from the Mossad, with the aid of the Zionist world in order to put under accusation the Arabic countries
and in order to induce the western powers to take part in Iraq [and] Afghanistan."
Former Pakistani ISI Director Says it was Mossad
In an interview only a mere weeks after 9/11, Hamid Gul -- former head of Pakistani intelligence (ISI) from 1987-
1989 -- tells Arnaud de Borchgrave, United Press International of who he thinks was behind the attacks. Here are a
few excerpts from the transcript which can be read in full here:
De Borchgrave: So who did Black Sept. 11?
Gul: Mossad and its accomplices. The U.S. spends $40 billion a year on its 11 intelligence agencies. That's $400
billion in 10 years. Yet the Bush Administration says it was taken by surprise. I don't believe it. Within 10 minutes
of the second twin tower being hit in the World Trade Center CNN said Osama bin Laden had done it. That was a
planned piece of disinformation by the real perpetrators. It created an instant mindset and put public opinion into a
trance, which prevented even intelligent people from thinking for themselves.
Conclusion
After reading this webpage most people who are familiar with 9/11 conspiracy information will without a doubt
have a knee-jerk reaction and consider this piece to be very biased. Why do I focus on the Israeli angle and the
Jewish conspirators? Well... why do most 9/11 "truthers" avoid that angle and refuse to talk about it? Am I
denying that the CIA or MI6 was also involved in the attacks? No, certainly not. It is my opinion that Israel and its
agents in the U.S. Government played the biggest role in the attacks and had the most to gain from them;
therefore, I focus more on the Israeli/Jewish/Zionist connection, while others will focus more on CIA or MI6
connection. There are plenty of websites, documentaries, and articles that go on and on about "Bush & Cheney,
U.S. Gov't, etc, etc" but nobody seems to want to acknowledge the rock solid evidence proving 9/11 was most
likely done by the Israeli Mossad in conjunction with the plethora of Zionist American Jews whose duplicitous
role in the attacks has been thoroughly documented. It is up to you to decide whether this information is valid or
not, and whether you want to believe it. If you are about the truth then you would have no problem accepting this
information. Picking and choosing what you want to believe is not what truth is about. You should always follow
the trail of truth wherever it leads!
Truth, wherever it takes me.
In Your Service,
ZCF
Tracking the 19 Hijackers - What are they up to now?

At least 9 of them survived 9/11!! LOL
A former high-level intelligence official told me, "Whatever trail was left
was left deliberately--for the F.B.I. to chase." New Yorker 10/1/01 by Seymour Hersh
American Airlines #11 Boeing 767

7:45 a.m. Departed Boston for Los Angeles
8:45 a.m. Crashed into North Tower of World Trade Center
Satam Suqami Waleed Alshehri Wail Alshehri Mohamed Atta Abdulaziz Alomari
Used Firearm Still Alive3 Still alive10 Still Alive9 Still Alive4
BL Video12 U.S. Military1 U.S. Military1
American Airlines #77 - Boeing 757

8:10 a.m. Departed Dulles for Los Angeles
9:39 a.m. Crashed into Pentagon
Khalid Almihdhar Majed Moqed Nawaf Alhazmi Salem Alhazmi Hani Hanjour
Still Alive2 Lived w/FBI20 Still Alive6 Lacked alleged
Lived w/FBI20 BL Video12 flying ability19
United Airlines #175 - Boeing 767

7:58 a.m. Departed Boston for Los Angeles
9:05 a.m. Crashed into South Tower of World Trade Center
Marwan Al-Shehhi Fayez Rashid Ahmed Alghamdi Hamza Alghamdi Mohand Alshehri
Still Alive11 U.S. Military1 Fabrications18
Alleged Pilot U.S. Military1
United Airlines #93 - Boeing 757

8:42 a.m. Departed Newark for San Francisco
10:03 a.m. Crashed in Stony Creek Township
Saeed Alghamdi Ahmad Haznawi Ahmed Alnami Ziad Samir Jarrah

Still Alive5 Still Alive7 Fabrications16
U.S. Military1 U.S. Military1 Alleged Pilot
The FBI still says these are the terrorists.14 But when they are found alive, the FBI says their identity was stolen, and its
not the terrorist.15
Remember that suspicious bin Laden supposed "confession" video?
How could he praise uninvolved living people12 for the 9/11 hijackings?
If they stole identities, how did the FBI identify those passengers as terrorists?
Not by flight calls, which contradict the FBI13 information!
Phony Israeli ―Terror‖ Video Calls For Killing Americans

Mossad Front, Known For Phony Bin Laden Tapes
Is Tape Really Israel Saying, ―Kill Americans, Not Us?‖
By Gordon Duff Staff Writer/Senior Editor Veterans Today
Site Intelligence, an outlet that supplies terror videos it says it ―finds on the
internet,‖ videos nobody on earth, seems to notice, has released a new video
from Anwar al Alaki, the Yemeni cleric earlier tied to FBI and Mossad
paymasters. The subject of the video became immediately suspicious when the
only call made was for the murder of Americans and nothing condemning Israel for ethnic cleansing in Gaza nor
any call for jihad against Israel.
The video, said to be produced in Saudi Arabia, has all the signs of another Israeli/Mossad ―self serving‖ creation.
With dozens of similar Israeli produced phony terror videos filling Youtube, each one more transparent than the
last, one would think the media that spreads this treasonous drivel would be called to account.
Every real, verified and genuine video from any Islamic group has had the same themes:
 Demanding world condemnation of Israel

 Demanding an end to US support for ―Israeli aggression‖
 Calls to unite Islam against Israel.
The current video calls only for attacks on Americans, makes no mention of Israeli actions nor is Israel threatened
or Jews targeted, quite the opposite.
PHONY VIDEOS ENDANGER AMERICANS
With the only real distribution of these calls for terrorist acts against Americans from Israeli backed Site
Intelligence and Rita Katz, Muslims unaware that the message is meant to deflect Israeli complicity in the Detroit
―Crotch Bomber‖ episode and other ―false flag‖ efforts are actually receiving orders to war against innocent
Americans, messages originating from Israel, a country claiming to be an American ally. These games, seen as
harmless by reporters who knowing distrubute these phony videos around the world are openly calling for the
murder of Americans. This isn‘t news, it‘s terrorism.
With American policy pushing for a two state solution and demanding an end to ethnic cleansing in Israel, it is
extremely unlikely that any jihadist group would call for attacks on an American government that has done more to
face down Israeli intransigence more than any in recent history. Israel‘s efforts against the Obama administration
have included:
 Snubbing Vice President Biden during a visit

 Calls for increased displacement of Palestinians in response to US demands for a building halt
 Purchase of full page newspaper advertisements attacking President Obama, paid for by the Israeli
government
 Securing promises from over 400 members of congress to oppose President Obama‘s policies in the
Middle East
 Securing statements from paid pundits, former military officers who have accepted gratuities from Israel,
some worth hundreds of thousands of dollars, criticizing current American policies.
ISRAELS WAR ON AMERICA, DECEPTION AND SURROGATE TERRORISM
Creating and distributing calls for terrorist attacks on Americans is an act of war, as much as training and
supplying Pakistani Taliban in the Times Square Bombing or shuffling the Detroit ―Crotch Bomber‖ through
Israeli run airports, a bomber whose Nigerian father has worked for Israel for years.
The Indo-Israeli support for groups attacking Pakistan, Islams only nuclear state, have involved training and
arming the Pakistani Taliban, now little more than a front group for the Mossad and RAW. With this group
attacking Americans and involved in terrorism against the United States, they should accept they can no longer
control their ―terrorist surrogates.‖
The old questions are always the best. Who did this video serve? The answer is simple. The video takes blame
off Israel for false flag terror attacks and is meant to focus Islamic anger against the United States for acts done by
Israel, acts vigorously opposed by America.
THE PATTERN
War by deception, manipulating the American public through endless TV depictions of Muslims as ignorant and
murderous has allowed Israel to act against America with no consequences, warring on their own allies, and taking
billions in foreign aid in reward.
The following acts against America have an Israeli footprint:
 The 1956 Suez War is now accepted as a precursor to the 1967 terror attack in Egypt by Israel. Israel,
with Britain and France, invaded Egypt. America chastised Israel, Britain and France and ordered an
immediate withdrawal, backed by the Soviet Union. President Eisenhower found Israel totally at fault.
 The 1963 murder of President Kennedy is now seen as an Israeli response to Kennedy‘s demands that
Israel close their Dimona nuclear weapons facility. Informed circles now place total responsibility for the
Kennedy killings, both John and Robert, on the Mossad.
 The 1967 holocaust attack against the USS Liberty was an act of war on America by Israel. Survivor
accounts tell of strafing and firebombing lifeboats while a huge American flag flew openly. The attack
continued for hours.
 The USS Liberty attack was meant to disguise the sneak attack on Egypt made by Israel in 1967.
American and Israeli children are taught Israel was attacked by Egypt except the entire Egyptian air force
was destroyed on the ground and no Egyptian forces were mobilized. Perhaps Site Intelligence has a
video on this.
 Anti-Semitic attacks across Europe have been shown to be a Mossad operation to get Jews to settle in
Israel. Every burned synagogue has the Mossad stamp on it.
 The 1985 Achille Lauro hijacking and the murder of a Jewish American passenger are now suspected to
have been a Mossad ―false flag‖ operation
 The mysterious Building 7 incident on 9/11 with Larry Silverstein claiming he ordered the building
―pulled‖ in 20 minutes, an effort that would take weeks of engineering, tons of explosives and massive
structural alterations puts the Mossad and their infamous ―Dancing Israeli‖ film crew under extreme
suspicion.
 The Detroit ―Crotch Bombing‖ of 2009 has tracked to a number of Israeli operatives, a ―false flag‖ attack
meant to enhance the world market for Israeli airport security technologies worth billions in profits
 The long history of Israeli attacks on American security through numerous spy organizations and an
equally long history of arrests and prosecutions of Israeli agents operating against America, with many of
the most vital military secrets heading directly to American enemies including the Soviet Union
TV TAKES ON THE AMERICAN PUBLIC, POTENTIAL ENEMY OF ISRAEL
One of the most popular TV shows in America is NCIS. Last season, ―Jethro Gibbs,‖ a character on the show,
―proved‖ Kennedy was killed by Oswald, a ―lone gunman‖ by a feat of TV heroics, demonstrating his ability to
use ―Oswald‘s weapon‖ to duplicate the shooting. As a former sniper with a duplicate of Oswald‘s Tasco scope on
his desk, I find this amusing. With a clear shot, I could have killed Kennedy with a pistol. However, with
Oswald‘s real weapon, a Carcano rifle with a broken scope, I would have trouble hitting my own foot. Shooting
through a Texas Live Oak with a ―glitchy‖ rifle with a broken scope is an act beyond the gods themselves. This is
twice the same producer has duplicated the same ―heavy handed‖ theme, once earlier in a Quantum Leap episode.
Thus, a pattern emerges, in this and so many shows, conditioning the American public with deception.
Another TV show, Bones, ran the same premise, with former Army Ranger and sniper, the character ―Booth‖
(concidence?) again, fictionally ―proving‖ the original Kennedy hypothesis, one long ago proven to violate the
laws of physics. Even Gary Mack of the Discovery Channel, in ―Target Car‖recently made a half hearted attempt
to sell the Oswald scenario. Word is out that Charlie Brown is taking up the Carcano in the upcoming Easter
Snoopy special.
Speaking of ―the gods,‖ the TV series Angel had Goddess Jasmine directed Oswald, as a ―lone gunman.‖
The continual reselling of the ―lone gunman myth‖ isn‘t a coincidence. Confirmed sources indicate that the FBI
has received new information tying Israel directly to the Kennedy shooting.
NCIS LOS ANGELES
Last night I watched 4 episodes of NCIS Los Angeles. Three of them featured Islamic terrorists, painted in ―comic
book‖ quality strokes as crazed, cruel and insane. The plot lines had only one purpose, to incite hatred and mislead
viewers. Early in WW2, the movie Sergeant York with Gary Cooper set the gold standard for propaganda. Great
writing, cinematography and acting produced a powerful film still popular today. I love the film, even knowing it
is wartime propaganda. It is also art.
NCIS Los Angeles is childish, bigoted, brutal and racist. An excellent cast, subjected to criminally manipulative
storylines with no other purpose than to mislead and build hate only adds to the abuse. It is made clear, not only
are all Muslims terrorists, but they are sneering, sarcastic cowards hiding behind wealth, lawyers and continually
using legal ploys, utterly imaginary of course, to stymie Americas counter-terrorist heroes.
When I look at the group that has suffered the highest casualty levels defending America, our Muslim translators, I
get the same feeling I have touring American military cemetaries and viewing the Stars of David over the Jewish
war dead. When the Mojave Cross went up in 1934, Americans hated Jews more than even the Nazis in Germany,
even though thousands died for America (and Germany) in the Great War. Now, with Muslims dying around the
world to defend the United States, thousands in fact, we spit on them with our pop culture propaganda focused to
hide Israeli manipulation of American public opinion.
None of this is innocent, not the phony videos, not the TV shows, none of it. Next time a video comes out of Tel
Aviv calling on Muslims to murder Americans, perhaps we should pay attention.
LETS NOW STUDY THE AFTERMATH OF 911:

Immediately after the 9/11 False Flag Operation the military industrial complex that was poised and ready to pounce on
Afghanistan MONTHS BEFORE 9/11 were quickly given the green light to attack that country under the pretext that
they were harboring ONE SINGLE PERSON. No one ever said Afghanistan had conducted 9/11, NEVER ONCE
WAS THIS claim made. According to ALL OFFICIAL RECORDS and history is our witness we INVADED THE
SOVEREIGN NATION OF AFGHANISTAN TO FIND THE BOOGEYMAN ―BINLADEN.‖
Not long after the INVASION of that nation started, it was publicly announced that Osama Bin Mossaden was (doh!)
hiding out in PAKISTAN. Ten years later and we are still blowing the fuck up out of that poor innocent country!
Osama Bin Mossaden is but a distant red herring pretext. Why the fuck have we been there for a DECADE killing
millions of innocent people that had NOTHING TO DO WITH 9/11? Hello, even if you believe the bullshit
propaganda narratives fed to you by military industrial complex you would readily know that the ALLEGED hijackers
were all from Saudi Arabia and Pakistan! Duh. The INVASION of the sovereign nation of Afghanistan was a bullshit
farce to ―get the evil zombie Bin Laden.‖
Upon realizing how EASY it was to pull the wool over the brain dead publics eyes and literally get away with one of
the most bungled False Flag operations ever then follow it up with a completely unjustified INVASION of a country
that had absolutely NOTHING to do with 9/11 and then sit back to witness the moron public WAVING FLAGS AND
CHEERING ON as they watched the bombs and explosions killing hundreds
of thousands of innocent people… the powers that be decided to ride this
dead horse all the way to town and through in Iraq into the mix giving new
meaning to the 2 birds with one stone line.
Iraq absolutely had NOTHING to do with 9/11 but riding the lust for blood
wave of the American public they quickly got approval to invade Iraq who
was ―hiding imaginary weapons of mass destruction‖ up Sadam‘s butt. The
fact that they NEVER had any WMDs didn‘t change a thing: ―bomb, bomb,
bomb Iraq‖ was the battle cry and still is all these years later. Oh they got
Sadam and hung him… but that never ended the war as the case with every
war ever fought when they caught the leaders, no, this is a ―special war‖
they are STILL there blowing up the natives as they are in Afghanistan, and
they NEVER plan on leaving: dozens upon dozens of PERMANENT
massive military bases have been constructed all over those two countries.
Obama basically got elected by the bullshit promise of getting our nation out
of these two unjust and quagmire wars. Instead he did as EVERY president has ALWAYS done: he immediately
reneged on his promises knowing that the voting public are just a bunch of forgetful pheasant herds. The moment he
took office he stepped up the bombing of both nations, added more funding and troops! These are just the plain
FACTS.
The bottom line is that 9/11 was a carefully planned and skillfully executed secret military operation and
deception lead by Mossad agents. For if there were no 911 attack the agenda to take control of the middle east
would not have come to fruition, we would not have control of the vast amounts of oil we gained, Israel wouldn‘t
become the supreme super power in the region, we wouldn't be in that batshit insane "war" in the middle east and
thousands of our loved ones who gave their lives in their quest to "protect us" would still be here today. We would
have over 100,000 fewer ex-military disabled veterans. Over ONE MILLION people would have still been alive today
in Iraq and Afghanistan. (No one really knows how many dead and wounded they have).. The CIA/Mossad sponsored
Terrorist population would still number in just a few hundred at most, not the hundreds of thousands of brand new
America hating REAL possible terrorists we must face due to our prolonged invasion of their soil killed millions of
their loved ones.
We sure taught those Iraqis and Afghanis a lesson, we sure taught the whole Muslim world a lesson! Our invasions and
subsequent occupation has not put an ounce of fear in their hearts. All we did is to UNITE them under a common
cause: to defend themselves from the tyranny of the western world. So much so that each and every one of them is
willing to freely give up and sacrifice their lives to do so. Our soldiers on the other hand just want to do their time,
complete their tour of duty and come back home. Who do you think is more dedicated? Who will persevere to the end,
no matter who is right or wrong? Granted today, NOW after blowing their lands back into the stone age, we truly face
a people, as a result of our aggression, that was thus transformed and now views us as an enemy. They are deeply hurt,
pissed off, eyes full of revenge and wants us all dead. They wear no uniforms, some of them walk among us, smile at
us and say "hello" when we pass them by. We are now in deep shit. Hey Dorothy, we are not in Kansas anymore.
So what are we doing to "fix" this? Are we closing down our boarders to stop the onslaught of potential enemies
coming into our country? No way! That makes just too much logic! Leave the freaking "doors and windows" wide
open to our home, America, so the enemy (Israeli Mossad agents possing as Islamist terrorists) can just walk right in!
Then instead lets rev up the war machine and attack IRAN and other Muslim nations too! That will show em! Doh!
Lets piss off the whole freaking Muslim world! Diplomacy? What is that for? Trying to make amends? Healing? Care?
Empathy? That's for wimps! Let‘s spend 800 kazillion dollars on more bombs and kill them all off! That will teach
them to mess with us, right?
Before 911 there were only several dozen terrorists to no more than a
couple hundred worldwide. Now we have possibly over one million
real American hating terrorists! Doh! Golly gee whiz, that idea of
bombing Afghanistan and Iraq back into the stone age is working
wonders! Hey lets go bomb Iran and Syria back into the stone age also!
That will really piss off the rest of the Muslim world and teach them all
a lesson! Doh!
9/11 was a pretense that allowed the ushering in of what is probably the
most powerful new American agency: The U.S. of ISRAEL
Department of Homeland Security… This agency was established
immediately after the 9/11 false flag operation, in October of 2001, so
fast was this agency erected that it seems as if the plans were just
waiting on the sidelines for implementation… The Committee on
Homeland Security and Government Affairs was proposed, established
and Chaired by Zionist Jew titan Sen. Joe LIEberman. They then
setup the Dept. of Homeland Security that was subsequently
COMPLETELY ESTABLISHED, CONTROLLED and RUN BY
ZIONIST JEW AGENTS:
 Michael Chertoff: Secretary of US Homeland Security.

 Paul A. Schneider: Deputy Secretary of US Homeland Security.
 Fred L. Schwien: Executive Secretary of Operations of US Homeland Security.
 Jay M. Cohen: Under-Secretary for Science & Technology of US Homeland Security.
These dual citizen Israeli Zionist Jew secret agents are THE people running OUR national defense infrastructure!!!
Why do I get this gut feeling that our nation is in the hands of sinister outsiders who are using every tool in their
arsenal to infiltrate, manipulate and control our nation? This agency is on the forefront of eliminating our constitutional
liberties and establishing a defacto police state system… for ―your protection‖ of course…
The ―Homeland Security‖ Apparatus has become the unofficial forth branch of government almost overnight riding on
the pretext and narrative of the 9/11 black-ops demolition of the World Trade Center complex. The Zionist enacted and
controlled Homeland Security Apparatus has become THE most powerful and most important branch of government
inside the U.S., even superseding congress! If that does not scare or worry you in the slightest, then I don‘t know what
will. What has transpired since September of 2001 has been the erecting of the world‘s largest most powerful top-
secret shadow government that is growing exponentially on a daily basis. What is truly frightening is that almost all
their efforts are aimed at the 300 million Americans of this country. We are now the most monitored and surveillance
society on the planet. The resources and policies are frightening resembling a Orwellian virtual police state..
Here is a glimpse of the new improved Zionist driven Homeland Security Apparatus:
A hidden world, growing beyond control
The top-secret world the government created in response to the terrorist attacks of Sept. 11, 2001, has become so
large, so unwieldy and so secretive that no one knows how much money it costs, how many people it employs,
how many programs exist within it or exactly how many agencies do the same work.
These are some of the findings of a two-year investigation by The Washington Post that discovered what amounts
to an alternative geography of the United States, a Top Secret America hidden from public view and lacking in
thorough oversight. After nine years of unprecedented spending and growth, the result is that the system put in
place to keep the United States safe is so massive that its effectiveness is impossible to determine…
Inside Top Secret America

A major investigation reveals the extent of America's vast and heavily privatized military-corporate-
intelligence establishment.
August 28, 2010 | By Lindsay Beyerstein | AlterNet
In July, the Washington Post published the Top Secret America project -- a sweeping portrait of America‘s
heavily privatized military-corporate-intelligence establishment. Lead reporter Dana Priest calls it the ―vast and
hidden apparatus of the war on terror.‖
Priest, who has won two Pulitzer Prizes, described the project as the most challenging investigation of her career.
She teamed up with national security journalist William Arkin and a team of about 20 Post staffers to create an
―alternative geography‖ of a hidden world that has exploded since the attacks of 9/11. At last count, the official
U.S. intelligence budget stood at $75 billion -- more than two and a half times what it was on September 10, 2001.
The remarkable three-part series (I, II, III) and its intricate multimedia Web site attracted some initial praise, but
just as quickly seemed to drop off the map. This article is an attempt to revisit some of the Priest and Arkin‘s most
shocking discoveries.
Top Secret America is based on hundreds of interviews with government officials, contractors and independent
experts; satellite imagery; government contracts; property records; promotional materials from contractors; photo
reconnaissance of suspected intelligence facilities, and more.
To give a sense of the physical layout of Top Secret America, Priest and Arkin plotted government and corporate
secret locations on a map.
The reporters also compiled their data in the searchable Top Secret America database (TSA). They found 1,931
intelligence contracting firms doing work classified as ―top secret,‖ for 1,271 government organizations at over
10,000 sites around the country. 533 of the contracting firms were founded after the 9/11 attacks.
About 110 contractors do about 90 percent of the top-secret work. The biggest of the big are household words:
Booz Allen Hamilton, L-3 Communications, CSC, Northrop Grumman, General Dynamics, and SAIC.
The TSA database doesn‘t include firms that only do merely ―secret‖ work because the reporters found too many
to count.
Contractors make up nearly 30 percent of the workforce of America‘s intelligence agencies. At the Department of
Homeland Security the ratio of contractors to staffers is 50-50. The Post estimates that of the 854,000 people with
top-secret clearances, 265,000 are contractors.
The U.S. has become utterly dependent on contractors for basic national security and intelligence functions. The
National Reconnaissance Office literally couldn‘t launch satellites without contractors. Contractors do everything
from recruiting spies to interrogating detainees to processing civil forfeitures in the war on drugs.
CIA director Leon Panetta admitted to the Post that dependence on contractors is a liability because the main duty
of corporations "is to their shareholders, and that does present an inherent conflict." As Jeremy Scahill pointed out
in the Nation, these reservations didn‘t stop Panetta from approving a new $100 million contract with the scandal-
plagued private security contractor formerly known as Blackwater.
Over 300 recruiting firms known as ―body shops‖ specialize in hooking the federal government up with private
contractors. Industry insiders told the Post they could charge nearly $50,000 per placement.
The higher the security clearance, the more money a contractor makes. Ironically many of these contractors are
retired intelligence officers supplementing their federal pensions by moonlighting for the government. The Bush
administration justified massive outsourcing by claiming that contractors were ultimately cheaper than federal
employees. However, Defense Secretary Robert M. Gates admitted to the Post that federal workers cost the
government about 25 percent less than contractors.
The series briefly alludes to some high-profile misconduct by contractors including detainee torture at CIA black
sites, Blackwater‘s civilian-shooting spree, MZM‘s bribes to a Republican member of the House Intelligence
Committee for CIA contracts, and the ―lewd-partying scandal‖ that engulfed ArmorGroup guards at the U.S.
embassy compound in Kabul. The ArmorGroup guards were the national security geniuses who were busted with
photographs they took of themselves taking vodka shots from their comrades‘ butt cracks.
Contractors have permeated every sphere of intelligence from aircraft and satellite operations to human
intelligence to information technology. Contractors do things you‘d assume would be the exclusive preserve of
government agents. The TSA database lists 18 government organizations contracting with 37 private companies to
conduct psychological operations; 16 government organizations using 50 companies for ―special military
operations‖ (e.g., SWAT teams and unconventional warfare); and 14 government organizations contracting with
50 companies for top-secret conventional military operations.
Top-secret projects aren‘t the exclusive preserve of familiar players like the CIA, the Pentagon, the NSA, and the
FBI, either. You might be surprised to learn that the Department of Housing and Urban Development, the U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, the Department of Labor, and the U.S. Postal Inspection Service also do some top-secret
work.
Thirty-two government organizations employ 36 different companies for counter-drug operations. Many of the
entries include links to the contractors‘ Web sites. ―To you, it means not only more bang for your buck – but better
bang,‖ says the self-proclaimed ―trim, nimble‖ J.R. Mannes Defense Services Corp. of its own performance. J.R.
Mannes is listed as a counter-drug contractor in the TSA database, but its Web site reads more like that of an elite
escort service. The ―Let‘s Partner‖ tab of its Web site promises: ―You‘ll be hard-pressed to find another resource
whose principals and board members have deeper experience or more impressive credentials in the art.‖ All this
prowess results in ―smoother and more successful outcomes on every level of assignment for you and your
clients.‖
Perhaps the most alarming conclusion of the Top Secret America project is that nobody really knows if any of this
is making us any safer. ―[The system] has become so large, so unwieldy and so secretive that no one knows how
much money it costs, how many people it employs, how many programs exist within it or exactly how many
agencies do the same work,‖ the authors conclude.
The sheer scope of intelligence activity has exploded beyond anyone‘s ability to keep track of the search, let alone
interpret the vast amount of data that the enterprise churns out every day. One senior official confessed to the Post,
"I'm not going to live long enough to be briefed on everything." Disturbingly, this guy is one of only a handful of
so-called ―Super Users‖ at the Department of Defense who are supposed to know all the department‘s activities.
The Post found that a large number of agencies were investigating the same questions. Defenders of the system say
that a certain amount of redundancy is a feature, not a bug. ―The architects of the U.S. intelligence system wanted
different eyes to look at the same data from diverse perspectives because they wanted to avoid another surprise
attack like Pearl Harbor,‖ former deputy assistant secretary of defense Tom Mahnken wrote in response to the TSA
project. His critique would be more convincing if the various agencies talked to each other. Generally speaking,
they don‘t. The Post found that many agencies can‘t even communicate internally.
There‘s too much information coming in and not enough experienced people to interpret it and synthesize it. The
NSA intercepts 1.7 billion e-mails, phone calls and other types of communications every day and divides some
percentage of these between 70 different databases. The same problem repeats itself in every intelligence-gathering
organization.
The Post reports that at least 263 intelligence organizations have been created or reorganized in response to 9/11.
The Bush administration created the Office of the Director of National Intelligence (ODNI) to keep track of the
massive undertaking in 2004. Unfortunately ODNI hasn‘t been very successful, in part because the agency has no
legal or budgetary control over the agencies it supposedly supervising. The CIA has been known to thwart ODNI
by simply classifying reports as too secret for ODNI to see.
It‘s not like Congress is minding the store, either. In 2004, the 9/11 Commission unanimously pronounced
Congressional oversight of intelligence to be ―dysfunctional.‖ In 2010, a followup report by the co-chairs of the
commission concluded that while some progress had been made, congressional oversight of intelligence and
homeland security remained an ―unworkable‖ system and a ―jurisdictional melee.‖
What‘s remarkable about the Top Secret America project is not so much the conclusions -- it should come as no
surprise that the U.S. spends billions of dollars on a bureaucratic under-supervised intelligence apparatus that
enriches private contractors without necessarily making the country safer. What‘s remarkable is the thoroughness
with which these claims are documented.
Arguably, in attempting to represent the state of such a complex system Top Secret America recreates the
information overload in microcosm. The end product is so big and so dense that it‘s hard to take it all in. Initially,
senior intelligence officials made some weak attempts to push back against Top Secret America, particularly
against what they called the ―myth‖ that contractors perform inherently governmental functions. They didn‘t take
issue with the Post‘s claims about what contractors do, they quibbled about the definition of ―inherently
governmental.‖
In the end, the intelcrats let the conclusions of the series stand more or less unchallenged. Some may even be
grateful. Priest and Arkin probably taught them a lot about their own business.[link to full Washington Post
investigative story]
At this point I realize one major point: they DON'T teach COMON SENSE at any ivy league universities! The rulers
and leaders of our world live in their own cocoon, an alternate reality devoid of truly caring for their fellow man, where
they mold and shape the public opinion of the goyim cattle they lead astray at will. No one dares question the bosses,
the leaders, for when the day you do so, you are FIRED! Oh, I'm sorry, it‘s not called "fired" anymore, it‘s now called
"laid off", or in its most polite form: forced "resignation". The repercussions of the punishment soon follows, you are
left in dire straits, mounting debt, hunger and poverty then knocks on your door. After that lesson, they will never
again go against the authority.
No matter what, the ruling elite could give a rat‘s ass about "common sense", fairness, equality, compassion, love for
thy fellow man, etc. For the ruling elite, it is NOT about money anymore, they swim in it from childhood, it is about
POWER, the ultimate DRUG. To have goyim useful idiot sheeple serve you, bow to your every whim,
WORESHIPPING you and your cause, after money, nothing else comes close. Power is THE ULTIMATE TRIP.
You can't get closer to being GOD than wielding ultimate POWER. The elite are like ―gods‖ walking upon the earth.
So, why did America REALLY invade Afghanistan, Iraq, soon Iran then other Middle Eastern countries? Several
reasons: First and foremost, the Zionists Jews and some Christians want and feel it is their DESTINEY to get back the
Temple Mount from the hands of the Muslims then rebuild Solomon's Temple, for without it, according to scripture,
the messiah will never come.
The materialistic pretext was quite simple: get the black gold: OIL, for the world‘s number one most powerful industry
on the planet, the energy industrial complex. Oil production has peaked and has been on a downward spiral for some
years now. This is a known FACT. And those hard headed Muslims are not playing by OUR rules! They must all
DIE!!! "All their oil rightfully belongs to us!"... Die infidels die! How dare they deny our western corporations their
oil? Doh!
Seven years have already passed; we have hundreds of thousands of people who realize that the official story of 911
just does not add up. No matter what is said, what proof is presented, the establishment continues to ignore repeated
attempts for a REAL investigation. But then, a REAL investigation will NEVER happen. Just as in the JFK
assassination 44 years ago, so will it be with 911. The public will waste their time asking for the truth and they will
waste countless years in never ending DEBATES on this subject. They will NEVER allow the truth to be revealed.
They CAN NOT EVER allow the real truth to be recognized. If the truth ever got out, they know there would be no
where on the planet any of them could hide, their gig would be over. So NO, you will NEVER get the truth out from
them. Never.
THE 9/11 ISSUE WILL BE USED TO BRING THIS COUNTRY DOWN - video
Just as in the JFK assassination, the entire project was pulled off by CIA Black Ops for a very tight nit group of elite
leaders who had come to the conclusion that "the ends justify the means." For the way they look at the world: to
sacrifice several thousand lives to attain the elusive goal of accomplishing their world wide conquest in the guise of
"protecting us"... is perfectly reasonable in their minds.
Many people have a false impression that it is impossible for any government to perform a calculated BlackOps
clandestined operation and keep it secret. When in all reality this is exactly the protocol for ALL their calculated
BlackOps clandestined operations are in fact kept secret for eons. Thousands upon thousands of secret operations have
been performed that have never been divulged to the public. So what deranged mind comes up with the twisted logic
that our government is incapable of keeping anything secret?
The clandestined BlackOps execution of JFK probably involved no more than half a dozen people; two or three field
agents, devoutly loyal operatives (whom can be eliminated later), a patsy and three or four high security clearance very
powerful directors in key positions to guide all the events such as the law enforcement reaction and guidance, media
information dissemination, subsequent investigation and so on. The three or four high level orchestrators with their
power and key positions with access to unlimited funds, resources and devoted employees whom need not be part of
any conspiracy due to the fact that the establishment system functions as a strictly enforced hierarchy where standard
military protocol is to FOLLOW ORDERS, never question orders, never think, just loyally perform your duty. All the
leader need do is provide a somewhat creative believable pretext(s) to get a myriad of orders performed without so
much as raising any red flags or alarms.
So if you truly understand STANDARD military protocol, comprehending how ANY clandestined assassination or
operation can successfully be conducted is never in doubt for THIS is how they are trained to operate. They live in
their closed world and the outsiders are in no way shape or form allowed in. Their world is enclosed in secrecy.
What happens is when things surface in the public sphere, more often than not is because of human error. Many times
while carefully planning the clandestined operation the strategists fail to take this or that factor into consideration, they
fail to cover this or that base, unforeseen circumstances enter the picture, witnesses see things they are not supposed to,
as they say ―the best laid plans often go to waste‖… no matter how good an agent‘s extraordinary situational awareness
(ESA) may be.
Now the infamous 911 clandestined false flag BlackOps mission required the manipulation of some major human
resources. First of all one must understand that the operation was a JOINT VENTURE by the Mossad and the CIA.
The Mossad coordinated providing the ―evil Arab terrorists‖ aspect of the mission while a loyal group of top level
Zionist/CIA/Washington/PentaCON brass took care of guiding the operation coordinating the reaction of law
enforcement. In all, I estimate that the entire operation was conducted with about one to two dozen top level
Zionist/Masonic operatives that were involved in the intricate details of the BlackOp. The rest of the participants you
must remember, were all CONDUCTING DRILLS that they had no clue TURNED LIVE… As per standard
military protocol they all blindly followed orders, questioned nothing and kept their mouths shut. All the unknowing
accomplices viewpoints, threshold, observations, perspectives, understanding, information were purposely limited (as
per standard operational protocol) to their own little post, occupation, department, portion of input in the ―practice
drill‖ that they were participating in, thus even though hundreds of people were technically involved, no one was the
wiser, for only the key leaders knew and gave orders. Behold… for I have just rudimentary summed up, cracked the
code and provided the simple framework of two of history‘s most notorious crimes.
"The explicit and declared motive of the [Afghanistan] war was to compel the Taliban to turn over to the
United States, the people who they accused of having been involved in World Trade Center and
Pentagon terrorist acts. The Taliban requested evidence…and the Bush administration refused to
provide any," the 81-year-old senior academic made the remarks on Press TV's program a Simple Question.
"We later discovered one of the reasons why they did not bring evidence: they did not have any."
The political analyst also said that nonexistence of such evidence was confirmed by FBI eight months later.
"The head of FBI, after the most intense international investigation in history, informed the press that the FBI
believed that the plot may have been hatched in Afghanistan, but was probably implemented in the United
Arab Emirates and Germany."
Chomsky added that three weeks into the war, "a British officer announced that the US and Britain would
continue bombing, until the people of Afghanistan overthrew the Taliban... That was later turned into the
official justification for the war."
"All of this was totally illegal. It was more, criminal," Chomsky said.
President Obama said Tuesday night as justification for the surge in troops in Afghanistan:
―We did not ask for this fight. On September 11, 2001, 19 men hijacked four airplanes and used them
to murder nearly 3,000 people.
Al Qaeda‘s base of operations was in Afghanistan, where they were harbored by the Taliban‖, who
refused to turn over Osama bin Laden.‖
Is that true?
On October 14, 2001, the Taliban offered to hand over Osama bin Laden to a neutral country if the US halted
bombing if the Taliban were given evidence of Bin Laden's involvement in 9/11. They offered to turn him
over several times. Very simple, just show them the evidence… you insist you have but never produced to
anyone other then your claims that he was behind the attacks.
Finally: A senior Taliban minister offered a last-minute deal to hand over Osama bin Laden during a secret
visit to Islamabad, senior sources in Pakistan told the Guardian last night.
For the first time, the Taliban offered to hand over Bin Laden for trial in a country other than the US
without asking to see evidence first in return for a halt to the bombing, a source close to Pakistan's military
leadership said.
And yet ... the U.S. turned down the offer and instead prosecuted war.
10 years later…. Still no Osama Bin Mossaden but we are still there conducting massive bombings of the
innocent Afghani citizens back to the stone age, having utterly destroyed their nation which is now in rubbles.
WHAT OUR CHILDREN ARE DYING FOR IN AFGHANISTAN

The Taliban had all but eradicated the opium growers before the US invasion. So why is cheap Afghani heroin
flooding into the United States?
In Afghan fields the poppies grow.

Between the crosses.
Row on row.
1998 Unocal Statement:
Suspension of activities related to proposed natural gas pipeline across Afghanistan
As a result of sharply deteriorating political conditions in the region, Unocal, which serves as the development
manager for the Central Asia Gas (CentGas) pipeline consortium, has suspended all activities involving the
proposed pipeline project in Afghanistan.
From the 1998 Congressional Record:
Emphasis added to text.
U.S. INTERESTS IN THE CENTRAL ASIAN
REPUBLICS HEARING BEFORE THE
SUBCOMMITTEE ON ASIA AND THE PACIFIC
OF THE COMMITTEE ON INTERNATIONAL
RELATIONS HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES
ONE HUNDRED FIFTH CONGRESS SECOND SESSION
FEBRUARY 12, 1998
Next we would like to hear from Mr. John J. Maresca, vice president of international relations, Unocal
Corporation. You may proceed as you wish.
STATEMENT OF JOHN J. MARESCA, VICE
PRESIDENT OF INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS, UNOCAL CORPORATION
Mr. Maresca. Thank you, Mr. Chairman. It's nice to see you again. I am John Maresca, vice president for
international relations of the Unocal Corporation. Unocal, as you know, is one of the world's leading energy
resource and project development companies. I appreciate your invitation to speak here today. I believe these
hearings are important and timely. I congratulate you for focusing on Central Asia oil and gas reserves and the
role they play in shaping U.S. policy.
I would like to focus today on three issues. First, the need for multiple pipeline routes for Central Asian oil and
gas resources. Second, the need for U.S. support for international and regional efforts to achieve balanced and
lasting political settlements to the conflicts in the region, including Afghanistan. Third, the need for structured
assistance to encourage economic reforms and the development of appropriate investment climates in the region.
In this regard, we specifically support repeal or removal of section 907 of the Freedom Support Act.
Mr. Chairman, the Caspian region contains tremendous untapped hydrocarbon reserves. Just to give an idea of the
scale, proven natural gas reserves equal more than 236 trillion cubic feet. The region's total oil reserves may well
reach more than 60 billion barrels of oil. Some estimates are as high as 200 billion barrels. In 1995, the region
was producing only 870,000 barrels per day. By 2010, western companies could increase production to about 4.5
million barrels a day, an increase of more than 500 percent in only 15 years. If this occurs, the region would
represent about 5 percent of the world's total oil production.
One major problem has yet to be resolved: how to get the region's vast energy resources to the markets where
they are needed. Central Asia is isolated. Their natural resources are land locked, both geographically and
politically. Each of the countries in the Caucasus and Central Asia faces difficult political challenges. Some have
unsettled wars or latent conflicts. Others have evolving systems where the laws and even the courts are dynamic
and changing. In addition, a chief technical obstacle which we in the industry face in transporting oil is the
region's existing pipeline infrastructure.
Because the region's pipelines were constructed during the Moscow-centered Soviet period, they tend to head
north and west toward Russia. There are no connections to the south and east. But Russia is currently unlikely to
absorb large new quantities of foreign oil. It's unlikely to be a significant market for new energy in the next
decade. It lacks the capacity to deliver it to other markets.
Two major infrastructure projects are seeking to meet the need for additional export capacity. One, under the
aegis of the Caspian Pipeline Consortium, plans to build a pipeline west from the northern Caspian to the Russian
Black Sea port of Novorossiysk. Oil would then go by tanker through the Bosporus to the Mediterranean and
world markets.
The other project is sponsored by the Azerbaijan International Operating Company, a consortium of 11 foreign oil
companies, including four American companies, Unocal, Amoco, Exxon and Pennzoil. This consortium
conceives of two possible routes, one line would angle north and cross the north Caucasus to Novorossiysk. The
other route would cross Georgia to a shipping terminal on the Black Sea. This second route could be extended
west and south across Turkey to the Mediterranean port of Ceyhan.
But even if both pipelines were built, they would not have enough total capacity to transport all the oil expected
to flow from the region in the future. Nor would they have the capability to move it to the right markets. Other
export pipelines must be built.
At Unocal, we believe that the central factor in planning these pipelines should be the location of the future
energy markets that are most likely to need these new supplies. Western Europe, Central and Eastern Europe, and
the Newly Independent States of the former Soviet Union are all slow growth markets where demand will grow at
only a half a percent to perhaps 1.2 percent per year during the period 1995 to 2010.
Asia is a different story all together. It will have a rapidly increasing energy consumption need. Prior to the recent
turbulence in the Asian Pacific economies, we at Unocal anticipated that this region's demand for oil would
almost double by 2010. Although the short-term increase in demand will probably not meet these expectations,
we stand behind our long-term estimates.
I should note that it is in everyone's interest that there be adequate supplies for Asia's increasing energy
requirements. If Asia's energy needs are not satisfied, they will simply put pressure on all world markets, driving
prices upwards everywhere.
The key question then is how the energy resources of Central Asia can be made available to nearby Asian
markets. There are two possible solutions, with several variations. One option is to go east across China, but this
would mean constructing a pipeline of more than 3,000 kilometers just to reach Central China. In addition, there
would have to be a 2,000-kilometer connection to reach the main population centers along the coast. The question
then is what will be the cost of transporting oil through this pipeline, and what would be the netback which the
producers would receive.
For those who are not familiar with the terminology, the netback is the price which the producer receives for his
oil or gas at the well head after all the transportation costs have been deducted. So it's the price he receives for the
oil he produces at the well head.
The second option is to build a pipeline south from Central Asia to the Indian Ocean. One obvious route south
would cross Iran, but this is foreclosed for American companies because of U.S. sanctions legislation. The only
other possible route is across Afghanistan, which has of course its own unique challenges. The country has
been involved in bitter warfare for almost two decades, and is still divided by civil war. From the outset, we
have made it clear that construction of the pipeline we have proposed across Afghanistan could not begin
until a recognized government is in place that has the confidence of governments, lenders, and our
company.
Mr. Chairman, as you know, we have worked very closely with the University of Nebraska at Omaha in
developing a training program for Afghanistan which will be open to both men and women, and which will
operate in both parts of the country, the north and south.
Unocal foresees a pipeline which would become part of a regional system that will gather oil from existing
pipeline infrastructure in Turkmenistan, Uzbekistan, Kazakhstan and Russia. The 1,040-mile long oil pipeline
would extend south through Afghanistan to an export terminal that would be constructed on the Pakistan coast.
This 42-inch diameter pipeline will have a shipping capacity of one million barrels of oil per day. The estimated
cost of the project, which is similar in scope to the trans-Alaska pipeline, is about $2.5 billion.
Given the plentiful natural gas supplies of Central Asia, our aim is to link gas resources with the nearest viable
markets. This is basic for the commercial viability of any gas project. But these projects also face geopolitical
challenges. Unocal and the Turkish company Koc Holding are interested in bringing competitive gas supplies to
Turkey. The proposed Eurasia natural gas pipeline would transport gas from Turkmenistan directly across the
Caspian Sea through Azerbaijan and Georgia to Turkey. Of course the demarcation of the Caspian remains an
issue.
Last October, the Central Asia Gas Pipeline Consortium, called CentGas, in which Unocal holds an interest, was
formed to develop a gas pipeline which will link Turkmenistan's vast Dauletabad gas field with markets in
Pakistan and possibly India. The proposed 790-mile pipeline will open up new markets for this gas, traveling
from Turkmenistan through Afghanistan to Multan in Pakistan. The proposed extension would move gas on to
New Delhi, where it would connect with an existing pipeline. As with the proposed Central Asia oil pipeline,
CentGas cannot begin construction until an internationally recognized Afghanistan Government is in
place.
The Central Asia and Caspian region is blessed with abundant oil and gas that can enhance the lives of the
region's residents, and provide energy for growth in both Europe and Asia. The impact of these resources on U.S.
commercial interests and U.S. foreign policy is also significant. Without peaceful settlement of the conflicts in the
region, cross-border oil and gas pipelines are not likely to be built. We urge the Administration and the Congress
to give strong support to the U.N.-led peace process in Afghanistan. The U.S. Government should use its
influence to help find solutions to all of the region's conflicts.
U.S. assistance in developing these new economies will be crucial to business success. We thus also encourage
strong technical assistance programs throughout the region. Specifically, we urge repeal or removal of section
907 of the Freedom Support Act. This section unfairly restricts U.S. Government assistance to the government of
Azerbaijan and limits U.S. influence in the region.
Developing cost-effective export routes for Central Asian resources is a formidable task, but not an impossible
one. Unocal and other American companies like it are fully prepared to undertake the job and to make Central
Asia once again into the crossroads it has been in the past. Thank you, Mr. Chairman.
US Policy On Taliban Influenced By Oil Deal Negotiations

The two claim that the US government's main objective in Afghanistan was to consolidate the position of the
Taliban regime to obtain access to the oil and gas reserves in Central Asia.
They affirm that until August [2001], the US government saw the Taliban regime "as a source of stability in
Central Asia that would enable the construction of an oil pipeline across Central Asia" from the rich oilfields in
Turkmenistan, Uzbekistan, and Kazakhstan, through Afghanistan and Pakistan, to the Indian Ocean. Until now,
says the book, "the oil and gas reserves of Central Asia have been controlled by Russia. The Bush government
wanted to change all that."
But, confronted with Taliban's refusal to accept US conditions, "this rationale of energy security changed into a
military one", the authors claim.
"At one moment during the negotiations, the US representatives told the Taliban, 'either you accept our offer of a
carpet of gold, or we bury you under a carpet of bombs,'" Brisard said in an interview in Paris.
The US government informed other nations of its plan

to invade Afghanistan months before the 9/11 attacks
9 September 2001: Bush given Afghanistan invasion plan
7 October 2001: Bush announces opening of Afghanistan attacks
13 June 2002: Hamid Karzai Elected as New Afghan Leader
(Former Unocal Consultant)
27 December 2002: Afghanistan Pipeline Deal signed

An agreement has been signed in the Turkmen capital,

Ashgabat, paving the way for construction of a gas
pipeline from the Central Asian republic through
Afghanistan to Pakistan.
The building of the trans-Afghanistan pipeline has been

under discussion for some years but plans have been held
up by Afghanistan's unstable political situation.
Paul Craig Roberts, Assistant Secretary of the Treasury in the Reagan Administration, co-founder of
Reaganomics has stated that the neocons intended to use a renewal of the fight against terrorism to rally the
American people around the fading Republican Party.
"The administration figures themselves and prominent Republican propagandists ... are preparing us for
another 9/11 event or series of events," he said:
"You have to count on the fact that if al Qaeda is

not going to do it, it is going to be orchestrated."
Twin Towers Demolished? – Video
National Security Alert - Video
Remember the Illegal Destruction of Iraq?

By Glenn Greenwald
British political news has been consumed for the last several weeks by a formal inquiry into the illegality and
deceit behind Tony Blair's decision to join the U.S. in invading Iraq. Today, Blair himself is publicly testifying
before the investigative commission and is being grilled about numerous false claims he made in the run-up to the
war, not only about Iraqi weapons programs (his taxi-cab-derived "45-minutes-to-launch!!" warning) and
Saddam's ties to Al Qaeda, but also about secret commitments he made to join the U.S. at a time when he and
Bush were still pretending that they were undecided and awaiting the outcome of the U.N. negotiations and the
inspection process.
A major focus of the investigation is the illegality of the war. Some of the most embarrassing details that have
emerged concern the conclusions by the British Government's own legal advisers that the invasion of Iraq would
be illegal without U.N. approval. The top British legal officer had concluded that the war would be illegal, only
to change his mind under substantial pressure shortly before the invasion. Several weeks ago, a formal
investigation in the Netherlands -- whose government had supported the invasion -- produced the first official
adjudication of the legality of the war, and found it illegal, with "no basis in international law."
As Digby notes, all of this stands in stark and shameful

contrast to the U.S., which pointedly refuses to "look
back" or concern itself with whether it waged an illegal
(and horribly destructive) war. The British inquiry has
been widely criticized for being too passive and
deferential and lacking any credible threat of
accountability (other than disclosure of facts). Still, one
can barely even imagine George Bush and Dick Cheney
being hauled before an investigative body and forced,
under oath, to testify publicly about what they did as a
means of determining the legality or illegality of that war.
Doing that would fundamentally conflict with two
leading principles in American political life: (1) our
highest political leaders must never be accountable for
actions they take while in power; and (2) whether
something they do is "illegal" -- especially the starting of
wars -- is utterly irrelevant. Instead of formally
investigating whether they broke the law, we treat them like elder statesmen who deserve a life of luxury and
media reverence. Tony Blair -- who had no discernible expertise or experience in banking -- himself is showered
with riches for a "part-time" job by JP Morgan and by other institutions who benefited substantially from his acts
in office.
All of this underscores the fact that -- despite how much public debate it has received -- we still childishly, and
with moral blindness, refuse to come to terms with the true scope of our wrongdoing when it comes to the Iraq
War. Several hundred thousand Iraqis -- at least -- were killed as a result of this war, with another 4 million being
turned into refugees. As the Iraqi journalist and professor Ali Fadhil put it in 2008, on the fifth anniversary of the
U.S. invasion: "basically, my assessment is we have a whole nation called Iraq, now it's wiped out." Contrary to
self-justifying conventional wisdom, the alleged post-surge improvement in Iraqi civil society has not remotely
mitigated the destruction spawned by the invasion. As The Economist detailed in September, 2009, the U.S.-
supported Maliki government is relying increasingly on Saddam-era tactics of torture, censorship, lawless
sectarian militias, and brutal punishment of dissent: "Human-rights violations are becoming more common. In
private many Iraqis, especially educated ones, are asking if their country may go back to being a police state."
The invasion of Iraq was unquestionably one of the greatest crimes of the last several decades. Imagine what
future historians will say about it -- a nakedly aggressive war launched under the falsest of pretenses, in brazen
violation of every relevant precept of law, which destroyed an entire country, killed huge numbers of innocent
people, and devastated the entire population. Have we even remotely treated it as what it is? We're willing to
concede it was a "mistake" -- a good-natured and completely understandable lapse of judgment -- but only the
shrill and unhinged among us call it a crime. As always, it's worth recalling that Robert Jackson, the lead
prosecutor at the Nuremberg Trials, insisted in his Closing Argument against the Nazi war criminals that "the
central crime in this pattern of crimes" was not genocide or mass deportation or concentration camps; rather, "the
kingpin which holds them all together, is the plot for aggressive wars." History teaches that aggressive war is
the greatest and most dangerous of all crimes -- as it enables even worse acts of inhumanity -- and illegal,
aggressive war is precisely what we did in Iraq, to great devastation.
I'm periodically criticized for an "angry" tone in my writing, which I always find mystifying. I genuinely don't
understand why anger should be avoided or even how it could be. What other reaction is possible when one looks
around and sees the government leaders who committed these grave crimes completely unburdened by any
accountability and treated as respectable dignitaries, or watches the Tom Friedmans, Jeffrey Goldbergs, Fred
Hiatts and other unrepentent leading media propagandists who helped enable it still feted as Serious and honest
experts, or beholds the current Cabinet and Senate filled with people who supported it, or observes the Michael
O'Hanlons and Les Gelbs and other Foreign Policy Community luminaries who lent trans-partisan credence to it
all continue to traipse around still pompously advocating for more wars that never touch their lives?
A few months ago, I did an MSNBC segment with Dan Senor, who is currently a Fox News contributor, author of
a new book hailing the greatness of Israeli innovations, a recent addition to the Council on Foreign Relations, and
husband of CNN anchor Campbell Brown. But back in 2003 and 2004, he was Chief Spokesman for
the "Coalition Provisional Authority" in Iraq -- the U.S. occupying force in that country. Sitting in the green
room with him before the segment, I was really disgusted by the paradox that one is supposed to treat him as just
some random political adversary deserving of standard civility, respect and respectability -- in other words, a
Decent Person is supposed to forget that he was an official who enabled and lied about some of the most
monstrous acts of the last many years and is wholly unrepentent. And, of course, he was going on MSNBC that
day to opine about our current foreign policy options: direct involvement in this horrific crime is no disqualifying
factor; it's not even a black mark against someone's credibility and reputation.
At least Robert McNamara had the decency to write a deeply humble mea culpa and spend the last couple
decades of his life under a cloud of deep shame and disgrace until he died. Do you think any of that will happen
to any of the people responsible -- in politics, the media and our Foriegn Policy think tanks -- for the
unimaginable crimes of the last decade, particularly what was done in Iraq: Shock and Awe and the Fallujah
massacres and Blackwater slaughters and Abu Ghraibs and all the rest?
Of course it won't. They continue to thrive unabated even as Iraq tries to rebuild itself from the devastation they
unleashed. As toothless as the British investigation appears to be, at least there's some public reckoning,
compelled answers from their leaders, and an attempt to determine the precise nature of their crimes. And
the Dutch have formally declared the war in which they were involved to be a crime. By contrast, we treat it all
as a pointless relic of the irrelevant and distant past, all because the people who did it have banded together to
decree that the worst possible crime is not what they did, but instead, would be if the rest of us examined what
they did and insisted on meaningful accountability.
If after reading all the facts listed on this report and you can still say that the U.S. nothing to do 9/11, "oh no, our
loving government would NEVER harm its own people" in order to setup the pretext for pre-defined agenda... despite
the fact that they have done exactly this countless of times before, just in smaller scales, if you honestly believe that
elite Luciferian Zionist agents, leaders embedded within your government wouldn‘t do such things then you are then a
hopeless case. Take your number, stamp it on your forehead and step in line with the rest of the other cattle. You are
then truly one who deserves what you have coming to you. Go forth and graze with the other mindless sheep, your day
of reckoning will soon come.
―The more we do to you, the less you seem to believe we are doing it.‖ Jospeh Mengele
There is one more important article that basically covers an extremely imperative point that I wanted to highlight:
GORDON DUFF: FALSE FLAG NUKE ATTACK ON U.S. JUSTIFIED….

―KING‘S TORAH‖
ISRAEL TO USE IRANIAN AND PAKISTANI DUPES IN DIRTY NUKE PLOY
By Gordon Duff STAFF WRITER/Senior Editor, August 2, 2010

This week, the last piece fell into place. The National Research Council, part of
the National Academy of Science, heavy on politics and light on science,
announced that America was no longer able to track nukes threatening our shores.
Their report titled Nuclear Forensics: A Capability at Risk, released last week,
outlines the details of a secret study requested by the Departments of Homeland
Security, Defense and Energy, specifically the National Nuclear Security
Administration. The gist of the story is easy, if a nuke goes off in America, dirty
nuke in Times Square, one in a container at a port, anywhere, America won‘t be
able to tell who made it. Not a word of the report is true. It is wild speculation and
disinformation written in broad language with no hard science, written for a
reason.
A powerful group within the United States, one with influence over the press and the ability to derail an
investigation as was done with 9/11, has been ―tasked‖ with laying the groundwork for a terrorist attack on
America, one using nuclear material. This report, unneeded, and highly inaccurate was printed in the New York
Times to provide ―cover.‖ It isn‘t just this report, the pieces are falling together around the world. The Wiki-
Leaks story, pre staging Pakistan‘s ISI as a terrorist organization, a story built out of almost no information but
fleshed out with massive speculation by ―operatives‖ in the press is part of the process.
The Defense Authorization Act of 2006 allows, ―in case of a terrorist attack‖ for the president to declare martial
law, disband congress and rule by executive decree. With the suspension of habeas corpus by the Military
Commissions act, also in 2006, America as we know it officially comes to an end the second a weapon of mass
destruction in used. Only then will America learn who has been pulling the strings all along, who is scripting
Wolf Blitzer and Glen Beck.
British Prime Minister David Cameron‘s attacks on Pakistan, made from New Delhi last week, seen by most as a
serious political blunder, are part of the narrative. We will get to more background on a younger David later.
Another piece of the puzzle involved a federal task force, Defense, Energy, FBI, descending on a warehouse in
Greenfield, Indiana under the guise of a ―records search.‖ This ―Waco style‖ assault on a facility storing furniture
for college dorm rooms was much more than it seemed. No case, criminal or civil, provided any underlying
reason for the search.
Further, the bizarre tale of rumored missing nukes, illegally transported on a B-52 from Minot AFB to Barksdale
AFB in Louisiana, a major Defense Department scandal, is meant to create, not only fear and doubt, but
―plausible deniability‖ if a weapon is exploded inside the US. These, however, are not, by far, the only missing
nuclear weapons America has to fear as we will get into later.
Two recent attacks, the ―Times Square Fizzler‖ and the Detroit ―Crotch Bomber‖ were both amateurish affairs
except for a couple of things. Both perpetrators had strong ties to Israeli organizations, one actually employed by
an Israeli-American financial firm, the other the son of Israel‘s primary partner in their defense industry complex
in Nigeria. None of this was reported or investigated once discovered. It was shoved under the rug immediately.
When cursory investigations of both suspects showed travel histories only possible with significant help from an
intelligence agency, both stories disappeared from the news entirely. It is as though everyone involved vanished
from the face of the earth like the second person arrested in Detroit or the ―well dressed Indian‖ who aided the
―Crotch Bomber‖ onto the plane in Amsterdam.
LEGAL JUSTIFICATION FOR ATTACKS ON GENTILES
Conservative interpretations of Jewish law, currently being used to justify resettlement of Palestinians and even
total removal of all non-Jews from greater Palestine and adjacent areas have long been used to justify acts such as
the attack on the USS Liberty, bombings of US facilities in Egypt and, less openly, ―false flag‖ terror attacks
attributed to Muslims but performed by Israeli security forces. Rabbi Yitzhak Shapira and Rabbi Yosef Elitzur,
seen as the ethical conscience behind the Netanyahu government have taken the following position as reported by
Jonathan Cook:
―In the 230-page book, Shapira and his co-author, Rabbi Yosef Elitzur (The King‘s Torah,currently Israel‘s
best selling book) argue that Jewish law permits the killing of non-Jews in a
THE KING'S TORAH, ISRAELI "BEST SELLER" JUSTIFIES TERROR
wide variety of circumstances. They write that Jews have the right to kill Gentiles in any situation in which
―a non-Jew‘s presence endangers Jewish lives‖ even if the Gentile is ―not at all guilty for the situation that
has been created‖.
The book sanctions the killing of non-Jewish children and babies: ―There is justification for killing babies if it
is clear that they will grow up to harm us, and in such a situation they may be harmed deliberately, and not
only during combat with adults.‖
The rabbis suggest that harming the children of non-Jewish leaders is justified if it is likely to bring pressure
to bear on them to change policy. The authors also advocate committing ―cruel deeds to create the proper
balance of terror‖ and treating all members of an ―enemy nation‖ as targets for retaliation, even if they are
not directly participating in hostile activities.‖ (false flag terrorism)
This rationale allows deadly force to be used against Christians if their deaths advance the cause of Israeli
security even if only through economic profit. Thus, if an attack such as 9/11 were to lead to America fighting
wars against enemies of Israel or if, as in Afghanistan, Israeli companies were to profit from weapons or narcotics
sales, any deaths of gentiles, no matter how innocent, would be justified by Jewish law as stated in the Torah.
Were an attack on the United States to bring that country to war against Iran, even if that attack were perpetrated
by Israelis, it would be legal according to Israeli law, the same law being relied upon for justice in the attack on
the Mavi Marmara.
More often however, attacks on Israel itself are believed to have been staged, not only to
instill the population with fear and rage but to continue the ―holocaust‖ tradition of
Jewish victimhood as a justification for policies that have led to 62 vetoes in the United
Nations by the US, vetoes against sanctions imposed against Israel for violations of
international law.
We expect increased attacks on Israel, quickly tied to Hezbollah and Iran, attacks that
will either involve no casualties or the deaths of either foreign workers or Russian
emigres. This pattern has been used repeatedly, such as the March 18 ―attack‖ killing a
lone Thai ‖guest‖ worker time to coincide with the visit of the European Union‘s high
commissioner for security, Catherine Ashton, a critic of Israel‘s apartheid policy in Gaza.
On a side note, 400 children of ―guest workers‖ are being expelled from Israel this week. Eventually all will be
expelled, guilty of destroying ―the Jewish character‖ through lack of ―racial purity.‖
When the US and Israel released Sharam Amiri, alleged Iranian nuclear scientist, we learned one thing. There is
an inventory of Muslims, perhaps arrested, perhaps kidnapped, maybe lured into custody, rendition, imprisonment
or ―cold storage,‖ whatever you want to call it. Each one has an elaborate ―legend‖ built around them, describing
them as a ―lone gunman‖ or ―terrorist mastermind.‖ This is the group that will supply the names and photographs
we will see after the next terror attack.
As Wayne Madsen described to us this week, this was the process the CIA and Mossad used to create Osama bin
Laden from nothing. The organization we know of as Al Qaeda is, in itself, a false creation, an invention initially
to serve as terrorist when we needed them and as enemies when we needed them too:
―Press clips gathered by the CIA and discovered in the National Archives‘ stored CIA files point to an
agency keenly interested in any leaks about the highly-classified CIA-Mossad program to establish
Osama Bin Laden and the most radical elements of the Afghan Mujahidin as the primary leaders of
the anti-Soviet rebels in the 1980s.
WMR [Wayne Madsen Report] has pored through the CIA files and a complicated picture emerges of
America‘s and Israel‘s top intelligence agencies, in cahoots with Saudi Arabia, establishing financial
links and carve out intelligence programs to provide manpower and financial support to Bin Laden
and his allies in Afghanistan. It was these very elements that later created the so-called ―Al Qaeda,‖
which the late British Foreign Secretary Robin Cook described as nothing more than a ―database‖ of
CIA front organizations, financial supporters, and field operatives. However, one component omitted
by Cook in the Al Qaeda construct is the Israeli participation.‖
A pattern of evidence is emerging that ―cold storage‖ dupes and CIA/Mossad nurtured organizations may have
had a hand in, not only the Mumbai attacks but the London and Madrid bombings as well. Additional trails are
leading to attacks on American troops inside Iraq and Afghanistan and against security forces inside Pakistan,
particularly against Pakistan‘s ISI, primary target of press stories on the recent Wiki-Leak.
AMERICA AND THE ―TORY NUKES‖
There are two reasons to attack America‘s ―forensic capabilities‖ when it comes to nuclear weapons. A leak the
press chose not to cover, one bringing Israel under scrutiny for egregious violations of international treaties on
Nuclear Proliferation, treaties Israel has never signed, were brought to the surface recently. Back on September
22 1979, Israel and South Africa tested a nuclear device, an 18.2 kiloton bomb. This test in a remote area of the
Indian Ocean was detected by America‘s VELA satellite system and confirmed by acoustic sensors. A forensic
signature of this weapon was developed, not only through optics but through particle emissions. When an
identical weapon was detonated by North Korea on May 25, 2009, a question was raised. How did a nuclear
weapon built by Armscor, an Israel company operating in South Africa, end up in North Korea?
This is the story of the ―Tory nukes,‖ nuclear weapons purchased by Margaret Thatcher in 1991 from South
Africa under a secret authorization describing the weapons as ―cylinders.‖ Those involved in putting this bombs
into special containers, transporting them to Durban and then off to a container storage facility in Oman from
which they disappeared are now filling volumes. When the weapons containers which had laid unguarded for
months in a container yard in Oman were forwarded to the United States for dis-assembly in accordance with
treaty requirements, only concrete blocks were found. The disappearance has been directly tied to two arms
traders who ran illegal trafficking for Israel and South Africa during the Iran-Iraq War.
The accused were business partners in the ―Ollie North era‖ Reagan hijinks known as Iran Contra. The ―thieves‖
were connected to the highest levels of, not only Israeli intelligence but the CIA as well.
Israel says Saddam stole the weapons.
As late as 2003, Tony Blair used this ―tale‖ to back what Deputy Prime Minister Nick Clegg calls ―the illegal
invasion of Iraq.‖ Blair had financial incentives to back the invasion, several million of them, as secret letters
leaked to the press but never printed have shown.
PRIME MINISTER DAVID CAMERON, DR. DAVID KELLY AND ARMSCORE
Back in 1990, a very young David Cameron, later to become Prime Minister David Cameron, was offered a free
trip to South Africa, paid for by Israeli owned Armscor, a nuclear weapons manufacturer. Cameron was
supposedly working with Dr. David Kelly investigating weapons of mass destruction in South Africa. In fact
something much different was going on. On January 16, 2005, Tim Shipman, Defense Editor of the Sunday
Express released the following story, one never reported in US papers. Today, Dr. David Kelly is dead, clearly
murdered because of what he knew and David Cameron is in India carefully reading from a script written in Tel
Aviv. This is the 2005 story from the Express:
‖Dr. David Kelly, the weapons expert who died in mysterious circumstances after the Iraq war, may have been
about to reveal alarming details concerning missing nuclear weapons. Sources familiar with Dr Kelly‘s work
with South Africa‘s security services say he also knew damaging details of how nuclear weapons
decommissioned by South Africa were lost in the Middle East in 1991……..
DR. DAVID KELLY, "SUICIDED" MISSING NUKE WHISTLEBLOWER
Informed experts who have contacted the Sunday Express claim the missing
nuclear weapons found their way to Iraq. The claims raise new questions about
the extent of Dr Kelly‘s knowledge of British security secrets, which some
insiders believe may have contributed to his death. Some believe he may have
been silenced to prevent him revealing more secrets to the media. The South
African weapons allegedly went missing in Oman on their way to be
decommissioned in the US and may have then been smuggled to Iraq. A source claimed: ―Dr Kelly knew
about the South African nukes because he worked for research facilities there.
Over the last year intelligence sources in both Britain and America have told journalists they believe that
whatever Doomsday arsenal Saddam Hussein had accumulated before the second Gulf War was smuggled into
Syria before the Spring 2003 invasion.
Last month the Sunday Express revealed that MI5 investigators looking for details of Dr Kelly‘s involvement
with the South African government, seized his laptop computers after he died. The coroner charged with
investigating the Government scientist‘s death has said he will not reopen the case.‖
While British and American troops stormed across Iraq in 2003, searching for these missing nukes, defense
experts now fear they had been in Israeli hands all along, a secret Dr. David Kelly was no longer willing to keep,
one that led to his death. The missing containers may easily have been transferred to the Netherlands, Nigeria or
even the United States, perhaps even Indiana or Toledo as is now rumored. British police have raided the homes
of many involved in the missing weapons, seizing computers, personal papers and ―frightening the hell out of
people.‖ Some of those terrorized are scheduled witnesses for the Iraq War inquiry.
ONLY AMERICAN DEAD CAN PRE-STAGE THE IRAN ATTACK
This summer, Turkey and Brazil negotiated a deal with Iran to remove any nuclear fuel that could be used for
weapons development. It was exactly what everyone had been asking for. President Obama ignored it and
pushed for sanctions demanded by Israel. Russia cancelled the sale of an S300 air defense system to Iran and
voted to back sanctions against its ally, Iran also. The relationship between Tel Aviv and the Russian oligarchs,
seen so clearly during the Jonathan Pollard spy scandal, had reappeared for public again though no news
organization picked any of this up.
With secret Israeli bases, believed used for transit of narcotics from Afghanistan, ringing Iran, Georgia,
Azerbaijan, Turkmenistan, Kazakhstan and other nations in the region, and US supplies and munitions in place or
being delivered through Black Sea ports, only American public opinion is holding up an attack on Iran, despite
the fact that Iran‘s president Ahmadinejad has requested an immediate conference with President Obama to
―settle outstanding issues.‖
UPSTAGING 9/11
Even though Iran is isolated, even from its Islamic neighbors, it has a substantial defensive capability. Iran can
quickly destroy all gulf region oil production facilities and close off shipping to that region, an act likely to
collapse all western economies in days. Militarily, however, Iran is unable to defend itself against the vast
technological superiority of the United States. However, after a decade of wars with Iraq remaining, not only
unstable but increasingly so, and the United States facing defeat in Afghanistan, the American people are unlikely
to want to begin a new conflict, especially with an adversary much more powerful than either Iraq and
Afghanistan and Israel as the only ally, a country the United States has no mutual defense treaty with and no
ability to sustain conflict beyond its own immediate borders for more than 48 hours.
Earlier this year, Israeli military historian Dr. Martin Van Creveld announced Israel‘s ―King Torah‖ policy
toward the ―gentile nations:‖
―We have hundreds of nuclear warheads and missiles that can reach different targets in the heart of the
European continent, including beyond the borders of Rome, the Italian capital…most European capitals
would become preferred targets for the Israeli air force.‖
The legal justification for a nuclear attack is in place, part of Israeli law. The will to do so is there if such an
attack can be pulled off and few doubt Israel‘s ability who have seen the power of the Israeli lobby in Washington
and have spoken of their control of the press, such as with the recent media castration of director Oliver Stone.
The tools are in place. Israel is believed to possess two Hiroshima sized nuclear weapons, weapons that can be
used freely because the media is ready to claim them to be ―stolen‖ by Muslims if told to do so. The third
weapon was exploded by North Korea with the media blackout leaving Israel as the only possible source for this
weapon. No nation has the power to black out a leak like that one, not a leak that exposes Israel as a rogue arms
dealer, first to apartheid South Africa, then Libya and both Iraq and Iran during their war and finally North Korea.
The ground is prepared, America is now stripped of ―forensic‖ ability to track nuclear explosions, so the cover
story tells us. Israel still threatens the world with the missing nukes, weapons reason tells us they control. Any
container in any port, any truck, any warehouse could hide these weapons, anywhere in the United States.
When it happens, the vast majority of Americans will find the trail left, Pakistanis, Iranians, all as planned. They
will immediately call for the destruction of the Islamic world as is intended by Israel. The internet will be shut
down, congress sent home and anyone mentioning that only Israel profits and that only Israel could have done it
will be imprisoned, as intended.
They learned from 9/11. Too many questions were asked. They won‘t make the same mistake again, they
did and insisted on meaningful accountability.
The "War On Terror" Is A Fraud - It Is Not Meant To Be Won,

It Is Meant To Be Continuous - video
Wake Up! America.
―After Sept. 11th., America has witnessed the wholesale dismantling of our Constitution as the civil rights of
all Americans have been stripped away.
Trumped up fear of international terrorism has been used by our government to conduct warrantless searches
on Americans, citizens have been arrested and held without charges being filed or having their case heard
before a court, some have been "renditioned" to secret jails and tortured, free speech zones have been set up
and Americans exercising their rights outside those approved zones have been jailed in government
concentration camps.
Where was the media while all this was happening? They were busy spewing forth their nationalist
propaganda distracting Americans from seeing the real terrorists in our midst in exchange for CIA paid
operatives identified with Muslim names. All the anti-terrorism fervor that's sweeping our nation today will
not bring peace or safety. Hanging flags from your home or displaying them on your car will not restore the
American dream of equality for all. Attacking sovereign nations with smart bombs will not inspire others to
embrace our ideals.
Until we demand our government return to its foundational ideals as enshrined in the Constitution and hold
ALL Americans accountable for their actions, we will not enjoy peace and safety. Indeed, the events
transpiring in New York City and Washington D.C. on Sept. 11, 2001 will just be a foreshadowing of much
greater adversity to come.‖ – JeremiahProject.com
CLOSING ARGUMENT
Ladies and gentlemen of the jury, we have established that the political force of Zionism is a dangerous
supremacist movement, and that its leaders have always placed the interests of International Zionism ahead of the
interests of their respective nations. We have demonstrated that this Zionist Mafia will send unsuspecting
Americans to war to fight for their interests. We have seen how Germany and Great Britain were selfishly used for
their purposes. We have demonstrated the role played by Zionism in helping bring about some of the 20th century‘s
greatest disasters; such as World Wars I and II and the Treaty of Versailles. We have learned about Zionist
massacres of unarmed Arab civilians and Zionist terrorism designed to frame Arabs and poison relations between
the US and Israel‘s Arab enemies. We learned about the awesome Zionist power structure that exists in America,
covering the Congress, the Pentagon, the mass media and more. We have established that the Zionists, through
their media monopoly, have the ability to cover up and conceal some of the most amazing stories of both the past
and present.
We have established a primary motive - to turn the US into a nation of Arab haters and Israel lovers eager to go to
war against Zionism‘s Arab enemies. We have established a secondary motive - to brutally crush the Palestinian
resistance under the cover of a major US war on terrorism. Sharon‘s tanks were unleashed on September 12 in a
major escalation of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. Because of the 9-11 attacks, few even noticed and still fewer
even cared.
We have established numerous precedents for these type of ―false-flag‖ operations as well as cases of Israeli
agents impersonating Arab terrorists (Lavon Affair, USS Liberty, Mossad agents caught with Arab passports,
Taliban impersonators caught in India etc.) We have established that the Zionists have the logistical capability -
the means - and the opportunity to orchestrate such an operation - (best intelligence service in the world, key
positions of power at the Pentagon and in US intelligence, experts with explosives, access to WTC, access to
Logan Airport and US Air and American Air, unlimited supply of money, able to thwart investigators with phony
wire translations and US moles, etc)
We have established that the Zionist controlled media has the ability to cover-up the facts contained in this paper,
even after the stories had initially penetrated their own media screens. We have established that the Zionists have
the power to ruin the careers of Congressmen, Senators, presidents, law enforcement officials, and journalists.
Conversely, they also have the power to advance the careers of those whores who serve their interests. We have
seen that they have the ability to block investigations as well misdirect and thwart existing investigations. We
have established that the Zionists were the beneficiaries of the 9-11 attacks whereas Arabs have been hurt greatly
by the 9-11 attacks.
We have exposed numerous lies linking Arabs to 9-11. We have established how evidence against Arabs was
planted and contrived in order to misdirect investigators (wording of anthrax letters, phony passports, stolen
passports, Korans and Arab flight manuals left conveniently behind for FBI filed agents to find in cars and
―forgotten‖ suitcases, Atta‗a passport surviving the blast and floating down to earth, etc). We have established
that 7 of the 19 hijackers are alive and well. We have established that a small army of Mossad agents was caught
planning terror acts in America and Mexico. We have seen how anxious the Zionists are to use 9-11 as a pretext to
crush the Palestinian resistance and to have the US attack Iraq and other nations. We have established all of
this and much more. In addition, there is a plethora of even more damning facts which, in the interests of time and
space, weren‘t even included in this paper!
The only logical conclusion that a reasonable person can arrive at is this: The 9-11 attacks, the anthrax murders,
the Bali bombing, the African embassy bombings, and numerous other foiled terror plots, were planned,
orchestrated, financed, carried out, and covered up by the forces of international Zionism. What other logical
explanation can there be? As incredible as this may seem, what other conclusion is there that can so neatly tie up
all of the ―loose ends‖ and mysteries related to 9-11? This is the only scenario into which the many pieces of the 9-
11 jig-saw puzzle snap snugly together to reveal a clear image. Now compare this to the official explanation of 9-
11, which requires us to force, bend, recreate, ignore, and manipulate puzzle pieces.
Even in the face of this mountain of logic and evidence, there will be those weaklings who will go into denial and
casually dismiss this whole case as just another silly ―anti-Semitic conspiracy theory‖. But the funniest ―conspiracy
theory‖ of all is the theory that some Saudi caveman and his ―network‖ of Arab video game pilots managed to
elude US investigators and pull off the most sophisticated intelligence operation in world history.
You can continue to believe that fairy tale if it makes you sleep better at night (and if your sense of credulity can
stand the burden!) Or, you can muster the moral and intellectual courage to free your mind from Zionist bondage
and face the ugly truth for what it is. You can join the ―extremists‖ and make a commitment to share the horrible
truth with others, or, you can smirk, roll your eyes, and ―pooh-pooh‖ everything you‘ve just read. Go back to your
controlled TV news, your ballgames, your TV shows, and pretend this horror doesn‘t exist, and let Messrs. Rather,
Brokaw, Jennings, and Brown do your thinking for you while our world goes to hell in a Zionist hand-basket. The
choice is yours. History and posterity will judge your actions -or inactions- accordingly. To borrow a line from the
Maximus, hero of the film Gladiator: ―What we do in life, echoes in eternity.‖ What will you do?
I find it extremely sad and unfortunate that the events and lessons of 9/11 have basically drifted out of the public
conscience. No one really cares about the glaring cover-ups, subterfuge and lies that were key to getting us involved in
not just one but two completely ridiculous unwarranted, unjust invasions/occupations/wars. Instead of the public
getting mad, they all just want to keep on partying and having a good time living it up in our wonderful world of
distraction and entertainment, like blind forgetful sheep lead to slaughter.

WHAT IS THE MATRIX

THE INVISIBLE LUCIFERIAN COMPLEX
THE SYSTEM - THE NETWORK
THE ESTABLISHMENT - THE HIDDEN HAND
THE CONSORTIUM
“the Matrix is everywhere. It’s all around us… It is the world that has been pulled over your eyes to blind you from
the truth… What is the truth? That you are a slave. That you Like everyone else, you were born into bondage, kept
inside a prison that you cannot smell, taste, or touch. A prison for your mind. What is the Matrix? Control. The
Matrix is a computer MEDIA generated dream world built to keep us under control…” - Morpheus
Our culture is increasingly dominated by the image, visual perception has come to dominate our thinking, to the
exclusion of everything else. We have become a world that relies solely on what people can see and touch. They are so
locked up in the visual representation of the universe that they simply cannot conceive of the universe as anything
more than a set of images. There's no deeper reality to such people; to them, reality is WYSIWRE: What You See Is
What Really Exists. It's a big world out there, and those who confine their thinking to the purely visual are severally
narrowing their vision.
A stunning visual analogy of this process is depicted in the Matrix trilogy movies. It comes at the climax of the first
Matrix film. Neo has returned from the dead and can now see the Matrix for what it is (see photo above). He looks
down the corridor at the three agents and sees not the corridor, but the code behind it. The image communicates
the idea of seeing the processes behind reality rather than just the visual skin of reality. Isn't it odd that we need a
visual representation of an idea that attempts to get around visual thinking?
This touches upon something called the fifth dimension. In physics, the fifth dimension is a hypothetical extra
dimension beyond the usual three spatial dimensions and one time dimension of Relativity. While in religious circles
this hidden dimension is referred to as the spiritual world. Whatever the case may be, the world around us is full of
invisible intangible objects, concepts, thoughts, agendas, elements, factors, events and so forth which exist outside of
the physical perception, thus often making them difficult to distinguish and comprehend.
Someone who has come to understand and possess the ability to ―see‖ and work beyond the physical visual realm is
someone whom has gained one degree or another of ―total awareness.‖ He who can readily observe the events
happening in his midst see beyond the visible clues of the physical realm, decipher the external images and extract their
true essence is someone whom has acquired ―sight‖, thus honed, expanded and mastered utilization of his cognitive
perception of reality. The key of attaining such state of mind is directly connected with one‘s ―ownership‖ of
TRUTH. When you are totally one with truth, truth is ―yours,‖ you are inseparable. In the bible it is stated: ―though
they have eyes they are blind.‖ In the movie Neo‘s original ―sight‖ was opened, here they were referring directly upon
this matter. The point I‘m trying to get to is that this world exists on multiple perceptible levels of reality, the
regular average Joe has purposely been kept in the dark throughout the ages, most Joes only care about their own
circle of reality consisting of factors and elements directly connected to their daily lives and rarely if ever, try to go
beyond the window dressing to perceive what is truly happening in the world around them and just accept carte blanch
what others (new stations or government for example) state is the larger reality.
So the question arises, how does this relate to the Matrix Report, for that matter ―what is the matrix?‖ Cutting to the
chase, the matrix is an imperceptible network of extremely powerful group of like minded people whom
collaborate together under the strictest of secrecy on all matters concerning their rule over all things in this
world. They have common goals, goals of total world subjugation and domination. What we witness as many
seemingly ―unrelated‖ events throughout history are in fact a chronicle of their efforts in securing their utopian one
world rule. Whether knowingly or not, their actions and thoughts are in fact being coordinated by a central entity, a
being from another spatial dimension, some call this being Lucifer. I will get into much deeper details into this matter
in other sections of this report.
Over many centuries of trial and error, and the accumulated experience of their researchers and predecessors, the ruling
elite of today are light years more advanced with the accumulated knowledge as they have taken the art of
manipulation and psychological control of the masses realities to new heights. I say to thee: everything around you is
not always what it seems.
The key to understanding the Illuminati Matrix is in understanding that they figured out that one of the best ways of
taking over the world is to manipulate and control people‘s minds through mass media and social engineering…
“the Matrix is everywhere. It’s all around us… It is the world that has been pulled over your eyes to blind you
from the truth… What is the truth? That you are a slave. That you Like everyone else, you were born into
bondage, kept inside a prison that you cannot smell, taste, or touch. A prison for your mind. What is the Matrix?
Control. The Matrix is a computer MEDIA generated dream world built to keep us under control…” - Morpheus
The above quote is so profound I cannot even begin to articulate the depth of its relevance and truth behind each and
every word in describing the real world we live in. Yet this revelation perspective was brought to the public‘s
conscience as just another line in a Hollywood blow-em-up shoot-em-up Sci-Fi movie, thus the public was strategically
primed to easily dis miss a hidden ― matrix system‖ as fantasy, fiction.
There are two reasons why I have wrapped my research findings under the title ―Matrix Report‖. First of all is the fact
that the word matrix perfectly describes the intricate indistinguishable inter-connected web of people, institutions,
governments, corporations, etc., that form what many have loosely termed as the ―illuminati‖ or the ruling elite. When
viewed as a whole, all these seemingly independent entities form a solid cohesive interconnected network, and the big
picture begins to emerge. When you connect the seemingly separate sectors in relation to one another as in a diagram,
the resulting chart is that of a real matrix (see picture below).
Then there was the Hollywood movie ―the matrix.‖ It is of utmost importance that you understand that the elite use
movies and TV shows to ―Prime‖ and condition the masses, by introducing, concepts and agendas under the controlled
environment of Hollywood production studios they can Prime people and condition them into later accepting concepts
and things that otherwise would be met with adverse reactions. As a direct result of people watching a movie, based on
let‘s say, some sinister secret project (that just happens to be 100% real but they don‘t know it), the movie can
condition them to the point when the people are finally confronted with the real deal, their natural response would be
something to the tune of ―oh, I saw that in the movies! That was an awesome movie, hey lets go out for ice cream.‖
And that‘s the end of it, they were successfully Primed. Nothing to see here folks, now go along your merry ways.
Another way they use TV and Hollywood productions is to box in, define and control the flow of rational thought
about any given subject and concept, especially ones that are inevitably getting leaked from their activates, so as to
give credence to controlled (theirs) narratives.
Our world is immersed under one of the greatest information warfare battles in history. Most of the information that is
aired and widely spread has undergone great embellishment to join the official information narratives of the moment.
The ruling elite have an iron fist control of information, but the internet while greatly empowering them even futher
has also become a thorn in its side, for TRUTH has been hemoraging and surfacing as never before. Thus we find
ourselves in the middle of information warfare in all key ruling zones areas.
Information warfare
warfare is the use and management of information in pursuit of a competitive advantage over an opponent.
Information warfare may involve collection of tactical information, assurance(s) that one's own information is
valid, spreading of propaganda or disinformation to demoralize the enemy and the public, undermining the quality
of opposing force information and denial of information-collection opportunities to opposing forces. Information
warfare is closely linked to psychological warfare.
Overview
Information warfare can take many forms:
 Television and radio transmission(s) can be jammed.

 Television and radio transmission(s) can be hijacked for a disinformation campaign.
 Logistics networks can be disabled.
 Enemy communications networks can be disabled or spoofed.
 Stock exchange transactions can be sabotaged, either with electronic intervention, leaking sensitive
information or placing disinformation.
The US Air Force has had Information Warfare Squadrons since the 1980s. In fact, the official mission of the US
Air Force is now:[citation needed] "To provide sovereign options for the defense of the United States and its global
interests. To fly and fight in Air, Space, and Cyberspace", with the latter referring to its Information Warfare role.
As the Air Force often risks aircraft and aircrews to attack strategic enemy communications targets, remotely
disabling such targets using software and other means can provide a safer alternative. In addition, disabling such
networks electronically (instead of explosively) also allows them to be quickly re-enabled after the enemy territory
is occupied. Similarly, counter information warfare units are employed to deny such capability to the enemy. The
first application of these techniques were used against Iraqi communications networks in the first Gulf War.
Also during the 1991 Gulf War, Dutch hackers stole information about U.S. troop movements from U.S. Defense
Department computers and tried to sell it to the Iraqis, who thought it was a hoax and turned it down. In January
1999, U.S. Air Intelligence computers were hit by a co-ordinated attack, part of which appeared to come from
Israeli and French hacking. [1]
Information Operations
Information Operations (Info Ops) is an evolving discipline within the military. It has emerged from earlier
concepts such as "Command & Control Warfare" and "Information Warfare" - mainly US-dominated, originating
in the 1990s and considering lessons learned from the Gulf War(s), phenomena like the so-called "CNN Effect"
and enormous advances in Information Technology.
Today, Germany leads a multinational effort on developing Info Ops as an integrating function / joint mission area
within the military, called the "Multinational Information Operations Experiment" (MNIOE). The current 20
MNIOE partners define Info Ops as: "The advice to and co-ordination of military activities affecting information
and information systems – including system behaviour and capabilities – in order to create desired effects". This
definition - and its related context - differs from extant national views (e.g. those of the USA or the UK) and
provides an advanced approach to multinational and interagency information activities in support of crisis
management and effects-based operations.
Designing and implementing guidance for Coalition actions to affect information and information systems
(information activities) is a challenge; it applies to the whole scope of civil-military efforts from pre-crisis
situations to post-conflict reconstruction, and spans all levels of involvement.
Non-military
Organized teams of non-military, even non-governmental information fighters become an increasingly common
phenomenon. They can advance different political agendas, be involved in astroturfing or participate in election
campaigns.[2]
What I view as an incredible stunningly relevant part of the movie Matrix is the premise that the world you live in is
really a illusory world of mass deception, devoid of true reality, you therefore live in an alternate reality world created
by the rulers of that world to control mankind via media and behavior alering substances. Many people ―feel‖ that
many things are not right, but they just accept things for what they are and go along their merry ways. Then there are
the ―Neos‖ out there that question everything and search for truth, some of them turn to religion, some analyze the
world around them, upon realizing the true reality and ―unplugging from the matrix,‖ some become outcasts, tin-foil
hat people, with the ones who find out too much and try to spread true reality soon finding themselves marked for
neutralization. The ―Neos‖ go forth to expose the matrix and battle its evil rulers. In the movie at the epicenter is
Zion… as is in our real world saga it is Zionists and their quest to secure their Zion, Solomon‘s Temple and establish
their ―promised land‖ from where they have been decreed by none other than GOD that they are to rule the world. The
similarities between this movie and our current world rule is profound. If you understand what I‘m talking about, you
will readily see the truly deep, incredible correlation between that movie and real live struggles we face today.
America the beautiful, land of the free. We are taught ad nauseam that the first settlers that came over did so with the
intention of escaping overwhelming corrupt, fascist, imperialist oppressive countries. In search of religious freedom
and freedom from oppressive regimes. They came for the promise of a better more equal future for themselves and
their children. Or so the official STORY goes. But what they don‘t tell you is that along with those first settlers like the
Pilgrims, came all sorts of criminals, the robber barons, the aristocrats, conquerors, fortune seekers, empire builders,
and of course let us never forget the banksters, etc.
The history we learn in school is pathetically consisted of ―fairytale‖ like stories of the Pilgrims and overlooks the dirty
secrets of the founding of this nation. Such as: the fact that this nation was basically established on the foundation of
pure GENOCIDE. The systematic raping, pillaging and extermination of the entire Indian race. The genocide that went
on in the early days of America makes all the genocides and Holocaust™s in all of Europe look like a boy scout
operations in comparison with unknown tens of millions of Indians slaughtered. Not to mention that our nation was
literally built on the backs of slaves.
Those first ―good‖ settlers who‘s motives were to start clean without all the constraints, oppression and embedded
layers of the aristocratic society is what all the history books focus their pages on. Our history has been so polished and
romanticized over time that very few people truly understand let alone grasp and comprehend the ugly and bloody
truth. Thus the narrative that has been designed and provided for public consumption over the ages, has been central
to the population‘s formulation of a common understanding and common view of REALITY.
The sad fact is that the America that may have started out so innocently has over the decades transformed into what the
first settlers tried to run from in the first place. Today all the native Indians throughout all of America are routinely
segregated and confined to open air concentration camps called reservations. Even to this day the American Indians
have been under extreme concentration camp conditions, of course the ―white man‖ and their ―news‖ organizations
never let the plight of the Indians be known to the masses.
Genocide
[video] Genocidal Results of the Failed American Indian Policies of the United States Government:
MORTALITY:
 Lakotah men have a life expectancy of less than 44 years, lowest of any country in the World (excluding
AIDS) including Haiti.
 Lakotah death rate is the highest in the United States.
 The Lakotah infant mortality rate is 300% more than the U.S. Average.
 One out of every four Lakotah children born are fostered or adopted out to non-Indian homes.
 Diseases such as tuberculosis, polio, etc. are present. Cancer is now at epidemic proportions!
 Teenage suicide rate is 150% higher than the U.S national average for this group.
DISEASE:
 The Tuberculosis rate on Lakotah reservations is approx. 800% higher than the U.S national average.
 Cervical cancer is 500% higher than the U.S national average.
 The rate of diabetes is 800% higher than the U.S national average.
 Federal Commodity Food Program provides high sugar foods that kill Native people through diabetes and
heart disease.
POVERTY:
 Median income is approximately $2,600 to $3,500 per year.

 97% of our Lakotah people live below the poverty line.
 Many families cannot afford heating oil, wood or propane and many residents use ovens to heat their
homes.
UNEMPLOYMENT:
 Unemployment rates on our reservations are 80% or higher.

 Government funding for job creation is lost through cronyism and corruption.
HOUSING:
 Elderly die each winter from hypothermia (freezing).

 1/3 of the homes lack basic clean water and sewage while 40% lack electricity.
 60% of Reservation families have no telephone.
 60% of housing is infected with potentially fatal black molds.

 There is an estimated average of 17 people living in each family home (many only have two to three
rooms). Some homes, built for 6 to 8 people, have up to 30 people living in them.
DRUGS AND ALCOHOL:
 More than half the Reservation‘s adults battle addiction and disease.
 Alcoholism affects 9 in 10 families.
 Two known meth-amphetamine labs allowed to continue operation. Why?
INCARCERATION:
 Indian children incarceration rate 40% higher than whites.

 In South Dakota, 21 percent of state prisoners are American Indians, yet they only make up 2% of the
population.
 Indians have the second largest state prison incarceration rate in the nation.
 Most Indians live on federal reservations. Less than 2% of Indians live where the state has jurisdiction!
For further proof of how we still treat the indigenous populations take a good hard look at Hawaii. Native Hawaiians
constitute roughly 22 per cent of the state population, but they represent 54 per cent of the prison population. They also
have the lowest per capita income, the highest poverty rate and the shortest lifespan of any ethnic group in Hawaii.
Hawaiì public school students receive very poor education by any standard of measurement. They consistently rank
among the lowest of any state in test scores. Most of the bright students who manage to learn something in spite of the
handicapped school system leave Hawaii for foreign colleges and careers. Tens of thousands of residents have no
medical insurance at all. In some cases, the lives of the working poor are worse than the unemployed. Nothing to see
here folks, now go along your merry ways and just continue to view Hawaii as one of THE must go to VACATION
spots of America for everything is just fine…
The question I pose to you is this. What will America‘s eulogy look like in the history books once itself implodes from
its gluttonous drunken stupor and has long been a forgotten ancient empire in someone‘s history books? Surely they
will read of an empire that was built over the blood of the sacrificed genocided natives, where the white man just
walked into their lands and slaughtered the natives and just stole their lands, built their new nation with slaves, taxed
their constituents like crazy as the leaders held wanton orgies of sprawling excess, who became the bloody military
enforcers throughout the world waging war everywhere it stepped foot in, killing and maiming millions upon millions,
then taking the target countries resources and dividing it among its vampiric corporations all the while the local
dumbnified oblivious population whom had a propensity of bestowing the highest esteem upon and worshiping
Hollywood stage performers sat back and partied night and day in an entertainment centrific gluttonous society as their
country was being gutted and conquered from within by a devious parasitic race of people who were hell bent on using
the country to take over the entire planet.
This is what the Matrix report is all about. Revealing different views of reality. Exposing the erected layers of
perceived reality for what they truly are. With these most critically important factors brought to the forefront of your
conscience, we can then attempt to study the world that has been woven around us, so where do we start? In order to
begin the revelations into true reality we must go back a few hundred years:
First of all let me explain the fact that you actually live in the United States of America INC. The U.S. Incorporated,
was actually originally founded under a corporate charter from England, the U.S. was/is originally the Virginia
Company, of which consisted of the 13 colonies. The agreement also included the stipulation that the corporation pay
England a percentage (we refer to it as a tax) of what they make in their profit seeking endeavors here in the new
world. You absolutely MUST look up this topic on the internet on your own to see the amazing hidden truth behind the
establishment of this country. Anyways, the Virginia Company was growing so well that at some point the elite
running the Virginia Company (corporation) decided the best way to cut out the middleman and maximize their
profits was to break from England and RENAME their corporation. It was easy to convince the locals, to back
them up on this plan, hence the now famous Boston Tea Party. Consequently, the now world famous U.S. Inc. came
into being. Oh come on, start fighting your life programming and see the proof for yourself, just go to your local city
or town and look for the deeds and charters: EVERY single state, city and town is INCORPORATED as well. We all
live in a massive corporation with thousands of smaller subsidiary corporations on the local levels. Behold: For now
you know the true nature of the beast.
The European elite of their days, the rulers of the earth at that time, sent their armies to the Americas to conquer,
subjugate, gain dominion and bring back the loot. Those Euorpean countries efforts had a direct impact on the results
of the Americas we see today. In reality those few bands of people that came for religious freedom had very little
impact on the course that history would take. The pilgrims appeared on the scene decades AFTER the Virginia
Company (corporation) and had to get permission from them to settle in their lands. I kid you not.
Most of the ―founding fathers‖ of the U.S. were from European society socialites. Most were Freemasons… They came
here with pre-educated understanding of wealth and power under their belts. They all came with and took on more
slaves. Even though they wanted to establish a ―new‖ form of government, they came with the indoctrinated mentality
that they were impregnated with throughout their lives in their European countries. Yet these settlers did have one
thing in common, many wanted something different than the stagnant oppressive governments they all left behind.
Little would they all on day come to never know is the fact that this great nation they were starting would one day
become the greatest and most powerful nation on earth, yet begin to take on the same imperialistic fascist ways of the
oppressive regimes that they all fled. And one day become despised throughout the world by countries on every corner
of the earth as we wantonly exercise military dominance over all countries and force them one way or another to adapt
and be subjugated by our capitalistic enterprises.
The Boston tea party is interesting. It is identified as the turning point when America rose up against their oppressors.
Interesting because the main point for the uprising was ―taxation without representation‖. Modern day Americans are
now paying more taxes than any American ever did in history! Sales tax, city tax, tax, state tax, wages tax, etc. and
if you fail to pay your taxes or are caught trying to avoid paying said taxes? You get thrown in jail! Déjà vu!
As we witness the Wall Street banksters scam our country bleeding it dry, gutting out our entire monetary system, our
country and all its states of the union are for evermore desperately looking for and creating new ways to tax us all to
death. When they can‘t find new ways to tax us, in their dim witted intelligence instead of making government smaller,
they just raise all the existing taxes. Unlike the early days of America where our forefathers held the now famous Tea
Party rebellion that liberated us from tyrannical overwhelming taxation. Today we basically not only face the same
situation… but it is ten times WORSE. We are all being taxed into oppressive submission, and there is NOTHING you
can do about it. The moment anyone even TRIES to have a Boston Tea Party… our benevolent loving country will
SMASH them and obliterate the patriots, ummm, I mean TERRORISTS!
Try and organize a real Tea Party (not like those fake staged ―tea parties‖ being held and promoted by status quo
political insiders today) and see how fast you all get imprisoned for being evil sinister terrorists… FEMA, Home
Land Security, State Police, SWAT, National Guard, FBI, NSA, the Military are all being trained and prepared for any
evil patriotic uprising. Refer to the addendum section for the MIAC Strategic Report, this is just Missouri‘s version,
each and every state, the FBI, FEMA, Home Land Security, etc., all have their own classified reports on how they will
deal with all you bunch of patriots evil sinister TERRORISTS…
While on the subject of ―tea parties‖, don‘t for one moment believe in the Zionist neo-con hijacked truther movement
―tea parties‖ that were being held around the country sponsored and financed by corporate and private funds of the elite
and promoted adnausem by FOX. This my friends is none other than a direct strike against the truther movement into
leading them in the direction they so choose. Beware, for the current national Tea Party movement is nothing
more than a well organized corporate funded charade conducted by the ruling elite. The corporate interests have
also been busy ―Astroturfing‖ the tea party agenda on every front.
Astroturfing
Astroturfing denotes political, advertising, or public relations campaigns that are formally planned by an
organization, but are disguised as spontaneous, popular "grassroots" behavior. The term refers to AstroTurf, a
brand of synthetic carpeting designed to look like natural grass.
The goal of such campaigns is to disguise the efforts of a political or commercial entity as an independent public
reaction to some political entity—a politician, political group, product, service or event. Astroturfers attempt to
orchestrate the actions of apparently diverse and geographically distributed individuals, by both overt ("outreach",
"awareness", etc.) and covert (disinformation) means. Astroturfing may be undertaken by an individual promoting
a personal agenda, or highly organized professional groups with money from large corporations, unions, non-
profits, or activist organizations. Very often, the efforts are conducted by political consultants who also specialize
in opposition research. Beneficiaries are not "grass root" campaigners but distant organizations that orchestrate
such campaigns. – [From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia]
The national ―holy scriptures‖ that are referred to as our Declaration of Independence and the Constitution have been
losing their meaning, influence and importance over the years. The original words of the very foundation of America
have been covertly and overtly attacked and dwindled in importance day by day. Take for example ―freedom of
speech‖. Almost all Americans will say yes we do have freedom of speech. Tell that to the thousands of dead people
that died ―mysteriously‖, by accident, prematurely or ―took their own promising lives right after attempting to expose
some sort of government/military secret. Tell that to the thousands of people still alive today that have witnessed or
been involved to some degree in any of the events/issues that they have been sworn to secrecy in, ―or else‖. Tell that to
the untold thousands of people silenced by the FCC and the FDA or whatever the industry ―watch dog‖ institution may
be for that specific industry or sector in question. How many millions of gag orders have been levied? In every single
case CNN, and all the news networks never, ever said a word, and instead go on for days on end about ―news‖ of Paris
Hilton or some other dim wit. Oh, I could go on and on. Tell that to the people that try and organize a peaceful protest,
only to be greeted by riot squads with batons, tazers and mace or if they are lucky, they get their protest moved several
miles away to a desolate area where no one will witness it except for the crickets.
Think about it. How many more were ordered to cease and desist ―or else‖. It is and has been very common throughout
the years for the government (through the hundreds of different agencies) to DEMAND people to keep quiet about so
many things they don‘t want known that the library of congress would have a hard time cataloging them all. Those who
spoke out were and are routinely dealt with. Smeared, ridiculed, attacked, ruined. Oh yes, there is ―freedom of speech‖
as long as you stay within the confines of the official narratives. Bottom line REALITY: our so called famous
―freedom of speech‖ is only a well crafted bogus illusion.
You know we live in very troubled times when the

people's only source of truth comes from comedians - Video
The sad state of mind that our self censored society is reflected in the fact that it seems the only people whom can go
on national TV and tell the raw truth and get away with it are comedians. They make endless jokes out of the thousands
upon thousands of serious issues, corruption, and so forth. After people laugh it off, they go back to grazing in the
fields, satisfied that a silly COMEDIAN, understood their plight and point of view…
The Power Matrix network operates in total secrecy. Yet we are faced with the impact of their collective decisions and
policies that have dramatic effect on our lives on a daily basis. Many researchers have tried to reveal this ruling elite
Matrix but have all fallen short. Their works systematically debunked, ridiculed by first the government then by the
media then by academia then finally dismissed by the public, regulated to the ―crack pot section‖ of the bargain bin
basement in obscure bookstore shelves.
What/where/how/who is the Matrix? That info I will reveal shortly. I chose the word matrix for its uncanny
resemblance to the movie theme and then some. Today we live in a world that is NOT what we perceive it to be. It is
NOT what we are taught from the day we go to our first school until we graduate from college. I‘m attempting to
―unplug‖ you from the matrix and you will see the reality of the world we live in. The matrix is the system, the
consortium, the federal government, media, banksters and powerful elite of society… by the time you finish
reading all of what I have to share, my only hope is that the broad clear picture that I‘m trying to paint becomes vividly
crystal clear in your eyes. As stated and expounded upon in other chapters of this Matrix Report, never allow yourself
to be fooled, the Matrix is ultimately being controlled by the Zionist Jew elite of this world. The Vatican, the
Royal Crown and the Freemasons have been infiltrated and/or subjugated long ago by the Zionists and are still an
integral part and today just do their bidding...
Conceptual Chart of The Matrix:
1. ZION = The core of the Matrix: Zionist/Masonic Ruling Elite

2. FIN= Financial Industrial Complex Matrix
3. GOV= Government Industrial Complex Matrix
4. MAS= Mass Media Industrial Complex Matrix
5. EDU= Education Industrial Complex Matrix
6. MED= Medical Industrial Complex Matrix
7. MIL= Military Industrial Complex Matrix
8. REL= Religion Complex Matrix
9. LAW= Justice & Enforcement Industrial Complex Matrix
10. EN2= Energy & Environment Industrial Complex Matrix
11. POV= Wealth & Poverty Dynamics Matrix
12. AGR= Agricultural Industrial Complex Matrix
13. PRI= Prison Industrial Complex Matrix
The above chart is our attempt to illustrate the structure of Matrix we are trying to expose as one cohesive networked
illuminati entity. As you can see with our attempt to explain ―the Matrix‖ the chart identifies some of the major
individual sectors that make up the completed Matrix puzzle. Yet each Matrix sector is a complete illuminati Matrix
puzzle in its own rite (a puzzle within a puzzle). Every sector of each Matrix is connected to the others, making up the
full Matrix. This is the dynamics involved when trying to analyze and understand the massive overall Matrix. In other
words the ―Matrix‖ is a massive puzzle with lots of pieces that when put together will reveal the ―Matrix‖, but each of
the pieces of the puzzle are in fact their own matrix puzzles that must be put together by connecting the dots within that
sector. (We will discuss each sector of the Matrix outlined above in individual detail in the following chapters) Take
the Military Industrial Complex Matrix for example. You can spend months or even years on end researching and
becoming an expert and discovering all the hidden pieces of the ―puzzle‖ that makes up just that sector. Pieces of the
puzzle such as people, organizations, events, etc. Since all the facts and information are actively covered up and hidden
from the public, we know the ruling elite work in total secrecy yet hide in plain sight, each major information find is, in
essence ―a piece of the puzzle,‖ and part of connecting the dots.
Behold: For I have hereby revealed the grand structure of the illuminati Matrix. And I will reiterate once again: the
central ruling entity of ―the matrix‖ elite is none other than Lucifer. He has been THE central ―conspirator‖ oppressing
and enslaving mankind for eons… The ruling elite who do his bidding here on earth have been doing so since the
beginning of recorded time. Faces, people, organizations, regimes change over time but the central core source of all
ills remains the same…
There is was no more formidable corporation then the

government of the United States of America Inc. This
corporate country that was established under the ideals
―of the people, by the people, for the people‖ has been
turned around in our very face and shoved down our
throats for what it truly is today: really an undercover
fascist state ―of the corporations, by the corporations
for the corporations‖. There are just so many layers of
government, agencies, organizations, entities that it is
relatively easy to obscure things, twist things, mold
things into whatever they desire.
So let me get this straight: there exists this whole

conspiracy by key government insiders and power elite to
rule us as they so choose and we have no clue? Many
people just laugh the thought off. The real question is
who/what/when/where/how is the Power Matrix. Since
this Power Matrix (the unseen network of peoples
controlling by establishing policy and delegating to key
managers, executives, organizations, government
agencies are the ones ―pulling all the strings‖) has
permeated society to such an extent that goyim sheeple
have no clue who they are or what they are doing, all we
can do is observe what has happened in history and what
is currently happening today to understand where they
are headed and what they are doing.
It‘s out there, the general public is fed up with all sorts of
bull shit they have been witnessing, yet they don‘t know
how to put one and one together. You have separate
groups like umm, let‘s take the ―tree huggers‖, they are
out there fighting against ―the powers that be‖ to save
their trees, yet they have no clue that their fight, their Ancient diagram of the matrix
knowledge of wrong doing they have discovered is but
just a small piece of the puzzle of the overall Matrix.
Connect the dots people. Nutritionalists preach about natural foods and demonize the likes of evil corporations such as
Monsanto, yet this enlightened group of people who posses another component of the overall puzzle have not even a
clue as to the scale and scope of the entire matrix.
The key is to understand that: yes! In fact there does exists an exclusive group in society that has the power to change
the course of history (they change history itself by simply editing the textbooks). Yet remain a ―figment of crazy
conspiracy theorists delusional thinking.‖ They therefore DON‘T EXIST as a cohesive coordinated entity for no one
dares admit they exist and those that say they exist are quickly given the looney toon treatment. The non existence of
the Hidden Masters ruling elite cartel is like the mafia ―didn‘t exist‖ until it was so brain dead in your face
obvious. Even the concept of the Italian mafia was a conditioning operation to get the masses to believe that the evil
mafia pulling strings were a bunch of Italian mobsters when in reality the REAL MAFIA are the ruling elite that no
one even considers or dare think they are in fact the MAFIA ENTERPRISE.
Money and fame have nothing on the pursuit and wielding of power. Power, absolute power of gods is the highest
greed and intoxicating ―high‖ anyone can ever achieve. Power is the aphrodisiac of gods. And those that control the
peoples have in effect ―the power of gods‖. Some have claimed that the Freemasons are the top leaders, the Illuminati,
the Rothschilds, the Rockefellers, the Bildebergers, etc., these are all true in a sense. Basically every avenue you pursue
brings you to basically the same type of secretive group: secretive religious in tone, often occult in nature groups in
power in plain sight yet ridiculous to even accuse them. Our findings have conclusively pointed to the current top
controlling world leading faction to be none other than the Zionist Jew cartel. They, as stated over and over again in
this report, over the centuries they have come from being the ―persecuted‖ victims to infiltrating and pulling the strings
behind the curtains throughout the world. The Vatican and entire Roman Catholic
Church prostituted themselves to their financial rulers the Zionist Banksters long ago.
The Masonic order was infiltrated and run at the most highest levels by Zionist
Kabbalah practicing occult worshiping Jews. Wake up and smell the coffee sheeple.
Hundreds of works have been published about the hundreds of topics and events in
history that have been a result of the illuminati Matrix, yet very few, up until today
have ever put 2 and 2 together. I am in broad strokes, outlining the Power Matrix and
while I‘m at it I will also proceed to identify many of the corrupt works and frauds
that I have been researching. Mind you that the scope of this report limits me from
even getting close to being an ―encyclopedic‖ detailed work with tons of references to
each and every fact revealed here. But with that said, I beg of each and every single
person to happen on this report to take it upon yourself to Google.com any and every
claim made here, wade through the tons of material out there, beware for there exists
lots of junk published on every topic, but sift through the tons of planted rubbish
stories and conspiracies designed to throw all who seek truth off course, keep searching, you will eventually find the
gems that reveal the truth. I hereby provide you with the framework, and pertinent details for you to proceed verifying
the facts for yourself. Elsewhere and throughout this report I try to provide actual outside links to important
information sites to help you begin looking in the right directions.
As to not waste any time, the main agencies that the subversive side of the Power Matrix network hides behind here
in the U.S. Inc. are the: NSA, CIA (right hand of our military industrial complex) and the FEDERAL
RESEARVE BOARD. These three are among the most secretive and dangerous agencies on the planet. Who outside
their walls, if anyone, really knows what is going on in there? NO ONE! Not even the President. The Federal Reserve
and all Central Banks are where the Zionist Banksters rule and make policy from, the secret intelligence
agencies are their strong arm enforcers carrying out their dirty deeds in their quest for global domination Most
people only know what the powers that be WANT US TO KNOW. This is why it has been so hard for anyone to blow
the lid off so many events, scandals, corruption and mysteries in history (these are just the clues they leave behind).
Not only are we going to blow the lid off their game, we need to expose them for what they are. I can only hope that
once we open Pandora‘s Truth box that researchers and the peoples will do whatever they deem necessary and right
with this knowledge.
Our government has been infiltrated and taken over many, many decades ago by private interest groups and
corporations, we are no longer living under the premise: ―of the people, by the people, for the people‖. On the
contrary, the order of the day is: tax breaks for the rich and corporations, laws and policies enacted solely for the
benefit of large corporations and the rich are just some of the symptoms and clues that clearly demonstrate who really
runs this country. I believe that our government is so profoundly infiltrated, compromised and screwed up that we
have to at some point as a people for the people, take a good long hard look at our Declaration of Independence and
read it, digest it and at some point try and figure out HOW we the people, of the people, for the people will get OUR
government back! Even if I were right on only 20% of what I say in this report, then America is in serious trouble.
Declaration of Independence: ―WE hold these Truths to be self-evident, that all Men are created equal, that
they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty, and the
Pursuit of Happiness--That to secure these Rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just
Powers from the Consent of the Governed, that whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of
these Ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new Government, laying its
Foundation on such Principles, and organizing its Powers in such Form, as to them shall seem most likely to
affect their Safety and Happiness.‖
I hereby solicit the help of all those who understand that what I speak is the TRUTH, I am just a messenger, I seek no
financial riches nor fame, I just want to live in the America that was promised to us by our founding fathers, as I was
indoctrinated in school holding my right hand to my chest pledging allegiance to the flag. If you choose to participate
in this endeavor to put this information out to the general public please understand that if you are caught you will most
likely be ridiculed, persecuted or even prosecuted to the fullest extent of the law (under the guise of something like
hostile dissident, ―disseminating subversive literature‖, ―enemy combatant‖ ―mentally unstable‖ or some other trumped
up charge) or in the worst case scenario you just might turn up floating down a river after suffering an unfortunate
/cough/ ―accident‖ or found to have ―committed suicide‖ with a shotgun to the back of your head while your hands
were bond with rope... then to unceremoniously have your case quietly shoved under the carpet with the thousands of
other skeletons and unsolved mysteries… Beware, for these criminals have no qualms in taking out PRESIDENTS, and
important leaders, then cover up their tracks and go have lunch like child‘s play. ―Nothing to see here folks, now mind
your own business and run along.‖
If there ever was a real reason and purpose for your talents to be put to use in this merry go round we call life, here it
is. Your mission if you choose to accept it, is to outright or secretly disseminate this information everywhere, print it,
hand out copies on CD, put it on the net, lime wire it, torrent it, print it out share it and spread it on all media and
society. Let the chips fall where they may. May the Lord be with you to guide and protect your every step.
What is the matrix? It is all around you, it has mankind enslaved in a myriad number of ways and loving it, it is the
Luciferian system: the value system, social system, the media, the political system, the economic system, the
educational system it is everything you are made to believe by the Luciferian rulers of this world, it is their consortium,
their system which the prophesized ―Messiah‖ is to one day come to destroy and to liberate mankind from…
Until then you must recognize your duty, first of all unplug from their matrix, [―though I live in this world, I am not of
this world‖] until you do so, the only thing you will have is the blind leading the blind while futile wandering around
in the darkness. Truth is the light that shines into the darkness and reveals all, truth is what will renew your sight and
cure you of your condition, the same infliction of blindness that handicaps your fellow man. Once you are cured from
your illness of blindness you can then pull the thorns out of your fellow man‘s eyes and help him SEE.

THE FINANCIAL INDUSTRIAL

MATRIX
THE OVERLORDS of CAPITALISM
THE TRUE MASTERS OF THE UNIVERSE
“The rich ruleth over the poor, and the borrower is servant to the lender.” - Proverbs 22:7
"History records that the money changers have used every form of abuse, intrigue, deceit, and violent
means possible to maintain their control over governments by controlling the money and its issuance." -
James Madison, U.S. President
“Banking institutions are more dangerous to our liberties than standing armies. Already they have raised
up a monied aristocracy that has set the government at defiance. The issuing power (of money) should be
taken away from the banks and restored to the people whom it properly belongs.” - Thomas Jefferson
This sector of the matrix is of utmost importance due to the fact that it is the pinnacle of all ruling elite entities, the
apex institutions of world control are the financial institutions. This world revolves around money, period. He who
controls the money, well, controls the world. Capitalism rules on every corner of the globe, even the communist
countries line up and play the capitalist game. Capitalism is capital is money, therefore capitalism is moneyism, it‘s
that simple. The premise of Democracy is just a cover story for the gullible lemming useful idiot population, for the
true inner ruling system that this country is truly being run under is a fascist corporate centered oligarchy.
An oligarchy (Greek Ὀλιγαρχία, Oligarkhía) (oligocracy) is a form of government in which power effectively
rests with a small elite segment of society distinguished by royal, wealth, intellectual, family, military, or
religious hegemony.
As a child I remember always seeing the ―national debt‖ clocks and wondering who do we owe all that money to. I
remember asking my parents, and they had no clue either. I rationalized how our government can owe money to
anyone because all we had to do is print it and we would have money. You see, I was still under the impression that
only our government and ―congress had the authority to issue money‖ as I remember reading in school while reading
an old now defunct irrelevant document called The Constitution. I never paid much attention to this anomaly until
decades later. Fast forward to just a few years ago, I am now an adult, and to one day stumble upon the FACT that our
nation actually operates under something called a FIAT monetary system and that the Federal Reserve Bank is
actually a consortium of private banking interests whom just PRINT the money then LOAN it to us! I know this
is a very simplified description, but this is for all intents and purposes essentially what goes on! Golly gee whiz, they
never told us that in school!
Fiat Money:
 any money declared by a government to be legal tender.[1]
 state-issued money which is neither legally convertible to any other thing, nor fixed in value in terms of
any objective standard.[2]
 money without intrinsic value.[3]
The term derives from the Latin fiat, meaning "let it be done", as the money is established by government decree.
Where fiat money is used as currency, the term fiat currency is used. Today, most national currencies are fiat
currencies, including the US dollar, the euro, and all other reserve currencies, and have been since the ―Nixon‖
Shock of 1971 (―shock‖ was in reality nothing more than Zionist invented and lobbied) – [source: Wikipedia]
The amazing true reality of the world we live in lays in what is NOT said, what is NOT revealed, what is NOT
publically acknowledged and admitted. Our society is discussed and treated on all corners of the planet as a
―Democracy‖ but what no one dares admit is the OTHER ASPECTS of our SYSTEM that are absolutely intertwined
and pivotally central to our society. That being the oligarchic Financial/CAPITALISTIC SYSTEM by which
EVERYTHING IN SOCIETY IS PREDICATED UPON. This is absolutely undeniable fact.
Their end game? Total ECONOMIC COLONIZATION of the world.
The single most powerful entities on the planet earth are none other than the financial institutions whom finance
royalty, massive corporations, nations and BOTH SIDES of ALL WARS… this is the true lucid nature and reality of
those whom have come to indirectly rule and control everything within their reach with an iron fist. Their unwavering
goal: Total ECONOMIC SUBJUGATION, COLONIZATION AND DOMINATION. E.g. ―the creation of world
system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of
the world as a whole.‖ In order to accomplish their goals they promoted, advanced and made official the worldwide
economic BELIEF SYSTEM rooted on capitalism, which all the inhabitants of western civilization have adopted as
unwavering truth…
Below is possibly one of the most lucid important videos you can watch that clearly describes debt, money and the
financial system:
National Debt. To whom do we owe it?

YouTube: Part 1, Part 2, Part 3, Part 4, Part 5
Johnson and Boone lay out some sobering statistics: Fifteen years ago, the combined assets of our six biggest banks
totaled 17 percent of our GDP. By 2006, that number was 55 percent of GDP!!! Right now, it stands at 63 percent.
Yes! You read correctly, the COMBINED ASSETS OF OUR SIX BIGGEST BANKS TOTAL 63% OF OUR
GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT. The banks and Wall Street ARE our NUMBER ONE GROSS DOMESTIC
PRODUCT! America ceased being an industrialized country several decades ago, we don‘t manufacture almost
anything any longer, today America‘s major export is VAPORWARE financial instruments… According to all the
laws of physics the perpetual financial bubble system we have CANNOT exist forever, it WILL self destruct at some
point in time. When the house of cards that is our financial system finally comes down, chaos will reign supreme,
untold famine and hardships will become the norm, blood will flow like rivers down the streets…
The original stated purpose of capitalism, the original paradigm it professed and promised actually never happened.
The root concept behind capitalism was the theory that the ―free markets‖ knew best and would magically
always work to the best advantage of the people. The capitalist concept professed a ―win-win‖ scenario but in real
world historical documented reality capitalist business endeavors have almost always concluded in ―win-lose‖ results.
For selfish preservation of self, selfishness, more profits, greed, more returns on investments, have become THE
MOST IMPORTANT CENTRAL ASPECTS OF ―FREE MARKET‖ COMPANIES. The corporations win, you or
whoever the other party is looses. As more and more people and governments adopted capitalism, the more the
capitalist BELIEF SYSTEM took root, each passing year adding more intellectual ―substance‖ and arguments to the
underlying hypothesis and building up the CAPITALIST ECONOMIC BELIEF SYSTEM. Up until today where
anyone who does not agree with the inherently flawed BELIEF SYSTEM is automatically marginalized and dismissed.
We have all been methodically brainwashed since childhood into a BELIEF SYSTEM that capitalism is the most
wonderful invention in the history of mankind. The TRUE REALITY has nothing to do with the fairytale concept of
capitalism; for what capitalism has brought to this world is invisible chaos, for no one really WANTS to know the real
causes of the problems that ail this world. Sometimes you have to see a radical point of view to highlight what should
be obvious if your minds were not so hopelessly full of indoctrination and pre-programmed to see only the good side of
it all. Well, I stumbled onto a website called Encyclopedia Dramatica the other day that has to be one of the foulest
mouthed sarcastic sites out there. Interesting in that sometimes the only source of truth that is allowed public
circulation is satire and comedy… Well, read what they had to say about capitalism, while trying to understand the
deeper meanings of the twisted truth they try to highlight through their foul mouthed incendiary sarcasm, you just
might come out of this rant with a better understanding of what capitalism is and isn‘t:
At its most basic, capitalism, or jewocracy is an economic system which permits the exchange of money for sex
with relatively little interference from a centralized government, and which, in turn, assures that the whore puts
out. In practice capitalism uses The Man to keep down the bruthaman. The ultimate goal of any person under
this system is to make as much money as possible while making everyone else as poor as dirt or some kind of
shitty sub-dirt.
Capitalists believe that the Invisible Hand of the Market will lead the rich to heaven where they will achieve a
level of wealth they could previously not even imagine. Capitalism is often the basis for much drama in Live
Journal political communities. Jews (except Noam Chomsky) and conservative types argue that capitalism is the
best way for the United States, and thus the world. Liberal Communists (azad_slide and pirat_ponton, for
example) think that it does nothing but fuck the poor. Capitalism was and is the driving force behind the
colonization and murder of non-Western peoples, but it has been said they are now better off for it. Capitalism
has spawned such places as United States and Good Korea.
Theory
At least 100 years ago a man named Adam Smith was living in a shack in Scotland making a living trolling
Presbyterians. He suddenly had the idea that if people owned private businesses instead of working for feudal
lords, a force called the "Invisible Hand" would guide people in the market to make decisions that would
eventually lead to everybody's benefit, faggotry and butthurt. He concluded that without a centralized
government interfering in a perfect market and with good conditions between buyers and sellers, people would
be unable to exploit each other and would be motivated to provide good products and services in spite of
exploiting each other. He ran off into the city and found a life-partner named David Ricardo who added to his
theory later.
To have a "free market" there must be (1) "perfect competition" (no buyer or seller can unilaterally influence the
market); (2) "perfect knowledge" (all buyers and sellers have and provide the same information); and (3)
"perfect mobility" (all buyers and sellers can move to where they have the greatest competitive advantage).
Since this does not exist in the US or any other country, no country truly has a capitalist society or ever will.
Instead we have Corporations that want to buy and sell your life like a cheap piece of crap from Wal-Mart.
Although people claim that there is no alternative to capitalism today, that's total bullshit since, as we've already
pointed out, Capitalism is a fairytale, and, unlike the theory, in reality most capitalist countries are full of shitty
service sector jobs and low wages. But that's okay.. because most people would just squander their money on
hookers and blow anyway...
History
Capitalism was popular among intellectual circles but nobles and kings hated it. Eventually people got sick of
feudalism and overthrew it with the French Revolution and the war between generally educated middle class
craftsmen against the vested interest of the ruling landlords and nobility. Then everyone was happy and
celebrated in the streets as businessmen hatched out of eagle eggs to swoop in and piss down wealth on the
proletariat. Everybody lived in paradise (except for the poor) buying Microsoft computers and selling
Abercrombie until the dark rise of Capitalism's nemesis: Socialism.
The two ideologies fought each other across parallel dimensions for at least 100 years, eventually (after the epic
battle of Mecha-Hitler and Robo-Stalin at Mount Olympus,) earning the epithet, the Cold War. This was cause
for a lot of drama and lulz throughout much of the 20th century and still to this day as, even with the end of the
war, the two philosophies continue to fling shit at each other. Especially in online journals on the Internets.
Neither ideology is dead yet, (since neither ideology has actually been implemented yet,) but every now and then
one will claim the other is dead and buried as a cheap way to claim victory. Some people think socialism died
with the fall of "Communism" last Thursday (it didn't,) but these days capitalism is looking increasingly screwed
as more poors protest against it every year. The heathens. Indeed, there are an unfortunate number of pesky
proletarians who still don't know what's good for them. If only the Indian sweatshop worker could get off his/her
lazy socialist ass and read a book by Jeffrey Sachs, he/she would know eventually capitalism will create a
utopia, as has been prophesied.
Anyone on the planet earth who comes forth to expound upon the INHERENT TRUTHS of capitalism, exposing its
true evils (even its biblically verified satanic roots) is unequivocally universally immediately attacked, mocked,
ridiculed, chastised, dismissed as some sort of abnormal lunatic communist or socialist fruit cake. The indoctrination,
mass hypnotic brainwashing has been thoroughly accomplished. No amount of exposing the ills that surround this sick
world will ever be tied to the rampant wanton greed and of the selfish self-centered capitalistic centrific system.
Not here in any western country, such deep mental indoctrination have we all been subjected to our entire lives that we
blindly deny the most elementary obvious of scenarios and attack any who dare question ―our most wonderful beloved
system of finance‖ that has made our western countries the great bastions of excess…
We have all been brainwashed to believe the Jewish form of capitalism is good by a Jewish controlled media.
"Greed is Good", the character for Wall Street was modeled after Michael Milken (Jew) and originally had a
Jewish name Freddie Goldsmith, but they changed that.
Rothefeller (aka Rockefeller) was the person who changed the face of capitalism in the U.S. forever. Prior to his
meddling where he lobbied for changes, all corporations were required to get periodically approved corporate charters,
they had to prove that they existed for the ―good of the public‖ in order to have their charters renewed. Well you can
thank Rothefeller, he changed all that. Corporations no longer have to claim they serve the good and well being of the
public and now also are given perpetual existence charters to rape and pillage the public for eternity. What began
under what outwardly seems like noble pretenses of the professed aspirations of capitalism has gradually
morphed and spawned multi-headed amoral predatorial beasts, insatiable profit driven multi-national
conglomerates bent on conquest, they prowl the earth seeking to exploit every last resource there exists while
evermore, ever so subtly enslaving its inhabitants.
Behold: the age of the most wonderful benevolent CAPITALISM and its devil spawned corporations is upon us… I
pose to you this profound question: When the Savior of mankind returns, as he has promised, do you think he will
return to bring SALVATION to mankind and say ―WOW, what an awesome wonderful economic system yah have
there!‖ Or, does he come to DESTROY the world Satan has fashioned through illusions, for lest not you EVER
FORGET: It is written ―Satan is the ruler of this world.‖ That includes ―the system‖ and ―the establishment.‖
ECONOMIC COLONIZATION OF THE WORLD
Thus I sit back in total amazement and sadly witness the leaders of many countries get relentlessly assaulted, whom
have done NOTHING to harm our country other than to rebuke its selfish capitalistic advances in the preposterous
bullshit guise of ―advancing Democracy.‖ The raw reality is that it‘s all about ECONOMIC COLONIZATION of
THE WORLD. Financial institutions and multinational corporations roam the earth in search of new sources of wealth
and resources... to covert thy neighbor's goods. ECONOMIC HIT MEN are routinely dispatched to bring reluctant
target governments to their knees. Any government that has not adopted into our capitalist system is deemed enemy of
the state until the day they admit all the western finance and commerce, they are depicted as our mortal enemies…
Those who have stood their ground, while never once posing not one single ounce of real threat to our country have
been systematically demonized in every way, shape and form one can imagine at every level and on every avenue by
the powers that be and their minions. One need look no further than Castro and Chavez whom both DARED defy the
financial world masters who were trying to make inroads into their countries… I challenge you to take a cold hard
UNBIASED look at the history of those two and all the countries that dared oppose the advances and confronted the
western powers! EVERY SINGLE COUNTRY that bowed to our capitalistic endeavors (and allowed the banksters to
setup an independent central reserve banks to LEND the country its money), no matter how bad their transgressions,
were all eventually forgiven and accepted as wonderful allies EVEN if those countries were STILL the most evil
murdering communist countries or authoritative regimes on the planet! (China for starters) I am not making this
up! I can‘t change history! Re-analyze and re-check the information about every country that once opposed us or our
western allies, you will discover an amazing undeniable pattern: The pivotal moment when they ceased to be our
ENEMIES was once they opened their nation to our capitalist overtures and surrendered their central banks to
outside forces. Point blank, end of story, period.
With the ABSOLUTE UNBLEMISHED TRUTH having just been told, the ABSOLUTE REALITY revealed. Those
who still possess an ounce of common sense and intact critical thinking needs to review all known history, for it is
painfully obviously tainted and corrupted at every level in all mainstream sources to instill a fairytale ECONOMIC
BELIEF SYSTEM and conviction in the goyim lemming populace. There is no end to the indoctrinated TALKING
HEAD PUNDITS who appear daily on TV and in all media whom have fully EMBRACED the BELIEF SYSTEM.
These indoctrinated people will defend the belief system all the way up until the world is laid barren and all of
humanity self destructs...
There are the 'dark forces' at work, the so-called 'invisable hand' of the global market. Here is my simple honest
heartfelt attempt to reveal the true nature of what has been, is and will be:
The entire realm of Debt centrific economics and finance was invented eons ago and back then was rightly recognized
as SIN and CRIME to charge interest. To first book ever written, the Bible, clearly documented how man should treat
DEBT… which in those days was called: USURY
USURY:
Usury (pronounced /ˈjuːʒəri/, comes from the Medieval Latin usuria, "interest" or from the Latin usura "interest")
originally meant the charging of interest on loans. This included charging a fee for the use of money, such as at a
bureau de change. After interest became acceptable, usury came to mean the interest above the rate allowed by
law. In common usage today, the word means the charging of unreasonable or relatively high rates of interest.
The term is largely derived from Christian religious principles; Riba is the corresponding Arabic term and ribbit
the Hebrew one.
The pivotal change in the English-speaking world seems to have come with the permission to charge interest on
lent money: particularly the 1545 Act 'An Acte Agaynst Usurie' (37 H.viii 9) of Henry VIII in England (see
book references). – [source: Wikipedia]
Here are just a few examples of how the Bible warned the world of usury and clearly forbidding this detestable act:
1. Exodus 22:25
If thou lend money to any of my people that is poor by thee, thou shalt not be to him as an usurer, neither shalt
thou lay upon him usury.
Exodus 22:24-26 (in Context) Exodus 22 (Whole Chapter)
2. Leviticus 25:36
Take thou no usury of him, or increase: but fear thy God; that thy brother may live with thee.
Leviticus 25:35-37 (in Context) Leviticus 25 (Whole Chapter)
3. Leviticus 25:37
Thou shalt not give him thy money upon usury, nor lend him thy victuals for increase.
Leviticus 25:36-38 (in Context) Leviticus 25 (Whole Chapter)
4. Deuteronomy 23:19
Thou shalt not lend upon usury to thy brother; usury of money, usury of victuals, usury of any thing that is
lent upon usury:
Deuteronomy 23:18-20 (in Context) Deuteronomy 23 (Whole Chapter)
5. Deuteronomy 23:20
Unto a stranger thou mayest lend upon usury; but unto thy brother thou shalt not lend upon usury: that the
LORD thy God may bless thee in all that thou settest thine hand to in the land whither thou goest to possess it.
Deuteronomy 23:19-21 (in Context) Deuteronomy 23 (Whole Chapter)
6. Nehemiah 5:7
Then I consulted with myself, and I rebuked the nobles, and the rulers, and said unto them, Ye exact usury,
every one of his brother. And I set a great assembly against them.
Nehemiah 5:6-8 (in Context) Nehemiah 5 (Whole Chapter)
7. Nehemiah 5:10
I likewise, and my brethren, and my servants, might exact of them money and corn: I pray you, let us leave off
this usury.
Nehemiah 5:9-11 (in Context) Nehemiah 5 (Whole Chapter)
8. Psalm 15:5
He that putteth not out his money to usury, nor taketh reward against the innocent. He that doeth these things
shall never be moved.
Psalm 15:4-5 (in Context) Psalm 15 (Whole Chapter)
9. Proverbs 28:8
He that by usury and unjust gain increaseth his substance, he shall gather it for him that will pity the poor.
Proverbs 28:7-9 (in Context) Proverbs 28 (Whole Chapter)
10. Isaiah 24:2
And it shall be, as with the people, so with the priest; as with the servant, so with his master; as with the maid,
so with her mistress; as with the buyer, so with the seller; as with the lender, so with the borrower; as with the
taker of usury, so with the giver of usury to him.
Isaiah 24:1-3 (in Context) Isaiah 24 (Whole Chapter)
11. Ezekiel 18:8
If he has not exacted usury Nor taken any increase, But has withdrawn his hand from iniquity And executed
true judgment between man and man;
Ezekiel 18:7-9 (in Context) Ezekiel 18 (Whole Chapter)
12. Ezekiel 18:13
If he has exacted usury Or taken increase— Shall he then live? He shall not live! If he has done any of these
abominations, He shall surely die; His blood shall be upon him.
13. Ezekiel 18:17
Who has withdrawn his hand from the poor And not received usury or increase, But has executed My
judgments And walked in My statutes— He shall not die for the iniquity of his father; He shall surely live!
14. Ezekiel 22:12
In you they take bribes to shed blood; you take usury and increase; you have made profit from your neighbors
by extortion, and have forgotten Me,‖ says the Lord GOD.
Of course mankind being the fools they are, quickly forget the dire warnings and the lessons of the past and dive head
first into traps, dangers and calamities they are urgently warned off or even forbidden to partake in.
USURY IS DEBT ENSLAVEMENT…
Creating DEBT and thus enslaving your fellow man to the DEBT by charging interest was commonly referred to as
USURY in the bible and was appalling in the eyes of God back then and is STILL just as appalling and sinful TODAY.
The ONLY DIFFERENCE of these modern days is that the wicked usury agents (banksters) became as wolves in
sheep‘s clothing, i.e.: you friendly wonderful most benevolent bankers with their multi-national multi-trillion dollar
empires have performed a worldwide juggernaut of indebting the planet through usury (interest bearing debt)…
positioning themselves as the monetary superpowers of the globe, financially dictating, regulating, dominating and
controlling the affairs of men and nations.
The current state of capitalism and worldwide financial system goes back to around 300+ years ago (actually it was the
year 1545 when it the idiot king of England decided to allow the charging of interest for money thus opening the doors
to usury enlavement once again). Throughout their entire history on the planet earth the Jews always gravitated to
usury and financial enterprises. They are among the oldest of usury agents. Today‘s Jewish world financial juggernaut
truly began to take shape not long after the 1545 reveral of the usury ban, the financial dominance of the Jews began in
ernast in the 1600s with the ―Court Jew‖ a term for historical Jewish bankers or ―businessmen‖ who were ―usury‖
wizards (for some unknown reason the fact remains that in all recorded history, the Jews have always had some innate
incredible ―thing‖ with money), they lent money and handled the finances of some of the Christian European noble
houses.
Note: Actually the Jewish domination in the realm of monopolistic usury goes way back in time. Remember the story
of Jesus ransacking the merchant Jew‘s tables who were doing business in the temples? The clues are many and varied.
Examples of what would be later called ―court Jews‖ emerged during the Renaissance when local rulers used services
of Jewish bankers for short-term loans. They lent money to nobles and in the process gained social influence. Noble
patrons of court Jews employed them as financiers, suppliers, diplomats and trade delegates. Court Jews could use their
family connections, and connections between each other, to provision their sponsors with, among others things, food,
arms, ammunition and precious metals.
In return for their services, court Jews gained social privileges—sometimes even titles—and could live outside the
Jewish ghettoes. Some nobles wanted to keep their bankers in their own courts. And because they were under noble
protection, they were exempted from rabbinical jurisdiction.
Some court Jews, unlike the majority of the other Jews, amassed large personal fortunes and gained political and
social influence. Sometimes they were also prominent people in the local Jewish community and could use their
influence to protect and influence their brethren. Sometimes they were the only Jews who could interact with the local
high society and present petitions of the Jews to the ruler. There were many works reflecting and supporting the fact
that many Jews were becoming some of the wealthiest people in their regions, a number of famous works surfaced
such as the 16th century rise of the super wealthy Jews reflected in SHYLOCK, The Jew of Malta and the Merchant of
Venice. The age of the legitimate loan sharks cometh.
The Zionist bankers of 1600 and 1700s stumbled upon and earth changing discovery: they realized that when they
provide credit to individual people, once those people default on their loans they, the bank could foreclose, repossess
and basically own whatever assets that person has, thus they were often in positions of having to dictate the financial
well being of others. Therefore they had extremely powerful negotiating leverage. This has been routine protocol in
banking circles. What the major realization was in understanding that they could take that very same principle and
apply it to ever larger entities...
They realized that if they could get any given corporation in hoc up to its ears in debt to the bank, once the right set of
circumstances come along (and the banks found many ways of making them happen) the corporation would default, the
banks could then come in and take the lion‘s share of stock, also placing one of their own in control of said enterprise.
But this was not all, the banksters embolden by their successes realized using the same lending practices they could
hook ever larger fish. They loaned to local states until they were in hoc up to their ears and the banksters could come in
and place "custodians", representatives of the banks in key positions. The benefits of having ―your people‖ on the
inside were astronomical. With the non-stop avalanche of victim‘s customers seeking loans thus becoming indebted to
the banks continuing unabated, the court Jews quickly became immensely wealthy financial powerhouses. One by one
each institution, state, government fell for the credit traps as they sought major financing for their projects from the
now ―international bankers,‖ one by one they all signed off on their ruling powers to the bankers as part of the loan
"clauses."
The banksters built invisible secret networks throughout the world, establishing an iron fist control of the monetary
systems of everywhere they went. They ingeniously convinced the people and the governments that it was in their best
interests to leave all the ―boring‖ financial stuff up to them, and they would give them great dividends in return, all
they had to do is sit back and collect their profits. This always worked well at the outset, everyone was happy. But
what few people ever realized is that the regions and nations gave up the most important thing they could imagine, the
control of their own money.
The super rich Jews such as the Rothschild‘s setup mega regional banks that eventually became ―reserve banks‖ or
―central banks.‖ They had England‘s entire monetary system under complete control and rule by the mid 1700s. Even
the Vatican‘s financial colossus was to be swallowed up by the Jewish financial juggernaut. They erected regional
reserve banks that pretended to be national in appearance, but are all strategically controlled by the Zionist Jew
financial complex. For instance the Federal Reserve Banks are in total 100% control of America‘s monetary system,
with the President of the United States and Congress relegated to mere spectator status. Today the Zionists operate
colossal banks such as the IMF, BIS and World Bank, these banks whole purpose is to enslave and rule over nations.
One need look no further than Argentina for details on how they easily take down entire nations. Their most recent full
bankruptcy of a country can be found in Iceland.
Any one person or any closely knit group who has massive amounts of money likewise has massive amounts of power,
these two go hand in hand. Now imagine a secretive group of people who have the power to create money out of thin
air, this has always been the banker‘s holy grail. This has finally been accomplished in the 20 th century, imagine the
power these people now have. This is exactly what the privately owned reserve banks have managed to accomplish
along with the foolish public and subjugated government‘s blessing.
The hidden secret of the ECONOMIC COLONIZAION of the planet is the fact that the banksters with the central help
of the United States of America and its efforts to ―bring ‗democracy‘ to all corners of the world‖ managed to pull off
the impossible: to establish independently owned and operated (by the banksters and NOT the host country) central
banks in almost ever country on the planet. The ultimate coup of the banksters was to get whole nations to agree to the
preposterous ludicrous scheme of having the bankers completely take over their NATIONAL TREASURIES and then
turn around and LEND the nation its own money!!! And charge them USURY (interest) on top of it!!! This was the
holy grail of banksterdom.
Central Bank:
A central bank, reserve bank, or monetary authority is a banking institution granted the exclusive privilege to
LEND a government its currency. Like a normal commercial bank, a central bank charges interest on the loans
made to borrowers, primarily the government of whichever country the bank exists for, and to other commercial
banks, typically as a 'lender of last resort'. However, a central bank is distinguished from a normal commercial
bank because it has a monopoly on creating the currency of that nation, which is loaned to the government in the
form of legal tender. It is a bank that can lend money to other banks in times of need.[1] Its primary function is to
provide the nation's money supply, but more active duties include controlling subsidized-loan interest rates, and
acting as a lender of last resort to the banking sector during times of financial crisis (private banks often being
integral to the national financial system). It may also have supervisory powers, to ensure that banks and other
financial institutions do not behave recklessly or fraudulently.
Most of the rich countries today have an "independent" central bank, that is, one which operates under rules
designed to prevent political interference. Examples include the European Central Bank (ECB) and the Federal
Reserve System in the United States. Some central banks are publicly owned, and others are privately owned. For
example, the United States Federal Reserve is a quasi-public corporation. – [source: Wikipedia]
There are only four countries left without bankster controlled central banks: Iran, Cuba, North Korea and _________.
Is it any wonder why these four countries are viewed by the status quo and western world as the ―evil‖ regimes?
Venezuela‘s Chavez has been busy kicking out the foreign corporations and banksters out of his country and giving the
land and rights back to his people, he was immediately labeled a evil terrorist commy bastard by the western
establishment. There does exist two other countries without bankster controlled central banks, but these two countries
are allowed to exist as such for a grand purpose, they are THE secret money laundering tax shelter havens of the elite,
those countries are Monaco and Andorra. The ECONOMIC COLONIZATION of the planet is almost complete… just
four more countries to go…
Central banks of most countries USED to be run DIRECTLY by their corresponding nations and operated no
differently than other departments of their governments and operated openly and routinely had their books audited, this
is just RATIONAL COMMON SENSE. I just cannot in my wildest dreams understand how our ENTIRE COUNTRY
is held at bay and must hold CONGRESSIONAL HEARINGS putting the FED‘s Zionist bankster overlords such as
Bernanke or Greenspan on the ―hot seat‖ and grilling them for hours TRYING to find out what the hell is going on. In
the end, all those hearings end up the same: the FED reveals nothing new, nothing changes, congress is just as
clueless as ever, oh well, back to business as usual. Again I will remind you: he who hides, conceals, deceives are
doing works of evil, thus it is said they dwell in darkness for those are THE ways and signs of sin. He who is righteous
and doing what is good has absolutely no need to hide their actions, deeds or lie for he dwells in the light of truth.
The Federal Reserve Bank, a.k.a Federal Reserve System, is a Private Corporation. Black's Law Dictionary defines
the "Federal Reserve System" as:
"Network of twelve central banks to which most national banks belong and to which state chartered banks
may belong. Membership rules require investment of stock and minimum reserves."
In other words: privately-owned banks own the stock of the FED. This was explained in more detail in the case of
Lewis v. United States, Federal Reporter, 2nd Series, Vol. 680, Pages 1239, 1241 (1982), where the court said:
"Each Federal Reserve Bank is a separate corporation owned by commercial banks in its region. The stock-
holding commercial banks elect two thirds of each Bank's nine member board of directors".
The Federal Reserve Banks are locally controlled by their member banks. Once again, according to Black's Law
Dictionary, we find that these privately owned banks actually issue money:
"Federal Reserve Act. Law which created Federal Reserve banks which act as agents in maintaining money
reserves, issuing money in the form of bank notes, lending money to banks, and supervising banks.
Administered by Federal Reserve Board (q.v.)".
The privately owned Federal Reserve (FED) banks actually issue (create) the "money" we use. In 1964, the House
Committee on Banking and Currency, Subcommittee on Domestic Finance, at the second session of the 88th Congress,
put out a study entitled Money Facts which contains a good description of what the FED is:
"The Federal Reserve is a total money-making machine. It can issue money or checks. And it never has a
problem of making its checks good because it can obtain the $5 and $10 bills necessary to cover its check
simply by asking the Treasury Department's Bureau of Engraving to print them".
The Federal Reserve Green Stamp: Quote directly from the FED‘s own official publication Modern Money Mechanics
Workbook, Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago, p. 3, June 1975:
"Neither paper currency nor deposits have value as commodities. Intrinsically, a dollar bill is just a piece of
paper. Deposits are merely book entries."
BEHOLD: A very important question no one bothers asking is: WTF? How in the world is it humanly possible that
the independent banksters who call themselves the FED gets away with total secrecy? Not even the president of
the United States of America or even congress have a clue what is going on behind those closed doors. They operate
in higher secrecy than even the CIA!!!! WTF? Isn't it gravely important for there to be absolute openness and
transparency in the institution that supposedly "just prints our money" and basically DECIDES THE ECONOMIC
FATE OF THE ENTIRE COUNTRY! Golly gee whiz, what‘s all the freaking secrecy about? Why is it even
necessary? What are they hiding? Issuing money has absolutely NOTHING to do with national security... unless... the
entire operation is a one of the world‘s best scams being run by a cartel of mobsters who are so powerful NOT EVEN
THE PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA DARE PRY INTO THEIR AFFAIRS. The last
president who DARED was John F. Kennedy…
One must try and shed the age old conditioning and indoctrination that we have been immersed in since the day we
were born. Wall Street could give a shit about your well being, about the decrepit conditions of your public schools, the
financial disparity they create, about the disastrous conditions they leave in their wakes where ever they go around the
world. Point blank: Wall Street is founded and run by greed-obsessed amoral predators.
The Federal Reserve, Bank of International Settlements, IMF, World Bank, Central Banks of major nations are
THE central instruments of world domination, enslavement and control. These entities compose a cartel that
literally holds entire nations financial well being in the palm of their hands. They are masters of enslaving all of
mankind under the guise of ―benevolent providers of capital‖ aka: DEBT enslavement. As in credit enslavement.
Enticing the indoctrinated USEFUL IDIOT into debt, then using that as leverage to keep them sacrificing more and
more. Once you borrow from the bankster mobsters you are indebted to them, they own you period, this principle is
even more so with ―legitimate‖ bank institution ―mobsters‖ because they operate with the LAW by their side protecting
them. You the indebted looser are enslaved to the lender bound by LAW. Repeat after me: DEBT ENSLAVEMENT…
DEBT ENSLAVEMENT…
DEBT ENSLAVEMENT…
DEBT ENSLAVEMENT…
DEBT ENSLAVEMENT!!!
Every single ill that is wrong throughout this entire planet can be directly traced back to debt enslavement financial
systems, take the time to sit back and digest those words. World hunger, crime, deforestation, pollution, and so on,
could be solved overnight if the world were to wake up. Debt enslavement is capitalism at its finest, and is a central
element of ECONOMIC COLONIZATION.
The Zionist bankster elite are the cartel, the ―hidden hand‖ that rules over the financial system. Mass media constantly
airs and hypes the remarks and statements of their Zionist bankster brethren, always giving their words great reverence
and importance above and beyond all rational common sense. Here is just one example out of the hundreds of
thousands that are routinely circulated. Headline: ―Nobel Winner Stiglitz Call for More Government Debt.‖ Stiglitz is
nothing more than another Zionist Jew plying his craft and pushing their agenda forward, his totally rationally devoid
retard deception are given an air of respect and legitimacy by the media with their cleverly stating ―Nobel winner‖ in
the headline thus implying his words must receive serious consideration and viewed as some sort of super genius, his
demented bankster thieves serving hype given serious thought.
Bankers remind me of the GRIM REAPER. The moment your loan is in default, and you fail to uphold your end of
the CONTRACT you signed with the devil (bankster). You then enter the end of your useful life in their eyes. The
bankster GRIM REAPER goons are sent to CLAIM WHAT IS THEIRS. Once they are done with their victims, each
one of them is branded for life using a three digit numbering system called a ―FICO‖ score. This is the system
they use to manage their herds, with this numbering system the cattle and sheep slave day and night trying to
maintain the highest score possible to hopefully accumulate brownie points and get the blessing from their
ECONOMIC SLAVE MASTERS…
BEHOLD: For the dollar sign ($) is a symbol that dates back to the Middle Ages, and the
"S" with the bar through it means "under the scourge or bondage of Satan." Just as the
word "mortgage", coming from the same root as mortician and mortuary, means "death
contract", and when people sign next to the dollar sign, it becomes by definition, a death
contact under the bondage of Satan. Of course, the British "pound" symbol is an "L" with a
horizontal bar across it meaning under the bondage of Lucifer. – [source: Last Trumpet
Newsletter]
“If you want to remain slaves of the bankers and pay for the costs of your own slavery, let them continue
to create money and control the nations credit.” – Sir Josiah Stamp 1880-1941
Below are excerpts from one of the best articles that I have found that perfectly describes how the banksters operate
with impunity to enslave people, municipalities, states and yes, even entire nations:
The Real Reason America‘s Cities and Towns Are Broke
How the nation's biggest banks are ripping off

American cities with the same predatory deals
that brought down Greece
By Matt Taibbi, Rolling Stone, Mar 31, 2010
If you want to know what life in the Third World is like, just
ask Lisa Pack, an administrative assistant who works in the
roads and transportation department in Jefferson County,
Alabama. Pack got rudely introduced to life in post-crisis
America last August, when word came down that she and
1,000 of her fellow public employees would have to take a
little unpaid vacation for a while. The county, it turned out,
was more than $5 billion in debt — meaning that courthouses,
jails and sheriff's precincts had to be closed so that Wall Street
banks could be paid.
As public services in and around Birmingham were stripped to the bone, Pack struggled to support her family on
a weekly unemployment check of $260. Nearly a fourth of that went to pay for her health insurance, which the
county no longer covered. She also fielded calls from laid-off co-workers who had it even tougher. "I'd be on the
phone sometimes until two in the morning," she says. "I had to talk more than one person out of suicide. For
some of the men supporting families, it was so hard — foreclosure, bankruptcy. I'd go to bed at night, and I'd be
in tears."
Homes stood empty, businesses were boarded up, and parts of already-blighted Birmingham began to take on the
feel of a ghost town. There were also a few bills that were unique to the area — like the $64 sewer bill that Pack
and her family paid each month. "Yeah, it went up about 400 percent just over the past few years," she says.
The sewer bill, in fact, is what cost Pack and her co-workers their jobs. In 1996, the average monthly sewer bill
for a family of four in Birmingham was only $14.71 — but that was before the county decided to build an
elaborate new sewer system with the help of out-of-state financial wizards with names like Bear Stearns,
Lehman Brothers, Goldman Sachs and JP Morgan Chase. The result was a monstrous pile of borrowed money
that the county used to build, in essence, the world's grandest toilet — "the Taj Mahal of sewer-treatment plants"
is how one county worker put it. What happened here in Jefferson County would turn out to be the perfect
metaphor for the peculiar alchemy of modern oligarchical capitalism: A mob of corrupt local officials and
morally absent financiers got together to build a giant device that converted human shit into billions of dollars of
profit for Wall Street — and misery for people like Lisa Pack.
And once the giant shit machine was built and the note on all that fancy construction started to come due, Wall
Street came back to the local politicians and doubled down on the scam. They showed up in droves to help the
poor, broke citizens of Jefferson County cut their toilet finance charges using a blizzard of incomprehensible
swaps and refinance schemes — schemes that only served to postpone the repayment date a year or two while
sinking the county deeper into debt. In the end, every time Jefferson County so much as breathed near one of the
banks, it got charged millions in fees. There was so much money to be made bilking these dizzy Southerners that
banks like JP Morgan spent millions paying middlemen who bribed — yes, that's right, bribed, criminally bribed
— the county commissioners and their buddies just to keep their business. Hell, the money was so good, JP
Morgan at one point even paid Goldman Sachs $3 million just to back the fuck off, so they could have the rubes
of Jefferson County to fleece all for themselves.
Birmingham became the poster child for a new kind of giant-scale financial fraud, one that would threaten the
financial stability not only of cities and counties all across America, but even those of entire countries like
Greece. While for many Americans the financial crisis remains an abstraction, a confusing mess of complex
transactions that took place on a cloud high above Manhattan sometime in the mid-2000s, in Jefferson County
you can actually see the rank criminality of the crisis economy with your own eyes; the monster sticks his head
all the way out of the water. Here you can see a trail that leads directly from a billion-dollar predatory swap deal
cooked up at the highest levels of America's biggest banks, across a vast fruited plain of bribes and felonies —
"the price of doing business," as one JP Morgan banker says on tape — all the way down to Lisa Pack's sewer
bill and the mass layoffs in Birmingham.
Once you follow that trail and understand what took place in Jefferson County, there's really no room left for
illusions. We live in a gangster state, and our days of laughing at other countries are over. It's our turn to get
laughed at. In Birmingham, lots of people have gone to jail for the crime: More than 20 local officials and
businessmen have been convicted of corruption in federal court. Last October, right around the time that Lisa
Pack went back to work at reduced hours, Birmingham's mayor was convicted of fraud and money-laundering
for taking bribes funneled to him by Wall Street bankers — everything from Rolex watches to Ferragamo suits
to cash. But those who greenlighted the bribes and profited most from the scam remain largely untouched. "It
never gets back to JP Morgan," says Pack…
…. In the end, though, all this bribery and graft was just the table-setter for the real disaster. In taking all those
bribes and signing on to all those swaps, the commissioners in Jefferson County had basically started the clock
on a financial time bomb that, sooner or later, had to explode. By continually refinancing to keep the county in
its giant McMansion, the commission had managed to push into the future that inevitable day when the real bill
would arrive in the mail. But that's where the mortgage analogy ends — because in one key area, a swap deal
differs from a home mortgage. Imagine a mortgage that you have to keep on paying even after you sell your
house. That's basically how a swap deal works. And Jefferson County had done 23 of them. At one point, they
had more outstanding swaps than New York City.
Judgment Day was coming — just like it was for the Delaware River Port Authority, the Pennsylvania school
system, the cities of Detroit, Chicago, Oakland and Los Angeles, the states of Connecticut and Mississippi, the
city of Milan and nearly 500 other municipalities in Italy, the country of Greece, and God knows who else. All
of these places are now reeling under the weight of similarly elaborate and ill-advised swaps — and if what
happened in Jefferson County is any guide, hoo boy. Because when the shit hit the fan in Birmingham, it really
hit the fan.
For Jefferson County, the deal blew up in early 2008, when a dizzying array of penalties and other fine-print
poison worked into the swap contracts started to kick in. The trouble began with the housing crash, which took
down the insurance companies that had underwritten the county's bonds. That rendered the county's insurance
worthless, triggering clauses in its swap contracts that required it to pay off more than $800 million of its debt in
only four years, rather than 40. That, in turn, scared off private lenders, who were no longer interested in bidding
on the county's bonds. The banks were forced to make up the difference — a service for which they charged
enormous penalties. It was as if the county had missed a payment on its credit card and woke up the next
morning to find its annual percentage rate jacked up to a million percent. Between 2008 and 2009, the annual
payment on Jefferson County's debt jumped from $53 million to a whopping $636 million.
It gets worse. Remember the swap deal that Jefferson County did with JP Morgan, how the variable rates it got
from the bank were supposed to match those it owed its bondholders? Well, they didn't. Most of the payments
the county was receiving from JP Morgan were based on one set of interest rates (the London Interbank
Exchange Rate), while the payments it owed to its bondholders followed a different set of rates (a municipal-
bond index). Jefferson County was suddenly getting far less from JP Morgan, and owing tons more to
bondholders. In other words, the bank and Bill Blount made tens of millions of dollars selling deals to local
politicians that were not only completely defective, but blew the entire county to smithereens.
And here's the kicker. Last year, when Jefferson County, staggered by the weight of its penalties, was unable to
make its swap payments to JP Morgan, the bank canceled the deal. That triggered one-time "termination fees" of
— yes, you read this right — $647 million. That was money the county would owe no matter what happened
with the rest of its debt, even if bondholders decided to forgive and forget every dime the county had borrowed.
It was like the herpes simplex of loans — debt that does not go away, ever, for as long as you live. On a sewer
project that was originally supposed to cost $250 million, the county now owed a total of $1.28 billion just in
interest and fees on the debt. Imagine paying $250,000 a year on a car you purchased for $50,000, and that's
roughly where Jefferson County stood at the end of last year.
Last November, the SEC charged JP Morgan with fraud and canceled the $647 million in termination fees. The
bank agreed to pay a $25 million fine and fork over $50 million to assist displaced workers in Jefferson County.
So far, the county has managed to avoid bankruptcy, but the sewer fiasco had downgraded its credit rating,
triggering payments on other outstanding loans and pushing Birmingham toward the status of an African debtor
state. For the next generation, the county will be in a constant fight to collect enough taxes just to pay off its
debt, which now totals $4,800 per resident.
The city of Birmingham was founded in 1871, at the dawn of the Southern industrial boom, for the express
purpose of attracting Northern capital — it was even named after a famous British steel town to burnish its
entrepreneurial cred. There's a gruesome irony in it now lying sacked and looted by financial vandals from the
North. The destruction of Jefferson County reveals the basic battle plan of these modern barbarians, the way that
banks like JP Morgan and Goldman Sachs have systematically set out to pillage towns and cities from Pittsburgh
to Athens. These guys aren't number-crunching whizzes making smart investments; what they do is find suckers
in some municipal-finance department, corner them in complex lose-lose deals and flay them alive. In a
complete subversion of free-market principles, they take no risk, score deals based on political influence rather
than competition, keep consumers in the dark — and walk away with big money. "It's not high finance," says
Taylor, the former bond regulator. "It's low finance." And even if the regulators manage to catch up with them
billions of dollars later, the banks just pay a small fine and move on to the next scam. This isn't capitalism. It's
nomadic thievery. – [read full article at Rolling Stone]
You would think (and have been contioned to believe) that the above story is the exception rather than the rule but the
cold hard truth is that this is their defacto modous operandi. Raping and enslaving their clients is the essence of
usury, debt and banks, (they rape you in Armani suits and with a polite smile) that is why the bible stated that usury
was a grave sin. The way international banks rape and enslave nations follows pretty much the same patern and
fundamental strategy of the above story, when they enslave nations with debt the usury is disguised as "Austerity
Measures" and under "Conditionalities." All satanic monsters that prey on the weak always pose as benevolent
beings saying the same words of ―trust us‖ and ―we are your friends‖ to gain the confidence of their victims.
Part of the enslavement matrix has been the so called emancipation of women. Decades ago many were at first eager to
work, unbeknownst to anyone other than the banksters it was a financial trap, with the added purchasing power came
the bigger credit accounts, higher costs, and so forth. Within a few decades the banks were busy enslaving everyone
with choking debt. The emancipated women after at first voluntarily accepting working careers are now unable to opt
out. They are enslaved to the same point of men, no choice because it now takes two bread winners to feed and house a
family. This makes way for the perversion of our children under the guise of education, with cradle to the grave care by
institutions. Paid for by the enslaved, to enrich the few.
We are a debtor nation that does not function in the positive with real money. We function in the negative with credit. I
love to watch the comedian as Suzie Orman (of course she is a Zionist Jew, plying her craft, what did you expect?)
perform her TV comedy routine, this is PROGRAMMING at its finest. She along with many others is part of the
multimedia network that propagates, nourishes the Honorable dutiful Good Creditor MYTH where everyone strives
to have a good credit score is treated as sacrosanct. The current queen of spreading the gospel of maintaining good
credit above and beyond at all costs. Yes she sometimes gives great advise for keeping and building wealth, but it is all
predicated on continuity of the debt enslavement system.
The purpose of life in Suzie‘s show world production is to reinforce the being a virtuous, obedient and faithful good
DEBT citizen in our DEBT DRIVEN SOCIETY. You see, not so long ago we were a savings and production based
society, not anymore, we have been seamlessly transformed right before your very eyes into a debt and buy stuff
based society. True wealth NEVER comes from borrowing! Duh! Borrowing and debt is the EXACT OPPOSITE of
WEALTH! Wealth is accumulated, and SAVINGS is a central component of wealth.
You were programmed your entire life to just be a good worker bee and one day you will reach nirvana, achieve the
grand ole American Dream. Devote your whole life to work for someone else, plow their farms, build their products,
sell their products, find them more customers, make them more money, work hard for your master your entire life and
―success‖ will be there waiting for you in the end. What a bullshit fairy tale, ask the over 50 million homeless,
unemployed, sick people without the privileged of medical care, and so forth if they still believe in that fairy tale
American Dream. News flash: no one ever became rich by being someone else‘s bitch.\
"The Depression was not accidental. It was a carefully contrived occurrence... The international bankers
sought to bring about a condition of despair here so that they might emerge as rulers of us all." - Louis T.
McFadden, Chairman of the House Banking and Currency Committee, 1932
"The theories offered by economists rationalize the self-interest of big business and the wealthy. Such theories
claim to benefit society and the public's well-being. But they do just the opposite: they make the great mass of
people poorer while making the rich fabulously richer." - economist Ravi Batra
I find it difficult to understand why and how everyone blindly TRUSTS Wall street. Wall street says ―____ and ____ is
good for the economy‖ and the world ceases to utilize common sense, logic, critical thinking and blindly go along with
everything they say, every single time. This singular group of insatiable greedy vultures harbors not one iota of concern
for the plight of their fellow man for their priority is dedicated to their love of the almighty dollar, the almighty return
on investment. Their loyalty is to none other than to their mega wealthy elite brethren. Wall street is the capitol of the
―finance religion‖ were its devotees simply worship money. Again, as other sectors of the Matrix complex, tons of
books, movies and so forth have over time exposed all sorts of lurid fraud, corruption and sins of Wall street. So I
won‘t bother rehashing the same old news. But I do recommend that you look into the story of ―Deep Capture‖ for an
amazing independent investigative journalistic insight into the corrupt world of finance.
Wall Street and all their professional traders are NOT thinking about you the average Joe‘s best interests, they are NOT
thinking of the best interests of the economy, they are NOT thinking about the best interests of the country, they are
NOT thinking about the best interests of ANYTHING other than who to make more millions on top of millions, THIS
is the ONLY factor that matters in the alternate reality world of Wall Street. Period.
THE MASTERY AND POWER OF PERCEPTION
THE central most important factor of the unabated success of the ruling elite is within their mastery of PUBLIC
PERCEPTION. Control the perception of the masses and you control the world. To control and manipulate public
perception is to control and manipulate known and accepted REALITY. To demonstrate, let‘s take just a tiny peek
at the realm of public perception setting and manipulation, I will use one example:
How about if I had a finance business and advertised $24,000 automobile for sale at only $48,000! Would you buy that
car? I have asked this question to hundreds of people, all unanimously shot back with resounding ―NO WAY!‖ Ok, I
continue, how about I sell you this house that is listed for $250 grand for only half a million bucks? The overwhelming
response is again ―Are you crazy?‖
I then explain to the poor indoctrinated saps that they all do EXACTLY THIS action along with millions upon millions
of other conned people who FINANCE A CAR or HOUSE. In essence the financial institution IS selling the duped
customer a $24,000 car for over $48,000, as well as all those homes they finance, by the time they make that last
payment they will all pay MORE THAN DOUBLE the original value of the item. Yet this is a commonly accepted
practice the world over. Banks are nothing more than legitimate loan sharks protected by the state.
The only difference from both types of transactions being the way they were PRESENTED to the mark. The crucial
key to the power of the ruling elite is that they have mastered the science of molding, shaping and controlling
PUBLIC PERCEPTION. Basically the banks have conditioned the entire planet to accept PAYING DOUBLE as
default common practice. Masterfully getting EVERYONE to suspend all logic and go with the common accepted
practice. Yet when the same scenario is presented in its naked unadulterated reality not a single person would sign the
finance form. Again, this strategy did not happen overnight, at first, hundreds of years ago the interest rates were a tiny
fraction of the cut, gradually over the years, little by little they raise the bars of accepted and adopted standards until
one day the most obscene factors are the overwhelmingly accepted norms.
Today everything seems to revolve around ―good credit‖ and ―FICO score.‖ You can‘t get a decent job or even rent a
nice home without a good credit report, in some places you can‘t even get a dog without it. THIS is how far they have
gone in affecting, influencing and dictating the world‘s perception of the value of credit. They managed to make
credit THE CENTRAL value system of society! Think about it… the repercussions to life are profound.
17th century philosopher John Locke noted that the bankers, brokers – middlemen – whose activities enlarge the
monetary circuit and whose profits eat into the earnings of laborers and landholders, had a negative influence on both
one's personal and the public economy that they supposedly contributed to.
The markets are routinely manipulated by the ruling elite by influencing, molding, shaping the public
PERCEPTION. One element of perception that the banker barons identified and exploit on a regular basis is:
CONFIDENCE. Confidence is an intangible psychological element. The banker baron ruling elite realized the
simplest way to manipulate the markets without physically moving around billions of dollars of their own money was
to create artificial trends by directly influencing the PERCEPTION of other players in the market… they specifically
target the element of PERCEPTION that is called:
CONFIDENCE
Confidence/Perception - Evidence, exhibit A: THE JOBLESS ―RECOVERY‖
At the moment this update is being added it is Feb, 10, 2010, many propaganda outlets, along with Big Brother‘s
ministry of truth are proclaiming that we are undergoing a ―recovery.‖ This is a perfect example of confidence building
through the manipulation of positive cognitive perception about the economy… for their claims are founded upon
bullshit. The middle class has been stripped and consolidated, millions in foreclosure and bankruptcy, millions
unemployed and still growing, trillions added to the national debt, etc., etc, sure…. We are in the midst of a massive
DEPRESSION… claims of ―recovery‖ my ass. Jobs are THE number one indicator of a recovery and they are still
being moved offshore as I speak. The figures you see on the Show and Tell segment of the daily news are those of
PAPER recovery and profits of the RICH AND WEALTHY. America has been purposely self imploded, without new
manufacturing and REAL jobs in significant numbers any claim of ―recovery‖ is just plain old bullshit.
Here are some more truthful highly relevant quotes that reflect the nature and substance of the CONFIDENCE
perception stratagem in real time use:
"But highly leveraged economies, particularly those in which continual rollover of short-term debt is
sustained only by confidence in relatively illiquid underlying assets, seldom survive forever, particularly if
leverage continues to grow unchecked."
"If there is one common theme to the vast range of crises we consider in this book, it is that excessive debt
accumulation, whether it be by the government, banks, corporations, or consumers, often poses greater
systemic risks than it seems during a boom. Infusions of cash can make a government look like it is providing
greater growth to its economy than it really is. Private sector borrowing binges can inflate housing and stock
prices far beyond their long-run sustainable levels, and make banks seem more stable and profitable than they
really are. Such large-scale debt buildups pose risks because they make an economy vulnerable to crises of
confidence, particularly when debt is short term and needs to be constantly refinanced. Debt-fueled booms all
too often provide false affirmation of a government's policies, a financial institution's ability to make outsized
profits, or a country's standard of living. Most of these booms end badly. Of course, debt instruments are
crucial to all economies, ancient and modern, but balancing the risk and opportunities of debt is always a
challenge, a challenge policy makers, investors, and ordinary citizens must never forget."
And this is key. Read it twice (at least!):
"Perhaps more than anything else, failure to recognize the precariousness and fickleness of confidence-
especially in cases in which large short-term debts need to be rolled over continuously-is the key factor that
gives rise to the this-time-is-different syndrome. Highly indebted governments, banks, or corporations can
seem to be merrily rolling along for an extended period, when bang!-confidence collapses, lenders disappear,
and a crisis hits.
"Economic theory tells us that it is precisely the fickle nature of confidence, including its dependence on the
public's expectation of future events, that makes it so difficult to predict the timing of debt crises. High debt
levels lead, in many mathematical economics models, to "multiple equilibria" in which the debt level might be
sustained - or might not be. Economists do not have a terribly good idea of what kinds of events shift
confidence and of how to concretely assess confidence vulnerability. What one does see, again and again, in
the history of financial crises is that when an accident is waiting to happen, it eventually does. When countries
become too deeply indebted, they are headed for trouble. When debt-fueled asset price explosions seem too
good to be true, they probably are. But the exact timing can be very difficult to guess, and a crisis that seems
imminent can sometimes take years to ignite."
―At the core of every government action, lies the self-interest of greed that underscores everything. This is not a
unique trait of modern vintage. As Adam Smith commented in his Wealth of Nations back in 1775, governments
are the biggest spendthrifts in society. If their own conduct does not destroy the state, that of their subjects never
will. When I had to come up with a name for the model, I decided on the Economic Confidence Model because
the economic conditions are dependent upon a game of CONFIDENCE. One of the 10 commandments was Thou
shalt not bear false witness against thy neighbor. For centuries this has been the ROOT of all evil. For to control
the people is nothing more than a CONFIDENCE game. A clever thief is called a ―con-man‖ because what he
does is to lie to create a sense of false CONFIDENCE like Madoff. The government is no different. The Truth
behind every action is the quest to separate people from their property.‖ – Martin A. Armstrong, former chairman
of Princeton Economics International and The Foundation For the Study of Cycles, also political prisoner of the
United States of America.
We are in the middle of national emergencies of potentially catastrophic proportions and president Bush gets in front of
the camera and tries to convince his brain dead constituents to just ―go shoppin‖ as the solution to all our problems!
Doh! Charge up those credit cards to the max! Then there is another high profile Zionist Jew plying his craft that goes
by the name of Cramer (Mad Money) screaming to his audience telling everyone to ―Buy! Buy! Buy more worthless
paper (stocks). We live in a society based and centered on virtual, vapor, paper wealth. We live in a world where ―our‖
financial system is actually the international banker‘s financial system, we are just rat race cattle enslaved to it.
Again I must reiterate and highlight the dire importance of what was just stated: Our country went from a
PRODUCTION BASED ECONOMY (once upon a time, America was THE world‘s preeminent manufacture) it ―de-
industrialized‖ itself and gradually shed almost all its manufacturing capacity selling them or shipping them overseas,
thus shifted into a paper DEBT BASED ECONOMY. Every TV channel, every media outlet, every financial
institution and expert out there, are ALL preached and supported DEBT society paradigm dogma.
The Offshored Economy

By Paul Craig Roberts
In the 20th century, Detroit, Mich., symbolized American industrial might. Today it symbolizes the offshored
economy.
Detroit‘s population has declined by half. A quarter of the city—35 square miles—is desolate with only a few
houses still standing on largely abandoned streets. If the local government can get the money from Washington,
urban planners are going to shrink the city and establish rural areas or green zones where neighborhoods used to
be.
President Obama and economists provide platitudes about recovery. But how does an economy recover when
its economic leaders have spent more than a decade moving high productivity, high value-added middle
class jobs offshore along with the Gross Domestic Product associated with them?
Some very discouraging reports have been issued this month from the Bureau of Labor Statistics. There have
been record declines in both jobs and hours worked. At the end of last year, the U.S. economy had fewer jobs
than at the end of 1997, twelve years ago. Hours worked at the end of last year were less than at the end of 1995,
fourteen years ago.
The average workweek is falling and currently stands at 33.1 hours for non-supervisory workers.
In a major problem for economic theory, labor productivity or output per man hour and labor compensation have
diverged markedly over the last decade. Wages are not rising with productivity. Perhaps the explanation lies in
the productivity data. Susan Houseman found that U.S. labor productivity statistics might actually be reflecting
the low wages paid to offshored labor. An American company with production in the U.S. and China, for
example, produces aggregate results in labor output and labor compensation. The productivity statistics thus
measure the labor productivity of global corporations, not that of U.S. labor.
Charles McMillion has pointed out that unit labor costs actually fell during 2009, but that non-labor costs have
been rising throughout the decade. The rise in non-labor costs perhaps reflects the decline in the dollar‘s foreign
exchange value and the increased dependence on imported factors of production.
Economists and policymakers tend to blame auto management and unions for Detroit‘s fall. However, American
manufacturing has declined across the board. Evergreen Solar recently announced that it is shifting its production
of solar fabrication and assembly from Massachusetts to China.
A U.S. Department of Commerce study of the precision machine tool industry has found that the U.S. comes in
last. The U.S. industry has a shrinking market share and the smallest increase in export value. The Commerce
Department surveyed American end-users of precision machine tools and found that imports accounted for 70
percent of purchases. Some U.S. distributors of precision machine tools do not even carry U.S. brands.
The financial economy which was to replace the industrial economy is nowhere in sight. The U.S. has only
five banks in the world‘s top 50 by size of assets. The largest U.S. bank, JPMorgan Chase ranks seventh.
Germany has seven banks in the top 50, and the United Kingdom and France each have six. Japan and China each
have five banks in the top 50, and together the small countries of Switzerland and the Netherlands have six with
combined assets $1.185 trillion more than the five largest U.S. banks.
Moreover, after the derivative fraud perpetrated on the world‘s banks by the U.S. investment banks, there is
no prospect of any country trusting American financial leadership.
The American economic and political leadership has used its power to serve its own interests at the expense of the
American people and their economic prospects. By enriching themselves in the short-run, banksters and
politicians have driven the U.S. economy into the ground. The U.S. is on a path to becoming a Third World
economy.
Paul Craig Roberts was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury during President Reagan‘s first term. He was
Associate Editor of the Wall Street Journal. He has held numerous academic appointments, including the William
E. Simon Chair, Center for Strategic and International Studies, Georgetown University, and Senior Research
Fellow, Hoover Institution, Stanford University. He was awarded the Legion of Honor by French President
Francois Mitterrand. He is the author of Supply-Side Revolution : An Insider's Account of Policymaking in
Washington; Alienation and the Soviet Economy and Meltdown: Inside the Soviet Economy, and is the co-
author with Lawrence M. Stratton of The Tyranny of Good Intentions : How Prosecutors and Bureaucrats Are
Trampling the Constitution in the Name of Justice.
Today we witness trillions upon trillions of dollars systematically fleeced from the public and being given to financial
institutions to ―bailout‖, ―stimulate‖ and ―save‖ the ―system.‖ If this were not a hopelessly DEBT driven society, this
entire scenario would have never arisen in the first place… let alone that this purported ―solution‖ is a complete
bullshit farce of the banksters who engineered it in the first place.
Any DEBT based economic system is so seriously fundamentally FLAWED that it is doomed to failure due to the fact
that a DEBT based society is an unsustainable economic system. This is elementary my dear Watson.
The core, the essence of debt enslavement bankdom, is that the Wall Street money masters always PRESENT
THEMSELVES AS ―ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AGENCY‖ thus they weasel their way into the people‘s,
organizations and even nation‘s hearts and minds as supposed ―benevolent‖…. Supposedly gracious ―helpers‖….
enabling ―partners‖ of their VICTIMS. ―Well gosh, these people really care about me and want what‘s best for me, my
best friend won‘t even lend me money but they will.‖ Surely anyone willing to just hand over piles of money for just
your soul signature, has to be held in higher esteem than even your best of friends… how else do you think the bankers
became the most TRUSTED, most central, most powerful institution in every town, city, state and country?
Regulatory agencies my ass. There is NO true regulation in any of our financial markets. What we have is a system of
industry insiders camouflaging themselves as populist foes of the very banks and credit card companies that
that agency would regulate. Regulatory agencies are nothing but institutionalized state sponsored FARCE. Banking
Committee Chairman Christopher Dodd called the FED's track record on bank regulation and consumer
protection an "abysmal failure." While the SEC has been run since its inception by the same Zionist financial
robber barons it pretends to oversee.
Here is an example of the wanton abuse the financial sector is routinely allowed to inflict upon the public, policies and
practices that at one time not so long ago would land any loan shark behind bars is not typically acceptable as long as it
is performed by the bankster robber barons:
Issuer of 79.9% interest rate credit card defends its product
APR shocks many, but issuer says they are pricing for the risk
If you have bad credit in the new era of credit card regulation, be prepared to pay -- dearly -- for the privilege of
using credit. That's the message underlying recent credit card offers that feature jaw-dropping interest rates of up
to 79.9 percent.
The sky-high rates may be a sign of things to come in the market for so-called subprime credit cards as issuers
who lend to the riskiest of borrowers try to figure out how to stay in business and comply with the new credit
card reform law.
"We need to price our product based on the risk associated with this market and allow the customer to make the
decision whether they want the product or not," according to a statement issued by Miles Beacom, CEO of
Premier Bankcard, the South Dakota credit card marketer that mailed test offers in September and October
featuring 79.9 percent and 59.9 percent annual percentage rates (APRs) on cards with $300 credit limits. Premier
markets credit cards issued by First Premier Bank.
Yes, it's legal

A national bank charging 79.9 percent interest on a credit card is legal -- as long as
the issuer fully discloses the terms as required by the federal Truth in Lending Act.
Still, the high rate has been met with shock across the country because it is so much
higher than prevailing APRs and penalty interest rates. The CreditCards.com Weekly
Rate report national average for bad credit cards was 13.74 percent on Dec. 17.
"There's 70 million people out there who have been identified with problem credit,"
says Beacom, adding those are people with FICO scores lower than 640. "These are
people who have had problems with their credit in the past."
He likened people with bad credit to bad automobile drivers who must pay higher
auto insurance premiums if they want to continue driving. "These are people who have had those same accidents
or speeding tickets with their credit."
Response to 79.9% offer 'phenomenal'

Has First Premier gotten any takers on the 79.9 percent cards? Beacom called the response "phenomenal,"
adding 2 percent of people receiving the offers have applied for the cards. Their normal response rates is 1
percent to 1.2 percent, he says. "It's double what our normal product was."
As the article above clearly demonstrates, this world is full of fools. There is an endless supply of brain dead idiots
who will allow themselves to be enslaved to the highest degree. Behold for we live in the age of the Shylock.
Throughout all our history the stories NEVER cease to come forth of the countless Wall Street schemes, the countless
people swindled, the countless breaches, the countless criminal acts, those who are caught more often than not get
away by just paying fines and keep the rest of the plunder. The list goes on and on. But it will never matter because
Wall Street robber barons run our country and calls the shots from behind the scenes, Washington is completely
in its back pocket. Wall Street dictates national policy, it dictates all our foreign police, open and shut case.
By the way, have you ever noticed the most prominent and the tallest building in every town and city is 9 out of 10
times is a bank? They stand tall dominating the entire skyline proudly demonstrating to the public the sheer awe and
power of the bank. Yet they are all built with your blood, sweat and tears. They build all those tall monuments of
power with YOUR money, yet you don‘t posses not even a penny in its equity. Within the halls of those monolithic
structures they sit back in plush offices, pushing paper around and sucking billions upon billions of dollars out of
people, companies, organizations, cities, states and even nations. While the banksters produce NOTHING, manufacture
NOTHING, contribute NOTHING to society except for DEBT, they are for all intents and purposes parasitic creatures
who attach themselves to a host and suck it dry.
Confessions of an Economic Hit Man

Content of Book by John Perkins published in 2004
Perkins began writing Confessions of an Economic Hit Man in the 1980s. In the book, he states that, "Threats or
bribes always convinced me to stop."
"Covertly recruited by the United States National Security Agency and on the payroll of an international
consulting firm, he traveled the world—to Indonesia, Panama, Ecuador, Colombia, Saudi Arabia, Iran and other
strategically important countries...Perkins reveals the hidden mechanics of imperial control behind some of the
most dramatic events in recent history, such as the fall of the Shah of Iran, the death of Panamanian president
Omar Torrijos, and the U.S. invasions of Panama and Iraq."[2]
According to his book, Perkins' function was to convince the political and financial leadership of underdeveloped
countries to accept enormous development loans from institutions like the World Bank and USAID. Saddled with
huge debts they could not hope to pay, these countries were forced to acquiesce to political pressure from the
United States on a variety of issues. Perkins argues in his book that developing nations were effectively
neutralized politically, had their wealth gaps driven wider and economies crippled in the long run. In this capacity
Perkins recounts his meetings with some prominent individuals, including Graham Greene and Omar Torrijos.
Perkins describes the role of an EHM as follows:
Economic hit men (EHMs) are highly-paid professionals who cheat countries around the globe out of trillions of
dollars. They funnel money from the World Bank, the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID), and
other foreign "aid" organizations into the coffers of huge corporations and the pockets of a few wealthy families
who control the planet's natural resources. Their tools included fraudulent financial reports, rigged elections,
payoffs, extortion, sex, and murder. They play a game as old as empire, but one that has taken on new and
terrifying dimensions during this time of globalization.
The epilogue to the 2006 edition provides a rebuttal to the current move by the G8 nations to forgive Third World
debt. Perkins charges that the proposed conditions for this debt forgiveness require countries to sell their health,
education, electric, water and other public services to corporations. Those countries would also have to
discontinue subsidies and trade restrictions that support local business, but accept the continued subsidization of
certain G8 businesses by the US and other G8 countries, and the erection of trade barriers on imports that threaten
G8 industries.
In the book, Perkins repeatedly denies the existence of a "conspiracy." Instead, Perkins carefully discusses the
role of corporatocracy.
― "I was initially recruited while I was in business school back in the late sixties by the National Security Agency,
the nation‘s largest and least understood spy organization; but ultimately I worked for private corporations. The
first real economic hit man was back in the early 1950s, Kermit Roosevelt, Jr., the grandson of Teddy, who
overthrew the government of Iran, a democratically elected government, Mossadegh‘s government who was
Time‗s magazine person of the year; and he was so successful at doing this without any bloodshed—well, there
was a little bloodshed, but no military intervention, just spending millions of dollars and replaced Mossadegh
with the Shah of Iran. At that point, we understood that this idea of economic hit man was an extremely good one.
We didn‘t have to worry about the threat of war with Russia when we did it this way. The problem with that was
that Roosevelt was a C.I.A. agent. He was a government employee. Had he been caught, we would have been in a
lot of trouble. It would have been very embarrassing. So, at that point, the decision was made to use organizations
like the C.I.A. and the N.S.A. to recruit potential economic hit men like me and then send us to work for private
consulting companies, engineering firms, construction companies, so that if we were caught, there would be no
connection with the government.[3] - Nov 4 '04 interview
Perkins's first boss at Chas. T. Main, Einar Greve, initially declared to journalists that "basically [Perkins's] story
is true" and that "what John's book says is, there was a conspiracy to put all these countries on the hook, and that
happened.
Was Iceland a Target for Economic Hit Men? – John Perkins - video
They begin their cons by setting up the COVER as ―benevolent‖ providers of money by LENDING it to you, they then
lend to organizations, towns, cities and finally nations… Money that was NEVER theirs to begin with! The kicker is
that most money they loan out is literally conjured up out of thin air! (I kid you not). All debtors are equal, having
accepted the same conditions, the same terms; ―you must pay it back, and then some.‖ Doesn‘t matter who you are,
they enslave everyone and everything from the personal level on up to entire nations.
What the people have yet to comprehend is that which is hidden in plain view. That the banks and their debt based
capitalist financial system which they own and run lock stock and barrel, is essentially the world‘s largest Cosa
Nostra mafia enterprise to have ever existed on the face of the planet. How large and powerful is the mobster family?
Think about it for a moment: every, as in EVERY transaction conducted on the face of the planet involving credit/debit
cards, the bank, like true blue mobsters they are, get THEIR CUT not just from the poor sap creditors paying 20-30%
interest rates, but also from the retail establishments who pay an additional 1.5 to 2.5% on every transaction they make.
The banks run nothing more than a middle man extortion racket of the most supreme level. The banks don't give you
shit, at best they take someone else's deposit and lend it to you after you sign you life away on the dotted line. They
then sit back in their plush offices TAKING THEIR CUT. Street gangsters break your legs and take your valuables
when you default on their loans, the banksters also take everything you own and leave you destitute via bankruptcy
when you default, the only difference between the two is you won‘t have broken bones, otherwise, they are mirror
images of themselves. All the while Hollywood has been perpetrating the largest fraud ever in depicting Italian
gangsters as the bogyman mafia, with their pitiful small time rackets, while the REAL mobsters have been wearing suit
and ties mingling with heads of states operating multibillion dollar legalized RICO rackets. Think about it. Just one of
their top wall street traders makes more money in bonuses than the entire Jersey mob makes in the same year. Every
single trade that is conducted the banksters TAKE THEIR CUT. Wall Street is a big casino, the banksters OWN the
HOUSE, and the house never loses, it TAKES it's CUT, win or lose. Now sit back and let this most profound analogy
sink in, for once you truly understand its meaning you will realize it is not an analogy at all, for it is the cold hard truth.
The pure ingenuity of their ―legitimate‖ charade is that they HAVE FOOLED THE ENTIRE PLANET into thinking
that they, Wall Street and the banksters, are actually on your side, as part of ―your‖ TRUSTED team, your beloved
GODFATHERS. While in fact they are THE source of ALL ills that plague our world no matter what corner you may
look into. So thorough is their brainwashing of the population, that even today as we are facing dire economic collapse,
you witness the preposterous act of giving the culprit corrupt banks ALL the bailout, ―stimulus‖ money instead of
where it is most needed, the poor souls who were ripped off by the banksters… Your so called elected officials in
congress are so thoroughly owned by the special interests that one need look no further for proof of this than the fact
that they didn‘t even bother to READ the multibillion bailout plan that they overwhelmingly approved…. Congress
just rubber stamped the so called ―stimulus package‖ flushing our nation‘s wealth straight to the banksters sight
unseen, no questions asked. That is what I call loyal servants alright… they have yet again demonstrated beyond a
shadow of a doubt exactly who they are loyal to.
Look all around the world. Every modern civilization has come to experience the impact of rampant capitalism. Third
world nations, up and coming nations are routinely economically "sodomized" by industry, large multinational
conglomerates and banks who (the story is always the same) come proclaiming to benevolently ―HELP‖ the locals,
with the assistance of local media and sold out politicians, they convince the locals that by selling this or that natural
resource, land, rights, organization (or whatever is in their target) to the large conglomerate will be an immense ―great
benefit‖ for the locals. In the end, the story never changes... the large conglomerate rapes and pillages the resources,
leaving the peoples and nation destitute on the verge of starvation, financially robbing them of their natural wealth and
shipping off the profits to other countries wealthy stockholders. Say it ain‘t so Joe! Need look no further than all over
Africa for irrefutable proof of the devastation they leave in their wake. IMF Austerity programs is just one of the
ways they have impoverished many nations.
The hidden result that is sought from all nations being offered the most wonderful and benevolent helping hand of
the banksters loans, debt, enslavement, is the same no matter what they re-name it to, here they call it ―Austerity
programs.‖ The end game that is sought is: COVERT THY NEIGHBOR‘S GOODS: The banks want perpetual
rights to all the natural resources of the nations (in return for measly royalties and or forgiveness of existing debts
are common bait), thus the nations, by default surrendering the sovereignty of their country. Neighbor
The poor peasants in all of South America have no clue how badly they are being pillaged and plundered by the
western world. It is truly so sad to witness in our modern day in age all the injustices that the people of South America
are routinely subjected to by our quest for ever more profits, the siege of the capitalism beast.
What better example of western world raping, ravaging and mercilessly taking advantage of poor nations than
Bolivia‘s 2000 Cochabamba Water Revolt. What happened in a nutshell is that the wonderful, loving, caring most
benevolent /cough/ World Bank told Bolivia to allow a private consortium to come in and manage some water
projects. They ended up taking control of ALL water in the country, even, get this, RAIN WATER (!!!) and town
wells that were already there and they did not build. I kid you not, rain water that fell from the sky was designated
PROPERTY of the maniacal, diabolical consortium lead by Bechtel Corporation subsidiary with the blessing and
decree from the World Bank to plunder and pillage the poor nation. Well that was not all, they then began charging
those poor defenseless people prices for WATER that NO ONE could afford (up to 27% of their monthly wages!).
Violent revolts were instrumental in finally kicking the company out of the country. Of course, as is always the case of
the ruling elite vs. the meek: protesters were jailed, civil liberties were restricted, houses raided, phones wiretapped
then the government accused drug traffickers of inspiring and financing the acts of subversion, foreign investors denied
responsibility, suggesting that the causes of the protests were not even related to the water rates.
Take a good hard look at any country African nation, left in total economic ruin and famine for a Scrooge McDuck
awakening of the true nature of the BEAST that ravages entire nations. Once they were done with Africa, their sights
were turned to South America and other poor gullible countries around the globe in their insatiable search for victims,
umm, ―trading partners‖ to ―liberate‖ by spreading ―Democracy.‖ LOL. Argentina is an amazing case study. The
International Monetary Fund (IMF) currently run by Zionist Jew Dominique Strauss-Kahn, the IMF Austerity
Program required that a full 33% of government revenue be diverted to IMF banks. This contributed immensely to the
destruction of their currency and crippling the nation‘s once thriving economy. Find the documentary "Argentina's
Economic Collapse" to see a chilling account of how a nation is brought down to its knees by the banks, financial
institutions and corporations. A case study on how an entire nation became slaves to the world banksters:
Argentina’s Economic Collapse - Video
The IMF austerity programs rape and pillage nation after nation, stripping them of wealth and resources. Many
people have no clue, but when the IMF lends a nation money, in the terms and conditions (―conditionalities‖), the
receiving country basically hands over cart blanch, key rights to the IMF, in which the IMF can and often does
exercise policy making for that sovereign country! For example; Ghana was forced by the IMF to accept deliveries of
chickens from outside countries that literally put local growers out of business. In a phenomena known as ―dumping‖
by developed countries, Ghana farmers were losing hundreds of jobs and millions of dollars, when the Ghanaian
government tried to protect its domestic business interests, but the IMF stepped in and exercised its overruling
power slapping them down.
Thus we see a clear example of the IMF power of overriding national rule of law. The ―benevolent loving caring‖ IMF
has been instrumental in destroying many nations, from all over Africa to South America. For ―programs more often
than not lead to an INCREASE in poverty in recipient countries.‖ Doh! ―While it was created under the guise to ‗help
stabilize the global economy‘, critics claim over 100 countries (almost all their membership) have experienced a
banking collapse‖ many as a direct result of the IMF input and or demands. This is your Zionist monetary masters at
work in their element plundering the poor, sucking all their wealth and fortunes out and leaving helpless countries
destitute. All in the guise of ―we are here to help you‖…. ―here is lots and lots of money! Take it, just sign here on the
dotted line‖…….
What makes the above video so scary is that the U.S. is on a eerily similar economic path of Argentina. Our recent
economic collapse and 8.5 TRILLION (and counting as this is being written) in "bail out" funds (and still pilling up
debt) have no connection to common sense or even logic. These funds are being handed out only to mega monolithic
insider BANKs and financial institutions THAT HAVE CAUSED THE MELTDOWN TO BEGIN WITH! The very
enemies of state that have been working endlessly to bring about the major fall of every nation they embed themselves
in order to achieve their dreams of total world domination are in the process of financially gutting out our country. In
the first wave of aftermath of the engineered collapse of the economy here are the main facts I see so far: 1) Millions of
people are still out of work 2) Hundreds of thousands of foreclosures closely followed by hundreds of thousands of
bankruptcies. 3) In the middle of all this carnage Wall Street and the Banksters are now reporting record profits,
dishing out record bonuses and the stock market is booming again!
One of the IMF‘s right hand partner in crime is the World Bank, currently run Zionist Jew Robert B. Zoellick. Again
we see that this bank was established to /cough/ ―provide financial and technical assistance to developing countries for
development programs‖ /cough/ In reality this entity is nothing more than a catalyst for the escalating global social
disparity aiming at financial enslavement of the world, on parity with third world nations they already have under dire
poverty through the control of global monetary policies. For instance:
Today I sit on my perch up here watching what‘s going on in Haiti in the aftermath of that devastating earthquake, yes
the tens of thousands dead is truly saddening, the plight of the survivors is abysmal in that their entire lives and world
has in an instant became infinitely worse. Yes, what is happening down there is truly sad indeed. But there has been an
even more sinister assault on the Haitian people that was LONG AGO already stripping them of everything and forcing
them into the abyss long before the earthquake. Their infrastructure was already weakened teetering on collapse prior
to the earthquake thanks to the kind wonderful benevolent IMF Bank sponsored rape and pillage of the nation of
Haiti. Many people died in the earthquake but few people know of the 200,000 Haitians that have been slaughtered by
slum housing and IMF "austerity" plans.
Don‘t blame Mother Nature for all this death and destruction. That dishonor goes to Papa Doc and Baby Doc, the
Duvalier dictatorship, which looted the nation for 28 years. Papa and Baby put an estimated 80% of world aid into their
own pockets - with the complicity of the US government happy to have the Duvaliers and their voodoo militia, Tonton
Macoutes, as allies in the Cold War. (The war was easily won: the Duvaliers‘ death squads ordered the slaughter of as
many as 60,000 opponents of the regime.)
What Papa and Baby didn't run off with, the IMF finished off through its "austerity" plans. An austerity plan is a form
of voodoo orchestrated by economists‘ zombified by an irrational belief that cutting government services will
somehow help a nation prosper. In 1991, five years after the murderous Baby fled, Haitians elected a priest, Jean-
Bertrand Aristide, who resisted the IMF's austerity decrees. The IMF banksters immediately dispatched George HW
Bush Sr., Within months the military deposed Aristide. History repeats itself, first as tragedy, then as farce. The farce
was Bush Jr. Crime Syndicate. In 2004 a paramilitary coup ousted Aristide a second time. Aristide was removed by
U.S. Marines from his home in what he described as a "kidnapping" conducted with the blessing of Bush Jr.
The paradox of what is happening in Haiti is that as they are currently paralyzed hoping and waiting to be bailed out,
while our own nation is ALSO on the verge of total collapse, in dire need of financial bailout. Months ago in the midst
of the carnage of our financial collapse I watched in disbelief as a now famous piece was aired on TV with a
correspondent Rick Santelli reporting from the Wall Street trading floor screaming into the TV camera, crying out loud
bloody murder (while being cheered on by the trading floor crowd) ranting about Obama bailing out and subsidizing
[gasp!] the common folks ―the losers‖ who were victimized in the housing scheme, while it is perfectly ok,
RIGHTFUL and just for them to bailout and subsidize the FILTHY RICH Wall Street crowd and the banks who
perpetrated the scam and instigated the entire fiasco. If a nation had a collective mind, ours would be diagnosed:
legally insane.
The heart breaking part is the fact that the mass public swallows this type of twisted bullshit hook line and sinker
without sitting down and rationalizing the mind boggling disparities and dynamics involved in such blatantly selfish,
self centered unadulterated greed. This is capitalism in it‘s pure unadulterated form. This is a capitalist society and the
sole entities who uncontestedly run capitalism by default are the banks and financial institutions.
I wake up every day in complete and utter disbelief as I witness trillions upon trillions being shipped off to the greedy
amoral predators who created this economic chaos to begin with. They have the whole world believing that they must
empty their pockets and give everything to the banks to save the planet!
The fact of the matter is based on the simple fundamental truth that the Wall Street Money Masters rule our country,
and the world by proxy. The Zionist financial elite built Wall Street from the ground up as their strategic ruling
power base. In the Zionist banksters‘ eyes, they are GODS and the rest of you pathetic goyim gentiles are mere
mortals to be manipulated at will. There are numerous quotes from banksters revealing their firm belief in their
superiority. For instance Goldman Sachs lord of lords Lloyd Blankfein (Zionist Jew of course) once declared in an
interview that as banker he was doing "God's work."
Obama revealed to the world his undying allegiance to his masters when in a recent interview he expressed admiration
for ―very savvy businessmen‖ like Lloyd Blankfein. This was well after Obama and his administration poured trillions
of dollars into their coffers in the now famous ―bail out‖ scam of the century.
Behold: Wall Street and all the goliath conglomerates on the planet are all disproportionately in the world‘s driver‘s
seat. Their world is ruled by cold hard mathematical calculations, just like cold heartless machines. They don‘t have a
clue about what ―caring‖ or ―fairness‖ is, ―empathy‖ is not in their vocabulary. They CAN‘T and will NEVER feel
your pain no matter how bad it may be… for those corporate entities DO NOT POSSESS A SOUL…
No one ever seems to put 1 plus 1 together. Doesn‘t anyone of the 95% of the population consisting of the poor and
working class realize it is always the RICH who are always telling us that the capitalist system of inequality is one of
the most wonderful wonders of the free world…. as long as THEY keep all the benefits on their end of the scales. The
moment that you try and rectify the monstrous wealth chasm by just slightly ever so infinitesimally try to nudge just a
couple percentage points to the ―poor‖ and working class in any attempt to even out the playing field, they all come out
of the woodworks crying bloody murder, ―SOCIALISM!!!!‖ But it is perfectly ok that 95% of everything in the
planet is owned by just 2% of those elite. Try and take say just 5% of that 95% away from them they will attempt to
tear your eyeballs out of their sockets, they would all fill the airwaves howling in unison with cries of rape.
Since the beginning of time the economically and politically powerful always dominate and exploit the weak, so much
so that even though the majority of policies benefit the rich, they manage to get the overwhelming approval and even
ingeniously managed to cultivated their most stanch champions of their causes who are the gullible poor and working
class who make up the 95% of the have not class.
You fools think your car and home (or anything that was purchased with bankster money) belongs to you? Stop paying
the insurance and you will soon find out who the house really belongs to… Hey what are all these ―strings attached‖ to
these piles of papers I just signed away on? Look at the deeds, the fine print. EVERYTHING belongs to the banks!
All the cards in the decks are stacked on the side of the bank. Until the day arrives that you make that final payment, it
is legally property of the BANKS, you my friend are just a ―glorified rent-to-own sucker for paying for 3 houses in
the quest for 1 home owner‖ (it‘s called interest, over the period of 30 years, hello, you WILL end up paying for
roughly 3 times the value of that home) instead of one, IF you ever make it to that final payment. Some people are
paying, via their labor, probably 4 times the price of their house which translates into 30 years of paying for the cost of
maybe 6 months labor plus the supplies it took to build. This disparate ratio seems never to be questioned. Whom are
they paying? The banks. For what? Credit. For 30 years you are enslaved to labor day and night for that single
purchase…
Americans are an interesting bunch, the banksters wet dream, for most of them spend THEIR ENTIRE LIVES
wallowing in debt of all sorts, on the never ending cycles of paying credit cards, vehicles and mortgages. Since they
constantly bounce around from one location to another, thus buying new homes and going right back to starting point
A all over again. Lets buy one house and pay for three again! Yaayyyy!
Behold, for in the same way the banksters fool the world into believing that their financed homes are ―yours‖, is the
same concept as to how the elite perpetrate their fraud and have mankind believe that they are ―free‖….
United States Constitution, Article 1 states: "The congress shall have power to coin money, regulate the value
thereof, and of foreign coin, and fix the standard of weights and measures; No state shall make anything but gold and
silver coin a tender in payment of debts."
The above statement was made way back when our country was bright eyed and bushy tailed. So what does one of our
modern day world financial leaders have to say about this matter? Here are the words from one of FEDzilla‘s (the
people who took away the gold standard) overlords and financial Zionist Jew titan of our time:
―In the absence of the gold standard, there is no way to protect savings from confiscation through inflation.
There is no safe store of value. If there were, the government would have to make its holding illegal, as was
done in the case of gold . .. The financial policy of the welfare state requires that there be no way for the
owners of wealth to protect themselves. This is the shabby secret of the welfare statists' tirades against gold.
Deficit spending is simply a scheme for the 'hidden' confiscation of wealth. Gold stands in the way of this
insidious process. It stands as a protector of property rights.‖ - Alan Greenspan, Gold and Economic
Freedom
So what did your financial rulers replace our ―inferior old antiquated‖ gold based monetary system with? Fractional
reserve banking and a Credit based economy. Credit is just another word for DEBT or as known in biblical times:
USURY (a sin in the eyes of God). The Zionist bankster commandment: give up your gold and we shall enslave you
and your children for the rest of time in mountains of DEBT. ―Hey, don‘t forget to maintain a healthy FICO score
above all else! THAT is whats one of the MOST important things about life! We here to ―help you‖ we are your true
friends, you bunch of pathetic gullible serfs!‖
―The actual process of money creation takes place primarily in banks ... bankers discovered that they could
make loans merely by giving their promise to pay, or bank notes, to borrowers. In this way banks began to
create money. Transaction deposits are the modern counterpart of bank notes. It was a small step from
printing notes to making book entries crediting deposits of borrowers, which the borrowers in turn could
‗spend‘ by writing checks, thereby ‗printing‘ their own money.‖ – Modern Money Mechanics, Federal
Reserve Bank of Chicago.
Today Money is borrowed into existence, even the government must borrow their money from the almighty bankster
overlords. The currency we use is based upon our future labor which the Feds have promised the banksters. It also does
not yet exist. Future generations are already enslaved to pay a debt which does not exist.
―Banks create credit. It is a mistake to suppose that bank credit is created to any extent by the payment of
money into the banks. A loan made by a bank is a clear addition to the amount of money in the community.‖ -
Encyclopedia Britannica, 14th Edition
―am afraid that ordinary citizens will not like to be told that the banks can, and do, create and destroy money;
and they who control the credit of the nation direct the policy of governments and hold in the hollow of their
hands the destiny of the people.‖ - R. McKenna, then Chairman of Midland Bank, London
―There is no more direct way to capture control of a nation than through its credit (money) system.‖ - Mr.
Phillip A. Benson, President of the American Bankers' Association, 1939
―A few who can understand the system (check money and credits) will either be so interested in its profits, or
so dependent on its favors, that there will be no opposition from that class, while on the other hand, the great
body of the people mentally incapable of comprehending the tremendous advantage that capital derives from
the system, will bear it's burdens without complaint, and perhaps without even suspecting that the system is
inimical to their interests.‖ Rothschild, London
Another completely stupefying mind boggling fact is that we have been WARNED countless times by the most trusted
and prominent people of our land about the sinister banksters, yet the brain dead moron masses willingly allow the
stripping of their birthright, their fortunes, their power, and become complicit enablers of their own enslavement.
Behold for you were WARNED so many, many times such as this most direct words of caution:
"If the American people ever allow private banks to control their currency, first by inflation and then by
deflation, the banks and corporations that will grow up around them will deprive the people of all their
prosperity until the people wake up homeless on the continent their father conquered." - Thomas Jefferson
Ummm, it does not get any more blunt and direct than those words. So what part of ―don‘t let the banksters screw
you,‖ did you not understand? No need to sweat it now, for they are in COMPLETE control now anyways and we are
in shit deep up to our eyeballs right now.
Hey I have an idea, why don‘t you get one of those pieces of plastic, charge up to the max then pay the what? 29.9%
interest? That will surely help stimulate the ―economy‖, ummm, I mean the bankster‘s world conquest funds!
I harbor deep resentment of ex president Woodrow Wilson, for this TRAITOR sold out our country, lock stock and
barrel to the Zionists. As if it weren‘t enough that he allowed our country to be conquered by the banksters, he was also
an ardent supporter of the Balfour Declaration and the Zionist state of Israel. The one pivotal turning point in U.S.
history were we lost all our fortune and America began its stupefying decent into the abyss was all accomplished under
this traitor‘s watch. Under the backdrop and pressure of Zionist engineered World War I, the Zionists masterfully, ever
so silently waltzed right in and took over the reins of financial power in America.
President Andrew Jackson was the only president to ever eliminate the national debt, he was one of the few presidents
who truly understood the dangers of outside financial forces trying to take over the money supply of our country.
He eradicated the private central bank, only for them to regroup decades later in 1913 to establish FEDzilla, aka: the
Federal Reserve, under the auspices of Wilson. That was not the only act that was initiated, they went to town with
Wilson in their back pocket.
Prior to Wilson‘s term, American NEVER had income taxes and got along just FINE. Not good enough, Wilson
oversaw the establishment of the diabolical Internal Revenue Service who exists to plunder the citizens of this country
of their hard labor, and if you fail to give your allotted share, they will come over, take your home, everything you own
and imprison you for good measure. So with Wilson‘s treasonous enabling of the FED who print money out of thin
air, then turns around and LENDS it to us at INTEREST to our government, subsequently they also sold Wilson on the
sinister IRS to come in and collect the monies to pay the interest fees from the working citizens of the country as
―federal income tax‖, of which 40% goes to pay that interest.
The worst part of this is the fact that the ―Federal Reserve‖ is just as ―Federal‖ a part of our government as the
―Federal Express‖ (FedEx) is!!! The Federal Reserve is one of the biggest SWINDLES ever to operate under the
auspices of our government. Whom ever comes forth to challenge it are quickly dealt with, even presidents fear it, JFK
who swore to disband it ―to the four corners of the earth‖ was only just couple months later end pushing up daisies.
The FED‘s secrecy is cloaked on an even higher level than that of even the CIA who must report to Congress! The
FED‘s books are not open to the public, congress or even the President. Congress has yet to audit it, and never will.
―Every effort has been made by the Federal Reserve Board to conceal its powers, but the truth is . . . the Fed
(Federal Reserve System) has usurped the government. It controls everything here (congress) and it controls
all our foreign relations. It makes and breaks governments at will.‖ Louis McFadden, ex-Chairman of the
House Committee on Banking and Currency
Under Wilson‘s ―loving care‖ we also witnessed the birth and emergence of what many today call ―Big Brother‖, The
Sedition Act of 1918 under the pretext of ―dissent, in time of war, was a significant threat to moral‖. The passing of
this act forbade Americans to use ―disloyal, profane, scurrilous, or abusive language‖ about the US government, flag
or armed forces. Thus he opened the door, the way and means of our current surveillance society. Then there was the
one way voyage mission of the famous Lusitania purposely sent directly into German U boat territory. It‘s doomed
mission was a brilliant success: it went down in history as the catalyst or more adequately stated: excuse as in pretext
to get America into the war.
Oh no, it doesn‘t end there. Wilson was so deep in the Zionist elite‘s pocket that he was also an ardent supporter of
Eugenics. So much so, that in 1907 he helped make Indiana the first of more than thirty states to adopt legislation
aimed at compulsory sterilization of certain individuals.
BTW: Another interesting creature that was created under the auspices of Wilson was the Council on Foreign Relations
(CFR) began in 1917 with a group of New York ―academics‖ who were asked by President Woodrow Wilson to offer
options for the foreign policy of the United States in the interwar period. Council on Foreign Relations became an
"imperial brain trust", which has, for decades, played a central behind-the-scenes role in shaping U.S. foreign policy
choices for the post-WWII international order and the Cold War, by determining what options show up on the agenda
and what options do not even make it to the table.
These are just a few of his big accomplishments, I care not what so called ―great‖ things this man may be credited with
by his Zionist masters‘ media arm, he was a traitor. This is what the conscience stricken Wilson had to say in his
own words after he sold us out and was done giving the monetary rights of our country away:
“I am a most unhappy man. I have unwittingly RUINED MY COUNTRY. A great industrial nation is [now]
controlled by its system of credit. Our system of credit is concentrated. The growth of the nation, therefore, and
all our activities are in the hands of a few men. The growth of the nation, therefore, and all our activities are in
the hands of a few men who, even if their action be honest and intended for the public interest, are necessarily
concentrated upon the great undertakings in which their own money is involved and who necessarily, by very
reason of the own limitations, chill and destroy genuine economic freedom.”
We have come to be one of the worst ruled, one of the most completely controlled and dominated
Governments of the civilized world. No longer a government by free opinion, no longer a government by
conviction and the vote of the majority, but a government by the opinion of a small group of dominant men.”
“The government, which was designed for the people, has got into the hands of the bosses and their employers,
the special interests. An invisible empire has been setup above the forms of democracy.”
“We have restricted credit, we have restricted opportunity, we have controlled development, and we have come
to be one of the worst ruled, one of the most completely controlled and dominated, governments in the
civilized world.”
“Since I entered politics, I have chiefly had men’s views confided to me privately. Some of the biggest men in the
U.S., in the field of commerce and manufacturing, are afraid of somebody, are afraid of something. They know
that there is a power somewhere so organized, so subtle, so watchful, so interlocked, so complete, so
pervasive, that they better not speak above their breath when they speak in condemnation of it.” – Woodrow
Wilson, Traitor in Chief, his words of lament after selling out his country.
The absolute reality of the matter is: Our nation

was officially CONQUERED lock stock and
barrel in 1913… we have since those days been
completely owned, completely controlled and
completely ruled through PROXY by a secret
occupying force: The Zionist Jew cartel... AKA:

The Shadow Government… The Hidden Masters.
One must understand that the creation of the FED did not occur in a vacuum; the ground for its creation was being
prepared and fertilized long before Wilson took office. The pretext for creation of the FED was formed by masterful
financial engineering of several panics and runs on the bank - and it became a fact of life under this system of
competing nationalized banks. In 1873, 1893, 1901, and 1907 significant panics caused a series of bank failures. The
plot for establishing FEDzilla was set into action within the chaos of World War I as the public distraction back drop
were their puppet (Wilson) pulled the trigger and the FED became the entity that would from then on financially
CONTROL the United States of America.
Remember the Wilson Doctrine of 1918 – 14 Points? In his famous address to Congress, using the occasion of the
Great War to propose ―his‖ blueprint to ―remake the world.‖ Many decades later we are still under the grip of Wilson‘s
ideas. Yet another noted agenda Woodrow Wilson was working hard to push for his Zionist masters was the
establishment of the League of Nations, the failed globalist predecessor of the United Nations. Let there be no
confusion as to the Woodrow administration being THE key turning point in American history opening the doors
and rolling out the red carpet for complete takeover by the Zionist elite. The banksters captured and enslaved our
people and country with their ungodly system of usury and DEBT as certainly as if they had marched in with a
uniformed army. You owe it to yourself to understand the full impact of the ECONOMIC RAPE OF AMERICA.
During the Zionist/Federal Reserve engineered great depression, Congressman Louis T. McFadden (who served twelve
years as Chairman of the Committee on Banking and Currency) asked for congressional investigations of criminal
conspiracy to establish the privately owned 'Federal Reserve System'. He requested impeachment of Federal officers
who had violated oaths of office both in establishing and directing the Federal Reserve. McFadden, quoted from his
own words In describing the FEDzilla:
"Mr. Chairman, we have in this country one of the most corrupt institutions the world has ever known. I refer
to the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal reserve banks. The Federal Reserve Board, a Government
Board, has cheated the Government of the United States and the people of the United States out of enough
money to pay the national debt. The depredations and the iniquities of the Federal Reserve Board and the
Federal reserve banks acting together have cost this country enough money to pay the national debt several
times over. This evil institution has impoverished and ruined the people of the United States; has
bankrupted itself, and has practically bankrupted our Government. It has done this through the
misadministration of that law by which the Federal Reserve Board, and through the corrupt practices of the
moneyed vultures who control it".
―Every effort has been made by the Federal Reserve Board to conceal its power but the truth is the Federal
Reserve Board has USURPED THE GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED STATES. IT CONTROLS
EVERYTING HERE AND IT CONTROLS ALL OUR FOREIGN RELATIONS. IT MAKES AND BREAKS
GOVERNMENTS AT WILL.‖
―Faithless government officers who have violated their oaths should be impeached and brought to trial.‖ -
McFadden
As has happened to anyone who went too far in attacking the FED, McFadden was subjected to 2 attempts on his life, a
failed shooting and an apparent poisoning that made him violently ill after attending a political banquet in Washington.
THE BANKERS MANIFESTO

Congressman Charles A. Lindbergh, Sr. revealed the Bankers Manifesto of 1892 to the U.S. Congress
somewhere between 1907 and 1917. [note: to put it into context, the manifesto was in effect prior to the
engineered financial crash of 1907 and the creation of the subsequent Federal Reserve]
“We (the bankers) must proceed with caution and guard every move made, for the lower order of people are
already showing signs of restless commotion. Prudence will therefore show a policy of apparently yielding to
the popular will until our plans are so far consummated that we can declare our designs without fear of any
organized resistance.
Organizations in the United States should be carefully watched by our trusted men, and we must take
immediate steps to control these organizations in our interest or disrupt them.
At the coming Omaha convention to be held July 4, 1892, our men must attend and direct its movement or
else there will be set on foot such antagonism to our designs as may require force to overcome.
This at the present time would be premature. We are not yet ready for such a crisis. Capital must protect itself
in every possible manner through combination (conspiracy) and legislation.
The courts must be called to our aid, debts must be collected, bonds and mortgages foreclosed as rapidly as
possible.
When, through the process of law, the common people have lost their homes, they will be more tractable and
easily governed through the influence of the strong arm of the government applied to a central power of
imperial wealth under the control of the leading financiers.
People without homes will not quarrel with their leaders. History repeats itself in regular cycles. This truth is
well known among our principal men who are engaged in forming an imperialism of the world. While they are
doing this, the people must be kept in a state of political antagonism.
The question of tariff reform must be urged through the organization known as the Democratic Party, and the
question of protection with the reciprocity must be forced to view through the Republican Party.
By thus dividing voters, we can get them to expend their energies in fighting over questions of no importance
to us, except as teachers to the common herd. Thus, by discrete actions, we can secure all that has been so
generously planned and successfully accomplished.”
The FED was illegally established, shoved down our throats, on December 23rd of 1913 while everyone was on
vacation. The all out cries in opposition from furious leaders couldn‘t stop it. Even after the FED (by contracting the
money supply by one third) with the help of the corrupt powerful banksters engineered the 1929 collapse, no one could
stop it. Nothing any respected leader could say or do has ever been able to stop them. Even after the intense efforts of
McFadden pleading congress to do something, in the end, the FED prevailed as always. For good measure, soon after
that, they stripped the U.S. of its gold when they remove the gold standard further transforming it from the once great
wealth laden country into a debt addicted nation now on the verge of becoming destitute.
Unbeknownst to the greatest scientists and scholars on earth, there is hard rock evidence, proof of the existence of
BLACK HOLES. One of many black holes is located right here in America, it is called the ―FED‖ or Federal Reserve
Bank. This is where America‘s wealth gets sucked into and vanishes. No scientist, government official, not even the
President of our country knows how the FED operates; NO ONE other then the Zionist insiders who control it know
anything about its operation. NO ONE, not even the U.S. Treasury Dept has EVER seen their accounting ledgers, their
books, never audited or anything, EVER. It operates in a dense vacuum in time and space, in its own secret alien world
where no goyim has ever stood. Behold: proof positive that black holes do in fact exist in this world!
"The powers of financial capitalism had [a] far-reaching aim, nothing less than to create a world system of
financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of
the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world
acting in concert, by secret agreements arrived at in frequent private meetings and conferences." - Dr. Carroll
Quigley, "Tragedy and Hope", 1966
The apex of the system was to be the Bank for International Settlements in Basel, Switzerland, a private bank owned
and controlled by the world‘s central banks which were themselves private corporations.
Private Control of the global economy - it's already happened and "The BIS has now become the apex of the system ..."
Ellen Brown
THE MARBURG PLAN

The Marburg Plan, financed by Andrew Carnegie's ample heritage, was produced in the early years of the
twentieth century. It suggests premeditation for this kind of superficial schizophrenia, which in fact masks
an integrated program of power acquisition: "What then if Carnegie and his unlimited wealth, the
international financiers and the Socialists could be organized in a movement to compel the formation of a
league to enforce peace."8
The governments of the world, according to the Marburg Plan, were to be socialized while the ultimate
power would remain in the hands of the international financiers "to control its councils and enforce peace
[and so] provide a specific for all the political ills of mankind."9
This idea was knit with other elements with similar objectives. Lord Milner in England provides the transatlantic
example of banking interests recognizing the virtues and possibilities of Marxism. Milner was a banker,
influential in British wartime policy, and pro-Marxist.10 In New York the socialist "X" club was founded in 1903.
It counted among its members not only the Communist Lincoln Steffens, the socialist William English Walling,
and the Communist banker Morris Hillquit, but also John Dewey, James T. Shotwell, Charles Edward Russell,
and Rufus Weeks (vice president of New York Life Insurance Company). The annual meeting of the Economic
Club in the Astor Hotel, New York, witnessed socialist speakers. In 1908, when A. Barton Hepburn, president of
Chase National Bank, was president of the Economic Club, the main speaker was the aforementioned Morris
Hillquit, who "had abundant opportunity to preach socialism to a gathering which represented wealth and
financial interests."11
From these unlikely seeds grew the modern internationalist movement, which included not only the financiers
Carnegie, Paul Warburg, Otto Kahn, Bernard Baruch, and Herbert Hoover, but also the Carnegie Foundation and
its progeny International Conciliation. The trustees of Carnegie were, as we have seen, prominent on the board of
American International Corporation. In 1910 Carnegie donated $10 million to found the Carnegie Endowment for
International Peace, and among those on the board of trustees were Elihu Root (Root Mission to Russia, 1917),
Cleveland H. Dodge (a financial backer of President Wilson), George W. Perkins (Morgan partner), G. J. Balch
(AIC and Amsinck), R. F. Herrick (AIC), H. W. Pritchett (AIC), and other Wall Street luminaries. Woodrow
Wilson came under the powerful influence of — and indeed was financially indebted to — this group of
internationalists. As Jennings C. Wise has written, "Historians must never forget that Woodrow Wilson... made
it possible for Leon Trotsky to enter Russia with an American passport."12
But Leon Trotsky also declared himself an internationalist. We have remarked with some interest his high-level
internationalist connections, or at least friends, in Canada. Trotsky then was not pro-Russian, or pro-Allied, or
pro-German, as many have tried to make him out to be. Trotsky was for world revolution, for world dictatorship;
he was, in one word, an internationalist.13 Bolshevists and bankers have then this significant common ground —
internationalism. Revolution and international finance are not at all inconsistent if the result of revolution is to
establish more centralized authority. International finance prefers to deal with central governments. The last thing
the banking community wants is laissez-faire economy and decentralized power because these would disperse
power.
This, therefore, is an explanation that fits the evidence. This handful of bankers and promoters was not
Bolshevik, or Communist, or socialist, or Democrat, or even American. Above all else these men wanted
markets, preferably captive international markets — and a monopoly of the captive world market as the
ultimate goal. They wanted markets that could be exploited monopolistically without fear of competition from
Russians, Germans, or anyone else — including American businessmen outside the charmed circle. This closed
group was apolitical and amoral. In 1917, it had a single-minded objective — a captive market in Russia, all
presented under, and intellectually protected by, the shelter of a league to enforce the peace. – [from the book
Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution, by Anthony C. Sutton]
Do you think that the Zionist bankers were just taking over the American banking system as an isolated instance? In no
way shape or form was America alone in having its banking system purged from the rule of its country. England was
light years ahead of us, their central bank called the Bank of England had been in private Zionist hands centuries ago.
There were so many Zionist owned and controlled central banks in existence that they had to established the
granddaddy coordinator of them all: The Bank for International Settlements (BIS), the central bank to the world‘s
central banks. The Zionist elites chose one of their own trusted lieutenants by then name of Young to establish the BIS.
Zionist Jew elite Owen D. Young, (President and CEO of General Electric, founder of Radio Corporation of America
(RCA) and National Broadcast Company (NBC) co-author of the 1924 Dawes Plan, member of the Board of Trustees
of the Rockefeller Foundation and was Deputy Chairman of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York). Young's
participation in President Woodrow Wilson's Second Industrial Conference following World War I marked the
beginning of his ―counseling‖ of five U.S. presidents. This man was a key Zionist mover and shaker that helped steer
Wilson, carve out FEDzilla and firmly establish the foundation of Zionist rule here in America.
The BIS emerged from the Young Committee set up in 1929, which was created to handle the settlements of ―German
reparations‖ payments (a grand Zionist bankster scheme to fleece billions out of Germany, most of which would end
up in bank‘s coffers) outlined in the Versailles Treaty of 1919. The Committee was headed by Young. As the main
American delegate to the conference on German reparations, he was also accompanied by J.P. Morgan, Jr. What
emerged was the Young Plan for German reparations payments.
The Plan went into effect in 1930, following the stock market crash. Part of the Plan entailed the creation of an
international settlement organization, which was formed in 1930, and known as the Bank for International Settlements
(BIS). It was purportedly designed to facilitate and coordinate the reparations payments of Weimar Germany to the
Allied powers. However, its secondary function, which is much more secretive, and much more important, was to act
as ―a coordinator of the operations of central banks around the world.‖ Described as ―a bank for central banks,‖ the
BIS ―is a private institution with shareholders but it does operations for public agencies. Such operations are kept
strictly confidential so that the public is usually unaware of most of the BIS operations.‖
The BIS was founded by Zionist Jew cartel and Rothschild‘s (fyi: five Rothschild sons, each long ago formed his own
banks in each of their assigned countries then later become key controllers, morphed and or merge into central banks)
―the central banks of Belgium, France, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, Japan, and the United Kingdom along with
three leading commercial banks from the United States, including J.P. Morgan & Company, First National Bank of
New York, and First National Bank of Chicago. Each central bank subscribed to 16,000 shares and the three U.S.
banks also subscribed to this same number of shares.‖ However, ―Only central banks have voting power.‖
Central bank members have bi-monthly meetings at the BIS where they discuss a variety of issues. It should be noted
that most ―of the transactions carried out by the BIS on behalf of central banks require the utmost secrecy,‖
which is likely why most people have not even heard of it. The BIS can offer central banks ―confidentiality and secrecy
which is higher than a triple-A rated bank.‖
The BIS was established ―to remedy the decline of London as the world‘s financial center by providing a mechanism
by which a world with three chief financial centers in London, New York, and Paris could still operate as one.‖ As
Carroll Quigley explained:
―The [elite Zionist Jew] powers of financial capitalism had another far-reaching aim, nothing less
than to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political
system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled in
a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreements arrived
at in frequent private meetings and conferences. The apex of the system was to be the Bank for
International Settlements in Basle, Switzerland, a private bank owned and controlled by the world‘s
central banks which were themselves private corporations.‖
The BIS, is, without a doubt, the key coordinating, most important, powerful, and secretive financial institution in the
world.
"States, most especially the large hegemonic ones, such as the United States and Great Britain, are controlled
by the international central banking system, working through secret agreements at the Bank for International
Settlements (BIS), and operating through national central banks (such as the Bank of England and the
Federal Reserve)... The same international banking cartel that controls the United States today previously
controlled Great Britain and held it up as the international hegemon. When the British order faded, and was
replaced by the United States, the US ran the global economy. However, the same interests are served. States
will be used and discarded at will by the international banking cartel; they are simply tools." - Andrew Gavin
Marshall
Our nation, once the bastion of wealth with storehouses of gold and silver as far as the eyes can see has been swindled
out of its wealth by its central bank, the Federal Reserve. In place of the entire kingdom‘s treasure the robber barons
replaced all our nation‘s precious metals and real wealth with tons and tons of PAPER. The next day the people awoke
to find all the paper that was exchanged for the nation‘s treasure, they bowed to the Zionist Jew bankster robber barons
thanking them for the wonderful beautiful engraved paper instruments...
Edward Mandell House had this to say in a private meeting with President Woodrow Wilson:
―Very soon every American will be required to register their biological property in a national system
designed to keep track of the people and that will operate under the ancient system of pledging. By
such methodology, we can compel people to submit to our agenda, which will affect our security as a
charge back for our fiat paper currency.
Every American will be forced to register or suffer being able to work and earn a living. They will be
our chattels (property) and we will hold the security interest over them forever, by operation of the
law merchant under the scheme of secured transactions. Americans, by unknowingly or unwittingly
delivering the bills of lading (Birth Certificate) to us will be rendered bankrupt and insolvent, secured
by their pledges.
They will be stripped of their rights and given a commercial value designed to make us a profit and
they will be none the wiser, for not one man in a million could ever figure our plans and, if by accident
one or two should figure it out, we have in our arsenal plausible deniability. After all, this is the only
logical way to fund government, by floating liens and debts to the registrants in the form of benefits
and privileges.
This will inevitably reap us huge profit beyond our wildest expectations and leave every American a
contributor to this fraud, which we will call 'Social Insurance'. Without realizing it, every American
will unknowingly be our servant, however begrudgingly. The people will become helpless and without
any hope for their redemption and we will employ the high office (presidency) of our dummy
corporation (USA) to foment this plot against America.‖
Colonel Edward Mandel House – Investor/Banker, (illuminati agent) Diplomat, and close advisor to Pres.
Woodrow Wilson, He and Wilson composed the famous "Fourteen Points" speech. House was instrumental in:
getting Wilson elected, in establishing the Council on Foreign Relations, Versailles Treaty, League of Nations
(which required America to surrender its sovereignty to the world government) and In 1913, House helped to
pick the charter members of the original Federal Reserve Board. House was on the Council of Ten and The
Round Table Group. He supported U.S. membership in the League of Nations, World Court and the Permanent
Court of International Justice.
In 1910 Col. Edward Mandell House wrote a novel called Philip Dru: Administrator: A Story of Tomorrow, in
which the title character became the sinister dictator of America. Published anonymously under the guise of
fiction, the book nevertheless paralleled real events of the time concerning House's own influential and tactical
role in shaping U.S. policies with collectivist objectives. A political advisor to President Woodrow Wilson,
who affectionately called him his alter ego, House was even provided living quarters within the White
House during that administration. For nearly a century since Wilson's presidency we've seen this
collectivist agenda advanced by way of perpetual interventionism abroad and centralization of power at
home.
The people at the heart of engineering the "globalization" scheme are none other than the world Zionist Jew banksters.
Who have throughout history been funding BOTH SIDES to every war, every conflict, for generations on end. Point
blank, the single most powerful group of people who unanimously control almost all the world‘s premier banks
are the Zionist Jews. To deny this is to deny bedrock written in stone FACTS. Go ahead and cry anti-Semite!!!!!!!
Call me a ―self hating Jew‖, The TRUTH is the truth, like it or not, hide your head in the mud, it does NOT change this
staggering TRUE fundamental fact. Look up the names of all the key people running all the world‘s central banks, the
most prominent investment houses, precious metals and gemstone syndicates for yourself! Who do you think owns the
diamond monopoly? The Oppenheimer empire were the prime rulers of that realm, and they were financed entirely by
Zionist Jew banking cartel and of course the Rothschilds had a big slice of that pie.
In order to properly understand the mind-boggling repeating control freak/monopolistic theme of the Jewish people we
must look back in time, way back: The staggering fact is undeniable; Jews are the ONLY people throughout history
that always manage to get EXPELLED out of every nation! They were EXPELLED from the land of Egypt, Rome,
France, Spain, England, Portugal, Germany, Europe, Arab countries, and so on. Gee… there seems to be more
than meets the eye here… The singular common denominator, the great sin of the Jews seems to always be
monopolizing USURY, money, investments, finance and subjugating their fellow man as well as nations with these.
As if it was engraved in their DNA. When they enter a market en-mass, they operate in unison to suffocate all rivals
until they are the ones dominating and controlling the markets. For some remarkable reason throughout all of history
this ethnic group of people always swarms like flies to money. They are so closely connected, so closely conspiring, so
closely tight knitted, so devious that they always seem to gradually, methodically work their ways into the host
countries‘ major financial back bone and like a killer parasite, latching onto a host then slowly sucking it dry, finally
overpowering then financially overtaking it through their money cartels.
On The Jews and Their Lies, 1543 by Martin Luther (1483-1546). Written over 450 years ago, yet as relevant and
truthful today as it was when it was written by the world famous Martin Luther way back then. Was he also an ―evil
slanderous anti-Semite‖ or just another person simply documenting the rampant lies and modus operandi of the Jews?
Sorry, this is NOT anti-Semitism… it‘s called the bare naked TRUTH. In each case where the Jews were expelled out
of each country it was only after the Jewish control of the financial markets became so overwhelming, so suffocating,
so destructive to the country that the kings really had no other realistic option on how to deal with the ―Jewish
Problem‖ other than to kick them all out and reclaim all the ill-gotten wealth.
You see, when the Jews take over an industry such as the usury industry that seems to run deep in their veins and blood
vessels, permeating their entire being, they are so secretive and exclusively confined to themselves that they literally
form Jewish cabals, cartels, monopolies, thus locking everyone else (the Goyims) out, the real kicker is the synergy
factor of this action. Using OPM (other people‘s money) they ensnare the goyim under DEBT, as the interest
compounds, their wealth amasses and grows exponentially, the results are none other than spectacular phenomenal
financial growth within their private cartel.
They make key sweetheart deals exclusively with their own kind. Since the money gets ―sucked in‖ but never really
leaves the ―Jew Realm‖ and just accumulates, they further expand their scope, they then finance their own Zionist
people in other fields of endeavor. When they ―retire‖ filthy rich, they all become ―philanthropists‖ establish front
organizations, further funneling their personal massive fortunes to their own kind and support Zionist agendas. That‘s
exactly how the Jew domination works in a nutshell. Their advanced synergetic unity based relationship is not a fluke,
for it is instilled deep in the hearts and minds of all Jews. Their greatest strength is their exclusive racial cohesion…
I attended a major Zionist conference recently, they constantly referred to their thing as: ―Kol Israel Arevim Ze la ze.‖
In essence what this means is ―the people of Israel are responsible for one another.‖ Now THAT is how THEY roll.
On the other hand they want, nourish and encourage all of the rest of the world to remain divided, bickering, competing
and fighting amongst one another… while they remain the ONLY group in existence that are truly unified.
Carefully reviewing history one can see that modern Jewish control of all world finance truly began in the 1700s
with the ―Court Jew‖. The master "craft" of insider finance and economics was passed on by generation to generation
within the Jewish community until giants emerged to dominate the entire financial landscape. Some are like "gods"
among men, these are literally king makers and breakers. Such as the one of the key elite ruling families, the
Rothschilds, who's power was so pervasive that Mayer Amschel Rothschild proudly boasted "permit me to issue and
control the money of a nation and I care not who makes it's laws", now that‘s what I call bona fide ―GANGSTA!‖
These people who wield wealth in the TRILLIONS of dollars are NOT listed on Forbes richest people magazine... you
will NEVER see their names listed in ANY such list, for these TRILLIONAIRES run massive networks of businesses
and organizations that cleverly conceal the true nature of their wealth, no government body dares even try to take a
peek at their real wealth. I would also like to add the fact that the Knights Templars were of Jewish decent, is it any
wonder why they quickly became so wealthy as the money changers of their days?
You have to really sit back and admire the sheer audacity and magnificence of the Jewish ingenuity and how they rule
by PROXY. After they get iron fist control of markets and secured their wealth they all form "philanthropic"
organizations. Hundreds of billions of dollars are then strategically funneled into their ―golly gee caring, warm, loving
and fuzzy‖ ―philanthropic‖ organizations, yet what have any of these organizations done to truly help the world?
NOTHING. For they are mostly all just slush fund Front Groups. Those organizations are there to fulfill the sole
purpose of supporting and advancing The Jewish ―GOD GIVEN‖ mandate of ruling the entire world. Oh sure, every
now and then one of the large philanthropic organizations will come out with a well publicized freebee for the goyim
pheasants, in order to keep up the charade that they are really doing good for all mankind.
Behold here is the clue of clues to identifying the elite of the elite: just identify the founders of the largest most wealthy
Trusts and Foundations and you will be right on track of understanding the whos whos of power players. For once the
elite make their mark in the business world, they literally take their fortunes UNDERGROUND by establishing
foundations and trusts which are used to strategically channel large amounts of money and investments supporting the
matrix consortium agendas.
Talking about front groups, another important note I must include in this section are the pathetic excuse if not outright
fraud of what portrays themselves as ―regulatory agencies‖ in America. In almost every single case the ―regulatory‖
agency is nothing more than a rubber stamp organization of the establishment members that claim to ―regulate‖ the
industry. When in reality almost all the time it is industry insiders who RUN the ―regulatory‖ agencies! Doh! In
actuality what the agencies REAL mission is to weed out the playing field and keep outsiders out by fining them to
death and making it nearly impossible for unsanctioned outsiders to function within that industry.
What we witness in the case of almost every regulatory agency is captive agency phenomena where the agency that is
supposed to regulate is controlled by the people they are supposed to control.
Take the SEC for instance. With all the rampant greed and corruption in the past decade you would think they would
have been busy 24/7 handing out indictments. Nope. The past entire decade they seemed to have been closed for
renovations or just out on vacation or something. Even as Jim Cramer was recently publically humiliated by John
Stewart for his videotaped statements describing how rampant the unadulterated fraud was by the Wall Street
fraud status quo and how the SEC just turns a blind eye. For all intents and purposes according to the inaction of
the SEC there were virtually no wrong doings in existence in the entire financial sector for a decade, they let Madoff
run the world‘s largest ponzi scheme, for it was virtually impossible that IF they were doing their job they would NOT
have noticed that this guy NEVER MADE ONE SINGLE TRADE yet was somehow operating a prestigious well
known fund… Nope, nothing out of normal here, Madoff and the entire industry had the past decade of unprecedented
complete wanton financial orgy while… hold on… the SEC did prosecute one high profile evil sinister goyim
financial fraudster out there in that usury decadent decade: Martha Stewart! (lol)
While Zionist Jew Madoff was running the con of millennium to the tune of $60 BILLION, we are lead to believe that
no one noticed, but on the other hand they spot the needle in the hay stack, they busted Martha Stewart in what
resembled more of a sting operation conjured up by DEA style drug enforcement agents than anything else… She was
SETUP. The criminal Martha Stewart was indicted and imprisoned for something along the value of what?
$45,000.00…. chump change in her world and in Wall Street world, meanwhile the real criminals are fleecing you for
decades on end in the tune of billions upon billions of dollars while the SEC turns a blind eye. For instance, after the
fact ―a SEC attorney later testified that it took only "a few days" and "a phone call" to confirm that Madoff had never
traded a dime.‖
The do-nothing SEC commissioner and his minions had Bernie right under their noses and still couldn't smell him?
Not. Examiners who asked tough questions—notably SEC attorney Genevievette Walker-Lightfoot—were reassigned
before they could make a case. Christopher Cox was just one in a series of SEC heads—Arthur Levitt, Harvey Pitt,
William Donaldson—who missed the elephant in the room. Even Madoff was "astonished" when, in 2006, he gave
SEC sleuths his DTC account number to verify his trading activities—and nothing happened. "I thought it was the end,
game over," Madoff later recalled. In October, two New York-based investors sued the federal government for $2.4
million in damages, alleging "gross negligence" by the SEC. The agency has not fired a single employee over the
Madoff affair.
Only Bernie and one other goyim conspirator have been prosecuted, while his entire family who were clearly
(according to the evidence) involved up to their eyeballs are having the time of their lives running around scot free.
At least a half dozen family members that were KEY employees, thus OBVIOUSLY KNEW what was really going on,
and were totally in on the scam, each having pulled out hundreds of millions of dollars from the scam and are still
walking free as a bird. The agreement Bernie made with his Zionist comrades running the ―regulatory agency‖ that
were supposedly policing the industry was: since the gig was up and the whole world now knew, this left no other
option other than to turn himself in to satisfy the public‘s demand for blood, with the public distracted and satisfied that
someone ―paid‖ with imprisonment they could then leave his family to walk free of charges, despite tons of
overwhelming EVIDENCE of their involvement. Nothing else to see here folks, now run along.
What you don‘t know is WHY they picked Martha and then blew the whole case out of proportion turning it into a
three ring circus in the news. First was the HYPE FACTOR to make it look that they are on top of things ―regulating‖
the markets. The REAL reason the ruling elite had the SEC toppled Martha Stewart was to gain control of her
fantastically growing Omnimedia empire. The ONLY stipulation in her indictment, arrest and imprisonment was
that she relinquish the top executive control over Omnimedia and NEVER have it back. Golly gee, I wonder who
they set up as CEO to run things at Omnimedia…. None other than Zionist Jew Charles Koppelman. This my dear
friends is how the Zionist ruling elite roll. The Zionist SEC is just another mighty weapon they wield to regulate
participation in THEIR markets. It is all their game, their ballpark, and you my friend are just an clueless spectator
while those who play ball in their field of dreams must pay their dues, follow their rules and bow to the ruling masters
or suffer the consequences.
Another important factor of the whole Martha Stewart case was in fact just claiming she lied to the FBI. She did NOT
possess INSIDER INFORMATION, what is really going on with this nonsense is creating a giant DISTRACTION to
make the people THINK that the courts ard the Justice Department are really protecting the public rather than the
"Club" for by putting Martha on trial, they create the image that no one is above the law. The real problem is, judges,
prosecutors, and their friends are UNTOUCHABLE!
Another interesting elimination was the Hunt Brothers who tried to corner the silver market back in the 70s, they were
not Jewish Zionists, not part of "the system." It has been claimed that their motive for attempting to corner the market
was for combating the FED monopoly and creating a competing currency. Whatever the case may be the fact remains
that the Hunt brothers were systematically annihilated by "the establishment" for their daring to step out of line and for
daring to challenge "the establishment." Information about the Hunt Silver event has been made scarce; to this day it is
hard to find any interviews, manifestos or any information at all by or about the Hunt brothers. It is as if they, their
billion dollar dynasty, and their attempt to corner the market never existed...
A very, very interesting figure to appear on the national scene has been Peter Schiff (currently operating Euro Pacific
Capital), great grandson of legendary Jacob Schiff, of the great Zionist master banking families who rule the monetary
world, The House of Schiff. (Master shill alert!) Most fascinating is that he has latched onto the coattails of
constitutional libertarian, true blue patriot Ron Paul‘s bandwagon. What we have here is a truly amazing awe
inspiring glimpse of the fascinating unadulterated ingenuity of the Zionist ruling elite, as they work ALL sides of
the fences. Here they pose one of their own pure breed, family heirs posing as one of ―the truthers.‖ Peter Schiff has
recently been coming off as a gifted PROPHET with his uncanny, ―magical‖ calling of the entire financial world
events, and completely blowing away the current financial establishment with his ―prophetic‖ words of truth.
Behold: For as we witness the Zionists play all sides of the fences, in the deliberate destruction of the ―old economic
world order‖, we are also witnessing the setting up of and building of credibility and strategic beginning of the NEW
ECONOMIC WORLD ORDER apparatus…
The Trail of Blood

Abraham Lincoln
Lincoln's Birthday gives us an appropriate opportunity to examine some deep American traditions which may also
give us some unusual insights into the "principalities and powers" of Ephesians Chapter 6.
Abraham Lincoln worked valiantly to prevent the Rothschild's attempts to involve themselves in financing the Civil
War.
Interestingly, it was the Czar of Russia who provided the needed assistance against the British and French, who
were among the driving forces behind the secession of the South and her subsequent financing. Russia intervened
by providing naval forces for the Union blockade of the South in European waters, and by letting both countries
know that if they attempted to join the Confederacy with military forces, they would also have to go to war with
Russia.
The Rothschild interests did succeed, through their agent Treasury Secretary Salmon P. Chase, to force a bill (the
National Banking Act) through Congress creating a federally chartered central bank that had the power to issue U.S.
Bank Notes. Afterward, Lincoln warned the American people:
"The money power preys upon the nation in time of peace and conspires against it in times of adversity. It is more
despotic than monarchy, more insolent than autocracy, more selfish than bureaucracy. I see in the near future a
crisis approaching that unnerves me, and causes me to tremble for the safety of our country. Corporations have been
enthroned, an era of corruption will follow, and the money power of the country will endeavor to prolong its reign
by working upon the prejudices of the people, until the wealth is aggregated in a few hands, and the republic is
destroyed. "4
Lincoln continued to fight against the central bank, and some now believe that it was his anticipated success in
influencing Congress to limit the life of the Bank of the United States to just the war years that was the motivating
factor behind his assassination.
The Lone Assassin Myth is Born
Modern researchers have uncovered evidence of a massive conspiracy that links the following parties to the Bank of
Rothschild:5 Lincoln's Secretary of War Edwin Stanton, John Wilkes Booth, his eight co-conspirators, and over
seventy government officials and businessmen involved in the conspiracy.
When Booth's diary was recovered by Stanton's troops, it was delivered to Stanton. When it was later produced
during the investigation, eighteen pages had been ripped out. These pages, containing the aforementioned names,
were later found in the attic of one of Stanton's descendants.
From Booth's trunk, a coded message was found that linked him directly to Judah P. Benjamin, the Civil War
campaign manager in the South for the House of Rothschild. When the war ended, the key to the code was found in
Benjamin's possession.
The assassin, portrayed as a crazed lone gunman with a few radical friends, escaped by way of the only bridge in
Washington not guarded by Stanton's troops.
"Booth" was located hiding in a barn near Port Royal, Virginia, three days after escaping from Washington. He was
shot by a soldier named Boston Corbett, who fired without orders. Whether or not the man killed was Booth is still
a matter of contention, but the fact remains that whoever it was, he had no chance to identify himself. It was
Secretary of War Edwin Stanton who made the final identification. Some now believe that a dupe was used and that
the real John Wilkes Booth escaped with Stanton's assistance.
Mary Todd Lincoln, upon hearing of her husband's death, began screaming, "Oh, that dreadful house!" Earlier
historians felt that this spontaneous utterance referred to the White House. Some now believe it may have been
directed to Thomas W. House, a gun runner, financier, and agent of the Rothschild's during the Civil War, who was
linked to the anti-Lincoln, pro-banker interests.6
The Federal Reserve
Another myth that all Americans live with is the charade known as the "Federal Reserve." It comes as a shock to
many to discover that it is not an agency of the United States Government.
The name "Federal Reserve Bank" was designed to deceive, and it still does. It is not federal, nor is it owned by the
government. It is privately owned.7 It pays its own postage like any other corporation. Its employees are not in civil
service. Its physical property is held under private deeds, and is subject to local taxation. Government property, as
you know, is not.
It is an engine that has created private wealth that is unimaginable, even to the most financially sophisticated. It has
enabled an imperial elite to manipulate our economy for its own agenda and enlisted the government itself as its
enforcer. It controls the times, dictates business, affects our homes and practically everything in which we are
interested.
It takes powerful force to maintain an empire, and this one is no different. The concerns of the leadership of the
"Federal Reserve" and its secretive international benefactors appear to go well beyond currency and interest rates.
Andrew Jackson
Andrew Jackson was the first President from west of the Appalachians. He was unique for the times in being elected
by the voters, without the direct support of a recognized political organization. He vetoed the renewal of the charter
for the Bank of the United States on July 10, 1832.
In 1835, President Andrew Jackson declared his disdain for the international bankers:
"You are a den of vipers. I intend to rout you out, and by the Eternal God I will rout you out. If the people only
understood the rank injustice of our money and banking system, there would be a revolution before morning."8
There followed an (unsuccessful) assassination attempt on President Jackson's life. Jackson had told his vice
president, Martin Van Buren, "The bank, Mr. Van Buren, is trying to kill me...."9
Was this the beginning of a pattern of intrigue that would plague the White House itself over the coming decades?
Was his (and Lincoln's) death related by an invisible thread to the international bankers?
James Garfield
President James Abram Garfield, our 20th President, had previously been Chairman of the House Committee on
Appropriations and was an expert on fiscal matters. (Upon his election, among other things, he appointed an
unpopular collector of customs at New York, whereupon the two Senators from New York--Roscoe Conkling and
Thomas Platt--resigned their seats.)
President Garfield openly declared that whoever controls the supply of currency would control the business and
activities of all the people. After only four months in office, President Garfield was shot at a railroad station on July
2, 1881. Another coincidence.
John F. Kennedy
President John F. Kennedy planned to exterminate the Federal Reserve System. In 1963 he signed Executive Orders
EO-11 and EO-110, returning to the government the responsibility to print money, taking that privilege away from
the Federal Reserve System.10
Shortly thereafter, President John F. Kennedy was assassinated.11 The professional, triangulated fire that executed
the President of the United States is not the most shocking issue. The high- level coordination that organized the
widespread coverup is manifest evidence of the incredible power of a "hidden government" behind the scenes.
(Sound preposterous? Read Kill Zone, by Craig Roberts for an update on the events in Dealey Plaza.)
The Trail of Blood Continues
In the 70's and 80's, Congressman Larry P. McDonald spearheaded efforts to expose the hidden holdings and
intentions of the international money interests. His efforts ended on August 31, 1983, when he was killed when
Korean Airlines 007 was "accidentally" shot down in Soviet airspace. A strange coincidence, it would seem.
Senator John Heinz and former Senator John Tower had served on powerful Senate banking and finance committees
and were outspoken critics of the Federal Reserve and the Eastern Establishment. On April 4, 1991, Senator John
Heinz was killed in a plane crash near Philadelphia.12 On the next day, April 5, 1991, former Senator John Tower
was also killed in a plane crash. The coincidences seem to mount.13
Attempts to just audit the Federal Reserve continue to meet with failure. It is virtually impossible to muster support
for any issue that has the benefit of a media blackout.14 (The bizarre but tragic reality that the American people
suffer from a managed and controlled media is a subject for another discussion.)
Beginning of a Series
For many years, numerous authors have attempted to sound the alarm that there exists a hidden "shadow
government" that actually rules America. Most of us have dismissed these "conspiracy theory" views as extremist
and unrealistic. However, when I had the opportunity to have lunch with Otto von Habsburg,15 Member of the
European Parliament, he made two remarks that caught my attention. The first was: "The ignorance in America is
overwhelming." Indeed, the contrast in general awareness of world affairs between the average American and the
average European is striking.
It was his second observation that really provoked me: "The concentration of power in America is frightening."16
As a reasonably circumspect senior executive, having spent three decades in international finance and viewing
America as a broadly based representative democracy, his remark shocked me. It prompted me to do some more
homework. The results of my inquiries are most disturbing.
Is the predicted One World Government distant, or is it on the immediate threshold? How would one tell when it is
imminent? We will address some of these issues in future articles.
Sources:
1. Wardner, James W., The Planned Destruction of America, Longwood Communications, 397 Kingslake
Drive, DeBarry, FL, 1994. (407) 774-1991. A "must read."
2. Roberts, Craig, Kill Zone, Consolidated Press International, 1994. Fascinating expos‚ on the assassination
of John F. Kennedy. Paul, Ron, The Ron Paul Survival Report (a newsletter by a former congressman on
monetary issues, personal survival, etc.), P.O. Box 602, Lake Jackson, TX, 77566.
(A comprehensive list of similar resources is also included in the notes to The Vortex Strategy, Volume 2.)
Notes:
1. Briefing Packages Iron Mixed with Clay: The Emergent European Suprastate; Mystery of Babylon;
Daniel's Seventy Weeks; et al.
2. 2 Corinthians 2:11.
3. Ephesians 6:12.
4. Roberts, Archibald E., Bulletin--Committee to Restore the Constitution, Feb. 1989, p. 6; H.S. Kennan, The
Federal Reserve Bank, p. 9; James W. Wardner, The Planned Destruction of America, p. 23.
5. Roberts, Craig, Kill Zone, p. 170.
6. Thomas W. House was the father of "Colonel" Edward Mandell House who later became the key player in
the election of Woodrow Wilson and the passage of the Federal Reserve Act.
7. Lewis vs. United States, Ninth Circuit Court, Apr. 17, 1982.
8. Roberts, Archibald E., Bulletin--Committee to Restore the Constitution, Feb. 1989, p. 5.
9. Schlesinger Jr., Arthur M., The Age of Jackson, Mentor Books, NY, 1945, p. 6-7.
10. Roberts, Craig, Kill Zone, Typhoon Press, Consolidated Press International, 1994, p. 189.
11. For a current summary of what really happened at Dealey Plaza, read Craig Robert's Kill Zone.
12. Kah, Gary H., En Route to Global Occupation, Huntington House Publishers, Lafayette, LA, 1992, p. 19.
13. ibid., p. 18.
14. ibid., p. 19-20.
15. His father ruled Europe until the end of the Austrian-Hungarian Empire in 1918.
16. Personal UPDATE, November 1993, p. 4-8.
Let it also be perfectly understood: Many if not most of the prominent ―philanthropic‖ organizations throughout the
world are nothing more than shrewd calculating SLUSH-FUNDS established to subsidize and work in in
utterconcert with the ruling elite agendas. No one pays attention and scrutinizes the activities of philanthropic
organizations, thus they possess virtually free reign in funding ruling elite black ops (hidden, undercover, indirect)
subversion projects.
Prominent leaders of industry ―retire‖ and work behind the scenes by joining the exclusive ultra secretive
―philanthropy clubs‖, establishing FRONT ORANIZATIONS to disperse their fortunes and help fund the globalist
agendas by means of utilizing protected and overlooked entities often called ―Foundations.‖ These are none other than
sophisticated secret SLUSH-FUNDS.
The list below has not been checked for accuracy, but is none the less hastily included here from the publication ―Basic
Statistics for Untied States Imperialism‖ for its attempt to display a mere tiny glimpse of a tiny fraction of the scope of
infiltration by entities operating today under false pretenses and concertedly working together in silently pushing
hidden agendas of the ruling elites.
Tip of the iceberg list of Prominent Front Groups used to advance the ruling elite‘s imperialist interests:
Adolph Coors Foundation: rightist propaganda slush-fund

AFL-CIO: CIA controlled labor organization
African American Institute: CIA front group
Al-Qaeda: Mossad and CIA joint venture, terrorist front group
American Bankers Association
American Council for International Commission of Jurists: CIA front
American Enterprise Foundation: Neo-con headquarters, rightist think-tank
American Federation of State, County, and Municipal Employees: CIA front
American Foreign Policy Council: rightist think-tank
American Friends of the Middle East: CIA front group
American Newspaper Guild: front group
American Society of African Culture: CIA front group
AIPAC: Zionist lobby front group
Blackwater: CIA front group
Brookings Institution: illuminati rightist think-tank, where students acclimated into Luciferian policies
Business Round Table
CANF: anti-Castro lobbyist
Cato Institute: Zionist controlled libertarian rightist think-tank
Carnegie Endowment: rightist think-tank
Center for Security Policy: neofascist rightist think-tank
Center for Strategic and International Studies: rightist think-tank
Committee for Economic Development
Competitive Enterprise Institute: rightist think-tank
Council for National Policy: rightwing theocratic front group
Council on Foreign Relations: NWO think-tank
Ethics and Public Policy Center: rightist think-tank
Ford Foundation: CIA front group
Fellowship Foundation: aka ―The Family‖ far rightwing, they hold the National Prayer Breakfast
Freedom Forum: rightist think-tank
Fund for International Social and Economic Education: CIA front group
Heritage Foundation: rightist think-tank
Hoover Institution: rightist think-tank
Hudson Institute: rightist think-tank
In-Q-Tel: CIA front for Zionist Central
Institute for International Economics: rightist think-tank
Institute for International Labor Research: CIA front group
International Development Foundation: CIA front group
International Institute for Strategic Studies: rightist think-tank
John M. Olin Foundation: rightist propaganda slush-fund
Koch Family Foundations: Zionist propaganda slush-fund
Liberty Lobby: neo-fascist agitprop
Lynde and Harry Bradley Foundation: rightist propaganda slush-fund
Manhattan Institute: rightist think-tank
National Center for Public Policy Research: Zionist/ Washington front group - Abramoff
National Education Association: CIA front group
National Endowment for Democracy: CIA front group

National Student Association: CIA front group
Project for a New American Century - PNAC: Major Neo-con think tank
Progress and Freedom Foundation: rightist think-tank
Progressive Policy Institute: rightist think-tank
RAND Corporation: rightist think-tank
Reason Foundation: rightist think-tank
Rockefeller Foundation: slush-fund
Scaife Family Foundations: Zionist propaganda slush-fund
Securities Exchange Commission
Smith Richardson Foundation: rightist propaganda slush-fund
Soros Foundation: Zionist front group
USAID: official humanitarian front used to control food politics
USIA: primary disseminator of official ―white propaganda‖
Voice of America: CIA-controlled radio
See also: SourceWatch
Like any other FRONT, our Federal Reserve is neither Federal nor public. It was founded and controlled by PRIVATE
interests from day one. Hey let‘s take a look to see who are the main men running the FED: Alan Greenspan was the
Chairman of the Fed for decades, oh, by the way, he is JEWISH. Who stepped in to take its place, Bernanke, oh, did I
mention that he is also JEWISH? The current board of directors of the FED consists of ALL Jewish appointees! Yes
you have heard it right, the entire Federal Reserve is run entirely by a Jewish cartel, look for yourself here. The FED‘s
top brass: Bernanke, Kohn, Warsh, Kroszner and Mishkin are all Jews, what a coincidence eh? Every single one of
them is a Jew. In many cases they no longer even bother appointing non Jews anymore to keep up the appearance of
neutrality. The ―non Jews‖ you do see as head of the financial firms have proven their undying loyalty to their masters.
The Jews also run the IMF, World Bank, Bank of International Settlements, Bank of England, etc., etc., etc. (actually,
There are now only 5 nations in the world left without a Zionist controlled central bank: Iran; North Korea;
Sudan; Cuba; and Libya). Hence the world is now ready for international financial consolidation under one global
economic Zionist monetary system…
Yes, the day Rothschild proclaimed that he didn't care who was the president as long as he was the man in charge of its
monetary system, was the day that he was so powerful that he could confidently publically admit his strategy yet
expect absolutely NO retribution or fallout. Now that's pure unadulterated bad ass power. One of our ex-presidents,
James Garfield basically admits the same thing when he admitted: "whoever controls the volume of money in any
country is absolute master of all industry and commerce."
Well folks these are just the public figures appointed to positions that the rest of the world sees, the FED has been
under direct Jewish rule since day one of its establishment in the 1913 Monetary Coup D d‘état of America was
perpetrated. Later on that same year the IRS was established FOR THE SOLE PURPOSE of paying the Federal
Reserve all the interest it would milk our country for in the decades to come.
“The Illuminati bankers rule the world through debt, which is money they create out of nothing. They need
world government to ensure no country defaults or tries to overthrow them. As long as private bankers,
instead of governments, create money the human race is doomed. These bankers and their allies have
bought everything and everyone.” - Henry Makow
41 Facts About The History Of Central Banks In The United States That
Our Children Are No Longer Taught In
School
Today, most American students don't even understand what a
central bank is, much less that the battle over central banks is
one of the most important themes in U.S. history. The truth is
that our nation was birthed in the midst of a conflict over
taxation and the control of our money. Central banking has
played a key role in nearly all of the wars that America has
fought. Presidents that resisted the central bankers were shot,
while others shamefully caved in to their demands. Our
current central bank is called the Federal Reserve and it is about as "federal" as Federal Express is. The truth is
that it is a privately-owned financial institution that is designed to ensnare the U.S. government in an endlessly
expanding spiral of debt from which there is no escape. The Federal Reserve caused the Great Depression and the
Federal Reserve is at the core of our current economic crisis. None of these things is taught to students in
America's schools today.
In 2010, young Americans are taught a sanitized version of American history that doesn't even make any sense.
As with so many things, if you want to know what really happened just follow the money.
The following are 41 facts about the history of central banks in the United States that every American should
know....
#1 As a result of the Seven Years War (1756-1763) with France, King George III of England was deeply in
debt to the central bankers of England. [this is how the bankers took indirect control of England, yes by the mid
1700s England was one of the first countries enslaved by usury and beholden to its financial overlords]
#2 In an attempt to raise revenue, [at the request of the banskers they were now indebted to] King George tried
to heavily tax the colonies in America.
#3 In 1763, Benjamin Franklin was asked by the Bank of England why the colonies were so prosperous, and
this was his response....
"That is simple. In the colonies we issue our own money. It is called Colonial Script. We issue it in proper
proportion to the demands of trade and industry to make the products pass easily from the producers to
the consumers.
In this manner, creating for ourselves our own paper money, we control its purchasing power, and we
have no interest to pay to no one."
#4 The Currency Act of 1764 ordered the American Colonists to stop printing their own money. Colonial
script (the money the colonists were using at the time) was to be exchanged at a two-to-one ratio for "notes" from
the Bank of England. [of course you know this was at the behest of England‘s financial overlords]
#5 Later, in his autobiography, Benjamin Franklin explained the impact that this currency change had on the
colonies....
"In one year, the conditions were so reversed that the era of prosperity ended, and a depression set in, to
such an extent that the streets of the Colonies were filled with unemployed."
#6 In fact, Benjamin Franklin stated unequivocally in his autobiography that the power to issue currency
was the primary reason for the Revolutionary War....
"The colonies would gladly have borne the little tax on tea and other matters had it not been that England
took away from the colonies their money, which created unemployment and dissatisfaction. The inability
of the colonists to get power to issue their own money permanently out of the hands of George III and the
international bankers was the prime reason for the Revolutionary War."
#7 Gouverneur Morris, one of the authors of the U.S. Constitution, solemnly warned us in 1787 that we must
not allow the bankers to enslave us....
"The rich will strive to establish their dominion and enslave the rest. They always did. They always will...
They will have the same effect here as elsewhere, if we do not, by (the power of) government, keep them in
their proper spheres."
#8 Unfortunately, those warning us about the dangers of a central bank did not prevail. After an aborted attempt to
establish a central bank in the 1780s, the First Bank of the United States was established in 1791. Alexander
Hamilton (who had close ties to the Rothschild banking family) cut a deal under which he would support the move
of the nation's capital to Washington D.C. in exchange for southern support for the establishment of a central bank.
#9 George Washington [sold out and] signed the bill creating the First Bank of the United States on April 25,
1791. It was given a 20 year charter.
#10 In the first five years of the First Bank of the United States, the U.S. government borrowed 8.2 million
dollars and prices rose by 72 percent.
#11 The opponents of central banking were not pleased. In 1798, Thomas Jefferson said the following....
"I wish it were possible to obtain a single amendment to our Constitution - taking from the federal
government their power of borrowing."
#12 In 1811, the charter of the First Bank of the United States was not renewed.
#13 One year later, the War of 1812 erupted. The British and the Americans were at war once again.
#14 In 1814, the British captured and burned Washington D.C., but the Americans subsequently experienced key
victories at New York and at New Orleans.
#15 The Treaty of Ghent, officially ending the war, was ratified by the U.S. Senate on February 16th, 1815 and
was ratified by the British on February 18th, 1815.
#16 In 1816, another central bank was created. The Second Bank of the United States was established and was
given a 20 year charter.
#17 Andrew Jackson, who became president in 1828, was determined to end the power of the central bankers over
the United States.
#18 In fact, in 1832, Andrew Jackson's re-election slogan was "JACKSON and NO BANK!"
#19 On July 10th, 1832 President Jackson said the following about the danger of a central bank....
"It is not our own citizens only who are to receive the bounty of our government. More than eight millions
of the stock of this bank are held by foreigners... is there no danger to our liberty and independence in a
bank that in its nature has so little to bind it to our country? ... Controlling our currency, receiving our
public moneys, and holding thousands of our citizens in dependence... would be more formidable and
dangerous than a military power of the enemy."
#20 In 1835, President Jackson completely paid off the U.S. national debt. He is the only U.S. president that has
ever been able to accomplish this.
#21 President Jackson vetoed the attempt to renew the charter of the Second Bank of the United States in 1836.
#22 Richard Lawrence attempted to shoot Andrew Jackson, but he survived. It is alleged that Lawrence said that
"wealthy people in Europe" had put him up to it.
#23 The Civil War was another opportunity for the central bankers of Europe to get their hooks into
America. In fact, it is claimed that Abraham Lincoln actually contacted Rothschild banking interests in Europe in
an attempt to finance the war effort. Reportedly, the Rothschilds were demanding very high interest rates and
Lincoln balked at paying them.
#24 Instead, Lincoln pushed through the Legal Tender Act of 1862. Under that act, the U.S. government issued
$449,338,902 of debt-free money.
#25 This debt-free money was known as "Greenbacks" because of the green ink that was used.
#26 The central bankers of Europe were not pleased. The following quote appeared in the London Times in
1865....
"If this mischievous financial policy, which has its origin in North America, shall become endurated down
to a fixture, then that Government will furnish its own money without cost. It will pay off debts and be
without debt. It will have all the money necessary to carry on its commerce. It will become prosperous
without precedent in the history of the world. The brains, and wealth of all countries will go to North
America. That country must be destroyed or it will destroy every monarchy on the globe."
#27 Abraham Lincoln was shot dead by John Wilkes Booth on April 14th, 1865.
#28 After the Civil War, all money in the United States was created by bankers buying U.S. government bonds in
exchange for bank notes. [thus becoming indebted to the international banks via the bonds]
#29 James A. Garfield became president in 1881, and he was a staunch opponent of the banking powers. In
1881 he said the following....
"Whoever controls the volume of money in our country is absolute master of all industry and
commerce...and when you realize that the entire system is very easily controlled, one way or another, by a
few powerful men at the top, you will not have to be told how periods of inflation and depression
originate."
#30 President Garfield was shot about two weeks later by Charles J. Guiteau on July 2nd, 1881. He died from
medical complications on September 19th, 1881.
#31 In 1906, the U.S. stock market was setting all kinds of records. However, in March 1907 the U.S. stock
market absolutely crashed. It is alleged that elite New York bankers were responsible.
#32 In addition, in 1907 J.P. Morgan circulated rumors that a major New York bank had gone bankrupt. This
caused a massive run on the banks. In turn, the banks started recalling all of their loans. The panic of 1907
resulted in a congressional investigation that ended up concluding that a central bank was "necessary" so that these
kinds of panics ―would never happen again.‖ [cough, cough]
#33 It took a few years, but the international bankers finally got their central bank in 1913.
#34 Congress voted on the Federal Reserve Act on December 22nd, 1913 between the hours of 1:30 AM and 4:30
AM. [in the middle of the night]
#35 A significant portion of Congress was either sleeping at the time or was already at home with their families
celebrating the holidays.
#36 The president that signed the law that created the Federal Reserve, Woodrow Wilson, later sounded like he
very much regretted the decision when he wrote the following....
"A great industrial nation is controlled by its system of credit. Our system of credit is privately
concentrated. The growth of the nation, therefore, and all our activities are in the hands of a few men ...
[W]e have come to be one of the worst ruled, one of the most completely controlled and dominated,
governments in the civilized world--no longer a government by free opinion, no longer a government by
conviction and the vote of the majority, but a government by the opinion and the duress of small groups of
dominant men."
#37 Between 1921 and 1929 the Federal Reserve increased the U.S. money supply by 62 percent. This was the
time known as "The Roaring 20s".
#38 In addition, highly leveraged "margin loans" became very common during this time period.
#39 In October 1929, the New York bankers started calling in these margin loans on a massive scale. This created
the initial crash that launched the Great Depression.
#40 Rather than expand the money supply in response to this crisis, the Federal Reserve really tightened it up.
#41 In fact, it was reported the the U.S. money supply contracted by eight billion dollars between 1929 and 1933.
That was an extraordinary amount of money in those days. Over one-third of all U.S. banks went bankrupt. The
New York bankers were able to buy up other banks and all kinds of other assets for pennies on the dollar.
But are American students being taught any of this today?
Of course not.
In fact, it is a rare student that can even adequately explain what a central bank is.
We have lost so much of what is important about our history.
And you know what they say - those who forget history are doomed to repeat it.
It is absolutely critical that we educate as many Americans as possible about what is really going on in our
financial system and about why we need to make some truly fundamental changes.
Federal Reserve, banking and the economy - Video

The financial powers that be manage to take ever more control by promoting and fostering their form of thinking and
logic into every corner of mainstream thought. Yet another of the great sins of our time has been the replacing of
common sense with financial formulas. "Cost-Benefit Analysis" and ―Return on Investment‖ is what often
determines 95% of leaders of industry course rather than rational logic. Sure it makes lots of short term financial sense
to close down all our manufacturing and ship all of it off to China, India and Mexico, but in the long term this is just
idiotic SUICIDE.
You must understand: that policies and acts established for the good of and strategic financial well being of private for
profit group, enterprise or corporation all too often turns out to be poison and long term suicidal for the people, local
economy, state, nation, or world. The fundamental largest blatant flaw of capitalism is that its major players (mainly
large corporations) do NOT compute social & public economic impact of ANYTHING they do. That is irrelevant in
the eyes of every corporation whom all exist for the selfish self-centered purpose of concentrating wealth, i.e., the all
mighty ―stockholder return.‖ For the corporation has just one legal parameter it must adhere to above and beyond all
else: return on shareholder equity. Profits, profits, profits. That‘s ALL that matters, all else is disposable and just
pettiness in the corporate world‘s eyes. Under those parameters everything and anything goes, loot, plunder, ravage,
legally swindle, take over, monopolize, become number one at all costs. The well being of ―the locals‖, the
environment, ethics and what is morally right be damned. Go ahead, struggle with the truth, yet again, you know
perfectly well that I am, yet again, right.
But that is not enough, for the banksters, nothing is ever enough. Here is yet another gambit that is brewing:
Civil War In Corporate America: Banks Battling The Chamber On Accounting Rules
Amid the ongoing financial regulation overhaul, the banking industry is hoping to pull off a quiet power grab
that has eluded its grasp since the Great Depression, by stripping the independence of the board that sets
financial accounting standards.
The move could effectively let banks set their own accounting standards in rough economic times.
Astonishingly, at a time when the public is crying out for greater regulation to limit excessive risk-taking by
financial institutions, the banks are trying to get Congress to agree that the next time there's a big downturn,
they should have the ability to alter their accounting standards -- essentially, fudge the numbers -- so that the
public and investors won't be able to tell how insolvent they really are. By ignoring their declining asset values,
they can avoid the standard requirement of raising more capital.
The mechanism is contained in an amendment set to be introduced in mid-November by Rep. Ed Perlmutter (D-
Colo.) that would move final authority over the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) from the Securities
and Exchange Commission to a new body, a so-called "oversight" board, that would include the officials charged
with managing systemic risks to the financial markets
These regulators would have the authority to override FASB's accounting guidelines by taking into account
economic conditions.
The move is so radical that it has split corporate America. The bankers and members of Congress who support it
have earned themselves an unlikely enemy: the U.S. Chamber of Commerce.
A typical business or investor, after all, prefers honest, independent accounting, because they buy and sell real
things based on real value.
"Washington isn't thinking straight," said Josh Rosner, managing director of Graham, Fischer & Co, a New York-
based financial analyst who advises regulators and institutional investors. "Financial statements are for the
benefit of investors."
Indeed, allowing banks to alter accounting standards when they run into trouble is incentive to take more risk
and, in essence, institutionalizes fraud. The regulators would now be under enormous political pressure -- and
sometimes under direct orders -- to allow banks to remain in business long after they've become insolvent, in the
hopes that things will turn around and they'll grow again… *blah, blah blah+
You can “bank on it” that the above agenda will be accepted, and become reality very soon. Nothing to see here
folks, now run along and mind your own business.
Today we are witnessing the ingenious sinister power of the Zionist elite as they are maneuvering about in creating a
global financial meltdown as never before witnessed. Their overall power is unprecedented in the history of mankind
and yet they continue to accumulate even more power. They are contracting the markets and once again (as they did in
the great depression of 1929) consolidating their power, as the ―little guys‖ and competition fold.
The economic collapse of 2008 is nothing other than their engineered 911 Economic Demolition ―Collapse‖! The
connection to 9/11 and the current economic collapse is completely intriguing. For the seeds of the current economic
collapse actually began around the time of the bringing down of the ―World Trade Center‖ as in symbolically
announcing to the world that the days of America as the ―Center of World Trade‖ would soon thereafter also
collapse… Coincidence?
Before I get into this whole ―financial collapse‖ fiasco. I need to make a revolutionary statement based on plain old
common sense: The entire collapse supposedly began with the blowing of mortgage/housing bubble. Today well over
14 trillion dollars have been funneled into the international bankster multiheaded beast system and then disappeared
into the abyss, for no one other then they have a clue what happened to those 14 TRILLION dollars. Well in my world
of rational common sense the bailout would have been totally different:
I would have taken those 14 trillion dollars and given it to the people that had outstanding mortgages! DUH! Then they
would have turned around and paid off all their mortgages IN FULL. The banks would have received every dime owed
to them. The economy would not only be thriving, it would be ROCKING like never before in the history of mankind!
Imagine every citizen that was once bogged down by massive monthly mortgage payments to one day wake up and
they no longer had to pay a mortgage because it was all paid off! Imagine all that extra monthly revenue that would
have been available to purchase everything under the sun! Our country would be under the largest BOOM periods ever.
But nope, the brain dead puppets who are fully owned by their internationalist banksters ignored every single common
sense solution and did the most idiot moronic solution, throwing trillions of dollars to the people who created the mess
in the first place. No, there will never by any prosecutions pursued in the matter, the entire fiasco is an inside job, and
you are not in on it.
Greenspan and his associates waged war against the Glass-Steagall Act, which was repealed in 1999 then real partying
began. A 2004 Wall Street Journal profile of Mr. Greenspan, subtitled "The Deregulator," described his Fed's fondness
for bank mergers and then included this critical passage: "Critics say these mergers concentrate financial risk too
heavily in a few institutions. Greenspan argued that deregulation also produced a more stable financial system." The
result of his theory? Today we are bailing out colossal financial institutions THAT ARE "TOO BIG TO FAIL...‖ More
importantly, the real story is not even about that either, for the ultimate reality is in understanding that Greenspan and
his bankster mobsters colluded together to purposely go down the path they have so that when the time was right, they
would pull the plugs and sink the ships and the economy with it, all the while robbing the clueless public and nations
while they were at it. For what has been transpiring has been nothing more than the largest transfer of wealth in the
history of mankind. And this is just Act 1. Now they have firmly embedded the illusion of ―too big to fail‖ notion into
the public psyche and will continue the wanton abuse, regularly coming back to uncle Sam crying broke for more
trillions or else the world will disintegrate con.
Wall Street‘s 10 Biggest Lies of 2009

By Les Leopold, The Huffington Post
Say goodbye to 2009, the worst economic year since the Great Depression. Say hello to the billionaire bailout
society in which the super-rich gamble, lose and get bailed out by the rest of us.
To save the system from total collapse we poured trillions of dollars into the financial sector. The result? Banks
still are refusing to lend. Thirty million Americans are looking for full-time jobs and 49 million are skipping
meals including one out of four children. But Wall Street again is reaping record profits and bonuses.
Not only are we richly rewarding those who wrecked our economy, but also, we have to put up with hundreds of
fabrications about how the big banks got us here. Here is my biggest, fattest lies list for 2009:
1. "Government programs for low-income home buyers caused the financial crash." Wall Street defenders
were quick to blame the Community Reinvestment Act, which urges banks to loan money in minority
communities. In fact, almost none of the CRA loans are sub-prime and the vast majority are doing well, thank
you. Blaming government programs deflects us from the real cause: Wall Street's incredibly reckless creation,
marketing, selling and trading of "innovative" new securities that supposedly removed the risk from pools of
risky debt. It didn't work. Wall Street, not the poor, crashed our economy.
2. "Income inequality is good for everyone." Lord Brian Griffiths, Vice-Chairman of Goldman Sachs at least
had the nerve to say what so many of the super-rich really believe:
"We have to accept that inequality is a way of achieving greater opportunity and prosperity for all."
Unfortunately, the facts suggest otherwise. There is a high correlation between the mal-distribution of income and
economic crashes. The last time our wealth and income distribution was as skewed as it is today was 1929, and
that's not an accident. When too much money is in the hands of the few it runs out of real world investment and
gravitates towards speculative investments. This inevitably creates asset bubbles and crashes. Record pay and
bonuses on Wall Street and high unemployment are connected. (See The Looting of America Chapter 11).
3. "The rising number of billionaires is a sign of economic health." It's accepted media wisdom that the more
billionaires the better. China with 130 billionaires now trails only the US, which has 359, according to Forbes
magazine. But in our billionaire bailout society, the rising number of billionaires signals a collapsing middle
class. Ponder this statistic: In 1970 the ratio of the compensation of the top 100 CEOs compared to the average
production worker was 45 to 1. By 2006 it was an astounding 1,723 to one. Does that look healthy to you?
4. "Paying back TARP means banks are no longer on government welfare." Bank after bank is rushing to
repay TARP funds during the worst economic year since 1937. They want to get out from under the Pay Czar (not
that he's been sufficiently tough on the banks under his purview.) Banks that were insolvent only a few months
ago now say they have the financial strength to refund tens of billions of dollars to the government. Where did all
that money come from? Much of it comes from other government welfare programs for Wall Street (over $12
trillion worth) that aren't publicized. (See Nomi Prins's excellent accounting.) It may be the case that our banks
are paying us back with our own money. Now that's financial innovation.
5. "Wall Street's freedom to innovate must be protected." Congressional leaders are tripping all over
themselves to say new regulations will not discourage Wall Street innovations, something they claim is vital to
our economy. Oh really? Do those "innovations" add anything useful to our country other than new casino games
for the super-rich? Former Federal Reserve Chairman, Paul Volker, recently blew the whistle on this fabrication:
"I hear about these wonderful innovations in the financial markets and they sure as hell need a lot of innovation. I
can tell you of two - Credit Default Swaps and CDOs - which took us right to the brink of disaster: were they
wonderful innovations that we want to create more of?
.... I wish that somebody would give me some shred of neutral evidence about the relationship between financial
innovation recently and the growth of the economy, just one shred of information....
The most important financial innovation that I have seen in the past 20 years is the automatic teller machine...
How many other innovations can you tell me of that have been as important to the individual?" ("What Has
Financial Innovation Done for You?")
6. "To retain critically needed talent, Wall Street must be free to pay top salaries and bonuses." Where
would they flee if they just got paid like normal people rather than like gods? The British are putting in place a 50
percent tax on bonuses. Also, compensation is much, much lower in the European Union. But the real lie is that
we need such "talent" in the first place. That kind of "talent" just crashed our economy. That kind of "talent" is
widely overpaid - no way should bond traders receive 10 to 100 times what is earned by the best neurosurgeons in
the world. Something is really wrong and it starts with the lie of banking "talent."
7. "Overpaid American workers are the real cause of unemployment." The New York Times writers who
concocted this argument didn't think they were lying. But this is one of the most preposterous ideas put forth
during 2009. ("American Wages out of Balance" New York Times November 11, 2009) Edward Hadas, Martin
Huchinson and Antony Currie informed us that:
"American manufacturing workers should take average real wage cuts of as much as 20 percent to get into global
balance."
They don't mention that the average non-supervisory worker has already taken an 18 percent cut in real wages
between 1973 and 2007. What's worse, they claim that if workers don't take these additional cuts, these
"overpaid" working stiffs will be the cause of another Great Depression. They write:
"But if American wages get stuck above global market-clearing levels, as in the 1930s, the result could well be
something approaching Depression-era levels of unemployment."
Not a word is mentioned about how Wall Street's gambling caused all of this unemployment and how the
continued failure of Wall Street banks to lend is stalling job growth, right now.
8. "I'm doing God's Work." Lloyd Blankfein, Chairman of Goldman Sachs said what too many Wall Street
leaders truly believe: that they are so privileged and entitled that it seems as if the heavens bless their work. Why
else are they earning hundreds of millions of dollars? Mr. Blankfein believes he is creating a virtuous circle by
raising capital for corporations who create jobs and help our society prosper. But Goldman Sachs, JP Morgan
Chase, Morgan Stanley and the rest of the apostles helped to bring the entire world economy to its knees. Does
that mean God likes unemployment and widespread hunger?
9. "We're out of money." Who's we? Yes, the middle class is tapped out but the super-rich haven't even begun
to pay their fair share for the mess they created. Yet the top 400 richest Americans alone are sitting on $1.27
trillion or so in wealth. Here's a dangerous thought. What if we had a very steeply progressive wealth/income tax
that reduced the net worth of the super-rich to "only" about $100 million each? You wouldn't be suffering if you
had $100 million kicking around. Now do the math: The 400 richest x $100 million each would equal $40 billion.
That would leave about $1.23 trillion to help pay back the country for the Wall Street meltdown that we, our
children and their children will be subsidizing.
10. "We are becoming a socialist economy." Somewhere between 68 and 78 percent of the US GDP is private
sector activity, the highest among developed nations. And much of the government expenditures go to private
contractors as well. But there's a kernel of truth in the socialist scare: What do you call a society that encourages
the private accumulation of wealth without limit, and then when the super-wealthy get into serious trouble, we
bail them out with taxpayer funds - largely from a declining middle-class? That's not free-enterprise. That's not
socialism either. It's something new and it deserves to be called the billionaire bailout society.
The financial orgy that was to bring about our current financial collapse began in earnest in 2001. Fannie and Freddy
Macs both began the suicidal policies of unwarranted extra risk they had never done. In 2002 Bush aggressively
pushed for a goal of 5.5 million mortgage loans to poor minorities who could not afford homes to begin with. Those
ARM (adjustable rate mortgages) were nothing more than time bombs set to all explode in unison several years down
the road. The FED was a central conspirator in the housing bubble, as in 2003 we witnessed the FED (for no sane
reason) push the interest rates to their lowest level ever. Thus drastically fueling the wild housing frenzy like adding jet
fuel to a fire. Junk CDOs were then PURPOSELY being bundled and pawned off to unsuspecting investors in the tune
of hundreds of billions of dollars. Even the FBI warned of massive subprime fraud as early as 2004. These are just a
couple massive indications that reveal the fact that the entire collapse was TOTALLY PREMEDITATED.
Let me articulate the true story of how the economic collapse happened:
Immediately after the banksters set off the colossal engineered collapse of the world financial system they instilled
into all the fear of God with tales of apocalyptic doom and destruction if they were allowed to fail. Locusts, hail,
famine, floods, earth quakes and blood would flow like rivers if hundreds of billions totaling over ten trillion dollars in
the U.S. alone were not dumped into the banker's coffers otherwise known as the abyss.
Their lifelong best friends who worked together in the same business were now sitting pretty in key government
positions overwhelmingly agreed, "Yes" was their united response "get the dump trucks ready and fillem up to the tilt
and ship em off to my good ole pals, or the world will self destruct!" was Geithner, Bernanke, Friends & Co.'s
response, while their media baron brotherhood cheered them on.
The Big Picture: THE BLAME IS BEING SQUARLY AIMED AT OUR GOVERNMENT... without so much as even
touching the agent provocateurs, the controllers and instigators of all our ills.... the Zionist Jew ruling elite.
Wall Street‘s response to the gutting out of governments, the middle class, their 401k and pensions was to party hard
and skim off the top of the bailouts to hand out billions upon billions of dollars in bonuses to their top master
manipulator traders, ummm, bookies. After taking care of the bookies they turned around, flush with cash went on
buying sprees, picking up properties and companies that were devastated by the collapse (exactly as they had planned),
paying pennies on the dollar, bargains galore. Desperate loyal customers whom knocked on their doors looking for
boans were told to get lost.
Flush with fresh cash, all due GAMBLING BETS were paid off and the Wall Street casinos were back in business
again, little by little the high roller insiders got back into the swing of things and the dice are rolling yet again! What a
wonderful capitalist system this is indeed!
Wall Street is the elite's Las Vegas, the world is full of suckers who wager all the money, no matter how many times
they get had, swindled, cheated and conned they come back to their bookies placing their bets... some people win, most
people lose, the HOUSE ALWAYS WINS.... suckers! Psssst, I have a good tip on XYZ Meglo Conglomerate stock
coming in the top tree on the fifth....
To give credence to the illusion that the clowns in Washington are doing their jobs of *cough* "regulating" the
banksters, they proudly enacted unilateral "severe punishment" on the banks that engineered the entire financial
collapse. What a doozy: they slapped them on the wrist with lame "new credit card rules", golly gee whiz, the
banksters are running scared now!
The Wall Street Economic Death Squad

By David DeGraw, AmpedStatus
Recent Headlines:
 $140 billion! Record Payday for Wall Street

 Goldman Sachs 2009 Bonuses Could Buy Insurance for 1.7 Million Families
 50 Million Americans Live in Poverty
Paraphrasing a very insightful quote: ‗The amount of poverty and suffering required for the emergence of a
Goldman Sachs, and the amount of depravity that the accumulation of a fortune of such a magnitude entails is left
out of the mainstream media, and it is not always possible to make the people in general see this.‘
The American middle class, once the only effective counter weight to Wall Street greed, has been decimated.
Over 25 million people, in what was the US middle class, are now in full-blown crisis mode and urgently need to
increase their income.
Over 25 million people in crisis mode! Every seven seconds, another American family is kicked out of their
home. We are confronted by a lost generation of young workers who cannot find jobs. Despite all the talk of
health care reform, there is no meaningful reform coming for years, if at all, while right now over 45,000
Americans will die preventable deaths this year, and bankruptcies continue to skyrocket due to the cost of medical
bills.
Millions upon millions of uninsured, unemployed, underemployed, stressed out and sick people fight through
every day and urgently need to get some justice.
And while this is happening, the Wall Street fat cats are reaping billions in bonuses and profits - billions in
bonuses and profits that they obtained from using taxpayer money… OUR MONEY. Billions in profits that they
are allowed to get away with because their puppets are running the government and making up the rules of this
rigged game.
Their profits and the cost of the ―government‖ taxpayer bailout, ―the amount of depravity that the accumulation of
a fortune of such a magnitude entails‖ is almost impossible to get the average citizen to truly comprehend.
TRILLIONS of dollars is not something that people have had experience with. It is an absolutely huge amount
that is almost beyond common comprehension.
However, a revealing new survey suggests that an outraged significant majority is coming to the realization that
an organized financial cartel has taken over the government and robbed the US public blind.
75% agreed that: ―While taxpayers are still suffering under the economic crisis, the big banks are back to business
as usual after their bailouts, ignoring their commitments to help taxpayers and are helping themselves instead,
making tens of billions in profits on the backs of the American taxpayers.‖ 75% agreed
72% agree that ―It‘s outrageous that after taking trillions of our tax dollars in bailout money, the big banks are
now spending millions to lobby against reforms that would protect us from their abuses in the future.‖ 72%
agreed
These numbers clearly prove that there is awareness and ever-growing outrage toward Wall Street, and rightfully
so. But just throwing out the term Wall Street or Big Banks is far too vague and too wide a target.
We need to focus our strategy on the small group of men who carried out the financial coup. These 13 men played
leading roles in first crashing the economy, and then stealing trillions in taxpayer funds. Some of them are now
calling the shots and running the government to insure that their obscene profits keep pouring into their coffers.
Know Our Enemies, EHMs - Meet The Wall Street Economic Death Squad: Hank Paulson, Tim Geithner, Ben
Bernanke, Robert Rubin, Larry Summers, Alan Greenspan, Lloyd Blankfein, Jamie Dimon, John Mack, Vikram
Pandit, John Thain, Hank Greenberg, Ken Lewis.
These men ‗presided over the largest transfer of wealth in history, from the working class to the flamboyant super
rich.‘ What these men have done is obscene. After crashing the economy, trillions, literally trillions of dollars
have been funneled into the pockets of a select few, in secrecy, while billions of people suffer in poverty, billions
suffer to survive. This small tight-knit Wall Street cadre has committed a crime against humanity.
Take It Personally
On a personal level… think about how much money is taken from your paycheck each week in taxes (if you still
have a paycheck). How many of your hard-earned thousands of dollars went away from you and your family and
into the pockets of Goldman Sachs via your taxes? Think about that. Billionaires took YOUR MONEY!
Then think about the fact that your paycheck should be significantly higher, as it would be if CEOs weren‘t taking
an astonishing record of $500 for every one dollar you make. Due to unregulated greed the US now has the
highest inequality of wealth in the industrialized world, no other country is even close.
Every time you skip a trip to the doctor, to the dentist, to the food store, even to a social event that could bring
you a little stress relief, you should think about these thieves on Wall Street. Every time you skip something that
you need, think about the billionaires on Wall Street… because they have YOUR MONEY!
The facts are that $30,000 per person is unaccounted for - that‘s $30,000 for every man, woman and child in the
US - which means if you have a family of five, your family has lost $150,000 to Goldman Sachs.
While you stress out and struggle, they have your money, and it‘s sitting in their banks, sitting in their vaults,
flipping in their markets, collecting interest… and dust.
Just spinning in their coffers, as they live lavish lifestyles, while you struggle and stress.
Every time you get a bill and feel that stress, every time you make cut backs to make ends hopefully meet, every
time you make an interest payment or rates rise on your credit cards, house, car, student loans, bills, bills, bills…
every time you feel that stress, you should think of these thieves on Wall Street. They have your money, and
they‘re playing you for a sucker!
What are you holding off on? What are you depriving yourself of?
Can you not afford to get gas for your car? Can you not afford a car? Can you not afford your rent? Can you not
afford to own a house? Can you not afford to have a child? Can you not afford medical care? Can you not afford
to turn your heat on? Can you not afford to pay your electric bill? Can you not afford a second meal today? These
are all basic things that every person should be able to easily afford in a technologically advanced society such as
ours.
The reason why you can‘t afford some of these things is because the financial elite who control the economy have
robbed us all. They have launched a war on us and declared us the enemy. We are a population of people that they
have been focused on eliminating. This is a deadly serious issue we are facing here. It is the unfortunate reality of
our current crisis.
The sooner you recognize this and confront it, the better chance we have for real change, economic justice can
still be obtained.
So Know Your Enemies…
Hank Paulson, Tim Geithner, Ben Bernanke, Robert Rubin, Larry Summers, Alan Greenspan, Lloyd Blankfein,
Jamie Dimon, John Mack, Vikram Pandit, John Thain, Hank Greenberg, Ken Lewis.
Before long, we will all witness how major countries and the central banks of the world will soon DEMAND that the
United States dollar CEASE be used as the reserve currency of the world. Watch as they push for a new world
reserve currency and internation bank centered control… this is what‘s
next on their agenda. The western hemisphere will undergo extreme
pressure to STABILIZE the economic chaos thus be forced to issue a
new regional or even world currency similar to the European Union
currency. The 2006-2009 collapse is just ROUND ONE… the second
phase is coming right around the corner… just when everyone thinks
that everything is fine and dandy will come the knockout punch.
We are yet again witnessing the age old Problem – Reaction –

Solution Paradigm in operation. Just as their motto proclaims ―order
out of chaos‖, they engineer the chaos… playing the roles of bumbling
fools, consisting of the world‘s leading economic and financial minds
who then the same crowd of usual suspects come forth as saviors with
the magical ―solution‖, here is their modus operandi. Behold: For the
engineered FINANCIAL ARMAGEDDON has cometh… The
ECONOMIC COLONIZATION of the planet is running its course
according to plan. Take heed… for this is just PART ONE of the act…. PART TWO is coming soon… The globalist
international bankers play Three Card Monty with global finance. What country(s) are they looting today? And what
country(s) are they prepping, propping up and fattening up for future looting?
Exactly like the banksters of the era CRASHED the financial markets (creating chaos) in 1907 in order to several years
later, under the calculated massive desperate cries for help and reform, they them stepped in to ―SAVE‖ the day
(bringing order) by completely taking over our monetary system. Where in 1907 they crashed the markets to then in
1913 establish the Federal Reserve, so it will be again, an exact repeat of history. Behold for in the next coming years
with the cries of help echoing from all corners, our bankster ―saviors‖ will yet again erect, yet another more sprawling,
more powerful central monetary structure to rule over us all. Oh what wonderful most benevolent banksters… Yes, the
next phase, the next colossal crash will usher in the new global governance economic system.
The deaf, dumb and blind public has been warned time and time again to no avail. Here is Charles Lindbergh warning
us in 1921:
―Under the Federal Reserve Act, panics are scientifically created. The present panic is the first scientifically
created one, worked out as we figure a mathematical equation.‖
Those words are so eerily chilling, so alarmingly true today as they were back in 1921.
20 Reasons Global Debt Time Bomb Explodes Soon

Which trigger will ignite the Great Depression II?
By Paul B. Farrell, MarketWatch
ARROYO GRANDE, Calif. (MarketWatch) -- Retire? You can fuggetaboutit if the new Global Debt Time Bomb
is detonated by any one of 20 made-in-America trigger mechanisms.
Yes, 20. And yes, anyone can destroy your retirement because all 20 are inexorably linked, a house-of-cards, a
circular firing squad destined to self-destruct, triggering the third great Wall Street meltdown of the 21st century,
igniting the Great Depression II that George W. Bush, Ben Bernanke, Henry Paulson and now President Obama
have simply delayed with their endless knee-jerk, debt-laden wars, stimulus bonanzas and bailouts.
Deficit as national-security threat?
WSJ's Jerry Seib previews his column in tomorrow's Journal in which he writes the federal budget deficit has
become so large, it's time consider it a natural-security threat. Plus, the News Hub provides a February market
outlook and also discusses the findings of a new autism study.
Wow, what an epic Hollywood blockbuster this will make: You know the drama, can't miss the warnings. The
financial press is flooding us with plot lines ... a Forbes cover story focuses on a "Global Debt Bomb: How It
Could Wreck Your Life" ... Leaders at the World Economic Forum on Swiss Mt. Davos fear another global
meltdown will trigger mass rebellions ... The Economist calls the plot a "Global Asset Bubble," with cheap
money fast driving up asset prices.
Plus, Bloomberg BusinessWeek is adding jet fuel to the ticking time-bomb in: "After the Stimulus Binge, a Debt
Hangover: Trillions of dollars have been spent keeping the global economy afloat. But now fears about the Great
Recession are giving way to worries about something else: The Great Reckoning" when massive debts come due.
Then the debt bomb explodes "and the results won't be pretty for investors or elected officials."
Forbes discovered the trigger mechanism in "This Time Is Different: Eight Centuries of Financial Folly," by
economists Carmen Reinhart and Kenneth Rogoff: The "90% ratio of government debt to GDP is a tipping point
in economic growth." For 800 years "you increase it over and beyond a high threshold, and boom!" Well guess
what? "The U.S. government-debt-to-GDP ratio is 84%." Soon, Ka-Booom! Depression. Kiss your retirement
goodbye.
Who knows? Forbes? Bloomberg BusinessWeek? The Economist? Davos-World Economic Forum? True, they're
all looking at the same plot line for a Hollywood blockbuster about the "Global Debt Time Bomb."
But the financial press navigates in a fog. There's not just one, but many triggers, all linked in a lethal network.
We've reported on it for years. Now you tell us: What triggers this firestorm?
Poll: 20 economic weapons of mass destruction triggering ticking Global Debt Time Bomb
1. Federal Budget Deficit Bomb. The Bush/Cheney wars pushed America deep into a debt hole. Federal debt
limit was just raised almost 100% with Obama's 2010 budget, to $14.3 trillion vs. $7.8 trillion in 2005. The
Congressional Budget Office predicts future deficits around 4% through 2020. Get it? America's debt at 84% of
GDP will soon pass that toxic 90% trigger point.
2. U.S. Foreign Trade Bomb. Monthly deficits actually dropped from $50 billion per month to roughly $35
billion. But the total continues climbing as $400 billion is added each year. Foreigners now own $2.5 trillion of
America, with China holding over $1.3 trillion in Treasury debt.
3. Weakening U.S. Dollar as Foreign Reserve Currency Bomb. Fear China and other currencies will replace
dollar as main foreign reserves. The dollar's fallen: The main index measuring dollar strength has gone from 120
at the Clinton-to-Bush handoff to below 80 today.
4. Cheap Money Bomb: Credit Ratings Down, Rates Up. Economists at S&P, Fitch and Moody's were totally
co-conspirators of Fat Cat Bankers, misleading investors before meltdown: Soon, debt up, ratings down, interest
rates soar.
5. Global Real Estate Bomb. Dubai Tower, new "world's tallest building" is empty. BusinessWeek warns that
China's housing collapse could be worse than America's. Plus the U.S. commercial real estate bubble is now $1.7
trillion, a "ticking time bomb" bloating 25% of bank balance sheets.
6. Peak Oil and the Population Bomb. China and India each need 500 new cities. The United Nations estimates
world population exploding 50% from 6 billion to 9 billion by 2050: Three billion more humans demanding more
automobiles, exhausting more resources to feed their version of the gas-guzzling "America Dream."
7. Social Security Bomb. We have no choice; eventually we must either cut benefits or raise taxes. Politicians
hate both, so they'll do nothing. Delays worsen solutions. Without action, by 2035 Social Security and Medicare
benefits will eat up the entire federal budget other than defense.
8. Medicare: A Nuclear Bomb. Going broke faster than Social Security. Prescription drug benefit added an
unfunded $8.1 trillion. In 5 years estimates rose from about $35 trillion to over $60 trillion now.
9. Health-care Insurance Bomb. Burden increasingly shifted to employees. Costs rising faster than inflation.
Recent Obamacare plan would have cost $90 billion annually, paid to Big Pharma and insurers.
10. State and Local Government Budget Bombs. Deficits of $110 billion in 2010, $178 billion in 2011on top of
more that $450 billion in underfunded state and municipal employee pension funds.
11. Underfunded Corporate Pensions Bomb. From $60 billion surplus in 2007 to $409 billion deficit in 2009.
And a whopping 92% of the pension plans of companies are now underfunded. Defaults are guaranteed by
taxpayers.
12. Consumer Debt Bomb. Americans are still living beyond their means. Even with a downturn, consumer debt
rose from about $2.3 to $2.5 trillion. Fat Cat Bankers love it -- yes love making matters worse by gouging
cardholders and mortgagees, blocking help in foreclosures and bankruptcies.
13. Personal Savings Bomb. Before the 2008 meltdown savings rate dropped from about 10% in the early 1980s
to below zero. Now it's increasing, slowing retail recovery. Today, government's the big "unsaver."
14. War and Military Defense Deficits. Costs of Iraq and Afghanistan wars -- $200+ billion annually, $3 trillion
minimum, with massive long-term costs for veteran medical care, equipment renewal, recruitment.
15. Homeland Insecurity Bomb. Security at airports, seaports, borders, vulnerable chemical plants all increase
budgets.
16. Fed/Treasury Bailout Bombs. Tax credits, loans, cash and purchase of toxic assets from Wall Street banks
estimated at $23.7 trillion as new debt was shifted from too-big-to-fail Fat-Cat banks to taxpayers.
17. Insatiable Washington Lobbyists Bombs. Paulson, Goldman, Geithner, Morgan and Wall Street banks,
through their lobbyists and former employees working inside now have absolute power over government
spending. Democracy and voters are now irrelevant in America's new corporate-socialism.
18. Shadow Banking: The Derivatives Bomb. Wall Street wants no regulation of this $670 trillion, high-risk,
out-of-control casino that's highly leveraged versus the $50 trillion total GDP of all nations. We forget that
derivatives almost destroyed global economies in 2008-09, finally will by 2012.
19. Dysfunctional Two-Party Political Bomb. Polarized partisanship increasing: Every day both parties show
zero interest in cooperating for the public good. Instead they fight viciously, resisting everything and anything
proposed by opponents. Only goal: Score political points, make the other side look bad.
20. The Coming Populous Rebellion Bombs. Nobody trusts anyone in authority. For good reason. So immediate
gratification, short-term betting and a lack of long-term perspective wins for individual investors, consumers and
taxpayers as well as Washington, Wall Street and Corporate America CEOs. Today: "Doing what's right for the
common good and country" is just empty political rhetoric.
Forbes. The Economist. Davos-World Economic Forum. Bloomberg BusinessWeek. All one voice, one loud,
lonely chorus echoing that famous Beatles tune: "Head in a cloud ... The fool on the hill, sees the sun going down
... a thousand voices talking perfectly loud. But nobody ever hears him, or the sound he appears to make ... And
the eyes in his head, see the world spinning 'round ...ooh, round and round and round."
Historians and behavioral economists tell us most investors are blind optimists. Investors cannot see bubbles from
inside their bubble. Nor Fat Cat Bankers from inside their mega-bonus-bubble. Nor politicians from inside the
beltway bubble.
Why? The optimist's brain filters out bad news. They know their dreams of prosperity will come true. Then, when
they finally do see that the proverbial light at the end of the tunnel is an oncoming train, it's always too late.
I will say it again, gently: A new meltdown is coming. The Great Depression II is coming, soon. And yet, I know
your mental filters are working, blocking warnings of a bomb. I can even hear you calling me "the fool on the hill
who sees the sun going down, the world spinning round" ... sees you kissing your retirement goodbye.
The collapse of Fannie May and Freddy Mac were the financial ―twin towers‖ collapse, Bear Sterns was the financial
―Building 7‖ that mysteriously collapsed on its own, Washington Mutual was the ―Pentagon‖, and Lehman Brothers
was the plane that magically disintegrated into vapor in a Pennsylvania field. Behold: how they magically engineer
financial collapses and absorb once powerful financial institutions for a tiny fraction of what it was worth. Bear Sterns,
Washington Mutual, Lehman Bros, are just a few of
the big guys, hundreds and hundreds of smaller banks
are being knocked off and sucked up each week. The
list will grow much, much larger as the elite Zionist
players consolidate and absorb everything in their path
just as in that old movie ―The Blob.‖
The public all stared in horror as the big once

indestructible financial powerhouses have ―collapsed‖
but this is only part of the grand illusion, for in reality
Bear Sterns, Lehman Brothers and others were the
sacrificial lambs in what were truly masterfully
ingenious precalculated MERGERS. Note how
within HOURS of each one of the industry heavy
weights proclaiming they were /cough/ ―insolvent‖
(e.g. the controllers gutted them out on purpose,
shifting the wealth to their brethren), then one of their
industry brotherhood came in as ―knights in shining armor to the rescue‖ and bought them out (merger) for virtually
nothing, thus also bypassing millions of dollars in merger fees! The world stood in awe, shivering in economic fear,
thus Act 1 of the Broadway Wall Street play began.
 Bear Sterns is merged into JP Morgan Chase after they swallowed Washington Mutual
 Lehman Brothers is merged into Barclays/Nomura Holdings
 Merill Lynch is merged into Bank of America
 Wachovia is merged into Wells Fargo
 Et Cetera
 Morgan Stanely officially changed its status from ―investment bank‖ to bank holding company
 Goldman Sachs ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ―
What is the OBVIOUS pattern here? All investment firms are being swallowed whole by or being transformed into
BANKS: TOTAL PREMEDITATED CONSOLIDATION OF WALLSTREET INVESTMENT FIRMS WITH
THE BANKS has ingeniously occurred under radar for literally pennies on the dollar. What has been transpiring
within the cloak of this premeditated collapse is the WORLD‘S LARGEST CONSOLIDATION OF WEALTH IN
HISTORY. The middle class has been drastically reduced, the poor, unemployed helpless gentiles segment increased
by leaps and bounds and one of the central pieces of the economic collapse was the poor little independent banks, and
hundreds upon hundreds of them didn‘t see the wave coming and drowned in the flood. The large banks have been
picking them up practically for FREE. Once they are insolvent, their buildings, equipment, years of effort, network and
customers remain completely intact, along come the big banks to scoop up the spoils of ECONOMIC WARFARE.
These mergers were no different than any ordinary merger that routinely occurs in business, one company buys out the
other, externally the other company‘s name is erased and all its operations are absorbed by the other, the resulting
company comes out bigger more powerful than they were previously when they were operating independently.
This is Merger & Acquisitions 101. The only difference in this case has been that the massive financial heavyweights
BYPASSED every single congressional and regulatory hurdle in existence regarding these MERGERS. These
MERGERS along with hundreds of other ACQUISITIONS that are occurring are resulting in the creation of
immensely powerful colossal mega financial conglomerates that are to be reckoned with. They have grown unabated to
become THE most powerful most important segment of our country‘s back bone representing 65% of GDP, hence the
new terminology: TOO BIG TO FAIL.
The mind blowing aspect of this preplanned, engineered and perpetrated colossal economic collapse is the dumbnifying
way that these Zionist gangsters pimped out and looted our entire financial system and suckered America out of
10.5 trillion bucks (and counting) while all the experts, reporters, pundits, Washingtonites all rushed to give them this
money as if in some bewildering crazy drunken stupor. Only now after the fact, are some people waking up and saying
―what the hell did we just do?‖ Yet the victims have no clue, for they are being lead astray by the very people that
sank the economy. The crooks who engineered the entire collapse are the ones in charge of ―repairing‖ it!!! The
time will eventually come when everyone that is not ―in on it‖ will be left leveraged to the hilt, holding lots of
vaporware worthless PAPER while the Zionist and insiders come out smelling like roses OWNING
EVERYTHING OUTRIGHT. They will at some point be the prominent holders of the majority of REAL ASSESTS
while on the other hand their subsidiaries and/or affiliates are busy pushing worthless vaporware investments to the
uninitiated.
The most important fact that you can understand about the engineered financial collapse is:
THE LARGEST PREMEDITATED TRANSFER OF ALL WEALTH TO THE SUPER ELITE in the history of
mankind.
FED GAVE Banks Access to 23.7 TRILLION DOLLARS NOT $700 Billion! - video
The main premise of the ―bailout‖ and ―stimulus‖ packages is all under the convenient premise and guise of they are all
―TOO BIG TO FAIL.‖ Yet another crock of shit bogus in your face blatant bull. For decades our government has
relaxed just about every single law and regulations keeping corporations from becoming monolithic sprawling
multinational monstrosity monopolies… that can become too powerful… too big to fail. Today our nation if FULL of
such conglomerates that have all become ―to big to fail‖ and yet the underlying rules remain the same, the merger
mania has no end in sight as the gargantuan monsters continue eating up the now failing weaker corporations.
Welcome to the new corporate welfare state. For every time a giant corporation that is ―too big to fail‖ begins to
waiver, Uncle Sam will take your hard earned money that was allocated for public good and public programs and
redirect them to the greedy corrupt failed corporations. We have been living in the age of corporatism yet the masses
have been consistently clueless. We will all wake up someday to only realize that our whole country has been
stripped to the level of third world nation, only when it‘s too late.
There is no taming this capitalist beast… any attempt to ―regulate‖ these monstrosities will be and are squashed by the
very same banksters who are pulling all the strings. Regulatory agencies my ass, they have NEVER regulated bull
donkey. For they only PRETEND to regulate the industries they are set to oversee. As for EVERY SINGLE
―regulatory agency‖ to have ever been established, THE ARE ALL RUN BY THE KEY INSIDERS, THE SAME
PEOPLE WITHIN THE INDUSTRIES THEY ALLEGEDLY ―REGULATE‖! Try and reform the banking cartel
and set up a new regulatory agency to rein in the banks and this is what happens:
Bank lobby eviscerated financial reforms

SunSentinel
A "doom loop." That's what Andy Haldane, executive director of financial stability for the Bank of England,
warned last fall would happen if serious financial reform wasn't enacted.
Well, we appear to be a step closer to that doom loop with the leak this weekend of Senate Banking Committee
Chairman Chris Dodd's plan for a seriously watered-down consumer financial protection agency.
In June, President Barack Obama released a proposal calling for the creation of an agency that would be
"independent," with "broad authority" and the power to "combat the worst abuses in mortgage markets." The
agency, Treasury Secretary Tim Geithner said, would "have an independent seat at the table in our financial
regulatory system."
Well, that was before the banking lobby went into action. A couple of hundred million dollars later, and we're
left with this punch-to-the-gut of reform, from the top-line summary of Dodd's plan: "the independent agency
proposal would be dropped." Seven words dirtier than George Carlin ever uttered.
Instead, according to one version of the Dodd plan, the agency would be housed within the Treasury Department
and called the Bureau of Financial Protection. And that's not the only compromise. Here's how the eviscerated
entity would work, as laid out by Huffington Post's Ryan Grim:
"Each time the agency wanted to write a rule, it would have to consult with bank regulators. The agency
would then have to respond to the objections of each and every bank regulator in the Federal Register. If
the bank regulator was still unsatisfied, it could appeal to the ‗systemic regulator,' whose mission is to protect the
safety and soundness of the banking industry.
"Anytime a new rule is proposed, bank lobbyists argue that it will be burdensome and make the system less safe
and sound. If the systemic regulator agreed with the banks — as they often do — then the consumer protection
rule would be voided.
"Notably, the consumer protection agency has no veto power over any rules issued by bank regulators, which
demonstrates which regulator will be superior. The first concern is the banks."
Now Dodd has proposed the agency be housed within the Federal Reserve. The end result is the same: a
toothless regulator lacking the authority to enforce the consumer protection rules it writes.
So much for "independence" and "broad authority."
The proposal will no doubt be very popular with the banks that, as Sen. Dick Durbin put it, "own the
place." But it's already been met with criticism from consumer groups.
"Effective reform is once again being blocked by opposition from the big banks that caused the current
financial crisis," said Heather Booth, director of Americans for Financial Reform. "The revised proposal does
not provide what is needed to protect American families or the financial system as a whole."
This view was seconded by Nancy Zirkin of the Leadership Conference on Civil and Human Rights: "Big banks
and abusive lenders fought responsible regulation before the crisis, and we are all paying the price. It is
unacceptable for Congress to allow them to succeed again," she said.
But, then, we seem to be living in a time when the unacceptable is routinely accepted — and written off as
unavoidable.
Can you sit there and tell me that these are all ―mishaps‖ ―coincidence‖ ―mistakes‖ ―miscalculations‖ and so forth,
regularly made as if by policy decision by our elected officials and CEOs whom all graduated from the best of the very
best Ivy League schools of the world. Yet they regularly make glaring errors even a simple minded peasant would
never consider. Hello, wakeup call: No, these are not ―mistakes‖ or whatever they call their current atrocity. For these
people are the cream of the crop, the top 5% of worldwide brain trust are in fact shrewd calculators and strategists. In
their worlds there is no such thing as a ―mistake‖ everything is mathematically calculated, scientifically
engineered and premeditated.
BEHOLD: For the reality of the situation is none other than the fact that Wall Street has become the world‘s largest
CASINO GAMBLING OPERATION. The bets are taken by bookies called stock brokers, the losers are the poor saps,
the working people whom sit down after a hard day work and watch their country go to hell, flushed down the drain by
the wanton abuses of Wall Street gangsters. Who routinely gamble the nation‘s wealth and often have to pay out
billions of dollars on literal BETS to the elite insiders whom control the casino. This is the true reality of the big real-
estate bubble collapse. What do you think those mysterious ―derivatives‖ and CDOs (collateralized debt obligations)
and CDSs (credit default swaps) are? They are nothing but legalized institutionalized gambling: betting on phantom
hot air financial instruments. Where the financial institutions GAMBLE amongst each other, placing BETS with each
other and pay each other off from those bets. That is literally it in a nutshell. Nothing is produced, nothing
manufactured, not a single thing is made, not a single job is generated… yet this practice has literally been instrumental
for gutting out the economy of nations leading to the brink of financial collapse while simultaneously undergoing the
one of the largest consolidations of wealth in history of mankind.
America is FLAT BROKE in debt up the wazu, nothing is ―made in the U.S.A.‖ anymore (except for crappy
cars), we are technically BANKRUPT and what do we do? We borrow TRILLIONS… to… GIVE IT ALL
AWAY TO THE THIEF BANKSTERS!!! Yaaaayyyy!!!
Proof positive that the Zionist Jew owned media world is working hand in hand with the Zionist Wall Street Banksters
is in the universal condemnation by ALL the media of the government handing out any stimulus bailout funds to any
entity other than financial institutions. No one in the media world complains about the TRILLIONS that have been
dumped into the financial institution black hole, yet they howl with cries of bloody murder at the mention of REAL
companies that PRODUCE REAL PRODUCTS (car companies, Amtrak, etc.) getting a dime.
WTF? Folks, I have bad news for you: we are like, so screwed. The banksters are LOOTING AMERICA, they are
the ones who created this mess and the complicit Washingtonites are bending over backwards to throw billions and
trillions of dollars at them to accelerate the gutting of our nation in what can only be described as committing economic
suicide. And you know what?
BEHOLD, FOR: When these MULTI-NATIONAL international banks, banksters, financial titans finish
bleeding America dry, they will just pack their brief cases, board their corporate jets and land in some other
country (Israel?) where they have transferred and conceal all our wealth…. Business as usual… ―next‖….
All the Washingtonite republican leaders all cry out in unison ―WE NEED MORE TAX CUTS TO STIMULATE our
wealthy comrades ―THE ECONOMY‖!!!‖ What batshit insane preposterous claim! All the tax cuts in the world will
NEVER help the poor, the working class and especially the UNEMPLOYED victims of this economic collapse!
Duh!!! The millions of unemployed people will NEVER see ONE SINGLE PENNY of those tax cuts. The house is on
fire and the filthy rich only care about themselves, for these are the ONLY people that tax cuts benefit. I am appalled at
the retarded idiots who are the poor and working class yet champion all the works that clearly only benefit the rich and
the corporations. These fools blindly support the politicians who are enslaving them.
Again we witness the appointed sold out leaders pushing policies and acts that will ONLY benefit the wealthy elites.
The painfully scary and heartbreaking part of all this bull donkey is that all the brain dead masses believe all the
hyperbole. Many of them yell in unison ―more tax cuts!, more tax cuts!, more tax cuts!‖ /sigh/ Yes, those tax cuts are
going to be a great stimulus package… for the banksters hoarding trillions of dollars and buying up the smaller
banks and businesses for a fraction of what they are worth! When they are good and ready they will finally open
their DEBT windows and take those billions upon billions that easily flowed into their war chests and further enslave
mankind by LENDING it to you with high interest rates, fees, charges, conditions and one sided stipulations. Oh isn‘t
this a wonderful free world system!
As I have been trying to articulate over and over again; this world is no longer a free trade zone, the world has long
ago undergone a massive transformation into an enslaved DEBT driven society. Thomas Jefferson warned us long
ago: ―We must not let our rulers load us with perpetual debt.‖ How truly unfortunate that we as a people ceased to pay
attention to history.
The banksters are actually DOING NOTHING and will NEVER do ANYTHING, to stop the collapse, but of course
not, it makes perfect sense since it is their engineered economic collapse work of art in action in the first place. They
are sitting back in their million dollar board rooms sipping tea watching the chaos unfold, while they count the
TRILLIONS that the Washingtonite minions are sending them on top of the billions upon billions they have already
fleeced the world over. The sad fact is that it was the housing/mortgage bubble that they inflated to gargantuan
proportions that any kindergartener could tell you would eventually burst. Now they are taking the billions and
purchasing real assets, and businesses for when the day comes of total collapse, they will be the only ones left
OWNING everything…
Yet all the trillions that have been pumped into the world financial institutions have all been in vain. For if our leaders
REALLY wanted to ―fix‖ the problem, a very simple and amazing solution would have worked wonders: they could
have saved trillions of dollars and just PAID OFF every single outstanding mortgage in all of America in full. The
economy would be BOOMING right now with all our citizens having paid off their largest debt and having tons of
spending money to splurge. But that option in the eyes of your most benevolent loving caring banker community is
viewed as pure ludicrous blasphemous sin.
The worst part of this engineered collapse is the fact that most of those ―trillions of dollars in loses‖ are in fact nothing
more than GAMBLING DEBTs. Financial institutions made billions of dollars of ―bets‖ essentially on nothing more
than HOT AIR. Today‘s economic collapse is basically the collecting on those billion dollar ―bets.‖ Hence, nothing
has really been ―lost‖ yet having to honor those bets on CDOs and Credit Default Swaps is what is REALLY causing
the collapse…
People are raving mad about AIG getting multi-billion dollar bailout funds then holding huge parties. This
conglomerate has become the poster child for the gluttonous IN YOUR FACE attitude as it has audaciously been
taking millions of dollars of those bailout funds and giving out million dollar bonuses to their failure engineering
executives without a care or fear of penalty. THIS is the true ―get away with murder‖ state of our free for all decadent
business climate. That‘s not even the real story, the real story is the fact that ALL the bailout funds AIG gets, well, it
turns around and hands those funds right to the Wall Street banks!!! I kid you not! Now even THAT‘S not even
the whole story, for who do you think are AIG‘s major stockholders? Hmm, let‘s see: Goldman, Bank of America,
Merrill Lynch, UBS, JPMorgan, Chase, Morgan Stanley, Deutsch Bank, Barclays, and it goes on. I kid you not!
That‘s just the tip of the proverbial iceberg for the back room deals were steep in secrecy and hidden plotting, revealing
the extent of how deep the conspiratorial economic collapsing scheme went was the fact that the SEC mulled national
security status for AIG details:
NEW YORK (Reuters) - U.S. securities regulators originally treated the New York Federal Reserve's bid to
keep secret many of the details of the American International Group bailout like a request to protect matters of
national security, according to emails obtained by Reuters. The request to keep the details secret were made
by the New York Federal Reserve -- a regulator that helped orchestrate the bailout -- and by the giant insurer
itself, according to the emails.
Very few people have recognized the true nature of the Bankster Beasts that roam the world, for their institutions are
nothing more than BLACK HOLES that suck up peoples‘ and nation‘s wealth. Their powerful vortex is too much for
anyone people, organization and even nations to pull out of due to the fact that they do not understand the true inner
fundamental principle forces of how it operates and where it gains and multiplies it‘s POWER… Who dares confront
and slay THE BEASTS? Who will dare take down FEDzilla?
Wall Street's Bailout Hustle

Goldman Sachs and other big banks aren't just pocketing the trillions we gave them to rescue the
economy - they're re-creating the conditions for another crash
MATT TAIBBI, Rolling Stone, Excerpts from article:
―…. Goldman wasn't alone. The nation's six largest banks — all committed to this balls-out, I drink your
milkshake! strategy of flagrantly gorging themselves as America goes hungry — set aside a whopping $140
billion for executive compensation last year, a sum only slightly less than the $164 billion they paid themselves
in the pre-crash year of 2007. In a gesture of self-sacrifice, Blankfein himself took a humiliatingly low bonus of
$9 million, less than the 2009 pay of elephantine New York Knicks washout Eddy Curry. But in reality, not
much had changed. "What is the state of our moral being when Lloyd Blankfein taking a $9 million bonus is
viewed as this great act of contrition, when every penny of it was a direct transfer from the taxpayer?" asks Eliot
Spitzer, who tried to hold Wall Street accountable during his own ill-fated stint as governor of New York.
Beyond a few such bleats of outrage, however, the huge payout was met, by and large, with a collective sigh of
resignation. Because beneath America's populist veneer, on a more subtle strata of the national psyche, there
remains a strong temptation to not really give a shit. The rich, after all, have always made way too much money;
what's the difference if some fat cat in New York pockets $20 million instead of $10 million?...‖
―… A year and a half after they were minutes away from bankruptcy, how are these assholes not only back on
their feet again, but hauling in bonuses at the same rate they were during the bubble? The answer to that question
is basically twofold: They raped the taxpayer, and they raped their clients….‖
CON #1 THE SWOOP AND SQUAT

By now, most people who have followed the financial crisis know that the bailout of AIG was actually a bailout
of AIG's "counterparties" — the big banks like Goldman to whom the insurance giant owed billions when it
went belly up.
What is less understood is that the bailout of AIG counter-parties like Goldman and Société Générale, a French
bank, actually began before the collapse of AIG, before the Federal Reserve paid them so much as a dollar. Nor
is it understood that these counterparties actually accelerated the wreck of AIG in what was, ironically,
something very like the old insurance scam known as "Swoop and Squat," in which a target car is trapped
between two perpetrator vehicles and wrecked, with the mark in the game being the target's insurance company
— in this case, the government.
This may sound far-fetched, but the financial crisis of 2008 was very much caused by a perverse series of legal
incentives that often made failed investments worth more than thriving ones. Our economy was like a town
where everyone has juicy insurance policies on their neighbors' cars and houses. In such a town, the driving will
be suspiciously bad, and there will be a lot of fires…‖
CON #2 THE DOLLAR STORE

In the usual "DollarStore" or "Big Store" scam — popularized in movies like The Sting — a huge cast of con
artists is hired to create a whole fake environment into which the unsuspecting mark walks and gets robbed over
and over again. A warehouse is converted into a makeshift casino or off-track betting parlor, the fool walks in
with money, leaves without it…‖
CON #4 THE RUMANIAN BOX

One of the great innovations of Victor Lustig, the legendary Depression-era con man who wrote the famous
"Ten Commandments for Con Men," was a thing called the "Rumanian Box." This was a little machine that a
mark would put a blank piece of paper into, only to see real currency come out the other side. The brilliant
Lustig sold this Rumanian Box over and over again for vast sums — but he's been outdone by the modern
barons of Wall Street, who managed to get themselves a real Rumanian Box.
How they accomplished this is a story that by itself highlights the challenge of placing this era in any kind of
historical context of known financial crime. What the banks did was something that was never — and never
could have been — thought of before. They took so much money from the government, and then did so little
with it, that the state was forced to start printing new cash to throw at them. Even the great Lustig in his wildest,
horniest dreams could never have dreamed up this one….‖
CON #6 THE WIRE

Here's the thing about our current economy. When Goldman and Morgan Stanley transformed overnight from
investment banks into commercial banks, we were told this would mean a new era of "significantly tighter
regulations and much closer supervision by bank examiners," as The New York Times put it the very next day. In
reality, however, the conversion of Goldman and Morgan Stanley simply completed the dangerous concentration
of power and wealth that began in 1999, when Congress repealed the Glass-Steagall Act — the Depression-era
law that had prevented the merger of insurance firms, commercial banks and investment houses. Wall Street and
the government became one giant dope house, where a few major players share valuable information between
conflicted departments the way junkies share needles…‖
CON #7 THE RELOAD

Not many con men are good enough or brazen enough to con the same victim twice in a row, but the few who
try have a name for this excellent sport: reloading. The usual way to reload on a repeat victim (called an "addict"
in grifter parlance) is to rope him into trying to get back the money he just lost. This is exactly what started to
happen late last year.
It's important to remember that the housing bubble itself was a classic confidence game - the Ponzi scheme. The
Ponzi scheme is any scam in which old investors must be continually paid off with money from new investors to
keep up what appear to be high rates of investment return. Residential housing was never as valuable as it
seemed during the bubble; the soaring home values were instead a reflection of a continual upward rush of new
investors in mortgage-backed securities, a rush that finally collapsed in 2008…‖
―……Con artists have a word for the inability of their victims to accept that they've been scammed. They call it
the "True Believer Syndrome." That's sort of where we are, in a state of nagging disbelief about the real problem
on Wall Street. It isn't so much that we have inadequate rules or incompetent regulators, although both of these
things are certainly true. The real problem is that it doesn't matter what regulations are in place if the people
running the economy are rip-off artists. The system assumes a certain minimum level of ethical behavior and
civic instinct over and above what is spelled out by the regulations. If those ethics are absent — well, this thing
isn't going to work, no matter what we do. Sure, mugging old ladies is against the law, but it's also easy. To
prevent it, we depend, for the most part, not on cops but on people making the conscious decision not to do it.
That's why the biggest gift the bankers got in the bailout was not fiscal but psychological. "The most valuable
part of the bailout," says Rep. Sherman, "was the implicit guarantee that they're Too Big to Fail." Instead of
liquidating and prosecuting the insolvent institutions that took us all down with them in a giant Ponzi scheme,
we have showered them with money and guarantees and all sorts of other enabling gestures. And what should
really freak everyone out is the fact that Wall Street immediately started skimming off its own rescue money. If
the bailouts validated anew the crooked psychology of the bubble, the recent profit and bonus numbers show that
the same psychology is back, thriving, and looking for new disasters to create. "It's evidence," says Rep.
Kanjorski, "that they still don't get it."
More to the point, the fact that we haven't done much of anything to change the rules and behavior of Wall
Street shows that we still don't get it. Instituting a bailout policy that stressed recapitalizing bad banks was like
the addict coming back to the con man to get his lost money back. Ask yourself how well that ever works out.
And then get ready for the reload.‖ [From Issue 1099 — March 4, 2010]
When everything is said and done and the dust settles, and America admits it is BANKRUPT, (the Federal Reserve
Bank of St. Louis declared just that back in August of 2006) you will see how powerful the bankster community will
come out of all this… they will be INVINCIBLE GODS. For the economic collapse scheme is being played out in
EVERY nation around the world in one massive coordinated attack. And every country is digging deep to hand over
their wealth to the Zionist banksters….. Pure genius….
Let me see if I got this right: The Zionist illuminati banksters engineered this economic collapse and looting of
America, they purposely targeted and sub primed the heck out the minorities out there, credit default swapped the shit
out of investors and hoodwinked the institutions with crap CDOs, took out massive bets on Credit Default Swaps and
standing on the sidelines are the even more convoluted derivatives bubble waiting to blow. Folks who do not
understand all the fuss that has been going on, just sit back and watch as the Zionist Bankster elite do their thing and
further tighten the noose around the necks of their prey.
Head of IMF Proposes New Reserve Currency…

IMF's Strauss-Kahn [Zionist JEW titan] suggests IMF may one day provide global reserve asset
By HARRY DUNPHY Associated Press Writer, WASHINGTON February 26, 2010 (AP)
Dominique Strauss-Kahn (Zionist Jew ruling elite…), the head of the International Monetary Fund, suggested
Friday the organization might one day be called on to provide countries with a global reserve currency that
would serve as an alternative to the U.S. dollar.
"That day has not yet come, but I think it is intellectually healthy to explore these kinds of ideas now," he said in
a speech on the future mandate of the 186-nation Washington-based lending organization.
Strauss-Kahn said such an asset could be similar to but distinctly different from the IMF's special drawing rights,
or SDRs, the accounting unit that countries use to hold funds within the IMF. It is based on a basket of major
currencies.
He said having other alternatives to the dollar "would limit the extent to which the international monetary system
as a whole depends on the policies and conditions of a single, albeit dominant, country."
Strauss-Kahn, a former finance minister of France, said that during the recent global financial crisis, the dollar
"played its role as a safe haven" asset, and the current international monetary system demonstrated resilience.
"The challenge ahead is to find ways to limit the tension arising from the high demand for precautionary
reserves on the one hand and the narrow supply of reserves on the other," he said.
Several countries, including China and Russia, have called for an alternative to the dollar as a reserve currency
and have suggested using the IMF's internal accounting unit.
Strauss-Kahn said the IMF also needs to do a better job of tracing how risk percolates through the global
economy.
"Here it will be essential to improve our ability to monitor several dozen large complex financial institutions that
make up the `plumbing' through which global capital flows," he said, while leaving national regulators the job of
monitoring the solvency of individual institutions.
They have skillfully brought about the debt enslavement of the most powerful nation on the planet. Just like gangsters,
they can now call in their loans and ―break the legs‖ of the USA for defaulting on their loans… They have this country
and all its ―sELECTED‖ officials in their pockets. America has been ground zero of the most dramatic strategic
EMD attack (Economic Mass Destruction) to have ever been engineered in history.
In the end be prepared for these same Banksters to magically come up with a ―wonderful benevolent‖ solution to
the economic woes…. Sit back and watch… the first ―big wonderful solutions‖ will be floated in the coming G20
meetings this March in London and in the G20 Meeting to be held April. These G20 meetings will be the official
launch pad for not only the new world reserve currency proposal. But as the setup for their next phase of total world
monetary control. Let it be known: the Zionist ―Jews‖ OWN this country (and many others) lock stock and barrel,
guess what? You my dear friend are but a powerless spectator.
Behold and understand this: In their unending quest for GLOBAL ECONOMIC COLONIZATION the powers that
be have been strategically aligning and priming the public for a new world reserve currency to replace the dollar. This
will soon come to pass and become our new reality. In their myriad engineered chaos they float many concepts such as
trying to pass off China as a neutral ―central player‖ in that scheme, the IMF the World Bank, the United Nations, BIS
have all been proposed, but in the end it does not matter who the central player is, for no matter what country takes the
assumes the central position it is the world financial Zionist cartel who ultimate rule. The point that is important here is
this: once they get a world reserve currency all nations will effectively lose their independence forever. Even if
they externally seem to keep their sovereign identity. They will all have given their national birthrights away to the
international bankers who will then call all the national practices, laws and foreign policies. The moment any member
nation steps out of line it will suffer severe financial repercussions… Think about the ramifications…
The stage is being set; we are being setup by the super elite for our own downfall. They way they have planned the
downfall of our nation is quite simple and actually ingenious:
The fact that the Zionist fractional reserve banking system based out of the Federal Reserve can no longer operate
under the cloak of darkness and secrecy that it once had and has become ever so evident that the FED and the greedy
Wall Street banksters are at the center of all that ails our society, they have been cranking up the ridiculous actions
such as the looting of our national treasury with the integral help of the FED to such an extent that it is becoming ever
so clear even to the most dumbest fools out there that the FED and our monetary system is completely broken.
Now understand this: The powers that be are actively promoting and funding entities such as Tea Party movements in
the quest to build up a fever pitch rebellion against their own current financial system. The ingenuity here is that the
super elite are way ahead of the game. They are carefully, ever so meticulously guiding the controlled demolition
of their entire financial system AND the upcoming rebellion that will DEMAND A NEW SYSTEM which
THEY will provide!
Behold for once the rebellion breaks out and is allowed to run its course, under the cover of martial law, the initiation
of drastic authoritarian policies and measures "to quell the rebellions" once the new infrastructure of civilian control is
setup and in place the international banks will step up to the podium as our "saviors" and reveal their new
improved financial system that will be either of regional or international in scope. Once this system is fully operating,
our national sovereignty and independence will for all intents and purposes have been DELEGATED and bequeathed
to the international banksters. He who has ears, let him hear, he who has eyes, let him see… for the stage has been set,
prepare for another great ―New Deal‖…
It Is Now Mathematically Impossible To Pay Off the U.S. National Debt

A lot of people are very upset about the rapidly increasing U.S. national debt these days and
they are demanding a solution. What they don't realize is that there simply is not a solution under the current
U.S. financial system. It is now mathematically impossible for the U.S. government to pay off the U.S. national
debt. You see, the truth is that the U.S. government now owes more dollars than actually exist. If the U.S.
government went out today and took every single penny from every single American bank, business and
taxpayer, they still would not be able to pay off the national debt. And if they did that, obviously American
society would stop functioning because nobody would have any money to buy or sell anything.
And the U.S. government would still be massively in debt.
So why doesn't the U.S. government just fire up the printing presses and print a bunch of money to pay off the
debt?
Well, for one very simple reason. That is not the way our system works.
You see, for more dollars to enter the system, the U.S. government has to go into more debt.
The U.S. government does not issue U.S. currency - the Federal Reserve does.
The Federal Reserve is a private bank owned and operated for profit by a very powerful group of elite
international bankers. If you will pull a dollar bill out and take a look at it, you will notice that it says "Federal
Reserve Note" at the top. It belongs to the Federal Reserve.
The U.S. government cannot simply go out and create new money whenever it wants under our current system.
Instead, it must get it from the Federal Reserve.
So, when the U.S. government needs to borrow more money (which happens a lot these days) it goes over to the
Federal Reserve and asks them for some more green pieces of paper called Federal Reserve Notes.
The Federal Reserve swaps these green pieces of paper for pink pieces of paper called U.S. Treasury bonds. The
Federal Reserve either sells these U.S. Treasury bonds or they keep the bonds for themselves (which happens a
lot these days).
So that is how the U.S. government gets more green pieces of paper called "U.S. dollars" to put into circulation.
But by doing so, they get themselves into even more debt which they will owe even more interest on.
So every time the U.S. government does this, the national debt gets even bigger and the interest on that debt gets
even bigger.
Are you starting to get the picture?
As you read this, the U.S. national debt is approximately 12 trillion dollars, although it is going up so rapidly
that it is really hard to pin down an exact figure.
So how much money actually exists in the United States today?
Well, there are several ways to measure this.
The "M0" money supply is the total of all physical bills and currency, plus the money on hand in bank vaults and
all of the deposits those banks have at reserve banks. As of mid-2009, the Federal Reserve said that this amount
was about 908 billion dollars.
The "M1" money supply includes all of the currency in the "M0" money supply, along with all of the money
held in checking accounts and other checkable accounts at banks, as well as all money contained in travelers'
checks. According to the Federal Reserve, this totaled approximately 1.7 trillion dollars in December 2009,
but not all of this money actually "exists" as we will see in a moment.
The "M2" money supply includes everything in the "M1" money supply plus most other savings accounts,
money market accounts, retail money market mutual funds, and small denomination time deposits (certificates of
deposit of under $100,000). According to the Federal Reserve, this totaled approximately 8.5 trillion dollars in
December 2009, but once again, not all of this money actually "exists" as we will see in a moment.
The "M3" money supply includes everything in the "M2" money supply plus all other CDs (large time deposits
and institutional money market mutual fund balances), deposits of Eurodollars and repurchase agreements. The
Federal Reserve does not keep track of M3 anymore, but according to ShadowStats.com it is currently
somewhere in the neighborhood of 14 trillion dollars. But again, not all of this "money" actually "exists" either.
So why doesn't it exist?
It is because our financial system is based on something called fractional reserve banking.
When you go over to your local bank and deposit $100, they do not keep your $100 in the bank. Instead, they
keep only a small fraction of your money there at the bank and they lend out the rest to someone else. Then, if
that person deposits the money that was just borrowed at the same bank, that bank can loan out most of that
money once again. In this way, the amount of "money" quickly gets multiplied. But in reality, only $100
actually exists. The system works because we do not all run down to the bank and demand all of our money at
the same time.
According to the New York Federal Reserve Bank, fractional reserve banking can be explained this way....
"If the reserve requirement is 10%, for example, a bank that receives a $100 deposit may lend out $90 of
that deposit. If the borrower then writes a check to someone who deposits the $90, the bank receiving that
deposit can lend out $81. As the process continues, the banking system can expand the initial deposit of
$100 into a maximum of $1,000 of money ($100+$90+81+$72.90+...=$1,000)."
So much of the "money" out there today is basically made up out of thin air.
In fact, most banks have no reserve requirements at all on savings deposits, CDs and certain kinds of money
market accounts. Primarily, reserve requirements apply only to "transactions deposits" – essentially checking
accounts.
The truth is that banks are freer today to dramatically "multiply" the amounts deposited with them than ever
before. But all of this "multiplied" money is only on paper - it doesn't actually exist.
The point is that the broadest measures of the money supply (M2 and M3) vastly overstate how much "real
money" actually exists in the system.
So if the U.S. government went out today and demanded every single dollar from all banks, businesses and
individuals in the United States it would not be able to collect 14 trillion dollars (M3) or even 8.5 trillion dollars
(M2) because those amounts are based on fractional reserve banking.
So the bottom line is this....
#1) if all money owned by all American banks, businesses and individuals was gathered up today and sent
to the U.S. government, there would not be enough to pay off the U.S. national debt.
#2) the only way to create more money is to go into even more debt which makes the problem even worse.
You see, this is what the whole Federal Reserve System was designed to do. It was designed to slowly drain the
massive wealth of the American people and transfer it to the elite international bankers.
It is a game that is designed so that the U.S. government cannot win. As soon as they create more money by
borrowing it, the U.S. government owes more than what was created because of interest.
If you owe more money than ever was created you can never pay it back.
That means perpetual debt for as long as the system exists. It is a system designed to force the U.S. government
into ever-increasing amounts of debt because there is no escape.
We could solve this problem by shutting down the Federal Reserve and restoring the power to issue U.S.
currency to the U.S. Congress (which is what the U.S. Constitution calls for). But the politicians in Washington
D.C. are not about to do that.
So unless you are willing to fundamentally change the current system, you might as well quit complaining about
the U.S. national debt because it is now mathematically impossible to pay it off.
***UPDATE***
It has been suggested that the same dollar can be used to pay off debt over and over - this is theoretically true as
long as the dollar remains in the system.
For example, if the U.S. government gives China a dollar to pay off a debt, there is a good chance that the U.S.
government will be able to acquire that dollar again and use it to pay off another debt.
However, this is not true when debt is retired with the Federal Reserve. In that case, money is actually removed
from the system. In fact, because of the "money multiplier", when debt is retired with the Federal Reserve it can
remove ten times that amount of money (and actually more, but let's not get too technical) from the system.
You see, fractional reserve banking works both ways. When $100 is introduced into the system, it can
theoretically create $1000 as the example in the article above demonstrates. However, when that $100 is
removed, it can have the opposite impact.
And considering the fact that the Federal Reserve "purchased" the vast majority of new U.S. government debt
last year, we have got a real mess on our hands.
Even if a way could be figured out how to pay off all the debt we owe to foreign nations (such as China, Japan,
etc.) it would still be mathematically impossible to pay off the debt that we owe to the Federal Reserve which is
exploding so fast that it is hard to even keep track of.
Of course we could repudiate that debt and shut down the Federal Reserve, but very few in Washington D.C.
have any interest in doing that.
It has also been suggested that instead of just using dollars to pay off the U.S. national debt, we could use the
assets of the U.S. government to pay it off.
That is rather extreme, but let us consider that for a moment.
That total value of all physical assets in the United States, both publicly and privately owned, is somewhere in
the neighborhood of 45 to 50 trillion dollars. Of course the idea of the U.S. government "owning" every single
asset of the American people is repugnant to our entire way of life, but let's assume that for a moment.
According to the 2008 Financial Report of the United States Government, which is an official United States
government report, the total liabilities of the United States government, including future social security and
Medicare payments that the U.S. government is already committed to pay out, now exceed 65 TRILLION
dollars. This amount is more than the entire GDP of the whole world.
In fact, there are other authors who have written that the actual figure for the future liabilities of the U.S.
government should be much higher, but let's be conservative and go with 65 trillion for now.
So, if the U.S. government took control of all physical assets in the United States and sold them off, it could not
even make enough money to pay for everything that the U.S. government is already on the hook for. - Ouch.
If you have not read the 2008 Financial Report of the United States Government, you really should. Actually
the 2009 report should be available very soon if it isn't already.
The truth is that the U.S. government is in much bigger financial trouble than we have been led to believe.
For example, according to the report (which remember is an official U.S. government report) the real U.S.
budget deficit for 2008 was not 455 billion dollars. It was actually 5.1 trillion dollars. So why the difference?
The CBO's 455 billion figure is based on cash accounting, while the 5.1 trillion figure in the 2008 Financial
Report of the United States Government is based on GAAP accounting. GAAP accounting is what is used by all
the major firms on Wall Street and it is regarded as a much more accurate reflection of financial reality.
So needless to say, the United States is in a financial mess of unprecedented magnitude.
So what should we do? Does anyone have any suggestions?
***UPDATE 2***
We have received a lot of great comments on this article. Trying to understand the U.S. financial system (even
after studying it for years) can be very difficult at times. In fact, it can almost seem like playing 3D chess.
Several readers have correctly pointed out that when the U.S. money supply is expanded by the Federal Reserve,
the interest that is to be paid on that new debt is not created.
So where does the money to pay that interest come from? Well, eventually the money supply has to be
expanded some more. But that creates even more debt.
That brings us to the next point.
Several readers have insisted that the Federal Reserve is not privately owned and that since it returns "most" of
the profits it makes to the U.S. government that we should not be concerned about the debt owed to it.
The truth is that what you have with the Federal Reserve is layers of ownership. The following was originally
posted on the Federal Reserve's website....
"The twelve regional Federal Reserve Banks, which were established by Congress as the operating arms of the
nation‘s central banking system, are organized much like private corporations – possibly leading to some
confusion about "ownership." For example, the Reserve Banks issue shares of stock to member banks. However,
owning Reserve Bank stock is quite different from owning stock in a private company. The Reserve Banks are
not operated for profit, and ownership of a certain amount of stock is, by law, a condition of membership in the
System. The stock may not be sold, traded, or pledged as security for a loan; dividends are, by law, 6 percent per
year."
So Federal Reserve "stock" is owned by member banks. So who owns the member banks? Well, when you sift
through additional layers of ownership, you will ultimately find that people like the Rothschilds, the
Rockefellers and the Queen of England have very large ownership interests in the big banks. But there are so
many layers of ownership that they are able to disguise themselves well.
You see, these people are not stupid. They did not become the richest people in the world by being morons. It
was the banking elite of the world who designed the Federal Reserve and it is the banking elite of the world who
benefit the most from the Federal Reserve today. In the article above when we described the Federal Reserve
as "a private bank owned and operated for profit by a very powerful group of elite international bankers" we
may have been oversimplifying things a bit, but it is the essence of what is going on.
In an excellent article that she did on the Federal Reserve, Ellen Brown described a number of the ways that the
Federal Reserve makes money for those who own it....
The interest on bonds acquired with its newly-issued Federal Reserve Notes pays the Fed‘s operating
expenses plus a guaranteed 6% return to its banker shareholders. A mere 6% a year may not be
considered a profit in the world of Wall Street high finance, but most businesses that manage to cover all
their expenses and give their shareholders a guaranteed 6% return are considered "for profit"
corporations.
In addition to this guaranteed 6%, the banks will now be getting interest from the taxpayers on their
"reserves." The basic reserve requirement set by the Federal Reserve is 10%. The website of the Federal
Reserve Bank of New York explains that as money is redeposited and relent throughout the banking
system, this 10% held in "reserve" can be fanned into ten times that sum in loans; that is, $10,000 in
reserves becomes $100,000 in loans. Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.8 puts the total "loans and
leases in bank credit" as of September 24, 2008 at $7,049 billion. Ten percent of that is $700 billion. That
means we the taxpayers will be paying interest to the banks on at least $700 billion annually – this so that
the banks can retain the reserves to accumulate interest on ten times that sum in loans.
The banks earn these returns from the taxpayers for the privilege of having the banks‘ interests protected
by an all-powerful independent private central bank, even when those interests may be opposed to the
taxpayers‘ -- for example, when the banks use their special status as private money creators to fund
speculative derivative schemes that threaten to collapse the U.S. economy. Among other special benefits,
banks and other financial institutions (but not other corporations) can borrow at the low Fed funds rate
of about 2%. They can then turn around and put this money into 30-year Treasury bonds at 4.5%,
earning an immediate 2.5% from the taxpayers, just by virtue of their position as favored banks. A long
list of banks (but not other corporations) is also now protected from the short selling that can crash the
price of other stocks.
The reality is that there are a lot of ways that the Federal Reserve is a money-making tool. Yes, they do return
"some" of their profits to the U.S. government each year. But the Federal Reserve is NOT a government agency
and it DOES make profits.
So just how much money is made over there? The truth is that we have to rely on what the Federal Reserve tells
us, because they have never been subjected to a comprehensive audit by the U.S. government.
Ever.
Right now there is legislation going through Congress that would change that, and the Federal Reserve is
fighting it tooth and nail. They are warning that such an audit could cause a financial disaster.
What are they so afraid of?
Are they afraid that we might get to peek inside and see what they have been up to all these years?
If you are a history buff, then you probably know that debates about a "central bank" go all the way back to the
Founding Fathers.
The European banking elite have always been determined to control our currency, and that is exactly what is
happening today.
Ever since the Federal Reserve was created, there have been members of the U.S. Congress that have been trying
to warn the American people about the insidious nature of this institution.
Just check out what the Honorable Louis McFadden, Chairman of the House Banking and Currency Committee
had to say all the way back in the 1930s....
"Some people think that the Federal Reserve Banks are United States Government institutions. They are private
monopolies which prey upon the people of these United States for the benefit of themselves and their foreign
customers; foreign and domestic speculators and swindlers; and rich and predatory money lenders."
The Federal Reserve is not the solution and it never has been.
The Federal Reserve is the problem.
It seems that the IMF (International Monetary Fund) is being aligned to become the world central bank. With the UN
having some sort of talking head role in the new proposed system.
No sooner than I wrote the words above, than a few weeks later I read this FOX News headline: ―U.N. Climate Change
Plan Would Likely Shift Trillions to Form New World Economy.‖ Breitbart also covers the breaking news with its
―UN panel touts new global currency reserve system.‖ Those who obtained version 1.0 of this report will readily attest
to the fact that these words predicting exactly what is now happening were declared in the earlier draft of the Matrix
Report that was chiseled out last year. I don‘t make this stuff up. Yet I am not a prophet, (I hope not!) I just know what
their ultimate goals are and have identified a slew of their Modus Operandi, thus ―foretelling the future‖ is becoming
very easy…
Why Wont The Bail Out Work? MUST SEE! - Video
You still think everything is not a rigged game? Check out this revealing passage that Silber highlights from
Whitney's article:
In truth, Geithner did us all a big favor on Tuesday by exposing himself as a stooge of the banking industry. Now
everyone can see that the banks are working the deal from the inside. Geithner has assembled a phalanx of
Wall Street flim-flam men to fill out the roster at Treasury. His chief-of-staff is lobbyist from Goldman
Sachs. The new deputy secretary of state is a former CEO of Citigroup. Another CFO from Citigroup is now
assistant to the president, and deputy national security adviser for International Economic Affairs. And one of his
deputies also came from Citigroup. One new member of the president's Economic Recovery Advisory Board
comes from UBS, which is currently being investigated for helping rich clients evade taxes. The Obama White
House is a beehive of big money guys and Wall Street speculators.
To which Silber adds this appropriate and devastating gloss:
So who are you going to believe? The ignorant and/or lying voices of the system that's killing you (at this late
date, you can place primary emphasis on the "lying" part of that description), or your own lying eyes?
Silber then harks back to a prophetic piece he wrote last fall, when the "credit crunch" was still being described as
an "economic downturn":
Those people who have followed the foreign policy catastrophes of recent years are repeatedly struck by this
phenomenon: all the "experts" who are supposedly so knowledgeable in this area -- that is, all the "experts" who
led us into the catastrophes and who were grievously, bloodily, murderously wrong about every significant matter
-- remain entrenched in the foreign policy establishment. Moreover, they are precisely the people to whom
everyone turns for the "solution" to the disasters that engulf us, both now and the disasters likely to come. This is
what it means to have a ruling class. As I have said, the ruling class rules. The ruling class exercises a lethal
monopoly on the terms of public debate, just as it exercises a lethal monopoly on the uses of state power.
What you have seen over the last six months and more, and what you will see in the coming months and years, is
the same phenomenon in the realm of economic policy. All of the solons who led us into this abyss of
mounting debt, worthless securities, failing financial institutions, economic contraction and collapse, rising
taxation, and all the rest, will now instruct us as to how we should "solve" the crisis that THEY have
created. The crisis may be ameliorated to a degree, and the worst of the consequences may be postponed for a
while. But whatever "solutions" are implemented, whatever reorganization and reregulation is imposed, it will all
be done in accordance with the ruling class's desires and goals. It will all be to protect their own wealth and
power to whatever extent is possible, and to expand their wealth and power still more, if that remains at all
feasible.‖
The bankster Zionist crime families rule the world. The king of the bankster families is none other than the Rothschilds
have OWNED England‘s central bank, thus controlled them (yes: England!) lock stock and barrel since 1815 (in other
words they have had mad power over nations for over 200 years). Ever since those days up until the present 21st
century, the banksters RULE by controlling all the worlds countries‘ central banks, then offer their host countries
DEBT as a viable monetary fiat system. The ―conquered‖ countries who are thus being ruled by proxy, have to pay
back the private central banks with INTEREST in return for printing money for them. That is the fundamental
stratagem of their fiat currency scam, DEBT, the secret ingredient in their world enslavement quest.
Go ahead, continue to suck up all the advice fed to you by the mainstream 97% Jew owned media cartel… Yes go
back to your cocoon and turn the channel to Suzy Orman‘s (Jew) financial debt advice, then swallow up everything
that ―Mad Money‖ Jim Cramer (Jew) tells you to invest in… These are just two out of thousands of high profile
famous Jews that are front and center on the air prophesying for their Zionist Jew master‘s agendas, keeping the goyim
chasing pipe dreams, collectively the Zionist Jew media cartel craft a wonderful mass illusion.
The World Wilderness Congress was established in the 1980s under the benevolent guise of ―helping to save the
planet.‖ The important piece of which was the concept of creating a ―World Conservation Bank‖ and the proposal of
taking collateral for national loans in the form of the debtor‘s national lands and parks. What happens when the
countries cannot repay their loans? Their lands can then be confiscated and sold to one of their subsidiary or partners at
colossal profits. As you can see with this one small example, DEBT is THE instrumental ingredient to ENSLAVE even
entire nations. The banksters will never be satisfied until they own the deeds to everything on this planet.
Hundreds of billions upon billions, to mounting trillions of dollars are being systematically handed over to the financial
institutions ―to restore the CREDIT markets‖… Washingtonite leaders believe this is the central part to repairing all
the ills we are now facing, pumping money into banks to spur CREDIT. What this demonstrates beyond a shadow of
a doubt, is the FACT that the entire monetary system is a purely DEBT driven system. Pure insanity. There exists NO
real wealth, there can be NO real wealth for ANYONE other than the banksters in this type of system. The loan
sharks rule the land.
To top it off what are they doing with all the trillions of dollars that was just handed to them? Certainly not lending it to
anyone! Credit markets are still on lock down in mid 2009, so what have they been doing with that money? Buying up
cold hard assets, other banks and so forth, accumulating and conducting the most massive consolidation of wealth
since the great depression. Oh, you didn‘t notice? They have been quietly buying up and accumulating all the gold on
the planet… nothing to see here folk, so go about your business, sleep, sleep, sleep.
News flash, while the rest of the world is in the middle of the engineered ―Financial Armageddon‖ massive economic
collapse, there are many insider Zionists that are doing extremely well consolidating wealth at pennies on the dollar.
For instance, the House of Rothschild banks have all claimed to have made ―comfortable‖ profits (why am I not
surprised?) while the rest of the financial industry and the world is ablaze in financial smoke and ruins… and how
about the Zionist crown jewel? Their ―holy nation‖ of apartheid Israel… Golly gee whiz… while the rest of the world
is on flames, burning down and being sucked into the abyss, it seems as if Israel is the only country that is
immune to the financial collapse, they are actually the only country that is PROFITING and prospering on the entire
planet:
Hey, I don‘t make this stuff up, I am just exposing the FACTS…. The TRUTH that is right in front of everyone‘s eyes,
but yet you are too blind to see. The Zionist Jew banksters engineer massive world level financial collapse and their
dear home country having full 20/20 vision of what is transpiring by their Zionist agents sits back and comes out
smelling like roses in the midst of the storm. What a wonder to behold: the radiant prosperous nation of Israel…
A book came out recently called ―Start-up Nation‖ The Story of Israel‘s Economic Miracle. Here is an entire book
devoted to expounding upon the supposed ―genius greatness‖ of the Jews. Israel is a tiny country with just 7.1 million
people surrounded by enemies, in a constant state of war, with no natural resources produces more start-up companies
than large, peaceful nations like Canada, Japan, China, India, and the U.K. and is quickly surpassing every country on
the planet in just about everything. During the six years following the bursting of the tech bubble in 2000, Israel
suffered one of its supposed worst periods of ―terrorist attacks‖ and fought a second Lebanese war; and yet, as the
authors note, its "share of the global venture capital market did not drop—it doubled, from an already very high 15
percent to 31 percent." Of course it went up! The vast majority of the world‘s premier banksters are all Zionist Jews!
When someone has a good idea for a business all they have to do is pick up the phone and call a Zionist uncle.
Meanwhile as the cards are increasingly being stacked in favor of their Zionist Jew brethren, their media complexes are
concurrently building a propaganda narrative setting up, illustrating, supporting and embedding the thought, concept
and conviction in the goyim minds of Jewish supremacy.
First of all the book does anything but provide the reader with a balanced analysis of the topic is purports to cover and
instead goes on to boast on the greatness of the Jews. I will tell you in one full swoop the REAL reason why Israel
is becoming THE undisputed worldwide epicenter of technology in their quest of ECONOMIC
COLONIZATION: The Zionists who have first engineered complete monopolistic takeover/control of 1) The
worldwide banking/investment industry, then they proceeded to 2) Finance a complete monopolistic takeover/control
of all media with the abundant capital from the financial enterprises that are part of their matrix network, then they
proceeded to orchestrate 3) a complete coup and subjugation of the political systems by utilizing their Finance/Media
monopolies to strategically garner absolute authority in politics. 3) Today we are witnessing their consolidated efforts
of deliberately collapsing America in its entirety and have been shifting major finance & manufacturing out of the
country en mass. Simultaneously making billions upon billions of dollars readily available (as per default protocol) to
Jewish entrepreneur comrades to pursue their ambitions and thus
continue to expand their Zionist industrial matrix complex.
The one amazing ability of the Jews is their ability to USE any
given host/resource until it is fully drained then move on to
another host (in this case, country), then commence the entire
parasitic process all over again. In this case they have been
purposely been running America (and many other countries) to
the ground, all the while they have been raising up their beloved
homeland, Israel and meticulously promoting and aligning
Israel and the Jews to soon be accepted as THE center of the
world. For Israel is to be the central ruling point of their
Messianic rule. Hey, again, I don‘t make this stuff up, it is
written in their holy scriptures, they have just been strategically
scheming and maneuvering for centuries to make it happen.
The (Rothschild) Bank Of England Engaged In Flagrant Gold Manipulation In The Interwar Period
Via The New York Fed; Does History Repeat Itself?
An article written by University of Tennessee professor John R Garrett, "Monetary Policy and Expectations:
Market-Control Techniques and the Bank of England, 1925-1931", which describes in exquisite detail the
gold falsification measures undertaken by the Bank of England in the interwar period in order to impact
interest rates in a favorable direction, performed with the full criminal complicity of the Federal Reserve
Bank of New York, may mean paranoid "gold bugs" could soon be forever absolved of their "tin hat"
wearing status as outright gold, and other data, manipulation by a major central bank is now proven
beyond doubt. The implications regarding the possibility of comparable deceitful and treasonous acts by
modern central bankers are staggering… Read the entire expose here - Submitted by Tyler Durden
The Zionist Jew chokehold on world finance is absolute, as they rule with an iron rod. It is from this stronghold that
they finance their own kind and all their endeavors with unlimited supplies of capital that is made available to
their brethren at ridiculously favorable terms never presented to the goyim population. THIS IS THE SECRET OF
HOW THE ZIONIST ENTERPRISES QUICKLY BECOME THE DOMINANT LEADERS IN THEIR
INDUSTRIES. Meanwhile when they provide financing to the goyim they are subjected to stringent conditionalities,
strict one sided conditions with high interest rates and penalties designed to enslave the gentiles of the world with
excessive debt, this is the first step of how they gain indirect control of everything and anything they so desire. It is
their usury trap the bible warns us of that enslaves even nations.
Recent headline: Wall Street Bankers Pull Off Another Regulatory Heist (link)
Another un-noticed crucial key why Israel‘s citizens abilities for all intents and purposes seem "superior" to the people
of just about any western country, is that unlike its western counterparts who have been undergoing decades of
premeditated dumbing down of the populations along with decades of destroying the caliber of public education, to the
extent that American public education rates around 3rd world nation levels. Israel on the other hand does not neuter
their population with harmful vaccines and fluoridated their waters, it trains all its Jewish school children to be
inquisitive and to actually think independently. All the while in America for instance the educational programs are
purposely stagnant, follow orders and do as you are told and were trained in the sheeple creation schooling system.
How Our Entire Economy Became a Ponzi Scheme

We're only just discovering how widespread the rip-off schemes riddling our economy are.
Andy Kroll, TheNation, March 18, 2010 |
Every great American boom and bust makes and breaks its share of crooks. The past decade -- call it the Ponzi
Era -- has been no different, except for the gargantuan scale of white-collar crime. A vast wave of financial fraud
swelled in the first years of the new century. Then, in 2008, with the subprime mortgage collapse, it crashed on
the shore as a full-scale global economic meltdown. As that wave receded, it left hundreds of Ponzi and pyramid
schemes, as well as other get-rich-quick rackets that helped fuel our recent economic frenzy, flopping on the
beach.
The high-water marks from that crime wave, those places where the corruption reached its zenith, are still visible
today, like the 17th floor of 885 Third Avenue in midtown Manhattan, the nerve center of investment firm
Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities -- and, as it turned out, a $65 billion Ponzi scheme, the largest in
history. Or Stanfordville, a sprawling compound on the Caribbean island of Antigua named for its wealthy owner,
a garrulous Texan named Allen Stanford who built it with funds from his own $8 billion Ponzi scheme. Or
the bizarrely fortified law office -- security cards, surveillance cameras, hidden microphones, a private elevator --
of Florida attorney Scott Rothstein, who duped friends and investors out of $1.2 billion.
The more typical marks of the Ponzi Era, though, aren‘t as easy to see. Williamston, Michigan, for instance, lacks
towering skyscrapers, Italian sports cars, million-dollar mansions, and massive security systems. A quiet town 15
miles from Lansing, the state capital, Williamston is little more than a cross-hatching of a dozen or so streets. A
―DOLLAR TIME$‖ store sits near Williamston‘s main intersection -- locals affectionally call it the "four corners"
-- and its main drag is lined with worn brick buildings passed on from one business to the next like fading, hand-
me-down jeans. It‘s here, far from New York or Antigua, that thanks to two brothers seized by a financial fever
dream, the Ponzi Era made its truest, deepest American mark.
Jay and Eric Merkle, active church members and successful local businessmen, were well known among
Williamston‘s residents. In 2004, the brothers discovered that an oil-and-gas venture, which they had invested in
and which promised them quick, lucrative returns, was a scam. They‘d been duped. Their next move should have
been simple: turn in the crooks and get on with their lives, their pockets a few dollars lighter. Jay and Eric,
however, grasped the spirit of their age and made another decision entirely -- they teamed up with the guys who
had ripped them off, in the process switching from prey to predator.
That first venture actually floundered, but in 2005, court records show, they started their own Ponzi scheme,
Platinum Business Industries (PBI). Based in Williamston, PBI claimed it was socking its investors‘ money into
lucrative oil and gas exploration opportunities in Oklahoma and Texas, and it promised the investors absurdly
high returns -- 6% a month, or 72% a year. Despite such promises, the brothers assured town locals handing over
their hard-earned dollars that little risk was involved. Even if the energy exploration didn‘t pay off, the land
acquired by PBI was valuable and could be sold to offset any losses.
Like Madoff in Palm Beach, the Merkles in Williamston exploited local ties -- church and family -- to reel in new
investors; and like Madoff's investment fund, PBI, too, was a complete sham, and a classic Ponzi scheme -- that
is, an investment scam in which existing investors‘ returns are paid for with money from new investors. In the
case of PBI, there was no energy exploration in Oklahoma and Texas.
Some of the money they received from later investors the Merkles used to pay off earlier ones and give their
scheme the look of success. But in their case, there was a rub. The Merkles were distinctly creatures of the Ponzi
Era: they evidently couldn‘t help themselves. Even as they ran their own Ponzi racket, documents show, they
were getting fleeced. What they weren't paying out in fake returns the Merkles bet on high-yield, get-rich-quick
schemes in the U.S. and abroad that had nothing to do with oil and gas -- and other Ponzi schemers and con artists
were robbing them blind.
Their financial crime spree collapsed in 2008. Dead-broke, with investigators closing in, they told investors that
various foreign governments and banks had frozen their assets. The brothers then asked them to wire more than a
million dollars to Nigeria, Ghana, and other countries as ―fees‖ to release their money, even as they warned them
against cooperating with an FBI investigation. Then, on a brisk autumn day in October 2008, the feds arrested to
the two brothers; the game was up. In all, via PBI and other scams, they had duped more than 600 investors out of
$50 million, robbing some of their life savings.
When compared to Madoff‘s or Stanford‘s heists, that sum was little more than pocket change. But the Merkle
brothers caught the true, democratic spirit of a decade of an unrestrained magical thinking that infected rich and
poor, successful and ne‘er-do-well, the financially savvy and neophytes who couldn‘t tell a stock from a bond.
Think of their story as a parable for the Ponzi Era: they were taken, decided to become takers, took others, then
got taken again. In the rush for the pot of gold at rainbow‘s end, they bet everything Main Street had to offer,
believing they could get away with it.
Thanks to an open credit spigot, a booming housing market, and visions of unimaginable wealth on Wall Street,
practically everyone in the United States in the past decade seemed to aspire to get rich -- and quick. Perfectly
ordinary people refinanced their homes, refinanced again, and used the money they got to stake themselves at the
crooked casino table of American life. Some rolled the dice in stocks, bonds, and second homes. For millions
more, the gamble took the form of ―investment opportunities‖ that promised wealth in a hurry, opportunities now
exposed as little more than financial con jobs. ―People were shooting for that home run,‖ says Peter Henning, a
law professor at Wayne State University and white-collar crime expert. ―They were saying, ‗I‘m just as smart as
Warren Buffet.‘‖
Today, with easy credit and the buy-now-pay-tomorrow culture that it spawned in the dustbin of history, the
Ponzis and pyramid schemes of the past decade can be seen for what they really were. Not a week seems to go by
without the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) or the FBI or law enforcement
officials busting another get-rich hustle. Yet the full scope of the criminality of the Ponzi Era remains elusive; no
one yet knows just how widespread those Ponzi schemes were -- and how many may remain, hidden or in plain
sight.
Beyond the headliners like Madoff and Stanford, Americans may not actually be aware of just how many
schemes of this sort were abroad in our land -- but it probably doesn‘t matter much either. Disillusionment with
the past decade is such that many Americans now simply assume that our world is little but a giant Ponzi scheme.
Ponzis, Ponzis, Everywhere
The wave of financial crime may have peaked in 2005 or 2006, but the detritus of such collapsed schemes has left
regulators and investigators ever busier. Almost four times as many Ponzi schemes broke down in 2009 -- 150 --
as in 2008 -- 40. According to the Associated Press, the FBI began more than 2,100 securities fraud cases last
year, an increase from 1,750 the year before. The SEC likewise dealt out 82% more restraining orders against
Ponzi schemes and similar frauds in 2009 than the previous year.
2008 belonged to Madoff, but 2009 and 2010 have displayed a far more eclectic cast of crooks. We learned
of mini Madoff, Miami Madoff, and Montreal Madoff, of Ponzis targeting African Americans, Haitian
Americans, and Cuban Americans. There were fraudulent real-estate schemes and farm-grain schemes. Some
were banal, like a Ponzi built on investments in state-worker uniforms or one that siphoned off retirement funds
from bus drivers. Others were sexier, like the high-profile Florida race-car driver who, investigators say, swindled
investors for $5 million claiming to peddle iron-ore contracts, or the clutch of professional athletes, among them
the National Football League‘s Michael Vick, allegedly fleeced for $3 million by an elite ―adviser‖ offering
guidance on buying luxury properties and private jets. There were Ponzis piled atop each other, like a recent
Detroit scam described by a state official as ―a multiheaded Ponzi hydra.‖
Faltering Ponzis have spread woe in Dallas and Boca Raton, Livermore and Long Island, Seattle and Atlanta. And
the legacy of the past decade‘s procession of white-collar criminals has indelibly marked our society in ways that
go far beyond the financial losses they caused to their unfortunate investors.
Just use the word ―Madoff‖ and see if you don‘t inspire a visceral sense of revulsion in your listeners. (So
notorious is the name that Bernie‘s daughter-in-law wants to legally change her daughter‘s last name from
Madoff to Morgan to avoid ―additional humiliation.‖) Indeed, the Ponzi scheme is now so imprinted on the
American imagination that it has, to some extent, become a prism through which we interpret the world.
The World‘s a Ponzi, and We‘re All Getting Duped
A decade ago, few Americans would have described the world around them in Ponzi terms, if they even knew
what it was. Today, it‘s become increasingly commonplace to describe American politics as a series of massive,
plain-as-day Ponzi schemes. Medicare, for instance, or Social Security are regularly deemed Ponzis by right-wing
protestors railing against the spread of big government. ―It‘s become part of the political nomenclature,‖ says law
professor Henning. ―That may be the greatest effect Madoff had. He‘s now taken a term of art and made it into
common public discourse.‖
Last month, for instance, Tim Pawlenty, the drawling Minnesota governor and potential Republican presidential
candidate, described not just Social Security and Medicare but all federal government spending as the ―Ponzi
scheme on the Potomac.‖ That scheme, Pawlenty wrote, ―sooner or later‖ will
―come crashing down, and the loss will be mammoth... Ponzi schemes succeed because people want to believe in
a free lunch as long as the easy money is rolling in. But a day of reckoning always arrives, and ours is right
around the corner. The sooner we open our eyes, the sooner we can clean up this mess."
The inexorable rise of our closest economic competitor, China, is apparently a massive Ponzi, too. According to
some journalists and analysts, that country‘s success has been built on a bloated stock market, a growing housing
bubble, cheap labor, and the promise of increasing returns. If so, it‘s undoubtedly the greatest heist ever pulled in
plain sight, involving the duping of China‘s billion-plus inhabitants and the billions more worldwide whose
lifestyles wouldn‘t exist without the Middle Kingdom‘s industrial rise.
To some, the Ponzi scheme knows no borders at all. Joe Romm, a climate science expert and blogger at
ClimateProgress.org -- a left-leaning website, since the Ponzi mindset is bipartisan -- casts our current climate
nightmare as a global Ponzi. By devouring natural resources now and cavalierly spewing greenhouse gases to
poison the planet‘s future, Romm says, we‘re mortgaging the lives of future generations:
"You can get this burst of wealth that we have created from this rapacious behavior. But it has to collapse, unless
adults stand up and say, ‗This is a Ponzi scheme. We have not generated real wealth, and we are destroying a
livable climate...'"
What does it mean that we so eagerly slap the label ―Ponzi scheme‖ on those things that most frustrate, infuriate,
or confound us? Why do so many Americans feel like hapless investors who have thrown away their life savings
to pay off guys at the top whose only goal is to screw over everybody else?
It‘s an unmistakable sign, at the very least, of a deep, simmering distrust and disillusionment, a dark undercurrent
of despair spreading through our culture, whether voiced by Governor Pawlenty or a newspaper reader in rural
Ohio who wrote in a letter to the editor that Social Security "is, by definition, a Ponzi scheme." Today, for
Americans, the literal Ponzi schemers may be the least of it. Sooner or later, they usually go to jail. But the
distrust they sparked has made its way to the very kings of finance, who, like the Ponzi-schemers, were not so
long ago going to make us all rich, who struck the match and then stoked the flames of the financial crisis, who
created oblique financial products like collateralized debt obligations and pick-a-pay subprime mortgages, and
then walked away unscathed with multi-million dollar salaries and bonuses in their pockets.
The distrust extends as well to the government that finally jailed Madoff and is prosecuting Stanford, but has
dealt a free pass to Lloyd Blankfein of Goldman Sachs and Dick Fuld of Lehman Brothers. What might be
thought of as an American Ponzi mood can be seen in the rise of anti-government groups like the burgeoning Tea
Party movement. The scattered ―patriot‖ groups that comprise the Tea Partiers passionately claim the president,
the Democrats, and even the Republicans are ―stealing‖ their country and liberty from them; in some cases, they
are prepared to take up arms against what they see as fraud of the largest order, which they term ―socialist
tyranny.‖
Most disquieting in the Ponzi Era is the disillusionment it has bred, the sense that people you know or work with
could be ripping you off. In Bernie Madoff‘s case, there‘s a possibility he deceived his own wife and children.
The Merkle brothers exploited members of their church and extended family. "You work hard your whole life to
be smart with your money and save and then it is taken by someone you know,‖ said a resident of tiny Van Wert,
Ohio, who'd been duped by the Merkles. ―People need to be warned that it can happen in Van Wert, too."
How long it will take for that embedded distrust to dissipate is anyone‘s guess. As the victims of Madoff can
attest, justice is bittersweet in the wake of a Ponzi scheme: the ringleader may spend his life in prison, his
belongings publicly auctioned off as a form of catharsis as much as restitution, but investors are rarely made
whole again. The scars remain.
Ours is now a Ponzi nation. There is a new mood in the land. Just how it will play out is unknown, but a sense of
having been conned is still spreading -- as if not just surprising numbers of investors, but the whole country had
experienced the last days of a giant Ponzi scheme. With it goes a feeling that what we‘ve been living through,
even in ―the best of times,‖ wasn‘t an American dream, but pure nightmare. Welcome to America, sucker.
More great articles on the REALITY of the financial/Economic state of the world:
 The Fraud of Bushenomics: They‘re Looting the Country

www.alternet.org/economy/74262/?page=entire
 Grand Theft America Financial Crime of the Century
www.globalresearch.ca/index.php?context=va&aid=10364
 The Broken Society
www.nytimes.com/2010/03/19/opinion/19brooks.html
 The Fleecing of America www.opednews.com/articles/The-Fleecing-of-America-by-Stephen-Lendman-
081006-986.html
 The Fleecing of America: Those Missing Pentagon Trillions and More Missing Trillions
www.opednews.com/populum/linkframe.php?linkid=107990
I don‘t know how the WORLD will break, or if they can break out of the debt chokehold, other than to purposely cease
and desist, just stop doing business with the banksters. A large majority of debtors would have to break from their
enslavement in order for it to have a significant impact and give the beast a mortal blow. The only option that I can
think of is for all the masses to do the ―unthinkable.‖ There is only one thing that makes the banksters shake with
fear and pee in their pants… Yes we would all have to perform a TABOO procedure, that the financial industry
views as a nightmare sin of sins, so much that they have spent years in brainwashing the masses of this greatest of
SINS. According to the financial world if you do it you will become a leper, your friends, family, business associates
will lose all respect for you, society will frown upon you and spit at you, you will become scum, less than a worm and
maybe even go to hell… this is how they portray the retribution of:
Behold: for the only way I can see to kill the ―Debt Beast‖ is for everyone to go into BANKRUPTCY. Yes, the ―B‖
word. Cut those financial chains that bind you and blow off those blood sucking bankster parasites for good, then never
go back begging for credit (debt) again. If enough people file for bankruptcy then it will gravely weaken or even help
slay the beast that enslaves us through our finances…. Think about it…..
You have no reason to fear bankruptcy, the stigma and negative connotations associated with this liberating practice
has been fostered and carefully cultivated over the centuries as a unforgivable SIN by none other than the bankster
blood sucker parasites who wish to keep you enslaved forever. Once the bankruptcy process is over, the banksters
no longer OWN you. You will actually have SECURED FREEDOM FROM THEIR BONDS, destroyed the chains
that have you financially imprisoned, now free to do whatever you want.
Once emancipated from yet another form of enslavement. I would suggest that you NEVER get another credit card, or
finance a car again. You can drive a used car and save the payments you would normally make, then save the
―payments‖ for 2-3 years and buy a brand new car if you would like. Home ownership? NEVER go to the blood
sucking leech banksters! Two options here: save for 10-15 years and buy a home cash, it is yours, the second option is
to find an ―owner financed‖ home, where at least the person who gets the interest payments is another honest citizen
and not a blood sucking parasite bank. As for credit cards, you really don‘t need them, seriously, for real. Just use a
ATM debit card if you must.
What is paramount here is that you understand how you are being enslaved by the banksters for whom you
unknowingly go to work day in and day out to give them the lion‘s share of your paychecks while they sit behind their
ivy tower desks doing nothing more than counting the torrents of money you and everyone else foolishly relinquish!
Whether you realize it or not, you are their whore who goes out and pulls ―tricks‖ then brings the money to your pimp
master bankster. Of course, as any smart pimp, they have enforcers, the repo men; the Federal Reserve Bank‘s Gestapo
enforcer is called the IRS, the powerful almighty judge, jury and police. Who always have their greedy hands in your
pocket taking their ―cut‖ before the paycheck ever reaches your hands, the rich get special accounting priveledges,
conditions and loopholes. Unless you are among the 2%er club, top of the top, wealthiest players of the nation, who for
all intents and purposes pay whatever they want, if they want, as per their well-paid creative financial manager‘s efforts
and knowledge of maneuvering within the system. BTW, did you know that a great majority of your elected leaders
don‘t even pay taxes? According to a recent survey, the amount of taxes elected officials didn‘t pay taxes last year is
approximately $950 million dollars, yes, just shy of one billion dollars. Nothing more to see here folks, now crawl back
into your hole… sleep… sleep…

WEALTH vs. POVERTY

MONETARY ENLSLAVEMENT MATRIX
OPPRESSION & SLAVERY IS ALIVE AND WELL!
THE ARISTOCRACY NEVER DISAPPEARED, THEY SIMPLY MORPHED
“He who owns all the gold, makes all the rules.”
“For if leisure and security were enjoyed by all alike, the great mass of human beings who are normally
stupefied by poverty would become literate and would learn to think for themselves; and when once they
had done this, they would sooner or later realize that the privileged minority had no function, and they
would sweep it away. In the long run, a hierarchical society was only possible on a basis of poverty and
ignorance.” — George Orwell
The inequality of wealth in the United States is soaring to an unprecedented level. The U.S. already had the highest
inequality of wealth in the industrialized world prior to the financial crisis. Since the crisis, which has hit the middle
class and poor much harder than the top 2 percent, the gap between the top 2 percent and the remaining 98 percent of
the U.S. population has grown to a record high.
The rich have been getting richer since Ronald Reagan and conservative economic policy took hold in 1981 (the
democrats are equally just as guilty). For instance, a CEO used to make 20-40 times what an *average* worker at their
company made in the 70's, and while this is still true for most of the developed world, in the US, this inequity has
skyrocketed so that now they make more than 400 times what an
average worker does.
Politicians and Washingtonites continue to spread the illusion that

if we just have more tax cuts for the rich, more deregulation, and
less unions, somehow things will be better for everybody, when in
fact, it only leads to the rich getting richer and the poor and
middle class getting screwed.
The working class and the poor are essentially the SCRAFICIAL
LAMBS that are sacrificed to the corporate and banking gods to
feed their ravenous quest for empire, insatable greed. The appetite
and lust of money and power of the ruling elite, and their corporate
matrix clearly reveals to what master they bow to.
It has been said ―money is the root of all evil,‖ it never occurred to me until after understanding how the financial
industrial complex and corporations thoroughly controlled the world, that this statement was so profoundly true. Our
lives all revolve around getting money. Everything in life is in some way connected to money. No wonder they call the
system that runs the world capitalism., for everything is about capital, i.e. money. All the ills of society are directly
connected to money. The list can go on and on. If you opt out of the vicious money cycle, sure pain and poverty await
you. People routinely surrender all values, ethics, standards and morals in their quest to make more money. Money is
the carrot that the ruling elite use to get their ways. Money is the reward given to all the managers working for the
ruling elite. They are cherished with opulent homes, cars, women. The rewards for the upper echelon movers and
shakers of the ruling elite get the hot candy like Ferraris, Lamborghinis, yachts and so forth. Those who refuse to play
the game, or not ―in‖, well they are regulated to the middle class, if they are lucky.
"In a nation that was proud of hard work, strong families, close-knit communities and our faith in God, too
many of us now tend to worship self-indulgence and consumption. Human identity is no longer defined by
what one does, but by what one owns. But we have discovered that owning things and consuming things does
not satify our longing for meaning. We have learned that piling up material goods cannot fill the emptiness of
lives which have no confidence and purpose." - Jimmy Carter's speech of July 1979
It has been a continuous cycle throughout history: All societies eventually become separated into the ―haves and have
not‘s.‖ All throughout every ancient European country‘s history, and world history as a whole has seen the notorious
the ruling class oppressing and bleeding the working class dry. This has never changed. Money is the key enslavement
element. Even today, though we don‘t refer to our leaders as the ―aristocrats‖, they are still that same very faction.
Today is no different than any other time in history other than that we are highly advanced technologically. As the gap
widens, the middle class begins to shrink. The ―middleclass‖ is the current rank of the working class. The laborer class,
who work your farms, factories, stores, etc., for the most part, can technically described as the poor. What I‘m trying to
explain is the science and history of ―class‖, and they do have it down to a science in remote circles of society. Class
struggle, separation and control has been around for ages and has been practiced right here in modern society without
our slightest clue, you just don‘t recognize it.
Concentration of Wealth = An Influence Lock On Our Politics

By David Johnson
Since the Reagan-era changes in the country's tax and regulation policies more and more of the wealth and
income generated by our economy has been flowing upward to fewer and fewer people. We have now reached
the point where wealth is at least as concentrated as it was in 1929. With similar consequences.
Just how concentrated is the wealth and income? The L-Curve website graphically illustrates the disparity.
Here's how it works. Picture a football field. Each of the 100 years is 1% of the population. At any point on the
field you pile a stack of $100 bills to represent the income that a family in that percentile makes. So the median
family income would be on the 50-yard line.
According to the site (old data), in 2005 the median family was approx. $40,000, and the stack of $100 bills
would be about 1.6 inches high.
The family on the 95-yard line makes about $100K, a stack about 4 inches high.
99-yard line, $300K, about a foot high.
One foot line, top 1/3 of one percent, $1 million, 40 inches.
Now the slope of the graph starts to rise…
$1 billion is a stack 1 kilometer high. (Median family income was 1.6 inches.)
And then you start to get to the really rich. $10 billion is a stack the height of Mt. Everest.
The last few on the field have income representing a stack 15 kilometers high.
Two points:
1) This is old data. The concentration is greater now. The top incomes might not be as high this year.
2) The concentration of wealth is even greater than the concentration of income.
The societal consequences are dramatic. This happened as a result of wealth's ability to influence our country's
decision-making. And that influence was used to increase the wealth of the influencers, which increased their
influence. But this has come at the expense of regular people, whose incomes have stagnated, forcing them into
increasing debt.
We have reached a breaking point where a consumer-based economy can no longer be sustained. But this has
not led to any loosening of the grip that money has on our political system. If we don't force the political system
out of that grip and restore democracy we will not be able to fix our economic system.
I find it utterly amazing how millionaires, especially politicians

and well paid lap dog millionaire ―reporters‖ who are
prominently portrayed national TV, those who we trust to report
the ―truth‖ always come out of the woodworks decrying taxing
the rich. Throughout the ages the cries of economic rape
reverberate throughout the lands whenever the conversation ever
turns to possibly taxing the massively disproportionately rich
posse even a single percentage point.
What I find truly mind boggling is that you've got people who
are poor as shit who fight tooth and nail campaigning and
championing to preserve and maintain the status quo and
defending the rich. I'll never, ever understand why people from the south (or any other impoverished areas) who don't
have a pot to piss in worship candidates who are filthy rich who will NEVER, ever be able to understand the struggles
of the poor and lower classes, let alone stand up for the rights of the MAJORITY who are in their eyes: economically
disadvantaged beggars.
This picture of a homeless couple is direct testament to the byproduct of greed driven capitalist system and polices the
Washingtonites routinely enact in favor of their corporate benefactors who they really serve instead of the common
folks, hard working citizens. Look at this picture long and hard, for one day this can be you and your family…
My problem isn't with the rich. My problem is with the rich who control and manage everything, including the laws
they pass to maintain their glutonous riches and ensure that they continue to get richer above all rational common
sense. You hear a lot about the free market.... How 'free' and ‗fair‘ is a market that is basically run and maintained by
the same small group of uber rich individuals and corporations?
The Economic Elite Vs. The People of the United States of America
(This is part one of a six part series, the links to the rest of the report are listed below)
February 16th, 2010 by David DeGraw
-I: Casualties of Economic Terrorism, Surveying the Damage
——-II: The Rise of the Economic Elite

——-III: Exposing Our Enemy: Meet the Economic Elite
——-IV: The Financial Coup d’Etat
——-V: Overcoming the Divide and Conquer Strategy
——-VI: How to Fight Back and Win: Common Ground Issues That Must Be Won
“The American oligarchy spares no pains in promoting the belief that it does not exist, but the
success of its disappearing act depends on equally strenuous efforts on the part of an American
public anxious to believe in egalitarian fictions and unwilling to see what is hidden in plain sight.” —
Michael Lind, To Have and to Have Not
It‘s time for 99% of Americans to mobilize and aggressively move on common sense political reforms.
Yes, of course, we all have very strong differences of opinion on many issues. However, like our Founding Fathers
before us, we must put aside our differences and unite to fight a common enemy.
It has now become evident to a critical mass that the Republican and Democratic parties, along with all three
branches of our government, have been bought off by a well-organized Economic Elite who are tactically
destroying our way of life. The harsh truth is that 99% of the US population no longer has political representation.
The US economy, government and tax system is now blatantly rigged against us.
Current statistical societal indicators clearly demonstrate that a strategic attack has been launched and an analysis
of current governmental policies prove that conditions for 99% of Americans will continue to deteriorate. The
Economic Elite have engineered a financial coup and have brought war to our doorstep. . . and make no mistake,
they have launched a war to eliminate the US middle class.
To those who feel I am using extreme rhetoric, I ask you to please take a few minutes of your time to hear me out
and research the evidence put forth. The facts are there for the unprejudiced, rational and reasoned mind to absorb.
It is the unfortunate reality of our current crisis.
Unless we all unite and organize on common ground, our very way of life and the ideals that our country was
founded upon will continue to unravel.
Before exposing exactly who the Economic Elite are, and discussing common sense ways in which we can defeat
them, let‘s take a look at how much damage they have already caused.
I: Casualties of Economic Terrorism, Surveying the Damage
The devastating numbers across-the-board on the economic front are staggering. I‘ll go through some of them here,
many we have already become all too familiar with. We hear some of these numbers all the time, so much so that it
appears as if we have already begun ―to normalize the unthinkable.‖ You may be sick of hearing them, but behind
each number is an enormous amount of individual suffering, American lives and families who are struggling worse
than they ever have.
America is the richest nation in history, yet we now have the highest poverty rate in the industrialized world with
an unprecedented number of Americans living in dire straits and over 50 million citizens already living in poverty.
The government has come up with clever ways to downplay all of these numbers, but we have over 50 million
people who need to use food stamps to eat, and a stunning 50% of US children will use a food stamp to eat at some
point in their childhood. Approximately 20,000 people are added to this total every day. In 2009, one out of five
US households didn‘t have enough money to buy food. In households with children, this number rose to 24%, as
the hunger rate among US citizens has now reached an all time high.
We also currently have over 50 million US citizens without healthcare. 1.4 million Americans filed for bankruptcy
in 2009, a 32% increase from 2008. As bankruptcies continue to skyrocket, medical bankruptcies are responsible
for over 60% of them, and over 75% of the medical bankruptcies filed are from people who have healthcare
insurance. We have the most expensive healthcare system in the world, we are forced to pay twice as much as
other countries and the overall care we get in return ranks 37th in the world.
In total, Americans have lost $5 trillion from their pensions and savings since the economic crisis began and $13
trillion in the value of their homes. During the first full year of the crisis, workers between the age of 55 – 60, who
have worked for 20 – 29 years, have lost an average of 25% off their 401k. ―Personal debt has risen from 65% of
income in 1980 to 125% today.‖ Over five million US families have already lost their homes, in total 13 million
US families are expected to lose their home by 2014, with 25% of current mortgages underwater. Deutsche Bank
has an even grimmer prediction: ―The percentage of ‗underwater‘ loans may rise to 48 percent, or 25 million
homes.‖ Every day 10,000 US homes enter foreclosure. Statistics show that an increasing number of these people
are not finding shelter elsewhere, there are now over 3 million homeless Americans, the fastest growing segment
of the homeless population is single parents with children.
One place more and more Americans are finding a home is in prison. With a prison population of 2.3 million
people, we now have more people incarcerated than any other nation in the world – the per capita statistics are 700
per 100,000 citizens. In comparison, China has 110 per 100,000, France has 80 per 100,000, Saudi Arabia has 45
per 100,000. The prison industry is thriving and expecting major growth over the next few years. A recent report
from the Hartford Advocate titled ―Incarceration Nation‖ revealed that ―a new prison opens every week
somewhere in America.‖
Mass Unemployment
The government unemployment rate is deceptive on several levels. It doesn‘t count people who are ―involuntary
part-time workers,‖ meaning workers who are working part-time but want to find full-time work. It also doesn‘t
count ―discouraged workers,‖ meaning long-term unemployed people who lost hope and don‘t consistently look
for work. As time goes by, more and more people stop consistently looking for work and are discounted from the
unemployment figure. For instance, in January, 1.1 million workers were eliminated from the unemployment total
because they were ―officially‖ labeled ―discouraged workers.‖ So instead of the number rising, we will hear
deceptive reports about unemployment leveling off.
On top of this, the Bureau of Labor Statistics recently discovered that 824,000 job losses were never accounted for
due to a ―modeling error‖ in their data. Even in their initial January data there appears to be a huge understating,
with the newest report saying the economy lost 20,000 jobs. TrimTabs employment analysis, which has
consistently provided more accurate data, ―estimated that the U.S. economy shed 104,000 jobs in January.‖
When you factor in all these uncounted workers — ―involuntary part-time‖ and ―discouraged workers‖ — the
unemployment rate rises from 9.7% to over 20%. In total, we now have over 30 million US citizens who are
unemployed or underemployed. The rarely cited ―employment-participation‖ rate, which reveals the percentage of
the population that is currently in the workforce, has now fallen to 64%.
Even based on the ―official‖ unemployment rate, just to get back to the unemployment level of 4.6% that we had in
2007, we need to create over 10 million new jobs, and most every serious economist will tell you that these jobs
are not coming back. In fact, we are still consistently shedding jobs, on just one day, January 27th, several
companies announced new cuts of more than 60,000 jobs.
Due to the length of this crisis already, millions of Americans are reaching a point where the unemployment
benefits that they have been surviving off of are coming to an end. More workers have already been out of work
longer than at any point since statistics have been recorded, with over six million now unemployed for over six
months. A record 20 million Americans qualified for unemployment insurance benefits last year, causing 27 states
to run out of funds, with seven more also expected to go into the red within the next few months. In total, 40 state
programs are expected to go broke.
Most economists believe that the unemployment rate will remain high for the foreseeable future. What will happen
when we have millions of laid-off workers without any unemployment benefits to save them?
Working More for Less
The millions struggling to find work are just part of the story. Due to the fact that we now have a record high six
people for every one job opening, companies have been able to further increase the workload on their remaining
employees. They have been able to increase the amount of hours Americans are working, reduce wages and
drastically cut back on benefits. Even though Americans were already the most productive workers in the world
before the economic crisis, in the third quarter of 2009, average worker productivity increased by an annualized
rate of 9.5%, at the same time unit labor cost decreased by 5.2%. This has led to record profits for many
companies. Of the 220 companies in the S&P 500 who have reported fourth-quarter results thus far, 78% of them
had ―better-than-expected profits‖ with earnings 17% above expectations, ―the highest for any quarter since
Thomson Reuters began tracking data.‖
According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, the national median wage was only $32,390 per year in 2008, and
median household income fell by 3.6% while the unemployment rate was 5.8%. With the unemployment rate now
at 10%, median income has been falling at a 5% rate and is expected to continue its decline. Not surprisingly,
Americans‘ job satisfaction level is now at an all time low.
There are also a growing number of employed people who, despite having a job, are still living in poverty. There
are at least 15 million workers who now fall into this rapidly growing category. $32,390 a year is not going to get
you far in today‘s economy, and half of the country is making less than that. This is why many Americans are now
forced to work two jobs to provide for their family to hopefully make ends meet.
A Crime Against Humanity
The mainstream news media will numb us to this horrifying reality by endlessly talking about the latest numbers,
but they never piece them together to show you the whole devastating picture, and they rarely show you all the
immense individual suffering behind them. This is how they ―normalize the unthinkable‖ and make us become
passive in the face of such a high casualty count.
Behind each of these numbers, is a tremendous amount of misery, the physical toll is only outdone by the severe
psychological toll. Anyone who has had to put off medical care, or who couldn‘t get medical care for one of their
family members due to financial circumstances, can tell you about the psychological toll that is on top of the
physical suffering. Anyone who has felt the stress of wondering how they were going to get their child‘s next meal
or their own, or the stress of not knowing how you are going to pay the mortgage, rent, electricity or heat bill, let
alone the car payment, gas, phone, cable or internet bill.
There are now well over 150 million Americans who feel stress over these things on a consistent basis. Over 60%
of Americans now live paycheck to paycheck.
These are all basic things that every person should be able to easily afford in a technologically advanced society
such as ours. The reason why we struggle with these things is because the Economic Elite have robbed us all. This
amount of suffering in the United States of America is literally a crime against humanity.
II: The Rise of the Economic Elite
―The war against working people should be understood to be a real war…. Specifically in the U.S., which happens
to have a highly class-conscious business class…. And they have long seen themselves as fighting a bitter class
war, except they don‘t want anybody else to know about it.‖ — Noam Chomsky
As a record number of US citizens are struggling to get by, many of the largest corporations are experiencing
record-breaking profits, and CEOs are receiving record-breaking bonuses. How could this be happening; how did
we get to this point?
The Economic Elite have escalated their attack on US workers over the past few years; however, this attack began
to build intensity in the 1970s. In 1970, CEOs made $25 for every $1 the average worker made. Due to
technological advancements, production and profit levels exploded from 1970 - 2000. With the lion‘s share of
increased profits going to the CEOs, this pay ratio dramatically rose to $90 for CEOs to $1 for the average worker.
As ridiculous as that seems, an in-depth study in 2004 on the explosion of CEO pay revealed that, including stock
options and other benefits, CEO pay is more accurately $500 to $1.
Paul Buchheit, from DePaul University, revealed, ―From 1980 to 2006 the richest 1% of America tripled their
after-tax percentage of our nation‘s total income, while the bottom 90% have seen their share drop over 20%.‖
Robert Freeman added, ―Between 2002 and 2006, it was even worse: an astounding three quarters of all the
economy‘s growth was captured by the top 1%.‖
Due to this, the United States already had the highest inequality of wealth in the industrialized world prior to the
financial crisis. Since the crisis, which has hit the average worker much harder than CEOs, the gap between the top
one percent and the remaining 99% of the US population has grown to a record high. The economic top one
percent of the population now owns over 70% of all financial assets, an all-time record.
As mentioned before, just look at the first full year of the crisis when workers lost an average of 25 percent off
their 401k. During the same time period, the wealth of the 400 richest Americans increased by $30 billion,
bringing their total combined wealth to $1.57 trillion, which is more than the combined net worth of 50% of the
US population. Just to make this point clear, 400 people have more wealth than 155 million people combined.
Meanwhile, 2009 was a record-breaking year for Wall Street bonuses, as firms issued $150 billion to their
executives. 100% of these bonuses are a direct result of our tax dollars, so if we used this money to create jobs,
instead of giving it to a handful of top executives, we could have paid an annual salary of $30,000 to 5 million
people.
So while US workers are now working more hours and have become dramatically more productive and profitable,
our pay is actually declining and all the dramatic increases in wealth are going straight into the pockets of the
Economic Elite.
If our income had kept pace with compensation distribution rates established in the early 1970s, we would all be
making at least three times as much as we are currently making. How different would your life be if you were
making $120,000 a year, instead of $40,000?
So it should come as no surprise to see that we now have the highest inequality of wealth in the industrialized
world and the highest inequality of wealth in our nation‘s history. The backbone of America, a hard-working
middle class that has made our country a world leader, has been devastated.
Now that we have a better understanding of how our income has been suppressed over the past forty years, let‘s
take a look at how the economy has been designed to take the limited money we receive and put it into the hands
of the Economic Elite as well.
Costs of Living
Outside of the workplace, in almost all our costs of living the system is now blatantly rigged against us. Let‘s take
a look at it, starting with our tax system.
In total, the average US citizen is forced to give up approximately 30% of our income in taxes. This tax system is
now strategically designed to flow straight into the hands of the Economic Elite. A huge percentage of our tax
dollars ultimately ends up in their pockets. The past decade proves that — whether it‘s the Republicans or the
Democrats running the government — our tax money is not going into our community; it is going into the pockets
of the billionaires who have bought off both parties - it is obscene.
For an example of how this system flows to the Economic Elite, just look at the Wall Street ―bailout.‖ The real size
of the bailout is estimated to be $14 trillion - and could end up costing trillions more than that. By now you are
probably also sick of hearing about the bailout, but stop and think about this for a moment… Do you comprehend
how much $14 trillion is?
What could be accomplished with this money is almost beyond common comprehension.
And this is just the tip of the iceberg that has hit us. On top of the trillions given to the Wall Street elite, we already
have a record $12.3 trillion in national debt - and we now have to pay $500 billion in interest to the Economic Elite
on this debt every year, yet another way they are milking us dry. When you add in unfunded liabilities owed, like
social security payments, we actually owe a stunning $74 trillion. That adds up to a debt of $242,000 for every
man, woman and child in America.
Trillions more, 25% of taxpayer dollars allocated to military spending goes unaccounted for every year, not to
mention the billions spent on overcharging and outright fraud. During the War on Terror, the Economic Elite have
used our tax money to build a private army that has more soldiers deployed than the US military - a congressional
study revealed that 69% of the ―US‖ fighting forces deployed throughout the world in our name are in fact private
mercenaries, 80% of them are foreign nationals. Private contractors regularly get paid three to five times more than
our soldiers, and have been repeatedly caught overcharging and committing fraud on a massive scale. A
congressional investigation revealed this and strongly recommended that we seize wasting tax dollars on these
private military contractors. However, under Obama, there has actually been a drastic increase in total tax dollars
spent on them.
In 2009, just over $1 trillion tax dollars were spent on the military. It‘s safe to say that at least $350 billion of that
was needlessly wasted.
When you research our tax system you see an unprecedented level of waste and fraud rampant throughout most
expenditures. Our tax system is a national disaster of epic proportions. It is literally an organized criminal
operation that continues to rob us in broad daylight, with zero accountability.
Politicians and mainstream ―news‖ outlets will not tell you this, but most every serious economist knows that due
to so much theft and debt created in the tax system, the only way to fix things, other than stopping the theft and
seizing the trillions that have been stolen, will be for the government to cut important social funding and
drastically raise our taxes. Other than the record national debt, many states are running record deficits and
―barreling toward economic disaster, raising the likelihood of higher taxes, more government layoffs and deep cuts
in services.‖ Our nation‘s biggest state economies, like California and New York, are the ones in most trouble.
To merely say that things will not be improving economically is to be a delusional optimist. The truth that you will
not hear: we have been hit by an economic deathblow and the United States lays in ruins.
It‘s not just this criminal tax system; the theft is now built into all our costs of living.
Trillions more in our spending on food and fuel have been stolen due to fraudulent stock transactions and
overcharging. Just ten years ago, in 2000, American families paid 7% of our income on food and fuel. We now pay
20%. This drastic increase is primarily driven by fraudulent market manipulation that drives up stock prices.
Congress uncovered this in 2006, as part of the Enron investigation. They found that companies manipulated the
oil market to create major spikes in stock values, but then Congress didn‘t do anything about it. Nothing to see
here, just move on.
As mentioned before, we have the most expensive health care system in the world and we are forced to pay twice
as much as other countries, and the overall care we get in return ranks 37th in the world. On average, US citizens
are now paying a record high 8% of their income on medical care.
One of the reasons why foreclosure rates are so high is because the percentage of income Americans pay on their
housing has risen to 34%.
So for these basic necessities - taxes, food, fuel, shelter and medical bills - we have already lost 92% of our limited
income. Then factor in ever-increasing interest rates on credit cards, student loans, rising prices for cable, internet,
phone, bank fees, etc., etc., etc…. We are being robbed and gouged in all costs of living, in every aspect of our
life. No wonder bankruptcies are skyrocketing and the number of people suffering from psychological depression
has reached an epidemic level.
The American worker is screwed over every step of the way, and it all starts with the explosion in the cost of a
college education. This is one of the Economic Elite‘s most devastating weapons. To have any chance of
succeeding in this economy, it is commonly believed that you must attend the best college possible. With the rising
costs involved, today‘s students are graduating with record levels of debt from student loans. At the same time, the
unemployment rate among recent college graduates has risen higher than the national average, and those who do
find work are making significantly less than they expected to make. This combination of extreme debt and reduced
pay has crippled an entire generation right from the start and has put them in a vicious cycle of spiraling debt that
they will struggle with for the rest of their lives. The most recent college graduates are now known as a ―lost
generation.‖
The American dream has turned into a nightmare. The economic system is a sophisticated prison cell; the
indentured servant is now an indebted wage slave; whips and chains have evolved into debts.
―There are two ways to conquer and enslave a nation. One is by sword. The other is by debt.‖
– John Adams
Concealing National Wealth
―Liberty in the concrete signifies release from the impact of particular oppressive forces; emancipation from
something once taken as a normal part of human life but now experienced as bondage…. Today, it signifies
liberation from material insecurity and from the coercions and repressions that prevent multitudes from
participation in the vast cultural resources that are at hand.‖ — John Dewey
When you take the time to research and analyze the wealth that has gone to the economic top one percent, you
begin to realize just how much we have been robbed. Trillions upon trillions of dollars that could make the lives of
all hard-working Americans much easier have been strategically funneled into the coffers of the Economic Elite.
The denial of wealth is the key to the Economic Elite‘s power. An entire generation of massive wealth creation has
been strategically withheld from 99% of the US population.
The US public doesn‘t have any understanding of how much wealth has been generated and concentrated into the
hands of the Economic Elite over the past 40 years; there is no historical frame of reference. This withholding of
wealth is truly the greatest crime against humanity in the history of civilization.
What could be done with all the money that has been hoarded by the Economic Elite is extraordinary!
Let‘s consider what we could do with the money that has been stolen from us. On top of what should be our
average six-figure yearly income, we could have:
* Free health care for every American,

* A free 4 bedroom home for every American family,
* 5% tax rate for 99% of Americans,
* Drastically improved public education and free college for all,
* Significantly improved public transportation and infrastructure,
The list goes on…
This is not some far-fetched fantasy. These are all things that Franklin D. Roosevelt talked about doing in the
1940s, long before the explosion of wealth creation in our technologically advanced global economy. The money
for all this is already there, stashed into the claws of the Economic Elite. The denial of wealth to the masses is the
key to the Economic Elite‘s power. Outside of outdated and obsolete economic models and theories — and
incredibly short-sighted greed — there is no reason why all this money should be kept in the hands of a few, at the
immense suffering and expense of the many.
If Americans could just understand how much wealth is being withheld from us, we would have a massive uprising
and the Economic Elite would be swept away, into the history books alongside the evil despots of the past.
―For if leisure and security were enjoyed by all alike, the great mass of human beings who are normally stupefied
by poverty would become literate and would learn to think for themselves; and when once they had done this, they
would sooner or later realize that the privileged minority had no function, and they would sweep it away. In the
long run, a hierarchical society was only possible on a basis of poverty and ignorance.‖ — George Orwell
Now that we have a better understanding of how the Economic Elite dominate our lives, let‘s take a look at exactly
who they are…. [You can read the rest of the article here.]
David DeGraw is the founder and editor of AmpedStatus.com and director of MediaChannel.org.
The most recent coordinated earth shaking massive outcry has been in response to Obama‘s script ―tax the rich‖ (who
actually have money and coincidently own 98% of everything) plans. As always, the rich are crying bloody murder
and argument of, swarms of locusts, plagues, debauchery, famine, the apocalypse and the end of civilization.
While Bush Jr. was in office, the past 8 years the rich soaked in unprecedented favoritism while the working class ate
shit, suffered the biggest decline in decades and paid
more than their fair share in taxes. Bush‘s script was all
about ―tax cuts for the rich‖ and the corporations
administration, and doing away with all oversight to the
entire financial sector. Gee look where we ended up.
Don‘t fall for the canned ―republican vs. democrats‖

bullshit either. It has nothing to do with that for they are
all members of the same ruling Cosa Nostra. The point I
am trying to highlight is that EVERYTHING in this
world is focused and setup of, by, and for the
WEALTHY elite who utilize the monetary system to
keep the rest of mankind in line, subjugated and
enslaved.
Theirs is an exclusive club, once you make it and are ―in‖ you must step up to the plate with your fellow wealthy
comrades to protect your rights to maintain your status quo and become ever more wealthy at all expenses. It has been
so since the dark ages, the middle ages, every age, and today is no different. The aristocrats are still alive and well,
breathing and walking the earth, it‘s that you have not noticed that those costumes they used to wear have been
replaced by Armani suits.
You must filter EVERYTHING you hear and discount their cries of foul. For the poor in this nation (not to even
mention the even more catastrophic world level poor) have no choice but to try and etch out a miserable feeble meek
life with what little is allotted them by the wealthy who hold EVERY SINGLE policy making decision posts in the
planet and ALWAYS stack the deck of cards in their favor. The rich have been waging class warfare on the poor for
eons, this war has been escalating in our own time with increasing renewed ferocity since the 1980s.
Taxing the Rich

By Lawrence Wittner, Professor of History, SUNY Albany
Decades ago, rightwingers began championing cuts in income taxes for the rich and -- when that lowered
government revenue -- turned around and claimed that government could no longer "afford" to maintain vital
public services like education and healthcare. Unfortunately, in an effort to curry favor with the wealthy and their
corporations, many state and national office-holders began to adopt the rightwing's tax-cutting model. In New
York State, the tax rate for top income earners was reduced from over 15 percent to less than half that amount. On
the federal level, it plummeted from 91 percent (in the early 1960s) to 35 percent (today). As a result of such
policies -- and of rising expenditures on the military -- there was a lot less government revenue left for public
services, and they were slashed accordingly.
Of course, in these circumstances, there was plenty of money -- in fact, more than ever before -- in the pockets
and vast bank accounts of the wealthy and their corporations. Furthermore, unlike most of the population, the
wealthy generally didn't regret the decline of public schools, public hospitals, public law enforcement, or public
parks. After all, they sent their children to expensive private schools and colleges, utilized private healthcare,
resided in secure, wealthy neighborhoods, and vacationed in exclusive hotels and resorts. Why worry about the
adequacy of the government's stamp program if the only time they experienced hunger was when the service was
slow in their favorite French restaurant?
To help reverse the erosion of public services, unions and other social justice organizations have turned
increasingly to a tax-the-rich approach. A good example of this occurred in Oregon on January 26, when voters
passed two ballot measures that raised taxes on the wealthiest 3 percent of that state's residents and on the most
lucrative businesses in the state.
These ballot measures developed in the context of a severe state budgetary crisis, which left Oregon on the verge
of freezing salaries for public employees, making deep cuts in spending on education, and ending forest
protection rules. Taking the offensive, public employee unions, community groups, and progressive businesses
developed a grassroots campaign to pass the two ballot measures, which were designed to safeguard $1 billion in
public services while not raising taxes on the vast majority of the population or, for that matter, on 93 percent of
small business owners. They pointed out that the rich had grown much richer thanks to conservative policies and
that the state's minimum tax paid by most corporations stood at only $10 a year!
Not surprisingly, corporate leaders and their supporters fought back ferociously. A coalition of business
organizations spent millions of dollars, donated by the banking industry and wealthy entrepreneurs such as Nike's
Phil Knight, to inundate the airwaves with ads proclaiming that a tax raise for the wealthiest individuals and
businesses would destroy jobs and the state's economy. Although polls found that the ballot measures were
popular, it seemed quite possible that business groups and the wealthy would prevail. For years, the state's voters
had rejected propositions for tax increases, and they had not supported raising income taxes since the 1930s.
Nevertheless, in the end, Oregon's voters backed both tax-the-rich ballot propositions by roughly 54 to 46 percent.
Doug Hall, the director of the Economic Analysis and Research Network at the Economic Policy Institute,
declared: "The people had an opportunity to weigh the relative merits of draconian budget cuts versus strategic
revenue increases, and they have decided to support the revenue increases. I think that sends a powerful message
to the rest of the country."
It certainly should. The passage of the Oregon ballot propositions is one more indication that -- despite the
televised ranting of rightwing demagogues -- most people believe that the vast wealth in the hands of individuals
and corporations should be drawn upon to promote the public welfare.
Lawrence Wittner is Professor of History at the State University of New York/Albany. His latest book is
Confronting the Bomb: A Short History of the World Nuclear Disarmament Movement (Stanford University
Press).
The ruling elite strategically and ingeniously work up the masses with avalanches of media programming narratives
firmly embedded in and permeated with righteous indignation against taxation for example. The results are observable
when you see the naive poor and working class taking up and championing the causes of the rich. This is most easily
observed when you witness the poor and working class routinely siding with the rich inexplicably disadvantage
themselves and standing up against taxing the rich. Doh!
The rich lavish all sorts of benefits for themselves and simultaneously BALK, CRINGE, GASP, shed tears of pain
when they see even minuscule funds that could go into THEIR pockets ―thrown in the garbage‖ by subsidizing the
POOR, the unfortunate, the meek, the helpless with ―sinister, evil and wasteful programs‖ such as providing better,
more adequate schools and educational system for the poor, the sin of WASTING money on the homeless, the hungry.
The sin of creating affordable housing. Subsidizing the poor, meek, over taxed, over worked, under paid working class
in ANY WAY just can NOT be tolerated in any way shape or form!!! They have a dirty word for that and they have
trained even the poor to righteously assault it, that dirty word is socialism.
Socialism cannot be tolerated in the slightest iota. In the eyes of ALL the wealthy, the unfortunate and poor should all
burn in hell instead of creating a truly FAIR and equal playing field. Fuck the poor, fuck the homeless, fuck the
working class, fuck the disadvantaged, fuck the uneducated children, fuck the unfortunate sick, they don‘t deserve
―socialized‖ medical care, let them die… Socialized this, and socialized that, any and every good proposition to help
their fellow man is labeled socialism and mercilessly decried and assaulted.
All they give a fuck about is their investments, their stocks and bonds, their yachts, their mansions, maintaining the
status quo. Their children are born into lives of social and economic privilege, with extraordinary support systems.
Most of them become prodigies, many even have servants and high profile mentors, they make it into the best ivy
league schools while your children trudge along in a 3rd world level educational system, whose lives are offered up as
mere pawns on the front lines of whatever invasion and bogus war we are conducting in order to further expand and
secure even more resources and wealth that belong to some other poor sap country and people… such is the true
unblemished way of the wealthy… Deny any single word in this massive sentence and you fool no one other than
yourself.
You think this scenario is bad eh? News Flash: They are going to take away your retirement money too! Talks and
plans are in the works to raise the retirement age to 70! Don‘t you get it? They don‘t ever want you to retire, they
don‘t want to pay you anything, by pushing the retirement age to 70 they know they eliminated millions of people from
the payroll that will kick the bucket before then, and those that made it to 70, a large percentage of them will be
pushing up daisies very soon, thus the total payouts will have been greatly reduced. The kicker: after working your ass
off your entire life, there is a huge possibility that Social Security will be bankrupt by then also!
Government as a Conspiracy of the Rich – Utopia

By Kavan Wolfe
In Utopia, Thomas More argues that governments are a conspiracy of the rich to control the poor:
―Therefore I must say that, as I hope for mercy, I can have no other notion of all the other governments that I see
or know, than that they are a conspiracy of the rich, who, on pretence of managing the public, only pursue their
private ends, and devise all the ways and arts they can find out; first, that they may, without danger, preserve all
that they have so ill-acquired, and then, that they may engage the poor to toil and labor for them at as low rates as
possible, and oppress them as much as they please; and if they can but prevail to get these contrivances established
by the show of public authority, which is considered as the representative of the whole people, then they are
accounted laws…‖
Although some argue that Utopia is a satire, I‘m not concerned with whether More was serious; I‘m concerned
with whether he was right. Suppose that governments were a conspiracy of the rich. What would we expect to
find?
1. Most government leaders would be rich

The average net worth of President George W. Bush‘s cabinet falls between $9.3 and $27.3 million. In, The
Audacity of Hope, Barrak Obama points out that most senators are already rich before they go into office.
2. Poor people‘s crimes will carry greater punishments than rich people‘s crimes
The punishment for theft over $400 is up to a year in prison in the US and in some states repeat offenses can
get life imprisonment. In Canada, theft over $5000 gets you up to 10 years. In comparison, the criminal penalties
for insider trading, which may involve stealing millions, is a fine of between $10 000 and $100 000. Why is it that
if you steal $10 000 000 through insider trading, you have to pay a fine, but if you steal three cars, you can get life
in prison?
3. Government would ignore the will of the poor

In response to allegations that most Americans are against the war, Dick Cheney said, ―So?‖ I rest my case.
4. The rich would pay less taxes

It‘s pretty bad when Warren Buffett (as in the billionaire) pays a lower tax rate than his secretary, there‘s
something really wrong.
5. Government will bailout the rich but not the poor.

As pointed out by Stephen Colbert, when rich people lost big money on Bear Stearns going bankrupt, the Fed
stepped in to bail them out. When poor people lost their houses in the recent mortgage disaster, did anyone bail
them out? No.
Conclusion
Assuming that government is a conspiracy of the rich allows us to make startling accurate predictions. However,
Ptolemy‘s model of the solar system can make the same claim, despite being totally ass backwards. None of this is
conclusive, but it is thought provoking.
Most regimes tax their constituents to the max. But isn‘t it ironic that the wealthy and the corporations are ALWAYS
the ones who get cut all the breaks? While the working class and the poor wield the crushing weight and burden of ―the
system.‖ The elites and the wealthy are always the ones that overwhelmingly fill the
positions within government, where they pull the strings and enact legislation designed
for their own benefit. ―To hell with those inferior pathetic uneducated, deficient
subservient sheeple‖ is a common unspoken attitude un-written policy of the wealthy
elite, as they continuously line their pockets with our cash, blood, sweat and tears. Dire
poverty is all over this country, Europe and the world.
The wealthy rulers could stop poverty in a nano second if they so wished. Instead they
perpetrate the concerted fraud with the help of their paid and owned experts,
pundits, scholars, media that has us all believing the MYTH that poverty is out of
the control of their hands. All the while they continue their practices of raping the
lands of the poor nations and giving them doggy biscuits in return. They tax us to death
and cut themselves all the deals, I could go on with this list for pages on end, but I
won‘t, for I think you understand what I mean. The rich and powerful TAKE and take,
and take and are entitled to what they lay their eyes upon, and the rest, well, you can
have the crumbs… and you shall be grateful… for you are ―free‖ as the wind and have
the same opportunities of achieving the elusive ―American dream‖ as those who own
you in this wonderful land of OZ… ―You too can someday catch the proverbial carrot
and be like us, some day YOU can also have it all‖ thus the meek and poor dream on and sustain the warped system.
The L-Curve: Income Distribution of the U.S. - Video
Top 1 Percent Control 42 Percent of Financial Wealth in the U.S.

How Average Americans are Lured into Debt Servitude by Promises of Mega Wealth
Many Americans are not buying the recent stock market rally. This is being reflected in multiple polls showing
negative attitudes towards the economy and Wall Street. Wall Street is so disconnected from the average
American that they fail to see the 27 million unemployed and underemployed Americans that now have a harder
time believing the gospel of financial engineering prosperity. Americans have a reason to be dubious regarding
the recovery because jobs are the main push for most Americans. A recent study shows that over 70 percent of
Americans derive their monthly income from an actual W-2 job. In other words, working is the prime mover and
source of their income. Yet the financial elite have very little understanding of this concept. Why? 42 percent of
financial wealth is controlled by the top 1 percent. We would need to go back to the Great Depression to see such
lopsided data.
Many Americans are still struggling at the depths of this recession. We have 37 million Americans on food
stamps and many wait until midnight of the last day of the month so checks can clear to buy food at Wal-Mart.
Do you think these people are starring at the stock market? The overall data is much worse:
Source: William Domhoff
If we break the data down further we will find that 93 percent of all financial wealth is controlled by the top 10
percent of the country. That is why these people are cheering their one cent share increase while layoffs keep on
improving the bottom line. But what bottom line are we talking about here? The Wall Street crowd would like
you to believe that all is now good that the stock market has rallied 60+ percent. Of course they are happy
because they control most of this wealth. Yet the typical American still has negative views on the economy
because they actually have to work to earn a living:
The above daily poll asks Americans about their view on the health of the economy. Only 13 percent believe the
economy is good or excellent. Funny how that correlates with the top 10 percent who control 93 percent of
wealth. Many Americans were sold the illusion of the bubble. They were sold on the idea that their homes were
worth so much more than they really were. And many used this phony wealth effect to go out and spend beyond
their means. They started spending as if they were part of this elite 10 percent crowd. But once the tide rolled
out, it was clear they were not. And the horribly built bailouts demonstrate who is controlling our political
system. This was not the rule of a capitalist system but a corporate run government.
Just think about the bailouts and which companies were saved. We ended up bailing out the worst performing
and troubled companies thus keeping alive companies that should have completely failed. Did we bail out
Google? Proctor and Gamble? Of course not. These companies actually produce something that people want.
Banks and especially the Wall Street kind merely keep that 42 percent happy by making sure their stock values
stay high so they can keep on making money while the average Americans is sold up the river.
Yet many were brought into the easy money fold by going into massive amounts of debt. And who has most of
the debt? That is right, the average American:
The bottom 90 percent have been saddled with 73 percent of all debt. In other words much of their so-called
wealth is connected to debt. Debt is slavery for many especially with egregious credit card companies taking
people out with absurd credit card tricks and scams. Yet the corporate propaganda machine is strong and mighty.
Have you ever received an inheritance? A large one? Probably not because only 1.6% of all Americans receive
an inheritance larger than $100,000. If this is the case, why in the world do politicians worry so much about the
tax impacts of this? Because they want to keep the corporatocracy alive and well so their spawn can get a piece
of their pie. They give the illusion to average Americans that if you only work hard enough you too can join this
elusive club of cronies. The data shows otherwise.
But if we start looking at investment assets, the true wealth in the country, we start realizing why Wall Street is
all giddy about the recent stock market government induced rally:
Of investment assets 90 percent of Americans own 12.2 percent. The rest goes to the top 10 percent. Welcome to
the new serfdom. The bailouts that went out to the filthy rich were more about protecting their tiny corner of the
world than actually making the economy better. That is why it is interesting to see companies fire people and
Wall Street cheer for the increase in earnings per share. Good for the few at the expense of the many. Yet the
propaganda out of Wall Street and our government is what is good for Wall Street is good for you. Just like that
1.6% inheritance issue, the vast majority of Americans won‘t deal with that and their primary concern is simply a
job. A job that has provided stagnant wages for a decade while the ultra wealth get richer and richer in a phony
form of corporate socialism.
If you break down the data you realize that most Americans don‘t have time to speculate in stock markets:
Only 34% of U.S. households make more than $65,000 per year. What is that after taxes? Let us use a state like
California for example:
Now if we breakdown this data further you will realize that most of the money is consumed by cost of living
necessities, not Wall Street speculation. Just to show this example let us look at a family budget for someone in
California making $100,000:
Notice after running the budget we are in the hole for $1,000? That is because of many costs that typical families
have. We can debate the merits of where they are spending money but the point is this; are these people really
making beaucoup money from the stock market? They are putting away $12,000 a year into their 401k. As we
have now found out, 8 percent a year is never guaranteed in the stock market although the corporate powers
would like you to believe that so they can have other suckers to unload stocks onto.
―Yet the median household income in the U.S. is $50,000 and not $100,000. They have even less to invest.‖
They are more concerned on working to

have a paycheck to pay for necessities.
They are more concerned about paying
their house off by the time they retire and
hopefully, have a little bit of retirement
funds coming in.
The sad fact is most Americans rely on

Social Security when they retire. All those
ads of unlimited golf and daily trips to
Tahiti are propaganda of how Wall Street
lives and they want to sell you the sizzle,
and clearly not the steak. They live their
lives paper pushing and sucking the life
out of the productive part of our economy.
The average American should now realize
this since this financial crisis was primarily
caused by them.
They are now on a massive campaign to

blame Americans for this. This is
hypocrisy to the next level. Many
Americans have paid for their mistake by
losing their home through foreclosure. We
have 300,000 foreclosure filings a month.
Many have taken a hit to their overall
stock portfolio (if they have one). Yet the
corporate cronies have protected their
horrible economy crushing debts at the
taxpayer expense.
Unlike you, many hold bonds on the

companies and not common stock like
many Americans. Bondholders have been
protected at all costs during this crisis.
Goldman Sachs through AIG received 100
cents on the dollar for their horrible bets.
The banks have unlimited back stops
thanks to taxpayers. This is how the top 1
percent rule the new feudal state.
Welcome to the 2010 serfdom. Time to

wake up and restructure the system. Many
people are starting to wake up to this
massive scam.
I‘m just here to proclaim that they have been deceiving us for centuries. Their main tool in enslaving mankind and
maneuvering mankind to do their bidding is OPPRESSION. They oppress your wages, readily available financial
options and means. They oppress you through all sorts of creative means such as legislation, laws, rules and so forth.
They oppress you by setting up barriers and massive hurdles to access sectors your are to be shunned from. They
oppress you and your kind by purposely making high level education economically out of your reach. They oppress
you by appointing and backing political leaders who are one with their same agenda. They continue to oppress you
with unfair financial constraints and burdens, such as inequitable taxation. They oppress you by making the act of
receiving adequate medical out of your league and obtainable only through high financial burden… Ok, again, I could
go on and on. Do you get the picture? You and everyone here has been unknowingly living under the MYTH of a
―free and open society‖, when in reality, many forms of OPPRESSION (enslavement) are being applied and
exercised at every turn and corner without your slightest clue, or ability to identify it as such. Behold: for you live
in America ―land of the free.‖ What is it that has been proven so well? ―Repeat anything over and over again long
enough, and people will come to accept it as true.‖
Perhaps in the collection of the biggest illusions ever pulled off in the history of mankind is the convincing of the
world that slavery was abolished. Slavery is not only alive and well, it has grown to epidemic proportions. Pervasive all
over this country and in every corner of the world. How is it possible that the masters of this world could have pulled
that off without you or anyone even noticing? Slavery is all around you. There are at least a minimum of 50 million
certified slaves in America alone. Are you one of them? The amazing element of the grand illusion is in convincing
the slaves that they are NOT slaves! How do you get your slaves to cheerfully work your lands while in captivity and
stop complaining and demanding freedom was among the dilemmas posed of the slave owners. The ingenious solution
was to set them "free"!
What did Lincoln say to the slaves? "Stare into my eyes, you are getting sleepy, when you wake up, you will be "free"
and happy people" [my creative summery]. Ok you are free to go now. Off they go into the wilderness. But oh, now
they realize that they must put a roof over their own heads, hey, now I have to buy my own clothing and food, pay my
own medical bills, etc. Off they then go looking for work. Guess what? The very same masters that used slaves are
NOW HIRING! Welcome back my child! Here are your tools, now go out and work my lands, and companies, you
better do as I say or you will be FIRED. Here is your quota, do as you are told, never complain, be late, or question our
policies, for the day you fail to follow our rules you will be fired. Back out to the cold hard cruel world penniless you
will go if you do not get with the program, do you understand? Oh, how much will we pay you for your hard work? We
have a new system, it‘s called MINIMUM WAGE! Minimum wage= slave wage = SLAVE LABOR. For the smarty
pants among you sheeple we will make you slave masters of your own kind and give you titles like ―manager‖ and give
you extra money and perks for your efforts in supervising your own kind. The day you cross us you will be ruined and
pushed under the bus, back out into the wilderness. So do you understand?
Ok, for those of you that still don‘t get it, I will spell it out for you: In the days that we used the term slaves, the
business owner had to pay for the slaves, they had to pay for their housing, they had to pay all the expenses, their food,
clothes, housing, transportation, medicine, doctors, etc. For simplicity's sake let‘s say the average expense of keeping
one slave is $1,000 per month. Simple, set him "free". Give him $7 an hour for his work, this will still roughly amount
to $1,000 per month, JUST ENOUGH to cover his own housing and food, maybe a few cheap clothing also! Now the
SLAVE thinks he is "free", comes to work for you every day, never complains and he is no longer your HEADACHE.
You can rent out the old slave quarters as an added bonus! The moment any of your freed slaves act up in any way, you
can now easily get rid of them and new ones are eagerly waiting for the "opportunity" to serve you! Now they want to
become one of your ―associates‖, "team members"! Productivity is going through the roof now. Beatings were never
good on the moral of the slaves anyway. Now that they are "free", they come to work with a smile on their face, day in
day out. If they don't come back to work for you, or any of the other business owners, they will be destitute! Pure
genius!
Oh, yes, come back they all did. Maybe not to their original masters, they all found new masters that give them a
stipend called a paycheck at the end of the week. Only to find out that little check will only grant them the most
impoverished lifestyle on the planet not very different then what they had before. They toil the lands, factories,
kitchens as before, then take their minimum wage paychecks that ONLY covers the most basic necessities. Even after
pulling in 40 hours a week, many still have problems just scraping together enough money for FOOD. (hence the
government thus having to subsidize the slave population and come up with the food stamp program) Meanwhile the
old "slave masters" changed their titles to "employer." Now you are on your own, you wanted "freedom" now you have
it! Now YOU pay for the housing we used to provide for you on your own! Now YOU pay for your own meals! Now
YOU worry about the clothing on your back! Now YOU deal with your own medical problems and so forth! Here is
your minimum wage paycheck, good luck.
Welcome to your new FREEDOM! Behold: not only are they still your masters... you have not only had the wool
pulled over your eyes, you ate up the illusion that you were freed. So I ask of those poor, tired, hungry, low
educated souls that toil day in and day out just barely scraping by: "are you truly free?" I say to thee:
―Emancipate yourself from the bonds of mental slavery.‖
Richest 400 Taxpayers See Incomes Double, Tax Rates Halved

By Jon Perr Friday Feb 19, 2010 5:30pm
For Democrats wavering in their resolve to end the

Bush tax cuts for the wealthiest Americans, shocking
new data from the IRS should hopefully stiffen their
backbones. Between 2001 and 2007, the 400 richest
taxpayers doubled their annual incomes to an average
of $345 million, while their effective tax rate
plummeted to only 16.6% from 29.4% in 1993.
Following recent analyses confirming that income

inequality in the United States has reached record
levels, noted tax journalist David Cay Johnston
summed up the new data, "The incomes of the top
400 American households soared to a new record
high in dollars and as a share of all income in 2007,
while the income tax rates they paid fell to a record
low. The numbers tell the tale of the widening chasm
between the rich and everyone else:
In 2007 the top 400 taxpayers had an average income of $344.8 million, up 31 percent from their average $263.3
million income in 2006, according to figures in a report that the IRS posted to its Web site without announcement
that were discovered February 16...
Adjusted for inflation to 2009 dollars, the top 400 enjoyed a 27 percent increase in their income, or nine times the
rate of increase for the bottom 90 percent...Since 1992, the bottom 90 percent of Americans have seen their
incomes rise by 13 percent in 2009 dollars, compared with an increase of 399 percent for the top 400.
Unsurprisingly, the public disclosure of the top 400 report first introduced by the Clinton administration was
halted by President Bush (only to be reinstituted by the Obama White House last year). Unsurprising that is,
because the sheer size of the massive windfall for America's rich due to the Bush tax cuts would make a Warren
Buffet blush.
As the Center for American Progress noted, the Bush tax cuts delivered a third of their total benefits to the
wealthiest 1% of Americans. And to be sure, their payday was staggering. The Center on Budget and Policy
Priorities detailed that by 2007, millionaires on average pocketed $120,000 from the Bush tax cuts of 2001 and
2003. Those in the top 1% stashed an extra $45,000 a year. As a result, millionaires saw their after-tax incomes
rise by 7.6%, while the gains for the middle quintile and bottom 20% of Americans were a paltry 2.3% and 0.4%,
respectively. (Other CBPP studies demonstrated that the Bush tax cuts accounted for half of the mushrooming
deficits during his tenure in the White House and will continue to do so over the next decade.)
And as the New York Times uncovered in 2006, the 2003 Bush dividend and capital gains tax cuts offered almost
nothing to taxpayers earning below $100,000 a year. Instead, those windfalls reduced taxes "on incomes of more
than $10 million by an average of about $500,000." As the Times revealed in a jaw-dropping chart, "the top 2
percent of taxpayers, those making more than $200,000, received more than 70% of the increased tax savings
from those cuts in investment income." So it should come as no surprise that the income share of the 400 richest
Americans doubled over the past decade.
And yet, the usual suspects among the Republican Party (and some quislings among the Democrats) are pleading
that the rich should be spared even as their share of the national wealth reaches stratospheric levels. Arguing in
the Wall Street Journal that the upper bracket tax rates should not be restored to their Clinton-era rates, Ari
Fleischer insisted that the top 10% of taxpayers are "supporting virtually everyone and everything" and "their
burden keeps getting heavier." Fleischer added, "It's also what's called redistribution of income, and it is getting
out of hand."
Oh, it's gotten out of hand all right, just not in the direction Fleischer claims.
But as ThinkProgress detailed, failing to restore upper bracket tax rates to their Clinton-era levels of 39.6% from
35% not only won't help spur economic recovery, it will blow a gaping hole through the federal budget even as it
needlessly lines the pockets of the wealthiest Americans:
In an era when everyone seems to be running around screaming about the deficit, there's absolutely no reason to
extend these cuts, which this year will give millionaires more in tax breaks than 90 percent of Americans will
earn in income. The Bush tax cuts have delivered $715 billion to the wealthiest one percent of the country over
the last ten years, and extending the cuts would give households in that one percent $60,000 in additional breaks
per year, with millionaires receiving a $150,000 annual break. Over ten years, that amounts to another $1.2
trillion in lost revenue.
Last August, the always excellent David Leonhardt of the New York Times described the toll that the Bush
recession had taken on the coffers of the richest Americans. "Over the last two years, they have become poorer,"
he wrote, "And many may not return to their old levels of wealth and income anytime soon." But the last time
they paid a 39% income tax rate, the United States enjoyed a booming economy, rising incomes, low
unemployment and expanding budget surpluses.
It may not have been quite as good a deal for the Bush 400, but it worked pretty well for almost everybody else.
America is the richest nation in history, yet we now

have the highest poverty rate in the industrialized
world with an unprecedented number of Americans
living in dire straits and over 50 million citizens
already living in poverty. This is just counting the
people BELOW the poverty line; there are easily
another 10 to 30 million that are not very far
ABOVE the poverty line. According to Dept of
Health, an estimated 27 million people age 12 to 64
lived in families that received government assistance
last year. While you have 35.9 million (more than
10% of our population) people living in certified
poverty in these wonderful United States of
America, there are about just 1000 people who own
almost half of everything in America! At any given
point in time there are anywhere from 2 to 5 million
homeless people in America (another grossly
underestimated figure given by the establishment).
This is mind boggling and yet nonchalantly widely accepted knowledge. But these are just ―official‖ figures, let‘s
analyze REAL statistics:
The so called ―middle class‖ barely even exists anymore, for their numbers have been steadily disseminated and
dwindling to endangered species levels. With the engineered economic collapse of 2006-2009 the middle class has
been rendered to myth existence, a figment of your imaginations. Poverty is just another form of premeditated
enslavement…
Can We Talk About Poverty?

Politicians in the U.S. are obsessed with courting the middle class, which according to the mythic economic
history of our nation currently forms the backbone of American culture.
Even the supposedly radical Barack Obama spent 98% of his campaign talking about how to strengthen the
middle class in America. No one has really talked about poverty in the U.S. since Lyndon Johnson declared war
on it fifty years ago.
That war has been lost. In fact, it was lost almost as soon as Johnson left office.
What's more, here's another newsflash: Right now there IS no middle class in America. Or, at least, the middle
class that still exists comprises the smallest group of wage earners in the country.
The average household income in the U.S. is hovering around $50K right now, but that is no longer anything like
a middle class wage in a nation where a simple two bedroom house or apartment runs well in excess of $800 per
month, even in the most depressed areas, and where an unexpected appendectomy (even with insurance coverage)
can cause a family with two working parents to go bankrupt.
What's more, that $50K figure refers to HOUSEHOLD income, not individual income.
According to U.S. Census figures from 2004--the most recent year that such figures are available--fully 55% of
individual Americans make less than S50K per year, with nearly 30% making less than $25K. Those figures are
almost certainly much more grim today.
If you look at the graph above (again, compiled from 2004 U.S. census figures) it becomes dramatically clear that
incomes between $75 and $100K--incomes that would be capable of providing a truly middle class lifestyle in the
U.S.-- form the smallest percentage of persons in the entire nation.
Does it make sense to make the smallest group of people in the country the exclusive focus of political pitches
and sales jobs? Or do politicians like to pander to our fantasies about who we are rather than address the realities
of where most of us really live?
Over $100K the percentages predictably increase again dramatically.
Chances are good that if you live in the U.S. and think you are middle class, you aren't.
Why do we keep hearing about the middle class then instead of hearing about how we should handle increasing
poverty and hunger here? These trends are real and are here right now.
An article in the Kalamazoo newspaper last week (in Michigan, where I personally live) reported that a startling
37% of public school children here now live below the poverty line. The school board expects that figure to rise
to close to 50% in coming years. Half of all students receive government subsidized free lunches, for many their
first and possibly only meal of the day.
The current federal poverty threshold for an American family of four is $22,000. That's just under $300 clear per
week. Subtract your $800 two bedroom apartment rent and that family is left with about $112 each week to buy
food, gas, heat, clothes, and medical care--which now looks like we won't be getting anytime soon without a
really good job.
This kind of dementia in Washington has to stop. It's time to stop pretending like we are living through the boom
times of post WW-II and start facing some cold, frightening realities.
Perhaps as we are faced with the extreme poverty of the Haitian people and finding it in our hearts to extend help,
we can finally find it in our hearts to look at our own people too and see them realistically--then get to work doing
what needs to be done in the hard years ahead.
Lots of hungry school kids are depending on us to do just that.
The general population has been essentially financially subjugated and enslaved. That‘s not even mentioning hard core
global slavery. Where people and children are still literally bought and sold on market at rates never seen all the history
of mankind. Africa? Those poor people are among the most unfortunate souls on the planet having been born in a
destitute land that is undergoing severe planed eugenic genocide. My heart goes out to these victims, but in reality
there is basically nothing we can do for them since it is the power elites that have them suffering to death through there
imposed genocide policies. It‘s all part of their global population reduction strategy program (Remember, I
encourage everyone to google.com every single fact I point out in this report).
What? Premeditated genocide of millions upon millions of people? No way! Those Africans are doing that to
themselves! Sorry Charley. The REAL culprits behind the ecological starvation and slaughter of the black nations has
been brought to you and sponsored by none other than the global ruling masters. For instance: what do you think? That
the IMF and World Banks were really founded to actually HELP poor developing counties? LOL! Oh come on, stop
being so gullible sheeple! The real purpose of those central banks is to straddle and ENSLAVE poor and up and
coming nations with massive DEBT! They then waltz in to appoint leaders, dictate policies and divide the spoils of
financial war. Just like any unscrupulous loan shark, the victims who borrow from them only feel the pain when it
comes time to make their payments they cannot afford… they are then OWNED by the money men, for:
DEBT is THE NUMBER ONE INSTRUMENT USED TO ENSLAVE MAN, INSTITUTIONS AND NATIONS!
”. . . Debts must be collected mortgages foreclosed as rapidly as possible. When through the process of law the
common people lose their homes, they will become more docile and more easily governed through the strong
arm of government applied by a central power of wealth under leading financiers. . . . It is thus by discreet
action we can secure for ourselves that which has been so well planned and so successfully accomplished.” -
1924 U.S. Banker's Association Magazine
This is how the Zionist Jew banksters have operated their money debt scam throughout all of history. Everywhere they
go they literally enslave the masses with easy credit. Then the USEFUL IDIOT goyim sheeple toil endlessly in a web
of debt in interest repayment for their entire lives, for as you repay, they offer you even more credit. You ARE their
slaves whether you choose to accept it or not. BOW to your financial slave masters you pathetic goyim sheeple!
You still stand there and believe the lies that the media instills within your mind that you are actually EQUAL to the
ruling elite? LOL! They have there own standards of Law while all you pathetic biatches must go through the
―system.‖ For instance, and you all know of at least a dozen similar examples… while a regular person gets 15 years
for this or that ―offense‖ a WORSE offense by a suite and tie wearing shmo from the ―elite‖ will get him little or no
time in prison… here is just one simple example out of hundreds of thousands:
Across the nation THIS is more the NORM not than the exception, you all know this already. There are two systems of
justice, one for the elite, rich, famous and advantaged, the system which operates under the pretext of innocent until
proven innocent and the one that all the rest of the regular population must deal with: guilty until proven innocent.
When the final verdict is revealed, the poor working class ALWAYS, and in ALWAYS pays a disproportionately
higher, as in astronomically HIGHER price for the same type offense compared to the rich, connected offenders.
THIS is the rule of law that we have today; this is reality staring you in the face….
The Illusion of Ownership

How many of you have paid off your car or home and think you own it free and clear? Well, you don’t.
Merriam-Webster defines ownership as the state, relation, or fact of being an owner. It also defines an owner
as to have power or mastery over. It defines property as the exclusive right to possess, enjoy, and dispose of a
thing.
Wikipedia states that ownership is the state or fact of exclusive rights and control over property, which may be
an object, land/real estate, or some other kind of property (like government-granted monopolies collectively
referred to as intellectual property). It is embodied in an ownership right also referred to as title.
The second definition by Wikipedia is a bit more precise.
If “ownership is the state or fact of exclusive rights and control over property”, why is it that you don’t own your
car or house even though you paid it off? There are actually a few reasons.
 If you have a legal obligation to pay tax on something you “own”, you do not own it, because you do
not have exclusive rights and control over the property. If the government has the right to tax your
“property”, you don’t own it. At the very least, you are only co-owner, because your ownership is
contingent upon your tax payments to your co-owner the state.
 If you have to ask permission to do something to your property, you don’t own it. If the government
requires you to purchase permits and get approval to make certain changes to “your” so-called
property, you don’t own it. Remember, “ownership –should– give you exclusive rights and control
over your property”.
 If your property can and will be taken away by force if necessary by non-payment of taxes, you do not
own your property.
Why do we bother buying a house when we only end up paying less rent after it’s “paid” for? The best way to
really define a house or car ownership is to say co-ownership, because you have the right to modify most things
without asking permission.
You do have some rights that would be acquired from true ownership:
 In some states, you have the right to protect yourself, your family, and your property from thieves and
intruders in your car or home. In Florida, they refer to this as the “Castle Doctrine”.
 You can also sell your house or car, which removes the burden of state co-ownership.
The key point to take away from this is that you cannot voluntarily remove yourself and your property from the
“system”. This may not seem like a big deal, but this is a prerequisite to true ownership and freedom.
It certainly would be nice to have the right to just be a farmer and live off “your” land if you chose to, but that
will never happen.
Chose to accept it or not, you live in the real live Matrix (like the movie) where almost everything is a well crafted
programmed illusion. I don‘t make this stuff up, everything I reveal here in this report are all hidden but readily
researched FACTS.
America's Middle Class is dying and the stats prove it

From The Business Insider - [22 Statistics That Prove The Middle Class Is Being Systematically Wiped Out Of Existence
In America] Jul 15, 2010 by Michael Snyder in Recession
The 22 statistics detailed here prove beyond a shadow of a doubt that the middle class is being systematically
wiped out of existence in America.
The rich are getting richer and the poor are getting poorer at a staggering rate. Once upon a time, the United States
had the largest and most prosperous middle class in the history of the world, but now that is changing at a blinding
pace.
Take off your hats and bow to your betters. It's over - the noble American experiment I mean.
The American middle class is being systematically wiped out of existence. The rich are getting richer and the poor
are getting poorer here at a historically unprecedented rate.
Once the United States had the largest and most prosperous middle class in the history of the world, but that's
ending at a blinding pace.
The new 'global economy' means that middle class American workers have to directly compete for jobs with
people on the other side of the world where there is no minimum wage and practically no regulations.
If the socialism the Tea Party is shouting about means anything in the U.S. anymore it refers to the golden circle of
the super rich, who are profiting at unheard of rates whilst the rest of this nation suffers.
U.S. Corporations have grown massively rich exploiting third world labor pools, but middle class American
workers have increasingly lost out
Here are the statistics to prove it:
 83 percent of all U.S. stocks are in the hands of 1 percent of the people.
 61 percent of Americans "always or usually" live paycheck to paycheck, which was up from 49 percent in
2008 and 43 percent in 2007.
 66 percent of the income growth between 2001 and 2007 went to the top 1% of all Americans.
 36 percent of Americans say that they don't contribute anything to retirement savings.
 A staggering 43 percent of Americans have less than $10,000 saved up for retirement.
 24 percent of American workers say that they have postponed their planned retirement age in the past
year.
 Over 1.4 million Americans filed for personal bankruptcy in 2009, which represented a 32 percent
increase over 2008.
 Only the top 5 percent of U.S. households have earned enough additional income to match the rise in
housing costs since 1975.
 For the first time in U.S. history, banks own a greater share of residential housing net worth in the United
States than all individual Americans put together.
 In 1950, the ratio of the average executive's paycheck to the average worker's paycheck was about 30 to 1.
Since the year 2000, that ratio has exploded to between 300 to 500 to one.
 As of 2007, the bottom 80 percent of American households held about 7% of the liquid financial assets.
 The bottom 50 percent of income earners in the United States now collectively own less than 1 percent of
the nation‘s wealth.
 Average Wall Street bonuses for 2009 were up 17 percent when compared with 2008.
 In the United States, the average federal worker now earns 60% MORE than the average worker in the
private sector.
 The top 1 percent of U.S. households own nearly twice as much of America's corporate wealth as they did
just 15 years ago.
 In America today, the average time needed to find a job has risen to a record 35.2 weeks.
 More than 40 percent of Americans who actually are employed are now working in service jobs, which
are often very low paying.
 or the first time in U.S. history, more than 40 million Americans are on food stamps, and the U.S.
Department of Agriculture projects that number will go up to 43 million Americans in 2011.
 This is what American workers now must compete against: in China a garment worker makes
approximately 86 cents an hour and in Cambodia a garment worker makes approximately 22 cents an
hour.
 Approximately 21 percent of all children in the United States are living below the poverty line in 2010 -
the highest rate in 20 years.
 Despite the financial crisis, the number of millionaires in the United States rose a whopping 16 percent to
7.8 million in 2009.
 The top 10 percent of Americans now earn around 50 percent of our national income.
Giant Sucking Sound
The reality is that no matter how smart, how strong, how educated or how hard working American workers are,
they just cannot compete with people who are desperate to put in 10 to 12 hour days at less than a dollar an hour on
the other side of the world. After all, what corporation in their right mind is going to pay an American worker 10
times more (plus benefits) to do the same job? The world is fundamentally changing. Wealth and power are rapidly
becoming concentrated at the top and the big global corporations are making massive amounts of money.
Meanwhile, the American middle class is being systematically wiped out of existence as U.S. workers are slowly
being merged into the new "global" labor pool.
What do most Americans have to offer in the marketplace other than their labor? Not much. The truth is that most
Americans are absolutely dependent on someone else giving them a job. But today, U.S. workers are "less
attractive" than ever. Compared to the rest of the world, American workers are extremely expensive, and the
government keeps passing more rules and regulations seemingly on a monthly basis that makes it even more
difficult to conduct business in the United States.
So corporations are moving operations out of the U.S. at breathtaking speed. Since the U.S. government does not
penalize them for doing so, there really is no incentive for them to stay.
What has developed is a situation where the people at the top are doing quite well, while most Americans are
finding it increasingly difficult to make it. There are now about six unemployed Americans for every new job
opening in the United States, and the number of "chronically unemployed" is absolutely soaring. There simply are
not nearly enough jobs for everyone.
Many of those who are able to get jobs are finding that they are making less money than they used to. In fact, an
increasingly large percentage of Americans are working at low wage retail and service jobs.
But you can't raise a family on what you make flipping burgers at McDonald's or on what you bring in from
greeting customers down at the local Wal-Mart.
The truth is that the middle class in America is dying -- and once it is gone it will be incredibly difficult to rebuild.
For instance did you know that when you buy a car and make payments you actually buy TWO cars! The one you get
to ride that the bank owns until you finish making the payments and the other car, the invisible one made up of
INTEREST payments, so instead of paying $20,000 for that car, when everything is all paid off you shelled out about
$40,000 in the end. Duh! The American Dream in reality, it is actually the Zionist fabrication and their dream come
true. You finance a home of let‘s say $200,000 and 30 years later, (go ahead do the math on your own home!) the
grand total you would have coughed up will be roughly three times that amount! Doh! (of course sums vary according
to interest rate) So you will end up paying $600.000 for that $200,000 home! Yeeee haaaa! The banksters pocket up to
two thirds of the money for doing absolutely nothing! Bankers are the only people on the planet that ever had the balls
and ingenuity to operate a business on the fundamental basis of ―yes I will give you the money to buy this and that,
but you must pay me double or triple what it‘s worth.‖ It‘s purely mind boggling when you think about it.
Percentage points add up, interest compounds and accumulates like bunny rabbits.
Oh, and if you have any un anticipated financial troubles or fall ill along the way? Foreclosure baby! The bankster
takes back THEIR home, you are put on the street and STILL OWE THEM EVERY DIME THEY LENT YOU, then
they put it back on the market and start the whole entire debt trap all over again on another gullible victim in search of
the illusive American Dream. I command you to bow to your all powerful bankster masters you poor pathetic goyim
useful idiot!
Behold: For after skull#ucking you in every which way and form, they demand you pay for running their system, go
out and plow their fields, pick their cotton, cook their foods, cut their lawns, clean their homes, work their factories and
businesses like good obedient goyim sheeple you should be, and don‘t you dare complain for they are watching and
monitoring what you say and do with CCTV and advanced eavesdropping technology implanted in all your wonderful
tech gadgets and cell phones. As you are in that deep slumber, they are busy tapping your phones and monitoring your
internet activities, opening your mail, snooping around in search for the free thinkers and possible dissenters, aka:
―terrorists.‖ You have just one right: do as your told and be afraid… be very afraid…

MASS MEDIA PROGRAMMING

MATRIX
WEAPONS OF MASS DECEPTION
THE MINISTERS OF “TRUTH”
HYPE & PROPAGANDA
“People have to realize that the Jews in the U.S. control the entire information and propaganda machine,
the large newspapers, the motion pictures, radio and television, and the big companies. And there is a force
that we have to take into consideration.” – Richard Nixon, U.S. President
“There is no such thing in America as an independent press. You know it and I know it… The business of the
journalist is to destroy the truth; to lie outright; to pervert; to vilify; to fawn at the feet of Mammon, and to
sell his country and his race for his daily bread. You know it and I know it, so what folly is this toasting an
independent press? We are the tools and vassals of rich men behind the scenes. They pull the strings and
we dance. ” - John Swinton, former chief of staff for the New York Times, in an address to fellow
journalists.
"Our job is to give people not what they want, but what we decide they ought to have." - Richard Salent,
Former President CBS News.
"If you give a man the correct information for seven years, he may believe the incorrect information on the
first day of the eighth year when it is necessary, from your point of view, that he should do so. Your first job
is to build the credibility and the authenticity of your propaganda, and persuade the enemy to trust you
although you are his enemy." - A Psychological Warfare Casebook Operations Research Office Johns
Hopkins University Baltimore (1958)
Can you imagine the possibilities if you could OWN REALITY. Literally mold and shape the perceived world around
you. Perception and reality are intangible elements, that cannot be bought and sold, one cannot ―own‖ reality, right?
NOT. The grand deceivers of man have long ago figured out how to OWN REALITY.
The Zionist elite realized long ago the magnificent pure unadulterated programming POWER of mass media. They had
the foresight to understand that the battle for people‘s minds would be conducted in their living rooms.
During ALL wars, one of the central strategies employed on the enemies was none other than to broadcast messages
via RADIO, TV and media, the perfect medium for dissemination of propaganda, mold and shape the thinking and
perception of its target audience.. That is because the governments know IT WORKS. It is scientifically
unequivocally proven that broadcasts have immense impact on the target audience. So much so that all military‘s
on the planet have utilized it as an essential military tactic.
It has been truly stated that a man's judgment is only as good as his information. Thus, in order to alter the judgment
of people, you must control the information they receive. Unbeknownst to the population, there has long been a
field of study whose only objective is to research, understand and control human perception and behavior, that field is:
The Behavioral Sciences we discussed in previous chapters. The practice and implementing of the established
knowledge of Behavioral Sciences and especially APPLIED COGNITIVE SCIENCE is implemented chiefly
through the mass media mediums.
It is so crucially important that I must once again reiterate: After hundreds upon hundreds of years of population
control trial and error. The quest was on to find the perfect way to shape and mold the population‘s perception of
reality. The ruling Illuminati elite discovered the best way to OWN reality and establish their goal of world rule was
none other than to SHAPE and TAKE CONTROL OF PEOPLES‘ MINDS with the magical perception molding
instruments of mass media. TV and Hollywood productions are essentially Behavioral Science MASS
PROGRAMMING and CONDITIONING operations. Period.
What do you think ADVERTISING is? It is basically PROGRAMMING the population utilizing mass media TO
BUY STUFF. Of course not everyone is easily susceptible to advertising/programming but IT HAS BEEN
SCIENTIFICALLY PROVEN THAT IT WORKS. So much so that It is a multi-billion dollar business.
government which is the true ruling power of our country"- Edward Bernays, 1928
The SECRET of television:

IT IS THE PERFECT MASS HYPNOSIS MEDIUM and MASS
PROGRAMMING APPARATUS.
TELEVISION
Watching television is the favorite leisure activity or rather non-activity for millions of people around the world.
The average American, by the time he is sixty years old, will have spent fifteen years staring at the TV screen. In
many other countries the figures are similar. Many people find watching TV ―relaxing.‖
Observe yourself closely and you will find that the longer the screen remains the focus of your attention, the
more your thought activity becomes suspended, and for long periods you are watching the talk show, game
show, sitcom, or even commercials with almost no thought being generated by your mind.
Not only do you not remember your problems anymore, but you become temporarily free of yourself – and what
could be more relaxing than that?
So does TV watching create inner space? Does it cause you to be present?
Unfortunately, it does not. Although for long periods your mind may not be generating any thoughts, it has
linked into the thought activity of the television show.
It has linked up with the TV version of the collective mind, and is thinking its thoughts. Your mind is inactive
only in the sense that it is not producing thoughts. It is, however, continuously absorbing thoughts and images
that come through the TV screen. This induces a trance-like passive state of heightened susceptibility, not
unlike hypnosis.
That is why it lends itself to manipulation of ―public opinion,‖ as politicians and special-interest groups as
well as advertisers know and will pay millions of dollars to catch you in that state of receptive
unawareness. They want their thoughts to become your thoughts, and usually they succeed.
So when watching television, the tendency is for you to fall below thought, not rise above it. Television has
this in common with alcohol and certain other drugs. While it provides some relief from your mind, you again
pay a high price: loss of consciousness. Like those drugs, it too has a strong addictive quality.
You reach for the remote control to switch off and instead find yourself going through all the channels. Half an
hour or an hour later, you are still watching, still going through the channels. The off button is the only one your
finger seems unable to press.
You are still watching, usually not because anything of interest has caught your attention, but precisely because
there is nothing of interest to watch. Once you are hooked, the more trivial, the more meaningless, it is, the more
addictive it becomes.
If it were interesting, thought provoking, it would stimulate your mind into thinking for itself again, which is
more conscious and therefore preferable to a TV-induced trance. Your attention would, therefore, no longer be
totally held captive by the images on the screen.
The content of the program, if there is a certain quality to it, can to some extent counteract and sometimes even
undo the hypnotic, mind-numbing effect of the medium of TV. There are some programs that have been
extremely helpful to many people; have changed their lives for the better, opened their heart, made them more
conscious.
Even some comedy shows, although they may be about nothing in particular, can be unintentionally spiritual by
showing a caricature version of human folly and the ego. They teach us not to take anything too seriously, to
approach life in a light-hearted way, and above all, they teach by making us laugh.
Laughter is extraordinarily liberating as well as healing. Most of television, however, is as yet controlled by
people who are totally controlled by the ego, and so the TV's hidden agenda becomes control of you by
putting you to sleep, that is to say, making you unconscious. Yet there is enormous and still largely
unexplored potential in the medium of television.
Avoid watching programs and commercials that assault you with a rapid succession of images that change every
two or three seconds or less.
Excessive TV watching and those programs in particular are largely responsible for attention deficit disorder, a
mental dysfunction now affecting millions of children worldwide. A short attention span makes all your
perceptions and relationships shallow and unsatisfying.
Whatever you do, whatever action you perform in that state, lacks quality, because quality requires attention.
Frequent and prolonged TV watching not only makes you unconscious, it also induces passivity and drains you
of energy.
Therefore, rather than watching at random, choose the programs you want to see. Whenever you remember to do
so, feel the aliveness inside your body as you watch.
Alternatively, be aware of your breathing from time to time.
Look away from the screen at regular intervals so that it does not completely take possession of your visual
sense. Don't turn up the volume any higher than necessary so that the TV doesn't overwhelm you on the auditory
level.
Use the mute button during commercials. Make sure you don't go to sleep immediately after switching off the set
or, even worse, fall asleep with the set still on.
-----------------------------------------------
Excerpt from a chapter of Eckhart Tolle's book "A New Earth: Awakening to Your Life's Purpose"
With the advent of the 20th century this objective has since been perfected to a ―T‖, especially with the help of modern
mass media such as TV, movies, radio, and print… which
are none other than disguised mass hypnosis
programming tools. These are none other than
perception molding and shaping instruments. Media
brainwashing and conditioning have filled the minds of
the masses with so much wrong, tainted, corrupt, false
info, lies, morality stripping, indoctrination, prejudice
provoking, and so on, that arriving at the right conclusions
has become almost impossible for the masses. The
masses are routinely ―Primed‖ (conditioning) on all types
of matters, so that when the actual events/matters occur,
the masses readily accept the outcomes without so much
as a second thought.
How Television Affects Your Brain Chemistry - video
Definition: Priming refers to a increased sensitivity to certain stimuli due to prior experience. Because priming it
believed to occur outside of conscious awareness, it is different from memory that relies on the direct retrieval of
information. Direct retrieval utilizes explicit memory, while priming relies on implicit memory. Research has also
shown that the affects of priming can impact the decision-making process (Jacoby, 1983).
Covert Hypnosis
Covert Hypnosis is the ability to subtly communicate with another person's subconscious mind without them
noticing. As it often takes place in the course of a seemingly regular conversation [communications], it is also
known as Conversational Hypnosis. The objective is to change the intended behavior - a sales person, for
example, telling the client how good she will feel buying the new product. An intentional use of carefully selected
words, body language, intentional gestures that seem commonplace (pointing in a certain direction) and facial
expressions (a frown to the buyer to convey the unspoken opinion that she is making a mistake) in order to
covertly communicate with someone's subconscious mind. The final objective is to have the person make their
own decision to change their mind.
It is a form of hypnosis attempting to achieve near hypnotic states in the listener (sometimes called "sleight of
mouth"). In covert hypnosis the subject is unaware that the hypnotist is either a hypnotist, or hypnotizing
them, or that anything out of the ordinary is occurring.
Covert hypnosis is a phenomenon not too different from indirect hypnosis (as derived from Milton H. Erickson
popularized as The Milton Model) in style but the defining feature is certainly the act of an individual subject
becoming hypnotized and taking part in hypnotic phenomena without conscious effort/choice - covert hypnosis
like "Ericksonian Hypnosis operates through covert and subtle means... to reach deeper levels of consciousness
than are touched by the surface structure of language"; it is the concept that an individual, 'the hypnotist,' can
control another individual's behavior via gaining rapport (co-operation of their attention - as without rapport
covert hypnosis does not take place) with the subject and then making suggestions which the subject isn't fully
consciously aware the meaning of. –[Source Wikipedia]
For more information on Covert Mass Hypnosis read ―The Dirty Little Secrets of Covert Mass Hypnosis.‖
The mass media is like every other integral components of the Matrix, just connect the dots. The Matrix Report
exposes this branch that has been covered throughout the ages by many researchers
and independent experts, but unfortunately most works out there exposing the mass
media cartel have been conducted as an isolated segment without the knowledge of
its use by a ruling elite cartel. Therefore it has never been identified as one of the
most important parts of a system of control. Thus researchers often viewed the
media world as a separate messed up morally bankrupt industry and rarely do they
connect it to the whole Matrix elite ruler‘s super structure and their sinister
implementations of the medium.
I cannot hope to do an exhaustive expose on this subject; I implore the reader to

take the initiative and follow up on the hundreds upon hundreds of leads, paths, and
declarations I make here for I can often only basically expose and introduce an
important factor, component then continue forward. With so much material to cover
I must go straight to the next issues that are KEY components of revealing "the
media matrix." Here again I am limited to merely summarizing KEY elements on
how they have been controlling the masses, for anything and everything they are
behind of can be and is portrayed the way they want you to believe it… for you sit down every day for hours on
end in front of their main mass hypnosis apparatus that tells you what to think, how to think, what is going on around
the world and so on, establishing the acknowledged unified ―mass reality.‖
Hostile Break-up, Sinister Reunion: Mesmerism & the Boob

By John Ivan Palmer [excerpt]
…So while the 19th century flipped the switch of scientific modernism, hypnosis (as mesmerism came to be
called) thrived in a world of its own, but the ties with electricity were still evident. A favorite stunt of 19th
century stage hypnotists like Dr Herbert L Flint was the "electrocution test," where a hypnotized subject sat in an
ordinary chair and through suggestion alone was jolted into grotesque contortions by imaginary electrical current.
When you annihilate rational thought, you can do anything to people. Subjects were set on fire, buried alive, told
to hold back the effects of explosive emetics and laxatives. Plates of hot pepper were blown into pried open eyes.
Hypnotists took sledge hammers to massive slabs of stone placed on human planks stretched between two chairs,
resulting in at least one death. Huge crowds rose to their feet in standing ovations at the sight of several hypnotic
subjects sewn together at the lips and ears with carpet thread.
After the two "fluids" of mesmerism and electromagnetism had flowed their separate ways for a hundred years, a
great confluence was about to take place. In the early 1920s, radio was already being called "wireless
chloroform" by the New York Times. [1] In 1923, stage hypnotist Joseph Dunninger performed the first
"long distance hypnotism" by radio on a listener 10 miles away. The subject, in Long Island, was instructed to
"look directly into the horn of the radio," reminiscent of Mesmer's focus on his bucket of mojo. Shortly, the radio
listener was "staring at the ceiling with unstaring eyes," whereupon he was stretched between two chairs like a
human plank, and then jabbed through the arm with a large needle. Like the Frankenstein monster (essentially an
electrical phenomenon) the two magnetisms were being crudely, but prophetically, stitched together.
Orson Welles' 1938 Martian invasion broadcast was the first significant departure from a formal trance
induction, which was not necessary because the medium itself had become hypnotic. Welles went straight to
the suggestions. Hell of a show. Creating the end of the world is a hard act to follow.
But it was followed. "Mass chloroform" was very much in the air by 1941, when hypnotist Howard Klein
"appeared" on CBS's Hobby Lobby radio show. Klein, described as "Dr. Mesmer's star successor", restricted his
demonstration to subjects in the studio audience, although the electromagnetic signal went out to untold
thousands. Klein's subjects ate lemons thinking they were peaches, and swatted imaginary mosquitoes. The
audience's laughter reified the suggestions for the broadcast listeners. An astute reporter noted that "many
radio listeners might qualify as hypnotized." The same reporter noted ominously that the "aggravated
lethargy" of hypnosis could, through electromagnetic signals, hypnotize a large part of the entire US
audience in one fell coo [sic]." [2] Such would happen within a decade.
A few years later a hypnotist named Van Loewe went, not just for the studio audience, but everyone who was
listening to radio station 6AM in Perth, Australia. There was panic as at least one person failed to awaken.
Hardly into the 1950s, Ormond McGill reached an audience of millions through his hypnotic yuks on Art
Linkletter's People Are Funny television show, making fools of volunteers in front of a backdrop for Niblets
Mexicorn. Hypnotists were represented in illustrations as having zigzag bolts of electricity coming from their
eyes or fingertips, reminiscent of the lightning bolts from which electricity was harvested by Franklin. The same
zigzags became the visual clichés featured in print ads depicting waves coming from TV towers. The ghosts of
the two antagonists, Franklin and Mesmer, were shaking hands.
Although contemporary hypnotists like Britain's Paul McKenna are sometimes seen on tabloid shows, TV has
now preempted the role of the hypnotist altogether. They are no longer crudely sewn together at the lips and
ears. They have seamlessly merged. Live, walking-talking stage hypnotists today complain they can't work in
night clubs anymore because they are all full of TV's which no one wants to turn off. Stage hypnotist Marshall
Sylver, for example, is better known for his manipulative infomercials than for his stage shows (which some
people have said play like infomercials). Surpassing the more straightforward "look into my eyes" form of
hypnosis, television, radio, and other "fluid" "streaming" media, use ultra-refined techniques of disguised
manipulation which now comprise the universal Mesmeric ether. Touching the bucket is as easy as touching
the remote.
Once disowned by science, hypnosis has become its chief product. Marshall McLuhan expressed the merge in
his famous pun on thought extermination: "the medium is the massage." McLuhan's message, which you never
hear any more, has been muted by 500 channels of massage.
Now that animal magnetism and electromagnetism have rejoined, they have become, what the Journal of
Abnormal Psychology has said of stage hypnotism itself, "the most powerful social influence phenomenon
known to man." [3] The old idea of a universal ether has become the universal media, creating a worldwide
hypnotic reality, a reality with no history, no consciousness outside itself. It is pure trance. Or, as TV critic
Ron Powers put it in 1990, "The world, croons television, is television."
In the 19th century Dr Hippolyte Bernheim warned that failure to snap out of it was one of the dangers of
hypnosis. After the advent of electronic media, the Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis published a
monograph titled 'Difficulty in dehypnotizing', where the author cited an "assaultive episode" by someone who
didn't want to be awakened. [4] In a 1986 study titled Hypnosis Complications, Dr Frank MacHovec enumerated
scores of horrendous hypnotic sequelae, like the subject who swallowed her tongue, the man who turned gay
overnight, the woman who experienced her hands 20 feet from her body, or the man who developed an obsession
for eating raw onions thinking they were apples.
Pierre Bournieu has pointed out that TV communication "is instantaneous because, in a sense, it has not
occurred." It's all suggestion, as Welles proved in his 1938 broadcast. You watch in "aggravated lethargy" as a
talking oven mitt convinces you to buy a chemical sandwich. You embed yourself in a dangerous guzzler thinking
it makes you safe. You watch an entertainment show disguised as news. You vote for whoever pushes your
appropriate buttons of sensation. You watch "reality TV," thinking it's reality. You are now the hypnotic
subject, twitching to the signals like a pair of amputated frog legs.
Hypnotists don't like subjects who analyze hypnotic procedures. They get thrown off the stage for "fighting it."
Therapists can be hardly less diplomatic with patients who "resist." If you refuse to speak (or perform) on-camera,
you'll come off as a kind of latter day heretic, flaunting the Holy Writ. And if you throw away a perfectly good
TV and live without one at all, at the very least you'll come off as an eccentric.
But you'll be wide awake and out if it.
First of all, I need to address the fact that almost all merchandise that is produced by the media barons and presented in
well laid out formats and presented to the public as ―News‖ is nothing more than one dimensional encapsulated bits,
pieces and sound bites. We live in a 3D world, yet everything that is presented for our mental consumption is always
on a singular one dimensional format. At best sometimes we will receive a 2D ―programming.‖ Our real world is
multifaceted, multidirectional, multiple view points,
multiple dynamics and factors, yet all they give us is one
dimensional feeds. More often than not, it is the one
dimensional ―sanctioned official story‖ feed that goes
national on all media simultaneously released with a
contradictory narrative to keep them perpetually engulfed.
I won‘t even try to cover perception beyond the 3rd
dimension, just trying to keep things simple. With this
concept in mind, you can then begin to dismantle and begin
to understand how our media industrial matrix works. For
its tentacles cover every aspect of life.
The Art of Corporate Mind Control - video
Throughout all of history every emperor, society, nation and

empire has recognized the pivotal importance of controlling
the dissemination of information, (media) in order to control
the citizens. Authoritarian and Communist societies are
infamous for their strategic iron fist control of media and brutal enforcement. So called ―free‖ societies control their
media ―behind the scenes‖. Through unseen and never published owner‘s objectives, agendas, ―editorial policies‖ and
goals that are, as in all large organizational structures, always initiated and delegated from the top down. The CEOs set
the guidelines and dictate what is and is not to be covered and how. The working minions need never know the ―why‖
factor. The upright ―reporters‖ just read their SCRIPTS.
Milgram‘s Experiment on Obedience to Authority

Gregorio Billikopf Encina, University of California
Why is it so many people obey when they feel coerced? Social psychologist Stanley Milgram researched the
effect of authority on obedience. He concluded people obey either out of fear or out of a desire to appear
cooperative--even when acting against their own better judgment and desires. Milgram‘s classic yet controversial
experiment illustrates people's reluctance to confront those who abuse power. It is my opinion that Milgram's
book should be required reading (see References below) for anyone in supervisory or management positions.
Milgram recruited subjects for his experiments from various walks in life. Respondents were told the experiment
would study the effects of punishment on learning ability. They were offered a token cash award for participating.
Although respondents thought they had an equal chance of playing the role of a student or of a teacher, the
process was rigged so all respondents ended up playing the teacher. The learner was an actor working as a cohort
of the experimenter.
"Teachers" were asked to administer increasingly severe electric shocks to the "learner" when questions were
answered incorrectly. In reality, the only electric shocks delivered in the experiment were single 45-volt shock
samples given to each teacher. This was done to give teachers a feeling for the jolts they thought they would be
discharging.
Shock levels were labeled from 15 to 450 volts. Besides the numerical scale, verbal anchors added to the frightful
appearance of the instrument. Beginning from the lower end, jolt levels were labeled: "slight shock," "moderate
shock," "strong shock," "very strong shock," "intense shock," and "extreme intensity shock." The next two
anchors were "Danger: Severe Shock," and, past that, a simple but ghastly "XXX."
In response to the supposed jolts, the "learner" (actor) would begin to grunt at 75 volts; complain at 120 volts; ask
to be released at 150 volts; plead with increasing vigor, next; and let out agonized screams at 285 volts.
Eventually, in desperation, the learner was to yell loudly and complain of heart pain.
At some point the actor would refuse to answer any more questions. Finally, at 330 volts the actor would be
totally silent-that is, if any of the teacher participants got so far without rebelling first.
Teachers were instructed to treat silence as an incorrect answer and apply the next shock level to the student.
If at any point the innocent teacher hesitated to inflict the shocks, the experimenter would pressure him to
proceed. Such demands would take the form of increasingly severe statements, such as "The experiment requires
that you continue."
What do you think was the average voltage given by teachers before they refused to administer further shocks?
What percentage of teachers, if any, do you think went up to the maximum voltage of 450?
Results from the experiment. Some teachers refused to continue with the shocks early on, despite urging from the
experimenter. This is the type of response Milgram expected as the norm. But Milgram was shocked to find those
who questioned authority were in the minority. Sixty-five percent (65%) of the teachers were willing to progress
to the maximum voltage level.
Participants demonstrated a range of negative emotions about continuing. Some pleaded with the learner, asking
the actor to answer questions carefully. Others started to laugh nervously and act strangely in diverse ways. Some
subjects appeared cold, hopeless, somber, or arrogant. Some thought they had killed the learner. Nevertheless,
participants continued to obey, discharging the full shock to learners. One man who wanted to abandon the
experiment was told the experiment must continue. Instead of challenging the decision of the experimenter, he
proceeded, repeating to himself, "It‘s got to go on, it‘s got to go on."
Milgram‘s experiment included a number of variations. In one, the learner was not only visible but teachers were
asked to force the learner‘s hand to the shock plate so they could deliver the punishment. Less obedience was
extracted from subjects in this case. In another variation, teachers were instructed to apply whatever voltage they
desired to incorrect answers. Teachers averaged 83 volts, and only 2.5 percent of participants used the full 450
volts available. This shows most participants were good, average people, not evil individuals. They obeyed only
under coercion.
In general, more submission was elicited from "teachers" when (1) the authority figure was in close proximity; (2)
teachers felt they could pass on responsibility to others; and (3) experiments took place under the auspices of a
respected organization.
Participants were debriefed after the experiment and showed much relief at finding they had not harmed the
student. One cried from emotion when he saw the student alive, and explained that he thought he had killed him.
But what was different about those who obeyed and those who rebelled? Milgram divided participants into three
categories:
Obeyed but justified themselves. Some obedient participants gave up responsibility for their actions, blaming the
experimenter. If anything had happened to the learner, they reasoned, it would have been the experimenter‘s fault.
Others had transferred the blame to the learner: "He was so stupid and stubborn he deserved to be shocked."
Obeyed but blamed themselves. Others felt badly about what they had done and were quite harsh on themselves.
Members of this group would, perhaps, be more likely to challenge authority if confronted with a similar situation
in the future.
Rebelled. Finally, rebellious subjects questioned the authority of the experimenter and argued there was a greater
ethical imperative calling for the protection of the learner over the needs of the experimenter. Some of these
individuals felt they were accountable to a higher authority.
Why were those who challenged authority in the minority? So entrenched is obedience it may void personal codes
of conduct.
References
Milgram, S. (1974). Obedience to Authority: An Experimental View. New York: Harper and Row. An excellent
presentation of Milgram‘s work is also found in Brown, R. (1986). Social Forces in Obedience and Rebellion.
Social Psychology: The Second Edition. New York: The Free Press.
Besides the ruling elite‘s executive operatives, you also have government propaganda arm agents embedded in
important positions in just about every mass media outlet. One known major effort in infiltrating the media by the CIA
was Operation Mockingbird. This was a very successful covert operation of infiltrating the media, this is not just a
figment of my imagination, I bring forth the facts, like it or leave it.
TV and media that is understood to by its inventors and the industry at large as one of the most ideal if not perfect mass
"programming" medium to have ever been invented. Its value and proven effectiveness in "programming." Billions of
dollars are spent each and every year by advertisers pushing their products via mass media; they in effect create
advertisements (selling inducing "programming") to program the masses to purchase their products. Again, advertising
has overwhelmingly been proven effective means of a form of programming. The earth changing fact I want to
highlight and emphasize here is this: The powers that be have known full well the power of media, especially TV to
PROGRAM the masses.
Behold for what I come forth to reveal is that likewise the best way to DE-PROGRAM THE POPULATION is by also
in fully utilizing the scientifically proven mass media resources to their fullest potential. Mainstream media is own and
controlled lock stock and barrel by the Zionist media barons, therefore we must learn to effectively utilize the internet
and alternative means of spreading the truth.
Unplug the Signal: The Truth Will Not Be Televised

by Koen Stroobant
A flow of information is constantly streaming from the television set; a bombardment of words and pictures.
The speed at which this information is communicated makes it easy for the signal to take control, switching the
viewer‘s brain to stand-by as information is absorbed without analysis or question. Today the television‘s
constant signal shapes the conclusions of the masses and produces the collective norm. The signal prescribes
what is news and what is truth through the words of so-called experts and authorities, gelding the consciousness
and independent thoughts of those subjected to it. Through television, the masses can be made to accept the most
monstrous distortions of reality. The signal is a chill wind of continuous oppression over the minds of the
masses. It controls the management of society and culture, creating uniformity across all subjects.
The fuel for this vehicle of mass deception is a technique known as perception management where an array of
psychological techniques are used to alter the truth, leading the viewer to a desired conclusion. Some call this
spin or propaganda while others know it as lying. According to Joseph
Goebbels, Propaganda Minister for Adolph Hitler, ―If you tell a lie big
enough and keep repeating it, people will eventually come to believe it…
It thus becomes vitally important for the State to use all of its powers to
repress dissent, for the truth is the mortal enemy of the lie, and thus by
extension, the truth is the greatest enemy of the State.‖ Most of what can
be found on the nightly news is nothing but advertisements selling more
government and a false reality that benefits only those in control.
Television is the dictator of information; newspaper and radio are the
whisper campaign of the television‘s message.
It is expected that Americans will consistently prescribe to the doctrine of

the television. It is subtly communicated that one should stay within the
collective and never challenge the message, for doing so may be considered an aggression towards culture. The
message is, ―Be a good consumer; always obey authority; you know nothing; listen only to experts; be content
and never question or express new ideas.‖ This signal is being broadcast across millions of screens,
indoctrinating the unconscious minds of those who choose this as their only reality. Self-censorship occurs when
these individuals become so deeply indoctrinated that they are afraid to discuss any information outside the
paradigm of television-created culture; they police their thoughts to ensure they won‘t conflict with this culture.
Sadly, many people‘s reality today does not allow any outside information to process, instead it is written off as
conspiracy or blatant lies. Our consciousness has been destroyed so much that fiction has become reality. An
entire lifestyle of poisonous foods, pharmaceuticals, and fluoridated water are accepted as safe and sold to us at
the cost of our health and well being.
Those of the establishment are using the incredibly powerful weapon of mass psychology as a method of
controlling the minds of the masses and altering the behavior of individuals. Edward Bernays, a pioneer in the
field of public relations in the 20th century, applied Sigmund Freud‘s theory of psychoanalysis to manipulate the
masses by engineering consent. According to Bernays, ―If we understand the mechanism and motives of the
group mind, it is now possible to control and regiment the masses according to our will without them knowing
it.‖ Advertisers and psychologists of the billion dollar culture creation industry manufacture trends through the
proliferation of insecurities; and manipulating desires and emotions. These concepts are also employed to
control how individuals think about politics, as well as the possibilities and limitations within society. Those
wielding power within our streams of mass communication market their plans into each generation as
individuals adopt specific ways of thinking and never suspect that all the major events and trends within their
lifetime are actually planned by an elite few before they are even born. In our society today, culture is created
from the top down. Virtually all forms of culture are created by the ruling class to build a false sense of reality,
ensure social compliance, and control the future course of cultural evolution.
Predictive programming is a tool used by the establishment to acclimate the public to new ideas, trends, beliefs,
and threats. It is used through television by including certain situations or ideas within the plots of many
fictional shows, familiarizing the viewer with these concepts no matter what they may be watching. When
similar situations occur or like ideas are circulated in the world we think that these particular things are quite
natural for we have unknowingly been made familiar with them through television. By viewing nearly any
popular show on television, one can see the same propaganda that will be aired on the nightly news. Propaganda
on a wide array of subjects has been interwoven into a great number of television shows. Just a few of these
subjects include global warming, vaccinations, torture, terrorism, national security, the militarization of police,
and the degradation of the family unit. Through predictive programming, television shapes culture and prevents
individuals from asking questions.
Crises are created on a daily basis and broadcast across the airwaves to keep individuals in a state of panic and
fear. Whether it be the threat of a pandemic or terrorism, the constant state of crisis has created a form of mental
illness as we are slowly acclimated into an age of crisis. By using Hegelian dialectic, the television promotes the
problem, guides our reaction, and presents the solution. The problem of terrorism was exclaimed, a strong
emotional response was evoked, and it was stated that our rights need be sacrificed in order to protect us from
the threat. We‘ve lost personal sovereignty under the guise of terrorism; we‘re stopped and searched; we‘re
watched by cameras as we go about our lives; and we‘re encouraged to spy on our neighbors. We have been
trained to accept the life of a prisoner.
America is in a state of enlightened despotism where most individuals live only to satisfy selfish inner desires
and remain ignorant of the state of the world around them. In most public places one can find a television
transmitting propaganda around the clock ensuring the masses remain focused on trivial matters. From birth we
take the world as it‘s presented on television. We don‘t question it and any serious criticism of TV is becoming
psychologically impossible in society. Who would suspect getting born into a world where everything around
you is a continuous lie? The youth of today are convinced that the experts and personalities on television are the
authority of credible information while parents and older generations are foolish with dated ideas. Children are
conditioned to disconnect from what is truly important to their well being and instead focus on mindless trivia,
sports, celebrity gossip, and buying an array of material things. They invest their psychological worth in fantasy
characters on television while ignoring or even scorning individuals contributing to the betterment of humanity.
They are discouraged from getting involved in their local community and often lack the ability to think
independently or to resist corruption. As their children‘s minds are molded by television, there is barely a
murmur from the public.
For over half a century, our society has lived under this signal of mental programming and conditioning. The
message is clear: don‘t be a leader, don‘t engage in critical thinking, and don‘t care about the people in your life.
Until individuals become aware of the current information war, our standard of living and our liberties will
continue to be degraded and we will continue to lose communities and meaningful relationships between people.
Currently, pockets of resistance are beginning to spring up everywhere as some unplug the signal and regain
control of their own thoughts. Informed individuals are canceling their cable and satellite subscriptions and
instead spending time with their families and children while participating in meaningful experiences. They are
seeking alternative news sources. They are reading about those who weld incredible influence over culture like
Edward Bernays, Zbigniew Brzezinski, Charles Galton Darwin, Plato, Bertrand Russell, and Aldous Huxley.
However, it is a continuous battle to educate the masses for the television remains our greatest threat to
individual sovereignty and the largest obstacle to becoming a truly informed individual. Fortunately, unplugging
from the signal is easy. The television can simply be turned off. Through doing so, you may realize nearly our
entire world is now a hoax; things once known as truth are fake. We have been trained like dogs to be obedient
to our television; our master has had our minds on a tight leash. Let us never forget the truth will not be
televised.
Major Factor No.1 that allows the media (and government) to control the vast majority of the public's opinion and
shape how they perceive the world around them is facilitated by the fact that there has always existed a major portion
of the population that is so poorly educated, easily manipulated and just plain dumb, (education level of the average
American ranks around 36th place worldwide) that they are easily lead like a herd of sheep (hence the common term of
sheeple). This segment makes up the majority of the masses. These are the people you will never find reading a book,
let alone visiting thought provoking web sites with lengthy articles that resemble a doctoral thesis. Oh, yes, a portion of
this mass do go on the web and read books, but their areas of interest are limited to sections of the net that require very
little "brain stress" and mental activity such as novels, fiction, entertainment, MySpace, FaceBook, porn, YouTube, etc.
I cannot stress enough how the mass media knows that the majority of the public is just plain STUPID and gullible.
For example: the marketing and advertising community has it down to a science, manipulating public opinion has
been documented and scientifically taught in that industries‘ text books. Especially in the realm of Marketing,
psychological manipulation of public opinion has become as easy as child‘s play. They know how to statistically target
specific audiences and what makes them tick. The videos below will give you a glimpse of the collective mental
aptitude of the masses. There are hundreds of such videos on the net. I post just a couple here to drive my point across.
Our government also knows full well that the majority of its citizens are easily duped with many of them just plain
STUPID. The masses are purposely being raised stupid through our third world level public school system so that they
will be more easily herded and become dependent on their Big Brother government. Virtually every politician takes
advantage of the gullibility of their constituents, especially when it
comes time for re-election. The KEY to understanding how special
interests have taken over American policy is in understanding that the
mass majority of "sheeple" really have NO CLUE about important
issues!
Breaking News: Some Bullshit Happening Somewhere - video
The very, very sad fact is that these are the types of people that come out
and vote! These sheeple not only have absolutely NO CLUE and are
easily miss-guided by not only the mass media, but by our very own
government propaganda machine. So there you have it. The core key
synopsis on why/how it is possible for mass media and propaganda
machines ability to relatively easily mold public opinion and scam our
public to believe even the most outrageous of stories circulated.
Major Factor No. 2. Is the herd mentality of peer level thinking. Put at its most simplest form: No one likes being the
"idiot" in the group. Therefore whatever the prevailing opinion of the group becomes the adapted norm. This social
psychology of "group think" is another issue that has been proven and very well documented by many researchers.
Major Factor No. 3. Short attention spans and very quick loss of memory. Another highly researched scientific fact
taken advantage by our government propaganda apparatus (and media). This is why they use "talking points" and
"sound bites". The strategy is in keeping the message simple using catchy phrases and repeating the message over and
over again, then having the same messages "echoed" (repeated) by different sources.
Major Factor No. 4. Conditioning, also known by the practicing professionals as: Priming. We have all as members
of society, been conditioned in so many ways throughout our lives, I don't know where to begin. Conditioning is
everywhere. Starting when we are children, they see the world around us and imitate what they see, we all adapt to our
environment, this is a basic elemental function of life. The beginning of official conditioning starts off in the school
system. "never question authority figures, do as you are told‖, they teach you their fairy tale versions of history, this is
where the first images of the American dream are planted you are to pursue for the rest of your lives, etc."
Conditioning is where the substance of the pseudo reality is emblazoned in our minds. Once we leave high school we
are ready to join the other sheeple in society, ready to assume your small role as a "liberated slave". Preprogrammed
and ready to serve your new masters. Conditioned to not question your authority figures, the media, nor masters in
government. So what if you graduated with a 6th grade reading and math levels, perfect, they succeeded! You are now
ready to face the world just the way they want their sheeple to enter society: with an IQ of a chicken. Everything is
running according to plan. Oh, lest you never forget: all those textbooks you have had in all the schools over the ages?
The History textbooks provided all of us with our fundamental cohesive image and understanding of the world around
us. The History textbooks have always taught one side of the story… the side ―they‖ (your ruling masters) want you to
think happened. Textbooks are produced by your benevolent, ―unbiased‖ /cough/ information custodians… the Zionist
MEDIA corporations‘ publishing arms…
The rewriting, and fabrication, of history can be most deadly expression of totalitarian impulses : those who control
the past, the record of what has been, control the present and the future. The Zionist ruling elite figured this out
long ago and set forth to monopolize the entire realm of media to accomplish just that.
Major Factor No. 5. The entertainment factor is an often overlooked aspect of media control and shaping of mass
public thought. Millions upon millions of Americans of all ages sit in front of the TV set for hours on end, many times
achieving a type of HYPNOTIC state, completely engrossed in the media being broadcasting. Mass entertainment is
crucial to keeping the public distracted, their minds entertained and overloaded with trivial pursuits keeping them
engrossed in everything EXCEPT what really matters. Interesting that in the media the term the media industry uses to
describe their output is: "programming"! Sit back and relax, your mind is about to updated like a computer with the
latest faux reality revision v5.2 "the following program was brought to you by..".
The vast majority of "programs" are all entertainment. We are the most entertained people on the planet.
"worrying about the public‘s growing attention deficit disorder and susceptibility to information overload, of
course, is hardly new. It‘s been 25 years since Neil Postman warned in "Amusing ourselves to death" that
trivia and entertainment values promoted by television were creating distractions that were threatening to
subvert public discourse, and more than a decade since writers
like James Gleick ("Faster") and Davide Shenk ("Data Smog")
described a culture addicted to speed, drowning in data and
over stimulated to the point where only sensationalism and
willful hyperbole grab people‘s attention." - Texts Without
Contexts NYTimes
Why are we fed so much entertainment programming? Eventually people

find their favorite niches, the feeble minded people are consumed by
their hobby/sport/shows were they devote hundreds of hours on end in
silly trivial pursuit. Take for example Baseball. For many fans it
engrosses huge sections of their lives. The fans sit and talk for hours
about dumb stats and the players and so forth. Then you have the "fan
factor" in which the young waist valuable time, money and mental
energies on worshiping their idols. The core concept and main goal of
the over abundance of entertainment is to keep the masses entertained
and overloaded with trivial matters keeping their minds off of the
real important issues in life. To keep the masses distracted and their
eyes off of the prize. Those very issues that are dealt with daily, what is
going on in the halls of all the government offices, monetary issues, policy issues, etc are purposely made appear
boring and rarely covered, and when the few issues that are mentioned on the bloob tube come up, it is only in a 30
second sound bite by a talking head on a news channel reading his script. Then they quickly divert your attention to
the main segment of the "news" of the day "Paris Hilton or Britney" for example, whom they will proceed to spend the
next 20 minutes covering. Doh!
Is part of the problem that reporters are too close to the political establishment?
That‘s definitely one of the primary corrupting forces in journalism. The media should be an adversarial force
to the political establishment, that‘s basic journalism. But in the last few decades they have become dependent on
the political establishment and assimilated into it, so the media is an arm of the political establishment as
opposed to a watchdog over it. That dynamic has corrupted the process more than anything else, because there‘s
no tension between the media and political power. During recent years, the political establishment has been
primarily Republican and the media gets fed mostly by Republican operatives–that‘s where reporters get their
access and their scoops and the feeling that they are insiders–and that‘s where the loyalty of most of the
establishment press therefore lies: with Republican power. – Glenn Greenwald – Harpers Magazine
We have literally hundreds of channels to surf on our TV sets, the majority of them cater to specific interests, I would
say maybe something like 90% of the programs being shown at any given time are all one form or another of
entertainment, much of it is so idiotic I can barely watch TV anymore without feeling mentally molested and insulted.
It is sad when most of the citizens have absolutely no clue about what is going on within their society, government and
world yet can tell you everything on the planet about their favorite TV show, stars, trivia, sports, etc., to the point of
making you nauseous.
The High Priests of Illumination use their propaganda arm in Hollywood to either condition the masses for what's
coming (i.e. priming) or purposely produce an 'in-your-face' film as if to say, "Ha, ha, ha, ha, ha......WE did this and
you're too mindless to figure it out." What‘s more, busloads of young people will pay to sit in the big theaters with the
large screens and wrap-around sound and will have their heads, hearts, and souls filled with this occult poison.
The press was supposed to be the de facto fourth branch of the American republic, a kind of watchdog over the other
three branches of government in case the checks and balances failed. It was specifically mentioned in the first
amendment of the Bill of Rights.
The Media As Enablers of Government Lies

by James Bovard, Posted November 5, 2009
Why do politicians so easily get away with telling lies? In large part, because the news media are more interested
in bonding with politicians than in exposing them. Americans are encouraged to believe that the media will serve
as a check and a balance on the government. Instead, the press too often volunteer as unpaid pimps, helping
politicians deceive the public.
In 1936, New York Times White House correspondent Turner Catledge said that President Roosevelt‘s ―first
instinct was always to lie.‖ But the Washington press corps covered up Roosevelt‘s dishonesty almost as
thoroughly as they hid his use of a wheelchair in daily life.
President Bill Clinton benefited from a press corps that often treated his falsehoods as nonevents — or even petty
triumphs. Newsweek White House correspondent Howard Fineman commented that Clinton‘s ―great strength is
his insincerity.... I‘ve decided Bill Clinton is at his most genuine when he‘s the most phony.... We know he
doesn‘t mean what he says.‖
Flora Lewis, a New York Times columnist, writing three weeks before 9/11, commented in a review of a book on
U.S. government lies on the Vietnam War, ―There will probably never be a return to the discretion, really
collusion, with which the media used to treat presidents, and it is just as well.‖ But within months of her
comment, the media had proven itself as craven as ever. The Washington Post‘s Dana Milbank, who did some of
the best exposés of George W. Bush‘s falsehoods in his first term, noted that it was not until July 2002 that ―the
White House press corps showed its teeth‖ in response to administration deceptions. Even the exposés of FBI and
CIA intelligence failures in May 2002 did not end the ―phase of alliance‖ between the White House and the press,
as political scientist Martha Kumar observed.
Deference to the government is now the trademark of the American media — at least at times when the truth
could have the greatest impact. The media were grossly negligent in failing to question or examine Bush‘s claims
on the road to war. When journalists dug up the truth, editors sometimes ignored or buried their reports.
Washington Post Pentagon correspondent Thomas Ricks complained that, in the lead-up to the U.S. invasion of
Iraq, ―There was an attitude among editors: ‗Look, we‘re going to war; why do we even worry about all this
contrary stuff?‘‖ New York Times White House correspondent Elisabeth Bumiller explained the press‘s conduct at
a Bush press conference just before he invaded Iraq: ―I think we were very deferential because ... nobody wanted
to get into an argument with the president at this very serious time.‖
After the war started, the falsehood of Bush‘s claims was often treated as a one-day story, buried in the back of
the front section or on the editorial page. Afterward, most papers quickly returned to printing the president‘s
proclamations as gospel. Eric Alterman, author of When Presidents Lie, observed,
Virtually every major news media outlet devoted more attention to the lies and dissimulations of one New York
Times reporter, Jayson Blair, than to those of the president and vice president of the United States regarding Iraq.
Given that these two deceptions took place virtually simultaneously, they demonstrate that while some forms of
deliberate deception remain intolerable in public life, those of the U.S. commander in chief are not among them.
What if I were to tell you that all, as in ALL our media: TV, Hollywood movies, radio, newspapers, magazines, book
publishing was owned and or directly controlled by a single exclusive group of people... The RUSSIANS. Every single
citizen in this country would immediately stand up and riot the very next day. Well the Russians don‘t control our
media… BUT… there is a SINGLE RACE that DOES control 98% of all media, that race is none other than the Jews.
So why is no one rioting? Why does no one seem to notice? Why does no one seem to care? Hello! They control
everything you see on TV and hear on the radio! They call the shots at ALL the ―news‖ stations. Of course you are not
going to have the foggiest idea that they freaking run it all! They do EVERYTHING discreetly, they shun the limelight
like vampires. Anything that divulges anything about Jewish rule is easily kept out of the news (hello, they decide what
is ―news‖) and instead they weave their stories. The overall total purpose for them controlling all media is to control
every aspect of INFORMATION, thus being in a strategic position to shape and mold everyone‘s perceptions… the
ultimate spinmeisters.
TV Is Mind Control - video
When you see any major news stories that come in coordinated waves reverberating throughout all the "news" outlets
there are very important questions you must ask yourself while trying to decipher their real meanings: Where are
they going with this? What is the ruling elite's objective in this? What does the trend of news hype reveal of their
agenda? One of the secrets to DECIPHERING the agendas of the ruling elite is quite simple. As in all wars, one
must DECODE the enemies COMMUNICATIONS. In this case the one enemy communication system that is wide
open is the one they are using to MASS PROGRAM THE POPULATION… the mass media outlets.
Here is PROOF of how the media CARTEL act in unison to cohesively deliver any agenda, any narrative, any story
line that the ruling elite want the world to accept and believe:
New Study Documents Media‘s Servitude to Government

By Glenn Greenwald , June 30, 2010
A newly released study from students at Harvard's John F. Kennedy School of Government provides the latest
evidence of how thoroughly devoted the American establishment media is to amplifying and serving (rather than
checking) government officials. This new study examines how waterboarding has been discussed by America's
four largest newspapers over the past 100 years, and finds that the technique, almost invariably, was unequivocally
referred to as "torture" -- until the U.S. Government began openly using it and insisting that it was not torture, at
which time these newspapers obediently ceased describing it that way:
Similarly, American newspapers are highly inclined to refer to waterboarding as "torture" when practiced by other
nations, but will suddenly refuse to use the term when it's the U.S. employing that technique:
As always, the American establishment media is simply following in the path of the U.S. Government (which is
why it's the "establishment media"): the U.S. itself long condemned waterboarding as "torture" and even
prosecuted it as such, only to suddenly turn around and declare it not to be so once it began using the tactic. That's
exactly when there occurred, as the study puts it, "a significant and sudden shift in how newspapers characterized
waterboading." As the U.S. Government goes, so goes our establishment media.
None of this is a surprise, of course. I and others many times have anecdotally documented that the U.S. media
completely changes how it talks about something (or how often) based on who is doing it ("torture" when the Bad
Countries do it but some soothing euphemism when the U.S. does it; continuous focus when something bad is done
to Americans but a virtual news blackout when done by the U.S., etc.). Nor is this an accident, but is quite
deliberate: media outlets such as the NYT, The Washington Post and NPR explicitly adopted policies to ban the
use of the word "torture" for techniques the U.S. Government had authorized once government officials announced
it should not be called "torture."
We don't need a state-run media because our media outlets volunteer for the task: once the U.S. Government
decrees that a technique is no longer torture, U.S. media outlets dutifully cease using the term. That compliant
behavior makes overtly state-controlled media unnecessary. In his proposed Preface to Animal Farm, George
Orwell noted how completely the British Government during World War II was able to control media content
without formal or official censorship:
The sinister fact about literary censorship in England is that it is largely voluntary. Unpopular ideas can be
silenced, and inconvenient facts kept dark, without the need for any official ban.
So far as the daily newspapers go, this is easy to understand. The British press is extremely centralised, and most
of it is owned by wealthy men who have every motive to be dishonest on certain important topics. . . . At any given
moment there is an orthodoxy, a body of ideas which it is assumed that all right-thinking people will accept
without question. It is not exactly forbidden to say this, that or the other, but it is ‗not done‘ to say it, just as in
mid-Victorian times it was ‗not done‘ to mention trousers in the presence of a lady.
In 2007, Rudy Giuliani was widely mocked for explaining that whether a particular technique constitutes torture
"depends on who does it" -- rarely does one find such an unapologetically nationalistic theory of morality and
even language -- but that's exactly the same standard not only our government but also our establishment media
has adopted.
The real issue here is the same one raised by the malleable, manipulative use of the term "Terrorism." It's to be
expected that governments will try to propagandize their citizenry by applying completely different standards --
even completely different language -- to their own conduct as opposed to when other countries engage in exactly
the same conduct. But when the media copies that behavior (as ours does), they're amplifying and bolstering
government propaganda rather than critically scrutinizing and debunking it. Isn't that a fairly serious problem?
The behavior is even more egregious when government dictates (as of now, this is no longer torture) lead directly
to the change in media behavior. And the ultimate effect of this joint government/media obfuscation is to further
entrench the destructive notion that we're different, exceptional, better, and therefore we deserve even a different
language to describe what it is that we do. This Harvard study documents the exact process by which the political
class convinces itself and others that bad and illegal things are, by definition, only what those Bad, Other Foreign
Countries do, but never ourselves.
UPDATE: For a classic example of the Everything-Is-Intrinsically-Different-When-We-Do-It syndrome, see the

update to the prior post.
Most of the people in this world are blind to the colossal proverbial elephant in the room… the stories circulating
around everywhere without a clue of the ―puppet masters‖ are as numerous as sand grains on a beach. Everyone
complains about how the ―MEDIA‖ does this or that, how it fails to do this and that. What everyone seems to miss is
the most blatant in your face REALITY that all media is owned/controlled by the same group of people. So when you
see stories that are favorable to a certain group such as the Israelis, DUH, put 1+1 together and see what you get.
Likewise, throughout your entire life you have been conditioned to obeisance to the Jewish people and systematically
overlook anything and EVERYTHING they are doing. It is none other than the Zionists themselves that are
REPORTING what is, is not, has been, and will be!!!!!
Paul Craig Roberts is an economist and a nationally syndicated columnist for Creators Syndicate. He served
as an Assistant Secretary of the Treasury in the Reagan Administration earning fame as a co-founder of
Reaganomics." He is a former editor and columnist for the Wall Street Journal, Business Week, and Scripps
Howard News Service. His words:
"Anyone who depends on print, TV, or right-wing talk radio media is totally misinformed. The Bush
administration has achieved a de facto Ministry of Propaganda."
"The uniformity of the US media has become much more complete since the days of the cold war. During the
1990s, the US government permitted an unconscionable concentration of print and broadcast media that
terminated the independence of the media. Today the US media is owned by 5 giant companies in which pro-
Zionist Jews have disproportionate influence. More importantly, the values of the conglomerates reside in the
broadcast licenses, which are granted by the government, and the corporations are run by corporate
executives—not by journalists—whose eyes are on advertising revenues and the avoidance of controversy
that might produce boycotts or upset advertisers and subscribers. Americans who rely on the totally corrupt
corporate media have no idea what is happening anywhere on earth, much less at home."
Role of media in the overall scheme of things. It is very interesting how the News industry went from its heyday as
supposed ―watch dogs‖ to modern 21st century ―LAP DOGS‖! For most people in the world this is a mystery… unless
you know the underlying establishment. Once you KNOW who owns/controls the media, they you can easily
discern and recognize the bullshit narratives that they are collectively promoting and/or thwarting! The
majority of mass media and the dissemination of information and news has throughout history always been controlled
by only handful of elite people within the establishment, this has been so since the early days of radio and TV.
Throughout its entire history, radio and TV media has all been predominantly owned and or controlled since day one
by none other than the Zionist Jews:
THE FOUNDING FATHERS OF ALL OUR MEDIA OUTLETS WERE ALL JEWS: MGM: Jews Marcus
Loew & Louis B. Mayer; founder father of ABC: Jew Leonard Goldenson; founder of CBS: Jew William Paley; NBC
& RCA: Jew founder David Sarnoff; Paramount Studios: Jew founders Adolph Zukor & Frohman's; Warner Bros:
Jew founders Warner brother family; Universal Studios: founder Jew Carl Laemmle; Miramax Films: Jew founders
Harvey & Bob Weinstein; Fox Film & 20th Century Fox: founder Jew William Fox; United Artists: prime founder
was Jew Douglas Fairbanks; The list goes on and on... Keystone Studios, DreamWorks, etc. and were the Jews don‘t
outright own and or operate the media company, they have key people in key places deciding what media is to be fed
to you. Yet we have not even touched upon the tip of the iceberg. these are just but a few media companies owned and
run by the Zionist Jew elite. Before I continue, I must ask: do you, can you truly understand what this means? Do you
comprehend the ramifications of what I am disclosing here? One group of people, seems by design, to have founded
and operated EVERY major source of news and entertainment output since the inception of mass media. This is not
conspiracy theory here folks. This is REALITY staring at you in the face.
Zionist Control of the Media - video
Oh but that was a long time ago they started those dominant industry leading media companies, now they are on the
stock market and free enterprises you say? Not! That is the intended illusion. Today, modern day, right now, this
minute, the entire media world is owned and or controlled lock stock and barrel by guess who? The Jew elite!
The 7 EMPIRES of Information Dissemination & Control (update: now 5 empires):
TODAY‘S GLOBAL ZIONIST MONOPOLIST MEDIA BARONS CONSORTIUM ARE:
News Corp President Peter Chernin (Jew); Paramount Pictures Chairman Brad Grey (Jew); Bertelsmann a private
conglomerate run and owned by Reinhard Mohn and Hartmut Ostrowski (Jews); Walt Disney Co Chief Executive
Robert Iger (Jew); Sony Pictures Chairman Michael Lynton (surprise, Dutch Jew), Viacom's chief (Jew) is Summer
Redstone (aka Murray Rothstein); Warner Bros Chairman Barry Meyer (Jewish); CBS Corp Chief Executive Leslie
Moonves (so Jewish his great uncle was the first prime minister of Israel); NY Times owned by Arthur Sulzberger
Jr. (Jew); Vivendi Universal chief (yet another Jew) Jean-Bernard Levy; MGM Chairman Harry Sloan (Jewish);
New World Entertainment owned by Ronald Perlman (Jew) and NBC Universal Chief Executive Jeff Zucker (mega-
Jewish); ESPN‘s CEO is Steven Bornstein (you guessed it, Jew); Seagram‘s MCA, Universal Pictures + lots more)
president and CEO is Edgar Bronfman Jr. (Jew); Fox Group president and CEO Peter Chernin (Jew); DreamWorks
Jews are Steven Spielberg, Jeffery Katzenberg, and David Geffen; U.S. News & World Report NY Daily News
owned by Mortimer Zuckerman (Jew); Newhouse Brothers (Jewish of course) control a massive media empire;
Time Warner (who also owns CNN and AOL) Jeffery Bewkes (Jewish) his predecessor was Gerald Levin (guess
what? Jew); CBS Television William S. Paley (Jew); Leslie Moonves (Jew); ABC Bloomberg and Bodenheimer
(Jews); ABC News David Westin (Jew); CNN Reese Schonfeld (co-founder) (Jew); FOX Gail Berman and Rupert
Murdoch (Jews); MBS Ronnessen (Jew); Daily News Maxwell (Hoch) (Jew); BBC Michael Ian Grade and Mark
Thompson (Jews); Sirius Satellite Radio Scott Greenstein (Jew); ITV Murdoch, Grade (Jew); Paramount Pictures
Bradley Alan Grey (Jew); 20th Century Fox Sherry Lansing (Jew); News Corporation Peter Chernin (Jew);
Columbia Pictures Kaufman (Jew); Clear Channel Lowry Mays and Andrew Levin (Jews); Warner Co Martin S.
Davis (Jew); Walt Disney Television Micheal D. Eisner (Jew); Touchstone Television Micheal D. Eisner (Jew);
Buena Vista Television Michael D. Eisner (Jew); MTV Murray Rothstein (Jew); Nickelodeon Murray Rothstein
(Jew); Universal Pictures Stacey Snider (Jew); Universal Studios Ron Meyer (Jew); Academy Awards - Academy of
Motion Pictures was founded by media Jew titan Louis B. Mayer, it‘s present president is Tom Sherak (Jew); Even
the Walt Disney media empire eventually came to be controlled by the Jews, this became official back in 1984 when
they propped up Michael Eisner (Jew) as its head; Even BET Black Entertainment Television is not an independent
―black‖ operation, it is run by the Jews from Vivendi!; The latest additions to this mega Zionist media cartel has been
media darling Google founded by Larry Page (Jew) and Sergey Brin (Jew) financed by Zionist capitalists John
Doerr and Michael Monitz, was hyped out of the stratosphere by its media brethren (Google interestingly enough is
becoming THE undisputed information collection CIA affiliated monolith) Eric Emerson Schmidt (crypto Jew) is the
CEO; Martha Stewart‘s billion dollar Omnimedia Corp now being run by Charles Koppelman (Jew) after the coup
that sent her (she is a goyim) into the slammer under the guise of a few grand ―insider‖ stock trade setup to unseat her
from her role as CEO, while Jew insiders regularly get away with millions upon millions of such trades without even
the blink from the SEC; Then there was the Live
Nation/Ticketmaster merger that created the dominant single 800lb
gorilla Zionist Jew monopoly within the live music and show
business world, run by Jews Irving Azoff and Michael Rapino. Of
course Judicial Hearings were conducted prior to the approval of
creating this new Zionist monopoly. It was overseen by a Jew judge
by the name of Herb Kohl, whom after making believe he was
nonbiased, ruled: gee folks everything looks fine to me! Let er rip!
The only other competition in the live show business is JAM, the
inside joke within the industry about JAM is ―Jewish American
Mafia.‖ Is it any wonder why Live Nation star Madonna has
changed her religion to Judaism and practices the Jewish
Kabbalah?; Sir Richard Branson of Virgin was matched and
subsequently married to Joan Templeman (Jew) in 1989, etc. The
strategy of Jews intermarrying royalty and nobility has been going
full force since the early 16th century.
The worldwide population of Jews is somewhere in the 14-15

million range, this works out to something like one forth of ONE
PERCENT of the entire world‘s population, yet they own/control at
least 98% of all media. Let those number and FACTS sink into your
head.
Rev. Billy Graham openly voiced a belief that Jews control

the American media, calling it a ―stranglehold‖ during a 1972 conversation with President Richard Nixon,
according to a tape of the Oval Office meeting released Thursday by the National Archives.
‖This stranglehold has got to be broken or the country‘s going down the drain,‖ the nation‘s best-known
preacher declared as he agreed with a stream of bigoted Nixon comments about Jews and their perceived
influence in American life.
―You believe that?‖ Nixon says after the ―stranglehold‖ comment.

‖Yes, sir,‖ Graham says.
‖Oh, boy,‖ replies Nixon. ‖So do I. I can‘t ever say that but I believe it.‖
Oh, and if you think that the Jewish control of all media is just limited to the U.S. you are in for a rude awakening FOR
THEY CONTROL MOST MAJOR MEDIA AROUND THE WORLD. I don‘t have the space in this report to include
the colossal mind boggling lists of total worldwide Jewish media domination, but here is a link a relevant link on how
they control our closest allie: Near Total Zionist Jewish Control of The British Media. You must never forget that
prior to the Zionist Jews getting control of U.S. finance, media and politics, they had accomplished domination of these
industries in many countries of Europe, having firmly established their worldwide supremacy. America was the ―new
world‖ ripe for the picking.
"Jews have always controlled the business . . . The motion picture influence of the United States and Canada .
. . is exclusively under the control, moral and financial, of the Jewish manipulators of the public mind." -
HENRY FORD in (The Dearborn Independent, 12-19 February 1921
What does it mean to CONTROL THE MEDIA? It means that this exclusive group of likeminded secretive people
control all DIALOGUE that the masses are exposed to, not only do they control the dialogue, they control the
SCOPE AND RANGE of all discourse. They regularly commit the sin of OMMISSION, for they regularly fail to
provide the public with critical facts and news, thus we are NOT a well informed public. They then go on to glossing
over issues that are detrimental to the ruling elite, as easy as child‘s play, while making mountains out of mole hills is
also made possible without any oversight whatsoever from ANY regulatory authority to check if this supposed -
alleged cornerstone of democratic society is actually reporting the TRUTH. Actually, truth is not even a legal
requirement demanded of ANY news station any longer. They can and DO often tell you what ever they feel like it and
regularly get away with it, no one does anything about it, no one cares. Give them their doses of entertainment, their
American Idol, Dancing with the Stars, Jerry Springer, their soap operas, their sports, etc. and they are as happy as pigs
swimming in shit.
The Effect of Jewish Control of the Media
These are the facts of Jewish media control in America. Anyone willing to spend several hours in a large library
can verify their accuracy. I hope that these facts are disturbing to you, to say the least. Should any minority be
allowed to wield such awesome power? Certainly, not and allowing a people with beliefs such as expressed in
the Talmud, to determine what we get to read or watch in effect gives this small minority the power to mold our
minds to suit their own Talmudic agendas and interests, interests which as we have demonstrated are
diametrically opposed to the interests of our people.
By permitting the Jews to control our news and entertainment media, we are doing more than merely
giving them a decisive influence on our political system and virtual control of our government; we also are
giving them control of the minds and souls of our children, whose attitudes and ideas are shaped more by
Jewish television and Jewish films than by their parents, their schools, or any other influence.
I was shocked to hear that some silly Iraq war propaganda film ―Hurt Locker‖ won ―Best Picture‖ award at the
Academy Awards show. How was it possible that it won over the wildly popular record breaking Avatar? This news
did in fact poke my curiosity… I fired up my trusty ole PC and in just a couple minutes of searches found out the rock
bottom true inside story behind the stories. It turns out the Academy Awards organization was founded by Jewish
media titan Louis B. Mayer along with famous Hollywood Jew Douglas Fairbanks and is managed by an army
of Jewish operatives, the current president is another Jew operative by the name of Tom Sherak. Understanding this
core inside operational truth will automatically shed light into its actions, such as to whom they give awards to and
why. The Iraq war has been waged for Israel‘s sake from day one, the war was being planned even prior to the
September 11th attacks, this is not even open for debate, for this information is readily available from official sources to
anyone who is willing to take a couple minutes to search on the net. The Iraq war is Israel‘s war being fought by proxy
by its western bitch (female dog), America. Thus we can conclude that the Jewish Academy Awards presented the Iraq
war propaganda film the award in order to further bolster and promote the Iraq war with fine Hollywood
indoctrination and priming.
Most non strategic business models that make up typical sports franchises are more often than not owned by gentiles.
But, is it any wonder why the world‘s premier, most richest, most famous, most winning sports franchise in history is
the New York Yankees? Oh, by the way… it is owned and operated by Zionist Jew by the name of George
Steinbrenner. I hereby rest my case. That is as far as I‘m getting into the ―distraction‖ media arena sports world.
While on the topic of Zionist media control, there is a notable workaround where they manage to obscure the fact that
they own/run any given enterprise. In order to camouflage their ownership, the elite often work together and
accumulate their funds into central entities called private equity firms. Many, many corporations and organizations
of all kinds are snatched up by private equity firms. All one needs to do is a little leg work and lookup the key
names behind the equity firms and presto. Here, for example let‘s take a look at Clear Channel Communications, the
American media conglomerate that is the largest owner of full-power AM, FM and shortwave radio stations, just for
starters. Well the documented ―owners‖ are Bain Capital and Thomas H. Lee Partners. Now look at the list of key
players within just those two private equity firms and you find a who‘s who list of the Zionist elite. Folks, I don‘t make
this stuff up, I just tell it like it is. I just report the FACTS.
A dissection of the monopolistic control of worldwide media is

not complete without touching upon the industry ―regulatory‖
agency of which must bend over backwards to accommodate
the obvious monopolistic control of a single ethnic group by
keeping its mouth shut and eyes closed. So who are those deaf,
dumb and blind FCC regulatory agency heads? All of them,
each and every one of them have all been STATUS QUO
POLITICIANS. And we know how politicians roll: they are
easily maneuvered by bribes, ummm, ―donations‖ [lol].
Politicians know who butters their rolls and never stray far from
their true master‘s wishes, the loyal public ruling elite servants
that they are. Oh, so who is the current sitting chairman of the
FCC? Who else but another Zionist Jew at the helm, Julius
Genachowski.
One cannot possibly deny the absolute FACT that some 97% of
all major media is owned and or controlled by a select,
exclusive group of Jewish people. What makes their incredible
chokehold on the industry so unbelievable is the fact that the
―regulatory‖ agency that exists to ―to determine not only who
could enter the media business but where. Hence, the FCC would issue media licenses to the "best" applicants and
deny the rest.‖ Ummm, wait a minute, rewind to the beginning of this sentence: 97% of all media is Jew owned and
controlled. So that means that the Zionist Jew monopoly was not only APPROVED by the FCC, but they also got
their BLESSING and Gestapo enforcement backup…. What a mighty web they weave…
2003 study of commercial radio concentration

In 2003, the FCC Media Bureau produced a draft report analyzing the impact of deregulation in the radio
industry. The report stated that from March 1996 through March 2003, the number of commercial radio stations
on the air rose 5.9 percent while the number of station owners fell 35 percent. The concentration of ownership
followed a 1996 rewrite of telecommunications law that eliminated a 40-station national ownership cap.
The report was never made public, nor have any similar analyses followed, despite the fact that radio industry
reports were released in 1998, 2001 and 2002. In September 2006, Senator Barbara Boxer, who had received a
copy of the report, released it.
2004 study of television media concentration
In 2004, the FCC ordered its staff to destroy all copies of a draft study by Keith Brown and Peter Alexander, two
economists in the FCC's Media Bureau. The two had analyzed a database of 4,078 individual news stories
broadcast in 1998, showed local ownership of television stations adds almost five and one-half minutes of total
news to broadcasts and more than three minutes of "on-location" news.
The conclusion of the study was at odds with FCC arguments made when it voted in 2003 to increase the number
of television stations a company could own in a single market. (In June 2004, a federal appeals court rejected the
agency's reasoning on most of the rules and ordered it to try again.)
In September 2006, Senator Barbara Boxer, who had received a copy of the report "indirectly from someone
within the FCC who believed the information should be made public," wrote a letter to FCC Chairman Kevin
Martin, asked whether any other commissioners "past or present" knew of the report's existence and why it was
never made public. She also asked whether it was "shelved because the outcome was not to the liking of some of
the commissioners and/or any outside powerful interests?" Boxer's office said if she does not receive adequate
answers to her questions, she will push for an investigation by the FCC inspector general.
As per standard protocol, no one knows nothing, the ―studies‖ disappear and business continues as usual,
nothing to see here folks, what Jewish concentration of stations? Hey look over there! There goes Britney Spears!
While on the subject of regulatory agencies, is it any wonder or surprise at this point that radio talk show host, the
founding father of radio filth and vile talk has been a sick decadency, immorality spewing and promoting Jew by the
name of Howard Stern. The FCC sat back and basically bent over backwards allowing him to set precedent after
precedent. Sure they fined em several times with slaps on the wrist, but allowed the Jew to thread where no one else
was ever allowed to.
I have a little ―game‖ I often perform that you can also play… It is called SPOT THE HIDDEN JEW in THE MEDIA.
It is easy to play, all you have to do is begin the game at the start of any given day and the game ends at the end of the
day. Every major story, event, organization you come across, analyze who the key players are (including the major
player(s) behind the ―star‖ player, and check to see who they are. Every time I play this ―game‖ my results come out to
an overwhelming 9 out of 10 times there is a Jew right at the center of the controversy, story, major event, etc. You
have to remember that the Jewish citizen ratio here in America is only 2.5% of the population, so statistically speaking
they should rarely dominate any list, due to the fact that their numbers clearly demonstrate that they are just an itty
bitty tiny fragment of the overall population, if you use common laws of logic. Yet somehow this tiny 2.5%ers are
involved in almost everything, it‘s just amazing!
Simple example: Just recently Michael Jackson died, I was reading about it and found that the key people behind
Jackson were his Jew managers whom are the ones raking in hundreds of millions now that he is dead... Murphy
Britney dies, oh she was married to a Jew con man. Tiger Woods is burning up and who is his wife behind the center of
this, she is a Jew now seeking to suck him dry and get the lion‘s share of his wealth. A what seems to be an unknown,
Mr. Goldman (Jew) gets his son back, has been top of the news overshadowing Woods and Murphy. Etc. These are just
the highlights of this week‘s ―new.‖ Get the idea of how to play spot the hidden Jew?
How Jewish is Hollywood?

A poll finds more Americans disagree with the statement that 'Jews control Hollywood.' But here's one
Jew who doesn't.
By Joel Stein, LATimes.com, December 19, 2008

I have never been so upset by a poll in my life. Only 22% of Americans now believe "the movie and television
industries are pretty much run by Jews," down from nearly 50% in 1964. The Anti-Defamation League, which
released the poll results last month, sees in these numbers a victory against stereotyping. Actually, it just shows
how dumb America has gotten. Jews totally run Hollywood.
How deeply Jewish is Hollywood? When the studio chiefs took out a full-page ad in the Los Angeles Times a few
weeks ago to demand that the Screen Actors Guild settle its contract, the open letter was signed by: News Corp.
President Peter Chernin (Jewish), Paramount Pictures Chairman Brad Grey (Jewish), Walt Disney Co. Chief
Executive Robert Iger (Jewish), Sony Pictures Chairman Michael Lynton (surprise, Dutch Jew), Warner Bros.
Chairman Barry Meyer (Jewish), CBS Corp. Chief Executive Leslie Moonves (so Jewish his great uncle was the
first prime minister of Israel), MGM Chairman Harry Sloan (Jewish) and NBC Universal Chief Executive Jeff
Zucker (mega-Jewish). If either of the Weinstein brothers had signed, this group would have not only the power
to shut down all film production but to form a minyan with enough Fiji water on hand to fill a mikvah.
The person they were yelling at in that ad was SAG President Alan Rosenberg (take a guess). The scathing
rebuttal to the ad was written by entertainment super-agent Ari Emanuel (Jew with Israeli parents) on the
Huffington Post, which is owned by Arianna Huffington (not Jewish and has never worked in Hollywood.)
The Jews are so dominant, I had to scour the trades to come up with six Gentiles in high positions at
entertainment companies. When I called them to talk about their incredible advancement, five of them refused to
talk to me, apparently out of fear of insulting Jews. The sixth, AMC President Charlie Collier, turned out to be
Jewish.
As a proud Jew, I want America to know about our accomplishment. Yes, we control Hollywood. Without us,
you'd be flipping between "The 700 Club" and "Davey and Goliath" on TV all day.
So I've taken it upon myself to re-convince America that Jews run Hollywood by launching a public relations
campaign, because that's what we do best. I'm weighing several slogans, including: "Hollywood: More Jewish
than ever!"; "Hollywood: From the people who brought you the Bible"; and "Hollywood: If you enjoy TV and
movies, then you probably like Jews after all."
I called ADL Chairman Abe Foxman, who was in Santiago, Chile, where, he told me to my dismay, he was not
hunting Nazis. He dismissed my whole proposition, saying that the number of people who think Jews run
Hollywood is still too high. The ADL poll, he pointed out, showed that 59% of Americans think Hollywood execs
"do not share the religious and moral values of most Americans," and 43% think the entertainment industry is
waging an organized campaign to "weaken the influence of religious values in this country."
That's a sinister canard, Foxman said. "It means they think Jews
meet at Canter's Deli on Friday mornings to decide what's best for the Jews." Foxman's argument made me
rethink: I have to eat at Canter's more often.
"That's a very dangerous phrase, 'Jews control Hollywood.' What is true is that there are a lot of Jews in
Hollywood," he said. Instead of "control," Foxman would prefer people say that many executives in the industry
"happen to be Jewish," as in "all eight major film studios are run by men who happen to be Jewish."
But Foxman said he is proud of the accomplishments of American Jews. "I think Jews are disproportionately
represented in the creative industry. They're disproportionate as lawyers and probably medicine here as well," he
said. He argues that this does not mean that Jews make pro-Jewish movies any more than they do pro-Jewish
surgery. Though other countries, I've noticed, aren't so big on circumcision.
I appreciate Foxman's concerns. And maybe my life spent in a New Jersey-New York/Bay Area-L.A. pro-Semitic
cocoon has left me naive. But I don't care if Americans think we're running the news media, Hollywood, Wall
Street or the government. I just care that we get to keep running them.
A Partial List of Jewish Media People That Help Control the World:
1. MORTIMER ZUCKERMAN, owner of NY Daily News, US News & World Report and chair of the
Conference of Presidents of Major Jewish American Organizations, one of the largest pro-Israel lobbying
groups.
2. LESLIE MOONVES, president of CBS television, great-nephew of David Ben-Gurion, and co-chair with
Norman Ornstein of the Advisory Committee on Public Interest Obligation of Digital TV Producers,
appointed by Clinton.
3. JONATHAN MILLER, chair and CEO of AOL division of AOL-Time-Warner NEIL SHAPIRO, president of
NBC News
4. JEFF GASPIN, Executive Vice-President, Programming, NBC
5. DAVID WESTIN, president of ABC News
6. SUMNER REDSTONE, CEO of Viacom, ―world‘s biggest media giant‖ (Economist, 11/23/2) owns Viacom
cable, CBS and MTVs all over the world, Blockbuster video rentals and BET.
7. MICHAEL EISNER, major owner of Walt Disney, Capitol Cities, ABC.
8. RUPERT MURDOCH, Owner Fox TV, New York Post, London Times, News of the World (Jewish mother)
9. MEL KARMAZIN, president of CBS
10. DON HEWITT, Exec. Director, 60 Minutes, CBS
11. JEFF FAGER, Exec. Director, 60 Minutes II. CBS
12. DAVID POLTRACK, Executive Vice-President, Research and Planning, CBS
13. SANDY KRUSHOW, Chair, Fox Entertainment
14. LLOYD BRAUN, Chair, ABC Entertainment
15. BARRY MEYER, chair, Warner Bros.
16. SHERRY LANSING. President of Paramount Communications and Chairman of Paramount Pictures‘ Motion
Picture Group.
17. HARVEY WEINSTEIN, CEO. Miramax Films.
18. BRAD SIEGEL., President, Turner Entertainment.
19. PETER CHERNIN, second in-command at Rupert Murdoch‘s News. Corp., owner of Fox TV
20. MARTY PERETZ, owner and publisher of the New Republic, which openly identifies itself as pro-Israel. Al
Gore credits Marty with being his ―mentor.‖
21. ARTHUR O. SULZBERGER, JR., publisher of the NY Times, the Boston Globe and other publications.
22. WILLIAM SAFIRE, syndicated columnist for the NYT.
23. TOM FRIEDMAN, syndicated columnist for the NYT.
24. CHARLES KRAUTHAMMER, syndicated columnist for the Washington Post. Honored by Honest
Reporting.com, website monitoring ―anti-Israel media.‖
25. RICHARD COHEN, syndicated columnist for the Washington Post
26. JEFF JACOBY, syndicated columnist for the Boston Globe
27. NORMAN ORNSTEIN, American Enterprise Inst., regular columnist for USA Today, news analyst for CBS,
and co-chair with Leslie Moonves of the Advisory Committee on Public Interest Obligation of Digital TV
Producers, appointed by Clinton.
28. ARIE FLEISCHER, Dubya‘s press secretary.
29. STEPHEN EMERSON, every media outlet‘s first choice as an expert on domestic terrorism.
30. DAVID SCHNEIDERMAN, owner of the Village Voice and the New Times network of ―alternative
weeklies.‖
31. DENNIS LEIBOWITZ, head of Act II Partners, a media hedge fund
32. KENNETH POLLACK, for CIA analysts, director of Saban Center for Middle East Policy, writes op-eds in
NY Times, New Yorker
33. BARRY DILLER, chair of USA Interactive, former owner of Universal Entertainment
34. KENNETH ROTH, Executive Director of Human Rights Watch
35. RICHARD LEIBNER, runs the N.S. Bienstock talent agency, which represents 600 news personalities such as
Dan Rather, Dianne Sawyer and Bill O‘Reilly.
36. TERRY SEMEL, CEO, Yahoo, former chair, Warner Bros.
37. MARK GOLIN, VP and Creative Director, AOL
38. WARREN LIEBERFORD, Pres., Warner Bros. Home Video Div. of AOL- TimeWarner
39. JEFFREY ZUCKER, President of NBC Entertainment
40. JACK MYERS, NBC, chief.NYT 5.14.2
41. SANDY GRUSHOW, chair of Fox Entertainment
42. GAIL BERMAN, president of Fox Entertainment
43. STEPHEN SPIELBERG, co-owner of Dreamworks
44. JEFFREY KATZENBERG, co-owner of Dreamworks
45. DAVID GEFFEN, co-owner of Dreamworks
46. LLYOD BRAUN, chair of ABC Entertainment
47. JORDAN LEVIN, president of Warner Bros. Entertainment
48. MAX MUTCHNICK, co-executive producer of NBC‘s ―Good Morning Miami‖
49. DAVID KOHAN, co-executive producer of NBC‘s ―Good Morning Miami‖
50. HOWARD STRINGER, chief of Sony Corp. of America
51. AMY PASCAL, chair of Columbia Pictures
52. JOEL KLEIN, chair and CEO of Bertelsmann‘s American operations
53. ROBERT SILLERMAN, founder of Clear Channel Communications
54. BRIAN GRADEN, president of MTV entertainment
55. IVAN SEIDENBERG, CEO of Verizon Communications
56. WOLF BLITZER, host of CNN‘s Late Edition
57. LARRY KING, host of Larry King Live
58. TED KOPPEL, host of ABC‘s Nightline
59. ANDREA KOPPEL, CNN Reporter
60. PAULA ZAHN, CNN Host
61. MIKE WALLACE, Host of CBS, 60 Minutes
62. BARBARA WALTERS, Host, ABC‘s 20-20
63. MICHAEL LEDEEN, editor of National Review
64. BRUCE NUSSBAUM, editorial page editor, Business Week
65. DONALD GRAHAM, Chair and CEO of Newsweek and Washington Post, son of ATHERINE GRAHAM
MEYER, former owner of the Washington Post
66. HOWARD FINEMAN, Chief Political Columnist, Newsweek
67. WILLIAM KRISTOL, Editor, Weekly Standard, Exec. Director Project for a New American Century (PNAC)
68. RON ROSENTHAL, Managing Editor, San Francisco Chronicle
69. PHIL BRONSTEIN, Executive Editor, San Francisco Chronicle
70. RON OWENS, Talk Show Host, KGO (ABC-Capitol Cities, San Francisco)
71. JOHN ROTHMAN, Talk Show Host, KGO (ABC-Capitol Cities, San Francisco)
72. MICHAEL SAVAGE, Talk Show Host, KFSO (ABC-Capitol Cities, San Francisco) Syndicated in 100
markets
73. MICHAEL MEDVED, Talk Show Host, on 124 AM stations
74. DENNIS PRAGER, Talk Show Host, nationally syndicated from LA. Has Israeli flag on his home page.
75. BEN WATTENBERG, Moderator, PBS Think Tank.
76. ANDREW LACK, president of NBC
77. DANIEL MENAKER, Executive Director, Harper Collins
78. DAVID REZNIK, Editor, The New Yorker
79. NICHOLAS LEHMANN, writer, the New York
80. HENRICK HERTZBERG, Talk of the Town editor, The New Yorker
81. SAMUEL NEWHOUSE JR, and DONALD NEWHOUSE own Newhouse Publications, includes 26
newspapers in 22 cities; the Conde Nast magazine group, includes The New Yorker; Parade, the Sunday
newspaper supplement; American City Business Journals, business newspapers published in more than 30
major cities in America; and interests in cable television programming and cable systems serving 1 million
homes.
82. MICHAEL BLOOMBERG Jew Bloomberg LP financial services, global news service, including TV, radio,
internet and print publications
83. RICHARD BERNSTEIN Jew Western Publishing. children‘s books
84. STUART BLOOMBERG Jew ABC Head of Entertainment Division.
85. PETER CHERNIN Jew 20th Century Fox. dec. 1992 new CEO
86. MARTIN S. DAVIS Jew Paramount Comm. CEO
87. BARRY DILLER Jew 20th Century Fox. CEO
88. MICHAEL D. EISNER Jew WALT DISNEY Co.
89. STEVEN FRIEDMAN Jew NBC Executive Producer Nightly News. Hired may 1990 under G.E. (gentile)
owned NBC.
90. LEONARD HARRY GOLDENSON Jew ABC (Capital Cities ABC TV) (upto 1985. Thomas Murphy now
CEO but with same Jewish management)
91. KATHERINE MEYER GRAHAM Jew Newsweek, Washington Post. Daughter of Eugene Meyer.
92. PETER GUBER Jew Columbia Pictures. 1989. Bought by SONY, Guber replaced Kaufman as CEO.
93. PETER KALIKOW Jew New York Post. Real estate developer.
94. PETER R. KANN Jew Dow Jones, Wall St Journal, Barrons
95. VICTOR A. KAUFMAN Jew Columbia Pictures. CEO
96. CHARLES KOPPELMAN Jew EMI Records CEO
97. GARY HERSH Jew Capitol Records CEO
98. GERALD LEVIN Jew TIME/WARNER Comm. CO-CEO
99. ROBERT MAXWELL aka Ludvik Hoch Jew. Daily News.
100. RONNESSEN Jew MBS. Mutual Broadcasting SYS.
101. SAMUEL NEWHOUSE Russian Jew Random House, Advanced Publications, Newhouse Broadcasting,
(CTV), New Yorker Vogue, Mademoiselle, Glamour, Vanity Fair, HQ, Bride's, Gentleman's Quarterly, Self,
House & Garden. Newspapers & mags.
102. MICHAEL OVITZ Jew Media magnate.
103. WILLIAM S. PALEY Russian Jew CBS CEO & founder of CBS. 1927. 1983 Partially retired.
104. SUMNER M. REDSTONE Jew Viacom MTV Nickelodeon QVC. CEO.
105. STEVEN J. ROSS Jew TIME/WARNER Comm. CEO.
106. JEFF SAGANSKY Russian Jew CBS Head Entertainment Division.
107. DAVID SARNOFF Russian Jew RCA NBC head entertainment div.
108. ROBERT SARNOFF Russian Jew RCA NBC CEO (son of D. Sarnoff). RCA and NBC were bought by G.E.
in 1986 but Jewish management still exists.
109. MICHAEL P. SCHULHOF Jew SONY. Vice chairman.
110. RICHARD SNYDER Jew Simon & Schuster.
111. LEONARD STERN Jew VILLAGE VOICE. HARTZ pets supply.
112. ROBERT STRAUSS Jew Large investor, President Bush's Moscow ambassador.
113. ARTHUR OCHS SULZBERGER Jew New York Times, family circle. McCall's, M. Frankel, J. Lelyveld, J.
Rosenthal - all Jews.
114. BRANDON TARTIKOFF Russian Jew Paramount pictures. Chairman.
115. LAWRENCE A. TISCH Russian Jew CBS CEO TV, theaters, hotels, insurance. (Before him was 1928
William S. Paley son of Russian Jews. Retired 1983.)
116. LEW WASSERMAN Jew MCA Inc. CEO. 1991. Bought by SONY. but Wasserman still is CEO.
GENERAL OVERVIEW OF MASSIVE

JEWISH PRESS OWNERSHIP
Here are some quotes from a magazine for Jews called "Moment". It is subtitled "The Jewish magazine for the
90's" These quotes are from the Aug 1996 edition after the Headline "Jews Run Hollywood - So What?": "It
makes no sense at all to try to deny the reality of Jewish power and prominence in popular culture. Any list of the
most influential production executives at each of the major movie studios will produce a heavy majority of
recognizably Jewish names."
"The famous Disney organization, which was founded by Walt Disney, a gentile Midwesterner who allegedly
harbored anti-Semitic attitudes, now features Jewish personnel in nearly all its most powerful positions."
The head of Walt Disney studios is now the Jew Michael Eisner.
On studios that were bought out by the Japanese the magazine says:
"When Mitsushita took over MCA-Universal, they did nothing to undermine the unquestioned authority of
Universal's legendary - and all Jewish - management triad of Lew Wasserman, Sid Scheinberg, and Tom
Pollack."
Here are some quotes from the paper "Jews Control the Media and Rule America":
"American Broadcasting Companies (ABC), Columbia Broadcasting System (CBS), and National Broadcasting
Company (NBC). Each of these three has been under the absolute control of a single man over a long enough
period of time-ranging from 32 to 55 years-for him to staff the corporation at every level with officers of his
choosing and then to place his imprint indelibly upon it. In each case that man has been a Jew.
"Until 1985, when ABC merged with Capital Cities Communications, Inc...the chairman of the board of directors
and chief executive officer (CEO) of the network was Leonard Harry Goldenson, a Jew...In an interview in the
April 1, 1985 issue of Newsweek, Goldenson boasted 'I built this company (ABC) from scratch.'"
"CBS was under the domination of William S. Paley for more than half a century. The son of immigrant Jews
from Russia..." "There has been no move by top G-E management to change the Jewish "profile" of NBC or to
replace key Jewish personnel. To the contrary, new Jewish executives have been added: an example is Steve
Friedman..."
"The man in charge of the television entertainment division at CBS is Jeff Sagansky. At ABC the entertainment
division is run by two men....nearly all of the men who shape young American's concept of reality, of good and
evil, of permissible and impermissible behavior are Jews. In particular, Sagansky and Bloomberg are Jews. So is
Tartikoff. Littlefield is the only Gentile who has had a significant role in TV entertainment programming in recent
years."
"American Film magazine listed the top 10...entertainment companies and their CEOs...Time Warner
Communications (Steven J Ross, Jew) Walt Disney Co. (Michael D. Eisner, Jew)...Of the 10 top entertainment
CEOs listed above, eight are Jews."
"The Newhouse media empire provides an example of more than a lack of real competition among America's
daily newspapers; it also illustrates the insatiable appetite Jews have shown for all organs of opinion... The
Newhouse's own 31 daily newspapers, including several large and important ones, such as the Cleveland Plain
Dealer, the Newark Star-Ledger, and the New Orleans Times-Picayune; the nation's largest trade book publishing
conglomerate, Random House, with all its subsidiaries; Newhouse Broadcasting, consisting of 12 television
broadcasting stations and 87 cable-TV systems, including some of the country‘s largest cable networks-the
Sunday supplement Parade, with a circulation of more than 22 million copies per week; some two dozen major
magazines, including the New Yorker, Vogue, Mademoiselle, Glamour, Vanity Fair, HQ, Bride's, Gentlemen's
Quarterly, Self, Home&Garden...."
"Furthermore, even those newspapers still under Gentile ownership and management are so thoroughly dependent
upon Jewish advertising..."
"The New York Times, the Wall Street Journal, and the Washington Post. These three...are the newspapers which
set trends and guidelines for nearly all others. They are the ones which decide what is news and what isn't, at
national and international levels. They originate the news; the others merely copy it. And all three newspapers are
in Jewish hands...The Suzberger family also owns, through the New York Times Co. 36 other newspapers; twelve
magazines, including McCall's and Family Circle..."
"New York's other newspapers are in no better hands than the Daily News. The New York Post is owned by
billionaire Jewish real-estate developer Peter Kalikow. The Village Voice is the personal property of Leonard
Stern
"There are only three newsmagazines of any note published in the United States: Time, Newsweek, and U.S.
News & World Report....
The CEO of Time Warner Communications is Steven J. Ross, and he is a Jew.
"Newsweek, as mentioned above, is published by the Washington Post Co., under the Jewess Katherine Meyer
Graham..."
"U.S. News & World Report... owned and published by Jewish real estate developer Mortimer B. Zucherman..."
" The three largest book publishers...Random House... Simon & Schuster , and Time Inc. Book Co....All three are
owned or controlled by Jews...The CEO of Simon & Schuster is Richard Snyder, and the president is Jeremy
Kaplan; both are Jews too."
"Western Publishing...ranks first among publishers of children‘s books, with more than 50 per cent of the market.
Its chairman and CEO is Richard Bernstein, a Jew." "Jewish spokesmen customarily will use evasive tactics. "Ted
Turner isn't a Jew!" they will announce..."
"We are doing more than merely giving them a decisive influence on our political system and virtual
control of our government; we also are giving them control of the minds and souls of our children..."
These Zionist media barons are the MINISTERS OF TRUTH…. They rule the corridors of media with an absolute
iron fist as they influence and indirectly control the world with their WEAPONS OF MASS DECEPTION. These are
the masters of PROGRAMING the airwaves, masters of smoke and mirrors, masters of illusions. They are the ones in
control of ―what is,‖ they decide what you are entertained with, your sports, your music, your shows, what is news,
what is normal, what is ok, what is not, what is cool, what is acceptable, what is not, THESE ARE THE PEOPLE
WHO COLLECTIVELY DECIDE WHAT IS REALITY… Again I will reiterate: those who control the past, the
record of what has been, control the future. Those who control what you see, hear and think control the world
around you.
THIS IS NOT CONSPIRACY THEORY… This is not hyperbole… THESE ARE UNDISPUTABLE FACTS,
FACTS, FACTS. Our entire media industry is being run by a Zionist Jew cartel.
THE ENTIRE MEDIA INDUSTRY IS AND HAS ALWAYS BEEN OWNED BY THE ZIONIST JEW CARTEL!
THE ENTIRE MEDIA INDUSTRY IS AND HAS ALWAYS BEEN

CONTROLLED BY THE ZIONIST JEW CARTEL!
THE ENTIRE MEDIA INDUSTRY IS AND HAS ALWAYS BEEN

DOMINATED BY THE ZIONIST JEW CARTEL!
BEHOLD: THE ZIONIST MEDIA MONOPOLY

EVERYTHING YOU READ, SEE ON TV, HEAR ON THE RADIO,

IN YOUR TEXT BOOKS, MAGAZINES YOUR ENTIRE LIFE
WAS PREPARED, CONTROLLED AND PRESENTED TO YOU
BY YOUR ZIONIST JEW OVERLORDS…
Sit back and let those words of truth, let those facts sink in and digest… for the magnitude of the Zionist influence
over your daily lives is beyond comprehension to the average person, the repercussions are so immense that the
average mind cannot fathom such complete and total control, let alone acknowledge your situation and position of
being mere powerless spectators who can only watch the powers that be shape the public conscience and reality at will.
Think about this long and hard… for instance, when you see all the TV news channels, newspapers, radio and
magazines all crying out in unison fear mongering and spreading Islamophobia for instance… try to remember that the
media is completely controlled by the Jews, what they air is what they want the masses to feel and think. This rule goes
for EVERYTHING that you see/hear coming from their studio productions.
Photo: Whoever denies and claims there is no total domination of media by the Jews along with the overwhelming
domination and control of finance by the Jews most definitely has their heads stuck up their asses or are totally 100%
involved in their matrix of control.
Bottom line is that the media world is completely controlled, unequivocally TOTALLY DOMINATED, lock stock and
barrel by a secretive cartel. There exists no competition, not a peep, everything you read, see and hear comes from a
monopolistic ethnic group of JEWISH ZIONISTS. This issue cannot even be seriously opened for debate. The facts are
self evident and overwhelming. Case closed.
―Oh but that is impossible, because it would be all over the news and everyone
would be talking about it.‖ Dim wits who think this way are totally brainwashed
by the system. Hello! THEY CONTROL THE ―NEWS!!‖ Only they decide what
is or is not ―news.‖ PERIOD. It‘s like having Al Capone running the news, of
course all ―news‖ published by him would paint the mafia as wonderful
benevolent saints! All news exposing their racket would quickly be buried or
destroyed. THIS is the reality of the situation we face today. What people think is
―news‖ is actually a MEDIA CIRCUS of TABLOIDISM fed to all you
indoctrinated primed Goyim lost souls who are overdosing on mindless trivia,
drama and entertainment.
The bottom line is: These are the secretive group of people who decide (and
have been deciding for decades) what you watch on TV, what movies you
watch, what you hear in your radios, what you read in the newspapers, magazines, text books and what‘s inside
your history books. They shape and mold the public reality. Period.
These are the people who plant, shape, form, foster public opinion to the masses. These are the people that formulate
your perception of reality. These are the people who publish your text books and history books telling you what was, is
and will be. These are the people who tell you what they pass off as ―truth‖ from their viewpoint. These are the people
who create buzz and can instantly make anyone or anything popular literally overnight. These are the people who can
also unanimously portray anyone or anything in such a negative light then the masses would despise the target. These
are the people who sway elections, make it or break it for politicians with their biased reporting. These are the people
fostering and nurturing decadence and airing morally degrading programming. These are the people that decide who to
portray as the ―evil‖ side and whom is the ―good guy.‖ These are the people who endlessly promote every Zionist Jew
agenda by giving them exciting spin. These are the people who raise their fellow Zionists on a media pedestal, giving
them instant respect, importance, reverence and fame, for all the world to idolize and revere. Yes, these are the people
who shape everyone‘s perception of REALITY. These are the true POWER players, these are THE KING
MAKERS and breakers, for these are the ones who preemptively crown leaders by releasing nonstop glorifying news
and reviews about their select candidates. Meet your true masters.
When I say they own/control ALL media, I mean ALL media! Even the news papers, magazines and textbooks, it‘s all
THEIRS to tell you whatever they want to portray as reality. Even your beloved Encyclopedia Britannica, the world‘s
oldest continuously published encyclopedia has been taken over by the Zionist Jew juggernaut long ago. Try to find out
who owns it and records will say ―a privately held company‖ owns it and Webster‘s dictionary… Dig deeper and who
owns that private company? None other than Zionist Jew billionaire by the name of Jacqui (Jacob) Eli Safra,
descendant of the Swiss-Syrian Jewish Safra banking family.
Who is the ―leading publisher of middle and high school textbooks and technology‖? That company is Prentice Hall,
established by Jews Dr. Charles Gertenberg and his student Richard Ettinger. I could go on and on.
The amazing aspect of the above list of Zionist Jew chiefs of industry only reveals THE TIP OF THE ICEBERG… I
didn‘t even attempt to cover hundreds of ―smaller‖ media outlets, not to mention the other fortune 500 - billion dollar
Zionist controlled corporations that make up main street that are not part of the media industry…
Now you KNOW not only who is behind the ―left vs. right‖ charade (yes the same people are pitting one against
another to divide a nation), who is completely dominating what you see, hear and think, but also who is really behind
the subversion of our moral values, who is really behind secretly pushing the gay agendas, decadence and
immorality. For these Zionist Jew media barons must create wanton moral chaos for their own to rise up as superior to
all the afflicted in the midst of the decadence and blindness of the masses to one day take full control (yes, even more
so than what they posses today) over our lives.
The above list of Zionist controlled media companies is no where even close to being comprehensive, for I left out
many, many more Jewish owned and controlled media organizations, not to mention the hundreds of well know
subsidiaries of the corporations listed. It is not the scope nor intent to catalog the amazing depth of Jewish
owned/controlled media, only to summarize this FACT with its implications and deeper meanings. Now you must re-
analyze the mass media‘s direct and indirect CONTROL over many aspects of society. Theirs has been a key role in
fostering decadence, strategic catalysts to the decay of the moral fabric of our society. All aspects of information
dissemination were monopolized by the Zionists long ago; everything you see, read and hear was approved and
sanctioned by the Zionist ruling elite, even the raw news agencies are an integral part of their sprawling cartel.
EXPOSED This is how Israel controls your media EVERYONE SHOULD SEE THIS - video
I almost forgot to add Air America Radio to the list of Zionist Jew owned media properties. It was officially added to
the Zionist media cartel October 13, 2006 (but has been Jew controlled since day one) then renamed Air America
Media. But the real juicy story began long before then. Air America Radio was initially founded by gentiles, but in
their quest to get investors on board, (as usual) they lost ALL control and independence. AAR was quickly taken over
by Zionist Jews Even Cohen and Rex Sorensen whom proceeded to staff all key positions with their Zionist Jew
collaborators and proceeded to scuttle the ship. The operation of Air America was literally a controlled
demolition! I watched the HBO documentary ―Left of the Dial‖ in total awe as I realized many key figures in
premeditated mismanagement were all Jewish. Understanding the overall Zionist agenda it was easy to observe that the
entire organization was being purposely ruined FROM WITHIN before it could get off the ground.
Chaos ruled the launch of Air America Radio from the moment it took on its Jewish investors, whom I might add
rarely EVER make bad business decisions regarding investments… unless it is part of the plan where they run an
enterprise to the ground then jump ship. Well, once Cohen and Sorenson came onboard they brought in a slew of other
Jew collaborators whom were key in bringing down the company before it was ever off the ground. The demolition of
Air America was essential at the time due to the fact that it was the Zionist‘s Republican Mafia Crime Syndicate‘s turn
to rule the nation and those liberal loose cannons with a powerful soap box pointing fingers, exposing lies and rocking
the boat had to be reined in, silenced and eliminated.
Some of the central players to run AAR were: Carl Ginsburg (Jew) Scott Elberg CEO (Jew) Danny Goldberg CEO
(Jew) Gary Krantz (Jew) was named president of the network. Chaos reigned supreme at this media outlet. In 2007 it
was sold to Zionist Jew SLG Radio LLC, a company created by Stephen Green and his brother Mark J. Green, (Jews).
They proceeded to hire David Bernstein (Jew, of course) to be the new Vice President of Programming. They tamed
the reporting of Air America and provided you with cleansed, approved, certified ―programming.‖
As of Jan. 21, 2010 Air America has been neutralized and is no more, its current Zionist chairman (Charlie Kireken)
stated they are closing its doors for good. The ship is being scuttled and ran into the ground for good. When you see a
major group of Jewish executives such as listed above nonchalantly taking a fall on the 4 th round so to speak, without
so much as a whimper, you know that it was a setup. The Jewish controllers went through the motions, and appeased
the leftwing TRUTHER SECT that wanted Air America to succeed; they put up a convincing show.
Behold for: What makes this sort of information extremely significant is in reading between the lines, what is not said
or seen. One need only sit back and observe where the power players are clustering together and focusing their
energies, where they have invested all their true capital and efforts to easily see where they are headed. The ruling elite
have basically totally abandoned the leftwing (except for the fact that they use the left to continue to destroy the moral
character of this country and conduct their liberalist portions of their new world order shaping agendas) and have
squarely arranged most of their major power and control in the rightwing of the political spectrum. This is where the
major movers and shakers have been at for over the past decade. The Democratic Party‘s hay days are over, they all
follow the lead of their alpha male Republican party. Everything else is all a Hollywood show production designed for
public consumption. Yes the Democrats are still enacting the policies of their ruling masters and constantly pushing
their agendas forward as always, but they remain the butt end of the system to placate the poor and worker class. The
news media is the crucial cohesive reality forming and shaping component maintaining and giving life to the illusions
that be.
The Reuters Connection(s)

by Eustace Mullins July 1989
We recommend to the student of political science, if there is such a science, a volume which has
come to our attention, the autobiography of Sir Roderick Jones, entitled A Life in Reuters, Hodder and
Stoughton, 1951. This book gives us much authoritative information on news distribution. Sir Roderick was
Chief of Reuters News Agency for many years, assuming command of that agency when it was still at its
historic address of 24 Old Jewry, London.
It is difficult to approach journalism without taking into account its companions of a trinity,
propaganda and espionage, and we find in this book many instances of their relationship. On page 200, Sir
Roderick relates a bit of history which will not be found in the universities. It describes a luncheon given by
him for General Smuts, Sir Starr Jameson, and Dr. Walter Hines Page. He says:
"We dined in a private room at the Windham Club, the one in which twenty years later the terms of the
abdication of King Edward VIII were settled. We drifted on to the question of the United States entering the
war, for which Britain and France so patiently waited. Dr. Page then revealed to us, under seal of secrecy,
that he had received from the President that afternoon a personal communication upon the strength of which
he could affirm that, at last, the die was cast. Consequently it was not without emotion that he found himself
able to assure us that the United States would be at war with the Central Powers inside a week from that
date. The Ambassador's assurance was correct to the day. We dined on Friday, March 30. On April 2,
President Wilson asked Congress to declare a State of War with Germany. On April 6, the United States was
at war."
Sir Roderick tells us that Baron Julius de Reuter was born Israel Ben Josaphat Beer, the son of
Rabbi Samuel Beer [yes, yet another Zionist Jew who gained control of key portions of media/new
dissemination] of Caase, Germany. Like so many of his co-religionists, Beer saw that the British Empire was
ripe for plucking. He emigrated, set up a news agency, came to the attention of the House of Rothschild, and
the rest is history. In 1859, now Baron de Reuter, Beer signed a Covenant with his two rivals in Europe,
Havas of France and Wolff of Germany. Havas was a French Jew, Wolff was a German Jew, and these three
divided up the world between them. Havas was to have South America, the three were to share the continent
of Europe, and Reuter was to have the rest of the world. The arrangement, providentially concluded just
before the outbreak of the Civil War in the United States, endured until the First World War for Zionism.
Sir Roderick Jones began his career as Assistant to the Chief Correspondent in the Transvaal, one
Leo Weinthal, before the Boer War. On page 38, we find some interesting background on that conflict, as
follows:
"Towards the end of 1895, smoldering and unsubstantial fires of political discontent in Johan nesberg were
fanned by the Transvaal National Union and by the gold mine owners into an outwardly presentable flame of
revolution. An Uitlanders Reform Committee was established, with an inner executive consisting of John
Hays Hammond, Lionel Phillips (one of the heads of the gold and diamond mining firm of Eckstein -- The
Corner House), George Farrar, head of East Rand Property Mines, and Colonel Frank Rhodes, brother of
Cecil Rhodes, Prime Minister of the Cape. Percy Fitzpatrick, also of the Eckstein firm, was the Secretary.
The General Committee consisted of sixty other prominent citizens, including Abe Bailey and Solly Joel."
Sir Roderick, although he freely relates the role of the House of Eckstein in promoting that war,
does not reveal the importance of the House of Rothschild. John Hays Hammond was chief mining engineer
for the Rothschilds, later being employed by the Guggenheims at a salary of five hundred thousand dollars a
year, and finally becoming Washington lobbyist for the Rothschild policy group, the Council on Foreign
Relations. Sir Abe Bailey was the principal angel of its sister group in Britain, the Royal Institute of
International Affairs. Almost any biography of Cecil Rhodes will inform the reader that he was financed in
his African empire by the House of Rothschild.
On April 28, 1915, Baron Herbert de Reuter, Chief of the Agency, shot himself. The cause was the
crash of the Reuters Bank, which had been built up by Baron Julius de Reuter to handle foreign remittances
without their being subjected to inspection. It was felt by the directors to be unwise to replace the Baron with
another German Jew, there being a war going on with Germany, and Sir Roderick Jones who had served Leo
Weintal faithfully and well, was chosen as a more respectable front for the international operations of the
agency. On page 363, he tells us:
"Shortly after I succeeded Baron Herbert de Reuter in 1915, it so happened that I received an invitation from
Mr. Alfred Rothschild, then the head of the British House of Rothschild, to lunch with him in his historic
New Court, in the City."
We are not favored with an account of the conversation, Sir Roderick limiting himself to a
description of the formalities attending upon a visit to the Rothschild. After this, the Chief of Reuters toured
the world, being received everywhere with a display usually reserved for royalty. In India he was entertained
by the Viceroy, Lord Reading, whose name had been entered at the synagogue as Rufus Isaacs. Isaacs told
him that on his first visit to India, he had been a lowly ship's boy, and on his second visit he was a Viceroy,
whereupon Sir Roderick remarked that only in the British Empire could such a thing have happened. His
observation is a slight to America.
Now you must re-analyze the biased news coverage of all sorts of subjects. Now you must re-analyze what fails to
make it to the newsroom as news and what does. Now you must re-analyze EVERYTHING that comes out of the
Zionist Industrial Media Matrix monopoly and how it intertwines with and relates to the goals and agendas of the other
Zionist Matrix Departments. So from now on, when you see the mass media ―laying it heavy‖ on any particular
subject, you must always STOP/THINK and ask yourself this very important question: ―WHAT DO THEY WANT US
TO BELIEVE AND THINK TODAY.‖ Wake up goyim cattle!
CIA's Operation Mockingbird was setup for the subversion of the free press by the CIA.
―Should people expect impartiality and objectiveness from the Media Barons who all seem to have the same religious-
racial-ethnic background, for some odd reason, and who monopolize the media, despite their small number in the
population (2.5%)?‖ You now have no choice but to sit back and reflect, THINK ABOUT IT: almost everything that
you have seen, read or heard your entire life was approved, contrived, produced and distributed by Zionist Jew
media baron cartel. You cannot in any right frame of mind just walk away from this earth shaking revelation of this
colossal monopoly knowing perfectly well that this group has always had deep seated world ambitions and have been
methodically throughout the ages working to accomplish their agendas as ―the chosen ones‖ whom are ―destined to
rule the world.‖ These Jewish people are the ones controlling all the major media, so is it any wonder how or why the
Zionist mainstream media was the one who convinced the world that the Holocaust™ killed the mythical ―6
million Jews‖, despite rock solid evidence from official census data, the Red Cross any many more reputable sources
indicating that figure to be astronomically inflated by several substantial millions… yet up to this very day, their
highly exaggerated figures remain unchallenged and accepted as gospel throughout the world… with some countries
going as far as imprisoning anyone who dares defy the claims of 6 million… now that is what I call the real POWER of
media hype.
Most media influence comes at us via subliminal delivery. Hollywood for instance, seems on the surface to be totally
detached from influence and association of the financial Zionist elites who wish to obtain total world domination. But
this gullible view is only held by the vast majority of the consuming masses who have no clue. I yet again could go on
and write a book about the points I‘m covering in just this paragraph alone, we will have to with the summaries I am
trying my best to articulate.
First of all, everyone in Hollywood KNOWS that ―the Jews run Hollywood‖, I won‘t even try to source this due to the
easily researched wealth of evidence out there proving this to be true. Jewish control of Hollywood for example is
legendary. It is within the controlled environments of their Hollywood studios that the Jews continuously churn out
movies portraying themselves as victims – while completely ignoring all the evils they do while forever emblazing in
your minds the evils of blacks, Hispanics, the Italian mobs.
Secondly, once your ―eyes are opened‖ and you are no longer blind and can ―see‖, everything in this world comes into
clear view. Most of what is produced for public consumption has a hidden agenda, whatever area of life it is meant to
touch upon. Thousands upon thousands of movies, shows and so forth, I can‘t even begin to analyze them all for that is
a project for an army of researchers and encyclopedia size volumes to document. Ok, for the sake of providing an
example, one CUTE, warm and cuddly and outwardly ―harmless‖ movie for
you to MUST SEE… watch THE BEE MOVIE, yes the children‘s cartoon
movie. Pay very close attention for the POWERFUL subliminal
brainwashing that is prevalent throughout the entire movie. It is just jaw
dropping. The people of this world PAY to sit down for 2 hours, achieve a
hypnotic slumber then CONDITIONED! They then leave the theaters saying
―wow what a great movie!‖
Now that you understand that all major media are run by the same secretive
group of card carrying illuminati Zionist club members. I will proceed to
smash myths such as this doozy that has been pulled over your eyes: Liberal
media vs. Conservative media.
One of the most mind boggling myths fed to the general public is the myth of
"right wing media" and left wing "liberal media". It is all a bunch of bull
shit because BOTH SIDES OF THE MEDIA IS CONTROLLED BY
THE SAME FREAKIN PEOPLE!!! Conservative vs. Liberal is just
another strategy of keeping the masses DIVIDED. The media is constantly
feeding the public fuel to the fire to keep them fighting amongst
themselves! For then the masses will never have the time nor clue to rise up
and rebel against their TRUE enemies, their elite masters. Have you not ever
noticed that every TV station has BOTH liberal AND conservative programming? Even the blatantly fake news station
FOX who PRETEND to be custodians and champions of conservatism have some of the most insanely leftwing radical
liberal morally decadent shows on the planet! This is the same for EVERY TV station in existence. One hour they cater
to the conservatives a few hours later the programming might consist of crazy morally deficient show.
Divide and conquer is as old a military strategy as one can think of. Actually the originator of divide and conquer was
none other than the devil himself. They couple this with the ―join the bandwagon syndrome‖ in where people
following their herd mentality, naturally choose a side and jump on that bandwagon. These people daily add to the
collective dogma and reinforce the arguments initiated by the coordinating media manipulators, often on their own free
will. Thus we witness the powerfully entrenched root system that this right vs. left deception has developed.
America will NEVER be able to unite and solve all of its problems until the day arrives when they finally
WAKE UP to the bogus left vs. right/republican vs. democrat system that is the CENTRAL KEY FOR
DIVIDING AND RUINING OUR NATION!!!
Folks, what we have had on our land is the "synagogue of Satan" (Zionist Jews) in total monopolistic control of all
we see and hear in the media, corrupting the entire moral fabric of this country, constantly leading the goyim sheeple
astray while pushing the agendas of their handlers in the banking, military and political arenas. Are you getting a
perfectly clear picture here? For good measure, I keep repeating myself in hopes that this profound knowledge may
sink in so that you may fully comprehend this dilemma. Think about it: the Zionist OWN/OPERATE/CONTROL
practically 98% of ALL MEDIA and OWN/OPERATE/CONTROL practically ALL of the WORLD
MONETARY SYSTEMS… This translates to absolute POWER.
This is NOT baloney anti-Semitic conspiracy ―THEORY‖, this is 100% easily verifiable/certifiable FACTS.
So there you have it, the ONLY major players in the realm of the media industrial complex. More often than not,
complicit with the government propaganda machine. Long ago, unbiased media was supposed to exist to keep an eye
on our government, in some hypothetical ―checks and balances‖ system, asking critical questions, making sure that the
government was doing its job. Supposedly an integral part of fairness in society. Sadly, this is no longer the case
anymore. Today's media barons hangout in the same ivy league social clubs as the government officials they are
supposed to be keeping tabs on. They actually get many of their SCRIPTS and Talking Points directly from our
government. Never questioning any issue no matter how bizarre. So there you have it: the government and or their
financial masters says the world is flat, the media chimes in and
repeats it over and over again as fact, the message echoed by all
their different media outlets in every corner of society. The
gullible public often concludes, ‗if they are all saying the
same thing "it must be true"! Doh!
Once the media barons unite to promote the designated pick of

the Zionist elite for any office, the masses are meticulously
Primed then later fall for the avalanche of group think hype
propaganda. Thus for instance, it is not an entirely unreasonable
concept for the media to be able to pull off and engineer a
ludicrous ―Palin/Joe the Plumber 2012‖ ticket win if that was
their objective…
One practice I find especially disturbing is when the media pull out their "panel of experts" on any given issue. High
ranking scientists, leaders, professionals, etc. These "panel of experts" are chosen from a pre-defined pool of pundits
that ARE ALREADY ON THEIR SIDE, they know what their predefined positions and viewpoints are. So of course
they will chime in and just endorse and reinforce whatever issue or agenda is at hand! Many of those panels of experts
complicit directly or indirectly having deep seated interests or connections within the area being discussed. So they
bring on their biased experts to "prove their talking points", and the general brain dead public eats it up. ―I heard
about it on CNN, so I know it‘s true.‖ /sigh/
Our benevolent government spends billions on propaganda. No cost is spared in their efforts to brainwash the public.
To portray often ridiculous policies in a positive spin. They basically buy the news. The list of high level people,
experts, pundits, scientists, etc., in the governments back pocket is astronomical. It is common knowledge in the news
circles that if you but heads with Washington you get your press credentials revoked and you no longer get invited to
anything. For reporters it does not pay to take a stance against any government sponsored issue. Ask any scientist for
instance how long he will stay employed if he were to come out and debunk any one of thousands of different agendas
and issues that are steadfastly being promoted by the establishment. The media sources of information, more often than
not it comes straight out of the government or any number of their federally funded public relations contacts. They
rarely even edit or scrutinize any news release and just publish/air whatever they were given as gospel.
The practice of OMISSION must be one of the most dangerous practices in the dissemination of information and news.
This practice is so widespread, so prevalent within our government system that it is mind boggling. Even in the many
cases of blatant omission and avoidance of key issues and facts arise, our media lays down like a good puppy dog and
remains silent. Passing on the act of omission, eventually the general public only gets bits and pieces of the entire story
that has been carefully orchestrated to portray any given message.
"We are taught, actually conditioned, from elementary school to believe in the myth of a free and unbiased media, that
our press is free from government meddling. This is an insidious lie about the very nature of the news institutions of
this country. One that allows the government to LIE to us while denying the very fact of the lie itself". History is
said to be written by the winners, true. What they fail to also mention is that history is written by those who control the
presses! The Media barons. Volumes have been written about the revisionism of history. Zionist revisionist history
has been rampant over this past century and well spread over all corners of the globe. So much so, that in some
cases (such as the Holocaust™ for example) it is almost impossible to sift through the massive piles of bull shit and
hype to find the truth. You know what I mean. Jewish revisionists leave stuff out, twist the facts, misrepresent various
events. They work hard to present themselves in the best possible fashion so what does a little honesty in writing have
to do with anything? They want us goyim to see and believe ONLY their version of events, and imprison other
revisionists for exposing the truths.
The ―truth‖ in reporting in today‘s world is relative. Actually truth in modern news reporting is not even a requirement
any longer! Fox News successfully sued for the right to LIE and won! In one of Project Censored top 25 censored
stories for 2005 they inform how ―The Media Can Legally Lie.‖ News regarding Jewish deeds and events are routinely
censored and often prohibited from being made public, thus they operate in pure stealth mode. Critical (i.e., forbidden)
comments about Israel is sacrilegious, those who go there have their lives destroyed publically and privately, this is
why you see so few people standing up and defending any truth that clearly shows Israel of the Jews in a negative light,
the consequences are often severe.
Six years ago, Fox News successfully argued in court that it had a
constitutional right to report lies
October 24th, 2009 at 09:33am Pat Cunningham
The mainstream media have almost entirely ignored a court case in which lawyers for Fox News argued six years
ago that their client has a right under the First Amendment to peddle falsehoods in the guise of news.
Nor did THIS BLOG POST of four months ago regarding the matter gain widespread circulation.
An excerpt: On August 18, 2000, journalist Jane Akre won $425,000 in a court ruling where she charged she was
pressured by Fox News management and lawyers to air what she knew and documented to be false information.
The real information: she found out cows in Florida were being injected with RBGH, a drug designed to make
cows produce milk – and, according to FDA-redacted studies, unintentionally designed to make human beings
produce cancer.
Fox lawyers, under pressure by the Monsanto Corporation (who produced RBGH), rewrote her report over 80
times to make it compatible with the company‘s requests. She and her husband, journalist Steve Wilson, refused
to air the edited segment.
In February 2003, Fox appealed the decision and an appellate court and had it overturned. Fox lawyers argued it
was their first amendment right to report false information. In a six-page written decision, the Court of
Appeals decided the FCC‘s position against news distortion is only a ―policy,‖ not a ―law, rule, or regulation.‖
This is the sad state of our modern mass media information dissemination system. Anyone remember the CNN fake
coverage of the Gulf War on 1991? Live from ―Saudi Arabia‖ with Charles Jaco as their ―war correspondent‖. This
was one of the most ridiculous staged fake ―live on the field‖ broadcasts in history. The entire shoot was done in a
CNN studio, fake air raid sirens, explosions and all. These are just two examples of modus operandi of the ―news‖
shows you depend on for information. Folks, these are NOT isolated incidents, these clearly demonstrate the heart and
inner glimpse of the true nature of their programming.
Censorship is alive and well in new Fascist States of America Inc. Censorship has been increasing dramatically in
almost every sector of society. The number of people being arrested just for holding up a simple sign that reads
"Impeach Bush" for example, now number in the hundreds, if not thousands. All across the country peaceful protesters
are being arrested on absolutely no justifiable grounds at all. Bogus trumped up charges everywhere. The spineless
media will never speak up about the abuses. By practicing their policies of omission of important news, they are in
effect censoring the news also.
Zionist Jews also funded, founded, own and control Google the world‘s premier information conglomerate, why do
you think every single one of the media barons hyped Google stock
out of the stratosphere?
BEHOLD FOR: When one of ―THEIR OWN‖ is targeted for

worldwide growth, fame, fortune and PRE-DESITINED by the
Zionist consortium to become a worldwide leader, the entire
Zionist matrix pushes that organization into worldwide prominence
with echoing great reviews and accolades coming in unison
seemingly from all corners. Thus the masses being easily lead to
think that this or that organization is ―THE‖ in or ―HOT‖ thing.
Well today your friendly neighborhood gazillion dollar capitalized

Google INSTANTLY became an industry leader and is becoming a
integral major backbone of Big Brother.
Government propaganda network has become so entrenched within

our mass media that it is completely ridiculous. Take Fox "News" for example, for all intents and purposes, it should
be re-categorized as just a media arm of the Zionist neo-cons and a government propaganda machine! While all the
other networks MAKE BELIEVE they are neutral, unbiased, non-agenda driven and unprejudiced. For starters they
have Bill O'Reilly with his news parody comedy show, what is it called? "The Spin Zone", where they even have a
section called "Talking Points", where they use the actual daily Whitehouse issued propaganda "talking points"
dispensed to all news venues! LOL. You would think that Fox would at least try to disguise the fact they are just a
propaganda arm of the Zionist neo-cons and the government, but it seems that their surveys indicates their gullible
viewing sheeple audience can't tell the difference.
The fact of the matter is that FOX ―News‖ is actually NOT even a news program at all!!! It is a cleverly disguised ultra
biased bogus sci-fi make believe ―news‖ show of stupefying proportions. The fact that the FCC has not sent in armed
swat teams to raid their offices and shut them down for airing blatantly false, subversive, seditious, instigating, biased,
hate inciting, phony, bogus programming as a corporate daily policy then passing it all off as real ―news‖ is mind
numbing.
Folks, this is definitely a sign our country is definitely totally fucking doomed. For there no longer exists impartial
checks and balances by the news industry gatekeepers whom once upon a time the entire world heralded the news
industry as the ―gatekeepers of democracy, the honorable custodians of truth and watchdogs over government.‖ Today
they are mere shadows of their former glory. For they have degenerated into sold out, pimped out whores who serve
the masters they long ago were supposed un-waveringly to observe and report on. News sector, the protectors and
guardians of truth whom were to never allow our great nation to be subjugated and conquered by evil forces as well as
slide into the abyss… THIS my friend, IS the sad state of what has been produced and passed off as ―news‖ the world
over. I‘m sorry, I must read you the eulogy. Today there is no, none, zippo, zilch unbiased news, nothing is what it
seems, all that remains is a rotting carcass covered with the flesh of agenda dissemination, priming, indoctrination,
conditioning, disinfo, misleading, hype, propaganda, programming, immoral waste.
One of the strategic ploys practiced in every one of the Zionist media empires, for instance FOX media barons push
both sides of the spectrum: On one Fox channel you will see rabid right wing ―religious‖ neo-cons foaming at the
mouth spewing hate and yet on any other Fox channel you will see them pushing the boundaries of jaw dropping moral
decadence, immoral programming, followed by homosexual liberating and complete idiotic moronic ―liberal‖
programming! Come on people! Wake up! You know I am right. It does not take a rocket scientist to see the self
evidence of what I am revealing here. The Zionist media conglomerates purposely control all media so that they may
manipulate ALL information in whatever direction they so desire in order to advance their long term Zionist Jew
agendas. Your thoughts and viewpoints have been carefully shaped from the day you were in pampers sitting in
front of the bloob tube.
People seem to forget that the music industry is just another arm of the media conglomerates. For the Zionist elite, this
is just another avenue for them to infiltrate our minds and hearts and fill it with rubbish and more ―programming.‖
They manufacture mega stars like candy. Once the artists signs their souls over to the labels, the labels almost always
dictates the content, path and all the other important factors of the artists productions. It is widely known and accepted
fact that the musicians who are the major creative force, yet receive just a tiny portion of the revenue generated from
the sale of their works. It is common for the industry to take, what? Like 90%+ of all revenue, leaving the artists with
just a tiny percentage. This is plainly documented and well known throughout the industry and is never debated. Just
another example of how big greedy corporations take advantage of everyone and use them for their own benefits. This
is a perfect case in point where there is tons of research and information of industry abuse, but exists as if in a vacuum,
only within that particular industry realm, yet not only is it readily accepted as ―so true,‖ everyone falls short and fails
to connects the dots to reveal this industry as yet another piece of the grand matrix scheme.
But that is not even the main point I want to elaborate upon. Just as TV programming, movies and shows often serve a
hidden purpose of shaping human perception of things. Music is a key fundamental hypnotic trance inducing
vehicle for facilitating deep inner programming and has been used as such since time untold. Many people with
iPods and mp3 players stuck to their heads 24/7 will be offended to learn that they have been manipulated to such a
degree that it is mind boggling. In today‘s society the sheeple go out and purchase their own brainwashing media.
The music industry promotes and avidly seeks out everything from outwardly innocuous to insane occult acts, then
promotes them to the ends of the earth. This industry is riddled with satanic occult worship, morally depraved content,
etc., whether outright or subliminal, you just cannot deny this once you truly understand how the forces are working.
What I find truly amazing and profoundly revealing is how dozens upon dozens of the world‘s top famous musicians
have come out describing classic spiritual possession. Many stars dismissively describe how when they perform or are
writing music it is like ―some else takes over‖, many artists relate to this phenomena by giving that entity within them
its own stage name, Beyonce, Eminem, etc. the list is breathtaking and massive. See the video ―The Truth Behind Hip
Hop‖ by G. Craig Lewis for starters.
Hopefully I will be able to give the music industry a more in-depth coverage it deserves in future updates of this report.
For it is so pivotal in capturing the hearts, minds and souls of our youth and leading them astray at such early ages. For
now I will summarize the fact that the entire music industry servers several purposes, one of which is to keep the
masses for ever entertained and distracted from the real reality of the world around them. Another is to promote
and spread occult concepts and misleading the masses. Then there is the deep subliminal aspect of music to convey
attitudes, messages and states of mind, a perfect medium for propagating content. Suffice to say for now, that the music
industry is an important arm of the overall Media Matrix empire in helping them to shape the air of overall
environment and public opinion.
Recently, our nation has been inundated with an overwhelming flood of occultism, which is another sign of the
end of the world. It is not all that long ago when this would not have been tolerated. Movies, books, television
programs, and commercial advertising have become avenues of witchcraft for the purpose of exposure and
indoctrination of the human mind and soul. It is everywhere. One example is a full page magazine advertisement
by Honda Motor Company showing a silver colored Honda car in the darkness with a pointed, red devil's tail
curling up from the exhaust pipe. Above the car, written in bold, red letters is the word "Possessed." The re-
release of the movie, "Exorcist" is another curse upon our nation. This particular movie is not designed to
entertain but is rather a mind control project. The creator of the exorcist, William Peter Blatty, is a former CIA
agent, who worked in mind control. (25) When making certain parts of the sound track for this movie, Blatty used
the sound of pigs being slaughtered and remixed them with other human sounding and grotesque voices designed
to completely unnerve the audience. (26) This seems to be a reversal of what happened in Mark, chapter five,
when Jesus cast the devils out of the man, and they went into the swine. In Blatty's project, the evil spirits come
out of the squealing swine and go into the audience. Some people have been known to leave the theaters
vomiting, and others were mentally sick for days afterward. It is no coincidence that this movie opened in many
theaters on Friday the 13th. When people have an appetite for hell's entertainment, judgment is not far off. –
[source: Last Trumpet]
S.P.H.E.R.E. = Stimulated Priming (psychological) Hypnotic Emotional Response Effect. This is a term I coined
while in college to describe what I call the science of triggering desired responses through pre-determined stimuli.
People‘s strongest reactions come not from logic, but from the most basic primal emotion recesses of our mind. What
motivates us most into action: Fear, love, hate, envy, greed, empathy, excitement, sadness, happiness, etc. These are
the psychological/emotional trigger points or buttons they love to push. Priming and mass hypnosis is NOT a
theory; it is an established and practiced science. Anyone who has studied Marketing while attending college knows
this. It is practiced on a daily basis by your most loving benevolent big brother Uncle Sam, marketing professionals
and your media industrial complex to condition the herds of cattle citizens. Priming and mass hypnosis is also an
integral part of marketing.
Here is just one example of one way SPHERE is implemented, this excerpt is from The #1 Hollywood Video
Marketing Persuasion Secret. Here he is discussing music to trigger emotions, video, dialog and images play the key
roles but here they are emphasizing the music aspect:
―The ninja strategy that I want to reveal to you today has to do with adding a powerful musical soundtrack to
your videos as the final touch in a calculated emotional cascade of events. I‘ve heard it said before that
emotion is the seat of ―motion,‖ meaning that if you know how to stimulate emotion in a potential
customer, it will dramatically increase the odds of them getting fired-up so they‘ll take action. Subsequently,
there‘s no better way to elicit strong emotional feeling than with certain forms of music.
On a related subject, you can observe that the words above ring true in any person that‘s ever accomplished
anything on a grand scale in their life. Their ideas and thoughts led to a super-charged emotional state that
ultimately fueled their actions, helping them realize their goal. There‘s no denying the power in getting
emotionally involved with an idea, concept, or product.
Think of what Hollywood does in their movie trailers and many times in the movies themselves. Ever really
pay attention to how the music influences your mood? It‘s astonishing! Try watching Gladiator or Forest
Gump and see how the music affects you as the story-line plays. It can be the ultimate persuasive and
motivation tool in many cases.
The music, suspense, and curiosity in Hollywood mover trailers help to drive multi-million dollar box office
sales month-in and month-out while selling out shows! We should all take notes here.
Music is one of those factors that totally flies under the radar for many marketers but it can be HUGE at
influencing a prospect and making a great first impression.‖
Wikipedia definition of Priming:

Priming in psychology occurs when an earlier stimulus influences response to a later stimulus. For example, when
a person reads a list of words including the word table, and is later asked to complete a word starting with tab, the
probability that subject answers table is higher than for non-primed people. Or people shown an incomplete
sketch and unable to identify it are shown more of the sketch until they recognize the picture. Later they will
identify the sketch at an earlier stage than was possible for them the first time.
Priming works best when the two stimuli are in the same modality. For example visual priming works best with
visual cues and verbal priming works best with verbal cues. But priming also occurs between modalities, or
between semantically related words such as doctor and nurse
Priming can be perceptual or conceptual. Perceptual priming is based on the form of the stimulus and is enhanced
by the match between the early and later stimuli. Perceptual priming is sensitive to the modality and exact format
of the stimulus. An example of perceptual priming is the identification of the incomplete sketch in the experiment
described above. Conceptual priming is based on the meaning of a stimulus and is enhanced by semantic tasks.
For example, table, will show priming effects on chair, because table and chair belong to the same category.
A distinction is also made between semantic priming and associative priming. In semantic priming, the prime and
the target are from the same semantic category and share features; in associative priming, on the other hand, the
target is a word that has a high probability of appearing with the prime, and is "associated" with it but not
necessarily related in semantic features. For example, the word dog is a semantic prime for wolf, because the two
are both similar animals, but dog is not an associative prime for wolf because the words don't frequently occur
together. On the other hand, dog is an associative prime for cat, since the words are closely associated and
frequently appear together (in phrases like "raining cats and dogs").
An important feature of a priming task is that amnesic subjects perform as well on it as control subjects do,
indicating through their performance that they, too, remember what was on the previous study list, even though
they report no conscious recollection of ever having seen the list. This is taken as one kind of evidence that
implicit and explicit memory are different.
Priming of amnesic subjects with words that were unknown to them prior to the injury is impaired has been
argued to demonstrate that priming depends on the activation of existing memory. This interpretation, however, is
undermined by normal or near normal priming using nonverbal materials in amnesic subjects.
One theory of priming is that the first stimulus activates parts of particular representation or associations in
memory just before carrying out an action or task. The representation is already activated when the second
stimulus is encountered, thus improving performance of the task. It is considered to be one of the manifestations
of implicit memory.
No coverage of mass media and government dissemination of information can be complete without looking into the
vast practice of censorship. Censorship in the "free world" is often much more subtle and carefully conducted in
order to maintain the illusion of freedom of speech. I recently came across a website called Project Censored, and
their list of "Top 25 Censored Stories of 2008", sure enough, these people did a pretty good job of summarizing some
of the top CENSORED stories NOT being reported by mainstream news outlets such as CNN, FOX, ABC, etc.
As a matter of fact, every single "news" station today is nothing more than glorified CHEERLEADERS of the
establishment. Gone are the days and concept that our news agencies are supposed to be the checks and balances of
power. Not any more, today all our news agencies are mere LAP DOGS and WHORES of the power elite. They have
all collectively SOLD US OUT... we tune into CNN, FOX, ABC, NBC, CBS and all others just to get a bright eyed
bushy tailed sanitized Alice in Wonderland version of sterilized "news" from prostitutes we call reporters who dare
not question nor stray from the SCRIPTS they are ordered to "report" for fear of losing their rich cozy lifestyles and
status in society. Once the news casters finish reporting what they masquerade as "news" all the while constantly
omitting tons of serious real news, they go home to their beautiful McMansion homes in the nice safe suburbs to their
trophy wives, their children in ivy league schools and luxury cars then play make believe, pretending the world is fine
and dandy.
"What the press do is they tell you lies, lies they already know you want to hear. The press can figure out what
its readers or viewers believe, and make a hell of a living pandering to their egos and telling them that they're
smart. They lie and tell the audience they are right, and they never have to change your mind about anything.
And the audience rewards them, lauding them and paying them money to keep hearing those sweet, self-
serving lies." - Allan Uthman
"The New York Times [as well as every other media conglomerate] is the house organ of the Establishment. It
is committed, both editorially and in its presentation of the news, to the interests of an Establishment:
continuity, security and legitimacy. Therefore they generally support business and finance, the American
version of empire, the government and the president, until, and unless, some excess is so egregious that it
poses a threat to continuity, security or legitimacy." - Larry Beinhart
Beyond Agenda Setting: The Media‘s Power to Prime

Allison Morgan
Though early studies in communications science concluded that the media had minimal effects on public
thinking, agenda-setting theory was one of the first moves toward a more powerful effects model of
communications. Agenda setting, a term coined by McCombs and Shaw in a 1972 study, shows a
correspondence between the order of importance given in the media to issues and the order of significance
attached to the same issues by the public and politicians (McQuail, 1994, p. 256). Through repeated news
coverage, agenda setting suggests that the media have the capability to raise the importance of certain issues in
the public‘s mind (Severin & Tankard, 1997, p. 249). This theory further supports a statement made by Cohen
(1963) that the news media may not directly affect how the public thinks about political matters, but it does
affect what subjects people think about. In short, it sets the agenda for what political matters people consider
important (Severin & Tankard, 1997, p. 252).
A number of studies have demonstrated that there is a dimension of powerful media effects that goes beyond
agenda setting. Iyengar, Peters, and Kinder (1982) first identified this added dimension as the ―priming effect.‖
Priming is ―the process in which the media attend to some issues and not others and thereby alter the standards
by which people evaluate election candidates‖ (Severin & Tankard, 1997, p. 258). The theory is founded on the
assumption that people do not have elaborate knowledge about political matters and do not take into account all
of what they do know when making political decisions — they must consider what more readily comes to mind.
Through drawing attention to some aspects of politics at the expense of others, the media might help to set the
terms by which political judgments are reached, including evaluations of political figures (Alger, 1989, p. 127).
Grounded in cognitive psychology, the theory of media priming is derived from the associative network model
of human memory, in which an idea or concept is stored as a node in the network and is related to other ideas or
concepts by semantic paths. Priming refers to the activation of a node in this network, which may serve as a
filter, an interpretive frame, or a premise for further information processing or judgment formation (Pan &
Kosicki, 1997, p. 9). In media effects research, priming is an important reformulation of this psychological
process that offers an explanation of how media information is stored and retrieved in the human mind.
Theories about priming suggest that media activate related thoughts, and consequently behavior, through this
network of mental relationships. The strength of these relationships is determined by semantic associations
between concepts in memory and the frequency with which the links have been used (Reeves, 1996, p. 274-275).
Iyengar, Peters, and Kinder (1982) related priming to media effects research during an experiment that was
designed to measure agenda setting by the television news media. In this study, they carefully edited TV news
programs to emphasize certain issues — national defense, pollution, and inflation — then tested people on
perceived importance of the issues, compared with control groups. They also measured ratings of President
Carter‘s performance in each of these issues, as well as an overall appraisal of the president. This approach, the
authors explain, permitted them to ―examine a different though equally consequential version of agenda setting.
By attending to some problems and ignoring others, media may also alter the standards by which people evaluate
government. We call this ‗priming‘.‖ (p. 849) Not only did Iyengar et al. first find a classic agenda-setting
effect as to the salience of the issues in question, but they also found evidence of priming since the media‘s
agenda seemingly altered the standards their test group used in evaluating the president. The president‘s overall
reputation and his apparent competence, they found, ―both depend on the presentations of network news
programs.‖ (p. 853)
Priming effect has been applied to a variety of media effects research, including studies that follow a more
cognitive psychological path by considering such things as the priming effect of TV violence on aggressive
behavior (Bushman 1998) and the priming effect of advertisements in the form of recruitment posters (Bruce,
Carson, Burton, & Kelly 1998). However, most media priming effects research has followed the example set by
Iyengar et al. by focusing on political candidates and how media attention on certain issues can color the
public‘s perception of political players. George Bush‘s defeat in the 1992 presidential election presented a
unique historical opportunity to study the media‘s role in the volatility of public opinion, and a great deal of
recent priming research has centered around this election campaign.
Pan and Kosicki (1997) took this opportunity to examine how the two most important issues during the last three
years of Bush‘s presidency — the Persian Gulf War and the economic recession — related to the dramatic rise
and fall of public opinion about his performance. Guided by priming theory, their research began with the
premise that voters were paying attention to media representation of Bush‘s performance in those major issues.
They argue that ―heavy exposure to media coverage of a dominant issue leads to a stronger and/or more frequent
activation of the though elements related to the issue‖ (p. 11). As a result, they state, increased media priming
effects can be attributed to increased media exposure. They studied data gathered as part of the 1990-1991
National Election Panel Study and the 1992 pre- and post-election panel study, which had included 935
randomly selected participants who were asked questions that measured Bush‘s performance in three specific
areas — the Gulf War, foreign relations, and the economy. A series of linear regression models with the overall
evaluation and thermometer measures as the dependent variables were fitted to the data. Results indicated that
Bush‘s job approval ratings were closely tied to the change in the salience of these two issues. Pan and Kosicki
found that positive evaluations of Bush‘s handling of the Gulf War generalized to how he was perceived to
handle the economy and that negative feelings about his economic performance transferred to his handling of
foreign affairs and the Gulf War. This is partly explained by the ―widely accepted assumption‖ that members of
the mass public tend to get the ―big message‖ from media coverage rather than analyze individual media
messages issue-by-issue. (p. 24-25)
Work by Hetherington (1996) also considers the unusual outcome of the 1992 presidential election, but
specifically focuses on the media‘s role in forming voters‘ evaluations of the economy and the subsequent effect
on perceived performance of the incumbent candidate, Bush. During the campaign, media coverage of the
economy was almost entirely negative, the author explains, even though the recession had ended months earlier.
In fact, he points out, ―the networks‘ portrayal of the economy got worse as the economy improved.‖ (p. 374)
―Had voters cast their ballots on the actual conditions of the national economy in 1992,‖ Hetherington suggests,
―they more than likely would have returned George Bush to office.‖ (p. 373) Drawing from priming theory, the
study hypothesizes that relentless negative reporting on economic performance during the election year
negatively affected voters‘ perceptions of the economy and, consequently, influenced voting behavior through
the public‘s retrospective economic assessments. In this analysis, Hetherington used data from pre-election and
post-election sections of the 1992, 1988, and 1992 National Election Studies. Results did, indeed, indicate that
the quantity of regular news and campaign news that voters consumed helps explain variation in their
retrospective evaluations of the national economy in 1992 and suggests an explanation for why Bush lost
reelection despite an economy that had rebounded from recession well before election day. The media did not
just tell people that the economy was an important issue in the campaign, Hetherington states, but also ―actually
influenced voters‘ assessments of it. This may explain the gap between economic perception and reality and
may have contributed to George Bush‘s defeat.‖ (p. 391)
Public opinion about the economy during the 1992 campaign was also the focus of a study by Goidel, Shields,
and Peffley (1997). They also used the 1992 National Election Studies Panel Study to investigate individual-
level fluctuations in President Bush‘s approval ratings, but they approached their study from a different angle.
In their attempt to show that media influence can come in two forms — priming and attitude change — Goidel et
al. examine both priming theory and the Receive, Accept, and Sample (RAS) model in a study of media effects
during the 1992 presidential elections. The authors draw from research by Zaller (1992) on the RAS model,
which suggests that media messages often directly influence individual-level attitudes but that such effects
depend on the information environment and the individual‘s exposure and resistance to persuasive messages (p.
287). These two theories should be studied together, the authors explain, because both media priming and
attitude change occur simultaneously and focusing research on one or the other underestimates the total
influence of the media on individual-level attitudes. (p. 289) Specifically, they were looking for media influence
on individual evaluations of Bush‘s handling of the economy as well as they importance of the economy relative
to other policy concerns as a standard for evaluating Bush‘s overall job performance. They found that more
politically aware individuals were more disapproving of Bush‘s handling of the economy than were less
politically aware individuals, but that the effects were dependent on individual-level partisanship. They also
discovered that media coverage of the economy increased the importance of the economy relative to other policy
criteria in the public‘s evaluations of Bush. ―As the Gulf War and foreign policy considerations faded into the
background,‖ the authors explain, ―the economy became increasingly important as a determinant of presidential
approval‖ (p. 288). Further, their results indicate that both priming effects and attitude change occur
simultaneously. This is evidenced by the fact that not only did some people become more negative of Bush‘s
handling of the economy, they also gave greater weight to economic considerations when evaluating Bush‘s
overall job performance.
Though the media are the major source of political information, Matthew Mendelsohn (1996) reminds us that
interpersonal communication also plays a role during election campaigns. In an investigation of the volatility of
voters‘ opinions during an election campaign, Mendelsohn argues that voter instability can be partially explained
by the media‘s priming of leadership and downplaying of party identification. He suggests that, as a political
campaign progresses, those more highly exposed to the media may alter their vote based on candidate character
evaluations rather than loyalty to any political party. But he also suggests that engaging in political discussions
may prime issues, as well. Mendelsohn examines the question of priming over a relatively short time period —
one election campaign — and has access to both longitudinal and cross-sectional data collected in a non-
experimental setting (p. 112). He used data from the 1988 Canadian Election Study (CES), which employed a
rolling cross-section and interviewed about 80 different respondents each of the 48 days of the official campaign
period. The 1988 Canadian election provided an ideal opportunity to test for priming, he explains, because vote
intentions were highly unstable and opinion was fluid (p. 115). His first hypothesis is that those interviewed
later in the campaign would be more likely to base their vote on leadership and less likely to base it on party
identification. If that turned out to be true, he explains, the conclusion would be that the campaign primes
leadership. His second hypothesis is that as the campaign unfolded, the media would prime leadership and
ignore partisanship. His third hypothesis was that interpersonal communication will also prime issues and may
act as a counterweight to the media (p. 116-117). The data supports Mendelsohn‘s conclusion that media
messages and interpersonal communications may pull in opposite directions. The results also indicate that
media priming of candidates and downplaying of party may determine the vote, while talking about politics may
encourage voters to base their decisions on issues. The study, though not entirely conclusive, offers insight into
how interpersonal communications can limit the power of media priming.
In their search to expand previous communications research studies on media priming effects, Domke, Shah, and
Wackman (1998) introduce concepts that include both short-term and long-term memory evaluations as related
to the media‘s agenda-setting perspective and the framing of news and opinion. They argue that media coverage
of political issues has the potential to activate particular cognitions, which then may be used in evaluating other
elements of the political environment. Specifically, they theorize that media framing of issue information seems
likely to foster priming effects and set out to prove three different hypotheses:
1) Individuals evaluating a political environment which includes a social-moral issue, in this case abortion or
euthanasia, will be more likely to make attributions about candidate integrity;
2) Individuals evaluating an ambiguous issue framed in ethical terms, in this case health care, will be more likely
to form ethical interpretations of material issues;
3) Individuals with highly integrated mental frameworks about the objects under consideration will be more
likely to exhibit spreading activation priming about the objects under consideration.
Two groups, described as ―distinctly different,‖ were used for the study: evangelical Christians and
undergraduate students. These groups were chosen, the authors explain, because the evangelical Christians
seemed much more likely than undergraduates to have well-integrated mental frameworks. In a controlled
presentation of political environment, the groups were randomly assigned to newspaper articles that were written
with contrasting viewpoints of three candidates on four issues. The subjects were then asked to fill out a
questionnaire that asked them to make a candidate choice and answer a series of questions designed to evaluate
their reasons for making that decision.
Their results support the authors‘ hypothesis. For hypothesis 1, in both populations about 30 percent of subjects
evaluating an environment containing a social-moral issue made attributions about candidate integrity, but when
those issues were replaced by the ambiguous health care issue, the percentage was substantially lower. For
hypothesis 2, subjects evaluating the environment with the ethical frame of health care were the most likely to
interpret at least one of the issues of economy, education, and government cuts in ethical terms. For hypothesis
3, the authors found that priming among evangelical Christians was due to spreading activation along mental
pathways of their long-term memory constructs, while the priming among undergraduates was due to short-term
influence of the media framing of issues. While this research offers further insights on media priming effects, it
does not offer concrete evidence because the numbers to do not strongly support the hypotheses. The authors
called for further research that explores their theories in greater depth by including evaluations of the role of
values for individuals, the linkages between values and political attitudes, and how other values such as degree
of political sophistication, level of integrative complexity, and extent of media use might explain the differences
in priming effects.
Priming isn‘t always unintentional, as Jacobs and Shapiro (1994) demonstrate in a quantitative and historical
analysis of John F. Kennedy‘s 1960 presidential campaign. Their research extends the application of priming
theory from its original focus of how individuals form attitudes and make decisions to the study of candidate
behavior. This new approach, they say, ―changes the analytic focus from unintentional priming to intentional
priming, namely, the deliberate strategies that candidates pursue to influence voters‖ (p. 528). Priming can be an
effective campaign strategy for presidential candidates, the authors indicate, by a process of carefully calculated
uses of public opinion on policy issues to influence voters‘ standards for assessing the candidates‘ attributes. In
this study, the authors focus on the 1960 election because innovative public opinion surveys were incorporated
into Kennedy‘s campaign strategy that enabled him to use position taking to shape his image. Their research
was based on primary evidence drawn from archival records and interviews, as well as a combination of
interpretative and quantitative analysis.
They found that a relationship exists between Kennedy‘s positions on policy matters and results from his private
public opinion surveys. His campaign combined image building with position taking on issues that responded to
perceived public opinion. Though this study does neglect questions concerning how and why real politicians use
polling results to prime voters, Jacobs and Shapiro effectively demonstrate that the priming process is powerful
enough to be used intentionally by political candidates as a tool to influence public opinion during election
campaigns.
Though these and a number of other studies have found positive evidence for agenda-setting and priming effects
of media, critics say the evidence is not substantial enough to be conclusive. Some have criticized these studies
because they do not specifically demonstrate a causal connection between media agendas and the public‘s
agendas nor show strong statistical correlations (Alger, 1989, p. 126). The fact that priming theory has its
origins in cognitive psychology accounts partly for the inconclusive evidence.
Priming is just simply hard to study empirically, as McQuail (1994) points out: ―The further one moves from
the general notion that media direct attention and shape cognitions and towards examining actual cases, the more
uncertain it becomes whether such an effect actually occurs‖ (p. 356). Despite any weaknesses in the theory,
most evidence from agenda setting and priming research indicates that the news media can affect what people
think about and what they see as important (Alger, 1989, 126). Agenda setting is an important way that mass
media can have an impact on society that is an alternative to attitude change (Severin & Tankard, 1997, p. 271).
Priming, as an important aspect of agenda setting, is a subtle but powerful way that media could be influencing
elections and shaping the government.
The media proactively shape public opinion and set the norms of society. Their influence on the public‘s
perception of reality is the single most important factor determining the overall cognitive perception of the world we
live in. From the TV shows you watch, the movies, the stars, sports, entertainment, music, news… all of which are
controlled and manipulated by media, all play a crucial part in how we formulate our views of the world we live in.
The Zionist Jews who took monopolistic control of the entire media realm from the very beginning at the turn of the
century knew this even way back then, thus they founded all the major media outlets and movie studios.
―Everything is boiled down to a common denominator where freedom of spirit is brought under subjection by
the powers of darkness. As unnerving and frightening as this may sound, the groundwork has been being laid
for many years. Recent surveys have revealed that the average 3rd grader spends 900 hours per year in a
governmental school and 1170 hours per year in front of a television. This is 2,070 hours of indoctrination
into a one world mindset absent of moral standards. What hope do these little ones have? Since this sort of
mind molding has been going on for years, we are now seeing the products of such Luciferian efforts.‖ –
[source: Last Trumpet Newsletter]
One area where the Zionist media barons exercise iron fist control and manipulation is in the absolute universal united
blacklisting of ANYONE who dares speak negatively about the Jews and the power they wield. Once a goyim gentile
dares step out of line and dare speak even the truth, that person is unilaterally attacked by every media outlet on the
planet, thus creating the illusion that the world is appalled by that person‘s ―evil‖ remarks, no matter how true they
may be. The first order of business is DEMONIZING the target by labeling the culprit an ―anti-Semite‖, once that
person has been singled out and ―marked‖ for elimination the Zionist character assassination squads go into action.
Some departments go as far as getting the person investigated, and even imprisoned for whatever they can dig up.
Targets ending up in financial ruin and or divorce is a typical result of a successful all out Zionist attack. You have
seen thousands of examples of this in the news. Right now as these words are being written there are two cases that are
prominent in the news: Mel Gibson‘s wows are just beginning. He has had diputes with his wife but the REAL reason
that the ENTIRE MEDIA WORLD is attacking their one time Hollywood darling is the fact that he dared speak ill of
the Zionist Jerw cartel in public. That was the beginning of the end of Mel Gibson… this is his second offense, thus
you can readily see that the Zionist media establishment has pulled out all stops and are all united in burying him.
Recently world famous reporter Helen Thomas was forced to ―retire‖ after she made the public remarks that Israel
should ―get the hell out of Palestine.‖ The Zionist attack machine immediately went into overdrive and instantly
trashed her entire exemplary life‘s work, within days she was pulverized to a leper. As is the m.o. of the Zionist
steamroller, she was forced to immediately apologize, take back her words and resign. She did just that. Nothing else to
see here folks, now run along, nothing left but Zionist road kill.
Former White House correspondent Helen Thomas has acknowledged she touched a nerve with remarks about
Israel that led to her retirement. But she says the comments were ―exactly what I thought,‖ even though she
realized soon afterward that it was the end of her job.
―I hit the third rail. You cannot criticize Israel in this country and survive,‖ Thomas told Ohio station
WMRN-AM in a sometimes emotional 35-minute interview that aired Tuesday. It was recorded a week earlier
by WMRN reporter Scott Spears at Thomas‘ Washington, D.C., condominium.
The third current example happening at this very moment is Oliver Stone. He DARED speak the truth about the Zionist
Jew dominance…. The entire Zionist media cartel is waging war on this man and conducting a massive character
assassination and discrediting him in every way and form. Here is a perfect sample how the Zionist mafia looks the
world right in the eye and DENIES AND EVEN BLASTS THE ABSOLUTE OBVIOUS DOCUMENTED TRUTH!!!
According to all the Zionist Jew owned/controlled media conglomerates: Jewish domination and control of the
media is just a figment of your overactive imagination!!!!! LOL. As with all marks, the Zionist hitmen are
immediately dispatched to get an apology then they proceed their character assassinations.
Oliver Stone slammed for anti-Semitism

Director apologizes in response to Jewish groups
By Georg Szalai, The Hollywood Reporter, July 26, 2010
NEW YORK - The Anti-Defamation League on Monday slammed filmmaker Oliver Stone for comments he made
to the Sunday Times in the U.K., calling them anti-Semitic.
Abraham Foxman, ADL national director, said: "Oliver Stone has once again shown his conspiratorial colors
with his comments about "Jewish domination of the media" and control over U.S. foreign policy. His words
conjure up some of the most stereotypical and conspiratorial notions of undue Jewish power and influence."
Stone issued an apology Monday afternoon. "In trying to make a broader historical point about the range of
atrocities the Germans committed against many people, I made a clumsy association about the Holocaust, for which
I am sorry and I regret," Stone said in a statement.
When asked in an interview with the Sunday Times of London why there was "such a focus on the Holocaust,"
Stone replied: "The Jewish domination of the media." He added: "They stay on top of every comment, the
most powerful lobby in Washington. Israel has fucked up United States foreign policy for years."
The American Jewish Committe also weighed in Monday, comparing Stone to Mel Gibson. ―By invoking this
grotesque, toxic stereotype, Oliver Stone has outed himself as an anti-Semite,‖ said AJC Executive Director David
Harris. ―For all of Stone‘s progressive pretensions, his remark is no different from one of the drunken, Jew-hating
rants of his fellow Hollywood celebrity, Mel Gibson.‖
The American Gathering of Holocaust Survivors and their Descendants also released a statement Monday. "We are
deeply offended. These are words of hate and a disgraceful evocation of anti-Semitism. Shame on Oliver Stone."
Times of London articles are behind a paywall, but that didn't stop many publications from reprinting the quotes.
Stone made his comments in the context of discussing his new documentary, "South of the Border," which concerns
Venezuelan president Hugo Chavez.
This isn't the first time Stone has made controversial comments about the Holocaust. In January, he characterized
Hitler as an "easy scapegoat" in a presentation to TV critics in support of his upcoming Showtime miniseries
"Oliver Stone's Secret History of America."
Stone's comments even echoed in Israel, where Yuli Edelstein, minister of diaspora affairs and public diplomacy,
weighed in. "When a man of Stone's stature says such things, it could lead to a new wave of anti-Semitism and anti-
Israelism, and it may even cause real harm to Jewish communities and individuals."
"Jews obviously do not control media or any other industry," Stone's statement continued. "The fact that the
Holocaust is still a very important, vivid and current matter today is, in fact, a great credit to the very hard work of a
broad coalition of people committed to the remembrance of this atrocity - and it was an atrocity."
The mass media is nothing other than a ―Zionist Corridors of Power Gatekeeper tool.‖ Another way we witness this
tool in action is in every (s)elction. For instance in the 2008 election, where the one true candidate that was not a paid
for and owned the Zionist establishment, the one person who could put this country back on track to sanity and back to
its founding roots, the only sane candidate, was Ron Paul. But we witnessed the media GATEKEEPERS ridicule him,
bash him, tear him apart like no other person ever, and while Ron Paul obviously had a huge following and support, the
gatekeepers would not cover anything he was doing, thus leaving him locked out of any serious contention. The media
gatekeepers closed the gate on Ron Paul, so the mass public at large had no clue who this amazing man was. Think
about it. Instead the media darling was Obama… who was elevated to almost savior status, even some Republicans
were singing their praise for this man… makes you wonder, once the football is handed to him from Bush & Co
amazingly ―successful‖ run at destroying this nation, just how much further into the abyss Obama is going to drive us
into the end zone... with the media and the sheeple cheering him on.
"The main [media] bias is in favor of the thieves who stole our country and economy, and own the
mainstream media companies. The omnipresent mainstream media is the greatest weapon of oppression
humanity has ever known." - David DeGraw
There you have it, a rudimentary summery of worldwide media ownership and control firmly in the hands of a
powerful few cartel of media barons who decide what is worthy to be called ―news‖ and what is not. THEY decide
what is hot and what is not, they set the pace and accepted norms of society. Period.
Below is another example of Zionist media censorship I feel compelled to include in this report. I recently read an
amazing speech given at the U.N. by possibly the most demonized human being on the planet, so vile, evil, dangerous
and despicable is this person portrayed by the Zionist media cartel, that I had to find the transcript of his speech due to
the fact that all the audio equipment mysteriously stopped working the moment he got on the stage and just as
mysteriously began working the moment he finished... This is the actual transcript of his speech to the world:
Madam President, Distinguished Heads of State and Government, Distinguished Heads of Delegation,
Excellencies, Ladies and Gentlemen,
I praise the Merciful, All-Knowing and Almighty God for blessing me with another opportunity to address this
Assembly on behalf of my great nation and to bring a number of issues to the attention of the international
community.
I also praise the Almighty for the increasing vigilance of peoples across the globe, their courageous presence in
different international settings, and the brave expression of their views and aspirations regarding global issues.
Today, humanity passionately craves commitment to the Truth, devotion to God, quest for Justice and respect for
the dignity of human beings. Rejection of domination and aggression, defense of the oppressed, and longing for
peace constitute the legitimate demand of the peoples of the world, particularly the new generations and the
spirited youth, who aspire a world free from decadence, aggression and injustice, and replete with love and
compassion. The youth have a right to seek justice and the Truth; and they have a right to build their own future on
the foundations of love, compassion and tranquility. And, I praise the Almighty for this immense blessing.
Madame President, Excellencies,
What afflicts humanity today is certainly not compatible with human dignity; the Almighty has not created human
beings so that they could transgress against others and oppress them.
By causing war and conflict, some are fast expanding their domination, accumulating greater wealth and usurping
all the resources, while others endure the resulting poverty, suffering and misery.
Some seek to rule the world relying on weapons and threats, while others live in perpetual insecurity and danger.
Some occupy the homeland of others, thousands of kilometers away from their borders, interfere in their affairs
and control their oil and other resources and strategic routes, while others are bombarded daily in their own homes;
their children murdered in the streets and alleys of their own country and their homes reduced to rubble.
Such behavior is not worthy of human beings and runs counter to the Truth, to justice and to human dignity. The
fundamental question is that under such conditions, where should the oppressed seek justice? Who, or what
organization defends the rights of the oppressed, and suppresses acts of aggression and oppression? Where is the
seat of global justice?
A brief glance at a few examples of the most pressing global issues can further illustrate the problem.
A. The unbridled expansion of nuclear, chemical and biological weapons
Some powers proudly announce their production of second and third generations of nuclear weapons. What do
they need these weapons for? Is the development and stockpiling of these deadly weapons designed to promote
peace and democracy? Or, are these weapons, in fact, instruments of coercion and threat against other peoples and
governments? How long should the people of the world live with the nightmare of nuclear, biological and chemical
weapons? What bounds the powers producing and possessing these weapons? How can they be held accountable
before the international community? And, are the inhabitants of these countries content with the waste of their
wealth and resources for the production of such destructive arsenals? Is it not possible to rely on justice, ethics and
wisdom instead of these instruments of death? Aren't wisdom and justice more compatible with peace and
tranquility than nuclear, chemical and biological weapons? If wisdom, ethics and justice prevail, then oppression
and aggression will be uprooted, threats will wither away and no reason will remain for conflict. This is a solid
proposition because most global conflicts emanate from injustice, and from the powerful, not being contented with
their own rights, striving to devour the rights of others.
People across the globe embrace justice and are willing to sacrifice for its sake.
Would it not be easier for global powers to ensure their longevity and win hearts and minds through the
championing of real promotion of justice, compassion and peace, than through continuing the proliferation of
nuclear and chemical weapons and the threat of their use?
The experience of the threat and the use of nuclear weapons is before us. Has it achieved anything for the
perpetrators other than exacerbation of tension, hatred and animosity among nations?
B. Occupation of countries and exacerbation of hostilities
Occupation of countries, including Iraq, has continued for the last three years. Not a day goes by without hundreds
of people getting killed in cold blood. The occupiers are incapable of establishing security in Iraq. Despite the
establishment of the lawful Government and National Assembly of Iraq, there are covert and overt efforts to
heighten insecurity, magnify and aggravate differences within Iraqi society, and instigate civil strife.
There is no indication that the occupiers have the necessary political will to eliminate the sources of instability.
Numerous terrorists were apprehended by the Government of Iraq, only to be let loose under various pretexts by
the occupiers.
It seems that intensification of hostilities and terrorism serves as a pretext for the continued presence of foreign
forces in Iraq.
Where can the people of Iraq seek refuge, and from whom should the Government of Iraq seek justice?
Who can ensure Iraq's security? Insecurity in Iraq affects the entire region. Can the Security Council play a role in
restoring peace and security in Iraq, while the occupiers are themselves permanent members of the Council? Can
the Security Council adopt a fair decision in this regard?
Consider the situation in Palestine: The roots of the Palestinian problem go back to the Second World War. Under
the pretext of protecting some of the survivors of that War, the land of Palestine was occupied through war,
aggression and the displacement of millions of its inhabitants; it was placed under the control of some of the War
survivors, bringing even larger population groups from elsewhere in the world, who had not been even affected by
the Second World War; and a government was established in the territory of others with a population collected
from across the world at the expense of driving millions of the rightful inhabitants of the land into a diaspora and
homelessness. This is a great tragedy with hardly a precedent in history. Refugees continue to live in temporary
refugee camps, and many have died still hoping to one day return to their land. Can any logic, law or legal
reasoning justify this tragedy? Can any member of the United Nations accept such a tragedy occurring in their own
homeland?
The pretexts for the creation of the regime occupying Al-Qods Al-Sharif are so weak that its proponents want to
silence any voice trying to merely speak about them, as they are concerned that shedding light on the facts would
undermine the raison d'être of this regime, as it has. The tragedy does not end with the establishment of a regime in
the territory of others. Regrettably, from its inception, that regime has been a constant source of threat and
insecurity in the Middle East region, waging war and spilling blood and impeding the progress of regional
countries, and has also been used by some powers as an instrument of division, coercion, and pressure on the
people of the region. Reference to these historical realities may cause some disquiet among supporters of this
regime. But these are sheer facts and not myth. History has unfolded before our eyes.
Worst yet, is the blanket and unwarranted support provided to this regime. Just watch what is happening in the
Palestinian land. People are being bombarded in their own homes and their children murdered in their own streets
and alleys. But no authority, not even the Security Council, can afford them any support or protection. Why?
At the same time, a Government is formed democratically and through the free choice of the electorate in a part of
the Palestinian territory. But instead of receiving the support of the so-called champions of democracy, its
Ministers and Members of Parliament are illegally abducted and incarcerated in full view of the international
community.
Which council or international organization stands up to protect this brutally besieged Government? And why can't
the Security Council take any steps?
Let me here address Lebanon:
For thirty-three long days, the Lebanese lived under the barrage of fire and bombs and close to 1.5 million of them
were displaced; meanwhile some members of the Security Council practically chose a path that provided ample
opportunity for the aggressor to achieve its objectives militarily. We witnessed that the Security Council of the
United Nations was practically incapacitated by certain powers to even call for a ceasefire. The Security Council
sat idly by for so many days, witnessing the cruel scenes of atrocities against the Lebanese while tragedies such as
Qana were persistently repeated. Why?
In all these cases, the answer is self-evident. When the power behind the hostilities is itself a permanent member of
the Security Council, how then can this Council fulfill its responsibilities?
C. Lack of respect for the rights of members of the international community
Excellencies,
I now wish to refer to some of the grievances of the Iranian people and speak to the injustices against them.
The Islamic Republic of Iran is a member of the IAEA and is committed to the NPT. All our nuclear activities are
transparent, peaceful and under the watchful eyes of IAEA inspectors. Why then are there objections to our legally
recognized rights? Which governments object to these rights? Governments that themselves benefit from nuclear
energy and the fuel cycle. Some of them have abused nuclear technology for non-peaceful ends including the
production of nuclear bombs, and some even have a bleak record of using them against humanity.
Which organization or Council should address these injustices? Is the Security Council in a position to address
them? Can it stop violations of the inalienable rights of countries? Can it prevent certain powers from impeding
scientific progress of other countries?
The abuse of the Security Council, as an instrument of threat and coercion, is indeed a source of grave concern.
Some permanent members of the Security Council, even when they are themselves parties to international
disputes, conveniently threaten others with the Security Council and declare, even before any decision by the
Council, the condemnation of their opponents by the Council. The question is: what can justify such exploitation
of the Security Council, and doesn't it erode the credibility and effectiveness of the Council? Can such behavior
contribute to the ability of the Council to maintain security?
Excellencies,
A review of the preceding historical realities would lead to the conclusion that regrettably, justice has become a
victim of force and aggression. Many global arrangements have become unjust, discriminatory and irresponsible as
a result of undue pressure from some of the powerful; Threats with nuclear weapons and other instruments of war
by some powers have taken the place of respect for the rights of nations and the maintenance and promotion of
peace and tranquility;
For some powers, claims of promotion of human rights and democracy can only last as long as they can be used as
instruments of pressure and intimidation against other nations. But when it comes to the interests of the claimants,
concepts such as democracy, the right of self-determination of nations, respect for the rights and intelligence of
peoples, international law and justice have no place or value. This is blatantly manifested in the way the elected
Government of the Palestinian people is treated as well as in the support extended to the Zionist regime. It does not
matter if people are murdered in Palestine, turned into refugees, captured, imprisoned or besieged; that must not
violate human rights.
- Nations are not equal in exercising their rights recognized by international law. Enjoying these rights is
dependent on the whim of certain major powers.
- Apparently the Security Council can only be used to ensure the security and the rights of some big powers. But
when the oppressed are decimated under bombardment, the Security Council must remain aloof and not even call
for a ceasefire. Is this not a tragedy of historic proportions for the Security Council, which is charged with
maintaining the security of countries?
- The prevailing order of contemporary global interactions is such that certain powers equate themselves with the
international community, and consider their decisions superseding that of over 180 countries. They consider
themselves the masters and rulers of the entire world and other nations as only second class in the world order.
Excellencies,
The question needs to be asked: if the Governments of the United States or the United Kingdom who are
permanent members of the Security Council, commit aggression, occupation and violation of international law,
which of the organs of the UN can take them to account? Can a Council in which they are privileged members
address their violations? Has this ever happened? In fact, we have repeatedly seen the reverse. If they have
differences with a nation or state, they drag it to the Security Council and as claimants, arrogate to themselves
simultaneously the roles of prosecutor, judge and executioner. Is this a just order? Can there be a more vivid case
of discrimination and more clear evidence of injustice?
Regrettably, the persistence of some hegemonic powers in imposing their exclusionist policies on international
decision making mechanisms, including the Security Council, has resulted in a growing mistrust in global public
opinion, undermining the credibility and effectiveness of this most universal system of collective security.
Excellencies,
How long can such a situation last in the world? It is evident that the behavior of some powers constitutes the
greatest challenge before the Security Council, the entire organization and its affiliated agencies.
The present structure and working methods of the Security Council, which are legacies of the Second World War,
are not responsive to the expectations of the current generation and the contemporary needs of humanity.
Today, it is undeniable that the Security Council, most critically and urgently, needs legitimacy and effectiveness.
It must be acknowledged that as long as the Council is unable to act on behalf of the entire international
community in a transparent, just and democratic manner, it will neither be legitimate nor effective. Furthermore,
the direct relation between the abuse of veto and the erosion of the legitimacy and effectiveness of the Council has
now been clearly and undeniably established. We cannot, and should not, expect the eradication, or even
containment, of injustice, imposition and oppression without reforming the structure and working methods of the
Council.
Is it appropriate to expect this generation to submit to the decisions and arrangements established over half a
century ago? Doesn't this generation or future generations have the right to decide themselves about the world in
which they want to live?
Today, serious reform in the structure and working methods of the Security Council is, more than ever before,
necessary. Justice and democracy dictate that the role of the General Assembly, as the highest organ of the United
Nations, must be respected. The General Assembly can then, through appropriate mechanisms, take on the task of
reforming the Organization and particularly rescue the Security Council from its current state. In the interim, the
Non-Aligned Movement, the Organization of the Islamic Conference and the African continent should each have a
representative as a permanent member of the Security Council, with veto privilege. The resulting balance would
hopefully prevent further trampling of the rights of nations.
Madame President, Excellencies,
It is essential that spirituality and ethics find their rightful place in international relations. Without ethics and
spirituality, attained in light of the teachings of Divine prophets, justice, freedom and human rights cannot be
guaranteed.
Resolution of contemporary human crises lies in observing ethics and spirituality and the governance of righteous
people of high competence and piety.
Should respect for the rights of human beings become the predominant objective, then injustice, ill-temperament,
aggression and war will fade away.
Human beings are all God's creatures and are all endowed with dignity and respect.
No one has superiority over others. No individual or states can arrogate to themselves special privileges, nor can
they disregard the rights of others and, through influence and pressure, position themselves as the "international
community".
Citizens of Asia, Africa, Europe and America are all equal. Over 6 billion inhabitants of the earth are all equal and
worthy of respect. Justice and protection of human dignity are the two pillars in maintaining sustainable peace,
security and tranquility in the world.
It is for this reason that we state:
Sustainable peace and tranquility in the world can only be attained through justice, spirituality, ethics, compassion
and respect for human dignity.
All nations and states are entitled to peace, progress and security.
We are all members of the international community and we are all entitled to insist on the creation of a climate of
compassion, love and justice.
All members of the United Nations are affected by both the bitter and the sweet events and developments in
today's world.
We can adopt firm and logical decisions, thereby improving the prospects of a better life for current and future
generations.
Together, we can eradicate the roots of bitter maladies and afflictions, and instead, through the promotion of
universal and lasting values such as ethics, spirituality and justice, allow our nations to taste the sweetness of a
better future.
Peoples, driven by their divine nature, intrinsically seek Good, Virtue, Perfection and Beauty. Relying on our
peoples, we can take giant steps towards reform and pave the road for human perfection. Whether we like it or not,
justice, peace and virtue will sooner or later prevail in the world with the will of Almighty God. It is imperative,
and also desirable, that we too contribute to the promotion of justice and virtue.
The Almighty and Merciful God, who is the Creator of the Universe, is also its Lord and Ruler. Justice is His
command. He commands His creatures to support one another in Good, virtue and piety, and not in decadence and
corruption.
He commands His creatures to enjoin one another to righteousness and virtue and not to sin and transgression. All
Divine prophets from the Prophet Adam (peace be upon him) to the Prophet Moses (peace be upon him), to the
Prophet Jesus Christ (peace be upon him), to the Prophet Mohammad (peace be upon him), have all called
humanity to monotheism, justice, brotherhood, love and compassion. Is it not possible to build a better world based
on monotheism, justice, love and respect for the rights of human beings, and thereby transform animosities into
friendship?
I emphatically declare that today's world, more than ever before, longs for just and righteous people with love for
all humanity; and above all longs for the perfect righteous human being and the real savior who has been promised
to all peoples and who will establish justice, peace and brotherhood on the planet.
0, Almighty God, all men and women are Your creatures and You have ordained their guidance and salvation.
Bestow upon humanity that thirsts for justice, the perfect human being promised to all by You, and make us among
his followers and among those who strive for his return and his cause.
I purposely put the above transcript here after much deliberation, after reading this article I decided to purposely
include it. The controversial speaker was someone that has been undergoing extreme vilification by every western
media outlet on the planet. These are his words and thoughts that he has consistently delivered only to be continuously
vilified by the ministers of truth. The public is being primed into identifying his nation as the next evil empire that
must be attacked ―because they hate us for our freedoms‖ is one of the brain dead lines we have been fed over and over
again by the propaganda ministers. Oh, by the way, the speaker in question was Ahmadinejad of Iran, the next nation
the western powers will pulverize into dust. This speech was never broadcast that day because of ―technical
difficulties,‖ the sound equipment ―malfunctioned‖ the moment he stood at the podium and was miraculously fixed the
moment he stepped off the stage. The world never got to hear what he had to say. Despite the fact that the International
Atomic Energy Agency is the central safeguard of their program and they verified time and time again that no nuclear
fuel is being diverted is not told. Nonetheless you constantly hear the relentless drums of war… calling for invasion of
his country on an almost daily basis… for according to the ministers of truth in this country ―they‖ are the evil bad
guys and must be crushed at all costs… ―trust us‖ is the overwhelming explanation coming from the Washingtonites.
Here is yet another sobering article to get you to think:
Fear and Favor

By Paul Krugman, NY Times
A note to Tea Party activists: This is not the movie you think it is. You probably imagine that you‘re starring in
―The Birth of a Nation,‖ but you‘re actually just extras in a remake of ―Citizen Kane.‖
True, there have been some changes in the plot. In the original, Kane tried to buy high political office for himself.
In the new version, he just puts politicians on his payroll.
I mean that literally. As Politico recently pointed out, every major contender for the 2012 Republican presidential
nomination who isn‘t currently holding office and isn‘t named Mitt Romney is now a paid contributor to Fox
News. Now, media moguls have often promoted the careers and campaigns of politicians they believe will serve
their interests. But directly cutting checks to political favorites takes it to a whole new level of blatancy.
Arguably, this shouldn‘t be surprising. Modern American conservatism is, in large part, a movement shaped by
billionaires and their bank accounts, and assured paychecks for the ideologically loyal are an important part of the
system. Scientists willing to deny the existence of man-made climate change, economists willing to declare that
tax cuts for the rich are essential to growth, strategic thinkers willing to provide rationales for wars of choice,
lawyers willing to provide defenses of torture, all can count on support from a network of organizations that may
seem independent on the surface but are largely financed by a handful of ultrawealthy families.
And these organizations have long provided havens for conservative political figures not currently in office. Thus
when Senator Rick Santorum was defeated in 2006, he got a new job as head of the America‘s Enemies program
at the Ethics and Public Policy Center, a think tank that has received funding from the usual sources: the Koch
brothers, the Coors family, and so on.
Now Mr. Santorum is one of those paid Fox contributors contemplating a presidential run. What‘s the difference?
Well, for one thing, Fox News seems to have decided that it no longer needs to maintain even the pretense of
being nonpartisan.
Nobody who was paying attention has ever doubted that Fox is, in reality, a part of the Republican political
machine; but the network — with its Orwellian slogan, ―fair and balanced‖ — has always denied the obvious.
Officially, it still does. But by hiring those G.O.P. candidates, while at the same time making million-dollar
contributions to the Republican Governors Association and the rabidly anti-Obama United States Chamber of
Commerce, Rupert Murdoch‘s News Corporation, which owns Fox, is signaling that it no longer feels the need to
make any effort to keep up appearances.
Something else has changed, too: increasingly, Fox News has gone from merely supporting Republican
candidates to anointing them. Christine O‘Donnell, the upset winner of the G.O.P. Senate primary in Delaware, is
often described as the Tea Party candidate, but given the publicity the network gave her, she could equally well
be described as the Fox News candidate. Anyway, there‘s not much difference: the Tea Party movement owes
much of its rise to enthusiastic Fox coverage.
As the Republican political analyst David Frum put it, ―Republicans originally thought that Fox worked for us,
and now we are discovering we work for Fox‖ — literally, in the case of all those non-Mitt-Romney presidential
hopefuls. It was days later, by the way, that Mr. Frum was fired by the American Enterprise Institute.
Conservatives criticize Fox at their peril.
So the Ministry of Propaganda has, in effect, seized control of the Politburo. What are the implications?
Perhaps the most important thing to realize is that when billionaires put their might behind ―grass roots‖ right-
wing action, it‘s not just about ideology: it‘s also about business. What the Koch brothers have bought with their
huge political outlays is, above all, freedom to pollute. What Mr. Murdoch is acquiring with his expanded
political role is the kind of influence that lets his media empire make its own rules.
Thus in Britain, a reporter at one of Mr. Murdoch‘s papers, News of the World, was caught hacking into the voice
mail of prominent citizens, including members of the royal family. But Scotland Yard showed little interest in
getting to the bottom of the story. Now the editor who ran the paper when the hacking was taking place is chief of
communications for the Conservative government — and that government is talking about slashing the budget of
the BBC, which competes with the News Corporation.
So think of those paychecks to Sarah Palin and others as smart investments. After all, if you‘re a media mogul,
it‘s always good to have friends in high places. And the most reliable friends are the ones who know they owe it
all to you.
So there you have it. The Zionist Jews RULE the media world with an iron fist as they do other vital areas of
finance, commerce and government. What are you or congress going to do about it? NOTHING. They literally
decide and dictate what ―news‖ is and just about EVERYTHING designed for your consumption that is produced and
disseminated through their sprawling networks. Through their massive media industrial complex THEY immerse the
world in The Great Delusion…. THEY literally create, generate, concoct, fabricate and widely disseminate, foster,
dictate and manipulate everyone‘s perception of the values, society, economics, etc, in essence THEY literally shape
the world view of reality…
The "tragedy" of the new world order will have to work its way out as foretold in the book of Revelations. The
Synagogue of Satan (Zionist Jews) will eventually perish, but only after they inflict much bloodshed and damage
worldwide in their ―GOD given‖ quest of establishing themselves as THE global rulers of mankind.

CORPORATE EMPIRE MATRIX

BUSINESS 101 = PERPETUAL GROWTH & R.O.I.
“Fascism should more appropriately be called Corporatism, because it is the merger of corporate and state power”
- Benito Mussolini, infamous WW2 dictator
"The only difference between the Republican and Democratic parties is the velocities with which their knees hit the
floor when corporations knock on their door. That's the only difference." - Ralph Nader
Note: The previous draft editions of this Matrix Report did not include this chapter. After reviewing the
overall report, I realized that I had to add this section in order to fill the void and better more accurately
articulate the cohesive structural core elements of the ruling elite. For it is within the thousands upon
thousands of corporations, organizations, institutions, trusts and governments (whom all of which utilize the
identical organization structure and functional procedure) that the ruling elite operate out of.
The corporate entity represents one of modern society‘s greatest paradoxical conundrums. For on one hand the
corporations have been pivotal in ushering in the means and era of the greatest most amazing spectacular growth,
convenience and prosperity to have ever been witnessed on the planet earth. In the period of just the last 100 years we
have witness the most phenomenal growth and advancement that all of history has never seen. How can one possibly
disagree or find fault with such astonishing results?
Yet what is not readily understood nor observed by the casual spectator is the fact that corporations are actually multi-
headed creatures. One head represents unlimited amazing prosperity while the other head represents the vile despicable
greedy insatiable earth raping humanity perverting component of the same beast. We have all been indoctrinated about
its nice side, so much so that we willingly are blind to all its evils, therefore, as with every aspect of the matrix systems
I cover, I must exposed the sinister dark side and reveal how they are utilized to exploit everything they touch.
It is detrimental that you understand that the true power of the ruling elite firmly exists in its use of organizations as the
KEY modus operandi. For it is within corporations, institutions, government agencies that the ruling elite HIDE
and OPERATE WITHIN. Many of their corporations have more power and leverage than some small countries. Sit
back for a moment, just dwell on and digest that statement to realize its full impact and meaning.
The impact and power of corporations has never fully been researched, investigated, understood or exposed. The ruling
elite RULE and run everything from behind the veil of corporations, organizations and institutions of all kinds, this has
been so for hundreds of years. The use of corporations in the rule of society is nothing new, and only very few
acknowledged it. Only comedians and cartoonists are often the only source of unblemished true political commentary
allowed in this world (see example photo above published at the turn of the century). Yet there are still many
documented warnings and attempts to reveal the true nature of the beast that surfaced in the mainstream. For instance
even way back in 1890s the nature of corporate rule was already well established:
"I see in the near future a crisis approaching that unnerves me and causes me to tremble for the safety of my
country. . . . corporations have been enthroned and an era of corruption in high places will follow, and the
money power of the country will endeavor to prolong its reign by working upon the prejudices of the
people until all wealth is aggregated in a few hands and the Republic is destroyed." - Abraham Lincoln,
Nov. 21, 1864
“Wall Street owns the country. It is no longer a government of the people, for the people and by the
people, but a government for Wall Street, by Wall Street, and for Wall Street. The great common people of
this country are slaves, and monopoly is the master…Let the bloodhounds of money who have dogged us
thus far beware.” — Mary Elizabeth Lease (1890)
These most amazing quotes clearly demonstrates one of the central points that I have been trying to articulate and
reveal throughout this report: that the ruling elite and through their corporate matrix have been RULING the world for
a long time without the BLINDED general public having even the slightest clue. Thus as the analogy presented in the
movie ―the Matrix‖ illustrates: we have all been living in a world that has been an ingeniously constructed illusion, you
have been born and raised IN THE MATRIX. As Morpheus goes on to tell Neo: ―you have been blinded from the
truth.‖ What is the truth? ―That you have all been SLAVES.‖ Thus you must first REALIZE your true condition, then
and only then go forth to FREE YOUR MIND. Emancipate yourself from mental slavery is my motto. Then and only
then can you truly begin to go forth and walk in accordance to the true wishes of Heaven and the creator of mankind.
The fact is the corporate business model is the core of everything that is wrong in this world. Even in business school it
is taught the main objective to every business is GROWTH. In the real world the purpose of business life is GROWTH
and ROI (return on investment) above and beyond all else. The insatiable pursuit of never ending perpetual growth
can not last forever. Eventually everything will come crashing in, the capitalist system will eventually collapse upon
itself, actually the entire selfish profit driven concept is insanity for it will eventually only lead to destruction of all
things in the search of the almighty unsustainable perpetual growth. Investors are never satisfied, the standard
protocol is the quest of higher and higher returns, the capitalist system basically serves only the wealthy, to
maintain their elite status and opulent ways of life, and whenever a CEO cannot deliver ROI and growth, out the door
he goes, immediately replace by someone who will do what the other could not or would not.
The Corporation - documentary
THIS is the pressure cooker that exists in ALL corporations. THIS standard business model is infinitely selfish and
self-destructive for everything can and is sacrificed for the sake of growth, nothing is sacred, not ethics, morals, not
the employees, the cities and towns they serve, not even their own country, everything is negotiable and sacrificed
for the sake of never ending quest for more profits. The massive corporations are often likened to colossal monsters,
beasts bent on conquest, ravishing the resources of everywhere they go, what do they give back to society? They spew
out toxic pollution in return, they displace the native populations and more often than not leave them all destitute in
their own lands… At which point the impoverished societies turn to the international banksters for ―help‖ only to one
day wake up and realize that they have all been enslaved, they now live in a country that no longer belongs to them, but
is instead ruled by proxy by outside forces. THIS is REALITY. THIS is the sad state of business throughout the world.
"CEOs of most of the world's largest corporations daily make decisions that destroy the lives of many other human
beings. Only about 1 to 3 percent of us are sociopaths - people who don't have normal human feelings and can
easily go to sleep at night after having done horrific things. And of that 1 percent of sociopaths, there's probably
only a fraction of a percent with a college education. And of that tiny fraction, there's an even tinier fraction that
understands how business works, particularly within any specific industry. Thus there is such a shortage of people
who can run modern monopolistic, destructive corporations that stockholders have to pay millions to get them to
work. And being sociopaths, they gladly take the money without any thought to its social consequences." - Thom
Hartmann
We live in a world of consumerism, dollarism, capitalism centered on banks and their debt based society, a
vaporware monetary system. There will never be peace, calm and tranquility on earth until the day comes when the
corporations have exhausted everything and everyone, until their complete exploitation of the planet, is complete. Only
when there is nothing left to exploit and take over that the barons of the business world will eventually stand in their
ivy league boardrooms, mansions, mega yachts and realize that the capitalist business model that they had everyone
ferociously defend until the end (moronically even against their own best interests) was self destructive up until the
very end. Only then can the world lay to rest the capitalist corporate model and standing among the ruins of a world
ravished by corporate greed can the remaining survivors begin to pick up the pieces and try to find an alternative
harmonious social paradigm and economic commerce system.
Capitalism is the CENTRAL element of our society, everything that goes on in this world is directly or indirectly
connected to capitalism. But few people truly understand what capitalism is nor its inherent global dynamics. Those
who truly understand capitalism RULE it. It is THEIR turf, they ballpark, their backyard, their lair. No one on this
planet truly comprehends the dynamics of capitalism then its ruling masters, who NEVER appear in silly tabloids as
―the rulers of mankind‖ or the ―wealthiest person(s) on the planet‖ and so forth, they leave that to the Hollywood,
sports and rock stars along with the current business billionaire club.
The world's true ruling elite NEVER appear on Forbes or Fortune "richest people" lists. Note that those who do get
listed are often of "Nuevo rich" type who comprise mainly of those whose wealth was derived from a strategically
insignificant industry like, department stores, cosmetics, packaging, internet website and so forth. The REAL ruling
elite practice a strict STEALTH MODE OWNERSHIP AND CONTROL where their m.o. and sport is to HIDE
their true wealth within massive convoluted labyrinths of TRUSTS, stocks, NGOs, countless front groups, private
enterprises that are not required to submit public financial statements, etc. In essence, once they accumulate massive
fortunes the elite then take it UNDERGROUND…
By establishing trusts and foundations they effectively make it disappear and remove their fortunes away from
public scrutiny. The resultant stock portfolios of their trusts and foundations work in unison with other
members of their syndicate/consortium/cabal/cartel/matrix to buy into strategic targeted corporations and gain
stealth control of directorships and so forth, thus gaining stealth control not documented by normal means of
analysis and reporting.
They strategically SPREAD their wealth into so countless pieces and organizations that no one but them can keep track
of it. Sort of like three card monte. The end game for the true rulers is to NEVER EVER appear on a silly tabloid list of
the "wealthiest." One tactic they use is the "less than the reporting requirement strategy" This is when you own let‘s
say 4% of the stock of a target corporation, thus not required to report this "small" percentage to the "regulatory"
agencies (that your colleagues happen to run anyway), but if 12 of your billionaire ruling elite cohorts (or
trusts/foundations) also each own 4% then of the same entity between your HIDDEN HAND cartel you all literally
own and run the massive corporation UNDER RADAR without anyone so much as suspecting anything. Behold the
"hidden masters," the ruling elite consortium secret modous of operation revealed.
They make it even more subtle and stealth by; let‘s say that your 4% stake along your secret cartel counterparts doing
likewise, is DIVIDED AMOUNG several of your business holdings and investments so that they APPEAR to be
owned by different entities, no one will ever put the convoluted puzzle together, (especially since you employ CEOs
and presidents at each of those holding whom are the "face" of that enterprise, as in NEVER the true master) then
multiply that by the fact that your secret cabal cohorts are doing the same, not even Einstein would ever figure out that
just a dozen or so people actually own and run that particular enterprise, let alone multiply that by untold holdings that
you and your ruling elite brethren own/run/control in unison. Thus any corporation that may appear to be a
random publically held enterprise is actually strategically owned, operated and controlled.
The laws for the common folk and for corporations are two distinct treatments. Most Americans don‘t have a clue that
many of our billion dollar conglomerates routinely get away without paying taxes or at the very least always manage to
minimize their billion dollar profits by legally cooking the books and plying the loopholes. Here are just a couple
examples out of hundreds of thousands that proves diminutive corporate taxation is the rule rather than the exception:
ExxonMobil paid no federal income tax in 2009

Last week, Forbes magazine published what the top U.S. corporations paid in taxes last year. ―Most egregious,‖
Forbes notes, is General Electric, which ―generated $10.3 billion in pretax income, but ended up owing nothing to
Uncle Sam. In fact, it recorded a tax benefit of $1.1 billion.‖ Big Oil giant Exxon Mobil, which last year reported a
record $45.2 billion profit, paid the most taxes of any corporation, but none of it went to the IRS:
Exxon tries to limit the tax pain with the help of 20 wholly owned subsidiaries domiciled in the Bahamas,
Bermuda and the Cayman Islands that (legally) shelter the cash flow from operations in the likes of Angola,
Azerbaijan and Abu Dhabi. No wonder that of $15 billion in income taxes last year, Exxon paid none of it to
Uncle Sam, and has tens of billions in earnings permanently reinvested overseas.
You read that correctly. Despite reporting a gross operating profit of over $52 billion in 2009, Exxon paid no
income tax to the federal government. In fact, American middle class families pay more federal taxes on a single
gallon of gasoline (18.4 cents) than Exxon Mobil paid in U.S. income taxes in all of 2009.
When President Obama released a budget ending tax breaks for oil companies, the industry brazenly protested.
The American Petroleum Institute released a statement griping that "now is not the time to impose new taxes on
the nation's oil and natural gas industry."
Even though Exxon doesn't contribute anything to the federal government, it spends millions of dollars trying to
control it. According to Center for Responsive Politics, Exxon spent a whopping $27m lobbying in 2009 alone.
Mother Jones‘ Adam Weinstein notes that, despite benefiting from corporate welfare in the U.S., Exxon complains
about paying high taxes, claiming that it threatens energy innovation research. Pat Garofalo at the Wonk Room
notes that big corporations‘ tax shelter practices similar to Exxon‘s shift a $100 billion annual tax burden onto U.S.
taxpayers. In fact, in 2008, the Government Accountability Office found that ―two out of every three United States
corporations paid no federal income taxes from 1998 through 2005.‖
****************************
GE: 7,000 tax returns, $0 U.S. tax bill

By Annalyn Censky, staff reporterApril 16, 2010: 11:52 AM ET
NEW YORK (CNNMoney.com) -- General Electric filed more than 7,000 income tax returns in hundreds of
global jurisdictions last year, but when push came to shove, the company owed the U.S. government a whopping
bill of $0.
How'd it pull off that trick? By losing lots of money.
The 2009 income tax bills for America's biggest companies ranged from $0 to $15 billion. Here's why.
GE had plenty of earnings last year -- just not in the United States. For tax purposes, the company's U.S.
operations lost $408 million, while its international businesses netted a $10.8 billion profit.
That left GE (GE, Fortune 500) with no U.S. profit left for Uncle Sam to tax. Corporations typically face a 35%
federal income tax on their earnings. Thanks to its deductions and adjustments, GE reported an actual U.S. federal
income tax rate of negative 10.5%. It got to add a "tax benefit" of $1.1 billion back into its reported earnings.
"This is the first time in at least decades that GE has reported negative U.S. pretax income and it reflects the worst
economy since the Great Depression," Anne Eisele, GE's director of financial communications, said via e-mail.
But what about the $10.8 billion profit overseas? GE is "indefinitely" deferring income tax payments on those
profits, Eisele said.
It may seem like accounting magic, but it's completely legit.
GE isn't the only "Top 5" company on this year's Fortune 500 list that owed no income taxes. Bank of America
(BAC, Fortune 500), which suffered major losses in 2009, included a tax benefit of $1.9 billion in its annual profit.
"That's one way of escaping taxes," said Scott Hodge, president of the Tax Foundation. "Companies get to deduct
their losses, so if there's no earnings, then they pay no income tax."
But GE isn't exactly escaping all tax-related pain: The company paid almost $23 billion in taxes to governments
around the world from 2000 to 2009, Eisele said.
Plus, paying the accountants to crank out 7,000 tax returns can't be cheap.
And then there's all the lawyers needed to defend those returns. GE filed tax paperwork in more than 250
jurisdictions around the world last year. "We are under examination or engaged in tax litigation in many of these
jurisdictions," the company dryly notes in its annual report.
GE may not owe the IRS, but it still has to file -- and its filings are epic.
In 2006, as the IRS ramped up its corporate e-filing program, the tax agency actually issued a celebratory press
release when it processed GE's tax return. On paper, the return -- the nation's largest -- would have totaled a
massive 24,000 pages. But instead, the IRS was able to upload the 237 MB document in under an hour.
*****************************
Google 2.4% Rate Shows How $60 Billion Lost to Tax Loopholes
By Jesse Drucker, Oct 21, 2010 Bloomberg
Google Inc. cut its taxes by $3.1 billion in the last three years using a technique that moves most of its foreign
profits through Ireland and the Netherlands to Bermuda.
Google‘s income shifting -- involving strategies known to lawyers as the ―Double Irish‖ and the ―Dutch
Sandwich‖ -- helped reduce its overseas tax rate to 2.4 percent, the lowest of the top five U.S. technology
companies by market capitalization, according to regulatory filings in six countries.
―It‘s remarkable that Google‘s effective rate is that low,‖ said Martin A. Sullivan, a tax economist who formerly
worked for the U.S. Treasury Department. ―We know this company operates throughout the world mostly in high-
tax countries where the average corporate rate is well over 20 percent.‖
The U.S. corporate income-tax rate is 35 percent. In the U.K., Google‘s second-biggest market by revenue, it‘s 28
percent.
Google, the owner of the world‘s most popular search engine, uses a strategy that has gained favor among such
companies as Facebook Inc. and Microsoft Corp. The method takes advantage of Irish tax law to legally shuttle
profits into and out of subsidiaries there, largely escaping the country‘s 12.5 percent income tax. (See an
interactive graphic on Google‘s tax strategy here.)
The earnings wind up in island havens that levy no corporate income taxes at all. Companies that use the Double
Irish arrangement avoid taxes at home and abroad as the U.S. government struggles to close a projected $1.4
trillion budget gap and European Union countries face a collective projected deficit of 868 billion euros.
Countless Companies
Google, the third-largest U.S. technology company by market capitalization, hasn‘t been accused of breaking tax
laws. ―Google‘s practices are very similar to those at countless other global companies operating across a wide
range of industries,‖ said Jane Penner, a spokeswoman for the Mountain View, California-based company. Penner
declined to address the particulars of its tax strategies.
The corporation is THE instrumental tool used to efficiently maneuver millions of people and resources, giving its
owner/controllers unimaginable powers to accomplish things no single independent individual could EVER dream of
accomplishing on their own. Within the corporate structure one person literally commands legions of workers as
armies to fulfill his every need, want, desire and agenda. Look at Oprah, years ago she was just a struggling actress, she
got a talk show and eventually incorporated bought the rights for the show, today ―Oprah‖ is a massive billion dollar
BRAND and a billion dollar ENTERPRISE employing hundreds upon hundreds of people with massive influence.
Such is the path the elite have been using for hundreds upon hundreds of years; many of their corporate enterprises
have long ago become mainstream household names and built up unimaginable power before you were even born.
Oprah is just a gentile goyim outsider. The day will surely come when they absorb her empire as they have done
countless others.
Talking of outsiders; Just like Oprah, Martha Stewart built an empire out of scratch. Her enterprise caught the eyes of
the powers that be, that‘s when her world was turned upside down. The SEC was hell bent to get Martha by means of
conducting a minuscule $45,000 sting operation and make her a poster child of their wrath. Concurrently at the very
same time period they outright ignored and disregarded tons of colossal in your face red flags and actual financial
insider‘s researcher findings indicating that Zionist Jew Bernie Madoff was conducting billions upon billions of dollars
in outright fraud with his sanctioned ponzi scheme. Hindsight being 20/20 vision, one now has tons of reports that have
come out of the woodworks clearly indicating that the red flags into Bernie‘s operation was in fact being allowed to go
forth by the SEC, he was a ―made man,‖ part of the Zionist Cosa Nostra Matrix so they turned a blind eye on his
operation. Come on, he was running a supposed investment firm that purportedly dealt in stocks in the hundreds of
billions of dollars range yet barely ever bought or sold any stocks! Duh. ―everything looks fine to me, let‘s go after that
gentile Martha.‖
All ―regulatory‖ agencies are, in all actuality, private super elite membership institutions, where the sanctioned
members are routinely overlooked and given slack enforcement standards and routine slaps on the wrists all the while
the ―outsiders‖ have the books thrown at them, more often than not, experiencing the full brunt force of their power.
When situations such as these arise, the regulatory agency seizes the moment to showcase to the world the supposition
that it is doing its job. More often than not, the majority of the times that the agencies come down on ―their own‖
members are usually due to the fact that some independent outsider blew some whistles and thus forced the regulatory
agencies obligation to act.
The Martha Stewart case is so important here due to its incredible attributes of clearly exposing the true nature of the
beast. In Wall Street, $45,000 is chump change, this kind of money is routinely spent at a single sitting on LUNCH
with the boys. The fact of the matter is that Martha was a goyim, NOT an insider, she was NOT part of the elite club,
what‘s more important here was the fact that the international MEDIA MONOPOLY CARTEL wanted her billion
dollar Omnimedia kingdom as an additional component of their own colossal Zionist media empire. Thus note after she
was FRAMED, prosecuted and imprisoned, the KEY stipulation that she was FORCED to sign off on would be to
relinquish control of her multi-billion dollar corporation. The next thing you know: Tadaa! Zionist Jew Charles
Koppleman takes the helm of Omnimedia. This my friend is how they roll.
Was this an isolated occurrence? Absolutely unequivocally: NOT. What these two scenarios actually reveal is the
TRUE nature of the REAL role of the Securities Exchange Commission. The SEC just like every other ―regulatory‖
agency ever created exists as a sort of MEMBERSHIP fraternity association. Where they are founded and externally
promoted as ―regulatory bodies to protect the people‖ but in reality, all these agencies are ALWAYS run by
INDUSTRY INSIDERS whom use the revolving door, constantly going back and forth between the private
sector the agencies they supposedly police one day, then back to the other side and operating the supposed
regulatory agency the next. This accepted norm is absolutely ridiculous, but the blind uninitiated minions of society
have yet to get a clue.
The SEC is no different than all other ―regulatory agencies‖ such as the FDA, FCC, IRS, FED, FDIC, FTC, etc., etc.
In that they are ALL run by card carrying members of elite Zionist Jews & Masons.
 the SEC is being run by Zionist Jew agent Mary L. Schapiro,

 the FDA is being run by Zionist Jew agent Margaret A. Hamburg,
 the FCC is being run by Zionist Jew agent Julius Genachowski,
 the IRS is being run by Zionist Jew agent Douglas H. Shulman,
 the FED is being run by Zionist Jew agent Ben Bernanke,
 the FDIC is being run by Zionist Jew agent Sheila Bair,
 the FTC is being run by Zionist Jew agent Jon Leibowitz, etc., etc.
(if you can‘t see a pattern here of Jewish control then you need serious help) And when it‘s not a Zionist Jew running
the show at any given agency, it will be a loyal, trusted card carrying Mason or CFR, Bilderberg member who are
placed in charge of operations.
If you are under the impression that Zionist Jewish rule was limited to banking/investments/finance/minerals, the entire
media world including Hollywood, and politics. Then you are in for an even more disturbing news. Their tentacles are
many and deeply embedded in many areas of society, here a few other complete and total Zionist Jew monopolies that
exist right in your face hidden in plain sight yet no one has a clue:
Jewish Control of Money And Business Organizations

The following list is from 2005
----------------------------------------------
World Bank,
Present President: Paul Wolfowitz (a la Jew Watch, November 5, 2005)
Former President: James D. Wolfensohn
Federal Reserve System,

Chairman: Ben Shalom Bernanke
Former Chairman: Alan Greespan
Economic Policy Institute,

President: Larry Mishel (Mishel comes up on a web search as a Jewish surname)
Vice President: Ross Eisenbrey (Jewish?)
International Futures and Options Exchange,

CEO: Hugh Freedberg
The Chicago Board of Trade (CBOT),

Chairman: Nickolas J. Neubauer
New York Board of Trade,

Acting President, CEO, Chairman, and Chairman of the Board: Charles H. Falk
Vice Chairman of the Board: Frederick W. Schoenhut
American National Standards Institute (ANSI),

President and CEO: Mark W. Hurwitz
American Corn Growers Association,

CEO (in 2000): Gary Goldberg
"In February 2001, Goldberg was sentenced to five years probation for obtaining child pornography by mail.
'When the FBI and police knocked on his door, it was the end of Gary Goldberg, chief executive of the American
Corn Growers Association,' The Tulsa World reported. 'Now and forever, it‘s Gary Goldberg, convicted sex
offender.' Goldberg, who once rubbed elbows with senators and even visited President Clinton in the White
House, now says: 'I‘m a felon. They don‘t let felons in the Oval Office.' Goldberg‘s crime led to a very public
resignation from his high-profile ACGA role. But the organization did not divorce itself of Goldberg entirely: he
now serves as the Chief Executive Officer of the ACGA-linked American Corn Growers Foundation, where he
remains in charge of fundraising and glad-handing the big-money foundations that keep ACGA afloat. Goldberg,
a Tulsa corn grower, served as CEO of ACGA for three years and National President for five.
Electronic Retailing Association,

Chairman: Linda A. Goldstein
Gemological Institute of America,

President: Lee Berg
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission,

(Previous) Chairman: Arthur Levitt
Secretary: Jonathan G. Katz
Commissioner: Cynthia A. Glassman
Commissioner: Harvey J. Goldschmid
Direct Marketing Association,

President: H. Robert Weintzen
Center for Strategic and Budgetary Assessments,

Chairman of the Board: Richard Danzig
"Recently [1999], Richard Danzig was appointed Secretary of the U.S. Navy. The appointment marks the very
first time a member of the Jewish faith has reached the commander level of one of the American Armed Forces
divisions. The office is second in rank only to the Secretary of Defense ... Observing that the prestigious
appointment was duly noted within the Jewish community, I asked Danzig if he felt that his Judaism had played a
significant role in his line of work. He pointed out that the structure of the military community is, in fact, quite
similar to the Jewish community ... . Although his position as Secretary of the Navy is rare for a civilian officer,
the military offers many jobs for civilians."
National Economic Council,

Chairman: Stephen Friedman
Turnaround Management Association,

Chairman: Randall S. Eisenberg
Penultimate Chairman: Melanie Rovner Cohen
American Council for Capital Formation,

President: Mark A. Bloomfield
Business Council for Sustainable Energy,

Chairman: Scott A. Wiener
Consumer Energy Council of America,

President: Ellen Berman
Consumers Union,
Director: Gene Kimmelman
Policy Analyst: Adam Goldberg
Interactive Digital Software Association (IDSA)

(Trade association for the computer videogames industry)
President: Douglas Loewenstein
Antitrust Institute,
President: Albert ("Bert") A. Foer
(Mr. Foer is apparently a member of the Adas Israel synagogue which implores its members: "Buy Israel. At this
time, in particular, we should buy as many Israeli products as possible to support the state of Israel." Foer's wife is
Esther and his young son, Jonathan Safran Foer, has made hundreds of thousands of dollars on his first novel,
Everything Is Illuminated. "Jonathan, son of Esther and Bert Foer, grew up in the synagogue." [p. 6]
American Society of Travel Agents,

President & CEO: Richard M.Copland (Jewish surname)
NASDAQ; Stock Market,

President & CEO: Robert Greifeld
Computer Systems Policy Project (CSPP),

Executive Director: Bruce P. Mehlman
"Chairman of the coalition" (as described in homepage description): Michael S. Dell
Chairman: Craig R. Barrett (Jewish?), also the CEO of Intel Corp.
[JTR contributor's note: "A coalition consisting of 8 computer company CEO's whose "project" is to help further
destroy the hi-tech jobs base in America by replacing their domestic employees with cheap labor overseas. The
CEO jobs are apparently exempt from this 'project'."]
Center for Economic and Policy Research,

Co-Director: Mark Weisbrot
National Association of Security Dealers,

Chairman & CEO: Robert R. Glauber (Jewish?)
Vice Chairman, President of NASD Regulatory Policy & Oversight: Mary L. Schapiro
International Federation of the Phonographic Industry,

Chairman & CEO: Jason Berman
Consumer Electronics Association (CEA),

Chair: Katherine Gornik
President & CEO: Gary Shapiro
Home Recording Rights Coalition (HRRC),

Chairman: Gary Shapiro (also Pres.& CEO of CEA)
General Council: Robert S. Schwartz
Mix Foundation for Excellence in Audio,

President: Hillel Resner
Financial Accounting Standards Board,

Chairman: Robert H. Herz
International Council of Forest and Paper Associations,

President: Avrim Lazar
Archived for Educational Purposes only Under U.S.C. Title 17 Section 107
by Jew Watch Library at www.jewwatch.com
I know I have overly simplified the state of regulatory agencies, but in all essence this IS the TRUE essence of the state
of existence of ALL established agencies. Place a key loyal operative at the helm of any given agency and you literally
have free rule of that sphere of industry. The deception does not end there though, for it is ever present just about
everywhere. No longer can you take anything for granted, for not everything is what it seems to be…
"Most Americans have no idea that what we are fed by the news media is nothing more than a portrayal of
what powerful corporations want us to believe, that what happens to pass as education is as often as not mere
propaganda, that what we learn in church may have very little or nothing to do with the truth, that what our
parents teach us may be nothing more than an accumulation of their own personal biases, no doubt a rather
subtle modification of what they were taught by their parents. And through such a process, governments and
nations around the world wield control as to what their citizens, believe, value, and do." - Doug Soderstrom
Enter the Front Organizations:

A front organization is any entity set up by and controlled by another organization, such as intelligence
agencies, organized crime groups, banned organizations, religious or political groups, advocacy groups, or
corporations. Front organizations can act for the parent group without the actions being attributed to the
parent group.
Front organizations that appear to be independent voluntary associations or charitable organizations are
called front groups. In the business world, front organizations such as front companies or shell corporations
are used to shield the parent company from legal liability. In international relations, a puppet state is a state
which acts as a front (or surrogate) for another state.
History
Edward Bernays, who is generally regarded as the "father of public relations," liked to tell people, "What I
do is propaganda, and I just hope it's not impropaganda." In his later years, he became a vocal critic of some
of the deceptive techniques used within the PR industry. And yet it is Bernays himself who invented the
quintessential tool of deceptive propaganda -- the "front group."
Bernays stumbled on this strategy almost by accident. In 1913, while working as editor of the Medical
Review of Reviews, a monthly magazine owned by a college acquaintance, he discovered that the then-
famous actor Richard Bennett was interested in producing a play titled "Damaged Goods," which Bernays
described as "a propaganda play that fought for sex education." It discussed sexual topics, such as
prostitution, that were considered unusually frank for their day. Bennett was afraid that the play would be
raided by police, and he hired Bernays to prevent this from happening. Rather than arguing for the play on
its merits, Bernays cleverly organized a group that he called the "Medical Review of Reviews Sociological
Fund," inviting prominent doctors and members of the social elite to join. The organization's avowed
mission was to fight venereal disease through education. Its real purpose was to endorse "Damaged Goods,"
and apparently the plan worked. The show went on as scheduled, with no interference from police.
"This was a pioneering move that is common today in the promotion of public causes--a prestigious
sponsoring committee," notes PR industry historian Scott Cutlip. "In retrospect, given the history of public
relations, it might be termed the first effort to use the front or third party technique." It was a technique that
Bernays would return to time and again, calling it "the most useful method in a multiple society like ours to
indicate the support of an idea of the many varied elements that make up our society. Opinion leaders and
group leaders have an effect in a democracy and stand as symbols to their constituency." Bernays helped
jump-start sales of bacon, a breakfast rarity until the 1920s, by enlisting a prominent doctor to solicit fellow
doctors' opinions on the salutary benefits of a hearty breakfast and by arranging to have famous figures
photographed eating breakfasts of bacon and eggs. To sell bananas on behalf of the United Fruit Company,
he launched the "celiac project," republishing and disseminating a 20-year-old medical paper which found
that eating bananas cured children with celiac disease, a disorder of the digestive system.
"Mr. Bernays has . . . created more institutes, funds, institutions, and foundations than Rockefeller,
Carnegie, and Filene together," observed the Institute for Propaganda Analysis, a nonprofit educational
organization that flourished in the years following World War I. "Typical of them was the Temperature
Research Foundation. Its stated purpose was 'to disseminate impartial, scientific information concerning the
latest developments in temperature control as they affect the health, leisure, happiness, and economy of the
American people.' A minor purpose--so minor that rarely did Mr. Bernays remember even to mention it--
was to boost the sales of Kelvinator refrigerators, air-condition units, and electric stoves."
Today the world is littered with front groups, here are a few links: SourceWatch, Political Friendster,
Keith Olbermann: Freedom of speech has been destroyed – video
The majority of the people can sense that things are wrong in many sectors of society, yet rarely do any of them put
their finger on it, identifying and completely comprehending the true magnitude of what is. Here is an example of one
man reflecting on a decade of unbelievable abuse, yet he has no clue, unable to pinpoint the core matrix of the ruling
elite:
A Low, Dishonest Decade

The press and politicians were asleep at the switch.
By Thomas Frank, Dec. 22, 2009, Wall Street Journal
Stock-market indices are not much good as yardsticks of social progress, but as another low, dishonest decade
expires let us note that, on 2000s first day of trading, the Dow Jones Industrial Average closed at 11357 while
the Nasdaq Composite Index stood at 4131, both substantially higher than where they are today. The Nasdaq
went on to hit 5000 before collapsing with the dot-com bubble, the first great Wall Street disaster of this
unhappy decade. The Dow got north of 14000 before the real-estate bubble imploded.
And it was supposed to have been such an awesome time, too! Back in the late '90s, in the crescendo of the
Internet boom, pundit and publicist alike assured us that the future was to be a democratized, prosperous place.
Hierarchies would collapse, they told us; the individual was to be empowered; freed-up markets were to be the
common man's best buddy.
Such clever hopes they were. As a reasonable anticipation of what was to come they meant nothing. But they
served to unify the decade's disasters, many of which came to us festooned with the flags of this bogus
idealism.
Jack Abramoff
Before "Enron" became synonymous with shattered 401(k)s and man-

made electrical shortages, the public knew it as a champion of
electricity deregulation—a freedom fighter! It was supposed to be that
most exalted of corporate creatures, a "market maker"; its "capacity
for revolution" was hymned by management theorists; and its TV
commercials depicted its operations as an extension of humanity's
quest for emancipation.
Similarly, both Bank of America and Citibank, before being recognized as "too big to fail," had populist
histories of which their admirers made much. Citibank's long struggle against the Glass-Steagall Act was even
supposed to be evidence of its hostility to banking's aristocratic culture, an amusing image to recollect when
reading about the $100 million pay reportedly pocketed by one Citi trader in 2008.
The Jack Abramoff lobbying scandal showed us the same dynamics at work in Washington. Here was an
apparent believer in markets, working to keep garment factories in Saipan humming without federal
interference and saluted for it in an op-ed in the Saipan Tribune as "Our freedom fighter in D.C."
But the preposterous populism is only one part of the equation; just as important was our failure to see through
the ruse, to understand how our country was being disfigured.
Ensuring that the public failed to get it was the common theme of at least three of the decade's signature foul-
ups: the hyping of various Internet stock issues by Wall Street analysts, the accounting scandals of 2002, and
the triple-A ratings given to mortgage-backed securities.
The grand, overarching theme of the Bush administration—the big idea that informed so many of its sordid
episodes—was the same anti-supervisory impulse applied to the public sector: regulators sabotaged and their
agencies turned over to the regulated.
The public was left to read the headlines and ponder the unthinkable: Could our leaders really have pushed us
into an unnecessary war? Is the republic really dividing itself into an immensely wealthy class of Wall Street
bonus-winners and everybody else? And surely nobody outside of the movies really has the political clout to
write themselves a $700 billion bailout. [denial of the obvious in action, for yes, this is exactly what happened]
What made the ought‘s so awful, above all, was the failure of our critical faculties. The problem was not so
much that newspapers were dying, to mention one of the lesser catastrophes of these awful times, but that
newspapers [and all news outlets] failed to do their job in the first place, to scrutinize the myths of the day in a
way that might have prevented catastrophes like the financial crisis or the Iraq war.
The folly went beyond the media, though. Recently I came across a 2005 pamphlet written by historian Rick
Perlstein berating the big thinkers of the Democratic Party for their poll-driven failure to stick to their party's
historic theme of economic populism. I was struck by the evidence Mr. Perlstein adduced in the course of his
argument. As he tells the story, leading Democratic pollsters found plenty of evidence that the American public
distrusts corporate power; and yet they regularly advised Democrats to steer in the opposite direction, to
distance themselves from what one pollster called "outdated appeals to class grievances and attacks upon
corporate perfidy."
This was not a party that was well-prepared for the job of iconoclasm that has befallen it. And as the new bunch
muddle onward—bailing out the large banks but (still) not subjecting them to new regulatory oversight, passing
a health-care reform that seems (among other, better things) to guarantee private insurers eternal profits—one
fears they are merely presenting their own ample backsides to an embittered electorate for kicking.
Business 101:
Every organization on the planet is governed from the top down. The leaders set policy, atmosphere, rules,
agendas, plans, objectives, enforcement and so forth. Thus to control an entire organization, of let‘s say, of 10,000
people, all one needs to conquer those 10,000 people and have them all in unison do your bidding is to gain control of
the main leadership position. Control the CEO/President and you control the entire entity, control majority of
stock (whether single handedly or by cabal of like minded) and you appoint and control the CEO/President. It‘s
that simple. This is strategic conquest and management 101 folks.
Thus there is no need to convince and recruit 10,000 individuals, the less they know of the real insider master plan or
―conspiracy‖ the more perfect the operation. Thus the troops need not have the slightest clue as to the ultimate strategy,
all they need to accomplish their given roles are a cover story, premise, framework, objectives and marching orders and
off go an army of thousands to do the bidding of one single individual… the ruling elite.
Last week's Reagan-Bush-Bush Supreme Court ruling completely eliminates any restrictions on corporate
spending on federal election campaigns.
This has been the historical tendency of these justices, and the philosophy of the presidents who appointed them.
So corporations will be able to contribute millions or billions to federal campaigns or political parties.
The High Court will most likely "legislate from the bench" that these soulless legal constructions have First
Amendment rights that cannot be abridged by federal statutes. I wonder if Washington, Jefferson, Franklin and
Adams would have signed off on "... all men and for-profit corporations are created equal, that they are endowed
by their Creator with certain unalienable rights..." My guess is no. Corporations have human rights only because
we have chosen to allow it.
Corporations are not the same as flesh and blood people, except in the eyes of the law. They are much more like
vampires. They exist based on charters, which in the case of for-profit corporations require that all of their
actions must preserve investors' capital. Note that they are not required to act morally, with any civic-minded
considerations, charity, or patriotism. If a corporate product will kill many of consumers but generate an
enormous profit, what should we expect the corporation's directors to do? (Think tobacco.) Guess whether I am
describing a corporation or a vampire:
 It has no fear of natural death, and can exist for centuries.

 Because of its long existence it can acquire far more wealth than most real humans, and will be tempted to
corrupt governments to further its own ends.
 It cannot exist unless it derives its strength from real human beings.
 It has no children who need good schools.
 It does not need to drink clean water, eat wholesome food or breathe unpolluted air.
 It can only be killed by great effort and daring, in an unequal contest that humans are likely to lose.
 It has the power to confuse people into acting in self-destructive manners.
At this point you may be having trouble deciding which one I described. Thank goodness only one of them is
real! (I know some of you believe in vampires, but if vampires were real, garlic would be illegal.) When the
Supreme Court gives corporations carte blanche to spend their way into control of all our elections, start thinking
of how we can change our laws to drive a stake through corporate personhood.
Joshua Ezekiel lives in Salinas.
All organizational structures resemble a pyramid. At the top is one leader, president, king, RULER, he has several key
executives under him whom he deals with and delegates to. Likewise his key leaders also have teams of people under
them whom they deal with and further delegate orders to. This structure continues all the way down to the bottom of
the corporate structure (base of the pyramid) were you ultimately find the grunt worker bees toiling day in and out. All
businesses, organizations and governments on the planet function this way. This organizational structure has proven its
effectiveness over the centuries, it is the most effective way ever devised to manage legions of armies/personnel to
accomplish any given task, mission, goal.
It must be stated, corporations are established and recognized by law as ―a separate living entity‖ and are registered as
―a living being‖ and given perpetual existence. Though it has no heart or soul, ―they‖ have managed to get that legal
―living entity‖ designation and treatment for corporations. As such, some of them exist as colossal immortal beasts
roaming the earth devouring and laying waste to all its resources and ravishing entire, towns, forests, cities, oceans,
skies and nations…
By their very nature, all corporations purpose of existence, tour de force, are established solely to produce PROFITS,
PROFITS, PROFITS, PERIOD. Nothing else‘s comes before or above said purpose, or is allowed to impede the
pursuit of said purpose of existence. With those facts said and revealed, it is the CEO and presidents of the
organizations whom the public come to know as the ―face‖ or ―mouth piece‖ of the organization. Yes these two
positions are the ones of acting leadership roles, BUT in not every instance are they also the true OWNERS or
CONTROLLERS of that given organization. More often than not the CEO and Presidents are the HIRED public
relations officers, front men for the TRUE OWNERS, CONTROLLERS of the given enterprise.
The true owners, controllers of every corporation on the planet are the SHAREHOLDERS, also known as the
STOCKHOLDERS. The undisputed rule in business: he who owns the majority of the stock gets to call the shots.
PERIOD. Thus one only needs to own and or collectively control a majority block of voting shares to have control of a
corporation. Do you fully understand this simple ruling principle? It has been said ―he who owns all the gold makes all
the rules,‖ likewise: he who owns most of the shares calls all the shots!
In the case of some of the world‘s monolithic gargantuan conglomerates, it is often a group of key individuals and
corporations who own the controlling block of shares. They consolidate their power by forming tight nit secret
groups, such as a hyper secret Zionist Jew alliance, thus forming a shareholder majority for the purpose of ruling that
entity. Once formed, they can pick and choose whom they will place to be CEOs, Presidents and Executives. Thus, as
you can readily observe, it is those INVISIBLE shareholders whom are ultimately the true rulers of that corporation or
organization. Of course there are many instances where the ―invisible ruler‖ (shareholder) is also the external, self
appointed CEO, President, public leader of the organization.
What‘s more, many of these massive corporations can be viewed as modern slave labor camps. Think about it; the
minimum wage that they pay grown adults is NOT even enough to cover basic housing, let alone utilities, food, and so
forth. Poor families cannot survive without everyone in the family taking SLAVE LABOR jobs. When I say slave
labor, I mean just that. Think about it for a moment…
Back in pre-industrial society owning slaves was common for the well to do of society. The Jews were among the top
providers of fresh slaves in the slave trade, oh, you didn‘t know? [I don‘t make this stuff up! Look it up] Is there NOT
a segment of industry they did not dominate? Well, history never disclosed the real story behind the slave emancipation
acts, I described for you in this report in the Wealth vs. Poverty – Monetary Enslavement Matrix chapter.
The handling of today‘s slaves was passed from the plantation owners to the corporations who don‘t have to deal
in the menial details of having to care for their well being other than give them a paltry stipend called a pay check
every week, then the ―free‖ SLAVES whom were given the new label ―employees‖ are off to fend for themselves and
claw their ways around society. They wanted freedom, they got the illusion of freedom, for once everything is said
and done, they still do the same jobs and are given basically the same amount the old school plantation owners
respectively spent to feed, house, cloths, etc. them. Cold – Hard – Reality.
The upper echelon managers are well taken care of; they are tempted with luxury and life styles that befitted kings just
a few hundred years ago. Thus many have in essence sold their souls as in sold out their ethics, principles and morals
to their corporate masters all in the quest for the all mighty dollar. The proverbial carrot at the end of the stick. They all
compete for top management ranks in their quest to acquire the best paying positions that will give them the ability to
live like kings.
This is how the system works and once they get a taste of the good life many, many people will drop and sacrifice any
and all their sacred God centered beliefs and do whatever their corporate overlords direct them to do. You know this is
true. I need not even produce a single example for your mind is already full of them. I rest my case. Now I ask you
again: are you truly free?
The US Government Is ―Inverted Totalitarianism‖

By Stephen Dufrechou, NEWS JUNKIE POST
Recently, journalist Chris Hedges was interviewed by ―Russia Today‖, the video of which is presented below.
The substance of Hedges‘s discussion regards how the United States has evolved into a form of ―inverted
totalitarianism‖. He also discusses the inevitable collapse of the US infrastructure, as well as Obama‘s uselessness
as a ―political brand‖.
In his recent article, ―Democracy in America is a Useful Fiction‖, Hedges defines ―inverted totalitarianism‖:
―Inverted totalitarianism represents ―the political coming of age of corporate power and the political
demobilization of the citizenry [...] Inverted totalitarianism differs from classical forms of totalitarianism, which
revolve around a demagogue or charismatic leader, and finds its expression in the anonymity of the corporate
state. The corporate forces behind inverted totalitarianism do not, as classical totalitarian movements do, boast of
replacing decaying structures with a new, revolutionary structure. They purport to honor electoral politics,
freedom and the Constitution. But they so corrupt and manipulate the levers of power as to make democracy
impossible.‖
Here he is, discussing these matters:
―Chris Hedges: Fighting Corporate Rape of US‖ -

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Gv_quWatFkY&feature=player_embedded
Hedges is the author of multiple books, including, ―American Fascists: The Christian Right and the War on
America‖, and most recently, ―Empire of Illusion: The End of Literacy and the Triumph of Spectacle‖.
Our country's major industrial and corporate powerhouses are no longer reliant on NATIONAL success to post huge
profits. The days when AMERICAN companies success was wholly dependent on our country and operated within our
national boundaries, reflecting its success from sales and operations conducted within our country are long gone.
―American‖ corporations no longer need America. This is why we see the cognitive dissonance in the results of
massive profits of some major conglomerates while they are simultaneously firing tens of thousands of U.S. employees
and closing down their national operations and holding fire sales here in this country, meanwhile abroad in other
countries they are making a killing. Thus here in the good ole U.S. of A we witness doom and gloom, while
simultaneously witnessing jaw dropping stock market rallies. To the uninitiated there seems to exist a cognitive
dissonance, for these two realities seem to be completely conflicting.
Behold: For we are now living in an era where "American" companies no longer need America to be successful... All
the "AMERICAN" mega conglomerates operate in over a hundred other countries... they DON'T NEED AMERICA
TO SUCCEED. Our beloved country IS JUST ANOTHER "MARKET" to the multinational corporations...
digest this fact and digest it well... only then will you begin to understand the true economic landscape.
We the Corporations
"We the Corporations..." No, it doesn't say that in the Constitution. Does it?
It might as well, because the Supreme Court seems to be unaware of that

fact.
And for Republicans, as in the death of the Republic in Star Wars, it was
to thunderous applause. The term ―corporate America‖ just took on a
whole new meaning. And the vision of the corporate future of another
science fiction film – Alien – takes shape.
If ―I‘m from the government and I‘m here to help you‖ sounds less than welcome, then imagine how ominous
―I‘m from the corporation and I‘m here to help you‖ sounds. We have seen how much these leeches want to help
us already.
The Supreme Court, for eight years the final bastion of democracy as President Bush established his imperial
presidency, has gone over to the dark side. In a ruling (Citizens United v. Federal Election Commission) that can
only be termed incomprehensible and disastrous, that formerly august body sold out to big money and signed the
death warrant for American Democracy.
Despite the precedent of decades of legislation, the nation‘s highest court ruled that corporations can spend as
much as they like to ensure the nominees most friendly to their interest – not to those of the American people or
to the welfare of the country – are elected to office.
In what must come as no surprise to anyone, the corporate-owned Republican Party cheered the ruling. Ironically,
it is seen as a victory for free speech.
The 5-4 ruling pretends to be a defense of the First Amendment; the high judges claim that corporations have the
same rights as individuals. But as the editorial in the New York Times today points out, the Constitution mentions
many entities - ―the people, militias, the press, religions‖ – but it nowhere mentions corporations.
But free speech existed before the Supreme Court ruled: everyone in a corporation – including the CEO and
Board of Directors, the President and other officers, all have votes now – just like the rest of us.
The difference is, they have deeper pockets. And they can now buy elections.
Yes. It‘s official. Corporations can now put whoever they want into office.
President Obama was critical. As a candidate for the presidency, he campaigned against special interests. This
ruling makes an already untenable situation worse.
It has been a long time since the American people were adequately represented in government and their voices
have now been drowned out in a deluge of greed in the color of green.
Wall Street – who marched our nation into the worst economic crisis in a century – benefits; Big Oil, which has
marched our nation and the world into an ecological disaster, benefits; health insurance companies, who have
marched ―Joe six pack‖ into long lines of those waiting to die for want of medical treatment – benefit.
The American people lost.
The Environment lost.
Various groups, League of Conservation Voters, the Public Campaign Action Fund, MoveOn.org and others, are
collecting money to offset the damage, for example, by congressional action – the public financing of elections
(the Fair Elections Now Act).
But we cannot win on the money front; that is the entire point of this ruling.
The Supreme Court has said to the American people that they have no right to a voice in government.
Government OF the people, BY the people, and FOR the people, has ceased to exist.
What we have now is government OF the corporations, BY the corporations, and FOR the corporations.
We cannot allow this to stand.
Justice John Paul Stevens, who dissented from the ruling, speaks truly when he warns that the ruling threatens
democracy, adding that it ―will, I fear, do damage to this institution.‖
Our only hope now that the courts have turned their back on the American people and on the American system of
government, is a constitutional amendment.
In a world where American democracy is portrayed as tyranny against corporate interests, I stand back shakily,
reeling from the dagger blows, for it is not only American democracy that has been assassinated, but the voice of
the American people for whom, and by whom, this government and this country was created.
Gambling and the Las Vegas Enterprise
One of the great myths masterfully weaved and perpetrated on the public is forever imprinting on their gullible minds
that Vegas was/is somehow an Italian mob racket. Truth of the matter, it NEVER was. From the very first gambling
―joint,‖ the Flamingo (hello, Bugsy Siegel was a Jew) onward everything was all Jew dominated. What the Zionist elite
who rule this world did was cut the Italians in on the gig so as to set them up as the ―mark,‖ the distraction, fall guys
who they wove a legend out of thus focusing the public‘s attention in the wrong direction while they dominated behind
the scenes as they always do. The Jew‘s Hollywood turned Italians and Vegas connection into stuff of folklore. You
see, the Zionist ruling elite DESPISE the limelight; they don‘t want anyone knowing what they are up to, so it is
standard operating procedure when they readily give all the fame and glory to others so as to take the focus away from
themselves leaving themselves free to wheel and deal without the public scrutiny.
They used their iron grip control of Hollywood to orchestrate and perpetuate the myth of Italian mobsters and Vegas to
cover the real truth of the matter that the Zionist Jews were the ones who REALLY, TOTALLY, COMPLETELY
owned and controlled Vegas from its inception up until this very day. Let‘s take a look at who the Zionist Jew cartel
running SIN CITY really is: Let‘s start with its‘ mayor, golly gee whiz I just found our first Zionist Jew, City of Sin
Mayor Oscar Goodman (also a known organized crime defense attorney, one of his mafia clients was Nevada based
Zionist Jew Jack Gordon). The current governor of the State of SIN is a ―Mormon‖ Jim Gibbons (Polygamy infested
Mormonism is an undercover stealth branch of the Masonic ruling elite [link, link, link] it is an official SAFE
HOUSE for Masons, Wiccans and other key Luciferian elite who are experiencing troubled times). These are just
middle management, let‘s see who the real movers and shakers are:
Who Controls Las Vegas?

The Who's Who Of Las Vegas source: http://judicial-inc.biz/
Israel "Icepick Willie" Alderman - Joe Rosenberg - Gus Greenbaum - Benjamin "Bugsy" Siegel Meyer
Lansky - Joseph Sacher - Jake Factor - Moe Sedway Morris Kleinman - Moe Dalitz - Gus Greenbaum -
Jay Sarno - Nate Jacobson - Sidney Wyman - Jack Entratter - Sam Tucker - Al Gottesman - Jake
Gottlieb - Charlie Resnick - Morrie Stupak - Milton Prell - Willie Alderman - David Berman - Merv
Adelson Irwin Molasky - Julie Weintraub - Ash Resnick - Frank Rosenthal - Benny Meyerson - Sheldon
Adelson - Bernie Rothkopf - Hyman Abrams - Ben Jaffe - Oscar Goodman - Steve Wynn - Jerry
Weintraub - Hank Greenspon - Billy Weinberger - Allen Glick
The History Of Las Vegas
Las Vegas was a railroad town in 1905, then gambling was legalized in 1931, and the Hoover Dam was
completed in 1936. There were a few small sawdust joints, then Bugsy Siegel muscled Jack Todd out of the
Flamingo in 1946. The entire city was then run by Jewish gangsters, the real expansion came when Dorfman
used the Pension Teamsters Fund. The next expansion was the 1974 Great Bull Market, where Las Vegas went
on the stock exchange.
Bugsy Seigel - Siegel starting things off at the Flamingo Hotel. Joseph Sacher headed the nearby Sands Hotel;
Sacher "was second only to Lansky in the Syndicate. Years later he fled the U.S. and went into exile in Israel."
Moe Sedway - Moe Sedway arrived in 1941, a major Jewish mob boss.
Meyer Lansky – a Jewish Polish immigrant was considered the head of the Mafia.
Las Vegas Was Started By Jews
Las Vegas has long been a hotbed of underworld influence and a worldwide attraction for gambling and
prostitution. The conception of Las Vegas as a leisure Mecca, it's most famous underworld personages have
always been Jewish mobsters Bugsy Siegel and Meyer Lansky.
Jake The Barber - Max Factor's brother, Jake Factor, controlled the Stardust.
Nate Jacobson - Nate Jacobson was associated with Caesar's Palace
Jay Sarno - Another Jewish American, Jay Sarno controlled the Caesar's Palace Sarno later created Circus
Circus, he built the Luxor grand pyramid complex in Vegas; Moe Dalitz, Morris Kleinman, and Sam Tucker
with the Desert Inn
Jake Gottleib - Sidney Wyman, Al Gottesman controlled the Dunes; Gus Greenbaum, Moe Sedway, and
Charlie Resnick with managing the Flamingo after Bugsy Siegel's death;
Benjamin Miller - Of The Sahara - He started as a booking agent, titled Mr. Entertainment Agent
extraordinaire, virtually invented the lounge show and brought everyone from Mae West to Elvis to Las Vegas,
Bennie Katleman - In 1951, Moore left the Last Frontier when the stockholders decided to sell the resort to
Jake Kozloff, 91 Club owner Guy McAfee, Beldon Katleman and Maurice Friedman
The Hollywood Angle - The New York crowd brought in Billy Weinberger, whose job was to recruit
Hollywood Acts.
Bernie Rothkopf - also owned the MGM Hotel. Allen Glick was, between 1974-79, "the mob's front man at the
Stardust, Fremont, Hacienda, and Marina hotels."
The Chicago Mob - They provided the new cash through the Central States Pension Fund.
Jimmy Hoffa - These guys took the pensions of millions of truck drivers.
Arthur Goldberg - is the CEO of Park Place Entertainment, a conglomeration of 29 hotel-casinos worldwide,
it's Stardust division is the world's largest hotel company.
Hank Greenspun - Jerome Mack, past president of the Dunes and Riviera, was a former national chairman of
the Israel Bonds Campaign. Jewish entrepreneur Hank Greenspon owned the Las Vegas Sun newspaper and a
local TV station.
Morris Schlaf - The Oasis is also partly owned by Jewish Austrian businessman Martin Schlaf - a close friend
of Prime Minister Ariel Sharon.
Izzie Moskowitz - Gambling mogul Irving Moskowitz owns the Hawaiian Gardens and is a heavy supporter of
right-wing activities in Israel.
Charlie 'The Nose' Meyerson - Charles Meyerson, Julie Weintraub and Ash Resnick, worked in Wynn-
controlled casinos.
Phil Ruffin - In 1997, Wichita businessman Phil Ruffin purchased the Frontier for $167 million and agreed to a
five year contract ending the strike. Ruffin's deal included an additional $3.5 million that went for the payment
of wages owed to striking workers.
Sheldon Adelson - chairman of the Sands, is also the owner of Venetian, a new Las Vegas complex built in
1999 at a cost of $1.6 billion.
Steve Wynn - The chairman of the Mirage, Steve Wynn, is also Jewish. The funds for Wynn's first casino, the
Golden Nugget, was in large part raised by convicted Jewish financier Michael Milken. Steve Wynn, (born
Steve Alan Weinberg) The Beliago Though Wynn was never accused of wrongdoing, several of his associates
in the hotel were mob-connected
Kenny Shapiro - All of this, in more recent years, has its mirror image in Atlantic City and, increasingly, other
American gambling Meccas. Kenny Shapiro, for instance, was "the Atlantic investment banker for [Italian
American Mafioso] Nicky Scarfo, the vicious killer who ruled the Philadelphia Mafia, the most murderous mob
family in America."
Sollie Kerzner - Another influential Jewish gambling mogul today is Sol Kerzner, founder and principal owner
of Sun City from South Africa. Kerzner's modern empire has expanded with extravagant casinos in Atlantic
City, New Jersey, the Bahamas, Mauritus, France, and a Native American site in Connecticut.
―From Vegas To Cuba - Many Jewish mob figures were also involved in the gambling industry in Cuba and the
Bahamas as its new off-shore gambling and narcotics empire." [MOLDEA, 1989, p. 128]
Louis Arthur Chesler - who "served as Lansky's point man ... Among Chesler's criminal specialties was the
handling of stolen securities."
Allen Dorfman - who was "murdered in 1985 to prevent him from talking about mob investments ... He was in
the same league as Glick, Shenker, and Malnik."
Moe Dalitz - In 1970 Moe Dalitz, "a leading member of the Cleveland crime syndicate," and controller of the
Stardust and Desert Inn Las Vegas casinos
Lew Wertheimer - Al and Lew Wertheimer founded an illegal gambling den in Hollywood called the Clover
Club.
Mall of America Owners - Nader, Eskandar, Raphael and Bahman Ghermezian, are Jews who own the Mall
of America. They are planning $300 million in real estate developments over the next four years in the Las
Vegas area
Jackie Entratter - In 1959, Riviera was sold to a group headed by Ed Levinson of the Fremont Hotel, and Carl
Cohen and Jack Entratter of the Sands Hotel. n 1984, Riviera filed Chapter 11 bankruptcy. Arthur Waltzman
was named president in July in an effort to get the Riviera back on her feet.
Mickey Rose - We may also note the case of Mike Rose, the Jewish CEO of Holiday Corporation (Holiday Inn,
et al), who "steered [the company] into gambling when it bought into Harrah's in 1980, causing Holiday's
president and two directors to resign.
IRWIN MOLASKY - The Developer's Developer From high-rise bank buildings and hospitals to horse racing
and motion picture making, the projects of this construction king continue to flourish in Las Vegas and the West,
Bernie Goldstein - The King Of Riverboat Gambling, Bernard Goldstein has pushed riverboat gaming in a
number of states and was instrumental in lobbying for the original legislation for riverboat gaming in Iowa.
Oscar Goodman - Las Vegas has always been a Jewish-created fantasy.
Leonard Steinberg - English Jew, the founder and chairman of sports betting and casino group Stanley Leisure
is now moving into Las Vegas and New Orleans.
El Rancho Las Vegas - On April 3, 1941, the opened on 57 acres of land with a simple sign lifted on stone
pillars advertising the new resort
The Desert Inn - From 1957 through 1959, Molasky, Allard Roen and Moe Dalitz, both associated with the
Desert Inn.
The Aladdin - Milton Prell, Hyman Abrams, Carl Cohen, and Jack Entratter with the ownership and
operation of the Sands, and Ben Jaffe, Phil Kastel, and Jell Houssels
William Miller - was born in 1904 in Pinsk, Russia, the son of David and Lena, Jews who wanted to get to
America and bought the Sahara
Tropicana - Owned by the Chicago mobsters. Lederer, Sam Giancana, Frank Costello, Morris Mac Schwabel,
and Joseph Jacob Frankel.
Dunes Casino - The Dunes Casino opened in 1955, owned Morris Shenker, fronting for the Chicago Outfit.
The hotel was built in part with financing from movie mogul Al Gottesman and the Teamsters Pension Fund.
The Krave Club - Abe Sanker, known as "the high priest of gay parties," opened the Krave Nightclub, on the
Las Vegas Strip. It caters to voyeurs in a sexually charged fashion and fetish fantasies."
Riviera Hotel 1955 - The Riviera was originally a group of Miami investors headed by Jew Florida businessman
Sam Cohen.
Frontier Casino - In 1929 Theatre magnate R.E. Griffith, and his architect nephew, William J. Moore, saw the
El Rancho Vegas in 1941
Flamingo Hotel - Benjamin Siegel and his New York "partners", started here in 1946. Other owners were
Thomas Hull, and Chester Simms; Albert Parvin and George E. Goldberg; three Miami Beach investors
from the Al Parvin group; International and MGM Grand owner Kirk Kerkorian; Hilton; and finally Hilton
subsidiary, Park Place Entertainment.
The Sahara - 1947, owned by Mel D. Close, Abbie Pollard Simon, and Del Webb. Sollie Irwin. Paul and Sue
Lowden purchased the Sahara from Webb in 1982. In 1995, Bill Bennett retired from Circus Circus Enterprises,
then bought the Sahara from the Lowdens for $193 million.
The Thunderbird Casino - In 1964, Del Webb bought the Thunderbird, fronting for Meyer Lanskys consortium.
Next, Stuart Perlman bought it, and finally Marianne Kifer
Vegas Gets Into River Boats - Bernie Goldstein fans starts the Casino Cruises, Inc., which managed the gaming
operations of the Par-A-Dice Riverboat Casino in Peoria, Illinois.
Circus Circus Casino - Anthony Spilotro (nee Speiwietz) aka Anthony Stuart, started the casino which was
purchased by Jay Sarno with money from the Central States Pension Fund of the Teamsters Union.
Royal Nevada - Royal Nevada was owned and built by Jews: Frank Fishman, Albert B. Moll, Herman E.
Kohen, Joe Leibman and Sid Wyman.
Harrahs - Kirk Kerkorian, an Armenian Jew, owned Harrahs, the Las Vegas Hilton, the MGM Grand, and
others.
The ugly truth arises, the Jews completely own and run Las Vegas lock stock and barrel, the Italian mob was a smoke
and mirrors myth of legends, the real mobsters are the Jews. The real life ―untouchables.‖ What the Jews created in Las
Vegas goes far beyond just gambling and prostitution. It is the defacto ground zero immoral decadence propagation
capital of the world.
Yet another realm where Jewish business domination is rampant is the Real Estate industry. Of course this industry if
full of all sorts of people. There are no couple of dozen mega corporations that own all the real estate in the country or
elsewhere. The reason being is that it (at least in this point in time) is virtually impossible for one or more entities to
own, say 97% of all real-estate as the Jews already do with the media.
Psychologically it is also a very different concept to grasp. Think about it, if one, two or three corporations owned 97%
of all the property, say in New York. The public whom are paying rents and mortgages would stand up and revolt
overnight, due to the fact that real-estate is an easily grasped cognitive issue that possesses easily identified physical
form. Even the most stupidest person readily understands the concept of landlord, paying rent and owning property.
Few people understand the concept and ramifications behind owning intangible items such as words and images found
in media, radio stations, TV stations, Hollywood studios and so forth, so there are no revolts.
For this article I combed my sources looking for lists similar to the one above, and similar to the list of Zionist Jews
whom dominate the entire realm of media throughout the world, but low and behold I could not find such a list. Yet I
walk down the streets of Manhattan every day on the commute to my offices and just about EVERY SINGLE major
real-estate venture, building and project has a Jewish sounding name emblazoned on the front of the building.
When you sit back and think about it, again the Zionists are a dominating force in this industry also. Beginning with
little known name Donald Bren (Jew), presently the richest property tycoon in the world with a net worth of 12
billion, he makes Donald Trump look like a chump; There is billionaire Sam Zell (Jew) co-founder of Equity Group
Investments; the list goes on and on, here is a enlightening list that scratches the surface:
JEWS AND REAL ESTATE

Most of Jewish American wealth is self-made in the last century or so (as opposed to Gentile-inherited
opulence), [WHITFIELD, American, p. 7] a trajectory that has no reason to plateau. About HALF of the
Jewish super-rich built their fortunes in real estate and construction, most notably in the New York City
area, but also all across the country, including Detroit, San Francisco, Miami, Washington DC, Indianapolis, and
Oklahoma City. [LIPSET, p. 15] Edward S. Shapiro specifically cites Jewish "real estate barons" Alfred
Taubman in Detroit, Melvin Simon in Indianapolis, Stephen Muss in Miami, Monte and Alfe Goldman in
Oklahoma City and Walter Shorenstein in San Francisco. [SHAPIRO, 1987, p. 14]
"In real estate and construction," adds Abraham Korman, "there have been major Jewish builders in San
Francisco (Walter Shorenstein), Detroit (Philip and Max Stollman), New York (Samuel Lefrak), and
Washington [DC] (Charles Smith) ... Melvin Simon of Indianapolis is one of the major shopping center
developers in this country." [KORMAN, p. 24] The Simon Property Group is indeed "the nation's largest mall
owner in the United States, " including the Mall of America in Minneapolis. [MOTHER JONES, 5-3-01] "In the
construction and real estate fields," notes Milton Presur, "there are such giants as Webb and Knapp; the Uris
Brothers; Tishman; Levitt; and Rudin and Wolfson Enterprises." [PRESUR, M., 1982, p. 163]
San Francisco's Walter Shorenstein owns "one of the nation's largest and healthiest real estate empires,"
[KING, R., p. AS1] worth $405 million. He was noted in 1999 by the San Francisco Examiner as "San
Francisco's biggest landlord," owning "about 25 percent of the city's downtown rental property." [BRAZIL, E.,
11-5-99, p. A4] Also in San Francisco, Richard Swig -- winner of Israel's Golda Meir award -- founded the
posh Fairmount hotel chain; he also served as on positions for the Anti-Defamation League and the Jewish
Community Federation. By the 1880s, Adolph Sutro, a Jewish immigrant from Prussia, alone owned "roughly
one-twelfth of the land in San Francisco." He also became the mayor of the city. [NEWITZ, A., 1-13-99]
In a March 2000 letter to an online magazine, famed San Francisco poet Lawrence Ferlinghetti singled out a
Jewish real estate developer who was central in the cultural destruction of that city:
"A developer from Michigan, Scott Seligman, who runs Sterling Bank and Seligman Western Enterprises,
wants to gentrify the Mid-Market zone. Not to make the City a better place but to make his bank account a little
fatter. He wants a better class of tenant. No more photographers or poets or translators or editors or painters. No
more small businesses serving the City." [FERLINGHETTI, 3-8-01]
In 1989 the Los Angeles Times called Martin Selig "Seattle's biggest property owner." He had recently sold
Seattle's tallest building for $354 million. [DIETRICH, B., 11-20-89, p. D1] A decade earlier in Seattle, Forbes
noted that Jack Benaroya (also Jewish), "for 30 years built the Seattle area's largest real estate empire: 8 million
commercial square feet, about 90% industrial, including 5 business parks." [FORBES, 10-27-86, p. 290]
Another Jewish real estate developer, William Levitt, is credited -- or blamed - for the creation of "massive
tract developments of single family homes ... He shaped the American dream, a house of one's own for a small
down payment and an endless mortgage." [KREFETZ, p. 50] Levitt was instrumental in the invention of
"suburbia": sprawls of mass-produced uniform tract houses. Between 1947 and 1951 his company constructed
17,447 homes for 75,000 people on Long Island, known today as Levittown. He also created another housing
conglomeration -- also called Levittown -- in Pennsylvania. George Ritzer notes that:
"Levitt and Sons thought of their building sites as large factories. Instead of having the product move, as
one the automobile assembly line, the Levitt's product, the emerging house, was stationary, and it was the
workers who moved around the building site ... Said Alfred Levitt, one of the sons: 'The same man does the
same thing every day, despite the psychologists. It is boring; it is bad; but the reward of the green stuff seems to
alleviate the boredom of the work." [RITZER, p. 28]
By 1973, Arthur Cohen was chairman of Arlen Realty and Development Corporation, "a corporation that
controlled some $1.7 billion of U.S. real estate." [CARRUTH, E., 1973, p. 184] ... Shopping centers are the
largest single element of Arlen's business, and the company is one of the nation's largest builders (as well as
operators) of them." [CARRUTH, p. 187] Cohen and three associates held 49 percent of the voting shares in the
company.
By 1982, another Jewish real estate mogul, Samuel J. Lefrak, alone owned 55,000 apartments in New
York City and another 30,000 elsewhere, run by some 350 different companies, each owned by the Lefrak
family. [KREFETZ, p. 81] By 1982 too, "the great majority of the New York landlords [were] Jewish"
including the prominent family names of Uris, Durst, Tishman, Rudin, Horowitz, Ravitch, Minskoff,
Milstein, Sol Goldman, and Frederic Rose, a former President of the Jewish Philanthropies of New York.
[BAER, p. 195] Before financial problems in the late 1960s, William Zeckendorf was "master, at one time, of
possibly the greatest of all real estate empires." [BLACKWELL, E., 1973, p. 534] He also built the Worldwide
Plaza which are manhattans largest, the massive pyramids capping off the tops of the buildings. In the early
1990s the Rudins owned buildings worth $1.5 billion. Other huge Jewish real estate empires include [d] those of
Aaron Gural, Leo and Alexander Bing, the Resnicks, Fishers, Koeppels, Wiens, Cohens, and Silversteins.
By 1929 A.E. Lefcourt's 24 buildings (many skyscrapers) placed him "among the largest landlords in the city
and squarely in the ranks of its wealthiest men." [SCHACHTMAN, p. 117]
Most New York "real estate barons," confirmed Tom Schactman in 1991, are "white and Jewish."
[SCHACTMAN, p. 21] By the 1920s, "a survey found that 80 percent of the speculative builders in [New York]
city were Jewish although Jews made up only 40 percent of the 10,000 builders in the metropolitan area. The
[Jewish] immigrants' domination of the field worried some; the chairman of the board of the United States
Realty and Home Improvement company called the 'foreign element ... a disturbing feature in real estate today.'"
[SCHACHTMAN, p. 111] Architecturally, "even the shopping center was a [Jewish] émigré contribution,
pioneered by Viennese-born Victor Gruen ... In Chicago, [Ludwig] Mies became the virtual inventor of
industrial design." [HEILBUT, p. 143]
The premier real estate trader in the ritzy Hamptons area of Long Island was (until he choked on a piece of
steak and died in 1991) Allan Schneider. Schneider was both Jewish and homosexual, although he hid both. He
was, says, Steven Gaines, "the most powerful broker in all the Hamptons -- the 'Pasha,' as he was affectionately
called by his staff, with offices in Southampton, Bridgehampton, Sag Harbor, and East Hampton and revenues
approaching $100 million ... [He had] domination in the Hamptons real estate market ... He not only
substantially changed the face of the landscape, but his own life was in some ways a metaphor for the new
Hamptons: a stage upon which nouvelle society could invent itself." [GAINES, S., 1998, p. 4, 45, 48] How
about "the largest private landowner in all of East Hampton?" That would be Evan Frankel, who "held the deed
to more than 1,000 acres of developable land ... at one point he owned so much land that it was estimated he paid
50 percent of all the real estate taxes in East Hampton. Not coincidentally, at various times, he held seats on the
town planning board, the board of directors of Southampton Hospital, and the advisory board of the East
Hampton Free Library." [GAINES, S., 1998, p. 170]
Another Jewish real estate mogul, Ben Tobin, once a part owner of the Empire State Building, was, like
most, "a major benefactor to Jewish charities." [NITKIN, p. 6B] Down the street, Jack Weiler's nationwide
holdings equaled 5 million square feet in New York alone; 1.5 million more were owned in California. "A new
community of more than 2,000 homes and 5,000 residents on the southern ridge of Jerusalem was named Kiryat
Jack Weiler because of his support for Israel and his ability to coax others to help as well." [VAN GELDEN, p.
26] Frederic and Earle Mack's Mack Company, based in New York and New Jersey commercial and industrial
development, merged with another firm in 1997 to form the Mack-Cali Realty Corporation "which boasted a
combined market capitalization of $3.4 billion ... Like his brother Earle, Frederic Mack has long shown an
abiding interest in U. S. relations with Israel ... Mack is currently on the national board of the American Israel
Public Affairs Committee, the nation's largest and most influential pro-Israel lobby." [MOTHER JONES, 5-3-
01]
In July 2001, a private company took over control of the ill-fated World Trade Center. Silverstein Properties
(president: Larry Silverstein) signed a 99-year lease to run the landmark business complex for $3.2 billion from
New York City's Port Authority (chairman: Lewis Eisenberg). [SCT NEWSWIRE, 7-25-01] The retail section
was also controlled by a Jewish entrepreneur. As the Jerusalem Post noted after the 2001 terrorist attack:
"Australian businessman Frank Lowy, who immigrated to Australia from Israel in 1952, owns the 99-year
lease for the 425,000 square foot retail portion of the destroyed World Trade Center. Lowy is the chairman and
founder of Westfield Holdings, the manager of Westfield America Trust, which has a 57 percent stake in
Westfield America Inc ... Westfield said today that it has insurance cover against terrorist attacks and its
earnings will not be materially affected. In a statement to the Australian Stock Exchange the retail chain said that
'investment in the retail component of the World Trade Center is fully insured for both capital and loss of
income,' adding 'the insurance cover includes acts of terrorism' ... Today [Lowy] is the second wealthiest man in
Australia and was recently ranked as the 209th wealthiest man in the world by Forbes magazine. Westfield is the
fourth-largest shopping mall owner, with operations in Australia, the US, the United Kingdom and New
Zealand. Lowy is philanthropically involved in the Jewish community in Sydney as well as Israel, including
sponsoring the Overseas Students School of Tel Aviv University which is endowed in his name and being
associate international chairman of the Israel Democracy Institute." [BERGER, S., 9-12-01]
In the New York city government sphere,
"For more than four decades, without ever holding public office, Robert Moses ruled in New York like a
potentate. He spent an estimated $27 billion on public works: highways, bridges, parks, tunnels, beaches,
playgrounds, dams, public buildings, and public housing. He was in large part responsible for the construction of
the Lincoln Center, the United Nations, Co-op City, and the Coliseum. His most impregnable power base was
the Triborough Bridge and Tunnel Authority, where he reigned as chief executive from 1933 to 1968. He had
helped draft the legislation that created the authority and that at the same time ensured its existence in
perpetuity by empowering it to issue new bonds. The never-ending stream of bridge and tunnel tolls gave Moses
control over a bond-issuing agency with exiguous accountability; during his tenure the authority, although a
public agency, was as autonomous as the privately governed Metropolitan Museum." [MEYER, K., 1979, p.
93]
Another Jewish mogul, Aaron Ziegelman, is in "the controversial business of buying low-rent buildings in
New York City, renovating them and selling the apartments as condominiums. The New York Times called him
'one of New York's biggest co-op converters.'" [KLEIN, A., p. 10] One of Ziegelman's pet projects is to
reconstruct an Eastern European village in Israel; he has also donated a million dollars to the Reconstructionist
Rabbinical College in Philadelphia and a million and a half to the National Jewish Center for Learning and
Leadership.
Yet another Jewish real estate mogul is Jerry Speyer. He married into the Tishman family, also Jewish; the
family's firm "Tishman Realty" became the largest "builder-owner" in the United States. [TRAUB, p. 68] Fellow
Jewish real estate developer Bernard Mendik told the New York Times Magazine in 1998 that "right now,
Jerry [Speyer] is the Number 1 real-estate developer in the world." [TRAUB, p. 62] Today Speyer's Tishman-
Speyer Properties owns 36 million square feet of building space, valued at $10.5 billion. Among other sites
Speyer's firm owns include Manhattan's Chrysler Building and the Messerturm in Frankfurt, Germany (Europe's
second tallest building). He has served on the boards of both Columbia University and the Museum of Modern
Art. Speyer, says journalist James Traub, "operates in that elite sphere in which wealth, public-spiritedness, and
proper table manners converge to form a colossal nexus of power, but one almost invisible to the outside
world." [TRAUB, p. 64]
In 1995, Business Week highlighted another Jewish real estate mogul, Steve Green:
"Most people have never head of the 49 year-old real estate maven. But Steven J. Green's empire is growing
fast. His personal holdings include 120 retail properties across the United States, which he estimated is worth
$500 million. Through partnerships, he has a stake in a real estate company in Britain that owns 22 office
properties in European business centers, an industrial project in Eastern Europe, and a retail development in
Moscow's Red Square. And he's the chief executive of Astrum International Corporation, a $1 billion company
that owns Samsonite, American Tourister, and Culligan brands." [WOOLLEY, p. 116]
By 1940, Albert M. Greenfield's real estate business in Philadelphia was the largest in the city. By age 35
he had "accumulated" 27 building and loan associations and was known as 'one of the most influential men in
the city." [SKLARE, p. 284] In early Los Angeles, Kaspare Cohn "was one of Southern California's largest
landowners." [GOLDEN, H., 1973, p. 233] By the 1970s, noted one Jewish observer, the (Jewish) Hellman
family's Farmers and Merchant Bank, "excepting the state, is the largest property owner in California."
[GOLDEN, H., 1973, p. 233]
In Chicago, Sam Zell is "one of the biggest property owners in the country." [ALLEN, J. p. C1] Zell built
his fortune on slum lording or, as the Chicago Tribune puts it, the "buying of distressed properties and
resurrecting them ... Zell acquired troubled apartment buildings in Florida, Reno, and Las Vegas." [ELSNER, p.
C1] "If you viewed us as a group," said partner Burton Kanter, "we were the biggest landlords in Reno."
[ELSNER, p. C1] In 1976 Zell and three associates were indicted in a tax shelter scheme over a Reno hotel
transaction. Zell cut a deal with the government, but his brother-in-law went to prison. [ALLEN, J. p. C1]
Chicago-based Neil Bluhm, president of JMB Realty, and partner Judd Malkin, noted Forbes in 1990:
"Are among the few 1980s property owners to remain high on the Forbes Hundred [richest Americans list].
Each is estimated at over $770 million, although they tell people they are each worth just under $1 billion."
[BERSS, p. 352]
JMB's reach is far, owning even the prestigious Century City office complex -- home too many in the
Hollywood entertainment world -- in West Los Angeles. Nearby, in Beverly Hills, Guilford Glazer oversees his
own $474 million real estate empire, including the Del Amo Fashion Mall, "the largest shopping mall in the
world." [BLUMAY, C., 1992, p. 415] Glazer, notes Forbes magazine, is "active in Jewish American causes.
[He] built [an] Israeli community center with buddy Armand Hammer." [FORBES, 10-12-98] A Beverly Hills
neighbor is Eli Broad, co-founder of Kaufman & Broad, the Los Angeles area's "largest home builder."
[GOLDBERG, JJ, 10-22-99] In 1977, Jewish mogul A. Albert Taubman "purchased 77,000 acres of some of
the best land in southern California between Los Angeles and San Diego." Taubman, based in Detroit, "by the
mid-1960s ... was building shopping centers in California, the nation's ongoing Mecca of real estate development
... It was Taubman who continually upped the stakes in mall development, again raising eyebrows by building
them bigger than anyone else, placing more stringent demands on tenants and charging higher rents for retailers
who set up store under his roof." [HIGGINS/HOOVER, 5-3-01, p. 4a] A Holocaust™ survivor, Frank Lowy,
owns Westfield America, the largest shopping mall company on the West Coast, including eight properties in
Los Angeles, eight in San Diego, and four in Northern California. In St. Louis, Missouri, "Lowry has five malls
and is the city's biggest landlord." In Australia, Lowy's home base, his "mall empire ... has blanketed the
continent." The global asset value of his company's holdings is $13.2 billion. [COOLIDGE, 10-19-98]
Also in Chicago, "Philip Klutznik and his American Community Builders, and his later Urban Investment
and Development Co. went on to build much of the face of Chicago over the last half century." [OLIVER, p.
A16] He is largely responsible for the planned Chicago suburb of Park Forest and he owned the downtown
landmark Water Tower Place.
In Washington DC, yet another Jewish real estate king, Charles Smith, controlled "Washington's greatest
real estate fortune." [HAGGERTY, M. p. F10] His son Robert, and son-in-law Robert Kogod today run an
empire of 2,000 employees, 14,000 apartment units (20,000 counting the ones they also manage), and interests
in 54 office buildings. Their total worth was estimated by the late 1980s to be $3-5 billion. Other area
Washington area Jewish real estate moguls include the Hafts, Mort Zuckerman, Albert Abramson, Ted
Lerner, Bernard and Carol Gewirz, Robert Rosenthal, Estelle Gelman, Hermen Greenberg, Abe Pollin,
Myer and Adrienne Arsht Feldman, Joel Meisel and Barry Cohen, among others. [REGARDIE'S, p. 64-] As
Barbara Matusow notes about an earlier Jewish generation in the nation's capitol:
"Morris Pollin eventually became a leading builder and developer in the area -- the path to wealth for so
many other Jews of humble origins ... Abraham Kay parlayed his earnings from a grocery store on Capitol Hill
into vast landholdings in the suburbs. Morris Cafritz, the city's richest developer, used to hawk newspapers...
Nearly all the other first generation success stories -- car dealer Joe Cherner, Giant Food's patriarch Nehemiah
Cohen, Macke
Vending's Hyman Goldberg, lumber merchant Isadore Turover -- also had major holdings in real estate."
[MATUSOW, B., MAY 2000, p. 79]
In Houston, Jewish real estate mogul Jerry Moore is worth over $400 million, owning over 140 shopping
centers. Forbes noted that he bought
"shabby, low-profit but promising strip centers and turn[ed] them into born-again cash machines ... Moore lives
with his wife in an authentic 18th-century, 40-room French chateau (transported from France and reassembled in
Houston's ritzy Memorial section). He owns 22 Ferraris, 14 Rolls Royces, and over 200 well-restored antique
Dusenbergs, Packards, and other vehicles." [FIELD, p. 32]
Elsewhere in Houston, David Mincberg owns "one of the largest apartment firms in the city." [HOUSTON
CHRONICLE, 1998] He is also chairman of the Harris County Democratic Party and president of the Jewish
Federation of Greater Houston.
Also in Texas, based in Dallas, the Centex real estate company "is one of the nation's largest home builders,
with operations in 53 markets in 19 states." [NEW YORK TIMES, 9-3-98] Its CEO is also Jewish, Laurence
Hirsch.
In Boston, "the young professionals who began favoring Boston as a place to live around the time of the
Vietnam War are ensconced in their lairs, many of them either built or financed by [Mark] Goldweitz."
[ROBINSON, p. 61] In 2000, Jerome Rappaport sold his massive Charles River Park development --
apartments and condos -- for $300 million. [Van Voorhis, S., 2-14-00] Other Jewish real estate moguls in Boston
include "the Krupp brothers, Philip and William, who made a killing in real estate," as well as Stephen Karp,
Julian Cohen, Bruce Beal, Steve Fishman, Ron Drucker, Dick Friedman, Alan Leventhal, and Edwin
Sidman, among others. [BOSTON MAGAZINE]
Owner of properties throughout New England, Holocaust™ survivor Simon Konover -- owner of over 11
million square feet of real estate -- "is a staunch supporter of Jewish charities." [CHAINSTORE, p. 92] Richard
Penzer has a "real estate empire" in Pittsburgh; in Chicago, by 1988 William Adler had developed over 100
suburban and industrial properties and thousands of homes.
In Los Angeles, by 1992 Jona Goldrich and Abraham Lurie alone controlled 25% (worth $250 million) of
the luxurious Marina Del Rey beach area. "For years," notes the Los Angeles Times, "Goldrich has been active
in Jewish affairs." [RABIN, J., p. B1] Goldrich has been "a major builder of residential and commercial projects
throughout California" and a "major player" in the $400 million Channel Gateway project near Marina Del Rey.
In 1991 he was awarded a controversial contract by the Los Angeles County to control over 18 acres of prime
Marina Del Rey waterfront for the next 70 years. "Mark Nathanson [also Jewish], a Beverly Hills real estate
broker and a member of the California Coastal Commission," noted the Los Angeles Times, "was a leading
supporter of the lease extension [to Goldrich] when the five-member Small Craft Harbor Commission met last
week." "Nathanson," observed the Times, "is the target of a federal political corruption investigation in
Sacramento." [RABIN, J., 12-23-91, p. B1] For Abraham Lurie's part, he was once even a business partner
with the brother-in-law of Saudi Arabia's King Fahd. In 1992, before economic problems, Lurie was described
as Marina Del Rey's "biggest developer." [RABIN, J., 7-29-92, p. B1]
In Miami, Jewish real estate moguls include Craig Robins. As one journalist notes:
"[Robins] is Miami's most celebrated purchaser and rehabber of dilapidated buildings ... A few in Miami
Beach gripe that Robins' rep and political clout have made him and [his company called] Dacra inordinately
influential in the city, greasing the skids for any proposed project that has his name on it."
Robins' partners include his brother Scott and New York-based developer Tony Goldman. [KISSELL, T.,
6-15-99]
Even in Mormon-dominated Utah, John Price is the (Jewish) chairman and CEO of JP Realty, "among the
top commercial real estate developers in the Intermountain West, owning and managing properties in Utah and
nine surrounding states." These holdings include 12 enclosed shopping malls, other shopping centers and various
commercial and industry buildings. [KNUDSON, M., 3-23, 97] In Denver, Sally Barry made local news when
she fought prominent real estate developer Jordan Perlmutter's plans that would obscure beautiful views of the
Rocky Mountains from popular Robert Clement Park. [GREEN, C., 2-22-95, p., B7] Also in Denver, Israeli-
raised Shaul Baruch, son of a rabbi, was noted in 1995 as a "wealthy land developer" who had recently
purchased "443 acres of prime dirt near Denver International Airport." [REBCHOOK, J., 12-5-95, p. A47]
In Omaha, Nebraska, as an addenda to the real estate world, Phil and Harley Schrager owns the Pacesetter
Corporation, the "largest independent, direct-seller and manufacturer of residential building and improvement
products in the United States." [JEWISH PRESS, 3-31-2000, p. 1]
In Canada, the Reichmann family has an international real estate empire and, by the 1980s, before financial
troubles, were reputed to be "one of the wealthiest families in the world." [BUCHINSKY, p. 4] The
Reichmanns owned the largest real estate empire on earth, as well as the world's largest newsprint producer
(Albitibi-Price), plus various other holdings. The former Deputy Minister of Finance for Canada, Marshall
Cohen, directed the large Olympia and York division of the Reichmann sprawl. "The Reichmann's main
business vehicle, Olympia and York Development," notes Anthony Bianco, "was the greatest property
development company in Western history." [BIANCO, p. xv] "At the peak of their success ... the Reichmann's
donated $60 million annually to [Jewish] Orthodox institutions worldwide." [ATLAS, p. 264] The Jewish
Reichmann and Bronfman families were instrumental in building New York's tallest landmark, the World
Trade Center, and in the late 1970s the Reichmanns had major downtown development projects in ten
American cities. [BIANCO, p. 368] "In Florida, Olympia and York generally invested along with the Shapiro
family." [BIANCO, p. 399]
"Seagrams [owned by the Montreal-based Bronfman family] are not only the largest liquor empire in the
world, but the largest private land-owners in Canada." [BERMANT, C., 1977, p. 68] Also from Montreal,
Maxwell Cummings' real estate company has owned land and buildings across North America. In 1948 he built
an apartment complex "which was the largest privately owned housing development in Canada ... Throughout
his life, Cummings has played an important role in the Jewish community." [BEAUDIN, p. A4] Cummings, who
died in 2001, was "a leading developer of low-cost housing in Canada." [EISENTHAL, B., 5-24-01] An
Orthodox Jew from Toronto, real estate baron Stephen Mernick, even bought (for $139 million) the 500-acre
PTL Christian theme park in North Carolina (after the sex scandal that swept Jim and Tammy Bakker into
ruins). [DOLPHIN, p 38]
Also in Canada, Jewish mogul Peter Munk, while heading "one of the world's most valuable gold mining
companies, Barrick Gold," also controls "Toronto's landmark CN Tower, lots of office space in New York, and
what is described rather coyly as effective ownership of the Sears Tower in Chicago." [FINANCIAL TIMES, 6-
30-98, p. 21] In 2000, Jacob Ghermezian died. A Jew from Iran, he "built a real estate empire in Canada."
[KIRSCHNER, S., 9-14-2000, p. 11]
Even in a place like Sacramento, California, Mort Friedman "is prominent in two of the most public arenas
in town, law and development." [DELSOHN, p. A1] Both a lawyer and a real estate developer (including
Sacramento's Market Square mall), his personal fortune is estimated to be about $100 million. Friedman has
worked "for improved U.S.-Israeli relations," says the Sacramento Bee, "He lobbied Congress and met with
Israeli leaders as an officer of the American Israel Public Affairs Committee." [DELSOHN, p. A1]
In 1989, a roomful of such Jewish real estate barons and assorted slum lords gathered to hear the Jewish
New York State Attorney General, Robert Abrams, speak at the "Greater New York Real Estate and
Construction Division of the State of Israel Bonds." Real estate mogul Sheldon Solow received the "Israel Peace
Medal." Abrams, noted a news wire dispatch, "as a public official and even before that, ... has been a strong
voice on behalf of Jewish causes ... [and an] ardent champion of the state of Israel ... While he was borough
president, he successfully persuaded the New York City Board of Education to incorporate Jewish Heritage
Week into the curriculum of public schools." [PR NEWSWIRE, 11-3-89] The chair of the Real Estate Board of
New York at the time (1988) was also Jewish: Larry Silverstein. Such men no doubt included David Steiner,
head of Steiner Equities Group, "a real estate concern which oversees millions of square feet of commercial and
industrial property from its New Jersey headquarters." Steiner is a former president of AIPAC, the foremost
lobbying agency for Israel in America. [MOTHER JONES, 3-5-01]
In Europe, in 1997, the Deutche Presse Agence wire service noted that "Berlin's Jewish community is
currently in turmoil, its standing in the city tarnished by reports of dubious real estate dealing and political in-
fighting among some of its members." [FREEMAN, C.] Jewish entrepreneurs were noted to have even
swindled Holocaust™ survivors. "Our image is tarnished in the public eye by all the talk of corruption and
scandal," the wire service was told at the Jewish Community Center of Berlin." "Recently," noted the Agentur,
"a [Jewish Community Center leader's] husband was investigated by the police, reputedly for forcing a woman
from Riga into prostitution. There have also been media reports of a [Jewish] Community member ruthlessly
driving up property rents in east Berlin." [FREEMAN, C.]
Of the 21 members of Berlin's Jewish Community organization, 17 were noted to be "involved in real estate
or property management." [FREEMAN] The chairman of the Central Council of Jews in Berlin, Ignatz Bubis,
also owned 40% of the Sheraton Hotel in Tel Aviv til his death in 1999. The London Guardian noted that "All
his adult life Bubis insisted that he would live in Germany but did not want to be buried there ["he wanted to be
buried in Israel"] and "although Bubis came to reflect the secularization and worldliness of modern German
Jewry, he once said he would be 'very upset' if his daughter married a Gentile." [TRAYNOR, p. 10]
Another German Jewish mogul, Moritz Gertler, was recently described by one London newspaper as "one
of Germany's wealthiest private property owners." [NISSE, p. 1, 2] In 1998, a French wire service noted the
Jewish Fiszman family, rooted in German real estate, as "one of Germany's wealthiest families." [AGENCE
FRANCE PRESSE, 10-1-98] (Other wealthy post-war Jews in Germany include Emil Januscek (in clothing),
the "banker Feuchtwanger, in Munich, and Rosenthal, the manufacturer whose porcelain has a worldwide
reputation.") [KATCHER, L., 1968, p. 176]
In Vienna, Austria, Ariel Muzicant heads the "largest association of Austrian Jews." (Today's Austrian
Jewish population is about 15,000). He was also born in Israel. "I am the biggest broker in town," Muzicant told
the New York Times in 2001, "So, yes, I know the mayor and deputy mayor. I am bigger than the second- and
third-largest brokers combined. I build, broker, lease, and sell commercial real estate." A rival Jewish leader
condemned Muzicant as a "man who advertises real estate on the Web page of the Jewish community he is
supposed to represent." [COHEN, R., 3-25-01]
In England, the firm owned by Jewish moguls Michael and Peter Freeman was picked by Estates Times to
be "one of the top 10, and possibly top five, quoted property companies in the UK" by the year 2000.
[ESTATES TIMES] Michael Price, also Jewish and active in British real estate (and who owns 6% of the
powerful Chase Manhattan bank), was noted by the Times of London to have "recently emerged as one of
America's most aggressive investors. It is the nightmare of every American executive to wake up in the morning
and find that Mr. Price has just bought a stake in his company." In 1993, Sighismund Berger (who father was a
leading figure in Britain's Jewish Orthodox Satmar sect), facing economic woes, was still described by the
London Observer as "arguably UK's largest private landlord." [PARKER-JERVIS, ONLINE]
"Mention any high-profile development," noted the London Guardian in 1991,
"and Godfrey Bradman's been there too; in particular, he favours mega schemes: Finsbury Avenue (half a
million square feet); Broadgate (3.5 million feet); Chafford Hundred in Essex, the biggest residential project in
Britain. And of course the 125-acre King's Cross development, the largest single inner-city scheme in Europe."
[COLES, GUARDIAN]
Bradman is also, noted an observer in the Guardian, "part of that north London set of Jewish businessmen
who go to each other's charity dos." [COLES, GUARDIAN] Yet another Jewish British real estate force is
Gerald Ronson, "one of the country's most celebrated property tycoons" who in 1990 "was fined pounds 5
million and did six months in jail for his part in the Guinness share-dealing scandal." [BARNETT, A., p. 3]
Other British Jewish real estate tycoons include Mark Pears (whose family owns an estimated 20,000 flats and
houses), and "London property brothers Eddie and Sol Zaky, whose Topland Group's portfolio is worth 1
billion pounds." The Zakys are from Israel. "I would forecast that unless peace comes soon," says Philip
Beresford, compiler of a newspaper "rich list," it would be a logical step for Israelis to settle in Britain."
[LEVITT/KOHEN, 4-27-01, p. 14]
Even in Hungary, in 1995, "Israeli-owned real estate development companies have started or prepared
projects in Budapest worth $350 million that range from family apartments to renovations of abandoned hotels
to massive shopping malls. The total development market size is estimated to be $1.6 billion." [O'LEARY, p.
28] And, as the Jerusalem Post noted in 2000, "over the past few years, many Israeli companies have invested
in real estate in Eastern Europe, and in Poland and Romania in particular." These Israeli companies include
Olimpia Real Estate Holdings, Kardan Real Estate, and Elscint Limited. In 2000, Elscint also bought a 49%
ownership of a Polish hotel chain. [SHAVIV, M., 10-6-2000] In the Czech Republic, about 1,600 Jews live in
Prague, the beautiful capital of that country. "The new chairman [of the Prague Jewish Community]," noted the
Jewish Telegraphic Agency in 2001, "intends to ensure that the community makes the most of its assets, which
include prime real estate in Prague and elsewhere in the country." [BENNETT, M., 7-2-01]
In 2001, the Israeli newspaper, Haaretz, noted that "Israeli real estate companies are the largest and most
active in some Eastern European countries ... Companies like Europe Israel have invested hundreds of
millions of shekels in buying and developing East European commercial centers. Kardan Investments has been
operating several years in Poland and has set up thousands of square meters of office space." The article,
however, focused upon increased Israeli real estate movement in Great Britain. Israeli companies there include
Giron Development and Building and Dorot. But the "most prominent Israeli company in the British real estate
scene is Alony-Hertz." [LINDMAN, C., 6-27-01]
Note: This list is in no way comprehensive, for the author missed many large companies, trusts, and groups.
There‘s a skyscraper complex in Manhattan that is capped off by massive Egyptian pyramids, the complex is called
Worldwide Plaza, located on 49th St on the Westside. The massive lit up glass pyramid caught my attention in the night
sky, I looked at the layout of the architecture, I just knew that this was definitely an ―illuminati‖ ruling elite project.
Low and behold it was developed by legendary Zionist Jew elite William
Zeckendorf, Jr. As mentioned in the above list of Zionist real estate moguls
regarded as: "master, at one time, of possibly the greatest of all real estate
empires."
No dialogue into the true ownership/control of enterprise can be considered

complete without including one of the favorite ruling elite hide and seek
apparatus known as the private equity firm. It is within the undercover of
private equity firms that large corporations and properties are routinely yet
covertly bought and sold like commodities. Headlines such as ―in today‘s
news the Blackstone Group bought so and so for 4.5 billion, blah, blah, blah‖
are commonplace. What the public does not know is WHO the key figures
are behind all those private equity firms. Do a little research and within
almost EVERY SINGLE one of those entities consist a Zionist majority
partners. And those whom are not Zionist Jews are card carrying CFR
Freemasons whom are basically essential administrators of the ruling elite
network.
There used to be a point in time where the world made sense. Products were
grown and/or made, merchants sold said products. Everyone was happy. Simple. Along came the banksters peddling
other people‘s money and raking in middleman fees by lending other people‘s money. Somehow this industry grew by
leaps and bounds, even though they make absolutely nothing, produce absolutely nothing, and contribute absolutely
NOTHING to the world. It defies all fundamental logic and reason of existence let alone the spectacular growth and
eventual domination of all useful, necessary and purpose driven industries. The finance industry experienced
phenomenal unhindered expansion and growth beyond all logic and reason for an industry that does nothing and makes
nothing. Today the financial industry that was just a tiny fraction of the business realm just several hundred years ago
has become the largest most powerful and DOMINATES all other industries. Even more alarming is the FACT that a
majority of ownership and control of all those financial enterprises consists of Zionists whom are hell bent on
accomplishing their age old quest of world rule as they believe GOD promised them.
I am going show you the tip of the iceberg, just one section of the colossal financial industry to present a mere glimpse
list into the realm of ―stealth ownership/control‖ known as private equity groups. For those of you whom doubt
overwhelming Zionist presence or are curious, click on the Wikipedia links and follow the ownership trails, you will
see for yourself the ―illuminati‖ concentration of ownership/control that I am expounding upon. Let‘s play chase the
rabbit, connect the dots and spot the Zionist/Masonic ruling elite owner/controllers, you will be amazed what you
unveil once you get to bottom of the myriad of layers of ownership/control:
Largest private equity firms:

The following is a ranking of the largest private equity firms. The ranking was compiled by Private Equity
International, which reveals that the world's 50 largest private equity direct investment programs have raised a total of
US$551 billion since 2002.
The list includes very few venture capital firms, which tend to be smaller than their leveraged buyout counterparts; for
a list of those see List of venture capital firms.
Behold, for here lays the TRUE HIDDEN POWER of the ruling elite:
Capital Raised as of 2007

Rank Name of the firm Headquarters
(billions of USD)
1 The Carlyle Group Washington DC $ 32.5
2 Kohlberg Kravis Roberts New York $ 31.1
3 Goldman Sachs Capital Partners New York $ 31.0
4 The Blackstone Group New York $ 28.36
5 TPG Capital Fort Worth $ 23.5
6 Permira London $ 21.47
7 Apax Partners London $ 18.85
8 Bain Capital Boston $ 17.3
9 Providence Equity Partners Providence, RI $ 16.36
10 CVC Capital Partners London $ 15.65
11 Cinven London $ 15.07
12 Apollo Management New York $ 13.9
13 3i Group London $ 13.37
14 Warburg Pincus New York $ 13.3
15 Terra Firma Capital Partners London $ 12.9
16 Hellman & Friedman San Francisco $ 12.0
17 CCMP Capital New York $ 11.7
18 General Atlantic Greenwich, CT $ 11.4

19 Silver Lake Partners Menlo Park, CA $ 11.0
20 Teachers' Private Capital Toronto $ 10.78
21 EQT Partners Stockholm $ 10.28
22 First Reserve Corporation Greenwich, CT $ 10.1
23 American Capital Bethesda, MD $ 9.57
24 Charterhouse Capital Partners London $ 9.0
25 Lehman Brothers Merchant Banking New York $ 8.5
26 Candover London $ 8.29
27 Fortress Investment Group New York $ 8.26
28 Sun Capital Partners Boca Raton, FL $ 8.0
29 BC Partners London $ 7.9
30 Thomas H. Lee Partners Boston $ 7.5
31 Leonard Green & Partners Los Angeles $ 7.15
32 Madison Dearborn Partners Chicago $ 6.5
33 Onex Toronto $ 6.3
34 Cerberus Capital Management New York $ 6.1
35 PAI Partners Paris $ 6.05
36 Bridgepoint Capital London $ 6.05
37 Doughty Hanson & Co London $ 5.9
38 AlpInvest Partners Amsterdam $ 5.4
39 TA Associates Boston $ 5.2
40 Berkshire Partners Boston $ 4.8
41 Pacific Equity Partners Sydney $ 4.74
42 Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe New York $ 4.7
43 Advent International Boston $ 4.6

44 GTCR Golder Rauner Chicago $ 4.6
45 Nordic Capital Stockholm $ 4.54
46 Oak Investment Partners Palo Alto, CA $ 4.06
47 Clayton, Dubilier & Rice New York $ 4.0
[2]
48 AAC Capital Partners (ABN Amro Capital) Amsterdam $ 3.93
49 Oaktree Capital Management Los Angeles $ 3.93
50 Summit Partners Boston $ 3.88
List of investment banking private equity groups:
The following is a list of notable private equity firms and merchant banking and other private equity groups that currently reside
within investment banking firms or have previously completed a spinout from an investment banking firm:
Parent bank Private equity firm Location Year Year

founded independent
ABN AMRO AAC Capital Partners Amsterdam - 2008
Barclays Capital Barclays Private Equity London 1982 -
Bear Stearns ^ Kohlberg Kravis Roberts New York 1965 1976

Irving Place Capital (fka BSMB) New York 1997 2008
BNP Paribas PAI Partners Paris 1993 1998
BT Alex. Brown ^ ABS Capital Baltimore 1990 1995
Charterhouse Bank ^ Charterhouse Capital Partners London 1982 2001

Charterhouse Group New York 1973 1989
CIBC World Markets Trimaran Capital Partners New York 1995 2001
Citigroup Court Square Capital Partners New York 1968 2006

CVC Capital Partners Luxembourg 1981 1993
Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe New York 1979 1979
Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co. New York 1995 1995
Continental Illinois ^ Willis Stein & Partners Chicago 1983 1995

CIVC Partners Chicago 1983 1994
Credit Suisse / Donaldson, DLJ Merchant Banking New York 1985 na

Lufkin & Jenrette Avista Capital Partners New York 1985 2005
Diamond Castle Holdings New York 1985 2004
Castle Harlan New York 1987 1987
Deutsche Bank MidOcean Partners New York 2003 2003
First Chicago Bank ^ Madison Dearborn Partners Chicago 1992 1992

GTCR Chicago 1980 1980
Goldman Sachs Goldman Sachs Capital Partners New York 1986 na
Hambros Bank ^ Duke Street Capital London 1988 1998
JPMorgan Chase CCMP Capital (fka JPMorgan Partners) New York 1984 2006
One Equity Partners Chicago 2001 na
Lazard Lazard Alternative Investments New York - -
Lehman Brothers ^ Blackstone Group New York 1985 1985

The Cypress Group New York 1994 1994
Lehman Brothers Merchant Banking New York 1986 -
Merrill Lynch Merrill Lynch Global Private Equity New York 1996 na
Morgan Stanley Metalmark Capital New York 1985 2004

Morgan Stanley Capital Partners New York
National Westminster Bank Bridgepoint Capital London 1984 2000
Nomura Group Terra Firma Capital Partners London 1994 2002
UBS UBS Capital London - na

Affinity Equity Partners Hong Kong 1995 2002
Capvis 1990 2003
Lightyear Capital Zurich 2000 2002
New York
Wachovia Wachovia Capital Partners Charlotte 1988 na
William Blair & Company William Blair Capital Partners Chicago 1982 2004
Notable private equity firms:
The following is a list of notable private equity firms:
3i Heartland Industrial Partners

ABRY Partners Hellman & Friedman
ABS Capital Partners
AEA Investors Highland Capital Management

AXA Private Equity Huntsman Gay Global Capital
Abraaj Capital IK Investment Partners
Advent International InterMedia Partners
Intermediate Capital Group
Affinity Equity Partners
Allied Capital Investcorp
Irving Place Capital
AlpInvest Partners J.H. Whitney & Company
Altor Equity Partners J.W. Childs Associates
American Capital Strategies JC Flowers
American Securities Capital Partners JLL Partners
Angelo, Gordon & Co. JMI Equity
Apax Partners Jordan Company
Apollo Management KRG Capital
Arcapita Kelso & Company
Ares Management Kennet Partners
Arlington Capital Partners Kohlberg & Company
Audax Group Kohlberg Kravis Roberts
Avenue Capital Group LGT Capital Partners
Avista Capital Partners LRG Capital Funds
BC Partners Lake Capital
BIP Investment Partners Landmark Partners
Babcock & Brown Lee Equity Partners
Bain Capital Lehman Brothers Merchant Banking
Barclays Private Equity Leonard Green & Partners
Berkshire Partners Leopard Capital LP
Blackstone Group Lexington Partners
Blum Capital Lightyear Capital
Brentwood Associates Lincolnshire Management
Bridgepoint Capital
Lindsay Goldberg
Brockway Moran & Partners
Lion Capital LLP
Bruckmann, Rosser, Sherrill & Co. Littlejohn & Co.
Brysam Global Partners Lone Star Funds
Butler Capital Partners Madison Dearborn Partners
CCMP Capital MatlinPatterson Global Advisors
CI Capital Partners Mekong Capital
CIVC Partners Merrill Lynch Global Private Equity
CVC Capital Partners Metalmark Capital
Campeau Corporation Mid Europa Partners
Candover Investments MidOcean Partners
Capvis Morgenthaler
Carlyle Group Newbridge Capital
Castle Harlan Nordic Capital
Catterton Partners Oak Hill Capital Partners
Cerberus Capital Management Oaktree Capital Management
Charlesbank Capital Partners Olympus Partners
Charterhouse Capital Partners One Equity Partners
Charterhouse Group Onex Corporation
Chicago Growth Partners PAI Partners
Cinven Pacific Equity Partners
Clarity Partners Paine & Partners
Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Pantheon Ventures
Close Brothers Group Harvest Partners
Code Hennessy & Simmons
Coller Capital Partners Group
Colony Capital Patriot Capital
Court Square Capital Partners Permira
Crossroads Group Phoenix Equity Partners
DLJ Merchant Banking Partners Platina Partners
Defoe Fournier & Cie. Platinum Equity

Diamond Castle Holdings Primus Capital
Doughty Hanson & Co Providence Equity Partners
Dubai International Capital Quadrangle Group
Duke Street Capital Riordan, Lewis & Haden
Ripplewood Holdings
EQT Partners Riverside Company
Electra Private Equity SVG Capital
Elevation Partners Seaport Capital
Emerging Capital Partners Silver Lake Partners
Eurazeo Silverfleet Capital Partners
Evercore Partners Stephen Norris Capital Partners
Fenway Partners Summit Partners
Sun Capital Partners
Ferd TA Associates
First Reserve Corporation TCW/Crescent Mezzanine
Forstmann Little & Company TPG Capital
Fortress Investment Group TSG Consumer Partners
Fox Paine & Company Tavistock Group
Freeman Spogli & Co. Terra Firma Capital Partners
Fremont Group Thayer Hidden Creek
Friedman Fleischer & Lowe Thoma Cressey Bravo
Frontenac Company Thomas H. Lee Partners
GI Partners Trivest
GIMV Veronis Suhler Stevenson
GTCR Vestar Capital Partners
General Atlantic Wachovia Capital Partners
Golden Gate Capital Partners Warburg Pincus
Goldman Sachs Capital Partners Wellspring Capital Management
Graphite Capital Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe
H&Q Asia Pacific Wesray Capital Corporation
H.I.G. Capital Weston Presidio
HM Capital Partners Willis Stein & Partners
HarbourVest Partners Wind Point Partners
Yucaipa Cos.
Corporate world rule and control has recently come one step closer to reality. SCOTUS recently ruled that corporations
are entitled to spend UNLIMITED funds in our elections. Corporations are THE main ruling INSTRUMENT of the
ruling elite. This jaw dropping precedent ruling paves the way for untouchable COPORATOCRACY rule and
control. The Supreme Court has spoken for its true hidden masters, who by the hand of the corporations shall rule over
this land, and you my dear friend, will be a grateful
spectator.
Communism has proven to be a failed ideology.

Socialism though operational for a long time in some
areas of the globe has its detractors, capitalism who are
the powers that be, every corporation, every media
outlet, every wealthy person on the planet will defend
its alleged virtues to the end of the earth for it is the
central concept that has allowed them all to flourish
and build wealth beyond anyone‘s dreams. But let‘s be
real. Capitalism has also been THE central
unequivocal factor in the destruction of this planet; all
the ailments of the world and dire poverty are also the byproducts of rampant capitalism. The question is not which one
of the existing systems is best, for NONE of them are adequate for modern day world we live in. What we need is an
entirely NEW system, not communism, not socialism, not capitalism, not authoritarian, none the world has yet seen.
The greatest source of all the worlds wealth is ALSO THE, THE one and only source of all its ailments. Corporations.
The next superior world system should embrace the best aspects of all successful systems. Yet capitalism must be
absolutely reigned in. instead of stock markets and worldwide conglomerate beasts hell bent on expansion, the entire
paradigm needs to be revamped. Stock markets are great for the wealthy so anything I say against it will squarely get
me trampled by the entire planet, but the TRUTH is beyond what is popular and what currently exists to support the
current status quo. Stock markets MUST go. In its place the entire corporate system needs to be reworked. Instead of
stock markets where the rick and wealth own corporations the ownership of ALL corporations must be unequivocally
be revoked and re-distributed.
The ownership of corporations MUST be completely gutted out and reworked from the bottom up. The ownership of
each corporation on the planet must be BROKEN UP to no more than regional in reach; national corporations would be
broken up like independent local franchises. The ownership, now this portion can NOT be debated, must be limited to
an iron clad never changing written in stone law. The owner/stockholders must be broken down into this type of
fashion: 33% employees, 33% local population it serves 33% local owners, current management & founding team,
with multi-national corporations severely regulated and in most cases illegal. All corporations should be broken down
to thousands of smaller regional units, independent businesses. It is drastic revolutionary concepts such as this that can
equalize and tame these corporate beasts. All corporations must be made to SERVE THE PUBLIC GOOD above and
beyond all else.
Behold for I pose to you this question: So who owns this world? The bible states that Satan is the ruler of this world.
Corporations are soulless beings, monstrosities. The anti-Christ whom is defined in the Holy Bible as: ―he who denies
the Christ‖ (the Jews) is the synagogue of Satan; they are his administrators here on earth but that does not mean they
have a monopoly on evil and sin, for all peoples walking the earth partake of those cups. Open your eyes America,
awaken from your deep slumber ye who hath been sucked into the abyss along with the beast.

THE U.S. inc. GOVERNMENT

INDUSTRIAL MATRIX
Run By The Invisible - Imperial – Oligarchy:
The *Z.O.G. Invasion

*the Zionist Occupational Government.
“When fascism comes to America it will be wrapped in the flag and carrying a cross.” – Sinclair Lewis
“When the people fear the government there is tyranny. When the government fears the people there is
liberty.” - President Thomas Jefferson
"Guard with jealous attention the public liberty. Suspect everyone who approaches that jewel.
Unfortunately, nothing will preserve it but downright force. Whenever you give up that force, you are
ruined." -- Patrick Henry, Virginia's Ratification convention, 1788
"The worst evils which mankind has ever had to endure were inflicted by bad governments. The state can
be, and has often been . . . the main source of mischief and disaster." - Ludwig von Mises (1881-1973)
"No government ever voluntarily reduces itself in size. Government programs, once launched, never
disappear. Actually, a government bureau is the nearest thing to eternal life we'll ever see on this Earth." -
Ronald Reagan
“Society in every state is a blessing, but Government, even in its best state, is but a necessary evil; in its
worst state an intolerable one: for when we suffer, or are exposed to the same miseries by a government,
which we might expect in a country without government.” – Thomas Paine
Just about everyone, even the most dumbest brainwashed citizens know that our government is broken, it has become
painfully obvious. What people don‘t know is the fact that our once great nation has long ago BEEN INVADED BY
AN OCCUPYING FORCE. This occupying force has a deathlock grip over this nation, it has penetrated every
orifice, every department, every square inch of this nation‘s power is beholden to them. Nothing gets done without
their approval. You must come to the realization that this nation is no longer the same nation it was long ago, it has
been invaded by a virus like group of people who have overtaken the host. What we have been witnessing in politics
today is nothing but a dog and pony show for the citizens to consume, the purpose of the dog and pony show is to
continue the illusion of a free and open society, to hide the fact that this country has not been overtaken from within.
Today our once great nation is nothing but a simulation of a democracy, a carefully crafted illusion.
The evidence of the invisible invasion/occupation is everywhere. The country has been showing symptoms of a mad,
insane patient hell bent on self-destruction. Enacting the most absurd policies, cutting its own throat while literally
giving away the family jewels to complicit invader allies, and nations. They have literally gutted out the nation of all
it‘s fortunes, all that was good, all that remains now is a shadow of its once immense greatness. The occupying army is
composed of thousands of wealthy powerful secret agents whom infiltrated this nation and corrupt it from within
for the benefit of their own comrades and homeland far away and their long sought quest of global domination.
The evidence is overwhelming. This nation has been INVADED BY AN INVISIBLE OCCUPYING FORCE. There
they are right in front of your face, you even vote for the politicians among them. You cannot recognize their true
hidden identities for they look just like you and me. They mingle with the natives, walk and talk like us, they smile and
laugh like us, seem like such honest caring folks. They have managed the most daring incredible coup in the history of
nations. One so colossal so outrageous and in your face that no one can fathom or will accept it as the matter of fact.
The public is under mass denial. The invaders are so well connected, so well organized that they own all the
media, thus dictate to the population whatever they want the population to think. They not only control the
government with their own ethnicity, i.e.: operatives placed in charge of key positions and through all types of illicit
means of manipulating the other elected natives.
They knew the press was one of their most important strategic instruments of influence and manipulation early on due
to the fact that the press was supposed to be ―the fourth branch of the American republic‖, the ―watchdog‖ over the
other three branches. Once they completely owned and controlled all press and media ―THEY‖ became the watchdog,
THEY literally became the mouthpiece of society, THEY became the conscience of the nation, THEY became the
rational mind and set the reality and norms of the country.
With a monopoly on ―reporting‖ the ―news‖ their consortium proceeded to black out all their own activities while
using it to highlight the activities of their enemies and systematically eliminating them. They used the press to expose,
control, manipulate and even destroy key targets and enemies. They use the press to formulate the public opinion and
steer their thoughts as they so wish. Demonizing their opponents and elevating their own kind to the status of
victimized saints in the public eyes. You have all been thoroughly brainwashed by their vast media monopoly
syndicate and you don‘t even know it. There they are right in front of your face and you can‘t fathom the fact that this
nation has long ago been INVADED BY AN OCCUPYING ZIONIST FORCE. Many of them walk among you like
kings, the dominant players in almost all industries, many of you fall to your knees and worship in their presence in
pure awe of their immense greatness and wealth.
You poor pathetic blind goyim fools continue to believe the ILLUSION that this nation is still the same one the
founding fathers started way back in colonial times. Keep believing the illusion, keep pushing those buttons in the
voter both, sure THIS TIME it will surely make a difference… lol… bullshit. The invading occupying force controls
this once great nation and there is NOTHING you can do about it but sit there and accept your pathetic little crumbs of
the pie and be grateful, be very grateful to your ruling overlords. To those who have an ear, let him hear, to those who
have eyes let them see… for I have spoken nothing but the truth.
Again I will reiterate this most fundamental causal core root paradigm that the world has been under but somehow
cannot seem to ―see‖ for as the Holy Scriptures have so truthfully stated: the world has been blinded be the deceiver of
man. No one will EVER understand the true nature of the problems of their nations until they fully understand
COSMIC REALITY. Which is none other than this:
BEHOLD FOR: Eons ago an angelic being once known as Lucifer betrayed God and rebelled against him, that
being was expelled from Heaven and cast down to EARTH. (As in OUR freakin planet we call home!) Where he has
had authority over the affairs of man, to test and rule over man. This is NOT conspiracy, this is straight out of the Holy
Bible, where it references this cosmic reality in many chapters. Clearly stating that ―Satan is the ruler of this world.‖
The populations of this world have been under a sort of spell and cannot comprehend the REALITY, magnitude of the
rule over their lives by Satanic forces of darkness which manifest themselves in this world in physical form by
possessing and influencing the actions of elected leaders whom are for all intents and purposes pyshical manifestations,
representatives, AGENTS of Satan HERE ON EARTH, for they ultimately do his bidding in keeping the multitudes
enveloped in darkness, blind, as destitute and restricted as humanly possible without triggering resurrections of
retaliation.
Some politicians do try do good, but the far and wide majority get into politics to become part of the privileged ruling
elite, in doing so, they all sell some part of their soul to Satan, whether or not they directly know so. Most of the
highest ruling elite purposely worship their lord with occult rituals and sacrificial offerings. They practice the
Kabbalah, black magic and the occult, secret rituals and illicit sex, which high level Zionism and Freemasonry is built
around. Those core loyal members are always given key positions of power and leadership in worldwide organizations.
For one need only control the key top position in any given organization to control the entire organization, the
multitudes who are its subjects, the employees, member minions need not and rarely ever do know what the top leaders
wishes are. The minions are given their marching orders and lists of responsibilities and duties they faithfully carry out
without so much as a thought about their true hidden impact, significance and meanings.
So… here we are, our once great country in a colossal massive downward spiral into the abyss, the elected leaders have
throughout the decades plundered the great fortune of this country, constantly hacking away at every key pillar of this
nation, destroying our schools and education by constantly cutting funding while sending 10 fold more for mindless
bloody invasions, wars, occupations and conflicts. Our nation has become the world‘s foremost drug infested nation
par none, with the highest degree of imprisoned population to have ever existed. The list goes on, and on, and on.
Tea Party my ass, it is nothing more than a insider controlled uprising, it will never change anything, for those of you
useful idiots who believe that ruse look at the ―R‖ symbol next to the Tea Party names: hello, they are all Republican
party members wearing a mask. They have been promising change every couple years ever since 1776! Nothing will
ever change because THE RULER OF THIS WORLD IS SATAN. Vote for the next corrupt politician all you want, it
will NEVER, NEVER, EVER change anything. Oh sure he/she might not have a long rap sheet… yet. Give them all
enough time and history continues to repeat itself as it has like clockwork since he dawn of man. Washington, as are all
nation state headquarters, is the DEVIL‘S PLAYGROUND. This is where the DEN OF VIPERS live.
SATAN RULES WASHINGTON. This is HOW SATAN RULES OVER MAN WITHOUT MAN CONSCIOUSLY
KNOWING IT. Let it be perfectly understood that all of know recorded history has been direct testimony and direct
evidence of Satan‘s rule over this planet. For from the earliest recorded history man has been under endless conflict,
bloodshed, wars, occupations, invasions, pain, suffering and debauched rule of every shape and form, this is direct
evidence and testimony of Satan‘s hidden presence.
Today in modern times Satan‘s presence is obscured by massive amounts of wonderful fun entertainment and
distractions, every new decade brings down the standard of accepted decadence and immorality. These are the new
gradually interwoven and accepted norms… Satan has tricked mankind into thinking that this world is the closest
thing to utopian model that can be, all you need to do is sacrifice more, give up more of your rights, surrender more
and more to the establishment and let your most wonderful benevolent government take care of everything for you and
surely the long awaited UTOPIA you have all been yearning for will come…
God and family have been undergoing one of the most drastic onslaughts ever in history, as the days go by I see visions
of Sodom and Gomorrah rebuilt with the awe splendor of modern technology. What a wonderful exciting world this is,
one has so many exciting things, distrations and options available that they have all BEEN BLINDED as to the true
nature and state of this world THAT IS ―RULED BY SATAN‖ and physically managed by his suit and tie cloaked,
living breathing human agents, representatives here on earth.
I have a calling, my mission is to try my best to somehow awaken my fellow man from his hypnotic trance like state of
false happiness under the spell of their hidden master who rules this world. Ye are enslaved yet do not see nor perceive
the chains that bind you. Oh what a truly heart wrenching predicament we have all been in.
With that said and done, I will now go forth to expose the TRUE rulers of this nation and all the ails it. Let‘s begin
with the obvious evidence of its decay.
I find it quite interesting yet perplexing that our nation which bills itself as the ―leader of the free world‖ whom all
other nations should follow its model. Has at its very core ruling headquarters city; Washington DC, the highest violent
crime rate per capita in the nation and the world. Literally within walking distance of the central powers halls of this
nation exists the most intense ecosystem of poverty, drugs, violence, rape and murder in all of America. The tiny city
of DC averages 1,633 violent (per 100,000) crimes per year, more than all of New York, California and Florida
combined. Washington DC is the undisputed world leader epicenter of violent crime. This more than anything else is
the obvious colossal clue of Satan‘s lair…
What this demonstrates to me if nothing else is how far out of touch our so called leaders are from reality. Living in
their cozy magnificent luxurious opulent vacuums. One must wonder do they even care? How can they live and work
so close to such disparaging conditions and not only NOT be affected by it, but not even attempt to notice or even
remedy them is mind boggling to say the least. THIS dichotomy is the most accurate, revealing of the sad State of the
Union. Nothing to see here folks, now run along, business as usual, now for more important matters: giving congress
more benefits and perks. Bring on the hog feeding troths.
"Throughout the world ... we use the word 'politics' to describe the process so well: 'Poli' in Latin meaning
'many' and 'tics' meaning 'bloodsucking creatures."
Virtually all of the government leaders are SPIRITUALLY IMPOVERISHED. Many, to one extent or another are
technical psychopaths to some degree. They cover up this void by externally acting out humanistic, and constantly
TALKING about doing the right thing and helping their fellow man, regularly bringing out mass publicity photo and
PR ops whenever they do something ―good‖ to show the world, but all one needs do is carefully study their DEEDS
(actions) to quickly see who they really are and to which master they are really beholden to. By and large, they all wear
their sheep‘s in wolves clothing very well, the cunning, charming trained professional persuaders they all are.
Actual 2006 U.S. Federal spending: War: 22% Disease: 23% Debt: 41% Everything else: 14%
CNN Poll: Majority says government a threat to citizens' rights

Washington (CNN) – A majority of Americans think the federal government poses a threat to rights of
Americans, according to a new national poll…
The Road to Dictatorship

Next stop: martial law?
by Justin Raimondo, March 01, 2010
That 56 percent of all Americans "think the federal government‘s become so large and powerful that it poses an
immediate threat to the rights and freedoms of ordinary citizens" isn‘t really all that surprising. After all, ever
since the 9/11 terrorist attacks, the government‘s "right" to read our e-mails, seize our property, hold us as
"enemy combatants," and otherwise trample on the Constitution has been expanding at an exponential pace.
What‘s really shocking, however, is that, according to this CNN-Opinion Research Corporation poll, released on
Feb. 28, most of the people who believe this are overwhelmingly … Republicans. That is, they are self-described
supporters of the very same party which impaled the Constitution on the sword of the "war on terrorism."
According to the poll, "only 37 percent of Democrats" believe this, as opposed to "63 percent of Independents and
nearly 7 in 10 Republicans."
Is it just me, or was it only yesterday that the Democratic base was outraged by "Bushitler," and the "Cheney-
PNAC" alleged neo-fascists who were taking over the country and driving dissent underground? How quickly
they turn!
Adding to the irony, the poll was taken on the same weekend the extension of the PATRIOT Act passed the
Democratic-controlled Congress – without debate, without a peep of protest from the "progressives" in Congress,
and disguised as a vote in favor of a Senate amendment to the Medicare Physician Payment Reform Act. Bravery
is not something we see much of in Washington, D.C. As one blogger put it:
"So, if you heard the news of a Patriot Act vote, and went looking for the roll call, you wouldn‘t find it.
You‘d see roll call # 67 for this year, but would reasonably conclude that the vote is thoroughly
unrelated to the Patriot Act. If you hadn‘t heard of the Patriot Act extension, and just wanted to see what
legislation had been voted on yesterday, you would come away still ignorant of what the House of
Representatives had actually done."
The shamefaced Democrats are too cowardly to openly acknowledge their contribution to the destruction of the
Constitution: instead, they‘re hoping we don‘t notice more Democrats than Republicans voted for the extension of
this odious Act. At one point, the Dems were hinting that they might want to "reform" the Act, and put in certain
"privacy protections," but they soon gave that up and now their media amen corner is busy demonizing "anti-
government zealots" who dare to question the ongoing government takeover of … practically everything.
Keith Olbermann is still going on about how many days it‘s been since George W. Bush declared "Mission
accomplished!" in Iraq – even as President Barack Obama‘s generals warn that we‘ll still be stuck in that
particular quagmire well beyond the withdrawal date supposedly set by their commander-in-chief. Not only that,
but Obama is fighting a secret war in Pakistan, continuing the previous administration‘s war on our civil liberties,
and extending its tentacles into every aspect of American life – yes, even our health care.
The "PATRIOT" Act, all several hundred pages of it, was passed in the dead of night without being read, without
being adequately debated, and with the full official approval of both parties, who unhesitatingly wiped out two-
hundred years of constitutional law in a procedure that lasted for less than an hour.
―The president‘s reversal on Patriot Act reform is a major travesty,‖ says Michelle Richardson, the ACLU‘s
legislative counsel, a bit of phraseology that just about sums up the first year of Obama‘s reign. All those liberal
hearts, broken by that seductive love-‘em-and-leave-‘em Chicago smoothie – except no one‘s complaining.
The Associated Press reported the vote in terms that can only be described as odd:
"Democrats have retreated from adding new privacy protections to the nation‘s primary
counterterrorism law, stymied by Senate Republicans who argued the changes would weaken terror
investigations. The proposed protections were cast aside when Senate Democrats lacked the necessary
60-vote supermajority to pass them."
The Democrats have … retreated? Since most of them voted for the "PATRIOT" Act to begin with, I wouldn‘t
exactly phrase it that way.
As the Democratic majority gets ready to ram an immensely unpopular "health-care reform" bill through the
Congress without a "super-majority," one can only wonder at their priorities. Is it really more important to force
poor Americans to buy insurance they can‘t afford than it is to save our constitutional liberties from being crushed
underfoot?
Apparently so.
Passed in a time of "emergency," and touted as a temporary measure, the "PATRIOT" Act has, like all such
measures, become routine: part and parcel of the legal-political landscape, which no one really questions. The
"right" of the government to impound our records, seize our property, jail us, fine us, and haul us before a military
tribunal – all of this has now become "normal."
Did you know that a recipient of a "National Security Letter" – say, your Internet provider – must not only hand
over all records, documents, and what-have-you to the Feds, but must also refrain from talking about or otherwise
revealing the existence of the letter? Just like they can simply take you in the dead of night, throw you in a cell–
and, yes, even torture you, if they feel like it – and no one need ever know.
Accepting this as a fait accompli is now "normal" in Washington, D.C. No wonder the majority of Americans
consider the federal government a dangerous enemy – and they‘re all too right about that.
The question is: what do we do about it? Here‘s where the confusion comes in. While there are many indications
that Americans are waking up to the main danger to their liberty and livelihoods – a danger that doesn‘t reside in
a cave somewhere, overseas, but right here in the good ol‘ US of A – the political class in this country is deeply
ensconced, and won‘t be pried out of power with a crowbar. It will take something with a lot more explosive
power.
No, I‘m not talking about an ordinary bomb – violence would only embolden them. I‘m talking about the debt
bomb, which is scheduled to go off in the very near future. We won‘t have to defeat the army of federal
occupation militarily – because they‘re about to go bankrupt. Just wait until they can‘t pay their SWAT teams,
their Homeland Security goons, their multitudinous minions in every snooping federal agency: do they imagine
that these people will stay on out of loyalty or ideological fervor? Or out of "patriotism"? Well of course they
don‘t imagine that, which is why, these days, they‘re notably nervous.
This nervousness pervades elite circles in this country, and is expressed in a peevish impatience with any sort of
dissidence, on any subject: if you fall out of line, they swat you – and you stay down, if they can help it. The tea-
partiers, the antiwar protesters (such as they are), the stray politician who dares speak truth to power – anyone
who expresses an opinion deemed outside the very narrow range of the permissible is automatically attacked as a
"extremist," a dangerous "radical," and very possibly a potentially violent person whose every move is rightfully
being mapped by the authorities.
Intersecting with this skittishness is an impending sense of economic and social crisis. Real fear, such as we
haven‘t experienced in a mass way since 9/11, pervades the air: an entirely justified fear of an economic collapse.
Last year, when the banks trembled on the edge of a very steep precipice, lawmakers were told "in private" that if
the bank bailout wasn‘t passed, "there would be martial law in America," as Rep. Brad Sherman (D-California)
revealed on the House floor. "Now that‘s what I call fear-mongering," said Rep. Sherman, but in my view this
wasn‘t a bluff. In the midst of an economic collapse, an "event" in which the stock market drops by, say, 5,000
points, and there‘s a run on the dollar, as Ron Paul predicts, I don‘t think there‘s any question but that the
authorities would immediately impose martial law.
In Ayn Rand‘s classic novel of American decline, Atlas Shrugged, a giant oak tree stands on the property of the
heroine‘s family estate: it had been there as long as she could remember, towering over the landscape like a living
monument to stability and continuity. One night during a thunderstorm the tree – an oak – was struck by
lightning. When she came out to the charred scene in the morning she saw that the tree had split open, revealing
nothing but a hollow shell.
I‘m afraid this is precisely what will happen if – or, rather, when – economic lightning hits our brittle society: it is
likely to shatter and reveal the vast emptiness that has taken over where the American character once resided. As
Rep. Paul points out in this video, rather than resisting martial law, the American people in their majority will
probably demand it.
That will mark the end of the American experiment, as we knew it. The vision of the Founders will go down in
history as a tragic failure – one that took an awful lot of people down with it.
If this is not to be the future, then where are the mass protests against the reauthorization of a totalitarian Act such
as hasn‘t been seen in this country since the Alien and Sedition Acts? Where are the liberals? Where are the old-
style conservatives? Where is the America I once knew – the America of the Founders, a cantankerous and
quarrelsome lot, whom no tyrant could tame? I fear we have become a decadent and fatally corrupted people, for
whom the Founders are those guys with funny wigs, slave-owners who wouldn‘t let women vote, with a lot of
strange, anti-social ideas, like Jefferson‘s Tim McVeigh-ish belief that "The tree of liberty must be refreshed from
time to time, with the blood of patriots and tyrants."
A few liberals, like Glenn Greenwald, have spoken out, but their numbers only underscore the underlying silence:
a few conservatives of the old school have raised their voices in protest, but they, too, are isolated, and are, in any
case, ignored by their fellows on the right, at least those in the GOP, who vehemently support the "PATRIOT"
Act and all the rest of the Bush-Cheney era legislation aimed at subverting the Constitution.
"Oh Obama, you silly neocon!" japed Ryan Mauro over at Frontpage, and for once I have to agree with (yikes!)
David Horowitz:
"Sometimes partisanship and heated debates makes us forget how little has changed and how little really
divides the two parties when it comes to national security. The rhetoric was changed and the policies
had to be repackaged, modified a little bit to better fit the administration‘s own beliefs and political
promises, but what‘s actually being done has changed very little. Policies, like celebrities, need to be
reinvented to stay with the times.
"Case in point: President Obama has just signed a one-year extension of the Patriot Act.
"The entire legislation wasn‘t preserved, though—so surely it was refined to limit its violations of civil
liberties, right? Think again. As The Associated Press reports, ‗Thrown away were restrictions and
greater scrutiny on the government‘s authority to spy on Americans and seize their records.‘ Oh, snap!"
I‘m unsure as to whether "Oh, snap!" is meant approvingly, but no matter. The point is that this is "change" the
neocons can believe in. And while the anti-Obama market is too lucrative for Horowitz to give it up, others are
not so "principled." David Frum, whose own security prescriptions go way beyond the "PATRIOT" Act, has
lately been urging his fellow conservatives to go a little easier on Obama, and urging compromise on economic
matters – because what the neocons really care about is foreign policy and civil liberties questions. As long as we
have an all-powerful surveillance state, which is waging war on multiple fronts at all times, the David Frums of
this world are happy.
I hope the folks over at the David Horowitz Center for Freedom, or whatever it is his outfit is called these days,
are confident that the power they would grant the Obama administration will never be used in a way they would
come to regret – say, against them. But don‘t worry, David: when they come for you and lock you up in a
reeducation camp, we‘ll spring you – you know, like your former buddies in the Weather Underground sprang
Timothy Leary.
Aside from neocon loons like Horowitz, I think a lot of "progressives" would readily support the imposition of
martial law in an "economic emergency" – as Rahm Emanuel would say, "Rule one: never allow a crisis to go to
waste." Can‘t you just hear certain self-righteous "progressives" (not liberals) justifying censorship, a ban on
public gatherings, or other assaults on our constitutional rights, on the grounds that certain speech and nonviolent
action is "divisive," "hateful," and a threat to public order? I certainly hope conservatives don‘t learn to value
civil liberties the hard way, but if that‘s what it takes, then so be it.
By then liberals will have already forgotten that particular lesson – and the ideological spectrum will undergo yet
another re-polarization, where left becomes right, right becomes left, and the cycle starts all over again….
The masses have known for ages that there have been a lot of things wrong with our government, it‘s just that they
really don‘t understand the depth, breath, and nature of how bad or where it all originates, then again, most people
could care less. It has become common and accepted for the majority of the population to associate our government
with BIG BROTHER. The latest Rasmussen Reports indicate that Seventy-one percent (71%) of voters nationwide say
they‘re at least somewhat angry about the current policies of the federal government. That figure includes 46% who are
Very Angry, their national telephone survey finds that only 27% are not angry about the government's policies,
including 10% cattle who are Not at All Angry.
"Some of the character traits exhibited by serial killers or criminals may be observed in many within the
political arena... [They] share the traits of psychopaths who are not sensitive to altruistic appeals, such as
sympathy for their victims or remorse or guilt over their crimes. They possess the personality traits of lying,
narcissism, selfishness, and vanity. These are the people to whom we have entrusted our fate. Is it any wonder
that America is failing at home and world-wide?" - Jim Kouri
"Any president engaged in lying and empire-building must have some of the traits of a psychopath ... To
murder innocent people in order to aggrandize the American Empire would be extremely difficult if not
impossible for someone who feels empathy, remorse and guilt and who is incapable of lying. It might even be
suggested that having at least some psychopathic traits is a qualification for the job." - David Model, "Lying
for Empire"
"People, governments and economies of all

nations must serve the needs of multinational
banks and corporations." - Zbigniew
Brzezinski
"The general public are viewed as no more

than ignorant and meddlesome outsiders, a
bewildered herd. And it's the responsible men
who have to make decisions and to protect
society from the trampling and rage of the
bewildered herd. Now since it's a democracy
they - the herd, that is - are permitted
occasionally to lend their weight to one or
another member of the responsible class.
That's called an election." - Noam Chomsky
It has become a completely thoroughly accepted fact that politicians and government is utterly corrupt to its core, yet
no one is ever outraged, not even disappointed or mad, for it has become the standard accepted norm. They leave it at
that, then turn around and say ―hey Jerry Springer or American Idol is on, let‘s go watch the latest episode‖, back they
all go to their pathetic sheeple lives, back to their hypnotic slumber. Yes, sleep my dear ones, sleep… sleep… sleep…
Tax Cheats, Nepotism, Conflicts of interest
The Slime Pit Known As Washington D.C.

By Aaron Cantor Friday, January 1, 2010
To call Washington D. C. a Den of Thieves would be the understatement of the Millennium.
Please allow me to familiarize you good people with the slimy denizens of D.C., and some of their nest feathering
practices while sticking it to us big time.
We will start with Pelosi, whose husband owns $17 million worth of stock of StarKist Tuna, which is owned by
Del Monte Foods who is a big contributor to Pelosi.
Starkist is the major employer in American Samoa, employing 75% of the Samoan work force.
In January 2007 when the minimum wage was increased from $5.15 to $7.25 Ms. Pelosi had American Samoa
exempted from the increase so Del Monte would not have to pay the higher wage. This would make Del Monte
products less expensive than that of its competitors.
Pelosi added a $33 million dollar earmark for an economic development credit in American Samoa, and she
called the Bush administration CORRUPT?
Moving right along, another California Democrat, Senator Diane Feinstein despite a blatantly obvious conflict of
interest, as ―a member of the Military Construction Appropriations subcommittee, Senator Feinstein voted for
appropriations worth some $3.7 billion dollars to her husband‘s firms.‖
The House Appropriations Chairman David Obey (D-WI) is earmarking $2 billion dollars related to his son‘s
lobbying efforts. His son Craig Obey, is ―a top lobbyist for a non-profit group which would receive $2 billion
dollars worth of the stimulus package. I could go on but I think you get the idea.
To add insult to injury however, not only do we not get a cost of living allowance (COLA) for the next three
years, but these slimy mamzers get a $4,700.00 cost of living raise while we get bupkus, and let‘s go a step
further, I live on a military pension which is little enough coupled with my social security, I arose this morning
and checked my bank balance by phone as I do every morning (a good idea in this age of identity theft) only to
find that my automatic deposit is now a lesser amount than it was last month. Not by much grant you, but
multiply that by the number of retired military members receiving benefits and that adds up to some serious
money. I guess the elite snakes in Washington don‘t think we are paying our fair share, (we have already paid our
dues you jackasses).
Tim Geithner didn‘t pay $34,000.00 which he owed (and he is secretary of the treasury) so why should we have
to pay?
Charlie Rangel overlooked $75,000.00 worth of income, and he is the snake that writes our tax laws, if he didn‘t
pay why should we have to pay?
Tom Daschle owed $140,000.00 which he sort of overlooked, if he didn‘t pay why should we have to pay? Are
you happy with the change some of you voted for?
The usurper in chief is not only not up to the job, he has no clue what the hell he is doing and the inept clowns he
has surrounded himself with don‘t have a clue either. A good example is his little speech about the almost Delta
disaster all he can do is look very stern and say something stupid like ―This is totally unacceptable‖. Okay it is
unacceptable, we know that, the question is what the hell are you going to do about it?
Big brother is on the conscience of a large majority of the populace, it‘s just they have no clue how big, deep and
REAL this entity really is. Nor do they possess the slightest idea what is truly happening in our government, the media
complex has been instrumental in providing everyone with total omission, distraction and misdirection for decades.
You witnessed the unprecedented, overwhelming rejection of ―big brother‖ in the 2008 elections as the masses
overwhelmingly went for the ―HOPE‖ and ―CHANGE‖ candidate (as they do every election cycle). Crowds never
before seen in election rallies‘ gathered for the ―change‖ candidate. Yes, people have a vague idea about big brother,
and they are sick and tired of ―him‖. The problem is that they don‘t have a clue WHO or what big brother really IS.
The real nature and identity of big brother is none other than the Zionist/Masonic ruling elite system in operation,
whose collective actions, protocols and policies implemented throughout our government, reveal its
characteristics enabling the conceptualization of what the unsuspecting people have come to loosely identify as
BIG BROTHER.
Many citizens had no idea that members of Congress could retire with the same pay after only one term, that
they didn't pay into Social Security, that they specifically exempted themselves from many of the laws they
have passed (such as being exempt from any fear of prosecution for sexual harassment) while ordinary
citizens must live under those laws. The latest is to exempt themselves from the Healthcare Reform that is
being considered...in all of its forms.
“Today the path of total dictatorship in the United States can be laid by strictly legal means, unseen and
unheard by the Congress, the President, or the people. Outwardly we have a constitutional government. We
have operating within our government and political system, another body representing another form of
government bureaucratic elite.” - Senator William Jenner, 1954
Everything the government and the ruling elite do is predicated on public perception. The actual details and actions
are not important for they rarely surface on the public level, thus they routinely serve their true masters without the
public's slightest clue. What they care about and focus on is how things are PERCIEVED by the public. Despite their
best efforts to disguise their corporate oligarchal bias, wanton abuse,
corruption and so forth, evidence the foul order often reaches some of the
masses who are paying attention, their efforts to control public perception
sometimes goes awry. Some people are also realizing that no matter who
they ―vote‖ into office, it just turns out being more of the same old
bullshit, just a different face.
We have all been indoctrinated, trained, taught, hypnotized and

brainwashed into believing that we live in a ―democratic‖ society. I have
news for you. For democracy is just a front for the true system that is
actually fully operating under that cover which is Zionist capitalism and
total ECONOMIC COLONIZATION. Sure there exists the WINDOW
DRESSING, the props of democratic society are all in place to give
credence to the grand illusion. Hence The biblical verse "By their deeds you will know them" translated into modern
English simply means "watch what they do, not what they say."
Confirmation hearings and all types of similar appointment meetings solely serve the purpose of legitimizing in front
of the masses the handpicked agents the RULING ELITE have chosen to do their bidding. Hearings are all by and
large just public charades, dog and pony shows. The people being "interrogated" have already been chosen by the
ruling elite and no amount of questioning and answer sessions ever change that. The people being questioned by the
status quo are always part of that same status quo, the person sitting on the "hot seat" gets appointed 99% of the time
no matter what comes of the ―hearings.‖. The only thing that would block a potential nomination is if it became
publically knowledge that the person was a baby killer. By holding confirmation hearings, the so called "news" outlets
with their talking heads, pundits and "panel of experts" give the hearings widespread coverage setting up the
ILLUSION for the masses that the person being ―reviewed‖ for appointed is un-biased and agenda free, that somehow
that person will champion the cause of the regular folks. But nothing could be further from the truth, once appointed
they all go on to do the bidding of their overlords. Those who become
eligible for appointment are placed in the positions of power ONLY after
many years upon years of FAITHFULLY, OBIEDIENTLY AND LOYALY
serving their overlords, having proved themselves a valuable agents of the
status quo, their masters whose causes and agendas they have dutifully
championed throughout their lives. "Oh how wonderful and impartial that
new SCOTUS judge will be"..... is the common response of the herds once
they have been spoon fed the hype.
As I mention throughout this report the crucial use of Behavioral Science by

the ruling elite, corporations, marketing arms, this list also includes politicians and governments who are one of the
best clients of the Behavioral Science organizations. Successful governments have armies of researchers pounding the
pavement in the quest to know what their constituents are thinking, how they are thinking and why. So that they can
strategically maneuver their policies and agendas portraying them in ways that will please the constituents. And that is
just scratching the surface of the uses of Cognitive and Behavioral Applied Sciences. For most of what you see and
hear coming from Washington today is basically BS (Behavioral Science) generated talking points to manipulate and
control the population.
Our government has erected a carefully crafted image that they tediously labor to maintain. The image of freedom
despite the many limitations, the image of equality despite the vast opposite reality, the image of a Democracy despite
the fact that it actually functions more like an oligarchy, the image of ―for the people by the people‖ when in reality the
corporations and the powerful decide the course of the country, the list goes on and on. The fact that our political
leaders and government use BS is not even a secret. The ones who know of its use don‘t even recognize the impact and
ramifications of applied BS for premeditated manipulation and control. Here are excerpts from an example story of BS
being utilized within the Obama administration:
How Obama Is Using the Science of Change

By Michael Grunwald, TIME
Two weeks before Election Day, Barack Obama's campaign was mobilizing millions of supporters; it was a bit
late to start rewriting get-out-the-vote (GOTV) scripts. "BUT, BUT, BUT," deputy field director Mike Moffo
wrote to Obama's GOTV operatives nationwide, "What if I told you a world-famous team of genius scientists,
psychologists and economists wrote down the best techniques for GOTV scripting?!?! Would you be
interested in at least taking a look? Of course you would!!"
Moffo then passed along guidelines and a sample script from the Consortium of Behavioral Scientists, a
secret advisory group of 29 of the nation's leading behaviorists. The key guideline was a simple message: "A
Record Turnout Is Expected." That's because studies by psychologist Robert Cialdini and other group members
had found that the most powerful motivator for hotel guests to reuse towels, national-park visitors to stay on
marked trails and citizens to vote is the suggestion that everyone is doing it. "People want to do what they think
others will do," says Cialdini, author of the best seller Influence. "The Obama campaign really got that."
The existence of this behavioral dream team — which also included best-selling authors Dan Ariely of MIT
(Predictably Irrational) and Richard Thaler and Cass Sunstein of the University of Chicago (Nudge) as well as
Nobel laureate Daniel Kahneman of Princeton — has never been publicly disclosed, even though its members
gave Obama white papers on messaging, fundraising and rumor control as well as voter mobilization. All their
proposals — among them the famous online fundraising lotteries that gave small donors a chance to win face time
with Obama — came with footnotes to peer-reviewed academic research. "It was amazing to have these bullet
points telling us what to do and the science behind it," Moffo tells TIME. "These guys really know what makes
people tick."
President Obama is still relying on behavioral science. But now his Administration is using it to try to
transform the country. Because when you know what makes people tick, it's a lot easier to help them change.
The Nudge Factor

We all know Obama won the election because he looked like change, sounded like change and never stopped
campaigning for change. But he didn't call for just change in Washington — or even just change in America.
From his declarations that "change comes from the bottom up" to his admonitions about "an era of profound
irresponsibility," Obama called for change in Americans. And not just in bankers or insurers — in all of us. His
Zen koan, "We are the change we've been waiting for," may sound like New Age gibberish, but it's at the core of
his agenda.
In fact, Obama is betting his presidency on our ability to change our behavior. His top priorities — the
economy, health care and energy — all depend on it…
…It's no coincidence that Obama's budget proposes an ambitious program of automatic-enrollment pensions for
workplaces that don't offer 401(k)s or that his stimulus package has billions of dollars for smart meters.
Behavioral science — especially the burgeoning field of behavioral economics that has been popularized by
Freakonomics, The Wisdom of Crowds, Predictably Irrational, Nudge and Animal Spirits, which is the new must-
read in Obamaworld — is already shaping dozens of Administration policies. "It really applies to all the big
areas where we need change," says Obama budget director Peter Orszag.
Orszag has been an unabashed behavioral geek ever since he read that 401(k) study. His deputy, Jeff Liebman
of Harvard, is a noted behavioral economist, as are White House economic adviser Austan Goolsbee of the
University of Chicago, Assistant Treasury Secretary nominee Alan Krueger of Princeton and several other key
aides. Sunstein has been nominated to be Obama's regulatory czar. Even National Economic Council director
Larry Summers has done work on behavioral finance. And Harvard economist Sendhil Mullainathan is
organizing an outside network of behavioral experts to provide the Administration with policy ideas.
Obama has a community organizer's appreciation for human motivation, and his rhetoric often sounds as if it's
straight out of a behavioral textbook. He has also read Nudge, which inspired him to pick his friend Sunstein
— best known as a constitutional scholar — to run the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, the obscure
but influential corner of the Office of Management and Budget where federal regulations are reviewed and
rewritten. "Cass is one of the people in the Administration he knows best," says Thaler, the founder of behavioral
economics and co-author of Nudge. "He knew what he was doing when he gave Cass that job."
The first sign of the behavioralist takeover surfaced on April 1, when Americans began receiving $116 billion
worth of payroll-tax cuts from the stimulus package. Obama isn't sending us one-time rebate checks. Reason: his
goal is to jump-start consumer spending, and research has shown we're more likely to save money rather than
spend it when we get it in a big chunk. Instead, Obama made sure the tax cuts will be paid out through decreased
withholding, so our regular paychecks will grow a bit and we'll be less likely to notice the windfall. The idea, an
aide explains, is to manipulate us into spending the extra cash.
Obama's efforts to change us carry a clear political risk. Republicans already portray him as a nanny-state scold,
an élitist Big Brother lecturing us about inflating our tires and reading to our kids. We elected a President, not a
life coach, and we might not like elected officials' challenging our right to be couch potatoes. Obama's aides seem
to favor nudges that preserve free choice over heavy-handed regulation, an approach Thaler and Sunstein, the co-
authors of Nudge, call "libertarian paternalism." But it's still paternalism, and Sunstein will have the power to put
it into action. The idea of public officials, even well-meaning ones, trying to engineer our private behavior to
produce change can seem a bit creepy.
But face it: Obama is right. Our emissions are boiling the planet, and most of our energy use is unnecessary. Our
health expenditures are bankrupting the Treasury, and most of our visits to the doctor can be traced to unhealthy
behavior. We do need to change, and we know it.
So why don't we? And how can we? The behaviorists have ideas, and the Administration is listening.
Economics for the Real World

Obama has pledged that his bank-regulation overhaul would be based "not on abstract models ... but on actual
data on how actual people make financial decisions." That's a plain-English way of saying it will be guided by
behavioral economics, not neoclassical economics.
Neoclassical economics — another University of Chicago specialty — has ruled our world for decades. It's the
doctrine that markets know best: when government keeps its hands off free enterprise, capital migrates to its
most productive uses and society prospers. But its elegant models rely on a bold assumption: rational decisions by
self-interested individuals create efficient markets. Behavioral economics challenged this assumption, and the
financial meltdown has just about shattered it; even former Fed chairman Alan Greenspan confessed his Chicago
School worldview has been shaken. "We couldn't have planned a better marketing campaign for behavioral
economics," MIT's Ariely quips.
Behavioral economics doesn't ignore the market forces that were all-powerful in Econ 101, but it harnesses forces
traditionally consigned to Psych 101. Behaviorists have always known we don't really act like the superrational
Homo economicus of the neoclassical-model world. Years of studies of patients who don't take their meds,
grownups who have unsafe sex, and other flawed decision makers have chronicled the irrationality of Homo
sapiens. Some of our foibles are quite specific, like overvaluing things we have, overeating food in larger
containers and overestimating the probability of improbable events — the quirk that made the Meet Barack
Obama fundraising lottery such a smart idea. But in general, we're ignorant, shortsighted and biased toward the
status quo. We're not as smart as Larry Summers. We procrastinate. Our impulsive ids overwhelm our logical
superegos. We plan to lose weight, but ooh — a cupcake! We're especially irrational about money; we'll pay more
for the same thing if we can use a credit card, if we think it's on sale, if it's marketed with photos of attractive
women. No wonder we apply for mortgages we can't afford. No wonder our bankers approve them.
"We truly want to make better choices," explains Yale economist Dean Karlan. He's a co-founder of stickK.com,
where users make binding "commitment contracts" to forfeit money to friends or charities — or even "anti-
charities" they despise — if they fail to quit smoking, lose weight or meet other goals they set for themselves.
"But we need help to get us there."
…Old behavioralist joke: How many psychologists does it take to change a lightbulb? Answer: Just one, but the
bulb really has to want to change.
…"It would be nice if we all behaved like supercomputers, but that's not how we are," Orszag says.
While Obama's economists search for pain-free, hassle-free solutions to our easy-way-out instincts, his rhetoric
often aims to build our tolerance for pain and hassle. He urges us to snap out of denial, to accept that we're in for
some prolonged discomfort but not to wallow in it, to focus on our values. That happens to sound a lot like
"acceptance and commitment therapy," the latest advance in behavioral psychology. Instead of assisting
smokers to ignore cravings and chronic-pain sufferers to think about other things — the old denial approach —
acceptance therapy pushes patients to acknowledge negative thoughts and then overcome them by focusing on
values. Even a small amount of this approach seems to help smokers quit, dieters lose weight and patients with
diabetes or chronic pain stay out of the hospital. University of Nevada, Reno, psychologist Steven Hayes believes
our Prozac culture has trained us to avoid all discomfort, leaving us reluctant to exercise or adjust our
thermostats. "We're supposed to be happy-happy-joy-joy all the time,"…
But Obama is no therapist changing individuals one at a time. He's an organizer trying to build community and
inspire collective action through house parties and Facebook as well as rhetoric about shared values. In other
words, he's trying to create social norms — behavioral change's killer app.
Everybody's Doing It!

Which message would persuade homeowners to save electricity: a call to their environmental conscience, or an
appeal to their wallet? Cialdini tested those approaches in a San Diego experiment, and the answer was neither.
What worked was an appeal to conformity. Residents used less power when they were told their neighbors were
using less power. We're a herd-like species, more likely to be obese if our peers are.
In a 2005 study, Alan Gerber of Yale got Michigan voters to increase their turnout an amazing 8.6% with a single
peer-pressure mailer that listed the previous voting records of their neighbors and noted that a follow-up would be
sent indicating who voted this time. (The Obama campaign actually priced out a similar mailer but decided not to
risk a backlash.) And shame works; even some AIG executives gave up bonuses. Cialdini says brain imaging
shows that when we think we're out of step with our peers, the part of our brain that registers pain shifts into
overdrive. "It's an incredibly powerful spur to action," he says.
…And this is why Administration officials — after their crash course in run-on-the-bank mentalities cited in
Animal Spirits — are trying to boost consumer confidence into a social norm.
Sometimes We Need a Shove

…The research proves change can come about when it's easy and popular, but making it lucrative — or even
mandatory — can make sure it happens.
If neoclassical economics wants government to let us alone to do what we want, behavioral economics leaves
room for government action to help us do what we would really want if we were rational agents. Unfortunately,
the qualities that have crippled Washington in recent years — inertia, denial, allergy to complexity, preference for
short-term gratification over long-term planning — are our own flaws writ large. Members of Congress are
people too; they're likely to embrace change only when it's easy, popular and rewarding. Do we really want them
trying to change us?
…Behavioral literature can be a depressing window on human folly. But it offers us ways to transcend our folly,
to restrain our ids, to harness our conformity and inertia and weakness in order to do less of the things that hurt us
and our country. "In the physical world, we understand our limitations," Ariely says. "Nobody gets upset because
we can't fly. We just design something to help us fly." If Obama can help us fly from our bad habits, he'll provide
the change we need.
I wish I had more time and space to cover how Behavioral and Cognitive Science is utilized by the powers that be to
mold and shape public perception. But I must continue the flow and keep jumping to the next component and the next.
After being able to only summarize important information, I can only hope that the reader can understand the paths of
thought I am constantly trying to open along with the impact and importance of the material matter being revealed so
that you can develop a big picture understanding of how they all connect and are integral components of elite rule.
For they must convince the millions of citizens that the TRUE realities they live under are nonexistent, thus they must
convince the masses that the formulated realities implanted for public consumption are the accepted realities. THIS is a
major work of art, priming, science, psychology, i.e., mass programming.
Through BS that circulates in the media and public discourse they hide the true nature of our government, such as the
reality is that our country is actually a functioning ―FOCD,‖ a Fascist Oligarchic Capitalist Democracy, that operates
under the pseudonym, alias, and cover of ―democracy.‖ Everything is predicated on public perception. You have all
been raised in this land, through the immaculate application of Cognitive and Behavioral Science you have all been
emblazoned into your core being with the patriotic concept of democracy, so no matter what true underlying
system is actually in place, you will still call it a democracy. These are the several tried and exhausted well know
ruling systems used throughout history, here are the main ones that the ruling elite have tried over the ages. Today we
are witnessing combinations of these with the added ingredient (double speak) of calling it anything other than what it
really is:
Aristocracy (rule by the supreme)

Plutacracy (rule by the wealthy)
Timocracy (rule by the honorable)
Democracy (rule by the people, well that is the concept, umm:… illusion)
Tyranny (rule by one person, rule by a tyrant)
Fascism (rule by corporations)
Socialism (rule by the state)
Communism (authoritarian rule)
Then there is Oligarchy (rule by the few elite), a form of government where power effectively rests with a small elite
segment of society distinguished by royalty, wealth, family, military influence or occult spiritual hegemony. Such
states are often controlled by politically powerful families whose children are heavily conditioned and mentored to be
heirs of the power of the oligarchy. This type of power by its very nature may not be exercised openly; the oligarchs
preferring to remain ―the power behind the throne‖, exerting control through economic means. Oligarchies have been
tyrannical throughout history, being completely reliant on public servitude to exist. Although Aristotle pioneered the
use of the term as a synonym for rule by the rich, for which the exact term is plutocracy, oligarchy is not always a rule
by wealth, as oligarchs can simply be a privileged group. Some city-states from Ancient Greece were oligarchies.
[source: Wikipedia.com] Fascism is a convoluted way of describing a government of and by the corporations. Thus
you can readily say by observing American politics that the behind the pretty ―Democracy‖ façade U.S. is
ACTUALLY, TRULY, REALLY OPERATING INTERNALLY AS a ―Fascist Oligarchic Capitalist Democracy
(FOCD).‖ You my dear friend have just now received the memo.
Have you ever wondered why the Fascia symbol (the official logo of fascist regimes) is displayed prominently in many
places in our government? Most notably in the dead center stage of Congress Hall... THE central gathering place of
this alleged ―Democratic‖ nation, the CAPITAL OF THE ―FREE WORLD.‖ Don‘t just look at the photo below, study
it, meditate over it, for a picture is worth over a 1,000 words. What I see is a room of some of the most powerful
political figures on the planet (for their decisions often affect people around the globe) regularly assembling in their
hallowed chamber where its central piece is an American flag, prominently and proudly flanked by its right hand
Fascia and its left hand Fascia all set on a ROMAN EMPIRE architectural backdrop. Literally translated to: The
Fascist Rightwing and Leftwing are both surreptitiously represented as the two most central elements of the United
States of America.
So important is symbolism to the ruling elite ―hidden masters‖ that they even put their FASCIST symbol on the back
of the U.S. dime! There are two giant Fascia symbols on the wall behind the president when he gives his state of the
union address. One of the most important questions you must ask yourself is: if the fascia symbol is THE logo or
symbol that stands for fascist government and regimes, don‘t you want to know WHY this symbol has been used in,
and prominently, repeatedly displayed in our so called ―democracy‖ for decades on end? Again I feel it necessary to
reiterate one of the most accurate definitions of fascism to have been stated by one of the world‘s most notorious and
highest openly Fascist leaders: “Fascism should more appropriately be called Corporatism, because it is the merger
of corporate and state power” - Benito Mussolini.
Folks, I know you are a proud patriot of our nation, so am I, but the day must come when we pull our heads from out of
the sand and begin to see and call things for what they ARE and not by the titles and designations someone else
decided to call them to deceive you. America is called a ―Democracy‖ but in reality it IS and actually functions as a:
Fascist Oligarchic Capitalist Democracy (FYI: we are FOCD!). So please stop calling the apple an orange.
The cold hard truth is the fact that ―they‖ know that they can proudly display their mottos, symbols and logos all
around society without even a whimper from the sleeping sheeple masses. As time progresses they become more
emboldened and daring with ―in your face‖ attitudes and policies, you know what? They have become so emboldened
because they know that no one cares, they know that the cattle population only want more entertainment, medication
and be left alone, they just all want to go back to sleep, sleep, sleepy….
"We are fast approaching the stage of the ultimate inversion: the stage where the government is free to do
anything it pleases, while the citizens may act only by permission; which is the stage of the darkest periods of
human history, the stage of rule by brute force." – Ayn Rand
"Since the late 1940s, the United States has been deliberately engaged in an imperial project, and anyone who
would hold the office of the presidency has to be willing to serve that end. All presidents have to promote the
national security state, both domestically and in American foreign policy, if they wish to attain and hold on to
power." - Morris Berman
FYI: Some people just don‘t know what fascist means, for those who need a refresher: fascism is simply the rule of
government by, of and for the corporations. Period. So the fairy tale day dream that our country was founded and
run ―for the people, by the people, of the people‖ is just, like Penn & Teller would put it: bull shit.
On CNBC on Tuesday January 26th at 11:00am while being interviewed on the show "Street Signs", Senator Hatch
proclaimed that this country was not a Democracy. It is ―representative government.‖ (oh, and by the way, they
ain‘t representing you the people) Finally someone in our government that has the balls to tell it like it is. I take it that
what he was really thinking of was a representative government of the ruling elite and the corporations!
With no shame to their game, they proudly display their true colors, here they proudly display their fascist
logo on the back of a U.S. dime:
Never has it been so obvious that our elected leaders don't give a dam "the people" (YouTube title: fuch you
George w bush you fucking fucktard fucker!) -Video
George W. Bush - America's Greatest Fuck-up... - Video

Amazing how we now allow the elected bastards to get away with high crimes
That is not even the biggest part of the scam. In all actuality our "Republic" has really cleverly morphed into an
illusion... of smoke and mirrors called ―Democracy.‖ The day that you wake up and truly realize that our country has
been run by the large corporations and special interests while we are being lead to believe that our country is a free
nation being run for the people, by the people, the day you realize this, is the day you begin to realize just how badly
we have all been conned.
Go ahead, follow any campaign trail for any government

office, listen to all the sham "debates" and so forth, it does not
matter what election it is, for what office, it‘s all the same bull
shit. In the end some bought and paid for greedy bastard
that could care less about you and the people gets placed in
office, he then spends quality time being wined and dined by
the lobbyists, attending Ivy league "fraternity" club meetings,
and so forth. In the end, that person went around shaking hands
all over the place promising you HOPE, CHANGE and the
kitchen sink to get elected.
Once elected he will first and foremost cow tow and kneel down to the establishment apparatus, do as he is told by his
handlers and get in line at the feeding troths, all the while looking how best to climb that corporate, political ladder,
and lining his personal golden parachute, looking out for his fraternal brethren and above all bow to his ―hidden
masters.‖ Politics as usual, more political jokes for the late night comics, tons of new stories for the "truthers". In the
end we all know and jokingly admit that lawyers and politicians are the scum of the earth... yet we just accept it
as that and go on our merry ways. We put on our blinders and cover our ears, pretending that ours is the best
political system in the world, nope, our shit does not stink. "Oh how ours is the "best" country in the world". Keep
repeating that over and over again, you just might make a believer of yourself.
―Of course Batshit Bachmann was busted on her lie, as she has been dozens of times before. So why bother? Two
paradigms come into play here.
First, if Republicans told the truth, nobody would vote for them, except for the richest and most hate filled in our
culture.
Second, the Republicans know they are lying and know they are not going to get away with it, but these lies
distract attention from the real issue in the upcoming elections: Republicans govern only on behalf of the richest
1%. If America realizes that, it‘s all over.‖
Oh, by the way, FYI: Every politician you see speaking very convincingly on TV about whatever topic is at hand,
please try to keep in mind that they have all been keenly trained in the ART OF CONVINCING THE PUBLIC and
winning over support. The art is known as debating and something called Extemporaneous speaking. Most Ivy
League universities regularly conduct tournaments for all future leaders must know how to win over their constituents,
they have all been TRAINED to tell you what the majority wants to hear, they have all been well trained in the art of
CONVINCING YOU.
Extemporaneous speaking
Extemporaneous Speaking, also known as "Extemp," is a high school and college speech event which students
speak persuasively or informatively about current events and politics. In Extemp, a speaker chooses a question out
of three offered, then prepares for thirty minutes with the use of previously prepared articles from magazines,
journals, newspapers, and articles from news web sites before speaking for seven minutes on the topic. There are
four different speaking events: informative, persuasive, domestic, and foreign. In certain areas, there are only two
events, being foreign policy and domestic policy.
Basic information and format
The actual speech is delivered without the aid of notes and, at top levels, is a smooth, dynamic performance that
incorporates research, background knowledge, humor, and opinion. A successful extemp speech has an
introduction that catches the listener's attention, introduces the theme of the speech, and answers the question
through three, or sometimes two, areas of analysis which develop an answer to the question. The preview of the
three or two areas of analysis to come is called the "menu". The conclusion summarizes the speech and ties
everything together, relating back to the introduction and body of the speech.
Debate and public speaking (collectively called "Forensics") are generally stratified into novice, or beginning, and
varsity, or experienced, levels. A varsity level extemp is expected to cite anywhere from five to ten sources within
the speech to substantiate the credibility of the analysis and demonstrate ample preparation. References are often
referred to as a "cite" or "citation." Quality sources include newspapers like the New York Times and Christian
Science Monitor, magazines like the Economist and Foreign Policy and journals like the Fletcher Forum on World
Affairs and Foreign Affairs. Also, on a speech dealing with a certain region's issues, say Africa or the Middle East,
it is good to include regional sources as well.
During the speech, competitors are evaluated by way of comparison to the other speakers in a 'round' of
competition. Generally, there are five to eight competitors in a given round. Judges give speakers time signals to
help them pace their presentations. Judges rank all students in a room in order, with one being the best and the
worst speaker ranked last (sixth, for example in a round of six competitors).
The National Forensic League (NFL), the National Christian Forensics and Communication Association (NCFCA)
and the National Catholic Forensic League (CFL) host most Extemp tournaments. Both leagues have a national
tournament at the end of every year, with the NFL tournament drawing a larger number of competitors. There is
also the Extemporaneous Speaking Tournament of Champions, held each May at Northwestern University. In
addition, there are highly prestigious "circuit" tournaments, as in Policy debate, Public Forum, and Lincoln-
Douglas. These include the Glenbrooks in Chicago, the Invitational at Yale University, the Patriot Games at
George Mason University, the Barkley Forum at Emory University, and the Invitational at Harvard University.
There are also two major round robins, held at George Mason University and at Montgomery Bell Academy, with
the tournament at MBA being considered the most prestigious tournament of the year besides the National
Forensic League (NFL) tournament, with only 16 Extempers being invited each year.
The Different Types of Extemp
Most high school level districts offer two different kinds of Extemp Speaking. Normally, those are FX (or Foreign
Extemp or IX) and DX (or Domestic Extemp or USX). Both follow the same format but have questions
concentrated on either foreign or domestic political/economic topics. Some states, like Pennsylvania, offer a
different event called Extemp Commentary. In Extemp Commentary the speaker, seated behind a desk, gives a
five-minute speech about a topic rather than about a question. Extemp Commentary is also held at the National
Speech and Debate Tournament as a Supplemental Event.
In college forensics, as well as at a number of large tournaments like the Tournament of Champions in
Extemporaneous Speaking at Northwestern University, the Barkley Forum at Emory University, the Harvard
Invitational and the NCFL National Championship, there is only one mixed category for Extemporaneous
Speaking, referred to as simply 'Extemp' (with the event code 'EX'). Mixed extemp can prove more challenging,
calling upon a speaker's broad awareness of possible topics ranging for questions about American culture to
foreign policy or obscure international economic issues.
The Extemp Speech Structure
The structure of an extemporaneous speech varies widely depending on whether the competition is a high school
or college tournament, and can often vary in style across the country. The most common method, exemplified in
several high school and college national final rounds, follows a similar structure to the one described below.
Introduction
 Attention Getter - A device used to get the attention of an audience. Some examples include quotations,
statistics, history, narratives, political cartoons, anecdotes, and pop culture references. A typical attention
getting device (sometimes referred to as an AGD) seeks to set the tone for an extemporaneous speech and
acquaint the audiences with the particular style of the speaker.
 Link - A description of how the attention getter relates to the actual topic (for example, a speaker might
describe how the movie "The Godfather" applies to a topic like American foreign policy). Links can be
abstract (connecting the attention getter to the topic using a one word comparison that usually employs
'like' or 'as') or concrete (making multiple connections between the attention getter to the topic).
 Significance Statement - A sentence justifying the importance and relevance of the chosen topic.
 Source- Most introductions include at least one source, often used to substantiate the Significance
Statement. Sources are cited orally and include the name of the publication and the date, at the minimum
(e.g. "The Washington Post of October 23, 2006 reports that...")
 Question - A word-for-word recitation of the question (topic) as selected (e.g. "Is Pakistani President
Musharraf doing all he can to fight extremism in his country?")
 Definition - A definition of any vague words that are critical to your argument (e.g. "extremism") Some
definitions can be frowned upon if given in a monotone, or robotic, voice. It is a good tip for all speakers
to watch how and when you give definitions.
 Answer - A summary of the position to be taken on the issue.
 Preview - A preview of the body areas of the speech. Each point should be a short declarative sentence.
("First, Brazil's economic performance will outweigh the alleged corruption.")
Body
It is common that Extemporaneous speeches will have good deal of structure. One of the most frequently
employed speech structures will accommodate three contentions or points, each containing two or three sub-points.
A popular and easy to follow method of composing contentions includes the three sub-points: Theory, Application
and Case Study.
Example
In this example, the first point is illustrated in detail.
Question: Will Prime Minister Junichiro Koizumi win his campaign for re-election? Answer: Yes, because he is
seen as an effector of necessary reform.
First Point - Koizumi is placing emphasis on the privatization of the Japanese Postal System
Theory - When a candidate focuses their energies on a limited issue that the public supports, they have a greater
chance for success.
Application - While Koizumi's approval rating often dips below 50%, his pledge to privatize the Postal System
keeps him more popular than any other person or party
Case Study - An Economist article date June 9, 2005 notes that The Japanese Postal system currently sits at ¥386
trillion ($3.6 trillion) in assets, making it the world's biggest financial institution. It continues to explain that Mr.
Koizumi is now close to getting a vote on a bill that will—eventually—turn it over to the private sector.
Impact - Because Prime Minister Koizumi will so effectively reform the postal service he will be seen as an
effector of reform which will easily win him the re-election.
The conclusion is an opportunity to recap the ideas discussed in the speech and contains many elements of the
introduction. A conclusion may look like this:
Question - A word-for-word restatement of the question.
Answer - A review of the answer and points discussed.
Tie to Introduction/Conclusion - This should be along the same lines as the opening attention getter. The same
'vehicle' or theme (for example, an anecdote about Margaret Thatcher) is employed to conclude the speech as was
used initially to introduce it. A clever closing line is common place and many strong competitors will remind the
judge of the question, while simultaneously referencing the theme discussed in the introduction and conclusion.
America the Oligarchy - You are free to do what they tell you... - Video
"The United States has entered the ranks of the failed states. One of the most remarkable manifestations of a
failed state is that the criminals are all inside the government operating against the people, whereas in a
normal state, the criminals are on the outside of the government, operating against it. So, we now have every
manifestation of being a failed state, with the government in the hands of a few Wall Street gangsters." - Paul
Craig Roberts
25 Rules of Disinformation: How to Fight Back

Built upon Thirteen Techniques for Truth Suppression by David Martin, the following may be useful to the initiate
in the world of dealing with veiled and half-truth, lies, and suppression of truth when serious crimes are studied in
public forums. This, sadly, includes every day news media, one of the worst offenders with respect to being a
source of disinformation. Where the crime involves a conspiracy, or a conspiracy to cover up the crime, there will
invariably be a disinformation campaign launched against those seeking to uncover and expose the truth and/or the
conspiracy. There are specific tactics which disinfo artists tend to apply, as revealed here. Also included with this
material are seven common traits of the disinfo artist which may also prove useful in identifying players and
motives. The more a particular party fits the traits and is guilty of following the rules, the more likely they are a
professional disinfo artist with a vested motive.
People can be bought, threatened, or blackmailed into providing disinformation, so even "good guys" can be
suspect in many cases.
A rational person participating as one interested in the truth will evaluate that chain of evidence and conclude
either that the links are solid and conclusive, that one or more links are weak and need further development before
conclusion can be arrived at, or that one or more links can be broken, usually invalidating (but not necessarily so,
if parallel links already exist or can be found, or if a particular link was merely supportive, but not in itself key) the
argument. The game is played by raising issues which either strengthen or weaken (preferably to the point of
breaking) these links. It is the job of a disinfo artist to interfere with these evaluation... to at least make people
think the links are weak or broken when, in truth, they are not... or to propose alternative solutions leading away
from the truth. Often, by simply impeding and slowing down the process through disinformation tactics, a level of
victory is assured because apathy increases with time and rhetoric.
It would seem true in almost every instance, that if one cannot break the chain of evidence for a given solution,
revelation of truth has won out. If the chain is broken either a new link must be forged, or a whole new chain
developed, or the solution is invalid an a new one must be found... but truth still wins out. There is no shame in
being the creator or supporter of a failed solution, chain, or link, if done with honesty in search of the truth. This is
the rational approach. While it is understandable that a person can become emotionally involved with a particular
side of a given issue, it is really unimportant who wins, as long as truth wins. But the disinfo artist will seek to
emotionalize and chastise any failure (real or false claims thereof), and will seek by means of intimidation to
prevent discussion in general.
Eight Traits of The Disinformationalist
1. Avoidance
2. Selectivity
3. Coincidental
4. Teamwork
5. Anti-conspiratorial
6. Artificial Emotions
7. Inconsistent
8. Newly Discovered: Time Constant
It is the disinfo artist and those who may pull their strings (those who stand to suffer should the crime be solved)
MUST seek to prevent rational and complete examination of any chain of evidence which would hang them. Since
fact and truth seldom fall on their own, they must be overcome with lies and deceit. Those who are professional in
the art of lies and deceit, such as the intelligence community and the professional criminal (often the same people
or at least working together), tend to apply fairly well defined and observable tools in this process. However, the
public at large is not well armed against such weapons, and is often easily led astray by these time-proven tactics.
Remarkably, not even media and law enforcement have NOT BEEN TRAINED to deal with these issues. For the
most part, only the players themselves understand the rules of the game.
This why concepts from the film, Wag-The-Dog, actually work. If you saw that movie, know that there is at least
one real-world counterpart to Al Pacino's character. For CIA, it is Mark Richards, who was called in to orchestrate
the media response to Waco on behalf of Janet Reno. Mark Richards is the acknowledged High Priest of
Disinformation. His appointment was extremely appropriate, since the CIA was VERY present at Waco from the
very beginning of the cult to the very end of their days - just as it was at the People's Temple in Jonestown.
Richards purpose in life is damage control.
For such disinformationalists, the overall aim is to avoid discussing links in the chain of evidence which cannot be
broken by truth, but at all times, to use clever deceptions or lies to make select links seem weaker than they are,
create the illusion of a break, or better still, cause any who are considering the chain to be distracted in any number
of ways, including the method of questioning the credentials of the presenter. Please understand that fact is fact,
regardless of the source. Likewise, truth is truth, regardless of the source. This is why criminals are allowed to
testify against other criminals. Where a motive to lie may truly exist, only actual evidence that the testimony itself
IS a lie renders it completely invalid. Were a known 'liar's' testimony to stand on its own without supporting fact, it
might certainly be of questionable value, but if the testimony (argument) is based on verifiable or otherwise
demonstrable facts, it matters not who does the presenting or what their motives are, or if they have lied in the past
or even if motivated to lie in this instance -- the facts or links would and should stand or fall on their own merit and
their part in the matter will merely be supportive.
Moreover, particularly with respects to public forums such as newspaper letters to the editor, and Internet chat and
news groups, the disinfo type has a very important role. In these forums, the principle topics of discussion are
generally attempts by individuals to cause other persons to become interested in their own particular position, idea,
or solution -- very much in development at the time. People often use such mediums as a sounding board and in
hopes of pollination to better form their ideas. Where such ideas are critical of government or powerful, vested
groups (especially if their criminality is the topic), the disinfo artist has yet another role -- the role of nipping it in
the bud. They also seek to stage the concept, the presenter, and any supporters as less than credible should any
possible future confrontation in more public forums result due to their early successes. You can often spot the
disinfo types at work here by the unique application of "higher standards" of discussion than necessarily warranted.
They will demand that those presenting arguments or concepts back everything up with the same level of expertise
as a professor, researcher, or investigative writer. Anything less renders any discussion meaningless and unworthy
in their opinion, and anyone who disagrees is obviously stupid -- and they generally put it in exactly those terms.
So, as you read any such discussions, particularly so in Internet news groups (NG), decide for yourself when a
rational argument is being applied and when disinformation, psyops (psychological warfare operations) or trickery
is the tool. Accuse those guilty of the later freely. They (both those deliberately seeking to lead you astray, and
those who are simply foolish or misguided thinkers) generally run for cover when thus illuminated, or -- put in
other terms, they put up or shut up (a perfectly acceptable outcome either way, since truth is the goal.) Here are the
twenty-five methods and seven traits, some of which don't apply directly to NG application. Each contains a
simple example in the form of actual (some paraphrased for simplicity) from NG comments on commonly known
historical events, and a proper response. Accusations should not be overused -- reserve for repeat offenders and
those who use multiple tactics. Responses should avoid falling into emotional traps or informational sidetracks,
unless it is feared that some observers will be easily dissuaded by the trickery. Consider quoting the complete rule
rather than simply citing it, as others will not have reference. Offer to provide a complete copy of the rule set upon
request (see permissions statement at end):
1) Avoidance. They never actually discuss issues head-on or provide constructive input, generally avoiding
citation of references or credentials. Rather, they merely imply this, that, and the other. Virtually everything about
their presentation implies their authority and expert knowledge in the matter without any further justification for
credibility.
2) Selectivity. They tend to pick and choose opponents carefully, either applying the hit-and-run approach against
mere commentators supportive of opponents, or focusing heavier attacks on key opponents who are known to
directly address issues. Should a commentator become argumentative with any success, the focus will shift to
include the commentator as well.
3) Coincidental. They tend to surface suddenly and somewhat coincidentally with a new controversial topic with
no clear prior record of participation in general discussions in the particular public arena involved. They likewise
tend to vanish once the topic is no longer of general concern. They were likely directed or elected to be there for a
reason, and vanish with the reason.
4) Teamwork. They tend to operate in self-congratulatory and complementary packs or teams. Of course, this can
happen naturally in any public forum, but there will likely be an ongoing pattern of frequent exchanges of this sort
where professionals are involved. Sometimes one of the players will infiltrate the opponent camp to become a
source for straw man or other tactics designed to dilute opponent presentation strength.
5) Anti-conspiratorial. They almost always have disdain for 'conspiracy theorists' and, usually, for those who in
any way believe JFK was not killed by LHO. Ask yourself why, if they hold such disdain for conspiracy theorists,
do they focus on defending a single topic discussed in a NG focusing on conspiracies? One might think they would
either be trying to make fools of everyone on every topic, or simply ignore the group they hold in such disdain. Or,
one might more rightly conclude they have an ulterior motive for their actions in going out of their way to focus as
they do.
6) Artificial Emotions. An odd kind of 'artificial' emotionalism and an unusually thick skin -- an ability to
persevere and persist even in the face of overwhelming criticism and unacceptance. This likely stems from
intelligence community training that, no matter how condemning the evidence, deny everything, and never become
emotionally involved or reactive. The net result for a disinfo artist is that emotions can seem artificial. Most
people, if responding in anger, for instance, will express their animosity throughout their rebuttal. But disinfo types
usually have trouble maintaining the 'image' and are hot and cold with respect to pretended emotions and their
usually more calm or unemotional communications style. It's just a job, and they often seem unable to 'act their
role in character' as well in a communications medium as they might be able in a real face-to-face
conversation/confrontation. You might have outright rage and indignation one moment, ho-hum the next, and more
anger later -- an emotional yo-yo. With respect to being thick-skinned, no amount of criticism will deter them from
doing their job, and they will generally continue their old disinfo patterns without any adjustments to criticisms of
how obvious it is that they play that game -- where a more rational individual who truly cares what others think
might seek to improve their communications style, substance, and so forth, or simply give up.
7) Inconsistent. There is also a tendency to make mistakes which betray their true self/motives. This may stem
from not really knowing their topic, or it may be somewhat 'freudian', so to speak, in that perhaps they really root
for the side of truth deep within. I have noted that often, they will simply cite contradictory information which
neutralizes itself and the author. For instance, one such player claimed to be a Navy pilot, but blamed his poor
communicating skills (spelling, grammar, incoherent style) on having only a grade-school education. I'm not aware
of too many Navy pilots who don't have a college degree. Another claimed no knowledge of a particular
topic/situation but later claimed first-hand knowledge of it.
8) BONUS TRAIT: Time Constant. Recently discovered, with respect to News Groups, is the response time
factor. There are three ways this can be seen to work, especially when the government or other empowered player
is involved in a cover up operation: 1) ANY NG posting by a targeted proponent for truth can result in an
IMMEDIATE response. The government and other empowered players can afford to pay people to sit there and
watch for an opportunity to do some damage. SINCE DISINFO IN A NG ONLY WORKS IF THE READER
SEES IT - FAST RESPONSE IS CALLED FOR, or the visitor may be swayed towards truth. 2) When dealing in
more direct ways with a disinformationalist, such as email, DELAY IS CALLED FOR - there will usually be a
minimum of a 48-72 hour delay. This allows a sit-down team discussion on response strategy for best effect, and
even enough time to 'get permission' or instruction from a formal chain of command. 3) In the NG example 1)
above, it will often ALSO be seen that bigger guns are drawn and fired after the same 48-72 hours delay - the team
approach in play. This is especially true when the targeted truth seeker or their comments are considered more
important with respect to potential to reveal truth. Thus, a serious truth sayer will be attacked twice for the same
sin.
Twenty-Five Rules of Disinformation
1. Hear no evil, see no evil, speak no evil

2. Become incredulous and indignant
3. Create rumor mongers
4. Use a straw man
5. Sidetrack opponents w name calling, ridicule
6. Hit and Run
7. Question motives
8. Invoke authority
9. Play Dumb
10. Associate opponent charges with old news
11. Establish and rely upon fall-back positions
12. Enigmas have no solution
13. Alice in Wonderland Logic
14. Demand complete solutions
15. Fit the facts to alternate conclusions
16. Vanish evidence and witnesses
17. Change the subject
18. Emotionalize, Antagonize, and Goad
19. Ignore facts, demand impossible proofs
20. False evidence
21. Call a Grand Jury, Special Prosecutor
22. Manufacture a new truth

23. Create bigger distractions
24. Silence critics
25. Vanish
Politicians promise you everything under the sun come election time, once the moment comes when either side wins,
they developer amnesia and forget about all the dumb promises they made to get elected. This insanity has been going
on for centuries! It has been said that the definition of someone that is crazy is "someone who does the same thing over
and over again, always expecting a different outcome". By that definition, all Americans are bona fide loony tunes!
Hello America, this is your wakeup call! How many more times will you keep falling for the same old scam? It does
NOT matter what political party you belong to. In the end the secret elite always end up running the show as they see
fit. The mega corporations will continue to have more influence then multitudes of millions of voter‘s best interests,
this is plain ordinary FACT. This Matrix Report is not about dumb conspiracy ―theories‖, I have spent the past several
years losing many a night‘s sleep carefully putting this report together to expose the FACTS.
"Since the anticommunism hysteria in the years following the Second World War, a bipartisan consensus has
existed on foreign policy. Meaningful political discourse has been almost absent about foreign policy issues.
So many foreign policy decisions have been placed beyond public scrutiny, that almost all of what passes as
official information about foreign policy is manufactured by government agencies for its propaganda effect." -
Daniel Hellinger and Dennis R. Judd Brooks - The Democratic Facade
America: Serfs Ruled by Oligarchs

Americans think that they have ‗freedom and democracy‘ and that politicians are held accountable by elections.
The fact of the matter is that the U.S. is ruled by powerful interest groups who control politicians with campaign
contributions. Our real rulers are an oligarchy of financial and military/security interests and AIPAC [American
Israel Public Affairs Committee], which influences U.S. foreign policy for the benefit of Israel.
It was the banks, not the millions of Americans who have lost homes, jobs, health insurance, and pensions, that
received $700 billion in TARP [Troubled Asset Relief Program] funds. The banks used this gift of capital to make
more profits. In the middle of the worst economic downturn since the Great Depression, Goldman Sachs
announced record second quarter profits and large six-figure bonuses for every employee.
The Federal Reserve‘s low interest rate policy is another gift to the banks. It lowers their cost of funds and
increases their profits. With the repeal of the Glass-Steagall Act in 1999, banks became high-risk investment
houses that trade financial instruments such as interest rate derivatives and mortgage backed securities. With
abundant funds supplied virtually free by the Federal Reserve, banks are paying depositors virtually nothing on
their savings.
Despite the Federal Reserve‘s low interest rate policy, beginning October 1 banks are raising the annual percentage
rate (APR) on credit card purchases and cash advances and on balances that have a penalty rate because of late
payment. Banks are also raising the late fee. In the midst of the worst economy since the 1930s, heavily indebted
Americans, who are losing their jobs and their homes, are to be bled into bankruptcy by the very banks that are
being subsidized with TARP funds and low interest rates.
…Is there a government anywhere that less represents its citizens than the U.S. government?
Consider America‘s wars. As of the moment of writing, the out-of-pocket cost of America‘s wars in Iraq and
Afghanistan is $900,000,000,000. When you add in the already incurred future costs of veterans benefits, interest
on the debt, the forgone use of the resources for productive purposes, and such other costs as computed by Nobel
economist Joseph Stiglitz and Harvard University budget expert Linda Bilmes, ‗our‘ government has wasted
$3,000,000,000,000 — three thousand billion dollars — on two wars that have no benefit whatsoever for any
American whose income does not derive from the military/security complex, about which five-star general
President Eisenhower warned us.
It is now a proven fact that the U.S. invasion of Iraq was based on lies and deception of the American public. The
only beneficiaries were the armaments industries, Blackwater, Halliburton, military officers who enjoy higher rates
of promotion during war, and Muslim extremists whose case the U.S. government proved by its unprovoked
aggression against Muslims. No one else benefited. Iraq was a threat to no one, and finding Saddam Hussein and
executing him after a kangaroo trial had no effect whatsoever on ending the war or preventing the start of others.
The cost of America‘s wars is a huge burden on a bankrupt country, but the cost incurred by veterans might be
even higher. Homelessness is a prevalent condition of veterans, as is post-traumatic stress. American soldiers, who
naively fought for the munitions industry‘s wars, for high compensation for the munitions CEOs, and for dividends
and capital gains for the munitions shareholders, paid not only with lives and lost limbs, but also with broken
marriages, ruined careers, psychiatric disorders, and prison sentences for failing to make child support payments.
What did Americans gain from an unaffordable war in Iraq that lasted far longer than World War II and that put
into power Shi‘ites allied with Iran?
The answer is obvious: nothing whatsoever.
What did the armaments industry gain? Billions of dollars in profits.
What about President Obama? ―A corporate marketing creation,‖ sums up the distinguished British journalist John
Pilger.
Obama is the presidential candidate who promised to end the war in Iraq. He hasn‘t. But he has escalated the war
in Afghanistan, started a new war in Pakistan, intends to repeat the Yugoslav scenario in the Caucasus, and appears
determined to start a war in South America. In response to the acceptance by U.S. puppet president of Columbia,
Alvaro Uribe, of seven U.S. military bases in Columbia, Venezuela warned South American countries that the
―winds or war are beginning to blow.‖
Here we have the U.S. government, totally dependent on the generosity of foreigners to finance its red ink, which
extends in large quantities as far as the eye can see, completely under the thumb of the military/security complex,
which will destroy us all in order to meet Wall Street share price expectations.
Why does any American care who rules Afghanistan? The country has nothing to do with us.
Did the armed services committees of the House and Senate calculate the risk of destabilizing nuclear armed
Pakistan when they acquiesced to Obama‘s new war there, a war that has already displaced two million Pakistanis?
No, of course not. The whores took their orders from the same military/security oligarchy that instructed Obama.
The great American superpower and its 300 million people are being driven straight into the ground by the narrow
interest of the big banks and the munitions industry. People, and not only Americans, are losing their sons,
husbands, brothers, and fathers for no other reason than the profits of U.S. armaments corporations, and the
gullible American people seem proud of it. Those ribbon decals on their cars, SUVs and monster trucks proclaim
their naive loyalty to the armaments industries and to the whores in Washington who promote wars.
Will Americans, smashed and destroyed by ‗their‘ government‘s policy, which always puts Americans last, ever
understand who their real enemies are?
Will Americans realize that they are not ruled by elected representatives but by an oligarchy that owns the
Washington whorehouse?
Will Americans ever understand that they are impotent serfs?
We have been deluded and indoctrinated to believe that our country is a "democracy", when in fact the heart of what
rules, shapes and drives this country first and foremost, far beyond anything else is: Zionist CAPITALISM,
CAPITALISM, CAPITALISM… TOTAL ECONOMIC COLONIZATION.
―Government is the only human enterprise that profits from failure. Once that principle is understood, many
otherwise inexplicable choices made by ruling elites and their servants can be made intelligible.
For instance, we can begin to understand the perverse persistence governments display in courting preventable
catastrophes, and then capitalizing on such incidents to enhance their power to do exactly the same things that
resulted in disaster. In this case, in addition to requiring the helotry to undergo unconscionable personal violations
before flying, the Regime is exploiting the incident aboard Northwest Flight 253 to escalate the ongoing military
assault on Yemen, thereby increasing the human misery that helps propel international terrorism.
And so it is that the Regime – which has squandered trillions of debased dollars in the name of "fighting terrorism"
(hundreds of billions to build a domestic garrison state, and even greater sums to conduct wars of aggression
overseas) – will continue to do exactly the same thing following an episode that demonstrates, beyond serious
dispute, that the "war on terror" has done exactly nothing to make Americans safer.‖
The Republic took a backseat to Democracy took a back seat to capitalism many generations ago and no one
ever realized it. The old line "of the people for the people" has become a mere joke. Our leaders in government view
its constituents as the pathetic panhandling vagabonds and the corporations as the true masters it serves. This is the
very definition of fascism. If something drastic is not done soon to change our run away government, our country
will face sure self destruction. All our ―good ole boys‖ politicians face virtually zero oversight, no accountability, no
responsibility, no penalties for being in bed with corporations and selling us out in wholesale. The overwhelming
number of politicians that get ―caught‖ in any wrong doing are the ones that broke out of step from their handlers and
masters, thus are fed to the lions so to speak and prosecuted for whatever deviant operation that particular politician is
up to his neck in. The most grievous offenders who cross the ―hidden masters‖ are silenced by having unfortunate
―accidents‖.
The uninformed, gullible population sitting back trusting the sold out elected officials to take care of everything were
actually the enablers allowing this nation to continuously slide down the abyss. Our country has become so
bureaucratic, bloated, obese, gluttonous, corrupt, colossal, debt ridden, outsider manipulated, and out of hand that it has
essentially become a classic proverbial PANDORA'S BOX. The possibility of finding solutions, especially in today‘s
toxic divided left vs. right government is categorically impossible. As the Pandora's Box tag indicates, our country is
completely raging out of control while ―for and by the people‖ it was allegedly formed under has basically become just
another marketing slogan to sustain the illusion that they really are an involved part of the broken system.
Did you know that every single president from George Washington (Freemason) onward was a member of at least one
of these illuminati matrix secret Zionist front organizations: Freemason, CFR, Trilateral Commission, Bildebergers,
Bohemian Grove and Skull & Bones… hmmm, nothing to see here, run along now children, go play in the sand.
Whether our sELECTED officials have known it or not, they were all in a grand plot being coordinated by secret
behind the scenes rulers who founded and operated these organizations. Another interesting tid bit is the little known
fact that George Washington and his Continental Army was bankrolled in a large part by Zionist Jew named Hayim
Solomon… This can only make one wonder how long ago and how deeply entrenched was the Zionist Jew influence in
American affairs and policies…
America’s first president, Freemason George Washington sent a letter to G.W.Snyder in which he stated:
“It is not my intention to doubt that the doctrine of the Illuminati and the principles of Jacobinism had not
spread to the United States. On the contrary, no one is more satisfied of this fact than I am. The idea meant
to convey was that I did believe the Lodges of Freemasonry in this county had, as societies, endeavored to
propagate the diabolical tenets.”
MASONIC PRESIDENTS OF THE UNITED STATES

George Washington, 1st President, 1789 - 1797, Commanding General during American Revolution, made
a Mason August 4, 1753, in Fredericksburg Lodge (now No. 4), A. F. & A. M., Fredericksburg, Virginia.
James Monroe, 5th President, 1817 - 1825, made a Mason November 9, 1775, in Williamsburg Lodge (now
No. 6), A.F. & A.M., Williamsburg, Virginia.
Andrew Jackson, 7th President, 1829 - 1837 Harmony Lodge No. 1, Nashville, Tennessee, an Honorary
Member of Federal Lodge No. 1, F. & A.M., Washington, D.C., and Jackson Lodge No. 1, F. & A.M.,
Tallahassee, Florida. In 1822 and 1823 he served as the Grand Master of Masons in Tennessee.
James Knox Polk, 11th President, 1845 - 1849, made a Mason September 4, 1820, in Columbia Lodge No.
31, F. & A.M., Columbia, Tennessee.
James Buchanan, 15th President, 1857 - 1861, made a Mason January 24, 1817, in Lodge No. 43 (it has no
name), F. & A.M., Lancaster, Pennsylvania.
Andrew Johnson, 17th President, 1865 - 1869, made a Mason during May, 1851, in Greeneville Lodge No.
119 (now No. 3), F. & A.M., Greeneville, Tennessee.
James Abram Garfield, 20th President. 1881, made a Mason November 22, 1864, in Columbus Lodge No.
30 F. & A.M., Columbus, Ohio.
William McKinley, 25th President, 1897 - 1901, made a Mason May 3, 1865, in Hiram Lodge No. 21, A.F.
& A.M., Winchester, Virginia.
Theodore Roosevelt, 26th President, 1901 - 1909, made a Mason April 24, 1901, in Matinecock Lodge No.
806, F. & A.M., Oyster Bay, New York.
William Howard Taft, 27th President, 1909 - 1913 - Chief Justice Supreme Court 1921 - 1930, made a
"Mason at Sight" in an "Occassional Lodge" called for that purpose on February 18, 1909, in the Scottish Rite
Cathedral, Cincinnati, Ohio, by Charles S. Hoskinson, Grand Master of Masons in Ohio.
Warren Gamaliel Harding, 29th President, 1921 - 1923, made a Mason August 27, 1920, in Marion Lodge
No. 70, F. & A.M., Marion, Ohio.
Franklin Delano Roosevelt, 32nd President, 1933 - 1945, made a Mason November 28, 1911, in Holland
Lodge No. 8, F. & A.M., New York, New York, the same Lodge in which George Washington, the Nation's first
President, held Honorary membership.
Harry S. Truman, 33rd President, 1945 - 1951, made a Mason March 18, 1909, in Belton Lodge No. 450,
A.F. & A.M., Belton, Missouri. He served as the Grand Master of Masons of Missouri in 1940.
Initiated: February 9, 1909, Belton Lodge No. 450, Belton, Missouri.
In 1911, several Members of Belton Lodge separated to establish Grandview Lodge No. 618, Grandview,
Missouri, and Brother Truman served as its first Worshipful Master. At the Annual Session of the Grand Lodge
of Missouri, September 24-25, 1940, Brother Truman was elected (by a landslide) the ninety-seventh Grand
Master of Masons of Missouri, and served until October 1, 1941. Brother and President Truman was made a
Sovereign Grand Inspector General, 33º, and Honorary Member, Supreme Council on October 19,1945 at the
Supreme Council A.A.S.R. Southern Jurisdiction Headquarters in Washington D.C., upon which occasion he
served as Exemplar (Representative) for his Class. He was also elected an Honorary Grand Master of the
International Supreme Council, Order of DeMolay. On May 18, 1959, Brother and Former President Truman
was presented with a fifty-year award, the only U.S. President to reach that golden anniversary in Freemasonry.
Gerald R. Ford, Jr. 38th President, 1974 - 1977. He was raised to the Sublime degree of Master Mason on
May 18, 1951 in Columbia Lodge No. 3, F. &.A.M., of Washington, D.C., as a courtesy for Malta Lodge No.
465, F. & A.M. of Grand Rapids, Michigan.
Lyndon Baines Johnson 1908-1973. 36th President, 1963 - 1969. Entered Apprentice degree Johnson City
Lodge No. 561, Johnson City, Texas October 30, 1937. Did not advance.
Of the fifty-six signers of the Declaration of Independence, the following were known to be members of a
Masonic lodge:
Benjamin Franklin - 1 of 13 Masonic signers of Constitution of the U.S. member of St. John's Lodge, Tun
Tavern, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Past Provincial Grand Master of Pennsylvania
Elbridge Gerry, member of Philanthropic Lodge, Marblehead, Massachusetts.
John Hancock, made a Master Mason, at the age of 23, in 1760, in Merchants Lodge No. 1, Quebec City,
the first civilian Lodge established in Canada after the Conquest. In 1763, he went to Boston, Massachusetts,
where he affiliated with St. Andrew's Lodge.
William Hooper, member of Hanover Lodge, Masonborough, North Carolina.
Richard Stockton, charter member, and first Master of St. John's Lodge, Princeton, New Jersey.
Matthew Thornton, made a Mason in a Lodge attached to a British Regiment of Foot during the Siege of
Louisburg, Canada, in 1745, serving in a New Hampshire Colonial Regiment as a surgeon. Baron Von Steuben,
while at Valley Forge, is said to have conferred the higher Degrees on him and to have been the only Signer who
attained the 32nd Degree of the Ancient Accepted Scottish Rite.
George Walton, member of Solomons Lodge No. 1, Savannah, Georgia.
William Whipple, member of St. Johnþs Lodge No. 1, Portsmouth, New Jersey.
The following named Signers have been referred to as members of the Fraternity by various Masonic writers,
and in Masonic publications, but their Lodge affiliation is not known:
Roger Sherman, claimed to have been made a Mason prior to the American Revolution. A Masonic Apron
said to be worn by him is in the collection at Yale University.
Josiah Bartlett, one so named is listed as a charter member of King Solomon's Lodge, Charlestown,
Massachusetts. Descendants, however, say he was not a member of the Craft. There is doubt that this Bartlett is
the signer, and records of the Grand Lodge of Massachusetts do not show his Lodge affiliation.
Philip Livingston, often referred to as a Mason, but this is open to debate. Records of the Grand Lodge of
New York do not disclose his name. Several members, named Livingston, are noted in the records of Holland
Lodge No. 8, New York City, New York.
Joseph Hewes. Records of Unanimity Lodge No. 7, Edenton, North Carolina, show his name as a visitor on
St. John's Day, December, 1776.
Robert Treat Paine, member of a Massachusetts Lodge. The Grand Lodge of Massachusetts records do not
show his affiliation He was said to be present at the celebration of St. John's Day, Grand Lodge of
Massachusetts, in June, 1759.
Thomas McKean, noted as a frequent visitor to Perseverance Lodge No. 2l, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. The
McKean genealogy has stated he was a Mason, although his name is not found on the records of the Grand
Lodge of Delaware, which was not organized until the close of the American Revolution. A brother, Samuel
McKean, was a member of the Fraternity.
John Penn, known to have attended Lodges in North Carolina, but his Masonic affiliation is not known.
Lyman Hall, claimed to have been a member of Solomons Lodge No. 1, Savannah, Georgia.
William Ellery, claimed as a member of a Lodge in Boston, Massachusetts.
Thomas Nelson, Jr., claimed to have visited Lodge No. 9, Yorktown, Virginia, after the Siege of that place
was lifted in the Revolutionary War, accompanied by Lafayette and Washington.
Absence of definite proof of the Masonic affiliation of the Signers named in the foregoing paragraphs,
precludes the possibility of knowing. This is also the case with Thomas Jefferson; John Adams; Benjamin Rush,
Robert Morris; John Witherspoon; George Wythe; Francis Lightfoot Lee; Richard Henry Lee, and others. Caesar
Rodney, of Delaware fame, had a son Caesar Augustus Rodney - a member of the Craft. George Read, another
Signer from Delaware, had a son - George M. Read - who was Grand Master of Pennsylvania. Samuel
Huntington had a son who was Grand Master of Ohio.
As I have been repeating over and over again throughout this Report, almost everyone is absolutely clueless to the
fact that they are ENSLAVED sheeple. The bonds used in your enslavement are many. Yet most of you walk the
earth without literal chains clamped around your limbs, as per the most advanced form of enslavement requirement of
the Prison Industrial Matrix. You have all been enslaved deep within your hearts and minds. You have all been
corralled into a box, confined to given parameters and framework of thinking from the programming that began since
your childhood. You have all been victims of mass conditioning and indoctrination, group think. You are all skillfully
maneuvered as a herd of sheep by your ruling masters. With that said and done, I come forth to identify, reveal, and
expose the various forms of slavery your are under. In this chapter of the Matrix Report we focus on your ruling
masters that consist of your ―government‖ ruling body, aka: United States of America Inc., its appointed
representatives and it‘s so called ―elected‖ leaders.
If you have ever noticed, one of the defacto key perquisites of anyone pursuing a career in ―public service‖ (lol,
actually more akin to ―master service‖), is obtaining a LAW DEGREE. Why is that so? There is a saying that goes
―the devil is in the details.‖ You see, our nation is a corporation that was organized, established, managed and
governed by LAWS. Your so called rights and lack of thereof are all detailed in ridiculously complex legal speak.
Our country is a CORPORATION as is every single State, city and town in this country, this is NOT a secret, EVERY
single state, city and town ever established in this country is a full fledged CORPORATION and have documented
INCORPORATION papers you can easily look up. For example:
The Incorporation of Phoenix Arizona:
By 1881, Phoenix had outgrown its original townsite-commissioner form of government. The 11th Territorial
Legislature passed "The Phoenix Charter Bill", incorporating Phoenix and providing for a mayor-council
government. The bill was signed by Governor John C. Fremont on February 25, 1881. Phoenix was incorporated
with a population of approximately 2,500, and on May 3, 1881, Phoenix held its first city election. Judge John T.
Alsap defeated James D. Monihon, 127 to 107, to become the city's first mayor.[10] In early 1888, the city offices
were moved into the new City Hall, at Washington and Central (later the site of the city bus terminal, until
Central Station was built in the 1990s). This building also provided temporary offices for the territorial
government when it moved to Phoenix by the 15th Territorial Legislature in 1889. – source Wikipedia
The U.S. Inc was founded and is operated under Roman Civil Law, Uniform Commercial Code (UCC) and
Admiralty/Maritime Law. The UCC more often than not, trumps and supersedes Civil Law, that‘s why you hear of
never-ending stories of citizens getting shafted by government and non government institutions of all kinds including
corporations and organizations. Is it any wonder when the ―little guy‖ is faced with any legal assault by a big
corporation who sends out their ATTACK DOG LAWYERS, the little guy RARELY ever, ever wins. That my friend
is a crystallized exemplar of Uniform Commercial Code totally drastically superseding Common Law (besides the
obvious fact that the little guy rarely has the vast financial resources of a big corporation backing him up).
This subject can be covered with yet another book, let me just summarize the fact, yet another one of the many forms
of enslaving the ―free‖ public has been the LAW. In a nut shell, our country‘s constitution has been thrown out the
window, the REPUBLIC (―to which it stands‖) was shoved aside, trampled on and replaced by DEMOCRACY (based
on pure greed of corporate capitalism). The whole founding premise of ―we the people, of the people, by the people‖
was intended for THE PEOPLE to be SOVEREIGN, but through masterful manipulation of the LAWs ―we the
people‖ LOST our sovereign rights, flipped upside down and have since been ruled ―by the nation for the nation of
the corporate entities of America‖.
“Fascism should more appropriately be called Corporatism, because it is the merger of corporate and state
power” - Benito Mussolini, infamous WW2 dictator
The disturbing trend that keeps alarmingly escalating are the trampling of the provisions of the Constitution, the only
true limits on the powers of the government, are now routinely and largely ignored or reinterpreted to suit the interests
of the government or the special interests of their masters, as the federal goliath perpetually increases in its own
unrestrained powers. Our sovereign rights have long ago been stolen, we have since been allocated just mere spectator
status regulated to participation in the land of largely make believe elections.
This report is all about exposing the truth, destroying myths and fairy tales. Thus, in order to actually comprehend the
true deep core being of this entity we call our country one must understand its true origins and the true context of its
being. A most compelling and earth moving fact is that the USA is a corporation owned by not England – but by ―The
Crown‖ (and who owns the Crown? ―Royal bloodline‖ of ultimately who are the ―chosen ones‖). The original founding
fathers (the history gatekeepers would prefer you not know this) of the United States were REALLY part of the
Virginia Company. Wikipedia states: The Virginia Company refers collectively to a pair of JOINT STOCK
companies (i.e., corporations) chartered by King James I in 1606 with the purposes of establishing settlements on the
east coast of North America. The two companies, called the ―Virginia Company of London‖ (London Company) and
the ―Virginia Co. of Plymouth‖ (Plymouth Company) operated with identical charters but with differing territories.
Those historical 13 colonies you heard so much about… well, FACT: they were ALL OWNED AND
OPERATED by the Virginia Company (a corporation)... chartered by the Crown of England. Sometime after they
had reached 13 colonies and were rapidly expanding, the leaders made a strategic decision to cut out the greedy
―middle man‖ (England) and run the Virginia Company as their own independent spin off or monopoly. Thus grew the
derivative requirement for giving their CORPORATION a name change. The pivotal point you must truly
understand is the fact that the Virginia Corporation NEVER ceased its operations, nowhere in history was there
ever any recorded dissolution of the Virginia Corporation… for it only symbolically broke from England and
changed its name. Behold the TRUE origin and nature of: ―The United States of America.‖ INC. Sure they
―separated‖ from England and all that, but the players and the game remained unchanged. Oh, those Pilgrims the
history books focus and glamorize as ―the first settlers‖, well they came here 14 years AFTER the Virginia Company
was formed. The Virginia Corporation already owned all the land and the Pilgrims had to get permission to become
legal tenants of the Virginia Company landlords. History is finally becoming stunningly interesting!!!
“The U.S. will bring in the New World Order and its seat will be England.” - Governor Cornwallis (over 200 years
ago)
As absurd as that my sound to some, all the historical records don‘t lie. What other better supporting data then the
current modern day records as proof positive: Walk into the records hall of ANY state, city, town in America, search
for the founding charters and you will be amazed to find out that EVERY SINGLE state, city, town is in fact a
CORPORATION. This is normal ordinary fact, just go to your local City Hall or record office and check to see if
your local town, city is indeed a corporation. They are all SUBSIDIARIES of the parent Corporation: The
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA Inc.
Thousands upon thousands cities and towns are often routinely bought and sold among the most prominent elite of
society, for they are just another for profit enterprises. For example, such notable ones as famous Pebble Beach and the
Aspen ski resort towns that were at one point owned by media baron Zionist Jew Marvin Davis.
Did you know that Washington DC is its own sovereign state corporation? This sovereign state literally runs this
sovereign nation... Actually each state of the Union is also a legal corporation as are all the towns and cities in this
country. Oh the complexities of this world we live in, and the mighty web they weave. There exists only two other
sovereign states besides Washington DC operating within a host country: the City of London and the Vatican City.
This brings up a plethora of implications, issues, dynamics, factors, conflicts and so forth. I cannot delve deeper into in
these matters with this report draft due to space constraints. Others are much more qualified and have done intensive
research into this matter, you owe it to yourself to look into this matter further.
U.S. Code Collection

Title 28 > Part V17 > Chapter 176 > Subchapter A > § 3002. Definitions:
As I constantly urge, please research and at least Google every single thing I reveal here in this report for more
detailed info, you must search hard and wide, but comb deep enough and you will find hidden truths. One very
interesting work you must get your hands on is a rare book called ―Pandora‘s Box‖ by Alex Christopher, this is a must
read, though I cannot vouch for 100% validity of the content, but I believe that Mr. Christopher‘s in depth research
speaks for itself. For another perspective about our national corporation please refer to Addendum section for: THE
UNITED STATES Inc., a reprint of a real eye opening article expounding upon this topic. If you would also like
another very amazing glimpse of the state of our union check out: International Law Admiralty / Maritime Process Are
You Lost At Sea.
THE CROWN TEMPLE OF BABYLON

The Crown Temple - Secret Society of the Third Way Order
by Rule of Mystery Babylon, The "Templars" of the Crown
The governmental and judicial systems within the United States of America, at both federal and local state levels,
are owned by the "Crown," which is a private foreign power. Before jumping to conclusions about the Queen of
England or the Royal Families of Britain owning the U.S.A., this is a different "Crown" and is fully exposed and
explained below. We are specifically referencing the established Templar Church, known for centuries by the
world as the "Crown." From this point on, we will also refer to the Crown as the Crown Temple or Crown
Templar, all three being synonymous.
First, a little historical background. The Temple Church was built by the Knights Templar in two parts: the Round
and the Chancel. The Round Church was consecrated in 1185 and modeled after the circular Church of the Holy
Sepulchre in Jerusalem. The Chancel was built in 1240. The Temple Church serves both the Inner and Middle
Temples (see below) and is located between Fleet Street and Victoria Embankment at the Thames River. Its
grounds also house the Crown Offices at Crown Office Row. This Temple "Church" is outside any Canonical
jurisdiction. The Master of the Temple is appointed and takes his place by sealed (non-public) patent, without
induction or institution.
All Licensed Bar Attorneys - Attorners (see definitions below) in the U.S. owe their allegiance and give their
solemn oath in pledge to the Crown Temple, realizing this or not. This is simply due to the fact that all Bar
Associations throughout the world are signatories and franchises to the international Bar Association located at the
Inns of Court at Crown Temple, which are physically located at Chancery Lane behind Fleet Street in London.
Although they vehemently deny it, all Bar Associations in the U.S., such as the American Bar Association, the
Florida Bar, or California Bar Association, are franchises to the Crown.
The Inns of Court (see below, The Four Inns of Court) to the Crown Temple use the Banking and Judicial system
of the City of London - a sovereign and independent territory which is not a part of Great Britain (just as
Washington City, as DC was called in the 1800's, is not a part of the north American states, nor is it a state) to
defraud, coerce, and manipulate the American people. These Fleet Street bankers and lawyers are committing
crimes in America under the guise and color of law (see definitions for legal and lawful below). They are known
collectively as the "Crown." Their lawyers are actually Templar Bar Attornies, not lawyers.
The present Queen of England is not the "Crown," as we have all been led to believe. Rather, it is the Bankers and
Attornies (Attorneys) who are the actual Crown or Crown Temple. The Monarch aristocrats of England have not
been ruling sovereigns since the reign of King John, circa 1215. All royal sovereignty of the old British Crown
since that time has passed to the Crown Temple in Chancery.
The U.S.A. is not the free and sovereign nation that our federal government tells us it is. If this were true, we
would not be dictated to by the Crown Temple through its bankers and attornies. The U.S.A. is controlled and
manipulated by this private foreign power and our unlawful Federal U.S. Government is their pawn broker. The
bankers and Bar Attorneys in the U.S.A. are a franchise in oath and allegiance to the Crown at Chancery - the
Crown Temple Church and its Chancel located at Chancery Lane - a manipulative body of elite bankers and
attorners from the independent City of London who violate the law in America by imposing fraudulent "legal" -
but totally unlawful - contracts on the American people. The banks Rule the Temple Church and the Attorners
carry out their Orders by controlling their victim's judiciary.
Since the first Chancel of the Temple Church was built by the Knights Templar, this is not a new ruling system by
any means. The Chancel, or Chancery, of the Crown Inner Temple Court was where King John was, in January
1215, when the English barons demanded that he confirm the rights enshrined in the Magna Carta. This City of
London Temple was the headquarters of the Templar Knights in Great Britain where Order and Rule were first
made, which became known as Code. Remember all these terms, such as Crown, Temple, Templar, Knight,
Chancel, Chancery, Court, Code, Order and Rule as we tie together their origins with the present American
Temple Bar system of thievery by equity (chancery) contracts.
"Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for ye are like unto whited sepulchres, which indeed appear
beautiful outward, but are within full of dead men's bones, and of all uncleanness." ~ Matthew 23:27
By what authority has the "Crown" usurped the natural sovereignty of the American people? Is it acceptable that
the U.S. Supreme Court decides constitutional issues in the U.S.A? How can it be considered as being
"constitutional", when this same Supreme Court is appointed by (not elected) and paid by the Federal U.S.
Government? As you will soon see, the land called North America belongs to the Crown Temple.
The legal system (judiciary) of the U.S. is controlled by the Crown Temple from the independent and
sovereign "City of London". The *private* Federal Reserve System, which issues fiat U.S. Federal
Reserve Notes, is financially owned and controlled by the Crown from Switzerland, the home and legal
origin for the charter of the United Nations, International Monetary Fund, World Trade Organization and
most importantly the Bank of International Settlements in Basel, Switzerland (BIS), which controls ALL
central banks of the G7 nations. Those who control the gold literally rule this world!
Definitions You Never Knew:
ATTORN [e-'tern] Anglo-French aturner to transfer (allegiance of a tenant to another lord), from Old French
atorner to turn (to), arrange, from a- to + torner to turn: to agree to be the tenant of a new landlord or owner of the
same property. Merriam-Webster's Dictionary of Law ©1996.
ATTORN, v.i. [L. ad and torno.] In the feudal law, to turn, or transfer homage and service from one lord to
another. This is the act of feudatories, vassels or tenants, upon the alienation of the estate.-Webster's 1828
Dictionary.
ESQUIRE, n [L. scutum, a shield; Gr. a hide, of which shields were anciently made.], a shield-bearer or armor-
bearer, scutifer; an attendant on a knight. Hence in modern times, a title of dignity next in degree below a knight.
In England, this title is given to the younger sons of noblemen, to officers of the king's courts and of the
household, to counselors at law, justices of the peace, while in commission, sheriffs, and other gentlemen. In the
United States, the title is given to public officers of all degrees, from governors down to justices and attorneys.-
Webster's 1828 Dictionary.
RULE, n. [L. regula, from rego, to govern, that is, to stretch, strain or make straight.] 1. Government; sway;
empire; control; supreme command or authority. 6. In monasteries, corporations or societies, a law or regulation to
be observed by the society and its particular members. -Webster's 1828 Dictionary
RULE n. 1 [C] a statement about what must or should be done, (syn.) a regulation. REGULATION n. 1 [C] a rule,
statement about what can be done and what cannot. 2 [U] the general condition of controlling any part of human
life. -Newbury House Dictionary ©1999.
CODE n. 1 [C;U] a way of hiding the true meaning of communications from all except those people who have the
keys to understand it. 2 [C] a written set of rules of behavior. 3 [C] a formal group of principles or laws. -v. coded,
coding, codes to put into code, (syn.) to encode.ENCODE v. 1 to change written material into secret symbols. -
Newbury House Dictionary ©1999.
CURTAIN n. [OE. cortin, curtin, fr. OF. cortine, curtine, F. courtine, LL. cortina, also, small court, small inclosure
surrounded by walls, from cortis court. See Court.] 4 A flag; an ensign; -- in contempt. [Obs.] Shak. Behind the
curtain, in concealment; in secret. -1913 Webster's Revised Unabridged Dictionary.
COURT, n. 3. A palace; the place of residence of a king or sovereign prince. 5. Persons who compose the retinue
or council of a king or emperor. 9. The tabernacle had one court; the temple, three. -Webster's 1828 Dictionary.
COURT n. 2 the place where a king or queen lives or meets others. -The Newbury House Dictionary ©1999.
TEMPLAR, n. [from the Temple, a house near the Thames, which originally belonged to the knights Templars.
The latter took their denomination from an apartment of the palace of Baldwin II in Jerusalem, near the temple.] 1.
A student of the law. -Webster's 1828 Dictionary.
TEMPLE, n. [L. templum.] 1. A public edifice erected in honor of some deity. Among pagans, a building erected
to some pretended deity, and in which the people assembled to worship. Originally, temples were open places, as
the Stonehenge in England. 4. In England, the Temples are two inns of court, thus called because anciently the
dwellings of the knights Templars. They are called the Inner and the Middle Temple. -Webster's 1828 Dictionary.
CAPITOL, n. 1. The temple of Jupiter in Rome, and a fort or castle, on the Mons Capitolinus. In this, the Senate of
Rome anciently assembled; and on the same place, is still the city hall or town-house, where the conservators of
the Romans hold their meetings. The same name was given to the principal temples of the Romans in their
colonies.
INN, n. [Hebrew, To dwell or to pitch a tent.] 2. In England, a college of municipal or common law professors and
students; formerly, the town-house of a nobleman, bishop or other distinguished personage, in which he resided
when he attended the court. Inns of court, colleges in which students of law reside and are instructed. The principal
are the Inner Temple, the Middle Temple, Lincoln's Inn, and Gray's Inn. Inns of chancery, colleges in which young
students formerly began their law studies. These are now occupied chiefly by attorneys, solicitors, etc. INNER, a.
[from in.] Interior; farther inward than something else, as an inner chamber; the inner court of a temple or palace. -
Webster's 1828 Dictionary.
CROWN, n. 4. Imperial or regal power or dominion; sovereignty. There is a power behind the crown greater than
the crown itself. Junius. 19. A coin stamped with the image of a crown; hence, a denomination of money; as, the
English crown. -- Crown land, land belonging to the crown, that is, to the sovereign. -- Crown law, the law which
governs criminal prosecutions. -- Crown lawyer, one employed by the crown, as in criminal cases. v.t. 1. To cover,
decorate, or invest with a crown; hence, to invest with royal dignity and power. -1913 Webster's Revised
Unabridged Dictionary.
COLONY, n. 1. A company [i.e. legal corporation] or body of people transplanted from their mother country to a
remote province or country to cultivate and inhabit it, and remaining subject to the jurisdiction of the parent state;
as the British colonies in America or the Indies; the Spanish colonies in South America. -Webster's 1828
Dictionary.
STATE, n. [L., to stand, to be fixed.] 1. Condition; the circumstances of a being or thing at any given time. These
circumstances may be internal, constitutional or peculiar to the being, or they may have relation to other beings. 4.
Estate; possession. [See Estate.] -Webster's 1828 Dictionary.
ESTATE, n. [L. status, from sto, to stand. The roots stb, std and stg, have nearly the same signification, to set, to
fix. It is probable that the L. sto is contracted from stad, as it forms steti.] 1. In a general sense, fixedness; a fixed
condition; 5. Fortune; possessions; property in general. 6. The general business or interest of government; hence, a
political body; a commonwealth; a republic. But in this sense, we now use State. ESTATE, v.t. To settle as a
fortune. 1. To establish. -Webster's 1828 Dictionary.
PATENT, a. [L. patens, from pateo, to open.] 3. Appropriated by letters patent. 4. Apparent; conspicuous.
PATENT, n. A writing given by the proper authority and duly authenticated, granting a privilege to some person or
persons. By patent, or letters patent, that is, open letters, the king of Great Britain grants lands, honors and
franchises. PATENT, v.t. To grant by patent. 1. To secure the exclusive right of a thing to a person.
LAWFUL. In accordance with the law of the land; according to the law; permitted, sanctioned, or justified by law.
"Lawful" properly implies a thing conformable to or enjoined by law; "Legal", a thing in the form or after the
manner of law or binding by law. A writ or warrant issuing from any court, under color of law, is a "legal" process
however defective. A Dictionary of Law 1893.
LEGAL. Latin legalis. Pertaining to the understanding, the exposition, the administration, the science and the
practice of law: as, the legal profession, legal advice; legal blanks, newspaper. Implied or imputed in law. Opposed
to actual. "Legal" looks more to the letter, and "Lawful" to the spirit, of the law. "Legal" is more appropriate for
conformity to positive rules of law; "Lawful" for accord with ethical principle. "Legal" imports rather that the
forms of law are observed, that the proceeding is correct in method, that rules prescribed have been obeyed;
"Lawful" that the right is actful in substance, that moral quality is secured. "Legal" is the antithesis of "equitable",
and the equivalent of "constructive". - 2 Abbott's Law Dict. 24; A Dictionary of Law (1893).
STATUS IN QUO, STATUS QUO. [L., state in which.] The state in which anything is already. The phrase is also
used retrospectively, as when, on a treaty of place, matters return to the status quo ante bellum, or are left in statu
quo ante bellum, i.e., the state (or, in the state) before the war. -1913 Webster's Revised Unabridged Dictionary
All Bar Association Licensed Attorneys must keep the terms of their oath to the Crown Temple in order to be
accepted or "called to Bar" (hence having to pass the Bar Exams prior to receiving their license to practice law) at
any of the King's Inns. Their oath, pledge, and terms of allegiance are made to the Crown Temple.
Neither the American people nor the Queen of Britain own America. The Crown Temple owns America through
the deception of those who have sworn their allegiance by oath to the Middle Templar Bar. The Crown Bankers
and their Middle Templar Attornies Rule America through unlawful contracts, unlawful taxes, and contract
documents of false equity through debt deceit, all strictly enforced by their completely unlawful, but "legal",
Orders, Rules and Codes of the Crown Temple Courts, our so-called "judiciary" in America. This is because the
Crown Temple holds the land titles and estate deeds to all of North America.
The biggest lie is what the Crown and its agents refer to as "the rule of law". In reality, it is not about law at all, but
solely about the Crown Rule of all nations. For example, just read what President Bush stated on November 13,
2001, regarding the "rule of law:"
"Our countries are embarked on a new relationship for the 21st century, founded on a commitment to the values of
democracy, the free market, and the rule of law." - Joint Statement by President George W. Bush and President
Vladimir V. Putin on 11/13/01, spoken from the White House, Washington D.C.
We must also address some of the key illusions that the ruling elite pull off on the unsuspecting well meaning useful
idiot sheeple citizens. Our founding fathers created America as a REPUBLIC. This whole democracy thing took on a
life of its own later on down the road. Our founding fathers set up a: REPUBLIC…. NOT a DEMOCRACY!!! They
all unanimously loathed the entire concept of ―democracy.‖ Somehow, some way, our entire founding principles
became corrupted and the direction was strategically maneuvered into the focus and direction of a DEMOCRACY.
Again, I will reiterate: OUR COUNTRY WAS FOUNDED AS A ―REPUBLIC‖ NOT A ―DEMOCRAY.‖ As in:
―…to the republic for which it stands, one nation under god, indivisible with liberty for all.‖ A government ―for the
people by the people.‖ Public service traditionally meant the government serving the people, today it seems to mean
the public serving the government. Serve.gov, rolled out by the Obama administration as part of the "United We Serve"
initiative, has as its mission directing everyone into public service, either as an ad hoc community organizer or as a
volunteer "on a path to sustained service". The goal being to get the public to do all the things that even the
governments out of control spending budget can't afford to pay anyone to do.
Each new elected lead promises change and yet once in office continues where ever his predecessor left off at. Building
upon the foundations that have been laid, the construction project continues, the ongoing erection of a colossal
unwieldy government monstrosity who demands ever more taxes, ever more resources to operate, its ravenous needs
are insatiable.
Behind all the cheerful hype and propaganda, hides a fundamental shift from a definition of public service that requires
politicians to serve the public, to one that requires the public to serve the politicians. The shift can best be summed
up as, who is serving whom? As we are being led down the road to serving our country and politicians, the politicians
serve their true masters… the ruling elite.
There is the official, public statement of purpose and then there is the actual, behind-the-scenes reality of how such
organizations work apart from public view.
Interesting note dept:
The official symbol of America is the Statue of Liberty. Our ―goddess of liberty.‖ This is nice and dandy. But this
is the view of the uninitiated, there is much more than meets the eye…
The Statue of Liberty in New York harbor was presented in 1884 as a gift from the French Grand Orient Temple
Masons to the Masons of America in celebration of the centenary of the first Masonic Republic. She is holding
the Masonic "Torch of Enlightenment". Also referred to back in the 1700's by the Illuminati Masons as the
"Flaming Torch of Reason". The Torch represents the "Sun" in the sky.
The Statue of Liberty's official title is, "Liberty Enlightening the World". The cornerstone of the statue records
how it was laid in a Masonic ceremony (see plaque photo above).
THE TORCH SYMBOL
Illuminati means to "bare light" one way to symbolize this is by carrying a torch. Bestselling author, Robert
Bauval: "The cornerstone for the Statue of Liberty was placed in a solemn ceremony in 1884 organized by the
Masonic lodges of New York.
The Statue of Liberty, which was designed by the French sculptor Bartholdi and actually built by the French
Engineer, Gustave Eiffel (both well-known Freemasons), was not originally a ‗Statue of Liberty‘ at all, but first
planned by Bartholdi for the opening of the Suez Canal in Egypt in 1867.
Bartholdi, like many French Freemasons of his time, was deeply steeped in ‗Egyptian‘ rituals, and it has often
been said that he conceived the original statue as an effigy of the
goddess Isis, and only later converted it to a ‗Statue of Liberty‘ for New
York harbor when it was rejected for the Suez Canal." (worshiping and
rituals centered around ancient Egyptian gods is a central tenant of inner
Freemasonry and illuminatism).
Thus, the TRUE meaning of our Statue of Liberty arises: it is in all

actuality none other than MASSIVE PAGAN STAUTE OF THE GODDESS
ISIS…
The goddess Isis is known by many names, including Juno. Above:

Roman Goddess Juno 735 B.C. (wife of Zeus) Note the remarkable
resemblance to our ―Statue of Liberty.‖
Isis was a goddess in Ancient Egyptian religious beliefs, an Egyptian

goddess of the underworld, whose worship spread throughout the Greco-
Roman world. She was worshiped as the ideal mother, wife, patron of
nature and magic. She was the friend of slaves, sinners, artisans, the
downtrodden, as well as listening to the prayers of the wealthy, maidens,
aristocrats and rulers.[1] Isis is the Goddess of motherhood, magic and
fertility. Isis is also known as the goddess of simplicity, protector of the dead and goddess of children from whom
all beginnings arose, and was the Lady of magic and natural events. In later myths, Ancient Egyptians believed
that the Nile River flooded every year because of her tears of sorrow for her dead husband, Osiris. This
occurrence of his death and rebirth was relived each year through rituals. The worship of Isis eventually spread
throughout the Greco-Roman world, continuing until the suppression of paganism in the Christian era.[3]
This statue is one of the largest statues ever made The statue represents a proud Isis, standing on a huge pedestal,
with her right arm extended, holding high a flaming torch. A turreted crown with huge spikes symbolizing the
rays of the sun rests on her head. At her feet is a broken shackle symbolizing the overthrow of "tyranny." The
statue stands 151 feet in height, weighs about 100 tons, and stands on a Babylonia style tower which is 154 feet
high.
In her poem "The New Colossus," Emma Lazarus calls the "Statue of Liberty" the "Mother of Exiles." But the
truth is, she is the "Mother of harlots and abominations of the earth" (Rev.17:5). The liberty she promises is
slavery to this world's system…
Our Republic has long ago been morphed into a democratic "us vs. them", i.e., left wing vs. right wing rivalry,
essentially creating a NATION DIVIDED. How does the quote go? United we stand, divided we fall? Republican vs.
Democrat, bottom line, after all is said and done, they both server the same elite masters! Democrats and
Republicans are just like two mafia crime families that server the same masters, their "god fathers", the
Zionist/Mason elite. Republicans and Democrats are just two sides of the SAME COIN.
There are several ways to best describe how this countries‘ political apparatus operates: Once you fully grasp and
swallowed the hard FACT that both the republicans and democrats bow and serve the same ruling master oligarchs and
the corporate industrial complex for which they stand, then, and only then can you begin to truly, ever so truly begin to
see the cold hard realities and see right through the intricate well contrived façade.
Most citizens have no idea that Congress members could retire with the same pay after only one term, They all retire
will full pay for life along with pensions and a myriad of other benefits, they don't pay into Social Security, that they
specifically exempted themselves from many of the laws they have passed (such as being exempt from any fear of
prosecution for sexual harassment) while ordinary citizens must live under those laws. The latest is to exempt
themselves from the Healthcare Reform that is being
considered...in all of its forms. Who said we do not
have an elite that is above the law? Oh by the way…
Social Security is nothing more than the world‘s
largest most elaborate PONZI SCHEME ever
perpetrated on mankind.
Everyone in Washington plays a role in this grand

political Hollywoodish production. They are all
ACTORS in the longest running off Broadway show
of this nation. The president is the leading man and
every so often they get together to change the CAST
of characters of the entire production so as to
maintain the illusion of change. But just like all
Hollywood productions, the cast has its directors
and producers they must obey. The powerful
directors and producers who own them are never
seen; they run the show from behind the curtains.
The core ACTORS actually stay in the production
for life they just get shuffled around from studio to
studio, their production studios lots are located in the house, senate, pentagon, black labs, dungeons among other
places. Where ever the actors go they are constantly hounded by corporate product placement specialists that go by the
name of lobbyists, these people pour tons of product placement dollars all over the place just for a nod of approval
from the cast. They hire the best SCRIPT writers in the business, each and every actor puts on their business suit
costumes every day to make their performances believable as the ferociously attack the opposing teams exactly like
they do in the wrestling shows. Just like in sports the fans eat it all up and live their lives around this stuff, many of
them believing in the game show so deeply that they come to cheer their team on and viciously attack and yell at the
opposing team. After the production and the cameras are not rolling the cast of both teams all hang out laugh, joke play
golf together and attend each others partys. They employ the best propaganda outfits out there to help sell their show to
the masses. Special effects teams generate the smoke and mirrors to make it all look believable. Here is a synopsis of
the roles they play:
Team Democrats MISSION is to APPEASE THE WORKER SERVANT CLASS. This is THE CENTRAL
MISSION of the Democrats. PERIOD. The Democratic party is there to give life to the ILLUSION that the poor and
working class actually have REPRESENTAVES in government that actually CARE about them. The Democratic Party
is probably one of the most successful bullshit charades to have been widely conducted on the gullible public for such a
long time. Through the Democratic Party the ruling elite push their strategic liberal policies where they focus on and
control the liberal left wing masses, lowering the tolerance barrier of immorality, etc. They enact SOCIALIST laws
and policies to help develop the ruling elites master plans that reside in the leftwing branch of the spectrum. The
Democratic Party‘s largest financial contributors are none other than the Zionists, wealthy liberals and of course the
corporations.
Team Republicans MISSION is the alpha male political party. This is the central party of the RULING ELITE.
They cater to the upper level managers of the establishment, the filthy RICH and the CORPORATIONS who are
their number 1 base. The Republicans are the shameless sluts of corporate America. They focus on and control the
right wing, bible carrying masses (this is nothing but a cover), and of course, they implement the rightwing spectrum
of FASCIST laws and policies of the ruling elite‘s master plans. The hard core extremist neo-cons of the Republican
Party consisting of mostly Zionists are the undisputed leaders. This party ―of the, by, and for the wealthy fascists and
their corporations‖ is where you will find most of the elite‘s direct support and backing. Also note how the democrats
easily fold (most notable in the Bush administration where democrats rubberstamped and approved everything) and do
the bidding of their republican comrades, rarely the other way around.
The republicans are the alpha male political party and will always reign supreme over their Democrat counterparts
partly due to the fact that the real POWER base is behind the Republican Party, for they represent, cater to and
champion the agendas the rich, powerful and the corporate worlds. Their supremacy is easily observable in how they
all oppose every piece of legislation put forth
by a Democratic Congress. It‘s certainly
impressive (in a Third Reich sort of way) that
Republicans are able to vote as a single bloc
with no strays whatsoever. Meanwhile the
Democrats are often found divided and
bickering amongst one another, and often
voting alongside the Republicans on some
issues.
―Over the course of eight short years --

between 2000 and 2008 -- the Republicans
methodically executed their plan to
transform American society. They
systematically transferred wealth from the
middle class to the wealthiest two percent
of Americans - slashing taxes for the
wealthy. They eviscerated the rules that
held Wall Street, Big Oil and private
insurance companies accountable to the
public. They allowed and encouraged the recklessness of the big Wall Street banks that ultimately collapsed the
economy and cost eight million Americans their jobs. They ignored exploding health care costs, tried to privatize
Social Security, gave the drug companies open season to gouge American consumers and presided over a decline
in real incomes averaging $2,000 per family. They entangled America in an enormously costly, unnecessary war
in Iraq, pursued a directionless policy that left Afghanistan to fester, and sullied America's good name throughout
the world.
Their economic policy of cutting taxes for the wealthy and deregulating big Corporations failed to create jobs. In
fact, over his eight year term, George Bush's administration created exactly zero net private sector jobs. They
inherited a Federal budget with surpluses as far as the eye could see and rolled up more debt than all of the
previous Presidents in the over 200 years of American history. And in the end they left the economy in collapse.‖
Both political parties are squarely of OLIGARCHIC make up. When the cameras are not rolling and in privacy, they
are all ―drinking buddies‖, the partly line that divides them is there to give life to the central illusion of opposing forces
who exist in perpetual battle of left vs. right. Thus engulfing the public in a never ending fog of political suspense and
drama. The dueling political system is ingenious, and has lasted so long due to the realism and easy participation
threshold. It is natural human tendency to naturally stand up and root for THEIR team, who represents THEIR
concerns and values. The psychology of the divided party system is firmly entrenched in Luciferian DIVIDE
AND CONQUER stratagem. And is perpetually self energizing due to man‘s natural tendency to chose a side and
fight for his selfish wants and needs.
Agents such as Rush Limbaugh, Bill O'reilly, and Ann Coutler, etc. are basically provocateurs, whose job it is to stir
up the crowds. The better they do their jobs the more DIVISIVE the chasm between the "left vs. right" becomes
and the more radical and inflammatory the dialog becomes within the indoctrinated. Precisely the DIVIDED
ANIMOSITY result the Luciferian hidden masters seek to instill in the public thereby keeping them perpetually
engulfed in trivial debates and no win arguments that only lead to widen the bitterness, resentment and enmity
between the two factions.
You know this country has been totally mentally subjugated when the statistics come in and show that FOX News is
THE NUMBER ONE "news station" in this country. The right wing is the home of the neo-con sector, the Zionists
main power base they are firmly ruling behind, the rightwing firmly stands for the super rich, big government and
business, not to mention screw the working public and the poor. Yet they get this very same segment they repeatedly
pummel and snub to constantly go against their own best interests and wildly support their Republican oppressors. Life
is truly often stranger than fiction. Herein lays proof positive of the power of the media manipulation, priming,
indoctrinating and programming of the public conscience.
“This truth is well known among our principal men now engaged in forming an imperialism of Capital [the
banksters] to govern the world. By dividing the voters through the political party system, we can get them
to expend their energies in fighting over questions of no importance. Thus by discreet action we can secure
for ourselves what has been so well planned and so successfully accomplished.” - Sir Denison Miller
As long as the ―hidden masters‖ can keep the right and left at each other‘s throats no one will be able to tell that they
are all the same corrupt people. The dynamics of the ―us versus them‖ mentality, struggle and opposing ideologies
that naturally comes to play within ―the conflicting two party‘s diversion‖ is both legendary and pure genius. It
naturally snowballs as independent people come out of the woodwork to join the forces ―their side‖ of the ―war‖ and
fight the other side tooth and nail. The ruling elite have been masterfully using and playing BOTH parties for decades
on end to achieve unheard of advances no one could dream of otherwise. No guns, no bombs, no military invasion has
been necessary to infiltrate and inflict the damage that the two party division has accomplished.
What is amazing is how people blindly stick to party rhetoric, oblivious to the most obvious. You got to hand it to the
Republicans for getting hordes of ignorant people to turn on people working for their interests. The poor and
economically disadvantaged, have nothing in common with the rich, corporate centered republicans, yet millions of
them line up to vote against their own interests and to throw their support behind this group. THIS is a DIRECT
testament to the power of propaganda, media manipulation and the cluelessness of the general public. One of the main
premises they dispense is the preposterous notion that if you coddle the rich and their corporations and not tax or
regulate them and let them use their money as they see fit for all things, someday their wealth will trickle down to
you! LOL!!!
There is only one way to destroy the Luciferian divided party system that will remain battling ―enemies‖ until the
destruction of our country. The only solution is to obliterate the two party system and erect a NO PARTY SYSTEM.
Where ordinary citizens chosen from the masses for their concern for their fellow man are carefully picked to serve in
the publics‘ best interests. Banning career politicians, lobbyists, big business, rich and the elite from the entire system.
Left Versus Right Is Meaningless -- It's Us Versus the Corporations. It is now an Individual vs. Corporate
debate – and the Humans are losing.
Every generation or so, a major secular shift takes place that shakes up the existing paradigm. It happens in
industry, finance, literature, sports, manufacturing, technology, entertainment, travel, communication, etc.
I would like to discuss the paradigm shift that is occurring in politics.
For a long time, American politics has been defined by a Left/Right dynamic. It was Liberals versus
Conservatives on a variety of issues. Pro-Life versus Pro-Choice, Tax Cuts vs. More Spending, Pro-War vs
Peaceniks, Environmental Protections vs. Economic Growth, Pro-Union vs. Union-Free, Gay Marriage vs.
Family Values, School Choice vs. Public Schools, Regulation vs. Free Markets.
The new dynamic, however, has moved past the old Left Right paradigm. We now live in an era defined by
increasing Corporate influence and authority over the individual. These two ―interest groups‖ – I can barely
suppress snorting derisively over that phrase – have been on a headlong collision course for decades, which
came to a head with the financial collapse and bailouts. Where there is massive concentrations of wealth and
influence, there will be abuse of power. The Individual has been supplanted in the political process nearly
entirely by corporate money, legislative influence, campaign contributions, even free speech rights.
This may not be a brilliant insight, but it is surely an overlooked one. It is now an Individual vs. Corporate
debate – and the Humans are losing. [excerpt from Alternet article]
America‘s False Consciousness

by Charles Sullivan / October 20th, 2010
An essay authored by Patrick Martin, and published at the World Socialist Web Site on October 13, 2010, revealed
some interesting findings regarding the approval ratings of Democratic and Republican members of Congress.
Martin‘s piece was titled ―Demagogy and Duplicity: The Democrats in the 2010 Elections.‖ He cites data from a
Zogby International Poll of independent voters which found that ―only 13% gave a favorable rating to
congressional Democrats and only 5% to Congressional Republicans.‖ Considering that the U.S. is the most
conservative developed nation on earth, these are astonishing revelations.
Poll after poll indicates that voters have lost faith in the Democratic and Republican Parties, whose respective
approval ratings have fallen to historical lows. The Zogby findings indicate a repudiation of right-wing politics by
those who are not wed to either of the major political parties.
No one associates liberalism with the Republicans; however, it is equally clear that the Democrats do not have a
functioning left-wing either. The electoral choices are between right-wing candidates in the Democrat and
Republican parties, despite the offerings of political parties and organizations operating outside of the mainstream.
As a result, all of the contests are between pro-corporate candidates who occupy the extreme right of the political
spectrum. The only message that reaches the public ear is that of the ruling class. Thus the continuity of results is
assured.
The paradox is that while independent working class people have overwhelmingly rejected right-wing policies, the
country nevertheless continues to lurch further to the right. This happens when voters mistake politicians like
Obama for a liberal or a Socialist. Conservative and liberal working class people should be philosophically and
ethically opposed to any political party that undermines their social and economic interests.
Almost inexplicably, conservatives continue to identify themselves with Republicans and liberals with Democrats.
Traditional conservatives and traditional liberals, while still in existence, are politically extinct. Neither
conservatives nor liberals are organized into a viable political force. They are fighting one another while the super-
rich are looting the public treasure and privatizing the public domain. Traditional conservatives and traditional
liberals were replaced by neoconservatives and neoliberals, which are entirely different animals. We behave as if
the terms ‗conservative‘ and ‗liberal‘ and the parties they were traditionally associated with continue to exist and
function the way they did in the past.
Liberalism no longer finds articulation in the Democratic Party. Cynthia McKinney may have been the last truly
liberal Democrat. McKinney, like the liberal wing of the party itself, was abandoned when the party sold out its
liberal base to pursue corporate bribes in order to compete with the Republicans. As a result, the left continues to
ineffectually grope for political expression.
The trouble is that the people do not comprehend who or what the real enemy is. Let me clarify it for them:
The enemy is the ruling class, its social, financial, and political institutions, and the capitalist system that
spawned them. Its enemy is the corporate state and the commercial media in its various forms of expression.
It is irrational, if not delusional, for working class people to support candidates and policies to which they
are philosophically opposed. And yet that is what they are doing. As recent polls make clear, neither
conservatives nor progressives want to have their social security benefits cut. They do not want to see their
retirement benefits reduced, or their Medicare and Medicaid payments slashed. The unemployed do not want their
unemployment checks cut or eliminated, as some Republican members of Congress advocate. Workers do not
want the retirement age raised. They do not want to see college tuition priced out of reach to all but the wealthy.
The working class consists of liberals and conservatives. It encompasses the devoted followers of Glen Beck and
Rush Limbaugh. However, Beck, Limbaugh, Newt Gingrich, Sarah Palin, and all of the other right-wing crackpots
support such policies, as do most Democrats, including President Obama. Why would any working class person,
Democrat or Republican, support any of these charlatans?
Why would they support a social and economic system that exploits and subjugates them? Clearly they do
not understand that system or the alternatives that are available to it.
The answer is that Americans are too indoctrinated to see clearly. The majority exists in a media-induced state
of false consciousness. To them, up is down and down is up. Brown is white and white is brown. The people are
confused and disoriented. They are misled and lied to. They are looking for quick and easy fixes to complex
problems that were long in the making. For the reasons outlined above, voting cannot cure what ails America. The
game is fixed. The appearance of choice is an illusion, an utter hoax.
Political and media demagogues portray liberals (progressives & Socialists), which continue to be miscast as
democrats, as the enemy of the working class. Working people do not comprehend that the benefits they are
fighting to preserve were the result of progressive policies, many of them stemming from Franklin Roosevelt‘s
New Deal. Conservatives, neoconservatives, and neoliberals have always opposed these policies and have fought
to end them since the day of their inception. Let us not forget that FDR was accused by one of his adversaries of
being ―a traitor to his class.‖
It would be a mistake, however, to confuse FDR for a genuine progressive. Certainly he was no socialist. It was his
Secretary of Labor, Frances Perkins, a Democratic Socialist, not FDR, who was the principal architect of The New
Deal. It should be noted, too, that The New Deal excluded most blacks. It was essentially affirmative action for
whites. Spooked by the social unrest engendered by The Great Depression, FDR, an avowed capitalist, perceived
these policies as the only way to save capitalism from the socialist threat of his time. Roosevelt was correct in his
assessment. It would have been better for the nation in the long run if FDR did not enact The New Deal. If he had
not, it is likely that massive social upheaval would have ensued, and Socialism may well have supplanted
capitalism as the dominant paradigm.
Before any of my readers point out the failure of Soviet Socialism, particularly under the murderous Stalin regime,
let me state that this was not Socialism as Marx, Engels, and Trotsky envisioned it; it was state capitalism.
Similarly, if President Obama did not bail out America‘s financial institutions with public funds, global capitalism
would have collapsed. Predicated upon greed and exploitation, these institutions should have been allowed to fail,
bringing down the global capitalist economy. If Adam Smith‘s much ballyhooed, ‗invisible hand of the market‘
actually existed, the world today would look very different than it did a few short years ago. We might actually be
in recovery. Now we are waiting for the next onslaught…
History demonstrates that free (deregulated) markets, the Holy Grail of Milton Friedman‘s capitalism, do not
actually exist. They never have. Free market capitalism is an ideological myth that is reified in our culture.
Markets are always manipulated by elites for the sole benefit of elites. Otherwise the global economy would
have fallen like a row of dominoes two years ago. What we witnessed was Socialism (public funds) propping up
capitalism (privately owned financial institutions). All of the benefit, to the tune of $13.8 trillion, went to the
financial institutions and to the elite. Working people were rewarded with government-imposed austerity. This has
occurred not only in the U.S. but elsewhere in the world.
The international financial aristocracy is laying the foundation for global governance. The public domain is being
privatized. The poor are no longer part of the social and political discourse.
As a result of these policies, there is social turmoil in every capitalist nation on earth, except the U.S. Compared to
the rest of the world, Americans are comatose, which is the result of so many people being informed by Rush
Limbaugh, Fox News, and other wealthy demagogues working the airwaves on behalf of the ruling class.
Most Americans are informed by ideology, not by facts.
This is what Friedrich Nietzsche meant by conviction. Reality pales before the shadow of belief and false hope.
Plato‘s ―Allegory of the Cave‖ comes to mind. Fantasy becomes the norm. Capitalism would not long endure
in the presence of collective true consciousness. It exists by deceit.
Another thing that is NOT readily understood and observable to the masses is the fact that through the amazing
dynamics of opposing forces of rightwing vs. leftwing constantly battling it out on the public arena, resides the fact that
our entire structured establishment is ever so subtly operating as none other than the a bona fide OLIGARCHY. It has
actually been in place ruling over this ―Democratic‖ nation for generations.
It seems quite evident that the alpha male and true leaders in the political arena are the Team Republican based
―Neocons‖ who are firmly being led by the Zionist Jew cartel (as is everything else for that matter). I must take a
moment to note that one of the Neocons movement‘s god fathers was Zionist Jew Leo Strauss. Strauss is known for his
elitist views toward governance and culture. He promoted the view that the vast majority of people are simply too
unenlightened (read: ignorant) to handle certain crucial political and philosophical truths. And so, these people must be
preoccupied with soothing diversions, like organized religion (Strauss himself was an atheist). This way, the
enlightened few are free to fully pursue ideas and run the apparatus of the state without serious interference by the hoi
polloi.
It seems that every president has been controlled and/or owned by the ruling elite, even Reagan who the media has
elevated to virtual sainthood and commonly portrayed as the greatest modern president was pimped out, he followed
the wishes of his masters and turned us into a debtor nation, cut social programs, supported Sadam, sold Iran thousands
of missiles, armed and trained those who became the Taliban and Al-CIAda, and married religion with conservatism.
As he was busy setting the stage in the middle east for his successor‘s future wars, as reward for a job well done, the
Zionist media cartel performed the operation of making him appear to be our guardian saint republican president to all
the masses.
Right now at this very moment it is the democrats TURN at the helm to advance the leftwing portions of the
Zionist world conquest plans. Please take note that they will NOT eradicate any of the hundreds of
preposterous/oppressive laws and policies setup by the previous republican administration, for they are purposely left
in place as building blocks for the next administration and so forth. Until the day arrives when we will all wake up, sit
around, jaws on the floor, and wonder how the hell did our once powerful ―FREE‖ nation end up in ruins.
The ruling elite wrote a masterful SCRIPT: After they gutted out our country using team republican (Cheney/Bush
Republican Crime Syndicate) they masterfully positioned the democrats to take the subsequent FALLOUT HIT from
all the policies that were enacted in the republican's turn at bat. Today you are witnessing the ingeniously premeditated
backlash aimed at the DEMOCRATS who basically inherited an ECONOMIC TIMEBOMB that exploded ON THEIR
WATCH.
In winning the "election" of 2008 Barry Sotero (Obama) Democratic Crime Syndicate inherited a nation on the verge
of collapse, with no real solutions to the massive engineered collapse; basically there is no miracle that can save the
engineered state of the union, thus leaving the democrats looking as if THEY are the culprits!!! LOL. This my friend is
some of the most masterful mass mind fucks in action.
What we are now witnessing the media matrix coordinated presentation of mass public outrage against the Democrat
FALL GUYS who basically had nothing to do with setting up the worldwide economic catastrophe that was
completely conducted on the republican term who had complete control of both the Whitehorse, Senate and the
congress at the time.
―Its all Rigged‖ – ―Because – because, its all rigged. I mean, the whole conversation is rigged. The fact that we
don‘t get to the discussion before the break about what we‘re goring to do in the lame duck is just rigged. This
stuff‘s rigged, ― the Senator said.
This no longer matters today, for the mass cattle public with memory spans rivaling that of herds of sheep can‘t seem
to remember who was the administration that let this colossal economic heist happen, thus the sheeple are easily
maneuvered in whatever direction the overlords chose. The ruling elite are not drinking the cool aid they provide the
goyim masses... thus they don't suffer from the effects of forgeticin (which is widely consumed by the masses via their
processed "food" and drinks that are their staple diets) and are always operating with a full cognitive abilities.
So, we will witness the long ago premeditated disgraceful fall of the democratic sector and the ushering in of the "new"
(republican/tea party) administration that is yet again PROMISING THE PERVERBIAL CARROT: the HOPE OF
REAL CHANGE (as the ruling elite has been promising the masses every 4 years for the past century). In the end
NOTHING WILL EVER CHANGE! Only the faces and names change as they play musical chairs ever couple years
to continue the ILLUSION of Democracy. Nothing has ever changed the past 100 years of promises of change!!!! The
program, course, agenda has been set long ago, and YOU the masses are just powerless castrated members of the
system that has owned you since the days you were born...
So, get ready for the bullshit Tea Party (republican) charade that will ride the avalanche of voter discontent and will
continue right where the last ―elected‖ leaders left off, taking the reins of power over you and your nation. The true
ruling elite will use this "new & improved" base to continue to build upon their blueprints, the global governance
structure that they have been building irrespective of whatever administration was their PUBLIC RELATIONS
MOUTH PIECE for that particular term.
Voting will NEVER change anything, they own the system! So, sit back, get a bag of popcorn and what the SHOW of
rightwing vs. leftwing that the ruling elite are playing for your consumption. You can participate in the SHOW also;
you can be a useful idiot cheerleader/talking head/pundit/spokesman for team Democrat or team Republican. In
the end you will have been PAWNED as always by the ruling elite, left to wander what the fuck happened and how the
fuck we got to where we are all at today. The death dumb and blind public accusing the Republicans then when their
turn is up they accuse the Democrats, then the Republicans, then the Democrats. ―Get the sleaze bags out of office!‖ is
the universal battle cry. Done, only to be replaced by a new sleaze bag that always picks up where the others left off.
The most important thing that you and everyone on this planet can ever come to understand about this two party system
is: In the end it doesn't even matter what side you are on because BOTH parties are actually ONE... two sides of the
same coin, they are: the ―right wing‖ and the ―left wing‖ of a bird of prey… they are literally appendages of one
common body and head, whose brain that controls their directions is run by the same elite rulers. Now put that
in your pipe and smoke it! This is the reality of the world we live in! Between both of those political parties they have
95% of the masses covered, constantly squabbling and fighting amongst each other. Pure genius. For as you are all
DIVIDED and busy squabbling and attacking one another the public‘s best interests are thrown out the window while
the ruling oligarchy operates with complete and utter defiance of the public with wanton abuse they run this country
and everyone is so busy attacking one another they will never be able to realize their situation until the day comes
when the ruling elite put the final touches in their global governance agenda.
The essence of the entire Republican vs. Democratic system is designed to keep our ―United‖ States DIVIDED!
We are none other than the:
Divided States of America.
DIVIDED!
DIVIDED!
DIVIDED!
Behold for it is written: ―Every kingdom DIVIDED against itself is laid waste, and no city or house DIVIDED
against itself will stand.‖ – Holy Bible, Mathew 12.25
Fighting and bickering amongst ourselves, until you and the rest of the sheeple truly digest this FACT and understand
this FACT, this nation will NEVER, NEVER, NEVER break its bonds thus continue its long decent into the abyss as it
prostitutes itself to the world banking and investment complex like the grand scarlet whore that it is.
America will NEVER be able to UNITE and solve all of its problems until the day arrives when they finally
WAKE UP to the bogus left vs. right - republican vs. democrat system that is the CENTRAL KEY FOR
DIVIDING, CORRUPTING, RUINING AND DESTROYING OUR NATION!!! I have a news flash for you;
nothing will ever change until there is a massive revolutionary transformation in this country…. Period.
Before I go further in trying to cover this byzantine part of the Matrix, I must remind you to try and shake off the brain
washing you have been programmed into believing your whole lives: that your government leaders are some sort of
sanctified loving benevolent caretakers of the public‘s best interests. You know deep in your heart that the most
sleazebag corrupt people on earth are the politicians, (and lawyers, and most politicians are both) yet you trust them,
you believe their lies, over and over again. Now if that is not a baffling mystery I don‘t know what is.
How The Elite Control Politics - Video
I quickly put together another compilation of several researchers‘ data and added it to the addendum section called
―Criminals Who Run Our Government‖, just for those that are still wearing their rose colored glasses. In that section
(no way gets close to being extensive) you will get a crystallized idea of the literally hundreds upon hundreds of
criminals, scandals, pedophiles, check bouncing, thieves, etc. the corrupt slime ball custodians we TRUST to run this
nation. The sheer number of crimes and scandals is bewildering, the number of people actually CAUGHT is just the
tip of the iceberg, for far more never get caught and or are ―bailed out‖ and swept under the rug by their cronies before
we even know about it. Just look at the, what? Half dozen or so TAX CHEATS Obama picked for office, of course not
one of them gets prosecuted, not even a slap on the wrist.
The bigger picture here is, can you possibly imagine the actual number of tax cheats, corruption and crimes that never
ever get reported or see the light of day on both sides of the isle? Those who get caught or are questioned often get
sudden cases of amnesia, the master players all integrate plausible deniability into all their activities.
Mandatory Operational Protocol of high office: Plausible Deniability

Plausible deniability refers to the denial of blame in loose and informal chains of command where upper rungs
quarantine the blame to the lower rungs. In the case that illegal or otherwise disreputable and unpopular activities
become public, high-ranking officials may deny any awareness of such act or any connection to the agents used to
carry out such acts.
In politics and espionage, deniability refers to the ability of a "powerful player" or actor to avoid "blowback" by
secretly arranging for an action to be taken on their behalf by a third party—ostensibly unconnected with the
major player. In political campaigns, plausible deniability enables candidates to stay "clean" and denounce
advertisements that use unethical approaches or innuendo based on opposition research.
More generally, "plausible deniability" can also apply to any act that leaves little or no evidence of wrongdoing or
abuse. Examples of this are the use of electricity, water boarding or pain-compliance holds as a means of torture
or punishment, leaving little or no tangible signs that the abuse ever took place.
"...the U.S. government may at times require a certain deniability. Private activities can provide that deniability." -
-Council on Foreign Relations, in the 2003 report, "Finding America‘s Voice: A Strategy for Reinvigorating U.S.
Public Diplomacy"
Mind you, yes there are a very few ―good guys‖ (the complicit media loves to portray as fruitytuti nut jobs) such as
Ron Paul, Dennis Kucinich, Cynthia McKinney, and couple of others, that despite all the odds, and heavy media bias,
managed to somehow get elected and remain seated for so long while they attacked the status quo establishment. These
well meaning true patriots more often than not are the brunt of all the status quo jokes and media attacks. These are the
lone renegades in the system, which are often ridiculed and shunned, for they dwell and work among a den of
vipers. They are completely out numbered and out gunned, often blacklisted. One mistake like in Cynthia‘s case, and
they seize the moment to boot them out of office.
If a Senator or Congressman does not cater to the Jewish Lobby, chiefly represented by AIPAC which bribes and keeps
a running profile on all politicians, their careers will be terminated in the next election, for the entire Zionist
consortium will surely unite to bring about their downfall... and ALL politicians are hyper aware of this reality. Those
who rock the boat and go against the wishes of their Zionist overlords, are swiftly dealt with, keep it up or go too far
and even worse things happen to them. The Learned Elders even punish their own when they fail to keep their
marching orders.
So many cases, let‘s pick a current example: Elliot Spitzer, one of their own darling high potential Zionist Jew
comrades. Getting busted with prostitutes and falling from grace was a 100% setup. You see Elliot turned on his
Bankster masters with an inflammatory article he wrote for the Washington Post on Feb, 14 th 2008, three weeks later,
homeboy was being indicted. They conduct surveillance on all their members and on everyone they target to influence,
they build dossiers with pictures and video. They hold these in safe places, for when the moment comes they can use
the goods to persuade their targets to change their directions or as in Elliot‘s case, a minuscule section of his dossier
was dropped off at the local law enforcement bureau for prosecution. When they do things like this, it also serves as a
warning to all the others, that if you mess with your Zionist masters, you WILL be punished. But don‘t cry for Elliot,
he is doing just fine now controlling the billion dollar real-estate family business. You never know, once he is finished
paying the price for speaking ill of his masters, they will let his star rise yet again, maybe operating in some other type
of enterprise, or they might just set him loose again to run for public office. (Update: he is now back… in TV with his
own show on an alleged ―news‖ channel. LOL)
Yet another current example of throwing one of their own to the wolves for betraying their agenda is Chas Freeman
(Jew) who was recently was FORCED to surrender his appointment as Chairman of the National Intelligence Council.
What did he do? His mortal sin was telling the TRUTH. Basically he was too honest and outspoken about Israeli
control. He committed the sin of speaking publically of the unforgivable truth… Israel lobby control over
American politics and polices. He basically trashed his own with the blatant truth. Of course he is thus viewed as a
―wild canon‖ by the Zionist status quo. Thus he was quickly marked for elimination from public office. According to
Chas ―I have concluded that the barrage of libelous distortions of my record would not cease upon my entry into
office… The effort to smear me and to destroy my credibility would instead continue…‖ Yes the Zionists forced him
out using their tried and true character assassination strategy leveled at their target.
Deep Politics
Deep politics is a phrase coined by researcher and academic Peter Dale Scott, which he describes thus;
―My notion of deep politics… posits that in every culture and society there are facts which tend to be suppressed
collectively, because of the social and psychological costs of not doing so. Like all other observers, I too have
involuntarily suppressed facts and even memories about the drug traffic that were too provocative to be retained
with equanimity.(1)‖
Scott has spent an enormous amount of time researching political processes that fly under the radar of conscious
political activity, are omitted from discourse on the right and the left, and are many times intertwined with global
drug traffic. Here is Scott‘s definition of ―parapolitics‖;
par a pol i tics (pa˘r ə po˘l ə tı˘ks), n. 1. a system or practice of politics in which accountability is consciously
diminished. 2. generally, covert politics, the conduct of public affairs not by rational debate and responsible
decision-making but by indirection, collusion, and deceit… 3. the political exploitation of irresponsible agencies
or parastructures, such as intelligence agencies… Ex. 1. ‗The Nixon doctrine, viewed in retrospect, represented
the application of parapolitics on a hitherto unprecedented scale.‘ 2. ‗Democracy and parapolitics, even in foreign
affairs, are ultimately incompatible.‘(2)
Although valuable, Scott ultimately found the label of parapolitics too limiting;
―…the investigation of parapolitics, which I defined (with the CIA in mind) as a ‗system or practice of politics in
which accountability is consciously diminished.‘ . . . I still see value in this definition and mode of analysis. But
parapolitics as thus defined is itself too narrowly conscious and intentional . . . it describes at best only an
intervening layer of the irrationality under our political culture‘s rational surface. Thus I now refer to
parapolitics as only one manifestation of deep politics, all those political practices and arrangements, deliberate
or not, which are usually repressed rather than acknowledged.‖(3)
―Scott came to see parapolitics as ―too narrowly conscious and intentional to describe the deeper irrational
movements which culminated collectively in the murder of the President.‖ In contrast deep political analysis
presupposes ―an open system with divergent power centers and goals‖ The collapse of the First Italian Republic
in the mid-1990s, involving large-scale criminal influence in government, offers a telling example. It originated
as an American parapolitical operation to suborn the threat of communism which parachuted prominent U.S.
Mafia hoods into power in post-war Italy ―[B]y the 1980s this . . . stratagem had helped spawn a deep political
system of corruption exceeding Tammany‘s, and (as we know from the Andreotti trial of 1995) beyond the ability
of anyone to call it off‖. Another example… is the CIA-financed jihad against Russian occupiers in Afghanistan
that flooded Europe with opium and helped create Osama bin Laden, a modern version of the Old Man of the
Mountains, who‘s 11th Century followers – the Assassins – ―sacrificed for him in order to perpetuate his
crimes‖(5) – [source Wikipedia]
Just about every politician in Washington has a dossier being held over their heads by their Zionist controllers,
who blackmail and extort their way all around
Washington; those dossiers are one of the keys to
how they consistently twist the leader‘s arms into
doing their bidding. The kicker is that they use
our own intelligence agencies to build up the
secret dossiers and spy on the elected official‘s
activities to document any illegal activities they
can use for blackmail later on.
Yet on the other hand you have witnessed

countless examples of politicians getting away
with the most ludicrous offenses that would land
a mere mortal in prison, in a heartbeat, not the
politician in good standing with his ruling
masters, not only do they avoid prosecution, the
media and the propaganda machine work on
overdrive to gloss over, if not just bury the entire
incident.
This whole "political contributions" (legalized bribery) thing has to stop immediately. Term limits on CONgress must
be imposed, like yesterday. All "Special privileges" must be stopped. A myriad of laws with actual sentences that are
actually enforced must be setup to keep ALL our politicians in line. The activities of this group of serpents running
our government must be constantly monitored using all sorts of surveillance tactics used on the other "terrorists" by a
special "untouchables" squad of independent investigators. Secrecy at all levels must be abolished. Our government
MUST be run transparently and must be made to have to answer to its people when the majority demands it. The
drunken orgy in Washington MUST come to an end. The only way to save our nation is get all the politicians
parading around as prostitutes, kicked out of office along with their pimps, corralled and dropped off on a deserted
island in the middle of the pacific. Every single one of them until there is not ONE single career crook left in office,
then and only then can you begin staffing our entire nation with fresh untarnished, unadulterated mind pool.
It is truly like a bad joke being played on the innocent gullible public. You see pundits on TV always bickering
amongst each other, left wing and the right wing opponents always battling it out, liberals vs. conservatives. It‘s all the
same old tried and true military strategy: divide and concur. Hence to see how the elite use this, they divided the field
into Democrats vs. Republicans and conquer by cleverly leaving the masses with no alternative but to choose sides,
pick their ―team.‖ They enslave us with a view point and embedded hope that, ―MY political party‖, ―MY
Congressman‖, ―MY senator‖, MY TEAM are the good guys, they will look out for our best interests, etc. Behold:
You have all been played like a cheap violin over and over and over again and continue to fall for the same old
crap. You will all go out and vote in 2010, 2012 and so on as you have been doing for eons, ALWAYS FALLING
FOR THE SAME STUPID LINE: ―I‘M DIFFERENT, VOTE FOR ME AND I WILL CHANGE THINGS FOR THE
BETTER.‖ Truth of the matter never changes, in the end they ALL fall way short of their promises, everyone gets mad,
then the next election cycle everyone votes for THE OTHER political party and the broken promises and crimes
against humanity continues unabated, then the next election they say ―enough!‖ then vote for then all vote for the other
party only to be had yet again. The vicious cycle never ends.
The truther movement for example has been squarely labeled as "leftist" liberal constituency.... Presto, by such a
simple act as labeling an enemy as "leftist" (or right wing) the other side easily points them out to their own people
(team), followers who take this as their "queue" to completely dismiss and/or attack the "opponent". Logic and reason
has nothing to do with political debate. Exercising BLIND LOYALTY to their political parties (home team), each side
acts as if the other side is "the enemy", exactly as they do in team sports as in the Red Socks vs. the Yankees: It does
NOT matter who is right or wrong! People will cheer for "THEIR" side, their ―team‖ despite all LOGIC and
reason!!!!!! "That‘s MY team, we are the good guys, they are the bad guys‖, thus reason and logic is of no use there.
Those who make it as candidates for president are culled from the pool of career politicians who over the years have
proven their loyalty and earned the complete trust of
the ruling elite. (That‘s why you always hear all the
talk of ―so and so has no ―experience‖) The ruling
elite would rather have the neo-cons running their
show since this group of republicans more closely
follows their agenda to the T. Whenever there is
Democratic control of any office, the ruling elite must
work harder with more covert maneuvering to
advance their agendas due to the fact that the
Democrats must at least seem to be on the side the
working people and of liberal left wing causes. Of
course these two mafia families fight tooth and nail
for control. Who does NOT want to be king of the
hill? Yet both are equally as dangerous and ultimately
bow to the same masters.
Let there be no doubt in your minds: The Republican

party are the alpha male and the Democrats are their
bitch. This is readily observable in exhibit A: the
Bush Jr. administration the Republicans ran this
nation without so much as a whimper from the Democrats who dominated in numbers but never ONCE blocked,
stopped or hampered any of the Republican actions. The Democrats rubber stamped anything and everything the
Republicans wanted to do (oh they bitched and whined a lot but that was it). While on the other hand Obama‘s
Democratic Majority with the largest Democratic landside in history, they control the Whitehouse, Congress AND
the Senate and they STILL can‘t get anything done without minority Republican approval. I rest my case.
Didn‘t you see it? After the 2006 elections the Democrats swept up. The public outcry against the horrors of the Bush
administration united them as never before. The elected democrats got elected on the false promise that they would
prosecute the criminal Bush regime. I will never forget the day I was closely watching when Pelosi & Co. went behind
closed doors to meet up with Bush & Co. Oh boy, that was it everyone thought we would finally witness the
impeachment of the Bush & Co. crime syndicate, boy are they in for it! Nope. Pelosi walks out of the meeting with a
smile on her face, Democrats & Republicans where all buddy, buddy and smiling. The first thing she said
―impeachment is off the table‖… what?!!!!! My jaw dropped, I was dumbfounded! Then it dawned on me, come on,
what did I really expect, they serve the same hidden masters, Bush loyally served them well, so who was I kidding in
expecting the democrats to press charges on the most insanely criminal administration in history?
I care not how inflammatory this may sound, but basically what happened in that meeting was that Pelosi prostituted
herself to the neo-cons in that room, they had a wild party in that room, after all was said and done she exited the room
with a smile on her face saying ―impeachment is off the table‖ end of story, thus sold out the citizens of this country
while she was at it. The Bush crime syndicate runs free to this day, where not even the Obamanator will dare prosecute
the criminals, this is smoking gun proof they all work for the same masters and are just two sides of the same coin. Just
two crime families in the governing mafia we identify as the democrats and the republicans.
To illustrate the scope and breath of worldwide illuminati control one need look no further than Europe, who are way
more advanced and ahead of us in the New World Order (Global Governance) curriculum. Bush‘s European
counterpart who was also ―coincidentally‖ leading his country for almost the entire same time period as Bush, was the
charismatic Tony Blair. Who, at every single turn, ―coincidentally‖ implemented the same variety of Acts, laws and
policies in his country that the Bush crime syndicate shoved down our throats…
Even the peaceful protesters are routinely rounded up, silenced, closely watched and of course, jailed in England just as
they are here. It is almost as if both countries‘ modus operandi notes were completely shared with one another. What
we have here are identical twin police state THUGACRACY in position and in the making, both propping up,
supporting and helping one another achieve the same results and goals, for both are in the same quest, the global
world domination bandwagon. They work side by side as one in furthering the common ―agenda‖ of their
Untouchable Zionist Mafioso Cosa Nostra GODFATHERS.
America as a "free country" it flaunts itself as, often has "do-gooders" that are not allies or a product of the status quo,
"the establishment" or owned by private agendas enter the political arena. These are the very rare few do-gooders that
came out from society who have managed to earn or win a place within the system.
These people try their best to honestly work and fight for our rights, but they are
way outnumbered in politics by the ―dark side‖. For they enter ―the den of vipers‖,
and must stand down to the status quo. These independent do-gooder politicians are
at times basically thorns in the sides of the ruling elite and "the establishment". Over
the years many who entered the system as originally concerned "do-gooders"
eventually become corrupted by the establishment and learn to just assume their spot
at the feeding troths.
Of course the ruling elite would prefer to have their neo-con brethren running their
show instead of having to work the harder job by their sleight of hand and having to
change teams all the time. When viewed as a flow chart, as is common in any
corporation or organization, you quickly realize that, the same ascension principles
exist in Washington as any other organization. Everyone must ―climb the corporate
ladder.‖ Seniority plays a major role. Those who rock the boat and do not go along
with the agendas are quickly reprimanded, blacklisted, with the worst offenders
placed on the fast track to the exit door, only to see their successful career in
Washington on a certain decline. Only those that kiss up and become experts in
brown nosing and obeying their masters‘ wishes eventually make it up the career ladder in Washington. Therefore, it is
easy to realize that, of course only "career suicidal" individuals will come forth as whistle blowers and expose the
mechanisms of fraud, corruption, bribery, oh, did I mention, bribery is called "political contributions" in
Washington‘s alternate dimension reality where they register the officially sanctioned BRIBERS, in a dignified and
organized fashion call them LOBBYISTS. Only in politics is BRIBERY PERFECTLY LEGAL.
We are living in an era of mass delusion and denial on the part of leaders in both major political parties, were stating
the obvious can be a radical act. Mass delusion and denial has permeated this society to its very core. There are no
more real heroes, all we have left are the USEFUL IDIOT sheeple who just want to do their job, get paid, go home to
their nice cozy homes and new cars, big screen TV, iPod, iPhone, WII and just let their brains melt. Most of who just
DON'T even want to know the truth anymore! True hero figures have been strategically replaced by mass media fakes
such as rock stars, movie stars, and sports stars, those who get paid unimaginable millions for just a few days "work" to
keep the sheeple entertained and distracted. Americans from sea to shining sea worship these fake idols, want to
emulate them, dress like them, wish they could be like them, all the while, their minds are consumed with these
pathetic feeble thoughts and pursuits while the REAL prize, is being taken right from under your noses, little do they
all know that they have forfeited their birthrights. The day will come when America wakes up to REALITY only to
find out that the coup already happened right in front of their faces decades ago, yet they never realized it…
Do ZIONISTS/ISRAEL Control the U.S. Government ? - video
Impeachment is a tool established by our founding fathers so that we the people could rid our country of corrupt
leaders, confront people who would try to lead our great nation astray. Impeachment is a vital tool for the defense of
our most basic liberties. What I find so frightening that it makes me sick to my stomach is the fact that the current
administration has basically shredded the constitution, they do whatever the hell they feel like, even when a landslide
majority of Americans might be against it, totally running against the founding principles of a nation "for the people by
the people". Yet there is no outcry, just business as usual.
This administration has been getting away with the most mind boggling acts, neglecting our own people, focusing on
spending billions upon billions trotting all over the globe to promote "democracy" (e.g.: CAPITALIST INTERESTS
of the corporations) not to mention the many outright federal crimes and treason against the US. For all intents and
purposes, the Bush administration has somehow managed to not only dodge all attempts of investigation, they seem
completely untouchable. The laws of this great nation do not apply to the Cheney & Bush Administration. They are
ABOVE THE LAW.
In essence what we have here is like a serial killer who some daring prosecutors would like to interview, but the law
enforcement can‘t even conduct an investigation due to the fact that THEY (the serial killers) are the police and have
control over revealing all the evidence that can put them in jail! DOH! Of course they are going to claim "executive
privilege"!!!! and deny any wrong doing until their last dying breath!!! "Hey boys, bring in that industrial strength
shredder and hit delete on the emails while you are at it." "now yaw pesky nosey bodies go outside and play, leave us
superior beings alone to do what is right for you,
now scram along". A must see PBS documentary
"Cheney's Law" (click on watch the full program).
What you do not understand is that ―made men‖

within the political Cosa Nostra status quo system
more often than not DON‘T go to jail. No matter
what crimes they are ―accused‖ of. These are the
true untouchables. For as long as they are pushing
and pulling the strings as their handlers require
them to perform, they can shoot their friends in the
face and demand AN APOLOGY from the victim
and no one would so much as raise an eyebrow.
Anyone else on the planet would go directly to jail.
Their buddies who didn‘t rat them out and covered their asses, no problemo, ―here is your presidential pardon, now
let‘s go party.‖ Then there is the ―Oh what was that? You accuse us of _______ and ______?‖ (doesn‘t matter what it
is because) ―Sorry but I can‘t help you, it‘s all a matter of NATIONAL SECURITY so go fly a kite! Now scram,
you‘re getting on my nerve.‖
In their world REALITY IS WHATEVER THEY SAY IT IS. For they have the best scam setup on the planet, no
matter what happens, they OWN and run the SYSTEM; cops, prosecutors and judges get their checks signed by
them! HELLO! THEY ALL WORK FOR THEM!!!! After a disturbing offense is committed, it is someone, an official,
who comes out backed by the most masterful and powerful propaganda network on the planet and tells you what
REALITY is. Such as: ―_______________________‖ (fill in the blank with any of thousands upon thousands of
ridiculous excuses, cover-ups, lies and so forth that have been fed to us about any of thousands upon thousands of
corruption and crimes they have committed over the decades). Followed by: ―I don‘t recall, or national security, etc,
nothing to see here children, now go back to playing with your tinker toys.‖ Those who persist, looking for REAL
answers get the: ―Oh my gosh, here they are again, the bunch of tin-foil hat wearing Looney Toon conspiracy
fruitcakes...‖ Those who keep it up hear something like: ―Someone call security! terrorists have invaded the
building!!!!‖ And off to jail YOU go instead of the real criminals….
Our ailing country has been run by the biggest group of sick perverted criminals ever to walk in America. (Note: see
addendum section at end of this report called Criminals Who Run Our Government). "Uncle Sam" has become more
and more like the child molesting uncle you would NEVER trust your children alone with. It has come to the point
where whenever "Uncle Sam" says ANYTHING, you must take it with a grain of salt and never believe a word he tells
you, until you have thoroughly scrutinized it, then followed it up with your own investigation to see if what they say is
true. Our Uncle Sam is America, and all its myriad of leaders who represent it.
The key to breaking the stranglehold of insanity within the establishment is somehow getting congress to make an
amendment to the constitution on limiting the use as a shield the phrases of "CLASSIFIED - TOP SECRET". For our
leaders today pull out the "classified top secret and 'national defense' cards" out of their ass on a regular basis to HIDE
EVERYTHING they are doing. Our government has ALREADY been taken over by a coup! PHASE ONE take
over the banking/financial system of the nation, PHASE TWO take over all media of the country, PHASE THREE
take over the political infrastructure of the nation. Part II: PHASE ONE steal the "election" in 2000-1, PHASE TWO
was Iraq & Afghanistan... PHASE THREE is the rest of the middle east and possibly at some point, if the sheeple
wake up and get out of hand: martial law here in our own country. PHASE FOUR one world economic system. It‘s
just that they haven't sent out the memo to the world yet! Soon they will pull out their ultimate con job. After the
next "national emergency" false flag operation is conducted (brought to you by your friendly loving caring
CIA/Mossad dynamic duo) Iran? Pakistan? Syria? will be invaded, war will break out all over the middle east, America
will eventually go under martial law to ―protect you‖... Then it will be too late for you to do or say anything. America
will wake up AFTER it is under TOTAL control of the police state. The definition of what Top Secret & Classified
really means is: "fuck off; we are not going to show you how we have been screwing you and the world".
Seven years after Cheney/Bush & Co Crime Syndicate rose to power after the flawless coup of the new millennium
still referred to by the mainstream as "the elections of 2000" with America's first official modern electoral coup. They
lied when they took their oaths of office "to serve and defend the constitution", instead bush today rants "the
constitution is just a piece of paper!" My friends, what this man has been up to is called TREASON. Some Americans
seem to FINALLY be waking up from their deep sleep, yet all they can still do is TALK and continue their pathetic
lives as if nothing really wrong is going on. I have deep seated despise for the bitch that took over the position of
Speaker of the House, she SOLD HER SOUL TO SATAN then gets on national TV smiling telling America
"impeachment is off the table" no matter how many insanely certifiable treasonous acts come out of 1600 Pennsylvania
Ave. The criminals MUST be brought to justice; otherwise the bar will have inadvertently been raised as to how much
more they will all be allowed to get away with in the future.
King George and his "new improved" Fascist States of Amerika - Video
Ten Planks of the Communist Manifesto

Use your discretion. The thoughts are mind-awakening.
In the early '60's during the days of the "former" Soviet Union, Russian Premier Nikita Kruschev pounded his shoe
on the podium of the United Nations and shouted to the West, "We will bury you!" Fearing an invasion from the
Reds, America proceeded to build the most awesome military machine in history. Unfortunately, we forgot to
guard our political homefront from being taken over by socialist - communist - liberal activists who would gain
office and destroy American law by process of gradually installing the Communist agenda within our legal system
and seperate branches of government. The Communist program from the start has been one which sees their
revolution of 1917 succesful only upon total domination of the world. (See Brain Washing, A Synthesis of the
Russian Textbook on Psychopolitics)
Americans, being the most naive people among the nations, now believe that Communism is dead because the
Berlin Wall and the Iron Curtain have been removed. The ironic truth is that Communism has just switched names
to become more "politically correct". Today it is called international democracy. The reason that the Berlin Wall
came crashing down is not because Communism is dead but because they have achieved the planned agenda to
communize the West, including America. Washington D.C. has indeed become part of the New World Order of
atheist governments. With the last vestiges of Christian law having been removed from "American government"
over the last twenty years, there is no longer a threat of resistance against world Communism. In reality,
"American government" became part of the Iron Curtain, thus there was no more need for the likes of a Berlin
Wall.
Once again, in their foolishness, the American public has believed the lies of their "leaders" who applaud "the fall
of Communism", while they have sold out the country to anti-Christian, anti-American statutes and regulations on
the federal, state, and local levels. Posted below is a comparison of the original ten planks of the Communist
Manifesto written by Karl Marx in 1848, along with the American adopted counterpart of each of the planks, The
American people have truly been "buried in Communism" by their own politicians of both the Republican and
Democratic parties. One other thing to remember, Karl Marx was stating in the Communist Manifesto that these
planks will test whether a country has become commmunist or not. If they are all in effect and in force the country
IS communist. Communism, but by any other name...??
1. Abolition of private property and the application of all rent to public purpose.
The 14th Amendment of the U.S. Constitution (1868), and various zoning, school & property taxes. Also the
Bureau of Land Management.
2. A heavy progressive or graduated income tax.
Misapplication of the 16th Amendment of the U.S. Constitution, 1913, The Social Security Act of 1936.; Joint
House Resolution 192 of 1933; and various State "income" taxes. We call it "paying your fair share".
3. Abolition of all rights of inheritance.
We call it Federal & State estate Tax (1916); or reformed Probate Laws, and limited inheritance via arbitrary
inheritance tax statutes.
4. Confiscation of the property of all emigrants and rebels.
We call in government seizures, tax liens, Public "law" 99-570 (1986);
Executive order 11490, sections 1205, 2002 which gives private land to the Department of Urban Development;
the imprisonment of "terrorists" and those who speak out or write against the "government" (1997 Crime/Terrorist
Bill); or the IRS confiscation of property without due process.
5. Centralization of credit in the hands of the State, by means of a national bank with state capital and an
exclusive monopoly.
We call it the Federal Reserve which is a credit/debt system nationally organized by the Federal Reserve act of
1913. All local banks are members of the Fed system, and are regulated by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation (FDIC).
6. Centralization of the means of communication and transportation in the hands of the State.
We call it the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and Department of Transportation (DOT) mandated
through the ICC act of 1887, the Commissions Act of 1934, The Interstate Commerce Commission established in
1938, The Federal Aviation Administration, Federal Communications Commission, and Executive orders 11490,
10999, as well as State mandated driver's licenses and Department of Transportation regulations.
7. Extention of factories and instruments of production owned by the State, the bringing into cultivation of
waste lands, and the improvement of the soil generally in accordance with a common plan.
We call it corporate capacity, The Desert Entry Act and The Department of Agriculture. As well as the Department
of Commerce and Labor, Department of Interior, the Evironmental Protection Agency, Bureau of Land
Management, Bureau of Reclamation, Bureau of Mines, National Park Service, and the IRS control of business
through corporate regulations.
8. Equal liablity of all to labor. Establishment of Industrial armies, especially for agriculture.
We call it the Social Security Administration and The Department of Labor. The National debt and inflation
caused by the communal bank has caused the need for a two "income" family. Woman in the workplace since the
1920's, the 19th amendment of the U.S. Constitution, the Civil Rights Act of 1964, assorted Socialist Unions,
affirmative action, the Fedral Public Works Program and of course Executive order 11000.
9. Combination of agriculture with manufacturing industries; gradual abolition of the distinction between
town and country by a more equable distribution of the population over the country.
We call it the Planning Reorganization act of 1949 , zoning (Title 17 1910-1990) and Super Corporate Farms, as
well as Executive orders 11647, 11731 (ten regions) and Public "law" 89-136.
10. Free education for all children in government schools. Abolition of children's factory labor in its present
form. Combination of education with industrial production, etc. etc.
People are being taxed to support what we call 'public' schools, which train the young to work for the communal
debt system. We also call it the Department of Education, the NEA and Outcome Based "Education" .
So I ask you...does changing the words, change the end result? By using different words is it all of a sudden
OK????? We are so "smart," aren't we??
Forget impeachment, Charge all the criminal sons of bitches with RICO RACKETEERING ACT! Send every pea
brain treasonous idiot that staunchly supported, aided and abetted them all to prison for life! America needs grand
juries and indictments. The time has come for us to conduct our own Nuremberg trials. Those two criminals (along
with all their co-conspirators) that are holding the highest offices of our land deserve only the very best: Hang them as
was done in the old days, at the very least give them all life sentences in jail for crimes against the constitution, treason,
crimes against the people of the United States of America, war crimes of Iraq and finally crimes against humanity. I
want to see heads on silver platters!
Only problem with that scenario is the fact that the Bush & Co Crime Syndicate is ABOVE THE LAW, these are
―made men‖ who are only doing the bidding of their Zionist Jew masters, and no one has the balls to prosecute those
treasonous imposters of freedom hiding out in the White house. Therefore, the next administration will still be free to
proceed with their plans of lunacy of invading Iran or whatever Muslim nation Israel has its heart set on destroying.
The shit will then REALLY start to fly, bringing untold chaos to all, putting humpty dumpty (America) back together
from the repercussions is going to be astronomically extremely difficult, especially trying to do so while we are all
under MARTIAL LAW! In a country were the ONLY THING that will whip the mass media news into a frenzy of
non-stop 24/7 ―hyper news reporting‖ are events that involve the likes of Britney Spears, (remember the OJ Simpson
trial?) Ana Nicole Smith, Paris Hilton and the other brats... /sigh/ I have a terrible sinking feeling that we are all
doomed to accept whatever fate befalls us. Exclusive: Oops! Jessica Simpson Farts During Business Meeting! Now
that is the type of ―news‖ that our sick country likes to dwell on.
In these trying times, the only source that the goyim sheeple public can get a CLUE to what is really going on is not
CNN, ABC, CBS, Fox, or any mainstream Zionist owned and operated news source for that matter. Most of the masses
get their doses of TRUE REPORTING from COMEDIANS, comedy shows and CARTOONS! Think about it, only
comedians like George Carlin, Lewis Black, Chris Rock, Comedy Central‘s John Stewart, SNL, etc., are often the
ONLY sources of the REAL NEWS! Am I wrong or isn‘t John Stewart‘s Daily Show THE PREMIER source of
REAL NEWS in America? When reading news papers and magazines, just skip over to the political cartoons for the
unbiased truth. What is sad is that you know that, as much as you hate to admit to it, I yet again have another valid
argument there… for I just speak the truth. Oh, by the way… John Stewart, he is also…. Jewish, his real surname is
Leibowitz...
Behold: For they are everywhere! Even though they consist of just .05 of the population they are in all key positions,
all the top posts, the wealthiest, the most famous in every sector! We have been invaded, taken over, it‘s just that you
don‘t even have a clue…
Government propaganda divisions, Hollywood and Madison Avenue marketing wizards all have mass communications
down to a science. They can make the target audience BELIEVE ANYTHING. Do you think that our government and
those running it don't have access to the great manipulating minds and techniques of Hollywood and Madison Ave.?
The true masters of illusion, some of the world's best and brightest copy writers, editors, directors do NOT even work
for Hollywood or Madison Ave, they weave their craft within the Ivy towers of government halls, these are the masters
of PsyOps. They hammer out the master piece propaganda epics for the ruling elite.
The politicians then FOLLOW THEIR SCRIPTS they have been handed.. exactly as Hollywood Oscar winning
actors, as in any video shoot, they do the same as all mass media outlets, they rehearse their scripts for hours and say
whatever the TELEPROMPTERS tells them to say! Politicians are given TALKING POINTS by their handlers, their
hidden masters. TALKING POINTS are also given to the TALKING HEADS you see on TV every day feeding you
the "news."
Our elections are our government‘s "Oscar Awards". Where the 'Best Actor Winner" gets to play the ROLE of
President of the United States for the next four years. The supporting actor role goes to the vice president and so forth
until all positions for the entire cast of the next 4 year "movie shoot" production are filled. It‘s all a dog and pony show
during the elections, where all of America KNOWS they are being lied to and promised a bunch of bull shit that will
NEVER be done, yet Americans blindly believe the same bull every four years just like we believed in Santa
Clause, the Tooth Fairy, the Easter Bunny, we have been conditioned to believe in fairy tales since childhood, this is
preparation for when we become adults. Don't worry America, when the next Santa Clause wins the election in 2008 he
will bring you all nice gifts and peace on earth. LOL! ―You better be good, you better not pout cause Satan‘s Clause is
coming to town‖! LOL.
Our government lies to us with impunity - Video
The Office of Public Diplomacy:

The Office of Public Diplomacy for Latin America and the Caribbean (S/LPD or ARA/LPD) was an intra-agency
organization established in the United States during the administration of Ronald Reagan. It was founded and
managed by the Cuban-American Otto Reich, an ardent opponent of Fidel Castro.
In theory, the S/LPD operated under the auspices of the Department of State, but congressional investigations
later determined it reported directly to Reagan's National Security Council aide in the White House, Colonel
Oliver North. The S/LPD collaborated with Central Intelligence Agency propaganda experts and Army
psychological operations specialists to disseminate what it called "white propaganda" with the goal of influencing
public opinion and spurring Congress to continue to fund the Reagan's administration's military campaign against
Nicaragua's Sandinista government. By covertly disseminating intelligence leaks to journalists, it sought to trump
up a Nicaraguan "threat," and to sanctify the U.S.-backed Contra guerrillas fighting Nicaragua's government as
"freedom fighters."
The S/LPD drafted pro-Reagan op-ed pieces that ran under fabricated bylines in U.S. newspapers. It also planted
stories designed to embarrass or contradict the Sandinista regime. In addition to manipulating the press, the
S/LPD also supplied information to pro-Reagan lobbying groups and political organizations that favored the
Contra war.
On the eve of Reagan's re-election, the S/LPD spread the story that Soviet MiG fighter jets were arriving in
Nicaragua. With journalists citing unnamed "intelligence sources", the story was repeated throughout the U.S.
media and spurred a Democratic senator to discuss a possible airstrike against Nicaragua. However, the story later
turned out to be a hoax. Several journalists later acknowledged they had been handed the story by Reich's office.
According to the Miami Herald, the S/LPD also spread a rumor that Nicaragua had acquired chemical weapons
from the Soviets. Newsweek reported that it told reporters that high-level Sandinistas were involved in drug
trafficking, but US drug officials said there was no evidence for such a charge.
In a March 13, 1985 "Eyes Only" memo to Pat Buchanan, then-White House Communications Director, the
S/LPD bragged about the recent results of its "White Propaganda" operation in support of the Contras. The S/LPD
said it helped write an anti-Sandinista column for the Wall Street Journal that ran two days earlier; assisted in a
"positive piece" on the Contras by Fred Francis that aired the night before on NBC; wrote op-eds for the
Washington Post and New York Times that would run with the bylines of Contra leaders; arranged an extensive
media tour for a Contra leader "through a cut-out" (to hide the S/LPD's role); and prepared to leak a State
Department cable that would embarrass the Sandinistas: "Do not be surprised if this cable somehow hits the
evening news."
The memo said that the Wall Street Journal column, "Nicaragua is Armed for Trouble", was written by an S/LPD
"consultant", but cautioned that "officially, this office had no role in its preparation." Weeks later, after the
Journal published a news report on Nicaragua that Reich disliked, the S/LPD chief wrote an angry letter-to-the
editor touting the "Armed for Trouble" column and complaining that the news report was "an echo of Sandinista
propaganda." It was an audacious charge since Reich himself was "echoing" propaganda his office had covertly
boasted to have assisted in.
Besides media manipulation through planted stories and leaks, the S/LPD also cajoled and bullied journalists.
Reich visited CBS in April 1984 to complain at length about its Central America coverage. In a memo to
President Reagan, Secretary of State George P. Shultz described the meeting as an example of "what the Office of
Public Diplomacy has been doing to help improve the quality of information the American people are receiving.
It has been repeated dozens of times over the past few months."
Six months later, Reich met with a dozen National Public Radio reporters and editors about their allegedly biased
Nicaragua coverage. According to NPR Foreign Affairs correspondent Bill Buzenberg, "Reich bragged that he
had made similar visits to other unnamed newspapers and major television networks... Reich said he had gotten
others to change some of their reporters in the field." Buzenberg told me in a 1987 interview that he viewed the
S/LPD chief's comments as a "calculated attempt to intimidate."
The S/LPD had little tolerance for independent-minded reporters. In the summer of 1985, it helped circulate a
specious story suggesting that US reporters received sexual favors from Sandinista-provided prostitutes in return
for favorable coverage. "It isn't only women", Reich told New York magazine; for gay journalists, they would
procure men. – [source Wikipedia]
Today the Office of Public Diplomacy has ceased operating under that title, but you can bank on the fact that our
most wonderful government is still up to its eyeballs in the same M.O. just using different covers.
ENTER THE
INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE & THE TAX RACKET
I couldn't figure out what chapter to place the IRS under for it is technically not a true government institution. For there
are no laws in existence giving this entity its power. But since it makes believe it is and is run as if it were a legal part
of our government I therefore cover this entity here.
The IRS is nothing other than a criminal extortion racket set up to pay back the other criminal entity known as the
Federal Reserve, the money that the our government borrows from them, with interest, of course. There is absolutely
no law ever created or ratified that justifies the existence of the IRS, and this is very well documented and proven on
the internet. One day someone said let‘s start collecting taxes and the rest was history. To put it in the most simplest
form, In other words the IRS are the hired "muscle" of the Federal Reserve Mafia that goes out and collects your
extortion payments.
What I find truly interesting is the fact that this nation was established under a direct catalyst of, and in opposition to
"taxation without representation". The Boston Tea Party was the event in that moment in time when America said
enough is enough. Our once great nation banned taxation all the way up until the year 1913, the very same year
that sinister banksters created the Federal Reserve Bank and took control of all the financial destiny of the entire
country.
Upon the creation of the Fed, the IRS was established right on its heels. Today our nation is one of the most taxed
nations on the planet. Go figure. The National Taxpayer‘s Union says taxes have gone up 175,000% in the last 83
years.
There are taxes on EVERYTHING in this country, taxes on payroll, personal property, pensions, severance, social
security, corporation, stock transfer, tobacco, tonnage, transportation, utilities, accumulated earnings, alcoholic
beverages, amusements, apparel, capital gains, consumption, corporate income, dividends, employment, estate, excise,
franchise, fuel, furnishings, gas, sales, gift, gross receipts, health care, holding company, income, inheritance, land,
license, life insurance, luxuries, motor oil, vehicle, occupation, operator‘s license, school tax, sales tax at every local
level, the list goes on, and on, and on. Yes, continue to believe the myth that you are free from bondage sheeple!
As billionaire Warren Buffet recently pointed out: he makes $46 million a year and is only taxed a 17.7 percent rate on
his federal taxes. By contrast, those who work for him, and make a measly $46 thousand a year pay an average of 32.9
percent in taxes. He went on to offer $1 million to anyone in the room who could show that one of the nation's
wealthiest individuals pays a higher tax rate than their subordinates like his secretary. This is just scratching the
surface. For many politicians often don‘t even bother paying taxes and get away with it with absolutely no penalty.
This common practice was recently brought to the limelight by Obama‘s cabinet picks. Geithner put the icing on the
cake because this tax cheat was picked to head up the Dept. of Treasury! LOL. In the midst of all the turmoil of
confirmation hearings two other Obama tax cheats had to withdraw due to the discovery that ―golly gee whiz, I forgot
to pay that gazillion bucks I owed on my taxes.‖ Again, the Zionist of the pack Timothy Geithner got away with it, for
he had powerful aristocrat ―friends‖ pulling for him and his nomination went through. If it was you or me that owed the
IRS what they did, we would be part of the ―establishment‖: the prison industrial matrix! Not them, not so much as
even a slap on the wrist. Off they go on their merry ways business as usual, nothing to see here folks, mind your own
business and scram. Now let this be a lesson to you, since YOU will have to pick up the slack of those non-taxed elites
and pay your fair share… or else. And yes, YOU WILL PAY.
So we have the "working class" who are actually extorted out of 32.9 percent of each dollar they make, so that leaves
.67 cents out of each dollar. Oh, wait, the state also takes their cut, lets lay only 5%, that leaves us with .62 of every
dollar we earn. So in essence the government, like a mafia protection racket, takes approximately one third CUT of
whatever you make, but instead of breaking your fingers or legs it sends you off to jail if you refuse to pay your
extortion fees.
Oh, no, it does not end there, this is just the beginning! Now with that .62 cents per dollar you have left,
EVERYTHING you PURCHASE also gets taxed! Yep, cough up that sales tax! If you own your home then you are
one of the privileged that get to pay thousands upon thousands of EXTRA TAXES such as home owners tax, school
tax, property tax, city tax, law enforcement tax, fire dept tax, community development tax, transit tax, etc., etc. Oh...
and if you can't pay those taxes? You are served lien papers and the enforcement mafia come in and takes your
property and/or you are even imprisoned! Meanwhile many goliath billion dollar corporations get off scot free without
having to pay any taxes, as a matter of fact, according to the US Gov. Accountability Office, in July 2008, many
corporations reported NO tax liabilities. In fact, from 1998-2005, a staggering 72% of foreign controlled domestic
corporations, and 55% of US controlled corporations reported ZERO tax liability for at least one of those years! Doh!
Open your eyes sheeple for you are in reality just slaves within the system. Your freedoms are all an illusion. But oh
yes, you have rights, yes, you have rights to remain silent, do as you are told and pay up buddy.
So... we as a nation have come full circle. We demanded and got our independence from tyrannical oppressive highly
taxation driven government called England and today we ARE again living under the exact same circumstances, yet
this time around, come April 15th of every year all the sheeple line up to pay up like nice docile servants, then head
back to their allotted slot in life. Back to the rat life treadmill.
I am often so disgusted at what I witness happening in this nation of ours that at times I wish this were all a bad dream.
30% of our population lives in dire poverty levels, our public school system is rated along with the worst in the world,
right behind third world countries no less, over 47 million sheeple have absolutely no medical care, for example:
recently Bush vetoed and said NO to a $30 billion package to provide healthcare to our poor children here in our
country, and within the same time period it was disclosed that Bush signed a $30 billion aid package to Israel! DOH!
This is business as usual.
For over half a century, the US has been spending and giving away HUNDREDS OF BILLIONS of Dollars
EACH AND EVERY YEAR to other countries all the while completely DENYING its own citizens of basic
needs. I have seen our ghettos, I have witnessed dire poverty all over our country, I have been in hundreds of public
hospitals and schools. It is a readily accepted fact that the chasm between the rich and poor keeps growing. Yet no one
cares, business as usual. Tax breaks for the aristocrat rich, more taxes and burdens for the working class. I can go on
and on.
For many reading this, I am not saying anything new. This is common knowledge, and everyone seems to just sit back
and accept this as a way of life. What everyone does not know is that in fact all this is a product of our Zionist masters.
The U.S. Inc. is just another TOOL in their hands. The Zionists are not concerned about the U.S., their vision and goal
is GLOBAL DOMINATION through ECONOMIC COLONIZATION. If they stopped bleeding us dry here in this
country who would pay for the over 700 military bases around the globe to protect their interests? Who would pay
for all the globalization and expansion? The Zionists own this country lock stock and barrel. Period. You will just
accept what little funds they keep in this country to keep the motors going and be happy with it. For all the rest of the
moneys will, as has always been, continued to be siphoned away, business as usual, so go back under your rock and
leave the Zionists alone. Sleep, sleep, goyim sleep.
Male Prostitute and White House Correspondent Extraordinaire – Video (disappeared from the internet)
But WHY must we continue to give away hundreds of billions of dollars each and every year to other countries and
watch our own nation go deeper into darkness and despair? At one point in time, America was viewed world wide as
"the best", the best schools, the best transportation, the best medical, the best of this the best of that, the list was
amazing. Today we are no longer viewed or even qualify to be "the best" at almost anything. No longer do those
elected bastards in Washington give a damn about this country.
We have been sold out to the highest bidders. All our manufacturing has been shipped overseas to countries such as
one of America's arch enemies like COMMUNIST CHINA! Under the Bush Administration alone America exported,
shipped overseas (lost) 4,401.000 manufacturing jobs (that‘s just the manufacturing sector) to other countries, is it any
wonder why we are now being faced with catastrophic economic collapse? Doh! Our leaders, in their ever increasing
stupefying brain numbness, actually encourage shipping as many jobs as possible out of this country! They offer
corporations TAX BREAKS FOR DOING SO AS AN INCENTIVE!!!
Over the past few decades we have allowed the corporate giants to ship mountains of American jobs overseas, and
there are signs that this trend is only going to get worse. In fact, Princeton University economist Alan S. Blinder
estimates that 22% to 29% of all current U.S. jobs will be offshorable within two decades. So get ready for even more
of our jobs to be shipped off to Mexico, China and India.
Today we are witnessing the engineered major financial meltdown of America, that has also taken a global toll, one
that is poised to make the engineered Great Depression seem like a boy scout operation. Trillions of dollars are quietly
maneuvering around. Fortunes will be made and lost. The ruling elite are consolidating more wealth and power, buying
up dirt cheap corporations. The middle class will become almost extinct. The "elected" officials running our
government could care less about you, the working class, you have all been sold out long ago to the highest bidder .
The sooner you realize this, the sooner you can begin to see true REALITY.
Millions upon millions of jobs constantly "OUTSOURCED,‖ literally shipped overseas. No it is not some
miscalculation or mix-up on the part of our elected leaders, the organized and premeditated export of the
BACKBONE of AMERICA jobs has been nothing more than another key factor in the PREMEDITATED
ENGINEERED COLLAPSE OF THE ECONOMY brought to you by your benevolent, caring, warm and fuzzy
bankster elites who methodically hyped, championed and pushed these policies and actions that lead up to this
masterful collapse. The stage was officially set on October of 2002, at George Washington University where Bush Jr.
gave his ―Increasing Minority Ownership‖ speech. Thus officially began the extraordinary scam to put 5.5 million poor
(burger flippers, even illegal aliens!) minorities into homes with mortgages that were set to self destruct in a few years.
That scam was quickly followed by the colossal CDO con on unsuspecting investors. The derivatives bubble can be
likened to a colossal monster waiting to blow, and when/if it does, it WILL bring financial Armageddon.
What we are witnessing yet again is the off the shelf official strategy or modus operandi of the ruling elite: The
Problem Reaction Solution Paradigm (The Hegelian Dialectic) in action.
1) The government creates or exploits a problem blaming it on others.

2) The people react by asking the government for help willing to give up their rights, property, wealth, etc.
3) The government (of government & their complicit institutions) offers the solution that was planned long
before the crisis.
Through this Rosetta Stone we can get a good idea on what the TRUE intentions of the engineered collapse are. (We
already know the major goals of the Zionist elite is the establishment of their ―GOD given commandment‖ to create
THEIR one world government and rule over the entire world with iron fists. Every year they get closer and closer to
making this a reality). Behold, as the Zionist elite masterfully manipulate the world financial markets and world leaders
leading up to the ―SOLUTION‖ for the world economic collapse… a NEW WORLD ECONOMIC ORDER.
On the government's owners

By Glenn Greenwald, Oct. 10, 2009
The most revealing political quote of the last year came, in my view, from the second-highest ranking
Democratic Senator, Dick Durbin, who told a local radio station in April: "And the banks -- hard to believe in a
time when we're facing a banking crisis that many of the banks created -- are still the most powerful lobby on
Capitol Hill. And they frankly own the place." The best Congressional floor speech of the last year on the
financial crisis was this extraordinarily piercing five-minute revelation from Rep. Marcy Kaptur of Ohio on the
Wall Street bailout and how the Congress is subservient to their dictates. And the single most insightful article
on the financial crisis was written by former IMF Chief Economist and current MIT Professor Simon Johnson in
the May, 2009 issue of The Atlantic, when he argued that "the finance industry has effectively captured our
government" and detailed how the U.S. has become very similar to failed emerging-market nations in both its
political and economic culture.
All of that came together last night on Bill Moyers' Journal program, as Johnson and Kaptur together discussed
the stranglehold which the financial industry exerts over the federal government and how that has produced a
jobless recovery in which the only apparent beneficiaries are the bankers and other financial elites who caused
the financial crisis in the first place. The discussion began with reference to this Associated Press article from
last week, which examined Timothy Geithner's calendars, obtained through a FOIA request. Those documents
show that Geithner spends an amazing amount of time on the telephone with the CEOs of Goldman Sachs,
Citibank and JP Morgan: "Goldman, Citi and JPMorgan can get Geithner on the phone several times a day if
necessary, giving them an unmatched opportunity to influence policy." Other than the President, virtually
everyone else -- including leading members of Congress -- are forced to leave messages. Kaptur and Johnson
begin by discussing what that signifies in terms of the ongoing financial crisis and how government works.
I'll excerpt a few representative passages, but the entire segment is very worth watching:
[excerpt from Capitalism: A Love Story]: "MICHAEL MOORE: Do you think it's too harsh to call what has
happened here a coup d'état? A financial coup d'état?
REP. MARCY KAPTUR: That's, no. Because I think that's what's happened. Um, a financial coup d'état?
MICHAEL MOORE: Yeah.
MARCY KAPTUR: I could agree with that. I could agree with that. Because the people here [pointing to the
Capitol] really aren't in charge. Wall Street is in charge" . . . .
SIMON JOHNSON: Well, I think it really tells you how the system works. The system is based on access and is
based on what on Wall Street shaping Washington's view of what's important.
It's the people who are very close to Mr. Geithner before when he was the head of the New York Fed. Before he
became Treasury Secretary. These people have unparalleled access. And in a crisis, when everything is up for
grabs, you don't know what's going on, the people who will take your phone calls, right, in government and
people who are going to be standing in the oval office, making the key decisions. That's the heart of the system.
That's the heart of how you get your agenda through, by changing their worldview. . . .
And Rahm Emanuel, the President's Chief of Staff has a saying. He's widely known for saying, 'Never let a good
crisis go to waste'. Well, the crisis is over, Bill. The crisis in the financial sector, not for people who own homes,
but the crisis for the big banks is substantially over. And it was completely wasted. The Administration refused
to break the power of the big banks, when they had the opportunity, earlier this year. And the regulatory reforms
they are now pursuing will turn out to be, in my opinion, and I do follow this day to day, you know. These
reforms will turn out to be essentially meaningless. . . .
BILL MOYERS: A reality check. Not one CEO of a Wall Street bank was there to hear the President. What do
you make of that?
SIMON JOHNSON: Arrogance. Because they have no fear for the government anymore. They have no
respect for the President, which I find absolutely extraordinary and shocking. All right? And I think they have no
not an ounce of gratitude to the American people, who saved them, their jobs, and the way they run the world.
BILL MOYERS: In the scheme of things, it is the Congress, and the government that's supposed to stand up to
the powerful, organized interests, for the people in Toledo, who can't come to Washington. Who are working or
trying to keep their homes or trying to pay their health bills. What's happened to our government?
MARCY KAPTUR: Congress has really shut down. I'm disappointed in both chambers, because wouldn't you
think, with the largest financial crisis in American history, in the largest transfer of wealth from the American
people to the biggest banks in this country, that every committee of Congress would be involved in hearings,
that this would be on the news, that people would be engaged in this. . . .
As Kaptur said, given the size and scope of "the largest transfer of wealth from the American people to the
biggest banks in this country," one would expect there to be massive public interest in what happened and
why, and, more so, whether any of this is being fixed (it plainly isn't). One would particularly expect the
Democratic Party -- which has long branded itself as being the populist party against Wall Street -- would be
leading that charge, for political benefit if not for substantive reasons. But that's clearly not happening, and the
primary reason why is because both political parties, as institutions, are dependent on and thus controlled by the
very industry that is at the heart of it.
Among the two parties, there's no outlet for the populist anger that Kaptur understands and is voicing because
each party is eager to serve the interests of those who fund them. And that's why Democrats have largely
ceded the populist anger over Wall Street to GOP operatives who are exploiting the "tea party" movement as the
only real organized citizen activism over these issues. See this article from last week: "Wall Street money
rains on Chuck Schumer":
While the industry has scaled back its political spending in the wake of last year‘s economic collapse, data from
the Center for Responsive Politics show that it‘s still investing heavily in the Senate, where it‘s likely to have its
best shot at stopping — or at least shaping — the crackdown on Wall Street that President Barack Obama has
proposed.
And it‘s clearly looking to Democrats to do it.
Of the $10.6 million the industry has given to sitting senators this year, more than $7.7 million has gone to
Democrats.
This is hardly unique to the banking industry. This is how the political system works generally. Earnest,
substantive debates over this or that policy are so often purely illusory, as the only factor that really
drives that outcomes is the question of who owns and thus controls the political system. That central fact
subsumes just about everything else.
Yes call me a tin foil hat fruit cake if you must, but when you go to sleep at night, you will know deep in your heart, I
have been right. Right about just about everything, EVERYTHING I have discussed here in the Matrix Report is based
on one common denominator, the FACTS and TRUTH.
Recently there was an unprecedented somewhat ground shaking move by the Obama camp, they released secret memos
from the Bush & Co. Crime Syndicate administration. No matter how much I try, I can‘t hope to articulate this whole
fiasco as well as Glenn Greenwald has. I will just cherry pick:
―One of the central facts that we, collectively, have not yet come to terms with is how extremist and
radical we the people running the country for the last eight years‖ That condition, by itself, made it
virtually inevitable that the resulting damage would be severe and fundamental, even irreversible in some
sense. It‘s just not possible to have a rotting, bloated, deeply corrupt and completely insular political
ruling class – operating behind impenetrable walls of secrecy – and avoid the devastation that is now
becoming so manifest. It‘s just a matter of basic cause and effect.‖
―Yet those who have spent the last several years pointing out how unprecedentedly extremist and radical
was our political leadership (and how meek and complicit were our other key institutions) were
invariably dismissed as shrill hysterics. As countless examples… scoffing at the notion that there was
anything radical or unusual taking place in the U.S…‖
―It is somewhat surreal to witness – now that George Bush is out of office – the avalanche of
establishment media reports suddenly acknowledging [finally!] today, rather explicitly, how radical and
lawless his presidency was, as though we only learned of that this week with the release of these memos.‖
―Over the last eight years, we had a system in place where we pretended that our ‗laws‘ were the things
enacted out in the open by our congress and that were set forth by the Constitution. The reality, though,
was that our government secretly vested itself with the power to ignore those public laws, to declare them
invalid, and instead, create a whole regime of secret laws that vested tyrannical, monarchical power in
the president. Nobody knew what those secret laws were because even congress, despite a few lame and
meek requests, was denied access to them‖
Topped off with Scott Horton‘s remarks: ―We may not have realized it at the time, but in the period from
late 2001 until January 19, 2009, this country was a dictatorship. The constitutional rights we learned
about in high school civics were suspended. That was thanks to secret memos crafted deep inside the
Justice Department that effectively trashed the Constitution. What we know now is the least of it.‖
All this and more is finally hemorrhaging as secrets of the last administration are being leaked left and right. Even the
CIA has recently ―fessed up‖ and admitted to destroying 92 interrogation video tapes. I‘m sure even more sinister
secrets will continue to see the light of day as the Bush minions shed their fears and the death grip of the Bush dark
ages loses its potency. The fact of the matter is that now AFTER THE FACT, people are somehow mysteriously more
willing to drop their insane biased blindness and accept what was so plainly evident to some of us.
In recent news: "CIA man retracts claim on waterboarding" he basically admitted that they lied. What I found
interesting was the lone post in the comment section by a very astute person; he summed up what the news story failed
to discern: "Who cares now? It‘s too late and nobody in our government is going to hold anyone from the Bush
administration accountable for anything. Lying worked! Everyone has forgotten about waterboarding and has turned
their attention to who is the new judge on American Idol."
One thing that keeps nagging at me is the overwhelming feeling that it seems that the Republicans ―took a dive‖ for the
2008 elections. Look who they had posing as potential ―presidential material‖: drag queen Giuliani, senile grandpa
McCain, half interested Hollywood actor, a dimwit airhead Palin for vice president pick. Then they all ran seriously
flawed half witted hate filled propaganda campaigns.
Admit it, the republicans were supposed to lose! Just as in a staged heavy weight prize fight, they were set to ―take
the fall.‖ You see, they were playing ―hot potato‖ and Obama with his democratic party were the chosen ones to be left
holding the hot potato (the economy teetering on collapse). The republicans systematically, literally destroyed the
economy, gutted out the financial system, embedded us in several ―no win‖ clusterfuck wars, etc. Now that they
have their ―patsy‖ Obama, in place to take the blame for the economic collapse and flushing trillions of dollars
down the drain. They are all looking to setup the democrats to blame for the sure oncoming implosion and self
destruction of our country! As of this moment Obama has been in office for just 55 days and the republicans and the
media are already overwhelmingly blaming him for sinking our country into the abyss. This is how your ruling masters
ingeniously keep the sheeple masses at each other‘s throats, choosing sides and constantly bickering and battling one
another‘s political views, based upon the classic divide and conquer, two disparate opponents battle death match.
Everyone chose your side, bunker down and prepare to battle the ―evil‖ opposing political party. While others sit on
the sidelines and cheer for ―their team‖ to win. Right or wrong be damned, it‘s down to ―my side‖ are the good guys,
the other guys are evil.
More importantly you must NEVER forget that no matter how seemingly unfathomable it may sound, EVERYTHING
has been carefully engineered. Bush‘s ―elections‖, 911, Anthrax attacks, the wars, the economy, constant chipping
away of our constitutional rights, Obama‘s coronation, the ―bailout‖ scam transferring all the wealth to the banks, it is
all mind boggling when you truly understand it is but just a small cabal orchestrating all these events like a fine
concert. Now it is Obama and his Zionist administration‘s turn at the wheel, everyone has received their scripts
and are all taking their cues from their handlers ready to put out their award winning performances.
I don‘t make this stuff up, look, the republicans are fighting any real recovery efforts with tooth and nail, pushing for
proven failed tactics of ever ―more tax cuts!‖ as if they would magically heal the whole country (not to mention the
what? 40 to 50 million folks with no jobs for tax cuts to help out! Doh). Some of them are even declaring they will not
accept stimulus funds, and so forth, the shenanigans are mounting daily. It‘s all about sabotaging the recovery and
taking back the senate and the house in 2010. But does it even matter? They are both (left and right) being lead by the
same central Zionist illuminati force. So in the end it is all a game of catch throwing the ball back and forth.
Lets also never forget, the republicans had their 8 years of unhindered, cart blanch FASCIST component building
orgy, now it‘s the democrats turn to break out their SOCIALIST component building orgies, as we witness these two
allegedly ―opposing‖ forces bring about a concerted mind numbing strategic transformation of our once great nation…
Gee, look how cute Obama looks with his kippah Jew beanie cap on:
Pictured above, Obama demonstrates his devotedness to his Zionist masters as he dons his kippah… For those of you
with high hopes of the new ―savior‖ that was recently appointed, the Obamanator, to TRULY change our government
and fix all that ails ―the system‖, boy do I have bridge to sell you! BTW: 80% of Jews voted for Obama. FYI: another
clue he is sold out: he refuses to prosecute the war criminal R.I.C.O. crime gang of Cheney Bush Rumsfeld Rice & Co.
And if they do mount some sort of ―Truth Commission‖, beware, it will be no different than the Warren Commission
and the 911 Commission. It will be set up and run by status quo cronies to once and for all sanctify, legitimize the sins
of the Bush & Co. Crime Syndicate. Period, for the Democrats serve the same masters the Republicans serve, thus
there will be ZERO prosecutions of any republican criminal behavior of the past administration.
Congressional hearings are only conducted to placate the public for they are all just a dog and pony show where they
trot out the current usual suspects and conduct bullshit farce hearings where the actors are sat in front of a committee or
commission. You have seen it countless times; each and every dog and pony show ―congressional investigation‖
broadcast live on TV along with all the other Hollywood fairytale productions. The participants are paraded in front of
a committee and made answer questions regarding whatever scheme the ruling elite are up to at that time, in the end the
results are always the same; 99% of the time NOTHING OF IMPORTANCE EVER, EVER, EVER COMES OUT OF
THOSE HEARINGS. But the feeble minded blind public somehow always manages to come out of the charade with a
false sense of justice. Then back to grazing in the fields they all go.
One of the many current ―hearings‖ being conducted as these words are being written is the House Oversight
Committee on Capitol Hill with Timothy Geithner on the ―hot seat‖ in regards to the AIG Bailout: ―was there a cover-
up/backdoor bailouts?‖ They questioned Geithner on everything concerning AIG, Goldman Sachs and the bailout as if
he was the sole suspect when in reality the major players were NEVER identified or questioned.
I say send ALL the traitors to prison, then, and only then will I stand down and start to develop HOPE that you have
campaigned of. Prove to us you are truly a reformer and send ALL those criminals to prison beginning with Bush,
Cheney, Rumsfeld and Rice. I want to see a special display at the Smithsonian Institute with each and every one of
their HEADS on silver platters and the inscription something like: ―This is what we do to treasonous basterds who
abuse and betray the PUBLIC TRUST, our most sacred high offices of the land, and dare sell out our country to private
agendas.‖ Until then, I will blaze ahead with my ―Weapons of Mass Truthstruction‖, and I will be taking no prisoners,
for I will cut all liars and evil ones down with my sword of TRUTH.
At this moment, just days before the coronation of Obama, we are witnessing the most massively over hyped media
promotion of an agenda in history. Estimates run in the $175 million just for the coronation extravaganza. Every single
newspaper, TV station, networks are abuzz with excitement. All the Zionist owned media are operating in overdrive
praising and propping up the Obamanator to no ends…
“JEWS RULE THE WORLD BY PROXY,” said the Malaysian prime minister, Mahathir Mohamad, in a
speech to Indonesian heads of state in 2003, “they get others to die for them,” he emphasized.
Home boy has been putting together what the media are hailing as a ―DREAM TEAM‖ consisting of the status quo,
who‘s who of Washington insiders and the largest collection of Zionist Jews to ever be assembled under any
administration. The red flag, and warning sign that we have all been duped yet again, is the appointment of many hard
core Zionists (and Crypto Jews) for key posts throughout his administration, beginning with one of the most
frightening hard core Zionists Jew to walk the corridors of Washington: Rahm Emanuel. This guy is (yet another out of
many dozens in office) passionate Israeli citizen who loves Israel so much he left the US several years ago to join the
Israeli Defense Forces Army, then came back here to continue his infiltration of our political system.
"When a Jew, in America or in South Africa, talks to his Jewish companions about 'our' government, he
means the government of Israel." - David Ben-Gurion, Israeli Prime Minister
In a recent interview ex-congressman Eric Massa summed up Rahm: ―Rahm Emmanuel is the son of the devil‘s
spawn.‖ He went on to say "He is an individual who would sell his mother to get a vote. He would strap his children to
the front end of a steam locomotive." LOL! Wow, someone in Washington finally found their balls to say it like it is,
sadly that comes with a very hefty price in Washington: He was forced to turn in his resignation. The official fairy-tale,
I mean ―official account‖ why he is all of a sudden leaving: ―health reasons.‖ Yea, right… if he tried to stay in officer
any longer he would be endangering his life alright! What would his demise be? An ―accident‖? Or any other of the
thousands of ways that treasonous politicians die when they turn on their master rulers.
So Who‘s Afraid of the Israel Lobby?

By Ray McGovern
[My notes: In order to provide the reader with an idea of how incredibly
significant McGovern’s honest statements are, I feel it is necessary for you to
understand where he obtained his keen insight from: He has been at the very
heart of the political scene: Raymond McGovern (born 1939) is a retired CIA
analyst for 27 years turned political activist. McGovern was a CIA officer under
seven U.S. presidents over 27 years, presenting the morning intelligence
briefings at the White House for many of them. He is now on the Steering
Committee of Veteran Intelligence Professionals for Sanity (VIPS) he also
works for Tell the Word, the publishing arm of the ecumenical Church of the Saviour in Washington,
DC.]
Virtually everyone: Republican, Democrat—Conservative, Liberal. The fear factor is non-partisan, you might
say, and palpable.
The American Israel Public Affairs Committee brags that it is the most influential foreign policy lobbying
organization on Capitol Hill, and has demonstrated that time and again, and not only on Capitol Hill.
Nowhere is the Lobby‘s power more clearly demonstrated than in its ability to suppress the awful truth that on
June 8, 1967 during the Six Day War:
--Israel deliberately attacked the intelligence collection ship USS Liberty, in full awareness it was a U.S. Navy
ship, and did its best to sink it and leave no survivors;
--The Israelis would have succeeded had they not broken off the attack upon learning, from an intercepted
message, that the commander of the U.S. 6th Fleet had launched carrier fighters to the scene; and
--By that time, 34 of the Liberty‘s crew had been killed and over 170 wounded.
Scores of intelligence analysts and senior officials have known this for years. That virtually all of them have kept
a 40-year frightened silence is testament to the widespread fear of touching this live wire.
Even more telling is the fact that the National Security Agency destroyed voice tapes seen by many intelligence
analysts, showing beyond doubt that the Israelis knew exactly what they were doing.
But the truth will out—eventually. All it took in this case is for a courageous journalist (of the endangered species
kind) to listen to the surviving crew and do a little basic research, not shrinking from naming war crimes and not
letting senior U.S. officials, from the president on down off the hook for suppressing—even destroying—
unimpeachable evidence from intercepted Israeli communications.
The mainstream media have now published an exposé based largely on interviews with those most intimately
involved.
A lengthy article by Pulitzer Prize-winning investigative reporter John Crewdson appeared in the Chicago
Tribune and Baltimore Sun on Oct. 2 titled ―New revelations in attack on American spy ship.‖ [For the full story,
click here.]
To the subtitle goes the prize for understatement of the year: ―Veterans, documents suggest U.S., Israel didn‘t tell
full story of deadly 1967 incident.‖
Better 40 years late than never, I suppose. Many of us have known of the incident and cover-up for a very long
time and have tried to expose and discuss it for the lessons it holds for today.
It has proved far easier, though, to get a very pedestrian Dog-Bites-Man article published than an article with the
importance and explosiveness of this damning story.
A Marine Stands Up
On the evening of Sept. 26, 2006, I gave a talk on Iraq to an overflow crowd of 400 at National Avenue Church in
Springfield, Missouri.
A questioner asked what I thought of the study by John Mearsheimer of the University of Chicago and Stephen
Walt of Harvard titled ―The Israel Lobby and U.S. Foreign Policy.‖
The study had originally been commissioned by The Atlantic Monthly. When the draft arrived, however, shouts of
―Leper!‖ were heard at the Atlantic. The monthly wasted no time in saying thanks-but-no-thanks, and the leper-
study then wandered in search of a home, finding none among American publishers.
Eventually the London Review of Books published it in March 2006.
I had read that piece carefully and found it an unusual act of courage as well as scholarship. That‘s what I told the
questioner, adding that I did have two problems with the study:
--First, it seemed to me the authors erred in attributing virtually all the motivation for the U.S. attack on Iraq to
the Israel Lobby and the so-called ―neo-conservatives‖ running our policy and armed forces. Was Israel an
important factor? Indeed. But of equal importance, in my view, was the oil factor and what the Pentagon now
calls the ―enduring‖ military bases in Iraq, which the White House and Pentagon decided were needed for the
U.S. to dominate that part of the Middle East.
--Second, I was intrigued by the fact that Mearsheimer and Walt made no mention of what I believe to be, if not
the most telling, then perhaps the most sensational proof of the power the Lobby knows it can exert over our
government and Congress. In sum, in June 1967, after deliberately using fighter-bombers and torpedo boats to
attack the USS Liberty for over two hours in an attempt to sink it and kill its crew, and then getting the U.S.
government, the Navy and the Congress to cover up what happened, the Israeli government learned that it
could—literally—get away with murder.
I found myself looking out at 400 blank stares. The USS Liberty? And so I asked how many in the audience had
heard of the attack on the Liberty on June 8, 1967. Three hands went up; I called on the gentleman nearest me.
Ramrod straight he stood:
―Sir, Sergeant Bryce Lockwood, United States Marine Corps, retired. I am a member of the USS Liberty crew,
Sir.‖
Catching my breath, I asked him if he would be willing to tell us what happened.
―Sir, I have not been able to do that. It is hard. But it has been almost 40 years, and I would like to try this
evening, Sir.‖
You could hear a pin drop for the next 15 minutes, as Lockwood gave us his personal account of what happened
to him, his colleagues and his ship on the afternoon of June 8, 1967.
He was a linguist assigned to collect communications intelligence from the USS Liberty, which was among the
ugliest—and most easily identifiable—ships in the fleet with antennae springing out in all directions.
Lockwood told of the events of that fateful day, beginning with the six-hour naval and air surveillance of the
Liberty by the Israeli navy and air force on the morning of June 8.
After the air attacks including thousand-pound bombs and napalm, three sixty-ton torpedo boats lined up like a
firing squad, pointing their torpedo tubes at the Liberty‘s starboard hull.
Lockwood had been ordered to throw the extremely sensitive cryptological equipment overboard and had just
walked beyond the bulwark separating the NSA intelligence unit from the rest of the ship when, he recalled, he
sensed a large black object, a tremendous explosion, and sheet of flame.
The torpedo had struck dead center in the NSA space.
The cold, oily water brought Lockwood back to consciousness. Around him were 25 dead colleagues; but he
heard moaning.
Three were still alive; one of Lockwood‘s shipmates dragged one up the hatch. Lockwood was able to lift the
two others, one-by-one, onto his shoulder and carry them up through the hatch.
This meant alternatively banging on the hatch for someone to open it and swimming back to fish his shipmate out
of the water lest he float out to sea through the 39-foot hole made by the torpedo.
At that Lockwood stopped speaking. It was enough. Hard, very hard—even after almost 40 years.
What Else We Know
John Crewdson‘s meticulously documented article, together with the 57 pages that James Bamford devotes to the
incident in Body of Secrets and recent confessions by those who played a role in the cover-up, paint a picture that
the surviving crew of the USS Liberty can only find infuriating.
The evidence, from intercepted communications as well as testimony, of Israeli deliberate intent is
unimpeachable, even though the Israelis continue to portray it as just a terrible mistake.
Crewdson refers to U.S. Navy Captain Ward Boston, who was the Navy lawyer appointed as senior counsel to
Admiral Isaac C. Kidd, named by Admiral John S. McCain to ―inquire into all the facts and circumstances.‖ [Yes,
the father of presidential hopeful, Sen. John McCain.]
The fact that they were given only one week to gather evidence and were forbidden to contact the Israelis
screams out ―cover-up.‖
Captain Boston, now 84, signed a formal declaration on Jan. 8, 2004, in which he described himself as ―outraged
at the efforts of the apologists for Israel in this country to claim that this attack was a case of ‗mistaken identity.‘‖
Boston continued:
―The evidence was clear. Both Admiral Kidd and I believed with certainty that this attack...was a deliberate
effort to sink an American ship and murder its entire crew...Not only did the Israelis attack the ship with napalm,
gunfire, and missiles, Israeli torpedo boats machine-gunned three lifeboats that had been launched in an attempt
by the crew to save the most seriously wounded—a war crime...I know from personal conversations I had with
Admiral Kidd that President Lyndon Johnson and Secretary of Defense Robert McNamara ordered him to
conclude that the attack was a case of ‗mistaken identity‘ despite overwhelming evidence to the contrary.‖
Why the Israelis decided to take the draconian measure to sink a ship of the U.S. Navy is a subject of speculation.
One view is that the Israelis did not want the U.S. to find out they were massing troops to seize the Golan Heights
from Syria, and wanted to deprive the U.S. of the opportunity to argue against such a move.
James Bamford, in Body of Secrets, adduces evidence, including reporting from an Israeli journalist eyewitness
and an Israeli military historian, of wholesale killing of Egyptian prisoners of war at the coastal town of El Arish
in the Sinai.
The Liberty was patrolling directly opposite El Arish in international waters but within easy range to pick up
intelligence on what was going on there. And the Israelis were well aware.
As for the why, well, someone could at least approach the Israelis involved and ask, no?
The important thing here is not to confuse what is known (the deliberate nature of the Israeli attack) with the
purpose behind it, which remains a matter of speculation.
Other Indignities
Bowing to intense pressure from the Navy, the White House agreed to award the Liberty‘s skipper, Captain
William McGonagle, the Medal of Honor....but not at the White House, and not by the president (as is the
custom).
Rather, the Secretary of the Navy gave the award at the Washington Navy Yard on the banks of the acrid
Anacostia River.
A naval officer involved in the awards ceremony told one of the Liberty crew, ―The government is pretty jumpy
about Israel...the State Department even asked the Israeli ambassador if his government had any objections to
McGonagle getting the medal.‖
Adding insult to injury, those of the Liberty crew who survived well enough to call for an independent
investigation have been hit with charges of, you guessed it, anti-Semitism.
Now that some of the truth has emerged more and more, others are showing more courage in speaking out. In a
recent e-mail, a former CIA analyst-colleague shared:
―The chief of the analysts studying the Arab/Israeli region at the time told me about the intercepted messages and
said very flatly and firmly that the pilots reported seeing the American flag and repeated their requests for
confirmation of the attack order. Whole platoons of Americans saw those intercepts. If NSA now says they do not
exist, then someone ordered them destroyed.‖
Leaving the destruction of evidence without investigation is an open invitation to repetition in the future.
As for the larger picture, visiting Israel this past summer I was constantly told that Egypt forced Israel into war in
June 1967. This does not square with the unguarded words of Menachem Begin in 1982, when he was Israel‘s
prime minister. Rather he admitted publicly:
―In June 1967, we had a choice. The Egyptian army concentrations in the Sinai approaches do not prove that
[Egyptian President] Nasser was really about to attack us. We must be honest with ourselves. We decided to
attack him.‖
Israel had, in fact, prepared well militarily and mounted provocations against its neighbors, in order to provoke a
response that could be used to justify an expansion of its borders.
Israel‘s illegal 40-year control over and confiscation of land in the occupied territories and U.S. enabling support
(particularly the one-sided support by the current U.S. administration) go a long way toward explaining why it is
that 1.3 billion Muslims ―hate us.‖
How foolish our nation that allows devoted hard core citizens of OTHER countries to hold key prominent
important high offices of OUR nation is beyond me. This is the most self destructive mind boggling policy any of
the world‘s nations have ever implemented. It‘s all good, soon it won‘t matter. For if my calculations are correct,
Obama will sell this nation‘s sovereignty out and have us join some sort of regional or global North American Union
scheme ―to save our country‖ from total economic collapse. And the gullible fools will cheer him on too. So be it then,
for destiny is calling…
On January 29, 2009, South Africa’s deputy foreign minister, Fatima Hajaig, was hailed before the
national human rights body for saying that:
“Jews control America, no matter which government comes into power, whether Republican
or Democratic, whether Barack Obama or George Bush. The control of America, just like the
control of most western countries, is in the hands of Jewish money.”
Never forget the Masonic illuminati motto: ―order out of chaos‖ for this motto is the battle cry of not only the
Freemasonry sector, but of all the Zionist driven new world order apparatus. Right after Bush Jr. stole his office, a
strategic ―NATIONAL EMERGENCY‖ (9/11) was there to welcome him, to help clear the way and give him cart
blanch dictatorial powers to do whatever he so choose. Don‘t you at least find it intriguing that Obama‘s entrance as
president is also surrounded by a strategic ―NATIONAL EMERGENCY‖? While also handing him unfathomed
powers of a ―war presidency‖? Not only is he continuing 2 loser wars for years on down the road, but this time around
we have the icing on the cake of a total ECONOMIC COLLAPSE! Joe Biden let the cat out of the bag when speaking
to contributors in Seattle and made the (at that time) STRANGE PREDICTION that Obama would be ―tested‖ in his
first six months of his administration…. Golly gee whiz folks, nothing to see here! Nothing is pre-planned… who
would of ever known that our economy was going to self destruct? Just like who would of ever known we were going
to be ―attacked‖ by bogeymen on 9/11? Everything that is happening is all a COINCIDENCE…. Nothing more….
Now go back to sleep…. Sleep…. Sleep…..
What more proof do you need than to blatantly witness the Obama ―democrats‖ administration pick up right where
Bush & Company left off and continue the pre-existing agendas as if nothing happened. Investigating the criminal
Bush & Co. administration ―is not in the best interests of this country.‖ Ummm, ok. That‘s like telling us that
investigating the Gotti mafia family was not in the best interests of upholding the law. The ONLY thing that is
different today is the TERMINOLIGY along with a more popular, charismatic Obama puppet leading the way. One of
the first things Obama has done when taking office was to INCREASE the armed forces in the middle east! Wasn‘t his
number 1 promise to stop all those bullshit wars? Didn‘t you get the memo? Oh no, the ―Global War on Terror‖ does
not exist anymore… the new official term is: ―OVERSEAS CONTIGENCY OPERATIONS.‖ I kid you not. Presto,
the wars are now officially ―over‖ without even pulling out one single soldier and instead ADDING more soldiers!!!…
now THAT is the ―change‖ you were all duped into believing in. Folks, it‘s only going to get more interesting as the
puppet masters ratchet up the smoke and mirror illusions, mind games and play with terminology.
Guess what, Obama has not rescinded a SINGLE IOTA of all the draconian policies Bush & Co. put into play. All of
Bush‘s executive orders, policies, all his favors to the large conglomerates, everything you can possibly imagine stands
unchanged, as a stepping stone for the next president. Building blocks for the next phase of the ruling elite. Don‘t
believe the hype that Obama will rescind anything. For in fact in less than 100 days in office he has
STRENGTHENED the Bush policies and acts if he touched them. The latest one being the Obama administration
embracing the Bush & Co warrantless wiretapping and secrecy. Yes you heard me right. The Obama administration
formally adopted the Bush policies on warrantless wiretapping and secrecy. The case has been officially thrown out of
court by Obama. Nothing more to see here folks, let the party continue is what they are telling us.
Psssst: Now it‘s the turn of the democrats to craft the socialist portion of the new world order agenda… now that the
republicans did a fantastic bang up job running this country into the ground and implementing their part of the elite‘s
fascist agenda portion so well, they performed a perfect 10 point pass maneuver, setting up the stage and
handing the democrats the baton for their turn at the helm to implement the next phases of your total
enslavement… the stage has been set, everyone has their scripts in hand… we should hand out Oscar awards to all the
key players…..
U.S Founding Fathers' Statements Concerning the Jews

"They (the Jews) work more effectively against us than the enemy's armies. They are a hundred times
more dangerous to our liberties and the great cause we are engaged in. It is much to be lamented that
each state, long ago, has not hunted them down as pests to society and the greatest enemies we have to
the happiness of America." - Source: Maxims of George Washington by A.A. Appleton & Co.
As the American colonies rose in revolt against political oppression occasioned by the attempt of Jewish banking
houses in Europe to consolidate their economic foothold in the New World, no man among the Founding Fathers
was more alert to the designs of international Jewry than that shrewd elder statesman of the American Revolution,
Benjamin Franklin. Perhaps Ben Franklin's most damning indictment of Jewry was contained in his famous
prophecy at the Constitutional Convention of 1787 in Philadelphia. In one of the most anti-Jewish utterances of
all time, he declared:
"I fully agree with General Washington, that we must protect this young nation from an insidious
influence and impenetration. That menace, gentlemen, is the Jews. In whatever country Jews have settled
in any great number, they have lowered its moral tone; depreciated its commercial integrity; have
segregated themselves and have not been assimilated; have sneered at and tried to undermine the
Christian religion upon which that nation was founded by objecting to its restrictions; have built up a
state within a state; and when opposed have tried to strangle that country to death financially, as in the
case of Spain and Portugal.
"For over 1700 hundred years, the Jews have been bewailing their sad fate in that they have been exiled
from their homeland, as they call Palestine. But, gentlemen, did the world give it to them in fee simple,
they would at once find some reason for not returning. Why? Because they are vampires, and vampires
do not live on vampires. They cannot live only amongst themselves. They must subsist on Christians and
other people not of their race. If you do not exclude them from these United States in the Constitution, in
less than 200 years they will have swarmed here in such great numbers that they will dominate and
devour the land, and change our form of government, for which we Americans have shed our blood,
given our lives, our substance, and jeopardized our liberty.
"If you do not exclude them, in less than 200 years our descendants will be working in the fields to
furnish them substance, while they will be in the counting houses rubbing their hands. I warn you,
gentlemen, if you do not exclude the Jews for all time, your children will curse you in your graves. Jews,
gentlemen, are Asiatics, let them be born where they will or how many generations they are away from
Asia, they will never be otherwise. Their ideas do not conform to an American's, and will not even
though they live among us ten generations. A leopard cannot change its spots. Jews are Asiatics, are a
menace to this country if permitted entrance, and should be excluded by this Constitutional Convention."
Franklin's remarks were recorded in "Chit Chat Around the Table During Intermissions," a section of the Diary of
Charles Cotesworth Pinckney of South Carolina. Pickney (1746-1825) attended the Convention as a delegate, and
took down excerpts of some of the outstanding addresses and discourses, which he later published in his diary.
Perhaps the best proof of the Franklin prophecy ~ as with any prophecy ~ lies in its actual fulfillment. What
Benjamin Franklin foresaw as an ominous possibility in 1787 has today ~ a little over two hundred years later ~
become painful reality.
NTS Notes: Again, our history is not as it seems. What we have written in the Zionist controlled press, the MSM,
and through our education system is a pack of lies and untruths. Throughout history, many people have tried to
warn others of the dangers of this group of parasites, and their constant efforts to dominate others.
The American nation is now teetering on the edge of total ruination. People have to wake up to the crimes of this
select few and take a stand for freedom. When will people learn?
Washington has at times rightfully been referred to as the ―Occupied Territory of Israel‖ Or the ―Zionist
Occupational Government‖ (ZOG). I won‘t even bother making a list of the who‘s who Zionist Jews in previous
presidential administrations, for the embedded Zionist Jews in all previous administrations were just as numerous if not
more than the current administrations. Just to give you a clear image of how pervasive has been their infiltration of our
political arena I will just point out a few of the Zionists Jews that are embedded in just current administrations of this
decade. I would gladly go back as far as the early 1900s but that would use up tons of more space in this report. Here is
an eye opening quote hinting how deeply rooted and how widespread Jewish influence has been in Washington goes:
“The Roosevelt Administration has selected more Jews to fill influential positions than any previous
administration.” — Brooklyn Jewish Examiner, October 20, 1933.
”The Israelis control the policy in the congress and the senate.” – Senator Fullbright, Chair of Senate
Foreign Relations Committee: 10/07/1973 on CBS’ “Face the Nation”.
In an article for Counterpunch magazine titled "Pirates of the Mediterranean", Paul Craig Roberts (Assistant Secretary
of the Treasury in the Reagan Administration earning fame as a co-founder of Reaganomics) repeated charges that
Gaza is "the world largest concentration camp" populated by people who were "driven out of Palestine so that "Israel
could steal their land." He called the U.S. State Department a "puppet" of the Israelis and the U.S. itself a
"puppet state" of the Israelis. He also stated that "there‘s no money for California, or for Americans‘ health
care, or for the several million Americans who have lost their homes and are homeless, because Israel needs it."
THE WASHINGTON BRAIN TRUST:

Note: though the Zionist ruling ―brain trusts‖ list can be made for every single administration going back to the days of
Woodrow Wilson who signed our nation‘s finaces away to the Zionist bankers by letting them establish the FED. From
those days forward each subsequent administration the numbers of embedded Zionist agents continually increased
along with their power, rule and authority over the affairs of this nation, most notably after their Kennedy coup d e‘tat
execution. But due to space requirements I will only list just the two latest administrations in order to provide a
revealing glimpse into the vastness of their power and influence chokehold on America. Behold the tip of the Zionist
iceberg:
The Bush Jr. Z.O.G. Crime Syndicate Administration:

Richard Pearle - (Zionist Jew double agent) One of Bush's foreign policy advisors, he was the Chariman of the
Defense Policy Board Advisory Committee. A caught red handed Israeli government agent, Pearle was expelled from
Senator Henry Jackson's office in the 1970's after the National Security Agency (NSA) caught him passing Highly-
Classified (National Security) documents to the Israeli Embassy. (No red flags here! Lets appoint him to strategic
high offices!) On the board of advisors of notorious ruling elite think thanks such Project for the New American
Century (that called for a ―new perl harbor‖). He led a study group for Israel called ―A Clean Break: A New
Strategy for Securing the Realm‖ the report delved in approaches to solving Israel‘s security problems, it advocated
aggressive new policy including removal of Saddam Hussein, striking Syria, new strategies for controlling U.S.-Israeli
relations were some of the key topics. He later worked for the Israeli weapons firm, Soltam. Pearle came from one the
above mentioned pro-Israel think-tank‘s, the AEI. Pearle is one of the leading pro-Israeli fanatics leading this Iraq war
mongering within the administration and now in the media.
Paul Wolfowitz - (Zionist Jew double agent) Deputy Defense Secretary, and member of Perle's Defense Policy Board,
in the Pentagon. Wolfowitz is a close associate of Pearle, and reportedly has close ties to the Israeli military. His sister
lives in Israel. Wolfowitz came from the above mentioned Jewish think-tank, JINSA. Wolfowitz is the number two
leader within the administration behind this Iraq war mongering.
Douglas Feith - (Zionist Jew double agent) Under Secretary of Defense and Policy Advisor at the Pentagon. He is a
close associate of Pearle and served as his Special Counsel. Like Pearle and the others, Feith is a pro-Israel extremist,
who has advocated anti-Arab policies in the past. He is closely associated with the extremist group, the Zionist
Organization of America, which even attacks Jews that don't agree with its extremist views. Feith frequently speaks at
ZOA conferences. Feith runs a small law firm, Feith and Zell, which only has one International office, in Israel. The
majority of their legal work is representing Israeli interests. His firm's own website stated, prior to his appointment,
that Feith "represents Israeli Armaments Manufacturer." Feith basically represents the Israeli War Machine. Feith also
came from the Jewish think-tank JINSA. Feith, like Pearle and Wolfowitz, are campaigning hard for this Israeli proxy
war against Iraq.
Edward Luttwak - (Zionist Jew double agent) Member of the National Security Study Group of the Department of
Defense at the Pentagon. Luttwak is reportedly an Israeli citizen and has taught in Israel. He frequently writes for
Israeli and pro-Israeli newspapers and journals. Luttwak is an Israeli extremist whose main theme in many of his
articles is the necessity of the U.S. waging war against Iraq.
Henry Kissinger - (Zionist Jew double agent) One of many Pentagon Advisors, Kissinger sits on the Pentagon's
Defense Policy Board under Pearle. For detailed information about Kissinger's evil past, read Seymour Hersch's book
(Price of Power: Kissinger in the Nixon White House). Kissinger likely had a part in the Watergate crimes, Southeast
Asia mass murders (Vietnam, Cambodia, Laos), Installing Chilean mass murdering dictator Pinochet, Operation
Condor's mass killings in South America, and more recently served as Serbia's Ex-Dictator Slobodan Milosevic's
Advisor. He consistently advocates going to war against Iraq. Kissinger is the Ariel Sharon of the U.S. Unfortunately,
President Bush nominated Kissinger as chairman of the September 11 investigating commission. It's like picking a
bank robber to investigate a fraud scandal.
Dov Zakheim - (Zionist Jew double agent) Under Secretary of Defense, Comptroller, and Chief Financial Officer
(CFO) for the Department of Defense. He is an ordained rabbi and reportedly holds Israeli citizenship. Zakheim
attended Jew‘s College in London and became an ordained Orthodox Jewish Rabbi in 1973. He was adjunct professor
at New York's Jewish Yeshiva University. Zakheim is close to the Israeli lobby.
Kenneth Adelman - (Zionist Jew double agent) one of many Pentagon Advisors, Adelman also sits on the Pentagon's
Defense Policy Board under Pearle, and is another extremist pro-Israel advisor, who supports going to war against Iraq.
Adelman frequently is a guest on Fox News, and often expresses extremist and often ridiculous anti-Arab and anti-
Muslim views. Through his hatred or stupidity, he actually called Arabs "anti-Semitic" on Fox News (11/28/2001),
when he could have looked it up in the dictionary to find out that Arabs by definition are Semites.
I. Lewis Libby - (Zionist Jew double agent) Vice President Dick Cheney's Chief of Staff. The chief pro-Israel Jewish
advisor to Cheney, it helps explains why Cheney is so gun-ho to invade Iraq. Libby is longtime associate of Wolfowitz.
Libby was also a lawyer for convicted felon and Israeli spy Marc Rich, whom Clinton pardoned.
Robert Satloff - (Zionist Jew double agent) U.S. National Security Council Advisor, Satloff was the executive
director of the Israeli lobby's "think tank," Washington Institute for Near East Policy. Many of the Israeli lobby's
"experts" come from this front group, like Martin Indyk.
Elliott Abrams - (Zionist Jew double agent) National Security Council Advisor. He previously worked at Washington-
based "Think Tank" Ethics and Public Policy Center. During the Reagan Administration, Abrams was the Assistant
Secretary of State, handling, for the most part, Latin American affairs. He played an important role in the Iran-Contra
Scandal, which involved illegally selling U.S. weapons to Iran to fight Iraq, and illegally funding the contra rebels
fighting to overthrow Nicaragua's Sandinista government. He also actively deceived three congressional committees
about his involvement and thereby faced felony charges based on his testimony. Abrams pled guilty in 1991 to two
misdemeanors and was sentenced to a year's probation and 100 hours of community service. A year later, former
President Bush (Senior) granted Abrams a full pardon. He was one of the more hawkish pro-Israel Jews in the Reagan
Administration's State Department.
Marc Grossman - (Zionist Jew double agent) Under Secretary of State for Political Affairs. He was Director General
of the Foreign Service and Director of Human Resources at the Department of State. Grossman is one of many of the
pro-Israel Jewish officials from the Clinton Administration that Bush has promoted to higher posts.
Richard Haass - (Zionist Jew double agent) Director of Policy Planning at the State Department and Ambassador at
large. He is also Director of National Security Programs and Senior Fellow at the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR).
He was one of the more hawkish pro-Israel Jews in the first Bush (Sr) Administration who sat on the National Security
Council, and who consistently advocates going to war against Iraq. Haass is also a member of the Defense
Department's National Security Study Group, at the Pentagon.
Robert Zoellick - (Zionist Jew double agent) U.S. Trade Representative, a cabinet-level position. He is also one of the
more hawkish pro-Israel Jews in the Bush (Jr) Administration who advocated invading Iraq and occupying a portion of
the country in order to set up setting up a Vichy-style puppet government. He consistently advocates going to war
against Iraq.
Ari Fleischer - (Zionist Jew double agent) Official White House Spokesman for the Bush (Jr) Administration.
Prominent in the Jewish community, some reports state that he holds Israeli citizenship. Fleischer is closely connected
to the extremist Jewish group called the Chabad Lubavitch Hasidics, who follow the Qabala, and hold very extremist
and insulting views of non-Jews. Fleischer was the co-president of Chabad's Capitol Jewish Forum. He received the
Young Leadership Award from the American Friends of Lubavitch in October, 2001.
James Schlesinger - (Zionist Jew double agent) One of many Pentagon Advisors, Schlesinger also sits on the
Pentagon's Defense Policy Board under Pearle and is another extremist pro-Israel advisor, who supports going to war
against Iraq. Schlesinger is also a commissioner of the Defense Department's National Security Study Group, at the
Pentagon.
David Frum - (Zionist Jew double agent) White House speechwriter behind the "Axis of Evil" label. He lumps
together all the lies and accusations against Iraq for Bush to justify the war.
Joshua Bolten - (Zionist Jew double agent) White House Deputy Chief of Staff, Bolten was previously a banker,
former legislative aide, and prominent in the Jewish community.
John Bolton - (Zionist Jew double agent) Under-Secretary of State for Arms Control and International Security.
Bolton is also a Senior Advisor to President Bush. Prior to this position, Bolton was Senior Vice President of the above
mentioned pro-Israel think-tank, AEI. He recently (October 2002) accused Syria of having a nuclear program, so that
they can attack Syria after Iraq. He must have forgotten that Israel has 400 nuclear warheads, some of which are
thermonuclear weapons (according to a recent U.S. Air Force report).
David Wurmser - (Zionist Jew double agent) Special Assistant to John Bolton (above), the under-secretary for arms
control and international security. Wurmser also worked at the AEI with Pearle and Bolton. His wife, Meyrav
Wurmser, along with Colonel Yigal Carmon, formerly of Israeli military intelligence, co-founded the Middle East
Media Research Institute (Memri),a Washington-based Israeli outfit which distributes articles translated from Arabic
newspapers portraying Arabs in a bad light.
Eliot Cohen - (Zionist Jew double agent) Member of the Pentagon's Defense Policy Board under Pearle and is another
extremist pro-Israel advisor. Like Adelman, he often expresses extremist and often ridiculous anti-Arab and anti-
Muslim views. More recently, he wrote an opinion article in the Wall Street Journal openly admitting his racist hatred
of Islam claiming that Islam should be the enemy, not terrorism.
Mel Sembler - (Zionist Jew double agent) President of the Export-Import Bank of the United States. A Prominent
Jewish Republican and Former National Finance Chairman of the Republican National Committee. The Export-Import
Bank facilitates trade relationships between U.S. businesses and foreign countries, specifically those with financial
problems.
Michael Chertoff - (Zionist Jew double agent) Assistant Attorney General for the Criminal Division, at the Justice
Department leading the case against alleged terrorist suspect Zacarias. He was appointed Secretary of Homeland
Security. A known registered citizen of another country, Israel, head of our nation‘s Homeland Security… He is a huge
advocate of full body scanners seen at airports, oh by the way, one of his key clients of his is the company that makes
those scanners. /sigh/
Steve Goldsmith - (Zionist Jew double agent) Senior Advisor to the President, and Bush's Jewish domestic policy
advisor. He also serves as liaison in the White House Office of Faith-Based and Community Initiatives (White House
OFBCI) within the Executive Office of the President. He was the former mayor of Indianapolis. He is also friends with
Israeli Jerusalem Mayor Ehud Olmert and often visits Israel to coach mayors on privatization initiatives.
Adam Goldman - (Zionist Jew double agent) White House's Special Liaison to the Jewish Community.
Joseph Gildenhorn - (Zionist Jew double agent) Bush Campaign's Special Liaison to the Jewish Community. He was
the DC finance chairman for the Bush campaign, as well as campaign coordinator, and former ambassador to
Switzerland.
Christopher Gersten - (Zionist Jew double agent) Principal Deputy Assistant Secretary, Administration for Children
and Families at HHS. Gersten was the former Executive Director of the Republican Jewish Coalition, Husband of
Labor Secretary, Linda Chavez, and reportedly very pro-Israel. Their children are being raised Jewish.
Mark Weinberger - (Zionist Jew double agent) Assistant Secretary of Housing and Urban Development for Public
Affairs.
Samuel Bodman - (Zionist Jew double agent) Deputy Secretary of Commerce. He was the Chairman and CEO of
Cabot Corporation in Boston, Massachusetts.
Bonnie Cohen - (Zionist Jew double agent) Under Secretary of State for Management.
Ruth Davis -(Zionist Jew double agent) Director of Foreign Service Institute, who reports to the Office of Under
Secretary for Management. This Office is responsible for training all Department of State staff (including
ambassadors).
Daniel Kurtzer - (Zionist Jew double agent) Ambassador to Israel.
Cliff Sobel - (Zionist Jew double agent) Ambassador to the Netherlands.

Stuart Bernstein - (Zionist Jew double agent) Ambassador to Denmark.
Nancy Brinker - (Zionist Jew double agent) Ambassador to Hungary and then chief of protocol for the State Dept.
Frank Lavin - (Zionist Jew double agent) Ambassador to Singapore.
Ron Weiser - (Zionist Jew double agent) Ambassador to Slovakia.
Mel Sembler - (Zionist Jew double agent) Ambassador to Italy.
Martin Silverstein - (Zionist Jew double agent) Ambassador to Uruguay.
Lincoln Bloomfield - (Zionist Jew double agent) Assistant Secretary of State for Political Military Affairs.
Jay Lefkowitz - (Zionist Jew double agent) Deputy Assistant to the President and Director of the Domestic Policy
Council.
Ken Melman - (Zionist Jew double agent) White House Political Director.
Brad Blakeman - (Zionist Jew double agent) White House Director of Scheduling.
Michael Mukasey – (Zionist Jew double agent) Attorney General
Jeffrey Berkowitz – (Zionist Jew double agent) White House Liaison to the Jewish Community and then office of
presidential scheduling
Chris Gersten - (Zionist Jew double agent) Principal Deputy Assistant Secretary, Administration for Children and
Families at HHS
Blake Gottesman – (Zionist Jew double agent) President‘s personal aide
Jeremy L. Katz – Noam Neusner – Tevi Troy – Jay Zeidman – (Zionist Jew double agents) all of whom were at
one time or another White House Liaison to the Jewish Community
John Miller - (Zionist Jew double agent) Director, State Department Office to Monitor and Combat Trafficking in
Persons.
The Obama Z.O.G. Crime Syndicate Administration:

(THOSE WHO ARE REALLY IN CHARGE OF THIS COUNTRY)
Let‘s see, ummm… Let‘s see, how much illusion of ―CHANGE‖ Obama hypothetically brought to the nation. The
Zionist Jews who Obama has so far appointed to run this country, including the usual who‘s who CFR, Bilderberg and
Trilateral Commission, Banksters and Zionist Jew agents such as his very first pick for office: Chief of Staff Rahm
Emanuel (Jew and all his Jew Deputies he brought on board with him); Then came more Zionist Jew Mafiosos:
Richard Hass (Jew) President of the CFR and Obama‘s ambassador at large; Richard Holbrooke (Jew), Dennis Ross
(Jew); Senior Advisor to the President; David Axelrod (Jew) (was also chief strategist for Obama‘s 2008 campaign);
Peter Orszag (Jew) Director Office of Management and budget, Formerly a member of Clinton‘s Whitehouse, advisor
to the Bank of Iceland before they crashed and burned, and also advisor to the Jewish Oligarchs in Russia when they
started stealing billions; bankster Timothy Geithner (crypto Jew) posing as Treasury Secretary; Special State Dept.
Envoy Henry Kissinger (Jew titan); Presidential Advisor Alan Greenspan (Jew); Chairman of the Economic
Recovery Committee Paul Volcker (Jew); Dept. of State James Steinberg (Jew); FDA Margret Hamburg (Jew);
Treasury Advisor for the Auto Sector Steven Rattner (Jew); Economic Advisors to the President Larry Summers
(Jew) Robert Rubin (Jew) & Alan Blinder (Jew); Director of Economic Policy Jason Furman (Jew); Chairman of
the FTC Jon Leibowitz (Jew); Advisor to Obama Karen Kornbluh (Jew); Executive Associate Director of the Office
of Management and Budget Jeffrey Liebman (Jew); Chairman of the FED Ben Shalom Bernake (Jew); Economic
Advisor to Obama Joseph Stiglitz (Jew); David Romer (Jew) Collaborates with his wife Christina Romer (Jew),
who is Chair of the Council of Economic Advisors; White House Advisor Pete Rouse (Jew); Assistant to the President
for Legislative Affairs Phil Schiliro (Jew); Vice President Biden‘s Chief of Staff Ronald Klain (Jew); Vice
President‘s Chief Economic Policy Advisor is Jared Bernstein (Jew); Deputy Chief of Staff Mona Sutphen (Jew);
Deputy Chief of Staff Pete Rouse (Jew); Secretary of State Hillary
Clinton‘s top brass, her two Deputy Secretary of State are Jim Steinberg
(Jew) and Jacob Lew (Jew) second in rank only to Hillary Clinton in
foreign policy matters; Lawrence Summers (Jew) chairman of the
National Economic Council; Paul Volcker (Jew) chairman of Economic
Recovery Advisory Board; Jared Bernstein (Jew) Chief Economist and
Economic Advisor, Vice President; Gary Gensler (Jew) chairman of
Commodity Futures Trading Commission; Mary Schapiro (Jew)
chairman of the SEC; Sheila Bair (Jew) chairman of the FDIC; Karen
Mills (Jew) administrator of the Small Business Administration;
chairman of the FCC is (Jew) Julius Genachowski; And just when you
think you have heard it all, they install notorious AIG‘s chief bankrupt
brain trust: Martin Feldstein (Jew) to Obama‘s Task Force on Tax
Reform! I kid you not!; Michael Leiter (Jew) Director of National
Counterterrorism, Janet Napolitano (morano Jew) Secretary of
Department of Homeland Security. Born to Jewish mother (technically
makes her Jewish), she claims her religion is now Methodist; Douglas
Shulman (Jew) IRS Commissioner; Steven Rattner (Jew) Treasury
Advisor For Auto Sector; Jason Furman (Jew) Director Of Economic Policy; Ronald Klain (Jew) Chief of Staff to
the Vice President; Lee Feinstein (Jew) Foreign Policy Advisor; Elena Kagan (Jew) Solicitor General of the United
States; Eric Lynn (Jew) Middle East Policy Advisor; Mara Rudman (Jew) Foreign Policy Advisor; Dan Shapiro
(Jew) Head of Middle East desk at the National Security Council also a major Washington lobbyist and fundraiser for
the Democratic Party; Eric Lander and Harold E. Varmus (Jews) Co-Chairs of the President‘s Council of Advisers
on Science/Technology; Penny Pritzker (Jew) Obama‘s National Finance Chair during the election cycle; Kenneth
Wainstein (Jew) Homeland Security Advisor, Robert Reich (Jew) Economic adviser to Obama-Biden; Nora Volkow
(Jew) Director, National Institute of Drug Abuse. Great-grandaughter of Trotsky (Leon Bronstein), Bolshevik murderer
and point man for the International Banking Jew‘s over-throw of Russia; Jacob Lew (Jew) Budget Director; Alan
Bersin (Jew) Special Representative for Border Affairs; Susan Sher (Jew) Chief of Staff for Michelle Obama; The
people who put together and write Obama‘s speeches SCRIPTS telling him what to say are his Zionist Jew handlers, of
which his main writer is Jon Farreau (Jew). OBAMA‘S TOP ‗CZARS‘: Economic Czar Larry Summers (Jew)
(real name: Samuelson); Regulatory Czar Cass Sunstein (Jew); Pay Czar Kenneth Feinberg (Jew); Medical Czar
(Jew) Ezekiel Emanuel (brother of Rahm Emanuel); Guantanamo/Military Jails Czar Daniel Fried (Jew); Car Czar
Steven Rattner (Jew); Border Czar Alan Bersin (Jew); Climate Czar Todd Stern (Jew); Global Warming Czar Carol
Browner (Jew); It should be noted that Barack Obama‘s science czar, John Holdren, co-authored (along with Zionist
Jew Paul Ehrlich) the book Ecoscience in 1977 calling for population reduction through the use of sterilizing
vaccinations, through food and water supply; And these are just a few of the new Zionist Jew appointees running our
beloved country… There you have it folks… this is the ―change‖ that Obama promised you! Washington, the Zionist
Jew Banskster Paradise!
There you have it, 70+ of THE MOST POWERFUL people in America filing almost all of THE MOST
POWERFUL POSITIONS in this country… and each and every one of them are Zionist AshkeNAZI European
―Jews‖… all of which are also loyal devote registered CITIZENS OF ANOTHER COUNTRY!: Israel… (see 13th
Amendment below) embedded secret agents plying their craft in our country, skillfully manipulating our nation
according to the wishes and agendas of their Zionist masters…. Wake up and smell the coffee:
BEHOLD FOR: One minute these "experts" work in the Israeli government, writing a policy paper advocating the
destruction of Iraq, Iran and Syria, but not necessarily by Israel, and the next moment they are working in the Regan,
Bush, Clinton, Bush, Obama administrations (etc.), where they scream that America should bomb and occupy... Iraq,
Iran and Syria. The double agent are constantly pushing the Zionist/Israeli Manifesto.
―A nation can survive its fools, and even the ambitious. But it cannot survive treason from within.
An enemy at the gates is less formidable, for he is known and carries his banner openly. But the
traitor moves amongst those within the gate freely, his sly whispers rustling through all the alleys,
heard in the very halls of government itself. For the traitor appears not a traitor; he speaks in
accents familiar to his victims, and he wears their face and their arguments, he appeals to the
baseness that lies deep in the hearts of all men. He rots the soul of a nation, he works secretly
and unknown in the night to undermine the pillars of the city, he infects the body politic so that it
can no longer resist. A murder is less to fear” - Marcus Tullius CICERO 106BC to 43BC, Roman
philosopher and statesman.
NEWS FLASH: America is Israel‘s Bitch!
Serving Two Flags
Neo-Cons, Israel and the Bush EVERY Administration
By STEPHEN GREEN, 2004 A CounterPunch Special Report
Since 9-11, a small group of "neo-conservatives" in the Administration have effectively gutted--they would say
reformed--traditional American foreign and security policy. Notable features of the new Bush doctrine include the
pre-emptive use of unilateral force, and the undermining of the United Nations and the principle instruments and
institutions of international law....all in the cause of fighting terrorism and promoting homeland security.
Some skeptics, noting the neo-cons' past academic and professional associations, writings and public utterances,
have suggested that their underlying agenda is the alignment of U.S. foreign and security policies with those of
Ariel Sharon and the Israeli right wing. The administration's new hard line on the Israeli-Palestinian conflict
certainly suggests that, as perhaps does the destruction, with U.S. soldiers and funds, of the military capacity of
Iraq, and the current belligerent neo-con campaign against the other two countries which constitute a remaining
counterforce to Israeli military hegemony in the region--Iran and Syria.
Have the neo-conservatives--many of whom are senior officials in the Defense Department, National Security
Council and Office of the Vice President--had dual agendas, while professing to work for the internal security of
the United States against its terrorist enemies?
A review of the internal security backgrounds of some of the best known among them strongly suggests the
answer….
The article goes on to reveal the potentially treasonous acts of several powerful Zionist Jews in the Bush
Administration such as Richard Pearle, Stephen Bryen, Paul Wolfowitz, Michael Ledeen, Douglas Feith among
others. Read the entire article here.
Those are just the operatives that the ruling elite selected to work within the Obamanator administration. How about
the 2nd most powerful institution in America, the Senate? How many agents of a foreign country are operating there?
Out of 100 senators currently in the senate, 33 of them are known Jews (thus we are not counting the crypto Jews).
That means a full one third of the leaders running the most powerful part of our government, the Senate are
Jews. This Jewish minority consists of the SINGLE LARGEST MAJORITY OF ALL POLITICAL GROUPS, this
majority of Jews lead the nation making decisions of and for our country, many of which are dual citizens and most of
them secretly harbor undying devotion and loyalty to Israel. Another 58 of them have infiltrated the House of
Representatives, for control of almost one fifth of it. I haven‘t even tried to start counting the city and state governors,
mayors, congressmen and so forth. Those numbers are not only extremely revealing of their DIRECT influence in
Washington and American policies (not to mention the COLOSAL INDIRECT INFLUENCE). What is truly alarming
is that these people are part of the wealthiest, most powerful ethnic group in the planet. Meanwhile the Jews represent
some 0.5 percent of the total U.S. population and CONTROL ONE THIRD OF OUR ENTIRE
GOVERNMENT, again, not to mention the hundreds of other key posts they have been ―appointed‖ to and rule from,
stop for a moment and think of the massive clout, pull and power this entire cartel of embedded Jewish operatives
collectively wield without abandon...
Behold… for unbeknownst to all, Israel has been America‘s 51st State of the Union… The REAL capital of
America is actually Israel… Our nation IS and HAS BEEN unequivocally, unanimously, undisputedly, officially
run by proxy by the state of Israel for decades. Hence the use of the term Zionist Occupational Government by
astute observers.
FYI: Washington DC is NOT the capital of the United States of America, Israel is our hidden capital.
The Original Thirteenth Article of Amendment

To The Constitution For The United States
"If any citizen of the United States shall accept, claim, receive, or retain any title of nobility or
honour, or shall without the consent of Congress, accept and retain any present, pension, office, or
emolument of any kind whatever, from any emperor, king, prince, or foreign power, such person
shall cease to be a citizen of the United States, and shall be incapable of holding any office of trust
or profit under them, or either of them." [Journal of the Senate]
On March 12, 1819 the State of Virginia, with the enactment and publication of the laws of Virginia, became the
13th and FINAL state required to ratify the above article of amendment to the Constitution For The United States,
thus making it the Law Of The Land. With the enactment of Act No. 280, March 12, 1819, which was Voted, En
Bloc, and publication of the Revised Code, the State of Virginia notified the Department of State, the Congress, the
Library of Congress, and the President of their action by issuing to each a copy of the Laws of Virginia. [See VA
1819 Images] . In fact, the Journal of the Virginia Senate; Tuesday, May 1st, 1810 (Pages 511-512 shows that the
resolution to amend was properly enrolled and ratified on that date by the Virginia House and Senate, to be laid
before the President of the United States, therefore the first state to ratify.
This Article of Amendment is intimately connected to questions of loyalty, honesty, war and national defense. It is
designed to combat internal subversion and discord sowed by people who are adhering to powers foreign to the
Congress of the United States without stepping across the bold Constitutional line of treason. The authors of the
TONA wrote it after some additional experience with how the British Empire, as well as other European nations,
actually conduct their affairs. It is a corrective and supplemental measure to go along with Constitutional treason.
This Article of Amendment added an enforceable strict penalty, i.e., inability to hold office and loss of citizenship,
for violations of the already existing constitutional prohibition in Article 1, Section 9, Clause 8 on titles of nobility
and other conflicts of citizenship interest, such as accepting emoluments of any kind for services or favors
rendered or to be rendered, and is particularly applicable today in the 21st Century as government is increasingly
FOR SALE to the highest bidder, as foreign nations and multinational corporations and individuals compete to line
the pockets of politicians and political parties to accommodate and purchase protection or privilege for their
special interests, i.e. with honors, such as money or allowing dual-citizenships.
In terms familiar to the common man, this might quite properly be called the use of bribes and graft by individuals
and powers foreign, i.e. external, to the Congress of the United States to subvert the constitutional process and
suborn our political system and the interests of WE THE PEOPLE.
After appearing in numerous official publications until 1876, this Article "disappeared" from our Constitution, to
be replaced by another made nearly 50 years later. You may well ask how such a thing could have happened. So
did we.
It is of particular interes to read the last three paragraphs of the preface to"Echoes From The Cabinet," published in
1896 .... click here .. To understand why our legislators mad it disappear.
The disappearance of the original 13th Amendment to the Constitution of the United States has been under
investigation by independent modern researchers during the past 27 years. We've learned a lot.
We now know that the original 13th Amendment was, and still is, the Law Of The Land.
The law is still there, waiting only to be publicly recognized and enforced once again to protect the Sovereignty
and Interests of WE THE PEOPLE, and to force the elected representatives of the people to adhere strictly to their
solemn and binding Oath of Office, i.e., "I, AB, do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will support and defend the
Constitution of the United States against all enemies, foreign and domestic; that I will bear true faith and
allegiance to the same; that I take this obligation freely, without any mental reservation or purpose of evasion; and
that I will well and faithfully discharge the duties of the office on which I am about to enter. So help me God." ,
and to the limitations of government imposed by the Constitution.
These are just a few Zionist Jews Obama (the ruling elite) appointed, not to mention the hundreds upon hundreds of
Zionists already embedded in key positions throughout our entire system. The long list of Zionist Jew agents
holding undying allegiance to their homeland Israel embedded in America‘s politics and the military is as
endless as it is disturbing.
545 People Responsible for America's Woes

by Charley Reese
Have you ever wondered why, if both the Democrats and the Republicans are against deficits, we have deficits?
Have you ever wondered why, if all the politicians are against inflation and high taxes, we have inflation and high
taxes?
You and I don't propose a federal budget. The president does. You and I don't have the Constitutional authority to
vote on appropriations. The House of Representatives does. You and I don't write the tax code. Congress does.
You and I don't set fiscal policy. Congress does. You and I don't control monetary policy. The Federal Reserve
Bank does.
One hundred senators, 435 congressmen, one president and nine Supreme Court justices - 545 human
beings out of the 300 million - are directly, legally, morally and individually responsible for the domestic
problems that plague this country.
I excluded the members of the Federal Reserve Board because that problem was created by the Congress. In 1913,
Congress delegated its Constitutional duty to provide a sound currency to a federally chartered but private central
bank.
I excluded all the special interests and lobbyists for a sound reason They have no legal authority. They have no
ability to coerce a senator, a congressman or a president to do one cotton- picking thing. I don't care if they offer a
politician $1 million dollars in cash. The politician has the power to accept or reject it.
No matter what the lobbyist promises, it is the legislator's responsibility to determine how he votes.
A CONFIDENCE CONSPIRACY
Those 545 human beings spend much of their energy convincing you that what they did is not their fault. They
cooperate in this common con regardless of party.
…. It seems inconceivable to me that a nation of 300 million cannot replace 545 people who stand convicted -- by
present facts - of incompetence and irresponsibility. (and all should be convicted of dereliction of duty as defined
by their oath of office, and in some cases outright treason.)
I can't think of a single domestic problem, from an unfair tax code to defense overruns, that is not traceable directly
to those 545 people
When you fully grasp the plain truth that 545 people exercise power of the federal government, then it must follow
that what exists is what they want to exist.
If the tax code is unfair, it's because they want it unfair. If the budget is in the red, it's because they want it in the
red. If the Marines are in IRAQ, it's because they want them in IRAQ.
There are no insoluble government problems. Do not let these 545 people shift the blame to bureaucrats, whom
they hire and whose jobs they can abolish; to lobbyists, whose gifts and advice they can reject; to regulators, to
whom they give the power to regulate and from whom they can take this power.
Above all, do not let them con you into the belief that there exist disembodied mystical forces like "the economy,"
"inflation" or "politics" that prevent them from doing what they take an oath to do.
Those 545 people, and they alone, are responsible. They, and they alone, have the power. They, and they alone,
should be held accountable by the people who are their bosses - provided the voters have the gumption to manage
their own employees. We should vote all of them out of office and clean up their mess.
Barack Tele-Prompter Obama as he is being referred to these days, clearly demonstrates to the world how his
masters operate. It seems he does not possess the skills of professional actors, the ability to remember their scripts.
Each and every speech he gives, every time he stands up to any podium he is flanked by his omnipresent tele-
prompters. The comedy of his inability to remember his scripts was shown when he recently appeared in front of a
class of 6th grade students, flanked on his right and left were the ever present tele-prompters! Lol.
The vital point here is that it perfectly highlights the important FACT that he is just reading a SCRIPT. His scripts,
schedules and policies are organized and shaped by his Zionist Jew staff and cabinet members, positions that are
traditionally employed to help formulate policy. If you enlist a room full of Israeli loyal Jews to work with you, do you,
can you honestly expect total unbiased results for your best interests? NEVER! Especially since the Zionists are THE
world premier clandestined global governance shaping catalysts.
The definitive movers and shakers with their own exclusive predefined self-serving agendas secretly being pursued in
the guise and pretense of the benefit of the naive citizens
and nation. Obama serves as a clear illustration how the
ruling elite use the position of ―President‖ of a country
as mere public relations officer whom is routinely
dispatched to gloss over any event and sooth the mass
public psyche about whatever given ruling elite decision
is being implemented at the time.
Never forget the fact that all key posts in Washington

are all filled by Zionist Jews and their goyim agents
when you witness our nation being looted by Wall Street
banksters, corrupt politicians passing policies and laws
favorable to the wealthy, corporations and of course
Israeli interests and agendas. Oh, did you notice that
―Obama‘s‖ stimulus bill handed out a whopping $1
billion to Jewish social service providers whose coffers
are already oozing in Jewish wealth? That‘s more than
what he provided for clean energy research! I see where
his [master‘s] priorities are.
Obama choose Federal Reserve banksters for his economic staff, kept Bush‘s people in the PentaCON, appointed a
bunch of the Washington status quo to his cabinet and selected earth raping Monsanto supporters for his dept of
agriculture posts, so forgive me if I am just a tad bit completely pessimistic, bordering on utterly cynical and totally not
believing that the ―change‖ he is going to usher in will be one we can all rejoice in, for in order for that to happen,
he must betray his masters…
Oh there will be some change alright; he will be allowed to give the public a few bones here and there to appease
them, while conducting his patented charismatic highly praised executive showmanship, then with everyone cheering
him on… ―It‖ (the Zionist surprise) will come…
The infiltration of our political system by entities outside our national system is so prevalent, so thorough, so
pervasive, coming from all directions, yet it is often hard to notice who, what when and where of it all. As Rep. Peter
DeFazio put it ―And these are tough people; these are the most powerful people in the world. They seem to control a
majority of his (Obama‘s) economic team.‖ Again I will opt to just reprint an article to further help elaborate my point
that our country (let alone Obama) is an occupied territory run by other entities by proxy:
Rothschild Agents Take 10 Key Posts In Obama Administration

By Michael Collins Piper, American Free Press 2/21/09
"Six former Rhodes Scholars (educated at Oxford University in Britain) and four others associated with the
London School of Economics are serving in key posts in the Obama administration. That's not good."
Our greatest founding father and first president, George Washington, probably wouldn't be ready to celebrate his
birthday on Feb. 22 if he were alive today. Having led the 13 colonies to independence from the British Empire in
1783, following the course of a difficult eight-year struggle by those freedom-loving American colonists who
followed him, Washington (who lived from 1732 to 1799) would most assuredly be appalled to see that the
liberties achieved from the American Revolution are now being flagrantly defied by a number of figures who
populate the upper ranks of the administration of Barack Obama.
Six former Rhodes Scholars (educated at Oxford University in Britain) and four others associated with the
London School of Economics are serving in key posts in the Obama administration. That's not good.
Susan Rice - ambassador to the UN; Michael McFaul - head of the Russian desk at the National Security Council;
Elena Kagan - solicitor general of the United States; Anne-Marie Slaughter - State Department policy planning
staff; Neal S.Wolin - deputy counsel to the president for economic policy; Ezekial Emanuel - senior counselor at
the White House Office of Management and Budget on health care policy; Lawrence Summers - head of the
National Economic Council; Peter Orszag - director of the Office of Management and Budget; Peter Rouse -
senior advisor to the president; Mona Sutphen - deputy chief of the White House staff.
The truth about the Rhodes Scholarships is not known to the average American who is constantly told by the
mass media that Rhodes Scholars (such as former President Bill Clinton) are among "the best and the brightest."
The Rhodes Scholarships-awarded to Americans and students from other former British colonies-are funded by a
trust set up by 19th Century British imperial figure Cecil Rhodes, whose intent was to indoctrinate these
scholars with the theme that the American colonies should be reunited with the British Empire and that
they should work through "public service" to achieve that goal. But Rhodes wasn't just some rich madcap
dreamer. His ventures were underwritten by the international Rothschild dynasty operating from the financial
district in London known as "The City"-the banking center of the Rothschild controlled British empire that also
includes the London School of Economics.
So now a clique of internationalists trained in the idea of extinguishing American independence are ensconced in
the Obama administration.
And another Rhodes Scholar, Louisiana Gov. Bobby Jindal, is widely touted as the great Grand Old Party
candidate to "take back the White House" in 2012. Jindal doesn't offer "change." He-like the other globalists in
the Obama administration-is part of the problem.
All of this is not a "conspiracy theory." Rather, these facts are well known to those familiar with what the Rhodes
scholarships are really about.
As mentioned in the article above, the Freemasons select and indoctrinate the finest (fallible) minds of every generation
by giving them scholarships, two of their favorites is to Yale and Oxford University, where they have access to the best
teaching and others sympathetic to Masonic ideology. Yale and Rhodes scholars invariably go on to positions of power
in finance, law, politics or the media, from which they are able to ensure that Masonic[Zionist] interests are promoted
and protected.
Cecil Rhodes himself became a Mason whilst studying at Oxford in the 1870s. After hearing a speech by fellow
mason, John Ruskin, calling for ‗a ruling class with a powerful army to keep it in power‘, he became obsessed with the
idea of bringing the entire world under the rule of the British Masonic elite, and sought to do so through extensive
business projects in Africa and the Empire. In his estate Rhodes entrusted Nathan Rothschild with continuing his
program of intellectual world domination, and today Rhodes scholars occupy key positions throughout the global
business world.
That‘s not even the half of it. Take a close hard look at all the people that Obama is filling all the positions of his
administration with and you will realize that there exists a common
denominator. Practically EVERYONE he appointed has direct ties to Wall
Street. So much so, that this is the first time in history that a sitting
administration is COMPLETELY ruled by Wall Street insiders. Even the
post for the head of the CIA went to Wall Street lobbyist Leon Panetta
(crypto Jew). Now the correct question to ask here is what does the CIA and
Wall Street have in common… everything….
Welcome to Obama‘s Zionist ―Wall Street Administration.‖ Aka: Zionist

Occupational Government
When you witness not just the media, but also infamous Zionists such as world renown criminal Kissinger (just to
name one out of the bunch) who are all blowing their trumpets of PRAISE for the Obaminator…. I can‘t help or
shake this gut wrenching feeling that we are being setup for the ―big one‖, just like a good con man smooth talks
his prey and sets them up for the big score, so it feels like the ruling masters are prepping to go for the juggernaut,
will they succeed in riding Obama over the goal line? We are witnessing the concerted praise is coming from all
spheres of the media world… The end of the world because even FOX news the rabid foaming at the mouth radical
neo-con network were out singing Obama love songs on coronation day!!!! One story that made my jaw drop was:
―Chicago Jews say Obama is actually the ‗first Jewish president‘‖ Watch out! ―The stage has been set‖, ―the actors
are getting ready to play their roles‖… this is going to get very interesting indeed… You wanted ―change‖, oh boy,
you better buckle your seatbelts for this is going to be a thrill ride!
There is a part of me that TRULY hopes that Obama could somehow be for real, a true icon for the sake of God
and the citizens of this country. A true reformer and equalizer. A true defender of injustices perpetrated by the
corporate and wealthy aristocrats. I wish he were as true as he sounds in his speeches (his SCRIPTS that his Zionist
Jew writer and handlers prepare) and turns out to be even better than JFK and proceeds his unfinished task of
dismantling the CIA and Fed for starters, but just not get WHACKED, like JFK before he reforms the nation. But,
ummm…. I don‘t think so, just NOT happening. I would really like to give this guy the benefit of the doubt, but
knowing who he surrounded himself with in his Zionist inner circle and how the Washingtonites roll. /sigh/ Even if he
were for real, homeboy walks hand in had with the den of vipers ready to strike with lethal poison at a moment‘s
notice, the second he strays from their agenda. The moment he gets too far out of line the ruling elite will have him
whacked in a heartbeat.
Many of the Obama conspiracy theories that are floating around are ridiculous. The mainstream Obama
conspiracy theories are a manufactured distraction to keep people from evaluating the real consequences
of this Administrations domestic and foreign policies. By providing the public with an easy to understand and
easy to spread conspiracy, the public becomes unable to look at long term policy effects and instead
focuses intensely and passionately on manufactured disinformation.
Obama's rise to presidency was driven by a modern day cult of personality. Obama's campaign and the
mass media managed to brand Obama as a paradigm changing hero or savior. Before Obama was
elected I wrote a long essay on his stated policies and how I thought they would be twisted or completely
ignored when he was elected. So far much of those warnings have come true. Obviously Obama did not pull
our troops out of the Middle East, end the U.S. use of torture, close the Guantanamo prison or end
domestic surveillance. Many of the Bush administration‘s policies have been continued by the Obama
administration, including an extension of the Patriot Act and a continuation of the War On Terror.
The problem is that many people seem to be ignoring concrete evidence that the Obama
administration‘s policies reflect the Bush administration‘s policies. Democrats and Republican's tend to
take different approaches in policy implementation and media coverage, but the left arm always works a little
different than the right arm. The completely ridiculous Obama conspiracy theories do nothing more than
distract people from seeing the long term goals of the Republocratic body. The party that does not hold
the presidency always works with the other party to reverse the pendulum's swing. Switching back and
forth between Republican and Democratic parties is necessary to maintain the illusion of real choice.
Behold: Get ready to join the masses cheering Obama on as we say goodbye to even more of your rights and freedoms,
for you are about to witness your Zionist ruling masters ride their house negro into history while evermore
consolidating their powers and further thrusting this nation into absolute oppression, enslavement, servitude and ruin as
he continues the de facto practice of pimping out America‘s birthright (sovereignty) to the globalists. Ummm, all for
―your benefit,‖ of course! Note: I don‘t like steering away from verifiable facts and material, but I must include this
speculation: I believe when the Elders of Zion rulers are done with this puppet they will eliminate him and turn him
into a martyr…
Response To Cantor's Pledge Of Allegiance To Israel

By Jim Kirwan, 11-16-10
'So Many Lies - so Little Time'
"November 13, 2010 "Salon" - - Soon-to-be GOP House Majority Leader Eric Cantor met on Wednesday with
Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu -- the same day when the actual U.S. Secretary of State met with
Netanyahu -- and vowed that he and his GOP colleagues would protect and defend Israeli interests against his
own Government.
According to a statement proudly issued by Cantor's own office:
Regarding the midterms, Cantor may have given Netanyahu some reason to stand firm against the American
administration.
"Eric stressed that the new Republican majority will serve as a check on the Administration and what has been,
up until this point, one party rule in Washington," the readout continued. "He made clear that the Republican
majority understands the special relationship between Israel and the United States, and that the security of each
nation is reliant upon the other."
Leave aside the absurdity of believing that Israel needs to be protected from the extremely deferential and
devoted Obama administration. So extraordinary is Cantor's pledge that even the Jewish Telegraph Agency's Ron
Kampeas -- himself a reflexive American defender of most things Israel -- was astonished, and wrote:
I can't remember an opposition leader telling a foreign leader, in a personal meeting, that he would side, as a
policy, with that leader against the president. Certainly, in statements on one specific issue or another -- building
in Jerusalem, or somesuch -- lawmakers have taken the sides of other nations. But to have-a-face to face and say,
in general, we will take your side against the White House -- that sounds to me extraordinary." (1)
"Extraordinary" is not the right word for this. The right word for this is "treason." For far too long the United
States has been ignoring the Mastodon in the living room of our daily lives. There has been a massive and secret
public truth at the core of both major political parties, that has poisoned the American political-system in a way
that has succeeded in killing the ability of Americans to demand national loyalty from those that serve in the
USgovernment. The reason that there is an oath of office taken, for both elected and appointed US officials, is to
protect and defend both the Constitution and the people of this land from enemies whether they be foreign or
domestic.
Yesterday I pointed out that there is no contract that spells out any kind of "special relationship arrangement"
between the people of the United States and the Outlaw and Apartheid State of Zionist Israel. (2)
That "state" constitutes an offense against all the other states of the world, by virtue of how they artificially-
forced their way into being (at three-o'clock in the morning when they intimidated a Zionist US president to
confirm their "right" to existence in the United Nations). This had never-before happened in the community of
nations because it is not a recognized way for any nation to be born.
At the very heart of what has become a politically-accepted standard in this country is the lie, that Israel is a
friend of the United States and is not a foreign nation, because we have some very special arrangement with Israel
that allows them not to have to register as a foreign government with the government of the United States-when it
comes to money that Israel can give to US politicians for any reason. This criminal act has allowed AIPAC and a
number of other Israeli organizations to literally take control over how any member of congress will be able to
vote on any subject that comes before congress. This includes issues such as war, finance, health, prosperity and
retirement as well as education, entertainment, publications and distribution in the media at all levels.
In brief what we have done, at all levels, is to allow this foreign and hostile influence (Of Israel) to take complete
control over the congress, the courts and the White House by granting Israel full and unchallengeable access to
every aspect of this nation's government, our courts and our public spaces. And we did this across-the-board;
regardless of political or religious affiliations: The only criteria for anyone in politics today that cannot be ignored
is the willingness of any individual to swear total and uncompromising allegiance to Israel above all other
interests. This has been accomplished along with silencing of any and all dissent against this treason that has been
inflicted upon us by opportunistic public officials that sold out this country for money, for political favors or for
other perks derived from the misuse of their status and their political offices-regardless of their supposed political
affiliations.
President Obama, the vice-president Joe Biden, Hillary Clinton, the Secretary of State and Nancy Pelosi, the
former Speaker of the US House of Representatives, along with Bush Jr., the former president and Cheney, his
vice-president, are but a few of those that have committed this very public treason - just since we entered the New
Millennium. These people must be prosecuted and Israel must register as a foreign power with the US
Department of State. The public must demand the prosecution of everyone in government that has taken this Oath
of Allegiance to theOutlaw State of Israel; over their supposedly sworn allegiance to the United States of
America. Otherwise this country is not a nation at all but a totally subservient place that serves the interests of an
Outlaw haven that is not even a real country-because after 62 years Israel still does not have any definable
national borders-and that won't happen until their own plan for: "The Greater State of Israel" has been completed.
There is obviously no place in this "Greater State" for the Palestinians in this fantasy which Israel believes it is
destined to own; because of all that they have 'suffered' at the
hands of those they have abused and victimized down
through history, since the days of their eviction from the
ancient city of Carthage. (Good luck on finding this, because
the scrubbers have been very busy destroying the history that
is unfavorable to current Israeli policies).
There is also the fact that to accomplish even the beginning

of their twisted grab for global power as can be seen above-
the Palestinians, as a people must be genocided. These
crimes-in-waiting against humanity and the world have been
in the works officially for over sixty years. How much longer
are we willing to remain deaf, dumb and blind to what is
happening because of a faction of radicalism so extreme that
it wants nothing less than global domination over everyone-in-the-world who is not of the Zionist mindset!
Those guilty of having sworn this treasonous oath, in public, need to be stripped of their American citizenship, of
all their own wealth, and deported to Israel with only the clothes on their backs and their duplicitous hypocrisy to
warm their treacherous hearts of broken stone to keep them company.
Despite how hopeless any attempt may seem, our nation must somehow come back to a "nation for the people by the
people". Prosecute the corrupt criminals in office, completely eradicate lobbyists, corporate and special interest
meddling in Washington. Place term limits on ALL elected officials. Instead of making war, spend those funds HERE
on good works for OUR citizens, such as health care for all, invest in our educational system for real. Stop sending
billions to countries who don't really need it. Abolish the FED and the CIA. Fix all that is wrong in our home and stop
meddling in other countries affairs. Stop trying to export what you refer to as "our form of democracy" around the
world when in reality, the only REAL export is not democracy at all, but instead is the spread of ZIONIST
CAPITALISM shoved down unwilling recipients throats. But I believe none of this will ever happen if left to the
current system and status quo, NEVER in a million years. True change will only come about through a force greater
than ―the system.‖ A catalyst so severe, whose impact totally destroys the status quo and the system, laying waste to
the status quo and leaving in its wake a blank sheet to begin anew… I guess we are hoping for a miracle from Heaven.
The State and Local Bases of Zionist Power in America

By James Petras Ph.D. -
September 01, 2010 "Information Clearing House" -- -Any serious effort to understand the extraordinary
influence of the Zionist power configuration over US foreign policy must examine the presence of key operatives
in strategic positions in the government and the activities of local Zionist organizations affiliated with mainstream
Jewish organizations and religious orders.
There are at least 52 major American Jewish organizations actively engaged in promoting Israel‘s foreign policy,
economic and technological agenda in the US (see the appendix). The grassroots membership ranges from several
hundred thousand militants in the Jewish Federations of North America (JFNA) to one hundred thousand wealthy
contributors, activists and power brokers in the American Israel Public Affairs Committee (AIPAC). In addition
scores of propaganda mills, dubbed think tanks, have been established by million dollar grants from billionaire
Zionists including the Brookings Institute (Haim Saban) and the Hudson Institute among others. Scores of Zionist
funded political action committees (PAC) have intervened in all national and regional elections, controlling
nominations and influencing election outcomes. Publishing houses, including university presses have been
literally taken over by Zionist zealots, the most egregious example being Yale University, which publishes the
most unbalanced tracts parroting Zionist parodies of Jewish history (Financial Times book review section August
28/29 2010). New heavily funded Zionist projects designed to capture young Jews and turn them into instruments
of Israeli foreign policy includes ―Taglit-Birthright‖ which has spent over $250 million dollars over the past
decade sending over a quarter-million Jews (between 18-26) to Israel for 10 days of intense brainwashing (Boston
Globe August 26, 2010). Jewish billionaires and the Israeli state foot the bill. The students are subject to a heavy
dose of Israeli style militarism as they are accompanied by Israeli soldiers as part of their indoctrination; at no
point do they visit the West Bank, Gaza or East Jerusalem (Boston Globe August 26, 2010). They are urged to
become dual citizens and even encouraged to serve in the Israeli armed forces. In summary the 52 member
organizations of the Presidents of the Major American Jewish Organizations which we discuss are only the tip of
the iceberg of the Zionist Power Configuration: taken together with the PACs, the propaganda mills, the
commercial and University presses and mass media we have a matrix of power for understanding the tremendous
influence they have on US foreign and domestic policy as it affects Israel and US Zionism.
While all their activity is dedicated first and foremost in ensuring that US Middle East policy serves Israel‘s
colonial expansion in Palestine and war aims in the Middle East, what B‘nai B‘rth euphemistically calls a ―focus
on Israel and its place in the world‖, many groups ‗specialize‘ in different spheres of activity. For example, the
―Friends of the Israel Defense Force‖ is primarily concerned in their own words ―to look after the IDF‖, in other
words provide financial resources and promote US volunteers for a foreign army (an illegal activity except when
it involves Israel). Hillel is the student arm of the Zionist power configuration claiming a presence in 500 colleges
and universities, all affiliates defending each and every human rights abuse of the Israeli state and organizing all
expenses paid junkets for Jewish student recruits to travel to Israel where they are heavily propagandized and
encouraged to ‗migrate‘ or become ‗dual citizens‘.
Method: Studying Zionist Power:
There are several approaches for measuring the power of the combined Zionist organizations and influential
occupants of strategic positions in government and the economy. These include (a) reputational approach (b) self
claims (c) decision-making analysis (d) structural inferences. Most of these approaches provide some clues about
Zionist potential power. For example, newspaper pundits and journalists frequently rely on Washington insiders,
congressional staff and notables to conclude that AIPAC has the reputation for being one of the most powerful
lobbies in Washington. This approach points to the need to empirically examine the operations of AIPAC in
influencing Congressional votes, nomination of candidates, defeating incumbents who do not unconditionally
support the Israeli line. In other words analyzing the Congressional and Executive decision- making process is
one key to measuring Zionist power. But it is not the only one. Zionist power is a product of a historical context,
where media ownership and wealth concentration and other institutional levers of power come into play and
shape the current decision-making framework. Cumulative power over time and across institutions creates a
heavy bias in the political outcomes favorable to Israel‘s organized agents in America. Once again the mere
presence of Jews or Zionists in positions of economic, cultural and political power does not tell us how they will
use their resources and whether they will have the desired effect. Structural analysis, the location of Zionists in
the class structure, is necessary but not sufficient for understanding Zionist power. One has to proceed and
analyze the content of decisions made and not made regarding the agenda of Israel‘s backers operating in the
USA. The 52 major Zionists organizations are very open about their claims to power, their pursuit of Israel‘s
agenda and their subservience to each and every Israeli regime.
Those who deny Zionist power over US Mid East foreign policy are left-Zionists namely Noam Chomsky and his
acolytes. They never analyze the legislative process, executive decision-making, the structures and activity of the
million member Zionist grassroots and the appointments and background of key policy makers deciding strategic
policies in the Middle East. Instead they resort to superficial generalizations and political demagogy, imputing
policy to ―Big Oil‖ and the ―military-industrial complex‖ or ―US imperialism‖. Categories devoid of empirical
content and historical context about real existing policy making regarding the Middle East.
The Making of Zionist Power in the US Government
To understand US submission to Israeli war policies in the Middle East one has to look beyond the role of lobbies
pressuring Congress and the role of political action committees and wealthy Zionist campaign contributions. A
much neglected but absolutely essential building block of Zionist power over US foreign economic, diplomatic
and military policy is the Zionist presence in key policy positions, including the Departments of Treasury and
State, the Pentagon, the National Security Council and the White House.
Operating within the top policymaking positions, Zionist officials have consistently pursued policies in line with
Israel‘s militarist policies, aimed at undermining and eliminating any country critical of the Jewish States‘
colonial occupation of Palestine, its regional nuclear monopoly, its expansion of Jews only settlements and above
all its strident efforts to remain the dominant power in the Arab East. The Zionist policymakers in Government
are in constant consultation with the Israeli state, ensuring coordination with the Israeli military (IDF) command,
its Foreign Office and secret police (MOSSAD) and compliance with the Jewish State‘s political line. Over the
past 24 months not a single Zionist policymaker has voiced any criticism of Israel‘s most heinous crimes, ranging
from the savaging of Gaza to the massacre of the humanitarian flotilla and the expansion of new settlements in
Jerusalem and the West Bank. A record of loyalty to a foreign power which even exceeds the subservience of the
Stalinist and Nazi fellow travelers in Washington during the 1930‘s and 1940‘s.
Zionist policymakers in strategic positions depend on the political backing and work closely with their
counterparts in the ―lobbies‖ (AIPAC) in Congress and in the national and local Jewish Zionist organizations.
Many of the leading Zionist policymakers rose to power through a deliberate strategy of infiltrating the
government to shape policy promoting Israel‘s interest over and above the interests of the US populace. While a
degree of cohesion resulting from a common allegiance to Tel Aviv can account for suspected nepotism and
selection, it is also the case that the powerful Jewish lobbies can play a role in creating key positions in
Government and ensuring that one of their own will occupy that position and pursue Israel‘s agenda.
Stuart Levey: Israel‘s Foremost Operative in the US Government
In 2004, AIPAC successfully pressured the Bush Administration to create the office of Undersecretary for
Terrorism and Financial Intelligence (UTFI) and to name its protégé Princeton graduate Stuart Levey to that
position. Before, but especially after his appointment, Levey was in close collaboration with the Israeli state and
was known as an over the top Zionist zealot with unbounded energy and blind worship of the Israeli state.
Within the confines of his Zionist ideological blinders, Levey applied his intelligence to the singular task of
turning his office into the major foreign policy venue for setting US policy toward Iran. Levey more than any
other appointed official in government or elected legislator, formulates and implements policies which profoundly
influence US, European Union and UN economic relations with Iran. Levey elaborated the sanctions policies,
which Washington imposed on the EU and the Security Council. Levey, organizes the entire staff under his
control at Treasury to investigate trade and investment policies of all the world‘s major manufacturing, banking,
shipping, petroleum and trading corporations. He then criss-crosses the US and successfully pressures pension
funds, investment houses, oil companies and economic institutions to disinvest from any companies dealing with
Iran‘s civilian economy. He has gone global, threatening sanctions and blackballing dissident companies in
Europe, Asia, the Middle East and North America which refuse to surrender economic opportunities. They all
understood Levey operated at the behest of Israel, services Levey has proudly performed.
Levey coordinates his campaign with Zionist leaders in Congress. He secures sanctions legislation in line with his
campaigns. His policies clearly violate international law and national sovereignty, pressing the limits of extra
territorial enforcement of his administrative fiats against a civilian economy. His violation of economic
sovereignty parallels Obama‘s announcement that US Special Forces would operate in violation of political
sovereignty on four continents. For all intents and purposes, Levey makes US policy toward Iran. At each point
he designs the escalation of sanctions, and then passes it on to the White House, which shoves it down the throats
of the Security Council. Once new sanctions approved by Levey and staff are in place they are there to enforce
them: identifying violators and implementing penalties. Treasury has become an outpost of Tel Aviv. Not a single
leftist, liberal or social democratic publication highlights the role of Levey or even the terrible economic pain this
Old Testament fanatic is inflicting on 75 million Iranian civilian workers and consumers. Indeed like Israel‘s
Judeo-fascist rabbis who preach a ―final solution‖ for Israel‘s enemies, Levey announces new and harsher
―punishment‖ against the Iranian people (Stuart Levey, ―Iran‘s New Deceptions at Sea Must be Punished‖ FT
8/16/2010, p. 9). Perhaps at the appropriate moment the Jewish State will name a major avenue through the West
Bank for his extraordinary services to this most unholy racist state.
The Strategic Role of Local Power
The Israel Lobby Archive recently released declassified documents of the American Zionist Council (AZC)
subpoenaed during a US Senate investigation between 1962-63. The documents reveal how the Israeli state
through its American Jewish conduits – the mainstream Zionist organizations – penetrated the US mass media
and propagated its political line, unbeknownst to the American public. Stories written by a host of Jewish Zionist
journalists and academics were solicited and planted in national media such as The Readers Digest, The Atlantic
Monthly, Washington Post among others, including regional and local newspapers and radio stations (Israel
Lobby Archive, August 18, 2010). While the national Zionist organizations procured the journalists and academic
writers and editors, it was the local affiliates who carried the message and implemented the line. The level of
infiltration the Senate subpoenaed Zionist documents in the 1960‘s reveal has multiplied a hundred fold over the
past 50 years in terms of financing, paid functionaries and committed militants and above all in structural power
and coercive capability.
While the national leaders in close consultation with Israeli officials receive instructions on which issues are of
high priority, the implementation follows a vertical route to regional and local leaders, politicians, and notables
who in turn target the local media and religious, academic and other opinion leaders. When national leaders
ensure publication of pro Israeli propaganda, the locals reproduce and circulate it to local media and non-Zionist
influentials on their ―periphery‖. Letter campaigns orchestrated at the top are implemented by thousands of
militant Zionist doctors, lawyers and businesspeople. They praise pro-Israel scribes and attack critics; they
pressure newspapers , publishing houses and magazines not to publish dissidents. The national and local leaders
promote hostile reviews of books not promoting the Israeli line, influence library decisions to pack their shelves
with pro Israeli books and censor and exclude more balanced or critical histories. Local militants in co-ordination
with Israeli consuls saturate the public with thousands of public meetings and speakers targeting Christian
churches, academic audiences and civic groups; at the same time local Zionist militants and, especially
millionaire influentials, pressure local venues (university administrators, church authorities and civic
associations) to disinvite any critic of Israel and their supporters from speaking. In the last resort, local Zionists
demand that a pro-Israel propagandist be given equal time, something unheard of when an Israel apologist is
scheduled to speak.
Local Zionist organizations make yeoman efforts to recruit mayors, governors, local celebraties, publishers,
church people and promising young ethnic and minority leaders by offering them all expenses paid propaganda
junkets to Israel and then to write or give interviews parroting what they were fed by Israeli officials. Local
leaders mobilize thousands of militant activist Zionists to attack anti-Zionist Jews in public and private. They
demand they be excluded from any media roundtables on the Middle East.
Local Zionist functionaries form rapid response committees to visit and threaten any local publisher and editorial
staff publishing editorials or articles questioning the Israeli party line. Local leaders police (―monitor‖) all local
meetings, speaker invitations, as well as the speeches of public commentators, religious leaders and academics to
detect any ―anti-Zionist overtones‘ (which they label ―covert anti-Semitism‖). Most of the major Jewish religious
orders are lined up as the clerical backbone of local Israeli fundraising, including the financing of new ―Jews
only‖ settlements in the Palestinian West Bank.
Local functionaries are in the forefront of campaigns to deny independent Middle East specialists and public
policy academics, appointments, tenure or promotion, independently of the quality of their scholarship. On the
other hand, academic hacks who toe the pro-Israel line, by publishing books with blanket attacks on Israeli critics
among Christians and Muslims and countries like Turkey, Iran or whoever is a target of Israeli policy, are
promoted, lauded and put on the best seller list. Any book or writer critical of Zionist Power or Israel is put on a
local and national ‗index‘ and subject to an inquisition by slander from a stable of Jewish Torquemadas.
Conclusion
The power of Israel in the US does not reside only in the influence and leadership of powerful Washington based
―pro-Israel lobbies‖, like AIPAC. Without the hundreds of thousands of militant locally based dentists,
podiatrists, stockbrokers, real estate brokers,profesors and others, the ―lobby‖ would be unable to sustain and
implement its policy among hundreds of millions of Americans outside the major metropolises. As we have seen
from the Senate declassified documents, over a half-century ago, local Zionist organizations began a systematic
campaign of penetration, control and intimidation that has reached its pinnacle in the first decade of the 21st
century. It is no accident or mere coincidence that University officials in Northern Minnesota or upstate New
York are targeted to exclude speakers or fire faculty members critical of Israel. Local Zionists have computerized
databanks operating with an index of prohibited speakers, as the Zionists themselves admit and flaunt in contrast
to ―liberal‖ Zionists who are prone to label as ―anti-Semitic‖ or ―conspiracy theorists‖ writers who cite official
Zionist documents demonstrating their systematic perversion of our democratic freedoms.
Over the decades, the distinction between Zionist power exercised by a ―lobby‖ outside the government and
operatives ―inside‖ the government has virtually vanished. As we have seen, in our case study, AIPAC secured
the undersecretary position in Treasury, dictated the appointment of a key Zionist operative (Stuart Levey) and
accompanies his global crusade to sanction Iran into starvation and destitution. The planting of operatives within
key Middle East positions in government is not the simple result of individual career choices. The ascent of so
many pro-Israel Zionist to government posts is part of their mission to serve Israel‘s interest at least for a few
years of their careers. Their presence in government precludes any Senate or Congressional investigations of
Zionists organizations acting as agents of a foreign power as took place in the 1960‘s.
As the major Zionist organizations and influentials have accumulated power and abused the exercise of power on
behalf of an increasingly bloody racist state, which flaunts its dominance over US institutions, public opposition
is growing. The Boycott, Divestment and Sanctions campaign is gaining strength even in the US (see Harvard
divestment in Israeli companies). US public support for Israel, by all measures, has dropped below 50%, while
polls in Western Europe show a marked increase in hostility to Israel‘s ultra-rightist regime. Anti-Zionist Jews are
growing in influence especially among young Jews who are appalled by the Israeli slaughter in Gaza and assault
on the humanitarian flotilla. Equally important the presence of anti-Zionist Jews on panels and forums has given
courage to many otherwise intimidated non-Jews who heretofore were fearful of being labeled ―anti-Semitic‖.
The Zionist power configuration rests on a declining population base: most young Jews marry outside the
confines of the ethno-religious Jewish-Israeli nexus and many of them are not likely to form the bases for rabid
campaigns on behalf of a racist state. The Zionist leadership‘s high intensity and heavily endowed effort to fence
in young people of Jewish ancestry via private schools, subsidized ―summer programs‖ in Israel etc. are as much
out of fear and recognition of the drift away from clerical chauvinism as it is an attempt to recruit a new
generation of Israel First militants.
The danger is that the US Zionist support for the ultra-rightist and racist regime in Israel is leading them to join
forces with the far right in the US. Today Jewish and Christian Manhattan rednecks are fermenting mass Islamic
hatred (the so called ―Mosque controversy‖) as a distraction from the economic crises and rising unemployment.
Zionist promotion of mass Islamofobia, so near to Wall Street, where many of their fat cats who profit from
plundering the assets of America operate, is a dangerous game. If the same enraged masses turn their eyes upward
toward the wealthy and powerful instead of downward to blacks and Muslims, some unpleasant and unanticipated
surprises might rebound against, not only Israel‘s operatives, but all those wrongly identified as related to a
misconstrued Jewish Motherland.
Appendix
Conference of Presidents of Major American Jewish Organizations Member Organizations

1. Ameinu
2. American Friends of Likud
3. American Gathering/Federation of Jewish Holocaust Survivors
4. America-Israel Friendship League
5. American Israel Public Affairs Committee
6. American Jewish Committee
7. American Jewish Congress
8. American Jewish Joint Distribution Committee
9. American Sephardi Federation
10. American Zionist Movement
11. Americans for Peace Now
12. AMIT
13. Anti-Defamation League
14. Association of Reform Zionists of America
15. B‘nai B‘rith International
16. Bnai Zion
17. Central Conference of American Rabbis
18. Committee for Accuracy in Middle East Reporting in America
19. Development Corporation for Israel/State of Israel Bonds
20. Emunah of America
21. Friends of Israel Defense Forces
22. Hadassah, Women‘s Zionist Organization of America
23. Hebrew Immigrant Aid Society
24. Hillel: The Foundation for Jewish Campus Life
25. Jewish Community Centers Association
26. Jewish Council for Public Affairs
27. The Jewish Federations of North America
28. Jewish Institute for National Security Affairs

29. Jewish Labor Committee
30. Jewish National Fund
31. Jewish Reconstructionist Federation
32. Jewish War Veterans of the USA
33. Jewish Women International
34. MERCAZ USA, Zionist Organization of the Conservative Movement
35. NA‘AMAT USA
36. MCSK‖ Advocates on behalf of Jews in Russia, Ukraine, the Baltic States & Eurasia
37. National Council of Jewish Women
38. National Council of Young Israel
39. ORT America
40. Rabbinical Assembly
41. Rabbinical Council of America
42. Religious Zionists of America
43. Union for Reform Judaism
44. Union of Orthodox Jewish Congregations of America
45. United Synagogue of Conservative Judaism
46. WIZO
47. Women‘s League for Conservative Judaism
48. Women of Reform Judaism
49. Workmen‘s Circle
50. World ORT
51. World Zionist Executive, US
52. Zionist Organization of America
James Petras is a retired Bartle Professor (Emeritus) of Sociology at Binghamton University, SUNY, New York,
U.S., and adjunct professor at Saint Mary's University, Halifax, Nova Scotia, Canada who has published
prolifically on Latin American and Middle Eastern political issues. Petras received his B.A. from Boston
University and Ph.D. from the University of California at Berkeley.
The ultimate reality is that America could care less if another country kills its own people and are communists (just one
example out of dozens: China) the bottom line is: America could care less if the other country is not a democracy, the
REAL bottom line is that for a country to be accepted as an allie, of America is simple, all they need to do is OPEN
THEIR COMMERCE to western trade, finance and investment, presto! They are then given ―favored nation‖ status,
our best pals forever! Let them establish their banks, control your nation‘s policies, sell you their products, own your
lands, your mineral rights, oil, etc., and America could care less if that country kills it's newborns and drinks their
blood as long as you are one of their trade partners like China. "Spread of democracy" is just a batshit feeble disguise.
America goes to great lengths at punishing any country that defies its advances. Cuba being a text book example for
their operation was no different than a much greater sinister, evil empire China, but China on the other hand opened the
doors to corporate America with open arms, this is the ONLY difference. Today it is Bolivia and Venezuela whom are
deifying the capitalistic corporate overtures and spreading the gospel of anti-capitalism to their neighbors. Thus they
are labeled dangerous enemies of the state.
JUDAISM:
OUR NATIONAL RELIGION?
By Harmony Grant Daws
5 Jan 10
If America had a national religion, what would it be? We were founded by Christians and deists. Over 75 percent
of us still profess Christianity. But I wonder what a space alien

would conclude if guessing our national religion based on
public officials, public symbols and the discourse we allow.
In San Francisco, it wasn‘t nativities or even crosses that were

torn down this year, but stars—after an atheist complained
they were Christian symbols. Yet White House chief of staff
Rahm Emanuel, flanked by two rabbis, needed a cherry picker
to reach the flames of the huge federal menorah in a lighting
ceremony in the capitol. In Boca Raton Florida, a menorah is
allowed on display in the public library while a Christian
nativity scene is banned. This is reminiscent of the 1989 US
Supreme Court decision which banned a nativity scene from a
Pittsburgh courthouse while allowing an 18-foot menorah to remain!
I n the United States Jews make up 1.3 percent of the population (in 2001). But they hold a staggering 43 seats in
Congress! That makes them 8 percent of America‘s legislators—more than six times more abundant in the halls
of Congress than in the rest of the nation. Israeli paper Haaretz said frankly that US officials must face a
background check of their position on Israel before being hired. Last week our president raised federal aid to
Israel in 2010 by $225 million. Next year we struggling taxpayers will hand over to this tiny tyrant a gigantic
$2.775 billion.
Meanwhile, the true Christian position on Israel—that her inheritance of the Promised Land is conditioned on
obedience—is clearly stated in the Old Testament; but the mainstream evangelical church has been hijacked by a
non-Christian, Zionist position which states that the untouchable Jewish people are blessed by God no matter
what they do. Sixteen Palestinian Christians have just published the Kairos document pleading for support from
their American brethren. They request boycotts and economic sanctions on the state of Israel for its oppression of
Palestinians. But the response of the alleged ―Christian‖ majority in America to Palestinian needs? It is
overwhelmingly Jewish in identity. Texas mega-church pastor John Hagee founded Christians United for Israel
which has directors in every one of our 50 states. This previous May, every state in the Union held a simultaneous
Night to Honor Israel. Evangelicals yearly donate tens of millions to Israel.
Perhaps Americans‘ brainwashing about Israel has something to do with the nearly two hundred Holocaust™
films made by major media. Jews dominate Hollywood and big media in America (as was recently boasted by
Jewish columnist Joel Stein in the LA Times). This makes them the most powerful producers of American culture.
Americans are also taught to hallow the Holocaust™ by 16 museums around the nation including a large and
federally supported one in the National Mall; the website for that museum hosts 25 million visits daily.
Jewish supremacy isn‘t a purely American phenomenon. Jews are overrepresented in seats of power in nations
around the world. Israel and Jewish activists seek to unite us all under a one-world ban on criticism of Israel, an
overblown definition of ―anti-Semitism,‖ and a ―human rights‖ bureaucracy ruled from Jerusalem. Many other
nations in and outside of Europe have citizens far more aware of Jewish supremacism than are Americans. In the
Republic of Moldova, anger is so intense that about two hundred residents led by an Orthodox priest tore down a
large menorah erected in a public square this Christmas. The Orthodox church issued a statement acknowledging
that the protest was unpleasant but also stating: ― we think it inappropriate to put a symbol of the Jewish cult in a
public place connected to the history and faith of our people, especially because Chanukah is classified by the cult
books of Judaism as a 'holiday of blessing' that symbolizes the victory of Jews over non-Jews."
A public menorah was also defaced in protest in Buenos Aires over Hanukkah. The words ―Argentina is
Catholic‖ were painted on its base. A local rabbi said he did not believe the local population was anti-Semitic and
reasoned, ―It must be understood that we are living in a Christian country where Jews account for less than one
percent of the population.‖
This is true. Jews account for less than one or two percent of the population of most nations yet the influence and
power of Jewish supremacism continues to grow. This is largely because Gentile and Christian nations are afraid
(cowed by the label ―anti-Semite!‖) to consider that Jewish supremacists have an ethnic and religious agenda to
undermine Gentile, Christian civilization—just as Christians have an agenda to spread it. The epic, spiritual
struggle between Christ and the Jews now spans over two millennia. American Christians, by ignoring the battle,
surrender their nation.
(Note on the above picture: Just like Nazi German, today here in America citizens are routinely stopped by police and
asked to show papers (id), they are routinely searched at all boarder check points. Peaceful protestors are routinely
arrested. Works exposing the wrong doing of the state are routinely censored and removed from public viewing. We
monitored on survielence cameras, our phones, internet, emails tapped, we go around the world invading and
occupying other sovereign nations, the government spends billions of dollars on propaganda, the list goes on and on.
Food for thought…)
There is another lead we must follow and present. Today Democracy has come to be viewed as the ―successful‖ form
of government. It was not long ago when communism was our devote ENEMY. I don‘t know but it seems that the
masses suffer a severe case of amnesia. Communism and Democracy were supposedly each other‘s mortal enemies
ready obliterate each other. You remember those day eh?
Simply put, the scope of the realm of government and the rule, control and manipulations countries is often beyond the
comprehension of the average person. There exist forces, groups so powerful that they literally move and shape the
course of entire nations. Again… I am literally awestruck to upon fully researching this matter, to find the same usual
suspects embedded deep within the systems: The Jewish Zionists. I would love nothing more but then to find some
other evil sinister group at the core of things, but yet again all facts, all the evidence leads to the Zionists yet again.
What I am talking about here is Communism, our ―mortal enemy‖ that posed the mortal threat to our nation for the
better part of the 20th century. You see, the Zionists have been hell bent on establishing a ONE WORLD
GOVERNMENT for hundreds of years. Prior to fully embracing Democracy and developing CAPITALISM as their
preferred vehicle for world dominion the Zionist Jews literally invented and established Communism. All your
institutional educational system sanctified history books are completely devoid of this crucial information…
"The Bolshevik revolution in Russia was the work of Jewish brains, of Jewish dissatisfaction, of Jewish
planning, whose goal is to create a new order in the world. What was performed in so excellent a way in
Russia, thanks to Jewish brains, and because of Jewish dissatisfaction and by Jewish planning, shall also,
through the same Jewish mental and physical forces, become a reality all over the world." (The American
Hebrew, September 10, 1920)
What very few people know is the fact that COMMUNISM was conceived, founded, nurtured, promoted and
spread by none other than your friendly neighborhood world conquest and world rule seeking ZIONIST JEWS.
Is it NOT a ―coincidence‖ that both Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels were both of Jewish decent? Some of the early
leaders of Communism Trotsky, Zinoviev, Kamenev, Litvinoff and Kaganovich, even Lenin was of Jewish decent and
The Soviet Union was the Zionist communist epicenter at one point in time (but Germany has always remained the
Zionist‘s central headquarters).
"The Jewish people as a whole will be its own Messiah. It will attain world domination by the dissolution of
other races...and by the establishment of a world republic in which everywhere the Jews will exercise the
privilege of citizenship. In this New World Order the Children of Israel...will furnish all the leaders without
encountering opposition..." (Karl Marx in a letter to Baruch Levy, quoted in Review de Paris, 6/1/28, p. 574)
One very important fact you must truly understand is that communism was founded and propagandized by the Zionist
Jews beginning from Karl Marx (Jew) and fully championed by powerful Zionists. Winston Churchill‘s statement
(2/08/1920, Illustrated Sunday Herald):
―This movement amongst the Jews (the Russian Revolution) is not new. From the days of Spartacus (Adam)
Weishaupt to those of Karl Marx, and down to Trotsky (real name- Bronstein, Russia), Bela Kuhn (Hungary),
Rosa Luxembourg (Germany) and Emma Goldman (United States), this world-wide conspiracy for the
overthrow of civilization and the reconstruction of society on the basis of arrested development, of envious
malevolence, and impossible inequality, has been steadily growing. It played, as a modern writer, Mrs. Nesta
Webster, has so ably shown, a definitely recognizable part in the tragedy of the French Revolution. It has
been the mainspring of every subversive movement during the 19th Century; and now at last this band of
extraordinary personalities has gripped the Russian people by the hair of their heads and have become
practically the undisputed masters of that enormous empire. There is no need to exaggerate the part played in
the creation of Bolshevism and in the actual bringing about of the Russian Revolution by these international
and for the most part atheistic Jews. Moreover, the principal inspiration and driving power comes from
Jewish leaders.‖
Talmudism is Communism
Excerpt from groundbreaking book ―Antichrist Conspiracy‖
Many think that Zionism is the struggle by the Jews for a homeland. Zionism is much more than the Jews
establishing a Palestinian homeland. That is merely a cover for a much grander plan to rule the world. Zionism is
the child of the Talmud, and Talmudism is communism. The communist revolution in Russia was planned and
executed by Jews according to the doctrines of their Talmud. V.I. Lenin, supreme dictator, and Leon Bronstein
(Trotsky), supreme commander of the Soviet Red Army, were both Jews.729 The Bolshevik revolution was
Jewish from top to bottom. Of 556 leading conspirators in the Bolshevik state in 1918-19 there were 17 Russians,
two Ukrainians, eleven Armenians, 35 Latvians, 15 Germans, one Hungarian, ten Georgians, three Poles, three
Finns, one Czech, one Karaim, and 457 Jews.730 As pointed out by Robert Wilton in his book The Last Days of
the Romanovs, the communist revolution was not an insurrection by Russians, but rather a secret invasion by
Jews. As of 1983, the Premier of the Soviet Union was a Jew (Andropov) and 23 out of 25 members of the
Politboro (the Soviet ruling clique) were Jews. In addition, every top member of the military and of the Soviet
police, were Jews.731
The Germans knew what they were doing when they sent Lenin's pack of Jews into Russia. They chose
them as agents of destruction. Why? Because the Jews were not Russians and to them the destruction of
Russia was all in the way of business, revolutionary or financial. The whole record of Bolshevism in
Russia is indelibly impressed with the stamp of alien invasion. The murder of the Tsar, deliberately
planned by the Jew Sverdlov (who came to Russia as a paid agent of Germany) and carried out by the
Jews Goloschekin, Syromolotov, Safarov, Voikov and Yukovsky, is the act not of the Russian people,
but of this hostile invader.732
Colonel Jack Mohr states: ―One of the greatest difficulties of the Talmudic Pharisees has been that of bringing
communism into power while trying to conceal its Talmudic origin.‖733 However, the direct and circumstantial
evidence that the communist revolution in Russia was a conspiracy perpetrated by Talmudic Jews is
overwhelming. Circumstantial evidence that points to Jewish control of the communist revolution is that once the
communists in Russia seized power, the first law they passed made anti-Semitism a crime punishable by
death.734 While Christian church buildings were turned into animal stables, slaughter houses, and dance halls,
the Jewish synagogues were untouched. 735 Christian pastors were removed from their pastoral duties and made
to work on roads and in slave labor camps, yet the Jewish rabbis were permitted to continue their clerical
duties.736 "Some 200,000 (Christian) clergy, many crucified, scalped and otherwise tortured, were killed during
the approximately 60 years of communist rule in the former Soviet Union, a Russian commission reported
Monday (Nov. 27, 1995)...40,000 churches (were) destroyed in the period from 1922 to 1980..."737
Lenin‘s, maternal grandfather, Israel Blank, was Jewish. Researcher Wayne McGuire of Harvard University
wrote: ―Lenin was a Jew by the standards of Israel's Law of Return: he possessed 281 a Jewish grandparent.‖738
Lenin, in apparent reference to himself, said: "The clever Russian is almost always a Jew or has Jewish blood in
him."739
Historian Michael Hoffman II exposed the hidden meaning behind some of the bloodthirsty communist
propaganda:
Lenin declared, "We are exterminating the bourgeoisie as a class." His partner in crime, Apfelbaum
(Zinoviev) stated: "The interests of the revolution require the physical annihilation of the bourgeoisie
class." Who were these bourgeoisie? Certainly not Jews. Trotsky gave a clue to their identity in a 1937
interview in the New York Jewish newspaper, Daily Forward: "The longer the rotten bourgeoisie society
lives, the more and more barbaric will anti-Semitism become everywhere."
Bourgeoisie was a Bolshevik code-word for Gentile. The first law passed after the Communists seized
power in Russia made anti-semitism a crime punishable by death. (Izvestia, July 27, 1918).
***
The Jewish Bolsheviks regarded politics as a branch of Gentile pest control. Hatred of Christians,
especially the peasant "bourgeoisie" was their prime motivation. The systematic destruction of the
Christian peasantry of Russia as so many vermin, beginning with Lenin's attack on them in the summer
of 1918 and his forced starvation in 1921, has been almost completely ignored in Western history.740
Moses Mordecai Marx Levi, alias Karl Marx, was a Jew, a Satanist, and a member of the ―League of the Just,‖
which was a branch of the Illuminati.741 In 1847, Marx was commissioned by the Illuminati to write the
Communist Manifesto, which is an outline of their plans for world domination.742 How did the Illuminati
Talmudists know that their blueprint for subjugation of a country as set forth in the communist manifesto would
work? They knew it would work, because the Jesuits had 150 years to refine the methods. Between 1600 and
1750 the Jesuits controlled over a quarter million ignorant natives of Paraguay in over 30 communes which they
called ―reductions.‖743 The Jesuits were the masters of these poor slaves, whose labors made the Jesuits
immensely wealthy. The lessons learned in the ―reductions‖ were memorialized in the communist manifesto.
The Talmudic Jews have been successful in preventing any revelations about their involvement in establishing a
new communist world order by labeling anyone who exposes their efforts an anti-Semite. What many do not
understand is that many who claim to be objects of anti- Semitism are not Semites at all. Semites are those who
are descended from Shem, the oldest son of Noah. Most Jews living in Israel and throughout the world today are
eastern European converts to a religion that they call Judaism, but in fact is Babylonian Talmudism. The
Europeans who later converted to this Babylonian form of Judaism are known as Ashkenazi or Khazar Jews. Dr.
Benjamin H. Freedman, a former Jew who by the grace of God converted to Christianity, states that 282
the Khazars were a pagan nation whose religious worship was a mixture of phallic worship and other forms of
idolatry. In the 7th century their King Bulkan chose Talmudism, which most now call Judaism, as the state
religion.744 Today Khazar Jews are called ―Yiddish.‖ In Revelation, God refers to these Talmudic Ashkenazi
Jews as Jews who say they are Jews but are not, but rather are the ―synagogue of Satan.‖
I know thy works, and tribulation, and poverty, (but thou art rich) and I know the blasphemy of them
which say they are Jews, and are not, but are the synagogue of Satan. (Revelation 2:9 AV)
Behold, I will make them of the synagogue of Satan, which say they are Jews, and are not, but do lie;
behold, I will make them to come and worship before thy feet, and to know that I have loved thee.
(Revelation 3:9 AV)
These Ashkenazi Jews are people without any allegiance to any nation. Their primary objective is to own the
entire world. To get and idea of the nefarious objective of these Talmudists, let us read an 1879 letter from
Baruch Levy to Karl Marx:
The Jewish people as a whole will be its own messiah. It will attain world dominion by the dissolution of
other races, by the abolition of frontiers, the annihilation of monarchy, and by the establishment of a
world republic in which the Jews will everywhere exercise the privilege of citizenship. In this new world
order the children of Israel will furnish all the leaders without encountering opposition. The governments
of the different peoples forming the world republic will fall without difficulty into the hands of the Jews.
It will then be possible for the Jewish rulers to abolish private property, and everywhere to make use of
the resources of the state. Thus will the promise of the Talmud be fulfilled, in which it is said that when
the messianic time is come, the Jews will have all the property of the whole world in their hands.745
Many think that communism could not be the work of Talmudic Jews because Russia is allied with the Arab
countries. Things, however, are not what they appear. Jack Bernstein, an American Ashkenazi Jew who moved to
Israel shortly after its founding in 1948, returned in disgust to the United States after witnessing the duplicity of
Israel. He revealed that the aboriginal Jews of Palestine, who are called Sephardic Jews, are discriminated against
in modern Israel. They are second class citizens at the bottom strata of society in Israel, along with Christians and
Muslims. In his book, The Life of an American Jew in Racist Marxist Israel, explains the Machiavellian strategy
of Israel.746
Bernstein found out that it is not true that the Soviet Russians support the Arab countries. This subterfuge of
support by the Soviets for the Arabs was simply a ploy which was instituted by Israel on or around 1949. At that
time Golda Meir was Israel‘s first ambassador to the Soviet Union. As ambassador to the Soviet Union she met
with Joseph Stalin. A secret agreement was entered into between Israel and Russia in which (1) Israel would not
allow the U.S. or any western country 283 to build military bases on Israeli territory; (2) Israel would allow an
official Communist Party to function in Israel; (3) Israel would never make any agreement to solve the Palestinian
problems; (4) Israel would work with world Jewry to influence Western governments to favor Israel over the
Arabs; (5) Israel would continue its Marxist economic policies.747
In return for these concessions the Soviet Union was to (1) furnish military aid to the Arabs and Egypt, but never
enough aid to allow them to destroy Israel; (2) encourage Jewish immigration to Israel from the Soviet satellite
countries and if that was not sufficient they would allow immigration from Soviet Russia; and (3) guarantee the
security of Israel and in order to do that they authorized the free exchange of intelligence reports between Israel in
the Soviet Union.748 Bernstein obtained this information directly from the horses mouth: the Secretary-Treasurer
of the Communist Party in Northern Tel Aviv.749
Bernstein pointed out that Israel presents itself as a democracy, but in fact Israel is a communist country to its
core. He stated that Zionism and communism are one and the same. The purest form of communism is found in
Jewish kibbutzim in Israel. Some have alleged that Bernstein was assassinated by the Israeli Mossad for revealing
the truth about Israel. That, however, is probably not the case. This author has corresponded with Michael Collins
Piper, who was a personal friend of Jack Bernstein. Piper stated that Bernstein died from an illness he incurred
while traveling in the Phillippines. He stated that Bernstein himself did not think that the illness was the work of
the Mossad. Piper himself is a highly respected investigative journalist. Piper reveals in his book, Final Judgment,
that Israel‘s communist ties are not limited to the former Soviet Union. There has been a long, albeit secret,
history of mutual cooperation between communist China and Israel in the development of nuclear and other
military weapons. In fact, Israel has been cited as one
Queen Elisabeth of the Belgians had asked Marshal Voroshilov about Soviet mistreatment of Jews, Khrushchev said,
during her recent visit to Moscow's Tchaikovsky festival. Voroshilov denied the charge by saying, "In fact my wife is
Jewish." Khrushchev added: "Half the members of the Presidium have Jewish wives." It is a fact that Nikita
Khrushchev himself has a Jewish daughter-in-law.
The Zionist Jews were the central players behind Communism and the Russia‘s Bolshevik Revolution…
JEWISH ACTIVISTS CREATED COMMUNISM

By Rev. Ted Pike, 11 Jun 07
As the Christian-persecuting federal hate bill dangerously waits in the Senate Judiciary Committee, the Jewish
Forward says most of the American Jewish community has mobilized to get it passed. They are pressuring
President Bush not to honor his pledge to evangelicals to veto it. (See, Jews Pressure Bush to Sign Hate Bill)
You may ask, "What's the problem? Jews are an infinitesimal one and a half percent of the American
population. What can they do?"
PLENTY. A Jewish population of exactly that percentage brought communism to Russia. The most
murderous and anti-Christ system the world has ever known (having starved to death or slaughtered about 110
million) was overwhelmingly inspired and birthed by a tiny minority of Jews.
The Jewish Encyclopedia (Socialism, p. 418) frankly points out that ―Jews have been prominently identified with
the modern Socialist movement from its very inception.‖ ―Scientific socialism,‖ or what we call communism,
says the Universal Jewish Encyclopedia in its article on socialism, ―originated in the combination of Jewish
Messianic feeling with German philosophy…‖ 1 Marx, of course, was Jewish. But, just as important, Jews at all
levels, from high financiers like the Warburgs, Schiffs and Rothschilds to rugged revolutionaries like Trotsky,
Kamenev, Sverdlov and Zinoviev, made the success of communism possible.
Gary Allen in his book None Dare Call It Conspiracy, pp. 68-75, fingers those key Jewish financiers, especially
Max Warburg in Germany and Jacob Schiff in America, who provided millions to arm and subsidize Jewish
revolutionaries returning to Russia under the leadership of Trotsky. Schiff, head of the international banking firm
of Kuhn, Loeb and Co. (now Chase Manhattan) was particularly influential. Quoting the New York Journal-
America of February 3, 1949 out of Allen‘s book: ―Today it is estimated by Jacob‘s grandson, John Schiff, that
the old man sank about $20,000,000 for the final triumph of Bolshevism in Russia.‖ (Remember, that was when a
common wage for adult hard labor was several dollars per day.) 2
Jews Tell Us Communism was Jewish
Let's ease into this controversial subject by introducing some mild, yet tantalizing quotes from the authoritative
Encyclopedia Judaica‘s article on Communism.
―The Communist movement and ideology played an important part in Jewish life, particularly in the
1920‘s, 1930‘s, and during and after World War II…Individual Jews played an important role in the
early stages of Bolshevism and the Soviet regime…The great attraction of communism among Russian,
and later also, Western, Jewry emerged only with the establishment of the Soviet regime in Russia.‖
How involved were the Jews? It continues by admitting that the ―anti-Semitic‖ counteroffensive of the White
Russian armies in 1918 ―drove the bulk of Russian Jewish youth into the ranks of the Bolshevik regime.‖ The
bulk of Jewish youth. This means that the majority of all young Soviet Jews were communists. Jews, it says,
found great opportunity within Bolshevism, ―occupying many responsible positions in all branches of the party
and state machinery at the central and local seats of power.‖ (pg. 791)
Bolshevism had become the Jewish cause as:
―Many Jews the world over therefore regarded the Soviet concept of the solution to the ―Jewish
question‖ as an intrinsically positive approach…Communism and support of the Soviet Union thus
seemed to many Jews to be the only alternative, and Communist trends became widespread in virtually
all Jewish communities. In some countries Jews became the leading element in the legal and illegal
Communist parties and in some cases were even instructed by the Communist international to change
their Jewish-sounding names and pose as non-Jews, in order not to confirm right-wing propaganda
that presented Communism as an alien, Jewish conspiracy…‖ (pg. 792)
Communism – A Jewish Heritage
The article then goes on to enumerate who many of these Jews (most with Gentile Russian names) actually were.
Here we find most of the giants of Soviet communism, names we have memorized in college history courses as
the kingpins of the Revolution, without dreaming they were Jews. But making sure of their Jewish identity is very
important to the editors of the Encyclopedia Judaica, which is not addressed to Gentiles. It is clear that the editors
want Jewish youth today to be aware of their communist heritage. To this end, they not only never criticize
anything having to do with communism but always describe it as a sincere and timely experiment with the
greatest social advantages to Jews in Russia. Many Jewish Bolsheviks, persons who helped make possible the
bloodiest regime in the history of the world, are dignified with a separate article.
Keeping in mind that Jews represented only several percent of the Russian population at that time, the
disproportion of Jews in the Party hierarchy is further born out:
―During the Revolution Jews played a prominent part in the party organs. The politburo elected on Oct.
23, 1917 had four Jews among its seven members. The Military Revolutionary Committee, appointed to
prepare the coup, was headed by Trotsky and had two Jews among its five members. In the early years
of the Soviet regime, Jews were in many leading positions in the government and party machinery…‖
(page 797, 98)
Thus, 57 percent of the Politburo at the height of the Revolution was Jewish, as well as 40 percent of the Military
Revolutionary Committee. In my video The Other Israel I show a photo of the First Peoples' Commissariat. Its
five members are all Jewish. (See, The Other Israel video on Google)
Anti-Communism. . . or Anti-Semitism?
Having informed us earlier that because of ―anti-Semitism‖ the ―bulk of Jewish youth‖ were compelled to join the
Bolshevik ranks, the Judaica goes on to inadvertently clarify why the Russian natives were so bent on ―anti-
Semitic‖ activities. The article says that movements toward freedom (called ―centrifugal nationalist tendencies‖)
among the nearly enslaved Russian people ―inspired the regime to utilize compact, Jewish masses in these areas
as a counterweight, which would swing the balance in the centralist regime‘s favor.‖(pg. 798)
In other words, ―the bulk of Jewish youth‖ in every outlying hamlet of Russia became the ―compact Jewish
masses‖ whose task it was to forcibly impose and maintain communist slavery upon freedom-loving peoples.
Jews and the Russian populace were locked in a death struggle for survival and the future of Russia. Is it any
wonder that the White Russians rose up in rage, even to the point of liquidating their oppressors? Who would not
have done the same?
It was at this time that Lenin himself declared capital punishment for any Russian who criticized Jews or
identified Jewish leaders with Russian names as Jewish.
―Anti-Semitism was branded as being counterrevolutionary in nature, and persons participating in

pogroms or instigating them were outlawed (by a special decree issued by the Council of Commissars in
July 1918, signed and personally amended by Lenin to sharpen its tone). A statement against Anti-
Semitism made by Lenin in March 1918 was put on a phonograph record, to be used in a mass campaign
against the counterrevolutionary incitement against the Jews.‖ (pg. 798)
Allied Intelligence Reports
During this period intelligence services throughout the free world were buzzing with reports of Jewish
involvement in communism. Since an impeccable Jewish source, the Encyclopedia Judaica, has largely
convinced us of the importance of Jews to the success of communism, let us briefly consider a small part of the
testimony available from a variety of high-level sources. I will present each without comment, but notice how
often they describe Bolshevik leadership in much higher figures than the Encyclopedia Judaica, often to as high
as 90 percent.
Report of the American Expeditionary forces to Siberia, March 1, 1919. Captain Montgomery Schyler, speaking
of events following the decline of the First Provisional Government, says:
―These hopes were frustrated by the gradual gains in power of the more irresponsible and socialistic
elements of the population, guided by the Jews and other anti-Russian races. A table made in April 1918
by Robert Wilton, the correspondent of the London Times in Russia, shows that at that time there were
384 ―commissars‖ including 2 Negroes, 13 Russians, 15 Chinamen, 22 Armenians and more than 300
Jews. Of the latter number, 264 had come to Russia from the United States since the downfall of the
Imperial government.‖
Captain Schyler then provides a personal reflection:
―It is probably unwise to say this loudly in the United States, but the Bolshevik movement is and has
been since its beginning guided and controlled by Russian Jews of the greasiest type, who have been in
the United States and there absorbed every one of the worst phases of our civilization without having the
least understanding of what we really mean by liberty.‖ 3
The Consul General at Moscow (Summers) to the Secretary of State, Moscow, May 2, 1918:
―Jews predominant in local Soviet government, anti-Jewish feeling growing among population which
tends to regard oncoming Germans as deliverers.‖ 4
U.S. State Department Report, Foreign Relations, 1918, Russia, Vol. 11, p. 240:
Fifty percent of Soviet government in each town consists of Jews of the worst type, many of whom are anarchists.
5
Scotland Yard Report to the America Secretary of State, July 23, 1919:
―There is now definite evidence that Bolshevism is an international movement controlled by Jews;
communications are passing between the leaders in America, France, Russia and England, with a view
toward concerted action.‖ 6
Extract of Report from the Netherlands Minister at Petrograd on the 6th of September, 1918, forwarded by Sir M.
Findlay, at Christiana, to Mr. Balfour:
―I consider that the immediate suppression of Bolshevism is the greatest issue now before the world, not
even excluding the war that is still raging, and unless, as above stated, Bolshevism is nipped in the bud
immediately, it is bound to spread in one form or another over Europe and the whole world, as it is
organized and worked by Jews who have no nationality, and whose one object is to destroy for their
own ends the existing order of things.‖ 7
Mr. Aleston to Lord Curzon, forwarding Report from Consul at Ekaterinburg of February 6, 1919:
―From examination of several labourers and peasant witnesses, I have evidence to the effect that the
very smallest percentage of this district were pro-Bolshevik, majority of labourers sympathizing with
summoning of Constituent Assembly. Witnesses further stated that Bolshevik leaders did not represent
Russian working classes, most of them being Jews.‖ 8
The Rev. B.S. Lombard to Lord Curzon, March 23, 1919:
―I have been for ten years in Russia, and have been in Petrograd through the whole of the revolution. . .
.I had ample opportunity of studying Bolshevik methods. It originated in German propaganda, and was,
and is being, carried out by international Jews. . . .All business became paralyzed, shops were closed,
Jews became possessors of most of the business houses, and horrible scenes of starvation became
common in country districts.‖ 9
Sir Winston Churchill, writing in the Illustrated Sunday Herald of February 8, 1920 agrees with the previous
testimony.
―There is no need to exaggerate the part played in the creation of Bolshevism and in the actual
bringing about of the Russian Revolution by these international and for the most part atheistical
Jews. It is certainly a very great one; it probably outweighs all others. With the notable exception of
Lenin, the majority of the leading figures are Jews. Moreover, the principal inspiration and driving
power comes from the Jewish leaders.‖
But to be fair, let the Jews have the last word - words written after millions of "goyim" had already been
slaughtered in Russia. Quoting from the American Hebrew of September 8, 1920:
―The Bolshevist revolution in Russia was the work of Jewish brains, of Jewish dissatisfaction, of
Jewish planning, whose goal is to create a new order in the world. What was performed in so excellent
a way in Russia, thanks to Jewish brains, and because of Jewish dissatisfaction, and by Jewish planning,
shall also, through the same Jewish mental and physical forces, became a reality all over the world.‖
Endnotes:
1
―Socialism,‖ p. 584.
2
The Jewish Communal Register of New York City, 1917-18, confirms Schiff‘s interest in subverting Imperial
Russia, ―The firm of Kuhn-Loeb & Co. floated the large Japanese war loans of 1904-5, thus making possible the
Japanese victory over Russia. . .‖ (p. 1018). ―Mr. Schiff has always used his wealth and his influence in the best
interests of his people. He financed the enemies of autocratic Russia and used his financial influence to keep
Russia from the money market of the United States.‖ (p. 1019) (This was written after the Bolshevik Revolution
had become an accomplished fact.)
In addition to accounts of Schiff‘s direct involvement in financing the Bolsheviks, the U.S. State Department‘s
three-volume report on the establishment of Communism in Russia, Papers Relating to the Foreign Relations of
the United States, 1918, published in 1931, Vol. 1, (p. 371-376) recounts from intelligence reports and intercepted
correspondence how Jewish-controlled German banks, under the influence of Max Warburg, originated, even as
early as February 1914, a system for the dispersion of large payments to Lenin, Trotsky, and others in their
attempts to overthrow the Czar. The syndicate was set up with ―. . .very close and absolutely secret relations
established between Finnish and American banks,‖ as well as banking houses in Stockholm and Copenhagen,
who were the active intermediaries between Jewish high-finance in the West and revolutionaries inside Russia.
This State Department Report was compiled under the Hoover administration and has since disappeared from
active circulation. Reproductions of salient passages of it, however, are presented in Elizabeth Dilling‘s The
Jewish Religion: Its Influence Today.
3
―American Expeditionary Forces, Siberia,‖ Military Intelligence Report of Capt. Montgomery Schyler, National
Archives, March 1, 1919. Declassified, Sept. 21, 1958, pp. 2-3.
4
Included in Foreign Relations, 1918, Russia, Vol. 1, U.S. State Dept., 1931, file No. 861.00/1757, p. 518.
5
Ibid., Vol. 2, p. 240.
6
Scotland Yard, ―A Monthly Review of the Progress of Revolutionary Movements Abroad,‖ July 16, 1919.
Declassified, U.S. State Dept., Jan. 8, 1958, p. 1.
7
Nesta Webster, "Secret Societies and Subversive Movements", p. 385. Concerning the British White Paper on
Communism, which included the report from the Netherlands Minister at Petrograd, Oudendyke, Nesta Webster
appends this footnote: ―It is significant to notice that in the second and abridged edition of the White Paper issued
by the Foreign Office these two most important passages marked with an asterisk were omitted and the first
edition was said to be unavailable.‖
The entire text of the Netherlands Minister, however, turns up among the previously mentioned U.S. State
Department report, Foreign Relations, 1918, Russia, published in 1931.
8
―British White Paper,‖ Webster, p. 386 - 9 Ibid.
There have been many accusations that Hitler was half Jewish. The evidence was buried long ago,
thus it has become a cold case file. There is another dictator that DWARFS the atrocities of Hitler
beyond all known ways of measurement, that authoritarian ruler was VLADIMIR LENIN who was
perhaps one of history‘s most notorious murdering rulers, was brought into power after the Zionist
Bolshevik Revolution of which he helped shape.
Where the history books somehow ―forget‖ to mention (all media has been controlled by the Zionist
media cartel, duh) is that Vladimir Lenin was also a Zionist Jew. People, I don‘t take these words lightly for one
second. For one of history most murderous governments and those who established it are one of the most dangerous
people on the planet and if they still exist today disguised in some other form, pose the greatest risk to the planet…
The mission of this Matrix Report is to get to the TRUTH. I am not out to vilify the Zionists nor the Jewish people, I
am just presenting the FACTS and the TRUTH that has been COVERED UP AND BURIED for generations. The
sanctified history that has been taught to you in public schools was completely CLEANSED. Here are some very
important FACTS that were left out of your history books:
Lenin's Jewish Artifacts

by Frank Weltner
The Jew Watch Project, November 26, 2006 - St. Louis, MO -- The ancestry of Lenin has been a subject of much
discussion. Even the names of his parents are an object of dispute.
One of the reasons for the obscurity of Lenin's parentage is that Vladimir Lenin was evasive about this subject,
feeling that his lineage was a private affair and should not be open to discussion. This begs the question of whether
he was trying to hide something.
What is clear is that the other Bolsheviks who brought Lenin to power was at least 85%-90% Jewish, and
Winston Churchill and Adolf Hitler were both in agreement that the USSR was the product of Jewish intrigue,
power, and wealth, and that Bolshevism represented a world catastrophe engineered by International Jews who
were engaged in the deconstruction of Christendom, i.e., they wanted to destroy Western Civilization and
culture.
In any case, Lenin seems to have spoken Yiddish as well as other languages, married Nadezhda Konstantinovna
Krupskaya who is acknowledged to be a Judeo-Bolshevik and, therefore, married a Jewish woman.
Lenin was assassinated unsuccessfully by a Jewess, condemned anti-Semitism as a state crime, and accepted all of
the Revolution's money he could get from Jews in the banking business including Jacob Schiff of the Guaranty
National Bank in America.
In general, many historians say Lenin was born of Jewish parents who spoke Yiddish but who they were and
their names is unclear and kept that way by the Judeo-Bolsheviks who ran the USSR, 1917-1992.
This article appeared freely on the Internet on June 5, 2006 at

http://www.adherents.com/people/pl/Vladimir_Lenin.html and is archived here only for scholarship, research, and
personal use by those previously requesting it in accordance with the "fair use" provision in Title 17 Section 107 of
the copyright law.
The Religious and Tribal Affiliation of Communist Leader of Russia

Vladimir Lenin
As Reported in the Jewish Chronicle of London
Lenin's maternal grandfather was a Jew. Lenin's Jewish ancestry is discussed in detail in Oxford University
historian Robert Service's biography Lenin (Harvard University Press, 2000). See also: "Lenin: Jewish roots of
a revolutionary," by Zev Ben-Shlomo, Jewish Chronicle, London, April 21, 1995
(http://www.fpp.co.uk/online/98/11/JConLenin210495.html):
[Lenin] was the great-grandson of Moishe Itskovich Blank and the grandson of Srul Moishevich Blank. At his
baptism, Blank changed his name and patro-nymic to Aleksandr Dmitrievich...
Lenin's Jewish origin on his maternal grandfather's side became, after his death, a matter of controversy
between Lenin's sisters and Stalin. In a letter to Stalin, Anna, Lenin's elder sister, wrote: "It is probably no
secret for you that the research on our grandfather shows that he came from a poor Jewish family, that he was,
as his baptismal certificate says, the son of a 'Zhitomir burgher, Moishe Blank' and this fact could serve in
combating anti-Semitism."
Furthermore, she claimed, that Lenin's Jewish origins were "further confirmation of the exceptional abilities of
the Semitic tribe... Lenin always valued the Jews highly." Stalin replied: "Not one word about it."
This article appeared freely on the Internet on June 5, 2006 at http://www.webspawner.com/users/pakli/page.html

and is archived here only for scholarship, research, and personal use by those previously requesting it in
accordance with the "fair use" provision in Title 17 Section 107 of the copyright law.
Lenin's Jewish Ancestry
V.I.Lenin
What compels an individual to make their mark on the world? Is it innate motivation? A desire to achieve? Or
is it due to outside influences that fertilize potential that is simply dormant? According to John Locke during
the period of the Enlightenment, he "insisted that all ideas are derived from experience . . . human
development is therefore determined by education and social institutions, for good or for evil." Events during
our lives can send anyone in any direction and the designation of it‘s positive or negative impact on society
will always be open to debate. Sometimes there is an event that occurs in the life of an individual that
influences them no matter how minute or monumental. In the case of a young Vladimir Ilyich Ulyanov
(Lenin) the hanging of his older brother Alexander according to most historians planted the seeds that
Vladimir sowed over time. He harvested a nation unparalleled in government which set the standards for the
likes of Pol Pot, Chairman Mao, Joseph Stalin, Adolf Hitler, as well as others. The following pages will delve
into the life of V.I. Lenin, the father of Communist Russia.
Vladimir Ilyich Ulyanov (Lenin) was born on the 22nd of April, 1870 in Simbirsk (Ulyanovsk) to Ilya
Ulyanov and Maria (Mariya) Alexandrovna. He was third child out of six with two brothers and three sisters.
The young Vladimir invariably known in the family as Volodya was a gifted and capable child, qualities
enhanced by the comfortable supportive atmosphere of the home, thanks to his father's successful career. Ilya
was the inspector of primary schools for the Simbirsk province around the time Vladimir was born. He was to
put his energy into making sure the schools ran efficiently and to create future plans or provisions for these
schools. It was no easy task for Simbirsk was comparable to a small country, and in 1870 had a population of
1 million 300 thousand people, one-third of who were Chuvash, Mordva or Tatars. In January of 1882, Ilya
was awarded the Order of St. Vladimir 3rd class for 'outstandingly diligent service' in education. This was a
much sought-after decoration because it gave the recipient the right of hereditary nobility. The Ulyanov
household was an environment conducive to learning and it would seem to anyone the children did not
engage in anything else but studies. This was not the case but the focal point of importance is centered on
their avenues of education through the school system as well as the home front. All the Ulyanov children
were encouraged to apply themselves seriously to their studies from an early age. Ilya showed the children
how to compose essays. Maria did not attend the university, but nonetheless well educated thanks to the
efforts of her aunt, Yekaterina Groschopf. She taught her knowledge of the following languages respectively,
German, French, and English. In addition Ilya hired a tutor to come to the house before the children were to
go off to class. With their native intelligence, their capacity for hard work and the advantage of having trained
teachers within the home, it was natural that the Ulyanov children distinguished themselves at school.
Vladimir Lenin's ethnicity has always been an undertone throughout history. This seems the case with most
who are in the political spotlight who show hints of another nationality. It is important to discuss Lenin's
background ethnically and socially. There has been many questions and debate what ethnic background Lenin
was. Lenin was always reticent about the origins and the background of his family. He always felt what was
personal should remain private. There has been great reluctance to discuss the Ulyanov family tree, no doubt
because it was felt that the leader of the Russian revolution must be Russian. In addition the fact his ethnic
background had been carefully covered up to make sure he was seen to have been, if not of 'proletarian,' at
least of 'poor peasant' origin. He was admired by Russians and was the face of Russia. Ethnically speaking,
what is the face of Russia? Empirically, Russians are a gumbo of many people who have trekked through the
vastness of this great land and it is something that truly can be applied to the world at large. Lenin's
background reflected the face of the entire empire. Lenin's antecedents were Russian, Kalmyk (Mongol),
Jewish, German and Swedish, and possibly others, symbolizing Russian history, as it were: a Slavic
beginning, Asiatic expansion, a Jewish accretion to the national intellect, and German or Western European
culture. When dealing with social status, Lenin never attempted to hide the fact landowners were part of his
background even though many Soviet biographers hid this fact. A brief look into the Ulyanov lineage will
show Vladimir's ethnic background as well as the social standing of the lineage.
There is a 'minor' discrepancy when discussing Ilya‗s side of the family tree. Many historians insist it was
Lenin‘s grandfather who was the serf but this holds no truth. Lenin‘s grandfather, Nikolai Vasilievich was a
Russian town-dweller of Astrakhan who earned his living as a tailor. He was the son of a serf, but at an early
age had been released to work away from the village, and had never returned home becoming a town dweller
as distinct from a peasant, merchant or nobleman by social status. It was Lenin‘s great grandfather, Vasili
Nikitich Ulyanov who had been a serf . He remained single until he turned fifty, and it was only then, having
saved up some money, that he married. His bride was almost twenty years his junior, was Anna Alexeena
Smirnova, a baptised Kalmyk. The couple had four children, Ilya, Lenin's father, being the youngest. Vasili
was already past sixty and Anna was forty-three when Ilya was born. Upon the passing of Ilya‘s father,
seventeen year-old Vasili the second oldest son, looked after the family. Vasili rose to the occasion and
displayed exemplary enterprise, becoming a salesman for Sapozhinkov Brothers, a large commercial firm in
Astrakhan. His willingness to work and his loyalty earned his employers‘ trust, and he was able to look after
his mother and his younger brother, supporting Ilya through his studies at Kazan University until he became a
teacher of mathematics, sending him money ‘for settling down‘, ‘for the wedding‘, ‘for the move‘ and so on.
Lenin's mother, Maria (Mariya) Blank Alexandrova, was the fourth daughter of Alexander Dmitrievich
Blank, a doctor and a baptized Jew from Zhitomir. He had taken as his patronymic the name of his godfather
at his baptism, Dmitri Baranov, dropped his original patronymic of Moishevich, and adopted the Christian
name of Alexander in place of his original name, Srul, the Yiddish form of Israel. Alexander Blank married
Anna Johannovna Groschopf, the daughter of a prosperous German father and Swedish mother. In 1847,
Alexander attained the civil service rank of State Counsellor, he retired and registered himself as a member of
the nobility in Kazan, a major city on the Volga and the centre of Tatar culture in the region. There he bought
the estate of Kokushkino. Here, Anna raised five daughters: Anna, Lyubov, Sofia, Maria (Lenin's mother),
and Yekaterina. Anna Groschopf died young, and after her death her sister, Yekaterina von Essen, raised the
five daughters. She was an educated woman and it was from her that Lenin's mother acquired her ability to
play piano, to sing and to speak German, English and French. The seriousness of which these studies were
undertaken is indicated by the fact that in 1863, Maria was able to pass the examinations which qualified her
as a teacher of Russian, French and German. The manner in which both Ilya and Maria met gives credence to
the saying ―everything happens for a reason.‖ The year after his wife died, Alexander Blank took up the post
of inspector of a medical board in Perm and moved there with his family. For a short time he acted as the
doctor for the Perm high school, where he befriended its Latin teacher Ivan Dmitrievich Veretennikov, who
married his eldest daughter Anna. Veretennikov became inspector at Perm Nobles‘ Institue. It was on a visit
to her married sister‘s home in Perm that Maria Blank met the mathematics teacher at the Institute, Ilya
Ulyanov, her future husband.
Institute for Historical Review
The Jewish Role in the Bolshevik Revolution and Russia's Early Soviet Regime
Assessing the Grim Legacy of Soviet Communism, by Mark Weber
In the night of July 16-17, 1918, a squad of Bolshevik secret police murdered Russia's last emperor, Tsar
Nicholas II, along with his wife, Tsaritsa Alexandra, their 14-year-old son, Tsarevich Alexis, and their four
daughters. They were cut down in a hail of gunfire in a half-cellar room of the house in Ekaterinburg, a city in
the Ural mountain region, where they were being held prisoner. The daughters were finished off with bayonets.
To prevent a cult for the dead Tsar, the bodies were carted away to the countryside and hastily buried in a secret
grave.
Bolshevik authorities at first reported that the Romanov emperor had been shot after the discovery of a plot to
liberate him. For some time the deaths of the Empress and the children were kept secret. Soviet historians
claimed for many years that local Bolsheviks had acted on their own in carrying out the killings, and that Lenin,
founder of the Soviet state, had nothing to do with the crime.
In 1990, Moscow playwright and historian Edvard Radzinsky announced the result of his detailed investigation
into the murders. He unearthed the reminiscences of Lenin's bodyguard, Alexei Akimov, who recounted how he
personally delivered Lenin's execution order to the telegraph office. The telegram was also signed by Soviet
government chief Yakov Sverdlov. Akimov had saved the original telegraph tape as a record of the secret order.
Radzinsky's research confirmed what earlier evidence had already indicated. Leon Trotsky -- one of Lenin's
closest colleagues -- had revealed years earlier that Lenin and Sverdlov had together made the decision to put
the Tsar and his family to death. Recalling a conversation in 1918, Trotsky wrote:
My next visit to Moscow took place after the [temporary] fall of Ekaterinburg [to anti-Communist forces].
Speaking with Sverdlov, I asked in passing: "Oh yes, and where is the Tsar?"
"Finished," he replied. "He has been shot."
"And where is the family?"
"The family along with him."
"All of them?," I asked, apparently with a trace of surprise.
"All of them," replied Sverdlov. "What about it?" He was waiting to see my reaction. I made no reply.
"And who made the decision?," I asked.
"We decided it here. Ilyich [Lenin] believed that we shouldn't leave the Whites a live banner to rally around,
especially under the present difficult circumstances."
I asked no further questions and considered the matter closed.

Recent research and investigation by Radzinsky and others also corroborates the account provided years earlier
by Robert Wilton, correspondent of the London Times in Russia for 17 years. His account, The Last Days of the
Romanovs - originally published in 1920, and recently reissued by the Institute for Historical Review -- is based
in large part on the findings of a detailed investigation carried out in 1919 by Nikolai Sokolov under the
authority of "White" (anti-Communist) leader Alexander Kolchak. Wilton's book remains one of the most
accurate and complete accounts of the murder of Russia's imperial family.
A solid understanding of history has long been the best guide to comprehending the present and anticipating the
future. Accordingly, people are most interested in historical questions during times of crisis, when the future
seems most uncertain. With the collapse of Communist rule in the Soviet Union, 1989-1991, and as Russians
struggle to build a new order on the ruins of the old, historical issues have become very topical. For example,
many ask: How did the Bolsheviks, a small movement guided by the teachings of German-Jewish social
philosopher Karl Marx, succeed in taking control of Russia and imposing a cruel and despotic regime on its
people?
In recent years, Jews around the world have been voicing anxious concern over the specter of anti-Semitism in
the lands of the former Soviet Union. In this new and uncertain era, we are told, suppressed feelings of hatred
and rage against Jews are once again being expressed. According to one public opinion survey conducted in
1991, for example, most Russians wanted all Jews to leave the country. But precisely why is anti-Jewish
sentiment so widespread among the peoples of the former Soviet Union? Why do so many Russians, Ukrainians,
Lithuanians and others blame "the Jews" for so much misfortune?
A Taboo Subject
Although officially Jews have never made up more than five percent of the country's total population, they
played a highly disproportionate and probably decisive role in the infant Bolshevik regime, effectively
dominating the Soviet government during its early years. Soviet historians, along with most of their colleagues
in the West, for decades preferred to ignore this subject. The facts, though, cannot be denied.
With the notable exception of Lenin (Vladimir Ulyanov), most of the leading Communists who took control of
Russia in 1917-20 were Jews. Leon Trotsky (Lev Bronstein) headed the Red Army and, for a time, was chief of
Soviet foreign affairs. Yakov Sverdlov (Solomon) was both the Bolshevik party's executive secretary and -- as
chairman of the Central Executive Committee -- head of the Soviet government. Grigori Zinoviev
(Radomyslsky) headed the Communist International (Comintern), the central agency for spreading revolution in
foreign countries. Other prominent Jews included press commissar Karl Radek (Sobelsohn), foreign affairs
commissar Maxim Litvinov (Wallach), Lev Kamenev (Rosenfeld) and Moisei Uritsky.
Lenin himself was of mostly Russian and Kalmuck ancestry, but he was also one-quarter Jewish. His maternal
grandfather, Israel (Alexander) Blank, was a Ukrainian Jew who was later baptized into the Russian Orthodox
Church.
A thorough-going internationalist, Lenin viewed ethnic or cultural loyalties with contempt. He had little regard
for his own countrymen. "An intelligent Russian," he once remarked, "is almost always a Jew or someone with
Jewish blood in his veins."
Critical Meetings
In the Communist seizure of power in Russia, the Jewish role was probably critical.
Two weeks prior to the Bolshevik "October Revolution" of 1917, Lenin convened a top secret meeting in St.
Petersburg (Petrograd) at which the key leaders of the Bolshevik party's Central Committee made the fateful
decision to seize power in a violent takeover. Of the twelve persons who took part in this decisive gathering,
there were four Russians (including Lenin), one Georgian (Stalin), one Pole (Dzerzhinsky), and six Jews.
To direct the takeover, a seven-man "Political Bureau" was chosen. It consisted of two Russians (Lenin and
Bubnov), one Georgian (Stalin), and four Jews (Trotsky, Sokolnikov, Zinoviev, and Kamenev). Meanwhile, the
Petersburg (Petrograd) Soviet -- whose chairman was Trotsky -- established an 18-member "Military
Revolutionary Committee" to actually carry out the seizure of power. It included eight (or nine) Russians, one
Ukrainian, one Pole, one Caucasian, and six Jews. Finally, to supervise the organization of the uprising, the
Bolshevik Central Committee established a five-man "Revolutionary Military Center" as the Party's operations
command. It consisted of one Russian (Bubnov), one Georgian (Stalin), one Pole (Dzerzhinsky), and two Jews
(Sverdlov and Uritsky).
Contemporary Voices of Warning
Well-informed observers, both inside and outside of Russia, took note at the time of the crucial Jewish role in
Bolshevism. Winston Churchill, for one, warned in an article published in the February 8, 1920, issue of the
London Illustrated Sunday Herald that Bolshevism is a "worldwide conspiracy for the overthrow of civilization
and for the reconstitution of society on the basis of arrested development, of envious malevolence, and
impossible equality." The eminent British political leader and historian went on to write:
There is no need to exaggerate the part played in the creation of Bolshevism and in the actual bringing about of
the Russian Revolution by these international and for the most part atheistical Jews. It is certainly a very great
one; it probably outweighs all others. With the notable exception of Lenin, the majority of the leading figures
are Jews. Moreover, the principal inspiration and driving power comes from the Jewish leaders. Thus
Tchitcherin, a pure Russian, is eclipsed by his nominal subordinate, Litvinoff, and the influence of Russians like
Bukharin or Lunacharski cannot be compared with the power of Trotsky, or of Zinovieff, the Dictator of the Red
Citadel (Petrograd), or of Krassin or Radek -- all Jews. In the Soviet institutions the predominance of Jews is
even more astonishing. And the prominent, if not indeed the principal, part in the system of terrorism applied by
the Extraordinary Commissions for Combatting Counter-Revolution [the Cheka] has been taken by Jews, and in
some notable cases by Jewesses
Needless to say, the most intense passions of revenge have been excited in the breasts of the Russian people.
David R. Francis, United States ambassador in Russia, warned in a January 1918 dispatch to Washington: "The
Bolshevik leaders here, most of whom are Jews and 90 percent of whom are returned exiles, care little for
Russia or any other country but are internationalists and they are trying to start a worldwide social revolution."
The Netherlands' ambassador in Russia, Oudendyke, made much the same point a few months later: "Unless
Bolshevism is nipped in the bud immediately, it is bound to spread in one form or another over Europe and the
whole world as it is organized and worked by Jews who have no nationality, and whose one object is to destroy
for their own ends the existing order of things."
"The Bolshevik Revolution," declared a leading American Jewish community paper in 1920, "was largely the
product of Jewish thinking, Jewish discontent, Jewish effort to reconstruct."
As an expression of its radically anti-nationalist character, the fledgling Soviet government issued a decree a
few months after taking power that made anti-Semitism a crime in Russia. The new Communist regime thus
became the first in the world to severely punish all expressions of anti-Jewish sentiment. Soviet officials
apparently regarded such measures as indispensable. Based on careful observation during a lengthy stay in
Russia, American-Jewish scholar Frank Golder reported in 1925 that "because so many of the Soviet leaders are
Jews anti-Semitism is gaining [in Russia], particularly in the army [and] among the old and new intelligentsia
who are being crowded for positions by the sons of Israel."
Historians' Views
Summing up the situation at that time, Israeli historian Louis Rapoport writes:
Immediately after the [Bolshevik] Revolution, many Jews were euphoric over their high representation in the
new government. Lenin's first Politburo was dominated by men of Jewish origins
Under Lenin, Jews became involved in all aspects of the Revolution, including its dirtiest work. Despite the
Communists' vows to eradicate anti-Semitism, it spread rapidly after the Revolution -- partly because of the
prominence of so many Jews in the Soviet administration, as well as in the traumatic, inhuman Sovietization
drives that followed. Historian Salo Baron has noted that an immensely disproportionate number of Jews joined
the new Bolshevik secret police, the Cheka And many of those who fell afoul of the Cheka would be shot by
Jewish investigators.
The collective leadership that emerged in Lenin's dying days was headed by the Jew Zinoviev, a loquacious,
mean-spirited, curly-haired Adonis whose vanity knew no bounds.
"Anyone who had the misfortune to fall into the hands of the Cheka," wrote Jewish historian Leonard Schapiro,
"stood a very good chance of finding himself confronted with, and possibly shot by, a Jewish investigator." In
Ukraine, "Jews made up nearly 80 percent of the rank-and-file Cheka agents," reports W. Bruce Lincoln, an
American professor of Russian history. (Beginning as the Cheka, or Vecheka) the Soviet secret police was later
known as the GPU, OGPU, NKVD, MVD and KGB.)
In light of all this, it should not be surprising that Yakov M. Yurovksy, the leader of the Bolshevik squad that
carried out the murder of the Tsar and his family, was Jewish, as was Sverdlov, the Soviet chief who co-signed
Lenin's execution order.
Igor Shafarevich, a Russian mathematician of world stature, has sharply criticized the Jewish role in bringing
down the Romanov monarchy and establishing Communist rule in his country. Shafarevich was a leading
dissident during the final decades of Soviet rule. A prominent human rights activist, he was a founding member
of the Committee on the Defense of Human Rights in the USSR.
In Russophobia, a book written ten years before the collapse of Communist rule, he noted that Jews were
"amazingly" numerous among the personnel of the Bolshevik secret police. The characteristic Jewishness of the
Bolshevik executioners, Shafarevich went on, is most conspicuous in the execution of Nicholas II:
This ritual action symbolized the end of centuries of Russian history, so that it can be compared only to the
execution of Charles I in England or Louis XVI in France. It would seem that representatives of an insignificant
ethnic minority should keep as far as possible from this painful action, which would reverberate in all history.
Yet what names do we meet? The execution was personally overseen by Yakov Yurovsky who shot the Tsar;
the president of the local Soviet was Beloborodov (Vaisbart); the person responsible for the general
administration in Ekaterinburg was Shaya Goloshchekin. To round out the picture, on the wall of the room
where the execution took place was a distich from a poem by Heine (written in German) about King Balthazar,
who offended Jehovah and was killed for the offense.
In his 1920 book, British veteran journalist Robert Wilton offered a similarly harsh assessment:
The whole record of Bolshevism in Russia is indelibly impressed with the stamp of alien invasion. The murder
of the Tsar, deliberately planned by the Jew Sverdlov (who came to Russia as a paid agent of Germany) and
carried out by the Jews Goloshchekin, Syromolotov, Safarov, Voikov and Yurovsky, is the act not of the
Russian people, but of this hostile invader.
In the struggle for power that followed Lenin's death in 1924, Stalin emerged victorious over his rivals,
eventually succeeding in putting to death nearly every one of the most prominent early Bolsheviks leaders -
including Trotsky, Zinoviev, Radek, and Kamenev. With the passage of time, and particularly after 1928, the
Jewish role in the top leadership of the Soviet state and its Communist party diminished markedly.
Put To Death Without Trial
For a few months after taking power, Bolshevik leaders considered bringing "Nicholas Romanov" before a
"Revolutionary Tribunal" that would publicize his "crimes against the people" before sentencing him to death.
Historical precedent existed for this. Two European monarchs had lost their lives as a consequence of
revolutionary upheaval: England's Charles I was beheaded in 1649, and France's Louis XVI was guillotined in
1793.
In these cases, the king was put to death after a lengthy public trial, during which he was allowed to present
arguments in his defense. Nicholas II, though, was neither charged nor tried. He was secretly put to death -
along with his family and staff -- in the dead of night, in an act that resembled more a gangster-style massacre
than a formal execution.
Why did Lenin and Sverdlov abandon plans for a show trial of the former Tsar? In Wilton's view, Nicholas and
his family were murdered because the Bolshevik rulers knew quite well that they lacked genuine popular
support, and rightly feared that the Russian people would never approve killing the Tsar, regardless of pretexts
and legalistic formalities.
For his part, Trotsky defended the massacre as a useful and even necesssary measure. He wrote:
The decision [to kill the imperial family] was not only expedient but necessary. The severity of this punishment
showed everyone that we would continue to fight on mercilessly, stopping at nothing. The execution of the
Tsar's family was needed not only in order to frighten, horrify, and instill a sense of hopelessness in the enemy
but also to shake up our own ranks, to show that there was no turning back, that ahead lay either total victory or
total doom This Lenin sensed well.
Historical Context
In the years leading up to the 1917 revolution, Jews were disproportionately represented in all of Russia's
subversive leftist parties. Jewish hatred of the Tsarist regime had a basis in objective conditions. Of the leading
European powers of the day, imperial Russia was the most institutionally conser-vative and anti-Jewish. For
example, Jews were normally not permitted to reside outside a large area in the west of the Empire known as the
"Pale of Settlement."
However understandable, and perhaps even defensible, Jewish hostility toward the imperial regime may have
been, the remarkable Jewish role in the vastly more despotic Soviet regime is less easy to justify. In a recently
published book about the Jews in Russia during the 20th century, Russian-born Jewish writer Sonya Margolina
goes so far as to call the Jewish role in supporting the Bolshevik regime the "historic sin of the Jews." She
points, for example, to the prominent role of Jews as commandants of Soviet Gulag concentration and labor
camps, and the role of Jewish Communists in the systematic destruction of Russian churches. Moreover, she
goes on, "The Jews of the entire world supported Soviet power, and remained silent in the face of any criticism
from the opposition." In light of this record, Margolina offers a grim prediction:
The exaggeratedly enthusiastic participation of the Jewish Bolsheviks in the subjugation and destruction of
Russia is a sin that will be avenged Soviet power will be equated with Jewish power, and the furious hatred
against the Bolsheviks will become hatred against Jews.
If the past is any indication, it is unlikely that many Russians will seek the revenge that Margolina prophecies.
Anyway, to blame "the Jews" for the horrors of Communism seems no more justifiable than to blame "white
people" for Negro slavery, or "the Germans" for the Second World War or "the Holocaust."
Words of Grim Portent

Nicholas and his family are only the best known of countless victims of a regime that openly proclaimed its
ruthless purpose. A few weeks after the Ekaterinburg massacre, the newspaper of the fledgling Red Army
declared:
Without mercy, without sparing, we will kill our enemies by the scores of hundreds, let them be thousands, let
them drown themselves in their own blood. For the blood of Lenin and Uritskii let there be floods of blood of
the bourgeoisie -- more blood, as much as possible.
Grigori Zinoviev, speaking at a meeting of Communists in September 1918, effectively pronounced a death
sentence on ten million human beings: "We must carry along with us 90 million out of the 100 million of Soviet
Russia's inhabitants. As for the rest, we have nothing to say to them. They must be annihilated."
'The Twenty Million'
As it turned out, the Soviet toll in human lives and suffering proved to be much higher than Zinoviev's
murderous rhetoric suggested. Rarely, if ever, has a regime taken the lives of so many of its own people.
Citing newly-available Soviet KGB documents, historian Dmitri Volkogonov, head of a special Russian
parliamentary commission, recently concluded that "from 1929 to 1952 21.5 million [Soviet] people were
repressed. Of these a third were shot, the rest sentenced to imprisonment, where many also died."
Olga Shatunovskaya, a member of the Soviet Commission of Party Control, and head of a special commission
during the 1960s appointed by premier Khrushchev, has similarly concluded: "From January 1, 1935 to June 22,
1941, 19,840,000 enemies of the people were arrested. Of these, seven million were shot in prison, and a
majority of the others died in camp." These figures were also found in the papers of Politburo member Anastas
Mikoyan.
Robert Conquest, the distinguished specialist of Soviet history, recently summed up the grim record of Soviet
"repression" of it own people:
It is hard to avoid the conclusion that the post-1934 death toll was well over ten million. To this should be added
the victims of the 1930-1933 famine, the kulak deportations, and other anti-peasant campaigns, amounting to
another ten million plus. The total is thus in the range of what the Russians now refer to as 'The Twenty
Million'."
A few other scholars have given significantly higher estimates.
The Tsarist Era in Retrospect
With the dramatic collapse of Soviet rule, many Russians are taking a new and more respectful look at their
country's pre-Communist history, including the era of the last Romanov emperor. While the Soviets -- along
with many in the West -- have stereotypically portrayed this era as little more than an age of arbitrary despotism,
cruel suppression and mass poverty, the reality is rather different. While it is true that the power of the Tsar was
absolute, that only a small minority had any significant political voice, and that the mass of the empire's citizens
were peasants, it is worth noting that Russians during the reign of Nicholas II had freedom of press, religion,
assembly and association, protection of private property, and free labor unions. Sworn enemies of the regime,
such as Lenin, were treated with remarkable leniency.
During the decades prior to the outbreak of the First World War, the Russian economy was booming. In fact,
between 1890 and 1913, it was the fastest growing in the world. New rail lines were opened at an annual rate
double that of the Soviet years. Between 1900 and 1913, iron production increased by 58 percent, while coal
production more than doubled. Exported Russian grain fed all of Europe. Finally, the last decades of Tsarist
Russia witnessed a magnificent flowering of cultural life.
Everything changed with the First World War, a catastrophe not only for Russia, but for the entire West.
Monarchist Sentiment
In spite of (or perhaps because of) the relentless official campaign during the entire Soviet era to stamp out
every uncritical memory of the Romanovs and imperial Russia, a virtual cult of popular veneration for Nicholas
II has been sweeping Russia in recent years.
People have been eagerly paying the equivalent of several hours' wages to purchase portraits of Nicholas from
street vendors in Moscow, St. Petersburg and other Russian cities. His portrait now hangs in countless Russian
homes and apartments. In late 1990, all 200,000 copies of a first printing of a 30-page pamphlet on the
Romanovs quickly sold out. Said one street vendor: "I personally sold four thousand copies in no time at all. It's
like a nuclear explosion. People really want to know about their Tsar and his family." Grass roots pro-Tsarist
and monarchist organizations have sprung up in many cities.
A public opinion poll conducted in 1990 found that three out of four Soviet citizens surveyed regard the killing
of the Tsar and his family as a despicable crime. Many Russian Orthodox believers regard Nicholas as a martyr.
The independent "Orthodox Church Abroad" canonized the imperial family in 1981, and the Moscow-based
Russian Orthodox Church has been under popular pressure to take the same step, in spite of its long-standing
reluctance to touch this official taboo. The Russian Orthodox Archbishop of Ekaterinburg announced plans in
1990 to build a grand church at the site of the killings. "The people loved Emperor Nicholas," he said. "His
memory lives with the people, not as a saint but as someone executed without court verdict, unjustly, as a
sufferer for his faith and for orthodoxy."
On the 75th anniversary of the massacre (in July 1993), Russians recalled the life, death and legacy of their last
Emperor. In Ekaterinburg, where a large white cross festooned with flowers now marks the spot where the
family was killed, mourners wept as hymns were sung and prayers were said for the victims.
Reflecting both popular sentiment and new social-political realities, the white, blue and red horizontal tricolor
flag of Tsarist Russia was officially adopted in 1991, replacing the red Soviet banner. And in 1993, the imperial
two-headed eagle was restored as the nation's official emblem, replacing the Soviet hammer and sickle. Cities
that had been re-named to honor Communist figures -- such as Leningrad, Kuibyshev, Frunze, Kalinin, and
Gorky -- have re-acquired their Tsarist-era names. Ekaterinburg, which had been named Sverdlovsk by the
Soviets in 1924 in honor of the Soviet-Jewish chief, in September 1991 restored its pre-Communist name, which
honors Empress Catherine I.
Symbolic Meaning
In view of the millions that would be put to death by the Soviet rulers in the years to follow, the murder of the
Romanov family might not seem of extraordinary importance. And yet, the event has deep symbolic meaning. In
the apt words of Harvard University historian Richard Pipes:
The manner in which the massacre was prepared and carried out, at first denied and then justified, has
something uniquely odious about it, something that radically distinguishes it from previous acts of regicide and
brands it as a prelude to twentieth-century mass murder.
Another historian, Ivor Benson, characterized the killing of the Romanov family as symbolic of the tragic fate of
Russia and, indeed, of the entire West, in this century of unprecedented agony and conflict.
The murder of the Tsar and his family is all the more deplorable because, whatever his failings as a monarch,
Nicholas II was, by all accounts, a personally decent, generous, humane and honorable man.
The Massacre's Place in History
The mass slaughter and chaos of the First World War, and the revolutionary upheavals that swept Europe in
1917-1918, brought an end not only to the ancient Romanov dynasty in Russia, but to an entire continental
social order. Swept away as well was the Hohenzollern dynasty in Germany, with its stable constitutional
monarchy, and the ancient Habsburg dynasty of Austria-Hungary with its multinational central European
empire. Europe's leading states shared not only the same Christian and Western cultural foundations, but most of
the continent's reigning monarchs were related by blood. England's King George was, through his mother, a first
cousin of Tsar Nicholas, and, through his father, a first cousin of Empress Alexandra. Germany's Kaiser
Wilhelm was a first cousin of the German-born Alexandra, and a distant cousin of Nicholas.
More than was the case with the monarchies of western Europe, Russia's Tsar personally symbolized his land
and nation. Thus, the murder of the last emperor of a dynasty that had ruled Russia for three centuries not only
symbolically presaged the Communist mass slaughter that would claim so many Russian lives in the decades
that followed, but was symbolic of the Communist effort to kill the soul and spirit of Russia itself.
Notes
1. Edvard Radzinksy, The Last Tsar (New York: Doubleday, 1992), pp. 327, 344-346.; Bill Keller, "Cult
of the Last Czar," The New York Times, Nov. 21, 1990.
2. From an April 1935 entry in "Trotsky's Diary in Exile." Quoted in: Richard Pipes, The Russian
Revolution (New York: Knopf, 1990), pp. 770, 787.; Robert K. Massie, Nicholas and Alexandra (New
York: 1976), pp. 496-497.; E. Radzinksy, The Last Tsar (New York: Doubleday, 1992), pp. 325-326.;
Ronald W. Clark, Lenin (New York: 1988), pp. 349-350.
3. On Wilton and his career in Russia, see: Phillip Knightley, The First Casualty (Harcourt Brace
Jovanovich, 1976), pp. 141-142, 144-146, 151-152, 159, 162, 169, and, Anthony Summers and Tom
Mangold, The File on the Tsar (New York: Harper and Row, 1976), pp. 102-104, 176.
4. AP dispatch from Moscow, Toronto Star, Sept. 26, 1991, p. A2.; Similarly, a 1992 survey found that
one-fourth of people in the republics of Belarus (White Russia) and Uzbekistan favored deporting all
Jews to a special Jewish region in Russian Siberia. "Survey Finds Anti-Semitism on Rise in Ex-Soviet
Lands," Los Angeles Times, June 12, 1992, p. A4.
5. At the turn of the century, Jews made up 4.2 percent of the population of the Russian Empire. Richard
Pipes, The Russian Revolution (New York: 1990), p. 55 (fn.). By comparison, in the U.S. today, Jews
make up less than three percent of the total population (according to the most authoritative estimates).
6. See individual entries in: H. Shukman, ed., The Blackwell Encyclopedia of the Russian Revolution
(Oxford: 1988), and in: G. Wigoder, ed., Dictionary of Jewish Biography (New York: Simon and
Schuster, 1991). The prominent Jewish role in Russia's pre-1914 revolutionary underground, and in the
early Soviet regime, is likewise confirmed in: Stanley Rothman and S. Robert Lichter, Roots of
Radicalism (New York: Oxford, 1982), pp. 92-94. In 1918, the Bolshevik Party's Central Committee
had 15 members. German scholar Herman Fehst -- citing published Soviet records -- reported in his
useful 1934 study that of six of these 15 were Jews. Herman Fehst, Bolschewismus und Judentum: Das
jüdische Element in der Führerschaft des Bolschewismus (Berlin: 1934), pp. 68-72.; Robert Wilton,
though, reported that in 1918 the Central Committee of the Bolshevik party had twelve members, of
whom nine were of Jewish origin and three were of Russian ancestry. R. Wilton, The Last Days of the
Romanovs (IHR, 1993), p. 185.
7. After years of official suppression, this fact was acknowledged in 1991 in the Moscow weekly
Ogonyok. See: Jewish Chronicle (London), July 16, 1991.; See also: Letter by L. Horwitz in The New
York Times, Aug. 5, 1992, which cites information from the Russian journal "Native Land Archives.";
"Lenin's Lineage?"'Jewish,' Claims Moscow News," Forward (New York City), Feb. 28, 1992, pp. 1,
3.; M. Checinski, Jerusalem Post (weekly international edition), Jan. 26, 1991, p. 9.
8. Richard Pipes, The Russian Revolution (New York: Knopf, 1990), p. 352.
9. Harrison E. Salisbury, Black Night, White Snow: Russia's Revolutions, 1905-1917 (Doubleday, 1978),
p. 475.; William H. Chamberlin, The Russian Revolution (Princeton Univ. Press, 1987), vol. 1, pp.
291-292.; Herman Fehst, Bolschewismus und Judentum: Das jüdische Element in der Führerschaft des
Bolschewismus (Berlin: 1934), pp. 42-43.; P. N. Pospelov, ed., Vladimir Ilyich Lenin: A Biography
(Moscow: Progress, 1966), pp. 318-319. This meeting was held on October 10 (old style, Julian
calendar), and on October 23 (new style). The six Jews who took part were: Uritsky, Trotsky,
Kamenev, Zinoviev, Sverdlov and Soklonikov. The Bolsheviks seized power in Petersburg on October
25 (old style) -- hence the reference to the "Great October Revolution" -- which is November 7).
10. William H. Chamberlin, The Russian Revolution (1987), vol. 1, p. 292.; H. E. Salisbury, Black Night,
White Snow: Russia's Revolutions, 1905-1917 (1978), p. 475.
11. W. H. Chamberlin, The Russian Revolution, vol. 1, pp. 274, 299, 302, 306.; Alan Moorehead, The
Russian Revolution (New York: 1965), pp. 235, 238, 242, 243, 245.; H. Fehst, Bolschewismus und
Judentum (Berlin: 1934), pp. 44, 45.
12. H. E. Salisbury, Black Night, White Snow: Russia's Revolutions, 1905-1917 (1978), p. 479-480.;
Dmitri Volkogonov, Stalin: Triumph and Tragedy (New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991), pp. 27-28,
32.; P. N. Pospelov, ed., Vladimir Ilyich Lenin: A Biography (Moscow: Progress, 1966), pp. 319-320.
13. "Zionism versus Bolshevism: A struggle for the soul of the Jewish people," Illustrated Sunday Herald
(London), February 8, 1920. Facsimile reprint in: William Grimstad, The Six Million Reconsidered
(1979), p. 124. (At the time this essay was published, Churchill was serving as minister of war and air.)
14. David R. Francis, Russia from the American Embassy (New York: 1921), p. 214.
15. Foreign Relations of the United States -- 1918 -- Russia, Vol. 1 (Washington, DC: 1931), pp. 678-679.
16. American Hebrew (New York), Sept. 1920. Quoted in: Nathan Glazer and Daniel Patrick Moynihan,
Beyond the Melting Pot (Cambridge, Mass.: 1963), p. 268.
17. C. Jacobson, "Jews in the USSR" in: American Review on the Soviet Union, August 1945, p. 52.;
Avtandil Rukhadze, Jews in the USSR: Figures, Facts, Comment (Moscow: Novosti, 1978), pp. 10-11.
18. T. Emmons and B. M. Patenaude, eds., War, Revolution and Peace in Russia: The Passages of Frank
Golder, 1913-1927 (Stanford: Hoover Institution, 1992), pp. 320, 139, 317.
19. Louis Rapoport, Stalin's War Against the Jews (New York: Free Press, 1990), pp. 30, 31, 37. See also
pp. 43, 44, 45, 49, 50.
20. Quoted in: Salo Baron, The Russian Jews Under Tsars and Soviets (NY: 1976), pp. 170, 392 (n. 4).
21. The Atlantic, Sept. 1991, p. 14.; In 1919, three-quarters of the Cheka staff in Kiev were Jews, who
were careful to spare fellow Jews. By order, the Cheka took few Jewish hostages. R. Pipes, The
Russian Revolution (1990), p. 824.; Israeli historian Louis Rapoport also confirms the dominant role
played by Jews in the Soviet secret police throughout the 1920s and 1930s. L. Rapoport, Stalin's War
Against the Jews (New York: 1990), pp. 30-31, 43-45, 49-50.
22. E. Radzinsky, The Last Tsar (1992), pp. 244, 303-304.; Bill Keller, "Cult of the Last Czar," The New
York Times, Nov. 21, 1990.; See also: W. H. Chamberlin, The Russian Revolution, vol. 2, p. 90.
23. Quoted in: The New Republic, Feb. 5, 1990, pp. 30 ff.; Because of the alleged anti-Semitism of
Russophobia, in July 1992 Shafarevich was asked by the National Academy of Sciences (Washington,
DC) to resign as an associate member of that prestigious body.
24. R. Wilton, The Last Days of the Romanovs (1993), p. 148.
25. Richard Pipes, The Russian Revolution (1990), p. 787.; Robert K. Massie, Nicholas and Alexandra
(New York: 1976), pp. 496-497.
26. An article in a 1907 issue of the respected American journal National Geographic reported on the
revolutionary situation brewing in Russia in the years before the First World War: " The revolutionary
leaders nearly all belong to the Jewish race, and the most effective revolutionary agency is the Jewish
Bund " W. E. Curtis, "The Revolution in Russia," The National Geographic Magazine, May 1907, pp.
313-314. Piotr Stolypin, probably imperial Russia's greatest statesman, was murdered in 1911 by a
Jewish assassin. In 1907, Jews made up about ten percent of Bolshevik party membership. In the
Menshevik party, another faction of the Russian Social Democratic Labor Party, the Jewish proportion
was twice as high. R. Pipes, The Russian Revolution (1990), p. 365.; See also: R. Wilton, The Last
Days of the Romanovs (1993), pp. 185-186.
27. Martin Gilbert, Atlas of Jewish History (1977), pp. 71, 74.; In spite of the restrictive "Pale" policy, in
1897 about 315,000 Jews were living outside the Pale, most of them illegally. In 1900 more than
20,000 were living in the capital of St. Petersburg, and another 9,000 in Moscow.
28. Sonja Margolina, Das Ende der Lügen: Russland und die Juden im 20. Jahrhundert (Berlin: 1992).
Quoted in: "Ein ganz heisses Eisen angefasst," Deutsche National-Zeitung (Munich), 7/21/92, p. 12.
29. Krasnaia Gazetta ("Red Gazette"), September 1, 1918. Quoted in: Richard Pipes, The Russian
Revolution (1990), pp. 820, 912 (n. 88).
30. Richard Pipes, The Russian Revolution (New York: 1990), p. 820.
31. Contrary to what a number of western historians have for years suggested, Soviet terror and the Gulag
camp system did not begin with Stalin. At the end of 1920, Soviet Russia already had 84 concentration
camps with approximately 50,000 prisoners. By October 1923 the number had increased to 315 camps
with 70,000 inmates. R. Pipes, The Russian Revolution (1990), p. 836.
32. Cited by historian Robert Conquest in a review/ article in The NY Review of Books, 9/23/93, p. 27.
33. The New York Review of Books, Sept. 23, 1993, p. 27.
34. Review/article by Robert Conquest in The New York Review of Books, Sept. 23, 1993, p. 27.; In the
"Great Terror" years of 1937-1938 alone, Conquest has calculated, approximately one million were
shot by the Soviet secret police, and another two million perished in Soviet camps. R. Conquest, The
Great Terror (New York: Oxford, 1990), pp. 485-486.; Conquest has estimated that 13.5 to 14 million
people perished in the collectivization ("dekulakization") campaign and forced famine of 1929-1933.
R. Conquest, The Harvest of Sorrow (New York: Oxford, 1986), pp. 301-307.
35. Russian professor Igor Bestuzhev-Lada, writing in a 1988 issue of the Moscow weekly Nedelya,
suggested that during the Stalin era alone (1935-1953), as many as 50 million people were killed,
condemned to camps from which they never emerged, or lost their lives as a direct result of the brutal
"dekulakization" campaign against the peasantry. "Soviets admit Stalin killed 50 million," The Sunday
Times, London, April 17, 1988.; R. J. Rummel, a professor of political science at the University of
Hawaii, has recently calculated that 61.9 million people were systematically killed by the Soviet
Communist regime from 1917 to 1987. R. J. Rummel, Lethal Politics: Soviet Genocide and Mass
Murder Since 1917 (Transaction, 1990).
36. Because of his revolutionary activities, Lenin was sentenced in 1897 to three years exile in Siberia.
During this period of "punishment," he got married, wrote some 30 works, made extensive use of a
well-stocked local library, subscribed to numerous foreign periodicals, kept up a voluminous
correspondence with supporters across Europe, and enjoyed numerous sport hunting and ice skating
excursions, while all the time receiving a state stipend. See: Ronald W. Clark, Lenin (NY: 1988), pp.
42-57.; P. N. Pospelov, ed., Vladimir Ilyich Lenin: A Biography (Moscow: Progress, 1966), pp. 55-75.
37. R. Pipes, The Russian Revolution (1990), pp. 187-188.;
38. The Nation, June 24, 1991, p. 838.
39. Bill Keller, "Cult of the Last Czar," The New York Times, Nov. 21, 1990.
40. "Nostalgic for Nicholas, Russians Honor Their Last Czar," Los Angeles Times, July 18, 1993.;
"Ceremony marks Russian czar's death," Orange County Register, July 17, 1993.
41. R. Pipes, The Russian Revolution (1990), p. 787.
Appendix
A striking feature of Mr. Wilton's examination of the tumultuous 1917-1919 period in Russia is his frank
treatment of the critically important Jewish role in establishing the Bolshevik regime.
The following lists of persons in the Bolshevik Party and Soviet administration during this period, which Wilton
compiled on the basis of official reports and original documents, underscore the crucial Jewish role in these
bodies. These lists first appeared in the rare French edition of Wilton's book, published in Paris in 1921 under
the title Les Derniers Jours des Romanoffs. They did not appear in either the American or British editions of
The Last Days of the Romanors published in 1920.
"I have done all in my power to act as an impartial chronicler," Wilton wrote in his foreword to Les Derniers
Jours des Romanoffs. "In order not to leave myself open to any accusation of prejudice, I am giving the list of
the members of the [Bolshevik Party' s] Central Committee, of the Extraordinary Commission [Cheka or secret
police], and of the Council of Commissars functioning at the time of the assassination of the Imperial family.
"The 62 members of the [Central] Committee were composed of five Russians, one Ukrainian, six Letts
[Latvians], two Germans, one Czech, two Armenians, three Georgians, one Karaim [Karaite] (a Jewish sect),
and 41 Jews.
"The Extraordinary Commission [Cheka or Vecheka] of Moscow was composed of 36 members, including one
German, one Pole, one Armenian, two Russians, eight Latvians, and 23 Jews.
"The Council of the People's Commissars [the Soviet .government] numbered two Armenians, three Russians,
and 17 Jews.
"Ac.cording to data furnished by the Soviet press, out of 556 important functionaries of the Bolshevik state,
including the above-mentioned, in 1918-1919 there were: 17 Russians, two Ukrainians, eleven Armenians, 35
Letts [Latvians], 15 Germans, one Hungarian, ten Georgians, three Poles, three Finns, one Czech, one Karaim,
and 457 Jews."
"If the reader is astonished to find the Jewish hand everywhere in the affair of the assassination of the Russian
Imperial family, he must bear in mind the formidable numerical preponderance of Jews in the Soviet
administration," Wilton went on to write.
Effective governmental power, Wilton continued (on pages 136-138 of the same edition) is in the Central
Committee of the Bolshevik party. In 1918, he reported, this body had twelve members, of whom nine were of
Jewish origin, and three were of Russian ancestry. The nine Jews were: Bronstein (Trotsky), Apfelbaum
(Zinoviev), Lurie (Larine), Uritsky, Volodarski, Rosenfeld (Kamenev), Smidovich, Sverdlov (Yankel), and
Nakhamkes (Steklov). The three Russians were: Ulyanov (Lenin), Krylenko, and Lunacharsky.
"The other Russian Socialist parties are similar in composition," Wilton went on. "Their Central Committees are
made up as follows:"
Mensheviks (Social Democrats): Eleven members, all of whom are Jewish.
Communists of the People: Six members, of whom five are Jews and one is a Russian.
Social Revolutionaries (Right Wing): Fifteen members, of whom 13 are Jews and two are Russians (Kerenski,
who may be of Jewish origin, and Tchaikovski).
Social Revolutionaries (Left Wing): Twelve members, of whom ten are Jews and two are Russians.
Committee of the Anarchists of Moscow: Five members, of whom four are Jews and one is a Russian.
Polish Communist Party: Twelve members, all of whom are Jews, including Sobelson (Radek), Krokhenal
(Zagonski), and Schwartz (Goltz).
"These parties," commented Wilton, "in appearance opposed to the Bolsheviks, play the Bolsheviks' game on
the sly, more or less, by preventing the Russians from pulling themselves together. Out of 61 individuals at the
head of these parties, there are six Russians and 55 Jews. No matter what may be the name adopted, a
revolutionary government will be Jewish."
[Although the Bolsheviks permitted these leftist political groups to operate for a time under close supervision
and narrow limits, even these pitiful remnants of organized opposition were thoroughly eliminated by the end of
the 1921 .]
The Soviet government, or "Council of People's Commissars' (also known as the "Sovnarkom") was made up of
the following, Wilton reported:
Peoples Commissariat (Ministry) Name Nationality

Chairman V.I. Ulyanov (Lenin) Russian
Foreign Affairs G.V. Chicherin Russian
Nationalities J. Dzhugashvili [Stalin] Georgian
Agriculture Protian Armenian
Economic Council Lourie (Larin) Jew
Food Supply A.G. Schlikhter Jew
Army and Navy [Military] L.D. Bronstein (Trotski) Jew
State Control K.I. Lander Jew
State Lands Kaufmann Jew
Works [Labor] V. Schmidt Jew
Social Relief E. Lilina (Knigissen) Jew
Education A. Lunacharsky Russian
Religion Spitzberg Jew
Interior Apfelbaum [Radomyslski] (Zinoviev) Jew
.Hygiene Anvelt Jew
Finance I. E. Gukovs [and G. Sokolnikov] Jew
Press Voldarski [Goldstein] Jew
Elections M.S. Uritsky Jew
Justice I.Z. Shteinberg Jew
Refugees Fenigstein Jew
Refugees Savitch (Assistant) Jew
Refugees Zaslovski (Assistant) Jew
Out of these 22 "Sovnarkom" members, Wilton summed'up, there were three Russians, one Georgian, one
Armenian, and 17 Jews.
The Central Executive Committee, Wilton continues, was made up of the following members:
Y. M. Sverdlov [Solomon] (Chairman) Jew

Avanesov (Secretary) Armenian
Bruno Latvian
Breslau Latvian [?]
Babtchinski Jew
N. I. Bukharin Russian
Weinberg Jew
Gailiss Jew
Ganzberg [Ganzburg ] Jew
Danichevski Jew
Starck German
Sachs Jew
Scheinmann Jew
Erdling Jew
Landauer Jew
Linder Jew
Wolach Czech
S. Dimanshtein Jew
Encukidze Georgian
Ermann Jew
A. A. Ioffe Jew
Karkhline Jew
Knigissen Jew
Rosenfeld (Kamenev) Jew
Apfelbaum (Zinoviev) Jew
N. Krylenko Russian
Krassikov Jew
Kaprik Jew
Kaoul Latvian
Ulyanov (Lenin) Russian
Latsis Jew
Lander Jew
Lunacharsky Russian
Peterson Latvian
Peters Latvian
Roudzoutas Jew
Rosine Jew
Smidovitch Jew
Stoutchka Latvian
Nakhamkes (Steklov) Jew
Sosnovski Jew
Skrytnik Jew
L. Bronstein (Trotsky) Jew
Teodorovitch Jew [?]
Terian Armenian
Uritsky Jew
Telechkine Russian
Feldmann Jew
Fromkin Jew
Souriupa Ukrainian
Tchavtchevadze Georgian
Scheikmann Jew
Rosental Jew
Achkinazi Imeretian [?]
Karakhane Karaim [Karaite]
Rose Jew
Sobelson (Radek) Jew

Schlichter Jew
Schikolini Jew
Chklianski Jew
Levine-(Pravdine) Jew
Thus, concluded Wilton, out of 61 members, five were Russians, six were Latvians, one was a German, two
were Armenians, one was a Czech, one was an Imeretian, two were Georgians, one was a Karaim, one. was a
Ukrainian, and 41 were Jews.
The Extraordinary Commission of Moscow (Cheka) 'the Soviet secret police and predecessor of the GPU, the
NKVD and the KGB was made up of the following:
F. Dzerzhinsky (Chairman) Pole

Y. Peters (Deputy Chairman) Latvian
Chklovski Jew
Kheifiss Jew
Zeistine Jew
Razmirovitch Jew
Kronberg Jew
Khaikina Jew
Karlson Latvian
Schaumann Latvian
Leontovitch Jew
Jacob Goldine Jew
Galperstein Jew
Kniggisen Jew
Katzis Latvian
Schillenkuss Jew
Janson Latvian
Rivkine Jew
Antonof Russian
Delafabre Jew
Tsitkine Jew
Roskirovitch Jew
G. Sverdlov (Brother of president of the Central Executive Committee) Jew
Biesenski Jew
J. Blumkin (Count Mirbach's assassin) Jew
Alexandrovitch (Blumkin's accomplice) Russian
I. Model Jew
Routenberg Jew
Pines Jew
Sachs Jew
Daybol Latvian
Saissoune Armenian
Deylkenen Latvian
Liebert Jew
Vogel German
Zakiss Latvian
Of these 36 Cheka officials, one was a Pole, one a German, one an Armenian, two were Russians, eight were
Latvians, and 23 were Jews.
"Accordingly," Wilton sums up, "there is no reason to be surprised at the preponderant role of Jews in the
assassination of the Imperial family. It is rather the opposite that would have been surprising."
Bibliographic information
Author: Weber, Mark
Title: The Jewish Role in the Bolshevik Revolution and Russia's Early Soviet Regime
Source: The Journal for Historical Review (http://www.ihr.org/index.html)
Date: January/February 1994
Issue: Volume 14 number 1
Location: Page 4
ISSN: 0195-6752
"Reprinted from The Journal of Historical Review, PO Box 2739, Newport Beach, CA 92659,
Attribution:
USA. Domestic subscriptions $40 per year; foreign subscriptions $60 per year."
Short Notes on The Jewish Ancestry

of Communist Leader of Russia
Vladimir Ilyich Ulyanov
Public Alias: Vladimir Lenin
Lenin's Early Life

Wikipedia http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vladimir_Lenin#Early_life
Born in Simbirsk, Russian Empire (now Ulyanovsk), Lenin was the son of Ilya Nikolaevich Ulyanov , a Russian
official in public education who worked for progressive democracy and free universal education in Russia, and
Maria Alexandrovna Ulyanova. The family was of mixed ethnic ancestry. "Lenin's antecedents were Russian,
Kalmyk, Jewish, German and Swedish, and possibly others".[1] Lenin was baptized into the Russian Orthodox
Church.
Dr. Chaim Weizmann

The London Jewish Chronicle, December 16, 1932
"Lenin had taken part in Jewish student meetings in Switzerland thirty-five years before."
Herbert T. Fitch, Scotland Yard Detective

"Traitors Within" by Herbert T. Fitch, p. 16
"It was my first sight of him [Lenin] - a smooth-headed, oval-faced, narrow-eyed, typical Jew, with a devilish
sureness in every line of his powerful magnetic face. Beside him was a different type of Jew, the kind one might
see in any Soho shop, strong-nosed, sallow-faced, long-moustached, with a little tuft of beard wagging from his
chin and a great shock of wild hair, Leiba Bronstein, afterwards Lev Trotsky."
Major-General, Count Cherep-Spiridovich

"The Secret World Government," p. 36
"Lenin, or Oulianov by adoption, originally Zederbaum, a Kalmuck Jew, married a Jewess, and whose children
speak Yiddish."
The German Goldman Family - Lenin's Parents

D. Petrovsky, "Russia under the Jews," p. 86
"Lenin, as a child, was left behind, there, by a company of prisoners passing through, and later his Jewish convict
father, Ilko Sroul Goldman, wrote inquiring his whereabouts. Lenin had already been picked up and adopted by
Qulianoff."
The Goldman Family Named as Lenin's Jewish Parentage

"Common Sense", April 1, 1963
"Lenin was born on April 10, 1870 in the vicinity of Odessa, South of Russia, as a son of Ilko Sroul Goldmann, a
German Jew, and Sofie Goldmann, a German Jewess. Lenin was circumcised as Hiam Goldmann."
Lenin's Funding for the Red Revolution

American and British Jews, Especially Jacob Schiff
"Red Symphony," p. 252
"...the main purveyors of funds for the revolution, however, were neither the crackpot Russian millionaires nor
the armed bandits of Lenin. The 'real' money primarily came from certain British and American circles which for
a long time past had lent their support to the Russian revolutionary cause...The important part played by the
wealthy American Jewish Banker, Jacob Schiff, in the events in Russia...is no longer a secret."
It is time for you to sit down and re-assess EVERYTHING you have BEEN TOLD about the Communism vs.
Democracy PARADIGM. In order to begin to comprehend the extent of Zionist power and control one must fully
understand the dynamics of the FACT that the Zionists were completely behind the creation of communist Russia, the
Bolshevich Revolution and Lenin‘s murderous reign… while at the same time other divisions of the Zionist cartel were
infiltrating the New World here in America, digging their tentacles deep into the young nation‘s soul…
More often than not, the most powerful bloc within the advanced countries is the 1-2% super elite/rich Jews who are at
the heart of pulling all the strategic strings of their respective nations. THIS my friend is the REALITY of the world
today, THIS my friend is the amazing incomprehensible TRUTH.
Maybe now you might understand many quotes that seemed quite
odd at the time such as this:
―The individual is handicapped by coming face to face

with a Conspiracy so monstrous he cannot believe it
exists. The American mind simply has not come to a
realization of the evil which has been introduced into our
midst.‖ – J. Edgar Hoover
There is so much more to discuss regarding this line of revelations.

But I am limited by this report to bringing up the pertinent facts and
subjects and connecting the dots. The purpose of the Matrix Report
is to provide the overall big picture of the ruling elite matrix. This is
a core unifying reference work to provide a logical framework of the matrix providing a starting point for all seekers of
truth.
It is painfully obvious by now that the Zionist elite have this amazing talent of choosing and staging their selected
candidates to rule the nations. Therefore I must warn you to closely scrutinize all political figures and leaders, their
policies, roots and ties, for when you least expect it YOUR favorite candidate can be their next Trojan horse puppet.
Behold: For Zionism is the multiheaded beast who prowls the earth in its quest of conquest ravaging it and consuming
everything in its path, woe to he who defies the beast... America is the harlot, the whore who prostitutes herself out to
the highest bidder, she fornicates with the Kings of the Earth, her pimp masters are none other than the Zionists and the
globalist elites who keep the corrupt gluttonous Washingtonite prostitutes on short leashes.

s ELECTION FRAUD FACTOR

"It's not the votes that count, it's who counts the votes." - Josef Stalin
"Presidents are selected, not elected." — Franklin Delano Roosevelt, Former U.S. President"
First of all I must open this chapter with these sadly true statements from internet posts for they reveal what I believe
are some of the core disturbing truths of ―the system‖ aka The Matrix:
―Voting cannot cure what ails America. The game is fixed. The appearance of choice is an illusion, an utter
hoax.‖
―Voting in general is like switching seats on the Titanic. It really doesn't matter anymore - out with the old
crooks in with the new it's been that way for over 50 years of my life and people still don't get it even as
things are getting far worse.‖
It is through purportedly being ―elected‖ by the constituents that our so called ―elected leaders‖ take office and get a
hold of POWER. So you would think that this process we call elections would be one of the most sacred,
protected and secure processes in our so called ―democracy‖. In actuality, it is the opposite. It is almost as if
―anything goes,‖ each election is a contest of who can rig the vote better than the other guy. And there is a whole
myriad of ―legal‖ ways they go about this, not to mention the myriad of unscrupable means and strategies they employ.
This is the accepted norm.
As I discussed in other chapters of this research report, the entire political system is actually controlled by hidden
forces and entities whose power is not dependent of elections nor do they change every four years come election time.
These are the ―hidden masters‖ who rule this nation by proxy.
They rule over the minions utilizing ingenious strategies central amoung them is divide and conquer which is the
foundation that has fundamentally separated this nation into two opposing camps ―rightwing vs leftwing‖ aka
Republicans vs Democrats who then go forth battling each other.
BEHOLD… For unbeknownst to the gullible public the LEFT WING and the RIGHT WING is ATTACHED TO
THE SAME BIRD! (A bird of prey no less). The same HEAD and BRAIN CONTROLS BOTH WINGS!!!….
Understand this anology and you will begin to understand the TRUE state of the union… No matter how you vote it
never changes a thing: heads they win, tails you loose.
Switching back and forth between Republican

and Democratic parties is necessary to maintain
the illusion of real choice.
The ruling overlords who push the buttons behind the curtain
employ the best and brightest minds to perpetuate the elaborate
illusion of choice, freedom and liberty. The ruling overlords
routinely send in scouts to top universities to recruit the
brightest minds. These employed geniuses are the best in their
respective fields such as Behavioral Sciences, group
psychology, strategy, manipulation, propaganda, indoctrination
and so forth. Employing the latest cutting edge herd
management techniques they skillfully lead and control the
realm of public thought and discourse. Their product, a
cohesive illusion of choice, freedom and liberty is so pronounced and thorough that it is essentially mind boggling that
it is accepted as undisputed REALITY by the masses. The sheeple population are entranced under such a deluded
state of denial that they have no clue of their predicament.
What we witness on a national scale is mass COGNITIVE DISSONANCE of the entire voting public. Even though
everyone KNOWS and admits that politicians are the most corrupt and deceitful people on earth the public evidently
believing there is no other way, just bury that understanding and go through the motions of voting yet again and again
expecting a MIRACLE of the allegedly ―elected‖ leaders actually doing what they promised instead of immediately
upon getting into office then continuing where their predicesor left off and build upon the already implemented acts
with evermore atrocious ones. The end results are almost always the same. Government continues to grow into some
sort of monstrosity and evermore encroaching into all aspects of our personal lives, the ever increasing taxes and fees
seem to go into infinity as the poor majority always get the shaft while the elite and their middle management
collaborators whom all become rich by playing and perpetuating the system get all the breaks in life.
The game is rigged, and you my friend are not in on it. The Rich Are Winning the US Class War: Facts Show Rich
Getting Richer, Everyone Else Poorer.
―Experience declares that man is the only animal which devours his own kind, for I can apply no milder term
to…the general prey of the rich on the poor.‖ - Thomas Jefferson
Denial
For the politics of science/history and public policy, see Denialism. For other uses, see Denial (disambiguation).
Denial is a defense mechanism postulated by Sigmund Freud, in which a person is faced with a fact that is too
uncomfortable to accept and rejects it instead, insisting that it is not true despite what may be overwhelming
evidence. [1] The subject may use:
simple denial - deny the reality of the unpleasant fact altogether
minimisation - admit the fact but deny its seriousness (a combination of denial and rationalisation), or
projection - admit both the fact and seriousness but deny responsibility.
The concept of denial is particularly important to the study of addiction. The theory of denial was first researched
seriously by Anna Freud. She classified denial as a mechanism of the immature mind, because it conflicts with the
ability to learn from and cope with reality. Where denial occurs in mature minds, it is most often associated with
death, dying and rape. More recent research has significantly expanded the scope and utility of the concept.
Elisabeth Kübler-Ross used denial as the first of five stages in the psychology of a dying patient, and the idea has
been extended to include the reactions of survivors to news of a death. Thus, when parents are informed of the
death of a child, their first reaction is often of the form, "No! You must have the wrong house, you can't mean our
child!"[citation needed]
Unlike some other defense mechanisms postulated by psychoanalytic theory (for instance, repression), the general
existence of denial is fairly easy to verify, even for non-specialists. On the other hand, denial is one of the most
controversial defense mechanisms, since it can be easily used to create unfalsifiable theories: anything the subject
says or does that appears to disprove the interpreter's theory is explained, not as evidence that the interpreter's
theory is wrong, but as the subject's being "in denial". However, researchers note that in some cases of
corroborated child sexual abuse, the victims sometimes make a series of partial confessions and recantations as
they struggle with their own denial and the denial of abusers or family members.[2]
The concept of denial is important in twelve-step programs, where the abandonment or reversal of denial forms the
basis of the first, fourth, fifth, eighth and tenth steps. The ability to deny or minimize is an essential part of what
enables an addict to continue his or her behavior despite evidence that - to an outsider - appears overwhelming.
This is cited as one of the reasons that compulsion is seldom effective in treating addiction — the habit of denial
remains.
Understanding and avoiding denial is also important in the treatment of various diseases. The American Heart
Association cites denial as a principal reason that treatment of a heart attack is delayed. Because the symptoms are
so varied, and often have other potential explanations, the opportunity exists for the patient to deny the emergency,
often with fatal consequences. It is common for patients to delay mammograms or other tests because of a fear of
cancer, even though this is clearly maladaptive. It is the responsibility of the care team, and of the nursing staff in
particular, to train at-risk patients to avoid such behavior
The blind herds of voting cattle routinely forget the false promises of ALL the elections past and yet again line up to
vote for ―THEIR‖ candidate, cheering ―THEIR TEAM‖ exactly how the true rulers of the entire process want the cattle
to think and behave. For it matters not who ―wins‖… leftwing or rightwing… they both belong to the same ruling
crime syndicate, beholden to the same ruling elite and the same corrupt system that progressively gets worse and worse
no matter who is elected. The sheeple ignore reality and blindly, with a religious ferver, cheer ―their team‖ beyond all
logic and reason. There is a scientific explanation for this state of denial it is called ―True-believer Syndrome‖:
True-believer syndrome :
True-believer syndrome is a term coined by M. Lamar Keene in his 1976 book The Psychic Mafia. Keene
used the term to refer to people who continued to believe in a paranormal event or phenomenon even after it
had been proven to have been staged.[1][2] Keene considered it to be a cognitive disorder,[3][4] and
regarded it as being a key factor in the success of many psychic mediums.[2]
The term "true believer syndrome" is not used professionally by psychologists, psychiatrists, or medical
professionals and is not recognised as a form of psychopathology or psychological impairment, nor is it listed
in any version of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders.[5]
Raoul
In his book The Psychic Mafia, Keene tells of a psychic medium named Raoul. Some people still believed that
Raoul was genuine even after he openly admitted that he was a fake. Keene wrote "I knew how easy it was
to make people believe a lie, but I didn't expect the same people, confronted with the lie, would choose it
over the truth. ... No amount of logic can shatter a faith consciously based on a lie."[6][1]
Carlos
According to The Skeptic's Dictionary, an example of this syndrome is evidenced by an event in 1988, when
James Randi, at the request of an Australian news program, coached stage performer José Alvarez to pretend
he was channelling a two-thousand-year-old spirit named "Carlos". Even after it was revealed to be a
fictional character created by Randi and Alvarez, many people continued to believe that "Carlos" was
real.[4] Randi commented: "no amount of evidence, no matter how good it is or how much there is of it,
is ever going to convince the true believer to the contrary."[7]
I‘m so disgusted with the state of rampant voter fraud and manipulation here in America that I am having a real hard
time even trying to gather my thoughts together
and muster the will power to even try and
articulate this ―known evil but no one really
cares enough to do anything‖ subject. Let me
just sum this up real quickly and just get it out
of the way. Voter fraud here in America is so
pervasive, so entrenched, such an integral part
of the system that it is regularly just shrugged
off. Yet the electoral process is supposedly one
of the most important fundamental features of
any so called great democracy.
Just how pervasive is voter fraud? There are so

many ways to steal an election it is not even
funny, a quick look at Wikipedia‘s list:
Electoral manipulation, gerrymandering,
manipulation of demography, disenfranchisement, intimidation, vote buying, misinformation, misleading or confusing
ballot papers, ballot stuffing, misreporting of votes, misuse of proxy votes, destruction or invalidation of ballots,
election fraud in legislature, and the new kid on the block, jerry rigged machines. In the old days, exit polls were
amazingly accurate, but now that stealing an election is as easy as having one of your hackers conveniently working at
any given polling location EASILY being able to changing the numbers within a couple minutes. For the first time in
history, the day they started using the electric machines, was the same moment the exit polls ―were no longer
accurate‖, way off… actually not so, the exit polls never changed, in all actuality it is the machine counts that are way
off. But our ruling masters have convinced us all that the problem is with the exit polling. Yeah, right. But convince
everyone it‘s all the fault of the exit polls they did, now exit polls are scorned at.
Below is what is one of the finest most lucid and well articulated articles completely expressing and summarizing the
reality of ―the system‖ as it truly is, that I have read in a long time…
An Argument Against Endorsing the Political System

By Benjamin Zman, Nov 2, 2010
Every election cycle I have to deal with so many people asking me if I voted and then being shocked, angry or
disappointed with me when I say that I don't vote. Maybe I should just say I voted for the Tea Party, is that better?
At least I voted right? I have no problem with you voting if that is what you really want to do but I have my
reasons for not endorsing this political circus with my vote. I have a right to decline participation in a political
system that I believe is corrupted by money, that forces cultural programming and propaganda on us
everyday, that is assisting corporate interests in the looting of our wealth and resources, that supports
constant wars and military occupation all over the world, that is gradually dumbing down America and has a
strong hand in shaping the New World Order.
Voting in America is about giving in to one of two manufactured options. Both options have continually
failed us, over and over again, yet we continue to support a political system that cleverly feeds on one of our
last bits of freedom; the right to resist the mechanisms of powers that be. Voting is not the last right we have left,
so stop telling me it is. We have the right to cognitive liberty, to think for ourselves and act according to those
ideas and principles. Every election cycle the machine chews us up, gets us all riled and agitated and then
spits us out, excited for a fight and the promise of change that will NEVER come. We are led to believe
that our vote gives us a seat behind the steering wheel, but it doesn't. We aren't fighting the machine by voting,
we are becoming it.
Our politicians are illusionists, highly skilled at distorting the field of reality. They playfully distract
Americans from whats going on behind the scenes, funded by their corporate sponsors. You are constantly
being asked to vote against the other party and not for what you believe would be better for our country. You may
ask yourself, "what happened to the man I voted for?" or excuse his failures by blaming the opposition of his
political rivals but don't give in to the illusion. Do you really think that not voting is what the other political
party wants you to do? Are you that afraid that you would vote against your best interests just because you think
the other party is more dangerous? Make no mistake, Democrat or Republican, the machine is tethered to
corporate interests, big business and the banking elite. There is no great champion of the people, there is no
catalyst for change in the two-party system, there is only the illusion that your vote makes a difference and
that your candidate will make things better. The masters of political manipulation, the alchemists of
internet and television propaganda; they know how to transform opinion and bypass reason, so that they
can grab hold of our emotional cords and pull us into their illusion.
Do you ever ask yourself why you really vote? If its because you actually researched your preferred candidate,
agree with their policies and know they aren't receiving large amount of campaign contributions from big business,
then you are a rarity. I think most people vote like I used to, because they are afraid or angry. Everyday, fear is
propagated through a narration of carefully selected emotional issues. We get angry when we feel that others want
to take our power away and afraid when we think we are actually loosing that power. We are being played
against each other, while they pull off the greatest heist in history and shape the future of our world. We are
toys in their game and intuitively we know it, but instead we deny that other people can control our fate.
They are playing for the end game but we are playing battle to battle. Refusing to vote and working to expose the
false narrative is a form of culture jamming. We will [must] tear down the layers of illusion and display the
political beast, naked and transparent, for all to see.
When you vote, you endorse this system and feed the very monster you want to transform. You have a right to
do so, but if you choose not to, you may be guilted into relinquishing your right of refusal or convinced to vote
for the "lesser of two evils," but is that what you really want? There is no longer such a thing as a strategic
vote, the machine will move forward in the same direction, regardless of which party holds office. The only
thing that really makes sense when you see through the lies? Don't vote. Or at least don't vote for the politicians
who support the two-party system that you know you oppose. There is a slow rise of alternative candidates who we
all know won't win, but that vote is a vote is a form of resistance as well. Whether you vote your conscious or
choose not to vote at all, the most important thing is that we continually write, produce art and music, spread the
word, work to better our communities and if you have the stomach for it run for local office. Do what you can to
[unplug from the matrix and] disrupt and subvert the mainstream cultural institutions which make this machine
work. This is a War we live in and its not Republican vs. Democrat, as you may have been led to believe. The
sides are drawn and even though we don't have the same resources that they do, we can still tear down the
illusion piece by piece.
In my lifetime I witnessed the most amazing election theft ever, that was in 2000 when the neo-con syndicate stole the
presidency of the United States of America Inc. and handed it to their newly selected puppet Bush Jr. There were
several areas of attack that were highly coordinated. His brother Jeb Bush was the Governor of Florida, he pulled lots
of strings and laid the groundwork for the smoke and mirrors theft their in Florida, where at center stage were the well
engineered ―hanging chads‖ scheme.
At the heart of the HEIST/COUP was the paper company that provided the special paper for the cards used in the
punch machines. For the first time ever the company that provided the special paper changed the paper to an
inferior paper that created something called ―chads‖. Quality control specialists within the company immediately
pointed out the problem, they were silenced and told to just use that paper and shut up or else they would be fired
(there is a video floating around YouTube of an interview with half a dozen employees testimony). Low and behold,
we came to witness the resulting big Florida ―hanging chad‖ fiasco. What you also didn‘t know was the company that
provided the new paper they used was a subsidiary of none other than Diebold… who latter went on to make out like
bandits selling millions of dollars worth of their easily rigged electronic machines.
The setup didn‘t stop there, Katherine Harris who was a republican staff ended up being the person to stop the recount
and call the vote…. For… ummm, her colleague or shall I say co-conspirator, member of the same crime syndicate!
This went all the way to the republican supreme court that agreed that their republican comrade ―won.‖ The rest is
history. I am purposely over simplifying this, as there are tons of evidence that I refuse to even rehash at this point.
Bottom line was that Bush & Co. crime syndicate literally stole the election, ushering in the new millennium by the
prophesized ―man of lawlessness‖ that would open the doors to the apocalypse…
Diebold Memos Disclose Florida 2000 E-Voting Fraud

The Diebold Memos' Smoking Gun
Volusia County Memos Disclose Election 2000 Vote Fraud
By Alastair Thompson, Scoop, Friday, 24 October 2003
"DELAND, Fla., Nov. 11 - Something very strange happened on election night to Deborah Tannenbaum,
a Democratic Party official in Volusia County. At 10 p.m., she called the county elections department and
learned that Al Gore was leading George W. Bush 83,000 votes to 62,000. But when she checked the
county's Web site for an update half an hour later, she found a startling development: Gore's count had
dropped by 16,000 votes, while an obscure Socialist candidate had picked up 10,000--all because of a
single precinct with only 600 voters." - Washington Post Sunday , November 12, 2000 ; Page A22
Yes. Something very strange happened in Volusia County on election night November 2000, the night that first
Gore won Florida, then Bush, and then as everybody can so well remember there was a tie.
Something strange indeed. But what exactly? In the above report (click for full version), written days after the
election, hotshot Washington Post reporter Dana Milbank goes on to attribute the strange 16,022 negative vote
tally from Volusia's precinct 216 to an apparently innocent cause.
"…. faulty 'memory cards' in the machines caused the 16,000-vote disappearance on election night. The
glitch was soon fixed," he wrote.
But thanks to recent investigations into Black Box Voting by Washington State writer Bev Harris we now know
this explanation is not correct. In fact it is not even in the ballpark.
According to recently discovered internal Diebold Election Systems memos, Global Election Systems' (which was
later purchased by Diebold) own technical staff were also stumped by the events in Volusia County/
In Chapter 11 of her new book "Black Box Voting In the 21st Century" released early today in .PDF format at
Blackboxvoting.com and here at Scoop Ms Harris observes
"If you strip away the partisan rancor over the 2000 election, you are left with the undeniable fact that a
presidential candidate conceded the election to his opponent based on [results from] a second card that
mysteriously appears, subtracts 16,022 votes, then just as mysteriously disappears."
Working in parallel with Ms Harris Scoop has also been inquiring into the events on election night in Volusia
county. Much of the material that follows is similar to that which appears in Chapter 11 of her book.
The starting point in this shocking discovery about election 2000 came in a series of internal Diebold ES technical
support memos.
The following is an abbreviated version of the exchange concerning the peculiar events in Volusia county. For the
purposes of research the exchange is included in full as an Appendix to this report (APPENDIX TWO). The
discussion took place in early 2001 as an audit was underway in Volusia county into the events.
Christians the world over were all waiting for the coming of and fearing the devastation of the prophesized―man of
lawlessness‖ who would come to destroy this world, sending the world into an (economic) abyss and wage unending
wars, but no one had a clue it would come in the form of a ―BUSH‖… Who would incidentally soon after seizing the
reigns of this country with their jaw dropping heist of the election, go destroy the biblical land of Babylon The Great,
aka: today‘s Iraq, just as prophesized in the bible end times! To he who has an ear let him hear, he who has eyes let
him see…
Fast forward to 2004, this time around the stage had been set, Diebold was in like slim. They had their easily rigged
machines all over the country. The president of Diebold at one point even boasted in a memo to Bush how he was
―committed to helping DELIVER OHIO‘s electoral votes to
the president next year‖… what would you know! While
everyone was busy paying attention and conducting extensive
surveillance of the Florida vote, it was OHIO that handed
Bush his second term! This time around the republicans were
bold in their theft of the presidency, they had republican
majority in all the houses of the government, raging war
everywhere, their terrorist boogeyman black ops instilling
fear in people‘s hearts and minds.
They threw out the kitchen sink with bogus voter

registrations, they purged the hilt out of democratic voter
lists, they suppressed countless thousands of democratic
voters, absentee ballots, a host of disinfo and inaccuracies
spread all over, and of course, those amazing voting machines
did their job of handing bush his 2nd term all the while he was
losing. And still actually did lose, but yet ―won.‖ Voter turnout was astronomical as voters showed up en mass to
vote AGAINST Bush. All the exit polls in every single state called it for Kerry, but for the first time in history
ALL exit polls were completely WRONG, gee whiz, I wonder why. Again, I am just scratching the surface of the
2004 election heist.
"If after having elected their man or group, if obedience is not rendered to the Jewish control, then you
speedily hear of "scandals" and "investigations" and "impeachments" for the removal of the disobedient.
Usually a man with a "past" proves the most obedient instrument, but even a good man can often be tangled
up in campaign practices that compromise him. It has been commonly known that Jewish manipulation of
American election campaigns have been so skillfully handled, that no matter which candidate was elected,
there was ready made a sufficient amount of evidence to discredit him in case his Jewish masters needed to
discredit him." – Henry Ford
Election Day fraud found all over U.S.!
Complaints of illegal votes, bribes, ballot irregularities commonplace.
By Drew Zahn, WorldNetDaily Nov 2, 2010
During each election cycle, news stories emerge of voter irregularities and ballot malfunctions, prompting
volunteer organizations to fight what they say is rampant fraud, while many authorities and other organizations
dismiss the charges as unfounded.
2010 is proving no different.
An organization called Minnesota Majority, for example, claims it found hundreds of ineligible votes by
convicted felons cast in the 2008 election, possibly turning the tide in the very narrowly decided election of Sen.
Al Franken.
But Dan McGrath, executive director of TakeAction Minnesota, told the St. Paul Legal Ledger, "There is no
evidence of any sort of systemic voter fraud in this state. … There's barely any evidence of voter fraud at all."
Now Minnesota is a hotbed of controversy again, as Fox News reports officials are ―investigating‖ an allegation
that mentally disabled voters in Crow Wing County were coached by their attendants to cast ballots for specific
candidates. The charges say attendants even filled out the ballots themselves for people so incapacitated they may
not have even been eligible to vote in the first place.
Because politics alone can't solve the country's problems, get "Taking America Back," Joseph Farah's manifesto
for sovereignty, self-reliance and moral renewal.
Other investigations from around the country have also arisen, including the following:
 Kentucky's Lexington Herald-Reader reports state officials received over 100 calls to a voter fraud
hotline from 46 counties by early this afternoon. The state's attorney general's office told the paper the
calls ran the gamut – complaints about voting machines and election officials, electioneering, general
election fraud, disrupting the polls and more. Four counties even had allegations of vote buying.
 In the heated race in Nevada between Democratic Sen. Harry Reid and GOP challenger Sharron Angle,
the Associated Press reports, Republican Party legal counsel has already filed a 44-page complaint
alleging voter logs in a pair of counties showed the number of ballots cast was larger than the number of
voters who signed the election registers. Furthermore, Angle's campaign has alleged Reid and
Democratic union backers were illegally buying votes with free food and Starbucks gift cards in repeated
e-mails to supporters.
 Angle's lawyers have also filed a complaint with the Justice Department alleging casino executives
sympathetic to Reid put pressure on union employees to vote, even telling bosses to "put a headlock" on
supervisors to make sure their workers vote.
 In Houston, Texas, a volunteer watchdog organization discovered evidence another organization had
registered as many as 23,000 phony voter registrations in Harris County, including a woman who
registered six times in the same day, registrations of non-citizens and 1,597 registrations that named the
same person multiple times, often with different signatures.
 READ MORE HERE> >
Votergate - Video
The powers that be would have you all believe that our country is
divided 50-50 among democrats and republicans. This could be
nothing more further than the truth. The best accurate numbers point to
more of a 65% democrats vs. 35% republican registered voters. But…
go ahead and search for reliable statistics, should be a simple thing to
find out, right? Nope. The list of total registered voters separated by
party does not exist. For the day that the actual true number of people
who are affiliated to each party comes out will be a day of reckoning.
People would instantly realize that the whole thing was nothing more
than a sham.
But does that even matter when they are all part of the same Mafia?
The democrats can be more accurately summed up and viewed as the
Genovese crime syndicate and the Republicans as the Gambino crime
syndicate. The president becomes the new ―godfather‖ to both crime families and even he gets his marching orders
from the secretive ruling royalty they all serve.
Well, the entire landscape of voting has changed and we will soon come to get a glimpse of what its impact will be in
the next elections. On January 21, 2010, the U.S. Supreme Court ruled that corporations are entitled to spend
unlimited funds in our elections… Corporations already rule this country lock stock and barrel, now they are about to
completely overshadow the electoral process.
Electronic Voting and Stealing Elections With Media Complicity

Thursday, 28 October 2010 19:01 Szandor Blestman
I don't trust establishment politicians. I don't trust the establishment media. I don't trust that the two groups don't
have unwritten agreements to scratch each others backs. I don't trust the establishment, period. The establishment
is not out to look after my best interests, your best interests, or the best interests of the common folk on the street.
The establishment is out to look after the best interests of the establishment, and unscrupulous people inside the
establishment will stop at nothing to make sure they maintain their power and keep their wealth stream flowing.
There isn't a principle they won't forsake
nor a law they won't break in order to
protect their interests, including trashing
any system that may help protect the
interests of the less powerful individuals
within society.
One of the basic principles of a democratic

republic is the right of the people to be able
to fairly and honestly select a representative
that a majority of the populous can agree
on. While the merits of this system are
debatable, the reality of its effects is not.
The vast majority of people will see this
system as legitimate and go along with its
dictates so long as the laws passed and
requests made of the populous remain
reasonable. In order for this type of system
to maintain its perception of legitimacy, it
also must remain transparent. Both these requisites have become extremely compromised over the past decade
and more and more people are adopting the perception that our system is no longer legitimate.
I first began to suspect that the electoral system in this country had problems back in the late eighties, early
nineties when Ross Perot was running for president and founded one of the most successful third parties in
modern times. I voted for Mr. Perot. I remember asking many others who they voted for and the vast majority
voted for Mr. Perot. I don't believe that most of the people I know are anything other than average Americans. I
couldn't understand how so large a percentage of the people I asked had voted for Mr. Perot and yet he had
obtained so low a percentage of the vote when the ballots were counted. I realized that I knew only a small
percentage of people and understood that my sampling wasn't scientifically sound, but I still had a bad feeling in
the back of my mind that something had gone rotten with the system.
(As an aside, I was reminded the other day of something Ross Perot said about passing NAFTA and a giant
sucking sound of jobs leaving the country. Seems like his statement was very prophetic considering the present
high unemployment rate and the gloomy outlook for creating jobs in the future.)
I think that the elections in which George W. Bush was elected showed us just how devious our electoral system
had become. I'm not talking about the Electoral College or hanging chads, I'm talking about pure and simple
corruption and the compromising of the very principle of free and open elections.
Now I am reading stories of electronic voting machines flipping votes. A few years ago, it was the Republicans
who were benefiting from such mishaps. Now it's the Democrats. I've read stories of early voters in Nevada being
unable to vote for Sharron Angle and instead Harry Reid and the whole slate of Democrats is registered by the
machine. I've read stories of service technicians talking about how easy it is to hack into the machines.
As one who's had experience with computers, machine level programming code, RAM and ROM memory and
other digital electronic basics, I understand perhaps a little better than most the holes in securing data on
electronic voting machines. It is nowhere near as secure as good old paper ballots and a paper trail. In fact, I
would suggest that electronic voting provides near zero security and the voting public should show near zero
confidence that their vote is even being counted. But don't take my word for it. Bev Harris and Black Box Voting
have done a marvelous job documenting the flaws and corruption of our current election processes. There is also
a wonderful documentary available called Hacking Democracy. If you haven't seen it yet, I suggest you find the
time to watch it.
How are we to have even the illusion of legitimacy when we can't even be certain that the candidates elected to be
representatives of the people were put into office by a majority of participating voters? How are we supposed to
"throw the bums out" when we can't be sure that our votes against corrupt and criminal incumbents won't be
flipped and counted for them? How can we hold anyone accountable when our electoral process is secretive and
controlled by individuals and companies whose interests may conflict with or be served by certain politicians on
the ballots?
Yet the problem goes deeper than just the voting machines. It takes confidence in the system by the majority of
voters for the system to maintain its appearance of legitimacy. The voting machines might easily be done away
with if the problems with them were widely reported. Yet one hardly hears anything about such problems in the
establishment corporate media. With a few notable exceptions like the documentary mentioned above, one needs
to go to alternative sources if one wants to really get the low down on these highly suspect election practices.
The press was supposed to be the de facto fourth branch of the American republic, a kind of watchdog over the
other three branches of government in case the checks and balances failed. It was specifically mentioned in the
first amendment of the Bill of Rights. President Kennedy, emphasized its importance in a famous speech
admonishing secrecy and concealment. The establishment press has failed miserably in carrying out this
important duty. In fact, I would suggest that the modern day press has done the opposite of being a watchdog and
has empowered the federal government to usurp the control one should have over his own life and to grow well
past the limits written into the Constitution that were put there to constrain it. That's one reason why the citizen
press, the blogs and opinions one finds on the Internet, is so important.
The establishment press has a tendency to attack those who may threaten the status quo. It seems to embellish
insignificant faults and mishaps involving candidates who might threaten the establishment while ignoring glaring
corruption of the candidates who likely serve the interests of globalists and the corporate elites. This is not new. It
has been going on for quite some time. Remember how Ross Perot was painted as crazy? Remember how they
did the same with Ron Paul back in 2008? More recently, it was Debra Medina in Texas who was painted with
the crazy brush. It seems that any time a candidate espousing freedom principles and advocating more power to
the individual and less to the government gains steam and starts to become popular, the establishment media
jumps all over that person and tries to demonize or discredit them. It's the same MO, over and over. Perhaps that's
why establishment news programs are losing viewers and establishment newspapers are losing readers. People
aren't stupid, and they do remember.
I don't even trust the pollsters anymore. It seems to me that they have no accountability either. It seems to me that
they can do and say what they want, and that they can do and say anything those paying them would like them to
say. The polls seldom seem believable to me. They almost never seem to mesh or reflect the sentiment I
encounter in my personal life. I don't know why.
Consider this, polls say that the approval rating for Congress is only 11%. I can believe that. That seems right.
But when polled, often more than 11% of the people are planning on voting for their incumbent congress critters.
That just doesn't seem to make much sense. Why would so many disapprove of the job their "representatives" are
doing, but then go ahead and re-elect them? Where's the disconnect? Is it apathy? Could it be because they see
both major parties as bought and paid for so they don't think there's any difference between the two candidates? Is
it the "devil you know versus the devil you don't" meme? Perhaps it's the "lesser of two evils" saying at work.
Whatever the case, it seems to me that a decent third party or independent candidate (with the exception of one
Joe Lieberman) might help and a principled one reported on in a favorable light by the mainstream media outlets
might have a chance.
So, go to the polls next Tuesday and vote. Vote the incumbents out of office. Vote for candidates that seem to you
to be the most anti-establishment. Vote for those who claim to want to shrink government and give the common
folk more power. Vote for whatever candidate you feel will best represent your interests. Just don't expect too
much. Don't expect too much to change. Don't expect the system to roll over. Don't expect honesty. Don't expect
truth. Don't expect any real investigative reporting from the media. These are things the common folk will likely
have to do on their own. The system will not change until the common folk stop paying for and putting up with it.
It will not change until we make it known in no uncertain terms that we've had enough.
So its official folks. Our nation just overcame the first hurdle in becoming a full fledged Corporatocracy. The
corporations will soon drown out the voices of all you little insignificant mortals.
Stealing America: Vote by Vote - Video
That‘s all I have to say about the sorry state of our so called democracy‘s appalling voting system. America the so
called ―great bastion of democracy.‖ The sad reality is that it‘s all just a farce, smoke and mirrors. I believe that the
staggering mess we call our voting system should get a complete simple old fashioned ballot box checks and balances
paper trail makeover and all financial contributions (e.g. legalized bribery) abolished. Then again, I wish the tooth
fairy were real also. It will never happen with the status quo firmly entrenched in control of the feeding troths. Our
system will stay this way due to the simple fact that the ruling elite WANT our voting system full of disorder,
confusion, disarray and chaos. For it is under those ideal circumstances they can APPOINT whomever they so choose,
then feed the American public any fairy-tale story they have dreamt up for the occasion. The obedient lap dog media
all chime in like well trained parrots and repeating the story over and over again until no one questions anymore, and
those who do, finally forget or just give up. Now go back to sleep sheeple… sleep… sleep…
While a guest on ABC's Face the Nation, William Fulbright - US Senator and Chairman of the US Foreign
Relations committee - said this before a national audience:
"Israel controls the United States Senate. We should be more concerned about the United States' interests."
(36)
Nationally syndicated columnist and former presidential candidate Patrick Buchanan said:
"The United States Congress is Israeli occupied territory." (37)
The masters who play you all have known and successfully utilize these types of human characheristics to their
advantage for eons, they play you all like violins, you bunch of pathetic gullible goys have no clue that they rule over
you, vote your hearts out, pick the ―new‖ staged and RIGGED Tea Party puppets your heart desires, you know what
will change? NOTHING. In the end everything will remain the same, taxes will increase, the power and size of
government will continue to escalate beyond all logical bounds whily you, the enslaved twerps sit back and wonder
how the fuck our nation has become so screwed up… Back to the leftwing blaming the rightwing… back to everyone
fighting amoungst each other while the true criminals who run this country enjoy the spoils and rewards of their elite
lives they live on your dime. They never feel the suffering of the regular folks, for their consortium takes good care of
its own devote loyal members who help manage and enslave you all. Its their game and they make all the rules, you my
dear disillusioned friend are not in it. You just THINK you are.
―If elections really changed things they would be illegal.‖ — Emma Goldman
The day this nation is destroyed from within, the clueless cattle will wonder around asking themselves ―who did this
happen‖? The politician‘s perverbial promise every election season is the same one the devil is famous for: ―trust me.‖
And just like their master whom they emulate by their deeds they sacrifice the public for their own agendas and the
agendas of their mutual sovereign crime syndicate consortiums.

MILITARY INDUSTRIAL COMPLEX

THE MERCHANTS OF “DEATH" & DESTRUCTION
PORTRAYED & CAMOUFLAGED AS:
"THE IMPERIAL MINISTRY OF "PEACE"
“We must guard against the acquisition of unwarranted influence, whether sought or unsought by the
military industrial complex. The potential for the disastrous rise of misplaced power exists and will persist.”
Dwight D. Eisenhower, President 1961
"You know, one of the hardest parts of my job is to connect Iraq to the war on terror" - Despot George W.
Bush, Sept. 6, 2006
“Military men are dumb, stupid animals to be used as pawns for foreign policy.” – Henry Kissinger
"One cannot wage war under present conditions without the support of public opinion, which is
tremendously molded by the press and other forms of propaganda." - General Douglas MacArthur
The pentagon routinely spends multi-billions of dollars on full scale propaganda campaigns to mold your mind, to
shape your perception. They operate without so much as a whimper from the long defunct ―checks and balances‖ dept.
Now they just write their own scripts and just hand them over to the ―news‖ stations where they repeat what they have
been told like nice obedient servants that they are. This is the current status of our unchallenged Military Industrial
Complex where Rumsfeld (the day before 9/11 no less) getting up in front of the cameras declaring in your face that
―last year the PentaCON LOST 2 TRILLON DOLLARS.‖ /sigh/ ―Golly gee whiz, we don‘t have a clue where all the
money went.‖ Today the amount of ―unaccounted money totals to over a staggering 8 billion dollars (and rising daily)
no one has the slightest freaking clue where it all went. Oh well, now run along kiddies, nothing to see here. Barely
anyone notices, no one cares, the resounding response from the goyim sheeple public is a unanimous: ―hey I wonder
who is winning in American Idol.‖
What is more, why the fuck is this nation even fighting two simultaneous wars in the first place? Doesn‘t anyone else
wonder WHY the fuck we are there? Let‘s see…. Ummm….. We invaded and skullfucked Afghanistan back into the
Stone Age and have been there for 10 years now and still counting…. Ummm…. What was the original reason excuse,
pretext, narrative that we just had to go bomb the fuck out of and DESTROY an entire nation? That nation NEVER
DID A SINGLE THING TO HARM OUR COUNTRY. But… Oh yes, I remember, these really evil blood sucking
zombies called the Taliban were ALLEGEDLY harboring ONE PERSON. Ok reason enough to turn that nation into
a massive parking lot! A couple years later: They realize and admit that the boogeyman called Osama Mossad Bin
Laden has actually been hiding out in Pakistan all along… oh well, let the blood bath party continue and keep
raining down bombs on Afghanistan… must keep killing and destroying, why stop now. Can you see the blatent
ABSURDITY in this picture? Americans are so dumb fucks that they even allowed the bloody murderous rampage of
invasion and occupation to spread to another country that didn‘t do a single thing to us, never. The ruling overlords just
decided that Iraq had to be sent back to the stone age as well. Anyone who has anything to say about it can fuck of
because you are ―either with us or against us.‖ Oh, all of this and much more was perpetrated by the one nation that
proudly proclaims to the world that ―we come in peace‖!!! Here is you dose of liberty, freedom and the Amercian way.
"The first casualty of war is the truth"
All the while we are invading their sovereign land, their homes, killing innocent loved ones and dear friends; anyone
who dares throw a stone at your armored Humvee is a terrorist and immediately shot, that‘ll teach em good. Anyone
who DEFENDS their homes from the foreign invaders…. (FYI: the foreign invaders are us, the good ole U.S.of A), is
also portrayed as ―evil terrorists,‖ tortured or shot and killed. Any questions? BTW: the alleged hijackers that
supposedly conducted 9/11 were universally ALL from Saudi Arabia and or Pakistan, doh.
What other war is that we are fighting? Oh yeah, the evil nation of Iraq. What was it they did to us? OH, NOTHING.
ZILCH, ZIPPO, NADA, ZERO. They never did a thing to us. Yet the powers that be decided we just had to go over
there and send their country back into the Stone Age. What was the FARCE that was given to the gullible idiot public?
Oh I remember, something about this evil zombie boogeyman called Sadam had weapons of mass destruction hiding
up his butt hole. They blasted scary propaganda all over the airwaves for months until the American public was shitting
in their pants, ―go ahead destroy them already‖ was the universal cry.
Today Obama, who campaigned on the promise of ending those useless atrocious wars, did as EVERY single president
that makes campaign promises has done before him: upon entering office he immediately reneged on his promises and
instead promptly picked up the mantle were his predecessor left off and proceeded to add more funding and troops!
LOL.
Most importantly is that upon digesting the reality of the viewpoints exposed it becomes ever more easy to clearly see
that both wars were premeditated special hidden agenda operations planned well in advance of 9/11 and all the bogus
pretexts, narratives, propaganda and hype regurgitated for public consumption are pure bullshit.
One thing that is really bothering me lately, making me lose many a night‘s sleep is the fact that I am witnessing "the
case for war with IRAQ" all over again! The pentagon war machine is putting out the EXACT same bullshit
propaganda case for war with IRAN (almost word for word) as it did when they conned us into attacking Iraq! What
is troubling me night and day is the FACT that everyone with an IQ of over 70 knows and admits that the whole Iraq
war thing was A) initiated with pure bullshit lies and B) we all agree that it was a big mistake C) now it‘s almost
impossible to find a way for anyone in politics to get us out due to the fact that the bastards in charge continue to
compound the quagmire and dig us further into the abyss of war by killing millions of innocent ―collateral damages.‖
Despite all the FACTS that are now history about the wars with Afghanistan and Iraq, and despite the FACT that we
are still embroiled in that mess, the pentagon spin machine along with mass media are doing their best to ram a new
war down our throats... AGAIN!... no shame in their game... they even dare use the EXACT same lame bullshit
justification they got the gullible people to believe them in the first place with Iraq. Is America really this stupid? Are
we really that far disconnected with reality as to allow the same exact bullshit con job to be perpetrated on us yet
again? Folks, this is not the end, it is just the beginning, for on their hit list is Syria, and every Arab country that does
not bow to the supremacy of the Jewish state and it‘s proxy western mercenary hit men armies.
I had a chilling nightmare the other day. I dreamed that our most brilliant wonderful beloved peace loving nation was
in fact the DARTH VADER nation! In that nightmare dream our ―evil‖ nation was hell bent on world conquest,
attacking every country that did not bow to its supremacy and allow the economic colonization of their country. Those
countries that resisted were immediately labeled evil regimes and CIA terrorist squads sent in to destabilize their
countries into submission, if that didn‘t work, we eventually found a pretext and sent in entire brigades to invade their
lands and take physical dominance confiscate their natural resources and divvy up the bounty amongst our insatiable
multi-national conglomerates. In this dream our DARTH VADER countries had established would wide military
dominance and built massive military bases in every nation that was subjugated. We were the evil monsters that ruled
over the world with a mask of an innocent benevolent saint over our national face covering the hideous reality under it!
What a crazy nightmare, eh?
"So important did military spending and the military-industrial sector become during World War II and the
Cold War that they have become fundamental to the U.S. economy, U.S. economic growth and above all U.S.
technological development. Despite its often almost incredible wastefulness and corruption, this military
spending has also been in some ways a kind of unacknowledged but rather successful state industrial
development strategy in a country whose free market ideology meant that it could not formally adopt or admit
to such a strategy." - David Edwards - Burning All Illusions
"I spent 33 years in the Marines, most of my time being a high-class muscle man for big business, for Wall
Street and the bankers. In short, I was a racketeer for Capitalism... The general public shoulders the bill. This
bill renders a horrible accounting. Newly placed gravestones, Mangled bodies. Shattered minds. Broken
hearts and homes. Economic instability. Back-breaking taxation for generations and generations." - Brigadier
General Smedley D. Butler, 1935
I have a mandate. Let it be known, in any future society that overcomes this current decrepit system. When and if any
leader votes for any war or any assault on any other country, let it be law to have THEIR CHILDREN, grand children,
cousins, nephews (every single one of them, uproot them and draft each and every one of them) be the FIRST IN LINE
on the ground in the FRONT LINES of the assault. You voted for war? OK, your children will fight and represent your
decision, not pushing buttons in some protected bunker hundreds of miles from the bombings, no, they shall be the
ones carrying the flags in the midst of the bombs and bullet attacks! THEN, and only then would you witness for the
first time in history, caution and real consideration of the battles we wage around the world. I am totally disgusted and
fed up with the reports of the RARE instances of famous and world leader‘s children who are enlisted yet receive all
the fame and glory while sitting pretty far, far, far from harm‘s way. Fuck you, fuck your children all you fucking
spineless fucktards. I‘m tired of you sending the peasant‘s goyim cattle children to die by the thousands while you and
your 00.1% enlisted offspring get all the glory.
The holy grail of the trillion dollar industry known as the military industrial complex is PERPETUAL WAR.
Today the ruling elite are waging a never ending “war” on “terrorism”: In accordance to the principles of
Doublethink, it does not matter if the war is not real, or when it is, that victory is not possible. The war is not
meant to be won. It is meant to be continuous. The essential act of modern warfare is the destruction of the
produce of human labor. A hierarchical society is only possible on the basis of poverty and ignorance. In
principle, the war effort is always planned to keep society on the brink of starvation. The war is waged by the
ruling group against its own subjects. And its object is not victory over Eurasia or Eastasia, but to keep the very
structure of society intact. There is truth, and there is untruth. To be in a minority of one doesn't make you mad.
The entire farce, premise/pretext/narrative for America attacking Iraq was "weapons of mass destruction"... "if we
allow them to develop nuclear power we are doomed"... ―EVERYONE RUN FOR YOUR LIVES!!!‖ What? They are
going to strap a nuclear missile on the back of a CAMEL and attack us? Today we have every neo-con extremist, the
pentagon, Washington, the entire military industrial complex, in unison with the Zionists, all chanting: "we must attack
IRAN because they are going to develop weapons of mass destruction!" DEJAVU!!! "if we allow Iran to develop
nuclear technology they will bomb us tomorrow! Their evil leaders drink the blood of babies and kill puppys for the
fun of it! Come on America!!! Is this nation so brain dead that it is completely paralyzed from exercising any rational
common sense?
The democrats in congress unanimously got elected in 2006 on the premise that they would put an end to these insane
wars, have instead since day one, been funding every penny the Bush war machine has been demanding, the democrats
have helped pass ALL the spy and surveillance acts against US citizens without a slightest fuss. Can‘t you all see it is
all a charade? The Democrats and the Republicans work for the same ruling masters, they just take turns
manning the ship for the real owners.
In short, we are screwed, the "conservative" republican party was hijacked by extremist NWO neo-cons long ago and
are just now emboldened to the point where they now ―in your face‖ their agendas on you. The spineless democratic
party with no balls finally revealed to the world that it was actually on the same team as the republicans all
along. It was all an illusion, you‘ve been
hoodwinked, they were both being
controlled by the same super elite ―hidden
masters‖ from the very beginning. You
have no one to turn to, we are screwed.
Get ready to serve when they institute the
DRAFT again... because according to the
graffiti writing on the wall, we is going to
war yet again to get the rest of the middle
east. Israel is getting very impatient…
must fulfill the master's wishes...
Our military industrial complex is always

presented to the public as "the ministry of
peace", LOL. We have all been brain
washed since childhood into believing that our military exists only for "peace". Our warm, caring, loving protector of
democracy, freedom and the American way. So when we see of and hear of countless numbers of invasions we conduct
on other countries that our most loving U.S.A. does on our behalf, the mass ―interventions,‖ invasions and murder
in its quest for "peace" and to "promote democracy", we can all sleep soundly at night, knowing we are safe and
sound in our most peaceful, liberty, freedom and loving country with 737 military bases all around the globe, and
another 6,000 bases in the us, to ―protect us.‖ Like it or not, our country single handedly has more military bases
around the world than all other countries combined! America‘s military runs the multi-headed beast known as Global
Military Empire, period. What you must understand is the fact that America‘s military job to protect and enforce the
Zionist ECONOMIC COLONIZATION of the world.
The Report From Iron Mountain is a book, published in 1967 (during the Johnson Administration) by Dial Press that
states it is the report of a government panel. According to the report, a 15-member panel, called the Special Study
Group, was set up in 1963 to examine what problems would occur if the U.S. entered a state of lasting peace. They met
at an underground nuclear bunker called Iron Mountain
(as well as other, worldwide locations) and worked over
the next two years. Iron Mountain is where the
government has stored the flight 93 evidence from
9/11. A member of the panel, one "John Doe", a
professor at a college in the Midwest, decided to release
the report to the public. The heavily footnoted report
concluded that peace was not in the interest of a stable
society, that even if lasting peace "could be achieved, it
would almost certainly not be in the best interests of
society to achieve it." War was a part of the economy. Therefore, it was necessary to conceive a state of war for a
stable economy. The government, the group theorized, would not exist without war, and nation states existed in order
to wage war. War also served a vital function of diverting collective aggression. They recommended that bodies be
created to emulate the economic functions of war. They also recommended "blood games" and that the government
create alternative foes that would scare the people with reports of alien life-forms and out of control pollution. Another
proposal was the reinstitution of slavery. U.S. News and World Report claimed in its November 20, 1967 issue to have
confirmation of the reality of the report from an unnamed government official, who added that when President Johnson
read the report, he 'hit the roof' and ordered it to be suppressed for all time. Additionally, sources were said to have
revealed that orders were sent to U.S. embassies, instructing them to emphasize that the book had no relation to U.S.
Government policy. Project Blue Beam is also a common conspiracy theory that alleges that a faked alien landing
would be used as a means of scaring the public into whatever global system is suggested.
News Flash & FYI: Our global military network and presence is cold hard, irrefutable absolute proof that our country
transformed itself into the histories most powerful and largest war waging conquest driven military IMPERIALIST
nation ever. Think about it for a moment. So complete is our naivety and collective blindness that we often cannot see
the most obvious truths standing right in front of our faces. It never occurred to you that you have been living in the:
United Imperialist States of Amerika did it? If it walks like a duck, quacks like a duck and looks like a duck… well
then it‘s a freakin duck! Yes behind the democratic national disguise lays a country who is up to its neck in
practicing imperialism, but that is not the whole story, for there is also another key often overlooked and rarely
scrutinized component to our nation that plays THE chief most centrally important role in deciding all foreign and
domestic policies, politics, military, law and everything we do at home and around the world. It‘s called capitalism.
Oh why does the entire world hate us so? Oh how our loving leaders in Washington care so much about us they go out
of their ways to invade any and every country that does not agree with our "democratic" (spelled: capitalistic)
principles. Is there not a corner of this planet that we have not invaded, yet to "liberate", depose of its "evil rulers" and
export our "democracy" (spelled: c.a.p.i.t.a.l.i.s.m)?
Our country, the self imposed promoter/defender of the capitalist way of life routinely uses military force to achieve its
objectives. The target countries WILL succumb and accept our ways of life or suffer severe consequences. First its
diplomacy, if that fails then its embargos, then its military assault. One way or another, almost all countries on the
planet with the exception of just a few have been subjugated.
Read the storys below for a perfect candid revealing example of how the debate for war and occupation transpires. As
the following article articulates very well, logic and common sense are the last elements permissible in the debate, for
it is painfully obvious no matter what, we will continue to push and ―stay the course‖ with THE AGENDA OF THE
RULING ELITE.
‗Ludicrous Propaganda‘ Driving Afghanistan Debate

By David Swanson, The Public Record Nov 17th,
2009
A billboard promoting installed puppet Hamid Karza.

Photo/Radio Free Europe
The last time I was on Laura Flanders‘s GRIT TV I

argued that the American public opposed the
occupation of Afghanistan, but another guest — some
Washington, D.C., ―progressive‖ — argued that this
had no relevance, since the American public didn‘t
know anything about Afghanistan.
When the RAND Corporation held a forum on Afghanistan recently on Capitol Hill, Zbigniew Brzezinski
claimed that it was uncontroversial that US troops had to stay in Afghanistan. I pointed him to polls of
Americans, and he replied that Americans get fatigued and don‘t know any better.
When I spoke to a philosophy department at a university this month, a number of the professors objected to my
advocacy of majority-rule on the grounds that experts often know best.
Let‘s set aside for a moment the ludicrous propaganda that maintains that the reason we occupy other people‘s
countries is to impose democracy on them. Let‘s assume we‘re imposing the rule of elite experts. Even so, even
on those terms, here are some possible responses to this line of thinking.
1.-While spokepeople for the U.S. military industrial complex (including television news experts) are certainly
the experts at WAR, they are NOT the experts at peace. If the question is one of choosing between war and
peace, or deciding whether warlike or peacelike means will best reach some desired end, then why only include
one type of expert opinion?
2.-While U.S. experts on war and peace could provide two different views, there are experts, including
historians, from around the world whose knowledge should be utilized. And the experts on Afghanistan ought,
by any understanding, to include the Afghan people. If the US public is irrelevant because it does not know
Afghanistan (and somehow this is an argument for bombing the place rather than refraining from doing so),
surely the Afghan public knows something about their nation. And they want the occupation ended. How can
we so easily dismiss THAT expert opinion?
3.-Don‘t trust Afghan opinion? Want to save Afghanistan from the Afghans? Well, what about this: Howard
Hart, a 25-year CIA veteran who ran operations in Afghanistan for three-and-a-half years during the Cold War,
spoke at the University of Virginia and argued that the United States should withdraw from Afghanistan. He
said that the original goal had supposedly been to destroy al Qaeda, which had long since left, and that creating a
legitimate government (something most people and the law hold that a foreign occupation can NEVER do)
would require hundreds of thousands of troops, cost ―umpteen billion‖ dollars, and still be next to impossible.
Watch three former high-ranking CIA officials say the same thing, and a lot more worth watching, at
http://rethinkafghanistan.com
4.-Too out-dated for you? The current U.S. Ambassador to Afghanistan, General Karl W. Eikenberry, who was
responsible for building and training the Afghan security forces from 2002 to 2003, and who was top U.S.
military commander in Afghanistan from 2005 to 2007, has told President Obama he opposes sending more
troops. He argues for sending civilians to assist with agriculture and other useful projects that would give
Afghans an alternative to violence. This is a direction supported by US activist groups that have visited
Afghanistan and studied the problem, such as http://jobsforafghans.org
5.-New York Times reporter David Rohde was held hostage for seven months by the Taliban in Afghanistan,
and upon release reported on what motivates Afghans to engage in violence. The reasons he provided suggested
that (as with most foreign occupations in any other time or place) the occupation was motivating the violent
resistance to it rather than helping to ease unrelated tensions:
―Some of the consequences of Washington‘s antiterrorism policies had galvanized the Taliban. Commanders
fixated on the deaths of Afghan, Iraqi and Palestinian civilians in military airstrikes, as well as the American
detention of Muslim prisoners who had been held for years without being charge. . . .
―They said large numbers of civilians had been killed in Afghanistan, Iraq and the Palestinian territories in aerial
bombings. Muslim prisoners had been physically abused and sexually humiliated in Iraq. Scores of men had
been detained in Cuba and Afghanistan for up to seven years without charges.
―To Americans, these episodes were aberrations. To my captors, they were proof that the United States was a
hypocritical and duplicitous power that flouted international law. When I told them I was an innocent civilian
who should be released, they responded that the United States had held and tortured Muslims in secret detention
centers for years. Commanders said they themselves had been imprisoned, their families ignorant of their fate.
Why, they asked, should they treat me differently?‖
6. The senior U.S. civilian diplomat in Zabul province, a former Marine Corps captain with combat experience
in Iraq named Matthew Hoh, not only agrees with the U.S. Ambassador that escalating the war in Afghanistan
makes no sense. He resigned in Sept. in protest of the continued occupation. He wrote in his resignation letter:
―The U.S. and NATO presence and operations in Pashtun valleys and villages, as well as Afghan army and
police units that are led and composed of non-Pashtun soldiers and police, provide an occupation force against
which the insurgency is justified. In both RC East and South, I have observed that the bulk of the insurgency
fights not for the white banner of the Taliban, but rather against the presence of foreign soldiers and taxes
imposed by an unrepresentative government in Kabul.
―The United States military presence in Afghanistan greatly contributes to the legitimacy and strategic message
of the Pashtun insurgency. In a like manner our backing of the Afghan government in its current form continues
to distance the government from the people. . . . Our support for this kind of government, coupled with a
misunderstanding of the insurgency‘s true nature, reminds me horribly of our involvement with South Vietnam.‖
7. A career diplomat and former Army Colonel who helped reopen the U.S. embassy in Kabul, Ann Wright,
similarly resigned in protest of the invasion of Iraq in 2003. She now agrees with Hoh‘s assessment on
Afghanistan. It is to such authorities, who have been right years ahead of any permissible schedule, that we
should turn for guidance. Also of note, the UN has withdrawn much of its international staff and threatened to
withdraw entirely from Afghanistan. NATO allies are scheduling the end of their participation as well.
8. U.S. President Barack Obama‘s national security adviser, James Jones, says there is no guarantee that sending
troops to Afghanistan would accomplish anything useful, and that they could just be ―swallowed up‖. Is the
National Security Advisor‘s advice worthless? What about Vice President Biden who never saw a war he didn‘t
like? He doesn‘t like this one and wants to move it somewhere else (like Pakistan).
9. Mikhail Gorbachev has some experience with occupations of Afghanistan. He advises withdrawal.
10. Increasingly, U.S. military veterans are advocating for withdrawal, and — in small but rapidly growing
numbers — active duty soldiers (in the UK as well as the US) are refusing to comply with the illegal order to
participate. If the military is an authority, are its members — rather than its top commanders alone — not a part
of that authority?
11. The money to pay back the loans and the interest on those loans that are used to fund this war must come
from the American people. There is no higher authority on where the American people choose to spend their
money than the American people. So, at some point we must return to them as the rightful deciders.
12. Those who opposed attacking Afghanistan in the first place, including Congresswoman Barbara Lee, and
those who opposed attacking Iraq as well, included long-time diplomats, historians, public commentators,
journalists, bloggers, activists, politicians, and scholars. The extraordinary degree to which they got things right
is routinely treated as reason to exclude them from public debate. We take as authoritative the opinions of
people who are usually wrong, but censor the latest views of those who are usually right. We do this at our
peril. Instead, we would be well advised to get some real news from RealNews.com: http://tr.im/ETuV And if
we have to watch television, watch Bill Moyers who says he would support a draft if it would end these wars.
Or listen to Norman Solomon, Ray McGovern, Tom Hayden, Gareth Porter, and all the valuable reports not
shown on Fox or MSNBC: http://afterdowningstreet.org/taxonomy/term/110
13. Ought not the highest authority for non-criminals to be the law? It is illegal to invade and occupy other
nations. It is illegal to target civilians. It is illegal to use depleted uranium. It is illegal to imprison people
without charge or trial. It is illegal to torture. An unelected government supported by a foreign occupying army
has no legitimacy. The damage we are doing to the rule of law cannot be overstated. The United Nations has
warned the United States about its ongoing illegal use of drones.
14. Just ask some of the more courageous members of the Afghan Parliament, who have been locally elected.
Ask Malalai Joya.
15. Ask experts on occupations and insurgencies like William Polk, who says the U.S. should withdraw.
16. Ask Congress, where members are speaking out for withdrawal, signing bills in support of exit plans and
against escalation, and committing to voting No on any funding bills to continue the wars in Afghanistan,
Pakistan, and Iraq: http://afterdowningstreet.org/whipwars Even former Congressman Charlie Wilson says: Get
out of Afghanistan. Even Congressman David Obey has expressed concern, and he chairs the committee that
writes the checks.
17. Shouldn‘t reverse experts be considered as well? Those pushing to continue and escalate our wars have been
endlessly wrong and indisputably dishonest. Shouldn‘t any elite in-the-know expert think twice before agreeing
with Dick Cheney?
I‘m not accepting the notion of just rule by experts. I favor majority rule, with minority rights protected, and
freedom of the press made real. My point is that even on its own terms defending the wars in Afghanistan and
Pakistan and Iraq as validated by experts is a miserable failure.
David Swanson is the author of the new book Daybreak: Undoing the Imperial Presidency and Forming a More
Perfect Union by Seven Stories Press. You can order it and find out when tour will be in your town:
http://davidswanson.org/book. [This article previously appeared at Afterdowningstreet.org.]
*****************************
America's Phoney War in Afghanistan

by F. William Engdahl, Global Research, October 21, 2009
One of the most remarkable aspects of the Obama Presidential agenda is how little anyone has questioned in the
media or elsewhere why at all the United States Pentagon is committed to a military occupation of Afghanistan.
There are two basic reasons, neither one of which can be admitted openly to the public at large.
Behind all the deceptive official debate over how many troops are needed to ―win‖ the war in Afghanistan,
whether another 30,000 is sufficient, or whether at least 200000 are needed, the real purpose of US military
presence in that pivotal Central Asian country is obscured.
Even during the 2008 Presidential campaign candidate Obama argued that Afghanistan not Iraq was where the
US must wage war. His reason? Because he claimed, that was where the Al Qaeda organization was holed up
and that was the ―real‖ threat to US national security. The reasons behind US involvement in Afghanistan is
quite another one.
The US military is in Afghanistan for two reasons. First to restore and control the world‘s largest supply of
opium for the world heroin markets and to use the drugs as a geopolitical weapon against opponents, especially
Russia. That control of the Afghan drug market is essential for the liquidity of the bankrupt and corrupt Wall
Street financial mafia.
Geopolitics of Afghan Opium
According even to an official UN report, opium production in Afghanistan has risen dramatically since the
downfall of the Taliban in 2001. UNODC data shows more opium poppy cultivation in each of the past four
growing seasons (2004-2007), than in any one year during Taliban rule. More land is now used for opium in
Afghanistan, than for coca cultivation in Latin America. In 2007, 93% of the opiates on the world market
originated in Afghanistan. This is no accident.
It has been documented that Washington hand-picked the controversial Hamid Karzai, a Pashtun warlord from
the Popalzai tribe, long in the CIA‘s service, brought him back from exile in the USA, created a Hollywood
mythology around his ―courageous leadership of his people.‖ According to Afghan sources, Karzai is the Opium
―Godfather‖ of Afghanistan today. There is apparently no accident that he was and is today still Washington‘s
preferred man in Kabul. Yet even with massive vote buying and fraud and intimidation, Karzai‘s days could be
ending as President.
The second reason the US military remains in Afghanistan long after the world has forgotten even who the
mysterious Osama bin Laden and his alleged Al Qaeda terrorist organization is or even if they exist, is as a
pretext to build a permanent US military strike force with a series of permanent US airbases across Afghanistan.
The aim of those bases is not to eradicate any Al Qaeda cells that may have survived in the caves of Tora Bora,
or to eradicate a mythical ―Taliban‖ which at this point according to eyewitness reports is made up
overwhelmingly of local ordinary Afghanis fighting to rid their land once more of occupier armies as they did in
the 1980‘s against the Russians.
The aim of the US bases in Afghanistan is to target and be able to strike at the two nations which today represent
the only combined threat in the world today to an American global imperium, to America‘s Full Spectrum
Dominance as the Pentagon terms it.
The lost ‗Mandate of Heaven‘
The problem for the US power elites around Wall Street and in Washington is the fact that they are now in the
deepest financial crisis in their history. That crisis is clear to the entire world and the world is acting on a basis
of self-survival. The US elites have lost what in Chinese imperial history is known as the Mandate of Heaven.
That mandate is given a ruler or ruling elite provided they rule their people justly and fairly. When they rule
tyrannically and as despots, oppressing and abusing their people, they lose that Mandate of Heaven.
If the powerful private wealthy elites that have controlled essential US financial and foreign policy for most of
the past century or more ever had a ―mandate of Heaven‖ they clearly have lost it. The domestic developments
towards creation of an abusive police state with deprivation of Constitutional rights to its citizens, the arbitrary
exercise of power by non elected officials such as Treasury Secretaries Henry Paulson and now Tim Geithner,
stealing trillion dollar sums from taxpayers without their consent in order to bailout the bankrupt biggest Wall
Street banks, banks deemed ―Too Big To Fail,‖ this all demonstrates to the world they have lost the mandate.
In this situation, the US power elites are increasingly desperate to maintain their control of a global parasitical
empire, called deceptively by their media machine, ―globalization.‖ To hold that dominance it is essential that
they be able to break up any emerging cooperation in the economic, energy or military realm between the two
major powers of Eurasia that conceivably could pose a challenge to future US sole Superpower control—China
in combination with Russia.
Each Eurasian power brings to the table essential contributions. China has the world‘s most robust economy, a
huge young and dynamic workforce, an educated middle class. Russia, whose economy has not recovered from
the destructive end pf the Soviet era and of the primitive looting during the Yeltsin era, still holds essential assets
for the combination. Russia‘s nuclear strike force and its military pose the only threat in the world today to US
military dominance, even if it is largely a residue of the Cold War. The Russian military elites never gave up that
potential.
As well Russia holds the world‘s largest treasure of natural gas and vast reserves of oil urgently needed by
China. The two powers are increasingly converging via a new organization they created in 2001 known as the
Shanghai Cooperation Organization (SCO). That includes as well as China and Russia, the largest Central Asia
states Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, and Uzbekistan.
The purpose of the alleged US war against both Taliban and Al Qaeda is in reality to place its military strike
force directly in the middle of the geographical space of this emerging SCO in Central Asia. Iran is a diversion.
The main goal or target is Russia and China.
Officially, of course, Washington claims it has built its military presence inside Afghanistan since 2002 in order
to protect a ―fragile‖ Afghan democracy. It‘s a curious argument given the reality of US military presence there.
In December 2004, during a visit to Kabul, US Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld finalized plans to build nine
new bases in Afghanistan in the provinces of Helmand, Herat, Nimrouz, Balkh, Khost and Paktia. The nine are
in addition to the three major US military bases already installed in the wake of its occupation of Afghanistan in
winter of 2001-2002, ostensibly to isolate and eliminate the terror threat of Osama bin Laden.
The Pentagon built its first three bases at Bagram Air Field north of Kabul, the US‘ main military logistics
center; Kandahar Air Field, in southern Afghanistan; and Shindand Air Field in the western province of Herat.
Shindand, the largest US base in Afghanistan, was constructed a mere 100 kilometers from the border of Iran,
and within striking distance of Russia as well as China.
Afghanistan has historically been the heartland for the British-Russia Great Game, the struggle for control of
Central Asia during the 19th and early 20th Centuries. British strategy then was to prevent Russia at all costs
from controlling Afghanistan and thereby threatening Britain‘s imperial crown jewel, India.
Afghanistan is similarly regarded by Pentagon planners as highly strategic. It is a platform from which US
military power could directly threaten Russia and China, as well as Iran and other oil-rich Middle East lands.
Little has changed geopolitically over more than a century of wars.
Afghanistan is in an extremely vital location, straddling South Asia, Central Asia, and the Middle East.
Afghanistan also lies along a proposed oil pipeline route from the Caspian Sea oil fields to the Indian Ocean,
where the US oil company, Unocal, along with Enron and Cheney‘s Halliburton, had been in negotiations for
exclusive pipeline rights to bring natural gas from Turkmenistan across Afghanistan and Pakistan to Enron‘s
huge natural gas power plant at Dabhol near Mumbai. Karzai, before becoming puppet US president, had been a
Unocal lobbyist.
Al Qaeda doesn‘t exist as a threat
The truth of all this deception around the real purpose in Afghanistan becomes clear on a closer look at the
alleged ―Al Qaeda‖ threat in Afghanistan. According to author Erik Margolis, prior to the September 11,2001
attacks, US intelligence was giving aid and support both to the Taliban and to Al Qaeda. Margolis claims that
―The CIA was planning to use Osama bin Laden‘s Al Qaeda to stir up Muslim Uighurs against Chinese rule, and
Taliban against Russia‘s Central Asian allies.‖
The US clearly found other means of stirring up Muslim Uighurs against Beijing last July via its support for the
World Uighur Congress. But the Al Qaeda ―threat‖ remains the lynchpin of Obama US justification for his
Afghan war buildup.
Now, however, the National Security Adviser to President Obama, former Marine Gen. James Jones has made a
statement, conveniently buried by the friendly US media, about the estimated size of the present Al Qaeda
danger in Afghanistan. Jones told Congress, ―The al-Qaeda presence is very diminished. The maximum estimate
is less than 100 operating in the country, no bases, no ability to launch attacks on either us or our allies.‖
That means that Al-Qaeda, for all practical purposes, does not exist in Afghanistan. Oops…
Even in neighboring Pakistan, the remnants of Al-Qaeda are scarcely to be found. The Wall Street Journal
reports, ―Hunted by US drones, beset by money problems and finding it tougher to lure young Arabs to the bleak
mountains of Pakistan, al Qaeda is seeing its role shrink there and in Afghanistan, according to intelligence
reports and Pakistan and U.S. officials. For Arab youths who are al Qaeda‘s primary recruits, ‗it‘s not romantic
to be cold and hungry and hiding,‘ said a senior U.S. official in South Asia.‖
If we follow the statement to its logical consequence we must conclude then that the reason German soldiers are
dying along with other NATO youth in the mountains of Afghanistan has nothing to do with ―winning a war
against terrorism.‖ Conveniently most media chooses to forget the fact that Al Qaeda to the extent it ever
existed, was a creation in the 1980‘s of the CIA, who recruited and trained radical muslims from across the
Islamic world to wage war against Russian troops in Afghanistan as part of a strategy developed by Reagan‘s
CIA head Bill Casey and others to create a ―new Vietnam‖ for the Soviet Union which would lead to a
humiliating defeat for the Red Army and the ultimate collapse of the Soviet Union.
Now US NSC head Jones admits there is essentially no Al Qaeda anymore in Afghanistan. Perhaps it is time for
a more honest debate from our political leaders about the true purpose of sending more young to die protecting
the opium harvests of Afghanistan.
F. William Engdahl is author of Full Spectrum Dominance: Totalitarian Democracy in the New World Order. He
may be reached via his website at www.engdahl.oilgeopolitics.net.
If there are any rogue nations out there still defying our export of our "democracy" (capitalism), please call the
PentaCON at once and drop a dime. For they will see to it that they dispatch the CIA to that country to build a local
terrorist network (does not matter what they eventually name the group) that will overthrow that pacifist hippy peace
loving government. They will freely distribute guns, ammo and rockets at will to add ―stability‖ to the once conflict
free region. The CIA will teach those evil bastard countries that refuse to not allow our banks, cars, soda, Exxon, and
all our other merchandise into their countries! How
dare they refuse to sell their mineral rights and farm
lands to our corporations! We will force our
"democracy" (capitalism) down their throats!... in the
name of peace, of course.
It has been said that America is actually a Thug State.

It‘s military and the corresponding budget is larger
than all the militaries of all the countries on the planet
combined. We have bases in almost every country on
the planet. In essence we went globetrotting bent on
conquest under the pretext of ―spreading democracy.‖
In all actuality what we brought the host countries was
ravishing debt centered capitalism whose central
function is essentially that of an insatiable beast who
ravishes all their resources in the name of Return On
Investment. We give power to the beast that enslaves
nations by straddling them with debt. Today it seems as
if our country is on a massive invasion blitz, as it
looms ever closer to bankruptcy it must find new lands
to invade and loot their resources in order to continue to pay off their shylocks.
Our country always claims to be the nation of peace, yet rarely has a single day passed over the last 5 decades that we
have not been at war in once conflict or another attacking some country or another for whatever excuse. One must
never forget that the President of the United States is in reality no different than the CEO of any large corporation.
They have everything in common, for they must both answer to the REAL OWNERS whom are in control. This is
where the presidents of all organizations get their marching orders. The president is the ultimate public relations figure
head. Obama glided into office on top of promises to end the wars, period. Of course like every other president that
preceded him, he lied his way into office, for he has done nothing more than to escalate the wars. But what is important
here is that you firmly understand that Obama is taking his orders from the true rulers/owners of the U.S. Inc. Below is
an extremely relevant article clearly demonstrating the dichotomy of war and peace that the ruling elite are feeding us:
―War Is Peace‖
By: M.J. Harris, December 12, 2009
Barack Obama received his Nobel peace prize just days after announcing his decision to escalate the war in
Afghanistan.
Obama started off his acceptance speech with a lengthy dissertation on the history of war and peace. However
Obama‘s words seemed to tie together two polar opposite concepts, war and peace.
How can you be at peace, while being at war.
He spent a great amount of effort defending the US wars, and making sure that people knew that OUR WARS
were justified.
Barack Obama is a master of George Orwell‘s ―doublethink‖.
Doublethink is a word described in the fictional language of Newspeak and the act of simultaneously accepting as
correct two mutually contradictory beliefs.
We will seek peace, by going to war.
We will end the war, by sending more troops.
We will reduce the budget, by spending more money.
Obama‘s adept use of the English language paints beautiful imagery around his contradictory ideals. An average
person will accept what he says as fact, because he can so easily create confusion and eloquence at the same time.
To know and not to know, to be conscious of complete truthfulness while telling carefully constructed lies, to hold
simultaneously two opinions which canceled out, knowing them to be contradictory and believing in both of them,
to use logic against logic, to repudiate morality while laying claim to it, to believe that democracy was impossible
and that the Party was the guardian of democracy, to forget, whatever it was necessary to forget, then to draw it
back into memory again at the moment when it was needed, and then promptly to forget it again, and above all, to
apply the same process to the process itself — that was the ultimate subtlety; consciously to induce
unconsciousness, and then, once again, to become unconscious of the act of hypnosis you had just performed.
Even to understand the word ‗doublethink‘ involved the use of doublethink. -1984
Review the audience at any of Barack Obama‘s recent speeches. Without doubt the people sit in their chairs with
blank stares on their face, because their minds does not know what to think. His words neither challenge you to
think, as he never takes a firm position one way or the other, nor do they ever please you, as he argues both sides
expertly. However he has the ability of inducing a hypnotic trance with his carefully crafted wording. The power
to believe in two opposing lies and to use logic and against his own logic.
Do not be fooled, his words are always carefully chosen. He chooses to name leaders from each party, he chooses
role models from every race and creed. People on every side of every issue. All in an effort to gain your
confidence. Ghandi and the Soviet Union. Ronald Reagan and labor party leaders. JFK and ―An Sang Ku Chi‖.
Martin Luther King and then Mao in the next sentence. Surely if he can draw connections between two opposing
figures then he can draw consensus among two opposing ideas.
―I understand why war is not popular, but the belief that peace is desirable is rarely enough to achieve it‖
Because Obama has no intention of ending perpetual war, he must convince you that for peace there must be war.
―Thats why we honor those who return home from peace keeping, we honor them not as makers of war, but as
wagers of peace.‖
―Clear eyed we can understand that there will be war and still strive for peace‖
Obama‘s Exercise In Hypocrisy
―I understand why war is not popular, but the belief that peace is desirable is rarely enough to achieve it - The
words of the international community must mean something. - Those regimes that break the rules must be held
accountable. - Sanctions must exact a real price. Intransigence must be met with real pressure. - That pressure
exists only when the world stands together as one. - There must be consequences - Yes there will be engagement -
Yes there will be diplomacy - But there must be consequences.‖
Sanctions are an act of war. What hypocrisy to decry your enemies with threats of sanctions are war during the
acceptance of the worlds highest award for peace.
Obama continued on seemingly to tell stories of other nations struggles, but in fact did more to detail the
hypocrisy that runs rampant throughout the United States.
―Some where today in this world A young protester awaits the brutality of her government But has the courage to
march on. I believe that peace is unstable Where citizens are denied the right to speak freely Or the right to
worship as they please. Choose their own leaders or assemble without fear. Pent up greivances fester And the
oppresion of religiuos identity can lead to violence.‖
The protester Obama is referring to was a university of Pittsburgh student who was standing outside her
dormitory on the night of the G20.
The place were citizens are denied the right to speak freely is right outside my front door. I have not chosen a
single person who works in Washington dc, nor has any of Obama‘s czars been elected by a vote determined by
the citizens.
If we assemble peacefully we will surely face police brutality, tasers, and tear gas, and then we will be put on
secretive government lists. No one to stand witness either for or against you, you do not have the right to face
your accuser. You‘re either on the list or your not on the list. Once you are on it, there is justification to remove
from you all rights that have been endowed by your government. That list however is not open to the public
scrutiny.
The oppression of religious identity is underway every single day, because we are no longer a Christian nation,
Christians are denied the right to practice any form of religion in public.
The pent up grievances of the American people have been festering for a long time. Taxes, fines, regulations, and
registrations, have become a burden on the will of the people.
Our grievances will continue to fester until our ―President‖ stops being the President of the World, and starts
being the President of America.
America has gone from being the shining beacon of light to the entire world, to the bastard nation seen by the
entire world as corrupt and evil transgressors. If you analyze it in the right light and angle it can be clearly seen as a
―multi-headed beast.‖ We are quickly becoming the single most hated country in the world. Gone are the days with
masses of immigrants scrambling head over heels to get into our country for "freedom of religion". Since those days
our country is fast becoming a gay and transvestite ―Godless nation‖ were God is forbidden just about everywhere, but
homosexuality, decadence and immorality is perfectly ok in his place in all venues where he is prohibited to even be
discussed. Today there is just one group left still trying to get in, and those are the Mexicans that have it so bad in
Mexico, that a job "under the table" in our country paying what is equivalent to third world slave labor is actually an
upgrade from what is available in Mexico. Where did America go wrong? When did it all change from the God
centered nation, the land of freedom?
First of all you must acknowledge and truly understand that our "Democracy" has been overtaken by Capitalism many,
many decades ago. America went from a Democratic centered society to a Capitalistic centered society. Take a look at
what we still refer to as our democracy: This is the nation where our elected leaders routinely completely ignore all the
polls of the vast majorities‘ wishes and still go forth to do whatever they want anyway. Our so called "democracy" has
been owned a long time ago by special interests. For decades, our government has been run "by the corporations for the
corporations", face it, "we the people" are just an afterthought the politicians must put up with and fallaciously pamper
to, throwing the citizenry a bone here and there to keep us happy. For they must still work to keep up that illusion of
freedom.
Understand this: Many generations ago the Zionist Jew cartel became the masters of international finance, aka:
masters and founders of world capitalism… capitalism is none other than the life blood of Zionism. Again I must
reiterate: Never forget that communism was also a strategic Jewish invention for ushering in their worldwide
rule. This is the system they hoped to rule the world, but the masses rebelled to hard against this tyrannical form of
governance, thus the Zionists basically had little choice but to pursue their quest of world rule the hard way: via
―Democracy‖ where they must continually maintain the illusion of a government for and by the people.
When children play with toy soldiers, they move them around on the floor playing make believe, moving the toy pieces
around, pretending the green plastic ones fighting the brown plastic ones, the child moves the pieces of both sides as he
delights in his childhood war games… well, when you are the worlds puppet masters, you graduate to real armies and
real war games. This is completely the same scenario of the world ruling elite, the same as children playing with their
toys moving both sides of the game, the ruling elite maneuver BOTH SIDES of every conflict to achieve their
interests… One must never forget this most important of truths.
The larger picture here though is how amazingly the Zionist Jew puppeteers pitted THEIR communist blocks
against THEIR democratic world blocks… Very, very interesting… Classic DIVIDE AND CONQUER.
Who is funding the Afghan Taliban? You don‘t want to know

KABUL — It is the open secret no one wants to talk about, the unwelcome truth that most prefer to hide. In
Afghanistan, one of the richest sources of Taliban funding is the foreign assistance coming into the country.
Virtually every major project includes a healthy cut for the insurgents. Call it protection money, call it extortion,
or, as the Taliban themselves prefer to term it, ―spoils of war,‖ the fact remains that international donors,
primarily the United States, are to a large extent financing their own enemy.
―Everyone knows this is going on,‖ said one U.S. Embassy official, speaking privately.
It is almost impossible to determine how much the insurgents are spending, making it difficult to pinpoint the
sources of the funds.
Up until quite recently, most experts thought that drug money accounted for the bulk of Taliban funding. But
even here opinion was divided on actual amounts. Some reports gauged the total annual income at about $100
million, while others placed the figure as high as $300 million — still a small fraction of the $4 billion
poppy industry. [thats because the CIA is the one running the lion‘s share of the drug industry. My note]
Now administration officials have launched a search for Taliban sponsors. Richard Holbrooke, U.S. special envoy
for Afghanistan and Pakistan, told a press conference in Islamabad last month that drugs accounted for less of a
share of Taliban coffers than was previously thought.
―In the past there was a kind of feeling that the money all came from drugs in Afghanistan,‖ said Holbrooke,
according to media reports. ―That is simply not true.‖
That is just the beginning, I have neither the time nor space to cover this topic adequately, so if you doubt for even one
second the true historical purveyors behind communism were the Zionist Jew cartel, then you owe it to yourself to fire
up your Google search engine and hit the library to start researching on your own. Oh, all those ―American‖ text books
published by those Zionist mega media baron publishing houses have all been sanitized of true history long ago…
Remember this: mainstream press equals: mass conditioning, mass dissemination of propaganda, thus to find the truth
and get to the bottom of ANYTHING you must leave the mainstream and head off to obscure little known paths and
sources, for the powers that be have been waging war on the truth for eons and have tried their best to eliminate all
works that reveal the truth and or oppose them and their narrative in any way... they have done so in many ways, one
of which some call ―revisionism.‖
Again I find it my duty to inform you of some ugly facts. Look at key people‘s names within our national
security/world conquest apparatus we call the military. Surely the Zionist Jews haven‘t taken over our military right?
LOL. Bin there done that. Most of the key players and decision makers are….. drum roll….. Talmudic Zionist Jews!
Duh! Not only that, most of whom actually hold dual
citizenship! What we have in many instances is Zionist
Jews in our military and government making decisions
for our country but still hold citizenship in their own
country!!!!
For instance, Michael Chertoff? Is a bonafide Zionist

Jew Israeli citizen running OUR Homeland Security!
Doh! No other country has this bizarre setup with America
other than Israel, go figure, connect the dots sheeple!!!
Paul A. Schneider, this Zionist Jew is the Deputy of
Secretary of US Homeland Security, Fred L. Schwien, this
Jew is the Secretary of Operations of US Homeland
Security, Jay M. Cohen is the Jewish Secretary for
Technology of US Homeland Security. This is JUST the Dept. of Homeland Security people!!!! WAKE UP!!! Our
country has slowly and steadily been overtaken and ruled by proxy by another sovereign nation‘s people!!!
Perhaps one of the most famous Zionist Jews to have infiltrated out United States Inc in the past century was Henry
Kissinger, the weight he held in our past administrations and military is legendary. I mention Kissinger to highlight the
point that the Zionist Jews have be heavily embedded and involved in our so called democracy for many decades.
Come on now, do some searching yourself, you will be amazed to see who is Jewish and all the important key
positions these Jews are holding. There are untold numbers of Israeli Jewish citizens who have been running OUR
country… running OUR military… deciding what, when, where and how on all sorts of matters of national security,
yet they still bow to their masters in their home country of Israel. Is it any wonder why some of the most notorious
spies in history to have been caught were Jews in our government working for apartheid Israel? See short outdated
incomplete list here. To get a mere GLIMPS into the extent of Israeli spying network being conducted against our
nation just go to chapter in the addendum section titled: ―The Israeli Spy Juggernaut‖ on page 505.
Shouldn‘t it be like illegal for citizens of other countries to hold key positions in our government and military? Hello…
Conflict of interests? Only the Zionist Jews have the distinction of holding dual citizenship… go figure. Gee whiz, oh
well let me take a nap right over here… sleep… sleep… sleep…
Why we fight - Video
We have been conditioned to believe that our military is here as ―our benevolent protectors of our freedoms.‖ This may
have an inkling of truth, but what I‘m trying to point out is the fact that this rigid monolithic apparatus only operates in
a far away reality vortex devoid of many positive traits of common humanity. They breed cold hard killers, the chain of
command is absolute and unchanging authoritarian, no flexibility, no room for logic, rationality or common sense.
This is a alternate reality world that co-exists alongside ours where only the objective, the goals, the mission at hand
matters. Where only BLIND execution of orders is supreme. Where the ends justify the means. Where the overall
benefit of mankind or God, be damned, and is rarely if ever taken into account.
A New World War for a New World Order:

Excerpt from www.globalresearch.ca
All that is required for a new major world war is just one spark: whether it comes in the form of a war between
Pakistan and India, or a military strike on Iran, in which case China and Russia would not sit idly by as they did
with Iraq. A strike on Iran, particularly with nuclear missiles, as is proposed, would result in World War III. So
why does strategy on the part of the US and NATO continue to push in this direction? [hint: Israel & the Zionists,
duh]
As George Orwell once wrote:
The war is not meant to be won, it is meant to be continuous. Hierarchical society is only
possible on the basis of poverty and ignorance. This new version is the past and no different
past can ever have existed. In principle the war effort is always planned to keep society on
the brink of starvation. The war is waged by the ruling group against its own subjects and its
object is not the victory over either Eurasia or East Asia, but to keep the very structure of
society intact.
A New World War would be a global war waged by a global ruling class against the citizens of the world, with
the aim of maintaining and reshaping hierarchical society to serve their own interests. It would indeed
symbolize a New World War for a New World Order. In a globalized world, all conflict has global implications;
the task at hand is whether the people can realize that war is not waged against a “distant” or “foreign”
enemy, but against all people of the world.
Herman Goering, Hitler’s second in command, explained the concept of war when he was standing trial at the
Nuremberg Trials for war crimes, when he stated, “Why, of course, the people don’t want war,” and that,
“Naturally, the common people don’t want war; neither in Russia nor in England nor in America, nor for that
matter in Germany. That is understood. But, after all, it is the leaders of the country who determine the policy
and it is always a simple matter to drag the people along, whether it is a democracy or a fascist dictatorship or
a Parliament or a Communist dictatorship.” When Goering was corrected that in a democracy, “the people have
some say in the matter through their elected representatives,” Goering responded:
Oh, that is all well and good, but, voice or no voice, the people can always be brought to the
bidding of the leaders. That is easy. All you have to do is tell them they are being attacked
and denounce the pacifists for lack of patriotism and exposing the country to danger. It
works the same way in any country.
What is fundamentally wrong at the core of the military industrial complex anyway? Could it be that this series of
entities we refer to as the military are the ones whose entire being closely resembles the ―beast‖ who‘s essence
resembles that of a cold hard satanic killer more than anything else?
I really don‘t want to come across as anti-American, for I love my country dearly. This is why I am here before you
documenting all that ails it, in hopes that some day we can somehow perform a miracle and save this country from the
fascist extremist hell bent agents who have been working endlessly to destroy it. The simple fact that I am trying to
point out here in this section is that our military hypothetical exists for the purpose of DEFENDING OUR COUNTRY
from attack. Yet over the decades it has been transformed into a conquest machine, converted into some strange crazy
multi-headed beast with tentacles all over the planet on a quest of invasion and occupation. And central to allowing
these defense agencies to become easily manipulated monsters is the absolute ―just follow orders‖ protocols that breeds
and hides all the nasty evil that lays beyond your perception.
Wired.com Headline: ―Pentacon calls for Office of Strategic Deception‖
The Lying Game

By John Pilger
September 30, 2009 "Information Clearing House" -- In 2001, the Observer in London published a series of
reports that claimed an ―Iraqi connection‖ to al-Qaeda, even describing the base in Iraq where the training of
terrorists took place and a facility where anthrax was being manufactured as a weapon of mass destruction. It was
all false. Supplied by US intelligence and Iraqi exiles, planted stories in the British and US media helped George
Bush and Tony Blair to launch an illegal invasion which caused, according to the most recent study, 1.3 million
deaths. [Number of U.S. Military Personnel Sacrificed (Officially acknowledged) In America's War On Iraq:
4,662]
Something similar is happening over Iran: the same syncopation of government and media ―revelations‖,
the same manufacture of a sense of crisis. ―Showdown looms with Iran over secret nuclear plant‖, declared the
Guardian on 26 September. ―Showdown‖ is the theme. High noon. The clock ticking. Good versus evil. Add a
smooth new US president who has ―put paid to the Bush years‖. An immediate echo is the notorious Guardian
front page of 22 May 2007: ―Iran‘s secret plan for summer offensive to force US out of Iraq‖. Based on
unsubstantiated claims by the Pentagon, the writer Simon Tisdall presented as fact an Iranian ―plan‖ to wage war
on, and defeat, US forces in Iraq by September of that year – a demonstrable falsehood for which there has
been no retraction.
The official jargon for this kind of propaganda is ―psy-ops‖, the military term for psychological operations. In
the Pentagon and Whitehall, it has become a critical component of a diplomatic and military campaign to
blockade, isolate and weaken Iran by hyping its ―nuclear threat‖: a phrase now used incessantly by Barack
Obama and Gordon Brown, and parroted by the BBC and other broadcasters as objective news. And it is fake.
On 16 September, Newsweek disclosed that the major US intelligence agencies had reported to the White House
that Iran‘s ―nuclear status‖ had not changed since the National Intelligence Estimate of November 2007, which
stated with ―high confidence‖ that Iran had halted in 2003 the programme it was alleged to have developed. The
International Atomic Energy Agency has backed this, time and again.
The current propaganda-as-news derives from Obama‘s announcement that the US is scrapping missiles stationed
on Russia‘s border. This serves to cover the fact that the number of US missile sites is actually expanding in
Europe and the ―redundant‖ missiles are being redeployed on ships. The game is to mollify Russia into joining, or
not obstructing, the US campaign against Iran. ―President Bush was right,‖ said Obama, ―that Iran‘s ballistic
missile programme poses a significant threat [to Europe and the US].‖
That Iran would contemplate a suicidal attack on the US is preposterous. The threat, as ever, is one-way,
with the world‘s superpower virtually ensconced on Iran‘s
borders.
IRAN‘S CRIME IS ITS INDEPENDENCE. Having thrown

out America‘s favourite tyrant, Shah Reza Pahlavi, Iran
remains the only resource-rich Muslim state beyond US
control. As only Israel has a ―right to exist‖in the Middle East,
the US goal is to cripple the Islamic Republic. This will
allow Israel to divide and dominate the region on
Washington‘s behalf, undeterred by a confident neighbour. If
any country in the world has been handed urgent cause to
develop a nuclear ―deterrence‖, it is Iran.
As one of the original signatories of the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty, Iran has been a consistent advocate
of a nuclear-free zone in the Middle East. In contrast, Israel has never agreed to an IAEA inspection, and its
nuclear weapons plant at Dimona remains an open secret. Armed with as many as 200 active nuclear warheads,
Israel ―deplores‖ UN resolutions calling on it to sign the NPT, just as it deplored the recent UN report charging it
with crimes against humanity in Gaza, just as it maintains a world record for violations of international law. It
gets away with this because great power grants it immunity.
Obama‘s ―showdown‖ with Iran has another agenda. On both sides of the Atlantic the media have been tasked
with preparing the public for endless war. The US/Nato commander General Stanley McChrystal says 500,000
troops will be required in Afghanistan over five years, according to America‘s NBC. The goal is control of the
―strategic prize‖ of the gas and oilfields of the Caspian Sea, central Asia, the Gulf and Iran – in other words,
Eurasia. But the war is opposed by 69 per cent of the British public, 57 per cent of the US public and almost
every other human being. Convincing ―us‖ that Iran is the new demon will not be easy. McChrystal‘s spurious
claim that Iran ―is reportedly training fighters for certain Taliban groups‖ is as desperate as Brown‘s pathetic echo
of ―a line in the sand‖.
During the Bush years, according to the great whistleblower Daniel Ellsberg, a military coup took place in the
US, and the Pentagon is now ascendant in every area of American foreign policy. A measure of its control is
the number of wars of aggression being waged simultaneously and the adoption of a ―first-strike‖ doctrine that
has lowered the threshold on nuclear weapons, together with the blurring of the distinction between nuclear and
conventional weapons.
All this mocks Obama‘s media rhetoric about ―a world without nuclear weapons‖. In fact, he is the Pentagon‘s
most important acquisition. His acquiescence with its demand that he keep on Bush‘s secretary of ―defence‖
and arch war-maker, Robert Gates, is unique in US history. He has proved his worth with escalated wars from
south Asia to the Horn of Africa. Like Bush's America, Obama's America is run by some very dangerous
people. We have a right to be warned. When will those paid to keep the record straight do their job?
More military veterans make up the largest segment of homeless, disabled, medically needy and mentally disturbed,
their statistics are larger than ANY other group of troubled people in America, so much so that all military veterans as
a whole are the most the single most dysfunctional and distressed segment of the population, far larger than ALL other
groups and races combined…
This lead me to the observation I have been making since I was a child and personally witnessed a multitude of ―ex‖
military personnel ALL come back home to essentially be ―discarded‖ by the establishment that promised them
everything. This is not the exception, it is by and far, the norm. What perplexed me most as a child was what it seemed
to me a lose – lose proposition of joining the military. It seemed that only complete idiots would sacrifice their lives to
fight some bullshit conflict in some other part of the world where our corporate masters would like to become the
dominant players, once our soldiers fulfill their tours of duty they are all unanimously rewarded with nothing but
indifference and disenfranchisement, let alone having to deal with the
myriad of medical and mental conditions that follow them for the rest of
their lives.
In the end all the promises they received were just that, bullshit
promises. They were all part of the murder and mayhem system while
they were all serving their time, a system we have all been trained to
think, accept and regard as a system of ―PEACE.‖ Once they left the
blood and destruction system, the general order of the day from their
former masters of war has always been: ―good luck and good
riddance… seeee yaaaaaahhhhhh.‖
The broken minds and bodies are soon quickly replaced by new gullible recruits willing to sacrifice their lives ―for
freedom.‖ Doh! At which point the recruiters and their advertisements target fresh naïve minds (aka: new meat) to
perpetuate their system of rule and global imperialism which according to the established pretext and officially
sponsored narratives, HYPE requires NOT peace, forgiveness, empathy and so forth, but instead it‘s ugly counterpart:
war, killing, blood, division and hate. THIS is what the ruling powers have the masses believing is justified…. Is part
of being on the ―good‖ side….
The poor fools who readily give up their lives do so believing in the LIE. How many have given their lives for the sake
of invading countless small innocent countries in order to change the sovereignty of those targeted nations to a state
sponsored and controlled puppet regime?
Only the spiritually gifted and learned folks see through this most obvious ruse of the SATANIC RULE ON
EARTH via his physical manifestation on earth: the Military Industrial Complex. For only the Luciferian rulers
walk the path of lies, deceit, conflict, invasion, occupation, murder and war… they know only one route to achieve
their goals: the path of lies, deceit, fear, pain and blood. Only the indoctrinated cattle come forward to sacrifice
themselves for the grand lies. Those who possess an ounce of critical thinking abilities understand and KNOW that the
way of God is firmly in walking the path of PEACE, forgiveness, empathy, understanding, cooperation, sharing, LOVE
of thy fellow man, and so forth. Those who only TALK about said attributes but do so by the sword, gun and bombs,
swimming in the blood of innocent victims are nothing but evil imposters who perpetrate the fraud of making believe
they are the ―good guys‖ for the sake of global economic colonization and world governance.
"Nobel Peace Prize Winner Barack Obama, is Preparing for War in South
America"; Interview with Eva Golinger
by Mike Whitney, Global Research, December 18, 2009
Mike Whitney----The US media is very critical of Venezuelan President Hugo Chavez. He's frequently
denounced as "anti-American", a "leftist strongman", and a dictator. Can you briefly summarize some of the
positive social, economic and judicial changes for which Chavez is mainly responsible?
Eva Golinger----The first and foremost important achievement during the Chávez administration is the 1999
Constitution, which, although not written nor decreed by Chávez himself, was created through his vision of
change for Venezuela. The 1999 Constitution was, in fact, drafted - written - by the people of Venezuela in one of
the most participatory examples of nation building, and then was ratified through popular national referendum by
75% of Venezuelans. The 1999 Constitution is one of the most advanced in the world in the area of human rights.
It guarantees the rights to housing, education, healthcare, food, indigenous lands, languages, women's rights,
worker's rights, living wages and a whole host of other rights that few other countries recognize on a national
level. My favorite right in the Venezuelan Constitution is the right to a dignified life. That pretty much sums up
all the others. Laws to implement these rights began to surface in 2001, with land reform, oil industry
redistribution, tax laws and the creation of more than a dozen social programs - called missions - dedicated to
addressing the basic needs of Venezuela's poor majority. In 2003, the first missions were directed at education
and healthcare. Within two years, illiteracy was eradicated in the country and Venezuela was certified by
UNESCO as a nation free of illiteracy. This was done with the help of a successful Cuban literacy program called
"Yo si puedo" (Yes I can). Further educational missions were created to provide free universal education from
primary to doctoral levels throughout the country. Today, Venezuela's population is much more educated than
before, and adults who previously had no high school education now are encouraged to not only go through a
secondary school program, but also university and graduate school.
The healthcare program, called "Barrio Adentro", has not only provided preventive healthcare to all Venezuelans
- many who never had access to a doctor before - but also has guaranteed universal, free access to medical
attention at the most advanced levels. MRIs, heart surgery, lab work, cancer treatments, are all provided free of
cost to anyone (including foreigners) in need. Some of the most modern clinics, diagnostic treatment centers and
hospitals have been built in the past five years under this program, placing Venezuela at the forefront of medical
technology.
Other programs providing subsidized food and consumer products (Mercal, Pdval), job training (Mission Vuelvan
Caras), subsidies to poor, single mothers (Madres del Barrio), attention to indigents and drug addicts (Mission
Negra Hipolita) have reduced extreme poverty by 50% and raised Venezuelans standard of living and quality of
life. While nothing is perfect, these changes are extraordinary and have transformed Venezuela into a nation far
different from what it looked like 10 years ago. In fact, the most important achievement that Hugo Chávez
himself is directly responsible for is the level of participation in the political process. Today, millions of
Venezuelans previously invisible and excluded are visible and included. Those who were always marginalized
and ignored in Venezuela by prior governments today have a voice, are seen and heard, and are actively
participating in the building of a new economic, political and social model in their country.
MW---On Monday, President Chavez threw a Venezuelan judge in jail on charges of abuse of power for freeing a
high-profile banker. Do you think he overstepped his authority as executive or violated the principle of separation
of powers? What does this say about Chavez's resolve to fight corruption?
Eva Golinger----President Chávez did not put anyone in jail. Venezuela has an Attorney General and an
independent branch of government in charge of public prosecutions. Chávez did publicly accuse the judge of
corruption and violating the law because that judge overstepped her authority by releasing an individual charged
with corruption and other criminal acts from detention, despite the fact that a previous court had not granted
conditional freedom or bail to the suspect. And, the judge released the suspect in a very irregular way, without the
presence of the prosecutor, and through a back door. The suspect then fled the country.
This is part of Venezuela's fight against corruption. Unfortunately - as in a lot of countries - corruption is deeply
rooted in the culture. The struggle to eradicate corruption is probably the most difficult of all and will probably
not be achieved until new generations have grown up with different values and education. In the meantime, the
Chávez administration is trying hard to ensure that corrupt public officials pay the consequences. That judge, for
example, engaged in an act of corruption and abuse of authority by illegally releasing a suspect and therefore was
charged by the Public Prosecutor's office and will be tried. It has nothing to do with what Chávez said or didn't
say, it has to do with enforcing the law.
MW---Why is the United States building military bases in Colombia? Do they pose a threat to Chavez or the
Bolivarian Revolution?
Eva Golinger----On October 30th, the US formally entered into an agreement with the Colombian government to
allow US access to seven military bases in Colombia and unlimited use of Colombian territory for military
operations. The agreement itself is purported to be directed at counter-narcotics operations and counter-terrorism.
But a US Air Force document released earlier this year discussing the need for a stronger US military presence in
Colombia revealed the true intentions behind the military agreement. The document stated that the US military
presence was necessary to combat the "constant threat from anti-US governments in the region". Clearly,
that is a reference to Venezuela, and probably Bolivia, maybe Ecuador. It's no secret that Washington considers
the Venezuelan government anti-US, though it's not true. Venezuela is anti-imperialist, but not anti-US. The US
Air Force document also stated that the Colombian bases would be used to engage in "full spectrum military
operations" throughout South America, and even talked about surveillance, intelligence and
reconnaissance missions, and improving the capacity of US forces to execute "expeditionary warfare" in
Latin America.
Clearly, this is a threat to the peoples of Latin America and particularly those nations targeted, such as Venezuela.
Most people in the US don't know about this military agreement, but it they did, they should question why their
government, led by Nobel Peace Prize winner Barack Obama, is preparing for war in South America. And, in
the midst of an economic crisis with millions of people in the US losing jobs and homes, why are millions of
dollars being spent on military bases in Colombia? The US Congress already approved $46 million for one of the
bases in Colombia. And surely more funds will be supplied in the future.
MW---What is ALBA? Is it a viable alternative to the "free trade" blocs promoted by the US?
Eva Golinger----The Bolivarian Alliance of the Americas - Trade Agreement for the People, is a regional
agreement created five years ago between Venezuela and Cuba, and now has 9 members: Bolivia, Cuba, Ecuador,
Honduras, Nicaragua, Venezuela, Antigua and Barbuda, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, and Dominica. ALBA is
a trade agreement based on integration, cooperation and solidarity, contrary to US trade agreements which are
based on competition and exploitation. It promotes a way of trading between nations that assures mutual benefits.
For example, Venezuela sells oil to Cuba and Cuba pays with services - doctors, educators and technological
experts that help to improve Venezuela's industries. Venezuela sells oil to Nicaragua and Nicaragua pays with
food products, agricultural technology and aide to build Venezuela's own agricultural industry, which long ago
was abandoned by prior governments only interested in the rich oil industry. ALBA seeks to not just provide
economic benefits to its member nations, but also social and cultural advances. The idea is to find ways to help
members develop and progress in all aspects of society. ALBA recently created a new currency, the SUCRE,
which will be used as a form of exchange between member nations, eliminating the US dollar as the standard for
trade.
MW---Are US NGO's and intelligence agents still trying to foment political instability in Venezuela or have
those operations ceased since the failed coup?
Eva Golinger----In fact, the funding of political groups in Venezuela, and others throughout Latin America that
promote US agenda, has increased since the April 2002 coup against President Chávez. Through two principal
Department of State agencies, USAID and the National Endowment for Democracy (NED), the US government
has channeled more than $50 million to opposition groups in Venezuela since 2002. The USAID/NED budget to
fund groups in Venezuela in 2010 is nearly $15 million, doubled from last year's $7 million. This is a state policy
of Washington, which the Obama Administration plans to amp up. They call it "democracy promotion", but
it's really democracy subversion and destabilization. Funding political groups favorable to Empire, equipping
them with resources, strategizing to help formulate political platforms and campaigns - all geared towards regime
change - is a new form of invasion, a silent invasion. Through USAID and NED, and their "partner NGOs" and
contractors, such as Freedom House, International Republican Institute, National Democratic Institute, Pan-
American Development Foundation and Development Alternatives, Inc., hundreds of political groups, parties and
programs are presently being funded in Venezuela to promote regime change against the Chávez government. US
taxpayer dollars are being squandered on these efforts to overthrow a democratically elected government that
simply isn't convenient for Washington. Remember, Venezuela has 24% of world oil reserves. That's a lot!
MW---How hard has Venezuela been hit by the economic crisis? Do the people understand Wall Street's role in
the meltdown?
Eva Golinger----Actually, the Chávez government has taken important steps to shelter Venezuela from the
financial crisis. People here in Venezuela absolutely understand Wall Street's role in the crisis and know that the
US capitalist-consumerist system is principally responsible for causing the financial crisis, but also the climate
crisis that the world is facing. The Venezuelan government took preventive steps against the financial crisis, such
as withdrawing Venezuela's reserves from US banks two years ago, creating cushion funds to ensure social
programs would not be cut and diversifying Venezuela's oil clientele so as not to be dependent solely on US
clients. Recently, several banks have been nationalized by the Venezuelan government and others have been
liquidated. But this was more due to the mismanagement and internal corruption within those banks. The
Venezuelan government reacted quickly to take over the banks and guarantee customers' savings would not be
lost. In fact, it's the first time in Venezuela's history that no customers have lost any of their money during a bank
liquidation or takeover. This is part of the Chávez Administration's policy of prioritizing social needs over
economic gain.
MW---Here's an excerpt from a special weekend report by Bloomberg News:
"Americans have grown gloomier about both the economy and the nation‘s direction over the past three months
even as the U.S. shows signs of moving from recession to recovery. Almost half the people now feel less
financially secure than when President Barack Obama took office in January...Fewer than 1 in 3 Americans think
the economy will improve in the next six months....Only 32 percent of poll respondents believe the country is
headed in the right direction, down from 40 percent who said so in September." (Bloomberg)
The frustration and disillusionment with the US political/economic system has never been greater in my lifetime.
Do you think people in the United States are ready for their own Bolivarian Revolution and steps towards a more
progressive, socialistic model of government?
Eva Golinger----The rise of Barack Obama neutralized a growing sentiment for profound change inside the US.
Hopefully, the slowdown in US activism will only be temporary. South of the border, there is tremendous change
taking place. New social, political and economic models are being built by popular grassroots movements in
Venezuela, Bolivia and other Latin American nations that seek economic and social justice. I believe strongly that
models in process, like the Bolivarian Revolution, provide inspiration and hope to those in the US and around the
world that alternatives to US capitalism do exist and can be successful.
The US has a rich history of revolution. There are many groups inside the US dedicated to building a better, more
humanist system. Unity and a collective vision are essential aspects of building a strong movement capable of
moving forward. Every nation has its moment in history. This is the time of Latin America. But there is great
hope that the people of the US will soon unite with their brothers and sisters south of the border to bring down
Empire and help build a true world community based on social and economic justice for all.
Here is an interesting story in hopes that you may get just a itty bitty tiny glimpse of the multitude of things that are so
wrong with this inhuman MONSTROUSITY we call our military:
The Death Dealers took my life!

By Mark Benjamin and Michael de Yoanna Feb. 9, 2009 | Salon.com
The day before Halloween 2008, Army Pvt. Adam Lieberman swallowed
handfuls of prescription pain pills and psychotropic drugs. Then he picked up a
can of black paint and smeared onto the wall of his room in the Fort Carson
barracks what he thought would be his last words to the world.
"I FACED THE ENEMY AND LIVED!" Lieberman painted on the wall in
big, black letters. "IT WAS THE DEATH DEALERS THAT TOOK MY
LIFE!"
Soldiers called Lieberman's unit, the 1st Battalion, 67th Armored Regiment,
the Death Dealers. Adam suffered serious mental health problems after a year of combat in Iraq. The Army,
however, blamed his problems on a personality disorder, anxiety disorder or alcohol abuse -- anything but the
war. Instead of receiving treatment from the Army for his war-related problems, Adam faced something more
akin to harassment. He was punished and demoted for his bad behavior, but not treated effectively for its cause.
The Army's fervent tough-guy atmosphere discouraged Adam from seeking help. Eventually he saw no other way
out. Now, in what was to be his last message, he pointed the finger at the Army for his death.
It would be a voice from beyond the grave, he thought, screaming in uppercase letters. The last words, "THAT
TOOK MY LIFE!" tilted down the wall in a slur, as the concoction of drugs seeped into Adam's brain.
Late last month the Army released figures showing the highest suicide rate among soldiers in three decades.
The Army says 128 soldiers committed suicide in 2008 with another 15 still under investigation. "Why do the
numbers keep going up?" Army Secretary Pete Geren said at a Pentagon news conference Jan. 29. "We can't tell
you." The Army announced a $50 million study to figure it out.
It is not just the suicides spiraling out of control. Salon assembled a sample of 25 cases of suicide, prescription
drug overdoses or murder involving Fort Carson soldiers over the past four years, by no means a comprehensive
list. In-depth study of 10 of those cases revealed a pattern of preventable deaths. In most cases, the deaths seemed
avoidable if the Army had better handled garden-variety combat stress reactions.
Interviews, Army documents and medical records suggest that Adam might not have attempted suicide if he had
received a proper diagnosis and treatment. His suicide attempt seems avoidable. But the Army's mistreatment
extended well into its aftermath. At the last minute on Oct. 30, Lieberman stumbled out of his room and dialed
911. He lived.
Five days later Adam's mother, Heidi Lieberman, sat opposite the desk of Lieberman's battalion commander, Lt.
Col. Lance Kohler, at Fort Carson. Nobody from the Army had bothered to call her in Rochester, N.Y., to tell her
about Adam's suicide attempt. There was no requirement to alert parents of an attempt, the Army said, only a
successful suicide.
Heidi had watched her son's mental health deteriorate precipitously after he returned from Iraq in late
2006. He had suffered from a laundry list of symptoms typical of post-traumatic stress disorder, including
insomnia, depression, panic attacks and flashes of violent anger.
Two days after he swallowed the pills, Adam called his mother himself from the hospital. Still slurring his words
from the effect of the meds, Heidi could barely understand her son. When Heidi asked him where he was, Adam
had to ask someone. Sitting across from the lieutenant colonel's desk, Heidi wanted to know why the Army had
not moved her son into a unit supposedly dedicated to healthcare where he might get better treatment.
"Well, he has legals," Kohler told her. Legal trouble. She knew Adam was struggling. Mostly Adam had been
silencing his demons with 30 beers a day plus some Jameson. He'd puke in a bucket and start over. Mental
health professionals call it self-medicating when a soldier comes back from war and turns to booze when he
can't get help, another typical reaction. Just as predictable is the bad behavior that comes with it.
To Heidi, Kohler's response showed that the Army considered Adam a discipline problem, but didn't seem
particularly concerned about why. "What legals?" Heidi asked.
Adam had broken into a candy machine, so petty larceny. He had also gone AWOL for a short time to say
goodbye to an Army buddy in Texas headed off to a second tour in Iraq. The Army denied Adam's request for
leave. He went anyway.
"And defacing government property," Kohler added to the list. "When did he do this?" "Within the last couple of
days," Kohler responded, staring. Heidi thought. No. Couldn't be. "What did he deface?" Kohler stared. "The
wall in his bedroom." Heidi met his stare, exasperated. "You mean his suicide note?" Kohler just looked at
her. The next day Heidi called Adam's company commander, Capt. Phelps.
"You know," Heidi fired at Phelps, "I still have a hard time wrapping my mind around the fact that my son is
being charged with defacing government property and you people are more concerned about your wall than my
son," she stammered. Then she threatened, half jokingly, "I will paint that wall and make this stupidity go away."
A pause, and then Phelps snapped, "We'll contact supply and have them bring you the matching paint."
And so, the Army allowed a mother to paint over her son's suicide note. Heidi's handicapped sister helped.
"I was kind of surprised that they took me up on that," she said late last year sitting at her dining room table in her
home in Rochester, N.Y. Heidi's sister took photos of her, paint roller in hand, erasing what was supposed to be
her son's last message. "He agreed that if I painted that wall that charge would go away," she recalled about her
talk with Adam's captain. "It didn't."
Just before Christmas, MPs fingerprinted and booked Adam for defacing government property.
There you have it, a picture perfect candid look at how our benevolent military entity functions, right down to the core.
There are so many points and observations that can be made just out of this short story. How cruel, insensitive, cold
hearted and inhumane our essentially is military is. But I will point out yet another less obvious factor that slips the
ordinary citizens mind:
Once you join any branch of military ―YOU BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE UNITED STATES OF
AMERCIA‖ are the exact words that came out of the mouth of the commander the day I was sworn in for military
service. I have never forgotten those spine shilling words. THE PROPERTY OF THE UNITED STATES OF
AMERICA. It haunted me for years. He went on to say ―you will be issued a number and you are to memorize your
number‖ You are OWNED, you have ceased to exist as an individual. You are just another inventory item, a
strategic commodity, blah, blah, blah. The next following years ahead are then devoted to the most thorough
sanctioned brain washing and indoctrination program ever to exist on the planet earth ―cleansing the mind‖ and
reprogramming. YES SIR!!! SIR!!! YES SIR!!!
Behold: for those who have just been enlisted ENSLAVED to become an obedient servant for your military. Like
the hundreds of millions that were brainwashed and enslaved before you. Don‘t worry, the day will come when they set
you lose back into society as a mere shadow of your once proud personality, stripped of all innocence, sense of self,
dreams and what is good in life. You will then go forth and try to integrate with your people, yet never again to be a
normal free spirited human being… A full one third of the decrepit lost souls who return will be like aliens in their own
land, they will roam the streets, destitute and homeless trying in vain to find themselves, for they were all stripped of
their essential divine God given sense of self. How my heart breaks to see my fallen brothers whom I stare into their
eyes and see a bottomless abyss, devoid of fundamental elements of their original life. Instead of warm caring
individuals stand cold hard robotic shells of what used to be a decent human being, whom have been mind raped so
severely and thoroughly that it renders many of them incapable of returning back to ―normal‖ life. To thee my prayers
are with you, as the beast you once served spits you out onto the streets, naked to fend for yourself, when you seek
their assistance they ―deny, deny until you die.‖ Yet you are not alone, there is only one path to find deliverance, seek
and ye shall find.
Conscription = Communism
by William Norman Grigg, May 31, 2005
The theme of Woodrow Wilson‘s 1916 re-election campaign was: "He kept us out of the war." Numerous
historians, both partisans and detractors of the wretched Wilson, have documented that the slogan was a cynical
lie. The same was true of Wilson‘s repeated public statements in opposition to the restoration of the draft, which
had been discontinued at the end of the War Between the States.
In his April 2, 1917 address to Congress seeking a declaration of war against Germany, Wilson approached the
subject of conscription from an oblique angle, stating that the war would "involve the immediate addition to the
armed forces of the United States … at least 500,000 men, who should, in my opinion, be chosen upon the
principle of universal liability to service…" (Emphasis added.)
Observes Thomas Fleming in his invaluable book Illusion of Victory: "These words were an uplifting way of
saying conscription, a draft." Significantly, Wilson‘s words were also a close paraphrase of a line from the eighth
plank of the Communist Manifesto dictating an "equal liability of all to labor" in tasks ordained by the state. This
implicit kinship was made more overt in Wilson‘s May 28 proclamation implementing the conscription law that
had been passed by Congress ten days earlier.
"The nation needs all men," decreed Wilson, "but it needs each man not in the field that will most pleasure him,
but in the endeavor that will best serve the common good…. To this end, Congress has provided that the nation
shall be organized for war by selection; that each man shall be classified for service in the place to which it shall
best serve the general good to call him."
"The significance of this cannot be overstated," continued Wilson. "It is a new thing in our history and a landmark
in our progress." Although Wilson‘s conscription measure did represent a landmark in America‘s descent into
militarist collectivism, it was hardly the "new thing" he claimed it to be. While the Constitution did not provide
for federal conscription, both the Union and Confederacy implemented the draft during the War Between the
States. And in both cases, the draft was the keystone in a system described by historian Jeffrey Rogers Hummel
as "war socialism."
Der Staat Über Alles
The fundamental premise of the draft is that people exist to serve and protect the State, and can be used as seen fit
by those who control it. This was expressed with astonishing bluntness in a July 13, 1863 New York Times house
editorial entitled "The Conscription a Great National Benefit."
"It is a national blessing that the Conscription has been imposed," declared this hymn to the almighty State. "It is
a matter of prime concern that it should now be settled, once for all, whether this Government is or is not strong
enough to compel military service in its defense." Up until then, continued the Times, "the popular mind had
scarcely bethought itself for a moment that the power of an unlimited Conscription was … one of the living
powers of the government in time of war. The general notion was that Conscription was a feature that belonged
exclusively to despotic Governments…."
But such notions must now be suppressed, insisted the editorial, since "not only the property, but the personal
military service of every ablebodied citizen is at the command of the national authorities, constitutionally
exercised…. The Government is the people‘s Government…. When it is once understood that our national
authority has the right under the Constitution, to every dollar and every right arm in the country for its protection,
and that the great people recognize and stand by that right, thenceforward, for all time to come, this Republic will
command a respect, both at home and abroad, far beyond any ever accorded to it before." (Emphasis added.)
The Times published those words as New York City succumbed to four days of violent anti-draft riots – the worst
civic disturbance in U.S. history to that point. In the aftermath, the London Times ran a house editorial about the
draft riots in which that British periodical expressed a sounder grasp of American constitutional tradition than had
our own "paper of record": "It would have been strange, indeed, if the American people had submitted to a
measure which is a distinctive mark of the most despotic governments of the Continent."
In order to enforce the conscription law, the Lincoln regime emulated – and built upon – precedents set by
despotic European governments. As documented by Mark Neely in The Fate of Liberty, his Pulitzer-winning
1991 account of civil liberties under Lincoln, the period following enactment of conscription in 1863 was "the
lowest point for civil liberties in U.S. history to that time, and one of the lowest for civil liberties in all of
American history." Enforcement of conscription led to nation-wide suspension of the writ of Habeas Corpus, and
East German-style efforts to seal the border to keep draft-age men from fleeing the country. Hundreds were
imprisoned for either seeking to avoid the draft, or even for publicly condemning it.
While the draft was abolished at war‘s end, the notion that the federal government had the right "to every dollar
and every right arm in the country for its protection" was not. Journalist Joel Tyler Headley, in his 1873 account
The Great Riots of New York 1712–1873, prefaced his treatment of the draft riots with a brief theodicy defending
the almighty State‘s use of the draft.
"[W]e do not believe there is a sounder principle, or one that every unbiased mind does not concede with
readiness that it does an axiom, that, if necessary to protect and save itself, a government may not only order a
draft, but call out every able-bodied man in the nation," lectured Headley. "If this right does not inhere in our
government, it is built on a foundation of sand, and the sooner it is abandoned the better."
Unlike orthodox Communists, Headley defended the division of labor, at least as applied to the Civil War draft, in
which wealthy draft-age men could hire a substitute.
"The objection that a rich man, if drafted, can buy a substitute, while the poor man, with a large family depending
upon him, must go, if of any weight at all, lies against the whole structure of society, which gives the rich man at
every step immunities over the poor man," wrote Headley. "When society gets in that happy state, that the rich
man has no advantages over the poor, there will be no need either of drafting or volunteering. Yet, after all, it is
not so unequal as it at first sight appears. War must have money as well as men, and the former the rich have to
furnish; and if they do this, it is but fair that they should be allowed to furnish with it also the men to do their
fighting. Besides, there must be some rule that would exempt the men that carry on the business of the country."
Headley‘s perspective was warmly embraced roughly a century later by late-blooming war hawks like George W.
Bush, Dick Cheney, and scores of others who avoided Vietnam in order to pursue (in Cheney‘s words) "other
priorities." In this, as in so much else, neo-con "chickenhawks" are guided by Lincoln‘s example. Notes Michael
Lind in his new book, What Lincoln Believed: "Lincoln, while sending the sons of other men to their deaths,
ensured that his own adult son Robert would avoid combat, first as a student at Harvard College and then as a
member of the staff of General Ulysses S. Grant."
Another notable figure of the era who avoided conscription – albeit in his native Prussia – was Simon Baruch,
who enlisted in the Confederate military after settling in South Carolina. His son Bernard would become an
immensely powerful financier and – more importantly – head of the War Industries Board under Wilson, which
would implement the Wilson regime‘s system of War Communism.
Wilson‘s War Communism
When Wilson re-instated conscription in his May 28, 1917 decree, he described it as "a new manner of accepting
and vitalizing our duty to give ourselves without thoughtful devotion to the common purpose of all. It is in no
sense a conscription of the unwilling; it is, rather, selection from a nation which has volunteered in mass. It is no
more a choosing of those who shall march with the colors than it is a selection of those who shall serve an equally
necessary and devoted purpose in the industries that lie behind the battle line."
All men between the ages of 21 and 30 were ordered to muster at local registration sites on June 5, a date Wilson
described as "a great day of patriotic devotion and obligation" on which "the name of every male person of the
designated ages is written on these lists of honor."
Despite Wilson‘s resounding claim that the nation had "volunteered in mass" for the war, the public wasn‘t
noticeably eager to take the yoke of the warfare state. In a note to "Colonel" Edward Mandell House, Wilson‘s
intimate confidant, Wilson‘s secretary Joe Tumulty fretted that "the people‘s ‗righteous wrath‘ seems not to have
been aroused."
To arouse the public, the administration turned to propagandist George Creel, head of the quasi-governmental
Committee for Public Information. Creel deployed an army of orators called the "Four Minute Men," who bullied
their way into local theaters, civic clubs, churches, chambers of commerce, and other public settings to deliver
"patriotic" speeches extolling the administration‘s war aims.
The purpose of this pestilential horde of herd-poisoners, Creel explained, was to build a "war will" in the
American public. Between May 12 and 21, Creel‘s cadres harangued the public on the subject, "Universal Service
by Selective Draft." Writes Fleming: "As often as possible, the word ‗service‘ was substituted for the harsher
‗conscription.‘ It was a word that blended nicely with the ideals of progressive reform that had swept the nation in
the decade before the war."
But the public still refused to embrace the war. "There is evidence that in many localities the people have only
entered the war with reluctance and with a feeling of inevitability rather than with any enthusiasm," reported the
British government‘s American Press Resume on May 23. Thus the administration unsheathed what Fleming calls
"the mailed fist" – targeted arrests of draft resisters and critics. Amid claims of a widespread conspiracy to "resist
the draft by force," federal officials jailed anti-draft protesters and pamphleteers in Texas, California, Ohio, and
New York. The dragnet against "violent" and "lawless" draft opponents snagged two Missouri men who sought a
court order to prevent enforcement of the draft decree.
As counter-point to the crackdown, a May 25 Los Angeles Times headline warned: "Death for Treason Awaits
Anti-Draft Plotters." A week later, the paper reported that the nation‘s ports were being kept under surveillance to
prevent draft-age men from fleeing the country. This "mixture of exhortation and intimidation" turned the tide in
the PR battle, Fleming writes: "In most towns and cities, almost 10 million men registered without a murmur of
protest." Many Americans embraced the idea that Universal Service would be a healthy thing for undisciplined
youth and unruly elements. "I‘d rather have my son go to heaven in France than to hell in America!" exclaimed
one dutiful Texas father. The New York Times opined that "The Selective Service Draft gives a long and sorely
needed means of disciplining a certain rather insolent foreign element in this nation."
Once it was widely accepted that the State could force men to take up arms in its defense (as opposed to
volunteering to defend their homes and communities), it was relatively easy for the Wilson regime to regiment the
industrial economy. That task was assigned to Bernard Baruch – the son, once again, of a man who had dodged
the draft in Germany.
The concept of the "Nation in Arms," Baruch wrote in a post-war report, meant that "in war, her entire resources
of men, money and things should suddenly become a compact instrument of destruction…. [T]he entire
population must suddenly cease to be a congeries of individuals, each following a self-appointed course, and
become a vast unitary mechanism."
Nor is it enough that government conscript industry and transmute the productive sector into an engine of mass
destruction; it must also claim the power to set all prices by fiat – in order to "support the troops," of course.
Baruch theatrically lamented the destruction of "domestic morale through a just and bitter resentment by soldiers,
their families, and indeed all persons of fixed income, at the spectacle of grotesquely exaggerated profits and
income to those engaged in trade or in services for sale in competitive markets and the constantly increasing
burden of bare existence to all those who are not so engaged."
The "just and bitter resentment" of conscripts, Baruch continued, can be assuaged "by simple proclamation to
decree that every price in the whole national pattern as of that determined date shall be the maximum that may
thenceforth be charged for anything…. In modern war, administrative control must replace the law of supply and
demand."
"Administrative control" of necessity meant State control over the labor market, as well as goods and services.
This was accomplished, in part, through the "Work or Fight" directive, through which men qualifying for a draft
deferment were required to labor at State-approved jobs or face military conscription. Explained Baruch: "The
Work or Fight order merely said to these men: ‗No matter what the grounds for your deferment may be, unless
you are faithfully, continuously and usefully employed in a capacity and for an enterprise determined by the
Government to be essential to the prosecution of the war, your deferment will be cancelled and you will
immediately be called for service with the colors.‘"
And why wouldn‘t this be the case, given that the draft is based on the assumption that the State has a right "to
every dollar and every right arm in the country for its protection"?
Interestingly, while Baruch he stoutly defended the military draft, he opposed conscription of labor as a violation
of the 13th Amendment‘s prohibition on "involuntary servitude." Baruch, in a fashion typical of Communists of
all varieties, believed the private sector alone could be guilty of that offense. From the Communist perspective,
the earth is the State‘s, and everything in it – so when the State imposes involuntary servitude on its subjects, it‘s
merely exercising its sovereign right.
"A soldier serves the nation directly," Baruch wrote, dishonestly treating the "nation" and the "State" as the same
entity. "There is but one master in the case and that master is America. He serves to profit no one but the country
as a whole…. His entry is not contractural. He is clothed, fed, housed, and attended." However, insisted Baruch,
"Enforced and involuntary service for a private master is and has been clearly and repeatedly defined by our
Supreme Court as slavery inhibited [actually, prohibited] by the Thirteenth Amendment to the Constitution of the
United States…. All this does not say, however, that men not under military discipline are free agents in war. The
Government cannot say, ‗Work here. Work there,‘ or ‗Work for Mr. A.‘ But it can say – as it did say in 1918:
‗Work or Fight!‘" (Emphasis added.)
All Good Things…
Writing in 1941, shortly after the FDR regime had re-instated conscription in preparation for U.S. entry into the
Second World War, Baruch fondly remembered the success of the Wilson regime‘s efforts to collectivize the
country.
"As if by common consent," Baruch recalled, "every war administration adopted the policy of decentralization,
reliance on unofficial civilian co-operation, public education as to necessity, and – to put it frankly – universal
and highly organized propaganda. Thus the draft – instead of being enforced by soldiers carrying bayonets as in
the Civil War – was turned over to small boards of local civilians who were given almost unlimited and final
authority. Largely they served without compensation and at great sacrifice. Much was made of the service of
these men and conscription took on the aspect of a great spontaneous levee en masse. But there was a provision in
the Selective Service Act under which, if any member of these draft boards had refused that duty, he could have
been sent to jail."
Among Baruch‘s few regrets was the fact that the war had ended before the nation had been transformed into a
collectivist utopia: "Had the war gone on another year, our whole civil population would have gradually emerged
(as wardrobes and inventories became exhausted) in cheap but serviceable uniform. Types of shoes were to be
reduced to two or three. The manufacture of pleasure automobiles was to cease. Flaps from pockets and
unnecessary trim in clothing would have disappeared. Steel had already been taken out of women‘s corsets."
Ah, well – other opportunities for remaking American through war would come, as even more ruthless ruling
elites – such as those arising after WWI in Germany and Russia – seized on the Wilson regime‘s example. Of
Germany‘s National Socialist regime, Baruch proudly observed in 1941: "German military experts have said,
‗Except for a few minor changes, the German economic mobilization system was conscientiously built in
imitation of the similar American system." Which is to say that the Wilson/Baruch model for war mobilization
was the first draft of Hitler‘s warfare State.
General Hugh S. Johnson, who had commanded the Blue Eagle storm troopers during the early years of the New
Deal, also took pride in the tribute paid to Wilson‘s regime by German rulers. In mobilizing for the coming war,
wrote Johnson in 1941, "we should merit for industrial America something of what Field Marshal von
Hindenburg in his retrospect of the World War had to say of its efforts in 1918: ‗Her brilliant, if pitiless, war
industry had entered the service of patriotism and had not failed it. Under the compulsion of military necessity a
ruthless autocracy was at work and rightly, even in this land at the portals of which the Statue of Liberty flashes
its blinding light across the seas. They understood war.‘"
Those of us who love liberty and peace should also understand war: It is the State reduced to its essential
functions – destruction, regimentation, pitiless violence. Similarly, we must understand that conscription
indisputably rests on the assumption that each individual is the State‘s property, to be sacrificed when those
controlling the State deem it necessary for their protection.
The inimitable William Lind pointed to the recent spectacle of panic-crazed politicians and bureaucrats fleeing
the Capitol when a Cessna strayed into "secure airspace" as an example of "the crisis of legitimacy of the State."
"When the same people who have sent our kids to die in Iraq and left our borders wide open run in panic because
of a Cessna, the American people get the message: Washington is ‗them,‘ not ‗us,‘" he pointed out.
Thousands of Americans, both young and not-so-young, have been left dead, limbless, sightless, or mindless
because of the actions of soft-handed, soft-bellied servants of the State. That same ruling elite is quietly preparing
to re-instate the draft, now that the pool of willing enlistees is drying up. Just as it happened almost a century ago,
the drive to re-institute conscription – which is to say, War Communism – is shielded by a curtain of blasé
assurances from the political class, and pseudo-populist rhetoric from George Creel‘s contemporary disciples.
While the children of the poor and working class are the ones who make up the grunts who come back in body bags,
the children of the rich and powerful rarely ever join the military, and those very, very few who do have their paths
greased for them, they go directly to positions of leadership miles out of harms way. These are the ones who come
home to heros welcomes and go on to hold public office and other important positions.
―The Army/Marines don't send in helicopters anymore (although I guess that would have been the Air Force),
they send in race cars. Earlier this semester they parked a "real" Nascar car in the parking lot of my school,
and teachers were forced to let students out of class if they requested to leave. Basically, everyone who
wanted to skip class got to ask the teachers to leave, and was able to skip as long as they skipped in the
parking lot around the car.
They gave out free t-shirts and wrist bands and whatnot to people if they played some game, or did a certain
amount of push-ups/pull-ups. They also conveniently had contracts to sign up all the JROTC kids who hadn't
already signed up, and anyone dumb enough to not realize what it was but sign it anyway.
Anyway, the point is, we were supposed to be so impressed by getting to sit in the driver's seat of a "real"
Nascar car that we would sign up for active duty... and the schools forced it on us.
Later they sent people to each class room with little sheets of paper and all of us students were supposed to fill
out contact information so the army could call us up, and e-mail us, and send us letters asking us whether we
would be interested in joining the army (which kind of defeats the purpose of signing up for selective service
when you are 18, since that is usually when you get phone calls from recruiters). I filled out the card with no
information (for instance; NAME: My Friends call me ******, BIRTHDAY: already had it, TELEPHONE #:
I don't give it out to strangers).‖
The Crux of our Endless War on Terror

By Glenn Greenwald
As I wrote last week, the Obama administration finally purported to defend its presidential assassination program
aimed at American citizens, when Obama's Director of the National Counterterrorism Center, Michael Leiter,
offered patently misleading claims to justify it. Yesterday, Newsweek's Michael Isikoff posed several good
questions to Leiter about this program and the "War on Terror" generally -- several of which are themes raised
often here -- and Leiter's responses compellingly illustrate the utter illogic and counter-productive nature of our
Terrorism and war policies.
First, Isikoff noted that CIA Director Leon Panetta said that there are at most 100 Al Qaeda members in
Afghanistan -- which led Fareed Zakaria, with great understatement, to suggest that our nine-year war there
seemed "disproportionate" to the ostensible problem -- and then asked Leiter how many Al Qaeda members are in
Pakistan:
Leiter: I think [CIA director] Leon Panetta said on Sunday, and I agree with him, that in Afghanistan, you have a
certain number, a relatively small number, 50 to 100. I think we have in Pakistan a larger number.
Q: How many?
Leiter: Upwards --more than 300, I would say.
So between Afghanistan and Paksitan combined, there are a few hundred Al Qeada members total. All of this
ongoing war and those hundreds of billions of dollars spent and those deaths and the decade of occupation, and
those bombings and shootings and drone attacks and lawless prisons and habeas-stripping court precedents: it's
all (ostensibly) for a few hundred extremists total hiding in remote tribal areas. A few hundred. Making matters
so much worse is this:
Q: Isn't it true that in almost every one of the big cases where there‘s been attempted attacks on the U.S., the
individuals involved -- Faisal Shahzad, Najibullah Zazi -- have said they were motivated to go abroad to learn
how to attack the United States by the [military] actions we are taking now in Afghanistan and in Pakistan
to try to defeat Al Qaeda there?
Leiter: Well I certainly will not try to argue that some of our actions have not led to some people being
radicalized. I think that's a given . . . .That doesn‘t mean you don‘t do it. That means you craft a fuller strategy
to explain why you're doing that and try to minimize the likelihood that individuals are going to be radicalized.
Actually, the recent attempted Terrorists referenced by Isikoff have said they were motivated by more than just
our actions in Pakistan and Afghanistan; several have cited our attack on Iraq, our support for Israeli aggression,
lawless prisons and torture. Still, not only are we engaged in a nine-year-and-counting, highly destructive war
and bombing campaign in that region all for a few hundred fighters, but Leiter concedes (as has been recognized
by the U.S. Government for years) that those actions have the opposite effect of what is supposedly intended:
namely, these actions are what motivate so much of the very Terrorism (especially the recent Terrorism) that is
cited to justify those policies.
Worse still, not only is our policy of endless war wildly disproprionate and counter-productive, but it provides the
pretext for endless civil liberties abuses. Here is what Leiter boasts after being asked about the Obama
administration's targeting of U.S. citizens for assassination who have been charged with nothing: "Just to be
clear, the U.S. government through the Department of Defense goes out and attempts to target and kill people, a
lot of people, who haven't been indicted." Indeed it does. And then Isikoff asked him about the extreme
contradiction of the Democratic Party which I've raised over and over in every forum I could:
Q. When the Bush administration declared Jose Padilla, a U.S. citizen, an enemy combatant, stripped him of all
his legal rights, and threw him in a military brig, there was an enormous outcry from the civil liberties
community. Here, the Obama administration is going one better than that; they're saying, "We can kill this
guy. We can take him out." And there's been very little public debate about how that decision was made.
Doesn't the government at least owe a [fuller] explanation of how it's reaching these decisions?
Leiter: I absolutely agree with you. These are tough issues that require a full and open debate. That may not
mean there's a full and open debate about an individual . . . because there are sensitive sources and methods
involved. . . . But I will tell you from my perspective as director of the National Counterterrorism Center, if
someone like Anwar al-Awlaki is responsible for part of an operation to kill more than 300 people over the city of
Detroit, I think it would be wholly irresponsible . . . not to at least think about and potentially direct all elements
of national power to try to defend the American people.
In other words: when we decide that an American citizen is Guilty of Terrorism, there is no need for a trial, or
due process, or even any public presentment of evidence. It suffices that we have concluded this in secret, with
no checks or external review. Once we decide that, the death penalty is imposed and we will execute it
ourselves. We are literally Judge, Jury and Executioner. And, despite the fact that we have been continuously
wrong in our accusations of Terrorism and have even knowingly imprisoned innocent people, you'll just take our
word for it, on blind faith, that the citizen we want to kill is really an Evil Terrorist. Yes, it's true that you refused
to accept that same rationale when the Bush administration used it merely to eavesdrop on or detain American
citizens -- in fact, you screeched that those less extreme policies were tyranny and a shredding of the Constitution
when they did it -- but you should nonetheless accept this mentality when we use it to murder your fellow citizens
who have never even been charged with any crime.
And that seems to be fine with our political class. All because there are a few hundred people hiding in caves in
remote tribal areas who are really, really Scary: who will get you if don't acquiesce to endless war, the transfer of
enormous amounts of money to fight those wars, and the most unlimited and unchecked government powers
imaginable. And even when they come right out and say that this is all about nothing more than a few hundred
people -- many of whom are motivated by the very violence we're perpetrating -- it changes very little. Fear is an
extremely potent motivating force, overwhelming all reason and skepticism of power. That's why political
leaders -- in all eras and all places -- like it and use it so much.
Last but not least: Actually, probably the most important clue that
reveals the true evil behind the military is the fact that the
PENTAGON, the CENTER of our military industrial complex was
designed, built and centered upon the basis of the center of a SATANIC
PENTAGRAM. Making the Pentagon building a PERFECT occult
portal to the underworld, a perfect gateway for Satan‘s direct influence.
Symbolism is a key part of the satanic occult, symbolism is a key component of their occult magick rituals and
practices. The true rulers of this world are Luciferian agents here on earth who keep this world flowing in blood baths
of conflicts, invasion, occupation, and wars all the while proclaiming to do so in the name of ―peace‖ are the wolves in
sheep‘s clothing. The alleged ministries of ―peace‖ are actually satan‘s vehicles of death and destruction here on earth.

THE MEDICAL CARTEL INDUSTRIAL

MATRIX:
BIG PHARMAKEIA - SATAN’S SORCERERS
THE TRUSTED OVERLORDS OF YOUR HEALTH
WHO POISON YOUR MIND
"There will be in the next generation or so a pharmacological method of
making people love their servitude and producing dictatorship without
tears so to speak. Producing a kind of painless concentration camp for
entire societies so that people will in fact have their liberties taken away
from them, but will rather enjoy it, because they will be distracted from
any desire to rebel by propaganda, or brainwashing, or brainwashing
enhanced by pharmacological methods. And this seems to be the final

revolution." - Aldous Huxley, Tavistock Group, California Medical School, 1961
I will begin this chapter exposing this section of the Matrix with a sort of forward. Here is an excerpt from Trudeu‘s
book that I feel compelled to include here due to its honest relevant intro to this sector:
My contention is that there are all-natural cures for virtually every disease and ailment. These cures are being
suppressed and hidden from you by the pharmaceutical industry, the Food and Drug Administratioin, and the
Federal Trade Commision, as well as other groups. The question that arrises most often when I make these
statements is, ―What is the motive for such a thing to occur?‖ The answer is simple: money and power. Most
people have no idea just how powerful a motivating force money and power can be. Money does indeed make the
world go round. The love of money, which is the definition of greed, is in fact the root of all evil. Think about
some obvious facts. Ninety percent of all people in prison today are there because of a money-related crime.
Interesting, isn‘t it? Money is such a powerful force people will risk going to jail for it. Seventy-five people of all
murders are committed for money. People‘s insatiable desire to have money actually drives them to kill another
human being!
All publicly traded corporations have a legal responsibility to increase profits, it‘s the law! Think about it: With
rare exception, every single business has one objective – to make more profits. The only way companies make
more profits is by producing their product at the lowest possible cost, selling it at the highest possible price, and
selling as much as they can. Every decision a company makes is to increase profits.
Companies, however, are run by people. People have two motivations –first, to make more money for themselves
personally; and, second, to increase their power, prestige, or influence. Therefore, the individuals who run
companies will always make decisions based on what can personally enrich themselves. Very few individuals are
concerned about the good of mankind, the environment, or achieving some spiritual nirvana. To varying degrees,
decisions are based on the answer to the question, ―What‘s in it for me?‖
In buisiness, is everyhing always about the money? Yes. Throughout the history of big business, planned
obsolescence has been standard operating procedure. This is when a product is manufactured in such a way so that
it will wear out or need to be replaced. The product could have been made to last a very long time; but in order for
the company to ensure furture profits, it knowingly manufactured an item that was inherently flawed. Thus it
planned for the product‘s obsolescene, all in the name of the profit.
In today‘s buisiness environment, companies only do things that either increase sales, decrease the cost of the
product, or guarantee a higher price for the product. A simplified example of this can be seen with restaurants that
are located in airports. The restaurant has a monopoly, there is no competition. Since the restaurant has a
monopoly has no competition, it does not have to give good-quality food, good service, or a fair price. Have you
ever gotten a great meal with service at a great price at an airport restaurant? I sure haven‘t. Why? Because they
don‘t have to. Giving good service and a good product at a fair price will not increase profit at an airport restaurant
because they are not relying on repeat customers. Another example is outsourcing. Why are hundreds of
companies laying off millions of American workers and outsourcing this work to people in other countries?
Because it‘s cheaper! Remember the corporate officers and directors of publicly traded companies have a legal
responsibility to increase profits. If they don‘t they will lose their jobs. Big business will always make decisions
based on profit, not what is good for the employees, what is good for the customer, what is good for the
environment, what is good for society or what is good for mankind.
Let‘s look at the drug industry. Let‘s say you sell insulin to diabetics. Would you be happy if someone discovered
an herb that when taken cured a person‘s diabetes so they never needed insulin again? Of course not. You would
be out of busineess. As an interesting note, there is such a cure for diabetes. The person who discovered it was
offered over $30 million by a major pharmaceutical company not to market it! It‘s all about the money.
Health care, defined as the treatment, prevention, and diagnosis of disease, is the most profitable industry in the
world. As long as people are sick, billions and billions of dollars in profit are made every year. Think about it.
There are enormous amounts of money to be made as long as people stay sick. A healthy person, on the other
hand, doesn‘t spend any money on the health-care industry. A healthy person does not need to buy drugs, does not
get medical treatment, and is a liability to the corporations involved in health care. If every person was healthy and
disease-free, the drug companies and virtually the entire health-care industry would be out of business. To the drug
companies and virtually all the corporations involved in health care, you are nothing more than a customer. As
long as you are sick you are potentially a good customer. There is no financial incentive for the health-care
industry in having people live disease –free. There is no financial incentive to prevent or cure disease. Rather, the
entire health-care industry is driven by one overshadowing motive: to make money! The entire health-care industry
is run by individual people in the form of officers and directors of the publicly traded corporations that make up
the industry. These people are, with rare exception, some of the most ruthless, wealthiest, and greediest people on
the planet. Is this true? Let‘s examine a fictitious –or maybe not so fictitious –scenario.
Imagine there is a scientist working in a lab somewhere. He makes a breakthrough discovery: A small plant is
found in the Amazon that, when made into a tea and consumed, eliminates all cancer in the body within one week.
Imagine this researcher proclaiming that he has given this tea to one thousand cancer patients and that every single
on of them, within one week and without having undergone surgery, was found to have absolutely no cancer in
their body. Eureka! A cure for cancer! A simple, inexpensive, all-natural cure with no side effects. Just a simple
that you make into tea and drink. It has absolutely no side effects at all. It‘s pure, all-natural, and costs just pennies.
Imagine this scientist announcing his discovery to the world. Certainly he would win a Nobel Prize. Certainly the
world medical community would be rejoicing. No more cancer! Every cancer patient could drink this tea and in
one week be free of all their cancer. Every person who lives with the fear of getting cancer could now know that
they could simply drink a few cups of this tea, which costs them only a few pennies, and they could avoid ever
getting cancer. My, my, the world would be a better place.
Unfortunately, you‘ll never hear this story. Not because the story is not true, but because if this simple herbal tea
which cures all cancer was allowed to be sol, there would be no need for the American Cancer Society. There
would be no need for any of the drug companies that are manufacturing and selling cancer drugs. There would be
no need for any additional cancer research funding. Cancer clinics around the world will close, hundreds of
thousands of people would be put out of work, entire industries would shut down overnight and billions and
billions and billions of dollars in profit would no longer be funneling in to the kingpins who control the cancer
industry.
So when this person makes this discovery, what happens? In some cases these people simply vanished. In other
cases these people were given hundreds of millions of dollars for their research. In still other cases the federal
government raided these researchers‘ offices, confiscated the data, and jailed the researches for practicing
medicine without a license. Is this fantasy or is this the truth? Well, the health-care industry has a dirty little secret,
and I am blowing the whistle on it.
The coversations I‘ve heard, the meetings I have attended, the papers that I‘ve read, and the inside information that
I have received about the health-care fraud going on in this world has made me mad as hell –and I‘m not going to
take it anymore. I‘ve been dubbed ―The Whistleblower‖ because I am blowing the whistle on the most profitable
industry in the world: health care. I‘m exposing the lies, the frauds, the scams. I‘m letting the cat out of the bag.
Like other industries, once the truth has been made known, things begin to change.
Is it true that the health-care industry is holding back natural inexpensive cures for disease and illness? Could it be
true that the only motivation in health care is profits? Let‘s just look at recent history.
We‘ve all heard the stories of the inventors who had carburetors that would make automobiles run a thousand
miles to a gallon of gasoline. We‘ve heard that the automobile industry paid off those inventors with millions of
dollars to secure the patents and then buried those patents and never used that technology. Why? Because it would
cost the automotive industry billions of dollars in profits
We all know the story of how the big three automobile manufacturers purchased the Redline Train System in
California, only to dismantle it to make sure that more automobiles were sold. Most people don‘t know that a
lawsuit was filed regarding this obvious antitrust issue and the ―big three‖ were found guilty! Corruption runs
deep. In this case it was evidenced by the judge awarding the plaintiffs an insulting $1 in damages! That‘s right,
just $1! The big three automakers obviously paid off the right people to make sure that there was no consequences
to their illegal actions
Most recently, many of you have seen the movie The Insider or read the book about how for years the tobacco
industry lied about their knowledge that the ingredients in cigarettes were highly addictive. Finally, an insider blew
the whistle and told the truth. He exposed, finally, what we assumed was true, that the researd was conclusive,
cigarettes are addictive, and that the manufacturers of cigarettes knew this for years and years and years but lied
before Congress and said that they ―have no knowledge‖ or ―credible scientific evidence‖ that cigarettes are
addictive. It was a flat-out lie. Why did they lie? Money. It‘s all about the money!
I happen to be a capitalist and an entrepreneur. Throughout my life I have been motivated to make money. Money
itself is not bad. Making money and profits is not bad. It becomes bad when it becomes greed. Making money
becomes very bad when you ―love money.‖ Making money and profits is very bad when you hurt your employees,
lie and deceive your customors, destroy the environment, exploit workers, illegally drive competitors out of
business, and purposely sell inferior products and services. When you put money above everything else, that is
when making money is a problem. Money should be used and people loved. The problem is that money is loved
and people used!
We have heard the phrase, ―The love of money is the root of all evil.‖ The more multimillionaires I talk to, the
more billionaires I talk to, the more Wall Street insiders I talk to, the more CEOs of major corporations I talk to,
the more big business corporation directors I talk to, the more politicians I talk to, the more I believe that the love
of money is indeed the root of all evil. I can tell you from firsthand experience that the majority of officers and
directors of major publicly traded corporations are greedy beyond belief and corrupt beyond belief! Making money
becomes and addiction. Making more money becomes the all-consuming compulsive motivator of these people.
Making money becomes the most important in these people‘s lives. Making money and doing whatever it takes to
make more money becomes the chief motivation in virtually all their decisions and actions. If making more money
means breaking the laws, destroying the environment, or seeing other people suffer, it‘s okay. Don‘t believe me?
Let me point out a few examples.
There is something deeply wrong and profoundly troubling about an industry that markets itself as existing for YOUR
best interests yet virtually EVERYTHING they do and all their corporate decisions are PROFIT/GREED
MOTIVATED. The bottom line with ALL FOR PROFIT MEDICAL COMPANIES is that they are just that: profit
seeking corporations with stock holders who all expect great profits year after year after year. Thus they have all
fallen into the same protocol as all for profit enterprises: by law making more money and PROFITS is THE MOST
IMPORTANT GOAL and REASON OF EXISTENCE in the first place. If any industry should wholly be
converted to non-profit class overnight, this one would be it.
20 Signs That The Health Care Industry Has Become All About Making As
Much Money As Possible
Once upon a time in America, people became doctors and nurses because
they wanted to help people, building hospitals was a labor of love,
lawyers didn't chase ambulances, health insurance companies did not
openly abuse their customers and greedy pharmaceutical companies did
not dominate the entire health care industry. But today all of that has
changed. Why do most people choose a career in the health care industry
today? It is because they want to make a lot of money and live a
comfortable lifestyle. Why do most health facilities get built today?
They get built because someone is hoping to make a huge profit. Why do
so many lawyers specialize in medical malpractice? Here's a hint - it is
not because they want to make life better for people. Why do health
insurance companies keep raising premiums even while they are making
record profits? It is because they can and because they are greedy. Why are pharmaceutical corporations some of
the most profitable companies on the face of the earth even though their products are harming tens of millions of
people? It is because our health care system has become wildly corrupt and is now about making as much money
as possible.
Not that everyone in the health care industry is motivated by greed. Some doctors and nurses volunteer a ton of
their time to assist the poor and the needy. Others use their vacation time to go overseas and provide free medical
care in third world nations. Many religious groups and non-profit organizations build hospitals and clinics
because they are truly trying to help people. And there are a few health insurance companies that are trying to
play the game honestly.
But unfortunately, those with noble intentions in the health care industry are the exception rather than the rule.
Overall, the health care industry in America is all about the money, and it is about time that we quit pretending
otherwise.
The following are 20 signs that the health care industry in the United States has become all about making as much
money as possible....
1 - Even as the rest of the U.S. economy deeply struggles, America's health insurance companies increased their
profits by 56 percent in 2009.
2 - According to a report by Health Care for America Now, America's five biggest for-profit health insurers ended
2009 with a combined profit of $12.2 billion.
3 - The top executives at the five largest for-profit health insurance companies in the United States received
nearly $200 million in total compensation in 2009.
4 - According to an article on the Mother Jones website, health insurance premiums for small employers in the
United States increased 180% between 1999 and 2009.
5 - Health insurance premium increases are getting totally out of control. For example, the 39% increase in health
insurance premiums that Anthem Blue Cross imposed on some California customers last year was so obscene that
it made national headlines.
6 - Since 2003, health insurance companies have shelled out more than $42 million in state-level campaign
contributions.
7 - There were more than two dozen pharmaceutical companies that made over a billion dollars in profits in 2008.
8 - Each year, tens of billions of dollars is spent on pharmaceutical marketing in the United States alone.
9 - Nearly half of all Americans now use prescription drugs on a regular basis according to a CDC report that was
just released. According to the report, approximately one-third of all Americans use two or more pharmaceutical
drugs, and more than ten percent of all Americans use five or more prescription drugs on a regular basis.
10 - According to the CDC, approximately three quarters of a million people a year are rushed to emergency
rooms in the United States because of adverse reactions to pharmaceutical drugs.
11 - According to a very surprising new study, 85 percent of new pharmaceutical drugs are "lemons" and pose
serious health risks to their users.
12 - The Food and Drug Administration reported 1,742 prescription drug recalls in 2009, which was a gigantic
increase from 426 drug recalls in 2008.
13 - Shocking new research has found that expectant mothers taking antidepressants have an astounding 68
percent increase in the overall risk of miscarriage. Yet the pharmaceutical companies are essentially doing
nothing to stop this.
14 - The use of psychiatric medications among 18 to 34 year old members of the U.S. military and their wives
increased by 42 percent between 2005 and 2009.
15 - There are some disturbing new medical studies that suggest that many of the most popular anti-depressant
drugs are no more effective than a placebo.
16 - Pharmaceutical companies continue to rake in billions of dollars from selling vaccines and are encouraging
even pregnant women to take them, even though there is mounting evidence that taking vaccines while pregnant
dramatically increases the rate of miscarriage.
17 - One woman in New Hampshire is seeking more than $24 million in damages from the manufacturer of a
prescription drug that she took for shoulder pain. It turns out that as a result of taking the drug, she is now blind
and has been left scarred by internal and external burns.
18 - According to one stunning new study, the medical liability system in the United States added approximately
$55.6 billion to the cost of health care in 2008.
19 - Pharmaceutical companies have become so greedy that now they are even attempting to patent our genes. It
is being reported that over three million gene patent applications have been filed with the U.S. government so far.
Tens of thousands of gene patents have already been granted at this point. It is estimated that companies hold
approximately 40,000 patents on sections of the human genome right now. Those patents cover approximately
20% of our genes.
20 - According to a recent report, Americans spend about twice as much as residents of other developed countries
on health care, but get much lower quality and far less efficiency in return.
Here is a perfect example of how the pharmaceticle conglomerates are routinely RAPING the people and this country:
$928 for a Bag of Salt: How Drugmakers Rip Off Taxpayers

By Jim Edwards | November 2, 2010
The most surprising thing about Louisiana‘s new drug pricing lawsuit is the
allegation, buried on page 12, that Baxter International (BAX) sold salt and sugar
to Medicaid for $928 a bag. That fact alone tells you all you need to know about
why healthcare costs in the U.S. are going up when they could be coming down:
The law allows drug companies to rook state Medicaid and federal Medicare
programs by preventing the agencies from negotiating drug prices:
Instead, both institutions must take a price based on the ―average wholesale price‖ of a drug. Naturally, drug
companies have developed a number of complicated schemes to make sure that the reported AWP is as high as
possible while the actual price is made much lower, usually through a series of rebates. Medicaid and Medicare
reimburse at the high rate and wholesalers pocket the difference. Drug companies strategize around that difference
so that it functions like a kickback to wholesalers.
Baxter was probably selling saline solution and dextrose solution, in intravenous drip bags. They‘re a little more
difficult to produce and package than tabletop salt and sugar, but not much. The AWP of saline (to rehydrate
patients) and dextrose (for acute hypoglycemia) is just $1.71 to $2.75 a bag. That‘s a 41,000 percent markup,
Louisiana claims.
It‘s also interesting to note that Baxter was one of at least three generic drug makers named as defendants in the
suit. (Among the others were Watson (WPI) and Ranbaxy.) Usually it‘s the large, branded drugmakers who bear
the brunt of pricing litigation. This time it‘s the generic makers, whose products are often sold at pennies per pill.
Even the discount sellers can allegedly play this game, it seems.
Louisiana spends $850 million a year on Medicaid. It would cost taxpayers nothing if the law was changed to
allow states and the federal government to negotiate more aggressively. It would only lead to savings and
lowered public spending on healthcare. Washington, unfortunately, is so broken that there is bipartisan
agreement that such a change will never be made, which is why healthcare reform was passed without such a
provision.
My research into this area of the matrix began by accident, or as I prefer to think of it: God lead me down this path…
My entire life I trusted my doctors, with, umm, well: with my life. I was already questioning many aspects of what I
know refer to as the matrix, but never in my wildest dreams did I even think that even this sector was sold-out. Never
once did I ever question a doctor‘s authority, knowledge, diagnosis or what they told me to take or do. It wasn‘t until
one fateful day that I had to go to my doctors to ―have something taken care of‖ (sorry but again I cannot get into real
details for there are people out there trying to figure out my real identity so that they can have me ―neutralized‖). Well
this doctor did some tests and a week later he told me I was in critical condition and I was going to DIE! Wow! I had a
condition that millions upon millions of people have, I would also have to get surgery to fix one of the things that were
wrong, he also gave me about half a dozen prescriptions that I was supposed to take ―for the rest of my life‖ and
scheduled a bunch of tests with specialists.
This is where things began to get interesting… I began to take the medicine and was transformed into what I like to call
a walking talking zombie. The medication put me into a deep stupor, my mind was in a constant fog, where I would
be walking toward the kitchen like a zombie, forget what I went to the kitchen for, turn around back to the living room
and forget what I was watching on TV. I would often sit there thinking ―this is not right‖ I couldn‘t remember
anything. Some of those pills tasted so bad I remember thinking ―this stuff tastes like poison.‖ I had to FIGHT real
hard to formulate cohesive thoughts. After a week living in ―la la land‖ one day I woke up and decided I rather die
than continue living this way. I was going to stop taking those drugs and live my life to the fullest enjoying my ―last
days.‖ So I took all my medication, all $500 worth (oh yes, I was supposed to now afford coming up with an extra
$500 every month to zombify myself) and threw them in the garbage. For months prior to this point in time I kept
seeing this stupid annoying infomercial guy on TV appearing every single night hawking some book about ―Natural
Cures they Don‘t Want You to Know About.‖ I thought he was an idiot, but on the same night after ceasing to take the
poisons ummm, ―medication‖, I saw the infomercial again, I thought ―hey let me type the title of that book into my
Google search engine and let‘s see what kind of natural cures might be out there, I research everything else on the
planet using the internet, why not this? That is the day my entire life changed yet again.
I found many websites discussing natural remedies and supplements. I did my research and developed my own
NATURAL SUPPLIMENT regiment to replace the poisons my doctor prescribed. The natural supplements cost a
mere fraction of the drugs I was told to take for the rest of my life.The natural suppliments did have one MAJOR side
effect: I awoke everyday full of energy I hadn‘t felt in years! I had pep back in my life I never realized I lost until it
was back! A month later I was required to return for follow up visits and took more tests… this time my vitals were
back to almost normal levels… I will never forget when my doctor asked me if I was still taking the medication, I
smiled and said ―sure doc.‖
This life threatening episode was the catalyst initiating my research into the medical field and natural remedies. Low
and behold, the more I researched, the more I realized that the medical field was ALSO a key element of a major world
level ―matrix‖ of corporations running our lives. Gosh, there had to be a name for all these people, corporations,
institutions and entities who collectively own control and decide what has been, what is, is not, and will be. It was as if
all of them co-existed in some type of intricate strategic MATRIX… Thus the notion of, and my research into this
―matrix‖ began to take shape.
We live in the most technologically advanced society ever on the planet earth. Our country stands at the forefront of
many medical advancements. Yet our society is ever increasingly plagued by millions upon millions of people
becoming sick with stranger and stranger illnesses eventually becoming in dire need of medical help! Then on the
other hand millions of them end up in the dilemma of not being able to afford treatment as the icing on the cake. In
some form or another, a major portion of our civilization has some sort of ailment. And of course our ―benevolent‖
profit driven medical establishment is there to provide us with literally thousands of different expensive patented
drugs for each one of those ailments. It will cost you though. Empty your bank account and they can fix you right up
(as long as you don‘t stop taking their ―medications‖ i.e.: drugs, i.e.: poisons). ―Take this or that drug for the rest of
your life and you should be fine.‖ (not to mention the fact that every drug in existence creates side effects that require
medicating yourself with more drugs in a never ending cycle).
If I Were Satan
by Jim Lynn
If you were Satan and your goal is to destroy as many lives as you could, what are the two institutions you could
attack that would destroy more lives than wars and natural disasters combined? Here's what I would do:
Phase One: Medicine
If I were Satan, I would capture the medical industry and make it mine. For what other of man's institutions could
potentially inflict more harm?
I would infiltrate medical colleges and teach students to treat disease symptoms, rather then teach them how to
heal the sick.
I would teach medical students that chronic disease is the result of natural manifestation, and disclaim any
correlation between disease and one's spiritual state of being.
I would create chemical drugs with lethal side effects, and tell medical students they must use only my drugs to
treat their patients disease symptoms. I would tell students that natural substances can be harmful to the body and
should not be used or trusted for treatment of the sick.
I would find greedy men who could care less about the well-being of people, and set up a drug enterprise
designed to keep sick people sick. I would advertise my drugs on TV so people will ask their doctors to prescribe
them.
I would take natural body conditions like pregnancy, acid reflux, hormonal imbalance, sinus infections, high
blood pressure, digestive disorders, osteoporosis, diabetes and make them a disease. That way, I could find more
uses for my drugs.
I would be clever when using medical terms, so people will begin to believe their body cannot be trusted. I would
use terms like, heart attack, spastic colon, and kidney failure.
Next I would mislead patients into believing they have a disease discovered through diagnosis; when in truth all
they received is a specific diagnosis with a name. This will make it sound like the doctor has found a disease, and
people can be "diagnosed" just in time to take a new drug of mine for the rest of their life.
Next I would use man's government to protect my medical interests and drug industry. I would set up a Food and
Drug Administration, and use it to deny citizens any form of real healing. I would use this FDA to my advantage
by making it unlawful for anyone to make health claims without scientific proof. Of course, I would also control
the researchers, and medical doctors who publish results of research, so results are kept in my favor.
I would refuse my agents to investigate any claims that suggest a correlation between vaccines and disease and
death rates.
Phase Two: Church
If I were Satan, I would fill pulpits in churches with pastors who teach that God no longer heals the sick like
people read about in the Bible. I would have these pastors teach that healing must be instantaneous to be called a
miracle.
I would disguise the original meanings of the words "heal," and "save" recorded in the Bible, so their full, true
meaning and application is not understood.
I would put fear of persecution and public ridicule in the hearts of church leaders were they to teach that God
actively intervenes in this physical world.
In this way I can deny God's glory of healing by those who bear the mark of His Spirit and wear the name of His
Son.
Over time, there will be very little knowledgeable and effective spiritual resistance to my induced sicknesses and
disease. People will come to put more faith in medical knowledge than in the God of knowledge.
In this way, I can kill many millions of people because most people are raised up to respect the word and advise
of medical doctors and preachers.
If I were Satan and wanted to destroy as many lives as I could, this is what I would do and how I would do it.
The ultimate epitome of irony in this society is the externally seemingly largely acceptable norm of cigarette smoking
and its draconian world leading SERIAL KILLER industry that has co-existed alongside legit forms of industry. On
one hand our society battles death and disease while on the other hand they fully embrace the BEAST of BEASTS
who is allowed to legally run rampant murdering MILLIONS UPON MILLIONS of victims annually, in broad
daylight, in your face.
According to the British Medical Journal, Ron Law of New Zealand's Ministry of Health Working Group stated, "Put
another way, more than 5 million people have been killed by Western medical practice in the past decade (Europe,
USA, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) and 20 million permanently maimed." Mr. Law also asked the question,
"Sounds like a war zone doesn't it?"
The American Medical Association, which for almost 150 years has sought to institutionalize a rip-off and to
keep sick people and their families oblivious to it. Thanks to this central committee of the medical cartel, the
number of medical schools and medical students is drastically restricted, state licensure further obstructs the
supply of doctors, fees are largely secret and controlled across the industry, alternative treatments and
practitioners are outlawed, pharmacists and nurses are hamstrung, and the mystique of the profession rivals
the priesthood, although priests have a somewhat lower income…
…The American Medical Association, organized in New York in 1848, advanced two seemingly innocent
propositions in its early days: that all doctors should have a "suitable education" and that a "uniform elevated
standard of requirements for the degree of M.D. should be adopted by all medical schools in the U.S." These
were part of the AMA's real program, which was openly discussed at its conventions and in the medical
journals: to secure a government-enforced medical monopoly and high incomes for mainstream
doctors….
…To help bring about a higher-paid profession, the AMA in 1904 created the Council on Medical Education,
which sought to shut down more than half the existing medical schools by rating them on a scale of A to C. In
cooperation with state medical boards composed of what Arthur Dean Boran, head of the council, called the
"right sort of men," the AMA succeeded in cutting the number of schools to 131 by 1910, from a high of 166.
Then the council's secretary N.P. Colwell helped plan (and some say write) the famous 1910 report by
Abraham Flexner. Flexner, the owner of a bankrupt prep school, had the good fortune to have a brother,
Simon, who was director of the Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research. At his brother's suggestion,
Abraham Flexner was hired by the Rockefeller-allied Carnegie Foundation so that the report would not be
seen as a Rockefeller initiative. And Carnegie, whose main goal was to "rationalize" higher education, that is,
replace religion with science, saw the AMA cartelization drive as useful. Claiming to have investigated nearly
every school in the country, Flexner rated them on suitability. Schools he praised received lush grants from
the Rockefeller and associated foundations, and almost all the medical schools he condemned were shut
down, especially the "commercial" institutions. AMA-dominated state medical boards ruled that in order to
practice medicine, a doctor had to graduate from an approved school. Post-Flexner, a school could not be
approved if it taught alternative therapies, didn't restrict the number of students, or made profits based on
student fees.
Why the opposition to for-profit schools? If an institution were supported by student fees rather than
philanthropic donations, it could be independent of the foundations. The Rockefeller family had invested
heavily in allopathic drug companies and wanted doctors to use their
products…
…With its monopoly, the AMA sought to fix prices. Early on, the AMA had
come to the conclusion that it was "unethical" for the consumer to have any
say over what he paid. Common prices were transmuted into professional
"fees," and the AMA sought to make them uniform across the profession.
Lowering fees and advertising them were the worst violations of medical
ethics and were made illegal. When fees were raised across the board, as
they frequently could be with decreased competition, it was done in secret.
[Excerpts from Medical Control, Medical Corruption]
This industry is a poster child example of the corrupt immoral sick twisted policies
governing our once great nation. Bottom-line is the only reason that the medical
industry is allowed to even exist in it‘s current form is multipronged: 1) it is a highly
profitable multi-billion dollar revenue stream. 2) Run by the elite brethren who seek to CULL the goyim population
anyway. 3) The millions upon millions of sick and dying then become central CUSTOMERS to the even bigger
treatment scams such as the Cancer Treatment Racket. The PROFIT$ from this union made in hell are astronomical.
When you sit down and really contemplate the dynamics of the very existence of the tobacco industry, one of sound
mind cannot help but be totally flabbergasted at the outright defiance of all logic, reason and laws of defense of
precious life. Study the tobacco industry and you will find THE ROSETTA STONE on conning the world. The
massive and intricate networks of reputable SCIENTISTS and DOCTORS who‘ve sold their souls and pounded out
thousands of ―scientific studies and reports‖ in support of the serial killer tobacco industry PROVES that if you throw
enough money at anything, no matter how illogical, how evil and against every law of science, even supporting the
most blatantly evil killers, you can make it out to be a gift from heaven.
The modern for profit enterprises of the ruling elite have been corrupting the very nature of science itself when they
routinely conduct biased predisposed studies and present their ―findings‖ as truth to lend credence to false realities
being hyped to justify whatever new program, agenda or item it is they are currently pushing on the gullible
unsuspecting public.
Below are a couple sample articles (out of thousands) about on just one of the large pharma corporate serial killers:
Pfizer: The Drug Giant That Makes Bank from Drugs That Can Kill You
To say that Pfizer has been accused of wrongdoing is like saying BP had an oil spill.
By Martha Rosenberg, July 10, 2010
The drug company Pfizer is best known for Lipitor, a drug that brings cholesterol down and Viagra, a drug that
brings other things up.
But the "world's largest research-based pharmaceutical company" which sits between Goldman Sachs and
Marathon Oil on the Fortune 500, is also closely associated with a seemingly never-ending series of scandals.
To say Pfizer's been accused of wrongdoing is like saying BP had an oil spill. Other drug companies have a
portfolio of products, Pfizer has a portfolio of scandals including, but not limited to, Chantix, Lipitor, Viagra,
Geodon, Trovan, Bextra, Celebrex, Lyrica, Zoloft, Halcion and drugs for osteoarthritis, Parkinson's disease, kidney
transplants and leukemia.
During one week in June Pfizer 1) agreed to pull its 10-year-old leukemia drug Mylotarg from the market because
it caused more, not less patient deaths 2) Suspended pediatric trials of Geodon two months after the FDA said
children were being overdosed 3) Suspended trials of tanezumab, an osteoarthritis pain drug, because patients got
worse not better, some needing joint replacements (pattern, anyone?) 4) Was investigated by the House for off-
label marketing of kidney transplant drug Rapamune and targeting African-Americans 5) Saw a researcher who
helped established its Bextra, Celebrex and Lyrica as effective pain meds, Scott S Reuben, MD, trotted off to
prison for research fraud 6) was sued by Blue Cross Blue Shield to recoup money it overpaid for Bextra and other
drugs 7) received a letter from Sen. Charles Grassley (R-Iowa) requesting its whistleblower policy and 8) had its
appeal to end lawsuits by Nigerian families who accuse it of illegal trials of the antibiotic Trovan in which 11
children died, rejected by the Supreme Court. And how was your week?
Nor does Pfizer back down when faced with legal troubles.
Even as it was under the probation of a 5-year Corporate Integrity Agreement (CIA) with Health and Human
Services for withholding $20 million in Lipitor rebates owed to Medicaid in 2002, it off-label marketed its seizure
drug Neurontin and entered into another CIA in 2004.
Worse, it bought Warner-Lambert in 2000, which made Neurontin, knowing the drug's marketing practices were
under criminal investigation. (And knowing its Rezulin had been withdrawn.)
And even as it entered into its 2004 CIA for Neurontin, it was off-label marketing the seizure drug Lyrica, called
Son of Neurontin, and three other meds, and had to enter into a third CIA, last year's $2.3 billion Bextra settlement
which was the largest health care fraud settlement in US history.
The same day the settlement news broke, Pfizer announced it bought the drug giant Wyeth despite its thicket of
Fen-Phen heart valve suits and Prempro cancer suits.
And there was more "bring 'em on" chutzpah.
After Vioxx and Pfizer's Bextra were withdrawn from the market for cardiovascular risks, Pfizer sought FDA
approval for its Celebrex, the last legal COX-2 inhibitor, also suspected of cardiovascular risks, for use in children
as young as two.
And in June, days before Pfizer suspended development of the osteoarthritis drug tanezumab for worsening joints,
it touted the drug as "well-tolerated."
As a company, Pfizer, based in New York City with research headquarters in Groton, CT, looks better from the
outside than the inside. Its Pac-Man like acquisition of drug companies, Warner-Lambert, Pharmacia (Searle,
Upjohn), SUGEN, Vicuron, Rinat and Wyeth (also creating the world's biggest animal drug company) has created
a silo structure in which the company's 90,000 employees in 90 countries feel unconnected to a corporate
heartbeat. Loyalty is rare as employees in absorbed companies bought for their products alone fear getting pfired
and 14,000 scientists bemoan that the company's biggies like Lipitor, Celebrex, Neurontin, Zithromax, Zyrtec and
now Wyeth's Prempro weren't created inhouse.
Despite flying doctors to Caribbean resorts to attend drug pitches (by other paid doctors) and bestowing four figure
honorariums on them, and Enron moments like a Bextra sales extravaganza with acrobats, dancers and gigantic
"fist" logo, Pfizer's Midtown Manhattan offices consist of unimpressive cubes.
After becoming the world's biggest drug company in 2000, Henry A. McKinnell, former Pfizer CEO and a
Bushmate (replaced by less conservative Jeffrey B. Kindler) vowed to make Pfizer the "the world's most valued
company to patients, to customers, to business partners, to colleagues, and to communities where we work and
live." But thanks to the parade of damaging safety and ethics scandals, Esprit de corps is lacking except in some
sales units.
"Pfizer is a black hole," Peter Rost, MD, author of The Whistleblower: Confessions of a Healthcare Hitman and
probably Pfizer's most famous former employee told AlterNet. "It is nothing but a maze of cobbled together drug
companies that aggressively markets drugs it didn't create in a military-like command structure."
Still, Pfizer's vast product line, its $50 billion a year revenues -- exceeding some states' entire budgets -- and
reputation for having the best trained sales reps make it the team to beat for competing salesmen and examples of
Pfizer envy dot Cafepharma, the drug industry chatroom considered pharma's washroom wall.
"Glad they did it," wrote a poster about last year's Department of Justice (DOJ) Bextra settlement. "Pfizer is only
sticking it to the American person when they perpitrate a fruad (sic) of this magnitude. The rest of you who sat by
and said nothing are no better than a bunch of crooks. My father always said, 'you lie, you cheat, you steal; you
can't do one without doing them all'. You must be so proud...I would take that name badge off when I walk into an
office if I were you."
"If you think that Pfizer is the only drug company that has dealt with off-label promotion issues you are sadley
(sic) mistaken," perpitrated the next poster.
"You are so right. All the other companies are doing it, so we did too. Waaah, waaah, waaaaah! (stomping my
foot). It's not fair! It made us so much money! Patients don't matter, money does," wrote the next poster.
Characterizations about wives and mothers followed.
Patients also resent Pfizer and have sued over Chantix, Lipitor, Celebrex, Bextra, Neurontin, Lyrica, Viagra, Zoloft
and other drugs. Pfizer downplayed Lipitor's "serious and irreversible side effects" says Mark Jay Krum, an
attorney representing plaintiffs in a class-action suit, and "is willing to promote the drug at any cost." Say that.
Even the DOJ calls Pfizer incorrigible. "...illegal conduct was pervasive throughout the company and stemmed
from messages created at high levels within the national marketing team," it wrote in the Bextra sentencing memo.
"Employees, including district managers, explained that they did not question their supervisors about the illegal
conduct that they were being instructed to carry out, because to do so would be considered a 'CLM' or 'Career
Limiting Move.'"
Still the FDA needs to take some blame for waving iffy Pfizer drugs through, especially under the 1992
Prescription Drug User Fee Act (PDUFA) in which drug companies "buy" accelerated approvals.
Why did the FDA allow Pfizer to make money for ten years on the leukemia drug Mylotarg, which was given an
accelerated approval, and allow people to take it as guinea pigs for ten years while "confirmatory" studies
establishing its safety and efficacy were still outstanding? Patients who took Mylotarg while on chemotherapy had
more deaths than those just on chemotherapy in a clear example of the lethal metrics of rushed through drugs.
Why was Pfizer's pain drug tanezumab, an injected monoclonal antibody made from bio-engineered immune cells,
even considered for knee pain except for the profits in such Frakendrugs?
Why was Pfizer allowed to continue clinical trials on children, or anyone, after the FDA found Geodon overdoses
in April -- and why is Geodon, rejected once by the FDA and promoted by Richard Borison MD who is in
Hancock State Prison for research fraud -- hello -- on the market? Obama appointees Commissioner Margaret
Hamburg, MD and principal deputy commissioner Joshua Sharfstein, MD come from public health backgrounds
but it will be hard to turn the FDA ship around.
And speaking of dangerous drugs, what's up with Pfizer's anti-smoking drug Chantix?
In 2007, Texas musician Carter Albrecht, who played with Sorta and Edie Brickell & New Bohemians, became a
poster boy for Chantix' unpredictable mental effects when he was fatally shot trying to kick in a neighbor's door. In
2008, with 988 adverse effects reported including seizures, heart trouble and suicides, the FDA banned airline
pilots and air traffic controllers from taking it. Thanks for that. Last year it gave Chantix a black box warning to
"highlight the risk of serious mental health events including changes in behavior, depressed mood, hostility, and
suicidal thoughts when taking these drugs."
Most pharma watchers agree that financial penalties, including last year's $2.3 billion Bextra settlement, won't
upend Pfizer whose one year budget for R & D alone is in the billions. Yet the DOJ repeatedly lets Pfizer pawn off
guilty pleas to the False Claims Act (which include a ban on Medicare, Medicaid and VA eligibility) on its shell
companies and keep doing business with the government. Why?
"Pfizer is the largest drug company in the world and if you include its generics unit it makes literally hundreds of
different drugs. Getting tough would mean no Lipitor, no Viagra, no Bacitracin, no Cipro, no Zithromax, no
Sutent, et cetera," says Jim Edwards, a pharmaceutical reporter on Bnet and former managing editor of Adweek.
"The government is not really in a position to be cutting itself off from all that medicine."
"So many Medicaid, Medicare and VA drugs come from Pfizer, the government would never convict them,"
agrees Peter Rost. "It would stop the drug flow."
And then there's lobby power.
Just as former Louisiana Republican representative Billy Tauzin left the House Committee on Energy and
Commerce which oversees the drug industry and resurfaced as head of PhRMA, Pfizer recently hired Gregory
Simon who served on Obama's transition team and as chief domestic policy advisor to Vice President Gore to head
its "global policy effort." Its senior corporate counsel until 2008, Arnold Friede, had an FDA background and
Pfizer's former senior vice president for worldwide public affairs, Richard Bagger, has re-emerged as New Jersey
Governor Christopher Christie's chief of staff. Hey, you guys look familiar!
Even the Bextra settlement arouses cynicism since $102 million of it went to a doctor and five former Pfizer reps
who served as whistleblowers on the case, one getting $51 million.
Isn't making big money off pharma how the trouble started?
Modern medicine, i.e.: drugs are THE NUMBER ONE KILLER on the planet. More people die, develop all sorts of
new conditions, get sick and have adverse reactions from Pharma industrial complex drugs than from any other means
known to man… This is well documented FACT, due to limited space I can not provide the thousands of links to cases.
The tobacco racketeering gangsters are given the green light to kill millions without so much as batting an eye while on
the other hand there are thousands of examples where the death of just a few people or even just ONE SINGLE
PERSON is ROUTINELY USED AS PRETEXT TO INITIATE ALL SORTS OF MIND BOGGLING
RESTRICTIVE LEGISLATION. Most laws and acts resulting from such limited events more often than not end up
restricting the 99% of the population, evermore tightening the bondages that bind the feeble minded enslaved mortals.
The ―Hazardous-Nutritional-Supplements‖ = Target of FDA Police Raids… yet:

Annual Deaths From:
FDA-Approved Drugs (1).......60,000 - 140,000
Food Contamination (2)............................9,100
Aspirin (3)......................................................90
All vitamins (4). ............................................ 0
Uncontaminated amino acids (4)....................0
Commercial herbs (4).................................... 0
FDA Barring Food Makers from Advertising Products as GMO-Free:
The FDA meanwhile appears to be enforcing a policy of barring food producers from trumpeting that their products
don‘t contain genetically modified ingredients. According to the Washington Post, the FDA has sent a "flurry of
enforcement letters" to companies that have advertised GMO-free products on their labels. The warnings come on top
of existing policy not to require food makers to disclose if their products do contain GMOs. Congress member Dennis
Kucinich said, "This, to me, raises questions about whose interest the FDA is protecting. They are clearly
protecting industry, and not the public." – [source link]
These are just a couple examples out of literally THOUSANDS UPON THOUSANDS of documented cases that
clearly reveal that the medical establishment is nothing what they pretend to be. If one where to compile a book with
all the crazy and deadly things the medical establishment have done one of sound mind could only come up with one
logical conclusion: the medical establishment is actually a satanic FRONT that is purposely poisoning the masses ever
so subtly, little by little all under the guise that they are here to ―help‖ you, ―trust me‖ is their operational motto for you
have been trained you entire life to never doubt or question the witch doctors. Of course they save thousands of lives
all the time, this is what adds the illusion of legimitacy to their racket and builds up unequivocal trust in them.
Prescription narcotics cause more deaths than both heroin and cocaine
by Mike Adams, the Health Ranger, Editor of NaturalNews.com, December 23, 2009
(NaturalNews) On the heels of the sudden death of celebrity actress Brittany Murphy people are once again
raising the question of just how dangerous prescription drugs might really be.
Some are arguing, however, that street drugs are the real danger, not prescription drugs. But the following study
demonstrates why prescription drugs are far more dangerous than illegal recreational drugs.
According to a new study conducted by physicians at St. Michael's Hospital and the Institute for Clinical
Evaluative Sciences (ICES) in Toronto, the number of deaths due to prescription opioid use has doubled between
1991 and 2004. Following the introduction of oxycodone into Toronto's drug formulary in 2000, there has been a
500% increase in deaths due to the drugs.
Researchers reviewed over 7,000 files from the Office of the Chief Coroner in Ontario and found that between the
years of 1991 and 2004, oxycodone prescriptions increased by more than 850 percent, representing about one-
third of the opioid prescriptions given in 2006. (This is the largest prescription increase among all opioid drugs.)
Following the addition of this drug into the provincial drug benefit plan in 2000, deaths from opioid usage rose by
41 percent. Shockingly, deaths from prescription opioids like oxycodone were far greater than deaths from
heroin. The vast majority of people who died from opioids had visited their doctor and received a prescription for
the drug within a month of their death.
The total number of opioid-related deaths in Toronto in 2004 is estimated to be 27.2 per million people. Study
authors said they hope to shed light on the tremendous dangers associated with prescription opioid drugs.
Coked up on prescription smack
It's the dirty little secret of the pharmaceutical industry: More people are killed by prescription opioids than all
those killed by heroin and cocaine combined. And that probably even includes all the shootings of gang
bangers in northern Mexico.
Prescription drug abuse is now more common than street drug abuse -- by far! And yet Big Pharma rakes in huge
profits from all the patient addictions to their opioids. And by "opioids", what I mean is narcotics. They are, in
fact, one and the same.
So of all the drug addicts in America today, you can divide them into two camps:
1) People addicted to street drugs.
2) People addicted to prescription drugs.
The people in group #1 (street drugs) are taken to jail where they are given prison sentences. People in group #2
(prescription drugs) are taken to their doctor where they are given prescription refills. It's all really the same
narcotics, it's just that one group is legal and the other is illegal.
And what really determines whether a particular narcotic is legal or illegal? Whether or not Big Pharma profits
from it. If Big Pharma makes money off the narcotics, they're considered legal.
Big Pharma, you see, earns tens of billions of dollars each year from drug addicts. And just by coincidence, it
turns out that their prescription narcotics are extremely addicting, guaranteeing repeat business. The business
model is so dang lucrative, you might think they were drug dealers...
Articles Related to This Article:
• Psychiatric Drugs: Chemical Warfare on Humans - interview with Robert Whitaker
• The great direct-to-consumer prescription drug advertising con: how patients and doctors alike are easily
influenced to demand dangerous drugs
• The raw (and ugly) truth about the war on drugs
Defying all logic of laws of continued existence the tobacco industry is THE preeminent case study that reveals a
stunning lucid glimpse into the realm and inner workings of the ruling elite, exposing a myriad of their modus
operandi, how they omit, misinform, lie, cheat, manipulate, deceive and murder by the MILLIONS yet walk away
scot free, never prosecuted for their crimes, but instead go on to co-exist in high society and be protected by the very
constituents they are murdering, laughing all the way to the bank. This must be one of the great dichotomies of the 20 th
century.
Sure they sometimes get slaps on the wrists to appease the unruly gentiles, more often than not they pay out a few
billion here and there, drops in the bucket of the hundreds of billions of yearly profits. At the moment these words are
being written I read a headline ―Big Tobacco wants a deal.‖ The story goes on: Tobacco industry lawyers met secretly
with Solicitor General Elena Kagan in an effort to avoid the government's last-ditch attempt to extract billions from
companies that illegally concealed the dangers of cigarette smoking, The Associated Press has learned… blah, blah,
blah.
Of course this is all bullshit, because, just as the past is a wonderful indicator, nothing serious will ever befall these
serial killer enterprises. Let‘s study this slap on the wrist discipline dog and pony show:
The first item that caught my eye was the name Elena Kagan, another devout Zionist Jew, Harvard and Oxford
educated (studying her allegiances, alliances and connections, most definitely an elite insider) operative inside the
Obama syndicate. The other name that shouted ―Google me!‖ was the Judge presiding over this charade; U.S. District
Judge Gladys Kessler, golly gee whiz, another devout Harvard educated Zionist crypto Jew (one time assistant to
convicted Abscam scandal accomplice), her Jewish roots, like many key public Jewish leaders, was carefully hidden on
the web, tracks erased, but I eventually found the missing links (her husband Arthur M. Mackwell, graduated from
Zionist Jew Ivy league Zeta Beta Tau) that lead me directly to their Zionist Jewish roots. Knowing how these people
roll, the article is not worth the paper it is written on, in the end, no matter what dog and pony show these agents
produce for public consumption, entertainment and appeasement, the tobacco serial killers will get a public scolding
and a nice photo op slap on the wrist, then the perps will be allowed to continue their merry ways unabated to
slaughter ever more innocent victims. For even as some doors might have to be closed here in the states, twice as many
more open doors in gullible countries. With open arms they receive the advances and millions of dollars of investments
in their countries in return for SELLING THEIR SOULS and their fellow countrymen to the grim reapers. Thus
the wheels and mighty webs of the ruling elite weave keep turning, unabated. ―NEXT CUSTOMER VICTIM!‖ Here is
a perfect example of how the true ruling elite of the medical industrial complex think:
In 1931, Dr. Cornelius (that‘s right, Cornelius) Rhoads was sponsored by the Rockefeller Institute to conduct
experiments in Puerto Rico. He infected Puerto Rican citizens with cancer cells, presumably to study the
effects. Thirteen of them died.
What‘s most striking is that the accusations stem from a note he allegedly wrote:
―The Porto Ricans (sic) are the dirtiest, laziest, most degenerate and thievish race of men ever to
inhabit this sphere... I have done my best to further the process of extermination by killing off
eight and transplanting cancer into several more... All physicians take delight in the abuse and
torture of the unfortunate subjects.‖
A man that seems to be hell-bent on killing Puerto Rico through a cancer infestation would not seem a
suitable candidate to be elected by the US to be in charge of chemical warfare projects and receive a seat on
the United States Atomic Energy Commission, right?
But that‘s exactly what happened. He also became vice-president of the American Cancer Society.
Any shocking documentation that would have happened during his chemical warfare period would probably
have been destroyed by now. – Excerpt from The 13 Most Evil U.S. Government Experiments on Humans
ENTER THE REALM OF PHARMAKEIA:

You have been conditioned, taught, actually group brainwashed
into believing that surely we have the ―best medical system in the
world.‖ The 50 million Americans with no medical coverage is not
even the point here. Those figures are trivial when faced with the
knowledge gained from cracking open Pandora‘s box. What we have to
reveal here is so alarming, so frightening that again, as with other areas
of the matrix, most people cannot even entertain the real TRUTH of
the matter.
First of all the medical industrial complex is COMPLETELY built

upon and encompassed by patented drugs. Those drugs are commonly referred to as ―medications.‖ It is absolute fact
that the FDA (which is an integral part of the medical industrial complex) has RULED that ―only drugs can cure‖
therefore you have no other option available to you and the entire world is lead down this sole path. Those sole
officially sanctioned drugs are commonly referred to in the industry as
―pharmaceuticals.‖ The drugs that are THE ONLY SANCTIONED FORM OF
TREATMENT available to people are made by the big pharmaceutical
corporations, aka: BIG PHARMA. Their drugs are commonly dispensed by
their agents, local businesses that are commonly referred to as ―pharmacies.‖
FYI: The main and central symbol used throughout the world by the medical
industial complex is beyond a doubt the Caduces. The staff carried by Hermes
in Greek myhology, he was the messenger of the gods and guide to the
Underworld. The same staff was also held by Iris, the messenger of Hera. It is
a short staff entwined by two serpents, sometimes surmounted by wings. In
Roman iconography was often depicted being carried in the left hand of
Mercury, the messenger of the gods, guide of the dead and protector of
merchants, shepherds, gamblers, liars and thieves. As a symbolic object it
represents Hermes (or the Roman Mercury), and by extension trades,
occupations or undertakings associated with the pagan gods.
That is just the beginning, what is NOT readily known by the lemming
population at large is the true meaning of ―pharmaceuticals‖ which was
derived from the Greek word: Pharmakeia. Pharmakeia appears several times
in the New Testament, including the Epistle to the Galatians and the Book of
Revelation. Behold for Pharmakeia is litterally translated as "witchcraft" or "sorcery". Is this not enough to stop
you right there in your tracks to think and wonder? I don‘t make this stuff up, this is cold hard hidden in plain view
facts.
The number one representative of the Pharmakeia industry are the local doctors who are all diligently TRAINED by
the Pharmakeia Industrial Matrix. Training and indoctrinating of doctors into the realm of Pharmakeia drug sorcery
takes years of mental programming where the future doctors are NEVER taught about nutrition, vitamins and other
vital NATURAL life supporting supplements that the human body simply can‘t exist without. Instead, ALL the
doctors are ceaselessly trained to become dispensers of PERSCRIPTIONS… that are for all intents and purposes:
POTIONS!
After all the years of intellectual brain washing devoid of learning the actual CAUSES OF ILLNESS, they graduate
without knowing anything about imperitive nutrition and the natural elements to
sustain healthy life. In the end, the doctors have no clue that THEY were
indoctrinated to become the world‘s largest group of legalized DRUG DEALERS
and that they are in fact witch doctors serving a wolf in sheeps clothing sinister
master. Those who challenge or oppose their Pharmakeia system are labeled and
treated as heretics.
The doctors and nurses are NOT willing participants of the Luciferian cabal, the
doctors have been TRAINED to dispense the toxic substances… they have been
conditioned and brainwashed for years by the Medical Industrial Complex and
must pass myriad number of exams proving that they have absorbed the
indoctrination and are one with their system. When they graduate they are full-
fledged members of the system, conditioned in the realm of science they were non-
stop taught, thus when they treat you, the doctors ACTUALLY THINK and
TRULY BELIEVE THEY ARE HELPING YOU. For the most part of their
lives as doctors they do actually save peoples lives thus they can‘t readily see out
of the forest. Being completely immersed in the medical system they cannot see
that the part which they are servants to a hidden master is in the pharmaceutical
area, where they dispense potions, i.e.: drugs.
Clues are scattered everywhere for those enlightened enough to find. The realm of the rulers of this world symbolism is
not just significant; it is imperative key to their occult activities. It also allows for the easy identification of likeminded
allies of their system from all over the world.
One important symbol that you have seen throughout your entire lives has been the medicine symbol. Unbeknownst to
the uninitiated, the very same ―medicine symbol‖ is a central component of Satanic worship… It consists of a rod with
two serpents winding around it… Hello, is anyone home? How much more obvious can the clues be?
BEHOLD: The ―medicine symbol‖ is often depicted protruding out of the sexual organ
area of Baphomet (a pagan deity that is common in Satanism, is one of satan‘s
representatives. The Baphomet is also an idol adored by the high grades of masonry) or
out of the Satanic goat head as seen in these pictures. These are clear clues and undeniable
indicators of who/what is behind modern medicine and Big Pharm… aka: Pharmakeia. Thus
when one begins to see through the well conjured
pharmaceutical illusion one‘s eyes will begin to ―open‖ seeing
and understanding who/what is truly behind most major
medicine. The nurses and doctors of the world have no clue that they are actually
practicing witches and warlocks… WITCH DOCTORS. For one does not need to
know that they are in reality actually dispensing evil potions and spells and are part of
a coven. The real reason that doctors must undergo so many years of ―training‖ is
because it is actually years of methodic immersion, PROGRAMMING and
INDOCTRINATION that they undergo, by means of many years of literal
brainwashing, total immersion in Pharmakeia logic, thought and reason. Once they
graduate they have proven they are completely programmed and never question or doubt the system they were
TRAINED to follow, conduct, uphold, and perpetuate.
This information should not be so difficult to comprehend under the light that it has been clearly prophesized the
―SATAN IS THE RULER OF THIS WORLD.‖ Thus of course this world has known nothing other than bloodshed,
wars, invasions, hate, murder, crimes, animosity and so forth, for these are all PROOF of his rule here on earth.
If one truly understands that Satan was cast out of Heaven and hurled down to earth and was given authority over man
for a period of time until the coming of the Messiah, the redeemer of man, then why is it so difficult for man to
comprehend that it has been in Satan‘s best interests to keep mankind incapacitated to the fullest extent possible. One
of his main ways of doing just that has been in poisoning and intoxicating man‘s minds, thus altering his abilities to see
and perceive his own awful predicament and that of his fellow man.
Satan rules over mankind via his agents who do his will here on earth. Yes regular people dressed in suit and ties, and
all sorts of uniforms. They look and speak like you for many don‘t even know they are being used. Some though, know
full well who their master is, these congregate with their own kind and actively worship their master in occult rituals.
These representatives of Satan also look like charming wonderful peole when they are out in public, only in the movies
do Satan‘s minions look like evil monsters…
Never forget these mind blowing revelations, I know it is very hard to swallow for you have been indoctrinated
you entire life to trust the system. You must fully understand here and now the fact that the Luciferian rulers of
mankind have been and are now ramping up their use of drugs and ―medicine‖ to drug, make docile, impair,
subjugate, oppress and enslave mankind.
―Diets, injections and injunctions will combine from a very early age, to produce the sort of
character the authorities consider desirable.‖ - Bertrand Russell, The Impact of Science on Society, 1953
It is so significant, imperative and vital that I will again quote renowned author, leader of modern thought and
intellectual of the highest rank Aldous Huxley most candid and revealing statement:
"There will be in the next generation or so a pharmacological method of making people love their servitude
and producing dictatorship without tears so to speak. Producing a kind of painless concentration camp for
entire societies so that people will in fact have their liberties taken away from them, but will rather enjoy it,
because they will be distracted from any desire to rebel by propaganda, or brainwashing, or brainwashing
enhanced by pharmacological methods. And this seems to be the final revolution."
Pharmacies were they dispense their drugs to the masses is derived from the word Pharmakeia which literally means
witchcraft and sorcery. The logo for ―medicine‖ is the exact same key symbol in Satanism… If you cannot begin to
read the clues and begin to see the larger picture then I don‘t know what else to say. The more you dig into the realm of
Medical Industrial Complex of the ruling elite, the more damming evidence you will find.
Media Pushes BRAIN Eating Vaccine… Nano Tech Injection - Video
As you continue reading the material provided in this section of the matrix, please keep the above revelations in mind. I
will proceed to provide many articles relating to this segment of the matrix in hopes of providing a better picture of it.
The problem is that there are literally tens of thousands of cases and examples to choose from, I will try to pick articles
that help onen your eyes and contain the most revelations.
The Spiritual Nature of Prescription Drugs

By Jim Lynn, Copyrighted 2007
―Just say no to drugs.‖ How many times have people heard this advice, yet still think nothing of going to the
local pharmacy to pick up their drug prescriptions?
Drugs have become so mainstream; North America is awash in a sea of

drugs, both legal and illegal. Prescription drugs have become so prevalent;
traces of them are now showing up in the food chain and in our drinking
water.1
What perhaps is most astounding is the number of people who die every
year from adverse reactions to prescription drugs. The tally is so high, USA
Today listed adverse drug reactions as the 4th leading cause of mortality on
their list of Top Ten Killers in the USA.2
With such a record, the pharmaceutical industry (and the medical

profession which prescribes drugs) would be considered criminal by any
other civilized standard. However, prescription drugs are not only legal, they are encouraged by both modern
medicine, and the Christian Church in the U.S.A.
That‘s interesting because the Bible, the standard by which Christians live their lives, condemns the everyday use
of any kind of drugs, potions, or spells, as well as poisoning or witchcraft. It‘s called Pharmakeia in the original
text and can be found in Galatians 5:19-21.
When confronted with the teaching that God condemns Pharmakeia, most Christians believe the Apostle Paul had
to be referring to illegal drugs (like marijuana and heroin), when he wrote his letter to the Church at Galatia, surely
not prescription drugs. They are at least right about the first part.
Narcotics and hallucinogenic drugs were not uncommon in 1 st century AD. For instance, the Oracles of Delphi
apparently used Datura, a kind of Jimson plant that contained powerful alkaloids, during their quests for visions.
So Christians have no trouble in defining pharmakeia within the parameter of mind altering or hallucinogenic
drugs. It‘s with the legal drugs that many Christians fail to see a dangerous and sinister spiritual connection.
In fact: If Christians were as much concerned about taking prescription drugs as they are about their children
getting involved with illegal drugs, there would be far fewer deaths. That‘s because deaths from adverse
prescription drug reactions are many times greater then deaths caused by illegal drugs. As a matter of fact, deaths
caused by illegal drugs did not muster up the numbers even to make the top ten killers list from USA Today. Yet
many Christians fret over the latter (as though they are a scourge, and they are), while overlooking the physical
and spiritual danger of the former.
Many Christians think legal drugs are different because they are part of our medical system. Simply said, they trust
anyone wearing white robs to prescribe and dispense drugs. They do so without understanding that everything
about the pharmaceutical industry violates the spiritual foundational truth and teaching of God.
There are many reasons why God condemns pharmakeia. Perhaps the primary reason is that God calls Himself
Jehovah-rapha, God our Healer (Exodus 15:26). He wants us to look to Him for healing (to make us whole),
because only He and what He has provided to us for healing can heal. King David acknowledged this foundational
truth when he wrote:
Praise the LORD, O my soul, and forget not all his benefits-- who forgives all your sins and
heals all your diseases, who redeems your life from the pit and crowns you with love and
compassion…Psalm 103:2-4
When Christians place dependency on drugs, they unknowingly deny God the glory and the ability to heal them. I
know this is a hard word of knowledge for many to accept, because many Christians depend on drugs. But they do
so only because they do not see God in their heart and mind as their Healer. They think the age of divine healing is
over, so their faith for healing is now bound to a lie (a work of the flesh) called pharmakeia.
God is a jealous God. So when we place our dependency in anything other than in God, we are in effect, turning
our backs to Him. We are saying, ―God is not sufficient for me. He cannot or will not heal me.‖
That‘s not to say we shouldn‘t seek medical help from a physician. The problem, however, is most physicians are
secular and know only pharmakeia, surgery and radiation. They do not know Yehovah-rapha or the healing
provision He placed in the plant kingdom for our health and well-being. But in most cases it‘s not the physician‘s
fault. Physicians only know to treat patients according to the modality they were taught.
God‘s Word tells us, ―Do not believe every spirit, but test the spirits‖ (I John 4:1). And again, ―Test everything.
Hold on to the good. Avoid every kind of evil‖ (I Thessalonians 5:21-22)
If drugs actually worked and healed people, without killing or hospitalizing many of those who take them, you
wouldn‘t be reading this article. But drugs do not heal. They at best only suppress symptoms. At their worst they
hospitalize over two million people and kill hundreds of thousands more every year.3 Does this sound like a good
spirit (good medicine) to you?
We all should understand there is both good and bad medicine. The difference between the two is that good
medicine only heals and never harms. Bad medicine never heals and kills. Drugs that kill in the name of healing
are not from God. They belong to Satan.
God cannot embrace any medicine that kills or maims in the name of
healing. Such a modality stands opposed to everything God stands for.
God receives no glory in death. God receives glory in healing the sick!
The pharmaceutical industry has no interest in healing the sick. Its only
interest is in selling more drugs, and getting as many people as it can
started on drugs and keeping them there for the rest of their lives. 4
That last sentence, ―keeping them there for the rest of their lives,‖ plays a
big role over what God is concerned with. When you read Galatians 5:21, you will see the following text: ―Those
who live like this will not inherit the kingdom of God.‖ The word ―live‖ refers to everyday use, to be dependent
upon, to make routine. In other words: To live by.
This brings us to the role drugs play in hospital emergency rooms and ICU‘s. Drugs used here are used primarily
on a temporary basis to stabilize patients for medical procedures and control of pain. Without question, when used
in this manner, drugs have saved many lives. This is good!
People whose lives are saved in this manner do not normally stay on those drugs that saved them. It‘s the people
who ―live‖ and stay on drugs to ―manage‖ their lives that creates the spiritual dynamic opposed
to God.
Today one can be prescribed drugs for almost any physical, lifestyle or emotional complaint:
Male impotency, baldness, lack of sleep, arthritis, depression, pre and post menopause, acid
reflux, anxiety, osteoporosis, acne, A.D.D., constipation and diabetes to name a few.
Drugs for these are many others of life‘s complaints confuse us by counterfeiting the will of God in our lives. By
creating alternative realities, the spirit behind these drugs can move us away from God‘s will into an illusion, a
false reality of truth.
God‘s Word lists pharmakeia as a work of the flesh, because those who turn to drugs (and those who encourage
their use) place dependency on a false reality (an illusion) instead of in God our Healer. It is an insidious scheme,
one that has kept millions from knowing the power of healing afforded to them by God.
Healing of disease is one of God‘s blessings to mankind. He never intended one should have to spend half their
income on a man-made drug to live. He never intended that medicine should come at the price of ―acceptable
risk.‖ That‘s why God created provisions for our well-being and placed those provisions in the plant kingdom for
the generations of mankind to come (Genesis 1:29).
It is only the greed in man that creates a man-made substitute from those provisions and then foists them on an
ignorant people as the latest miracle drug. The truth is all man-made drugs are far inferior to the real thing. They
are but one reason why God calls us to be sober and avoid attacks from Satan (I Peter 5:8).
But God didn‘t place every provision for healing in the plant kingdom. For He knew there would also be illnesses
and disease visited on man through man‘s sins of the heart. These sins include fear, worry, jealously, hatred, guilt
and the like. The spiritual root cause causing these certain diseases require a cleansing of the heart only God can
reach for healing to become reality.
As long as mankind looks to itself for answers to life‘s problems, there will always be confusion, human suffering
and unnecessary deaths. God alone holds the answer to life‘s issues, including the well being of our bodies and
heart. He is our creator. He knows you and I as individuals like no one else can. He is our all in all, Our God, Our
Savior, Our Provider, Our Healer. He alone is Yehovah-rapha.
References:
1. A nationwide U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) report of water samples tested in 30 states for 95 different
prescription and OTC drugs found two or more drugs in 75% of the water tested. 54% of the samples had
5 or more drugs. 34% of samples had 10 or more drugs. The survey found painkillers, tranquilizers
antidepressants, antibiotics, birth control pills and chemotherapy agents to name a few in our drinking
water http://mercola.com
2. Top Ten Killers In The USA; USA Today, April 24, 1998
3. Journal of American Medicine, April 1998
4. "The pharmaceutical industry offers "health" to millions of patients - but does not deliver the goods.
Instead it delivers products that merely alleviate symptoms while promoting the underlying disease as a
precondition for its future business. To cover the fraud, this industry spends twice the amount of money in
covering it up than it spends on research on future therapies." Dr. Rath Lays Charge of Genocide on
Pharmavia ICC at The Hague. http://www.healingcelebrations.com/hague.htm
About the Author: Jim Lynn is Director of God‘s Healing Word, a ministry dedicated to putting God back into
healing, and healing back into the Body of Christ, His Church. Jim is also the author of The Miracle of Healing In
Your Church Today. For more information, visit http://GodsHealingWord.org
Not only is our medical industry

completely unequivocally owned
and operated by greedy MAKE A
PROFIT BUSINESS
PHARMAKEIA
CORPORATIONS, whose SOLE
purpose of existence is to: MAKE
PROFITS. This is why health costs
are so astronomically high in this
country. The public‘s best interests
come into the picture way down
the totem pole of priorities of the
money making enterprises that we
all depend on for our medical and
health care. THIS is the crucial
central root bottom-line FACT at
the heart of all that is wrong with this system. Big Medical and Big Pharma‘s partners in crime are the insurance
industry where the rates to get health insurance are insanely high for what little they cover when they are not busy
denying you coverage.
I will explain the new health care bill that the Obama Administration is being forced by his masters to cram down our
throats in one simple sentence: The Health Care Bill will mean is that every single person in this country will be
mandated to have health coverage just like you have CAR INSURANCE. That is all. YOU will be REQUIRED to
pay for it, not your employer; YOU will be fined or imprisoned if you don‘t have it. So who does this benefit? The
insurance companies will make billions more profits, the medical cartel and big pharma corps will all make huge
profits. Regular corporations will no longer be required to provide health insurance for their employees therefore
expect them all to, slowly, little by little drop this practice (thus raising their profit margins), in the end there will be
just one victim left holding the bag, while all the vampires suck the remaining pennies from their already minuscule
amount left of their hard earned wages, that poor sap is YOU the average Joe Shmoe.
Maddow Explains our Health Care System - video
The truth is difficult for most people to accept because "modern medicine" is a major social institution which we
have all come to TRUST WITH OUR LIVES since childhood. We all naturally assume to be directed by the human
values of "honesty", "decency", and "a sincere intention to help". Sadly, this is just not the way it is. It hasn't been
that way for at least 100 years. You must fully understand that doctors whom have all undergone upto 12 years of
constant indoctrinization have all been brainwashed into thinking that the ONLY thing that can help their fellow
human beings are DRUGS. Thus They blindly go forth doing what they were TRAINED to do: write thousands upon
thousands of PERSCRIPTIONS. Today the majority of todays doctors are nothing more than DRUG DEALERS
pushing the PRODUCTS of their kingpins, big pharma mafia.
Below is an article that highlights the effects of prescription writing machines, the ―pushers‖ (doctors) have literally
become:
Big pharma bankrupting US health care system

by Evelyn Pringle | September 2, 2006
Big Pharma is bankrupting the nation's health care system by convincing prescribing doctors to over-medicate
patients with expensive psychiatric drugs and then send the bills to government programs like Medicaid and
Medicare.
The peddling of the new generation of psychiatric drugs that include the selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors
antidepressants (SSRIs), and atypical antipsychotics that began arriving on the market in the late 1980s, has
become a cottage industry in the US.
Between 1986 and 2004, the sale of antidepressants went from $240 million to $11.2 billion and the sale of
antipsychotic drugs rose from $263 million in 1986 to $8.6 billion in 2004.
These two classes of drugs combined went from $500 million to nearly $20 billion in 2004, which translates to a
40-fold increase, according to award winning journalist, Robert Whitaker, author of Mad In America.
A University of Georgia study published in the June 2006 issue of Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, found that
three-quarters of people prescribed antidepressant drugs receive the medications for a reason not approved by the
federal FDA.
The researchers reviewed records on drugs prescribed to 107,000 Georgia Medicaid recipients in 2001. The
researchers used Medicaid data because it is comprehensive and easily accessible, and said the results are likely to
be comparable in other states.
The study examined rates of off-label prescribing for drugs that act on the central nervous system and found that
75% of antidepressant recipients and 64% of antipsychotic recipients these received the drugs off-label.
While study authors Dr Hua Chen and Professor Jack Fincham acknowledged that there are legitimate uses for
off-label prescribing, they said that in many cases doctors write off-label prescriptions based on limited or
anecdotal evidence.
"Most off-label drug mentions have little or no scientific support," said study co-author Jack Fincham, Professor
of Pharmacy Care at the University of Georgia College of Pharmacy to Doctor's Guide News on July 25, 2006.
"And when I say most," he said, "it's like 70% to 75%."
ADVERTISEMENT
"Many patients," he noted, "have no idea that this goes on and just assume that the physician is writing a
prescription for their indication."
"Physicians have the right to prescribe any medication off label," Dr Chen said, "but they also have the
responsibility to inform patients that this medication is being used off label."
Study leader, Dr Chen, an assistant professor at the University of Houston, said the findings reveal a significant
gap in the nation's drug safety system. The FDA approval process is widely regarded as the world's most rigorous,
she noted, but said off-label prescribing regularly exposes consumers to drugs that are untested for their
condition.
"There's a big gap between this very strict approval process and this very liberal utilization practice," Chen said.
"Something must be done to fill this gap."
Professor Fincham, author of the book, "Taking Your Medicine: A Guide to Medication Regimens and
Compliance for Patients and Caregivers," told Doctor's Guide that considering the aging population and the
increasing likelihood of off-label prescribing with age, the number of people receiving off-label drugs will likely
increase in the coming years.
According to Dr Chen and Professor Fincham, the off-label use of central nervous system drugs can account from
anywhere from 25% to 80% of a drug's annual sales.
Drug makers have found ways to influence prescribers who tend to the elderly in nursing homes to funnel
Medicare funds to Big Pharma through senior citizens. In one 2003 study published in the Archives of Internal
Medicine, researchers found that 75% of long-term care elderly residents were receiving psychotropic
medications.
Another study published in the August 2004 Archives of Internal Medicine, noted that 41% of prescriptions, for
765,423 people over age 65, were for psychotropic medications.
A more recent June 13, 2005, study in the Archives examined the quality of antipsychotic prescriptions in nursing
home for approximately 2.5 million Medicaid beneficiaries and found that over half (58.2%),• received drugs
that exceeded the maximum recommended dosage, received duplicate therapy, or under the guidelines, had
inappropriate conditions for the medications to begin with. The study determined that more than 200,000
residents received antipsychotic therapy but had â€œno appropriate indications for use.•
On April 11, 2005, the FDA may have plugged a hole in the dike for the river of Medicare funding flowing from
the nursing home industry when it announced that elderly patients with dementia who were given antipsychotic
drugs were far more likely to die prematurely than those given placebos and also announced the addition of black
box warnings about the increased risk of death on the labels of Zyprexa (Eli Lilly) Risperdal (Johnson & Johnson)
Abilify (Bristol-Myers Squibb), Clozril (Novartis), and Geodon (Pfizer).
On May 1, 2006, the London Free Press reported a study by Toronto's Institute for Clinical Evaluative Sciences
that showed seniors who were prescribed the new SSRIs such as Prozac, Paxil and Zoloft were nearly 5 times
more likely to commit suicide during the first month on the drugs than those patients given the older class of
medications used to treat depression.
In conducting the study, the researchers used Ontario coroners' reports, prescription records and hospital data, and
identified 1,142 suicides among older Ontarians, 66 and up, from 1992 to 2000, and determined whether they had
been prescribed antidepressants in the 6 months before their deaths.
Among those patients who were, the risk of suicide in the first month for those taking an SSRI was nearly 5 times
higher than for patients on the older antidepressants, such as Elavil.
The study also found that SSRIs were associated with more violent means of committing suicide, such as the
use of firearms, or jumping from heights and hanging, Dr David Juurlink, the study's lead author told the London
Free Press.
While studies have found an increased risk of suicidal thoughts and behaviors among children taking SSRIs, up
until now, little research has been done on their link to suicide in aging patients.
Big Pharma has found ways to influence doctors within the Veteran Administration's hospital system to convince
them to prescribe the new expensive psychiatric drugs rather than the older, cheaper and equally effective
medications.
Dr Robert Rosenheck, a Director with the Department of Veterans Affairs, reviewed the prescribing records for
schizophrenic patients in the VA system and found that more than 80% are now on the new antipsychotics.
In 2003, he calculated that the VA spent more than $208 million on antipsychotic drugs, with over $106 million
going for Zyprexa alone.
A government funded study conducted by the National Institute of Mental Health compared four new generation
antipsychotics against an older medication, perphenazine and only one, Zyprexa, worked any better at all, and
then the difference was minimal.
However, Zyprexa also carried the most serious risk of side effects and was found to be far more likely to cause
severe weight gain and diabetes than the other drugs. The NIMH study also determined that over 18 months,
nearly 75% of the patients had quit taking their assigned drugs, signaling a high level of dissatisfaction with the
medications.
According to the November 24, 2005, Providence Journal, the four new antiphychotics studied soak up about $10
billion a year, depending on the dosage, and can cost up to 10 times more than the older generic and the Medicaid
population alone spends an estimated $3 billion a year for these antipsychotic medications.
Big Pharma has known that the new antipsychotics were ineffective for years. A review of 52 studies involving
12,649 patients published in the December 2000 British Journal of Psychiatry reported: "There is no clear
evidence that the atypical antipsychotics are more effective or better tolerated than conventional antipsychotics."
In 2003, an outright bribery scheme was discovered at a hospital in Massachusetts where doctors were found
to have changed the medication of 4 patients for non-medical reasons. The November 10, 2003, Boston Globe,
reported that the patients were switched to Risperdal, without consent or medical necessity, to make them eligible
for a clinical trial sponsored by Janssen Pharmaceuticals.
After uninvolved staff members complained, the situation was investigated and the trial was stopped. As a
result, all state hospital doctors were required to undergo re-certification in the ethics of medical research and the
hospital's director, Dr Douglas Hughes, resigned after it was revealed that in the same year, he had received
$30,000 in speakers fees from Janssen.
In recent years the nation's children have become a major target for the pharmaceutical industry. The new
antipsychotics are not approved to treat any condition in children but studies of children in Medicaid programs
and HMOs have found a drastic increase in the use of the drugs with children, particularly for behavioral
disorders, according to research published in the March/April 2006 Journal of Ambulatory Pediatrics.
Researchers lead by Dr William Cooper at Vanderbilt University in Nashville, TN, evaluated data drawn from the
National Ambulatory Medical Care Survey and the National Hospital Ambulatory Medical Care Survey, which
are national samples of health care services rendered to the US population and conducted by the National Center
for Health Statistics.
Between 1995 - 2002, the study found that there were 5,762,193 outpatient visits to health care providers by
children between the ages of 2 - 18 years-old, during which an antipsychotic was prescribed.
The study shows that Big Pharma has doctors in every setting prescribing these drugs to kids. Nearly 80% of the
visits occurred in physicians offices, 14% in outpatient clinics, and 9% occurred in emergency departments.
According to the study, 32% of the nearly 6 million prescriptions were written during visits to pediatricians,
family physicians, emergency department physicians, or other types of providers.
According to Doctor Cooper, these antipsychotic medications have been studied in only a few controlled trials in
children, and have not been studied at all for many behavioral diagnoses. But yet, the most common diagnosis for
children prescribed an antipsychotic was attention deficit hyperactivity disorder or conduct disorder, accounting
for 29.0% of all antipsychotic visits.
Affective disorders such as bipolar disorder or depression accounted for 23.6% of the visits so that together,
behavioral and affective disorders represented more than half of the prescriptions during the study period.
According to the authors, there is no evidence from controlled studies that supports the use of antipsychotics for
behavioral conditions.
The report states that over 50% of the prescriptions were for a diagnosis for which antipsychotics have not been
studied in children and that there is little recognized benefits to these medications in many of the children
receiving them.
"Thus," the report notes, "the increasing prescribing of antipsychotic medications in children for behavioral
indications is concerning given the paucity of information on the overall benefits and risks of this class of
medications in children."
A finding in the study that demonstrates the ability of Big Pharma to successfully market drugs off-label to
children is that the increased prescribing of antipsychotics for behavioral disorders coincided with the
introduction of new atypical antipsychotic medications.
The study also explained that there has been no increase in mental health disorders such as schizophrenia that
would account for the increases "as recent studies do not suggest significant increases in the incidence of
schizophrenia," it concluded.
"In addition," the researchers explained, "schizophrenia and psychosis accounted for only 13.5% of the total
antipsychotic visits during the study period, so this diagnosis alone could not explain the increase."
"Therefore, the most likely explanation for the study results is that similar to our findings in the Tennessee
Medicaid population," the authors said, "there was a substantial increase in physician prescribing of
antipsychotics during the study period."
The mass drugging of children on Medicaid is happening all over the country. In 2001, psychiatrist, Dr Stefan
Kruszewski, was hired to review psychiatric care provided by government-funded agencies in Pennsylvania to
identify fraud, waste, and abuse, and found cases of what he refers to as "insane polypharmacy," where
children were placed in state-run treatment facilities and over-medicated with the new antipsychotics and
anticonvulsants sometimes for years.
Over the past decade since the new antipsychotics came on the market, they have been linked to serious side
effects, that include the risk of substantial weight gain, diabetes, and cardiac dysrythmias, and according to Dr
Copper's report, preliminary studies suggest that side effects may occur more commonly and be more severe in
children than in adults.
This assertion is proving to be true. The Children's Hospital of Philadelphia recently found that 19% of newly
diagnosed Type 2 diabetic children were being treated with the new antipsychotic drugs, all of which are now
required to carry a black box warning to alert doctors about the dangers of diabetes associated with the drugs.
A recent analysis by USA TODAY of the FDA adverse event reporting system between 2000 and 2004, found at
least 45 deaths of children where the "primary suspect" was an atypical antipsychotic. USA also discovered
more than 1,300 cases of serious side effects, including some that were life threatening, such as convulsions and
a low white blood cell count.
However, critics of regulatory officials are quick to point out that the FDA has known about the dangers of these
drugs long before now. For instance, in the fall of 2001, a paper published in the Journal of Clinical Psychiatry
said the FDA had been alerted to 19 cases of diabetes associated with Zyprexa and one patient died.
Of the 19 patients, the paper said, seven had newly diagnosed hyperglycemia and in 2 cases, the sugar disorder
developed within one week of taking Zyprexa, and developed within six months for the other 8 patients.
The most studied adverse effect has been their association with hyperglycemia, in some cases leading to
ketoacidosis, coma, or death. But nonetheless, even though Risperdal was recently refused FDA approval for
treating autism, this class of drugs are increasingly being used off-label to treat behavior problems in children on
the autism spectrum.
As for treating children who are diagnosed with schizophrenia, the results of a study published in August 2006,
by the New York Psychiatric Institute found that the older antipsychotics work much better than the new. The
average response rate in children to medication among 8 studies employing the new antipsychotics was 55.7%,
compared to a 72.3% response rate among children in 13 studies employing older drugs.
The study also found that the average weight gain in patients treated with the older drugs was much lowers and
the sedation side effect was more common with the new drugs. The authors noted that the FDA "has not approved
any antipsychotic drugs for treating childhood schizophrenia; yet, clinicians routinely use medications for this
disorder."
However, there are signs that Big Pharma's ability to use children as funnels to drain tax dollars from government
health care programs might be waning. On August 16, 2006, the Houston Chronicle reported that 5 doctors who
treat poor children in Texas were notified that they need to return Medicaid money used to pay for psychiatric
drugs to that state.
This latest move, newspaper said, is part of a 2-year effort to better regulate how children on Medicaid are
prescribed psychiatric drugs.
Two years ago, Brian Flood, the Texas Health and Human Services' Inspector General, and Texas Comptroller
Carole Keeton Strayhorn, began reviewing information on how doctors were prescribing stimulants,
antidepressants and antipsychotics to children on Medicaid.
The studies revealed that children were being prescribed multiple psychiatric drugs and some children as young
as 3 were taking the mood-altering medications.
Ms Strayhorn's study found a case where one child had 14 prescriptions for 11 different medications, at a cost of
$1,088 a month.
Mr. Flood's review of a two-month period of Medicaid records determined that 63,118 children were on
stimulants, antidepressants or antipsychotics, with nearly one-third of the kids taking drugs from more than one of
the 3 classes of drugs at the same time.
The review of records found that doctors had filed 114,315 claims amounting to more than $17 million for the
children.
As a result of the studies, last year, the Texas Health and Human Services Commission established strict
guidelines for prescribing psychiatric drugs for children on Medicaid and the state has seen a dramatic reduction
in multiple prescriptions.
The really good news is that a great number of Texas children are apparently cured of their mental illnesses
because an analysis of the data taken last year shows that within 5 months after the new rules were in place, the
number of foster care children prescribed five or more psychiatric drugs fell by 31%.
There are about 1.9 million Texas children on Medicaid, according to the Chronicle.
Many states are going after the drug makers to retrieve the money spent on illegal off-label prescriptions. In July,
2006, Mississippi filed a lawsuit against Eli Lilly with allegations that the company improperly marketed Zyprexa
for "off-label" uses and defrauded the state Medicaid program out of millions of dollars, according to the July 27,
2006, Jackson Clarion Ledger.
The lawsuit alleges that Lilly sales representatives convinced Mississippi doctors to prescribe the Zyprexa to
patients who suffered from anxiety, mood swings and disturbed sleep when the drug was only FDA approved for
the treatment of adults with bipolar disorder or schizophrenia.
The suit also alleges that Lilly did not properly emphasize the dangers of the drug, such as an increased risk of
diabetes, and that treating Medicaid patients who became ill from the drug has increased Medicaid costs.
Experts in the medical profession who have not been compromised by the drug companies are furious over
the practice of drugging kids with dangerous psychiatric drugs for profit.
For instance, Pediatrician, Dr Lawrence Diller, author of the book, "Should I Medicate My Child," testified
before an FDA advisory committee in September 2004, on the rampant off-label prescribing of SSRI drugs to
children after learning about 8 previously undisclosed studies that proved the drug makers knew all the long that
SSRIs were linked to suicide in children but kept the findings hidden from doctors who were prescribing the
drugs.
Dr Diller said the "final blow" was learning of these 8 studies and that the loss of credibility within the medical
profession extended beyond psychiatry into all of medicine and ended his testimony by stating:
"The blame is clear: The money, power and influence of the pharmaceutical industry corrupt all. The
pervasive control that the drug companies have over medial research, publications, professional
organizations, doctors' practices, Congress, and yes, even agencies like the FDA, is the American
equivalent of a drug cartel."
In the medical world EVERYTHING is promoted, studied, reviewed and approved by ―scientific studies.‖ The
inherent problem with this method is that the process is completely totally and unequivocally corrupt to the core. For
instance I will give you just one perfect example out of thousands of examples available within the medical
community, I pick this one for today it is totally obviously undeniable even to its detractors:
The tobacco industry spent over $220 million funding over 1,500 scientific studies, yet not a single one of those
studies could find a relationship between tobacco and lung cancer, heart disease, etc.!!! Thousands of ―scientific
studies‖ and NOT EVEN ONE sole called ―scientist‖ found a SINGLE relationship between tobacco and cancer? Even
a group of high school students with a phone book could prove a relationship between tobacco and lung cancer. My
point to mentioning this fact was that scientists are more than willing to accept money to do bogus scientific
studies. This practice is not only acceptably common, it is rampant in the prostitutish scientific study community.
In fact you can almost always predict what conclusions a "scientific" study will come to by knowing just one key fact:
"who funded the study." The entity that funded the study will always get the conclusion they want. People who
loosely call themselves "scientists" will always make sure of that.
The pharmaceutical industry, with their total control over the National Institutes of Health (NIH), National Cancer
Institute (NCI), Food and Drug Administration (FDA), etc. have also funded many, many millions of dollars of bogus
scientific studies. In fact, their budget is in the billions of dollars every year!! Couple this with their Zionist
collaborator‘s control of the media and you have the situation we are in today.
Comments by Mike Adams, the Health Ranger
I find it fascinating that the FDA is opening "safety" offices around the world, and yet at the same time it
refuses to even conduct safety testing of pharmaceuticals right here in the USA.
Did you know that the FDA conducts NO tests whatsoever on the drugs it approves? Instead, it relies on
drug companies to conduct their own clinical trials, and then the FDA just believes whatever the drug
companies say.
So why not do the same thing with food? Don't test anything yourself, but rely on the food companies to test all
their own food while automatically believing their results...
The reason this isn't done is because companies tend to lie about the results of their own testing. They
obviously have a financial incentive to find no problems. This is true with food companies and it's just as true
with drug companies, which is why there's so much fraud in Big Pharma's clinical trials.
But when it comes to pharmaceuticals, the FDA isn't really interested in safety. It's only interested in
promoting more drugs and boosting the revenues of the drug companies. That's why the FDA doesn't even
bother to test drugs in the first place.
It is the Prime Directive of medical research to do two things: First, make it appear there is "scientific evidence" for
such as orthodox cancer treatments, orthodox heart disease prevention treatments, etc., and Second, make it appear
there is "no scientific evidence" for alternative cancer treatments, alternative heart disease prevention treatments, and
so on.
The entire medical industrial matrix is similar to the military industrial matrix in that if peace were achieved, then they
would all become bankrupt. Likewise, it is NOT in the best
interests of the medical cartel to actually CURE anyone
of anything, instead they focus all research and
development into PRODUCTS (hello, all entities in
medical field are nothing more than big billion dollar
BUSINESS) designed to just keep the goyim people alive,
creating the perfect loyal dependant CUSTOMERS for
rest of their lives.
But then that is just one fragment of the medical cartel‘s

agenda. The other, even more sinister is the fact that for
decades many of those pharma giants have been purposely
concocting illnesses, deadly viruses and diseases. The
overwhelming, undeniable fact is that many, many viruses
and diseases have entered the mainstream directly or
indirectly through the medical cartel industrial matrix…
Again just as the other major segments within the matrix
network of corporations and organizations, the medical
industry was infiltrated and eventually completely dominated
by the secretive ―illuminati‖ agents (such as the most
benevolent wonderful Rockefellers) who run the
organizations that have become the leaders and major players in the field guiding standards, policies, agendas,
knowledge, and so forth. In a nutshell:
The medical field has been playing a key integral part of the ―illuminati‖ quest of subjugating and controlling
mankind by medicating them to zombie like cattle condition and ENSLAVING MANKIND with drugs.
Behold: for in just a few paragraphs I have revealed to you and exposed the essence of the medical company‘s quest…
their secret agenda, and inner modus operandi. Believe it or not the devil does exist; his goal hasn‘t changed in
thousands of years: his life mission is to corrupt, oppress, punish, enslave, poison and kill man. He has been heavily
infiltrating the minds and hearts of the CEOs and presidents of Big Pharma to accomplish just this. As 1 Corinthian
3:16 states, you are the TEMPLE of God. It has been God‘s full intention to dwell as one with man, his children. The
devil must defile mankind destroy God‘s temple, thus he uses POISONS disguised as ―medicine‖ to impair and
damage man‘s mind and body, to render him utterly handicapped and broken down.
The medical cartel industrial matrix is the gate keeper. Many of their ―medicines‖ are nothing more than carefully
contrived POISONS to make you sick and need more medical attention from the side effects but mainly to POISON
your minds. The two snakes in the age old medical symbol depict it all, it is with POISONS, their VENOM that the
medical industrial complex treats people with. You will NEVER see them pushing and prescribing perfectly functional
non harmful natural remedies. Absolutely unequivocally NOT. NEVER. EVER.
The secret to good health is in what you eat, what you put into your body in the first place. Doctors, Big Pharma, the
medical industrial complex NEVER focuses on the fact that it is DIETARY habits that make people sick. The
medicial industrial complex only focuses on manufacturing, promoting and sale of DRUGS to the sick. Below is just
one example article out of hundreds one can find supporting and exemplifying the fact that the absolute solution to
most medical problems is directly connected to your DIET:
What You Eat Could Kill You!

By Dr. Jon Walker
Dietary Inflammation
To discover how to regain control of your diet, it is

important to understand the common thread amongst nearly
all chronic disease processes known as silent inflammation.
This phenomenon made big news several years ago when it
was featured on the cover of the February 2004 issue of Time Magazine. It has been the subject, directly or
indirectly, of thousands of scientific articles in some of the most prestigious scientific journals in the world.
The vast majority of the research is pointing towards silent inflammation as the cause of diseases ranging from
heart disease to Alzheimer‘s to many types of cancer. We will touch on the causes of silent inflammation, its
impacts, and what you can do to reverse it before it‘s too late. The best resource to understand silent
inflammation and how to reverse it is The Anti-Inflammation Zone, by Dr. Barry Sears. This book was written
for the public, not for doctors, and will give you knowledge of the topic that exceeds many physicians!
> Two of the major essential fatty acids in the body are omega-6 fats and omega-3 fats. Omega-3 fatty acids are
found primarily in cold water fish and grass-fed meats, while grains and seed oils, such as corn oil, soybean oil,
and safflower oil are rich sources of omega-6 fatty acids. Research indicates that our bodies are designed to
optimally function with a ratio of omega-3 to omega-6 somewhere in the neighborhood of 1:1 to 1:4. This
means for every milligram of omega-3 fat you eat, you should eat one to four milligrams of omega-6 fats.
Unfortunately, the average American diet has an omega-3 to omega-6 ratio of around 1:25!
> How does this cause silent inflammation? Your immune system causes any inflammation, whether acute, in
the case of a sprained ankle swelling, or silent. Molecules called eicosanoids are like the generals of the
immune system. Pro-inflammatory eicosanoids coordinate the bodies‘ response to injury, resulting in
inflammation. They control molecules called macrophages, that gobble up invading tissue as well as molecules
called cytokines that signal for more immune cells to move to a specific area. During the inflammatory phase of
an injury, these molecules cause the tissue to become swollen and painful. This is the bodies‘ way of guarding
against further injury to the area, such as keeping you from placing pressure on a sprained ankle. In the case of
acute inflammation, this is a wonderful, albeit sometimes painful process to speed the healing of an injury and
repair the tissue.
> Eventually, however, the repair and remodeling of the area is completed, and anti-inflammatory eicosanoids
take over. These signal the body to halt the inflammatory response, and cause the body to proceed to the next
phase of the healing process. To stay healthy, your body must maintain balance between pro and anti-
inflammatory eicosanoids. If the balance is upset with too many pro-inflammatory molecules silent
inflammation sets in, causing a host of health problems.
> The traditional medical path for dealing with inflammation is one you are probably already familiar with.
Anti-inflammatory drugs, such as aspirin, Advil, Alleve, or Tylenol cause the body to stop the production of the
pain-causing eicosanoids. Unfortunately, these medications do not distinguish between the pro and anti-
inflammatory eicosanoids, but decrease both. This leads to problems in the immune system ranging from
stomach ulcers to even death. Over 20,0000 people a year in the United States die from the recommended use
of anti-inflammatory drugs! Clearly, medications are not a good long-term solution for stopping silent
inflammation.
> If you wrapped a rubber band tightly around your finger, you would experience immediate throbbing pain,
swelling, and eventually might even lose circulation in the finger. Medications exist that are strong enough to
block the pain, but wouldn‘t removing the rubber band that is causing the problem in the first place be a wiser
solution? By eliminating or at least drastically reducing the causes of chronic inflammation in your diet you are
able to live longer, feel better, and look younger without drugs or surgery! Does this sound too good to be true?
It‘s not!
> As mentioned before, omega-6 and omega-3 fatty acids both are building blocks of eicosanoid production.
However, it is crucial to remember that omega-6 fats lead to pro-inflammatory eicosanoids while omega-3 fats
are the precursors to powerful anti-inflammatory eicosanoids. The imbalance of omega-6 to omega-3 fats in the
typical American diet has led to flawed immune systems that are causing silent inflammation. We are literally
eating ourselves to death!
> Virtually all chronic disease processes are now thought to be in some way due to silent inflammation. For
years doctors have thought heart disease was merely a problem of fat from the diet clogging the arteries,
causing heart disease. The plague that builds up in the arteries is rich with cholesterol, so it was believed that
high cholesterol lead to heart attacks by choking off blood to the heart. The trouble with this theory is that 50
percent of all heart attacks occur in people with normal cholesterol. Another problem with this model is that as
Americans steadily reduced their cholesterol intake throughout the twentieth century, heart disease not only did
not decrease, it became much more prevalent!
> Type II diabetes is another disease epidemic that is rooted in silent inflammation. At its most basic level this
disease, also known as non-insulin dependent diabetes mellitus (NIDDM), is caused when your cells become
less responsive to the actions of the hormone insulin. Insulin is produced in the pancreas and helps glucose
from the blood make its way into the cells. It is an anabolic hormone, meaning it promotes the buildup of
tissue, most notably fat. So when the cells become insulin resistant and the body produces more insulin, more
fat is stored. So what causes cells to become resistant to the effects of insulin? The best current research
indicates that silent inflammation causes damage to the specific cells that insulin acts on to allow glucose into
the cells. A study done at LouisianaStateUniversity showed that giving anti-inflammatory eicosanoids to
overweight patients decreased insulin resistance by 70 percent!
> After spending over $30 billion dollars on the war on cancer, our government still has not found any reliable
way to prevent the disease from occurring in the first place. Any form of cancer occurs when cells in the body
mutate, causing them to rapidly divide and spread. As you have learned, silent inflammation increases insulin
levels in the body, which act as a fuel to spread cancer cells. This process is known as metastasis, and it is also
aided by pro-inflammatory eicosanoids found in the typical American diet.
Well meaning idealistic caring people enter the field of medicine to save peoples lives, yet little do they know they
enter into the den of vipers medical education complex where they are literally taught indoctrinated, programed,
brainwashed for an entire twelve as in 12 whole years on what is acceptable, what is reality, what is good, what is bad
and so forth. At the end of 12 years of MEMORIZING every single thing that was taught as in programmed into their
minds, these caring doctors are released to practice the MEDICAL CARTEL INDUSTRIAL COMPLEX approved
and sanctioned brand and style of medicine.
Todays modern medicine industrial complex has come about due to the concerted efforts and guidance of one of the
great American illuminati families: The Rockefellers. (several elite
families of the time such as the Carnagies and others were also part
of many Rockefeller programs) The amount of philanthropist
organizations the Rockefellers erected in the area of education and
medicine boggles the mind. After conquring the oil empires and
becoming a major banking force, after amassing one (if not the)
largest fortune in American history, they put on a new and improved
humanitarian disguise and redirected all that wealth to their
―philanthropic‖ endevours, where they focused mainly on how to
best subdue and conquer society at large. The two main areas of
focus for these monopolists was education and the realm of
medicine. Both were ripe and ready for takeover, subjugation,
conquest, new directions and higher agendas.
The Rockefellers proceeded to enter the realms of education and

medicine with the zest, zeal and tyrannical monopolistic force that
they used to conquer and dominate the entire oil industry. In 1908 with the national medical field in complete disarray
their ―philantrophic‖ foudations took over AMA‘s Council on Medical Education (among many other organizations
that were sucked in, bribed, bought off or founded). In no time at all Rockefeller ideologies and agendas took hold and
dominated all of education and medicine. Never forgetting that for practioniners to get licenced in medicine they have
to go through higher education, the Rockefellers knew in order to fully dominate the realm of medicine, they would
also have to do the same for education. (Note: refer to the Education Industrial Matrix section of this report.)
Here was the classical "philanthropic formula" at work again. Have others pay a major portion of the bill (the AMA
had already done most of the work. The total Carnegie investment was only 10,000 grand), reap a large bonus from
public opinion (isn't it wonderful that these robber barons of industry are taking an interest in upgrading medical
education!), and gain an opportunity to control a large and vital sphere of American life.
Simple example of the impact and importance of controlling education: When rosy eyed ideologically well meaning
students decide to enter the realm of medicine ―to save peoples lives‖ they basically intend and have their hearts set on
doing just that. Well it is in school where they learn what is acceptable… what ―works‖, what doesn‘t, what is the
norm, what is right and wrong, and so forth. Therefore to control the schools is to control and dictate what is all the
above… Truth be damned.
For instance, if the education industrial complex says madly expensive chemotherapy is the ONLY way to treat cancer
(despite chemo killing more people then it saves), then that IS the accepted ―TRUTH.‖ It thus becomes the defacto
accepted: ―FACT.‖ When you study any medical subject you must memorize the material masquerading as FACTS
and wholly accept it as such. Then you take tests that gauge your ability to comprehend and retain the subject matter
that is never portrayed in any other light other than as ―FACTS.‖ This process is the process of indoctrination and
brainwashing at its most elemental form. By the time those well meaning students spent 12 years of constant
bombardment of delusionary medical industrial complex agenda material, having proven to have been fully
indoctrinated, they are then released on the public to practice what they were taught, what they learned, what they
were indoctrinated in, what they have been trained to do, what they were effectively brainwashed to practice.
You do NOT pass and graduate high school or college by bucking the system! You only get passing grades and a
degree by memorizing and consistently repeating what they portray and present as truth… This is the crux of their
successful indoctrination system! For the moldable minds are NOT allowed to ―pass‖ and enter society until they have
fully conformed and demonstrated that they fully comprehend and have adopted the subject matter (i.e. indoctrination)
and repeatedly proven it by successfully engaging in class and passing tests. Those who fully immersed themselves in
the subject matters and fully adopted the indoctrinative training prove so by separating themselves from the rest of the
herd and graduating with honors.
Society is full of tens of thousands if not millions of examples of students being flunked because they bucked the
system and didn‘t abide by the line of thought being programmed. One recent example of this is the college daughter
who was flunked for doubting global warming. Do you honestly think for a single moment that even the most brilliant
genius student who makes a stand against, for instance, the current radiation cancer treatment method and expounds
about a myriad of successful natural alternatives has a fat chance in hell of graduating?
The Rockefeller cabal bought up, funded, founded, consolidated all areas of medicine. They knew from prior
monopolist practices that by controlling the regulatory gatekeepers they could control the curriculums, agendas, and
dictate the accepted ―truth.‖ The Association of American Medical Colleges has been one of the principal vehicles of
foundation and cartel control over medical education in the United States and Canada. First organized in 1876, it serves
the function of setting a wide range of standards for all medical schools. It determines the criteria for selecting medical
students, for curriculum development, for programs of continuing medical education after graduation, and for
communication within the profession as well as to the general public. The Association of American Medical Colleges,
from its inception, has been funded and dominated by the Rockefellers and their elite comrades in arms.
Doctors are forced to spend the major part of the education, hundreds of hours studying the names and actions of all
kinds of man-made drugs, they are lucky if they receive even a portion of a single course on basic nutrition, (the
―secret‖ KEY to good health). Many have none at all. The result is that the average doctor's wife or secretary knows
more about practical nutrition than he does. The knowledge of natural cures and remedies is STRICTLY forbidden, on
campus or anywhere in the professional medical arena.
Weiner: GOP Is 'Wholly Owned Subsidiary Of The Insurance Industry'

The Republican Party is "a wholly owned subsidiary of the insurance industry," Rep. Anthony Weiner (D-N.Y.)
charged on the House floor. When Republican Rep. Dan Lungren (Calif.) objected to the accusation and took the
extraordinary step of asking that Weiner's "words be taken down," Weiner pushed back.
"You really don't want to go here, Mr. Lungren," Weiner said. Asking that words be taken down is a move on the
House floor that is rarely made and carries great weight.
Weiner, after a pause, asked to have his words withdrawn and said he'd substitute new ones. "Make no mistake
about it. Every single Republican I have ever met in my entire life is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the insurance
industry," Weiner clarified.
Somehow, that failed to satisfy Lungren, who asked that those too be taken down. After a long pause, before the
chair ruled, Lungren withdrew his request.
The House was debating a bill to repeal the insurance industry's exemption from antitrust laws, which passed
overwhelmingly. Nineteen Republicans opposed it, including House Minority Leader John Boehner (R-Ohio).
Lungren supported it.
WATCH: Weiner Clarifies His Calling The GOP An Insurance Subsidiary
[Note: the Democrats are no different than their Republican bed fellows, for they are also fully owned]
The cartel's influence over the field of orthodox medicine is felt far beyond the medical schools. After the doctor has
struggled his way through twelve years of learning what the medical cartels have decided is best for him to learn,
he then goes out into the world of medical practice and immediately is embraced by the other arms of cartel control,
such as the American Medical Association.
The American Medical Association is the union for the medical establishment, but more than that, it primarily acts as a
prostitute for the major drug companies. Truth, workability, effectiveness and health are not what it is concerned with.
The AMA profits largely if the drug companies profit. A large percentage of the income of the AMA derives from drug
company advertizing in it's journal.
The AMA has acted ruthlessly to destroy and silence alternative therapies and practices which threaten the
traditional medical establishment - it's all about power and money and to hell with the health of the public. This has
been it's modus operandi since it was created.
The American Medical Association (AMA) has a long history of corruption. Its most infamous leader was Zionist Jew
Morris Fishbein who reigned from 1924 until 1949. Fishbein supported drugs but adamantly opposed any food or
natural remedies. He had failed anatomy in medical school and had never practiced medicine a day in his life, but
during his years in power he was recognized as the virtual dictator of American medicine. Journalist and scholar Ruth
Mulvey Harmer, Ph.D. characterized Fishbein as having the "ruthlessness of a shark" and concluded that he "managed
to hold back the twentieth century for 50 years for the benefit of organized medicine" (American Medical Avarice,
1975).
Those who paid large advertising sums to the AMA Journal were given the AMA "seal of approval" for their products,
despite the lack of any benefit, while those who wouldn't pay the advertising tax often had their products labeled as
worthless. It was essentially a lucrative blackmail scheme.
EXERTING GREAT INFLUENCE ON AMERICAN MEDICINE: Morris Fishbein behaving like a good jewish slave,
did excellent work for his master overlords. he successfully weakened and crippled every American by suppressing
every form of healing that doesn‘t require drugs. Now the nation will be weak and tired, the people sick and miserable.
but they will work for us and die for us because they do not have the energy at the end of the day to shake off their
pharasitic invaders…
Evidence cited by Eustace Mullins in his 1988 book, Murder by Injection, suggests that Fishbein ignored medical
documentation to the effect that products promoted by the AMA were dangerous. According to Mullins, one such
product caused blindness in a number of people. Another quietly killed people in their sleep. Another was so poisonous
that it eventually caused the deaths of many, many people.
Another of Fishbein's primary interests was his attempt to corner the rights on promising cancer treatments, or insure
that any cancer treatment which threatened AMA financial interests was kept from the public. In collaboration with the
government and private interests within the cancer industry, Fishbein and his successors have left a history of illegal
acts, bribery, conspiracy against medical innovation, monopolistic suppression of competitors and contributing to the
physical mutilation and death of patients and consumers.
When scientists or doctors who opposed the AMA or whose discoveries threatened the AMA's financial gains were
"burned out," or arrested on trumped-up charges, or died mysteriously. Howard Beard, Ph.D., Director of Biochemistry
at LSU Medical School and developer of a urine test for determining cancer, recalled:
"Early one morning in 1946, our lab was mysteriously destroyed by fire. . . . We then established a lab at our
present location. Then again one morning in 1947 this lab was set on fire and completely destroyed.
Dr. William F. Koch, the inventor of Glyoxylide, was a particular target of Fishbein and the AMA. So were
the doctors who supported him and used the cancer serum Dr. Koch invented.
"One doctor . . . J. W. Kannel, saved a young girl . . . She had hopeless cancer of the spleen. . . . One shot of
Glyoxylide, and she became well (in 1943 and was still alive in 1983). Kannel was barred from all hospitals
in Fort Wayne."
"One death from poisoning, and one from being run down by an automobile, both victims being physicians of
distinction and prominent in the advocacy of the Koch treatment . . . Dr. Koch himself was the target of at
least 13 unsuccessful attempts on his life.
These accounts are but a drop in the bucket, examples of corruption and subversions to the highest degree just within
the American Medical Association. Many books exist with hundreds of pages documenting jaw dropping transgression
after transgression, I can only give you the summary of just a few cases due to the fact that this report is ballooning to
over 700 pages as is.
The October 2009 edition of the American Journal of Pharmacology tells of a shocking program that is currently being
developed by a giant drug company, Ely Lilly & Co. It is the plan to include antipsychotic drugs in infant formulas as a
kind of "immunization" to help prevent episodes of ADHD in children as they age. The spokesman for Ely Lilly said
the following: "There will be ethical issues of course but with ethical control over the drug and with reassurance of its
safety, I'm sure objections can be overcome. We predict in five years, 1 in 3 children over 4 will be on antipsychotics
as a matter of course….." It is obvious that the children are being targeted in many ways to program them as
forthcoming planetary citizens of the New World Order…
But then there is the Food and Drug Administration (FDA), surely THEY would NEVER allow such corruption and
blatant crimes against humanity to exist, for their mission is to keep the bad guys in check and bring order, right? Sorry
Dorothy, buy you are no longer in Kansas anymore… and you were just beginning to comprehend that the AMA was
bad?:
The FDA is a government agnecy whose supposed job is to "protect" the public from dangerous drugs, foods,
medicines, toxins, and medical procedures. In fact, the FDA is a gestapo-type organization only serving the
interests of the major drug companies and medical establishment. The various senior members of the FDA rotate
lucrative positions on the boards of major drug companies and other key organizations. Members of the FDA have
been found to have severe conflicts of interest, often owning stocks in the very companies they are supposed to to
"monitoring, policing and controlling".
This is not some paranoid conspiracy delusion. This is exactly what they do. They protect the interests of the drug
companies by 1) ensuring important drugs get swift approval despite dangers or ineffectiveness, and 2) monitor and act
to eradicate threatening competition from alternative or "non-team player" individuals and organizations.
I have been quoting Barry Lynes of www.sntp.com throughout the beginning of this chapter. I think it best to
just include his whole summary of the FDA here for he just about covers all the same points I want to say:
"People think the FDA is protecting them - it isn't. What the FDA is doing and what people think it's doing
are as different as night and day." - Herbert L. Ley, Jr., M. D., former Commissioner of the FDA
"The hearings have revealed police state tactics . . . possibly perjured testimony to gain a conviction . . .
intimidation and gross disregard for Constitutional Rights." - Senator Edward Long, U.S. Senate hearings on the
FDA (This is taken from Chapter 2 of Barry Lynes's book, The Healing of Cancer: The Cures the Cover-Ups and
the Solution Now!)
The cancer conspiracy is led by the FDA-NCI-AMA-ACS hierarchy. The initials stand for the Food and Drug
Administration (FDA), the National Cancer Institute (NCI), the American Medical Association (AMA), and the
American Cancer Society (ACS). The cancer conspiracy also includes the large pharmaceutical companies and
key research centers such as the Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center in New York City and selected
university research labs. The key personnel move in and out of official positions within these organizations, sit
on common boards or investigation committees, and have both formal and informal networks. When a
researcher or alternative medicine advocate is identified as a threat to the power or even the official views put
out by the ruling hierarchy, the maverick is placed on various published and unpublished blacklists. Funding is
stopped, legal harassment often begins, public denunciation as a quack frequently follows, and if the outsider
persists in offering or advocating a non sanctioned treatment, then rougher, clandestine methods can be
employed.
It would take thousands of pages to describe various individuals who have fought the cancer conspiracy and how
their threat to the ruling powers was neutralized. These pages can only summarize some of the more famous
cases and facts which reveal how the cancer conspiracy functions, but those who wish to know more can pursue
the details on their own, using the names and references offered here as a starting point. The people and
procedures described in these pages are by no means inclusive, only the most notable or most promising.
The FDA (Food and Drug Administration) is the government police force which approves experimental
studies for those it favors and hinders approval for those it dislikes.
It conducts semi-legal break-ins (constitutional procedures are often ignored), confiscates records so that critical
documentation is often lost or at least unavailable for months and years, and at times has interfered with
constitutional protections through conspiratorial relationships with private organizations who share the same
suppressive goals. New medical breakthroughs that threaten the sanctioned and financially lucrative treatments
are ignored or "studied" for years. The FDA thus frequently subverts its legislated purpose which is to promote
and protect the public health. Having lived in Washington, D.C., I know that the FDA is regarded by many
astute civil servants as the federal agency with the lowest morale. A dark cloud of oppressive inertia, corruption
and bureaucratic sloth pervades its corridors.
Dr. J. Richard Crout, test director at the FDA Bureau of Drugs beginning in 1971, described the agency's agony
in Congressional testimony on April 19, 1976 as follows:
"There was open drunkenness by several employees which went on for months ... crippled by what some
people called the worst personnel in government. There was intimidation internally by people . . .
People, I'm talking about division directors and their staff, would engage in a kind of behavior that
invited . . . insubordination - people tittering in comers, throwing spitballs; I am describing physicians,
people who would . . . slouch down in a chair, not respond to questions, moan and groan with sweeping
gestures, a kind of behavior I have not seen in any other institution as a grown man . . . Prior to 1974,
not one scientific officer in our place knew his work assignments, nor did any manager know the work
assignment of the people under him."
In 1967, FDA stopped the use of an experimental cancer vaccine which was producing significant results. It was
developed by H. James Rand, inventor of the heart defibrillator. J. Ernest Ayre, an internationally recognized
cancer specialist (co-developer of the PAP test) and Dr. Norbert Czajkowski of Detroit, Michigan assisted Rand.
Treating only terminal cancer patients, the Rand vaccine produced objective improvement in 35% of 600
patients while another 30% demonstrated subjective improvement. "One 65 year old woman with spreading
tumor" was "completely cured in 4 months." Another woman with extensive breast cancer was cured in 6
months. The FDA stopped the vaccine's use in a federal court hearing where neither the cancer patients nor their
doctors were allowed to testify. When U.S. Senator Stephen Young of Ohio protested, it was to no avail. Senator
Young could get nowhere with FDA Commissioner James L. Goddard. Senator Young recalled:
"I could not move them. They would not even agree to a modification of the ruling (banning the Rand
vaccine), which would at least allow the 100 (cancer) patients at Richmond Heights (Ohio) to complete
their injections. The Justice Department was prepared to go along, but the FDA Commissioner, Dr.
James Goddard, was adamant, even belligerent. It's wrong of the government to snatch away this hope
when there is no evidence against its use offered in court. It's damnably wrong."
It is known that when FDA Commissioner Goddard's own wife had serious health problems and orthodox
medicine could not help her, Goddard contacted alternative health practitioners who quietly healed his wife. But
for the suffering victims of cancer who needed the Rand vaccine or some other nontraditional treatment,
Goddard lowered the boom, using the federal courts to enforce his dictum. Such are the ways of the FDA.
Goddard's greatest disservice to the American people was his persecution of DMSO, a simple molecule which
often brought miraculous pain relief and offered numerous possibilities for medical advancement in other areas,
including cancer. One respected science writer suggested that Goddard crushed DMSO research in order to gain
increased police powers from Congress. The FDA has never admitted its errors regarding DMSO although the
positive studies from qualified scientists number over a thousand while the FDA's criticisms have been shown to
be almost completely based on lies or unsubstantiated rumors. Yet by the late 1980s, twenty years later, the FDA
continues to imprison DMSO advocates. The malignity of Goddard's arbitrary and conscienceless acts in 1966-
1968 against reputable scientists, dedicated doctors and the public good is one of the darkest chapters of FDA
history.
No one is sure of the real reasons why it happened and why it continues to be covered up twenty years later. It
has been suggested that one or more drug companies sabotaged DMSO because it threatened so many of their
profitable products. One drug company executive reportedly told the leading DMSO researcher:
"I don't care if it is the major drug of our century - and we all know it is - it isn't worth it to us."
Who had the power to keep such a miraculous drug off the shelves? Surely not just an FDA Commissioner
flexing his muscle. Was it a combination of drug companies whose individual profits were threatened by the
miracle drug's possibilities?
"(It is) not our (FDA) policy to jeopardize the financial interests of the pharmaceutical companies." - from
testimony before Congress of Dr. Charles C. Edwards, at the time Commissioner of the FDA
It has also been surmised that FDA Commissioner Goddard used DMSO in 1966 in an attempt to become the
medical dictator of America. In the years that followed, FDA officials simply refused to expose the agency's
"dirty laundry." Hence the on-going suppression of what many recognize as "the major drug of the century."
In any case, Goddard instilled fear into honest researchers and physicians as no previous FDA Commissioner
had done. He ruined careers. He introduced an intensified police force mentality into FDA with his emphasis on
hiring ex T-men and G-men. He consciously blacklisted scientists as punishment for opposing him. And
members of his agency, either with his encouragement or his acquiescence, openly began ignoring the
Constitution for the sake of promotions and power.
Pat McGrady, Sr.'s book, The Persecuted Drug: The Story of DMSO, detailed what Goddard's FDA did.
McGrady described "the no-knock system, the photocopying of private papers, bugging, punitive investigations,
slander and libel, character assassination, forgery, lying and blackmail."
One scientist declared to McGrady:
"For the first time in my life I know fear. I'm afraid for my family and myself. I'm afraid for doctors and
scientists. And I'm more afraid for our country. I can't believe these things are happening in the United
States."
Another noted researcher maligned by Goddard's FDA observed:
"The academic community and industry are so completely intimidated that one cannot look for any
leadership to counteract some of the punitive actions of the FDA. . . . I am very pessimistic concerning
the future status of medical research unless a mood arises to combat overzealous bureaucratic
authority."
Dr. Walter Modell of Cornell University Medical College finally warned in a published article ("FDA
Censorship" in Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics):
"When the non-expert ingroup of the FDA threatens to become the dictator of American medicine we
believe it will lead medicine from its respected eminence to its ultimate decline."
A few years after the DMSO suppression, one of Goddard's top aides, Billy Goodrich, left the FDA with his
pension and became president of a food association regulated by the FDA. A personal friend who had been
president of the food association took over Billy Goodrich's position at FDA. They simply switched jobs!
Congressmen screamed in protest. It was such a blatant demonstration of the "musical shuffle" (which Congress
had previously observed but ignored) that they had to make noise this time in order to avert public wrath. Still,
after all the sound and fury, nothing happened.
Goddard himself became Chairman of the Board of Ormont Drug and Chemical Company a few years after
leaving FDA.
A study conducted by the U.S. Congress in 1969 revealed that 37 of 49 top officials of the FDA who left the
agency moved into high corporate positions with the large companies they had regulated. A General Accounting
Office (GAO) study of FDA in 1975 revealed that 150 FDA officials owned stock in the companies they were
supposed to regulate. The record of "conflict of interest" (or worse) within the FDA is deep and extensive.
In 1976, Dr. J. Richard Crout of the FDA admitted that "endless questions" was a favored technique within the
agency to discourage any researcher who sought approval for an unorthodox cancer therapy. Bureaucratic
obstruction is a weapon as deadly as a gun when the lives of innocent millions are at stake. It is a delusion to
consider such institutionalized, orchestrated conduct, consciously chosen either because of orders from above or
personal inclination, as anything other than white collar murder. It closely resembles the role carried out by the
bureaucrats who pushed the paper in Nazi Germany. The policymakers may not fully perceive the effect of their
actions, but the horror has gone on for too many decades to allow a plea of ignorance to be totally convincing.
In 1972, Dean Burk, Ph.D. of the National Cancer Institute (head of their cytochemistry section and a veteran of
32 years at the agency) declared in a letter to a member of Congress that high officials of the FDA, AMA, ACS
and the U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare (now Health and Human Services or HHS) were
deliberately falsifying information, literally lying, committing unconstitutional acts and in other ways thwarting
potential cancer cures to which they were opposed.
Dr. Burk's famous May 30, 1972 letter to Congressman Louis Frey, Jr. dealt with the issue of why FDA had
revoked an Investigative New Drug (IND) application. The IND application, according to Dr. Burk, was
superior to many routinely approved. But it involved testing laetrile, a controversial, nonpatentable product
opposed by the California Medical Association (CMA). FDA approved the original application, then rescinded
the license, apparently because of pressure from the surgeon general, a member of the CMA and a laetrile foe.
Dr. Burk was not an advocate of laetrile. He was however in favor of fair testing. He was totally opposed to what
he bluntly called "misleading and indeed fraudulent" FDA reports. In his correspondence with Congress, he
openly referred to the "FDA corruption."
Corruption indeed. It takes several forms. Refusing to allow investigation of a non-toxic compound which might
help cancer patients is one. Failing to assert itself when a drug tested on human beings was determined to cause
cancer is another. Here are the facts of such a case:
In August 1969 it was learned that a drug called Cinanserin, produced by E. R. Squibb and Sons, Princeton, New
Jersey, caused tumors in the livers of rats. Human testing of the drug was thus stopped. But Squibb's executives
did not want to do follow-ups on the humans who had taken Cinanserim.
For three years, FDA tried to persuade Squibb to do followup studies. (Compare this approach with what FDA
does to alternative cancer treatments which work - raids, confiscation of documents, jail, etc. With the large drug
companies, FDA tries persuasion!)
Finally, in 1972, FDA and the National Academy of Sciences set up a committee to examine procedures on
follow-ups when a drug was found to be dangerous. Who was appointed to head the committee? The vice-
president of Squibb whom the FDA had tried for 3 years to persuade to do follow-ups on those people who had
been given the cancer-causing drug !
FDA has a long history of ignoring dangerous drugs and chemical additives marketed by the big drug companies
while using bureaucratic delays, legal harassment, unconstitutional procedures, and even falsified evidence to
stop unorthodox cancer treatments. In 1964, FDA initiated a multimillion dollar prosecution of Andrew Ivy,
Vice-President and professor of physiology at the University of Illinois. Ivy was former chairman of the
National Cancer Institute's National Advisory Council on Cancer. He was an internationally recognized scholar
and a prolific author of scientific papers.
His sin was that he supported a cancer-curing serum called Krebiozen. Over 20,000 cancer patients had
supposedly benefited from Krebiozen. One United States Senate Committee lawyer personally assessed 530
cases and concluded that Krebiozen was effective.
Among the doctors who supported it was US Air Force Major General Wallace H. Graham, Physician to the
President of the United States:
"I have had some . . . unusually good results with Krebiozen."
It made no difference.
According to David Rorvik:
"Despite the government's (FDA's) multi-million dollar prosecution, which lasted 289 days and
included falsified testimony, later confessed by the government, the four defendants (including Ivy)
were acquitted on all 240 counts brought against them. The jury went to the extraordinary length,
moreover, of saying that it believed Krebiozen had merit and should be tested, on the basis of positive,
often well-documented testimony it had heard.
Krebiozen has never been tested objectively. FDA used illegal methods to stop it, methods which have been part
of a conscious goal at FDA to dictate what medicine a citizen is permitted to use and what he may not use.
Combined with the questionable behavior of FDA officials, the stock links to the large drug companies, and the
testimony of FDA employees that conscious cover-ups were common, the intention of FDA to dictate individual
medicine has to be recognized as one of the most dangerous threats to freedom that has ever existed.
Peter Temin, a professor at MIT, carefully studied FDA history and policy for his 1980 book, Taking Your
Medicine: Drug Regulation in the United States. His conclusion, based on a very careful, close look at FDA is
frightening:
"The most important facet of FDA regulation is the agency's expression of its conviction that
individuals - both doctors and consumers - cannot make reasonable choices among drugs.
"The agency tried with increasing success to deny drug prescribers and users the option of taking
'innocuous' drugs, that is, to force them to use drugs the FDA regards as appropriate for their
condition.
Despite evidence which extends for decades, revealing criminal behavior in the one agency that holds the power
to permit tests of alternative cures for cancer, Congress has done nothing. One night in Washington, D.C., I
found out why. I was introduced to the aide of one of the most powerful U.S. Representatives in Congress. His
boss had been in Washington for many years. Yet, despite the Congressman's powerful committee position and
ranking status in the majority party, he was unable to do anything with the health officials at FDA or NCI. After
a number of drinks, this Congressman's aide told me that FDA and NCI were protected fiefdoms. They wrote
their own legislation, permitting only minor changes by Congress. They ignored Congressional complaints.
They were extensively tied to the big drug companies. They "know no one controls them. No one is able to take
a sword and tell them where to go," the aide said. He leaned across the table and whispered, "Only national
security procedures are as tightly controlled, without outside examination. Only national security. Does that tell
you something?"
It told me that the monster was real and dangerous if some of the most powerful men in the U.S. Congress, with
their massive egos and independent political bases, were afraid of it.
G. E. Griffin, author of World Without Cancer, made explicit the fundamental, systematic wrong which has
emerged out of the various crosscurrents that make up FDA - underpaid civil servants playing it safe, drug
companies and their Washington lawyers putting unending pressure on the bureaucrats, academic medicos
controlling the approval process and restricting the individual doctor's choice, revolving door employment
between FDA and universities/drug companies, and behind-the-scenes political deals. According to Griffin,
FDA did two things: (1) they "protected" the big drug companies and were subsequently rewarded; and (2) they
attacked - using the government's police powers - those who threatened the big drug companies, be it a young
company with a new product, a breakthrough miracle drug such as DMSO, or natural health store products such
as food, vitamins, minerals or other self-healing (non-drug, non-doctor) methods.
Griffin wrote the following about FDA:
"First, it is providing a means whereby key individuals on its payroll are able to obtain both power and
wealth through granting special favors to certain politically influential groups that are subject to its
regulation. This activity is similar to the 'protection racket' of organized crime: for a price, one can
induce FDA administrators to provide 'protection' from the FDA itself.
"Secondly, as a result of this political favoritism, the FDA has become a primary factor in that formula
whereby cartel-oriented companies in the food and drug industry are able to use the police powers of
government to harass or destroy their free-market competitors.
"And thirdly, the FDA occasionally does some genuine public good with whatever energies it has left
over after serving the vested political and commercial interest of its first two activities."
There is only one solution. No reform will work. REPEAT: NO REFORM WILL WORK. No changing of
personnel will have any long term effect. No new laws dealing with regulations. Only one solution.
It was provided by a southern doctor now living in New York City who has observed the monster in action for
many years. Raymond Keith Brown, M.D. outlined the solution in his book, Cancer, AIDS and the Medical
Establishment. He described how the power which FDA has to approve drugs and technology has to be
eliminated and replaced with the solitary role of testing for effectiveness and safety, the results being the basis
for FDA labeling. The individual physician and individual patient would regain the responsibility to use or not
use a given drug or technology.
Dr. Brown recommended:
"The FDA should follow a simple rating system for effectiveness and safety. Effectiveness would fall
into one of three categories 'Effectiveness Unconditionally Proved', 'Effectiveness Conditionally
Demonstrated', and 'Effectiveness Undetermined.' Safety could also be categorized in the same manner
and the appropriate designation then affixed to all products or containers. Judgment of the
effectiveness of any medical product or device should not be vested in any governmental agency or
institutions, but should be returned to the province of the individual physician. Freedom of choice for
medical materials, therapy and methods must be put on the same footing as civil liberties and as
vigorously protected."
One of the better scholars in this field - Robert G. Houston - says simply:
"There should be curbs on the FDA - on its powers to intrude into the private practice of medicine . . .
FDA should not be dictating to doctors what they can and cannot do."
Richard Ericson, a dedicated husband of a cancer victim, eloquently concurred (Cancer Treatment: Why So
Many Failures?):
"A physician should be able to prescribe any type of cancer treatment that he considers best for the
patient, with the patient's consent and knowledge, without stringent governmental regulations that are
now in force. Congress should consider such problems when new guidelines are enacted."
Only when FDA concentrates on the blatant health menaces such as overtly misleading health product claims or
drugs shown to cause death and injury; only when FDA ceases to be the bully boy for the big drug companies
and other vested interests; and only when FDA again allows physicians, nonconventional healers and their
patients some choice of therapeutic treatments . . . will it regain its legitimate government function. In its present
form, it is like a malignant beast harming society rather than serving it.
Suggested Reading:
Drugs, FDA, Corporate & Government Collusion
The Healing of Cancer: The Cures the Cover-Ups and the Solution Now! by Barry Lynes - Read how the
American Cancer Society misleads the American public and collects over 350 million dollars a year in
contributions, and how part of the money is used against innovative cancer researchers, how the FDA conspires
to stop promising treatments, and how so many victims undergo torture because of medical profiteering,
outmoded thinking and a corrupt politics.
The Cancer Cure That Worked: 50 Years of Suppression by Barry Lynes - Office of Alter. Medicine in
Wash,D.C. knows about Royal Rife. They continue to ignore - while 10,000 Americans die of cancer every
week! Murder by bureaucratic autocracy and inertia. National Cancer Institute and FDA are equally aware and
continue to lie about Rife and his remarkable cancer-curing approach. Shame on all the so-called "experts"
keeping their heads in the sand in order to protect their privileges and outdated chemo-drug-surgery "culture."
World Without Cancer: The Story of Vitamin B17 by G. Edward Griffin - Provides an excellent exposé of an
alternative natural way to prevent and cure cancer through nutrition, and the forces in government and in large
pharmaceutical firms that are fighting to keep the secret from us. This book serves as an eye opener to anybody
who has ever wondered why there has been so little progress in the fight against cancer, despite the vast sums of
money being invested.
The Cancer Industry: The Classic Expose on the Cancer Establishment by Ralph W. Moss - An ex-cancer insider
at the Sloan Kettering institute details all of the alternative therapies which have been railroaded by the cancer
establishment. An interesting read for anyone who has the nagging feeling that the cancer war is being lost
because pharmaceutical companies are avoiding possible natural, non patentable cures.
Drugs & The Psychiatric Industry
Brain-Disabling Treatments in Psychiatry : Drugs, Electroshock, and the Role of the FDA Today! by Peter R.
Breggin, M.D.
Toxic Psychiatry : Why Therapy, Empathy, and Love Must Replace the Drugs, Electroshock, and Biochemical
Theories of the New Psychiatry by Peter R. Breggin, M.D.
The Manufacture of Madness : A Comparative Study of the Inquisition and the Mental Health Movements by
Thomas S. Szasz, M.D., Professor
Law, Liberty, and Psychiatry : An Inquiry into the Social Uses of Mental Health Practices by Thomas S. Szasz,
M.D., Professor
Bedlam : Greed, Profiteering, and Fraud in a Mental Health System Gone Crazy by Joe Sharkey
The Limits of Biological Treatments for Psychological Distress by Seymour Fisher and Roger P. Greenberg
Physician's Desk Reference (PDR)
Psychiatric Drugs: Hazards to the Brain by Peter R. Breggin, M.D.
Oh, you are going to die if you don‘t get this or that operation? No money, no insurance? ―Sorry, can‘t help you, but
can you please sign this paper giving us the rights to harvest your organs when you die? You see, my employer XYZ
Good Samaratin Medical Center is a corporation and exists like all other corporations, to make a profit and we must
answer to our shareholders, there are many of
filthy rich wealthy people out there that can afford
life saving procedures, im so sorry you poor sap
but we can‘t do anything for you; but we do need
are the spare parts that you can provide from your
sad and unfortunate demise‖... You know this is
true.
What is worse are the poor more unfortunate

goyim cattle who get kidnapped, murdered and
have their organs harvested by Jewish mobsters
…(the link provided here is just one out of many
such cases by the same group of people). Ok here
is another: Israeli army admits stealing organs.
And another: Israel Harvested Organs Without
Families‘ Permission. How about this one: New
York police arrest Jewish gang trafficking organs
of Algerian children. Oh heres another: New
Jewish organ theft gang busted.
Documentary: Big Bucks Big Pharma - Video
Go ahead; call me cynical, I‘m just getting started. Is there not one single area of our society that is NOT being
manipulated by mega conglomerates and their illuminati agents that directly and indirectly control the entire industry?
Evidently: NOT!
We have massive hospitals and medical centers, and it costs a lot of money to staff them and operate them. It is simply
a matter of economics. If enough people don't get sick, you have to make them sick. One way of doing this is with the
use of BPA, or Bisphenol-A. Recent tests have proven that nine of ten babies in the United States are born with BPA in
their systems. In addition to that, of all Americans of any age that were tested, it was found that 93% of them had BPA
in their urine. The substance BPA was developed as a synthetic estrogen. It is produced by condensation of acetone,
which produces two equivalents of phenol when catalyzed by hydrochloric acid. It is used to make polycarbonate
plastics and epoxy resins. It is used as a lining for nearly all food and beverage cans and as a coating for carbonless
paper receipts. Six billion pounds of BPA are used per year, even though it has been linked to breast cancer, prostate
cancer, reproductive failures, heart disease, diabetes, asthma, obesity, and behavioral problems. The Federal Food and
Drug Administration declared BPA to be safe for all uses, and they based their decision on two studies that were both
done by the chemical industry that produces the BPA product! What a clever scheme to induce disease and feed the
financial needs of the medical and drug industries! How much diabetes is there in our country? How about breast and
prostate cancer? Where is it all coming from? Remember when years ago almost everything was packaged in real glass
bottles, jars, and containers? There was far less disease in those days!
The entire medical industry is such a sham that I truly get saddened to my very core. I have witnessed firsthand on
literally hundreds of occasions the cold hard realities of this industry. Yet I must state that I have met some of the
warmest, caring doctors and nurses who are also another part of this industry. The evil exists not at the personal level
of the medical professionals. For those who chose to pursue a career in medical care profession more often than not do
so because they truly care about people. I therefore accuse not one doctor or nurse that are in practice, saving people‘s
lives. The key is in that doctors were all trained like parrots to repeat what they were taught and force fed by the
complicit medical establishment schools whose curriculums and agendas are all laid by the big pharma industry. Polly
want a cracker?
Students only get a passing grade when they MEMORIZE and REPEAT over and over again what they are told. When
the days come for taking those exams you put the answers that you were TRAINED, conditioned, programmed to
remember. It is the way the system works, it is the only way to get a passing grade that will get you into a wealthy
doctors job and have those long sought after initials after your name.
I looked up some definitions, another word for ―teach‖ and ―taught‖ is ―trained.‖ Yes, this might be a perfect word for
this analogy: Doctors are TRAINED very much the same way DOGS are TRAINED, by repetition, ―go fetch, do this,
do that, good boy.‖ Then comes the rewards, once the program is over, your fully TRAINED subject is ready to
perform like a loyal obiedient servent he was TRAINED to be… there is no room for independent thought, they all do
as they have been TRAINED.
Over 780,000 Americans are killed each year by conventional medicine and FDA-approved prescription drugs,
costing our nation $282 billion in economic losses. This is not conjecture or conspiracy theories, these are FACTS not
bullshit conspiracy ―theories.‖
The problem, as with almost all other industries lays in the boardrooms and stockholders‘ best interests of the massive
medical establishments, all of which are none other than profit seeking organizations, big business. They ultimately
answer to one master: their shareholders. What do the shareholders always want? Returns on investments! MONEY!
MONEY!, MO MONEY! Who are the majority of shareholders worldwide? Financial institutions, investment funds,
big corporations, immensely wealthy individuals, and so forth, and who are the chief controllers of said financial
industries? Doh! The Zionists! Hello, I don‘t make this stuff up, I just tell it like it is. Then there are the evil principals
who are part of the grand illuminati cartel that expertly weave their web and lead entire industries by the collar.
It Doesn‘t Get Any Worse Than This!

On October 22nd, the United States Senate was voting on whether or not to ban partial birth abortion. I and two
others stood at the steps of the Senate and prayed, and the Senate did vote to ban the murderous procedure.
President Clinton promptly said he would veto the ban and keep the murders going. Clinton vetoed the measure
twice before (28), and if he does it again, I pray to God that it's "three strikes and you're out!"
Subsequently, I have learned why this butchery of killing a baby while it is being born is so protected, and
nobody can seem to do anything about it. In a shocking article by Mona Charen, a nationally known journalist,
whose article appeared in the Oshkosh Northwestern newspaper, the story is told of the marketing of body parts
from these helpless infants. The story tells of a woman who had worked for a firm that marketed the body parts
of the babies, such as the blood, eyes, livers, brains, thymuses and other things. (29) The parts would be sold to
tissue researchers, pharmaceutical companies, and universities. (30) One such company that deals in the body
parts of late term babies is Opening Lines Inc. In a brochure prepared for abortionists this company says, "Turn
your patient's decision into something wonderful." Open Lines then offers its customers, "The freshest tissue
prepared to your specifications and delivered in the quantities you need, when you need it." Eyes and ears go for
$75 and brains for $999. An "intact trunk" fetches $500 and a whole liver $150. The woman who revealed all of
this also stated that when she worked in harvesting such parts, she knew that there are 1,500 babies killed daily
and parts are harvested from them every day throughout the United States. The U.S. Government refuses to
enforce any laws pertaining to this. (30) The woman quit working for the company after she saw a beautiful pair
of twins come in that were still alive, and she refused to kill them. She watched in horror as the doctor put them
in a pan and drowned them, and then the parts were harvested. (31) She also said that doctors who see that
babies are still alive commonly beat them to death with tongs. (32) There is much more that happens, but I am
honestly getting sick as I write this, though I feel that the word must get out. How could our government ever
blame Hitler or Stalin? When I think of what is happening in our land and the smirking face of our President, I
am ashamed to be called an American, as our country stands today. It is not the land that I was born and raised
in. It has gone to the devil! I will continue to pray, and I urge you to help me. – [source: Last Trumpet
Newsletter]
The medical industry collectively has a massively powerful lobbying group that pushes not only congressional policy
but also formulates public opinion. The stranglehold of the medical establishment is an amazing study into the
magic of it basically formulating its own oversight. (Please bear with me, I am in no way a medical expert, yet will
try to articulate the realities). The one governing body that overlooks the entire medical field is what? The FDA. That
stands for: Food and Drug Administration. Why do I bother spelling it out? Ah, why are 2 seemingly completely
different sectors of industries grouped into one overseeing agency would be a much better question! What does food
have to do with drugs? Is there something that they know that we don‘t?
One of my first eye opening glimpses into this realm was from Kevin Trudeau‘s ―Natural Cures They Don‘t Want You
To Know About‖ book that was lent to me by a friend. I don‘t know if this guy is a crackpot or geniune, I always base
my unbiased findings on TRUTH. His Natural Cures books do in fact point out a myriad of important facts, issues and
information that has been purposely hidden and is not commonly known, while also exposing many evils of the
medical establishment. Despite what the criminal organization that is the FDA has to say about Kevin or how badly
they have gone out of their way to discredit this man, one thing does not change, it is the FACT that his book DOES
reveal some of the well hidden obscured natural remedies and cures they don‘t want you to know about.
The reason for the dual nature of the Food and Drug Administration is because your food is FULL of chemicals and
drugs! Artificial this and artificial that, laboratory chemicals are rampant in our foods, even poisons, most food today
is devoid of the basic fundamental nutrients that our
bodies need to operate at its full potential. Walk into your
kitchen, open the cabinets, pick up any random item in a
box and read the ingredients. Almost everything we
devour in our lifetime has been
treated/manipulated/modified with some sort of weird
named additives. Even a simple apple from the fruit
section will have traces of pesticides still on it. And those
ingredients on all that junk food we eat, only God knows
what how they ultimately affect us. Folks, we are being
poisoned ever so slightly here and there. The connection
between the foods we eat and the disorders we develop
throughout life are ABSOLUTELY one billion percent
connected. Evidently some people figured this out long
ago prior to the founding of the FDA. Yet the same
institution that supposedly exists to ―protect the
consumer‖ is for all intents and purposes being run by
the medical establishment itself. This is an un-disputed
FACT. CEOs of major pharma conglomerates are
routinely appointed to lead this agency as if conflict of interest were a cartoon figment of the imagination.
So what do we have here? A perplexing situation where the agency that is supposedly there to ―protect‖ us, (classic
wolf guarding the hen house) is in the very midst of literally thousands of conflict of interest scenarios being
perpetrated by the people who are out to subjugate mankind.
They routinely approve ―ingredients‖ in our foods that in turn produce certain side effects… certain side effects
require certain drugs to rectify. Sounds more like a scam to me. All the while many age old safe and proven
―organic‖ remedies and cures are being systematically assaulted, banished and OUTLAWED by the FDA and other
agencies. The FDA BANNED over the counter sales in the US of any natural product claiming to have
therapeutic value, health benefits, or making any medical claims, unless it is a DRUG! Let me repeat: according to
the FDA nothing on this planet can cure you unless it is a: DRUG!!!! Sanctioned and approved by the industry rubber
stamp lap dog, the FDA!
The Big Pharma industrial complex is constantly denigrating, slandering and miss-labeling the natural supplements and
vitamins sector as ―unsafe‖ and ―useless‖, all the while the real matter of the fact is the exact opposite. This false and
misleading information fear mongering is what rules the information waves disguised as gospel scientific ―truth.‖ Here
is just one recent example (out of a pool of thousands of blatantly false/misleading stories circulated to mislead the
masses), this example came from Big Pharma whore ―Next Generation Pharmaceutical‖:
NGP prostitute Devin wrote:
―While many people opt to take a regimen of herbs, supplements and vitamins to help them feel a little better,
new evidence reveals that not all supplements are good for you.
People's trust in their doctors can be rocked for a variety of reasons, which often lead people to explore
"natural" healers. However, for some people, just knowing that you're doing something a little extra to feel
better can pit a spring in your step.
But despite this, new reports out today suggest something quite disconcerting about the reality behind health
supplements. The reports have surfaced after one New Yorkers discovery that the supplements she had taken had
led to her experiencing numbness in her legs. The reason? Too much vitamin B6 in the woman's blood.
Sadly the case isn't that uncommon, with experts suggesting that its actually quite easy to get in trouble with
herbs, supplements and vitamins simply because they're less cautious with something that's natural than they
would be with a drug. In fact, certain herbs and supplements that are taken in the wrong way (either in high
doses or in combination with certain drugs or before surgery) can lead to significantly dangerous side effects.
Take fish oil, for instance. While fish oil is a very safe supplement to increase your intake of heart-healthy fat,
high doses can lead to excessive bleeding. And, according to German-based pharmaceutical giant Bayer, more
than five grams of fish oil a day is just too much.
The list of side effects is quite shocking.‖
Look at NGP‘s sponsors list and it‘s a who‘s who of the medical industrial complex. There are numerous relationships
and connections between the drug companies (both national and international), IG Farben (a mammoth German drug
company with numerous cartel agreements throughout the world), the FDA (Food and Drug Administration), the AMA
(American Medical Association), the APA (American Psychiatric Association), various "professional" journals and
publications, research companies and organizations, philanthropic foundations, government organizations (NIMH -
National Institutes of Mental Health), international organizations (WHO - World Health Organization) and the medical
schools. The common factor in each is the presence of representatives of the "drug" approach to handling "illness". The
drug companies are at the "top" of the hierarchy and they call the shots. Why? Because they are the source of the
funding in all cases.
There you have it folks, the wolves that are watching over the hen house have long ago BANNED natural remedies and
cures that have worked for eons! We therefore have virtually no official funding and therefore no research at all into
healing with natural sources. If this is not proof positive that the FDA is just a sinister entity whose sole purpose is
to DRUG mankind, instrumental in creating and maintaining the perfect servant class in society: the sheeple. I don‘t
know what else to say. If you possess one once of doubt in what I am disclosing, then just go right back to sleep, yes,
sleep, sleep, sleep, everything is going to be A ok, trust your masters…
The numbers of people and situations that have been forcefully buried over the decades that the FDA has been
"protecting" us from is astronomical. The hundreds or thousands of cases, proof, are just so many that it is completely
out of scope (at the moment of writing this draft) of this report. Get off your lazy ass and look stuff up on the net! Look
into the FDA deeply enough and you will come to only one conclusion. One undeniable truth. The reality that the FDA
WAS FOUNDED TO PROTECT THE DRUG INDUSTRY! The proverbial Fox watching over the hen house. They
pretend to exist for the wellbeing of the consumer, but this is the biggest crock of bull shit farce ever, for the FDA is
nothing other than a FRONT and cover to lend credibility to PHARMACROOKS who RUN the medical industrial
complex.
FACT: The FDA has conducted multiple ARMED RAIDS on VITAMIN SHOPS AND HEALTH CLINICS…
Our modern elite rulers have advanced well beyond the capabilities of the past tyrannies of Attila the Hun, Mussolini,
Napoleon, Stalin, the Pharos, rulers, kings who all lacked the ability to harness the power of DRUGS to overpower
their constituents and servants thus greatly facilitating the difficult task of getting the unruly mobs all under control.
For instance, it is common knowledge that the first evil ruler to utilize drugs on people was Nazi Germany‘s Hitler
use of FLUORIDE in drinking water in the concentration camps to ―sterilize humans and help control the masses
into calm submission‖. What is it that they discovered about this poison?
―Repeated does of infinitesimal amount of

fluoride will in time reduce an individual‘s
power to resist domination, by slowly
poisoning and narcotizing a certain area of the
brain, thus making him submissive to the will
of those who wish to govern him.‖
Alex Jones: Question Your Reality - Video
Fluoride is also one of the basic ingredients in

both PROZAC (FLUoxetene Hydrochloride)
and SARIN GAS (Isopropyl-Methyl-
Phosphoryl FLUoride). Fluoride is a
poisonous chemical, and today has been
BANNED from being used in the water
supply throughout almost all of Europe, yet
here in Amerika, its ―ok‖, ―don‘t worry about
it, stop being paranoid, now go on and mind
your own business.‖ The problem all
tyrannical regimes have always had was that
mad citizens often became tired of being
enslaved, therefore rebellions would eventually become common place throughout history and often lead to the
downfall of nations. Our new improved modernized New World Order elite have been ingeniously, quietly
immunizing and medicating their citizens in the doctor‘s offices and through their drinking water, reducing the
resistance of the masses to domination and control and loss of liberty, turning them into docile humble followers
and servants. BaaaaHaaaaaHaaaaaa… Sheeple. Yes, sleep, sleep, sleep… oh, look over there! Its Paris Hilton! Watch
dancing with the stars! Here is another credit card, go shopping! Yaaayyyy!
Sodium Fluoride, a hazardous waste by product from the manufacture of aluminum, is a common ingredient in rat
and cockroach poisons, anesthetics, psychiatric drugs, and military nerve gas. Many independent studies have been
done by researchers, but as you can probably guess, they were all silenced in one way or another. What they have
found of Fluoride, the ―golden child‖ of the dental professionals around the world, is that Fluoride apparently has the
ability to cause DNA damage and even ―cell death‖ in human cells (Dr. C.D. Anuradha). Independent scientific
evidence repeatedly showing up over the past 50 years reveals that fluoride shortens our life span, promotes cancer and
various mental disturbances, accelerates osteoporosis and broken hips in old folks, and makes us stupid, docile, and
subservient, all in one package.
Fluoride in our Water – The Truth?

Fluoride is the name given to a group of compounds that are composed of the
naturally occurring element fluorine and one or more other elements. Both organic
and inorganic compounds containing the element fluorine are sometimes called
fluorides. Fluorides are present naturally in water and soil. (1)
Fluoride is to be added to the water supply of Southampton, U.K. – the first city in
40 years to adopt the policy. (2)
Recently, MP John Denham, Southampton Itchen, has written to Health Secretary

Andrew Lansley to ask for clarification of the coalition government‘s policy on the
potential fluoridation of Southampton‘s water supplies.
Mass Medication
In the past, water companies were reluctant to fluoridate for fear of being sued. However, in 2003, new legislation
was brought in by the government which gives the 28 strategic health authorities the power to compel water
companies, which will be compensated if any legal liabilities occur, to put fluoride in the mains supply and
enforce mass medication.(3)
In the early 1940′s, scientists discovered that people who lived where drinking water supplies had naturally
occurring fluoride levels of approximately 1 part fluoride per million parts water (ppm), or 1 milligram fluoride per
liter of water (mg/L), had fewer dental cavities. (4)
In 1945, Grand Rapids, Michigan, adjusted the fluoride content of its water supply to 1.0 ppm and thus became the
first city to implement community water fluoridation. By 1992, more than 60 percent of the U.S. population served
by public water systems had access to water fluoridated at approximately 1.0 ppm.
Phosphate Fertilizer Industry
Whilst the fluoride was naturally (organic) occurring in the cited initial study in 1940, the fluoride added to water
is not natural (inorganic). The chemical added to our water is a fluorine compound called hexafluorosilicic acid
and its salt, sodium hexafluorosilicate that is created as a by-product from the phosphate fertilizer industry as
well as in the manufacturing of steel, aluminum, glass, and cement. (5)
Previously, the lack of government regulation allowed gaseous fluoride to move through factory smokestacks and
straight into the atmosphere. Now, environmental
regulations require giant filtration systems called
―scrubbers‖ atop the stacks to keep these toxic
chemicals from escaping into the air. (6)
Fluorosilicic acid is then extracted from these

―scrubbers‖ and condensed to a water-based solution
which is packaged unpurified and sold to city
governments for the purpose of water fluoridation.
By selling the fluoride byproducts for this purpose,

companies avoid the huge cost of disposing of these
chemicals in the environment safely, and according to
regulation.
Toxicity
In 1933, a toxicology report by the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) warned of fluoride‘s toxicity
singling out the aluminum industry as the biggest culprit. The new potential of legal liability due to the exposure of
workers and communities to industrial fluoride scared corporations such as Monsanto, U.S. Steel, Union Carbide,
and Aluminum Company of America (ALCOA), the leading producer of aluminum.
Knowing that disposing of industrial fluoride waste safely was expensive, ALCOA employed biochemist Gerald
Cox in 1936, to argue for fluoride‘s dental benefits through experimentation on rats. Cox, neither a doctor nor a
dentist, concluded that fluoride strengthened and protected teeth against decay and began to tour the country
promoting water fluoridation on behalf of his employers.
In 1944, the Journal of the American Dental Association published the following statement:
―We do know that the use of drinking water containing as little as 1.2 to 3.0 parts per million of fluoride will
cause such developmental disturbances as osteosclerosis, spondylosis, and osteopetrosis, and we cannot afford
to run the risk of producing such serious systemic disturbances…‖
Intelligence
These systemic disturbances would also seem to involve levels of intelligence.
A Chinese study looked at two sites in Shanxi Province – Sima Village and Xinghua Village.
In Sima
 86 percent of the population have clearly evident dental fluorosis, and

 9 percent have clinically diagnosed skeletal fluorosis.
 the average fluoride content of the drinking water is 4.12 mg/L.
In Xinghua
 the dental fluorosis rate is 14 percent, and

 the bone fluorosis rate is 0 percent.
 the fluoride content of the drinking water is 0.91 mg/L
The occupations, living standards, and social customs of the residents in the two villages are similar.
Only children, whose mothers lived in the survey location while pregnant, were included for testing. A total of 160
children, age 7 to 14, half male and half female, were randomly selected from each village. Official intelligence
quotient (IQ) tests lasting 40 minutes were taken by each child in groups of 20. Besides this common parameter,
the educational level of the parents of each child was also recorded. (7)
In the high-fluoride village of Sima, the number of children with IQ of 69 or below, was six times that in the
healthier low-fluoride village of Xinghua. Moreover, the fact that the IQ scores increased more slowly with age in
Sima than in Xinghua, supports the view that exposure to high levels of fluoride in utero exerts a cumulative
adverse effect that is not overcome with increasing age in a high-fluoride community. The authors of the study
remarked;
results of this study indicate that intake of high-fluoride drinking water from before birth has a significant
deleterious influence on children‘s IQ in one of two similar villages.
Breast Cancer
Fluoride may be responsible for increased rates of breast cancer by raising levels of a hormone called insulin-like
growth factor (IGF-1). Though useful for a number of metabolic functions, when IGF-1 levels are raised, there is
an increased risk of cancer. Premenopausal women with the highest levels of IGF-1 in their blood have shown a
sevenfold increase in the risk of breast cancer. (9)
Much of the fluoride added to municipal water supplies across the U.S. is imported from China and is
contaminated with heavy metals, according to a warning by Bernard Miltenberger, president of the Pure Water
Committee of Western Maryland.
In a letter published in the Cumberland Times-News, Miltenberger notes that he first became aware of the issue in
an engineering report for the city of Boulder, Colo. The report noted that the fluoridation chemicals used for the
city‘s water had been evaluated and were found to contain lead levels of 40 milligrams per bag and arsenic levels
of 50 milligrams per bag. The bags were being imported from China under no regulatory monitoring of acid or
salt content.
The controversy occurs mainly in English-speaking countries. Water fluoridation is used in the United States,
United Kingdom, Ireland, Canada, and Australia, and a handful of other countries.
Banned
In the late 1970′s and early 1980′s, Denmark and Sweden banned fluoridation when government panels found
insufficient evidence of safety, and the Netherlands banned water fluoridation when ―a group of medical
practitioners presented evidence‖ that it caused negative effects in a percentage of the population. (10)
The following developed nations previously fluoridated their water, but stopped the practice. (11)
 Federal Republic of Germany (1952–1971)

 Sweden (1952–1971)
 Netherlands (1953–1976)
 Czechoslovakia (1955–1990)
 German Democratic Republic (1959–1990)
 Soviet Union (1960–1990)
 Finland (1959–1993)
 Japan (1952–1972)
In 1986, the journal Nature had a commentary;
―Large temporal reductions in tooth decay, which cannot be attributed to fluoridation, have been observed in
both unfluoridated and fluoridated areas of at least eight developed countries.‖ (12)
Scotland
This is borne out by recent events in Scotland. Levels of tooth decay among primary one pupils in Scotland are
falling, according to new figures.The figures showed that 54 percent of Primary One pupils had no sign of tooth
decay. That is the best level since monitoring began in 1987. (13)
I am really encouraged that children‘s oral health is improving so rapidly
says Lewis Macdonald, the deputy health minister.

It compared with 51 percent in 2004, and 45 percent in 2003.
The executive said the statistics were proof that tooth brushing schemes and education programs in Scotland‘s
nurseries and primary schools were working.
He said more than 100,000 children across Scotland take part in a daily tooth brushing scheme at nursery and
primary school and that the executive was planning to roll the scheme out to more schools.
This is also supported by a report on 12 Jul 2010, which claimed Glasgow is turning around the city‘s poor record
on children‘s dental health. For the first time in decades figures show the majority of youngsters across the city
have no tooth decay. This has been achieved with a £7 million investment in oral hygiene and has helped see
almost 60 percent of 11-year-old‘s given a clean bill of health during dental check-ups – 2,500 more than in 2005,
a 19 percent improvement.(14)
Mandatory tooth brushing sessions in the city‘s nurseries and schools and a fluoride varnishing program have been
cited as the main reasons for the drop in tooth decay.
Glasgow has historically been cited as having the worst oral health record in Western Europe, with large numbers
of young children having their milk teeth removed in hospital at a very early age because they are so badly
decayed.
Ray McAndrew, clinical director of community dental services for NHSGGC, said:
Dental decay is 100% preventable, unlike other diseases that we treat.
We are absolutely delighted that, for the first time since we began compiling dental health records, the majority of
children have no dental decay.
Dentists blame poor diet, especially sugary drinks in feeding bottles, and said it was not uncommon to see
children under the age of two with decay or youngsters arriving at nursery who had never seen a toothbrush before.
Kevin Hill, director of oral health for NHSGGC, said;
―Dental extraction is the number one reason for hospital admissions in children.‖
The health board is in favor of adding fluoride to the city‘s water supply but have not pursued a campaign to
persuade government bodies to adopt the controversial policy since 2006.
Mr Hill says the next priority is an ante-natal program to encourage mums-to-be to take care of their children‘s
teeth.
 97% of 549 nurseries offer daily tooth brushing to 34,184 children.

 94% of primary one and two classes – 17,600 children – are involved in daily tooth brushing.
 More than 1,000 primary one and two children have completed a fluoride varnishing prograe provided by
staff since March this year. The overall aim is to apply fluoride varnish twice per year to every primary
one and two child in the most deprived areas throughout the health board region.
 Upon completion, more than 5,000 children will have participated in the first round of the program.
 More than 135,600 oral health promotion packs are distributed each year through health visitors,
nurseries, schools and healthy initiative events.
―If you start off with good habits, they will stay with you for the rest of your life‖.
Do we really need mass medication with fluoride in our water, or is it just a case of mass education?
How can one of sound mind ever discount tons of evidence and documented TESTAMONIES by well known and
highly regarded authorities?
Quotes from Einstein‘s nephew, Dr. E.H. Bronner: ―Fluoridation of our community water systems can well
become their most subtle weapon for our sure physical and mental deterioration‖ – ―As a research chemist
of established standing, I built within the past 22 years, 3 American chemical plants and licensed 6 of 53
patents. Based on my years of practical experience in the health-food and chemical field, let me warn:
fluoridation of drinking water is criminal insanity, sure national suicide. Don‘t do it‖- ―That any so-called
―doctors‖ would persuade a civilized nation to add voluntarily a deadly poison to its drinking water systems
is unbelievable. It is the height of criminal insanity… treason‖
Are you starting to get an idea WHY our country‘s population has collectively become SO STUPID?
―Fluoridation… it is the greatest fraud that has ever been perpetrated and it has been perpetrated on more
people than any other fraud has.‖ – Professor Albert Schatz, Ph.D. (Microbiology), Discoverer of the
streptomycin and Nobel Prize Winner. ―Fluoridation is the greatest case of scientific fraud of this century.‖
– Robert Carlton, PhD, former EPA scientist, 1992
WAKE UP AMERIKA! YOUR BENEVOLENT LOVING CARING UNCLE SAM IS COMPLICIT IN DRUGING
AND SLOWLY KILLING YOU!
Sodium Fluoride: the Obedience Drug

by Stephan Cooter, Ph.D.
Calcium fluoride and fluorine are nature‘s mineral salts as found in some natural waters, in tea, and other foods.
But sodium fluoride comes from aluminum ore, and it is a byproduct of the modern aluminum industry.
Unfortunately, sodium fluoride interferes with one of our most important neurotransmitters, acetylcholine. (See
"Fluoride: Governmentally Approved Poison," http://www.arthritistrust.org. Ed.)
Acetylcholine signals the [alleged] sodium pump in our bodies and turns the electrical current on; choline turns
it off. (See "Correcting an Inaccurate Paradigm on Cellular Functions -- Lay Version," or "Correcting an
Inaccurate Paradigm on Cellular Functions – Technical Version," http://www.arthritistrust.org. Ed.)
On, our brains think and our muscles contract; off, we can rest and relax.
Both choline and acetylcholine are derived from a cholesterolcholine-fatty acid compound. If the body produces
enough cholesterol-choline compound on its own or you take enough in the diet, you have plenty of choline for
relaxing muscles, plenty of inositol for muscle sugar, plenty of fatty acids for fuel to power the muscles, plenty
of acetylcholine for concentration. Acetylcholine is one of the neurotransmitters necessary for the brain to think
properly and make muscles work. Without it, we become weak intellectually and physically.
The cholinergic system cooperates with salt to make the bodyelectric work. Acetylcholine controls the show: it
regulates concentration and filters out distracting noises and other stimuli. Without it, we can‘t think clearly:
we‘d be flooded with a million different sources of stimulation. We wouldn‘t be able to sleep either, and we
would be wakened by the noise of every creak and bump in the night.
At least one of civilization‘s manufactured salts wrecks the process. Sodium fluoride is a byproduct of aluminum
ore extraction. Ironically, the EPA monitors industry dumping its sodium fluoride garbage into rivers because it
can kill fish, but the EPA approves of it as a salt added to our drinking water. In our drinking water, fluoride
messes up the thinking process by interfering with acetylcholine synthesis. Dr. Richard Murray has pointed out
that only 1 part per million of sodium fluoride in the water we drink or canned food we take in that came from a
fluoridated source can inhibit acetylcholine synthesis 61%. When it comes to a related brain sugar that assists
acetycholine, the neurotransmitter, glutamine, 1 ppm of sodium fluoride inhibits glutamine synthesis 100%.
In ―Neurophysiology and Aluminum37,‖ Dr. Murray demonstrated how we are setting up Alzheimer‘s and
Parkinson‘s in many of us who think we are trying to strengthen tooth enamel.
Added supplemental choline and food consumed with drinking water may help bind up the negative effects of
fluoride salts and prevent this from happening. Avoidance of fluoridated water is a good idea for other reasons,
not the least of which is to avoid brittle bones and hip fractures in old age. In Utah, where fluoridation went into
the water supply, bone fractures went up with the fluoride concentration in the water.
But that‘s not the worst of it. During wartime, both the Germans and Russians added sodium fluoride to the
water of prisoners of war. Were they interested in preventing tooth decay? According to the documentation of
the Australian Ian E. Stephen (1987), both Germans and Russians used fluoridation because they had discovered
that it made their prisoners ―stupid and docile‖ (Well Mind Association22). Eustace Mullins in Murder by
Injection36, claimed that the originators of fluoridation in the United States were informed about the Soviet uses
of fluoride salts to induce sheeplike, obedient, unthinking behavior, not only in prisoners, but in the general
population at large.
This ―human‖ experiment was not original. Apparently, the obedience drug-like effect was borrowed from
animal studies that showed that breeders of
intractable bulls had routinely used sodium
fluoride to successfully tranquilize bulls for
easier handling. Since the 1940s, the prison
camps in the Gulag Archipelago in the Soviet
Union were experimental laboratories for
discovering just how much sodium fluoride
was necessary for producing an easily
managed, obedient human population.
Using Dr. Murray‘s figures, it only takes a

concentration of 1 part per million of fluoride
to significantly impair acetylcholine
synthesis in the body. In Salem, Oregon, the
water supply has .4 parts per million,
considerably under the 1-4 parts per million
considered effective to prevent tooth decay
through sugar-sucking adolescence. But at 1-
4 parts per million, declining Scholastic
Apptitude Test (SAT) scores, the stupidity of
senators who can‘t balance check books or
national budgets, and the tyranny of dullness
that controls our political and regulatory agencies‘ thinking takes on an insidious dimension.
Acetylcholine is the brain chemical that allows clear thinking and concentration. It allows us to sort out the
important and distinguish from the trivial. We are left to wonder how much of our leadership [in
Washington] is drinking tap water!!! If we care about ourselves, we better turn off the tap.
It was in the 1940s that sodium fluoride first began to be added to the U.S. water supply. If we can believe
Mullins (and dozen upon dozens of authorities on this matter), U.S. bureaucrats not only knew about the Soviet
use of fluoride, but envied what it did for controlling a population‘s behavior.
Documentary: Vaccination The Hidden Truth – Video
I included these two reports about Fluoride in order to more adequately substantiate the very crucial point I am trying
to illustrate here. And that is simply: Our ―wonderful benevolent, most caring‖ government has been not just involved
in, but actually spearheading practices and policies they know ARE HAVING HORRENDOUS IMPACTS ON ITS
CITIZENS. The information provided by just these two articles should clearly articulate just how bad Fluoride is and
the fact that our government KNOWS IT. They are purposely behind it. They KNOW it helps make not only animals,
but people dumb and docile, for this IS the result they want to achieve, otherwise this TOXIC poison would NEVER in
a million years be allowed to be used in humans.
The Truth About 'Fluoride'

(or what every Mother should know)
by A. True Ott
[email protected] © August 2000
Fluoride used by Nazis to sterilize inmates and make them docile. Fluoride a key dumbing down
ingredient of Prozac and Sarin nerve gas -- poisons of choice for tyrant rats.
First of all, it needs to be stated that the 'substance' referred to as 'Fluoride' is a misnomer - there is no such
substance listed in the periodic chart of the elements, nor in the prestigious CRC handbook, nor in the sacred
'bible' of the pharmaceutical industry - the illustrious 'Merck Index'. Instead, we find a GAS called Fluorine - and
from the use of this gas in various industries such as aluminum manufacturing and the nuclear industry -certain
toxic byproducts are created which have 'captured' fluorine molecules. One such toxic, poisonous 'byproduct' is
called sodium Fluoride - which according to the Merck Index is primarily used as rat and cockroach poison and
is also the active ingredient in most toothpastes and as an "additive to drinking water". But sadly, there is much
more to this sordid tale.
Did you know that sodium Fluoride is also one of the basic ingredients in both PROZAC (FLUoxetene
Hydrochloride) and Sarin Nerve Gas (Isopropyl-Methyl-Phosphoryl FLUORIDE) - (Yes, folks the same Sarin
Nerve Gas that terrorists released on a crowded Japanese subway train!). Let me repeat: the truth the American
public needs to understand is the fact that Sodium Fluoride is nothing more (or less) than a hazardous waste by-
product of the nuclear and aluminum industries. In addition to being the primary ingredient in rat and cockroach
poisons, it is also a main ingredient in anesthetic, hypnotic, and psychiatric drugs as well as military NERVE
GAS! Why, oh why then is it allowed to be added to the toothpastes and drinking water of the American people?
Historically, this substance was quite expensive for the worlds' premier chemical companies to dispose of - but
in the 50's and 60's - Alcoa and the entire aluminum industry - with a vast overabundance of the toxic waste -
SOMEHOW sold the FDA and our government on the insane (but highly profitable) idea of buying this poison
at a 20,000% markup and then injecting it into our water supply as well as into the nation's toothpastes and
dental rinse. Yes that's right folks, a 20,000% markup. Consider also that when sodium Fluoride is injected into
our drinking water, its level is approximately 1 part-per-million (ppm), but since we only drink ½ of one percent
of the total water supply, the hazardous chemical literally 'goes down the drain' and voila - the chemical industry
has not only a free hazardous waste disposal system - but we have also PAID them handsomely in the process!!
Independent scientific evidence over the past 50 plus years has shown that sodium fluoride shortens our life
span, promotes various cancers and mental disturbances, and most importantly, makes humans stupid, docile,
and subservient, all in one neat little package. There is increasing evidence that aluminum in the brain is a
causative factor in Alzheimer's Disease, and evidence points towards sodium fluoride's strong affinity to 'bond'
with this dangerous aluminum (remember it is a byproduct of aluminum manufacturing) and also it has the
ability to 'trick' the blood-brain barrier by imitating the hydrogen ion thus allowing this chemical access to brain
tissue.
Honest scientists who have attempted to blow the whistle on sodium fluoride's mega-bucks propaganda
campaign have consistently been given a large dose of professional 'black-listing' and thus their valid points
disputing the current vested interests never have received the ink they deserve in the national press. Just follow
the money to find the 'control' and you will find prominent American families to be prominent 'players' in the
scandal. In 1952 a slick PR campaign rammed the concept of 'fluoridation' through our Public Health
departments and various dental organizations. This slick campaign was more akin to a highly emotional "beer
salesman convention" instead of the objective, scientifically researched program that it should have been. It has
continued in the same vein right up to the present day - and now sodium fluoride use has now become 'usual and
customary'.
To illustrate the emotional vs. the scientific nature of this issue, just look at the response given by people
(perhaps yourself included?) when the subject of fluoridation comes up. You need to ask yourself, "Is this
particular response based on EMOTIONS born of TRADITION, or is it truly unbiased and based instead on
thoroughly researched objectivity?" There is a tremendous amount of emotional, highly unscientific "know-it-
all" emotions attached to the topic of 'sodium fluoride' usage -but I personally have yet to find even ONE
objective, double blind study that even remotely links sodium fluoride to healthy teeth at ANY AGE. Instead, I
hear and read such blather as "9 out of 10 DENTISTS recommend 'fluoride' toothpaste" etc. etc. etc. Let me
reiterate: truly independent (unattached to moneyed vested interest groups) scientists who've spent a large
portion of their lives studying and working with this subject have been hit with a surprising amount of unfair
character assassinations from strong vested-interest groups who reap grand profits from the public's ignorance as
well as from their illnesses. (Just follow the money!)
Do you have diabetes and/or kidney disease? There are reportedly more than 11 million Americans with
diabetes. If it is true that diabetics drink more liquids than other people, then according to the Physicians Desk
Reference these 11 million people are at much higher risk drinking fluoridated water because they will receive a
much deadlier dose because of their need for higher than normal water consumption. Kidney disease, by
definition, lowers the efficiency of the kidneys, which of course is the primary means in which fluoride (or any
other toxic chemical) is eliminated from the body. Does it not make sense that these people shouldn't drink
fluoridated water at all? Cases are on record (Annapolis, Maryland, 1979) where ill kidney patients on dialysis
machines died because they ingested relatively small amounts of SODIUM FLUORIDE from unwittingly
drinking the 'fluoridated' city water supply? Will adequate warnings be given to people with weak kidneys, or
will the real cause of such deaths be 'covered up' in the name of 'domestic tranquility'?
Concerning the 'practice' of putting sodium fluoride into drinking water, where did this insanity begin and WHO
tried it first? From personal research, the very first occurrence of purposefully putting sodium fluoride into
drinking water was in the German ghettos and in Nazi Germany's infamous prison camps. The Gestapo you see
had little concern about sodium fluoride's 'supposed' effect on children's teeth; instead, their reason for mass-
medicating water with sodium fluoride was to STERILIZE HUMANS and force the people in their
concentration camps into calm, bovine, submission. (See for reference: "The Crime and Punishment of I.G.
Farben" written by Joseph Borkin.) Kind of shocking isn't it folks!! Ah, but it gets even better.
The following letter was received by the Lee Foundation for Nutritional Research, Milwaukee Wisconsin, on 2
October 1954, from a research chemist by the name of Charles Perkins. He writes:
"I have your letter of September 29 asking for further documentation regarding a statement made in my book,
"The Truth about Water Fluoridation", to the effect that the idea of water fluoridation was brought to England
from Russia by the Russian Communist Kreminoff. In the 1930's Hitler and the German Nazis envisioned a
world to be dominated and controlled by a Nazi philosophy of pan-Germanism. The German chemists worked
out a very ingenious and far-reaching plan of mass-control which was submitted to and adopted by the German
General Staff. This plan was to control the population in any given area through mass medication of drinking
water supplies. By this method they could control the population in whole areas, reduce population by water
medication that would produce sterility in women, and so on. In this scheme of mass-control, sodium fluoride
occupied a prominent place.
"Repeated doses of infinitesimal amounts of fluoride will in time reduce an individual's power to resist
domination, by slowly poisoning and narcotizing a certain area of the brain, thus making him submissive to the
will of those who wish to govern him. [A convenient and cost-effective light lobotomy? --- Ott].
"The real reason behind water fluoridation is not to benefit children's teeth. If this were the real reason there are
many ways in which it could be done that are much easier, cheaper, and far more effective. The real purpose
behind water fluoridation is to reduce the resistance of the masses to domination and control and loss of liberty."
"When the Nazis under Hitler decided to go to Poland, both the German General Staff and the Russian General
Staff exchanged scientific and military ideas, plans, and personnel, and the scheme of mass control through
water medication was seized upon by the Russian Communists because it fitted ideally into their plans to
communize the world."
"I was told of this entire scheme by a German chemist who was an official of the great I.G. Farben chemical
industries and was also prominent in the Nazi movement at the time. I say this with all the earnestness and
sincerity of a scientist who has spent nearly 20 years' research into the chemistry, biochemistry, physiology and
pathology of fluorine --- any person who drinks artificially fluorinated water for a period of one year or more
will never again be the same person mentally or physically."
Signed: CHARLES E. PERKINS, Chemist, 2 October, 1954.
Another letter needs to be quoted at length as well to help corroborate Mr. Perkin's testimony. This letter was
written by a brilliant (and objectively honest) scientist named Dr. E.H. Bronner. Dr. Bronner was a nephew of
the great Albert Einstein, served time in a WWII prison camp and wrote the following letter printed in the
Catholic Mirror, Springfield, MA, January 1952:
"It appears that the citizens of Massachusetts are among the 'next' on the agenda of the water poisoners.
"There is a sinister network of subversive agents, Godless intellectual parasites, working in our country today
whose ramifications grow more extensive, more successful and more alarming each new year and whose true
objective is to demoralize, paralyze and destroy our great Republic ---- from within if they can, according to
their plan --- for their own possession."
"The tragic success they have already attained in their long siege to destroy the moral fiber of American life is
now one of their most potent footholds towards their own ultimate victory over us."
"Fluoridation of our community water systems can well become their most subtle weapon for our sure physical
and mental deterioration. As a research chemist of established standing, I built within the past 22 years 3
American chemical plants and licensed 6 of my 53 patents. Based on my years of practical experience in the
health food and chemical field, let me warn: fluoridation of drinking water is criminal insanity, sure national
suicide. DON'T DO IT!!"
"Even in very small quantities, sodium fluoride is a deadly poison to which no effective antidote has been found.
Every exterminator knows that it is the most effective rat-killer. Sodium Fluoride is entirely different from
organic calcium-fluoro-phosphate needed by our bodies and provided by nature, in God's great providence and
love, to build and strengthen our bones and our teeth. This organic calcium-fluoro-phosphate, derived from
proper foods, is an edible organic salt, insoluble in water and assimilable by the human body; whereas the non-
organic sodium fluoride used in fluoridating water is instant poison to the body and fully water soluble. The
body refuses to assimilate it."
"Careful, bonafide laboratory experimentation by conscientious, patriotic research chemists, and actual medical
experience, have both revealed that instead of preserving or promoting 'dental health', fluoridated drinking water
destroys teeth before adulthood and after, by the destructive mottling and other pathological conditions it
actually causes in them, and also creates many other very grave pathological conditions in the internal organisms
of bodies consuming it. How then can it be called a 'health plan'? What's behind it?"
"That any so-called 'Doctors' would persuade a civilized nation to add voluntarily a deadly poison to its drinking
water systems is unbelievable. It is the height of criminal insanity!"
"No wonder Hitler and Stalin fully believed and agreed from 1939 to 1941 that, quoting from both Lenin's 'Last
Will' and Hitler's Mein Kampf: "America we shall demoralize, divide, and destroy from within."
"Are our Civil Defense organizations and agencies awake to the perils of water poisoning by fluoridation? Its
use has been recorded in other countries. Sodium Fluoride water solutions are the cheapest and most effective rat
killers known to chemists: colorless, odorless, tasteless; no antidote, no remedy, no hope: Instant and complete
extermination of rats."
"Fluoridation of water systems can be slow national suicide, or quick national liquidation. It is criminal insanity
------- treason!!"
Signed: Dr. E.H. Bronner, Research Chemist, Los Angeles
Apparently, the public outcry by Dr. Bronner and others precluded the fluoridation of public water systems for a
season - but soon thereafter, the Food and Drug Administration allowed this deadly poison to be put in
'toothpaste', and our dentists were systematically brainwashed into providing 'fluoride treatments' to their many
patients. Of course, today many major metropolitan areas have a minimum of 1 parts per million sodium fluoride
systematically added to their water supply and more areas are seeking to add this poison every year. Add to this
the fact that bottling companies (soft drinks, juices, etc.) use fluoridated water to make their products - is it any
wonder that people can no longer think clearly and ask pertinent questions of their elected and ecclesiastical
leaders? Is it also a mystery why so many top Nazi mind control scientists were brought to America by the CIA
and their infamous 'Operation Paper Clip'?
If you believe all of this is 'just a coincidence' - go ahead and keep brushing your teeth with your 'fluoride'
toothpaste and sucking on your sodium fluoride enhanced Coke or Pepsi product - for ignorance truly is bliss
and you truly deserve what you get.
Mothers, if your little ones are having trouble concentrating at home or in school, or have been diagnosed as
'attention deficit' - perhaps you would be well advised to look for the culprit (and the solution to the problem) no
further than your home medicine cabinet (your tube of toothpaste) and your friendly neighborhood school's
water fountain!!
See also
Toxic Secrets: Fluoride & the A-Bomb - (Nexus Magazine) By Joel Griffiths & Chris Bryson. Manhattan
Project scientists and military men who developed the first atomic bomb also conducted secret studies of
fluoride but hid the facts about its health hazards
The Dentist's Tale -- Fluoride Can Kill - Story of a Dentist who talks to a chemist, is threatened with his
practice, gets cancer and goes public. (The Ecologist, September 2000 Vol 30 No 6)
FluorideAlert.org - An International Coalition to End Water Fluoridation and Alert People to Fluoride's
Health and Environmental Risks
EarthLife.org.za - Fluoride Fact Sheet - lethal doses, effects on body, side effects, environmental effects.
Sukel.com - The Fluoride Controversy - synopsis of both sides.
The entire realm of diseases and viruses is dominated by secretive military and CIA skunkworks labs (or trusted
contractor organizations and or fronts) who solely exist to dream up new and more effective BIOLOGICAL
WEAPONS. Many, if not most of the new viruses that have been introduced in the past several decades have been
painstakingly researched and traced back to the biological laboratories who concocted them. One very good work out
there delving into this very topic is a video called ―In Lies We Trust, The CIA, Hollywood and Bioterrorism,‖ (you
can find this and most videos mentioned in this report by Googling the title).
The scary part is that our government (not to mention the many other ―evil‖ regimes) have been behind massive
biological weapons manufacturing for decades and has even been exporting biological weapons to many other
countries such as Uncle Sam‘s old pal: Saddam Hussein… whom they sold tons of biological weapons of mass
destruction to… Ah, the mighty web that they weave. The real scary part is that it seems to be part of the Zionist
lucifarian illuminati elite‘s plan to take out massive portions of the world population, and I along with many other
researchers believe that these people have been unleashing PLAGUES (Swine flu, Bird flu, AIDs, etc.) and will
someday soon unleash even more deadly ones… Of course the medical conglomerates are in the thick of this. They
profit handsomely in the midst of all the carnage.
Then there are the bogeymen terrorists we are being taught to FEAR… According to official fairytale propaganda
reports being circulated ad nauseam, al-CIAda is purportedly working hard to hit ―free‖ societies with bioterrorism…
/sigh/ Fear for your lives you pathetic goyim cattle for the days of reckoning are at hand and the enemy is none other
than your loving caring benevolent rulers.
Once the ―evil al-CIA-da bogeymen‖ unleash their bio-terror or nuclear weapon on you and or the illuminati‘s Big
Pharma complex unleashes one of their new improved plagues of biblical Armageddon proportions then all hell will
break loose. Directly to quarantine (concentration camps) centers millions will be shipped off to… And if its not some
bogus al-CIA-da biological attack, it WILL be a meticulously planned and executed pandemic such as the one that is
currently being promoted to the
ends of the earth:
Behold the Swine Flu cometh…

engineered in a laboratory by
splitting genes of several other flu
viruses then repackaged as a new
improved, more deadly flu virus.
Foul play is a most reasonable
explanation, especially since this
unique virus held genes from avian,
swine, Spanish, and regular flu
strains!!! – ―Totally unprecedented
in the history of ―natural
selection‖ health science
addressing evolution of the
species.‖ Is what several highly
respected medical experts all agree
on.
On Friday, October 23rd, 2009,

Barack Obama declared a national
health emergency regarding the
H1N1 influenza virus… why did
Obama refuse to have his own
daughters immunized as reported
by the Fox News White House Blog?

The medical mafia, the government and the media are trying their hardest to stir up MASS HYSTERIA fear
mongering with constant dramatically over hyped onslaught of nonstop coverage. But did you know the actual figures
involved? As of this writing the numbers are: ―Swine flu has sickened about 22 million Americans since April, by
comparison estimates of deaths caused by the swine flu have grown to nearly 4,000 since April… According to my
dime store calculator the Swine flu kills 0.00018% of those it sickens… (data source) There goes your mythical
pandemic. You have a better statistical chance of dying while taking a shower than dying from the swine flu. The
whole swine flu ―pandemic‖ hoax was designed to get the masses scared shitless and beg for not one, but several ―flu‖
shots. The bottom line is ITS ALL ABOUT THE VACCINES. This is what it‘s all about! For some ulterior reason
they want everyone to get the toxic flu shots. Roll up your sleeves you bunch of cattle, we will take good care of you.
We gona fix you right up real good. Here you go. Good boy, now run along.
The kicker? The vaccines that are quickly becoming mandatory are the ones that will cripple you or even kill you, for
these designer vaccs have been devised to neuter you in the brain. Once people begin to get ―immunizations‖ en mass,
watch as it will be, and only after that, will the Swine Flu really take off, due to the fact that it will be injected into the
lemming population and the idiots lining up for shots will all become willing carriers. Once the outbreak reaches
critical mass, do expect and prepare for the possibility of massive quarantines… Never to worry, FEMA has been busy
bees, if this thing gets out of hand, and they are preying it will, they have concentration camps, ummm, ―nice outdoor
facilities‘ ready just for this type of scenario… Note: if this does not occur during this ―pandemic‖ it will happen
eventually in the upcoming near future with another planned outbreak, for it might be that this ―pandemic‖ might just
be a trial priming run, to get the population psychologically
primed and ready for the big one: the Armageddon Flu!
No sooner than I wrote that last sentence above then the next day I
run into several disturbing news headlines: ―British scientists
testing Ukrainian ‗super flu‘ that has killed 189 people,‖
‗MILLION HIT BY 'PLAGUE WORSE THAN SWINE FLU'
―A cocktail of three flu viruses are reported to have mutated into a
single pneumonic plague, which it is believed may be far more
dangerous than swine flu. The death toll has reached 189 and
more than 1 million people have been infected, most of them in the
nine regions of Western Ukraine. [my trusty calculator says that
translates to a measly 0.000189 infection/death ratio] President
Yushchenko said: ―People are dying. The epidemic is killing
doctors. This is absolutely inconceivable in the 21st Century. Blah,
blah, blah‖ People, I will reiterate: they WILL eventually
produce a sheeple herd culling strain of some sort of virus… The bullshit premise that is presented with this ―new
strain‖ of combined ―mutated‖ viruses is that it somehow magically appeared as in fairytale land. BULLSHIT. These
strains ARE being engineered in freaking laboratories and purposely spread. Coming soon to a town near you:
The ARMAGEDDON FLU!
Another take on this new outbreak strain from birdflupandemic.com is:
Just what in the world is going on?
Virus samples taken from patients in Ukraine by the WHO are being tested at the Medical Research council labs
in Mill Hill North London. But apparently they do not want to tell us what is going on either. Another major
U.K. news source, Daily Express, quotes a spokesman as saying the following about the testing of the
samples.....
"We do not have a time scale for the results of the tests, although some preliminary results have been
obtained. I cannot tell you what they are."
"We did not have enough of the virus samples so we will have to grow some more before we can come to a
conclusive decision about its nature." What in the world? They have some "preliminary results" but they
cannot tell us what they are? The Daily Express is calling it a "plague worse than swine flu" and the WHO
"cannot" tell us anything about what we are facing.
Something does not smell right.
Meanwhile, disturbing new reports are coming in from Poland that airplanes carrying out aerosol spraying have
been flying in the middle of the night. In addition, reports are coming out of Austria of similar spraying taking
place there.
So why are those reports troubling? Well, because there were reports of airplanes carrying out aerosol spraying
in Ukraine about the time when this new outbreak began there.
So what in the world is going on?
Volumes of books exist in print that delve into the myriad of dubious acts of the medical industrial complex, so much
so that this report can never hope to cover all the bases. Can you sit there and still think even for a moment that the
MEDICAL INDUSTRIAL COMPLEX is different from all other corrupt greedy businesses? All we can hope to do is
hope to open your eyes to the fact that the entire medical industry is just another sinister tentacle of the Matrix and
is purely composed of morally devoid FOR PROFIT CORPORATIONS who's first and foremost and ONLY
priority is: MAKE MO MONEY for the shareholders, as in ―I don‘t care how you do it, MAKE MORE MONEY
each and every accounting quarter, its all about ROI, the Return On Investment baby. Taking a more detailed look into
this industry reveals the same corruption, maneuvering and practices of all the other major industries. What makes the
"sins" of the medical industrial matrix so much more painful is the fact that this industry fleeces the poor, weak, sick
and elderly alike. Actually there are many clues that when revealed and viewed in a correct frame of light would point
to a startling conclusion that the medical establishment is out to create perfect SHEEPLE.
What‘s more, I recently decided to check and see who where the key figures running the CDC (Center for Disease
Control), I wanted to know who was the person at the top knowingly rubber stamping and approving the toxic vaccines
and purposely shoving them down the public‘s throat. Well, I look under that stone, low and behold, as in 9 out of 10
instances in my research, I find more Zionist Jews running the show. I don‘t make this up folks! Upon seeing that the
current Director of the CDC was a Jew by the name of Dr. Thomas R. Frieden, next to his name was his predecessor
Julie Gertberding, yet another Zionist Jew.
When she took over the CDC she completely restructured the
CDC and centralized control, according to dozens of complaints
from senior CDC scientists she drove away the agencies best
scientists and embittered many of its 7,000 employees. In the
midst of the mercury in vaccine controversy and alleged cover-up,
Gertberding took the immunization program into her own
office (how convenient) away from prying eyes, where she could
closely direct its development and guard its sinister secrets. Today
Frieden continues the Zionist eugenic agenda of sterilizing the
minds of the people, in escence performing chemical lobotomies
for the purpose of converting the population into walking talking
docile zombies through vaccination.
“Putting vaccine safety into Gerberding’s office seems

to have largely crushed it, rather than increasing its
independence, Davis said. “They fought tooth and nail
to keep the Immunization Safety Office in the CDC,” he
said, “but in retrospect, because of the desire to control the message, the ISO’s independence has been
suffocated.” Davis complained that his superiors were overly meddlesome in setting the agenda of his office.”
– Washington Independant
(Never forget: In Operation Paperclip, after WWII ended America‘s ruling elite imported all of Germany‘s top medical
researchers and scientists, many of whom were steep into eugenics and human behavior control…)
“Diet, injections and injunctions will combine from a very early age to produce the sort of character and the
sort of beliefs that the authorities consider desirable. And any serious criticism of the powers that be will
become phychologically impossible.” – Nobel Laureate Bertrand Russell, The Impact of Science on Society.
European Parliament to Investigate WHO and ―Pandemic‖ Scandal

By F. William Engdahl, Center for Research on Globalization - www.globalresearch.ca
The Council of Europe member states will launch an inquiry in January 2010 on the influence of the
pharmaceutical companies on the global swine flu campaign, focusing especially on extent of the pharma‗s
industry‘s influence on WHO. The Health Committee of the EU Parliament has unanimously passed a resolution
calling for the inquiry. The step is a long-overdue move to public transparency of a ―Golden Triangle‖ of drug
corruption between WHO, the pharma industry and academic scientists that has permanently damaged the lives
of millions and even caused death.
The parliament motion was introduced by Dr. Wolfgang Wodarg, former SPD Member of the German
Bundestag and now Chairman of the European Parliament Health Committee. Wodarg is a medical doctor and
epidemiologist, a specialist in lung disease and environmental medicine, who considers the current ―pandemic‖
Swine Flu campaign of the WHO to be ―one of the greatest medicine scandals of the Century.‖[1]
The text of the resolution just passed by a sufficient number in the Council of Europe Parliament says among
other things, ―In order to promote their patented drugs and vaccines against flu, pharmaceutical companies
influenced scientists and official agencies, responsible for public health standards to alarm governments
worldwide and make them squander tight health resources for inefficient vaccine strategies and needlessly
expose millions of healthy people to the risk of an unknown amount of side-effects of insufficiently tested
vaccines. The "bird-flu"-campaign (2005/06) combined with the "swine-flu"-campaign seem to have caused a
great deal of damage not only to some vaccinated patients and to public health-budgets, but to the credibility and
accountability of important international health-agencies.‖[2]
The Parliamentary inquiry will look into the issue of „falsified pandemic― that was declared by WHO in June
2009 on the advice of its group of academic experts, SAGE, many of whose members have been documented to
have intense financial ties to the same pharmaceutical giants such as GlaxoSmithKline, Roche, Novartis, who
benefit from the production of drugs and untested H1N1 vaccines. They will investigate the influence of the
pharma industry in creation of a worldwide campaign against the so-called H5N1 ―Avian Flu‖ and H1N1 Swine
Flu. The inquiry will be given ―urgent‖ priority in the general assembly of the parliament.
In his official statement to the Committee, Wodarg criticized the influence of the pharma industry on scientists
and officials of WHO, stating that it has led to the situation where ―unnecessarily millions of healthy people are
exposed to the risk of poorly tested vaccines,‖ and that, for a flu strain that is ―vastly less harmful‖ than all
previous flu epidemics.
Wodarg says the role of the WHO and its the pandemic emergency declaration in June needs to be the special
focus of the European Parliamentary inquiry. For the first time, the WHO criteria for a pandemic was changed in
April 2009 as the first Mexico cases were reported, to make not the actual risk of a disease but the number of
cases of the disease basis to declare ―Pandemic.‖ By classifying the swine flu as pandemic, nations were
compelled to implement pandemic plans and also the purchase swine flu vaccines. Because WHO is not subject
to any parliamentary control, Wodarg argues it is necessary for governments to insist on accountability. The
inquiry will also to look at the role of the two critical agencies in Germany issuing guidelines on the pandemic,
the Paul-Ehrlich and the Robert-Koch Institute.
F. William Engdahl is author of Full Spectrum Dominance: Totalitarian Democracy in the New World Order.
He may be contacted through his website, www.engdahl.oilgeopolitics.net.
Notes
1. Rainer Woratschka, Schweinerei mit der Grippe, Der Tagesspiegel, 16 December, 2009, accessed in
http://www.tagesspiegel.de/politik/international/Schweinegrippe-Europarat;art123,2976433.
2. Dr. Wolfgang Wodarg, Motion for a Resolution and a Recommendation: Faked Pandemics - a threat for
health, accessed in http://www.wodarg.de/english/2948146.html.
Still skeptical? /sigh/ How about Aspartame? The shocking truth of Aspartame is that it was once on a list of Pentagon
possible biochemical WEAPONS! Yet somehow today it is perfectly ok to use it as sweetener for your coffee and all
sorts of yummy low fat products designed specifically for all you goyim sheeple consumption. ―Don‘t worry, it‘s good
for you, just like Fluoride is good for you… trust us, we know what‘s best for you.‖ Excerpt from The Ecologist, By
Pat Thomas, Sept, 2005: (you have to read this incredible eye opening report to believe it). Conditions mimicked by
Aspartame toxicity: Multiple sclerosis, Parkinson‘s disease, Alzheimer‘s disease, Fibromyalgia, Arthritis, Multiple
chemical sensitivity, Chronic fatigue syndrome, ADD, Panic disorder depression and other psychological disorders,
Lupus diabetes and diabetic complications, Birth defects, Lymphoma, Lyme disease and Hypothyroidism.
So go ahead and drink gallons upon gallons of your favorite ZERO Calories drinks. Your most wonderful benevolent
mega conglomerates Coca Cola and Pepsi manufactures put tons of
Aspartame in their soft drinks to help you lose weight! Gee how nice of
them! After a prolonged diet of this stuff, you will look nice and thin while
also ―mysteriously‖ developing the need to make regular visits to your
doctors for an assortment of weird conditions that will spring up on you
down the road. Enjoy!!!
Recently our most loving caring and benevolent FDA has reversed its own
declared facts that Melamine is a toxic poison, that ―absolutely no amount
should be in our foods.‖ That was yesterday, today the FDA is now
allowing Melamine even in BABY FOOD. Nothing to see here folks, now
run along. The examples of these types of ridiculous acts can take up volumes.
Folks, herin lays the reason that we have the FDA ―Food and Drug Administration as one single entity. The common
denominator found (as in put there) within food and drugs is: chemicals. Almost all the foods you purchase at the local
mega grocery store is laced with batshit insane amounts of CHEMICALS!!! I don‘t make this stuff up folks. Read the
ingredients to Twinkies for instance, its not even a food item, its pure 100% chemical mixture, and that is just ONE
example out of literally thousands and thousands. Even basic food items are laced with all sorts of chemecals, nothing
is sacred or safe out there. Some of the very same chemicles found in cleaning solutions, solvents, pesticides and
industrial applications! Even fresh fruits and vegtibles are laced with insecticides. You owe it to yourself to take the
time and do your own research to find some good health food information sources to help guide you through the
nutritional health hell that is out there. The ―secret‖ to a healthy life is nutrition. Its what you put INTO your body
that causes illness, and they (the ones who are poisoning you) have known this for over a century.
First the Super Size Me Food Industrial complex obliterates the foods with careful supervison and guides of the FDA
death squads who then turn around and rubber stamp approve the chemical cocktails for you, everyone consumes the
toxic poison laced foods and drinks, once your bodies break down from toxic consumption then you are transferred to
the drug Medical Industrial Complex where they will take good care of you… and pump you up with even more pure
chemical laden drugs directly into your system. Oh how wonderful and benevolent is the Food and Drug Matrix!
Now that you have eaten and drank your way into the emergency room. You have no health care? Or been denied this
and that procedure again? Sorry but the obscenely expensive treatments won‘t be available to you, have a nice day
now. You my dear friend are just goyim cattle.
Vaccinate your children or go to jail (just the beginning) -

Video
Mother jailed, put on trial for curing her son of Melanoma.

Loving parents are now increasingly pressured to give their
children potentially dangerous vaccines or the option of going
to jail. Unless you are among those that are among the
fortunate upper "leading class" or can afford to put your
children in expensive private schools and synagogues, your
offspring is destined to be "neutered in the brain", prepared
for life in the sheeple lane by the medical establishment.
What‘s in almost all vaccines anyway? Regardless of what the

level of protection actually is from getting a flu shot, there are
dangerous ingredients included in the vaccines, including the one for the swine flu or the H1N1 virus. Besides toxins
like squalene and thimerosal, a key ingredient in vaccines for the flu is the "diseased flesh of African Green
Monkeys." Yes, ingredients in the vaccine come from the kidneys of these monkeys, who have been injected with the
virus so as to deliberately make them sick with the flu so the virus can be incubated in their kidneys. Then they are
killed so the virus can be harvested from their kidneys and used in the vaccine.
Behold for the very institutions that you trust to heal you are the ones that are poisoning you: In addition to the viral
and bacterial RNA or DNA that is part of many vaccines, here are some of the fillers your most loving benevolent
medical industrial complex regularly uses:
 Aluminum: directly linked to Alzheimer‘s Disease

 Ammonium Sulfate: an inorganic chemical used as fertilizer and ―protein purifier‖; known to cause kidney &
liver damage.
 Amphotericin B: an ―antifungal disinfectant‖, damages the urinary tract, bowels, and heart functions.
 Re-cycled fetal and animal tissue: used in manufacturing of vaccines, the building blocks of Mad Cow
Disease.
 Formaldehyde: used as ―preservative & disinfectant‖, known to cause cancer and chronic bronchitis eye
irritation when exposed to the body‘s immune system.
 MSG: now known to cause cancer in humans, also linked to obesity.
 Phenol: a highly toxic disinfectant dye, attributed to liver, kidney, heart & respiratory damage.
 Antifreeze: proven to have extreme neurotoxic side effects.
 Thimerisol: a mercury-containing compound used as a local antibacterial agent in the form of the tincture.
Used also as a preservative in pharmaceutical preparations. Known as Merthiolate.
 Mercury: a neurotoxin linked to psychological, neurological & immunological problems. Nervous system
damage, kidney disease, birth defects, dental problems, mood swings, mental changes, hallucinations,
memory loss, nerve damage and inability to concentrate can occur. Symptoms also include tremors, loss of
dermal sensitivity, slurred speech and in rare cases even death and paralysis. This additive alone was the
catalyst for another recent Class Action Lawsuit organized by mothers of children born with Autism & the
many related behavioral disorders associated with it. Autism is now occurring at levels never seen before in
history, 1 in 67
Department of Health And Human Services, National Vaccine Program Office, Workshop on Aluminum in Vaccines,
Caribe Hilton International Hotel, San Juan, Puerto Rico, May 11, 2000, p. 1 of transcript. Dr. Martin Myers - National
Vaccine Program Office - I quote: "Perhaps the most important thing that I took away from the last meeting was that
those of us who deal with vaccines have really very little applicable background with metals and with toxicological
research".
Population Reduction – Take your medicine and shots - video
Bill Gates: Use Vaccines To Lower Population

Microsoft chief echoes John P. Holdren‘s call for massive sterilization program, wants CO2 tax
Paul Josepth Watson, PrisonPlanet.com
Microsoft founder Bill Gates told a recent TED

conference, an organization which is sponsored
by one of the largest toxic waste polluters on the
planet, that vaccines need to be used to reduce
world population figures in order to solve global
warming and lower CO2 emissions.
Stating that the global population was heading

towards 9 billion, Gates said, ―If we do a really
great job on new vaccines, health care,
reproductive health services (abortion), we could
lower that by perhaps 10 or 15 per cent.‖
Quite how an improvement in health care and

vaccines that supposedly save lives would lead
to a lowering in global population is an
oxymoron, unless Gates is referring to vaccines
that sterilize people, which is precisely the same
method advocated in White House science advisor John P. Holdren‘s 1977 textbook Ecoscience, which calls for a
dictatorial ―planetary regime‖ to enforce draconian measures of population reduction via all manner of oppressive
techniques, including sterilization.
―I‘m not sure what the nothing-to-see-here explanation is for Bill Gates‘ theory that ―new vaccines‖ can help
lower the population of the world,‖ points out the Cryptogon blog, ―But I thought about the incidents from the
1990s where the World Health Organization was providing a ―tetanus vaccine‖ to poor girls and women (and just
poor girls and women) that contained human chorionic gonadotrophin (hCG). For those who don‘t want to delve
into that, in short, it was a World Health Organization experiment; a test of a vaccine against pregnancy.‖
After presenting an equation that included the number of people on the planet and CO2 emissions, Gates said,
―Probably one of these numbers is going to get pretty near to zero.‖
Later in the presentation, Gates mentions picking a vaccine, ―which is something I love,‖ that would be used to
lower global CO2 emissions.
He also advocates pouring more money into the global warming scam by way of the United Nations, as well as a
―CO2 tax‖ and cap and trade, while making it clear that the developed world would have to reduce its living
standards by cutting back on essential services that generate CO2.
Gates said that a 20 per cent reduction in CO2 emissions was necessary by 2020, a 50 per cent reduction by 2050,
and ultimately that there had to be zero CO2 emissions globally, a measure that would completely reverse
hundreds of years of technological progress and return man to the agrarian age, all in the name of preventing an
alleged miniscule temperature increase that has been proven to be based on fraudulent data models in light of the
Climategate scandal.
One of Gates‘ proposals for reducing CO2 emissions is the use of biofuels, which as a new report highlights, has
resulted in millions of acres of forests being destroyed, which ultimately means a net increase in CO2 emissions
from biofuels when compared to fossil fuels, not to mention the massive devastation caused to wildlife.
As we have documented, a CO2 reduction of 50-80 per cent, not to mention 100 per cent, would inflict a new
great depression in the United States, reducing GDP by 6.9 percent – a figure comparable with the economic
meltdown of 1929 and 1930.
Additionally, the ―post-industrial revolution‖ being proposed by Gates and his ilk would lead to massive job
losses.
The implementation of so-called ―green jobs‖ in other countries has devastated economies and cost millions of
jobs. As the Seattle Times reported back in June, Spain‘s staggering unemployment rate of over 18 per cent was
partly down to massive job losses as a result of attempts to replace existing industry with wind farms and other
forms of alternative energy.
In a so-called ―green economy,‖ ―Each new job entails the loss of 2.2 other jobs that are either lost or not created
in other industries because of the political allocation — sub-optimum in terms of economic efficiency — of
capital,‖ states the report.
The fact that Gates would be so open in his call to use vaccines to lower global population (without a word as to
the human rights considerations), probably has a lot to do with the audience attending his speech.
The TED organization admits that it is elitist, ―in a good way,‖ and charges a whopping $6,000 dollars
membership fee which must be paid by conference attendees. TED also charges nearly $1,000 just for its live
conference web stream. The organization‘s sponsors include IBM and military-industrial complex kingpin
General Electric, which has a notorious history of environmental misdeeds, being ranked fourth-largest corporate
producer of air pollution in the United States, with more than 4.4 million pounds per year (2,000 Tonnes) of toxic
chemicals released into the air. GE is also a major contributor to the toxic waste problem, rendering its
sponsorship of an organization that claims to be seeking solutions to environmental problems completely
hypocritical.
Watch Gates‘ speech here: http://www.ted.com/talks/view/id/767
I know how hard it is to even THINK about the plausibility that the same people that we regularly depended upon for
our entire lives for intimate health care, are in fact some sick horror movie evil mad scientists out to incapacitate or
even kill us. The thought is just completely in-comprehensible… But when you seek out and find the mountain of
damning evidence and facts littered throught the decades of all insane practices and products of the medical/big pharma
industrial complex… one is left with no choice but to realize and confront the true reality.
Deadly Immunity
Robert F. Kennedy Jr. investigates the government cover-up of a mercury/autism scandal
ROBERT F. KENNEDY JR. Posted Jun 20, 2005 Salon.com & RollingStone
In June 2000, a group of top government scientists and health officials gathered for a meeting at the isolated
Simpsonwood conference center in Norcross, Georgia. Convened by the Centers for Disease Control and
Prevention, the meeting was held at this Methodist retreat center, nestled in wooded farmland next to the
Chattahoochee River, to ensure complete secrecy. The agency had issued no public announcement of the session
-- only private invitations to fifty-two attendees. There were high-level officials from the CDC and the Food and
Drug Administration, the top vaccine specialist from the World Health Organization in Geneva and
representatives of every major vaccine manufacturer, including GlaxoSmithKline, Merck, Wyeth and Aventis
Pasteur. All of the scientific data under discussion, CDC officials repeatedly reminded the participants, was
strictly "embargoed." There would be no making photocopies of documents, no taking papers with them when
they left.
The federal officials and industry representatives had assembled to discuss a disturbing new study that raised
alarming questions about the safety of a host of common childhood vaccines administered to infants and young
children. According to a CDC epidemiologist named Tom Verstraeten, who had analyzed the agency's massive
database containing the medical records of 100,000 children, a mercury-based preservative in the vaccines --
thimerosal -- appeared to be responsible for a dramatic increase in autism and a host of other neurological
disorders among children. "I was actually stunned by what I saw," Verstraeten told those assembled at
Simpsonwood, citing the staggering number of earlier studies that indicate a link between thimerosal and speech
delays, attention-deficit disorder, hyperactivity and autism. Since 1991, when the CDC and the FDA had
recommended that three additional vaccines laced with the preservative be given to extremely young infants -- in
one case, within hours of birth -- the estimated number of cases of autism had increased fifteenfold, from one in
every 2,500 children to one in 166 children.
Even for scientists and doctors accustomed to confronting issues of life and death, the findings were frightening.
"You can play with this all you want," Dr. Bill Weil, a consultant for the American Academy of Pediatrics, told
the group. The results "are statistically significant." Dr. Richard Johnston, an immunologist and pediatrician
from the University of Colorado whose grandson had been born early on the morning of the meeting's first day,
was even more alarmed. "My gut feeling?" he said. "Forgive this personal comment -- I do not want my
grandson to get a thimerosal-containing vaccine until we know better what is going on."
But instead of taking immediate steps to alert the public and rid the vaccine supply of thimerosal, the officials
and executives at Simpsonwood spent most of the next two days discussing how to cover up the damaging data.
According to transcripts obtained under the Freedom of Information Act, many at the meeting were concerned
about how the damaging revelations about thimerosal would affect the vaccine industry's bottom line. "We are in
a bad position from the standpoint of defending any lawsuits," said Dr. Robert Brent, a pediatrician at the Alfred
I. duPont Hospital for Children in Delaware. "This will be a resource to our very busy plaintiff attorneys in this
country." Dr. Bob Chen, head of vaccine safety for the CDC, expressed relief that "given the sensitivity of the
information, we have been able to keep it out of the hands of, let's say, less responsible hands." Dr. John
Clements, vaccines advisor at the World Health Organization, declared that "perhaps this study should not have
been done at all." He added that "the research results have to be handled," warning that the study "will be taken
by others and will be used in other ways beyond the control of this group."
In fact, the government has proved to be far more adept at handling the damage than at protecting children's
health. The CDC paid the Institute of Medicine to conduct a new study to whitewash the risks of thimerosal,
ordering researchers to "rule out" the chemical's link to autism. It withheld Verstraeten's findings, even though
they had been slated for immediate publication, and told other scientists that his original data had been "lost" and
could not be replicated. And to thwart the Freedom of Information Act, it handed its giant database of vaccine
records over to a private company, declaring it off-limits to researchers. By the time Verstraeten finally
published his study in 2003, he had gone to work for GlaxoSmithKline and reworked his data to bury the link
between thimerosal and autism.
Vaccine manufacturers had already begun to phase thimerosal out of injections given to American infants -- but
they continued to sell off their mercury-based supplies of vaccines until last year. The CDC and FDA gave them
a hand, buying up the tainted vaccines for export to developing countries and allowing drug companies to
continue using the preservative in some American vaccines -- including several pediatric flu shots as well as
tetanus boosters routinely given to eleven-year-olds.
The drug companies are also getting help from powerful lawmakers in Washington. Senate Majority Leader Bill
Frist, who has received $873,000 in contributions from the pharmaceutical industry, has been working to
immunize vaccine makers from liability in 4,200 lawsuits that have been filed by the parents of injured children.
On five separate occasions, Frist has tried to seal all of the government's vaccine-related documents -- including
the Simpsonwood transcripts -- and shield Eli Lilly, the developer of thimerosal, from subpoenas. In 2002, the
day after Frist quietly slipped a rider known as the "Eli Lilly Protection Act" into a homeland security bill, the
company contributed $10,000 to his campaign and bought 5,000 copies of his book on bioterrorism. The
measure was repealed by Congress in 2003 -- but earlier this year, Frist slipped another provision into an anti-
terrorism bill that would deny compensation to children suffering from vaccine-related brain disorders. "The
lawsuits are of such magnitude that they could put vaccine producers out of business and limit our capacity to
deal with a biological attack by terrorists," says Dean Rosen, health policy adviser to Frist.
Even many conservatives are shocked by the government's effort to cover up the dangers of thimerosal. Rep.
Dan Burton, a Republican from Indiana, oversaw a three-year investigation of thimerosal after his grandson was
diagnosed with autism. "Thimerosal used as a preservative in vaccines is directly related to the autism
epidemic," his House Government Reform Committee concluded in its final report. "This epidemic in all
probability may have been prevented or curtailed had the FDA not been asleep at the switch regarding a lack of
safety data regarding injected thimerosal, a known neurotoxin." The FDA and other public-health agencies failed
to act, the committee added, out of "institutional malfeasance for self protection" and "misplaced protectionism
of the pharmaceutical industry."
The story of how government health agencies colluded with Big Pharma to hide the risks of thimerosal from the
public is a chilling case study of institutional arrogance, power and greed. I was drawn into the controversy only
reluctantly. As an attorney and environmentalist who has spent years working on issues of mercury toxicity, I
frequently met mothers of autistic children who were absolutely convinced that their kids had been injured by
vaccines. Privately, I was skeptical.
I doubted that autism could be blamed on a single source, and I certainly understood the government's need to
reassure parents that vaccinations are safe; the eradication of deadly childhood diseases depends on it. I tended
to agree with skeptics like Rep. Henry Waxman, a Democrat from California, who criticized his colleagues on
the House Government Reform Committee for leaping to conclusions about autism and vaccinations. "Why
should we scare people about immunization," Waxman pointed out at one hearing, "until we know the facts?"
It was only after reading the Simpsonwood transcripts, studying the leading scientific research and talking with
many of the nation's pre-eminent authorities on mercury that I became convinced that the link between
thimerosal and the epidemic of childhood neurological disorders is real. Five of my own children are members
of the Thimerosal Generation -- those born between 1989 and 2003 -- who received heavy doses of mercury
from vaccines. "The elementary grades are overwhelmed with children who have symptoms of neurological or
immune-system damage," Patti White, a school nurse, told the House Government Reform Committee in 1999.
"Vaccines are supposed to be making us healthier; however, in twenty-five years of nursing I have never seen so
many damaged, sick kids. Something very, very wrong is happening to our children."
More than 500,000 kids currently suffer from autism, and pediatricians diagnose more than 40,000 new cases
every year. The disease was unknown until 1943, when it was identified and diagnosed among eleven children
born in the months after thimerosal was first added to baby vaccines in 1931.
Some skeptics dispute that the rise in autism is caused by thimerosal-tainted vaccinations. They argue that the
increase is a result of better diagnosis -- a theory that seems questionable at best, given that most of the new
cases of autism are clustered within a single generation of children. "If the epidemic is truly an artifact of poor
diagnosis," scoffs Dr. Boyd Haley, one of the world's authorities on mercury toxicity, "then where are all the
twenty-year-old autistics?" Other researchers point out that Americans are exposed to a greater cumulative
"load" of mercury than ever before, from contaminated fish to dental fillings, and suggest that thimerosal in
vaccines may be only part of a much larger problem. It's a concern that certainly deserves far more attention than
it has received -- but it overlooks the fact that the mercury concentrations in vaccines dwarf other sources of
exposure to our children.
What is most striking is the lengths to which many of the leading detectives have gone to ignore -- and cover up
-- the evidence against thimerosal. From the very beginning, the scientific case against the mercury additive has
been overwhelming. The preservative, which is used to stem fungi and bacterial growth in vaccines, contains
ethylmercury, a potent neurotoxin. Truckloads of studies have shown that mercury tends to accumulate in the
brains of primates and other animals after they are injected with vaccines -- and that the developing brains of
infants are particularly susceptible. In 1977, a Russian study found that adults exposed to much lower
concentrations of ethylmercury than those given to American children still suffered brain damage years later.
Russia banned thimerosal from children's vaccines twenty years ago, and Denmark, Austria, Japan, Great Britain
and all the Scandinavian countries have since followed suit.
"You couldn't even construct a study that shows thimerosal is safe," says Haley, who heads the chemistry
department at the University of Kentucky. "It's just too darn toxic. If you inject thimerosal into an animal, its
brain will sicken. If you apply it to living tissue, the cells die. If you put it in a petri dish, the culture dies.
Knowing these things, it would be shocking if one could inject it into an infant without causing damage."
Internal documents reveal that Eli Lilly, which first developed thimerosal, knew from the start that its product
could cause damage -- and even death -- in both animals and humans. In 1930, the company tested thimerosal by
administering it to twenty-two patients with terminal meningitis, all of whom died within weeks of being
injected -- a fact Lilly didn't bother to report in its study declaring thimerosal safe. In 1935, researchers at
another vaccine manufacturer, Pittman-Moore, warned Lilly that its claims about thimerosal's safety "did not
check with ours." Half the dogs Pittman injected with thimerosal-based vaccines became sick, leading
researchers there to declare the preservative "unsatisfactory as a serum intended for use on dogs."
In the decades that followed, the evidence against thimerosal continued to mount. During the Second World
War, when the Department of Defense used the preservative in vaccines on soldiers, it required Lilly to label it
"poison." In 1967, a study in Applied Microbiology found that thimerosal killed mice when added to injected
vaccines. Four years later, Lilly's own studies discerned that thimerosal was "toxic to tissue cells" in
concentrations as low as one part per million -- 100 times weaker than the concentration in a typical vaccine.
Even so, the company continued to promote thimerosal as "nontoxic" and also incorporated it into topical
disinfectants. In 1977, ten babies at a Toronto hospital died when an antiseptic preserved with thimerosal was
dabbed onto their umbilical cords.
In 1982, the FDA proposed a ban on over-the-counter products that contained thimerosal, and in 1991 the
agency considered banning it from animal vaccines. But tragically, that same year, the CDC recommended that
infants be injected with a series of mercury-laced vaccines. Newborns would be vaccinated for hepatitis B within
twenty-four hours of birth, and two-month-old infants would be immunized for haemophilus influenzae B and
diphtheria-tetanus-pertussis.
The drug industry knew the additional vaccines posed a danger. The same year that the CDC approved the new
vaccines, Dr. Maurice Hilleman, one of the fathers of Merck's vaccine programs, warned the company that six-
month-olds who were administered the shots would suffer dangerous exposure to mercury. He recommended
that thimerosal be discontinued, "especially when used on infants and children," noting that the industry knew of
nontoxic alternatives. "The best way to go," he added, "is to switch to dispensing the actual vaccines without
adding preservatives."
For Merck and other drug companies, however, the obstacle was money. Thimerosal enables the pharmaceutical
industry to package vaccines in vials that contain multiple doses, which require additional protection because
they are more easily contaminated by multiple needle entries. The larger vials cost half as much to produce as
smaller, single-dose vials, making it cheaper for international agencies to distribute them to impoverished
regions at risk of epidemics. Faced with this "cost consideration," Merck ignored Hilleman's warnings, and
government officials continued to push more and more thimerosal-based vaccines for children. Before 1989,
American preschoolers received eleven vaccinations -- for polio, diphtheria-tetanus-pertussis and measles-
mumps-rubella. A decade later, thanks to federal recommendations, children were receiving a total of twenty-
two immunizations by the time they reached first grade.
As the number of vaccines increased, the rate of autism among children exploded. During the 1990s, 40 million
children were injected with thimerosal-based vaccines, receiving unprecedented levels of mercury during a
period critical for brain development. Despite the well-documented dangers of thimerosal, it appears that no one
bothered to add up the cumulative dose of mercury that children would receive from the mandated vaccines.
"What took the FDA so long to do the calculations?" Peter Patriarca, director of viral products for the agency,
asked in an e-mail to the CDC in 1999. "Why didn't CDC and the advisory bodies do these calculations when
they rapidly expanded the childhood immunization schedule?"
But by that time, the damage was done. At two months, when the infant brain is still at a critical stage of
development, infants routinely received three inoculations that contained a total of 62.5 micrograms of
ethylmercury -- a level 99 times greater than the EPA's limit for daily exposure to methylmercury, a related
neurotoxin. Although the vaccine industry insists that ethylmercury poses little danger because it breaks down
rapidly and is removed by the body, several studies -- including one published in April by the National Institutes
of Health -- suggest that ethylmercury is actually more toxic to developing brains and stays in the brain longer
than methylmercury.
Officials responsible for childhood immunizations insist that the additional vaccines were necessary to protect
infants from disease and that thimerosal is still essential in developing nations, which, they often claim, cannot
afford the single-dose vials that don't require a preservative. Dr. Paul Offit, one of CDC's top vaccine advisers,
told me, "I think if we really have an influenza pandemic -- and certainly we will in the next twenty years,
because we always do -- there's no way on God's earth that we immunize 280 million people with single-dose
vials. There has to be multidose vials."
But while public-health officials may have been well-intentioned, many of those on the CDC advisory
committee who backed the additional vaccines had close ties to the industry. Dr. Sam Katz, the committee's
chair, was a paid consultant for most of the major vaccine makers and was part of a team that developed the
measles vaccine and brought it to licensure in 1963. Dr. Neal Halsey, another committee member, worked as a
researcher for the vaccine companies and received honoraria from Abbott Labs for his research on the hepatitis
B vaccine.
Indeed, in the tight circle of scientists who work on vaccines, such conflicts of interest are common. Rep. Burton
says that the CDC "routinely allows scientists with blatant conflicts of interest to serve on intellectual advisory
committees that make recommendations on new vaccines," even though they have "interests in the products and
companies for which they are supposed to be providing unbiased oversight." The House Government Reform
Committee discovered that four of the eight CDC advisers who approved guidelines for a rotavirus vaccine "had
financial ties to the pharmaceutical companies that were developing different versions of the vaccine."
Offit, who shares a patent on one of the vaccines, acknowledged to me that he "would make money" if his vote
eventually leads to a marketable product. But he dismissed my suggestion that a scientist's direct financial stake
in CDC approval might bias his judgment. "It provides no conflict for me," he insists. "I have simply been
informed by the process, not corrupted by it. When I sat around that table, my sole intent was trying to make
recommendations that best benefited the children in this country. It's offensive to say that physicians and public-
health people are in the pocket of industry and thus are making decisions that they know are unsafe for children.
It's just not the way it works."
Other vaccine scientists and regulators gave me similar assurances. Like Offit, they view themselves as
enlightened guardians of children's health, proud of their "partnerships" with pharmaceutical companies,
immune to the seductions of personal profit, besieged by irrational activists whose anti-vaccine campaigns are
endangering children's health. They are often resentful of questioning. "Science," says Offit, "is best left to
scientists."
Still, some government officials were alarmed by the apparent conflicts of interest. In his e-mail to CDC
administrators in 1999, Paul Patriarca of the FDA blasted federal regulators for failing to adequately scrutinize
the danger posed by the added baby vaccines. "I'm not sure there will be an easy way out of the potential
perception that the FDA, CDC and immunization-policy bodies may have been asleep at the switch re:
thimerosal until now," Patriarca wrote. The close ties between regulatory officials and the pharmaceutical
industry, he added, "will also raise questions about various advisory bodies regarding aggressive
recommendations for use" of thimerosal in child vaccines.
If federal regulators and government scientists failed to grasp the potential risks of thimerosal over the years, no
one could claim ignorance after the secret meeting at Simpsonwood. But rather than conduct more studies to test
the link to autism and other forms of brain damage, the CDC placed politics over science. The agency turned its
database on childhood vaccines -- which had been developed largely at taxpayer expense -- over to a private
agency, America's Health Insurance Plans, ensuring that it could not be used for additional research. It also
instructed the Institute of Medicine, an advisory organization that is part of the National Academy of Sciences,
to produce a study debunking the link between thimerosal and brain disorders. The CDC "wants us to declare,
well, that these things are pretty safe," Dr. Marie McCormick, who chaired the IOM's Immunization Safety
Review Committee, told her fellow researchers when they first met in January 2001. "We are not ever going to
come down that [autism] is a true side effect" of thimerosal exposure. According to transcripts of the meeting,
the committee's chief staffer, Kathleen Stratton, predicted that the IOM would conclude that the evidence was
"inadequate to accept or reject a causal relation" between thimerosal and autism. That, she added, was the result
"Walt wants" -- a reference to Dr. Walter Orenstein, director of the National Immunization Program for the
CDC.
For those who had devoted their lives to promoting vaccination, the revelations about thimerosal threatened to
undermine everything they had worked for. "We've got a dragon by the tail here," said Dr. Michael Kaback,
another committee member. "The more negative that [our] presentation is, the less likely people are to use
vaccination, immunization -- and we know what the results of that will be. We are kind of caught in a trap. How
we work our way out of the trap, I think is the charge."
Even in public, federal officials made it clear that their primary goal in studying thimerosal was to dispel doubts
about vaccines. "Four current studies are taking place to rule out the proposed link between autism and
thimerosal," Dr. Gordon Douglas, then-director of strategic planning for vaccine research at the National
Institutes of Health, assured a Princeton University gathering in May 2001. "In order to undo the harmful effects
of research claiming to link the [measles] vaccine to an elevated risk of autism, we need to conduct and publicize
additional studies to assure parents of safety." Douglas formerly served as president of vaccinations for Merck,
where he ignored warnings about thimerosal's risks.
In May of last year, the Institute of Medicine issued its final report. Its conclusion: There is no proven link
between autism and thimerosal in vaccines. Rather than reviewing the large body of literature describing the
toxicity of thimerosal, the report relied on four disastrously flawed epidemiological studies examining European
countries, where children received much smaller doses of thimerosal than American kids. It also cited a new
version of the Verstraeten study, published in the journal Pediatrics, that had been reworked to reduce the link
between thimerosal and autism. The new study included children too young to have been diagnosed with autism
and overlooked others who showed signs of the disease. The IOM declared the case closed and -- in a startling
position for a scientific body -- recommended that no further research be conducted.
The report may have satisfied the CDC, but it convinced no one. Rep. David Weldon, a Republican physician
from Florida who serves on the House Government Reform Committee, attacked the Institute of Medicine,
saying it relied on a handful of studies that were "fatally flawed" by "poor design" and failed to represent "all the
available scientific and medical research." CDC officials are not interested in an honest search for the truth,
Weldon told me, because "an association between vaccines and autism would force them to admit that their
policies irreparably damaged thousands of children. Who would want to make that conclusion about
themselves?"
Under pressure from Congress and parents, the Institute of Medicine convened another panel to address
continuing concerns about the Vaccine Safety Datalink Data Sharing program. In February, the new panel,
composed of different scientists, criticized the way the VSD had been used in the Verstraeten study, and urged
the CDC to make its vaccine database available to the public.
So far, though, only two scientists have managed to gain access. Dr. Mark Geier, president of the Genetics
Center of America, and his son, David, spent a year battling to obtain the medical records from the CDC. Since
August 2002, when members of Congress pressured the agency to turn over the data, the Geiers have completed
six studies that demonstrate a powerful correlation between thimerosal and neurological damage in children.
One study, which compares the cumulative dose of mercury received by children born between 1981 and 1985
with those born between 1990 and 1996, found a "very significant relationship" between autism and vaccines.
Another study of educational performance found that kids who received higher doses of thimerosal in vaccines
were nearly three times as likely to be diagnosed with autism and more than three times as likely to suffer from
speech disorders and mental retardation. Another soon-to-be published study shows that autism rates are in
decline following the recent elimination of thimerosal from most vaccines.
As the federal government worked to prevent scientists from studying vaccines, others have stepped in to study
the link to autism. In April, reporter Dan Olmsted of UPI undertook one of the more interesting studies himself.
Searching for children who had not been exposed to mercury in vaccines -- the kind of population that scientists
typically use as a "control" in experiments -- Olmsted scoured the Amish of Lancaster County, Pennsylvania,
who refuse to immunize their infants. Given the national rate of autism, Olmsted calculated that there should be
130 autistics among the Amish. He found only four. One had been exposed to high levels of mercury from a
power plant. The other three -- including one child adopted from outside the Amish community -- had received
their vaccines.
At the state level, many officials have also conducted in-depth reviews of thimerosal. While the Institute of
Medicine was busy whitewashing the risks, the Iowa legislature was carefully combing through all of the
available scientific and biological data. "After three years of review, I became convinced there was sufficient
credible research to show a link between mercury and the increased incidences in autism," says state Sen. Ken
Veenstra, a Republican who oversaw the investigation. "The fact that Iowa's 700 percent increase in autism
began in the 1990s, right after more and more vaccines were added to the children's vaccine schedules, is solid
evidence alone." Last year, Iowa became the first state to ban mercury in vaccines, followed by California.
Similar bans are now under consideration in thirty-two other states.
But instead of following suit, the FDA continues to allow manufacturers to include thimerosal in scores of over-
the-counter medications as well as steroids and injected collagen. Even more alarming, the government
continues to ship vaccines preserved with thimerosal to developing countries -- some of which are now
experiencing a sudden explosion in autism rates. In China, where the disease was virtually unknown prior to the
introduction of thimerosal by U.S. drug manufacturers in 1999, news reports indicate that there are now more
than 1.8 million autistics. Although reliable numbers are hard to come by, autistic disorders also appear to be
soaring in India, Argentina, Nicaragua and other developing countries that are now using thimerosal-laced
vaccines. The World Health Organization continues to insist thimerosal is safe, but it promises to keep the
possibility that it is linked to neurological disorders "under review."
I devoted time to study this issue because I believe that this is a moral crisis that must be addressed. If, as the
evidence suggests, our public-health authorities knowingly allowed the pharmaceutical industry to poison an
entire generation of American children, their actions arguably constitute one of the biggest scandals in the annals
of American medicine. "The CDC is guilty of incompetence and gross negligence," says Mark Blaxill, vice
president of Safe Minds, a nonprofit organization concerned about the role of mercury in medicines. "The
damage caused by vaccine exposure is massive. It's bigger than asbestos, bigger than tobacco, bigger than
anything you've ever seen."
It's hard to calculate the damage to our country -- and to the international efforts to eradicate epidemic diseases -
- if Third World nations come to believe that America's most heralded foreign-aid initiative is poisoning their
children. It's not difficult to predict how this scenario will be interpreted by America's enemies abroad. The
scientists and researchers -- many of them sincere, even idealistic -- who are participating in efforts to hide the
science on thimerosal claim that they are trying to advance the lofty goal of protecting children in developing
nations from disease pandemics. They are badly misguided. Their failure to come clean on thimerosal will come
back horribly to haunt our country and the world's poorest populations.
If the above article does not convince you that something is categorically amiss then all the vaccines and fluoridated
water you have ingested your entire life are doing their jobs very well. This article definitively reveals the clear and
present danger of not only the drug companies but also the 100% complicit so called ―watch dog‖ agencies and our
dear loving government that sits back and makes believe that everything is fine and just hunky dory. What more
damning evidence do you need if you are not convinced that there is something sinister is deeply embedded and
something is categorically wrong in our medical field?
The article quoted above made such a controversial splash that the powers that be went all out on damage control and
massive disinformation campaign; completely burying Robert Kennedy Jr‘s highly researched credible work. Here is a
glimpse of the massive coordinated counter attack that followed, not only by the medical industrial complex but of
their Matrix blood brothers assistance in the media industrial complex whom picked up the ball and ran with the blatant
lies and willfully participated in the disinformation and cover-up.
Kennedy Report Sparks Controversy

Intense reaction from medical establishment and leading news organizations
THE EDITORS Posted Jul 14, 2005
"Deadly Immunity," our story about the link between mercury in vaccines and the dramatic rise in autism among
children [RS 977/978], sparked intense reaction from the medical establishment and several leading news
organizations. The story, by Robert F. Kennedy Jr. - part of an ongoing collaboration with Salon.com --
documented the government's efforts to conceal alarming data about the dangers of vaccines.
What is most striking is the lengths to which major media outlets have gone to disparage the story and to
calm public fears -- even in the face of the questionable science on the subject. In a segment on World News
Tonight titled "A Closer Look," ABC pointed out that Kennedy is "not a scientist or a doctor" and dismissed his
extensive evidence as nothing more than "a few scientific studies." The network also trotted out its medical
editor, Dr. Timothy Johnson, to praise the "impeccably impartial Institute of Medicine" and to again state that
Kennedy is not a scientist.
The New York Times, in a front-page story on the subject, devoted only one line to Kennedy's article, which it
said accused public-health officials and drugmakers of "conspiring" to hide the data on autism -- a word that our
story neither used nor implied. (The Wall Street Journal, in an op-ed attacking the article, was even more
misleading, using the word "conspiracy" four times.) The Times then went on, for more than a full page, to
portray concerns over vaccines as nothing more than the misguided fears of parents who suffer from
"scientific illiteracy," unable to understand the medical studies that prove immunizations to be safe. It
depicted studies reviewed by the Institute of Medicine as definitive without even bothering to address the host of
serious questions raised about their validity: conflicting diagnoses of autism, mixed-up data from HMOs and
research skewed to exclude many sick kids.
Rolling Stone and Salon fact-checked the article thoroughly before publication, insisting on primary
documentation for every statement in the story, and posted links to the most significant materials online to
enable readers to judge for themselves. The final article contained six errors. These ranged from inadvertently
transposing a quote and confusing a drug license for a patent to relying on a figure that incorrectly calculated an
infant's exposure to mercury over six months, rather than citing the even more dangerous amount injected on a
single day. (The mistakes were corrected online as soon as they were discovered and can be viewed in detail at
both RollingStone.com and Salon.com.)
It is important to note, however, that none of the mistakes weaken the primary point of the story. The
government's own records show that it has failed to do the science necessary to put to rest reasonable concerns
about vaccines. If the scientists had simply done their job rather than covering their tracks, there would be no
controversy today. Instead, the government cannot even provide a definitive figure of the number of cases of
autism among American children -- a number obviously critical to any serious scientific investigation -- and yet
expects the public to believe that it has ruled out any link between vaccines and an illness it does not even track.
"Science," as one doctor in our story insisted, "is best left to scientists." But when the scientists fail to do their
job, resorting to closed-door meetings and rigged studies, others in society have not only a right but a moral
obligation to question their work. In the coming years, further research may indeed demonstrate that mercury in
vaccines is not responsible for the rise in autism. For now, though, we can only raise a very real and legitimate
alarm -- and hope that the government's well-documented mishandling of its own research did not needlessly
jeopardize the health of hundreds of thousands of children.
The above case is amazing in that we have clear proof of the modus operandi of the ruling elite caught in action, and
documented. It is a truly profound case in that you can readily see how what outwardly seems like unrelated entities
and industries with now apparent ties, come out of the woodworks and chime in covering up and defending the lies of
another industrial matrix partner with even more blatant lies and deceit. But folks, it doesn‘t stop there, for as I have
been stating throughout this report, all industries are connected in a cohesive matrix which is ultimately run by a secret
network of connected elite rulers whom all are part of the same cartel and all possess the same ultimate goals.
One of their favorite testing grounds for vaccines too controversial to be tested on the public is to utilize the massive
pool of volunteer patriot soldiers as silent Guiney pigs. Thousands upon thousands of soldiers are basically human
Guiney pigs inside the military industrial matrix. Once they join the armed services they give up all individual rights,
millions of soldiers have been treated with bizarre experimental vaccines, only to later end up pushing up daises or
coming down with equally bizarre illnesses that never existed before such as ―gulf war sysndrome.‖ After getting tons
of vaccinations, neutered in the brain and mentally raped with the military industrial complex‘s doctrine, they are all
released back into the population at large. This information is not new, I am just touching the tip of the iceberg here.
This report cannot possibly cover every single topic, case and situation. Research these facts and more, for only then
will you begin to understand the true nature of the beast.
This Matrix report does NOT deal in silly conspiracies, I only reveal COLD HARD REALITY, THE FACTS.
The "establishment" is out to zombify your young – (Video removed from youtube)
Mercury In Vaccines Causes Brain Cell Damage - Video
shoot em up - the truth about vaccines - Video
I believe that at some point the US will eventually offer some type of "socialized healthcare" as they call it in the
campaign of convincing the population that universal no strings attached healthcare is ―bad.‖ Oh gosh! We can‘t have
that! They will eventually offer up some sort of plan, but with certain stipulations, as in maybe you must get RFID
chipped in order to participate in the program! The perfect setup for the NWO crowd to put into effect their long
awaited human chip program. (BTW: the lead company working on the RFID chip is none other than VeriChip who is
run by Zionist Jew Scott R. Silverman). FYI: Buried deep within the pages in a "non-discussed" section of this infernal
Health Care Bill, in subtitle C-11, section 2521, is the provision regarding implantable radio frequency identification
devices.
The Five Best Anti-Viral Products to Beat Influenza, Swine Flu, Bird Flu and
SARS
A NaturalNews Special Report by Mike Adams
(NaturalNews) This is a special report the FDA doesn't want you to read. In fact, this is the story that the corporate
"leaders" of the natural health products industry don't want you to read, either. Why? Because they've all been
hijacked by Big Pharma interests, and they no longer represent real natural medicine like the kind revealed in this
story. Read more about this consumer betrayal by the natural products industry leaders here:
http://www.naturalnews.com/026215.html
When it comes to H1N1 influenza (Swine Flu), all the "authority" institutions in America agree on one thing: Keep
the American people ignorant! Don't allow people to learn the truth about the anti-viral properties of herbs,
superfoods and dietary supplements.
Knowledge is a dangerous thing. It gives people options. It allows people to be independent from the government
and independent from the medical system. It gives people control over their own lives, and in a police state society
that seeks to dominate the health decisions of every citizen (http://www.naturalnews.com/026305.html), giving
people control over their own lives simply cannot be tolerated.
That's why this article will be blasted as "irresponsible" by health authorities. It will be portrayed as "dangerous"
by pharmaceutical pushers. If the FDA could ban this website, this article would be precisely the kind of content
they would target for censorship.
And what's so dangerous about this article? It dares to advocate specific anti-viral products as protection against
the H1N1 swine flu.
Big Pharma Profits

Knowledge of natural anti-viral products is, of course, a huge threat to the profits of Big Pharma -- an industry that
just received a whopping one billion dollars to make useless swine flu vaccines
(http://www.usatoday.com/news/health...).
When I say "useless," I mean that quite seriously. Vaccines are only useful against the specific viral strain that was
available at the time of their manufacture. But influenza viruses mutate quickly, and as the WHO has already said,
the real concern with H1N1 swine flu is that it will combine with seasonal flu in the Fall, creating a new, deadly
strain that will of course be immune to all available vaccines.
Antiviral herbs suffer from no such limitations. Because they contain literally thousands of different medicinal
compounds, they are able to attack viruses with a full spectrum of synergistic natural medicines. Thus, even
mutating viruses find themselves unable to escape the multifaceted medicinal cocktail of antiviral plants.
That's why this special report lists the top five anti-viral products I currently recommend. I have no financial
relationships with any of these companies, nor do I earn any profits from the sale of these products. These are
100% independent recommendations offered under the Free Speech protections of the United States
Constitution. I will not remove this article, and I will not be intimidated by health authorities wishing to see this
information censored. The People have a right to know about natural medicine, and NaturalNews will continue to
bring you this information regardless of the false authorities who attempt to deny the People the right to know this
kind of information.
Dumbing Down
What the pro-pharma health authorities are really seeking is mandatory ignorance of herbs, foods and natural
medicine. They want to cleanse the minds of the public from any knowledge of medicinal herbs. This "information
cleansing" is much like ethnic cleansing -- except they don't kill you directly; they just wait for the influenza virus
to kill you instead.
In the next great pandemic (which might only be months away), people will die from ignorance. They will die
from misplaced trust in western medicine and government health authorities. They will die while waiting for that
dose of Tamiflu that never arrives, even after receiving that Big Pharma influenza vaccine shot that doesn't work.
People will die even while the very herbs that could save them are growing in their own back yards. Mere meters
away from their death beds, Mother Nature is quietly manufacturing the natural antiviral medicines that can save
lives and end suffering. Yet the FDA and the health industry trade groups have sought to disconnect people from
the plants of the Earth; to dissuade people from growing their own medicine, and to strike fear into the minds of
those who dare take responsibility for their own health (or survival).
As the editor of NaturalNews, I stand against that ignorance, against the chemical profit agenda of Big Pharma and
against the vaccine profits reaped by drug companies at the expense of taxpayers.
I stand in favor of personal health freedom and personal responsibility; for connection with the astounding
biodiversity found in our natural environment; for the embracing of natural medicine created by Mother Nature;
and for the nutritional education of the People.
In the rest of this special report, you'll find two lists: First, five things that CAUSE susceptibility to influenza
infections, followed by the FIVE products I recommend as a defense against swine flu.
Things That Can Kill You
#1 Thing that can kill you: Arsenic
As revealed in a recent story on NaturalNews (http://www.naturalnews.com/026307.html), drinking well water

contaminated with arsenic greatly increases susceptibility to H1N1 influenza infections. Arsenic is present in the
water supply of tens of millions of people across the United States right now (now to mention the citizens of
Canada, the UK, Australia and other countries). Low levels of arsenic are even "approved" by the EPA!
#2 Thing that can kill you: Antibiotics

Taking antibiotics before a swine flu infection greatly increases your risk of being killed by swine flu. How do we
know that? Because antibiotics wipe out the friendly flora that have been scientifically proven to boost the body's
defenses against influenza (http://www.naturalnews.com/026265.html).
This is why, during any pandemic, doctors must exercise extreme caution when handing out antibiotics. While
antibiotics can be extremely helpful during the pneumonia phase of a viral infection (when bacteria invade the
lungs), they can be deadly if given to patients too soon (during the pre-pneumonia phase).
In addition, there's the whole concern over antibiotics abuse creating yet more dangerous superbugs in hospitals.
Imagine the combination assault of a deadly new strain of the H1N1 influenza virus plus an antibiotic-resistant
superbug sweeping through the hospitals of the world...
That's a very dangerous combination indeed!
#3 Thing that can kill you: Lack of sleep

Getting fewer than six hours of sleep each night increases your risk of contracting colds (such as influenza) by a
whopping 300 percent! Read more in this NaturalNews article: http://www.naturalnews.com/News_000...
Eight hours of sleep each night will substantially boost your immune function, giving you the metabolic tools you
need to fight off potentially deadly influenza infections.
More Deadly Things
#4 Thing that can kill you: Lack of vitamin D
Virtually everyone living in the U.S., Canada and the U.K. is chronically deficient in Vitamin D. Those living in
Australia are usually better off, as there's more of a sunshine culture there, but even Aussies can find themselves
vitamin D deficient if they live their lives indoors and don't venture into the real world to catch some healthy rays.
Vitamin D deficiency is, without question, one of the primary causes of influenza susceptibility
(http://www.naturalnews.com/021229.html). Having sufficient vitamin D circulating in your blood is one of the
best defenses against infection (http://www.naturalnews.com/024982.html).
Health authorities in the U.S. and other western nations are currently engaged in a campaign to keep the population
vitamin D deficient. This is achieved by brainwashing people into thinking sunlight alone causes skin cancer.
That's a big medical lie, of course. Even the Journal of the National Cancer Institute has published scientific
research showing that sunlight exposure reduces the risk of skin cancer
(http://www.naturalnews.com/007632.html).
The American Cancer Society, of course, spreads extremely dangerous disinformation about sunlight exposure,
seeking to make sure that no ray of sun ever touches the skin of any person. This "darkness" campaign will soon be
exposed as a death sentence for the People as the next pandemic takes the lives of those stupid enough to believe
that moderate sunlight exposure is bad for their health.
In the next great pandemic, when the hospital beds are overflowing with the dead, and school gymnasiums are
taken over as holding cells for the constant stream of incoming body bags, the dead will consist almost entirely of
those who believed the lies of the American Cancer Society and the disinformation of the FDA and Big Pharma.
This is one case in which misplaced faith in a corporate-controlled medical monstrosity can literally cost you your
life.
Click the link below for a picture from the 1918 Spanish Flu that may give you some idea of what to expect during
the next great pandemic: http://graphics8.nytimes.com/images...
(What's missing from this photo, of course, are the armed military personnel, toting automatic rifles, who will
shoot any infected person who attempts to escape the facility.)
#5: Thing that can kill you: Antacid drugs like Prilosec, Nexium and Prevacid
In a pandemic, use of these popular antacid drugs can actually lead to your death. How? A study published in the
Journal of the American Medical Association (JAMA) concludes that these PPI drugs significantly increase the
risk of deadly pneumonia.
Read the full story here: http://www.naturalnews.com/026361_d...
These acid-suppressing medications, it turns out, are linked to a 30 percent increase in the risk of acquired
pneumonia. And if you're suffering from something like the swine flu, pneumonia is the most common cause of
death. It's the secondary bacterial infections, after all, that killed most people in 1918, and that's what's likely to
cause the greatest number of fatalities in the next great pandemic as well.
If you want to protect yourself from influenza, avoid taking antacid drugs (including over-the-counter antacids).
Natural Anti-Virals
Now let's get to the good news. The good news is that natural medicine can save your life. If a pandemic strikes,
Tamiflu supplies will be tightly controlled. Unless you're an emergency worker or a health care worker, your
chances of ever being given Tamiflu are rather slim. Vaccines, of course, will be utterly useless once the influenza
virus mutates, so even receiving a vaccine shot offers no protection other than what's available through the placebo
effect.
This leaves natural medicine and the world of anti-viral plants.
Due to the mass brainwashing of the public by pro-Pharma health authorities, most people have no awareness
whatsoever of the fact that plants manufacture their own anti-viral medicines.
In fact, there's no such thing as a plant that does not contain anti-viral medicine. EVERY plant on our planet
manufactures at least one anti-viral medicine in its own cells.
Did you ever wonder why? It's because plants are under constant attack by viruses, too. And if they don't create
their own internal mechanisms for dealing with viruses, they will not survive.
This is especially true with plant roots, which are immersed in soil that's rich with both bacteria and viruses. If
those roots do not possess anti-viral and anti-bacterial defenses, they will quickly be consumed and destroyed,
killing the plant.
Thus, in virtually all plants, the manufacture of anti-viral medicines is the most natural thing in the world. It
happens from day one of the plant sprouting, and it continues through the entire life of the plant.
Simply eating grass (or better yet, juicing grass) is, all by itself, an empowered act of medical self treatment. Grass
contains anti-viral compounds, chlorophyll, vitamins, minerals and hundreds of other health-enhancing
phytochemicals. (Don't juice grass treated with pesticides, obviously.)
There are other plants, of course, with far greater anti-viral potential than grass. I merely mention this to point out
the utter simplicity of finding and consuming anti-viral medicine: If you have a lawn, you have a pharmacy in your
yard! (Even better if you have dandelions and other "weeds.")
Wild foods offer the strongest anti-viral medicine. That's a whole different area of expertise, of course, and if you
want to learn more about wild foods, I have two sources to suggest:
• Peter Ragnar - www.RoaringLionPublishing.com
• Daniel Vitalis - www.Surthrival.com (his website is currently sparse, but look for upcoming announcements on
seminars and teleconference events from Daniel Vitalis...)
Top Five Anti-Virals
Anti-Viral #1 - Super ViraGon
My favorite liquid anti-viral product remains Jon Barron's Super ViraGon - a potent combination of garlic, olive
leaf extract (a powerful anti-viral!), onion, ginger, zinc and other nutrients. I keep this in my own emergency
supply of natural medicine.
It's available from www.BaselineNutritionals.com for a very fair price (order five for the best discount).
Anti-Viral #2 - Fitura PowerImmune
The PowerImmune anti-viral tincture offered by Fitura (www.Fitura.com) combines organic Echinacea, Cat's
Claw, Shiitake Mushroom, Olive Leaf and many other ingredients (all organic). This is another "medicine chest"
product I keep in good supply. It's also good to travel with. I personally take a dropper full of this product each
time I board an airplane.
Living in Ecuador, this is also a "first aid" product I keep with me in the Valley of Longevity. Of course, if a
pandemic were to strike, I would just go to my garden and eat all the natural anti-virals located there, but if I'm
caught traveling -- or I need an extra boost of herbal concentrates, PowerImmune is one of my top choices.
Anti-Viral #3 - Lomatium Dissectum
This product is the "secret" anti-influenza herb that very few people know about, even in the natural health
industry. The root of the Lomatium is perhaps Mother Nature's "perfect" anti-influenza herb because its anti-viral
action is combined with a respiratory clearing action that's especially useful for dealing with the secondary
infections caused by many strains of influenza.
The indigenous American Indians grew Lomatium and used it as medicine. If you live in the American Southwest
(or other dry, hot climates), you can probably grow this medicine, too. It might be one of the best investments you
can make in your own health defense, because herbs that are growing in your yard are always more potent than
herbs found in bottles.
If you can't grow it, of course, you'll need to buy it. Here's one recommendation of an existing Lomatium tincture:
Nature's Answer has a 1-ounce tincture that's available at Vitacost.com for a ridiculously good price
(http://www.vitacost.com/Natures-Ans...). This product will probably be wiped out of inventory shortly after this
special report goes public, so get some of this quickly if you want it in your natural medicine chest.
Anti-Viral #4 - HerbPharm Virattack Compound
Speaking of Lomatium, HerbPharm offers an herbal tincture that combines it with St. John's Wort (also a powerful
anti-viral), lemon balm, olive leaf and other powerful anti-viral herbs.
This is a superb combination. It's really, really powerful in defending against influenza infections. Vitacost offers it
at nearly half off the retail price (http://www.vitacost.com/Herb-Pharm-...).
I definitely recommend getting some of this. You might also wish to check your local health food stores to see
what they have in stock. During a pandemic, I can practically guarantee you won't be able to find any of these
medicines, because people will engage in "panic buying" of these natural anti-virals. It's smart to have a few on
hand now, before the next pandemic strikes.
Anti-Viral #5 - Olive Leaf Extract
One taste of real olive life extract and you'll be convinced: This is powerful stuff! The best-known phytochemical
in olive leaves is oleuropein, a very potent antimicrobial medicine that also has natural anti-viral properties.
Your best value on a standardized extract, in supplement form, is the NSI brand from VitaCost
(http://www.vitacost.com/NSI-Olive-L...). I personally like the liquids better (http://www.vitacost.com/Natures-
Ans...), but the taste is a big turn off for most consumers. If you're not into chugging really bizarre-tasting liquids,
go with the capsules instead.
Ideally, your best way to have this medicine nearby is to grow your own olive trees. To make the medicine, just
gather leaves from the trees, wash them, add them to a large container of water and boil it into a concentrate. This
liquid can be consumed internally or used topically. Seek the direction of a naturopathic physician, of course,
before consuming this internally, and be especially cautious if you are pregnant.
The shelf life of most of these natural medicine products is about 1-2 years. That can be roughly doubled by
refrigerating the products (highly recommended).
More Anti-Virals
Honorable mention anti-virals
In addition to the top five I've already mentioned here, there are other antiviral products and nutrients worth
mentioning:
• Nascent Iodine - (www.IntegratedHealth.com) - Offers additional protection against infectious disease while
supporting your thyroid gland.
• Amazon Herbs - The Amazon Herb Company's numerous products from the Amazon rainforest are also, in their
own ways, powerful anti-virals. Even their Zamu juice is a good choice (as it contains Sangre de Drago) for
protection against infectious disease. Cat's Claw (Una de Gato) is also a powerful antiviral, and it's available in
numerous Amazon Herb products.
• Probiotics - Virtually all probiotics will boost your defenses against infectious disease. Scientific research has
even shown that probiotics directly reduce the risk of contracting H1N1 swine flu. You can find probiotics at your
local health food store. Read more here: http://www.naturalnews.com/026265.html
• Wildcrafted oregano oil - (www.P-73.com) or (http://www.vitacost.com/productResu...) - This is a phenomenal

wildcrafted oil with too many health benefits to mention here. It's extremely useful as a first aid product, too, and
can help your body heal more quickly. (It's also known to be very useful for topically treating spider bites and
insect bites.)
A related product, also available from Vitacost.com, is called OregaRESP (http://www.vitacost.com/North-

Ameri...), which is an extremely potent encapsulated form of oregano oil. (Just open this bottle and inhale, you'll
be floored!)
Stay Alive
Hopefully what you've noticed in all this is a very important pattern: If you stay informed, you will stay alive!
The No. 1 killer of people in the next great pandemic will be, without question, ignorance of natural medicine.
Those who don't know about these natural anti-virals will literally die of ignorance, while those who understand
the incredible healing power of Mother Nature's medicine are far more likely to survive.
But it's about more than survival: It's also about independence. When you use natural medicine to boost your
defenses, you are no longer dependant on doctors, hospitals and conventional medicine to provide you with
medicine. So instead of being a victim to the military medical establishment (because the military will be involved
in the distribution of vaccines, trust me...), you can instead remain independent and self-reliant.
It is this self-reliance that scares the power mongers who run our world. The last thing they want is citizens taking
charge of their own health and refusing to function as slaves to Big Pharma.
I hope you found this report informative and valuable. Stay informed and you'll stay alive during the next
pandemic.
- Mike Adams, the Health Ranger, editor of NaturalNews.com
Is AIDS a Man-Made Disease?
From Cal Steinberger:
Back in 1976, the following ad began appearing in New York newspapers:
Last Chance for gay men to join the Hepatitis B* Vaccine Program!
*A sexually transmitted disease. Enrollment closes in June, after which the vaccine may not be available for
several years. Take the FREE blood test to determine your HEPATITIS B status and eligibility for the
program.
Over 1000 gay men took the free vaccination at a time when there was no such disease as AIDS. Then, by
1978 the infection began popping up all over the gay community. Strangely enough, it was predominate
among the volunteers who had taken the free Hepatitis B vaccine. Within 5 years, 60 % of these men were
infected with HIV.
[Ed. It goes without saying that you should avoid ANY government sponsored vaccine program, no matter
how noble the cause may seem].
The program had been repeated the next year in San Francisco and Los Angeles, and as in New York, shortly
after the vaccination for Hepatitis B, the west coast volunteers also began presenting with symptoms of AIDS.
In Africa, in 1977, a free vaccination against Smallpox was offered to the Black citizens of the countries with
"population problems". The cost was borne by the United States Health Agencies as a "humanitarian
gesture". Again, within 5 years, over 60 % of the recipients presented with the HIV virus, and, today well
over 20 million face death from AIDS.
There are some who say, that the AIDS virus originated from the Hilleman green monkeys of Africa. Of
course, there is never any explanation as to how the virus then got from these damn little green monkeys in
Africa into the blood of the East and West Coast gay males. And, no word as to what the supposedly AIDS-
infected monkeys were doing between 1960 and 1978 (?). Their kidneys were were being used for "vaccine
manufacture"...where in the world did the AIDS virus hide all during that time?
Now, with that as "background information", let me now present what I said in my report about AIDS back in
1988.
"With regard to some of the techniques of "Biological Warfare", the AIDS virus may be seen as a possible
case in point. An epidemic disease of this magnitude that coincides with a nationwide civil emergency as
herein described, will certainly have to be dealt with. For the protection of all military, police, and Civil
Defense personnel, it is important that the following FACTS about AIDS be understood.
HcG Vaccine for Population Control

Philippine Medical Association study indicates that women were injected with contaminated tetanus vaccine
FRONT ROYAL, VA Have women in the Philippines, and possibly elsewhere, surreptitiously been used as
guinea pigs in an international anti-fertility campaign?
A new medical study in the Philippines suggests that may well be the case.
A recent study conducted by the Philippine Medical Association on behalf of the Philippine Department of Health
revealed that almost 20 percent of the tetanus vaccine sampled positive for the hormone human chorionic
gonadotrophin (hCG), according to Human Life International. Vaccines containing the hormone immunize
women not only against tetanus but also against pregnancy by inducing the body's immune system to attack the
hormone needed to bring an unborn child to term.
"This study lends credence to what Human Life International (HLI) and some other groups have suspected all
along," said Father Matthew Habiger, president of the international pro-life/family organization. "We first began
to hear reports last year about tetanus vaccination campaigns in the developing world that targeted only women of
child-bearing or pre-child bearing years, and that they required multiple injections. The vaccination program is
sponsored by the World Health Organization, an agency with a 20-year history of researching anti-fertility
vaccines," Fr. Habiger said. "We brought our suspicions to the world's attention. This new study greatly heightens
our concerns."
The WHO and certain feminist organizations that claim to care about the health of women publicly attacked HLI
after it called for an investigation of the widespread allegations about contaminated vaccine. "In light of the new
Philippine study, it appears that these groups have squandered their credibility," Fr. Habiger said.
The Philippine Medical Association reported that nine of the 47 vaccine samples tested were found to contain
hCG, and released a letter signed by the three Philippine physicians who actually tested the vaccines. The PMA
president attested to the veracity of the letter and the testing process. All the vaccines sampled were taken from
various health centers in Luzon and Mindanao. Almost all of them were labeled by one of two Canadian firms,
Connaught or Intervax. All the samples were tested with an immunoassay-based method developed by the U.S.
Food and Drug Administration.
The Philippine Medical Association report closes the first stage of a two-part investigation of contaminated
vaccines in the Philippines. The protocol for the second stage of the test testing the women vaccinated for
antibodies to hCG has been submitted the Philippine Department of Health and is awaiting funding.
In a letter to the Philippine Department of Health, HLI urged immediate approval of the second stage to uncover
the full dimensions of this scandal.
The tetanus vaccine tested in the Philippines was imported as part of a program against neonatal tetanus
sponsored by the WHO. Similar vaccination protocols have also been observed in WHO programs administered
in Mexico and Nicaragua. Tests of the vaccine in Mexico yielded similar results but none of those tests was
performed as part of an actual investigation into the contamination.
"We view the adulteration of tetanus vaccine with hCG to be a matter of grave concern," said Fr. Habiger. "It is
absolutely essential that any country which has this program in place begin testing the vaccines for
contamination."
Noting that it is unlikely contaminated vaccine would still be in circulation after public concerns were raised last
year, Fr. Habiger suggested that researchers attempt to focus on acquiring and testing unused vaccines distributed
prior the public outcry over vaccine contamination. He said it is even more important that women who previously
received the vaccine be tested for the telltale presence of hCG antibodies in their bloodstream and that the
numbers of miscarriages experienced by vaccinated women be tabulated.
"We are not making any accusations at this stage," Fr. Habiger said. "But we strongly suspect something is
seriously amiss. And public confidence in these kinds of vaccination campaigns has been critically eroded in
several developing nations. Only an objective, scientifically valid study of this matter will lay public concerns to
rest."
Human Life International is the world's largest international pro-life and family human rights organization
providing service, education and advocacy in 84 nations.
Even NWO shill Michael Moore put together a convincing award winning documentary that has been prepping and
getting the population ready to accept the new health care program to be revealed in 2010? Look for it for it is coming,
and once the Universal Healthcare Acts pass, watch as they use what ever program is unveiled, to better, more
tightly control the population.
I must state that the "establishment" often uses

"shills" to steer potentially chaotic situations
into the route that is in line with their NWO
plans. So mind you, that their "shills" will
always be in the midst of the genuine truthers
and chanting along side with them, some shills
take lead roles in the OPPOSITION movements
as champions for the downtrodden masses. Thus
the ruling elite ingeniously steer even the
opposition‘s focus and dialog.
In Fahrenheit 9/11 they gave Moore his

marching orders and he jumped into the midst
of the 911 "tin-foil hat brigade", in Bowling for
Columbine Moore took his best shot at
demonizing legal gun ownership that was
guaranteed us by our founding fathers, but must
be outlawed for the NWO police state to one
day be able to clamp down and move around
freely without opposition. Then he made Slacker Uprising, and gave it away for free. Then Sicko, where he does a
pretty good job of revealing to the sheeple (as has been so obvious to many of us truthers for decades) the diabolical
state of the US medical care industry, thus helping his masters to prepare the multitudes for the next phase of new
world order plans… Oh, now his masters gave him a blank check to make yet another new documentary about
capitalism, focusing on revealing what they want known of the financial chaos, again laying the groundwork for the
next phase of their plans which will be the total revamping of America‘s and worldwide monetary sytem… in their
favor, of course. Folks, this is a perfect example how your ruling masters steer even the ―opposition‘s attacks‖ right
down the path they choose to meticulously lead world events in their favor. For they own and finance ALL SIDES of
every dabate!
They are still working on changing the entire medical scene at the same time they are changing the world of finance.
Thank you Moore for your playing right into their agendas and playing right into their gambit for you have just set the
stage for the gullible ―must be told what the fuck is happening‖ crowd, umm, what is kind of happening. By the time
they get the message, will be just in time for them to be lead into the next door, on stage right: Geusss what? Our
monetary system is bankrupt. So we will need to join some sort of international consortium based Zionist system…
(this is discussed in the financial industrial matrix section).
Throughout this Matrix Report we reveal how each and every sector of society and commerce is tightly woven, spun
guided and controlled by the ruling elites. The one factor that makes this Medical Industrial Matrix so sinister is the
fact that THEY KNOW (the ―enlightened ones‖) the secret of health is in what you eat and put inside your bodies.
Have you not EVER wondered WHY the most discerning Jewish people refuse to even enter our super markets and eat
the same garbage that we are marketed and consume on a daily basis?
Behold! Herein is one of the biggest clues! Or a monument coincidence? The garbage that you, the Goyim call "food"
is laced with toxic chemicals and poisons! Oh what a mighty web they weave. Some of the stuff you consume is even
blatantly referred to and classified "junk food" yet everyone obliviously munches down. The poisons in your bodies
accumulate throughout the years, until finally your bodies begin to give up and start breaking down from the
accumulated toxins. At which point your slavery is then transferred to and hosted by the medical establishment
department. Yes, once your body has been subjugated by the poisons and toxins you ate throughout your life, you then
spend the rest of your Goyim lives as willing slaves and Ginny pigs to the medical cartel matrix! Go ahead, hate the
truth biatches!
In your desperate attempt to prolong your pathetic sheeple goyim lives you will submit to all sorts of medical tests,
policies and regiments. You will, till your last dying days willingly conform, submit to, and eagerly anticipate your
subjugation in your selfish quest to prolong life. Your later days in life will be to serve your medical masters who
dispense all sorts of obscenely expensive drugs, all of which bring forth all sorts of more side effects, further breaking
down your system and intellectual abilities, your ability to reason, your ability to utilize your cognitive functions to the
fullest, finally your ability to stand up and fight.
Most drugs having the side effect of creating a host of new aliements and problems! Doh! Oh what a sad crime, for in
the later days of life when one should be at one's peak of wisdom, minds as sharp as whips, from all the experience in
life, the goyim sheeple instead lose all cognitive abilities, becoming perfected ultra dependant docile servant sheeple.
Never again to formulate sustained cohesive rational thoughts about this chaotic world, let alone commit thoughts to
memory, to utilize their once bright minds and energies to confront their captors, nor share their testimony about those
who conspire to enslave the mankind.
Here is just one recent example of usual business practices of the big pharma industrial complex out of thousands of
examples we could dig up:
Gardasil Researcher Drops A Bombshell

Harper: Controversal Drug Will Do Little To Reduce Cervical Cancer Rates
By Susan Brinkmann, For The Bulletin Sunday, October 25, 2009
Dr. Diane Harper, lead researcher in the development of two human papilloma virus vaccines, Gardasil and
Cervarix, said the controversial drugs will do little to reduce cervical cancer rates and, even though they‘re being
recommended for girls as young as nine, there have been no efficacy trials in children under the age of 15.
Dr. Harper, director of the Gynecologic Cancer Prevention Research Group at the University of Missouri, made
these remarks during an address at the 4th International Public Conference on Vaccination which took place in
Reston, Virginia on Oct. 2-4. Although her talk was intended to promote the vaccine, participants said they came
away convinced the vaccine should not be received.
―I came away from the talk with the perception that the risk of adverse side effects is so much greater than the
risk of cervical cancer, I couldn‘t help but question why we need the vaccine at all,‖ said Joan Robinson,
Assistant Editor at the Population Research Institute.
Dr. Harper began her remarks by explaining that 70 percent of all HPV infections resolve themselves without
treatment within a year. Within two years, the number climbs to 90 percent. Of the remaining 10 percent of HPV
infections, only half will develop into cervical cancer, which leaves little need for the vaccine.
She went on to surprise the audience by stating that the incidence of cervical cancer in the U.S. is already so low
that ―even if we get the vaccine and continue PAP screening, we will not lower the rate of cervical cancer in the
US.‖
There will be no decrease in cervical cancer until at least 70 percent of the population is vaccinated, and even
then, the decrease will be minimal.
Apparently, conventional treatment and preventative measures are already cutting the cervical cancer rate by
four percent a year. At this rate, in 60 years, there will be a 91.4 percent decline just with current treatment. Even
if 70 percent of women get the shot and required boosters over the same time period, which is highly unlikely,
Harper says Gardasil still could not claim to do as much as traditional care is already doing.
Dr. Harper, who also serves as a consultant to the World Health Organization, further undercut the case for mass
vaccination by saying that ―four out of five women with cervical cancer are in developing countries.‖
Ms. Robinson said she could not help but wonder, ―If this is the case, then why vaccinate at all? But from the
murmurs of the doctors in the audience, it was apparent that the same thought was occurring to them.‖
However, at this point, Dr. Harper dropped an even bigger bombshell on the audience when she announced that,
―There have been no efficacy trials in girls under 15 years.‖
Merck, the manufacturer of Gardasil, studied only a small group of girls under 16 who had been vaccinated, but
did not follow them long enough to conclude sufficient presence of effective HPV antibodies.
This is not the first time Dr. Harper revealed the fact that Merck never tested Gardasil for safety in young girls.
During a 2007 interview with KPC News.com, she said giving the vaccine to girls as young as 11 years-old ―is a
great big public health experiment.‖
At the time, which was at the height of Merck‘s controversial drive to have the vaccine MANDATED in
schools, Dr. Harper remained steadfastly opposed to the idea and said she had been trying for months to
convince major television and print media about her concerns, ―but no one will print it.‖
―It is silly to mandate vaccination of 11 to 12 year old girls,‖ she said at the time. ―There also is not enough
evidence gathered on side effects to know that safety is not an issue.‖
When asked why she was speaking out, she said: ―I want to be able to sleep with myself when I go to bed at
night.‖
Since the drug‘s introduction in 2006, the public has been learning many of these facts the hard way. To date,
15,037 girls have officially reported adverse side effects from Gardasil to the Vaccine Adverse Event
Reporting System (VAERS). These adverse reactions include Guilliane Barre, lupus, seizures, paralysis, blood
clots, brain inflammation and many others. The CDC acknowledges that there have been 44 reported deaths.
Dr. Harper also participated in the research on Glaxo-Smith-Kline‘s version of the drug, Cervarix, currently in
use in the UK but not yet approved here. Since the government began administering the vaccine to school-aged
girls last year, more than 2,000 patients reported some kind of adverse reaction including nausea, dizziness,
blurred vision, convulsions, seizures and hyperventilation. Several reported multiple reactions, with 4,602
suspected side-effects recorded in total. The most tragic case involved a 14 year-old girl who dropped dead in
the corridor of her school an hour after receiving the vaccination.
The outspoken researcher also weighed in last month on a report published in the Journal of the American
Medical Association that raised questions about the safety of the vaccine, saying bluntly: "The rate of serious
adverse events is greater than the incidence rate of cervical cancer."
Ms. Robinson said she respects Dr. Harper‘s candor. ―I think she‘s a scientist, a researcher, and she‘s genuine
enough a scientist to be open about the risks. I respect that in her.‖
However, she failed to make the case for Gardasil. ―For me, it was hard to resist the conclusion that Gardasil
does almost nothing for the health of American women.‖
Opon reviewing this section I realized I could not publish this report without also revealing the truth about the
NATURAL CURES THEY DON‘T WANT YOU TO KNOW ABOUT. I can‘t get into details of all the amazing
remedies, cures, suppliments, due to space constraints. But I attempt to make and include a summaried list of MUST
HAVE supliments listed at the end of this chapter. The bottom line here is to give you leads as to where to focus you
energies in search of true healing thus avoiding the butchers.
Here is some important information about cancer, one of the most despicable scams of the entire medical industrial
complex. Billions of dollars vanish into cancer ―research‖ yet nothing is actually ever researched, the establishment
never seriously looks into all the alternatives. They just continue their massively expensive big pharma billion dollar
industrial chemo apparatus system where more people die of chemo then are actually saved. Business as usual.
About Alternative Cancer Treatments

from www.cancertutor.com
Did you know that many people have absolutely no fear of cancer? Some people, if they were diagnosed with
cancer, would be no more concerned than if they got the common cold.
So why do some people have a great fear of cancer and others consider cancer to be nothing more than a minor
nuisance?
The answer to this phenomenon is information. Some people have good information about cancer and others
have bad information about cancer. It is the bad information which causes great fear.
Every human being has cancer cells in their body. Most people don't even know they have cancer cells because
their immune system safely and easily kills their cancer cells as they form. In fact, as long as there is a balance
between the number of new cancer cells in their body, and the strength of their immune system, they will never
"get cancer."
Cancer is caused by an imbalance between the number of cancer cells in the body and the strength of the
immune system. Either there are more cancer cells than there should be or the immune system is too weak, or
both. This imbalance allows the cancer cells to spread enough to be noticed and be dangerous.
Natural cancer treatments, also known as "alternative cancer treatments," do three things:
First, they safely get rid of cancer cells by gently killing the cancer cells.
Second, they strengthen the immune system.
Third, they fix the "inner terrain" of the body to make the body hostile to cancer cells.
Mission accomplished, the person has their balance restored and they are "cured" of their cancer.
These people have received good information and they have been cured of their cancer.
Now let us talk about the orthodox cancer treatments of chemotherapy, radiation and surgery.
Chemotherapy destroys a person's immune system because the immune system has many fast-growing cells.
Chemotherapy also kills many fast-growing cells in the stomach and colon, making it difficult for the cancer
patient to properly digest healthy foods.
Furthermore, chemotherapy is so toxic that if a person used enough chemotherapy to kill all of their cancer cells,
the patient would die long before all of their cancer cells died.
Thus, chemotherapy makes both sides of the equation worse. Not only is the immune system damaged, but there
are lots of cancer cells leftover. The person becomes dependent on chemotherapy for life because they have no
immune system, assuming they live very long.
One of the great deceptions of orthodox medicine is that they can put people into "remission." You can rest
assured when a person's immune system has been destroyed, and many, many cancer cells have survived the
treatment, a cancer patient can never be truly in "remission." Their cancer will always come back because the
balance has not been restored.
In addition, radiation and surgery also kill many healthy cells, meaning non-cancerous cells. Surgery is also hard
on the immune system.
In short, orthodox cancer treatments convert a cancer patient (for as long as they live) into a chronic patient,
meaning a long term profit center.
Orthodox medicine hates the term "cure" because they have no desire to "cure" cancer by restoring the balance
between new cancer cells and the immune system.
All of this is why alternative cancer treatments can have a 30 times higher true cure rate than orthodox cancer
treatments. Alternative cancer treatments TARGET cancer cells or they do no harm to non-cancerous cells.
Thus, alternative cancer treatments can be used in much, much higher doses than orthodox cancer treatments and
thus they can be far more effective.
Mother Nature knows how to CURE cancer (i.e. restore the balance)!! In fact, Mother Nature has put more than
400 different ways to cure cancer on this planet!!
That is precisely why many people have no fear of cancer. They know exactly what to do if they get cancer.
In fact, scientific studies have shown that a person who does nothing will live much longer than a person who
uses orthodox cancer treatments. Yet medical doctors are constantly telling patients that "with chemotherapy you
will live 4 months longer." This is typical of unscientific statements made by medical doctors.
In addition, two-time Nobel Prize winner Linus Pauling, PhD, and Dr. Ewan Cameron, M.D., demonstrated that
a person who uses 10 grams of vitamin C a day, by I.V., will live ten times longer than a person who avoids all
orthodox cancer treatments (though orthodox treatments are occasionally necessary to deal with emergencies,
such as brain swelling or tumors pressing on the bile duct, etc.).
But there are far better alternative cancer treatments than even the Vitamin C protocol of Dr. Pauling and Dr.
Cameron.
Thus, newly diagnosed cancer patients have several choices when they are diagnosed with cancer:
1) They can die quickly, be in incredible pain, and go bankrupt, by using orthodox treatments,
2) They can live longer and be in less pain by doing nothing,
3) They can extend their life by 10 times or more by using 10 grams of vitamin C by I.V. daily,
4) They can cure their cancer by rebuilding their immune system and safely killing all their cancer cells.
It is people who know all of these things who have no fear of cancer!!
So why haven't you learned all of these things in the media? Why hasn't the media ever told the truth about these
400 cures for cancer? Can you spell: "m-o-n-e-y."
The media makes many billions of dollars every year for providing intentionally deceptive information about
cancer. It is this vast fortune that drives the media to intentionally provide totally false information about cancer
to the general public. In fact, the truth about alternative cancer treatments is totally blacklisted!!
Most people assume, without thinking, that business executives have integrity. This is not true. Business
executives are chosen because they are interested in saving profits, not saving humanity. Think of the tobacco
industry. Now think about the pharmaceutical industry and the media. All of these are corporations which are
only interested in profits (i.e. "earnings per share").
The pharmaceutical industry, which makes highly profitable chemotherapy drugs, pumps many billions of
dollars a year into television advertising. These billions of dollars a year are more important to the owners of the
pharmaceutical industry and media than human life. Yes, not everyone cares about human life.
This discussion about information explains why, in spite of the vast superiority of alternative cancer treatments,
more than 99% of newly diagnosed cancer patients begin their cancer treatment with orthodox cancer
treatments!!!
This quote about World War II explains how the media convinces people to avoid alternative cancer treatments
in favor of the deadly orthodox cancer treatments:
• "No one understood better than Stalin that the true object of propaganda is neither to convince nor even
to persuade, but to produce a uniform pattern of public utterance in which the first trace of unorthodox thought
immediately reveals itself as a jarring dissonance."
Alan Bullock, Hitler and Stalin: Parallel Lives
It is the "uniform pattern of public utterance" which convinces people to use chemotherapy, radiation and
surgery at their first sign of cancer. It is the "jarring dissonance" which drives people away from alternative
cancer treatments.
Curing cancer with alternative cancer treatments is fairly easy for those who are recently diagnosed and do not
have a particularly vicious type of cancer. It must be kept in mind, however, that cancer can be relentless, so the
cancer should never be taken lightly!
Cancer patients who have had extensive chemotherapy, radiation and surgery, on the other hand, not only have a
great deal of physical damage and many cancer cells, but they have lost many months of treatment time.
Treating these kinds of cancer patients can be very complex.
Can alternative cancer treatments cure someone who has already had massive amounts of orthodox cancer
treatments? The answer to that question, in fact, is why this website exists. No, we cannot tell everyone how to
cure their cancer, but many people have cured their cancer with alternative cancer treatments after being sent
home to die by orthodox medicine (Note: Over 15% of cancer patients who die of cancer are still on
chemotherapy at the time they die, thus they are never sent home to die.).
So far this discussion has discussed cancer in about the same level of detail as describing the space shuttle as a
"big tube with wings."
The Cancer Tutor website is one of the premiere websites on the Internet on the subject of alternative cancer
treatments. There are more than 150 articles/chapters on cancer on this website!!
One of the unique things about this website is that it "rates" the strength of alternative cancer treatments. This is
so that an advanced cancer patient does not choose a treatment which is too weak for their situation (see the next
section).
If you are not sure whether orthodox cancer treatments or alternative cancer treatments are superior, you need to
stop what you are doing and read this small, free online eBook:
Introduction to Alternative Cancer Treatments (in English)
****************************
by R. Webster Kehr,
Independent Cancer Research Foundation, Inc.
Free eBook
There are two major kinds of cancer treatments. The most popular kind of cancer treatments are called "orthodox
cancer treatments" and include chemotherapy, radiation and surgery.
The second kind of cancer treatments, which are rarely used, are called "natural cancer treatments" or more
often: "alternative cancer treatments."
The average person in America thinks that orthodox cancer treatments are the best cancer treatments on earth
and that alternative cancer treatments are largely worthless.
The evidence for this statement is obvious: over 99% of all newly diagnosed cancer patients start their cancer
treatment with orthodox cancer treatments.
Obviously, there is a reason that people start their cancer treatment with orthodox cancer treatments. The reason
is that they have been taught in the media, in school, by their medical doctors, etc. that there is only one kind of
viable cancer treatment and that is orthodox cancer treatments.
Let's look at two quick facts.
Fact #1: Using definitions of "cancer" and "cure rate" of the 1950s, the true "cure rate" of orthodox cancer
treatments is less than 3% (and even that is being generous). And that 3% figure is the result of 100 years of
"diligently looking for a cure for cancer."
However, rather than curing cancer, the orthodox community has carefully changed the definitions of the 1950s
and replaced them with highly deceptive definitions which make the cure rate of orthodox treatments look far
higher than they really are. Furthermore, there is a massive amount of deceptive information on television.
Because of these things, and others, the general public thinks that the cure rate of orthodox medicine is over
40%.
Something is wrong with this picture. If the cure rate of orthodox medicine has climbed to over 40%, why have
cancer deaths grown to the point that cancer will soon be the leading cause of death in America?
The fact is that if you get cancer, and you use orthodox cancer treatments, you will almost certainly die of
cancer, or at best spend the rest of your life on chemotherapy.
Fact #2: Let us look at alternative cancer treatments. The late Dr. William D. Kelley, a dentist by training,
treated over 33,000 cancer patients with his version of alternative cancer treatments. His cure rate, using the
definitions of the 1950s, on cancer patients who went to him first (as opposed to using orthodox cancer
treatments first), was about 90%.
Thus, comparing orthodox cancer treatment to alternative cancer treatments is like comparing a 3% cure rate to a
90% cure rate.
If these things are true, and they are historically true, why do over 99% of all cancer patients start their cancer
treatment with orthodox cancer treatments?
Understanding the answer to this question could save your life or the life of a loved one!! And answering that
very question is the purpose of this free eBook.
Have you ever noticed that NOT ONE of the worlds true ruling elite EVER, EVER, EVER died of cancer? Interesting
eh? Or just coincidence... I don‘t think so.
The reality is very profound in that mankind has been successfully using natural cures for eons and it has only been in
recent history, since the founding of the sinister FDA that natural cures have been BANNED and some even
outlawed. The FDA in the all powerful position as absolute industry judge, jury, police and executioner has officially
deemed and proclaimed LAW that ―only drugs can cure disease‖ and have made it an imprisoning offense to claim
otherwise. Thus we see manufactures of natural medices and suppliments being forced to NOT disclose in any way
shape or form the many benefits of their products. And for added insult they all must a disclaimer on all their lables
that states: ―This product is not intended to diagnose, treat , cure or prevent any disease.‖ Another common disclaimer
used is: ―It is unlawful to represent in any way that this product is useful or safe for medicinal purposes.‖
Introduction to the Politics of Cancer

By R. Webster Kehr,
Chairman, Independent Cancer Research Foundation, Inc.
Every year hundreds of thousands of people are diagnosed with cancer. To almost all of these people, the
diagnosis of cancer is considered to be a guarantee of massive amounts of pain followed by almost certain death.
But such a diagnosis does not have to lead to any pain or even death. Some people, when they are diagnosed with
cancer, have no fear of cancer and only consider cancer to be a minor nuisance!!
Why is it that some people greatly fear cancer and others consider cancer to be only a minor nuisance? The
answer is information. Some people have good information about cancer and others have intentionally bad
information about cancer and cancer treatments.
How can you tell whether you have good information or bad information? Consider the source of the information
and study the claims. There is almost always an inverse relationship between money and truth. In other
words, the more money an organization has, the less likely you will get any truth out of that organization, in
almost all cases.
For example, the mass media receives many billions of dollars every year from the pharmaceutical industry in
advertising revenues. Anyone who has not been living in a cave all their life knows that the media are very loyal
to their major advertisers.
Both the media and the pharmaceutical industry are worth massive billions of dollars. Can you expect any truth
from either industry?
Both groups are interested in money and the media is more than willing to increase their fortunes by "jumping in
bed" with Big Pharma. Thus, while you may think that everything you know about cancer comes from the media,
in fact, everything you hear from the media about cancer actually comes from the pharmaceutical industry.
For example, the mass media tells everyone that there is no cure for cancer. The mass media also tells everyone
that cancer is so complex that it will take many decades to find a cure for cancer.
Big Pharma supposedly has been "looking" for a cure for cancer for more than 100 years. But for some strange
reason they act like it will be another hundred years before a cure is found. During these 200 years (actually it is a
"carrot and stick" trick and there will never be a general cure for cancer from Big Pharma) both Big Pharma and
Big Medicine will rake in many trillions of dollars!!!
The claims of Big Pharma are nonsense. These are not the claims of people who are experts in cancer, these
claims come from businessmen who are only interested in money. The media is nothing but a mouthpiece for
Big Pharma because it is more profitable to sell your soul than to tell the truth and help people!!!
Also, you probably think that the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is diligently seeking your best interests.
Did it ever occur to you that what you hear about the FDA comes from the media. Because everything you hear
from the media comes from the pharmaceutical industry, you can rest assured everything you hear about the FDA
also comes from the pharmaceutical industry.
The pharmaceutical industry loves the FDA because in 1910 Congress assigned the FDA to be the police force of
Big Pharma. Actually, the FDA is more like a mafia than a police force. But you will never hear anything bad
about the FDA or the pharmaceutical industry in the media.
The prime purpose of the FDA is to shut down competitors of Big Pharma. But the media tells you that the
prime purpose of the FDA is to shut down scam artists. Yes, there are scam artists among the competitors of Big
Pharma, but there are also people who know how to cure cancer who are also shut down by the FDA!!
In other words, the FDA does not care whether someone knows how to cure cancer, the FDA shuts down
everyone who cuts into the profits of the pharmaceutical industry, even if they know how to cure cancer.
Congress, the media, the FDA and Big Pharma (and many, many others) are in the same bed. The media is telling
everyone that both the pharmaceutical industry and the FDA are watching out for your health. Hogwash. What
they are doing is looking out for their profits. When a top executive of the FDA retires it is almost certain they
will soon be millionaires working for a company who works for Big Pharma.
The Two Worlds
The fact is that cancer is easy to cure, especially for newly diagnosed cancer patients. The concept that there is
no cure for cancer and that a cure for cancer is decades away are both totally false and are driven by the lust for
money of the pharmaceutical industry and their friends.
There are, in fact, two totally different worlds of information. These two different worlds of information might
as well be on different planets because there is zero overlap in information between the two worlds. One
world of information is owned and controlled by Big Business. The other world of information is controlled by
people who are outside of Big Business and who care about other people.
In one world, cancer is easy to cure. In the other world, cancer is impossible to cure and it will be many decades
before there is even a partial cure for cancer. In this world, everyone is told that cancer is a chronic disease
because there is no cure.
The media, Congress and the FDA (and the American Cancer Society, which is controlled by oncologists, and
almost all other non-profit "cancer research" organizations which are in bed with some organization in Big
Pharma or Big Medicine) are all on the world of the pharmaceutical industry. It is a fantasy world which was
created by the media. The Savior of the world would refer to their world as a "whited sepulcher" (see Matthew
23:27-33)."
People have been so brainwashed by the world which includes Congress and the media that when they hear
something from the second world they don't believe a word of it.
Here is a famous quote about brainwashing the reader should read 10 times and memorize, because it is the
essence of what brainwashing is all about. The quote is a reference to the brainwashing in World War II:
 "No one understood better than Stalin that the true object of propaganda is neither to convince nor even
to persuade, but to produce a uniform pattern of public utterance in which the first trace of unorthodox
thought immediately reveals itself as a jarring dissonance."
Alan Bullock, Hitler and Stalin: Parallel Lives
The purpose of brainwashing is not to convince people; it is to make them into mindless and obedient sheep.
Once they are mindless and obedient sheep the slightest indication that someone is thinking "outside the box"
immediately brings a massive retaliation either in the form of violence or ridicule.
The "uniform pattern of public utterance" is exactly what our media today has achieved with regards to cancer
and all other diseases. Whenever I tell someone I know how to cure cancer, as fast as possible they retreat away
from me as if I had some deadly, contagious disease. The "uniform pattern" is working well for Big Media.
It gets worse. In fact, there is a strange paradox in medicine. If you do not fully understand the concept of
brainwashing and the concept of this paradox, you will almost certainly die from your cancer!!!
The Deadly Paradox in Medicine
The typical cancer patient who uses orthodox cancer treatments will spend about $350,000 for their treatment and
will die. Orthodox cancer treatments are very, very profitable to medical doctors, hospitals, the pharmaceutical
industry, the "health" insurance companies, the politicians (e.g. government agencies), the media, etc.
In other words, the corporations and individuals who are leading orthodox medicine are extremely wealthy. They
have more money than most people can even dream about having.
Orthodox cancer treatments are designed to make a cancer patient a "long term profit center," meaning cancer
treatments are designed not to treat cancer, but to turn cancer into yet another "chronic disease." Their goal is to
turn every cancer patient into a lifelong user of chemotherapy.
But the key entity which makes massive amounts of money on cancer patients is the pharmaceutical industry. It is
this industry which uses their money to "buy" the favors of the media and many, many other entities. The most
important use of this money is to gain the favors of the media (to control information in the media) and to gain the
favors of the government agencies (which suppress information outside of the media and harass or arrest those
who know how to cure disease). The FDA, like most government agencies, is nothing but the police force of a
corporate cartel (i.e. the large pharmaceutical companies - Big Pharma). The FDA is the way Congress pays
Big Pharma for their bribes - a free police force paid for by the taxpayers.
Patients who make cancer treatment decisions do so on the basis of what they have heard (or not heard) in the
mass media. It is the mass media which controls, directly and indirectly, the information people use to
choose between orthodox cancer treatments or alternative cancer treatments.
The primary reason, by a wide margin, that the media glorifies ineffective orthodox cancer treatments is because
of a paradox in medicine. This paradox is a direct result of two key facts.
Fact #1: Cancer is a trillion dollar disease to modern medicine because there is a great deal of money in treating
cancer as a chronic disease while they pretend there are no cures for cancer and they pretend to be looking for
a cure for cancer.
Therefore, those people who have no interest in curing cancer, because curing cancer would cut into their
profits, have many, many, many billions of dollars to control the White House (e.g. the FDA, FTC, FCC, etc.
appointments), Congress, buy the loyalty of the mass media, etc. etc. For example, any presidential candidate who
is not acceptable to the corporate cartels is effectively blacklisted by the media to insure they are not elected (the
media itself is a giant cartel which has its own police force - the FCC).
Fact #2: There is very little money in curing cancer with alternative cancer treatments, and there is even less
money in telling people how to cure their cancer at home. Thus, there are very few people who know how to cure
cancer and most of them make very little money curing cancer, thus this group has a pathetically small amount of
money compared to how much money Big Medicine and Big Pharma have!!
While all of this is interesting, the deadly paradox in medicine results from these two facts.
The Deadly Paradox in Medicine:

Because the media are whores who sell-out to the highest bidder; the information that is heard by the
general public is totally controlled by the people with the most money and the people with the most money
have the most money because they have the least concern for human life. Thus, all of the information you
hear about cancer comes from those who love your money but have absolutely no concern for your life!!
If you do not clearly understand this paradox you will have almost no chance of surviving your cancer
because you will continue to believe what you hear in the media and you will continue to use orthodox
cancer treatments!! Understanding this paradox is the first step in the healing process and has been the first step
for many decades.
This paradox is why, when you watch television, you see medical doctor shows (by deifying medical doctors they
are glorifying drugs), hospital shows, pharmaceutical ads, etc. every time you turn on your television. That is why
the vast majority of people have no clue that alternative cancer treatments are far superior to orthodox cancer
treatments.
In a nutshell, everything you hear from the media and our government is the result of a bidding process and Big
Pharma and Big Medicine can outbid alternative medicine by a factor of about a million to one because they have
zero concern for YOUR LIFE!!!
What is the significance of this paradox? The significance is that cancer will always be a chronic disease and
there will never be any new cures for cancer found (by orthodox medicine) because it would cut into their vast
fortunes to actually cure cancer.
The money received by pretending there is no cure for cancer is why the oncologist-controlled American Cancer
Society has a billion dollars of funds to convince people to send them money so they can divert money from
people who know how to cure cancer and who are looking for even more effective cures for cancer.
That is why organizations like the American Cancer Society count their contributions in the hundreds of millions
of dollars and why organizations like the ICRF count their contributions in the hundreds of dollars.
One of the things we want to do at the ICRF is have staff to answer emails of cancer patients to give them
suggestions on which alternative cancer treatment is best for their situation. But the ICRF does not even have
enough money to hire a single part-time staff member to answer emails.
Don't ever forget there is very little money in curing cancer and thus the media will never say anything good
about effective alternative cancer treatments. If you don't understand this paradox it could cost you your life or
the life of a loved one!!
The deadly paradox is real and actually applies to many diseases for which there are already cures.
These are just the FACTS. Due to the limited amount of space I have to cover the many sectors of the illuminati matrix
I can‘t discuss each and every illness and their corresponding natural cures, therefore I have chosen to highlight the
great grand daddy of them all, cancer. And as you can plainly see by now, it is all a bogus scam perpetrated by big
pharma medical industrial mafia.
Do check out the links provided throughout this chapter for more information, and as I keep reiterating: please fire up
your search engines and look up anything and everything I say here in this report, as I did, double, triple checking
everything before including it in this report. While still on the topic of cancer, we have to at least include just a few
remedies, but I must, again remind you that I only covered just a very few suppliments and cures, there exists a wealth
of sources and information out there waiting for you to discover. Here is a quote from Kevin Trudeau‘s book:
More Natural Cures They Don‘t Want You To Know About

Eating Fast Food Causes Cancer, Diabetes, Heart Disease, and Dozens of Other Illnesses
My independent observations have shown that eating fast food causes disease in the same manner that smoking
cigarettes causes lung cancer. You are reading this right. The fast food restaurants totally disagree with my
conclusions and state emphatically that there is no evidence supporting my claims. I disagree with them 100
percent. Let‘s look at the facts. McDonald‘s say if you eat in their restaurants once a week, you are a ―heavy
user.‖ People however, do not frequently just one fast food restaurant. I asked people who eat fast food at least
three times a week consistently, ninety percent had heart disease or high risks of heart disease. Ninety-two
percent had pre-diabetes or diabetes. Ninety-five percent were overweight. Eighty-five percent had food and/or
environmental allergies. Ninety-one percent had an acidic pH, which means, according to Dr. Morter, they are
prone to get cancer. The list goes on.
The question is why does fast food apparently cause so much disease and illness? There are many factors. I
believe the most important factor, which is overlooked and virtually never discuss, is that fast food is loaded with
CHEMICALS! Any time you talk to a doctor about fast food they talk about calories, sodium, carbohydrates, fats,
proteins, and the like. Doctor never mention the chemical poisons used in the producing of the food, the
chemicals used in the processing of the food, the microwaving and irradiation of the food causing it to be
energetic toxic, the growth hormones and antibiotics used in the meat and dairy and other environmental toxins
that get into the food in the cooking, sodium, proteins, and fats being in an abnormally proportioned state, I
believe the most important reason that eating fast food causes disease are the CHEMICALS AND POISONS in
the food.
Let‘s take it a step further. I went and interviewed 100 cancer patients. All of them, 100 percent, in the last year
averaged three fast food or chain restaurant meals per week. I interviewed a little over 100 diabetics and found the
same thing. The same thing occurred with patients with heart disease, allergies, constipation, Fibromyalgia,
fatigue, obesity, arthritis, and MS. Virtually every one of those people that I talked to that had these diseases ate
in fast food or chain restaurants at least three meals per week. Those that didn‘t ate processed food from publicly
traded corporations at least three times or more per week! People disagree with my conclusions, but it seems to be
pretty obvious to me. Eating fast food and eating processed food sold by publicly traded corporation‘s causes
disease.
How bad is fast food? How could they say their processing methods and sanitary? It‘s impossible. Did you know
that even the government in reviewing the safety and sanitary regulations at fast food restaurants find violations
EVERY SINGLE TIME AND INSPECTION IS DONE! That‘s right; every single time a food inspection is done
at fast food or chain restaurant serious health violations are found in sanitation. This means the food is poisoned.
This means the food is not safe to eat, yet we eat it almost every single day. Did you know that health violations
occur in the processing plants of virtually every publically traded corporation making your favorite brand name
food? This means the food is not safe to eat. This means the food is causing disease and illness. This is why
eating 100 percent organic food is causing disease and illness. This is why eating 100 percent organic food from
small companies is a must. I continue to get thousands of e-mails a week from people who tell me why they are
amazed on how their health has dramatically changed after they stopped eating fast food and processed food, and
simply changed to 100 percent food. When you stop putting all the poisons and chemicals in your body you can
see dramatic health changes.
Causes of Diseases
In my book I mentioned that I was treated by Dr. Tang at the Century Clinic in Reno, Nevada. The clinic is now
called Sierra Integrated Health, and the medical director is Dr. Tang‘s son. I was recently at Sierra Integrated
Health and had a chance to visit with the patients and healthcare providers. It was interesting to note some of the
statistics being shared. Did you know virtually every person who is sick has major food and environmental
allergies and doesn‘t even know it?
Most people think of allergies as coughing, sneezing, wheezing, watery eyes, and things of this nature. This is not
the case. When you are allergic to something, all it means is your body reacts negatively to that particular
substance, whether it is something you smell, something you eat, or something in your environment, perhaps a
toxin in some soap, cleaning fluids, paint, or chemicals in food. When your body reacts negatively (an allergic
reaction) it doesn‘t mean you will sneeze nor have a runny nose or watery eyes. It means something in your body
is not going to act correctly. It virtually means a suppression of your immune system or a part of your body‘s
function that stops operating optimally. This opens the door for illness and disease. It can make you fatigued,
tired, irritable, grumpy, etc. Most people in testing are found to have environmental and food allergies. It is
believed that this is caused by Candida, as well as all of the poisons and toxins being put in our food supply
today, our water supply, and the air. It is highly suggested and recommended that your address food and
environmental allergies. When you do, your body can go back to normal and you are more prone to heal quicker
from any disease or ailments you have and prevent sickness from ever occurring.
It is also important to note that a common ailment that is present in people who are sick is Lyme disease is very
rarely diagnosed properly. People who have symptoms of MS, Fibromyalgia, chronic fatigue, etc. are never
diagnosed as having Lyme disease. Lyme disease is prevalent in person after person after person. The percent-age
is outrageously high to the point of being epidemic. If you are sick I would highly encourage you to check to see
if you have Lyme Disease. If you do, the standard protocol that a medical doctor would give you is a round of
antibiotics. I would highly recommend against this. Go to a clinic that uses no drugs and surgery and you can be
treated with homeopathics, herds, nutritional supplements, DMSO, hydrogen peroxide, and things of this nature
that have been found to be very effective at treating Lyme. As always I encourage you to get treatment from a
licensed healthcare practitioner who does not use drugs and surgery.
Vitamin E Cures Cancer!
This should be the headline, but you will probably never see it. Why? Because all-natural vitamin E is such a
powerful health enhancing supplement that the drug companies are trying to discredit it every way they can. Here
is an article by Dr. Jeff McCombs, the author of the book Lifeforce. It describes the most recent ―study‖ and
report on vitamin E. This explains and exposes how ―studies‖ are really nothing more than fraudulent reports
bought and paid for by the pharmaceutical industry to either falsely make you believe that their drugs are
effective and safe or falsely make you believe that all natural remedies are ineffective and dangerous.
Vitamin E by Dr. McCombs. In the movie, Dorothry and her companions shudder in fear when they first
confront the great and powerful ―Wizard of Oz.‖ Only later do they discover that he‘s a fake, and that he‘s been
deceiving people for years.
Today, the same scene is used over and over again by companies and agencies who attempt to control others for
their own personal gain. Many, once reputable and reliable, companies now use the public perception of
themselves to control others and profit from deception, lies, and misinformation. A government that once stood
for the people is now being sold over and over again to some of the most powerful and influential money interests
on the planet. Four of the top 10 Fortune 500 companies are pharmaceutical companies. They have a lobbyist for
every state representative and senators in Washington, with some extras assigned to the public committees of the
House and Senate. Your health is being sold on a daily basis by every representative and senator who takes their
money as long as there is something written down on paper. It doesn‘t matter if it‘s true or not, just as long as the
pharmaceutical companies say it is.
Let‘s analyze a recent example. You may have heard of a study indicating that vitamin E is bad for you. The
name of this study is HOPE-TOO (Heart Outcomes Prevention Evaluation--The Ongoing Outcomes) and is an
―extension‖ of an earlier study on vitamin E, called HOPE. The names seem to indicate an innocence and
hopefulness about it. This couldn‘t be further from the truth.
When I first read the HOPE-TOO report, I wondered who had performed it for what purpose. The best way to
discover this information is by looking at the original study and see what took place. The newspaper, magazines,
and journals will report whatever is fed to them, so they are unreliable when it comes to discovering the truth.
The first question is who funded by pharmaceutical companies. You may recognize some of the following names:
Aventis, King Pharmaceuticals, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Bayer, GlaxoSmithKline, Novartis, Pfizer, Roche, Abbott
Laboratories, Genentech, Pharmacia, AstraZeneca, Natural-Source Vitamin E Association, and several others.
These are the same companies that produce drugs that kill hundreds of thousands of people each year. Only these
companies have the type of money that could fund such a study, representing their own interests, and not the
public‘s.
The next question is for what purpose was this study funded? The main player in these studies is a pharmaceutical
giant called Aventis. Closer examination reveals that the timing of the end of the first study (1993-1999)
coincided with the release of a drug aimed at helping to prevent heart failure. This was an Aventis drug called
Rimipril, also known as Altace. The ending of the second study (1999-2003) doesn‘t coincide with anything.
However, the second study results weren‘t released until March 15, 2005, which coincides with the release of
another Aventis drug aimed at heart failure, Plavix on March 10, 2005. If the study was an important study of
vitamin E, shouldn‘t the results have been made public in May of 2003 when it was finished? YES. The study
however, wasn‘t being done for that purpose. These pharmaceutical giants weren‘t doing a study to discover the
importance of vitamin E. They do not sell vitamin E, they sell drugs. Why do so many pharmaceutical companies
invest so much money to study on vitamin E? Is vitamin E that big of a threat to them? YES.
When you read the HOPE-TOO study, you see that ―The authors note that the adverse effect of vitamin E was
unexpected and UNCONFIRMED the other trials.‖ What do the other trials say? Let‘s look at a few:
Cambridge Heart Antioxidant study reported 77 percent lower risk of heart attack with vitamin E.
Finnish study reports reduced risk of prostate cancers in male smokers.
Columbia University study reports vitamin E slows progression of Alzheimer‘s disease when used in high doses.
Animal studies report vitamin E protects against cataracts.
Other studies show that it protects against colon cancer, cystic breasts, etc.
In other words, Vitamin E is a better choice than drugs for many conditions. As a matter of fact, when you read
the HOPE and HOPE-TOO studies, you‘ll note that the authors didn‘t compare vitamin E to their drugs, they
compare vitamin E to a placebo. In other words, some people were given vitamin E and others were given
something that they were told was vitamin E, but it wasn‘t. This way, only the researchers know who is talking
what. Since I‘ve been talking about looking at the results of the study, it‘s time that we did. There were 4 main
results.
1. Cancer incidence was less in the vitamin E group.

2. Prostate cancer was less in the vitamin E group.
3. Cancer deaths were less in the vitamin E group.
4. Major cardiovascular events were 1 percent greater in the vitamin E group.
If you read the results, you‘ll see that the headlines should have read, ―Vitamin E cures cancer.‖ Instead, what
you read is that vitamin E is bad for you. What you should have read is that the TYPE of vitamin E used in this
study created a 1 percent increase in cardio vascular events. The researchers do not explain cardio vascular
events, so that leaves it up to companies who funded the study to interpret it however they choose to.
Let‘s look at the TYPE of vitamin E that was used in the study. This is perhaps one of the most important
considerations of these studies that one addresses. If you refer back to the list of funding agencies, you‘ll see the
Natural-Source Vitamin E Association. Nobody can seem to find this company, however. I‘ve checked many
resources, and it doesn‘t seem to exist. All that I‘m able to determine is that they are listed in every Aventis
pharmaceutical study on Vitamin E. They are listed as the Natural-Source Vitamin E association of Washington,
DC, but seem to be more closely tied to Ontario, Canada, home of Aventis. Nobody in the supplement industry
has ever heard of them outside of these studies. It‘s important here because it is this ―association‘s‖ definition of
natural vitamin E that forms the basis of the few negative studies done on vitamin E. The Natural-Source Vitamin
E Association states that natural vitamin E can only exist in a chemically altered, esterified, form. It is this
chemically altered form of natural vitamin E that is used in their studies. This form of vitamin E is known to have
no antioxidant function in the body. This is not the form to use when testing the effectiveness of vitamin E. The
best and most active form of vitamin E is the un-esterified, all-natural mixed tocopherol form, consisting of alpha,
beta gamma, and delta tocopherols. This is also the un-esterified version doesn‘t exist, but it does.
In the scientific community, the HOPE and HOPE-TOO studies are being cited as examples of bad research.
There are many questions about who was excluded along the way and for what reason. The study itself proves
that synthetic, chemically altered form of vitamin E can produce a very slight 1 percent increase in cardiovascular
events, while also decreasing certain cancers and death due to cancer
A better designed study would be to compare all-natural, un-esterified mixed tocopherols to Aventis drugs. If we
use current information about Rimipril and Plavix, we see that can cease:
Abdominal hemorrhage, pain, gastritis, and constipation; peptic and duodenal ULCER; rash and skin disorders;
anxiety; insomnia; arthritis; gout; CATARACTS; anemia; edema; eczema; pneumonia; cystitis; allergies; fatty
liver and hepatitis infections; LEUKEMIA; fetus death; dizziness; low blood pressure; dehydration; vomiting;
kidney disease; pancreatitis; death of skin tissue; hearing loss; tremor; tinnitus; vision disturbances; fever;
impotence; weight gain; possible death; and amnesia.
All-natural, un-esterified vitamin E does none of the above and in many cases, according to previous studies; it
may help to reverse the above symptom and conditions.
Now, do you think that you‘ll ever see a study funded by Aventis comparing their drugs to all-natural, un-
esterified vitamin E? NEVER.
So, next time the great powerful Oz decides to scare you with his façade and hype, just pull back the curtain to
see the truth for yourself. I‘ll take my vitamin E any and every day.
Miracle Product
Allicin comes from raw garlic. It is antiviral, antibacterial, anti-inflammatory, and simulates and boosts the
immune system. There are many products on the market that contain high amounts Allicin. In my opinion, this is
a ―natural cure‖ that they don‘t want you about. Why? As with most natural cures, this natural cure is better than
virtually any drug or surgery. In my opinion, you should have some Allicin in your home at all times. At the first
sign of a cold or flu, or and pain or inflammation, start taking some Allicin, it should knock it out.
The Natural Way to Cure Cancer
If you are not concerned about cancer you should be. In America more people are being diagnosed with cancer
than ever before in history. If you get cancer you have a higher chance of dying of cancer than ever before in
history. Cancer rates continue to rise. Cancer fatalities continue to rise. The war on cancer has been a dismal
failure. Over $250 billion has been spent on trying to allegedly prevent and cure cancer. How in the world can
$250 billion be spent, yet cancer rates and fatalities continue to rise? The answer, in my opinion, is cancer is an
industry. Billions of dollars in profits are made in the treatment and testing of cancer. In my opinion, the
pharmaceutical industry simply does not want cancer to prevented or cured. The evidence of this goes back over
fifty years when Jonas Salk cured polio. Let‘s think for a moment about how many diseases had been cured in the
last fifty years. The answer is no disease has been cured! Every single disease is on the increase. The last disease
that was ever cured was polio. How did it get cured? Well, at the time polio was a billion dollar a year business.
The treatment of polio was very profitable. The pharmaceutical industry continued to state that they working on a
cure for this dreaded disease. Billions of dollars were being funneled into pharmaceutical companies‘ coffer by
foundations and government, all trying to research and come up with a way to prevent and cure the disease of
polio.
As I have stated before, any time a pharmaceutical company does research, it is simply conducting research to try
to find a patentable drug that can sell and make millions of dollars. It does not want to cure disease or prevent
disease; doing so would put the companies out of business. This was the case with polio. It wasn‘t until Jonas
Salk‘s wife developed polio that a cure was developed. Jonas Salk simply said enough was enough. He went into
a laboratory and within six months developed the cure for polio. He never made a penny on his discovery. Polio
was cured, never to be the horrible menace it once was. People would no longer fear getting polio and suffering a
lifetime of illness due to the horrible disease. The problem was the polio industry virtually went bankrupt
overnight. At that time, a secret meeting was held with the heads of major pharmaceutical companies, the
American Medical Association, and past commissioners of FDA. This ―cartel‖ discussed the financial
implications of curing a disease was unprofitable and it would not be tolerated. That is why there was never been
a cure for any disease since that time. The decision was simply made to convince people that ―We are so close to
finding a cure.‖ when nothing could be further from the truth.
The fact is there are ways to prevent disease, and there are ways to cure disease with natural means. The most
important thing for you to consider is the pharmaceutical cartel wants more people to get cancer. Cancer is the
most profitable industry in the entire field of medicine and health. There are major financial incentives to increase
the percentage of people getting cancer. In my opinion, this cartel is knowingly producing products that give us
cancer, therefore increasing their profits. This cartel has been incredibly aggressive at trying to discredit and wipe
out any person who exposes the causes of cancer and educates people on ways to prevent and cure cancer. This is
not new. Back in 1972, a book was written call Cancer: Causes, Prevention and Treatment by Paavo Airola. In
his introduction Paavo Airola states ―First, I want to make it perfectly clear that I do not offer a cure for cancer. I
only report how cancer is successfully treated in several of the biological clinics in Europe. I do this mainly to
protect myself against prosecution by the overzealous government agencies who, in the name of protecting the
public, mercilessly attack anyone who not only dares to advise but even to report on unorthodox cancer therapies
work.‖
The causes of cancer are known yet suppressed. If you ask anyone what causes cancer, no one knows! Ask a man
―What is the cause of prostate cancer?‖ No one knows. Ask a woman ―What is the cause of breast cancer?‖ No
one knows. Ask anyone ―What is the cause of liver cancer, lymphatic cancer, or stomach cancer?‖ No one knows.
The reason no one knows is the pharmaceutical industry continues to state the lie that the cause of cancer is not
known. This is a lie. The cause of cancer is simply stop doing the things that are causing cancer! This is an
oversimplification, but the fact is that there are clinics around the world that cure cancer in virtually 100 percent
of the cases without chemotherapy, radiation, drugs, or surgery. Unfortunately, in many states in America it is a
criminal offense to cure someone of cancer without using chemotherapy, radiation, drugs, and surgery. There are
doctors In America who are being imprisoned for committing the crime of curing a patient of cancer without
using chemotherapy, drugs, radiation, and surgery. How insane. What causes cancer? Here are the basic causes of
cancer:
1. Toxins. As mentioned in the Natural Cures book, the number one reason people get sick or have any
disease is too many toxins in the body. Toxins are the number one cause of cancer as well. The basic or
main toxins that cause cancer include:
a. Smoking
b. Mechanical, physical, and chemical irritation.
c. Food additives, such as DES, or diethylstilbestrol, which is used in food production-primarily in meat
products. Eight-five percent of all meat in the United States contain dangerous residual amounts of
poison. This is why many countries around the world refuse to import American meat. This particular
food additive also speeds up sexual maturity in young women.
d. Artificial sweeteners, such as saccharine and aspartame
e. Nitrites used in processed meat products
f. Hexachlorophene, which is used in many cosmetics, soap, and deodorants
g. Food dyes
h. Non-prescription and prescription drugs
i. Almost all oil used in cooking in restaurants because is rancid
j. Chemicals used in cleaning products.
k. And many other types of toxins.
So the number one reason you have cancer is the toxins that are purposely being put in our food, our water, our
air, our cosmetics, soaps, and cleaning supplies that all wind up in our bodies.
2. Nutritional Deficiencies. The second cause of all cancers is nutritional deficiencies. Even the U.S.
Government states that at least one-half of all Americans suffer from varying degrees of nutritional
clusive that even a deficiency in just one vitamin or mineral, or other nutritive substance lowers
resistance to infection and disease, and increases risk of cancer. From these studies it states that:
 Even a mild deficiency of choline produces cancer of the liver.
 Vitamin E deficiency increases the risk of leukemia
 Iodine deficiency leads to cancer of the thyroid
 Deficiencies of various B vitamins results in liver damage, as well as cancers
 Deficiencies in zinc lead to cancer of prostate
 Vitamin A deficiencies lead to tumor developments
 And on, and on, and on
3. Electromagnetic Chaos. The next cause of all cancers is electromagnetic chaos. I have mentioned this in
previous newsletters, cell phones, microwaves, high-definition TVs, laptops computers, and any and all
wireless devices categorically, 100 percent lead to and cause the body to susceptible and prone to
developing cancer.
4. Emotional Stress. The last reason people develop cancer is emotional stress, which makes the body turn
acidic, creating an environment where cancer can develop rabidly.
The natural cure for all disease is simply to stop toxins in the body, and cleanse the toxins that are in your body
out of the body; handle any nutritional deficiencies you have; eliminate, neutralize, or reduce electromagnetic
chaos; and reduce emotional stress. When you do these things the body comes back into balance and you virtually
can never be sick.
I want to talk here specifically about some of the toxins that specifically relate to cancer. In my book I mentioned
that if you can‘t eat it, you shouldn‘t put it on your skin. This is something that many people blow off as not that
important or significant, but I want you to reevaluate this. Many of the products used in cosmetics, skin care,
soaps, detergents, shampoos, etc. contain ingredients that are categorically cancer causing. Here are a couple
examples, DEA, or diethanolamina. This particular ingredient had been found in over 600 home and personal care
products. These products include shampoos, conditioners, bubble bath, lotions, cosmetics, soap, laundry and
dishwashing detergents. It is just one of an estimated 125 ingredients used in home and personal care products
have been proven to cause cancer. Dr. Samuel Epstein, author of The Safe Shopper‘s Bible, and founder of the
American Coalition to Prevent Cancer, is considered the world‘s leading authority on toxicology. He believes that
DEA categorically causes cancer. Yet even though the FDA knows that this ingredient, as well as many others,
leads to cancer, it remains in the products you buy. Why? Because the multinational conglomerates that own
these companies want you to get cancer. They need to make their products as cheaply as possible to increase their
profits and they know that if you use their products cancer rates will continue to rise and they will make billions
more on all the cancer treatments that they have a monopoly on.
Consider this: propylene glycol is the main ingredient in antifreeze, yet go into your household cabinets and look
at your toothpaste, underarm deodorant, shampoo, conditioner, lotions, soaps, or what have you and you will be
amazed when you see propylene glycol. Propylene glycol is everywhere, yet it gives you cancer! It is a colorless,
viscous liquid used in antifreeze solutions and hydraulic fluids, and as a solvent. It is not only used to break and
hydraulic fluids, paints and coatings, floor wax, pet food, tobacco products, and laundry detergents, but also in
cosmetics, toothpastes, shampoos, deodorants, lotions, and processed foods. You will even find it in baby wipes.
Check the labels, you will be amazed. This is why pets are getting more cancer than ever before. Pet food
companies are using it in pet food. This is why children are getting cancer at a higher rate than ever before. In
addition to causing cancer, propylene glycol also causes dermatitis, kidney damage, and liver abnormalities. It
can cause skin rashes, dry skin, and skin damages. It is a major irritant to the skin. It also can cause nausea,
headaches, vomiting, depression, and gastrointestinal disturbances. The other big problem with propylene glycol
is that it doesn‘t leave your body. It stays in the tissues and continues to build up, causing more and more damage
down the road. Keep in mind that there had never been any long-range testing on the effects of those types of
toxins used in various products.
The same holds true with the toxic ingredient sodium lauryl sulfate, or SLS. This is another cancer-causing agent.
Go look and find it in the products in your cupboard. Not only does it cause cancer, it can change the genetic
structure of cells. It induces mutations in the cells. It irritates skin cells, and impairs ability for hair to grow. It had
adverse affects on the heart, liver, and brain. It affects eyes; damages the immune system; and causes
inflammation of the skin. All of these problems arise simply by putting this on the skin because once you put it on
the skin; it gets absorbed into the body. This also is a toxic substance that does not leave the body, but continues
to build up residual effects. It‘s in your toothpaste, your shampoo, and your soaps. This is just the tip of the
iceberg. Ingredients, after ingredient, after ingredient that is commonly used in not only foods that you eat, but in
the lotions, shampoos, soaps, toothpastes, deodorants, etc. categorically causes cancer and suppress your immune
system, causing all types of other disease.
One of the reasons why we are sicker today than ever before is that the use of these toxic chemicals is increasing
at an astounding rate. We put more poisons in our body than ever before in history. Some researchers suggest that
people today are putting ten times more toxins in their body than they were just ten years ago, and the rate
continues to go up. This is why if you want to be healthy, you absolutely mu understand that you are loaded with
toxins, and that you must clean these toxins out. You must do a colon cleanse, a liver/gallbladder cleanse, a
kidney/bladder cleanse, a Candida cleanse, a parasite cleanse, a heavy metal cleanse, and a full body cleanse-it is
imperative. I say this to you again; if you want to be healthy, do not buy products from publicly traded
companies. Do not buy brand name products. You can buy shampoos and conditioners, and soaps, toothpastes,
antiperspirants, moisturizers, lotions, cosmetics, and skin care products without all of the toxins. They are
available. I am looking at a hand soap right now that says right on the label ―no lauryl sulfates.‖ It is all-natural
and mostly organic. I am looking at a skin moisturizer made with natural oils and emollients. This product is
great, it will not give you cancer, and it will not make you sick. If you want to be healthy, stop putting toxins in
your body. Read the labels of the food you eat and everything you put on your skin.
New Cancer Cures
In America the new media is trying to brainwash us into believing that only the ―medical doctors‖ using
chemotherapy, drugs, and radiation can cure cancer. We are being led to believe that only the M.D.s who receive
their M.D. title after being trained by the drug industry are the only people qualified to give us advice or
information about cancer or our health. We are being led to believe that only chemotherapy, drugs, and radiation,
and those things produced by the pharmaceutical industry in America, are the only things that can treat, prevent,
or cure cancer. This is being pounded into our heads by the FDA, other governmental agencies, and the news
media. This is a great lie. This is fraud. This is arrogance. Consider the hundreds of thousands of DOCTORS
around the world who are not members of the American Medical Association. Consider the hundreds of
thousands of healthcare providers who treat patients on a regular basis all around the world who were not trained
by the American drug industry. Consider the hundreds of thousands of hospitals and clinics around the world that
treat patients who have cancer with methods other than chemotherapy, radiation, and drugs. Consider the fact that
these alternative treatments have the same or better cure rate than chemotherapy, surgery, radiation, or drugs.
Why is this information being hidden from us? The answer is very simple. The news media today is controlled by
the board of directors, officers and shareholders. The people on the boards of the major media, the officers and
the shareholders have major financial ties to the oil industry, the pharmaceutical industry, and the fast food
industry. They are using the media, including the news, to increase their wealth by brainwashing us into believing
that only those products produced by the pharmaceutical industry, to which they have financial ties, can treat,
prevent, and cure diseases like cancer. This is a big lie. We live in America, we watch the TV and read the
newspaper, and we are being simply fed propaganda line that both the government and the multination
corporations want us to hear. We think we live in a free society with the free flow of information and ideas. We
used to laugh at the Soviet Union or Nazi Germany or Red China and how the government would lie to its people
through the news media. We used to think that America was transparent in the free flow of information. This is
categorically untrue. When you travel to other parts of the world people in other countries know that Americans
are in fact being lied to through the media. What you see on TV, what you hear about in the news, is not the truth.
The lies and misinformation are a combination of flagrant, blatant, and purposely delivered untruths, half truths,
lies, deceptions, and misleading information combined with a lack of fact checking. The other element is the fact
that the producers and newsmen have no real desire to put out true information. Their desire is simply to appear to
have exclusive breaking information and produce a controversial news segment or show that will get great ratings
and get the producers and news people involved accolades, thus increasing their power, their position, their
influence, and their salaries. All these people are simply looking to produce pieces that will get them promoted.
They are not looking to share with you truthful information. They have a conflict of interest. If you read my book
in its entirety and you listen to anything I say in these newsletters, the bottom line is when there is a conflict of
interest, and specifically when that conflict is monetary, you can be assured that people will succumb to greed,
therefore compromising the free flow of truthful information.
However, that blanket statement does not take into account how far along your cancer is, and other factors in your
life which may impede the healing process. One new specific cancer cause, which is a nontoxic breakthrough in
cancer, as well as stroke, endometriosis, and psoriasis, with no side effects and no contraindications, is a complex
of mineral, vitamin, and amino acid known as palladium lipoic complex (LAPd). The FTC prohibits me from
mentioning the trade name for this complex, but there are over 2000 articles written about LAPd that you can find
on the internet. More information about this is at www.centurywellness.com Dr James Forsythe, a board certified
oncologist, has just completed a twenty-three month study utilizing this complex. All patients enrolled in this
retrospective outcome-based study were stage four cancer patients. As the study progressed and the data began to
unfold, Dr Forsythe presented interim results at the following three enrollment points: 104 patients, 160 patients,
and 209 patients. The reported results are so extraordinary that we believe the word spectacular accurately
conveys the great promise this protocol holds for millions of cancer patients. The most recent report is available
at www.centurywellness.com.
The FDA has been trying for years to stonewall studies on LAPd. They have restored to the intimidation tactics
that they have been employing for the past 50 years. First they try to destroy the product with fabricated
accusations in an all-out effort to undermine any research that may support the effectiveness of such a product. If
the attempt to destroy the product is not successful, they then resort to attacking the researcher. They use smear
campaigns, black PR, false and misleading press releases, and Gestapo-like tactics scaring doctors and patients.
They use the media to put forth their false propaganda. They do they do this? The FDA, as I mentioned to you
before, is nothing more than a front for the pharmaceutical industry. The revolving door between people involved
in the FDA and the pharmaceutical industry is an absolute joke. The people who run the FDA are paid by the
pharmaceutical companies. The drug industry owns the FDA. The drug industry owns the politicians who control
the FDA. The FDA does what the drug industry wants. It‘s all about making money for the drug industry; it‘s not
about protecting consumers, and it‘s not about curing disease.
Breast Cancer Curse
Millions of women are frightened about the prospects of breast cancer. Breast cancer is becoming epidemic. The
first question that is never addressed is what is causing such an increase in breast cancer. I can assure you that
there is study after study after study from healthcare providers around the world that suggest that one of the
causes of breast cancer is stress and toxins accumulating in the fatty tissue in the breast. These toxins could
include aluminum used in the underarm antiperspirants, as well as herbicides, pesticides, and various chemicals
used in our food productions; cell phone and laptop computers also could be a cause. No one knows or is exactly
sure what the cause of breast cancer is. However, if a person were doing the things in Chapter 6, it is my firm
belief that the likelihood of you coming down with breast cancer is virtually nil.
One potential way to prevent or reverse cancer is reduction of stress. There are many theories of why stress-
reducing techniques reverse cancer. One was discussed in the book Anatomy of an Illness. In this book, laughing
appeared to put cancer in remission. What are the reasons that reducing stress and laughing can cure cancer?
There are many theories.
One of the most promising treatments for breast cancer, and all cancers, seems to be linseed oil, which is flaxseed
oil. Canadian researchers gave woman with breath cancer one muffin a day with contained linseed oil. Cancers
were reduced by over 42 percent. It appeared to work even more effectively than any form of radiation or
chemotherapy. This outrage is why isn‘t more research being done on linseed and flaxseed oils? The answer is
obvious.
As I have mentioned to you before, little if any research is ever conducted as a non-patentable substance. Linseed
oil and flaxseed oil cannot be patented; therefore no drug company will invest any money. When research is
allegedly conducted on all-natural non-patentable products, ask yourself who is conducting the research. Who is
funding it, and what is the purpose of the researcher? I can assure you and I can prove that virtually every study
done on an ―all-natural‖ product was funded in some way by a pharmaceutical company. The reason the research
was conducted was to prove that the natural substance did not work-that was the objective and goal. The studies
are set up to prove that fact. The way this is achieved first and foremost is actually changing the definition of the
natural product. This was done in the vitamin E study. The organization that conducted the study was owned
many times removed, at the end of the day, in effect, by the pharmaceutical companies that sold a drug that
competed with vitamin E. The ―all-natural‖ vitamin E that was used in the study was a synthetic form of vitamin
E. It was called ―all-natural‖ because the foundation that was doing the study changed the definition of what all-
natural vitamin E was. It wasn‘t all natural vitamin E at all. This happens all the time. The studies are set up to
prove that the natural substances do not work.
If you are concerned about breast cancer or any cancer, or any cancer, I would highly recommend that you reduce
stress, use various stress reducing as described in the Natural Cures book. This also can prevent all types of
disease from developing. I would also encourage you to add linseed or flaxseed oil in your diet. Go to your local
health food store and enquire. There are many easy ways to include linseed and flaxseed oil in your diet. One
particular observation was that when all-natural, not GMO-produced soy protein was added in flaxseed oil and
consumed, some cancerous tumors shrunk dramatically.
Additional research has suggested that shark cartilage also would shrink cancers. More research needs to be done.
When I make statements like this, many times I was attacked. People say that studies on shark cartilage do not
prove that they shrunk cancers. The response is simple: the studies that were done with an inferior grade of shark
cartilage produced in a way so that it becomes non-effective. This is done purposely by drug companies to
discredit the natural products. The bottom line is there are non-surgical, all natural ways to cure and prevent
cancer; new methods are being developed every day. They key is finding healthcare practitioners who are
working with cancer patients on a regular basis, finding out what works and what doesn‘t work, and are
developing the protocols. These doctors are not publishing the information, they are not trying to get on television
explaining the truth about this because they know they will be attacked, and they will be in many cases jailed for
curing cancer without chemotherapy, drugs, and radiation.
The national media continues to attack me and all those people who are trying to get the truth exposed. It drives
me crazy when I see news from people who say that natural methods don‘t work. Where are the news reports
talking about the hundreds of thousands of people last year that got chemotherapy, drugs, radiation, and surgery
trying to cure their cancer, but died anyway?! How come no one is talking about the hundreds of thousands of
people that go to medical doctors and are given drugs or surgical procedures to ―cure simply ailments‖ who wind
up dead?! How come those stories aren‘t behind made headline news!? How come we are not hearing about the
hundreds of thousands of people in China and India who are given herbs and using ayuvedic medicine, or herbal
medicine, or traditional Chinese medicine and being cured if ask their diseases without drugs or surgery of any
kind? How come we are not hearing the stories of millions of people throughout South America who are using
plants and traditional Amazon medicine and curing their disease without any pharmaceutical drugs or surgery?
Again, there absolutely is a place for rugs and surgery. The problem in the conflict of interest that the drug
companies have. They only want to sell drugs, they do not cure disease, and they can only sell drugs that are
patentable. This is why they are hell-bent on hiding the truth about non patentable, inexpensive, non-drug, and
non-surgical ways to cure and prevent disease.
Vitamin D Cuts Cancer Risk in Half Studies Say
The headlines should read ―Revealed-The Pill That Prevents Cancer‖ and ―News Flash-CNN Reports That a
Multi-Year Medical Study on 2,300,000 People Shows That Vitamin D Reduces Cancer by 50 Percent.‖ The
research is in and of course the news media doesn‘t report it. When I say it I‘m called a liar and promoting
quackery, but how can you disagree with the research? Scientists at the University of California found that the
natural form of Vitamin D, which comes from the sun, dramatically reduces the chance of developing of breast,
ovarian, and colon cancer. Report after report after report is now coming in, stating the truth about the benefits of
getting natural sunlight. This is a natural cure they don‘t want you to know about. It‘s amazing that I am called a
person who promotes quackery when I make statements such as natural sunlight is beneficial to your health. I‘ve
been called a promoter of quackery because I say eat more organically grown fruits and vegetables. I‘ve been
called a promoter of quackery by saying reduce stress, exercise, clean your colon, drink pure water without
fluoride and chlorine… all these things I say are promoting quackery. The fact is what I expose in the book
Natural Cures is in fact what millions of people and hundreds of thousands of ―doctors‖ in many disciplines
believe, use, and adhere to. These things are in many cases beyond theory and have been ―proven‖ throughout the
years of observation.
At one point it was considered quackery to suggest that nutrition played any role in preventing or curing or
disease. It was said that washing your hands before surgery was quackery. It was said that NOT doing
bloodletting was quackery. Think of all the things we‘ve done over the years accepting medical practice. Think of
all the drugs that were commonly used that are now off the market because they have been proven to be
ineffective and dangerous. Throughout medical history, those people who rocket the boat about the medical
profession, those people who suggested that the status quo needed to be changed, and those people who suggested
something that was outside the profitability range of the medical industry were called promoters of quackery.
Chiropractors were called quacks, acupuncturists were called quacks, homeopaths were called quacks, massage
therapists were called quacks, and even those who prayed were called quacks. Now we know all of those
therapies have been scientifically proven beyond any doubt to be in fact workable, effective solutions to disease.
The suggestion that exercise was important for health was called quackery. Losing weight to promote health was
called quackery. Not smoking for health is called quackery. The list goes on and on.
Chelation Cure Heart Disease and Other Diseases
There are two types of chelation, oral chelation, and intravenous chelation. Oral chelation can be done at home.
There are many oral chelation products on the market. You can go to the internet and search under ―oral
chelation‖ and see a host of various products; they are very good. If you want faster results, find a healthcare
practitioner in your area that does intravenous chelation. When you do chelation you are putting natural
substances into your body that chemically bond with toxic materials that are in your body such as minerals,
metals, and chemicals. The chelating agents in either the oral formulation you are taking or the intravenous
chelation formula encircle the toxic mineral or metal and carry it from the body via the urine and feces. There are
several books written on chelation. Chelation is an inexpensive natural treatment that can cure and prevent
disease. It is a natural cure they don‘t want you to know about. The drug companies cannot make money on oral
chelation products or intravenous chelation. It is all natural and can cause spectacular results. When you chelate
the toxins out of your body the most common benefit is opening up the arteries. If you are concerned about
blockages in your arteries, chelation is can be answer. You don‘t need angioplasty or bypass surgery if you do
chelation early enough. The increased circulation means you have tremendous other health benefits. Men will not
need Viagra in many cases since blood flow throughout the body is dramatically increased. When blood flow is
dramatically increased because all the arteries are open, you get more oxygen to the blood, which means your
alkalinity pH level goes up, which means you are less prone to cancer or other degenerative diseases. You have
more energy. People‘s skin, hair, and nails look much better and healthier. Wrinkles can go away. You look
younger. You become more flexible. All of your organs start becoming more vibrant and alive-younger and
healthier. It is a tremendous practice that I do myself.
If you are seriously considering purchasing any vitamins and suppliments, be forwarned that most of the junk they
mass produce, sell and pass off as the real McCoy in most major retail outlets are in all actuality mere shadows of the
real thing. Most are watered down versions. Many ―vitamins‖ are not even natural at all! That are in fact artificial
synthetically made in laboratories! The powers that be will never allow their subjects to easily break free from their
chains, thus opening the door to determining what is what. For the day that your minds and bodies cease to be be
oppressed, the clouded thinking process will one day clear up restoring one‘s reasoning, rationalization and critical
thinking abilities to their original God given potential. If that happens on a mass scale, then they have a problem.
Here is a just a small sample partial starter list of must have suppliments the FDA, medical, big pharma industrial cartel
complex absolutely does NOT want you to know about:
 Hydrogen Peroxide
 Collidal Silver
 Camu-camu
 DMSO
 EDTA
 Chlorella
 CoQ
 Detoxification
 Natural Organic derived Vitamins
 MSM
 DHLA
 Coral Calcium
 Allicin
 All the natural vitamins from A through Zinc, etc., etc.
These are but a few of the many natural substances and supliments that have amazing benefits when taken properly.
For more information and leads as to the real way to begin taking care of yourself start researching here:
www.cancertutor.com www.altmedangel.com, www.doctoryourself.com, www.naturalnews.com,
www.vitaminstuff.com, www.earthclinic.com, www.ecoviva.com. These are just a few places to begin learning of
the crucial life changing information. Remember, the time to start natural regiments is BEFORE you are broken down
by the system, as in once you develop life threatening diseases, then it becomes even harder to combat them. In some
cases, even full blow outbreaks of various types can still be successfully treated with natural none harmful sources.
Even CANCER has and still is being naturally CURED to this very day, but the medical industrial complex has
outlawed all alternative forms of treatment here in America due to the fact that those non-profitable options.
Interesting in that America is the ONLY country in the industrialized world which does not provide universal
health care. As in: this nation‘s leaders and the corporations that endlessly lobby and push policies for ever more
profits thus leaving 40+ million poor and unfortunate people on the streets begging for medical help. Yet another
important fact is that we pay more for drugs and medical care than ANY country on the planet. There is a perfectly
logical reason for these facts, it lays squarely on the basis that our medical industrial complex is THE world‘s most
corrupt, selfish, greedy, self-centered, compassionless, fraudulent, profit driven evil medical apparatus in the
world. Is that clear enough? Yet this is just the tip of the iceberg. The insurance industry is one of their partners in
crime.
While you mere mortals must make due with the average lacking run of the mill medical coverage that routinely denies
you of the most fundamental proceedures, the folks in the Senate and Congress have the BEST carte blanch most
exclusive ivy league medical insurance on the planet. The kicker is that they don‘t even have to pay a penny, its gratis,
for your tax dollars pay for every cent. And their coverage never expires, even after they leave public office. Is it any
wonder they could care less or havn‘t a clue about the plight of you mere mortals?
At the time this is being written your most wonderful benevolent kind government career politicians mentioned above
are hammering out a 2,000+ page health care bill that is being paraded to the lemming cattle as the answer to all their
prayers. The hype puts this bill as a big win for consumers when in all reality what this Trojan horse bill is nothing
more than going to usher in the next phase of oppression and enslavement of the working class lemming as the
medical establishment is raised in prominence and power to proportions never before imagined. Only one person in the
mainstream media has waved a caution flag:
Olbermann: ‗Not health, not care, not reform‘

By Diana Sweet, Thursday, December 17th, 2009
Clearly as disappointed in the resulting Senate healthcare bill as many progressives are today, MSNBC's Keith
Olbermann gave a preview of his 'Special Comment' that aired on Countdown Wednesday evening in a diary at
Daily Kos, " There could not be a finer line between the words compromise and compromised and tonight, with
the greatest possible reluctance, I believe I have to go on the air and state my opinion that the Senate bill in its
current form has clearly crossed that line and, as currently constituted, cannot be passed."
Taking the same stance as former Gov. Howard Dean, that the current version of the Senate healthcare bill
should be scrapped, Olbermann slams Senator Harry Reid (D-NV) for the resulting version of health care
reform, "Seeking the least common denominator, Sen. Reid has found it, especially the "least" part. This is not
health, this is not care, this is certainly not reform."
The liberal host's wrath doesn't spare anyone as he continues with a slam for the entire Senate, "They must now
not make the defeat worse by passing a hollow shell of a bill just for the sake of a big-stage signing ceremony.
This bill, slowly bled to death by the political equivalent of the leeches that were once thought state-of-the-art-
medicine, is now little more than a series of microscopically minor tweaks of a system which is the real-life,
here-and-now version, of the malarkey of the Town Hallers. The American Insurance Cartel is the Death Panel,
and this Senate bill does nothing to destroy it. Nor even to satiate it."
"It merely decrees that our underprivileged, our sick, our elderly, our middle class, can be fed into it, as human
sacrifices to the great maw of corporate voraciousness, at a profit per victim of 10 cents on the dollar instead of
the current 20. Even before the support columns of reform were knocked down, one by one, with the kind of
passive defense that would embarrass a touch-football player - single-payer, the public option, the Medicare
Buy-In - before they vanished, the Congressional Budget Office estimated that the part of this bill that would
require you to buy insurance unless you could prove you could not afford it, would cost a family of four with a
household income of 54-thousand dollars a year, 17 percent of that income. Nine thousand dollars a year. Just
for the insurance," he exclaims.
"That was with a public option," Olbermann continues. "That was with some kind of check on the insurance
companies. That was before — as Howard Dean pointed out — the revelation that the cartel will still be able to
charge older people more than others; will — at the least — now be able to charge much more, maybe 50
percent more, for people with pre-existing conditions — pre-existing conditions; you know, like being alive."
Then after calling out Senators Lieberman, Grassley, DeMint, Baucus, and Nelson for their roles in the
healthcare bill, Mr. Olbermann then speaks directly to President Obama, "Sir, your hands-off approach, while
nobly intended and perhaps yet some day applicable to the reality of an improved version of our nation, enabled
the national humiliation that was the Town Halls and the insufferable Neanderthalian stupidity of Congressman
Wilson and the street-walking of Mr. Lieberman."
"Instead of continuing this snipe-hunt for the endangered and possibly extinct creature "bipartisanship," you
need to push the Republicans around or cut them out or both," Olbermann advises. "You need to threaten
Democrats like Baucus and the others with the ends of their careers in the party. Instead, those Democrats have
threatened you, and the Republicans have pushed you and cut you out."
Mr. Olbermann continues to speak directly to President Obama, and includes a few notes for Senator Reid, as
well. "This provision must go," he says speaking of the mandate that requires the purchase of insurance. "It is,
above all else, immoral and a betrayal of the people who elected you, Sir. You must now announce that you will
veto any bill lacking an option or buy-in, but containing a mandate."
"And Sen. Reid, put the public option back in, or the Medicare Buy-In, or both. Or single-payer," he pleads. "Let
Lieberman and Ben Nelson and Baucus and the Republicans vote their lack-of-conscience and preclude 60
"ayes." Let them commit political suicide instead of you."
"Let Mr. Lieberman kill the bill — then turn to his Republican friends only to find out they hate him more than
the Democrats do. Let him stagger off the public stage, to go work for the insurance industry. As if he is not
doing that now," says Olbermann taking one last jab at Senator Lieberman of Connecticut.
You can read the entire transcript at MSNBC.
But wait, the democraps are now ushering in the age of healthcare for all! Yaaaaayyyy! Stop right there, because like
everything else, it is pure BULLSHIT. As God is my witness, the end product will be yet another blood sucking
initiative embedded to our already overburdened, over staffed, overgrown government, all designed to encroach on
what little liberties you have left. Watch, and mark my words, for the only people who will truly benefit from
universal healthcare will be the medical industrial complex, period.
As the corrupt sold out Democratic prostitutes who run our government are busy trying to fool us into believing that
Universal Health Care package is going to be great, the corrupt sold out Republican prostitutes are busy viciously
gutting out any leftover good aspects of the bill, obliterating the package and adding thousands of perks and conditions
for their big pharma comrades. In the next election cycle they will take credit for opposing this massive colossal failure
of a bill they helped become so by their relentless ravaging.
To get a glimpse of the REAL TRUE STORY one needs look no further than Wall Street where the stocks of all major
medical corporations are currently at a 52 week high and climbing fast… all the while everyone is crying out loud how
this bill is ―going to cripple the medical and insurance industry‖ LOL: Bullshit. The next bubble is going to be in the
medical industrial complex as they take their turn to ride the lemming public.
Get ready to bend over on all fours and take it like cattle… for you will have no voice, no choice in the matter, the long
awaited ―universal health care system‖ is about to become reality! Oh, did I mention that NOTHING comes for FREE?
Under the standard modus operandi guise of ―helping the public,‖ you are all going to get the royal shagging of the
century. As much as I hate quoting political propaganda because, first of all, everything they put out is agenda driven
hype and secondly, both parties are members of the same political mafia crime syndicate, but here is one scary news
release that is based on fact, (granted the below piece is probably skewed since it came from the Republican camp):
BREAKING NEWS!
UNIVERSAL HEALTH CARE SOLVED!:
Buy a $15,000 Policy Or Go To Jail
From the House Ways and Means Republicans Nov. 6, 2009
Today, Ranking Member of the House Ways and Means Committee Dave Camp (R-MI) released a letter from the
non-partisan Joint Committee on Taxation (JCT) confirming that the failure to comply with the individual
mandate to buy health insurance contained in the Pelosi health care bill (H.R. 3962, as amended) could land
people in jail. The JCT letter makes clear that Americans who do not maintain ―acceptable health insurance
coverage‖ and who choose not to pay the bill‘s new individual mandate tax (generally 2.5% of income), are
subject to numerous civil and criminal penalties, including criminal fines of up to $250,000 and imprisonment of
up to five years.
In response to the JCT letter, Camp said: ―This is the ultimate example of the Democrats‘ command-and-control
style of governing – buy what we tell you or go to jail. It is outrageous and it should be stopped immediately.‖
Key excerpts from the JCT letter appear below:
―H.R. 3962 provides that an individual (or a

husband and wife in the case of a joint return)
who does not, at any time during the taxable year,
maintain acceptable health insurance coverage for
himself or herself and each of his or her qualifying
children is subject to an additional tax.‖ [page 1]
―If the government determines that the taxpayer‘s

unpaid tax liability results from willful behavior,
the following penalties could apply…‖ [page 2]
―Criminal penalties
Prosecution is authorized under the Code for a

variety of offenses. Depending on the level of the noncompliance, the following penalties could apply to an
individual:
• Section 7203 – misdemeanor willful failure to pay is punishable by a fine of up to $25,000 and/or imprisonment
of up to one year.
• Section 7201 – felony willful evasion is punishable by a fine of up to $250,000 and/or imprisonment of up to five
years.‖ [page 3]
When confronted with this same issue during its consideration of a similar individual mandate tax, the Senate
Finance Committee worked on a bipartisan basis to include language in its bill that shielded Americans from civil
and criminal penalties. The Pelosi bill, however, contains no similar language protecting American citizens from
civil and criminal tax penalties that could include a $250,000 fine and five years in jail.
―The Senate Finance Committee had the good sense to eliminate the extreme penalty of incarceration. Speaker
Pelosi‘s decision to leave in the jail time provision is a threat to every family who cannot afford the $15,000
premium her plan creates. Fortunately, Republicans have an alternative that will lower health insurance costs
without raising taxes or cutting Medicare,‖ said Camp.
According to the Congressional Budget Office the lowest cost family non-group plan under the Speaker‘s
bill would cost $15,000 in 2016.
So there you have it, socialized healthcare WILL be mandatory for all the goyim in America! With just a small tiny
stipulation: you must pay your way or get fined or go to jail. Nice… isn‘t it wonderful to live in a free and wonderful
country? The health care bill hasn‘t been finalized as of this writing so the actual details may vary, but the spirit of the
bill will remain the same. What will be the sacrifice of the insurance and medical fields? Nada. Big insurance and big
pharm just got 31+ million new customers! More profits! Pass the champaign! Party on!!!!!
BEHOLD FOR I SAY TO THEE:

Understand this and understand it well: For the next ―Holocaust‖ is not going to be conducted in gulags with blood
pouring all over the streets. The ruling elite are trying their best to avoid all out military genocide to eliminate a major
portions of the world‘s population. The public relations nightmare, the baggage and consequences associated with
having to somehow justify and explain the horrendous slaughter of HUNDREDS OF MILLIONS of innocent people of
some trumped up ―war‖ to the remaining survivors… As past records have clearly shown, genocide is quite unpopular
with the sheeple herds masses. It is my firm belief that the ruling elite have a totally different strategy for
WORLD WAR III and that is to systematically wipe out hundreds of millions with bio weapons (i.e., manmade
and engineered virus outbreaks). But world war in absolutely still very much on the table though, for you must fully
comprehend that these are not rational God loving people who are at the helm of the military industrial complex and
our governments. These are charismatic well groomed and educated spiritually deprived, technical phychopaths at the
helm who are for all intents and purposes governed by their master: the lord of the underworld. As the bible states this
being to be: ―the ruler of this world.‖ Your wonderful benevolent leaders who constantly screw the common folk and
instead do his will are in fact his agents, his physical representatives on this earth.
This may seem and sound farfetched to some, but after carefully studying their GOALS, past tactics and strategies,
along with what they have been currently working on the past couple decades. It is becoming increasing clear that the
ruling elite aim to conduct a major population reduction. The question is not IF but WHEN will they initiate the
population reduction operation. Understand this: when the day arrives that they do commence the turn of events that
will bring about a biblical population culling, the mass media, governments, the entire establishment apparatuses will
all respond in a coordinated unison symphony to ―to protect you‖ (but of course) from the mysterious plague (or
terrorist strikes) sweeping the country(s). In the midst of this epidemic will be the grand cleanup operation where they
will literally eliminate the rift raft and their detractors for good measure. There will be no forensics done on individuals
due to the fact that millions of contaminated/contagious bodies will have to be quickly disposed of, so we will have to
just trust our most wonderful benevolent leaders with whatever it is they tell us and just humbly obey and just do as we
are told until order is restored… DARE and doubt that this very real nightmare is waiting for its opportunity to be
launched…

AGRICULTURAL INDUSTRIAL
MATRIX
THE GLOBAL FOOD ENSLAVEMENT
“If people let government decide what foods they eat, their bodies will soon be in sorry a state as are the
souls of those who live under tyranny.” – Thomas Jefferson
“The two enemies of the people are criminals and government, so let’s tie the second down with the chains
of the constitution so the second will not become the legalized version of the first.” – Thomas Jefferson,
President United States
Our entire world is under direct asualt from all flanks. Seems like there is a massive program to get all third world
countries along with others to stop local farming and have it replaced by the giant conglomerate farming
corporations. The more this practice is accomplished, performed, enforced the more all local economies will become
DEPENDANT on the large multinational corporations for their food needs and supplies.
Our food supply is increasingly in the hands of larger and larger companies, which wield enormous power in
our political process. As with the food industry, so, too, is it with oil and with banks: Giant corporations, some
with budgets larger than most nations, are controlling our health, our environment, our economy and
increasingly, our elections.
Again, we are witnessing the total subjugation of the world, in this area it is with total domination of world food
supplies. For once everyone surrenders their farming capabilities to the multinational corporations they will be totally
hopeless without them, left as mere beggars waiting for hand outs from their most wonderful benevolent overlords. If
we leave it to the conglomerates, surely we will all be slowly handicapped, starved and or poisoned in the lands our
ancestors once walked freely in…
As the case was made in the previous chapter on the Medical Industrial Matrix, so the horror stories continue and
actually ORIGINATE within this realm. For the secret to understanding why people get sick in the first place is
directly connected and rooted in what we consume. Our food supply has been subject to none stop contamination,
manipulation and deliberate application of toxic chemicals. Often explained to the sheeple masses as ―benevolent
breakthroughs for the sake of humanity.‖ The extent of insidious practices of food and drug matrix is often beyond
belief. For in many cases the practices are SO blatantly batshit insanely ridiculous many people refuse to believe they
are actually really happening in the first place. Again, I would love to give you hundreds upon hundreds of examples of
wrong doing, but documenting all these is not the purpose of this report, I am here to provide you with the whole lurid
framework and makeup of the entire matrix, thus limited to summing up the individual sectors. With that said and
done, here is just one example of the blatant idiocy of purposely corrupting the food supply:
―FDA urged to ban feeding of chicken feces to cattle‖ Food and consumer groups say the practice increases the risk of
cattle becoming infected with mad cow disease. A beef industry trade group say a ban isn't needed (Check out the link
provided above for more information). Now I am not a farmer nor a rocket scientist, but who the fuck decided it was a
good idea to feed cattle CHICKEN SHIT and have the entire industry go along with that absurd practice! Taken
individually, to the normal person would seem as just some sort of weird practice that somehow by accident got
approved. NOPE. Once you understand WHO is
controlling what and why, you begin to put the
pieces of the puzzle together. What you have here
is a blatant attempt to contaminate the food supply
with the hopes of ultimately affecting the
population whom eat the contaminated foods,
whom eventually become sickened, lowering their
functioning abilities and ultimately needing to be
referred to the medical industrial matrix, and then
you will be taken care of real well once you are in
their care.
Just as in other industries, the agriculture industry

has also been subject to consolidation and takeover
by large industrial corporations. Every year
consolidation continues to the point were most of
the production is owned and controlled by massive
conglomerates that dictate the course of the
industry. Presidents, CEOs, board members serving
on one another‘s boards, intricately intertwined are
their agendas. In this insane system we currently
have, it is perfectly ok for the past presidents,
owners and CEOs of corporations to run the FCC,
USDA and FDA and other ―regulatory‖ agencies.
A perfect example is how we have witnessed past and present CEOs of the evil genetically engineered Monsanto
monster serve as the head of the FDA! Doh! Conflicts of interests? No way! It‘s called business as usual. Dwell on
that fact for just a moment, only in the land of Washingtonites is it perfectly ok for the CEOs of corporations with
vested interests in their field to regulate their own industries! In this case out of hundreds I single out as perfect
example we witness Obama hire Mr. Monsanto, Michael Taylor to head his new Food Safety Working Group.
People, I can only conclude that we are all hopelessly DOOMED. Everywhere I look, I see them positioning the foxes
to guard the hen houses. In this case, give it a few more years and everything that will be sold to us and presented as
food and drink will be some sort of genetically modified stuff with tons of artificial stuff that slowly impairs your
mental abilities, slowly initiates a host of illnesses and slowly kills you. As if that were not already the case…
These commonly accepted practices throughout our government and society have become customary, as corrupt
politicians and their partners in crime are able to basically report on the legitimacy of their own conduct. This can
be likened to figures such as Al Capone being appointed to head the FBI.
Food Inc – Documentary (trailer)
The Future of Food - Documentary
Most of the foods we purchase at the local mega supermarket are literally saturated with all sorts of chemicals, yet on
the other hand an alarming trend exists by the medical establishment along with the nutritional establishment to
literally OUTLAW NATURAL SUPPLEMENTS. When I first heard about this, my first reaction was complete
disbelief, yet the more I looked into the matter, the more heartbreaking I experienced. Is there not one single area in life
that is not subject to full all out attack by sinister forces? Obviously not.
There is a mountain of evidence confirming that the globalists are cynical eugenicists. They are now using
food as a soft kill weapon to reduce the population of the planet.
Again, I must point out the fact that this Matrix Report is a summary of many different segments that make up the
entire ―matrix‖ so I urge all who read this report to realize that every single paragraph and sentence can and SHOULD
be looked into further, (Google everything I say) for in many instances I do not have the time nor space in this current
edition to get into elaborate details, such is the
case with this issue at hand. Suffice to say that
it seems that our rulers are hell bent on literally
slowly poisoning us all, robbing us of vital
nutrients so that we are weakened in mind,
body and spirit. Soon many key supplements
that our ―loving caring‖ pharmaceutical
conglomerates want outlawed will no longer be
available, because they have wonderful
expensive highly toxic artificial substitutes they
will make them billion$ in pushing down your
throats. The key word here is Codex
Alimentarius.
The first blaring clue of its intent is clearly

visible in its name ―Codex Alimentarius.‖ As
with all laws of the land, the ruling elite follow
in the steps of the Roman Empire whose LAW
terminology always included the word
―CODEX.‖ The Roman system of LAWS was
commonly adopted throughout Europe and here
in America, thus you will find that ―Roman
Codices‖ are central component of all our LAWS. In ancient Roman Empire the word CODEX means: LAW, thus the
translation of Codex Alimentarius is: LAWS OF NUTRITION. The important point I am trying to express is that
Codex Alimentarious will someday be made into LAW of the lands.
The FDA is the major player sanctioning the forcing of Pharma poisons on the gullible sheeple and shamelessly giving
green lights on all types of sick demented drugs poisons. Issuing green lights for all sorts of insane chemical additives
in your food. Not to mention the fact that they are increasingly not even using natural vitamins. Believe it or not, even
vitamins are now ARTIFICIALLY made in laboratories! Synthesized garbage is what many of you are taking in
your multivitamins, don‘t even mention what is really in your food. Nothing is sacred anymore. Yet I am barely just
scratching the tip of the iceberg here. Yet there is also another entity on the world level that is jockeying into position
to control what you can or cannot consume. Get ready to welcome and have to obey your masters of Codex
Alimentarius…
The more you dig and research this industry the more alarming data seems to appear all over the place. Take for
example the ongoing assault on all natural crops, you would think that was the entire scope, NOPE. That is just the
beginning. The genetic engineering assault also encompasses privatizing and patenting livestock is well underway,
cattle, sheep, pigs you name it, they are busy genetically engineering ―superior‖ strains then patenting them. God
forbid if you break any of the mounting list of bizarre conditions that are being made-up and enforced on an almost
daily basis, for the penalties mean up to hundreds of thousands of dollars in draconian fines on the little farmers.
Bottom-line is: soon the day will come when no farmer will be permitted to plant crops or raise livestock that are not
genetically sanctioned and ―APPROVED‖ of by your loving caring most benevolent government that will never do
anything that is against the people‘s best interest… /sarcasm/ Your benevolent caring government is also busy
implementing NAIS (National Animal Identification System) to track every single animal and livestock in the nation.
In other words, soon the day is advancing where no one will be able to grow crops or livestock without government
approval and surveillance.
Patent grab threatens biodiversity and food sovereignty

Hope Shand, 2010-11-11, Issue 504
‗Under the guise of developing "climate-ready" crops, the world‘s largest seed and agrochemical corporations are
pressuring governments to allow what could become the broadest and most dangerous patent claims in intellectual
property history.‘ Hope Shand unpacks the findings of ETC Group‘s new report into patent claims on ‗genes,
plants and technologies that will supposedly allow biotech crops to tolerate drought and other environmental
stresses'.
Under the guise of developing ‗climate-ready‘ crops, the

world‘s largest seed and agrochemical corporations are
pressuring governments to allow what could become the
broadest and most dangerous patent claims in intellectual
property history. A new report by ETC Group[1] reveals a
dramatic upsurge in the number of patent claims on
‗climate-ready‘ genes, plants and technologies that will
supposedly allow biotech crops to tolerate drought and
other environmental stresses (i.e. abiotic stresses)
associated with climate change. The patent grab threatens
to put a monopoly choke-hold on the world‘s biomass and
our future food supply, warns ETC Group. In many cases,
a single patent or patent application claims ownership of
engineered gene sequences that could be deployed in
virtually all major crops – as well as the processed food
and feed products derived from them.
The patent grab on ‗climate-ready‘ crops is a bid to control

not only the world‘s food security but also the world‘s yet-
to-be commodified biomass. In the fog of climate chaos,
the ‗Gene Giants‘ hope to ease public acceptance of genetically engineered crops and make the patent grab more
palatable. It‘s a fresh twist on a stale theme: Crops engineered with ‗climate-ready‘ genes will increase production
and feed the world, we‘re told. Plants that are engineered to grow on poor soils, with less rain and less fertiliser
will mean the difference between starvation and survival for the poorest farmers.
To gain moral legitimacy, the Gene Giants are teaming up with high-profile philanthro-capitalists (Gates and
Buffett Foundations), big governments like the USA and UK and big-box breeders (Consultative Group on
International Agricultural Research) to donate royalty-free genes and technologies to resource-poor farmers –
especially in sub Saharan Africa. The quid pro quo is that African governments must ‗ease the regulatory burden‘
that might hinder the commercial release of transgenic crops and embrace biotech-friendly intellectual property
laws.
CLIMATE-READY PATENT CLAIMS
ETC Group‘s report identifies 262 patent families (subsuming 1663 patent documents worldwide) published
between June 2008 and June 2010 that make specific claims to abiotic stress tolerance (such as drought, heat,
flood, cold and salt-tolerance) in plants. Just six corporations (DuPont, BASF, Monsanto, Syngenta, Bayer and
Dow) and their biotech partners (Mendel Biotechnology and Evogene) control 201 or 77 per cent of the 262 patent
families (both issued patents and applications). Three companies – DuPont, BASF, Monsanto – account for 173 or
66 per cent. The public sector has only 9 per cent. A detailed list of the patent documents is available here (see
Appendix A).
WHAT IS A ‗PATENT FAMILY‘?
A patent family contains a set of related patent applications and/or issued patents that are published in more than
one country or patent office (including national and regional patent jurisdictions). Issued patents and/or
applications that belong to the same family have the same inventor and they refer to the same ‗invention.‘
In a recent interview with Business Week, Syngenta‘s CEO, Michael Mack, explains the corporate grab on
climate-ready traits: ‗Farmers around the world are going to pay hundreds of millions of dollars to technology
providers in order to have this feature [drought-tolerant maize].‘[2]The global market for drought tolerance in just
one crop – maize – is an estimated US$2.7 billion, but the US Department of Agriculture predicts that the global
bio-based market for chemicals and plastics alone will top US$500 billion per year by 2025. For the Gene Giants,
the goal is to become the world‘s ‗biomassters.‘ The aim of corporate plant breeding is no longer to feed people,
but to maximize biomass.
WHAT IS BIOMASS?
The term refers to material derived from living or recently-living biological organisms: including all plants and
trees,
microbes, as well as by-products such as organic waste from livestock, food processing and garbage. ETC Group
warns that the bio-economy is a catalyst for the corporate grab on all plant matter and the destruction of
biodiversity on a massive scale. An estimated 86 per cent of global biomass is located in the tropics and subtropics.
With extreme genetic engineering, the world‘s largest corporations are poised to manufacture industrial
compounds – fuel, food, energy, plastics and more – using biomass as the critical feedstock.
PROFILE OF MAJOR PLAYERS
The patent grab on climate ready crops is not limited to food and feed crops – the major players also support
research related to biofuels and industrial feedstocks (i.e. biomass).
In 2007 BASF and Monsanto initiated the world‘s largest agricultural research collaboration, jointly investing
US$1.5 billion to develop stress-tolerant maize (corn), soybean, cotton and canola crops. In July 2010 BASF and
Monsanto announced an additional investment of US$1 billion – which now extends to abiotic stress tolerance in
wheat – the world‘s second most valuable crop commodity after maize. Monsanto and BASF claim that the
world‘s first-ever genetically engineered, drought-tolerant maize variety will be the first product to emerge from
their joint pipeline – scheduled for commercial release around 2012. Monsanto also is engineering drought tolerant
cotton, wheat and sugar cane.
In January 2010 BASF announced a new collaboration with KWS (Germany-based, top 10 seed company) to
develop sugar beets with improved drought tolerance and 15 per cent higher yield. Agrofuels – including
genetically modified trees – are one of the big targets: BASF also collaborates with Brazil‘s Centro de Tecnologia
Canavieira (CTC) to develop sugarcane with better drought tolerance and 25% higher yield.[3]
Mendel Biotechnology, collaborating with Monsanto since 1997, is a major player in climate-ready crop genes.
Monsanto has exclusive royalty-bearing licenses to Mendel technology in certain crops and vegetables. Mendel
also partners with BP and Bayer. Since 2007, Mendel has been working with BP on second-generation biofuels.
DuPont (Pioneer Hi-Bred) refers to its work on drought tolerance technologies as ‗the next great wave of
agricultural innovation.‘ Pioneer focuses on both conventional breeding as well as transgenics. Pioneer also
collaborates with Israeli biotech company, Evogene, on maize and soybean drought stress and with Arcadia
Biosciences.[4] In August 2010 Evogene revealed its ‗Athlete 3.0‘ – a proprietary computational technology for
‗cross-species discovery of genes, based on genomic data of over 130 plant species.‘[5] The company claims it
holds over 1,500 novel genes for key plant traits.
Arcadia Biosciences (Davis, California), founded in 2002, is collaborating with some of the world‘s largest seed
companies to develop genetically engineered, stress-tolerant crops. Although Arcadia is privately held, BASF‘s
venture capital fund has invested in the company since 2005. In 2009, Arcadia entered a partnership with Vilmorin
(world‘s fourth largest seed company, owned by Groupe Limagrain) for the development of nitrogen use efficient
wheat. Arcadia has agreements with Monsanto, DuPont, Vilmorin, Advanta (India) and the US Agency for
International Development (USAID) on projects related to nitrogen use efficiency, drought and salinity tolerance.
Syngenta unveiled its first generation drought-tolerant maize (‗water optimized hybrids‘) in July 2010 – the result
of conventional breeding (non-transgenic). According to Syngenta, the product offers the ‗potential to deliver 15%
yield preservation under drought stress.‘ Syngenta predicts that its second-generation maize hybrids – genetically
engineered for drought tolerance – will be available post-2015.
MULTI-GENOME PATENT CLAIMS… AND BEYOND
Many patent claims related to climate-ready DNA are sweeping in scope. Most of the Gene Giants are staking
claims on key nucleotide sequences – trying to convince patent examiners that the same bits of DNA identified in
one plant are responsible for endowing similar traits across other plant genomes (known as homologous DNA).
Because of the similarity in DNA sequences between individuals of the same species or among different species –
‗homologous sequences‘ – the companies seek monopoly protection that extends not just to stress tolerance in a
single engineered plant species, but also to a substantially similar genetic sequence in virtually all transformed
plants. Armed with genomic information, Gene Giants are making claims across species, genera and classes.
The patent grab on key gene sequences in the world‘s major crops is neither trivial nor theoretical. A decade ago,
genomic companies and Gene Giants were routinely filing ‗bulk‘ claims on huge numbers of DNA and amino acid
(i.e. protein) sequences – over 100,000 in some cases – without specific knowledge of their function.
In 2002, rice (Oryza sativa) became the second plant genome to be published, and the first major crop genome to
be fully sequenced; it quickly became the target of monopoly claims. In 2006, Cambia, an independent non-profit
that promotes transparency in intellectual property, used its ‗Patent Lens‘ project to conduct an in-depth analysis of
US patents and patent applications that make claims on the rice genome. Patent Lens revealed that, by 2006,
roughly 74 per cent of the rice genome (Oryza sativa) was named in the claims of US patent applications – due, in
large part, to bulk sequence applications. They discovered that every segment of the rice genome‘s 12
chromosomes was recited in patent applications – including many overlapping claims. Patent Lens‘ remarkable
visual display is available here.
Fortunately, Cambia‘s 2006 analysis concluded that the corporate quest to win monopoly patents on molecular-
level chunks of the world‘s most important food crop had only partially succeeded – so far – and that most of the
rice genome remains in the public domain. That‘s due, in part, to recent decisions (by courts and patent offices)
that attempt to restrict the number of DNA sequences claimed in a single patent application. – [continues here]
You think my imagination has gone wild? Just because the farming industry news rarely ever makes the mass media
headlines does not mean events are not quietly happening all over the place without your slightest clue. While you and
everyone else is asleep at the wheel watching ―who wants to be a millionaire‖ Homeland Security and USDA are busy
planning attacks against natural livestock and then some. Please do go to that link just provided and follow the many
more links that website provides to get an alarming glimpse of what the future holds in store for us.
The ―Bird-Flu‖ scare? Oh you haven‘t heard the last of this yet. As with all the Problem –Reaction - Solution
paradigms, get ready for all the worlds chickens to be mandatorily replaced by none other than genetically modified
chickens who are immune to the bird-flu. Chicken production is essentially being consolidated and narrowed down to
just a handful of monster international conglomerates. Golly gee whiz, how nice and caring of them. Soon the day will
come when you will be an outlaw if you have your own natural chickens. /sigh/ Oh, the market for chickens? Of course
it will be dominated by one or two giant monolithic patent holding corporations, the little pesky farmers can all go find
real jobs. All those annoying little farmers shall all be liquidated.
Thousands of Indian farmers are committing suicide after using genetically modified crops. Here is a bleak true story
of what is happening at this very moment around the world. How an evil entity such as the Monsantos of the world
cheerfully portraying itself to be the next best thing to sainthood is actually ravaging the planet.
How about the GROWTH HARMONES that everyone KNOWS that the Agri-conglomerates have been routinely
dispensing to all their livestock? Surely there is a massive connection between the growth harmones given to animals
that we later consume, especially the side products that they produce while they are still alive and under the growth
harmone treatment such as milk and eggs…
Growing Up Too Soon? Puberty Strikes 7-Year-Old Girls

Study in 3 major cities finds precocious puberty rising among 2 nd graders
By Linda Carroll, msnbc.com contributor 8/9/2010
The changes in Kiera‘s body scared her parents. Though the 8-year-old seemed her usual chipper self, she‘d started
to develop headaches and acne. More alarming to her mom, Sharon, were the budding breasts on Kiera‘s thin little
chest.
―I thought, she‘s too young,‖ remembers the Pittsburgh mom. ―She‘s still fearful about sleeping by herself. An 8-
year-old just isn‘t mature enough to handle this.‖
For Kiera, whose last name is being withheld to protect her privacy, it was all so embarrassing. None of her friends
seemed to be experiencing what she was. When they asked about the acne and her expanding chest, Kiera was
evasive. ―I didn‘t want to tell them what was going on,‖ says the Pittsburgh girl, now age 9. ―So I had to kind of lie
to them.‖
When Kiera‘s parents took their daughter to the doctor, he assured them that nothing was wrong with the girl.
Kiera was simply starting puberty early.
As it turns out, puberty at age 7 or 8 isn‘t so unusual these days. A new study, published Monday in the journal
Pediatrics, shows that more American girls are maturing earlier and earlier. Typically, U.S. girls hit puberty around
age 10 or 11.
Exactly what this shift means for girls isn‘t clear yet — either on a group or individual level. But there are
budding concerns. For instance, studies have linked an early start to menstruation with an elevated risk of breast
cancer. And other research has shown that girls who go through puberty early tend to have lower self-esteem and a
poor body image. They are also more likely to engage in risky behaviors which can result in unplanned
pregnancies, experts say.
The possible link to breast cancer was what sparked the new study. To take a long-term look at the impact of
puberty and other factors on breast cancer, researchers enrolled 1,239 girls between the ages of 6 and 8 from three
sites in the U.S.: New York‘s East Harlem, the greater Cincinnati metropolitan area and the San Francisco Bay
area.
The study revealed a surprisingly large bump in the number of girls going through puberty between the ages of 7
and 8. For example, the researches found that 10 percent of 7-year-old white girls had some breast development as
compared to 5 percent in a study published in 1997. Similarly, 23 percent of the 7-year-old black girls had started
puberty as compared to 15 percent in the 1997 study.
Nobody‘s sure what is driving the declining age of puberty. But the rise in obesity could be at least partly to blame,
says the study‘s lead author, Dr. Frank Biro, director of adolescent medicine at Cincinnati Children‘s Hospital.
That makes a lot of sense to Dr. Luigi Garibaldi, a professor of pediatrics and clinical director of pediatric
endocrinology at Children‘s Hospital of Pittsburgh at the University of Pittsburgh Medical Center.
Back in the 1700s, girls didn‘t start to menstruate till they were 17 or 18, Garibaldi says. That had a lot to do with
malnutrition. The assumption is that the steady decline in age since then has to do with more abundant food.
There may be other environmental factors at work, too, says Dr. Stanley Korenman, an endocrinologist at the
University of California, Los Angeles.
For example, Korenman says, environmental exposure to estrogens in plastics, chemicals and foods has been going
up. ―And estrogens do stimulate breast development,‖ he adds.
Until we know what the cause is, the best way to slow puberty may be to ―start living green,‖ says Biro. ―It may
help for families eat together and to consume well-balanced diets. Regular physical activity may help, too.‖
Another finding from the study may back that concept up. The rate of early puberty was much lower in the San
Francisco group: 7 percent among white 7-year-olds from northern California versus 14 percent among Ohioans of
the same age. Among black 7-year olds, 27 percent of Californians hit puberty early as compared to 31 percent of
the New Yorkers. Northern California‘s temperate climate fosters more outdoor activities and the emphasis on
healthy foods results in a better diet.
Why all the fuss about early puberty?
Beyond the possible breast cancer connection, there‘s also the issue of emotional maturity, Biro says. ―Just
because a girl has matured physically, doesn‘t mean she‘s socially or psychologically mature,‖ he explains.
There‘s also the issue of stature. There are some studies, Biro says, that show that kids who mature early don‘t
grow as tall.
As part of her work-up, Kiera had a bone exam. Doctors concluded that at age 8 she had the bone development of a
10 year old, which meant her growth might be stunted.
I was stunned, completely floored to find out that the boogeyman… (aka al-CIAda according to our most humble
loving caring ruling Washingtonites who would never lie to us)… is hiding around the corners of your local farms!!!
Sinisterly, ever so deviantly awaiting for their opportunity to blow up your local farms!!! The bogeymen
BIOTERRORISTS are out to get you!!! Run for your lives! Seriously though, I can barely contain my composure in
finding out about the Bioterrorism Act of 2002 along with the most draconian set of laws that accompany it. I am rarely
surprised by anything, but this Act has me completely in despair. Where is the HOPE in our future? For everywhere I
look we are being caged in and surrounded, flanked on all sides by evil government entities getting ready to pull the
trigger on us all.
I could not read the whole Bioterrorism Act, due to the mind fuck was too much to bear. The Fact Sheet cuts to the
chase and sums it all up: Anyone can have their property stormed and seized without notice. ―Bioterrorism‖ claim has
now moved control over normal food even more tightly into the hands of government and corporate agencies, giving
them national reach, crushing regulations for farmers, immense policing power over food, and the use of any
―emergency‖ to be able to seize and destroy anything they choose. Even your personal food hording will be subject to
search and seizure once a national emergency is called.
In essence the entire agricultural industry is entering a Gestapo era never before seen in this nation. The groundwork,
plans, the web has all been laid out. The days will come where only officially sanctioned farmers can operate and only
officially sanctioned ―food‖ can be consumed. Sold by officially sanctioned sources. Forget about ―evil‖ vitamins and
supplements.. they are now BAD for you! The FDA says it, so it must be true!
One of the most alarming organizations that flat out rightfully puts fear into many people‘s hearts is called
MONSANTO. This corporation has been developing patented genetically engineered plants. They have basically
cornered the market with their terminator seeds, known as such because they have been designed to grow the host
plant for one season and never produce more working seeds, therefore enslaving the farmers with no choice but to
perpetually buy the terminator seeds, fertilizer and weed killer each and every year. There are a host of problems and
inherent risks that go along with genetically engineering our food supply. For instance, even in China, scientists are
warning that genetically modified rice may potentially cause very serious public health and environmental problems.
Genetically Manipulated Crops: The GMO Catastrophe in the USA.

A Lesson for the World
by F. William Engdahl, Global Research, August 18, 2010
Recently the unelected potentates of the EU Commission in Brussels have

sought to override what has repeatedly been shown to be the overwhelming
opposition of the European Union population to the spread of Genetically
Modified Organisms (GMO) in EU agriculture. EU Commission
President now has a Maltese accountant as health and enviromnent
Commissioner to rubber stamp the adoption of GMO. The former EU
Environment Commissioner from Greece was a ferocious GMO opponent. As
well, the Chinese government has indicated it may approve a variety of GMO
rice. Before things get too far along, they would do well to take a closer look
at the world GMO test lab, the USA. There GMO crops are anything but
beneficial. Just the opposite.
What is carefully kept out of the Monsanto and other agribusiness propaganda in promoting genetically
manipulated crops as an alternative to conventional is the fact that in the entire world until the present, all GMO
crops have been manipulated and patented for only two things—to be resistant or ―tolerant‖ to the patented highly
toxic herbicide glyphosate chemicals that Monsanto and the others force farmers to buy as condition for buying
their patented GMO seeds. The second trait is GMO seeds that have been engineered genetically to resist specific
insects. Contrary to public relations myths promoted by the agribusiness giants in their own self-interest, there
exists not oné single GMO seed that provides a greater harvest yield than conventional, nor one that requires less
toxic chemical herbicides. That is for the simple reason there is no profit to be made in such.
Giant super-weeds plague

As prominent GMO opponent and biologist, Dr Mae-Wan Ho of the Institute of Science in London has noted,
companies such as Monsanto build into their seeds herbicide-tolerance (HT) due to glyphosate-insensitive form of
the gene coding for the enzyme targeted by the herbicide. The enzyme is derived from soil bacterium
Agrobacterium tumefaciens. Insect-resistance is due to one or more toxin genes derived from the soil bacterium
Bt (Bacillus thuringiensis). The United States began large scale commercial planting of GMO plants, mainly
soybeans and corn and cotton around 1997. By now, GM crops have taken over between 85 percent to 91 percent
of the areas planted with the three major crops, soybean, corn and cotton in the US, on nearly 171 million acres.
The ecological time-bomb that came with the GMO according to Ho, is about to explode. Over several years of
constant application of patented glyphosate herbicides such as Monsanto‘s famous and highly Roundup, new
herbicide-resistant ―super-weeds‖ have evolved, nature‘s response to man-made attempts to violate it. The super-
weeds require significantly more not less herbicide to control.
ABC Television, a major US national network, made a recent documentary about the super-weeds under the
rubric, ―super weeds that can‘t be killed.‖[1]
They interviewed farmers and scientists across Arkansas who described fields overrun with giant pigweed plants
that can withstand as much glyphosate as farmers are able to spray. They interviewed one farmer who spent
almost €400000 in only three months in a failed attempt to kill the new super-weeds.
The new super-weeds are so robust that harvester combines are unable to harvest the fields and hand tools break
trying to cut them down. At least 400000 hectares of soybean and cotton in Arkansas alone have become invested
with this new mutant biological plague. Detailed data on other agricultural regions is not available but believed
similar. The pro-GMO and pro-agribusiness US Department of Agriculture has been reported lying about the true
state of US crop harvest partly to hide the grim reality and to prevent an explosive revolt against GMO in the
world‘s largest GMO market.
Superweed
One variety of super-weed, palmer pigweed can grow up to 2.4 meters high, withstands severe heat and prolonged
droughts, and produces thousands of seeds with a root system that drains nutrients away from crops. If left
unchecked, it takes over an entire field in a year. Some farmers have been forced to abandon their land. To date
palmer pigweed infestation in GMO crop regions has been identified in addition to Arkansas, also in Georgia,
South Carolina, North Carolina, Tennessee, Kentucky, New Mexico, Mississippi and most recently, Alabama and
Missouri.
Weed scientists at the University of Georgia estimate that just two palmer pigweed plants in every 6 meter length
of cotton row can reduce yield by at least 23 percent. A single weed plant can produce 450 000 seeds. [2]
Roundup toxic danger being covered-up
Glyphosate is the most widely used herbicide in the US and the world at large. Patented and sold by Monsanto
since the 1970s under the trade name Roundup, it is a mandatory component of buying GMO seeds from
Monsanto. Just go to your local garden store and ask for it and read the label carefully.
As I detail in my book, Seeds of Destruction: The Hidden Agenda of Genetic Manipulation, GMO crops and
patented seeds were developed in the 1970‘s with significant financial support from the pro-eugenics
Rockefeller Foundation, by what were essentially chemical companies—Monsanto Chemicals, DuPont and
Dow Chemicals. All three were involved in the scandal of the highly toxic Agent Orange used in Vietnam, as
well as Dioxin in the 1970‘s, and lied to cover up the true damage to its own employees as well as to civilian and
military populations exposed.
Their patented GMO seeds were seen as a clever way to force increased purchase of
their agricultural chemicals such as Roundup. Farmers must sign a legal contract
with Monsanto in which it stipulates that only Monsanto Roundup pesticide may be
used. Farmers are thus trapped both in buying new seeds from Monsanto each
harvest and buying the toxic glyphosate.
France‘s University of Caen, in a team led by molecular biologist, Gilles-Eric

Seralini, did a study that showed Roundup contained one specific inert ingredient,
polyethoxylated tallowamine, or POEA. Seralini‘s team demonstrated that POEA in Roundup was more deadly to
human embryonic, placental and umbilical cord cells than even the glyphosate itself. Monsanto refuses to release
details of the contents of its Roundup other than glyphosate, calling it ―proprietary.‖ [3]
The Seralini study found that Roundup‘s inert ingredients amplified the toxic effect on human cells—even at
concentrations much more diluted than those used on farms and lawns! The French team studied multiple
concentrations of Roundup, from the typical agricultural or lawn dose down to concentrations 100,000 times
more dilute than the products sold on shelves. The researchers saw cell damage at all concentrations.
Glyphosate and Roundup are advertised as ―less toxic to us than table salt‖ in a pamphlet from the Biotechnology
Institute promoting GMO crops as ‗Weed Warrior.‘ Thirteen years of GMO crops in the USA has increased
overall pesticide use by 318 million pounds, not decreased as promised by the Four Horsemen of the GMO
Apocalypse. The extra disease burden on the nation from that alone is considerable.
Nonetheless after introduction of Monsanto GMO seeds commercially in the USA, use of glyphosate has risen
more than 1500% between 1994 and 2005. In the USA some 100 million pounds of glyphosate are used on lawns
and farms every year, and over the last 13 years, it has been applied to more than a billion acres. When
questioned, Monsanto‘s technical development manager, Rick Cole, reportedly said the problems were
―manageable.‖ He advised farmers to alternate crops and use different makes of herbicides produced by
Monsanto. Monsanto is encouraging farmers to mix glyphosate with its older herbicides such as 2,4-D, banned in
Sweden, Denmark and Norway for links to cancer and reproductive and neurological damage. 2,4-D is a
component of Agent Orange, produced by Monsanto for use in Vietnam in the 1960s.
US Farmers turn to organics
Farmers across the United States are reported to be going back to conventional non-GMO crops instead.
According to a new report from the US Department of Agriculture, retail sales of organic food went up to $21.1
billion in 2008 from $3.6 billion in 1997.[4] The market is so active that organic farms have struggled at times to
produce sufficient supply to keep up with the rapid growth in consumer demand, leading to periodic shortages of
organic products.
The new UK Conservative-Liberal coalition government is strongly backing lifting a de facto ban on GMO in that
country. UK Chief Scientific Adviser, Prof. John Beddington, recently wrote an article in which he misleadingly
claimed ―The next decade will see the development of combinations of desirable traits and the introduction of
new traits such as drought tolerance. By mid-century much more radical options involving highly polygenic traits
may be feasible.‖ He went on to promise ―cloned animals with engineered innate immunity to diseases‖ and
more. I think we can pass that one up, thank you.
A recent study by Iowa State University and the US Department of Agriculture assessing the performance of
farms during the three-year transition it takes to switch from conventional to certified organic production showed
notable advantages of organic farming over GMO or even conventional non-GMO crops. In an experiment lasting
four years—three years transition and first year organic—the study showed that although yields dropped initially,
they equalized in the third year, and by the fourth year, the organic yields were ahead of the conventional for both
soybean and corn.
As well, the International Assessment of Agricultural Knowledge, Science and Technology for Development
(IAASTD) has recently been published, the result of three-year deliberation by 400 participating scientists and
non-government representatives from 110 countries around the world. It came to the conclusion that small scale
organic agriculture is the way ahead for coping with hunger, social inequities and environmental disasters. [5] As
Dr Ho argues, a fundamental shift in farming practice is needed urgently, before the agricultural catastrophe
spreads further across Germany and the EU to the rest of the world.[6]
Endnotes:
[1] Super weed can‘t be killed, abc news, 6 October 2009. See also,Jeff Hampton, N.C. farmers battle herbicide-
resistant weeds, The Virginian-Pilot, 19 July 2009, http://hamptonroads.com/2009/07/nc-farmers-battle-
herbicideresistant-weeds
[2] Clea Caulcutt, ‗Superweed‘ explosion threatens Monsanto heartlands, Clea Caulcutt, 19 April 2009,
http://www.france24.com/en/20090418-superweed-explosion-threatens-monsanto-heartlands-genetically-
modified-US-crops
[3] N. Benachour and G-E. Seralini, Glyphosate Formulations Induce Apoptosis and Necrosis in Human
Umbilical, Embryonic, and Placental Cells, Chem. Res. Toxicol., Article DOI: 10.1021/tx800218n
Publication Date (Web): December 23, 2008.
[4] Carolyn Dimitri and Lydia Oberholtzer, Marketing U.S. organic foods: recent trends from farms to
consumers, USDA Economic Research Service, September 2009, http://www.ers.usda.gov/Publications/EIB58/
[5] International Assessment of Agricultural Knowledge, Science and Technology for Development, IAASTD,
2008, http://www.agassessment.org/index.cfm?Page=Press_Materials&ItemID=11
[6] Ho MW.UK Food Standards Agency study proves organic food is better. Science in Society 44, 32-33, 2009.
F. William Engdahl is the author of Seeds of Destruction: The Hidden Agenda of Genetic Manipulation
Dr. Mercola from his www.mercola.com website has obviously researched these issues and is an expert in his field,
here is some of what he has to say:
―There is a reason why I believe Monsanto to be one of the most evil companies on the planet, and this is in large
part due to its activities relating to controlling food production through controlling the seeds to produce it.
For nearly all of its history the United States Patent and Trademark Office refused to grant patents on seeds,
viewing them as life-forms with too many variables to be patented. But in 1980 the U.S. Supreme Court allowed
for seed patents in a five-to-four decision, laying the groundwork for a handful of corporations to begin taking
control of the world‘s food supply.
Since the 1980s, Monsanto has become the world leader in genetic modification of seeds and has won at least 674
biotechnology patents, more than any other company.
This is not surprising, considering they invest over $2 million a day on research and development!
But Monsanto is not only patenting their own GMO seeds. They have also succeeded in slapping patents on a
huge number of crop seeds, patenting life forms for the first time -- again without a vote of the people or
Congress. By doing this, Monsanto becomes sole owner of the very seeds necessary to support the world‘s food
supply … an incredibly powerful position that no for-profit company should ever hold.
How do they defend this blatant attempt to control the food supply? They write on MonsantoToday.com: ―Patent
protection allows companies to see a return on their investment which enables further investment in R-and-D and
product development. This profit-investment cycle drives product innovation that is responsive to farmer needs.‖
Farmers‘ needs?
Farmers who buy Monsanto‘s GM seeds are required to sign an agreement promising not to save the seeds or sell
them to other farmers. The result? Farmers must buy new seeds every year, and they must buy them from
Monsanto.
Meanwhile, these same farmers who Monsanto is claiming to help are being aggressively targeted and pursued
for outrageous patent infringements on these same seeds.
The ―Seed Police‖ Monsanto employs an arsenal of private investigators and agents who secretly videotape
farmers, snatch crop samples from their land and even fly helicopters overhead to spy -- all to catch farmers
saving or sharing seeds.
As of 2005 Monsanto had 75 employees and a $10-million budget solely to investigate and prosecute farmers for
patent infringement.
And until recently, Monsanto has even been known to sue farmers for GM crops growing on their land that got
there via cross-contamination. In other words, a neighboring farm‘s GM seeds blew over onto their land, and
Monsanto slaps them with a lawsuit.
I realize this seems incredible, but it is true.
Have You Heard of Terminator Seeds? Creating and promoting GM crops is, in my opinion, a major threat to
public health. Patenting those same seeds takes it to an even higher level of evil. But there is another reason why I
don‘t believe for one second that Monsanto has the virtuous intentions they claim: terminator seeds.
Monsanto is considering using what‘s known as terminator technology on a wide-scale basis. These are seeds that
have been genetically modified to ―self-destruct.‖ In other words, the seeds (and the forthcoming crops) are
sterile, which means farmers must buy them again each year.
This solves their problem of needing ―seed police,‖ but they are obviously looking the other way when it comes
to the implications that terminator seeds could have on the world‘s food supply: the traits from genetically
engineered crops can get passed on to other crops, and often do.
Once the terminator seeds are released into a region, the trait of seed sterility could be passed to other non-
genetically-engineered crops, making most or all of the seeds in the region sterile.
Not only would this mean that every farm in the world could come to rely on Monsanto for their seed supply, but
if the GM traits spread it could destroy agriculture as we now know it.
Monsanto‘s Many Attempts to Destroy All Seeds but Their Own:
Some say that if farmers don‘t want problems from Monsanto, they simply shouldn‘t buy Monsanto‘s GMO
seeds. But it isn‘t quite that simple. Monsanto contaminates the fields, trespasses onto the land taking seeds,
seedling samples, and then sues, saying they own the crop.
Meanwhile, Monsanto is taking many other steps to keep farmers and everyone else from having any access at all
to buying, collecting, and saving of normal seeds:
1. They‘ve bought up the seed companies across the Midwest.
2. They‘ve written Monsanto seed laws and gotten legislators to put them through, that make cleaning, collecting
and storing of seeds so onerous in terms of fees and paperwork that having normal seed becomes almost
impossible.
3. Monsanto is pushing laws that ensure farmers and citizens can‘t block the planting of GMO crops even if they
can contaminate other crops.
4. There are Monsanto regulations buried in the FDA rules that make a farmer‘s seed cleaning equipment illegal
because it‘s now considered a ―source of seed contamination.‖
Monsanto has sued more than 1,500 farmers whose fields had simply been contaminated by GM crops.‖
That‘s just the beginning, for they have been real busy working overtime putting as many small time farmers out of
business as they can keep up with. They are literally changing the entire agricultural landscape as NEVER seen in the
history of mankind. The entire realm of agriculture will soon to become completely dominated by one entity just as in
some demented sci-fi horror movie.
Monsanto's GMO Corn Linked To Organ Failure, Study Reveals

Huffington Post | Katherine Goldstein/Gazelle Emami
In a study released by the International Journal of Biological Sciences, analyzing the effects of genetically
modified foods on mammalian health, researchers found that agricultural giant Monsanto's GM corn is linked
to organ damage in rats.
According to the study, which was summarized by Adam Shake at Twilight Earth, "Three varieties of
Monsanto's GM corn - Mon 863, insecticide-producing Mon 810, and Roundup® herbicide-absorbing NK 603
- were approved for consumption by US, European and several other national food safety authorities."
Monsanto gathered its own crude statistical data after conducting a 90-day study, even though chronic
problems can rarely be found after 90 days, and concluded that the corn was safe for consumption. The stamp
of approval may have been premature, however.
In the conclusion of the IJBS study, researchers wrote:
"Effects were mostly concentrated in kidney and liver function, the two major diet detoxification organs, but
in detail differed with each GM type. In addition, some effects on heart, adrenal, spleen and blood cells were
also frequently noted. As there normally exists sex differences in liver and kidney metabolism, the highly
statistically significant disturbances in the function of these organs, seen between male and female rats, cannot
be dismissed as biologically insignificant as has been proposed by others. We therefore conclude that our data
strongly suggests that these GM maize varieties induce a state of hepatorenal toxicity....These substances have
never before been an integral part of the human or animal diet and therefore their health consequences for
those who consume them, especially over long time periods are currently unknown."
Monsanto has immediately responded to the study, stating that the research is "based on faulty analytical
methods and reasoning and do not call into question the safety findings for these products."
The IJBS study's author Gilles-Eric Séralini responded to the Monsanto statement on the blog, Food Freedom,
"Our study contradicts Monsanto conclusions because Monsanto systematically neglects significant health
effects in mammals that are different in males and females eating GMOs, or not proportional to the dose. This
is a very serious mistake, dramatic for public health. This is the major conclusion revealed by our work, the
only careful reanalysis of Monsanto crude statistical data."
I urge you to do more research and read the work of others in this field have done a great job cataloging and discussing
the sins of Monsanto. I will just copy and paste a couple eye opening articles I quickly found here:
―The World According to Monsanto‖ Expose Disappears from the internet!
By Barbara Peterson
The excellent French documentary titled ―The World According to Monsanto – A documentary that Americans
won‘t ever see,‖ is evidently living up to its name. When I first became aware of this movie, I immediately
watched it, then placed it on my websites. Today I checked the link, and found that the video is gone. In fact,
when I typed the title ―The World According to Monsanto‖ into the Google search engine, I couldn‘t find the full
video anywhere.
This is a call for action. If you find this video anywhere on the Internet, please let me know. If you haven‘t seen
it, you need to. If you have seen it, you know what a powerful video it is for exposing the corruption of Monsanto
and the U.S. government. If Google Video has removed this documentary in acquiescence to the U.S. government
or Monsanto, then that is testimony to the power and corruption behind the massive corporate movement to wage
war on the environment and all living things in the pursuit of profit and power, the people be damned.
Siv O‘Neal states:
The gospel according to Monsanto is that their patented GM seeds and their bovine growth hormone (BGH)
will increase worldwide production of agricultural, dairy and meat products and Bt cotton to the extent that
worldwide hunger and poverty will be eradicated.
The actual truth is rather the opposite. GMOs are creating serious damage all over the world and artificial BGH
injection in cows cause numerous health problems, and even death.
Monsanto is not held back by any considerations of ethics and it hides the reality of its sordid machinations
behind a wall of secrecy. Everything Monsanto does is exclusively with the intent of increasing its own profit –
everything else be damned. (2008)
This is an information war, and it is highly possible that either Google Video is doing its part to help the
corporate giant pull the wool over the public‘s eyes so it can poison the planet with impunity, or has been
threatened. Fight back! Spread the word and try to find a source for this extremely important expose‘ about
collusion between the U.S. government and Monsanto. It is too important to put off. Our planet is in imminent
peril because of the machinations of this evil corporation.
If left to its own devices it (Monsanto) will most certainly destroy the livelihood of millions of farmers – a
process begun a decade ago in India and certainly in many other countries as well. The planet's ecosystems will
be seriously threatened by unnatural ways of changing agricultural patterns. The dangers of GMO cultivation to
the environment come in many forms:
· Switching from age-old biodiverse crops that can tolerate low-level amounts of water to industrial
monocultures of crops such as GM soya, cotton, sugarcane, etc. that require large amounts of irrigation.
· Inundating cultivated lands with toxic herbicides, in particular the dangerous Monsanto product Roundup, to
which the GMO seeds have been made biomechanically resistant. Any other growth should succumb to Roundup,
were it not for the fact that weeds to a very large extent become Roundup resistant.
· Putting an end to biological farming and poisoning non GM cultures through pollenization from GM crops
and accidental exposure to Roundup herbicide.
· Deforestation to make more land available for the culture of the GM seeds Monsanto sells at high prices to
poor farmers. (O‘Neal, 2008)
This issue is too important to put off. Please, try to find the video. People need to have this information. ―The
World According to Monsanto‖ is one of the most important videos I have ever seen. Help expose Monsanto!
I saw a News Hour piece on Maharashtra, India, about farmers committing suicide. Monsanto, a US agricultural
giant, hired Bollywood actors for ads telling illiterate farmers they could get rich (by their standards) from big
yields with Monsanto's Bt (genetically engineered) cotton seeds. The expensive seeds needed expensive fertilizer
and pesticides (Monsanto, again) and irrigation. There is no irrigation there. Crops failed. Farmers had larger debt
than they'd ever experienced
And farmers couldn't collect seeds from their own fields to try again (true since time immemorial). Monsanto
"patents" their DNA-altered seeds as "intellectual property." They have a $10 million budget and a staff of 75
devoted solely to prosecuting farmers.
http://www.grist.org/comments/food/2008/01/17./). Since the late 1990s (about when industrial agriculture took
hold in India),166,000 Indian farmers have committed suicide and 8 million have left the land.
A snap shot of our food:
Oils: Sheep died in India after feeding on Bt cotton fields. We feed our children Bt cotton, as
cottonseed oil in peanut butter and cookies.
Grains: 49% of US corn acreage was planted in Bt corn in 2007. A French study proved Monsanto's GMO corn
causes kidney and liver toxicity.
Soft drinks and candy have highly concentrated Bt corn, in the form of high fructose Bt corn syrup. The US food
system depends most on two crops, soy (90% GMO, 90% of traits owned by Monsanto) and corn, the largest crop
(60% GMO, nearly 100% Monsanto traits). "[E]ssentially our entire food supply is genetically modified, to the
benefit of one company." The Grocery Manufacturers of America in 2000 estimated that 70 percent of US food
contains GM traits.
Meat: Steroids bulk up athletes. Monsanto steroids bulk up animals - more weight, more profit. We feed our
children steroids in meats. Is this why our children are fattening, like Hansel and Gretel?
Poultry: Bill's USDA weakened chicken waste and contamination standards and attempted to allow sewage
sludge as fertilize crops. I will say more about disease from industrialized poultry farms waste, at the end of this
letter.
Milk: Over 30 scientific publications have shown increased levels of IGF-1 in milk with rBGH increases risks of
breast cancer by up to seven-fold, also increasing colon and prostate cancers risks. Canada, 29 European nations,
Norway, Switzerland, Japan, New Zealand,
Australia, and South Africa ban U.S. RBGH dairy products. Bill's USFDA put no restrictions, no warning labels
(not allowing labels at all).
By and far, Monsanto is not the only sinister being in this

industry. The farm industry‘s goliath is the privately owned
infamous Cargill monster who rake in over $110 billion a
year. Followed closely by the Zionist private $98 billion
behemoth goes by the name of Koch Industries, they are into
exploiting everything, you name it, fertilizers, chemicals,
energy, forest products, fibers, and so on. Koch loves ecology
so much that stripping the forests of its trees isn‘t good
enough, their biggest preference is to dump toxic waste in the
likes of 91 metric tons into your backyard. They‘ve only been
caught red handed in just 315 acts of pollution.
―So what‖ - ―Monsanto is not an evil corporation, they are

doing good things for us‖ is the reply by many of the blind
masses. The problem resides squarely on the fact that our
benevolent most caring government is hell bent on creating a
―food police‖, criminalizing organic farming and the backyard gardener, along with trashing the 10th amendment.
Behold, for a bill sitting in committee called HR 875 is looking to lay the foundation to completely change that
landscape of farming as we know it. The Monsantos of the world will rule the food production realm with fists of iron.
I found this info at Campaign For Liberty website, in reference to HR 875:
HR875 The Food Police, criminalizing organic farming and the backyard
gardner, and violation of the 10th amendment
HR 875 http://thomas.loc.gov/cgi-bin/query/F?c111:1:./temp/~c1112RD9bb:e11439:
This bill is sitting in committee and I am not sure when it is going to hit the floor. One thing I do know is that
very few of the Representatives have read it. As usual they will vote on this based on what someone else is
saying. Urge your members to read the legislation and ask for opposition to this devastating legislation.
Devastating for everyday folks but great for factory farming ops like Monsanto, ADM, Sodexo and Tyson to
name a few.
I have no doubt that this legislation was heavily influenced by lobbyists from huge food producers. This
legislation is so broad based that technically someone with a little backyard garden could get fined and have
their property siezed. It will affect anyone who produces food even if they do not sell but only consume it. It
will literally put all independent farmers and food producers out of business due to the huge amounts of money it
will take to conform to factory farming methods. If people choose to farm without industry standards such as
chemical pesticides and fertilizers they will be subject to a vareity of harassment from this completely new
agency that has never before existed. That's right, a whole new government agency is being created just to
police food, for our own protection of course.
DO NOT TAKE MY WORD FOR IT, READ THIS LEGISLATION FOR YOURSELF. The more people who
read this legislation the more insight we are going to get and be able to share. Post your observations and
insights below. Urge your members to read this legislation and to oppose the passage of this legislation.
Pay special attention to
 Section 3 which is the definitions portion of the bill-read in it's entirety.

 section 103, 206 and 207- read in it's entirety.
Red flags I found and I am sure there are more...........
 Legally binds state agriculture depts to enforcing federal guidelines effectively taking away the states
power to do anything other than being food police for the federal dept.
 Effectively criminalizes organic farming but doesn't actually use the word organic.
 Affects anyone growing food even if they are not selling it but consuming it.
 Affects anyone producing meat of any kind including the processing wild game for personal
consumption.
 Legislation is so broad based that every aspect of growing or producing food can be made illegal.
There are no specifics which is bizarre considering how long the legislation is.
 Section 103 is almost entirely about the administrative aspect of the legislation. It will allow the
appointing of officials from the factory farming corporations and lobbyists and classify them as experts
and allow them to determine and interpret the legislation. Who do you think they are going to side
with?
 Section 206 defines what will be considered a food production facility and what will be enforced up all
food production facilities. The wording is so broad based that a backyard gardener could be fined and
more.
 Section 207 requires that the state's agriculture dept act as the food police and enforce the federal
requirements. This takes away the states power and is in violation of the 10th amendment.
 There are many more but by the time I got this far in the legislation I was so alarmed that I wanted to
bring someone's attention to it. (to the one person who reads my blog)
Didn't Stalin nationalize farming methods that enabled his administration to gain control over the food supply?
Didn't Stalin use the food to control the people?
Last word...... Legislate religion and enforce gag orders on ministers on what can and can't be said in the pulpit,
instituting regulations forcing people to rely soley on the government, control the money and the food. What is
that called? It is on the tip of my tongue..........
The entire farming industry has been under attack for decades. Our loving government has interfered with regulations
and manipulation on mind boggling level at times. Little family farmers have been slowly ―weeded out‖ and regulated
out of the business. Of course, as usual, most rulings and polices are made to benefit the large corporate agro
businesses. Today for example we are witnessing the totally ridiculous and batshit INSANE concept called BioFuel.
In a nutshell: there are literally billions of people in the world DYING OF STARVATION, yet the mad men running
our country are having farmers grow crops to turn into fuel. There are so many fundamentally wrong dynamics to this
insane concept. Oh by the way, once you get the entire system hook on and geared up for this BioFuel thing, what
happens when natural disasters or other ecological event completely ruins your crops? Duh! These biofuels are already
pushing the prices of everything in the food chain up, up and up. Chickens need corn, cows, etc, everything goes up in
price due to the fact that our brain dead elected officials sold their souls to the highest bidders then proceeded to sell us
all out.
Go ahead rape our lands, when we no longer have anything left, go finish your suicide mission of cutting down the
entire rain forests! There are still billions and billions of bucks to be made there! Industry just keeps poisoning our
lands, skies, lakes, oceans and rivers to no end in sight. This will not end until we have a collective catastrophic
retribution from mother earth. For our elected leaders have proven over and over again that they don‘t really give a
damn about our natural resources we call earth as they continue to rubber stamp the greedy corporate rape and pillage
mother earth until she lays barren, only then will they look around and say ―oh shit.‖
Obama Appoints Monsanto Man as FDA Food Safety Czar

An error occurred while setting up video display. samantha420 added this Taylor is a familiar figure at the
FDA. He began his career as a staff attorney at the agency in 1976. Then he worked for a decade at King &
Spaulding, which represented Monsanto Corp., the agribusiness giant that developed genetically engineered corn,
soybeans and bovine growth hormone.
He returned to the FDA in 1991 as deputy commissioner for policy and pushed through requirements that
producers of seafood and juices adopt measures to prevent bacterial contamination. During the same period, the
FDA approved Monsanto's bovine growth hormone, and Taylor was partly responsible for a controversial policy
that said milk from BGH-treated cows did not have to be labeled as such. (read the entire article at here)
I barely touched upon the iceberg that makes up this sector of the Matrix empire. I find this writing about this segment
heart wrenching and will try to revisit it in the future to try and better articulate and cover this area better. Please do
follow the few links I have provided and research these facts for yourself. You will have no choice but to realize that
YES there exists a grand scheme that is methodically clamping down ever so surely. Cherish your freedoms and what
is soon to be the good ole days while you still have them.
Feds mooove against farmer – for having cows!

Government complains: 'You produce food for human consumption'
By Bob Unruh, 2010 WorldNetDaily
U.S. Food and Drug Administration agents have demanded to inspect a Pennsylvania farm described by its owner
as private, arguing, "You have cows. You produce food for human consumption.‖
The confrontation developed just days ago at a farm near Kinzers, Pa., belonging to Amish farmer Dan Allgyer.
According to a report from the National Independent Consumers and Farmers Association, the agents were
Joshua Schafer and Deborah Haney from the federal government agency's Delaware office.
The agents "drove past Allgyer's 'No Trespassing' signs and up his driveway almost to his barn, where Allgyer
happened to be outside," the report said. "Allgyer approached the car, the agents got out and Allgyer asked them
why they were there. They produced a piece of paper, asked Allgyer if he was Dan Allgyer, which Allgyer
confirmed, asked him his middle initial and phone number, entered the information on the paper, told Allgyer
they were there to do an inspection."
The report from NICFA, which was based on information provided by Allgyer, said the agents then "started
reading the paper to him, saying it gave them jurisdiction to be there."
"You produce food for human consumption," an agent stated, according to the report. "You have cows. You
cannot be consuming all the milk you produce. If you get a milk truck in to move all this milk you sell milk to the
public, therefore we have jurisdiction."
After Allgyer said, "This is a private farm, I do not sell anything to the public," the agents accused him of
refusing an inspection.
A spokeswoman for the FDA's Philadelphia office, which has jurisdiction over the region, confirmed the incident
occurred, although she did not have details.
"An attempt of an inspection was made, and he refused to allow the inspection to take place," she told WND.
A spokeswoman for NICFA told WND she documented the situation when she spoke with Allgyer shortly after
the Feb. 4 encounter.
The FDA spokeswoman said she did not know if there had been an attempt at a followup inspection or if anything
further had developed in the case.
WND reported a few weeks ago on a court victory in Canada in which Michael Schmidt was found not guilty of
accusations he sold raw milk to members of a cow-sharing consortium.
According to natural foods blogger Kimberly Hartke, the judge "found that Michael had done his due diligence,
developed a proper contract, and that everyone was informed. The judge went on to say that Michael met a need
for the people."
And in a previous U.S. case, Mennonite farmer Mark Nolt of Maryland had his farm raided by SWAT-type
agents. He was fined more than $4,000 and had his equipment confiscated for providing raw – or unpasteurized –
milk to participants in his program.
In the Ontario case, the ruling from the Newmarket justice of the peace found the cow-sharing operation Schmidt
runs out of his Durham farm does not violate milk-marketing and public-health regulations.
The ruling, concluding a three-year war over his business, meant his milk legally could be distributed to
consumers who have purchased "cow shares" in exchange for access to the milk.
Drinking raw milk in Canada is not banned, but other laws require pasteurization on most commercial milk
products. According to a report in the Toronto Globe and Mail, 10 U.S. states – including California, Maine, New
Hampshire, Pennsylvania, South Carolina and New Mexico – allow licensed farmers to sell raw milk with a
warning label at grocery stores.
Advocates say raw milk is healthier. Hartke reports Kevin Trudeau touts raw milk in his New York Times best-
seller "Natural Cures They Don't Want You to Know About," and Sally Fallon Morell's cookbook, "Nourishing
Traditions," which has sold 350,000 copies, recommends it.
But government agencies tasked with making sure health products are safe argue unpasteurized products can
carry harmful pathogens such as listeria.
As the confrontation between FDA agents and Allgyer advanced, the NICFA report said, the agents refused to
talk with the farmer's lawyer and then told him he was refusing an inspection even if he did not say so.
The agents eventually left the farm, parked on a neighbor's property and began watching Allgyer.
When a visitor who had been on the farm left shortly thereafter, the FDA agents followed him to the point he
became concerned and called 911, reporting the tailing episode.
On a forum page at Chronwatch-America.com, a participant concluded, "The food produced on that farm is
probably far safer than anything you get at the grocery store."
If you understand half of what we are trying to convey here, then you can evidently see that our world is being taken
over and transformed is so many ways that it really resembles a fictional horror movie. Wake up Dorothy, we are not in
Kansas anymore… You better soon begin to make serious plans on how to deal with daily life in the oncoming new
world order. I suggest that you begin studying in places like: True Food Network, Mercola.com, Organic Consumers
Association for info on unadulterated food, it would not hurt to check into survivalist websites, stock up on at least
one year‘s supply of food, you know, so you won‘t get caught with your thumb up your ass when and if the shit ever
hits the fan. Hey, if nothing happens you can use the food before it goes bad in a couple years anyway when the prices
are way higher anyway, it‘s a nothing to lose proposition. I would buy a new case of whatever to replace any old case I
will consume… My motto: be ready, be prepared for anything. When the next ―Katrina‖ or ―unforeseen‖ national
disaster happens. While everyone is running around rioting and begging for food, I will be quietly sitting at my
window documenting the carnage.
S510 -- Illegal to Grow, Share, Trade, Sell Homegrown Food

SB S510 Will Allow Government To Put You In Jail
By Steve Green 8-6-10
S510, the Food Safety Modernization Act of 2010, may be the most dangerous bill in the history of the US.
(http://www.govtrack.us/congress/bill.xpd?bill=s111-510) "
If accepted [S 510] would preclude the public's right to grow, own, trade, transport, share, feed and eat each and
every food that nature makes. It will become the most offensive authority against the cultivation, trade and
consumption of food and agricultural products of one's choice. It will be unconstitutional and contrary to natural
law or, if you like, the will of God." It is similar to what India faced with imposition of the salt tax during British
rule, only S 510 extends control over all food in the US, violating the fundamental human right to food." ~ Dr.
Shiv Chopra, Canada Health whistleblower.
Monsanto says it has no interest in the bill and would not benefit from it, but Monsanto's Michael Taylor who
gave us rBGH and unregulated genetically modified (GM) organisms, appears to have designed it and is waiting
as an appointed Food Czar to the FDA (a position unapproved by Congress) to administer the agency it would
create without judicial review if it passes.
S 510 would give Monsanto unlimited power over all US seed, food supplements, food AND FARMING.
History
In the 1990s, Bill Clinton introduced HACCP (Hazardous Analysis Critical Control Points) purportedly to deal
with contamination in the meat industry. Clinton's HACCP delighted the offending corporate (World Trade
Organization "WTO") meat packers since it allowed them to inspect themselves, eliminated thousands of local
food processors (with no history of contamination), and centralized meat into their control. Monsanto promoted
HACCP.
In 2008, Hillary Clinton, urged a powerful centralized food safety agency as part of her campaign for president.
Her advisor was Mark Penn, CEO of Burson Marsteller*, a giant PR firm representing Monsanto. Clinton lost,
but Clinton friends such as Rosa DeLauro, whose husband's firm lists Monsanto as a progressive client and
globalization as an area of expertise, introduced early versions of S 510.
S 510 fails on moral, social, economic, political, constitutional, and human survival grounds.
1. It puts all US food and all US farms under Homeland Security and the Department of Defense, in the event of
contamination or an ill-defined emergency. It resembles the Kissinger Plan.
2. It would end US sovereignty over its own food supply by insisting on compliance with the WTO, thus
threatening national security. It would end the Uruguay Round Agreement Act of 1994, which put US sovereignty
and US law under perfect protection. Instead, S 510 says:
COMPLIANCE WITH INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS.
Nothing in this Act (or an amendment made by this Act) shall be construed in a manner inconsistent with the
agreement establishing the World Trade Organization or any other treaty or international agreement to which the
United States is a party.
3. It would allow the government, under Maritime Law, to define the introduction of any food into commerce
(even direct sales between individuals) as smuggling into "the United States." Since under that law, the US is a
corporate entity and not a location, "entry of food into the US" covers food produced anywhere within the land
mass of this country and "entering into" it by virtue of being produced.
4. It imposes Codex Alimentarius on the US, a global system of control over food. It allows the United Nations
(UN), World Health Organization (WHO), UN Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO), and the WTO to take
control of every food on earth and remove access to natural food supplements. Its bizarre history and its expected
impact in limiting access to adequate nutrition (while mandating GM food, GM animals, pesticides, hormones,
irradiation of food, etc.) threatens all safe and organic food and health itself, since the world knows now it needs
vitamins to survive, not just to treat illnesses.
5. It would remove the right to clean, store and thus own seed in the US, putting control of seeds in the hands of
Monsanto and other multinationals, threatening US security. See Seeds - How to criminalize them, for more
details.
6. It includes NAIS, an animal traceability program that threatens all small farmers and ranchers raising animals.
The UN is participating through the WHO, FAO, WTO, and World Organization for Animal Health (OIE) in
allowing mass slaughter of even heritage breeds of animals and without proof of disease. Biodiversity in farm
animals is being wiped out to substitute genetically engineered animals on which corporations hold patents.
Animal diseases can be falsely declared. S 510 includes the Centers for Disease Control (CDC), despite its
corrupt involvement in the H1N1 scandal, which is now said to have been concocted by the corporations.
7. It extends a failed and destructive HACCP to all food, thus threatening to do to all local food production and
farming what HACCP did to meat production - put it in corporate hands and worsen food safety.
8. It deconstructs what is left of the American economy. It takes agriculture and food, which are the cornerstone
of all economies, out of the hands of the citizenry, and puts them under the total control of multinational
corporations influencing the UN, WHO, FAO and WTO, with HHS, and CDC, acting as agents, with Homeland
Security as the enforcer. The chance to rebuild the economy based on farming, ranching, gardens, food
production, natural health, and all the jobs, tools and connected occupations would be eliminated.
9. It would allow the government to mandate antibiotics, hormones, slaughterhouse waste, pesticides and GMOs.
This would industrialize every farm in the US, eliminate local organic farming, greatly increase global warming
from increased use of oil- based products and long-distance delivery of foods, and make food even more unsafe.
The five items listed the Five Pillars of Food Safety are precisely the items in the food supply which are the
primary source of its danger.
10. It uses food crimes as the entry into police state power and control. The bill postpones defining all the
regulations to be imposed; postpones defining crimes to be punished, postpones defining penalties to be applied.
It removes fundamental constitutional protections from all citizens in the country, making them subject to a
corporate tribunal with unlimited power and penalties, and without judicial review.
For further information, watch these videos:
Food Laws - Forcing people to globalize?
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6PwqUQ_HIlg&feature=related
Corporate Rule?
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hXoJHG-er7A&feature=related%20
Reclaiming Economies?
**********************************
Dad Arrested For Sharing Food With His Neighbor

This Could be a Headline if S510 Passes
By Wally Paul, Republic Defiance, August 27, 2010
Senate Bill S510 - Total Full Spectrum Dominance From The Global Mafia
Senate Bill S510 makes it illegal to grow, share, trade or sell homegrown food. This is so far beyond tyranny it
makes Hitler seem sane. People are already being arrested for buying and selling raw milk. Do I still have life,
liberty, and the pursuit of happiness in a world where I cannot grow my own food?
I asked my 91 year old mother the other day about what it was like living during the great depression. She said
she was not aware of it at the time because they lived on a self-sustained farm.
The real reason of course for this bill is the all mighty Global Mafia agenda. You will eat the genetically
modified food. You will get sick. You will get cancer. You will die and you will do this for the almighty glory of
the Global Mafia.
I seem to vacillate on what to call this sinister, evil, diabolical group of criminals at the top. I was speaking with
someone the other day and they referred to these wretched souls as the Global Mafia. This made sense to me.
They are organized crime. They are psychopaths and they hate humans. Maybe they are another species because
they have such hatred for Homo sapiens.
You humans will eat the genetically modified chicken breasts. Look how big they are. Big is good. Look at the
giant perfectly shaped apples. Your ancestors ate apples with worms.
The other day I was at my friend‘s house. It seemed real natural when Jim went into his garden, gathered up some
corn and gave me some to take home. Jim has never broken a law in his life. Under S510, Jim will be a criminal.
He can only grow it for his own consumption. He can‘t share with his friend, Wally. When you commit a crime
does it not feel like you are doing something bad? I felt just fine taking Jim‘s corn home to eat. It did have some
worms. The government would not like that. We have big ears of corn, with huge kernels. Every ear of corn is the
same. Perfect.
I just heard Alex Jones in my head say, ―Jim are you with al-Qaeda. You can‘t give that corn to Wally. I am
gonna call the police. In five minutes a S.W.A.T. team will encircle your house. They will bust down your door
and kill you deader than a hammer, Jim. Don‘t grow your own food you terrorist!"
Sorry. Enough of that. Little Alex Jones get out of my head. Whew. That was scary.
Getting serious, the summary of S. 510: FDA Food Safety Modernization Act, ensures that a factory "Animal
Farm" is on the horizon for your local area.
Food Freedom warns about the consequences from this bill.
The final conclusion: ―It removes fundamental constitutional protections from all citizens in the country, making
them subject to a corporate tribunal with unlimited power and penalties, and without judicial review‖.
"If people let the government decide what foods they eat and what medicines they take, their bodies will
soon be in as sorry a state as are the souls of those who live under tyranny."
Thomas Jefferson
They say "no person's life, property or liberties are safe when Congress is in session…" To this we must add,
"Nor is our right to grow and use our own food, as families and communities". We are happy to report that some
of our friends in the Freedom Movement, including Citizens for Health and Downsize DC have joined in S.510
Push Back, and have also set S.510 Action Items urging their supporters to message the US Senate. We applaude
their efforts and remind everyone that we need hundreds of thousands of emails flooding the Senate if we are to
keep our Food Freedom! Please help by widely circulating this information and Dr. Rima's hard-hitting S.510
video.
Let's look at who supports the bill. According to maplight.org, huge corporations like General Mills, Kraft Foods
North America, National Association of Manufacturers and 25 more organizations support this bill. In opposition:
American Grassfed Association, Family Farm Defenders, Small Farms Conservancy 93 others in an open letter to
address the Senate Bill S510.
This bill proves yet again that the Global Mafia is bound and determined to control ―their‖ herd of human
resources, i.e. - US - We the People.
Sources:
1. http://www.theworldsprophecy.com/senate-bill-s510-makes-it-illegal-to-grow-share-trade-or-sell-homegrown-
food Senate Bill S510 Makes it illegal to Grow, Share, Trade or Sell Homegrown Food
2. http://batr.org/gulag/082210.html Senate Bill S510
3. http://open.salon.com/blog/gordon_wagner/2010/08/07/s510_--
illegal_to_grow_share_trade_sell_homegrown_food Illegal to Grow, Share, Trade, Sell Homegrown Food
4. http://www.govtrack.us/congress/bill.xpd?bill=s111-510 S. 510:
5. http://www.treeoflife.nu/gabriel-cousens-m-d/activism-outreach/bill-510 Keep S. 510 from

controlling our Food and Our Lives!
6. http://www.justmeans.com/Senate-Bill-S510-Food-Safety-or-Food-Fascism/27723.html Senate
Bill S510: Food Safety or Food Fascism?
7. http://www.federalobserver.com/2010/08/07/sb-s510-will-allow-government-to-put-you-in-jail
Will YOU be able to grow your own food?
Youtube video: Food: The Ultimate Secret Exposed – part 1, part 2
We Become Silent – The Last Days of Health Freedom - video
Senate Votes Cloture on S 510 - the $1.6 billion price tag for S 510 will stop
food smuggling in the United States
Source: Food Freedom
By a vote of 74 to 25, at noon today, the U.S. Senate voted for cloture on S 510, the Food Safety Modernization
Act, which means it must now be voted on in the full Senate within 60 days. All amendments to the controversial
food control bill must be completed by that time.
One of S 510′s supporters, Saxby Chambliss of Georgia, opposed cloture because modifications to the bill do not
reflect its original intent, he said on C-SPAN. Chambliss fully supports giving the FDA more power over the US
food supply, but is unhappy with the Manager‘s Amendment submitted in August.
He objects to the small farm exclusion on the grounds that the $500,000 annual gross revenue limit is an arbitrary
number that is too quickly reached by small farms. He called for numerous amendments to the bill as it appears
today.
Senator Sherrod Brown of Ohio supports S 510, and called out the statistics by the Centers for Disease Control
that report there are 76 million foodborne illnesses a year, with 5,000 resulting in death. What Brown did not say
was that the FDA — the very agency further empowered by S 510 — is responsible for the approval of
pharmaceutical drugs that result in 100,000 deaths a year.
None of the supporters of S 510 will acknowledge the corrupt nature of the Food and Drug Administration.
Monsanto executives now work at the FDA or on President‘s Obama‘s Food Safety Task Force.
What legislators continue to ignore from the public is that we do not support giving federal agencies even more
power — especially over something as inherently private as food choices.
None of the legislators will discuss the FDA raids on natural food operations which sickened no one, while it
allowed Wright County Egg to sicken people for decades before finally taking action.
Yesterday, Senator Bob Casey informed his Pennsylvania constituents that the $1.6 billion price tag for S 510
will stop food smuggling in the United States. I kid you not:
―These provisions add personnel to detect, track and remove smuggled food and call for the development
and implementation of strategies to stop food from being smuggled into the United States.‖
Is food smuggling a problem in the United States? Well, the ―biggest food smuggling case in the history of the
U.S.‖ busted wide open in September. Eleven Chinese and German executives were indicted for bringing in $40
million worth of commercial grade honey over a five year period, reportedly to avoid paying $80 million in
import fees. (No wonder they tried smuggling.)
That amounts to 3 percent of the 1.35 billion-dollar honey market over a five-year period.
Since that was the biggest food smuggling bust, food smuggling is not the problem. Clearly. It hardly seems
worth it for the US taxpayer to cough up $1.6 billion so the FDA can stop such illegal activities, especially in our
current economic recession.
Blogger Steve Green interprets the S 510 smuggling language to mean:
―It would allow the government, under Maritime Law, to define the introduction of any food into
commerce (even direct sales between individuals) as smuggling into ―the United States.‖ Since under
that law, the US is a corporate entity and not a location, ―entry of food into the US‖ covers food
produced anywhere within the land mass of this country and ―entering into‖ it by virtue of being
produced.‖
§309 defines it as:

―In this subsection, the term ‗smuggled food‘ means any food that a person introduces into the United States
through fraudulent means or with the intent to defraud or mislead.‖
Although only 150 new hires will be responsible for food smuggling under S 510, the total number of new hires
sought is at least 18,000 employees.
This is absurd. Food smuggling is not the problem with food safety. Tainted food comes from monopoly
operations in a highly centralized food system. Break up the monopolies and revert to localized food systems to
ensure food safety. Let local authorities control local food safety.
Last but not least. What? You thought I would finish this chapter without ripping into the Zionist Jew‘s world
conquest in the name of their GOD agenda? I don‘t like getting into ―maybe‖ and ―ifs‖ and conjecture, for I like to stay
on the trail of cold hard facts as I have been doing for this entire report. But, but… for just this one case, I have to share
a gut wrenching thought: Kosher.
The New Politics Of Starvation And Weaponized Food

By Michael Vail, Chief Editor of BlacklistedNews Published on 11-22-2010
―We may find in the long run that tinned(canned) food is a deadlier weapon than the machine-gun.‖ --
George Orwell
―If starvation is cheap and requires low levels of technology, why not always use it?‖ --Michelle
Jurkovich(GWU)
Food and its production has been a principle concern since the beginning of time. Governments monitor the
food supply very carefully for the sake of national security. The fluctuation in the price of core goods can make
life very hard for everyone. The poorest people in Haiti resorted to eating mud cookies and in Ireland the
government is handing out free cheese as their economy crumbles under the burden of debt. Give us our daily
bread because a hungry citizenry can bring a nation to ruin.
―The aim of Operation Vegetarian was to wipe out the German beef and dairy herds and then see the
bacterium spread to the human population. With people then having no access to antibiotics, this
would have caused many thousands -- perhaps even millions -- of German men, women and children
to suffer awful deaths.‖ --The Herald
―The anthrax cakes were tested on Gruinard Island, off Wester Ross, which was finally cleared of
contamination in 1990. Operation VEGETARIAN was planned for the summer of 1944 but, in the
event, it was abandoned as the Allies' Normandy invasion progressed successfully.‖ --The Herald
It is not a secret that many nations and paramilitary groups have used food as a weapon. What could be more
formidable? Hitler, Stalin, Herbert Hoover and many others have used this tactic. Researchers and university
professors have written on the subject incessantly. They prattle on about the best ways to wipe out populations
and the most cost-efficient way. Why waste bullets when you can bring a nation to its knees by starvation and
disease?
―A basic weapon of the capitalists in their struggle for life as a social class will be the control of food.
American – and to a degree British – capitalists will brandish this weapon over Europe, Asia and
Africa. The famished and starved revolutionary masses, the capitalists hope, are to be brought to their
knees by the weapon of food.‖ --The Imperial Strategy of Food
―They will also attempt to use food to secure from the governing regime of the USSR ever greater
economic and political concessions aiming at the eventual restoration of capitalism in the Soviet
Union. The USSR is considered by the imperialists to be in the category of ―unfinished business.‖ --
The Imperial Strategy of Food
―At Home & Abroad. Both Stalin and Hitler use food to destroy internal opposition, reward
accomplishment, punish failure, establish the class distinctions of their "new orders." In Germany the
"warrior caste" of the armed forces gets the fattest ration cards, skilled and essential workmen the
next. Down at the bottom come prisoners, the insane, the Jews. Ration cards giving the owner right to
more food are used to give workmen incentives to seek promotion, to increase their output. Supplies
are suddenly cut down (regardless of the amount stored) to scare the population into believing the
situation serious, or extra rations are suddenly granted to boost morale in a bad time. Food statistics
are guarded like bomber planes. To the Nazis, food is "a beautiful instrument . . . for maneuvering and
disciplining the masses." --Food: A Weapon
Most people don‘t even know who is responsible for their food supply. They don‘t know the names of the
companies who put food on their table. The steak was bought at Walmart and that is all that is needed to know.
The supply chains and the global cartels who run them are never mentioned. Companies like Cargill, ConAgra,
Tyson, Kraft, DuPont and Monsanto want to rob you of the ability to grow and/or sell you‘re own food.
Legislation like S.510 , the ‗food safety‘ bill have been crafted by former Monsanto employees and lobbyists to
ensure that you get your food from their sources and not from any local small farmers, friends and neighbors
who may offer cheaper and better products. Resource monopolization is taking place at this very moment in
time!
―Anyone for a hepatitis B banana nr some cholera Aalfalfa sprouts? Biotech corporations have
expanded on their scientific experiments with our fund by creating edible vaccines and
pharmaceutical crops, Over 400 genetically altered "functional foods" are in development by twenty
biotech corporations from around the world. These scored generation biotech crops are the biotech
industry's hope for public acceptance of biotech foods by offering more consumer benefits, such as
edible vaccinations and low cost medicinal drugs.‖ --Brave New Food: Biotech Vaccines in Our Corn
and Greens
―Other food crops are being used to grow pharmaceutical drugs for diseases from diabetes to heart
disease. Common genetically engineered pharmaceutical crops include corn, rice, wheat, and barley
A French biotech corporation has contracted with a cooperative of 76 Iowa farmers to grow
pharmaceutical corn. Several thousand acres will be needed to grow genetically engineered
pharmaceutical corn for a drug to treat cystic fibrosis. Dow AgroSciences will also be genetically
engineering corn to grow drugs for cancer, cardiovascular diseases its well as infections and
autoimmune diseases.‖ --Brave New Food: Biotech Vaccines in Our Corn and Greens
Speaking of food as a weapon, consider the genetic experimentation on our food supply. Recently many
biotech start up groups had been putting Cholera vaccines in rice and using Africans as lab rats. Who wants to
eat a t-bone steak when the cow is cloned or genetically modified to give you your yearly vaccinations? I won‘t
delve into the details of this as others have done a great job in bringing this information to daylight.
―The world food market is still "seriously exposed" to speculators artificially driving up prices and
worsening the risks of malnutrition, according to one of the world's leading agricultural researchers.‖
--Food supply at risk from speculation, warns experts
"When food supply is at risk, speculators are attracted, especially when trade barriers are put in
place," he warned. Exchanges in India and China were closed down to prevent similar speculative
attacks.‖ --Food supply at risk from speculation, warns experts
―Owing to the limitations of the ASEAN, East Asia and SAARC food security reserves, we recommend
that a global food reserve be established. Unlike the three existing reserve schemes, which focused on
the use of reserves exclusively for emergency responses and humanitarian assistance but failed to
include price stabilization as one of its major objectives, the proposed global food reserve would have
a two-pronged objective. First, to stabilize food prices, especially rice, in the world market by using
the stockpile to defend a price band (i.e. lower and upper limits); and second, to provide immediate
assistance to countries encountering calamities. When prices are falling, the low end of the price band
would serve as a safety net for farmers in exporting countries. Conversely, the high end would protect
consumers in food-deficit or importing countries from the adverse effects of high food prices in the
world market.‖ --The United Nations Must Manage A Global Food Reserve
―Achieving the goals of environmental quality and sustainable development will require efficiency in
production and changes in consumption patterns in order to emphasize optimization of resource use
and minimization of waste. In many instances, this will require reorientation of existing production
and consumption patterns that have developed in industrial societies and are in turn emulated in much
of the world.‖ --Agenda 21
―Current lifestyles and consumption patterns of the affluent middle class - involving high meat intake,
use of fossil fuels, appliances, air-conditioning, and suburban housing - are not sustainable." --
Maurice Strong, Rio Earth Summit
Because of speculators and humanitarian needs the UN wants to create a global food reserve, this has a nasty
Hegelian rationale to it. It is true that speculators are driving up the price of food and oil. This is merely a tool
by the global elite to force us on ‗sustainable‘ consumption patterns. It is hypocritical to tell us to change the
way we live for the sake of Mother Gaia and at the same time witness resource wars and monopolies run by the
same people.
"A cancer is an uncontrolled multiplication of cells; the population explosion is an uncontrolled

multiplication of people. We must shift our efforts from the treatment of the symptoms to the cutting
out of the cancer. The operation will demand many apparently brutal and heartless decisions.''-- Paul
Ehrlich, The Population Bomb
Don‘t forget that weaponized genetically engineered food and food without nutrients are both weapons for a
silent war. We are all being judged as either useless eaters or useful idiots. Do you want to live as a cog in the
wheel or a thorn in their side? I choose to life as I see fit and I will ensure my survival and you should as well.
Before finishing up this chapter I feel compelled to stir up deep seated beliefs and assumptions. In my mind nothing, no
topic or rational is off limits in the never ending search for truth. So let‘s go ―there‖:
Someone please come forward and prove to me that the Jews who are eating their own special organic food
supplies they substantiate through exclusive religious rights and doctrines are not in fact POISNING the rest of the
world with the heavily contaminated, irradiated, toxin enriched, chemical laden, nutrition stripped, etc. food!
They refer to their special, ―cleansed‖ and exclusive food supplies as ―Kosher‖ which you Goyim cattle gentiles are
forbidden to partake in...
Yes! I went there! I haven‘t fully researched this, I am just an speculating at this point… But, this hypothesis has very
real serious veracity and ramifications given the fact on how far the Zionist Jew juggernaut has gone in their hell bent
quest for worldwide domination, globalization and control while systematically destroying everyone and everything
that stands in their way.
Sue my cyber ghost shadow for self-hating Jew anti-Semitism biatch! What is to say that these people, hell bent on
world conquest and domination who have a strangle hold on our governments, finance and media are not also lacing
our food supplies with deadly toxins and chemicals to slowly destroy us while they ―for religious reasons‖ /cough/ eat
from their own clean unadulterated food supply?
You want to know what? I don‘t know about you, but I will be shopping at my local Kosher store from now on!
Shalom baby! Now where did I leave my beanie cap? Go ahead, hate the TRUTH biatches!

THE ENVIROMENT MATRIX

ENVIROMENT IN CHAOS
The Pillaging of the Worlds Resources whilst
Systematic Destruction of Our Environment
ENTER THE CARBON ENSLAVEMENT SCHEME
“The Climate Conference in Copenhagen is another step forward towards the global management of our
planet… “ - New and first president of the European Union, Herman Van Rompuy quoted at Copenhagen
“Governments need armies to protect them from their enslaved and oppressed subjects.” - Tolstoy
The first time I was ever interviewed by a newspaper was well over a decade ago. Not a clue was lingering in the
public conscience about the dreaded ―global warming‖ issue back then. But what was my response at that time? ―Take
care of the environment and it will take care of you.‖ I advocated against poisoning and destroying the environment
and straying away from gas guzzlers and instead focus on neutral, clean energy. What is truly interesting is seeing my
words and actions back then within the backdrop of what is happening today. It seemed as if I was some sort of
wingnut in preaching the virtues of NATURE. Today we have Green Peace and a host of other organizations and
programs, many of which are shill programs, but then, what is genuine anymore anyways? Let me just summarize the
fact that WAY BEFORE it was politically correct, there were people out there that werer champions for the
ENVIROMENT... so called ―tree huggers.‖ Way before ―global warming‖ or ―climate change‖ even appeared on the
radar. The concept and principles are very simple: One must exist in harmony with all of creation. In the bible it
was said: ―go forth and have dominion of all that exists‖ this was stated in Genesis. Mankind was to be the true
benevolent custodians of everything on this planet. Instead we have built a world of capitalism where money - debt
and selfish greed rules above all else… even reigning supreme over all logic and common sense, for example:
Has it ever not occurred to anyone that centuries ago many barren desolate locations around the world at one
time or another had vast forests? Yes, it has been scientifically proven many areas we modern 20th century man
know as vast barren lands used to be lush forests. What happened to them? Very simple: man kept cutting down the
trees for firewood, housing, and everything on the planet, without so much as any consideration about the future.
They just kept cutting down more and more trees to satisfy their insatiable demand until one day someone woke up
and realized, ―golly gee whiz, there are no more trees for hundreds of miles.‖ At which point those ancient societies
had no choice but to abandon their dwellings and search for new lands to inhabit. What we observe today as miles of
treeless barren lands in many places were just busy metropolises in ancient times. It has been written ―he who chooses
to ignore the lessons of the past is bound to repeat them.‖ This time around, our civilization is so massively
technologically advanced that it is totally within our means to turn the entire planet into a vast wasteland…
The entire Global Warming issue has recently become one of the hottest debated topics worldwide. On one side you
have special interest funded world scientists claiming that the world is warming out of control. On the other side of the
debate you have scientists funded directly or indirectly by the energy corporation cartels and the government who state:
"everything is fine and dandy, don‘t pay any attention to those other dim wits". We are not going to sit here and
pretend to be experts in this field and deal with the tons of reports. As is the whole purpose of the Matrix Report, we
are going to get right to the nitty gritty.
First of all, I believe that the real issue is not ―climate change‖ but instead poisoning the planet with tons of toxins and
pollutants and the wanton rape and pillaging of the planet.
"Every time weaker nations have attempted to reallocate their resources and undertake land reform to feed
starving populations, powerful interests emanating from the rich world and its multilateral bodies have
thwarted their efforts." - Susan George
"Africa is extremely rich in many resources, from agriculture to oil, minerals, and a huge variety of other
resources used all around the world. If African nations were able to develop their own economies, use their
own resources, and create their own industries and businesses, they could become self-sufficient at first, and
then may become a force of great competition for the established industries and elites around the world. After
all, Europe does not have much to offer in terms of resources, as the continent's wealth has largely come from
plundering the resources of regions like Africa, and in becoming captains of monetary manipulation. A
revitalized, vibrant, economically independent and successful Africa could spell the end of Western financial
dominance. " - Andrew Gavin Marshall
Science Turns Authoritarian

Science is losing its credibility because it has
adopted an authoritarian tone, and has let
itself be co-opted by politics.
By Kenneth P. Green and Hiwa

Alaghebandian, Tuesday, July 27, 2010
In a Wired article published at the end of May,

writer Erin Biba bemoans the fact that
―science‖ is losing its credibility with the
public. The plunge in the public‘s belief in
catastrophic climate change is her primary
example. Biba wonders whether the loss of
credibility might be due to the malfeasance
unearthed by the leak of emails from the
Climatic Research Unit at the University of
East Anglia in the United Kingdom, but comes
to the conclusion that malfeasance isn‘t the cause of the public‘s disaffection. No, people have turned against
science simply because it lacks a good public relations outfit. Biba quotes Kelly Bush, head of a major PR firm, on
the point:
Bush says researchers need a campaign that inundates the public with the message of science: Assemble two groups
of spokespeople, one made up of scientists and the other of celebrity ambassadors. Then deploy them to reach the
public wherever they are, from online social networks to ―The Today Show.‖ Researchers need to tell personal
stories, tug at the heartstrings of people who don‘t have PhD‘s. And the celebrities can go on ―Oprah‖ to describe
how climate change is affecting them—and by extension, Oprah‘s legions of viewers.
―They need to make people answer the questions, What‘s in it for me? How does it affect my daily life?
What can I do that will make a difference? Answering these questions is what‘s going to start a
conversation,‖ Bush says. ―The messaging up to this point has been ‗Here are our findings. Read it and
believe.‘ The deniers are convincing people that the science is propaganda.‖
While nobody would dispute the value of a good PR department, we doubted that bad or insufficient PR was the
primary reason for the public‘s declining trust in scientific pronouncements. Our theory is that science is not losing
its credibility because people no longer like or believe in the idea of scientific discovery, but because science has
taken on an authoritarian tone, and has let itself be co-opted by pressure groups who want the government to force
people to change their behavior.
We decided to do a bit of informal research, checking Lexis Nexis for the growth in the use of what we characterize
as ‗authoritarian‘ phrasing when it comes to scientific findings.In the past, scientists were generally neutral on
questions of what to do. Instead, they just told people what they found, such as ―we have discovered that smoking
vastly increases your risk of lung cancer‖ or ―we have discovered that some people will have adverse health effects
from consuming high levels of salt.‖ Or ―we have found that obesity increases your risk of coronary heart disease.‖
Those were simply neutral observations that people could find empowering, useful, interesting, etc., but did not
place demands on them. In fact, this kind of objectivity was the entire basis for trusting scientific claims.
But along the way, an assortment of publicity-seeking, and often socially activist, scientists stopped saying, ―Here
are our findings. Read it and believe.‖ Instead, activist scientists such as NASA‘s James Hansen, heads of quasi-
scientific governmental organizations such as the UN Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, editors of major
scientific journals, and heads of the various national scientific academies are more inclined to say, ―Here are our
findings, and those findings say that you must change your life in this way, that way, or the other way.‖
So, objective statements about smoking risk morphed into statements like ―science tells us we must end the use of
tobacco products.‖ A finding of elevated risk of stroke from excess salt ingestion leads to: ―The science tells us we
must cut salt consumption in half by 2030.‖ Findings that obesity carries health risks lead to a ―war on obesity.‖
And yes, a finding that we may be causing the climate to change morphed into ―the science says we must radically
restructure our economy and way of life to cut greenhouse gas emissions radically by 2050.‖
‗Here are our findings, and those findings say that you must change your life in this way, that way, or the other
way.‘To see if our suspicions were correct, we decided to do a bit of informal research, checking Lexis Nexis for
growth in the use of what we would categorize as ―authoritarian‖ phrasing when it comes to scientific findings. We
searched Nexis for the following phrases to see how their use has changed over the last 30 years: "science says we
must," "science says we should," "science tells us we must," "science tells us we should," "science commands,"
"science requires," "science dictates," and "science compels."
What we found surprised us. One phrase, in particular, has become dramatically more frequent in recent years:
―Science tells us we should.‖ Increased usage of this phrase leads to a chart resembling a steep mountain climb (or,
for those with a mischievous bent, a ―hockey stick‖). The use of the phrase ―science requires‖ also increases sharply
over time. The chart (below) vividly shows the increasing use of those particular phrases. Some of this may simply
reflect the general growth of media output and the growth of new media, but if that were the case, we would expect
all of the terms to have shown similar growth, which they do not.
In other words, around the end of the 1980s, science (at least science reporting) took on a distinctly authoritarian
tone. Whether because of funding availability or a desire by some senior academics for greater relevance, or just the
spread of activism through the university, scientists stopped speaking objectively and started telling people what to
do. And people don‘t take well to that, particularly when they‘re unable to evaluate the information that supposedly
requires them to give up their SUV, their celebratory cigar, or their chicken nuggets.
The public‘s trust is further undermined by scientific scandals, such as the recent ClimateGate affair, when it
became apparent that climate scientists, if not overtly cooking their books, were behaving as partisans out to create
a unified perception of the climate in order to advance a policy agenda. The climate community is probably the
biggest user of the authoritarian voice, with frequent pronouncements that ―the science says we must limit
atmospheric carbon dioxide concentrations to 350 parts per million,‖ or some dire outcome will eventuate. Friends
of the Earth writes, ―For example, science tells us we must reduce our global greenhouse gas emissions to prevent
dangerous climate change.‖ America‘s climate change negotiator in Copenhagen is quoted by World Wildlife Fund
as saying, ―China must do significantly more if we are to have a chance to solve the problem and to arrive at an
international agreement that achieves what science tells us we must.‖ Science as dictator—not a pretty sight.
If science wants to redeem itself and regain its place with the public‘s affection, scientists need to come out every
time some politician says, ―The science says we must…‖ and reply, ―Science only tells us what is. It does not, and
can never tell us what we should or must do.‖ If they say that often enough, and loudly enough, they might be able
to reclaim the mantle of objectivity that they‘ve given up over the last 40 years by letting themselves become the
regulatory state‘s ultimate appeal to authority. Hey, you know, perhaps Biba has something there—maybe science
does need better PR!
Kenneth P. Green is a resident scholar at the American Enterprise Institute, where Hiwa Alaghebandian is an energy
and environment research assistant.
The American Denial of Global Warming - Video

Though I tend to lean toward the argument that global warming is in fact happening, no matter who, why, when
where, or what the cause. It is possibly the result of natural cyclical fluctuations or manmade, who really knows with
so much confusion surrounding the issue? There are some very convincing rebuttals out there. Then there is the
rampant FRAUD FACTOR. ―Climategate‖ is a perfect example of how private industry has been paying off, bribing,
financing, promoting scientists that come up with data and studies which support their pre-determined standpoint. The
very nature of statistics and raw data is that they are often open to ―interpretation‖ and easily ―fudged‖ to mean
whatever you want them too. The breaking ―Climategate‖ scandal where scientist‘s emails were hacked is now all the
frenzy as it is focusing the people‘s attention into the dark world of sponsored - bought and paid for scientific fraud.
The hacked global warming emails reveal the tip of the iceberg of scientific fraud, not just about climate change
data, but also serves to reveal the fact that the practice of rampant corporate sponsored fraud is in fact happening in all
scientific circles. Climate scientists, medical scientists, etc., essentially all scientific circles are commonly, routinely,
purposely sponsored and financed by corporate interests to produce biased, prejudiced data. Their highly biased
skewed data is then USED by their corporate sponsors to validate, confirm, ligitimize, endorse, emphasize, justify their
position/agenda in order to build and make the case for this or that product, defense for their actions, inactions and so
forth, basically to support whatever the current agenda may be.
Behold for the bottom line is: It does not matter if global warming is or is not happening! The global warming
hysteria is ultimately just another vehicle of your ruling masters to enslave mankind and is being used as a
catalyst for implementing an entire host of hidden agendas and insane restrictions, taxes, clamp down on the
sheeple and just another front for wealth and power redistribution… [stop] Now do you really understand what
was just said?... This is the core reality behind the global warming chaos.
ENTER THE CARBON CREDITS ENSLAVEMENT DECEPTION AND THE WORLD BANK…
The climate change saga is being used right now in your face to help usher in the new world order systems. The
Carbon Credit schema is essentially a scam of epic proportions to take the enslavement of the poor and working class
to the next level of enslavement that would never be accepted or possible if done via a direct traditional authoritarian
tyrannical form. The bottom line of the Carbon Credits scam is that polluting conglomerates can continue to do so
while utilizing the Carbon Credits of the people to do so. It is basically a disguised worldwide tax on the peasants.
The introduction of Carbon Credits as another financial instrument is just starters. Overall living costs will rise
dramatically directly due to climate change policies, enforcement and most importantly the coming wave of taxation
on the back of global warming. Global Governance and global agreements are being hastily ushered in on the coat
tails of the climate change saga, will come the global bureaucrats who will control our nations.
The entire CARBON CREDITS program is just a massive world level bullshit farce of epic proportions. You must
understand that this entire Carbon Credit and Cap and Trade baloney is nothing more than one of the biggest world
conquest and CONTROL programs to have ever been perpetrated on the entire world. Here is a recent article I found at
www.projectcensored.org that barely scrapes the top of this global warming iceberg:
―The World Bank and Climate Change: Sustainability or Exploitation?‖

Author: Mary Tharin, Student Researchers: Victoria Masucci and Christine Wilson
Faculty Evaluator: Elaine Wellin, PhD, Sonoma State University
In the name of environmental protection, the World Bank is brokering carbon emission trading arrangements that
destroy indigenous farmlands around the world. The effort to coordinate global action to reduce greenhouse gas
(GHG) emissions began with the Kyoto Protocol, which was adopted in 1997 and now has been ratified by 183
nations. While many of the strategies established in the protocol are encouraging, some are proving to have fatal
flaws. One such program, known as Clean Development Mechanism (CDM) investment, has become a means by
which industrialized countries avoid reducing their own emissions through the implementation of ―emissions
reduction‖ projects in developing nations.
In accordance with the Kyoto Protocol, many governments have established ―caps,‖ or limits, on the greenhouse
gas emissions that can be produced in their countries. Industries can respond to these government-imposed limits
by responsibly reducing their emissions, or they can bypass this process entirely by purchasing ―carbon credits‖
from other industries in other parts of the world who, through CDM investment brokered by the World Bank,
trade emission reduction ―credits‖ in order to ―offset‖ excessive emissions. Joris den Blanken, a climate change
specialist with Greenpeace, says, ―Offsetting means exporting responsibilities to the developing world and
removes the incentive for industry to improve efficiency or to invest in renewable energy.‖
While the World Bank claims that this system ―supports sustainable development . . . and benefits the poorer
communities of the developing world,‖ the program in reality has become little more than a corporate profit-
boosting enterprise. In fact, many transnational corporations are using cap and trade programs not only to avoid
emissions responsibility, but to further profit by developing environmentally and socially destructive industries in
less developed countries.
In Latin America, where a long history of corporate exploitation has already taken a steep toll, environmentalists
and indigenous communities are beginning to speak out about the dangers of the CDM. Because of a myopic
focus on greenhouse gas reduction only, and a lack of accountability to local communities, many projects are
producing other environmental and social ills that are diametrically opposed to the program‘s stated objectives.
Nevertheless, the United Nations Environmental Program reports that, to date, 4,364 projects have been approved
for CDM funding, and the movement continues to gain momentum. According to the World Wildlife Fund, the
number of new project proposals has risen drastically in just a few years, from less than ten per month in early
2005 to about 100 per month in 2007.
Wood and pulp industries have shown great interest in harnessing the carbon market to justify and finance
projects that involve expropriating indigenous farm and grazing land for planting of enormous monospecific
plantations. These plantations threaten the area‘s biodiversity and can severely deplete water resources. Author
Mary Tharin warns, ―From an ecological standpoint, planting large-scale plantations of non-native species in this
area is clearly a step in the wrong direction. From a societal standpoint, this could spell cultural genocide.‖
According to a 2008 report by Japan Overseas Plantation for Pulpwood (JOPP), entitled ―Feasibility Study of
Afforestation CDM for Community Development in Extensive Grazing Lands in Uruguay,‖ the land that would
be used for the JOPP‘s ―afforestation projects,‖ is currently used for ―extensive grazing‖ of cattle and sheep. The
report, which elaborates on ―land eligibility,‖ makes no mention of the people who own, live on, or make a living
from the use of the land in question. The only allusion to this issue is the brief assurance that all displaced cattle
would be ―sold on the open market.‖ Despite the fact that ―cattle and sheep production has been the traditional
rural activity in the project area and all the surrounding regions since the17th Century,‖ the report contends that
the establishment of plantations would be a more cost-effective use for the land than pasture. The question then
becomes: cost-effective for whom?
The World Bank touts the CDM as an ―integral part of the Bank‘s mission to reduce poverty through its
environment and energy strategies.‖ However, in Latin America as in other parts of the developing world, the
global carbon market is proving to be largely detrimental to the indigenous and the poor. With little or no input on
how a project is conducted, local communities have virtually no control over how their land, water, and resources
will be affected.
In a recent documentary by Carbon Trade Watch, villagers explained that the massive plantations—which cover
about 100,000 acres—are diverting water from local streams, causing a sharp decrease in fishing and killing off
medicinal plants. In an interview, one local woman lamented that corporate plantations ―continue destroying our
community, destroying our citizens, destroying our fauna, destroying our flora, and nobody does anything.‖
Lack of accountability to local populations is a fundamental flaw in the way CDM projects are presented,
evaluated and implemented. The official ―Project Design Document Form‖—which the CDM Executive Board
uses to approve or deny funding—largely disregards the impact of projects on local communities. The document
contains no binding legal language, asking only for a ―report on how due account was taken of any comments
received‖ by local stakeholders. In their assessment of four CDM projects carried out in Brazil and Bolivia, the
EEP found that ―participation of local community members was found to be limited.‖
While the World Bank pays constant lip service to the importance of sustainability and poverty alleviation in the
CDM, it continually fails to deliver positive results for either the environment or disadvantaged communities in
the developing world. The global carbon market is proving to be simply another weapon used by multinational
corporations to accelerate their incursion on the rights of indigenous peoples and small-scale landholders in Latin
America.
The irony of this situation takes on an especially tragic hue since many of the communities at risk have been
living in a sustainable manner for centuries and thus should be seen as models in the fight against environmental
degradation and climate change. Instead, the World Bank has adopted a system that inadequately addresses one
pressing environmental hazard at the expense of other important environmental issues and the wellbeing of the
world‘s most vulnerable, and often most knowledgeable, of populations.
Janet Redman at the Institute for Policy Studies says, ―Farmers [in the global south] are trading communal land
rights and their ability to feed themselves for the whims and price fluctuations of the international carbon
market.‖
Update by Mary Therin:

As governments, environmentalists, and industry leaders gear up for UN Climate Change Conference this
December in Copenhagen, the debate over carbon offsets has taken center stage. Groups including the European
Commission have acknowledged the many shortcomings of the Clean Development Mechanism and are calling
for reform. In late April 2009, delegates from all over the world attended the Indigenous People‘s Global Summit
on Climate Change, producing a declaration which called on governments to abandon ―false solutions to climate
change that negatively impact Indigenous Peoples‘ rights . . . such as carbon trading, the Clean Development
Mechanism, and forest offsets.‖
Unfortunately, the CDM Executive Board, instead of addressing issues of transparency and accountability, has
proposed an expansion of some of the carbon offset scheme‘s most problematic aspects. The board has put forth
plans to expand its forestry mechanism and ease the funding application process. According to Oscar Reyes of
Carbon Trade Watch, these reforms would drastically expand CDM while ―lowering the already inadequate
checks on environmental sustainability and social justice.‖
Meanwhile, the Clean Development Mechanism continues to expand. In May 2009 alone, 132 new CDM projects
were submitted for approval, marking an all-time high in the application process. At the same time, more
evidence is cropping up all over the globe that many ―emissions reduction‖ projects in the developing world are
doing more harm than good. In June 2009, the UK-based Daily Mail published an exposé on a UN-funded
chemical plant that has poisoned the local water supply in Gujarat, India. According to Eva Filzmoser of CDM
Watch, large hyrdo and gas projects are the most damaging receivers of CDM funding. These projects, she
argues, rarely save additional emissions and in fact provide perverse incentives to expand environmentally
degrading industries.
In the United States, debate over carbon offsets and cap and trade schemes has erupted since the American Clean
Energy and Security Act, also known as the Waxman-Markey bill, was passed by the House Energy Committee
in May 2009. While many environmentalist groups are heralding the bill as a huge step toward reducing
greenhouse gas emissions in the United States, others point to the prominence of carbon offsetting in the bill as a
way for corporations to skirt any real commitment to emissions reductions. According to the Institute for Policy
Studies (IPS), up to 2 billion tons of carbon (about 30 percent of current US emissions) could be purchased as
offsets under the legislation, half of which would come from developing countries through programs like the
Clean Development Mechanism.

While most of the mainstream media and many environmental groups have jumped on the cap and trade
bandwagon, organizations such as the Institute for Public Studies, Carbon Trade Watch, and CDM Watch
continue to boost public awareness on the dangers of cap and trade. A number of voices, including The
Economist, have come out in favor of a Carbon Tax as a more effective way to motivate emissions reductions.
These groups are calling for people in the developed world to take the lead by shrinking our own carbon
footprints, and demanding a real solution to climate change that starts at home.
For more information, see: Sustainable Energy and Economy Network http://www.seen.org
Carbon Trade Watch: http://www.carbontradewatch.org/ - CDM Watch: http://www.cdm-watch.org/
Friends of the Earth: http://www.foe.org/global-warming
Upon reflecting on the dismal track record of how career

bureaucrats listen to their constituents today as opposed to
following the wishes of their lobbyist pimps and corporate
masters, one can easily deduce that the day global governance
comes to be, your vote, your voice, your concerns will amount
to a miniscule grain of sand in an endless desert searing in the
heat of a god forsaken blistering desolate wasteland.
Among the PATRON SAINTS of the global warming new

world order religion is the David de Rothschild who‘s life
seems to be fashioned around this global warming ecology
theme… Then there is this guy by the name of Maurice
Strong. What is completely flabbergasting about this is the fact
that he is one of THE major players in the world polluting
BIG OIL CARTEL! He has spent his entire life in the energy
sector working for the likes of Power Corporation of Canada,
Petro Canada, Ontario Hydro, Molten Metals Technology and Cordex Petroleum. If there ever was an Oscar awards for
"Fox in sheep‘s clothing" this guy would be its poster child. Maurice Strong was one of the commissioners of the
World Commission on Environment and Development, set up as an independent body by the United Nations in 1983.
While serving as an UN envoy he was caught in UN oil-for-food scandal corruption whereupon he immediately packed
his bags and moved to China! He somehow lead a double life as he managed to on one hand become a convincing
award receiving champion of the same environment his energy corporations and his comrades destroy with the other
hand. I wonder who helped fudge the eco-system narrative in favor of big oil.
―Isn‘t the only hope of the planet that the industrialized civilizations collapse? – Isn‘t it our responsibility to bring
that about?‖ – Maurice Strong, Opening Speech, Rio Earth Summit, 1992
Strong is amoung the global energy sector‘s champions of ―carbon offset credits‖ a bullshit SCHEME that went
mainstream worldwide. A carbon offset definition reveals that these are vehichles to allow individuals or organizations
to purchase reductions in greenhouse gas emissions. In the voluntary market, these offsets are actively traded back and
forth, while the pollution countinues unabated and is ingeniously turned into a PROFITIBLE REVENUE CENTER!
An official MARKET for pollution now exists were the polluters, trade, buys and sells unused pollution capacity.
Behold: the twisted genius of CAPITALIST SOCIETY in action.
Climategate: You should be steamed

By NEIL FRANK, HOUSTON CHRONICLE - Jan. 2, 2010
Now that Copenhagen is past history, what is the next step in the man-made global warming controversy?
Without question, there should be an immediate and thorough investigation of the scientific debauchery revealed
by ―Climategate.‖
If you have not heard, hackers penetrated the computers of the Climate Research Unit, or CRU, of the United
Kingdom's University of East Anglia, exposing thousands of e-mails and other documents. CRU is one of the top
climate research centers in the world. Many of the exchanges were between top mainstream climate scientists in
Britain and the U.S. who are closely associated with the authoritative (albeit controversial) Intergovernmental
Panel on Climate Change. Among the more troubling revelations were data adjustments enhancing the perception
that man is causing global warming through the release of carbon dioxide (CO2) and other atmospheric
greenhouse gases.
Particularly disturbing was the way the core IPCC scientists (the believers) marginalized the skeptics of the
theory that man-made global warming is large and potentially catastrophic. The e-mails document that the attack
on the skeptics was twofold. First, the believers gained control of the main climate-profession journals. This
allowed them to block publication of papers written by the skeptics and prohibit unfriendly peer review of their
own papers. Second, the skeptics were demonized through false labeling and false accusations.
Climate alarmists would like you to believe the science has been settled and all respectable atmospheric scientists
support their position. The believers also would like you to believe the skeptics are involved only because of the
support of Big Oil and that they are few in number with minimal qualifications.
But who are the skeptics? A few examples reveal that they are numerous and well-qualified. Several years ago
two scientists at the University of Oregon became so concerned about the overemphasis on man-made global
warming that they put a statement on their Web site and asked for people's endorsement; 32,000 have signed the
petition, including more than 9,000 PhDs. More than 700 scientists have endorsed a 231-page Senate minority
report that questions man-made global warming. The Heartland Institute has recently sponsored three
international meetings for skeptics. More than 800 scientists heard 80 presentations in March. They endorsed an
881-page document, created by 40 authors with outstanding academic credentials, that challenges the most recent
publication by the IPCC. The IPCC panel's report strongly concludes that man is causing global warming through
the release of carbon dioxide.
Last year 60 German scientists sent a letter to Chancellor Angela Merkel urging her to ―strongly reconsider‖ her
position supporting man-made global warming. Sixty scientists in Canada took similar action. Recently, when the
American Physical Society published its support for man-made global warming, 200 of its members objected and
demanded that the membership be polled to determine the APS' true position.
What do the skeptics believe? First, they concur with the believers that the Earth has been warming since the end
of a Little Ice Age around 1850. The cause of this warming is the question. Believers think the warming is man-
made, while the skeptics believe the warming is natural and contributions from man are minimal and certainly not
potentially catastrophic Ã la Al Gore.
Second, skeptics argue that CO2 is not a pollutant but vital for plant life. Numerous field experiments have
confirmed that higher levels of CO2 are positive for agricultural productivity. Furthermore, carbon dioxide is a
very minor greenhouse gas. More than 90 percent of the warming from greenhouse gases is caused by water
vapor. If you are going to change the temperature of the globe, it must involve water vapor.
Third, and most important, skeptics believe that climate models are grossly overpredicting future warming from
rising concentrations of carbon dioxide. We are being told that numerical models that cannot make accurate 5- to
10-day forecasts can be simplified and run forward for 100 years with results so reliable you can impose an
economic disaster on the U.S. and the world.
The revelation of ClimateÂ¬gate occurs at a time when the accuracy of the climate models is being seriously
questioned. Over the last decade Earth's temperature has not warmed, yet every model (there are many) predicted
a significant increase in global temperatures for that time period. If the climate models cannot get it right for the
past 10 years, why should we trust them for the next century?
Climategate reveals how predetermined political agendas shaped science rather than the other way around. It is
high time to question the true agenda of the scientists now on the hot seat and to bring skeptics back into the
public debate.
Neil Frank, who holds a Ph.D. from Florida State University in meteorology, was director of the National
Hurricane Center (1974–87) and chief meteorologist at KHOU (Channel 11) until his retirement in 2008.
Climate fraud Climategate - Video
With the that said and done. No matter how you look at it, all the worlds ice covered regions ARE IN FACT
MELTING! This is an absolutely irrefutable FACT. But the real climate scientists believe this is due to natural cycles
or is the effects from the sun.
I care not who is responsible or if it is a natural

process caused by the sun spot cycles, cows
farting or dodo birds. While the government is
busy trying to make you believe that everything is
fine, just go on your merry way, shop till you
drop! Every major northern country is
currently busy staking out claims in the melting
polar regions! While you are under a deep
slumber, they are busy dividing the pieces of the
new pie. The U.S., Canada, Russia, Norway and
other European countries are currently investing
BILLIONS of dollars to survey the arctic and in
preparation to begin new operations to exploit the
vast untapped natural resource there. The main
point here is that all these countries know the
obvious fact that the ice is melting so fast that they will, within just a few more years time, be able to actually
stand on dry land and get to work on exploiting it!
But nothing here is cut and dry. The entire realm of climate change/global warming is firmly embedded in one of the
largest scandalous tumultuous chaotic hotly debated air of arguments ever witnessed. What is up is down, what is hot is
cold, what is black is white, the confusion, deceit, disinfo, misinformation, omission, and erroneous information is so
rampant that it is truly hard to tell, well, heads from ―tales.‖
Sean Hannity's Bogus Russian Climate Scandal

By Josh Harkinson, Tue Dec. 22, 2009
Late last week, Fox's Sean Hannity sent global warming skeptics into their biggest tizzy since ClimateGate when
he announced that "a major Russian climate change organization dropped a bombshell:
The Institute of Economic Analysis now claims that much of its climate data was tampered with by a leading
British research center. In fact, they say that any of their data that could help disprove global warming was simply
ignored. Not exactly the news that all the alarmists in Copenhagen were now hoping for.
The conservative media has seized upon Hannity's "bombshell" as apparent confirmation that ClimateGate was
but the tip of a solidly frozen iceberg. "Climategate goes SERIAL," crowed a blogger for the UK Telegraph,
joining a chorus of triumphant skeptics in the Washington Times, the Investors Business Daily, and the
Examiner.com, which described the IEA as a "key Russian ministry." What none of them mentioned is that the
IEA is actually a libertarian think tank that has no scientific expertise in climatology but numerous ties to
industry-backed climate change denial groups in the United States. (Needless to say, British scientists never
tampered with the IEA's "data" or any other climate data)
As Media Matters first noted, IEA president Andrei Illarionov is a fellow at the US-based Cato Institute, a
champion of climate change skepticism. The IEA is itself a member of the Civil Society Coalition on Climate
Change, a group formed by the ExxonMobil-backed International Policy Network "as a response to the many
biased and alarmist claims about human-induced climate change;" the DC-based Atlas Economic Research
Foundation's Freedom To Trade Campaign, which circulated a "Petition Against Green Protectionism" in advance
of the Copenhagen talks; and a network of global warming denying think tanks overseen by Canada's Fraser
Institute, which is in turn backed by ExxonMobil and the oil-funded Koch family foundations. Illarinov has
a long history of parroting the fossil fuel industry's climate claims. In 2004, he told the Moscow Times that the
Kyoto Treaty will kill off the European economy like "an international Auschwitz."
Illarionov isn't alone. The IEA is part of a loose network of some 500 similar organizations in dozens of
countries that are often bankrolled by American foundations that are, in turn, backed by carbon-spewing
American industries. For a complete take on how they're working to end the modest progress made in
Copenhagen, read today's story, Deniers Without Borders.
Serious negotiations are currently underway at this very moment, as our government is busy telling us that there is no
such thing as global warming, but like true schizophrenics they are contemplating ―green taxes‖ and are simultaneously
trying to figure out how to divide the arctic with the other northern countries that want a piece of the pie. The race to
secure subsurface rights to the Arctic seabed heated up when Russia sent two small submarines to plant a tiny flag
under the North Pole... Folks, this is not made up. Think about it, even though those areas are currently under massive
ice sheets, they are all in the process of drawing up plans and preparing to begin major operations (roads and all) in the
ARCTIC within just a few years time!
The people at the center of the global warming chaos are none other than the multinational energy corporations. Much
in the same way that the big cigarette companies denied that smoking was bad for you decades ago then fought tooth
and nail for years, funding their medical "experts" and all sorts of entities to "prove" smoking was ok. So has the
energy sector been following that exact same tactic to the letter! And again, the government who is easily swayed by
the most powerful lobbyist groups on the planet, who's industry is the world‘s single most largest powerful industry
worldwide, who just happen to have hundreds of key allies and ex executives running the government.
The monolithic trillion dollar energy corporations are the ones behind the cover up because their industry (and
products) ARE the number one CONTRIBUTOR of GLOBAL POLUTION. But why have they chosen to ignore (or
buy then lock away in a bank vault) every single fossil fuel free inventions and discoveries of the past decades
that could have avoided the sure catastrophe that our world will now face?
There are several reasons. One is pure greed. Just a handful of corporations control the entire energy sector. Among
themselves they have a pure monopoly on the worlds energy. The big oil companies are singlehandedly guilty of
massive choreographed practice of stifling, interrupting, buying, violently opposing and doing everything in their
powers to stop any and every marvelous invention or discovery that poses a threat to their cash cow fossil fuel
monopoly. Again, we don't come here to just make vague claims. This is not only proven irrefutable FACT, it is their
basic ―M.O‖. We will cover this in more detail later.
But why would these people purposely continue to shove down our throats an antiquated fossil energy that they
KNOW is DESTROYING our planet? Ah, now we are asking the right questions. Again, the trail leads right back to
the Zionist, Masonic and Jesuit societies that are working behind the scenes and control all the major corporations! An
integral part of subduing the world‘s population is dependent upon: First of all keeping everyone on the planet
enslaved to the gas pump, you cannot go anywhere without saying filler up and PAYING to get from point A to point
B. Everyone on the planet is DEPENDANT on the oil companies, being ―dependant‖ putting an entirely new spin on
the saying ―who‘s your daddy?‖ The oil companies are your daddy. By keeping the global economy hooked on oil this
should help accelerate the decline of mankind, indirectly helping reducing the unwieldy large 6 billion+ population to a
more manageable size. Once the ice caps truly start melting at an alarming rate and coastal cities are inundated, they
will have THE MOST PERFECT absolutely ideal scenario to truly begin to implement their massive global coup
d‘état, in the history of mankind. Countries will declare national emergencies on the scale never seen before, declaring
martial law due to the incredible upheavals of biblical proportions.
Another alarming RED FLAG moment recently came to light when it became known that the CIA had gotten involved
in the global warming clusterfuck. ―Late in 2009, the CIA began collaborating with scientists and using intelligence
and spy technologies to gather information on climate change developments.‖ As history has clearly documented and
proven: The moment the freaking CIA gets involved in ANYTHING you KNOW that claendestined, deceitful secret
operations are involved. PERIOD. That‘s not all…
Now even the PentaCON is getting involved! ―In an attempt to declare climate change a security threat, the Pentagon is
reportedly stepping up to designate it a ―destabilizing force‖ that can exacerbate conflict in a strategy review to be
presented to Congress Monday. ―While climate change alone does not cause conflict, it may act as an accelerant of
instability or conflict, placing a burden on civilian institutions and militaries around the world,‖ read a draft version
obtained by The Guardian. The writing is all over the walls, prepare for the days of upheaval and the ruling elite go for
their end game juggernaut.
There'll be nowhere to run from the new world government

'Global' thinking won't necessarily solve the world's
problems
By Janet Daley, Published: Dec 2009 in The Telegraph
The committee to save the world: Barack Obama,

Nicolas Sarkozy, Angela Merkel, Gordon Brown and
other leaders at the Copenhagen climate talks Photo:
AFP/GETTY
There is scope for debate – and innumerable newspaper

quizzes – about who was the most influential public figure of the year, or which the most significant event. But
there can be little doubt which word won the prize for most important adjective. 2009 was the year in which
"global" swept the rest of the political lexicon into obscurity. There were "global crises" and "global challenges",
the only possible resolution to which lay in "global solutions" necessitating "global agreements". Gordon Brown
actually suggested something called a "global alliance" in response to climate change. (Would this be an alliance
against the Axis of Extra-Terrestrials?)
Some of this was sheer hokum: when uttered by Gordon Brown, the word "global", as in "global economic
crisis", meant: "It's not my fault". To the extent that the word had intelligible meaning, it also had political
ramifications that were scarcely examined by those who bandied it about with such ponderous self-importance.
The mere utterance of it was assumed to sweep away any consideration of what was once assumed to be the
most basic principle of modern democracy: that elected national governments are responsible to their own
people – that the right to govern derives from the consent of the electorate.
The dangerous idea that the democratic accountability of national governments should simply be dispensed with
in favour of "global agreements" reached after closed negotiations between world leaders never, so far as I
recall, entered into the arena of public discussion. Except in the United States, where it became a very
contentious talking point, the US still holding firmly to the 18th-century idea that power should lie with the will
of the people.
Nor was much consideration given to the logical conclusion of all this grandiose talk of global consensus as
unquestionably desirable: if there was no popular choice about approving supranational "legally binding
agreements", what would happen to dissenters who did not accept their premises (on climate change, for
example) when there was no possibility of fleeing to another country in protest? Was this to be regarded as the
emergence of world government? And would it have powers of policing and enforcement that would supersede
the authority of elected national governments? In effect, this was the infamous "democratic deficit" of the
European Union elevated on to a planetary scale. And if the EU model is anything to go by, then the agencies of
global authority will involve vast tracts of power being handed to unelected officials. Forget the relatively petty
irritations of Euro bureaucracy: welcome to the era of Earth-bureaucracy, when there will be literally nowhere to
run.
But, you may say, however dire the political consequences, surely there is something in this obsession with
global dilemmas. Economics is now based on a world market, and if the planet really is facing some sort of man-
made climate crisis, then that too is a problem that transcends national boundaries. Surely, if our problems are
universal the solutions must be as well.
Well, yes and no. Calling a problem "global" is meant to imply three different things: that it is the result of the
actions of people in different countries; that those actions have impacted on the lives of everyone in the world;
and that the remedy must involve pretty much identical responses or correctives to those actions. These are
separate premises, any of which might be true without the rest of them necessarily being so. The banking crisis
certainly had its roots in the international nature of finance, but the way it affected countries and peoples varied
considerably according to the differences in their internal arrangements. Britain suffered particularly badly
because of its addiction to public and private debt, whereas Australia escaped relatively unscathed.
That a problem is international in its roots does not necessarily imply that the solution must involve the
hammering out of a uniform global prescription: in fact, given the differences in effects and consequences for
individual countries, the attempt to do such hammering might be a huge waste of time and resources that could
be put to better use devising national remedies. France and Germany seem to have pulled themselves out of
recession over the past year (and the US may be about to do so) while Britain has not. These variations owe
almost nothing to the pompous, overblown attempts to find global solutions: they are largely to do with
individual countries, under the pressure of democratic accountability, doing what they decide is best for their
own people.
This is not what Mr Brown calls "narrow self-interest", or "beggar my neighbour" ruthlessness. It is the proper
business of elected national leaders to make judgments that are appropriate for the conditions of their own
populations. It is also right that heads of nations refuse to sign up to "legally binding" global agreements which
would disadvantage their own people. The resistance of the developing nations to a climate change pact that
would deny them the kind of economic growth and mass prosperity to which advanced countries have become
accustomed is not mindless selfishness: it is proper regard for the welfare of their own citizens.
The word "global" has taken on sacred connotations. Any action taken in its name must be inherently virtuous,
whereas the decisions of individual countries are necessarily "narrow" and self-serving. (Never mind that a
"global agreement" will almost certainly be disproportionately influenced by the most powerful nations.) Nor is
our era so utterly unlike previous ones, for all its technological sophistication. We have always needed
multilateral agreements, whether about trade, organised crime, border controls, or mutual defence.
If the impact of our behavior on humanity at large is much greater or more rapid than ever before then we shall
have to find ways of dealing with that which do not involve sacrificing the most enlightened form of government
ever devised. There is a whiff of totalitarianism about this new theology, in which the risks are described in such
cosmic terms that everything else must give way. "Globalism" is another form of the internationalism that has
been a core belief of the Left: a commitment to class rather than country seemed an admirable antidote to the
"blood and soil" nationalism that gave rise to fascism.
The nation-state has never quite recovered from the bad name it acquired in the last century as the progenitor of
world war. But if it is to be relegated to the dustbin of history then we had better come up with new mechanisms
for allowing people to have a say in how they are governed. Maybe that could be next year's global challenge.
New Orleans was just a giant real world martial law "practice drill." CIA black ops team blew up those levies on
purpose! (Operation Noah‘s Flood) Our wonderful loving government would have us believe they had "no clue" what
was going on down there for several days, meanwhile everyone on the planet was watching the horrible news in real
time 24/7 and our benevolent most wonderful government had no clue people were stranded and dieing? Pure bull.
Government intelligence agencies WERE watching intensively, as a research and real world drill, taking very serious
notes and collecting data. Only after holding out as long as they possible could, having studied how the citizens reacted
when left to defend themselves on their own under the suffering a REAL world massive natural disaster under REAL
circumstances, did they finally go in… it should also be noted that they waited until the public outcry DEMANDED
the MILITARY to step in, thus opening the door for military ops within our nation. Goodbye Posse Comitatus Act.
When they finally came in, they did so as a real live "drill" to real world test their computer models.
Don‘t you find it a bit perplexing that instead of the national guard they sent in the Military? Now they have real live
data on what type of reactions to expect from the citizens, they have worked out real live responses, they have worked
out strategic coordination‘s between agencies and so forth. Most importantly was having a real world practice of
FEMA's new role as NATIONAL POLICE FORCE. Did you ever notice or find out that once the military finally
arrived in Louisiana one of the very first items on their "to do list" was: DISS-ARM ALL THE LAW ABIDING
CITIZENS! Yep. Riots and looters all over the place and the police went home to home taking away the only
protection law abiding home owners had! DOH! "There you go, we have done our best to 'help' you, have a nice day,
good luck defending yourself from the crazy looters." (it‘s actually part of their final plan, to remove all guns from the
citizens so they will not be able to revolt from the coming police state takeover)
Our government has been preparing for "national emergencies" like you would never believe. FEMA has already been
reorganized to assume the role of main law enforcement agency in the US. They have concentration camps in almost
every state, facilities, plans, millions of plastic coffins waiting for victims are in plain sight storage facilities, practice
drills, executive orders paving the way, allocation of powers, the complete list and the accelerated pace of how they are
preparing is just frightening. The next scheduled national emergency: CIA/Mossad false flag terrorist attack(s) on
major cities. Finally they will pull out their new and improved "national emergency along with martial law, then kiss
your freedom goodbye plan"… hello New World Order.
You know that the entire realm of climate change is completely screwed up and plagued when you see the CIA shows
up to the party! Now the CIA is ―sharing data with climate scientists.‖ Great, now everything is going to be
completely clusterfucked by the CIA on top of the fact that it is extremely difficult to make heads from TALES in the
climate realm. Everyone that has been bought and sold out to the ruling elite globalists are advocating all sorts of
climate change schemes. The one factor they all have in common is that all the schemes being introduced introduce all
sorts of restrictions, regulations and taxes of some sort on individuals (further enslaving the poor and working
populations) who have minimal impact while they literally all give the massive global polluting corporations carte
blanch waivers.
The ruling elite even have Osama Bin Mossaden boogeyman advocating the climate change agenda! Lol. The latest
campaigner to come out promoting the climate change itinerary with a Zionist agenda pushing twist has been ruling
elite member Mayer Bloomberg:
Bloomberg Calls for Carbon Tax as a Way to Fight Terrorists

New York Mayor Michael Bloomberg spoke today before the Wall Street Journal CEO Council annual conference.
According to WSJ, he told attendees that the U.S. needs to reduce its dependence on foreign oil, if ―you want to
stop sending your money to … terrorists.‖
The answer, he said: ―We need a carbon tax.‖
Al Gore, among others, has been promoting a carbon tax based on bogus data showing carbon causes golbal
warming. To my knowledge, Bloomberg is the first person to suggest a carbon tax as a way to battle terrorists.
Bloomberg, a billionaire, got his start by gaining access to the "inside quote" that Primary Dealers used who traded
with the Federal Reserve. He sold his quote machines to bond dealers with this quote. The quote was extremely
valuable in providing bond traders with insight on Fed trading activities. It is not publicly known why Bloomberg
was given access to this quote. Other quote providers who requested to publish the quote were denied access. In
short, it was a billion dollar gift to Bloomberg.
Many view a Cap and Trade carbon tax as a gift to Wall Street firms such as Goldman Sachs, who are gung ho
about trading carbon credits.
"What in the World are They Spraying?" - Official Trailer - video
Then there is the HAARP factor. Who knows what potential ramification if, as some researchers claim, HAARP is a
secret weather control machine that creates climate change. Can it actually be a real government climate control
machine? Even the government admits that HAARP is "an ionosphere heating machine" and the fact that the entire
super secret project is located northern Alaska, as in close to the arctic where the polar cap just happens to be melting...
Not to mention its other alleged purposes.
The raping of the earth has gone unimpeded for decades on end. The energy cartel are not the only evil doers. The
"deforestation industry" has been running in high gear for over a century. I believe it was in elementary class when we
learned that trees were good. They help get rid of carbon dioxide and are a critical element of the ecosystem, to the
survival of all species here on earth. The greed of the logging industry is unforgivable. Why can‘t they just plant a tree
or two for every tree they take down? Problem solved. This is just too simple, it makes just too much sense. The
forestry industry is run by the same type of soulless sleazebags that dump the hundreds of tons of toxins from
industries into the atmosphere and waters! Greed, simply put, has been at the forefront of destroying our ONLY planet.
Actually to all you do-gooder environmentalists out there, I hear you, I know you all have the best of intentions for the
environment. Organizations such as Green Peace are doing their best to stop the mad gang rape of our planet, but the
true patriots everywhere have NO CLUE who the real villain central figures are! They battle in one sector of the
Matrix and yet they don‘t even know that ―the Matrix‖ exists! They target individual companies yet have no clue it is
the Zionist/Masonic elites calling the shots. Their failure to identify the true evil masters, in effect, renders the
activist‘s attacks for justice akin to attacking the great wall of China with an tooth pick.
There is a little secret I must share with you all: THE ENVIROMENT IS ALREADY SCREWED (but yes, please keep
up the good fight up until the end), as in, there just might be no turning back the clock, as in global warming is a freight
train doing 500mph with no breaks, I believe that NOTHING you do now will have any real impact on the course of
severe turmoil we are headed in (I truly hope that I am wrong on this one). I also believe KNOW that NO ONE will
dare take on the capitalist illuminati masters running the Matrixes, so the alarming trends of rampant harvesting,
destruction, rape of the lands and polution will only accelerate. Therefore, I say to thee: heed my words and PREPAIR
for the worst while your fellow man is busy being entertained by Paris Hilton, Britney, sports, mass media, etc., while
merrily going on his way to the disaster.
―Order Out Of Chaos‖ is the illuminati-Freemasonry-Mossad motto. ―By way of deception they shall wage war.‖ For
in conjuring up and instilling an environment of chaos, confusion, despair, and peril they can easily usher in acts,
policies, laws, situations and circumstances that would otherwise NEVER be allowed to exist. Through the ―desperate
times call for desperate measures‖ stratagem.
Many of you who truly understand will try to warn your loved ones and friends only to be ridiculed, you silly space
cadets! Your path will be a lonely one of preparing for the upcoming "perfect storm." Emergency supplies, check,
food, check, move to safer areas, check, dump worthless paper money buy gold and silver, check... Behold: you have
been forewarned of what is to come what you do now is up to you.

THE ENERGY CARTEL MATRIX

“Electric power is everywhere present in unlimited quantities and can drive the world’s machinery without
the need of coal, gas, or any other of the common fuels.” – Nikola Tesla
“Free energy does not mean perpetual motion. Extracting power from the vast sea of energy that
surrounds us is no more perpetual motion than a photovoltaic cell. It does not violate the second law of
thermodynamics. It is a conversion of energy from one form into another form that is usable – not the
creation of energy out of nothing.” – Sterling D. Allan
It seems as if there exists no sector of society that is not under the rule of the elitist special agendas. It is no secret that
the one of the single LARGEST most POWERFUL industry's on the PLANET is the oil/energy industry. Look what
corporations are always on the top of the Fortune 100 lists and see for yourself if you doubt that fact for even one
moment. Interesting note in that at one point in time not very long ago, the entire oil and energy industry was
predominantly controlled by one person: John D. Rockefeller, who along with his family has been involved up to their
necks in almost every elitist agenda existing in our society...
What you, and millions of others around the world do not know is the fact that from the days of Nicholas Tesla, major
oil companies have for decades been QUIETLY BUYING UP all sorts of PATENTS, control of products and
inventions that can give us virtually FREE energy. Over the past decades virtually ZERO dollars have been spent on
serious research by the large multinational energy corporations. They spend hundreds of million dollars into
developing more fossil fuel sources and into developing other "constant revenue producing energy alternatives" (such
as bio fuels and hydrogen) that will continue to provide them with constant non-stop inflow of sales revenue and keep
you enslaved to ―the pump‖. "Free" energy such as solar and electric battery power is simply a disastrous long
term financial route for all the monolithic energy conglomerates.
The fact of the matter is that technologies very similar to ―perpetual energy‖ are so close to reality that it really boggles
the mind how the ―establishment‖ has managed to suffocate all inquiries into the matter. The number one censorship
tactic has been ―peer review‖ by sold out, indoctrinated and fully owned scientists whom immediately jump on the
bandwagon to systematically discredit and destroy ANY report of clean energy production, most of promising world
changing concepts are in the magnetic/electrics field. Of which the internet is full of ―crack pot‖ scientists who
manage to build actual working magnetic electric motors that: work. The censorship, blacklisting, stifling and
undermining of these people, concepts and technologies is so intense that it warrants a massive investigation into the
matter.
Imagine for just one moment if you take the electric motor being fed by batteries that also integrates the magnetic
propulsion model AND integrates ongoing solar charging AND integrates onboard generators that harness the
motion of the drive shaft that is powered by the electric motor thus helping recharge the batteries while in motion!
The possibilities are endless! Another twist would be to have two sets of on board batteries, while the vehicle/item is
being run by one set of batteries the corresponding motion of the motor could be used to recharge the other set of
batteries, while simultaneously integrating other charging solutions such as a solar charge add-on, and so forth. Once
you FREE YOUR MINDS from the prison that it has been BOXED into by the ESTABLISHMENT, the possibilities
are truly endless.
Suppression of Energy Technologies

by Christopher Walter
Time magazine August 17 July 1995 (p.46) rounds up some future technologies that are going to
dramatically change the world as we know it.
They correctly point out that a change in the usage of energy would have a massive impact, but then go on to say
that "The first company to design an affordable car that doesn't foul the atmosphere will race past it's competitors."
Not only are they totally wrong, but they're probably lying. It's a simple fact that the technology has been with us
for most of this past century, but there are those who don't want this and if we could utilize these technologies,
we'd be free from enslavement by oil companies, government and those who control them.
My story began late one night driving home listening to talk radio, when somebody piped up that they'd been
working on a solar-powered car out at the local airport, and it was ready to go and as cheap and as safe as an
average family car - except that you would only need about five dollars worth of fuel per year to get it started. The
startled D. J. then asked when were we likely to see it in the market place, and the engineer coolly replied
"probably never, I'd say the oil companies will buy us out in a flash." I nearly crashed my car- what on earth was
going on here?
The next day I rang the airport to find out who was doing the testing only to find out from an assertive voice,
"there are no automobiles being tested here and there never have been." Fine, the dead end proved to be the spark
of determination to send me on my investigative way.
The next encounter was about a year later involving a friend who knew a guy who invented a lawn mower that ran
on water. Skeptical but excited, I said I wanted to meet the man and she came back a few days later quite upset to
find he'd recently opened his front door to a shot gun blast in the face, the dead inventor had been solidly drinking
for the past six months since he came home with a million or so dollars and word to the family that he didn't want
to discuss his engines again. O.K. - that one seemed weird, maybe he was some dodgy businessman or something.
I still needed more.
More came in the form of an article in the Melbourne Age (13/7/93 p.5)
introducing the "ozone safe induction" system, a little black box that was added to your engine that cut fuel usage
by up to two-thirds with a corresponding reduction in pollution. Oz Smart Technologies was the name of the firm,
and Mike Holland the inventor that I talked to about his supposed breakthrough.
"Yeah, the U.S. military just flew out some Generals and stuff and they want to buy it, and Nissan just offered me
five million dollars but I want to develop it in Australia." Yeah but, does it work? Apparently it did, the E.P.A. told
him off the record, that it was the best design of it's kind they'd ever seen, along with a bunch of techies from
Swinburne University who'd done all the testing, but the media continued to consider the device a bit of a hoax and
the company simply does not exist anymore - yep they just disappeared (again).
My research today tells me that Mike Holland's invention was probably of the "Improved fuel efficiency" variety
simply burning fuel in a more efficient manner, nothing terribly difficult. Other well known developments are of
the "car running on water" kind, usually involving electrical current running through the water to extract and then
burn the hydrogen. Some of the more interesting involve the use of magnets, sometimes tuned to exact frequencies
that take energy from the ambient atmosphere.
Since meeting Mike Holland I have managed to collect quite a list of energy inventions that have somehow
avoided being utilized in the market place. You may not believe they all work, but it would be very difficult to
claim that all of them are fabrications, still the evidence is here - you decide yourself.
Hydrogen Power
Yul Brown - from Sydney Australia developed a method of extracting hydrogen from water in 1978 and utilizing it
as a car fuel and fuel for cutting steel and brazing. After much publicity (see The Bulletin (Aust) Aug 22, 1989) he
had managed to raise over 2 million dollars.... UCSA offers this technology for cutting and brazing steel.
See Stanley Meyer's Water Powered Car:

It was estimated that Stanley's water powered car (which you can see on this website on the video page would have
been able to go from California to New York using about 28 gallons of Water. Stanly was subsequently
conscripted to work for the Pentagon and then was murdered by poison after hoisting a toast to success powering
Army Tanks using the hydrogen in water.
See Stanley Meyer's Water Powered Car

Broadband Dialup
Francisco Pacheco - an inventor from Bolivia created the "Pacheco Bi-Polar Auto electric Hydrogen Generator"
(US PAT #5,089,107) which separates hydrogen from seawater. He has built successful prototypes that have
fueled a car, a motorcycle, a lawn mower, a torch, a boat, and most recently in 1990 he energized an entire home in
West Milford. After many conferences (including U.N.) and public exhibitions proving the inventions worth, the
wider community is still unable to utilize this technology.
Edward Estevel - from Spain developed a classic 'water to auto engine' system in the late 1960's extracting the
hydrogen out of water to use as fuel. This system was highly heralded, then sank among other such 'high hope'
hydrogen systems amid rumors of foul play.
Sam Leach - of Los Angeles developed a revolutionary hydrogen extraction process during the mid seventies. The
unit easily extracted free hydrogen from water and was small enough to fit under the hood of automobiles. In 1976
two independent labs in LA tested this generator with perfect results. Mr. M.J. Mirkin who began the Budget car
rental system purchased the rights to the device from the inventor who was said to be very concerned about his
personal security.
Rodger Billings - of Provo, Utah headed a group of inventors that developed a system converting ordinary cars to
run on Hydrogen. Instead of using heavy hydrogen tanks, he used metal alloys called Hydrides, to store vast
amounts of hydrogen. When hot exhaust gases passed through these Hydride containers it released the gas to burn
in the standard engines. Billings estimated the conversion would cost around US$500 and greatly improve fuel
consumption.
Archie Blue - an inventor from Christchurch, New Zealand developed a car that runs purely on water by the
extraction of hydrogen. An alleged offer of 500 million dollars from "Arab interests" was not enough to convince
him to sell but never-the-less he has been unable to take his engine to the market place.
Electric Engines
Wayne Henthron - from Los Angeles built an "Electrometric Auto" in 1976 that managed to regenerate its own
electricity. In normal stop and go driving it gave several hundred miles of service between recharges. The system
worked by the wiring of the batteries to act as capacitors once the car was moving along with four standard auto
alternators acting to keep the batteries charged. With little official interest in his system the inventor resolved to
make the car available to the public to do so, is now involved with the World Federation of Science and
Engineering - 15532 Computer Lane, Huntington Beach, CA, 92649.
Joseph R. Zubris - developed in 1969 an electric car circuit design (US PAT #3,809,978) that he estimated cost
him $100 a year to operate. Using an old ten horse electric truck motor, he worked out a unique system to get peak
performance from his old 1961 Mercury engine that he ran from this power plant. The device actually cut energy
drain on electric car starting by 75%, and by weakening excitation after getting started, produced a 100% mileage
gain over conventional electric motors. The inventor was shocked to find the lack of reaction from larger business
interests, and so in the early seventies began selling licenses to interested smaller concerns for $500. Last known
address was Zubris Electrical Company, 1320 Dorchester Ave, Boston, Ma, 02122.
Richard Diggs - developed at an inventors workshop (I.W. international) his "Liquid Electricity Engine" that he
believed could power a large truck for 25,000 miles from a single portable unit of his electrical fuel. Liquid
electricity violated a number of the well known physical laws that the inventor pointed out. The inventor was also
aware of the profound impact the invention could have upon the world's economy - if it could be developed.
B. Von Platen - a 65 year old Swedish inventor made a major breakthrough in the field of Thermo-electric engines
with his "Hot and Cold Engine" - based on the fact that wires of different metals produce electricity if they are
joined and heated, the inventors secret breakthrough is said to give more than 30% more efficiency than regular
motors, and with a radioactive isotope for power (hmmm?!) it could be completely free from oil.
Volvo of Sweden bought the rights to this in 1975.
Steam Engines
Oliver Yunick - developed a super efficient steam engine in 1970 (Pop.Sci. Dec.1970) able to compete admirably
with combustion engines. DuPont Laboratories - built one of the most advanced steam engines in late 1971 using
a recyclable fluid of the freon family. It is assumed to contain no need for an external condenser, valves, or tubes.
(Pop.Sci.Jan 1972)
William Bolon - from Rialto, California, developed an unusual steam engine design in 1971, that was said to get
up to 50 miles to the gallon. The engine used only 17 moving parts and weighed less than 50 pounds and
eliminated the usual transmission and drive train in an automatic. After much publicity, the inventors factory was
fire bombed with damages totaling $600,000 . Letters to the Whitehouse were ignored so the inventor finally gave
up and let Indonesian interests have the design.
Air Power
Roy J. Meyers - from LA built an air powered car in 1931. (air has been used for years to power localized
underground mine engines) Myers, an engineer, built a 114lb, 6 cylinder radial air engine that produced over 180
HP. Newspaper articles at the time reported that the vehicle could cruise several hundred miles at low speeds.
Vittorio Sorgato - of Milan, Italy also created a very impressive air powered vehicle in the 70's using compressed
air stored as a liquid. After a great deal of initial interest from Italian sources his invention is now all but forgotten.
Robert Alexander - from Montebello, Ca. spent 45 days and around $500 to put together a car (US PAT #3913004)
based on a small 7/8ths 12 v-motor that provided the initial power. Once going, a hydraulic and air system took
over and recharged the small electric energy drain. The inventor and his partner were determined that the auto
industry would not bury their "super power" system. To no avail.
Joseph P Troyan - designed an air powered flywheel that could propel an automobile for 2c a mile. Using a
principle of "ratio amplification of motion" in a closed system, the Troyan motor (US PAT #040011) was easily
attached to electric generators for pollution-free variable power systems.
David McClintock - created his free energy device known as the "McClintock Air Motor" (US PAT #2,982,26100)
which is a cross between a diesel engine with three cylinders with a compression ratio of 27 to 1, and a rotary
engine with solar and plenary gears. It burns no fuel, but becomes self-running by driving it's own air compressor.
Magnetic Energy
John W. Keeley - developed a car in the 1920's using principles similar to Nikola Tesla's, drawing harmonic
magnetic energies from the planet itself. The electric car ran from high frequency electricity that was received
when he simply broadcast the re-radiated atmospheric energy from a unit on his house roof. GM and the other
Detroit oil "powers" offered the inventor 35 million dollars which was turned down when they would not
guarantee to market the engine. Henry Ford - later bought and successfully shelved the invention.
John W Kelley died in the later part of the 1890's from pneumonia. We was not able to perfect his vibratory motor
for the auto in the 1920's. When he died most of his research notes and motors disappeared never to be seen again.
Chris Sproles
Harold Adams - of Lake Isabella, California, worked out a motor thought to be similar to Keeley's. It was
demonstrated for many persons, including Naval scientists around the late 1940's before it too "disappeared" from
our history.
Dr Keith E. Kenyon - of Van Nuys, California discovered a discrepancy in long accepted laws relating to electric
motor magnets, and so built a radically different motor that could theoretically run a car on a very small amount of
electrical current. When demonstrated to physicists and engineers in 1976 those present admitted that it worked
remarkably well but because it was beyond the 'accepted' laws of physics they chose to ignore it.
Bob Teal - of Madison, Florida was a retired electronics engineer when he invented his Magna-Pulsion Engine
which ran by means of six tiny electromagnets and a secret timing device. Requiring no fuel, the engine emitted no
gases. It was so simple in design it required very little maintenance and a small motorcycle battery was enough
power to get it started. The engine has been met with little else but skepticism.
Lester J. Hendershot - built his Hendershot Generator in the late 1920's largely through trial and error. He wove
together a number of flat coils of wire and placed stainless steel rings, sticks of carbon and permanent magnets in
various positions as an experiment. To his surprise it actually produced current. The generator raised considerable
attention at the time.
Howard Johnson - developed a motor that's power is generated purely by

magnetism. It took six years of legal hassles to patent his design (US PAT #4,151,431) - more information is
available from the "Permanent Magnet Research Institute" P.O. Box 199, Blacksburg, Virginia 24063. He is
currently offering licensing rights.
Edwin V. Gray - developed in the early seventies an engine that uses no fuel and produces no waste, The engine
that runs itself is U.S. Pat #3,890,548.
Petroleum Additives
Guido Franch - from Michigan U.S.A. began demonstrating in the mid seventies his "water-to-gas miracle" a fuel
he created by adding to water a small quantity of "conversion powder" which was easily processed from coal. He
claimed it could be processed for a few cents per gallon if mass produced. The fuel was tested by Chemists at
Havoline Chemical of Michigan and the local University, and both concluded it worked more efficiently than
gasoline. Franch continued to put on demonstrations for years but said the auto manufacturers, Government, and
private companies just weren't interested in his revolutionary fuel.
Dr Alfred R. Globus - working for United International Research developed a Hydro-fuel mixture around the mid-
seventies. The fuel was a mixture of 45% gasoline, 50% or more of water, and small percentages of United's
"Hydrelate" which acted as a bonding agent. It was estimated that a hundred million gallons of fuel could be saved
per day if this fuel were utilized but alas nobody seemed interested.
John Andrews - a Portuguese chemist who in 1974 developed a fuel additive that enabled ordinary gasoline to be
mixed with water reducing fuel costs down to 2c a gallon. After successfully demonstrating the substance,
impressed Navy officials when going to negotiate for the formula found the inventor missing and his lab
ransacked.
Water and Alcohol Motor - Jean Chambrin, an engineer in Paris ran his private cars on a mixture of denatured
alcohol and water. The inventor / mechanical engineer claimed his motor design could be mass produced at a
fraction of the cost of present engines. He received nothing but publicity that led him to take great precautions in
regard to his personnel security.
Mavrin D. Martin - from the University of Arizona developed in 1977 a "fuel reformer" catalytic reactor that was
estimated to double mileage. The device was designed to cut exhaust emissions by mixing water with Hydro-
carbon fuels to produce an efficient Hydrogen, Methane, Carbon-Monoxide fuel.
Improving Fuel Efficiency
Edward La Force - from Vermont U.S.A. designed with his brother Robert, a highly efficient engine that burnt all
the usually wasted heavier gasoline molecules. The 'Los Angeles Examiner' (Dec. 29, 1974) reported that the
cams, timing and so on were altered on stock Detroit engines. These modifications not only eliminated most of the
pollution from the motor but by completely burning all the fuel, the mileage was usually doubled. After much
publicity the US EPA examined the cars and found the motor designs were not good enough. Few people believed
the EPA including a number of Senators who brought up the matter in a Congressional hearing in March 1975. The
result was still silence.
Eric Cottell - was one of the pioneers of ultrasonic fuel systems. This involved using sonic transducers to 'vibrate'
existing fuels down to much smaller particles, making it burn up to 20% more efficiently. Cottell then went on to
discover that super fine S-ionized water could be mixed perfectly with up to 70% oil or gas in these systems, this
was followed by much publicity (e.g. Newsweek, June 17,1974) and then, once again - silence.
L. Mills. Beam - had his super-mileage carburetor bought out in the 1920's. In the late 60's he worked out a
catalytic vegetable compound that produced the same super mileage results. In principle it was nothing more than a
method of using the hot exhaust gases of an engine to vaporize the liquid gas being burned. By rearranging the
molecules of gas and diesel, he was able to triple mileage rates, while obtaining better combustion, mileage and
emission control.
He was refused and rejected by U.S. State and Federal Air Pollution and Environmental Pollution agencies and
was finally forced to sell his formula abroad in the mid-seventies just to survive.
John W. Gulley - of Gratz Kentucky managed 115 mpg from his 8 cylinder Buick using a similar vaporizing
method as that employed by L.M. Beam. "Detroit interests" bought and suppressed the device in 1950.
SHELL research of London - produced a 'Vapipe' unit in the early seventies that also vaporized the petroleum at
around 40 degrees centigrade, and used a sophisticated pressure loss reduction system, but alas was not marketed
because it did not meet Federal emission standards.
Russell Bourke - designed an engine in 1932 with only two moving parts. He connected two pistons to a refined
"Scotch Yoke" crankshaft and came up with an engine that was superior in most respects to any competitive
engine. His design burned any cheap carbon based fuel and delivered great mileage and performance. Article after
article was published acclaiming his engine but once again, to no avail. "The Bourke Engine Documentary" is the
revealing book the inventor assembled just before his death.
New Fuels
Clayton J. Querles - from Lucerne Valley, California took a 10,000 mile trip across the country in his 1949 Buick
on $10 worth of carbide by building a simple carbide generator which worked on the order of a miners lamp. He
claimed that half a pound of acetylene pressure was sufficient to keep his car running, but because acetylene was
dangerous, he put a safety valve on his generator and ran the outlet gas through water to ensure there would be no
'blow back'.
The inventor also toyed successfully with methods of fuel vaporization. (see Sun-Telegram 11/2/74.)
Joseph Papp - built the highly regarded Papp engine in the 60's that could run on a 15 cents an hour secret
combination of expandable gases. Instead of burning fuel, this engine used electricity to expand the gas in
hermetically sealed cylinders.
The first prototype was a simple ninety horsepower Volvo engine with upper end modifications. Attaching the
Volvo pistons to pistons fitting the sealed cylinders, the engine worked perfectly with an output of three hundred
horsepower.
The inventor claimed it would cost about twenty five dollars to charge each cylinder every sixty thousand miles.
The idea has gotten nowhere amid accusations of suppression by the media.
Carburetors
G.A. Moore. - one of the most productive inventors of carburetors, he held some 17,000 patents of which 250 were
related to the automobile and it's carburetion. Industry today relies on his air brakes and fuel injection systems, it
continues to completely ignore his systems for reducing pollution, gaining more mileage and improving overall
engine efficiency. More info from "The Works of George Arlington Moore" published by the Madison Company.
(See US PAT #'s 1,633,791 to 2,123,485 for 17 interesting developments.)
Joseph Bascle - created the Bascle carburetor in the mid 50's. The carburetor raised mileage by 25% and reduced
pollution by 45%. It's inventor, a well known Baton Rouge researcher remobilized every carburetor in the local
Yellow Cab fleet, shortly after his arrival there.
Kendig Carburetors - were originally hand made for racing cars by a small group of mechanics in Los Angeles in
the early seventies under the title of Variable Venture Carburetors. Eventually a young college student bought one
of their less sophisticated prototypes for his old Mercury "gas hog", when he entered it in a Californian air
pollution run - he won easily - not only did the carburetor reduce pollution, it gave almost twice the mileage.
Within a week the student was told to remove the carburetor as it was not approved by the Air Resources Board.
The simpler Kendig model was due for production in 1975 but has yet to be produced.
C.N. Pogue - from Winnipeg, Canada, developed a carburetor (US PAT# 2,026,789) in the late 1930's that used
superheated steam in it's system and managed at least 200 miles per gallon. Much local interest, including threats
from professional thieves, was not enough publicity to see this invention through to the market place.
John R. Fish - developed his "Fish" carburetor in the early 1940's that was tested by Ford who admitted that the
invention was a third more efficient than theirs. The design can also be easily switched to alcohol. Nevertheless the
inventor was hindered from manufacture and distribution in almost every possible way, he once even resorted to
selling by mail order, only to be stopped by the Post Office. The device can be currently bought from "Fuel
systems of America" Box 9333, Tacoma, Washington 98401 - U.S. ph:(206) 922-2228. (US PAT's 2,214,273 and
2,236,595 and 2,775,818.)
The Dresserator - was created around the early 70's in Santa Ana, California by Lester Berriman. It was based on a
super-accurate mixture control using greatly enhanced airflow, and could run a car on up to a 22-to-1 fuel mixture.
Test cars passed the pollution control standards with ease and managed up to an 18% mileage gain. Although
Holley Carburetor and Ford signed agreements to manufacture the design in 1974, nothing has been heard of since.
Mark J. Meierbachtol - from San Bernardino, California patented a carburetor ( U.S. Patent # 3,432,281 March, 11,
69) that managed significantly greater mileage than was usual.
Much of this list is borrowed heavily from the book "Suppressed Inventions and other Discoveries" by Brian
O'Leary, Christopher Bird, Jeanne Manning, and Barry Lynes, Auckland Institute of Technology Press, Private bag
92006, Auckland, New Zealand. ISBN No 0-9583334-7-
5. Along with references noted.
The topic of how the world is under a massive spell of fossil fuel energy dependency is so colossal I cannot possibly
hope to cover the vastness of this very real energy conspiracy. For the purpose of demonstrating the absolute fact that
our energy sector in cahoots with other large corporations (such as the automotive industry) who are in fact seriously
obstructing the development and spread of cheap, clean alternatives. For the sake of keeping this topic simple, I will
focus on just ONE example: the electric car:
Fisker Electric Car
Before I do so, I just want to point out yet again that this is not just ―another hair brained conspiracy theory‖. ALL the
info that follows are undisputed FACTS. And it is a fact that once and if new, cheap, free technology makes it into
the mainstream, the entire multi-trillion dollar oil/energy industry and the hundreds of other dependant businesses that
survive along with those markets would VANISH OVERNIGHT. Powerful millionaires & billionaires would be
bankrupted. The destruction of the monolithic antiquated fossil fuel industry could trigger a massive financial
catastrophe that would have devastating repercussions throughout the world.
Thus, any and all cheap alternatives that eliminate and or break up the "energy status quo" have been deliberately
sabotaged, taken over, eliminated, phased out, attacked, mocked and finally, some of those innovative inventors have
even met with strange and abrupt endings to their lives...
Imagine for just one moment, if the REAL electric car industry took off and everyone owned an electric car. Exxon,
Mobil, Chevron, Shell, Texaco, etc would lose over 60 billion dollars of revenue each and every WEEK.
Thousands of gasoline stations would have to be closed down, losses in the billions. The automotive companies would
also lose billions in some departments. Hundreds of thousands combustible engines, car parts and the parts industry
would be virtually obsolete, not only that, the engine manufactures would also have virtually no products to make.
Resulting in billions upon billions of dollars lost. The brake maintenance billion dollar industry would vanish due to
the fact that electric vehicles have advanced braking systems. Entire businesses and industries gone overnight. Millions
of people unemployed. Raving mad stock holders, fortunes lost. Get the picture?
On the other hand. It would also open up tons of new opportunities. Entirely new industries would flourish. Millions of
new jobs created. New parts companies, etc. The general public would save thousands of dollars for each and every
vehicle they own by not having to spend money on gas. That money would make it into the economy in the form of
extra spending money on other goods and services. The planet would be rid of billions on top of billions of cubic
meters of pollutants.
The advantages far outweigh the disadvantages and the ―pains‖ of a major economic revenue shift. But, as is to be
expected. Those who stand to lose the most will fight the hardest to keep the old ways, and their established sources of
revenue instead of embracing the new technology and even becoming leaders in those fields, thereby not losing much
in the process besides seeing billions of dollars of their hard made investments on old infrastructure disappear. They
know this, so they will try and milk the oil cow until its dry. Then and only then will you see real advances in the
realms of alternative energies.
One of the main problems that confronts the introduction of radical consumer benefiting products lays firmly in the fact
that given a choice of making a product that produces more profits or one that benefits the customer, the corporations
will ALWAYS choose profits, for that is their ONLY purpose of existence of all corporations. Likewise we are dealing
here with the same car companies that pioneered "planned obsolescence" a documented operations policy in which
cars stop working after a few years so customers have to buy a new one. This is how they roll. Like all other
companies in existence in the entire planet, everything is about making the most money, operations have absolutely
NOTHING to do with WHAT IS BEST for the consumer.
To what extent does the Oil Industrial Complex go to keep us HOOKED on gas and oil? We are now going to take a
more in-depth look at what has been going on with the electric car fiasco. Where the main power source are simple
batteries that you could just plug into a wall outlet and bypass the gasoline stations and the oil corporations, FOR
EVER.
Tesla Motors Electric Car
Did you even know that there have been quality, fully functional electric cars available? 99 people out of a 100 have no
clue. There never were any real attempts to advertise and sell them. The ones we did see advertised were designed so
ugly and stupid looking most of us would not be caught dead driving one. It‘s almost as if it were a secret they even
existed. Mind you, even though the automobile industry might seem independent of the oil industry. They are related,
like brothers in arms, since one needs the other and vice versa. They are completely dependent upon one another in
their current form of existence. So in order as to not step on their ―brother‘s‖ toes and harm their affiliates, no real
attempt was made to market the cars.
If you look at the data, it‘s clear that an electric car is the cleanest and most efficient kind of car in existence. The data
is undeniable. It seems that electric cars have been designed by people who thought we shouldn‘t be driving at all, but
if we must, we should suffer every minute of it. Electric cars have had terrible range and embarrassing styling. For
those that say that ―electric cars have been tried and failed‖: That is exactly what the "establishment" wants you to
think. Of course electric cars will never catch on if you make them so limited, featureless, ugly, expensive, and with
such limited driving range no one would want them! DUH!
Documentary – “Who Killed The Electric Car” -Video
100 years ago there were MORE electric cars on the roads than gasoline cars! Check out the timeline at:
http://www.sonyclassics.com/whokilledtheelectriccar/electric.html So what happened? The oil companies pushed hard
for the use of gas instead of batteries, and the rest is history.
In 1976 congress passed the Electric and Hybrid Vehicle Research and Development Act over protests from
automakers and President Fords veto.
In 1995 California Air Resources Board (CARB) adopts the Zero Emission Vehicle (ZEV) mandate, requiring that
automakers make a small percentage (2% by 1998, 5% by 2001 and 10% by 2003) of ZEVs available to the public.
In 1996 General Motors makes the battery powered EV1 electric car ONLY available for consumer lease at $400 –
500 a month.
In 2000 GM decides to stop making its EV1 cars and shifts production to gasoline powered cars like the gas guzzling
Hummer. ( little wonder that electric vehicles are abandoned as soon as good ole oil men Bush & Cheney get in
office?) In 2001 GM begins laying off its EV1 sales team, starting with its most successful sales men! In 2002 GM,
Chrysler and some auto dealerships sue CARB to repeal the ZEV mandate. Later that year the U.S. dept of Justice
steps in and sides with the automakers. 2003 Bush signs the Hydrogen Fuel Initiative providing billions of dollars, for
hydrogen research and development, completely ignoring the cheaper, cleaner and available ‗now‖ electric car!.. Do
you understand what was going on here? They completely crushed the long available, reliable, working electric
cars that used up ZERO fuel of any kind and spent billions to develop one that will use a form of fuel you will
have to buy to fill up your tank. Do you understand? It could not be more clear than this.
Also in 2003 the California Air Resources Board folds its hands and gives up, no longer requiring automakers to make
electric cars. Then GM announces it will not renew EV1 leases and dispatches tow trucks to impound the vehicles from
happy customers that still wanted them, and proceeded to CRUSH each and every perfectly good EV1 vehicle they
ever made. Mind you that no car company has ever done this before or since. The car companies have always been
more than happy to sell their lease vehicles. Not in this case, they DESTROYED every electric car, shelved the
entire project, then focused on making gas guzzling Hummers!!!! They also somehow bamboozled their way into
getting Hummer owners massive tax deductions, much greater than the tax deductions for owning a non polluting
electric car!!!
The entire time since the CARB mandate was issued, the automotive and oil industry lobbyists fought tooth and
nail against the development of battery powered Electric cars. They virtually never even tried to market the cars.
The people that leased them found out about the cars by word of mouth. In 1993 the Western States Petroleum
Association hired a PR firm to drum up public opposition to the EVs! The oil industry spent millions upon millions
fighting the electric car movement. Mobil Oil even took out ads in Time Magazine, USA Today and Newsweek to
argue against electric cars and the ZEV mandate.
Here is the kicker: Ovonic Battery Company developed a proprietary NiMH battery. What turned out at the time to be
the best batteries for an electric car. Making it possible to drive a lot further between recharging. General Motors had
bought up a 60% share in Ovonic. In 2001 it sold its 60% share to Texaco, yes! The oil conglomerate! What is
Texaco doing with batteries? Absolutely nothing. They have just been sitting on the technology and trying their best
to hide its revolutionary potential.
Toyota Rav4 R.I.P.
They then turned around and issued cease and desist orders then SUED each and every car maker! They sued
Matsushita Battery, Panasonic EV Energy, and Toyota for patent infringement, those cases were settled in 2004
and the settlement terms were kept confidential, with no party admitting liability. In 2004 Toyota stopped production
of its electric car the RAV4 EV. I wonder why? (points at the lawsuit). Hmmmm, 2004 was also the year GM
destroyed all its EV1 line of vehicles. Chrysler, Ford, Honda and Nissan also all jumped ship and stopped their
EV productions. Interesting. Texaco has taken a superior product done a good job of moth balling it and making the
Ovonic NiMH battery very scarce, today they have only ONE customer, GM (source).
This sort of strategy is not new. The automotive industry bought out all the Trolleys way back when they were
everywhere and was the main source of transportation in urban areas. Why? So people would have to buy cars!!!! This
is well documented and known fact, a.k.a. modous of operandi. This is now history.
By the way: in 2005 alone Exxon posted the largest profit ever of any company of $36 billion dollars. This is just one
year, and just one oil company. They along with the other multi-billion dollar energy corporations will allow us to
have clean, pollution free, fossil fuel free electric vehicles to the masses over their dead bodies.
There is a documentary with many of the facts I discussed above. The central mystery of the new movie ―Who Killed
the Electric Car?‖ is why General Motors created a dynamic battery powered auto that drivers loved, only to crush it to
smithereens. The auto industry once
prodded to pursue – only to sabotage
covertly – a cleaner future.
The Hydrogen Illusion Myth:
First of all. Who are the key players

behind the hydrogen car scheme?
The Oil industry. The one and only
reason they want us all to go to
hydrogen is because they are in the
perfect position to reap massive
profits off of it. The infrastructure
required for the delivery hydrogen to
the consumer is not much different
that gas. And all they have to do is
revamp all their gasoline stations with
new hydrogen pumps, then presto!
The drunken party continues! The
most important factor is that they intend to keep us all HOOKED like drug addicts to their gas stations. The plan
to shift us from the gas drug to the hydrogen drug. It will be more expensive. Harder to make, and most hydrogen
today is made by using fossil fuels.
The oil companies are also behind the Ethanol and Bio Fuels JOKE. Actually, it is very far from being a joke. More
akin to wildly delirious fantasy. Ramblings from those in an insane asylum! Only a bunch of brain dead idiots from
Washington can actually back that foolhardy idea in the first place, then actually follow through and force
unimaginable inflation upon us. Ok, in their twisted reality, they expect us to plant and produce an impossible to
maintain in the long term, MILLIONS OF MILES OF CORN or whatever plant to power all the cars? Meanwhile our
food prices and everything along the food chain are starting to skyrocket due to the fact that there will be less
corn. The prices of eggs, chickens, beef, etc., etc are all being affected. Many farmers have stopped growing food
items, to plant more profitable Bio Fuels harvests. And what happens when there WILL be major droughts? Floods?
Freezes? Where entire harvests are lost? DUH! Someone please take away the crack cocaine from those Washington
law makers!
Here is a perfect example of what to expect in relying on crops as fuel instead of what God meant them to be food:
Food price fears as US warns on crop yields

By Gregory Meyer in New York, Jack Farchy in London and Javier Blas in Geneva
Financial Times November 9 2010
The spectre of inflation loomed over agricultural markets after the US slashed key crop forecasts and warned of
shortfalls in grains.
The agriculture department on Tuesday cut estimates of US corn yields for a third successive month, forecast
record soyabean exports to China and warned of the slimmest cotton stocks since 1925.
―The combined production shortfalls and dramatic potential stock drawdowns mean a much tighter supply picture
than just a few months ago,‖ the agency said in a separate grains report.
Benchmark Chicago corn futures soared above $6 a bushel for the first time since August 2008, before ending
lower. Soyabeans rose 4.3 per cent and New York cotton futures posted a record above $1.51 a pound. The price
rises have revived fears of a repeat of the global food crisis of 2007-08.
In Europe, milling wheat surpassed a peak reached after Russia banned grain exports in August in response to a
devastating drought.
Abdolreza Abbassian, senior grains economist at the UN‘s Food and Agriculture Organisation in Rome, said the
report was ―alarming‖.
―It reiterates the tightening of the overall situation as we go into 2011, which means eventually even those basic
food commodities that haven‘t risen so much could be influenced,‖ he said. The FAO food price index is nearing
the highs set in mid-2008.
The price gains will benefit farmers, who the USDA said would earn record amounts for corn this season. But
consumers could face pain. Carlsberg, the brewer, on Tuesday warned of price increases as costs swelled for malt
and barley. As northern hemisphere farmers contemplate next year‘s crop plans, surging prices could generate a
so-called battle for acreage among different crops.
Dan Basse, president of AgResource, a Chicago crop forecaster, said: ―The world cannot afford to lose any more
crop production going forward.‖
Ricardo Leiman, chief executive of Noble, the trading house that is one of the top oilseed processors in China,
cited ―enormous demand‖ there because of ―stronger economy, stronger habits, very strong feed milling margins
and very strong prices domestically‖.
The USDA said corn yields in the US, the world‘s largest grower and exporter, would be 154.3 bushels per acre,
down 1.5 bushels from an October forecast that was also a sharp downward revision. At 827m bushels, stocks left
over from this year‘s harvest would be the lowest in 15 years. Record US ethanol production has added to demand.
China‘s surging demand looms large in cotton. The USDA took the rare step of lowering estimates of China‘s
2010 supply cushion, citing ―shortages in mill inventories‖.
The USDA reduced its cotton demand estimate because of ―supplies insufficient to meet demand‖.
Mike Stevens, a veteran Louisiana cotton broker, said: ―The report is the most bullish in our lifetime.‖
Food price inflation rose at an annual rate of 8 per cent in China in September, according to USDA, whilst food
inflation in the US has so far been tame, with the food index rising 1.4 per cent over the past 12 months.
Advisers scrambled to come to grips with the latest report, whose monthly appearance has caused big swings in
agricultural markets.
Copyright The Financial Times Limited 2010. You may share using our article tools. Please don't cut articles from
FT.com and redistribute by email or post to the web.
So we see that Bio-fuels is in reality a ridiculous solution coming from the same folks that are desperately trying to
have us develop hydrogen as a ―viable‖ gas alternative. What is the common denominator? The gasoline station. The
oil companies have a delivery infrastructure based on the gasoline station. Bypass the gasoline station, no matter
what other liquid based fuel they have, and you bypass the oil companies. Plain and simple.
Political leaders who are forever under pressure from the oil/energy industry and their lobbyists, proudly tout the
virtues of hydrogen, in doing so they give the general public the ILLUSION that they value innovation and
conservation while promoting the interests of their lobbies.
It seems that just last week, Our dear president Bush single handedly discovered global warming! After years of
denying that global warming even existed, and after being battered over the head with overwhelming evidence.
President Bush announced a $1.2 billion hydrogen fuel initiative. Washington COMPLETELY ignores the obviously
superior electric car sector, with small operations consisting of ordinary people and companies actually building
working electric cars... today! I‘m sorry, that‘s a misstatement, Bush did not just ―ignore‖ the successfully operating
electric vehicles in circulation, he and his administration was INSTRUMENTAL in killing them.
In his infinite wisdom Pres Bush has officially declared that our government is going to fund the hydrogen gasoline
station into existence. Sorry folks, no free rides for any of you with cheap battery powered cars! That solution is just
way too simple and makes way too much common sense! And we surely don‘t want to see our beloved OIL companies
lose trillions in revenues due to mass adoption of electric vehicles! Read all about the Whitehouse plans for your
hydrogen powered future here.
Meanwhile electric cars are currently out there now, today with virtually no publicity. One place to start your own
research is a web site called Autobloggreen.com, chuck full of all sorts of interesting fossil fuel alternative info and
EVworld.com and EAA PHEV. There are kits available to convert any car to electric. And there is one very interesting
company called Tesla Motors that makes an electric car that goes from 0 to 60 in just 4 seconds! (faster than Porsche,
Corvette and others!) This car goes for over 200 miles per charge But how did Tesla manage to build a viable electric
vehicle without the Ovonic/Texaco batteries? It‘s a good thing technology never stands still. They are using Li-ion
batteries! Thereby bypassing the Texaco roadblock. Fisker Automotive is coming out with a car they claim gets
100mpg. Another small unknown company that makes electric vehicles is Phoenix Motorcars, they have been around
since 2001. Have you heard of a company called AC Propulsion? They are yet another creative electric car company,
Tom Hanks drives one of their tricked out Scion conversions. Have you heard of the Venturi Fetish production electric
car that can smoke any Ferrari with 3.9 seconds 0-60 and travel 250 miles on a single charge? How about the Spyder
and COM-V3 made by Universal Electric Vehicle Corp? Ok, did I make a point here yet? Washington burns 1.2
BILLION DOLLARS away in some ridiculous hydrogen bullshit scheme while electric vehicles are the OBVIOUS no
brainier route to go on. Many people, organizations and companies have PROVEN BEYOND A SHADOW OF A
DOUBT as not only highly superior, but actually DO-ABLE, as in they are making it happen YESTERDAY and
TODAY! Imagine if the big automotive giants are ALLOWED to mass produce these electric cars! They could easily
ramp up production into the millions of cars for each model and the prices of electric cars would sky dive down to
extremely affordable levels overnight. BUT... BUT... mind you, that key word you passed by a couple seconds ago: IF
they were "ALLOWED" to make those EV cars in mass production... Sorry but your Zionist masters have other plans
Bubba.
Out of the 16 EV (electric vehicle) companies (yes there are 16 small companies making electric cars, yet Detroit
somehow lost the plans to their working electric cars and forgot make them?) I am watching, I‘m keeping an eye on
Tesla Motors. This new revolutionary company has NO ties with the established automakers or the oil industry. The
proverbial David vs. Goliath. I can only hope that GM, Ford, Exxon, Chevron, Texaco or some other illuminati
company does not buy them out just to phase it out, never to be seen or heard of again just like they did with the EV1
and others. Maybe this time some other oil conglomerate will buy the patents for Li-ion batteries and sue Tesla, issuing
a Cease and Desist order? I am also hoping there will be no industrial sabotage or something of the sort. But don‘t be
surprised if ―something happens‖ to them and they end up having to close their doors… Update: I have yet to release
this report and sure enough Tesla is up to its neck in troubles… how did I know this?
I can only react in utter dismay at how small little companies out of nowhere with a tiny fraction of budget and
resources that the big automakers have, can somehow produce highly efficient, superior cars and the GIANT
CAR CORPORATIONS WITH BILLIONS OF DOLLARS IN RESOURCES HAVE NO CLUE!! ? How can
hobbyists convert regular cars to electric and get up to 300 miles per charge yet the giant automakers cant? Plain and
simple: THEY DON'T WANT TO ! (and/or are being heavily forced not to) Meanwhile guys like Jonathan Goodwin
can easily convert a full sized Hummer into a hybrid and get 60 MILES PER GALLON! You can even buy kits to
convert hybrids into full electric vehicles at places like: http://www.electroauto.com/ The potential in electric cars is
phenomenal to say the least, just look at ways to extend the capabilities, like adding solar roofs. Another interesting
product is the Hymotion hybrid car Battery Range Extender Module. These are just a couple examples in the realm of
electric & hybrid cars, do a search on the net and find more similar advances being made, all the while the major auto
makers are STILL pushing 30-50 year old technology and fuel standards, wondering why they are losing sales and
market shares.
Bottom line is: Today the major shift in Detroit seems to be ―hybrid‖ cars that run on gas and electric, still emits
carbon dioxide, still not solving our oil dependency problems, just postpones them, with the run of the mill current
hybrids getting ridiculously low average MPG compared to what we see private small time operators getting in their
garage operations. The automakers and the oil men came to some sort of agreement behind closed doors. The oil
companies are somewhat happy because they can still have us all visit the gasoline station and pay your dues, the
automakers get to put in their combustible fossil fuel engines into the cars, and their car parts divisions are happy, they
can continue as they were.
Throughout history we can see that the car industry and the oil industry (gas) sustain one another. So what has been
bad for one, has been bad for the other. The auto industry could make a clean break from big oil and produce electric
cars, but the repercussions and backlash from big oil seems to have ALL the major car makers scared to do so. No one,
no car company, no politician, no one dares take on the big oil conglomerates. If they say you will be driving a hybrid
as an option today, then that is the way it is, if they say the fuel of tomorrow is hydrogen, then you must just shut up,
bow your head and accept it. Reason and logic have nothing to do with it. You must come to grips with the reality of
the fact that the oil industry has been steering our nation in the directions it so chooses, many times seemingly at will.
The question is: what are YOU going to do about it? You have read this far, you now know more about this situation
than the average person. What are you going to do about it? If you choose to keep quiet and not share this information
with anyone and just ignore it, so be it. You won‘t be alone in line waiting to pay up the nose for that next fill up at the
gas/hydrogen station. I for one will try my best to champion the virtues of the humble battery powered electric car
and try my best to get my hands on one of those electric conversion kits, just so I can "stick it to the man" and drive
right by every gas station I see for the rest of my life. Please email this to everyone you know, pass it on, download it
and re-publish it, whatever, just don‘t sit there and pretend that everything is hunky doory. Do you honestly believe
that the big oil corporations only exist to look out for YOUR best interests? Singing Christmas carols, like angels,
forever making sure you are ok? DOH! Wake up and smell the OIL. They could ALL care less about YOU and your
well being. The only thing the care about is that you pull up to their gasoline pump (soon to by hydrogen station) and
fill-err up!
Wake up America! DEMAND fully electric vehicles from the automakers. Eventually if enough people find out about
the fact that these vehicles can be made today, and ARE being made today by little mom and pop shops, the
establishment will have no choice but to eventually listen. The only problem with this scenario is that it is a David vs.
Goliath battle to make happen. We all know the media remains silent because they are just another sector of the Matrix.
Electric vehicles WOULD SOLVE THE ENTIRE WORLD ENERGY CRISIS OVERNIGHT AND SERIOUSLY
BANKRUPT MANY OIL CORPORATIONS! Therefore they want nothing to do with it.
There is no need for those with the financial means to wait for anyone. If you are one of the fortunate ones that can
afford an electric vehicle or have a full conversion done on your own vehicle, then you can be among the privileged
first group to SET YOURSELF FREE from the bonds of slavery of the gas pump and the ruling elite that keep
you enslaved to the pump, cut the chains and shackles of oppression that the oil corporations have imposed on you.
You would literally be FREE to go where ever you want whenever you want without having to say "filler up" and
PAY the "fossil fuel travel tariffs" (gas) at the local gasoline station. Imagine a world without gasoline stations...
imagine yourself FREE to ignore irrelevant issues such as the price of gas, since it would have no effect on your mode
of transportation... Imagine a world where souless colossal corporations no longer roam the planet raping the
environment in their quest to suck it dry of oil and gas.
It is up to YOU to make YOUR move, don't wait for Washington, the energy cartels or anyone to tell you when it‘s ok
for you to have your FREEDOM to travel for FREE. Take back your freedom to travel yourself, emancipate yourself
from oil/gas slavery, vote with your wallet NOW, buy ELECTRIC vehicles and go solar at home and stick it to those
who wish to oppress us all. The more people with the means to go electric early, and do so, will not just create further
demand and fund the technology, but will help push the whole ELECTRIC VEHICLE industry into the spot light
where the mainstream media cannot continue to bypass and ignore it forever as it has been for years.
Today we sit and watch as the big three automakers are severely hurting, begging congress for money and receiving
multi-billions of fund only to come back several months later saying we need more or we will still go bankrupt.
Decades of ignoring the market, decades of making grossly inferior products, decades of designing ugly vehicles,
decades of big gas guzzlers, decades of being out of touch dinosaurs. They had their chance in the 1970s to get their act
together when faced by the superior Japanese vehicles. Instead they chose to continue their arrogant ways. Earlier this
decade they produced working electric vehicles, and basically kept it one of the best kept secrets from the public.
As of this writing it is only a mystery what was going on in the boardrooms of the big three automakers that all had
reliable working electric vehicles up until 2004, only to then mysteriously turn around and crushed them all, got rid of
all the evidence and now today are making believe they have no clue and are researching how to make electric
vehicles. The big push has been to make hybrids instead of making the superior all electric vehicles, this makes no
sense (unless you are a trillion dollar oil conglomerate). They tell us maybe by the year 2012 we can have electric
vehicles that will go up to 50 miles per charge, so they will need an engine also. Bullshit stories such as that are
rampant.
You know what… I am glad that the big three auto makers are on their death bed, I hope that they all go bankrupt,
they deserve nothing more than that for their constant betrayal and disregard for the best interests of the American
people. For we don‘t need their kind in this country, hopefully truly innovative independent companies can manage to
overcome all the obstacles and obstructions to fill in the void and come out with truly great electric vehicles that free us
from the enslavement to the gasoline pump and big oil. At this very moment their does exist a fledging truly innovative
automobile company right here in America called Tesla Motors that truly deserves all those billions Washington is
flushing down the bottomless pit of obsolete dinosaurs called the Detroit Three.
Tesla Motors is one of America‘s shining examples of what can be…. Just imagine the possibilities if Washington
would do what is right, rational, logical and braind dead simple, actually put a few of those billions to REAL use and
deliver a truck load of stimulus funds to Tesla, Fisker and others instead of GM and Chrysler!
P. S.
Anyone who can stand up and try to deny even 1% of the facts listed here must
A) need serious psychological help
B) must be completely hopelessly brainwashed (and brain dead)
C) are being paid off by (or part of) the oil/energy and/or Zionist sectors to discredit these truths.
I cannot finalize this section without touching on science of perpetual energy. The realm of science has also been no
different than any of the other subjects that people are TRAINED, PROGRAMMED, and taught: what is and is not
possible. Just as in the ancient days when accepted scientific ―FACT‖ determined that the earth was ―FLAT‖ so the
norms continue to this very day. Collective scientific community states that perpetual energy is NOT possible, yet
evidence of perpetual energy is all around us!!!!!
The earth, the sun, the planets all spin around for EONS on end to such an extent that CLOCKS are configured to their
accuracy. This is perpetual energy in motion. The ocean waves come and go, never ending; this is perpetual energy in
motion. The tides come and go, this is perpetual energy in motion. Don‘t bother patronizing me with ―oh, but there is
some energy source here or there‖, the fundamental source of ―energy‖ of all these perpetual motion examples are all
MAGNETIC ENERGIES, that are not being fed by EXXON or any other accepted, cleared, approved, sanctioned
source of energy.
You are standing on the planet earth due to its PERPETUAL magnetic energy field that holds everything down. You
don‘t float off into space due to the magnetic field. The north and south poles are determined as such by MAGNETIC
means.
Behold for: I will right here and now proclaim to the world that perpetual motion and energy are not only real, it is all
around you. They can also be replicated and mass produced. The key is in understanding MAGNETIC energy. The
simple product of plus and minus effects interacting against each other producing propulsion. Look on the internet,
there are many people that have made WORKING prototypes of magnetic motors that operate indefinitely. Yet the
forces that be, continue to censor, ridicule and/or not even acknowledge the amazing world changing earth shattering
truth. No you are not allowed to believe in these ―silly tinfoil hat fairy-tales‖ for the powers that be have sectioned off
this entire area as OFF LIMITS.
When you sit back and think about it, unlimited magnetic energy realm is so downright simple and common sense just
as the earth being round was several hundred years ago… I care not who profits from this… I am only here as a
messenger, take it or leave it, I come forth with only the TRUTH. But before I close this chapter, keep I mind that
clean, perpetual energy is not only real and available, you are NOT to even consider its existence. You must fall in line
and continue to feed the meglomonolithic energy conglomerates with ever more money for prehistoric fossil fuels…
when the day comes, and yes it will come soon, that fossil fuels are completely depleted, then… and ONLY then will
the powers that be allow the introduction of ―new‖ forms of energy…bio fuels, hybrids, nitrogen… but NOT electric
or magnetic energy, because, hello! They are FREE.
Thus you have been schooled, your entire life, you have been educated, as all the scientists in the world by a well
established authority who chooses what is and is not. They have called and firmly correlated the ―fact‖ that perpetual
free energy is a figment of your imagination, if that is what you accept to be truth, so it is.
I come forth breaking all barriers of what truly was, is and can be. You only need to unplug from the matrix to begin
freeing your mind, opening the doors to understanding. To begin to unplug one must start at willful non-compliance of
the system. Start by not participating in their system, stick it to the banks and declare bankruptcy, never again to
become a willing debt slave for starters. Emancipation from mental slavery is your quest, free your mind and liberate
your sovereign divine being that has been enslaved since the days you were born…

THE EDUCATION INDUSTRIAL

MATRIX
FYI: THE LIFE INDOCTRINATION COMPLEX
“The surest way to corrupt a youth is to instruct him to hold in higher esteem those who think alike over
those who think differently.” – Nietzsche
centuries old slogan: You keep'm stupid, and I'll keep'm poor...
“The erroneous assumption is to the effort that the aim of public education is to fill the young of the species
with knowledge and awaken their intelligence… Nothing could be further from the truth. The aim of public
education is not to spread enlightment at all; it is simply to reduce as many individuals as possible to the
same safe level, to breed and train a standardized citizenry, to put down dissent and originality. That is its
aim in the United States, whatever the pretensions of politicians, pedagogues and other such
mountebanks, and that is its aim everywhere else.” H.L. Mencken, journalist
Today America is the most powerful nation on the planet. Yet it's public educational system is rated right there
somewhere around 26th place worldwide, (that of Russia no less) just above third world countries‘ education levels!
We have a nation of 40 million functionally illiterate adults. That‘s 40 million adults who cannot read and write over a
4th grade level… and probably another 40 million who can read at a 4 th grade level but cannot comprehend what they
are reading… Have you not ever wondered how this came to be? How is that even possible? Why is it so easy for our
benevolent government to constantly send out countless BILLIONS of dollars to other countries each and every
year, yet on the other hand systematically disseminate our education system, often just giving our educational
system only lip service? The Washingtonites more often than not have been treating our school system like a bunch of
leper beggars, and just give the absolute minimum to keep it just barely going. This folks is nothing more than an
unspoken Zionist policy being enforced. Keep the masses stupid, dumbnifying the masses is critical aspect of the
illuminati quest for global rule. For they must have a docile obedient constituents who do not possess the fundamental
cognitive abilities to oppose them. They are creating citizens who cannot rationalize and reason thus question the
actions of their rulers. They are creating perfect servant class people who do not know how to THINK for
themselves, who must be told what is, is not, and what will be, who do not possess critical thinking abilities.
For what is being perpetrated on colossal scales is none other than self censorship at the level of the mind... This is
the main reason that all education had to be institutionalized, to coordinate mass hypnotic indoctrination programming
on massive scales never before seen in human history.
Point Blank: Again, the ultimate truth of the matter goes all the way up to the Zionist, Masonic & Jesuit rulers of
society. The masses of this country MUST be kept illiterate to the lowest degree in order to facilitate the
management of this once great country. God forbid that this country would have a massive well informed
intelligent society! If that were the case, they know that the end of their hidden agendas would come crumbling down.
They prey upon and count on the masses of dumb Americans that go along with just about anything they are told
by figures in authority. For stupid people are much easier to handle and led astray then pesky smart inquisitive ones.
There is no limit to the agencies, professionals, and bureaucrats which exist solely to dictate how we ought to live our
lives. Teachers, doctors, government, ministers, and bankers spend time, funds, and effort intending to convince
children up to the main population what to think. First on the agenda of indoctrinating your children is tearing down all
concepts relating to God the creator, this is done by constantly forcing them to abandon belief in God and their inherent
divine nature as children of God. This operation is surgically performed by endlessly teaching DARWINISM in our
schools. A place where you can get fined up to $100,000 and two years in prison for praying in school. Yes, the
same place you leave your children all alone five days a week to be taught whatever it is THEY feel fit for your
children to learn. While God, the bible and religion is off the table, it is becoming increasingly mandatory to instruct
your children that HOMOSEXUALITY is perfectly ok, normal and in some cases it seems to be fostered. THIS is the
sad, but very true state of our national public education system. But this is just the beginning…
Elementary school is where they are implanted with the cleansed fairy tale version of history and are taught what are
―accepted norms‖, how our society works. This is not conjecture. It has been scientifically proven that children MUST
be reached by certain ages and taught as in programmed with information they will retain for life.
Ever since you were a little kid with an easily molded sponge of a mind you have been constantly conditioned and
taught that evil and corruption come from just a very few sinister looking types and that our politicians are our loving
benevolent custodians of government who wake up in the morning just exploding with the utmost concern and care
for your well being. So that later in life to even dare entertain the thought of your government (and for that matter,
religious leaders) being totally corrupt becomes incomprehensible. They implant the illusion that our social system is
not only sound and normal but that the there are ―just a very few‖ scattered deviant, corrupt and criminal types out
there. They prepare you for entering pre defined segments of society with all their extracurricular activities such as
drama, sports, wood shop and so forth.
John Taylor Gatto - State Controlled Consciousness - video
The public school systems are nothing more than indoctrination camps
were the young are institutionalized and pre conditioned for later release
into society, to fulfill their part in society as comformed "sheeple". Think
about it. One of the basic brain washing techniques is the strategic
utilization of insufficient sleep, they make the children wake up and be in
school at incredibly early hours. This is where you are trained to abided by
rigid schedules, taught, programmed, trained to obey orders of the
appointed overseers, the masters those in authority roles, comply with
sirens, whistles and bells. You must OBEY your masters OBEY….
OBEY….
We the Children Become We the People: We the Children are taught to give our minds and power away to external
authority and institutions. We the Children give our power away and become slaves to the social and political
manipulators, whether State or biological parents.
So when you see your kids being trained to stand in line and march down the halls in single file, so cute and well
behaved, remember it was me who revealed to you that your kids are being primed, trained to become accustomed to
the concept of MARCHING for the military industrial matrix. Is it any wonder why the children of the masses are the
ones who fill all the dangerous combat positions in the military while the priviledged elite‘s children rarely ever serve,
and the ones that do enter the military industrial complex go directly to nice cozy strategic managerial positions far
from the bombs, bullets and toxins.
While your children are busy being indoctrinated into unquestioning devout patriotic citizen group think above critical
thinking, the children of the Zionist elite are undergoing advanced sheeple management classes, advanced math and
financial management classes, advanced economics, advanced social sciences, all the while your children are rarely
taught the intricacies of and the connections of the
real world financial systems. The ruling elites
children‘s education into the world of real applied
financial management mathematics begins in grade
school. Here they teach a biased portrayal of
history that is taught is glaringly devoid of REAL
history, and only focuses on the NARRATIVES
the ruling elite want to program into the public
conscience, for it is from the foundation of our
recollection of history that we formulate and
understand the present...
Our modern educational system as we know it

today is in large part if not completely, due to the
strategic endevours of Rockefeller family,
(financed in large part by your friendly
neighborhood Zionists such as Rothschilds and
Warburgs) who over the years sought out larger
and more effective ways of investing the ―Rockefeller‖ fortune toward, in Fosdick's words, "this goal of social
control." These men, it can safely be said, conspired to control American education while defending the Rockefeller
fortune against all attacks, ensuring that their autocratic views would prevail. With the Rockefeller founded General
Education Board, the take over of the Council on Medical Education, and so on, Rockefeller's "education trust," a
virtually unlimited source of funds was to be made available to the Wundtian psychologists' ambitious designs on
American education. The real motivation behind the General Education Board, however, was perhaps best expressed in
the Board's Occasional Letter No. 1, written by Gates (one of Rockefellers lieutenants):
“In our dreams, we have limitless resources and the people yield themselves with perfect docility to our
molding bands. The present education conventions fade from their minds, and unhampered by tradition, we
work our own good will upon a grateful and responsive rural folk. We shall not try to make these people or any
of their children into philosophers or men of learning, or men of science. We have not to raise up from among
them authors, editors, poets or men of letters. We shall not search for embryo great artists, painters,
musicians nor lawyers, doctors, preachers, politicians, statesmen, of whom we have an ample supply.”
The aim at "social control" was clear and no attempt was made to conceal it. They have since modified their approach
in public dissemination and hide this viewpoint. The aim of "education" was not intellectual or to make someone the
best they could be. The aim is social manipulation and control. That has continued to be the aim of "public education".
The Rockefellers became THE preeminent founders and financers of general educational, medical education and
medical organizations in this country, they single handedly changed the entire course of education and medicine in this
country and thus worldwide.
Modern psychology, psychiatry, medical approaches such as surgery and drugs, cancer treatments, and educational
methods largely exist because there was an almost unlimited amount of money to support their promotion and
expansion. Their existence today has VERY LITTLE to do with truth, legitimate "science", any actual inherent validity
or effectiveness to the theories and methods involved. This is sad, but very true.
By controlling the education component they then by default control what is acceptable truth and practice. For
instance, you only get a passing grade when you memorize ad nauseam what you are told and is presented to you as
―truth.‖ In order for you to get your degree you MUST memorize what they want you to memorize, you must fully
become one with the agenda, in this case ―curriculum‖ as they are training you, if you don‘t, you fail the exams. Only
those who have successfully memorized and adopted the
subject matters as they were presented get honored and
promoted. Yes there have been few who have tried to stand
up and say _________ and _________ is pure bullshit, the
results have always been unanimous: F or expulsion. Do not
pass Go, do not collect degree, thrown out on the cold hard
streets.
It is not incorrect to say that a major segment of today's

modern institutions exist, NOT because of honest study and
concern for the truth in the respective fields, but because
Rockefeller's money was available at their inception to fund
incredible PR campaigns, establish "professional"
publications and societies, steam roller over any competition
(regardless of their legitimacy or value), and continue selling
the ideas until accepted and institutionalized within the
basic fabric of society. This is the true origin of most of
modern medicine, psychology, psychiatry, sociology,
banking, education, educational research foundations, politics, political research foundations, and on and on.
Most of the subversive takeover and infiltration of key areas of society has come from the united coordinated
penetration through the thousands of ―wonderful giving, caring‖ philanthropic ornanizations of the ruling elite. For
once they make their fortunes in what ever area of commerce they then funnel those riches (very much like money
laundering) through their centrally coordinated philantrophies to further influence and manipulate society.
School and universities exist solely to prepare the people to take part of the SYSTEM. Nothing more, nothing
less. Your schooling exists to indoctrinate, program and train you to become PART OF THE MATERIAL WORLD
SYSTEM. Those who come from select families, groups, background are trained to BECOME PART OF THE
ESTABLISHMENT. The world we live in today was established by the "ruler of this world" who has been positively
identified numerous times in the Holy Bible as Satan, Lucifer, the Devil. Therefore, the establishment, society, the
world has been fashioned after HIS ideals. Where is God? God has been working for thousands of years to BRING
THE MESSIAH... THE SAVIOR OF MANKIND who is to come to this world and attend your schools and learn your
material world ways? Get a degree then go job hunting in the grossly selfish and biased capitalist ―Democratic‖
system? NOT!! He will come to CHANGE IT. He comes to destroy the system and the evil one's dominion and all
that he established. Thus, I pose to you a very profound question: Do you think that Jesus upon his return will be
impressed by your university degrees in LUCIFER'S SYSTEM? Lucifer's establishment? Satan‘s status quo? NEVER,
for the Savior of mankind comes to destroy all the selfish self centered world and build a NEW SYSTEM, a NEW
WORLD centered on GOD, compassion, love, forgiveness, righteousness, giving and so on. He comes to institute a
NEW VALUE SYSTEM based on love, righteousness and compassion. Therefore I say to thee: Take pride in your
long sought after degrees and your ivy league status here and now, for when the time comes you shall stand before
your judge on the same level of disadvantage that the down trodden of this material world system stand before their
masters...
In 1953, Representative B. Carroll Reese of Tennessee received the authority of Congress to establish a special
committee to investigate the power and influence of tax-exempt foundations. The committee never got very far off the
ground due to mounting political pressure from multiple sources high within government itself and, eventually, Reese
was forced to terminate the committee's work. During its short period of existence, however, many interesting and
highly revealing facts were brought to light. Norman Dodd, who was the committee's director of research, and
probably one of the country's most knowledgeable authorities on foundations, testified during the hearings and told the
committee:
“The result of the development and operation of the network in which the foundations (by their support and
encouragement) have played such a significant role, seems to have provided this country with what is
tantamount to a national system of education under the tight control of organizations and persons little
known to the American public… The curriculum in this tightly controlled scheme of education is designed to
indoctrinate the American student from matriculation to the consummation of his education.”
I don‘t make this stuff up people. All these words are not mine; they are gleamed from hundreds of verified sources,
professionals who have spent their lives researching these things. The Rockefellers have for all intents and purposes,
beyond oil also monopolized the world of education beyond belief, for no other reason than to direct it, manipulate it
and control access to higher knowledge… to control the masses. I have neither the space nor time to cover the vast
Rockefeller conquest of the educational industrial complex other than to try my best to sum it up for you here. Again, I
must ask those who want to know more and you should look into this further into their forays into this realm, for this
segment is pivotal to the conditioning of young minds, establishing the foundations of thought and belief systems thus
pivotal in leading the masses astray, please research the matrix of education in more depth, for it is the only way you
will understand the depth of the monumental subjugation of youth‘s minds by the entire education system.
I was recently given some hope for the future in that at least not all the goyim kids out there are being completely
indoctrinated without having a clue, yes some do have a clue what is going on. I was surprised how well she articulated
and summed up the entire educational system so lucidly, especially for a teenager who has yet to meet the real world of
hard knocks. Here is a video and corresponding transcript from a high school valedictorian‘s graduation speech… just
brilliant:
Epic Valedictorian Speech Against Schooling, Yes it is EPIC!

Youtube video ―Valedictorian Speaks Out Against Schooling:‖
Erica Goldson graduated from Coxsackie-Athens High School (Coxsackie, NY). Like a very few others, she got an
opportunity to make a valedictorian speech. She understood the power of the opportunity in front of her and made
a fabulous speech — filled with passion, lashing the whip against the whole educational system, which is a fine
mess. Here is the full transcript:
Here I stand
There is a story of a young, but earnest Zen student who approached his teacher, and asked the Master, ―If I work
very hard and diligently, how long will it take for me to find Zen? The Master thought about this, then replied,
―Ten years.‖ The student then said, ―But what if I work very, very hard and really apply myself to learn fast –
How long then?‖ Replied the Master, ―Well, twenty years.‖ ―But, if I really, really work at it, how long then?‖
asked the student. ―Thirty years,‖ replied the Master. ―But, I do not understand,‖ said the disappointed student.
―At each time that I say I will work harder, you say it will take me longer. Why do you say that?‖ Replied the
Master, ―When you have one eye on the goal, you only have one eye on the path.‖
This is the dilemma I‘ve faced within the American education system. We are so focused on a goal, whether it be
passing a test, or graduating as first in the class. However, in this way, we do not really learn. We do whatever it
takes to achieve our original objective.
Some of you may be thinking, ―Well, if you pass a test, or become valedictorian, didn‘t you learn something?
Well, yes, you learned something, but not all that you could have. Perhaps, you only learned how to memorize
names, places, and dates to later on forget in order to clear your mind for the next test. School is not all that
it can be. Right now, it is a place for most people to determine that their goal is to get out as soon as possible.
I am now accomplishing that goal. I am graduating. I should look at this as a positive experience, especially being
at the top of my class. However, in retrospect, I cannot say that I am any more intelligent than my peers. I can
attest that I am only the best at doing what I am told and working the system. Yet, here I stand, and I am
supposed to be proud that I have completed this period of indoctrination. I will leave in the fall to go on to the
next phase expected of me, in order to receive a paper document that certifies that I am capable of work.
But I contend that I am a human being, a thinker, an adventurer – not a worker. A worker is someone who is
trapped within repetition – a slave of the system set up before him. But now, I have successfully shown that I
was the best slave. I did what I was told to the extreme. While others sat in class and doodled to later become
great artists, I sat in class to take notes and become a great test-taker. While others would come to class without
their homework done because they were reading about an interest of theirs, I never missed an assignment. While
others were creating music and writing lyrics, I decided to do extra credit, even though I never needed it. So, I
wonder, why did I even want this position? Sure, I earned it, but what will come of it? When I leave educational
institutionalism, will I be successful or forever lost? I have no clue about what I want to do with my life; I
have no interests because I saw every subject of study as work, and I excelled at every subject just for the
purpose of excelling, not learning. And quite frankly, now I‘m scared.
John Taylor Gatto, a retired school teacher and activist critical of compulsory schooling, asserts, ―We could
encourage the best qualities of youthfulness – curiosity, adventure, resilience, the capacity for surprising insight
simply by being more flexible about time, texts, and tests, by introducing kids into truly competent adults, and by
giving each student what autonomy he or she needs in order to take a risk every now and then. But we don‘t do
that.‖ Between these cinderblock walls, we are all expected to be the same. We are trained to ace every
standardized test, and those who deviate and see light through a different lens are worthless to the scheme
of public education, and therefore viewed with contempt.
H. L. Mencken wrote in The American Mercury for April 1924 that the aim of public education is NOT:
―to fill the young of the species with knowledge and awaken their intelligence. … Nothing could be further
from the truth. The aim … is simply to reduce as many individuals as possible to the same safe level, to
breed and train a standardized citizenry, to put down dissent and originality. That is its aim in the United
States.‖
To illustrate this idea, doesn‘t it perturb you to learn about the idea of ―critical thinking?‖ Is there really such a
thing as ―uncritically thinking?‖ To think is to process information in order to form an opinion. But if we are not
critical when processing this information, are we really thinking? Or are we mindlessly accepting other
opinions as truth?
This was happening to me, and if it wasn‘t for the rare occurrence of an avant-garde tenth grade English teacher,
Donna Bryan, who allowed me to open my mind and ask questions before accepting textbook doctrine, I would
have been doomed. I am now enlightened, but my mind still feels disabled. I must retrain myself and constantly
remember how insane this ostensibly sane place really is.
And now here I am in a world guided by fear, a world suppressing the uniqueness that lies inside each of us,
a world where we can either acquiesce to the inhuman nonsense of corporatism and materialism or insist on
change. We are not enlivened by an educational system that clandestinely sets us up for jobs that could be
automated, for work that need not be done, for enslavement without fervency for meaningful achievement. We
have no choices in life when money is our motivational force. Our motivational force ought to be passion, but this
is lost from the moment we step into a system that trains us, rather than inspires us.
We are more than robotic bookshelves, conditioned to blurt out facts we were taught in school. We are all
very special, every human on this planet is so special, so aren‘t we all deserving of something better, of using our
minds for innovation, rather than memorization, for creativity, rather than futile activity, for rumination rather
than stagnation? We are not here to get a degree, to then get a job, so we can consume industry-approved
placation after placation. There is more, and more still.
The saddest part is that the majority of students don‘t have the opportunity to reflect as I did. The majority of
students are put through the same brainwashing techniques in order to create a complacent labor force
working in the interests of large corporations and secretive government, and worst of all, they are
completely unaware of it. I will never be able to turn back these 18 years. I can‘t run away to another country
with an education system meant to enlighten rather than condition. This part of my life is over, and I want to make
sure that no other child will have his or her potential suppressed by powers meant to exploit and control. We are
human beings. We are thinkers, dreamers, explorers, artists, writers, engineers. We are anything we want to be –
but only if we have an educational system that supports us rather than holds us down. A tree can grow, but only if
its roots are given a healthy foundation.
For those of you out there that must continue to sit in desks and yield to the authoritarian ideologies of instructors,
do not be disheartened. You still have the opportunity to stand up, ask questions, be critical, and create your own
perspective. Demand a setting that will provide you with intellectual capabilities that allow you to expand your
mind instead of directing it. Demand that you be interested in class. Demand that the excuse, ―You have to learn
this for the test‖ is not good enough for you. Education is an excellent tool, if used properly, but focus more on
learning rather than getting good grades.
For those of you that work within the system that I am condemning, I do not mean to insult; I intend to motivate.
You have the power to change the incompetencies of this system. I know that you did not become a teacher or
administrator to see your students bored. You cannot accept the authority of the governing bodies that tell you
what to teach, how to teach it, and that you will be punished if you do not comply. Our potential is at stake.
For those of you that are now leaving this establishment, I say, do not forget what went on in these classrooms. Do
not abandon those that come after you. We are the new future and we are not going to let tradition stand. We will
break down the walls of corruption to let a garden of knowledge grow throughout America. Once educated
properly, we will have the power to do anything, and best of all, we will only use that power for good, for we will
be cultivated and wise. We will not accept anything at face value. We will ask questions, and will demand truth.
So, here I stand. I am not standing here as valedictorian by myself. I was molded by my environment, by all of my
peers who are sitting here watching me. I couldn‘t have accomplished this without all of you. It was all of you who
truly made me the person I am today. It was all of you who were my competition, yet my backbone. In that way,
we are all valedictorians.
I am now supposed to say farewell to this institution, those who maintain it, and those who stand with me and
behind me, but I hope this farewell is more of a ―see you later‖ when we are all working together to rear a
pedagogic movement. But first, let‘s go get those pieces of paper that tell us that we‘re smart enough to do so!
While your children are busy being indoctrinated in the public school system being prepped for introduction into the
system, some graduate to then go onto the college level indoctrination complex. The children of the most elite of
society attend special universities, special classes, special instruction, special programs, not meant for the ordinary
folks, that‘s why they raise the bar of entry into the stratosphere. Ever tried to get into Yale, Harvard recently? Let
alone the exclusive programs and fraternities? In the poor neighborhoods, no matter how bright and promising a young
student may be, most are so inundated with meer SURVIVAL and meeting basic living needs that the quest for higher
education is completely out of question, a dream.
The Zionists Jews for example have their very own educational system where no gentile is allowed to enter. The most
sacred teaching of the Zionist ruling elite above of all is the most sacred and central study of the Talmud [you can
read ‗cleansed‘ online version of Talmud here]. Did you know that it is forbidden of goyim sheeple such as yourself to
be caught reading the Talmud? Yes, under Talmud it is a grave sin for you and all gentiles to read it… under penalty of
DEATH!.... so read the Talmud at your own risk! Yikes! I‘m so scared! Lol. Behold for we now live in the age of the
power of instant access to the hidden secrets age! You can also download the Talmud text here: Scribd.com, and here:
Complete Soncino English Translation of the Babylonian Talmud, and a whole bunch over here: Talmud PDF search.
You will learn fascinating tidbits like why the gentile goyim people are the scum of the earth to be treated like cattle
by the more highly advanced Jew race. And wonderful facts like it is perfectly ok for Jews to kill any offending goyim
for the smallest of offenses. Such are the ways the Zionist educate their own. Advanced students of the Talmud
―graduate‖ and go on to higher level studies known as the illuminati black magic Kabbalah.
Here are some joyful excepts (please note that only some CLEANSED versions of the Talmud are directed to the
goyim sheeple to ‗quote check‘ thus of course you won‘t find the hard core teachings in the CLEANSED censored
sheeple versions) from the Talmud:
“A Jew may rob a goy – that is, he my cheat him in a bill, if unlikely to be perceived by him.” “How to interpret
the word ‘robbery.’ A goy is forbidden to steal, rob or take women slaves, etc., from a goy or Jew. But the Jew is
NOT forbidden to do all this to a goy.”
“All vows, oaths, promises, engagements, and swearing, which, beginning this very day of reconciliation, we
intend to vow, promise, swear, and bind ourselves to fulfill, we repent of beforehand; let them be illegalized,
acquitted, annihilated, abolished, valueless, unimportant. Our vows shall be no vows, and our oaths no oaths at
all.”
If you really want to get a quick concise glimpse into the teachings of the ―sacred‖ Talmud for what it really is… you
MUST check out: Truth about the Talmud: Racist, Rabbinic Hate Literature by foremost scholar of Judaism in the
English-speaking world, (a fellow Jew just telling the unadulterated truth), Michael Hoffman. This Jewish author has
often been attacked by the Zionists for his highly researched, unbiased and accurate works. With that said and done,
you should also checkout his book ―Judaism Discovered: A Desideratum.‖ Find out more at his website:
www.revisionisthistory.org.
Never forget that: it is in the public schools where every single year since elementary that the young pliable minds of
your children are mandated to MEMORIZE the official sanctified revisionist version of history... It is their mission to
embed the ―official sanctified state belief system‖ into the minds and hearts of all the citizens.
THE SEIZURE OF THE MINDS OF AMERICAN INFANTS is about to take place in a Barack Obama
presidency. This will occur in Obama‘s Early Childhood Proposals in a subheading which he calls the Zero To Five
plan. Here is what our coming Big Brother, Barack Obama, has to say about this plan:
―The Zero To Five plan places a key emphasis on early care and education for infants. This is essential for children
to be ready to enter kindergarten.
I will create Early Learning Challenge Grants to promote state Zero To Five efforts to help states move toward
voluntary, universal pre-school.‖ View Entire Plan Here.
These few sentences from the mouth of Obama are loaded with Big Brother invasive plans for our lives and culture.
A SOCIAL ENGINEERING HOOK
OBAMA‘S SEIZURE OF THE MINDS of American infants is loaded with Big Brother invasive plans that will
take us a giant step away from private freedoms.
First of all, Obama is calling for ―early care‖ of America‘s infants. This is an obvious ―hook‖ for parents to unload
their children into the arms of Big Brother for relief from the burden of oversight.
Because of rapid inflation due to the takeover of our monetary system by the Zionist Jews of the Federal Reserve
Bank, both parents of ―zero to five‖ aged children are now forced to work full time jobs. Thus Obama‘s Zero To
Five plan will be looked upon as a godsend by working mothers — a free ―baby-sitting‖ service provided by the
Federal Government. But Obama‘s baby-sitting service will be nothing less than a ―social-engineering‖ program.
Secondly, an ―education‖ for infants & toddlers will be at the hands of the Federal Government, a ―secularized‖ and
―Anti-Christian‖ entity. What will the Federal Government poison infants aged ―zero to five‖ with? We all know
the answer.
Young impressionable minds will be taught vis a vis children‘s picture books, ―same sex relations,‖ ―obedience to
authorities,‖ (not parents, but government authorities), and
―political correctness.‖ Young children will be taught that freedom of speech does not include criticizing the
conduct of a person or group whose religion, color, or sexual orientation is different from the majority.
Thirdly, with Obama‘s Early Learning Challenge Grants to the states, we will be witnessing the final takeover of
state independence by a central authority, the Federal Government. This central authority will be run by a sociopath
in the presidency with no moral compass & with greater powers, namely, the psychologically impaired, Barack
Obama.
ZIONIST JEWS DOMINATE THE TEACHING PROFESSION
ZIONIST JEWISH TEACHERS will be the beneficiaries of grants to develop teachers as recommended in
Obama‘s Zero To Five plan.
At present, the American Federation of Teachers (AFT) is dominated by Zionist Jews, all who have an ―Anti-
Christian‖ bent. The current president of the AFT is the Zionist Jew, Mss Randi Weingarten. This Zionist Jew from
New York City is the overseer of the more than 1.4-million-member American Federation of Teachers.
Weingarten took over the presidency of the AFT in 2005, from her successor, the Zionist Jew, Sandra Feldman of
New York City, (born Sandra Abramowitz). Indeed, the Zionist-Jewish center of the world, New York City, with its
multitude of Zionist Jewish teachers, has the power and control of the AFT.
The Zionist-Jewish roots of the AFT began in the Jewish world of New York City. In 1941, a pro-communist entity
based in Brooklyn, known as the Teachers Guild, initiated the early growth of a teachers labor union which
eventuated into the American Federation of Teachers. The founders and presidents of the Teachers Guild were two
Zionist Jews, Albert Shanker & Charles Cogen.
Shanker emerged as the dominant leader of the Teachers Guild, growing it into the United Federation of Teachers
in 1960 & merging in 1961 with a struggling labor union, the American Federation of Teachers. By 1974, Shanker
had insinuated himself through a fierce power-struggle as president of the AFT. Shankar died of brain cancer in
1997. He was succeeded by his protege, the Zionist Jew, Sandra Feldman, who died of cancer in 2005. She in turn
was succeeded by the current president of the AFT, the Zionist Jew, Randi Weingarten.
Already, the AFT has an Early Childhood Educators Agenda in preparation for a Big Brother policy designed to
seize the minds of American infants.
And who will our American infants learn from? Whose curriculum will our American infants be brainwashed with
in Obama‘s Zero To Five plan? Zionist Jews, that‘s who.
Have you ever noticed that a large percentage of the most revered, popularized and promoted famous people are Jews?
We are being PRIMED, programmed, indoctrinated to recognize the Jewish people as superior to all others in
every way, shape and form, in every sector of society. We already see that the names of ALL the top prominent
people of the financial world all have Jewish names, you cannot watch a major movie without seeing the names of
prominent Jewish producers in the credits, a large percentage of Hollywood stars are Jewish, and so on. Every segment
of society has there Jewish heroes that the Jewish owned media and publishing cartel publicize and promote every
chance they get. It would be impossible for me to list and analyze each and every case for that would require its own
1,000 page book. But it is clear to me since I have
been proactively paying attention to the names
that repeatedly appear before us through the
media.
One example out of the thousands to choose from

that depicts a Jewish person as among the very top
of their fields is Einstein. The Jewish owned
media has built a genius shrine around this man
and placed him on a pedestal like no other. So
much so that Einstein was made synonymous with
pure genius. Look up genius in any dictionary and
there is Einstein‘s picture. The Jewish press and
media‘s quest to portray this Jew as the MOST
SUPERIOR HUMAN SPECIMINE all others
are to revere and hold in high esteem is part of
their master plan to position their race as the
commonly acknowledged and accepted
superior race and leaders of mankind.
What makes the case of Einstein so interesting is

the fact that he was never a true or real genius his
Jewish media and the Jewish press have
conditioned us all to believe. Do a search on the
net such as ―is Einstein a true genius‖ and you
will find tons of evidence that he wasn‘t. Most
people think Einstein was a genius don‘t even
have a clue he did poorly in school, it is generally
assumed that Einstein became a genius later on.
It's also widely believed that he used superior intellect and complex mathematical reasoning to finally arrive at
E=MC2. The truth about Einstein is altogether different. Even though he was pretty smart, his accomplishments didn't
come from a wildly superior intellect. It is common knowledge that he didn't arrive at his famous equation by complex
mathematical reasoning. In fact, he didn't use mathematical or scientific reasoning at all! It is widely agreed that at best
he stumbled onto it…
A Theory of Einstein the Irrational Plagiarist

Christopher Jon Bjerknes – The Canberra Times September 19, 2006
The name "Einstein" evokes images of a good-humored genius, who revolutionized our concepts of space, time,
energy, mass and motion. Time named Albert Einstein "person of the century". The language itself has
incorporated "Einstein" into our common vocabulary as a synonym for extraordinary brilliance. Many consider
Einstein to have been the finest mind in recorded human history.
That is the popular image, fostered by textbooks, the media, and hero worshiping physicists and historians.
However, when one reads the scientific literature written by Einstein's contemporaries, a quite different picture
emerges: one of an irrational plagiarist, who manipulated credit for their work.
Einstein is perhaps most famous for the special theory of relativity, published in 1905 in the German physics
journal, Annalen der Physik. The paper was devoid of references, a fact that Einstein's friend and Nobel prize
winner for physics, Max Born, found troubling.
"The striking point is that it contains not a single reference to previous literature," Born stated in 1955, before
the International Relativity Conference in Bern. "It gives you the impression of quite a new venture. But that is,
of course, as I have tried to explain, not true."
Though Einstein's 1905 article contained no references, it was so strikingly similar to a paper written by Hendrik
Lorentz the previous year, that Walter Kaufmann and Max Planck felt a need to publicly point out that Einstein
had merely provided a metaphysical reinterpretation and generalisation of Lorentz' scientific theory, a
metaphysical reinterpretation and generalisation Henri Poincare had already published.
As Charles Nordmann, astronomer to the Paris Observatory, pointed out: "It is really to Henri Poincare, the great
Frenchman whose death has left a void that will never be filled, that we must accord the merit of having first
proved, with the greatest lucidity and the most prudent audacity, that time and space, as we know them, can only
be relative. A few quotations from his works will not be out of place. They will show that the credit for most of
the things which are currently attributed to Einstein is, in reality, due to Poincare."
Einstein acknowledged the fact, but justified his plagiarism in a cavalier fashion in Annalen der Physik in 1907.
"It appears to me that it is the nature of the business that what follows has already been partly solved by other
authors. Despite that fact, since the issues of concern are here addressed from a new point of view, I believe I am
entitled to leave out a thoroughly pedantic survey of the literature, all the more so because it is hoped that these
gaps will yet be filled by other authors, as has already happened with my first work on the principle of relativity
through the commendable efforts of Mr. Planck and Mr. Kaufmann."
The completed field equations of the general theory of relativity were first deduced by David Hilbert, a fact
Einstein was forced to acknowledge in 1916, after he had plagiarized them from Hilbert in late 1915. Paul
Gerber solved the problem of the perihelion of Mercury in 1898. Physicist Ernst Gehrcke gave a lecture on the
theory of relativity in the Berlin Philharmonic on August 24, 1920, and publicly confronted Einstein, who was in
attendance, with Einstein's plagiarism of Lorentz' mathematical formalisms of the special theory of relativity,
Palagyi's space-time concepts, Varicak's non-Euclidean geometry and of the plagiarism of the mathematical
solution of the problem of the perihelion of Mercury first arrived at by Gerber. Gehrcke addressed Einstein to his
face and told the crowd that the emperor had no clothes.
This was Einstein's response published in the Berliner Tageblatt und Handels-Zeitung on August 27, 1920,
translated into English in the book Albert Einstein's Theory of General Relativity edited by Gerald E. Tauber: ".
. . Gerber, who has given the correct formula for the perihelion motion of Mercury before I did. The experts are
not only in agreement that Gerber's derivation is wrong through and through, but the formula cannot be obtained
as a consequence of the main assumption made by Gerber. Mr Gerber's work is therefore completely useless, an
unsuccessful and erroneous theoretical attempt.
"I maintain that the theory of general relativity has provided the first real explanation of the perihelion motion of
mercury. I have not mentioned the work by Gerber originally, because I did not know it when I wrote my work
on the perihelion motion of Mercury; even if I had been aware of it, I would not have had any reason to mention
it."
The fact that Einstein was a plagiarist is common knowledge in the physics community. What isn't so well-
known is that the sources Einstein parroted were also largely unoriginal. In 1919, writing in the Philosophical
Magazine Harry Bateman, a British mathematician and physicist who had emigrated to the United States,
unsuccessfully sought acknowledgment of his work.
"The appearance of Dr Silberstein's recent article on General Relativity without the Equivalence Hypothesis
encourages me to restate my own views on the subject," Bateman wrote.
"I am perhaps entitled to do this as my work on the subject of general relativity was published before that of
Einstein and Kottler, and appears to have been overlooked by recent writers."
My book is a documentation of Einstein's plagiarism of the theory of relativity. It discloses his method for
manipulating credit for the work of his contemporaries, reprints the prior works he parroted, and demonstrates
that he could not have drawn his conclusions without prior knowledge of the works he copied but failed to
reference.
Numerous republished quotations from Einstein's contemporaries prove that they were aware of his plagiarism.
Side-by-side comparisons of Einstein's words juxtaposed to those of his predecessors prove the almost verbatim
repetition. There is even substantial evidence presented in the book that Einstein plagiarized the work of his first
wife, Mileva Maric, who had plagiarized others.
Mr Bjerknes, an American historian of science, has authored six books on Einstein and the theory of relativity.
Albert Einstein: The Incorrigible Plagiarist (ISBN 0971962987)
When I first found out the truth about Einstein long ago I was shocked but never thought twice about it, until now that I
have been connecting all the dots. Upon reviewing all the evidence it seems that everyone‘s most dear famous ―genius‖
was nothing more than just another Jewish fraud perpetrated on the public to further their agendas and instill upon the
goyim minds the concept that the Jewish people are truly superior to all.
Have you even noticed the ongoing assault on parental rights? Today it is all too common and accepted practice for the
state to walk into a families‘ living room and take away their children for a whole array of different excuses, some
going as far as imprisoning parents. The establishment always intervenes in all aspects of life under the pretense of
protecting the rights of the people, ―for your best interests and for your protection‖ but in the vast majority of cases
nothing could be further from the truth.
We have been witnessing the rise of ―basic human rights‖ for children, all the while constantly eroding and destroying
parental rights to raise their children as they choose. To the uninitiated, the ―blind‖ masses that have no clue about the
goals and wishes of the worlds ruling elite never connect the dots. On one hand you see the elite leaders ―championing
for the family values‖, while on the other hand they enact legislation that hampers and tears families apart, ever so
slightly, just a little here and there. You must understand it is NOT in the best interests of the ruling masters for there
to be peace, love and harmony within the common family. The onslaught of the family comes from every single
direction you can imagine, with their favorite mode of infiltration is creeping in the front door of your educational
institutions where they teach your children whatever they please, indoctrinating them behind your back while you are
busy trudging along 9 to 5 day after day out there making money to give to your banker slave masters.
What kind of ―change‖ has your savior the Obaminator brought to the table? His appointment for ―Safe Schools Czar‖
says it all: He appointed Kevin Jennings, who is a former schoolteacher who has advocated promoting homosexuality
in schools, written about his past drug abuse, expressed his contempt for religion and detailed an incident in which he
did not report an underage student who told him he was having sex with older men. In 1990, as a teacher in
Massachusetts, he founded the Gay, Lesbian and Straight Education Network (GLSEN), which now has over 40
chapters at schools nationwide. He has also published six books on gay rights and education, including one that
describes his own experiences as a closeted gay student. Don‘t you feel so secure knowing that your children‘s minds
are in the hands of such wonderful caring people?
So how far into the stratosphere are they convoluting your parental rights? According to the Parental Rights website the
CRC (U.N. Convention on the Rights of the Child) will dictate:
1- The best interest of the child principle would give the government the ability to OVERIDE every decision
made by every parent of a government worker disagreed with the parent‘s decision.
2- A child‘s ―right to be heard‖ would allow him (or her) to seek government review of every parental decision
with which the child disagreed!
3- Child would acquire a LEGALLY ENFORCABLE right to leisure.
4- Allowing parents to opt their children out of sex education has been held to be out of compliance with the
CRC.
5- Children would have the right to reproductive health information and services, including abortion, WITHOUT
parental knowledge or consent.
The government would decide what is in the best of interest of a children in every case, and the CRC would be
considered superior to state laws. Parents could be treated like criminals for making every-day decisions about their
children‘s lives… This is where your ruling elite masters are taking your parental rights to.
Behold; For you must understand, that in their eyes YOUR CHILDREN BELONG TO YOUR RULING MASTERS.
When you go off to work every day and turn over THEIR children to their indoctrination complex all the way up until
they graduate high school, they will be taught what THEY want THEIR children to learn. Is it any wonder why all
children by the time they become teens rebel against their parents? Savor this statement, digest it well.
Another very sad fact about our society is the massive educational system inequality. From the beginning of the
establishing of our school system there has always been schools for the "haves and have not's". Wealth is the overall
single factor in determining the quality of one‘s education. Of course we have the people that will deny this simple
fact. Their rational is: Well there are many good public schools out there, there are also many grants and student loans
available. Though this statement is true. It by and large does NOT apply to the majority or entire public at large. When
you study the statistics you will see that only a small percentile of the public has access to such "luxuries".
In the first rule of money Robert Kiyosaki (of Rich Dad Poor Dad) introduces the ‗conspiracy against our education.‘
He writes ‗it is a crime that in America our real estate taxes determine the quality of education a child receives. Schools
in poor neighborhoods receive less tax money than schools in rich neighborhoods. Talk about a conspiracy of the rich!‘
I think the bottom line of the first new rule of money is that we need to first educate ourselves to be financially literate,
and then our children, because as we know when we look at the output of the educational system, they are not
receiving financial education at school no matter what neighborhood they live in.
The offspring of the elite in society who grow up in lives of social and economic privilege more often than not have
their entire education planned in advance. Groomed from birth for success. They automatically go to the best ivy
league schools around the world then later in life join exclusive secret "fraternities" such as "Skull & Bones" (just to
name one). They are ones groomed for top leadership posts. Granted, this does not come automatically, they still must
prove their loyalty and devotion to their handlers and "the cause" of that particular segment of the Matrix.
Let it be perfectly understood that the breeding ground for identifying, selecting and grooming administrators
for the ruling elite is the university system. The people who are carefully selected are those who demonstrate the
most intellectual potential but most importantly the propensity to totally submit to the will of the elite faction who
have a presence and represented in all major universities as ―fraternities.‖ It is here that their loyalty, commitment
and dedication to the group is fomented, fostered, reinforced, tested and confirmed. This is also where life long
―connections‖ are formed. You only need review the references of all elected officials for instance and you will notice
an amazing pattern of most leaders having been members of this or that fraternity, many of which a graduate with some
sort of honors. Thus having been prominent members of some key fraternities is somewhat like possessing a
membership card that opens doors to exclusive places and positions.
The ingenious fraternity system was established long ago to discover and segregate the best of the best most promising
leadership candidates from the rift raft. A system of exclusivity was established were those whom were deemed as
special like minded people of potential could join an exclusive ―brotherhood,‖ were they could be singled out and
groomed as loyal servants and for inclusion within the ruling elite network. Thus the exclusive secretive
FRATERNITY system was born. All these fraternities were established under ancient pagan Greek mythical themes,
thus the rampant use of the Greek alphabet and naming conventions. The connected fraternities are basically
recruitment subsidiaries, spin-offs from Masonic offspring, as their Masonic brethren, they too become immersed in
pagan (occult) rituals, this level is often where it all begins for many innocent developing minds who‘s souls are won
over, subjugated and subsequently conquered. Thus it is an integral characteristic for the malevolent centered
fraternities to use occult objects in their rituals such as skulls and bones. What is so sad, due to the lack of proper
knowledge, 99% of the population does not comprehend that those silly rituals are in fact very powerful mediums in
conjuring and channeling evil spirit world to take over their minds, hearts and lives.
Pic of top Jewish fraternity is eerily similar to the Skull & Bones fraternity:
Fraternity crests reveal a lot. Notice that many include traditional and important illuminati, Freemasonry, wicca,
Luciferian symbols such as the all seeing eye, the pyramid, the owl, fascia, maltese cross, etc. I don‘t have the time and
luxury of cataloging the founding, purposes, practices and so forth of all the fraternities, I will leave that up some
inquisitive researcher who stumbled onto this report. But I will say that the last crest on the bottom right is from the
Alpha Sigma Phi fraternity founded at Yale in 1845, their official symbol is the
phoenix, their motto translated: ―The cause is hidden, the results well-known.
The development of Freemasonry in the early 1700s became a watershed

moment in fraternal organization, and there have been hundreds of varieties of
Freemasonry, and thousands of closely parallel organizations since then.
Virtually all fraternal organizations today bear some debt to the models of
organization first worked out in Masonic lodges. Not all fraternities are
―connected‖ part of the ruling elite grooming network. (Note: for those not as
privileged to have been able to attend prestigious universities, there is another
avenue into the ruling elite realm, and that is through military enlistment. Here
again, those whom show the most potential are often sought out and groomed
for future roles. Review their references and you can readily see that thousands
of politicians also come from this avenue. An important observation of those whom go that path is that the military
trains them to be perfect mind slaves and obedient loyal servants of those who are their superiors, thus grooming
perfect political figures whom answer NOT to the public, but to their ruling masters).
Below are a few random fraternity crests… note the traditional ruling elite symbolism, they hide in plain site:
Behold: For yet another crucial clue is revealed about the secretive elite, exhibit A, shown above clearly uniquivically
demonstrates the ruling elite‘s hand that dominates ALL the halls of higher education. Again we see another case of
rampant use of symbolism by the ruling elite in use in these crests. Most importantly though is the paramount
understanding that the university system is THEIR prime training and indoctrination system. It is here were they
pinpoint future leaders who are then recruited from the crème de la crème to be groomed for illuminati managerial
positions.
Meanwhile ―the great college hoax‖ of equality is perpetrated on the rest of the working class commoners. The
―establishment‖ has seared into everyone‘s minds that the playing field is ―equal‖… this is the biggest crock of shit lie.
Reality is nothing close to that statement. The children of the rich go to universities with ALL their finances
completely taken care of and graduate without one single cent in debt. Meanwhile the working class commoners must
mortgage their homes! Take out obscene loans, work part time to help cover the expenses, by the time the poor kids
graduate they are all up to the necks embroiled in DEBT… their first steps into financial enslavement. It is common to
graduate with $60,000 to $100,000 in debt. Then they get a job, finance a car and add those payments to the mix, soon
they fall in love and plunge head first into the American Dream of the white picket fence and add several more
hundreds of thousands more to their debt load. Before they know it, without their slightest clue, they melded right in,
assumed their rightful place in society as just another perpetual debtor. Effectively enslaved yet believing they are
free.
Schools ‗Groom Kids for Surveillance State‘?

BlackListedNews.com, 8-29-2010
Schools are increasingly invading student privacy both in school and outside of school. Are schools grooming
youth to passively accept a surveillance state where they have no expectation of privacy anywhere? A
PogoWasRight.org commentary.
The increasing use of student surveillance and intrusion of school districts into students‘ extra-curricular conduct
should alarm us all. Whether it is a district surveilling students in their bedrooms via webcam, conducting
random drug or locker searches, strip-searching students, lowering the standard for searching students to
―reasonable suspicion‖ from ―probable cause,‖ disciplining students for conduct outside of school hours,
searching their cellphones and text messages, or allegedly forcing them to undergo pregnancy testing,
student privacy is under increasing threat.
The other day I mentioned a Connecticut school district that wanted to require students to carry an ID card with
an RFID chip so that they could track their location. The surveillance capability included locating the student if
they were off school premises and in town. Today, I came across another news story from earlier this month that
also involves tracking students. KTVU in California reported that the Contra Costa County School District began
introducing a tracking system for preschool students that would alert staff when a student leaves school premises.
In order to accomplish that, students will reportedly be required to wear a jersey that contains the RFID tag that
uses Wi-Fi to send signals to sensors located throughout the school.
I realize that some might argue that these are just little pre-schoolers and of course, we want to protect their
safety, etc., but keep in mind that one of the major justifications for the program is to save staff time in terms of
having to manually record attendance, etc. In exchange for that time and cost-saving, what price do we pay
psychologically as a society? It strikes me that schools are grooming our youth to simply accept being tracked and
monitored wherever they go and that anything they do, anywhere, can be used against them in school or
elsewhere.
Is this really how we want to raise our children? To be sheep who accept being tracked and who have little sense
of privacy or entitlement to privacy?
A study released last year by Fordham Law‘s Center on Law and Information Privacy found that the education
sector was not doing enough to protect the privacy of student information. It did not, however, look at the
question of whether schools were actually invading student privacy and systematically eroding student privacy
rights and autonomy. It‘s time for a national dialogue about student privacy, while there are still some remnants
of it left.
The intelligent ones from the "pheasants" of society who attend the public school system and climb their ways up the
educational chain distinguishing themselves with their higher IQs. These superior intellectual ones are often singled out
somewhere along their route and converted into believers and true followers of ―the system‖ in whatever segment they
are ultimately gifted at. They are then immersed in the "group think" of their industry segment. This conditioning
begins in the universities. Special "head hunters" whose job it is to identify those gifted ones, often keep tabs on them,
waiting for graduation day where they are chosen to join whatever segment has best use for this new talent pool. After
joining the elite business, government, organizations, etc., they are carefully monitored by top brass. Those who prove
loyal to "the cause", mission, establishment, etc., are promoted and groomed for higher level positions. Only after
demonstrating absolute loyalty and trust, to their masters, will they, little by little be given key positions were their
work is to perpetuate and advance whatever agenda or "system" that they are placed in.
In corporations, they call it climbing "the corporate ladder". In government they start out at lower echelons and after
years of brown nosing and demonstrating absolute loyalty, they begin to rise with the blessings of the insiders and old
timers, the ―good ole boys,‖ they are shown the ropes of the system, until they ultimately become fully fledged in the
Matrix, becoming ―made men.‖ These are easy to find for they are the ones that hold all positions of power and are
the ones you will find listed on the membership roles of all secret organizations such as CFR, Bildebergers, Trilateral
Commission, Club of Rome, Committee of 300, CIA, Mossad, Central Banks, etc. Look at their lists of directorships
and employment history portfolio, you will then easily see who is ―connected.‖
The interesting segment is the religious chain. Advancement works in principle as the schooling system described
above. But here is where fanatical religious, emotional and spiritual emphasis takes key roles. The Jesuits have the
largest network of educational systems around the world. Follow the educational trail of the elite in society and it
will reveal untold core beliefs of the individual and his alliances. Remember: the world is ultimately controlled by
the Zionist, Masonic and Jesuit Factions. Schools of higher learning are their recruiting and grooming grounds. Some
who graduate from religious universities go into the public sector and some go into the religious sector, the key is that
most of the important indoctrination happens within the educational system, beginning within the classrooms
and formulating key lifelong allegiances in the exclusive fraternities. Potential future leaders whatever height they
might reach, are more often than not identified early on by ―sponsors‖ and receive special guidance and training. They
forge alliances with their peers and mentors, alliances that often last a lifetime.
All the while your children get to go to community college if they are so lucky to have not been among the 40 million
who cannot even read, among the other 40 million who cannot comprehend what they read, among the 50 million
living in dire poverty in this country, and last but not least, if you or they can actually afford higher education in the
first place.
Your children are being bombarded by all sorts of mental and social conditioning, many so cleverly disguised and
seemingly benign that most people never notice. Take for example Barbie, the world‘s preeminent leader in providing
little girls with their first toys to play ―house‖ and make believe life with. Forever embedding the young moldable
minds with their initial concepts and solid hollow materialistic values, reference points, aspirations and ideals to
pursue later on in life. Firmly and forever establishing in the young moldable minds THE MUST HAVE THINGS IN
LIFE like the Barbie house, the car, the clothes, hair styles, accessories etc. They have been trained to value the
material things in life and become the perfect consumers by the time they reach adolescence.
Who was behind the entire Barbie empire? It was built from the ground up by Zionist Jews, the founder being Ruth and
Elliot Handler (Jews) who built the Mattel empire that is still being run by a majority of Zionists to this day. Mattel has
since become an industry leading colossus and been at the forefront of providing young moldable minds with all sorts
of fun ―toys‖ to guide the direction and development of your children.
Finally I must touch upon the destructive programming of the likes of MTV and VH1. These two Zionist media outlets
are single handedly corrupting our youth by a magnitude that is completely unfathomable. They are single handedly
completely irreversibly destroying our youth‘s minds and moral fabric. Almost EVERY single PROGRAM that they
air is full of foul immoral and decandent content. The Luciferian elite have been completely thoroughly corrupting
your childrens hearts and minds, is it any wonder why the majority of them don‘t even want to get a higher education?

THE ENGINEERED SELF-

DESTRUCTION OF AMERICA iNC.
THE SYSTEMATIC SELLOUT, DECLINE, and FALL
THEY HAD VOWED TO “DESTROY US FROM WITHIN”
“Nothing can destroy a government more quickly,” the court noted, “than its failure to observe its own
laws, or worse, its disregard of the charter of its own existence.” - Supreme Court
“Once we squeeze all we can out of the United States, it can dry up and blow away.” –Benjamin
Netanyahu. A comment made by Netanyahu to Jonathan Pollard (convicted traitor and spy) upon exiting
Pollard’s jail cell.
“If, as it appears, the experiment that was called ‘America’ is at an end… then perhaps a fitting epitaph
would be… here lies America the greatest nation that might have been had it not been for the Edomite
bankers who first stole their money, used their stolen money to buy their politicians and press and lastly
deprived them of their constitutional freedom by the most evil device yet created: The Federal Reserve
Banking System.” – G.D. McDaniel
Every indicator and form of computing growth known to man has shown that America has been on a downward
SPIRAL for decades now. Forget the bullshit data that is spewed out on Wall Street, these indicators are completely
skewed, unreliable and downright misleading for the performance of all those MULTI-NATIONAL corporations
stocks DO NOT reveal how AMERICA is doing. At the core of the decline of America has been a sinister
stratagem to ship ALL THE JOBS THAT MADE AMERICA GREAT overseas to other countries in
conjunction with the economic rape and enslavement of our country. This policy has been going on since the
1970s, today almost ALL our core production facilities and related jobs have all been eliminated and shipped to other
countries. It is that simple.
This did NOT occur in a vacuum by chance… it has been a

well thought out plan and policy to cut off our own legs so to
speak and purposely decapitate ourselves by shipping all our
jobs to other nations. The proof that this sinister suicidal
stratagem has been premeditated and purposeful is in
reviewing the hundreds of thousands of cases were the
corporations ACTUALLY GET TAX INCENTIVES FROM
OUR GOVERNMENT TO SHIP THEIR JOBS
OVERSEAS!!!
Compared to the overtaxed, overregulated society that is

America today, the America of the 19th century was one of astounding liberty and prosperity. Today we stand as a
meer hollow shadow of our once great self. Slowly without anyone taking notice due to the fact that the entire process
has been conducted in stages, one generation at a time, our country has been invaded by a secretive cartel and
conqued from within and her wealth and greatness deciminated and sent to all corners of the world. It has been under
constant attack from within, an insidious invisible war waged on every element of our country…
While her once great wealth was being plundered and shipped overseas, the onslaught continued and also encompassed
a direct frontal attack on America‘s collective moral standards that was once legendary up until the 20th century. The
moral decay of our once great nation has been spearheaded by our wonderful Zionist media conglomerates. While on
the other hand. The great industries that once made America the world‘s foremost economic power and provided
working people a decent standard of living have ALL been shipped overseas, along with the technologies and know-
how that made them such powerhouses.
Then there is the often overlooked dynamics of the colossal selling out of our major companies to foreign investors. In
other words, what we have not literally shipped overseas we are selling to foreigners anyway. Our nation‘s so called
elected leaders consists of some of the most highly educated people on the planet. Harvard, Yale, etc., the best of the
best, collectively they are the smartest and the brightest our education system puts out. This is the ―Brain Trust‖ of
America. Yet these Ivy League over educated leaders more often than not enact the stupidest, insane, laws and policies
that one has ever seen. How can such ―smart educated people‖ make so many suicidal decisions leading to our eventual
decline and destruction? These ―highly educated‖ people are the people whom have consistently leaded our country
into the abyss. All the economic and financial master degrees on the planet and yet they cannot manage to balance our
nation‘s checkbook?
NO THIS IS NOT ACCIDENTAL. THE PLUNDERING OUR NATION HAS BEEN PURPOSEFUL AND
DELIBERATE… they have been and are all busy gutting out and looting our nation‘s wealth. Period.
When corporations do move their operations overseas, they are given major tax reductions and other
incentives on both sides. They are rewarded for stepping outside the American economy. They are rewarded
for abandoning American workers. They are rewarded by the taxpayers–the very people who are destroyed by
these types of actions. America no longer practices many forms of protectionism, but has essentially let all of
her guards down. It‘s a fire sale and everything has to go. The country and its people are being bankrupted by
design for nefarious purposes.
Behold: For I hereby proclaim to thee… the monetary crisis this nation is experiencing are purposely engineered,
Economic Mass Destruction, our nation is systematically being gutted out. Prepare, for the days of woe are at your
doorstep, here cometh the decent into the abyss. The multinational corporations who are most influential in directing
America policy are no longer truly ―American‖ companies, therefore they could care less about the long term survival
of America, for in their eyes, it is just another MARKET, and a declining one at that. They have all already pulled out
of our country and dug in roots all around the world, especially up and coming countries, thus the fall of America will
not affect them nearly as deeply as it will the poor saps, the citizens of perdition.
What we are witnessing is nothing other than the: ―convulsions of a decadent nation on the precipice of total
collapse.‖
The Bankruptcy of the United States

By Porter Stansberry via Kitco, h/t: Jim Sinclair
It's one of those numbers that's so unbelievable you have to actually think about it for a while...
Within the next 12 months, the U.S. Treasury will have to refinance $2 trillion in short-term debt. And that's not
counting any additional deficit spending, which is estimated to be around $1.5 trillion.
Put the two numbers together. Then ask yourself, how in the world can the Treasury borrow $3.5 trillion in only
one year? That's an amount equal to nearly 30% of our entire GDP. And we're the world's biggest economy.
Where will the money come from?
How did we end up with so much short-term debt? Like most entities that have far too much debt – whether
subprime borrowers, GM, Fannie, or GE – the U.S. Treasury has tried to minimize its interest burden by
borrowing for short durations and then "rolling over" the loans when they come due. As they say on Wall Street,
"a rolling debt collects no moss."
What they mean is, as long as you can extend the debt, you have no problem. Unfortunately, that leads folks to
take on ever greater amounts of debt... at ever shorter durations... at ever lower interest rates. Sooner or later, the
creditors wake up and ask themselves: What are the chances I will ever actually be repaid? And that's when the
trouble starts. Interest rates go up dramatically. Funding costs soar. The party is over. Bankruptcy is next.
When governments go bankrupt, it's called a "default." Currency speculators figured out how to accurately predict
when a country would default. Two well-known economists – Alan Greenspan and Pablo Guidotti – published the
secret formula in a 1999 academic paper. The formula is called the Greenspan-Guidotti rule.
The rule states: To avoid a default, countries should maintain hard currency reserves equal to at least 100% of
their short-term foreign debt maturities. The world's largest money-management firm, PIMCO, explains the rule
this way: "The minimum benchmark of reserves equal to at least 100% of short-term external debt is known as
the Greenspan-Guidotti rule. Greenspan-Guidotti is perhaps the single concept of reserve adequacy that has the
most adherents and empirical support."
The principle behind the rule is simple. If you can't pay off all of your foreign debts in the next 12 months, you're
a terrible credit risk. Speculators are going to target your bonds and your currency, making it impossible to
refinance your debts. A default is assured.
So how does America rank on the Greenspan-Guidotti scale? It's a guaranteed default.
The U.S. holds gold, oil, and foreign currency in reserve. It has 8,133.5 metric tonnes of gold (it is the world's
largest holder). At current dollar values, it's worth around $300 billion. The U.S. strategic petroleum reserve
shows a current total position of 725 million barrels. At current dollar prices, that's roughly $58 billion worth of
oil. And according to the IMF, the U.S. has $136 billion in foreign currency reserves. So altogether... that's
around $500 billion of reserves. Our short-term foreign debts are far bigger.
According to the U.S. Treasury, $2 trillion worth of debt will mature in the next 12 months. So looking only at
short-term debt, we know the Treasury will have to finance at least $2 trillion worth of maturing debt in the next
12 months. That might not cause a crisis if we were still funding our national debt internally. But since 1985,
we've been a net debtor to the world. Today, foreigners own 44% of all our debts, which means we owe foreign
creditors at least $880 billion in the next 12 months – an amount far larger than our reserves.
Keep in mind, this only covers our existing debts. The Office of Management and Budget is predicting a $1.5
trillion budget deficit over the next year. That puts our total funding requirements on the order of $3.5 trillion
over the next 12 months.
So... where will the money come from? Total domestic savings in the U.S. are only around $600 billion annually.
Even if we all put every penny of our savings into U.S. Treasury debt, we're still going to come up nearly $3
trillion short. That's an annual funding requirement equal to roughly 40% of GDP.
Where is the money going to come from? From our foreign creditors? Not according to Greenspan-Guidotti. And
not according to the Indian or Russian central banks, which have stopped buying Treasury bills and begun to buy
enormous amounts of gold. The Indians bought 200 metric tonnes this month. Sources in Russia say the central
bank there will double its gold reserves.
So where will the money come from? The printing press. [Other options - none pretty.] The Federal Reserve has
already monetized nearly $2 trillion worth of Treasury debt and mortgage debt. This weakens the value of the
dollar and devalues our existing Treasury bonds. Sooner or later, our creditors will face a stark choice: Hold our
bonds and continue to see the value diminish slowly, or try to escape to gold and see the value of their U.S. bonds
plummet.
One thing they're not going to do is buy more of our debt. Which central banks will abandon the dollar next?
Brazil, Korea, and Chile. These are the three largest central banks that own the least amount of gold. None owns
even 1% of its total reserves in gold.
I examined these issues in much greater detail in the most recent issue of my newsletter, Porter Stansberry's
Investment Advisory [$]. Coincidentally, the New York Times repeated my warnings – nearly word for word – a
few weeks ago. They didn't mention Greenspan-Guidotti, however... It's a real secret of international speculators.
My readers know that Greenspan-Guidotti means the U.S. is likely to have a severe currency crisis within the next
two years. How high will gold go during this crisis? Nobody can say for sure. We've never been in the situation
we are now. The numbers have never been so large and dangerous. But I wouldn't be surprised at all to see gold at
$10,000 an ounce by 2012. Make sure you own some.
The day Bush and Cheney took office, they SWORE on the bible, the same oath of office as every elected leader of
these United States that came before them. The solemn oath of office of the land states: "I swear to serve and
protect the CONSTITUTION of the United States of America..." well; several years have since transpired only to
witness Bush and Cheney hacking away at the very pillars of foundations our great nation was established upon. Even
referring to the constitution ―as just a god dam piece of paper.‖ Those two criminals holding the highest offices in our
land have trashed the constitution in the most devastating assault EVER in the history of the United States. So much so
that there is no other solution, Bush and Cheney MUST be tried for TREASON. For this special occasion America
must bring back the gallows for this one occasion then keep the gallows open just for our public servants who
betray the public trust. They, along with all their co-conspirators deserve nothing less than to face a grand jury, be
indicted and hung for treason. Only then will those who seek to continue to lead our once great country astray will
realize that WE THE PEOPLE will no longer allow our country to be led astray and taken over by agents working for
special interests.
The matter of fact is that our country has been (engineered) morphing into a DYSTOPIAN SOCIETY. This has been
necessary for the ruling elite to engineer dystopia in order to break down this once great powerful independent nation
into a frail, needy, dependant, vulnerable one that can be easily controlled and manipulated.
Dystopia
This article is about the philosophical concept and literary form. For other uses, see Dystopia (disambiguation).
A dystopia (from Ancient Greek: δυσ-: bad-, ill- and Ancient Greek: τόπος: place, landscape) (alternatively,
cacotopia,[1] or anti-utopia) is, in literature, an often futuristic society that has degraded into a repressive and
controlled state, often under the guise of being utopian. Dystopian literature has underlying cautionary tones,
warning society that if we continue to live how we do, this will be the consequence. A dystopia, thus, is regarded
as a sort of negative utopia and is often characterized by an authoritarian or totalitarian form of government.
Dystopias usually feature different kinds of repressive social control systems, a lack or total absence of individual
freedoms and expressions and constant states of warfare or violence. Dystopias often explore the concept of
technology going "too far" and how humans individually and en masse use technology. A dystopian society is
also often characterized by mass poverty for most of its inhabitants and a large military-like police force.
The decline in America‘s wealth and world power status is directly tied to the moving of major industries off shore to
other countries such as China and India. Removing untold billions of dollars of revenue that used to be generated
HERE in the United States. Now China is on the verge of overtaking the U.S. not only in gross national product, but
also as the world‘s leading industrial power. Not only are
major corporations moving ALL manufacturing out of the
U.S. Bush‘s policies actually REWARD companies for
moving their operations out of the U.S. with tax
incentives!!!! The ONLY ones profiting hand over fist
from this ARE THE BANKS AND INVESTMENT
HOUSES. They are THE central engineers manipulating all
political decisions, business movements and strategies, the
international bankers who are not beholden to any one
nation (hello, they are ―internat ional‖) profit from the rise
and fall of nations.
America has been placed on a suicidal path to self

destruction for decades. No one has done more than us to
export all our jobs and manufacturing overseas, in the
process, propping up communist China as the new worlds
number one producer while our county is steadily sliding
into an abyss. The result of the massive de-industrialization
of our country and shipping all our jobs overseas has been devastating to this country, today we have record numbers
of unemployed. To make matters worse 11% of US workforce is made up of TEMP workers, up 23% from July. This is
no conspiracy theory folks! I just call out the FACTS and state things the way they are, revealing TRUE REALITY.
You would think that the policies of exporting all our jobs overseas would have stopped by now that we are under the
most obvious economic predicaments right? LOL, no, the rulers that run this nation have yet to finish sinking this ship,
Bush and Co Crime Syndicate took the off shoring our economy into stratosphere, the finishing touches of shipping off
of the remaining jobs is now being made by the Obama Crime Syndicate. Here is a peek at the tip of the iceberg:
U.S. Subsidizes Outsourcing Industry in Armenia, Bosnia-Herzegovina

Rob Sanchez, VDARE August 13, 2010
Several days ago I wrote about the outsourcing of jobs to Sri Lanka and how the U.S. government is subsidizing
the process. That trend continues, but this time it‘s Armenia that is being showered with U.S. dollars.
News that the U.S. intended to fund high-tech outsourcing in Armenia was released in early August by USAID:
USAID Deputy Assistant Administrator for Europe & Eurasia Jonathan Hale met with Armenian Minister
of Economy Nerses Yeritsyan on August 2, 2010 to discuss potential collaboration with the private sector
on Information Technology (IT) projects.
PUBLIC-PRIVATE ALLIANCES IN EUROPE AND EURASIA LEVERAGE U.S. RESOURCES IN
PURSUIT OF D EVELOPMENT GOALS in Private Sector, USAID, 08/03/2010
The term ―private sector‖ is an important one. In this context it‘s used when government bureaucrats refer to
programs that subsidize private companies with public money. Last week an article by Informationweek was
published that gave us a glimpse of who that ―private sector‖ beneficiary in Armenia might be:
Jonathan Hale, USAID deputy assistant administrator for Europe & Eurasia, is on a four-day trip to
Armenia to meet with government and private industry leaders in the country. On his agenda is a meeting
with Armenian economic minister Nerses Yeritsyan.
―We look forward to partnering with USAID on the IT sector, which has great potential as Armenia has
an advantage in this sector,‖ Yeritsyan said in a statement released by USAID. ―We want companies to
come to Armenia and create their innovative environments,‖ Yeritsyan said.
Among other things, Armenia is looking to establish itself as a center for low-cost IT and engineering
work outsourced from the U.S. and other Western countries.
Now it‘s Armenia: USAID Funds IT In Eurasia, by Paul McDougall, InformationWeek, August 5,
2010
Economic minister Yeritsyan is expecting money to help the outsourcing industry in Armenia. Nothing was said
about what the U.S. wants in return but it‘s been a standard diplomatic policy of the U.S. to use American jobs as a
bargaining chip for any manner of concessions with other countries. Yeritsyan wants to set up business processing
outsource (BPO) centers that are staffed by low cost IT/computer and engineering workers and in this case the U.S.
seems more than willing to help Armenia to defray the costs of doing so.
Sri Lanka doesn‘t seem to be the only country where Microsoft is reaping the benefits of subsidies (read the
following excerpt closely). In the case of Armenia it is easy to see who is at the other end of the pig trough:
Oracle/Sun Microsystems, who has been very active in funding training for technical workers for their Armenian
operations.
Yerevan, Armenia - At an official ceremony held in the Republic of Armenia Ministry of Economy on
August 6, 2010, Minister of Economy Nerses Yeritsyan, U.S. Ambassador to Armenia Marie L.
Yovanovitch and USAID/Armenia Mission Director Jatinder Cheema signed two Assistance Agreements
under which the U.S. Government will provide up to $50 million to the Government of Armenia for the
period of 2010-2013 in support of the country‘s economic development and health and social services
reform.
USAID AND ARMENIAN MINISTRY OF ECONOMY SIGN TWO ASSISTANCE AGREEMENTS

TO FOSTER ARMENIA‘S ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AND HEALTH AND SOCIAL REFORM,
USAID, 08/06/2010
The USAID envoy went to Armenia and delivered the goods. In summary here is the deal with Armenia:
• $20 million for the period of 2010-2013 to assist Armenia in upgrading its healthcare program. Maybe
this should be called something like Arbamacare.
• $30 million will go to help companies in Armenia to upgrade their technologies so that they will be more
capable of winning jobs from U.S. companies. Infrastructure improvements and technical training will increase
incentives for companies to outsource more jobs to Armenia.
The following USAID announcement is very revealing because they talk about plans to set up JAVA training
centers in Armenia. It appears that the U.S. government has decided to help Sun Microsystems to move its
advanced web programming capabilities overseas, or perhaps there is a new policy to move all high-tech
engineering overseas.
Technology and Innovation: USAID partnered with Sun Microsystems to establish JAVA Teaching
Laboratories in three major Armenian universities to train students in web-based software and to establish
a Solution Development Center for IT companies, institutions, and individuals to test and develop
integrated computer applications. The mission also partnered with Microsoft RA to establish a Microsoft
Innovation Center to assist Small- and Medium-Sized Enterprises (SMEs) and professionals create
innovative new products and services, bring those products and services to market, and build well-
managed competitive businesses. Fact Sheet, USAID, August 3, 2010
No specifics have been announced about direct aid to Bosnia-Herzegovina but USAID did put this small news blip
on their website that would indicate there is an agreement to dole out money in partnership with CISCO:
IT Improvements in Bosnia-Herzegovina: USAID/Bosnia-Herzegovina partnered with CISCO Systems

and a local IT company to promote e-government in Srebrenica and Bratunac municipalities. As a result,
municipal institutions can provide information on pension payments, healthcare, education, business
services, and other social benefits and residents can communicate with other people and institutions in
distant areas. Fact Sheet, USAID, August 3, 2010
In order to conclude this blog on a happy note read the following news clip from an Armenian webzine. They offer
assurances that despite appearances to the contrary, American information technology (IT) workers have nothing
to worry about. Whew!
The United States Agency for International Development, or USAID, has decided to fund the
development of outsourcing industry in Armenia.
The USAID announced on August 5 of implementing the development program in Armenia with Oracle‘s
Sun Microsystems unit as one of its participants. The USAID did not disclose the sum to be allocated to
the Armenian program, but hinted that the goal was to establish Armenia as an outsourcing hub in the
information technology sphere.
USAID‘s moves to help bolster the outsourcing industry in Asia and Eurasia have sparked anger among
Americans who say the US labor force is being displaced in favor of cheaper work-force abroad. A
USAID spokesperson said however, that the program ―will not displace American IT workers.‖
The outsourcing industry meanwhile, specifically Indian companies, may find the new initiative
advantageous because it will allow them to open new centers in the developing countries, rather than in
India, where the cost would be higher.
USAID to Fund Outsourcing Initiatives in Armenia, AsBarez, August 11th, 2010
U.S. Taxpayers to Fund Job Training in Sri Lanka

Rob Sanchez, VDARE August 5, 2010
President Obama has said many times that he will eliminate tax loopholes to companies that outsource jobs to
other countries. It appears that he has solved the problem — instead of giving tax deductions to companies he is
going to give them taxpayer money in order to subsidize the offshoring of jobs to Sri Lanka.
Despite President Obama‘s pledge to retain more hi-tech jobs in the U.S., a federal agency run by a hand-
picked Obama appointee has launched a $22 million program to train workers, including 3,000 specialists
in IT and related functions, in South Asia.
U.S. To Train 3,000 Offshore IT Workers, by Paul McDougall, InformationWeek, August 3, 2010
The Obama administration will spend up to $22 million to train 3,000 high-tech workers in Sri Lanka. According
to a press release by the Sri Lankan Embassy the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID) will
establish seven mobile training centers in order to train unemployed and underemployed Sri Lankan students in
skills that will help U.S. companies to offshore jobs there. Training will be provided at no charge — compliments
of United States taxpayers.
USAID will provide the students courses in Business Process Outsourcing (BPO), advanced computer
programming skills such as enterprise level Java, and English language skills. They will also get on-the-job
training with American companies who are looking to take advantage of the Asian subcontinent‘s low labor costs.
In addition USAID will provide training and logistics for another 10,000 workers to provide labor for garment
industries such as Tommy Hilfiger, Polo Ralph Lauren, Columbia Sportswear, Next, Tesco, and Burberry.
Emphasis will be placed on training widows, single mothers, and families with disabled members.
The training and funding of offshore workers stands in great contrast to statements Obama has made on the
subject. Here are a few choice quotes:
Instead of giving tax breaks to corporations that ship jobs overseas, we want to give tax breaks to small-
business owners who are creating jobs right here in America. Already, we‘ve given small businesses eight
new tax cuts, and have expanded lending to more than 60,000 small-business owners. - Weekly remarks:
President Obama on Wall Street reform, LA Times, July 24, 2010
―It‘s a tax code full of corporate loopholes that makes it perfectly legal for companies to avoid paying
their fair share. It‘s a tax code that makes it all too easy for a number — a small number of individuals
and companies to abuse overseas tax havens to avoid paying any taxes at all,‖ the president said. ―And
it‘s a tax code that says you should pay lower taxes if you create a job in Bangalore, India, than if you
create one in Buffalo, New York.- Obama Calls for Curbs on Offshore Tax Havens, New York Times,
2009
Right now, we have a tax code that gives incentives for companies to move offshore. Instead, we must
have a tax code that rewards companies that are doing the right thing by investing in American workers.
Our government has to be looking out for these people who are working hard every day trying to make
ends meet and right now we‘ve got a set of policies that are not reflective of that. - ―Creating Jobs in
America‖ , 2004, Barack Obama in His Own Words, By Lisa Rogak
The project will be managed by Rajiv Shah who was appointed as director of USAID by President Obama. To read
more about Rajiv Shah go to his USAID bio and profile. Rajiv was born in Ann Arbor, Michigan in 1973 to Indian
immigrants. Shah grew up in the Detroit area. His father, Janardan Shah, worked for Ford Motor Company and his
mother, Rena Shah, ran a Montessori school.
Shah earned a B.S.E. in economics at the University of Michigan in 1995. At the University of Pennsylvania, in
2002, he gained an M.B.A. from the Wharton and an M.D from the medical school.
Hopefully Rajiv Shah and President Obama will receive a lot of heat for supporting the subsidization of vocational
training in Sri Lanka but this has been going on well before Rajiv Shah and Barack Obama. A USAID paper
indicates that U.S. funding of training of high-tech workers was ongoing in 1996 during the Bush era. They
recognized that outsourcing was a growing trend and for political reasons wanted to accelerate it by using
taxpayers money.
Jobs for the 21st Century: Sri Lanka Assessment

Prepared for USAID, Asia and Near East Bureau, Jobs for the 21st
Century Initiative, Sri Lanka | May 2006 | Final REPORT
Page 78: Business process outsourcing is growing in Sri Lanka.
Page 93: Description High-level IT
The RITC program is designed to rapidly convert unemployed non-IT university graduates into
technicians ready for entry-level employment in IT. Program was implemented in 2005 by the Moratuwa
University and The Competitiveness Program, a USAID-funded program.
Evidence shows that the types of job training that is going on in Sri Lanka goes far beyond training farmers how to
grow crops more efficiently — high and low level technical educations are given so that workers can take jobs for
industries that have been offshored. I haven‘t researched all the companies that benefit from the training but one of
them is Micosoft:
Microsoft is a key driver of the local IT industry and takes ICT knowledge to all parts of Sri Lanka.
Microsoft serves the needs of the Sri Lankan IT industry, providing many opportunities in bridging the
digital divide and making technology more readily available to everyone. Microsoft has supported the
development of industry specific ICT Courses, tailor made for four key industries. This is envisioned to
make thousands of young people employable in the mentioned industries.
Unlimited Potential Partnership‘ Unveiled by Microsoft, USAID & Infoshare, 2008
Perhaps it‘s a coincidence, or maybe another example of the revolving door in Washington DC, but Rajiv Shah
worked at the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation as Director of Agricultural Development and Director of Financial
Services. The foundation wrote a recommendation letter to the Obama administration:
Statement on Dr. Rajiv Shah, USAID Administrator-Designate
The selection of Dr. Rajiv Shah as the next administrator of the United States Agency for International
Development (USAID) demonstrates a commitment to providing strong, evidence-based, effective U.S.
foreign assistance. We have worked closely with Raj for several years and know he will bring the same
commitment, intelligence and visionary management style to USAID.
―Statement on Dr. Rajiv Shah, USAID Administrator-Designate―, Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation,
November 19, 2009
In conclusion more research needs to be done to see how involved the U.S. government is in directly subsidizing
the training of workers in foreign countries. It isn‘t far fetched to believe that Sri Lanka isn‘t the only place this is
happening.
Americans, a bunch of mindless idiots: - Video (removed from youtube)

While our country has steadily been deteriorating and being flushed down the toilet, America has been busy becoming
the king of waging bogus wars, spending hundreds of billions of dollars, while alienating so many countries, making
untold life term enemies of the U.S.. Have they not learned a single lesson from Vietnam and other blusterous region
attacks we have made all over the globe over the past half dozen decades?
Seems like we are always attacking some poor ole country because they won‘t let U.S. multinational
corporations to economically colonize their countries and run their BANKS, OIL, LANDS, etc. The moment any
country rejects our CAPITALISTIC endeavors, they are toast! In reality America could care less if any country be
communist, socialist, or democratic! All we care about is that whatever country
it is, import our products, let us buy and run their lands, let us install our banks,
let us run their businesses, etc., Hey, it is only "fair", their mineral rights
BELONG TO US! We could care less if they be a communist country like
China, as long as they do multibillion dollar deals in our favor. When they
allow our takeovers, no problem, they are now our trading buddies. Hey
stupid, it‘s NOT about exporting "democracy" it‘s all about exporting our
CAPITALISIM and shoving it down everyone's throats. Cuba is a sinister evil
country were Castro drinks the blood of children because he kicked out our
banks, took OUR land away from us, giving it back to the local dumb
starving peasants and won‘t even allow us to sell a Coca Cola there!
Of course, should any county resist our gracious efforts to control your vast
resources and sell you all our products, we have another industry that is always
looking for an itch to scratch. Our CIA and mighty military industrial complex
might just have to go pay your country a visit to straighten things out. You
know, /wink/ in the name of "democracy" and stability. Heck, all the military contractors the entire multibillion dollar
industry that exists solely by selling arms would cease to exist and go bankrupt if there were no conflicts for any long
term amount of time! Simply put: the chaos & conflict military and defense industry can make NO PROFITS when
peace exists! So go ahead, make our day! Hand over the deeds or we‘ll blow you and your momma to smithereens!
In all actuality you must understand that there exists a reason to the madness. If you truly comprehend how deeply the
Zionist/Masonic illuminati is embedded in our country and if you have done your homework, you would realize that
the world headquarters of the Zionist/illuminati has always been in Europe (of course Israel is now the center of
the universe). Sit back, digest this most important fact and you will realize just how much fun they must be having
plundering our once great nation. The elite masters pimp out our country and do all their dirty deeds and heavy lifting
by using our prostitute government as its agent, running their operations from our shores. Meanwhile the real
puppet masters keep their hands clean, hiding in their control rooms overseas. Behold sheeple for I hereto expose one
of the mysteries of the two headed beast.
Headline: ―The Rise and Fall of the U.S.S.A.?‖
We sit back in pure bewilderment as we witness our country giving away billions upon billions of dollars in foreign aid
to already well off countries for no real reason while the problems here at home just continue to build up. So what, that
our country has one of the worst educational systems in the world? So what, the poor children in this country are being
denied health insurance, like Bush just vetoed, heck, we need those billions of dollars to send to apartheid Israel and
other well off countries. So what, our infrastructure is crumbling all around us, let‘s spend another $400 billion a year
attacking other countries, it‘s more fun.
Giving carte blanch freedom for insurance companies to fleece the American people while all the while taking their
monies. No need to look further than what happened with Katrina and the hundreds of thousands of people who had
insurance coverage yet were all denied claims. Yet, didn't Washington pump, what, a staggering 130 Billion dollars(!!)
in disaster funds for Katrina? Who got all this money? Definitely NOT the people who needed it most, not the poor
helpless victims! they only got a small fraction of 1% of those funds. Where did the money go, as is always the case
when money gets pumped into any situation. It went directly into the pockets of the ruling elite‘s good ole boys
network as just another cash infusion for their own.
Buy, Buy American Pie - video
In this case the evidence is overwhelming, for you need look no further than the entire 9 th Ward (where all the poor
lived). You tell me that you claim to have spent over 130 billion dollars yet virtually absolutely nothing was
accomplished to restore virtually nothing? Meanwhile the insurance companies that were crying bloody murder while
denying EVERYONE‘S claims, made out like bandits with historical profits that year and the next. Folks, this is not
conspiracy theory, this is pure plain ordinary FACTS, this is how our system is rigged. The cards are always
stacked in favor of the ruling elite‘s business interests while the poor and working class get empty promises, lip
service, the shaft and eventually the benefit of picking up the tab.
A Demon-Possessed Economy!
On February 1st, 2010, the Associated Press reported that the national budget set up by Barack Obama contained
both record spending and a record deficit. (12) Obama is planning to spend 3.8 trillion dollars that our country
does not have. The ceiling on the national debt is being raised continually, and by the end of February 2010, the
current debt ceiling of 14.3 trillion dollars will likely be reached. (13) This number is difficult for the human
mind to comprehend, but the spending goes on at breakneck speed like a car with its accelerator stuck. A crash is
inevitable under these circumstances. The average American does not understand how their economy works, and
like the children of Israel, they are dancing naked around a golden calf. In the frenzy of their idolatry, there is
nothing but apathy toward truth as they eat and drink and rise up to play. We do not have a literal golden calf near
Wall Street, but we do have a bronze bull in New York City, the city also known as "the naked city." (14)
We have now reached another milestone of decline in our country's history. It is now mathematically impossible
to pay off the U.S. National Debt! This was verified in a recent report from Reuters News Service. (15) The sad
fact is that if the U.S. Government took every penny from every bank, business, and person in America, it would
not be enough to pay off the national debt. This is true because of the way the system operates. The money in our
U.S. economy is not put into circulation, it is borrowed into circulation. The Federal Government must borrow
the money from the private entity known as the Federal Reserve. U.S. Treasury bonds are given to the Federal
Reserve in exchange for the green paper, known as Federal Reserve Notes. The Federal Reserve either keeps the
Treasury Bonds or sells them. Every time the Government goes to the Federal Reserve, the debt and interest
become bigger! Do we really owe beyond our ability to pay?
There are several money supply indexes. One is the M0 index, which is the total of all actual cash. This amount is
just over 900 billion dollars. Next is the M1 index, which includes all actual cash and everything held in checking
accounts. That amount is about 1.7 trillion dollars. The next index is the M2, which includes all of the above
amounts in the M0 and M1 indexes, plus all funds held in certificates of deposit, money market funds, mutual
funds, and so on. This amount is about 8.5 trillion dollars. Finally, there is the M3 index, which includes
everything in the M0, M1, and M2 indexes, plus large time deposits, institutional money market, mutual funds,
deposits of euro dollars, and repurchase agreements. This brings the total to nearly 14 trillion dollars, although the
Federal Reserve has stopped keeping track of the M3 index. There is one more thing we must understand, and I
remember this from my studies of economics in technical college and subsequent research. Most of the money in
the M2 and M3 indexes does not exist. This is true because of the fact that our banks operate on the principle of
fractional reserve lending. This simply means that when you deposit ten dollars the bank pays you almost nothing
for interest, but it is able to lend out $100.00 on that ten dollars and collect interest on the ninety dollars that
doesn't truly exist. The bank is required to keep only one dollar of your ten dollar deposit in reserve, and the other
nine dollars can be loaned out. When you realize that this same procedure holds true for thousands and even
millions of dollars, the amounts of phantom money becomes breathtaking. Thus, most of the money in our
economy isn't really there except on record without substance. Increasing the money supply is not the answer
because the only way to do that is to borrow more from Benjamin Shalom Bernanke and his Federal Reserve. (15)
The whole system is crooked and is designed to perpetuate heavy and impossible debt for the Federal
Government and the people of the nation. Incidentally, the Federal Reserve does demand collateral for the
transactions it makes with the Federal Government. The only collateral the Federal Government can give to the
Federal Reserve is the taxing power it has over the people!
The Scripture warned us long ago in James 5:3-6 about the fraudulent money system of the last days. "Your gold
and silver is cankered; and the rust of them shall be a witness against you, and shall eat your flesh as it were fire.
Ye have heaped treasure together for the last days. Behold, the hire of the labourers who have reaped down your
fields, which is of you kept back by fraud, crieth: and the cries of them which have reaped are entered into the
ears of the Lord of sabaoth. Ye have lived in pleasure on the earth, and been wanton; ye have nourished your
hearts, as in a day of slaughter. Ye have condemned and killed the just; and he doth not resist you."
These certainly are times of great trouble, and much of this trouble exists because we have a government that is
so incredibly out-of-touch with the people. Near the end of last year, the Associated Press reported that one of
every seven homes in America struggled to put enough food on the table. Thus, forty-nine million Americans
were to some degree in a state of food deprivation. (16) With that in mind, how can the Sleazer of the House,
Nancy Pelosi, justify spending $101,000.00 on liquor in the past two years while flying in Air Force jets? This is
an average of $1,000.00 per week. Official receipts reveal that this money was used by Pelosi and her staff while
flying, and it includes the following purchases: "Maker's Mark whiskey, Courvoisier cognac, Johnny Walker Red
scotch, Grey Goose vodka, E&J brandy, Bailey's Irish Crème, Bacardi Light rum, Jim Beam whiskey, Beefeater
gin, Dewars scotch, Bombay Sapphire gin, Jack Daniels whiskey, and Corona beer." (17) In short, these official
flights were nothing more than wild parties in an airborne saloon! – source: http://lasttrumpetnewsletter.org
Recent headline, Business Insider: How American Stimulus Creates Jobs In China Rather Than America:
―Essentially, the world is too globalized today, whereby demand remains local but 'supply is global'.
In the past, when a government stimulated demand within a country, such as the U.S., this stimulated an
investment expansion within the U.S.. Companies invested in domestic expansion in order to increase their
product supply and meet stimulated American demand. This domestic investment expansion adds jobs, which
sets off a cycle of economic expansion.
Yet in today's globalized world, companies don't need to expand within the U.S. in order to meet stimulated
U.S. demand. They can expand their facilities in other countries, say China, in order to meet stimulated
American demand. Thus American stimulus doesn't create a sustainable cycle of economic expansion within
the U.S. as it used to -- it creates jobs in places like China rather!‖
"Its called the American Dream because you have to be asleep to believe it." - George Carlin
The Coming Fury of an Angry America

Written by Aetius Romulous
A tiny part of a tiny part of the population of the earth will set the terms for the future of all humans. A tiny part
that is broken, spent out, and increasingly disillusioned. That sliver of humanity is the broken, spent out, and
increasingly disillusioned American middle class, burdened with the task of spending all America out of
catastrophe. When they break under the weight of desperate impossibility, how will the heartlands good citizens
react, and what will they do?
According to the World Bank, there are about 6,692,030,277 human beings on the earth. 308,108,741 of them
live in the United States, about 4.6% of the total. Of these fortunate Americans, about 231,000,000 are of voting
age. In general elections in history's greatest democracy, about half those eligible to vote actually do...115 million
people. History's greatest democracy has only two options every election, a choice between two almost similar
positions, and the winning option typically enjoys the support of only half of those who choose, approximately 60
million individuals.
For a scant 90 years, America has been the wealthiest, most powerful group of humans in all 20,000 years of
recorded civilization. Decisions made by Americans can and do affect the lives of every other human on the
planet, often for both present and future, good and bad. By brute force of American economics alone, a single,
small 0.9% of the 6.6 billion people who call earth home set the agenda for each and every one of all the rest of
us. Not even by force of arms has there ever been a time in glorious history when so few people dominated so
many in so complete a way.
Centuries from now, historians will want to know whom these few people were, if only to understand how they
lived and thought, and better know the cause of global events that shaped the world they live in. As we in our
time grapple to understand who the powers were that made a Roman, a Roman, future thinkers will want to
dissect the condition of the less than one per cent of all humanity who call themselves American, and who alone
make America, America... and the earth, American as well.
It cost 1 billion dollars and four years to have .9% of the earth elect the President of the United States in 2008. It
took a similar amount of time and money to be the guy that lost. Hundreds of millions more are expended to elect
the 535 people who make up the United States Congress. No statistical analysis is required to understand that
these are among the wealthiest and most privileged humans in all of history. A tiny fraction of a tiny fraction of a
tiny fraction of the population of the planet. This, we are led to believe is democracy, and so this small sliver is at
least nominally responsible to those few who elected them, and nobody else.
Like all great empires, America has a well-defined class structure. As a fedora on a table, at one brim is the thin
cruel line of poverty and disenfranchisement, at the other brim another thin line of luxury and excess, and a
middle where the head goes which has historically been the big, fat, American middle class. The middle class sets
the agenda by dearth of weight, the luxury class promoting the agenda where and when it suits them. The lower
class don't matter at all.
The great American middle class, then, at least nominally controls the fate of the planet. They do so by electing
wealthy folks who pander to their interests, those wealthy folks whose interpretations of the middle class becomes
policy. Future folks will want to understand how representative those interpretations were, and will want to see if
changes in the middle class over time were responsible for changes in American policy towards the world.
If anything defines the great American middle class, it is the concept of the American Dream. The basic building
block of the American Dream is the family - mom, dad, 2.4 kids and a dog. The "dream" part is the very
American right to economic freedom, freedom to accumulate stuff. A box on a postage stamp in a sea of urban
sprawl called home, a couple of cars, a good education for the kids, and unrestricted ability to consume as much
surplus crap as possible. Americans define success completely in economic terms and then attach the flag,
religion, and everything else to it. Without this absolute right to consume hordes of junk, there is no American
Dream, and no middle class. There is left only a lower class, (whatever that is), and a powerful capitalist class
existing as it always has throughout time, changing flags and philosophy depending on how the winds blow.
Caesar, Czar, King, or CEO of Goldman Sachs.
The rise of the middle class at the end of the 19th century tracks the rise of wealth and power for most western,
industrialized nations. Production, trade, and consumption of machine made goods became a near universal
indicator of the rise of modern civilization. However, 40 years of crushing war amongst European powers stalled
the growth for most, but emerging America remained unscathed, benefiting from the misdemeanours of a now
dead age. History will fix the date of the birth of absolute America to the year 1914, the dawn of the American
age to 1945, and no doubt, the golden era to the short period that began to erode in 1971. Of the time since, we
the generation here and now and in the teeth of it, can only speculate.
In the summer of 1914, America was an outlier in a world of teetering monarchies, festering colonial empires,
and rancid landed aristocracies. While the rest of the world fed its gold and its young to the insatiable maw of
industrial war, Americans were building a dream from limitless resources and the economic opportunities of a
conflict that left America unspoiled and prosperous. By the close of hostilities in 1945, with the capital of the
planet spent and exhausted, America burst from the ruins to begin the greatest run of prosperity and innovation of
all time. The American middle class exploded, living the dream so thoughtfully given to them over a generation
of global war.
Powerhouse America imposed its vision of a liberal, free market democracy on the "free world" through the
Bretton Woods agreement of 1944. The United States became the world's greatest manufacturer of goods, trader
of goods, and consumer of goods. Rebuilding the planet became a God given mission, the profits manna from
heaven. The American dollar became the world's dollar. Freedom and cash registers rang.
But with the US greenback backed by gold, American economic expansion was limited to the bullion it horded.
Wars in Korea and Viet Nam, and the massive expansion of "entitlements" with Social Security and Medicare
among others, began to strain the American Dream. By the early 1970's the US had ceased to be an exporter of
stuff, and the middle class began to buy increasingly cheaper stuff from abroad - at the expense of their own
manufacturing and jobs. Given that the dream of freewheeling consumption was the bedrock of the burgeoning,
voting middle class, politics insisted on a populist solution to the increasingly broke US economy. In 1971,
Richard Nixon elected to abandon Bretton Woods, leave the gold standard, and America was free to print its way
out of deficit and keep the dream alive.
At the same time as the US set the world awash in USD's, untold wealth and prosperity inflated its way through
the massive baby boomer cohort. Women were entering the workforce in exponential numbers, soaking up
inflated dollars with double incomes, and less kids. American politics became a contest of pandering to the
hedonistic desires of the American household, boom times embraced and fuelled by lax regulation and credit,
busts fought off with the simple printing of even more money. Good times.
The American household saved 11% of its income in 1970, and had only 1.4% of their cash going to newfangled
credit cards and auto loans. Everything else exchanged for clothes, appliances, food, houses, and shiny happy
stuff, increasingly from overseas. Unknown to all, it was to be the high water mark for the middle class of
America.
In 1971, American imports exceeded exports for the first time in modern history, by 2.6 billion dollars. At a time
when a billion was a lot, America began paying to simply exist. Gross Public Debt had grown from 43 billion in
1940, to 381 billion by 1970. Within a single generation - the age of narcissism, the computer age, the age of
globalization - the baby boomers of the American middle class had tilted the entire planets resources towards an
unsustainable consumer culture. No longer living the dream, those alive just moments before Lehman Brothers
listed over, rolled under, and disappeared below the waves of history, were fighting simply to keep the stuff they
had.
The future had evaporated right before their shuttered eyes, and for over forty years.
The current version of the American middle class bears no resemblance at all to that of the end of the golden era
in 1970. Forty years ago, Americans saved 11% of their earnings - which had evaporated by 2005, reaching the
oxymoron of negative savings. Credit card debt shot from 1.4% to 15%. In the space of a generation, a single
income family flush with cash, savings, and dreams had become a double income nightmare staggered with debt.
In 2008, there were more household bankruptcies than divorces.
The cost of crap fell and Wal Mart rose. Debt enslaved suburbanites now spend 32% less on clothing than they
did a generation ago. 18% less on food, 52% less on appliances, and 24% less on cars. The middle class is
consuming as voraciously as it ever has, however they have replaced sturdy $400.00 American Lawn Boy lawn
mowers with $99.00 tin cans from China, and buy it now on credit. Some call that progress, others, value. In
reality, it's inflation. The simple fact of the matter is Americans no longer have the disposable income to consume
their way out of trouble, and that trouble lies in why it is the American middle class is broke, struggling, and
increasingly angry.
At the same time that consumables were falling in price, the fixed portions of the American Dream began an
exponential increase. Two incomes meant two cars - or three, or four - and despite the fact that cars were cheaper,
the cost of cars to the two-income family rose by 52%. Houses got bigger, and mortgages increased 76% - with
10 million of them in various states of distress and foreclosure. Health insurance rose 76%, taxes 25%. Childcare
was an expense nobody had a generation ago, but one that became essential with two adults working. The cost of
education had increased - as did the length of time necessary to obtain that education. A ticket to the middle class
that cost 12 years of school - grade one through high school - now includes daycare, preschool, grade school, high
school, and then college. Americans must now pay for the additional time.
In 2005, that .09% of the earth that set the agenda for the planet was spending over 66% of its income on the
fixed costs of the American dream alone, where it once spent less than a third. Or, to frame it in a way that
defines the great problem, the American system that depends on rabid consumerism has left its heartland with
exponentially decreasing amounts of disposable income, falling from 66% to 33% in a single lifetime. When
George W Bush implored the middle class to spend its way out of the 9/11 chaos, in stunned and terrified
whispers the American middle class muttered, "With what?"
government which is the true ruling power of our country"- Edward Bernays, 1928
"Our enormously productive economy...demands that we make consumption our way of life, that we convert the
buying and use of goods into rituals, that we seek our spiritual satisfaction, our ego satisfaction, in
consumption.... We need things consumed, burned up, replaced and discarded at an ever-accelerating rate"-
Victor Lebeau, 1947
"Too much consumption and too little investment, too many imports and too few exports. We have not been on a
sustainable economic track and that has to be changed. But those changes don't come overnight, they don't come
in a quarter, they don't come in a year. You can begin them but that is a process that takes time. If we don't make
that adjustment and if we again pump up consumption, we will just walk into another crisis."- Paul Volker, 2009
―If you look around, you see how many people is out of work, number one, and you see how many people is in
foreclosure or lost their homes or in default because they've lost their jobs, that tells you right there what the
economy is doing.‖ - Middle Class American, 2009
A tiny part of a tiny part of the population of the earth had constructed a global economic architecture that
sustained it in wealth and excess, security and predictability. In a scant forty years that wealth, excess, security,
and predictability have proved to be entirely unsustainable. The approaching political climate of the American
middle class will reflect the shock and desperation that may now be starting to manifest itself. How Americans
react to their fast changing circumstance and what they will do about it will deeply affect the 95% of the earth's
humans who are really only along for the ride.
In 2008, America gambled on hope, as hope is all it had. A new administration faced the growing catastrophe in
the only way it could understand, frantically pumping in dollars to resuscitate a prostrate consumerism. An insane
amount of debt piled up, the annual deficit soaring through $1,000,000,000,000.00. One trillion dollars.
Absolutely none of it was used to purchase plasma TV's, hot tubs, or bling. The richest of Americans - as they
always have - prospered along Wall Street and summered in the Hamptons while the drought stricken middle
class waited for a rain that will never fall.
The American middle class will not spend its way out of disaster, if only because it can't. There are no savings.
The house is worthless. The credit cards are gone. Jobs are disappearing. Today is bad and tomorrow looks worse.
People are nervous, frightened, worried. They are behind in the mortgage, and struggle to make health insurance
payments. All the while, they watch the stock market explode, the bonuses arrogantly roll on, and their
government lie to their faces that the "recovery" is underway. China is booming, so is India and Brazil. Beneath
the hope, patriotism, and the flag, the American middle class can feel it all slipping away.
In a nation consumed by politics, where pandering and lobbying are two sides of the same platitude, what will the
increasingly angry gentle folks of Ohio, Iowa, and Florida demand of their philandering representatives in
Washington? What form of instant remedy will some baseless political hack come to offer them as the snake oil
for what ails them? How will those decisions come to dominate the lives of those in Canada, Ecuador, and
Ghana?
In the distant future, historians will consider the rise, fall, and collapse of the great American Dream and conclude
that was the cause of all that followed. None will be surprised at the all too human response of anger, frustration,
and action in the teeth of injustice and inequality. After all, history is full of angry people who just weren't going
to take it anymore. They will wonder only how it was we could not see it coming - how we could be so stupid to
have blown it.
The coming fury of angry America is as palpable as it is silent. What will that tiny part of a tiny part of the earth's
population do when the utter hopelessness of the situation washes over them and the tides of history curl around
and bear them, inexorably, into the past?
What will they do?
[Aetius writes and blogs from his frozen perch atop the earth in Canada, spending the useful capital of a life not
finished making sandwiches and fomenting revolution. For more of Aetius’s profound writings here is his
website: http://screambucket.com/ ]
The Revolution Begins - Ron Paul - Video
It is neither my intent nor purpose to dwell on rumors or hearsay. But at this point I can only wonder about some
reports I read online where they claim that Washington, FEMA and the Pentagon knew the hurricane was headed
straight for New Orleans with a high probability of a major catastrophe. It seems they purposely sat back and watched,
analyzing how the citizens reacted left alone under a major massive widespread emergency. As the world stood in awe
wondering when our government would finally get off their rear ends and get into action. I just cannot fathom what
took them so long to respond! They try and have us believe that even though every single news media was giving 24/7
coverage of the disaster, they had NO CLUE how bad it was? No clue what was going on until 4 days later? No,
something was up. From my observation of this government over the years, I choose to believe that they took this
opportunity to study the results of its citizens under a major national emergency. More of which they believe will
happen in the future, under their own false flag ops or not. One interesting thing is how the government eventually
responded: they brought in the MILITARY... (under Posse Comitatus Act, our military is not supposed to be used in
U.S. soil), then they proceeded to go house to house then strip all the legal law abiding citizens of their guns! Wow, ok,
so we have a city in chaos with hundreds of gangs and criminals going nuts and the legal, law abiding home owners
have their only protection taken from them? DOH!
The entire "truther" movement has been and is currently being labeled and manipulated as a liberal left wing mental
brigade as part of the official orchestrated truther propaganda rebuttal policy. Ok, lump everyone all under the
same label, but actually I had been a lifelong republican, a diehard CONSERVATIVE! I believe in God and know he
plays a key part in not only our lives but worldwide. I believe that homosexuality is most definitely a sin. We firmly
believe that the ruling elite have been purposely
inundating our society with sick media in their
efforts to mold our world into a more easily
managed hedonistic society, constantly eroding
our moral values. America is ground zero in the
war of spreading hedonism. The goal is none
other than to continually erode the hearts, minds
and souls of the masses through mass
entertainment, free sex and the unrelenting
promotion of gayism. Many of us are in fact true
conservatives, yet in their efforts to divide and
conquer, they MUST label us with whatever
derogatory term to instill fear and doubt in
people‘s minds and keep them all divided and
fighting amongst each other rather than
UNITING and thus achieving critical mass and
common purpose of combating the real culprits.
At this very moment the masters of the illuminati are well under control of a major portion of the ―truther movement.
They have been ingeniously TAKEN OVER the TRUTHER MOVEMENT. They and their corporate America have
been planning, funding, sponsoring, strategizing, promoting and holding REBELLION MARCHES across America!!!
All those Tea Parties and organized protests are nothing more that illuminati engineered CORPORATE productions!
They have tapped into the despair, disillusion and anger of the populace and have literally HIJACKED the entire
movement!!! The elite rulers are holding rebellion marches against themselves! Well, not really for they are practicing
the age old art of misdirection, carefully channeling the public‘s frustration and anger against ―the system.‖
Fox spent weeks promoting apparent tea party scam

by Matt Gertz, Media Matters
TPM Media's Zachary Roth reported earlier in the week that the political action committee that organized the Tea
Party Express -- Our Country Deserves Better PAC -- funneled almost two-thirds of its spending from July to
November back to the political consulting firm from which it was spawned, Russo, Marsh, and Associates. More
than $850,000 of the money the supposedly grassroots PAC collected went to the firm of GOP political operatives
who ran it.
For those who may have forgotten, the Tea Party Express was the faux-grassroots operation that Fox News
hopped aboard in late August, after the network's promotion of the health care town hall meeting disruptions but
before they started flogging the 9-12 protest. (It's so hard to keep Fox's political activism straight!) It was a
nationwide bus tour organized by a political action committee whose mission is to oppose President Obama and
other Democrats; with a pedigree like that, how could Fox resist?
Fox News heavily promoted the Tea Party Express; the Our Country Deserves Better PAC even used Fox's
promotion in a fundraising email. Then Fox's Griff Jenkins hit the trail with the Express, following that bus
around the country, throwing journalistic integrity aside as he declared its riders "the America that Washington
forgot."
But somehow, Jenkins missed out on the real story: how loyal tea-party-goers were separated from their hard-
earned cash, which was funneled to fat cat Republican political consultants. Russo, Marsh, and Associates salutes
you, Fox News. They could have scammed the tea partiers without you, but it probably wouldn't have been nearly
as lucrative.
Notice how not one single arrest is being made. Notice that not one single riot squad is out there with tear gas or
anything? If any one of those marches and protests were about, say umm, ―9/11 was an inside job‖, or any topic that
hits close to the ruling elites turf, the event would have been SQUASHED so quick with riot police, it would not be
funny. Just Google search all the marches and events that riot police were there arresting people and you quickly get an
idea of the REAL issues protesters piss them off about, because they are rallying around were the truth is and are too
close. Thus the riot police are sent in to stop them.
Don‘t you find it odd that THOSE protesters, marchers and activists crying out for justice and truth about true matters
that are being concealed are the ones being labeled as terrorists while these tea bagging, government opposing, racist,
Obama insulting, hate promoting, leftwing despising contingency are fine to go about their business? Some tea baggers
have even shown up ARMED to the teath, no tasers, no beat downs by the police, just an orderly interview then ok, go
by your business! Every time I see ―news‖ coverage, of tea bagger‘s protests it seems as if they are covering some sort
of American as apple pie festival. That‘s because the whole thing has long ago been cleared and given the green
light by the powers that be. Why even many elected republican officials have been showing up and speaking at these
corporate/republican sponsored ralleys, protests and marches. This entire movement is working in THEIR
FAVOR, directing everything in the paths they want it all to follow. The tea baggers movement was HIJACKED by
the republican party long ago, today they are nothing more than TOOLS.
For instance, when Bush Jr & Co. were out there systematically tearing apart the constitution, the bill of rights, waging
false wars, committing war crimes, lying to the public, holding false flag attacks on American citizens, etc., etc.,
anytime during anyone of these events, when people organized and tried to hold a march, protest, event or whatever,
you name it, the riot police were dispatched and waiting for them. The FACT that you have corporate organized,
promoted and funded silly Tea Parties and marches with no police brutality, as if the whole even were a national
holiday with thousands celebrating, with the big media outlets on hand to promote the shit out of it with their own
kiosks and so forth… come on! If you believe this is real ground roots movement, you are surely in a deep stupor.
Are Americans a Broken People? Why We've Stopped Fighting

Back Against the Forces of Oppression
By Bruce E. Levine, AlterNet. Posted December 11, 2009.
A psychologist asks: Have consumerism, suburbanization and a malevolent corporate-government

partnership so beaten us down that we no longer have the will to save ourselves?
Can people become so broken that truths of how they are being screwed do not "set them free" but instead further
demoralize them? Has such a demoralization happened in the United States?
Do some totalitarians actually want us to hear how we have been screwed because they know that humiliating
passivity in the face of obvious oppression will demoralize us even further?
What forces have created a demoralized, passive, dis-couraged U.S. population?
Can anything be done to turn this around?
Can people become so broken that truths of how they are being screwed do not "set them free" but instead further
demoralize them?
Yes. It is called the "abuse syndrome." How do abusive pimps, spouses, bosses, corporations, and governments
stay in control? They shove lies, emotional and physical abuses, and injustices in their victims' faces, and when
victims are afraid to exit from these relationships, they get weaker. So the abuser then makes their victims eat
even more lies, abuses, and injustices, resulting in victims even weaker as they remain in these relationships.
Does knowing the truth of their abuse set people free when they are deep in these abuse syndromes?
No. For victims of the abuse syndrome, the truth of their passive submission to humiliating oppression is more
than embarrassing; it can feel shameful -- and there is nothing more painful than shame. When one already feels
beaten down and demoralized, the likely response to the pain of shame is not constructive action, but more
attempts to shut down or divert oneself from this pain. It is not likely that the truth of one's humiliating oppression
is going to energize one to constructive actions.
Has such a demoralization happened in the U.S.?
In the United States, 47 million people are without health insurance, and many millions more are underinsured or
a job layoff away from losing their coverage. But despite the current sellout by their elected officials to the
insurance industry, there is no outpouring of millions of U.S. citizens on the streets of Washington, D.C.,
protesting this betrayal.
Polls show that the majority of Americans oppose U.S. wars in Afghanistan and Iraq as well as the taxpayer
bailout of the financial industry, yet only a handful of U.S. citizens have protested these circumstances.
Remember the 2000 U.S. presidential election? That's the one in which Al Gore received 500,000 more votes
than George W. Bush. That's also the one that the Florida Supreme Court's order for a recount of the disputed
Florida vote was overruled by the U.S. Supreme Court in a politicized 5-4 decision, of which dissenting Justice
John Paul Stevens remarked: "Although we may never know with complete certainty the identity of the winner of
this year's presidential election, the identity of the loser is perfectly clear. It is the nation's confidence in the judge
as an impartial guardian of the rule of law." Yet, even this provoked few demonstrators.
When people become broken, they cannot act on truths of injustice. Furthermore, when people have become
broken, more truths about how they have been victimized can lead to shame about how they have allowed it. And
shame, like fear, is one more way we become even more psychologically broken.
U.S. citizens do not actively protest obvious injustices for the same reasons that people cannot leave their abusive
spouses: They feel helpless to effect change. The more we don't act, the weaker we get. And ultimately to deal
with the painful humiliation over inaction in the face of an oppressor, we move to shut-down mode and use
escape strategies such as depression, substance abuse, and other diversions, which further keep us from acting.
This is the vicious cycle of all abuse syndromes.
Do some totalitarians actually want us to hear how we have been screwed because they know that humiliating
passivity in the face of obvious oppression will demoralize us even further?
Maybe.
Shortly before the 2000 U.S. presidential election, millions of Americans saw a clip of George W. Bush joking to
a wealthy group of people, "What a crowd tonight: the haves and the haves-more. Some people call you the elite;
I call you my base." Yet, even with these kind of inflammatory remarks, the tens of millions of U.S. citizens who
had come to despise Bush and his arrogance remained passive in the face of the 2000 non-democratic presidential
elections.
Perhaps the "political genius" of the Bush-Cheney regime was in their full realization that Americans were so
broken that the regime could get away with damn near anything. And the more people did nothing about the boot
slamming on their faces, the weaker people became.
What forces have created a demoralized, passive, dis-couraged U.S. population?
The U.S. government-corporate partnership has used its share of guns and terror to break Native Americans, labor
union organizers, and other dissidents and activists. But today, most U.S. citizens are broken by financial fears.
There is potential legal debt if we speak out against a powerful authority, and all kinds of other debt if we do not
comply on the job. Young people are broken by college-loan debts and fear of having no health insurance.
The U.S. population is increasingly broken by the social isolation created by corporate-governmental policies. A
2006 American Sociological Review study ("Social Isolation in America: Changes in Core Discussion Networks
over Two Decades") reported that, in 2004, 25 percent of Americans did not have a single confidant. (In 1985, 10
percent of Americans reported not having a single confidant.) Sociologist Robert Putnam, in his 2000 book,
Bowling Alone, describes how social connectedness is disappearing in virtually every aspect of U.S. life. For
example, there has been a significant decrease in face-to-face contact with neighbors and friends due to
suburbanization, commuting, electronic entertainment, time and money pressures and other variables created by
governmental-corporate policies. And union activities and other formal or informal ways that people give each
other the support necessary to resist oppression have also decreased.
We are also broken by a corporate-government partnership that has rendered most of us out of control when it
comes to the basic necessities of life, including our food supply. And we, like many other people in the world, are
broken by socializing institutions that alienate us from our basic humanity. A few examples:
Schools and Universities: Do most schools teach young people to be action-oriented -- or to be passive? Do most
schools teach young people that they can affect their surroundings -- or not to bother? Do schools provide
examples of democratic institutions -- or examples of authoritarian ones?
A long list of school critics from Henry David Thoreau to John Dewey, John Holt, Paul Goodman, Jonathan
Kozol, Alfie Kohn, Ivan Illich, and John Taylor Gatto have pointed out that a school is nothing less than a
miniature society: what young people experience in schools is the chief means of creating our future society.
Schools are routinely places where kids -- through fear -- learn to comply to authorities for whom they often have
no respect, and to regurgitate material they often find meaningless. These are great ways of breaking someone.
Today, U.S. colleges and universities have increasingly become places where young people are merely acquiring
degree credentials -- badges of compliance for corporate employers -- in exchange for learning to accept
bureaucratic domination and enslaving debt.
Mental Health Institutions: Aldous Huxley predicted today's pharmaceutical societyl "[I]t seems to me perfectly
in the cards," he said, "that there will be within the next generation or so a pharmacological method of making
people love their servitude."
Today, increasing numbers of people in the U.S. who do not comply with authority are being diagnosed with
mental illnesses and medicated with psychiatric drugs that make them less pained about their boredom,
resentments, and other negative emotions, thus rendering them more compliant and manageable.
Oppositional defiant disorder (ODD) is an increasingly popular diagnosis for children and teenagers. The official
symptoms of ODD include, "often actively defies or refuses to comply with adult requests or rules," and "often
argues with adults." An even more common reaction to oppressive authorities than the overt defiance of ODD is
some type of passive defiance -- for example, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). Studies show that
virtually all children diagnosed with ADHD will pay attention to activities that they actually enjoy or that they
have chosen. In other words, when ADHD-labeled kids are having a good time and in control, the "disease" goes
away.
When human beings feel too terrified and broken to actively protest, they may stage a "passive-aggressive
revolution" by simply getting depressed, staying drunk, and not doing anything -- this is one reason why the
Soviet empire crumbled. However, the diseasing/medicalizing of rebellion and drug "treatments" have weakened
the power of even this passive-aggressive revolution.
Television: In his book Four Arguments for the Elimination of Television (1978), Jerry Mander (after reviewing
totalitarian critics such as George Orwell, Aldous Huxley, Jacques Ellul, and Ivan Illich) compiled a list of the
"Eight Ideal Conditions for the Flowering of Autocracy."
Mander claimed that television helps create all eight conditions for breaking a population. Television, he
explained, (1) occupies people so that they don't know themselves -- and what a human being is; (2) separates
people from one another; (3) creates sensory deprivation; (4) occupies the mind and fills the brain with
prearranged experience and thought; (5) encourages drug use to dampen dissatisfaction (while TV itself produces
a drug-like effect, this was compounded in 1997 the U.S. Food and Drug Administration relaxing the rules of
prescription-drug advertising); (6) centralizes knowledge and information; (7) eliminates or "museumize" other
cultures to eliminate comparisons; and (8) redefines happiness and the meaning of life.
Commericalism of Damn Near Everything: While spirituality, music, and cinema can be revolutionary forces,
the gross commercialization of all of these has deadened their capacity to energize rebellion. So now, damn near
everything – not just organized religion -- has become "opiates of the masses."
The primary societal role of U.S. citizens is no longer that of "citizen" but that of "consumer." While citizens
know that buying and selling within community strengthens that community and that this strengthens democracy,
consumers care only about the best deal. While citizens understand that dependency on an impersonal creditor is a
kind of slavery, consumers get excited with credit cards that offer a temporarily low APR.
Consumerism breaks people by devaluing human connectedness, socializing self-absorption, obliterating self-
reliance, alienating people from normal human emotional reactions, and by selling the idea that purchased
products -- not themselves and their community -- are their salvation.
Can anything be done to turn this around?
When people get caught up in humiliating abuse syndromes, more truths about their oppressive humiliations don't
set them free. What sets them free is morale.
What gives people morale? Encouragement. Small victories. Models of courageous behaviors. And anything that
helps them break out of the vicious cycle of pain, shut down, immobilization, shame over immobilization, more
pain, and more shut down.
The last people I would turn to for help in remobilizing a demoralized population are mental health professionals
-- at least those who have not rebelled against their professional socialization. Much of the craft of relighting the
pilot light requires talents that mental health professionals simply are not selected for nor are they trained in.
Specifically, the talents required are a fearlessness around image, spontaneity, and definitely anti-
authoritarianism. But these are not the traits that medical schools or graduate schools select for or encourage.
Mental health professionals' focus on symptoms and feelings often create patients who take themselves and their
moods far too seriously. In contrast, people talented in the craft of maintaining morale resist this kind of self-
absorption. For example, in the question-and-answer session that followed a Noam Chomsky talk (reported in
Understanding Power: The Indispensable Chomsky, 2002), a somewhat demoralized man in the audience asked
Chomsky if he too ever went through a phase of hopelessness. Chomsky responded, "Yeah, every evening . . ."
If you want to feel hopeless, there are a lot of things you could feel hopeless about. If you want to sort of work
out objectively what's the chance that the human species will survive for another century, probably not very high.
But I mean, what's the point? . . . First of all, those predictions don't mean anything -- they're more just a
reflection of your mood or your personality than anything else. And if you act on that assumption, then you're
guaranteeing that'll happen. If you act on the assumption that things can change, well, maybe they will. Okay, the
only rational choice, given those alternatives, is to forget pessimism."
A major component of the craft of maintaining morale is not taking the advertised reality too seriously. In the
early 1960s, when the overwhelming majority in the U.S. supported military intervention in Vietnam, Chomsky
was one of a minority of U.S. citizens actively opposing it. Looking back at this era, Chomsky reflected, "When I
got involved in the anti-Vietnam War movement, it seemed to me impossible that we would ever have any effect.
. . So looking back, I think my evaluation of the 'hope' was much too pessimistic: it was based on a complete
misunderstanding. I was sort of believing what I read."
An elitist assumption is that people don't change because they are either ignorant of their problems or ignorant of
solutions. Elitist "helpers" think they have done something useful by informing overweight people that they are
obese and that they must reduce their caloric intake and increase exercise. An elitist who has never been broken
by his or her circumstances does not know that people who have become demoralized do not need analyses and
pontifications. Rather the immobilized need a shot of morale.
The people and activists are being whipped up into frenzy by the corporate news shows, and Fox News is in the
forefront of this propaganda circus with their corporate shill fruit cake Glenn Beck. They are strategically and ever so
amazingly re-routing the people‘s anger towards Washington and redirecting it towards Obama/Democrats and away
from the Republican Party that STARTED THE WHOLE FINANCIAL MESS AND WARS TO BEGIN WITH. But
most importantly, is the fact that they are turning up the heat of left vs. right stratagem into almost WAR like
proportions.
Much though I loathe seeing such a moron as Glen Beck attributed with such importance, I have to admit it's probably
true. It's his rants that are galvanizing the militias of the gullible, the uninitiated, the illiterate and drawing the lone
kooks out of their bunkers. America is sick to its core. It's so sad. The marching/protesting goyim USEFUL IDIOT
cattle have no clue who the REAL ENEMIES are and are being lead by Glenn, the corporate shill and Fox News to
fulfill a predesigned agenda that is none other than engineering a controlled uprising of the useful idiots… the bogus
corporat choreographed uprising will be billed and presented to all as: The New American Revolution… That will
usher in the ruling elite‘s complete takeover…
Glen beck is the elites best effort in STEERING and GUIDING the disillusioned distraught
population's resentment in directions the elite wish, in sort of "controlled chaos" and
"controlled implosions" where they limit the damage that would otherwise occur if they did
not become proactive in providing "dissenting talking heads" such as Beck who strategically
say what his handlers allow him in order to, again: STEER and preemptively control the
dissention.
The corporate news titans are riding their PAWN Glenn Beck in a rodeo roundup. They are
preemptively corralling the disenfranchised uninitiated naïve public who know that our government is in total shambles
but don‘t yet have a full grasp of the ruling elite matrix and the extent to which this country has been corrupted by
sinister entities. Thus Fox, Beck and company are spearheading an engineered controlled dissent of the tea
bagging masses
Behold: You will witness the ruling elite use and lead the brain dead marching rally holding citizens to open the
doors to the next phases of the illuminati agendas…. paving the road to their own deeper enslavement as they cry out
for relief from ―Obama‘s‖ evil Nazi socialist government, the ruling elite will play out of the smoke and mirrors Tea
Parties and mass marches will come their agenda of fascist corporate illuminati rule, further tightening their chokehold
death grip around America‘s throat. [see Adendum section Manufacturing Dissent for more info]
As if the above scenarios were not enough, an increasingly alarming practice of our government is that of actively
promoting Bio fuels such as Ethanol. This whole ethanol issue is one of the most dangerous and downright stupid ideas
ever. First of all, the farm lands that once used to exist to grow FOOD are now being converted to grow food that is
just processed and converted to fuel and or fuel additives. Thereby making prices of many food items unfairly rise,
shortages happen, then prices go skyrocketing, not to mention that they are foolishly messing around with our
FOOD supplies. DOH! And the domino effect is being felt in other sectors of society. This is absolute lunacy! What is
this country trying to do? America is slowing destroying itself with absurd policies such as this.
These are just a few examples. There are so many an encyclopedia can be written on how our elected leaders policies
and decisions are actually leading this once great nation to complete and utter DESTRUCTION.
Batten Down the Hatches
We're Screwed!
By Phil Maymin, Fairfield County Weekly
ShadowStats.com founder John Williams explains the risk of hyperinflation. Worst-case scenario? Rioting
in the streets and devolution to a bartering system.
Do you believe everything the government tells you? Economist and statistician John Williams sure doesn't.
Williams, who has consulted for individuals and Fortune 500 companies, now uncovers the truth behind the U.S.
government's economic numbers on his Web site at ShadowStats.com. Williams says, over the last several
decades, the feds have been infusing their data with optimistic biases to make the economy seem far rosier than it
really is. His site reruns the numbers using the original methodology. What he found was not good.
Maymin: So we are technically bankrupt?
Williams: Yes, and when countries are in that state, what they usually do is rev up the printing presses and print
the money they need to meet their obligations. And that creates inflation, hyperinflation, and makes the currency
worthless.
Obama says America will go bankrupt if Congress doesn't pass the health care bill.
Well, it's going to go bankrupt if they do pass the health care bill, too, but at least he's thinking about it. He talks
about it publicly, which is one thing prior administrations refused to do. Give him credit for that. But what he's
setting up with this health care system will just accelerate the process.
Where are we right now?
In terms of the GDP, we are about halfway to depression level. If you look at retail sales, industrial production,
we are already well into depressionary. If you look at things such as the housing industry, the new orders for
durable goods we are in Great Depression territory. If we have hyperinflation, which I see coming not too far
down the road, that would be so disruptive to our system that it would result in the cessation of many levels of
normal economic commerce, and that would throw us into a great depression, and one worse than was seen in the
1930s.
What kind of hyperinflation are we talking about?
I am talking something like you saw with the Weimar Republic of the 1930s. There the currency became
worthless enough that people used it actually as toilet paper or wallpaper. You could go to a fine restaurant and
have an expensive dinner and order an expensive bottle of wine. The next morning that empty bottle of wine is
worth more as scrap glass than it had been the night before filled with expensive wine.
We just saw an extreme example in Zimbabwe. ... Probably the most extreme hyperinflation that anyone has ever
seen. At the same time, you still had a functioning, albeit troubled, Zimbabwe economy. How could that be? They
had a workable backup system of a black market in U.S. dollars. We don't have a backup system of anything. Our
system, with its heavy dependence on electronic currency, in a hyperinflation would not do well. It would
probably cease to function very quickly. You could have disruptions in supply chains to food stores. The
economy would devolve into something like a barter system until they came up with a replacement global
currency.
What can we do to avoid hyperinflation? What if we just shut down the Fed or something like that?
We can't. The actions have already been taken to put us in it. It's beyond control. The government does put out
financial statements usually in December using generally accepted accounting principles, where unfunded
liabilities like Medicare and Social Security are included in the same way as corporations account for their
employee pension liabilities. And in 2008, for example, the one-year deficit was $5.1 trillion dollars. And that's
instead of the $450 billion, plus or minus, that was officially reported.
Wow.
These numbers are beyond containment. Even the 2008 numbers, you can take 100 percent of people's income
and corporate profit and you'd still be in deficit. There's no way you can raise enough money in taxes.
What about spending?
If you eliminated all federal expenditures except for Medicare and Social Security, you'd still be in deficit. You
have to slash Social Security and Medicare. But I don't see any political will to rein in the costs the way they have
to be reined in. There's just no way it can be contained. The total federal debt and net present value of the
unfunded liabilities right now totals about $75 trillion. That's five times the level of GDP.
What can we, the people, do to stop the government from, you know, taking all our money?
We should have acted 20 years ago. There's not much you can do at this point to prevent the eventual debasement
of the dollar. This involves both sides of the political spectrum. It's not limited to the Republicans or the
Democrats. They've both been very active in setting this up.
What can individuals do?
The only thing individuals can do now is look to protect themselves. I wish I could see a way, but shy of severe
slashing of the social programs that is so politically reprehensible and would create such problems and social
unrest, I don't see that as a practical solution.
If you're a young 20- or 25-year-old guy or gal, would you move to another country? What would you do?
We still have a great country. We're going through a period of economic pain. It's happened before. This is the
kind of thing that's taken us decades to get into and it will take us decades to get out. Although the hyperinflation
is going to be limited largely to the U.S., the economic downturn will affect things globally. I can't tell you how
things will go with a hyperinflationary Great Depression, which is where I see things going.
It's the type of thing that will tend to lead to significant political change. People tend to vote their pocketbooks.
You could have the rise of a third party. You could even have rioting in the streets. I'm not formally predicting
that — anyone can run these different scenarios. For the individual, what you need to do, from an investment
standpoint, look to preserve your wealth and assets. Don't worry about the day-to-day fluctuations in the markets.
What I'm talking about here is over the long haul...
[Gold is] going to be highly volatile, as will the dollar, over the near term, but longer term, physical gold I would
look at as a primary hedge for preserving the purchasing power of your wealth and assets. Maybe some physical
silver. Get some assets outside the U.S. dollar. I might even look to move some assets physically outside the
United States. The key here is to look at a longer range survival package, battening down the hatches, and
preserving your wealth and assets during a very difficult time. Once you're through that, you'll have some
extraordinary investment opportunities, and I can't tell you what it's going to be like on the other side of this
crisis.
The orchestrated global warming hoax (or maybe it‘s a double sided strategy?) along with its systematic denial of
existence of global warming, the continuing business as usual will eventually lead this nation head first into unforeseen
dire circumstances we have yet to encounter. All we hear from our benevolent loving government is ―everyone not
need worry, continue as you are, and ignore all the tinfoil hat environmental, economic and government conspiracy
―alarmists‖. Meanwhile our most benevolent wonderful leaders are busy in the back rooms figuring out how to tax us
to death and usher in the next phases of oppression in the name of climate change. What gives? Know one knows what
is up or down anymore. We are firmly in the middle of a massive lies and deceit fog so immense no one really knows
whats going on with our environment.
Naomi Wolf Warns Americans - Video
What I find not only insanely alarming but downright extremely depressing is the fact that the majority of Americans
continue to live blindly ignorant of the wholesale, in your face destruction of our nation. Look at this clip below from a
TV show, the elite bastards that are taking over this country know that they can do and say anything they want even to
the point of clearly telling it to the nation on TV, in the news, on the internet and they know that NO ONE will do a
thing to stop the madness. Everything they are doing is being hidden in plain view!
Here is truly revealing piece of satire I found recently that is all too TRUE:
Sometime this year, we taxpayers may again receive an Economic Stimulus payment. This is an exciting program.
I‘ll explain it using the Q and A format:
Q. What is an Economic Stimulus payment?

A. It is money that the federal government will send the taxpayers.
Q. Where will the government get this money?

A. From taxpayers.
Q. So the government is giving me back my own money?

A. Only a smidgen
Q. What is the purpose of this payment?

A. The plan is for you to use the money to purchase a high-definition TV set, thus stimulating the economy.
Q. But isn‘t that stimulating the economy of CHINA?

A. Shut up.
The following is some helpful advice on how to best help the U.S. economy by spending your stimulus check
wisely:
If you spend the stimulus money at Wal-Mart, the money will go to China.
If you spend it on gasoline, you money will go to the Arabs.

If you purchase a computer, it will go to India.
If you purchase fruit and vegetables, it will go to Mexico, Honduras and Guatemala.
If you buy a car, it will go to Japan or Korea.
If you purchase useless stuff, it will go to Taiwan.
If you pay your credit cards off, or buy stock, it will go to management bonuses and they will hide offshore.
Instead, keep the money in America by:
1. Spending it at yard sales, or

2. Going to ball games, or
3. Spending it on hookers, or
4. Beer, or
5. Tattoos
(These are the ONLY American businesses still operating in the U.S.)
Conclusion:
You can help America by going to a ball game and drinking beer all day with a tattooed hooker you met at a yard
sale…
O‘Meara believes that the people will come forth to stop the tyranny. I wish he were right. But I am afraid it is too late
for stopping the 1,000 mph freight train that is circling the earth. The time for ―men ready for the heroic life‖ came and
went. Call me cynical, but I think it‘s just too late; all the pieces to world enslavement are in place. The individual
countries have all been primed and ready for the next phases of enslavement to be introduced. These will come as the
stage has been set in the midst of the engineered chaos of Economic Mass Destruction, the introduction of new virus
pandemics, global warming fear, war, terrorism, alien invasions (from other countries) and the usual myriad of
embedded distractions upon distractions that are a fact of everyday
life.
The fact of the matter is that Europe, lead by England is at the

forefront of ushering in the virtual police state rule as they are the
world‘s leaders in surveillance society. Their populations have been
under extreme surveillance for years now and are getting quite used
to it. They are routinely investigated and stopped for no apparent
reason. Their populations are being subjected to ever more draconian
police state practices yet I have yet to see or hear of a massive outcry.
The list of what they are going through is amazing, take the recent
story of parents in (I believe it was) England being restricted from
entering the playgrounds with their children because… (and folks, as
always the truth is usually stranger than fiction)… now get this: All parents are potential pedophiles! Thus are banned
from entering playgrounds unless they go through a full criminal background check and obtain clearance!
The reason I mention this case is because England and Europe are far way at the forefront of police state society. What
you see happening over there will soon become reality over here. Our world has been transforming right before our
very eyes. The world we once knew as an innocent place where things just randomly happen is no longer, the more you
sit back, observe and study everything, the more you will realize that nothing ever just happens to become reality by
happenstance, it is usually lobbied for, championed for, instigated and put into effect by others. Thus burrowing us into
further enslavement and destruction of our beloved country and world.
We are living in a time that is unique in our nation's history, and very few people are taking notice. The United
States of America was founded by men and women that wanted to escape oppression and to be free, and great
effort was exerted to gain that freedom. We now live in the dark reality of a strong-armed and oppressive
federalism that has all of the characteristics and potential of imperial Babylon, Medo-Persia, Greece, and Rome.
Indeed, we are on the very brink of dictatorship in a new world order, just as predicted in various places in the
Scriptures. How can this be happening here? Just one generation ago, it would not have been believed to be
possible. I was born in the year 1950 and have lived in Wisconsin all of my life. I can truly say that this country is
no longer the one in which I was born. We are living in a time when people want to be slaves of a government that
will feed them, medicate them, entertain them, indoctrinate them, confiscate the fruit of their labors, and bury
them.
We know from reading the Scripture how it angered the Almighty God when Israel complained in the wilderness
and wanted to go back and be slaves in Egypt. Instead of seeking the Lord's help, they were so ready to give up
their freedom and liberty for the so-called social security benefits of Egypt. It is the same in America today. Where
is the dignity, integrity, and honor that was once so important to free men and women?
Behold, for: Despite my most pessimistic confidence in a majority of mankind to wake up, a fundamental truth is that
no matter how bad things may look, we MUST NEVER GIVE UP. Yes a majority of the population will NEVER
wakeup until it is too late. But that means more than ever we must try even harder, smarter, more creatively, think
outside of the box to emancipate our fellow man. For it is written: it is darkest right before the dawn. Never
surrender, never relent, never give up. The TRUTH is our neutron bomb weapon, the more people we reveal the truth
to, the more people that are expose the ruling elite agenda, by simply removing the peoples blinders, breaking the
brainwashing and showing them the TRUTH we will defeat the enemy of man who has been working for eons to
enslave mankind. The TRUTH WILL SET EVERYONE FREE. For that to happen you must become a truth warrior in
ushering in the great awakening.
For it is written: "the TRUTH shall set you free"

THE MORAL CORRUPTION OF

NATIONS
Babylon The Great – The New Sodom and
Gomorrah
“The Jews energetically reject the idea of fusion with the other nationalities and cling firmly to their
historical hope of world empire…” - Max Mandelstam, World Zionist Congress, July 1898.
“Jerusalem is not the capitol of Israel and world Jewry: it aspires to become the spiritual center of the
world…” - David Ben-Gurion, Jewish Chronicle, London, Dec. 16, 1949
“In Jerusalem, the United Nations (a truly United Nations) will build a Shrine of the Prophets to serve the
federated union of all continents; this will be the seat of the Supreme Court of Mankind, to settle all
controversies among the federated continents, as prophesied by Isaiah…” - David Ben-Burion, Look
Magazine, Jan. 16, 1962
“The Jewish people cannot ever be destroyed, but rather they and their G-d of History will emerge in days
to come triumphant over the evils and the foolishness of all other nations. Zion will and must emerge as the
mount to which all other peoples turn.” - Rabbi Meir Kahane, Jewish Press, Brooklyn, New York, Nov. 9,
1973.
At this stage of the Matrix Report I find myself compelled to add this new section for I kept running into a problem of
where to add pertinent info on the ruling elite‘s efforts to push our youth and world into skin crawling decadence in
order to create a sinful Satanic Hell on earth to the liking of their master. But there is also a strategic rational tangible
reason for their wanting the masses to become soulless, boozing, party animals devoid of critical thought with the
priorities of just have a good time and not bother with the dull boring things such as government rule over them…
The early 1960‘s was the pivotal moment in history where America went spiraling down the deep end. Actually, I dare
put an exact date: November 22, 1963. That was the pivotal moment America lost its innocence, that was the day
the entire nation was mentally raped and the fallout began... The sixties was the pivotal moment in history where
AMERICA‘S NATIONAL SOUL WAS SEIZED AND POSSESSED BY EVIL DEMONS. It was immediately
after the coup d‘état execution of one of America‘s most beloved presidents that the masses soon began to rebel
against the system. The Warren Commission was an obvious cover-up farce and millions of Americans new it. They
silenced everyone, hid all the evidence and sealed everything in vaults for a hundred years that was their answer to the
biggest crime of the century. Once JFK and his brother were gone, all the other politicians FEARED the power of the
―hidden masters‖ so much so that no one dared to utter a word above a whisper in condemnation of them. Thus giving
them carte blanch to do as they wished in the coming years.
With their new agent in place as president, one that was sympathetic to their agendas, they proceeded to conduct an all
out mass transformation of this country. They immediately began to flood the nation with drugs in order to
subjugate the millions of rebelling youth so the entire rebellious movement took a drastic turn off the deep end with
everyone stoned out of their minds on acid, lsd, pot and so forth. The flood gates of drugs was colossal. Well it worked,
the ruling elite managed to gain control the millions of rebelling youth by poisoning their brains, leaving them all
stoned out of their minds wandering around forgetting what it was they were even rebelling about in the first place. Oh
yeah, peace baby peace…back to sleep, sleep children…. Sleep…. Thus was the pivotal turning point of a nation.
America 1950 Vs. America 2010

1950: The total U.S. national debt is about 257 million dollars.
2010: The U.S. national debt is increasing by over 4 billion dollars per day.
1950: If a member of Congress doesn‘t tell the truth it is a felony.
2010: If a member of Congress doesn‘t tell the truth they are just playing
politics.
1950: Americans dress up in suits and dresses to get on an airplane.
2010: Americans are forced to walk through full body security scanners that give gawking security workers a clear
view of their naked bodies before they can get on an airplane.
1950: American schoolchildren openly read the Word of God and pray in public schools.
2010: Attempting to read your Bible or pray in a public school will get you slapped with a lawsuit by the ACLU.
1950: Wealth redistribution is considered communist and anti-American.
2010: Wealth redistribution is the official policy of the U.S. government.
1950: The U.S. Constitution is deeply loved and highly revered.
2010: Federal authorities are instructed to be on the lookout for anyone who talks about the U.S. Constitution too
much because they might be a domestic terrorist.
1950: Mass murderers are executed and unborn babies are protected by law.
2010: Unborn babies are being mass murdered and mass murderers are protected by law from being executed in
many states.
1950: We mobilize the entire U.S. military to protect the borders of South Korea.
2010: The U.S. government barely lifts a finger to do anything about the millions of gang members, drug dealers
and serial criminals that are pouring across America‘s borders.
1950: We actually attempt to parent our children.
2010: We pump our kids full of Ritalin and let video games and television raise our children.
1950: If a company makes too many bad decisions they go out of business.
2010: If you have connections in high places or you are ―too big to fail‖ your business gets bailed out by the U.S.
government.
1950: Socialized medicine is considered a bizarre scheme that only communist nations would be stupid enough to
attempt.
2010: Congress and the president ram a bill down the throats of the American people that they did not want which
basically socializes our entire health care system.
1950: The American people believe that the free market should run the economy.
2010: The American people are told that the U.S. government and the Federal Reserve should run the economy.
1950: American industry provides great jobs for hard working Americans and the United States has the biggest
middle class in the world.
2010: Giant global predator corporations ship our manufacturing base and millions of great jobs to the third world
and our politicians pretend that it is our fault when we can‘t get jobs.
1950: Cities such as Detroit, Michigan are shining examples of the great American economic machine.
2010: Cities such as Detroit, Michigan are decaying, rusted-out war zones where houses sell for as little as one
dollar.
1950: The United States lends more money to other nations than any other country in the world.
2010: The United States borrows more money from other nations than any other country in the world.
1950: The American people are the envy of the world.
2010: The American people are some of the fattest people on the planet.
1950: The American people are extremely well read and are deeply interested in politics.
2010: The American people are obsessed with American Idol, Dancing With The Stars and with how their favorite
sports teams are doing.
1950: If children act up they are tanned on the behind and taught a lesson.
2010: If children act up they are told they have ADHD and pumped full of pharmaceutical drugs.
1950: Communists and socialists are considered dangerous extremists and the American people are taught to love
the U.S. Constitution.
2010: Those who love the U.S. Constitution are considered dangerous extremists and we have a communist in the
White House.
Once their prey is completely subjugated with wonton plentiful adulterated entertainment and pleasure with their
senses maxed out to the extreme on 24/7 entertainment, trivial bullshit and the pursuit of immoral happiness the rulers
of man can go forth on their quest of world dominion unhindered by the morally enslaved public. The devil‘s number
one ace up his sleeve is: FUN and excitement.
Let there be no doubt in your mind what are the objectives and goals of Lucifer/Satan/the Devil: To break man down
into an animal is foremost in his relentless assaults. Satan‘s ENEMY #1 IS THE FAMILY. He has been working
relentlessly throughout this century to destroy the family. His ace up his sleeve has been in convincing the world that
he and God does not exist. Thus facilitating his efforts of turning mankind into a hedonistic society where decadence
and immorality are fun and the norm. As the decades tick by the bar is raised (or should I say ―lowered‖) for each
subsequent generation, for when they were young they became accustomed to the new level of allowable customs,
which become the new norms. Central to modern societies alarming fast plunge into the abyss has been the mass media
with its hypnotic hold over the minds and hearts of man.
Many people understand that Hollywood, MTV, VH1, Hip Hop and Rock and Roll are THE main corruptors of moral
values in the world. It seems as if the programming that comes out of these entities is deliberately designed to
propagate and make decadence and immorality hip and cool. The FACT that these media companies are THE
CENTRAL PUSHERS of immoral content is not even open to debate for it is a given. As I have been reiterating over
and over again, there is no liberal media or conservative (right vs. left) because they are both owned and run by the
SAME entities. For instance the stance Republican media corporation known as Fox ALSO is one of the most
notorious purveyors of the most immoral and decandant liberal shows. The same goes for all the other media
conglomerates. The entire leftwing vs. rightwing, liberal media vs. conservative media is just a bunch of bullshit fodder
for the clueless masses and useful idiots.
―The prevalence of sex in the mainstream media has led many researchers to study its effect on
impressionable adolescents. Many published, peer-reviewed studies have indicated that there is a link
between exposure to sex in the media and the early onset of sexual activity among teens.‖
What the people DO NOT KNOW is WHO the puppet masters behind the curtains are. Again I have to admit, I am
heartbroken and sadden to have to admit and reveal that the biggest purveyors of sin are also my Jewish brethren.
The Zionist agenda to corrupt the very fabric of Christian and Muslim worlds is clearly stated in the manifesto of the
Learned Elders of Zion. Their modern Zionist Jew descendents have been accomplishing EVERY SINGLE agenda
written in that ancient text to perfection. This is not coincidence, the world‘s greatest mathematicians would surely
be stumped in trying to figure the mathematical odds of some ancient text that its people ―claim‖ is false yet EVERY
SINGLE entry has come to fruition exactly as predicated in the Learned Elders of Zion manifesto.
MTV Exposed – part 1, part 2, part 3, part 4 (must see!)

One of their goals is to immerse our world in total decadence so that we would all become like animals then their
supremacy would surely shine, with the masses inundated in immorality, stupidified and broken down to their most
primal form the CHOSEN ONES, the sons of Israel whom in this case are the wolves in sheep‘s clothing better
known as the Zionist Synagogue of Satan can rule over the fallen.
I feel no need to re-invent the wheel, others have come before me and conducted plenty of research on this topic, here
are some of their findings:
Humanity Under Attack: The Tactics Of Social Engineering

By Daniel Taylor, Old-thinker news | Feb. 27, 2007
Comment: The social engineering tactics mentioned in this article are but a few of many. Further independent
research into each area will reveal many more details not mentioned here. I encourage you to reflect on this
information and relate it to what you have already observed in
your own life.
The history of humanity has been one long stream of free

human beings fighting against despotic tyrants; the tribe, and
the families within it defending themselves against
oppression. Today, the western world is falling into the
depths of tyranny mirroring Orwell‘s 1984, and a predatory
system is being erected. In the event that you, your friends,
family, and the rest of the general population are successfully
convinced that selfish needs outweigh those of others, are
robbed of individuality, passion, empathy and principle, the
fabric of society disintegrates. In this social climate, the
perfect environment is created for predators from within our
own species to misdirect and finally enslave the distracted, decadent population. Corrupt politicians are venerated,
celebrity worshipped, and security outweighs the desire for liberty. Mindless worship of power, support of dictators
and their atrocities, general degradation of society, loss of liberty; it all stems from you not respecting yourself, not
retaining your sense of individuality, and in turn the fire that beats in your breast for FREEDOM.
Contrary to what many believe, there currently exists an elite on this planet, a ruthless, cunning elite that seeks to
dominate free human beings the world over, and humanity as a whole, as a tribe, is threatened by them. They make
no secret about their plans, and little attempt to hide their intentions. Honor is their enemy, courage their foe, and
they dread the thought of free, informed human beings armed with the truth, - and a passion for it – standing in
opposition to them and their programs of domination. In ancient times, the family, the tribe, and the protection of
both from harm were priorities, that if ignored would lead to the destruction of both family and tribe. Fundamental
drives, instincts, and other aspects of humanity are today manipulated, controlled, and redirected by social
engineers.
I see too many of my peers emulating their favorite TV personalities, and dressing like rap stars, amounting to an
amalgamation of different characters into one individual who hasn‘t a clue who they are or what they stand for.
Individuality is often cast aside in order to win the favor of the group, which sees the trinkets and symbols of
popularity as keys to acceptance, in place of the true substance of the person. Electronic gadgets which seem to fill
up every second of our free time distract us from doing any kind of introspection, which may result in the
questioning of ourselves, and eventually our entire society.
Fulfillment, we are so often told, is found in superficial, material objects which bear no true significance to
ourselves, others, or our eternal soul. Some wear the symbols of power, of success; status symbols which we‘re sold
on believing that they somehow elevate us to a higher level. The search for meaning and fulfillment must start with
you examining your own heart, a recognition of your own imperfections, a development of respect for yourself, and
in turn, others.
Your individuality, self respect, and strong character are powerful

defenses against the many social engineering practices that will be
detailed.
With this in mind, read on, and ask yourself these fundamental
questions; Who are you? What do you stand for?
Manipulation of the public mind
―If we understand the mechanism and motives of the group mind, is

it not possible to control and regiment the masses according to our
will without their knowing about it?‖
This was the question posed by the father of modern propaganda

and public relations, Edward Bernays, who consulted with
businesses, corporations, and even the U.S. military on multiple
occasions. Bernays illustrates in his book ―Propaganda‖ (1928) the
technique of the manipulation of the public mind.
―The conscious and intelligent manipulation of the organized habits

and opinions of the masses is an important element in democratic
society. Those who manipulate this unseen mechanism of society constitute an invisible government which is the
true ruling power of our country... We are governed, our minds are molded, our tastes formed, our ideas suggested,
largely by men we have never heard of.‖
One of the many successful propaganda campaigns that Bernays launched involved the dramatic changing of the
perception of women towards smoking. In just a matter of days the once taboo and unhealthy act of women
smoking – which was previously a strictly masculine habit – became a ―liberating‖ experience, and was portrayed
as being an ―alternative‖ to sweets. The success of this campaign illustrates the relative ease which human beings
can be manipulated.
In response to seeing drops in the tobacco market, George Washington Hill, the president of American Tobacco
asked Ed Bernays to help him. In 1929, Bernays saw an opportunity that he could not pass. Women were in the
crosshairs for the next marketing campaign. He hired young, beautiful models to pose as members of the women‘s
suffrage movement, and to be part of New York‘s Easter parade. The models lit up cigarettes while wearing banners
proudly displaying the words ―torch of liberty.‖ The press took photos which appeared in newspapers and popular
magazines across the country. Suddenly the perception of women, after seeing their peers who were elevated to
celebrity status in taking the bold step in ―liberating‖ themselves with a puff of smoke, changed forever.
In the past, as with the example of Ed Bernays, those who wished to deceive and manipulate large groups of people
were limited by the technological constraints of their time. Today, the human mind itself is accessible and can be
infiltrated through technological means in a manner which cannot not be
achieved through letters in a newspaper, photographs, or commentators
over the radio. Television is one such technology. In The Perfect
Machine: TV and the Nuclear Age, Joyce Nelson cites a very important
study regarding Television. In 1969, a researcher named Herbert
Krugman conducted a study of the effects of TV viewing on the brain.
What Krugman found was that the left hemisphere of the brain, the
analytical, critically thinking side of the brain is tuned out while watching
TV. The right hemisphere, which is the emotional, non critical side
continues to function unaltered. Krugman concluded his study by saying
that, ―...the mode of response to television is more or less constant and
very different from the response to print.‖ Krugman continues,
―[Television is] a communication medium that effortlessly transmits huge quantities of information not thought
about at the time of exposure.‖ (Nelson, p 69-70)
Social engineering is not a strategy that is restricted to extravagant marketing ploys aimed at consumers.
Governments also seek control over target populations, and the maneuvering of the target towards a desired goal
through various techniques and strategies. While not all negative social trends are directly instigated by individuals,
organizations or governments plotting for greater control, these trends, in the end, serve the same goal.
In the first publication of the General Education Board, dated 1904, Fred Gates, one of the creators of the
foundation boasts of an arrogant, elitist agenda. This agenda does not aim to aid in the progress of humanity, but to
maintain the status quo in order to create a more easily controlled population. Gates says,
―In our dreams, we have limitless resources and the people yield themselves with perfect docility to our molding
hands. The present educational conventions fade from our minds, and unhampered by traditions, we work our own
good will upon a grateful and responsive rural folk!
―We shall not try to make these people or any of their children into Philosophers or men of learning, or men of
science. We have not to raise up from among them authors, editors, poets or men of letters. We shall not search for
embryo great artists, painters, musicians nor lawyers, doctors, preachers, politicians, statesmen, of whom we have
an ample supply.‖
The family under attack
One of the main obstructions to negative social and political change, and the general march towards tyranny has
been the strong family unit. Strong families pass down tradition, teach right from wrong, and provide a foundation
upon which developing girls and boys grow. Warren Bennis and Philip Slater detail in their book, ―The Temporary
Society‖ (1968) the manner in which youth of any society can be misdirected, and influenced to rebel against their
families, fall into the hands of the state, be indoctrinated with new ideas, and in turn become future enforcers or
servants of a tyrannical system.
―One cannot permit submission to parental authority if one wishes to bring about profound social change....In order
to effect rapid changes, any such centralized regime must mount a vigorous attack on the family lest the traditions
of present generations be preserved. It is necessary, in other words, artificially to create an experiential chasm
between parents and children to insulate the latter in order that they can more easily be indoctrinated with new
ideas. The desire may be to cause an even more total submission to the state, but if one wishes to mold children in
order to achieve some future goal, one must begin to view them as superior, inasmuch as they are closer to this
future goal. One must also study their needs with care in order to achieve this difficult preparation for the future.
One must teach them not to respect their tradition-bound elders, who are tied to the past and know only what is
irrelevant.‖
Brock Chisholm, the first Director-General of the World Health Organization, wrote in the February 1946 issue of
PSYCHIATRY that, ―To achieve world government, it is necessary to remove from the minds of men their
individualism, loyalty to family tradition, national patriotism, and religious dogmas...‖
The feminist women‘s liberation movement has been criticized by many as being a major factor in the weakening of
the family unit. It is of interest that the CIA was indirectly involved with the funding and popularization of this
movement. Whether or not it was the intention of the CIA to accomplish the goal of weakening the family cannot be
proven. However, the fruits of the movement have led to this end. The movement‘s goals seem noble. Aaron Russo,
a famous Hollywood producer and documentary film maker recently spoke of conversations with his former friend
Nick Rockefeller, who told him that the Rockefeller family funded women‘s liberation. ―What do you think
women‘s liberation was about?‖ Rockefeller asked Russo. ―I said I think women ought to have the right to work,
get equal pay with men, just like they won the right to vote. He said ‗you‘re an idiot‘ and I said why am I an idiot?
He said... we the Rockefeller‘s funded that, we funded women‘s lib, we‘re the one‘s who got all of the newspapers
and television – the Rockefeller Foundation.‖ Gloria Steinem, one of the most prominent voices in the early stages
of the women‘s liberation movement was recruited by the CIA in 1958. CIA colleague Clay Felker became an
editor of the Esquire magazine in the 1960‘s and published Steinem‘s articles, which aided in the establishment of
Steinem as a leading voice.
Decadent culture, conquered men
Culture is a vastly important influence in the shaping of any society. It too is

vulnerable to manipulation and negative influence. Amongst the plethora of
examples, one in particular can be found in the transformation of the hip-hop
music genre into the form which we see it today. This phenomenon was
highlighted recently by film maker Byron Hurt. In his film, ―Beyond Beats
and Rhymes‖, Hurt criticizes the modern image and lyrics of hip hop and its
negative influences on young black men and women, which portrays
masculinity in a disproportionate and destructive way. ―I sometimes feel bad
for criticizing hip-hop, but I guess what I‘m trying to do is to get us men to
just take a hard look at ourselves,‖ says Hurt. Masculinity is a primary target
of those who wish to dominate any society. The most desirable situation is
one in which it can be destroyed outright, but it can also be misdirected. If
the base desires of masculinity over-ride the drives to nurture, to lay down
one‘s life in protection of the tribe, the family and children, a society is malleable, submissive, and in the end
conquered.
In the past, African American music promoted a positive message of love, and unity; spiritual songs which were
meant to uplift and carry downtrodden slaves through the trying years of slavery. Hip hop carried on this tradition
through the 70‘s and into the 80‘s for a time, until it began to change. Corporations took note of the growing
potential market – and they know what sells. Turn on MTV today and you‘ll most likely catch a glimpse of a rap
video displaying a black man with beautiful women writhing around him caressing his body, singing of his
immense material wealth while he throws money at the camera. Byron Hurt comments on this modern hip-hop
culture; the cage in which certain social parameters are expected and self enforced. ―You‘re like in this box... in
order to be in that box you have to be strong you have to be tough, you have to have a lot of girls, you gotta have
money, you gotta to be a player, or a pimp... you know you gotta be in control... dominate other men, other people..
if you‘re not any of those things people call you soft, or weak... or a chump... so everybody stays inside the box.‖
The distortion of masculinity is not limited to boundaries of race. All are vulnerable. ―Little men‖ as Wilhelm Reich
calls them, are found everywhere in a society which undermines the true characteristics of manhood and replaces
them with a mere facade. They don‘t respect themselves, in fact many hate themselves. For this reason they attack
everything that is good and pure in others. They hide behind masks of power and strength, behind which lays a
coward. Wilhelm Reich describes these little men in his book ―Listen Little Man!‖,
―You differ from a great man in only one respect: the great man was once a very little man, but he developed one
important quality: he recognized the smallness and narrowness of his thoughts and actions. Under the pressure of
some task which meant a great deal to him, he learned to see how his smallness, his pettiness, endangered his
happiness. In other words, a great man knows when and in what way he is a little man. A little man does not know
he is little and is afraid to know. He hides his pettiness and narrowness behinds illusions of strength and greatness,
someone else‘s strength and greatness. He‘s proud of his great generals but not of himself. He admires an idea he
has not had, not one he has had. The less he understands something, the more firmly he believes in it. And the better
he understands an idea, the less he believes in it.‖
Divide and rule
Divide et impera (Divide and rule). These words are attributed to Philip II, king of Macedon (382-336 BC), who
employed this strategy to rule the Greek city-states. Thought it may be an old tactic, its effectiveness has not worn
over the ages. Military strategists in ancient Rome used it to cause chaos and confusion amongst tribes and in turn
conquer them with little or no force. Governments today use it to distract people from prescient issues by focusing
on ones of lesser or petty significance. The strategy is quite simple; by dividing large groups of individuals into
smaller ones, a potentially threatening force is broken. Morale is stifled, unity non-existent, and instead of the
people focusing their anger and resentment toward their true oppressors, they fight amongst themselves.
In America, the two party system is divided into two main camps; Republicans and Democrats. Today, many
naturally assume that both parties strive to achieve separate goals and often oppose each other on important issues.
However, an observation of the actions of the two parties in the past several years reveals that, while on the surface
we see quarrels between them, when it comes to the foundational issues of the Constitution and Bill of Rights, they
find common ground in their often outright attacks on liberty. The result: a gradual and incremental degradation of
liberty, with both political parties – believing they are furthering the cause of their side – cheering on the
destruction of their freedom.
Carroll Quigley, mentor to Bill Clinton and professor at both Princeton and Harvard, wrote in his book ―Tragedy
and Hope: A History of the World in Our Time‖ that,
―The argument that the two parties should represent opposed ideals and policies, one, perhaps, of the Right and the
other of the Left, is a foolish idea acceptable only to the doctrinaire and academic thinkers. Instead, the two parties
should be almost identical, so that the American people can ―throw the rascals out‖ at any election without leading
to any profound or extreme shifts in policy...‖
Destruction of history
The disconnect between a people and their history is a vital step in the domination of any society. If a people loses
its ancestral memory of the choking tyranny that it fought in times past, what is left to encourage them to oppose it
in the future? As George Orwell stated so succinctly, ―He who controls the present, controls the past. He who
controls the past, controls the future.‖
This principle has not been lost on China‘s

government, which has recently moved to
completely remove any reference to the
brutal dictator, Mao Tse-tung from its
history books. Newsmax reported on the
development:
―Mao Tse-tung, one of history‘s greatest

mass murderers, and the tyrant who ruled
China with an iron fist for 27 years, has all
but vanished from China‘s newest history
books. According to Friday‘s New York
Times, China‘s new standard world history
text eliminates mentions of ―wars, dynasties
and Communist revolutions in favor of
colorful tutorials on economics, technology,
social customs and globalization.‖
The history book‘s authors, who were brutally honest as to their intentions, told the New York Times that the new
book is intended to promote ―a more stable, less violent view of Chinese history that serves today‘s economic and
political goals.‖
Today, the Chinese government is exercising horrendous tyranny over its people. Massive land grabbing is
happening all across the land, as organs are being harvested from prisoners, who are often innocent. Public
executions and ―mobile death vans‖ are the norm. This Sky news video shows broken individuals who have lost
their homes and are living on the streets. One Chinese man, Xue Xiangbiao, recently threatened to set himself on
fire in defense of his home, which has been passed down through his family for around 50 years. A video obtained
by the Washington post in 2005 shows a brutal attack on Chinese farmers in Shengyou, China who are defending
their land from a state land grab with axes and shovels against men with guns and other ordinances.
―...they will tear you to pieces‖
George Orwell penned a vivid scene in his book ―1984‖ in which the main character, Winston, has been captured,
and is being tortured into compliance. Winston and his torturer, O‘Brien exchange these words:
―As usual, the voice had battered Winston into helplessness. Moreover he was in dread that if he persisted in his
disagreement O‘Brien would twist the dial again. And yet he could not keep silent. Feebly, without arguments, with
nothing to support him except his inarticulate horror of what O‘Brien had said, he returned to the attack.
‗I don‘t know – I don‘t care. Somehow you will fail. Something will defeat you. Life will defeat you.‘
‗We control life, Winston, at all its levels. You are imagining that there is something called human nature which
will be outraged by what we do and will turn against us. But we create human nature. Men are infinitely malleable.
Or perhaps you have returned to your old idea that the proletarians or the slaves will arise and overthrow us. Put it
out of your mind. They are helpless, like the animals. Humanity is the Party. The others are outside – irrelevant.‘
‗I don‘t care. In the end they will beat you. Sooner or later they will see you for what you are, and then they will
tear you to pieces.‘
‗Do you see any evidence that that is happening? Or any reason why it should?‘
‗No. I believe it. I know that you will fail. There is something in the universe – I don‘t know, some spirit, some
principle – that you will never overcome.‘‖
Individuality, the free human spirit, its un-wavering stance in the face of overwhelming odds, its defense of
everything that is good and just is the thorn in the side of every would be dictator that has ever lived and ever will
live.
With God‘s help, brothers and sisters, we will beat them! Take back your soul, step up to the plate and fight the New
World Order!
The enemies of this nation had vowed to ―destroy us from within‖…

The brake down of the family is the way to conquer a Country. The family Unit is the basis for every
Government when it goes so does all the other things that weld a society together. Those who preach and
maintain family values and set examples of Moral fortitude as targets for those would be conquerors. They
cannot have those who would stabilize the country and make it strong with values and Morals and Unity since
this would make the Country impenetrable. So the test of ridding the Country and the World of such people.
Start by making false statement about them be it their religion or their way of life, if they are a different color
than the main stream use this a means of a divisor draw a comparison make it seem that they are of an inferior
stock no matter what lie or what you have to do you must rid yourself of these who would thwart your plans
for National and global Domination. Keep the Country busy with these things you have contrived and if you
have kill a few thousands to sway the Country so be it. Play on their Patriotism even through you yourselves
cause the desolation that has caused such agony for many. You must weaken their armies all the while playing
up the fact that they must build up the Armies divert the money to other projects that further your cause. Take
out as many of their soldiers as possible through war or experimental testing on them under the guise of war.
Never let the public be able to think for themselves you control their point of view threw preconceived
propaganda because you control the Media, nothing on Main stream Media will be seeing or reported unless
you sanction it. Do away with all Civil Rights Advocates or Activists groups or single individuals by buying
them out because they will be too afraid to oppose you in fear of their funding being cut off. Single
individuals that won't go along with the program set them up, make them seem they are an enemy of the state
if they question your methods. Use whatever method you need to discredit and destroy them. Under the guise
of Protecting the Country Jail them, jail their children, anything to keep them shut up. Do not let them have
any contact with the Media or any means for their Stories to be told to the populace of America this could be
deadly for your plans of Conquest. Destroy them financially so they will have no means of rallying any one
because it takes money to get heard in America. American's love the Rich and The Famous even though they
are the ones that are defrauding them of everything and now the final conquest: take over their actual will.
Children 'at risk from pop charts porn': Top producer Mike Stock blasts his
own industry
By Ben Todd, 11th August 2010
The man who helped launch the career of Kylie Minogue

yesterday condemned modern pop culture for 'sexualizing'
youngsters.
Mike Stock, one third of the legendary pop factory Stock,

Aitken and Waterman, said: 'The music industry has gone too
far. It's not about me being old fashioned. It's about keeping
values that are important in the modern world.
'These days you can't watch modern stars - like Britney Spears or Lady Gaga - with a two-year-old.
'Not suitable for children': Lady Gaga in concert in St. Louis, Missouri, last month
'Ninety-nine per cent of the charts is R 'n' B and 99 per cent of that is soft pornography.'
He continued: 'Kids are being forced to grow up too young. Look at the videos. I wouldn't necessarily want my
young kids to watch them.
'I would certainly be embarrassed to sit there with my mum.'
Mr Stock, 58, pictured below, was behind the rise of Miss Minogue in the late 1980s when she stormed the charts
with I Should Be So Lucky.
In the accompanying video, she wore a simple black cocktail dress. The lyrics were similarly innocent.
In contrast, 24-year-old Lady Gaga, who burst on to the scene two years
ago, has regularly used crude metaphors in her lyrics as well as posing in
revealing outfits.
Mr Stock believes that today's children

are being 'sexualized' as a result of
images put out by the pop industry of
stars such as Lady Gaga.
He said: 'Mothers of young children are

worried because you can't control the
TV remote control.
'Before children even step into school,

they have all these images - the pop
videos and computer games like Grand
Theft Auto - confronting them and the parents can't control it. Talking to
mothers' groups, they were saying that even they have lost faith in brands like
Disney.
At risk: Mike Stock from famous 1980s production team Stock, Aitken and Waterman says children are now
being 'sexualized' by pop
'They were quite happy to put their kids in front of the telly to watch Hannah Montana but recently Miley Cyrus
[who played Montana] has shown off her maturing body.'
He also attacked the launch last week of the Material Girl clothes range by Madonna's 13-year-old daughter
Lourdes, which features short skirts and slashed tops.
'I'm being told by mothers of young kids they're worried by the pressure on
them for their children to wear clothes and make-up at a young age.'
'Lourdes is a 13-year-old girl. Madonna may have been happy but I bet about
90 per cent of parents wouldn't be happy with that.'
As a result of these concerns, Stock has written and produced a new musical,
called The Go! Go! Go! Show, which is playing in London.
He said: 'It's born out of my frustration with the way the music industry has
gone.
'We've written a family-orientated show. They [the mothers' groups] have

been telling me what they want - and we have been trying to deliver it.'
I am totally flabbergasted that extremely few people connect the dots concerning the rampant MEDIA CARTEL overt
corruption of our society. NO OTHER ENTITY OR FACTOR is more culpable for leading this world into immoral
abyss other than the MEDIA INDUSTRIAL MATRIX. Period. Leftwing/rightwing? It doesn‘t mean shit, because
every network broadcasts BOTH types of PROGRAMMING. For instance you see Fox Brainwashing Network
proudly proclaiming they are ―conservative channel‖ and actively push the conservative political agenda, meanwhile
Fox routinely airs some of the most cutting edge liberal decadent shows on a daily basis. The hype is just bullshit, it is
sad indeed that no one sees through this common double speak.
The media world consists of TV, news, Hollywood, music, entertainment, magazines and books, and this ENTIRE
realm is owned/controlled like an iron fist almost entirely by the Zionist cartel. When will you goyim cattle ever figure
it all out? These are your masters who decide what to air on TV, news, music, Hollywood and so on.
The programming that is offered up for your daily consumption is premeditatedly brought to you by your Zionist cartel
overlords… Hate the truth if you like, not message or the messenger. Awaken ye death dumb and blind cattle.
―The Illuminati use artists to program people. Music artists are used as a tool to spread hate, violence and all
sorts of other evils through their music. They are very good at corrupting the minds of children and teenagers
to give them the belief that life is all about having money, fame and sex. And this is what most mainstream
artists sing about these days.‖ - The Music Industry Exposed
The Pied Piper of the Godless Music Industry - The Domination of Our
Youth
The Ignorant Fishermen, July 13, 2010
Wherever one goes today, multitudes of teens and

young children can be seen avidly imitating and
idolizing the vast array of musicians and their
decadent, chic culture and lifestyle. Television,
satellite radio, iPods and the internet have
revolutionized and intensified the accessibility to
this hypnotic, godless spirit (2 Cor. 4:3-4; Eph. 2:1-
2). America‘s youth in particular are being
intoxicated and brainwashed at an exponential rate
with Lucifer‘s subtle and godless message of ―Do
as Thou wilt.‖
What is even more tragic is the majority of ―out to

lunch‖ parents who are totally oblivious and
gullible about the damnable influence this culture and its demonic propaganda has over their children. These are
messages of godlessness, anti-authority, licentiousness and promiscuity, immorality, vice, drug use, suicide,
anarchy, violence, rape, ―godless good,‖ delusional aspirations and fallen human hopes apart from the Creator in
righteousness. These OTL parents are just as delusional and are products themselves of the same brainwashing
and narcissistic tactics used by the Devil in the decadent and subjective 60‘s music culture.
"America‘s youth in particular are being intoxicated and brainwashed at an exponential rate with Lucifer‘s
subtle and godless message of 'Do as Thou wilt.' ‖
This narcissistic and emotionally driven mindset, feel-good philosophy, relativistic and non-judgmental ideology
of modern American parenthood has spawned a far greater reprobate generation than themselves. The entire
world is spiraling out of control, and we (America) are at the very vortex of the spiral. This is why we are now
experiencing on a global scale an exponential increase in godlessness and lawlessness that brings with it
horrendous consequences (Gal. 6:7-9).
From Rap to Heavy Metal, New Country to R&B, Pop to Grunge - even to the subtle teeny-bopper bubble gum
music of today‘s godless, pluralistic Disney channel – all genres have one common denominator. That
denominator is to conform and fashion the youth of today‘s America into godless reprobates wholly given over to
their base desires and narcissistic ambitions. Lucifer, the ex-chief musician of Almighty God‘s throne room
(Ezek. 28:13-19), knows very well what music can do to the fallen nature of humanity left unchecked and
unbalanced in light of natural law and the eternal righteous absolutes of Almighty God (Romans 1:18-32; 3:9-23).
The hypnotizing lyrics mixed with various blends of percussion, guitar, piano and rhythm brings its listeners into
an altered state of consciousness and prepares them to receive Lucifer‘s subtle message of ―Do as thou wilt.‖
Although music itself is amoral, i.e., there is nothing truly ―wrong‖ with it in and by itself, when it comes to how
one uses it, that is another story altogether.
The Copy Cats and Monkeys Seers
The youth of any particular generation love to imitate and follow these godless performers in their different eras;
they are cleverly marketed and sold as good to the youth of this world. From Benny Goodman and Frank Sinatra
to Elvis and the Beatles, from Led Zeppelin to Ozzy Osbourne, Pearl Jam to Marylyn Manson, etc., these have all
been used to sell a bill of demonic goods for patterns to live out reprobate (ungodly) lives here in time. There is
truly "nothing new under the sun" (i.e., in terms of human nature and imagination, not in a ―technological‖ sense).
Whatever your flavor, Lucifer has it for you. This tactic is as old as that used in the Garden of Eden, i.e., to
challenge God's word and authority. Countless generations have followed after these damnable hypnotic trends,
and the majority has allowed themselves to be led astray. There is something about music that temporarily
satisfies the soul (like a drug). Humanity uses music to soothe and nourish their famished souls which were
created for Almighty God and His ETERNAL Person. Those who reject their Creator‘s mercy and saving grace
(Romans 7:24-25) seek to fill this void with idolatry, material possessions, sex, drugs and, yes….Rock-n-roll
music culture. It is a way to express themselves and to ―lash out‖ at this fallen world which has them caught in
their web.
The Game Plan - Lucifer's Successful War
The admiration and idolatrous worship of these demonic lyric masters (musicians) is all part and parcel of the
Evil Master‘s master plan, i.e., to deceive, mislead, derail and detour as many souls as possible from coming to a
saving relationship of Almighty God in truth and righteousness (John 8:44; 2 Thess. 2:9-12). Because of his
primeval rebellion against God, Lucifer hates Adam‘s race created in the image of God. From Adam‘s race came
the woman from whom was born the Savior of the world (Gen. 3:14-15; Gal. 3:16; 4:4; Rev. 12:1-4), who is also
the Divine Judge of Lucifer and his rebellious minions - both angelic and human (Matt. 25:41; Rev. 20:10-15).
n
"Lucifer‘s rebellion is an insane and delusional attempt to overthrow Almighty God‘s Eternal Sovereignty of
righteousness for replacement with His own fallen rule and godless tyranny."
,
Does this revelation and evaluation seem far-fetched and ―over the top‖? Does this sound like ―fringe religion‖
and the height of kookiness? Well then, my friend, you are blinded to the realities of the Great Spiritual War now
raging for the heart, souls and minds of mankind (2 Cor. 4:3-4). This spiritual warfare is thousands of years old,
though it will soon be coming to a climax at the Battle of Armageddon. Lucifer‘s rebellion is an insane and
delusional attempt to overthrow Almighty God‘s Eternal Sovereignty of righteousness for replacement with His
own fallen rule and godless tyranny (Isa. 14:12-17; Ezek. 28:13-19; Rev. 12; 20:7-10). He is a hater of all that is
life and light (reality), and the lover of all that is death and darkness (John 8:43-44).
Lucifer knows that the vast spectrum of flavors in his hypnotic "goodie bag‖ crosses all languages, cultures,
borders, creeds, and ethnicities. These sensual delights so offered are his attempt to overcome the hurdle put in
place by Almighty God at the Tower of Babel to slow down man‘s unholy unity AGAINST God and His
Righteous absolutes. Music is the universal language of this world and Lucifer, the Supreme Angel of Music, is a
master of this. (Note the ending lyrics of this very famous pop song sung by Barry Manilow, ―I Write The
Songs,‖ where the singer exclaims, ―I AM MUSIC!‖) This insane genius knows the game and how to best exploit
the weaknesses of his victims (John 8:44).
.
"The music industry has single-handedly ravished and re-formatted the condition of our culture and the substance
of our society to a godless and decadent wasteland."
b
No single campaign strategy has been more successful in Satan‘s war to corrupt mankind than that found in the
music industry. Like no other entity, the music industry has single-handedly ravished and re-formatted the
condition of our culture and the substance of our society to a godless and decadent wasteland.
Just take a long, hard look at the history of the music industry in America since the Roaring Twenties. Its
progression has been exponential, so also has been its wake of devastation on the family, morals, society and our
Judean/ Christian heritage. [read more here]

―We do this by initializing programs that have been in our plans from the beginning. Most Americans if told
will believe that this too farfetched even through the records have been part of their Governments History
from the Beginning we have always worked inside their Government the place to destroy a Thing is from
within.‖
ADL‘S ATTEMPT TO SODOMIZE AMERICA

INTERVIEW WITH REVEREND TED PIKE
By Brother Nathanael Kapner, Copyright 2010
REVEREND TED PIKE, DIRECTOR OF NATIONAL PRAYER NETWORK, is the publisher of the world-
renowned Web Site, Truth Tellers.
Reverend Pike, often featured on the Rense Radio Program, has played a key role in opposing and exposing the
Anti Defamation League‘s Hate Crimes Legislations.
Brother Nathanael Kapner: Can you give us some background information on the Anti Defamation League‘s
Hate Crimes Legislations?
Reverend Ted Pike: The ADL, like all powerful Jewish lobbies, can make or break an incumbent congressman or
senator.
Coupled with their access to billions of Jewish dollars and their connections with the Jewish owned media, the
ADL intimidates politicians with the threat of losing their seats and being smeared in the press if they do not agree
to drafted-legislations which they promote as ―model legislations.‖
In other words, Jewish supremacists are making the laws of our nation, not our elected officials. Any dissent
means political ruin by the vengeful, all-powerful Jewish lobby.
One of the ADL-drafted-legislations is the Federal Hate Crimes Bill known as the Matthew Shepard Hate Crimes
Prevention Act. The bill was passed by Congress on October 22, 2009. Abraham Foxman, ADL‘s director, hailed
the passage as ―a great day for America.‖
Sadly, our elected officials are pressured by the ADL to continue these ―great days for America.‖ The fact is,
secular Jewish supremacy — led by the Anti Defamation League — is deeply entrenched in Washington,
promoting its anti-Christian, anti-freedom, un-American agenda. Democrats especially are overtly complicit with
the Zionist Occupied Government.
Br Nathanael: What is the import of the Federal Hate Crimes Law?
Ted Pike: The new Hate Crimes Law builds upon the Hate Crimes Law of 1968, inspired by civil rights
legislation. This law criminalizes a violent action against a federally protected group. However, the law could not
be enforced due to State & Local prerogatives which created barriers against federal intrusion.
However, the new law removes all barriers against federal intrusion of State & Local law enforcement rights. The
Federal government can now go after anyone they want to for ―hate‖ towards homosexuals, lesbians, and
transgenders as specified in the bill — despite State & Local protection.
A Federal police state with absolute power has thus been created. Herein lies the attack on freedom of speech with
a special bias against Christians who affirm the Biblical prohibitions against sexual perversion. The ultimate
agenda of the ADL is to break down Christian conservative values in America.
Br Nathanael: What is the ADL‘s latest effort in expanding their Federal Hate Crimes Law?
Ted Pike: The ADL‘s latest legislative poison is called The Student Nondiscrimination Act of 2010. This law, HR
4530, gives grade and high school homosexual students special rights and protection over the majority.
It claims to protect students who feel harassed because of their homosexual orientation or desire to be perceived as
the opposite gender. If they feel pressured to the point that they don‘t want to participate in a school activity, the
bill says these students deserve the same federal advocacy given blacks under the Civil Rights Act of 1964.
Br Nathanael: Is there an indirect targeting of Christians who might affirm the Biblical prohibition against
depraved sexuality in their dealings with fellow homosexual students?
Ted Pike: Yes. The bill includes special protection to heterosexual students who feel intimidated to not associate
with homosexuals. These students may also invite federal prosecution of their ―homophobic,‖ that is,
CHRISTIAN, fellow students, teachers or parents.
HR 4530 says if school officials do nothing when they know a student is being harassed because of their
homosexuality or heavily pressured not to associate with a homosexual student, these authorities face federal
indictment.
State and local governments which do not educate and punish those who intimidate pro-gay students will lose
federal funding. Thus Christian students, teachers or parents will be persecuted, their voice suppressed, then
imprisoned if the offense continues.
Br Nathanael: Does the bill define ―harassment‖ and ―intimidation?‖
Ted Pike: With malicious intent, The Student Nondiscrimination Act does not adequately define ―harassment‖ or
―intimidation.‖ If this bill passes, these ambiguous terms will be enshrined in federal law providing a pretext for
persecution of Christian students and faculty.
Thus, under this act, homosexual students will decide when they‘ve
been sufficiently ―harassed‖ or ―intimidated.‖
Br Nathanael: Does this mean that 6 year old students can initiate
prosecution against a Christian who ―harasses‖ or ―intimidates‖
them?
Ted Pike: A grade school boy or girl who thinks they are victimized
can persuade their local liberal, feminist or gay district attorney and
summon the force of federal intervention.
If such ―victimized‖ children want to launch civil lawsuits against students, parents or Church leaders, this bill
makes it clear nothing will prevent them. This is exactly what the ADL is after - persecution of Christians.
Br Nathanael: Are homosexuals, lesbians and transgenders actually being harassed in public schools?
Ted Pike: There is no evidence that widespread harassment of homosexuals in our public schools is an ―especially
severe problem‖ as the bill alleges—not with ADL-sponsored tolerance education abounding on campuses.
The Anti Defamation League is exaggerating an ―epidemic of hate‖ in public schools, dramatizing rare abuses to
justify massive federal jurisdiction.
Br Nathanael: Having grown up in Judaism, it is considered a disgrace to the Jewish family if a son or daughter
identifies as a homosexual or lesbian. What then is the ADL‘s ultimate goal with this new legislation?
Ted Pike: The aim of the Anti Defamation League is to establish the federal government as the pro-homosexual
educator and punisher of Christian opponents of homosexuality at every level of public schooling. HR 4530
amounts to federal endorsement of adolescent homosexuality as a legitimate, normal alternative.
The bill will flood government-sponsored educational programs into public schools to promote homosexual self-
esteem. Its encouragement of homosexuality on the grade school level will destroy young consciences even before
they have been formed. Indeed, the ADL will gain more ground in their attempt to sodomize America…
___________________________________
For More See: Beware Of The ADL‘s Cyberbullying Law Click Here
And: Obama‘s Homosexual Agenda & The Jews Behind It Click Here
And: ADL‘s Jewish War On Christmas Click Here
And: How The ‗US Hate Laws‘ Will Change Our Lives Click Here
And: Jewry‘s War On White America Click Here
The Radical Homosexual Movement Is Run By Jews

Here is an exhaustive list proving, once and for all, that the radical homosexual movement in the United States is a
Jewish movement. Jews created it and run it from top to bottom. They are pushing the perversion and degeneracy that
is spreading disease, sin and sickness through America like a wildfire.
News From The West
Larry Kramer -- co-founder of "Act Up," a homosexual/AIDS activist organization; co-founder of the Gay Men's
Health Crisis
Alan Klein -- co-founder of group ACT UP, co-founder of group Queer Nation, National Communications Director
and chief spokesperson for the Gay & Lesbian Alliance Against Defamation [GLAAD]. Klein also co-founded the
successful multimedia campaign STOPDRLAURA.COM
Arnie Kantrowitz -- co-founder of the Gay and Lesbian Alliance Against Defamation [GLAAD].
Jonathan D. Katz -- founded and chairs the Harvey Milk Institute, the largest queer studies institute in the world. A
long time queer political activist, was a co-founder of Queer Nation, [the key San Francisco branch].
Harvey Fierstein -- film actor [Mrs. Doubtfire]; well-known gay activist.

Moisés Kaufman -- playwright and film director [The Laramie Project].
Israel Fishman -- founder of the Gay Liberation Caucus in 1970 [now known as the Gay, Lesbian, Bisexual, and
Transgendered Round Table of the American Library Association], the world's first gay professional organization.
Bella Abzug and Edward Koch -- both Jewish -- the first members of the U.S. House of Representatives to introduce
legislation banning discrimination based on sexual orientation [1974].
Winnie Stachelberg -- political director, Human Rights Campaign [HRC]
Michael S. Aronowitz, The New York Log Cabin Republicans.
Tony Kushner -- gay activist; Tony and 1993 Pulitzer Prize-winning playwright [for Angels in America, 1992].
Len Hirsch -- president of the GLBT federal government employees group, GLOBE.
Meg Moritz, Ph.D. -- a Director and member of the Executive Committee of GLAAD.
Barbara Raab -- an NBC-TV producer; a "Jewish lesbian feminist journalist, writer."
Charles Kaiser [?] -- author & founding member of National Lesbian and Gay Journalists Association [NLGJA].
David Goodstein -- owner/publisher of the gay magazine The Advocate [1975-1985]; co-founder of the National Gay
Rights Lobby.
Judy Wieder -- Editor-in-chief, The Advocate gay magazine.
Alison Bechdel [?] -- cartoonist creator and author of the bi-weekly comic strip "Dykes to Watch Out For."
Kevin Koffler -- Editor-in-chief, Genre gay magazine.
Garrett Glaser -- National Lesbian and Gay Journalists Association [NLGJA] national board member.
Ronald Gold -- reporter for Variety; a leader in the fight to overturn the American Psychiatric Association's policy that
homosexuality is an illness.
Magnus Hirschfeld [d. 1935], early gay rights activist in Germany; founded one of the first gay rights organizations,
the Scientific Humanitarian Committee; coined the term "transvestism"; fled Nazi Germany.
Fred Hochberg -- deputy administrator, U.S. Small Business Administration; co-chair of the Human Rights Campaign
Michael Berman -- member, Human Rights Campaign Board of Directors. Mitchell Gold -- HRC Board Marty
Lieberman -- HRC BoardAndy Linsky -- HRC BoardDana Perlman -- HRC BoardAbby Rubenfeld -- HRC Board
Andrew Tobias -- HRC Board Lara Schwartz -- Senior Counsel, HRC Heather Wellman -- HRC Field Coordinator
Dan Furmansky -- HRC Senior Field Organizer, West Sally Green -- HRC Associate Field Director
Rick Rosendall [?] -- President, Gay & Lesbian Activists Alliance of Washington, DC.
Barney Frank -- member of U.S. Congress; helped create non-discriminatory employment policies in all U.S. federal
agencies
Kerry Lobel -- executive director of the National Gay and Lesbian Task Force.
Robin Margolis, American coordinator of the Bi Women's Cultural Alliance and author [Bisexuality: A Practical
Guide].
Evan Wolfson, Senior Staff Attorney, Lambda Legal Defense and Education Fund -- and -- the executive director of
Freedom to Marry.
Jennifer Einhorn -- Communications Director, Gay & Lesbian Alliance Against Defamation [GLAAD] Nancy Alpert
[?] -- Treasurer, GLAAD Judy Gluckstern -- Board of Directors, GLAAD.Stephen M. Jacoby -- Board of Directors,
GLAAD.Matt Riklin -- Board, GLAADCarol Rosenfeld -- Board, GLAAD.William Weinberger -- Board, GLAAD
Tanya Wexler -- Board, GLAAD. David Huebner -- GLAAD Counsel.
Richard Goldstein -- Village Voice writer on gay culture and politics
Ron Schlittler -- Director of Field & Policy, Parents and Friends of Lesbians and Gays [PFLAG].
Craig Ziskin -- Deputy Director of Development, PFLAG.
Debra Weill -- Senior Field & Policy Coordinator, PFLAG.
Dody Goldstein -- Board of Directors, PFLAG.
David Horowitz -- Board of Directors, PFLAG.
Shawn Frank -- Board of Directors, PFLAG.
Leon Weinstein -- Chair, Nominating Committee, PFLAG.
Kate Kendell [?], National Center for Lesbian Rights.
Gayle Rubin -- lesbian author/activist.
Hilary Rosen -- a founding member of the Gay and Lesbian Victory Fund; former board co-chair of the Human Rights
Campaign.
Roz Richter, American attorney and activist.
Bob Kunst -- long-time activist in gay and Jewish causes.
"Gay, Lesbian & Straight Education Network" [GLSEN]. Board co-chairs: Marty Seldman, president
"National Gay & Lesbian Task Force" [NGLTF]. Board co-chairs: ..... Rachel Rosen in Santa Fe, N.M Dave Fleischer
-- Director of Training [political training], NGLTF. Craig Hoffman -- Board of Directors, NGLTF. Beth Zemsky --
Board, NGLTF. Marsha C. Botzer -- Treasurer, NGLTF. Jeff Levi -- first, Levi was NGTF's lobbyist, early 1980s
[NGTF became NGLTF in 1985]. Later, he was NGLTF executive director.
Bill Rubenstein, J.D. '86, developed the ACLU Lesbian and Gay Rights Project
Martin Duberman -- author/historian; founded the Center for Lesbian and Gay Studies at the City University of NY.
Ben Schatz '81, J.D. '85, is executive director of the Gay and Lesbian Medical Foundation.
Kevin Schaub, American; Executive Director and Dean of the Harvey Milk Institute in San Francisco, the world's
largest center for queer studies.
Sarah Schulman [1958- ], American playwright, novelist, and activist [one of the founders of the Lesbian Avengers, a
direct-action lesbian rights organization].
Susan Spielman -- principal/head of Common Ground, an education/consulting firm specializing in workplace sexual
orientation education; her company has worked with hundreds of U.S. organizations, helping them to implement
domestic partner benefits plans; co-author of the book Straight Talk About Gays in the Workplace.
Gertrude Stein -- wrote the first openly lesbian novel, "Q.E.D.," in 1903, but it was only published posthumously in
1950.
Rikki Streicher (1925-1994), American activist and businesswoman.
Michael Goff -- founded Out magazine in 1992.
Paulette Goodman -- founder of local chapter [Washington D.C.] of PFLAG and served as President of the National
PFLAG organization from 1988-1992.
Jeffrey Newman, American, president and COO of the Gay Financial Network; president and CEO of out.com.
Jim Levin -- New York gay historian.
Barrett Brick -- GLAA [Gay and Lesbian Activists Alliance] Treasurer.
Robin Tyler -- American comedian [born Arlene Chernick] who was the first openly gay comic in North America;
Tyler is also an activist who was the stage producer for the first three gay marches on Washington and the national
protest coordinator for the "Stop Dr. Laura" campaign; she produces women's comedy and music festivals, and
operates a lesbian travel-tour company.
Dr. Bruce Voeller [1935?-1994] [?] American gay rights activist, molecular biologist, physiologist, and AIDS
researcher (pioneer in the use of nonoxynol-9 as a spermicide); cofounder and first executive director of the National
Gay Task Force; creator of the Mariposa Foundation [an AIDS prevention research organization].
Mark Elderkin [?] -- co-founded Gay.com.
Leroy Aarons -- American professor, journalist, and founder of the National Gay and Lesbian Journalists Association
(1990).
Dr. Donald I. Abrams -- American physician, HIV expert, medical marijuana researcher, and past president of the
Gay and Lesbian Medical Association.
Johnny Abush (1952-2000) -- [Canadian]; archivist of the International Jewish GBLT Archives.
Roberta Achtenberg [1950- ]; civil rights lawyer and federal official; appointed as Assistant Secretary for Fair
Housing and Equal Opportunity by President Bill Clinton in 1993.
Miriam Ben-Shalom [1948- ], American Army Reserves drill sergeant and gay activist; in 1986 she won a ten-year
legal battle with the Reserves when a court ordered her reinstatement; founder of the Gay, Lesbian, and Bisexual
Veterans Association [GLBVA] in 1990, serving as its first president.
Larry Brinkin, American gay activist who brought the first domestic partnership lawsuit [against Southern Pacific
Railroad, 1982].
Rob Eichberg, American psychologist, co-creator of National Coming Out Day [October 11th].
Scott Evertz, American; in April 2001, President Bush appointed him to serve as the Director of the White House
Office of National AIDS Policy [ONAP].
Gene Falk [?, Jewish name], American business executive; Senior Vice President of the Showtime Digital Media
Group; part of the team that launched and marketed the U.S. TV series Queer as Folk; Chair of the Board of Directors
of the Gay and Lesbian Alliance Against Defamation [GLAAD].
Surina Kahn -- American lesbian activist.
Larry Kessler -- founding director in 1983 of the AIDS Action Committee of Massachusetts, the largest AIDS support
organization in New England.
Kathy Levinson -- American investor and philanthropist; serves on the board of PlanetOut; also on NGLTF Board of
Directors.
Judith Light -- actress, activist for gay causes.
David Mixner -- gay activist, political consultant; co-founder of the Municipal Elections Committee of Los Angeles
[MECLA], a group of wealthy gays and lesbians who became influential in local politics; president Bill Clinton's
Special Liaison to the Gay-Lesbian Community.
Dan Savage -- American author of gay-themed books [The Kid: What Happened After My Boyfriend and I Decided to
Go Get Pregnant; Skipping Towards Gomorrah: The Seven Deadly Sins and the Pursuit of Happiness in America] and
gay-themed- sex-advice columnist [Savage Love].
Susan Schuman, American executive vice-president and general manager of the Planet Out gay and lesbian online
service.
Scott Seomin, American entertainment media coordinator for the Gay & Lesbian Alliance Against Defamation.
Jason Serinus [Jay Guy Nassberg] -- founder and coordinator of the Lavender Healing Network; a former gay activist
with the New York chapter of the Gay Liberation Front.
David Sine [?] -- American CEO of C1TV, the first U.S. gay and lesbian cable TV network.
Rex Wockner -- longtime gay, American journalist who has reported news for the gay press since 1985.
Jack Fritscher -- became Editor in Chief of Drummer gay magazine [1977].
Leslie Feinberg [1949- ], American trade unionist, transgender activist and author [Transgender Warriors: Making
History from Joan of Arc to RuPaul].
Allan Ginsburg - late Jewish poet and leading member of North American Man Boy Love Association
The Truth About Porn

'Pornography': To film prostitution.
In a respected and scholarly magazine of Jewish intellectuals, (The Jewish Quarterly, winter 2004) Jewish
professor Nathan Abrams in an article titled, "Triple Exthnics," proudly documents the leading role of Gentile-
hating Jews in pornography.
"A story little told is that of Jews in Hollywood's seedier cousin, the adult film industry. Perhaps we'd prefer
that the 'triple exthnics' didn't exist, but there's no getting away from the fact that secular Jews played (and still
continue to play) a disproportionate role throughout the adult film industry in America. Jewish involvement in
pornography has a long history in the United States, as Jews have helped transform a fringe subculture into
what has become a primary constituent of Americana. These are the 'true blue' Jews. Jewish activity in the
porn industry divides into two (sometimes overlapping) groups: pornographers and performers. Though Jews
make up only two per cent of the American population, they have been prominent in pornography. In the
postwar era, America's most notorious pornographer was Reuben Sturman, the 'Walt Disney of Porn'.
According to the US Department of Justice, throughout the 1970s Sturman controlled most of the pornography
circulating in the country. . It was said that Sturman did not simply control the adult- entertainment industry;
he was the industry. Many are entirely secular, Jews in name only. Sturman, however, identified as a Jew - he
was a generous donator to Jewish charities."
Abrams shows how the corruption and debasement of Gentiles and Christian morality is a primary part of their
motivation for intentionally infecting the Gentile community with pornography.
―Is there a deeper reason, beyond the mere financial, as to why Jews in particular have become involved in
porn? . Al Goldstein, the publisher of Screw, said "The only reason that Jews are in pornography is that we
think that Christ sucks. Catholicism sucks. We don't believe in authoritarianism." Pornography thus becomes a
way of defiling Christian culture and, as it penetrates to the very heart of the American mainstream (and is no
doubt consumed by those very same WASPs), its subversive character becomes more charged. Extending the
subversive thesis, Jewish involvement in the X-rated industry can be seen as a proverbial two fingers to the
entire WASP establishment in America."
Opposition to Jewish extremist subversion of Gentile, Christian or Muslim morality is frequently defined as
anti-Semitic "hatred" in the Jewish dominated media. Abrams writing in a Jewish journal for a presumably
Jewish audience writes matter-of-factly about the "atavistic hatred" against us by Jewish pornographers and
their motivation to "weaken the dominant culture in America by moral subversion."
"Jewish involvement in porn, by this argument, is the result of an atavistic hatred of Christian authority: they
are trying to weaken the dominant culture in America by moral subversion. Astyr remembers having "to run or
fight for it in grammar school because I was a Jew. It could very well be that part of my porn career is an 'up
yours' to these people." '
Obviously, there are no articles in the mainstream media exposing Jewish "atavistic hatred" against Gentiles
by the promoters of pornographic depravity. Abrams even goes on to talk about the roots of this revolutionary
Jewish attack on European values.
―Jews were also at the vanguard of the sexual revolution of the 1960s. Wilhelm Reich, Herbert Marcuse and
Paul Goodman replaced Marx, Trotsky and Lenin as required revolutionary reading. . Pacheco was one Jewish
porn star who read Reich's intellectual marriage of Freud and Marx. In light of the relatively tolerant Jewish
view of sex, why are we ashamed of the Jewish role in the porn industry? We might not like it, but the Jewish
role in this field has been significant and it is about time it was written about seriously."
Notice that all those mentioned: Reich, Marcuse, Goodman, Marx, Trotsky, Lenin and Freud are Jews. From
Freud to Goodman, all represent a Jewish revolution against traditional European values and morality.
Porn is no longer 1950s pictures of voluptuous nude women on a deserted beach. It has become permeated
with sadism, masochism, scatology, even sexual molestation, rape and murder of young children. I am no
prude. I love the beauty of the human body. But, I do think that this kind of sick criminal activity, in which
there is so much exploitation, so much degradation, so much catering to the depths of human depravity, should
be fought with constitutional law.
Ironically, with Jewish influence over media, societal mores, and government today, it is legal, even chic to
make and sell the sickest pornography showing the sick defilement of women. But, if you have unacceptable
political opinions about Jewish supremacism, you may find yourself a political and social pariah, or at worst in
prison. We live in a Zionist world where often the sickest porn is legal while political incorrect opinions will
land you in prison.
Without Jews would there be a Sex 'industry'…at all?
Jewish Professor Says Porn Industry is a Weapon used by Jews Against

Gentiles
Jewish Professor of American History at Aberdeen University in UK, Prof. Nathan Abrams. He boasts that
Jews were the driving force of the modern pornographic industry and that their motivation is in part to
destroy Gentile morals.
The following is an excerpt from one of the new additions to my book, Jewish Supremacism. It offers more
powerful evidence that reveals the Jewish extremist war against Gentiles, a struggle that we Gentiles are not
even allowed to know about, much less resist. The new edition of Jewish Supremacism will be available for
purchase in about three weeks at www.davidduke.com
From the new 2007 Edition of ―Jewish Supremacism‖
After learning about the inordinate Jewish involvement in organized crime, historical slavery and modern
white slavery, it did not surprise me when I began to learn of their domination of pornography. Just as Jewish
scholars faithfully recorded the Jewish domination of the African slave trade so they have also documented
their prominent role in pornography.
In a respected and scholarly magazine of Jewish intellectuals, (The Jewish Quarterly, winter 2004) Jewish
professor Nathan Abrams in an article titled, ―Triple Exthnics,‖ proudly documents the leading role of
Gentile-hating Jews in pornography.
A story little told is that of Jews in Hollywood‘s seedier cousin, the adult film industry. Perhaps we‘d prefer
that the ‗triple exthnics‘ didn‘t exist, but there‘s no getting away from the fact that secular Jews played (and
still continue to play) a disproportionate role throughout the adult film industry in America. Jewish
involvement in pornography has a long history in the United States, as Jews have helped transform a fringe
subculture into what has become a primary constituent of Americana. These are the ‗true blue‘ Jews.
Jewish activity in the porn industry divides into two (sometimes overlapping) groups: pornographers and
performers. Though Jews make up only two per cent of the American population, they have been prominent
in pornography. …
In the postwar era, America‘s most notorious pornographer was Reuben Sturman, the ‗Walt Disney of Porn‘.
According to the US Department of Justice, throughout the 1970s Sturman controlled most of the
pornography circulating in the country. … It was said that Sturman did not simply control the adult-
entertainment industry; he was the industry. …
Many are entirely secular, Jews in name only. Sturman, however, identified as a Jew – he was a generous
donator to Jewish charities. …
Abrams shows how the corruption and debasement of Gentiles and Christian morality is a primary part of
their motivation for intentionally infecting the Gentile community with pornography.
Is there a deeper reason, beyond the mere financial, as to why Jews in particular have become involved in
porn? …
Al Goldstein, the publisher of Screw, said ―The only reason that Jews are in pornography is that we think that
Christ sucks. Catholicism sucks. We don‘t believe in authoritarianism.‖ Pornography thus becomes a way of
defiling Christian culture and, as it penetrates to the very heart of the American mainstream (and is no doubt
consumed by those very same WASPs), its subversive character becomes more charged. …
Extending the subversive thesis, Jewish involvement in the X-rated industry can be seen as a proverbial two
fingers to the entire WASP establishment in America. …
Opposition to Jewish extremist subversion of Gentile, Christian or Muslim morality is frequently defined as
anti-Semitic ―hatred‖ in the Jewish dominated media. Abrams writing in a Jewish journal for a presumably
Jewish audience writes matter-of-factly about the ―atavistic hatred‖ against us by Jewish pornographers and
their motivation to ―weaken the dominant culture in America by moral subversion.‖
Jewish involvement in porn, by this argument, is the result of an atavistic hatred of Christian authority: they
are trying to weaken the dominant culture in America by moral subversion. Astyr remembers having ―to run
or fight for it in grammar school because I was a Jew. It could very well be that part of my porn career is an
‗up yours‘ to these people.‖ …
Obviously, there are no articles in the mainstream media exposing Jewish ―atavistic hatred‖ against Gentiles
by the promoters of pornographic depravity. Abrams even goes on to talk about the roots of this
revolutionary Jewish attack on European values.
Jews were also at the vanguard of the sexual revolution of the 1960s. Wilhelm Reich, Herbert Marcuse and
Paul Goodman replaced Marx, Trotsky and Lenin as required revolutionary reading. …
Pacheco was one Jewish porn star who read Reich‘s intellectual marriage of Freud and Marx. …
In light of the relatively tolerant Jewish view of sex, why are we ashamed of the Jewish role in the porn
industry? We might not like it, but the Jewish role in this field has been significant and it is about time it was
written about seriously.
Notice that all those mentioned: Reich, Marcuse, Goodman, Marx, Trotsky, Lenin and Freud are Jews. From
Freud to Goodman, all represent a Jewish revolution against traditional European values and morality.
When sick Jewish pornographers are part of the brutality of Jewish organized crime, the results can obviously
be horrifically tragic for our people. In 2000, a Jewish ―Russian‖ organized crime ring was uncovered that
specialized in kidnapping Russian children, some as young as two years old, from parks and orphanages and
then subjecting them to rape, torture and murder, all on video tape. These tapes were sold to thousands of
Jewish and Gentile perverts all over the world. When police in Italy were frustrated by lack of action by the
authorities they released some of the video footage to an Italian network which then showed some of the
graphic images hoping to cause public outrage. Instead of outrage against the Jewish murderers the TV
producers suffered outrage for showing the disturbing images.
In spite of the horror and obvious newsworthiness of this international Jewish child porn/murder operation, it
received little coverage in the media in the United States. When Seth Bekenstein, the ring‘s American
distributor was arrested, there was little publicity, and in spite of being a part of one of the most horrific
criminal activities imaginable, he was sentenced to only 18 months on guilty plea.
Porn is no longer 1950s pictures of voluptuous nude women on a deserted beach. It has become permeated
with sadism, masochism, scatology, even sexual molestation, rape and murder of young children. I am no
prude. I love the beauty of the human body. But, I do think that this kind of sick criminal activity, in which
there is so much exploitation, so much degradation, so much catering to the depths of human depravity,
should be fought with constitutional law.
Ironically, with Jewish influence over media, societal mores, and government today, it is legal, even chic to
make and sell the sickest pornography showing the sick defilement of women. But, if you have unacceptable
political opinions about Jewish supremacism, you may find yourself a political and social pariah, or at worst
in prison. We live in a Jewish supremacist world where often the sickest porn is legal while political incorrect
opinions will land you in prison.

JUSTICE & ENFORCEMENT MATRIX

THE AGE OF THOUGHT CRIMES &
THE “land of the free” VIRTUAL POLICE STATE IS UPON
US
"If tyranny and oppression come to this land, it will be under the guise of fighting a foreign enemy" - James
Madison 4th President of U.S.A.
“He who would trade freedom for temporary security deserves neither freedom nor security.” – BenFranklin
”Look at the Justice Department, it’s full of Jews…The lawyers in government are damn Jews.” – Nixon
"The right to revolt has sources deep in our history." - Supreme Court Justice William O. Douglas
“In the beginning a patriot is a scare man: hated, feared & scorned; but in time, when his cause succeeds,
the timid join them, because then it costs nothing to be a patriot.” – Mark Twain
Law enforcement officers (we used to call them ―peace officers‖) today have a central focus on protecting the State,
and on defending the current political system. Liberty, Bill of Rights or the Constitution doesn‘t factor into the
equation — it‘s only about rules, ―the rule of law.‖ We are beaten into submission by the RULE OF LAW. When the
son of God returns to establish his Kingdom of Heaven on Earth, then, and only then will mankind experience THE
RULE OF LOVE centered on truth. Until that age comes, we have no choice but to follow and obey Satan‘s rule of law
on earth as enforced by his living breathing physical agents and representatives here on earth.
Before getting into this realm of the rulers that be and how they rule over and CONTROL their civilian herds there is
one very important factor you must understand: First of all, yes we are all loosing ever more of our liberties on a daily
basis, and the trend seems to indicate that the ultimate result we shall face one day may be a totalitarian police state
complete with concentration camps. BUT… I must state right here and now that I firmly believe that the rulers at large
have been working on and operating a far more advanced form of enslavement and control of the populations. We
already live in VIRTUAL (invisible) POLICE STATE AND CONCENTRATION CAMPS. Most of the
populations have already been subjugated and enslaved long ago. We live in a world of illusion where we are told what
is and no one dares question that reality that is broadcasted and embedded into our psyche.
Everywhere you go you are imperceptibly, ever so subtly being CONDITIONED INTO SUBMISSION. The
conditioning begins in grade school where you are taught to obey authority figures above all else, get in line, single
file, do as you are told, when you don‘t you are penalized in a myriad amount of ways. The conditioning continues
throughout your life. Today the subtleness of the conditioning in submission is taking on bold overt in your face forms.
One perfect example is at the air ports and border crossings, i.e.: CHECK POINTS where you are commanded to show
your papers (what is the difference from Nazi Germany‘s check point? NONE). The CONDITIONING INTO
SUBMISSION has now gone into hyper drive and beaten into submission in so many ways such as the mandatory
taking off of your shoes, belts, etc. along with perverse pat downs, go through metal detectors then trough x-ray
machines, all part of the new standards of traveling, and going through the CHECK POINTS. This is the land of liberty
and freedom…… You are free to do as they tell you, step out of line and there are consequences…
The masses BELIEVE they are free because they are told so and indoctrinated from childbirth, the masses THINK they
have boundless liberties because the fact that they can walk down the streets and seemingly do whatever they want,
whenever they want, the masses have FAITH in a corrupt political system run by the aristocratic oligarchy that has
consistently betrayed them on virtually every single issue that it has ever faced, the masses IMAGINE that this world is
fair and balanced when in fact everything revolves around the mega rich, status quo, the elite, the famous and the
corporations. I can go on and on with this list, but I take it that you get the drift.
The important point that I am trying to emphasize is the fact that the ruling elite ALREADY control this world and
are ALREADY running VIRTUAL CONCENTRATION CAMPS, virtual police states complete with debasing
and silencing errant non-compliant rebels, censorship in many ways and fields, complete and total mass monitoring and
surveillance of all your whereabouts, alliances, activities, conversations whether verbal or online, etc., etc., etc.
Rules, laws, policies, protocols, regulations, politically correctness, conventions, etiquette, procedures, ―the norm‖,
peer pressure, the human instinct to be accepted, fit in and liked, are all tools of your overlords use to CONTROL you,
tools that mold and shape mass reality. The thought police invisibly ply their craft, embedding their programming into
the public consciousness, so much so that the majority of the population routinely unknowingly performs self-
censorship… Can you see the virtual concentration camp through the smoke and mirrors fog yet?
You have been enslaved in your minds... The ruling elite have found the holy grail of herd manipulation and control
long ago. Over the centuries every single tyrant and authoritarian regime eventually faced its downfall due to the one
major factor it faced: raving mad, pissed off oppressed, stifled, enslaved populations. The Holy Grail (that has been
implemented for several generations now) has been the erection of a false reality where all the oppressed and
enslaved masses are constantly lead to believe they are FREE. Mass media and the concerted efforts of the closed
knit Zionist cartel that has controlled it since its inception has enabled the broadcasting of this most amazing illusion to
become accepted reality. You live in what is possibly the most entertained and distraction infested civilization and time
to have ever existed.
You already live in a virtual concentration camp some of us call ―the matrix,‖ this is a concentration camp you cannot
see, feel or touch, it is all around you. What is enabling the rulers that be to construct and operate the PERFECT
concentration camp society has been their decades old system of media control in conjunction with Pharmakeia where
they have been actively drugging the masses, dumbing them down, docilating and chemical labotimizing the masses
with all sorts of ―medications‖ and additives to consumer foods and beverages. The masses are enjoying their
enslavement like never before.
Behold: Let it be perfectly understood that the world you have come to know since your childhood has been a carefully
and meticulously fashioned, an artificially engineered and stimulated pseudo reality where media indoctrination has
played the central roll in forming your views, concerns, opionions, your entire reality and where the avalanche of
mind altering toxins that have been added to your drinking water, vaccines, medications and foods were
purposely strategically introduced and put into the system in order to creat the perfect SHEEP people, otherwise
known as ―sheeple.‖ What every ruler in the history of mankind has sought to have: a sub serviant docile placated
citizenry that go out every day and fulfill their duties without noticing, complaining about their situations, let alone
have the balls to rise up and fight for their rights and rebel against their unjust rulers. A compliant submissive obiediant
public has been the Holy Grail of every ruler… now their goal is almost complete…
Today our society consists of over entertained, over indulgent, over medicated masses who are blindly happy in their
fashioned reality were they make up 90% of the population yet own/control less than the 2% cartel who rule over them.
The working masses sustain the matrix system; they are the ones that are saddled with all the burdons of society while
the rich get the red carpet treadment, they are the herds who plow the fields of the rich, so to speak, they bow to the
millionair and billionaire ruling elite who they worship and idoltify. What a wonderful country and system we have.
Morpheus: ―The Matrix is a system, Neo. That system is our enemy. But when you're inside, you look around,
what do you see? Businessmen, teachers, lawyers, carpenters. The very minds of the people we are trying to
save. But until we do, these people are still a part of that system and that makes them our enemy. You have to
understand, most of these people are not ready to be unplugged. And many of them are so inured, so
hopelessly dependent on the system, that they will fight to protect it.‖
There are hundreds upon hundreds of sports, music, movies, shows, hobbies, interests and specialties that people are
naturally attracted to and become a part of throughout their lives, these favorite shows, sports, entertainment eventually
make up a major portion of the person‘s life and take up major portions of their mental activities, leaving little room for
the boring stuff like ―what those old fart leaders who are running our country are doing now.‖ The ruling elite have
masterfully surrounded the masses with unlimited trivia and entertainment to keep them distracted from what is truly
important. You have all ALREADY BEEN SUBJUGATED AND ENSLAVED, you all live in a virtual open air
concentration camp and are having the time of your lives living it up…. What a wonderful world this is… eh?
BEHOLD: The fact that the masses are already HAPPILY oppressed/enslaved/medicated/toxicated and
distracted with endless mindless mass entertainment, sports and so forth, BLIND OF THEIR TRUE STATE OF
BEING, leads me to believe that the ruling elite plan to continue to perpetrate and perfect the illusion of
freedom rather than opt for all out police state tyrant oppression and enslavement that has eventually failed in
all past regimes. The vast majority of the masses fall under the biblical statement ―Thou they have eyes they are
blind,‖ all indications lead to the conclusion that the ruling elite are perfecting their ―blind‖ sheeple servant class.
With that most PROFOUND truth revealed, for you to pounder upon, reflecting on the depth and magnitude of this
reality, I will leave you to digest it. I will now proceed to cover the other more direct and blatant forms of oppression
and enslavement that are encroaching upon us on a daily basis… while you were asleep and busy with ―other stuff.‖
The supreme court always pretends to be unbiased. Every now and then they give a major ruling in favor of
the "little guy" the common folk, when those rare occasions happen, they are turned into widely publicized
and hugely promoted movies (Eran Brocovich with Julia Roberts is just one example out of many). This is to
continue the illusion of fairness when in reality 90% of the rulings are usually in favor of big corporations.
ILLUMINATI POLICE STATE COMETH? NOPE… FOR IT IS ALLREADY HERE:
Perhaps one of the most startling finds we have recently made was in finding out that ALL our nation's State Troopers
have been completely organized, affiliated and controlled by the MASONIC ORDER! Can you possibly understand the
magnitude of the implications here?!!! This has been going on right under our very noses for decades! Police state?
"The SYSTEM" has already been in place for DECADES! Just waiting for the right time to launch the next phase!
Behold: Here is PROOF POSITIVE our State Police is completely under the MASONIC ORDER CONTROL:
The above patches are genuine, (I am only posting a small portion of the pictures of patches as an example, there are
several dozen more of the same type). Observe that EVERY single State Police patch has the MASONIC emblem
clearly shown in each state patch! You can run, from the Masonic order but you won't be able to hide! Do I have your
attention yet?
Now with this revelation unveiled and perhaps a rude awakening occurring deep within the recesses of your cognitive
conscience, lets us begin to follow this rabbit down the rabbit hole and follow the TRENDS and DIRECTION that
the virtual police state is taking. The virtual police state trends are everywhere. I could easily overload this research
report with all sorts of evidence of its existence, I will try to pick some key exhibits to help open your eyes.
The one aspect of government that has been instrumental in helping America become the great nation and reach the
heights of world leadership in history is our judicial system. The LAST LINE OF DEFENSE that is holding this
country from diving completely head first into a corporate fascist tyranny abyss is none other than our judicial
system. Or maybe I‘m still too naïve to believe that these entities are not also completely controlled by the ruling elite?
The sad fact is: yes, even many of the outwardly holier than thou judges are sold out to the ruling masters they bow to.
Hey, they at least play make believe to keep up the illusion of ―freedom, justice and the American way.‖ Perhaps
one of the most revealing proofs of who their overlords are can be seen in the recent Citizens United vs. Federal
Election Commission ruling that completely obliterated decades of regulations on corporate meddling in federal
elections. Now corporations are free to directly spend millions or even billions to get their agents elected. The system
is rigged, it has always been. You are literally guilty until you prove yourself innocent… unless you are among the
powerful, part of the system, rich and famous crowds who routinely get kid gloves treatment to all their digressions.
Of all the 545 people running this country, among the most powerful are the supreme court justices. For they can and
do literally change the course of history with just one ruling. Headlines such as this ―Judge declares US gay marriage
ban is unconstitutional‖ are common. The judges are not elected into office but placed by the status quo to further their
agendas. This is how it is and always has been.
All sectors of government have been profoundly infiltrated and subjugated by special interests, private agendas,
corporate dominance and the Zionist "illuminati" who seem to no longer even bothering to hide it anymore. The
judicial system are the last survivors of the complete outright special interest takeover of America onslaught only
because the law is white and black. The judicial system that is portrayed to the public as ―blind‖ or ―unbiased‖ is
anything but. The sad truth is that the entire system is rigged from top to bottom to serve the interests of the ruling elite
and their corporate enterprises. The allusion to inpartial unbiased rule of law is nothing but a well crafted illusion
specifically tailored for the goyim peasant population.
Our entire ―Democratic‖ nation seems to be an elaborate well controlled illusion. For a nation that
supposedly/allegedly is ―of the people, by the people, for the people‖ is anything and everything but that. 545 people
literally run this country, and that includes the Senate, Congress and Whitehouse, the ―elected‖ leaders… there 9
crucially KEY people who are never elected and rule over the land for LIFETIME tenures. These are the 9 Judges of
the Supreme Court of America. The fate of the LAWS and rules of the nation are literally decided by just 9 never
elected/untouchable/non removable agents who are all chosen for their prior allegiances to their masters.
The entire Supreme Court is run by two ruling sectors: The Catholic Church and the Zionist ―Jews.‖ At the moment 5
are seemingly beholden to the Vatican/Catholic endeavor and 4 (Ginsburg, Breyer, Kagan, Sotomeyer) are beholden to
their Zionist masters. Yes those four serve their Zionist masters either directly or indirectly in Morano/crypto Jew
mode (yes, SCOTUS is firmly/directly 45% Zionist Jewish controlled). And as we discussed and revealed in earlier
chapters, the Catholic/Vatican were taken over by the Zionist elite well over many generations ago, therefore even their
decisions and agendas are guided by their Zionist ruling masters.
In the midst of operating the illusion of Liberty and Justice, eventually the day will arrive where even the last bastion
of a ―free‖ nation, the law, is completely perverted, pawned to the super elite and highest bidder. One thing that is
undeniable: All the judges are creatures of the regime they serve; they all define "justice" as vindicating the
power of the state in any and all circumstances. I will tell you how the scales of justice work: Put wads of cash on the
scales and you tip them in your favor. He with the most cash, influence, connections, power and status or members of
the ruling elite automatically have the scales heavily balanced to their side.
The sad truth is that the courts are just another integral part of ―the system‖, (the matrix) it is the higher level courts
who get to decide the important matters... The judicial system is THE branch of the matrix that enables and
enforces complete CONTROL of the masses. Little by little the bar is raised, little by little the noose is tightened,
little by little more laws and regulations are placed into effect to control and limit your liberties. Every single law and
regulation that is ever passed is always enacted under the pretense and guise of ―for your protection‖ … because your
dear wonderful most benevolent rulers love you and care about your best interests sooooo much.
Look at the dossiers/experience/references of all the judges and you will see that they are all part of the same ivy
league fraternities, attend the same elite social events and country clubs as their industry comrades, the have all worked
in the elite's law firms and championed the elite's causes proving their loyalty, thus becoming eligible to be
"recommended" for top judicial posts. The evidence of status quo rulings are so numerous that even attempting to list
them would be an astronomical feat. Here are two for starters, Judge Bates ruling over the Plamegate in favor of his
comrades in the Whitehouse, Justice Edward Lehner supreme court decision to ignore 80,00 NYC CAN petition,
despite the overwhelming wishes of the citizens for a new investigation, etc. The best interests of the public and their
wishes is the last thing on their agenda, for their actions, laws, regulations, rulings overwhelmingly cater to the status
quo, rich powerful corporations and the ruling elite‘s best interests.
The Whitehouse comes in first place in destroying the sanctity of the judicial system. One need only look at the antics
of Bush & Co. loyal puppy dog ex-attorney general Gonzales to get a glimpse of what is happening to our judicial
system. A ruling overlord states ―Those guys are not on our side, fire them‖… ―ok, done.‖ The mockery of our judicial
system you saw televised is what you witnessed. The entire Whitehouse has been corrupting the judicial system and
they all have get out of jail free cards to top it off. Who knows how many Justices of the peace have been in the
pockets of the elite and special interests. It‘s only a matter of time when every appointed judge is bought and paid for
like the prostitutes some of them are, leaving only the ghost of unbias, impartiality and justice to protect America.
Napolitano: A Nation of Sheep - Video
While the judicial department is undergoing massive conditioning, infiltration and restructuring, the enforcement
department we refer to as our police have long ago been penetrated and possessed. The days of the friendly
―Mayberry‖ neighborhood police officer were finished long ago. Today the masses, instead of encountering an Andy
Griffith are met with heartless, coldhearted drill sergeant types who‘s first order of business when you fail to do as you
are told is to make you wish you had for a long time. Today it is unanimous: everyone FEARS the police. Everyone‘s
hearts stop the moment they see those lights of a patrol car signaling you to pull over. What you might not know is the
fact that this has all been the planned results that the ruling masters were seeking. It all begins in the selection phase of
recruitment. Only certain types of characters are highly sought after. Oh yes they hire minorities and so forth, but only
due to the equal opportunity laws. By and large they have been putting together a coldhearted frigid force. Police
brutality is quickly becoming a national epidemic, you think this country is still being run by your friendly
neighborhood police officer, then you are living in a bubble. Check out this website: www.injusticeeverywhere.com for
a glimpse of the massive database of national police becoming ever more thuggish and violent.
The Tyranny of the Bench

By Murray N. Rothard, First published as "The Plumb Line: So What Else is New?" in Libertarian Review, April,
1978
One of the fatal flaws in the concept of "limited" government is the judiciary. Endowed with the compulsory
monopoly of the vital power of deciding disputes, of ultimately deciding who can wield force and how much can be
wielded, the government judiciary sits as an unchecked and unlimited tyrant.
Pledged to preside over the rule of law, law that is supposed to apply to everyman, the judges themselves are yet
above the law and free from its sanctions and limitations. When clothed in the robes of his office, the judge can do
no legal wrong and is therefore immune from the law itself.
There is a crucial catch-22 in this grisly situation. For if anyone would like to argue against this arrangement, he can
do so – in our archist system – only before judges who themselves are part of the problem rather than part of the
solution. It is up to government judges to rule on whether government judges are immune from the law. How do
you think they would decide? Well, how do you think a group of economists would decide on the question of
whether economists should be immune? Or any other group or profession?
Not surprisingly, the United States Supreme Court ruled, in 1872, that judges were immune from any damage suits
for any "judicial acts" that they had performed – regardless of how wrong, evil, or unconstitutional those acts may
have been. When clothed in judicial authority, judges can do no wrong. Period. Recently a case of an errant judge
has come up again – because his action as a judge was considered generally to be monstrous and illegal. In 1971,
Mrs. Ora Spitler McFarlin petitioned Judge Harold D. Stump of the DeKalb County, Indiana, Circuit Court to
engage in a covert, compulsory sterilization of her 15-year-old daughter, Linda Kay Spitler. Although Linda was
promoted each year with her class, Mrs. McFarlin opined that she was "somewhat retarded" and had begun to stay
out overnight with older youths. And we all know what that can lead to.
Judge Stump quickly signed the order, and the judge and mamma hustled Linda into a hospital, telling her it was for
an appendicitis operation. Linda was then sterilized without her knowledge. Two years later, Linda married a Leo
Sparkman and discovered that she had been sterilized without her knowledge. The Sparkmans proceeded to sue
mamma, mamma's attorney, the doctors, the hospital, and Judge Stump, alleging a half-dozen constitutional
violations.
All of these people, in truth, had grossly violated Linda's rights and aggressed against her. All should have been
made to pay, and pay dearly, for their monstrous offense. But the federal district court ruled otherwise. First, it ruled
that mamma, her lawyer, and the various members of the "healing professions" were all immune because everything
they did had received the sanction of a certified judge. And second, Judge Stump was also absolutely immune,
because he had acted in his capacity as a judge, even though, the district court acknowledged, he had had "an
erroneous view of the law." So, not only is a judge immune, but he can confer his immunity in a king-like fashion
even onto lowly civilians who surround him.
The US Court of Appeals, Seventh Circuit, unaccountably didn't understand the program, and so it reversed the
district court, claiming that Judge Stump had forfeited his immunity "because of his failure to comply with
elementary principles of due process," and had therefore in a sense "not acted within his jurisdiction." To allow
Stump's action to stand, said the appeals court, would be to sanction "tyranny from the bench."
Now this was pretty flimsy stuff, and besides it opened an entertaining wedge toward holding judges accountable to
the law and to the protection of rights like everyone else. But this would have shaken the foundations of our
monopoly archist legal system. And so the US Supreme Court, on March 28, set the matter straight. In a 5–3
decision in this illuminating case of Stump v. Sparkman, Justice Byron R. ("Whizzer") White, speaking for the
majority, sternly reminded the appellate court of the meaning of the 1872 ruling:
A judge will not be deprived of immunity because the action he took was in error, was done maliciously or was in
excess of his authority. Rather, he will be subject to liability only when he has acted in the "clear absence of all
jurisdiction."
Justice White conceded that no state law or court ruling anywhere could be said to have authorized Judge Stump's
action; but the important point, he went on, is that there was no statute or ruling which prohibited such an action by
the judge. Therefore, even though Stump had approved the sterilization order without legal authorization, without
holding a hearing, without notice to the child, or without her being represented by a lawyer or guardian, it was still a
"judicial act" and therefore beyond the law. Backing Justice White were Justices Warren Burger, Harry Blackmun,
William Rehnquist, and John Stevens.
For the minority, Justice Potter Stewart, joined by Lewis Powell and Thurgood Marshall, argued that the judge's
unauthorized action was "beyond the pale of anything that could sensibly be called a judicial act." He pointed out
that Stump's action
was in no way an act "normally performed by a judge." Indeed there is no reason to believe that such an act has ever
been performed by any other Indiana judge, before or since.
In a ringing statement, Stewart concluded, "A judge is not free, like a loose cannon, to inflict indiscriminate damage
whenever he announces that he is acting in his judicial capacity."
Ahh, Justice Stewart, but apparently and unfortunately he is so free.
Stump himself will be free for some time to come. Apparently the masses of DeKalb County were not concerned
about Linda's rights, for they reelected him last year to another six-year term as circuit-court judge. Bruce Ennis,
legal director of the American Civil Liberties Union, charged that the White decision meant that "judges can violate
citizens' constitutional rights and get away with it" and "can ignore the law with impunity." Ennis said that the
ACLU would ask for legislation from Congress reversing this "outrageous" decision.
Outrage, yes; but why the shock and surprise?
White and his allies were
1. simply being thick as judges, guildsmen defending their guild privileges; and
2. were defending the very cornerstone of our archist system: the immunity from the law of the ultimate
decision makers.
Removing such immunity strikes at the very heart of that system, and paves the way for a truly free America in
which rights would be protected fully, in which no man or group of men would be above the law, or would have a
compulsory monopoly of judicial services. We hail Mr. Ennis and the minority judges; but do they know the full
implications when we pit citizens' rights against the "loose cannon" of judges and the "tyranny of the bench"?
What I find very revealing is the fact that most people that score very high in testing and those with high IQs are
systematically eliminated from prospective officers list. They absolutely don‘t want smart independent thinking
minds on their squads! The main qualifications for becoming a good police officer today is to be able to unwaveringly,
never questioning follow the orders of their commanders… exactly as our military operates.
The Cheney-Bush & Co Crime Syndicate administration will go down in history as the single most enabling
administration that allowed a century's worth of erosion destruction to occur in just 8 years of Cheney & Bush sitting
on their throne systematically tearing apart any bit of reason, logic, ethics, rights, freedom, honor, that was left in our
once great nation. The Zionist ruling elite played those two criminal puppets to the hilt in the quest to destroy this
country. The ground work has now been laid, our nation now stands at the edge of a great abyss... will the next
"leaders" dare continue to sacrifice our entire nation in an insane attempt to achieve the twisted goals of their masters?
The sad answer is yes, not only will they pick up the baton and continue the mission of hurling our once great nation
into the abyss, they will attack from a totally different democrat‘s perspective.
Chaos, riots, anarchy, martial law are right around the corner.. just like "they" (Zionist illuminati) planed it. Will the
Judicial dept, our last line of defense against total complete fascist tyranny fold under the immense pressures and hand
over the keys of our country without a fight? Or have they already done so? Are we just living in a complete a world
like the movie the Matrix in which the world around you is the pulled over your eyes to blind you from the truth?
Gonzales was a strategic plant. Strategically chosen for his absolute LOYALTY to his handlers. He was just a
puppet that was way over his head, he was easily manipulated, a nice puppy dog, always eager to please his masters.
Lots of damage was done to our judicial system throughout history, under his watch it just became more visible due to
the fact that it was so ―in your face‖ blatent.
What Are We Bid for American Justice?

By Bill Moyers and Michael Winship
That famous definition of a cynic as someone who knows the price of everything -- and the value of nothing --
has come to define this present moment of American politics.
No wonder people have lost faith in politicians, parties and in our leadership. The power of money drives
cynicism deep into the heart of every level of government. Everything, and everyone, comes with a price tag
attached: from a seat at the table in the White House to a seat in Congress, to the fate of health care
reform, our environment, and efforts to restrain Wall Street's greed and prevent another financial
catastrophe.
Our government is not broken; it's been bought out from under us, and on the right and the left and smack
across the vast middle, more and more Americans doubt representative democracy can survive the corruption of
money.
Last month, the Supreme Court carried cynicism to new heights with its decision in the Citizens United case.
Spun from a legal dispute over the airing on a pay-per-view channel of a right-wing documentary attacking
Hillary Clinton during the 2008 presidential primaries, the decision could have been made very narrowly. Instead,
the conservative majority of five judges issued a sweeping opinion that greatly expands corporate power over our
politics.
Never mind that in at least two separate polls an overwhelming majority of Americans from both political parties
say they want no part of the Court's decision; they want even more limits on the power of money in elections. But
candidates and their campaign consultants are gearing up to exploit the court's gift in the fall elections.
Just this week, that indispensable journalistic website Talking Points Memo reported that K&L Gates, an
influential Washington lobbying firm, is alerting corporate clients on how to use trade associations like the
Chamber of Commerce as pass-throughs to dump unlimited amounts of cash directly into elections. They can
advocate or oppose a candidate right up to Election Day, while keeping a low profile to prevent "public scrutiny"
and bad press coverage. And media outlets already are licking their chops at the prospect of all that extra money
to be spent buying airtime -- as much as an additional $300 million dollars. That's not even counting production
and post-production costs of campaign ads, which are considerable. A bad situation just got worse.
If you want to know just how much worse, look to the decision's potential impact on our court system, where
integrity, independence and fair play count the most when it comes to preserving faith in our system. It's as
susceptible to the lure of corporate wealth as the executive and legislative branches are.
Ninety-eight percent of all the lawsuits in this country take place in the state courts. In 39 states, judges have to
run for election -- that's more than 80 percent of the state judges in America.
The Citizens United decision makes those judges who are elected even more susceptible to the corrupting
influence of cash, for many of their decisions in civil cases directly affect corporate America, and a significant
amount of the money judges raise for their campaigns comes from lobbyists and lawyers.
In the words of Charles W. Hall, a spokesman for the non-partisan, judicial watchdog group Justice at Stake,
"Corporate bottom lines are not affected by whether a bank robber gets 10 or 20 years in prison. The bottom lines
are affected however by whether a large scale lawsuit is upheld or overturned."
During the 1990s, candidates for high court judgeships in states around the country and the parties that supported
them raised $85 million dollars for their campaigns. Since the year 2000, the numbers have more than doubled to
over $200 million.
The nine justices currently serving on the Texas Supreme Court have raised nearly $12 million in campaign
contributions. The race for a seat on the Pennsylvania Supreme Court last year was the most expensive judicial
race in the country, with more than four and a half million dollars spent by the Democrats and Republicans. Now,
with the Supreme Court's Citizens United decision, corporate money's muscle just got a big hypodermic full of
steroids.
As Supreme Court Justice John Paul Stevens wrote in his 90-page Citizens United dissent, "At a time when
concerns about the conduct of judicial elections have reached a fever pitch... the Court today unleashes the
floodgates of corporate and union general treasury spending in these races."
States that elect their judges, he said, "after today, may no longer have the ability to place modest limits on
corporate electioneering even if they believe such limits to be critical to maintaining the integrity of their judicial
systems."
No wonder that legal experts, including former Supreme Court Justice Sandra Day O'Connor (the only living
current or former Supreme Court member to have been an elected state court judge), have called for states with
judicial elections to switch to a system of merit selection. Judges would be appointed but possibly subject to
"retention elections" in which voters can simply vote thumbs up or down as to whether jurists are qualified to
remain on the bench.
Until such changes are made, the temptations of corporate cash mean that in those states where judicial elections
still prevail there hangs a crooked sign on every courthouse reading, "Justice for Sale."
There is an old fairy tale that has been taught to the masses even to this very day: "justice is blind", nothing could be
further from the truth, that old line is pure bullshit. If you look at one of those statues of lady justice you will notice
that she has a blindfold covering her eyes and is holding a set of scales. I will summarize our entire judicial system in
one simple statement: That blindfold is there so that the justice dept can have plausible deniability! Those scales of
justice that she holds out in front of her are for the litigants to put their MONEY on... those who possess the MOST
money, power, influence and fame TILT the scales of justice to their favor. PERIOD. The rich, influential,
powerful and famous people get away with outrageous offenses,
with slaps on the wrists, while the poor go straight to jail, do not
pass go, nor collect $200... the average citizen, as a matter of fact
are driven deeper into the preverbial financial hole for most are in
dire financial predicaments to begin with. There are two systems
within the system: The powerful, influential, rich and famous are
"innocent until proven guilty", while the poor, minorities and
unfortunate are treated completely opposite: they are treated as
"guilty until proven innocent", this group is the one that more
often than not ends up incarcerated, marked, branded for life,
outcasts in a world were their input is regulated and often denied.
Meanwhile unbeknown to most of the world many Jewish

communities here in America have their own judicial systems
where they supposedly face trial by their own people. I have heard
many stories of Jews under arrest being transferred to one of their
own courts, never to spend a day in jail. THIS is how they roll.
THIS is the extent of their vast power. Very few Jews get prosecuted by our systems; these are the ones whose crimes
were too high profile to risk the extreme publicity and subsequent scrutiny of getting the cases transferred to one of
their own courts as all other low profile cases.
Another completely disturbing trend has been making it a crime to defend yourself and protect your family from
attack in your own home! (thus one of the central arguments of gun ownership conflict). Our friends across the
atlantic in Europe are often on the cutting edge of initiating draconian police state policies. I read in total disbelief as:
"His case provoked nationwide fury when he and his brother were jailed for injuring career criminal Walid Salem,
while the convicted burglar was allowed to walk free." This is where the ruling elite are taking matters: They are
creating the perfect enviroment of FEAR, where criminals have more rights than peaceful law abiding citizens! This
case is not exclusive to Britain either, for more and more places are adopting similar laws. The laws are all being
turned upside down and inside out, where is the logic in this all? Why do I get this distinct vision of seeing justice and
law enforcement apparatuses all FREEBASING FEAR? It seems to me that the target are the masses, there is no other
logical conclusion other than that. You will be broken, one way or another…
Proof positive that our judicial system is sold out to the ruling elite and their corporations:
What did the Court decide in Citizens United?

Freespeechforpeople.org
The Court‘s action dramatically dilutes the vote and the voice of every American who does not control a large
corporate treasury. The decision unleashes billions of dollars in corporate money to dominate legislatures and
elections.
Pretending that corporate wealth is ―speech‖ beyond the ability of the American people to regulate will cost our
democracy dearly. To illustrate the magnitude of the potential financial corruption of our elections, compare the
amount of corporate money now available to influence elections to the level of fundraising before Citizens United,
when corporate money in politics could be regulated. Corporate profits alone - - after taxes - - amounted to over
$1.1 trillion in 2006. (Statistical Abstract of the United States 2008, Table 767). Under pre-Citizens United rules,
the average House candidate in 2008 spent $1.3 million, and the average Senate candidate spent $3.1 million.
(Center for Responsive Politics, Price of Admission, 2008).
Before Citizens United, it was undisputable that corporate influence distorted our political process. After Citizens
United, with over a trillion dollars in corporate money available for misuse in elections, it is hard to dispute that
the Court has broken our democracy.
Think corporations have too much power? Think corporate money has too much influence? Think maybe your
vote and your voice just doesn‘t seem to count for as much as the big corporations' "voice"? Want to do something
about it?
The Citizens United case says, ―Too bad, you can‘t.‖
The problem goes beyond elections and money in politics. The Court‘s distortion of the First Amendment into a
corporate rights provision in Citizens United is the extreme extension of a corporate rights doctrine that the
Supreme Court and lower courts have used with increasing aggression and hostility to the judgment of people and
their representatives about appropriate regulations. The courts have used the fabrication of the First Amendment
corporate rights doctrine to strike down a range of democratic enactments in recent years, from those concerning
clean and fair elections; to environmental protection and energy; to tobacco, alcohol, pharmaceuticals, and health
care; to consumer protection, lottery, and gambling; to race relations, and much more.
A sharply divided Supreme Court decided that the American people are powerless to stop corporations from using
corporate funds to influence state and federal elections. The 5-4 decision ruled that the restrictions on corporate
expenditures in elections contained in the federal Bipartisan Campaign Reform Act (known as BCRA or ―McCain-
Feingold‖) violated the First Amendment protections of free speech.
The ruling dramatically expands the new ―corporate rights‖ doctrine that has transformed the First Amendment in
recent years, and exposes an already-corrupted political process to a new flow of billions of dollars of corporate
money.
The result in Citizens United is radical. To accomplish this, the majority - - Chief Justice Roberts and Justices
Scalia, Thomas, Kennedy and Alito - - had to overrule two previous cases where the Court ruled correctly that
Congress and the States may try to keep corporate money out of politics. In the Citizens United case, the Court cast
aside a 2003 decision, McConnell v. FEC, where the Court upheld the very provision it now ruled unconstitutional,
and a 1990 decision, Austin v. Chamber of Commerce, where the Court had ruled that a Michigan law limiting
corporate expenditures in elections did not violate the First Amendment.
Citizens United is the extreme result of a focused political effort in the past two or three decades to transform the
First Amendment into a tool for corporations to avoid regulation and oversight by the American people. Before
1976, there was no such thing as protected ―commercial speech‖ under the First Amendment. For the first two
centuries of the American republic, corporations did not have First Amendment rights to limit the reach of
democratically enacted regulations. And states and Congress could regulate or prevent corporate contributions and
expenditures in elections.
In the mid-1970s, the Supreme Court began to develop an unprecedented ―commercial speech‖ doctrine. First, the
Court invalidated a state prohibition on abortion advertising in Bigelow v. Virginia.[1] As a result, the Court
decided that ―the notion of unprotected ‗commercial speech‘ all but passed from the scene,‖ and invalidated a state
law regulating pharmaceutical price advertising.[2] Justice Rehnquist dissented, stating that ―nothing in the United
States Constitution . . . requires the Virginia Legislature to hew to the teachings of Adam Smith. . .‖[3]
Following the decision in Virginia Board of Pharmacy v. Virginia Citizens Consumer Council, the corporations
and supporters of increased corporate power began aggressively to push for the creation of corporate rights. Lewis
Powell, a private attorney advising the Chamber of Commerce advocated such a strategy, and, after his
appointment to the Supreme Court by President Nixon, wrote the decision in First National Bank of Boston v.
Bellotti, 435 U.S. 765 (1978).[4] In Bellotti, several large corporations challenged a Massachusetts prohibition on
corporate expenditures to influence ballot questions, except questions ―materially affecting any of the property,
business or assets of the corporation.‖[5] Mindful of Virginia Pharmacy and of the Court‘s holding in Buckley v.
Valeo[6] that equated spending money in elections with speech, the Massachusetts Supreme Judicial Court
nevertheless rejected the challenge, making the uncontroversial observation that ―a corporation does not have the
same First Amendment rights to free speech as those of a natural person. . . .‖[7]
In an opinion authored by the now-Justice Powell, the Court reversed and struck down the law limiting corporate
expenditures in state referendum elections.
Justice Rehnquist disagreed:
A State grants to a business corporation the blessings of potentially perpetual life and limited liability to enhance
its efficiency as an economic entity. It might reasonably be concluded that those properties, so beneficial in the
economic sphere, pose special dangers in the political sphere.[13]
The Court had begun to modestly retreat from the holding in Bellotti, deciding in Austin and McConnell and other
cases that limits on corporate expenditures in elections are constitutional. With Citizens United, however, the
illegitimate corporate rights notion has returned with a vengeance.
[1] Bigelow v. Virginia, 421 U.S. 809 (1975).

[2] Virginia Board of Pharmacy v. Virginia Citizens Consumer Council, 425 U.S. 748, 759 (1976).
[4] The background of the 1971 Lewis Powell memorandum and the text of the memorandum itself are available
at http://www.reclaimdemocracy.org/corporate_accountability/powell_memo_lew....
[5] First Nat‘l Bank of Boston v. Bellotti, 435 U.S. 765 (1978).
[6] Buckley v. Valeo, 424 U.S. 1, 14 (1976).
[7] First Nat‘l Bank of Boston v. Attorney General, 359 N.E. 2d 1262, 1270 (1977).
Another unlawful TOOL at the police state‘s disposal is the draconian asset forfeiture statute. If the government even
suspects you used your home or car in any crime, they can just come in and take it and sell it at auction! They don‘t
even have to prove your guilt. The call this practice ―civil asset forfeiture‖, but in reality it is just legalized THEFT.
If violates the 4th, 5th, 6th, 8th, 9th, and 14th Amendments. It also encourages law enforcement to put profits before
justice. This tool is just another in their bag of tricks to keep the masses in check and under constant fear of the
establishment, for the moment you make that one stupid move, BAM! Say good bye to all your shit. So who among
you will even DARE fall out of step? Eh?
The "system" is designed to keep the poor people, the working class, suppressed and the wealthy too scared to get
out of line and risk losing everything. Just another tool to help keep the sheeple under constant pressure. It is no
accident that the majority of people in this country's prison system are all MINIORITIES. Blacks and Hispanics make
up like three fourths of the population of inmates. One small misstep and they fall into the trap, sucked into the prison
industrial complex only to come out a labeled man with a criminal record. Thus BRANDED for life. Once they have
a criminal record they are also refused the right to vote along with
a whole host of disadvantages. (Neo-cons love this side effect due to
the fact that millions of once imprisoned democratic minority voters
have their voting rights taken away, thus will NEVER be able to vote
against them). Once incarcerated one's options in life suddenly become
drastically limited for they have been "marked" by the system . Only
very few who put a super human effort eventually pull themselves out
of the "sinister criminal poor minority pit" and achieve success in life.
Oh the establishment would have you believe that this world is "fair".
When the fortunate ones live in a world of difference social circles, with
safe cozy upscale neighborhoods, upscale peers of like kind, superior
education at private elite schools, daddy sends them off to college, all
paid for, no problem, they throw in a new car and paid housing, college
dorms. While the minorities of this nation are huddled together in
decrepit 3rd world nation level public school system that is falling
apart, who's closest peers (friends) are all also of uneducated families, financially handicapped, unfortunate, therefore
bound to the dire circumstances they toil under the weight of their environment, year after year, generation after
generation. For those who manage to avoid all the myriad of pitfalls posed in life to the unfortunate poor minorities in
this nation, who avoid getting locked up in the "can" and actually graduate from school in one piece. Then they are
faced with yet another seemingly impossible daunting task: how to get into college, even a cheap one. No daddy to pay
for college, let alone a car for transportation and how the heck will they pay for housing, food, and all the necessities
for the next 4 years?
No... this world is NOT fair and balanced. For the poor, the task of trying to get out of their unfortunate circumstances
is as monumental as climbing Mt. Everest with 150lb back packs and no oxygen tank, for the rich it is like a wonderful
paid vacation on the Swiss Alps, taking a lift to the summit and gracefully skiing downhill, then having hot chocolate
at the campfire, while the poor are busy trying to figure out how to work, pay mounting bills and take care of school at
the same time, how to keep warm and continue to pay for their basic necessities, is becoming a monumental task given
that the cost of living has been dramatically rising while their wages barely move upward. Don't even try to patronize
me with the bullshit stories of college grants and this and that, the overwhelming fact is what I have written above is
100% true and the tables are completely stacked against the poor and unfortunate, it has been so for eons, might always
be.
Our judicial system reflects this reality we face in this society, but since the "fortunate ones" that grew up with the
silver, gold and platinum spoons in their mouths make up the majority of the "establishment", they really have NO
CLUE on how the rest of the poor people live or of their plight. They are the first ones uttering idiotic statements such
as "everything is fair, the poor are poor because they don't try hard enough and are lazy", etc. They have no clue, the
rich lived that wonderful sheltered life, now they are the ones making policies and laws. The poor, the unfortunate, the
minority goyim sheeple are a mental puzzle in their minds they will never figure out, for to them they are like
subhuman species from another planet. The police are there to protect them from those poor savages. The judicial
system is there to put away all those undesirables, keeping up the faux security so they can feel good about themselves
when they drive home in their Mercedes to their wonderful lives in their wonderful homes with their "normal" families
and wonderful - powerful rich friends.
SWAT Team Raids Barbershops - video
Look at the mess in the White house, there is a mountain of evidence of all sorts of corruption and wrong doing leading
straight to the White house from every administration to ever serve, especially the Cheney/Bush Admin, not even the
CONgress can (or dare) mount a successful investigation. It is as if there were a massacre with a trail of blood leading
directly to the 1600 Pennsylvania Ave, then when the police try to find the culprits they are told to go take a hike. They
pull out their "can't touch me" ―Executive Privilege‖ Card and the "don't even think of looking this way" ―National
Security Card‖ relieving themselves of any prosecution for their crimes.
The bottom line is the fact that the Cheney/Bush Crime Syndicate has drastically raised the bar of acceptable
corruption and practices for entire upper levels of operations for ever. As has been the modus operandi in
Washington: each consecutive administration impliments all sorts of signing acts, bills, agendas, laws and policies ever
more encroaching on the freedoms of the citizens, but each new administration NEVER does anything to disable any of
the legislation put into effect by the outgoing administration, instead they just continue to implement ever more
legislation and policies on top of the previous ones. They no longer want to, nor need to answer to no one, not the
people that elected them, not the people they are supposed to serve, not the congress, not the senate, no one. They
broke down the hurdles of checks and balances, all the future administrations will continue the trend set by the Bush
administration no matter what the party affiliation, for in the end they ALL prostitute themselves to the same masters.
The Whitehouse has become like a secret gluttonous frat club were they do as they please and all the members have get
out of jail free cards. Ok, so they occasionally feed one of their own (those who get out of line) to prosecution to
appease the justice starved crowds. The insider key players that get caught by failing to cover their tracks and not being
careful enough are the ones that are pulled out with their safety nets, no matter what the charges. Look at Scooter
Libby a connected ―made man‖ Whitehouse insider criminal caught red handed and prosecuted to the full extent of the
law as just one example out of hundreds upon hundreds: Never to spend a day in jail for he received an immediate
presidential pardon for: covering up for the president! Doh! Nothing to see here folks, now run along kiddies, sleep,
sleep, sleep.
During the technology boom in the 2000s, Henrey Samueli (Billionair Zionist Jew) and Broadcom co-founder Henry T.
Nicholas III awarded millions of stock options to attract and reward employees. Prosecutors alleged Samueli and
Nicholas granted options to others, including some other top executives but not themselves, to avoid having to report
$2.2 billion in compensation costs to shareholders. Prosecutors focused on the fact that Samueli denied under oath any
role in making options grants to high-ranking executives. As part of his plea agreement, Samueli admitted the
statement was false, and admitting to being part of the options-granting process. On June 23, 2008, Samueli pleaded
guilty for lying to SEC for $2.2 billion of backdating. Under the plea bargain, Samueli agreed to a sentence of five
years probation, a $250,000 criminal fine, and a $12 million payment to the US Treasury. On September 8, 2008, U.S.
District Court Judge Cormac Carney (a fellow UCLA alumnus, Doh!) rejected a plea deal that called for Samueli to
receive probation, writing: "The court cannot accept a plea agreement that gives the impression that justice is for
sale"… Only to then on December 9, 2009, Judge Carney have a sudden change of heart and dismissed the guilty plea.
NOW THAT is how the made men ruling elite roll, yes he was for sale after all. Nothing to see here folks, now run
along and mind your own business.
U.S. Cops: Armed and Dangerous?

Police can use force in everyday situations with impunity, even when no crime is being committed. That
cannot be right
Jennifer Abel, Guardian.co.uk, August 16, 2010, Video link here
When Americans read British newspapers referencing "her Majesty", "his Highness" or "Lord So-and-So", we
bask in the smug patriotic pride of knowing ours is no nation of aristocrats, but a country based on principles like
equality before the law and authority granted by merit.
So we're told. Yet we do have de facto aristocrats, whose authority over ordinary citizens rivals what English
royals gave up with the Magna Carta: power to inflict pain on anyone who treats them disrespectfully, power even
to kill with relatively little fuss.
If mine were truly a free country, US police wouldn't wield such immense power or employ such aggressive tactics
against their own citizenry – a militarisation of our police forces that started with the war on drugs and
intensified after 9/11.
Consider: can you invent a realistic scenario wherein you shoot a man dead; justify it with a story witnesses
contradict; confiscate any surveillance video; claim a "glitch" makes it impossible to show the video to anyone else
– all while enjoying the support of state legal apparatus?
Police in Las Vegas did that last month, after they shot Erik Scott seven times as he exited a Costco. Cops say
Scott pointed a gun at them; witnesses say Scott's licensed weapon was in a concealed holster, and five of those
seven shots hit him in the back. The confiscated surveillance video might settle the question; too bad about that
―glitch.‖
At least Costco's not in trouble for recording police actions. That's illegal in 12 states, even (or especially) when
you record police misbehaviour. Even in states where it's allowed, officers are wont to ignore the law and go after
photographers anyway, and they can always record you with their own dashboard cams.
These aren't the only powers police wield with relative impunity; whenever Tasers are issued, they're used with
shocking (sorry) frequency. With guns, police at least have to argue "Oops, I thought he was dangerous", after
shooting you; Tasers don't even require that.
In 2004, Malaika Brooks, then seven months pregnant, was stopped for speeding in Seattle. She refused to sign the
ticket – a non-arrestable misdemeanour at the time, though she was arrested for it anyway – and was Tasered three
times. Last March, a federal appeals court ruled that the Tasering, which left permanent scars, was not "excessive
force" since it only inflicted "temporary, localised pain".
Even if a man is lying on his belly with his hands cuffed behind his back, it may be presumed acceptable to Taser
him. San Francisco transit cop Johannes Mehserle used that defence in his trial for shooting and killing Oscar
Grant on New Year's Day, 2009: he thought he was firing his Taser rather than his gun, and only ever intended to
shoot a pain-inducing electric dart into the handcuffed man on the ground.
Hero-cop TV dramas show brave officers risking their lives to rescue hostages or stop carjackers. There's some
like that in real life, too. But in most cases of egregious police overreaction, especially Swat raids in which
innocent people are killed, cops aren't going after dangerous hostage-takers, but looking for drugs or serving
warrants for other, non-violent crimes.
Police can deprive people of liberty, health or life itself. Surely, we only entrust such authority to those with the
intelligence, insight and wisdom to handle such power? Nope. At least, not in my state of Connecticut, not since
the 1996 state supreme court decision Jordan v New London.
Robert Jordan applied for a police job in New London and scored 33 on his qualification exam, equivalent to a 125
IQ. That's one standard deviation above the mean – smart, but no genius by any definition. The city refused to hire
him, stating a preference for those who scored 27 or lower; the suggested median for a patrol officer was 21. New
London's argument was that smart people would find police work boring, and leave the profession after receiving
expensive training. Jordan sued for discrimination – and lost. The court ruled there's nothing discriminatory about
a city's desire to ensure only C-students get to carry police badges.
Behold America's modern aristocracy. Maybe it's not as photogenic as Britain's, but what ours lacks in pageantry,
it makes up for in power.
From crib to grave you will be watched - Video
The number one ―terrorist threat‖ in America in the eyes of the ruling elite are the peaceful activists and
dissidents. What makes dissidence and truth activists so dangerous is that they are the only ones out there that openly
defy and rebel against the ruling elite committing the sin of constantly challenging and exposing the official,
sanctioned, twisted NARRATIVES of the ruling
elite.
Today we see an ever increasing mantra coming from

the mass media, more and more with greater alarm the
peaceful activists are being DEMONIZED. Even TV
reporters have referred to the "truther's" as
ANARCHISTS, also implying that their actions and
speech are to be viewed as TERROIST, hence the
ongoing campaign to connect the truth activists to ―hate
speech‖, ―hate crimes‖, ―thought crime‖ subversives.
The writing is on the wall: all those who peacefully
oppose the powers that be are being set up, the day will
soon come when all peaceful dissenters will be framed
and jailed as TERRORISTS.
In what seems to be a suspicious, ironic, if not totally

weird and phony ploy, Glenn Beck has moved to FOX News broadcasting and has recently been playing the role of a
nutty truther, asking for likeminded truthers photos… why do I smell a rat? Oh yes let me send him my photo so my
name can be added to the terrorist watch list and my face placed on the facial recognition database! What I find truly
alarming is the fact that the rabid FOX News and the ESTABLISHMENT has been given the green light and was
allowed to let this man to go on mainstream TV professing and smoking the flames of anarchic rebellion… the level of
conspiracy theory fear mongering that he has been given carte blanch approval to conduct on air is truly frightening.
Surely the ruling elite plan to stir up a controlled citizen‘s rebellion so that the ruling elite can come in to save the day
and offer the gentile the ―new improved‖ system…
Watch… as I am sure this is their end game… I have sat back and watched this phenomenon for several weeks and
have finally put my finger on what they are trying to achieve by letting him loose to
rant and rave. The sought after result they are hoping for is to instill and foment fear in
the hearts of the population, and setup the stage for people to join his batty logic to then
some day in the near future cause some sort of anarchic uprising ―by the lunatic fringe‖
that will be squashed and provide the impetus to pave the way to introduce more
checks, balances and restrictions on the populace. I also believe they are purposely
revealing the sins of the FED and the financial system so that a rebellion will occur
(that they are instilling and controlling) and the citizens demand a NEW
FINANCIAL SYSTEM, which the international banks will come in to save the day
and provide the ―new and improved‖ system which will be THE SYSTEM that will
usher in the one world rulers.
What is even more heart breaking is that after several months of writing the above observations, the media elite is
SPONSORING and backing Tea Parties and the likes of Glenn Beck. Not only that, they have long been:
The ruling elite have actively HIJACKED THE ―MAINSTREAM‖ TRUTHER MOVEMENT! The implications
of this are earth moving in that they are now actively trying to steer the same movement that is potentially
rebelling and out to expose them in whatever direction they so choose! Be warned for the entire Tea Party
movement is WHOLLY controlled by the status quo…The second American Revolution has begun.... and it is fully
being ingeniously engineered and lead by the corporate elite…
Glenn Beck May Be a Clown -- But the Shady Right-Wingers Who Pull His
Strings Are Dangerous
Beck is being used to enforce the very political and economic structures that subjugate the people who worship
him.
September 5, 2010 | Alternet.org
Glenn Beck is a charlatan. A clown. A buffoon. He belongs on a

second tier stage in Vegas, and he very well may end up there,
some day. He is not dangerous, but his ability to exploit the
legitimately angry dispossessed reveals something that is
dangerous. Decades of right wing economic policies have
undermined unions, the middle class, the social safety net, and the
sense that we are all in this together, moving into a better future.
Few believe their children or grandchildren will inherit a better
world. People are afraid, and they don't understand why they are afraid. And while Glenn Greenwald is correct that
by not seizing the mantle of populism, the Democrats have created a void that was ripe for exploitation, that
inevitable exploitation has come to be personified by the likes of Glenn Beck. He disseminates lies and
disinformation, preying on the vulnerable, distracting them from even beginning to be able to grasp the real
reasons why their dreams seem more and more illusory, and their ability to maintain even a basic sense of security
and comfort more and more tenuous.
Dana Milbank is about to publish a book on Beck, and the poor guy did his research. Presumably, afterward, he
had to sterilize himself with turpentine and kerosene. In an article in the Washington Post, over the weekend, he
provided a brief summary of what he has learned about Beck. And he began by recounting an anecdote from
Beck's 2003 memoir. Beck admits to having been strongly influenced by Orson Welles, who used to travel around
Manhattan in an ambulance. The sirens were screaming not because Welles was ill, but because it was a good way
to beat traffic.
Milbank:
Most of us would regard this as dishonest, a ploy by the self-confessed charlatan that Welles was. Beck saw it as a
model to be emulated. "Welles," he writes, "inspired me to believe that I can create anything that I can see or
imagine."
But as Milbank points out, Welles was an admitted charlatan. First and foremost, he was a showman, one of the
rare filmmakers about whom the word "genius" legitimately applied. Welles was the master of illusion, making
magic of manipulation. For the most part, he used that genius and mastery to entertain and create art, although it
famously got well out of hand with his War of the Worlds radio broadcast. But Beck casts himself as something
genuine. He cries as if he's capable of genuine sympathy and empathy. But his manipulations and machinations are
not merely for entertainment, and they're not even merely for self-aggrandizement. First and foremost, they are
used to enforce and reinforce the very political and economic structures that subjugate the people whose alienation
and disillusionment find false solace in the theatrical rantings of people like Beck.
Milbank:
I was reminded of Beck's affection for deception as he hyped his march on Washington -- an event scheduled for
the same date (Aug. 28) and on the same spot (the Lincoln Memorial) as Martin Luther King Jr.'s iconic march 47
years ago. Beck claimed it was pure coincidence, but then he made every effort to appropriate the mantle of the
great civil rights leader.
King, the peacemaker. The adherent to the principles of Gandhi. The man who wrote and lived "Strength To
Love." And then, there's Beck, who says he chose the date of his rally without even knowing its historical
significance, attributing the coincidence to "divine providence." And the most disturbing part is that some people
apparently believe him.
As Beck attempts to turn the world inside out and upside down by claiming the mantle of a movement he probably
would have opposed, and whose means he is too small even to begin to comprehend, Milbank lists some of Beck's
greatest moments as a champion of civil rights.
 As a radio host, performed an on-air skit that mocked a stereotyped Asian accent, forcing his station to
apologize.
 On CNN, while interviewing Rep. Keith Ellison, the first Muslim elected to Congress, demanded proof
that Ellison isn't working with "our" enemies.
 Called President Obama a "racist" who has a "deep-seated hatred for white people."
 Claims Obama was elected because he isn't white.
 Claims Obama is moving us into slavery.
 Asserted that the president's very name is Un-American.
 Claims Obama seeks reparations from white America, to "settle old racial scores."
 Has claimed Obama is tied to or influenced by "radical black nationalism" and "Marxist black liberation
theology" and the New Black Panther Party, which Beck claims is part of Obama's "army of thugs."
It would almost be funny if so many didn't take it seriously. And if their taking it seriously wasn't part of a deeply
disturbing hidden agenda. As Frank Rich explained, last Sunday:
There‘s just one element missing from these snapshots of America‘s ostensibly spontaneous and leaderless
populist uprising: the sugar daddies who are bankrolling it, and have been doing so since well before the ―death
panel‖ warm-up acts of last summer. Three heavy hitters rule. You‘ve heard of one of them, Rupert Murdoch. The
other two, the brothers David and Charles Koch, are even richer, with a combined wealth exceeded only by that of
Bill Gates and Warren Buffett among Americans. But even those carrying the Kochs‘ banner may not know who
these brothers are.
Their self-interested and at times radical agendas, like Murdoch‘s, go well beyond, and sometimes counter to, the
interests of those who serve as spear carriers in the political pageants hawked on Fox News. The country will be in
for quite a ride should these potentates gain power, and given the recession-battered electorate‘s unchecked anger
and the Obama White House‘s unfocused political strategy, they might.
All three tycoons are the latest incarnation of what the historian Kim Phillips-Fein labeled ―Invisible Hands‖ in her
prescient 2009 book of that title: those corporate players who have financed the far right ever since the du Pont
brothers spawned the American Liberty League in 1934 to bring down F.D.R. You can draw a straight line from
the Liberty League‘s crusade against the New Deal ―socialism‖ of Social Security, the Securities and Exchange
Commission and child labor laws to the John Birch Society-Barry Goldwater assault on J.F.K. and Medicare to the
Koch-Murdoch-backed juggernaut against our ―socialist‖ president.
And Rich referred to the chillingly essential article on the Kochs, by Jane Mayer in The New Yorker.
As their fortunes grew, Charles and David Koch became the primary underwriters of hard-line libertarian politics
in America. Charles‘s goal, as Doherty described it, was to tear the government ―out at the root.‖ The brothers‘
first major public step came in 1979, when Charles persuaded David, then thirty-nine, to run for public office.
They had become supporters of the Libertarian Party, and were backing its Presidential candidate, Ed Clark, who
was running against Ronald Reagan from the right. Frustrated by the legal limits on campaign donations, they
contrived to place David on the ticket, in the Vice-Presidential slot; upon becoming a candidate, he could lavish as
much of his personal fortune as he wished on the campaign. The ticket‘s slogan was ―The Libertarian Party has
only one source of funds: You.‖ In fact, its primary source of funds was David Koch, who spent more than two
million dollars on the effort.
Many of the ideas propounded in the 1980 campaign presaged the Tea Party movement. Ed Clark told The Nation
that libertarians were getting ready to stage ―a very big tea party,‖ because people were ―sick to death‖ of taxes.
The Libertarian Party platform called for the abolition of the F.B.I. and the C.I.A., as well as of federal regulatory
agencies, such as the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Department of Energy. The Party wanted to
end Social Security, minimum-wage laws, gun control, and all personal and corporate income taxes; it proposed
the legalization of prostitution, recreational drugs, and suicide. Government should be reduced to only one
function: the protection of individual rights. William F. Buckley, Jr., a more traditional conservative, called the
movement ―Anarcho-Totalitarianism.‖
That November, the Libertarian ticket received only one per cent of the vote. The brothers realized that their brand
of politics didn‘t sell at the ballot box. Charles Koch became openly scornful of conventional politics. ―It tends to
be a nasty, corrupting business,‖ he told a reporter at the time. ―I‘m interested in advancing libertarian ideas.‖
According to Doherty‘s book, the Kochs came to regard elected politicians as merely ―actors playing out a script.‖
A longtime confidant of the Kochs told Doherty that the brothers wanted to ―supply the themes and words for the
scripts.‖ In order to alter the direction of America, they had to ―influence the areas where policy ideas percolate
from: academia and think tanks.‖
Of course, legalizing drugs and prostitution and opposing gun control appeals to many, across partisan and
ideological bounds. But it's not a stretch to assume that the brothers aren't helping fund organizations such as
NORML. They are, however, helping fund climate denialism, which is what you would expect from oil industry
billionaires. And while eliminating income taxes and campaign finance laws would greatly benefit billionaires, it
would spell the end of the government's ability to check abuses by rapacious industries such as oil, health
insurance, and banking, and it also would mean the end of even a semblance of a social contract. It also would
mean the effective end of democracy, the new royalty and aristocracy being corporate plutocrats such as Rupert
Murdoch and the Koch brothers.
Little wonder, then, that the brothers are helping fund phony movements now fronted by the likes of Glenn Beck.
Because people like Beck wouldn't be capable of mobilizing masses of the manipulated, if not for the power of a
propaganda shop disguised as a cable news network, and the financial backing of meticulously calculating
billionaires whose real goals are mostly about coalescing their own wealth and power at the expense of the very
people they are attempting to manipulate into serfdom. Beck is the front. The clown. The distraction. Behind Beck
and his ilk lies the money trail. As Mayer concluded her article:
The Kochs have long depended on the public‘s not knowing all the details about them. They have been content to
operate what David Koch has called ―the largest company that you‘ve never heard of.‖ But with the growing
prominence of the Tea Party, and with increased awareness of the Kochs‘ ties to the movement, the brothers may
find it harder to deflect scrutiny. Recently, President Obama took aim at the Kochs‘ political network. Speaking at
a Democratic National Committee fund-raiser, in Austin, he warned supporters that the Supreme Court‘s recent
ruling in the Citizens United case -- which struck down laws prohibiting direct corporate spending on campaigns --
had made it even easier for big companies to hide behind ―groups with harmless-sounding names like Americans
for Prosperity.‖ Obama said, ―They don‘t have to say who, exactly, Americans for Prosperity are. You don‘t know
if it‘s a foreign-controlled corporation‖ -- or even, he added, ―a big oil company.‖
Don't worry about Glenn Beck. Popular history will forget him. He's not a significant political player, and he's not
a memorable entertainer. But the people hiding behind Beck and his ilk must be raised to public consciousness.
Because so many of the Tea Party faithful don't even know who is promoting what they have been duped into
believing is their cause, and certainly don't know the real cause they are being duped into promoting. Most of them
are being played for suckers. To the financial backers of Beck and his ilk, most Tea Partiers are but another
demographic group to exploit. It would be good for them and for the nation and the world if they ever figured that
out.
News stories of peaceful activists being arrested for absolutely no grounds whatsoever are increasing in numbers
nationwide. State Police putting harmless activists‘ names on terror lists not only here in America, but also Canada and
other countries. The law enforcement apparatus are also spying on those ―terrorist‖ devoted to such dangerous wide
ranging causes such as promoting human rights and establishing bike lanes! Ridiculous stories abound around our
nation such as "woman arrested for reading the constitution", "arrested for slogan on T-shirt", "arrested for standing on
the wrong place", ―hundreds of people being arrested for taking pictures‖, "arrested for looking at or filming a police
officer", the stories go on and on. Don't tase me bro! All activists arrested
have ALL been peaceful law abiding citizens just wanting answers. The
writing is on the wall, it is very clear: little by little all activists that are
not aligned with the "official fairy tales" will increasingly be viewed
as hostile threats to the security of our police state. All perpetrators
will eventually be considered as hostile enemy combatants and dealt with
accordingly. Interesting how we are continually witnessing the same
police forces that are arresting peaceful protesters on one day, then the
next day they are protecting extremist groups!
What is wrong with this picture?
Have you ever noticed that the past several years lots of programming has
dominated television were there documentary type shows focus on prison
life, drug users/law enforcement shows. There is a purpose behind this
type of PROGRAMMING. It is called ―priming‖ and the population is
being primed, as in getting acustomed to seeing their fellow man arrested
and incarcerated. So as to DESENSITIZE everyone to seeing their
neighbors surveillanced, pursued, chased, criminalized, imprisoned and
executed. You are all also being trained to become the local eyes of big
brother on the streets. Obama administration has been pushing the citizens watch program and enlisting citizens patrols
and army…. Folks, everything I reveal is derived from what is happening all around you, I don‘t make this stuff up.
You only need to ―restore your sight‖ for even though people have eyes, they are blind thus have no clue what IS
REALLY HAPPENING in their midst.
Credential bearing reporters jailed while covering protest - Video
Another typical headline: ―Los Alamos Physicist‘ s Property Seized By FBI.‖ Federal agents have seized six
computers, two cameras, two cell phones and hundreds of files from a Los Alamos, N.M., physicist who for two
decades has criticized the government's nuclear agenda as misguided. In other words, this once respected scientist
was put on a ―terrorist‖ list and overrun due to his OPPOSITION TOWARDS the GOVERNMENT‘S obviously
misguided agendas. This is it folks, anyone who is not a card carrying member of the ruling elite and comes out as a
whistle blower, informant, activists, protester, etc. exposing government wrong doing and resisting their crimes will
receive the full backlash of our most benevolent wonderful government.
In the old Soviet Union, Nazi Germany and Mao‘s China, the police main job was NOT fighting crime. In totalitarian
governments the police are political enforcers or commissars as they were known in Russia. It is their job to spy on the
public and to intimidate the exercise of freedom of speech. Once a climate of fear is achieved, the public begins to self
censor, to shut down. Once the people have been intimidated the begin to withdraw from the field of intellectual battle,
the tyrants have a free hand to expand the repression and looting of the helpless serfs.
The Militarization of Our Police - Video

With the introduction of the Patriot Act, the Military Commissions Act, the "improved" Insurrection Act, Violent
Radicalization and Homegrown Terrorism Prevention Act, dozens of Executive Orders, House Resolutions, Hate
Speech Crime laws, Thought Crimes Act, Fairness Doctrine, Civil Disturbance Plan 55-2, renewed enforcement of the
Sedition Act., etc., our world as we had come to know it has officially ENDED. We are now ALREADY officially
living in a police state they have yet to begin full all out enforcement of the new "laws". All the new laws for a
100% police state ARE IN PLACE RIGHT NOW in the testing stages for enforcement. In the good ole U.S. of A,
we are all suspects now.
The Martial Law Mind-Set

by William Norman Grigg
While Archimedes is rightly revered for his many imperishable contributions to science, he could also be
considered the first recorded victim of lethal police brutality.
A native of Syracuse, Archimedes did his considerable best in the doomed but worthy effort to repel Roman
invaders. Following the conquest, Roman soldiers were dispatched to "pacify" the restive streets of the newly
conquered city.
One afternoon, so the story goes, Archimedes was sitting inoffensively at the side of a street drawing geometric
equations in the sand when some mouth-breather in Roman military garb trod heedlessly on the improvised tablet,
ruining the elderly scientist's calculations.
By this time, the venerable physicist was in his ninth decade, and he saw no point in enduring this act of
thoughtless vandalism by an armored imbecile to pass without protest.
"Please don't disturb my circles," Archimedes insisted in what was probably a direct but polite tone of voice.
Like law enforcement officers who would follow in his footsteps – albeit in jackboots rather than sandals – the
Roman soldier took offense that a mere civilian, and an elderly one at that, would demand deference from
someone wearing the uniform and insignia of authority.
If the technology had been available, the Roman quite likely would have given Archimedes a "ride on the Taser."
Instead, the thug withdrew his sword and summarily killed him.
Some might object that this crime was committed by a soldier in an occupying army, not by a civilian
police officer. That objection has merit, if only to underscore what should be an obvious fact: Our
militarized government police force is an army of occupation.
It makes little difference whether law enforcement personnel are of the federal or "local" variety, or whether they
are dressed in quasi-civilian attire or kitted out in full paramilitary drag. American civilians are generally
expected to render to law enforcement personnel the kind of docile submission that Archimedes – at the price
of his life – refused to offer the Roman soldier who was patrolling his neighborhood in Syracuse.
Under the martial law mind-set, civilians are to give instant and unqualified obedience to any armed
individual in a state-issued costume. I had plenty of experience with this attitude while living in Guatemala
under martial law following the 1983 military coup that ousted CIA-installed President Efrain Rios Montt.
Anybody who has spent any time in airports since 9-11 will likewise recognize that mentality. And Portuguese-
born Canadian citizen Desiderio Fortunato can testify about the treatment one can expect if he insists on
rudimentary courtesy from the anencephalic knuckle-draggers who act as border guards for the Department of
Homeland Tyranny.
Mr. Fortunato resides in British Columbia and maintains a part-time home in Washington State. He regularly
crosses the border separating quasi-socialist Canada into the quasi-fascist U.S.A.
Like many people, he resents being treated like a criminal or a domesticated animal; unlike most, he actually does
something about it – specifically, he insists that border guards display a particle of courtesy when issuing
instructions to people driving through the border crossing.
This takes a certain admirable temerity of the sort one wouldn't expect in a 54-year-old professional jazz dancer,
but such is Fortunato's honest profession, and such is his disposition.
According to Fortunato, he has often chided Canadian border guards by asking them to say "please" when telling
him to shut off his motor or perform other tasks. This request is generally honored, often with a sheepish grin –
on the Canadian side of the border, that is.
Last week, during a crossing into the United States, Fortunato was gruffly instructed to turn off his engine by a
tax-fattened time-server.
"Excuse me sir – `please,'" Fortunato replied. It would have taken a tiny fraction of a single second to honor that
reasonable request. But had the border guard done so he would have been deferring to a mere mundane, someone
not clad in the sacred vestments of the Most High and Holy State. So the ill-tempered drudge escalated his
demands, finally threatening to assault Fortunato with pepper spray.
Fortunato – showing that, in the language of Louis L'Amour, he had more "sand" than an entire concert hall full
of Republican Chickenhawks – stood his ground. So the thug pepper-sprayed him, and, with the help of several of
his fellow trough-swillers, gang-tackled and handcuffed the middle-aged professional dancer. Fortunato was held
for three hours before being released – without apology – into Canada.
Let's be clear about something: This had absolutely nothing to do with protecting the borders of the United
States from terrorists or any other threat. An actual terrorist would go out of his way to be inconspicuous. The
assault on Fortunato was intended to punish him for failing to display proper submissiveness to the Man In The
Uniform.
"Our officers will give direct orders or commands to passengers," explained Mike Milne, a spokesdrone for the
Customs and Border Protection (CPB) agency. "It is the obligation of the passenger to be compliant with those."
(Emphasis added.) The same point was made by Tom Schreiber, CPB Staffelführer in Blaine, Washington: "This
is not a situation where we're asking; this is a situation where we're ordering you to do that." (Emphasis added.)
Once again: Whenever a civilian is told that he is subject to the "orders" of someone in uniform, martial
law exists.
A few weeks before Fortunato was treated to a chemical-weapon assault by the heroic guardians of our sacred
northern frontier, a photographer named Robert Taylor (no, not that Robert Taylor) was accosted by a police
officer while attempting to take a photo of a train.
"The cop wanted my ID, and I showed it to him," Taylor told the New York Times. "He told me I couldn't take the
pictures. I told him that's not true, that the rules permitted it. He said I was wrong. I said, Ì'm willing to bet your
paycheck.'"
Of course, Taylor was right and the tax-gobbler was wrong: The photographer was able to call up the relevant
transit authority rule on his BlackBerry. But that didn't end the matter, of course.
A police sergeant materialized and immediately began lying on behalf of his subordinate: The sergeant insisted
that their rules were different from those of the transit authority, a claim intended – once again – to get Taylor to
yield to those garbed in the accoutrements of the State's priestly caste.
Taylor wasn't having any of it. "I [told the sergeant], Ìf you feel I'm wrong, give me a summons and I'll see
everyone in court.' The sergeant told them to arrest me." The photographer was handcuffed and given a batch of
summonses, all of them spurious and most of them quickly dismissed.
The one significant charge the police insist on pressing is "disorderly conduct," which supposedly took the form
of speaking to the officers in an "unreasonable voice." "Unreasonable" in this instance refers to a tone of voice
other than one associated with timid, cringing submission.
This is the same supposed offense that got Archimedes killed, and led to the assault on Desiderio Fortunato: Mr.
Taylor refused to behave like a whipped dog when confronted by an armed bureaucrat. In fact, he insisted on
treating the officers as equals before the law, rather than the incarnation of The Law.
Martial law exists anywhere an individual can find himself arrested, assaulted, or murdered simply for
insisting on being treated as a free man. The 2006 murder of Michael Kreca in San Diego provides the most
compelling example I've seen that such a condition exists – albeit in a latent form – wherever government police
are found.
Kreca, a gentle and unassuming man and accomplished writer specializing in freedom-related issues, was walking
in Sorrento Mesa one morning in when he was accosted by two police officers – Officer Samantha Fleming and
Sgt. Elmer Edwards – who claimed they had heard gunshots. Kreca replied that he had not been shooting and
hadn't heard gunfire.
He consented to a body search (during which his arms were physically restrained by the officers) that turned up,
in the waistband of his baggy casual clothes, a 9mm pistol the Navy veteran carried for personal protection.
According to the official police account, Officer Fleming told Kreca that she was going to handcuff him "for her
safety."
"No, you're not going to do that," replied Kreca. "Let me go; I want to leave."
Bear in mind that Kreca had consented to a pat-down search, something he wouldn't have done if he harbored
violent intentions toward the officers. They had no reason to treat Kreca as a threat, much less to arrest him –
apart from the arrogant assumption, typical of their professional tribe, that a civilian in possession of a firearm is
a "threat."
As Kreca tried to leave, a needless and pointless scuffle ensued. It ended when Sergeant Elmer Edwards valiantly
placed his gun against Kreca's chest and fired twice, killing him.
Predictably, an official inquiry found that Sgt. Edwards "acted within the law," since California statutes permit
police "to use deadly force to protect themselves and members of the public from serious injury or death...." The
same report by the District Attorney acknowledged that "Irrespective of any laws applicable to situations where
peace officers use deadly force in accomplishing their duties, the law of self-defense is available to any person"
and that homicide is justifiable "when resisting an attempt by a person to commit grave bodily injury or to kill
any person."
This observation was intended as a supplemental defense for the officers who murdered Kreca, since Sgt.
Edwards insisted that he was afraid Kreca was reaching for his gun. This made no sense, given that Kreca was
confronting two armed individuals and hadn't resisted at all until the police threatened to shackle him.
And it shouldn't be forgotten that the kill-shots were executed with the gun in the victim's chest, not by an officer
diving for cover in fear for his or her life.
Furthermore, after the police murdered Kreca they found that his gun wasn't loaded – which means that he
couldn't have shot them even if he had wanted to. So the "justifiable homicide" defense here is based on the
subjective impression on the part of Sgt. Edwards that Kreca was going to shoot him and his partner with an
empty gun. That assumes, of course, that Edwards' account of the shooting itself
wasn't perjury, which is never a safe assumption in incidents of this kind.
Kreca had much more to fear from the police than they had to fear from him.
The proof of this proposition resides in the simple fact that he is dead, and his
murderers continue to pollute the earth.
"The truth is told by whoever is left standing," explained Tom Zarek, Battlestar
Galactica's resident arch-Machiavel, after he presided over the massacre of his
political opponents. Kreca is dead, his murderers agree on a cover story, and
those with the authority to prosecute the crime have accepted that account
as the "truth."
In practically every jurisdiction in this once-free land, it is a "criminal offense" –

and often a felony – to disarm a "peace officer." Why isn't it a crime to disarm a
law-abiding citizen?
Michael Kreca's only "crime" in this affair was his failure to display the
docility of an ancient Spartan helot – that is, a member of class not protected by law, and subject to summary
execution at the whim of the Krypteia (ancient Sparta's militarized secret police).
Every encounter between civilians and the state's armed enforcers has the potential to escalate into an episode of
state-inflicted lethal violence. If we permit them – and only our principled resistance, peaceful where possible,
but forceful where necessary, is the only thing that will stop them – those who presume to rule us intend to reduce
us to abject helotry. And the question is not whether this will happen, since it's already taking place.
Police State III: Total Enslavement - Video
Yet another building block added to the construction of the open air concentration camp country are the whole
barrage of liberty reducing laws is currently in the channels, here is yet another: US House Resolution 1955 (the
Thought Crime Prevention Bill) entitled "Violent Radicalization and Homegrown Terrorism Prevention Act of
2007" for instance. The vote has passed with a landslide in the House of Representatives 404 to 6 (virtually no
opposition from anyone!), wait and see: seems like the Senate will also pass it into law without a whimper... to best
summarize what this new law would mean, I think Ward Churchill sums it up best:
"HR 1955, as I understand it, provides a basis for subjective interpretation of dissident speech that allows
those in power to criminally penalize anything they consider to be particularly effective in terms of
galvanizing an opposition that might conceivably in some sense disrupt or destabilize the status quo, so it's to
keep everything in that nice sanitized arena that I was just talking about where you're actually a collateral
functionary of the state by participating".
In other words: your freedom of speech is not only worthless, this Bill criminalizes any act of, or promotion of,
anything the Government interprets to be "radical" or "extremist."
It is happening right now, people are silently being incarcerated for thought crimes and the mass media is MIA. Civil
liberties advocate Tessa Mayes said of a recent case where someone was jailed for just joking out loud: ―Making jokes
about terrorism is considered a thought crime, mistakenly seen as a real act of harm or intention to commit harm.‖
The newest addition to the onslaught of signing statements and Acts is now being brought to the table by your new
loving caring president Obama. Here for your enjoyment is his nice sounding piece of legislation H.R. 1388 given the
title: The Generations Invigorating Volunteerism and Education (GIVE) Act. 321 representatives of the people voted
approval for this legislation which, among many other things, strikes a blow to the rights of people to mount any
protests against legislation. Listen closely, it outlaws the right to mount protests against proposed legislation! This
act is being presented as part of Obamanator's goal of establishing a national service program.
The Criminalization of Protest
Police and politicians ignore the First Amendment when we need it the most.
Radley Balko from the January 2010 issue
I‘ve lived in the Washington, D.C., area for the better part of the last 10 years. So I‘ve seen my share of
demonstrations, although more often than not I just try to avoid the traffic nightmares they cause. Among the
various classes of protests—pro-life, anti-war, environmental, and now tea parties—the most destructive are the
anti-globalization marches. So when cops clashed with anti-globalization demonstrators at the Pittsburgh G-20
summit in September, it was easy to assume that most of the altercations represented justified police responses to
overzealous protesters.
But a number of disturbing photographs, videos, and witness accounts told a different story. Along with similar
evidence from other recent high-stakes political events, they reveal an increasing, disquieting willingness to
smother even peaceful dissent.
On the Friday afternoon before the G-20 meeting kicked into high gear, a student at the University of Pittsburgh
snapped a photo showing a University of Pittsburgh police officer directing traffic at a roadblock. What‘s
troubling is what he‘s wearing: camouflage military fatigues. It‘s difficult to discern a practical reason why a man
working for an urban police department would need to wear camouflage, especially while patrolling an economic
summit. He‘s a civilian dressed like a soldier. The symbolism is clear, and it affects the attitudes of both the cops
wearing the clothes and the people they‘re policing.
The campus cop wasn‘t alone. Members of police departments from across the country came to Pittsburgh to help
during the summit, most of them dressed in paramilitary garb. In one widely circulated video, several officers
dressed entirely in camouflage emerge from an unmarked car, apprehend a young backpack-wearing protester,
stuff him into the car, and drive off. The sequence evoked the ―disappearances‖ associated with Latin American
dictatorships or Soviet Bloc countries. When Matt Drudge linked to the video, he described the officers in it as
members of the military. They weren‘t, but it‘s easy to understand how someone might make that mistake.
In another video, members of a police unit from Chicago who took vacation time to work at the summit prop up a
handcuffed protester and gather behind him. Another officer then snaps what appears to be a trophy photo. Two
men in faraway Queens were arrested for posting the locations of riot police on Twitter, as though they were
revealing the location of troops on a battlefield. Another video shows dozens of police in full body armor
confronting and eventually macing onlookers (who weren‘t even protesters) in the neighborhood of Oakland, far
from the site of the summit, as a recorded voice orders any and all to disperse. Students at the University of
Pittsburgh claim cops fired tear gas canisters into dorm rooms, used sound cannons, and shot bean bags and
rubber bullets.
The most egregious actions took place on September 25, when police began ordering students who were in public
spaces to disperse despite the fact that they had broken no laws. Those who moved too slowly, even from public
spaces on their own campus or in front of their dorms, were arrested. A university spokesman said the aim was to
break up crowds that ―had the potential of disrupting normal activities.‖ Apparently a group of people needn‘t
actually break any laws to be put in jail. They must only possess the ―potential‖ to do so, at which point not
moving quickly enough for the cops‘ liking could result in an arrest. That standard is a license for the police to
arrest anyone anywhere in the city at any time, regardless of whether they‘ve done anything wrong. In all, 190
people were arrested during the summit, including at least two journalists.
It can‘t be easy to both keep order and protect civil liberties at such events. But that doesn‘t mean police and city
officials shouldn‘t be expected to try. Yes, some protesters damaged some property at the G-20 summit, although
there wasn‘t much of that this time around. But the presence of a few unruly demonstrators doesn‘t give the
police carte blanche to crack down on every young person in the general vicinity, nor should it give the city free
rein to suppress all public protest. It‘s unfortunate that when the global press and the leaders of the world‘s 20
largest economies came to Pittsburgh, the images that emerged were not of a society that values free expression
and constitutional rights but of one willing to grant police powers normally seen in authoritarian states.
This projection of overwhelming force at big events is becoming more common. At last year‘s Republican
National Convention in Minneapolis, police conducted peremptory raids on the homes of protesters before the
convention began. In all, 672 people were jailed, including at least 39 journalists. According to the Minneapolis
Star-Tribune, 442 of those 672 later had their charges either dropped or dismissed.
Four years before that, more than 1,800 people were arrested at the previous Republican National Convention in
New York City. Ninety percent were never charged with a crime. One notorious photo from the 2008 Democratic
National Convention in Denver shows a small mass of protesters, zoned far off from where any delegates or
media representatives could hear them, surrounded by two walls of riot police who outnumbered them at least 2
to 1. Denver‘s police union later issued a commemorative T-shirt of the event emblazoned with an illustration of
a menacing cop wielding a baton and the slogan, ―We get up early to beat the crowds.‖
The trend may have started at the 1999 World Trade Organization summit in Seattle, which saw both actual
rioting and police overkill. Mayor Paul Schell not only declared a state of emergency, imposed a curfew, and
designated swaths of the city ―no-protest‖ zones; he actually banned civilian possession of gas masks. Police then
gassed entire city blocks. The victims included many owners of the stores the police were ostensibly protecting
from looters. Assistant Police Chief Ed Joiner, who was in charge of security for the event, would later tell
reporters that future summits should be held only in destinations with military governments.
These are precisely the kinds of events where free speech and the freedom to protest need protection the most:
when influential figures make high-level decisions with far-reaching consequences. Instead, we see the opposite.
The higher the event‘s profile, the more powerful the players involved, and the more important the decisions
being made, the more determined police and politicians are to make sure dissent is kept as far away from the VIPs
as possible. Or silenced entirely.
Official Future Designated Free Speech Zone:

The ruling elite have been rapidly consolidating an infrastructure of repression to "suppress rebellion" against
their authority. Or more conveniently put, to suppress "rebellion against the authority of the United States". And so,
as the PentaCON Inc. increases its imperialistic violence around the world, the chickens have indeed come home to
roost here in America in the form of a national security doctrine obsessed with domestic "insurgency" and the need to
preemptively neutralize it. Its' code name: "Garden Plot" (re: The War At Home).
Read the local news from around the country for example a Washington Post headline reads ―Md Police Put Activists‘
Names On TERROR LISTs‖ I don‘t make this stuff up folks. I just provide you
the cold hard to swallow FACTS. For instance did you know that a staggering
1,600 ―qualified‖ names are added daily for the FBI‘s terrorist watch list, as
reported by the Washington Post. As of November 2009 according to the FBI,
there are 400,000 unique names and over 1 million, entries; ―terrorists‖ being
watched here in America. The UK who are ahead of us in establishing an open air
police state classifies ECO activists as ‗extremists‘ alongside Al-CIAda.
Headline: “Lawsuit Planned After Protesters put on Terror List”
There are hundreds of events that have occurred over the years and will continue
to increase where the peaceful activists and protesters are being arrested.
Thousands upon thousands have already been booked under the ―terrorism‖
statutes that have no reason being treated as such.
Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) tells reps from the MPAA that it
plans to ―target the new threats enabled by the Internet in the same way that we
have targeted ‗hard goods‘ in the past.‖ The federal govt seems to be buying into the hair brained MPAA notion that
illegal file-sharing is supporting terrorism and criminal gangs!
As the government gets away with more and more bizarre abuses such as these, the more often you will see it happen,
until it becomes common place, acceptable, prevalent and customary EVERYWHERE as ―normal‖ as per their
priming modus operandi. The same way you will eventually become used to seeing our streets patrolled by
MILITARTY SOLDIERS… in due course these are to become the ―new norms‖ your children will grow up to
accept as normal.
“Madison, an anarchist and prolific writer, seems to have drawn the attention of New York’s U.S. Attorney’s
office after he was arrested in a Pittsburgh motel room on September 24 for legally listening to a police
scanner and then tweeting the information. During the G-20 summit, heavily armed police officers reacted to
the anti-globalization protesters with tear gas, sonic weapons, rubber bullets and mass arrests. Madison was
in jail during the height of the confrontation, charged with criminal use of a communication facility.
When protesters in Iran similarly used Twitter to organize anti-government rallies, the U.S. State Department
hailed the micro-blogging service as a boon to democracy.”
The instances of retribution against champions of truth whom expose the activities of illuminati ruling elite have been
dramatically excelating the past couple of decades. The true patriots are being attacked with alarmingly more
frequency, arrested or even assassinated. There is no clearinghouse documenting the number of assaults and silencing
ops against the true patriots, but I bet they are in the tens of thousands. For the sake of illustration I will name a couple
of recent cases of what can happen to you if you get too close, here are a few off the top of my head:
 Michael Cook a school teacher, who accused George Bush of being complicit in the 9/11 attacks. After
sharing his views he was promptly incarcerated and determined to be a "mental case"! Confined to state care
in mental institutions! This is a perfectly normal intelligent educator who has been caught up in a staggering
surreal nightmare imposed on him by our government for his efforts to expose the establishment.
 Mike Ruppert (his website: From The Wilderness) was a former LAPD narcotics detective who exposed CIA
drug smuggling operations. His efforts to expose the CIA were met with all sorts of retribution from the
agency. His offices rampaged and his life turned upside down, after constant increasingly harmful attacks he
finally felt that his life was in danger, thus was forced to give up all his belongings, websites and truther
activities and leave the country.
 Martin Armstrong, world renown economist and America's #1 Political Prisoner, author of the Economic
Confidence Model, former chairman of Princeton Economics International and The Foundation For the Study
of Cycles. He was in jail for seven years for contempt of court before pleading guilty in 2007 to the fraud
charge for which he received an additional five year prison term. Armstrong‘s legal problems started when
he failed to play ball with "The Club". His imprisonment is one of the longest under a contempt of court
order without a trial. Coincidentally, prior to his guilty plea, his final appeal for release (relating to indefinate
imprisonment for contempt of court) was denied by (recently promoted) U.S. Supreme Court Justice Sonia
Sotomayor. This particular patriot and political prisoner is extremely important due to his INSIDER
KNOWLEDGE of the economic/financial system. The moment he got out of line and tried to expose his
overlords he was immediately dealth with. If there is one single person on this list that I had to recommend
that you take some time to read their works and research it would have to be Martin Armstrong. I believe what
he has to say is extremely important. His official website is: http://armstrongeconomics.com The website that
I recommend you checkout before the powers that be make it disappear is: www.martinarmstrong.org This
website has some of his most explosive revelations, essasys including ―Behind the Curtain – The Full Monty‖,
―Behind the Curtain II.‖ The official Source of Essays is Kris Scribd Blog These essays are typed on a manual
typewriter, collected from prison by family members. Mr. Armstrong does not have direct access to the
internet other than through friends and family members.
 Ernst Zundel published some of the most accurate and best exposes about the holohoax. He was so excellent
at exposing the truth behind the Holocaust™ myth that the Zionist powers that be targeted him for
neutralization/retribution. On February 5, 2003, Zündel was detained by U.S. police and deported to Canada,
where he was detained for two years on a bogus ―Security Certificate‖ for being a ―foreign national alleged to
be a threat to national security‖ pending a court decision on the validity of the certificate. Once the certificate
was upheld and Zündel was railroaded as national security risk, he was deported to Germany and tried in the
state court of Mannheim on outstanding charges of incitement for Holocaust™ denial dating from the early
1990s. On February 15, 2007, he was convicted and sentenced to the maximum term of five years in prison.
 William Cooper an ex navy military man that once held high level security clearance to classified
information, turned on his military masters and became a ―conspiracy theorist‖ confronting many of big
brother‘s works such as the IRS, ATF, JFK assassination, UFOs, New World Order, and so forth. Until the
fateful day he was lured out of his home by use of subterfuge were he was provoked into a gun fight in which
Cooper was shot dead, silenced forever.
 Fritz Springmeier is known by some as probably the world‘s foremost authority on the bloodlines of the
illuminati and the techniques they employ to create mind controlled slaves. He has written several books and
done several videos. Up until he was setup on bogus bank robbery charges, where all news footage, reports,
transcripts and evidence have vanished. He remains incarcirated to this very day.
 Philip Schneider an ex-government structural engineer who was involved in building underground military
bases around the United States. In the two years before he died, Schneider lectured about government cover-
ups, black budgets, and UFOs. He offered artifacts from crashed crafts made from ecsotic metals. He even
survived an attempt on his life and killed an assassin. They eventually got him, Schneider was found dead in
his apartment on January 17, 1996. The official report claimed suicide, when in reality he was tortured and
killed.
 Christopher Bollyn a freelance journalist famous for exposing the truth behind the attacks of September 11 th.
In May 2006 Mr. Bollyn was tazered, assaulted, arm broken and charged with ―resisting arrest‖, this was on
his own property… after he called the cops about unmarked armed men circling his house. These later turned
out to be FBI agents! All police tapes and videos of the assault have vanished. He was undergoing trial
proceedings after being setup by FBI agents and faced imprisonment.
 Danny Casolaro a journalist, was investigating what he called ―The Octopus‖, a global, criminal,
intelligence agency controlled conglomerate, black networks, Secret Team and a whole bunch of scandals.
Apparently he was digging too deep, he received numerous warnings and death threats. Then one day
according to ―the establishment‖ he woke up ate breakfast and decided to ―suicide‖ himself… but of course,
nothing to see here folks, now run along and mind your own business.
 Pat Tillman abandoned a lucrative career in pro-football immediately after 9/11 because he felt a deep
patriotic urge to defend his country, and was used as a poster child for the war on terror as a result. But when
he discovered that the invasion of Iraq was based on a mountain of lies and deceit and had nothing to do with
defending America, he became infuriated and was ready to return home to become an anti-war hero. Army
medical examiners concluded Tillman was shot three times in the head from just 10 yards away, no evidence
of "friendly fire" damage at scene, Army attorneys congratulated each other on cover-up, Wesley Clark
concludes "orders came from the very top" to execute pro-football star because he was about to become an
anti-war political icon. Until this very day the investigation of Tillman‘s murder has been hampered by ―near
universal lack of recall.‖ Nothing to see here folks, go back to sleep… sleep.
 Dr. David Graham was trying to publish a manuscript about meeting three middle easterners in the
Shreveport home of Jamal Khan, men he feared were plotting to bomb Barksdale Air Force Base. Then after
Sept. 11, he saw their pictures among the hijackers. In his book ―The Graham Report: The true story of
three 911 hijackers who were reported to the FBI 10 months before 911.‖ He was supposed to testify
against Jamal Khan who pled guilty to hiding large cash transfers to Pakistan, in an unusual plea deal the
government stated that nothing in this deal would absolve Khan from any future prosecution regarding the
attacks of September 11. Then the FBI claims that Dr. Graham never contacted them. Following a string of
death threats, he was eventually poisoned. There was no official investigation into his death at all. Jamal
Khan walks free, and disappears. Nobody knows nothing about anything.
 Lyndon LaRouche has spent decades exposing the works of the ruling elite. American self-styled economist,
political activist, and the founder of several political organizations known collectively as the LaRouche
movement. He maintains that the main groups behind the conspiracies are the Jews. LaRouche refers to this
group as the "Zionist-British organism," and sees them as having "evolved through moral depravity and
inbreeding into a separate species outside the human race." Yet several members of LaRouche's inner circle
are themselves Jewish, (hmmm). In an attempt to silence him and stop his activities he was subsequently
railroaded on charges of credit card fraud and obstruction of justice. He was subsequently imprisoned for
several years.
 Gary Webb was a prize winning American investigative journalist best known for his 1996 "Dark Alliance"
series of articles written for the San Jose Mercury News and later published as a book. Webb investigated
Nicaraguans linked to the CIA-backed Contras who had smuggled cocaine into the U.S... The smuggled
cocaine was then distributed as crack cocaine in Los Angeles, with the resultant CIA profits funneled back to
the Contras. Webb also revealed that this influx of Nicaraguan-supplied cocaine sparked, and significantly
fueled, the widespread crack cocaine epidemic that swept through many U.S. cities during the 1980s., the
CIA was involved up to its eyeballs in cocaine transactions and the large shipments of drugs into the
U.S. by Contra personnel. Credible sources who were close to Gary Webb have stated that he was receiving
death threats, being regularly followed, and that he was concerned about strange individuals who were seen on
multiple occasions breaking into and leaving his house before his apparent 'suicide'… In 2004 Webb was
found dead with not one, but TWO gunshots to his head (huh?! Any forensics expert will tell you his is
physically impossible, actually preposterous)…. Of course this was determined to be a ―suicide!‖ and his case
swiftly swept under the rug, nothing to see here folks, now run along. Oh, by the way, Gary was working on a
new story concerning the CIA and drug trafficking, it never saw the light of day.
 DC Madam Deborah Jeane Palfrey former head of a Washington escort service that provided ―escorts‖ to
many of Washington‘s top politicians predicted that ―they‖ would ―rape, beating, maiming, disfigurement and
more than likely murder disguised in the form of just another jailhouse accident or suicide would await me.‖
She made it very clear that she was not suicidal and if she was found dead it would be murder. She adamantly
proclaimed ―NO I‘m not planning to commit suicide, I‘m planning on going to court and defending myself
vigorously and exposing the government.‖ She threatened to release the names of well-known clients in the
nation‘s capital, also indicating that top dogs such as Dick Cheney may be among them. She was soon
thereafter found hanging in a storage shed outside her mother‘s mobile home… officials ruled it a suicide…
The above examples are but a drop in the bucket, for hundreds more can be added to the list. The thought police may
lock up those who speak the truth, but the truth cannot be hidden forever. In the past couple decades there has been an
epidemic of alleged ―suicides‖ of people who have gone up against the establishment. The Clinton administration
was one of the most intriguing, so much so that they left behind what is commonly referred to as ―The Clinton Body
Count‖ of which is included in this report, it is located in the addendum section. It is obvious, whoever gets too close to
with truly damaging exposes have an uncannily extremely high mortality rate. It may seem there is no stopping them;
big brother has been stripping you of all of your ―unalienable rights‖, you have but just two left: The right to shut up,
crawl up into a fetal position and remain silent and: You have every right to be afraid, be very afraid… or you can go
the route of true hero‘s, patriots and martyrs: stand up for truth.
Growing Number of Prosecutions for Videotaping the Police

Prosecutions Draw Attention to Influence of Witness Videos
By RAY SANCHEZ, ABC News July 19, 2010
That Anthony Graber broke the law in early March is indisputable. He raced his Honda motorcycle down
Interstate 95 in Maryland at 80 mph, popping a wheelie, roaring past cars and swerving across traffic lanes.
Anthony Graber was arrested for posting a video of his traffic stop on YouTube. But it wasn't his daredevil stunt
that has the 25-year-old staff sergeant for the Maryland Air National Guard facing the possibility of 16 years in
prison. For that, he was issued a speeding ticket. It was the video that Graber posted on YouTube one week later
-- taken with his helmet camera -- of a plainclothes state trooper cutting him off and drawing a gun during the
traffic stop near Baltimore.
In early April, state police officers raided Graber's parents' home in Abingdon, Md. They confiscated his camera,
computers and external hard drives. Graber was indicted for allegedly violating state wiretap laws by recording
the trooper without his consent.
Arrests such as Graber's are becoming more common along with the proliferation of portable video cameras and
cell-phone recorders. Videos of alleged police misconduct have become hot items on the Internet. YouTube still
features Graber's encounter along with numerous other witness videos. "The message is clearly, 'Don't criticize
the police,'" said David Rocah, an attorney for the American Civil Liberties Union of Maryland who is part of
Graber's defense team. "With these charges, anyone who would even think to record the police is now justifiably
in fear that they will also be criminally charged."
Carlos Miller, a Miami journalist who runs the blog "Photography Is Not a Crime," said he has documented
about 10 arrests since he started keeping track in 2007. Miller himself has been arrested twice for photographing
the police. He won one case on appeal, he said, while the other was thrown out after the officer twice failed to
appear in court.
"They're just regular citizens with a cell-phone camera who happen to come upon a situation," Miller said. "If
cops are doing their jobs, they shouldn't worry."
The ACLU of Florida filed a First Amendment lawsuit last month on behalf of a model who was arrested
February 2009 in Boynton Beach. Fla. Her crime: videotaping an encounter between police officers and her
teenage son at a movie theater. Prosecutors refused to file charges against Sharron Tasha Ford and her son.
Videotaping as a Tool for Citizens
"The police have cameras in their cars. I watch cops on TV," Ford said. "I'm very hurt by what happened. A lot
of people are being abused by police in the same way."
Ford's lawyer, James Green, called videotaping "probably the most effective way to protect citizens against
police officers who exaggerate or lie."
"Judges and juries want to believe law enforcement," he said. "They want to believe police officers and unless
you have credible evidence to contradict police officers, it's often very difficult to get judges or juries to believe
the word of a citizen over a police officer."
In Palm Beach County, Fla., Greenacres resident Peter Ballance, 63, who has Asperger's syndrome and has to
record conversations to help his memory, settled a civil lawsuit for $100,000 last year. In August 2005, police
officers tackled and arrested Ballance for refusing to turn off his tape recorder.
"You know what," said the officer, according to court documents, "I still don't want that recording device on."
"Well, it's on," Ballance replied.
"It is a third-degree felony," the cop said. "If you want to push it, you can go to jail for it."
"Well, I'm pushing it now," Ballance said.
Ballance snapped pictures of the officers. One of the cops delivered a blindside tackle. Ballance had to be treated
for injuries and cardiac symptoms at a hospital on the way to the county jail. At the hospital, officers refused to
let Ballance use his recorders to communicate with doctors, court papers said.
In Portsmouth, N.H., earlier this month, Adam Whitman, 20, and his brother were charged with wiretapping, a
felony in the state for videotaping police on the Fourth of July when they were called to a party and ended up
arresting 20 people, many for underage drinking.
A police spokesman told ABCNews.com that the wiretapping charges were being dropped.
Witness Videos on the Rise
Across the country, arrests such as these highlight the growing role of witness video in law enforcement. A
dozen states require all parties to consent before a recording is made if there is a "reasonable expectation of
privacy." Virginia and New York require one-party consent. Only in Massachusetts and Illinois is it illegal for
people to make an audio recording of people without their consent.
"The argument is, 'Well, can a police officer beside the highway have a private conversation with somebody that
they pull over?'" said Joseph Cassilly, the Harford County prosecutor handling Graber's case.
Cassilly added, "Suppose a police officer pulled you over and he wanted to have a talk with you. 'Sir, I smell
alcohol on your breath. Can you talk to me about how much you've had to drink? Would you want somebody
else to stop by and record that and put it on the Internet?"
Rocah of the ACLU disagreed. "It's not that recording any conversation is illegal without consent. It's that
recording a private conversation is illegal without consent," he said. "So then the question is, 'Are the words of a
police officer spoken on duty, in uniform, in public a 'private conversation.' And every court that has ever
considered that question has said that they are not."
Rocah said actual wiretapping prosecutions, though rare, are happening more frequently. But intimidation with
the threat of arrest for taping the police is much more common.
"Prosecution is only the most extreme end of a continuum of police and official intimidation and there's a lot of
intimidation that goes on and has been going on short of prosecution," he said. "It's far more frequent for an
officer to just say, 'You can't record or give me your camera or give me your cell phone and if you don't I'm
going to arrest you. Very few people want to test the veracity of that threat and so comply. It's much more
difficult to document, much more prevalent and equally improper."
New Video, Old Debate
In many jurisdictions, the police themselves record encounters with the public with dashboard cameras in their
cars.
"Police and governmental recording of citizens is becoming more pervasive and to say that government can
record you but you can't record, it speaks volumes about the mentality of people in government," Rocah said.
"It's supposed to be the other way around: They work for us; we don't work for them."
Graber's YouTube video, meanwhile, has helped renew the old debate about whether government has a right to
keep residents from recording the police. There is even an "I support Anthony Graber and his right to freedom of
expression" Facebook page with close to 600 friends.
"Suffice it to say that our client is terrified at the prospect of these criminal charges," Rocah said.
What is even more alarming is that in many places it is becoming increasingly becoming the norm for law enforcement
to ARREST any law abiding citizen that records them. Folks, I don‘t make this stuff up. Little by little all your rights
are being stripped from you. The days are quickly coming where you will not be able to defend yourself from wanton
abuse and corruption in any way shape or form. In the not too distant future when the ―man‖ comes knocking on your
door bursting your front door down, pick up a video camera and you will be charged with additional bogus crimes.
Videotaping any encounter strips away the law enforcement‘s greatest weapon: His word vs. yours. In a police state
that is completely unequivocally absolutely intolerable. Your available options to protect your rights are methodically
being eliminated as you sit there watching Who Wants to Be a Millionaire. Go ahead, sleep, for the day will surely
come when you have but one right left: to be afraid, be very afraid.
Behold: for the age of Orwell‘s prophetic world governence and the age of the THOUGHT POLICE is upon us…
Think Government Is Corrupt? You May Face 10 Years In Jail…

South Carolina forces ―subversives‖ to register with the authorities or do hard time
Paul Joseph Watson, Prison Planet.com, Monday, February 8, 2010
Subversives who think government is corrupt and should be controlled by the people face 10 years in prison and
a $25,000 dollar fine if they fail to register with authorities in South Carolina, in another chilling example of
how free speech and dissent is being criminalized in America.
The state‘s ―Subversive Activities Registration Act‖ is now officially on the books and mandates that ―Every
member of a subversive organization, or an organization subject to foreign control, every foreign agent and
every person who advocates, teaches, advises or practices the duty, necessity or propriety of controlling,
conducting, seizing or overthrowing the government of the United States … shall register with the Secretary of
State.‖
Of course, the right to overthrow a government that has become corrupt, abusive and completely
unrepresentative of its electorate is enshrined in the Declaration of Independence – that‘s how America came to
be a Republic in the first place – advocating or teaching that the people should ―control‖ the government via
their elected representatives is a basic function of a democratic society, but this law effectively makes it a
terrorist offense.
―We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator
with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness. That to secure
these rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the
governed, That whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the
People to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new Government, laying its foundation on such principles and
organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to effect their Safety and Happiness,‖
states the Declaration of Independence.
Under the sweeping terms of the law, members of tax protest organizations, the Tea Party movement and the
States‘ Rights movement based in South Carolina are all domestic terrorists if they fail to register their dissent
with the authorities.
It is important to stress that the notion this law somehow only applies to ―Islamic terrorists‖ is completely at
odds with the fact that federal and state authorities now consider the main terror threat to be from informed
American citizens exercising their constitutional rights in opposition to the big government agenda they are
being subjected to.
As we saw with the MIAC report and a plethora of similar training manuals which were leaked over the last
decade, police are being trained that libertarians, gun owners, Ron Paul supporters and anyone who is mildly
political is a domestic extremist and a potential terrorist – these people are the real target of the subversives list
in South Carolina.
The infamous Phoenix Federal Bureau of Investigation manual (page one, page two) produced in association
with the Joint Terrorism Task Force listed ―defenders of the U.S. constitution‖ and ―lone individuals‖ as
terrorists. Will anyone in South Carolina who defends the Constitution, the very bedrock of what America stands
for, have to register with the authorities unless they want to be locked up for a decade?
Of course, since nobody is going to register as a ―subversive‖ with South Carolina authorities, their failure to
―comply‖ with the regulation will later be used against them as a means of eliciting criminal charges, in what
represents a clear end run around the First Amendment.
The government isn‘t going to just come out all guns blazing and ban free speech, they are simply going to make
anyone who refuses to register for permission a criminal for failing to adhere to a separate mandate.
Just like people in places such as New York and Chicago were told that they had to get a license to purchase a
gun – at first the process was a mere inconvenience but now the licensing process means they have to jump
through 200 flaming hoops and the second amendment has effectively been outlawed in these cities.
They won‘t hesitate to pull the same tricks with the First Amendment, and it‘s already happening with calls to
license Internet users and force them to get government permission to run a website.
Think about it, according to popular belief, we have all been trained to believe that we are ―innocent until proven
guilty.‖ That and the illusion that we live in the land of freedom and liberty. These have to be one of the biggest
crockabull fairy tales of our judicial system. For in all reality, you are first arrested, and then you must prove your
innocence. If everyone were allowed to act exactly like law enforcement ROUTINELY does and covertly record their
encounters, the entire fundamental respect/fear factor would be equalized. No, this cannot be tolerated in a police state,
for you must respect, fear and bow to your superior law enforcement overlords.
What Counts as Abetting Terrorists?
The elimination of our rights and freedoms was officially kicked into OVER DRIVE and is now accelerating into warp
speed with the strategic use of ―TERRORISM‖ as the justifying pretense to initiate all sorts of draconian policies
and laws. Take the latest blow that was recently delivered to your FREEDOM OF SPEECH:
In a case pitting free speech against national security, the Supreme Court on June 21, 2010 upheld a federal law that
makes it a crime to provide ―material support‖ to foreign terrorist organizations, even if the help takes the form of
training for peacefully resolving conflicts, advocating in any way or even speech. Here is an execlent articulation of the
issue:
Adocacy is Not a Gun
David Cole is a professor at Georgetown University Law Center, and the author, most recently, of ―The Torture
Memos: Rationalizing the Unthinkable.‖ As a volunteer attorney for the Center for Constitutional Rights, he
served as counsel for Humanitarian Law Project in this case.
According to today‘s Supreme Court decision, advocating for human rights and peace can be prosecuted as
a ―terrorist‖ crime, punishable by 15 years in prison.
Under this ruling, President Jimmy Carter, in monitoring an election in Lebanon, would be providing ―material
support‖ to Hezbollah.
It does not matter that the speaker intends to support only nonviolent activity, and indeed seeks to discourage a
resort to violence. It does not matter if the speech in fact convinces its listeners to abandon violence.
For the first time ever, the Supreme Court has ruled that the First Amendment permits the criminalization of
pure speech advocating lawful, nonviolent activity. The court reasoned that it is conceivable that such speech
might burnish a designated group‘s image, and thereby ―legitimize‖ it, and therefore Congress can make all such
speech a crime.
In the past, the Supreme Court has ruled that the First Amendment protected even the right to advocate criminal
activity, so long as one‘s advocacy was not intended and likely to produce an imminent crime. And it ruled that
citizens had a right to associate with a group engaged in both legal and illegal activities, as lone as they intended
to further only the group‘s lawful activities.
Today, by contrast, the court rules that speech advocating only lawful, nonviolent activity can be made a crime,
and that any coordination with a blacklisted group can land a citizen in prison for 15 years.
The decision has deeply disturbing implications. It means that when President Jimmy Carter did election
monitoring in Lebanon, and met with all of the parties to the election — including Hezbollah, a designated
―terrorist group‖ — to provide them with his advice on what constitutes a fair election, he was committing the
crime of providing ―material support,‖ in the form of ―expert advice.‖
It means that when The New York Times and The Washington Post published op-eds by a Hamas leader, they
were engaged in the crime of providing ―material support‖ to a designated terrorist group, because to publish the
op-ed they had to coordinate with a spokesperson from Hamas.
And it means that my clients, a retired judge and an established human rights group, cannot continue to work for
peace and human rights without risking long prison terms.
Those who defend this law often focus on the provision of funds — not at issue before the Supreme Court —
and argue that money is fungible, and can be used for any purpose.
But human rights advocacy is not fungible. It cannot be turned into guns and bullets. It is designed to persuade,
not coerce. It is, in short, what the First Amendment is all about. But it is now a crime, and according to this
Supreme Court, the First Amendment poses no obstacle to its suppression.
The only way the court could reach this result was by failing to subject the law to the skeptical scrutiny
traditionally applied to content-based prohibitions on speech. Once the government invoked the ―terrorist‖ label,
the court deferred, rather than require the government to meet the heavy burden that prohibitions on speech
generally require.
This is the same sort of deferential approach that the Supreme Court took to anti-Communist laws in the early
days of the McCarthy era. It was not until Senator McCarthy was censured, and McCarthyism was on the wane,
that the court began to enforce the First Amendment rights that were so gravely threatened by the anti-
Communist laws of that time.
I had hoped that we would have learned from the errors of that period. Apparently not.
Recording of your masters, their overlords and the enforcement matrix shall not be tolerated, you on the other hand
will be watched and recorded with the latest surveillance technologies available, and monitored in every conceivable
way imaginable, and you shall not complian, you will like it and beg for more ―safety‖ so greatful are the useful idiot
cattle shivering in fear for they relinquish all rights to their masters.
The ―Politically Correct‖ protocol is actually: ingenious self-

censorship Stratagem in action…
Another sinister, ever so innocuous way that the establishment is limiting

freedom of speech and no one has a slightest clue that it is even
happening, is done under a guise called Political Correctness. A new
form of self-censorship. It has become increasingly acceptable to silence
and or redirect people‘s speech with because ―it is not politically
correct‖ to discuss ____ and ____ issue, or it is not politically correct to
say_____ and ______ about this and that. For when you control the
language you control the argument. We now have sanctioned acceptable
and non acceptable speech. Political Correctness has been nothing more than a benign predecessor to prepare the
peoples into later accepting upcoming harsher limits on free speech. Those who cross the ―politically correct line‖ are
usually confronted and chastised, often publically. Political correctness is the predecessor of Hate Speech, paving the
way for the ―NORMALIZATION‖ of limits to what can be publically said and the people becoming accustomed to
being limited and curbs their speech in order to adhere to ―politically correctness‖… This has magically been morphing
over time to be associated with and continually becoming nothing more that hate speech it very self.
Political Correctness is nothing other than sugar coated censorship. Think about it, for the days are coming fast
forward where you are being limited on all sides what you can or cannot say. The walls are closing in… your Zionist
masters are skillfully stripping away your rights, liberties, little by little, ever so slowly the water warms, it is now
almost boiling and all the cattle sit in the boiling water caldron, sweating, wandering why it is so hot….
Sen. John McCain wants to allow U.S. citizens to be arrested, held

indefinitely
By Dave Gibson, Virginia Beach Conservative Examiner, March 12th, 2010
Last week, John McCain introduced a bill into the U.S. Senate which, if passed, would actually allow U.S.
citizens to be arrested and detained indefinitely, all without Miranda rights or ever being charged with a crime.
The stated purpose of S. 3081 (The Enemy Belligerent Interrogation, Detention, and Prosecution Act) reads: ―To
provide for the interrogation and detention of enemy belligerents who commit hostile acts against the United
States, to establish certain limitations on the prosecution of such belligerents for such acts, and for other
purposes.‖
The bill has nine co-sponsors including Sen. Joe Lieberman (I-CT) and Sen. Scott Brown (R-MA).
Section 5 of S. 3081 states:
―An individual, including a citizen of the United States, determined to be an unprivileged enemy
belligerent under section 3(c)(2) in a manner which satisfies Article 5 of the Geneva Convention
Relative to the Treatment of Prisoners of War may be detained without criminal charges and without
trial for the duration of hostilities against the United States or its coalition partners in which the
individual has engaged, or which the individual has purposely and materially supported, consistent with
the law of war and any authorization for the use of military force provided by Congress pertaining to
such hostilities.‖
This bill, introduced by McCain, who despite overwhelming evidence, claims to be a ―conservative,‖ would not
only take away our right to a trial, but would also allow the federal government to arrest and imprison
anyone the current administration deems hostile.
Of course, that would be the same administration whose Homeland Security Secretary has classified
veterans, retired law enforcement, Ron Paul supporters, and conservatives as ―terrorists.‖
If it was not clear before, it should be now that John McCain has as little respect for the Constitution as he does
for our borders.
We are being methodically over the decades, bombarded with an avalanche of measures, policies, laws, acts and so on,
all under the guise of ―protecting us‖ from the bogeymen, ―making things better‖ and ―for you benefit.‖ Ever so
gradually we are all becoming used to living in an open air, non confined concentration camp that we call ―the
land of the free,‖ where we are even allowed to wander around for miles on end and have all the decadent fun we
want, so long as we play by the rules and not break any of their hundreds of thousands of laws, not counting the
hundreds of new ones being introduced on a daily basis.
How to better keep track of all the inmates, slaves, servants, ummm, I mean citizens? Along comes something called
―REAL ID.‖ Nothing more than an Orwellian way to keep track of the national human inventory. A lot has been
written about Real ID so I won‘t bother re-hashing old news. Instead, here is a clip from DownsizeDC.org that
discusses several matters I want to point out.
―It's not hard to see why. Many Americans hate REAL ID, and 22 states have refused to comply with the
program. DC Downsizers alone have bombarded Congress with 112,227 message demanding that REAL ID be
repealed. So . . .
Should we be happy that Napolitano wants to review the REAL ID program? Not very. At best, we believe the
outcome will be to . . .
* Repackage the program, perhaps under a new name

* Divide the program into parts, so it can be implemented in stages, such as with the TWIC program
* Concoct ways to bribe and coerce state governments to submit to the revised program
It's hard to envision that REAL ID will really disappear, until or unless we compel Congress to repeal the
authorizing legislation. In fact, we believe that REAL ID, in one form or another, is part of a grand scheme to
empower the federal government to track everyone and everything at all times! This grand scheme includes . . .
* The National Animal Identification System (NAIS)

* A new system being devised to track food products
* The NSA system of universal warrantless spying on Americans
* And the new federal program to create universal electronic health records
We believe that all of these programs will eventually be combined to give the Feds "total information
awareness."
Are we being hysterical? Many would claim that we are, and they could point to aspects of current government
plans that fall far short of being able to "track everyone and everything at all times." But such criticisms miss a
crucial point. The evidence is overwhelming that government programs . . .
* Tend to grow larger

* Nearly always come to include features the politicians promised they would never have
We predict that, should some version of REAL ID come into existence, it will eventually be combined with all
the other tracking and surveillance systems described above. Most importantly . . .
We predict that your REAL ID will be combined with universal electronic medical records to control the kind of
health care you receive.
We see the writing on the wall, and it says that the federal government is going to turn the entire United States
health system into a giant HMO, with all of your medical procedures controlled by far off bureaucrats. This
control will be enforced through something resembling REAL ID, tied to your electronic health records.‖
What we choose to ignore - Video
To facilitate them in clamping down on our society our loving and caring most benevolent politicians in Washington
have been busy hammering out surveillance laws after surveillance laws all "for your protection" (oh, but of course!)
Doh! Even the very definition of privacy is being re-written. Even your family doctor can (and increasingly do) turn
people in for investigation and prosecution under a myriad of laws. Even what your children tell their teachers in
school can help you land in very big trouble. Even your co-workers are often encouraged to report anyone for a myriad
of reasons. Millions of cameras everywhere, soon there will be nowhere to hide. Welcome to the new improved land
of the free, liberty, justice and the American way! Someone please take the crack pipes away from our elected
leaders!!!!
It is naive to think that the government isn't keeping tabs on you. Despite the
fact that it is in direct violation of not only the US constitution (right to
privacy) but our intrinsic human rights. Anything you post online, anything
you say over phone lines (both land and air), and more are on record with the
authorities. Well, perhaps not all of it, but enough to give them an accurate
profile of who you are as a person, and what your beliefs are. How do you
think they are so easily able to infiltrate groups (like the protesters raided
before the RNC convention in St. Paul, Minnesota)?
Still not convinced? Unless you have been living in a cave the last several
years, you would know that it is no secret that our police, FBI and intelligence
agencies have been spending millions on developing FACIAL
RECOGNITION PROGRAMS. Oh yeah, we are all told these are to be able
to "catch the bad guys". Behold: beware, for the cameras are watching
EVERYONE... including YOU. The premise given to the masses is that the
cameras are placed to help stop crime, this is total bullshit for in almost all of
their history of existence they only helped solve maybe 1% of all crimes, and
that is an optimistic figure (comprising of the video footage you see on TV crime shows of local stores getting robbed).
No one is exempt from surveillance, the moment you decide to "step out of line" and participate in something they
have deemed "illegal" such as a PEACE MARCH, or voice any dissenting opinion, that‘s it, you will also be a marked
man... those cameras are there to help locate and single out dissenters from the population at large… see the video
below for a glimpse into reality.
This is What A Police State Looks Like – Video
FBI Cites Terror Link in Raids of Local Activists

Agents raided the Minneapolis homes of five antiwar activists, seizing computers and documents.
By Randy Furst and Abby Simons, Star Tribune 9/24/2010
The FBI raided the Minneapolis homes of five antiwar activists, including three leaders of the Twin Cities peace
movement, Friday morning as part of what it called a probe of "activities concerning the material support of
terrorism."
The Minneapolis office of an antiwar organization was also raided, protest leaders said. No one was arrested in
any of the raids.
FBI spokesman Steve Warfield said the searches were conducted at about 7 a.m. Lawyers said the agents seized
computers, cell phones and documents in the protesters' homes.
The federal search warrants in Minneapolis were related to an ongoing Joint Terrorism Task Force, Warfield
said. He offered no details.
Protest leaders said the raids surprised them. Mick Kelly, whose home was searched, played a central role in the
2008 demonstrations at the Republican National Convention in St. Paul. Asked if he was involved in illegal
activities, he replied, "Absolutely not.''
Ted Dooley, Kelly's attorney, called the raids "a probe into the political beliefs of American citizens and any
organization anywhere that opposes the American imperial design." He said the warrants cited a federal law
making it a violation to provide or conspire to provide material support to designated foreign terrorist
organizations.
The warrant for the raid on Kelly's apartment, in the 1800 block of Riverside Avenue, sought notebooks, address
books, photos and maps of Kelly's travels to the Palestinian territories, Colombia and in the United States on
behalf of the Freedom Road Socialist Organization. It also sought materials on his personal finances and those of
the group, on Kelly's "potential co-conspirators" and recruitment efforts for the group.
The warrant also sought any information about efforts to support FARC, a guerrilla organization in Colombia,
the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine, and Hezbollah, the political and paramilitary organization
based in Lebanon. [continues here]
Bill of Rights, Amendment IV: ―The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects,
against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated, and no warrants shall issue, but upon probable
cause, supported by oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons or
things to be seized.‖ (FYI: your phone and internet data are were once also subject to protection by this amendment)
The Constitution and the Bill of Rights has been under direct assault, they are being effectively destroyed in broad
daylight right in front of the peoples of the entire world. Yet everyone remains blind, while they sleep, their
―inalienable rights‖ are being stripped from them one by one… Oh, let me count the ways…
Still don‘t believe that our country is going to shit? This is what is happening all across the country at an alarming rate
folks, and if you have not heard about it, then give thanks because it hasn‘t happened to YOU…. Yet:
Police property seizures ensnare even the innocent

Money raised by Metro Detroit agencies increases 50% in five years
George Hunter and Doug Guthrie / The Detroit News
Local law enforcement agencies are raising millions of dollars by seizing private property suspected in crimes,
but often without charges being filed -- and sometimes even when authorities admit no offense was committed.
The money raised by confiscating goods in Metro Detroit soared more than 50 percent to at least $20.62 million
from 2003 to 2007, according to a Detroit News analysis of records from 58 law enforcement agencies. In some
communities, amounts raised went from tens of thousands to hundreds of thousands -- and, in one case, into the
millions.
"It's like legalized stealing," said Jacque Sutton, a 21-year-old college student from Mount Clemens whose 1989
Mustang was seized by Detroit police raiding a party. Charges against him and more than 100 others were
dropped, but he still paid more than $1,000 to get the car back.
"According to the law, I did nothing wrong -- but they're allowed to take my property anyway. It doesn't make
sense."
While courts have maintained the government's right to take property involved in crimes, police seizures -- also
known as forfeitures -- are a growing source of friction in Michigan, especially as law enforcement agencies
struggle to balance budgets.
"Police departments right now are looking for ways to generate revenue, and forfeiture is a way to offset the
costs of doing business," said Sgt. Dave Schreiner, who runs Canton Township's forfeiture unit, which raised
$343,699 in 2008. "You'll find that departments are doing more forfeitures than they used to because they've
got to -- they're running out of money and they've got to find it somewhere."… blah, blah, blah
There was a program initiated by the FBI in from 1956 through 1971 called COINTELPRO (an acronym for Counter
Intelligence Program) was a series of covert and often illegal projects conducted by the FBI aimed at investigating and
disrupting dissident political organizations within the United States. The FBI has used covert operations since its
inception, however, the motivation at the time of establishing COINTELPRO was ―protecting national security,
preventing violence, and maintaining the existing social and political order.‖
At the same time COINTELPRO was established, the CIA also ran their own surveillance project called Operation
CHAOS, a domestic espionage project. Along with several other CIA projects they spied on domestic anti-war
activists, and political dissidents.
The fact of the matter is that COINTELPRO (or Operation CHAOS) were never really disbanded. Sure they SAY it
ended in 1971, but what really happened was that it went further into deep cover in the intelligence infrastructure. The
work of COINTELPRO was discreetly transferred to the NSA where they have cart blanch access to anything and
everything they want under the guise of ―national security.‖ The NSA has long since been busy monitoring EVERY
phone call and internet transmissions for years now, so much so that they have long ago connected directly to the root
internet hubs at AT&T and setup billions of dollars worth of snoopware infrastructure at strategic communications
junctures to accomplish their mission.
Are you secretly being monitored? NO! You are OPENLY BEING MONITORED. From the millions of surveillance
cameras you don‘t even notice in every single public place where humans congregate, to the more millions of cameras
installed on buses and trains, everywhere keeping an eye on you to the more concealed forms of monitoring, such as
everything you do on your computer is tracked and cataloged by your loving wonderful and benevolent big brother.
Full-Body Scan Technology Deployed In Street-

Roving Vans
By Andy Greenberg, Forbes, August 24, 2010
As the privacy controversy around full-body security scans begins to

simmer, it‘s worth noting that courthouses and airport security checkpoints
aren‘t the only places where backscatter x-ray vision is being deployed.
The same technology, capable of seeing through clothes and walls, has
also been rolling out on U.S. streets.
American Science & Engineering, a company based in Billerica, Massachusetts, has sold U.S. and foreign
government agencies more than 500 backscatter x-ray scanners mounted in vans that can be driven past
neighboring vehicles to see their contents, Joe Reiss, a vice president of marketing at the company told me in an
interview. While the biggest buyer of AS&E‘s machines over the last seven years has been the Department of
Defense operations in Afghanistan and Iraq, Reiss says law enforcement agencies have also deployed the vans to
search for vehicle-based bombs in the U.S.
―This product is now the largest selling cargo and vehicle inspection system ever,‖ says Reiss. [read the rest of the
story here]
Today have been witnessing the reemergence of the FBI‘s involvement in the COINTELPRO field with the hiring of
thousands of new cyber investigators to ―help battle the cyber terrorists threat‖ of course. Rest assured that today we,
the citizens of this country are being diligently spied upon, by the most sophisticated surveillance apparatus to have
ever existed, on a scale that mind boggling, yet it is done so clandestined that no one has the slightest clue it is
happening. And its not just the FBI that is doing all the monitoring. The NSA, CIA, DARPA and just about every
intelligence agency on the planet is busy monitoring everyone under the pretense of ―for you protection, to find those
evil boogyman terrorists.‖
FBI Wiretapping of Internet Users. ―All Your Data Belongs to Us‖

By Tom Burghardt, Blacklistednews.com, 11-21-2010
In a further sign that Barack Obama's faux "progressive" regime will soon seek broad new Executive Branch
power, The New York Times disclosed last week that FBI chief and cover-up specialist extraordinaire,
Robert S. Mueller III, "traveled to Silicon Valley on Tuesday to meet with top executives of several
technology firms about a proposal to make it easier to wiretap Internet users."
Times' journalist Charlie Savage reported that Mueller and the Bureau's chief counsel, Valerie Caproni,
"were scheduled to meet with senior managers of several major companies, including Google and Facebook,
according to several people familiar with the discussions."
Facebook's public policy manager Andrew Noyes confirmed that Mueller "is visiting Facebook during his
trip to Silicon Valley;" Google, on the other hand, "declined to comment."
Last month, Antifascist Calling reported that the U.S. secret state, in a reprise of the crypto wars of the
1990s, is seeking new legislation from Congress that would "fix" the Communications Assistance to Law
Enforcement Act (CALEA) and further curtail our civil- and privacy rights.
When the administration floated the proposal in September, The New York Times revealed that among the
"fixes" sought by the FBI and other intrusive spy satrapies, were demands that communications' providers
build backdoors into their applications and networks that will give spooks trolling "encrypted e-mail
transmitters like BlackBerry, social networking Web sites like Facebook and software that allows direct 'peer
to peer' messaging like Skype" the means "to intercept and unscramble encrypted messages."
And with a new "security-minded" Congress set to convene in January, chock-a-block with Tea Partying
"conservatives" and ultra-nationalist know-nothings, the chances that the administration will get everything
they want, and then some, is a sure bet.
"All Your Data Belongs to Us"
Caproni and her cohorts, always up to the challenge when it comes to grabbing our personal data, much like
pigs snuffling about a dank forest in search of truffles or those rarer, more elusive delicacies christened
"actionable intelligence" by our minders, avowed that said legislative tweaks are "reasonable" and
"necessary" requirements that will "prevent the erosion" of the Bureau's "investigative powers."
Never mind that the FBI, as Wired Magazine revealed three years ago, "has quietly built a sophisticated,
point-and-click surveillance system that performs instant wiretaps on almost any communications device."
Security journalist Ryan Singel reported that the Bureau's Digital Collection System Network or DCS-3000,
a newer iteration of the Carnivore system of the 1990s, "connects FBI wiretapping rooms to switches
controlled by traditional land-line operators, internet-telephony providers and cellular companies."
Documents obtained by the Electronic Frontier Foundation through a Freedom of Information Act lawsuit
revealed that the system was created to "intercept personal communications services delivered via emerging
digital technologies used by wireless carriers." A second system, Red Hook, collects "voice and data calls
and then process and display the intercepted information."
And never mind, as Wired also informed us, that the Bureau's "computer and internet protocol address
verifier," or CIPAV, once called Magic Lantern, is a malicious piece of software, a virtual keystroke reader,
that "gathers a wide range of information, including the computer's IP address; MAC address; open ports; the
operating system type, version and serial number; preferred internet browser and version; the computer's
registered owner and registered company name; the current logged-in user name and the last-visited URL."
Insidiously, the U.S. Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals ruled at the time, since the Bureau's malware doesn't
capture the content of communications, it can be conducted without a wiretap warrant, because, as our
judicial guardians opined, users have "no reasonable expectation of privacy" when using the internet.
And with the secret state clamoring for the broadest possible access to our data, its become a lucrative
business for greedy, I mean patriotic, ISPs who charge premium prices for services rendered in the endless
"War on Terror."
Security Is Patriotic, and Profitable Too!
Last week, The Register informed us that privacy and security researcher Christopher Soghoian revealed that
although "Microsoft does not charge for government surveillance of its users," Google, on the other hand
"charges $25 per user."
This information was revealed in a document obtained by the intrepid activist under the Freedom of
Information Act.
Soghoian, whose Slight Paranoia web site has broken any number of stories on the collusive, and patently
illegal, collaboration amongst grifting telecoms, niche spy firms and the secret state, revealed in March that
the Secure Socket Layer (SSL) system has already been compromised by U.S. and other intelligence
agencies. (SSL is the tiny lock that appears in your browser when you log-on to an allegedly "secure" web
site for banking or other online transactions.)
In a paper co-authored with researcher Sid Stamm, Certified Lies: Detecting and Defeating Government
Interception Attacks Against SSL, Soghoian revealed that a "new attack" against online privacy, "the
compelled certificate creation attack, in which government agencies compel a certificate authority to issue
false SSL certificates that are then used by intelligence agencies to covertly intercept and hijack individuals'
secure Web-based communications ... is in active use."
The latest disclosure by Soghoian uncovered evidence that the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration
(DEA), shelled out some $6.7 million for pen registers and $6.5 million for wiretaps. While a wiretap
provides law enforcers with "actual telephone or internet conversations," a pen register "merely grabs
numbers and addresses that show who's doing the communicating," The Register averred.
While Microsoft doesn't charge the government for spying on their users, conveniently doing away with a
messy paper trail in the process, Google receives $25 and Yahoo $29 from taxpayers for the privilege of
being surveilled. Soghoian points out that "Google and Yahoo! may make more money from surveillance
than they get directly from their email users. Basic Google and Yahoo! email accounts are free. Department
of Justice documents show that telcos may charge as much as $2,000 for a pen register."
That 2006 report from the DoJ's Office of the Inspector General reported that to facilitate CALEA
compliance, "Congress appropriated $500 million to reimburse carriers for the direct costs of modifying
systems installed or deployed on or before January 1, 1995."
Ten years on, and $450 million later, the Bureau estimates that "only 10 to 20 percent of the wireline
switches, and approximately 50 percent of the pre-1995 and 90 percent of the post-1995 wireless switches,
respectively, have CALEA software activated and thus are considered CALEA-compliant."
Sounds like a serious crisis, right? Well, not exactly. OIG auditors averred that "we could not provide
assurance on the accuracy of these estimates;" a subtle way of saying that the FBI could be ginning-up the
numbers--and alleged "threats" to the heimat posed by an open internet and wireless networks.
As it turns out, this too is a proverbial red herring.
Whether or not the switches themselves are "CALEA-compliant" is a moot point since the vast majority of
ISPs retain search data "in the cloud" indefinitely, just as wireless carriers cache cell phone geolocation and
dialed-number data in huge data warehouses seemingly until the end of time, all readily accessible to law
enforcement agencies--for a price.
Bringing the Hammer Down
The weakest link in the battle to preserve privacy rights, as Washington Technology revealed, are the
corporate grifters feeding at the federal trough. What with the "cybersecurity" market the newest growth
center for enterprising capitalist pirates, why bite the hand that feeds.
Couple this with the brisk private market in grabbing online users' data and selling it to the highest bidder, as
The Wall Street Journal uncovered in their excellent "What They Know" series on web- and cell phone
tracking, it becomes clear that profit always trumps democratic control and privacy rights.
In light of these disturbing trends, CNET News reported that "Democratic politicians are proposing a novel
approach to cybersecurity: fine technology companies $100,000 a day unless they comply with directives
imposed by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security."
Investigative journalist Declan McCullagh informs us that legislation introduced last week by the lame duck
Congress "would allow DHS Secretary Janet Napolitano to levy those and other civil penalties on
noncompliant companies that the government deems 'critical,' a broad term that could sweep in Web firms,
broadband providers, and even software companies and search engines."
Congressional grifter Rep. Bennie Thompson (D-MS), the outgoing chairman of the House Homeland
Security Committee, claimed that the bill "will make our nation more secure and better positions DHS--the
'focal point for the security of cyberspace'--to fulfill its critical homeland security mission," right alongside
the National Security Agency as Antifascist Calling reported last month.
Jim Harper, a policy analyst with the right-wing Cato Institute told CNET that "Congress is stepping forward
to regulate something it has no idea how to regulate. It's a level of bureaucracy that actually adds nothing at
all."
While Harper's assertion is accurate up to a point, he's missing the boat insofar as demands for expanded--
and unregulated--authority by our political minders to access anything and everything even remotely
connected to "national security," from email to web searches and from financial transactions to travel plans,
is precisely the point of an electronic police state.
The bill, the Homeland Security Cyber and Physical Infrastructure Protection Act (HSCPIPA), has "other
high-profile backers," including Rep. Jane Harman (D-CA) and Yvette Clarke (D-NY), the outgoing chair of
the Cybersecurity Subcommittee.
Last week, Antifascist Calling reported that Clarke proclaimed that "the likelihood of a cyberattack that
could bring down our [electrical] grid is ... 100%. Our networks are already being penetrated as we stand
here. We are already under attack."
Clarke, who raised some $267,938 in campaign contributions during the current election cycle, according to
OpenSecrets.org, including tens of thousands of dollars from defense and security grifters such as
Honeywell International, Dell, AT&T, Raytheon, Verizon, Boeing and General Dynamics, not to mention
that sterling citizen and beacon of financial transparency, Goldman Sachs.
With a straight face, she asserted: "We must stop asking ourselves 'could this happen to us' and move to a
default posture that acknowledges this fact and instead asks 'what can we do to protect ourselves'?"
With the introduction of HSCPIPA, we now have our answer!
Hardly slouches themselves when it comes to feeding at the corporate security trough, Harman raked in
$654,787 from firms such as Northrop Grumman, Boeing, Raytheon and Science Applications International
Corporation (SAIC), while Thompson grabbed $584,938 from firms like SAIC, Boeing, General Dynamics,
Raytheon and Lockheed Martin, all of whom do yeoman's work, as readers are well aware, to "keep us safe."
While no Republicans have signed onto the bill, the incoming chairman of the House Homeland Security
Committee, ultra-rightist crazy, Rep. Peter King (R-NY), pulled down some $664,657 from his loyal
constituents: General Dynamics, Goldman Sachs, AT&T, Lockheed Martin and Raytheon, OpenSecrets told
us.
King, an apologist for Bush-Obama "War on Terror" policies, told Politico earlier this month that the
practice of torturing terrorism suspects "saved many, many lives." And, like his Democratic Party colleague
Clarke, King avers that "cyber-spies from foreign countries have already penetrated our electrical system,
mapped it and left behind software that caused disruptions and disabled our electrical system."
While neither representative has provided a shred of evidence to back their wild claims, both scrupulously
avoid addressing the question of who the most egregious planetary perpetrators of "cyber espionage" actually
are.
A Seamless Global Surveillance Web
In a sign that the collapsing American Empire will make new wiretap rules a cost of doing business with the
greatest country that ever was, foreign governments and firms that do business in the U.S. were warned that
overseas internet service providers "would have to route communications through a server on United States
soil where they could be wiretapped," the Times reported.
That would certainly give our corporate grifters a leg up on the competition!
Considering that the National Security Agency's ECHELON surveillance platform, accused by the European
Parliament in their 2001 report of filching communications from EU businesses and passing them on to
corporate "friends," I'm sure they'll just smile and suck it up.
According to the report, the NSA routinely used the program for corporate and industrial espionage and that
information was turned over to American firms for their financial advantage.
For example, EU investigators discovered that ECHELON spies had "lifted...all the faxes and phone calls"
between the European aircraft manufacturer Airbus and Saudi Arabian Airlines. The information gleaned
was then used by two American companies, Boeing and McDonnell Douglas, to outflank their Airbus rivals
and win a $6 billion contract. Investigators also found that the French company Thomson-CSF lost a $1.3
billion satellite deal to Raytheon the same way.
Similarly, the new communications spying regime proposed by the FBI also has a long and sordid history. In
January, investigative journalist Nicky Hager reported that under terms of New Zealand's 2004
Telecommunications (Interception Capability) Act, "a basic interception warrant ... allows them access to all
your emails, internet browsing, online shopping or dating, calls, texts and location for mobile phones, and
much more--all delivered almost instantaneously to the surveillance agencies."
Sound familiar? It should, since the template for global driftnet spying originated deep in the bowels of the
UKUSA Security Agreement and the National Security Agency, the dark Pentagon entity that created
ECHELON.
Hager, the author of Secret Power, first blew the lid off ECHELON in a 1996 piece for Covert Action
Quarterly. He revealed that the origins of New Zealand's new system "can be traced back 10 years to when
British researchers uncovered European Union police documents planning exactly the same sort of
surveillance system in Europe."
That secret plan Hager reports, "known as Enfopol 98 ... aimed to create 'a seamless web of
telecommunications surveillance' across Europe, and involved EU nations adopting 'International User
Requirements for Interception', to standardise surveillance capabilities."
Who, pray tell, was in the thick of this nasty business? According to Hager, European researchers discovered
"that the moves followed 'a five-year lobbying exercise by American agencies such as the FBI'."
Hager tells us, that similar to moves inside the United States, the island nation's Secret Intelligence Service
(SIS) forced through legislation that empowered spooks "to catch ... communications, including people using
overseas-based email or other services, all the local communications networks are wired up as well, to
monitor messages en route overseas."
The origin of these intrusive measures, Hager reports, are the series of conferences, first hosted by the FBI-
run International Law Enforcement Telecommunications Seminar (ILETS) beginning in the mid-1990s.
According to the document posted by the secrecy-shredding web site Cryptome, international snoops
averred that "Law enforcement agencies require access to all interception subjects operating temporarily or
permanently within a telecommunications system," and that "Law enforcement agencies require a real-time,
full-time monitoring capability for the interception of telecommunications. Call associated data should also
be provided in real-time."
Fast forward a decade and we learn, Hager writes, that alongside the United States "New Zealand is
integrated into the 'seamless web of telecommunications surveillance' around the globe--a system which from
the start had primarily been about US agencies wanting surveillance capabilities beyond their borders."
Thus the secret state's desire, as The New York Times reported, for legislative authority demanding that
foreign citizens and firms route their overseas communications through U.S. servers "where they could be
wiretapped."
And with the latest push for "total information awareness"--data retention--looming ever-larger on the
horizon, ISPs and wireless carriers "are forced by government to store all their customers' emails, texts,
internet use and phone data...making them available to police and spy agencies to trawl for people's past
correspondence and activities."
"These developments" Hager writes, "have been introduced quietly. Neither the government nor the phone
and internet companies are keen to advertise their Big Brotherish activities."
Now the repressive American domestic intelligence agency that brought us COINTELPRO, targets the
antiwar movement for "special handling" and gives "aid and comfort" to international terrorists like al-Qaeda
triple agent, the false-flag specialist Ali Mohamed, is lobbying internet firms Facebook and Google in a bid
to expand their onerous surveillance powers.
As the American Civil Liberties Union pointed out last week in their denunciation of the FBI's sought-after
legislation, "this proposal isn't simply applying the same sort of wiretap system we have for phones to the
Internet; it would require reconfiguring and changing the nature of the Internet."
Laura W. Murphy, the Director of the ACLU's Washington Legislative Office said they "remain very
concerned that this proposal is a clear recipe for abuse and will make it that much easier for the government
to gain access to our most personal information."
"Americans," Murphy averred, "should not simply surrender their privacy and other fundamental values in
the name of national security."
And with a growing revolt over egregious sexual assaults and virtual strip searches by Transportation
Security Agency goons threatening to break out amongst air travelers, including calls to resist being
bombarded with ionizing radiation and humiliating TSA "pat-downs," are we on the cusp of a more
generalized rebellion against the capitalist surveillance state?
Tom Burghardt is a researcher and activist based in the San Francisco Bay Area. In addition to publishing
in Covert Action Quarterly and Global Research, an his articles can be read on Dissident Voice, The
Intelligence Daily, Pacific Free Press, Uncommon Thought Journal, and the whistleblowing website
WikiLeaks. He is the editor of Police State America: U.S. Military "Civil Disturbance" Planning, distributed
by AK Press and has contributed to the new book from Global Research, The Global Economic Crisis: The
Great Depression of the XXI Century.
News Flash: everything you do online is being monitored and has been monitored for years now. The Total
Information Awareness Project tracks your daily electronic transactions looking for patterns to emerge. This helps the
government determine whether you're just a run-of-the-mill porn loving pervert or a porn loving pervert terrorist!
And what dastardly technology does the Pentagon rely on to watch its citizens? Well, you're using it right now. Pretty
much everything you do, from the Pussycat Dolls songs you buy to the chest waxing bills you pay to the demoralizing
dating profile you fill out, is now done online. These giant networks of computers all connected to the World Wide
Web make it a whole lot easier for the feds to watch every little thing you do.
Have you heard of ECHELON? If not, don't worry. It's just a global network of computers. Nothing scary about that.
After all, that's kind of what the Internet is, and what's scary about the Internet except everything? But where the
Internet is terrifying in a tentacle porn/endless stream of Pedobear memes kind of way, ECHELON is terrifying in that
it monitors your e-mail, phone records and Web surfing on behalf of several world governments, all in the interest of,
supposedly keeping tabs on potential terrorists and other assorted criminal masterminds.
This is part of ECHELON
What does this have to do with you and your donkey show, you ask? Well, whatever intergalactic team of anal probe
wielding space dwellers created ECHELON also came up with a way to embed every piece of paper that goes through
a laser jet printer with a microscopic code that identifies the specific printer that the paper came from.
It‘s all good, for the sake of ―protecting us from the bogeymen ―terrorists‖ eh? Yeah, sure. That is what you are told
over and over again. In all actuality the DRAG NET is far and wide. Anyone that does not fall in line with the New
World Order agenda is subject to strict scrutiny, surveillance and eventually prosecution in their quest to silence and
dismantle their works. The examples are piling up so fast it is hard to keep up. Even the animal rights and ecological
activists are being targeted as TERRORISTS! Where will the insanity end?
Go ahead doubt what is currently happening right before your very eyes why don‘t you? Yes, stick your head into the
sand and ignore the FACT that concentration camps are in fact waiting to soon be populated. Beginning with the ONE
MILLION ―TERRORISTS‖ ON THE OFFICIAL ―TERRORIST‖ WATCH LIST. Did you know that the FBI
labels the environmental and animal rights movements the NUMBER ONE domestic ―terrorist‖ threat? So you
my dear picketing peaceful activist friends are in deep shit. Now sing with me: ―Bad boys, bad boys, What you gona do
when they come for you, bad boys, bad boys?‖ And…. You‘re probably a terrorist if…(hint, click on that link).
The Government's New Right to Track Your Every Move With GPS
By ADAM COHEN Adam Cohen – Time
Government agents can sneak onto your property in the middle of the night, put a GPS device on the bottom of
your car and keep track of everywhere you go. This doesn't violate your Fourth Amendment rights, because you do
not have any reasonable expectation of privacy in your own driveway - and no reasonable expectation that the
government isn't tracking your movements.
That is the bizarre - and scary - rule that now applies in California and eight other Western states. The U.S. Court
of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit, which covers this vast jurisdiction, recently decided the government can monitor
you in this way virtually anytime it wants - with no need for a search warrant. (Read about one man's efforts to
escape the surveillance state.)
It is a dangerous decision - one that, as the dissenting judges warned, could turn America into the sort of
totalitarian state imagined by George Orwell. It is particularly offensive because the judges added insult to injury
with some shocking class bias: the little personal privacy that still exists, the court suggested, should belong
mainly to the rich.
This case began in 2007, when Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) agents decided to monitor Juan Pineda-
Moreno, an Oregon resident who they suspected was growing marijuana. They snuck onto his property in the
middle of the night and found his Jeep in his driveway, a few feet from his trailer home. Then they attached a GPS
tracking device to the vehicle's underside.
After Pineda-Moreno challenged the DEA's actions, a three-judge panel of the Ninth Circuit ruled in January that it
was all perfectly legal. More disturbingly, a larger group of judges on the circuit, who were subsequently asked to
reconsider the ruling, decided this month to let it stand. (Pineda-Moreno has pleaded guilty conditionally to
conspiracy to manufacture marijuana and manufacturing marijuana while appealing the denial of his motion to
suppress evidence obtained with the help of GPS.)
In fact, the government violated Pineda-Moreno's privacy rights in two different ways. For starters, the invasion of
his driveway was wrong. The courts have long held that people have a reasonable expectation of privacy in their
homes and in the "curtilage," a fancy legal term for the area around the home. The government's intrusion on
property just a few feet away was clearly in this zone of privacy.
The judges veered into offensiveness when they explained why Pineda-Moreno's driveway was not private. It was
open to strangers, they said, such as delivery people and neighborhood children, who could wander across it
uninvited. (See the misadventures of the CIA.)
Chief Judge Alex Kozinski, who dissented from this month's decision refusing to reconsider the case, pointed out
whose homes are not open to strangers: rich people's. The court's ruling, he said, means that people who protect
their homes with electric gates, fences and security booths have a large protected zone of privacy around their
homes. People who cannot afford such barriers have to put up with the government sneaking around at night.
Judge Kozinski is a leading conservative, appointed by President Ronald Reagan, but in his dissent he came across
as a raging liberal. "There's been much talk about diversity on the bench, but there's one kind of diversity that
doesn't exist," he wrote. "No truly poor people are appointed as federal judges, or as state judges for that matter."
The judges in the majority, he charged, were guilty of "cultural elitism."
The court went on to make a second terrible decision about privacy: that once a GPS device has been planted, the
government is free to use it to track people without getting a warrant. There is a major battle under way in the
federal and state courts over this issue, and the stakes are high. After all, if government agents can track people
with secretly planted GPS devices virtually anytime they want, without having to go to a court for a warrant, we
are one step closer to a classic police state - with technology taking on the role of the KGB or the East German
Stasi.
Fortunately, other courts are coming to a different conclusion from the Ninth Circuit's - including the influential
U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit. That court ruled, also this month, that tracking for an
extended period of time with GPS is an invasion of privacy that requires a warrant. The issue is likely to end up in
the Supreme Court.
In these highly partisan times, GPS monitoring is a subject that has both conservatives and liberals worried. The
U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit's pro-privacy ruling was unanimous - decided by judges appointed by
Presidents Ronald Reagan, George W. Bush and Bill Clinton.
Plenty of liberals have objected to this kind of spying, but it is the conservative Chief Judge Kozinski who has
done so most passionately. "1984 may have come a bit later than predicted, but it's here at last," he lamented in his
dissent. And invoking Orwell's totalitarian dystopia where privacy is essentially nonexistent, he warned: "Some
day, soon, we may wake up and find we're living in Oceania."
The surveillance of civilians and all inhabitants is just beginning. At first the cameras and the surveillance begins with
innocuous innocent sounding pretexts, the narratives are usually the same: ―to protect and serve.‖ Millions of cameras,
cell phone, internet surveillance, shadowing, monitoring of every conceivable kind is increasingly becoming not just
commonplace but with every passing year, more and more intrusive, crossing and trashing every single human right
even those that were specifically written down for our own protections in the Constitution and Bill of Rights. Take a
moment to stop and assess the situations around you, cameras are being set up everywhere, your internet usage is no
longer private, but instead an open book subject to constant monitoring. Your cell phones mics act as listening devices
i.e. built in ―bugs‖, even when the cell phone is turned off. GPS units implanted everything you own tracks and records
your every move. Your purchases using plastic cards record all your most secret purchases and inclinations, all
providing a clear reflection of who you are and what you are about. Yes you are free… freee… freeeee to THINK and
BELIEVE you are FREE. For you see not the shackles that enslave you.
The words above were written a couple years ago in Matrix Report draft version 1, today we are seeing the clear
implementation of the ―terrorist citizen‖ paradigm narrative coming into your living rooms through the ever
present fear mongering of the daily news shows. The first official terrorist citizens that they are using to open the
civilian surveillance flood gates are ―JIHAD JANE‖ and now ―JIHAD JAMIE.‖ Headlines such as ―Jihad Jamie marks
a tectonic shift in terror‘s battle lines‖ are now becoming common place. The pretext and narrative for complete and
total surveillance is being laid right before your very eyes. Under the pretext of finding the boogymen terrorist citizens
your most wonderful benevolent government will be and already is monitoring your cell phones, internet activities,
where you travel, what your beliefs are, and so forth. Utilities technicians and any company that has employees enter
your home are being encouraged and trained to REPORT anyone and anything they think is out of the ordinary.
Everyone is now a suspected ―terrorist.‖ Even your children are being trained in school to spy on their parents and turn
them in… THIS is the current state of the Union.
Welcome back to the COINTELPRO & ECHOLON programs baby, it is alive and well, stronger, smarter, better
organized, more hidden, better disguised than ever before. Back in 1967 to 1971 the FBI kept a list of over 100,000
people to be rounded up as subversive, dubbed the ―ADEX‖ list. This list contained many labor leaders, scholars, and
public figures of the time. All activists, including animal rights, environmentalism, socialism, labor organizing, As it
was then, so it is even more so today: ANYONE that may upset or challenge the status quo, ANYTHING you say or do
against the 'establishment' they don't like, any type of dissent, then you are in deep shit, off to jail you will go,
classified as and treated as a TERRORIST and added to the list of evil sinister terrorists who are out to destroy our
country at that. Oh, by the way, since Habeas Corpus was declared null and void years ago by the many of the
Presidential Executive orders, signed Acts, you can be hauled off to jail, no lawyer, no voice, no trial, etc... and held
indefinitely. Oh what a mighty web they weave.
US government purges blogs
If only there was a country based on Free Speech
19 Jul 2010 | by Nick Farrell | posted in techeye.net
The French-backed terrorist ―Republic‖ of America has started to give up on this free speech thing.
One of the hall marks of its constitution, along with getting rid of Royalty and replacing them with smugglers and
other criminals, was that people could say what they liked in the press.
Now it seems that the US government no longer thinks this is a good idea as people might have things to say that
the it does not like.
TorrentFreak is reporting that a company, Blogetery, that hosted about 73,000

blogs, has been shut down by US authorities
There are few details as to why the US government has mounted a Chinese
inspired purge. The outfits ISP claims that they had to terminate the account
immediately due to the ―request of law enforcement officials, due to material
hosted on the server.‖
The ISP also claimed it was a critical matter brought to its attention by law
enforcement officials and it had to immediately remove the server.
This should strike people as odd. If terrorists were running blogs you just take
down the blogs not the entire operation. There is some speculation that this is
part of the US government‘s war on file sharing which it has decided is part of
the Homeland Security department‘s remit.
However, again, you only take down the blogs you do not shut down a
company.
The ISP seems spooked, saying that it‘s ―serious‖. We will find out what this is all about over the next week.
Do you STILL believe this is a ―free country‖? Only communist countries have political prisoners, right? NOT! FYI:
America has imprisoned hundreds of political activists. Do a Google search for ―political prisoners in the United
States‖ and see for yourself. American Indian movement activists, Puerto Rican independistas are just a couple of
many others from all areas sit in American prisons for standing up and speaking out, some with insane sentences such
as 73 years hard time. Yes you have rights, you have the right to shut the hell up, blindly believe everything they tell
you and do as you are told. Period.
Read all those executive orders and Acts that have been signed into law! The writing is plainly on the wall. All you
activists will soon be viewed and treated as hostile dissidents, enemy sympathizers, enemy combatants, for whoever
disagrees with the rulers of this nation are then labeled evil anti-American traitors, you terrorists! All the anti-war,
antifascism, anti-tyranny, 911 truth, etc. activists will soon see the day when they are all hauled off to jail. CNN,
Fox, ABC, CBS and all major news media will make sure you are all demonized also!!!. America is in deep shit
quicksand folks. Check out the Confessions of an American Thought Criminal, eloquently written, poetically true.
Yet another scary aspect is that along with the dissolution of Habeas Corpus we are witnessing the ongoing attempt to
abolish the ―Exclusionary Rule‖ also known as unfair search and seizure, one of our constitutional rights that is
guaranteed by the 4th amendment. In other words, our most caring loving ruling masters would like to do away with the
pesky problem of having to get a warrant to enter your premises on the basis that ―today‘s police officers are so much
better trained and equipped they would never do anything wrong or dishonest,‖ /cough/ I kid you not. The day they
abolish this last thread of protection will be the day any cop can just walk right into your home, look around as he feels
happy until HE FINDS something to imprison you for.
THE State Government is quietly compiling a mathematical map of almost

every adult's face, sharing information that allows law enforcement to track
people by CCTV.
Experts said yesterday few people realised their facial features were being recorded in an RTA database of drivers
licence photos that the Government has allowed both state and federal police to access.
The federal body CrimTrac has asked NSW for its database so it can be mined nationally by police using the
facial recognition information contained in it.
University experts in facial recognition said the correct match rate was as low
as 90 per cent, meaning the names of people with faces sharing a similar
structure to criminals could be returned in searches.
Dr Carolyn Semmler from the University of Adelaide said police wanted to

eventually use facial recognition in smart CCTV cameras allowing people to
be tracked anywhere there was a camera.
Should the Government use this technology? Tell us below
Some airports, such as Singapore, employ facial recognition technology and

the US is considering using it at border crossings.
"Police hope that at some point an individual can be tracked," Dr Semmler

said yesterday.
Professor Sowmya Arcot from the University of NSW said a "matrix of numbers" based on features and the
distance between facial structures was derived using an algorithm applied to a photograph of a face.
That could then be matched to other faces stored in a database.
Opposition police spokesman Mike Gallacher said most people were unaware their face had been mapped when
they applied for or had their licences renewed, allowing them to potentially be tracked.
"Over 20 years ago we had a debate about the Australia card and the people of this country showed where they
stood in relation to the government knowing people's movements," he said.
"The push for this into the future has far greater ramifications than some old Australia card.
"I have a concern about a lack of public debate."
The RTA began compiling its facial recognition database last December.
Roads Minister David Borger said it would be shared with other government agencies.
"While the facial recognition system is in its early stages, the RTA will co-operate with other agencies wherever
possible," he said.
"The RTA already provides information to the police, and will co-operate with other state or federal law
enforcement agencies."
He said the technology was also preventing fraud and stopping people obtaining multiple licences.
A spokeswoman for CrimTrac said its board of management had granted approval for a project proposal for a
nation facial recognition capability.
Meanwhile the groundwork has been laid by the Cheney &

Co Crime Syndicate who had been quietly laying the
foundation for a future administration‘s "big lock down", "in
January when the Army Corps of Engineers awarded
HALIBURTON subsidiary Kellogg Brown & Root a $385
million contract to construct DETENTION CENTERS
(aka: concentration camps) somewhere in the US, to deal
with 'an emergency influx of ―immigrants‖ into the US, or
to support the rapid development of new programs,' KBR
said" [Market Watch, Jan. 26, 2006]
Later, the New York Times reported that "KBR would build
the centers for Homeland Security Dept for an unexpected
influx of 'immigrants' (lol, yeah, right), to house people in
the event of a natural disaster or for 'new programs' that
require additional detention space". Hint.. guess what type
of next ―unforeseen‖ disaster will magically befall us? Oh,
and I bet yah that we will be conducting ―drills‖ in the very same area where ever the next ―attack‖ or ―disaster‖
happens… These are just a couple out of dozens of other hard fact news stories by mainstream media informing about
our government's activities in preparing a nationwide concentration camp network... folks... we don't make this stuff
up... this is REALITY.
This is actually nothing new. It is common knowledge that the our Japanese citizens were all rounded up and held in
concentration camps right here in the good ole U.S. of A back in WWII and in 1984 ―Rex-84 Alpha Explan‖ under
the guise of ―continuity of government‖ was implemented. Since then there have been many master military
contingency plans in existence along with military exercises to round up large numbers of people in the U.S. in times
of crisis.
It does not matter that a new president was elected, it does not matter that now the democrats are supposedly ―in
charge.‖ You must understand that the power players behind the curtain remain in place no matter who ―wins‖ in any
election! The concentration camp system that was being setup throughout the Bush & Co. administration is going
ahead full steam even in the Obama administration. Before anyone was able to get over the hangover of all the
celebrating of Obama‘s coronation, just 2 days later congress pulls out H.R.645 seeking to authorize and legalize
FEMA camps.
You have all been hood winked yet again. You wanted ―change‖, the pathetic voter lemmings will get change alright
when they find themselves or their children one day living in an open air concentration camp wondering how it was all
possible. Obama has just picked up the oppression baton and been adding even more Acts and Laws continuing exactly
where Bush & Co. left off without missing a beat, he is proceeding with the NWO mission agendas and ramming it
down your throats.
There are many creative ways to populate those concentration camps. They are perfect housing for all those ―un-
patriotic, subversive, enemy terrorist truthers‖ who are out there spreading ―hate‖ and ―lies‖ about your most
wonderful loving homeland that would never do ANYTHING to harm its citizens. On the contrary… they will lovingly
round up all those ―evil‖ enemies of the state and locked them up so that they can‘t harm you with their ludicrous
twisted lies…
Obama is just the new headliner star in this old dog and pony circus show we call our government, it‘s the same old
show with the same old producers and directors orchestrating it all behind the curtains, just a new cast of characters
who continue to build upon the platforms the other leaves behind.
I know it seems so absurd that our nation can one day be hurled into a bizarre prison camp police state, but as the
people making this case reveal, the alarming facts prove that our government is indeed building FEMA camps all over
the country (locations link). Here is more supporting evidence:
Legal justification
Executive Orders associated with FEMA that would suspend the Constitution and the Bill of Rights. The
following Executive Orders have been on record for nearly 30 years and could be enacted by the stroke of a
Presidential pen: EXECUTIVE ORDER 10990 -- Allows the government to take over all modes of
transportation and control of highways and seaports.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 10995 -- Allows the government to seize and control the communication media.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 10997 -- Allows the government to take over all electrical power, gas, petroleum, fuels
and minerals.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 10998 -- Allows the government to seize all means of transportation, including
personal cars, trucks or vehicles of any kind and total control over all highways, seaports, and waterways.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 10999 -- Allows the government to take over all food resources and farms.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 11000 -- Allows the government to mobilize civilians into work brigades under
government supervision.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 11001 -- Allows the government to take over all health, education and welfare
functions.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 11002 -- Designates the Postmaster General to operate a national registration of all
persons.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 11003 -- Allows the government to take over all airports and aircraft, including
commercial aircraft.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 11004 -- Allows the Housing and Finance Authority to relocate communities, build
new housing with public funds, designate areas to be abandoned, and establish new locations for populations.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 11005 -- Allows the government to take over railroads, inland waterways and public
storage facilities.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 11051 -- Specifies the responsibility of the Office of Emergency Planning and gives
authorization to put all Executive Orders into effect in times of increased international tensions and economic
or financial crisis.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 11310 -- Grants authority to the Department of Justice to enforce the plans set out in
Executive Orders, to institute industrial support, to establish judicial and legislative liaison, to control all
aliens, to operate penal and correctional institutions, and to advise and assist the President.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 11049 -- Assigns emergency preparedness function to federal departments and
agencies, consolidating 21 operative Executive Orders issued over a fifteen year period.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 11921 -- Allows the Federal Emergency Preparedness Agency to develop plans to
establish control over the mechanisms of production and distribution, of energy sources, wages, salaries,
credit and the flow of money in U.S. financial institution in any undefined national emergency. It also
provides that when a state of emergency is declared by the President, Congress cannot review the action for
six months. The Federal Emergency Management Agency has broad powers in every aspect of the nation.
General Frank Salzedo, chief of FEMA's Civil Security Division stated in a 1983 conference that he saw
FEMA's role as a "new frontier in the protection of individual and governmental leaders from assassination,
and of civil and military installations from sabotage and/or attack, as well as prevention of dissident groups
from gaining access to U.S. opinion, or a global audience in times of crisis." FEMA's powers were
consolidated by President Carter to incorporate the...
National Security Act of 1947 -- Allows for the strategic relocation of industries, services, government and
other essential economic activities, and to rationalize the requirements for manpower, resources and
production facilities.
1950 Defense Production Act -- Gives the President sweeping powers over all aspects of the economy.
Act of August 29, 1916 -- Authorizes the Secretary of the Army, in time of war, to take possession of any
transportation system for transporting troops, material, or any other purpose related to the emergency.
International Emergency Economic Powers Act -- Enables the President to seize the property of a foreign
country or national. These powers were transferred to FEMA in a sweeping consolidation in 1979.
Obama Issues Executive Order Mandating

―Lifestyle Behavior Modification‖
June 12, 2010
BREAKING NEWS: Dem. Congressman Assaults Student Questioning His

Loyalty to ―Obama‘s Agenda‖
White House Chief of Staff Rahm Emanuel is fond of saying, ―You don‘t ever want a
crisis to go to waste; it‘s an opportunity to do important things that you would otherwise avoid.‖ Well, the Obama
Administration certainly has not let the British Petroleum (BP) Deepwater Horizon oil rig crisis go to waste, using
it as a smokescreen to silently assault and further diminish American citizens‘ personal freedom.
While the nation has its eyes and ears focused on the blame game ping-pong match between President Obama and
BP top brass, President Obama on Thursday, June 10, quietly announced a new Executive Order establishing the
―National Prevention, Health Promotion, and Public Health Council.‖
You will "change" to my liking!
Claiming the ―authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of
America,‖ President Obama has truly gone off the deep end this time in his most atrocious attempt to date to
control every aspect of Americans‘ lives.
According to the Executive Order that details the President‘s ―National Prevention and Health Promotion
Strategy,‖ the Council will be charged with carrying out ‖ lifestyle behavior modification‖ among American
citizens that do not exhibit ―healthy behavior.‖
The President‘s desired lifestyle behavior modifications detailed in Sec. 6 (c) focus on:
 smoking cessation;
 proper nutrition;
 appropriate exercise;
 mental health;
 behavioral health;
 sedentary behavior (see Sec. 3 [c]);
 substance-use disorder; and
 domestic violence screenings.
Making matters even worse, if that is even possible at this point, President Obama will create an ―Advisory
Group‖ composed of experts hand-picked from the public health field and various other areas of expertise
―outside the Federal Government.‖
Let‘s consider who the President has sought advice and mentoring from in the past:
 Rev. Jeremiah Wright, who the Anti-Defamation League calls a “Messenger of Intolerance,” and
 Bill Ayers, leader of the 1960′s domestic terrorist group ”Weatherman” that was “responsible for 30
bombings aimed at destroying the defense and security infrastructures of the U.S.”
Now, President Obama is going to seek medical advisors who will be charged with modifying lifestyles and
behaviors of those citizens he deems unhealthy? ―Paging Dr. Kevorkian! You‘re wanted in the White House
STAT by President Obama!‖
Whether you are a child, a parent, a worker, or retired, the President‘s approximately 25-member ―Advisory
Group‖ will soon be present in every aspect of Americans‘ lives, as the Executive Order prescribes in Sec. 4 (b).
Specifically, our new so-called lifestyle behavior modification advisors will be actively carrying out the
President‘s orders in:
 worksite health promotion;

 community services, including community health centers;
 preventive medicine;
 health coaching;
 public health education;
 geriatrics; and
 rehabilitation medicine.
President Obama‘s sweeping plan to enforce ―lifestyle behavior modification‖ is chock full of open-ended target
areas, especially when it comes to issues of ―mental‖ and ―behavioral‖ health, ―proper nutrition,‖ ―sedentary
behavior,‖ and ―appropriate exercise.‖ The President‘s Executive Order is a blatant and forceful attempt to adjust
the way Americans young and old think, behave, eat, drink and whatever else free will used to entitle our nation‘s
citizens to enjoy as prescribed by the Founding Fathers.
If you are feeling stressed-out, sad, confused, hungry, thirsty, bored, or tired, do you honestly trust President
Obama and his ―Advisory Group‖ to act in your best interests?
As I was being flat out BOMBARDED with fear mongering programming over all the airwaves and every conceivable
media outlet about the Swine Flu plague… it finally dawned on me… oh no! Here it comes! The writing is all over the
walls: What more perfect excuse to round up the people and confine them, convieniently neutralize millions at a time
than under the pretext of, (as always) FOR THEIR PROTECTION of course! In this case it is none other than to stop
the spread of some deadly man made and purposely spread virus!
Behold: For today they bring to you the new improved Swine Flu. The 1976 release of this program virus was too
premature and completely bungled, but they have since had lots more
experience mass distributing man made viruses so they dusted it off
the shelves and today we have the new improved world level release.
Even if the Swine Flu is not the actual PLAGUE that they will use to
confine the unruly sectors of the population, at the very minimum the
1976 release was a rehearsal, (and 50+ billion dollar pharma complex
windfall) testing out how far they can get away with what… and in
each and every dose comes a payload deisigned to ever so
undiscernibly poison and incapacitate your mind and mental facilities.
You think this is farfetched? Writing on the wall is already hinting at

mandatory swine flu vaccines with penalties being aired up to
incarceration for failing to comply. This is real. The powers that be
are preparing state and local governments for ―the big one,‖ be ready
to be QUARANTINED baby! I hope you enjoy your stay at the
regional concentration camps. Wake up now or later, it is up to you.
Sure this Swine Flu program has moved it‘s designed course, over 50
million walking talking CATTLE lined up for their shots, and just a
very few of them died, exactly like I along with many others have
been saying. The man made ―pandemic‖ served its purpose; they
gave the cattle their doses of brain handicapping toxins and the systems are now in place for ―the big one.‖ Next
year the Goyim sheeple masses will all be herded and corralled again to receive updated ―treatments‖… i.e.: chemical
lobotomies.
Florida – the Florida surgeon general suspended distribution permit requirements Florida statutes to allow wholesale
distribution of Tamiflu and Relenza. The state has also distributed a series of blank quarantine order forms, including a
voluntary home quarantine agreement, a quarantine to residence order, a quarantine to residence order (non-
compliance), a quarantine to facility order, quarantine detention order, quarantine of facility order, building quarantine
closure order and area quarantine closure order.
Iowa – In addition to the facility quarantine order listed above, Iowa has also made available forms for voluntary home
confinement, home quarantine and home isolation.
Massachusetts – Massachusetts lists its own procedures for isolation and quarantine.
North Carolina – The North Carolina Department of Health and Human Services released a draft isolation order that
would provide for imprisonment for up to two years and pretrial detention without bail for any citizen who fails to
comply with an isolation order.
Washington – Washington grants authority to local health officers to issue emergency detention orders causing
citizens to be immediately and involuntarily isolated or quarantined for up to 10 days.
This is what is going on with just five of our states, believe me, other states are busy getting in line and taking their
commands, soon all 50 states will have similar programs. Here is a sample quote taken from one of the documents
listed above:
Law enforcement authorities are authorized to "arrest without warrant any person whom the officer has
probable cause to believe has violated an order for isolation or quarantine and shall use reasonable diligence to
enforce such order. Any person who knowingly violates an order for isolation or quarantine shall be punished by
imprisonment of not more than 30 days and may be subject to a civil fine of not more than $1,000 per day that
the violation continues."
The Center for Research on Globalization is a great source of info on many of these topics. Here they cover
―Legislation to Establish Internment Camps on US Military Bases.‖ Before the luciferian war criminal Bush left office,
he signed presidential directive: ―Biometrics for Identification and Screening to Enhance National Security Act.‖ With
this bill, our most loving, benevolent government now has the authority waiting in the wings to implant biometric chips
into criminals and all you ―terrorists‖ who go about spreading the TRUTH, holding public protests and resisting the
system, and what better way to keep track of employees and sick people who might need medical attention, all their
records can be instantly scanned and their lives saved! Lost
children can be found… What a wonderful loving and
caring big brother we have! Who art thou more benevolent?
The State of Oklahoma has recently issued a decree that

ALL its citizens MUST be vaccinated, not only that there
are plans in the wings where you will not be allowed to
freely travel nor go anywhere without proof that you have
had the vaccination. Plans ready to be implimented include
road blocks or ―choke points‖ as they call them, around
major interstate junctions, around major cities and so forth
where you will be forced to ―show your papers‖ proving
that you have been vaccinated or, and sources have
confirmed these plans, you will be issued some sort of
RFID card, bracelet or even implant with all your
information embedded within it. At the innoculation centers
there will be busses ready to be filled with those who refuse
to be vaccinated, they will be shipped off to nice cozy diggs
at a local detention center, or umm, FEMA camps.
This is just the beginning folks! The flood gates are oppening, its hard for me to keep up with all the events, news,
policies and whats going on in all 50 states. Bottomline is that it is now VERY CLEAR:
Behold: For the stage is being set for the great roundup, the great neutering of your brains via mass vaccinations. Get
ready for the great plague(s) to take hold for those who get the shots WILL BE the carriers; once the mass vaccination
program begins it will THEN spread like wildfire. The subsequent shroud of fear and chaos will open the doors to the
ruling elite‘s next phase of their plans as the brain neutered gullible cattle population run around crying out loud to be
PROTECTED. The subsequent ―protection‖ programs will only introduce yet higher more advanced forms of yet more
oppression and restrictions on the sheeple public.
Don‘t worry, according to Time media conglomerate, our

wonderful country has been busy while you were fast asleep.
They somehow quickly invented and manufactured thermal
scanners to ―hunt‖ for the ummm… ―swine flu.‖ I kid you
not:
These scanners will be placed in strategic locations such as

airport check ins and road blocks to catch perps walking
around with Swine Flu so that they may be immediately
detained. How wonderful considerate of our most loving
benevolent government eh?
There you have it folks, the writing is on the wall and one of
the next great calamities that will befall the nations will be
the golly gee whiz, man made swine flu epidemic. One with
several multi-pronged strategies attached: 1) Vaccinations
carry their secret formula payload 2) A mass herding mechanism 3) Seting up for evermore restrictions on all walks of
life. 4) Usher in the next phases of your enslavement and the new world order system. And for those who blindly think
that the government will never track innocent people‘s moves, think again. It has been happening in every shape and
form, NSA, CIA, FEMA, FBI and others are actively TRACKING YOUR EVERY MOVE AND WORD. But that is
just the tip of the iceberg… even the Center for Disease Control (CDC) is in the surveillance gig, they are busy
tracking 14 million (and counting) patients for what ever premise they say its for this time around… Soon the day will
come where there will be nowhere to hide.
BTW: On February 11, 2010, Obama called for the tracking of ALL cell phones of the American people. The Obama
Administration clearly stated the following: "Americans enjoy no reasonable expectation of privacy….."
Here is just one example of your new improved policies in Amerika, the land of ―freedom and liberty‖:
―As soon as you walk into the airport‖ reports Computer World ―the machines will be watching.‖ Here‘s
More: ―The system will size you up at the security checkpoint. An array of sensors — video, audio, laser,
infrared — feeds a stream of data about you to a central computer.
The system interprets your gestures and facial expressions, analyzes your voice and probes your body to
determine your temperature, heart rate, and respiration rate — all in an effort to determine whether you are
trying to deceive. Fail the test and you‘ll be pulled aside for a more aggressive interrogation.
This scenario may sound like science fiction but the US Department of Homeland Security is deadly
serous about making it a reality by 2012.‖ – (Computer World)
The masses can't smell the stench for they have gotten used to it over the decades, by the time they realize it, America
has already been sinking in the quick sand, too late to do anything about it. Warning to all: he who has eyes and can see
and he who has an ear and hears what others can't... you know what is coming, get your affairs in order, plan
ahead, prepare for the upcoming storms...
Barack Obama Pre-Crime & Indefinite Detention - video
We supposedly live in the land of "freedom", where the statue of Liberty proudly stands at the harbor of NYC
declaring to the world "America the land of the Free". Well, kind of, you see, throughout America (Canada and
England too) it has become increasingly mandatory to silence ANYONE who does not agree with your agenda. Local
and federal governments now routinely setup "free speech zones" miles away from were any government gathering is
taking place. I don't know about you, but to me it looks like, smells like, tastes like a form of CENSORSHIP. "Say
whatever you want to say as long as you say it at the top of that mountain over there where no one can hear you".
The Obama administration has argued that warrantless tracking (note that most of this was first initiated by the Bush
regime and the Democrats just stepped in and continue it, proving they all serve the same masters) is permitted because
Americans enjoy no "reasonable expectation of privacy" in their--or at least their cell phones'--whereabouts. U.S.
Department of Justice lawyers say that "a customer's Fourth Amendment rights are not violated when the phone
company reveals to the government its own records" that show where a mobile device placed and received calls.
―Government agents can sneak onto your property in the middle of the night, put a GPS device on the bottom
of your car and keep track of everywhere you go. This doesn't violate your Fourth Amendment rights, because
you do not have any reasonable expectation of privacy in your own driveway — and no reasonable
expectation that the government isn't tracking your movements. The U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth
Circuit, which covers this vast jurisdiction, recently decided the government can monitor you in this way
virtually anytime it wants — with no need for a search warrant.‖ – Times.com
"This is a critical question for privacy in the 21st century," says Kevin Bankston, an attorney at the Electronic Frontier
Foundation who will be arguing on Friday. "If the courts do side with the government, that means that everywhere we
go, in the real world and online, will be an open book to the government unprotected by the Fourth
Amendment." Hello, Duh! the courts WILL side ―the government‖ and yes the surveillance society will growth.
"There was of course no way of knowing whether you were being watched at any given moment. How often, or
on what system, the Thought Police plugged in on any individual wire was guesswork. It was even
conceivable that they watched everybody all the time. But at any rate they could plug in your wire whenever
they wanted to. You had to live—did live, from habit that became instinct—in the assumption that every sound
you made was overheard, and, except in darkness, every movement scrutinized." - 1984- George Orwell
Yes, the new ruling is that a warrant is not needed. Before you needed a warrant, like prove to the judge you had some
vague reason to be tracking your movements and not just because of a hunch or because of your race or religion. Now
police can track you just for kicks, or more likely as a wide net fishing expedition. For instance track enough muslims
and eventually you'll find one or two that is involved in drugs, gambling, prostitution or petty theft. Then you can have
a big press conference to announce arrests and justify the erosion of rights.
Hey Dorothy, you‘re not in Kansas anymore… welcome to the ―free world.‖ Your privacy is being eroded at this very
moment at EVERY level… at EVERY corner… EVERYWHERE at anytime. Soon there will be NOTHING you do or
say that won‘t have been recorded or documented in one fashion or another by one of the hundreds of recording,
documenting, tracking, etc., surveillance tools in circulation, all for ―your protection‖ but of course. Here is one
example out of hundreds of ways you are being watched by Big Brother and his agents:
Rental Car Companies Disclose Personal Data to Government

By Tim Healy, Family Car Guide, July 7th 2010
If you rent a car from Hertz, Avis, Budget, or Advantage, you might want to avoid running any red lights. If
you do, and you get caught on camera, your credit card will get charged.
The rental companies give your data to a company called American Traffic Solutions. This company runs red-
light cameras in some areas, and it uses the data to make sure the right driver is charged and fined when one of
the cars is caught running a red light. It's not clear if ATS is accessing the data at all times or only when a
driver is caught running a red light on camera.
The catch is that ATS automatically bills the accused customer's credit card, tacking a $30 processing fee on
top. This makes it very difficult for customers to appeal the ticket, and even when customers do successfully
appeal, they still have to fight the $30 fee.
This speaks to a larger problem, especially with Congress mandating that future cars be equipped with black
boxes that can record accident data. With so much data being recorded about our personal lives, how do we
know who's watching?
We've already heard of GPS systems being used to stalk lost loves, and while black-box data might be useful in
cases such as the recent Toyota unintended acceleration flap, there is a concern that if data falls into the wrong
hands, it can be misused.
In the rental car case, the problem isn't that the technology is busting violators, but that ATS can make
determinations without due process, and that it can be difficult for those erroneously charged to get their
money refunded. In some cases, ATS is the camera operator, which means they are both billing customers and
issuing the tickets.
Thanks in part to Toyota's recall problems, black boxes are coming to all cars someday soon. But there are
questions that need to be answered.
There's no doubt that technology such as GPS, video, and data recorders, can help make cars safer. But at what
point does it become too much? At what point will consumers no longer accept a trade of privacy for security?
How much data should be shared after an accident? Who should see such data? How can private information be
kept out of the wrong hands?
Panopticon - video
―Oh but we have a free speech internet‖ you say? LOL.. that is not going to last long. The plans are already being
hammered out to impede ―dangerous subversive speech‖ on the internets. The powers that be will install
―BLOCKADES‖ at the ISP level for starters, where they will filter (―for your protection,‖ of course) ―evil‖ websites
and information. They will soon limit your bandwidth by imposing usage caps to help steer online usage. Also in their
planned bag of tricks will be shutting down internet traffic (shutting down non cooperative rogue ISPs, websites, etc.)
as initiated by hard core illuminatist Jay Rockefeller with their Cybersecurity Act of 2009.
Surely professionals who labor day in and day out looking for cures for mankind in the realm of medicine can speak
their minds? LOL: NOT! Actually it is the opposite, this area of society has been under draconian Orwellian lock down
for over half a century. You must never forget that all those friendly neighborhood doctors have been indoctrinated,
trained and brainwashed by THE PHARMACORP SYSTEM. You can be the world‘s foremost expert in any given
medical field and have discovered a NATURAL remedy to cure or treat a disease, but the law and the system will
never allow you to, not only NEVER tell anyone, it is also a CRIME to state that any natural substance or supplement
can be considered as medicine! According to the FDA "only man made drugs can cure people"! Is this not
CENSORSHIP in its most primal form? This is just the tip of the iceberg in the medical field where logic, reason and
public service increasingly take back seat to all mighty profits and fleecing the public as they stopped looking for cures
ever since Polio was cured and they figured out that once everyone was cured, they had no more CUSTOMERS! Never
again has a cure been found for ANYTHING ever since then. All research goes into finding ―TREATMENTS.‖ And
the ―medicine‖ they conjure up are more lethal then some of the illnesses they are supposed to treat, often creating a
host of new side effect illnesses.
All major media companies, news papers, magazines, TV, all of them practice some form of censorship. For absolutely
NO story gets circulated without approval from top brass, none, ever. Those who control the media - what the public
hears and sees, carefully choose what they WANT the public to see and hear. Omitting anything they choose to
and focusing on what they want people to believe in. Guess what, I‘ll say it yet again. Censorship is alive and well in
America. Coming soon will be i-9/11 and i-Patriot Act and the Hate Speech Acts to help silence all you free thinkers
and loud mouths on the internet… you have every right in the world…. TO BE AFRAID… VERY AFRAID.
Another area that censorship that is rearing its ugly head is an agenda totally initiated, planned and pushed by the ADL
(the infamous Jewish Anti Defamation League). The lobby‘s HATE CRIMES bills being rammed through congress
(proposed by faithful Zionist puppet Sheila Jackson-Lee [now working under Hillary] who is also instrumental in
pushing citizen disarmament weapons bans). As it stands, after many years of hard work, they are about to pull it off,
they are going to sneak it into all by attach it as an amendment to the Department of Defense Authorization bill. These
Hate Crimes laws will be catastrophic to freedom of speech as we know it. They are none other than direct frontal
assault on our freedom of speech AND a censorship law all rolled up into one convenient weapon. Canada already
has hate crimes laws in effect and hundreds of people have been imprisoned on daily basis. People are thus selectively
being SILENCED through these hate crimes laws.
A perfect recent example of this has occurred in Canada where the ADL‘s sister organization the JDL (Jewish Defense
League) is the 800 lb gorilla in the room. The JDL was instrumental in having well known and outspoken anti-war MP
George Galloway added to Canada‘s terrorist list and banned from entering Canada and there is nothing even he can
do about it. This my friends, is but a single example, like a single drop in the bucket, we can write volumes of books of
more examples. Next on the list of things to do is to make ―hate speech‖ against the law in YOUR country also, off to
jail you will go for daring to say anything improper about your Zionist Jew ruling masters. Here is just one example out
of thousands to chose from:
The United States, Canada and England are THE central players in shaping and ―formulating world reality‖
completely united in their scheme of labeling normal citizens as terrorists, and making this default policy on dealing
with pesky free thinkers. These countries are paving the way and ―normalizing‖ adopting hate crimes laws, clamping
down on civilian rights and ushering in a benign forms of police supervision state, ―for your protection‖ of course. Don
Feder articulates these issues in a recent article ―Hate Crimes Laws – Fighting Bias with Fascism.‖ Another well
written and informative article is ―Closing The Boarders to Free Speech‖ by Harmony Grant.
Everywhere that hate crimes laws have been enacted, speech restrictions soon followed. Hate-crimes laws always lead
to hate-speech regulations. We‘ve seen hate crimes laws that progressed to hate-speech regulations in places like
Canada, Sweden, other places in Europe, Australia, where we have seen things start out as hate-crimes laws. It‘s not a
very big logical leap between a hate-crimes law and a hate-speech regulation.
Following their long established modus operandi formula, your Zionist oppressors, instigators, provocateurs are yet
again taking a single isolated rarely occurring incident, as in isolated cases, and blowing them out of proportion and
using it to legislate and oppress the rest of the 300 million people in the entire country.
Who is David Ray Ritcheson anyway? He was a Mexican-American high school student that was brutally attacked and
sodomized in 2006. The Zionists, the ADL, and their minions jumped on this case bandwagon as a perfect justification
to push their draconian Hate Crimes legislation through congress.
The David Ray Ritcheson Hate Crimes Prevention Act, HR 262 bill will erect a Federal Hate Crimes Command
Center, yet will NOT be run by the government. The bill says that a private civil liberties organization (ADL) will
direct it. Who else would it be other than the world‘s premier ―civil liberties‖ group promoting hate law, none other
than your friendly neighborhood: the Jewish Anti-Defamation League of B‘nai B‘rith (ADL). The ADL will set up a
24/7 hour command in D.C., complete with a hate crimes hotline and database. This will be an effective way for the
ADL to expand its espionage operations and spy on Americans who have ―politically incorrect‖ views (just one
example of many). The ADL already has the authority to instruct the Justice Department, FBI and local law
enforcement on its hate crimes agenda.
From those who work to confuse and silence us:

―But in its exultant press announcement yesterday, ADL reveals the real reason it has never given up its struggle
to make its hate bill the law of the land: ADL wants an army of ―anti-hate‖ prosecutors who can go after those
ADL considers guilty of bias-motivated crimes. After giving itself credit as chief architect of hate crimes laws on
the state and federal level, ADL says:
The end of the legislative path for the hate crimes bill also marks the beginning of the next campaign – training
prosecutors and law enforcement officials about the new law. ADL stands ready to help lead that continuing
effort.
ADL is clearly beginning a second phase – to train lawyers and law enforcement nationwide on prosecuting hate
criminals. In ADL-speak, ―haters‖ are those who oppose homosexuality, allege Jews dominate media,
government, finance, or are guilty of ―strong‖ criticism of Israel or its leaders..."
People, if you don‘t wake up soon we will all be shit out of luck and effectively all SILENCED, for all those who dare
come forth and speak against your Zionist JEWISH rulers will be immediately imprisoned for anti-Semitic HATE
CRIMES…. In some parts of the world people are already routinely imprisoned for the ―hate crime‖ of questioning,
challenging the data and myths of the Holocaust™ hoax… these people are swiftly prosecuted and imprisoned for
Holocaust™ denial… This is stone cold FACT. Can you begin to imagine the draconian censorship that the Zionist
Jews will soon setup as a barrier so that no one will EVER be able to accuse them of wrongdoing, crimes,
corruption, nothing, ever again… for the moment you dare open your mouths to expose the evil ones you will be
swiftly prosecuted... for DARING to practice HATE CRIMES!!! Are you afraid yet?
Behold for: the Hate Crimes trials will soon become the new improved veiled INQUISITIONS. This time around it
will be the Jews who are the Grand Inquisitors... Update #3,238: The Hate Crimes Bill just passed…. America, you‘re
in deep shit, for now it is officially illegal for any pastor to say ANYTHING condemning gays or anyone else! The
road has been paved for new improved of Sodom and Gomora and it is now officially a crime to even say anything
against it. What‘s more, now those who come forth with damning truthful information about the Zionist Jews can
expect to be retaliated with court orders and possible imprisonment due to the fact that ALL such ―attacks‖ are covered
under the Hate Crimes Bill. Nothing to see here folks, yah did a great job at protecting your freedoms…. Now go back
to sleep….. sleep…. Sleep
ADL CAMPAIGNS TO TRAIN HATE

PROSECUTORS
By Rev. Ted Pike
11 Oct 09
For the past ten years, the Anti-Defamation League has

introduced its federal hate crime bill into Congress five
times – and lost. ADL claims to have the purest intentions---
concern that federal power is needed if a state does not have
a hate crimes law or is unwilling or unable to punish a hate
crime. ADL insisted passage of a federal hate crimes law
would change little: the vast majority of prosecutions of hate
crimes will be initiated by states.
But in its exultant press announcement yesterday, ADL reveals the real reason it has never given up its struggle to
make its hate bill the law of the land: ADL wants an army of "anti-hate" prosecutors who can go after those ADL
considers guilty of bias-motivated crimes. Giving itself credit as chief architect of hate crimes laws on the state
and federal level, ADL says:
The end of the legislative path for the hate crimes bill also marks the beginning of the next campaign – training
prosecutors and law enforcement officials about the new law. ADL stands ready to help lead that continuing
effort.
ADL is clearly beginning a second phase – to train lawyers and law enforcement nationwide on prosecuting hate
criminals. In ADL-speak, ―haters‖ are those who oppose homosexuality, allege Jews dominate media,
government, finance, or are guilty of ―strong‖ criticism of Israel or its leaders.
ADL is already the primary source for hate crimes education for the US Justice Department, FBI and all local law
enforcement. In 1990, through passage of its Hate Crimes Statistics Act, ADL granted itself such empowerment.
But ADL wants much more.
Entirely staffed by Jews, ADL is headed by a devoutly religious Orthodox Jew, Abe Foxman (See, ADL's
Foxman: Man of Faith? ). Like its sister Jewish attack group, the Southern Poverty Law Center, ADL has a
focused religious objective: to revive ancient Jewish persecution of Christians, begun 2,000 years ago and
recorded in the New Testament. The true intent of ADL‘s federal and 45 state hate laws is to empower the legal,
systematic, and ruthless persecution of Talmudic Judaism‘s greatest rival, Christianity. To this end, ADL now
calls for a national ―campaign‖ to train an army of federal and local hate crimes prosecutors.
Already, ADL and SPLC--through their Missouri Police MIAS Directive as well as warnings from ADL
sycophant Janet Nepalitano and her Department of Homeland Security--stereotype Christians and conservatives
as unstable bigots and potential terrorist threats. ADL‘s Office of Global Anti-Semitism in the US State
Department says anyone who believes the New Testament claim that Jewish leaders masterminded the crucifixion
is a ―classic anti-Semite.‖ (See, U.S. State Department Says New Testament is 'Anti-Semitic'? )
ADL‘s new campaign to train an army of prosecutors to enforce the federal hate crimes law will usher in
progressive arrest of Christian ―haters.‖ These could well be destined to occupy FEMA prison camps in the years
ahead. Ultimately, many could be delivered up, as Christ prophesied, to be tried, convicted and imprisoned in the
courts and synagogues of Jewry (Matthew 10:17). Their ―crimes against the Jewish people‖ would include
criticism of matters Jewish (anti-Semitism) and questioning the accuracy of the sacred 6 million figure of
Holocaust™ victims (Holocaust™ denial). However, most will likely be indicted under Jewish Noahide laws for
heresy – the ―idolatry‖ of affirming the deity of Jesus Christ, the second member of the Trinity. (See, Coming
Jewish 'Utopia' Ruled by Noahide Laws )
The Book of Revelation prophesies that the garments of the Great Harlot (Israel and international Jewish control)
will be soaked with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus (Revelation 17:6). (See, Israel: On the Way to Empire in the
Mideast )
Jewish world dominion will fulfill Biblical prophesy but also a number of predictions by modern Jewish leaders:
 ―The Jews energetically reject the idea of fusion with the other nationalities and cling firmly to their
historical hope of world empire…‖ (Max Mandelstam, World Zionist Congress, July 1898.)
 ―Jerusalem is not the capitol of Israel and world Jewry: it aspires to become the spiritual center of the
world…‖ (David Ben-Gurion, Jewish Chronicle, London, Dec. 16, 1949)
 ―In Jerusalem, the United Nations (a truly United Nations) will build a Shrine of the Prophets to serve
the federated union of all continents; this will be the seat of the Supreme Court of Mankind, to settle all
controversies among the federated continents, as prophesied by Isaiah…‖ (David Ben-Burion, Look
Magazine, Jan. 16, 1962)
 ―The Jewish people cannot ever be destroyed, but rather they and their G-d of History will emerge in
days to come triumphant over the evils and the foolishness of all other nations. Zion will and must
emerge as the mount to which all other peoples turn.‖ (Rabbi Meir Kahane, Jewish Press, Brooklyn,
New York, Nov. 9, 1973.)
Will Christian America silently allow President Obama to sign ADL‘s hate bill as early as this week, accelerating
arrival of the Zionist New World order? Incredibly, all major Christian and conservative organizations remain
oblivious to the tactic of pressuring Obama to keep his promise to veto a wasteful defense authorization bill--one
that includes $100 billion funding for extra F-35 jet engines. Only the National Prayer Network proclaims that we
can still defeat the hate bill through presidential veto.
ADL now considers passage of the hate bill a virtual reality. It‘s not.
The Senate has yet to give final approval, which will probably take place early this week. Pres. Obama still has to
sign the defense bill with the hate bill attached. Obama doesn‘t like this defense authorization bill. I believe he's
burned that Congress has defied him. It forces him to approve what he has steadfastly vowed he would not
approve –thousands of F-35 engines he says squander taxpayers‘ money.
It is up to Christian America NOW to exert greater pressure on Obama than is now being applied by ADL. We
must demand he stays true to his promise and vetoes the defense bill. If he vetoes it, the hate bill will be dead in
this session of Congress. ADL will have to cancel their second ―campaign‖ to create a federally-authorized army
of prosecutors against Christians.
[authors note: what I struck out is all whimsical bullshit because no amount of letter writing and phone calls are
going to change anything, it has been a waste of time and will continue to be so because the real rulers are the
freaking Zionists running the show, not their paid for in full puppet politicians posing in front of cameras]
Endnote:
Modern or ―rabbinic‖ Judaism continues unaltered the teaching of the ancient Pharisees who killed Christ. In my
345-page book Israel: Our Duty…Our Dilemma (available at www.truthtellers.org), I thoroughly document that
deep within the teachings of the Pharisees, as contained in their Talmud and Kabbalah, is the oft-repeated
assertion that Christianity and its belief in ―three Gods‖ is idolatry; if the world were put right, Christians, as
heretics and idolaters, should be killed. After the apostle Paul was converted, he realized that a new ―age of
grace‖ made obsolete any duty to kill ―heretics,‖ but before that, as Saul of Tarsus, he, in all good conscience as
an Orthodox Jew, killed and hailed into prison as many Christians as possible.
For Talmudic Judaism, no new age of grace ended the ancient duty to cleanse the land of idolaters. Instead,
Talmudic, kabbalistic literature, (the highest religious and ethical guide to Orthodox Jews) teaches that when the
messiah (Antichrist) comes, he and the righteous of Israel will follow the precedent of Joshua and the Hebrews
entering Canaan and annihilate all ―idol-worshippers‖ – Christians-- from the earth.
If you don't think Jewish supremacists today are capable of such horror, just remember what Jewish supremacists
unleashed in 1917. Conquering Russia, they set in motion the eventual slaughter of more than 100 million
Gentiles, many of whom were Christians (See, Jewish Activists Created Communism ).
Let the Anti-Defamation League teach you how they have saddled 45 states with hate laws capable of persecuting
Christians, and spearhead attempts to pass the federal hate crimes bill: http://www.adl.org/99hatecrime/intro.asp.
Over 15 million native American Indians were victims of organized genocide in the early years of America‘s history,
yet today they are all kept in large open air concentration camps, ummm, I mean ―reservations‖ /cough/. On the other
hand you have the hugely debated Holocaust™ hoax casualty figures where the most realistic numbers of Jewish
victims are (even according to the OFFICIAL Red Cross records) in the hundreds of thousands.
Court hears appeal for two men imprisoned for distributing Hoffman's "Holohoax" satire
In Britain, in Leeds Crown Court, on July 10, 2009, Simon Sheppard received a sentence of 4 years and 10 months
and Stephen Whittle two years and four months. Mr. Sheppard's sentence comprised 12 months concurrent on
three counts relating to distribution of Tales of the Holohoax, a satirical comic book by Michael Hoffman.
On July 14 the Court of Appeal gave leave to appeal against conviction on all the Internet counts, but refused
leave to appeal with respect to the hard copy counts. The full appeal before three British judges commenced on
November 26, 2009 at the Law Courts, Strand, London, and runs through Nov. 27.
An appeal will also be made to the European Court of Human Rights over the decision by the Leeds Appeal Court
judge not to review the notorious decision in Reg. v. Birdwood when Judge Pownall's decision that "the truth is
no defense" - was upheld.
Here is where the sheer POWER and earth trembling INFLUENCE of the Zionist ruling elite is readily
observable: These people have accomplished the seemingly impossible: masterfully converting having your own
opionion, belief, viewpoint and disagreeing with established narrative fairytales along with committing the act of
making a public statement ―DENYING something‖ (e.g. Holocaust™ denial) will be and in some places already
are SEVERE CRIMINAL OFFENSEs.
Challenging the status quo is going to be punishable with extensive prison sentences surpassing the severity of
convictions of some hard core criminal acts by real hard core criminals! Doh! There are many countries who are so
completely dominated and controlled by their Zionist masters that they ALREADY imprison you for uttering
unforgivable remarks:
Holocaust™ denial is explicitly or implicitly illegal in 13 countries: Austria, Belgium, Czech Republic, France,
Germany, Israel, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Poland,
Portugal, Romania, and Switzerland. Slovakia made Holocaust™
denial a crime in late 2001 but repealed the legislation in May
2005. Spain decriminalized Holocaust™ denial in October 2007.
Italy rejected a draft Holocaust™ denial law proposing a prison
sentence of up to four years in 2007, the Netherlands rejected a
draft law proposing a maximum sentence of one year in 2006 and
before this the United Kingdom twice rejected a Holocaust™ denial
law. Denmark and Sweden also have rejected Holocaust™ denial
legislation…
Think you are off the hook? Holocaust™ denial and anti-Semitic
legislation is making its way around to your neck of the woods also,
for it comes disguised under different terms and legislation, such as
―HATE CRIMES‖ bills that was just recently passed by
congress…
The days when some police force can blast down your doors and carry you off to jail (even extradited?) for even
SPEAKING the wrong thing is fast becoming reality….
U.S. placed under international police-state

Anthony G. Martin, December 26, Columbia Conservative Examiner
In the dead of night on December 17, 2009, President Barack Hussein Obama placed the United States of
America under the authority of the international police organization known as INTERPOL, granting the
organization full immunity to operate within the United States.
According to Threatswatch:
Last Thursday, December 17, 2009, The White House released an Executive
Order "Amending Executive Order 12425." It grants INTERPOL
(International Criminal Police Organization) a new level of full diplomatic
immunity afforded to foreign embassies and select other "International
Organizations" as set forth in the United States International Organizations
Immunities Act of 1945.
By removing language from President Reagan's 1983 Executive Order

12425, this international law enforcement body now operates - now operates
- on American soil beyond the reach of our own top law enforcement arm,
the FBI, and is immune from Freedom Of Information Act (FOIA) requests.
What, exactly does this mean? It means that INTERPOL now has the full authority to conduct investigations and
other law enforcement activities on U.S. soil, with full immunity from U.S. laws such as the Freedom of
Information Act and with complete independence from oversight from the FBI.
In short, a global law enforcement entity now has full law- enforcement authority in the U.S. without any check
on its power afforded by U.S. law and U.S. law enforcement agencies.
A bit of background is in order here, and Hot Air provides it:

During his presidency, Ronald Reagan granted the global police agency Interpol the status of diplomatic
personnel in order to engage more constructively on international law enforcement. In Executive Order 12425,
Reagan made two exceptions to that status. The first had to do with taxation, but the second was to make sure
that Interpol had the same accountability for its actions as American law enforcement — namely, they had to
produce records when demanded by courts and could not have immunity for their actions.
Barack Obama unexpectedly revoked those exceptions in a change to EO 12425 last (week)...
Thus, Interpol now can conduct its operations on U.S. soil with ZERO accountability to anyone in this country.
And you beginning to understand now just what the 'end game' is on the part of those who are currently running
the U.S. Government?
Let's go a step further in fleshing out exactly what this means in practical terms. It gets ugly...and scary. Again,
from ThreatsWatch:
Section 2c of the United States International Organizations Immunities Act is the crucial piece.
Property and assets of international organizations, wherever located and by whomsoever held, shall be
immune from search, unless such immunity be expressly waived, and from confiscation. The archives of
international organizations shall be inviolable. (Emphasis added.)
Inviolable archives means INTERPOL records are beyond US citizens' Freedom of Information Act requests and
from American legal or investigative discovery ("unless such immunity be expressly waived.")
Property and assets being immune from search and confiscation means precisely that. Wherever they may be in
the United States. This could conceivably include human assets - Americans arrested on our soil by INTERPOL
officers.
Why would INTERPOL be arresting American citizens on our own soil, without oversight from our own law
enforcement agencies? And remember, citizens who are thusly arrested would have no legal authority to demand
full documentation from the International Police concerning the charges brought against them.
Andy McCarthy at National Review asks these crucial, sobering questions of the secretive Obama order:
Why would we elevate an international police force above American law? Why would we immunize an
international police force from the limitations that constrain the FBI and other American law-enforcement
agencies? Why is it suddenly necessary to have, within the Justice Department, a repository for stashing
government files which, therefore, will be beyond the ability of Congress, American law-enforcement, the media,
and the American people to scrutinize?
At least one answer to these questions is very clear. A coup is underway in the United States of America, the
goal of which is to establish complete, unquestioned authority over the citizens--a 'fundamental change' to
the United States where citizens have no legal recourse against an authoritarian central government.
Oh, you‘re not afraid yet, eh? Packed into those Hate Crimes bills, in the fine print are more fun morality destroying
measures, advancing the long held practice of the Zionists to spread decadence and immorality to all corners of the
globe in order to destroy Christianity and all other religions thus leaving only the Zionist Jews on the high moral
grounds to rule and pass judgment on everyone else. Did you know that the Hate Crimes bills will also commit to ―re-
educating‖ children in public schools from kindergarten to graduation about homosexual values and clamp down on the
Bible‘s ―hate speech‖ and ―intolerance.‖ What a wonderful world our country is becoming eh?
How To Kill The Hate Bills – by Rev. Ted Pike - Video
The ADL has been busy pushing hate crimes laws all over the place for decades. The Employment Non-Discrimination
Act (ENDA) is essentially a hate crimes bill for the workplace. An employer who refuses to hire a person who is a
known homosexual or fires someone for that reason can be fined or imprisoned for committing a hate crime. ENDA
would also require that church organizations such as schools, adoption agencies and camps hire homosexuals or lose
their tax-exempt status because they are not complying with hate crimes legislation… Oh what a might web they
weave…
Just how far has the ADL‘s effectiveness been? The most honorable and benevolent ADL has been helping the FBI and
local law enforcement craft all sorts of works… The entire truth movement is falsely being tied and connected to the
militant militia movement by the FBI and state enforcement agencies… This is VERY SERIOUS. For they are now
setting up the propaganda story line… read one of their official in house memos ―MIAC STRATEGIC REPORT –
THE MODERN MILITIA MOVEMNET‖ that I have photocopied in the Addendum section on page 477 of this report.
That‘s it, it‘s official: everyone that is a truther, activist, protester, practices freedom of speech against the
establishment is OFFICIALLY a dangerous terrorist. All of you WILL eventually be treated and rounded up,
prosecuted and imprisoned as such. You have just one right…. Be afraid…. Be very afraid….
Ron Paul suggests official ‗agenda‘ to expand terror war and attack
American Liberty
How does a massive, costly security apparatus fail to stop a known terrorism threat from boarding an airplane
and wrecking devastation?
It happened on Sept. 11, 2001, and again on Dec. 25, 2009.
"There must be an agenda," suggested Congressman Ron Paul (R-TX) in a recent video message to supporters.
"It seems ironic that there is so much excitement about this and now talk about attacking Yemen," he said,
noting recent bombing raids by Saudi forces, carried out with the explicit blessing of the United States.
"The Saudis are our close allies," Paul explained. "We provide them with the weapons and the airplanes and we
did sanction and endorse the bombing of Yemen."
He said that terrorist-style tactics carried out against the United States and U.S. interests are a response to
occupation of Arab lands. The attempted attack on Northwest Airlines Flight 253, he said, was a result of
"either awful stupidity or there must be an agenda."
"I am concerned what they are going to do to the American people," he said.
And by "they," he meant U.S. leaders.
"They‘ll add some more security on to us," Paul explained. "First they make us take off our shoes and then our
belts and then small bottles of water and put our computers in a tray and on and on so something else is going
to happen, they won‘t let us get out of our seats or look at our bags, thinking that‘s going to make us a lot
safer."
"The bigger the problem and the more the fear is built up, the more they take away our personal liberties and
turn us all into zombies and the American people go along with it and say, 'as long as it makes us safer I guess
it‘s okay to go along,'" he countinued. "But it's time the American people woke up and started realizing that
there's a bit of propaganda going on and quite possibly this incident will not only undermine our personal
liberties but will also accelerate our intervention and the violence occurring in the Middle East."
Oh, did I mention that MIAC people and many states similar enforcement departments get TRAINING and pertinent
information from none other than: the ADL! (Yes the Jewish Anti Defamation League). It has already been proven and
documented that the MIAC report was prepared with the help of your friendly neighborhood ADL.
Not only that, the MIAC report goes on to connect many truthers, peaceful activists and organizations as being
involved in gun wielding ready to shoot MILITANT MILITIA!!! This is just the beginning, now we are witnessing a
―coincidental‖ /cough/ (MK-ultra – Project Artichoke) alarming increase in bizarre shootings. Of which the drum beat
of two major themes keep emerging: 1) the need for gun control. 2) Connecting the murdering whackos to the
―conspiracy nuts.‖ In the latter case one amazing example recently came to light and reported in the Pittsburg Post-
Gazette: Richard Poplawski had a shootout and killed three Pittsburgh police officers. According to Heidi Beirich
(Zionist Jew witch), director of Southern Poverty Law Center and an ―expert‖ on political extremists. She called
Poplawski‘s act of having a shootout with police ―a classic example of what happens when you start buying all
this conspiracy stuff.‖!!!!! ―For some time now there has been a pretty good connection between being suckered into
this conspiracy world and propagating violence.‖!!!!! Said Heidi Beirich.
It is sad to hear that some whacko killed three fine public servants, but what makes this story even more twisted and
frightening is the fact that events such as these are actively being used as a case to disarm the remaining 99.9% of
the law abiding gun owning citizens and crazier yet is the fact that they are totally creating a fictional connection
between militant whackos and the truth movement. Everything is being translated to TERRORISM these days.
Obama's US Assassination Program?

By Chuck Norris
Sound too conspiratorial to be true? Like the cover-up ops of spy novels? Well,
it's reality. And it is possibly the most bizarre, inhumane and abusive way that the
White House is expanding its power over the American people.
It's not an extremist belief or theory of the far right. It's a fact that has been
confirmed by The New York Times, The Washington Post and MSNBC and even
documented by the far-left online magazine Salon.com.
And it's the gravest nightmare of U.S. citizens and abandonment of our Constitution to date: a presidential
assassination program in which U.S. citizens are in the literal scopes of the executive branch based upon nothing
more than allegations of terrorism involvement as the branch defines it.
Of course, the CIA has executed covert assassinations of foreigners for decades. But tragically, Obama is
expanding this program to include American, non-Islamic, stateside, homegrown terrorists.
It all started in January, when The Washington Post reported: "As part of the operations, Obama approved a Dec.
24 strike against a (Yemeni) compound where a U.S. citizen, Anwar al-Aulaqi, was thought to be meeting with
other regional al-Qaeda leaders. Although he was not the focus of the strike and was not killed, he has since been
added to a shortlist of U.S. citizens specifically targeted for killing or capture."
"A shortlist of U.S. citizens specifically targeted for killing"?
That's right. No arrest. No Miranda rights. No due process. No trial. Just a bullet.
While the Obama administration continues its Bush-blaming for the economy, it is mega-morphing Bush policy in
covert ops overseas, which was, according to the Post, "to kill U.S. citizens abroad if strong evidence existed that
an American was involved in organizing or carrying out terrorist actions against the United States or U.S.
interests."
Well, in recent weeks, the Obama administration has taken this overseas killing op to a new low: stateside
assassinations.
A former director of national intelligence, Adm. Dennis Blair, confessed before Congress: "We take direct actions
against terrorists in the intelligence community. If we think that direct action will involve killing an American, we
get specific permission to do that."
If you are wondering who the "we" are to whom Adm. Blair refers, they are Smith, Wesson and the White House.
Now we know what deputy national security adviser John Brennan meant when he admitted in May, "And under
President Obama, we have built upon the work of the previous administration and have accelerated efforts in many
areas." (Remember when Bush's eavesdropping on U.S. citizens seemed harsh?)
Brennan further explained then that the problem of homegrown terrorists ranks as a top priority because of the
increasing number of U.S.
Individuals who have become "captivated by extremist ideology or causes." He went on to say, "There are ...
dozens of U.S. persons who are in different parts of the world and ... are very concerning to us."
Do you think "different parts of the world" doesn't include their country of origin?
Conveniently, the Obama administration also is integrating a pervasive plan to ensure the termination of radicals as
the feds deem them abroad and domestic, too, with the resurrection of the Violent Radicalization and Homegrown
Terrorism Prevention Act of 2007, introduced by Rep. Jane Harman, D-Calif. Also known as H.R. 1955, it was
passed in the House by the Democratic majority but was rejected by the Senate.
Everyone thought that legislation was dead until the Obama administration resurrected its tenets in its 52-page
"National Security Strategy," released in May. So alarming is the feds' potential abuse of power that officials from
London to the Kremlin are recognizing the threat to U.S. citizens.
The European Union Times reported, "Foreign Ministry reports circulating in the Kremlin today are warning that
an already explosive situation in the United States is about to get a whole lot worse as a new law put forth by
President Obama is said capable of seeing up to 500,000 American citizens jailed for the crime of opposing their
government."
Woodrow Wilson, during his reign as president, incarcerated more than 2,000 U.S. citizens for speaking out
against the government. And now for the first time since, a U.S. president is highlighting the threats of homegrown
terror and literally hunting U.S. citizens as terrorists. One senior administration official said, "For the first time
since 9/11, the (national security strategy) integrates homeland security and national security."
And what type of "integration" does that entail?
President Obama explained in an often overlooked statement within the "National Security Strategy": "We are now
moving beyond traditional distinctions between homeland and national security. ... This includes a determination
to prevent terrorist attacks against the American people by fully coordinating the actions that we take abroad with
the actions and precautions that we take at home."
Could it be any clearer? Right out of the horse's mouth. Or do I need to spell out what "fully coordinating the
actions that we take abroad with the actions and precautions that we take at home" means?
Remember the words "a shortlist of U.S. citizens specifically targeted for killing"?
That's right. No arrest. No Miranda rights. No due process. No trial. Just a bullet.
COPYRIGHT 2010 CHUCK NORRIS
In recent news, one alleged "terrorist," as in ONE single person gets through airport security, gets caught, and what is
the overwhelming national & media response? 1 vs. 300 million people and the single lone one (1) perp is allocated the
POWER used as catalyst excuse to initiate the restriction of all 300 million citizens of this country with yet the next
level of liberty stripping and oppressing rules, regulations and laws. What is wrong with this picture? Hello this is
BULLSHIT of the first degree! The freaking powers that be are scare mongering the 300 MILLION people because of
an incident by 1 as in ONE single lone person. That is a ratio of 1 vs. 300,000,000! Hello fucking idiots! There are
better odds of winning the freaking lotto!
I sit here on my couch frozen in complete utter disbelief as even the

so called President of the Divided States of America got in front of
the TV to make the scare mongering official. Yes America, we will
restrict and oppress all of you 300 MILLION PEOPLE because of
the action of 1, as in ONE, single fucking person! Again we witness
the never ending ―surpress everyone because of the actions of a
miniscule few‖ stratagem in action.
Now, with that said and done... I am having a special deal, first
come first served, I‘m selling the Brooklyn Bridge for just $100 all
who are interested just put the cash in an envelope and send it to me
and I will mail you the deed. Out of this alleged attack what is the
narrative the follows? (This is where you must pay close attention)
The overwhelming response from our most wonderful beloved
leaders in Washingtonville from the failed attack of a SINGLE
person is to attack yet another COUNTRY! I don‘t make this shit up, I just highlight the truth and let the balls fall
where they may. Get ready to obliterate yet another Middle East country. Whose turn is it now? Oh, Yemen? Iran?
Syria?
Not just that, the entire incident is being used as a catalyst for an entire wave of bending the goyim cattle population
and having them spread on all fours to receive the next level of oppressive liberty stripping "solutions." Heck, over
100,000 people die each and every year due to cancer caused in a large part by LEGALIZED killer cigarettes and yet
there is complete and utter silence. If the so called Al-CIAda where the ones selling the cigarettes as part of their
TERRORISM scheme then the entire weight and force of all the nations on the planet would come down on them... IF
it were deemed dangerous by the powers that be.... But sorry, killing 100,000 per year with cigarettes is perfectly ok
when done by the sanctioned comrades of the ruling elite. Now as for that lone idiot that got caught, now we are
talking. Let‘s usher in the next level of restrictions and oppression on the 300,000,000 people that have yet to feel the
sting of a lone spooky incredibly evil terrorist. (Note: and this all relies on the premise that this lone terrorist was real
to begin with and not a pre-programmed, hypnotized, project MK-ULTRA – Project Artichoke pawn...)
Pre-Crime Policing
Allegedly ―disgruntled‖ man has his guns seized, and
―voluntarily‖ surrenders to two SWAT teams and dozens of
police officers for a crime that hadn‘t been committed
Radley Balko | March 16, 2010, Listen to Audio Version

(MP3)
To hear them tell it, the five police agencies who apprehended 39-
year-old Oregonian David Pyles early on the morning of March 8
thwarted another lone wolf mass murderer. The police "were able to successfully take a potentially volatile male
subject into protective custody for a mental evaluation," announced a press release put out by the Medford,
Oregon, police department. The subject had recently been placed on administrative leave from his job, was "very
disgruntled," and had recently purchased several firearms. "Local Law Enforcement agencies were extremely
concerned that the subject was planning retaliation against his employers," the release said. Fortunately, Pyles
"voluntarily" turned himself over to police custody, and the legally purchased firearms "were seized for
safekeeping."
This voluntary exchange involved two SWAT teams, police officers from Medford and nearby Roseburg, sheriff's
deputies from Jackson and Douglas counties, and the Oregon State Police. Oregon State Police Sgt. Jeff Proulx
explained to South Oregon's Mail Tribune why the operation was such a success: "Instead of being reactive, we
took a proactive approach."
There's just one problem: David Pyles hadn't committed any crime, nor was he suspected of having committed
one. The police never obtained a warrant for either search or arrest. They never consulted with a judge or mental
health professional before sending out the military-style tactical teams to take Pyle in.
"They woke me up with a phone call at about 5:50 in the morning," Pyles told me in a phone interview Friday. "I
looked out the window and saw the SWAT team pointing their guns at my house. The officer on the phone told
me to turn myself in. I told them I would, on three conditions: I would not be handcuffed. I would not be taken off
my property. And I would not be forced to get a mental health evaluation. He agreed. The second I stepped
outside, they jumped me. Then they handcuffed me, took me off my property, and took me to get a mental health
evaluation."
By noon the same day, Pyles had already been released from the Rogue Valley Medical Center with a clean bill
of mental health. Four days later the Medford Police Department returned Pyle‘s guns, despite telling him earlier
in the week—falsely—that he'd need to undergo a second background check before he could get them back. On
Friday the Medford Police Department put out a second press release, this time announcing that the agency had
returned the "disgruntled" worker's guns, and "now considers this matter closed.
That seems unlikely. Pyles' case has spurred outrage in the gun rights community. Kevin Starrett of the Oregon
Firearms Federation has been advising Pyles, and helped get his guns back. Oregon-based syndicated
conservative talk radio host Lars Larson has taken up the story. And Pyles is now attorney shopping for a possible
civil rights lawsuit.
At root behind this case and others like it is our naïve, hopeful, and sometimes even dangerous belief that every
horrible shooting spree or lone-wolf act of terrorism can be prevented. We seem unable to accept the idea that bad
people will occasionally do bad things. Every new mass shooting spurs an urge to assign blame beyond the
shooter: What political ideology inspired him? Who missed the ―warning signs,‖ and why wasn't he apprehended
ahead of time? Gun retailers are scrutinized and vilified, even when they've complied with the law. In ensuing
days and weeks, politicians mull new laws, often both ineffective and constricting on our liberty.
There's nothing wrong with looking for signs that someone is about to snap, and if he's putting up multiple red
flags, we'd certainly want law enforcement to investigate, possibly to chat with the person and his friends and
family. And obviously if someone has made specific threats, a criminal investigation should follow. But that's a
far cry from what happened to Pyles.
Pyles' problems began last June after a series of grievances with his employer, the Oregon Department of
Transportation. "This was always a professional thing for me," he says. "It was never personal. We were handling
the grievances through the process stipulated in the union contract." Pyles declined to discuss the nature of the
complaints, citing stipulations in his contract.
On March 4, Pyles was placed on administrative leave, which required him to work from home. On March 5, 6,
and 7, after getting his income tax refund, he made three purchases of five firearms. Pyles describes himself as a
gun enthusiast, who had already owned several weapons. All three new purchases required an Oregon
background check, which would have prohibited the transactions had Pyles ever been convicted of a felony or a
misdemeanor involving violence, or been committed by the state to a mental health institution. Pyles says he has
no criminal record, and says he never threatened anyone in his office. (A specific threat of violence would have
likely brought a criminal charge.) The Oregon State Police, the Medford Police Department, and the Oregon
Department of Transportation did not respond to requests for comment.
"In my opinion, the apprehension of David Pyles was a violation of Oregon's kidnapping laws," says James
Leuenberger, a criminal defense attorney who is also advising Pyles. "He definitely deserves to be compensated
for what they did to him, but even if he wins a civil rights suit, that will just result in the officers' employers
paying for their mistakes." That of course means the final tab will be paid by Oregon's taxpayers, not the
offending cops. "I want these law enforcement officials held personally responsible," Leuenberger says. "I want
them criminally charged."
It's hard to see that happening. Joseph Bloom, a psychiatrist at Oregon Health & Science University and a
specialist in civil commitment law, says the police who apprehended and detained Pyles were likely acting under
the cover of Oregon law. Bloom says the police are permitted to make a determination on their own to take
someone in for a mental health evaluation—there's no requirement that they first consult with a judge or mental
health professional. Bloom believes this is a wise policy. "It's important to remember that this is a civil process,"
he says. "There's no arrest, these people aren't being taking to jail. It's not a criminal action."
So SWAT teams, guns, and handcuffs...but not a criminal action? And what if Pyles had refused to "voluntarily"
surrender to the police? "Well, yes," Bloom says. "I guess then it would become a criminal matter."
If what happened to Pyles is legal, in Oregon or elsewhere, we need to take a second look at the civil commitment
power. Even setting aside the SWAT team overkill in Medford, there's something awfully discomfiting about
granting government authorities the power to yank someone from their home and drag them in for a mental health
evaluation based on a series of actions that were perfectly legal, especially with no prior oversight from a judge,
or guidance from a psychiatrist.
"The idea that Pyles turned himself in voluntarily is ridiculous," says Starrett, the gun rights activist. "There's
nothing voluntary about waking up to a SWAT team outside your home, then having a police negotiator call and
suggest you surrender. They had no arrest warrant. But Pyles only had one option. If he didn't come out on his
own, they were going to come in to get him."
Even if the apprehension of Pyles was legal, the seizure of his guns wasn't. Because civil commitment laws aren't
criminal in nature, they don't carry authorization for the police to search a private residence. According to Pyles,
he closed the door behind him as he left his home. Because the police didn't have a search warrant, they had no
right to even enter Pyles' home, much less seize guns inside that he bought and possessed legally.
For a potential mass murderer, Pyles is remarkably placid and big-picture about what happened to him. "I've been
looking for a new job for months," he says. "But given the economy, I'm pretty lucky to be getting a paycheck,
even given all of this. For me, this is about civil rights. This seems like something the NRA and the ACLU can
agree on. South Oregon is big gun country. If something like this can happen here, where just about everyone
owns a gun, it can happen anywhere." - Radley Balko is a senior editor at Reason magazine.
You dare doubt and think a fascist totalitarian takeover would never be possible here in the ―land of the free‖? (Hello!
We are in the midst of the takeover at this very moment!) Look at what happened to Germany in the 1930s, they were
at that time a free and prosperous country like us. Most communist countries are nothing less than open air
concentration camps… what makes you think for one moment that our nation cannot become an OPEN AIR
CONCENTRATION CAMP just like the others who paved the way and given their tyrants the know how on not only
accomplishing that totalitarian control but maintaining their death grip power for hundreds if not even thousands of
years…
What of the fear by many Americans of having their guns taken away from them at some time? Is this real? Can this
really be substantiated? Yes, yes and yes. The ruling elite control both the Democrats and the Rebuplicans, they have
delegated to the Democrats, the difficult mission to strip the population of their guns. There are volumes we can write
concerning this topic but due to space limitations I
must be brief. The bottom line is that guns are
involved in a minority of crimes, up to 80%+ crimes
never involve guns. But the ruling elite feels they must
rid the population of their guns, as all previous
authoritarian societies and dictators have in the past, in
order to more easily be able to control the population
and eradicating the possibility of mounting a major
successful revolt against the evil regime that is
currently enslaving the population.
―When you research these areas of martial

law and concentration camps in America, it will shock you to find that everything is already in place. And
martial law is often mentioned in the news media if more terror strikes were to happen here. They are
conditioning you to be prepared for it. What they aren't telling you is that it is through this martial law that the
Antichrist will commence his war on the saints. They are not going to help you. They want to kill you. And
they've gathered lists on just who does belong to or profess the Most High as Lord. It is through these lists that
they will use to separate the people for life or death.
If your name is on a list, you will be taken to a camp and killed. They will not tell you they are going to kill
you, they will tell you they are going to relocate you out of the disaster area to another. Do not believe their
lies.
Do not fall for the relocation lies and scams that are coming. If they tell you to meet at a post office to be
relocated to another area or state, do not go! Hide! Run!
Once an area in the US is declared to be in martial law, it will keep going and going and going until the whole
country is declared to be under martial law. Seek the Lord for wisdom and listen to Him as He guides your
thoughts and/or speaks to you on what to do or where to go.
Time is running out. Be aware of the double speak you hear on television and from the news media. They are
purposely conditioning the masses and lying to them.‖
California Students Get Tracking Devices

The Associated Press, Posted: 08/18/2010
RICHMOND, Calif.—California officials are outfitting preschoolers in Contra Costa County with tracking
devices they say will save staff time and money.
The system was introduced Tuesday. When at the school, students will wear a jersey that has a small radio
frequency tag. The tag will send signals to sensors that help track children's whereabouts, attendance and even
whether they've eaten or not.
School officials say it will free up teachers and administrators who previously had to note on paper files when a
child was absent or had eaten.
Sung Kim of the county's employment and human services department said the system could save thousands of
hours of staff time and pay for itself within a year.
It cost $50,000 and was paid by a federal grant.
*******************************
GPS Tracks Schoolbus Kids

NBC, Tue, Aug 31, 2010
In a bid to set parents' nerves at ease, a southwest suburban school district has become one of the first in the state
to begin using GPS to track schoolchildren riding buses to and from school each day.
Palos Heights School District 128 had previously been using ZPass, a GPS technology provided by Seattle-
based Zonar Systems, to track the buses. But now the district is outfitting students' backpacks with a luggage tag-
sized unit that logs when the student steps on and off the bus.
"A little piece of mind helps you get through the day," says Ann O'Brien, a mother of four children in Palos
Heights School District 128. "They can locate kid and bus in seconds."
O'Brien says as she watched her children board and exit school busses today, with the new ZPass cards attached
to their backpacks.
Palos School Superintendent Kathleen Casey says the system helps alleviate parents' concerns.
"We can track the bus with the GPS, alleviate a parent's fear if they got on or off bus, look up their ID number
and find out what bus and what time boarded or if still on or exited," she said.
The district spent $16,000 for the technology, which currently covers 10 buses. Parents say the cost is minimal for
the benefits.
There are many players (bought and paid for) championing the elimination of guns, such as Attorney General Eric
Holder who sold his soul long ago, then there are the Zionist agents whom are always operating in the backgrounds
such as Cass Sunstein Jew agent provocator whose life mission seems to be to eradicate the Second Amendment. Who,
despite being a blaring anti-gun whore managed to lie his way into his cozy gig as head of the Office of Information
and Regulatory Affairs. Here is a quick synopsis:
―Mr. Sunstein‘s overt hostility to the idea that the Constitution protects an individual right to bear arms,
including for purposes of self-defense, is not something that should be welcomed from somebody whose job
might entail weighing in on the value of anti-gun regulations. It also makes his more recent assurances that
he is a Second Amendment stalwart seem rather disingenuous, at the very least,‖ an editorial published by
The Washington Times stated last September.
In July of 2009, Sunstein sent a letter to Sen. Saxby Chambliss of Georgia assuring him that he strongly
believes the Constitution protects an individual right to bear arms. ―Your first question involved the Second
Amendment. I strongly believe that the Second Amendment creates an individual right to possess and use guns
for purposes of both hunting and self-defense. I agree with the Supreme Court‘s decision in the Heller case,
clearly recognizing the individual right to have guns for hunting and self-defense. If confirmed, I would
respect the Second Amendment and the individual right that it recognizes.‖
In response, Chambliss dropped his hold on the nomination of Sunstein to head the Office of Information and
Regulatory Affairs. In other words, Sunstein lied about the Second Amendment in order to fool Congress
into accepting his nomination. – Nothing to see here folks, everything is fine and dandy, he got in with a
bunch of lies and no one is going to take him to task on it either, oh, he only committed PERJURY. Nothing
to see here folks, now run along and mind your own business.
Cass Sunstein Predicts Repealing Right To Bear Arms - video
As Cass states in the video above, ―the supreme court has NEVER suggested that the Second Amendment protects
individual rights to have guns, not once‖ He goes on to predict/warn: ―don‘t be surprised if the first time it happens
is within the next three or four years.‖ Being a Zionist Jew operative he has the inside scoop about their secret
agendas in the works, so I take his words seriously. Pssst: SCOTUS is in their back pockets. Wait until the Obamanator
appoints the new judges his Zionist masters choose. Once they take away your guns, get ready to to bend over and kiss
you‘re…. What you have left of your ―freedom‖ goodbye. Of course the guns will all be taken away from you all,
too… ummm… ―protect you‖…. ―for your own safety‖… But of course. There will some day be just two camps with
weapons the criminals, aka ―terrorists‖ and the wonderful benevolent law enforcement complex.
Behold: For everyone is still under the false impression that our country is ―the land of the free‖, the masses are blind
to what is transpiring around them. Thousands upon thousands of ludicrous once considered preposterous enforcement
actions have been performed with ever more regularly in all sectors of society. People are alarmingly being
incarcerated for even the minutest innocuous ―offenses.‖ One area where this trend has been going through the roof is
the police state priming system that has been encroaching and setup in the public schools throughout our country. With
the hidden agenda of getting the kids acclimated to the idea of being under constant heavy surveillance and used to the
act of putting up with conditions of oppression once unheard of. Today there are thousands of headlines such as the one
below that occur all around our country, yet barely a blip on the national public conscience. Sleep, sleep, nothing to see
here folks…. Sleeeep, for the day will surely come when you literally wake up enslaved in the land of the ―free.‖
Still think you and your family are free? Incidents such as these are increasingly happening on a routine basis all acoss
the nation:
Queens girl hualed out of school in handcuffs after getting caught doodling
on desk
By Rachel Monhan, NY Daily News
A 12-year-old Queens girl was hauled out of school in handcuffs for an artless offense - doodling her name on her
desk in erasable marker, the Daily News has learned.
Alexa Gonzalez was scribbling a few words on her desk Monday while waiting for her Spanish teacher to pass
out homework at Junior High School 190 in Forest Hills, she said.
"I love my friends Abby and Faith," the girl wrote, adding the phrases "Lex was here. 2/1/10" and a smiley face.
But instead of simply cleaning off the doodles after class, Alexa landed in some adult-sized trouble for using her
lime-green magic marker.
She was led out of school in cuffs and walked to the precinct across the street, where she was detained for several
hours, she and her mother said.
"I started crying, like, a lot," said Alexa. "I made two little doodles. ... It could be easily erased. To put handcuffs
on me is unnecessary." Alexa, who had a stellar attendance record, hasn't been back to school since, adding, "I
just thought I'd get a detention. I thought maybe I would have to clean [the desk]."
"She's been throwing up," said her mom, Moraima Camacho, 49, an accountant, who lives with her daughter in
Kew Gardens. "The whole situation has been a nightmare."
City officials acknowledged Alexa's arrest was a mistake.
"We're looking at the facts," said City Education Department spokesman David Cantor. "Based on what we've
seen so far, this shouldn't have happened."
"Even when we're asked to make an arrest, common sense should prevail, and discretion used in deciding whether
an arrest or handcuffs are really necessary," said police spokesman Paul Browne.
Alexa is the latest in a string of city students who have been cuffed for minor infractions. In 2007, 13-year-old
Chelsea Fraser was placed under arrest for writing "okay" on her desk at Intermediate School 201. And in 2008,
5-year-old Dennis Rivera was cuffed and sent to a psych ward after throwing a fit in his kindergarten.
A class action lawsuit was filed by the New York Civil Liberties Union last month against the city for using
"excessive force" in middle school and high schools. A 12-year-old sixth-grader, identified in the lawsuit as
M.M., was arrested in March 2009 for doodling on her desk at the Hunts Point School.
Alexa is still suspended from her school, her mother said. She and her mom went to family court on Tuesday,
where Alexa was assigned eight hours of community service, a book report and an essay on what she learned
from the experience.
"I definitely learned not to ever draw on a desk," said Alexa. "They told me with a pencil this could still happen."
BREAKING NEWS: Still think these are isolated incidences?
Girl, 6, Handcuffed, Committed Because Of Classroom Behavior. Febuary 10, 2010. PORT ST. LUCIE, Fla. -
- A Port St. Lucie first-grade student was handcuffed and committed to a mental health facility because of her
classroom behavior. Her criminal offense: Haley, got upset and stormed out her classroom when her teacher
asked her to do something. The report said it then escalated into a temper tantrum in the principal's office. She
was handcuffed ("She couldn't put her in two handcuffs because her wrists are that small, so she put them both in
the same handcuff and left marks on my daughter's arms.‖) and taken away in a police car.
The second infringement of the repeat 6 year old offender This time the police had a different plan: she was
committed to a mental facility. "They have looked at her here," Franklin said of the New Horizons mental health
facility. "There is absolutely nothing wrong with my child. I work in daycare. I know what a child that has
problems -- you know, I know how to deal with them. I know what they act like."
There are hundreds more cases like the ones described above that
―fly below radar‖ and do not make it to the national news. The
practice of arresting little kids is drastically increasing. Many
schools even have ―prison cells‖ for there tiny tot offenders:
Disabled Children Restraint Seclusion Abuse - video. It is obvious,
the establishment is indoctrinating all the way down to little
innocent kids level, priming them into accepting a Gestapo police
state environment and tactics. One day when they are all older…
the oppressive regime will seem ―NORMAL.‖
One of the secrets to DECIPHERING the agendas of the ruling elite

is quite simple. As in all wars, one must DECODE the enemies
MOVEMENTS (actions) and COMMUNICATIONS. In this case
the one enemy communication system that is wide open is the one
they are using to MASS PROGRAM THE POPULATION… the mass media outlets. This tactic is so important I
cannot over emphasize or stress it enough. All one must do is study the ―waves‖ of mass media reporting to see what
NARRATIVES they are currently PROMOTING. There is only one caveat to this methodology though, the Zionist
Jews are famous for working every side of every argument, so no matter what, one of them always win, the masses
LOSE. Another key stratagem they employ is the attack the agenda they support strategy, thereby setting up the
illusion of ―status quo agenda free‖ for the target audience to vote for it.
One must deeply analyzing the deeds, acts, actions of the players and take their words with a grain of salt. You must
spot the incoming ―waves‖ such as the constant targeting of airplanes by al-CIAda, we can see where the TREND is
headed, then naturally deduce a myriad of end games. We
can rely on al-CIAda to divulge its intentions to us for they
love to herd the public with FEAR, regularly producing
slick videos whenever the Washingtonites need an extra
injection of fear mongering (how nice of Osama Bin
CIAladen). Unlike the feeble masses, we have identified
some of the key al-CIAda operatives, for many of them are
none other than secret Mossad/CIA/Mi6 double agent
provocateurs posing as terrorists instigating and stirring
up the terrorism threats.
Look at the recent U.S. airliner incident, heres‘ a reddit

quote that pretty much sums up the gist of the Panty Bomber
attack: ―If we can't catch a Nigerian with explosives in
feminine underpants, whose father alerted the CIA/U.S. embassy, whose ticket was bought in cash, who didn‘t
check bags, whose visa was denied by the UK, who studied in Yemen, whose name was on a watch list, who can
we catch?‖ This is not conspiracy theory folks, these are facts. They didn't try to prevent it. When the system fails in 9
different places, and the same security outfit responsible, ICTS, is not mentioned in the media whatsoever, when they
were also in charge during 911 at Logan International Airport, at the airport where the shoe bomber got through, at
Schiphol for this airline, and many other incidents, coincidence, eh?
The joke is on all Americans as the U.S. looks like a bunch of bumbling baboons to the rest of the world. As the global
hyperpower spent the next week making itself a laughingstock to the entire planet. First, the bonehead bureaucrats at
the Transportation Security Administration swung into action with a whole new range of restrictions. Against radical
Yemen-trained Muslims wearing weaponized briefs? NOPE. Of course not. That would be too obvious. So instead they
imposed a slew of constraints against YOU. To begin with, for some inexplicable reason, now everyone is going to
be limited to just one carry on item, duh, despite the fact his ―payload‖ was inside his freakin panties, hello!
Now get this: Almost immediately following the Panty Bomber‘s attack the fairy god mother delivered a gift
wrapped ―solution‖ to this problem: Full body scanners. There is just one little itty bitty quandary about them: The
explosive device smuggled in the clothing of the Panty Bomber would NOT have been detected by x-ray or full body-
scanners using "millimetre-wave" technology that reveal a naked image of a passenger. Tests by scientists in the team
at Qinetiq (for instance) showed the millimetre-wave scanners picked up shrapnel and heavy wax and metal, but
plastic, chemicals and liquids were missed.
Bomb-sniffing dogs work infinitely better than any high tech/high cost/high scam device...
That's why the FBI uses them to protect its own headquarters and why the US military uses them in Iraq and
Afghanistan under the most hazardous and hostile conditions imaginable.
We are being irradiated, lied to and put in real danger so Michael Chertoff and his friends in Homeland
Security can rip us off. Meanwhile, Obama tells us it's for our safety.
Illuminati Vowed in 1969: "Travel Will Be More Difficult"

Pilots and passengers rail at new airport patdowns
(Reuters) - Stepped-up security

screening at airports in the wake of
foiled terrorism plots has provoked an
outcry from airline pilots and travelers,
including parents of children who say
they are too intrusive.
What Awaits Your Daughters at

Airports
http://www.brasschecktv.com/page/972.ht
ml
By Henry Makow Ph.D.

(Flashback from Dec 2009)
Like sheep, humanity had better adjust to constant harassment as long as it tolerates Illuminati control of all
important government and social institutions.
At the height of the holiday season, millions of travelers to the US were delayed and inconvenienced because of
one suspicious incident Friday.
In 1969, Rockefeller Insider Dr. Richard Day predicted the future in these terms:
" Travel ... would become very restricted. People would need permission to travel and they would need a good
reason to travel. If you didn't have a good reason for your travel you would not be allowed to travel, and everyone
would need ID... later on some sort of device would be developed to be implanted under the skin that would be
coded specifically to identify the individual." (Tape two)
The reaction to the failed "terrorist attack" eventually may lead to this state of affairs. Ironically, the Nigerian
bomber was allowed on the plane without a passport! Although shabby in appearance, he was accompanied by an
East Indian man, presumably an Intelligence agent, who was well dressed. This man bought the $2200 ticket. Why
is there no inquiry as to his identity?
Anyone who has traveled recently knows security measures already are stringent. There is no way a man can get
on a plane with an explosive device taped to his body. Like most terror, this event was concocted by the Illuminati
and executed by their intelligence agencies.
In a Globe and Mail Poll Monday, over 2/3 said the current security measures were an overreaction. Now people
are getting felt up at security, a perfect job for Illuminati perverts. Is this really an experiment to see how much
degradation people will suffer?
Can anyone bring down a plane with exploding underwear?
DENIAL
As long as the masses refuse to acknowledge the Illuminati conspiracy, they will continue to be complicit in their
own destruction.
Last weekend, six Chunnel trains broke down and thousands of people were confined for as many as 16 hours in
the dark without food or water. This is a traumatic experience.
For the last six months, we have been bombarded with propaganda about the Swine Flu. Millions have been
vaccinated. Billions of profits have been made. These vaccines might have been harmless. Who knows about the
next? What we do know is that, generally speaking, Swine Flu proved to be less dangerous than seasonal flu.
Then, recently for over a week, we were bombarded with hysteria about weather change (aka "climate change.")
The Club of Rome concocted this bogeyman back in the 1980's.
We must regard official society as a brain washing chamber where we are being subjected to trauma-based mind
control. Other traumatic events from the last decade include 9-11, the Tsunami, Hurricane Katerina, the great
Northeastern power black-outs, the financial meltdown, and the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan.
It's been a good decade for the Illuminati. Society is far more fearful and pessimistic, far more willing to accept
totalitarian control.
THE KEY TO OUR EXASPERATION
In the Protocols of the Elders of Zion, the author writes that their goal is: "To wear everyone out by dissensions,
animosities, feuds, famine, inoculation of diseases, want, until the Gentiles sees no other way of escape except by
appeal to our money and our power." (Protocol 10)
"We will so wear out and exhaust the Gentiles by all this that they will be compelled to offer us an international
authority, which by its position will enable us to absorb without disturbance all the governmental forces of the
world and thus form a super-government." (Protocol 5)
Harold Rosenthal who was a member of this cabal boasted that they even implanted a "guilt complex" over the
holocaust and anti-Semitism that prevents society from addressing the threat.
Through control of banking, they acquired a total monopoly of "the movie industry, the radio networks and the
newly developing television media...we took over the publication of all school materials... Even your music! We
censor the songs released for publication long before they reach the publishers...we will have complete control of
your thinking."
We "have put issue upon issue to the American people. Then we promote both sides of the issue as confusion
reigns. With their eyes fixed on the issues, they fail to see who is behind every scene. We, Jews, toy with the
American public as a cat toys with a mouse."
It would be great if the problem could be confined to "Jews" but literally everyone who advances the New World
Order agenda wittingly or unwittingly is implicated, and that is, millions of people, i.e. the "Establishment."
SOCIETY OF SHILLS
The Illuminati central banking cartel controls government credit, media, banking, corporations, education,
professional associations, justice, military ..you name it. They use Freemasonry as their instrument. Recently, I
posted an article about how they control the US Black community using the Masonic "Boule." The same principle
applies everywhere.
Society operates on two rails. The formal--the image of a democracy ruled by law that dupes the masses and
ensures their cooperation. The informal-- the Illuminati club, which actually makes the decisions regardless of
what's happening on the formal level. The informal infiltrates the formal until the latter is merely a mask for the
former.
Want to succeed? Join the club of secret Satan worshipers. That's what Barack Obama did.
In a post May 29, 2009, Emily Gyde, an Illuminati defector who claims to be the real author of the Harry Potter
series, says Obama told her this:
"I remember PRESIDENT OBAMA talking to me about how he had joined the ILL CULT - he didn't want to - but
he described himself as just an ordinary guy who wanted to take a wage packet home...that is how it was...he didn't
want to end up on the streets...at the end of the day, it was all about money...you had to have it to live...if he hadn't
joined the ILL CULT...he would have been disbarred...he wouldn't have got a job...wouldn't have been able to
live...that's how a lot of people get conned into joining the ILL. You are young, you want to prove yourself in life -
you are told that you will 'never get a job' if you don't...the ILL prove how powerful they are."
I don't know if this is true but it is plausible.
CONCLUSION
When I was a sixties radical, we used to think people who worked for the Establishment had sold their soul to the
devil. I didn't imagine it was literally true, as the Illuminati are Satan worshippers, so you're unwittingly working
for his disciples.
The world has been colonized by this Satanic cult. What we are experiencing, while trying to maintain some
civilized traditions over Christmas, is their relentless attempt to induct us into their cult as mind controlled
servants.
The terrorism fearmongering has once again picked up momentum and is once again reverberating 24/7 throughout the
Zionist media world, the unified message reverberating throughout the media world: ―be afraid, very afraid.‖
(FYI: Michael Chertoff the Zionist Jew who held dual citizenship (full blooded Israeli citizen) while in charge OUR
Homeland Security apparatus has given dozens of media interviews touting the need for the federal government to buy
more full-body scanners for airports. While the Chertoff Group, his security consulting agency, includes a client that
manufactures the machines.)
No sooner than the alleged Panty Bomber wannabe terrorist was captured and before the sun went down our most
benevolent wise WARDENS in Washington initiated a whole slew of new, more rigid restrictions on all airline
travel, all of which have no (as in none, zippo, zilch, zero) correlation with stopping simular methods such as what that
douch bag wannabe terrorist tried. The entire narrative reaks of insider setup. The guy‘s name was on the freaking
terrorist watch list for gods sake! And he buys a ticket with cash and had a visa denied? Hey, nothing unusual here! Let
him in! It was a classic setup. Period. In order to generate the maximum impact, shock and fear propagation the wanna
be panty bomber was sent out on his mission on Christmas day. This guy shows all the classic symptoms of being just
another MK-ULTRA brainwashed pawn. What ever the case may be, several factors are beginning to be very clear.
How can the action of ONE LONE person be used to subjugate and restrict hundreds of millions, as in, ALL the
travlers in the entire PLANET? Why the repeated targeting of airplanes and trains? This question kept bothering me
until one day it dawned on me while trying to decipher the mass media onslaught regarding the latest attempt by that
Mk-Ultra/project Artichoke programmed wanabe terrorist pawn. The reason they are targeting planes and trains =
TRANSPORTATION is because the ruling elite MUST FULLY CONTROL, limit and lock down all
transportation in their invisible open air concentration camps.
An Armed Society is a Polite Society

Did you know that almost 30 years ago (1982) a small town in Georgia, just north of Atlanta, passed a law
requiring each head of a household to own and maintain a gun? At the time this little town was home to some
five thousand residents.
The small town of Kennesaw was blasted by the gun control crowd with dire predictions such as 'Wild West'
type showdowns, increased violence and shooting accidents and called the pistol-packing capital of the world,
by the Washington Post. Even the wacko liberal Phil Donahue requested that the Mayor of Kennesaw appear on
his show. At the time this small town was experiencing a skyrocketing crime rate well above the national
average.
So what‘s happened in the past 28 years? The crime rate has dropped dramatically, by well over half, and get
this, not a single resident has been involved in a fatal shooting - not as a victim, attacker or defender. Yes, in the
entire 28 years since the law went into effect!
When the Kennesaw law was passed in 1982 there was a substantial drop in crime … and we have maintained a
really low crime rate since then. - Kennesaw Police Lt. Craig Graydon
But that‘s not all. The little town of Kennesaw has seen an increase in population. From some 5,000 in 1982 to
over 31,000 today. Hum, seems like the liberals are wrong on this issue too.
In his two books, More Guns, Less Crime and The Bias against Guns, Author John Lott makes the case for
carrying canceled weapons using actual statistics, sound analytics and empirical evidence. If you want to know
the truth, check out these books.
Police are extremely important in deterring crime but, as the [Virginia Tech] attack showed again, they almost
always arrive after the crime has been committed. Annual surveys of crime victims in America by the US
Bureau of Justice Statistics continually show that, when confronted by a criminal, people are safest if they have a
gun. Just as the threat of arrest and prison can deter criminals from committing a crime, so does the fact that
victims can defend themselves. - John Lott, Author and Economist as well as senior research scientist at the
University of Maryland, College Park.
Research, as well as common sense (one of the many virtues absent in most liberals) show that an armed society
is indeed a polite as well as safer society.
The imperceptible open air concentration camps that are being erected around us is largely policies/rules/laws based
―democratic‖/fascist society implimented, but will one day essentially resemble that of authoritarian empires in that all
boarder crossings and major transportation hubs will essentially become CHECK POINTS. Whereas in the future,
once all restrictions are in place, they will be accepted by all the goyim cattle as ―normal.‖ For instance criminal
dissident ―terrorists‖ will not be able to pass any designated CHECK POINTS for the moment they show their
PAPERS, they will be immediately imprisoned. The lock down is happening slowly, little by little, one generation at a
time, limiting and stripping of personal freedoms until
one day any outsider can easily deduct that we are living
in a gulag society, while you birds in the bird cage have
no clue. YOU were all raised in that environment and
have adapted to the confinements you have all percieved
as natural and normal.
Another well integrated and sheeple accepted police state

conditioning CHECK POINT scenarios that has been
operating successfully for decades is the ―seat
belt/registration/inspection check points‖… oh, and don‘t
forget the ―drunk driving check points‖ as well as many
others. For ―your safety and well being, of course.‖ Show
me your papers biatch.
Think about it. To travel you must present your papers

(i.e., license and passport) on demand. Airline travel is at the forefront, they have managed to get the masses to be
perfectly docile and accept: routine searches, strip search, taking of of shoes, belts, clothing, limiting what you can do
and bring on board, banning all sorts of personal objects, search, seizure with indefinite retaining of laptops, cell
phones and PDAs, to name just a few. Now with the new wave of restrictions comes: sit still in your seat until
commanded when you can move, do not read a book, cannot use your notebook computer or phone, or PDA, you must
not have anything on your lap at any time, etc., etc. Do you see the picture of oppression building up and slowly
surrounding you as I clearly see? All under the pretext and guise of ―keeping you safe‖ – ―for your own good.‖
Behold: for each time the authority figure in police or military uniform stands before you and demands you to comply,
internally in the most deep recesses of your mind you like all other people on this planet, revert back to your childhood
indoctrination: OBEY THOSE IN ATHORITY, instinctively surrendering all cognitive functions, reasoning, logic and
willingly complying even with the most absurd demands and restrictions.
―In three states it is now illegal to record an on-duty police officer even if the encounter involves you and may
be necessary to your defense, and even if the recording is on a public street where no expectation of privacy
exists.‖ -Are Cameras the New Guns?
One blogger wrote a humorous albeit disturbing observation: ―Oh, it's not a matter of sending something through
scanners. Let's get real; the next frontier involves the words "rectal probe." And anyone who's been on the internet as
long as I have knows that human beings can & frequently do shove a WIDE variety of items up their ass. The "butt
bomb" is next, and then the threat of an anal probing shall become another condition of flying like the rest of the BS.‖
I included that comment for its sarcasm, hopefully highlighting the absurdness our most wonderful benevolent
government makes us go through. But... News Flash: the Butt Bomb is already in circulation! One was used by a
terrorist who pretended to surrender himself to a Saudi Arabian prince. Read about it here. Wait until JUST ONE of
these goes off here in the states, then get ready, coming to an airport near you some time in the not too distant future:
Rectal probes! LOL The joke is on you, the ―terrorists‖ win. For Al-CIAda has magically been changing the dynamics
of our ―free‖ society, stripping the citizens of their rights, turning our country into an open air concentration camp,
converting our free world to fear world.
The Ball's In My Court Now

After the 9/11 attacks, when allegd 19 Muslim terrorists -- 15 from Saudi Arabia, two from the United Arab
Emirates and one each from Egypt and Lebanon, (NONE FROM AFGANISTAN OR IRAQ) 14 with "al" in
their names -- took over commercial aircraft with box-cutters, the government banned sharp objects from planes.
Airport security began confiscating little old ladies' knitting needles and breaking the mouse-sized nail files off of
passengers' nail clippers. Surprisingly, no decrease in the number of hijacking attempts by little old ladies
and manicurists was noted.
After another Muslim terrorist, Richard Reid, AKA Tariq Raja, AKA Abdel Rahim, AKA Abdul Raheem, AKA
Abu Ibrahim, AKA Sammy Cohen (which was only his eHarmony alias), tried to blow up a commercial aircraft
with explosive-laden sneakers, the government prohibited more than 3 ounces of liquid from being carried on
airplanes.
All passengers were required to take off their shoes for special security screening, which did not thwart a
single terrorist attack, but made airport security checkpoints a lot smellier.
After Muslim terrorist Umar Farouk Abdulmutallab of Nigeria tried to detonate explosive material in his
underwear over Detroit last Christmas, THE IMMEDIATE SEEMINGLY PREMEDITATED RESPONSE that
took effect immediately with equipment waiting to be deployed in warehouses: the government began requiring
nude body scans at airports.
The machines, which cannot detect chemicals or plastic, would not have caught the diaper bomber. So,
again, no hijackers were stopped, but being able to see passengers in the nude boosted the morale of airport
security personnel by 22 percent.
After explosives were inserted in two ink cartridges and placed on a plane headed to the United States from the
Muslim nation of Yemen by Mossad/CIA false flag agents, the government banned printer cartridges from all
domestic flights, resulting in no improvement in airport security, while requiring ink cartridges who traveled to
take Amtrak.
So when the next Muslim terrorist, probably named Abdul Ahmed al Shehri, places explosives in his anal cavity,
what is the government going to require then? (If you're looking for a good investment opportunity, might I
suggest rubber gloves?)
Last year, a brainwashed Muslim agent attempting to murder Prince Mohammed bin Nayef of Saudi Arabia blew
himself up with a bomb stuck up his anus. Fortunately, this didn't happen near an airport, or Homeland Security
Secretary Janet Napolitano would now be requiring full body cavity searches to fly.
You can't stop a terrorist attack by searching for the explosives any more than you can stop crime by taking away
everyone's guns.
It's similarly pointless to treat all Americans as if they're potential terrorists while trying to find and confiscate
anything that could be used as a weapon. We can't search all passengers for explosives because brainwashed
Manchurian candidate Muslim agents stick explosives up their anuses.
Only about a third of all Americans flew even once in the last year, and only 7 percent took more than four round
trips. The majority of airline passengers are middle-aged, middle-class, white businessmen with about a million
frequent flier miles. I'd wager that more than 90 percent of domestic air travelers were born in the U.S.
If the government did nothing more than have a five-minute conversation with the one passenger per flight born
outside the U.S., you'd need 90 percent fewer Transportation Security Administration agents and airlines would be
far safer than they are now.
In their quest to beat the masses into submission the ruling elite keeps ordering more invasive searches of all
passengers, without exception -- except members of Congress and government officials, who get VIP treatment.
Two weeks ago, the overlords ordered TSA agents to start groping women's breasts and all passengers' genitalia --
children, nuns and rape victims, everyone except government officials and members of Congress.
"Please have your genitalia out and ready to be fondled when you approach the security checkpoint."
This is the punishment for refusing the nude body scan for passengers who don't want to appear nude on live video
or are worried about the skin cancer risk of the machines -- risks acknowledged by the very Johns Hopkins study
touted by the government.
Targeting of transportation is an absolutely critical

component of the ruling elite master plan in that they MUST
develop a means to keep its open air concentration camp
population under disguised authoritarian lock down. These
are KEY CHECK POINTS. ―Papers please, now drop your
pants and bend over.‖ The gradual restriction of free
movement is the process to accomplish this objective. One
need look no further than communist Russia, communist
Korea and communist Germany to understand that part of
their authoritain rule and control over the masses was the
restriction of their respective population‘s movements and
transportation.
This is an integral element of any and all authoritarian

states. The ―terrorist‖ attacks on trains and planes sets up the pretext, the justification to initiate massive free
movement limiting systems, rules, procedures, norms limiting and restricting free travel. The scared feeble minded
fear mongered sheeple are steadily being PRIMED and CONDITIONED to readily accept further more stringent
measures of control over their lives in the future. Every month new check points are rolled out in individual states and
cities, little by little they keep popping up everywhere without anyone taking notice, growing in numbers, gradually
the public becomes numb to their existence as a fact of life and gradually succumbs to the new norms, gradually
relinquishing their liberties.
Police Silent on Invasive ―Stop and Frisk‖ Public Housing Policy

By Megan Cottrell, Oct 7, 2010
How would you feel if you were just walking to your apartment — say carrying some groceries home from the
store or on your way home from school — and you got stopped by the police, questioned and frisked, right in
front of your own building?
If you said "outraged," you're not alone. Tenants in public housing in New York are suing the NYPD over its
"stop-and-frisk" policy. When police representatives were asked to explain and answer questions about the policy
for residents, they were silent.
Under the policy, whether or not the police catch you doing anything wrong, your name goes into a database kept
by the NYPD. The state branch of the American Civil Liberties Union says the policy violates a state law that
requires that criminal records be sealed if someone is acquitted. Tell the NYPD to end its invasive "stop and
frisk" policy.
Chicago police have a similar tactic, called "contact cards." Out and about? If the cops notice you, they'll pull you
to the side and ask you to fill out a contact card with your name, address and Social Security number. What for?
Well, if there's a crime committed in the area by a suspect matching your description, they'll know who to
contact.
I know this happens — it happened to me. I went to a public housing complex to interview a resident leader there
and was waved down by a cop when I tried to enter the building. "What are you doing here?" she asked, telling
me I needed to fill out a contact card. "Why are you here alone?" she persisted. I explained that it was my job,
that I was a reporter covering public housing and she was free to call my boss. "That won't be necessary," said the
officer, as she eyed me suspiciously. "But we're going to keep an eye on you while you're here."
I think she meant to be nice. Once she and her colleagues were sure I wasn't there to buy drugs, they saw me as
someone who needed protection.
But at that same housing complex a few weeks later, a young black man didn't get the same sort of concern.
Police stopped him, made him fill out a contact card, and when he showed his ID, an officer took it and cracked it
in half, throwing it on the ground. Diamond Johnson was the son of a friend of mine, a honor roll student who's
now in college. His mother, Audrey, told me this story because she was worried about keeping her son away from
the police in order to keep him out of trouble.
It's not the first policy subjecting public housing residents to regulations ordinary Americans wouldn't stand for.
Smoking bans, drug testing and unlawful evictions are all methods prescribed to keep public housing residents in
check, but that often violate their privacy and civil rights.
Being a public housing resident isn't grounds for an illegal search or to be detained. Let's find policing strategies
where officers engage the people they're supposed to serve and protect, not antagonize them.
The ruling elite? They are never subjected to the invasive measures you mortals must endure for they get around with
chauffeurs, private jets, VIP treatment while you are forced to undergo the most humiliating searches and questioning.
The Nazi style checkpoints are becoming the new norm all over this country, Europe and many other nations the
international ruling elite are actively placing the minions on lock down, getting everyone adapted to ever increasing
forms of outright police state, ―for your protection‖ but of course. First it was Airports, bus stations, train stations,
regional border crossings, government buildings, court houses, schools and now even your own home if you live in
large apartment complexes. Backed up by the largest network of CCTV closed circuit TV monitoring devices ever to
exist on earth. FYI: Today we have officially SURPASSED both the old Soviet Union and Nazi Germany in
monitoring the population and erecting checkpoints throughout the Amerika regime.
Corporate Media Saturation of TSA News An Operation to Desensitize and

Anger Population
By Lee Rogers, Roguegovernment
For several years we have covered stories surrounding the terrorists at the Transportation Security Agency. Two
years ago, I correctly identified the TSA as a terrorist organization. After all, the TSA is an organization that has
terrorized countless airline passengers but has yet to catch one real legitimate terrorist during this obviously fake
war on terror. In many respects what's happening today is nothing new, the only difference is that people are
being made more aware of their horrendous policies. Although it is important to cover stories that illustrate how
individual freedom is being destroyed, the corporate media coverage of the naked body scanners and the groping
of people's private parts at airport security checkpoints has reached such high levels of saturation that it seems to
be part of a larger operation. It appears as if they are trying to desensitize the population to accepting the reality of
sexual molestation and naked body scanners at airports by focusing so heavily on this one particular issue. The
greater amount of coverage this topic gets, the more people will be desensitized to it and the more likely they will
accept it as a new reality. If not that, it will increase the chance that somebody becomes so angry that they will
react in a violent manner to this obviously very diabolical form of enslavement.
That's not to say that these TSA horror stories aren't important because they are, it is just the volume of focus by
the corporate media on this story is incredibly odd. They had years to cover this story, but only now are they
deciding to dedicate the coverage that these Nazi Germany like checkpoints deserve. So like most everything
that is depicted in the corporate media, there seems to be an obvious agenda here. Not only do they want to try
and desensitize people to this new reality of enslavement but if that doesn't work they want people to get even
more pissed off and upset. It is painfully obvious with the government's justification of such ridiculous policies
that they are trying to get people who are aware of what's going on to react violently so they can crack down on
the average person further and enact even more anti-terror rules and regulations. No sane or rational person
would think that strip searching a young child or tearing apart a man's piss bag is an effective tool at stopping
terrorists even if you believe in the obviously phony terror war.
It doesn't matter that the underwear bomber was intentionally let on to a plane by a government agent without any
proper documentation. Nor does it matter that initial reports of the packages in the so-called ink cartridge bomb
plot showed no signs of explosives and that it appears as if the presence of explosives was entirely made up by
the Obama administration. Nor does it matter that the so-called head of Al-Qaeda in the Arabian Peninsula was
reported having dinner at the Pentagon following the 9/11 attacks and is an obvious U.S. intelligence asset. None
of this matters, because these people are in the business of creating reality and the fact that the U.S. government
and the corporate media consistently use these two incidents as justification for the TSA's policies is an obvious
sick joke.
The corporate media could have blown the whistle on countless credible experts expressing their concerns about
the health risks surrounding the use of these body scanning devices months ago. They could have also revealed
that people like George Soros and Michael Chertoff have benefitted greatly from the TSA's purchase of these
body scanning devices through their involvement in Rapiscan a corporation responsible for creating these
devices. Of course, instead of trying to provide legitimate coverage when we actually had a chance of preventing
these devices from being installed in airports, we saw next to nothing on the subject from the talking heads on
cable news or on the nightly news broadcasts.
We will certainly see more TSA horror story reports from the corporate media leading up until tomorrow's
planned protest at airports in which many people are planning to opt-out of going through the body scanners. The
protesters hope that by choosing the sexual molestation option, it will create such great disruptions around the
country that the TSA will reconsider their policies. Unfortunately, the TSA is likely not going to reconsider their
policies especially considering that they have already spent millions on these body scanning devices. Nobody is
going to want to admit that they made that big of a mistake which is why these body scanning devices aren't
going to go anywhere. It is also very likely that they will continue sexually assaulting airline passengers judging
from statements made by the head of the TSA John Pistole.
Even the Department of Homeland Security Secretary Janet Napolitano is hinting that we might see this type of
bull shit security implemented at subway stops and other areas where mass transportation takes place. All of this
is designed for your enslavement and the corporate media is doing their best to get people to either become
desensitized to the insanity or to get people so upset that they will react violently. It is all part of the enslavement
we now get to experience in what is falsely claimed to be a free country.
In related news: let me get this straight: Human Al-Bilawi the "terrorist" butt bomber that blew up a CIA base was a
comfirmed DOUBLE AGENT working for Jordainian inteligence and the CIA, supposedly making believe he was a
terrorist... He was even a moderator for prominent Jihadist website... hmmm. So, the CIA operative turned on his
EMPLOYER: THE CIA and blew them up. The national news outlets downplay those most crucial facts while instead
they are hyping a terrorism fear mongering fest.
Behold, to he who has an ear: Beware, For the powers that be have infiltrated the truth movement and are actively
trying to foment ANARCHY – instigating rebellions – and even riots within the populace… They have been
hijacking the truther movement (for starters: Glenn Beck, tea parties, etc. anyone?) and steering it into the path of their
multipronged strategies. Beware for many things will soon come to surface from this boiling cauldron. The far right is
setting up the left for a massive fall. Setting up justifications and a platform for them to issue new signed bills, acts and
executive orders as leverage to launch their NEXT PHASES, pre-planned changes. What ever comes of what they do
next, it will add to your enslavement, and expand their ever more encroaching oppression… ―to fix things‖, ―to make
this a better world‖ and ―all for your protection‖ of course… Even some of the ―hard core‖ truthers are actually
plants, double agent shills… their missions are to get street cred with lots truth dialog among the truther community,
their key mission includes trying to steer and influence the dialog and strategically divert the narrative away from the
Zionist rulers and pointing the blames on others. The day will come when they sell you all out.
This has already happened many times before in history, one place in particular where many identical situations and
events occurred eerily mirroring what is happening here today was Germany back in the 1930s…… Its official: your
notice has been served…
One such example of a fake ―truther‖ who was more than just a shill, he was actively fomenting hate and rage among
the truther movement as a paid government AGENT PROVACATOR, operative Hal Turner. he came to my
attention a while back when he revealed ―exclusive‖ photos of the Amero coins he claimed to receive from a ―secret
government source‖… he professed that the photos proved that the Amero would soon become our new currency…
Hmmmm. Read what the article below reveals and you will wonder, like me, just how much misinformation,
disinformation and just plain bull dinky we have been and are being fed by the powers that be through their paid
―truther‖ operatives… Like I keep saying: Nothing is ever what it seems… trust no one, question everyone.
―My client was trained by the FBI as an agent provocateur. He was told where the line was — what he could
say. His job was basically to publish information which would cause other parties to act in a manner which
would lead to their arrest‖ —Hal Turner's lawyer Orozco in court
FBI paid racist shock jock Hal Turner ‗in excess of $100,000′
By Stephen C. Webster
Turning informant on your fans can be lucrative, if you're a shock jock by the name of Hal Turner.
Amid a trial where Turner faces criminal charges for making threats of violence against public servants, he
disclosed that the Federal Bureau of Investigation paid him "in excess of $100,000" over a five-year period.
Turner, a long-time racist radio host who attracted an audience of white supremacists and neonazis, was first
revealed as an FBI informant in 2008. After becoming the subject of ridicule on infamous Internet forum 4chan,
Turner was confronted by hackers on his site's discussion boards with copies of e-mails he'd allegedly sent to the
FBI, bragging about how he'd helped in "flush[ing] out another crazy."
The arrest came after Turner called for the murder of three judges.
"Let me be the first to say this plainly: these Judges deserve to be killed," he wrote on his Web site, according to
MSNBC. "He included their pictures, phone numbers, work address and room numbers along with a photo of the
courthouse in which they work and a map of its location, the FBI says."
"In gripping testimony on Tuesday, all three Chicago appellate court judges took the stand and said they felt
threatened by Turner‘s blog posting..." NorthJersey.com reported. The publication also revealed details about
Turner's compensation on the public's dime.
According to Turner's lawyer, the shock jock was specially trained to incite fringe individuals. "His job was
basically to publish information which would cause other parties to act in a manner which would lead to their
arrest," attorney Michael Orozco said.
Turner's famously vile broadcasts began in 2002, though the one-time Pat Buchanan campaign coordinator did
not begin his relationship with the FBI until 2003. Before Turner began his work in radio, he was a frequent guest
on the Sean Hannity radio show in New Jersey. Turner ceased broadcasting in 2008 amid an investigation into his
increasingly violent rhetoric.
A judge in December declared proceedings against Turner a mistrial after the jury became deadlocked on an
argument of whether hate speech is protected under the First Amendment. The trial was postponed and moved to
Brooklyn, where it resumed on March 1.
In similar news Synagogue Bomb Suspects: ―The Feds Put Us Up to it!‖… why do I not doubt this for one secound?
When Nikita Khrushchev visisted the United States, he boasted that the Communists would bury us and that our
grandchildren would live under Communist rule. He even outlined the exact manner in which they would accomplish
this:
“You Americans are so gullible. No, you won’t accept Communism outright, but we’ll keep feeding you small
doses of socialism until you’ll finally wake up and find you already have Communism. We won’t have to fight
you. We’ll so weaken you economy until you’ll fall like overripe fruit into our hands.”
From Local Police to Occupying Army, or LESO: The Greater of Many

Evils
by William Norman Grigg, January 31, 2007
There are Peacekeepers deployed in US cities, but they're not under UN command.
They're armored personnel carriers supplied to ―local‖ police agencies for little or no cost through the Pentagon's
Law Enforcement Support Office (LESO), established in 1995 as part of the Defense Logistics Agency.
Pictured above is the "Peacekeeper" Armored Personnel Carrier is listed by the Charleston, S.C. Police
Department as a "Patrol Vehicle."
Since that time, the LESO has made huge amounts of military
hardware – from boots to helmets to ammo to helicopters and
the ―Peacekeeper‖ APCs – available to local and state police
agencies, often at little or no cost.
If you're interested in watching the Pentagon's promotional

video for the LESO's campaign to militarize ―local‖ police, go
to this page maintained by the DLA. At the bottom of the links you'll find one leading to ―LESO Get With The
Program Video.‖ Follow that link, and – assuming you can withstand the barrage of really obnoxious whitebread
canned pseudo-funk PSL music – you will have the entire program explained to you.
Fred Baille, a boileplater-spewing spokesdrone for the DLA's Distribution Realization Policy Directorate (a
suitably Soviet title for a police-state agency), explains that through the LESO program, ―local‖ law enforcement
agencies can receive ―excess‖ military gear of practically any description ―as if they were a DoD organization.‖
What this means, in practical and tangible terms, is that your local police has the same access to military
hardware as any branch of the armed services. In everything but brand name, they're domestic appendages of the
Pentagon.
The ―Get With The Program‖ video demonstrates how easy it is for police agencies to snag the swag: Simply call
up the LESO website, fill out a form ―justifying‖ the order, and send it in. And getting ―surplus‖ Pentagon
equipment is depicted as a civic-minded thing to do, since getting the federally subsidized military gear actually
helps keep taxes low.
Not discussed in the video are hidden costs of that subsidy. The monetary costs are borne by taxpayers nation-
wide. But a much larger price is paid when communities no longer control their own police agencies.
When local police are supported by local tax funds, they are locally accountable. When those police are
materially and financially supported by Washington – to any extent – the locus of control and accountability
shifts there. That is the principle recognized in the Supreme Court's 1942 Wickard v. Filburn decision.
The Bush Regime is trying to expand that principle in the case of Joshua Wolf, a videoblogger imprisoned on
federal contempt charges last fall for refusing to surrender videotape sought by federal prosecutors.
The Feds claimed that Wolf's video contained footage of an attack by rioters on a San Francisco Police
Department squad car during a July 2005 protest. Wolf maintained that he didn't have the footage sought by
prosecutors – which allegedly showed the squad car being put on fire
– and that under California's shield law, he didn't have to surrender the
tape. The Feds countered that because the SFPD receives federal
subsidies (for counter-narcotics and ―homeland security‖ efforts,
among other things), the damaged squad car is federal property, and
so the matter belongs in federal court, where California's shield law
doesn't apply.
That claim has yet to be resolved in the courts, but given that claims
of this sort have been consistently vindicated since, oh, about 1937, the suspense isn't exactly killing me.
Which leaves us here:
Any police agency that receives so much as a particle of federal aid is no longer a local police force. It is, in
principle, a federal army of occupation.
Yes, most policemen (including those seen in LESO's promotional video) are decent and honorable people who
honestly believe that they are serving and protecting their communities. But the people who fund and control
them are neither decent, nor honorable, and at a time of their choosing they can execute Order 66 (if you'll pardon
the allusion) and turn that army against us.
For decades, since the Kennedy administration unveiled its

Freedom From War program for UN-administered ―general and
complete disarmament,‖ many observers have wondered when the
blue helmets of the UN ―Peace Force‖ would be dispatched to
disarm Americans and put down patriotic resistance. It's not
impossible that such a scenario could eventually be played out,
however unlikely it is at present.
People who focus on the UN as the source of the immediate

threat, however, are preoccupied with the wrong threat vector.
I recently read a post on the net, someone commented; It doesn‘t seem right when:
1. Someone born outside of the U.S. knows more about the Constitution than man who have lived here all their lives.
2. The U.S. Senate is a millionaires club that lives outside of the laws they make.
3. After decades on end of constant failure by both Republicans and Democrats we still elect them to run the country.
4. We don't care that laws are passed that aren't even being read.
5. People are submissive and believe everything they are told on TV.
6. We allow budget cuts to schools while increasing funding in a war everyone seems to know is pointless.
7. People can no longer travel without fear of being molested.
8. The government treats it's citizens like terrorists.
9. There is no privacy, no rights, no free speech without getting on a list.
10. There is a clear separation and elitism media engorges on between the people and our "representatives"
11. We don't audit the bank that manages to loose swindle trillions of our dollars.
12. We elect people based on lies, false promises, and looks.
13. People are being poisoned by water and food through the use
of fluoride, hormones, pesticides, and herbicides.
14. All the "news" media is owned by the Zionist consortium.
Last but not least it doesn't seem right when people refuse to think
for themselves, to go out and research and formulate their own
opinion.
As time ticks on by our nation is continually resembling an

authoritarian military state. Checkpoints being erected throughout
our once free nation that is resembling Nazi Germany more and
more as every day passes, yet not a single ―terrorist‖ has been
caught or stopped in any boogeymen. The desired result, the
TRUE DESIGNED RESULT is being achieved: and that has been
the stripping of the population‘s liberty, freedom and will to fight
back. We are all being subtly beaten into SUBMISSION.
I don‘t know about you, but I clearly see all the new policies, Acts, Bills, sighing statements piling up, each any every
year more and more laws are enacted. Exactly 40,697 that will take effect on January 1, 2010 alone. Can you imagine,
at that pace, in just another decade there will be over 400,000 new laws in existence. Yet very few of you will ever
notice your very real state of oppression, imprisonment, enslavement. I know to some may view some of my words as
rantings of a fringe wingnut, but I rarely stray far from TRUTH. Think about it, the Military, Justice and Enforcement
matrix will be and is the central body enacting and enforcing hundreds of thousands laws.
In the face of avalanche never ending increases of government control over all aspects of your life. You THINK you
are FREE because you have been CONDITIONED to BELIEVE it is so. I am here to tell you otherwise. You are a
slave Neo, you have been enslaved your entire life in so many ways, shapes and forms yet you, as all the other
enslavees haven‘t a clue for you can‘t see or touch the bars of your virtual prison.
Unplug from the matrix, dare to question your captors, date to question the actions of those in authority how have
continually sold you all out, dare to question everything and re-analyze everything you have been taught your entire
life, dare to see the true cosmic reality of this world:
That, as the Holy Bible states repeatedly: ―SATAN IS THE RULER OF THIS WORLD‖. The events and
examples revealed in this chapter and throughout the rest of this report are but obvious signs, obvious
symptoms, obvious indicators, obvious clues, obvious evidence of Satan‘s control and rule over mankind and
this world. Dare to unplug from his matrix and remove the blinders from your eyes then you will SEE.
Once your true sight is healed you must go forth and multiply goodness, helping your fellow man remove his blinders
so that they too can SEE. The TRUTH will usher in THE GREAT AWAKENING. It is the secret heavenly
weapon prophesized in the Holy Scriptures that will expose and ―slay‖ Satan and his army of possessed living
zombies here on earth who do his bidding.
―None are more hopelessly enslaved than those who falsely believe they are free‖

PRISON INDUSTRIAL MATRIX

JUSTICE PRETENDS IT IS BLIND...
“If ye love wealth better than liberty, the tranquility of servitude than the animating contest of freedom, go
from us in peace. We ask not your counsels or arms. Crouch down and lick the hands which feed you. May
your chains sit lightly upon you, and may posterity forget that ye were our countrymen!” - Samuel Adams
(American revolutionary)
"We live next to the world's largest drug consumer, and all the world wants to sell them drugs through our
door and our window. And we live next to the world's largest arms seller, which is supplying the criminals,"
Mexican President
The population of incarcerated inmates in the United States is 2.3 million, the average cost to incarcerate one inmate is
$23,876 per year. The United States spent $44 billion in tax dollars in 2007 on corrections. More than 1 in every 100
american adults are incarcerated. With the highest documented incarceration rate in the WORLD, the United States
government houses 25% of the worlds incarcerated population while accounting for only 5% of the worlds population.
China, which has a population 4 times greater than that of the United States, comes in second with 14% of the world‘s
incarcerated population. 1 in every 15 black men are behind bars, 1 in every 36 hispanic men are behind bars, making
up up 62% of the entire prison population in the United States. 51.8% of prisoners released end up back in prison
within 3 years.
The old saying "justice is blind" used to refer to the concept that "everyone was treated equal". This is just another case
of blatantly false myth portrayal of our justice system that has been perpetuated for centuries. Justice is absolutely
NOT blind. The rich, powerful and famous get the "innocent till proven guilty treatment" while the poor, minorities get
the "guilty till proven innocent treatment". It is all so obvious that there is definitely a two standard system. 1) For the
rich, famous and well connected. 2) For the rest of the masses.
The prison system in the US has been highly commercialized. The privatized prisons system is RUN BY FOR
PROFIT CORPORATIONS. These corporations, answerable to shareholders, must constantly expand their
business (more jails & prisoners) and make it more profitable (more customers = more inmates). For that to
happen, there must be more crime, more and lengthier convictions, and more prisoners. Yeah, lots more
prisoners! The prison industrial complex consists of the corporations that make a living out of building the prisons,
maintaining the prisons, supplying the prisons and those who run the prisons, etc. All said and done, the prison
industrial matrix is a multibillion dollar high growth industry.
These corporations contribute massive amounts of money to "tough on crime" politicians , and they lobby Congress
and state legislators to for more laws and stricter enforcement of those laws, endlessly working toward eventually
sending the most amount of people in the country to prison. Despite overwhelming evidence that our entire prison
matrix is a failure and must be reworked and re-thought from the ground up, nothing is ever done to truly change the
system into a true "rehabilitation" of inmates system.
The US is the world‘s worst prison state. Dept of Justice reports more than seven million people in the US were serving
sentences by 2004. That‘s TEN TIMES MORE THAN ANY COUNTRY IN THE WORLD AND MORE THAN
THOSE JAILED IN ALL THE OTHER NATIONS COMBINED (according to the International Centre for Prison
Studies). Today we have become ―a nation of jailers‖ whose ―prison system has grown into a leviathan unmatched in
human history.‖
Here is a perfect example of our judicial system at work filling up our prisons: A black man who robbed a Shreveport
Capital One bank of $100 because he was out of a job and hungry has been sentenced to 15 years in prison,
meanwhile, months after being charged, Madoff sits at home in his mansion after stealing $50 billion. Now that is
justice! There you have it, a picture perfect example of our system working the way it was designed to.
I came across a great article by Vicky Pelaez at www.globalresearch.ca that sums up exactly what I want to convey
about the prison industrial complex so well that I will just quote her work in its entirety:
The prison industry in the United States: big business or a new form of slavery?
Human rights organizations, as well as political and social ones, are condemning what they are calling a new form of
inhumane exploitation in the United States, where they say a prison population of up to 2 million - mostly Black and
Hispanic - are working for various industries for a pittance. For
the tycoons who have invested in the prison industry, it has been
like finding a pot of gold. They don't have to worry about strikes
or paying unemployment insurance, vacations or comp time. All
of their workers are full-time, and never arrive late or are absent
because of family problems; moreover, if they don't like the pay
of 25 cents an hour and refuse to work, they are locked up in
isolation cells.
There are approximately 2 million inmates in state, federal and

private prisons throughout the country. According to California
Prison Focus, "no other society in human history has imprisoned
so many of its own citizens." The figures show that the United
States has locked up more people than any other country: a half
million more than China, which has a population five times
greater than the U.S. Statistics reveal that the United States
holds 25% of the world's prison population, but only 5% of the world's people. From less than 300,000 inmates in
1972, the jail population grew to 2 million by the year 2000. In 1990 it was one million. Ten years ago there were only
five private prisons in the country, with a population of 2,000 inmates; now, there are 100, with 62,000 inmates. It is
expected that by the coming decade, the number will hit 360,000, according to reports.
What has happened over the last 10 years? Why are there so many prisoners?
"The private contracting of prisoners for work fosters incentives to lock people up. Prisons depend on this income.
Corporate stockholders who make money off prisoners' work lobby for longer sentences, in order to expand their
workforce. The system feeds itself," says a study by the Progressive Labor Party, which accuses the prison industry of
being "an imitation of Nazi Germany with respect to forced slave labor and concentration camps."
The prison industry complex is one of the fastest-growing industries in the United States and its investors are on Wall
Street. "This multimillion-dollar industry has its own trade exhibitions, conventions, websites, and mail-order/Internet
catalogs. It also has direct advertising campaigns, architecture companies, construction companies, investment houses
on Wall Street, plumbing supply companies, food supply companies, armed security, and padded cells in a large
variety of colors."
According to the Left Business Observer, the federal prison industry produces 100% of all military helmets,
ammunition belts, bullet-proof vests, ID tags, shirts, pants, tents, bags, and canteens. Along with war supplies, prison
workers supply 98% of the entire market for equipment assembly services; 93% of paints and paintbrushes; 92% of
stove assembly; 46% of body armor; 36% of home appliances; 30% of headphones/microphones/speakers; and 21% of
office furniture. Airplane parts, medical supplies, and much more: prisoners are even raising seeing-eye dogs for blind
people.
US prison empire
By Reverend Damuzi - Wednesday, April 18 2001
Marijuana smokers are filling jails with cheap labour for corporate profit.
The United States has a new form of slavery. SWAT teams are conducting military "cleansings" of poor, minority
and marijuana-growing neighbourhoods under the guise of drug raids that particularly target women, black people
and members of the cannabis culture. Prisons are being privatized and converted into sweat-shops where, for
example, pot puffers might find themselves in an ironic hell on earth? a dark cave were they are forced to answer
unending calls for a travel agency, for the rest of their lives. The entire operation is being coordinated by
multinational corporate interests that reach deep into the heart and pockets of the White House.
War against pot-people
They weren't growing pot. They didn't have pot in their possession. Not a single one of them even had a bong. But
when they refused to let the DEA install cop cameras in their grow store, Southern Lights and Hydroponics, the
Tucker family became targets in the US war on drugs, as did many other residents of Norcross, Georgia. The DEA
watched the store's customers and sent SWAT teams to terrorize them and clean out their grow operations. Some
of those customers traded bogus testimony against the shop's owners for shorter sentences. The Tuckers ? Gary, his
wife Joanne, and his brother Steve ? each received 10 year prison sentences when they reached court in 1994.
The Norcross, Georgia sting was part of a larger DEA plot called "Operation Green Merchant" (OGM), which
began as early as 1987, with roots in the heart of the Reagan drug war? a war that still continues today. The
operation's goal: to eradicate indoor marijuana grow-ops all across the United States through the surveillance and
targeting of hydroponics stores. Literally hundreds of thousands of Americans have been investigated by agents
working under the umbrella of OGM. And yet even OGM is only a small part of the larger picture of drug war
oppression.
In the excellent book, Lost Rights ? The Destruction of American Liberty, James Bovard touches on how, early in
the modern drug war, certain towns became DEA targets. Like Jerome, Arizona, where in 1986 a small hamlet of
hippies was raided by over a hundred heavily armed police who "?dragg[ed] women and children out of bed,
scaring them half to death, to get 9 or 10 pounds of marijuana." Since Bovard's 1994 book, military attacks on
towns have become almost commonplace in the US government's campaign to destroy cannabis. A campaign that
continues today with the seizure of homes, property and bank accounts? and with the imprisonment of hundreds of
thousands of innocent plant lovers.
Soaring rates of imprisonment
Prisons aren't being built to keep violent criminals off of the streets, they're being built to create drug-war
dungeons. Rapists, murderers and thieves don't crowd US prisons. Rather, thanks in particular to President Ronald
Reagan, it is harmless marijuana smokers who swell the cells to overflowing.
Before the Reagan drug war, prisons were becoming empty. From 1965 to 1975, the US prison population actually
shrank at the rate of about 1% per year.1 The drug war ? especially against cannabis ? changed all that, and turned
the failing prison industry into a booming business. US Bureau of Justice Statistics show that at the beginning of
the Reagan era in 1980, there were 220 inmates for every 100,000 people in the US. But by the end of the Reagan
era in 1989, prisons were stuffed to maximum capacity? bursting at a record 434 inmates per 100,000 US citizens.
During the Reagan era, the number of inmates per 100,000 US citizens had risen by 214 over a 9 year period?
when it had only risen 80 per 100,000 over the previous 52 years!
The trend continues today with over 690 inmates per 100,000 US citizens,2 or over 2 million behind bars in the
year 2000.3 The rate of imprisonment in the US is more than 7 times higher than any other western country.
Holland imprisons only 51 per 100,000 citizens; Germany, 80; France, 84; the UK, 86; and Italy, 89.4 If the
freedom of a country's citizens can be measured by how many of them are behind bars, then US citizens are the
most enslaved people of the western world? largely because of the 80's drug war and the social ills it nurtured.
During the 80's, drug-frenzied cops sported a Reagan-inspired spring to their walk that looked suspiciously like a
goose-step, while law makers were busy engineering new forms of oppression. In the mid-80's, federal mandatory
minimums were created to round up and jail the US drug culture. What this meant was that judges across the US
were forced to sentence non-violent drug offenders for a minimum of five years if they had, for example, 100
marijuana plants, a gram of LSD, or 500 grams of cocaine. The penalties were increased to ten years for larger
amounts.5 Some states also passed mandatory sentencing laws for drug offenders, the harshest of which were
drafted in Michigan and New York.
In a 1998 report The US General Accounting Office (GAO) ? a government organization dedicated to reporting
systemic corruption ? revealed that, "the growth in... prison populations since 1980 can be traced in part to changes
in sentencing laws that are intended to get tough on crime, particularly drug offenders."6 From '85 to '94, Drug
offences were responsible for 36% of the increase in state prison populations and 71% of the increase in federal
prison populations. Overall, the number of drug offenders in prison increased 510% from '83 to '93,7 and most of
those offenders were in on marijuana charges.
Even before the Reagan era, marijuana users, growers and dealers were heavily targeted by the drug war. But the
Reagan era made it worse. In 1980, out of nearly 581,000 drug arrests, 69% were for marijuana, and over 75% of
all marijuana arrests were for simple possession. In 1999, out of 1.5 million drug arrests, 46% were for marijuana,
and over 88% of all marijuana arrests were for simple possession alone.8
Today, non-violent drug offenders in the US serve more time in prison than rapists, murderers and thieves. The
average sentence for a drug offence is 82.4 months; for sexual abuse, 66.9 months; for manslaughter, 26.8 months;
and for theft, 24.6 months.5 A crook that would stab an elderly person for five bucks is likely to be back on the
street before a harmless pot smoker.
While educational programs and grants to universities are cut, prisons soak up more and more federal funding.
Prison construction costs the US $7 billion a year, and the cost of keeping prisoners behind bars is another $35
billion annually.9 The drug war has crippled America by taking funds away from programs that could heal and
enhance the lives of US citizens and directing those funds toward an economy of razorwire, iron bars and
enslavement.
Drug war against women
The drug war simplifies the disposal of undesirable people in a society were humanity has become a catch-word
for "what we can get away with and still look clean." Because a disproportionate number of American women are
poor and disadvantaged, a disproportionate number of them ? many of them single parents10 ? go to prison for
drug offences. In the worst US prisons, women are routinely raped and sold as prostitutes, as though they were
nothing better than slaves waiting to be captured and used.
Anti-drug laws imprison women far more fervently than men. In 1999, one out of every three women in prison was
sentenced for a non-violent drug offence, compared to one in five for men.11 From the beginning of the Reagan
era until 1996, the number of women in prison for drug offences inflated every year at double the male rate, a
shocking 888% in total during that period.10
While in prison, women can expect the vilest of treatment from guards. A 1998 GAO report, Women in Prison:
Sexual Misconduct by Correctional Staff, found that between '95 and '98 there were 506 allegations of sexual
assault against female prisoners in a small sample study of three unnamed prison jurisdictions. Because of
difficulties verifying prisoners' stories, and the unwillingness of other inmates to come forward, only 14 of these
cases resulted in convictions against prison staff.
"In one of the cases settled, [the Federal Bureau of Prisons] agreed to pay three women $500,000 to end a lawsuit
in which the women claimed they had been beaten, raped, and sold by guards for sex with male inmates [at the
Federal Detention Center in Pleasanton, California]," wrote the authors of the report. The GAO report also
mentions widespread sexual abuse of female prisoners in DC prisons.
According to Amnesty International's (AI) 1999 report on the USA, the rape of women prisoners is even more
widespread and commonplace than the GAO report let on. AI found a flood of allegations from prisons in
California, Michigan and New York. In August of '99, a UN Special Reporter on Violence against Women was
sent to investigate inmate complaints of sexual abuse, and was denied entry to three Michigan prisons.
In 1997, the US Department of Justice began an ongoing lawsuit against state prisons in Michigan and Arizona for
"failing to protect women from sexual misconduct, including sexual assaults and 'prurient viewing during dressing,
showering and use of toilet facilities.'"12 The lawsuit was filed the same year that Annette Romo, a pregnant
prisoner in Arizona, was shackled by staff, began bleeding, begged for medical help, and was refused any
assistance. She lost her baby while guards acted as though her screams were feigned.
Since the Reagan era, the US government has been putting an increasing number of women in jail for carrying a
harmless medicinal herb, but then subjecting them to conditions that the SPCA would consider inhumane for
animals. Just who are the criminals, anyway?
Drug war against blacks
Police cars and cops with military assault weaponry swept through the sleepy farming hamlet of Tulia, Texas on
July 23, 1999. They were supposedly looking for drug offenders to fill the nearby prison. At the end of the day, 40
of the town's 246 black residents ? mostly young men ? were behind bars.
Many of those arrested couldn't afford legal help, but they knew that what had happened was wrong. In a small,
predominantly white town of 5,000 with no significant drug problems, the arrest of 40 black residents ? along with
only one white and one Hispanic ? was a clear message of racial intolerance. Especially when the undercover
officer conducting the investigation, a man named Tom Coleman, couldn't even remember if he had bought drugs
from some of those on trial.13
The National Association for the Advancement of Colored People and the Texas American Civil Liberties Union
(ACLU) became involved immediately. Both filed complaints with the US Department of Justice and hired
lawyers to defend the accused and uncover the racial bias of Tulia's officials.
On September 29, 2000, the Texas ACLU brought a lawsuit against Coleman, Sheriff Larry Stewart and local DA
Terry McEachern. According to the Texas ACLU, local sheriff Larry Stewart had drawn up a list of "undesirables"
? specifically targeting the African-American community ? Officer Coleman had gone out and arrested them, and
DA Terry McEachern had rammed the cases through the legal system.14
Tulia, Texas is but a single pock-mark on a nation that is rotting with drug-war disease. From the very beginning,
the combination of easy arrests and imprisonment was meant to purge white towns of blacks who would be forced
to work on chain gangs, and to strip black people of their right to vote.
Stealing the black vote
After the Civil War, white politicians in Mississippi, Alabama, Virginia, Louisiana, and South Carolina led the
way in a backlash against freeing their slaves by passing bills that stole the right to vote from black people. These
bills created what are called "disenfranchisement" laws. Disenfranchisement laws meant that if people were
charged with certain offences, they could no longer participate in elections.
In his ground breaking article, Challenging Criminal Disenfranchisement Under the Voting Rights Act: A New
Strategy, lawyer and researcher Andrew Shapiro tells how the scam worked.
"Legislators in these states thought that blacks were more likely to commit 'furtive offenses' such as petty theft
than 'robust crimes' such as murder," writes Shapiro. These were the crimes that legislators punished with
disenfranchisement. It is likely that such "furtive offences" were particularly suited to black people only because
blacks could be charged for them without proof that the crime had taken place.
The end result was enormously successful from the perspective of racists everywhere. While nearly 70% of blacks
in Mississippi were registered voters in 1867, shortly after disenfranchisement laws had passed in 1892, only 6%
of blacks in Mississippi could vote. It was the same in every state that passed such laws. In 11 previously
confederate states, which had elected 324 blacks to congress and state legislatures in 1872, there were only 5 black
politicians elected by 1900.
Today's black-targeting 'furtive' crimes are non-violent drug offences. Black people are 13% of the US population,
and 13% of those who use drugs regularly, which means they use at the same rate as non-blacks. But they are
arrested and imprisoned far more regularly than whites. Blacks make up 35% of those arrested, 55% of those
convicted, and 74% of those imprisoned for simple possession.11
A truly non-biased police sweep of Tulia would have picked up the same percentage of white people as black. If
there were 40 black drug users to arrest (about 16% of the black population), there should have also been 800
white people behind bars that same day (16% of the 5,000 white residents).
With an extremely high percentage of blacks behind bars, US prisons are beginning to look a little like death
camps. Almost one in three black men aged 20-29 are either in prison, jail, parole or probation. While the overall
number of people in US jails today is a whopping 690 per 100,000 US citizens, the number of black people in US
jails was an astronomical 6,926 per 100,000 as early as 1995.15 Not since WWII has any nation imprisoned such a
massive percentage of any racial minority.
47 of America's 50 states still have disenfranchisement laws, which have been broadened to include drug offences
and these laws still steal the vote from black men. Although only 2% of all those incarcerated in US prisons are
disenfranchised, the rate for imprisoned black men is 13.1%, almost seven times the national average. Three of the
five states that led the way in black disenfranchisement after the Civil War still have some of the highest rates
today: Alabama, Mississippi and Virginia, with 31.5%, 28.6%, 25% black disenfranchisement rates respectively.3
Across the US, there are a growing number of predominantly black communities where a white minority decides
who will govern.
Class warfare
"European colonization was based on the drug trade," said Dedon Kemanthi, a former Black Panther and college
lecturer, during an anti-CIA conference in Eugene, Oregon last year. During his passionate talk, Kemanthi
described how the recolonization of black American neighbourhoods continues through the drug trade today.
Kemanthi spoke with the tone and conviction of famous black orators like Martin Luther King, but also with the
rhythm and rhyme of a rapster. "When you think crack, don't think black!" shouted Kemanthi. "Think CIA!"
Kemanthi's presentation revealed how the CIA smuggled crack into black neighbourhoods in the US during the
infamous 80's "drugs-for-arms" scandal, an operation that used money from cocaine sales to buy arms for US-
backed rebels in Central America. Kemanthi also produced evidence that the operation may have been coordinated
with US trade organizations.
"Two major employers of black youths, Firestone and Goodyear, moved to Indonesia and Asia, lured by US tax
breaks. In '83 and '84 there were 250,000 lost jobs. At the same time crack-cocaine was introduced to LA and
black communities were suddenly given the opportunity to make money from crack."
While marijuana was the excuse to raid, imprison and disenfranchise blacks since at least the 20's, crack became
the drug-war excuse of choice in the 80's and 90's.
"There is a major attempt to pin drug problems on the black man instead of the major players," Kemanthi asserted.
"Class and ethnic position determines the punishment for crimes. If courts see black, they think criminal." Without
forgetting for an instant the historical influences of racism and sexism on American society, Kemanthi sees class as
a common determining factor in drug-war oppression.
"Capitalism and profit does not discriminate based on color," Kemanthi asserted. "Private prison contractors
receive $145,000 for every inmate incarcerated, in one-time profit, to build the cell, etc. The prison industrial
complex is an extension of the drug war, super-profits for the rich."
The lower classes, says Kemanthi, are worth more to private corporations when they are in prison than when they
are free.
Dept of Urban Cleansing
Like Dedon Kemanthi, Catherine Austin Fitts ? former Deputy Assistant Secretary for the US Department of
Housing and Urban Development (HUD) ? believes that the drug war is a vehicle for SWAT teams to cleanse the
ghettos and convert the poor into a financial resource for private prison contractors.
Fitts is a rare commodity? a bureaucrat saddled with a social conscience, a financial genius who refuses to sell out,
who understands the system so completely that it sometimes seems difficult for her to explain it in plain terms.
When Fitts began with the HUD in '89, she believed that she could use HUD resources to revitalize poor
neighbourhoods. The HUD distributes over $100 billion in mortgage insurance and $20 billion in subsidies for
housing each year. As one of the largest financing agencies in the US, it could catalyze substantial change? if its
managers wanted.
Oddly, despite the HUD's financial clout, Fitts found that the agency was $300 million in debt. No accounting had
ever been done to explain why. When she tracked the losses and found the majority of them in Texas and
Colorado, she was fired and her audit halted. Later, she mapped defaults on HUD-provided loans across a map of
LA, and found that they clustered around areas of high gang-drug activity. From her experience with the HUD, she
did not believe that it was a coincidence.
"In the 50's, drugs came into the community at about the same time federal subsidies came in," said Fitts. "Much of
the development was left unfinished. Every home owner within view of those buildings lost money on their homes.
Small businesses in those communities were devastated. In a few short years, 50,000 homes were empty and
boarded up."
Residents in some of those communities began selling illegal substances when the neighbourhood economies
failed, said Fitts. Many communities became ghettos. Today, SWAT teams move in to clean out the crowded poor
and snatch up the land.
"I am increasingly persuaded that much of what is happening at HUD relates to a conversion of the agency to an
enforcement operation that ensures broad access to neighborhoods throughout America to SWAT operations by
federal enforcement teams," she wrote in a 1998 memo to the Solari Action Network, a pro-neighbourhood
economy group founded by Fitts.
From a brief look at the HUD web site, it becomes immediately apparent that HUD loans have provided the excuse
for repeated SWAT raids to purge undesirable citizens from the ghettos. The police raids are coordinated directly
with the HUD through Operation Safe Home, an HUD partnership with local, state and federal law-enforcement
officials, including, most notably, the US Drug Enforcement Agency. Between 1994 ? when it started ? and 1998,
Operation Safe Home seized "drugs valued at more than $25 million and drug-related cash of more than $3.5
million" from HUD-funded housing projects. HUD officials have even lobbied the government for independent
powers of seizure, so that the HUD can profit directly from stealing poor people's homes.
"Drug dealers and other criminals are entitled to only one kind of government housing ? a prison cell," HUD
Secretary Andrew Cuomo told the press in 1997. "The sooner we can get them out of public and assisted housing,
the better."
But not all of the tenants evicted have contact with marijuana or drugs. In 1999, the HUD won a US Federal
Appeals Court case allowing them to evict all tenants from any home where one member has been caught with
marijuana or drugs. Now, if a child is caught with a gram of pot in an HUD-subsidized housing project, his whole
family can be chased from their homes by SWAT squads.
SWAT scam
In an exclusive interview with Cannabis Culture, Catherine Austin Fitts gave an example of how HUD/SWAT
cooperation works through the HUD's Operation Safe Home.
"In 1998, the HUD's Operation Safe Home dropped a SWAT team into a Washington, DC community with 200
agents, police and 50 to 100 reporters," explained Fitts. "The reason for the operation was to arrest three people
that they had been investigating for two years, and that could have been picked up by local police. Their real goal
was to create headlines. They swept another 17 people in a housing project that night, and the next morning it was
headline news."
Fitts sees the combination of HUD loans and the drug war as an attack on local prosperity for the benefit of Wall
Street investors. The 1998 DC drug raid, Fitts points out, came only shortly after the neighbourhood opposed a
development project to build a convention centre that wasn't good for anyone except wealthy developers. "The spin
on the raid was that people in the community were bad, and that the people building the convention centre were
good. After the raid, the convention centre vote passed."
The drug-war victims of HUD raids are destined for corporate assembly lines in private prisons. "Operation Safe-
Home was designed and started at the same time [1994] as federal and state governments increasingly turned to
private contractors to buy government prisons, or build new ones," said Fitts. "It was a plan."
A look at history confirms Fitts' suspicions. Clinton's 1994 Crime Bill, supported and co-developed by Gore,
created the nation's federal three-strikes laws, meaning longer prison sentences for non-violent drug offenders, and
also established a federal commission to study the "drug problem." The two planned to offset the increased cost of
imprisoning drug offenders by widespread prison privatization, which became one of their platforms in the 1995
US election, after private prison lobbyists dolled out $150,000 in campaign funding to both Democrats and
Republicans. In 1997, Vice President Al Gore gave the HUD $217.3 million for its anti-drug battles, to step up
drug-war oppression against poor communities.
"It is critical that black people, minorities, and even women are considered hopeless in terms of being able to
provide productive products and services, let alone manage other people's money," said Fitts. "This is how we have
welfare reform, but tremendous opposition to learning centers and business incubation. We need the welfare
population to go to jail and the children of farmers to guard them. The welfare population provides a low cost work
force and distribution locations for the drug business. Then they are put in prison and produce the necessary
headlines to prove that politicians are doing something about drugs."
Indeed, Fitts' own plan to provide data servicing jobs for low-income families was turned down by HUD secretary
Cuomo and ridiculed by high-ranking HUD staff who, according to Fitts, called the plan "Computers for Niggers."
Soon afterward UNICORP, a Department of Justice-owned business that markets prison labour to private
companies, used her plan to create yet more prison jobs.
Private prisons for profit
Even before 1900, there was staunch opposition to private prisons from labour groups, business and reform
advocates. The horrific conditions on chain gangs, the negative effects of prison labour competing with industries
and jobs outside of prisons, the feast of bribes fed to politicians for prison labour contracts ? these were the reasons
that private prisons and prison labour were originally made illegal, through a series of acts passed by federal and
state governments between 1935 and 1950.16
But in 1979, one year before Reagan's expansion of the drug war, the US government passed the Percy
Amendment, legalizing private prisons and prison labour. Since then, a landslide of federal and state amendments
have guaranteed increased profits for private prison contractors.
Legislative changes are bought and paid for by large "campaign donations." During the 1997 election alone,
private prison contractors like the Corrections Corporation of America (CCA) and Wackenhut provided well over
a half-million dollars to political campaigns, according to figures supplied by the Sentencing Project, a prison
reform group.
In the early and mid 90's, CCA provided a model to which prison corporations aspired, a kind of business success
possible only through a combination of pay-off schemes, nepotism and empty political posturing. CCA, with the
largest market share of any private prison contractor, exuded a constant flow of campaign funding to politicians
who were happy to lap it up. CCA Chairman Emeritus Thomas Beasley gave $61,250 to politicians between 1993
and '97. During the same period CCA Board Member of Trust Ray Bell contributed $26,050, and CCA Chairman
Doctor R Crants donated $27,250.17 In 1997, CCA hired the DC lobbying firm Manatt, Phelps and Phillips
(MPP). Working with former long-time DC Councilman John Ray (who began with the firm while he was still in
office), MPP lobbied the state legislature and secured Washington DC's first private prison contract for CCA in
1997.3
Often, politicians and high-level bureaucrats are hired by private prison contractors to become full-time lobbyists.
Just a few examples from CCA include David Myers, CCA president, who was employed with the Texas
Department of Corrections from 1968 to 1985; Charles Blanchette, vice president of operations, who worked with
the Texas Department of Corrections for 16 years; and Michael Quinlan, trustee and chief executive officer of the
CCA Prison Realty Trust, who was acting director of the Federal Bureau of Prisons for five years. Dozens and
dozens more examples abound.
The profits to be made from the private prison industry are so enormous it isn't difficult to see why corrupt
politicians salivate at the thought of licking some of it up. While CCA profit is down for the year 2000 due to poor
management, they still generate tens of millions of dollars in annual income. Wackenhut, another of the largest
private prison contractors in the US, recently surpassing even CCA in its financial growth, generated a record $2.1
billion in revenue in 1999, an increase of 22.6% over the year before, resulting in $37.9 million in operating profit
for that year alone.18 More than enough to buy off politicians for the next few decades of drug war oppression and
feed prisons with cheap labour.
Prison labour camps
While in a private slammer, drug war prisoners should expect to work long and exhausting days making circuit
boards, valves and fittings, eyeglasses, water beds and blue jeans. In Ohio, prisoners do data processing, and in
Southern California they answer phones to book vacation flights for TWA.19 Typically, prisoners are paid for their
work, but most of the money they make is taken from them by the prison for rent, food, taxes, and a host of other
exagerrated costs. Most inmates actually earn only pennies an hour.20
The drug war equals profits as marijuana smokers fill private prisons with cheap labour. Between 1980 and 1994
the number of inmates working for big businesses climbed 358%, generating profits of $1.31 billion.21
As in the early 1900's, businesses in regular society are hit hard by prison labour. When LTI, a circuit board
manufacturer, relocated to a Wackenhut prison in the early 90's, they closed their plant in Austin Texas, and layed
off 150 employees. Although, by law, corporations that contract prison labour are supposed to consult with local
unions and businesses, in reality there were no such meetings when LTI moved shop. Similarly, Honda hired
prisoners to assemble car parts for $2.05/hour (of which inmates got to keep 35 cents) without soliciting outside
opinion.19
Private prison supporters claim that the revenue generated by inmate labour converts to lower operating costs. But
a 1996 GAO investigation found that the government pays about the same in subsidies to the private prison
industry as it does to run its own institutions. Private clinks are no less expensive than public ones, and provide
worse services as they cut corners in a race to increase profits.
The private prison labour system feeds on itself like a snake eating its own tail. Less jobs in the public sector
means more unemployment, which equals more poverty, more replacement of local economies with marijuana and
drug economies, swelling ghettos, increased drug war enforcement, more drug-war prisoners, and eventually more
private prisons to hold them all.
Dark ironies abound in the emerging corporate feudalism. The CIA imports cocaine? but small-scale dealers are
the ones put behind bars. A private prison is proposed to hold Washington DC's predominantly black inmates on a
former slave plantation in North Carolina? where they will toil in corporate sweat shops as their ancestors toiled in
the fields.22 America is being converted into a two-class society, with the labouring masses enslaved in work
camps, and business owners and managers ensconced in newly redeveloped and cleansed ghetto areas, fortified
"gated communities" similar to medieval castles with walled villages.
Appalling prison conditions
While slaving for the police-state, many US drug war prisoners face the harshest of living conditions. Patrick
Swiney is an inmate of Holman Prison in Alabama, a state infamous for having the worst prisons in the US. He
describes the conditions there as "the perfect environment for breeding deadly diseases." According to Swiney, the
toilets and showers are unvented, filling the tiny cells with noxious vapours and humidity. Slime and mildew cover
the walls, outbreaks of TB are common, and medical care is nearly nonexistent.
That's because, says Swiney, the deputy warden's wife works with Correctional Medical Services, which is
supposed to provide medical care to the inmates. "Every dollar she does not spend on our medical care," wrote
Swiney, "is profit in her company's pocket."
Kick-backs are big in both the private and public prison business, and they can affect prison living conditions.
Telephone companies, for example, will bid big bucks for prison contracts, kick-back up to 35% to the prison for
the privilege of doing business, and pass the costs on to the inmate.19 In private prisons it's even worse, as
employees are given stock options in the company as a part of their benefits, meaning that they are motivated to
cut corners on costs by using, for example, less cleaning products.21
Conflicts of interest are rife as everyone scrambles for their piece of prison pie. The American Correction
Association, an organization which is responsible for checking prison conditions and giving them a "stamp of
approval," also facilitates what prison-reform groups call "Prisonfest," a yearly meeting attended by drug-war
politicians like Janet Reno, at which private companies hock their wares and services to both public and private
prisons.
Global prison
The drug-war fueled corporate feudalism of the US is a reflection of the drug war now being waged in Colombia.
In Colombia, death squads destroy villages that lie on oil and mineral-rich lands, call the local minority
populations "narcoguerillas," and drive them into cities where they toil in corporate sweat shops for pennies an
hour. In the US, SWAT teams destroy ghettos and convert the land into a resource by selling it to redevelopers,
call the local minority populations "drug abusers," and jail them in factories where they slave in corporate sweat
shops for pennies an hour.
In both cases drug-war tyranny wipes out local economies, replaces it with global ones, and produces massive
profits for multinational corporations, like Wackenhut and CCA, who have a combined presence in over fifty-six
countries. Around the world, the drug war is the rotten core of a profit-driven agenda to enslave every nation's
peoples.
You can do something. Buy locally instead of from multinational corporations. Write letters to the media and
speak out against drug war oppression when you have the opportunity. Attend demonstrations against the
prison/industrial complex, and shout a message of freedom from drug-prison oppression!
Read more: US Prison Empire | USMJParty http://usmjparty.com/us-prison-empire.html#ixzz0x28pkQc9
CRIME GOES DOWN, JAIL POPULATION GOES UP
According to reports by human rights organizations, these are the factors that increase the profit potential for those who
invest in the prison industry complex:
Jailing persons convicted of non-violent crimes, and long prison sentences for possession of microscopic quantities of
illegal drugs. Federal law stipulates five years' imprisonment without possibility of parole for possession of 5 grams of
crack or 3.5 ounces of heroin, and 10 years for possession of less than 2 ounces of rock-cocaine or crack. A sentence of
5 years for cocaine powder requires possession of 500 grams - 100 times more than the quantity of rock cocaine for the
same sentence. Most of those who use cocaine powder are white, middle-class or rich people, while mostly Blacks and
Latinos use rock cocaine. In Texas, a person may be sentenced for up to two years' imprisonment for possessing 4
ounces of marijuana. Here in New York, the 1973 Nelson Rockefeller anti-drug law provides for a mandatory prison
sentence of 15 years to life for possession of 4 ounces of any illegal drug.
The passage in 13 states of the "three strikes" laws (life in prison after being convicted of three felonies), made it
necessary to build 20 new federal prisons. One of the most disturbing cases resulting from this measure was that of a
prisoner who for stealing a car and two bicycles received three 25-year sentences.
Longer sentences.
The passage of laws that require minimum sentencing, without regard for circumstances.
A large expansion of work by prisoners creating profits that motivate the incarceration of more people for longer
periods of time.
More punishment of prisoners, so as to lengthen their sentences.
HISTORY OF PRISON LABOR IN THE UNITED STATES
Prison labor has its roots in slavery. After the 1861-1865 Civil War, a system of "hiring out prisoners" was introduced
in order to continue the slavery tradition. Freed slaves were charged with not carrying out their sharecropping
commitments (cultivating someone else's land in exchange for part of the harvest) or petty thievery - which were
almost never proven - and were then "hired out" for cotton picking, working in mines and building railroads. From
1870 until 1910 in the state of Georgia, 88% of hired-out convicts were Black. In Alabama, 93% of "hired-out" miners
were Black. In Mississippi, a huge prison farm similar to the old slave plantations replaced the system of hiring out
convicts. The notorious Parchman plantation existed until 1972.
During the post-Civil War period, Jim Crow racial segregation laws were imposed on every state, with legal
segregation in schools, housing, marriages and many other aspects of daily life. "Today, a new set of markedly racist
laws is imposing slave labor and sweatshops on the criminal justice system, now known as the prison industry
complex," comments the Left Business Observer.
Who is investing? At least 37 states have legalized the contracting of prison labor by private corporations that mount
their operations inside state prisons. The list of such companies contains the cream of U.S. corporate society: IBM,
Boeing, Motorola, Microsoft, AT&T, Wireless, Texas Instrument, Dell, Compaq, Honeywell, Hewlett-Packard, Nortel,
Lucent Technologies, 3Com, Intel, Northern Telecom, TWA, Nordstrom's, Revlon, Macy's, Pierre Cardin, Target
Stores, and many more. All of these businesses are excited about the economic boom generation by prison labor. Just
between 1980 and 1994, profits went up from $392 million to $1.31 billion. Inmates in state penitentiaries generally
receive the minimum wage for their work, but not all; in Colorado, they get about $2 per hour, well under the
minimum. And in privately-run prisons, they receive as little as 17 cents per hour for a maximum of six hours a day,
the equivalent of $20 per month. The highest-paying private prison is CCA in Tennessee, where prisoners receive 50
cents per hour for what they call "highly skilled positions." At those rates, it is no surprise that inmates find the pay in
federal prisons to be very generous. There, they can earn $1.25 an hour and work eight hours a day, and sometimes
overtime. They can send home $200-$300 per month.
Thanks to prison labor, the United States is once again an attractive location for investment in work that was designed
for Third World labor markets. A company that operated a maquiladora (assembly plant in Mexico near the border)
closed down its operations there and relocated to San Quentin State Prison in California. In Texas, a factory fired its
150 workers and contracted the services of prisoner-workers from the private Lockhart Texas prison, where circuit
boards are assembled for companies like IBM and Compaq.
[Former] Oregon State Representative Kevin Mannix recently urged Nike to cut its production in Indonesia and bring it
to his state, telling the shoe manufacturer that "there won't be any transportation costs; we're offering you competitive
prison labor (here)."
PRIVATE PRISONS
The prison privatization boom began in the 1980s, under the governments of Ronald Reagan and Bush Sr., but reached
its height in 1990 under William Clinton, when Wall Street stocks were selling like hotcakes. Clinton's program for
cutting the federal workforce resulted in the Justice Departments contracting of private prison corporations for the
incarceration of undocumented workers and high-security inmates.
Private prisons are the biggest business in the prison industry complex. About 18 corporations guard 10,000 prisoners
in 27 states. The two largest are Correctional Corporation of America (CCA) and Wackenhut, which together control
75%. Private prisons receive a guaranteed amount of money for each prisoner, independent of what it costs to maintain
each one. According to Russell Boraas, a private prison administrator in Virginia, "the secret to low operating costs is
having a minimal number of guards for the maximum number of prisoners." The CCA has an ultra-modern prison in
Lawrenceville, Virginia, where five guards on dayshift and two at night watch over 750 prisoners. In these prisons,
inmates may get their sentences reduced for "good behavior," but for any infraction, they get 30 days added - which
means more profits for CCA. According to a study of New Mexico prisons, it was found that CCA inmates lost "good
behavior time" at a rate eight times higher than those in state prisons.
IMPORTING AND EXPORTING INMATES
Profits are so good that now there is a new business: importing inmates with long sentences, meaning the worst
criminals. When a federal judge ruled that overcrowding in Texas prisons was cruel and unusual punishment, the CCA
signed contracts with sheriffs in poor counties to build and run new jails and share the profits. According to a
December 1998 Atlantic Monthly magazine article, this program was backed by investors from Merrill-Lynch,
Shearson-Lehman, American Express and Allstate, and the operation was scattered all over rural Texas. That state's
governor, Ann Richards, followed the example of Mario Cuomo in New York and built so many state prisons that the
market became flooded, cutting into private prison profits.
After a law signed by Clinton in 1996 - ending court supervision and decisions - caused overcrowding and violent,
unsafe conditions in federal prisons, private prison corporations in Texas began to contact other states whose prisons
were overcrowded, offering "rent-a-cell" services in the CCA prisons located in small towns in Texas. The commission
for a rent-a-cell salesman is $2.50 to $5.50 per day per bed. The county gets $1.50 for each prisoner.
STATISTICS
Ninety-seven percent of 125,000 federal inmates have been convicted of non-violent crimes. It is believed that more
than half of the 623,000 inmates in municipal or county jails are innocent of the crimes they are accused of. Of these,
the majority are awaiting trial. Two-thirds of the one million state prisoners have committed non-violent offenses.
Sixteen percent of the country's 2 million prisoners suffer from mental illness.

THE DRUG WAR AGENDA:

THE BOGUS WAR ON DRUGS
&
CIA: THE WORLDS ELITE DRUG KINGPINS
No discussion on the prison industrial matrix can be complete without covering the drug war hoax. After thirty-five
years and $500 Billion, drugs are as cheap and plentiful as ever. One has to wonder, why, if we have been waging this
all consuming ―war‖ on drugs for years on end, just WHY and how the fuck do we actually have more and cheaper
and better drugs on the streets than freaking EVER! I will sum it up for you in the simplest fashion that I know how:
The ―war on drugs‖ is no different than the ―war on terror‖, they are both absolute FRAUDS of epic
proportions.
Controlling populations via drugs is an age old stratagem. Perhaps one of the most well known examples of utilizing
drugs as an effective military strategy against an adversary was England. This is the most well documented case of
―DRUG BOMBING‖ a country that cannot be covered up by the powers that be. Once you comprehend the fact that
YES, nations go as far as utilizing drugs against their adversaries exactly like ―bombing attacks‖ and even their own
people to achieve their aims… then… and only then will you begin to see the dark sinister side of the cheerful façade
they portray to the world.
Behold: For nations have been conducting DRUG BOMBING campaigns on enemy targets for eons. It is a dark secret
sinister bombing attack that they rarely reveal to the public. They literally BOMB villages, cities and nations with
DRUGS. When one of their DRUG BOMBING campaigns is conducted, THE STREETS ARE FLOODED
WITH DRUGS…. You have seen the end result of these drub bombing runs… even right here in your own nation…
look no further than the South Bronx of the late sixties and seventies. By the 1980s it officially resembled a certified
war zone in every way shape and form.
Now lets take a closer look at how the Luciferian agents and leaders of mankind are ruling over you and establishing
their reign of oppression and enslavement.
The Drug War vs. American Civilization
The concept of states and countries being neck deep in drug running and dealing is
not new nor that far fetched, even thougth the official conditioning that everyone
receives frames such ideas as ridiculous. One of the most famous national sanctified
drug running business was England‘s East India Company. Who where at one point
in time one of the most powerful and richest companies in the world. The East India
Company became the worlds largest drug dealers back in the era of the Qing
Dynasty. The British were exporting so much heroin to China that it was becoming
and epidemic. Opium was being smuggled into China by the British in defiance of
Chinese prohibition laws. Open warfare between Britain and China broke out in
1839 in what was to become known and fully documented in history as the ―Opium
Wars.‖ The war was controversial in Britain and attracted great criticism from
William Gladstone. Further disputes over the treatment of British merchants in
Chinese ports resulted in the Second Opium War.
China was defeated in both wars leaving its government having to tolerate the opium trade. Britain forced the defeated
Chinese government into signing the Treaty of Nanjing and the Treaty of Tianjin, also known as the Unequal Treaties,
which included provisions for the opening of additional ports to unrestricted foreign trade, for fixed tariffs; for the
recognition of both countries as equal in correspondence. For good measure the British victors also took Hong Kong as
their throphy (China regained sovereignty in 1997).
"in one year the opium trade with China was three times the profits of the combined profits of Ford and General
Motors in 1970 and this was shared by 300 people. That was the committee that ran the East India Company" --John
Coleman. From those wild days of wanton government sanctioned and sponsored drug trafficketing, the operations
have all since gone underground. Today‘s narcotics industry is estimated to pull in between $500 billion and $1 trillion
a year. The trafficketing is now conducted by the secret agencies of the world, of which the top are the CIA, Mossad
and Mi6, that is why there are more drugs on the streets today than ever before. These are the invisible untouchable
kingpins whom continue to flood the streets with drugs dispite the world level bogus ―war on drugs.‖
Alongside their huge income from the more addictive, and harder to quit pHARMaceutical drugs, to which they
purposefully addict children and adults, while suppressing non-drug cures and detox therapies. Drugs also are used as
weapons to destroy a society with crime, debt and cut any connection to thinking and the spiritual circuits. The more
drugs you sell the more you control people. Satan's closed circle.
The Raw (and ugly) Truth About the War on Drugs

By Mike Adams, the Health Ranger, Source: NaturalNews
Drugs are bad. Drugs destroy peoples‘ lives. Didn‘t you know that marijuana turns regular everyday people into
zombie pot smokers? That‘s why we have a war on drugs in America: to protect our children from potheads.
Drugs are bad. Especially marijuana. I learned this the other day when I visited an elementary school as a guest
speaker. The schoolchildren were well trained in describing the dangers of drugs. On command, they would spout
out any number of statements describing them.
But then a funny thing happened. I started asking how many of them were on drugs. You know, drugs their doctor
prescribed. Drugs that alter brain chemistry to keep them docile, or free of pain, or to dilate their lungs so they
could breathe easier.
It turned out that 60% of these schoolchildren were either on drugs at that very moment, or had been on such
drugs within the last twelve months. Two-thirds of the teachers were on drugs, too. And it‘s not at all a stretch to
believe that 40% or more of all parents are on drugs. Mild-altering drugs like antidepressants, no less.
A nation of drug addicts

Fact is, we are a nation of drug addicts. We drug ourselves, our elderly and our children on a daily basis. We do it
with prescription medications, over-the-counter pills, alcohol, caffeine, nicotine… and we say it‘s all fine because
those drugs are legal.
But wait a minute, you say. Those legal drugs are different from marijuana. They‘re FDA-approved drugs,
prescribed by a doctor. They have a medical purpose.
Oh really? Ritalin has a medical purpose? What medical symptoms does Ritalin treat, then? What measurable
physiological state is addressed with Ritalin? There are none, of course. Ritalin is an authority drug. It keeps
children in line. It makes teachers feel less stress and parents feel less guilt. Ritalin is a mind-altering narcotic,
and yet millions of children are on it today. Its purpose is not to help children, but to make life more convenient
for those who manage children.
You think statin drugs have a medical purpose? Think again. In reality, they only have a profit purpose. These
drugs were invented to sell pills that manage disease states in people, not that solve any real health problem.
Don‘t believe me? Just stop taking your statin drugs, if you dare, and watch your cholesterol skyrocket. You‘ll
find out you‘re a slave to the drug, and no healthier than before.
What‘s the difference between legal and illegal drugs?

So what‘s the real difference between legal drugs and illegal drugs? Some people think that only illegal drugs are
habit-forming. Yet legal drugs can be just as addictive as illegal drugs. Just ask anyone who has tried to quit
smoking, go off caffeine, or kick to Oxycontin habit.
So is there some other difference between illegal drugs and legal drugs? People argue that legal drugs are safe.
They‘re FDA-approved! And yet they fail to recognize that prescription drugs kill more Americans each year than
all the crack, meth, and heroin deaths combined.
Okay, then, what about the argument that illegal drugs have no medicinal purpose, and legal drugs do have a
medicinal purpose. What about that? Wrong again. Medical marijuana is a medically proven treatment for a
variety of conditions, yet marijuana still remains illegal. Even MDMA (now called ―Ecstasy‖ on the street) was
long considered an effective ―experiential drug‖ that helped severely traumatized adult patients overcome past
pains through improved clarity. At the same time, tobacco smoke has no medical purpose whatsoever, yet
cigarettes remain perfectly legal.
No, the real difference between these two classes of drugs is not their medical merit, nor their safety. The real
difference is something far more sinister. It gets right down to answering the question of why DEA agents will
raid medical marijuana clinics, yet stand by doing nothing while Americans smoke themselves to death on
tobacco.
Want to know the real answer? I very much doubt you do. Because, like most Americans, you won‘t believe it.
You‘ve been blinded to the obvious truth for your whole life, manipulated by the media, and brainwashed by
advertising that has turned you into a statistically-validated consumer. You‘ll think, no, this couldn‘t possibly be
true. The world isn‘t that unjust, you think. But you‘re wrong. (Take the free Gullibility Factor test to find out if
you‘re really a mind slave or not…)
Here‘s the raw, blunt truth about the war on drugs. Drugs are declared legal or illegal based primarily on who
benefits from their manufacture, distribution and sale.
Corporate and government profits determine the legality

Let me put this another way. You know why cigarettes are still legal? Consider this: here‘s a product that
admittedly kills people. It has no health benefit whatsoever. It is a threat to the public health. Yet why does it
remain legal? Because states get a cut of cigarette sales thanks to the Big Tobacco settlement a few years back.
Keeping cigarettes legal results in desperately-needed revenues for states… revenues that are almost never spent
on anti-smoking campaigns, by the way.
It‘s a classic racket: tobacco is allowed to remain legal because powerful institutions get a cut of the action. While
people die from lung cancer, states get financial resuscitation by taking a cut of every sale. States are trading your
health for their revenues.
Think I‘m being overly cynical? Let‘s take a look at gambling laws. Organized gambling is illegal at both the
state and federal levels in this country. Except, of course, when government gets a cut. Casino-friendly states
didn‘t just make casinos legal for the good of the public: they legalized gambling in exchange for a cut of the
action. It‘s a classic, mob-style ―protection fee.‖
If you want to test this theory, launch your own online gambling website. You‘ll be shut down almost
immediately and charged with serious crimes. Gambling and organized betting is illegal, didn‘t you know? That
is, unless the state runs the show, as in state lotteries.
It‘s right in your face, folks: gambling is legal when powerful corporations or institutions get a piece of the
action. It‘s illegal when they don‘t. It has nothing at all to do with morality, or protecting people, or doing what‘s
right. It‘s all about money, pure and simple. Just ask all the corrupt politicians in Missouri who legalized
riverboat gambling a few years back.
Getting back to drugs, why do you think alcohol remains a legal drug? Because states and cities tax it. State
governments are addicted to alcoholics as a source of revenue to fund their voter entitlement programs that get
politicians reelected. Alcohol is a cash machine for cities and states.
Sometimes the exact same chemical is both legal and illegal, depending on who profits from it. The FDA, for
example, banned the Chinese herb ma huang because it contains ephedra. Yet the exact same chemical compound
remains perfectly legal in over-the-counter drugs like Sudafed and a variety of cold medicines. Sudafed even gets
its name from ephedra: ―pseudo-ephedrine.‖ So why is ephedrine illegal in herbs, yet legal in pharmacy drugs
manufactured by drug companies? You already know the answer.
With all that in mind, why do you think prescription drugs that kill people remain legal? Think carefully now…
If you guessed, ―Because powerful corporations generate billions in profits selling drugs, and governments get a
cut of that via state sales taxes and corporate income taxes‖ then BINGO! You win a prize: a lifetime of free
Prozac to keep you happy!
Legal drugs generate windfall profits for those in power

Think about it: if prescription drugs were peddled by street dealers instead of doctors, and if all that revenue
changed hands in a non-taxable, non-corporate structure (i.e. street cash), then you‘d be seeing full-scale law
enforcement action against the makers, distributors and sellers of those drugs. You‘d also see endless headlines
about how dangerous they were: ―Street painkillers kill twelve in South Miami!‖
The sad truth of the matter, though, is that those very same painkilling drugs killed at least twelve people in South
Miami this very day. But you‘ll never here about it in the media. Because the news networks are sponsored by
drug companies, of course. (The news is not designed to inform you, it‘s designed to shape your reality, to turn
you into a consumer of whatever products the corporations are peddling this year. Didn‘t you know?)
Every drug that‘s legal is legal for one simple reason: somebody in a position of power is keeping it legal because
they‘re getting a cut.
Non-patentable drugs are usually outlawed

That‘s why medical marijuana is illegal: because government doesn‘t control its distribution, nor does
government receive a financial cut. You can bet your life that if Big Pharma owned the patents on medical
marijuana and could set monopolistic prices on it, pot would be perfectly legal to own and smoke. That is, as long
as you got it from a pharmacy where prices and distribution could be controlled.
Control is the key here. You think the FDA is discrediting drugs from Canada in order to protect your health? Get
real. The FDA is simply protecting the monopoly drug market in this country. It‘s controlling distribution points
in the U.S. in the same way that a crack dealer assassinates his street corner competition. Eliminate the
competition, and you can set whatever price you want. That‘s why uninformed U.S. consumers pay 30,000%
markup prices for drugs that can be acquired in Mexico or Canada for pennies on the dollar.
It‘s not about your health, it‘s about their wealth

You see, corporate America doesn‘t really care what you put in your mouth, up your nose, through your lungs or
into your veins, as long as they get a cut from it. That‘s the whole prescription drug racket in a nutshell: it‘s
billions of dollars in annual profits generated from mind-altering (yet legal) drugs that flat-out kill people. Lots of
people. Like 100,000 Americans a year (or a lot more if you believe more critical statistics).
So if you‘ve ever wondered why Ritalin — which has no medical purpose whatsoever — is perfectly legal, and
yet medical marijuana — which has a well-proven medical purpose — is outlawed, now you know the answer:
because Ritalin makes powerful people rich. And marijuana doesn‘t. Anybody can grow marijuana. Drug
companies don‘t control the patents.
Why I teach people to be 100% drug free

Now, just for the record, I do not personally use any drugs whatsoever (recreational, over-the-counter,
prescription or otherwise), and in fact, I teach people to be 100% free of all drugs, including caffeine and alcohol.
I bought into the ―just say no to drugs‖ advice of Nancy Reagan, and I actually applied it to ALL drugs, not just
selective drugs.
And as far as I can tell, aside from the Mormons and the Amish, there are only a small percentage of truly drug-
free people living in this country. Practically everybody I meet is addicted to at least one of the following: coffee,
cigarettes, alcohol, pain meds, prescription drugs or sugar (which alters brain chemistry in drug-like fashion).
At the same time, I‘m not at all fooled by this silly ―War on Drugs‖ charade, which is really nothing more than
enforcement of corporate drug profits at gunpoint. If we had a genuine war on drugs in this country that really
worked to protect the American people we‘d send DEA agents into drug company offices and confiscate all the
legalized but deadly medications being manufactured, distributed and deceptively sold to unwitting Americans.
Medical marijuana is a threat to both the profits and power of drug companies, not to mention the credibility of
the DEA. Letting grannies smoke pot in California makes DEA agents look silly. If it were allowed, it would also
undermine the billions of dollars already spent incarcerating people for ―pot crimes.‖ Basically, it would make the
whole War on Drugs look stupid. Which it most assuredly is, at least when it comes to marijuana.
I can understand taking a tough stance on hard drugs (crack, meth, heroin, etc.), but arresting cancer patients who
smoke joints for pain control sounds a lot more like oppression than law enforcement to me.
So what is the War on Drugs? It‘s an excuse to control you. It is a system that keeps the population in a state of
constant fear so that heroic politicians can get elected on empty promises to ―keep fighting the war on drugs!‖
The DEA is AWOL on most drug issues

Where is this War on Drugs when it comes to Grandma in the nursing home, who died of a stroke caused by Cox-
2 inhibitor drugs? Where is the War on Drugs when little Johnny schoolboy picks up a rifle and blows away his
classmates because he‘s on antidepressants and can‘t tell the difference between real life and a first-person-
shooter video game? Where is the War on Drugs when 16,500 people each year die, shitting digested blood until
they pass out and die because that daily dose of aspirin tore a gaping hole in their stomach?
The War on Drugs, you see, turns a blind eye to the death and suffering caused by these drugs. The DEA pretends
prescription drugs don‘t even exist. No prescription drug death has ever been prevented by the DEA as far as I
know. Yet 100,000 Americans are killed each year by FDA-approved drugs. The DEA has no interest whatsoever
in protecting Americans from these drugs. Ever wonder why?
The DEA is properly named, by the way. It‘s the Drug Enforcement Agency. It‘s enforcing drugs. The right
drugs. The legal drugs. The drugs that make money for drug companies, drug distributors, drug retailers, cities,
states and countries. It‘s enforcement at gunpoint, and as long as the money keeps flowing, the drugs will stay
perfectly legal, regardless of who dies.
The entire distribution system is well in place: the false and misleading television advertising, the outright bribery
of drug dealers (doctors), the street corner fulfillment centers (pharmacies), and the coordinating drug lord
running the show (the Fraud and Drug Administration). It‘s a brilliant system for manufacturing, promoting,
delivering and selling deadly, addictive drugs to children, adults and seniors while generating corporate profits
and tax revenues for cities, states and nations.
And that‘s the raw truth about the War on Drugs. You may not like it, but now, at least, you know why it exists.
So I have a common sense question for all the people in this country. If you support the War on Drugs, then why
are you taking so many drugs yourself? And why are you allowing your children to be drugged?
Is it any wonder that it was none other than America‘s premier new world order innovators, the Rockefeller ruling
elite, whom became the founding godfathers of and organized our national medical/pHARMaceutical industry and
concocted and pushed the Rockefeller Drug Laws that tied the hands of the judges by requiring LENGTHY PRISON
TERMS even for first-time offenders. Essentially, the law allowed prosecutors to decide who went to jail and for how
long. The system, which has been imitated throughout the country, filled the jails to bursting, while doing nothing to
curb the drug trade. But our prison trade is a booming industry!
There is one very important fact that you must get straight in your head right now: DRUG trafficketing, running,
smuggling, dealing of any kind is solely permitted for and by the powers that be. All independent small time
unauthorized operators are the ones who get chased, prosecuted and imprisoned to the fullest extent of the law.
Is it any wonder that Each and every president as far as I can remember has been the host of some type of ―war‖ or
another? Must keep the Death Industrial Complex in motion. It was Nixon who ushered in America‘s ―war on drugs‖,
Reagan took it to new heights. Basically, essentially speaking, America has literally been waging a real WAR in our
country, it has been a war against the inferior gene pool populace, yet the natives don‘t have a clue. Thousands of
deaths and hundreds of thousands of ―war criminals‖ are chalked up each and every year since Nixon began this ―war,
therefore our nation has been on this bogus WAR for more than three decades and counting… and it only gets worse.
Drugging of America. The bogus ―drug war‖ has been nothing more than a well orchestrated facade for imprisoning
―inferior‖ black and Latino population who represent the overwhelming majority of those held in state prison for drug
offenses. The poor minorities not only have no clue, and very decrepit education, but are overwhelmed by the sheer
magnitude of the drug war onslaught. Millions of them have succumbed and become victims in one way or another to
this most despicable faux war.
Again, as in other sections of the Matrix Report, I don't want to waste time delving into and repeating the same
information exposed by others who have done much more extensive research and documentation. As I keep reiterating
over and over again throughout this Matrix Report, I encourage anyone that wants to follow this rabbit down the hole
just need to use Google (Zionist founded and controlled search engine) and search any and every claim and word we
say here, you will find tons of supporting truth. I‘m here to expose what many people don't know… in this particular
case it is: the CIA is THE BIGGEST MOST POWERFULL DRUG DEALER IN THE WORLD.
Remember the "Iran Contra" scandal? Oliver North and the CIA got caught red handed running drugs and weapons
(Oliver North spearheaded the CIA ‗Cocaine Importing Agency‘ division). Hello! This IS unadulterated history, pure
fact. After the bogus ―investigations‖ we witnessed one of the CIAs main cocaine importers, Ollie North become a
famous CELEBRITY instead of being imprisoned for life!
The CIA and the establishment have hoodwinked everyone believing that it is the rogue independent operators who
control all drug trade. They even go as far as claiming that these bunch of Mexicans and Columbians are the ones who
secretly infiltrated and influencing all aspects of our government.[lol] As William Colby, former 1995 CIA Director
put it: "The Latin American drug cartels have stretched their tentacles much deeper into our lives than most people
believe. It's possible they are calling the shots at all levels of government." This is pure bullshit hype redirection of
blame designed to keep the masses confused as to who is really culpable and cover the trail of those whom have truly
infiltrated and controlling our government. If anything else, his absurd ridiculous false statement proves that the CIA is
in fact working to cover up the true perpetrators whom are controlling our government from within, and the fact that
the CIA, evidenced by their obvious willingness to provide bullshit excuses, are actually part of the scheme.
TOP SECRET CIA DRUG SMUGGLING OPERATIONS

· Operation Snow Cone - Parent Central American drug smuggling operation. Various operations under
Operation Snow Cone include:
· Operation Watch Tower - Operation Watch Tower consists of secret radio beacons stationed at remote
locations between Columbia and Panama. The beacons help CIA drug pilots fly from Central America to
Panama at near-sea-level without being detected by high flying U.S. drug interdiction aircraft. Pilots of the drug
flights home in on the low frequency signals emitted by the beacons to reach their destination at Albrook Army
Airfield in Panama.
· Operation Toilet Seat - The CIA uses Boeing 727 and C-130 aircraft to haul drugs from Central and South
America. The drugs are dumped out the rear ramps of the aircraft into waters offshore of the U.S. in waterproof
containers. There the drugs are retrieved by boat and brought into the U.S.
· Operation Whale Watch - Consists of using offshore oil drilling rigs as a cover for drug smuggling. The
drugs are offloaded by ship onto the oil drilling platforms. The drugs are then flown by helicopter to nearby U.S.
coastal areas. Companies owning the oil rigs included Rowan International and divisions of Zapata Corp., such
as Zapata Petroleum and Zapata Off-Shore. Zapata Corp. is partly owned by former President George Bush.
· Operation Buy Back - Operation involving CIA front Pacific Seafood Company. Drugs are packed in shrimp
containers and shipped to various points in the U.S. This is a joint DEA-CIA operation.
· Operation Big Blow - See link.
ADDITIONAL CIA DRUG SMUGGLING OPERATIONS
· Operation Indigo Sky - Massive CIA heroin smuggling operation based in Lagos, Nigeria. Heroin is grown
and processed in Nigeria, then shipped for packaging to Amsterdam, Netherlands. From there the heroin is
shipped to Europe and various points in the U.S., including bonded warehouses on the East Coast and Boeing
Field in Seattle.
· Operation New Wave - CIA heroin smuggling operation based in Thailand. CIA front Van Der Bergen
International is responsible for getting the drugs out of the Orient. Typically the heroin is smuggled aboard
freighters and cruise liners heading from the U.S. Transshipment points in the U.S. include San Diego, San
Francisco, Seattle and Los Angeles.
· Operation Short Field

· Operation Burma Road
· Operation Morning Gold
· Operation Backlash
· Operation Triangle
What you don't know is the fact that the CIA realized that drug running was the PERFECT way to fund all their
BLACK OPS missions with the never ending supply of unknown billions of dollars. Multi hundreds of BILLIONS of
dollars a year are laundered through Zionist financial institutions annually. Behold for our nation‘s entire financial
sector‘s rise has been in some way propped up by these blood monies. Narcotics money is such an integral part of our
financial system, so much so, that if all drug money laundering were to stop at this moment, our entire financial system
would receive a critical blow. Ex police officer whistle blower, turned truth activist Mike Ruppert has been
instrumental in helping to blow the lid off the CIA drug connection. Unfortunately he was unrelentlessly attacked to
the point where he chose to move out of this country, ―retire‖ and no longer speak, for he has witnessed the full power
of the enemy up close and personal, they did their best to destroy him, almost to the point of death. Hence, you won‘t
get him to talk any further but I believe his website ―fromthewilderness.com‖ is still up and running by others.
America‘s Drug Crisis: Brought to You by the CIA

By Dave Lindorff
The Public Record, Oct 28th, 2009
Next time you see a junkie sprawled at the curb in the downtown of your nearest city, or read about someone
who died of a heroin overdose, just imagine a big yellow sign posted next to him or her saying: ―Your Federal
Tax Dollars at Work.‖
Kudos to the New York Times, and to reporters Dexter Filkins, Mark Mazzetti and James Risen, for their lead
article Wednesday reporting that Ahmed Wali Karzai, brother of Afghanistan‘s stunningly corrupt President
Hamid Karzai, a leading drug lord in the world‘s major opium-producing nation, has for eight years been on the
CIA payroll.
Okay, the article was lacking much historical perspective (more on that later), and the dead hand of top editors
was evident in the overly cautious tone (I loved the third paragraph, which stated that ―The financial ties and
close working relationship between the intelligence agency and Mr. Karzai raises significant questions about
America‘s war strategy, which is currently under review at the White House.‖
Well, duh! It should be raising questions about why we are even in Afghanistan, about who should be going to
jail at the CIA, and about how can the government explain this to the over 1000 soldiers and Marines who have
died supposedly helping to build a new Afghanistan).
But that said, the newspaper that helped cheerlead us into the pointless and criminal Iraq invasion in 2003, and
that prevented journalist Risen from running his exposé of the Bush/Cheney administration‘s massive
warrantless National Security Agency electronic spying operation until after the 2004 presidential election, this
time gave a critically important story full play, and even, appropriately, included a teaser in the same front-page
story about October being the most deadly month yet for the US in Afghanistan.
What the article didn‘t mention at all is that there is a clear historical pattern here. During the Vietnam War, the
CIA, and its Air America airline front-company, were neck deep in the Southeast Asian heroin trade. At the
time, it was Southeast Asia, not Afghanistan, that was the leading producer and exporter of opium, mostly to
the US, where there was a heroin epidemic.
A decade later, in the 1980s, during the Reagan administration, as the late investigative journalist Gary Webb
so brilliantly documented first in a series titled ―Dark Alliance‖ in the San Jose Mercury News, and later in a
book by that same name, the CIA was deeply involved in the development of and smuggling of cocaine into the
US, which was soon engulfed in a crack cocaine epidemic—one that continues to destroy African American
and other poor communities across the country. (The Times role here was sordid—it and other leading papers,
including the Washington Post and Los Angeles Times—did despicable hit pieces on Webb shamelessly
trashing his work and his career, and ultimately driving him to suicide, though his facts have held up. For the
whole sordid tale, read Alex Cockburn‘s and Jeffrey St. Clair‘s White Out).
In this case, Webb showed that the Agency was actually using the drugs as a way to fund arms, which it could
use its own planes to ferry down to the Contra forces it was backing to subvert the Sandinista government in
Nicaragua at a time Congress had barred the US from supporting the Contras.
And now we have Afghanistan, once a sleepy backwater of the world with little connection to drugs (the
Taliban, before their overthrow by US forces in 20001, had, according to the UN, virtually eliminated opium
production there), but now responsible for as much as 80 percent of the world‘s opium production—this at a
time that the US effectively finances and runs the place, with an occupying army that, together with Afghan
government forces that it controls, outnumbers the Taliban 12-1 according to a recent Associated Press story.
The real story here is that where the US goes, the drug trade soon follows, and the leading role in developing
and nurturing that trade appears to be played by the Central Intelligence Agency.
Your tax dollars at work.
The issue at this point should not be how many troops the US should add to its total in Afghanistan. It shouldn‘t
even be over whether the US should up the ante or scale back to a more limited goal of hunting terrorists. It
should be about how quickly the US can extricate its forces from Afghanistan, how soon the Congress can start
hearings into corruption and drug pushing by the CIA, and how soon the Attorney General‘s office will
impanel a grand jury to probe CIA drug dealing.
Americans, who for years have supported a stupid, blundering and ineffective ―War on Drugs‖ in this country,
and who mindlessly back ―zero-tolerance‖ policies towards drugs in schools and on the job, should demand a
―zero-tolerance‖ policy toward drugs and dealing with drug pushers in government and foreign policy,
including the CIA.
For years we have been fed the story that the Taliban are being financed by their taxes on opium farmers. That
may be partly true, but recently we‘ve been learning that it‘s not the real story. Taliban forces in Afghanistan, it
turns out, have been heavily subsidized by protection money paid to them by civilian aid organizations,
including even American government-funded aid programs, and even, reportedly, by the military forces of
some of America‘s NATO allies (there is currently a scandal in Italy concerning such payments by Italian
forces).
But beyond that, the opium industry, far from being controlled by the Taliban, has been, to a great extent,
controlled by the very warlords with which the US has allied itself, and, as the Times now reports, by Ahmed
Wali Karzai, the president‘s own brother.
Karzai, we are also told by Filkins, Mazzetti and Risen, was a key player in producing hundreds of thousands
of fraudulent ballots for his brother‘s election theft earlier this year. Left unsaid is whether the CIA might have
played a role in that scam too. In a country where finding printing presses is sure to be difficult, and where
transporting bales of counterfeit ballots is risky, you have to wonder whether an agency like the CIA, which has
ready access to printers and to helicopters, might have had a hand in keeping its assets in control in Kabul.
Sure that‘s idle speculation on my part, but when you learn that America‘s spook agency has been keeping not
just Karzai, but lots of other unsavory Afghani warlords, on its payroll, such speculation is only logical.
The real attitude of the CIA here was best illustrated by an anonymous quote in the Filkins, Mazzetti and Risen
piece, where a ―former CIA officer with experience in Afghanistan,‖ explaining the agency‘s backing of
Karzai, said, ―Virtually every significant Afghan figure has had brushes with the drug trade. If you are looking
for Mother Teresa, she doesn‘t live in Afghanistan.‖
―The end justifies the means‖ is America‘s foreign policy and military motto, clearly.
The Times article exposing the CIA link to Afghanistan‘s drug-kingpin presidential brother should be the last
straw for Americans. President Obama‘s ―necessary‖ war in Afghanistan is nothing but a sick joke.
The opium, and resulting heroin, that is flooding into Europe and America thanks to the CIA‘s active support of
the industry and its owners in Afghanistan are doing far more grave damage to our societies than any turbaned
terrorists armed with suicide bomb vests could hope to inflict.
The Afghanistan War has to be ended now.
Let the prosecution of America‘s government drug pushers begin.
Finally, a note about Sen. John Kerry Kerry, D-MA, who went to Afghanistan to press, for the Obama
administration, to get his ―good friend‖ President Karzai to agree to a run-off election after Karzai‘s earlier
theft of the first round, has played a shameful role here. Once, back when he still had an ounce of the principle
that he had back when he was a Vietnam vet speaking out against the Indochina War, Kerry held hearings on
the CIA‘s cocaine-for-arms operation in Central America. Now he‘s hugging the CIA‘s drug connections.
************************
LA VOZ DE AZTLAN
Los Angeles, Alta California
May 17, 2010
Is President Felipe Calderon

protecting the CIA Drug Cartel?
As the Republic of Mexico is feeling the aftershocks of the abduction of a corrupt Mexican ruling party top
operative, it is also asking important questions concerning the so-called 'Mexican War on Drugs' that has
caused the slaughtered of over 22,700 of its citizens since 2007. Over the weekend, what is believed to be a
competing drug cartel in the lucrative 325 billion per year drug market, abducted ex-senator and former Partido
Accion Nacional (PAN) presidential candidate Diego Fernandez de Cevallos at his ranch in the central Mexican
state of Queretaro. Cevallos is a very close associate of President Calderon and his father was a founder of the
PAN ruling political party.
There are many questions that lead one to believe that the war on drugs is a complete sham. Here in the USA,
the principal consumer of drugs, the multi-billion effort to combat the sale and use of drugs has made not
difference over the years. School children in every major city in the country will tell you that it is easier to by a
joint of marijuana or a rock of crack cocaine than it is to buy a can of beer. In addition, there have been
numerous prison interviews of inmates which indicate that drugs are available to them in any quantity they
want inside the prisons. So what is going on?
This is one question we should ask ourselves as President Felipe Calderon visits the White House on
Wednesday. Is he coming to ask for amnesty for Mexican undocumented immigrant workers or is he coming to
ask for more money and military weapons under the Merida Initiative to combat elements in Mexico who
compete with those that really control the importation of cocaine and other drugs into the USA? Remember the
CIA crack cocaine scandal that rocked South Central Los Angeles in the late 70's and early 80's? Also, let us
not forget about the CIA connected jet plane that crashed near Cancun, Mexico in 2007 with 4 tons of cocaine
and of course let us not forget the connection between the CIA, the puppet corrupt regime in Afghanistan and
the importation of heroin into the USA.
There are clear indications that there is a brutal struggle along the US/Mexico border between the CIA and
Mexican cartels for control of drug trafficking routes. The present problems along the US/Mexico border has
more to do with this battle than with migrant Mexican workers. Unfortunately undocumented Mexican
immigrants are being utilized as scapegoats and it appears that President Felipe Calderon is unwittingly
cooperating in return for a few drug gringo dollars. One example of this is the savage home invasion and
murder of little Brisenia Flores and her father Raul in Arivaca, Arizona by the Minutemen vigilantes. Shawna
Forde and the serial killer Jason Bush of the Minutemen American Defense organization invaded the home of
the Flores family looking for drugs and money in 2009. It has now been confirmed that Shawna Forde had
various meetings and was connected with the notorious CIA covert operative Joseph Adams of "Nicaraguan
Contra/Crack Cocaine Scandal" fame prior to the operation. Many independent journalists now believe that the
Minutemen are actually CIA funded operatives who's mission is to obtain intelligence information along the
border in order to better protect their CIA drug operations.
There is a growing number of Mexicans that believe that President Felipe Calderon may actually be a traitor
like Luis Cuevas, Bernardo Couto and Miguel Atristain who illegitimately signed the Treaty of Guadalupe
Hidalgo turning over half of Mexico's territory to the gringos. These Mexican ask, "Why doesn't Calderon not
advocate for the legalization of the cultivation and sale of marijuana, tax it and in addition make peace with the
Mexican cartels?"
The Iran Contra fiasco was JUST THE TIP OF THE ICEBURG... The CIA saw the billions on top of billions that the
Medellin Cartel was making and decided that it would no longer be just a middleman and went on to wage war on the
Medellin cartel. For once it destroyed Escobar and his cartel, the CIA could muscle in and fill in the void, taking over
the entire operation. After the Medellin cartel was
neutralized, the entire drug war scene moved into
obscurity, little has the public known that the drug world
has since had the most powerful, unchallenged,
untouchable, above the law, indestructible drug alliance
to ever exisit on planet earth: THE CIA DRUG
CARTEL.
Ever since those days the CIA has been making regular
drug runs with thousands of pounds of cocaine with CIA
front company planes. A couple of those CIA front
company planes recently crashed, no problem, the CIA's
operations are in no danger of being exposed in the
mainstream. The entire drug running operation is
conducted with major high level top secret "national
security" clearance, LOL. They essentially just fly those
planes back and forth with ABSOLUTELY NO WORRY.
Hey they are the CIA, when one of their shipments gets pulled over by any local law enforcement team, they quickly
pull out their CIA ID badges and continue on their merry way, unhampered. Occasionally they tip off the coast guard
on shipments of their "competitors"so that it seems that our bogus war on drugs and the hundreds of millions spent are
"working".
"Thirteen years ago, the first edition of Dope, Inc. was released, Commissioned by anti-drug American Senator
Lyndon LaRouche. It was the first book to reveal that the illegal drug cartel was becoming the world's biggest
business. "DOPE, INC.", has waged war against every nation in the world to expose the operation; and to
reveal the names of the "untouchable" figures who protect the cartel, whom Hollywood media have sold to the
public as veritable deities. This book, which has since come out in several foreign-language versions, and a
second edition, remains unique.
Its effectiveness is attested to, above all, by the fact that the kingpins of the U.S. branch of the drug cartel, led
by Henry Kissinger and the Anti-Defamation League of B'nai B'rith - launched a years-long effort to silence the
authors, starting with LaRouche, who was railroaded to federal prison in late 1988 on trumped-up "conspiracy"
charges, and is now fighting in the courts to overturn that travesty of justice.
LaRouche was jailed within days of George Bush's inauguration as President in January 1989; and Bush kept
him there, for reasons that include a fear by Bush and his backers of the information contained in this book.
Former Secretary of State Henry Kissinger, ran the risk of Federal criminal prosecution, as the result of his
persistent interference into the conduct of the U.S. Department of Justice, the FBI, and the White House, to
STOKE-UP the government campaign to SILENCE LaRouche." And so it continues...
I debated whether to also to add this due circumstances, but I will throw caution to the air. I know someone very well,
for obvious reasons I can not elaborate on any further details of our acquantance… this person was DEEP within the
Medellin Cartel, who sat and ate with central players, who was part of their world. This person is one of the few that
are still alive today, for as he tells it, ―Everyone was wiped out by CIA hit squads.‖ Out of all his amazing stories,
none were more intriguing to me then how the CIA had drug lords and agents working within the drug world. The
drug Mafioso have long ago gotten used to dealing with CIA agents within the ―business‖ whom are untouchable and
all like ―ghosts.‖ Of all his amazing I witness accounts, one of the most chilling I never forgot is when he confided in
me: ―I have no fear of anyone, not even god, the only thing I tremble in fear of in this world is the CIA.‖
Obviously the CIA has decades ago embraced medieval torture to extents that the average citizen would never
believe… You had to see his face as he gave his accounts, many times with tears in his eyes. We would sit for hours
talking over beers, pouring his heart out, secrets he had pent up for so many years he could never dare share with
anyone, for some reason he did so with me. I wanted so desperately to record our amazing conversations, but due to the
trust relationship we had, I never did. I will tell you this, this person unknowingly confirmed EVERYTHING that is
within this section, years before I even began the research for this report. For at the time, I had no clue that I would one
day be researching and writing a massive expose. This is all I have to say about this person. He unknowingly revealed
and CONFIRMED tons of modus operandi of the CIA ―GODS‖ in the dark world of narcotics trafficiting, I know for
sure he is not a ―reader‖ type person, and had no clue about established research and revelations about the CIA‘s
extracurricular activities, his information was genuine up close and personal. Thus I for one KNOW without an once of
doubt that all that is here within these pages is 100% TRUE…
While on the subject of infamous medieval torture by the CIA, I recently ran into this piece of news: ―Lawer: CIA
kept detainees alive to keep torturing them.‖ This article goes goe on to say ―According to human rights lawyer
John Sifton, executive director of One World Research, the CIA tortured some of its detainees in the War on Terror so
severely that it had to take measures to keep them alive so they could continue being tortured.‖ How about this one:
―Former UK ambassador: CIA sent people to be ‗raped with broken bottles‖ The CIA relied on intelligence based
on torture in prisons in Uzbekistan, a place where widespread torture practices include raping suspects with broken
bottles and boiling them alive, says a former British ambassador to the central Asian country. Why am I not surprised?
CIA Afghan Drug Trade: Occupation Abroad, Prisons at Home

By Dr. Renee Levant
Even among many opposed to the U.S. war against the Iraqi people there is the notion that the U.S. imperialist
war against the people of Afghanistan is a ―good‖ war.
This view, propagated by bourgeois and ―alternative‖ media sources alike, portrays U.S. forces fighting against
drug-dealing ―Taliban‖ thugs in a lawless ―narco-state‖ that hides and supports the ―terrorists‖ responsible for
9/11.
This has served the Obama administration quite well. Of course, this is a lie.
In 2000, prior to the U.S. invasion of Afghanistan in 2001, the Taliban had almost completely eliminated the
export of opium and banned its production. Contrary to the mainstream media, it was not the Taliban that
replaced food crops with opium poppies.
It was the CIA that initiated the Afghan drug trade to support its attack on the Socialist Government of
Afghanistan in the 1970s and 80s. It was the CIA that revived the illegal drug trade in 2001 and the CIA that
continues to support it today.
Since 2001, Afghanistan has gone from no opium trade to providing 93 percent of the world's heroin exports,
including about 60 percent of heroin exports to the United States.
Illegal drug trade part of primitive accumulation of capital
Parasitic capitalism benefits from the illegal drug economy in multiple ways.
First of all, the illegal drug trade, used as a basis for subjegating China, was included by Karl Marx as part of
the process that actually built capitalism. Marx called this the ―primitive‖ or first accumulation of capital.
Before modern times Europe had few resources. Europeans suffered from deep poverty, cultural backwardness
and many diseases. It only became rich and powerful by sucking the blood of African, Indigenous and
colonized peoples around the world.
Slavery, genocide, the theft of land and resources along with an imposed drug trade are what built the capitalist
system and transformed Europe and the white world from poverty into the leading imperialist power today.
As Marx wrote in Volume I, Part 8 of Capital:
"The discovery of gold and silver in America, the extirpation, enslavement and entombment in mines of the
aboriginal population, the beginning of the conquest and looting of the East Indies, the turning of Africa into a
warren for the commercial hunting of black-skins, signaled the rosy dawn of the era of capitalist production.
These idyllic proceedings are the chief momenta of primitive accumulation. On their heels treads the
commercial war of the European nations, with the globe for a theatre. It begins with the revolt of the
Netherlands from Spain, assumes giant dimensions in England's Anti-Jacobin War, and is still going on in the
opium wars against China.‖
Today, illegal drugs are considered the third largest commodity in the world, estimated to be worth 500 billion
to a trillion dollars.
The U.S. government-controlled illegal drug trade funds U.S. covert or ―secret‖ counterinsurgency operations
abroad and against African people inside the U.S.
Drugs also bring cash injections into the failing U.S. banking system, although there is evidence that with the
falling dollar worldwide drug producers are demanding to be paid in Euros.
These drugs are imposed on African and oppressed communities in the United States, justifying the massive
prison economy, which is used to create jobs and economic stimulus for white communities.
The U.S.-controlled drug economy is also used to criminalize the African community and label Arab and
Muslim freedom fighters and civilians as ―terrorists.‖
>Insurgency Against The Peoples Republic of Afghanistan
CIA funding of the Afghan drug trade dates back to the late 1970s when Afghanistan, like many African and
colonized nations around the world, had secured independence from white colonial domination.
The infamous, drug laundering Bank of Credit and Commerce International (BCCI ), played a role in
establishing the drug trade in Afghanistan.
BCCI is the same bank that channeled money in the early 80s to the U.S.-backed Contras for their fight against
Nicaragua‘s Sandinista revolution.
BCCI was also used to channel billions of dollars from the U.S. and Saudi Arabia to reactionary radical Islamic
groups and tribal leaders against the revolutionary government of Afghanistan in 1979. This continued
throughout the 80s while Afghanistan, with backing from the Soviet Union, fought a ferocious battle to defend
its revolution.
―Secret‖ wars are costly. These billions were only a down payment on the funds needed to combat the Afghan
resistance fighters. Drug money and its surrounding economy provided a solution. Prior to 1980 there was little
opium or heroin in either Pakistan or Afghanistan and no drug sales to the US or Europe.
Professor Alfred W McCoy explains:
―By 1988, there were an estimated 100 to 200 heroin refineries in [Afghanistan‘s] Khyber district alone. Trucks
from the Pakistan army's National Logistics Cell (NLC) arriving with CIA arms from Karachi often returned
loaded with heroin—protected by ISI papers from police search.‖ (The Politics of Heroin, CIA Complicity in
the Global Drug Trade, Chicago: Lawrence Hill Books, 2003, pp. 495)
When the Soviets and the U.S. CIA left Afghanistan in 1990, they left behind a drug-ravaged and drug-
dependent economy.
Taliban Endangers the Illegal Drug Economy
When the Taliban assumed power in 2000 and eliminated opium production, the CIA's secret projects suffered,
as did the cash flow of money laundered through U.S. banks and into Afghanistan‘s main ally in the region, the
government of Pakistan.
U.S. plans to invade Afghanistan predate this action by the Taliban. They also predate the 9/11 attack,
invalidating Obama's claims that the U.S. invaded Afghanistan to go after Al-Qaeda. However, it is hard to
believe that the Taliban's interference with the drug trade played no role in the timing of the invasion in 2001.
Since the U.S. invasion and occupation of Afghanistan, opium exports have continued to increase each year.
According to the United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC) 2008 report, Afghan opium production
rose 17 percent between 2007 and 2008 alone.
Wall Street Banks Benefit from the Drug Trade

Where do the trillions of dollars from the U.S. controlled drug trade go? This money certainly is not in the
impoverished African communities. Clearly, growers and small dealers gain a minute portion of the wealth of
the drug economy.
Antonio Marie Costa, Executive Director of UNODC, explained the importance of this money to U.S. financial
interests in an interview with the German language magazine Profil:
―In many instances, drug money is currently the only liquid investment capital for real estate...In the second
half of 2008 liquidity was the banking system's main problem and hence liquid capital became an important
factor.‖
Costa also suggested that many banks were involved in interbank loans funded through drug money and ―that
some banks were rescued in that way.‖ He would not reveal which U.S. banks are involved.
A June 2006 article in Business Week's financial section shed more light the importance of illegal drugs to the
U.S. economy:
―When drug runners and terrorists want to park illicit cash, there may be no better haven than hedge funds.
Despite tough new anti-money laundering standards put out by U.S. regulators for banks, mutual fund
companies, insurers, and money transmitters, the highly secretive hedge fund industry has no restrictions
whatsoever.‖
Drug Money Funds the Prison Industrial Complex
Inside the U.S. heroin use continues to rise with the availability of larger, purer and cheaper heroin supplies
from Afghanistan. In the 80s when the U.S. was waging funding the Contras, the government was importing
cocaine in the form of crack into African neighborhoods as part of its War against the African Community.
As the government continues to pour drugs into African communities, funding for education, social services
and health care has been cut severely while funding for police and prisons has increased.
This situation began in the 70s with the CIA's counterinsurgency program COINTELPRO. The vicious hand of
imperialism snatched up, imprisoned or murdered many of the greatest African leaders of the Black Revolution
of the 60s. To prevent African people from rising up again, the CIA opened a floodgate of illegal drugs into
African communities.
This was reinforced in the 80s when the government officially instituted the ―War on Drugs‖. FBI statistics
show that the number of prisons has grown 369% since 1980.
According to the 2008 report of the Sentencing Project, the number of incarcerated drug offenders increased
1,100% between 1980 and 2003 with Africans comprising the bulk of this increase. While African people make
up about 12% of the population and are estimated to be about 13% of those who use drugs regularly they are
34% of those arrested for, and almost 75% of those imprisoned for, drug charges. The small percentage of
whites who are arrested and imprisoned can expect far shorter sentences. (See The Sentencing Project Report)
This huge increase in the number of prisoners and prisons result directly from new policies targeting African
people such as minimum mandatory sentences for drug possession and ―three strike‖ laws. The vast majority of
Africans are imprisoned for possession of very small amounts of drugs or for parole violations. This is a policy
clearly designed to criminalize ordinary African people. And these policies will not end under the Obama
administration. Attorney General Holder is well known for aggressively supporting them.
The real goal of this war is to keep the Prison Industrial Complex—the private companies that build, run and
profit from the cheap labor of prisoners, as well as political figures who seek contributions from these
companies, and those employed by prisons, prison construction and the myriad spin off jobs from prisons—
growing and profiting despite the economic crisis.
As a result African people are transformed into economic commodities to fill the coffers of the prison economy.
But the illegal drug trade benefits others, too. Prisons are the third largest industry in rural white areas that
suffer from high unemployment. These provide economic stimulus to poor rural white people at the direct
expense of African people‘s incarceration.
The same drug trade that was used as a counterinsurgency strategy in Afghanistan fuels the dramatic growth of
prisons that are part of the violent containment of African people and the destruction of African economic well-
being and self-determination
African People‘s Solidarity Committee Chairwoman Penny Hess asks, ―The CIA admits it had direct ties to
cocaine smuggling and drug money laundering. So why are there one million African people in prison, while
not one CIA operative or government official has been brought to trial or even censored?‖ Overturning the
Culture of Violence (Burning Spear, 2000, p367)
African ―Criminals‖ and Arab and Muslim ―Terrorists‖
As the economic crisis of imperialism intensifies, middle- and working-class white people—sitting on the
pedestal of the oppression of African and colonized peoples—have begun to feel anxiety over their declining
quality of life.
The government‘s campaign of violent incarceration of oppressed people gives white people a false sense of
relief by misdirecting white anxiety towards Africans, Arabs and Muslim people, instead of towards the white
ruling class. White people want to cling to the pedestal of white power and believe that current leaders are
restoring ―safety and order‖ to a system built at the expense of the rest of the world. But that order is
crumbling.
The pedestal of white power is crumbling along with the parasitic system that formed it on the backs of
indigenous and African peoples and maintains itself through state violence and incarcerations.
Resistance is growing in Afghanistan, Iraq, Palestine and African communities around the world. Our
resistance to the oppressive state will be met with increasing violence until the state is destroyed, Africans
reunite under revolutionary working class leadership, and colonized and oppressed peoples reclaim their land
and resources.
The HUNDREDS OF BILLIONS of dollars the CIA makes with its drug running business gets added to the $30 to 40
billion ―chump change‖ annual budget it gets from Washington. It's drug money is "off the books" so to speak. With
these added billions the CIA funds its most clandestine Black Ops Skunk Works operations such as its infamous Al-
CIAda terrorist division, to name just one. All you have to do is look around the globe, it is easy to spot the clandestine
activates of CIA terrorist false flag ops.
Clue: where ever America is having a hard time getting the opposing country to bend to our demands, such as "allow
our form of democracy (capitalism) into their country or else", which basically means that any country that does not
allow western banks, Exxon, oil drilling, deforestation, agriculture, McDonalds, Coca-Cola, etc., etc., FREE REIGN to
do as they like, and take over all their lands and natural resources. If not, you will soon have to deal with the CIA False
Flag Black Ops Division operating in your back yard. In the middle east it‘s called ―Al-CIAda,‖ in south American
counties they are busy organizing and fomenting similar internal "freedom fighters", the gorillas, and so forth.
Over the past several decades the CIA has consolidated much of its drug running empire. Prior to the US invasion of
Afghanistan the Taliban were not cooperating with heroin demand. The Taliban in their attempt to stamp out sinful
drugs had drastically cut heroin production to un-acceptable levels. One fringe benefits of the invasion of Afghanistan
was the fact that our troops cleared the way and were key instrumental in restarting opium production, they even
PROTECTED the poppy farmers! LOL! Soon after, the production of heroin skyrocketed to historic heights all the
while our loving military is right there in Afghanistan carefully watching over and protecting our CIA export
"interests". Under the Taliban heroin production was almost eradicated, today heroin is cheaper than a six pack of beer!
CIA ADMITS TO DEAL WITH JUSTICE DEPARTMENT TO

OBSTRUCT JUSTICE
Michael Levine & Laura Kavanau-Levine
THE EXPERT WITNESS radio show
March 24, 1998
As an ex DEA agent I found the complete lack of coverage by mainstream media of what I saw last night
during the congressional hearings into CIA Drug Trafficking, on CNN both depressing and frightening.
I sat gape-mouthed as I heard the CIA Inspector General, testify that there has existed a secret agreement
between CIA and the Justice Department, wherein "during the years 1982 to 1995, CIA did not have to report
the drug trafficking its assets did to the Justice Department." (This is the agreement, by the way, that lead
directly to events described in our non-fiction books, The Big White Lie and Deep Cover. Those many who
have read the boosk will know instantly what I am talking about).
To a trained DEA agent this literally means that the CIA had been granted a license to obstruct justice in our so-
called war on drugs; a license that lasted-so CIA claims-from 1982 to 1995, a time during which Americans paid
almost $150 billion in taxes to "fight" drugs. Of course the evidence indicates that they did not stop obstructing
justice in 1995 either, but that I suppose is going to be another congressional hearing. As far as the current
hearings go this Catch 22 "revelation" means that all the present hearings are for nothing; that-if they are caught
violating the drug laws-they had been given "secret" license to do so by our Justice Department. This might also
explain Janet Reno's recent and unprecedented move in blocking the release of a Justice Department
investigation into CIA drug trafficking.
God, with friends like these, who needs enemies? It is now clear that this agreement began with the events
described in THE BIG WHITE LIE; that the top drug traffickers in Bolivia, then supplying virtually all the
world's cocaine-including Sonia Atala-were CIA assets that had to be protected from our deep cover probe.
Laura and I still have the proof of this that we used to back up the publication THE BIG WHITE LIE. The
same proof was later incorporated into other data backing up the publications of DEEP COVER and
TRIANGLE OF DEATH.
Our evidence-which congress has been craning its neck not to see- for instance, shows clearly that during
Operation Hun (the story in The Big White Lie), secret meetings were held with CIA and Justice Department
wherein all indictments of top government officials in Bolivia were blocked. We now
believe this agreement began because of Operation Hun. CIA had to hide the fact that they were supporting the
people manufacturing virtually all the cocaine being produced in the world, at that time.
In Deep Cover we showed that, during Operation Trifecta-a highly successful deep cover probe into the top of
the drug world in three countries (Panama, Bolivia and Mexico) -Attorney General of the US Ed Meece found it
necessary to warn the Attorney General of Mexico about DEA's case. We, (undercover DEA agents and
Customs agents), found links between top US government officials and the people who murdered DEA agent
Kiki Camarena, that to this day go unexamined by our congress or anyone else.
In "TRIANGLE OF DEATH, a work of "faction" we showed CIA's real-life involvement in the protection and
creation of one of the most murderous criminal organizations to ever plague America, an organization created by
escaped Nazi fugitives under CIA protection-events occurring long before this alleged CIA Justice agreement.
And so the dance continues.
If anyone watched the CNN show you cannot have helped but notice the snickering on the part of Congressional
chairman Porter Goss (an ex CIA officer), as congresswoman Maxine Waters spoke. Now here's the reason
why: Sources of mine, who speak to me from inside this veil of secrecy out of conscience and because I am
cheaper and more reliable than a psychiatrist, have already told me the following:
1. There is secret communication between CIA and members of the Congressional staff-one must keep in mind
that Porter Goss, the chairman, is an ex CIA official- indicating that the whole hearing is just a smoke and
mirror show so that the American people-particularly the Black community- can "blow off some
steam" without doing any damage to CIA. The CIA has been assured that nothing real will be done, other than
some embarrassing questions being asked.
2. That the hearings will result in the CIA receiving even a larger budget than the current $26 billion that they
admit to. One of the most distressing things for me, a 25 year veteran of this business, to listen to was when
Congresswoman Waters said that the hearings were not about CIA officers being indicted and going to jail.
"That is not going to happen," she said. Almost in the same breath she spoke of a recent case in Miami wherein
a Venezuelan National Guard general was caught by Customs agents smuggling more than a ton of cocaine into
the US. Despite named CIA officers being involved in the plot, as Congresswoman Waters stated, the Justice
Department will not tell her anything about the case because of "secrecy laws." No wonder chairman Goss was
snickering. She could not have played more
neatly into CIA hands than to surrender before the battle was engaged.
For the entire existence of CIA they have gotten away with doing more damage to the American people than all
our traditional enemies combined, precisely because no one was ever prosecuted. From the CIA protection of
Nazi criminals from war crimes prosecution as they set up criminal organizations that preyed on America
(Triangle of Death), to their lies to President Kennedy that dragged us into Bay of Pigs, to their lies to President
Johnson that dragged us into the Vietnam War, to their creation of a pan Arab army of American hating, drug
trafficking terrorists during the Afghan War, to the Church Commission hearings, to MK-Ultra, to the Bolivian
Cocaine Coup ("The Big White Lie"), to their protection of the world's top cocaine traffickers as they laid waste
to American streets (Deep cover) , the CIA has acted exactly as Senator Frank Church once described them: "a
runaway rogue elephant...completely unresponsive to Congress...they (the CIA) have not only been
unproductive, they have been contraproductive..they have brought great shame on America."
And the dance continues.
Ever wondered why no one but sporadic small time operation hustlers ever gets caught smuggling thousands of pounds
of heroin? It‘s entirely run by the CIA baby! Put those facts in your pipe and smoke it! The only people the ever get
caught and you see in the news are the CIA‘s competition! State sponsored drug running is centuries old. It was
England who forced heroin on the country of China way back when! I kid you not, look it up! The so called war on
drugs was not only great a great cover, but also a funding scheme for the CIA, it also turned out to be the governments
perfect pretense to continue on their agenda to create a society of people who fear their neighbors and make them more
open to the concept a big brother government that would ―protect‖ them. Just another perfect pretense to expand the
constant onslaught on your freedoms.
Last but not least. Part of the explosion of the entire drug scene here in the US has been a well hidden secret addiction
operation. I don't care who tells you otherwise, this is ABSOLUTELY true. Highly addictive drugs were purposely
FLOODED into the inner cities to destroy the largely black and Latino population, the ―inferior gene pools.‖ This has
been an ongoing super top secret operation no one can access other than Gamma ESI clearance. This operation has
been a war of destroying the BRAINS, minds, capacity, potential and will of the minorities, to create docile
dysfunctional cattle. For the most part it has been hugely successful. The constant cheap access to tons of drugs in the
"ghettos" along with a correlating massive education void, the minorities were left to destroy not only each other, but
the more they used the drugs they were to sink ever deeper into mental, social, psychological and economic
handicapness.
What is the number one way to get the ―inferior‖ races of this country out of circulation? What better way than to
completely blanket their neighborhoods under tons of drugs?
CIA, Heroin Still Rule Day in Afghanistan

―U.S. Army planes leave Afghanistan carrying coffins empty
of bodies, but filled with drugs.‖
By Victor Thorn
RAWA: Since 2001 the opium cultivation increased over

4,400%. Under the US/NATO, Afghanistan became world largest
opium producer, which produces 93% of world opium.
Afghanistan now supplies over 90 percent of the world‘s heroin,

generating nearly $200 billion in revenue. Since the U.S. invasion
on Oct. 7, 2001, opium output has increased 33-fold (to over
8,250 metric tons a year).
The U.S. has been in Afghanistan for over seven years, has spent $177 billion in that country alone, and has the
most powerful and technologically advanced military on Earth. GPS tracking devices can locate any spot
imaginable by simply pushing a few buttons.
Still, bumper crops keep flourishing year after year, even though heroin production is a laborious, intricate process.
The poppies must be planted, grown and harvested; then after the morphine is extracted it has to be cooked, refined,
packaged into bricks and transported from rural locales across national borders. To make heroin from morphine
requires another 12-14 hours of laborious chemical reactions. Thousands of people are involved, yet—despite the
massive resources at our disposal—heroin keeps flowing at record levels.
Common sense suggests that such prolific trade over an extended period of time is no accident, especially when the
history of what has transpired in that region is considered. While the CIA ran its operations during the Vietnam
War, the Golden Triangle supplied the world with most of its heroin. After that war ended in 1975, an intriguing
event took place in 1979 when Zbigniew Brzezinski covertly manipulated the Soviet Union into invading
Afghanistan.Behind the scenes, the CIA, along with Pakistan‘s ISI, were secretly funding Afghanistan‘s mujahideen
to fight their Russian foes. Prior to this war, opium production in Afghanistan was minimal. But according to
historian Alfred McCoy, an expert on the subject, a shift in focus took place. ―Within two years of the onslaught of
the CIA operation in Afghanistan, the Pakistan-Afghanistan borderlands became the world‘s top heroin producer.‖
Soon, as Professor Michel Chossudovsky notes, ―CIA assets again controlled the heroin trade. As the mujahideen
guerrillas seized territory inside Afghanistan, they ordered peasants to plant poppies as a revolutionary tax. Across
the border in Pakistan, Afghan leaders and local syndicates under the protection of Pakistan intelligence operated
hundreds of heroin laboratories.‖
Eventually, the Soviet Union was defeated (their version of Vietnam), and ultimately lost the Cold War. The
aftermath, however, proved to be an entirely new can of worms. During his research, McCoy discovered that ―the
CIA supported various Afghan drug lords, for instance Gulbuddin Hekmatyar. The CIA did not handle heroin, but it
did provide its drug lord allies with transport, arms, and political protection.‖
By 1994, a new force emerged in the region—the Taliban—that took over the drug trade. Chossudovsky again
discovered that ―the Americans had secretly, and through the Pakistanis [specifically the ISI], supported the
Taliban‘s assumption of power.‖
These strange bedfellows endured a rocky relationship until July 2000 when Taliban leaders banned the planting of
poppies. This alarming development, along with other disagreements over proposed oil pipelines through Eurasia,
posed a serious problem for power centers in the West. Without heroin money at their disposal, billions of dollars
could not be funneled into various CIA black budget projects. Already sensing trouble in this volatile region, 18
influential neo-cons signed a letter in 1998 which became a blueprint for war—the infamous Project for a New
American Century (PNAC).
Fifteen days after 9-11, CIA Director George Tenet sent his top-secret Special Operations Group (SOG) into
Afghanistan. One of the biggest revelations in Tenet‘s book, At the Center of the Storm, was that CIA forces
directed the Afghanistan invasion, not the Pentagon.
In the Jan. 26, 2003, issue of Time magazine, Douglas Waller describes Donald Rumsfeld‘s reaction to this
development. ―When aides told Rumsfeld that his Army Green Beret A-Teams couldn‘t go into Afghanistan until
the CIA contingent had lain the groundwork with local warlords, he erupted, ‗I have all these guys under arms, and
we‘ve got to wait like little birds in a nest for the CIA to let us go in?‘‖
ARMITAGE A MAJOR PLAYER
But the real operator in Afghanistan was Richard Armitage, a man whose legend includes being the biggest heroin
trafficker in Cambodia and Laos during the Vietnam War; director of the State Department‘s Foreign Narcotics
Control Office (a front for CIA drug dealing); head of the Far East Company (used to funnel drug money out of the
Golden Triangle); a close liaison with Oliver North during the Iran-Contra cocaine-for-guns scandal; a primary
Pentagon official in the terror and covert ops field under George Bush the Elder; one of the original signatories of
the infamous PNAC document; and the man who helped CIA Director William Casey run weapons to the
mujahideen during their war against the Soviet Union. Armitage was also stationed in Iran during the mid-1970s
right before Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini overthrew the shah. Armitage may well be the greatest covert operator in
U.S. history.
On Sept. 10, 2001, Armitage met with the UK‘s national security advisor, Sir David Manning. Was Armitage
―passing on specific intelligence information about the impending terrorist attacks‖? The scenario is plausible
because one day later—on 9-11—Dick Cheney directly called for Armitage‘s presence down in his bunker.
Immediately after WTC 2 was struck, Armitage told BBC Radio, ―I was told to go to the operations center [where] I
spent the rest of the day in the ops center with the vice president.‖
These two share a long history together. Not only was Armitage employed by Cheney‘s former company
Halliburton (via Brown & Root), he was also a deputy when Cheney was secretary of defense under Bush the Elder.
More importantly, Cheney and Armitage had joint business and consulting interests in the Central Asian pipeline
which had been contracted by Unocal. The only problem standing between them and the Caspian Sea‘s vast energy
reserves was the Taliban.
Since the 1980s, Armitage amassed a huge roster of allies in Pakistan‘s ISI. He was also one of the ―Vulcans‖—
along with Condi Rice, Paul Wolfowitz, Richard Perle, and Rabbi Dov Zakheim—who coordinated Bush‘s geo-
strategic foreign policy initiatives. Then, after 9-11, he negotiated with the Pakistanis prior to our invasion of
Afghanistan, while also becoming Bush‘s deputy secretary of state stationed in Afghanistan.
Our ―enemy,‖ or course, was the Taliban ―terrorists.‖ But George Tenet, Colin Powell, Porter Goss, and Armitage
had developed a close relationship with Pakistan‘s military head of the ISI—General Mahmoud Ahmad— who was
cited in a Sept. 2001 FBI report as ―supporting and financing the alleged 9-11 terrorists, as well as having links to al
Qaeda and the Taliban.‖
The line between friend and foe gets even murkier. Afghan President Hamid Karzai not only collaborated with the
Taliban, but he was also on Unocal‘s payroll in the mid-1990s. He is also described by Saudi Arabia‘s Al-Watan
newspaper as being ―a Central Intelligence Agency covert operator since the 1980s that collaborated with the CIA
in funding U.S. aid to the Taliban.‖
Capturing a new, abundant source for heroin was an integral part of the U.S. ―war on terror.‖ Hamid Karzai is a
puppet ruler of the CIA; Afghanistan is a full-fledged narco-state; and the poppies that flourish there have yet to be
eradicated, as was proven in 2003 when the Bush administration refused to destroy the crops, despite having the
chance to do so. Major drug dealers are rarely arrested, smugglers enjoy carte blanche immunity, and Nushin
Arbabzadah, writing for The Guardian, theorized that ―U.S. Army planes leave Afghanistan carrying coffins empty
of bodies, but filled with drugs.‖ Is that why the military protested so vehemently when reporters tried to
photograph returning caskets?
I spent many years in the inner cities researching this operation, I cannot even begin to describe the rivers of hidden
tears and pain I had to endure throughout my work in the "ghetto". The children and the children's children suffered the
most, their parents unable to function at full capacities, immersed in a local society riddled with drugs and
hallucinogens, poverty at all sides, dysfunctional families, no real education, schools that resemble zoos, millions upon
millions of minorities in many cities unable to participate fully in social and democratic processes of society at large
for they sadly don‘t even possess a clue. Those living in the "ghetto" by and large suffer the single most incredible case
of being socially, environmentally, educationally, economically HANDICAPED I have ever witnessed in my entire
life.
CIA, Drugs and The US Economy - Video
Crack The CIA - Video
CIA Contributes To The Creation of the Crack Epidemic - Video
Fake & Corrupt US War on Drugs - Video
CIA Drug Ops documentary – Video, (sorry vanished from Youtube)
Sure ignore all the videos above, ignore all the evidence that has surfaced over the years. I am just a space cadet with a
great imagination... right? YOU WISH! Even I wish that were so, for then everything I have revealed would all be a
figment of my imagination and the reality would by just like Alice In Wonderland and I could go back to ―La La
Land‖. Sorry but the artificial reality that has been BEAMED and forever ETCHED into your mind throughout the
years is very sad to behold.
How The "War On Drugs" Brought Communism To

America
Alan and Stephne Roos of Bothell, Washington are victims of Communism.
The couple -- a butcher and dental assistant, respectively -- lost their
automobiles to the officially sanctioned form of theft called "asset
forfeiture" because their 24-year-old son Thomas has used them to conduct
drug transactions.
Neither Alan nor Stephne has been charged with a crime of any kind. Under
the Communist premises of the "War on Drugs," it isn't necessary to be
convicted of a crime in order to lose one's property, since the State is
empowered to seize anything its agents wish to steal, at any time they wish to
do so, as long as some "drug nexus" can be established to justify the theft.
The theory and practice of Communism are based on the denial of private property, and the administration
of "justice" under Communism is collectivist in nature. It is not necessary to prove the guilt or innocence of an
individual accused of a crime against socialism, explained
Lenin shortly after the Bolsheviks seized power in 1917; it is
sufficient to demonstrate that the accused belongs to a
collective regarded as an enemy of the State.
Once this is understood, it becomes clear that Communism
came to America -- in principle, if only intermittently in
practice -- in 1970 with the passage of the Comprehensive
Drug Abuse Prevention and Control Act. That measure
nullified the right of private property by permitting law
enforcement to steal (or "forfeit") money and physical assets
believed to be involved in, or the proceeds of, narcotics
trafficking.
The very term "forfeiture" carries a connotation that property rights are contingent and can be revoked when those
acting on behalf of the State choose to do so. Under the Anglo-Saxon tradition of liberty under law, property can
be taken only following due process of law; this would require a criminal proceeding in which the accused are
presumed innocent until proven guilty of a specific offense and convicted by a jury of their peers. None of this is
true where "asset forfeiture" is concerned.
Under the first Bush administration, which was led by a former CIA Director (every individual holding that post is
also the Kingpin-in-Chief ex officio of the global narcotics trade), a model anti-drug statute was created in
Washington, D.C. and sent out to various state legislatures. The seizure and forfeiture provision in Washington
State's version of the Uniform Controlled Substances Act is typical of laws governing the practice throughout the
country, and the same is true of the forfeiture mechanism created by that statute. The experience endured by Alan
and Stephne Roos could happen to anyone living in the USSA.
Thomas Roos, who had already served six months in jail on drug-related charges, was pulled over repeatedly in
2005 by police who found evidence of illegal drug transactions. In August of that year the local counter-narcotics
soviet, called the Snohomish Regional Drug Task Force (SRDTF), "forfeited" the family's late-model Nissan.
Following another arrest, the SRDTF stole the second vehicle, a refurbished 1970 Chevy Chevelle "muscle car."
Alan and Stephne insist that they didn't know that their son was
using the cars to conduct drug transactions, and that they were
furious with him for doing so. They explained as much to the
"designated hearing officer" for the County Sheriff's Department,
who ruled that a "preponderance of evidence" existed that the cars
had been used for drug trafficking.
Once that decision was made -- not by a jury, or a judge, but

by an official of a Sheriff's Department that stood to profit
from the seizure -- Alan and Stephne were informed that they had
the burden to prove that they weren't aware of Thomas' activities in order to receive the "benefit" of the "innocent
owner exception."
In other words:
Once the police stole Alan and Stephne's cars, what had been a right was transmuted into a contingent,
government-granted "benefit." The Washington State statute specifies that "no property right exists" in assets
that are stolen by the government in this fashion. And in order to qualify for the exception, Alan and Stephne, like
all others in such a predicament, were required to prove their innocence -- not regarding a criminal act, mind you,
but regarding what the state Court of Appeals called their "mental state."
Not surprisingly, given that (once again) the hearing officer worked for the department that had already stolen the
cars, and had every reason to justify that theft, ruled against Alan and Stephne, insisting (in the words of the state
Court of Appeals) "substantial evidence supported a finding that Alan and Stephne knew or should have known
that Thomas was using the vehicles to acquire possession of drugs."
In upholding the theft of Alan and Stephne's property, the Court of Appeals pontificated that the "innocent owner
exception" in an asset forfeiture applies only when "the claimant is able to demonstrate that the illegal activity for
which the vehicles was used was undertaken without the claimant's knowledge or consent."
Add the "War on Terror" to that roster for the totalitarian trifecta.
If Alan and Stephne knew about, or consented to, Thomas' use of their cars to deal drugs, why weren't they
charged as either co-conspirators or accessories, before their property was seized by the State?
But comrade, that's how the justice system works in bourgeois countries still groaning beneath retrograde,
delusional concepts such as the sanctity of private property and the rights of the accused. The belief in Due Process
of Law was the opiate of the masses, and eliminating that opiate was the central -- albeit unspoken -- objective in
the Grand And Glorious War On Drugs.
"Operation Drug the Ghettos" worked wonders for the ruling elite in not only segregating the minorities but also
clearly oppressing their entire peoples, herding them and enclosing their regions and surrounding them into an inferior
environment leading to greatly diminished quality of life.
Never would the majority of these poor peasants be allowed to have a level playing field, flourish to acquire
knowledge, to rise above their habitats to one day be able to confront their oppressors, their rulers, their masters. For
there must only exist two classes in society: the rich/famous ruling class and the peasant worker servant sheeple
who admire, hold in high esteem and gaze upon the rich and famous with awe ―oh if I work hard enough maybe
one day I too can be one of them...‖
Behold: the middle class will soon be no more, welcome to the land of poverty, desperation, constant struggle to make
ends meet, hopelessness, were you will find yourself powerless to fight back, let alone get out… I hath spoken.
I would love to be able to tell you that everything is hunky dory and that the Tooth Fairy is real, but the reality is that
secret elite Zionist/Masonic rulers have been running our government and then created the BEASTS we all know as the
CIA/Mossad/Mi6. These (the three) organizations are not the Peace Corps, on the contrary. The sole purpose of
existence of the CIA and Mossad is to cause unheard of damage, pure unadulterated harm, to destroy people, places,
things, even nations. To infiltrate and miss-lead their targets. Miss-information, disinformation, lies, deceit, murder,
assassinations, bombings. Drugging a population. That‘s "fun" for them, it‘s also their pupose of existence.
Imprisoning millions of minorities and turning them literally into free labor slaves working the fields for pennies a day,
is pure bliss in their demented worlds. Every year hundreds of thousands of new victims are removed from good
standing in society and relocated in ―the system‖ to the status of sub human filth, marked and labled for life a criminal.
So there you have it, our prison industrial matrix is nothing more than our modern day Gulags. While we have a bogus
war on drugs that help keep those gulags full, here is your multibillion dollar for profit industry hard at work literally
enslaving an entire segment of mankind.

THE COUP D’ E’TAT OF THE

MILLENNIUM
THE SECRETS BEHIND THE MASSIVE
COVERUPS FINALLY UNVEILED!
“CIA killed President Kennedy” – Jim Garrison
"The high office of President has been used to foment a plot to destroy the American's freedom, and
before I leave office I must inform the citizen of his plight." - John F. Kennedy, at Columbia University, 10
days before his EXECUTION...
According to the official narrative that is essentially a fairytale of monolithic proportions, a lone nut case was able to
hit a moving target with 3 shots fired so fast and so accurately NO PROFESSIONAL SHARP SHOOTER IN
HISTORY HAS BEEN ABLE TO DUPLICATE THIS MIRACULOUS FEAT. Establishing beyond a shadow of a
doubt that yes there exists a conspiracy theory: it is the preposterous fairytale issued, widely promoted and supported
by the establishment. This ―lone gunman‖ was so powerful that he even somehow managed to get the CIA and our
government to cover-up his tracks and the entire investigation, destroy evidence and silence witnesses for decades on
end! The bullets in his guns possessed magical powers, for they were able to hit multiple targets and bounce off the
bones in their bodies then exist in totally pristine condition! Again, something that has NEVER been duplicated
anywhere in the real world even with the most sophisticated science. Oswald was a true magician, his bullets fired
from one direction would pull the target in in a different direction upon impact, again, something that NEVER has been
duplicated in all of known physics and history, even by the most world renown experts can‘t reproduce this effect.
Wow, the raw power that Mr. Fruit Cake Oswald the magician possessed….
“The very word ‘secrecy’ is repugnant in a free and open society; and we are as people inherently and historically
opposed to secret societies, to secret oaths and to secret proceedings. We decided long ago that the dangers of
excessive and unwarranted concealment of pertinent facts far outweighed the dangers which are cited to justify
it. Even today, there is little value in opposing the threat of a closed society by imitating its arbitrary restrictions.
Even today, there is little value in insuring the survival of our nation if our traditions to not survive with it. And
there is very grave danger that an announced need for increased security will be seized upon by those anxious to
expand its meaning to the very limits of official censorship and concealment. That I do not intend to permit to the
extent that it’s in my control. And no official of my Administration, whether his rank is high or low, civilian or
military, should interpret my words here tonight as an excuse to censor the news, to stifle dissent, to cover up our
mistakes or to withhold from the press and the public that the facts they deserve to know.”
“For we are opposed around the world by a monolithic and ruthless conspiracy that relies primarily on covert
means for expanding its sphere of influence – on infiltration instead of invasion, on subversion instead of
elections, on intimidation instead of free choice, on guerillas by night instead of armies by day. It is a system
which has conscripted vast human and material resources into building of a tightly knit, highly efficient machine
that combines military, diplomatic, intelligence, economic, scientific and political operations. Its preparations are
concealed, not published. Its mistakes are buried, not headlined. Its dissenters are silenced, not praised. No
expenditure is questioned, no rumor is printed, no secret is revealed.” - JFK
A pivotal high point of the 20TH century illuminati Zionist-Freemasons was Killing of the King rite enacted on
November 22, 1963 where the only christian president, the King of the West was RITUALLY SLAIN – President
John F. Kennedy. The use of black magic acted out in the world stage is all around us, an open psychic warfare. The
purpose of killing the Kennedys and M.L.King (who was ushering in an era of peace and unity) was a black
magick capstone for the control of the dreaming mind of the West, killing the highest aspect of the American
group SOUL to pull it into a sort of prison hell destroying idealism, innocence, moral excellence. Changing the
American Dream, ushering in a new era… of the nightmare of Vietnam, countless invasions and occupations, black
and minority impoverishment, decadence, gangs, ghetto hell, drugs, immorality….
From that days of those executions forward our nation lost its innocence. If you sit down and carefully look back,
November 22, of 1962 was THE turning point. It marked the end of the world of Mayberry, Ozzie & Harriet, I love
Lucy, Andy Griffith Show, Father Knows Best… that world is long gone. The assassinations of the 1960s ushered in
the new age of immorality, turmoil and chaos. Today we are fed a steady diet of verifiably morally insane and
decadent rampant shows such as Jerry Springer, Flavor of Love, Jack Ass, to name just a few. It is so truly sad when
you look back at what was and what is.
The Sixties was the age of the Luciferian seizure of physical dominion over this country….
The national SOUL of this nation was literally SEIZED and POSSED BY EVIL DEMONS with the sixties
sacrificial (the executions) offerings on the national scale…. To he who has an ear, let him hear, to he who has eyes
let him see…
From the sixties occult sacrificial executions forward the results of the satanic dominion began to appear throughout
the landscape… All of America‘s fabled history was dramatically altered from THAT time forward. You do not need
to be a rocket scientist to figure this out either. Just objectively study history in the light of what is being revealed to
you here and now. All one needs to do is fight the all-encompassing hypnotic programming of the worldwide
media cartel and use your powers of critical thinking and rational common sense to see the obvious TRUTH behind
the myriad, innumerable lies that have permeated and been fed to you throughout your entire life.
Let there be absolutely NO doubting that the myriad of upheaval followed by massive immorality/decadence
onslaughts that occurred in the aftermath of the Kennedys/King executions was no coincidence, but instead the major
indicator displaying the pivotal turning point in history. When the nation was robbed of its innocence it was then
immediately thereafter drowned in an avalanche of drugs that this country had never seen in its lifetime. LSD, heroin,
pot where the three main drugs to literally FLOOD the streets overnight. To the untrained eye, it seems as mere
coincidence… but no… it was calculated and premeditated aftermath that was destined to follow the POLITICAL
COUP D‘ETAT of the millennium… This was/is a direct testament to Satan‘s rule… and he was now firmly seated in
control of this nation through his Zionist agents that enabled his coup.
BEHOLD: For I reveal to thee that this once God centered/loving/fearing nation that was destined to lead the world
to salvation was and has been subjugated and seized by the agents of darkness… Today this nation is only a mere false
shadow of its original self. Possessed by evil demons who rule it from within by its foreign agents… To he who has an
ear, let him hear, to he who who has eyes, let him see….
―The professional, triangulated fire that executed the President of the United States is not the most shocking
issue: The high- level coordination that organized the widespread coverup is manifest evidence of the
incredible power of a "hidden government" behind the scenes.‖
The hidden masters of mankind performed the ECONOMIC COUP D‘ETAT in 1913, the satanic ritual murder of the
―king of the west‖…. Of God‘s providential land… in 1963 was the corresponding POLITICAL COUP D‘ETAT that
sowed up virtual complete iron fist control of this providential nation… thus blocking its originally predestined role in
providential history as the becon of light to the rest of the world…. Digest these words well and carefully, for he who
has an ear will hear….
After the execution of the pivitol leaders of freedom in the sixties, the reigns of power in America were seized and it
was literally taken captive, held hostage and converted to a decadent blasphemous satanic zombie state. The
conversion was swift, the entire transformation was initiated with the execution of the leader of the ―free world‖,
God‘s chosen nation that was to light the way for the entire world…
Immediately following the coup we entered America‘s dark age of chaos and upheaval bringing about the rebelling
youth (the 60s rebellions, peace, then hippy movements that where feuled by (CIA sponsored) drugs, sex and rock and
roll). The nation morphed by the new sinister evil ruling apparatus that now possessed the nation like an evil spirit,
the flood gates of drugs burst, drowning first the ghettos then progressing from there. Along with the great delusion
was the introduction of highly satanic lyricentrific ―wonderful new melodies‖: rock and roll was instrumental in
ushering in the new age of decadence and immorality. America was officially for all intents and purposes, had been
catapulted into the ABYSS, overtaken and possessed by the evil spirit of Lucifer and his agents who diligently
pressed forward with his agendas of corruption, immorality, decadence, deception, oppression and enslavement of
mankind here on earth. To he who has an ear, let him hear, he who has eyes, let him see…
Thus has been the complete turnaround of an entire nation…. Transforming itself into what we see and have today….
The rulers of this era continue to maintain the illusion of the now ―myth‖ of a long defunct wonderful God
centered nation of liberty and justice, (those days are long gone) we all know deep in our hearts that today this is
nothing more than hollow hyperbole mythology that we are all indoctrinated into believing.
This myth becomes ―real‖ and relevant somewhere within our minds and hearts when we receive our official
institutionalized education from ―the system‖ aka Lucifer‘s system, the matrix, where we all adopt his value system,
social system, his thought system and so forth. Hence the masses go through the motions as if all is just hunky doory.
―Hey lets go watch that hot concert tonight!‖ – ―Oh, hold on! American Idol/Jerry Springer/Dancing With the Stars/etc.
is on tonight! I gots ta watch!‖ Life is good, life is sweet…. Yes… for as the scriptures state ―you are all of your father
the devil‖… continue to live in your illusion dream worlds if that is your desire… or choose to awake and come to the
light… I have spoken with the power vested in me, and so it is… to he who has an ear, let him hear, to he who has
eyes, let him see…
JFK and the Unspeakable

Oliver Stone, Award-winning filmmaker, As quoted from an interview about the the book “JFK and the
Unspeakable”
“The murder of President Kennedy was a seminal event for me and for millions of Americans. It changed the
course of history. It was a crushing blow to our country and to millions of people around the world. It put an
abrupt end to a period of a misunderstood idealism, akin to the spirit of 1989 when the Soviet bloc to began to
thaw and 2008, when our new American President was fairly elected.
Today, more than 45 years later, profound doubts persist about how President Kennedy was killed and why.
My film JFK was a metaphor for all those doubts, suspicions and unanswered questions. Now an extraordinary
new book offers the best account I have read of this tragedy and its significance. That book is James Douglass's
JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters. It is a book that deserves the attention of all
Americans; it is one of those rare books that, by helping us understand our history, has the power to change it.
The subtitle sums up Douglass's purpose: Why He Died and Why it Matters. In his beautifully written and
exhaustively researched treatment, Douglass lays out the "motive" for Kennedy's assassination. Simply, he
traces a process of steady conversion by Kennedy from his origins as a traditional Cold Warrior to his
determination to pull the world back from the edge of destruction.
Many of these steps are well known, such as Kennedy's disillusionment with the CIA after the disastrous Bay of
Pigs Invasion, and his refusal to follow the reckless recommendations of the Joint Chiefs of Staff in resolving
the Cuban Missile Crisis. (This in itself was truly JFK's shining moment in the sun. It is likely that any other
president from LBJ on would have followed the path to a general nuclear war.) Then there was the Test Ban
Treaty and JFK's remarkable American University Speech where he spoke with empathy and compassion about
the Soviet people, recognizing our common humanity, the fact that we all "inhabit this small planet. We all
breathe the same air. We all cherish our children's futures. And we are all mortal."
But many of his steps remain unfamiliar: Kennedy's back-channel dialogue with Khrushchev and their shared
pursuit of common ground; his secret opening to dialogue with Fidel Castro (ongoing the very week of his
assassination); and his determination to pull out of Vietnam after his probable re-election in 1964.
All of these steps caused him to be regarded as a virtual traitor by elements of the military-intelligence
community. These were the forces that planned and carried out his assassination. Kennedy himself said, in
1962, after he read Seven Days in May, which is about a military coup in the United States, that if he had
another Bay of Pigs, the same thing could happen to him. Well, he did have another "Bay of Pigs"; he had
several. And I think Kennedy prophesied his own death with those words.
Why does it matter? The death of JFK remains a critical turning point in our history. Those who caused his
death were targeting not just a man but a vision -- a vision of peace. There is no calculating the consequences
of his death for this country and for the world. Those consequences endure. To a large extent, the fate of our
country and the future of the planet continue to be controlled by the shadowy forces of what Douglass calls
"the Unspeakable." Only by unmasking these forces and confronting the truth about our history can we
restore the promise of democracy and lay claim to Kennedy's vision of peace.
But don't take my word for it. Read this extraordinary book and reach your own conclusions.”
The fact of history remains: JFK‘s main efforts and focus during his presidency was trying to secure PEACE with
America‘s enemies, yes, including Russia. He is quoted dozens upon dozens of times imploring for peace (here is just
one of those quotes: ―let us call a truce to terror, let us invoke the blessings of PEACE, and as we build an
international capacity to keep peace, let us join in dismantling the national capacity to wage war‖). But to the innate
powers that be, and the military industrial complex that were firmly entrenched prior to his taking office would have
NOTHING TO DO WITH PEACE. For this group, talks of peace was pure blasphemy. His predecessor President
Eisenhower, in a famous speech prior to leaving office, also warned of the military industrial complex. Not to mention
President Harry Truman‘s worst fears that the CIA might degenerate into an ―American Gestapo.‖
So it was, that the elite rulers, the ―powers that be‖ were hell bent on escalating the cold war and itching to start wars,
so much so that in 1962 they presented Kennedy with the infamous OPERATION NORTHWOODS plans to conduct
terrorist false flag ops withing the U.S. and elsewhere then blame them on Cuba in order to create public support for a
war against those nations. He rejected it flat out but later succumbed and approved Operation Mongoose (also known
as the Cuban Project it was a secret program of propaganda, psychological warfare and sabotage against Cuba), he then
quoted as saying
―Something very bad is going on within the CIA and I want to know what it is. I want to shred the CIA into a
thousand pieces and scatter them to the four winds.‖
Note that the essence of Operation Northwoods was a plan to setup FALSE FLAG operation to falsely accuse the
target nation of an attack so we could then justify going to war against them. Isn‘t it quite interesting that
immediately after JFK was wacked that America was suckered into the Vietnam war by none other than make believe
FALSE FLAG (Gulf of Tonkin incident) operation? Just like we got involved in WWI by the DELIBERATE sinking
of the RMS Lusitania. Unlike Kennedy, Johnson had no moral problem in accepting and utilizing the staged LIE of an
attack on the U.S. destroyer USS Maddox as a pretext to entering the Vietnam war in spades.
Kennedy was not down with the program so to speak. Upon seeing the criminally insane twisted false flag proposals
of Operation Mongoose and Operation Northwoods, Kennedy KNEW he had to ―shred the CIA into a thousand
pieces.‖ He was stubbornly refusing to get our country involved in any wars and instead was going against all his
advisors and seeking back channel PEACE initiatives. He was completely against the war in Vietnam and planned to
withdraw as soon as possible.
With this crucial information fresh in your mind understand this: The CIA and military industrial complex tried their
best to get Kennedy to approve on staged false flag operations… Kennedy was executed on November 22, 1963 and
just a few short months later they engineered the GOLF OF TONKIN FALSE FLAG OPERATION and
proceeded to thrust our nation into war, firmly entrenched in the Vietnam war for the next 10 years.
So there you have it, in a nutshell, one of the secondary motives of JFK‘s killers. Kennedy‘s main sin was that he was a
do-gooder president and wanted to turn ―swords into plowshares‖ thus crippling the trillion dollar juggernaut death
industry (the military). But that is not the end of the entire story. For you must never forget the REAL decision makers
are the men behind the curtains, the monolithic monetary masters who finance the wars and have to keep on schedule
in subjugating all parts of the globe in their quest to fulfill the commandment that ―GOD‖ ordained and promised
them of one day RULING THE WORLD, yes, I again, speak of your friendly neighborhood Zionist Jews who, from
his perch as the leader of the of the free world, president of the United States of America, he KNEW WHO THE
FINANCIERS AND INSTIGATORS OF WAR WERE:
" Ladies and Gentlemen " Without World Zionism there could be universal peace not war,
no bankrupting militarism, full employment without wage taxation, no hunger, no
poverty, no inflation, no depressions or financial crises, no public debt and little private
debt, and the burden of taxation on excess income and wealth. " Confident that with your
help man will be what he was born to be: Free and Independent ." – J.F. Kennedy
The straw that broke the proverbial camel‘s back was when Kennedy crossed the UNFORGIVABLE line. He vowed to
end the FED (Federal Reserve Bank). On June 4, 1963 Kennedy signed Executive Order No. 11110 that returned
to the U.S. government the power to issue currency, without going through the Federal Reserve. Mr. Kennedy's
order gave the Treasury the power "to issue silver certificates against any silver bullion, silver, or standard silver
dollars in the Treasury." This meant that for every ounce of silver in the U.S. Treasury's vault, the government could
introduce new money into circulation. In all, Kennedy brought nearly $4.3 billion in U.S. notes into circulation. The
ramifications of this bill are enormous. With the stroke of a pen, Mr. Kennedy was on his way to putting the Federal
Reserve Bank of New York out of business. Thus began the process of abolishing the FED. He then began to BYPASS
the FED and issued DEBT FREE CURRENCY in circulating SILVER CERTIFICATES these were his first steps to
eliminating the monetary masters.
In addition of taking steps to issue debt free currency and eliminate the Federal Reserve Bank system, Kennedy fired
Allen W. Dulles and vowed to break the corrupt CIA "into 1,000 pieces". He also sent the FBI and local law agencies
to close down the agency's training camps in Florida (Jupiter Island) and Louisiana. The following National Security
Action Memorandums were filed for implementing the necessary changes in protocol: NSAM No. 55-57, June 28,
1961.
The banksters were FURIOUS and knew that their private money printing monopoly known to us as the FED would
soon be over if they did not put a stop to him. He was executed shortly after his speech were he promised to expose
―the Gnomes of Zurich,‖ aka, the ultra-secretive and powerful Zionist illuminati who control FEDzilla, World Bank
and IMF. These banksters sanctioned the hit on Kennedy, it wasn‘t too difficult in convincing their CIA blood
brothers to participate/assist/cover-up the hit for they were more than happy to oblige due to the fact that it was in their
mutal best interests for Kennedy to be executed.
Once in office, among some of President Johnson‘s (whom secretly despised Kennedy thus was eager to oblige his new
masters in their endeavors of getting through those ―difficult times‖) FIRST acts as president were none other than
to quickly rescind Kennedy‘s Executive Order No. 11110 and discontinue issuing silver certificate money, unlike
Kennedy he gladly bowed to the military industrial complex‘s wishes and lunged our country into the blood bath we
know of today as Vietnam.
The Zionist banksters and their

military death industry bretheren
were now as happy as pigs in shit.
Emboldened more than ever before
as they realized that they could
literally get away with MURDER in
broad daylight, while their media
baron blood brothers glossed over
and obfuscated the events, for good
measure they also blew away his
meddling brother, from that day
forward the Zionist agenda hit full
speed ahead. Political insiders who
had a clue as to what really
happened kept their mouths shut in
fear that they would be next, from
that day forward, Washington
FEARED the raw power of the
Zionists and their above the law hit
squads in the CIA/Mossad and
secret agencies around the world.
The main reason I am at many times

so pessimistic about the ability of
the truth movement to have any
significant impact in exposing 9/11
and the course of destruction of the
Zionist/Masonic new world order, is
the JFK assassination. Decades have
long past and their masterpiece
assisination is still kept tightly under
wraps no matter who takes public
office. Not a single soul DARES
open the case. This, folks clearly
demonstrates the sheer power these
elite rulers weild over Washington.
Whats more, a fascinating declassified document (pictured above) finally emerged that admits the closely guarded
secret that Oswald was a CIA asset under the cover of the Office of Naval Intelligence. Hello! Is anyone home?
I will not even try to get into any depth on this topic for others have done masterful jobs in revealing who the
perpetrators were. This assassination HAS BEEN SOLVED! The ruling elite Zionists planned it, elements within
the CIA were involved in it, then covered it up. Period. The assassination of a sitting president, in broad day light
was perhaps history's most daring, well conceived and executed coup d‘état ever.
They got a few Jewish mafia men involved in the distraction plot (contacts from their ―get Castro‖ Operation
Mongoose and Bay of Pigs gig), basically to provide false leads and send wanabe investigators up the wrong alley,
CIA killed some of them also, those who got too close or might become liabilities, for dead men tell no tales. Dozens
of people connected to the assassination were killed off, including key witnesses. 45 years later and the CIA is still
refusing to cooperate with any info at all regarding the JFK assassination, even when faced with multitudes of lawsuits.
Like my mother used to say: ―show me who is hiding everything and I will show you who the culprit is.‖
Many highly respected researchers have come to the same conclusion regarding the execution of JFK: Afer studying all
the information available, many of the worlds top investigators agree that the CIA was complicit. The newest most
intriguing revelation stating the CIA conducted the JFK execution was the deathbed confession of CIA operative
Howard Hunt. Folks, you can‘t find a better witness than someone that was involved up to his neck in the operation!
Final Judgment: The Missing Link in the JFK Assassination Conspiracy

by Michael Collins Piper
The Last Word on the JFK Assassination, November 28, 2002 Reviewer: Mark Braver
from Chicago, Illinois
There seems to be a lot of misperception of what Final Judgment does and does not say about
the JFK assassination. The book does not say that ―the Jews killed JFK.‖ That‘s horse
manure.
What the book does say is that: When New Orleans District Attorney Jim Garrison charged businessman Clay
Shaw with participation in the JFK assassination conspiracy Garrison stumbled upon the Israeli Mossad
connection to the murder of President Kennedy. Shaw served on the board of a shadowy corporation known as
Permindex. A primary shareholder in Permindex was the Banque De Credit International of Geneva, founded by
Tibor Rosenbaum, an arms procurer and financier for the Mossad.
[John Coleman, ex MI6 agent writes in his book The Conspirators Hierarchy -- The Committee of 300:
Yet the Assassination Bureau is absolutely real. It exists in Europe and the United States solely to do the bidding
of the Committee of 300 to carry-out high-level assassinations where all other remedies have failed. It was
PERMINDEX which ran the Kennedy-assassination under the direction of Sir William Stephenson, for years the
Queen of England's number one "pest-control" operative.
Clay Shaw, a contract-agent of the CIA, ran PERMINDEX out of the Trade Mart Center in New Orleans. Former
New Orleans District Attorney Jim Garrison came very close to cracking the Kennedy assassination-plot up to
the level of Clay Shaw until Garrison was "dealt with" and Shaw was found not guilty of involvement in the
Kennedy assassination-plot. The fact that Shaw was eliminated in the manner of Jack Ruby, another CIA contract
agent--both died of induced quick-acting cancer--speaks volumes that Garrison was on the right track. (Jack
Ruby died of cancer in prison, in January 1967) ]
What‘s more, the Mossad-sponsored Swiss bank was the chief ―money laundry‖ for Meyer Lansky, the head of
the international crime syndicate and an Israeli loyalist whose operations meshed closely on many fronts with the
American CIA.
The Don of Dons and fanatical Israel loyalist, Meyer Lansky, in Jerusalem.
What people don‘t get is that the Jewish Mob was always bigger and smarter
than the Italians. So much so, that they‘ve succeeded to the point of
controlling entire nations. Like ours.
Zionists Louis M. Bloomfield and his brother Bernard (behind

shoulder) meet the ―Father of Israel,‖ David Ben-Gurion (right) in 1949. He
was associated with Canada‘s mega-rich Bronfman family, who controlled the Jewish Congress for decades and
ran global Holocaust™ shakedowns. They are also linked to John McCain (read more here). [INCOG]
The chairman of Permindex was Louis M. Bloomfield of Montreal, a key figure in the Israeli lobby and an
operative of the Bronfman family of Canada, long-time Lansky associates
and among Israel‘s primary international patrons.
In the pages of ―Final Judgment‖ the Israeli connection to the JFK

assassination is explored in frightening–and fully documented–detail. For
example, did you know:
• That JFK was engaged in a bitter secret conflict with Israel over U.S.
East policy and that Israel‘s prime minister resigned in disgust, saying
JFK‘s stance threatened Israel‘s very survival?
• That JFK‘s successor, Lyndon Johnson, immediately reversed America‘s policy toward Israel?
• That the top Mafia figures often alleged to be behind the JFK assassination were only front men for Meyer
Lansky?
• That the CIA‘s liaison to the Mossad, James Angleton, was a prime mover behind the cover-up of the JFK
assassination?
Why didn‘t Oliver Stone, in his famous movie ―JFK‖ not mention any of this? It turns out the chief financial
backer of Stone‘s film was longtime Mossad figure, Arnon Milchan, Israel‘s biggest arms dealer.
The very fact that the Israeli lobby has gone through such great lengths to try to smear Michael Collins Piper and
to try to discredit Final Judgment gives the book great credibility. If the book was really so silly or so
unconvincing, it doesn‘t seem likely that groups such as the Anti-Defamation League would go out of their way
to try to suppress the book as they have.
The fact is that Piper demonstrates that Israel did indeed have a very strong motive to want to get JFK out of the
way and that numerous people who have been linked in other writings to the JFK conspiracy were (as Piper
documents) also in the sphere of influence of Israel‘s Mossad. Not only Clay Shaw in New Orleans, but also
James Angleton at the CIA, who was Israel‘s strongest advocate at the CIA and also the CIA‘s liaison to the
Mossad. The Israeli connection is indeed ―the missing link in the JFK assassination conspiracy.‖
The fact is that Piper‘s book documents (quite clearly, in my estimation) not only the means, opportunity and the
motive for Israeli Mossad involvement in the assassination (working in conjunction with the CIA), but it is also
quite a fascinating and very interesting read. ―Boring‖ is the last word I‘d use to describe the book.
For ten years Israeli propagandists called Final Judgment author Michael Collins Piper a "liar" and an "anti-
Semite" for charging that Israeli intelligence played a role in the JFK assassination conspiracy because of JFK's
bitter secret conflict with Israeli Prime Minister David Ben- Gurion over Israel's efforts to build nuclear weapons
of mass destruction.
Certain self-styled ―JFK assassination researchers" scoffed at Piper and refused to address the thesis of his book.
However, on July 25, 2004, many of Piper's critics were red-faced and silent when Israel's respected Jerusalem
Post carried a story headlined: "Vanunu: Israel behind JFK Assassination." The newspaper reported that famed
Jewish-born nuclear physicist, Dr. Mordechai Vanunu, recently released after spending 18 years in prison for
exposing Israel's covert atomic weapons program—had charged that supporters of Israel's drive for nuclear
weapons were involved in the JFK assassination precisely because of JFK's interference with their ambitions.
Jewish mobster Jack Ruby (real name was Jacob Rubenstein) was recruited/forced by Zionist enforcers to put the
bullet into Oswald who was loudly proclaiming ―I was a patsy!‖ to silence
him before he could tell his story.
The book Antichrist Conspiracy also revealed: Julia Ann Mercer

saw Jack Ruby (his real name was Rubenstein), who two days
later murdered Lee Harvey Oswald, drop off a man from his car
who was carrying a rifle in a case near the grassy knoll at Dealley
Plaza approximately one hour before the arrival of the presidential
motorcade.802 She stated that three uniformed officers standing
on the overpass near the grassy knoll showed no curiosity
regarding the man with the rifle.803 She was shown a mug shot of
Ruby by the FBI after the assassination, and she identified Ruby as the person she saw at the grassy knoll.804
That suggests that Ruby had already been identified as an accomplice by the FBI when Mercer told what she
knew.805 She identified Ruby as an accomplice the day before Ruby shot Oswald.806 Furthermore, the
Dallas Police Department allowed Ruby access to the police basement to kill Oswald after he had been
identified as an accomplice in the Kennedy assassination. Mercer informed both the FBI and the Dallas
County Sheriff‘s Department what she saw, but the FBI and the sheriff‘s department later altered her
statement to make it appear that Mercer could not identify Ruby. The sheriff‘s department went a step further
and forged her signature on a phony affidavit.807 The FBI has never denied the alteration of Mercer‘s
statement, nor have they ever explained it. Mercer was never called as a witness before the Warren
Commission.
Jim Garrison was approached by John J. King, who at the time used the alias John Miller.815 King (Miller)
offered Garrison a federal judgeship if he would drop the investigation into Clay Shaw‘s involvement in the
Kennedy assassination.816 King made clear to Garrison that he was in a position to guarantee his immediate
appointment to the federal bench.817 Apparently,
King was speaking for others, because in order to
become a federal judge he must be appointed by the
President of the United States with the advice and
consent of the Senate. Some very powerful interests
were behind King‘s offer. Subsequent investigation
revealed that King was a wealthy oilman from
Denver, Colorado who was involved in lucrative
Israeli oil projects.818 Interestingly, one of King‘s
business partners was Bernie Cornfield, who was
the protegee and front man for Rabbi Tibor
Rosenbaum.819 Rosenbaum was the founder of the
Bank De Credit International and the central
financier behind Permindex.820 Permindex was a
joint CIA - Mossad front which played a prominent
role in facilitating the Kennedy assassination. Clay Shaw was one of the Permindex directors.821 The fact that
King could guarantee a federal judgeship to Jim Garrison in return for dumping his investigation of Clay
Shaw gives one some idea of the powerful interests that were behind the cover-up of the Kennedy
assassination. A November 1963 FBI teletype identified John J. King as a wealthy Dallas businessman who
was a close friend to Jack Ruby.822 Jack Ruby (whose real name was Jacob L. Rubenstein) was a Jewish
gangster with connections to the CIA, the FBI, the Israeli Mossad, and the Dallas Police Department.
His connections inside the Dallas Police Department allowed him access to kill Lee Harvey Oswald.
Folks, I don‘t make this stuff up, these are only the facts. Read Ruby‘s testimony to the Warren Commission yourself.
(link provided to Warren Commission volumes 5H208-211). I know his words can be open to interpretation but to me
he cryptictly speaks of a ―JEWISH CONSPIRACY‖ and how he was forced to do what he did. He also feared that they
were going to kill his family and was pleading to the Warren Commission to protect them. Here are a couple very
interesting quotes from Ruby‘s Warren Commission testimony where he relates to the Zionist ruling elite juggernaut:
“…a certain organization wouldn't have so completely formed now, so powerfully, to use me because
I am of the Jewish extraction, Jewish faith, to commit the most dastardly crime that has ever been
committed.
Can you understand now in visualizing what happened, what powers, what momentum has been
carried on to create this feeling of mass feeling against my people, against certain people that were
against them prior to their power?
That goes over your head, doesn't it?”
“…Unfortunately, you don't have, because it is too late. And I wish that our beloved President, Lyndon
Johnson, would have delved deeper into the situation, hear me, not to accept just circumstantial facts
about my guilt or innocence, and would have questioned to find out the truth about me before he
relinquished certain powers to these certain people.
“…I want to say this to you. The Jewish people are being exterminated at this moment. Consequently,
a whole new form of government is going to take over our country, and I know I won't live to see you
another time.”
--------end of testimony quotes---------
A year after his conviction, in March 1965, Ruby conducted a brief televised news conference in which
he stated: "Everything pertaining to what's happening has never come to the surface. The world will
never know the true facts of what occurred, my motives. The people who had so much to gain, and
had such an ulterior motive for putting me in the position I'm in, will never let the true facts come
above board to the world."
When asked by a reporter: "Are these people in very high positions Jack?", he responded "Yes."[21]
Not long before Ruby died, according to an article in the London Sunday Times, he told psychiatrist
Werner Teuter, that the assassination was "an act of overthrowing the government" and that he
knew "who had President Kennedy killed." He added: "I am doomed. I do not want to die. But I am not
insane. I was framed to kill Oswald." [24][25]
Here is the video link to part of the above transcripts: youtube link.
We all know the M.O. of the Zionist Cosa Nostra ruling elite… Jack (Ruby) Rubenstein was beginning to talk too
much, of course he would not live to reveal the light of day about his handlers and the truth surrounding the executions:
Dallas Deputy Sheriff Al Maddox claimed:
"Ruby told me, he said, 'Well, they injected me for a cold.' He said it was cancer cells. That's what he told
me, Ruby did. I said you don't believe that bullshit. He said, 'I damn sure do!'
What a ―coincidence‖… He actually soon died of lung cancer in 1967 right before being granted a new trial.
The forensic EVIDENSE in the JFK murder is beyond denial. The volumes of eye witness testimonies is undeniable
(not to mention the hundreds of witnesses that were purposely silenced and tons of evidence that was made to vanish
not by Oswald, the mafia or any of the varied conspiracy theories circulated. The only people who had the power to
make the evidence vanish were the CIA and hight powered government operatives). The subsequent
MONUMENTAL COVERUP was unprecedented in the history of the U.S. (until the 9/11 cover up that dwarfs all
others) Films, tapes, research reports, forensics, breaking news stories, whistle blowers and participant's confessions
have all uncovered and revealed the truth. The evidence is overwhelming. Yet 44 years, FORTY FOUR YEARS, have
passed and not one single person has been brought to justice.
They will NEVER be brought to justice. For you must understand that it was the CIA/Mossad that executed the
entire operation and very high level people in very high places were behind the coup. The murder of one of our
president hides so deep under Top Secret clearances that no evidence will EVER see the light of day, as more and
more participants die, the more the JFK murder continues its slide into the annuls of mystery's such as the statues of
Easter Island, Loch Ness Monster and Big Foot sightings.
Yes Kennedy had plans for peace and to abolish the CIA and the Federal Reserve, in so proclaiming to the world he
was going to do this, in publicly saying so, he inadvertently signed his own death warrant. The day that the CIA is
abolished (yeah, dream on) and "scattered to all corners of the earth" as JFK had planned to do, would be the day that
you could raid their headquarters and reveal to the world the atrocities of that sinister organization.
The key of what we are trying to convey here is the fact that in the 1960s the Zionist‘s/Masonic covert enforcement
arm called the CIA, consolidated power beyond comprehension. So much so that it not only could and would kill one
of America's beloved presidents, then get away with it. With a sort of "in your face", "so what are you going to do
about it" confidence. The reality of this situation is that the CIA has become completely untouchable, completely
above any law of any land, they have since perfected the art of assassination and deception to such an extent that
TODAY they operate with stealth and impunity at levels unimagined 4 decades ago.
Following the Kennedy assassination the complicit establishment put together the Warren cOMMISION, a group card
carrying members of the complicit establishment, political cronies that had no expertise in the realm of investigation.
Oh, golly gee whiz, they ignored all the evidence and the laws of physics, then "officially" determined that nothing was
astray, everyone go home and just forget about it all. In addition Allen W. Dulles ex CIA chief was among those
appointed to the Warren commission, a clear conflict of interest considering Kennedy had just fired him, let alone the
fact that the CIA executed him. Some of the files from the Warren commission were withheld from the public, for
"national security" reasons, of course.
The fact that the CIA was complicit in the JFK execution was so blatantly obvious that it can be likened to ignoring the
elephant in a room scenario. The powers that be were inundated with cries of CIA conspiracy, so much so that they had
to set up numerous committees to make believe they would investigate the CIA in order to appease the public‘s
mounting cries of conspiracy. As you will see below EVERY committee that was established (with the exception of the
Warren Commission) had a common denominator: THE CIA‘s COMPLICIT INVOLVEMENT IN THE JFK
EXECUTION. Of course every supposed ―investigation‖ into the CIA who operates under the impenetrable shield
―can‘t tell you anything, it‘s a matter of national security‖ therefore trying to investigate the CIA is like investigating a
phantom. Of course every so called investigation of the CIA by status quo minions naturally came off with nothing.
Nothing more to see here John Doe Public, now go back to sleep… sleep…. sleep…..
1. President's Commission to Investigate the Assassination of President John F. Kennedy (Warren

Commission)
The Warren Commission was the only investigative body to identify a specific individual--Lee Harvey
Oswald--as the lone assassin of President Kennedy. CIA director Allen Dulles was appointed key leader of the
Warren Commsion. lol, the CIA who executed the president was placed in charge of ―investigating‖ their own
hit! Their findings: ―the patsy did it‖ case closed.
2. The President's Commission on Central Intelligence Agency Activities Within the United States
(Rockefeller Commission)
The 1975 Rockefeller Commission investigated the CIA's illegal domestic activities. In the course of its
work, the Commission touched on several assassination-related topics, including the identity of the "three
tramps," the possibility of CIA involvement in the assassination, and ballistics issues. The Commission
concluded that the CIA was not involved in the assassination, and that the President had not been hit by a shot
fired from in front of the Presidential limousine.
3. The Senate Select Committee to Study Governmental Operations with Respect to Intelligence
Activities (Church Committee)
In 1975 and 1976, the Senate investigated illegal domestic activities of government intelligence agencies. The
Church Committee's investigation uncovered allegations such as CIA assassination plots. The CIA did
not communicate the existence of the plots to the Warren Commission, even though former CIA Director
Allen Dulles (a Warren Commission member) was aware of them.
The Church Committee's initial findings led Committee member Senator Richard Schweiker to call for a
reinvestigation of the assassination. Through Senator Schweiker's efforts, the Church Committee formed a
subcommittee to evaluate the intelligence agencies' handling of the JFK assassination investigation.
4. The Select Committee on Intelligence of the House of Representatives (Pike Committee)
In 1975, the House of Representatives also established a committee to investigate illegal domestic activities
of government intelligence agencies. The Pike Committee devoted less time to issues related to President
Kennedy's assassination than did the Church Committee, but it completed some relevant work. However, due
to the Pike Committee's internal conflicts, as well as conflicts that it had with the executive branch over access
to records, the Committee never issued a report. The Committee did touch on some issues related to the
assassination of President Kennedy. At the time that Congress passed the JFK Act, the number of Pike
Committee records that contained information that might be related to President Kennedy's assassination was
unknown.
5. The Select Committee on Assassinations of the House of Representatives (HSCA)
In 1976, the House of Representatives established its Select Committee on Assassinations. All their work was
conducted in secret with most of its evidence sealed for 50 years. The HSCA reinvestigated President
Kennedy's assassination and the assassination of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. The HSCA concluded that
President Kennedy was probably murdered as a result of a conspiracy and suggested that organized
crime may have played a role in the conspiracy.
The HSCA decided to establish the Assassination Records Review Board, erected to appease the public‘s never ending
cries to release the tons of withheld evidence. As part of the great subterfuge, the ARRB released a lot of previously
withheld records, but there are still thousands upon thousands of the most important evidence that will never see the
light of day.
The designers of the JFK Act stated:
―This resolution was introduced because of the renewed public interest and concern over the records
pertaining to the assassination of President John F. Kennedy.... There has been considerable debate about
these records, including accusations that these records, if released, would contain evidence of a
government coverup or complicity of government agencies in the assassination of President Kennedy.‖
Kennedy rejected Operation Northwoods proposal for initiating an attack on Cuba but his predecessor (who was up to
his neck complicit in the coup of Nov, 22nd) Lyndon Johnson proved to be a hard core 100% loyal Zionist controlled
puppet. Johnson not only squashed every good act Kennedy enacted but also lunged us deep into Vietnam by allowing
the Operation Northwoods based ―Gulf of Tonkin Incident‖ false flag operation of 1964 to go forth thus giving him the
perfect excuse to justify all out U.S. participation in the Vietnam War. Another Operation Northwoods false flag op
that was perpetrated under Lyndon Johnson‘s watch was the infamous Lavon Affair, the USS Liberty false flag attack
of 1967 by Israel, America‘s proxy rulers. In the failed attempt to get the U.S. involved in the now called ―six day
war‖ against several Muslim countries.
On the sworn testimony provided by Marita Lorenz, Fidel Castro's former girlfriend who was recruited into the
CIA by Watergate burglar Frank Sturgis.
Lorenz's deposition was taken by Mark Lane in Hunt vs. Liberty Lobby a libel action brought in U.S. District
Court against former CIA officer Victor Marchetti and his publisher over a Marchetti article linking Hunt to the
JFK assassination.
Lorenz testified that she, along with Frank Sturgis, Jack Patrick Hemming, Orlando Bosch and Alexander Rorke,
Jr. traveled by way of a two-car caravan from Miami to Dallas in November 1963. One of the two cars was
loaded with weapons.
Shortly after Lorenz and Sturgis arrived at a Dallas motel on November 21, 1963, Hunt showed up and handed
an envelope filled with cash to Sturgis. Hunt remained for about forty-five minutes. Within an hour of Hunt‘s
departure another individual arrived at their motel room, Jack Ruby!
Lorenz, who had not been provided with the identity of the target of their operation, only knew that the operation
was ―big‖ and that she was to act as a decoy. Having second thoughts, she persuaded Sturgis to take her to the
airport. She flew back to Miami.
Hunt‘s lawyer, Edward Dunne, concerned with the impact this testimony would have upon his client‘s
contention that he was not in Dallas on November 22, 1963, did not know when to leave well enough alone. He
specifically asked Lorenz whether she later spoke with Sturgis about the assassination. Sturgis had, telling her
that she missed ―the really big one.‖
"We killed the President that day. You could have been a part of it --- you know, part of history. You should
have stayed. It was safe. Everything was covered in advance. No arrests, no real newspaper investigation. It
was all covered, very professional." – (Sworn deposition testimony provided in Hunt vs. Liberty Lobby, Inc. by
Marita Lorenz, Fidel Castro's former girlfriend and CIA asset, recounting what her CIA recruiter, convicted
Watergate burglar Frank Sturgis, told her after the assassination of JFK.A federal jury entered a verdict for
Marchetti & Liberty Lobby. Although the jury foreperson explained they were convinced the CIA killed JFK
and that Hunt was a part of it to a Miami reporter from a TV station owned by the Washington Post, her remarks
went unreported in the corporate media).
Hunt, whose credibility was demolished on cross-examination, would later provide a death bed confession.
Lane, in Plausible Denial provides an assessment that is substantially similar to that offered by James Douglass.
Lane contends the CIA took out JFK because JFK, in the wake of the Bay of Pigs disaster, had planned to
dismantle the CIA following an expected 1964 electoral victory and had issued National Security Action
memorandum 263 on Oct. 2, 1963 containing a blueprint for a total withdrawal from Vietnam.
Lane asserts his view on Kennedy‘s intent to dismantle the CIA was confirmed by Col. L. Fletcher Prouty, the
Joint Chief‘s head of special operations 1955-1963 and is supported by JFK‘s firing of Allen Dulles the Director
of Central Intelligence, Deputy Director Charles Cabell and Richard Bissell, Deputy Director of Plans, and by
the issuance of a National Security Action memorandum which would have eliminated the CIA‘s ability to
initiate operations which required anything beyond the use of handguns.
Lane presents evidence that the CIA had successfully subverted both the Warren Commission proceedings and
the subsequent investigation of both the Kennedy and Martin Luther King, Jr. assassinations by the House Select
Committee on Assassinations.
The CIA cover-up was facilitated by its former director, Allen Dulles, who had been fired by President
Kennedy only to be appointed as a key member of the Warren Commission by President Johnson. (!)
The FBI‘s man inside the Commission, according to Lane, was Gerald Ford, who illegally passed on top secret
information to Hoover‘s assistant, Cartha DeLoach, noting that FBI assistance was needed to bring two
dissenting Commission members to the FBI‘s view that the shots that killed JFK had been fired from the sixth
floor window of the Texas School Book Depository.
Lane's account is supported by none other than H.R. Haldeman in The Ends of Power.
Seeking the CIA‘s protection from the escalating Watergate scandal, Nixon dispatched Haldeman to meet with
Richard Helms. When he met with the usual CIA stonewalling, Haldeman told Helms that the ―President asked
me to tell you this entire affair may be connected to the Bay of Pigs….‖
Helms, according to Haldeman, came unglued, gripping the arms of his chair and shouting that there was no
connection. Haldeman, initially perplexed by Helms‘s overreaction, observed: ―It seems that in all those Nixon
references to the Bay of Pigs he was referring to the Kennedy assassination.‖
Haldeman went on to note that ―after Kennedy was killed, the CIA launched a fantastic cover-up‖ and that ―The
CIA literally erased any connection between Kennedy‘s assassination and the CIA.‖
P.S. Orlando Bosch, identified by Lorenz, has been linked to the Contra supply operation in the 1980‘s. He
openly took credit for the bombing of a Cuban civilian airliner (See, Peter Dale Scott & Jonathan Marshall,
Cocaine Politics (1991)). According to Ricardo Alarcon, President of the Cuban National Assembly, declassified
State Department documents implicate Bosch in the assassination of Orlando Lettelier.
Today, thanks to a presidential pardon from George H.W. Bush, Bosch walks the streets of Miami, Florida, a
free man.
Then there is THE JOHNSON FACTOR:
Researchers have been at odds about Johnson‘s possible involvement. By casual observation it seems as if Johnson had
nothing to do with the JFK execution. Upon watching a video when Jack (Ruby) Rubenstein gave us an important clue:
Ruby: "If Adlai Stevenson had been Vice President, there never would have been an assassination of
President Kennedy."
Reporter: "Can you explain that?

Ruby: "The answer is the man who is in office now."
Upon seeing this video clip I decided to dig a little further into the Johnson lead.
Lyndon B. Johnson was America‘s first Zionist president… A bonafide crypto-Jew. He was JEWISH from his
maternal ancestors. According to JEWISH LAW, if a person‘s mother is Jewish, then that person is automatically
Jewish, regardless of the father‘s ethnicity or religion. His sisters Rebekah and Josefa both had common Jewish names.
The facts overwhelmingly indicate that both of Lyndon Johnson‘s great-grandparents, on the maternal side, were
Jewish. These were the grandparents of Lyndon‘s mother, Rebecca Baines. Their names were John S. Huffman and
Mary Elizabeth Perrin. John Huffman‘s mother was Suzanne Ament, a common Jewish name. Perrin is also a common
Jewish name. According to Wikipedia:
Later, as a politician Johnson was influenced in his attitude towards the Jews by the religious beliefs that his
family shared with him (see Operation Texas).[7] (Operation Texas was an undercover operation to relocate
European Jews to Texas, USA, away from Nazi persecution.) Christadelphians believe that the Jews are God's
chosen people,[4] and LBJ's grandfather once said to him '"Take care of the Jews, God‘s chosen people.
Consider them your friends and help them any way you can."'[2] In reference to Operation Texas, Texas
historian James M. Smallwood commented that LBJ 'apparently took seriously his grandfather's charge'.[2]
Lyndon Johnson began his career in 1931 as the legislative assistant of Congressman Richard M. Kleberg, a wealthy
Jewish politician representing the 14th District of Texas. Johnson‘s mentor was Jewish Senator Alvin Jacob Wirtz.
Johnson‘s hereditary clue of large ears and nose were the dead giveaway that he was an Ashkenazi.
The crypto-Jew Trojan Horse in the Whitehouse…
Johnson had formed the ―Stop Kennedy‖ coalition, despite his loathing towards Kennedy, he and his agents managed
to somehow maneuvered himself to be selected as his vice presidential mate. Johnson was touched by a Senate scandal
in August 1963 when Bobby Baker, the Senate Majority Secretary and a protégé of Johnson's, came under
investigation by the Senate Rules Committee for allegations of bribery and financial malfeasance. One witness said
that Baker had arranged for the witness to give kickbacks for the Vice President. Baker resigned in October, and the
investigation stopped from expanding to Johnson. The negative publicity from the affair, however, fed rumors in
Washington circles that Kennedy was planning on dropping Johnson from the Democratic ticket in the upcoming
1964 presidential election.
FYI: Johnson was the only president ever sworn into office without placing his hand on and swearing his oath of office
on a bible. Robert F. Kennedy has been quoted as saying that LBJ was "mean, bitter, vicious -- [an] animal in many
ways... It has been historically unequivocally documented that from the days after JFK‘s public execution and
Johnson‘s reign on onward no president ever, EVER (dared) fall out of step with allegiance to Israel, Zionism
and or the Israeli agendas. The subsequent Johnson coup administration was the founding friends of Israel
administration that has only grown in magnitude, influence and power ever since the masterful coup d‘état triangulated
ritual execution of November 22nd, 1963.
More Evidence Mossad Killed JFK Over Israeli Nukes

The Missing Link In The JFK Assassination Conspiracy
Rense.com | 9-28-3
(Note - The second item below is a letter from JFK to Israeli Prime Minister Eshkol which makes it crystal clear
JFK did NOT want the Jewish state to develop nuclear weapons and that he was demanding regular US
inspections of the Dimona Nuclear facility...which, as we now know, was/is used to develop Israel's enormous
inventory of atomic and thermonuclear weapons. The US Air Force white paper regarding past and ongoing
Israeli thermonuclear blackmail of the US is a stunning look at how Zionism has exerted such staggering
domination over the US for decades. -ed)
After reading: "New JFK Assassination Theory" from WND, it is obvious that it is just more dis-information
diverting attention away from the more than likely perpetrators, the Mossad. It's only fair to remind or inform
your readers of the theory posed by Michael Collins Piper in 'Final Judgment'. His theory makes more sense than
anything.
Final Judgement Reviewed by Mark Braver
There seems to be a lot of misperception of what Final Judgment does and does not say about the JFK
assassination. The book does not say that "the Jews killed JFK." That's horse manure.
What the book does say is that: When New Orleans District Attorney Jim Garrison charged businessman Clay
Shaw with participation in the JFK assassination conspiracy Garrison stumbled upon the Israeli Mossad
connection to the murder of President Kennedy. Shaw served on the board of a shadowy corporation known as
Permindex. A primary shareholder in Permindex was the Banque De Credit International of Geneva, founded by
Tibor Rosenbaum, an arms procurer and financier for the Mossad.
What's more, the Mossad-sponsored Swiss bank was the chief "money laundry" for Meyer Lansky, the head of
the international crime syndicate and an Israeli loyalist whose operations meshed closely on many fronts with the
American CIA.
The chairman of Permindex was Louis M. Bloomfield of Montreal, a key figure in the Israeli lobby and an
operative of the Bronfman family of Canada, long-time Lansky associates and among Israel's primary
international patrons.
In the pages of "Final Judgment" the Israeli connection to the JFK assassination is explored in frightening--and
fully documented--detail. For example, did you know:
* That JFK was engaged in a bitter secret conflict with Israel over U.S. East policy and that Israel's prime
minister resigned in disgust, saying JFK's stance threatened Israel's very survival?
* That JFK's successor, Lyndon Johnson, immediately reversed America's policy toward Israel?
* That the top Mafia figures often alleged to be behind the JFK assassination were only front men for Meyer
Lansky?
* That the CIA's liaison to the Mossad, James Angleton, was a prime mover behind the cover-up of the JFK
assassination?
Why didn't Oliver Stone, in his famous movie "JFK" not mention any of this? It turns out the chief financial
backer of Stone's film was longtime Mossad figure, Arnon Milchan, Israel's biggest arms dealer.
The very fact that the Israeli lobby has gone through such great lengths to try to smear Michael Collins Piper and
to try to discredit Final Judgment gives the book great credibility. If the book was really so silly or so
unconvincing, it doesn't seem likely that groups such as the Anti-Defamation League would go out of their way to
try to suppress the book as they have.
The fact is that Piper demonstrates that Israel did indeed have a very strong motive to want to get JFK out of the
way and that numerous people who have been linked in other writings to the JFK conspiracy were (as Piper
documents) also in the sphere of influence of Israel's Mossad. Not only Clay Shaw in New Orleans, but also
James Angleton at the CIA, who was Israel's strongest advocate at the CIA and also the CIA's liaison to the
Mossad. The Israeli connection is indeed "the missing link in the JFK assassination conspiracy."
The "Reader from Chicago" who wrote the review of Final Judgment posted here is really off the beam and I
suspect he (or she) is deliberately distorting what Piper's book does say in order to try to discourage people from
reading it.
The fact is that Piper's book documents (quite clearly, in my estimation) not only the means, opportunity and the
motive for Israeli Mossad involvement in the assassination (working in conjunction with the CIA), but it is also
quite fascinating and very interesting read. "Boring" is the last word I'd use to describe the book, and it is
certainly not "poorly written."
What's more, the book is not--I repeat--not "anti-Semitic" and the book has absolutely nothing whatsoever to do
with the subject of the Holocaust. In fact, anybody familiar with any of the standard writings on the JFK
assassination will recognize the names of some of the key players in the scenario Piper documents: Clay Shaw,
David Ferrie, Guy Banister and James J. Angleton of the CIA--and none of them were Jewish. So where this
reviewer gets off saying that Piper finds "a Jew under every rock" is beyond me. I have read literally hundreds of
books and magazine articles and other material on the JFK assassination and not in a single one of them--with the
exception of Final Judgment--did I ever learn that President John F. Kennedy was trying to stop Israel from
building the nuclear bomb and that this literally touched off a "secret war" behind the scenes between JFK and
Israel's prime minister, David Ben-Gurion, who resigned (among other reasons) in disgust over JFK's policies
with Israel. In fact, Israeli historian Avner Cohen in his book, Israel and the Bomb, documents this quite
thoroughly.
And in Final Judgment Piper also outlines some interesting Israeli connections by people who have been linked
to the JFK assassination and cover-up, including Clay Shaw of New Orleans. Even Israeli journalist Barry
Chamish has written in an Internet review of Final Judgment that he finds Piper's Israeli connection (via Shaw
and Permindex) quite convincing.
There was a controversy in the Chicago area following an attempt by the Anti-Defamation League (an Israeli
lobby organization) and people associated with the ADL to prevent Final Judgment from being placed in the
Schaumburg Township District Library. Chances are the Reader from Chicago is probably an ADL
representative! --This text refers to the Unknown Binding edition.
__________
JFK's Concern Over Israel's Nuclear Bomb Program
JFK's Letter To Israeli PM Eshkol July 5, 1963:
Dear Mr. Prime Minister (Eshkol),
It gives me great personal pleasure to extend congratulations as you assume your responsibilities as
Prime Minister of Israel. You have our friendship and best wishes in your new tasks. It is on one of these
that I am writing you at this time.
You are aware, I am sure, of the exchange which I had with Prime Minister Ben-Gurion concerning
American visits (ie: inspections -ed) to Israel's nuclear facility at Dimona. Most recently, the Prime
Minister wrote to me on May 27. His words reflected a most intense personal consideration of a problem
that I know is not easy for your Government, as it is not for mine. We welcomed the former Prime
Minister's strong reaffirmation that Dimona will be devoted exclusively to peaceful purposes and the
reaffirmation also of Israel's willingness to permit periodic visits (ie: inspections -ed) to Dimona.
I regret having to add to your burdens so soon after your assumption of office, but I feel the crucial
importance of this problem necessitates my taking up with you at this early date certain further
considerations, arising out of Mr. Ben-Gurion's May 27 letter, as to the nature and scheduling of such
visits.
I am sure you will agree that these visits should be as nearly as possible in accord with international
standards, thereby resolving all doubts as to the peaceful intent of the Dimona project. As I wrote Mr.
Ben-Gurion, this Government's commitment to and support of Israel could be seriously jeopardized if it
should be thought that we were unable to obtain reliable information on a subject as vital to the peace as
the question of Israel's effort in the nuclear field.
Therefore, I asked our scientists to review the alternative schedules of visits we and you had proposed.
If Israel's purposes are to be clear beyond reasonable doubt, I believe that the schedule which would best
serve our common purposes would be a visit early this summer, another visit in June 1964, and
thereafter at intervals of six months. I am sure that such a schedule should not cause you any more
difficulty than that which Mr. Ben-Gurion proposed in his May 27 letter. It would be essential, and I
understand that Mr. Ben-Gurion's letter was in accord with this, that our scientist have access to all areas
of the Dimona site and to any related part of the complex, such as fuel fabrication facilities or plutonium
separation plant, and that sufficient time to be allotted for a thorough examination.
Knowing that you fully appreciate the truly vital significance of this matter to the future well-being of
Israel, to the United States, and internationally, I am sure our carefully considered request will have your
most sympathetic attention.
Sincerely,
John F. Kennedy [source]
Here is the US Air Force paper on Israel's nuclear blackmail of the United States and its influence on US foreign
policy. One can draw additional conclusions about how such blackmail might have factored into the trillion plus
US dollars that have benefited Israel since JFK's murder: Israel's 'Use' Of Nuclear Weapons Against Us
Under LBJ‘s careful wonderful benevolent leadership the nation was hurled deep into a cataclysmic abyss with
a never before witnessed orgy of assassinations. Upon which he instituted phase one of the New World Order‘s
central objectives towards future fascist police state: Gun Control. On October 22, 1968, Lyndon Johnson signed the
Gun Control Act of 1968, ―one of the largest and most far reaching federal gun control laws in American history.‖ This
act represented a dramatic increase in federal power. Much of the pretext for this large expansion of federal gun
regulations came as a response to the executions of John F. Kennedy, Robert F. Kennedy, and Martin Luther King.
Unlike Kennedy who flat out refused to implement Operation Northwood‘s staging a false flag BlackOps to frame
Cuba for an invasion our own forces would conduct while killing hundreds if not thousands of our own citizens.
Johnson had no conscience, as he hurled our nation deep into senseless wars that Kennedy did everything in his power
to avoid. Johnson used the staged Gulf of Tonkin false flag BlackOps operation to setup the pretext to enter this nation
into war. Also on his busy watch, Israel with their inside man (LBJ) at the helm running our nation (ready to support
them) began the infamous Six Day War in which it attacked Arab countries and seized control of Jerusalem and other
key parts of Palestine. The Gulf of Tonkin wasn‘t the only false flag op that was conducted under his watch, for the
USS Liberty false flag op by Israeli Air Force jet fighter aircraft and Israeli Navy torpedo boats on June 8, 1967 was
conducted during the Six Day War as a pretext to try and get our country involved in that war also.
The age of urban riots and infestation of drugs, poverty and public dependence in ―the establishment‖ like NEVER
BEFOR SEEN IN HISTORY was the era of the NEW NORMS that the ―most wonderful and benevolent‖ LBJ
administration ushered in.
Part of the onslaught was the establishment of the socialist nanny state under the cover of ―fighting poverty‖ the nation
would institutionalize poverty and it would from those days forward continue to increase in magnitudes never
imagined. The ―Great Society‖ program ushered in Medicaid, Medicare, food stamps, and many programs that were
supposed ―wide scale fight against poverty‖ but in 20/20 hindsight vision one need not be Einstein to figure out that
poverty only truly began to increase directly beginning from LBJ‘s watch. For his loyal contribution and support to the
providence of his ruling elite overlords Johnson was given his very own Coat of Arms.
On 1 June 1968, the College of Heraldry and Arms granted arms to President Lyndon Johnson; the grant was
presented to Johnson by Mr. Donald Stewart in the Oval Office of the White House on Monday, June 10,
1968 at 10:00 AM with U.S. Senator Daniel Brewster in attendance.[3] The arms were blazoned Azure on a
Saltire Gules fimbriated between four Eagles displayed a Mullet Or.[2]
A very important factor that is often overlooked by researchers was the fact that Kennedy was executed in Johnson‘s
back yard so to speak: Texas, his home town where he had massive pull and connections within the establishment.
Upon finding out this pivotal information all the missing dots now perfectly connect. The massive government cover-
up was conducted with direct approval and coordination from the highest offices of the nation: Johnson‘s Whitehouse,
thus making sense of how Johnson was often cited by researchers as somehow connected. Even I was doubtful about
those allegations until I became aware of these key clues. But once one understands the Zionist international banker
connection and how JFK was going to tear down their Federal Reserve Board, combined by his direct opposition to
Israel‘s acquisition of nuclear weapons and his wanting to disband the Zionist/Masonic controlled CIA, it all makes
sense now. Johnson was the missing link.
Immediately upon being sworn into office aboard Air force One with a smirk on his face Johnson dove into action,
proceeding to put a monkey wrench and obscure all investigations into the JFK execution by approving the
confiscation, concealing and destruction of massive amounts of evidence concerning the execution and then giving the
CIA never before witnessed carte blanch ―can‘t touch this‖ impenetrable national security shield support.
The very first act of Lyndon B. Johnsonstein was to revoke Kennedy‘s silver certificates and give his FED cronies even
more power and control over the wealth and financial fortunes of the nation with its abolishing the silver connection to
the monetary policy altogether.
Under Johnson‘s wonderful benevolent watch the Zionist juggernaut was able to grab a monumental chokehold over
the nation that has never been broken since.
JFK Versus World Zionism

By Donald J Cassidy 5-27-4
On Memorial Day, let US remember John F. Kennedy, the last "American" president. Like Rachel Corrie he
was martyred by World Zionism. "WE SHALL WIPE OUT ALL THOSE WHO HINDER US" (Protocol #3).
In his few years, he seemed to recognize and do battle against this evil political system described in the
Protocols of the Elders of Zion.
In 1961 Benjamin Freedman, a loyal American, warned that even then "Zionists ruled the United States like
monarchs". (Note, Mr. Freedman said "Zionists" not "Jews".) He was personally acquainted with John F.
Kennedy who appeared to be the first of a political family dynasty. JFK's policies could change history. JFK
instituted measures that would cripple World Zionism and its global cycle of war, financial crises, militarism,
inflation, depressions, and usurious debt, all outlined in the Protocols.
Zionist apologists dispute the authenticity of this Devil's Black Bible but that is irrelevant. What is relevant is
that World Zionism has been following them (the Protocols) word for word for more than a century in its
secret scheming for world rule. According to the Protocols, "THE GOYIM ARE A FLOCK OF SHEEP AND
WE ARE THEIR WOLVES (#11). IT IS INDISPENSABLE TO UTTERLY EXHAUST HUMANITY WITH
DISSENTION, HATRED, STRUGGLE, ENVY, TORTURE, STARVATION, INNOCULATIONS AGAINST
DISEASES, WANT" (#10). Like a cancer on humanity, World Zionism has been undetected for many years
and now emerges when it is in its deadly final stages. "OUR POWER WILL REMAIN INVISIBLE UNTIL IT
HAS GAINED SUCH STRENGTH NO CUNNING CAN UNDERMINE IT (#1). WHO WILL SUSPECT
THAT ALL THESE PEOPLE WERE STAGE MANAGED BY US ACCORDING TO POLITICAL PLANS
WHICH NO ONE HAS SO MUCH AS GUESSED AT FOR ALL THESE YEARS (#13). WE ARE
INVINCIBLE" (#3).
First, JFK ordered the Vietnam War stopped and the troops brought home. Vietnam was the latest Oil War.
Who owns World Oil? The Rothschilds. They "own" Yukos Oil in Russia and "own" the Rockefellers in
America. Do they also "own" the Saudis? "WE MUST RESPOND TO EVERY ACT BY WAR ON THAT
COUNTRY THAT DARES TO OPPOSE US. CHECKING THE OPPOSITION OF THE GOYIM BY
UNIVERSAL WAR (#7). THE ASSISTANCE WE GIVE [money] WILL PUT BOTH SIDES AT OUR
MERCY" (#2). War fills the graveyards of humanity but war debt fills the cash accounts of World Zionism.
Second, JFK was going to wind down the Arms Race and seek world peace. The trillions spent for "Defense"
was never for the defense of America but for an arsenal to enable World Zionism to impose its Capitalism on
the rest of the world. "WE SHALL SET UP A SUPER GOVERNMENT THAT SHALL SUBDUE ALL THE
NATIONS OF THE WORLD (#5). INTENSIFICATION OF ARMAMENTS ARE ESSENTIAL FOR OUR
PLANS. WE SHALL SHOW OUR STRENGTH TO ALL WITH THE GUNS OF AMERICA" (#7). In
addition, the vast debt of the Arms Race paid billions in interest every year to World Zionism. This debt has
bankrupt America. "LOANS BURDENED THE STATE WITH THE PAYMENT OF INTEREST. ALL THE
WEALTH OF THE STATE FLOWED INTO OUR CASHBOXES. TO THIS WE OWE OUR MASTERY
OVER THE GOYIM" (#20).
Third, JFK ordered the Treasury to print US currency instead of the Rothschild Federal Reserve Notes
supported by the Rothschild illegal income tax. The US bonds, held by the Fed for our Fed currency, pay many
billions in interest annually to World Zionism. With a "stroke of the pen" JFK would cost them trillions as well
as their domination of global money and finances through debt and speculation. "LOANS HANG LIKE A
SWORD OF DAMOCLES OVER THE HEADS OF RULERS. COUNTRIES ARE DEBTORS TO OUR
TREASURIES TO AMOUNTS QUITE IMPOSSIBLE TO PAY. STATES ARE DRAINED AND THE
GOYIM PAY US THE TRIBUTE OF SUBJECTS" (#20).
Fourth, JFK intruded on the wage price spiral in the steel industry in favor of labor. The corporate stock of US
Steel plummeted, a bad omen for Capitalism. "THE DESPOTISM OF CAPITAL IS ENTIRELY IN OUR
HANDS (#1). HUNGER CREATES THE RIGHT OF CAPITAL TO RULE THE WORKER
MONEYGRINDING SCOUND-RELS HAVE LAID A PITILESS AND CRUEL YOKE UPON THE NECKS
OF THE WORKERS (#3). CONCENTRATION OF INDUSTRY IN THE HANDS OF CAPITALISTS HAS
DRAINED AWAY ALL THE JUICES OF THE PEOPLE (#20). CAPITAL MUST BE FREE TO
ESTABLISH A MONOPOLY OF INDUSTRY AND TRADE; THIS WILL HELP OPPRESS THE PEOPLE
(#5). WE SHALL RAISE WAGES WHICH SHALL NOT BRING ADVANTAGE TO THE WORKERS FOR
WE SHALL RAISE PRICES FOR THE NECESSARIES OF LIFE" (#6).
Fifth, JFK would not give nuclear weapons to Israel. Jews invented these inhuman weapons in America and
Israel could not have them for its global terrorism. This was unacceptable! Ben Gurion resigned. "IT IS
INDISPENSABLE FOR US TO ARM OURSELVES (#10). WE MUST ARM OURSELVES WITH ALL
THE WEAPONS OUR OPPONENTS MIGHT EMPLOY AGAINST US" (#8).
Sixth, JFK was going to dismantle the Central Intelligence Agency. The CIA with Mossad are essential for
World Zionism's global terrorism. "OUR INTERNATIONAL AGENTUR POSSESSES MILLIONS OF EYES
EVER ON THE WATCH AND UNHAMPERED BY ANY LIMITATIONS WHATSOEVER (#2). THE
FRENCH REVOLUTION WAS WHOLLY THE WORK OF OUR HANDS" (#3). Dreyfus, too.
Seventh, JFK stood in the way of a Zionist puppet in the White House, Lyndon Johnson, who gave up a most
powerful position for an office described as "not worth a bucket of pee pee" and as the "gofer" of a man he
detested. This decision only made sense three years later. "WE HAVE REPLACED THE RULER BY A
CARICATURE, A PRESIDENT. WE SHALL ARRANGE ELECTIONS OF SUCH PRESIDENTS WHO
HAVE AN UNDISCOVERED STAIN IN THEIR PAST, THEY WILL BE AGENTS FOR OUR PLANS"
(#10).
After JFK, the White House surrendered America to World Zionism. Johnson cancelled all of JFK's anti-
Zionist measures, the Arms Race resumed, the Vietnam War was escalated, war debt and interest skyrocketed,
nuclear weaponry given to Israel, Henry Jackson in the Senate made Zionist policy Washington policy, the
crew of the USS Liberty was murdered by Israel without a murmur, Treasury currency was withdrawn and
interest payments to World Zionism increased, and the "flyspeck in the desert" soared from protectorate to
partner to patriarch of Washington. A few years later, Zionism cost the American people their standard of
living by the oil embargo for Washington's subservience to World Zionism. On Memorial Day, let US
remember that Washington's War Memorial for millions of veterans was an afterthought to a Museum for a
Zionist Myth. The veterans were really "serving" World Zionism.
Recent books have linked such diverse parties as Lyndon Johnson, George Bush and Nelson Rockefeller as
well as Mossad, CIA and Mafia in the murder of JFK. The common denominator is World Zionism. There are
connections. Who else could join them in a single enterprise? The Warren Commission was suggested by a
Zionist, conducted by a Zionist, and its finding validated and promulgated by Zionists and the Zionist press. It
was a Zionist hoax like September 11. "THE GOY LOOK UPON THE EVENTS OF THE WORLD
THROUGH THE COLORED GLASSES WE ARE SETTING ASTRIDE THEIR NOSES (#12). WE
ARRANGED FOR DARWINISM, MARXISM AND NIETZSCHEISM" (#2).
We must distinguish between Zionism and Judaism. The accusation of anti-Semitism is political terrorism
originating in the Protocols. "ANTI-SEMITISM IS INDISPENSIBLE TO US (#9). UNTIL THERE SHALL
NO LONGER BE ANY RISK IN ENTRUSTING OUR BROTHER JEWS WE SHALL PUT RESPONSIBLE
POSITIONS IN PERSONS WHO FACE CRIMINAL CHARGES" (#8). America's Congress is fervently
Zionist yet most of them profess other religions. No, Zionism is politics; its "religion" is Greed. "IT IS
INDISPENSABLE TO UNDERMINE ALL FAITH, TO TEAR OUT THE SPIRIT OF GODHEAD AND PUT
IN ITS PLACE MATERIAL NEEDS" (#4). Zionism conceals itself in the "shade" of Judaism in order to
remain "invisible". "OUR PLAN OF ACTION REMAINS FOR ALL PEOPLE AN UNKNOWN MYSTERY"
(#4). It operates through governments like England, Israel and Washington and global corporations, financial
and banking conglomerates, international financiers, and secretly interlinked organizations, institutions,
"philanthropies", foundations, fronts, and factions with enormous amounts of money at their disposal. But
"ALL OF THE ENDS OF THE SPRINGS WHICH MOVE THEM" (#9) lay in the hands of an invisible
Rothschild Family. "THE GOYIM WILL ACCEPT US AS THE BENEFACTORS OF THE HUMAN RACE
(#7). THERE IS NO EVADING OUR POWER" (#5). Zionism, by its monopolies, frauds, gouging, usury,
speculation, bankruptcies and tax evasion, is amassing the wealth of the whole world "WE WANT TO
TRANSFER INTO OUR HANDS ALL THE MONEY OF THE WORLD (#6). OUR WEAPONS ARE
LIMITLESS AMBITIONS, BURNING GREEDINESS, MERCILESS VENGEANCE, HATRED AND
MALICE" (#9).
We have a quisling government in America. Washington is the slave of World Zionism just as predicted in the
Protocols. "ABUSES OF POWER WILL BE THE FINAL TOUCH IN PREPARING ALL INSTITUTIONS
FOR OVERTHROW" (#3) and "SCATTER TO THE WINDS ALL EXISTING FORCES OF ORDER AND
REGULATION" (#1). The American people have been conditioned for decades to submissiveness, like
Pavlov's dogs, by the Zionist media and its subliminal messages. "PEOPLE LIVE AND ARE GUIDED BY
IDEAS; WE SHALL CONFISCATE TO OUR USE THE LAST SCINTILLA OF INDEPENDENT

THOUGHT. THE PURPOSE IS TO TURN THE GOYIM INTO UNTHINKING SUBMISSIVE BRUTES"
(#16). The New York metropolitan area (25 millions) is overwhelmed by the Zionist media and its continuous
lies and propaganda about war and terrorism. What about Chicago, Los Angeles, Atlanta, Dallas? "THROUGH
THE PRESS WE HAVE GAINED THE POWER TO INFLUENCE WHILE REMAINING OURSELVES IN
THE SHADE (#2).
NOT A SINGLE ANNOUNCEMENT WILL REACH THE PUBLIC WITHOUT OUR CONTROL" (#12).
Turn off all television news programs. It is poison. Let US drop the Zionist media in the toilet and flush these
traitors out of America. Another "inside job" like September 11 "THE MOMENT OF ATTACK WILL BE
KNOWN TO US AND WE WILL PROTECT OUR OWN" (#3). and America will be "locked down" in
permanent martial law, the Patriot Acts, mass detentions in FEMA concentration camps and the end of all
liberty in America. We will have lost for our children everything that our ancestors sacrificed for US. "THE
END OF NATIONAL LIBERTY IS NEAR" (#19).
The Zionist media has marginalized all presidential candidates but two Zionist puppets. With "fixed" voting
machines World Zionism cannot lose. This year, all Americans should vote, destroy the Republican Party
together with all Zionists (most Jewish candidates are suspect). For Congress, vote for the other minorities who
are under-represented, Women and African, Asian and Latino Americans. Voting machines must be auditable
with reliable exit polls. Most important, redistribute the concentrated wealth with an annual tax of fifty percent
of all personal wealth, income and property in excess of $5 Millions "WE HAVE CONCENTRATED
WEALTH IN PRIVATE HANDS" (#20) and eliminate all wage taxes.
Under World Zionism, Zionists will go to the head of all lines in government, industry, education, employment,
finance, entitlements; their certifications will have the force of law. The whole world will become like
Palestine, Iraq and Afghanistan. "WE SHALL ERASE THE WORD "FREEDOM" FROM THE LEXICON OF
LIFE" (#3). The stolen treasures of a zionazi war, the Ancient Tombs of Ur, are on exhibit in Philadelphia.
Waco will be the norm. "OUR ABSOLUTISM WILL DESTROY TO THE ROOT ALL DISCONTENTS OF
EVERY KIND BY PUNISHMENT OF AN EXEMPLARY CHARACTER. HE WHO WISHES TO KEEP
HIS PLACE WILL HAVE TO GIVE BLIND OBEDIENCE (#15). WE ARE INTERESTED IN THE
KILLING OUT OF THE GOYIM" (#3).
Without World Zionism there could be universal peace not war, no bankrupting militarism, full employment
without wage taxation, no hunger, no poverty, no inflation, no depressions or financial crises, no public debt
and little private debt, and the burden of taxation on excess income and wealth. "WE HAVE EUTOPIAN
DREAMERS" (#9).
The world must come together to combat a common enemy. "THE NATIONS WILL NOT TAKE NOTE OF
THEIR COMMON FOE (#4). WE HAVE SET ONE AGAINST ANOTHER, THE PERSONAL AND THE
NATIONAL, RELIGIOUS AND RACE HATREDS WHICH WE HAVE FOSTERED INTO A HUGE
GROWTH (#5). WE MUST CREATE FERMENTS, HOSTILITY AND DISCORD ON ALL CONTINENTS"
(#7). Or else, "BOW THE KNEE BEFORE HIM WHO BEARS ON HIS FRONT THE SEAL OF THE
PREDESTINATION OF MAN" (#23). The anti-Christ. And God help us!
Fast forward to Sept. 11, 2001. After the CIA/Mossad orchestrated its most dramatic infamous False Flag operation in
its history by taking down the World Trade Center and hitting the Pentagon. What did the establishment do after the
fact, yet again? They pulled out their old operations manual, play by play and proceeded to cover up the entire event
EXACTLY as they did with the Kennedy assassination! The perps grudgingly put together another bogus
"investigation" just like the ―Warren cOMMISION‖ that consisted of cronies of the establishment, this time they
called it the ―911 cOMMISION‖ staffed by Zionists and hardcore ―lifer‖ political hacks. Again a jack ass group of
puppets comprised of card carrying members ignored common sense, ignored the laws of physics, along with all the
evidence. The final report summary:
"Everything is ok children, go home, go shopping, play your Nintendo games or something, nothing here for
you to see, now let‘s go kick some ass in the middle east."
That leads us to what we have been trying to explain all along: There will NEVER ever be any real investigation into
911 or any admission of guilt!. Just EXACTLY how the entire JFK thing went down so will the 911 event go down.
Another 4 decades from now there will STILL be 911 truth movement, a bunch of old men in old age homes, "tinfoil
hat brigade" still trying to wake up the hypnotized zombie sheeple to the truth!!!!!
Granted that today we have a powerful new "weapon" to fight back with, it is called the INTERNET. The old ruling
elite geezers of the 1960s have been losing many a night‘s sleep over the fact that they have absolutely no control of
this medium. Right now the internet is their biggest pain in their ass, with the avalanche of non establishment
controlled REAL news coverage. This is what gives us hope. Hope that maybe this time around, just maybe the world
will NOT ignore the TRUTH.
Kennedy was foolish to believe that he was safe as a sitting president in taking them on. He never developed a game
plan, a strategic offense and defense. His brother learned the hard way also that perusing his brother‘s true murderers
was hazardous to his health. They whacked him too right there in front of the whole world and covered it up also.
Nothing to see here folks, we caught the patsy, so go home and watch TV. Ted Kennedy KNOWS what the deal is, and
chose the ―I don‘t know nutin, keep my lips sealed‖ route. He became a raging alcoholic in the process of drinking his
conscience into oblivion. As for Jackie Kennedy, that crazy women knew EVERYTHING, the fact that she never once
uttered a word says volumes in of itself. She later shacks up with worldwide illuminati mogul Onassis… Interesting…
The people behind the bold assassinations of JFK, Robert Kennedy, Martin Luther King, Malcolm X have since
consolidated great power beyond our wildest dreams. John F Kennedy was the first MARTYR of the truth
movement. He was about to expose to the world the sinister Zionist conspiracy and their control of CIA and the FED.
He had plans to expose world Zionism, disband the CIA and the Federal Reserve. I refuse to believe that he died in
vain. Granted the evil men that knew that they were about to be exposed had him "whacked." Yet Kennedy left us with
just 3 clues of the people with the motive to eliminate him the ones who stood most to lose if he continued to breath
and walk the earth. The 3 clues he left us were: CIA, Federal Reserve, Secret Ruling Elite. We owe it not only to
Kennedy, but to our nation, to our families, our communities, to our future to somehow find a way to expose and
destroy those 3 beasts, the multi-headed monsters that wish to enslave and control this world. For if the 3 are left to
their own devious vices, they will eventually rule over us all, then it will be too late.
After recently reading the following article, I knew I had to include this fine work by an inquisitive researcher in this
report. The article below is as accurate as anyone has ever been in describing the JFK vs. Zionist chronicle juxtaposed
with extremely relevant eye opening, quotes from the Zionist Protocols as they apply to current events. The quotes in
BOLD lettering were pulled directly from the ancient Protocols of the Elders of Zion strategic operations manual. This
is a perfect example of how pertinent, uncannily perfectly accurate, relevant and current the Protocols have been and
still are in concise parallel with the actions of Zionist elite throught the decades. As these quotes attached next to actual
events clearly demonstrate, the odds of it being mere ―coincidence‖ that the Protocols (Zionist have endlessly tried to
discredit them) content actually exactly match Zionist real world actions throughout history and up to this very day is
infinitely impossible. The Protocols are nothing but the real macoy (I included the full texts of the Protocols in the
Adenddem section, for it is written‖ thou must know thy enemy who wishes to enslave and slay thee).
Then there was the President‘s brother Robert Kennedy. He actually thought he could pick up the mantle where his
brother had left off, become president and pursue his brother‘s real assassins. He had every intention of doing so.
CIA Agents Killed Robert Kennedy – video part 1, part 2
The Robert F. Kennedy Assassination: Sirhan Now Says: "I Am Innocent" By Lisa Pease
On Wednesday, June 18, 1997, Sirhan Bishara Sirhan stunned a parole board by declaring publicly that he now
believes he is innocent of the crime for which he is incarcerated: the assassination of Robert F. Kennedy.
On June 5th, 1968, RFK, the likely Democratic candidate for President, having just won the California primary, was
shot in the pantry in the Ambassador Hotel in Los Angeles. He had just finished his victory speech and was headed out
when Sirhan stepped from the crowd, and said ―Kennedy, you son of a bitch.‖ Sirhan extended his hand and fired shots
at the oncoming Senator. Kennedy fell to the floor and was taken to a hospital, where he died a short time later.
Deputy District Attorney Thomas Trapp expressed outrage that Sirhan would now dare to claim innocence, calling
such a claim ―preposterous.‖ To someone who does not know the case, such a claim seems preposterous indeed, in
light of the following facts:
 Sirhan was witnessed by many people shooting at RFK.

 An LAPD criminalist testified that the bullets found in the victims
matched test bullets fired from Sirhan‘s gun.
 Sirhan conceded having shot RFK and even provided his motive.
Taken out of context, these facts present a grossly misleading picture of the
case. Examined against the full record of the case, the following facts emerge:
 RFK was shot at point-blank range from behind. Two shots entered his
back and a third shot entered directly behind RFK‘s right ear. By all eyewitness accounts, Sirhan was never closer
than one and a half feet to RFK. The bulk of the witnesses put Sirhan at a distance of three feet or more. Sirhan
was firing a gun. But clearly, so was someone else.
 The criminalist who testified to the match between the bullets and the gun had stored the bullets in an envelope
labeled as belonging to the gun with a serial number of H 18602. Sirhan‘s gun had a serial number of H 53725.
The tests showed conclusively that the victim bullets matched a gun that was not Sirhan‘s.
 Sirhan has consistently, and credibly—even to the prosecution‘s experts—asserted that he has no memory of the
shooting. With no one to tell him of the exculpatory ballistic and medical evidence, and no memory of where he
was and what he did, he believed those who told him he had killed Kennedy, and took his lawyer‘s advice to own
up to it at the trial. His motive, however, never made sense.
The day after the murder, a leading Arab activist, Dr. Mohammad T. Mehdi, issued a statement that Sirhan might have
been motivated to attack RFK because RFK had promised to sell bomber planes to Israel. On May 18th, in a diary
attributed to Sirhan are the words ―RFK Must Die!‖ written over and over. However, RFK‘s statement to sell the
bombers was not shown on TV until May 20th. So that could hardly have been Sirhan‘s motive. In court, during his
trial, Sirhan burst out that he had killed RFK ―willfully, premeditatively, with twenty years of malice aforethought.‖
This was not very compelling, however, since Sirhan was only 24 years old at that time of the assassination. He would
have had to be contemplating the murder of the as yet little known Kennedy at the age of four! As he saw it, he had
only a couple of choices. Either he had killed Kennedy on purpose, or he had lost his mind. Not wanting to believe the
latter he embraced the former. And once he believed that, together with his defense team he sought out a motive.
Confronted with the possibility that he was out of control or insane, Sirhan replied, ―I‘d rather die and say I killed that
son of a bitch for my country, period [emphasis added].‖ But believing doesn‘t make it so, and the evidence shows that
Sirhan could not have fired the three shots that hit Kennedy.
So we are left with the following. The gun was not matched to the victims‘ bullets. Sirhan was never close enough to
have shot Kennedy where he was hit. And then there is the memory problem. After extensive hypnosis attempts by
both the prosecution and his defense, no one was able to find any evidence of a suppressed memory there. He had an
utter blank for the period surrounding the shooting.
Either we have a case of many witnesses having a collective illusion that Sirhan was not close enough, or a second
shooter was in the pantry. Indeed, there is evidence of well above the eight bullets Sirhan‘s gun was capable of firing.
This has been well documented in The Assassination of Robert F. Kennedy (by Bill Turner and Jon Christian,
published by Random House in 1978 and later by Thunder‘s Mouth Press in 1993); The Robert F. Kennedy
Assassination (by Philip Melanson, published by S.P.I. Books, 1994); and the new book by William Klaber and Philip
Melanson, based on newly released files from the LAPD, called Shadow Play: The Murder of Robert F. Kennedy, The
Trial of Sirhan Sirhan, and the Failure of American Justice (St. Martin‘s Press, 1997).
If there were two (or even more) shooters and Sirhan was one of them, doesn‘t that prove his guilt, regardless of
whether he fired the fatal shot or not? Yes, to some degree. But was he a witting conspirator? Not necessarily.
Another possibility, voiced on the air even before Sirhan‘s name was made public, was that the shooter was acting
under the influence of hypnosis.
In Richard Condon‘s famous 1959 novel The Manchurian Candidate, the plot centers around a man who was
programmed under hypnosis to assassinate the president of the United States. The man was not aware that he had been
programmed. While the novel was advertised as fiction, it bore a close resemblance to the most secret of the CIA
projects, the mind control experiments held from the early ‗50‘s until the mid ‗70‘s.
Under names like Bluebird, then Artichoke (after a favorite vegetable of Allen Dulles‘), and finally MKULTRA, the
CIA was avidly and amorally experimenting on both witting and unwitting subjects with drugs, electric shock,
hypnotism, electrode implantation and other technologies in the search for ways to completely control the actions of
humans. Another area of search was devoted to finding ways of creating perfect, if temporary, amnesia so that an agent
could perform a task and truly be able to have no memory of it when questioned later. The Senate report on these
experiments showed the CIA felt this could be done through the administration of drugs.
Sirhan‘s notebooks that were purposely left to letter be found by investigators, diary entries which contained his
growing rage at Zionists, particularly at Kennedy; his journals also contained many nonsensical scribbles, which were
thought to be his version of "free writing" when in all actuallity they were scribbles of a mind controlled hypnotic
trance induced writtings.
Sirhan Sirhan
Around the time that Kennedy died in Dallas, Jack Ruby had been in the company of two known hypnotists. One
of them was CIA agent David Ferrie, from New Orleans. The other was Billie Del Mar, who was then
entertaining in Jack Ruby's Carousel Club. Del Mar fled from Dallas the day of the Kennedy assassination, and
was never called to testify before the Warren Commission. Mae Brussell INSIDE THE HEARST KIDNAPPING
The extent and scope of these methods of ordering behavior and erasing memory, following these acts of murder,
has to be exposed. You can erase the memory of a murder from a person's mind through hypnosis. You can also
implant the conviction that a man has committed a murder, when in fact, he has not.
This happened in the assassination of Robert F. Kennedy, where it was suggested to Sirhan Sirhan, by his
psychiatrist, how he killed Robert Kennedy. Evidence exists to disprove this theory. Mae Brussell INSIDE THE
HEARST KIDNAPPING
One of the people who was a drummer with the Tommy Dorsey Band for a while was William Joseph Bryan, Jr.
(aka William Joseph Bryon, and William Jenning Bryan III, etc.) William Joseph Bryan, Jr. was a CIA Mind-
control programmer. He programmed people when he was with the Air Force as Chief of Medical Survival
Training, which was a covert brainwashing section (If the Air Force. Bryan opened up his own hypnotherapy
Institute on Sunset Strip in Hollywood where he programmed some people in acting for the Illuminati. Bryan was
the person who programmed Sirhan Sirhan to kill Robert Kennedy. Bloodlines of the Illuminati Van Duyn
The way you create Manchurian Candidates is you divide the mind. It‘s part of what the Intelligence Community
wanted to look at. If you‘re going to get an assassin, you‘re going to get somebody to go do something, you
divide the mind. It fascinates me about cases like the assassination of Robert Kennedy, where Bernard Diamond,
on examining Sirhan Sirhan found that he had total amnesia of the killing of Robert Kennedy, but under hypnosis
could remember it. But despite suggestions he would be able to consciously remember, could not remember a
thing after was out of hypnosis. I‘d love to examine Sirhan Sirhan. D. Corydon Hammond, Ph.D.
Bill Kurtis's TV-show, A & E Investigative Report on the assassination of Robert Kennedy suggested that Sirhan
Sirhan was a mind controlled assassin or patsy that would have been created under Project Artichoke .(2) The
object of this project was to create the real "Manchurian Candidate", an assassin who could be programmed to kill
a target and then not even remember he did it. Sirhan Sirhan fit the profile. Angry at the death of his parents
during a conflict with Israel the convicted assassin of RFK was said to have been in a trance-like state during and
after the shooting. Later, Sirhan Sirhan would state strongly that he did not actually remember anything that
happened during the shooting, but everyone said he did it, so he must have done it. [1997] Sex, Drugs, the CIA,
MIND CONTROL and Your Children By A.B.H. Alexander
Sirhan was programmed at a racing stables in Santa Ana, California by two CIA mind-control specialists -- one of
them a priest. A co-worker of Sirhan at the stables was Thomas Bremer, whose mind-controlled brother Arthur,
shot Governor George Wallace in 1972. Not many miles from the stables is a Synagogue used for mind-control
purposes. Its rabbi is a 'former' member of US Naval Intelligence........Such police corruption is exemplified by
the LAPD's complicity in the assassination of Robert Kennedy, It is well known within the ranks of the LAPD
that mind-controlled patsy Sirhan Sirhan, in keeping with the patsy arrested for the murder of Israeli Prime
Minister Yitzak Rabin, FIRED BLANKS, in order to misdirect the attention of eyewitnesses. At least one police
officer's eyewitness report was re-written by a senior officer in order to protect the true conspirators. Moreover,
police radio communication was disrupted (as in the Princess Diana assassination) thereby preventing the
broadcasting of other suspect's descriptions.(17) Mind Controlled Killers: What happened at Columbine High
School? Was O.J. Simpson innocent? In Defense of Buford Furrow Jr.! by Brian Desborough
Both Frank Sinatra and CIA mind-control programmer William Joseph Bryan, Jr. (aka William Joseph Bryon,
and William Jenning Bryan III, etc.) were members of the Tommy Dorsey Band. Bryan programmed people
while he was with the Air Force as Chief of Medical Survival Training which was the Air Force‘s covert mind-
control section. Later he opened up his own hypnotherapy Institute on Sunset Strip in Hollywood where he
programmed some people in the Illuminati who are actors. He also was the person who programmed Sirhan
Sirhan to be involved in the Robert Kennedy assassination. The Illuminati Formula 12. External Controls
What about Ted Kennedy, they didn‘t assassinate him. Oh yes they did! They killed his soul. They downed his plane in
1964 and set him up at Chappaquiddick. They FRAMED him for the death of Mary Jo Kopechine. The Zionist ruling
elite used the incident to EXTORT Ted Kennedy and put him under a leash he would never shake off for the rest of his
life. He was also made to swear he would NEVER publically mention the executions of his two brothers. Ted‘s refusal
to speak of the executions of his brothers and his adamant rejection to run for the office of President is candidly
revealed in this statement he made about running for President: ―I KNOW that I‘m going to get my as shot off one
day, and I don‘t want to.‖ Note he didn‘t say ―I might get shot‖, his words where ―I KNOW‖, not ―I might.‖ This
proves he KNEW and was scared shitless of those who where above the law and had the unstoppable power to
eliminate him at any moment without breaking a sweat. He became their pawn and was allowed to continue his limited
public life under strict oversight by his ―hidden masters.‖ This is the REAL reason he became a raging alcoholic…
Exclusive: 27-Year CIA Vet says Obama May be Afraid of the CIA ... For Good
Reason...
By Brad Friedman on 9/11/2009
Alluding to the assassination of JFK, long-time high-level CIA analyst says

Panetta and the President 'afraid of these guys because these guys have a
whole lot to lose if justice takes its course'...
During my interview last night with 27-year CIA analyst Ray McGovern on
the Mike Malloy Show (which I've been guest hosting all this week), the man
who used to personally deliver the CIA's Presidential Daily Briefings to
George Bush Sr., among other Presidents, offered an extraordinarily chilling
thought --- particularly coming from someone with his background.
In a conversation at the end of the hour (audio and transcript below), as I was trying to pin him down for an
opinion on whether or not he felt it was appropriate for CIA Director Leon Panetta to have reportedly attempted
to block a lawful investigation into torture and other war crimes committed by the CIA, McGovern alluded to a
book about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, and noted he felt it likely that both Panetta and President
Obama may have reason to fear certain elements of the CIA.
"Let me just leave you with this thought," he said, "and that is that I think Panetta, and to a degree President
Obama, are afraid --- I never thought I'd hear myself saying this --- I think they're afraid of the CIA."...
McGovern went on to note "the stakes are very high here," in relation to Attorney General Eric Holder's recently
announced investigation of the CIA now under the direction of Panetta. "His main advisers and his senior staff are
liable for prosecution for war crimes. The War Crimes statute includes very severe penalties, including capital
punishment for those who, if under their custody, detainees die. And we know that at least a hundred have, so this
is big stakes here."
He then recommended James W. Douglass' new book, JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It
Matters.
"He makes a very very persuasive case that it was President Kennedy's, um, the animosity that built up between
him and the CIA after the Bay of Pigs, and the Joint Chiefs of Staff, because he was reaching out to the Russians
and so forth and so on. It's a very well-researched book and his conclusion is very alarming," the long-time CIA
veteran noted in what turned out to be a chilling end to our interview in which he described "two CIAs".
One, he says, was created by President Truman to "give him the straight scoop without any fear or favor. And
then its covert action arm, which really doesn't believe --- which doesn't belong in this agency." McGovern
referred to that CIA "advisedly" as the President's "own personal gestapo" which acts without oversight by the
Congressional committees once tasked to do so.
"And so if you're asking why Obama and Panetta are going very very kid-glove-ish with the CIA, I think part of
the reason, or the explanation is they're afraid of these guys because these guys have a whole lot to lose if justice
takes its course."
"So, it's pretty scary. Yes, it is," he concluded.
• The complete audio archive of the entire interview (appx. 37 mins.) can be download here or heard online here.
We can‘t end this section about the Kennedys without mentioning Jr. That charismatic young man that was in line and
destined to become a future president of our country, there is no doubt about that. But as fate would have it, he just
happened to be the son of the whacked JFK himself. Understand this: Jr. was planning on running for public office and
had his mind set for the Oval Office. For the rulers that be, they just could not, absolutely not risk Jr. ever entering the
realm of national politics for once he did, the potential worldwide attention and world stage platform, he would have
instantly garnered would have given him access to a bull horn so loud and powerful they would not be able to control
it. They also knew he secretly wanted to get to the bottom of his dad and uncle‘s executions. Secondly once entering
the public arena and becoming even more wildly popular and followed by media, it would also become even harder
down the road to eliminate him without massive public inquiry and outrage. Thus Jr. was taken out before he could
make his move into the realm of politics in one of the most favorite ways of the powers that be, they just took his plane
out of the sky with secret military tech, plane engine shut off box technology that is known to exist. Yes, but of course
it was officially labeled an ―accident‖ by the powers that be.
To add to the mystery, I must point out that during the time that JFK Jr‘s plane went down, George Bush Jr. who was
president at the time, was AWOL, for like 3 days his whereabouts were completely unknown to anyone, not even the
Whitehouse had a clue where he was… a historical first that a sitting president disappears for several days. There were
reported rumors of witnesses seeing someone that ―resembled‖ Bush Jr. in I believe the area of the airport or, ummm,
―accident.‖ I know this information is in the realm of speculation, but, I find it extremely interesting none the less.
There is nothing more to see here folks, now go back to your regularly scheduled programming. Sleep, sleep, sleep
mortals, sleep….

THE ZIONIST RULING MATRIX

THE ZIONIST EUROPEAN “JEW” JUGGERNAUT
INDUSTRIAL COMPLEX
“ONE WORLD UNDER “GOD” – TO BE RULED BY
THE “CHOSEN ONES”: THE LEARNED ELDERS OF “ZION”
"By way of DECEPTION, thou shalt do war"
– THE official Israeli Luciferian war machine motto
"I know your works, tribulations and poverty (but you are rich). And I know the blasphemy of those which SAY they
ARE ISRAEL but they are NOT, they are the synagogue of Satan."
Revelations: Chapter2 v9
“Our race is the Master Race. We are divine gods on this planet. We are as different from the inferior races as they are
from insects. In fact, compared to our race, other races are beasts and animals, cattle at best. Other races are
considered as human excrement. Our destiny is to rule over the inferior races. Our earthly kingdom will be ruled by our
leader with a rod of iron. The masses will lick our feet and serve us as our slaves." - Menachem Begin - Israeli Prime
Minister 1977–1983
"we are opposed around the world by a monolithic and ruthless conspiracy that relies primarily on covert means for
expanding its sphere of influence--on infiltration instead of invasion, on subversion instead of elections, on
intimidation instead of free choice, on guerrillas by night instead of armies by day. It is a system which has conscripted
vast human and material resources into the building of a tightly knit, highly efficient machine that combines military,
diplomatic, intelligence, economic, scientific and political operations" – John F. Kennedy
Reality Check for All Islamophobic Christians:

Jesus Didn‘t Warn Us About the Muslims. He Warned Us About the Jews
That‘s right, for all you folks out there in the Christianite community frothing at the mouth and getting yourselves
all hot-n-bothered these days over ―THEM MOOZLIMS‖ taking over America, implementing Sharia law, cutting
off heads, circumcising our women, forcing us to wear burkhas and all the rest, as much as I hate to douse your
much-anticipated version of Armageddon with the cleansing waters of reality, nevertheless for the sake of
posterity, it‘s got to be done.
The fact is (and as disappointing as it will no doubt be for those of you out there sitting anxiously on the brink of
your war-orgasm) Jesus never mentioned them–meaning words such as ―terrorist‖, ―jihad‖, ―Islamo-fascism‖, or
any of the other sweet nothings constantly shouted into our ears by our friends in the Jewish controlled media that
we are taught (forced) to memorize and recite these days. Not once. In fact, if we are to go by what the Bible says–
the same book you say ―proves‖ it took exactly 168 hours to create the entire freakin‘ universe and which some of
you use in justifying handling poisonous snakes–He never even murmured any such thing under His breath. Based
on the only ―historical record‖ you use in understanding the big, bad world around us, The Prince of Peace wasn‘t
even MILDLY concerned with the situation involving one Mohammad ibn Abdullah or his followers. Not only did
He–Jesus Christ–not emphatically say these kinds of things, He never even ALLUDED to them…NEVER warned
His flock about a period in the future where the world would be threatened by those you all disaffectionately (and
with the assistance of your Jewish-dominated media) refer to as ―towel-heads‖, ―sand niggers‖, ―hajjis‖ and
―camel jockeys‖.
I find that rather interesting, don‘t you?
Now, I hear some of you screaming ―legalism!― and all sorts of other useless-at-this-point arguments in the
pathetic attempt at slithering out of that inescapable bear hug known as fact-based reality, but what you have to
remember is that this is the standard set by YOU. After all, you are the ones who follow the words in this book
down to the letter in the interests of justifying war in the Middle East, remember? You are the ones holding
tenaciously to that ―I will bless those who bless thee and curse those who curse thee‖ nonsense in supporting the
mass murder of millions of ―THEM MOOZLIMS‖.
Therefore, since this–the idea that the Bible is the inerrant word of God–is the standard that indeed you have set, I
think we can then dismiss the idea that Jesus just plain forgot to mention it. I think He–meaning Jesus–would have
known, wouldn‘t you agree? After all, as Christians are taught, He knew all and saw all, so certainly something as
big as THIS–meaning the world being dragged to the brink of complete annihilation by a fanatical group of
people–THEM MOOZLIMS–is something Jesus would have saw fit to mention.
Actually however, in all fairness, He DID discuss items related to all this, a fact well-known by a certain group of
people responsible for orchestrating all this murderous nonsense. Even though He did not use words such as
―terrorism,‖ ―jihad,‖ ―Sharia Law‖ and all the rest, He DID see a storm on the horizon threatening to undo all His
hard work in building that thing He referred to as the Kingdom of Heaven.
The problem is, for those these days who are desperate to burn the whole place down, it was not ―THEM
MOOZLIMS‖ He warned us about, but rather that OTHER group of fanatical followers of a certain Middle
Eastern religion playing such a prominent role in world affairs these days. And do not make the mistake of
thinking He was just mildly opposed to these folks, but rather, some might say, militantly. He referred to them as
vipers, wolves in sheep‘s clothing, children of the Devil and a whole host of other unflattering terms obviously
designed to get the point across that these were dangerous creatures. Point of fact is that he was so convinced that
they and the ideology driving their behavior was such an existential threat to humanity that He was willing to
forfeit His life in trying to warn others, and it wasn‘t ―THEM MOOZLIMS‖ but rather ―THEM JEWS‖.
Yes, that‘s right. He didn‘t warn people about the ―leaven of the Imams‖ but rather the leaven of the Pharisees. He
didn‘t forewarn His followers they would be dragged into mosques and persecuted but rather synagogues. In the
book of Revelations, used by so many of the false prophets He warned us about as ―proof‖ that it was our duty to
expend every drop of our most precious resources we have–meaning our peace, prosperity and the blood of our
children–in fighting the Jews‘ wars for them, he didn‘t pinpoint the cause of this time of future enslavement on the
mosques, but rather on the synagogue.
You see, I have to remind you of this because right now you have morphed into a race of rabid dogs tearing to
pieces whatever is put in front of you by your Zionist masters, who in reality are your real enemies and plan to kill
you after you have finished doing their dirty work for them.
The fact that this needs any kind of explanation to you all is indicative as to how far gone you are in your disease.
All the things you wring your hands over these days–the attacks on your Christian faith and the fact that the
country has gone to hell in a handbasket–all this isn‘t the result of Islam.
It isn‘t THEM MOOZLIMS legislating Jesus Christ out of our culture through groups such as the ADL, ACLU,
NARAL, NAMBLA, etc, it is THEM JEWS.
It isn‘t ―THEM MOOZLIMS‖ buying off our congress people and making them dance the Havanagela in the $30
million dollars a day we send to Israel, but rather THEM JEWS.
It isn‘t ―THEM MOOZLIMS‖ pushing gun control, abortion, porn, and the million other things that conservative
Christians find obnoxious to their way of life, but rather THEM JEWS.
It isn‘t THEM MOOZLIMS spying on America and selling our secrets to our enemies, but rather THEM JEWS.
We could go on and on, but that is a conversation for another time when you have eyes to see and ears to hear.
One thing He got right sure as shit however is the way all of you would fall victim to the lies peddled by His
enemies. Remember all that business about a deception ―so powerful‖ that even ―the elect‖ would fall for it?
Congrats, you are part of that ―elect‖ and how proud you must be. - © 2010 Mark Glenn, TheUglyTruth
First of all, as God is my witness, I must inform you that I am proud to proclaim that I am a pure bread, from the
original tribe of Judah. Today I can be considered ―Jewish‖ in name only, for I have been ―born again‖ long, long ago
adopting my Christian identity in my teen age years, and have since dwelled as one with my ―gentile‖ brothers, I still
have tons of great Jewish friends and family whom I love all dearly. So don‘t waste your time trying to discredit my
work as ―anti-Semitic.‖ You can also leave the ―self hating Jew‖ label elsewhere for I only despise the ―Synagogue of
Satan,‖ who consists of Zionist Jew imposters for their crimes against God and humanity. I just come forth with THE
TRUTH and FACTS to expose things as they have been, currently are, and going to be. Take it or leave it, for the
TRUTH is unchanging and eternal.
Now with that said, done and out of the way, I must go into the definition of who and what is Zionism. Zionism is a
secretive international political movement that was originally founded and purported to support the establishment of
the homeland for the Jewish people in Palestine, the establishment of the physical nation of Israel. Today Zionism‘s
true colors show brightly as they seek to expand the boarders of their Aparthied state of Israel not only to the massive
size of the original Israel at the time of Solomon‘s rule, for its insatiable quest for global world conquest and rule are
self evident only to those who have not been blinded by their illusions. It seems that there is no stopping them, as they
have hijacked the position of ―the chosen ones‖ that been promised rulership by the authority vested in them, none
other than: ―GOD‖!
BEHOLD:
For here is the revelation of the true meaning of The ABOMINATION THAT CAUSES DESOLATION:
The biblical prophecy of the Abomination that Causes Desolation has been engineered by the white Zionist
AshkeNAZI Europeans whom have HIJACKED Judaism, claiming themselves to be Jews, they have come forth
hell bent on world conquest. The abomination that causes desolation began in 1948 when the AshkeNAZI
EUROPEAN ZIONISTS (most of which came from Germany) who's ancestors CONVERTED to Judaism,
disguising themselves as "Jews".... invaded and occupied God's Holy Land calling it their own. Let it be known
that the illegal invasion/seizure/occupation of Zion aka: Jerusalem is THE abomination that causes desolation.
The Luciferian imposters SEIZED control of Zion (Jerusalem) by using the Jewish identity and Godliness to perpetrate
one of history‘s most diabolical and ingenious heists. Today they virtually rule with impunity, completely unopposed
in many lands and industries such as finance, media, gemstones, etc., Their agents have penetrated deep into the many
of the world's political systems. All this has been made possible by the HUMAN SHIELD (the true SEMITIC Jews)
they have hijacked and cloaked themselves around: God's chosen ones. The imposters hell bent on conquest call
themselves "AshkeNAZI Jews" have taken everything and have been positioning themselves the rulers of us all
through lies, deceit, theft, destruction, murder, wars and so forth to get to where they are at this moment.... The word
―peace‖ for this group of people means nothing to them other than its use as a pretense to getting their agendas passed.
These are NOT the princes of peace as described in the bible…. They are hell bent on conquest at all costs…. And they
are not done yet either.... To he who has an ear let him hear...
Rabbi Weiss Rips the Ideology of Zionism - video
Excerpt From The Egyptian Gazette -- Sept. 17, 1964

[still evermore as true and relevant today as it was four decades ago]
―The Zionist armies that now occupy Palestine claim their ancient Jewish prophets predicted that in the "last
days of this world" their own God would raise them up a "messiah" who would lead them to their
promised land, and they would set up their own ‗divine‘ government in this newly-gained land, this
‗divine‘ government would enable them to ‗rule all other nations with a rod of iron.‘
If the Israeli Zionists believe their present occupation of Arab Palestine is the fulfillment of predictions made by
their Jewish prophets, then they also religiously believe that Israel must fulfill its "divine" mission to rule all
other nations with a rod of irons, which only means a different form of iron-like rule, more firmly entrenched
even, than that of the former European Colonial Powers.
These Israeli Zionists religiously believe their Jewish God has chosen them to replace the outdated European
colonialism with a new form of colonialism, so well-disguised that it will enable them to deceive the masses into
submitting willingly to their "divine" authority and guidance, without the masses being aware that they are still
colonized.
CAMOUFLAGE
The Israeli Zionists are convinced they have successfully camouflaged their new kind of colonialism. Their
colonialism appears to be more "benevolent," more "philanthropic," a system with which they rule simply by
getting their potential victims to accept their friendly offers of economic "aid," and other tempting gifts, that
they dangle in front of the newly-independent nations, whose economies are experiencing great difficulties.
During the 19th century, when the masses throughout the world were largely illiterate it was easy for European
imperialists to rule them with "force and fear," but in this present era of enlightenment the masses are
awakening, and it is impossible to hold them in check now with the antiquated methods of the 19th century.
The imperialists, therefore, have been compelled to devise new methods. Since they can no longer force or
frighten the masses into submission, they must devise modern methods that will enable them to maneuver the
masses into willing submission.
The modern 20th century weapon of neo-imperialism is "dollarism." The Zionists have mastered the science of
dollarism: the ability to come posing as a friend and benefactor, bearing gifts and all other forms of
economic aid and offers of technical assistance. Thus, the power and influence of Zionist Israel in many of the
newly "independent" nations has fast-become even more unshakeable than that of the 18th century European
colonialists... and this new kind of Zionist colonialism differs only in form and method, but never in motive or
objective.
At the close of the 19th century when European imperialists wisely foresaw that the awakening masses would
not submit to their old method of ruling through force and fears, these ever-scheming imperialists had to create a
"new weapon," and to find a "new base" for that weapon.
DOLLARISM
The number one weapon of 20th century imperialism is Zionist dollarism, and one of the main bases for this
weapon is Zionist Israel. The ever-scheming European imperialists wisely placed Israel where she could
geographically divide the Arab world, infiltrate and sow the seed of dissension among leaders and also divide
the nations.
Zionist Israel's occupation of Arab Palestine has forced the Arab world to waste billions of precious dollars on
armaments, making it impossible for these newly independent Arab nations to concentrate on strengthening the
economies of their countries and elevate the living standard of their people.
And the continued low standard of living in the Arab world has been skillfully used by the Zionist propagandists
to make it appear to the masses that the Arab leaders are not intellectually or technically qualified to lift the
living standard of their people ... thus, indirectly "educing" masses to turn away from the Arabs and towards the
Israelis for teachers and technical assistance.
"They cripple the bird's wing, and then condemn it for not flying as fast as they."
The imperialists always make themselves look good, but it is only because they are competing against
economically crippled newly independent countries whose economies are actually crippled by the Zionist-
capitalist conspiracy. They can't stand against fair competition.
MESSIAH?
If the "religious" claim of the Zionists is true that they were to be led to the promised land by their
messiah, and Israel's present occupation of Arab Palestine is the fulfillment of that prophesy: where is
their messiah whom their prophets said would get the credit for leading them there?
It was Ralph Bunche who "negotiated" the Zionists into possession of Occupied Palestine! Is Ralph Bunche the
messiah of Zionism? If Ralph Bunche is not their messiah, and their messiah has not yet come, then what are
they doing in Palestine ahead of their messiah?
Did the Zionists have the legal or moral right to invade Arab Palestine, uproot its Arab citizens from their homes
and seize all Arab property for themselves just based on the "religious" claim that their forefathers lived there
thousands of years ago? Only a thousand years ago the Moors lived in Spain. Would this give the Moors of
today the legal and moral right to invade the Iberian Peninsula, drive out its Spanish citizens, and then set up a
new Moroccan nation ... where Spain used to be, as the European Zionists have done to our Arab brothers and
sisters in Palestine?...
In short the Zionist argument to justify Israel's present occupation of Arab Palestine has no intelligent or legal
basis in history ... not even in their own religion. Where is their Messiah?‖
My having ―discovered‖ that the Zionist Jews are the ones behind most of all the elements of the ―matrix illuminati‖
was and is still very startling to me at the time, even though this may be ―old news‖ for some well studied researchers
have known this for decades. Since making this discovery now a day does NOT go by when I interact in with others,
watch TV, take in global events, and so forth that I do NOT notice the JEWISH NAME of a KEY person behind the
production, show, organization or whatever it is that I am witnessing. THIS is completely mind blowing. I challenge
everyone reading this report to take a moment and make a conscience effort to look at the names of the prinicples, the
cast, the writers, producers, the CEOs, the leaders, the actors, reporters, the studio heads, who makes the movies,
shows or anything in the media for instance. You will be completely ASTONISHED, like myself when you witness
first hand and REALIZE that this small ethnic group of people have in fact for all intents and purposes become the
preeminent most influential group worldwide, the gate keepers, establishing the norms, involved in and manipulating
all areas of everything that matters.
In his article, ―Why Jews make more money and win more Nobel prizes,‖ Rabbi Levi Brackman attempts to
explain why Jews are so successful in so many fields of endeavor. ―Jews make up less than half of 1 percent of the
world‘s population but they consistently have made up more than 20 percent of the Forbes 400 list,‖ he notes.
―Jews excel at more than making money. Thirty percent of Nobel prize winners in science are Jewish, and major
Hollywood studios, like Paramount Pictures and Universal Studios, are also run or owned by Jews. In virtually
every industry successful Jews are disproportionately represented.‖
BREAKING NEWS: WORLD WIDE ALIEN INVASION!

Unbeknownst to all leaders of the world, Dept of Homeland Security, National Security Agency, even the
President, none of them seem to have witnessed the invasion hit their shores. The aliens arrived in air crafts and
boats from all parts of the world. They spread to all parts of the planet by stealth, unnoticed by the natives, for
they came disguised as ―normal‖ persecuted people donning heart warming smiles and full of promises. Thus the
natives welcomed them with open arms everywhere they landed. Little by little they dispersed and integrated into
society taking key positions in all areas of importance. First they dominated the realm of law, finance and
banking, from that power base they used the access to unlimited funds to finance their species who proceeded to
take over and completely dominate and monopolize the world of communications. Today they also rule the entire
realm of media with an iron fist.
Once they dominated the world‘s information dissemination networks they were able to selectively report
whatever they wanted to beam on the airwaves as ―truth‖ for with absolute control of all media they also had
absolute control of how the public perceived them and the world around them. They thus controlled and
influenced worldwide cognitive perception of REALITY itself using the media technology apparatuses to
program the populations.
With that power base firmly in place, they proceeded to also simultaneously infiltrate the world of politics and
governments, from the local levels all the way up to control of nations. Today they make up over 33%+ of our
Senate, and 33%+ of congress, not to mention all the other senators and congressmen they wield chokehold
influence over.
This massive invisible invasion has gone unnoticed and unreported due to the fact that anyone who comes forth to
declare the breaking news…. Ummm… hello! Wait a second! The media just happens to belong to them! Is
quickly pushed away and ignored or ridiculed as a fruit cake by the invading aliens who control the media. Those
who persist to make a big stink and try to warn the world of this alien invasion are vicously attacked, persecuted,
mocked and eventually silenced in numerous ways.
I regret to inform you that today we stand in a nation that has been COMPLETELY TAKEN OVER by the alien
invasion. We are being ruled by an alien occupying force. But that is not even the entire scope of the invasion;
all of Europe was taken over at least one generation prior to our takeover. These alien beings constitute just 0.22
percent of the population of the planet but managed to takeover approximately 70-90% of all wealth, ownership
and/or control of the world…
Today the world is under siege in all areas, they symptons of the invasion are everywhere, wide spread poverty,
famine, disparities, financial collapse of economies, military invasions, occupations and so forth, the list is epic
when you realize that all the strings are being pulled by the invading army of aliens who have taken control over
the livelihood and futures of all mankind.
I come forth as a witness to this world wide invasion. I am a fellow brother in the Lord Christ, who is the savior
of all mankind by the power given to him by Heavenly Father. Even though the spawn of Satan are firmly rooted
in ALL areas and aspects of society, finance, media, business and government, in what seems like an imposible to
break chokehold on all commerce, events, policies and activities we must have faith that somehow, someway our
savior will return to vanquish the enemies of Heaven and the minions here on earth.
The alien invasion that I reveal and warn of are the white Eurpopean Zionist ―Jews‖ aka: the prophesized
―Synagoge of Satan.‖
A core Zionist stratagem of eons ago was the cornerstone initiative, that the Jewish religion, the Hebrew Bible should
be used to control the goyim sheep, the common denominator that binds and holds together the Jewish and Christian
Neocons is that Old Testament. Oh, and the key to how the Jews manipulate the Judeo-Christians to do their bidding. It
is the driving force that sparks increasing and unquestioned US support for Israel, no matter what the cost is to the US
and the rest of the world. The Hebrew Bible is a collection of writings by ancient Jews to promote themselves,
threaded throughout this Hebrew Bible is a game plan for the Zionists to take and keep the high ground in society and
in world affairs… The zionists are the devil's advocate.
Interview with Rabbi Yisroel Dovid Weiss - video
To start with is Deuteronomy 7:6. This Bible quote has the God of the Hebrew Bible saying the Jews are, ―above all
people that are upon the face of the earth.‖ Comprehending this mindset is a good place to start for the masses to
understand where these Zionist alleged ―Jews‖ are coming from. For they firmly believe that they will get everyone on
the planet is to serve them as God‘s chosen people…
Jews Against Zionism, and Only Zionism

There are numerous groups in the political world that claim to be against Zionism and the Jewish state of Israel.
When I first learned out about Zionism and Israel back in 2005, I was surprised to find a few Jewish groups who
were also anti-Zionist. At first, I supported these groups and the actions they did, such as protesting and educating
people about the difference between Judaism and Zionism. I learned that Zionism was totally against traditional
Jewish beliefs and that it was nothing more than a materialistic movement to conquer and own a piece of land.
After supporting groups such as True Torah Jews Against Zionism and Neturei Karta International for a few
years, and after much research, I realized the deep truth about these groups. They are against Zionism and only
Zionism.
Jewish State of Israel

What I mean by this is that they aren‘t against anything else regarding Jewish criminality or primitive behavior.
They still circumcise, believe in the Torah, Talmud, anti-Semitism, and also the Holocaust™. Of course they
oppose the state of Israel, but an important question to ask is, ―why do they not support the Jewish state of
Israel‖? Looking through Neturei Karta‘s website, I find that they oppose Israel and Zionism because apparently
the Jews are supposed to be in exile right now according to their Torah, and are to remain in exile until the
―creator‖ comes down and grants them a kingdom. Here is a direct quote taken from their website:
―The only time that the People of Israel were permitted to have a state was two thousand years ago when the
glory of the creator was upon us, and likewise in the future when the glory of the creator will once more be
revealed, and the whole world will serve Him, then He Himself (without any human effort or force of arms) will
grant us a kingdom founded on Divine Service.‖
It should be obvious that they believe they are the ―People of Israel‖ and have been for thousands of years. They
read from the Torah and Talmud, and carry out its primitive practices and traditions laid out in them. They claim
that Judaism and Zionism are totally opposite from each other, which to some extent is true. Zionism should not
take all the blame. But from what I have seen, Zionism spawned from Jewish beliefs. Just look through their
―Holy‖ books and see what is written in their pages. You will find that the state of Israel is no different in its
actions against the Palestinians. They have stolen the land and are now fully taking it over through means of rape,
genocide, and murder.
The Talmud
Looking around on True Torah Jews website, I found a ―Questions and Answers‖ section. In this section, I found
a question someone asked which was ―How do true Torah Jews view the Talmud?‖ Here is the most significant
part from the response given by a Jew from the site:
―At that time the Sages became afraid that the laws would be forgotten, and they decided to write them
down. This written work was called the Mishnah, and is the backbone of the Talmud. Even this Mishnah
was written in a concise style and left much room for oral explanation, which went on being passed
down for another 300 years. At that time it was written down, again out of fear of being forgotten, as the
Talmud. All of Jewish law today is based on the Talmud, and is kept by all observant Jews. There have
been break-off sects in history - once in about 300 BCE and another in about 700 CE - who rejected the
orally transmitted laws. But they are almost non-existent today.‖
It should now be obvious what these ―anti-Zionist‖ Jews stand for. They only reject the state of Israel, and
nothing else. They don‘t reject the Talmud‘s vile teachings, or the primitive ritual of circumcision on little,
helpless babies. They don‘t reject the made up story known as the Holocaust™. They also defend what is written
in these books and claim that Gentiles have misinterpreted the meaning of the text. I also wonder if they recite the
Kol Nidre prayer during Yom Kippur. If you have not heard of "Kol Nidre", I urge you to look into it.
Anti-Semitism
So-called ―anti-Semitism‖ has been around for thousands of years and has existed much longer than Zionism.
Taking a look around the True Torah Jews website, one can find a section on ―anti-Semitism‖. They state that
Zionism promotes anti-Semitism. Here is a direct quote from their website about the issue:
―Anti-Semitism is prejudice or discrimination against Jews, based on negative perceptions of their religious
beliefs and/or on negative group stereotypes. Anti-Semitism can also be a form of racism, as when Nazis and
others consider Jews an inferior "race‖.‖
I guess they haven‘t heard of Jewish author Benard Lazare and the quote from his book which states that the
reason for so many expulsions of Jews throughout the years must be rooted within the Jews themselves. The word
―anti-Semitism‖ today is manipulated in any and every direction possible. For example, if you criticize the state
of Israel or its policies, or if you speak out against Jewish crimes against humanity, you will be labeled as an
―anti-Semite‖. Maybe the reason why they are disliked is because they proclaim to be the ―chosen‖ ones and for
that reason are superior to Gentiles. There are numerous quotes by rabbis proclaiming that Jewish lives are more
valuable and precious than any Gentile life. If you think what I'm saying is out of line, then I urge you to read
Israel Shahak's book, "Jewish History, Jewish Religion: The Weight of Three Thousand Years." Shahak was an
Israeli Jew and knew much about the teachings of the Talmud and its laws against non-Jews.
The Holocaust™
These Jewish, anti-Zionist groups also believe the fairy tale known today as the Holocaust™ of World War II.
They point out that some Jews and Zionists intentionally collaborated with the Nazis in order to ensure the state
of Israel as their future home. They will point this out all day, but will fail to look into Jewish Holocaust™
researcher David Cole and his informative film ―The Truth Behind the Gates of Auschwitz‖. Instead they
perpetuate the Holocaust™ lie and Jewish suffering, while showing you Zionist collaboration and tell you how
evil the Zionists are. Now, I‘m not implying that Zionists are not evil or disagreeing with what they are saying. I
am only pointing out the fact that they fail to show the whole truth or even believe the whole truth.
Also, Jewish author Norman Finkelstein wrote a book about the Holocaust™ titled ―The Holocaust™ Industry‖.
A lot of people call him a ―Holocaust™ denier‖, but he actually still believes in the Holocaust™ fairy tale as
well. He has exposed the industry in which Jews are profiting from this made-up story, but almost anyone with a
brain and critical-thinking skills can see this fact. So many stories are made up by lying Jews who wish to gain
support, sympathy, and money, and are then exposed in the news every year. A lot of Jews are profiting from
these fake stories, such as writing books about them and having entire Hollywood films made as well. The Jews
Against Zionism are not doing any good by pushing this fairy tale.
Conclusion
In conclusion, let me state that these Jews are doing something good, such as opposing the state of Israel and on
the surface it looks good. But digging deeper into it, one will find out that these Jews are doing it for all the
wrong reasons, while still believing in their ―Holy‖ books, made up stories, and practicing their primitive rituals.
They only oppose this criminal state because their Torah says they should be in exile. These Jews are against
Zionism, and only Zionism.
Again I have reiterate: one of the best places to begin understanding the fundamentals of the Talmud teachings and
how they view life and think is to read the Talmud and the works of Michael A. Hoffman (Jewish ―truther‖) at the
website www.revsionisthistory.org. One article in particular that is extraordinary in its exposing the true nature of the
Talmud is: ―Truth about the Talmud; Racist, Rabbinic Hate Literature.‖ I will leave you with another interesting,
revealing link: Anti-Christian Excerpts from the Talmud.
Jewish Rabbi: Zionists are Godless Criminal Thugs - video
You owe it to yourself to do your own research into the Talmud (again I recommend knowing what the Zionist elite
revolve their lives around. Teachings such as this are standard text in the original uncensored versions of the Talmud:
“Jehovah created the non-Jew in human form so that the Jew would not have to be served by beasts. The
non-Jew is consequently an animal (Goyim) in human form, and condemned to serve the Jew day and
night.” - Midrasch Talpioth, p 225-L.
Talmud or Old Testament?

Like you, at one time I believed that the essential difference between Jews and Christians was that the Jews
believed in the Old Testament and the Christians believed in the New Testament. The truth is that their ―real bible‖
is The Talmud. The Jewish book ―The Mitzbeach‖ states that ―there is nothing superior to Holy Talmud.‖ While
Jews profess to be attached to the Old Testament to the outside world, the real essence of the Jewish creed is not
the Old Testament as such, not the books of Moses, but The Talmud.
There are severeal branches of Jewry such as the Orthodox, Reform, Liberal, Conservative, Sephardim,
Ashkanazim, Zionist, etc., but they all use The Talmud in their synagogues, just as all different branches of
Christians use the same Bible. The Talmud is made up of 63 books in 524 chapters and is often printed in 18 large
volumes. It was written by Rabbis between the years 200AD and 500AD. Eight Catholic condemned the Talmud.
Martin Luther, founder of the Protestant Church, ordered it burned.
Pope Clement VIII declared, ―The impious Talmudic Cabalistic and other wicked books of the Jews are hereby
entirely condemned and they must always remain condemned and prohibited and this law must be perpetually
observed.‖
The Talmud holds that only Jews are true human beings and Gentiles are ―goyim‖ (meaning cattle or beast). The
followiong shocking but exact quotes from the various books of ―The Talmud.‖
1. Sanhedrin 59a: ―Murdering Goyim is like killing a wild animal.‖

2. Abodah Zara 26b: ―Even the best of Gentiles should be killed.‖
3. Sanhedrin 59a: A goy (Gentile) who pries into The Law (Talmud) is guilty of death.‖
4. Libbre David 37: ―To communicate anything to a Goy about our religious relations would be equal to the
killing of all Jews, for if the Goyim knew what we teach about them, they would kill us openly.‖
5. Libbre David 37: ―If a Jew be called upon to explain any part of the rabbinic books, he ought to give only
a false explanation. Who ever will violate this order shall be put to death.‖
6. Yebhamoth 11b: ―Sexual intercourse with a little girl is permitted if she is three years of age.‖
7. Schabouth Hag. 6d: ―Jews may swear falsely by use of subterfuge wording.‖
8. Hikkoth Akum X1: ―Do not save Goyim in danger of death.‖
9. Hikkoth Akum X1: ―Show no mercy to the Goyim.‖
10. Choschen Hamm 388, 15: ―If it can be proven that someone has given the money of Israelites to the
Goyim, a way must be found after prudent consideration to wipe him off the face of the earth.‖
11. Choschen Hamm 266, 1: ―A Jew may keep anythihng he finds which belongs to the Akum (Gentile). For
he who returns lost property (to Gentiles) sins against the Law by increasing the power of the trangressors
of the Law. It is praiseworthy, however, to return lost property if it is done to honor the name of God,
namely, if by so doing, Christians will praise the Jews and look upon them as honorable people.‖
12. Szaaloth-Utszabot, The Book of Jore Dia 17: ―A Jew should and must make a false oath when the Goyim
asks if our books contain anything against them.‖
13. Baba Necia 114, 6: ―The Jews are human beings, but the nations of the world are not human beings but
beasts.‖
14. Simeon Haddarsen, fol. 56-D: ―When the Messiah comes every Jew will have 2800 slaves.‖
15. Nidrasch Talpioth, p. 225-L: ―Jehovah created the non-Jew in human form so that the Jew would not have
to be served by beasts. The non-Jews is consequently an animal in human form, and condemned to serve
the Jew day and night.‖
16. Gad. Shas. 2:2: ―A Jew may violate but not marry a non-Jewish girl.‖
17. Tosefta. Aboda Zara B, 5: ―If a goy kills a goy or a Jew, he is responsible; but if a Jew kills a goy, he is
NOT responsible.‖
18. Schulchan Aruch, Choszen Hamiszpat 388: ―It is permitted to kill a Jewish denunciator everywhere. It is
permitted to kill him even before he denounces.‖
19. Tosefta, Abda Zara VII, 5: ―How to interpret the word ‗robbery.‘ A goy is forbidden to steal, rob or take
women slaves, etc., from a goy or from a Jew. But a Jew is NOT forbidden to do all this to a goy.‖
20. Seph. Jp., 92, 1: ―God has given the Jews power over the possessions and blood of all nations.‖
21. Schulchan Aruch, Choszen Hamiszpat 156: ―When a Jew has a Gentile in his clutches, another Jew may
go to the same Gentile, lend him money and in turn deceive him, so that the Gentile shall be ruined. For
the property of a Gentile, according to our law.‖
22. Schulchan Aruch, Johre Deah, 122: ―A Jew is forbidden to drink from a glass of wine which a Gentile has
touched, because the touch has made the wine unclean.‖
23. Nedarim 23b: ―He who desires that none of his vows made during the year be valid, let him stand at the
beginning of the year and declare, ‗Every vow which I may make in the future shall be null‘. His vows are
then invalid.‖
We could provide many more quotes from this offensive book, but I believe that the point is clear: The Jews
are involved in what can be called, and indeed has been called, a conspiracy against all mankind and will take
whatever steps they deem necessary for them to dominate the rest of the world. It is because of these beliefs
and the willingness of the Jews to act upon them, that ―anti-semitism‖ exists and perhaps the reason why the
Jews have been disliked and driven out of every nation in which they have inhabited at least once.
In the Verses that follow, I hope to make clear to you just how far the Jews have gotten with this Talmudic
conspiracy.
1. ―We beg Thee, O Lord, inflict Thy wrath on the nations not believing in Thee. Take away, O Lord, all
hopes from them. Destroy all foes of Thy nation.‖ –Synagaga Judaica, p. 212. Minhagen, p. 23. Crach
Chain 480 Magah.
2. ―The teachings of the Talmud stand above all other laws. They are more important than the laws of
Moses.‖ –Rabbi Issael, Rabbi Chasbar, et. Al.
3. ―The decisions of the Talmud are words of the living God. Jehovah Himself asks the opinion of the
earthly rabbis when there are difficult affairs in heaven.‖ –Rabbi Menechen Commentary on Fifth Book
4. ―Jehovah Himself studies the Talmud standing, he has such respect for that book.‖ –Tract Mechillo
5. ―It Is moore wicked to question the words of the rabbis than those of the Torah.‖ –Michna Sanhedrygn
11:3
6. ―It is forbidden to disclose the secrets of the law. He who would do it would be as guilty as though he
destroyed the whole world.‖ Jektat Chadasz, 171, 3
7. ―Every goy who studies the Talmud and every Jew who helps him in it, ought to die.‖ –Sanhedryn, 59a,
aboda Zora 8-6, Szagiga 13
8. ―As soon as the King Messiah will declare himself, He will destroy Rome and make a wilderness of it.
Thorns and weeds will grow in the Pope‘s palace. Then He will start a merciless war on non-Jews and
will overpower them. He will slay them in masses, kill their kings and lay waste the whole Roman land.
He will say to the Jews: ‗I am the King Messiah for whom you have been waiting. Take the silver and
gold from the goyim.‘‖ –Josiah 60, 6. Rabbi Abarbanel to Daniel 7, 13
9. ―A Jew may do to a non-Jewess what he can do. He may treat her as he treats a piece of meat.‖ –
Hadarine, 20, B; Schulchan 9ruch, Choszen Hamiszpat 348
10. ―A Jew may misuse the non-Jewess in her state of unbelief.‖ –Maimonides, Jak. Chasaka 2:2
11. ―Thou shalt not do injury to thy neighbor (Bible, but it is not said, ‗Thou shalt not do injury to a Goy.‘‖ –
Mishna Sanhedryn 57
12. ―When you go to war, do not go as the First, but as the last, so that you may return as the first. Five things
has Kanaan recommended to his sons: ‗Love each other, love the lobbery, hat your masters and never tell
the truth.‘‖ –Pesachis F. 113B
13. ―A Jew is permitted to rape, cheat, and perjure himself; but he must take care that he is not found out, so
that Israel may not suffer.‖ –Schulchan Aruch, Jore Dia
14. ―If a goy wants a Jew to stand witness against a Jew in a Court of Law, and if the Jew could give fair
evidence, he is forbidden to do it; but if a Jew wants a Jew to be a witness in a similar case against a goy,
he may do it.‖ –Schalchan .9ru ch, Choszen Hasiszpat 28, Art. 3 and 4
15. ―Those who do not confess the Torah and the Prophets must be killed. Who has the power to kill them, let
them kill them openly with the sword. If not, let them use artifices, till they are done away with.‖ –
Schulchan Qruch. Choszon Haviszpat 425.5
16. ―All property of other nations belongs to the Jewish nation, which, consequently, is entitled to seize upon
it without any scruples. An orthodox Jew is not bound to observe principles of morality towards people of
other tribes. He may act contrary to morality, if profitable to himself or to Jews in general‘‖ –Schalchan
arach. Choszen Hasisxpat 348
17. ―Should a Jew inform the goyish authorities that another Jew has much money, and the other will suffer a
loss through it, he must give him emuneration.‖ –Schalchan Oruch, Choszen Maipiszpat 388
18. ―On the house of the goy one looks as on the fold of cattle.‖ –Tosefta Erabin VZZ, 1
19. ―All vows, oaths, promises, engagements, and swearing, which, beginning this very day or reconciliation
till the next day of reconciliation, we intend to vow, promise, swear, and bind ourselves to fulfill, we
repent of beforehand; let them be illegalized, acquitted, annihilated, abolished, valueless, unimportant.
Our vows shall be no vows, and our oaths no oaths at all.‖ –Schulchan 9ruch, Edit. 1, 136. The Jewish
Kol Nidre ―All Vows‖ Oath has been set to a morbid Jewish music, and is often heard on the radio. It is
sung as a chant at each Yom Kippur [Jewish New Year service September 17]
20. ―Everything a Jew needs for his church ritual no goy is permitted to manufacture, but only a Jew, because
this must be manufactured by human beings and the Jew is not permitted to consider the goyim as human
beings.‖ –Schulchan Oruch, Orach Chaiw 14, 20, 32, 33, 39. TalDud Jebamoth 61
21. ―A Jewish mid-wife is not only permitted but she is compelled to help a Jewish mother on Saturday
(Jewish Sabbath) and when so doing to do anything which otherwise would desecrate the Saturday. But it
is forbidden to help a non-Jewish woman even if it should be possible to help her without desecrating the
Saturday, because she is to be considered only as an animal.‖ –Schulchan gruch, Orach chaim 330
22. ―At the time of the Cholhamoed the transaction of any kind of business is forbidden. But it is permitted to
cheat a goy, because cheating of goyim at any time pleases the Lord.‖ –Chuichan Qruch, Orach ChaiD
539
23. ―The Jews are strictly forbidden to cheat their brothers and it is considered cheating already if one-sixth of
the value has been taken away from him. Whoever has cheated his brother has to return it to him.
Naturally all that only holds towards the Jew, to cheat a goy he is permitted, and he is not permitted to
return to him what he cheated him out of. Because the Bible says: ‗Thou shalt not cheat thy next brother,‘
but the non-Jews are not our brethren but as mentioned above, worse than dogs.‖ –aruch hoszen
Haniszpat 227
The only way to sift through the myriad of HYPE, falsehoods and propaganda of the Zionist cartel is to take off your
rose colored glasses and objectively sit back and take a cold hard look at what the leaders of the Zionist cartel have
been saying and talking about in private when addressing their own kind. Once you truly understand what they
TRULY believe you will see through their public disguise of being ―benevolent world citizens,‖ for once you remove
their disguises the clear image of sinister evil lying backstabbing murdering people hell bent on world conquest
appears. Instead of being what they PRETEND to be ―god fearing people‖ the Zionists are in fact Lucifer‘s secret
agents of the Synagoge of Satan.
Judaism is different than Islam and Christianity because it's an ethnicity more than it is a religion. Many, if not
most Jews are atheists. Defining Israel as a Jewish nation is like defining the US as an Anglican nation.
Zionist founded Israel pretends to be loving benevolent world entity, but this is nothing more that PR propaganda
fairytale hype royal batshit insane horse crap. Here is a collection of real quotes by top cream de la cream prominent
Zionist leaders over the years and you decide for yourself:
―The removal of Arabs bodily from Palestine is part of the Zionist plan to spirit the penniless population across
the frontier by denying it employment… both the process of expropriation and the removal of the poor must by
carried away discreetly and circumspectly.‖ – Theodore Herzl – One of the founders of World Zionist
Organization – Complete Diaries, June 12, 1985 entry.
―We must use terror, assassination, intimidation, land confiscation, and the cutting of all social services to get
rid the Arab population‖ – David Ben Gurion – Israeli Statesman and Israel‘s first prime minster
―We have to kill all the Palestinians unless they are resigned to live here as slaves.‖ – Chairman Heilbrun, the
Mayor of Tel Aviv.
―If I were an Arab leader, I would never sign an agreement with Israel. It is normal; we have taken their
country. It is true God promised it to us, but how could that interest them? Our God is not theirs. There has been
anti-Semitism, the Nazis, Hitler, Auschwitz, but was that their fault? They see but one thing: we have come and
we have stolen their country. Why would they accept that?‖ – David Ben Gurion – Israel‘s first prime minister,
1948, quoted by Nahum Goldmann in Le Paraddoxe Juif (The Jewish Paradox), pp. 121-122
―We must use TERROR, assassination, intimidation, land confiscation and the cutting of all social services to rid
the Galilee of its Arab population.‖ – Israel Koenig, April 1976, from The Koenig Memorandum.
―We declare openly that the Arabs have no right to settle on even one centimeter of Eretz Israel… Force is all
they do or ever will understand. We shall use ultimate force until the Palestinians come crawling to us on all
fours.‖ – Raphael Eitan, chief of staff of the Israeli Defense Forces, quoted from Yediot Ahronot, April 13,
1983, and The New York Times, April 14, 1983
―The Palestinians are beasts walking on two legs.‖ – Menachem Begin, Israeli Prime Minister (1977-1983)
speech to the Knesset, quoted in Amnon Kapeliouk, ―Begin and the Beasts,‖ New Statesman, June 25, 1982
―We have to kill all the Palestinians unless they are resigned to live here as slaves.‖ – Shlomo Lahat, Mayor of
Tel Aviv, October 1983
―Our strategy was always to provoke the Arabs and get an appropriate response so we could attack and smash
them.‖ – Moshe Dayan, Israeli General, from his diaries.
―I don‘t mind if after the job is done you put me in front of a Nuremberg Trial and then jail me for life. Hang me
if you want, as a war criminal. What you don‘t understand is that the dirty work of Zionism is not finished yet,
far from it.‖ – Ariel Sharon, Israeli Prime Minister, quoted from Amos Oz interview with Sharon, originally
published in the Israeli daily Davar on December 17, 1982
―When we have settled the land, all the Arabs will be able to do about it will be to scurry around like drugged
cockroaches in a bottle.‖ – Raphael Eitan, Former Chief of Staff of the Israeli Defence Forces
―The Palestinians will be crushed like grasshoppers and their heads will be smashed against the boulders and
walls.‖ – Israeli Prime Minister (at the time) Yitzhak Shamir, New York Times, April 1, 1988
―I don‘t know something called International Principles. I vow that I‘ll burn every Palestinian child (that) will
be born in this area. The Palestinian woman and child is more dangerous than the man, because the Palestinian
child‘s existence infers that generations will go on, but the man causes limited danger. I vow that if I was just an
Israeli civilian and I met a Palestinian I would burn him and I would make him suffer before killing him. With
one strike I‘ve killed 750 Palestinians (in Rafah in 1956). I wanted to encourage my soldiers by raping Arabic
girls as the Palestinian women is a slave for the Jews, and we do whatever we want to her – and nobody tells us
what we shall do – but we tell others what they shall do.‖ – Ariel Sharon, Israeli Prime Minister, interview with
Ouze Merham, 1956.
Those are just but a very few notable quotes from the most high ranking and famous Israeli leaders who have been
publically claiming they come in ―peace‖ for more than 50 years, yet practicing hate, murder, rape, terrorism, theft,
apartheid and genocide at every turn against their welcoming next door neighbors in a land they walked into beginning
in 1948 yet their basic intent and purpose has been: ―hey this is my land, leave or die you sons of bitches.‖
Now the extremely important point I want to make is NOT even about the plight of the Palestinian people… for those
poor unfortunate souls were doomed the day that the Zionists decided to move in and take over the neighborhood.
The bottom line and unadulterated reality is their plight is extremely sad indeed, but the real point, the real issue I want
to highlight is that THIS is the de facto standard MODUS OPERANDI of the Zionist Jew elite who view securing
Israel as just PHASE ONE of their ―god given commandment‖ to rule the WORLD. When they get their long
sought after ―IRON FIST‖ control over all key resources, militaries, countries and ultimately the entire world… you
can rest assured that if you are not Zionist Jew… you WILL be treated EXACTLY like their Palestinian ―hosts‖
they have been systematically eliminating off the face of the planet. You and your kind may someday face their
wrath… for these are the people who claim to come in the name of ―god‖ to rule this world…
Behold: for I have said it, expect absolutely nothing to change from this paradigm, you are also a gentile, goyim,
lemming, cattle, scum, grossly inferior animal race to the most holy species of Zionist Jews who are put on this
planet to RULE over you, get over it already and just accept your pathetic slots in what little life is allotted for you to
wander in…. or will you dare wake up and confront those who plot to enslave you before they accomplish their
mission?
The whole world was astonished and followed the beast. Men worshiped the dragon because he had given
authority to the beast, and they also worshiped the beast and asked, "Who is like the beast? Who can make
war against him?" The beast was given a mouth to utter proud words and blasphemies and to exercise his
authority for forty-two months. He opened his mouth to blaspheme God, and to slander his name and his
dwelling place and those who live in heaven. He was given power to make war against the saints and to
conquer them. And he was given authority over every tribe, people, language and nation. All inhabitants of
the earth will worship the beast--all whose names have not been written in the book of life belonging to the
Lamb that was slain from the creation of the world. He who has an ear, let him hear (Revelation 13:1-9).
Conspiracy of Zion
By Donald J Cassidy, 2004 11 20
It [America] has succumbed to Zionism, the Black Plague of our times.

The Conspiracy of Zion goes back many centuries. It is spelled out in the
Protocols. The Protocols estimated a timetable of a century for its triumph
which has proved amazingly accurate. Today, America lives in Silverstein
Towers in Wolfowitz America. Let history note our vaunted military
deserted US. How did this happen?
First, let us distinguish between Judaism and Zionism. Judaism is an

ancient religion going back to antiquity; its bible is the Old Testament.
Modern Zionism is a political movement going back 150 years; its bible is
the Protocols of the Members of the Elders of Zion. The success of
Zionism is due to the immense sponsoring wealth of the Rothschild
Dynasty and its astonishing political genius and cunning. It concocted a
homeland in Palestine to unify World Jewry for its purposes. Very few
people have read the Protocols; this was their undoing. There is no question that the Protocols accurately predict,
as of a century ago, exactly what is happening in the world today. And Zionism is the thread that links all events.
Zionism means to rule the world from Jerusalem.
Historically, Jews have had a poor reputation. It is their culture of money. They have never learned that
humanity is fulfilled by Nature, Love, Art and Effort. They think it is Money and Power. They never assimilate
in a society; they always strive for preference and superiority. Over centuries they have devised a myriad of
ways to transfer the wealth of a society into their pockets including monopolies and gouging, money lending and
usury, tax evasion and bankruptcy, endless financial frauds and swindles and speculation. They are a financial
vortex. They are pariahs everywhere they settle. They bewail their "myth of victim-hood" when they are actually
the predators. Benjamin Franklin called them "vampires". He knew them from Europe and did not want them in
America. Yet today America hosts almost half of the world's Jewish population as their base of global power.
The leadership and core of Zionism are called "Jews"; they brought an entirely new dimension to Judaism.
Most "Jews" in Europe and America today are descended from a race of Asians (Khazars) who immigrated into
Europe in the Dark Ages and adopted the culture of Judaism. They have no connection whatsoever with
Palestine. George Washington despised them. Benjamin Franklin called them "Asiatics". Actually, they are
atheists. Judaism is their cloak for conspiracy. Their papacy is the invisible Rothschild Dynasty. They call
religious Jews "their lesser brethren" and exploit them for political purposes. "Anti-Semitism" is a myth, a
canard to bolster their image as "victims" as well as a political shiv. They brought to Judaism political
corruption, subversion of government, societal destruction, financial crises and panics, depressions and even
wars per the Protocols. The list is as long as Jacob Marley's chain. Two hundred years ago, Thomas Jefferson
said, "We have no paupers". Today America has fifty million paupers and another fifty million on the edge of
poverty. The American Dream is gone. Franklin's vampires have plundered a beautiful and bountiful nation.
They now hold a majority of American wealth.
War
Zionists have "had a hand" in every American war. The Civil War was not about slavery; it was about control of
the country, the Rothschild Northern banks vs. Southern agrarians. The Robber Barons of the 19th century were
financed by Rothschild, placing control of American industry in a few hands controlled by Rothschild. The
greatest traitor in American history is not Benedict Arnold but Louis Brandeis, the Father of Zionism in
America. Brandeis, Supreme Court Justice and blackmailer (of Wilson), prepared the Balfour Declaration with
Rothschild which slaughtered 150,000 Americans in World War I for World Zionism, bringing it to world
power. World Zionism declared World War II on Germany in 1933 from New York. Behind the scenes Zionists
have involved America in all of the wars of the 20th century for World Zionism, World Oil and World Banking,
all invisible Rothschild monopolies. War debt "fills their cashboxes" as well as the graveyards.
Financial crises
Depressions and financial crises and panics transfer immense wealth to them as admitted in their Protocols. They
cause it by a sudden coordinated withdrawal of immense amounts of money and/or credit like the Great
Depression or the Asian Crisis. They know it is coming (because they cause it) and safeguard their own wealth.
When prices collapse, their wealth returns and buys valuable properties and assets at bargain prices. The history
of the United States is dotted with depressions, recessions, financial crises and panics: 1817, 1837, 1869, and
every decade thereafter to the end of the century and a very severe one in 1907 to prepare for the Rothschild
Federal Reserve. Then the Crash of 1929 (withdrawal of money) followed by the Great Depression (withdrawal
of credit) and endless war and escalating war debt ever since. Again and again, they have devastated the
burgeoning wealth of other minorities.
Money and Debt

Prices remained stable in America for more than a century until the Rothschild Federal Reserve in 1913. Since
then the Fed has so inflated our currency that costs have escalated to twenty time 1913 costs to support the
Rothschild debt money supply. Rothschild currency always requires a huge tax to support the interest payments
like an income tax or a value added (national sales) tax. But wages have not kept up and wages bear the bulk of
taxation. This has forced the mothers out of the home to become taxpayers and destroyed the family. And the
children are abandoned. Tragically, the same thing happened in Ireland in the 1840's. England needed more
taxpayers to support its Rothschild debt currency and millions of Irish peasants lived in farming communes,
paying no taxes. By heavy taxation of the land-owners, the peasants were forced off the land. There was plenty
of food in Ireland but they had no Rothschild money to buy it; they starved or emigrated. The population was cut
in half. Rothschild money rules the world. The world is suffocating under the weight of its debt to the Rothschild
World Banking Empire. Nations pay the usurious interest over and over but the debt is never paid. For millennia,
usury was considered racketeering, today it is the norm.
The Federal Reserve

The Federal Reserve is undoubtedly their most destructive enterprise. It drains trillions of dollars from the
American people for the Rothschild Banking Empire. It controls the money, finance, employment and entire
economy of the American people and does not account for one cent. It is secret. You have to trust the greatest
liars, propagandists and hoaxers in history. It is responsible for our employment and has "globalized" twenty
million American jobs. And half of the remaining jobs in America do not pay family subsistent wages. It is
astonishing that people would permit this. Yet its counterparts exist in most countries of the world. It's the same
with the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund.
The Media
The Protocols boast the mass media has "fallen into their hands". They control the entire industry in America
from television to book retailing including national newspapers and magazines. They make or break candidates
for public office and narrow the choice of the electorate to their advantage. They have used it to brainwash and
mislead the American people and advance the cause of Zionism. It filters all news through screens beneficial to
Zionism. They demonize their opposition and deify their supporters. Americans, wrapped in the cocoon of
television, are isolated from reality. They would do well to turn off all television news and begin to think for
themselves.
Political Corruption
Zionists thrive on political corruption. Behind the scenes, they bribe and badger the government constantly.
AIPAC et. al have been successful in installing their web throughout government. They know in advance what
every branch and department of government is doing. They have subverted American elections and culled the
Senate of all opposition, producing near unanimous votes. They are doing the same in the House. They control
both Republican and Democratic Parties and have marginalized all Independents and Third Parties. They watch
the appointment of judges and have their media and their many labels ready for an appointment they do not
approve. They routinely bribe the President and manipulate him like an organ grinder's monkey. Truman was
paid two million dollars to approve the state of Israel to fund his reelection. Election machines are "fixed";
elections are a sham; republican government, ended. The American people have succumbed like lemmings, as
predicted in the Protocols.
Organizations and Factions

Zionists form endless organizations like AIPAC and MADD to tear at and reform government and the fabric of
the society. Then more organizations of their organizations give the appearance of a large political movement
when in fact there are really only a few like a cat hiking its back up. In the vacuum of legislative cowardice, they
bring many lawsuits before selected judges who adjudicate their wishes. AIPAC boasts it controls Washington;
MADD has criminalized thirty million Americans. Zionist "hate cells" are everywhere, watching everything.
Their abuse and insults are to free speech what puns are to humor, the cesspool.
Bankruptcy and Taxes

The bankruptcy laws are the "promised land". They cancel their lawful obligations to banks and creditors who
pass the costs on to everyone else while their money is secreted. When the people start this, it is quickly
proscribed. Their vast wealth in America is exempt from all taxation and their investment income and
inheritance taxes are being replaced by a national sales tax.
The Holocaust
The Holocaust is venerated around the globe. Shrines are required at public expense in every locality. It is
drummed into the heads of our children in school like a state religion. To investigate or deny it is called criminal.
Almanacs state the world population of Jews as constant from 1938 to 1948, around fifteen million, the same as
1925. The Jewish population in Europe also remained the same, about nine million. The biggest "Holocaust" in
Europe was the starvation, murder and torture of millions of Germans under the Morganthau Plan and the
extortion of nearly a quarter trillion dollars in a half century for "poor little" Israel. (Read 'The Holocaust
Industry' by Prof Norman Finkelstein). The generations of World War II are passing away but Holocaust
"survivors" collecting reparations have tripled. It has proved a very profitable institution. So, of course,
almanacs are attacked and the FBI wants to reclaim all almanacs as "aids to terrorism". In Protocol America,
Terrorism, like so many Zionist subterfuges, is really Anti-Zionism.
The Takeover
In realization of the final phases of the Protocols, a minority of less than two percent of the people are taking
over all important positions of Money and Power in America. They monopolize our Government, Education,
Media, Banking and Finance, entire Industries, Professional Associations, etc. (Look up the heads of all major
universities.) They constitute the authority figures in all matters in their mass media. This is to subliminally
demonstrate their superiority. They thrive on double standards. A Dreyfus or a Klinghoffer is a world crisis but a
Corrie or a USS Liberty is a "mishap". If this were another minority, the media would be up in arms, clear proof
of conspiracy.
A Brave New World

The American "Experiment of 1776" has failed. Imagine a Kafka government ruling the entire planet from
Jerusalem with one family dynasty as absolute despot. Read the Protocols. The continental unions like the EU
and NAFTA and all treaties, international organizations like World Trade, IMF, World Bank, and NATO are
designed to bring this about. It has been planned for many decades. There will be a global currency. There will
be continuous crises, military, economic and financial. The wars of the Protocols have begun. Opportunities,
employment and incomes will be strictly regulated; excess populations exterminated. Education and educators
will be controlled; social progress rolled back to the 19th century. Personal rights and liberties will be only
memories. Dissent will be crushed All citizens will observe each other and required to report any infraction even
within families. Secret police are everywhere; the work camps are built. The state religion will be Judaism; all
others banned. Parochial systems of education will be closed. This vast conspiracy against mankind is very real
and America is the stepping-stone. America has been a Zionist controlled state for many decades without the
knowledge or consent of its people. Its ruthlessness is proved by Waco, Ruby Ridge, Oklahoma City and
Silverstein Towers. Zionism invented nuclear weapons and the humanicide of tens of millions of civilian
populations and children in World War II. This is the Brave New World of the Protocols. God bless America
(Israel); God help our children. ENJOY!
Benjamin Franklin warned, if these 'Asiatics' are allowed into this country,
"Our children will be working in their fields while they sit in their counting houses".
Wal-mart? And remember, this Brave New World could be avoided not by mighty armies or HAARP weapons
but by a few simple words, to wit, An annual tax of fifty percent of all personal wealth, income and property in
excess of five millions instead of endless wage and sales taxes.
"The powers of the government for the collection of taxes are perfect. They fall principally on the rich; it is a
general desire to make them contribute the whole money we want." -Thomas Jefferson
The Zionists rabidly fight tooth and nail against all works that dare to be placed in circulation revealing their
hidden secrets, practices and agendas therefore you will encounter tons of hyperbole, disimformation, propaganda,
smear campaigns, rhetoric and even censorship trying to eliminate all revelations and exposes. Another such example
of a massive battle to completely obliterate a famous expose‘ is the 100% historically accurate ―Protocols of the
Learned Elders of Zion‖ an astounding work uncovered over a 100 years ago, which we have included in its entirety
in the addendum section at the end of this report.
The Zionists were venomously FURIOUS when that secret holy document the Protocols of the Learned Elders of
Zion was leaked to the goyim public, so much so that they went ape shit to destroy and discredit it, so much so, that
in some places you can GO TO JAIL just for possessing that document! I kid you not. Read it and you will see for
yourself the amazing accuracy of the over a century old document in describing EVERYTHING the Zionists
have been up to, doing, before, during and AFTER it was written. In other words, the Protocols of Zion were their
secret ―Operators Manual.‖
Look at world history, view all that the Zionists have done, worked for, championed and accomplished over the
past century and compare it to the Protocols of Zion and you will see it is a jaw dropping chilling bona fide 100%
the real McCoy. No supposedly work of ―fiction‖ has ever existed in the history of mankind that has been so
uncannily ACCURATE, over 100 years later, as documented history is our witness, almost all the Protocols
have been/are being fulfilled and become REALITY. There is absolutely no denying documented history and the
parallels of the Protocols. The modus operandi is clear cut identical. The supposed ―forgery‖ the Protocols were written
over a 100 years ago, yet perfectly revealed and described the exact modus operandi of the Zionists, thus we can
study the Protocols to see what the Zionist cartel have been doing and WILL do in the coming years… it‘s that
precise.
The Protocols of Zion are so startlingly significant and accurately fulfilled throughout history that I had to include a
complete copy of it. You will find the complete Protocols of The Learned Elders of Zion in the Addendum section of
this Matrix Report.
The claim of "forgery" fails on many grounds, not the least of which is the internal nature of the document
itself. As the Jew, Arthur Trebitsch, once put it, "an anti-semitic mind, no matter how far it may have been
driven by anti-semitic rancor, could never have devised these swindles and underhanded expedients as a
whole". Forgery is a difficult business. A forger of a painting, say a Rembrandt, must not merely have the
technical ability to do the job, to copy to perfection, to age the paints and the canvas past the point of detection
of all but the most sophisticated of modern forensic techniques, he must also have the ability to enter into the
spirit of the artist he is copying, else his fraud shall be immediately detectable. In the case of the alleged
Czarist "forgery" of the Protocols, in many passages, are simular with passages in Joly's "dialogues". Surely
any forger, even a Czarist one with grandiose ambitions, would hardly have been so careless as to simply copy
passages verbatim from a still available book of only forty years previously. Nothing would be easier for the
other side to track down and then pronounce "Aha!"
Logic, then, supports the proposition that the Czarist authorities were not even aware of Joly's dialogues, much
less culpable of copying from them. Otherwise they were remarkably optimistic as to what they could get
away with. But the argument against "forgery" goes much deeper than this. The Protocols are the product of
two things: (1) collective thinking and (2) a desire to tear down all that western civilization has created. They
are the expression of a will at war with the outside world. This hostility is calculated with scientific precision.
Every specific formulae of the Protocols is calculated to: (1) tear down and (2) bring the resulting chaos under
ever increasing direction and control. These formulae bear the influence of many years, one might say
centuries, of experience and calculation. They have obviously been honed through successes and failures,
calculation and recalculation, with many minds' contribution to the fine tuning exactly as in the case of a
certain declaration regarding a Jewish "national homeland" in Palestine which also went through many drafts
and revisions, courtesy of many hands before being published in all its seeming innocuousness.
Any forger, operating in the dark without awareness of his enemies' true design, would be extremely
unlikely to accidentally concoct a plan which did not at all describe the world as it then existed but
which did accurately foretell so much of what was to subsequently come to pass in the ensuing century.
Rather, a forger operating in the dark and with nothing more than malevolence and ill will to guide him, would
most likely come up with a blueprint bearing absolutely no resemblance to future events. Thus, if the Protocols
are a "forgery" they are of a kind which violates all the considerations which normally govern these matters.
There is a further argument against the "forgery" thesis, and that is the reaction of the Jews themselves. The
reaction, from the moment of first appearance of the Protocols was one of pure hysteria. It resembled the same
reaction which Jews display over the so-called "Holocaust Denial". The Protocols, although first published in
Russia in 1905, attracted little public notice until the aftermath of the First World War when a Jewish-
instigated communist revolution was raging in Russia. The Protocols then appeared to corroborate political
upheavals which were then mesmerizing the world. So uncanny was the resemblance between the events
in Russia and the formulae of the Protocols that American State Dept. in 1919 in its position paper "The
Power and the Aims of International Jewry" compared the plans of the Protocols with the documented
statements of the leaders of world Jewry and found marked synchronicities and similarities.
Zionism actually promotes Anti-Semitism! Theodor Herzl, the founder of modern Zionism, recognized that the anti-
Semitism would further their cause, the creation of a separate state for Jews. To solve the Jewish Question, he
maintained ―we must, above all, make it an international political issue.‖ Herzl wrote that Zionism offered the
world a welcome ―final solution to the Jewish question.‖ In his ―Diaries‖, page 19, Herzl stated ―Anti-Semites will
become our surest friends, anti-Semite countries our allies.‖ As you can clearly see, from the days of Herzl, anti-
Semitism was viewed as a key strategy for them to achieve their goals.
Anti-Semitism has been their shield and sword. They have been able to get away with untold number of acts that no
one else on the planet could, all under the anti-Semite shield and sword. If you say ANYTHING they don‘t like they
immediately DEMONIZE you and raise the anti-Semite shield, deflecting it. Their anti-Semite attack is nothing other
than a strategic means of control, for when you can control and limit the range of the language that is viewed as
―acceptable‖, you in essence control the argument and the binderies of where anyone can tread. The ―politically
correct‖ protocol is a direct spinoff of this communication restriction scheme.
The remarkable aspect is when they label the TRUTH as anti-Semitic, because then the ―truth‖ is
DEMONIZED and rendered null and void!. You can‘t tell the truth because it is ―anti-Semitic‖!!! Absolute PURE
FUCKING GENIUS!!!
They are cunning skilled experts at pulling out the anti-Semite sword and cutting you to bits, it‘s called character
assassination, they have professional anti-Semite fire breathing character assassination hit squads and armies (ADL is
just one example) just waiting to pounce on their next victim who dares speak the TRUTH about the Jews and their
dealings. Thus anti-Semitism has been their KEY COVER, SHIELD & SWORD throughout modern history,
allowing them to infiltrate everything and everywhere, while no one dare utter a word in opposition… PURE
FUCKING GENIUS!
Incredible, they took a label ―anti-Semite‖ and turned its targets into infected lepers! DEMONIZING the mark, far
worse than any other four letter word. Gasp, ―there goes the anti-Semite.‖ For when victims are plastered with that
adhesive label they instantly cringe, begin to stutter, their knees become week and they fold from the public ridicule,
they all eventually BOW to their accusers, publically apologizing while pleading for mercy… PURE GENIUS!
Demonize your accusers, and portray them as biased racist bigoted dirt bags, they then publicly humiliate their
targets using the entire fellow Jew owned and controlled mass media at their disposal to character assassinate the poor
fool who dared open his mouth… PURE GENIUS!
Where is this practice leading to? In some countries where Jewish control was deeply embedded (such as in Stalin‘s
Soviet Union and Germany) anti-Semitism was even punishable by DEATH. If they have it their way, it will be as
such all over the world, at which point it would become futile to resist them for the moment you open your mouth in
commendation of their lies and atrocities you would be imprisoned or put to death… you heinous blasphemous slime
ball anti-Semites!
The anti-Semite charge has been the most ingenious TACTICAL WEAPON found in history to SILENCE,
NEUTRALIZE and DEMONIZE your accusers and opponents, NO MATTER HOW TRUE THEIR CLAIMS
MAY BE, their revelations, findings, allegations and testimonies are MAGICALLY DEEMED NULL AND VOID by
the mystically powerful anti-Semite charge.
Rarely do the ―bigoted racist slanderers‖ recuperate their prior status in life; such is the sheer raw power of the
Jewish influence. There are thousands upon thousands of cataloged successful public anti-Semite ―prosecutions‖ and
―convictions‖ out there, I will just use one example that is currently being perpetrated:
South African deputy foreign minister and ANC member Fatima Hajaig is under fire for allegedly saying that ―Jewish
money controls the United States‖:
―Jews control America, no matter which government comes into power, whether Republican or Democratic,
whether Barack Obama or George Bush‖ Hajaig told a crowd at a Johannesburg political rally two weeks ago.
―Their control of America, just like the control of most western countries, is in the hands of Jewish money.‖
Outraged by the remarks, the South African Jewish Board of Deputies (a ―civil rights group‖ to protect the civil rights
of, umm, only Jews) said it filed a complaint against Hajaig at the Human Rights Commission. ―That minister‘s
statement is incorrect, inflammatory and outrageous. We feel in our young democracy and in the 21 st century, we
should learn to respect each other and refrain from such anti-Semitic statements.‖ There you have it, a perfect
example, of a reputable person, a minister no less, makes a 100% TRUTHFUL statement only to be immediately
assaulted on a national media level and covered by an avalanche of news sources. She is being attacked and set on
display on a world level for all to see what happens to those who dare bear witness against their Jewish masters.
She is also being prosecuted at her local level, where they will attempt to inflict as much damage to her career and life
as humanly possible.
22 year CIA veteran, Unit Chief Michael Scheuer addressed the taxpayer-funded Center for Naval Analyses in
Alexandria, Virginia, where he explained that ―U.S. citizen Israel-firsters (Zionists). . . dominate the American
governing elite where they act to ensure that those like himself who question the nature and benefit of current
U.S.- Israel ties are slandered as pro-Nazi, anti-Semites.‖
That‘s nothing, the anti-Semitism stratagem has become so powerful that in the Global Anti-Semitism Review Act of
2004 became reality here in America (see the codified statue below) it allowed the Zionists to establish an official
government agency to handle anti-Semitism! The Office to Monitor and Combat Anti-Semitism is a part of the
Bureau of Democracy, Human Rights and Labor Affairs (DRL) at the United States Department of State. It is headed
by the Special Envoy to Monitor and Combat Anti-Semitism (SEAS). The office "advocates U.S. policy on anti-
Semitism both in the United States and internationally, develops and implements policies and projects to support
efforts to combat anti-Semitism."
You can thank good ole George Bush for the new office, Obama recently appointed a new czar to run the office, a
devout Zionist Jew Hannah Rosenthal who‘s first official act was to put on a public show making believe that she is,
get this, anti-Israel… LOL! The Jews have been making believe she is extremely anti-Israel so as to buffer the fact that
she is actually ONE OF THEM. This is a common age old Jewish arguing tactic, where they create a bogus animosity,
arguing, bickering, amongst one another, sparking controversy thus creating hype and illusion that they are against
their own, when in fact it is the exact opposite. When the cameras are not rolling you will find them laughing and
patting each other on the backs. The purpose is basically to defuse the public outcry before it settles in deflecting the
fact that one is a fox guarding the foxes.
§ 2731. Monitoring and combating anti-Semitism
(a) Office to Monitor and Combat anti-Semitism

(1) Establishment of Office
The Secretary shall establish within the Department of State an Office to Monitor and Combat anti-
Semitism (in this section referred to as the “Office”).
(2) Head of Office
(A) Special Envoy for Monitoring and Combating anti-Semitism
The head of the Office shall be the Special Envoy for Monitoring and Combating anti-Semitism (in this section
referred to as the “Special Envoy”).
(B) Appointment of head of Office
The Secretary shall appoint the Special Envoy. If the Secretary determines that such is appropriate, the Secretary
may appoint the Special Envoy from among officers and employees of the Department. The Secretary may allow
such officer or employee to retain the position (and the responsibilities associated with such position) held by
such officer or employee prior to the appointment of such officer or employee to the position of Special Envoy
under this paragraph.
(b) Purpose of Office
Upon establishment, the Office shall assume the primary responsibility for—
(1) monitoring and combating acts of anti-Semitism and anti-Semitic incitement that occur in foreign countries;
(2) coordinating and assisting in the preparation of that portion of the report required by sections 2151n (d)(7)
and 2304 (b) of this title relating to an assessment and description of the nature and extent of acts of anti-
Semitism and anti-Semitic incitement for inclusion in the annual Country Reports on Human Rights Practices;
and
(3) coordinating and assisting in the preparation of that portion of the report required by section 6412
(b)(1)(A)(iv) of this title relating to an assessment and description of the nature and extent of acts of anti-
Semitism and anti-Semitic incitement for inclusion in the Annual Report on International Religious Freedom.
(c) Consultations
The Special Envoy shall consult with domestic and international nongovernmental organizations and multilateral
organizations and institutions, as the Special Envoy considers appropriate to fulfill the purposes of this section.
Now that they were successful in outlawing ―HATE SPEECH‖ you know the first people taking advantage of
imprisoning thousands upon thousands of their detractors will be the Jews. We will have to start building more
prison facilities to house the wicked anti-Semite offenders. The way I see things headed, just maybe the day will also
soon arrive here when ―anti-Semitic hate speech‖ will land you a long prison sentence. Yes you will have your rights…
to keep your mouths shut and mind your own fucking business, now bow to your Zionist Jew masters you pathetic
goyim slime…
Understanding Anti-Semitism: Why Do Some People Dislike Jews - Video
The "Jews" consist of basically two separate peoples, for the purpose of making this simple: one group I will call
Judaism, my beloved ancestors, consists of: peaceful traditional blood lineage Jews who humbly follow Torah
teachings and practices, going about their lives, live and let live. Then you have the crazies, the make believe ―Jews,
Neo-Nazi Zionists who are hell bent on raising the nation of Israel who is to then become the ruler of all nations. This
is the sinister group who plunder, lie, cheat, steal, even sacrifice their own people to achieve their goals. Herein is a
dilemma: the Christ is supposed to come from the Jewish lineage of David. Throughout the Matrix Report, when you
see any use of the word Jew, I refer only the Zionist group, this is the group of snakes involved in raping and pillaging
religion, commerce, politics and empire. This is the ―synagogue of Satan‖. We have nothing bad to say about the
peaceful tribe of Judah Jews, I know it may be real easy to do, but please do not get these two groups mixed up.
ANTI-SEMITISM
By Arnold Kennedy
It is pointed out that the United Nations Conventions have the effect of changing race into any group having an
ethnic belief, religion, common customs, national origins, etc, so that in this context multiracial Jews can now
claim to be an ethnic group. “Anti-Semitic” now is made to refer to anything against the concept of this “Jewish”
ethnic group. Anti-semitism is in no way what it is presented to be. The word, "Anti-semitism" was first printed
as late as 1880, according to the 1901 Encyclopedia Judaica: Vol.1/641. It is a term that was created by Zionism,
according to modern Jewish authority who state, "Jews began in the 19th century to call themselves Hebrews
and Israelites in 1860. This coincides with the cry anti-Semitism"-[Ency. Jud.1971,Vol.10:23].
The New Zealand Jewish chronicle of Sept.1995 on page 15 quotes historian Robert Wistrich who
says, "It dates back to 1879, the invention of a German journalist and writer who wanted to signify
that anti-Senitism was not the same as traditional religious hatred of Jews, and therefore coined a
phrase which had a racial connotation”.
The word, “anti-Semitism” was first printed as late as 1880 according to the 1901 Jewish
Encyclopaedia: Vol 1 P.641. The word is used as a cover-up by those claiming to be Israelites or
Shemites, “but who are not”-[Rev 2:9]. These are who are known and identified as International
Jewry today; they themselves state that they are Edom, as has been shown.
To be anti-Semitic rightly means being against the descendants of Shem, the son of Noah. Biblical
Israel are Shemites. Historically and biblically, there are peoples known as "Jews" who are not
Shemites, and some of these others descend from the other two sons of Noah, Japheth and Ham.
They are not Israelites, but neither are some other Shemites.
Today we find a push for world government by these particular people, as usual through the socialist platform:
”Jewish Encyclopaedia Vol 11:P418.
“Jews have been prominently identified with the modern Socialist movement from itsvery inception
We also find evidenced the Communist ideal surfacing again in the United Nations Conventions.
Very soon after the Communist revolution in Russia, the Jewish Chronicle of April 4: 1919 said:
“There is much in the fact that the ideals of Bolshevism are at many points consonant with the finest ideals of
Judaism”.
The Encyclopedia Judaica [1971], Vol 16:1032 says:

“The modern term Zionism first appeared in the 19th Century...as the establishment
of an organisation”.
Communism sought to eliminate all opposition to its control and objectives and we find a similar
operation emerging today against those who would contravene the U.N. Conventions. Communism, Zionism
and United Nations have a dominating “Jewish” content. We will soon see more cries of anti-Semitism world-
wide against those who oppose Edom in their war of extermination against Biblical Israel and Christianity.
NON-ISRAELITE “JEWS”. There are Jews of many racial origins.
1. THE ASHKENAZIM JEWS.

Some claim a link between Edom and the Khazars, but apart from that there is more than one identity calling
themselves “Jews”; all of these have no claim to the name ‘Israel’. Regarding the
Ashkenazim Jews who speak Yiddish, most dictionaries and encyclopaedia define Ashkenazim in
words like “after ‘Ashkenaz’, the second son of Gomer”. This confirms Scripture concerning the sons of Noah,
[Shem, Japheth and Ham], and their offspring: Gen 10: 1-3 “...the sons of Japheth, Gomer, ....the sons of Gomer,
Ashkenaz”.
The Khazars themselves claimed descent from Japheth, and from their adoption of Judaism, they
became known as Jews. But, they did not descend from Shem, and therefore they are not Semitic in origin. To
relate the term “Anti-Semitism” to Jews of this origin is nonsense and part of the great
deception! Eastern European Jews of this origin have no Israelite connection. Anti-Semitism could
not apply to them! These people are the majority in the State of Israel.
2. THE SEPHARDIM JEWS.

The American People’s Encyclopaedia, [1925] indicates that these descended from Edomites who
were cast out from Palestine by Prince Titus is AD 70. From thence they spread to North Africa and
to Spain converting Berber Tribes and others to Judaism. There were Cardinals and Popes who
were Sephardim Jews. They have no simple blood line, being Edomites diluted with Syrian,
Canaanite, Phoenician and North African blood.
3. THE SEPHARDIM / ASHKENAZIM JEWISH MIXTURE.

It is impossible to determine the degree of intermarriage between these two groups of non-Israelites, but there
is evidence that this has been common.
4. THE ETHIOPIAN DESCENDANTS OF HAM-

*The Falashas+. These are known as “Jews” because of acceptance of Judaism. The encyclopaedia Judaica says:
“The history of the Falashas speaks of their Hamitic origin”.
5. BABYLONIAN JEWS.
Those in the days of Mordecai and Esther, many who obviously were not of Judah took up Judaism “And many
of the people of the land became Jews”-[Ester 8:17].
6. PROSELYTES TO JUDAISM
These are people from other Semitic and non-Semitic origins, being known as Jews because of
religious spirit and belief. To add to the confusion, we have the Arabs who come from the line of
Shem through Abraham. To be anti-Arab is then to be anti-Semitic also.
Anyone who wants to call this mixture “Israel” is not speaking about the true Israel of God as defined in the
Bible. If we have another Israel we then have another gospel. The argument often raised is to infer that Arabs
are not now Semitic and that racial admixture has rendered them so. But the same people will insist that Jews of
such racial mixture are a single race when they are not. They want it both ways.
The territorial term “Ioudaios” is wrongly accepted as the racial term “Ioudas” when reading the New Testament
is the root of the understanding problem. The use of the territorial term is not a measure of race, although
some true Israelites were amongst the proselytes to Judaism in Judea.
The majority of Zionists are from a the Khazar/Ashkenazi line of converts, thus really not true blood lineage Jews.
Therefore they are as much ―Jewish‖ as a China-man who converts to Muslim, is Arabic. It is preposterous for the
Chinese man to claim he is an Arabic, such is the case with the Zionist ―Jews.‖ Most were actually converts, many
come from the Khazars who were a warlike semi-nomadic Turkic people, they all became Jewish converts
during the eighth or ninth century the state religion became Judaism, thus came to be the Khazar Jews. The
AshkeNAZI Jews are descended from the medieval Jewish communities of the Rhineland in the west of
Germany… as in NOT from the tribe of Israel. The formal Bavarian ―illuminati‖ was founded in Germany by Adam
Wieshaupt on May 1, 1776.
You must fully understand that GERMANY was THE epicenter of the Zionist illuminati universe, and GERMANY
became the default HEADQUARTERS of these people (don‘t forget that the City of London also latter became another
key headquarters, later followed by New York). From GERMANY they all migrated on their quest of world conquest.
Not all ―illuminatists‖ left GERMANY, many stayed… they eventually amassed great fortunes from Germany, even
throughout the World Wars (which the Zionists had major roles in engineering)…. Secretly plying their craft and
agendas behind the scenes, all along working with their Zionist brethren in other ―enemy‖ countries, they have
consolidated wealth and power beyond your wildest imagination.
Prominent researchers have identified these two ethnicities the Khazars and the Ashkenazis as the historical root of
most Zionist Jews. I am not an expert in Jewish history, so whatever the case may be, one thing for sure, these two
sects of ―Jews‖ are NOT true pure blood descendants of Abraham. The peace loving Jewish descendants of Abraham,
Jacob, David and the tribe of Judah absolutely abhor the entire Zionist agenda (but then again, many true blood
descendant Jews have also been seduced by and now embrace Zionism also). The Zionist entity are the de-facto
financial and media leaders of the world. The essence and source of ALL THEIR POWER is derived from
completely and absolutely dominating the world of banking, finance and media. Period. They are hell bent on
ECONOMIC COLONIZATION OF THE WORLD. The peaceful and humble house of Judah Jews live low profile
lives and respect and honor their traditions.
Before I get into any other trains of thought I also need to get one thing straight. The Zionist state of Israel exists
largely because of the direct efforts of the Rothschilds. They were virtually singlehandedly responsible for establishing
the current state of Israel. (ok, so they also had help from other wealthy Zionist Jews) You must completely understand
that the Rothschilds are one of THE central founding fathers of the modern Jewish homeland who worked for
years on end for the establishment of their nation. When the Balfour Declaration of 1917 was ratified by the British
government acknowledging the rights for the establishment of the state of Israel, that letter was addressed personally to
the Rothschilds. The Rothschilds along with help from other wealthy Zionists have financed the entire establishment of
the nation of Israel from day one. The point I am trying to make is that the Rothschilds are the ―George Washington,
Benjamin Franklins, Columbus‖ of the modern state of Israel all rolled up into one.
Another extremely important factor you must never forget is that hundreds of years ago the Vatican and the Catholic
Church FORCED all Jews to deny their faith and convert to Catholicism or DIE. Unlike the Christians who preferred
martyrdom instead of recanting and rejecting their faith. Many of the Jews externally converted (converted in
appearance so as to avoid death) also changed their Jewish surnames, adopting GENTILE surnames to avoid
stigmatism and oppression. For ages they learned the benefits of secretly hiding their roots and beliefs, they
mastered the art of secret congregation, (known as crypto Jews) conspiring and worshiping with their own in
secrecy. Thus we witness their propensity of founding many secret societies.
Years down the line, it would become difficult for anyone on the "outside" to determine who was of Jewish ancestry if
they did not disclose that information... hence, this eventually became a hidden asset, a secret weapon in that the Jews
have been able to mingle in and infiltrate all sectors of Catholicism, Masonic Orders, commerce, governments and
so forth. They perfectly adopted to and learned the languages of their adopted countries such as Scotland, France,
Spain, Ireland, etc., and blended right in, sometimes even marrying goyims. So who is to say if so and so is, or is not a
Jew. Millions of Jews that immigrated from Germany and all of Europe, settled in America changed surnames to HIDE
the truth that they were in fact Jewish... some of which later became leaders of industry and government here.
If Americans Only Knew - Trailer
WHY IS WORLD JEWRY OPPOSED TO THE ZIONIST STATE:

1) WHAT IS "THE PEOPLE OF ISRAEL" ?
-The people of Israel have existed for thousands of years.
-It has its own particular, essential, nature.
-The Torah is the source of its essential nature.
-Without Torah and faith there is no people of Israel.
-Whoever denies the Torah and the Faith is no longer part of the people of Israel.
-The purpose of the People of Israel in this world is Divine service.
-Their salvation is occupation in Divine Service.
2) WHAT IS ZIONISM ?
-Zionism is a new thing.
-It has only existed for a century.
-Zionism redefines the true essential nature of the people of Israel, and substitutes
for it a completely contradictory and opposite character.
- a materialistic worldly nation.
-Their misfortune is lack of what other nations have. i.e. a state and army.
-Their salvation is possession of a state and army etc.
- This is clearly speed out in the circles of Zionist though, and among the leaders of
the Zionist state, That through changing the nature and character of the people of
Israel and by changing their way of thinking they can set before the People of Israel
"their salvation." -- a state and an army.
3) THE PEOPLE OF ISRAEL OPPOSE THIS FOR 4 REASONS
FIRST - Because this is diametrically opposed and completely contradictory to the true essence and foundation of
the people of Israel, as it explained above. Because the only time that the people of Israel where permitted to have
a state were two thousand years ago when the Glory of the Creator was upon us. And likewise in the future when
the Glory of the Creator will once more be revealed, and the whole world will serve Him. Then He Himself
(without any human effort or force of arms) will grant us a kingdom founded on Divine Service.
However, a wordily state, like those possessed by other peoples, is contradictory to the true essence of the People
of Israel. Whoever calls this the salvation of Israel shows that he denies the essence of the People of Israel, and
substituted another nature, a worldly materialistic nature, and therefore sets before them, a worldly materialistic
"salvation." And the means of achieving this "salvation" is also worldly and materialistic i.e. to organize land and
army.
However, the true salvation of the People of Israel is to draw close to the Creator. And this is not done by
organization and force of arms. Rather, it is done by occupation to Torah and good deeds.
SECOND - Because of all of this and other reasons Torah forbids us to end the exile and establish a state and army
until the Holy One, blessed be He, in His Glory and Essence redeems us. This is forbidden even if the state is
conducted according to the law of the Torah. Because arising from the exile itself is forbidden, and we are required
to remain under the rule of the nations of the world, as it explained in the book VAYOEL MOSHE. And the Holy
One, blessed be He, has warned us that if we transgress this injunction, He will bring upon us (may we be spared)
terrible punishment.
THIRD - Aside from arising from exile, all the deeds of the Zionists are diametrically opposed to the Faith and the
Torah. Because the foundation of the Faith and Torah of Israel, is that the Torah was revealed from heaven, and
there is reward for those who obey it and punishment for those who transgress it. The entire People of Israel are
required to obey the Torah, and whoever doesn't want to, ceases to be part of the Congregation of Israel.
FOURTH - Aside from the fact that they themselves do not obey the Torah, they do everything they can to prevent
anyone they get under their power, from fulfilling the commands of the Torah. They do this both with force and
with trickery. Their claims to freedom of religion are lies. They fight will all of their strength to destroy the Faith
of Israel.
4) THE ZIONISTS CLAIM THAT THEY ARE THE SAVERS OF ISRAEL, BUT THIS IS REFUTED
BY TWELVE THINGS.
FIRST - If one contemplates the two thousand years of our exile, take any hundred years even the hardest, one will
not find as much suffering, bloodshed, and catastrophes for the People of Israel as in the period of the Zionists.
And it is known that most of the suffering of this century was caused by the Zionists as our Rabbis warned us
would be the case.
SECOND - It is openly stated in the books written by the founders of Zionism that the means by which they
planned to establish a state was by instigating anti-Semitism, and undermining the security of the Jews in all the
lands of the world, until they would be forced to flee to their state. And thus they did. They intentionally infuriated
the German people and fanned the flames of Nazi hatred, and then helped the Nazis, with trickery and deceit, to
take whole Jewish communities off to the concentration camps, and the Zionists themselves admit this. (See books
Perfidy, Min Ha Meitsor, etc.). The Zionists continue to practice this strategy today, they incite anti-Semitism and
then they present themselves as the "saviors". Here are two replies given by leaders of the Zionists during World
War II, when they were asked for money to help ransom Jews from the Nazis. Greenbaum said "One cow in
Palestine is worth more than all the Jews in Poland." (G-d Forbid). Weitzman said, The most important part of the
Jewish people is already in the land (of Israel) and those who are left, are unimportant (May we be spared).
THIRD - We see that most of the world Jewry, lives in security under good physical conditions, and have no desire
to go live in the Zionist state. Whereas many people have left the Zionist state to live under better conditions in
other lands.
FOURTH - The Zionists make a great deal of propaganda to induce people to immigrate too their state. If their
state is so beneficial why do they have to make so much propaganda.
FIFTH - Because nobody wants the Zionists to "Save them". The only way they can get immigrants is by
promising poor people material benefits. And even then very few people respond.
SIXTH - The Zionist state is always threatened by the dangers of war. Whereas the rest of world Jewry lives in
peace and security. (Except in a few places where the Zionists have undermined their security and fanned the
flames of hatred)
SEVENTH - The Zionist state could not continue to exist without economic support from Jews living outside of
the Zionist state.
EIGHTH - The Zionist state is on the verge of economic collapse, and their money is nearly worthless.
NINTH - The Zionist state persecutes all Jews who are loyal to their faith.
TENTH - They start wars that endanger the Jewish People, for the sake of their own political interests.
ELEVENTH - According to the Torah the path of safety is following ways of peace not starting fights with other
nations, as the Zionists do.
TWELFTH - Even if the Zionists could and would provide physical security it would be at the expense of our
Faith and Our Torah. And the true People of Israel prefer death rather than life at such a cost. It is therefore clear
that Zionism is not the savior of the people of Israel. Rather it is their greatest misfortune.
5. EVEN THOUGH THERE ARE OBSERVANT JEWS AND RABBIS, WHO

APPROVE OF THE ZIONISTS, THIS IS NOT THE OPINION OF THE TORAH.
- The people of Israel has existed for thousands of years.
- It has its own particular, essential, nature.
- The Torah is the source of its essential nature.
- Without Torah and faith there is no people of Israel.
- Whoever denies the Torah and the Faith is no longer part of the people of Israel.
- The purpose of the People of Israel in this world is Divine service.
- Their salvation is occupation in Divine Service.
- They make it look like all Jewry and their Rabbis are
Zionists, but this is false propaganda.
- The most important Rabbis and the majority of religious
Jewry are opposed to Zionism, but their voice is not heard because of Zionist
control of American News media.
- The Zionists terrorize everyone who speaks out against
them.
- That part of the Jewish masses which is fooled by Zionist propaganda puts
pressure on their Rabbis not to speak out.
- Between the terror and the pressure of the masses most of the Rabbis are
prevented from speaking out.
6) WE BRING THREE TESTIMONIES OF THE TRUE OPINION OF THE
TORAH.
1) In the past two thousand years of the dangers and sufferings of exile not once
did any of the Sages of Israel suggest that we make a state to protect ourselves.
And in every generation we had thousands of Sages well versed in the Torah.
2) We have thousands of legal work of Torah law that have been handed down to
us by the Sages of all generations. Not once do we see a word suggesting the
establishment of a state. What we do find is warnings against it.
3) The founders of Zionism where all atheists who denied the Torah. And all the
Torah Sages of that time opposed them and opposed Zionism, saying that Zionism
would lead only to destruction.
However the true People of Israel will never change their nature or give up their
faith. They are the strongest of the strong. Because of their strength the Creator
gives them. Zionism is a foreign growth in the body of the Jewish People. The
end will be that it will rid itself of this foreign growth and remain pure. Zionism
has overcome the Jewish people by force. With fraud and terror, but none of this
will help them because the truth will always remain with the help of the Creator.
Zionism will not replace the Jewish People. The Jewish People will remain strong
in their faith and the Zionist state will cease to exist.
4) It is therefore, our demand that the State that calls itself ISRAEL should cease
to exist. Since this won't be done, we demand that they cease to call themselves
"Israel", because the entire being is in complete opposition to the true People of
Israel. The true People of Israel deny them permission to call themselves by that
Name. The Zionist leaders have no right to set themselves up as the representatives
and spokesmen of the true People of ISRAEL.
5) Since we know they will not fulfill this demand either we feel that at least we
cry out the truth. And the truth will always remain the truth. By no means or force
can the truth be changed. Even if all the world would say that one and one are
three, the truth will remain that one and one is two.
6) Let the truth be declared. The use of the Name "ISRAEL" by that state is a
complete falsification. The people of Israel have nothing to do with the state.
Zionism and its state have no share and no part in the true ISRAEL.
Another very important issue that I find really interesting is that of many key communists, such as Karl Marx, a Jew,
Karl Heinrich Marx was born on May 5, 1818, in the city of Trier in the Rhine Province of Prussia (now Germany).
His mother, Herietta Pressburg, was from Holland and like Karl's father, was Jewish and was the descendent of a long
line of rabbi's. Hitler and many other important ―evil‖ communist figures were Jewish! Don't bother researching in
those sterilized history books you get in school. You must dig through tons of cleansed and sanctified material to find
the real golden truths. The undisputable fact is that Marx and Hitler both had Jewish blood running in their veins, now
let that key truth sink into your head and simmer for a while. Never ever forget the FACT that the Rothschilds (Jews)
were not only in bed with Hitler from day one, supporting him, financing his whole war and their Holocaust™... Some
researchers also point out the very high likelihood Hitler was actually the illegitimate son of a Rothschild! Is it not
common knowledge that his mother was Jewish? She worked in one of the Rothschild mansions up until the day she
was impregnated by a Rothschild. Hitler was groomed, teased, prodded by his Jewish brethren to follow the path he
pursued to become one of the most influential pivitol historic changes in history. Oh what a mighty web the rulers of
man have woven... Think about it, many Zionist Jews have been traced to the Ashkenazi line, as in: AshkeNAZI…?
BTW, isn't it interesting that without Hitler as a catalyst there would be no state of Israel today... (the KEY goal of
the Zionists at that time), there would be no radical worldwide universal enforced special treatment of the Jews with
kid gloves today (oh those poor suffering filthy rich people). Hitler was the single most important person to have ever
come up in history that ADVANCED the Jewish agenda by light years. Think about it, Hitler was more successful than
MOSES in laying the groundwork for Jewish world rule! Since the fabled ―holohoax‖ it has grown to the extent that
the world must walk on pins and needles when ever mentioning anything Jewish... ever since the holohoax one must
say something nice or keep your mouths shut for fear of swift brutal retribution, lawsuits, character assassination,
destruction of your careers and financial ruin. There is no such thing as even being allowed to conduct fair and
balanced criticism of Israel or Jews for retribution will arrive swiftly and painfully.
Due to the fact that all media and thus all propaganda, has been owned/controlled by Jews, the real story of the world
wars is very rare. For starters, WWII was actually started by the Zionist Jews! The Jews had done as they did time and
time again in every country they managed to get expelled and deported from, yet again they were literally taking over
all aspects of business establishing monopolies in Germany, literally bleeding the country dry. Thus Hitler had come
up with ―the final solution‖ for the Jewish question. Those plans had absolutely nothing to do with slaughtering Jews.
The final solution was simply a plan to deport all Jews to Madagascar. (This was a mutual contract signed by the
Zionists) Just like in the other 107 countries throughout history that expelled the Jews after finally getting fed up
with the Jews antics in their countries, Germany also realized that, like all other countries before it, the only logical
―solution the Jewish problem‖ was to expel as in DEPORT THE JEWS. Upon the Zionist hearing of those plans,
THEY declared war on Hitler‘s Germany in 1935. Hitler did not start the war, nor did he ever declare war. War was
forced on him first by the international Zionists then followed by Great Britan and France whom they lured to attack
Germany after it had invaded Poland. THIS my friend is the TRUE unadulterated beginning of World War Two.
Most of us have seen the terrible pictures taken by the Allies of piles of dead emaciated corpses in the camps awaiting
burial. What you are not told is that teams of Pathologists followed the invasion forces into Europe and performed
autopsies on thousands of these dead bodies. Dr. Larson, pathologist with the Judge Advocate Generals Office led
these teams and reported: ―Not one case of death by poison gas was found.‖ Dr. John E. Gordon MD. Ph.D Harvard
Professor ws also with the US forces. He reported: ―Most deaths in concentration camps were caused, not by
starvation or maltreatment, but by Typhus!‖ What you are also not told is the Allied bombings killed a lot of the people
you see in many of the photos, in friendly fire, so it was an easy feat in getting the Allied military to eventually accept
and go along with the contrived cover story to blame the many atrocities on the evil sinister ―bad guys.‖
ALLIED MILITARY POLICE HQ.

VIENNA 1.10.1948
MEMO Nr: 31/48
The Allied Committee of Inquiry has to date proven that no poison gas was ever
used to kill prisoners in the following concentration camps: Bergen-Belsen,
Buchenwald, Dachau Flossenburg, Gross-Rosen, Mauthausen and satellite camps
Natzweiler, Neuengamme Niederhagen (Wewelsburg), Ravensbruck, Sachsenhausen,
Stutthof, Theresienstadt, Stutthof, Theresienstadt. In all cases where gassings
were alleged, it could be proven that torture had been used to extract
confessions and witnesses have lied. Any former inmate who, during their
debriefing continues to allege that Poison gas was used to murder people (in
particular Jews), are to be reported to this office and if they insist on lying
further, they are to be charged with perjury.
signed Major Miller

Commanding Officer Allied Military Police Vienna:
witnessed by:
Lietenant Lachout MP
Hitler didn't want world war

Illuminati Created and Manipulated Hitler
By Henry Makow, PhD
Hitler didn't want a world war, and had no stomach for fighting England, according to Pulitzer Prize winning
journalist Louis Kilzer, author of "Churchill's Deception" (Simon & Schuster, 1994).
Hitler believed the future of Western civilization depended on the cooperation of Germany and her Aryan
cousins: England and the United States. His territorial demands were limited to conquering Communist Russia,
which he regarded as a proxy for Jewish world ambitions. He was determined to avoid fighting a war on two
fronts.
The "miracle at Dunkirk" was in fact an extraordinary peace overture to England. We don't normally associate
Hitler with such magnanimity.
In May 1940, the British were on the verge of defeat. The English army was trapped at Dunkirk. Rather than
take them prisoner, Hitler halted his generals for three days allowing 330,000 men to escape.
"The blood of every single Englishman is too valuable to shed," Hitler said. "Our two people belong together
racially and traditionally. That is and always has been my aim, even if our generals can't grasp it." (Kilzer,
p.213)
This is not an attempt to exonerate Hitler. His ideology of Aryan racial supremacy and his treatment of "inferior
races" are abhorrent to me. My own grandparents were murdered by the Nazis. I believe people can take pride in
their race or nationality without seeking to dominate others.
Nonetheless we should understand that our view of Hitler is influenced by propaganda. The Allies were also
guilty of atrocities and war crimes. Furthermore Hitler was created, manipulated and destroyed by the same
Illuminist clique that runs the world today.
"CHURCHILL'S DECEPTION"
According to Kilzer's well-documented book, Hitler was trying to convince the English to make peace. In
exchange, he was ready to retreat from Western Europe and from much of Poland.
Kilzer describes how British Intelligence (an arm of the Illuminati) took advantage of Hitler's racist ideology to
divert his energies against Russia and trap him in a two-front war. They convinced him that a large pro Nazi
(anti Communist) "Peace Party" was prepared to unseat the "war monger" Churchill.
This party consisted of the Duke of Windsor (the former King Edward VII) and appeasement-minded elitists
known as the "Cliveden Set." The Nazis had longstanding social ties with this group and confided in them. Hitler
seemed to overlook the fact that Windsor went to stay at the Rothschild castle in Austria after he abdicated.
Rudolph Hess, the Deputy Leader of Nazi Germany, was in contact with the Cliveden group and flew to England
May 10, 1941 to negotiate peace. According to Kilzer, Hess had Hitler's complete blessings.
Coincidentally this was the worst night of the Blitz. Afterward, there was a long lull in both Nazi and British
bombing raids. It appears the Nazis thought they had an understanding with the British and turned their attention
to the invasion of Russia the following month (June 22, 1941.)
Hitler didn't understand that the Anglo American elite was (and still is) intimately connected with international
(i.e. Rothschild) finance. Anglo American imperialism is in fact a front for the families that own the Bank of
England and the Federal Reserve. These Jewish and non-Jewish families are connected by money, marriage and
Lucifer worship (i.e. Freemasonry). Both Roosevelt and Churchill were their flunkies. (All our "leaders" are.)
In 1776 Meyer Rothschild financed the Illuminati, a Masonic secret society that in turn spawned the major
revolutions of the modern era including the Bolshevik Revolution in 1917. The ultimate aim is to establish the
banker world dictatorship, which is at an advanced stage today.
In the 1930's their purpose was to incite a two-front war that would leave the great nation states (England,
Germany and Russia) prostrate. Like all wars, the purpose was to kill millions of people, traumatize humanity,
increase public debt and private profit, and make "world government" (the future UN) seem essential for
"peace."
The 1930's British Policy of Appeasement was probably designed to encourage Hitler's expansionist tendencies
and to provoke war. Douglas Reed, the (London) Times Correspondent in Berlin, was first tipped off to
something fishy when his newspaper suppressed his warnings of the Hitler menace. (See his "Controversy of
Zion")
ROTHSCHILD CONDUCTS RED SYMPHONY
Why would the financial elite also want to destroy Russia, which they created?
The transcript of the 1938 NKVD interrogation of C.G. Rakowsky (a.k.a Chaim Rakeover) provides the
answer.(http://www.savethemales.ca/000275.html) Rakowsky was an intimate of Trotsky's and former Soviet
ambassador to Paris.
Rothschild's agent Leon Trotsky was supposed to succeed Lenin but got sick at the critical moment. Stalin was
able to assume power and save Russia from Rothschild control.
In order to control Stalin, international finance was forced to build up Hitler and the Nazi party. Rakowsky
confirms that Jewish financiers backed the Nazis although Hitler was not aware of this.
"The ambassador Warburg presented himself under a false name and Hitler did not even guess his race... he also
lied regarding whose representative he was... Our aim was to provoke a war and Hitler was war...[the Nazis]
received...millions of dollars sent to it from Wall Street, and millions of Marks from German financiers through
Schacht; [providing] the upkeep of the S.A and the S.S. and also the financing of the elections..."
Unfortunately for the bankers, Hitler also proved intractable. He started to print his own money!
"He took over for himself the privilege of manufacturing money and not only physical moneys, but also
financial ones; he took over the untouched machinery of falsification and put it to work for the benefit of the
state... Are you capable of imagining what would have come ...if it had infected a number of other states and
brought about the creation of a period of autarchy [absolute rule, replacing that of the bankers]. If you can, then
imagine its counterrevolutionary functions..."
Hitler had become a bigger threat than Stalin, who had not meddled with money. The British were not going to
make peace with Hitler because he threatened the bankers' racket. Furthermore, the Illuminati wanted an
extended war, the ruin of Europe and the expansion of the USSR.
HITLER'S SECRET BACKERS
The book "Financial Origins of National Socialism" (1933) by "Sydney Warburg" provides another glimpse of
how the Illuminist clique supported Hitler. This 70-page booklet was suppressed for many years but was
republished in 1983 as "Hitler's Secret Backers."
"Warburg" describes a July 1929 meeting with "Carter," the President of J.P. Morgan's Guarantee Trust, the
Presidents of the Federal Reserve Banks, "the young Rockefeller" and "Glean from Royal Dutch." These are all
Rothschild dominated.
It was determined that Warburg who spoke German should ask Hitler how much money he needed to overthrow
the state. The only stipulation was that Hitler adopts "an aggressive foreign policy."
"Warburg" details five meetings with Hitler between 1929 and 1933. The first took place in a beer cellar where
Hitler calculated his needs on the back of a paper plate. About $25 million was transferred. This was extremely
important in the depth of the depression because the Nazis provided food and shelter to many of their supporters.
Hitler wasn't told the reason for this support and did not ask. On two occasions, he wondered out loud if
"Warburg" was himself Jewish but dismissed the idea before getting a reply.
There is no "Sydney Warburg" but the internal evidence suggests the author could be James Warburg, son of
Federal Reserve founder Paul Warburg. Many people dismiss this monograph as yet another fraud but the wealth
of accurate detail and anecdote suggests otherwise.
One wonders why anyone would go to this much trouble to alienate the most powerful people in the world if he
wasn't sincere. The only people with the power to suppress it are the ones it incriminates and they have a long
record of suppressing similar works.
CONCLUSION
"Who controls the past controls the future: who controls the present controls the past." George Orwell
The winners write history. Our view of Hitler and the Second World War is largely a Jewish view. I am only
beginning this research and will happily admit my errors. These are my tentative conclusions:
While I utterly reject Hitler's racist ideology and atrocities, he may have represented the last serious resistance to
the Illuminist agenda.
Paradoxically Hitler was created and manipulated by the bankers he railed against. He lost the war because he
didn't appreciate their larger agenda. Naively he failed to recognize that they controlled England and the United
States. It's as if he didn't believe his own propaganda.
Blinded by racist zeal, he made a fatal blunder (from his point of view) of not neutralizing England by seizing
the Middle Eastern oil fields. He made another fatal error by not promising to liberate the Russian people from
oppression. Nazi brutality turned the Slavs into implacable fighters.
But for his demented racist ideology and consequent barbarism, Hitler might have done some good. Many
Germans and even some German Jews supported him. Instead he was another pawn in the Illuminati's diabolical
game.
Henry Makow, Ph.D. s the inventor of the board game Scruples and author of " Long Way to go for a Date." His
past articles exposing feminism and the new world order are stored at his web site www.savethemales.ca He
enjoys receiving comments at henryatsavethemales.ca
Note - In answer to a number of emails, yes, Dr. Makow is Jewish scholar and writer. -ed
Judea Declares War on Germany - Video - Video - Video
Peace, Propaganda and the Promised Land - Video
Quite frankly, I am sick and tired of being forced to listen to those canned tired old accusations of ―Self Hating Jew‖
and "ANTI-SEMITE!!!" that the neo-extremist Zionist Jewish people hurl at anyone each and every time they hear
ANYTHING they don't like of agree with. I loathe the HOLOCAUST™ HOAX INDUSTRY. Zionists engineered,
hijacked and exploited a horrific WAR tragedy, cynically employed it to enact their own genocidal ethnic cleansing
against the Palestinians, establish their anti-Semite counter attacks, and used it as a justification for the continued
existence of the monstrous state of Israel. THE WORLD HAS SEEMED TO FORGET THAT HITLER WAS
PROVOKED INTO WAR. The Zionists were trying to provoke him into attacking THEM as early as 1935 (see
pic above). This Holocaust™ scam has been the KEY building block, the CORNER STONE and foundation of the
special treatment they DEMAND from the world. So powerful has been their capitalizing on the Holocaust™ hoax that
they snowballed it into the most powerful shield ever to be wielded by any ethnicity, so much so that in some countries
it is a severe CRIME to even deny that it occurred in the first place!
Even establishment status quo stooge like Pat Buchanan admits these most obvious of historical FACTS:
Was the Holocaust™ Inevitable?

(Hitler Didn‘t Plan to Kill the Jews)
By Pat Buchanan, Townhall.com
"What Would Winston Do?"
So asks Newsweek's cover, which features a full-length photo of the

prime minister his people voted the greatest Briton of them all.
Quite a tribute, when one realizes Churchill's career coincides with the collapse of the British Empire and the fall
of his nation from world pre-eminence to third-rate power.
That the Newsweek cover was sparked by my book "Churchill, Hitler and The Unnecessary War" seems
apparent, as one of the three essays, by Christopher Hitchens, was a scathing review. Though in places
complimentary, Hitchens charmingly concludes: This book "stinks."
Understandable. No Brit can easily concede my central thesis: The Brits kicked away their empire. Through
colossal blunders, Britain twice declared war on a Germany that had not attacked her and did not want war
with her, fought for 10 bloody years and lost it all.
Unable to face the truth, Hitchens seeks solace in old myths…
….What of World War II? Surely, it was necessary to declare war to stop Adolf Hitler from conquering the world
and conducting the Holocaust™.
Yet consider. Before Britain declared war on him, Hitler never demanded return of any lands lost at Versailles to
the West. Northern Schleswig had gone to Denmark in 1919, Eupen and Malmedy had gone to Belgium, Alsace
and Lorraine to France.
Why did Hitler not demand these lands back? Because he sought an alliance, or at least friendship, with Great
Britain and knew any move on France would mean war with Britain -- a war he never wanted.
If Hitler were out to conquer the world, why did he not build a great fleet? Why did he not demand the French
fleet when France surrendered? Germany had to give up its High Seas Fleet in 1918.
Why did he build his own Maginot Line, the Western Wall, in the Rhineland, if he meant all along to invade
France?
If he wanted war with the West, why did he offer peace after Poland and offer to end the war, again, after
Dunkirk?
That Hitler was a rabid anti-Semite is undeniable. "Mein Kampf" is saturated in anti-Semitism. The Nuremberg
Laws confirm it. But for the six years before Britain declared war, there was no Holocaust™, and for two years
after the war began, there was no Holocaust™.
Not until midwinter 1942 was the Wannsee Conference held, where the Final Solution was on the table.
That conference was not convened until Hitler had been halted in Russia, was at war with America and sensed
doom was inevitable. Then the trains began to roll.
And why did Hitler invade Russia? This writer quotes Hitler 10 times as saying that only by knocking out
Russia could he convince Britain it could not win and must end the war.
Hitchens mocks this view, invoking the Hitler-madman theory.
"Could we have a better definition of derangement and megalomania than the case of a dictator who overrules his
own generals and invades Russia in wintertime ... ?"
Christopher, Hitler invaded Russia on June 22.
The Holocaust™ was NOT a cause of the war, but a consequence of the war. No war, no Holocaust™.
Britain went to war with Germany to save Poland. She did not save Poland. She did lose the empire. And Josef
Stalin, whose victims outnumbered those of Hitler 1,000 to one as of September 1939, and who joined Hitler
in the rape of Poland, wound up with all of Poland, and all the Christian nations from the Urals to the Elbe.
The British Empire fought, bled and died, and made Eastern and Central Europe safe for Stalinism. No
wonder Winston Churchill was so melancholy in old age. No wonder Christopher rails against the book. As T.S.
Eliot observed, "Mankind cannot bear much reality."
THE GREATEST HOAX TO EVER BE PERPETRATED ON

MODERN MAN:
Behold: For the Zionist Jews were already working on the 6,000,000 Holocaust™ HOAX legend 20 years, YES!
TWENTY FREAKIN YEARS BEFORE THEY CLAIMED IT EVER HAPPENED!!!!! The narrative was being
planted into the minds of the population way before the Holohoax. Everyone was being PRIMED in advance to
hypnotically accept the fairytale figure of
―6 million.‖
You must at this point also never forget

just WHO were the people who owned
and controlled all the dissemination of
NEWS! The Zionist Jews
CONTROLLED ALL NEWS
AGENCIES AND STATIONS! Of
course they all fell into unified total
agreement that the holohoax happened!
The ZIONIST JEW NEWS PAPERS
AND RADIO STATIONS kept drilling
in the lie. Then their publishing
subsidiaries established it as
HiSTORICAL FACT. Where does all
the ―data‖ that everyone uses to ―prove‖
the alleged holohoax come from? From
Jewish sources…. Duh! Throughout history anyone, ANYONE and EVERYONE who dared step out of line to even
question the numbers or evidences have been un-mercilessly viciously attacked. There has NEVER been an unbiased
realistic investigation into the matter without the Zionist Jew hatemongering apparatus menacingly foaming at the
mouth, hovering over the shoulders of everyone who dared look into the matter. THIS has been the setting and
atmosphere of all ―research.‖
Thus all data that it to be allowed into the public view has first been sanctioned by the Zionist Jew data police, then it is
cleared for public eyes. ANYTHING that did not support the 6,000,000 Jew MYTH was systematically violently
challenged, and fiercely eliminated. THIS is the true atmosphere of the establishing of the ―holohoax.‖
Thousands of people, academics, researchers, investigators and so forth have had their LIVES DESTROYED for
raising red flags, disputing or challenging the OFFICIAL NARRATIVE of the alleged Holocaust™. Hundreds more
were systematically IMPRISONED for merely challenging the narratives with FACTS. Again, I would like to point out
the fact that yes the entire war was a terrible atrocity, hundreds of thousands DID die in the camps, but not only
exclusively just Jews. Tens of thousands, if not hundreds of thousands died from many illnesses and disease.
Absolutely no one did forensics on the 56 million dead of WWII. The Zionists were the SOLE entity claiming 6
million Jews dead from ―gas chambers.‖ And they had majority control of the press and media at that time to broadcast
that claim 24/7/365 until everyone accepted it as gospel.
"A lie told often enough becomes truth" - Vladimir Lenin.
"There's nothing so absurd that if you repeat it often enough, people will believe it." - William James (1842-
1910) The father of modern Psychology
I would like to point your attention to evidence exhibit #6,000,001 below… I found this amazing historical document
that survived the Zionist revisionists, censors and their shredding machines at www.erichufschmid.net, here are his
own words describing this 1919 published work:
The Zionists “Jews” initiated WWII – This paper from 1933 clearly shows they were instigating WAR
long before Hitler had any plans:
The 1919 Holocaust™ that Failed

You heard about the Holocaust™ in which 6 million [alleged] (my
edit) Jews were killed in Nazi Death Camps.
"threatened Holocaust™" of 6
Did you hear about the
million Jews about 20 years earlier?
Probably not, even though a former Governor of New York wrote

about it in 1919, because that early Holocaust™ never became a
best-seller.
Published in The American Hebrew, by Martin Glynn, October 31, 1919
In Glynn's article, we find that World War I ended "for everybody, but the Jew." he encourages the League
of Nations to bring peace to the world, and he wants to "give justice to the Jew and other oppressed peoples".
However, this threatened Holocaust™ of 6 million Jews never became popular with the American or European
public. Perhaps this is why the Zionists staged a new and improved version of the 6 million Holocaust™ during
World War II. In this revised Holocaust™, they made sure that some of the 6 million Jews were killed. This
turned out to be the key to making the Holocaust™ a phenomenal success.
The contents of the article are below. It serves as a lesson in how not to market a Holocaust™.
Below is another article, proof of widespread priming the masses to phychologically accept the 6,000,000 victims
myth was published BEFORE world war 2 ever started! The entire claim of 6,000,000 ―Holohoax‖ was a
STRATEGICALLY PREMEDITATED PLAN that was being set up long before world war 2 ever began!!!
Judea Declares War on Germany: A Critical Look at WWII - video
This movie is a fair and balanced look at how Zionists ―Jews‖ declared war on Germany in early 1933 (long before
any German retaliation began) in an effort to crush Germany. Germans responded to this by making many of
these "traitors" to their cause imprisoned (similar to what America did to the Japanese). However, despite propaganda
conceived by Jewish supremacists in the form of Holocaust™s movies made weekly
(still, even 60 years after the war's end), many of the events surrounding WWII are
questionable despite arguments to the contrary. More movies were made to bolster the
Holocaust™ myth than any other event in the history of mankind.
Behold: Unbeknownst to the lay man, the Zionists carefully PLANNED and designed
the rise and fall of the Nazi empire. The crown jewel of this scheme would be THE
PREMEDITATED SACRIFICE OF TENS OF THOUSANDS OF JEWS upon
which they would blow the whole story out of proportion and turn the entire affair into
the world‘s most elaborate scheme to position themselves as perpetual victims while
simultaneously turning the very same events into the most ingenius SHIELD to protect
themselves from ever being subjected to public scrutiny, analysis, examination and
inspection, ever again.
Dare to break free from the indoctrination that you and everyone you know has
thoroughly undergone your entire lives.
Behold: For the word ―Holocaust‖ is actually Yiddish for ―Burnt Sacrificial Offering.‖ Understand this and
understand it well for the Zionists SACRIFICED tens of thousands of Jews in order to fashion the worlds most
ingenius inpenetrable SHIELD. They put Hitler into power, financed him and his empire, made him out to be a hero
with darling (Zionist) media coverage. Hitler even appeared on the cover of Time magazine. Let there be no doubt that
Hitler was the ultimate evil red herring fall guy. What made it so wonderful for the hidden masters orchestrating the
entire scheme was the fact that Hitler was indeed a crazy evil psychopath. The Zionists worked out an agreement with
Hitler to transfer as many Jews as possible to Palestine (―The Transfer Agreement‖) where they were planning to seize
control and erect the nation of Israel. Tens of thousands of Jews were let freely leave with their entire wealth intact,
transferred without harm under the auspices
of Hitler. People, there was no ―holocaust‖
only a Holohoax, a premeditated setup of
gargantium proportions and the entire world
ate it all up. Such is the vast power and
influence that they gained since those days,
now it is even a sevear crime punishable
with long prison sentences to even question
the Holohoax myth in many countries.
With the Holohoax having gone according

to plan, through the setup and apparent
slaughter of the poor Jews from the ghettos
(56 million people died in that war, who did
the DNA investigation to see all the piles of
naked people without ID were all Jews
anyway?) With repulsive photos of the
massive carnage the Zionists they secured
their demands then began phase II of their
master plan, now with tens of thousands of
refugees in Palestine they pushed for rights
to establish the nation of Israel in Palestine
sovereign lands that were their home for over two thousand years. At the stroke of pens the nation of Israel was the
only nation to have ever been formed in such manner.
Upon receiving the green light, the Zionists financed their own bloody murderous invation and occupation of Palestine
and the rest is now history. The birth of the Apartheid State of Israel.
There were no lampshades made from Jewish skin, and all such talk has been proven to be pure bullshit. There
were no bars of soap made from humans, as some Jewish propagandists have long argued (despite numerous tests
proving them bald-faced liars, and despite even some Jewish historians conceding to this last point--and others).
Most of the stories you hear are simply left-over propaganda conceived by Soviet Jewish master-propagandist
Ilya Ehrenberg, which he used to help justify the war.
In fact, according to records from the Red Cross, there are questions raised about the number of Jews who died during
the course of WWII in lands occupied by Germany. Much of the evidence available suggests that those who did die
suffered mostly from diseases (such as typhus) and malnutrition (towards the war's end, when supply lines were
cut and even the general public had to ration its food there).
Today, of course, Jewish supremacists are working quickly to suppress anyone who doubts their propaganda. Take, for
example, Ernst Zundel, who was ripped away from his wife Dr. Ingrid Zundel in the hills of Tennessee, when he was
sent to Germany for doubting the Holocaust™ (with a capital "H"). Similarly, Germar Rudolf was taken from his wife
and children in Illinois and deported to Germany, where he stood trial and had to go to prison for doubting the Jewish
version of history.
This is a ploy that Zionists use: often they would say that anyone who speaks against Zionists is really
speaking against all Jews. I think the intention is to use Jews in general as an impenetrable shield to hide
behind (the "anti-Semite" shield), but the actual effect is to suggest all Jews have the Zionist mindset.
No one is sent to Red China for doubting that they killed millions under communism there, which is a known fact; nor
is anyone sent to jail for expressing doubts that about 40 million people were murdered under Stalin and his Bolshevik
henchmen. But doubt Jewish WWII arguments, and you might next be sent to Europe to stand trial for their thought
crime laws--like a modern day Galileo--punished for telling the truth!
―When Israelis send a tank to the West Bank they promote the idea that it's Palestinian aggression. So even when
the Palestinians are the victims, the Israelis market themselves as the victim. They occupy this square of
victimhood throughout the world.‖
The Holocaust™ issue is all a bunch of over hyped over exaggerated bull donkey, it‘s over and done with, GET OVER
IT already. I never deny it didn't happen, the Holocaust™ DID occur, ok! I don't care if the actual number of dead Jews
was 6 trillion or 6 dozen... GET OVER IT ALREADY! A total of 62 million people died in WWII... even if you
accept the alleged - controversial "6 million Jews" count that still leaves an astounding minimum (according to
exaggerated Jew math) 56 million non Jewish people REAL Holocaust™ of WWII, this is the real true sad
Holocaust™. Only spineless saps bow to the extortion of the Zionists and APOLOGIZE for any comment they have
made questioning the Holocaust™.
I will join the chorus of brave researchers and writers that still have their God given BALLS to boldly call out blatant
lies and exaggerations and point out that the sacred, hallowed, sanctified, holy number of 6,000,000 Jews is PURE
BULLSHIT. What probably happened was that some high priestess Zionist agent walked by the official bulletin board
where the total of dead Jews was posted and saw the figure of: 600,000 dead... He looked around to see if anyone was
looking, coast was clear, he pulled out his magic marker and ADDED A ZERO TO THE FIGURE!!! Presto!!! The
rest is history. The now LEGENDARY source of the ridiculous claims of 6 million dead Jews is finally solved! lol
Below is the scanned image of the Official Death Total report from the International Red Cross:
According to OFFICIAL DOCUMENTED RED CROSS RECORDS the total number of deaths is all concentration
camps was 271,301. Here now, for the entire world to see, is a scanned image of an Official International Red Cross
document proving the so-called "Holocaust™" never happened. Jews around the world intentionally lied and grossly
EXAGERATED for the purpose of gaining strategic emotional, monetary and business advantages for themselves.
They committed willful, criminal FRAUD upon millions around the world!
"The Holocaust™" is the greatest lie ever told. Millions of dollars have been paid out to "Holocaust™ survivors" and
their descendants for something that DID NOT HAPPEN. This is intentional, criminal fraud on a scale so massive as to
almost incomprehensible to all the world… except to those who convinced you of the lie…
World Jewish Population Before and after WW2:

Old UNBIASED Almanacs Never Lie!
 Meyers Handlexicon, Germany 1921 -- 11,600,000

 World Almanac, 1925, pg. 752 -- 15,630,000, "In 1925 a census of Palestine gave a total of 115,151 Jews"
 World Almanac, 1929, pg. 727 -- 15,630,000
 National Council of Churches 1930 -- 15,600 ,000
 March 24, 1933, Jewish newspaper Daily Express -- 14,000,000 Jews worldwide
 World Almanac, 1933, pg. 419 -- 15,316,359, ["The estimate for Jews in the above table is for 1933, and is by
the American Jewish Committee"
 World Almanac, 1936, pg. 748 -- world Jewish population = 15,753,633
 World Almanac, 1938, pg. 510 -- world Jewish population = 15,748,091, with 240,000 in Germany
 American Jewish Committee Bureau of the Synagogue Council, 1939 -- 15,600,000
 World Almanac, 1940, pg. 129: World Jewish Population -- 15,319,359
 World Almanac, 1942, pg. 849: World Jewish Population -- 15,192,089 ("Jews include Jews by race not
necessarily by religion")
 World Almanac USA, 1947, pg. 748: World Jewish Population -- 15,690,000
 Statistical Handbook of Council of Churches USA 1951 -- 15,300,000
 World Almanac, US News & World Report, 1983 population of Jews -- 16,820,850
 World Almanac & Book of Facts, 2001: World Jewish Population -- 13,200,000
There were actually 584,549 MORE Jews in 1949 than in 1940! lol
These are FACTS, FACTS - UNDISPUTABLE FACTS! I am not a mathematical genius, but what I want to know
IF 6,000.000 Jews died from 1940-1945 why does the world Jewish population census not reflect this figure? It doesn‘t
take a rocket scientist to figure that 15 million minus 6 million is 9 million, thus the population figures after the war
should be somewhere around 9,000,000.
Did Six Million Really Die? - http://www.historiography-project.com/books/19740000harwood_dsmrd.html
I will tell you why the official statistics show

absolutely zero population change: the Holocaust™
was pure crockashit absurd fairytale lies that were
ceaselessly reverberated ad nauseam throughout
history, drilled and pounded into the public‘s
conscience by the Zionist media until everyone
dismissed reality and accepted the holyhoax as gospel.
And as you well know, anyone who stood/stands up
and challenges the hoax is immediately retaliated
upon.
Numbers of Victims Don't Add Up
The World Almanac for 1947 states that back

in 1939 the world Jewish population was
15,688,259. The Almanac's figures were
supplied by the American Jewish
Committee. Next the Jewish-owned New
York Times of February 22, 1948 stated the
world Jewish population for that year
amounted "to 15,600,000 to 18,700,000 in addition to the 600,000 to 700,000 living in Palestine." How could
the Jewish population increase so rapidly over the war years if they had lost 6,000,000 people?
Following the rise of Hitler there were no more than 4 million Jews at most living in areas occupied by the
Third Reich at the height of its power. Yet on June 30, 1965, the West German government announced that
some 3,375,000 Jewish holocaust "survivors" had applied for reparations money. The International Red Cross
had already reported in 1946 that of registered Jewish camp inmates no more than 300,000 could have died,
and their audit to December 31, 1984 records a total 282,077 registered deaths of all internees in all German
Concentration Camps from all causes.
It is interesting to note that in the Jews' real "bible", The Talmud, it is claimed that 800,000 Jews were
slaughtered by the Romans in Hadrian's era. Yet there is no historical evidence to support this claim either.
The Jewish-owned New York Times, in 1945 carried an article by the well known Jewish writer C.L.
Sulzberger. It openly stated that Soviet Russia had supplied the figure of 4 million Jews having been put to
death "in the gas chambers of Auschwitz." Thus it was the Judaeo-Communists and the Jews who initially
originated these figures which today are accepted as "gospel truth". It is claimed that from 1934 to 1945 some
50,000 people died in the huge Bergen-Belsen camp. This count is considered exaggerated, still Time
Magazine reports that of this figure 20,000 died of typhus during the single month of March, 1945! If nearly
half died of this plague in just one month at the end of the war there is no way Bergen-Belsen could have been
an "extermination camp".
What Experts say about the Holocaust
Dr. Harry Elmer Barnes, eminent historian, author of 40 books, many of which are standard college texts,
noted in Rampart Journal, 1967. "It has been demonstrated that there had been no systematic extermination in
those camps." Thies Christopherden, a German soldier and author wrote: "I was at Auschwitz! There was no
gas chamber there." Paul Rassiner, historian and anti-Nazi activist, who served a prison sentence in
Buchenwald and the Dora camps stated in 1962. "The claim that a holocaust took place is an historic lie - the
most tragic and most macabre imposture of all time." Prof. Robert Faurisson, a specialist in Document
Analysis at the University of Lyon. France, stated on April 25, 1979. "The holocaust lie, which is largely of
Zionist origin, has made an enormous political and financial fraud possible, whose principal beneficiary
is the state of Israel."
Holocaust™ brainwashing has become a major part of school curriculum and indoctrination for no one on the planet
can graduate from any public school without having received Holocaust™ propaganda in every class at every grade.
What will they do when they get total world dominion? They will most likely establish worldwide holy days where all
inhabitants will be required to observe with deepest reverence, the most sacred HOLY DAY of holy days: the World
Holocaust™ Memorial Day. As part of the mandatory observance of that most wonderful HOLY DAY would be the
requirement of all gentiles fast all day long and bow in the direction of Israel and each Goyim must pay an annual
Holocaust™ reprearation fee of $666. Think I am being overly sarcastic? Today there are more memorials
reminding us of the JEWISH Holohoax than memorials for ALL THE OTHER EVENTS IN THE HISTORY
OF MANKIND COMBINED.
Isn't it strange that Americans are so consumed with images of alleged ―millions‖ of Jews dying in Nazi concentration
camps that they are oblivious to tens of millions of Christians who died? Nobody, not even Jews, disputes that less than
half the population of concentration camps were Jews. Who were the other half?
Christians. Even if you accepted the Holocaust story in its entirety as historical fact,
this is still 25 times as many Christians as Jews who died. Many of these Christians
died in the course of defending their homes and homelands, rather than in
concentration camps where Jews were herded after they successfully lobbied for and
got gun control laws in pre-war Germany, just as they're now doing in the US…
Who controls porn, gambling, media and who has the most sway over the
politicians? The Jews of course. The real problem is that a citizen can‘t speak about
the death toll of WW2 Jews without paying homage to the Holyhoax. That‘s the rub.
Freedom of unpopular speech is controlled by the Jews. Nothing, no opinions,
facts, stories get printed or aired in the mainstream media without their Jewish
executive editorial approval, for they own & run all media.
It is an undisputable FACT that the Zionists declared war on German and did
everything in their power to instigate Hitler into attacking them!!! They had a master plan… and Hitler fell right into
their trap. After carefully analyzing all the facts, it is painfully obvious the Zionists did in fact engineer a retaliatory
strike on their own people… Their motto: the ends justify the means. After all, it is common FACT that many
wealthy elite Jew bankers such as the Rothschilds, financially backed Hitler!!!… Oh what a mighty web the
Zionists weave…
The Zionists did everything to PROVOKE an attack on their own kind. The literally SACRIFICED the Jews
to achieve their long awaited dream of establishing their homeland. Long before the first bomb was ever dropped they
all along had a master plan that would turn out to be pure genius in that they would come out the other end of the
conflict as the ―poor defenseless, down trodden, persecuted, peoples.‖ Then parlay the sympathy and outrage into an
amazing ―SHIELD.‖ They would raise anytime in the future whenever they get any type of scrutiny or opposition. For
from that day forward EVEN THE TRUTH WAS TO BE CLASSIFIED AS ANTI-SEMETIC. No longer would it
EVER be tolerated that you even LOOK at them the wrong way, let alone question anything they do, don‘t even
think of confronting any of their actions or call them out on any one of their gazillion lies for if you do, you are then a
hideous blasphemous scum of the earth anti-Semite... Go ahead, hate the truth.
Who said Jews are not Nazis - Video
It has been documented that there were 150,000 JEWS in Hitler‘s army. Two field marshals, fifteen
generals, two full generals, eight lieutenant generals, five major generals.
In approximately 20 cases, Jewish soldiers in the Nazi army were awarded Germany‘s highest military honor,
the Knight‘s Cross.
The photo of ―half Jew‖ Werner Goldberg, who was blond and blue eyed, was used by a Nazi propaganda
newspaper for its front page. Its caption: ―The Ideal German Soldier.‖ Half-Jew Horst Geitner was awarded
both the Iron Cross Second Class and the Silver Wound Badge. Half-Jew Johannes Zukertort (last rank general)
received Hitler‘s Deutschblutigkeitserklarung. Half-Jew Colonel Walter H. Hollaender, decorated with the
Ritterkreuz and German-Cross in Gold, he received Hitler‘s Deutschblutigkeitserklarung. Half-Jew and later
Luftwaffe General Helmut Wilberg: Hitler declared him Aryan in 1935, he also received several military
awards. Etc., etc.
Thousands of men of Jewish descent and hundreds of what the Nazis called ‗full Jews‘ served in the German
military with Adolf Hitler‘s knowledge and approval.
And you say Germany was Jews Hater?
That is the well implanted MYTH that the Zionist dominated media has instilled within everyone‘s mind…
In all actuality what transpired was a strategic deception where the Zionists masterfully, ingeniously guided
Germany and Hitler from within and externally, setting them up as pawns in their master plan.
Never forget that the Yiddish meaning of the word ―holocaust‖ is none other than ―burnt sacrifice offering.‖ All one
needs do is study the censored forbidden works which reveal the cold hard facts to see through the great delusional
myths that the Zionists throught their massive chokehold on the desemination of information MEDIA GOLIATH
JUGERNAUT have established as historical truth. The absolute truth of the matter is none other than that
Zionists had setup and offered as SACRIFICIAL LAMBS their own kind as MARTYRS for slaughter to reap
the BENEFITS OF WORLD OUTRAGE, all the while financing BOTH sides of the wars. They then parlayed the
sympathy card into a strategic worldwide expansion tactic. Whether you like it or not, no matter how disturbing and
revolting it may sound, this IS THE TRUTH. The fact is that the ―Holocaust™‖ was the best thing that ever
happened to the Jews, for without it they would have never, ever been able to consolidate so much wealth and power
is so little time without anyone daring to confront them and be subject to the world‘s most organized and feared
―black listing attack apparatus‖ in existence. So powerful was their parlaying and thrusting the Holocaust™ into the
forefront of sheer epic importance that in some places you can be punished, jailed, or even killed for even questioning
it. Pure genius...
FORBIDDEN HISTORY
―DID HITLER WANT WAR?‖ asks the internationally renowned author and political analyst, Pat Buchanan, in
his recent book, ―Hitler And The Unnecessary War.‖
Buchanan answers his own question with a definitive ―No‖ — proving with documented facts that Hitler tried
every possible means to avert war with Great Britain and her allies.
Although many reputable figures applaud Buchanan‘s assessment of Hitler‘s war policy by subtitling his latest
literary effort: ―Buchanan‘s Necessary Book‖ - the Jews do not see it that way. The only ―necessity‖ for them is to
stuff a Jewish gag into the author‘s honorable mouth.
No sooner was Buchanan‘s book released in May 2008, than Abraham Foxman, Director of the Anti-Defamation
League, slandered the highly touted author by calling him a ―racist, a patron of white supremacists, a cesspool
extremist, and an unrepentant bigot.‖ How exultant these Jews become when spewing out their venom against
noble Gentiles! View Entire Story Here, Here & Here.
When Buchanan introduced the book on his FORMER MSNBC column, he wrote: ―America went to war where
the fighting would mostly be done by kids with names like McAllister, Murphy, and Leroy Brown.‖ Immediately,
the National Jewish Democratic Council demanded that MSNBC remove the article contending that Buchanan
―charged the Jews with starting a war they wouldn‘t fight in.‖
Did MSNBC stand up to the Jews? Of course not. Jews have TOO MUCH POWER in America for that to happen.
Buchanan‘s article is gone forever and so is his weekly column. Instead, we are left with a brave new world which
revolves around Jewish interests and historical deceit.
Now MSNBC has turned against their former columnist by accusing Buchanan of ―rampaging against the Jews‖
simply because he wrote, (on his own Website), that the nomination of Elena Kagan to the Supreme Court brings a
―disproportionate 33% of Jews‖ to the nation‘s highest judicial bench.
And the Jewish Democratic Council continues to harass Pat Buchanan, now DEMANDING, (Jews don‘t ask - they
DEMAND), that the large newspaper syndicate, Creators.com, ―pull down‖ his latest column on Kagan and ―stop
his conspiratorial screeds.‖ View Jew Demand Here.
Is Buchanan right or wrong about Kagan? Is he right or wrong about Hitler? Facts are facts. But Jews fear
documented evidence that exposes their lust for power and control.
IN HIS FIRST MAJOR WORK after the collapse of the Soviet Union in 1991, Alexander Solzhenitsyn
published his final masterwork, ―Two Hundred
Years Together.‖
Solzhenitsyn‘s subject is the history of Jews in

Russia with an emphasis on Jewry‘s role in the
Bolshevik Revolution and the Soviet purges.
Exposing Bolshevik Jewish leaders as perpetrators
of the mass murders of over 60 million Russian
Christians and the complicity of the Jewish
community, Solzhenitsyn broke the last taboo on the
history of Russia‘s most painful period.
Was Solzhenitsyn‘s book translated into English like the rest of his books? No. The Jews who own and control the
major publishing houses of the West fear its contents.
The inaugural review by the Moscow Times of Two Hundred Years Together put forth a warning to Solzhenitsyn:
―Your book will be controversial, perhaps even censured by the Western world. Your final years will be looked
upon as a troubled prophetic mission.‖
That ―mission‖ encountered its initial ―trouble‖ when the Jewish-owned publishing houses of the West, rather than
acknowledging the historical realities presented by the author, failed to come to terms with the deeper moral
concerns that informed Solzhenitsyn‘s analysis of Jewish and Russian relations during the Soviet period.
Although Solzhenitsyn carefully chronicles the deeds and misdeeds of Jews and Russians alike and pleads for
mutual repentance on the part of both, instead, the Jewish censors approached the book in the spirit of a malicious
prosecutor presenting to a jury ―hidden motives‖ of ―Jew-baiting‖ and ―anti-Semitism.‖ Thus the book remains
only in its Russian version with no English translation in sight. View Entire Story Here, Here & Here.
Who wins and who loses? The Jews win by forbidding the Western world a huge segment of very important
history. Who loses? Those whose search for truth in historical events is stymied by the imposers of a false version
of the past in a brave new Jewish world.
Antisemitism as defined by Congress and the US State Dept (i.e. the facts are now anti-semetic):
On Oct 16, 2004 AD, President Bush signed into law the global anti-Semitism review act; which is quite interesting.
The United States state Department list the following sets of beliefs as being anti-Semitic.
1. Any assertion that the Jewish community controls government, the media, international business and the
financial world is anti-Semitic.
2. Any strong anti-Israel sentiment is anti-Semitic.
3. Virulent criticism of Israel‘s leaders, past or present, is anti-Semitic.
4. Criticism of the Jewish religion or its religious leaders or literature, especially the Talmud and the Kabbalah is
anti-Semitic. [I wonder if that includes the traditions of the elders that Jesus criticized. ―And woe unto the
Pharisees‖ that Jesus said.]
5. Criticism of the US government and congress for being under influences of the Jewish/Zionist community,
including AIPEC, is anti-Semitic.
6. Criticism of the Jewish/Zionist community for promoting Globalism, [the New World Order] is anti-Semitic.
7. Blaming Jewish leaders and their followers for inciting the Roman crucifixion of Christ is anti-Semitic.
8. Diminishing the 6 million figure of the Holocaust™ victims is anti-Semitic.
9. Calling Israel a racist state is anti-Semitic.
10. Asserting that there exists a Zionist conspiracy is anti-Semitic.
11. Claiming the Jews and their leaders created the Bolshevik revolution is Russia is anti-Semitic. [I guess you
have to revise history].
12. Making derogatory statements about Jewish persons is anti-Semitic. Now isn‘t this interesting and all
inclusive?
The Holocaust Dogma of Judism in Religion

Not since the inquisition has any religion been so powerful as to punish heresy with imprisonment, fines,
multinational jurisdiction and re-education. The Holocaust is a Judiac religious Dogma and therefore dare not be
questioned but must be accepted in FAITH. How then can it masquerade as history, or a real event, and taught as
history if no part of the story may be questioned or disputed or refuted by forensic, scientific, or reasonable
argument?
This article of Jewish Dogma is spread not by missionaries and love, but by fanatics with the power of America,
Russia and Germany combined for they are not really sovereign nations but servants and slaves of their Jerusalem-
Geneva-New York corporate priesthood and UN administrative and police power. B‘nai B‘rith (ADL) says: ―THE
HOLOCAUST IS THE KEYSTONE OF THE NEW WORLD ORDER,‖ but the world now knows that it is
nothing more than show business – A Holocaust Dogma. The premiere book of an entirely new appraisal of the
holocaust as Judiac religious Dogma that was created by rabbis using Kabbalist ―gematria‖ to account for the
number ‗six million‘ and more importantly to fulfill prophesy.
This religious origin of the holocaust Dogma removes it from the legitimate questioning of historians by Western
reasoning to eastern mysticism and faith.
To question the holocaust Dogma is heresey to Judaism. Excomunication from world approval is swiftly
followed by imprisonment or fines in Europe.
Quoted from the book: ―The Holocaust Dogma of Judaism: Keystone of the New World Order‖ by Weintraub, 1995
Holocaust™ denial is explicitly or implicitly illegal in 13 (Zionists are busy trying to add more) countries: Austria,
Belgium, Czech Republic, France, Germany, Israel, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Poland, Portugal, Romania,
and Switzerland. It is easily deduced, that the Zionists have accumulated unquestionable power in all these countries.
Yes all these countries have become Zionist agents to the extent that they willingly imprisoning their own people from
3 to 7 years just for voicing opinions against Jews. The Zionists are not satisfied with just a few countries
administering their policies and agendas, its only the
beginning, they have been very busy pushing their
programs all over the world. Watch as time passes, the
list of countries grows whom will imprison you for
saying anything remotely anti-Semitic. Furthermore they
are getting very, very clever in writing new laws for this
purpose, often disguising them under creative titles such
as ―Hate Crimes Laws.‖ Oh, what a mighty web they
weave.
Pure genius… For the Zionist master strategists

ingeniously engineered and manipulated the Holohoax
myth into the world‘s ONLY existing thought crimes
laws shielding them and guaranteeing themselves
colossal mind blowing SHIELD to deflect anything and
everything anyone says. So powerful has been their
successful Holohoax scam that virtually no one on the
PLANET dares utter a word, EVEN THE MOST BASIC
TRUTHS, that may been even remotely negative about
Jews in petrifying FEAR of the repercussions of doing so. They have setup the PERFECT shield, cover, magic force
field that swiftly punishes and or destroys its enemies and detractors. With their masterfully construced Holohoax
shield the Zionists have been able to maneuver around the world and further their agendas with unhindered cart blanch
red carpet kid gloves treatment that no one else on the planet remotely comes close to having.
Those who wonder the extent of the POWER of the Zionists only need digest the magnitude of the POWER they had
to wield in order to ENGINEER this amazing magic Holohoax juggernaut… What is scarier is that ―this‖ is what they
were capable of engineering and making the world believe over 60 YEARS AGO… Imagine their power today…
A Brief Introduction to Holocaust™ Revisionism

Arthur R. Butz, Institute for Historical Review
Dr. Arthur R. Butz is an associate professor of electrical engineering at Northwestern University in Evanston,
Illinois. He is also the author of a major revisionist study of the Holocaust™ story, The Hoax of the
Twentieth Century, as well as a member of the IHR Journal's editorial advisory committee. Earlier this year,
as the Holocaust™ story was flaring on the Northwestern campus as an issue of often intensely acrimonious
debate, Butz once again found himself in the center of the storm. (For more on this, including the key role
played by IHR media project director Bradley Smith, see the May and July 1991 issues of the IHR Newsletter.)
At the height of the controversy,Butz presented his view of the Holocaust™ story in a succinct essay that
appeared in the school paper, The Daily Northwestern, May 13, 1991, under the title "A Short Introduction to
theStudy of Holocaust™ Revisionism," Here is the complete text of his piece, which includes a correction of an
error that appeared in the Daily Northwestern version:
I see three principal reasons for the widespread but erroneous belief in the legend of millions of Jews killed by
the Germans during World War II: U.S. and British troops found horrible piles of corpses in the West German
camps they captured in 1945 (e.g. Dachau and Belsen); there are no longer large communities of Jews in
Poland; and historians generally support the legend.
During both world wars, Germany was forced to fight typhus, carried by lice in the constant traffic with the
East. That is why all accounts of entry into the German concentration camps speak of shaving of hair and
showering and other delousing procedures, such as treatment of quarters with the pesticide Zyklon. That was
also the main reason for a high death rate in the camps, and for the crematoria that existed in all.
When Germany collapsed in chaos, then of course all such defenses ceased, and typhus and other diseases
became rampant in the camps, which quartered mainly political prisoners, ordinary criminals, homosexuals,
conscientious objectors and Jews conscripted for labor. Hence the horrible scenes, which however had nothing
to do with "extermination" or any deliberate policy. Moreover, the West German camps involved were not the
alleged "extermination camps," which were all in Poland (e.g. Auschwitz and Treblinka) and which were all
evacuated or shut down before capture by the Soviets, who found no such scenes.
The "Final Solution" spoken of in the German documents was a program of evacuation, resettlement and
deportation of Jews with the ultimate objective of expulsion from Europe. During the war Jews of various
nationalities were being moved east, as one stage in this Final Solution. The legend claims that the motion was
mainly for extermination purposes.
The great majority of the milions allegedly exterminated were East European -- not German or West European
-- Jews. For that reason study of the problem via population statistics has been difficult to impossible, but it is a
fact that there are no longer large communities of Jews in Poland. However, the Germans were only one of
several parties involved in moving Jews around. The Soviets deported virtually all of the Jews of eastern
Poland to their interior in 1940. After the war, with Polish and other Jews pouring out of the East into occupied
West Germany, the Zionists moved large numbers to Palestine, and the United States and other countries
absorbed many Jews, in most cases under conditions making impossible a numerical accounting. Moreover, the
Polish borders were changed drastically at the end of the war; the country was literally moved west.
Historians generally support the legend, but there are precedents for nearly incomprehensible blindness on the
part of scholars. For example, throughout the Middle Ages even the Pope's political enemies conceded his false
claim that the 4th century Emperor Constantine had ceded rule of the west to the Pope, although all knew very
well that Constantine had been succeeded by more emperors. Near unanimity among the academics is
especially suspect when there exist great political pressures; in some countries, Holocaust™ Revisionists have
been prosecuted.
It is easy to show that the extermination legend merits skepticism. Even the casual reader of the Holocaust™
literature knows that during the war virtually nobody acted as though it were happening. Thus it is common to
berate the Vatican, the Red Cross and the Allies (especially the intelligence agencies) of their ignorance and
inaction, and to explain that the Jews generally did not resist deportation because they did not know what was
in store for them. If you add all this up you have the strange claim that for almost three years German trains,
operating on a continental scale in densely civilized regions of Europe, were regularly and systematically
moving millions of Jews to their deaths, and nobody noticed except for a few of our Jewish leaders who were
making public "extermination" claims.
On closer examination even those few Jewish leaders were not acting as though it were happening. Ordinary
communications between the occupied and neutral countries were open, and they were in contact with the Jews
whom the Germans were deporting, who thus could not have been in ignorance of "extermination" if those
claims had any validity.
This incredible ignorance must also be attributed to Hans Oster's department in German military intelligence,
correctly labeled "the veritable general staff of the opposition to Hitler" in a recent review.
What we are offered in evidence was gathered after the war, in trials. The evidence is almost all oral testimony
and "confessions." Without the evidence of these trials there would be no significant evidence of
"extermination." One must pause and ponder this carefully. Were trials needed to determine that the Battle of
Waterloo happened? The bombings of Hamburg, Dresden, Hiroshima and Nagasaki? The slaughter in
Cambodia? Yet this three-year program, of continental scope, claiming millions of victims, requires trials to
argue its reality. I am not arguing that the trials were illegal or unfair, I am arguing that such historical logic as
the legend rests on must not be countenanced. Such events cannot happen without generating commensurate
and contemporaneous evidence for their reality, just as a great forest fire cannot take place without producing
smoke. One may as well believe that New York City was burned down, if confessions to the deed can be
produced.
Detailed consideration of the specific evidence put forward in support of the legend has been a focus of the
Revisionist literature and cannot be undertaken here, but I shall mention one point. The claim of the legend is
that there were no technical means provided for the specific task of extermination, and that means originally
provided for other purposes did double duty in improvised arrangements. Thus the Jews were allegedly gassed
with the pesticide Zyklon, and their corpses disappeared into the crematoria along with the deaths from
"ordinary" causes (the ashes or other remains of millions of victims never having been found). Surely any
thoughtful person must be skeptical.
It has been said that the real founder of the State of Israel was Adolph Hitler. He was the greatest blessing for the
Zionists who nourished him and blessed him with millions upon millions of dollars in support, for Hitler was the
ZIONIST‘S MOSHIACH. For without the carefully prodded, stimulated, orchestrated atrocities, the state of Israel
and the vast Zionist juggernaut would simply NOT exist today… The Jews converted the Holohoax scam to make
it taboo to speak critically of the Jews, so much so that one cannot even point out their blatant sins without retribution.
Without the Holohoax, the Zionists would never have red carpet, special ―kid gloves‖ treatment given to them and they
would not be able to wield the ―Holocaust™ shield & sword‖ that has been key magic card for special treatment and
the grounds behind their being able getting away with everything they have done the past several decades. Think about
these words, and digest them well, for they are truly so profound that it boggles the mind…
Furthermore, one extremely rare fact that has been obscured, virtually censored by the revisionist Zionist media was
Hitler‘s proposed TRANSFER AGREEMENT. Essentialy Hitler proposed that the Jews could be allowed to leave to
Palestine, unrestricted, keeping their wealth. The only thing he asked in return was that the Zionists stop their
worldwide boycott of Germany. Do you, can you understand the ramifications of this earth shattering FACT? It proves
that Hitler did NOT plan some sort of crazy Jewish genocide, he bent over backwards to try to give them a way out.
The Zionists boycotted Germany years before world war II, most of Hitler‘s actions against the Jews at the beginning
of WWII such as closing their shops was a direct retribution for their boycott of Germany.
The Transfer Agreement - video
―The Holocaust Dogma of Juaism – Keystone of the New World Order‖ reveals amazing information about the
Holyhoax. One amazing revelation he clearly exposes is how prophecy fulfillment DEMANDS 6 million, i.e.: If the
Zionists are to try to convince the world that they are the chosen ones, they must try and construct the prerequisites that
are listed in the ancient prophecies. The holyhoax was a staged fulfillment of ―you shall return –
minus 6 million‖ (or the letter vav). The timing of the end of world war 2 was critical, once the
war would be over the Zionist would have long sought approval to take over the land of Palestine
Israel. Thus the Hebrew year 5708 gematrically fulfilled prophecy when the state of Israel was
funded in 1948.
What I am about to reveal next should really shock you:
Hitler and the entire Nazi party and subsequent invasions and war was A TRIAL RUN… a real world, live
military practice drill… This practice drill was the trial run for the most daring world conquest to ever be conducted
in history. Hitler and the entire Nazi war machine was financed by the AshkeNAZI Jew international banksters… this
fact is beyond reproach. The term holocaust is a Greek word that meant ―sacrificial fire‖ or ―to offer up‖ & ―ascend‖
[etymology: to rise up & ascend like the smoke from a fire/sacrifice] The holocause, or the sacrifice of Jews was
planned long ago by the Zionists… While they were at war with the world, they SACRIFICED hundreds of
thousands of Jews to lay the ingenious impenetrable foundation and build the now legendary narrative of hopeless
victims, the persecuted Jews who from that time forward were to NEVER again be questioned, rebuked, challenged,
investigated, confronted or bothered in any way shape or form. The universal edict that came forth from the ―atrocities‖
was to leave the Jews alone, get out of their way, and never again interfere dare judge or oppose them ever again, for
―they have suffered enough.‖
I can‘t even begin to cover the myriad amount of evidence disclosing and exposing Zionist complicity with the Nazis.
There are literally VOLUMES of supporting evidence and proof still in existence that has not been burned or buried.
Take for instance; did you know that Nazi Germany who is alleged to hate the Jews for supposedly no reason at all
other than the preposterous claim that the Arians were superior, this is another false positive lead that has been blown
totally out of proportion by the Zionist press, media and history books. For there exists proof of their true inner
state of mind and inner motives when you consider that all the churches in Communist nations were systematically shut
down and/or destroyed, except for the orthodox church… and… synagogues, all other churches were banned, even
Christian churches. An interesting hidden, buried FACT considering that the narrative the Zionists have universally
erected is one of poor innocent victims of the evil atrocities that supposedly singled their kind for elimination all the
while there exists a treasure trove of evidence that the Germans bent over backward to satisfy those whose insatiable
quest for dominion and monopoly over all commerce of their host nations put the Germans in the awkward position of
expelling them as did over 100 nations (hence the term ―the Jewish question‖ i.e.: Jewish predicament) prior to this
case. The TRANSFER AGREEMENT is just one slam dunk smoking gun proof of their endeavor to placate the
insatiable Zionists on the part of Nazi Germany.
Little did Germany know that it fell into one of the most unimaginable colossal, elaborate and cunning traps of biblical
scale ingeniously setup by the Zionists who came out of the war with everything they premeditatedly PLANNED and
accomplished by proxy. They managed the impossible and not only did they not lose a thing, the gained massive
wealth, they took the crown jewels, made their enemy out to be the evil demons and got the nations to sign off on the
rights to establish their own nation in an already occupied sovereign country. Pure genius.
Those who drink the cool-aid of the Zionist press, media and history publishers, and cannot fathom how it was at all
possible for the Zionists to steer Germany‘s actions by proxy from within, here are but a few factual figures:
By the beginning of the 20th Century, the Jews are sitting at all junctions of the world's money market. They
are an international power.
Although they were a small minority, they knew how to terrorize a great tolerant nation.
For every thousand Germans there were 10 Jews. Or better said, for every thousand disunified Germans who
fought among themselves, there were 10 Jews who despite business competition, all had a common goal:
exploiting the Germans.
The Jewish merchants crowded into the cities. Three-fourths of all Jews lived in the big cities, but not to work
in the factories: They left that to the Germans. For every thousand workers in Berlin, there were two Jews.
At the beginning of 1933, of 100 state prosecutors in Berlin, 15 were Jews.
Of 100 judges, 23 were Jews.
Of every 100 lawyers, 49 were Jews.
Of every 100 doctors, 52 were Jews.
Of every 100 merchants, 60 were Jews.
The average income for a German was 810 marks. The average income for a Jew was 10,000 marks.
While millions of Germans fell into unemployment and poverty, immigrant Jews acquired fantastic riches in a
few years. Not through honest work, but through usury, swindling, and fraud.
In 1932 the Jews who made up only 1% of the world's population, accounted for 34% of the world's dope
peddlers, 47% of robberies, 47% of crooked games of chance, 82% of international crime organizations, and
98% of dealers in prostitution.
Today their master plan has come full circle and to fruition, now the time is upon us when they will take all the lessons
gleamed from the past ―trial runs‖ and drills and conduct the REAL takeover of mankind as they believe that GOD
promised them in the ancient scriptures. That whole ―Aryan race‖ thing? It was nothing more than, again, a necessary
real live portion of the drill; they had Hitler marionette do their initial research, and closely studied the non-Aryan
worlds‘ reactions to blatant claims of a superior race, for it is actually the Zionist Jews who really believe that THEY
are THE SUPERIOR RACE. Hey, GOD told them so… it is written in black and white in their holy scriptures and in
your Bible. Sorry, my gentile friends will never understand these issues of supremacy, for in their eyes you are just
Goyim cattle in their hearts and minds, you were placed on this earth to serve them, soon the day will come when you
bow to your rightful masters… embrace your servant status and be grateful of your enslavement to such wonderful
benevolent masters... sleep thy sheeple… sleep… sleep…
Zionist Nazis
Excerpt from revolutionary must read book: Antichrist Conspiracy
The assimilation by the Jews into the Roman religion has been accomplished through changing their names and
converting to Catholicism. They, however, have kept their Talmudic and Cabalistic traditions, they are crypto-
Jews. These Talmudic crypto-Jews gravitated toward the power in Rome. The barbarity and duplicity of these
Jews can be seen in their conspiratorial and murderous actions during World War II. Heinrich Himmler, Joseph
Goebbels, and Adolph Hitler were all of Jewish extraction. They were also Roman Catholic. Himmler modeled
the SS after the crypto- Jewish Jesuit order. Walter Schellenberg, former chief of German counter-espionage
(Sicherheisdienst or SD), explained after the war:
The SS organisation (sic) had been constituted, by Himmler, according to the principles of the Jesuits‘
Order. Their regulations and the Spiritual Exercises prescribed by Ignatius of Loyola were the model
Himmler tried to copy exactly.715
Adolph Hitler said: ―I can see Himmler as our Ignatius of Loyola.‖716 Keep in mind that Himmler was the
―Reichsfuhrer SS‖ (Supreme Chief of the SS). That title was intended to be the equivalent of the Jesuits‘
General.‖717 Himmler was also in charge of the German secret police, known as the Gestapo. The Jesuit General,
Count Halke von Ledochowski, arranged for a special unit within the SS Central Security Service where most of
the main posts were held by Roman Catholic priests wearing the black shirt SS uniforms. The head of this special
unit was Heinrich Himmler‘s uncle, who was a Jesuit priest.718
Franz Von Papen, former Chancellor of Germany, the Pope‘s secret chamberlain, and the mainspring of the
concordat between Germany and the Vatican, said: ―The Third Reich is the first world power which not only
acknowledges but also puts into practice the high principles of the papacy.‖719 With that in mind, consider that
Hitler‘s deputy, Rudolph Hess, Reichmarshal Hermann Goering, Gregor Strasser, Alfred Rosenberg, Hans Frank,
Reichminister von Ribbentrop, top SS leader Reinhard Heydrich, Hitler‘s bankers Ritter von Strauss and von
Stein as well as a majority of Hitler‘s top officers and associates were Jews! The Third Reich was modeled after
the papacy 277 and was controlled by crypto-Jews, just as was the papacy.720
One may ask, why would Jews become Nazis and then orchestrate the persecution of fellow Jews? Because these
Nazi Jews were Zionists. The Nazis and the Zionists worked together to persecute the Jews of Europe in order to
force them to emigrate to Palestine. The Nazis worked out secret arrangements with the Zionist Jews to facilitate
the emigration of Jews to Palestine. Henneke Kardel explained the arrangement between the Nazis and the Zionist
Jews in his book Adolph Hitler:Founder of Germany.
The cooperation which existed between Heydrich‘s Gestapo and the Jewish selfdefense league in
Palestine, the militant Haganah, would not have been closer if it was not for Eichamn who made it
public.... The commander of Haganah was Feivel Polkes, born in Poland, with whom in February 1937
the S. D. trooper leader Adolph Eichman met in Berlin in a wine restaurant Traube (Grape) near the zoo.
These two Jews made a brotherly agreement. Polkes, the underground fighter, got in writing this
assurance from Eichman: ―A body representing Jews in Germany, will exert pressure of those leaving
Germany emigrate only to Palestine. Such a policy is in the
interest of Germany and will be executed by the Gestapo.‖721
Why did the Zionist Jews want to force the Jews living in Europe to emigrate to Palestine? Because they wanted
to increase the population of Jews in that area in order to establish a beachhead for eventual control of the entire
middle east. After the defeat of the Ottoman Empire in World War I, Britain controlled Palestine through a
mandate from the League of Nations. On November 2, 1917, Arthur James Lord Balfour, Foreign Secretary of
Britain sent a letter to prominent Zionist Lord Rothschild promising the establishment of a Jewish homeland in
Palestine. The letter became known as the Balfour Declaration. It was the first recognition by a major world
power of a Jewish homeland. The Jews at the time were a minority in Palestine and consequently could not hope
to control the area, which was their goal. They needed large numbers of Jews to immigrate into Palestine in order
to begin the process of Jewish conquest of the Middle East. The problem for the Jews was that they could not
persuade Jews living comfortably and prosperously in Europe to emigrate to third world Palestine. It was decided
that they would be driven out of Europe so that they would have no choice but to flee to Palestine. Enter Hitler
and his Nazi ―final solution,‖ which drove the Jews from Europe to Palestine, just as planned.
On November 19, 1947 the United Nations partitioned Palestine three sections: one for Palestinians, one for the
Jews, and an international zone in Jerusalem. On May 14, 1948, the state of Israel officially came into being.
Today the Jews control all of Palestine, including Jerusalem, which is now the capital of Israel. The Zionist dream
is that Jerusalem will be the capital of the world. Three quarters of the population of Jerusalem is now Jewish,
with the remaining residents being Palestinians. The Jews occupy the West Bank, Gaza Strip, and the Golan
Heights. Those areas will eventually be absorbed into Israel.
The Zionist Jews not only worked with the Nazis to force Jews to emigrate to Israel. The Jewish scholar, Israel
Shahak, discovered: ―The Israeli government induced Jewish immigration 278 from Iraq by bribing the
government of Iraq to strip most Iraqi Jews of their citizenship and to confiscated their property.‖722 The close
relationship between the Zionist Jews and the Nazis comes into focus when one looks at the characters who have
assisted Israel. Most are surprised to learn that the person who was most instrumental in establishing and training
the notorious Mossad (Israeli Military Intelligence) was none other than Reinhard Gehlen, former head of Hitler‘s
Nazi Intelligence for the Eastern front.723
An examination of General Reinhard Gehlen‘s career reveals that he had close ties to both Zionist Jews and the
Roman Catholic Church. In 1948, the Sovereign Military Order of Malta (SMOM) gave one of its highest awards
of honor, the Gran Croci al Merito con Placca, to General Gehlen for his service to the Roman Catholic Church.
The exclusivity of that honor is evidenced by the fact that at that time only three other people had ever received
that award. The SMOM is not some insignificant Catholic charitable organization. Although the order has only a
small headquarters in Rome, it holds the status of nation-state. It mints its own coins, prints its own stamps, has
its own constitution, and issues its own license plates and passports to an accredited diplomatic corps. The grand
master of the order, Fra Angelo de Moj ana di Cologna, holds the rank in the Roman Catholic Church equivalent
to a cardinal. The grand master of the SMOM order is recognized as a sovereign chief of state by 41 nations with
whom the SMOM exchanges ambassadors.724
During World War II, Zionists were working feverishly in both Germany and the United States to increase
emigration from Europe to Palestine. Out of Franklin Roosevelt‘s 75 closest advisors and high government
officials that surrounded him upon taking office as President of the United States, 52 were Jews.725 In 1937
Roosevelt received the Gottheil Medal for distinguished service to Jewry. The Gottheil Medal dedicatory to
Roosevelt referred to him ―our modern day Moses.‖726 That is not surprising since Roosevelt was a Jew. In 1934
the Carnegie Institute, under the direction of Dr. H.H. Laughlin, studied Roosevelt‘s lineage and determined that
beginning with his Jewish mother, Sarah, Roosevelt was from a long line of Jews going back to 1682 when Claes
Martenzen van Rosenvelt and Janette Samuel came to America. On 14 March 1935 Roosevelt was quoted in the
New York Times as admitting his Jewish ancestory, even naming ―Claes Martenzen van Roosevelt‖ (sic) as his
ancestor.727 To simply focus on Roosevelt‘s Jewishness would be cause for bewilderment by some when they
consider that he would not allow Jews fleeing persecution in Germany to immigrate into the United States. It is
not Roosevelt‘s Jewish ancestry that is notable, it is his Zionism. His refusal to permit Jewish immigration into
the U.S. becomes understandable in a Machiavellian sense when one realizes that Roosevelt was a Zionist Jew
and was working in concert with other Zionists to force the Jews to flee to Palestine. If Roosevelt gave the Jews
safe haven in the United States, then they would certainly choose the U.S. over Israel. And that would thwart the
Zionist plans for Jewish hegemony in Palestine.
One must remember that Nazism is just a different flavor of the same Marxist philosophy that produced
communism. Nazism is national socialism, whereas communism is international socialism. Both forms of
socialism were born of Zionist Talmudic Jews.
The Nazi party grew from the Theosophical circles of Germany. The Theosophists were 279 followers of
Madame Helena Blavatsky. Her Theosophy was based on the Jewish Cabala. The Cabala is a Jewish occult book
of witchcraft that memorializes some of the Satanic religious customs of ancient Babylon. Cabala literally means
―traditions.‖ When Jesus rebuked the Pharisees regarding their traditions, he was likely referring to their Cabala.
―Why do ye also transgress the commandment of God by your tradition?‖ (Matthew 15:3 AV) Freemasonry is
rooted in the Cabala. There are 33 steps to spiritual perfection in the Cabala, just as there are 33 steps in the
Scottish Rite of Freemasonry. Jews also believe that through Cabala, they can perform the miracles of Jesus
Christ. In this fashion, they believe that they can become individual Christs (their own Messiah) through spiritual
"perfection." That is very similar to the Roman Catholic doctrine wherein the Catholic priest is considered to be
―alter-christos‖ (another Christ).
He who pays the piper calls the tune. The Nazis were funded by Jewish banking houses, including but not limited
to Rothschild and Warburg. Recall that the 2 November 1917 Balfour declaration which established a Jewish
national home in what later became the state of Israel was sent from British Foreign Secretary, Arthur James
Balfour to Zionist Lord Lionel Walter Rothschild (1868-1937). Lord Rothschild is from the same Jewish banking
family which helped fund the Nazis.
Jack Bernstein, who was an Ashkenazi Jew, noted the peculiarity of the word Nazi and suggested it was derived
from the word Ashkenazi (Ashke-Nazi). The similarities in the methods and strategies of the Ashkenazis and the
Nazis indicate that they are two heads of the same beast. The body of that beast is Babylonian. This beast, though,
has more than just two heads. The others are Communism, Socialism, Talmudism, Zionism, Illuminism,
Freemasonry, and Catholicism. The heads may bite and gnaw at one another but they are marching according to
the desires of the covetous heart of the beast, which is Satanism.
The Nazi German Third Reich gives us some idea of what a world ruled by Zionists would be like. The noted
Israeli author and scholar, Israel Shakak, and Norton Mezvinsky, Professor of history at Connecticut State
University, after years of in depth research, came to the following conclusion:
The similarities between the Jewish political messianic trend and German Nazism are glaring. The
Gentiles are for the messianists what the Jews were for the Nazis. The hatred for Western culture with its
rational and Democratic elements is common to both movements. Finally, the extreme chauvinism of the
messianists is directed towards all non-Jews. The 1973 Yom Kippur war, for instance, was in Amital‘s
view not directed against Egyptians, Syrians and/or all Arabs but against all non-Jews. The war was thus
directed against the great majority of citizens of the United States, even though the United States aided
Israel in that war. This hatred of non-Jews is not new but, as already discussed, is derived from a
continuous Jewish, cabalistic tradition. These Jewish scholars who have attempted to hide this fact from
non-Jews and even from many Jews have not only done a disservice to scholarship, they have aided the
growth of this Jewish analogue to German Nazism.. . . The ideology assumes the imminent coming of
the Messiah and asserts that the Jews, aided by 280 God, will thereafter triumph over the non-Jews and
rule over them forever.728
You have been given a mind, use it and think… analyze… see beyond the box. Your thoughts have been conditioned
and confined by your masters (who control all media) for your entire life. It is difficult to see beyond what your
masters have forbidden you to know. You must fight the years of conditioning, indoctrination and brainwashing you
received in history class, and the bloob tube, confront the blatant lies and seek the true knowledge. Hundreds and
thousands of publications, stories, movies were produced and mass distributed by the Zionists since WW2 in their
quest to legitimize the myth. The crowning masterpiece of propaganda was when Zionist Jew movie mogul Steven
Spielberg conjured up a fantastic fantasy movie based on the holohoax myth called Shindler‘s List, using all the tools
of the trade he didn‘t spare a dime in masterfully adding credibility to the holohoax myth into perpetuity in a way that
can only be done in Hollywood.
Jews pull the "genocide card" every time they feel violated. And all that requires is that you even look at them the
wrong way to be considered a prison warranting anti-Semitic assault. What about the total of 65 million that died in
that war? What about the American Indians who were literally wiped off the face of the planet and to this day still live
in open air concentration camps? You want to know true genocide? Over 14 million Indians SLAUGHTERED on
THEIR LAND, where the 'white man' just walked in to their homes and said "this is my land now, prepare to die"…
Kapow. From 14 million population to just a few thousand survivors by the time the white man was done "settling" the
United States. For added insult to injury, the remaining Indians were all herded into open air concentration camps
that they renamed ―reservations.‖ And they still reside in them to this very day! Like everything else they do, all it
took for their cruel works to go unnoticed was to just change the name of the action and presto, it‘s now ok.
The MOST POWERFUL lobbyist group on the

planet = AIPAC
But you will rarely ever hear of the Indians whining

reminding us of this genocide every single freaking
time something they don't like happens. THEY GOT
OVER IT and moved on! Those people were
TRUELY innocent and noble people, they don't have
a massive agenda to demonize everyone that says
anything they don't like. Today we barely ever hear a
peep out of the several thousand remaining Indians,
what do we American's do to honor the 14 million
Indian genocide Indian Holocaust™? We celebrate it
with a national holiday called Thanks Giving!!! :-p
"If Iran attacks our ally Israel, we will obliterate Iran from the map." – Hillary Clinton
Look at the black race, the majority of the white race has been bending over backwards to even out the playing field
and make things right for decades. Today the blacks have more affirmative action and special programs and
organizations to help and protect their kind than almost any other race, yet we constantly hear the WHINING from
many of them too, "oh the evil white bastards were our slave masters"... GET OVER IT ALREADY! Do something
about the slave masters who enslave you and the rest of mankind!
“Something your Zionist media wont tell you…” - Video
The entire freaking world agrees: yes, what occurred to ALL of your peoples (the blacks and Jews) was horrible, you
all suffered, the culprits were brought to justice, many apologized, the world acknowledged your pain and suffering,
everyone repented, people forgave, people and nations did their best to heal the wounds and repay the wrong doing in
hundreds if not thousands of different ways. So GET OVER IT ALREADY you piss ant wimps who continue to focus
on and live the Holocaust™ and in the slave ranch mentality! Stop using those acts of hatred that were perpetrated on
your kind in a different era many decades ago as ammo to spew your hatred, demonizing your opponents and
demanding special treatment.
If there is any one religion that DOES have a right to complain about persecution, it is none other than the most
persecuted religion in history: Christianity. Hundreds of millions have been martyred , tortured, beaten, spit at, and
despised throughout history. Just food for thought, or fuel for the fire as they say.
Israel lobby - The influence of AIPAC on US Foreign Policy - Video
“Israel's influence of US policy & the Israeli lobby” - Video
Inside USA – Lobbying for Israel – Video part 1, part 2
“Inside Britain’s Israel Lobby” – Video (must see!)
Note: Whenever I give links to videos, some of them might be broken by the time you read this report. Most
videos are FORCIBLY removed by Jewish letter/email writing brigades whom are centrally organized, some
people have referred to them as “bury brigades.” Videos revealing or discussing anything related to Jews and
Israel disappear from the internet the fastest and are the hardest to find. If you see a broken link to a video
anywhere in this report, Google the title name to try and find another location for the video.
US Department of Justice Asked to Regulate AIPAC as a Foreign Agent

of the Israeli Government
WASHINGTON, March 17, 2010 /PRNewswire via COMTEX/ ----The US Department of Justice has been
formally asked to begin regulating the American Israel Public Affairs Committee (AIPAC) as the foreign
agent of the Israeli Ministry of Foreign Affairs. A 392 page legal filing presented by a four person IRmep
delegation in a two hour meeting with top officials of the Internal Security Section substantiated the following
case for AIPAC's immediate registration:
AIPAC is a spinoff of an organization already ordered by the DOJ to register as an Israeli foreign agent. In
November of 1962 the American Zionist Council was ordered by the Attorney General to begin filing
disclosures as an Israeli foreign agent under the 1938 Foreign Agents Registration Act.
http://www.IRmep.org/1962Order.pdf Six weeks later, former AZC employees incorporated the American
Israel Public Affairs Committee in Washington, DC, taking over the AZC's lobbying activities.
http://www.IRmep.org/AIPAC.pdf AIPAC did not register as a foreign agent.
AIPAC's founder Isaiah L. Kenen was the chief information officer for the Israeli Ministry of Foreign Affairs
in New York and for a time duly registered in that role. http://www.IRmep.org/Kenen.pdf The Justice
Department ordered Kenen to personally re-register after he formally left the Israeli Ministry of Foreign
Affairs to head up private lobbying and publicity for the Israeli government at the nonprofit American Zionist
Council. Kenen never complied with the order. http://www.IRmep.org/order.pdf
Espionage related FBI investigations in 1984 and 2005 reveal AIPAC's ongoing stealth foreign agency
activities. Declassified FBI files released on the Internet last week reveal that in 1984 AIPAC and the Israeli
Ministry of Economics were investigated for jointly obtaining and circulating classified US economic data to
obtain favorable trade benefits for Israel. http://www.irmep.org/ila/economy In 2005 Pentagon Colonel
Lawrence Franklin pled guilty and two AIPAC employees were indicted for obtaining and circulating
classified US national defense information to Israeli government officials allegedly in the interest of
fomenting US action against Iran.
AIPAC's executive committee consists of the original member organizations of the AZC in addition to newer
members. The Conference of Presidents of Major Jewish Organizations, the umbrella group of AIPAC's
executive committee, is housed in the same New York office as the World Zionist Organization - American
Section, a registered foreign agent that is heavily involved in illegal settlement expansion according to Israeli
prosecutor Thalia Sasson.
According to Grant F. Smith, director of IRmep, the case for reregulating AIPAC as a foreign agent
immediately is compelling. "AIPAC was designed to supplant the American Zionist Council as the arm of the
Israeli Ministry of Foreign Affairs in the United States after the DOJ ordered the AZC to register as a foreign
agent. As such, Americans should have full public access to biannual FARA registrations detailing AIPAC's
publicity campaigns, lobbying expenditures, funding flows, activities of its offices in Israel and internal
consultations with its foreign principals - particularly over such controversial issues as illegal settlements and
US foreign aid."
Concerned organizations and individuals who wish to supplement the Department of Justice filing or
participate in future negotiations with law enforcement officials should contact the Institute for Research:
Middle Eastern Policy, Inc. at [email protected] or 202-342-7325. IRmep is a private nonprofit that studies
how warranted law enforcement and civil action can improve U.S. Middle East policy.
SOURCE Institute for Research: Middle Eastern Policy
I recently saw some statistics placing the Jewish people as the highest victims of crimes in the US, almost double that
of the black community! I find that bogus survey truly interesting due to the fact that I rarely ever, as in EVER, see
Jews on any local TV (and I travel all over the US) or national news broadcast for having been shot in a drive by,
stabbed, raped and so forth. That survey is completely preposterous, another production of the Zionist propaganda
network. For that matter, how many Jews are in prison? A dozen? (for their specialty crime: multi-million dollar
frauds) On the other hand the news is full of millions of blacks and Latino deaths, stabbings, robberies, and all sorts of
violent crimes. The Jews for the most part live in secure neighborhoods were they rarely EVER witness such events.
On the other hand, most of the Zionist Jews are a bunch of pussies who view a racial slur or negative comment as
a LIFE THREATNING VIOLENT ATTACK! That solves the puzzle of why the Jews claim to be the ―largest
group of victims of the highest most sinister violent attacks in the universe". LOL! ―Your Honor, he dared gaze at me
with a frown‖… yes that qualifies as brazen violent attack, chalk it up as punishable offense attack number
385,855,812,453,902,734.031 of the year. Wow! How do they manage to survive the onslaught?
I live in the 21st century, of today, right here and now, where EVERYONE is supposedly treated equal (not) and
allegedly has the same playing field of success open to them, where your efforts and how hard you try are the
determining factors that determine your success and how people ultimately treat you. The Jewish people should
actually be ASHAMED of themselves for TAKING BLATANT ADVANTAGE of societies all around the world. The
Zionists have turned the Holocaust™ into a profitable industry, exploiting the alleged suffering of their own people.
DEMANDING SPECIAL TREATMENT EVERYWHERE THEY GO.
Claims Conference Allocates $100 Billion to "Medical Care of 10th Generation Holocaust™ Survivors" is just another
drop in the bucket the Jews have been milking this Holocaust™ scam for. I recently read an article in the New York
Times ―Israelis‘ Cancer Is Linked to Holocaust™.‖ I don‘t make stuff up folks, I‘m serious. Let me guess what will be
then next news in relation to that new ―scientific‖ /cough/ discovery? I can see the headlines down the road: ―Israel
Demands $666 Trillion in Cancer Reparations‖… then gets it.
The Jewish people are already THE SINGLE RICHEST ETHNIC GROUP ON THE PLANET. Show me at least
one dozen homeless full blooded "real" Jews here in America! Show me at least one dozen full blooded "real" Jews
living in dire poverty in the shelters along with the blacks and Hispanics! There are none. It is an un-deniable FACT
that the Zionist Jews OWN the entire diamond industry, they OWN and or control the entire banking/investment
industry, they OWN the majority of precious metals mines, they OWN the ALL of the mass media news outlets, they
own all gambling and all of Las Vegas, they control the world of porn, they own a vast majority of prominent real-
estate, they consist of just 2.5% of the population yet own 90 of everything. So stop using that bullshit ―we are the
victims‖ anti-Semite deception, it is "played out" and getting downright very old and annoying.
Stand up in this world like the rest of us human beings without HIDING behind bullshit labels pretending to be the
VICTIMS when in FACT it is the Zionist Jews who are the voracious money blood sucking PREDATORS of
this world. Just like any parasitic creature they have attached themselves to the host countries and bleed them dry
sucking out all the riches and life blood of their hosts until the host is so weak they then are in power.
Today there is a large Judaism population that actively opposes the Zionist neo-con extremists. (See what real Jews
have to say about the Zionists here, here and here) If it were not for them and their efforts of opposing Zionism
through their own ethnic roots, we might not have a full picture of how the clever Zionist extremists go about their
business. The Anti Defamation League (a pure Zionist assault & revenge arm) was set up for the sole purpose as a sort
of military retribution organization to ATTACK anyone that even whispers anything negative about Jews. Their whole
mission is to utterly DESTROY any opposition by any means necessary.
The ADL was furious at former President Carter over his candid, accurate and truthful book ―Palestine: Peace Not
Apartheid.‖ Where Carter detailed how Israel was in fact running an Apartheid state. Like usual THE TRUTH
outraged the Jewish community that they demanded an apology, they dogged Carter left and right until he
finally surrendered. After having to publically denounce the words in his book, ADL‘s Abraham Foxman
arrogantly responded "When a former president reaches out to the Jewish community and asks for
forgiveness, its incumbent of us to accept it." This sentence harbors a multitude of revelations. First is the
superiority deity complex of having a former PRESIDENT BOWING to his MASTERS FOR FORGIVENESS.
This alone is as disturbing as it is revealing of the extent of their demands to be treated as royalty.
The sole reason why Carter has been portrayed so appalling in the media is directly due to his lack of cow towing
to the demands of the Zionist elite on all their issues and agendas. This is the price that is paid by any and all
politicians who fail to obey their Zionist overlords…
Their ace in the hole, their number one tactic used on all enemies is the 'ANTI-SEMITE ATTACK'... we are all way
too familiar with this one, it goes something like this: first of all, suspend all logic, then, no matter what you say and
how you say it, if it is in any way shape or form construed as negative then the person saying it is automatically labeled
an: ANTI-SEMITE! Attack! Kill him! The evil bastard! The ADL and its sister partner organization the JDL
(Jewish Defense League) uses the Holocaust™ as a "no touch zone" as in the entire world is to PERPETUALLY
BOW in remembrance, pay homage and forced to worship at the altar of the Holocaust™, forced to NEVER
forgive, never forget and move on. The world is thus being forced to keep this event current as if it happened
yesterday. The Zionists will NEVER allow it to rest. Let it go and move on, they will continue to use it as a means to
secure special treatment until the end of times.
Real Jews have no beef with Iran, Zionist AshkeNAZI European imposter “Jews” are the true enemy
The new term, a brand new LABLE that is now being promoted heavily by the Zionists is: "ISLAMO-FASCIST".
Watch as this new buzz word is worked into the vocabulary and used just as the ―anti-Semite‖ attack label has been
used for decades. Watch and witness for yourself. Whoever you see using this buzz word to make their points is a
Zionist or a shill. The single one thing the Zionists want right now is the entire Middle East. All their efforts are on
demonizing the Muslim/Arabs of the world, so you better get used to hearing the label "Islamo-fascist"... you're going
to be hearing it used as a strategic weapon of opinion shaping throughout their quest to take over the Middle East.
Welcome to the era of Zionist created and widely promoted Islamophobia and the Islamist scarecrow... the new
bogeymen. There is plenty of proof that the Zionist and Israel is directly behind the demonizing propaganda. Headline:
Right-wing ―radical Islam‖ campaign traced to Israel is just one example.
You must understand that the nation of Israel (Zionists) has been the ONLY main group that has been portraying all the
Arab and Muslim countries as evil empires to the entire world ever since they bombed and slaughtered their way
into Palestine takeover back in 1948. (But then again, according to the ancient scriptures, that land was promised to
them) Granted, the Muslims are very easy to portray as the "bad guys" due to the fact that SOME OF THEM are all
―half witted hard headed easily pissed off violence driven Neanderthals‖ /cough/.
But the fact remains very clear that Israel and the Jews have become MASTERS of playing "the poor old persecuted
victims of everyone and everything card"... yet look at Israel, they have in no time at all with just a little tiny
SPECK of land in the middle east have become not only a major world leading central technological industry hub, but
also THE ONLY and MAJOR NUCLEAR POWER in the middle east. It is said that Israel has over 200 nuclear
bombs! They could destroy the entire planet if they choose to do so! Collectively the Jewish people are hands down the
single wealthiest ethnic group on the planet.
Now tell me again... WHO is really afraid of whom? Who is the one with all the power? Who are the real victims?
While he freaking Palestinians are running around with rocks and sling shots, Israel is bull dozing their homes with
Abrahms tanks. Bottom line is: Israel will NEVER be satisfied until all the neighboring lands are flying the Israeli
flag. Therefore the Palestinians, Lebanon, Syria, Iran, Iraq ARE ALL TERRORIST COUNTRIES FOR DEFENDING
THEMSELVES FROM Israeli AGRESSION AND IT'S QUEST FOR EMPIRE.
Granted, I am absolutely NOT an Islamist or ―enemy sympathizer‖ and realize the FACT that extremist Muslims can
also be a bunch of brainless stupid backwards ancient hot headed single minded easily pissed off idiots, JUST LIKE
SOME JEWS. The way I see this whole Middle East clusterfuck is quite simple: the "west" has been screwing around
the Muslim Middle East country's for over 5 decades. Roughly beginning from the time that the Zionists got America
to send the CIA into Iran to overthrow their government just because the Iranians didn't want to be forced to play
America's game of "give me control of all your oil resources and I will give you a few trinkets in return game".
Abraham was the father of the Jewish, Christian AND the Muslim worlds, we are all BROTHERS, yet we have been at
each other‘s throats for ages, why must this be so? Where did this "family" all go wrong?
THE HIDDEN NATION OF THE JEWS

―There is within America an unseen nation that salutes a foreign flag, follows a foreign agenda, receives
assistance from powerful foreign agencies, who has achieved great wealth, great power, who hold many high
positions in our government as they have in governments past.
They have the longest history of genocide and the longest history of expulsion from their host country of any
group in history.
The Jews formed together into tribes over 2,000 years ago and began to make war upon their neighbors. They
continue this war today.
These nomadic tribes were extended families with high levels marriage within the kinship group and marriage to
blood relatives. Judaism was a tribal religion with hereditary priests and like the religions around it practiced
human sacrifice in the early years.
The list of societies upon whom the Jews engaged in war and genocide is a long one. The Bible is essentially a
history of Jewish genocide and conquest and the attempts of the Jews to enslave and dominate other peoples.
Like the pagan Nazis Judaism is a religion of blood and soil, territory and power, war and conquest. The lands
that God ―gave‖ to the Jews included the lands of the Kenites, Kenizzites, Kadmonites, Hittites, Perizzites,
Rephaim, Amorites, Canaanites, Girgas***es, and Jebusites. The book of Joshua is a celebration of invasion,
rape, murder, plunder, slaughter and genocide.
Historically, the wanderings of the Jews across the globe commence in the fourth century before our era. About
331 B.C. Alexander transported some Jews to Alexandria, Ptolemy sent some of them to Cyrenaica, and about the
same time Seleucus led some of them to Antioch.
When Jesus was born Jewish colonies flourished everywhere, and it was among them that Christianity recruited
its first adherents. There were Jews in Egypt, in Phoenicia, in Syria, in Coele-Syria, in Pamphylia, in Cilicia, and
as far as Bithynia.
In Europe they had settled in Thessalia, Boeotia, Macedonia, Attica and Peloponnesus. They were to be found in
the Great Isles, on Euboea, on Crete, on Cyprus, and at Rome. ―It is not easy to find a place on earth,‖ says
Strabo, ―which has not received that race.‖
Why were the Jews hated in all those countries, in all those cities? Because they never entered any city as
citizens, but always as a privileged class. Though having left Palestine, they wanted above all to remain Jews, and
their native country was still Jerusalem, i.e., the only city where God might be worshiped and sacrifices offered in
His Temple.
At Alexandria they were quite numerous. According to Philo, Alexandria was divided into five wards. Two were
inhabited by the Jews. The privileges accorded to them by Caesar were engraved on a column and guarded by
them as a precious treasure. They had their own Senate with exclusive jurisdiction in Jewish affairs, and they
were judged by an ethnarch.
They were ship-owners, traders, farmers, most of them wealthy; the sumptuousness of their monuments and
synagogues bore witness to it. The Ptolemies made them farmers of the revenues; this was one of the causes of
popular hatred against them. Besides, they had a monopoly of navigation on the Nile, of the grain trade and of
provisioning Alexandria, and they extended their trade to all the provinces along the Mediterranean coast.
They accumulated great fortunes; this gave rise to the Iinuidia auri Judaici. The growing resentment against these
foreign cornerers, constituting a nation within a nation, led to popular disturbances; the Jews were frequently
assaulted, and Germanicu, among others, had great trouble protecting them.
Since the destruction of their Temple in 70 AD the Jews have again dispersed to many nations as an invisible
nation, the nation of Israel, living within the borders of other nations, an invisible nation with its own policies,
elections and goals.
Historically, in societies where there were large numbers of Jews, they repeatedly become a powerful, elite group
only to fall from power for their activities and be expelled and/or slaughtered. The Jews have been expelled or
slaughtered in over a hundred countries, city-states and provinces for their activities the last 1,000 years. An
intelligent person would ask why.
"We can live among other nations and states only as long as we succeed in persuading them that the Jews are not
a distinct people, but are the representatives of a religious faith who, therefore, constitute a 'religious community,'
though this be of a peculiar character. As a matter of fact, this is the greatest of our falsehoods.
"We are obliged to conceal our own particular character and mode of life so that we will be allowed to continue
our existence as a parasite among the nations." ~ THE HIDDEN TYRANNY, THE INTERVIEW WITH
HAROLD WALLACE ROSENTHAL
The Jews are a highly ethno-centric people. They are conditioned from early life to think of the Jews and the
―other‖, the goim (or goyim). Good is what is good for the Jews.
Where they abide in any numbers they often coalesce into exclusionary, authoritarian groups that often have
tremendous solidarity and cohesiveness. They cooperate in highly organized, and mutually reinforcing groups
that can be quite effective in achieving Jewish goals.
With their cohesiveness and sometimes hyper-ethnocentrism the Jews form an Ethnic Intelligence Apparatus that
promotes their economic and cultural interests over and above the interests of the nation in which they live.
In the last century we have evidence of this promoting their own interests of those of their host country. In both
WW1 and WW2 they betrayed Germany, a country in which they were flourishing. Then they declared war on
Germany and started an international embargo against all things German. This was all part of the build up that
brought Hitler to power and set the stage for WW2.
The founder of the Rothschilds. used it to great effect. Where they abide in any numbers they often coalesce into
exclusionary, authoritarian groups that often have tremendous solidarity and cohesiveness. They cooperate in
highly organized, and mutually reinforcing groups that can be quite effective in achieving Jewish goals.
With their cohesiveness and sometimes hyper-ethnocentrism the Jews form an Ethnic Intelligence Apparatus that
promotes their economic and cultural interests over and above the interests of the nation in which they live. The
founder of the Rothschilds. used it to great effect.
Historically one of the major themes of anti-Jewish movements has been Jewish economic domination. Western
societies are individualistic in their basic approach; the Jewish cultural form is collective with a strong sense of
group identity. The Chosen People of God and the ―other‖.
In the midst of a disunited middle class, whose members are engaged in a perpetual struggle against one another,
the Jews stand united as one. This is the secret of their success. Their solidarity is all the stronger in that it goes so
far back. Its very existence is denied, and yet it is undeniable.
"At a very early date, urged on by the desire to make our way in the world, Jews began to look for a means
whereby we might distract all attention from the racial aspect.
"What could be more effective, and at the same time more above suspicion, than to borrow and utilize the idea of
a religious community? We've been forced to borrow this idea from the Aryans.
"We Jews never possessed any religious institution which developed out of our own consciousness, for we lack
any kind of idealism. This means that a belief in life beyond this terrestrial existence is foreign to us.
"As a matter of fact, the Talmud does not lay down principles with which to prepare the individual for a life to
come, but furnishes only rules for a sumptuous life in this world. "It is a collection of instructions for maintaining
the Jewish race and regulating: intercourses between us and the goy. Our teachings; are not concerned with moral
problems, but rather with how to 'get.' ~ The Hidden Tyranny, Interview with Harold Wallace Rosenthal
This was the case in Alexandria, in Antioch, in Asia Minor, and in the Greek cities of Ionia. In almost every city
they constituted corporations at the head of which was an ethnarch or patriarch, who, with the assistance of a
council of leaders and a special tribunal, exercised all the powers of civil authority and of justice. The synagogues
were ―veritable small republics.‖ They were, in addition, the centres of religious and public life.
The Jews came together in their synagogues, not only to listen to the reading of the Law, but also for the
discussion of their private affairs and for the purpose of exchanging views upon the general course of events.
All the synagogues were closely connected in a vast federation which included within its scope the entire ancient
world, progressing parallel with the expansion of the Macedonian power and Hellenistic civilization. They
communicated with one another by messengers and kept one another in constant touch with events, the
knowledge of which was likely to prove useful.‖ ~ Bernard Lazare, Antisemitism
Zionism is an ideology of blood and soil and the ideology of even secular Zionism involves ―Jewishness‖ even
though there is no racially pure separate group of Jews.
The most powerful and numerous group ~ the Ashkenazi ~ are ethnically Eastern Europeans from Khazar who
converted in the middle ages.
It is the Sephardic Jews and Arab and Christian Palestinians ~ second-class citizens in Israel ~ who actually share
the blood of the original Jews of the Bible. For this reason even while many religious Jews reject Zionism, secular
Zionism itself needs religion for its raison d‘etre for there is no real tie of blood to which they can otherwise
appeal.‖
―Jews are at the extreme of this Middle Eastern tendency toward hypercollectivism and hyperethnocentrism. The
profound depths of Jewish ethnocentrism are intimately tied up with a sense of historical persecution.
Jewish memory is a memory of persecution and impending doom, a memory that justifies any response because
ultimately it is Jewish survival that is at stake.‖~ Source: Kevin MacDonald, Understanding Jewish Influence
―There are contrasting cultural forms between the Middle Eastern tribalism of the Jews and the people of the
individualistic West. There is within Judaism a hatred of those who are non-Jews, a sanctified contempt for the
―other‖.
A racewise outlook similar to that developed by the Nazis in Germany. Kevin MacDonald spoke of it in
―Understanding Jewish Influence‖ as a ―normative, fanatical hatred‖.
Judaism taps into the human capacity for hate and uses it for group survival.
After all, it is the goyim who stand in the way of the Jews fulfilling their holy scripture and building the third
kingdom, from fulfilling the holy scripture that calls them to rule over the goyim.
What we have just temporarily belongs to us, it actually belongs to the Jews who are the Chosen People and they
can get their property back by whatever means they choose.
Judaism is a tribal, racist religion with fanatical elements. It is an ethnic/national religion that throughout its
history has been known for fanaticism and messianic expectations.
Historically it seeks economic dominion over the ―other‖ through the Jews Ethnic Intelligence Apparatus. The
Chosen People and the ―other‖, sub-human according to the scriptures.
In the holy book of the Talmud, dealing with the non-Jews who are often referred to as goyim or akum, it says:
Book of Baba Mezia, 114b it says ―The Jews are called human beings, but the non-Jews are not humans. They
are beasts‖, in Schene luchoth haberuth, p 250b: ―Although the non-Jew has the same body structure as the Jew,
they compare with the Jew as a monkey to a human.‖
Do you think we would hear about it from the Jews if our scripture said: ―The Christians are called human
beings, but the Jews are not humans. They are beasts‖. Or. ―Although the Jew has the same body structure as the
Christian, they compare with the Christian as a monkey to a human.‖?
Source: The New American Order
Planet of the Arabs

How the Zionist Jew Media Presents Them - Video
Ever since the late 1940s the Arab world has been getting pounded by the west in one form or another, year after year,
decade after decade. Is it not quite AROGANT to expect that they should not eventually get sick and tired, pissed off
and be allowed to fight back in defense of their lands as we would do if the same were happening to us? THEY have
been on the DEFENSE for decades while the advanced countries have always been on the offense since day one. They
FIGHT BACK the only way they know how, with STICKS AND STONES with crude I.E.D.s to defend their
HOMES, their backyards, while we are using multimillion dollar futuristic strategic weaponry and mind blowing
plutonium wielding ammo and THEY are the ―terrorists‖? The west has been after their oil resources for decades,
messing with their politics, messing with their industries, messing with their lives. Now the west goes into THEIR
countries, BOMBs them from miles away with highly advanced strategic thousand pound BOMBS from some
impenetrable air-conditioned position, while our operator is eating ―Cheats‖. There entire country has since been
reduced to rubble; due to our "liberation" they no longer have WATER, electricity, schools, etc., etc... What do you
expect in return? A welcome mat? They fight back in the only way they know how: they bomb the INVADERS who
are killing their friends and families, who stand on THEIR LAND with crude IED bombs. What is the difference? Both
forms of bombing being used by both sides are basically cowardly ways of fighting. I don't care who is right or
wrong at this point, the shit has got to STOP, peace must be made somehow.
But that is just a pipe dream as long as Zionist Israel remains the devil‘s advocate in the region, constantly
instigating, slithering around in the background of cabinet meetings of powerful countries through their DUAL
CITIZENSHIP SECRET AGENTS who sit unhindered, unrestricted, unchecked, unopposed, unimpeded in the most
powerful policy making seats of governments, especially ours, the sold out United States of Amerika… where they
push, push, PUSH for more blood in the middle east. Who‘s next? Iran? Pakistan? Syria? Egypt? Saudi Arabia?
Here is another good work of research: ―The Israel Lobby and U.S. Foreign Policy‖. This book will give you an
unbiased look into what Israel and it‘s AIPAC is all about. Israel is one of the world‘s leading and richest countries and
still manages to pull billions upon billions of dollars in ―aid‖ from the basically bankrupt U.S. meanwhile U.S. ―real-
estate properties‖ such as Puerto Rico have an unemployment rate of 45%! And live under third world conditions. Let
alone the dire conditions we face here with almost every segment of our society corroding on a daily basis. No other
country on the planet has the incredible iron fist influence on America than Israel. Period.
There are many great research works in circulation (if you can find them) that reveal the true nature of the Talmudic
Zionist Jews. One published work I feel is very important (a MUST read work included in the addendum section) in
understanding the Zionist Jewish problem is ―THE HIDDEN TYRANNY.‖ From an interview of Harold Wallace
Rosenthal conducted in 1976. The real interesting thing apart from the ground breaking unprecedented honesty of
Rosenthal‘s testimony is that after this interview where he spilled the beans (thus committed in the eyes of his fellow
Zionists a sin whose penalty is death), is that soon after the interview he was swiftly killed by… ―terrorists‖…
/cough/. I wish I could include the whole interview here but I don‘t have the room, instead I will quote an article about
the interview:
The Harold Rosenthal Interview

By Henry Makow 2-15-4
In 1976, the plan for "Jewish world domination" outlined in The Protocols of the Elders of Zion had been largely
realized. Harold Wallace Rosenthal, 29, a personal assistant to New York Senator Jacob Javits (Jew) felt that
Jewish power was so unassailable that he could make some extra cash by telling this story to Walter White Jr., the
editor of the Conservative monthly Western Front.
"Too many Jews do not have the guts to tell you how we live and plan, but I am not intimated by anything or
anyone," Rosenthal told White.
"It is too late for your Christian followers to put up a defense. That time is long past. Long, long ago we had to
become the aggressors! That is undoubtedly one of our great purposes in life. We are aggressors!"
This shocking 17-page interview, (http://www.antichristconspiracy.com/HTML%20Pages/Harold_

Wallace_Rosenthal_Interview_1976.htm)
Which contradicts the Jewish image as victims, has been on-line for some time. It ranks with the revelations of
Benjamin Freedman, and C.G. Rakovsky ―The Red Symphony‖ (http://www.savethemales.ca/000275.html) as a
description of the real forces directing the world.
Rosenthal needed gambling money but his candor cost him his life. On Aug. 12, 1976, he was killed in a foiled
skyjacking in Istanbul. Walter White concluded that the incident was a cover for Rosenthal's murder.
A commemorative Rosenthal "Fellowship in International Relations" discreetly furthers the work he indiscreetly
exposed. Oddly, there is no picture of Rosenthal on their web site. http://www.rosenthalfellowship.org
The interview is virulently anti Semitic in the sense that both men characterize this conspiracy as "Jewish" and
make many nasty racist generalizations. In fact, "the Jews" are really the Rothschilds and a few hundred banking
families and their non-Jewish allies united by intermarriage and occult beliefs. The vast majorities of Jews like
other people are unaware of this plot and would oppose it if they were. Jews are as much its unwitting dupes and
victims as anyone else.
The Rothschilds set up the Illuminati in 1776 to subvert the Christian basis of Western Civilization. They took
over much of Freemasonry and used it to infiltrate all social institutions. Mouthing words like "freedom,"
"equality" and "progress," they are bent on melding family, race, religion, and nation into a malleable anonymous
mush. Their world police state, now called "globalization," lies behind the facade of "The Patriot Act" and "The
War on Terror."
Rosenthal says, "Most Jews do not like to admit it, but our god is Lucifer...and we are his chosen people. Lucifer
is very much alive."
This statement applies to modern culture as a whole. We do not like to admit that our "secular" society is based
on a cosmic rebellion against God. Its true satanic character is becoming more evident every day.
INSIGHTS
Rosenthal says the "Jews" have built an earthly empire partly by rejecting Christ's vision of a spiritual kingdom
based on brotherly love. Jewish bankers plan to govern the world from Jerusalem according to their own interests.
He says the Jewish religion is essentially a disguise for a racial imperative. "We can live among other people and
states [by] persuading them that the Jews are not a distinct people but the representatives of a religious faith..."
"Jewish" power was created through control of the monetary system.
"Through our national bank, the Federal Reserve, we extend book credit which we create from nothing to all local
banks ...[Thus] we bring industry, management and labor into our debt...and pit management against labor so they
will never unite and attack us and usher in a debt-free industrial utopia."
Through control of banking, the "Jews" acquired a total monopoly of "the movie industry, the radio networks and
the newly developing television media...we took over the publication of all school materials... Even your music!
We censor the songs released for publication long before they reach the publishers...we will have complete
control of your thinking."
He boasts that they even implanted a "guilt complex" over the Holocaust™ and anti Semitism that prevents
society from addressing the problem.
"We Jews have put issue upon issue to the American people. Then we promote both sides of the issue as
confusion reigns. With their eyes fixed on the issues, they fail to see who is behind every scene. We Jews toy with
the American public as a cat toys with a mouse."
Rosenthal avers that society can only escape this death clutch by violent action not education.
"History has been written in blood, not with ink. No letter, editorial or book has ever rallied the people or stopped
tyranny. We understand this principle and are forever propagandizing the people to write letters to the President,
to Congress...Woe be unto us if they ever see the futility of it, lay down the pen and employ the sword."
But Rosenthal is not worried. Alluding to the promotion of feminism and homosexuality, he says:
"We have castrated society through fear and intimidation. Its manhood exists only in combination with a feminine
outward appearance. Being so neutered, the populace has become docile and easily ruled. As all geldings...their
thoughts are not involved with the concerns of the future and their posterity, but only with the present and with
the next meal."
Rosenthal talks about how a "Jewish" invisible government also controls the USSR, and how the UN is "nothing
but a trap door to the Red World's immense concentration camp." He says this invisible power is responsible for
the wars and revolutions of the last 200 years.
At times the interview seems almost too damning, and we wonder if it is authentic. Why would someone who
says he aspires to national prominence allow it to be taped? Couldn't he be blackmailed? He makes many
unflattering and untrue generalizations about Jews, which also seems implausible. At times he veers widely from
arrogance to insecurity. At one point, he says Jews have made plans to pack up and flee.
Ultimately you will make up your own mind. I believe the contradictions are due to self-hatred and a
subconscious desire for expiation. The interview contains insights only an insider could have. I am referring to
the references to Lucifer, race and violent change as examples.
The tone of racial arrogance also rings true. Rosenthal expresses incredulity at the spinelessness and gullibility of
the American people. He says a Jew remains a Jew whether he converts to another religion or not. I doubt if
Walter White would pull off the kind of stunt he condemns the "Jews" for doing.
CONCLUSION
Walter White seems to think the "Jews" are the "ringleaders" of the Luciferian cabal known as "Mystery
Babylon." Certainly the Rothschilds are central players but the cast is large and includes many others.
By presenting this information, I am trying to inspire Jews and non-Jews alike to remove the media blindfold and
recognize that Luciferians have hijacked humanity and modern culture largely is a fraud designed to disguise this
fact.
True culture is based on religion, i.e. a collective commitment to absolute spiritual ideals such as justice, love,
beauty and truth. "God is a Spirit and we worship him in Spirit and in Truth," Christ said. (John 4:24)
We are living in the twilight of Christian culture. We have no genuine ideals to take its place. The elite's
Orwellian doublespeak ("freedom", "tolerance," "diversity" and "equality") is manipulation and mind control.
Jews will have to disown organized Jewry, which is controlled by the bankers. Fifty per cent of American Jews
do not identify with Judaism. The number that converted to another religion more than doubled since 1990 and
now represents 25% of the total. http://www.thejewishweek.com/news/newscontent.php3?artid=5301
However most Jews, like non-Jews, are "secular humanists" which is Luciferianism in disguise. Humanism is the
notion that man can build a utopia based on "reason." In practice, humanism is a front for the Illuminist bankers
and their allies.
Reason cannot be divorced from morality. Remember, I am the inventor of the game Scruples. "You find a wallet
containing $3000. By the address you can tell the owner is wealthy. Your family is hungry. Do you keep the
money?" That would be reasonable.
Humanism holds that man is already divine and therefore free to indulge his appetites and reject God's Plan. This
is what the humanist means when he preaches "freedom."
In fact humanity is still very much a work in progress. We were put on earth to embody God's Plan, (i.e. spiritual
ideals.) God did not give us freedom so we could fail.
Henry Makow Ph.D. is the inventor of the board game Scruples and the author of "A Long Way to go for a Date."
His past articles on feminism and the new world order can be found on his web site www.savethemales.ca
Mentioned in the quote above is ―The Red Symphony‘‘ (full text here) and (Henry Makow‘s ―Rothschilds Conduct
‗Red Symphony‘) offers yet another incredible behind the scenes very revealing look into the intriguing world of
Zionist conquest and worldwide influence. This is another must read. Also mentioned was Benjamin Freedman whose
insider revelations shake the Zionist beast to the core. I‘ve included one of his exposes in the addendum section. I
believe that this man is truly a man of his word and you MUST read what he has had to reveal to us. Benjamin
Freedman has also penned a work titled ―The Hidden Tyranny‖ or ―The Hidden Tyranny Revealed‖ just as the title of
the above quoted article, but it is a totally different yet equally important work.
Very few people know that famous American industrialist car titan Henry Ford also tried to expose, take on and fight
the Zionist Jew cartel… only to then suffer a humiliating loss. Yes the most revered, respected and honorable Henry
Ford took a defiant stance against the Zionist Jew juggernaut. At the risk of being utterly destroyed, he was eventually
forced to cease and desist then beg for mercy and forgiveness, disgracing himself in front of the entire country and
recant all the ―evil lies‖ that he claimed… The Jew media cartel made mince meat out of him and his work to expose
them has long been discredited by the Jew media barons that run 97% of all media and then his work has since been
rendered cartoonish ―fiction.‖ Besides being forced to disavow and apologize for ―The International Jew,‖ part of his
reparation they required him to shift (―merged‖) his German assets with illuminati controlled I.G. Farben in 1928.
In his book "My Life and Work," published in 1922, Henry Ford includes the following concerning the
"International Jew" series of articles: "The work which we describe as Studies in the Jewish Question, and
which is variously described by antagonists as "the Jewish campaign," "the attack on the Jews," "the anti-
Semitic pogrom," and so forth, needs no explanation to those who have followed it. Its motives and purposes
must be judged by the work itself. It is offered as a contribution to a question which deeply affects the
country, a question which is racial at its source, and which concerns influences and ideals rather than persons.
Our statements must be judged by candid readers who are intelligent enough to lay our words alongside life as
they are able to observe it. If our word and their observation agree, the case is made. It is perfectly silly to
begin to damn us before it has been shown that our statements are baseless or reckless. The first item to be
considered is the truth of what we have set forth. And that is precisely the item which our critics choose to
evade. Readers of our articles will see at once that we are not actuated by any kind of prejudice, except it may
be a prejudice in favour of the principles which have made our civilization.
There had been observed in this country certain streams of influence which were causing a marked
deterioration in our literature, amusements, and social conduct; business was departing from its old-time
substantial soundness; a general letting-down of standards was felt everywhere. It was not the robust
coarseness of the white man, the rude indelicacy, say, of Shakespeare's characters, but a nasty Orientalism
which has insidiously affected every channel of expression -- and to such an extent that it was time to
challenge it. The fact that these influences are all traceable to one racial source is a fact to be reckoned with . .
. Our work does not pretend to say that last word on the Jew in America. It says only the word which
describes his present impress on that country. When that impress
is changed, the report of it can be changed . . . Our opposition is
only to ideas, false ideas . . . which are sapping the moral stamina
of the people. These ideas proceed from easily identified sources,
they are promulgated by easily discoverable methods and they are
controlled by mere exposure.
When people learn to identify the source and nature of these

influences swirling around them, it is sufficient. Let the American
people once understand that it is not natural degeneracy but
calculated subversion that inflicts us, and they are safe. The
explanation is the cure. This work was taken up without personal
motives. When it reached a stage where we believed the American
people could grasp the key, we let it rest for the time. Our enemies
say that we began it for revenge and that we laid it down in fear.
Time will show that our critics are merely dealing in evasion
because they dare not tackle the main question."
I wish I had the space to include Henry Ford‘s Zionist expose called: ―The
International Jew – The World‘s Foremost Problem‖ (.pdf link),
published in 1922 (Yes, as I have stated many times, the Jews have had
complete chokehold of this country since the turn of the century) but due to
the fact that I am fast approaching beyond 500 pages in this report, I have
no space left. Here is the table of contents with direct links:
v. 1 — THE INTERNATIONAL JEW [ Preface ]

1 The Jew in Character and Business
2 Germany‘s Reaction Against the Jew
3 Jewish History in the United States
4 The Jewish Question—Fact or Fancy?
5 Anti-Semitism—Will It Appear in the U.S.?
6 Jewish Question Breaks Into the Magazines
7 Arthur Brisbane Leaps to the Help of Jewry
8 Does a Definite Jewish World Program Exist?
9 The Historic Basis of Jewish Imperialism
10 An Introduction to the ―Jewish Protocols‖
11 ―Jewish‖ Estimate of Gentile Human Nature
12 ―Jewish Protocols‖ Claim Partial Fulfillment
13 ―Jewish‖ Plan to Split Society by ―Ideas‖
14 Did the Jews Foresee the World War?
15 Is the Jewish ―Kahal‖ the Modern ―Soviet‖?
16 How the ―Jewish Question‖ Touches the Farm
17 Does Jewish Power Control the World Press?
18 Does This Explain Jewish Political Power?
19 The All-Jewish Mark on ―Red Russia‖
20 Jewish Testimony in Favor of Bolshevism
v. 2 — JEWISH ACTIVITIES IN THE UNITED STATES [ Preface ]

21 How Jews in the U.S. Conceal Their Strength
22 Jewish Testimony on ―Are Jews a Nation?‖
23 Jew Versus Non-Jew in New York Finance
24 The High and Low of Jewish Money Power
25 ―Disraeli of America‖—A Jew of Super-Power
26 The Scope of Jewish Dictatorship in the U.S.
27 Jewish Copper Kings Reap Rich War-Profits
28 Jewish Control of the American Theater
29 The Rise of the First Jewish Theatrical Trust
30 How Jews Capitalized a Protest Against Jews
31 The Jewish Aspect of the ―Movie‖ Problem
32 Jewish Supremacy in Motion Picture World
33 Rule of the Jewish Kehillah Grips New York
34 The Jewish Demand for ―Rights‖ in America
35 ―Jewish Rights‖ Clash With American Rights
36 ―Jewish Rights‖ to Put Studies Out of Schools
37 Disraeli—British Premier, Portrays the Jews
38 Taft Once Tried to Resist Jews—and Failed
39 When Editors Were Independent of the Jews
40 Why the Jews Dislike the Morgenthau Report
41 Jews Use the Peace Conference to Bind Poland
42 The Present Status of the Jewish Question
v. 3 — JEWISH INFLUENCES IN AMERICAN LIFE [ Preface ]

43 The Jews and the ―Religious Persecution‖ Cry
44 Are the Jews Victims or Persecutors?
45 Jewish Gamblers Corrupt American Baseball
46 Jewish Degradation of American Baseball
47 Jewish Jazz Becomes Our National Music
48 How the Jewish Song Trust Makes You Sing
49 Jewish Hot-Beds of Bolshevism in the U.S.
50 Jew Trades Link With World Revolutionaries
51 Will Jewish Zionism Bring Armageddon?
52 How the Jews Use Power—By an Eyewitness
53 How Jews Ruled and Ruined Tammany Hall
54 Jew Wires Direct Tammany‘s Gentile Puppets
55 B‘nai B‘rith Leader Discusses the Jews
56 Dr. Levy, a Jew, Admits His People‘s Error
57 Jewish Idea in American Monetary Affairs
58 Jewish Idea Molded Federal Reserve Plan
59 Jewish Idea of Central Bank for America
60 How Jewish International Finance Functions
61 Jewish Power and America‘s Money Famine
v. 4 — ASPECTS OF JEWISH POWER IN THE UNITED STATES [ Preface ]

62 How Jews Gained American Liquor Control
63 Gigantic Jewish Liquor Trust and Its Career
64 The Jewish Element in Bootlegging Evil
65 Angles of Jewish Influence in American Life
66 The Jews‘ Complaint Against ―Americanism‖
67 The Jewish Associates of Benedict Arnold
68 Benedict Arnold and Jewish Aid in Shady Deal
69 Arnold and His Jewish Aids at West Point
70 The Gentle Art of Changing Jewish Names
71 Jewish ―Kol Nidre‖ and ―Eli, Eli‖ Explained
72 Jews as New York Magistrates See Them
73 Jews Are Silent, the National Voice Is Heard
74 What Jews Attempted Where They Had Power
75 The Jewish Question in Current Testimony
76 America‘s Jewish Enigma—Louis Marshall
77 The Economic Plans of International Jews
78 A Jew Sees His People As Others See Them
79 Candid Address to Jews on the Jewish Problem
80 An Address to ―Gentiles‖ on the Jewish Problem
Speaking about taking on the Zionist Jews. One thing I can‘t understand about the Muslim community is their inability
to forgive and forget, to take the higher ground, to pick up and go forward without declaring lifelong revenge thus
compounding the hate and animosity. Thus giving credence to the narrative and framing of the Muslim world as
twisted evil sub human crazed zealots.
Sure the Jews and the Muslims have been lifelong enemies almost since the beginning of time. But eventually one side
must learn to be the champion of ―love thy brother‖ in order for age old hostilities to eventually end. I only wish that
our nation would have left them alone. But instead our leaders went to their countries over and over again over the
decades of offensive foreign policies have stirred up the hornets‘ nests, opening up a can of worms, then smashing
open Pandora‘s box. There were just a few dozen to a few hundred "terrorists" in the middle east prior to Cheney-Bush
& Co Crime Syndicate invading them, now there are thousands of new converts willing to give their lives to fight the
"evil imperial fascist states of Amerika". Way to go there Cheney and side kick Manchurian candidate Bush. Now we
are in the middle of this massive clusterfuck and the blood thirsty Zionist neo-cons are STILL chanting "more blood!
more blood! more blood! bomb Iran! bomb Iran!"
To Whom it may concern:

By King Abdullah of Jordan
I was puzzled for a long time about the odd belief which apparently
persists in America that Palestine has somehow "always been a Jewish
land." Recently an American I talked to cleared up this mystery. He
pointed out that the only things most Americans know about Palestine
are what they read in the Bible. It was a Jewish land in those days, they
reason, and they assume it has always remained so.
Nothing could be farther from the truth. It is absurd to reach so far back into the mists of history to argue about
who should have Palestine today, and I apologize for it. Yet the Jews do this, and I must reply to their "historic
claim." I wonder if the world has ever seen a stranger sight than a group of people seriously pretending to claim a
land because their ancestors lived there some 2,000 years ago!
If you suggest that I am biased, I invite you to read any sound history of the period and verify the facts.
Such fragmentary records as we have indicate that the Jews were wandering nomads from Iraq who moved to
southern Turkey, came south to Palestine, stayed there a short time, and then passed to Egypt, where they
remained about 400 years. About 1300 BC (according to your calendar) they left Egypt and gradually conquered
most—but not all—of the inhabitants of Palestine.
It is significant that the Philistines—not the Jews—gave their name to the country: "Palestine" is merely the
Greek form of "Philistia."
Only once, during the empire of David and Solomon, did the Jews ever control nearly—but not all—the land
which is today Palestine. This empire lasted only 70 years, ending in 926 BC. Only 250 years later the Kingdom
of Judah had shrunk to a small province around Jerusalem, barely a quarter of modern Palestine.
In 63 BC the Jews were conquered by Roman Pompey, and never again had even the vestige of independence.
The Roman Emperor Hadrian finally wiped them out about 135 AD. He utterly destroyed Jerusalem, rebuilt under
another name, and for hundreds of years no Jew was permitted to enter it. A handful of Jews remained in
Palestine but the vast majority were killed or scattered to other countries, in the Diaspora, or the Great Dispersion.
From that time Palestine ceased to be a Jewish country, in any conceivable sense.
This was 1,815 years ago, and yet the Jews solemnly pretend they still own Palestine! If such fantasy were
allowed, how the map of the world would dance about!
Italians might claim England, which the Romans held so long. England might claim France, "homeland" of the
conquering Normans. And the French Normans might claim Norway, where their ancestors originated. And
incidentally, we Arabs might claim Spain, which we held for 700 years.
Many Mexicans might claim Spain, "homeland" of their forefathers. They might even claim Texas, which was
Mexican until 100 years ago. And suppose the American Indians claimed the "homeland" of which they were the
sole, native, and ancient occupants until only some 450 years ago!
I am not being facetious. All these claims are just as valid—or just as fantastic—as the Jewish "historic
connection" with Palestine. Most are more valid.
In any event, the great Moslem expansion about 650 AD finally settled things. It dominated Palestine completely.
From that day on, Palestine was solidly Arabic in population, language, and religion. When British armies entered
the country during the last war, they found 500,000 Arabs and only 65,000 Jews.
If solid, uninterrupted Arab occupation for nearly 1,300 years does not make a country "Arab", what does?
The Jews say, and rightly, that Palestine is the home of their religion. It is likewise the birthplace of Christianity,
but would any Christian nation claim it on that account? In passing, let me say that the Christian Arabs—and
there are many hundreds of thousands of them in the Arab World—are in absolute agreement with all other Arabs
in opposing the Zionist invasion of Palestine.
May I also point out that Jerusalem is, after Mecca and Medina, the holiest place in Islam. In fact, in the early
days of our religion, Moslems prayed toward Jerusalem instead of Mecca.
The Jewish "religious claim" to Palestine is as absurd as the "historic claim." The Holy Places, sacred to three
great religions, must be open to all, the monopoly of none. Let us not confuse religion and politics.
King Abdullah of Jordan
My heart and prayers goes out to all our American brave soldiers that have served in Iraq and Afghanistan for what
they believed was to "protect" our country. It‘s just a shame that they are losing their lives over the agendas of a very
few elite people who sat down behind closed doors and decide the fate of peoples and nations all the while they turned
around and lied to all us Americans about the real reason why we were there.
Granted, I know, even as I am writing these words, there exists a Zionist CIA faction working on an ultra
BlackOps "false flag" mission (in partnership with Mossad) to cause massive deaths here in our country so that
the ruling party will say "WE TOLD YOU SO!" thereby JUSTIFYING EVERTHING they have done to "protect
us" and then some. Immediately after this new false flag op, a massive national clamp down will happen of unheard of
proportions. Race riots, chaos, food shortages, martial law. Our once great nation will NEVER be the same again. The
real days of chaos are yet to come.
Another respected Jew exposes some of the Zionist strategies:

What more proof do you need other than knowing the fact that our dear loving brain dead President Bush flat out
VETOED a 30 billion dollar program to provide healthcare to OUR poor children HERE in OUR country, what did
Bush say? His words and actions are most accurately interpreted as: "fuck those poor helpless children!" He then turns
around and grants the rich nation of Israel 30 billion more dollars in aid instead of his own people! DOH! Now if you
cannot clearly see the depressing logic in action, clearly demonstrating just where the Washingtonites have their
priorities, well, our nation is doomed.
Just throw the money away! Give it away! Screw our country! $700 billion going to fight a bogus war, when those
funds used here in our country would have fixed EVERYTHING wrong today. Actually America GIVES AWAY well
over 100 billion dollars every year to other counties while nit picking and denying our own citizens some of the most
basic needs. These are the Zionist/Masonic initiated backed policies that are ravaging our nation.
Those were some troubling issues I just had to cover and get out of the way. Now let‘s go back to the neo-cons...
Particularly the ZOG (our Zionist Occupational Government) who hold key positions all over Washington, mostly
neo-cons, but don‘t be fooled, they are also embedded in the democrat‘s camp too. I just can't help but to be amazed
about the "coincidence" that I have been constantly confronting, every time I find an extremist neo-con spinning their
agenda, on TV or on the web, I often Google or Wikipedia the crazy ones who defy all the laws of logic and those
obviously pushing a hidden agenda. Well the disturbing finding that I came across has me baffled for:
Every time I looked up the name of an obnoxious extremist neo-con that got my attention, almost EVERY SINGLE
NEO-CON was Jewish! (Or very, very closely affiliated with them up to their eye balls, some of which have their
noses so far up their asses they rarely come up for air) One of the well known founding fathers of neo-cons king
douche bag Norman Podhoretz who was presidential hopeful Drag Queen Giuliani‘s #1 advisor. I have a strange hunch
that the neo-cons, that ex president Reagan and others used to refer to as "the crazies" are that same bunch of Zionists
that have been stalking the corridors of Washington are the ones who found ways to infiltrate Bush's administration.
Yes his top brass consists of "extremist neo-cons" so I looked up the names of the 4 main strategists, presto, yep, all
Jewish. With insane extremist neo-con Zionist Norman Podhoretz at the helm as Giuliani‘s main architect. No it
doesn't stop there, Drag Queen Giuliani has sold his soul so deeply to the Jewish Zionists that they even provide him
with all his transportation for his 2008 run for the election! Giuliani is being flown around the country in Abelson‘s
plush Gulfstream G-IV.
Hmmmm. Again, as I have stated many times here in the Matrix Report, I am far from being anti-Semitic (the first
charge that all Zionist ram down people's throats), actually, I grew up in a 100% Jewish community, and have many
family and friends that are normal Jews (not extremist neo-con Zionists) as was my grandfather. So you all can take
that "ATTACK THAT ANTI-SEMITE!" bullshit elsewhere. No accusations of anti-Semitism will ever cover up the
fact that the Zionists instigators are the most vocal, most in your face, most desperate to get Amerika Inc. to continue
on the insane path of war it has been on these past years. More erosion of our constitution, more dwindling of our
liberties, etc., the core culprits behind this entire movement are none other than a bunch of extremist Jewish neo-cons!
The Zionists/Mason ruling elite.
Pirates of the Mediterranean

By PAUL CRAIG ROBERTS, Former U.S. Assistant Secretary of the Treasury
On June 30, the government of Israel committed an act of piracy when the Israeli Navy in international waters
illegally boarded the ―Spirit of Humanity,‖ kidnapped its 21-person crew from 11 countries, including former US
Congresswoman Cynthia McKinney and Nobel Laureate Mairead MaGuire, and confiscated the cargo of medical
supplies, olive trees, reconstruction materials, and children‘s toys that were on the way to the Mediterranean coast
of Gaza. The ―Spirit of Humanity,‖ along with the kidnapped 21 persons, is being towed to Israel as I write.
Gaza has been described as the ―world‘s largest concentration camp.‖ It is home to 1.5 million Palestinians who
were driven by force of American-supplied Israeli arms out of their homes, off their farms, and out of their
villages so that Israel could steal their land and make the Palestinian land available to Israeli settlers.
What we have been witnessing for 60 years is a replay in modern times, despite the United Nations and laws
strictly preventing Israel‘s theft of Palestine, of the 17th, 18th, and 19th century theft of American Indian lands by
US settlers. An Israeli government spokesman recently rebuked the President of the United States, a country, the
Israeli said, who stole all of its land from Indians, for complaining about Israel‘s theft of Palestine.
I knew the ―Spirit of Humanity‖ would fall to Israeli piracy the minute I received on June 25 from an official of
an Israeli peace organization a ―public advisory‖ that the government of Cyprus had withheld permission for the
―Spirit of Humanity‖ to leave for Gaza. The US State Department had advised that ―The Israeli Foreign Ministry
informed U.S. officials at the American Embassy in Tel Aviv that Israel still considers Gaza an area of conflict
and that any boats attempting to sail to Gaza will not be permitted to reach its destination.‖ The ―Spirit of
Humanity‖ obtained permission to leave Cyprus when all aboard signed a waiver absolving Cyprus of all
responsibility for the crew‘s safety at the hands of the Israelis.
As President Obama has called for humanitarian aid to be sent to Gaza, and as the International Red Cross has
damned the inhumanity of Israel‘s blockade of Gaza, the question that immediately comes to mind is why did not
the United States send sufficient US Navy escort to see the ―Spirit of Humanity‖ safely through international
waters to Gaza? We send ships against Somalian pirates, why not against Israeli ones?
We all know the answer. The US talks a good ―human rights‖ game, but never delivers--especially if the human
rights abuser is Israel. After all, Israel owns the US Congress and President Obama. Israel even has an Israeli
citizen and former member of the Israeli Defense Forces as the Chief-of-Staff in Obama‘s White House. Israel
owns millions of American ―Christian Zionists‖ and ―rapture evangelicans.‖ When it comes to Israel, the
American government is a puppet state. It does what it is told.
Macho Americans might stand tall, but not when Israel snaps its fingers.
Israel, of course, will get away with a mere act of piracy. After all, Israel has been getting away with its war
crimes and violations of international law for 60 years. If the UN tries to do anything, the US will veto it, as the
US has done for decades.
What will happen to the kidnapped foreign nationals? Most likely they will be released and sent back to their
respective countries. Israel, of course, will keep the stolen ―Spirit of Humanity‖ to foreclose any further attempts
by human rights activists to run Israel‘s inhumane blockade of Gaza.
On the other hand, Israel might declare its captives to be terrorists on the ground that the Gazans elected in a free
election Hamas as their government. Hamas, unlike Israel, is declared to be a terrorist organization by the puppet
American State Department in Washington. Thus the human rights activists onboard the ―Spirit of Humanity‖ are
aiding and abetting terrorists by delivering goods to them. The US Department of Justice (sic) prosecutes
American citizens and charities for sending aid to Palestinians on the grounds that Palestinians, if not everyone a
terrorist, are governed by terrorists.
I wouldn‘t be surprised if a Nobel Laureate and a former member of the US House of Representatives, along with
the rest of the crew, are handed over to the Americans for indefinite detention and for torturing and waterboarding
in the American torture facility at Bagram. I am certain that ―Homeland Security‖ and the US Government are
desperate to be rid of all of critics, and knocking off a Nobel Laureate and a member of the House sets a
precedent for getting rid of the rest of us.
Meanwhile, California, which has become a failed state, has been denied bailout money from Washington. Israel,
which has been a failed state for 60 years, can, unlike the American state of California, always count of
Washington to deliver the money and the weapons to keep Israel going.
The same week that ―our‖ government in Washington told the Governor of California ―not one red cent,‖
President Barak Obama handed over $2.775 billion to Israel.
Online Journal (June 29) reported that the handover to Israel of the unemployed Americans‘ tax dollars took place
in a ―tiny Capitol room‖ to which members of the press were denied access. I mean, really, who wants the media
writing about US taxpayer dollars for Israel‘s nuclear weapons while Americans are being kicked out of their
homes. Not that, of course, the ―Christian‖ supporters of Israel would mind.
Unlike every other recipient of US military largesse, Israel is permitted to bypass the Pentagon and to deal
directly with US suppliers. Consequently, the Israel Lobby‘s influence multiplies, because military suppliers fight
for Israel in congressional committees in order to get Israel‘s business. This lets Israel turn the screws on Iran.
According to Grant F. Smith writing in Online Journal, Republican US Representative Mark Steven from Illinois
has received $221,000 in campaign contributions from Israel political action committees (PACs). Therefore, it
was a sure thing that he would introduce legislation preventing the Import-Export bank from providing loan
guarantees to countries doing business with Iran.
Americans think that they are a superpower, but in fact they are a stupor-power. A puppet state if truth be known.
There is a great deal of evidence (see Jonathan Cook's excellent piece on this site yesterday) that Israel is a child
abuser. ―God‘s Chosen People‖ routinely abuses captured Palestinian children. The Israelis also abuse Palestinian
children by shooting them down in the streets.
Don‘t take my word for it. The Geneva-based Defense for Children International says, according to Time
Magazine, that ―the ill-treatment and torture of Palestinian child prisoners appears to be widespread, systematic
and institutionalized, suggesting complicity at all levels of the political and military chain of command.‖
According to Time Magazine, ―Often, children suffer lasting traumas from jail. Says Saleh Nazzal from the
Palestinian Ministry of Prisoner Affairs, ‗When soldiers burst into a house and drag away a child, he loses his
feeling of being protected by his family. He comes back from prison alienated from his family, his friends. They
don‘t like going back to school or even leaving the house. They start wetting their beds.‘ Says Mona Zaghrout, a
YMCA counselor who helps kids returning from prison: ‗They come out of prison thinking and acting like they
are men. Their childhood is gone.‘ And they often turn to another father figure--the armed militant groups
fighting the Israeli occupation.‘‖
And so it goes. There‘s no money for California, or for Americans‘ health care, or for the several million
Americans who have lost their homes and are homeless, because Israel needs it. Israel need the Americans‘
taxpayers money to that it can create even more enemies, and, therefore, need more American money to spend
with the American armament industries to oppress more Palestinians and to make more enemies, requiring more
American money to protect Israel from its folly and its evil.
And the brainwashed American public goes along year after year.
Paul Craig Roberts was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury in the Reagan administration. He is coauthor of The
Tyranny of Good Intentions. Many of his revealing articles can be found here:
http://www.vdare.com/roberts/all_columns.htm
Look at the state of New York, what I call the "second nation of Israel", the one state with the largest Jewish
population in all of US, makes it officially a Zionist state run from top to bottom by Zionists: Governor - Eliot Spitzer
Zionist Jew, Senator - Chuck Schumer Zionist Jew, Senator - Hillary Zionist Jew Wench, NY State Assembly
Speaker - Sheldon Silver Zionist Jew, Mayor NYC- Michael Bloomberg Zionist Jew, the list goes on and on, and on.
Oh, Bloomberg has so much juice that he rescinded the two term LAW and at a snap of his fingers made himself
eligible for an unprecedented THIRD term in office! The fact that voters had previously voted into law not just once
but twice to set the Mayor‘s office terms to no more than TWO terms didn‘t mean diddly. This Zionist Jew titan
decides he wants to stick around for another four years to continue to advance the agenda of his Zionist bedfellows,
changes the rules and NO ONE DARED challenge him. Yet barely a tick on the news Richter Scale, not a peep, as no
one dares utter a word in opposition to any Zionist Mafioso ―made man.‖ This here folks is a perfect example of the
sheer unadulterated power the Zionist Jews wield in this country. When they really want something they just take it.
Then, he spends INVESTS over $100 million dollars of his own money BUYING his third term. I ask you this: what
Jew (or gentile for that matter) do you know that willingly just through money away without expecting and getting
something greater in return? No, he INVESTED the $100 million and will recouperate it and then some, in dividends
from all the policies and acts he supports his fellow Zionist Jews and advancement of their agendas. $100 million to
buy the throne of the wealthiest most powerful city in America, that was a bargin. He will be in a crucial position to
help usher in their 2012 agendas…
No one other than me seemed to notice that Bush installed dual citizen Zionist Jew Michael Mukasey, as Attorney
General. Hardly anyone blinks when more and more Jews are taking over our country. They were even floating the
idea of Joe ―sleazebag‖ LIEberman as potential Vice President for the republican 2008!!! OMG! The day this happens,
America would surely be DOOMED for the Zionist Jew will be just a bullet away from the Whitehouse… and soon
thereafter be crowned as Emperor of the United States of Israel. This widely known and acknowledged and
somehow accepted traitor of the democrat party is another powerful Jew who stabbed the democratic party in the back
for all the world to see and wonder, time and time again, yet the democrats fear him so much that they dare not
even think about taking away his democratically appointed chairmanship to the powerful Senate Committee on
Homeland Security and Government Affairs. His political party is ―Independent Democrat‖ yet he continues being a
thorn on the democrats side while he sides with his republican Zionist neo-con bedfellows then laughs at the spineless
democrats. I watched in amazement as he routinely sides with the Republicans, wines and dines with them even to the
point of campaigning with McCain at every one of his stops. What did the democrats do to cut him off or punish him
once they took office? Nothing, they gave him more power! Doh! The crucially important point here is that this is a
perfect example of the raw power that the Zionist Jews hold in Washington.
The NEO-CON Zionists have a virtual choke hold on Washington (the Zionist democrats bow to their alpha male
brethren the neo-cons). The Zionists began their power consolidation with their Lobbyist Front Groups and over the
years have not only amassed the highest level influence, but have managed to infiltrate every sector of government
with their operatives. New York State has long been the de facto Jewish headquarters in America. If this trend
continues as it is, soon the total transformation of our country will be complete: we will go from being an Israeli colony
to one day become the full fledged Jewnited States of America, or more adequet: UNITED STATES OF ISRAEL.
Don‘t get me wrong here, neo-con this, neo-con that, the Democrats, who are the supposed ―opposing‖ ruling political
party also do everything on their given agenda list to help usher in all the socialist portions of the Zionist agenda. Both
political parties are ruled by their Zionist Mafioso masters.
One interesting source of information exposing the Zionist conquest of America, you should absolutely check out
Joachim Martillo‘s ―Judonia Rising – The Israel Lobby and American Society‖, at his website where he candidly
discusses many Zionist ills.
ADL is Israel's Jewish Spy Agency – (Video removed from Youtube)
America's Most Powerful Hate Group

The Anti-Defamation League is the longest running and most powerful hate group in the United States with 28
offices domestically and 3 offices abroad. They bring in nearly $60 million a year to combat free speech and
the right of ethnic minorities to defend themselves from bigotry (including Black Muslims, Arabs, and Euro-
Americans).
History | Criminal Operations | ADL and Ethnic Harassment
ADL's Dark History
The Anti-Defamation League was created in 1913 by the racist secret society known as B'nai B'rith (which means
"blood of the Chosen"). This organization, which exists today excludes people based on their ethnic background
and religion. It is exclusively restricted to powerful Jews who believe in racial superiority.
The ADL has spearheaded efforts at censorship against all people who wish to express themselves culturally and
racially. The Director of the ADL Richard Gutstadt wrote to all periodicals he could find to censor the book, "The
Conquest of A Continent." Mr Gutstadt brazenly writes, "We are interested in stifling the sale of this book." The
ADL was also instrumental in terrorizing St. Martin's Press into canceling their contract last year with David
Irving.
The ADL trys to cover its anti-free speech activities by giving out a Free Speech "Torch of Liberty" award
occasionally. The most prominent recipient is flesh peddler and woman denigrator Hugh Hefner. Obscene
pornographer Larry Flynt is another supporter who has contributed 100,000s of dollars to the ADL.
ADL's Criminal and Spying Operations
In 1993 the San Francisco and Los Angeles offices of the ADL were raided for evidence of criminal wrongdoing
in many spheres. The raids turned up evidence of the ADL's compliance in the theft of confidential police files
stolen from California police departments. The ADL had been paying Roy Bullock a salary for decades to spy on
people and steal police files. He stole files from SFPD through corrupt cop Tom Gerard. His illicit contact in San
Diego was white racist sheriff Tim Carroll.
The ADL has been linked closely to organized crime, especially Las Vegas mafia boss Meyer Lansky. Theodore
Silbert worked simultaneously for the ADL and the Sterling National Bank (a mafia operation controlled by the
Lansky syndicate). As a matter of fact the granddaughter of the mafia boss, Lansky, herself is the ADL's liaison
to law enforcement, Mira Lansky Boland. (What a convenient arrangement! She used ADL money to treat Tim
Carroll and Tom Gerard to an all-expense paid luxury vacation in Israel.)
Another Las Vegas gangster, Moe Dalitz was honored by the ADL in 1985. Another among the shady
contributors to the ADL's supremacist activities is the Milken Family Fund, of "junk bond" fame. The ADL uses
its well-oiled propaganda machine to protect their "friends" in the mafia and pornography industry by shrieking
"Anti-Semitism!!!!!" at the slightest movement of the law against these perverse interests.
ADL's Ethnic Intimidation
The ADL has mastered the art of intimidation and blackmailing unlike any of the powerful mafias they are
associated with. The ADL has influential contacts in media and politics that can ruin a person or business if they
don't follow ADL's agenda.
Already mentioned are instances of bad cops falling under the allure of the ADL, ones such as Tom Gerard and
Tim Carroll. Yet now good cops and even freshmen cops are being "conditioned" for the type of anti-free speech,
anti-cultural diversity, police state that the ADL would like for our country.
Throughout the nation the ADL is threatening police departments

with all kinds of retribution if they don't initiate state-funded
lectures and seminars for law enforcement given by ADL
spokesmen. The ADL rakes in large sums of money for these
sessions, boosting their already overflowing coffers. Already ADL
men have been seen at the scene of crimes ordering cops on how
investigations are to be conducted.
Perhaps at no time in history has any other criminal organization,

such as the ADL, been able to infiltrate and influence law
enforcement to such an extent, and its tentacles are growing.
Freshmen sheriffs in San Diego are now being personally "trained"

to respond to "crimes" by the Southwestern Director of the ADL,
Morris Casuto. The most alarming part of this horrible story is...
The ADL is a very powerful, secretive racial/religious supremacist
organization, with substantial ties to the underworld of crime and
pornography. To burrow their way into the minds of children the ADL has created the "World of Difference"
program designed to cause self-hatred in young children and to persuade them to go against their own people and
heritage. Children are taught that homosexuality and interracial affairs are virtues, great epiphanies to be
experienced. In a report to its few, but wealthy supporters in 1995, ADL boasts that it has reached more than ten
million students and more are ready to be indoctrinated. The ADL hopes to make children susceptible to the
world of crime and vice they and their criminal associates have in store for America.
Other documents on the ADL:
A reporter looks at the ADL's Spying Operations

An Anonymous letter on ADL's many wrongs
The ADL: America's Greatest Enemy
Is the Anti-Defamaton League of B'nai B'rith Spying on You?
The telephone numbers for ADL's Hate Offices
First they planned and succeeded in having Bush and other completely morally defunct leaders finish running this
country into the ground and destroying this country as we know it, infrastructuraly, morally, economically, every way.
Then little by little the Zionist Jews who never allow themselves to "get their hands dirty" will emerge as our "saviors"
to "fix everything". The Jews are no longer satisfied with just having the most powerful and feared lobbyist
group in the nation, now they are working to take all of it over. Just a few years ago, Zionist Jew senator
LIEberman tried to get into the Whitehouse, American's weren't ready for a Jew president yet, today he is busy
working 24/7 drumming up support to attack Iran and other Zionist causes.
If a Zionist ever succeeds in taking over the Whitehouse, then we will see all of the new fascist powers, executive
orders and acts of the Cheney & Bush administration (and all others that preceded them) strategically setup ahead of
time being utilized to their tyrannical fullest. Oh, sure Bloomberg along with many of his brethren seem like "good
fellows", they MUST keep up the charade to win us all over. In the mean time while we are waiting for the Zionists to
place one of their own bloodlines in control of the (holy grail) Whitehouse, we will continue to have to put up with the
dozens upon dozens of key Zionist Jews that are taking more key positions and ever more important roles in our
government, deciding and shaping OUR FUTURES with THEIR BEST INTERESTS IN MIND.
I don't make this stuff up. Who do YOU think is the 800lb gorilla in Washington? It is easy to see the actual fruits of
their labor, follow their agendas: who do you think are the ones behind the intentional neglect of our own government
projects for OUR citizens, neglecting crucial situations here in OUR country, cutting out billions of dollars in funds for
all OUR necessities here in OUR country and instead WASTING
those billions pushing others agendas on other countries, and
fabricated conflicts. My words my seem incendiary and insulting,
but if you have half a brain to digest and logically rationalize even
half of what I have been conveying here in this Matrix Report, you
would have no choice but to surrender to the voice of reason… the
TRUTH.
The whole hate speech thing was invented and brought into the
mainstream by the Anti-Defamation League of B‘nai B‘rith
(ADL). The ADL purports to be and disguises itself as a ―Jewish
civil rights organization‖ (as does the JDL). When in reality the
ADL and the JDL are one clandestined intelligence agency that
operates as advocacy groups. They conduct extensive surveillance
on individuals and groups across the political spectrum. The San
Francisco district attorney caught the ADL conducting a national
spy network after a 1993 raid on the organizations San Francisco
offices uncovered computer files (including stolen confidential
police documents containing personal information) on 9,876
individuals and more than 950 groups. How they get away with
espionage even after being caught red handed is beyond me.
The ADL has over the years infiltrated and intertwined itself with our law enforcement apparatus, so much so that
it regularly conducts ―extremism training‖ classes for law enforcement, where they actually instruct officers on
―extremist ideologies and share investigative and prosecuting techniques to combat these ideologies! The ADL can be
likened to the NAZIs operating in America as a boy scout group completely immersing itself in all the legal dealings of
our country pushing its own hidden agenda, and telling our law enforcement how to operate while dictating to our
judicial system what is what!
Only in this crazy country do we allow those who wish to infiltrate, undermine and subjugate us with their own secret
agendas to freely do so without any repercussions, so long as they are ―the untouchables‖…. The Zionist Jews.
They are the single tour de force behind all ―Hate Crimes‖ laws not only in this country but all over the globe, basically
to protect and provide cover for just the Jewish people. Thus making these people the only people on the planet that are
THE UNTOUCHABLES. This is nothing new for them, for the Zionist Jews have been instrumental in crafting ―hate
crimes‖ laws for ages, one need look no further than Russia and Germany where they were instrumental in getting
people imprisoned for ―hate crimes‖ many generations ago. Where even possessing a book called ―Protocols of Zion‖
could get you a death sentence, was accepted policy.
The ADL is what I consider an amazingly interesting ground breaking Zionist organization. Any group or organization
that can become instrumental in pushing new laws into existence and becoming so feared and powerful as to
effectively be able to not only silence their detractors, but also be able to completely cripple and ruin anyone that steps
in their way is truly a dangerous work of genius to be reckoned with. How do you debate such an organization? For
ANYTHING you say can be construed as ANTI-SEMETIC and used against you! (Doh!) These are the only people
that have been successful in anti-Semitising THE TRUTH!!! Therein lays the pure genius of this enterprise. You can
therefore never question, let alone oppose anything they stand for due to the fact that they will spring into action like
ravenous vipers ready to inject you with its venom. Death awaits all who oppose it. For all who dare cross the lines are
quickly character assassinated, publically humiliated and reduced to nothingness.
All who dare step where they are told not to go, will surely suffer the wrath and pain of the den of viper's counter
attack. Many who consider stepping into the lair of the ADL vipers den and opposing them usually meets political and
financial suicide. For the ADL and their sister organization AIPAC has destroyed many a people and careers. They
are FEARED in all the halls of government, where politicians tippy toe and whisper around any issue that is
remotely connected to the Jewish Zionist agendas. Untold billions upon billions of dollars pour into their war chests,
they bully their way around without a care, no one dares look them in the eyes, they all bow their heads in fear of the
Zionist beasts.
You claim that a ________ Jewish organization did_________? Bam! You‘re anti-Semitic! You claim that ________
Jewish entity did_______, Bam! You are practicing HATE SPEECH! Etc, etc, etc. You lose no matter how you put it.
You can NOT state the truth, about any issue you know to be true for you will be construed as an "anti-Semitic"
lashing out with "hate speech" tinfoil hat wearing, Islamofascist terrorist loving monstrosity. The Hate Crimes
Prevention Act of 2009 (HR 262), which will soon pass congress this session, will construct a federal hate crimes
center in Washington, D.C. This command center WILL NOT BE RUN BY THE GOVERNMENT… BUT BY THE
ADL..!!! Soon the day is coming when you will be JAILED for speaking up about someone, (the truth be damned)
especially the ones you are forbidden to speak of.. the Jews. How‘s that for a creatively insane form of
CENSORSHIP!
BTW: who is going to decide what constitutes as ―hate speech‖ that will soon get you imprisoned? The Jewish Anti
Defamation League of B‘nai B‘rith (ADL) of course!!! LOL. This is a blatant destruction of the single most
fundamentally important components of our so called ―free society‖: FREEDOM OF SPEECH. We are so screwed, yet
you have no clue. Behold, for you witness the power of the beast in action…
The Dark Side of the Anti-Defamation League of B'nai B'rith – Video
THE JEWISH SLAVE TRADE

"Between 1870 and 1939 Jews played a conspicuous role in white
slavery, as the prostitution of that era was called. Not only was this
participation conspicuous, but it was, for the Jews, historically
unprecedented, geographically widespread, and in an age of pandemic
anti-Semitism fraught with collective political dangers."- Edward J.
Bristow, PROSTITUTION AND PREJUDICE,The Jewish Fight
Against White Slavery 1870-1939
Prostitution and Prejudice:
The Jewish Role in Vice Exposed
By Wayne Tinsill
PROSTITUTION AND PREJUDICE does a superb job of

demonstrating the extremely disproportionate Jewish involvement in
the worldwide sex slave trade in the period under discussion. Jewish
involvement with prostitution began in the old Pale of Settlement in Czarist Russia. Bristow ascribes this
phenomenon, with partial validity, to Jewish misery and social disability.
Whatever the causes, there is no doubt of Jewish control over the sex slave trade in Czarist Russia and Eastern
Europe generally. Thus, an internal census of the Russian Empire in 1889 showed that throughout the Pale of
Settlement and European Russia, Jewesses ran 203 out of 289 licensed houses. In this same year in Warsaw 16
out of 19 houses of prostitution were run by Jewesses. According to Bristow:
"By the 1860s a French visitor to Odessa wrote that Jews there were responsible for a white slavery market in
Russian women to Turkey. This is feasible, especially since we know that Jewish brothel-keepers were already in
place at the other end in Constantinople.
The 1889 census shows that Jewish women ran 30 of 36 licensed brothels in Kherson province, where Odessa
was located. In 1908 the American consul there claimed that the whole business of prostitution is almost
exclusively in the hands of Jews."
Jewesses were prominent in the practice of prostitution. Thus, of 5127 licensed prostitutes in 1889, 1122 or 22 per
cent were Jewish. Prostitution was particularly prevalent in the impoverished Habsburg province of Galicia.
According to Rabbi Rosenak of the German Union of Rabbis in 1902:
"In fact I was assured by different doctors that there were between 30 to 50 per cent Jewish prostitutes. If this is
terrible, it is even more startling if one speaks of the procurers of prostitutes. It is inconceivable how it could be
that the owners of the tolerated houses are Jewish throughout."
Jewish procuring flourished throughout the Austro-Hungarian Empire. One Jewish madam was known as "Lucky
Sarah" so named because she was the founder of the Hungarian export trade. Equally famous was Sarah
Grossman known as "The Turk" because of her practice of dispatching girls to Constantinople. Two major centers
of sex slave exporting were the industrial towns of Czernowitz and Lemberg. In 1892 a very famous mass trial of
27 procurers was held in the latter. All 27 defendants were Galician Jews.
As Bristow notes the trial received so much attention that it marked a turning point in the use of the issue by the
anti-Semites. A major device of the procurers was a Jewish ceremony referred to as the stillah chuppah. This
included a religious wedding ceremony which had no civil validity.
Thus, the soon-to-be abducted female would be misled into believing that she was married with the rights of a
wife only to discover later that her legal rights were nil. Innumerable Jewesses found themselves tossed into
brothels by this device.
Learn more about this practice of procuring here: MEET ZWI MIGDAL
The Jewish sex slave trade was international in scope. When the mass exodus of Jews out of Czarist Russia began
in the 1880's, the Jewish pimps and procurers soon found greener pastures in South America. A vast transatlantic
trade in prostitutes began along the Warsaw to Buenos Aires route.
Adolf Weissman, Sigmund Reicher, Adolf Dickenfaden, the "King of the Traffickers", Noe Traumann, the
Goldenbergs, the Springfeder brothers of Warsaw, the Goldstein brothers, Jacob Zabladovitch and his three sons
and many, many others, including Israel Meyrowitz plied the transatlantic trade. These Jews eventually
established the Zwi Migdal Society which institutionalized the prostitution business in Argentina until its power
was broken in the 1930s.
A partial list of Zwi Migdal's formal directorate of 1926 is revealing: Zacharias Zytnitski, president; Felipe
Schön, vice-president, Max Salzman, secretaty; Simon Brotkevich, treasurer; Abe Marchik; Jacob Zabladovich;
Sally Berman; and Marcus Posnansky. These Polish and Hungarian Jews were known to police on two continents
as they made annual trips back and forth to Eastern Europe to trick, kidnap and recruit fresh faces for their
brothels.
Prostitution was not accorded the same legal protection in North America as in the South, but in New York City,
too, the Jewish prostitution and vice business flourished. Rosie Hertz from Hungary was one of the city's earliest
and most successful prostitutes. Mortke Goldberg and the Soviner brothers, Max and Louis later came to
dominate the New York sex business.
As in Argentina, the "New York" pimps and procurers had a self-help and self- promotion organization the
"Independent Benevolent Association".
Two of its founders were Martin Engel and Max Hochstim. The Jewish sex slave trade was so infuriating to real
Americans that, in 1910, Congress passed the Mann Act which made it a felony to procure for prostitution across
state lines. The Mann Act had been preceded in 1907 by a famous essay by G. K. Turner "Daughters of the Poor"
in McClure's Magazine (No. 34, 1908).
Although Bristow insists that Turner was wrong to label New York City as the center of the world wide sex slave
trade, many of his charges against Jews did have a basis in fact.
As noted earlier in discussing Odessa, the Jewish sex slave trade flourished in Constantinople under the Ottoman
Sultanate. Although Bristow does not mention it, Jews were strongly entrenched in Ottoman society from the time
of the expulsions from Spain in 1492.
Large numbers of Jews migrated to Turkey where they replicated their positions as tax collectors and financial
advisors. This privileged position was certainly an asset to those Jews who wanted to go into the prostitution
business. The Jewish pimps and procurers were further aided by general Ottoman tolerance of prostitution and
servitude in general. Writes Bristow:
"Nothing was more disturbing to the Jewish opponents of white slavery than the state of affairs at
Constantinople on the eve of the First World War. The existence of a thriving community of Jewish
traffickers and brothel keepers was confirmed over and over again by pained observers from the B'nai
B'rith,ICA, Hilfsverein der Deutschen Juden (Relief Organization of German Jews), Jüdischer
Frauenbund (League of Jewish Women) and other interested organisations."
In 1915 the Turkish government finally decided to clean up the thriving prostitution business. Osman Bedri Bey,
the prefect of police rounded up 176 suspects of whom all but a handful were Jewish. Hungarian and Rumanian
Jews predominated in the Turkish sex slave trade along with the Odessan Jews. Two the most famous Hungarian
Jews were Julie and Anton Hirshfeld, whom Bristow labels
"probably the most prosecuted couple in the annals of white slavery".
The Romanian city of Galatz on the Danube river served as one of the principal launching points for the
Constantinople traffic. There was even an Argentinian link through the infamous David Felken. The road from
Constantinople led further East.
In Alexandria in Egypt, police statistics in 1903 showed that "between 70 and 80 per cent of the prostitutes in
tolerated houses there were Jewish women from Galicia, Bukovina, and Romania".
A certain number of Jewish prostitutes followed the British Raj into India following the opening of the Suez
Canal in 1869.
The Jewish prostitutes also followed the American military into the Philippines following the Spanish-American
War of 1898. According to an interesting statement of the celebrated Rabbi Stephen Wise in 1902:
"According to the statement of my informant, a large number of Jewish women in Manila are to be found
in the ranks of prostitution ... at one time the number reached 200, but ... now the number is less than
100, thanks to the measures of the American Government. These women are mainly of Galician, Russian
or Rumanian birth. It is almost too shaking to put to paper, but according to Mr. Rubenstein, the
statement of a man that he is a Jew is followed invariably by the question 'Have you any nice women to
sell ?' ..."
From London the infamous Joe Silver moved to South Africa and established a thriving prostitution business.
These facts and many others conclusively establish the existence of a thriving, international and interconnected
Jewish sex slave trade. What was the Jewish response to this horrible business?
PROSTITUTION AND PREJUDICE makes very clear that Jews of the day were at least as concerned about the
use anti-Semites were making of the issue as they were about the sex slave trade itself. For instance, Der Israelit,
the German orthodox newspaper wrote the following against the Jewish liberals who insisted on airing the
problem:
"First they commit a folly ... second they commit a chillul-hashem against God. Third their communities
confront them with the words, 'You've given our enemies a sword to smite us with'."
The Jewish fight against white slavery, such as it was, consisted mainly of organizing societies for the protection
of women and children, establishing international coordination and exchange of information, watching docks and
ports for suspicious characters and holding international conferences. This activity took place mainly in England
and Germany. One early such society was founded in 1896 and named the Jewish Association for the Protection
of Girls and Women.
Interestingly, several members of the Jewish Board of Deputies who were later to become prominent in the fight
against the Balfour Declaration, such as David Aleksander, were involved in this work.
In Germany, relations between the Jewish and non-Jewish members of these anti-white slavery leagues were less
than cordial. German Jews were taking the heat for the Ostjuden and their activities. Bertha Pappenheim, the
famous German-Jewish feminist, complained about this popular attitude long and bitterly.
Edward Bristow admits that, despite laudable efforts by more enlightened western Jews, the sex slave problem
gradually faded because of considerations extraneous to organized attempts to fight the evil. The slowing down of
the great Jewish migrations out of Czarist Russia, the equalizing of sex ratios in frontier parts of the world, the
growth of upward mobility all played a far greater role in eventually reducing the sex slave trade than all official
and coordinated efforts.
Although many things are similar, the circumstances regarding the South American Zwi Midgal, are quite
different. And the unsavory business ended by very different means, legal action instigated by a victim.
PROSTITUTION AND PREJUDICE: The Jewish Fight Against White Slavery 1870-1939, is a thoroughly
researched and documented study of a problem of major importance. But as the very title of the volume indicates,
it is written from an inherently flawed and self-serving perspective. Bristow argues that Jews were the "good
guys," even as he abundantly proves that they were not. Throughout his study prevails the attitude that it was ~
and still is ~ illegitimate for anti-Semites to make use of the sex slavery issue. In Bristow's own words (referring
to the political effect of Jewish anti-white slavery activism):
"Did the work do anything to deny the issue to the anti-Semites? After the war the argument that
trafficking in Christian women was inherent in Jewish genes was resorted to even more insistently than
before. In the relatively innocent years before 1914 one can understand how Montefiore, Maretsky,
Pappenheim, and the others could place hope in a reasoned response. Their 'rationalist fallacy' was a
product of their times. As difficult as the situation was, they had no way of knowing what was to come."
PROSTITUTION AND PREJUDICE makes no attempt to examine possible causes for Jewish predominance in
the prostitution racket beyond the misery and suffering of the Pale of Settlement. Thus, there is no Israel Shahak-
style examination of the Talmudic passages which teach that all non-Jewesses are whores or that the Jew may do
with the non-Jewess what he will.
Nor is there any discussion of the general Talmudic injunctions to cheat, steal from or lie to non-Jews. These
principles, followed literally in the real world, may have had much more to do with why Eastern European Jews
played such a large role in the worldwide sex slave trade than general social conditions.
Bristow ends his account on a sour note by noting the political capital the Nazis made of the issue. He says
nothing about the massive sex slave trade in kidnapped Ukrainian girls being shipped to Israeli brothels which is
flourishing right now. As he says in his concluding paragraph "defending the good name of the Jews" is a worthy
endeavour, whatever the facts might be.
PROSTITUTION AND PREJUDICE: The Jewish Fight Against White Slavery 1870-1939 by Edward Bristow,
1982 Shocken Books, ISBN No 8052-3866-2, 200 pages, Madison Ave, NY, NY 10016
Jews are allowed by their "God" to keep slaves. The modern day Israel takes advantage of this divine permission:
"Your male and female slaves are to come from the nations around you; from them you may buy slaves.
You may also buy some of the temporary residents living among you and members of their clans born in
your country, and they will become your property. You can will them to your children as inherited
property and can make them slaves for life, but you must not rule over your fellow Israelites ruthlessly."
(Leviticus 25:44-46)
Jewish Involvement In Black Slave Trade To The Americas

By Rabbi Marc Lee Raphael, 2-24-6
The following passages are from Dr. Raphael's book Jews and Judaism in the United States: A Documentary
History (New York: Behrman House, Inc., Pub, 1983), pp. 14, 23-25.
"Jews also took an active part in the Dutch colonial slave trade; indeed, the bylaws of the Recife and Mauricia
congregations (1648) included an imposta (Jewish tax) of five soldos for each Negro slave a Brazilian Jew
purchased from the West Indies Company. Slave auctions were postponed if they fell on a Jewish holiday. In
Curacao in the seventeenth century, as well as in the British colonies of Barbados and Jamaica in the eighteenth
century, Jewish merchants played a major role in the slave trade. In fact, in all the American colonies, whether
French (Martinique), British, or Dutch, Jewish merchants frequently dominated.
"This was no less true on the North American mainland, where during the eighteenth century Jews participated in
the 'triangular trade' that brought slaves from Africa to the West Indies and there exchanged them for molasses,
which in turn was taken to New England and converted into rum for sale in Africa. Isaac Da Costa of Charleston
in the 1750's, David Franks of Philadelphia in the 1760's, and Aaron Lopez of Newport in the late 1760's and
early 1770's dominated Jewish slave trading on the American continent."
Dr. Raphael discusses the central role of the Jews in the New World commerce and the African slave trade (pp.
23-25):
SEVENTEENTH AND EIGHTEENTH CENTURIES JEWISH INTER-ISLAND TRADE: CURACAO, 1656
During the sixteenth century, exiled from their Spanish homeland and hard-pressed to escape the clutches of the
Inquisition, Spanish and Portuguese Jews fled to the Netherlands; the Dutch enthusiastically welcomed these
talented, skilled husinessmen.
While thriving in Amsterdam - where they became the hub of a unique urban Jewish universe and attained status
that anticipated Jewish emancipation in the West by over a century - they began in the 1500's and 1600's to
establish themselves in the Dutch and English colonies in the New World. These included Curacao, Surinam,
Recife, and New Amsterdam (Dutch) as well as Barbados, Jamaica, Newport, and Savannah (English).
In these European outposts the Jews, with their years of mercantile experience and networks of friends and family
providing market reports of great use, played a significant role in the merchant capitalism, commercial revolution,
and territorial expansion that developed the New World and established the colonial economies. The Jewish-
Caribbean nexus provided Jews with the opportunity to claim a disproportionate influence in seventeenth and
eighteenth century New World commerce, and enabled West Indian Jewry-far outnumbering its coreligionists
further north-to enjoy a centrality which North American Jewry would not achieve for a long time to come.
Groups of Jews began to arrive in Surinam in the middle of the seven-teenth century, after the Portuguese
regained control of northern Brazil. By 1694, twenty-seven years after the British had surrendered Surinam to the
Dutch, there were about 100 Jewish families and fifty single Jews there, or about 570 persons. They possessed
more than forty estates and 9,000 slaves, contributed 25,905 pounds of sugar as a gift for the building of a
hospital, and carried on an active trade with Newport and other colonial ports. By 1730, Jews owned 115
plantations and were a large part of a sugar export business which sent out 21,680,000 pounds of sugar to
European and New World markets in 1730 alone.
Slave trading was a major feature of Jewish economic life in Surinam which as a major stopping-off point in the
triangular trade. Both North American and Caribbean Jews played a key role in this commerce: records of a slave
sale in 1707 reveal that the ten largest Jewish purchasers (10,400 guilders) spent more than 25 percent of the total
funds (38,605 guilders) exchanged.
Jewish economic life in the Dutch West Indies, as in the North American colonies, consisted primarily of
mercantile communities, with large inequities in the distribution of wealth. Most Jews were shopkeepers,
middlemen, or petty merchants who received encouragement and support from Dutch authorities. In Curacao, for
example, Jewish communal life began after the Portuguese victory in 1654.
In 1656, the community founded a congregation, and in the early 1670's brought its first rabbi to the island.
Curacao, with its large natural harbor, was the steppng-stone to the other Caribbean islands and thus ideally suited
geographically for commerce.
The Jews were the recipients of favorable charters containing generous economic privileges granted by the Dutch
West Indies Company in Amsterdam. The economic life of the Jewish community of Curacao revolved around
ownership of sugar plantations and marketing of sugar, the importing of manufactured goods, and a heavy
involvement in the slave trade, within a decade of their arrival, Jews owned 80 percent of the Curacao plantations.
The strength of the Jewish trade lay in connections in Western Europe as well as ownership of the ships used in
commerce. While Jews carried on an active trade with French and English colonies in the Caribbean, their
principal market was the Spanish Main (today Venezuela and Colombia).
Extant tax lists give us a glimpse of their dominance. Of the eighteen wealthiest Jews in the 1702 and 1707 tax
lists, nine either owned a ship or had at least a share in a vessel. By 1721 a letter to the Amsterdam Jewish
community claimed that "nearly all the navigation...was in the hands of the Jews."' Yet another indication of the
economic success of Curacao's Jews is the fact that in 1707 the island's 377 residents were assessed by the
Governor and his Council a total of 4,002 pesos; 104 Jews, or 27.6 percent of the taxpayers, contributed 1,380
pesos, or 34.5 percent of the entire amount assessed.
In the British West Indies, two 1680 tax lists survive, both from Barbados; they, too, provide useful information
about Jewish economic life. In Bridgetown itself, out of a total of 404 households, 54 households or 300 persons
were Jewish, 240 of them living in "ye Towne of S. Michael ye Bridge Town." Contrary to most impressions,
"many, indeed, most of them, were very poor." There were only a few planters, and most Jews were not
naturalized or endenizened (and thus could not import goods or pursue debtors in court). But for merchants
holding letters of endenization, opportunities were not lacking. Barbados sugar-and its by-products rum and
molasses-were in great demand, and in addition to playing a role in its export, Jewish merchants were active in
the import trade.
Forty-five Jewish households were taxed in Barbados in 1680, and more than half of them contributed only 11.7
percent of the total sum raised. While the richest five gave almost half the Jewish total, they were but 11.1 percent
of the taxable population. The tax list of 1679-80 shows a similar picture; of fifty-one householders, nineteen
(37.2 percent) gave less than one-tenth of the total, while the four richest merchants gave almost one-third of the
total.
An interesting record of interisland trade involving a Jewish merchant and the islands of Barbados and Curacao
comes from correspondence of 1656. It reminds us that sometimes the commercial trips were not well planned
and that Jewish captains - who frequently acted as commercial agents as well - would decide where to sell their
cargo, at what price, and what goods to bring back on the return trip.
(End of excerpt)
Tony Martin is African studies professor at Wellesley College and has taught at Wellesley College,
Massachusetts since 1973. He was tenured in 1975 and has been a full professor of African Studies since 1979.
Prior to coming to Wellesley he taught at the University of Michigan-Flint, the Cipriani Labour College
(Trinidad) and St. Mary's College (Trinidad). He has been a visiting professor at the University of Minnesota,
Brandeis University, Brown University and The Colorado College. He also spent a year as an honorary research
fellow at the University of the West Indies, Trinidad.
Professor Martin has authored or compiled or edited eleven books, including Literary Garveyism: Garvey, Black
Arts and the Harlem Renaissance, and the classic study of the Garvey Movement, Race First: the Ideological and
Organizational Struggles of Marcus Garvey and the Universal Negro Improvement Association.. His most recent
book is The Jewish Onslaught: Despatches from the Wellesley Battlefront. Martin qualified as a barrister-at-law
at the Honourable Society of Gray's Inn (London) in 1965, did a B. Sc. honours degree in economics at the
University of Hull (England) and the M.A. and Ph.D. in history at Michigan State University.
Martin's articles and reviews have appeared in the Journal of Negro History, American Historical Review,
African Studies Review, Washington Post Book World, Journal of Caribbean History, Journal of American
History, Black Books Bulletin, Science and Society, Jamaica Journal and many other places. His work is to be
found in several anthologies and encyclopedias. He has received a number of academic and community awards.
Martin is well known as a lecturer in many countries. He has spoken to university and general audiences all over
the United States, Canada, the Caribbean and England, and also in Africa, Australia, Bermuda and South
America. In 1990 he delivered the annual DuBois/Padmore/Nkrumah lectures in Ghana.
Professor Martin is currently working on biographies of three Caribbean women - Amy Ashwood Garvey,
Audrey Jeffers and Trinidad's Kathleen Davis ("Auntie Kay"). He is also nearing completion of a study of
European Jewish immigration into Trinidad in the 1930s.
The Jewish Onslaught Despatches From The Wellesley Battlefront

By Tony Martin
"...a polemic of the highest order... the best example of an African answering critics since David Walker's Appeal
to the Colored Citizens of the World." - Molefi Asante, Journal Of Black Studies
"Professor Martin at long last deals with the Henry Gates/Cornel West attacks on Afrocentricity.... Martin
provides a solid analysis of the historical use of Blacks by whites to discredit original Black thought deemed
unacceptable by non-Blacks....
"I compare The Jewish Onslaught to the classic third chapter of DuBois' The Souls of Black Folk entitled 'Of Mr.
Booker T. Washington and Others....' Martin has written a book that years from now will be considered a
classic.... It is simply a must reading on a controversial subject that needs greater airing than some of the more
timid political attempts of recent years." - Raymond Winbush, The Voice Of Black Studies
" Tony Martin has been forced to delve into the relationship between the Jews and Blacks and in the process, he
has distilled a work that is informative, fascinating and one which will heighten the consciousness of Black
people everywhere." - Carl Wint, The Sunday Gleaner
#1 Bestseller
(Your Black Books Guide)
Best Book Of The Year

(Black Literary Awards, 1994)
1993. vii+137pp. ISBN 0-912469-30-7.
Name Of Slave Ships And Their Owners:

The 'Abigail-Caracoa' - Aaron Lopez, Moses Levy, Jacob Crown
Isaac Levy and Nathan Simpson
The'Nassau' - Moses Levy
The 'Four Sisters' - Moses Levy
The 'Anne' & The 'Eliza' - Justus Bosch and John Abrams
The 'Prudent Betty' - Henry Cruger and Jacob Phoenix
The 'Hester' - Mordecai and David Gomez
The 'Elizabeth' - Mordecai and David Gomez
The 'Antigua' - Nathan Marston and Abram Lyell
The 'Betsy' - Wm. De Woolf
The 'Polly' - James De Woolf
The 'White Horse' - Jan de Sweevts
The 'Expedition' - John and Jacob Roosevelt
The 'Charlotte' - Moses and Sam Levy and Jacob Franks
The 'Franks' - Moses and Sam Levy
A video, "The Jewish Role in the Black Slave Trade," a speech by Prof. Tony Martin with an introduction by
Hoffman, remains online at Google, as of this writing. Viewers who wish to see it before it, too is censored by
Google, can access it here: http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=-3435039175602962781 – (Sorry it was
deleted by google due to the Jewish ―bury brigade‘s‖ successful efforts to remove EVERYTHING stating the
TRUTH about Jews, Israel and Zionism…)
JEWS and WHITE SLAVERY

by Jeff Hook
Have you read the article ―Fighting the Flesh Trade?‖ If not, please do. It confirms every fact revealed by the late
Dr. William L. Pierce in his various American Dissident Voices broadcasts on the subject of Israel's White Slave
Trade. On December 5, 2001, the article appeared on the Jewsweek.com Web site -- complete with accompanying
images. I hosted a copy of it on the old Jeffsarchive Web site, until I received an e-mail from a law firm
representing Jewsweek, informing me of their intent to sue if the article wasn't removed immediately. I removed
the article, and linked directly to their site. They then removed the article.
I then linked directly to the site of the copyright holder, the Jerusalem Post. By that evening, the Jerusalem Post
had also removed the article. Well, that was two years ago. Now the Jerusalem Post has seen fit to re-activate the
URL, so you might want to take a gander at what the Jews are doing to the women of our race. Here's a synopsis:
1. 3,000 White European women per year are smuggled into Israel as sex slaves.
2. They are promised legitimate jobs, but put to work as prostitutes.
3. They are locked in apartments with barred windows.
4. They are relieved of their passports.
5. They are beaten, tortured, and gang-raped (Jewish method of "breaking them in").
6. They are sold at pimping auctions! - during which they are forced to undress.
7. They are forced to service up to 15 Jews a day, 7 days a week, in Israel's 400+ brothels.
8. There are 250 brothels in Tel Aviv alone!
9. Pimps and traffickers are ignored by police - prostitution is not a crime.
MORE SOURCES OF INFO:
Fighting the flesh trade (Jewish Source) - http://www.jpost.com/Editions/2001/1...res.39142.html
Jews and the White Slave Trade by Dr. William Pierce - http://www.natvan.com/free-speech/fs982a.html
Israel's, Ugly Secret (Jewish Source) - http://www.themodernreligion.com/jihad/victoria.html
Contraband Women (Jewish Source) - http://www.seanbryson.com/articles/m...and_women.html
Who Brought the Slaves to America? - http://www.keepthetruthalive.com/2005/12/who-brought-slaves-to-

america.html
Speaking of Jews and Black Slavery - http://www.keepthetruthalive.com/2005/02/speaking-of-jews-and-black-

slavery.html
Who Brought the Slaves to America? - www.honestmediatoday.com/who_brought_the_slaves_to_america.htm
Finally I would like to point out yet another very important FACT of life. Americans by and large are THE most giving
people on the planet. Americans generously donate billions upon billions of dollars each and every year to every cause
under the sun. But wait, hold on a second. Who do the Jewish people donate to? Has that thought even ever entered
your mind? The fact stands unchallenged that virtually all the Jewish people ONLY give to Jewish programs! The
ENTIRE Jewish race is brought up under that principle. It is not just frowned upon to give "outside" of the race (and
anything that is not part of one of their agendas) many consider it blasphemy to do so. What little donations, they give
outside their network is done so as mere trinkets, throwing a few bones here and there for the Lemming goyim projects,
yet with big fanfare so as to make it seem that they are a most benevolent people.
One thing that the goyim don't know or understand about the Jews is that arguing is a central part of their lives. It‘s as
traditional in Jewish families as rum for Hispanics and what fried chicken is for blacks. For Jews, arguing is a sport
they have become masters at. Goyims who are on the receiving end of an argument easily fold for their temperate up
bringing rarely encounter routine arguments. Thus is reflected how the Jews mastered and often prevail in the art of
negotiation, for they often get hot and heavy when negotiating anything, often resembling arguing. This is also why
some of the most successful lawyers are Jews. More importantly is that through frequent argumentive lifestyles they
came to understand the psychology of BOTH SIDES OF ANY ARGUMENT. Thus the ruling elite have become
masters of developing argumentive narratives for the usual right and left sides, high and low, bad guy, good guy, etc
to most of their engineered events. The orchestra Jews representing "their side" know when to take their cue and begin
battling the "other side", even if it is another Jew, they put on a good show displaying their argumenting skills by
confronting the opponent, at the end of the day many of them go to same events, parties as brothers, but the goyim
wouldn't have a clue.
―The stated examples of behind the scenes political influence and manipulation may explain, to a degree, why
Jews were expelled from virtually every country in Western Europe from 1290 through 1551. With such
control of American political institutions and the news media, Jewish political forces have the ability to
manipulate war and peace, crush nations, and topple sitting heads of state. This was the situation when Jesus
walked the earth two-thousand years ago, it is the situation today, and it was the state of affairs in President
Kennedy‘s time.‖
Their unity is legendary indeed, for no people on the face of the planet since the beginning of mankind has maintained
such solidarity. You my dear friend are just a bastard goyim to them. And throughout the entire Jewish history they
have managed to keep many deep secrets about life tightly guarded and passed down from generation to generation.
While your children must undergo indoctrination at the mercy of the public school system, one of the main staples of
life the Zionist elite‘s children learn is advanced finance and money secrets. This has been so for eons. Why do you
think the Jews always manage to get expelled throughout history from every single country they attempted to
monopolize the wealth by strategic financial manipulation. No race or people other than the Jews has ever existed
on earth to be expelled, thrown out, and barred from so many countries:
Year A.D. - - - - - - - - - - - - - Place

250 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Carthage
415 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Alexandria
554 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Diocese of Clement (France)
561 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Diocese of Uzzes (France)
612 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Visigoth Spain
642 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Visigoth Empire
855 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Italy
876 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Sens
1012 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Mainz
1182 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - France
1182 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Germany
1276 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Upper Bavaria
1290 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - England
1306 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - France
1322 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - France (again)
1348 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Switzerland
1349 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Hielbronn (Germany)
1349 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Saxony
1349 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Hungary
1360 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Hungary
1370 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Belgium
1380 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Slovakia
1388 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Strasbourg
1394 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Germany
1394 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - France
1420 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Lyons
1421 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Austria
1424 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Fribourg
1424 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Zurich
1424 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Cologne
1432 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Savoy
1438 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Mainz
1439 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Augsburg
1442 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Netherlands
1444 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Netherlands
1446 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Bavaria
1453 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - France
1453 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Breslau
1454 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Wurzburg
1462 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Mainz
1483 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Mainz
1484 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Warsaw
1485 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Vincenza (Italy)
1492 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Spain
1492 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Italy
1495 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Lithuania
1496 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Naples
1496 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Portugal
1498 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Nuremberg
1498 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Navarre
1510 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Brandenberg
1510 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Prussia
1514 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Strasbourg
1515 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Genoa
1519 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Regensburg
1533 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Naples
1541 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Naples
1542 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Prague & Bohemia
1550 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Genoa
1551 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Bavaria
1555 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Pesaro
1557 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Prague
1559 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Austria
1561 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Prague
1567 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Wurzburg
1569 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Papal States
1571 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Brandenburg
1582 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Netherlands
1582 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Hungary
1593 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Brandenburg, Austria
1597 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Cremona, Pavia & Lodi
1614 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Frankfort
1615 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Worms
1619 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Kiev
1648 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Ukraine
1648 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Poland
1649 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Hamburg
1654 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Little Russia (Beylorus)
1656 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Lithuania
1669 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Oran (North Africa)
1669 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Vienna
1670 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Vienna
1712 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Sandomir
1727 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Russia
1738 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Wurtemburg
1740 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Little Russia (Beylorus)
1744 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Prague, Bohemia
1744 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Slovakia
1744 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Livonia
1745 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Moravia
1753 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Kovad (Lithuania)
1761 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Bordeaux
1772 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Deported to the Pale of Settlement (Poland/Russia)
1775 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Warsaw
1789 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Alsace
1804 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Villages in Russia
1808 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Villages & Countrysides (Russia)
1815 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - L•beck & Bremen
1815 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Franconia, Swabia & Bavaria
1820 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Bremen
1843 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Russian Border Austria & Prussia
1862 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Areas in the U.S. under General Grant's Jurisdiction
1866 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Galatz, Romania
1880s - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Russia
1891 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Moscow
1919 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Bavaria (foreign born Jews)
1938-45 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Nazi Controlled Areas
1948 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Arab Countries
I find it pretty hard to swallow that every single one of these countries was wrong and at fault each and every instance
that they came to the conclusion that the only logical solution to their problems was to expel and deported all the
Jews. Whom seem uncannily adapt at trying to take over everything around them, and are the ones who bring it upon
themselves by nature of their dogged divisive monopolistic usury practices coupled by exclusionary superiority
complex over their fellow man and their insatiable ―god ordained‖ quest for world dominion.
Let it be perfectly understood that the foremost main reason for the expulsion of Jews from every country has been
the Jewish population attempt to gain control and usurp the host government first through financial means
then by political means.
In his book, “L’antisémitisme son histoire et ses causes,” published in 1894, noted Jewish author, Bernard
Lazare, stated the following with regard to these expulsions of Jews:
“If this hostility, even aversion, had only been shown towards the Jews at one period and in one country, it
would be easy to unravel the limited causes of this anger, but this race has been on the contrary an object of
hatred to all the peoples among whom it has established itself. It must be therefore, since the enemies of the
Jews belonged to the most diverse races, since they lived in countries very distant from each other, since
they were ruled by very different laws, governed by opposite principles, since they had neither the same
morals, nor the same customs, since they were animated by unlike dispositions which did not permit them to
judge of anything in the same way, it must be therefore that the general cause of anti-Semitism has always
resided in Israel itself and not in those who have fought against Israel.”
Professor Jesse H. Holmes, writing in, “The American Hebrew,” expressed the following similar sentiments:
“It can hardly be an accident that antagonism directed against the Jews is to be found pretty much
everywhere in the world where Jews and non-Jews are associated. And as the Jews are the common element
of the situation it would seem probable, on the face of it, that the cause will be found in them, rather than in
the widely varying groups which feel this antagonism.”
Yes the Jews were expelled from countless countries, but with each and every expulsion they learned from their
mistakes in attempting to control and occupation. One cannot deny that the Jews suffered intense assault over their
history. Especially around the time of the Crusades where Jews were routinely slaughtered. I believe the Crusades was
a pivotal turning point for the Jews whom at that point in time learned the ways of deception in order to survive. But
never once did that race ever let go of their fundamental belief that one day their descendants would rule the world as
was promised to them by GOD. Thus generation after generation they groomed their descendants for the mission of
deceiving, subjugating and one day ruling their enemies whom where monumentally more powerful.
From the time they published their sacred ultra secret Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion they have more
effectively strategically organized and have refined their tactics to the level of master manipulators and untouchable
world level financial and media titans… First they gained monopolistic control of the realm of usury, banking and
investment at which point they strategically, quietly funded and financed their own kind as never seen before in history
often helping them develop giants, financing what we know of today as many of the unchallengable undisputed titans
of industry. The 19th and 20th century was their turn, their time to rise from the ashes, for their quest for global
dominion is upon us…
Jews have made war on their neighbors since their beginnings. In ancient times they were known as destroyers.
Since their expulsion from Jerusalem in 70 AD the Jews have maintained their nation inside other nations but their
primary loyalty is always to the Jewish people, to Israel. In many places they have allied themselves with the
government and acted as tax collectors in other places, such as Russia, they have been the primary force in the
overthrow of the government. Communism was Jewish in origin and Jews occupied positions of great power
throughout European communism. Israel is a religious state that pays the rabbi's salary and grants rights to Jews
that are denied to the original inhabitants, the Palestinians. It is a state that began with ethnic cleansing which
continues to this day with our tax money of over 3 billion dollars each year providing the financial basis of all its
actions.
For the Jews the people are the nation, the people are Israel, the people are the Divine Whole. The people of
Israel are pure, the "other", the goyim, you and me, are impure. "The Jews are not a part of a vast Whole which
they re-integrate in dying, but they are a Whole in themselves, defying space, time, life, and death. Can God be
outside the Whole? If he exists, necessarily he confounds himself with this Whole...Thus Divinity in Judaism is
contained in the exaltation of the entity represented by the Race - passionnel entity, eternal flame, it is the Divine
essence. It must be preserved and perpetuated; therefore the idea of pure and impure was created." (Nomades,
Kadmi Cohen, (1929).
Read the words of their Holy Scripture, the Talmud. Baba Mezia, 114b "The Jews are called human beings, but
the non-Jews are not humans. They are beasts." Midrasch Talpioth (fol. 225d): "God created them [Jews] in the
form of men for the glory of Israel. But Akum were created for the sole end of ministering unto them [the Jews]
day and night. Nor can they ever be relieved from this service. It is becoming to the son of a king [an Israelite] that
animals in their natural form, and animals in the form of human beings should minister unto him." (Talmud)
Read the Words of one of the founders of the state of Israel:
"The image of the world...as traced in my imagination -- the increasing influence of the farmers and
workers, and the rising political influence of men of science, may transform the United States into a
welfare state with a planned economy. Western and Eastern Europe will become a federation of
autonomous states having a socialist and democratic regime. With the exception of the U.S.S.R. as a
federated Eurasian state, all other continents will become united in a world alliance, at whose disposal
will be an international police force. All armies will be abolished, and there will be no more wars. In
Jerusalem, the United Nations (A truly United Nations) will build a shrine of the Prophets to serve the
federated union of all continents; this will be the seat of the Supreme Court of mankind, to settle all
controversies among the federated continents." (David Ben Gurion)
The Jew Samuel Roth wrote about it in his book "Jews Must Live". What the Jew really wants and expects to
achieve through the instrumentality of the Hebrew school is to cultivate in his son the sharp awareness that he is a
Jew and that as a racial Jew-apart from all the other races-he is waging an old war against his neighbors. (more)
The Jews form an Ethnic Intelligence Apparatus in any nation in which they exist in any numbers to pursue the
aims of their people/nation, Israel and to fight against the enemies of Israel. They do this today in America. Do
you doubt this Ethnic Intelligence Apparatus? Turn on your television. Check out the news and shows. Watch
Wolf Blitzer turn to Schnecher and Ali Kashvili, all Jews, then there's Mike Wallace and Leslie Stahl, Heraldo
Rivera and Barbara Walters. And: William Safire, Alan Colmes, A. M. Rosenthal, Charles Krauthammer,
Martin Perez, Daniel Pipes, Dick Morris, Lawrence Kaplan, William Kristol, Robert Kagan, Mortimer
Zuckerman, David Gelernter, John Podhoretz, Mona Charen, Morton Kondracke, Sid Zion, Yossi Klein
Halevi, Norman Podhoretz, Jonah Goldbern, Jeff Jacoby, Rich Lowry, Seth Lipsky, Irving Kristol, John
Fund, Ben Wattenberg, Lawrence Kudlow, Alan Dershowitz, David Horowitz, Jacob Heilbrun, Michael
Ledeen, Uri Dan, Thomas Friedman, Richard Cohen, Avishai Margolit, David Remmick, Eric Alterman to
name a few. More info @ Jews in the Media Who Rules America? Read about the changes the Jews made at the
Canadian media company CanWest. CanWest-Israel. Read about the Newhouse Media Empire, or read about the
power of Jews in the media in England.
Remember Ariel Sharon's famous words in an argument with Foreign Minister Shimon Peres over Israel's
continued use of violence: "Every time we do something, you tell me Americans will do this and will do that. I
want to tell you something very clear: Don't worry about American pressure on Israel; We the Jewish people
control America and the Americans know it." Why did he make such a statement?
"The most effective component of Jewish connection is probably that of media control. It is well known that
American public opinion molders have long been largely influenced by a handful of powerful newspapers,
including the New York Times, the Washington Post, and the St. Louis Post-Dispatch, owned respectively by the
Sulzbergers, Meyers, and the Pulitzers, (all Jewish families)." Alfred Lilienthal, The Zionist Connection II, 1978,
pp. 218-219
Look behind the push to the War in Iraq and you will find a number of Neo-con Jews including Paul
Wolfowitz, Richard Perle, Douglas Feith and Elliot Abrams. A surprising number have been investigated for
spying for Israel.
In the assault on Christmas Jews are not referred to as Jews they are referred to as secularists. MSM (main
stream media) can ignore it but Jews lead the assault on Christianity while making certain American tax money
goes to support the religious state of Israel. The Jewish establishment, it hardly needs saying, is predominantly
secularist and systematically anti-Christian. In fact, it is unified far more by its hostility to Christianity than by its
support of Israel, on which it is somewhat divided. (Joseph Sobran) (Jews and Christianity) Most Christians have
no knowledge of Jewish scripture and attitudes toward Christians. "According to the Talmud, Jesus was executed
by a proper rabbinical court for idolatry, inciting other to idolatry and contempt of rabbinical authority." In
punishment of this blasphemy, His fate is to be immersed boiling excrement forever. Dr. Israel Shahak (more)
As I have mentioned before, I am also descendant of Jews. Yes I am a perplexing individual am I not? go ahead and
call me a ―self hating Jew‖ not! I have long ago renounced the faith of my brethren and been a "born again" Christian
for decades, when I was just a teenager I was rebuked my Zionist uncles and their insane quest for wealth at the sake of
losing their souls. I have since come to detest everything they stand for. What I speak of is NOT fantasy, I KNOW
from real life experience, so much so, I have often sat in major Jewish meetings in complete disbelief yet having to
maintain a straight face. Interesting story: the only times I have EVER been hired sight unseen, no interview, no
nothing, with just a phone call like "Hi mr. Emmanuel Goldstein, looking for work? no problem, can you come in and
start tomorrow?" I kid you not. That is how my fellow Jews roll. THIS is how they treat each other, tight knit to the
end, this is the true source of their strength, it‘s called UNITY. They don‘t talk of unity, they live it. Likewise,
understanding this key you would understand why it is so important to keep all you stupid foolish Goyims squarely
DIVIDED amongst yourselves, rightwing vs. leftwing, republican vs. democrat, you bunch of dumb goyim sheeple
would never understand… you will battle one another until the day you wake up and find yourselves completely
destitute and enslaved in your nation of ―liberty,‖ then bow in submission to my brethren, your Zionist masters…
Behold… for I am only telling it as it is… shoving the truth down your throat, sorry, no sugar coating here. Wake up
or go forth and assure your enslavement. I have broken from my ancestral bonds long ago, for I stand before you not as
a Jew, but as a unclean sinful yet still divine child of God as are all people of this planet, we are all divine lost children
of God. I am embarrassed and detest the works of my old Jewish brethren. Here is a new paradigm:
The Jews cry about ―anti-Semitism but they perpetrate ANTI-CHRISTIANISM and anti-Muslimism
defamation hundreds of times a day, on a scale that dwarfs worldwide alleged ―anti-Semitism,‖ and not a single
Christian comes out to decry the outlandish attacks against CHRISTIANS AND CHRISTIANITY. What gives? The
Christians are quickly becoming deaf, dumb, blind, spineless, quivering losers. Where is our Anti-Christianity
Defamation League to protect Christians and Christianity?
What must happen is for the two Jacob and Esau origin religions (that lead to the forming of world Christianity and
Muslim world) who originated from the SAME SEED, THE SAME FATHER: ABRAHAM, to repent, forgive, forget
and unite as brothers, then go forth to hopefully convince the insanely single minded supremacy world conquest
engrossed Zionists to go the seemingly impossible route of repentance, forgiveness and forget, coming together as
THREE BROTHERS born of the SAME LINAGE.
Despite what any charismatic world leaders (Luciferian agents) tell you (including your own beloved president of the
alleged ―free world‖): Peace will NEVER come at the hand of bullets and bombs, invasion and occupation leading to
rivers of blood… this is the way of Satan that has permeated all of world history without resolve. It will NEVER bring
nothing more than endless pain and suffering. The never ending cycle of insanity must come to an end, when swords,
guns, tanks, bombers, etc. are ―turned into plow shares,‖ then, and only then will true peace stand a chance to blossom.
Jews Freely Whiz on All Our Faces

November 3, 2009 in Jewish Supremacy, Religion | Tags: Ashkenazi, Bill Maher, Christianity, Comics, Khazar
Jews, Larry David, Religion, Sarah Silverman, Seinfeld
Last week we saw another sickening display of Jew arrogance in the media when HBO aired an episode of Larry
David‘s ―Curb Your Enthusiasm‖ called ―Bare Midriff.‖ In it, David takes some kind of phony medication that
makes him piss wildly. While visiting his obviously Goyim assistant‘s house, he uses her bathroom where she
happens to have a portrait of Jesus next to the toilet. When he urinates, it splashes up on Jesus face.
By itself, this was a blatant slap in the face of Christians, but it goes on by having his White, Christian assistant,
Maureen, stupidly think the droplet of urine is a tear from Jesus‘ eye; making her and her mother go nuts over the
―miracle.‖ It also has the girl looking ridiculous wearing a way-too-small shirt for her size, exposing her fat
stomach and looking foolish. Jews Larry David and Jerry Seinfeld both share jokes about the woman.
All Jews, all the time: Larry David, Jerry Seinfeld, Michael Richards (technically not blood Jewish, but calls
himself a Jew), Julia Louis-Dreyfus, Jason Alexander.
But it‘s not just Jesus these people are pissing on, but all White people and America. The more these slime do, the
more stink they feel they can get away with anymore. The sickening smell of Jewry is now wafting out heavily
across America, through the media, politics and our economy as they do their Jew thing.
As usual, Jews merely thought this was all so hilarious and any complaints from Christians was met with more
ridicule, blowing it off like it was nothing. One Jew at Jewish Journal said ―Larry David has once again proven
his ability to indiscriminately offend — and once again, it‘s hilarious.‖ HBO described the show as merely
―playful.‖ Yeah, playful, right.
This kind of thing happens all the time now. Hell, it‘s been the case for a long time, only occasionally do we hear
about something that creates a little firestorm that the mainstream media tries to ignore, more or less, till they go
on to whatever minor thing they drudge up about something evil a White person did to a Black.
And anyone with half-a-brain can readily see the whole Christian-bashing in Hollywood movies over the last
several decades. In fact, they‘ve now gotten much of the Gentiles in our countries actually hating Christianity,
thinking that Christians are some kind of nutcases who want to tell them how to live and are dumb, evil, etc. etc.
The pathetic western Christian churches that bow down to the Jews are truly a joke. To them you are all just Goyim
scum, to be treated as sub-human cattle. Christian ministers visiting Israel get special treatment of respect: IT IS
COMMON ACT AND OLD TRADITION FOR THE JEWS TO SPIT
AT THE PRESENCES OF CHRISTIANS! The old Hebrew scriptures
that you all know as the "old testament" was the word of god for the
Jewish people, who USED TO BE god's "chosen ones" back in
THAT era over two thousand years ago!!! News Flash: they failed
their mission thus lost their position. Our Jewish ancestors rebuked
Christ, ridiculed him and murdered Christ. Till this day ALL
ZIONISTS ON THE PLANET VIEW YOUR CHRIST AS A
BASTARD CHILD. Till this day ALL Jews have NO respect for
Jesus, or Christianity.
"The Zionists are NOT Jews according to RACE. Rather, they

are the DESCENDANTS of a HOARD OF PAGANS who
pressed into Russia in the first century of our era and in due
time became PROSELYTES of Judaism. In 692 A.D., they for
med the Khazar Kingdom. In 955 A.D., Russia conquered
them. They are neither JEWS BY RACE , nor are the
GENUINELY JEWISH IN RELIGION . They PASS
THEMSELVES OFF AS JEWS , AND PRETEND that they
are descendants of ISRAEL , and therefore, have RIGHT TO
PALESTINE as their homeland, but they are FALSE IN THEIR CLAIMS AND ARE IRRELIGIOUS in their
living. The ORTHODOX Jews who have long been settled in Hebron, Jerusalem, Tiberias, and Safed, DO
NOT WELCOME THEM to the Holy Land. Orthodox and Reformed Jews alike DISCLAIM ALL SYMPATHY
WITH THEM, and DISOWN THEM ." – George L. Robinson, highly respected fundamentalist Christian,
quoted from a Fundamentalist Study Bible
Jewish Hatred Towards Christianity: A Summary

These sources come from Jews and non-Jews. This hatred can be seen all throughout history and is still
happening to this day.
--------------------------------------------
1. On the Jewish hatred towards Christianity - Statement by [Jewish] Professor Israel Shahak
2. Christians in Jerusalem Want Jews to Stop Spitting on Them
3. Hundreds of New Testaments Torched in Israel
4. Church Showered with Stones in Northern Israel
5. The Alternative Plus Sign - A Jewish Tradition
6. Judaism's Attitudes to Christianity and Islam
7. ADL's Foxman: New Testament is Anti-Semitic
THE JEWS ARE THE ONLY ENTIRE PEOPLES ON THE PLANET WHO COLLECTIVELY UNIVERSALLY:
DENY CHRIST:
BEHOLD: THE TRUE ANTI-CHRIST IS HEREBY

REVEALED TO THE WORLD:
For all intents and purposes, no matter how you try and candy coat it, the Jews are literally: ANTI-CHRISTS.
As stated in the Bible explaining the ONLY way to identify the Anti-Christ: ―he who DENYS Christ came in the
flesh, IS THE ANTI-CHRIST.‖
―The whole world was astonished and followed the beast. Men worshiped the dragon because he had given
authority to the beast, and they also worshiped the beast and asked, "Who is like the beast? Who can make
war against him?" The beast was given a mouth to utter proud words and blasphemies and to exercise his
authority for forty-two months. He opened his mouth to blaspheme God, and to slander his name and his
dwelling place and those who live in heaven. He was given power to make war against the saints and to
conquer them. And he was given authority over every tribe, people, language and nation. All inhabitants of
the earth will worship the beast--all whose names have not been written in the book of life belonging to the
Lamb that was slain from the creation of the world. He who has an ear, let him hear‖ (Revelation 13:1-9).
BEHOLD: For you must come to understand the colossal magnitude of the revelation that THE HOLY ROMAN
EMPIRE centered on the Vatican/Roman Catholic Church is THE prophesized first beast and False Prophet
mentioned in the Book of Revelations that leads the world astray, the first beast that gives power to the 2 nd
beast, the anti-Christ… he who has ears, let him hear. The Book of Revelations clearly states that the False Prophet
will serve the anti-Christ and give its power to it. Behold for: The Vatican/Catholic Church has done just that, today
they obediently follow their Zionist overlords whom are none other than the anti-Christ prophesized long ago. He who
has an ear let him hear…
While the Zionist Jews have been busy imprisoning people around the world for anti-
Jewish ―hate speech‖, ―hate crimes‖, and ―holohoax denial‖ no one dares say a word
when it‘s the Jews who rarely a day passes by that you don‘t hear them making jokes,
poking fun of, and desecrating Christianity and Jesus. Where are the anti-Christianity
laws? There are none, the Jews own all the news stations and papers so if anyone is
complaining, they will never mention it. But yell the word ―Hitler‖ in a room full of
Jews and you just might get thrown in jail and become the poster child of evil for the
next few weeks on every news station on earth.
How about the infamous art museum in New York City featured a picture of Mary,
the mother of Jesus, smeared with elephant dung, and a picture of the angel Gabriel
handing a very pregnant Virgin Mary a coat hanger to abort her son Jesus. There were
many more such horrifying displays. There would be blood on the streets if it were
sacred JEWISH themes in their place! Meanwhile the spineless Christians‘ outcry
was barely a blip on the radar. Just another normal day, while the Zionist media
regularly crys out hey look over there, another homo Christian priest!
Behold the warnings from one of the Sons of Satan:
―Is this a prelude to some demented anti-Semetic ravings? I sure hope not. Jewish people are the Chosen
People and I KNOW you don't have arms long enough to box God. Everyone has tried to exterminate the
Jews and they failed.. ANYONE who tried to hurt God's people can expect a divine Godsmack Down that will
smash you flat like a bug. Soo..my advice is WATCH yourself. If God's angel assasinated the firstborn of
Egypt for treating His people bad, don't be suprised if lightning strikes twice. People that try to harm the
Jewish people often end up strangely, well DEAD. Read your scriptures in the Old Testament/Tanahk, and
see for yourself.‖
While the peace loving biblical Jews are faithful to the teachings of the Tora, a large part of the Zionist agenda can be
read in their ―sacred texts‖ (gentiles are forbidden to read) called the Talmud. It is impossible to even develop a clue
about the life and goals of the Zionist elite without first understanding the bedrock foundation their lives revolve
around, which their agendas and practices that are completely inspired, founded, based and centered on:
1.) Talmud
2.) Kabbalah
The Kabbalah and the Talmud are THE central sacred holy texts of the Zionist elite. Period. Here you will find the
teachings they hold dearly onto to guide them throughout life. But the Talmud in of itself is not complete, for the
higher realm Zionists whom graduate to and practice of occult black magic Kabbalah. Where they delve deep into
the occult practices and worship. The Zionist cartel is completely immersed in Luciferian belief and practices that
goes back centuries…
And I know the blasphemy of those which SAY THEY ARE ISRAEL but they are NOT, they are the
synagogue of Satan." - Revelations: Chapter2 v9
The seal of Solomon simply bore the symbol now called the Star of David (itself a hexagram, by the way is it not
coincidental that a HEXAGRAM is the most important satanic symbol?), often within a circle, usually with the
two triangles (pyramids) interlaced rather than intersecting. Often the gaps are filled with dots or other symbols.
Other versions have it as a pentagram or other more complicated figures. Works on demonology typically depict
the pattern of the seal as being two concentric circles, with a number of mystical sigils between the inner and outer
circles, and various more-or-less complex geometric shapes within the inner circle. I find it quite disturbing and
intriguing yet extraordinarily revealing that the official symbol of the Zionist Jews and
their Zionist invented state of Israel is essentially also the exact symbol used in devil
worship…
"The interlacing triangles or deltas [pyramids] symbolize the union of the two
principles or forces, the active and passive, male and female, pervading the
universe... The two triangles, one white and the other black, interlacing, typify the
mingling of apparent opposites in nature, darkness and light, error and truth,
ignorance and wisdom, evil and good, throughout human life." —33rd Degree
Freemasons Albert G. Mackey and Charles T. McClenachan [Note how he perfectly described the Zionist
insignia, their so called Star of David]
Behold: For the first clue of the true identity of Zionism is revealed:
―The HEXAGRAM [Magen David 6-pointed star] was adopted by the Zionist
Organization at the First Zionist Congress in 1897‖ – (Cavendish, p. 1300) It has no
connection to Judaism practiced before Christ.
The same HEXAGRAM was adopted by the Zionist established apartheid state of
Israel on October 28, 1948, five months after the country‘s establishment.
This brings us to the central component of the Learned Elders matrix; their secret
societies. There are hundreds of volumes written clearly revealing all aspects of their secret societies, their occult
worship, their fraternities, Freemasonry, Illuminati, witchcraft the list goes on and on. I wish I could cover this key
component of the Learned Elders ruling elite more in depth, but I can only barely touch on the tip of the iceberg to
point you in the right direction and reveal key important items and mention just a couple secret societies out of the
hundreds.
"Most Jews do not like to admit it, but our god is Lucifer.. and we are HIS chosen people. Lucifer is very
much alive." - Harold Wallace Rosenthal, Administrative Assistant to Senator Jacob Javitz, 1976 interview,
murdered soon after interview.
Behold: THE SYNAGOGUE OF SATAN:

The mystery of the secret of the number of the beast ―666‖ is hereby revealed:
The Seal of Solomon/Satanic Hexagram/Zionist Logo/Flag of Israel all one and the same:
In Ritual Magick, the hexagon is called the Seal of Solomon, and represents Divine Union, being composed of a
female, watery triangle, and a male, fiery triangle. The traditional elemental triangles of earth, air, water, and fire are
derived from the seal. According to a very old legend, the seal was engraved upon a magic ring, which Solomon used
to control demons, which he enslaved to build his famous temple. When the points of a hexagram are connected, a
hexagon is formed. Kabbalistically, the hexagram represents the Sefirah Tifaret, perfection.
Hindu Shatkona In the Hindu religion, the hexagram is called the Shatkona, and is equivalent to the symbolism in
ritual magic. The Shatkona is the combination of the Shiva kona (trikona, triangle), the symbol of the God Shiva,
representing the element of fire, and the Shakti kona, representing the element of water. Together, they represent the
union of male and female, and the heart chakra.
Image of the Seal from Eliphas Levi‘s Transcendental MagicK (pictured at left)
The hexagram: 6 points, 6 lines, 6 triangles = 666. A ―hex‖ is a spell, the anti-christ has cast a spell over the world…
The hexagram, hexalpha, or Seal of Solomon as used in magic is a "geometrical synthesis of the whole occult
doctrine", according to John Dee, the notorious Cabalist, black magician, sorcerer, and court astrologist of Queen
Elizabeth I (Monad Heiroglyphic). By definition, occult religions entail a dual system comprised of an exoteric
doctrine, which is known to the many, and an esoteric doctrine, which is known only to the few, the adepts. The
following six mathematical implications of the hexagram are said to be extoeric because they require no secret or
occult cipher or frame of reference to derive.
[01] The hexagram contains 3 hourglass symbols (or Double Triangles of Solomon): "the number six is
represented in the Qabalah by two trianges which form the seal of Solomon when they are brought together and
given a common center..." (Levi, "The Mysteries of the Qabalah")) , each of which has six sides, yeilding 6,6,6:
=666
[02] The hexagram is composed of six equalateral triangles, each of which has three sides, which means 6 * 3 = 3
* 6 = 6 + 6 + 6.
[03] The hexagram can be seen as consisting of 6 long lines, where each line is broken into 3 parts by intersecting
lines, so if we view the parts of each of the 6 lines, we have 111 six times or 6,6,6.
[04] The image of a hexagram can be generated by joining three cubes when viewed at an angle; since each cube
has six sides and there are 3 cubes, we have 6 + 6 + 6 again:
[05] The hexagram consists of a total of 18 shorter lines, where the demarcation for each line is the intersection of
another line,
such that, if we take the total, 18, and use 6 as the break or demarcation of the total, we have 18 broken into 3 sets
of six, or 666 on an abacus in base 10 notation, as follows:
=6
=6
=6
[06] There are six outward pointing points, 6 inward pointing points, 6 innermost lines, i.e., 6,6,6 once more, and
the hexagram can also be formed by joining three chevron symbols, each of which has 6 sides, so 6,6,6...
Mahatma Letters", page 345 "The double Triangle viewed by the Jewish Kabbalists as Solomon's Seal is...the
Sri-Antana of the Archaic Aryan Temple, the Mystery of Mysteries, a geometrical synthesis of the whole
occult doctrine. The two interlaced triangles are the Buddham-Gums of Creation. They contain the
'squaring of the circle,' the 'Philosopher's Stone,' the great problem of Life and Death and--the Mystery of
Evil. The Chela who can explain this sign from every one of tis aspects is virtually an adept." (This quote is
from John Dee's "Heirolyphic Monad", WEISER BOOKS, ISBN 1-57863-203-X.)
"666 is the occult number of the Hexagram, the symbol of the Sun, for a single line of the Hexagram
contains three equal parts, each of which may be represented by the number 1, so that every line can be
symbolized by the number 111. There are six lines in all, so that 111x6=666, the most Holy Number of the
Sun. Each angle of the Hexagram is 60 degrees. 60 is the number of the Hebrew letter Samekh, which is the
letter of the Holy Guardian Angel or the Solar Self in Man. Six angles of 60 degrees each equals 360 degrees,
and 360 is the number of the Hebrew letter Shin spelled in full. Shin is the letter of the Sun and of 666. Also
666 is the number of a "Man" who lives in the Sun." (David Cherubim, aka, Frater Aurora Aureae of The Order
of the Thelemic Golden Dawn, a Qabalistic secret society, as quoted in his work Thelmic Numbers and Words, The
Six-Pointed Star or Hexagram, is called the Tetragrammaton and is the symbolic representation of the Jewish-
Talmudic G-d of the Kabbala. The Sephirotic Tree of the Cabala taught that the sum of the numerical values of
Ain-Soph (166, absolute empty) and Kether (500, unity) gives 666, i.e., the Sun.)
"The great Symbol of Solomon. The Double Triangle of Solomon, represented by the two Ancients of the
Kabalah; the Macroprosopus and the Microprosopus; the God of Light and the God of Reflections; of
mercy and vengeance; the white Jehovah and the black Jehovah. (58) (Freemason, magician, and Kabbalist,
Eliphas Levi, "Trancendental Magic")
"The six pointed star is of ancient religious significance and is known as KING SOLOMAN'S SEAL. Robert
Morris has said that he borrowed the plan of the O.E.S. [Order of the Eastern Star] Signet from King
Solomon's Seal. This six pointed star is used in masonic work and is also found in ("Hidden Secrets of the
Eastern Star," page 17, Cathy Burns)
"The interpretation therefore, of this symbol, sign, or ideograph (Fig. 42) is Horus, or T.G.O.U.T.U., the
Eternal Lord of the North and South [as represented by the two triangles], the Great Judge, Unerring, Just,
and True, Lord of the All-Seeing Eye." (Churchward, a Freemason, fron his book "The Arcana of Freemasonry,"
pg 174-175)
[Followers of satanist Aleister Crowley, main guru of the O.T.O., whose god is I.A.O., adore their master; note the
symbol on their robes is a hexagram."]
Is it not profoundly remarkable ―COINCIDENCE‖ that the defacto symbol of SATAN WHORSHIP IS THE EXACT
SAME SYMBOL OF THE ZIONIST STATE OF ISRAEL AND ZIONIST ―JEWS‖? This is NOT ―coincidence‖ it
is absolute proof of the identity of the ANTI-CHRIST. Is it no wonder that the Zionist Jews have been at the forefront
of anti-christianity and the destruction of Christian life? They are THE anti-christ. PERIOD.
BEHOLD: MARK OF THE BEAST…. THE ―SYNAGOGUE OF

STATAN‖… THE IDENTITY OF THE ANTI-CHRIST HAS BEEN
HEREBY REVEALED TO ALL.
The bible pulled no punches when describing who the ANTI-CHRIST would be:
―..he who denies that Jesus is the Christ He is the antichrist, he that denies the Father and the Son.‖ (1
John 2:22)
―This is how you can recognize the Spirit of God: Every spirit that acknowledges that Jesus Christ has
come in the flesh is from God, but every spirit that does not acknowledge Jesus is not from God. This is the
spirit of the antichrist, which you have heard is coming and even now is already in the world‖ (1 John 4:1-
3).
―And I know the blasphemy of those which SAY THEY ARE ISRAEL but they are NOT, they are the
synagogue of Satan." - Revelations: Chapter2 v9
The Jews have NEVER accepted Jesus as the Christ and even to this day they openly ridicule him… He who has an
ear let him hear… for those who ―deny the Christ are the ANTI-CHRIST that was prophesized in the book of
Revelations…
Now with that most earth shaking revelation having been exposed, we shall continue to analyze their works, agendas,
historical events, and so forth in their proper perspectives devoid of the Zionist mass media indoctrination, the mass
illusions that have been emblazed into your minds since childhood. For
the power of the Zionist anti-christ beast has been set loose and the
Zionist juggernaut has been been steadily increasing its worldwide hold
and supremacy.
Secret Societies and the occult: the central coordinating

headquarters of the ruling elite:
Freemasonry at its highest levels is intricately intertwined with the occult.

This is FACT. All the public lower levels of masonry consists of "normal"
people/members, this serves as a "cover." All the Masonic lodges
throughout the world hold PUBLIC meetings for the regular members
who basically have NO CLUE what transpires at the highest degrees, for
Freemasonry promotes itself and publically acts as a benevolent
wonderful membership organization. Most secret societies utilize this
same modus operandi.
Now what I find particularly revealing are the ethnic background of

founders and key figures of many top occult centered secret societies.
Adam Weishaupt (secretly backed by the Rothschilds) one of the founders
of the Order of the Illuminati was a Zionist JEW. As were all the key
founders and leaders of the satanic division Ordo Templi Orientis, and many other key important secret societies. Is it
any wonder that one of the most famous modern day Satanists was a Jew by the name of Anton Levey? He was the
author of The Satanic Bible. The Jewish Kabbalah is one of (if not ―the‖) the most ancient of occult doctrines in
existence. The Kabbalah is a key requirement of Zionist leaders.
In 1888, Zionists in Berlin, Theodor Reuss joined with Leopold Engel of Dresden, Max Rahn and August Weinholz in
another effort to revive the Illuminati Order. In 1895, he began to discuss the formation of Ordo Templi Orientis with
Carl Kellner.
Ordo Templi Orientis (O.T.O.) (Order of the Temple of the East, or the Order of Oriental Templars) is an occult
international fraternal and religious organization. Ordo Templi Orientis is associated with Freemasonry, the notorious
Satanist Aleister Crowley was one of its most well known leaders of the order. O.T.O. also includes the Ecclesia
Gnostica Catholica (EGC) or Gnostic Catholic Church, which is the ecclesiastical arm of the Order.
The Spiritual Father of Ordo Templi Orientis was Carl Kellner, and founded in the beginning of the twentieth century.
Kellner originally wanted to start the Order in the 1890s, but those he wished as colleagues were busy trying to revive
the eighteenth century Order of the Illuminati.
In 1895, Kellner began to discuss his idea for founding an Academia Masonica with his associate Theodor Reuss
(Merlin or Peregrinus, June 28, 1855 - 28 October 1923). During these discussions, Kellner decided that the Academia
Masonica should be called Ordo Templi Orientis (Oriental Templar Order). The occult inner circle of this Order
(O.T.O. proper) would be organized parallel to the highest degrees of the Masonic Rite of Memphis and Mizraim
and would teach the esoteric Rosicrucian doctrines of the Hermetic
Brotherhood of Light, and Kellner's "Key" to Masonic symbolism. Both men
and women would be admitted at all levels to this Order, but possession of
the various degrees of Craft and High-Grade Freemasonry would be a
prerequisite for admission to the Inner Circle of O.T.O. Kellner insisted
on women becoming members as well as men because he would incorporate
the practice of Sex Magic in the O.T.O IX Degree. Sex Magic is, after all,
"...the key to all the secrets of the Universe and to all the symbolism ever
used by secret societies and religions."
In 1917, Reuss wrote a Synopsis of Degrees of O.T.O. in which the third

degree was listed as "Craft of Masonry" and listed the initiations involved as
"Entered Apprentice, Fellow Craft, Master Mason" and elaborated on this
with "Full instruction in Craft Masonry, including the Catechism of the first
three degrees, and an explanation of all the various Masonic systems." The
same document shows that the fourth degree of O.T.O. is also known as the
Holy Royal Arch of Enoch. It was summarized by Reuss as the Degree of
"Scotch Masonry," equivalent to "Scotch Mason, Knight of St. Andrew,
Royal Arch," and he described it as "Full instruction in the Scottish degrees
of Ancient and Accepted Masonry."
Aleister Crowley became involved with Theodor Reuss and his Ordo Templi Orientis following the publication of The
Book of Lies between 1912-1913. According to Crowley's account, Reuss approached him and accused him of having
revealed the innermost (sexual) secret of O.T.O. in one of the cryptic chapters of this book. When it became clear to
Reuss that Crowley had done so unintentionally, he initiated Crowley into the X° (tenth degree)of O.T.O. and
appointed him "Sovereign Grand Master General of Ireland, Iona and all the Britains."
• VIII°: masturbatory or auto sexual magical techniques were taught, referred as the Lesser Work of Sol
• IX°: heterosexual magical techniques were taught
• XI°: anal intercourse techniques as sexual and magical were taught.
An O.T.O. ritual, the Gnostic Mass, which Crowley made the central ritual of the Order, is an exposition on sexual
magick in symbolic form.
Gnostics have something called the Demiurge which means ―craftsman or architect.‖ Freemasonry is immersed deep
into Gnostic principles. The central pillar Freemasons believe themselves to be craftsmen, architects and builders… to
he who has ears, let him hear, to he who has eyes, let him see…
It must also be noted that the Gnostics which is a central component to many Luciferian doctrines, they litterally have
the relationsips between God and Satan REVERSED, thus in their world view God is Satan and Satan is God. The
Freemasons worship the ―light bearer‖ aka: Lucifer as the supreme being (again note that positions of supreme being
are reveresed yet again)
It must also be noted that high 33degree mason, Kabbalist and infamous Satanist Aleister Crowley has been know for
stating: ―The family is public enemy #1.‖
Talmudic ―Jew‖ High Priests are masters of the Kabbalah. Where they make ritualistic blood offerings, slaying live
animals is common worship practices. It hasn‘t been widely claimed, (though it is nearly impossible to get first hand
video documentation), by some researchers (and there are a few documented cases) that they also perform live ritual
human sacrifices of children:
There are yet one more troubling practices of some occult Jews that keep rearing its ugly head. The well known
common FACT that some Jewishs practice RITUALS that involve BLOOD SACRIFICE and the slaughtering of
animals on an alter, is something that is well known, documented and acknowledged by all Jews. These type of
―offerings‖ are documented as far back as the bible, therefore we KNOW that slaughtering a living entity on an alter
is quite COMMON and ―NORMAL‖ in their world. The bible is also FULL of references of HUMAN SACRIFICE.
One of the hardest criminals to catch are clever sophisticated serial killers…
Of course they NEVER admit to their crimes and go through

great lengths to cover their crimes and their tracks, therefore,
do you think well organized Luciferian occult ritual practicing
cabals who operate only in their secretive Jewish circles and
communicate in their own code (language) that no one else
understands are any different? Even though it is extremely
difficult to prove, especially with the added weight of the fact
that any investigations into ANY Jewish wrongdoing is
IMMEDIATELY confronted and halted by the likes of the
ADL, AIPAC, and every Jewish organization on the planet.
This is the reality of trying to find the criminals who hide
behind the Jewish Iron Curtain.
―An additional offense—blood libel (the ritualistic

sacrifice of children)—is obviously the most
controversial, but it appears to have a historical
basis. On November 16, 1491, five men were executed at Avila for the ritualistic murder of a four-year-old
Christian boy (later known as the "Holy Child of La Guardia"). Two of the men were Jews, the other three
were "conversos"—Sephardic Jews who converted to Christianity. The boy‘s heart was reportedly cut out and
used with two stolen consecrated hosts in a ritual of black magic against the Christians.
For centuries the case was tainted because the five executed men had been tortured prior to confessing. But in
1931, historian William Thomas Walsh offered persuasive evidence in his book, Isabella of Spain, that the
charge of blood libel was in fact true. Walsh found the testimony of a Jew who stated that he witnessed the
crime, and had not been subjected to torture. Although the Spanish Inquisition was already underway, it was
ritualistic murder of the young boy that resulted in expulsion of Jews from Spain in 1492. It was the last
straw.
Before the executions, two independent judicial panels had reviewed and confirmed the Inquisition‘s
findings.4 On November 24, 1805, the murdered boy was canonized as St. Christopher on the authority of
Pope Pius VII.‖
The fact remains: Yes, while maybe not reaching epic proportions (yet), some sinister ―Jews‖ have slaughtered real
human beings (gentiles) as sacrificial offerings. These occasions may be few (of course no statistics exist into this
practice), but it IS a necessary component of ANCIENT JEWISH LIFE and of the Zionist occult Kabbalah and a
CENTRAL REQUIREMENT of the satanic occults, where human sacrifice is legendary. To try and disassociate
from animal sacrifice is to disassociate from the truth. Yes they do it, just not in public, and human sacrifice is
considered THE MOST SUPREME SACRIFICAL OFFERING, and is only conducted at the most loyal highest
levels by the most supreme members under the most intense secrecy and cover. The members at these high levels are
life and death members who operate under the ELDERS OF ZION OMERTA CODE. You have seen countless stories
about their victims… they always appear in the unsolved mysteries among the tens of thousands that just up and
―DISAPPEAR‖ from the face of the planet without a trace…
BLOOD RITUAL:
Blood ritual is fundamental to Judaism. Some blood sanctifies, some defiles. Let's see what the Talmud
doctrines are.
Holy Atrocities and Judaism — The spilling of human blood in the name of religion ("blood sacrifice") has
been part of the fabric of Judaism from the beginning. "Multitudes are decapitated … R. Simeon said:
The Holy One, blessed be He, declared, If ye execute judgment upon the seduced city, I will ascribe merit
to you as though ye had sacrificed to me a whole offering." (Sanhedrin 111b).
Appendix A: Mishnah of Sanhedrin 2a
Appendix B: Mishnah of Sanhedrin 111b
See also: In His Own Image — The Talmud often cites precedents from the Old Testament.
Following the research trail, we found that LORD God orders holocausts: ethnic cleansings and
annihilation of cultures. He also orders the murder of family members, the slaughter of women and
children, and the crippling of animals. In reading this anthology, we invite the reader to consider: Is
Jehovah really the Father of Jesus? The Jefferson Bible provides points of comparison.
Animal Sacrifice and the Third Temple — He-goats of the new moon are slaughtered in the north, blood is
ritually sprinkled and smeared on the altar. "On completing the flaying, he tore out the heart and squeezed
out the blood in it …" The priests "were all standing in a row with the limbs in their hands." (Tamid 31a)
What to expect on the Temple Mount in Jerusalem when Muslim shrines are removed to make way for
the Third Temple. In the days of the Second Temple, the blood poured out in streams from the altar to the
Brook of Kidron …
Appendix: Mishnah of Tamid Chapter IV
See also: Was Jesus a Jew? — Jesus struck at the heart of the animal sacrifice system just before
Passover, and in less than a week, He was crucified. The Temple incident was not His only attack on
rabbinical and Mosaic Law. In a number of passages, Jesus shows clearly He does not support the
church of his day.
Human Sacrifice, the Talmud, and the Moloch Problem — The old "blood libel" claimed that Jews
sacrificed Christian children. The Talmud says nothing of this. But what of Jews sacrificing Jewish
children? The Talmud says it's OK if done correctly. Dropping the child-sacrifice doctrine could improve
Judaism's image.
Appendix: Extract from Sanhedrin 64a and 64b
Circumcision, Talmud Style — After the mohel cuts the foreskin, he must put his mouth on the child's penis and
suck blood from the wound. He must and he does, and the practice has spread deadly diseases. Ask your
politicians to take a stand on this public health issue.
Descriptions of Ritual Murder

In general, the libel alleged something like this: a child, normally a boy who had not yet reached puberty, was
kidnapped or sometimes bought and taken to a hidden place (the house of a prominent member of the Jewish
community, a synagogue, a cellar, etc.) where he would be kept hidden until the time of his death. Preparations
for the sacrifice included the gathering of attendees from near and far and constructing or readying the
instruments of torture and execution.
At the time of the sacrifice (usually night), the crowd would gather at the place of execution (in some accounts
the synagogue itself) and engage in a mock tribunal to try the child. The boy would be presented to the tribunal
naked and tied (sometimes gagged) at the judge's order. He would eventually be condemned to death. Many
forms of torture would be inflicted during the boy's "trial", including some of those used by the Inquisition on
suspects of heresy. Some of the alleged tortures were mutilation (including circumcision), piercing with needles,
punching, slapping, strangulation, strappado and whipping, while being insulted and mocked throughout.
In the end, the half-dead boy would be crowned with thorns and tied or nailed to a wooden cross. The cross would
be raised and the blood dripping from the boy's wounds, particularly those on his hands, feet, and genitals, would
be caught in bowls or glasses.
Finally, the boy would be killed with a thrust through the heart from a spear, sword, or dagger. His dead body
would be removed from the cross and concealed or disposed of, but in some instances rituals of black magic
would be performed on it.
The earlier stories describe only the torture and agony of the victim and suggest that the child's death was the sole
purpose of the ritual. Over time and as the libel proliferated, the focus shifted to the supposed need to collect the
victim's blood for mystical purposes.
The story of William of Norwich (d. 1144) is the first known case of alleged ritual murder, which was made by a
Christian monk. It does not mention the collection of William's blood nor of any ritual purpose to the alleged
ritual murder. In the story of Little Saint Hugh of Lincoln (d. 1255) it was said that after the boy was dead, his
body was removed from the cross and laid on a table. His belly was cut open and his entrails removed for some
occult purpose, such as a divination ritual. In the story of Simon of Trent (d. 1475) it was highly stressed how the
boy was held over a large bowl so all his blood could be collected.
According to Walter Laqueur,
"Altogether, there have been about 150 recorded cases of blood libel (not to mention thousands of rumors) that
resulted in the arrest and killing of Jews throughout history, most of them in the Middle Ages... In almost every
case, Jews were murdered, sometimes by a mob, sometimes following torture and a trial."[2]
Though highly controversial and viciously refuted by all Jews, the ultimate sacrificial offering on the altar issue had to
be included and addressed here in this report, for we must include all pertinent information that can shed light to the
grand mysteries of the ruling elite, who hide in plain sight, who do, but yet ―don‘t‖ exist…
Oprah Winfrey exposes Satanic Jewish practices

LA VOZ DE AZTLAN
Los Angeles, Alta California
March 29, 2009
Twenty years ago Oprah Winfrey recorded a shocking interview of a 29 year old Jewish
woman who stated that her family, and many other Jewish families throughout the USA,
routinely practiced Satanic rituals in which incest, human sacrifice and cannibalism occur.
The interview on May 1, 1989 also revealed that these practices were a common
occurrence since the 18th century and that they were practiced by certain Jewish cults.
The Jewish woman that made these revelations was "incognito" during the interview and was identified only as
"Rachel." Today she has been identified as Vicki Polin and she now runs a center to rehabilitate Jewish children
who have been sexually victimized by Jewish Satanists.
The video of the interview had for a long time disappeared because it was banned by the ADL of B'nai B'rith but
today it has resurfaced on the Internet. Today as the world witnesses the hideous war crimes against the children
of Palestine, one wonders if Israel is not governed by people who belong to these Satanic Jewish cults described
by Vicki Polin? Below is a copy of this shocking video: Youtube video
Long list of Jewish Child Molestor Rabbis gets no media

coverage and Jewish homosexual pedophiles are undisturbed.
http://iamthewitness.com/listeners/Jewish.child.molesters.that.are.never.on.the.NEWS-WHY.htm
Clergy Abuse - Other Trusted Officals
More evidence that these people who claim to be Jews are God's enemies and not His chosen people.
―I know thy works, and tribulation, and poverty, (but thou art rich) and [I know] the blasphemy of them which
say they are Jews, and are NOT, but [are] (Idumeans) the synagogue of Satan.‖ - Revelation 2:9
Know a tree by the fruit it bears.
―Ye shall know them by their fruits. Do men gather grapes of thorns, or figs of thistles? Even so every good
tree bringeth forth good fruit; but a corrupt tree bringeth forth evil fruit. A good tree cannot bring forth evil
fruit, neither [can] a corrupt tree bring forth good fruit. Every tree that bringeth not forth good fruit is hewn
down, and cast into The Fire. Wherefore by their fruits ye shall know them.‖ - Matthew 7:16-20
Cases of Clergy Abuse
Shatnez Checker and child molester (Rabbi) Yehuda Nussbaum, still has access to boys in Yeshiva Of Brooklyn
Case of Rabbi Elior Chen
Rabbi Elior Chen and his followers are suspected of severely abusing two children, aged 3 and 4, who were
savagely and systematically beaten with hammers, knives and other instruments for months until the younger
child lost consciousness last month.
Rabbi Jerry Brauner (AKA: Yechiel Brauner)
Convicted on the charges of Sexual Abuse - 1st Degree, and Sexual Abuse - 3rd: Subject Another Person to
Sex Contact Without Consent. He was sentenced to 11 years probation, with the condition he must participate
in a sex offender treatment program. Brauner has been on probation since 2002 for the sexual abuse of a 15-
year-old boy.
Case of Rabbi Ephraim F. Shapiro
Accused of molesting several boys for over a fifty year period.
Case of Shlomo Aviner
Rosh Yeshiva, Ateret Cohanim Yeshiva, Rabbi of Beit El, Israel Link
Case of Rabbi Lewis Brenner
Convicted of child molestation. The original charges included 14 counts of sodomy, sexual abuse and
endangering the welfare of a child. He agreed to plead guilty to one count of sodomy in the third degree, a
Class E felony, in exchange for a sentence of five years' probation.
Case of Rabbi Ephraim Bryks
Accusations about sexual inappropriate behavior with children started surfacing in the 1980's. Rabbi Bryks is
currently a member of the Vaad Harabonim of Queens. The Vaad is a Rabbinical committee that makes
important decisions within an orthodox community.
Case of Rabbi Shlomo Carlebach
Accused of several cases of child molestation, and sexual assault of young women
Case of Rabbi/Cantor Sidney Goldenberg
Accused of abusing a 12-year-old girl. He later pleaded no contest to one count. Convicted of molesting
children. The first complaints came in 1971. He was finally convicted in 1997.
Case of Rabbi Bernard Freilich
Acquitted of death threats to an alleged victim
Case of Rabbi Tzvi Flaum
Case of Cantor Joel Gordon
Convicted of having keeping a house of prostitution and involvement in a prostitution ring.
Case of Rabbi Israel Grunwald
Accused of molesting a 15 year old on a 1995 plane flight from Australia to LA. The charge against him were
dropped after agreeing to perform 500 hours of community service and to seek counseling. Grunwald was the
chief rabbi of an Hungarian Hasidic congregation in Brooklyn, known as the Pupas.
Case of The State of Israel Vs. Sex Offender
Convicted of repeated rape and forced molestation of his graddaughter.
Case of Yehudah Friedlander - Rabbi 's Assistant
Accused of molesting a 15 year old on a 1995 plane flight from Australia to LA. Friedlander was the assistant
to the chief rabbi of an Hungarian Hasidic congregation in Brooklyn, known as the Pupas
Case of the Rabbi at Hillel Torah, Chicago, IL
A teacher at the Chicago school was accused of child molestation. His name was not released. The school did
everything correctly in attempting to keep the children safe once accusations were made.
Case of Rabbi Solomon Hafner
Accused of sexually abusing a developmentally disabled boy
Case of Rabbi Alan J. Shneur Horowitz
Convicted and sentenced to 10 - 20 years in prison for sodomizing a nine-year-old psychiatric patient.
Allegedly, he has assaulted a string of children from California to Israel to New York in the past twenty years.
Alan J. Horowitz is an Orthodox rabbi, magna cum laude, M.D., Ph.D. A graduate of Duke University, and
was a writer for NAMBLA North American Man/Boy Love Association.
Case of Rabbi Steven Jacobs
Case of Jacob Frank and the Frankist Movement
Accused of cultic type practices and sexual offenses
Case of Rabbi Israel Kestenbaum
Accused of child pornography on the internet
Case of Rabbi Steven Kaplan
Had an affair with a married woman, who was murdered
Rabbi Yehuda Kolko
...continues chaperoning kids.
Case of Rabbi Robert Kirschner
Accused of sexually exploited or harassing three congregants and a synagogue employee
Case of Rabbi Ze'ev Kopolevitch
Convicted of molesting students at Rosh Yeshiva, Netiv Meir yeshiva high school
Case of Rabbi Baruch Lanner
Convicted - child molestation.
Case of Rabbi Jerrold Martin Levy

Convicted of two counts of soliciting sex through the Internet and two counts of child pornography. He was
sentenced to six years and sex in prison. He was caught in the "Candyman" year-long sting operation by the
US government.
Case of Rabbi Pinchas Lew
Accused of exposed himself to a woman.
Case of Rabbi Richard Marcovitz
Convicted of indecent or lewd acts with a child, and sexual battery
Case of Rabbi Juda Mintz
Convicted - internet sting on child pornography
Case of Rabbi/Psychologist - Avrohom Mondrowitz
Accused of two counts of sex abuse with boys at a special education school in New York
Case of Cantor Howard Nevison
Accused of molesting his nephew.
Case of Rabbi Michael Ozair
Accused of sexual molestation of a then-14-year-old girl
Case of Rabbi Charles Shalman
Accused of sexual misconduct toward female congregational members
Case of Cantor Robert Shapiro
Accused of three counts of rape and four counts of indecent assault and battery to a mentally retarded woman
Case of Rabbi/Yeshiva Teacher Ze'ev Sultanovitch
Accused of sexually molesting a number of adult yeshiva students at the Merkaz Harav Yeshiva
Case of Rabbi Matis Weinberg
Case of Rabbi Yaakov Weiner
Accused of molesting boy at Camp Mogen Avraham, New York
Case of Cantor Phillip Wittlin
Convicted of molesting two girls
Case of Rabbi Mordechai Yomtov
Convicted of sexual abuse and committing lewd acts against three boys
Case of Rabbi Sheldon Zimmerman
Violated guidelines concerning "sexual ethics and sexual boundaries"
Case of Rabbi Max Zucker
Accused by three women of improperly touching
Case of Rabbi David Weinberger
Case of Rabbi Fred Neulander
Convicted of Murdering his wife
Case of Rabbi Mordechai Gafni
WARNING: Marc Gafni Should Be Scene As A Danger to Women and Children. He is currently residing in
Salt Lake City, UT
Case Rabbi Perry Ian Cohen

Montreal and Toronto Canada Accused of sexual abuse of a seventeen year old. Fired for sexual impropriety
with congregants
Case of Rabbi Yitzchak Cohen
Accused of sexually harassing students at Bar-Ilan University
Case of Rabbi/Psychologist Mordecai Magencey
Lost his license to practice in the State of Missouri because of his sexual misconduct with his patients.
Rabbi Yona Metzger
Chief Rabbi Ashkenazi in Israel. Accused of sexually misconduct with four men.
Case of Cantor Stanley Rosenfeld
Convicted of molesting a 12-year-old boy he was tutoring.
Case of Rabbi Isadore Trachtman
Case of Rabbi Don Well
Case of Lewis K. Cohen
Convicted after being charged with using a computer to facilitate a child sex crime and child enticement-
exposing sex organs. Cohen used his work and home computers to engage in sexually explicit conversations
with a 14-year-old boy in Internet chat rooms. The complaint also charges that Cohen sent nude photographs
of himself and other males to the boy via e-mail.
Case of Cantor Michael Segelstein
Accused of attempted rape; Chabad - Las Vegas, Nevada.
Case of Ohel Counselor - Simcha Adler, NY
Plea-bargained charges of sodomy, sexual abuse and two counts of endangering the welfare of a child down to
attempted sodomy.
Case of Arie Adler and Marisa Rimland, NY
Arie Adler was accused of molesting his daughter. Marisa Rimland murdered her daughter, and then
committed suicide.
Case of School Counselor - Eugene Loub Aronin, TX
Convicted in 1984 of sexually assaulting a 10-year-old boy
Case of School Teacher - Lawrence Cohen, NJ
Convicted and sentenced to 10 years in federal prison for transmitting child pornography through his home
computer.
Case of School Principal/Big Brother- David B. Harrington, Rockville, MD
Convicted sex offender. Cases from the 1960's - 1980's.
Case of State of Israel Vs. a Sex Offender
Convicted - 68 year old Israeli religious man pled guilty to repeated molestation of his granddaughter, was
sentenced to 19 years in jail.
Case of Jewish Big Brother Volunteer - Eric Hindin, Newton, MA
Convicted of 35 counts of child rape. He was sentenced to 20-22 years in prison.
Case of Judge Ronald Kline, CA
Accused of possessing child pornography and for allegedly molesting a neighborhood boy 25 years ago.
Case of the Kosher Butcher in Chicago

Accused of molesting children for over 30 years
Case of the New York Society for the Deaf's Home
Accused of treating disabled patients "like animals,'' beaten, drugged and robbed of their government checks.
Case of the Rogers Park JCC, Chicago Illinois
This was the first case of alleged mass molestation recorded in Illinois to involve accusations of sexual abuse
by a group of adults, consists of 246 allegations that staff members abused children enrolled at the center,
according to the Illinois Department of children and Family Services.
Case of Teacher/Track Coach/Girl Scout Coordinator - Adam Theodore Rubin, MD
Accused of using a computer to solicit sex with a minor, possession of a controlled dangerous substance and
possession of drug paraphernalia.
Case of Teacher - Georges Schteinberg, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil
Accused of possession of child pornography. Charges dropped when Schteinberg fled the country.
Israeli vice-consul Aryeh Scher - Rio de Janeiro, Brazil
Accused of possession of child pornography. Charges dropped when Scher fled the country.
Case of Camp Counselor - David Schwartz, Culver City, CA
Convicted and sentenced to one year in residential treatment and five years' probation for molesting a 4-year-
old boy in his care at summer camp. A six-year prison sentence was suspended.
Case of Scoutmaster - Jerrold Schwartz, NY
Convicted and sentanced to 8 years in prison for multiple counts of sodomizing his former scout .
Case of Tel Aviv Arts School, Tel Aviv, Israel
Case of Mashgiach Kashrut Supervisor David Douglas Webber, Canada
Convicted and sentenced to six years for possessing child pornography and molesting seven boys over the past
eight years.
Case of B'Nai Torah Congregation - Hillel Community Day School janitor, Boca Raton, FL
Accused of child molestation
Case of Chaim Ciment
Accused and charged with first-degree sexual abuse, after allegations were made that he fondled a 17 year old
girl in an elevator. Link
Case of James A. Cohen - Jewish Youth Group Leader
Convicted child molester, sentenced to 9 years for assaulting 4 boys
Case of Stuart Cooperman, MD - Pediatrican, Merrick, New York
Accused of molesting six female patients.
Case of Delaware Family
Father accused of alleged child molestation
Case of Mordechai Morton Ehrman - Simcha's Play Group, Brooklyn, NY
Accused of molesting dozens of students. Link
Case of Hbrandon Lee Flagner
Convicted of the kidnapping and aggravated murder of Tiffany Jennifer Papesh a 8-year-old girl. Flagner also
claimed to have molested hundreds of girls during his life. While in prison, Flagner convert to Judaism by an
Chasidic rabbi.
Case of Ari Sorkin - Synagogue Youth Worker, Elkins Park, PA

Accused of molesting a 16 yr. old girl.
Case of Paul Slifer - Teacher
Arrigned on six counts of aggravated sexual assault, four counts of aggravated sexual contact, and two counts
of endangering the welfare of a minor.
Case of Ozzie Orbach, M.D.
Accused of molesting his daughter.
Case of Arnold and Jesse Friedman
Capturing the Friedmans Convicted sex offender.
Case of Richard "Steven" Goldberg
Allegedly engaging in sex acts with several girls under 10 in California. He is on the FBI's ten most wanted
fugitives list.
Case of Ross Goldstein
Convicting of sodomy in the first degree three counts and use of a child in a sexual performance. He was
Sentenced to four concurrent indeterminated terms of 2 to 6 years imprisonment. Also see: Case of Arnold
and Jesse Friedman.
Case of Several Child Sex Offenders in Har Nof, Jerusalem, Israel
Outlines several cases of alleged child sec offenders in the charedi town of Har Nof.
Case of Lawrence Nevison
Convicted of molesting his nephew. He is the brother of Cantor Howard Nevison.
Case of Stuart Nevison
Convicted of molesting his cousin. He is the brother of Cantor Howard Nevison.
Case of Rabbi Hirsch Travis
Rabbi in Monsey, accused of posing as a Brooklyn doctor specializing in infertility problems, and allegedly
sexually abusing and assaulting a patient. Charged with the sexual abuse of an unidentified 27-year-old
female patient. He was also charged with posing as a Brooklyn doctor specializing in infertility problems, and
illegally operating the Fertility Foundation in the Borough Park section of Brooklyn.
Case of Rabbi Ephraim Goldberg - Boca Raton, Flordia
Pled guilty to one misdemeanor count of exposure of sexual organs in a washroom at a Palm Beach Mall.
Case of Rabbi Melvin Teitelbaum
This case has been buried deep; it is virtually impossible to find any information on Teitelbaum on the
Internet. All we have is this: Accused of three counts of sex crimes against two boys under the age of 14, and
one count of assault with intent to commit rape against one boy's mother. The charges were dropped for lack
of evidence. Charges dismissed at the request of the District Attorney's Office, which conceded it had
insufficient evidence to prosecute. Teitelbaum then a filed a $10-million damage suit in Los Angeles Superior
Court. In his suit that the Jewish Federation Council of Greater Los Angeles, the Jewish Family Service of
Los Angeles and the family that accused him conspired to have him arrested and charged. Later, confronted
with evidence that placed Teitelbaum elsewhere at the time of the alleged incident, the siblings changed their
story, a move the prosecutor said was "devastating" to their credibility.
Cases of Other Trusted Officals Parents, Teachers, Camp Counselors, etc.
Case of Larry Cohen - Soccer Coach, Lake Oswego, OR
Accused of molesting two individuals.
Case of Phillip "Eli" Cohen, London, England
Accused of 13 charges of indecently assaulting a boy and four offences of indecently assaulting a girl.
The Case of the Students of Ner Israel Yeshiva in the 1950's

Students accused of sexually molesting a younger student.
Case of Jonathan Rosenthal - Community Police Liason, London, England
Acquitted of sexually assaulting a few children, after a jury used ancient common law right, deciding evidence
wasn't strong enough.
Case of Dr. Saul and Judith Wasserman
Accused of molesting their daughter.
Case of Irwin Silverman - Chief Counsel to U.S. secretary of interior 1933-53
Accused of molesting his daughter Sue William Silverman.
Admiral Thomas Moorer, Chairman of the US Joint Chiefs of Staff under Ronald Reagan said this:
"I've never seen a President -- I don't care who he is -- stand up to them [the Israelis]. It just boggles the
mind. They always get what they want. The Israelis know what is going on all the time. If the American
people understood what a grip those people have got on our government, they would rise up in arms. Our
citizens certainly don't have

Matrix Report v4.0

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Matrix Report v4.0

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Matrix Report v4.0

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Disclaimers – Warnings – Acknowledgements:

Behold, for I present to you:

THE “ILLUMINATI” RULING ELITE

By Dr. CONSTANTINE, PhZ

THE BIG PICTURE - 42

THE ULTIMATE COSA NOSTRA - THE MASTER RULING ELITE - 81

AGENCIES OF DECEIT, DECEPTION & DESTRUCTION – 150

THE MASTERFUL MANIPULATION OF PUBLIC OPINION/REALITY - 225

THE TERRORIST BOOGEYMEN - "THE PERFECT COMMON ENEMY" MOSSAD/CIA/Mi6

WHAT IS THE MATRIX – THE INVISIBLE NETWORK - 451

THE FINANCIAL INDUSTRIAL MATRIX - THE OVERLORDS of CAPITALISM- 463

WEALTH vs. POVERTY – MONETARY ENSLAVEMENT MATRIX - 541

MASS MEDIA PROGRAMMING MATRIX - THE MINISTERS OF TRUTH – 569

CORPORATE EMPIRE MATRIX - 623

THE U.S. INC. GOVERNMENT INDUSTRIAL MATRIX – 660

sELECTION FRAUD FACTOR – 781

MILITARY INDUSTRIAL COMPLEX aka THE IMPERIAL MINISTRY OF ―PEACE‖ - 794

THE MEDICAL CARTEL INDUSTRIAL MATRIX - OVERLORDS OF HEALTH - 826

AGRICULTURAL INDUSTRIAL MATRIX – THE FOOD FIGHTS - 936

THE ENVIROMENT MATRIX - 965

THE EDUCATION INDUSTRIAL MATRIX - 998

THE ENGINEERED SELF-DESTRUCTION OF AMERICA INC.- SYSTEMATIC SELLOUT,

THE MORAL CORRUPTION OF NATIONS - 1043

JUSTICE & ENFORCEMENT MATRIX - THE POLICE STATE COMETH? - 1069

PRISON INDUSTRIAL MATRIX - 1159

THE RELIGION MATRIX - RELIGION - RELIGOUS RIVALRY - POLITICS OF GOD – 1342

THE OCCULT ELEMENT - 1376

THE HIDDEN SECRETS OF THE AGES - 1392

THE INTERNET - CYBERSPACE THE FINAL FREE SPEECH FRONTIER - 1403

HIJACK REALITY: USE THE K.I.S.S. PRINCIPLE TO WAKE UP AMERICA - 1424

WHAT DOES THE FUTURE HAVE IN STORED FOR US? - 1427

MANUFACTURING DISSENT: THE ANTI-GLOBALIZATION MOVEMENT IS FUNDED BY

PSYOPS and COERCIVE PERSUASION - 1473

OPERATION NORTHWOODS - 1485

THE PROTOCOLS OF THE LEARNED ELDERS OF ZION - 1495

FALLACY & MYTH of the PEOPLE BEING THE SOVEREIGN – 1539

THE UNITED STATES INC. – 1556

THE CRIMINALS WHO RUN OUR GOVERNMENT – 1561

THE ISRAELI SPY JUGGERNAUT – 1605

WHO RULES AMERICA? A RESEARCH REPORT - 1619

BENJAMIN FREEDMAN SPEAKS: A JEWISH DEFECTOR WARNS AMERICA – 1632

THE HIDDEN TYRANNY REVEALED - 1640

HOW THE WORLD GOVERNMENT RULES THE NATIONS – 1655

AMERICA‘S IMPENDING MASTER CLASS DICTATORSHIP – 1663

NEWS REPORTS FROM INSIDE THE FINANCIAL COUP – 1671

THE CIA MYTHS & THE REALITY - 1622

MIAC STRATEGIC REPORT – MODERN MALITIA MOVEMENTS – 1697

INFO SOURCES AND LINKS – 1705

REVEALING QUOTES – 1711

ABOUT THE AUTHOR – AND OPERATION TRUTHSTORM - 1720

INTRODUCTION TO THE MATRIX:

validity of the statement.

business administration) and social neuroscience.

We live in a phony world of illusions… rarely is anything what it seems.

The World Outside and Pictures in Our Heads

Approaches to the World Outside

The Manufacture of Consent

As per Willard A. Mullins, an ideology is composed of four basic characteristics:

1.it must have power over cognition

Ideology as an instrument of social reproduction